Skip to main content

Full text of "Cyclopaedia, or, An universal dictionary of arts and sciences : containing the definitions of the terms, and accounts of the things signify'd thereby, in the several arts, both liberal and mechanical, and the several sciences, human and divine : the figures, kinds, properties, productions, preparations, and uses, of things natural and artificial : the rise, progress, and state of things ecclesiastical, civil, military, and commercial : with several systems, sects, opinions, &c. among philosophers, divines, mathematicians, physicians, antiquaries, criticks, &c. : the whole intended as a course of antient and modern learning : compiled from the best authors, dictionaries, journals, memoirs, transactions, ephemerides, &c. in several languages"

See other formats 


CrCLOPjED  I  At 

O  R,   A  N 

UNIVERSAL  DICTIONARY 

O  F 

ARTS  and  SCIENCES; 

CONTAINING 

The  DEFINITIONS  of  the  TERMS, 

And  ACCOUNTS  of 

The  T  H I N  G  S  fignify'd  thereby. 

In  the  feveral  ARTS, 
Both  LIBERAL  and  MECHANICAL, 

And  the  feveral  SCIENCES, 

HUMAN  znd2)IFINE: 

The  Figures,  Kinds,  Properties,  Productions,  Preparations,  and  Ufes, 
of  Things  Natural  and  Artificial  ; 

The  Rife,  Progrefs,  and  State  of  Things  Ecclesiastical, 
Civil,  Military,  and  Commercial: 

With  the   feveral  Syftems,   Seils,  Opinions,   &c.   among  Philofophcrs,  Divines, 
Mathematicians,  Phyficians,  Antiquaries,  Criticks,  &c. 


The  Whole  intended  as  a  Courfe  of  Antient  and  Modern  LEARNING, 
Compiled  from  the  beft  Authors,  Dictionaries,  Journals,  Memoirs, 

Tranfaftions,  Ephemerides,  &c.  in  feveral  Languages. 

In  T  W  O  VOLUMES. 
By  E.  CHAMBERS  Gent. 

Floriferis  ut  apes  in  falttbiis  omnia  lihant, 
Omnia  nos  Lugret. 

Volume  the  Second. 


L  O  N  T)  O  N  : 

Printed  for  James  and  Johu  Knapton,  "John  'Darby,  'Daniel  Midininter,  Arthur  Bettef-.:.-orth, 
John  Senex,  Robert  Gojling,  'John  Temberton,  JV'tUiam  and  John  hinys,  John  Osborn  and  The. 
Longman,  Charles  Rivitigton,  John  Hooke,  Rancw  Robin  fin,  Francis  Clay.  Aaron  H'ard; 
Ed'juard Symon,  Daniel  Bro^ji'tie,  Andrew:  Johnjlori,  and  Th-onias  Osbern,  M.DCC.XXV!!!. 


1a      (3^n  jA 


I The  nmth  Letter  of  the  Alphabet,  is  both 

a  Vowel  and  a  Confonant ;  agreeable  to  which  two 
different  Powers,  it  has  two  different  Forms.  The 
'  Hcbrezis  call  the  ;  Confonant  led  from  "V,  Hand 
and  Space,  in  regard  it  is  fuppofcd  to  reprcfent  the  Hand 
clcnch'd,  fo  as  to  leave  the  Space  underneath,  void.  With 


UomfiyfiKs,  both  JacaLih^  and  others,  follow  the  DoclrinS 
of  Diojcoms  touching  the  tj»jty  of  Nature  and  Perfon  in 
Jcfus  Chrift.  Jacob'ac  in  Engtt^j^  ^  Term  of  Reproach 
beftow'd  on  fuch  Perfons  as  dilslow  the  late  Revolution, 
and  fliU  affert  the  Rights,  and  adh.re  to  the  Intcrefls  of 
the  late  King  '^amss  and  his  Line.  " 

JACOBUS,  a  Gold  Coin  worth  i;  thiUingss  fo  called 


Trench  and  En^lip,  have  two  kinds  of ;  Confonants ;  tne 
firft  has  a  fnuffling  kind  of  Sound,  and  f«ves  to  iiioddy 
that  of  the  Vowels,  pretty  much  in  t).e  °H; 
Tew,  iuft,  jovial  ;  the  latter  is  pronounced  like  the  Hfirc™ 
Tod,  Inftances  of  which  we  have  in  fome  of  our  Words, 
which  are  indifferently  written  with  zym  an  .  hetore  a 
Vowel,  as  Vola;;e,  Voyage,  Loial,  Loyal,  Efc.  in  wtiich 
cafes,  the  i  is  apparently  a  Confonant,  as  being  a  Motion 
of  the  Palate,  which  gives  a  Modification  to  the  following 


weighing  6  Penny  Weight  zo Grains;  the  !at«;r  called 
alfo  Carohn,  worth  23  Shillings,  in  Weight  j  Penny  Weight 
20  Grains. 

JADE,  a  greeni/h  Stone,  bordering  on  the  Colotw  of 
Olive,  much  elleem'd  for  its  Hardnefs,  which  exceeds 
that  of  Porphyry,  Agar,  and  Jafpcr,  and  only  to  be  cut 
with  Powder  of  Diamond.  It  is  in  mighty  efteera  amorg 
the  Ti:rks  and  Po/e.*,  who  adorn  all  their  fine  Works  with 
it,   and  efpecially  the  Handles  of  their  Sabres.  This 


Vowel  'The  Vowel;,  accotding  to  Plato,  is  proper  for    Stone  applied  to  the  Rehs,  is  fiiid  to  be  a  Prefervativc 

cxprefling  fine  and  delicate  things;  On  which  account   r^'--^-     ^-   ------ 

that  Verfe  in  FirgH, 


j^cci^iufit  hlimlcum  inihrem,  yimififite  fatifamt 


Which  abounds  in  I's,  is  generally  admired.  The  Vowel 
i  was  the  only  Vowel  which  the  Romant  did  not  mark  with 
a  Dafh  of  the  Pen,,  to  Ihew  when  it  was  long 


from  the  Nephritic  Cholic.  Mr.  licrnisr  tells  us,  that  the 
Caravans  of  Thibet  carry  it  to  C.ichcmire,  and  that  the  G«- 
hhts  prize  it  as  highly  as  Diamond.  The  Natives  of  Ssitth- 
America  value  it  on  account  of  the  Virtues  they  attribute 
to  it  in  the  Epilepfy,  Difeafes  uf  the  Reins,  the  Stone 
and  Gravel.  In  a  Treatife  of  it  printed  at  P,tris,  'tis  cal- 
led the  Divine  Stone, 
nftead  of      JALAP,  is  the  l^ot  of  a  Plant  not  much  unlike  Our 


which,  to  denote  its  Length,  they  ufed  to  make  it  bigger    Bryony,  and  is  therefore  by  fome  called  Brym, .  Prmiiia- 


than  ordinary,  as  in  7^J/i,>taii,  &c.  According  to  Lif  /i 
they  repeated  it,  when  it  was  to  be  long  ;  as  in  Vit.  They 
fometimes  a  Ifo  denoted  the  Length  of  this  Letter,  by  ad- 
ding e  to  it,  and  turning  it  into  a  Diprhong,  as  T>i'vei  for 
X)rjl,  Ommn  for  Owzthj,  &c.  J  was  anticntly  a  Numeral 
Letter,  and  fi£>nificd  a  Hundred,  according  to  the  Verfe, 
/  C.  Corn-par  em,  £^  Centum  fi^nijicabit.  I  in  the  ordinary 
Rowfl7i  way  of  Numbering  figniiies  One  ;  and  when  re- 
peated, fi^nifies  as  many  Units  as  it  is  repeated  times. 


for  it  is  brought  to  us  ehiclly  from  -Per«  and 
Spa'm.  ThaMcchoacaiz  and  this  arc  reckoned  of  a  Species, 
and  therefore  as  thi.s  is  fometimes  caiied  Mecboacajia  niTra, 
that  goes  as  often  by  the  Name  of  ^alap'mm  album.  ^Aa 
this  does  not  appear  to  have  been  known  to  the  Antrents, 
it  has  its  place  in  Medicine  only  iince  thofe  parts  of  Jme- 
rica^  which  produce  ir,  have  been  traded  to  by  Europeans. 
That  which  breaks  blackefi-,  molt  brittle,  found,  antl 
/liining  within  iide,  is  the  befl ;   by  rcafon  the  rciinous 


In  Abbreviations  and  Cyphers,  J.  frcquc^nrly  reprefents    Parts,  which  give  it  thofe  Properties,  are  fuppofed 


the  whole  Word  Jefus,  whereof  it  is  the  firft  Letter. 

JABAJAHITE,  the  Name  of  a  Seft  among  the  Muf- 
fulmen,  who,  according  to  Rtcaut,  teach,  That  God  is  not 
perfccHv  wife,  that  his  Knowledge  docs  not  extend  to 
every  thinr;;  and  that  Time  and  Ex[  ericnce  have  fur- 
nifhed  him  ^'-iK  the  Knowledge  of  many  things  whereof 
he  was  bef  re  ignorant :  Thus,  fay  they,  not  being  ap- 
prized from  al!  Eterni:y  of  every  Event  that  Jliall  happen 


tain  its  Medicinal  Virtues.  Some  take  great  pains  to  ex- 
trad  its  Reiln,  which  is  to  be  done  with  any  fpirituous 
Menftruum,  and  afterwards  want  Corre£lors  for  ir.  The 
moft  common,  is  Salt  of  Tartar  or  Loaf-Sugar  j  but  if 
corre£ling  confiiKs  in  feparating  its  Parts,  as  it  certainly 
docs,  the  drawing  it  from  the  Root,  and  making  it  into 
a  Refin,  muft  be  very  ncedlefs.  Monficur  CoW(fc,  who 
hath  made,  feveral  Experiments  upon  it,  fays,  it  is  one  of 


in  the  World,  he  is  obliged  to  govern  it  according  to  the    the  beft  Cathartics  we  have,  taken  as  Nature  only  has 


Chance  and  Occurrence  of  thofe  Events. 

JACK  in  a  Slf,  is  that  Sail  that  is  hoifted  up  at  the 
Sprit-Sail-Top-Mafl-Head.  In  Falconry,  '3  'cich  is  the  Male 
of  rhc  Birds  of  Sport. 

JACK  hy  ths  Hed^e,  is  an  Herb  that  grows  wild  by 
Hedge  fiv'es,  and  under  Banks,  with  a  broad  Leaf,  and 
hath  the  Smell  of  Garlick  :  It  is  eaten  as  other  Sallad- 
Herbs,  efpecially  by  Country  People,  and  much  ufed  in 
Broth. 

JACK  m  a  Lxmhom,  or  Will  with  a  Wifp,  and  fome. 


prepared  it.    See  Qii-jrcy's  Difpenfatory. 

IAMBUS,  in  thcGreck  and  Lati/zfoetry,  is  the  Name 
of  a  Foot  in  a  Verfe,  confining  of  a  long  and  Ihort  Sylla- 
ble, an  Horace  exprefles  it, 

Syllnba  longa  brcvi  fubjsBa  "jocatitr  Iambus. 

The  fame  Poet  calls  the /flmZ>Kj  a  fwift  rapid  Foot,  TesCi- 
tits.  The  Word,  according  to  fome,  takes  its  Name  from 
Iambus,  the  Son  of  Fan  and  Echo^  who  invented  this  Foot, 
or  rather  ufed  fharp  biting  Exprelfions  to  Ceres,  when  af- 
t'lmcf,  I^msFatitus^  is  a  certain  Meteor,  or  clammy  Vapour  fli£lcd  for  the  Death  of  Proferpine.  Others  rather  derive 
in  the  Air,  which  rcfiefts  LlgKt  in  the  Dark,  commonly  it  from  the  Greek Venemm^  Poijm^  or  from  i<*_M^'i'(^«, 
haunting  Church-yards,  Fens,  Vnd  Privies,  as  ftcaming  out  maledico^  Irail  or  rcSde,  becaufe  the  Vcrfcs  compofed  of 
of  a  fat  Soil  :  It  alfo  flics  about  Rivers,  Hedges,  ^c.  IrfJKiwj'j  were  at  firH:  only  ufed  in  Satire, 
tt^here  there  is  a  continual  Flux  of  Air,  and  leads  Perfons,  IAMBIC,  a  kind  of  Verfe,  found  in  the  Creek  and  La- 
who  unwarily  follow  it,  out  of  their  way.  7?  Poets.    An  Iambic  is  a  Verfe  confifling  wholly,   or  at 

JACOB'S  Staf,  is  a  Mathematical  Inftrument  fiir  taking  Icaft  in  great  part,  of  Iambus's,  or  Feet  fo  called.  Iambic 
Heights  and  Diftances ;  the  fame  with  Crofs-Staff.  Verfes  may  be  confidered,  either  with  regard  to  the  Di- 

JACOBIN,  Dominican.  A  Name  given  in  iVflHfC  to  the  verfity  or  the  Number  of  their  Feet.  Under  each  of 
Religious  who  follow  the  Rule  of  St. Dominic,  on  occafion  of  which  Heads  there  are  diftinft  kinds,  which  have  different 
their  principal  Convent,  which  is  near  the  Gate  of  Si:3a?nes  Names,  (i.)  Pure  Iambics  are  thofe  which  confift  entirely 
Taris,  and  which  before  they  became  poffeffed  of  it  in    of  lamlus''s,  as  the  fourth  Piece  of  Cufi(//;[J-,  made  in  praife 


the  Year  1218,  was  an  Hofpital  of  Pilgrims  dedicated  to 
the  fiid  Saint.  Others  maintain,  that  they  have  been  cal- 
led 'jacobins  ever  iince  they  were  eftabliihed  in  haly^ 
in  rec^ard  they  pretended  to  imitate  the  Lives  of  Apo- 


of  a  Ship  : 

Phaftltis  illc^  quern  videtis  Hofpites. 
The  fecond  kind  arc  thofe  called  fimply  Lmhics. 


files.    They  are  alfo  called  Friars  Predicants,  and  make    have  no  Iambuses  but  in  the  even  Feet,  tho'  th( 


one  of  the  four  Orders  cf  Mendicants.    See  Dominicaff. 

JACOBITE,  a  Sef*  of  Hereticks  who  were  antiently  a 
Branch  of  the  Eutychiam,  and  are  fiill  fubfifting  in  the 
Le'vant.  They  were  fo  called  from  one  ^cimes  of  Syria^ 
who  was  one  of  the  Heads  the 'Mounphyfta,  or  Scfta- 
ries,  who  own'd  but  one  Nature  in  Jefus  Chrift.  The 
Kovophy^tcs  are  a  Seifl:  of  vaft  Extent,  comprehending  the 
jlrmeniaiis,  Cophti,  and  ^by^7uans,  but  thofe  among  them 
who  are  properly  [^flcolii'fpj,  are  but  few  and  among  thofe 
too,  there  is  a  Diviiion,  fome  being  Romaniz'd,  and  others 
perfctlly  averfc  to  the  Romini  Church  :  Each  of  which 
Parties  have  their  feveral  Patriarchs,  the  one  at  Carrmity 
and  the  other  at  Verz-apharan.    As  to  their  Faith,  all  the 


Thefa 
foine- 


times  Tribra.chia  added  to  them,  excepting  to  the  lalt, 
which  is  always  an  Iambus  3  and  in  the  uneven  Feet  they 
have  Spondees,  Anapefts,  and  even  a  Daily le  in  the  ilrft  ; 
Such  is  that  of  Medea  in  0-vid^ 

Servare  potiil,  ferdere  an  pojjfm  rogas? 

The  third  kind  are  the  Free  Iambic  Verfes,  fn  which  'tis 
not  abfolutcly  neceflary  there  /hould  hcany  Iambus  ex- 
cepting in  the  laft  Foot  ;  of  which  kind  are  all  tho'fe  of 

Fb^^dms: 

Jmittit  mcrito  piropriimi,  qi'i  alieiutm  appetit. 


A  a  a  a  ft 


JA 


C  3^<^  ) 


JA 


In  Comedies  the  Authors  feldom  confine  themfelves  more, 
frequently  lefs,  as  we  may  obfervc  ir and  Terence  : 
but  the  fixth  is  always  indifpeniibt;  an  Iambus. 

As  to  the  Varieties,  occafionC'  by  the  Number  of  Syl- 
lables, we  c&n  Sin  Iambic,  o^^"*fetre  Iambic,  that  which 
has  but  four  Feet: 

Q^eruntur  in  Syh'" 
Thofe  which  have  fx  are  called  Tyhnetres :  Thefc  are 
the  raoft  beautiful  and  arc  ufed  principally  for  the  Thea- 
tre, particularly  "1  Tragedy  ;  wherein  rhcy  are  vaftly  pre- 
ferable to  the  V'"erfes  of  ten  or  twelve  Feet  ufed  in  our 
modern  Dra  na,  in  regard  they  come  nearer  to  the  Nature 
of  Pro/e,       favour  lefs  of  Art  and  Affeilation. 

Jii  CoTijttgahs,  tuque  gemalis  Tori 

Lucma  Cnjios,  i^c. 
Thofe  with  eight  are  called  Tetrametres,  and  are  only  ufed 
in  Comedies  : 


I   their  Country  and  their  Religion, 
know  no  ocher  Parent  but  the  Sukan.  How. 


they  may 
ever,  genc- 


FecMi'iam  in  Loco  ne 


ligerc  maximtm  interdiun  ejl  Lii- 
Terence. 

iviih  two  Feet : 


Some  add  an  Iambic  Monomcirc, 
Virtus  beat. 

They  are  called  Jvlo/iometres,  Dimetres,  Trlmetres,  and  Te- 
tramctres,  that  is,  of  one,  two,  three,  and  four  Meafures, 
bccaufe  a  Meafure  confined  of  two  Feet,  the  Greeks  mea- 
furing  their  Verfes  two  Feet  by  two  Feet,  or  by  Epi- 
trites,  joining  the  Iambus  and  Spondee  together.  All  the 
Jflwi/c/hitherto  mentioned  are  perfect  ;  they  have_  their 
juft  Number  of  Feet,  without  any  thing  either  deficient  or  or  Otu 
redundant.  The  imperfed  Limbics  are  of  three  kinds,  the 
CatakBic,  which  want  a  Syllable; 

yiiifie  govern  canehartt. 
'X^iQ'BrachycatakUic,  which  want  an  entire  Foot  ; 

Mufie  ^ovis  Gnat.^. 
'X\iS 'Hyfercatale.Bic,  wlijch  have  either  a  Foot  or  a  Sylla- 
ble too  much  : 

Miifo!  Sorores  fujit  Mitieyz-'or, 
'Miijlc  Sorores  FaUadis  h-.gent. 
Many  of  the  Hymns  and  Anthems,  ufed  in  the  Church, 
are Dimetre  Iambics,  thatis,  confilling of  four  Feet. 

S.  JAMES  of  the  Stvorii,  a  Military  Order  in  Sp.im  infli- 
tuted  in  1170,  under  the  Reign  of  I'erdniarid  II.  King  of 
i^eon  and  Galicta^    Its  End  was  to  put  a  flop  to  the  Incur- 


which  they  flick  into  a  little  Cafe  in  the  forepart  of  the 
Bonnet.  Their  Arms  in  Europe,  in  a  rime  of  War,  are  a 
Sabre,  a  Carabine,  or  Mufquet,  and  a  Cartouch-Box 
hanging  on  the  left  Side.  Ac  Conjiantijiople,  in  a  time  of 
Peace,  they  wear  only  a  Staff  in  their  fland.  In  Jfia^ 
where  Powder  and  Firc-Arms  are  more  uncommon,  they 
wear  a  Bow  and  Arrows,  with  a  Poniard,  which  they  call 
Ba7iiare.  The  Janizaries  were  heretoiote  a  Body  formi- 
dable even  to  their  Mailers  the  Grand  Signiors  :  Ofman 
they  firft  flripped  of  his  Empire,  and  afterwards  of  his 
Life  j  and  Suhzn  Ibrahim  they  depofed,  and  at  lall  Wran- 
gled in  theCaJHe  of  the  Se-ven  Towers  ;  but  they  are  now 
much  lef^  confiderable.  TheirNumber  is  not  fixed.  The 
janizaries  are  Children  of  Tribute,  raifed  by  the  Tnrh  on 
theChriilians,  and  bred  up  to  the  military  Life.  They 
are  taken  at  the  Age  of  twelve  Years,  to  ihcend,  that 
forgetting  thei 


rally  fpeaking,  they  are  not  now-a-days  raifed  by  way  of 
Tribute  5  for  the  Carach,  or  Tax,  which  the  Turks  ira- 
pofcon  the  Chriltians,  for  allowing  them  the  Liberty  of 
their  Religion,  is  now  paid  in  Money,  excepting  in  fomc 
Places,  where  Money  being  fcarce,  the  People  arc  una- 
ble to  pay  in  Specie,  as  in  Mugre/ta,  and  other  Provinces 
near  the  black-Sea.  The  Officer  who  commands  the  whole 
Body  of  J.-.mzaries,  is  called  Janizar  A^ajz  ;  in  Enp^lijh, 
Agaof  the  Janizaries,  who  is  one  of  the  chief  Officers  of 
the  Empire-  Tho'  the  Janizaries  are  not  prohibited  Mar- 
riage, yet  they  rarely  marry,  nor  then,  but  with  the  Con- 
fent  of  their  Officers,  as  imagining  a  married  Man  to 
make  a  worfe  Soldier  than  a  Batchelor.  It  was  Ojman, 
.  as  others  will  have  it,  ylmnrath,  who  firlf 
inilituted  the  Order  of  Janizaries.  They  were  at  firlt 
called  Ja'ia,  that  i.s  Footmen,  to  dllllnguiih  them  from  the 
otherTiir^^,  thcTroops  whereof  confilled  moftly  of  Caval- 
ry. _  Menage,  after  Vofflv.s,  derives  the  Word  from  Genizers, 
which,  in  their  Language,  iigm^cs  Novos  Homi7ies,  or  Mt- 
lites.  Herbelot  tells  us,  that  Jemtcheri  Qgn\?[Qs  a  new  Band 
or  Troop,  and  that  the  Name  was  firft  given  by  yinmrath  I. 
called  the  Conqueror,  who  chufing  ou't  one  fifth  part  of 
the  Chriiiian  Prifoners,  whom  he  had  taken  from  the 
Grech,  and  inilrufting  them  in  the  Difcipline  of  War,  and 
the  Doctrines  of  their  Religion,  fcnt  them  to  Hagi  Behaf- 
che  (a  Perfon  whofe  pretended  Piety  rendered  him  ex- 
tremely revered  among  the  Tio-h)  to  the  end  that  he 
might  confer  his  Bleffing  on  them,  and  at  the  fame  time 
give  them  fome  Mark  to  diilingui/h  them  from  the  reft 
of  the  Troops.  Behafchc,  after  bleffing  them  in  his  man- 
ner, cut  off  one  of  the  Sleeves  of  the  Fur-Gown  which  he 


£ons  of  theM.orj;  three  Knights  obliging  themfclves  by    had  on,  and  putitonthe  Head  of  the  Lead. 


L  Vow  to  fecure  the  Roads.  An  Union  was  piopofed  and 
agreed  to  in  1170,  between  thefe  and  the  Canons  of  A. 
Eloy  J  and  the  Order  was  cunfirm'd  by  the  Pope  in  1175. 
The  higheif  Dignity  in  this  Order,  is  that  of  Grand  Ma- 
tter, which  has  been  united  to  the  Crown  of  Sp.%in.  The 
Knights  are  obliged  to  make  proof  of  their  Defcent  from 


er  ot  this  new 

itia ;  from  which  time,  viz.   the  Year  of  Chrift  1  561, 
y  have  Hill  retained  the  Name  Jenitcberi,    and  the 
Viginerns  tells  us,    that   the  Difcipline  ob- 


Families,  that  have  been  noble  for  four  Generations 
both  fides;  They  mull  alfo  make  it  appear,  that  thi 
faid  Anccflors  have  neither  been  Jews,  Saracens,  nor  Here- 
tics, nor  ever  to  have  been  called  in  quellion  by  the  In- 
quifition.    The  Novices  arc  obliged  to  fcrve  fix  Months 
in  the  Galleys,  and  to  live  a  Month  in  a  Monaflery 


M 
th, 

Fur-bonnet.    Viginerns  tells  u. , 

ferved  among  the  Jamzuries  is  extremely  conformable,  m 
a  great  many  things,  to  that  ufed  in  the  Roman  Legions. 
JANIZARY  ,at  Rome,  is  the  Name  of  an  Officer  or  Pen 


on  fioncr  of  the  Pope,  called  alfo  Partidfayit,  by  reafon  of 
certain  Rights  or  Dues  which  they  have  in  the  Annates, 
Bulls,  or  Expeditions  of  the  Roman  Chancellory.  Moil 
Authors  are  mlftakenln  the  nature  of  their  Office  5  but 
the  truth  is,  they  are  Officers  of  the  third  Bench  or  Col- 
lege of  the  Roman  Chancellory.    The  firll  Bench  whereof 


heretofore  they  were  truly  Religious,  and  took  a  Vow  of  confiits  of  Writers,  the  fecond  of  Abbreviators,  and  the 
Celibacy:  But  Jkxan^erlU.  gave  them  a  Permiffion  to  third  of  Janizaries,  who  are  a  kind  of  Correflors  and  Re- 
marry.   They  now  make  no  Vows  but  oi  Poverty,  Obe-  vlfersof  the  Pope's  Bulls. 

dience,  and  Conjugal  Fidelity;  to  which,  fince  the  Year  JANSENISM,  the  Doarine  of  CorntliHs  Janfen,  com- 
1^52,  theyhaveaddedthat  of  defending  the  mimaculate  monly  called  Janfenim,  late  Bifhop  res  in  Trance, 
Conception  of  the  Holy  Virgin.  Their  Habit  is  a  white  with  relation  to  Grace  and  Free-Will.  Janfemfm  made 
Cloak  with  a  red  Crofs  on  the  Breaft.  This  Is  e£teem'd  no  great  Noife  in  the  World,  till  after  the  Death  of  its 
the  moft  confiderablc  of  all  the  Military  Orders  in  Spain.  Author  in  when  Fr  0  mo, }d  and  Cakmn,  his  Executors, 
The  King  carefully;  preferves  the  Office  of  Grand  Mafter  publilhed  his  Book,  entitled  JuguJUnus.  The  whole  Doc- 
in  his  own  Family,  on  account  of  the  rich  Revenues  and  trine  was  reduced  by  the  Biffiops  of  France  into  five  Pro- 
Offices,  whereofhe  gives  them  the  Difpofal.  The  Num-  pofitlons,  which  follow:  I.  Some  Commands  of  God  arc 
ber  of  Knights  is  much  greater  now  than  formerly,  all  impoffible  to  righteous  Men,  even  tho'  they  endeavour, 
the  Grandees  chufing  rather  to  be  received  Into  this,  than  with  all  their  Powers,  to  accompliih  them  :  the  Grace  be- 
into  the  Order  of  the  Golden  Fleece;  inafmuch  as  this  ing  wanting  by  which  they  ihould  be  enabled  to  perform 
puts  them  in  a  fair  way  of  attaining  to  Commands,  and  them.  Il.^In'the  Stateof  corrupted  Nature,  a  Man  never 
gives  them  many  confiderable  Privileges  in  all  the  Pro-  refills  inward  Grace.  Ill-  To  merit  and  demerit  in  the 
vinces  of  .'ip.'im,  but  elpecially  in  Cafii/om'^i.  prefent  State  of  corrupt  Nature,  'tis  not  rcquifite  a  Man 
JANIZARIES,  the  Grand Signior's  Guard,  orSoldiers  fliould  have  that  Liberty  which  excludes  Neceffity  :  that 
in  the  Tio-^;/ Infantry.    As,  in  the  Tk»-M  Army,  the  £h-  which  excludes  Conftraint  is  fufficlent.    IV.  Th^    ~  ' 


j-ope.-iw  Troops  are  dlftinguifhed  from  thofe  of^a,the  Jani- 
zaries are  alfo  diftinguilhed  into  Janizaries  Conjiammaok 
and  of  iJamafcus.  Their  Pay  is  from  two  Afpers  to  twelve 
per  Di(m  j  for  when  they  have  a  Child,  or  do  any  fignal 
Piece  of  Service,  their  Pay  is  augmented.  Their  Drefs 
confifls' of  a  Dolyman,  or  long  Robe,  with  fliorr  Sleeves, 
which  is  given  them  annually,  by  the  Grand  Signior,  on 
the  firfl:  Day  of  Ramazan.  i'hey  wear  no  Turban,  bur 
in  lieu  of  that  a  kind  of  Bonnet,  which  they  call  Zarcola, 
and  a  long  Hood  of  the  fame  Stuff  hanging  on  their  Shoul- 
ders.  Onfolenin  Days  they  adorn  ihein  with  Feathers, 


Felagians  admitted  the  Neceffity  of  inward  preventing 
Grace  to  each  h€t  in  particular,  and  even  to  the  begin- 
ning of  Faith  ;  but  they  were  Heretics,  in  regard  they 
aflerted  that  this  Grace  was  fuch,  as  that  the  Will  of  Man 
might  either  refift  or  obey  it.  V.  It  is  Semi-Felapnnifm 
to  fay,  that  Jefus  Chrifi  died,  or  /bed  bis  Blood  for  all 
Men  in  general.  Janfenifm  confills  in  maintaining  this 
Doflrine,  which  is  done  two  ways;  (i.)  By  air^rring  that 
thefe  Propofitions  are  found  and  orthodox,  fj.)  In  affirm- 
ing that  they  are  evil  and  heretical  In  the  Senfe  -whercii; 
the  Church  has  condemned  them  5  but  that  this  Senfe  Is 

not 


JA 


(  3^7  ) 


IG 


not  of  ^anfenim.  ^aufcriifm  has  been  condemned  by  the 
Popes  Uf/»fl«  VIII.  Innocent  X.  Jkxafidsr  Yll.  and  Ck- 
ment  XI. 

JANUARY,  the  Name  of  the  firft  Month  of  the 
year,  according  to  the  Computation  now  ufed  in  the 
Weji.  The  word  is  derived  froin  the  Latin  t}timuinit!,  a 
IS'ame  given  it  by  the  Kmndm,  from  ^tiTiit.'^  one  of  their 
Divinities,  to  whom  they  attributed  two  Faces  becaufc, 
on  the  one  Side,  the  firllDay  of  Janitci/y^  looked  towards 
the  New  Year,  and  on  the  other  towards  the  Old  one. 
The  word  Jannatim  may  alfo  be  derived  from  Janua,  Gate  ; 
in  regard  this  Month  being  the  firft,  is,  as  it  were,  the 
Gate  of  the  Year.  It  was  introduced  into  the  Year  by  Nh- 
mti  Tomp'dins  :  Romnlns's  Year  beginning  in  the  Month  of 
March.  The  Chriflians  heretofore  fafted  the  firll  Day  of 
^ajittary,  by  way  of  Oppofition  to  the  Superftition  of  the 
Heathens,  who,  in  honour  of  Jantis,  obferved  this  Day 
with  Fcaltings,  Dancings,  Mafquerades,  ^c. 

JAPAN-EARTH,  alfo  called  Ctttechi,  is  an  Earth 
of  a  dark  purple  Colour.  It  is  very  aullere  upon  the 
Palate,  leems  to  melt,  like  the  Bole,  in  the  Mouth,  and 
leaves  foniewhat  of  a  fwcetifli  Talle  behind  it.  It  is 
famous  for  itopping  Fluxes  of  all  kinds, 

JAPANNING,  the  Art  of  varnifliing  and  drawing  Fi- 
gures on  Wood,  £if£.  after  the  fame  manner  as  the 
Workmen  do  who  are  Natives  of  Jaj?an^  a  famous  Ifiand 
not  far  from  the  Coaft  of  Cbma,  The  manner  of  it  is 
this  f  they  take  a  Pint  of  Spirit  of  Wine  well  dephleg- 
mated,  and  four  Ounces  of  Gum-Lacca  (which  laft  is 
firft  broke  from  the  Sticks  and  RubbiHi)  and  bruifing  it 
roughly  in  a  Mortar,  they  put  it  to  fteep  in  Spring-wa- 
ter, tyed  up  in  a  Bag  of  coarfc  Linen,  together  with  a 
little  Cadile-Soap,  for  the  fpace  of  twelve  Hours.  This 
done,  they  rub  out  all  the  Tin£lure,  and  add  to  it  a  little 
Alium,  and  referve  it  a-parr  j  then  add  as  much  Maftick 
and  white  Amber,  dilliUed  in  a  Matrafs,  with  the  Spirit 
of  Wine,  by  a  two  Days  Digellion,  frequently  flirring  it, 
that  if  don't  flick  to  the  Glafs  5  then  llrain  and  prefs  it 
out  into  another  Veffcl.  This  done,  they  take  the  Wood 
to  be  japanned,  and  cover  it  with  a  Layer  of  this  Varni/li, 
till  it  be  fufficiently  drenched  with  it  j  then  taking  fome 
of  the  Colour,  of  which  the  Figures  are  to  be,  they  in- 
corporate it  with  fevcn  times  as  much  of  the  Yarnifh, 
and  apply  it  with  a  Pencil,  going  over  each  part  three  fe- 
veral  times,  each  a  quarter  of  an  Hour  after  the  other: 
two  Hours  after  this  they  poli/h  it  with  Preille,  or  Dutch 
Keeds.  As  to  the  Colours  ufed  in  this  Art,  for  a  fair 
Red,  they  take  Sfani/j  Vermillion,  with  a  fourth  part  of 
Venice  Laque,  Black,  they  make  of  Ivory  calcined  be- 
tween two  Crucibles;  for  Blue  they  ufc  Ultramarine, 
and  only  twice  as  much  VarniHr  as  Colour.  The  rell  are 
applied  as  above  direfled,  except  the  Green,  which  is 
difficult  to  make  fair  and  lively,  and  therefore  feldom 
ufed.  ^'ight-'japannin^is  performed,  by  applying  three 
or  four  Layers  with  the  Colours  firft,  then  two  of  pure 
VarniHi  uncoloured,  made  according  to  the  former  Pro- 
cefs.  Before  it  be  dry,  they  fift  forne  Vcnturinc,  or  Gold 
Wire,  reduced  to  Powder,  over  it,  and  then  cover  it  with 
as  many  Layersof  pure  Varnidi,  as  render  it  like  poliflied 
Glafs  ;  and,  laftly,  rub  it  over  with  Tripoli,  Oil  of  Olive, 
or  a  Hatter's  Felt. 

JARR  0/0;/,  is  an  earthen  AfefTel  containing  froin  iS 
to  a(S  Gallons.  A  3arr  of  green  Ginger  is  about  100 
rounds  Weight. 

JASPER,  a  precious  Stone,  not  much  different  from 
the  Agate  excepting  In  this,  that  it  is  more  foft,  and  does 
not  take  fo  good  a  Polifli.  In  fome  of  thefc.  Nature  has 
amufed  herfelf,  in  reprcfcnting  Rivers,  Trees,  Aniitials, 
Landskips,  jSc.  as  if  they  were  painted.  The  florid 
Jafper,  found  in  the  Fyrcneam,  is  ufually  flained  with  va- 
rious Colours,  tho'  there  are  fome  that  have  but  one  Co- 
lour, as  Red  or  Green  ;  but  thefe  arc  the  leaft  valuable 
The  moil  beautitul  is  that  bordering  on  the  Colour  of 
Laque,  or  Purple,  next  to  that  the  Carnation  ;  but  what 
IS  now  ufually  taken  is  Green,  fported  with  Red.  Jafper 
IS  a  Hebrew  Word,  and  has  neither  been  changed  by  the 
i<Jl,«j,  nor  us.  Some  Creek  Verfions  give  it  tfe  Name  of 
Beryl.  Onheln  calls  it  Panther,  in  regard  of  its  being  fpot 
ted  like  that  Animal.  * 

JATRALEPTIC,  the  Name  of  that  part  of  Phyfick 
which  cures  by  Friflions,  by  the  Application  of  Fomenta- 
tions and  Plaillcrs.  It  was  one  Trodtciis,  a  Difciple  o(  Hie- 
focrates,  and  a  Native  of  Corintb,  who  firlt  inftitutcdit. 

JAVELIN,  a  kind  of  Spear,  or  Half.Pike,  ufed  by 
the  Antients,  both  on  Horfeback  and  on  Foot.  It  was  five 
loot  and  an  half  long,  and  the  Steel,  wherewith  it  was 
headed,  had  three  Sides  or  Faces,  which  all  terminated 
in  a  I  oinr. 

^  JAUNDICE,  a  Dlfeafc,  which  confifts  in  an  overflow- 
ing of  the  Bdc.  Of  thisthere  are  three  kinds  ;  thefirft 
properly  called  the  Jaundice,  is  owing  to  the  yellow  Bile 
which,  in  this  Cafe,  is  too  exalted  or  too  abundant  in 


the  Mafs  of  Blood  ;  or  perhaps  to  an  Obfiruaion  of  the 
Glandsot  the  Liver  vjhich  prevents  the  Gall's  being  du- 
ly feparated  from  the  -Blood.  The  fecond,  caUecL  the 
Black  3'U"'fce  IS  ownig^  ,he  fame  yellow  Bile,  min- 
gled with  Acids.  I  he  third,  bordering  on  Green,  takes 
Its  Rife  alfo  trom  a  Mixture  ol  Rile  with  an  Acid  ;  this  is 
ufually  called  the  Green-Slckne^^,  a„a  ^ Diftcmper  pret- 
ty common  in  young  Women.  In  ihe3.,„„dce,  the  White 
of  the  Eye  and  the  Skm  are  yellow,  ,„a  troubled  with  an 
Itching  ;  in  the  Black  3aund,ce  the  natural  Colour  is  loft, 
by  reafon  of  an  atrabilary  Humour  fprea4  „naerneath  the 
bkm  i  It  hrit  appears  brownifli,  and  afterwa,as  of  a  Lead- 
Colour.  The  3.v,ndice  often  proves  a  Forerunner  of 
the  Dropfy.  A  Doflor  of  rhe  Faculry  of  MontfclUe,-  calls 
the  Yellow  3>!«/ji;ice,attended  with  periodical  Pains," »  Rheu- 
matifm  of  the  Liver  ;  and  another  of  the  fame  place  calls  it 
a  Quartan  Ague  of  the  Liver.  In  the  Journal  of  J.ci»/7c 
'tis  aCferted  that  the  Jaundice  is  not  occafioned  by  Ob- 
ftruflions.  The  Acid  Spirit  of  Sal  yttnmoniac  is  faid  to  be  an 
excellent  Remedy  againft  the  Jaundice.  The  word  is  de- 
rived from  the  frcncJ,  Jamiffe,  Telhmtefs,  o{  Jaime,  Telha 
JAW,  fee  Maxilla. 

ICADES,  the  Name  of  an  antient  Feaft,  celebrated 
every  Month  by  the  Epicurean  Philofophers,  in  memory  of 
their  Mailer  £p;iBr,«.  The  Day  on  which  it  was  heltl 
was  the  2cth  Day  of  the  Moon  or  Month,  which  was 
that  whereon  Ef:cims  came  into  the  World.'  And  hence 
came  the  Name /caJei,  fignifying  a  Score,  from  «W, 
twenty.  They  adorned  their  Chambers  on  this  Day,  and 
bore  his  Image  in  State  about  their  Houfes,  making  Sa- 
crifices. ° 

ICE,  a  hard  tranfparent  Body  form'd  from  fome  Li. 
quor  congeai'd  or  fix'd.  Towards  the  Foles  are  found  vail 
Piles  of  Ice  reaching  two  or  three  hundred  Feet  above  the 
Surface  of  the  Water,  and  appearing  like  Iflands  ;  about 
whofe  Origin  there  are  different  Opinions ;  Some  think 
tis  Snow,  which  falling  in  great  Abundance  in  thcfe  cold 
Climates,  and  melting  i„  ,he  Sea,  accumulates  gra- 
dually, tdl  thofc  huge  Heaps  arc  at  length  formed.  But 
the  more  common  Opinion  is,  that  the  he  is  formed  from 
the  freili  Waters  which  flow  from  the  neighbourin" 
Lands.  Bartoh  has  written  an  Itafun  Treatifc  exprefly  on 
Ice  and  Coagulation.  And  the  JSa  Erudim-um  furni/h  us 
with  an  Account  of  a  French  Author  on  the  fame  Subieft 
See  Freezi7ig  and  Cold.  ■' 

ICH-DIEN,  the  Motto  under  the  Arms  of  the  Prince 
of  Jfofa,  which  Sir  H,5.e/„„„  judges  ro  be  in  Saxon  Ic 
Ibien,  the&jroB  D,with  a  tranfverfe  Stroke,  being  the  fame 
with  Ti,  and  figmfying,  1  ferve,  or  am  a  Servant  ;  as  the 
Saxon  Kings  Minillers  were  called  T/w»i 

ICHNOGRAPHY  in  Perfpeaive,  i,  the  View  of  any 
thing  cut  olF  by  a  Plane  parallel  to  the  Horizon  juft  at 
the  Bafc  or  Bottom  of  it.  In  Architeaure  it  is  taken  for 
the  Gcomettical  Plan,  or  Platform  of  an  Edifice,  or  the 
Ground-Plot  of  an  Houfo  or  Building  delineated  upon  Pa- 
per, defcribing  the  Form  of  the  feveral  Apartments 
Rooms,  Windows,  Chimneys,  l£c.  and  this  is  properly 
the  Work  ot  the  Mailer  Archiiea  or  Surveyor,  being  in- 
deed the  moftabllrufe  and  difficult  of  any.  In  Fortifica- 
tion it  is,  in  like  manner,  the  Plan  or  Reprefentaiion  of 
the  Length  and  Breadth  of  a  Fortrcfs,  the  dillina  Parts  of 
which  are  marked  out,  cither  on  the  Ground  itfelf,  or  up- 
on Paper.  The  word  is  derived  from  the  Creek,  iju'©-,  Vef 
tigimn,  and  yfjftj,  fcriho,  as  being  a  Dcfcription  oftheFoot- 
fteps  or  Traces  of  a  Work.   See  Flan. 

ICHOGLANS,  the  Grand  Signior's  Pages,  or  white 
Eunuchs  fcrving  in  the  Seraglio.  They  are  the  Children 
of  Chrillians,  and  are  bred  up  in  an  Aufterity  fcarcely  to 
be  conceived.  Thefe  the  Sultan  prefers  to  Offices  more 
or  Icfs  confidcrable,  as  they  appear  more  or  lefs  devoted 
to  his  Service  ;  but  'tis  to  be  obferved,  they  are  incapa- 
ble of  Offices  till  forty  Years  of  Age,  unlefs  they  have 
fome  particular  Difpcnfation  from  the  Grand  Signior. 
They  are  educated  with  a  great  deal  of  Care  in  rhe  Se- 
raglios of  Fera,  Mriajiofle,  and  Conjlam  inople.  They  are 
under  the  Dircaion  o(  a  Capi  Asa,  who  prefides  over 
their  Exercifes,  and  treats  them  with  a  World  of  Severity. 
They  are  principally  convetfant  in  the  Oda,  or  Halls, 
where,  according  to  their  feveral  Talents  or  Inclinations, 
they  are  mllruaed  hi  the  Languages,  in  their  Religion, 
or  in  Exercifes  of  rhe  Body.  The  word,  according  to 
fome  Authors,  is  compofcd  of  the  two  Turiifi  words,  icb, 
or  which  fignifiesti>/t2.i»,  and  0?/a»,  Fa^e.  In  which 
Senfe/cto^/a,,  is  a  Page  fcrving  within-fide 'the  Palace  or 
Seraglio.  Others  derive  it  from  the  barbarous  Greek, 
lyaha,  or  Vj-vjaS-,  which  was  formed  from  the  Lalia 
Incola.  Thefe  two  Etymologies  give  nearly  the  fame 
Scnfc  to  Ichoflan,  taking  hicala  for  Domiis  Incola. 

ICHOR  flriaiy  fignifies  a  thin  wntry  Humour,  like  Se- 
rum, but  it  is  fometimes  alfo  ulcd  for  a  thicker  kind, 
flowing  from  Ulcers.  The  word  is  originally  G;s,-i,  and 
fignifies  Sanies,  Rottennefs. 

ICH. 


IC 


(  3^8  ) 


ID 


ICHTHYOPHAGI,  Fi/h-eaters,  the  Kame  given  to 
a  People,  or  rather  to  feveral  different  People,  who  lived 
wholly  on  Fiflics.  TUny  places  'hem  in  the  Provinces 
of  JVrt??y([/H  and  ZflHnm.  yJg.zi/j-jr.yeJ  calls  all  the  Inhabi- 
tants from  the  Anteam  and  Eihopei  to  the  Ind:is,  Gedrofia, 
Caramania,  Ferfia,  and  all  f^'je  neighbouring  Illands,  by 
the  Name  Jc&^o/^/".  ^-ora  the  Accounts  given  us  of 
them  by  Herodotits,  Str-iU,  Schmis,  Fhitarch,  Sec.  it  appe_ars. 


cafion  for  any  thing  befides  itfelf  to  perceive  ObjctSls  f 
and  that  by  confidering  itfelf  and  its  own  Perfcftions,  it  is 
able  to  difcover  all  things  that  are  without.  Others  with 
Dejciirtss  hold,  that  our  Ideas  were  created  and  born  oXow 
with  us.  Maltbrajn-h  and  his  Followers  aifert,  that  God 
has  in  himfelf  the  Ideas  of  all  Beings  that  he  hath  cre- 
ated ;  that  thus  he  fees  all  things,  in  confidering  his  Pcr- 
fedions  to  which  they  correfpoud  ;    and  that  as  hL- ia  inti- 


indeed,  that  they  had  "battle,  but  that  they  made  no  ule  of  mately  united  to  o,ur  Souls  by  his  Prelence,  our  Mind  fees 

them  excepting  to  feed  their  Fifhes  withal.    They  made  and  perceives  things  in  Him  which  reprefent  created  Be- 

their  Houfes  of  large  Fiih-Bones,   the  Ribs  of  Whales  ings  ;  and  that  it  is  thus  we  come  by  all  our  Ideas.  He 

ferving  them  for  their  Beams.    The  Jaws  of  thefe  Ani-  adds,  that  the  wc  fee  all  fenfible  and  material  things  in 

mals  ferved  ihem  for  Doors,  and  the  Mortars  wherein  God,  yet  that  wc  have  not  our  Senfaiions  in  him.  When 

they  pounded  their  Fifli,  and  baked  it  at  the  Sun,  were  we  perceive  any  fenfible  Obje£l,  in  our  Perception  is  in- 

notbing  elfe  but  their  Vertebrae.     The  word  is   derived  eluded  both  a  Senfation  and  ix         Idea.    The  Senfation 


from  xtitGreeh,  3%:^V,  F'lfcU,  Bp,  and  is<ly>>^-i>  f-do,  I  eat. 

ICONOCLASTES,  a  Breaker  of  Images ;  a  Name 
which  the  Church  of  Komc  attributes  to  all  whorejefl  the 
Ufe  of  Iinagesin  religious  Matters  j  in  which  Senfe,  not 
only  the  Reformed, 'but  alfo  the  Eajtern  Churches  are 
called  Jcomclafics,  and  cfteem'd  by  them  Heretics,  as  op- 

pofing  the  Worfliip  of  the  Images  of  God  and  the  Saints  proportion  as  bodily  Obje£^s  prefent  themfclvts 
and l)rcaking their FiguresandReprcfentationsinChurches.    Senfes.    Such  is  the  hka  of  Body,  Sound,  Fieure. 


is  a  Modification  of  the  Soul,  and  it  is  God  who  caufcs  it 
in  us;  but  for  the  Idea  join'd  with  the  Senfatioii,  it  is  in 
God,  and  it  is  in  him  that  we  fee  it.  The  Cantjians  Ai- 
fiinguifii  three  kinds  of  Ideas.  The  firft  innate,  and  fuch 
is  that  we  have  of  God,  as  of  a  Being  infinitely  perfeft. 
The  fecond  adventitious,  which  the  Mind  receives  in 


ImagOj  linage. 


The  word  is  formed  from  the  Greek 
and  Khanvt  rnmpcrc,  ta  hreak. 

ICONOGRAPHIA,  Defcription  of  Images,  or  ot  an- 
tient  Statues  of  Marbles  and  Copper,  of  Bulls  and  Semi- 
bulls,  of  Penates,  Paintings  in  Frefco,  Mofaic  Works, 
and  antient  Pieces  of  Mignature.  The  word  is  derived 
from  f5/_fflj',  Ima^o,  and  y^.'^u^  j crilo. 

ICONOLATER,  one  who  worfliips  Images,  a  Name 
which  the  honoclaftes  give  to  thofe  of  the  Kam'tjh  Commu-  ^  ^         .   .  .  , 

nion,  on  account  of  their  adoring  Images,  and  of  render-  whi-  h  it  forms  by  its  own  Operations,  on  thofe  otliers 
ing  to  them  the  Worfhip  only  due  to  God.  The  v/ord  u.hich  the  Senfes  furniili.  So  that  a  Man  deftitute  of  one 
comes  from  the  Gree^^  f^x^p  and  ^'■a.^pju'iij,  ce/o.  of  his  Senfes,  would  never  have  any  Wert  belonging  to 


to  our 

Body,  Sound,  Figure,  Light, 
^c.  The  third,  according  to  thefe  Philofophers,  are  fac- 
titious, which  are  thofe  which  the  Mind  forms,  by  uniting 
and  affembling  the  Ideas  which  it  already  had ;  and  thefe 
are  called  complex.  But  our  great  Mr.  LotA'e  fecms  to 
have  put  this  Matter  out  of  difpute,  having  rtiade  it  ap- 
pear that  all  our  Ideas  are  owing  to  our  Senfes  j  and  that 
all  innate,  created,  fa£iitious,  ^c.  Ideas,  are  mere  Chime- 
ra's. He  proves,  that  our  Mind  has  not  abfolutely  any 
Ideas  befides  thufe  prcfentcd  to  it  by  the  Senfes,  and  thofe 


ICONOLOGIA,  Interpretation  of  various  antient  Ima- 
ges, Monuments,  and  Emblems,  from  the  Greeh  ^mv 
and         S  ffeak- 


that  Senfe  3  and  fuppoiing  him  deditute  of  all  the  Senies, 
he  would  never  have  any  Idea  at  all:  External  Objeita 
having  no  other  way  of  producing  Ideas  in  him,  but  by 
ICOSIHEDRON,  is  means  of  Senfation,  He  would  have  no  Idea,  not  even  of 
a  Solid,  which  conlifts  Reflexion,  becaufe  in  wanting  all  Senfation,  he  wants  that 
of  twenty  triangular  Py-  -which  fhould  excite  in  him  the  Operations  of  his  Mind, 
ramids,  whofe  Vertices  which  are  the  Objcdls  of  his  Reflexion.  'Tis  plain  there- 
meet  in  the  Center  of  a  fore  tKerc  is  no  innate  Idea;  no  general  Truth,  or  firl^ 
Sphere,  that  is  ima-  Principle  inherent  in  the  Soul,  and  created  with  it;  no 
gincd  to  circumfcribe  immediate  Obie£t  of  the  Mind  before  it  had  perceived 
it,  and  therefore  have  external  Objects  by  means  of  the  Senfes,  and  refie£led  on 
herefore  the  Solidity  of  that  Perception,  'i'hofe /i^t^ij  only  fecm  to  be  innate,  be- 
caufe we  find  we  have  them  as  foon  as  wc  come  to  the 
life  of  Reafon,  but  are,  in  etVcft,  what  we  formed  from 
the  ]deas  wherewith  the  Mind  was  infenfibly  filled  by  the 
Senfes.  Thus,  when  the  Mind  is  employ'd  about  fenfible 
Objects,  it  comes  by  the  Ideas  of  bitter,  fweet,  yellow^ 
hard,,  ii'f.  which  we  call  Senf-xtion  ;  and  when  employ'd 
about  its  own  Operations,  perceiving  and  reflecting  on 
them,  as  employ'd  about  t'cic  Ideas  before  got  by  Senfa- 
tion, we  get  the  of  Perception,  Thinking,  Doubting, 
Willing,  isic.  which  we  call  inward  Senfation  or  Re- 
flexion: And  thefe  two,  -oiz.  external  material  Things  as 
the  Objefls  of  Senfation,  and  the  Operations  of  our  own 


their  Height  and  Bafcs  equal ;  wherefore  the  boiulity 
f;ne  of  thofe  Pyramids,  multiplied  by  twenty,  the  Num- 
ber of  Bafes,  gives  the  folid  Content  of  the  Icofihcdro?!. 
This  Figure  being  drawn  on  Palleboard,  cut  half  through, 
and  then  folded  up  neatly  together,  will  reprelent  an 
Ic^Uhedroi:.  r    ,  r 

ICTERIC,  aTerminPhyfic,  apply'd  to  fuch  Perlons 
as  have  the  jaundice,  which  the  Latms  call  /Hen.;,  Jurigo, 
or  Morbn-'  Regius.  Iflo'ic  Medicines  are  fuch  as  are  pre- 
fcribed  in  Cafes  of  the  Jaundice.  The  Word  is  derived 
from  the  Greek 'Uti^Q-,  which  fome  derive  further  from 
iy.vi,  a  kind  of  Weafcl  with  yellow  Eyes. 

ICTHYOCOLLA,  J/;;;gAi/^--  &Wo- fays,  that  this  is  _  _^ 
iTiade  from  a  Filli,  which  is  common  in  the  Danv.he  ;  the  Minds  as  the  Objefts  of  Reflexion,  are  the  only  Originals, 
Fifla  havinc  no  Bones  but  about  the  FIcad.  After  it  is  whence  all  our  Ideas  have  their  Rife.  When  we  have 
cut  in  fmalf  pieces,  they  boil  it  in  Water  to  a  thick  Jelly,  confidercd  thefe,  and  their  feveral  Modes  and  Combina- 
which  is  fpread  abroad  and  dried,  then  rolled  up,  and  tions,  we  fliall  find  they  contain  owr  whole  Stock  of  Ideas  ^ 
brought  to  us  in  the  form  we  fee  it  in  the  Shops.  It  is  infomuch,  that  the  Underllanding  does  not  fcem  to  have 
of  a  very  glutinous  Quality,  and  confequently  good  in  the  Icall  Glimmering  of  any  Ideas  that  it  did  not  receive 
all  Difordcrs,  which  arife  from  too  thin  and  lharp  a  State    from  one  of  thofe  Sources.    And  thus  far  the  Mind  ap- 


of  the  Fluids.   The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  r/i^vi, 
Tifcis,  Fifli,  and  h'oKKa,  Glutert,  Glue. 

IDEA,  A  Term  by  which  we  mean  that  immediate 
Obje6l  of  the  Mind  about  which  we  are  employ'd  when 
we  perceive  or  think  ;  Thus,  when  we  look  at  the  Sun,  we 
do  not  fee  that  Luminary  itfelf,  but  its  Image  or  Appear- 
ance convey'd  to  the  Soul  by  the  Organ  of  Sight  =>  and 
this  Image  we  call  Wea.  The  Origin  of  Ideas  has  been  a 
long  time  difputed  among  the  Philofophers.  The  Fcripa- 
setics  maintain,  that  external  Objefts  emit  Species  that  Senfation 
referable  them  al!  around,  and  that  thefe  Species  dri- 
lling on  our  Senfes,  are  by  them  tranfmitted  to  the  Un- 
dsrllanding ;  that  being  material  and  fenfible,  they  are 
Tendered  intelligible  by  the  adive  Intelleft,  and  are  at 
length  received  by  the  paifive.  Others  are  of  opinion, 
that  our  Souls  have  of  themfelvcs  the  power  of  producing 
Ideas  of  Things  that  we  would  think  upon  ;  and  that  they 
are  excited  to  produce  them  by  the  ImprciTions  which 
Obiefts  make  on  the  Body,  tho  thefe  Impreffions  are  not 


pears  merely  paffive,  as  not  having  it  in  its  power  to 
chufc  whether  it  will  have  thefe  firll  Beginnings  or  Ma- 
terials of  Knowledge,  or  not.  For  the  Objc£ls  of  Senfe 
will  obtrude  their  ideas  upon  the  Mind,  and  the  Opera- 
tions of  the  Mind  will  not  let  us  be  without  lome  (how- 
ever ubfcure)  Notion  of  them. 

The  fame  excellent  Author  diflingui/hes  Ideas  into 
two  kinds,  viz.  Simple  and  Complex.  Of  the  former 
kind  arc  all  thofe  Ideas  which  come  into  the  Mind  by. 
And  though  the  Qualities  of  Bodies  that  af- 
fe£l  our  Senfes  are  in  the  things  themfelvcs  fo  mix'd 
and  united,  that  there  is  no  Separation  between  them  j 
yet  the  Ideas  they  produce  in  the  Mind  are  fimplo 
and  unmix'd.  Again,  fome  Idf:.is  we  acquire  purely  by 
means  of  one  Senfe,  as  the  Ideas  of  Colours  only  by  the 
Eye,  of  Sounds  by  the  Ear,  of  Heat  by  the  Touch, 
l^c.  Other  Ideas  we  gain  by  feveral  Senfes,  as  of  Space, 
Extenfion,  Figure,  Relt,  Motion,  ^c.  fur  thefe  have  their 
Effeft  both  on  the  Sight  and  the  Touch.   Therp  are  other 


k^Djccts  maKe  on  tne  ouuy,        mt.^  ..-f  ..^^  i,,v>.  ^^^^^   .  "'p     ,\  ■     ,  ^  , 

Images  in  any  refpecl  like  the  Objefls  that  occafioned  fimple  Ideas,  again,  torm  d  m  the  I\'iind  both  by  benlanon 

them.    And  in  this,  fay  they,  it  is,  that  Man  is  made  after  and  Reflexion  jointly,  as  Pleafure,  Pain,  Power,  Exillence, 

the  Imago  of  God',  and  that  he  partakes  of  his  Power;  Unity,  Succcffion,  '^c.    And  of  fome  of  thefe  kinds  of 


for  as  God  made  all  things  out  of  nothing,  and  can  re- 
duce 'em  to  nothing  when  he  pleafes,  fo  Man  can  create  as 
inany  Ideas  as  he  pleafes,  and  annihilate  tbem  when  he 
be  has  done.    Others  maintain,  that  the  Mind  has  no  oc- 


Ideas  are  all,  or  at  leafl  the  moil  confidcrable  of  thofe 
fini-plcldeas  which  the  Mind  hath,  and  out  of  which  is 
made  all  its  other  Knowledge.  The  better  to  compre- 
hend the  Nature  of  thefe  fimpic  Ideas^  it  will  be  conve- 
nient 


ID 


(  ) 


ID 


nient  to  dlflinguifh  between  them  as  they  arc  Ueas  or 
Perceptions  In  our  Minds,  and  as  they  arc  Modifications 
of  the  Bodies  that  caufe  Tuch  Perceptions  in  us  i  that  we 
may  not  think,  as  is  ufually  done,  that  they  are  exadlly 
the  Images  and  Refemblanccs  of  fomcihing  inherent  in 
the  8ubjctt  :  for  mol^  of  thofeof  Senlation,  are  in  the 
Mind  nu  more  the  Likencfs  of  any  thing  exiiling  without 
us,  than  the  Names  that  iUnd  for  'em  are  the  Likencfs  of 
the  Weaj.  But  here  the  Qualiries  of  Bodies  which  pro- 
duce thofe  Jdtas  in  our  Minds,  are  to  be  dilHnguifh'd  into 
Primary  and  Secondary.  Primary  Qualities  arc  fuch  as 
are  utterly  infcparable  from  the  Body,  in  what  State  fo- 
evcr  it  be  ;  and  fuch  as  ourScnfcs  conllantly  find  in  every 
Particle  of  Matter,  which  are  Solidity,  Extcnfion,  Figure, 
Mobility,  and  the  like.  Secondary  Qualities  arc  luch 
tis  are,  in  reality,  nothing  in  the  ObjeiSs  thcmfelves,  but 
only  Powers  to  produce  various  Senlations  in  us  by  means 
of  their  primary  Qualities  i  that  is,  by  the  Figure,  Bulk, 
Texture,  ^c.  of  their  Particles,  as  Colour,  Sounds,  Talle, 
^c.  Now  the  Idc^is  of  primary  Qualities  arc  in  fome 
ienfe  Refemblances  of  them,  and  their  Patterns  do  really 
cxiit  in  the  Bodies  themfelvcs;  but  the  if^e.ij  produced  in 
us  by  thofe  feiondary  Qualities  have  no  Rcfcmblancc  of 
them  at  all.  There  is  nothing  like  our  We-u  ex.il.ling  in 
the  Bodies  thcmfelves  that  occafum  them.  They  are  in 
ihc  Bodies  we  denominate  from  them,  only  a  Power  to 
produce  thofe  Senfations  in  us  i  and  what  is  fweet,  warm, 
blue,  JiJc.  in  theWew,  is  no  more  than  the  Bulk,  Figure  and 
Motion  of  the  Particles  of  the  bodies  thcmfelves  that  we 
call  fo. 

The  Mind  hath  feveral  Faculties  of  managing  the!e 
iimple  Ideai  that  are  worthy  of  notice:  as,  i.  That  of 
dirccrning  jultly  and  dillinguilhing  rightly  between  one 
and  another;  in  this  confUts  the  Accuracy  of  Judgment. 
2.  That  of  comparing  them  one  with  another  in  rcfpefl: 
of  Extent,  Degree,  Tiinc,  Place,  or  any  otiicr  Circum- 
llances  of  Relation  or  Dcpendance  one  on  another.  5. The 
Faculty  of  compounding  or  putting  together  the  fimple 
Idea!  received  by  Scnfation  and  Reflexion,  in  order  to 
make  complex  ones.  4.  Children  by  repeated  Senfacions 
bavins  got  fome  lilsas  fix'd  in  their  Memories,  by  degrees 
learn'the  Ufc  of  Signs;  and  when  they  can  fpeak  ar- 
ticulately, they  make  ufe  of  Words  to  iignity  their  Idecis 
to  others :  Hence,  the  Ufc  of  Words  being  to  ttand  as  out- 
ward Marks  of  our  internal  Weiii,tind  thofe  ide.is  being  taken 
from  particular  things ;  if  every  particular /;/ffl  that  we  take 
in,  lliould  have  a  }iarticular  N  ame  aff.xetl  to  it,  Names 
would  grow  endlefs.To  prevent  ihis!nc(;nvcnience,the  Mind 
has  another  Faculty  whereby  it  can  make  the  particular 
liictii  received  trom  fiich  Obje^ls,  become  general ;  v-hich 
is  done,  by  confiucring  ilitra  as  they  arc  in  the  Mind  fuch 
Appearances,  fcparate  from  all  other  Exiliences  and  Cir- 
€uinllances  of  Exiliencc,  as  Time,  Place,  and  other  con- 
comitant Ideas:  and  this  is  called  Abilrailion  ;  whereby 
Idtai  taken  from  particular  1  hings  bectime  general  Re- 
prcfentatives  of  all  of  that  kind,  and  their  Names,  general 
iNjames  applicable  to  whatever  exifts  conformable  to  fuch 
abiiraft  idtai.  Thus  the  fame  Colour  being  obferved  to- 
day in  Chalk  or  Snow,  wi:ich  we  obferved  yefterday  in 
Paper  or  Milk,  we  conlidcr  that  Appearance  alone,  make 
it  a  Reprefcntative  of  all  the  fame  Kind,  and  give  it  the 
!Narac  of  Whitenefs:  By  which  Sound  we  always  fjgnify 
the  fame  Quality,  whcrcfoevcr  to  be  met  with  or  imagined. 

From  the  Power  which  the  Mind  has  of  combining, 
comparing,  and  feparating  or  abftradting  ihc  limple  Ueas^ 
which  it  acquires  by  Senfation  and  Reflexion,  all  its 
complex  Id^as  are  formed  5  and  as  before  in  the  Percep- 
tion of  Idid!,  the  Underilanding  was  paflive,  fo  here  'tis 
aflive,  exerting  the  Power  ir  hath  in  the  feveral  AtSs  and 
Faculties  abovementioned,  in  order  to  frame  compound 
Idt.is.  All  complex  IrfciTj,  tho  their  Number  be  infinite, 
and  Variety  cndlefs,  yet  may  they  be  all  reduced  to  ihcfe 
three  Heads,  -Siz.  Modes,  Subilances,  and  Relations. 
Modes  are  fuch  complex  We«j,  as  however  compounded, 
are  not  fuppofed  to  exiit  by  thcmfelves,  but  are  confider'd 
as  Dependencies  on,  or  Affe<5^ions  of  Subflanccs;  Such  arc 
the  Ideas  fignificd  by  the  words  Triangle,  Gratitude,  Mur- 
der, iSc-  And  thefc  Modes  are  of  two  kinds:  i.  Such 
as  are  only  Variations,  or  diflcrent  Combinations  of  the 
fame  fimple  without  the  Mixture  of  any  other,  as 
a  Dozen,  a  Score,  l^c.  and  thcfe  may  be  called  flmple 
Modes.  2.  "There  are  others  compounded  of  fimplc  Weaj 
of  feveral  forts  put  together,  to  make  one  complex  one, 
as  Fcauty,  Thcfr.  Subitances  have  their  Ideas  from  fuch 
Combinations  of  fimple  Idtas^  as  arc  taken  to  reprcfent  di- 
fiinfl-  particular  thinfs,  fuhfifting  by  thcmfelves,  in  which 
the  fuppofed  or  confufcd  Idta  of  Suhfiancc,  fuch  as  it  is,  is 
always  the  Erftand  i  hief.  F  clarions  are  a  kind  of  complex 
Ideas^  arlfing  from  the  Confidcration  or  Comparifon  of  one 
Wff,  with  another.  Of  rhefe,  fome  only  depend  on  the 
Equal-itv  or  Excefs  of  the  fame  fimple  Idea  in  feveral  Sub- 
jefls,  and  ihefe  may  be  called  proportional  Relations, 


fuch  as  etjual,  more,  bigger,  fweeter.  Another  occaltori 
of  comparing  things  together,  is  owing  to  the  Circum- 
flances  ot  their  Origin  and  Beginning  i  which,  not  being 
afterwards  to  be  altered,  make  thellchuions  depending 
thereon  as  billing  as  the  Subjefls  to  which  they  bel-jng. 
Thus  it  is  with  natural  Relations,  fuch  as  Father,  Mother, 
Uncle,  Coufin,  l£c.  Thus  alfo  jt  is  with  Relations  by  In- 
fiitution,  as  Prince  and  People,  General  and  Army,  £jfc. 
As  to  moral  Relations,  they  are  the  Conformity  or  Difa- 
greement  of  Mens  free  Actions  to  Laws  and  Rules  whe- 
ther Human  or  Divine. 

Further,  with  regard  to  oxxr  Ideas  it  may  bcibfcrved  that 
fome  are  clear  and  dillinifl,  others  obicure  ai\d  confufed. 
Our  fimple  Ideas  are  clear,  when  they  continue  fuch  as  the 
Objects  reprefent  rhemtous,  when  our  Organs  of  Senfa- 
tion are  in  a  good  Tone  and  Order,  when  our  Memoriei 
retain  them,  and  can  produce  and  prefent  them  to  rhe 
Mind  whenever  it  hath  occatlon  to  confider  them  ;  and 
when,  with  this,  the  Mind  fees  that  thefe  fimple  Idejs  are 
feverally  different  one  from  another:  The  contrary  to 
which,  is  what  we  call  Obicurity  aad  Confufion. 

Again,  Idsas,  with  refpeftto  the Objc£ls  whence  they  are 
taken,  or  which  they  arc  fuppofed  to  repreft  nr,  ^ome  under 
a  threefold  Diilinclion  5  being,  i.  Either realor  fantattioftl. 
2.  True  or  falfe.  5.  Adequate  or  inadequate.  By  moXldecis 
is  meant  fuch  as  have  a  Foundation  in  Nature,  fuch  as  have 
a  Conformity  with  the  real  Being  or  Exillence  of  Things, 
or  with  their  Architypes.  Fantailical  are  fuch  as  have  no 
Foundation  in  Nature,  nor  any  Conformity  with  that  Being 
to  which  they  are  referred  as  their  Architypes. 

Now  if  we  examine  our  feveral  kinds  of  Ideas^  we  /hall 
find  that,  i.  All  our  fimple /(^e.isarcrcal ;  not  that  they  are 
Images  or  Reprefentarions  of  what  does  exil},  but  as  they 
arc  the  certain  Effcfls  of  Powers  in  Things  without  us,  or- 
dained by  our  Maker  to.prodflce  in  us  fuch  Senfations.  They 
are  real  We .u  in  us,  in  regard,  by  them  we  dilHnguifh  the 
Qualities  that  are  really  in  the  Bodies  themfclves:  their 
-Reality  lies  in  the  (Icady  Corrcfpondence  they  have  with 
the  dillintl:  Conllitutions  of  real  Brings,  but  whether 
with  thole  Conjlitutions  to  Caufes  or  Patterns,  it  matters 
not,  fo  long  as  they  are  conlfantly  produced  by  them. 
As  to  complex  Ide-is,  in  regard  they  are  arbitrary  Combi- 
nations of  fimple  Ideas  put  together,  and  united  under  one 
general  Name,  in  forming  whereof  the  Mind  ufeth  its 
own  Liberty,  lome  arc  found  real,  and  fome  imaginary. 
I.  Mix'd  Modes  and  Relations  having  no  other  Reality 
than  what  tbeyhave  in  the  Minds  of  Men,  arc  real  ^  no- 
thing more  being  required  to  their  Reality,  but  a  Foflibi- 
lity  of  exiiling  conformable  to  them.  Thefc /rftv^y  being 
themfclves  Architypes,  cannot  differ  from  their  Archi- 
types, and  fo  cannot  be  chimerical,  unlcfs  any  one  jum- 
bles inconfiilcnt  Ideas  in  them  :  Indeed,  thofe  that  have 
Names  aflign'd  to  them,  ouf.^ht  to  have  a  Conformity  to 
the  ordinary  Signification  of  thofe  N  ames,  to  prevent  their 
appearing  fantailical.  2.  Our  complex  Ideas  o{  Sufellances 
being  made  in  reference  to  things  exil+ing  without  us 
whofe  Reprefentations  they  are  thought,  are  no  further 
real,  than  as  they  are  Combinations  of  fimple  Idea^  really 
united  and  co-cxifling  in  things  without  us.  Thofe  arc  fan- 
tailical, that  arc  made  up  of  feveral  Ideas  that  never  were 
found  united,  as  Cemattr,  ^c. 

As  to  true  and  falfe  Ideas^  it  may  be  obferved,  that 
Truth  and  Falibood  in  Propriety  ot  Speech  belong  on- 
ly to  Propofitions ;  and  when  Ideas  are  term'd  true  or 
falfe,  there  is  fome  tacit  Propofition,  which  is  the  Foun- 
dation of  that  Denomination.  Our  Idtas  being  nothing 
elfe  but  Appearances  or  Perceprions  in  the  IVlind,  can 
no  more  be  faid  to  be  ttue  or  falfe,  than  fingle  Names 
of  things  can  be  faid  to  be  fo  ;  for  Truth  and  Fal/bood 
lying  always  in  fome  Affirmation  or  Negation,  our  Ideas 
are  not  capable  of  them,  till  the  Mind  palfcth  fome  Judg- 
ment of  them.  In  a  Metaphjfical  Senfe  they  may  be 
fiid  to  be  true,  i.e.  to  be  really  fuch  as  they  exill ;  tho 
in  things  called  true,  even  in  that  Serfe,  there  feems  to 
be  a  fecrer  F-cfercnce  to  ovirldeas^  look'd  upon  as  the 
Standards  of  that  Truth  ;  which  amounts  to  a  mental  Pro- 
pofition. When  the  Mind  refers  its  Ideas  to  any  thing  ex- 
traneous to  it,  they  arc  then  capable  of  being  true  or 
falfe,  becaufe  in  fuch  a  Reference,  the  Mind  makes  a  ta- 
cit Suppofition  of  their  Conformity  to  that  thing  i  which 
Suppofition,  as  it  is  true  or  falfe,  fo  the  We.7j  thcmfelves 
come  to  be  denominated.  Real  .Weiij  are  either  adequate 
or  inadequate.  Thofe  are  adequate  which  pcrfeitly  re- 
prefent thofe  Architypes  which  the  Mind  fuppofeth  theni 
taken  from,  and  which  it  makes  them  Hand  for.  Inade- 
quate are  fuch  as  do  but' partially  or  incompieatly  re- 
prefent thofe  Archi-ypes  to  widch  they  are  referred.  See 
Merjuate^  Truth,  Pleafnre^  Name,  Knowledge^  Jjfociauofij 
Modes. 

IDENTITATE  NOMINIS,  is  a  Writ  that  lies  for  hiin 
who  upon  a  Capias  or  Exigent  is  taken  and  cominitted  to 
Prifon  for  another  Man  of  the  fanae  Name. 

Bbbbb  IjpEN- 


ID 


(  370  ) 


ID 


IDENTITY  of  a  thing,  is  its  Sanienefs,  or  that  by 
which  it  is  itfcif,  and  not  any  rhing  elfc.  Our  Ideas  oi 
Idemiiy  we  owe  to  that  Power  which  the  Mmd  has  of 
comparing  the  very  Beings  of  Ihings.  whereby  con- 
fidcring  any  thing  as  cxdh'^g^^  any  certain  1  imc  and 
Place,  and  comparing  ir  with  Itfclt  as  cxilhng  at  any 
other  Time,  Cfc.  we  accordingly  pronounce  it  the  fame  or 
different.  When  we  /ee  any  thing  in  any  certain  Time 
and  Place,  we  are  fure  it  is  that  very  thing  j  and  can  be 
no  other,  how  liJ^e  ibever  it  may  be  in  all  other  refpects : 
In  regard  we  conceive  it  inipciTible,  that  two  things  of  the 
fame  kind,  /Jiould  cxil\  together  in  the  fame  Place,  wo 
conclude,  that  whatever  exiOs  any  where  at  the  fame_ 
Time,  excludes  all  of  the  fame  kind,  and  is  there  itfelt 
alone.  When  therefore  we  demand,  whether  anything 
be  the  fame  or  no,  it  refers  always  to  fomething,  that  tx- 
iiicd  at  IhchaTime,  in  fuch  a  Place,  which  it  was  cer- 
tain, at  that  inOant,  was  the  fame  w^ith  itfelf,  and  no 
other.  We  have  Ideas  of  three  forts  of  Subliances.  Brf}, 
of  Gods  i  Secondly,  of  Finite  hitelligences  ;  Thirdly^  of  Bo- 
dies, f/ji?,  God  being  Eternal,  Unalterable,  and  every 
where,  concerning  his  Idetni'y  there  can  be  no  doubt. 
Secondly,  Finite  Spirits  having  had  their  determinate  Place 
and  lime  of  beginning  to'exii^t,  the  Relation  to  that 
Time  and  Platie  w'iil  always  determine  to  each,  its  Identity, 
as  long  as  it  exifls.  Thh-dly,  The  fame  will  hold  of  every 
Particle  of  Matter  to  which  no  Addition  or  Subltra£tion  is 
made.  Thefe  three  exclude  not  one  another  out  of  the 
fame  Place,  yet  each  exclude  thole  of  the  fmie  kind, 
out  of  the  fame  Place.  The  Identity  and  Diverl^ty  of 
Modes  and  Relations  are  determined  after  the  fame  man- 
ner, that  Subilances  are  :  only  the  Atfions  of  Finite  Be- 
ings, as  Motion  and  Thought,  con^ii^^illg  in  Succeflton, 
cannot  exill  in  different  Times  and  Places,  as  perma- 
nent Beings  :  For  no  Motion  or  Tliouyht  confidered  as  at 
different  Times,  can  be  the  fame,  each  Part  thereof  haying 
a  different  beginning  of  Exidence.  From  whence  it  is 
plain,  that  Ex'ilkncc  itfelf  is  the  Tr^nc'l-iHrn  hidrjidiiaiio- 
nis,  which  determines  a  Being  to  a  particular  T  ime  and 
Place  incommunicable  to  two  Beings  of  the  fame  kind. 
Thu^,  fuppofe  an  Atom  exlfling  in  a  determined  Time 
and  Place,  it  is  evident,  that  confider'd  in  any.inftanr,  it 
is  the  fame  with  itfelf,  and  will  be  fo,  as  long  as  its  Ex- 
ilience  continues.  The  fame  may  be  faid  of  two,  or  more, 
or  any  Number  of  Particles,  whilft  they  continue  toge- 
ther. The  Mafs  will  be  the  fame,  however  jumbled  : 
but  if  one  Atom  be  taken  away,  it  is  not  the  faine  Mafs. 
In  Vegetables,  the  Identity  depends  not  on  the  fame  Mafs, 
and  is  not  applied  to  the  fame  Thing.  T  he  Reafon  of 
this,  is  the  difference  betw  een  an  animate  Body,  and  Mafs 
of  Matter  3  this  being  only  tlie  Cohcfion  of  Particles  aity 
how  united  i  the  other,  fuch  a  Difpofition,  and  Organiza- 
tion of  Parts,  as  is  fit  to  receive  and  diltribute  Kourifla- 
mcnt,  fo  as  to  continue  and  frame  the  Wood,  Bark, 
Leaves,  ^c.  (of  an  Oak,  for  inilance)  in  which  confilts 
the  Vegetable  Life.  That  therefore,  which  hath  fuch  an 
Organization  of  Parts,  partaking  of  one  common  Life, 
continues  to  be  the  fame  Plant,  tho'  that  Life  be  comma 
nicated  to  new  Particles  of  Matter  vitally  united  to  the 
living  Plant.  The  Cafe  is  not  fo  much  different  in  Brutes, 
but  that  any  one  may  hence  fee  what  makes  an  Anirr.al, 
and  continues  it  the  fame.  The  Identity  of  the  fame  Man 
likewife  confitts  in  a  Participation  of  the  fame  continued 
Life,  in  fucceeding  Particles  of  Matter  vitally  united  to 
the  fame  organized  Body.  To  underlfand  Ideutiiy  aright, 
we  muff  confider  what  Idea,  the  Word  it  is  applied  to, 
flands  for:  it  being  one  thing,  to  be  the  fime  Subftance  j 
another,  the  fame  Man  ;  and  a  third,  the  fame  Per- 
fon.  An  Animal  is  a  living  organized  Body  :  and  the 
fame  Animal  is  the  fame  continued  Life  communicated  to 
cliff"erent  Particles  of  Matter,  as  they  happen  fucceifively 
to  be  united  to  that  orgai^ized  living  Bodyj  and  our  No- 
tion of  Man,  is  but  of  a  particular  fort  of  Animal.  Per- 
fon  ftands  for  an  intelligent  Being,  that  rcalons,  and  re- 
fiecis,  and  can  conlldcr  itfelf  the  fame  thing  in  different 
Times  and  Places;  which  it  doth  by  that  Confcioufnefs, 
that  is  infeparable  frorn  Thinking.  By  this  every  one  is 
tohimfclf,  what  he  calls  Self,  without  confidering,  whe- 
ther that  Self  be  continued  in  the  fame  or  diverfe  Sub- 
ffances.  In  this  coniifls  Perfonal  Identity,  or  the  Samenefs 
of  a  Rational  Being  ;  and  fo  far  as  this  Confcioufnefs  ex- 
tends backward  to  any  paft  Aftion,  or  Thought,  fo  far 
reaches  the  Identity  of  that  Perfon.  It  is  the  felf-fame 
now,  it  was  then:  And  it  is  by  the  fame  Self,  with  this 
prefcnt  one,  that  now  refleils  on  it,  that  f/j^Jt  Atfion  was 
dojie.  Self  is  that  confcious  Thinking  Thing,  whatever 
SuhOance,  It  matters  not,  which  is  confcious  of  Plcafure 
and  Pain,  capable  of  Happinefs  or  Mifery  ;  and  fo  is  con- 
cerned for  itfcif,  fls  fjr  as  tHat  Confcioufnefs  extends. 
That-  with  which  the  Cunfcioufnefs  of  rhis  prefcnt  Think- 
ing Thing  can  join  irfelf,  makes  the  fame  Perfun,  and  is 
one  Self  with  it  3  and  fo  attributes  to  itfelf,  and  owns  all 


the  Actions  of  that  thing,  as  its  own,  as  fir  as  that  Con- 
fcioufnefs reachcth.  I'his  Perfonal  Identity  is  the  Objecl 
of  Reward  and  Puni/liment,  being  that  by  which  every 
one  is  concerned  for  himfelf.  If  the  ConLiuufnefs  wcnc 
along  with  the  little  Finger,  when  that  was  cut  off",  ic 
would  be  the  fame  Self,  that  was  juft  before  concein'd 
for  the  whole  Body,  if  the  fame  Socrates,  waking,  and 
ilecping,  did  not  partake  of  the  fame  Confcioufnefs,  ihey 
would  not  be  the  iamc  Perfon:  Socrates  waking  cculd  not 
be  in  juflicc  accountable  ior  what  Socrates  fleeping  did  ; 
no  more  than  one  Twin,  lor  what  his  Brother  Twin  did, 
becaufe  their  Outfides  were  fo  like,  that  they  could  not 
be  diilinguiffi'd.  But  fuppofe  I  wholly  iofe  the  Memory 
of  fome  Parts  of  my  Life,  beyond  a  poffibility  uf  re- 
trieving them,  fo  that  1  fhall  never  be  confcious  of  them 
again  j  am  I  not  again  the  ftine  Perfon  that  did  thofe 
A^fions,  tho'  \  have  torgot  iliLm  V  I  anfwer.  We  muff 
here  take  notice  what  the  word  7  is  applied  to,  which  in 
this  Cafe  is  the  Man  only  :  And  the  fame  Man  being  pre- 
fumed  to  be  the  lame  Perfun,  /  is  eafily  here  fippofed  to 
fiand  alfo  for  the  fame  Perfon.  Cut  if  it  be  pcflible  for 
the  fame  Man,  to  have  diftin61  incommunicable  Con- 
fcioLfiicfs  at  diff^i'rent  times,  it  is  palt  doubt  the  fame 
Man  would  at  different  times  make  different  Perfons. 
U'hich  we  fee  is  die  Senfe  of  Mankind  in  the  folemneft 
Declaration  of  their  Opinions;  Human  Laws  not  pun i fil- 
ing the  Madman  for  the  fober  Man's  Aifions,  nor  the 
fober  Man,  for  what  the  Madman  did  h  thereby  making 
them  two  Perfons.  Thus  we  fay  in  Engllfi,  Such  an  one 
is  not  himfelf,  or  is  befidcs  himfelf ;  in  which  Plirafes  it 
is  infinuated,  that  Self  is  changed,  and  the  felf-fame  Per- 
fon is  no  longer  in  that  Man.  But  is  not  a  Man,  drunk  or 
fober,  the  fame  Perfon?  Whv  elfe  is  he  punifhed  for  the 
fame  Fact  he  commits  when  drunk,  tho'  he  be  never  af- 
terwards conlcious  of  it  I  Juit  as  much  the  fame  Perfon, 
as  a  Man  that  walks,  and  does  other  things  in  ids  Sleep, 
is  the  fame  Perfon,  and  is  as  anfwerable  fiir  any  Mifchief 
he  fliall  do  in  it.  Human  Laws  punifli  both  with  a  Juftice 
fuitable  to  their  way  of  Knowledge  :  Becaufe,  in  thefe 
Cafes,  they  cannot  ililtinguifft  certainly,  whatisreal,  and 
what  is  counterfeit  ;  and  fo  the  Ignorance  in  Drunkennefs 
or  Sleep  is  not  admitted  as  a  Plea.  For  tho' Puni/hment 
be  annexed  to  Perfjiiaiity,  and  Perfonality  to  Confciouf- 
nefs, and  the  Drunkard  is  not  confcious  perhaps  of  what 
he  did ;  yet  Human  Judicatures  jnllly  punifii  him,  be- 
caufe Lhc  F'ail:  is  proved  againff  bim,  hut  want  of  Con- 
fcioufnefs cannot  be  proved  for  him.  But  in  the  great 
Day,  wherein  the  Secrets  of  all  Hearts  ffiall  be  laid 
open,  it  may  be  reafonable  to  think  no  one  fb.all  be 
made  to  anfwer  for  what  he  knows  nothing  of,  but  fliall 
receive  his  Doom,  his  own  Confcience  accufing,  or  elfo 
excufing  hiin.  To  conclude,  Whatever  Sublhmce  begins 
to  exiff,  it  muil,  during  its  Exillence,  be  tiie  faine  : 
Whatever  Compolition  of  Subftances  begin  to  exifl,  du- 
ring the  Union  of  thofe  Subllances,  the  Concrete  mull  be 
the  fime.  Whacfoever  Mode  begins  to  exid,  during  its 
Exigence  it  is  the  fame  :  And  fo  if  the  Compoiition  be 
of  diftinft  Subf  ances,  and  difft-rent  Mcdes,  the  fame 
Rule  holds.  Whence  it  appears,  that  the  Difficulty  or 
Obfcurity  that  has  been  about  this  matter,  rather  arifes 
frum  Names  ill  ufed,  than  from  any  Obfcurity  in  the 
things  themfelves.  For  whatever  makes  the  fjiccifick 
Idea,  to  which  the  Name  is  applied,  if  that  Idea  be 
ffeadily  kept  to,  the  Di(iin£iion  of  any  thing  into  the  fame 
and  diverfe,  will  eaf  ly  be  conceived. 

IDEOT  in  the  original  Greek  iJ.'aw,  fignifies  a  private 
Perfon  who  has  no  public  OfHce.  Among  the  Latins  it  in 
ufed  for  IHiteratus,  Imperitus  5  and  in  our  Engl'p  Law,  for 
a  Perfon  mn  comfas  nientis,  or  a  natural  Fool.  A  Perfon 
that  has  Underffanding  enough  to  meafure  a  Yard  of 
.Cloth,  number  ic  rightly,  tell  the  Days  of  the  Week, 
£jc.  is  not  an  Ideot  in  the  Eye  of  the  Law- 

IDES,  is  a  Word  which  was  ufed  by  x\\c  Roma}?s,  in 
their  Calendar,  to  diftingulfli  the  Days  of  the  Month  by. 
They  commonly  fell  out  the  13th  of  every  Month,  ex- 
cept in  the  Months  o^}Aa)-ch,  May,  ^u!y,  and  OSIoher,  for  in 
thefe,  the  We?  were  on  the  15th  of  the  Month.  This  word 
is  fald  to  be  derived  from  the  f/efninflj2  word  Iditare,  that 
is,  to  divide ;  becaufe  the  Month  is,  in  a  manner,  equal- 
ly divided  into  two  Parts  by  the  Ide;  ;  and  the  Nones 
were  perhaps  fo  called  from  A'OHo  Wj;',  the  ninth  of  the 
Idcs,  becaufe  they  were  In  the  room  of  the  ninth  of  the 
Ides.  Some  others  obferving,  that  there  were  three  con- 
iiderable  Varieties  in  the  Motion  of  the  Moon  ;  the 
firll,  when  fl:e  is  quite  hid  under  the  Beams  of  the 
Sun  j  the  fecond  at  the  firtlDay  of  her  appearing,  when 
wc  fee  her  in  an  Evening,  with  her  Horns  proceeding 
out  of  his  Rays  ;  and  the  third  when  Ihe  is  in  her  full 
Light :  The  common  Opinion  was,  that  from  thence  Ro- 
miiltis  took  occafion  to  divide  the  Days  of  the  Months  ; 
which  he  began  always  by  the  Calends,  in  the  time  that 
the  Moon,  fvh  Radiis  Solis  cdaretur^    was  hid  under  t!ie 


ID 


(  371  ) 


ID 


Beams  of  tKe  Sun  ;  then  gLive  the  Name  of  Nona,  or  Nova 
i,u,2x,  to  the  Dayof  the  jfirft  appearing  of  the  New  Moon  ; 
and  Itius,  fay  they,  took  the  Name  when  Ihc  was  full,  and 
appeared  in  her  Beauty, from  the  Grec/ivjord  «cr©-,that  is, 
Btauty.  From  thence  they  draw  an  Argument  for  the  In- 
etiualuy  of  the  Daysofthe  Nones-,  for  asitfallsout  by  the 
Cumpoiition  of  rhe  Motions  of  the  Sun  and  the  Moon, 
that  the  Moon  comes  out  of  the  Beams  of  the  Sun,  fome- 
times  fooner,  and  fometimes  later,  and  that  thisDiverfity  is 
commonly  included  in  the  fpace  of  two  Days  i  k  is  like- 
ly, they  fay,  that  in  the  time  that  Romulus  iniliruted  his 
Calendar,  the  Moon  was  l;ept  a  longer  time  hid  under 
the  Beams  of  the  Sun,  in  the  Month  of  March,  M^iy,  >- 
/jy,  and  October:  wherefore  he  allowed  fcven  Days  to  the 
J\ro??es  in  thofe  four  Months,  and  five  Da^,  s  only  to  the  o- 
thcrs,  during  which,  it  may  be,  the  Moon  got  off  from 
theie  Beams,  and  appeared  fooner.  Others  draw  the 
word  Uns  {rom  Idi'.Uum,  which  was  the  Name  of  the  Vic- 
tiiTi  oiFered  to  ^uptcr,  the  Day  of  the  Ue^,  that  was 
confecrated  to  him.  Some  derive  it  from  the  Tnfcan 
Wordifif,  which  figniiics,  amongft  that  Nation,  the  fame 
as  7t/H!  among  the  Ron^.iKs.  I'hey  allowed  eight  Days  for 
the  Ides  :  Thus  the  eighth  Day  of  the  Month,  in  thofe  four 
Months,  and  the  lixtb,  in  the  other  eight,  were  accounted 
theeiwhchof  the  Idcs^  and  fo  on,  always  decreafing  to 
theizthor  14th,  which  was  called  the  Frldie,  or  E-ve  of 
the  Ides,  and  on  the  15th  or  15th  was  the  Day  of  the  Ides. 
This  way  of  accounting  is  ItiU  in  ufe  in  the  Roma?!  Chan- 
cery, and  in  the  Calendar  of  the  Breviary. 

The  Ides  of  ^day  were  confecrated  to  Mercury  ;  the  Ides 
of  were  ever  elteemed  unhappy,  after  O/ar's  Mur- 

der on  that  Day  ;  the  Time  after  the  Ides  of  Jiaie  was 
reckoned  fortunate  fur  thofe  who  entered  into  Matrimony  ; 
the  Ides  of  yJii^^nJt  were  confecrated  to  Diana^  and  v/ere  ob- 
fcrved  aj  a  feafl-Day  by  the  Slaves.  On  the  Ida  of  Sef- 
temher  Auguries  were  taken  fur  appointing  the  Magiftrates, 
who  formerly  entered  into  thjir  Offices  on  the  Ides  of  M.i^, 
afterwards  on  thofe  of  Mirch.  Sec  Rojinus^  and  others, 
who  have  written  of  the  Roman  Antiquities. 

IDIOM,  VialeB,  the  Language  of  fome  particular 
Province,  dilfering,  in  fome  relpelts,  from  the  Language 
of  the  Nation  in  general,  whence  it  is  derived.  The 
word  comes  from  the  Greek,  }c!)'oiJ.^i-f  Fro^nety^  of  iJ^i©-, pro- 
per, J  elf. 

IDIOPATHY",  a  DiTcafe  or  Indifpofition  proper  to 
fome  particular  Member,  or  Part  of  the  Body,  not  caufed 
by  any  other  Difeafe,  or  preceding  Affeilion,  nor  having 
any  thing  lo  do  with  the  reil  of  the  Body.  It  is  oppofed 
toSympaihy,  which  happens  when  the  Indifjofition  takes 
its  Rife  trom  a  Diforder  in  fome  other  Part  of  the  Body. 
Thus  a  CaiaraCl  in  the  Eye  is  o.nIdiopathy  :  an  Epilepfy  is 
cixhtr  id!oj>athic  ov  Symp'Jithic  i  Idioj},ith:c  when  it  happens 
purely  thro'  fume  Fault  in  the  Brain,  Sym^arhic  when  it  is 
preceded  by  fome  other  Diforder.  The  word  is  derived 
from  xh^Greeki'iJ)©-,  frc^er,  particular  y  and  ttoQ©-,  Faf- 
JioTi,  JjfeR'ion. 

IDIOSYNCRASY,  in  Phyfic,  is  a  Temperament  pe- 
culiar to  fome  Body,  in  confequence  whereof,  whether  in 
Sicknefs  or  in  Health,  it  has  a  more  than  ordinary  Aver- 
Jion  or  Inclination  to  certain  things,  or  is  more  affefted 
with  them,  than  others  ufually  are.  The  word  is  derived 
from  the  Greeh,  i-')©-,  fro^er^  auvi  zaii/j,  and  it^-oii,  Crafis, 
'Mixture,  Temperament. 

IDIOT  A  Inquir  end.!  "ijel  Exammanda,  is  a  Writ  ilTued  out 
to  rhe  Efchcatur  or  Sheriff  of  any  County,  where  the  King 
has  notice  that  there  is  an  Ideot  naturally  born,  fo  weak  of 
TJnderilanding,  that  he  cannot  govern  or  manage  his  Inhe- 
ritance, directing  him  to  call  before  him  the  Party  fuf- 
pedied,  and  examine  him  :  for  the  King  has  the  Protedion 
of  bis  Subjedls,  ^and  by  his  Prerogative  the  Government 
of  the  Lands  and  Subftance  of  fuch  as  are  naturally  de- 
feflive  in  their  own  Difcretion. 

IDIOTISM,  in  Grammar,  is  an  Inflexion  of  fome 
Verb,  a  particular  Conllruflion  of  fome  Phrafe  or  Parti- 
cle that  is  anomalous,  and  deviates  from  the  ordinary 
Kule  of  the  Language  of  the  Nation,  but  which  is  in 
ufe  in  fome  particular  Province  of  it.  Several  Authors 
have  written  of  the  Idht/Jms  in  the  Gree/;  and  Lathi  Lan- 
guages ;  that  is,  of  the  particular  Turns  in  thofe  Tongues 
which  vary  rhe  motl  from  each  other,  and  from  the  more 
popular  among  the  modern  Tongues  ;  Bur  the  Examples 
of  thefe  W-'ot/y'ms being  borrowed  from  the  befl  Authors, 
Jd'mifm,  in  thisSenfe,  cannot  properly  be  called  an  Irregu- 
larity.   The  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek,  '1  ^'-Q-,  prrper. 

IDOL,  a  Statue  or  Image  of  fome  falfe  God,  to  whom 
Divine  Honours  are  paid,  Altars  and  Temples  erecled, 
and  Sacrifices  made.  Thus  the  Co!offus  at  R'fodes  was  an 
Idol  of  the  Sun,  the  Fjithd'um  a,n  Idol  ofM/jcnvi.  Sic. 
The  word  Lomes from  the  Gi-ee/^  6iJ>.>hc-j\',  of  ^J^'Sr,  Imago, 
Fiii^ura. 

'IDOLATRY,  the  Worfhip -and  Adoration  of  falfe 
Gods,  or  the  giving  thofe  Honours  to  Creatures,  or  the 


Works  of  Man's  Hand,  which  are  only  due  to  God.  Se- 
veral Authors  have  written  of  the  Origin  and  Caufcs  of 
Idolatry,  and  among  the  relt  To^hj,  Seide?!^  Guodw'in,  and 
Ttnnifm  ;  but  'tisitiU  a  Doubt  who  was  the  lirll:  Author 
of  it.  'Tis  generally  allowed,  however,  that  it  had  not 
its  Beginning  till  after  the  Deluge,  and  many  are  of  Opi- 
nion that  iie/Mj,  who  is  fuppolcd  10  be  the  fame  with /V.'»;- 
rod,  was  thefirlt  Man  that  was  d^itied.  But  whether  they 
had  not  paid  Divine  Honours  to  the  Heavenly  Bodies  be- 
fore that  time,  cannot  be  determined,  our  Acquaintance 
wiih  thofe  remote  Times  being  extremely  ilender.  All 
that  can  be  faid  with  Certainty,  is,  Thar  Years  after 
the  Deluge,  when  God  lead  i  hara  and  his  Family  out  of 
Chaldea,  and  ylbraham  paffed  over  'Mefopota.'.na  Canaaflt 
the  Kingdom  of  the  Fhiliji'mes  and  E-jyft,  it  d^^s  not  ap- 
pear that  Idolatry  had  then  got  any  fuoting  in  any  of  thofe 
Countries,  tho'  fome  pretend  that  Abraham  himfi\f  was 
an  Idolater.  The  firit  mention  we  find  made  of  it,  is  in 
Genefis^  chap,  xxxix,  Der.  i>).  where  Rachel  is  faid  to  have 
taken  the  idols  of  her  Father  j  for  tho'  the  meaning  of 
the  Hebrew  word  CS^B'in  he  difputed,  yet  'tis  evident 
they  were  Idols.  Laban  ca.\\s  them  his  Gods,  and  jacoh 
calls  them  ilrangeGods,  and  looks  on  them  as  Abomina- 
tions. Clhvernis,  Germ.  Amiq.  I.  i.  maintains  Cain  to  have 
been  the  firii  Idolater,  and  tlie  faife  Gods  that  he  wor- 
ftiipped  to  have  been  the  Stars,  to  whom  he  fuppofeJ 
God  had  left  the  Government  ol-  the  low.jr  World:  buE 
this  is  mere  Conjefture.  The  principal  Caufcs  thai  have 
been  affigned  for  kiok try,  are  thefe  :  (r._)  The  iivlelible 
Idea  which  every  Man  has  of  a  God,  and  the  Evidence 
which  hegives  of  it  to  hiinfelf  (a.j  An  inviolable  A'  tach- 
mcnt  to  Senfe,  and  an  Habitu  le  of  judging  and  d.icid- 
ing  by  it,  and  it  only.  (:..)  The  Pride  and  v  aniry  of 
the  human  Soul,  which  is  rot  fatisfied  with  fimpieTn-th, 
but  mingles  and  adulteraies  it  with  Fables.  (4.)  ''['he 
Ignorance  of  Antiquity,  orof  the  fird  Times,  and  cti.',flrll 
Men,  whereof  we  have  but  a  very  dark  and  confufed 
Knowledge  by  Tradition,  they  having  left  no  written  Mo- 
numents or  Books.  (5.)  The  Ignorance  and  Changes  of 
Languages.  (5.)  The  Style  of  the  Oriental  Languages, 
which  is  figurative  and  poetical,  and  perfonlfies  every 
thing.  f70  '!  he  Superdition,  Scruples,  an  '  Fears,  in- 
fpired  by  Religion.  (S.)  The  Flattery  of  Writers.  (9.) 
I'he  falfe  Relations  of  I'ravellers.  {lu.)  The  Fictions  of 
Poets,  (ii.)  Ihc  Imaginations  of  Painters  and  6culp- 
tors.  (12..)  A  fmattering  of  Phyfics,  that  is,  a  llight 
Acquaintance  with  natural  Bodies,  and  Appeara-rices,  and 
their  Caufes.  (14.)  The  Ellabliilunent  ot  Colonies,  and 
the  Invention  of  Arts,  which  have  been  perverted  by  bar- 
barous People,  (i  5.)  The  Artifices  of  Prieils.  (kT.)  The 
Pride  of  certain  Men,  who  have  aft'eifted  to  pafs  f  ir  Gods. 
(17.)  The  Affeflion  and  Gratitude  bore  by  the  People  to 
certain  of  their  Great  Men  and  Benefaftors.  Ci^O  The 
Scriptures  themfelves  ill  underltood.  The  word  comes 
from  the  Gree^  w'J'.iAoAttTpM,',  which  is  compofed  of 
Ima^o,  Ima^e,  and  A-j.TtiCavi  fer'Vire,  fo  Jerve. 

IDYLLION,  in  Poetry,  is  a  little  gay  Poem,  contain- 
ing the  Defcription  or  Narration  of  fome  agreeable  Ad- 
ventures. Theacritiis  is  the  oidell  Author  who  has  written 
IdylUons.  The  Italians  imitate  him,  and  have  brought 
the  Idylhon  into  modern  L'fe.  The  Idylhons  of  Theocritus 
have  a  world  of  Delicacy  ;  they  appear  with  a  clownifh, 
rullic  kind  of  Simplicity,  but  are  full  of  the  moll:  exqui- 
fite  Beauties  j  they  feem  drawn  from  the  Brcalt  of  Na- 
ture herfelf,  and  to  have  been  diftared  by  the  Gra- 
ces. The  Idylhon  is  a  kind  of  Poetry,  which  paints 
the  Obje£ls  it  defcribes ;  whereas  the  Efic  Poem  re- 
lates ihem,  and  the  Dramatic  a6i:s  them.  The  modern 
Writers  of  Idylhons  don't  keep  up  to  that  original  Simplici- 
ty obferved  by  Theocritus  ;  the  People  of  our  Days  would 
not  bearan  amorous  Fiiflion,  refumbiing  the  clumfy  '  .al- 
lantrics  of  our  Peafants.  E-oileau  obferves  that  the  fliorteft 
Idyll  ons  are  ufually  the  bell.  The  word  is  derived  from  the 
Gree/;  ti'iA/?A/3V»  of  tirPk^j  Fifure,  Rtprefentativfi  ^  in  regard 
this  Poetry  coniifts  in  a  lively  natural  Image,  or  Repre- 
feniation  of  Things. 

JEAT,  fometimes  called  Black  Jmber^  is  a  Mineral, 
or  a  foffiie  Stone,  extremely  black,  formed  of  a  lapidific 
or  bituminous  Juice  in  the  Earth,  in  the  manner  of 
Coal:  It  works  like  Amber,  and  has  moll:  of  its  Quali- 
ties. It  abounds  in  Dat:pbi>je,  but  the  bell:  in  the  World 
is  faid  to  be  produced  in  fome  of  the  No--thern  Parrs  of 
EtigtaJid.  There  is  alfo  a  faflitious  ,7£Mnade  of  Glafs,  in 
imitation  of  the  Mineral  jet.  This  is  drawn  ojt  into  long 
hollow  Strings,  which  arc  cut,  and  formed  at  pleafure. 
It  is  much  ufed  in  Embroiderifs,  and  in  r'le  Trimmings 
of  Mourning,  and  mav  be  made  of  any  Cohjur,-  tho  'tis 
ufuallv  black  and  white. 

JECl  IGATION,  in  Phyfic,  Is  a  Trembling  or  Palpi- 
tation felt  in  the  Pulfe  of  a  fick  Ferfon,  which  fhews 
that  rhe  Brain,  which  is  the  Origin  of  the  Nerves,  is 
attacked  and  threatned  with  Convulfions, 

JECUR- 


JE 


(  372  ) 


JECUR.  SeeLher. 

JECUR  UTERINUM:  The  Thcentals,  by  fomc  thus 
called,  from  the  fuppofed  Simil'i^Litle  oi  its  OjKce  w-ich 
that  of  the  Liver. 

JEJUNUM.    See  Inttfiineu 

JLOfAYLE;  a  Compound  three.  French  words, 
ay  faille,  1  h..ve  f.i'lsd.  Jc  is  ufed  in  a  legal  ijcnfe,  ■  when 
the  Parties  to  any  Suit  have,  in  pleading,  proceeded  fo 
far,  that  they  have  j<-'ined  Ifliie,  which  lliail  be  tryed,  or 
is  trycd  by  a  Jury,  and  this  Pleading  or  Iffue  is  badly 
joined,  fo  that  it  will  be  Error  if  tuey  proceed.  In  this 
Cafe  one  of  the  Parties  might,  by  their  Counfel,  /Iicw 
if  to  the  Court,  as  well  after  Vcrdift  given,  as  before 
the  Jury  was  charged  :  But  this  occafioning  great  De- 
lays in  Suits,  for  the  Redrefs  thereof  fcveral  Statutes 
were  made,  ws.  3z  H.  Vlll.  c.  30.  by  which  it  was 
cna£ied,  '  That  if  the  Jury  have  once  pafled  upon  the 
'  Iffue,  tho'  afterwards  there  be  found  a  Jsofayle  in  the 

*  Pleading,    yet  fl;all  Judgment  be  given  according  to 

*  the  Verdict  of  the  Jury."  Other  Statutes  nave  alfo 
been  made  relating  to  the  fame  thing,  in  the  time  of 
K'mg^amt'sh  and  Queen  Elizabeth,  and  yet  the  Fault 
little  mended. 

S.  JEROM,  the  Name  of  four  feveral  Orders  of  Re^ 
liaious,  who  are  fotnctimes  alfo  coXXcA.  ^eronymitcs.  Tiie 
firlf,  called  the  Order  of  Sv.'Jsrom  of  Sptiin^  owe  their 
Origin  to  the  third  Order  of  St.  t'raiicis^  whereof  the  firft 
'Jsronymires  were  Members.  Gregory  the  Eleventh  con- 
iirmed  this  Order,  under  the  Nanir;  of  St.  je-om,  whom 
they  had  chofen  for  their  Patron  and  their  Model,  and 
gave  tbeni  the  Conllituiions  of  the  Convent  of  Si.  Mary 
of  the  SepitU-bre,  with  the  Rule  of  St.  /ugufiine  ;  and  for 
Habit,  a  white  Tunic,  with  a  Scapulary,  a  little  Ca- 
puche,  and  a  Mantle,  all  of  their  natural  Colour,  with- 
out Dying,  and  of  a  mean  Price.  The  jeravymites  arc 
in  pofllffion  of  the  Convent  of  A.  L,mrtuce,  in  the  Ef- 
airia/y  where  the  Kings  of  Sp^in  are  buried.  In  Sj>ain 
is  likewifc  an  Order  of  Nuns  of  St. ^erom,  founded  by 
a  Ladv  towards  t!ie  clofe  of  the  rjth  Century.  Stxim 
put  them  under  the  Juriididlion  of  the  '^erouymites,  and 
gave  them  the  Conllitutions  of  the  Monaitcry  of^'r.  M.v,-th^i 
of  Cordtiha,  which  were  afterwards  changed  by  Leo  X.  for 
thofc  of  the  Order  oi'  ^i.jerom.  7 he  fccond  Order  of 
St.  jCYom  is  that  of  Lomhardy,  called  St.  'j.  iom  of  th  Ob- 
Jen>a;7ce,  f(jur,dcd  by  Loup  d'Qlmtdo  in  141,4.  in  the  Moun- 
tains of  Ca^ciUa^  in  iheDiocefsof  Se-vU.  The  third  Ordei 
cf  5e(a)?j)"witej  was  founded  by  Peter  Gumkicorti  about  the 
lear  1577  i  but  the  Vows  they  made  were  onl)  limplc 
till  1568,  when  Fiits  V,  appointed  them  to  be  fulcmn. 
They  haveHoufesin  Tirol,  ita/y,  and  Bazwia.  The  fourth 
Congregation  of  'Jerojiymiterf  are  the  Hermites  of  St.  Je- 
rom  oi  iiez-oli,  begun  in  1560,  when  Charles  de  Monte^ra- 
r.dl,  of  the  Family  of  the  Count  of  that  Name,  retiring 
into  Solitude,  firil  ertablilhed  it  at  Verona.  It  was  ap- 
proved by  Innoccnt^W.  under  the  Rule  and  Conllitutions 
of  Sr.  je'O"'.  Bat  £H^e«/;(f,  in  1441  changed  it  for  that 
of  St. -^Hg'i/^'M.  As  the  Founder  was  of  the  third  Order 
of  St.  fj-flHci/,  they  preferved  that  Habit  i  but  in  ia,6o^ 
Pijis,  permitting  fuch  as  plcafed  to  change  It,  oecaIi(»ned 
a  Divifion  among  them.  This  Order  was  finally  fup- 
preffed  by  C/c»!eHt  XI.  in  166S. 

JESILBASCH,  Green-Head,  is  the  Name  which  the 
Terfi^ns  give  to  the  Thi'^j,  becaufe  their  Emirs  wear  a 
Green  Turband. 

JESS  ANT,  a  Term  in  Heraldry,  ufed  when,  in  a  Coat 
of  Arms,  a  Lion  or  other  Beall  is  borne  over  fome  Ordi- 
nary ;  as  over  a  Chief,  a  Bend,  a  Fefie,  ^c.  that  Lion  or 
Bead  is  blazoned  '^ejjaiit^  or  'Jacent^  that  is,  lying  over  all. 

JESUATES,  an  Order  of  Religious,  otherwife  called 
Jpojioiical  Ckrhs.  They  were  founded  by  3oh?i  Colmr/hlM, 
and  approved  of  by  Urkm  V.  in  i  367.  at  Viterha  5  where 
he  himfelf  gave,  to  fuch  as  were  prefent,  the  Habit 
they  wtrc  to  wear.  They  followed  the  Rule  of  St.  An- 
giijiiae,  and  were  ranked  by  FiiisV.  among  the  Orders 
of  Mendicants.  They  were  called  ^efuaces,  becaufe  their 
firft  Founders  had  the  Name  of  Jefus  continually  in  their 
Mouths.  For  two  Centuries  the  Reflates  were  mere  Secu- 
lars h  but  in  liofi,  Taid  V.  gave  them  Isavc  to  enter  in- 
to Huly  Orders.  In  moll  of  their  Houfe.s  they  were  cm- 
ployed  in  Pharmacy,  others  praflifcdDldHlation,  and  fold 
JqiiA  Vita-,  which  occafioned  their  being  ^called  yfqm  Fit.c- 
tnauiers.  Being  very  rich  in  the  State  of  Te/^ice,  that  Re- 
pub'lick  follic!i':d  their  Supprelfion,  and  obtained  it  of 
ClemcmlX.  their  Effefls  b.;!ng_ employed  towards  fup- 
port-  iE^ ''le  Expencesof  the  VVur  mCmidia. 

JF'SUITS,  anOrderof  Rtii^ivus,  founded  by  Ignatius 
loyola,  who  are  alfo  called  :ire  Cornp.my  of '3eft(s.  This 
Order  hasr<^ndLTed  irfelf  very  confiderabie  byitsMilTwns 
'-he  htdtes,  and  by  irs  other  Employments  relating  to 
thi,  St'jdy  of  the  Sciences,  and  the  E-lucarion  of  Youth, 
The  Council  of  Trent  caMf  them,  Ckyhs  Ke^ula^s  of  th'' 
Qmpah'y  of  ^efis.    It  was  in  the  Year  1538.  that  Ignatius 


JE 


having  affembleJ  ten  of  lijs  Companions  at  Rmtie,  chofen 
niolHy  out  of  iho  Univerfity  of  I'm-is,  propofed  to  thcni 
to  make  a  new  Order.  After  this  he  pref-nted  the  Flan 
of  his  Inftitution  to  Pannil.  who  appointed  three  Com- 
miffioners  to  examine  it ;  upon  whole  Report,  the  Pontiff 
confirmed  the  Inititution,  u-.der  the  N  ante  of  The  Come. i- 
ny  of  3ejh,  by  a  Bull  in  1 540.  By  this  Bull,  iheir  :\  um- 
ber was  relirained  to  Sixty,  but  that  Reltriaion  was  talten 
away,  two  T  cars  afterwards,  by  another  Bull.  The  Order 
has  fmce  been  confirmed  by  feveral  fucceedlng  Popes, 
who  have  added  many  new  Rights  and  Privileges  to  it'. 
The  End  principally  propofed  by  this  Order,  is  to  pain 
Converts  to  the  Romift  Church,  with  which  View  they 
difperfe  themfelvcs  in  every  Country  and  Nation,  and 
with  amaiing  Indullry  and  Addrefs  purfue  the  End  of 
their  Inflitution,  No  Difficulty  fo  great  that  they  cannot 
futmount,  no  Danger  fo  imminent  that  they  will  not  un- 
dergo, no  C  -rimes  fo  Ihocking  that  they  will  not  perpe- 
trate, provided  it  may  be  of  any  Service  to  their  Caufe. 
They  have  no  particular  Habit,  bur  change  and  accom- 
modate it  to  Times  and  Occafions.  This  Order  confids 
of  five  different  Ciafies ;  Fi^llows,  fpiritual  Coadjutors, 
approved  Scholars,  Lay- Brothers,  called  alfo  temporal 
Coadjutors,  and  Novices.  The  Fellows,  which  make  the 
Body  of  the  Company,  make  the  three  foiemn  Vows  of 
Religion  publickly,  and  to  thefe  add  a  fpecial  Vow  of 
Obedience  to  the  Head  of  the  Church,  as  to  what  regards 
Miffions  among  Idolaters,  Heretics  ^S'i-  The  fpiritual 
Coadjutors  alfo  make  public  Vows  of  Chaf^iry,  Poverty, 
and  Obedience,  but  omit  the  fourth  relating  to  Mlffinns*. 
Approved  Scholars  are  thofe,  whn,  ifrer  two  Yi-:.-  i'.jL>- 
viciate,  have  been  adtnined,  and  iiave  made  three  Vows 
of  Religion  ;  not  foiemn,  indeed,  but  yet  declared. 
Thefe  are  in  the  way  to  becop-.e  Fellows,  or  fj-irirual 
Coadjutors,  according  as  the  General  thinks  fir.  ThLfc 
Degrees,  efpecially  that  of  Fello-.',  are  never  cunUrred 
till  after  two  Years  Noviciate,  and  fcven  Years  Ktu.lv,  fe- 
vcn  of  Regency,  a  third  Year  of  Novici^it;-,  and  thirty 
three  Years  of  Age.  The  Vows  of  the  Scholars  are  ab- 
folute  on  their  fide,  but  only  ccmdiiional  on  the  fide  of 
the  Order  ;  the  General  having  it  in  his  power  fo  difpenfe 
with  them. 

The  Order  is  divided  into  AffiQances,  the  AfTiflances 
into  Provriv:cs,  and  the  Provinces  inro  Houfes.  It  is  go- 
verned by  a  Genera],  who  is  perpetual  and  abfolutf.  He 
n  fides  ar  and  is  elected  by  a  General  Congrega- 

tion of  the  Order.  He  has  with  him,  fivePerfons,  who 
are,  as  it  were,  hisMinifters.  Th',-y  are  called  Affi^'ants, 
and  bear  the  Name  of  the  Kingdom  or  Country  to  which 
they  belong,  and  by  whom  they  are  appointed,  viz.  of 
Italy,  rr.i7ice,  ■'^p.vn^  Geymany,  and  Fortugal.  T'o  thefe 
belongs  the  Care  of"  preparit^g  the  Matters  of  their  re- 
Ipetlive  AlTidances,  and  of  putting  them  in  a  Method  to 
facilitate  their  Expedition.  It  is  by  thefe,  that  both  In- 
feriors and  Superiors  go  regularly  before  the  General. 
They  are  c'lofen  by  the  Congregation,  and  are  not  only 
the  General's  Counfi-llors  to  aflill:  him  in  his  Bufinefs^ 
but  alfo  to  obfcrve  his  Condufl:  >  and,  if  they  find  occa- 
fion,  they  may  call  a  general  Congregation  without  his 
Confent,  who  may  depofe  him  in  form  j  or  they  have 
it  in  tl.eir  power  to  depofe  him,  themfelvcs,  after  having, 
by  Letter,  obtained  the  Suffrages  of  their  Provinces. 

Each  Province  has  four  kinds  of  Houfes,  -aii-.  profeffed 
Houfes,  which  can  have  no  Lands  belonging  to  them  3 
Colleges,  where  the  Sciences  are  taught  j  Rcfidences, 
where  are  a  Number  of  Workmen  employed  in  fuch  Offi- 
ces, as  have  any  immediate  relation  to  Preaching,  Con- 
feflion,  Miffions,  gfjc.  and  Houfes  of  Novices.  Arnong 
the  Colleges  there  are  fome  called  fimply  Colleges,  and 
others  called  Seminaries.  Thefe  lall  are  fet  afide,  for 
the  young  '^efuiis  to  go  through  their  Courfes  of  Philofo- 
fophy  and  Theology  in  j  the  others  are  for  Strangers. 
Each  Province  is  governed  by  a  Provincial,  and  each 
Houfe  by  a  Superinr,  who  is  called  a  Rcfior  in  the  Col- 
leges, and  a  Superior  in  the  other  Houies.  lpia:i!.s  regu- 
lated the  Difcipline  of  fhefc  Houfes,  and  efpecially  of 
the  Colleges,  by  what  he  had  obferv'd  in  the  Sorhoimc, 
while  he  rtudied  at  Furis.  The  Fellows  of  this  Order 
renounce,  by  a  foiemn  Vow,  all  Preferment,  and  efpe- 
cially Prelacy  ;  and  cannot  receive  any,  unlefs  enioin'd 
thereto  by  the  Pope  under  pain  of  Sin.  This  thc'Pope 
fometimes  does  ;  infomucn  that  they  have  had  eight 
Cardinals  of  their  Order. 

JET  lY  EAU,  a  Treyich  Word  fignifying  a  Fountain, 
that  cads  up  Water  to  any  confiderabie  Height  in  the 
Air.  Mr.  Manoitc  faith,  That  a  Jerd'Eau  will'^never  rife 
fo  high  as  its  Refervatory,  but  always  falls  fhort  of  ir  by 
a  Space,  which  is  in  a  fubduplicate  '^atio  of  that  Height; 
and  this  he  proves  by  feveral  Experii-icnri,  He  faith  alfo. 
That  if  a  greater,  branches  our  i  i  ;.-,any  ffnaller  onc-s,  or 
is  diflribuied  thro"  f_vcral  "^'j',  the  Square  of  rh"  niam'.-icr 
of  the  main  PipCj  mufl  bi;  proportioned  to  the  Sum  of  all 

the 


JE 


(  373  ) 


1(3 


t'ne  Expencesof  its  Branches  ;  and  pamcuhrly,  That  if 
ihc  Refervatory  be  52  Toot  high,  and  the  Adjutage  haU 
an  Inch  in  Diameter,  the  Pipe  ought  to  be  three  Inches  m 
Diameter.    See  Fomit^i/i,  [Vater^  6ic. 
TETSON.    See  Hor/o;/. 

TEWEL-OFFICE.  AnOlEcc  that  takes  cire  of  falhion- 
ing  and  weighing  the  King's  Plate,  and  delivering  it  out 
bv  fuch  Warrants,  as  they  receive  from  tne  Lord  Cham- 
berlain. When  his  Majctly  makes  any  Prefent  ot  i  late, 
^c.  they  have  the  Charge  of  providing  it  with  lumc 
other  things  Icfs  material.  The  principal  Officer  is  the 
Mailer  of  the  Jewel-Office,  whofe  Salary  is  450/-  f^" 
anil  and  befides,  the  Yeoman  ind  Groom,  at  loj/.  15/- 
each,  and  a  Clerk  at  15/-  '  ^'""Z 
"the  Kine's  Gift.  Eefidcs,  there  are  in  this  Office,  m  the 
Gift  of  the  Lord  Chamberlain,  rile  Foet-Laureat,  at  100/. 

ann.  Salary  ;  the  King's  Hifloriographer  at  .00  / 
lerann.  the  Hiftory  Painter  and  "^^^^^^^VT  o.t 
loo  I.  per  ann.  the  Painter  in  Enamel,  and  the  Surveyor 
and  Keeper  ofthePiaures  at  200  /.  per  The  Gold- 

fmith  and  Jeweller  are  employed  by  the  Mafter,  and  are 
ufuallv  in  his  Gift.  . 

TEWS-EAR  i  a  kind  of  Fungus,  Muiliroom,  or  ipun- 
ev  Subflance,  that  grows  about  the  Root  of  the  Elder- 
Tree  It  is  chiefly  ufcd  in  Decoaion,  which  is  iound 
Detergent  and  Vulnerary,  and  a  good  Gargle  in  fore 

'^TEZIDE  Qr'3f.^idea}i,  aTermufed  among  the  Maho- 
metans to  fignify  an  Heretic.  Leunciavh.^  tc\\s  u.,  that 
the  Name  is  derived  from  an  Emir  call  d  jcx,<de,  who 
kiU'd  the  two  Sons  of  Mi,  Hafan  and  Hv,(jem,  two  Ne- 
phews of  Uabomet  on  their  Mother's  fide,  and  perfecuted 
the  Pofterity  of  the  Prophet.  The  yigarcnuvn,  whpfc 
Emir  or  Prince  he  was,  look'donhim  as  an  Impious  and 
Heretical  Perfon  j  and  hence  tuok  occafion  to  call  ali 
whom  they  accounted  Heretics,  '3e^id€2ns.  Soine  Authors 
mention  the  as  a  particular  People,   fpeaking  a 

Lan^-uaue  different  both  from  the  Turhfi  and  I'^r  ian, 
tho'1~omewhat  akin  to  the  lafl.  They  further  tell  us, 
that  there  are  two  kinds  of^es/rfcJi  the  one  Black,  the 
other  White.  The  White  have  no  Slit  in  the  Bofum 
of  their  Shirt ;  but  barely  an  Opening  for  the  Head 
to  pafs  thro'  :  a  thing  that  they  obferve  with  a  great  deal 
of  ftrianefs,  in  memory  of  a  Circle  of  Gold  and  Light 
which  fell  from  Heaven  upon  the  Neck  of  their  Grand 
Scheik  or  Chief  of  their  Se^.  The  Black  •'Je^Uk^  are 
Fakirs,  or  Religious.  The  Tu-h  and  Jezidei  bear  a 
Ihong  averlion  to  each  others  and  the  greateil  Affront 
one  call  put  on  a  Turk,  is  to  call  him  ^eztde-  On  the  con- 
trary the  '^ez.idcs  love  the  Chrillians,  being  perluaded 
'3ezide,  their  Chief,  is  Jefus  Chriil:  Or  rather  be- 
caufe  fome  of  their  Traditions  mention  that  'Jez-idc  made 
an  Alliance  with  the  Chrillians  againll  the  Muffulmen. 
They  drink  Wine  even  to  Excefs  when  they  can  get  it, 
and  eat  Swine's  Fleft.  They  never  undergo  Circumct- 
fion,  excepting  when  they  are  forced  to  it  by^  the  Tio-A'j, 


IGNITION,  in  Chymifiry,  figniiies  the  Application  of 
Fire  to  Metals,  till  luch  time  as  they  become  red-hot, 
without  melting  :  which  happens  in  Gold  and  Silver,  but 
efpecially  in  Iron.  Lead  and  Tin  are  too  loft  and  fuiible 
to  bear  Ignitlo?!. 

IGNORAMUS  is  a  Word  ufeA  by  the  Grand  Inqucli, 
impannel'd  in  the  Inquiiition  of  Caufes  Criminal,  and  Pub- 
lick,  and  written  upon  the  Bill,  wl-i,;t\  they  dillike  their 
Evidence,  as  defective  or  too  weak  to  make  good  the 
Prefenrment.  The  Eife^  of  which  is,  chat  all  tardier 
Enquiry  upon  that  Party  for  that  Fault  it.  thereby  ilopr, 
and  he  deliver'd  without  farther  Anfwer. 

IGNORANCE, or  IVaiitaf  Knowledge,  is  chieily  owing  to 
thefe  three  Caufes  i  Kri?,  Want  of  Ideas  ;  Sec^nMy^  Want 
of  a  difcoverable  Connexion  between  the  Ideas  we  have  5 
Thirdly,  Want  of  tracing  and  examining  our  Ideas.  rtr>% 
There  are  fome  things  we  are  ignorant  of  for  want  of 
Ideas.    All  the  fimple  Ideas  we  have,  are  confined  to  the 
Obfervation  of  our  Senfes,  and  the  Operations  of  our  own 
Minds,  that  wc  are  confcious  of  in  ourielvcs.    What  other 
Ideas  it  is  polTible  other  Creatures  _may  have,  by  the  af- 
fiilance  of  other  Senfes  or  Faculties,  more  or  perfeder 
than  we  have,  or  different  from  ours,  it  is  not  for  us  to 
determine  :  but  to  fay  ortliink  there- are  no  fuch,  becaufe 
we  conceive  nothing  of  them,  is  no  better  an  Argument, 
than  if  a  blind  Man  fiiould  be  pofitive  in  it,  there  was  nu 
fuch  thing  as  Sight  and  Colours,  becaufe  he  had  no  man- 
ner of  Idea  of  any  fach  thing.    What  Faculties  therefore 
other  Species  of  Creatures  have,  to  penetrate  into  the 
Nature  and  inmoll  Conllitutions  of  Things,  we  know 
not  ;   This  we  know,  and  certainly  find,  that  we  want 
other  Views  of  them,  befides  thofe  we  have,  to  make 
Difcoveries  of  them  more  perfeft.    The  Intelleaual  and 
Senfible  World  are  in  this  perfe^ly  alike,  that  the  Parts 
which  wc  fee  of  either  of  them,  hold  no  proportion  with 
that  we  fee  not  )  and  whatfoever  wc  can  reach  with  our 
Eyes,  or  our  Thoughts  of  either  of  them,  is  but  a  Point, 
almoll  nothing  in  comparifon  of  the  re!l.   Again,  the  War.t 
of  Ideas,  which  we  yet  feem  capable  of,  ii  another  great 
ObUacle  in  our  way,  and   keeps  us  in  Ignorance  of 
things,  we  conceive  capable   of  being  known.  Bulk, 
FitTure  and  Motion  we  have  Ideas  of;  yet  not  knowing 
what  is  the  particular  Bulk,  Motion,  and  Figure  of  the 
greatefl:  part  of  the  Bodies  of  the  Univerfc,  we  arc  igno- 
rant of  the  feveral  Powers,  Efficacies  and  Ways  of  Ope- 
ration, whereby  the  Effefls  we  daily  fee  are  produced. 
Thefe  are  hid  from  us  in  fome  things,  by  being  too  re- 
mote, in  others  by  being  too  minute.    When  we  confidcr 
the  vail  Extent  of  the  known  and  vifibic  Parts  of  the 
World,  and  the  Reafons  wc  have  to  think,  that  what  lies 
within  our  Ken,  is  but  a  Imall  Part  of  the  immenfe  Uni- 
verfe  i  we  fhall  then  difcover  an  huge  Abyfs  of  Igno- 
rance:  What  are  the  particular  Fabricks  of  the  great 
MalTesof  Matter,  which  make  up  the  whole  {lupendous 
Frame  of  Corporeal  Beings,  how  far  they  are  extended, 
and  what  is  their  Motion,  and  how  continued,  and  what 


The'ir  Ignorance  is  furprizing  j_  they  have  no  Books.  In- 


influence  they  Iiavc  upon  one  another,  are  Conrcmpla- 
de'S^herpr'ctcnd' to"  believe  'in  the  Gofpcl,  and  in  the  tions,  that  at  firit  glimpfe  our  Thoughts  lofe  themfeives 
Sacred  Books  of  the  Jews,  but  go  without  ever  reading    in.    If  we^confinc  our  Thoughts  to_thisjittle  Canton,  this 


either  one  or  other  of  'em.  They  make  Vows,  and  go  m 
Pilgrimage  ;  but  have  no  Mofques,  Temples,  nor  Orato- 
ries, no  Fealls  nor  Ceremonies  ;  all  their  Religious  Wor- 
/hip  confifting  in  finging  Hymns  to  Jefus  Chrift,  the  Vir- 
gin, U-fes,  and  M-.homct.  When  they  pray,  they  look  to- 
wards .the  Eail,  in  imitation  of  the  Chriiiians ;  whereas 
the  Muflulmen  turn  towards  the  South.  They  believe 
the  Devil  may  pofiibly,  one  day,  come  into  favour  again 
with  God  ;  and  that  he  is  the  Executor  of  God's  Juiiice 
in  the  other  World  :  for  which  reafon  they  make  it  a 
Point  of  Confcience  not  to  fpeak  ill  of  him,  left  he 
ihould  revenge  himfelf  of  'em. 

The  Black  '^c-zides  arc  reputed  Saints,  and  'tis  forbidden 
to  weep  at  their  Death  ;  inttead  whereof,  they  make  Re- 
joicings; and  yet  for  the  generality  they  are  no  more  than 
Shepherds.  They  arc  not  allow'd  to  kill  the  Animals 
they  eat ;  that  Office  belongs  to  the  White  ':}ezides.  The 
•'^ezides  go  in  Companies  b"ke  the  A-ah.  They  often 
change  their  Habitations,  and  live  in  black  Tents  made 
of  Goats-Hair,  and  encompafs'd  with  large  R.uflics  and 
Thorns  interwoven.  Ihcy  difpofe  their  Tents  in  a  Circle, 
placing  their  Flocks  in  the  middle.  They  buy  their 
"Wives  j  the  i^ated  Price  whereof  is  ico  Crowns,  be  they 
better  or  worfe.  They  are  allow'd  Divorce,  provided  it 
be  to  become  Hermitcs.  'Tis  a  Crime  among  them  to 
Jliave  the  Beard,  tho'  ever  fo  little.  They  have  fome 
Cufloms  which  intimate  that  they  fprang  originally  out 
of  fome  Sea  of  Chrillians:  forinflance,  in  their  Feafls 
one  of 'em  prefents  a  Cup  full  of  Wine  to  another,  bid- 
ding him  take  the  Cup  of  the  Blood  of  Jefus  Chrift  ; 
which  laft  kiffes  the  Hand  of  him  who  prefents  it,  and 
drinks. 

IGNIS  FATUUS.   See  jach  ■uilth  a  Lanthom. 


Syflem  of  cur  Sun,  and  the  grcffer  Maffcs  of  Matter^ 
thatvifibly  move  about  it  ■-,  what  feveral  forts  of  Vege- 
tables, Animals,  and  InteUeaual  Corporeal  Beings,  infi- 
nitely different  from  ihofe  of  our  little  Spot  of  Earth, 
may  probably  be  in  [other  Planets,  to  the  Imowledge  of 
which,  even  of  their  outward  Figures  and  Parts,  we  can 
no  way  attain,  whilft  we  are  confin'd  to  this  Earth,  there 
being  no  natural  Means,  either  by  Senfation  or  Reflexion, 
to  convey  their  certain  Ideas  into  our  Minds?  Tliere  are 
other  Bodies  in  the  Univeife  no  lefs  conceal'd  from  us  by 
their  Minutenefs.  Thefe  infenfible  Corpufcles  being  the 
aaive  Parts  of  Matter,  and  great  Inllruments  of  Nature, 
on  which  depend  all  their  fecondary  Qualities  and  Opera- 
tions, our  Want  of  precife  diflina  Ideas  of  their  primary 
Qualities  keeps  us  in  incurable  Ignorance  cf  what  wc  de- 
fire  to  know  about  them. 

Did  we  know  the  mechanical  Affeaions  of  Rhubarb 
or  Opium,  we  might  as  cafily  account  for  their  Opera- 
tions of  purging  and  caufing  Sleep,  as  a  Watchmaker  can 
for  the  Motions  of  his  Watch.  The  diflblving  of  Silver 
m  ylqua  Fortis,  or  Gold  m  Jqua  Ke^ia^  and  not  vice -jerf3^ 
would  be  then  perhaps  no  more  difiicult  to  know,  than  it 
is  to  a  Smith,  to  underfland,  why  the  turning  of  one  Key 
will  open  a  Lock,  and  not  the  turning  of  another.  But 
whilft  we  are  dei^irute  of  Senfes  acute  enough  to  difcover 
the  minute  Particles  of  Bodies,  and  to  give  us  Ideas  of 
their  mechanical  Affeaions,  wc  mufl  be  content  to  be 
ignorant  of  their  Properties  and  Opcn'.tions  ;  nor  can  we 
be  afliired  about  them  any  farther,  than  fome  few  TryaU 
we  make,  are  able  to  reach  :  but  whether  they  will  fuc- 
ceed  again  another  time,  we  cannot  be  certain.  This 
hinders  our  certain  Knowledge  of  univerfal  Truths  con- 
cerning natural  Bodies;  ^nd  our  Reafon  carries  us  herein 
C  c  c  c  c  very 


IG 


■verylittle  beyond  particuUr  M-uter  of  Fa£l:  ;  and  there- 
fore ic  is  Marter  of  Doubt,  th:u  how  far  foever  human 
Induiiry  may  advance  ufeful  and  experimental  Phiiofo- 
phy  in  Fhyfical  Things,  yet  fcientifical  will  ilill  be  out 
of  our  reach  j  becaufc  we  want  perfe£l  and  adequate 
Ideas  of  rhole  very  bodies  which  are  neareit  to  us,  and 
Tnolt  at  our  Command.  This,  at  firfl:  fight,  Ihews  us 
how  dirproportionate  our  Knowledge  is  to  the  whole  Ex- 
tent, even  of  m:iterial  Beings  :  to  which,  if  we  add  the 
Confideration  of  that  infinite  Number  of  Spirits  that 
may  be,  and  probably  arc,  which  are  yet  more  re- 
mote from  our  Knowledge,  and  whereof  we  have  no  cogni- 
zance ;  we  iliall  find  this  Caufe  oi  Jgiiorance  conceals  from 
us,  in  an  impenetrable  Obfcurity,  almoll  the  whole  In- 
icliei^ual  World  ;  agreater,  certainly  a  more  beautiful 
World, than  the  material :  For  abating  fome  very  few  Ideas 
of  Spirit,  which  we  get  from  our  own  Mind  by  Refledion, 
and  frotn  thence  the  belt  wccan  collect  of  the  Father  of 


C  574  ) 


IL 


ment  m  the  Anus  or  Scrotum,  as  ir  frequently  happens 
m  Hernia's,  their  twitting,  and  their  entering  within  one 
another.  Perfons  aiHifled  with  the  llbc  Fafo,;,  have 
fjmetimes  been  found  toreturn  Suppnfiiories  and  Gliders 
by  the  Month.  Some  have  been  cured  of  it  by  fwallow- 
ing  a  great  Quantity  of  Quick-filvcr,  or  a  Muslcet-Ball  : 
When  the  Guts  aiC  twilled, or  enter  one  within  another,  the 
Weight  of  thefe  Bodies  fometimes  fetting  them  to  rights 
again. _  The  l/i^ic  Faffoii  talies  its  Name  from  the  IntelHne 
J/'O",  m  regard  of  its  being  ufually  a&aed  in  that  Dif- 
temper,  or  perhaps  from  the  Greek  Verb  to  u,rn^ 

tw'ft  ;  whence  alfo  the  Latins  call  it  rehulns. 
ILIAC  VESSELS.  See  Jrtery  and  ^eiu. 
lUACUSEXTERNUS,  or  Fynfo-omis,  isaMufcleof 
the  Thigh,  which  arifes  from  the  internal  concave  Part  of 
the  Os  Sacrum^  towards  the  bottom,  and  defcentllng  ob- 
liquely along  the  great  Sinus  of  the  Or  Ilium,  from  a 
round  fle/hy  Origin,  joins  the  Chiuats  Medins,   and  is  in- 


all  Spirits,  the  Author  of  them,  and  us,  and  all  things,  ferted  by  a  round  Tendon  at  the  Bottom  of  the  Great 

we  have  no  certain  Information,  fo  much  as  of  the  Ex-  Trochanter. 

iltenceof  other  Spirits,  but  by  Revelation  i    much  lefs       ILIACUS  INTERNUS,  the  Name  of  the  Mufcle  of 

have  we  dilHnifl:  ideas  of  their  different  Natures,  States,  the  Thigh,  which  arifes  fleJhy  from  the  internal  concave 

Powers,  and  feveral  Conliitutions»  wherein  they  agree,  or  Part  of  t\itOs  llmm  ;  and  in  its  Defcent  over  the  inferior 

differ  one  from  another,  and  from  us  :    and  therefore  in  Part  of  it,  joins  with  the  Ffoas  magma,  and  is  inferted  with 

what  concerns  their  different  Species  and  Properties,  we  it,  under  the  Termination  of  sh&'Temneus.     This,  with 

are  under  an  abfolute  ^noraitce.  the  Yfaas  magtitts,  moves  the  Thigh  forward,  in  walking. 

The  fecond  Caufe  of  l;^mrance,  is  the  want  of  difcove-  ILIAD,  the  Name  of  the  firU  of  //timer's  Poems.  The 
rable  Connection  between  thofe  Ideas  we  have:  where  Poet's  Defignin  t\\G.  lliad^  was  to  fl:ew  the  Creeks,  who 
■we  want  that,  we  are  utterly  incapable  of  univerfal  and  were  divided  intofcvcril  little  States,  how  much  'it  was 
certain  Knowledge,  and  are,  as  in  the  former  Cafe,  left  their  Intereft  to  preferve  an  Harmony  and  good  Under- 
only  to  Obfervation  and  Experiment.  Thus  the  mecha-  flanding  among  them.  In  order  to  which,  he  jets  before 
nical^Affeflionsof  Bodies,  having  no  Affinity  at  all  with  their  Eyes,  the  Calamities  that  befel  their  Anceiiors  from 


the  Ideas  they  produce  in  up,  we  can  have  no  dillind 
Knowledge  of  fuch  Operations  beyond  our  Experience, 
and  can  reafon  no  otherwife  about  them,  than  as  the  Ef- 
fects or  Appointmen  of  an  infinitely  wife  Agent,  which 
perfe<5ily  furpafs  our  Comprehenfions.  The  Operation 
of  our  Minds  uron  our  Bodies  is  as  unconceivable:  How 
any  1  bought  fl-.ould  produce  a  Motion  in  Body,  is  as  re- 
mote from  the  Nature  of  our  Ideas,  as  how  any  Body 


the  Wrath  of  Achilles,  and  his  Mifunderttanding  with 
Jgamemison,  and  the  Advantages  that  accrued  to  them 
from  then- Union.  The  is -divided  into  twenty  four 
Boots,  which  are  marked  with  the  Letters  of  the  Alpha- 
bet. Fl'tny  gives  us  an  Account  of  an  lUad  written  on 
fo  very  flender  a  Paper,  that  the  whole  might  be  con- 
tained in  a  Nut-fheil.  For  the  CondufI:  of  the  Iliad,  fee 
F.Bofu,  Madam  Dflcier,  and  M.  Je  laMotte.    The  Critics 


ihould  produce  any  Thought  in  the  Mind.  That  it  is  maintain  the  Iliad  to  be  the  firft,  and  yet  the  belt  Poem 
fo,  if  Experience  did  not  convince  us,  the  Confideration  that  ever  appeared  In  the  World.  .-Iriflotlts  Poetics  arc 
of  the  Things  themfelves  would 'never  be  abL,  in  the  almott:  taken  wholly  from  it  j  the  Phdofopher  had  no- 
leal},  todifcover  to  us.  In  fome  of  our  Ideas  there  are  thing  to  do  but  to  ibrm  Precepts  from  the  Poet's  Prac- 
ccrtam  Relations,  Habitudes,  and  Connections,  fo  vifibly  tJce.  Some  Authors  tell  us,  that  Homer  invented  not  on- 
included  in  the  nature  of  the  Ideas  themfelves,  that  we  ly  Poetry,  but  all  other  Arts  and  Sciences  ;  and  that  there 
cannot  conceive  them  feparable  from  them  by  any  Power  ' 
whatfoever  5  in  thcfe  only  we  are  capable  of  certain  and 
univerfal  Knowledge.  Thus  the  Idea  of  a  right-lined 
Triangle  neceffirily  carries  with  it  an  Equality  of  its  An- 
gles to  two  right  ones  ;  but  the  Coherence  and  Conti- 
nuity of  the  Parrs  of  Matter,  the  Produftion  of  Senfation 


arc  the  vifible  Marks  of  a  perfeiS  KnowIe':1ge  in  every 
one  of  them,  to  be  feen  in  the  lUad.  I'he  ingenious 
Mr.  Barues  of  Cambridge  had  prepared  a  Work  for  the 
Prefs,  to  prove  ^o/omr?;/ to  have  been  the  Author  of  the 
Iliad.  The  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  jA/if,  of  (Ai'o?, 
lUttm,  Troy,  a  famous  City  in  ^fia,  which  the  Greeks  be- 


m  us  ot  Colours  and  Sounds,        by  Impulfi;  and  Mo-  Ceged  for  the  fpace  of  ten  Years,  and  at  lad  deftroyed, 

tion,  beino  fuel,  whereu!  we  can  difcover  no  natural  Con-  on  account  of  the  Rape  of  Helena,  which  makes  the  Sub- 

nection  with  any  Ideas  we  have,  we  cannot  but  afcribe  jecTr  of  the  Work, 

them  10  the  arbitrary  Will  and  Good-Pleafure  of  the  ILIUIVI.    See  Imsjlines. 

wife  ArchiteS.    The  Things  that  we  obfervc  conflantly  ILIUM  OS.    See  Offa  hmommata.    Thefe  are  both  dc- 

to  proceed  regularly,  we  may  conclude  do  aft  by  a  Law  rived  from  kaso,  circmymko,  to  roll  ahut  ;   becaufe  the 

let  them  ;  but  yet  by  a  Law  we  know  not,  whereby  tho  Gut,  which  is  principally  called  by  this  Name,  is  long, 

Caufeswork  fteadiiy,  and  EEfeSs  conilantly  flow  from  and  lies  in  Folds  towards  the  bottom  of  the  Abdomen, 

tlicm,  yet  their  Conneaions  and  Dependencies  being  not  and  therefore  gives  many  of  the  adjacent  Farts  thefe  Ap- 

pellation,- 


difcoverable  in  our  Ideas,  wc  can  have  but  an  experimen- 
tal Knowledge  of  them.  Several  Elfefls  come  every 
day  within  the  notice  of  our  Senfes,  of  which  we  have 
fo  far  fenfitive  Knowledge;  but  the  Caufes, IVlantier,  and 
Certainty  of  their  Produflion,  we  muft,  for  the  foregoing 
Reafons,  be  content  to  be  ignorant  of  In  thefe  we  can 
go  no  further  than  particular  Experience  informs  us  of 
Matter  of  Faia,  and,  by  Analogy,  guefs  what  Effefls 
the  like  Bodies  are  upon  other  Trials  like  ro  produce. 
But  as  to  perfeil  Science  of  natural  Bodies  (not  to  inen 


ILLEVIABLE  in  Law,  fignifies  fomething  that  cannot 
be  levied,  and  therefore  the  word  i^ib'il  is  fet  on  a  Debt 
or  Due  that  is  iileviable, 

ILLUMINATION,  the  Aflion  'of  a  luminous  Body, 
or  Body  that  emits  Light,  or  the  Paflion  of  an  opake  Bo- 
dy that  receives  it. 

ILLUMINED,  a  Church-Term,  antiently  applied  to 
fuch  Perfons  as  had  teceived  Eaptifm.  This  Name  was 
occafioned  by  a  Ceremony  in  Baptifm,  which  conlilled  in 


tionfpimuil  Beings)  we  are  fo  far  from  being  capable  of  putting  a  lighted  Taper  in  the  Hand 'of  the  Perfon  bap. 

any  fuc^h  thing,  that  it  may  be  reckoned  lott  Labour  to  iized.'as  a  Symbol  of  the  Faith  and  Grace  ho  hid  re- 

^  ceived  in  theSacrament. 
1  he  third  Caufe  of  Ipmance,   is  our  want  of  tracing       ILLUMINED,  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  Sea  of  Here- 

thofe  Ideas  we  have,  or  may  have  ;  and  finding  out  thofe  ticks,  who  fprang  up  in  Sfain  about  the  Year  1 575,  and 

intermediate  Ideas,  which  may  fhew  us  what  Habitude  called  by  the  Sfauiards,  Jhinh-ndcs.    Their  Leaders  were 

of  Agreement  or  Difigreement  they  may  liave  one  with  Vilhilfmdo,  a  Prieft,  originally  of  the  Jfle  t,f  Tesarlf,  and 

another  -•  and  thus  many  are  ignorant  of  Mathematical  a  Carmelite  called  Caiberme  dr.   Z'efm.     Thefe  had  a 

Truths  for  want  of  Application,  in  enquiring,  examin-  great  Number  of  Difciples   and   Followers,   moft  of 

ing,  and  by  due  ways  comparing  thofe  Ideas.    See  Know-  whom  were  apprehended,  and  clapp'd  up  in  the  Inquifi- 

■?f'  tion  at  Cordoua  ;  fome  whereof  were  put  to  death,  and 


ILIAC,  a  Term  in  Fhyfick,  applied  to  a  violent  and  the  reft  abiured  their  Errors.  Their  principal  Doflrines 
oangerous  Difeafe,  called  tin:  l/}..c  I'.iftm,  or  Miferere.  —    ■'■  ^      r  ,  ,.  r 


it  confiOs  in  an  Expulfion  of  feculent  Matter  by  the 
iMouth,  accompanied  with  a  Swelling  of  the  lower  Ven- 
tricle, an  intenfe  Pain,  and  a  total  Confiipation.  The 
immediate  Caufe  of  the  llir.c  PaBion  feems  owing  to  an 
Irregularity  in  the  Perifialtic  Motion  of  the  Guts,  sias. 
when  it  begins  with  the  lower,  and  is  continued  to  the 
higher.  _  Other  Caufes  are  the  Hardnefs  of  the  Ex  ere- 


were.  That  by  means  of  a  fublime  manner  of  Prayer» 
which  they  had  attained  to,  they  entered  into  fo  perfect 
a  State,  that  they  had  no  occafion  for  Ordinances,  Sa- 
craments, nor  good  Works,  and  that  they  could  give  way, 
even  to  the  vilefl  Actions  without  Sin.  The  Seft  of  -^J'/k- 
mined  was  revived  in  France  in  the  Year  r(f54,  and 
were  foon  after  joined  by  the  Gaermets^  or  Difciples  of 
Feter  Gtierin,  who  together,  made  but  one  Body,  called  al- 


ments,  Inflammation  of  the  Inceilines,  and  their  Engage-   fo  Jtowei/j' but  they  werefo  hotly  purfued  by  i.oit/j  XlII. 

iha 


IM 


(  37^  ) 


IM 


that  they  were  foon  deftroyed.  Tlie  Brothers  of  the 
Rofy-Crofs  arc  alfo  called  llhuuintd. 

ILLUSTRIOUS,  heretofore  in  the  Empire  was 

a  Title  of  Honour  peculiar  to  People  of  a  certain  Rank. 
It  WLis  firll  given  to  the  moft  diltingui/licd  among  the 
Knights,  who  had  a  right  to  bear  the  Latiis  Chrjus,  aher- 
wards  they  were  entitled  VJuJiyioiis^  who  held  the  firft 
Rank  among  ihofe  called  Houoniti  j  that  is,  to  the  IW/eHi 
Tr^torli^  the  Fr^feHi  Urhls,  Treafarers,  Comltes^  Sic.  There 
were,  however,  different  Degrees  among  the ///w/iCi  :  As 
inSpam  they  have  Grandees  of  the  firlt  and  fecund  Clafs, 
fo  in  ilu??/c  they  had  their  J%'^:>-w,  whom  they  called  Grecif, 
M-ijorss^  and  others  Le/V,  called  Mniores.  I'or  infiance,^ 
the  Fr.cfeBi!s  Tr^torms  was  a  Degree  below  the  Maimer  of 
the  Offices,  tho'  they  were  both  Hhjhes.  The  Novel 
of  Valtnunian  diitinguiihes  as  far  as  five  kinds  of  lHuJlres, 
among  whom  the  lllujtrss  Mminiftratores  bear  the  lirfl: 
Rank. 

IMAGE,  a  natural,  lively  Reprefentation  of  an  Ob- 
je£l,  oppoled  to  a  fmooth  well-polifhed  Surface.  The 
Latin  wurd-/'«''5o,  cumcs  originally  from  the  GVee^  ^//->:&ii^/, 
imitATi.  /wni;  e  alfo  fignifies  any  artificial  Reprefentation 
performed  by  Man,  as  in  Painting,  Sculpture,  and  the 
like:  In  which  fenfe,  the  word  is  now  generally  ufed  in 
fpcaking  ot  Things  holy,  or  Things  imagined  to  be  fo. 

The  Lfc,  and  Aduration  of  [mages,  are  Things  that 
have  been  a  long  time  controverted  in  the  World.  The 
Lutherans  condemn  the  Cahinijh^  for  breaking  the  Ima- 
ges in  th'.'  Churches  of  t!ic  Catholics,  looking  on  it  as  a 
kind  of  Sacrikn^e  ;  and  yet  they  condemn  the  Romanifts^ 
(who  are  profeLied  Image-worrtiippers)  as  Idolaters  ;  nor 
can  th e fc  1  ait  keep  pace  with  the  bVesX'r,  who  go  far  be- 
yond them  in  tliis  Point,  which  has  uccafioned  abundance 
of  Difputes  among  them.  The  '3cv}i  abfolutely  condemn 
all  Imu'ic'^  and  don't  fo  much  as  fuffer  any  Statues  or  Fi- 
gures in  their  Houfcs,  much  Icfs  in  their  Synagogues,  or 
Places  of  Woriliip.  The  J^^abometaiu  have  a  perfeii  Aver- 
iiun  to  Images^  which  was  what  led  them  to  deitroy  moft 
of  the  beautiful  Monuments  of  Antiquity,  both  Sacred 
and  Profane,  at  Coiijlarnmople . 

The  noble  Romans  prefcrvcd  the  Images  of  their  An- 
cellors  with  a  great  deal  of  Care  and  Concern,  and  had 
them  carried  in  Proceffion  at  their  Funerals  and  Tri- 
umphs. They  were  commonly  made  of  Wax  or  Wood, 
tho'  fomctimcs  of  Marble  or  Brafs :  They  placed  them 
in  the  Veilibles  of  their  Houfes,  and  they  were  to  ftay 
there,  even  if  the  Houfes  happened  to  be  fold  :  it  being 
accounted  impious  to  difplacc  them.  JPpius  Chn<dhts  was 
the  firll:  who  brought  them  into  the  I'emples,  in  the 
iear  of  Romr  i-,^^  and  he  added  Infcrimions  to  them, 
fhewing  the  Origin  of  the  Perfons  rcprefented,  and  their 
brave  and  vertuous  Atchievements.  It  was  not,  how- 
ever, allowed  for  all,  who  had  the  Images  of  their  An- 
ceftors  in  their  Houfes,  to  have  them  carried  at  their  Fu- 
nerals 3  this  was  a  thing  only  granted  to  fuch  as  had 
honourably  difjharged  themielves  of  their  Offices,  for 
thofe  who  failed  in  thisrefpeft  forfeited  that  Privilege, 
and  in  cafe  rhey  had  been  guilty  of  any  great  Crime, 
their  Imayes  were  broken  in  pieces. 

IMAGE,  in  Thilnfofhy,  llgnifies  the  Trace  or  Mark 
which  outward  Objcfts  imprefs  on  the  Mind,  by  means 
of  the_  Organs  of  Senfe.  linage^  in  Opticks,  fignifies 
an  Obie»a  projeaed  on  the  Bafe  of  a  Convex-Mirror. 
As  the  Diftance  of  the  Objea  from  the  Mirror,  is  to  the 
Diftance  from  the  Imay^e  to  the  Glafs  ■■>  fo  is  the  Diameter 
of  the  Objeft,  to  the  Diameter  of  the  hna?^e.  This  is'  a 
Rule  which  Mr.  Molynsux  gives  us  for  finding  the  Diame- 
ter of  an  /m-ipeon  the  Bale  of  a  Convex-Glafs.  See  Of- 
ttcs.  _  Image  alfu  fignifies  the  Defcription  of  any  thing  in 
ft  Difcourfe, 

IMAGES,  -Di/co«r/e,  are  defined,  by  Lomirtiis^  to  be, 
in  gencral.any  Thoughts  proper  to  produce  Expreffions.and 
which  prefent  a  Und  of  I'lflure  to  the  Mind.  But,  in  the 
more  limited  Scnil-,  he  fays,  r»;ajcj  arc  fuch  Difcourfcs  as 
come  from  us,  when  by  a  kind  of  Emhufiafm,  or  an  ex- 
traordinary Emotion  of  the  Soul,  we  feem  to  fee  the 
Things  whereof  we  fpeak,  and  prefent  them  before  the 
£ycs  ot  thiife  who  hear. 

IMAGES,  in  Rbsm-ic,  have  a  very  different  Ufe  from 
what  they  hive  among  the  Poets  ;  the  End  principally 
propofcd  in  Poetry  is  Aflonifhment  and. Surprize,  where- 
as the  thing  chiefly  aimed  at  in  Profe,  is  to  paint  things 
naturally,  and  to  /liew  them  clearly.  They  have  this, 
however,  in  common,  that  they  both  tend  to  move,  each 
Jii  Its  Itind.  Thefe  !ma?cs,  or  FiBitres,  are  of  vaft  ufc,  to 
give  Weight,  Magnificence,  and  Strength  to  a  Difcourfe. 
They  warm  and  animate  a  Dif  ourfe,  and  when  managed 
with  Art  according  to  Lomimis,  feem,  as  it  were,  to  tame 
an.!  (uljdue  the  Hearer,  and  put  him  in  the  power  of  the 
Speaker. 

IMAGINATION,  a  Power  or  Faculty  of  the  Soul,  by 
whichitconccives,  and  foinis  Ideas  of  Things,  by  means 


of  certain  Traces  and  Impreffions  that  had  been  beford 
made  m  the  Fibres  of  rhe  Brain,  by  Senfation.  The  Or- 
gans of  our  Senfes  are  compofed  of  little  Threads,  or  Fi- 
bres which,  at  one  end,  terminate  in  the  outward  Parts 
of  the  Body  and  Skin  aiid  a,  ,he  other  in  the  middle  of 
the  Brain.  Thefe  little  Fibres  miy  be  moved  two  ways  ; 
either  beginning  at  that  end  which  terminates  in  the  Brain, 
°l  V  l^''"''  '"mmates  without.  ,he  Agitation  of 

thefe  iibres  cannot  be  communicated  to  the  Brain,  but 
the  Soul  will  perceive  fomelhing.  If  ,Ken  the  Agita- 
tion begins  where  Objeds  make  their  Srft  Impreffion 
siz.  on  the  external  Surface  of  the  Fibres  ot  our  Nerves 
and  IS  communicated  thence  to  the  Brain,  the  Soul  in 
that  Cafe,  judges  that  what  fltc  perceives  is  without  that 
IS,  Ihe  perceives  an  Objcft  as  prefent :  but  if  only  the 
interior  Fibres  be  moved  by  the  Courfe  of  the  animal 
Spirits,  or  mfome  other  manner,  tho  Soul  then  imagines 
and  judges,  that  what /lie  perceives  is  not  wllhout,  but 
within  the  Brain  ;  that  is,  /he  perceives  an  Objea  as  ab- 
fent  :  And  herein  lies  the  Difference  between  Senfation 
and  hna^hiation. 

But  in  order  to  give  a  more  precife  and  diflinft  Idea  of 
the  Ima^inaum,  it  mult  be  obferved,  that  as  often  as 
there  happens  to  be  any  Alteration  in  that  part  of  the 
Brain  where  the  Nerves  terminate,  there  alfo  happens 
an  Alteration  in  the  Brain  ;  that  whenever  there  is  any 
Motion  in  ihatpatt,  to  change  the  Order  of  its  Fibres, 
there  alfo  happens  a  new  Perception  in  the  Soul,  and  fhe 
finds  fomethmg  new,  cither  by  way  of  Senfation  or  Ima- 
lammn  ;  ncuher  of  which  can  be  without  an  Alteration 
ot  the  Fibres  in  that  part  of  the  Brain.  So  that  the  Fa- 
culty of  Imaimini,  or  Imagimtmt,  only  confitls  in  the 
Power  which  the  Soul  has  of  forming  Images  of  Objefls 
by  producing  a  Change  in  the  Fibies  of  that  part  of  the 
Brain,  which  may  be  called  the  principal  Part,  becaufe 
It  correfponds  to  all  the  Parts  of  our  Body  and  is  the 
Place  where  the  Soul  (if  it  may  be  fo  faid)  immediately 
refides.  It  matters  not  which  that  Patt  is,  nor  whether 
the  Opinion  of  It  ilBs  be  true,  who  places  the  common 
Scnle  in  the  two  Bodies,  called  Corpora  Striata,  and  the 
Immnation  in  the  Corfus  Caliofum  ;  or  that  of  FerneUtis 
who  places  Senfation  in  the  Fia  Mater,  that  encompaffeS 
theSubflance  of  the  Brain  ;  or  that  of  De/m,tei,  jvho 
places  it  in  the  Pineal  Gland  :  it  fuffices  that  there  is 
feme  fuch  Part. 

Since  then  the  Imarjnaimt  only  confills  in  a  Power 
which  the  Soul  has  of  forming  Images  of  Objefts,  by 
impreffing  them  on  the  Fibres  of  the  Brain,  it  follows 
that  the  larger  and  more  dillina  the  reft,g,a,  or  Tracks 
of  the  animal  Spirits,  which  are  the  Lines  or  Strokes,  as 
It  were,  of  thofe  Images,  are,  the  more  tlrongly  and 
diihnaiy  the  Soul  imagines  thofe  Objeas.  Now  as  the 
Breadth,  Depth,  and  Ueannefs  of  the  Strokes  of  a  Grav- 
ing depend  on  the  Force  wherewith  the  Graver  aas,  and 
the  Obedience  which  the  Copper  yields ;  fo  the  Depth  and 
Cleannefs  of  the  Tracks  of  the  Imagiiiatim  depend  on 
the  Force  of  the  animal  Spirits,  and  the  Conilitution  of 
the  Fibres  of  the  Brain  ;  and  it  is  that  Variety  which  is 
found  m  thofe  tv«o  things,  to  which  we  owe  almoft  all 
that  vaft  Difference  which  we  obferve  in  Peoples  Minds. 
Thus,  on  the  one  tide  are  Abundance  and  Scarcity,  Brisk- 
defs  and  Slownefs,  Largenefs  and  Smallnefs  of  the  ani- 
mal Spirits  i  and  on  the  other  hand  Delicacy  or  GroCfnefs 
Humidity  or  Drynefs,  StitFnefs  or  Flexibility  of  the  Fibres 
of  the  Brain;  and,  laltly,  a  particular  Relation  which  the 
animal  Spirits  may  have  with  thofe  Fibres.  From  the  va- 
rious Combinations  of  which  Things,  will  refult  a  fufK- 
ciently  great  Variety,  to  account  for  all  the  ditferent 
CbaraSers  which  appear  in  the  Minds  of  Men  :  and  from 
the  fame  Principle  flows  that  Difference  which  is  ob- 
ferved in  the  fame  Pcrfon's  Mind,  at  different  Times  and 
under  different  Circumftances,  as  in  Childhood,  Man- 
hood, and  Old  Age,  in  Sicknefs,  Health,  55?c.  See 
Jnmtd  Splritt.  It  may  here  be  obferved,  that  the  Fibres 
r^*^-  o"'",™""^'"  agitated  by  the  Impreffion 

ot  Objefls,  than  by  the  Courfe  of  the  animal  Spirits  ;  and 
for  this  reafon  the  Soul  is  more  affeBed  with  Obleas 
which  It  perceives  by  Senfation,  and  which  it  looks  on  as 
prclent,  and  capable  of  giving  it  Pleafure  or  Pain,  than  by 
thtjie  perceived  by  Imaginmm,  which  it  judocs  to  be 
diHant.  And  yet  it  fometimes  happens,  that  in  Petfons, 
whole  animal  Spirits  are  extremely  agitated  by  Faffing, 
Waking,  Drinking,  a  Fever,  or  fome  violent  Paffion,  thefe 
Spirits  move  the  inward  Fibres  of  the  Brain  as  forcibly  as 
outward  Objeas  do  ;  fo  that  thofe  Perfons  perceive  things 
by  Senfation,  which  they  fliouldonly  perceive  by  Imagina- 
tioK  ;  forlmaginatloa  tmi  Senfation  only  differ  from  each 
other,  as  the  greater  from  the  lefs.  See  Father  MtilH- 
hranch,  Recber.  tie  laVeritS,  ith. 

IMAM  or  IMAN:  A  Minillerin  the  UaUmetan  Church 
anfwcring  to  a  Vicar  among  us.  The  Word  properly 
llgnifies  Prelate,  or  Chief  j  but  the  Muffuimen  frequently 

tippiy 


IM 


C  370 


IM 


apply  it  to  a  Pcrfun  who  has  the  Care  and  Intendancy  of 
a  Mofque,  \*ho  is  always  there  the  lirft,  and  reads  Pray- 
ers to  the  people,  which  they  repi^at  after  him. 

The  word  Imam  is  alfo  applied  by  way  of  Excellence  to 
the  four  Chiefs,  or  Founders  ot  the  lour  principal  Sects  in 
thcMahomcun  Reli'^ion.  'Thus  Mi  is  the  Imam  of  the  Fer- 
Jians,  orof  theScCt  oi  Schiaiensj  yihu-htksr  the  Imam  of 
the  Sujitiiais,  which  is  the  Seft  follow 'd  by  the  Titr/is.  Sa- 
fhii  or  Jflji-j',  tiic  b>'-im  of  another  Seft,  '^c.  The  Maho- 
incuins  don't  agree  among  themfelvvs  about  the  Imam.it  or 
Dignity  of  the  Imam.  Some  think  it  of  divine  Right,  and 
artach'd  to  a  fingle  Family,  as  the  Pontiiicate  of  y/ayoji. 
Others  hold,  that  it  is  indeed  of  divine  Right,  but  deny 
it  to  be  fi)  atrach'd  to  any  fingle  Family,  as  that  it  may  not 
be  transfer 'd  to  another.  They  add,  that  the  Imam  is  to  be 
clear  of  all  grofs  Sins,  and  that  otherwife  he  may  be  de- 
pofed,  and  his  Dignity  confer 'd  on  another.  However  this 
be,  'tis  certain  that  after  an  Imam  has  once  been  own'd  as 
fuch,  by  the  Muffulmen,  he  who  denies  that  his  Authority 
tomes  immediately  from  God,  is  accounted  impious  5 
he  who  docs  not  obey  him,  a  Rebel;  and  he  who  pre- 
tends to  contradi6i  what  he  fays,  a  Fool,  among  theor- 
ihodoK  of  that  Religion. 

IWBARGO,  a  Stop  or  Stay  put  upon  Ships  ufually  by 
public  Authority. 

IMBECILITY',  is  a  State  of  Languor,  or  Decay, 
wherein  the  Body  is  not  able  to  perform  its  ufual  Exet- 
cifes  or  Funflions. 

IMBEZZLE,  to  wafte,  fcatter  and  eonfume;  as  where 
a  Perfon  intruiled  with  Goods,  wafles  and  dimini/hes 
them,  he  is  faid  to  hnbczz/e  them. 

IMBIBE,  is  ufed  commonly  in  the  fame  Senfc  as  ah/orb; 
as  where  a  dry  porous  Body  takes  'up  another  that  is 
moiiK 

IMBRICATED,  is  ufcd  by  fome  Botanifts  toexprefs 
the  Figure  ot  the  Leaves  of  f.ime  Plants,  which  are  hol- 
low like  an  Imbrey,  or  Gutter  Tile. 

IMITATION,  in  Mufic,  is  where  one  Party  Imitates 
the  linging  of  another  either  throughout  the  whole  Piece, 
which  is  one  of  the  Kinds  of  Canon,  or  only  during  fome 
Meafurcs,  which  is  a  fimple  Imh-ition.  Sometimes  the  Mo- 
tion or  the  Figure  ot  the  Notes,  alone,  is  imitated  5  and 
that,  fometimes  even  by  a  contrary  Motion,  which  makes 
what  they  call  a  Retrograde  imitation.  The/m/t-iitow  diifers 
from  the  Fugue,  in  regard,  in  the  former  the  Repetition 
muit  be  a  id,  a  3d,  a  6th,  7[h,  orjth,  either  above  or 
below  the  firil  Voice  :  Whereas  were  the  Repetition  to  an 
Unifon  a  4th,  5th,  or  8th,  it  would  be  a  Fugue. 

IMMACULATE,  ivithout  Stain  or  Sin:  A  Tcrm^  much 
lifed  among  the  Romanijis,  when  fpeaking  of  the  Concep- 
tion of  the  Blcffed  Virgin,  they  call  \t  immaculate  :  inti- 
mating that  file  was  tree  trom  Original  Sin.  When  the 
Cap  is  given  to  a  Doctor  of  the  Sovbonnc,  he  is  obliged  to 
fwear  that  he  will  defend  the  immacid.ite  Conception.  This 
was  decreed  by  an  A£t  ot  the  Sorbonne  in  the  14th  Centu- 
ry 3  in  imitation  of  uhich,  80  other  Univerfities  made  the 
fame  Order.  The  Military  Orders  \n  Sp^iin  are  all  fo- 
lemnly  obliged  to  defend  this  Prerogative  of  the  Virgin. 
See  Conception. 

Congregation  of  the  hnmactdate  Conceftmt.  In  mofl  Nun- 
neries' there  is  a  Society  of  fecular  Maids,  whofe  End  is 
to  honour  the  immacuLite  Conception  :  Of  which  they 
make  a  public  Protellation  every  Year,  and  a  private  one 
every  Day, 

IMMANENT:  A  Term  in  Logic.  The  Schoolmen 
diJl:inguini  two  kinds  of  Actions ;  the  one  trantitory,  which 
pafs  from  the  Agent  to  the  Patient ;  the  other  immanent^ 
which  continue  in  the  Agent, 

IMMATERIAL,  fomething  devoid  of  Matterj  or  that 
js  pure  Spirit.  Thus  God,  Angels,  the  Human  Soul,  are 
hiimutci'i^il  Beings.  Tlato  argues  the  bmn-itsriality  of  the 
Soul  from  thefe  fix  Topics,  i.  From  its  Simplicity.  2. 
Prom  its  Independency  on  the  Body,  which  is  two-fold  ; 
in  its  Ejfe  and  its  Operare,  in  exilting,  and  in  acting  or  opera- 
ting feparately.  5.  From  its  Rule  and  Authority  over  the 
Body.  4.  From  its  Likenefs  and  Similitude  to  God, 
which  difcovers  itfelf  in  the  Plcafure  it  enjoys  in  fpiritual 
Things,  in  its  aiming  at  fpiritual  Objc£ts,  t?c.  5.  From 
its  fpiritual  Manner  of  perceiving  material  Objefls.  Latt- 
ly,  From  its  Indivifibility,  Capacity,  Activity,  Immorta- 
lity, iSc. 

IMMEDIATE,  that  which  precedes  or  follows  fome 
other  thing  without  any  Interpofition. 

IMMEDIATE,  alfo  fignifies  fomething  that  afls  with- 
out Means,  without  Medium,  as  imJKCi/i«re  Grace,  an  imme- 
(iir.te  Caufe,  There  have  been  great  Difputes  among 

Divines  ab^uc  immediate  Grace.  The  quettion  in  debate 
was,  Whether  Grace  aded  on  the  Heart  and  Mind  by  an 
immediate  EfBcacy,  independent  of  all  external  Circum- 
fiances  i  or,  Whether  a  certain  A{remblage  and  Improve- 
ment of  Cii-cumfiances  jnin'd  t^  the  Miiiiltery  of  the  Word, 
might  produce  a  Convcrfion  of  Soul. 


IMMEMORIAL,  an  Epithet  given  to  the  Trme  or" 
Durauon  of  any  thing,  whofe  Beginning  we  know  no- 
thing ot:  m  alegaiSenfe,  a  thing  is  faid  to  be  of  Time 
immemorial,  or  I'ime  out  of  mind,  that  was  before  the 
Rcign  of  our  King  Edvjard  II. 

IMMENSE,  is  that  whofe  Amplitude  or  Extenfion  no 
Jrinite  Meafure  whatfoever,  or  how  oft  foever  repeated 
can  equal.  ^  ' 

IMMERSION,  an  Adion  by  which  any  thin^  is  plun- 
ged into  Waeer  or  other  Fluid.  In  the  firtt  Aged's  of  Chri- 
itianity,  Baptifm  was  performed  by  hmnerfion ;  by  three 
immerfions.  The  Cuttom  of  to..y?.„  is  Hill  preferved  in 
Fortvgal,  and  among  the  Anabaptilts  in  other  Parts.  Im- 
»m;/7o«,  in  1  harmacy  is  a  Preparation  of  fome  Medicine, 
by  letting  It  Ileep  fcr  fome  time  in  Water,  in  order  to 
take  fome  ill  Faculty  or  TaO^  from  it  as  k  done  in  Rhu- 
barb, to  moderate  us  Force;  in  Lime,  to  take  away  its 
bait ;  and  in  Olives,  wnich  are  preferved  in  Brine. 

IMMERSION,  in  Alirunomy,  is  when  a  Scar' or  Pla- 
net is  fo  near  the  Sun  with  regard  to  our  Obfcrvations 
that  we  cannot  fee  it;  being  as  it  were  envelop'd  and 
hid  intheRa^s  of  that  Luminary.  Immerjion  is  alfo  the 
Beginning  of  an  E^b^fv  of  ihe  Moon;  that  is,  the  mo- 
ment when  the  Moon  'u  gins  to  be  darkned,  and  to  enter 
into  the  Shadow  of  the  Earth.  And  the  fame  Term  is 
ufed  With  regard  to  an  Eclipfe  of  the  Sun,  when  the  Disk 
of  theMuon  begins  to  cover  it.  Emerfion  is  the  Term 
oppofite  to  Immerfmi,  and  f  giiifies  the  moment  wherein 
the  Moon  begins  to  come  out  of  the  Shadow  of  the  Earth; 
or  the  Sun  begins  to  thow  the  Parts  of  his  Disk  which 
were  hid  before.  Jwmsi;/?a«  is  frequently  applied  to  the 
Satellites  of  :jt<pite>;  and  efpecially  to  the  fiiit  Satellite  ; 
the  Obfervation  whereof  is  of  fo  much  Ufe  for  difcover- 
ing  the  Longitude.  The  Immevfim  of  that  Satellite  is 
the  moment  in  which  it  appears  to  enter  within  the  Disk 
o^'Jupherj  and  its  Emcrfion  the  moment  wherein  it  ap- 
pears to  come  out.  The  ImmcrftQus  are  obferved  from  the 
Time  of  the  Omjunaion  of  '3ufn<;r  with  the  Sun,  to  the 
Time  of  his  Opfofition:  And  the  Emerfions  from  the 
Time  of  his  Oppolition  to  his  Conjunction.  The  peculiar 
Advantage  of  thefe  Obfcrvations,  is,  that  during  eleven 
Months  of  the  Year,  they  may  be  made,  at  lea'lt,  every 
other  Day.  The  Perfeftion  of  this  Theory,  and  the  Prax- 
is thereon,  we  owe  to  M.C;^-"/?/, 

IMMORTAL,  that  which  will  latl  to  all  Eternity, 
that  has  in  itfcif  no  Principle  of  Alteration  or  Corruption. 
Thus  God  and  the  Human  Soul  are  immortal.  Tl.no  ^c- 
^ncfi  Immortality^  iirrn.  k-^j-xQ-  ^  ^j'J>'i9-  ^onj,  animated  Ef- 
fence  and  eter7ial  Manfion  ;  and  proves  the  bnmortaliiy  of 
the  Soul  from  two  kinds  of  Arguments ;  the  one  Arti- 
ficial, the  other  Inartificial.  Inartificial  Arguments  are 
Teltimonies  and  Authorities,  whereof  he  cites  feveral,  and 
adds  in  general,  that  all  the  great  Men  and  Poets,  who 
had  any  thing  divine  in  'em,  atTerted  the  Immortality  of 
the  Soul.  His  Artificial  or  proper  Arguments  are  either 
fpeculative  or  praflical  :  Of  the  firil  kind  are  thofe 
drawn,  i.  From  the  fimple,  uniform,  fpiritual  and  divine 
Nature  of  the  Soul.  z.  From  its  infinite  Capacity.  3. 
From  its  defiring  and  longing  after  Immortality^  and  its 
inward  Horror  of  falling  into  Nothing  ;  proving  it  abfurd 
that  the  Soul  fliouid  die,  when  Life  is  its  proper  and  ade- 
quate Objeft.  4.  From  its  rational  Aflivity  ;  proving  that 
whatever  has  in  itfelf  a  Principle  of  rational  and  fponta- 
neous  Motion,  by  vvhich  it  tends  towards  fome  fupreme 
Good,  is  immortal.  5.  From  the  various  Ideas  which  it  has 
of  fpiritual  things;  particularly  from  the  Idea  it  has  of 
Immortality.  6.  From  its  Immateriality.  His  praftical 
or  moral  Arguments  for  the  Immortality  of  the  Soul,  ane 
drawn,  i.  From  the  Juttice  of  Gnd,  which  can  never  fuf- 
fer  the  Wicked  to  efcape  unpuni/lied,  nor  the  Good  un- 
rewarded after  Death.  2.  From  that  Dependance  which 
Religion  has  on  this  Opinion,  in  regard,  without  this  Per- 
fuafion  there  would  be  no  Religion  in  the  World.  ;.Frora 
the  Opinion  which  Men  have,  that  Jufiice  and  every 
kind  of  Virtue  arc  to  be  cultivated,  that  they  may  at  latl 
live  with  God.  4.  From  the  Stings  of  Confcience,  and 
anxious  Sollicitude  we  are  under  about  a  future  State. 

lA^MUNITY,  a  Privilege  or  Exemption  from  fome 
Office,  Duty,  or  Impofition  :  It  is  particularly  underttood 
of  the  Liberties  granted  to  Cities  and  Communities.  The 
Princes  heretofore  granted  all  kind  of  hnm-:nities  to  Ec- 
clefiafiics,  exempting  them  from  all  Impofitions ;  but 
the  Ecclefiatl:ics  of  thnfe  Days  were  not  f )  rich  as  thnfe  of 
ours  :  They  gave  all  they  had  to  the  Poor.  There  is  fiill 
a  Privilege  of  Immunity  in  fome  Places,  and  efoecially  in 
Itrt/y,  belonging  to  Ecclcfialtical  Thin!7S  and'  Perfons  ; 
thefe  are  exempted  from  certain  Dues,  and  are  fhelter'd 
from  the  Purfuits  of  Jufiice.  Tho,  there  are  fome  Crimes 
for  which  they  cannot  plead  the  Privileges  of  Immunity,  as 
premeditated  Murder,  ^c. 

IMMUTABILITY,  the  Condition  of  fomething  that 
cannot  change.    Immatahiliiy  is  one  of  the  Divine  Attri- 
butes. 


(  577,1 


IM 


butcs.  There  ;s  iL  two-fold JnGo^  5  aPhyfi-  IMPERFECT  PLANTS    among  the  BotamHs  crS 

cal  and  a  Moral  one.    The  Phyfical  hnmimhilhy  confifts  fuch  as  either  really  want  flower,  and  Seed,  or  arc  fup- 

in  this,  that  theSubUance  of  God  docs  not,  nor  cannot  po^^'l/o  want  th..,r, ;  fince  no  Flower  or  Seed  hath  yet 

receive  any  Change  or  Alteration.   His  Moral  Immutahtlny  been  difcovcr  d  to  belor^  to  the  grearell  p.rr  of  chem 

confifts  in  his  not  being  liable  to  any  Change  in  h.s  Thefc^Mr.  K.^  difbngu.lhcs  according  to  the  Place  of 
Thoughts,  or  Dcfigns  5   but  that  what  he  wills,  he  has 


will'd  from  all  Eternity. 

IMPALED,  when  the  Coats  of  Arms  of  a  Man  and  hjs 
Wife  (who  is  not  an  Heirefs)  are  borne  in  the  fame  E- 
fcutcheon,  they  muft  be  marfhalled  in  Pale,  i.  e.  the  Huf- 
band's  on  the  Right- fide,  and  the  Wife's  on  the  Left; 
and  this  the  Heralds  call  Baro7i  and  Femme,  two  Coats  im- 
paled. If  a  Man  hath  had  two  Wives,  he  may  impale 
his  Coat  in  the  middle  between  theirs;  and  if  he  hath 
had  more  than  two,  they  are  to  be  mar/hailed  on  each 
lide  of  his,  in  their  proper  Order. 

IMPALPABLE,  that,  whofe  Parts  arc  fo  extremely  mi- 
nute, that  they  cannot  be  diflinguifli'd  by  the  Senfes,  par- 
ticularly by  th:u  of  Feeling.  _ 

IMPANATION,  a  Term  ufed  among  Divines  to  hg- 
nify  the  Opinion  of  the  Lutheram  with  regard  to  the  Eu- 
charift  j  who  believe,  that  the  Species  of  Bread  and  Wine 
do  remain,  together  with  the  Body  of  our  Saviour,  after 
Confi^cration.  , 

IMPARLANCE,  or  Ernpartaiice,  is  a  Motion  made  in 
Courr,  on  the  account  of  the  Demandant  by  the  Tenant, 
or  Declaration  of  the  Plaintiff  by  the  Defendant,  where- 
by he  craveth  Refpite,  or  any  other  Day  to  put  in  his 
Anfwer.  . 

Imparlance  is  either  general  or  rpccial.  Special  is 
with  this  Claufe,  Sahis  omndms  Mva^Ta^'is,  tarn  ad  >- 
rijdsiTiojicm  Ctiri^,  <jtictm  breve  ^  Narrationem.  _  General  is 
made  at  large,  without  inferting  that,  or  any  like  Charge. 

IMPASSIBLE,  that  which  is  exempt  from  Suffering, 
which  cannot  undergo  Pain  or  Alteration.  The  Stoks  place 
the  Soul  of  their  Wife  Man  in  an  impafUe  imperturbable 
State. 

IMPASTATION,  a  Work  of  Mafonry,  made  of  StuC, 
or  Stone  beaten  and  wrought  up  in  manner  of  a  Pallc. 
Authors  are  of  opinion  that  the  Obelisks,  and  the  huge  An- 
tique Columns  ilill  remaining,  were  made  fome  byJ?«- 
paji  iitio7/,  and  others  by  Fuiion. 

IMPEACHMENT  of  Jfajie,   comes  from  the  Fre?ich 
id  fisniiies  a  Reilraint  from 


E}3!f€fchciiicnt,  Iniptiliment,  am  ^ 

committing  of  Wallc  upon  Lands  and  Tenenrlents.    And  ^  ^ 

therefore  he  that  hath  a  Leafe  without  Imff-achnsnt  of  ties  affift  at  the  hnpert.tl  Diets,  where  they  are  divided 

Jf''aJ}e,  hath  by  that,  a  Property  or  Intereft  given  him  in  into  two  Branches,  tii'ar  o?  the  Rhine,  and  that  of  Suahia^ 


their  Growth, 

(i.)  Aquatics,  or  fuch  as  gfow  in  the  Water :  and  thai  ei~ 
the.-,  I.  In  the  Sea,  and  then  they  ati;  called  Marine  FLmtsj 
and  thofe  are  either  of  an  hard  and  llony  Confillcncc,  as 
the  Corals,  Corallines;  or  Porous,  that  is,  of  a  more  foft 
and  herbaceous  one.  Of  thele  fome  are  like  Herbs,  and  are 
of  two  kinds;  the  greater,  which  are  CauVifgfous  as  the 
Fucus;  the  leffer,  as  the  Alga  :  the  others  arc  inore  of  the 
Mufcus,  or  Fungus  Appearance,  as  the  Spongia.  Frc/h 
Water  TlantSy  and  thofe  have  either  no  Leaves,  but  ara 
Capillaceous,  as  the  Conferva; ;  or  their  Leaves  divided 
into  three  Parts,  as  the  Lens  I'alufiris,  Lsnticula. 

(2.)  Such  imfc-yfctl  Fiants  as  gtow  in  dry  Groilnd,  he 
divides  into,  lirll,  Such  as  have  Subildnce,  either  woody 
or  flelliy;  and  thefe  have  fcarce  any  thing  common  to 
the  perfeB  Flams,  ncirher  the  green  herbaceous  Coloufj 
nor  the  Texture  of  Herbs,  nor  Flower,  Seed,  nor  Leaf, 
properly  fpeaking,  as  all  the  Fungi,  which  are,  r.  Such 
as  grow  on  Trees,  and  therefore  called  Arboreous,  as  the 
Fungus  LariciSj  called  Agarick,  and  the  Ftmgui  Samhuc't^ 
which  we  call  Jews-Ear.  a.  Terreftrial,  and  thefe  are 
either  Cauliferous,  with  Heads  either  lamellated,  or  po-* 
rofe  underneath,  or  without  Stalks,  as  the  Pfz-icrfof  Flmy^ 
and  Fttjigits  Fuhemlentits,  Crepitus  Litpiy  or  common  Puff- 
Balls.  5.  Subterraneous,  as  the  Tukr^  Terr^e,  or  Trufies. 
Secondly,  Such  as  have  a  more  foft  and  dry  Confiftence, 
and  more  like  that  of  Herbs;  of  which  fome  are  both 
cauliferous  and  branched,  as  the  M.'/fci,  or  Moffes :  Others 
are  without  Stalks,  adhering  like  a  Cruft  to  the  Surface  of 
the  Earth,  Stones,  Trees,  or  Wood  3  as  the  Lichen  Terre- 
ftris  and  Arbnrens. 

IMPERIAL,  fomething  belonging  to  the  Empire  5 
thus  we  fay,  his  Imperial  Majefty,  the  Imj^erial  Crovjn,  i^c. 

Imperial  Cities  in  Germany  are  thofe  which  own  no  otheif 
Head  but  the  Emperor.  Thefe  are  a  kind  of  little  Com- 
monwealths, the  chief  Magiflratc  whereof  does  Homage 
to  the  Emperor,  and  pays  him  the  Roj».j»  Month  ;  bur  m 
other  refpefts,  and  in  AdminiOration  of  JuOicc,  he  is  So- 
vereign. Jwi^ena/ Cities  have  a  Right  of  Coining  Money, 
and  of  Keeping  Forces  and  fortified  Places.    Their  Djpu- 


the  Houfes  and  Trees,  and  may  make  wafte  in  them 
without  being  called  to  account  for  it. 

IMPECCABILITY,  the  State  of  a  Ferfon  who  cannot 
fin.  The  Word  alfo  fignifies  the  Grace,  Privilege,^  or 
Principle  which  puts  him  out  of  a  condition  of  finning. 

The  Schoolmen  diftinguiHi  feveral  kinds  and  degrees  of  States  of  the  Emp 
Irtipeccahility :  That  of  God  belongs  to  him  by  Nature:  ^    -  - 

That  of  Jelus  Chrift  confider'd  as'"  Man,  belongs  to  him 
by  the  Hypoliatical  Union  :  That  of  the  Bleffed  is  a 
Confequencc  of  their  Condition  :  That  of  Men  is  the 
Effect  of  a  Confirmation  in  Grace,  and  is  rather  called 
Impeccancc  than  Impeccability ;  accordingly  the  Divines 
diftinguifl-i  between  thefe  two,  this  being  found  ncccffary 
in  the  Difputes  againft  the  Felagiajis,  in  order  to  explain 
certain  Terms  in  the  Greek  and  Latin  Fathers,  which  with- 
out this  Dillindlon  are  eafily  confounded. 

IMPENETRABILITY,  Quality  of  that  which  can- 
not be  pierced  or  penetrated  ;  a  Property  of  Body  which 
fo  fills  up  a  certain  Space,  as  that  there  is  no  room  in  it, 
for  any  other  Body.  \)r.  Fiarrls  Ac?inc%lmpenetrabUity,  the 
Diftiniiion  of  one  extended  Subftance  from  another,  by 
means  whereof  the  Extenfion  of  one  thing  is  different 
from  that  of  another  ;  fo  that  two  extenrled  things  cannot 
be  in  the  fame  place,  but  muft  ncceffarily  exclude  each 
other.    See  Solidity. 

IMPENITENCE,  aHardnefsof  Heart,  which  makes 
a  Perfon  perfevere  in  Vice,  and  prevents  his  Repentance. 
Final  Jmpe7iitence  is  the  Sin  agalnil  the  Holy  Ghoft,  which 
is  neither  pardoned  in  this  L-ife  nor  that  to  come. 

IMPERATIVE,  in  Grammar,  is  one  of  the  Modes  or 
Manners  of  Conjugating  a  Verb,  ferving  to  exprefs  a 
Commandment ;  as  Go,  Come,  &c.  In  the  Hchrem  and  o- 
ther  Oriental  Languages,  the  Future  Tenfe  has  frequently 
an  Imperative  Signification. 

IMTERFECl'  TENSE,  in  Grammar,  fignifies  an  in- 
definite Time  between  the  prefent  and  the  paft  :  as,  1 
taught,  h  heard. 

IMPERFECT  FLOWERS,  are  thofe  which  have  fome 
Defc£ls,  and  either  want  the  Feiala,  the  little  Leaves 
which  {land  round  the  Flowers,  or  the  like. 

IMPERFECT  NUMBERS,  in  Arithmetic,  are  thofe 
whofe  aliquot  Parts  taken  together,  don't  make  the  juft 
Number  itfelf,  but  either  come  /liort  of  it ;  in  which  cafe 
they  are  called  deficient  Kimbers  j  or  exceed  it,  and  then 
ihey  arc  called  abundant  Numbers. 


There  were  formerly  zz  in  the  former,  and  57  in  the  lat- 
ter ;  but  there  are  now  only  4S  in  alK 

Imperial  Chamber  is  a  Sovereign  Court,  eftablifli'd  for 
theAffairs  of  the  immediate  States  of  the  Empire. 

Imperial  Diet,  is  an  Affembly  or  Convention  of  all  the 
ates  of  the  Empire.  It  is  ufually  held  at  Ratisbon  ; 
where  the  Emperor,  either  in  Perfon,  or  by  his  Commif- 
fioner,  the  Ele£lors,  Secular  and  Ecclefiaftjcal  Princes, 
Prelates,  Princeffes,  Counts,  and  Deputies  of  Imperial  Ci- 
ties, affift.  The  Diet  is  divided  into  three  Colleges,  which 
are  thofe  of  the  Eleftors,  the  Princes,   and  the  Cities. 


The  Electors  alone  form  the  firft  ;  the  fccond  confifts  of 
Princes,  Prelates,  Princeffes,  and  Counts;  and  the  third 
of  the  Deputies  of  Imperial  Cities.  Each  College  has  Its 
Director,  who  prefides  in  the  Confultations.  The  Eleftor 
of  Memz  in  the  College  of  Eleflors;  the  Archbiftiop  of 
SaUzbonrg  in  that  of  the  Princes  i  and  the  Deputy  of  the 
City  of  Cologne  in  that  of  the  Cities.  In  the  D/ef,  each 
Principality  has  a  Voice  ;  but  all  the  Prelates  (fo  they 
call  the  Abbots  and  Provofts  of  the  Empire^  have  but 
two  Voices,  and  all  the  Counts  hut  four.  Tho  the  three 
Colleges  agree,  yet  the  Emperor  has  a  negative  Voice  : 
when  he  too  confents,  the  Refolutions  pais  into  a  Law, 
which  oblige  all  the  States  of  the  Empire,  both  mediate, 
and  immediate. 

IMPERSONAL,  Verb  in  Grammar,  is  fuch  an  one, 
as  is  only  ufed  in  the  third  Perfon  Singular ;  as  Oporter^ 
Licet,  Sic. 

IMPERVIOUS,  exprcffes  fuch  a  Clofencfs  of  Pores, 
or  particular  Configuration  of  Farts,  as  will  iiot  admit 
another  thro'. 

IMPETIGO,  is  a  Cutaneons  Foulnefs,  divided  into 
many  kinds  by  the  Anticnts;  but  a  better  Knowledge  in 
Secretion,  and  the  Office  of  the  Cutaneous  Glands,  has 
taught  us  the  Cure  of  all  fuch  Diforders,  without  havine 
any  neceffary  Recourfe  to  fuch  Diftinftions :  The  Itch  and 
Leprofy  take  in  the  feveral  kinds,  from  the  moft  eafy 
to  the  moft  obftinate  degree  of  Infeftlon,  according  to 
which  the  Means  of  Cure  are  proportioned* 

IMFETRATION,  an  obtaining  by  Requefl  or  l^rayerj. 
this  Word  is  ufed  in  our  Statutes  for  the  pre-obrainin^  of 
Benefices  and  Church-Offices  in  England  from  the  Court 
of  Rome,  which  did  belong  to  the  Difpofal  of  the  Kin^ 
and  other  Lay-Patrons  of  the  Realm  ;  the  Penalty  whereof 
was  the  fame  with  Provifors,  25  E.  5. 

D  d  d  a  d  ms» 


IM 


C  578  ) 


I  M 


IMPING,  is  a  Term  ufed  in  Falconry,  and  fignifics  the  mutually  deflroy  each  other,  and  which  can  nei'ther  bo 
mfcning  of  a  Feather  in  the  Wing  of  a  Hawlv,  in  the   conceived, _ nor  united  together  in  the  IViind.    Thus  it  is 


place  of  one  that  is  broke. 

IMPLANTATION:  One  of  the  fix  tinds  of  Tranf- 
plantation ;  ufcd  by  fome  J'eople  for  the  Cure  of  certain 
Difeafes.  /w^/.i:7;f.if/o?z  is  performed  by  placing  Plants,  or 
at  leall:  the  Roots  of  PJ-i-nts,  in  a  Ground  prepared  for  that 
purpofe,  and  water'd  with  what  the  Patient  ufed  to  walh 
himfelf  withal.  By  which  means 'tis  pretended  the  Dif- 
cafe  is  tranflated  into  the  Plant.  If  the  Plant  happen  to 
die  before  the  Cure  be  perfected,  by  reafon  of  the  ill 
Qualities  it  imbibes,  other  Plants  mull:  be  placed  inftead 
of  it,  and  the  Procefs  be  continued  tis  in  the  fiHl. 

IMPLEAD,  from  the  Frendj  Flaider^  to  fue,  arreft,  or 
profccute  by  Courfe  of  Law. 

IMPLEMENTS,  comes  either  from  the  Freyich  Word 
Employer,  to  employ,  or  the  Latin  Impleo,  to  fill  up  j  and 
is  ufed  for  all  things  neceffary  for  a  Trade,  or  the  Fur- 


hnpop>h  that  a  Circle  ihould  be  a  Square  i  becaufc  we 
conceive  clearly  that  Squarenefs  and  Roundnefs  de- 
llroy  each  other  by  the  Contrariety  of  their  Figure 
There  arc  two  kinds  o{  hvfojJ^.hUmes ;  the  one  Phyhcau' 
the  other  Moral.  A  PhyficaL  ImpoJJihUny  is  that  which 
cannot  be  done  by  the  Powers  of  Nature.  A  thin"  is 
morally  impo^hle^  when  of  its  own  nature  it  is  poffible 
but  yet  is  attended  with  fuch  Difficulties,  as  diat  all 
things  confider'd  i^:  appears  unp.jpbk.  Thus  it  is  morally 
/m/o/We  that  all  Men  ihould  be  virtuous;  or  that  a  Man 
fliould  throw  the  fame  Number  with  three  Dves  an  hun- 
dred times  lUCceiTively. 

Any  thing  contrary  to  Decency  and  good  Senfc  is  alfo 
laid  to  be  impffihh,  among  thofc  whtj  reafon  fi-om  Moral 
lopics;  thus  the  Lawyers  fay,  0mm  tw.-pe  impMe- 
Thole  Conditions  are  which  Senfe  and  Decorum 


flood 
fit  ion, 


nlture  of  an  HoufiioTd  :  in  which  Senfc  we  frequently  find  don't  allow  to  be  perform'd,  tho  in  themfelves  very  poffihls 

it  ufed  in  Wilis,  and  Conveyances  of  Moveables.  to  thofc  who  have  no  regard  to  good  Scnfe  i^c 

IMPLICITE,  foinerhing  tacitly  comprized  or  under-       IMPOST,  in  Law,  is  the  Tribute  or  Tax  appointed  by 

that  is,  contain'd  m  a  Difcourfe,  Claufe,  or  Propo-  the  Prince,  for  fuch  Merchandize  as  is  brouoht  into  any 

not  in  exprefs  Terms,  but  only  by  Induction  and  Haven  in  his  Dominions  from  foreign  Nations^:  51  Elm 

Confcqucnce.    The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Lrtfm  P/ico,  It  may  be  diftinguifli'd  from  Culiom,  in  that,  Cuftom 

I  fold.  properly  fignifles  the  Duties  paid  to  the  King 'for  Goodi 

IMPLY  a  Contradiaion     a  Term  ufed  among  Philo-  ilupp'd  olF  or  exported:  but  they  are  frequently  confoun- 

fophcrs  to  iignify   the  Object  of  Divine  Omnipotence,  ded  together. 

Thus  we  fay,  God  can  do  every  thing  that  does  not  Imply       IMPOSTHUME,  is  a  CoUeaion  of  Matter  or  Pus  in 

a  Con  trad  id]:  ion  proceeding  from  God  ;   By  which  is  not  any  Part  of  the  Body,   either   from  an  Oblirudion  of 

meant  a  Refpc£l  of  the  Atfion  to  the  Executive  Power  of  Fluids  in  that  Part,  which  makes  them  change  into  fuch 

'     "    " *  "  '      "  '  Matter ;  or  from  aTranflation  of  It  from  fome  other  Pare 


God  j  for  God  by  this  Power  could  dcf  whatever  does  not 
imply  a  Contradiilion  proceeding  from  this  Power,  which 
would  be  to  fay,  that  God  can  do  what  he  can  do.  In 
that  Propofition  therefore  is  intended  a  Refpeit  to  the  o- 
ther  Attributes  and  iimplc  Perfections  of  God.  Thus  God 
can  do  whatever  does  nor  imply  a  Conrraili£lion  to  fome 
other  of  his  Attributes.  For  inilancc,  he  cannot  atteii:  a  falfe 
Religion  by  his  Word,  or  by  Miracle,  becaufe  this  is  re- 
pugnant to  his  Goodnels  and  Truth.  But  becaufe  all 
things  that /w//'/)' a  Contradiclion,  cannot  be  fald  to  have 
fuch  a  Refpett  to  the  Attributes  of  God  ;  therefore  wc 
may  fay  more  generally,  that  thofe  things  imply  a.  Cojitra- 
d/ffion,  which  involve  a  Contrariety  from  the  Terms  or 
Objefl.  For  there  are  two  things  requifitc  to  the  Being 
of  any  thing ;  the  one  on  the  fide  of  the  Agent,  z'iz.  a 
Power  of  Aiiting  ;  the  otht:r  on  that  of  the  Patient  or  Ob- 
jcft,  viz.  a  Non-rcH£lance.  For  want  of  the  firll  Condi- 
tion, there  are  a  I'houfand  things  which  we  cannot  do; 
and  fur  want  of  the  fecond  Condition,  there  are  many 
things  that  God  caiinot  do  :  for  that  which,  when  it  is  af- 
firmed, is  yet  denied,  is  impoffiblc. 

IMPORTATION,  is  the  importing  or  bringing  In  of 
Merchandizes  from  foreign  Countries. 

IMPOSITION  OF  HANDS,  an  Aflion  by  vvhich  the 
Evangelical  Miffion,  and  the  Power  of  Abfolving,  is  con- 
vcy'd,    hnpofitioji  of  I-hmds  was  a  Ceremony,  intro- 

duced, not  by  any  Divine  Authority,  but  byCultom;  it 


where  it  is  generated. 

IMPOSlS,  in  ArchiteCiurc,  arc  what  are  fometimes 
called  Chaprrels:  being  the  Parts  on  which  the  Feet  of 
Arches  Hand;  or  the  Capitals  of  Pillars,  that  lupport 
Arches.  Thefe  Zwz/^oyn  conform  to  their  proper  Orders. 
The  Tufcan  hath  a  Plinth  only;  rhe  Dorick  two  Faces 
crown'd  ;  the  lonick  a  Larmier,  or  Crown,  over  the  two 
Faces,  and  its  Mouldli.gs  may  be  carved  ;  the  Corinthian 
and  Coinpofite  have  a  Larmier,  Freeze,  and  other  Mould- 
ings. The  Projeflures  of  the  Imprjts  mufl:  not  exceed  the 
Naked  of  the  Pllafler.  Someti  mcs  the  Entablature  of 
the  Order  ferves  for  the  Impoj}  of  the  Arch  ;  and  this 
looks  very  grand  and  llately.  The  I-mpoji  is  a  thing  very 
clTential  to  the  Compofition  of  the  Ordonnances ;  info- 
much  that  without  it,  in  the  place  where  the  curve  Line 
of  the  Arch  meets  with  the  perpendicular  Line  of  the 
Pillar,  there  always  feems  a  kind  of  Elbow. 

IMPOTENCE,  a  Want  of  Strength,  Power,  or  Means 
to  perform  any  thing.  Impotence  alfo  fignifies  a  natural 
Deleft  or  Inability  to  Generation.  The  Decretals  dillin- 
guifli  three  kinds  of  Impateiice,  -Siz.  Frigidity,  Enchant-n 
mcnt,  and  Inability  to  the  Ail.  Jmpotency  annuls  Mar- 
riage._  The  Word  is  derived  fron;  thcPrepoiition  taken 
privativcly,  and  TotentU  Power. 

Divines  and  Philofophers  diilingul/li  two  kinds  Im po- 
tency. ■  The  one  Natural,  the  other  Moral.    The  firll:  :' 


being  the  Praefice  among  thofe  People,  whenever  they  a  Want  of  fome  Phyfical  Principle  neceJTary  to  an  Action, 
pi-ay'd  to  God  for  any  Perfon,  to  lay  their  Hands  on  his  or  is  foniething  abfolutely  defective,  or  that  is  not  free,  and 
-Head.  Our  Saviour  obferv'd  the  ilimc  Cuftom,  both  at  liberty  to  aft;  the  fecond  is  only  a  great  Diiticulty,  as 
when  he  conferred  his  Blcffing  on  Children,  and  when  he  a  ftrong  Habitude  to  the  contrary  :  a  violent  PafTion  or  In- 
cured  the  Sick;  adding  Prayer  to  the  Ceremony.    The  clination. 

Apoltles  likewlfe  W  ?y-i?;rfj  on  thofe  whom  they  bellow'd       IMPRECATION,  a  Curfe,  or  Wifli  that  fome  Evil 

th,e  Holy  Ghoft  on.     The  Prielts  obferved   the  fame  may  beflill  any  one.    The  Antients  had  their  Goddefles 

Cultom  when  any  one  was  received  into  their  Body.  And  caU'd  Imprecations,  in  Latin  Dir.^,  i.  e.  Deon-.m  Ir^;  who 

the  Apollles  themfelves  underwent  the  Jmpojithn  of  Hands  were  fuppofed  to  be  the  Executioners  of  evil  Confciences, 
a-frelh,  every  time  they  entred  upon  any  new  Defign.    '  -  .  -  .      .  ^   .         ^  . 

the  antient  Church  Impnjiiion  of  Elands  was  pratlifed 


In 


Perfons  when  they  married  ;  which  the  /Ihy/fitmns  fllll  ob- 
ferve.    But  this  Term,  which  in  its  original  Signification , 


They  were  called  Imprecations  in  Heaven,  Furies  on  Earth, 
a.nA  Eamenides  In  Hell.    The  Rom,i}zs  own'd  bur  three  of 
thefe  lmprf-cat!07is,   and  the  Greek  two.    They  Invoked 
,    them  with  Prayers  and  Pieces  of  Vcrfes  to  deliroy  their 
is  general;  is  reftrain'd  by  Cuftom,  to  that  Jm/^o/ifw;  which    Enemies.   The  Word  is  derived  from  the  m  and 

is  praflifed  at  Ordination.    Spanhcim  has  written  a  Trea-  precoy. 

tife  de  Impofnione  Maviaim  y  Trihenharhfs  and  Braimius  IMPREGNATION,  is  the  Emiffion  of  the  Seed  of  the 
have  done  the  fame.  Male  in  Coition,  by  which  the  Female  conceives,  or  be- 

■  ^  IMPOSITION,  is  alfo  a  kind  of  Tranf plantation  prac-  comes  with  young.  It  Is  alfo,  hence,  figuratively  ufed  In 
tifed,  for  the  Cure  of  certain  Difeafes.  It  is  performed.  Pharmacy,  when  a  Liquor  imbibes  the  Juice  of  fome  other 
by  taking  fome  of  the  implanted  Spirit  or  Excrement  of  Body:  Thus  a  Menflruum  is  faid  ,to  be  impregnated  with 
the  Part  afFciled,  or  of  both  together,  and  placing  them  a  Body  dllTblved  in  it,  as  much  as  its  Pores  are  able  to 
in  a  Tree,  or  a  Plant,  between  the  Bark  and  the  Wood,  af-  receive  .  The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Latin  Imprxgjuire, 
tcr  which  ir  is  covered  up  with  Mud.    Inilead  of  this,  fome    of  Fr.-c^nans,  a  Woman  with  Child. 

bcre  a  Hole  in  the  Tree  with  an  Auger  ;  and  /liuttin"  up  IMPRESSION,  a  Term  in  Philofophy,  apply'd  to  the 
the  Hole  again  with  a  Tampion  of  the  fame  Wood,  cover  Species  of  Objects,  which  are  fuppofed  to  make  fome 
it  over  with  Mud.  If  'tis  defired  the  Effe£t  fhould  be  Mark  or  Impn-jfon  on  the  Senfes,  the  Mind,  and  the  Me- 
laftnig,  a  Tree  is  chofen  that  will  continue  long,  as  an  mory.  The  Terifatetics  i&W  us,  that  Bodies  emit  Species 
Oak.  If 'tis  defired  the  Effect  fiiould  be  fpeedy,  they  refembling  them,  which  Species  arc  convcy'd  by  the  cx- 
chufc  a  Tree  that  grows  faft  ;  in  whlcli  laft  cafe,  the  Mat-  terior  Senfes  to  the  common  Senfe.  Thefe  hnprejfoyis,  or 
ter  fervlng^s  the  Medium  of  Tranfplantation  mult  be  ta-    imprefs'd  Species,  being  material  and  fcnfible 


ken  out  of  the  Tree  as  foon  as  the  Effect  has  followed, 
becaufe  the  too  great  Alteration  of  the  Spirit,  might  be 
fome  prejudice  to  the  Patient, 

IMPOSSIBLE,  that  which  cannot  be  done:  A  Thing 
IS  faid  to  be  impojfihle^  when  it  contains  two  Ideas  which 


are  ren- 

der'd  iKtelllgible  by  the  afllvc  Intellefl  ;  and  when  thus 
fpiritualiz'd,  are  called  Exprcffions  or  exprefs  Species,  as 
being  exprefsM  from  the  others. 

■  TMPRESSION,  is  alfo  frequently  ufed  in  fpeaklng  of 
the  Editions  of  a  Book,  or  of  the  Number  of  Times  th.-ic 

thtiy 


I  M 


C  37P  ) 


IN 


they  have  been  printed.  Thus  M.  A-naiul  afltircs  us,  there 
were  above  zoo  hiifrejjions  of  i^cLova'ni  Bible  in  one  Age; 
and  'tis  affirm'tl,  mat  Tbomai  .j  Kemjils  of  the  hnltation  of 
Chrifl,  has  undergone  more  lm^re£iom  than  there  have 
been  iVLonths  fince  it  was  firft  compofcd.  Imf  reJJion^  how- 
ever, differs  from  Edition.  Im^rej^iofi,  properly  fpeaking, 
takes  in  no  more,  than  what  belongs  to  the  Printing,  the 
Letter,  Paper,  Margin,  Page,  Diitanccs  of  Word's  and 
Lines,  and  the  Difpoiuion  of  every  thing  that  may  have 
a  good  or  bad  EtteCl  on  the  Eye.  Edition,  befides  all 
this,  takes  in  the  Care  of  the  Editor,  who  revifed  the 
Copy,  correiled  or  augmented  it,  adding  Notes,  Tables, 
and  other  like  things,  which  he  judg'd  might  contribute 
towards  making  the  Book  more  ul'etul,  and  correal.  In- 
deed very  frequently  theword  Edition  only  refers  to  this  lat- 
ter part  i  as  when,  m  fpeaking  of  the  Works  ofSt.Jn^n/iin, 
we  quote  the  Edition  of  Eyajmiii,  the  Lo-janijis,  bencd'iBms^ 
iSc.  where  we  have  no  regard  to  the  Printing  Part,  but 
only  to  the  Ciare  and  Pains  of  the  Editors, 

IMPROPER  FRACTIONS,  are  fuch  as  have  their 
Numerators  equal  to,  or  greater  than  their  Denominators  i 
as  \,  ff.  which,  properly  fpeaking,  are  not  FmHions, 
but  cither  whole,  or  mixed  Numbers ;  and  arc  only  put 
into  the  Form  ot  FraUioni,  in  order  to  be  added,  fubftrac- 
ted,  multiplied,  or  divided,  i£c.    See  F>-aBim<. 

IMPROPRIATION  isaTenn  ufed  where  the  Profits  of 
an  Ecclefiaitical  Benefice  ure  in  the  hands  of  a  Lay- 
man ;  As  Appropriation  is  the  Term  when  it  is  in  the 
handset  a  biiliop.  College,  ^c.  tho  thefetwoare  often 
now  ufed  promifcuoully  ;  there  are  faid  to  be  3845  Impro- 
priations in  England. 

IMPROPRIETY,  Quality  of  fomething  that  is  not  fit 
or  proper.  Grammariaus  obferve  three  kinds  of  Faults  in 
Language,  a  Solarcil  m,  a  Barbarilin,  and  an  hiipyefriay. 
An  Impropriety  is  committed  when  a  Word  is  ufed  that  is 
not  proper,  or  that  has  not  a  fuitable  Signification. 

IMPULSIVE,  ■  a  Term  in  Pbilofophy,  applied  to  the 
Aflion  of  a  Hotly  that  impels  or  pu/lies  another  ;  as  the 
Arm  is  laid  to  give  an  impuLfive  Motion  to  the  Stone  that 
it  throws.  Sir  i.  hiczvton  accounts  for  moft  of  the  Fh;eno- 
iiiena  of  Nature  from  atrra61ive  and  impidftve  Powers. 

IMPUI'ATION,  a  Tenn  much  ufed  among  Divines, 
fometimes  in  a  good,  and  f.jmetimes  in  an  ill  Senfe  j  in 
the  latter  it  is  ufed  to  fignify  the  Attribution  of  a  Sin 
committed  by  another.  T'hus  the  Impiitatioji  of  Mains 
Sin  is  madeto  all  his  Pollerity  ;  all  his  Defcendants,  by 
his  Fall,  becoming  criminal  in  the  fight  of  God,  as  if 
ihey  had  fallen  thcmfclves,  and  bearing  the  Puniihment 
of  his  firif  Crime,  linputaiton^  when  uled  in  a  good  Senfe, 
fignifies  the  Jw^iif.irio;:  of  another's  Jultice  or  Merit.  Thus 
the  Juttice  of  Jefus  Chrill  is  imputed  to  us,  his  Merits 
and  the  Price  ot\ his  Sufferings  being  applied  to  us  :  So 
that  the  linjntcatian  of  the  Merits  of  Chrill  fignifics  no 
more  among  the  Reformed,  than  an  cxtrinfick  Juliicc, 
which  does  not  make  us  truly  juil,  but  only  appear  fo, 
which  hides  our  Sins,  but  does  not  efface  them.  For  this 
reafon  thofe  of  the  Romijl  Cnminunion  decline  the  Ufe 
of  the  word  Imputation,  and  affert  that  the  juftifying 
Grace,  which  applies  to  us  the  Metits  of  Jefus  Chrilt, 
not  only  covers  our  Sins,  butallb  effaces  them;  that  this 
Grace  is  intrinfic  and  inherent,  renewing  entirely  the 
inward  Man,  and  renders  him  pure,  jull,  and  without 
fpot  before  God,  and  that  this  Juitice  is  given  him  on  ac- 
count of  the  Juftice  of  Jefus  Chrift,  that  is,  by  the  Me- 
rits of  his  Death  and  Paffion.  In  a  word,  fay  they,  tho'  'tis 
the  Obedience  of  Jefus  Chrift  that  has  merited  juftifying 
Grace  tor  us,  yet  it  is  not  the  Obedience  of  Jefus  Chrilt 
that  renders  us  formally  juft  :  And  in  like  manner  'tis  not 
the  Difobedience  of  .Main  that  makes  us  formally  Sin- 
ners, but  'tis  this  Difobedience  that  has  merited  for  us, 
both  that  we  IhouUl  be  Sinners,  and  that  we  ftould  un- 
dergo the  Puniihment  of  Sin.  The  Protcftants  fay,  that 
the  Sin  of  the  firft  Man  is  imputed  to  his  Defcendants  ; 
they  being  looked  on  as  culpable,  and  puniflied  as  fuch, 
bccaufe  of  the  Sin  of  y<in»r.  The  Catholics  hold,  that 
this  is  not  enough  ;  weare  not  efteemed  and  puniftied  as 
Criminals,  fay  they,  but  we  arc  actually  criminal  our- 
felves  by  original  Sin.  Again,  the  Proteflants  fav,  that 
the  Juftice  of  Jefus  Chrift  is  imputed  to  us,  and  that 
our  Jullification  is  no  more  than  the  Imputation  of  that 
of  Chrift  j  his  Sufferings  ftanding  inftead  of  ours,  and 
God  accepting  his  Death  as  a  Satisfaaion  in  lieu  of  our 
■own.  But  the  Catholics  teach,  that  the 'juftice  of  Chrift 
IS  not  only  imputed,  but  aflually  communicated  to  the 
Faithful,  by  tho  Operation  of  the  Holy  Ghoft :  So  that 
they  are  not  only  reputed  juft,  but  alfo  made  fo. 

INACCESSIBLE  Flcight,  or  Diftancc,  is  that  which 
cannot  be  mcafutcd,  by  reafon  af  fome  Impediment  in 
the  way,  as  Water,  Eifc.    See  ftijit. 

INACTION,  Ccffation  of  Aaion,a  Term  much  in  ufe  in 
the  myftical  Divinity  ;  by  which  is  underftood  a  Privation 
of  Motion,  oran  Annihiktion  of  all  the  Faculties  ;  by  wh^ch 


the  Door  IS  as  it  were,  Ihut  to  all  external  Obieas,  and 
a  kind  of  Extafy  IS  procured,  during  which  God  fpeaks 
immediately  to  the  Heart.  'Tis  this  State  of  InaFion  that 
IS  the  inoll  proper  for  receiving  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  in  this 
Fit  of  Dozing,  It  IS  that  God  communicates  fublimc  and 
ineffableScntiments-and  Graces  ,0  ,hc  Soul.  Some  don't 
make  it  confift  in  this  ftupid  kind  of  Indolence,  or  gene- 
ral Sufpenfion  of  all  Scniation.  They  fay  that  by  [7,- 
aBion  they  only  mean  a  Ccffation  of  Dcfires  in  which  the 
Soul  does  not  determine  itfelf  to  certain' pofitive  Aas 
not  does  it  abandon  itfelf  to  ufelefs  Me<i;,i,ions,  or  thi 
vain  Speculations  of  Reafon  ;  but  demands  in  general  eve- 
ry thing  that  may  be  agreeable  to  God,  without  prc- 
fcribing  any  thing  to  him.  This  latter  is  the  DoSrine  of 
the  antient  myftic  Divines  j  and  the  former,  that  of  the 
modern  ones,  or  Quietifls.  In  general,  however,  it  may 
be  faid,  that  InaBion  is  not  the  moft  likely  way  of  plea- 
Cng  God  ;  'tis  our  AClions  chiefly  by  which  wc  are  to 
gain  his  Favour  :  he  will  have  us  to  aB,  fo  that  iiiaffiaij 
cannot  be  agreeable  to  him. 

INACTIVITY  of  Matter.    See  Fn  Inertia. 

INADEQUATE  Idea,  is  a  partial  or  incompleat  Re- 
prefentation  of  any  thing  to  the  Mind.  See  AJeqiatc 
Idea, 

INALIENABLE,  that  which  cannot  be  validly  aliena- 
ted, or  made  over  to  another  ;  thus  the  Dominions  of  the 
King,  theChutch,  Minors,  i^c.  are  inalienable,  unlefs  it 
be  with  a  Referveof  the  Right  of  Redemption,  forever. 

INANIMATE,  aEody  that  has  loft  its  Soul,  or  that 
IS  not  of  a  Nature  capable  of  having  any.  Thus  a  dead 
Man  is  an;ii3»;m.iteLump,  and  Metals  are  inanimate  Bo- 
dies. The  word  is  derived  Irom  the  Latin  Ptepofition  in 
taken  pritvively,  and  Jnima,  Saul. 

INANITION,  a  Tenn  in  Phyfic,  fignifying  Empti- 
nefs,  or  the  State  of  the  Stomach,  when  it  is  empty,  and 
needs  Food.  There  are  Flaiuofities  which  proceed  frotn 
Repletion,  and  others  from  In.inition,  which  laft  are  the 
more  dangerous. 

INARTICULATE,  an  Epithet  applied  to  fuch  words 
as  are  i.ot  pronounced  diftinaiy. 

INAUGURATION,  the  Ceremony  performed  at  the 
Coronation  of  an  Emperor  or  King,  or  the  Confecration  of 
a  Prelate  i  fo  called,  in  imitation  of  the  Ceremonies  ufed 
by  the  Romans,  when  they  were  received  into  the  College 
ol  Augurs.  The  word  comes  from  the  Latin  Inait^m-atio, 
inaugtirare,  which  fignifics  to  dedicate  a  Temple,  or  to 
raife  any  one  to  the  Priefthood,  having,  in  order  to  that, 
firft  taken  Auguries. 

INCA,  or  YNCA,  the  Name  which  the  Natives  of 
Peru  give  to  their  Kings,  and  Princes  of  the  Blood.  The 
Chronicle  of  Peru  relates  the  Origin  of  the  2~ncas,  and 
fays,  that  this  Country  had  been  a  long  time  the  Theatre 
of  all  forts  of  Wars,  horrible  Crimes,  and  Diffenfions, 
till  at  length  appeared  two  Brothers,  the  one  called  Man- 
locapa,  of  whom  the  Indians  ufe  to  tell  V/onders  ;  he 
built  the  City  of  Cnijco,  fettled  Laws  and  Policy,  and 
taught  them  to  adore  the  Sun;  and  he  and  his  Defen- 
dants took  the  Name  oi  Tnca,  which,  in  the  Language  of 
Pern,  fignifics  Si^,  or  Great  Lord.  They  grew  fo  po°wcr- 
ful,  that  they  made  themfelves  Mafters  of  the  whole 
Country,  from  Tajio  to  Chili,  i;co  Leagues  long,  and 
held  it  till  the  Divifions  between  Tnca  Gitafcar,  and  .■Italsli- 
fa  ;  which  the  Spaniards  laying  hold  of,  made  themfelves 
Mafters  of  Ten,  and  put  an  end  to  the  Empire  of  the 
Incas.  They  do  but  number  twelve  of  thefe  incfli.  'Tis 
faid  the  moft  confiderable  among  the  Nobles  of  the  Coun- 
try, ftiU  bear  the  Name  of  Inca. 

INCALESCENCE  denotes  the  growing  hot  of  any 
thing  by  Motion  and  Fridion,  or  as  Quick-lime  does,  by 
pouring  Water  on  it,  £i?c.  from  in  and  caleo,  to  ?rov}  ^ttrm 

INCAMERATION,  a  Term  ufed  in  the  Apoftolical 
Chancery,  fignifying  the  Union  of  fome  Land,  Right,  or 
Revenue  to  the  Dominion  of  the  Pope.  The  word  is  de- 
rived from  the  Latin  m,  and  Camera,  Chamber. 

INCANTATION,  Enchantment,  Words  and  Ceremo- 
nies  ufed  by  Magicians  to  raife  Devils  ;  or  rather  to  abufe 
the  Simplicity  of  the  People.  The  word  is  derived  from 
the  Latin,  in,  and  ctnto,  I  jing. 

INCAPACITY  in  Matters  of  Benefices,  among  tho 
Koma7iiJ}s,  Qic.  is  of  two  kinds  ;  the  one  renders  the  Provi- 
fion  of  a  Benefice  null  in  its  Original  j  the  other  is  ac- 
ceffionary,  and  annuls  the  Provifioas  which  at  iir ft  were 
valid.  ^  Inca^iiaues  of  the  fir^  kind,  are  the  want  of  a  DiT- 
penfation  for  Age  in  a  Minor,  for  Lcgiriraation  in  a  Baf- 
tard,  for  Naturalization  in  a  Foreigner,  ^c.  Of  t!ie 
other  kind,  are  grievous  Offences  and  Crimea,  the  being 
concerned  in. feeing  a  Sentence  of  Death  executed  ^c. 
which  vacate  the  Benefice  to  all  intents,  or  retsu'cr  the 
holding  it  irregular. 

INCARNATION,  in  Vkniuty,  iJgnif^es  th;  Union  of 
the  Son  of  God  with  the  >riiman  Nature.  ■  The  Mytlery 
by  which  Jefus  Chrilt,  the  Eternal  Word,  wa£»i=Lde  Man, 

in 


IN 


(norderto  accompli/li  the  Work  cfour  Salvation.  The 
Indians  own  a  kind  of  Trinity  in  the  Godhead,  and  Hiy, 
that  the  fecond  Pcrfon  thereof,  has  been  incarnate  nine 
times,  and  will  be  incarnate  a  tenth,  and  give  him  a  dif- 
ferent Name  in  each  of  rhcfc  hicaniailous.  Ssc  Kercher. 
China  llitjt.  The  jEra  ufcd  among  Chriilians,  whence 
they  number  their  iears,  is  the  time  of  the  Incarna- 
tion. Ihis  jErawasfirll  citabliihed  by  Dwnfius  Exigutu 
about  the  beginning  of  the  6th  Century,  till  which  time 
the  ^ra  of  Diockfian  had  been  in  ufe.  Some  time  af- 
ter this,  it  was  confidered,  that  the  Years  of  a  Man's 
Life  were  not  nambered  from  the  time  of  his  Concep- 
tion, (as  was  done  in  that  jEraj  but  from  that  of  his 
Birth:  which  occafioned  them  to  poflpone  the  begin- 
ning of  this  jEra,  for  the  fpace  of  one  Year,  retaining  the 
Cy.le  DtoTiyjnis  entire,  in  every  thing  elfe.  R»me 
they  reckon  their  Years  from  the  Jncarf7atioi/,  or  from  the 
liirth  of  Chrill,  that  is,  from  the  2^th  of  December,  which 
Cullom  has  obtained  from  the  Year  145 1.  In  France^ 
Engh7id^aud  fcveral other  Countries,  they  aLfo  reckon  from 
the  Incarndtion  i  but  then  they  difter  from  the  others  in 
jhe  Day  of  the  Incarnation,  fixing  it  not  to  the  Day  of  the 
£irth,  but  to  the  Conception  of  our  Saviour.  However, 
the  llorciumes  Hick  10  the  Day  of  the  Hirih,  and  begin 
their  i  car  from  Chrilimas.  See  Fctav.  de  DoH.Temp.  Gran- 
damicits  de  Die  N.it. 

INCARNATION  fignifics  the  healing  and  filling  up 
Ulcers  and  Wounds  with  new  Fle/h  ;  and  the  Medicines 
which  effect  this,  are  commonly  called  JHcdJv/uf/i'cs,  from 
in  and  caio,  Flejh. 

■  INCARIS^ATIVE,  in  Chirnrue-y,  is  fomething  that 
makes  f'leflt  grow,  rejoin,  or  unite,  and  is  applied  to  Re- 
medies, Bandages,  and  Sutures.  An  incar?tanTe  Remedy 
is  fuch  a  one  as  makes  the  Flefli  heal  and  unite  j  an  vt- 
drwiiHOT  Bandage,  is  a  Fillet,  with  an  Eye  or  Noofe  at 
one  end  of  it,  fo  as  the  other  end  may  be  put  ihro'  ir. 
To  make  ufe  of  this  Bandage,  they  apply  the  middle  of 
it  to  ttie  Side  oppofite  to  the  Wound,  fo  that  the  Aper- 
ture may  be  over  the  Wound  itfelf ;  and  Hipping  the 
other  end  thro' it,  draw  the  Lips  of  the  Wound  clofe  to 
each  other,  that  they  may  grow  together.  An  incarna- 
ti-L'e  Suture,  is  fuch  a  one  as,  by  rejoining  the  Lips  of  a 
Wound,  ant!  keeping  them  together,  by  tneans  of  aThread 
drawn  thro' them  with  a  Needle,  occafions  them  to  grow 
up  and  heal. 

INCARTATION,  In  Cbymiflry,  is  a  Purification  of 
Gold,  by  means  of  Silver  and  Jqiui-i'mis, 

JNCENSE,  an  aromatic,  odoriferous  Refin.  It  diflils 
from  a  Tree,  that,  according  to  Tbeophrajitis,  has  Leaves 
like  thofe  of  a  Pear-Tree,  and  grows  in  the  Country  of 
Saha,  in  Jrahia  Fe/ix,  called  by  the  Antients  Thurifera, 
Incenfe-bearing.  The  Inciilon  for  the  Refin  to  ooze  out  at, 
is  made  in  the  Dog-Days.  The  Male  Inceufe  is  the  heft  } 
it  is  in  round,  in  white  drops,  fat  wiihin,  and  inflames 
immediately,  when  laid  on  the  Fire.  This  is  alfo  called 
Olih-tnnm.  The  Female  Incenfe  is  fofrer,  and  more  refinous, 
but  of  lefs  Virtue  than  the  former,  hicenfe  is  of  confide- 
rable  Ufe  in  Phyfic,  it  warms,  dries,  and  binds.  It  is 
ufed  in  feveral  Difeafcs  of  the  Head  and  Breal},  in  cafe 
of  Vomiting,  a  Diarrhea,  or  aDyfentery;  externally  it 
is  ufed  to  fortify  the  Brain,  and  in  healing  of  Wounds. 

Bark  of  Incenfe,  is  the  Bark  of  the  Tree  whence 
the  hiccnje  fluws,  which  has  the  fame  Qualities  with  the 
jHcejz_/i;  itfelf.  There  is  another  Bark  brought  from  the 
hidtes,  called  alfo  bark  of  hiccfifc^  and  fometimes  'jez-js 
Jncenfe,  in  regard  the  Je-zvs  make  frequent  Ufe  thereof 
in  their  Perfumes. 

■  Manna  of  Incenfe,  is  the  Flower  or  Farina  of  J«- 
cenfe,  occalioned  by  the  Friflion  of  the  Grains  againlt  each 
other  in  the  Sacks  wherein  they  carry  it.  There  is  alfo  a 
Soot  of  htcenfe,  which  is  a  Preparation  of  ir. 

Incenfe  was  formerly  burnt  in  the  Temples  of  all 
Religions,  to  do  honour  to  the  Divinities  thac  were 
there  adored.  Many  of  the  Primitive  Chriflians  were 
put  to  death,  becaufe  they  would  not  offer  hwenfe  to 
Idols.  In  the  Kojni/Z' Church  they  Hill  retain  the  Ufe  of 
Incenfc  in  many  of  their  Ceremonies,  particularly  at  fo- 
lemn  Funerals,  beftowing  it  on  fuch  I'erfonsas  they  would 
honour,  as  on  Prelates,  £5?c.  and  fometimes  alfo  on  the 
People.  The  word  comes  from  the  Latni^  iiicej^fum, 
'turnt  ^  taking  the  EffeiS,  for  the  Thing  itfelf. 

I'lS'CEPTIVE,  a  Word  ufed  to  exprefs  fuch  Mo- 
nn^nts,  or  firil  Principles,  which  tho'  of  no  Magnitude 
themfelves,  are  yet  capable  of  producing  fuch.  Thus  a 
Point  hath  no  Magnitude  itfelf,  but  is  incepri'De  of  a  Line 
which  it  produccth  by  its  Motion.  A  Line,  confidered 
one  vay,  has  no  Magnitude  as  to  Breadth,  but  is  ca- 
pable, by  its  Motion,  of  producing  a  Surface  which  hath 
Breadth,  \^jc. 

INCEb  -"',  a  Crime  committed  by  Ferfons  having  to 
do  with  each  other,  who  are  related  in  a  Degree  prohi- 
bited by  t^ie  Laws  of  the  Country.   Some  arc  of  opi- 


C  380  ) 


IN 


nion  that  Marriage  ought  to  be  permitted  between  Kinf- 
tolJiS,  to  the  end  that  the  Affcaion,  fo  necelTary  in  Mar- 
riage, might  be  heightened  by  this  double  l\o  ;  and 
yet  the  Rules  of  the  Church  have  formerly  extended 
this  Irohibition  even  to  the  fcventh  Degree,  but  time 
has  brought  it  down  to  the  third  or  fourth  Degree.  The 
words^-Mii/tB-jy  and  J!,re/t  are  not  infaiiious  and  indecent, 
tho' they  ligmfyvery  infamous  things ;  becaufe  they  re- 
prc  ent  them  as  covered  with  a  Veil  of  Horror,  which 
makes  us  look  on  them  only  as  Crimes  :  the  words, 
therefore,  rather  fignify  the  Crime  of  thofe  Afllons,  than 
the  Aitions  themfelves.  Moft  N  ations  look  on  Inaji  with 
Horror,  Pe,/?„  alone  excepted.  In  the  Hiftory  of  the  an- 
tient  Kings  of  that  Country,  we  meet  with  Inftances  of 
the  Erother  s  marrying  the  Sifter:  the  Reafon  was,  be- 
caufe they  thought  it  too  mean  to  join  in  Alliance  with 
their  own  Subjefls,  and  frill  more  fo,  to  have  married  in- 
to the  l^amihcs  of  any  foreign  Princes. 

INCEST,  SPIRITUAL,  is  a  Crime  committed,  in 
like  manner,  between  Ferfons  who  have  a  fpiritual  Al- 
liance, by  means  of  Baptlfm  or  Confirmation.  Spiritual 
jBcc/Jisalfo  underiloodof  a  Vicar,  or  other  Beneficiary 
who  enjoys  both  the  Mother  and  the  Daughter  ;  that  is' 
holds  two  Benefices,  the  one  whereof  depends  on  the  Col- 
lation of  the  other.  Such  a  Spirhital  Incejl  renders  both 
the  one  and  the  other  of  thofe  Benefices  vacant 

INCESTUOUS,  the  Name  of  a  SccI  that  arofe  in/- 
udy  about  the  Year  1065.  It  had  its  Beginning  at  Raven- 
na j  ihe  Learned  of  which  Place  being  confultcd  by  the 
Florentines  about  the  Degrees  of  Afltnity  which  prohibit 
Marriage,  made  anfwer,  that  the  feventh  Generation, 
mentioned  in  the  Canons,  was  to  be  taken  on  both  fides 
together  i  fo  that  four  Generations  were  to  be  reckon 'd  on 
one  fide,  and  three  on  the  other.  They  proved  this  their 
Opinion  by  a  Paffage  in  '3nJ}iman\  Infiitutes,  where  'tis 
faid,  That  a  Man  may  marry  his  Brother's  or  Siller's 
Grandaughter,  though  fhe  be  but  in  the  fourth  Degree  : 
Whence  they  concluded,  that  if  my  Brother's  Grand- 
child be  in  the  fourth  Degree  with  refpcit  to  me,  Ihe  is 
in  the  fifth  with  rcfpeft  to  my  Son,  in  the  nxth  with  re- 
fpc£l  to  my  Grandfon,  and  in  the  feventh  with  rcfpefl  to 
my  great  Grandfon.  Feter  Damian  wrote  againll  this  O- 
pinion,  and  ?opc  Jlexander  11.  condemn'd  it  in  a  Council 
held  at  Ro>ne. 

INCH,  is  a  known  Meafurc,  the  twelfth  Fart  of  a  Foot, 
containing  the  Space  of  three  Barley  Corns  in  length. 

Goods  are  faid  to  be  fold  by  Inch  of  Candle,  when  a 
Merchant,  or  Company  of  Merchants,  as  the  EaJiAndia. 
Company,  ^c.  having  a  Cargo  of  Foreign  Goods  arrived, 
are  inclined  to  make  a  fpeedy  Sale  of  them;  in  which 
cafe,  notice  is  ufually  given  upon  the  Excha72ge  by  Writing, 
and  elicwhere,  when  the  Sale  is  to  begin  :  againft  which 
time  the  Goods  arc  divided  into  feveral  Parcels,  called 
Lots,  and  Papers  printed  of  the  Quantity  of  each,  and  of 
the  Conditions  of  Sate,  as  that  none  /liall  bid  lefs  than  a 
certain  Sum  more  than  another  has  bid  before.  During 
the  time  of  Bidding,  a  fmall  Piece  of  about  an  Inch  of 
Wax-Candle  is  burning,  and  the  laH  Bidder,  when  the 
Candle  goes  out,  has  the  Lot  or  Parcel  expofed  to  Sale. 

INCHOATIVE,  a  Term  fignifying  the  Beginning  of 
a  Thing  or  Action.  Inchoative  Verbs,  according  to  the 
Uriel:  Rules  of  the  Latin  Tongue,  are  ufed  by  the  belt  Au- 
thors indifferently  with  Primitives,  having  almoft  all  the 
Tenfes  in  common  with  them  ;  nay,  ordinarily  they  ex- 
prefs our  Sentiments  with  more  Violence,  and  the  Anions 
themfelves  in  a  more  perfefl  State. 

INCIDE.  Thofe  Medicines  are  fiiid  to  i?!clde,  which 
confill  of  pointed  and  fharp  Particles,  as  Acids,  and  moit 
Salts  ;  by  the  Force  or  Infinuation  of  which,  the  Particles 
of  other  Bodies  are  divided  from  one  another,  which  be- 
fore cohered.  And  thus  fome  expectorating  Medicines 
arc  Hiid  to  incide,  or  cut  the  Phlegm,  when  they  break,  it 
fo  as  to  occafion  its  Difcharge. 

INCIDENCE,  expreffes  the  Direaionwitb  which  one 
Body  Hrikes  upon  another,  and  the  Angle  made  by  that 
Line,  and  the  Plane  Hruck  upon,  is  called  the  Aigle  of 
Incidence.  In  the  Occurfions  of  two  moving  Bodies,  their 
Incidence  is  faid  to  be  perpendicular  or  oblique,  as  their 
Dire£lions  or  Lines  of  Motion,  make  a  Ilrait  Line,  or  an 
oblique  Angle  at  the  Point  of  Conta£l:.  Befides  what  is 
hid  under  ylni^^e  of  Incidence,  (which  fee)  Sir  IJ'aac  Neivio}t 
faith  in  his  Opt;cks,  Thar  the  Sine  of  Incidence  is  either 
accurately,  or  very  nearly  in  a  given  Ratio  to  the  Sine  of 
Refraction  ;  (And  the  Angles  of  Incidence,  Reflexion, 
and  Refraflion,  are  all  in  one  and  the  fame  Plane.) 
Wherefore  if  that  Proportion  be  known  in  any  one  Inclina- 
tion of  the  incident  Ray,  it  is  known  in  all ;  arid  thereby 
the  Refra£lion  in  all  Qifes  of  Incidence  on  the  fame  Rc- 
frafting  Body,  may  be  determined.  Thus  if  the  Refrac- 
tion be  made  out  of  Air  into  Water,  the  Sine  of  Tncidcncs 
of  the  Red  Light,  is  to  the  Sine  of  Refrafllon,  as  4  to  ^. 
If  out  of  Air  into  Glafs,  the  Sines  areas  17  to  11.  In 

Light 


IN  (  3§ 

Light  of  other  Colours,  the  Sines  have  indeed  other  Pro- 
portions ;  but  the  Difference  is  fo  little,  that  it  need  fel- 
dom  be  confider'd.  As  for  example  j  Let  r  s  (in  the  Fi- 
gure) be  the  Surface  of  the  flill  Water,  c  the  Point  of  Inci- 
daice^  in  which  any  Ray  coming  in  the  Air  from  in  theLine 
a  c,  is  reflected  or  refrafted  :  To  know  whither  this  Ray 
ftiall  go  after  fuch  Reflexion,  or  Rcfradlon  ;  on  the  Sur- 


P 


face  of  the  Water  rJ,  and  in  the  Point  c,  erefl  the  Perpen- 
dicular c and  produce  it  downwards  to  q.  Knowing 
therefore  that  the  Ray  after  Reflexion  or  Refraction  will 
be  found  fomcwhcre  in  the  Plane  of  the  ^;/j/e  of  hici- 
r/cHce  a  c  f  produced  j  let  fall  the  Sine  of  that  Angle 
(viz.  a  d)  on  the  Perpendicular  ^  c  5  and  then  if  the  Re- 
fle£led  Ray  be  fought,  produce  to  fo  that  d  h=  ad, 
and  draw  ch,  which  lliall  be  the  rcfleifed  Ray,  bccaufc 
the  Angle  of  Reflexion,  and  its  Sine,  are  equal  ro  the 
Angle  and  Sine  of  Incidence,  as  they  ought  to  be.  But 
if  the  refraftcd  Ray  be  foughr,  produce  a  d  to  h ;  fo 
that  d  h  may  be  to  ad,  as  the  Sine  of  the  Refraction,  to 
that  Incidence:  that  is,  as  5  to  4.  Then  with  the  Ra- 
dius a  c  defcribing  the  Circle  a  h  e,  and  in  the  Plane  a  cp  i 
draw  the  Line  he  parallel  to  prj,  and  cutting  the  Circum- 
ference ine:  Then  drawing  c  e,  That  fl-;aU  be  the  refrac- 
ted Ray.  For  il  e  /  be  let  fall  perj-cndicularly  on  the 
Line  p  q,  it  /hall  be  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Refra£lion 
of  the  Ray  ce;  and  this  Sine  is  equal  to  d  h,  and  confe- 
quently  in  proportion  to  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Jjicidence 
ad,  as  5  to  4, 

Incidence  Foint,  in  Opticks,  is  that  Point  in  which  a 
Hay  of  Light  is  fuppofed  to  tall  on  a  Piece  of  Giafs. 

INCIDElSiT,  an  Event  'or  particular  Circumllancc; 
Jjicidenty  in  a  Poem,  is  an  Epifode  or  particular  Adion, 
tack'd  to  the  principal  Action,  or  depending  on  it.  Thus 
a  good  Comedy  is  full  of  agreeable  Incidents,  which  divert 
the  Spcilators,  and  form  the  Intrigue.  The  Poet  ought 
always  to  make  choice  of  fuch  7;;c/i/c7nj  as  are  fufceptible 
of  Ornaments  fuirable  to  the  Nature  of  his  Poem.  The 
Variety  of  Incidents  well  conduced  make  the  Beauty  of 
an  Heroic  Poem,  which  ought  always  to  take  in  a  cer- 
tain number  of  Incidents  to  fufpend  the  Cataflrophe, 
that  would  otherwife  break  out  too  foon. 

INCINERATION,  in  Chymiflry,  is  the  Reduaion  of 
Vegetables  intoAflies;  which  is  done  by  burning  them 
gently.  Thus  Fern  is  reduced  into  Aflies  for  the  making 
of  Glafs.  The  Word  is  derived  from  the  i-fltiw  Prepofi- 
tion  i'h,  and  Gnis,  Aflics. 

INCISIVE,  in  Anatomy,  is  underfiood  of  feveral  Teeth, 
a  double  Mufcle,  and  certain  Orifices  belonging  to  rhufe 
Teeth.  The  inc'<fii-e  Teeth,  biajores  or  Cutters,  fomc- 
tlmes  alfo  called  Rifores,  becaufe  they  /how  themfelves  in 
Laughing,  are  eight  In  number,  four  In  each  Jaw,  fituate 
in  the  Fore-fido,  and  In  the  middle  of  the  others.  They 
are  iliorter  and  fharpcr  than  the  others,  and  are  Inferted 
into  their  Alveoli  by  a  Tingle  Root  or  Twang  j  for  which 
reafon  they  fall  cafily,  e]pccial]y  thofe  of  the  upper  fide. 
They  are  called  incf-De,  bccaufe  their  Office  is  to  cut  or 
incide  the  Meat.  The  firll  proper  Mufcle  of  the  upper 
Lip  has  alfo  the  Epithet  of  incijlve,  bccaufe  it  has  its  Origin 
in  the  Eonc  of  the  upper  jaw,  near  the  Place  of  the  incfivc 
Teeth  ;  hence  It  j-'afles,  and  is  inferted  into  the  upper  Lip, 
which  it  ferves  to  draw  up.  The  ma.KiUary  Bones  have 
four  internal  Orifices,  two  whereof  are  called  inajlve,  as 
being  direfl'ly  under  the  incjive  Teeth. 

INCLINATION,  a  Term  ufed  in  Medicine  and  Chy- 
miftry,  when  a  clear  Liquor  Is  poured  off  from  feme  Fa;- 
ces,  or  Sediment,  by  only  gently  flooplng  the  Veifel  ; 
which  is  alfo  called  Decantation. 

INCLINATION,  in  Phyfics,  expreflTes  the  mutual 
Approach  or  Tendency  of  two  Bodies,  Lines,  or  Planes 
towards  one  another;  fo  that  their  Diredllons  make  cither 
a  /Irait  Line  at  the  Point  of  Conta^,  or  an  Angle  of  a 


I  )  IN 

greater  or  letTcr  Magnitude.  What  the  y^ugli  of  IhcliMi 
t'mi  figniiies  in  Opticks,  fee  in  ^B^/e  of  Incidence.  Tha 
Inclination  of  two  Planes  is  the  acute  Angle  made  by  two 
Lines  drawn  one  in  each  Plane,  and  pcrpendi  cuiar  to  their 
common  Seftion.  Incrm^niono^  the  Axis  of  the  Earth  h 
the  Angle  which  it  makes  wiih  the  Angle  of  the  Eclip- 
tick  ;  or  the  Angle  between  t'he  Planes  of  the  Equator 
and  Ecliptick.  Indm^uon  of  a  Planet  is  aji  Arch  of  thei 
Circle  ot  Inclination,  comprehended  between  the  Eclip-^ 
tick,  and  the  Place  of  a  Planet  in  his  Orbit.  IncVmatioj?^ 
of  a  Plane  in  Dialling,  is  the  Arch  of  ^  vertical  Circle 
perpendicular  to  both  the  Plane  and  the  Horizon  and  in- 
tercepted becween  them.  To  find  this,  tal^c  a  Q^iadrant 
and  apply  Its  fide  to  the  fide  of  a  Square,  and  apply  the 
ether  fide  of  your  Square  to  your  Plane ;  if  tii^  Plum- 
met fall  parallel  to  the  fide  of  the  Square,  then  the  lower 
fide  of  the  Square  flands  level ;  by  which  draw  an  Flori- 
zontal  Line,  whereon  ere£l  a  Perpendicular,  and  apply 
your  Square  to  that  Perpendicular;  and  if  the  Piummet 
falls  parallel  to  the  fi.ie  of  the  Square,  then  that  is  aUb 
a  level  Line,  and  your  Plane  flands  horizontally:  If  the 
Plummet  falls  not  parallel  to  the  fide  of  the  Square,  then 
turn  your  Square,  until  it  does,  and  draw  an  horizontal 
Line,  on  which  ereCl  a  Perpendicular,  to  which  apply  your 
Square,  and  obferve  what  Angle  your  Plummet  makes  on 
the  Quadrant,  with  the  fide  of  the  Square  j  that  is,  the 
Angle  of  the  Inclination  of  the  Plane.  Inclination  of  a 
Ray  in  Dioptricks,  is  the  Angle  which  this  Ray  makes 
with  the  Axis  of  Incidence  in  the  firft:  Medium,  at  the 
Point  where  it  meets  the  fecond  Medium,  hiclmtion  of 
a  Right  Line  to  the  Plane  Is  the  acute  Angle,  which  this 
Right  Line  makes  with  another  Right  Line  drawn  in  the 
Plane  thro  the  Point  where  the  inclined  t.ine  interfeit.s  it, 
and  thro  the  Point,  where  It  is  alfo  cut  by  a  Perpendicu- 
lar drawn  from  any  Point  of  the  inclined  Lines.  Inclina- 
tions of  the  Planes  of  the  Orbits  of  the  Planets  to  the 
Plane  of  the  Ecliptick,  are  thus.  Saturn's  Orbit  makes 
an  Angle  of  2  Degrees  50  Minutes.  Jitpiters  i  Degree, 
and  -f,  Mars's  little  lefs  than  2  Degrees,  rsnns's  is  3  De- 
grees and  |.    Mc'-cifys  is  almoit  7  Degrees. 

INCLINED  PLANE.  Bcfides  what  has  been  fald 
under  Dcfcent  of  heavy  Bodies  upon  inclified  Planes,  it 
may  be  here  added;  If  a  Body  as  B  be  partly  fupportcd 
by  the  inclined  Pl.ms  A  C,  and  partly  by  the  Power  R 
a£ling  on  a  Diredllon  parallel  to  the  Plane  AC;  then  that 
Power  R  :  is  to  the  Body,  or  Weight  B ;  :  as  the  Sine  of 
the  Angle  of  the  Plane's  Inclination  A  C  B  :  is  to  the  Ra- 
dius CA.  C  D,  A  D,  G  F,  E  D,  and  H  F,  being  drawn, 
as  in  the  Figure  ;  the  Body  B  will  be  fuflained,  as  ic 


were,  by  three  Forces,  or  Powers,  all  afling  according  to 
dirferent  Direftions,  and  in  Equilibrio  one  to  another. 
The  firil  of  which  is  the  Force  of  Gravity,  exprefled  by 
B  E  perpendicular  to  the  Horizon  CD.  The  iecond  the 
Power  R,  according  to  the  Direction  BR  parallel  to  th6 
Plane  A  C.  And  the  third  is  fupplied  by  the  Refiflanco 
or  Contranitence  of  the  Th.>ie  A  C  ;  and  is  exprefTed  by 
BH  perpendicular  thereunto.  For  Adion  and  Re-a£lioEi 
being  equal,  and  one  a£llng  direftly  contrary  to  the  o- 
theri  the  Fhine  which  is  prefled  by  the  Body  or  Weight 
B,  according  to  the  Direcllon  of  the  Perpendicular  H  B, 
mufl  ail:  on  rhat  Body  by  a  contrary  Diredtion,  -viz.  that 
of  FB  or  BH.  And  fince  thefe  three  Powers  are  all 
mutually  in  Equilibrio,  and  that  the  Body  B  is  fufiained 
by  them,  it  is  plain  (when  GF  Is  drawn  perpendicular  to 
CD,  or  parallel  to  BE)  that  the  Force  of  Gravity  will 
be  expreffed  by  G  F  ;  and  that  the  Power  R  :  will  be  to 
the  Power  of  Gravity  :  :  as  G  B  :  to  GF  ^  but  in  the 
Right-angled  Triangle  CFG,  (F  B  being  a  Perpendicular 
to  the  Bafe  C  G)  B  G  :  G  F  : :  G  F  :  G  G,  and  as  F  G  s 
GC  :  :  AD  :  AC  (by  fimilar  TrianglesJ  wjiercfore  the 
Power  R  :  IS  to  the  Force  of  Gravity  :  :  as  A  D  :  to  A  C, 
or  as  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inclination  to  the  Radius. 
Wherefore  the  Force  by  which  any  heavy  Body  would 
defcend  oii,any  uicUyied  Thvc,  to  the  Force  of  the  DefcenC 
in  the  Perpendicular,  is  as  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  tlia 


IN 


C582  ) 


IN 


Tlaae's  Inclination,  to  the  Radius.  From  hence  alfo  it 
follows,  the  Inclination  of  the  may  be  fo  little, 

that  the  greateft  Weight  may  be  iuihmcd  on  it  by  the 
Icall  Power.  For  praflice  therefore,  Let  the  Weight  of 
any  Body  be  W,  and  P  the  J'ower  wanted  to  fuliain  it  on 
an  indeed  Flane.  By  th^^  Theorem,  R  :  W  :  :  S.  Incl.  : 
P;  ihar  is,  As  Radius  is  to  the  Weight  :  :  fo  is  the  Sine 
of  the  Angle -of  the  ?/f«e's  Inclination  to  the  Horizon: 
cto  the  Power  foughr.  ^The  three  firft  of  which  are  given, 
^wherefore  the  fourth  is  Jvnown. 

INCOGNITO,  a  Term  borrow'd  literally  from  the 
Italian^  ufed  when  a  Ferfon  is  in  any  Place  where  he 
would  not  be  tnown.  It  is  particularly  applied  to  Princes  or 
Great  Men,  who  enter  Towns  or  walk  the  Streets  without 
their  ordinary  Train,  or  the  ufual  Marks  of  their  Diilinc- 
tion.  The  Grandees  in  Italy  make  a  common  Cuflom  of 
walking  the  Street  incognito  5  and  always  take  it  amifs,  on 
fuch  Occafions,  when  People  pay  their  Compliments  to 
ihem.  'Tis  not  barely  to  prevent  their  being  known,  that 
they  take  thefe  Meafures,  but  becaufe  they  would  not 
be  treated  with  Ceremony,  nor  receive  the  Honours  due 
to  their  Rank.  When  the  Horfes  in  Princes,  Cardinals, 
and  Anibafladors  Coaches  have  no  Taffels,  which  they 
coli  Fiocchi  i  and  the  Curtains,  which  they  cjM  Ba7!d'}2el!e, 
arc  drawn,  they  are  judg'd  to  he  incognito  ■■,  and  nobody 
that  meets  them  is  obliged  to  Hop  or  make  his  Honours 
to  them.  The  Cardinals  alfo,  when  they  would  be/?icog-- 
jiito,  leave  o(F  the  red  Hat  or  Calotte. 

INCOMBUSTIBLE,  that  which  cannot  be  burnt  or 
confumcd  by  I'ire.  Metals  melt.  Stones  calcine,  and  are 
yet  hiconibi/Ji I Ue.  Cloth  made  of  Lapis  Amianthus  is  incom- 
i>itjhh/sj  ir  is  clean'd  by  Fire,  but  not  burnt.  See  Ashejios. 
Ax.  Dole  in  France  is  an  incomhuftihle  Taper.  Gregory  o^Toicrs 
fpeaks  of  fome  wooden  Kettles  in  his  Time  that  bore  the 
Fire  as  long  as  thofe  of  Iron.  SyUa  undertook  to  burn 
down  a  Tower  of  Wood  which  defended  ^'/j-c/jeAiKJ,  one  of 
A/i^M/i^^ife/s  Lieutenants,  but  he  could  not  attain  his  End, 
it  being  plailler'd  with  Alumn.  'Tis  Alumn  Warer 
wherewith  thofe  People  befmearthemfelves,  who  handle 
burning  Coals,  and  melt  Spj.nlfj  Wax  on  their  Tongues. 

INCOMMENSURABLE,  aTerm  in  Geometry,  ufed 
where  two  Lines,  when  compared  to  each  other,  have  no 
common  Meafurc,  how  fmall  foever,  that  will  exaclly 
rncafurc  ihcm  both.  So  that  after  ever  To  many  Repeti- 
tions and  Subilraftions  of  equal  Parts,  there  will  always 
remain  fome  Part,  by  which  the  one  is  greater  than  the 
other.  And  in  general,  two  Quantities  are  faid  to  be /«- 
commefifurMe,  when  no  third  Quantity  can  be  found  that 
vvill  exaftly  meafure  them  both  f  or  when  thofe  Quan- 
tities are  not  to  one  another  as  Number  to  Number,  or 
cannot  be  cxprefs'd  by  Numbers.  For  every  thing  that 
may  be  exprefs'd  by  Number,  is  commenfurable.  The 
Side  of  a  Square  is  mcommejifurahle  to  the  Diagonal,  as  is 
demonfl rated  by  Euclid ;  but  it  is  commenfurable  in  Pow- 
er ;  the  Square  of  the  Diagonal  being  equal  to  twice  the 
Square  of  the  S^de.  F.ippu<^  lih.n..  froh.x-j.  fpeaks  alfo 
of  incommc-.ijurahle  Angles.  As  to  Surfaces  which  cannot 
be  meafured  by  a  common  Surface,  they  are  faid  to  be 
tncnmmenftirahle  in  Power. 

INCOMPATIBLE,  that  which  cannot  fubfill  with  an- 
other without  deilroying  it.  Thus  Cold  and  Heat  are  iii- 
cvmpatthle  in  the  fame  Subjeci ;  the  llrongeft  overcomes 
the  weakefl;. 

INCOMPOSITE  NUMBERS,  are  the  fame  with 
thofe  Euclid  calls  Prime  Numbers.  In  Dr.  FelFs  Edition  of 
'f'rancker's  Algebra,  there  is  a  Table  of  incompoj^te  Nitm- 
lers :  It  doth  not  only  give  an  orderly  Enumeration  of 
all  odd  Numbers  which  arc  not  coinfojire;  but  it  fiiews 
alfo,  that  none  of  the  rell  arc  fo.  This  Table  being  of 
good  ufe,  the  Reader  is  refer'd  to  it. 

INCORPORATION,  is  the  mixing  of  the  Particles  of 
different  Bodies  fo  together,  as  to  make  an  uniform  Sub- 
llancc  or  Compofition  of  the  whole,  without  leaving  a 
jioffibility  of  difcerning  the  Ingredients,  or  Bodies  mixed 
\n  any  of  their  particular  Qualities.  From  in  and  Corpus 
Body.  ^  ^ 

INCORPOREAL,  a  fpiritual  Subfiance  ;  that  h  as  no 
Body.  Thus  the  Soul  of  Man  Is  incorpurcal,  and  raayfub- 
fili  independent  of  the  Body.  Thofe  Ideas  which  are  in- 
dependent of  Bodies,  can  neither  be  corporeal  themfelves, 
nor  be  received  within  a  corporeal  Subjeft.  They  difco- 
yer  to  us  the  Nature  of  the  Soul,  which  receives  within 
atfelf  v.-hat  is  incorporeal^  and  receives  it  in  a  corporeal 
Manner  too.  Whence  it  is  that  we  have  incorporeal  Ideas 
even  of  Bodies  themfelves.  Fenelon. 

INCORRUPTIBLE,  that  which  cannot  corrupt.  Thus 
fpiritual  Subftances,  as  Angels,  Human  Souls,  ^c.  and 
thus  alfo  Glafs,  Salt,  Mercury,  ^c.  may  be  called  incor- 
ruptible. 

INCORRUPTIBLES,  is  the  Name  of  a  Sea  that 
fprung  out  of  the  Mntjcbiajis,  Their  diilinguiiliing  Tenet 


was,  rhat  the  Body  of  Jefus  Chrift  was  incorruptible  j  .by 
which  they  meant,  that  after  and  from  the  Time  wherein 
he  was  formed  in  the  Womb  of  his  holy  Mother,  he  was 
not  lulceptible  of  any  Change  or  Alteration ;  not  even  of 
any  natural  and  innocent  Paffions,  as  of  Huntjer.Thirll,  ^c. 
So  that  he  cat  without  any  occafion,  before  his  Death, 
as  well  as  after  his  Refurredion.  And  hence  it  was  that 
they  took  their  Name. 

INCRASSATING,  is  the  rendering  Fluids  thicker 
than  before,  by  the  Mixture  oflefs  fluid  Particles.  Sec 
Jgglntinating. 

INCRUSTATION,  an  Ornament  In  Archircdlure,  con- 
fifiing_  of  hard  pr,]iqi'a  Stones,  or  other  brilliant  Matter 
difpoled  m  Compartimcnts  in  the  Body  of  a  Building. 
The  Incrufiations  in  the  Cattle  at  Uidrid  are  of  Pottets 
Work:  Thofe  in  the  JLowwe  of  Marble.  We  Hiy 'tis  an 
Incriiftation  of  Stone  or  Marble,  when  a  Wall  is  lined  with 
them.    The  Antients  call'd  their  PlaiOers  Ivjcntllations. 

INCRUSTED  COLUMN,  is  a  Column  confirting  of 
feveral  Pieces  or  flender  Branches  of  fume  precious  Mar- 
ble, raafticatcd  or  cemented  around  a  Mould  of  Brick, 
or  other  Matter  5  which  Is  done,  not  only  to  fave  the  pre- 
cious Stone,  whether  it  be  Agat,  Jafper,  or  the  like,  but 
alfo  for  the  fake  of  /hewing  Pieces  of  it  of  uncommon 
Largcnefs,  by  the  Neatnefs  and  Clofenefs  of  the  Incrujla- 
tion^  which  renders  the  Joints  imperceptible,  where  the 
Mallic  is  of  the  fame  Colour. 

INCUBATION,  the  Aftlon  of  a  Hen,  or  any  other 
Fowl,  hatching  their  Eggs. 

INCUBUS,  or  the  Ni^ht-'Mare^  is  the  Name  of  a  Dif- 
eafe  confifting  in  an  Opprcffion  of  the  Ereaft,  fo  very  vi- 
olent, that  the  Patient  cannot  fpeak,  or  even  breathe. 
In  this  Difeafe  the  Senfes  are  not  quite  loll,  but  drown'd 
and  ai^oni/h'd,  as  is  the  Underrtanding  and  Imagination  j 
fo  that  the  Patient  fecms  to  thi;-(k  fome  huge  Weight 
thrown  on  him  ready  to  ilrangle  him.  Children  are  very 
liable  to  this  Diflemperj  fo  are  fat  People,  and  Men  of 
much  Study  and  Application  of  Mind :  By  reafon  the 
Stomach  in  all  thefe  finds  fome  difficulty  in  Digeftion. 
The  Incubus  fcems  to  be  Coufin-German  to  the  Epilepfy 
and  Apoplexy;  for  if  it  lails  long,  it  degenerates  into  one 
or  other  of  thofe  Diilcmpers.  Others  reckon  it  a  kind 
of  Afthma,  and  call  it  A/ihmu  NoBurnum,  and  fay  it  pro- 
ceeds from  the  fame  Caufes,  and  Is  helped  by  the  fame 
Means  as  the  common  Aflhma.  The  word /m«i«j  is  de- 
rived from  the  Latin  Incubare,  to  lie  down  on  any  thing 
and  prcfs  it.  The  Greeks  called  it  s^^aV.^Hf,  Saltator^  Lea- 
per,  or  one  that  ru/hes  on  a  Perfon. 

INCUMBENT,  in  Law,  is  a  Clerk  refident  In  his  Be- 
nefice with  Cure,  who  is  called  Incumhejit  of  that  Church, 
becaufe  he  ought  to  bend  his  whole  Study  todifcharge  his 
Cure. 

INCURVATION,  Is  the  bending  a  Bone,  or  any  o- 
ther  Body  from  its  natural  Shape.  For  Incurz-aiion  of  the 
Rays  of  Light,  fee  Light  and  Rcfratlion.  From  in  and 
airz'us^  crooked. 

INCUS.    See  Ear. 

INDEFEISIBLE,  In  our  Law,  fignifics  what  cannot 
be  defeated  or  made  void  :  As  a  good  and  indefeijible  E- 
II  ate. 

INDEFINITE,  indeterminate,  that  which  has  no  cer- 
tain Bounds,  or  to  which  the  Human  Mind  cannot  con- 
ceive any.  Defcartes  ufes  this  Word,  in  his  Philofophy, 
inllead  of  infinite,  both  in  Numbers  and  Quantities,  to 
fignify  an  inconceivable  Number,  or  Number  fo  great, 
that  an  Unir  cannot  be  added  to  it:  and  a  Quantity  fo 
great,  as  not  to  be  capable  of  any  Addition.  Thus  he 
lays,  Stars,  viiible  and  inviiible,  are  in  Number  indejinitt^t 
and  not  as  the  Antients  held,  infinite  3  and  that  Quanti- 
ties maybe  divided  into  an  j'We/i'w/fe  Number  of  Parts, 
not  an  infinite  Number,  Indefinite  is  fometimes  ufed  in 
the  Schools  to  fignify  fomcthing  that  has  but  one  Ex- 
treme 7  as  for  inflance,  a  Line  drawn  from  any  Point, 
and  extended  infinitely:  Thus  what  they  call  Eternity 
a  parte  ante,  or  Eternity  ^  parte  poji,  are  indefinite  Dura- 
tions. 

Indefiilte^  in  Grammar,  is  underflood  of  Nouns,  Pro- 
nouns, Verbs,  Participles,  Articles,  ^c.  that  are  left  in  an 
uncertain  indeterminate  Senfe,  and  not  fix'd  to  any  parti- 
cular Time,  Thing,  or  other  Circumftance. 

INDELIBLE,  rhat  which  cannot  be  blotted  out,  or  ef- 
faced. Thus,  Baptifm,  and  the  Order  of  the  Pricfthood, 
are  indelible  Chara£lers.  The  Word  is  form'd  from  the 
Latin  dclere^  to  blot,  with  the  Prepofition  in  taken  nega- 
tively. 

INDEMNITY,  an  Aft  by  which  one  promifes  to  gua- 
rantee or  fave  harmlefs  iome  other  Pevfon  from  any  Lofs 
or  Damage  that  might  accrue  to  him  on  any  particular  ac- 
count.   From  the  Negative  /'w  and  Va-mnum,  Lofs. 

INDEMNITIES.  When  a  Church  Is  appropriated  to 
an  Abbey  or  College,  then  th?  Arch-Deacou  lofeih  his  In- 

du^iua- 


.V 


IN 


(  383  ) 


IN 


duflion-Money  for  ever;  In  recompcncE  whereof,  he  fliall  rithm  ;  anJ  /liews  always  of  how  manv  PI        I,    t? - 

ihavc  yearly  out  of  the  Church  fo  appropriate,  one  or  two  lute  Number  belonging  to  the  Lob    X,  '"^  ='0'"' 

Shillings,  more  or  lels,  for  a  I'enfion,  as  was  agreed  at  the  and  of  what  nature  it  is  that      y/b  *=f^'""      ,  ^"  eonfilt^ 

time  of  the  appropriating.   Jind  this  Pcnfion  is  call'd  an  Fraftion  :    Thus,  In  this  Lcii>ar',h  '"''=8'='  °' 

indcmmty.  ber  Handing  on  the  Left-hmA  of  the  P„^'„?''    n  j'"'? ' 

■  INDENTED,  is  a  Tertr,  Ind.:c ;  and  becaufe  it  is      ii,"!  vou^b  '  'I'  11 

A   A    A    A    ^    A  /    in  Heraldry,  when  the  Out-  Number  anfwcrinE  to  it,  confills^V       ,  r 

V    V    V    V    V    y      nary,  e?r.  is  in  the  Form  of  is  o /of  10  is  i  j  and  of  100  is     ^If  "'^  ' 

the  Teeth  of  a  Saw.  Thus  pie  :  '  ^  ■   As  in  this  Eram- 

INDENTURE,  in  Law,  is  a  Writing  comprizing  fome  012345(1789 
Contract  between  two  at  leaif ;  being  indented  at  top  an-  12345^780  Wh^ 

fwerable  to  fome  other,   which  lilewife  containeth  the  Numbers  are  Indices  to  the  lower    And  thei-'r     ■  "PP^' 

fame  Contraa.    It  differs  from  a  Deed- Poll ;  in  that  this  fmall  Tables  of  J3r/i;^i's  Logarithms    where  t"/"^ 

lall  is  a  fingle  Deed,  and  is  unindented.  omitted,  it  muft  be  always  fupDlv'd  '  bpfcr»  „  " 

_  INDEPENDENTS.    The  Name  of  a  Religious  Sefl  by  them.   If  the  abfolute  Number  be  a  Frlamn 'a  ™? 

in  Englaml  in  Holland.    They  are  fo  call'd,  as  denying  not  Index  of  the  Logarithm  hath  a  negative  S'p  d 

only  any  Subordination  among  their  Clergy,  but  alfo  all  cd  rhue  Tr^--.,-.     u-  I  rt.  .     1  '^"^ oiark.* 

De^enZency  of^any  other  A^embly^  T^eV  teach,  that  bl  tt'e^a^^lt la^?:f\t e^a^S"''"^ 


.vl^„<.l.J  «ji  .wij  Other  AiTcmbly.  They 

every  Icparatc  Church  or  particular  Consrepation  atnons!  Mr  Tny/u./,,  t- 

them  has  in  itfelf  radically  and  eCfentially  e?ery  thing  ne-  they  eTweft  FkX„r",' 7>  U  "!^'.<=-'"'^'«'.whe'n 

ceffary  for  its  own  Government ;  that  it  has  all  Ecclefiafli-  takfn  "^inflead  of  ? l  e      .  r  I""  by 

cal  Power  and  Jurifdidion;  and  is  not  at  all  fubjeft  to  o-  plemSnt  ?o  ,0  •   a^l  tb     /^^^^^^^  Com- 

rh„rrbrs  nr  thpir  D™,,,!,-,  AfT™!,!:,.  P'™"-"'  '°  1°  >    ™^  he  would  Write  the  Loua 

nthm^  now  mention'd,  thus,  8.  5^22,3.    How  they  fra 


iher  Churches  or  their  Deputies,  nor  to  their  Affemblies 
or  Synods.  Tho  the  Independents  don't  think  it  very  ne- 
ceflary  to  alfemble  Synods^  yet,  they  fay,  if  any  are 
held,  they  look  on  theit  Refolutions  as  wife  and  pruden- 
tial Councils,  not  as  Decifions  to  be  peremptofily  obey'd. 
They  agree,  that  one  or  more  Churches  may  help  another 
Church  with  their  Advice  and  Afflftance,   and  even  re-  Index 

prove  it  when  it  offends,  provided  they  don't  pretend  to    „„    i f    x-  1,  r    " "  =--0  ."at 

any  fuperior  Authority  or  Right  to  excommunicate,  (£c.    5„j  .  ^  «nis  Name,  whole  BuCnefs  is  to  examine  Books 
-  "  ■  %  theM^e„rfe«i  agVee    ^""^  '"P"'.'^"''' f  .^'^y  Aink  fit  to  prohibit  the  reading 

r„      ,  J,  n;ff,„„  °.        f "  'mg,  of,  mto  an  Index :  Indices,  or  expurMtor^ 

b"b  fd-  r"?  ^'"l^fy-'  -^^''^  CataloguerofTrZ 
hibited  Books  are  call'd  ;  among  which,  however  th^i 
s  this  difference,  that  fome  are  condemn'd  pure  y  and 
abfolutely;  and  others  only  donee  crngcmur,  till  thL  be 
correfled.  FU.p  U  ol  SPuln,  was  the' firft  Uo  pfo7urel 
^v.  Index  to  be  printed  of  tie  Books  condemn'd  by  "he  if 
qu.fition  of  *«;.  Poper.„nv.  took  the  hint,*^  fnd  in 
J  5  5!)  order  d  the  Congregation  of  the  Holy  Office  at  W 
.0  print  a  fecond.  P„„  V.  recommended  the  Ma  tfr  "o 
the  Council  of  T,-en,,  who  made  another.  After  th.'s 
the  Duke  of  ^fo.,  procured  another  to  be  printed  at  !tor* 
^e,-f  in  157..    C/c»,«,t  VIII.  in  printed  a  very  co- 

pious one,  call'd  by  the  Name  of  the  Roman.   There  w^r^ 
two  others  publife'd  in  15S;  and  l6l^,  by  the  CardrnaU 
Cn,,-o,s  and  Sando-oel,  and  feveral  others  by  the  InouifiJn 
and  Mafters  of  the  Sacred  Palace.    The  Ufl   Sd  ra 

0  the  King  of  Spain,  and  corn- 
Year  i«7.        '  ' '   """"S  <'™"  ''^  low  as  the 
INDIAN  WOOD    caU-a  alfo  and  Ca^peck 

K  IS  aken  out  of  the  Heart  of  a  large  Tree  gromW 
plentifully  in  the  liles  e>{  Jam.-,iea,  Cam%cbe  &c  Tr  l! 
ufed  m  Dying ;  its  Decoaion  is  very  red  :  and  it  has  been 
obfervd,  that  putting  fome  of  this  Decoflion  into  two 
Bottles,  and  mixing  a  little  Powder  of  Alunin  with 
r„?J  L"?"^°lr"y  '^-"■fi''  which  wM 


added  and  fubttraaed:  ^e  in  ^ir^^ald  4°:;, J/ 

index  of  a  Glole,  is  a  little  Stile  fitted  on  to  the  North 
Pole,  and  turning  round  with  it,  pointing  ,0  certain  Divi 

_  .St'thL^mi,  ti^t^h^S"^^^^'^ 

...ij  iu^.^..-j.        ......  J  .ji  1^.^111   uL.  Lxcum  iHunicate,  t'  - 

In  IVlartcrs  of  Faith  and  Doarine,  the  Indepej?dents  ag^^^ 
with  tho  red  of  rhe  Reformed  ;  fo  that  the  Difference  is 
rather  Political  than  Religious.  During  the  Civil  Wars  in 
England,  the  Independents  becoming  the  moll  powerful  Par- 
ty, and  getting  to  the  Head  of  Affairs,  moll  of  the  other 
Seas  that  were  averfe  to  the  Church  of  England,  join'd 
them:  Which  occaiion'd  them  fo  be  difiingui/li'd  into 
two  Seas.  The  firlf;  are  in  effea  Preihyierlans,  only  dif- 
fering from  them  in  Matters  of  Difcipline.  The  others, 
whom  M.  Sp.mheim  calls  Tjmdo-Independents,  are  a  con- 
fufed  Affcmblage  of  Jnahaptijis,  Socinians,  Ajitinomians, 
Famitiarifis,  Libertines,  &c. 

Y.  Orleans  fpeaks  of  their  Rife  in  the  following  Terms. 
'  Out  of  the  fame  Sea  (the  Presbyterians)  had  rifen 
'  fome  time  ago,  on  pretence  of  further  Reformation,  a 

*  new  Sea,  that  was  not  only  averfe  to  the  Monarch,  but 

*  the  Monarchy,  both  which  ir  undertook  to  dcftroy  ;  and 

'  in  lieu  thereof  to  form  a  Republic  They  were  called  ,   ......  ^  aiacc.  iuemoilconf 

'  by  the  Name  of  Independents,  in  regard  that  profeffino    J""^  ,  Indices  is  that  of  Jottoi»/i;yo,-,  which  was 

'  to  carry  the  Gofpel-Liberty  flill  further  than  the  Puri°        k    j  ''"^'^^  ">       K'"!?  of 

'  tans,  they  rejeaed  not  only  Billiops,  but  alfo  Synods,    P''<^"':"ds  all  the  others;   coming  down  as  lo,„  . 
'  pretending  each  Affembly  ought  to  govern  itfelf  inde- 
«  pendently  of  all  others  ;   in  which,  faid  they,  confills 
'  the  Liberty  of  the  Children  of  God.    At  firfl:  they  were 

*  only  dillinguifli'd  among  the  Presbyterians  as  the  more 
'  zealous  from  the  mote  indifferent,  the  more  rigid  from 
'  the  more  remifs,  by  a  greater  Averfion  to  all  Pomp  and 
'  Pre-eminence  both  in  Church  and  St.ite,  and  by  a  more 

ardent  Defire  to  reduce  the  Praaice  of  rhe  Gofpcl  to 


..v..  ^"^"5"  t,-^"^  ^ruunti,  ana  in  ettect  made  abun 
'  dance  of  Profelytes  out  of  all  other  Parties  and  Ferfua 
*  Hons.' 

INDEPENDENTISM  is  peculiar  to  Great  Britain,  the 
Britijh  Colonies,  and  the  United  Frccinces.  One  Morel  in 
the  I  Sth  Century  endeavour'd  to  introduce  it  into  Prance 
but  it  was  condemn'd  at  the  Synod  of  Rochet,  where  Bess 
prelided,  and  again  at  the  Synod  of  Rachel  in  i6a.a 

INDETERMINATE,  in  Geometry,  is  und„llood  of 
a  quantity  of  Time  or  Place  that  has  no  certain  or  defi- 
nite Bounds ;  fee  Indefinite.  An  indeterminate  Problem  is 
that,  whereof  there  may^be  various  Solurions.  For  in- 
llancc,  if  a  Number  is  "required  that  may  be  a  Multi- 
ple of  4  and  5  ;  the  Anfvver  may  be  20,  40,  (Jq^  jtj^^ 
Infinity.  ^  Mr.  Freftet  calls  an  indeterminate  Analyfis,  th 


INDICATION  a  Sign  difcovering  or  point,-;'"; 
fomething  to  he  done.  The  Phyficians  ufe  the  Word  to 
fignify  the  Invention  of  a  Remedy  proper  to  cui  ea  Di  " 
eafe,  frorn  the  Knowledge  which  they  have  oftheOua 
lities  of  that  Remedy.  Indteatm,  either  tends  to  pref^ve 
a  natural  found  State,  which  is  call'd  vital  McL,,  Z 
to  remove  iomething  difagreeable  to  Nature.  The  feconj 
Indtcatton  either  relates  to  Sicknefs,  and  is  call'd  curative 
Ind.cattoni  or  to  fome  antecedent  Caufe,  in  which  cal 
fs  call  d  prefervative  or  fymptomatie  Indication.  Thai 
part  of  Phyfic  which  treats  of  Mc„m,„,      call'd  Je»" 


INDICATIVE,  in  Grammar,  is  the  firll  Mode  or  Mon 
innity.    ivir.  tyte,  calls  an  »,rf««™i,«,e  Analyfis,  that  of  Con  ugating  Verbs,  ftewing  either  the  T^me  pre' 

'hich  admits  of  an  infinite  Number  of  different  Solu-  f™t,  pall,  or  future.  1  love,  is  the  prefent  Tenfe  ■  I 
""index,  the  Fore-Finger,  from  ,0  pointer  di-   ttlodl''''' ^  -d  Z       ;..e,  the  future  of  the 

tea;   becaufe  that  Finger  is  generally  fo  ufed     Hence       INniCATnl?    ■    a    .  tk  /■ ,      >.  , 

alfo  the  Extejor  I.tdicif  is  call'd  Indicator.    The  or  fcoSfr'  f  low  '"S Thumf f  Z"''^'^' 

mmmm  m^mmm 

times  4ll'd  the  Chi'aaeriftic,  "r  Er^oncn.  of  a  L^g,:."    '"^  °"  Fi"g- 

INDIG- 


IN 


C  3M  ) 


IN 


the  fame  thing  In  Latm  with  the  I^ehrew  niLT.  SckiMu 
which  the  Scripture  frequently  gives  to  God,  as  figni- 
fying,  that  he  is  fulBcient  for  himfelf,  and  needs  no- 
thing. Thofc  of  the  fecond  Opinion  derive  the  word  from 
Indigitare^  to  call,  insoh  ;  it  being  thefeGods  who  were  or- 
dinarily invoked,  and  who  lent  the  readielt  Ear  to  the 
Vows  that  were  made  them.  To  this  purpofe  they  cite 
hlacrobms,  who  ufcs  the  word  indigitare  in  that  Scnfc,  tel- 


IXDICTION  fignifies  the  Convocation  of  an  Ecclefia- 
flical  Afiembly,  as  of  a  Synod  or  Council,  and  even  a 
Diet.  The  word  is  alfo  ufcd  ot  the  fcveral  Seffions 
of  the  fame  Councils.  And  hence  it  is,  that  at  the  end  of 
the  Scflions  of  the  Council  of  Treat,  the  Decree  by  which 
the  Council  appoints  the  D^yof  thctuture  Scffion,  is  called 
the  Ijicdtli'i}}  of  that  ScfJ'^n- 

By  Romafi  lnd>B lot!  is  meant  an  Epochc,  or  Manner  of  ^    _   ^.„,.,  .^.^ 

accounting  Time  ufrd  by  the  Romans,  containing  a  Cycle  ling  us  the  Veilals  make  their  Invocations  thus,  /tpolloFhy- 

or  Revolution  of  tifreen  Years,  which  when  expired  it  [iciaii  i  yj^ollo  F^an  !  Vejlahs  Ita  vidi'^^itant  ^  JPolh  Mcdice ! 

returns  to  Unity  again.    This  Method  of  Computation  has  ^■£o!h  T^an  !  They  add,  that  their  Book  of  l*raycrs  and 

no  Depeiidance  on  the  heavenly  Motions.    Fetavm  fays,  Forms  of  Invocation  were  called  hidigit amenta,  Laiily, 

there  is  nothing  in  Chronology  lefs  known  than  the  Roman  others  hold  Indi^etes  to  be  derived  from  hide  geidtus,  or  i?l 

j7id!iiion  ;  he  means,  than  its  Origin  and  Commencement,  loco  dege?!s,  or  from  ;We  and  a^o  for  de^o,  lli-ve^  I  inhabit  ^ 

'Tiathc  general  Opinion  it  was  inftituted  in  the  time  of  which  lalt  Opinion  feems  the  moft  probable.'   In  effetS: 

Con j'l amine,  but  this  is  a  mere  Gucfs.    There  were  ln~  it  appears,   that  thefe  hidt-^etes  were  alfo   called  Locai 

^jRions  in  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Coiifians,   as  appears  Cods,  Dli  Locales,  or  Toxical  Gods^  which  is  the  fame  thing, 

from  the  Tko(/n^fl?;  Code.    The  Learned  hold  that  the  (2.)  The  hidi^etes  v/erc  ordinarily  Men  deified    who  in- 

IndiBkm  were  no  more  than  certain  annual  Taxes,  the  deed  were,  in  effefl:,  Local  Gods,  being  eileemed  the 

Tarif  whereof  was  publifhed  every  year  :   but  why  they  Proteflors  of  thofe  Places  where  they  were  deified  ;  fo 

were  fo  called,  why  confined  to  a  Cycle  of  fifteen  Years,  that  the  fecond  and  third  Opinion  are   very  c^nfllent. 

when  or  on  what  Occafion  inllitutcd,  is  not  known.    We  (3.)  VirgH  joins  FatrU  with  Indigetes,   as  being  the  fame 

find  three  kinds  of  IndiBiam  mentioned  in  Authors  ■■,   the  thing,    Geor.  I.  Dl'i  Patrii,   hidi^eies,  The  Gods  tQ 

JndiBwn  of  Co?ifi(imlnof!e,  beginning  on  the  Calends  of  whom  the  Rimajis  gave  the  Name  I?;(/;^f;eiei,  were  faumts, 

ScPteiiiher  ■■,  t\iclmycni\.\  or  C^faria7i  biditfw!,  on  the  14th  T''efta,  JEmas,  Romulus,  all  the  Gods  of  Italv  t  and  at  ^- 

/  _  .  1    1  _  Ti  j„  J:n   ...l,:  ,L        _1  ..  r„  j  ^^  t,a:  -.J    r  c   i     .  .  '   


of  September  ,  and  the  Roman  IndiHiou,  which  is  that  ufed 
in  the  Pope's  Bulls,  and  begins  on  the  j  il;  of  January, 
The  Popes  have  dated  their  AOs  by  the  Year  o^ludiBion, 
cs'er  (iwce  Charlcma'ign  made  them  Sovereign  j  before  which 
time  thev  tHted  them  by  the  Years  of  the  Emperors.  At 
the  time' of  the  Reformation  of  the  Calendar  in  15S2, 
was  reckoned  the  tenth  Year  of  the  IndiBion  :  So  that  be- 
ginning to  reckon  hence,  and  dividing  the  Number  of 
Jcais  ulapled  between  that  time  and  this  by  15,  the  Re- 
mainder will  be  the  Year  ot  IiidiB'mt,  correfponding  to 
the  prefcnt  Year  of  our  Lord  1712.  15.  This  may 
alfo  be  found  by  adding  5  to  the  Year  of  our  Lord,  andd' 


JEneas, 

then^Mnerva,  (s.ys  Servms,  and  at  Carthage  Dido.'  'Tis  true 
we  meet  with  '3)<piter  Indiges,  but  that  3ttp}ter  Ind-ges  is 
JEnzas,  not  the  Great  Jnfner  ;  as  we  may  fee  in  Livy, 
I.  I.  c.  3.  in  which  lait  fenfe  Ser-jius  affuies  us.  Indices 
comes  from  the  I ;!t/;;,  in  DHs  a-^o,  lam  amoji"  the  Cod<. 

INDIGNATORIUS  MUSCULUS,  that  Mufcle  is  thus 
called,  which  is  fuppofed  to  draw  the  Eye  from  its  inner 
Corner  outwards,  which  gives  an  Appearance  of  Scorn 
and  Anger ;  but  this  is  properly  a  compound  Motion  of 
two  Mufcles  :  for  which  fee  Eye. 

INDIGO,  a  Drug  of  a  deep  blue  Colour,  brought  hi- 
ther from  the  [I'eji-lndies.    It  is  drawnfrom  the  Leaves  of 


dividinp  the  Sum  by  i  5.    The  word  l;j(.'(S/o«  comes  from    a  Plant  which  the  Spaniards    call  ^7iil,  and  we  hidigo. 


J jidi t'rio'^  whic'h  fignifies  Eflabiifhment,  Order,  or  Denun- 
ciation. 1  he  Time  of  the  hiditlion  among  the  Ramans^ 
w\as  that  wherein  the  People  were  fummoned  10  pay  a  cer- 
tain Tribute  ;  and  'tisfor  this  Reafon  that  the  Imperial  J«- 
diclion  began  towards  the  end  of  September,  becaufe  the 
Harvc!l  being  then  got  in,  it  was  fuppofed  the  People  could  the  Top  fwims 
eafily  pay  their  Tribute. 

INDlCTIVE,  an  Epithet  given  to  certain  Feaft-Days 
appointed  by  the  Roman  Magillrates,  -viz.  the  Conful  or 
PtLCCor.    See  Fcri.^. 

INDICTMENT,  or  ENDITEMENT,  in  our  com- 
mon Law,  fignifies  as  much  as  Jccujatio  among  the  Civi- 
lians j  tho'  in  fome  Points  it  differs.  An  hnUBment  is  a 
Bill  or  Declaration,  made  in  form  of  Law  for  the  Bene- 
fit of  the  Commonwealth,  exhibited  as  an  Accufation  of 
one  for  fome  Offence,  cither  criminal  or  penal,  unto  Ju- 
rors and  by  their  Verdict  found  to  be  true,  and  prefentcd 
before  an  Officer  that  has  Power  to  punilh  the  Jame  Of- 
fence. It  feems  to  be  an  Accufation,  becaufe  the  Jury 
that  enquireth  of  the  Offence  does  not  receive  it,  till  the 
Party  that  offereih  the  Bill,  appearing,  fubfcribe  his 
Name,  and  proffer  bis  Oath  for  the  Truth  of  it.  It  is  al- 
ways at  the  Suit  of  the  King,  and  differs  from  an  Accuili- 


The  Method  of  Preparation  is  this.  When  the  Plant 
has  attained  to  a  certain  height,  and  its  Leaves  arc  in  a 
good  Condition,  they  cut  them  down,  and  throw  them  into 
a  kind  of  Vat,  covering  them  with  Water.  Thefe  they 
boil  together  for  the  fpace  of  twenty  four  hours  ;  at 
the  Top  fwims  a  Scum,  with  all  "the  different  Colours 
of  the  Rainbow.  Then  the  Water  is  let  off  into  ano- 
ther Vcffel,  where  they  agitate  and  churn  it,  as  it  were, 
with  five  or  fix  long  Poles,  fitted  together  for  that  pur- 
pofe. This  rhcy  continue  to  do  till  the  Water  becomes 
of  a  deep  Green,  and  till  the  Grain,  as  they  call  it,  forms 
itlelf,  which  they  difcovcr  by  taking  a  little  of  it  out  into 
another  VcSel,  and  fpitting  in  it ;  for  if  then  they  perceive 
a  blui/liDreg  fubfiding,  they  ceafe  to  beat,  The  I\lattcr 
then  precipitates  of  itfelf  to  the  Bottom  of  thcVefTcl, 
and  when  it  is  well  fettled,  they  pour  off  the  Water.  Af- 
ter this  they  take  out  the  hidigo,  and  put  it  into  little  Li- 
nen Bags,  and  let  it  drain  ;  this  done,  they  put  it  into 
fliallow  wooden  Boxes,  and  when  it  begins  to  dry,  they 
cut  it  into  ilices,  and  let  them  harden  in  the  Sun. 

There  are  feveral  kinds  of  hidigo  ;  the  befl  is  that 
called  Se.-qtiiJJV,  from  the  Name  of  a  Village  where  'tig 
prepared.    We  chufe  itin  flatPieccs,of  a  moderate  thick- 


tion  in  this,  that  thePreferrer  is  noway  tied  to  the  Proof  nefs,  pretty  hard,  clean,  light  enough  to  fwim  in  the  Wa- 
thereof  upon  any  Penalty,  if  it  be  not  proved,  except  ter,  inflammable,  of  a  fine  blue  Colour,  marked  a  little 
there  appear  aConfpiracy.  The  word  is  derived  from  the  on  the  Infide  with  Silver  Streaks,  and  appearing  reddifli 
Frerich  ciiditer^  iiidicare^  or  according  to  Mr.  Lambert^  ly-    when  rubbed  on  the  Nail. 

iM^vw-i-  Indigo  is  ufed  among  the  Painters,   who  grind  and  mi.^; 

INDIGESTION,  a  want  of  Digeflion.  IntheSyfiem  itwith  white  to  make  a  blue  Colour,  for  without  that 
of  Tritutacion,  J;i(^i,ce/^'n",  w-hich  is  a  Crudity,  may  be  very  Mixture  it  would  paint  blacki/li.  They  mix  it  with 
naturally  accounted  for,  from  the  Relaxation  of  the  Fibres  Yellow,  to  make  a  Green  Colour.  It  is  alfo  ufed  in  Dying, 
of  the  Stomach.  A  bilious  Ind'rejtioti,  in  the  Opinion  of  and  by  the  LaundrefTes,  to  give  a  bluifli  Caff  to  their 
Idecqiiet,  a  great  Advocate  for  Trituration,  is  owing  to  too  Linen. 

much  Fotce  in  the  Stomach,  too  much  Vivacity  in  its  Of-  In  the  Horms  Malabaricits  is  an  Account  of  the  Plant 
dilations,  which  fpoil  the  Digeffion,  by  rendering  the  whence  Z?Jr/jgo  is  drawn  :  The  Decoflion  of  whofeRootis 
Trituration  imperfect.  Eut  this  is  hardly  fatisfaftory,  for  faid  to  be  excellent  againf!:  Nephritic  Cholics  ;  its  Leaves, 
it  Jhould  feem  that  Digeffion  would  be  the  more  perfeif,  applied  to  the  lower  Ventricle,  good  to  promote  Urine  i 
in  proportion  as  the  Force  of  the  Stomach  increafed.  See  and  thclndifio  itfelf  of  good  Ufe  in  drying  Tumours. 
DiEeJiion.  INDIRECT  Modes  of  Syllogifms  in  Logic,  are  the 

INDIGETES,  a  Name  which  the  Antients  gave  to    five  lafl Modes  of  the  firii  Figure,  exprefTed"^  by  the  bar- 

~'  barous  words  Baralipto72,    Celantis,    Dabitis,  Frifefomornm. 

'Tis  the  Converfion  of  the  Conclufion  which  renders  the 
Modes  in direB.  For  inffance,  a  Syllogifm  in  Daril,  and  a- 
nother  in  Vahitts  would  be  perfectly  alike,  were  it  not 
fiir  that  Converfion  ;  the  Vropofitions  having  the  fame 
Quantity,  and  the  fame  Quality,  and  the  middle  Term 
being  the  Subjccf  in  the  Major,  and  the  Attribute  in,  the 
Minor  in  both.  It  remains  then,  that  to  niakc  a  Dif- 
tinftion,  that  which  is  the  Subjeff:  of  the  Conclufion  in 
Darti,  is  the  Attribute  in  the  (.^.onlufion  of  Vabhls  ;  and 
that  which  is  the  Attribute  in  the  firii,.  the  Subje3:  in 
ihelaiK 


their  Gods,  oratleaifto  fotne  of  them.  There  are  va- 
rious Opinions  about  the  Origin  and  Signification  of  this 
word  i  fome  pretending  it  was  given  to  all  the  Gods  in 
general,  and  others  only  to  the  Great  Men  whom  they 
deified  ;  others  fay  it  was  given  to  fuch  Gods  as  were  ori- 
ginally of  the  Country,  or  rather  fuch  as  were  the  Gods  of 
the  Country  that  bore  this  Name  i  and  others  ai^ain  hold  it 
■was  afcribed  tofuch  Gods  as  were  Patrons  and  Protcdors 
of  Cities. 

Thofe  of  the  firft  Opinion  maintain,  that  the  Gods 
were  fo  called  by  Jntfhrafis,  becaufe  they  wanted  no- 
thing h  the  word  coming  from  the  Verb  mdi-eo,  J  wa?it. 
If  this  were  true,  the  word  lnd'%etes  would  fignify  nearly 


DA. 


DA- 


IN      .  .  ( 

Every  thing  that  promotes  Salvation  is  advanta- 


IN 


R  I 
I. 


geous : 

There  are  AfHii5lions  which  promote  Salvation  ; 
Therefore  there  are  Affliiflions  which  are  advan- 
tageous. 

D  A-  Every  thing  that  promotes  Salvation  is  advanta- 
geous : 

B  I-  There  arc  AffliiSionswhich  promote  Salvation  ; 
T  1  S.  I'hcrcfore  fome  things  promoting  Salvation  are 
Afflictions,  or  afflifling. 

INDIVIDUAL,  orlNDlVlDUUIVI,  in  Logic,  is  a  par- 
ticular Being  of  any  Species,  or  that  which  can't  be  di- 
vided into  two  or  more  Beings,  equal  or  alike.  The  ufu- 
al  Divilion  in  Logic  is  made  into  Genera,  or  Genus's, 
thofc  Genera  into  Species,  and  thofe  Species  into  Ind'rjl- 
itiials.  The  Schoolmen  make  a  fourfold  Dillinftion  of  In- 
dhitluals  ;  (i.)  hidrjiduiim  Vagum,  is  that,  which  tho'  it  iigni- 
fies  but  one  thing,  yet  may  be  any  of  that  kind  ;  as  when 
we  fay  a  Man,  a  certain  Ferfon,  or  one  faid  fo  and  fo, 
tho' but  one  Fcrfon  is  meant,  yet  that  Pcrlon,  for  oughr 
that  appears  to  the  contrary,  may  be  anybody.  (2.)  In- 
drnduum  Determsnatuyn^  is  when  the  thing  is  named  and 
determined  ;  as  Mexanrler,  the  RiverNi/e,  &c.  this  is  a!fo 
cilledStgtliitnm.  (5.)  lud'rjidmtm  De>no7iJiratrji'.m,  is  when 
fome  demonllrative  Pronoun  is  ufed  in  the  Expreflion  ; 
as  this  Man,  that  Woman.  (4  )  htctiu'iduum  e:^  Hypothcfi, 
or  by  Suppofition,  when  an  univerfal  Name  or  Term  is  re- 
llrained,  by  the  Suppoftion,  to  a  particular  thing;  as 
vvhenwe  fay,  the  Son  of  fuch  an  one,  and  it  be  known 
that  he  had  but  one  Son. 

INDIVISIBLES,  in  Gcometty,  are  underttood  of  fuch 
Elements  or  Principles,  as  any  Body  or  Figure  may  ulti- 
mately be  refolved  into  ;  and  thefe  Elements,  or  Indhi- 
fibks,  are,  in  each  peculiar  Figure,  fuppofed  to  be  infi- 
nitely fmall.  With  regard  to  which  Notion,  aLinemay 
be  faid  to  confill  of  Points,  a  Surface  of  parallel  Lines, 
and  a  Solid  of  parallel  and  limilar  Surfaces ;  and  rhen 
becaufe  each  of  thefe  Elements  is  fuppofed  indivifible,  if  in 
any  Figurc.a  Line  be  drawn  thro'  the  Elements  perpendicu- 
larly, the  Number  of  Points  in  that  Line  willbc  thcfame, 
as  theNumber  of  the  Elements.  Whence  we  iTiay  fee, 
that  a  Parallelogram,  Prifm,  or  Cylinder,  is  refolvable 
into  Elements  or  hidhlfibki^  all  equal  ro  each  other,  pa- 
rallel, and  like  tothe  Bafe  :  A  Triangle  into  Lines  pa- 
rallel to  the  Bafe,  but  decrcafing  in  Arithmetical  Propor- 
tion ;  and  fo  are  rhe  Circles,  which  conditute  the  Parabo- 
lic Conoid,  and  thofe  which  conftitute  the  Plane  of  a  Cir- 
cle, or  the  Surface  of  an  Ifoceles  Cone.  A  Cylinder  may 
be  refolvcd  into-  Cylindrical  Curve  Surfaces,  having  all 
the  fame  Height,  and  continually  decteafing  inwards,  as 
the  Circles  of  the  Bafe  do,  on  which  they  infift.  This 
Method  of  ]!:d.'j:fihlc!  is  only  the  antient  Method  of  Ex- 
haullion,  a  little  difguifed  and  contradled,  and  is  now 
allowed  to  be  of  excellent  Ufe  in  the  Ihortning  of  Ma- 
thematical Demonlltations.  Of  which  take  the  following 
Inflance  in  that  fimou.s  Fropolition  of  A-chimsda,  That  a 
Sphere  is  two  Thirds  of  a  Cylinder  circumfcrihing  ir.  For 
Juppofe  (as  in  the  Figure)  a  Cylinder,  Hemifpherc,  and 
an  inverted  Cone  to  have  the  fame  Bafe  and  Altitude,  and 


to  be  cut  by  infinite  Planes,  all  parallel  to  the  Bafe,  of 
which  d  g  IS  one  ;  it  is  plain,  the  Square  of  d  h  will  every 
where  be  equal  to  the  Squate  of  k  c  (the  Radius  of 
the  Sphere)  the  Square  hc=eb  fquare  ;  and  confe- 
quently  fince  Circles  are  to  <me  another  as  the  Squares  of 
the  Radii,^  all  the  Circles  of  the  Hemifpherc  will  be  equal 
to  all  thole  of  the  Cylinder,  dedufling  thence  all  thole 
of  thc^  Cone  :  wherefore  the  Cylinder,  deducling  tho 
Cone,  is  equal  to  the  Hemifpherc  ;  but  it  is  known,  that 
the  Cone  is  one  Third  of  the  Cylinder,  and  confequently 
the  Sphere  mull  be  two  Thirds  of  it. 

INDORSEMENT  is  any  thing  written  on  the  Back  of 
a  Deed  or  Inttrument  ;  as  a  Condition,  written  on  the 
back  o(  an  Obligation,  is  commonly  called  an  Indorfc- 
mem,  from  in  and  Dorfum,  Back. 

INDUCTION,  in  Logic,  a  Confeqecnce  drawn  in 
realoning  from  feveral  eflablifhed  Principles.  Thus  the 
Conclufion  of  a  Syllogifr,  is  an  IndMon  made  from  the 
Premiles  An  lnd„lUo„,  however,  may  be  iuflly  faid  to 
be  a  Syllogifm  of  itfelf,  being  a  kind  of  Medium  between 
an  Enthymeme  and  a  Gradation,  in  regard  it  wants  a 


Propofition  (which,  however,  is  underftood)  as  in  the  En- 
thymeme, and^ abounds  in  Affumptiuns  (which  yet  are 
collateral,  or  of  the  fame  degree)  which  is  the  Cafe  in  a 
Gradation.  Fhus  for  inftantc,  every  Tcrreftrial  Animal 
lives,  every  Aerial  Animal  alio  lives,  every  Aquatic  Ani- 
mal lives,  ancl  every  Reptile  Animal  lives;  therefore 
every  Animal  lives.  There  are,  ,t  may  be  obfcrvcd,  va- 
rious Affumptions,  from  the  more  t;cneral  Species  of  the 
Animal  Kind  colleflcd  into  one,  which  this  Propofition  is 
fuppofed  to  precede,  -^,2.  every  A.ii„,al  is  either  Ter- 
rellrial,  Aerial,  Aquatic,  or  Reptile. 
^  Stiidas  reckons  three  kinds  of  bidiiffmi  ;  that  iuft  men- 
tioned, which  concludes  or  gathers  fome  general  Propofi- 
tion from  an  Enumeration  of  all  the  Particulars' of  a  kind 
he  calls  the  Dialelfic  InduBion.  The  fecond,  which  pro- 
ceeds by  Interrogation,  and  concludes  probably,  or  witK 
a  Verifimilitude,  by  the  Greeks  called  niS^^u<yi„  and  was 
that  which  Acrafef  ordinarily  made  ufe  of,  as  Gcej-o  in  his 
Topics,  and  giOTit/ion  have  obferved.  The  third  kind  of 
I;!rf»Bio»  is  properly  rhetorical  ;  being  a  Conclufion  drawn 
from  fome  Example  or  Authority.  This  is  a  very  imper- 
feft  Indnalm,  all  its  Force  lying  in  a  Propofition  which  is 
concealed,  and  which  will  hardly  bear  being  expreffed. 
Thus  he  that  fays,  Ccdms  died  bravely  for  his  Country, 
therefore  I  muft  die  bravely  for  my  Country,  proves  no- 
thing, unlefs  this  Propofition  be  carried  in  mind,  that  I 
muft  do  the  fame  with  Corfi-ui.  Again,  --/rcj/metisi,  and  the 
other  Mathematicians  fay,  the  Sun  is  much  bigger  than 
the  Earth;  therefore  it  muft  be  owned  the  Sun  is  much 
bigger  than  the  Earth.  Where  the  Propofition  is  under- 
Hood,  viz.  whatever  Jrchimedss  and  the  other  Mathemati- 
cians fay  is  true. 

INDUCTION,  in  the  Englifi  Cufloms,  is  ufually  ta- 
ken for  the  giving  PolTeflion  to  an  Incumbent  of  his 
Church,  by  leading  him  into  it,  and  delivering  him  the 
Keys  by  the  Commiffary  or  Bilhop's  Deputy,  and  by  his 
ringing  one  of  the  Bells.  When  a  Clerk  is  inftituted  into 
a  Benefice,  he  is  to  exhibite  his  Mandate  from  the  Birtiop 
to  the  Arch-Deacon,  or  other  Perlbn  to  whom  it  is  di- 
rcaed,  and  hath  a  Right  thereby  to  be  indufled  into  his 
Living  ;  and  if  he  be  refufed  IndtiHim,  he  hath  a  Reme- 
dy both  in  the  Ecclefiaftical  Court,  and  alfo  an  Aaion  of 
the  Cafe  in  the  Common  Law,  againft  the  Arch-Deacon. 
If  the  InduiSor,  or  Perfon  to  be  indufled,  be  kept  out  Jt 
the  Church  or  Houfe  by  Laymen,  the  Writ  de  -ji  Laica  lies 
for  the  Clerk,  which  is  direfted  out  of  the  Chancery  to 
the  SherifF  of  the  County,  to  remove  the  Force,  ^c.  If 
another  Clergyman,  prefentcd  by  the  fame  Pitt'on,  keen 
poffeflion,  a  Spoliation  is  gratitabic  out  of  the  friritual 
Court,  whereby  rhe  Tithes,  l£c.  /hall  be  fequellred,  till 
the  Right  be  determined.  The  Atch-Deacon  rarely  in- 
dufls  a  Clerk  by  himfelf  in  Perfon,  but  ilTiies  out  a  War- 
rant to  all  Clerks  and  Lettered  Perfons  within  the  Arch- 
Deaconry,  impowering  any  of  them  to  do  it  in  his  'lead. 
The  ufual  Fotm  and  Manner  of  InduBion,  is,  for  the  In- 
duflor  to  take  the  Clerk  by  the  Hand,  and  then  to  lay  ic 
on  the  Key  of  the  Church,  which  mull  be  then  in  the 
Door,  and  to  fay,  '  By  virtue  of  this  Inlltum  nt,  I  induct 
'  you  -into  the  real,  atiual,  and  corporal  PoffelTion  of  tho 

'  Reflory  or  Vicarage  of  ,  with  all  its  Fruits,  Fronts 

*  Members,  and  Appurtenances.'  This  done,  he  opens 
the  Door,  and  puts  the  Clerk  in  poffeflion  of  the  Church, 
and  fltuts  the  Door  upon  him  ;  who  after  he  hath  rolled 
a  Bell  (if  there  beany)  comes  out,  and  dcfires  the  In- 
duftor  to  indorfc  a  Certificate  of  his  InduHicn  on  tho  Arch- 
Deacon's  Warrant,  and  that  all  prefcnt  will  fignify  it  un- 
der their  Hands.  If  the  Church-Key  cannot  be  had  it  is 
fufficient  that  the  Clerk  lays  hold  of  the  Ring  of  the 
Door,  and  within  the  time  limited  read  the  Coinmo-"i- 
Fraycr,  and  Thirty-nine  Articles  of  the  Church  in  tile 
Church-Porch.  Within  two  Months  after  this,  the  Clerk 
muft  read  the  Thirty-nine  Articles,  and  all  the  Service  of 
the  Day,  both  at  Morning  and  Evening-Prayers,  and  de- 
clare his  Affent  and  Confent  ;  he  inuft  alfo  then  read 
the  Bifhop's  £nj/j/J  Certificate,  in  which  is  theD-clara- 
tion  of  his  Conformity  ;  and  of  all  this  he  muft  have  two  or 
three  good  Witneffes,  who  muft  fign  that  they  heard  him 
doit,  and  be  ready  to  atteft  \t,''Jv:i  iiace,  if  r -quired; 
and  within  three  Months  after  Miffjon,  he  muftalfo  tjke 
the  Abjuration-Oath  at  the  Quarter-Sefljons,  or  in  fome 
one  of  the  Courts  at  Weftminjier-Hail.  The  word  Ind^mm 
IS  derived  from  the  Lotja  ra,  and  Aca,  u  lead. 
-  INDULGENCE,  in  the  Romifti  Tbetlo^y,  is  the  Re- 
miffion  ot  the  Punifhment  due  to  a  Sin,  granted  by  the 
Church,  and  fuppofed  ro  fave  the  Sinner  from  Puroatory. 
They  found  their  Indulgences  on  the  infinite  Trealure  of 
the  Merits  of  Jcfus  Chiift,  the  Holy  Virgin,  and  a!l  the 
Saints,  which  they  fuppofe  the  Church  has  a  right  of 
diflfibnring,  byviftueof  the  Communion  of  Saints^  The 
Roman  Jubilee  carries  with  it  a  plenary  or  full  Induhcna 
for  all  the  Crimes  committed  therein.  I  he  Pope  alfo 
grant!  Bulls  of  plenary  Ind«l;a;re  to  feveral  Churches, 

Monif' 


IN 


(  385  ) 


IN 


cinccs,  Uardinals,  ciinops,  oc.  raiiivu  iTmin^-^ 
I  a  power  of  receiving  Benefices  and  expe£lai 
'.s  ;  of  which  kind  are  thofe  of  a  Parliament, 


Monaftcries,  ami  eren  fo  private  Pccfons ;  and  tis  a  fre- 
ouent  thing  to  have  general  hidi'^&eNces  for  the  time  of  the 
principal  Feafts  of  a  Year.  I'heir  Cafuilis  lay,  that  a 
plenary  Ivdukence  does  nrc  always  prove  effc6lual,  for 
want  of  complying  with  the  Conditions  whereon  it  was 
granted.  -     .  ,  _ 

I?iJuhre?}ce,  Indn2r,  or  IfidKlto,  fignihes  alio  a  Ipeciat  Ira- 
vour  or  Privilege,  conferred  cither  on  a  Community,  or  a 
particular  Pcrfoii,  by  the  Pope's  Bulls,  in  virtue  whereof 
he  is  lic^-nfed  to  do  or  obtain  fomething  contrary  to 
the  Intention  and  Difpofition  of  the  common  Laws. 
There  are  t*o  kinds  of  Induho's  ;  tlie  one  aftiye,  which 
coniiJ'sina  Power  of  nominating  and  prefenting  freely, 
am!  without  refervc,  to  Benefices  that  are  otherwifc  li- 
TTiitctl  and  reftratned  hy  the  Laws  of  the  Aportolical 
Chanccrv  ;  fuch  are  thofe  ordinarily  granted  to  Secular 
Princes,  Cardinals,  Eifhops,  iSc  Indnho'i  confitt 

■  ■      -      ~  •  ^lativc  Gra- 

of  Gra- 
duates, and  Mandatories.  The  Ijididto  of  Kings  is  the 
Power  given  them  of  prefenting  to  Conliftorial  Benefices, 
either  by  Treaty,  by  Favour,  or  fpecial  Privilege.  The 
Ijfdidtocf  Cardinals  is  a  Licence  for  holding  Regular  as 
well  as  Secular  Benefices,  in  difpofing  cf  them  in  com- 
reffviirjz,  or  coniinuir,g  them,  ^c.  Induho  of  Parliament 
is  a  Right  or  Privilege  granted  to  the  Chancellor,  Prefi- 
fidents^  Counfellnrs,'^  and  other  Officers  in  the  Parliaments, 
to  obtain  a  Benefice  of  the  Collator,  upon  the  King's  No- 
mination direfled  tohim.  This  is  a  kind  of  Advowfon  or 
Patronage  belonging  to  the  l.  ench  King,  thc_  Induho  being 
a  Mandate  or  Grace,  by  which  he  is  permitted  to  name 
to  any  Collator  he  pleafes,  a  Counfellor,  or  other  Of- 
ficer of  Parliament,  on  whom  the  Collator  fiiall  be  ob- 
liged to  beltow  a  Benefice  :  fo  th:vt  the  Right  of  the  hi- 
duho  re  fides  radically  in  the  King,  the  Officers  being  only 
the  Objefts  thereof.    See  DilpciiJ'aiion. 

INDURATING,  a  Term  applied  to  fucb  Things  as 
give  a  harder  cr  firmer  Confillence  to  othLts,  by  a  greater 
iolidity  of  their  Particles,  or  as  difli^iate  the  thinner  Parts 
of  any  Matter,  fo  asto  leave  the  Remainder  harder.  Thus 
a  Tumour  is  indurated,  either  by  the  Addition  of  eanhy 
and  folid  Particles,  as  in  Schirri-  and  knotty  Swellings,  or 
by  tranfpirlng  the  thinner  Farts  thro'  the  Skin,  whereby 
the  Reir.ainder  grows  more  fiy.ed,  asin  an  Oedema. 
INEQUALI']  Y  of  Natural  Days.  See  Equation. 
INERi  lJE  VIS.  See  l  is  heru^. 
INESCAT  ION,  a  kind  of  Tranfplantatlon,  praais'd 
for  the  Cure  of  certain  Difeafes  ;  it  confills  in  im- 
pregnating a  proper  Medium  or  Vehicle,  with  fome  of  the 
Mumia  or  vital  Spirit  of  the  Patient,  and  giving  it  to  fome 
Animal  to  eat.  "l  is  pretended  the  Animal  uuircs  and 
affmiilates  that  Mumia  with  itfelf,  correfling  it,  and  im- 
bibir;g  its  vicious  Quality,  and  by  that  means  reOoring 
Health  to  the  Perfon  whereto  the  Mumia  belonged.  If 
the  Animal  Kappi;ns  to  die  before  the  Cure  be  effe£ted,  a 
fecond  Animal  muft  be  pitched  on,  and  the  Experiment 
repeated.  Some  tell  us,  that  the  Blond  of  the  Patient 
well  putrefied,  or  fermented,  does  the  Bufinefs  better 
than  any  other  Part.  7  he  word  is  derived  from  the  priva- 
tive PtL'pofition  ift,  and  ejca.  Food. 

INESCL'TCHEON,  ill  hieraldry,  fignifies  all  the  Ef- 
fK(c/jro«?  containing  a  of  the  Field,  and 
is  borne  within  it,  as  an  Ordinary.  Thus, 
'tis  faiiijhebeareth  Ermin,an  hiefcurcheoji 
Gules.  This  is  alfofometimes  calledan 
hiefciitche.on  of  Fretcnce,  which  is  borne 
when  a  Man  marries  an  Heirefs  ;  for 
then  he  bears  her  Coat  of  Arms  on  an 
lacfcuichcr)?!,  or  Efcntchron  oj  Pretence, 
in  the  middle  of  his  own  Coat. 
IN  ESSE,  Authors  make  this  Difference  between  a 
thing  in  tiffe,  and  a  thing  tn  foffe,  a  thing  that  is  not, 
but  may  be,  they  fay  is  in  pof/e,  or  potentia  j  but  a  thing 
apparent  and  vifible,  they  fay  is  in  ejje,  that  is,  has  a  real 
Being  eo  tnjtanu,  whereas  the  other  is  cafual,  and  at  heft 
but  a  PufTibility. 

INFALLIBLE,  that  which  cannot  deceive,  or  be  de- 
ceived. Upon  this  Term  ilands  one  of  the  principal 
Heads  of  Contrnverfy  between  the  Reformed  and  the 
Catholicks.  The  latter  of  whom  maintain,  that  the 
Church,  affembled  in  General  Council,  is  infii/B/c,  which 
the  former  deny.  The  principal  Reafons  they  give  for 
the  Ififallihility,  are  drawn  from  the  Obfcurity  of  the 
Scriptures,  the  Infufficiency  of  private  Judgment,  and 
the  Kectflity  there  isof  fome  i«/iiffii/e  Judge  for  the  De- 
cifionof  Controverfy.  The  htfa'Hihi I iiy  of  the  Pope  is  a 
Doiirine  of  a  late  (landing,  and  not  entirely  acquiefced  in 
even  in  their  own  Communion.  DttPm,  a  Doiftor  of  the 
Sorhar.ue^  has  written  againfl  it,  and  the  late  Behaviour  of 
the  Cardinal  We  NoaiHes,  and  the  proteiling  El/hops,  fe- 
condcd  by  a  confidcrable  Part  of  the  Clergy  of  France, 
^ew  to  how  low  an  Ebb  the  Vote's  InfaliilUity  Is  reduced 


in  that  Country.  The  word  comes  from  the  Latin  Prepofi- 
tion  /)/,  taken  privatively,  and  fullo,  I  deceive. 

INFAMOUS,  In  the  ordinary  Ufe  of  the  Word,  figni- 
fies fumething  notoriouily  contrary  toViriue  or  Honour,  ^u-' 
his  Celhiis  siics  the  words  bfames  Muterias^  for  what  we  or- 
dinarily call  Faradotes,  i.  c.  Difcourfes  remote  from  the 
common  Opinion;  Propofitions  that  appear  opi'oiite  to 
Truth,  ^c.  as  the  Elogy  of  Therfites ;  the  Pralfe  of  a 
Quartan  Ague,  i^c. 

Infamous^  in  Law,  is  fomething  void  of  Honour,  that 
has  no  Repute  or  Efleem  in  the  World.  There  are  two 
kinds  of  Infamy;  fome  being  j>;/cmoiiJ  by  Right,  demure, 
as  thofe  who  have  been  noted  by  the  l-aws,  or  Higma- 
tized  by  publick  Judgments  :  Others  are  infamous  in  V-iB, 
de  FatJo,  as  thole  who  exercifc  fome  fcandaious  Profellion, 
as  a  Catchpole,  a  Merry  Andrew,  a  Hangman,  an  Infor- 
mer, i^c.  Heretofore  there  were  Crowns  of  Infamy  given 
by  way  of  Puni/hment  to  Criminals :  they  were  made  of 
Wool!.  The  word  uif anions  is  derived  from  the  Latin^  in^ 
and  fama,  Fame,  Refort. 

INFANT,  any  Man  or  Woman  under  the  Age  of  one 
and  twenty  Years  is  an  Infant  in  Law.  An  infant  eight 
Years  of  Age,  or  upwards,  may  commit  Homicide,  and  be 
hanged  for  it.  If  it  appear  by  any  other  Adl:  that  he  had 
Knowledge  of  Good  and  Evil  ^  for  here  Malltla  fvj)plehit 
JEt.-item -J  yet  Co^c  on  Liitleton,  iti?.  4o>.  fays,  Jn  Infant 
fJiall  not  be  piviifjcdtill  the  yt::_eof  Fourteen  j  which,  according 
to  him,  is  the  Age  of  Dlfcretion. 

INFANTE,  INFANTA,  a  Title  of  Honour  given  to 
the  Cliildren  of  fome  Princes,  particularly  to  thofe  of 
the  Houfe  of  and  Fjrtu^al.    Ir  is  ufually  faid  that 

this  Title  was  introduced  into  Spi^'m,  on  occafion  of  the 
Marriage  of  Eleanor  of  England  with  King  Fe.rdn.ind  of 
Caflile,  and  that  their  Son  Saitcho  was  the  firll  that  bore  it. 
But  this  is  contradifted  by  Pela^ius  Bifl-iop  of  0-^iedo,  who 
lived  in  the  Year  iroo,  and  informs  us,  that  the  Titles 
Inf.mie  and  Infanta,  were  ufed  in  Spain  ever  fince  the 
Reign  of  King  Evremond  II. 

INFANTRY,  Troops,  or  Forces,  confining  of  Foot- 
Soldiers. 

INFATUATE,  to  prepofiefs  anyone  In  favour  of  a 
Pcrfon  or  Thing  that  does  not  deferve  ir,  fo  far  as  that 
he  can't  eafily'be  difabufud.  The  Rr.n.ins  called  thofe 
infatuated  Perfons  Inf^mtati,  who  fancied  they  had  fcen 
Yifions,  or  imagined  the  God -Fa/(;7KJ,  whom  they  called 
Fatttus,  had  appeared  to  them.  The  word  infatuate  comes 
{rom  the  Latin  FatiiHS,  Fool,  o{  firi,  to  f^eak  out,  which  is 
borrowed  from  the  Gree^  ^ao^wa/,  whence  p^wf,  whi:h  fig- 
nifies the  fame  with  Fates  in  Latin,  or  FropHt  in  EnjViJli--, 
and  the  reafon  Is,  becaufe  their  Prophets  or  Prielis  uf;:(l  to 
be  feizcd  with  a  kind  of  Midnefs  or  Folly,  when  they 
began  to  make  their  Prediflions,  or  deliver  Oracles. 

INFECTION,  Is  the  catching  a  DJeafe  by  fome  EfHu- 
Tia  or  fine  Particles,  which  fly  oft  from  fome  dillempered 
Bodies,  and  mixing  with  the  Juices  of  others,  occafion  the 
fame  Diforders,  as  in  the  Bodies  they  catnc  from.  The 
word  comes  from  the  Latin  Verb  infcere,  which  properly 
fignifies  JO  dye  rf  fomr.  other  Colour  5  iitfccre,  i.e.  f^csre  ut  ali~ 
r^uidi'itits  fit,  tooccifion  fomethim,to  he  itahihed.    See  Voifm. 

INFIDEL,  a  Term  applied  to  fuch  Perfons  as  are  not 
baptized,  and  that  do  not  believe  the  Truths  of  the  Chri- 
fiian  Religion.  'Tis  Eaptifm  that  makes  the  fpecific  Diffe- 
rence between  an  Heretic  and  an  li'fidsl. 

INFINITE,  that  which  has  neither  Beginning  nor  End  j 
in  which  fenfeGod  alone  is  infinite.  The  word  is  alfo 
ufcd  to  fisnify  that  which  has  had  a  Beginning,  but  will 
have  no 'End,  as  Angels,  and  human  Souls.  This  is 
uhat  the  Schoolmen  call  mfrntum  a  parte  pofi  ;  as,  on 
the  contrary,  by  infnittim  a  parte  ante,  they  mean  that 
which  has  an  End,  but  had  no  Beginning- 

An  i/7_/iH(ie  Line  in  Geometry,  is  an  indefinite  or  inde- 
terminate Line,  to  uhich  no  certain  Bounds  or  Limits  are 
prefcribed. 

Infinite  Quantity.    See  Quantity  Infinite. 

Infinite  Scries.    See  Series. 

INFINITELY  INFINITE  FRACTIONS,aTerm  ufed 
where  all  the  Fra(5tions,  whefe  Numerator  is  i,  aretogether 
equal  to  an  Unit  :  and  hence  it  is  deduced,  that  there  are 
not  only  ijifinite  Progreffions,  or  Progrcfiions  in  tifinitt-m  ; 
but  alfo  ^finitely  farther  than  one  kind  of  Infinity.  That 
thefe  /7;^7iirr/_>' Infinite  Prngrtflionsare  notwithlHnding  com- 
putable, and  to  be  brought  into  one  Sum  ;  and  that  not 
only  finite,  but  into  one  fo  rmaU,asto  bclefs  than  any  afbg- 
nable  Number  :  That  of  Infinite  Quantifies, fome  are  equal, 
others  unequal  ;  that  one  infinite  Quantity  may  be  equal 
to  two,  three,  or  more  Quantities,  whether  infinite  or  finite. 

INFINITIVE,  in  Grammar,  is  the  Name  of  one  of 
the  Modes  ferving  for  the  conjugating  of  Verbs.  It  dors 
not  denote  any  preclfe  time,  nor  docs  it  determine  the 
Number  or  Perfons,  but  expreffcs  things  in  a  loofe  indefi- 
nite Senfe,  as  ro  teach,  ^c.  In  moft  Languares,  borh 
antient  and  modern,  the  Jjifnifive  is  diftingui/lipd  by  a 

Termina- 


IN 


C  387  ) 


IN 


Termination  peculiar  to  it,  as  TV'7i%if  in  the  Greek,  fcnhcre 
in  the  i-fltJH,  ecrire  in  x\ic  trench,  jcrhere  in  the  Italian, 
&.C.  but  the  Engl:p  is  defective  in  this  point  j  To  that  to 
cienote  the  Injunthe,  we  are alwaj's  obliged  to  have  re- 
coui-feto  the  Article  to,  excepting  fometimes  when  two  or 
more  Jr.jinitha  follow  each  other.  The  Tradlice  of  ufing  a 
Number  of  Infinhhcs  {[xczci^wcXy,  is  a  great,  but  a  com- 
mon Fault  in  Language,  as  he  ojfeys  to  go  to  teach  to  write 
linglilli.  Indeed,  where  thefe  iw_^w;ii^'ej  have  no  depen- 
dence on  each  other,  they  may  be  ufed  elegantly  enough  j 
as  to  mourn,  to  fi  h,  to  Jink,  to  fisMj!,  io  die. 

INFINITY.  ^TheJdea  fignifed  by  the  name 
is  hcil  examined,  by  coiifidering  to  what  bifi/i'ty  is  by  the 
Mind  artributed,  and  then  how  it  frames  it.  Finire  and 
Infinite  are  looked  upon  as  the  Modes  of  Quantity, 
and  attributed  primarily  to  things  that  have  Parts,  and 
are  capable  of  Increafe  or  Diminution,  by  the  Addition 
or  Subltra^lion  of  any  the  leafl:  Part.  Such  are  the  Ideas 
of  Space,  Duration,  and  Number.  When  we  apply  this 
Idea  to  the  Supreme  Being,  we  do  it  primarily  in  refpetfl 
of  his  Duration  and  Ubiquity;  more  figuratively,  when 
to  his  Wifdom,  Power,  Gocdncfs,  and  other  Atrributes, 
which  arc  properly  inexhauflible  and  incomprehenlible : 
For  when  we  call  them  infinite^  we  have  no  other  Idea  of 
this  infinity,  but  what  carries  with  it  fome  Refltftion  on 
the  Number  or  the  Extent  of  the  Afls  or  Objcfts  of 
God's  I'ovi'cr  and  Wifdom,  which  can  never  be  fuppofed 
fo  great,  or  fo  many,  that  thefe  Attributes  will  not  al- 
ways furmount  and  exceed,  tho  we  multiply  them  in  our 
Thoughts  with  the  lnji'rty  of  endlefs  Number.  We  do 
not  pretend  to  fay,  howthcfe  Attributes  are  in  God,  who  is 
infinitely  beyond  the  reach  of  our  narrow  Capacities  ;  but 
this  is  our  way  of  conceiving  them,  and  thefe  our  Ideas  of 
their  Injiiiity.  We  come  by  the  Idea  of  hijinity  thus.  Every 
one  that  has  any  Idea  of  any  Hated  Lengths  of  Space,  as  a 
Foot,  "Yard,  c^c.finds  that  he  can  repeat  that  Idea,  ar.d  join 
it  to  another,  to  a  third,  and  To  on,  without  ever  coming  to 
an  f  nd  of  his  Additi(3ns.  From  this  Power  tif  enlarging  his 
Idea  of  Space,  he  takes  the  Idea  of  infinite  Space,  or 
Immenfity.  h*y  the  fame  Power  of  repeating  the  Idea  of 
any  Length  cr  Duration  we  have  in  our  Minds,  wiih  all 
the  endlcfs  Addition  of  Number,  we  come  by  the  Idea 
of  Eternity.  If  our  Idea  of  Infinity  be  got,  by  repeating 
ivirhour  end  our  own  Ideas,  why  do  we  not  attribute  it  to 
other  Ideas,  as  well  as  thofe  of  Space  and  Duration  ;  fince 
they  may  .be  as  cafily  and  as  often  repeated  in  our  Minds 
as  the  other?  yet  no  body  ever  thinks  of  infinite  Swcet- 
nefs,  cr  Whitenefs,  tho  he  can  repeat  the  Idea  of  Sweet 
cr  White,  as  frequently  as  thofe  of  Yard  or  Day?  To 
this  it  is  anfwcr'd,  that  thofe  Ideas  which  have  Parts,  and 
are  capable  of  Increafe  by  the  Addition  of  any  Parts,  af- 
ford us  by  their  Repetition  an  Idea  of  h/Jiniiy  ;  becaufe 
with  the  eniUefs  Repetition  there  is  continued  an  Enlarge- 
ment, of  which  tiicre  is  no  end  :  but  ir  is  not  fo  in  other 
Ideas;  for  if  to  the  pcrfedeft  Idea  I  have  of  White,  I 
add  another  of  equal  Whirenefs,  it  enlarges  not  my  Idea 
at  all.  Thofe  Ideas,  thatconfilt  not  of  Parrs,  cannot  be 
augmented  to  what  pruporti.Jii  Men  plcafe,  or  be  llrerch'd 
beyond  what  they  have  received  by  their  Senfes  ;  but 
Space,  Duration,  and  Number  being  capable  of  Increafe 
by  Repetition,  leave  in  the  Mind  an  Idea  of  an  endlefs 
rooin  for  more  ;  and  fo  thofe  Ideas  alone  lead  the  Mind 
towards  the  Thought  of  Inanity.  We  are  carefully  to  di- 
llinguifh  between  the  Idea  of  t\\QJnj{mty  of  Space,  and 
the  Idea  of  a  Space  infinite.  The  firit  is  nothing  but  a 
fuppofed  endlefs  Progrefiion  of  the  Mind  over  any  repeat- 
ed Idea_  of  Space  :  But  to  have  aftually  in  the  IVlind  the 
Idea  of  a  SpLce  infinite,  is  to  fuppofe  the  Mind  already 
paficd  over  all  thofe  repeated  Ideas  of  Space,  which  an 
endlefs  Repetition  can  never  totally  reprefent  to  it  ; 
which  carries  in  it  a  plain  Contradiftion.  This  will  be 
plainer,  if  we  confider  Inpury'm  Numbers.  The  hifimty 
of  Numbers,  to  the  End  of  whofe  Addition  every  one 
perceives  there  is  no  Approach,  eafily  appears  to  any  one 
that  reflcfls  on  ir  :  But  how  clear  foever  this  Idea  of  the 
hifimty  of  Numbers  be,  there  is  nothing  yet  more  evi- 
dent, than  the  Abfurdity  of  the  ailual  Idea  of  an  infinite 
Number. 

INFIRMARY,  a  Place  where  the  Sick  belonging  to 
any  Society  or  Community  are  difpofed. 

INFLAMMATION,  in  Phyfic,  is  underftood  of  a  Tu- 
iTiour,  occafioned  from  an  Obfiruclion  ;  by  means  whereof 
the  Blood  flowing  into  fome  Part  faJler  than  if  can  run 
ofr  again,  fwells  up,  and  caufes  a  Ten fi on,  with  an  unu- 
fual  Sorcncfs,  Rednefs,  and  Heat.  The  immediate  Caufe, 
therefore  of  all  Inflammations,  is  an  overflowing  of  Blood. 
Other  Caufes,  more  remote,  may  be  the  Dcnfity  and 
Coagulation  of  the  Blood,  or  the  Relaxation  and  Con- 
tufion  of  the  Fibres.  Phyficians  have  given  particular 
Names  to  the  h'fammatiofis  of  feveral  Parts.  That  of  the 
Eyes  is  call'd  Ofhtbalmia,  that  of  the  Lungs  Teri pneumonia, 
and  that  of  the  Liver  Hematites.   The  word  h^fiimmaimi 


comes  from  the  J^atin  In,  and  Flammay  Flame. 

INFLATION,  ablowingup;  is  the  ftretching  or  filling 
any  flaccid  or  diltendable  Body,  with  a  flatulent  or  windy 

•"  »d  fciKi,  of  K  I  blow. 
■  OP"".  "  1  multiplicitc  Refrac 

tKin  of  the  Kays  of  Light,  caufcd  by  ths  unequal  Dcnfity 
of  any  Medium  whereby  the  Mo,io„or  Progrefs  of  the 
Kay  IS  hindrcd  from  going  on  in  a  right  Line,  and  is  in- 
fleded  or  defleCH-d  by  a  Curve,  faiih  Dr.H»»^,  who  i;rft 
took  notice  or  this  Property  :  And  this,  Uc  faith,  differs 
both  from  Reficftion  and  Refraaion,  wVich  are  both 
made  at  the  Superficies  of  the  Body,  but  ihii  in  the  inid- 
die  of  it  within.  Sir  Ij'aac  Newton,  as  you  wiil  Rn^  under 
Light,  difcovcr'd  nlfo  by  plain  Experiment  this  h,fl-a;m 
of  the  Rays  of  Light ;  and  IVl.  A  Hire  faith,  he  found, 
1  hat  the  Beams  of  the  Stars  being  obferved  in  a  deep 
Valley,  to  pafs  near  the  Brow  of  a  bill,  are  always  more 
refratlcd,  than  if  there  were  no  fuch  Hill,  or  the  Ob- 
fetvitions  were  made  on  the  top  thereof ;  as  if  the  Rays 
of  Light  were  bent  down  into  a  Curve  by  paCflng  near  the 
Surface  of  the  IVlountaln.  Sir  IJaac  New  m  in  his  Opticj 
makes  feveral  Exieriments  and  Obfcrvations  on  the  In- 
fieUion  of  the  Rays  of  Light ;  which  fee  under  Light  and 
Rayi. 

INFLECTION,  in  Grammar,  is  the  Variation  of 
Nouns  and  Verbs,  in  their  feveral  Cafes,  Tenfes,  and  De- 
clenfions.  Inpflistt  is  a  general  Name,  undci  which  are 
comprehended  both  the  Conjugation  and  Declenfion. 

INFLECTION  FOIM  of  any  Curve,  in  Geoinetry, 
fignifics  the  Point  or  Place  where  the  Curve  begins  to 
bend  back  again  a  contrary  way  :  As  fjr  inflance',  when 
a  curve  Line,  asAFK,  is  partly  conca\e,  and  partly  con- 
vex towards  any  right  Line,  as  A  B,  or  towards  a  fixed 
Point,  then  the  Point  F,  which  divides  the  iconcave  from 
the  convex  Part.and  confequently  is  at  the  Beginning  of  the 
one,  and  End  of  the  other,  is  called  tlie  Vmnt  of  h.-fe^fion, 
as  long  as  the  Curve,  being  continued  in  F,  keeps  its 
Courfe  the  fame  ;  but  it  is  called  the  Point  of  Rcirogref- 
fion,  when  it  infle£ls  back  again  towards  that  Part  or  Side, 
from  whence  it  took  its  Original,    See  Fi^.  1. 

Before  the  Theory  of  this  biftRmn,  and  Re'rogreffiotl 
of  Curves,  can  be  undcrllood,  it  may  be  neccifary  to  ex- 
plain this  general  Principle.  Whatfoever  finite  Quantity 
(or  if  it  be  a  Fluxion,  it  is  all  one)  goes  on  continually  in- 
creafing  or  decreafing,  it  cannot  change  from  a  pofitive  to 
a  negative  Exyreffion,  or  from  a  negative  to  a  pofitive  one, 
without  firil  becoming  equal  to  an  infinite  or  nothing.  It 
is  equal  to  nothing,  if  it  doth  continually  decreafe,  and 
equal  to  an  infinite,  if  it  doth  continually  increafe.  To  il- 
lutlrate  this,  let  tlicre  be  two  Circles  touching  one  ano- 
ther in  the  Point  E  {Fin.  i.)  their  Diameters  A  E  and  EI 
lying  in  one  and  the  fame  right  Line.  Let  AE  or  EI 
be=//.  Let  the  Diftance  between  the  Extremity  A  and 
any  Ordinate  in  either  of  the  Circles  be  =  to  x  perpe- 


K 

tually.  I  confider  now,  what  will  be  the  ExprcfTions  of 
the  Lines  intercepted  between  E  ihe  Point  of  Contafl  of 
the  Citcles  ;  fuch  as  are,  the  Lines  E  B  and  E  F  intercep- 
ted between  E  and  the  Ordinates  C  ii  and  G  F.  It  is  cer- 
tain therefore,  that  taking  a  Point,  as  B,  any  where  be- 
tween A  and  E,  that  then  the  Expreffion  of  the  inter- 
cepted B  E  IS  X ;  but  taking  a  Point,  as  F  between  E 
and  1,  the  Expreffion  of  the  intercepted  E  F,  fliall  be 
ForAB,  or  AF,  being  taken  for  x  indifferently, 
the  Values  of  the  intercepted  Lines  will  appe.ii-  with  this 
Change  of  Signs.  In  one  cafe  therefore  the  Exprefiion  is 
pofitive,  in  the  other  negative.  But  as  the  Points  B  or  P 
approach  to  E,  the  Quantities  BE  and  E  F  decreafe  con- 
tinually, and  at  the  Point  E  are  equal  to  nothing.  So 
that  It  IS  plain  ihere  is  no  paffing  f-om  a  pofitive  to  a  ne- 
gative Expreffion,  in  this  cafe,  of  a  Quantity  continually 
decreafing,  without  pafling  thro  nothing.  For  the  other 
part,  let  us  confider  the  Tangents  ('as  D  A  or  H  I)  cut  off 
by  Lines  continually  drawn  from  E,  the  Point  of  the  Cir- 
cle's Contaa.   If  CB,  or  GF,  be  put  equal  to  y,  the 

Expreffion 


IN 


(  588  ) 


IN 


ExprcCGon  of  any  fuch  Tangent  will  be  or  1±,    j,  ^  gemi-cycloid  in  F.  ,hc  Point  of'  tontr.- 

Accordine  as  we  take  it  on  'he  one  or  the  other  fide  of        Flexion.    Suppofe  the  known  Quantities  ADB 


E  in  the  Diameter  A  B  ;  fo  that  the  OrJinate  AppIIcate 


B  K  =  t ;  A  B 
ED  = 


the  Point  E  5  in  one  cafe  therefore  it  is  pofitivc,  in  the  o- 
ther  negative.  But  as  fhe  Points  B  or  t'  aj.iproach  to  E, 
the  Tangents  DA  anil  H  lincreafe  continually,  and  at  the 
Point  E  they  become  Infinite.  Therefore  a  Quantity  that 
continually  incrcafcth,  cannot  pafs  from  a  pofitive  to  a 
negative  Expreffion,  without  being  infiiiite.  Alt  this  is 
univerfally  true,  whether  it  be  a  finite  Qu:intiry  or  a 
Fluxion  that  we  confider.  There  is  no  changing  from  po- 
litive  to  negative,  without  paiEng  thro  nothing  or  infinite. 
Applying  this  therefore  to  a  Fluxion,  it  will  follow  from 
hence.  That  the  Fluxion  of  a  Quantity  that  expreffeth  a 
Maximum  or  9.Mmmwn,  mull  be  equal  to  nothing,  or  to 
infinite.  And  upon  this  I'ounda- 
(F/^.  3.)  tion,  wc  may  now  eafily  proceed 

to  the  Points  of  InficBion  and  Re- 
trogreffion.  In  order  to  find  a  ge- 
neral Theorem  to  aflid  us  in  this 

Matter,  let  us  confider  the  Curve  Po""S  ^  invariable)  is 
AFK,  (^f^-i.)  whofe  Diameter  is 
the  right  Line  A  B  j  and  its  Ordi- 
natesPM,  e/,  parallel  to  one  an- 
other. If  through  the  Point  F  be 
drawn  the  Ordinate  Applicatc  E  F, 
together  with  the  Tangent  FL; 
and  from  any  other  Point,  as  M  on 
the  fame  fide  with  A  F,  be  drawn 
the  Ordinate  Applicate  IVI  P 


and  the  unknown  Quantities  A  E 
the  Ark  AD— «,         =^y;    then  by 

the  Property  of  the  Cycloid  jv  =  s  +  — and  therefore 


But  by  the  Property  of  the  Circle 
confequently  «  =; 


and  II  A 
tuting  for  5 


Y  z  c  X  —  X 
Therefore  fubfli- 


y  2.  C  X  X 

and  K  their  refpe£live  Values,  we  have 
 ~^  and  the  Fluxion  thereof,  (fup- 


bc 


and  C  E  =  - 


again  begins  to  diminifli:  From 
whence  it  is  apparent,  that  A  T 
mufl:  become  the  T^^aximum  AL,  when  the  Point  P  falls 
upon  .  .  . 

a  Point  of  Retrogrelfion,  it  is  evident  that  the  Parr  AT 
increafeth  continually,  and  that  the  Ahfajfa  increafcth  fo 
lon^,  till  the  Point  T  fall  upon  L,  after  which  it  again  di- 
tniniflieth:  From  whence  it  is  clear,  that  A  P  m\i{\  be- 
come a  Maxmnm,  when  the  Point  T  falls  upon  L.    Now  if 


AEbeput=.v,  EF=:^,  thenwillALbe: 


whofe  Fluxion,   which  is 


(fuppofing 


that  is,  A  E  C-0  —  c  +  — -  and  C  E  =  -7-.  Henct 

it  is  evident,  That  to  have  F  a  Point  of  contrary  Fluxion, 
h  muft  be  greater  than  a ;  for  if  it  be  lefs,  then  C  E 
would  exceed  C  B.  Concerning  the  InJleSlm  of  the  Rays 
of  Light,  fte  Light. 

INFLUENCE,  a  Quality  fuppofcd  to  flow  from  the 
Bodies  of  the  Stars,  or  the  fJtfeif  of  their  Heat  and 
likewifc  the  Tangent  IVIT  :  It  is    Light,  to  which  the  Aitrologers  vainly  attribute  all  the 
evident,  (i.)  In  thefe  Curves  that    Events  that  happen  on  the  Earth.    The  ALchymiits,  who 
have  a  Point  of  InfeBinn,  that  the    make  it  the  Philofopher's  Stone,  tell  us,  that  every  thing  in 
Jhfc[(fa  AP  increafes  continually,    Nature  is  produced  by  the  i«/?(fewce  of  the  Stars,  which, 
and  "that  the  Part  AT  of  the  Di-    in  their  Paflage  thro' the  Atmofphete,  imbibe  many  of  its 
ameter,  intercepted  between  A  the    moilt  Parts,  the  groifell  whereof  they  depoilre  in  the 
Origin  of  the  Axis,  and  T  the  Con-    Sands  and  Earths  where  they  fill  ;   that  ihefe  filtrating 
courfe  of  the  Tangent  and  the    thro' the  Pores  of  the  Earth ,  defccnd  even  to  the  Center, 
Axis,  increafeth  fuch  time  as  the    whence  they  are  driven,  by  the  central  Fire,  back  again 
Point  P  fall  upon  E,  and  after  it    to  the  Surface,  and  in  their  Aicent,  by  a  natural  kind  of 
Sublimation,  as  they  find  Earths  well   difpofed,  they 
form  natural  Bodies,  as  Wetals,  Minerals,  and  Vegeta- 
bles, ^c.    Thus  Chymiilry  confiiling  in  an  artificial  Imi- 
the  Point  E  required.    (;.)  In  thofe  Curv*;  that  have    tation  of  ihele  natural  Operations,  and  in  applying  adlive 

 "  Principles  to  paffive  Principles,  'tis  pretended  it  can  form 

natural  Bodies,  make  Gold,  i^c. 

INFLUENT,  aTerm  ufed  where  any  Liquor  or  Juice, 
by  the  Contrivance  of  Nature,  and  the  Laws  of  Circulation, 
falls  into  another  Current  and  Receptacle.  Thus  with  refpeit 
to  the  common  Receptacle  in  the  hutnan  Body,  the  Chyle 
is  its  i?///i(e??f  Juice,  and  fo  is  the  Bile  to  the  Gall-Btadder, 
and  Venal-Bluod  to  the  Heart  in  its  Diallole  ;  and  the  like. 

IN  FORMA  PAUPERIS,  in  Law,  is  when  any  Man 
that  hath  a  juil  Caufc  or  Suit,  either  In  the  Chancery,  or 
any  of  the  Courts  of  Common  Law,  will  come  before  the 
Lord-Chancellor,  or  Maficr  of  the  Rolls,  or  cither  ofthe 
Chief  JuUices,  or  Chief  Baron,  and  make  Oath,  that  he 
is  not  worth  five  Pounds,  his  Debts  paid  ;  either  of  the 
faid  Judges  will,  in  his  own  proper  Court,  admit  him  to 
fue  Forma  Fau^o-is,  and  he  ihall  have  Counfcl,  Clerk, 
or  Attorney  affigned  to  do  his  Bufineis,  without  paying 
any  Fees. 

INFORMATION,  in  Law;  ^ce  lnditem'ifit.  hifor^na- 
tion  for  the  King  is  the  fune  ;  that  for  a  common  Perfon 
we  call  Declaration,  and  is  not  always  done  diredlly  by 
the  King,  or  his  Attorney,  but  fometimeg  by  another, 
who  fues  as  well  tor  the  King  as  himielf  i  on  a  Breach  of 
fome  Penal  Law  or  Statute,  wherein  a  Penalty  is  given  to 
the  Party  that  will  fue  for  the  fame. 

INFORM  ATUS  NON  SUM,  ot  Nosifum  hiformatus 
a  formal  Anlwer  made  of  courfe  by  an  Attorney,  who  is 
commanded  by  the  Court  to  fay  any  thing  he  thinks  good 
in  behalf  of  his  Client ;  who  having  nothing  material  to 
fay,  makes  anfwer  he  is  not  inform'd  ;  on  which.  Judgment 
pafTes  for  the  other  Party. 

INFORMIS,  iuformcd,  that  which  has  not  the  Form 
or  Perfeflion  it /liould  have.  In  Allronomy  we  ufe  the 
Terms  StelU  bjformfs,  for  fjcli  Stars  as  have  not  yet  been 
reduced- into  any  Conftellation.  Of  which  kind  there 
was  a  gr^-at  Number  left  by  the  antient  AUronomcrs,  tho' 
Jiet-c/iHj,  and  fome  others  of  the  I\loderns,  have  provided 
for  the  greateli:  part  of  them,  by  making  new  Coniiel- 
lations. 

INFRACTION,  a  Rupture  or  Violation  of  a  Treaty, 
a  Law,  Ordinance,  ^c.  from  the  Frcpofition  and  the 
Supine  of  fratt^o,  to  break- 

INFRAXAPSARII,  the  Name  of  a  Se^,  who  main- 
tain, that  God  hascreated  a  certain  Number  of  Men  on- 
ly to  be  damned,  without  allowing  them  the  means  ne- 
ccffary  to  fave  themfelves,  if  they  would.     T  his  Doc- 
Eare  is  longer  than  the  Circumference  of  the  generating    trine  they  maintain  indifferent  manners,  the  Se^  itfjlf 
Circle  A  DB,  whofe  Center  is  C.   It  is  required  to  find   being  divided  into  two  Branches.    Some  of  them  hold, 

that 


invariable)  being  divided  by  x  ;  the  Fluxion  of  A  E  muft 

become  nothing  or  infinite;  that  is,  — ^-^^  =  nothing  or 

infinite  :  So  that  multiplying  hy  y',  and  dividing  by  — y, 
jj'will  be  ==  to  nothing  or  infinite  j  which  in  the  Sequel 
will  ferve  for  a  general  Form  to  find  F  the  Point  of  In- 
ficBim  or  Retrogre{rion.     For  the  nature  of  the  Curve 
AFK  being  given,  the  Value  of  y  may  be  found  in 
and  taking  the  Fluxion  of  this  Value,  and  fuppofing 
invariable,  the  Value  of  y  will  be  found  in  .t^,  which  be- 
ing put  equal  to  nothing,  or  Infinity,  ferves  in  either  of 
thefc  Suppofitions  to  find  fuch  a  Value  of  A  E,  as  that 
the  Ordinate  EF  fliall  interfeft  the  Curve  AFK  in  F, 
the  Point  of  hifieBion  or  RetrogrefTion.    Of  this  we  iiiall 
only  give  one  Example. 
Let  AFK  C-fis-S-)  be  a  ptotrafled  Semicycloid 


iFig.  3-) 


,  whofe 


.V 


IN 


tf^at  God  independently  of  every  thing,  and  antecedently 
to  all  Knowledge  or  Forefightof  the  iWi  of  rhefirll  Man, 
refolved  to  lignalize  both  his  Mercy  and  his  Jurtice  j  his 
Mercy,  by  creating  a  certain  Number  of  Men,  to  make 
them  happy  to  all  Eternity  3  and  his  Jullice,  by  creating 
likewifea  Number  of  other  Men,  to  be  miferable  to  ali 
Kternity.  Others  hold,  that  God  did  not  take  this  Rcfolu- 
tion,  but  in  confcqucnce  of  Original  Sin,  and  of  the  Know- 


(  58P  ) 


IN 


INGOT  is  a  little  Wedge  or  I\lafs  of  Gold  ani  SiivefJ 

or  an  uncertain  fiuantity  of  Bullion 

INGREDIENTS  arc  aU  ,i,e  Simples  uhici,  ^.  intc 
TSr^^^'c"""^.'?  ■^''^''"■•'"^Ointment,  Sauce,  a?., 
fts      'l'"f       "r^'  ''S'^fi"  '^^  Sun's  entering 

the  firllStiupIcof  one  of  tlic  io„r  Cardinal  Signs,  cfpe- 


'I^GRESSU,  in  Law,  a  Writ  of  Entrv    wh  h 
ledge  which  he  had  from  all  Eternity,   that  Jdam  would    Perfon  feeks  Entry  into  Lands  or  Tencm*.  ^''"^PY 
'  '      .  .         -  f^„f^^  — 1  I  ■      ^  nents.    It  lies 


commit  It  :  for,  fiiy  they,  Man,  by  this  Sin,  having  for- 
feited all  Pretences  to  his  original  Juflicc,  defervcs  no- 
thing now  but  Puniihment.  All  Mankintl  is  become  a 
Mais  of  Corruption,  which  God  may  abandon  to  etei-nal 
Dellrut5iion,  without  any  Inapeachment  of  his  Jullice. 


s  the  fan 


various  Gafcs,  and  has  various  Forms. 

INGROSSATOR  MAGNI  ROTULI 
Clerk  of  the  Pipe,  which  fee.  ' 

INGROSSER,  in  Common  Law,  is  one  Ait  buys 
Corn  growing,  or  any  Provifions,   before  thr        •  ' 


However,  to  ihew  his  iVlcrcy  too,  as  well  as  his  Jullice,  he  fell  again  ;  it  alio  fignifies  a  Clerk  whi 
■  has  refolved  to  felecl  fome  out  of  this  Mafs,  to  fanifify    —  ^  '       •    ~.  -      -  ' 

them,  and  to  make  them  happy.  Thofe  who  maintain 
the  Doctrine  in  the  firft  manner,  are  called  Siifra-lapfarii^ 
as  believing  that  God  formed  the  Refolution  of  damning 
a  Number  of  iVlen,  Japra  Lapfum,  before  y}d^m\  Fall,  and 
independently  ol  it.  Thofe  of  the  fecond  Opinion,  are 
called  Infra-lapjariit  as  holding  that  God  made  that  Refo- 
lution, infra  Laffi'.m,  after  his  Knowledge  of  the  Fall, 
and  in  confequence  thereof. 

liNFRA-SPlNATUS,  a  Mufcle  thatarifes  from  the  in- 
ferior Parts  of  the  Balis,  Spine,  and  Under-Colla  of  the 
Scapula,  and  filling  the  lower  Interfcapulum,  paCfes  on 
between  the  Spine  and  Teres  Minor  in  a  triangular  Form, 
and  growing  tendinous  at  the  Cone,  is  inferred  into  the 
Head  of  the  Humerus,  and  draws  direifly  backwards. 
_  INFULA,  a  Name  anticntly  given  tofome  of  the  Pon- 
tifical Ornaments.  I'ejtns  tells  us,  that  the  InfuU  were 
Filaments  or  Fringes  of  WooU,  wherewith  the  Antients 
uled  to  adorn  their  Fricfis,  their  Victims,  and  even  their 
Temples.  Several  Authors  confound  the  Inftda  with  the 
Mitre,  Tiara,  or  Cap  wore  bythePrielts  ;  but  there  was 
a  great  deal  of  Difference.  The  Ijjfitla  was  properly  a 
Fillet  or  Headband  of  white  Wooll,  covering  that  Part  of 
the  Head  where  the  Hair  grows,  aj  far  as  the  Temples, 
whence,  on  each  Side,  hung  down  two  Strings,  called  Vtt- 


Market, 

T  n  ,   '  writes  Records 

or  Inlirumentsol  Law  in  Skins  of  Parchment 

INGUENis  thatPart  of  the  Body,  reaching  from  ,h= 
Head  ot  the  Thigh  to  above  the  fecret  Parts,  and  is  com- 
monly called  the  Groin,  is  given  to  any  Sub- 
divifions  made  of  that  Fart,  or  any  thing  therein  con- 
tained, or  applied  thereunto  by  way  of  Medicine,  or  the 
like.  J  he  word  IS  pure  Larm,  and  is  derived,  according 
to  fome  from  Vng„e::,  O.mment,  becaufe  thefe  Parts  at? 
frequently  anointed.  Others  derive  it  from  an-o,  becaufe 
lainstappen  frequently  there;  others  again  from  .WCTor. 
becaule  the  genital  Parts  are  here 

INHARMONICAL  RELATION  is  a  Term  in  Mufic, 

oee  Ksiation  inbarmoiiical. 

INHERENCE,  a  Term  in  Philofophy,  applied  to  the 
juncture  or  Connexion  of  an  Accident  with  its  Subftance. 
1  hus  Quantity  has  a  necelTary  Inherence  with  i  natural 
Body. 

INHERITANCE  is  a  Perpetuity  in  Lands  and  Tene- 
ments to  a  Man  and  his  Heirs  =  This  word  Inheritance 
iS  not  only  underflood  where  a  Man  hath  Inheritance  of 
Lands  and  lenements  by  Defcent  or  Heritajre,  but  alfo 
everyFee-Simple  and  Fee-Tail,  that  a  Man'^hath  by  his 
i-urchale,  iTiay  be  faid  to  be  by  Inheritance,  for  that  his 
Heirs  may  inherit  after  hir 


,  to  bind  it  withal  ;  and  this  has  given  occSfion~to-?ome  from  "r?h™eedinVYn\lV'Sufc  "lltl^  b^^f 
Authors  to  confound  the with  K,tt,.    The  r„/„/.r  was    him  ;  fometiF,,es  iV.Ll;,",/ a„d  "MS  are  ' 

the  fame  thing  to  Priells  that  the  Diadem  wa,  to  Kings,  •   ann  jmihuio;,  are 

■aiz.  the  Badge  of  their  Dignity  and  Authority.  The  Dif- 
ference between  the  Diadem  and  the  Infula  confifled  in 
this,  that  the  Diadem  was  flat  and  broad,  and  the  Infula 
rounded  and  twilled. 


  .in,  put  toge- 

tlier  :  but  /;,A.t;r;.,-,  is  nioft  commonly  a  Writ  iffuing  out 
of  a  higher  Court  to  a  lower  and  inferior  ;  and  P%h,li- 
"°  i^tt'tj         '^'"S''  'o     ""fenor  Courr. 

J       i.   -^^k      I''^--™acy,  is  any  liquid  Medicine 

INFUNDiByLUM,a  Laun  Word,  fignifying  a  Funnel  ;  oX'r  iSll^^^f =11;  ^I^X't^,  {^^^ 

whence  many  Parts  in  an  human  Body    having   a  Re-  a  common  Term  for  filling  the  Veffelr  w  th  cl^^^^^^^ 

femblance  thereto  in  Shape    are  thus  called  ;  as  the  In-  Wax,  or  any  other  prope?  Matter    to  ll^e  ^heir  F^ 

f»nd,b.,h,m  Lerehr,,  xni  InfunMulu^t  Remm  ;  for  which  fee  gures  and  Ramifications  ;  a  thi„rfrVn  ?^          their  Fi- 

Mra:n  and  K.dneys :  and  fome  Parts  of  Plants,  for  the  fame  fomifts.                         '      """S  f'^l"™'  among  Ana- 

reafon,  are  called  7«/(OTAA/o™ct.    See  Hojoeri.  INITIALIA  a  Name  intl^ntl,,  „■       .     t.   m  r,  . 

INFUSION  is  a  Part  of  Pharmacy,  whereby  the  Vir-  of  to"    See  (vlfo                            '°  the  Myfler.es 

tues  of  Plants,  Roots,  and  the  like,  are  drawn  out,  by  INITIATED,  a  Term  properly  ufed  in  fpeaking  of 

the  Religion  of  the  antient  Heathens,   where  it  fignifies 


letting  them  ileep  in  fome  convenient  Menttruum.  hi- 
fiifion  is  uled  in  Bodies  of  a  lax  Texture,  whofe  Parts 
arefolighr,  as  not  to  admit  of  a  greater  Motion,  without 
hazard  ot  flying  away  in  Vapour.  Its  Ufe  is  to  commu- 
nicate the  Virtues  out  of  Bodies  to  Liquors,  either  in  or- 
der to  augment  their  Force,  or  correfl  their  ill  Qualities. 


to  be  admitted  to  a  Participation  of  the  Myiieries  of  Re 
ligion  ;  tho  the  word  is  alfo  fometimes  ufed  in  fpeakins 
of  other  Religions,  and  even  of  Philofophy  and  other 
sciences.  Ihe  Antients  never  difcovered  the  deeper  Mv 
Iteries  ot  rheir  Religion,  nor  even  permitted  fome  of 
but  thofe  who  had  been 
word  comes  from  the 


3^"Pl-  '°  beopento^ny  b:;tS;ii:w^o  W^:: 

of  conveying  a  n:^;!^:^  "t"' J^?  "^IS'^pjT} 

Liquor  into  the  Body  by  the  Veins.    Some  Phyficians  have  nes  to  begin  facrificing,  or  to  re  eive  or  adi^ika  P  r 

found  out  anew  Method  of  Purging,  by  infufing  a  Cathar-  the  beginning  of  Myferies  orof  Cerei^on  e  of  I  f" 

„c  into  the  Veins   whichopera.es  pretty  much  after  the  portance.    4»»i.,Jupon  i/                         "f  k^.m- 

manner  of  a  Clyller.  M„n..-.       „  ■ 
INGEMINATED  FLOWERS,  are 


-*hente,i!,  obferves,  that  all  the 


Myfleries  were  not  communicated  at  once  to  the  Pprf 

fi,„,  1,  ,-3  when  one  Flower    who  prcfented  themfelves  for  rhc  Prieflhood   but  ,^  . 

Hands  on,  or  naturally  grows  out  of  another  firft  i-L.,,  t,..„-fi„j  .1         k    '       ?  "="''y°a>  "it  that  at 

iATr-ir-\M-r    ■  u        f  aiiuiucr.  nrit  they  purified  them,  then  admitted  them  m  rf,..  i  r 

that  c--"  ,  P'^?^'^''J  Difeafe,  or  Habit,    confider?!-'- M—— -  J-"-   z"-  '        ?    "  '"^f^ 

the 


comes  mto  the  World  with  a  p;rlh;;r^d  ii  m  ^^^^^ 

IN7UNC  1  ION  IS  a  Writ  grounded  upon  an  interlocu- 
tory Order  in  Chancery,  fometimes  to  give  DofTeffion  ,„ 
the  Plaintiff,  for  want  of  the  Defendant's  AppeaTan"e 
fometimes  to  the  King's  ordinary  Court,  and  fometimes 
to  the  Coutt-ChriUian,  to  flop  Proceedings  in  a  Caufe 
upon  Suggeflion  made,  that  the  Rigour  of  rhe  Law  ifiJ 
'"'^Xlfe V" -f'^l"'*  ^'^"'"1       Confcience  in  that  cife. 

INJURY,  in  the  general  meaning  of  rhe  word,  fignifies 
any  thing  contrary  to  Jurtice  and  Equity.  The  Civilians 
actme  lnjury  a  private  Offence,  committAI  defionedlv 
and  With  an  evil  Intention,  to  any  Man's "  Prejudice?  Tile 
Author  of  the  Rhetorics  to  Herennius  favs.  Injuria  eft 
am  P,,ljat,f,ne,  aut  Ccnvicio,  am  Tm-pitudine,  Corpus  Mres 
am  r,tam  al;c,,)„s  Tl«!avic.  Aaion  on  an  Injttry  is\„„^^]' 
that  is,  no  Reparation  could  be  required  after  the  Ex' 
piration  of  a  Year.  By  the  Law  of  the  twelve  Tables' 
where  theWy  wasthehrcaliingof  a  Limb,  the  iniured 
Perfon  might  demand  Ti/.-o//™;,  that  is,  he  might  break  the 
^  S  S  §  g  fame 


INGENUOUS,  among  tliQ  Romans,  was  a  Title  ap- 
plicable to  a  Perfon  who  was  born  free,  or  of  free  Pa- 
rents. A  Perfon  was  accounted  inyenwus  if  only  the 
Mother  were  free,  and  the  Father  a  Servant.  Thefe 
could  give  their  Votes,  and  enjoy  Oflices,  from  which  the 
Liheni,  or  Freed  Men,  fSc  were  debarred.  Ijidme  fays, 
they  are  called  Imenm  qui  Libenatem  habentin  Genere,  no'n 
•nFaSo,  who  are  born  free,  not  thofe  who  acquire  their 
Freedom. 

Ingemoa!  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Native  of 
a  Country,  in  contradiction  to  a  Foreigner. 

INGLUVIES,  or  Crop,  a  part  which  in  granivorous 
Fowls  lerves  for  the  immediate  Reception  of  the  Food, 
where  it  remains  fome  time  for  Maceration,  before  ^t  be 
tranfmirted  to  the  Stomach.  This  In,/,mes  is  futnillied 
with  Glands,  which,  the  Patrons  of  Fermentation  main- 
tain, convey  a  Menflruum  thither,  that  imnregn.ates  the 
Aliment,  and  ferves  inftead  of  Maflication. 


IN 


fanif;  l.Imb  of  the  Criminal.  For  the  breaking  of  a  Bone 
ihcre  were  coniiikrable  pecuniary  Punifhmenrs  affigned: 
Tor  other /«;Bj-ie;  only  tweiiry  were  decreed,  which 
the  Poverty  of  thofe  times  thought  a  fufficiem  Penalty  j 
but  the  Pra:tors  afrerwan's  finding  this  too  flender  a  Sa- 
tisfadiHon,  in  lieu  rhcrcot  appointed  the  injured  Perfon  to 
feta  Rate  on  thei»f(^';>')  which  they  afterwards  incrcafedor 
leftened  as  they  thought  good.  The  word  is  derived  from 
the  Lfithi  Prepofition  /«,  which  here  has  a  negative  Power, 
and  ^!is,  La-w,  Bjght  j  hijiiria  dicitur  omne  quod  Jion  l^ure 
jit.  The  Antients  made  a  Goddcfs  of  Injury,  and  called 
iicr  Jte.  Homer  makes  her  the  Daughrer  of  jupher,  and 
fd,ys,  iTic  did  mjfchief  to  every  body,  even  to  her  Fa- 
ther i  that  /he  was  very  nimble  and  tender-footed,  and 
walked  altogether  on  Mens  Heatis,  wiihout  ever  touch- 
ing the  Ground. 

INK,  the  common  Writing-ink  is  a  Coinpofition  of  Vi- 
triol, Galls,  Gum  and  Water.  Printing-Ink  is  made  of 
!Nut-Oilor  Linfecd-Oii,  Turpentine,  and  a  kind  of  Black. 

Ifiiiia?!^  or  Cbinefe  Ink  J  isan  admirable  Compcfition,  and 
bas  been  in  vain  attempted  to  be  imitated  in  Europe.  It 
is  not  fluid  like  our  Writing-Inks,  but  folid,  like  our  Mi- 
neral Colours,  tho  much  lighter.  They  make  it  of  all 
Figures,  but  the  moil:  uiuai  is  rectangular  about  a  quar- 
ter of  an  Inch  thick.  Some  of  them  are  gilt  with  Figures 
of  Dragons,  Birds,  Flowers,  ^c.  in  order  to  this,  they 
have  little  wooden  Molds,  fo  curioufly  wrought,  that  we 
could  hardly  equal  them  in  Metals.  Before  you  ulc  this 
Ink,  there  mull  be  a  little  hollow  Marble,  or  other  Stone, 
with  Water  in  it,  on  which  the  Stick  of  Ink  mutt  be 
ground,  till  the  Water  becomes  of  a  fufficient  Black- 
iiefs.  It  makes  a  very  black /liining and  tho'  it  be 
apt  to  fink  when  the  Paper  is  thin,  yet  it  never  runs  or 
fprcads  ;  fo  that  the  Letters  are  always  fmuoth  and  even- 
ly terminated,  how  big  foever  they  be.  It  is  of  great 
Ufe  in  defigning,  becaufe  it  may  be  weakened  or  di- 
jniniflied  to  any  degree  one  pleafes  ;  and  there  are  abun- 
dance of  things  which  can't  be  reprcfented  to  the  Life 
without  it.  The  Ch'mefe  make  it  with  Smoak-Black  of 
different  kinds,  but  the  belt  is  made  of  the  Smoak  of 
fat  Pork,  burnt  at  a  Lamp.  They  mix  a  kind  of  Oil  with 
it,  to  make  it  more  fmootli,  and  acid  other  odorous  In- 
credients  to  take  away  the  Ranknefs  of  the  Smell.  Af- 
ter they  have  mixed  it  into  a  Palte  of  a  proper  Confif- 
tcncc,  they  put  it  into  a  I\Told  to  figure  if. 

INLAjND,  implies  any  thing  fituatcd  in  the  main  Land, 
or  Heart  of  a  Country  far  from  the  Sea-Coalls.  Hence 
Ivland  Bills  in  Traffic  are  fuch  Bills  as  are  payable  in  the 
fame  Land  wherein  they  are  drawn. 

INMAT  ES,  arc  fuch  Perfonsas  are  admitted  (for  their 
Money)  to  live  in  the  fame  Houfe  with  another  Man, 
tho  in  different  Rooms,  and  which  go  in  at  the  fame 
Door  jointly  with  others  to  whom  the  Houfe  bclongeth, 
and  which  are  not  able  to  maintain  themfelvcs.  1'hefe 
arc  inquirable  in  a  Court-Leet. 

INNATE  HEAT.    See  CaUditm  Inmtmn. 

INNATE  IDEAS,  or  Principles,  arc  certain  primary 
ISIotesor  Charafters,  fuppofed  to  beilamped  on  the  Mind 
of  Man  when  it  firff  receives  its  Being,  and  which  it  brings 
into  the  World  with  iti  but  the  Doifrine  of  Inmne  Ideas^is 
abundantly  confuted  by  Mr.  Lot/-e.   See  Idea.  , 

INNINGS  i  Lands recoTcred  from  the  Sea,  by  drain- 
ing and  banking,  are  fo  called. 

INNOCENTS-DAY,  the  Name  of  a  Feaft  celebrated 
in  Commemoration  of  the  Infants  murdered  by  Herod. 
heretofore  it  was  the  Cuftom  to  have  Dances  inthe  Churches 
onthisDay,  wherein  were  Perfons  who  rcprefented  Bi- 
Jbops,  by  way  of  Derifion  of  the  Epifcopal  Dignity.  This 
appears  by  a  Canon  of  the  Council  of  Co^^n.ic,  held  in 
1260,  which  expreily  forbidsic. 

INNOMINAT!,G/;  7wwoM»«rtf;,  Jmnyml,  Perfons  who 
have  no  Names  ;  a  Titleby  which  the  Academifts  of  Tar- 
ma  dittinguiJh  themfelves.  Mod  Cities  in  Italy  have  an 
Academy,  and  each  has  its  proper  Name  j  thus  thofe  at 
J" .-{i-wifl  entitle  themlelves  Gi(  Inmminati^  as  if  it  was  their 
is'ame  to  have  noName  at  all. 

INNOMINATUM,  in  general,  fignifies  any  thing 
without  a  Name.  Many  Parts  of  the  Body  arc  left  under 
this  indiftinft  Term,  as  the  Innominata  Glanditia  Ocnli 
now  called  Carimcida  Oculi.  See  Eye.  hmombu-ita  Tunica. 
Oadi.    See  Eye.    hinomlnatum  Os.    See  Ilium. 

INNS.  OurCollegcs  of  Municipal  or  Common  Law, 
Profcffors,  and  Students,  are  iliU  called  hiiis ;  the  old 
JLnglifi  word  for  Houfes  of  Noblemen,  Bi/liops,  and  o- 
thers of  extraordinary  Note,  which  isof  the  fame  Signifi- 
cation with  the  French  word  Hkd. 

Inns  of  Courts  are  fo  called,  as  fome  think,  becaufe  the 
Students  there  ate  to  ferve  the  Courts  of  Judicature,  or 
clfe  becaufe  anticntly  thefe  Colleges  received  none  but 
the  Sons  of  Noblemen  and  better  fort  of  Gentlemen,  as 
Fonefcf.e  affirms.  Of  thefe  we  have  four  ;  vi-z.  the  two 
Xem^ks^  heretofore  the  Dwelling  of  the  Knights-Templers, 


(  55^0  ) 


IN 


purchafeJ  by  fomc  ProfelTors  of  the  Common  Law  about 
500  lears  ago  ;  and  Limolns-bm  and  Cmys-hin,  antiently 
belonging  to  the  Earls  of  Lincohi  and  Gray.  Thefe  Socie- 
ties are  no  Corporations,  nor  have  any  Judicial  Power  over 
their  Members,  but  have  certain  Orders  among  them- 
felves, which  have,  by  Confent,  the  force  of  Laws  :  for 
lighter  Offences  they  are  only  excommoned,  or  put  out 
of  Commons ;  for  greater,  they  lofe  their  Chambers,  and 
are  expelled  the  College  ;  and  when  once  expelled'  out 
ot  one  Society,  they  are  never  received  by  any  of  tha 
others.  The  whole  Company  of  Gentlemen  in  each  So- 
ciety may  be  divided  into  four  Parts,  Benchers,  Utter- 
Barrillers,  Inner-Barriflers,  and  Students.  See  Batcher 
and  Biirrtjier. 

_  Inn,  of  Chancery  were  probably  fo  called,  becaufe  an- 
ticntly inhabited  by  fuch  Clerks  as  chiefly  liudied  the 
torming  ot  Writs,  which  regularly  belonged  to  the  Cur- 
fitors,  who  are  Officers  of  Chancery.  The  firft  of  thefe  is 
Tba-jies-Inn,  begun  in  the  Reign  of  EJrjard  III.  and  fince 
purchas'd  by  the  Society  of  Lmculns-hm  ;  then  New^hm 
Clements-Inn  i  Cliffords-Imi,  anticntly  the  Houfe  of  the 
Lord  Cli ford ;  St:,j>le-Im,,  belonging  to  the  Merchants  of 
the  Staple  ;  Lyons-Inn,  anticntly  a  common  Inn  with  the 
Sign  of  the  Lion  ;  .Fm-nhalt-Imt,  and  Beni.Trds-Inn. 

Thefe  were  heretofore  preparatory  Colleges  for  youn- 
ger Students,  and  many  were  entered  here  before  they 
were  admitted  into  the  Inns  of  Court.  Now  they  are  moft- 
ly  taken  up  by  the  Attorneys,  SoUicitors,  (Sc.  They  belong 
all  to  fome  of  the  Ims  of  Court,  who  fend  yearly  fome 
of  their  Barriiiers  to  read  to  them. 

INNUENDO,  from  ;  «;jKO,  to  heck  or  jiod  with  the  Head^ 
is  a  word  frequently  ufcd  in  Writs,  Declarations,  and 
Pleadings.  The  Ufe  of  it  is  only  to  declare  and  afcer- 
tain  the  Perfon  or  Thing  which  was  named,  or  left  doubt- 
ful before ;  as  he  {innuendo,  the  Plaintiffj  is  a  Thief,  men- 
tion being  before  made  of  another  Perfon. 

INOCULATION,  in  Agriculture,  is  a  kind  of  Graft- 
ing, or  an  artificial  Operation,  by  which  the  Bud  of  one 
Fruit-Tree  is  fct  into  the  Stock  or  Branch  of  another,  fo 
as  to  make  different  forts  of  Fruit  grow  on  the  fame 
Tree.  There  are  various  ways  of  performing  this.  The: 
antient  Method  was  by  making  a  ihallow  Incifion  in  the 
Bark,  where  the  Knot  of  a  Shoot  or  Oculus  (whence  the 
Operation  takes  its  Name^  begins  to  bud  forth,  into 
which  a  promifing  Shoot  of  another  kind  was  inferred,  and 
the  Incifion  clofed  up  with  fat  Earth  or  Clay.  The  Me- 
thod of  Inoculation,  now  in  the  beft  Repute,  is  as  follows  : 
They  cut  off  a  vigorous  Shoot  from  the  Tree  that  is  to 
be  propagated,  a  Month  before  or  after  Mi.-//H»iwer  5  then 
chufe  out  a  fmooth  I'lacc  in  the  Stock  (which /liould  npt 
be  of  above  three  or  four  Years  Growth)  making  a  perpen- 
dicular Slit  in  the  Bark  a  little  above  an  Inch  long,  and  an- 
other at  right  Angles  to  ir,  at  the  lower  end,  to  give  way  to 
the  opening  of  the  Bark,  This  dene,  the  Bark  is  gently 
loofened  from  the  Wood  on  both  Sides  with  a  Penknife, 
beginning  at  the  bottom  ;  they  then  prepare  the  Bud,  cut- 
ting i:  off  from  the  aforefaid  vigorous  Shoot,  and  taking 
with  it  as  much  of  rhe  Wood  above  as  below  it,  and  as  near 
as  may  be  to  the  Length  of  the  flit  in  the  Stock.  When 
the  Bud  is  thus  cut  off,  they  take  out  the  woody  parr  of 
the  Bud,  and  put  the  Bud  itfelf  in,  between  the  Bark 
and  the  Wood  of  the  Stock,  at  the  Crofs-flit  before  open- 
ed, leading  it  upwards  by  the  Stalk,  where  the  Leaf  grew, 
till  it  exaffly  clofcs.  Tiiey  then  bind  it  about  with  Wool- 
len Yarn,  the  better  to  make  all  Parts  of  it  clofe  exaft- 
ly,  that  the  Bud  mayimbody  itfelf  with  the  Stock,  which 
it  will  do  in  three  Weeks  time.  This  Operation  is  faid 
to  be  beft  performed  in  a  cloudy  Day,  or  in  an  Evening  ; 
and  'tis  obferved,  that  the  quicker  'tis  done,  the  better  it 
fucceeds.  This  Fra»Elice  has  the  advantage  of  Engrafting 
in  a  great  many  refpe£ls,  both  as  it  is  more  fecure,  it 
feldom  failing  of  having  effcfi,  efpecially  if  two  or  three 
Buds  are  put  into  the  fame  Stock,  and  as  its  Succefs  is  more 
readily  difcovered.  Indeed  when  large  Stocks  arc  to  be 
pra£l:ifed  on,  J7:oculation  is  not  proper,  and  they  are  obliged 
to  have  recourfc  to  Grafting.  This  one  Rule  is  obferved 
to  hold  univerfally,  -iiiz.  that  no  Succefs  is  ta  be  expefted 
in  InociiLitio?!,  if  the  Sap  does  not  run  well,  that  is,  if  the 
Bark  won't  part  readily  from  the  Wood  of  the  Stock. 

In  a  Phyfical  Senfe,  Inocttlaiion  is  ufed  for  the  Tranfplan- 
tation  of  Diilempers  from  one  Subjefi  to  another,  parti- 
cularly for  the  Ingraftment  of  the  Small-Pox,  which  is 
a  new  Practice  among  us,  but  of  antient  Original  in  the 
Ealieni  Countries.  The  bcft  Method  of  performing  the 
Operation  is  as  follows  :  After  the  Body  is  rightly  dil'- 
pofed  and  prepared,  by  proper  Diet  and  Evacuations,  two 
fmall  Incifions  are  made,  one  in  the  mufcular  part  of  the 
Arm,  about  the  Place  where  an  Iffue  is  ufually  cut,  and 
the  other  in  the  Leg  of  the  oppofite  Side?  then  being 
provided  of  a  fmall  Quantity,  as  a  Drop  or  left  of  well- 
conco^led  •variolous  Matter,  chofe  from  the  diftincl  or  beft 
fort  of  Puflules,  before  the  Turn  of  the  Diftempcr,  and 

imbibed 


IN 


imbibed  by  two  fmall  Doflils  of  Lint  i  tbefe  arc  imme- 
diately put  into  the  Incifions,  vvhilft  the  Miner  remains 
warm,  and  are  kept  onby  a  proper  Bandage.  In  adayor 
two  the  Bandages  arc  opened,  the  Lint  thrown  away,  and 
only  Colewort-Lcaf  applied  over  the  Intiiinns.  This  Dref- 
ling  is  continued  daily.  The  biclfions  ufually  grow  fore, 
inflame  and  inlarge  of  thcmfelves,  and  difcharge  Matter 
more  plentifully  as  the  Diflemper  rifes.  The  Eruptions 
generally  appear  within  eight  or  ten  days  after  the  Opera- 
tion, during  which  time  the  Patient  is  not  confined,  or  ob- 
liged to  obferve  a  very  llri£l  Regimen.  The  Frailice 
feems  to  be  ufeful,  becaufe  the  molt  proper  Age,  the 
mott  favourable  Seafon  of  the  Year,  moii  regular  Me- 
thod of  Preparation,  and  all  poiTible  Precautions  may 
hcrebeufed,  according  to  the  Wi/lies  of  the  Patient,  his 
Parents,  and  Phyfician  j  Advantages  impcffible  to  be  had 
when  the  Dillempcr  is  caught  in  the  natural  way.  It  has 
alfo  been  conitantly  obferved,  that  the  bcil  fort  of  Small- 
Pox  is  hereby  occaiioned,  that  the  Eruptions  are  few,  the 
Symptoms  light,  the  Danger  next  to  none,  the  Recovery 
eafy,  and  that  the  Patient  is  equally  fecured  from  this 
Diitempcr  for  thetiiture,  as  he  would  be  by  having  gone 
thro' it  in  the  natural  manner. 

INORDINATE  PROPORTION  is  thus :  Suppofing 
three  Magnitudes  in  one  Rank,  and  three  other  propor- 
tional to  them  in  another,  you  compare  them  in  a  diffe- 
rent Order;  as  if  there  are  in  one  Rank  thcfc  three 
Numbers,  a,  9,95  and  in  another  Rank  thefe  other  three, 
8,  24,  proportional  to  the  precedent,  in  a  different  Or- 
der, fo  that  z  Ihall  be  to  3  as  24  to  and  3  to  9  as  8 
to  24.  Then  calling  away  the  mean  Terms  in  each  Rank, 
conclude  the  £ri\  z  in  the  firfl:  Rank  is  to  the  laft  9,  as 
8,  the  fird  of  the  other  Rank,  to  the  laft 

INOSCULATION.    See  Jjiajhmafis  and  Jytery. 

IN  PACE,  a  Lai'm  Term,  in  ufc  among  the  Monks,  to 
fignify  a  Prifon,  where  iuch  of  them  arc  fhuf  up  as  have 
committed  any  grievous  Fault.  Formerly  there  us'd  to 
be  a  world  ot  Ceremony  at  the  putting  a  Religious  in  face^ 
but  now 'tis  not  much  regarded.  Such  as  arc  fhut  up  in 
perpetual  Imprifonment,are  alio  faid  to  be  iiipace.  Some- 
times alfo  the  words  reqiikfcat  in  face  are  ufed  by  way  of 
Allufion  to  a  Cuflom  in  the  RomiJIj  Church,  of  praying 
that  the  Souls  of  the  Dcfunfl  may  refl  in  Peace.  Thofe 
words  are  alfo  frequently  feen  at  the  bottom  of  Epitaphs, 
in  lieu  of  thofe  ufed  by  the  antient  Romans,  S.T.T.Ij.  i.  e. 
SittibiTerr^  levis.  Light  lie  the  Earth  ;  £fj  Jit  humm  Cine- 
ri  no}t  oTierpJa  tuo. 

IN  PROMPTU,  a  Latin  word  ufed  among  the  French, 
tho'  but  rarely  in  the  En^lip.  It  {ignifies  a  Piece  made  off- 
hand, extemporary,  without  any  previous  Meditation,  by 
the  mere  Vivacity  of  Imagination,  Many  Authors  pique 
thcmfelves  on  their  in  pror.iptii's^  which  yet  were  done  at 
leifure,  and  in  cold  blood. 

INQUIRENDO,  is  an  Authority  given  to  a  Pcrfon,  or 
Perfons,  to  enquire  into  fomething  for  the  King's  ad- 
vantage. 

INQlirSITION,  or  the  Holy  Office,  an  Ecclefiaflical 
Jurifdiftion  eilablilhed  in  Spam,  Toytuguly  and  Italy,  for 
the  Trial  and  Examination  of  fuch  Perfons  as  are  fuf- 
pefted  to  entertain  any  religious  Opinions  contrary  to 
thofe  profefl'cdin  the  Church  of  Rome.  It  is  ^called  Inqui- 
fitianj  becaufe  the  Judges  of  this  Office  take  cognizance  of 
Crimes  on  common  Report,  without  any  legal  Evidence. 
Some  People  fancy  they  fee  the  Original  of  the  Inquiji- 
J/oK  in  aConflitution  made  by  Pope  .Ljiciiis,  at  the  Coun- 
cil of  Tc^-ona,  in  1184.  in  regard  he  there  orders  the  Bi- 
Jhops  to  get  Information,  either  by  thcmfelves,  or  by 
their  Commiffarics,  of  all  fuch  Perfons  as  were  fufpefled 
of  Herefy  j  and  diilinguifiies  the  feveral  Degrees,  of  Suf- 
peftcd,  Convidled,  Penitent,  and  Relapfed,  ^c.  Howe- 
ver, 'tis  generally  allowed,  that  it  was  Pope  J;i;;tii:e;jf  III. 
who  laid  the  firft  Foundations  of  the  Holy  Office,  and  the 
Vattdois  and  ^llfij^erijes  were  what  gave  the  occafion  to  it. 
He  fent  feveral  Priefts,  with  St.- Dowimc  at  their  head,  to 
Tboloiife^  in  order  to  blow  up  a  Spirit  of  Zeal  and  Perfe- 
cution  amongft  the  Prelates  and  Princes.  Thefc  Miffiona- 
ries  were  to  give  an  account  to  the  Pope  of  the  Number 
of  Heretics  in  thofe  Parts,  and  of  the  Behaviour  of  the 
Princes  and  Perfons  in  Authority,  and  thence  they  ac- 
quired the  Name  of  Jnqiilfmrs  j  but  thefe  original  Inqui- 
fitors  had  not  any  Court,  or  any  Authority,  they  were  on- 
ly a  kind  of  Spiritual  Spies,  who  were  to  make  Report  of 
their  Difcoveries  to  the  Pope.  The  Emperor  fyedsric  II. 
at  the  beginning  of  the  1 3th  Century,  extended  their 
Power  very  conflderably,  and  committed  the  taking  cog- 
nizance of  the  Crime  of  Herefy  to  a  Set  of  Ecclefiaftical 
Judges;  and  as  Fire  was  the  Punifliment  decreed  for  the 
Obftinatc,  the  Inquifitors  determined  indiredly  with  re- 
gard both  to  the  Perfons  and  to  the  Crimes  :  by  which 
means  the  Laity  was  cut  off  from  its  own  Jurifdi6lion, 
and  abandoned  to  the  Zeal  and  devout  Madnefs  of  the 
Eccleiiaftics.    Afterthc  Death      Frsderic,  who  had  long 


(  391  ) 


IN 


ago  repented  the  Power  he  had  given  the  ChurcWeii,  aS 
having  feen  fome  of  the  Fruits  of  it  ;  Pope  Innocent  IV. 
ereaed  a  perpetual  Tribunal  of  Inquifitors,  and  deprived 
the  Bi/liopsand  Secular  Judges  of  the  little  Power,  the 
Emperor  B-c<kric  ha.d  left  them.  ..And  this  Jurifdiflion, 
whichdepended  immediately  onhimfelf,  he  took  care  to 
introduce  into  moll  of  the  States  in  Europe.  But  the  In- 
quifitors were  fo  fiery  hot,  and  made  fuch  horrible  But- 
chery among  the  reputed  Heretics,  that  they  raifed  are 
unlverfal  Deteflation,  even  in  fome  Catholic  Countries 
thcmfelves.  Hence  it  was  that  their  Reign  proved  very 
fliort  both  in  France  and  Germany.,  nor  was  even  Spain  en- 
tirely fubjeft  to  them  till  the  time  of  Ferdinand  and  \fa- 
hella  in  1448,  when  their  Power  was  increafed,  under  pre- 
tence of  cleating  the  Country  of  judaifm  and  MAhameta- 
nifm. 

The  Power  of  the  hiqmfition  is  very  much  limited  \\\ 
fome  Countries,  particularly  at /^e?i:te,  where  it  is  received 
under  fuch  Modifications,  as  prove  a  great  Check  on 
its  Authority.  Indeed  at  Venice  it  feems  rather  a  political 
than  a  religious  Contrivance,  and  ferves  rather  for  the 
Security  of  theState  than  of  theChurch.  There  are  Ap- 
peals from  the  Subaltern  Inci'tifitions  in  Italy,  to  the  Con- 
gregation of  the  Holy  Office  refiding  at  Rowe.  'Tis  the 
conilant  Praiifice  of  the  Inqitifirion,  to  affetf,  in  all  their 
Proccdure.s,  to  infpire  as  much  Terror  and  AmazetTient 
as  poffible  ;  every  thing  is  done  with  the  profoundell  Si- 
lence and  Secrecy,  and  with  the  greateil  Rigour  and  Ira- 
partiality.  Whena  Perfon  is  feized,  all  the  World  aban- 
dons him,  not  the  nearert  Friend  dares  fpeak  a  Word  in 
his  Defence  ;  that  alone  would  be  enough  to  render  them 
fufpefled  of  Herefy,  and  would  bring  thera  within  the 
Claws  of  the  Jfi(jzi.^rio«.  The  Criminals  are  feized,  exa- 
mined, tried,  tortured,  and,  unlefs  they  recant,  con- 
demned and  executed,  without  ever  feeing  or  knowing 
their  Accufers  ;  whence  the  Revengeful  have  a  fair  occa- 
fion of  wreaking  their  Malice  on  their  Enemies.  When 
the  hiqii'fition  has  done  with  them,  and  condemned  them 
to  death,  they  are  turned  over  to  the  Secular  Arm,  with 
a  "world  of  Prayer  and  pious  Intreaty,  that  their  Lives 
may  not  be  touched.  Time  is  no  manner  of  Security  in 
points  of  Herefy,  nor  docs  the  Grave  itfelf  f|-ielter  the 
Accufed  from  the  Purfuits  of  the  hi/ju'/iiion  ;  even  the  De- 
ceafed  have  their  Trials,  and  they  proceed  in  all  their 
Form  and  Solemnity  againfl:  dead  Carcafcs.  The  Execu- 
tions are  always  deferred  till  the  Number  of  the  Con- 
demned is  very  great,  that  the  Multitude  of  Sufferers 
may  ilrike  the  deeper  Horror,  and  make  the  Scene  more 
terrible  and  /Iiocking. 

The  Inqiojltion  of  Rome  is  a  Congregation  of  twelve  Car- 
dinals,  and  fome  other  Officers,  where  the  Pope  prefides 
in  Perfon.  This  is  accounted  the  highelt  Tribunal  in 
Rome  J  it  began  in  the  time  of  Pope  Taul  IV.  on  occafion 
of  the  fpreading  of  Liitheranifni. 

The  biquijition  is  very  fevere  in  the  Indies.  'Tis  true, 
there  mulf  be  the  Oaths  of  feven  WitnefTes  to  condemn  a 
Man;  but  then  the  Depofitions  of  Slaves  or  Children  are 
taken.  The  Perfon  is  tortured  till  he  condemns  himfelf, 
for  his  Accufers  are  never  brought  to  confront  him.  Per- 
fons are  accufed  for  the  flendcrell  Expreffion  againfl:  the 
Church,  or  even  for  a  difrefpeclful  Word  of  the  Inquifi- 
tion.  1  he  Standard  of  the  Inqv-ifittott  is  a  red  Damask, 
on  which  is  painted  a  Crofs,  with  an  Olive-Branch  on  one 
fide,  and  a  Sword  on  the  othc*,  with  thofe  words  of  the 
Pfalm,  E:<itrii^i;,  Domine,  ^  jndica  Caufam  meant. 

INQUISITION,  in  Law,  is  a  manner  of  proceeding  in 
Matters  criminal  by  the  Office  of  the  Judge,  or  by  the 
great  Inqucfl  before  Juflices  in  Eyre.  Inquifitors  among  us 
are  Sheriifs,  Coroners  fuper  lufitm  Coyporrs,  or  the  like, 
who  have  Authority  to  enquire  into  certain  Cafes. 

INROLMENT,  in  Law,  is  the  Regillring,  Recording, 
or  Entring  of  any  lawful  A£h  in  the  Records  of  Chancery'j 
as  a  Recognizance  acknowlcdg'd,  or  a  Statute,  or  a  Fine 
levied  :  or  in  the  Rolls  of  the  Exchequer,  King's-Bcnch, 
or  Common-Picas,  or  in  the  Huflings  at  Guild- Hai!^  London^ 
or  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Peace  in  any  County. 

INSCONCED,  is  a  Term  in  the  Military  Art,  implying 
that  apart  of  an  Army  have  fortified  thcmfelves  with  A 
Sconce  or  fmall  Fort,  in  order  to  defend  fome  Pafs,  £ffc. 
See  Sconces. 

INSCRIBED,  in  Geometry  :  A  Figure  is  faid  fo  ba 
infcribed  in  another,  when  all  the  Angles  of  the  Figure 
infcribed  touch  either  the  Angles,  Sides,  or  Planes  of  the 
other  Figure. 

Infcribed  Hyperhola,  is  fuch  an  one,  as  lies  intire- 
ly  within  the  Angle  of  its  Atfyrnptotes,  as  the  Conical 
Hyperbola  doth. 

INSCRIPTION,  a  Title  aff-^ed  to  any  thing,  to  give 
fome  particular  Knowledge  thereof.  Antiquaries  are  very 
curious,  in  examining  antient  Ifijcriptions  found  ori  Stbnes. 
and  other  Monumentspf  Antiquity.  Sanchoniatbo,Cotcm' 
porary,  as  'tis  faid,  with  Gideon^  drew  moil  of  the  Memoirs. 

where  gf 


IN 


^.hereof  hIsHillory  is  compofeJ,  from  hifcrlptmis,  which 
he  iound  in  Tenipies  and  on  l^olunins,  both  among  the 
Jitathens  and  the  J^e/reizjJ.  it  appears  indeed  that  the 
Amicnrs  ingravcd  upon  FiUars  the  principles  of  Sciences, 
as  well  as  the  Hiftoi-y  of  the  World.  I'hafe  mentioned 
by  Hsrociotus  iliew,  I^'at  this  was  the  firlt  way  of  in- 
ilruiSiing  People,  ^^nd  tranfmitting  Hiltories  and  Scien- 
ces 10  Pofterity.  Tliis  is  confirmed  by  Fiato^  in  his  H>'- 
parchus^  whereiii  he  fays,  that  Fifiprams  engraved,  un 
Stone-riliars,  J:*recepts  ufeful  for  Husbandmen.  Fluiy  a.C~ 
fures  us,  that  the  lirlt  publick  Monuments  were  made 
with  Plates  of  Lead  ;  and  the  'I'reaties  of  Confederacy, 
jnade  between  theilo'i^;i;/jand  the  5t;zi>;,  were  written  up- 
on Places  ot  Brafs  j  that,  fays  he,,  the  3szus  might  have 
fomething  to  put  them  in  mind  of  ihe  Peace  and  Confc- 
deracyconcluded  wiih  the  Romnjis.  The  Greeks  and  Ko- 
ttiijnJ  were  great  Dealers  in  lufcyipions,  and  were  extreme- 
ly fond  of  being  mentioned  in  them  ;  and  hence  it  is  that 
we  (uid  fomany,  in  thofe  Countries  of  antient  Learning, 
as  that  large  Volumes  have  been  compofed  of  them; 
as  the  Collcilion  of  Grnterus^  &:c.  Since  6y«ie!-'s  Collec- 
tion, Th.  Retnejii'.s  hsiS  publUhed  another  huge  Volume  of 
Infcripiioiis.  M.  Fabrctii  ijubliilied  another  Volume  at 
Rowf  in  1651^,  wherein  he  has  corrcfted  abundance  of  Er- 
rors that  badefcaped  Gruier,  Ke'mtfim^  and  other  Antiqua 
ries,  ^c.  and  added  a  great  Number  of  Iiifcr/ptions  omitted 
by  them.  Since  all  thefe,  Grcc-vius  has  publi/licd  a  com- 
pleat  Colleiflion  of  bijcrlpt^o^is^  in  three  Volumes  in  i-olio. 

In  France  is  an  Academy  o(  InfcTiptions  and  IVledals, 
confining  of  ten  honorary  and  ten  ptnfionary  Members, 
ten  AlTociaies,  and  as  many  Novices,  who  are  to  meet 
twice  a  Week,  and  to  employ  rhemfelves  in  tlie  Exami- 
nation of  Medals  and  anrient  Monuments,  and  other  Parts 
of  Greek  and  Roman  Literature,  and  to  compofe  a  Hiftocy 
of  the  Kings  of  France,  from  Medals.  Such  was  the  Aca- 
demy at  the  time  of  its  Inilitution,  or  rather  Rellauration, 
in  the  beginning  of  this  Century  j  but  as  they  are  not  now 
wholly  employed  about  Medals  and  Injcripuom^  they  have 
changed  their  Name  for  one  of  a  greater  Latitude,  and 
are  called  the  Academy  des  BeHes  Lettres. 

IKSCRUTAKLE,  in  Theology,  is  ufualiy  underflood 
cf  the  Secrets  of  Providence,  and  the  Judgments  of  God, 
which  cannot  be  found  our,  or  into  which  Human  Reaion 
cannot  penetrate. 

INSECTS,  a  kind  of  little  Animals  fo  called  by  the 
Antients,  becaufe  in  fomc  of  'em  the  Body  fcems  to  be 
cut  s  as  in  Ants,  whofe  Belly  feem.s  divided  into  two  :  or 
perhaps,  becaufe  the  Bodies  of  InjeUs  are  compofed  of 
feveral  Circles  or  Rings,  as  Worms,  Caterpillars,  l^c. 
which  are  a  kind  of  Incifions,  whence  the  Name  might 
probably  arife.  Mr.  in  his  ^vkthodu-s  InfcBorr.m,  thus 
diilingiiiflitth  the  feveral  kinds  of /^./fffj.  hifehls  are  ei- 
ther, 1.  'AuijetfA'df^^j.,  or  luch  as  do  not  change  their 
Form  :  Or,  2.  }^iijaus^:piuiva,  fuch  as  do  really  change 
their  Form.  Thofe  that  do  not  change  their  Form,  are 
either,  (_i .) AttzJU.,  without  Feet;  or,  (2.)  Pedata,  with 
Peet  :  and  of  thefe  there  are  fome  kinds  that  calt  their 
Skins,  and  others  that  do  not.  bifsiJs  without  Feet  are  ei- 
ther Terreiirial  or  Land-Infecls,  or  Aquatic.  Terreflrial 
/H/fffrare,  ijt,  either  fuch  as  are  produced  on  thel,and,  or 
in  the  Earth,  and  not  in  Water  i  as  the  LmibriciTen-eJ}r€Sj 
which  arc  either  of  the  larger  fort,  and  are  call'd  Dew- 
Worms  5  or  of  a  fmaller  fize :  And  of  thefe,  there  are 
fome  Red,  and  others  Gr^en  with  yellow  Tails  3  which 
lail:  are  ccinmonly  call'd  Gilt-Tails.  Or,  id/y,  fuch 
as  are  found  in  the  Bowels  of  Animals  :  And  of  thefe 
foinc  are  found  in  the  Intellines  of  Men  ;  as,  Ci.)  The 
J^imibriciTtracs  j  (;.)  Litmbnci  Latl,  which  are  ulfo  call'd 
Xf 3  (3.)  Cuatrbit'uli,  which  fome  will  have  to  be  only 
the  Fragments  of  the  T.<:nia:.  (4.)  The  Jfcarides^  which 
arc  chiefly  found  in  the  RcBum.  Thofe  Worms  which  are 
found  in  the  Inteflincs  of  Bealis  are  of  two  forts,  the  Oh- 
loii^i,  and  Tellucidi,  of  the  thicknefsof  an  Horfe-hair,  and 
therefore  call'd  Verwiculi  Sctlfo-nncs :  And  the  Lrczes  and 
Crajjlorcs,  which  often  are  found  in  Horfes,  and  are  call'd 
the  Botts.  To  this  Genus  of  Tcrreftrial  Infers,  many  natu- 
ral Hillorians  refer  Snails,  whether  with  or  without  Shells. 

Water  InleBs  without  Feet,  not  changing  Form,  are 
either,  iji,  of  the  greater  fort,  which  have  a  peculiar  way  of 
moving,  by  firft  fixing  their  Head  to  the  ground,  and  then 
drawing  up  their  Tail  towards  it,  Of  thefe,  fome  are 
Te>-c(r.f,round  and  fmooth,  of  which  there  are  three  forts;  as 
the  Medicinal  J-ln-udhics  or  Leaches,  the  common  black 
Horfe  Leaches,  and  the  aAi-colour'd  Sea-Leaches  :  But 
there  isalfu  a  fort  of  this  kind,  which  is  fmaller  and  flatter, 
which  are  found  flicking  to  Stones  in  the  bottom  of  little 
Brooks.  Or,  zdly^  of  the  Leffcr  fort,  which  have  adiffcreut 
way  of  crawling  or  moving  from  the  former.  Thefe  arealfo 
either  round  or  flat Of  the  round  fort,  there  is  one  that 
is  black  with  two  fmall  Horns  on  its  Plead,  and  is  found 
fficking  to  wet  Stones  in  the  watry  Tops  of  Hills;  and 
another  which  is  red,  of  about  a  finger's  length,with  a  For- 


C  5P^  ) 


IN 


ceps  at  the  Tall,  found  at  the  bottom  of  Fifliponds,  an.^ 
Itagnant  Waters.  7bc  flat  fort  are  very  fmall  and  thin, 
and  are  call'd  Flukes,  being  foraetimes  found  in  Waters, 
and  fomctimes  in  the  Branches  of  the  Foras  BiLirm  m 
Sheep. 

/«_/ei7jnot  changing  Form,  and  having  Feet,  arc  either, 
J.  ticx.ipoiia,  with  (5  Feet.  2.  03iJ/'oi/^,  with  S  Feet.  5.  l>fc.i- 
teffarapoda,  with  i4Feet.  4,  Fol^pod^^  with  many  Feet. 
'I  hoiethat  have  but  fix  Feet,  are  either,  (r.)  Terrdlria!, 
and  thefe  are,  firfl,  of  a  larger  kind  ;  as,  [i.]  The  yellow- 
ifla  hjjeB,  found  inrotten  decaying  Oaks.  [2.]  The  black 
one,  on  the  Ground,  called  hy  Monfst,  vermivoroits.  [3.] 
The  black  one,  living  under  Ground,  with  a  Forceps  at 
the  Tad.  [4.]  A  whhefort,  with  fquare  black  Spots  on 
Its  Back.  [5.]  The  Farhiarimn^  bred  in  Meal,  of  a  whitiih 
Colour.  Or,  lecondly,  a  Smaller  Sort ;  fome  of  which  are 
found  about  the  Bodjesof  Animals  :  as,  (i.)  The  Chnex,  Bug 
or  Wall-Loufe,  of  a  (linking  Smell.  (2.}  Richms^the.  Tick. 
(3.)  Fedicuhts,  the  commop  Loufc.  (3.)  Fediculus  ferns  feu  in- 
liiinalu,  the  Crab'Loufe.  (5.)  Fulex,  the  Flea;  _of  all 
which  there  are  various  kinds.  Others  are  not  tr'ouble- 
lomc  to  Animals,  as,  1.  One  that  in  Eigncfs  and  Figure 
refembles  a  Loufe,  but  is  very  nimble  and  fwifr,  and  is 
found  in  Books  and  rotten  Wood.  2.  Another  there  is 
with  a  very  long  Body,  and  a  forcipital  Tail .  5.  The 
black  I"/cff,  found  often  in  the  Flowers  of  the  Chelidoniuni. 
4.  A  fubterraneuus  Sort,  a  little  whitifli.  5,  One  that 
skips  like  a  Gra/liopper,  but  is  much  lefs. 

(11.)  Aquatic;  as,  [i.]  The  Fediculus  Msr'i»i<s  Grajidis, 
which  adheres  to  Fi/laes.  [2.]  ThcS^idHa  Fluviatill^^  with 
a  Pyramidal  Tail,  and  two  Hairs  or  Briflles  at  the  end. 
IfjfcHs  not  changing  Form,  and  having  eight  Feet,  are 
cither  with  a  Tail,  as  the  Scorpion,  or  without,  as  the 
Spider;  of  which  fome  fpin  no  Web,  have  but  two  Eyes, 
and  very  long  Legs,  as  the  Opilio  or  the  Shepherd.  Some 
do  fpin  a  Web,  and  of  thefe  they  count  three  forts:  i.  The 
Araneii  Colceflrejijis  jihdomlfie  tumido,  fuhmtundo,  elato. 
2.  The  Spider  with  the  Thorax,  or  middle  part  of  his 
Body,  as  big  as  the  Abdomen.  5.  The  Spider  with  the 
long  Abdomen,  found  among  Reeds,  Ruflies,  Grafs,  ^c. 
(2.)  The  Rich'.i  Oilopedei,  which  are  fome  more  flat  and 
comprefs'd  ;  as  the  rambh'ng  Ticks  that  run  over  the  Bo- 
dies of  Animals,  but  don't  fafien  ;  and  fome  more  round 
and  thict,  which  do  adhere  to  the  Skin.  (5.)  The  Syrones 
or  Mites. 

Infefls  not  changing  Form,  and  with  fourteen  Feet,  and 
therefore  call'd  JsxRj.'^i7K^iJ'i-/J-'^^'^,  =^te  the  -/ifelli ;  of 
which  there  are  three  forts  :  As,  1.  the  Sea-Aftlhis  ;  the 
longell  and  largefl  of  all  ;  living  amongft  the  Rocks. 
2.  Jfellus  Lividus,  which  rolls  itfelf  up  into  a  Ball,  The 
common  Wood-Lice,  Sows,  or  Chefs-bugs.  3.  Jfellus  Jfi- 
jsiiuis^  with  a  forked  Tail  ;  not  rolling  itfelf  up.  To  this 
Species  may  be  added,  ( t.)  The  yffellus  M-irlmis  Jlgurn-  bre- 
•Bioris,  rolling  itfelf  up.  (2.)  ylftllns  Jqnanim  didcium,  vjiih 
long  Legs  and  two  BrifUes  on  its  Tail.  ( 5.)  Fulex  ^qtia- 
tiais,  both  in  frefit  and  fait  Water.  ('4.)  Fediculus  j^qu^. 
ticiis,  which  fallens  upon  Fifh. 

7?;/cff  J  not  changing  Form,  with  twenty- four  Feet.  Thefe 
have  the  eight  Fore-Feet  lefTer,  and  tlie  fixteen  hinder- 
ones  larger.  There  are  two  kinds  of  them  obferved  ; 
both  with  long  Bodies,  one  larger  and  of  an  obfcure  Co- 
lour, among  the  Rocks  by  the  Sea-fide  ;  the  other  of  a 
Silver  Colour,  found  in  Houfcs.  There  is  a  Kind  with 
thirty  Feet,  of  an  oblong  Shape,  Chefnui  Colour,  and  full 
flatti/h  Body,  ufually  lying  under  Logs,  and  Trunks  of 
Trees.    It  is  very  agile  and  fwift. 

IitJeBs,  not  changing  Form,  with  many  Feet,  called, 
■jtowTdJk,  arc  fome  on  Land,  and  either  roundlfh  in  Body, 
with  ail  their  Legs  riling  out  of  the  middle  of  the  Belly, 
(nearly)  as  the  Jithu,  or  more  flat  and  comprelTcd,  with 
their  I,egs,  not  rifing,  as  before,  from  a  Point  in  the  mid- 
dle of  their  Body,  but  growing  along  on  the  Sides ;  as 
the  iicolopejidni.  And  fome  of  this  kind  are  aquatic,  of 
which  Mr.  Ray  makes  three  Differences  :  (i.)  TheCcyjii^ 
Lugs,  ufed  for  Baits  in  catching  Fi/h,  with  38  Legs,  and 
a  fmooth  roundifh  Body.  (2.)  The  ScoUfendra  'Marina 
Cor^ore  fhvio.  (3,)  jTiimaicidum  Bicorpoy,  or  rather  B;ci)(t- 
datum,  lying  in  the  Clefts  of  Stones,  under  the  Salt-water. 

J;//effjwhich  dorcally  undergo  a  Change  of  their  Form, 
are  called  MfTwwcpjaiWJCii ;  of  which  S^ammerdam  haih  gi- 
ven the  bell  Account :  Tho'  he  fhews  that  this  word  is 
improperly  ufed,  fince  there  is  by  no  means  any  real 
Transformation,  but  only  an  Explication  of  the  Parts  of 
the  Animal,  latent  before,  in  miniature,  (as  it  were  in  the 
Ovum,  or  Nympha,  like  the  Plant  in  the  Seed)  and  an  In- 
creafe  of  all  the  Parts  by  proper  Degrees. 

The  firfr  Species  of  Tranfmutation  or  Change,  which 
Swammerd.zm  makes  the  fccond,  is  inflantaneous,  there 
being  no  fenfible  Reft  or  Stop  between  the  old  and  the 
new  Form.  And  the  bifefls  of  this  Order  do  not  lofe  their 
Motion  at  the  time  they  fliift  the  Felhcida,  at  leaft  not  to 
appearance.  ^ndSwrnmerd'^in  ^ziixlhzi  the  fecond  Or- 
der 


IN 


C  m  ) 


in 


Act  of  change  to  be,  when  the  Fermiatltis  (leaving  the 
former  Shape  of  the  NymphUy  with  which  it  appeared  in 
the  Egg,  and  fubfilted  without  Food)  now  beginning  to 
feed,  hath  its  Members  or  Parts  vilibly  increafed  and 
llretched  out,  and  takes  the  Form  of  a  new  Kym^ha^ 
which  h  not  without  Motion  ;  and  from  thence  becomes  a 
Hying  /«/ei?.  Of  this  fort  arc,  f'l.)  The  LihclL-'^  or  FerU, 
which  arc  produced  from  an  InfeS  of  fix  Feet,  and  which 
Monffet  takes  for  the  Fiikx  Marmus^  or,  as  before  he  calls 
it,  Locupa  ^quatica.  Out  of  the  cruftaceous  Skin,  or 
Husk,  of  this  InfeH,  the  Lihella  breaks  by  a  Fiflure, 
which  begins  between  the  Eyes,  and  is  continued  to  the 
Roots  of  the  Wings,  and  is  there  joined  to  the  lateral  Fif- 
fures.  (i.)  I'he  Cimices  Syhejircs,  whofc  charafteriftic 
Marks  (according  to  iVillvughby)  arc,  r.  A  long  Frohofcis, 
not  fpiral,  but  llrait.  z.  Their  upper  Wings  to  the 
middle  are  thick,  and  like  Leather  i  thence  to  the  Ends 

•thin  and  membranous.  3.  There  is  the  Figure  of 
St.  v^;irfre!i>'i-Cro/j  on  their  Backs.  (9.)  The  Loci'Jia,  which 
Wdloitghby  refers  to  the  Auirs.[j.of>ipa)-m.    (4.)  The  GryUi-Cam- 

fejlres.  C?-)  The  Grylit-Bomejiiciy  or  Crickets.  {6.)  The 
Gyyllo-Tal^--!,  Mole-Cricket,  (7.)  The  Cicada,  or  Gra/hop- 
per.  (S.)  TheBIatta,  according  to  Szoamf7ierHii?ti.  ((),_)  The 
'/if  ;(/^ which  run  very  fwiftly  on  the  Surface  of 
the  Water,  and  have  a  Sting  in  their  Mouths  like  the  Ci- 
mices,  or  Ticks,  (ic.)  Th.^  Sco-rpms  ylqiuiticus,  with  a  Sting 
alfo  in  its  Mouth,  (ir.)  The  Mifc<e  Jquatic^,  called  by 
u^ndro-vandiis,  Jfes  Jm^htLia:.  (12.)  The  Tiemerohius,  or 
Ephemera^  or  Diaria  of  Swammerdam,  (13.)  Ths  Forjictilay 
or  AiTicnlaria. 

The  fecond  Species  of  Tranfmutation  includes  fuch  hz'- 
feils,  as  undergo  a  double  Metamorphofis,  or  Change  of 
Shape,  (i.)  Into  AChryfahSj  or  fomething  analogous  to  it. 
(2.)  Into  a  flying  InfeB.  Thefe  Kinds  oflvjeFf!,  a  while  be- 
fore they  change,  lie  quite  ilill,  without  Feeding,  crchang- 
ing  Place  j  and  in  refpeii:  of  their  Wings  are,  (i.)  Kut-'^tt- 
i^Pjiy  or  Va^wi'penniay  as  the  Scaraha,  Beetles.  (2.)  '  ps- 
?^vr£^,  whole  Wings  are  open  and  expanded  :  And  the 
Wings  of  thefc  are  either  farinaceous,  as  the  I'afiitones,  &c. 
or  membranous,  as  ihc  y/ocs,  Midc,  &c.  and  thcfe  are  either 
£^'i7r-n^  with  two  Wings,  or  Tsl^^-rri^a,  with  four  Wings. 

The  Scaraba.'i  may  be  divided,  (i.)  In  refped  of  their 
Horns,  into  the  Nafzcirnis,  Eitcerata^  and  Ccrz-m  sQlans  or 
Taunts.  (2.)  In  refpcd  of  their  Anteim^^  which  are  of  many 
Kinds  J  whereof  the  moll  eminent  are  thofc  called  Cafn- 
£orm.  (3.)  With  regard  to  their  Motion,  as  t\ic  Saltamces 
(4.)  With  regard  to  their  Colour,  a.s  Cantharides.  To  the 
iectle-kind  may  be  refcrr'd  the  Cic;Wc/«,  orGlow-Worm  ; 
the  Siaphylinv.s  called  by  TVillonghhy  vfiiKuf^ih^Ii^;  j  the 
TrofcaraL-eus,  or  Oil-Beetle,  fo  called  from  its  emitting 
from  its  Joints  a  kind  of  Oil,  on  its  being  prcircd  or 
fqueczed.  I'he  Jnelytrn,  with  farinaceous  or  mealy 
"Wings,  are  called  Tapilioncs,  Butter-flies  ;  and  thefe 
are  either  Diurnal,  or  Nofturnal.  The  fpccific  Di- 
flmflion  of  the  Diurnal  is,  that  they  always  Vcttlc  with 
their  Wings  ercdl,  arc  produced  from  an  augulous  Aurdia, 
and  have  their  Jntemu-  fludded :  of  thefe  there  are 
about  fifty  forts  obferved  in  England,  The  no£iurnal 
Butterflies,  or  FhaUna,  are  vaftly  numerous,  and  cannot 
very  clearly  be  methodized.  But  for  Memory  and  Diflinc- 
tion's  fake,  they  may  be  divided  into,  {i.)  The  Geometri- 
gCKa-,  which  come  from  the  Eruca,  ('called  Geometra  from 
the  Manner  of  its  Walk,  which  is  Aiifawim,  by  curlin<'  up 
5ts  Back  like  the  Handle  of  a  Cup)  with  S  or  10  Feet. 
(2.)  Such  as  come  ftom  Eri(c<,-  with  14  Feet:  Of  this  kind" 
which  is  very  numerous,  there  hath  been  diflinguiflied 
the  PkaUtia  Ecjcuita,  whofc  Wings  are  in  Patches  or 
Area's  of  different  Colours.  FhaUtia  Lineata^  whofe 
Wings  arc  marked  with  tranverfe  Lines.  ThaUjia 
jPunHata,  whofc  Wings  are  marked  with  one  or 
more  Points  :  and  thcfe  excepted,  all  the  others  are 
diflinguiihed  into  greater  and  lefler,  and  of  a  middle  Size 
between  both.  One  of  the  larger  Kinds  may  be  dillin- 
gm/hed  alfo  by  their  inner  Wings  running  out  beyond  the 
upper,  when  they  fn,  or  reft:  And  another  by  the  Ap 
pearance  of  the  Figure  of  Eyes  upon  the  Wings:  And  a 
thu-d,  by  their  long  Tails,  and  narrow  iharp  Wines  ■ 
which  by  fome  are  called  Th.-iU?!.'^  Tr^dmices,  or 
Acdfitri7u^.  The  Anelytra,  with  membranous  Wines 
s-rc  Bees,_  Flics,-  Wafps,  Bamhylii,  Crahrones,  Sic,  And 
to  this  kind  the  Cukx  Vulgaris,  according  to  Swammer- 
dam^  or  Gnat  is  referred  ;  as  alfo  the  ioy»uca,  or  Ant. 
And  hither  muft  be  referred  fuch  Water /7//effi,  as  are 
covered  by  a  Theca,  according  to  the  Ohfervations  of 
Wdloughhy  Thefe  have  either,  (r.)  an  immov-abie 
T6cc«,_  or  Cafe,  which  is  fixed  to  the  Stmes ;  and  this 
Cale  IS  either  of  a  round  Figure,  or  one  more  compre^-d 
and  Hat.  f  2.)  A  moveable,  portable  Tfoc^z,  and  thcfe  are 
commonly  called  PJ.;y,^™j And  this  T/.ca.  is  cither 
V'/  '        ^^^^  ^"^^"^  compofed  of  Straws,  and  little 

Fejiuc.^'^  lynig  parallel  one  to  another ;  of  which  there  are 
EWoKmds;  a  greater,  where  tht  Fefinc^  are  two  Inches 


long,  and  a  ef.er,  which  are  very  common,  and  firS 
called  Straw-Worms.  Or  elfe  the  Ijl.c.  lie  tr'anfverilv 
and  are  /hotter,  havin.  Tometimes  pieces  .of  Shells,  t 

fl  ait  alfn  'hT"  ""r"^^  =  Othc^rs,  whofe  Cafes'are 
itrait  alto,  nave  no  Je;;;  r.=  --v  ^   ^  ■  i  . 

k   1   t-  V   r  ■'r     '  ™t  ""'w^ys  citlier  Sand,  or 
Gravel  :  And  of  thefe  Tome  h-^^^  ^uJti  j  , 

n  J  1  1  ■  '^"'t-  nave  tne7/jet<e  round,  and 
arc  called  Cod-baits;  others  arr-  fl,^  i  ""^ 
f,  1  r™v„l  1,  "'"i-r"  ire  ttat  and  compreffed. 
(2.;  LrooJtcd,  or  horned,  which  run  tanprlnrr  •  „f  ,l„.r„ 
Mr.R^y  recions  four  Kinds;  a  SrAer'^.^T'vr  R  I.  I 
fort  3   and  a  greater  and   1^  a'a"  Je  ^=  ? 

all  produ.e  Fltes  with  large  Wings  like  b"  ter  St 

IhethirdSpecesofTranfmutation,  is  "r,^"  eChanse 
tX'^eirr'ft  "  butyet"-CS: 
Tk-  ri      '         °"  ont:  Form  and  ,he  other 

Th,s  Change  Sw,mmc,^a:„  thus  dcfcribes  :  "  Tb  S 
excluded  front  the  Egg  gets  Nourift„,ent  by  lit,  ™„j 
Iittle_  froit,  without,  and  under  that  firft  Skin  or  Cove-- 
_^  mg,  hath  Its  Members  increafed  by  Degrees ;  not  ilb 
ping  II.  or  putting  it  oiF  as  other  rmnicd,  do  «-hcn  thev 
change  mtoNymj,h.-e,  but  aCfuiiiing  the  Figure  of  a  NyJ 
/to  in  It:  for  a  time  it  is  quite  motionlefs,  till  the  fj- 
perfluous  Moiflure  is  evaporated,  and  then,  in  a  fc„ 

this  Skin,  whtchis as, t  were  double,  it  becomes  a  Fly  " 
Of  tnis  kind  are  our  FleMies,  and  all  the  /e,.. 
miformc!,  the  rcfp>!  khncmna,  &c. 

As  to  the  Generation  of  h,fia>,  the  World  is  now  gene- 
eflTr"^'^""^^^  ™  notbredofCorruptio„%u. 
cai^r^  '(  I  ""''•"y  was  believ'd  by  the  Ancients  be- 
caule  ot  the  valt  Numbers  that  were  fometimes  hatch'tl 
m  ;c"ul^?  M™"'  'I'^y  "u'd  not  difcern  the 

rjit  Lfrrv."^ '''^  P.opagation.    Malf.^U,  S,.a,n- 

Eo   r  I  r  '  abundantly  difproved  tlie  Doclrine 

Ir^^Tn     I  ^'^"""'™!  *e  Chimerical  Tranf- 

[he   ;  e  M      '  Caterpillar  into  the  Butter-fly,  and  other 

Members  ot  the  Butter-fly  were  enclofed  under  the  Skin 
"n  the'sS  Caterpillar,  as  the  Parts  of  a  Plant  „e 

h,Jca,  take  particular  Care  to  depofite  their  Eggs  or 
bced,^  in  fuch  Places  where  they  may  have  a  fufficient  In- 

t'hril'™'/  f  ''"^  ^"""S  batch'd  may  have 

the  Benefit  of  proper  Food  till  they  become  able  to /hift 
forthemfelycs  Thofe  whofe  Food  is.  in  the  Water,  lay 
t.ieir  Eggs  ,n  the  Water ;  thofc  to  whom  Flefli  is  a  proper 
Food,  in  I  left;  and  thofe  to  whom  the  Fruits,  or  Lcav-es 
ot  Vegetables  are  Food,  are  accordingly  repufited,  fome 
in  this  Fruit,  iome  in  that  Tree,  and  fome  in  that  Plant 
and  lome  on  another,  but  conftantly  the  fame  Kind  on 
the  fame  Tree,  (£c.  As  for  others  that  require  a  more 
conllant  and  greater  D  cgree  of  Warmth,  they  are  provided 
by  the  larent  Animal  with  fome  Place  in  or  about  the 
Body  of  other  Animals ;  fome  in  the  Feathers  of  Birds 
fome  ,n  the  Hair  of  Bealis,  fome  in  the  Scales  of  Fiftes' 
lome  in  the  Kofe,  fome  in  the  Flefl,,  nay  fome  in  tha 
Bowels,  and  inmoll  Reccfles  of  Man.  and  other  Crea- 
tures. And  as  for  others  to  whom  none  of  thofe  Methods 
are  proper  , hey  make  tliem  Kefts  by  Perforation  in  the 
Earth,  in  Wood  ,n  Combs,  and  the  like,  carrying  in  and 
fealmg  up  Provifions  that  ferve  both  for  the  ProdtSlion  of 
their  Young,  and  for  tlicir  Food,  when  produced. 

In  Flxs,  Butter-Hies,  it  is  obferv'd,  there  is  a 

kmd  of  Gluten,  by  which  tlic  Female  fallens  her  Eggs  to 
the  bearing  Buds  of  Trees,  fo  that  the  Rains  c«,not 
,  hem  off.  Thefe  Eggs  wiJl  not  be  Jmrt  by  the 
greateft  Froft.  Mr.  yl„d>y,  in  his  Book  Be  h  Gcnc-aL,  de 
fen  dam  le  Corf,  ,le  I'Homme,  takes  notice,  that  the  Anti- 
cnts  were  miflaken  in  denying  that  InfeB!  did  breathe  on 
the  account  of  their  wanting  Lungs :  For  modern  Ob'fi-r- 
vations  convince  u-s,  that  foyift  have  a  areater  Number 
i.  L""55'Vb=u>  other  Animals.  The  Antients  thought  alfo 
that  /»7cff,  had  no  Blood,  becaufe  many  of  them  had  nO 
red  Liquor  ike  our  Blood  :  But  it  is  not  the  Colour,  but 
the  Ufe  0.  the  Liquor  that  is  to  be  regarded.  Thev  be- 
l.ev-ed  alfo  that  i»ye3^  had  no  Hearts;  whereas  our  Mi- 
crofcopcs  do  now  difcover.  that  when  Infea,  have  fcveral 
Lungs,  they  have  alfo  feveral  Hearts;  and  in  particular. 
It  IS  found,  that  Silk- Worms  have  a  continued  Chain  of 
Hearts,  from  the  Head  ahnoft  to  the  very  Ex-tremity  of 
the  Tail.  And  It  is  this  Number  of  Hearts  and  Lungs 
that  occafions  thofe  fo/cff,  to  give  Signs  of  Life  a  long 
while  after  they  are  divided  into  feveral  Parts.  He  ob? 
lerves  alio,  that  it  ,s  wrong  to  call  7.,/eff,  imperfeft  Ani- 
mals, iincc  they  want  no  Parts  either  ncccffary  or  conve- 
nient for  their  Ufe,  or  to  render  them  compleat  in  th-it 
tand.  Ihcre  are  fome,  who  afl^rm  that  the  Earth- 
Worms,  and  thofe  Round-tailed  Worms,  which  are  round  iii 
the  Intefimes  of  Men  and  Horfcs,  STc.  alfo  Snails  and 
Horle-Lcacl-.es  are  Flermaphroditcs  ;  but  that  fuchWorma 
as  become  Flics,  and  Silk-W  orms  are  not  fo,  being  of  no 
Sex,  but  are  Nells  fall  of  real  Animals,  which  we  fee  in 
time  Eome  out  with  W  mgs. 

H  h  h  h  ll  T^;„ 


\ 


IN 


The  Moderns  have  proceeded  much  farther  j'n  the  Know- 
Jcdgc  of  hijetJs  than  the  Antients,  as  having  rhe  Advan- 
tages of  the  Microfcope  which  diUingui/lics  their  minute 
Parts,  whereof  they  have  pubii/li'd  Draughts  and  Defcrip- 
tions.  Dr.  neok  has  publiih'd  a  Micrography  in  Folio  j  and 
Fya7i.  Rsdi,  a  Phyfician  at  ^iorencc,  has  publi/li'd  feveral 
Jfigures  with  new  and  .;iirioii3  Experimcnrs  of  iiis  own. 
Si^.Malj^ighi,  Bartholin,  the  Fbilojojjhical  TrujifaHions  of 
Lojidojt,  Faris,  and  Leifftc,  have  a  great  Number  of  fine 
Obiervations  and  Experiments  on  bifeHs,  Szoammcrdam 
haswrittena  generalHittory  oflnfeBs  in  Dutch,  and  aflures 
us,  there  are-ibove  4-^0  Writers  on  thisSubjeflj  among 
others  arc  Wotmi,  Gefner,  ^Idrovafidus,  Monjfet,  Harvey^ 
FahriciHS  ah  Jquafenileme,  Coedart,  ^c.  Hoeffna^el,  Painter 
to  the  Emperor  Riidolfbin,  has  given  very  good  Defigns  of 
above  -^oo  Species,  Goedart  has  defcribed  above  400,  and 
Mr.  Mhln  has  given  us  a  new  Hiftoryof  our  Ea^l'/j  hife^ls, 
with  very  beautiful  Fitjures. 

INSEMINATION^  oneof  the  fourKindsof  Tranfplan- 
tation,  in  ufe  for  the  Cure  certain  Difeafes.  It  is  per- 
formed by  mixing  the  Medium  impregnated  with  the 
Mimla  taken  from  the  Patient  with  fome  fat  Earth  where- 
in has  been  fown  the  Seed  of  a  Plant  appropriate  to  that 
Difeafe  ;  but  Care  mull  be  taken  from  time  to  time  to 
Iprinkle  it  with  the  Water  wherein  the  Part  affected  his 
been  wa/li'd,  'Tis  fuppofed  the  Difeafes  will  decline  in 
proportion  as  the  Plant  grows.  By  M'.mia,  is  here  meant 
a  I'art  of  the  vital  Spirit  of  the  Patient. 

INSERTION,  a  Term  frequently  us'd  in  Phyiic,  to 
fignify  the  Implication  of  one  Part  within  another.  The 
Jnfenion  of  the  Eones,  Mufcles,  and  Nerves  in  the  Mem- 
bers of  an  Animal,  is  exceedingly  artful.  The  P'tna  Cava 
has  its  hifersion  in  the  right  Ventricle  of  the  Heart.  Infcr- 
uo7t  is  alio  ufed  in  Agriculture  for  the  Inclofmg  a  Graft 
within  the  Cleft  of  a  Tree. 

INSESSUS,  is  a  kind  of  Half-Bath,  ufually  prepared 
wirh  a  Decoclion  of  feveral  Herbs,  proper  for  the  lower 
Parts,  wherein  the  Patient  iits  down  to  the  Nave!.  It 
has  feveral  Ufes,  as  the  eafmg  of  Pain,  foftening  of  Parts, 
difpelling  of  flatulent  Matter,  and  frequently,  'promoting' 
of  the  Meijfes. 

INSINUATION,  a  cunning  and  covert  v.'ay  of  creep- 
ing int,)  Favour,  hifwuatior.  of  a  Will,  among  the  Civi- 
lians, is  the  firft  Produftion  of  it,  or  the  leaving  it  with 
the  Rcgiiler  in  order  to  its  Probate. 

INSIPID,  that  which  has  nothing  in  it  fliarp  or  pun- 
gent enough  to  aff-Lct  the  Palate,  Tongue,  l3c.  and  to  oc- 
caiion  that  Senfation  we  call  Tailing. 

INSITIO,  a  Term  in  Botany,  ufed  in  the  fame  Scnfo 
with  engrafting  ;  fignifying  in  general  rhe  Infcrtion  and 
Unitmg  of  any  Cyon,  Bud,  i5c.  into  rhe  Subflance  of  the 
Stock;  And  is  of  various  kinds. 

INSOLATION,  in  Pharmacy,  is  a  Preparation  of 
Fruits,  Drugs,  b'c  by  cxpoling  them  to  the  Heat  of  the 
Sun's  Rays  ;  either  to  dry  them,  or  to  bake  or  /liarpen 
them,  as  is  done  in  Vinegar,  Figs,  t£c.  The  Word  comes 
from  the  Lflii;:  Verb  injolare,  which  is  ufed  hy  Fliny  and 
ColimieHa^  and  lignites  to  expofe  to  the  Sun. 

INSOLVEN^T,  a  Term  applied  to  fuch  Perfons  as 
have  not  wherewithal  to  pay  their  juft  Debts  :  A  Pcrfon 
dying,  and  not  leaving  Eltate  iufticient  to  difcharge  thefc, 
is  faid  to  die  tnfoheat. 

INSPECTOR,  a  Pcrfon  to  whom  the  Care  and  Con- 
duff  of  any  Work  is  committed. 

The  ^eiD/  have  an  Officer  in  their  Synagogue,  whom 
they  call  InffeBor,  JIH,  Hhazafi.  His  Bufmefs  confiUs 
principally  in  infpecting  or  overlooking  the  Prayers  and 
Leifons,  in  preparing  and  ilicwing  them  to  the  Reader, 
and  in  ilanding  by  him  to  rake  care  he  reads  right,  and 
if  he  make  Miilakes,  to  correfl  him.  In  t\\cKo)}ian  Law, 
injpcUors  were  fuch  Perfons  as  examin'd  the  Quality  and 
Value  of  Lands  and  Etfeifts,  in  order  to  the  adjufting  or 
proportioning  Taxes  and  Impoiitions  to  every  Man's  Ettate. 

INSPIRATION,  among  Divines,  implies  the  con- 
veying of  certain  extraordinary  and  fupernatural  Notices 
or  Motions  into  the  Soul.  Thus  the  Prophets  arc  faid  to 
have  fpokcn  by  Divine  lujpTathn ;  and  the  Sinner  is  con- 
verted, whenheccafcs  to  refill  the  biffiramji  of  Grace. 
Some  Authors  reduce  \kc  Jfifflratlon  of  the  Sacred  Wri- 
ters ro  a  particular  Care  of  Providence,  which  prevented 
any  thing  they  had  faid  from  failing,  or  coming  to  nought ; 
maintaining  they  never  were  really  infpired,  either  with 
Knowledge  or  ExprefTion.  According  toM.i'Wr,  hiff!- 
vation  is  no  more  than  a  Dirediion  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 
which  never  permitted  the  Sacred  Writers  to  be  miftaken*. 
And  it  is  a  common  Opinion,  that  the  Infpiration  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  regards  only  the  Matter,  not  the  Style  or 
Words;  which  fecms  to  fall  in  with  M. Awok's  Doiirine 
of  Direction.  Among  the  Heathens,  their  Prices  and 
FrieflciTes  were  i^\id  to  be  divinely  infpired  when  they 
gave  Oracles.  The  Poets,  too,  laid  claim  to  it  j  and  to 
this  end,  always  Invoked  ^,';.n//o  and  the  Mufes  at  the  be- 
ginning of  any  great  Work. 


C  394  ) 


IN 


and  thui  Jukes,  as 


fo^/mtiw  l„Fhy£c,  Is  underflood  of  thai  Anion  of 
the  Ureal,  by  ^vh,ch  :he  Al.  is  admitted  wthin  , hi 
Lun^s.  Ih.  Admifl  on  of  the  Air  depends  immediateir 
of  the  '^'f  ""]■•,  "  »hen  the  Cavl  y 

rL  ,  /aI     "  Elevation  of  the  Tho- 

rax and  Abdomen,  and  particularly  bv  the  Motion  of  the 
D.apht,g,^  downwards:  fo  that  the' Air  does  not  ente!- 

beca^rfh    f'"*^  '''"^  tut  thofe  dila  e 

becaufe  the  Air  enters  v.j,hin  them.    Nor  is  it  the  Dila 
«a»o„  of  the  Bteaft  which  draws  in  the  Air,  as  is  „ 
fTv  tV/l"^''''  'i"'^'''''"     Condition  abfoluteVnec  t 

S"iLr;*'r"L^".- r''"^' 

INSPISSATE,  aVern^tlfed  in  Phar,«acv  for  that  O 
perafon  whereby  a  Liquor  is  broup"  o  f.hicfer  ronfift' 
ence,  by  evaporating  the  thinner  I?,r  ''™hH- 
that  ot  Liquorice,  are  hrfc'/laiect 

INSTALMENT,  is  a^ettlement,  or  i„fl«i„.  any  Pe, 
fon  ,„  his  proper  Place,   It  is  fometimes  coSded 
:hiefl 

,)ignitary  into  the  PofTeffion  of 'his'stdh' or  proper  Seat 
Lj!  ' '^,!-""''  "  "^-h  1"=  belo'ngs  :^  t  ['w 

WiKs  called  J»/3A„,„.  This  Term  is  likewlfe  commm- 
ly  ufed  for  that  Ceremony  wherein  the  Knights  of  the 
Garter  are  placed  in  their  Rank  at  "The  Word 

a  Seat  m  Church,  jn  the  Choir,  or  a  Seat  or  Bench 
Court  of  Juflicc,  Tho  Ftik   '  " 

ispure  Go>K.t?/. 

INSTANT  Is  luch  a  part  of  Duration,  wherein  wo 
perceive  no  Succcffion  ;  or  ,s  that  which  takes  up  the 
time  of  only  one  Idea  in  our  Minds.  The  Schools  di- 
flmgui/h  three  kinds  ^flnjiams;  a  temporary,  a  natu- 
ral, and  a  rational  l,,Ji.,m.  A  temporary  I„  ,am  is  a 
part  of  Time  immediately  preceding  another  .-  Thus  ths 
aft  t'llf'""  of  a  Day  precedes  immediately  and  really 
the  firlt  l„fi,„,  of  the  following  Day.  A  natural  MlaZ 
.s  what  we  otherwife  call  a  Priority  of  Nature,  whicli 

■gi  as 


Law  with  Abatement.  The  Word  is  chiefly  "fed  for  ,h= 
Induflion  of  a  Dean,  Prebendary,  or  other  ErckGaflilal 
Dignitary  mto  the  PofTeffion  of'h;.  .<;„11 


.  —        at  3 

'ms  IS  of  opinion,  the  Word 


IS  obferved  m  things  that  are  fubortlinated  in  aft,., 
(h-ft  and  fecond  Caufes;  Caufes  and  their  Effecls."  For 
the  nature  of  things  requires,  that  if  there  be  a  fecond 
Caufe,  there  rau.l  be  a  firft  ;  and  that  there  mull  be  a 
Caufe,  if  thcte  be  an  Efifefl.  A  rational  Injtam,  is  not 
any  real  Inft.n,,,  but  a  Point  which  the  Underilandin. 
conceives  to  have  been  before  fome  other  Injlam,  founded 
on  the  nature  of  the  things  which  occafion  it  to  be  con- 
ceiv  d  For  inftance,  as  God  has  made  feveral  things  vo- 
luntarily, which  he  could,  otherwife,  have  let  alone  ; 
there  IS  a  reafonable  Foundation  to  conceive  God  fuch  as 
he  ism  himfelf,  before  he  had  made  any  of  thofe  volun- 
tary Determinations ;  but  as  there  was  no  real  Mlam, 
when^  God  had  not  form'd  any  Determination,  this  I„- 
Jtam  IS  call  d  a  rational  InBmt,  by  way  of  oppofition  to 
an  Inliajit  of  Time.  '      >  rr 

INSTAURATION,  the  Re-eflabliniment  of  a  Reli- 
gion, a  Church,  (£c.  The  Word  is  uerived  from  the  old 
l.ai,n  l,,jlu,,um,  which  fignified  every  thing  neceffary  for 
tlie  tilling  and  managing  of  Grounds ;  as  Cattel,  Tools, 
Harnels,  ^c.  ' 

INSTINCT,  a  Difpofition  or  natural  Sagacity  where- 
with Animals  are  endued,  by  virtue  whereof'  they  arc  en- 
abled to  provide  for  themfclves,  know  what  is  good  for 
thsm,  and  determined  to  prcferve   and  propagate  the 

^.P^'i^'V  o'  3""""  ■''""logy  to  Reafon,  and  iupplics 

the  Defefl  of  it  m  Brutes. 

INSTITUTE,  to  ordain,  found,  or  eflabli/h  any  thing 
Thus  Mo/es  mjtiumd  the  Ceremonies  of  the  Old  Law,  and 
Jcfus  Chrill  the  Saciaments  of  the  New. 

L\ST1TUTI0N,  is  the  AS  of  the  BiHiop,  or  ons 
commiffion'd  by  him  to  aft,  whereby  any  Clerk  is  invefl- 
ed  with  the  Spiiitu.alitie5  of  a  Reftory  or  Vicarage.  The 
Clerk  kneels  down  before  the  Bifliop,  whilll  he  pro- 
nounces thcfe  Words  of /i/fttmio,,:  (inHitm  te  ReBorem 
Ecdtfl^  cie  A.  B.  cum  QirJ  Jnimanm,  ^  accipe  Giyam  tiuttt 

nieam)  and  the  Clerk  holds  the  written  Inllrument,  with 
the  Epifcopal  Seal  annexed,  in  his  hand  during  the  Cere- 
mony. But  the  Clerk  muft  have  Induaion"  after  this, 
without  which  he  has  no  Right  to  his  Temporalities,  if 
the  Benefice  be  nor  a  Donative,  Before  the  Clerk  is  iiifii- 
tuted,  he  mull  fubfcribe  the  59  Articles  of  Religion,  in 
the  Prefence  of  the  Ordinary  (or  his  Subilitutc)  and  'the 
Ordinary  is  not  bound  to  offer  them,  but  the  Clerk  is  to 
offer  to  fubfcribe  them:  and  he  muft  fubfcribe  them 
without  Referve,  Exception,  or  Q^ualiiication,  or  elfc  his 
Jnmmton  IS  iffififlo  void,  and  null,  and  the  Church  is 
ftill  vacant.  At  the  fame  time  the  Ordinary  requires  tho 
Clerk  to  fubfcribe  the  other  two  Articles,  mention'd  in 
the  2<;th  Canon  about  the  King's  Suptemicy,  and  the 
Lawfulnefs  and  C'fe  of  the  Liturgy.  The  Clerk  muft  alio 
before  himiutk,,  fubfcribe  to  that  part  of  the  Declaration 
enjoin'd  by  the  Aft  of  Uniformity,  14  O.  z.  c.  =4.  viz. 


IN  (  ) 

J  imlt  cwfmn  to  the  Liturgy  oj  England,  as  hy  tazv  ef?a~ 
hlijhcd.  before  hifiiti-.mii^  he  mult  alfo  take  the  O^ths 
mention'd  in  the  firli  Statute  of  William  and  iVijry,  c.  8. 
inllead  of  the  former  Oaths  of  Allegiance  and  Supremacy 
required  by  Stat,  i  £//2,.  And  then  he  mufl:  take  the 
Oath  againfl:  Simony,  enjoin'd  by  the  4oi:h  Canon,  and 
the  Oath  of  Canonical  Obedience.  And  he  is  to  have 
Certificates  given  him  of  his  fubfcribing  the  Declaration 
contained  in  the  Aft  of  Uniformity,  in  Enghp^  in  a  di- 
flinil:  Inflrument,  under  the  Hand  and  Seal  of  the  Bi- 
/hop  ;  and  of  his  other  Subfcriptions  and  Oaths  in  Lat'm. 
The  Clerk  ought  by  all  means  to  have  Witneffes  of  his 
InfHtutim,  his  taking  the  Oaths,  making  Subfcriptions,  ^c. 
and  therefore  he  /hould  defire  fome  prsfent  to  write  their 
Kameson  the  back  of  his  Inftrumentsi  and  make  Memo- 
randums who  they  are,  and  where  they  live.  The 
Church,   by  hi^ithtion,  is  full  againft  all  Perfon; 


IN 


deritandrng     The  Terlf amies  male  two  Kni, 
tdka   tue  Aaive  and  ,he  Paffivs  ;  -tho  Aflive  is  th^f 

which  receivtsthe   -  - 

to  the 


Fcfled  Species  emitted  by  Obie^s 
.  ^-^^™^^^"i^'S^.:vhich  convey  to  the  coiiimori 
fenfiblc,  are  rendered 


ec.  Species  being  material  and 
,  £  •  ,  ...  '"t'^digilde  by  the  Aflive  httdkri. 
and  fit  to  be  received  into  tae  Paffive  intdkR.  The  Spcl 
cies,  fofprimabzed  arc  called  eMpreffed  Species,  as  be- 
ing exprefled  from  thofe  ethers  iinprc!r,-d  ,nd  if  l, 
there  that-'-- '  ^  '  ""^  " 
cffea, 

flinft  from  each  other. 

INTELLIGIBLE,  anything  capable  of  b,;„„„nd„, 
flood  or  conceived  by  the  Mind.  The  PhilofophSs  hare 
«".^'\B'i"gs  'hat  are  purely  intelligibk  and 
only  fublM  i„  the  Underflanding  ^  fuch  lire  the  £„,i.R". 
tmus,  Univerfal  Ideas,  and  other  Chimeras.  The 
We,  or  mtelleflual  World,  is  the  Idea  of  the  World  in 


,e  teeW  comes  to  Jmoi  m«'';iJ7hings": 
^"Z^lZl  lilve  nothing  really  di- 


,  but 

the  King  3  and  the  Clerk  by  it  may  enter  upon  the 

Glebe,  and  take  the  Tythcs :  but  he  cannot  let  or  grant  the  Divine  Mind,  frequen'ri'v  refc^red  to  hv  M,/,)  V 

Ihem,  nor  fue  for  them,  if  they  are  refufed  to  be  paid.  INTENDANT  one  who  b,   ,1,    r  7M,&4,v,„A 

After  I,:mu,„o„  the  Clerk  is  tj  receive  a  written  Man^dat^  and  Manfgi^^i!;.  of  aSv1hi„„     This  ist'^k^Jery  fre: 


from  the  Ordinary  to  the  Arch-Deacon,  or  other  proper    quent  amons  "the  frcKci  •  rh™  b,,,^  ,  7'""% 

I'-'l^fl-  =  "hich  fee.  '      ?he  Marine,  Iho  »rf  St  ers't&t:;,  wSfia 


INSTITUTIONS,  or  I;>i?,l«iC! 
four  Tomes  or  Volumes  ofthi 

pendium  or  Summary  of  the  whole  in  four  Books,c'ompofcd    nances,  whu 
liy  TnloniaHus,  Tbafhhu  and  Dontheus,  by  order  of  the    dams  of  Provin' 


Par.  of  thefirflofthe  finefs  is  to  take  care  the  o7di;,;;c;7;„7  Rekrations"e" 
e  Civil  Lawj  being  a  Com-    lating  to  Sea-AIfairs  be  obferved  ;  i^t^rff^rf  of  the  fI- 


Emperor  y^ffiuim,,  for  the  Ufe  of  young  Students  ;  who  take  care  of  the  Reformatioli 
having  the  firft  Elements  of  the  whole  Profeffion  in  this  "    '  " 

little  Treatife,  might  the  fooner  gain  a  competent  Know- 
ledge of  it,  without  being  difcouraged  by  the  Bulk  of 


  -...^.-.^,,1.^5    init:7in:ims  ot  : 

have  the  Direcfion  of  the  Revenues  ; 

who  are  appointed  by  the  King,  to 
ormation  of  Juflice,  Policy,  and  Fi- 


jMncgmthe  Provinces  ;  Imtndsimsl^rhnMiug^l  of  Hou- 


the-former  Books.  Infl^^u.us  are"  likewife  a-Syilem  .entKJre  mI^I  ^Al^A  ^ ^  ^.nderflan^ 
tit  Lawr  '^-"■■i- —   _  . 


.  or  Rules  in  any  particular  Science ;  and  fo  Phy- 
jical  or  Medicinal  InBhmons  are  fuch  as  teach  the  necef- 
fary  Fr^copma  to  the  Fradice  of  Medicine,  or  the  Cure 
of  Difeafes. 

IINSTRUMENT,  properly  fignifies  any  thing  that 
ferves  as  a  Caufe  to  produce  an  Efteit. 

injimmem^  is  alfo  ufed  in  Law  to  fignify  J^jme  public 
Aft  or  authentic  Dt;ed,  by  means  whereof  any  Truth  is 
made  apparent,  or  any  Right  or  Title  ellabli/h'd  in  a 
Court  of  J  ultice. 

Injirumems  of  Sacrijii 
Architecture  ;  as  Vaf^ 
wherewith  the  Victims 

which,  we  fee  in  a  Corinthian  Freeze  in  the  Remains  of 
Temple  behind  the  (>apitol  at  Rome,  C£?( 


.   ,  ^ning  oftheLaw.    The  Judges  ought 

JO  judge  accorduig  to  the  common  ImeH^mem  of  the 
i-aw.    Coke.  ^ 

an'^a^i^^'oTpioc'e'rl  '°  '^^^^  "  e 

INI  ENTION,  in  Law,  is  a  Writ  which  lies  ariinll 
him  who  enters  after  the  Death  of  ,he  Tenant  in  Dowe 
or  other  Tenant  for  Life,  and  Holds  out  him  in  the  Re! 
verlion  or  Remainder. 

M^^Ji°?:^     ^■"l'""'  J"''?"-"  or  parti- 

cular Method  of  Cure,  which  a  Phyfcian  forms  to  hiL-'lf 


are  Ornaments  in  the  Antique  from  a  due  Examlni  ion  ^^Syn  Zm?" 
mr'w  rrkuVd    K  ^t'll  ^In  Phyfics,   it  figmiles  theTS  of 

^.I"^^}.'^:^  -  „I"""ccs  of   Quality,  as  Heat,  Cold,  E?c.  as  Remiffl 


„  ,  ,   _j  --  My  Power  or 

,^       Y     r,-    .  •  .  ^  Remiffion  fignifies  its 

Decreafc  or  Diminution.  "i^'unts  us 

INSULATED,    by- the  f>c„.i  called  J/.te,  and  the    lecluaTSwfwijL  "  ^'^""^^ 
r.,„.  is  a  Term  apply'd  to  /  Column  that    ^^t^li^  i::t:Z<Ct:t'ilZT:i,y'^t 

id  w.ll  not  be  called  off  by  any 


confidcrs  it  on  all  ficics, 
Sollicitation. 


flands  alone,  or  fn 

an  ifiai  d  in  the  Sea;  whence  the  Word  is  deri\ed. 

INSULT,  a  IMilitary  Term,  ufed  for  tlie  attacking  of 
any  Poll  with  open  Force,  witnout  the  Apparatus  of 
Trenches,  Saps,  or  any  regiuar  Approaches. 

INSUPER  is  a  Word  uYcu  by  the  Auditors  of  the  Ex- 
clejner:  In  their  Accompts,  they  fiy,  fo  much  remains  ix- 
Jnfer  to  fuch  an  Accomptant;  that  is,  fo  much  remains 
due  on  fjcb  an  Accompt. 


The  Schoolmen  alfo  ufe  the  Terms  firft  and  fecond  la." 
tenuon.    A  Term  of  firft  Jmmic,  is  that  which  fisnifies  i 
thing  ;  the  firfl  Imntmi  of  Man,  in  cftablifiiina  Words 
bein,g  to  exprefs  Things,  or  the  Ideas  they  have  of  Things* 
^rj.  "S  ,  is  that  which  does  not  fienifi 

a  Thmg  but  another  Tern,  or  Sign.     Thus  a  Trei,  i 

Sum 'f'^M'"''^^'/-  '^T  Confideration  of  .    ^h^^^Tcr&Lm™-   '^^'U"""'".".'.  Terms  in 

bum  ot  Money  paid  m  hand,  to  make  good  Ships,  Me        "  " 


to  the  Value  of  that  for  which 
in  cafe  of  Lofs  by  Storm,  Pirates, 


^  ,       .  figure,  Kind,  ^c.  arc  Terms 

01  lecond  Inttntian. 

INTERCALARY-DAr,  is  ufually  underfiood  of  the 
odd  Day  inferred  m  the  Leap- Year.  The  Word  is  de- 
rived from  the  Lafm  ImercAms,  of  Ulo  caU,,  which 
antiently  fignified  to  call  a  loud  Voice:  ^^Intercalary 
among  the  Romms  fignifying  a  Day  inferted  between  , 


chandizes,  Houles,  £5t 
the  Reward  is  received 
Tire,  (ic. 

INTACTA  are  Right  Lines  to  which  Curves  do  contl 
mially  approach,  and  yet  can  never  meet  with  them  : 
Iheic  are  ufually  called  ^fympmes,  which  fee. 

INTAGLIO'S,  precious  Stones,  having  the  Heads  of 
great  Men,  Infcripdons,  and  the  like,  engraven  on  'em  ; 
luch  as  we  frequently  fee  let  in  Rings,  Seals  igc 

IN-TAKER,  a  Name  antiently  given  to  certain  Ban  "'^'."S"")-  spaces  oetween  the  Columns.  The  fc 
ditti  or  Robbers,  who  inhabited  I  In  of  the'Xif  of  'b^ '"'thT^ol  mT  "rrrr'Tl'lt  i':  t^'^'-^' 

imo  the    And  according  to  that  Author,  the  teerco 


y 

other  Days  ;  which  for  thatreafon  was  proclaim'd  by  the 
its  With  a  loud  Voice,  ■' 
INTERCOLUMNS,  or  I«<i,c./„„«;„ri„«,  in  Architec- 
ture, Iignify  the  Spaces  between  the  Colun 


iBjW    and  who  made  frequent  Excurfions   , 

•very  niiddle  of  Smdafsd,  plundering  the  Inhabitants  wh( 


ever  the 


icre-    five  kinds 


neycame.    Thofe  who  made  the  Expeditions  were  andAramft«l 
called  Om^Farlers,  and  thofe  who  were  left  behind  to  re- 
ceive  the  Booty  hi-Tahrs. 

INTEGERS,  from  the  Latin  InteTrttm^  fignifies  in 
Arithmetic,  whole  Numbers,  in  contradiclion  to  Fraa'ions 
INTEGRAL  1  the  7n«f«/ Calcul  us  in  the  new  Analv- 
■tI-  'f  A'V"'  T'"''^''  anfwers  to  the  differential  Calculus, 
ihislafthas  been  complcady  explained  by  theMarnuifs 
flUoffnal,  but  the  other  ftiU  remains  imperfeft,  ha  vine 
been  but  little  cultivated. 

Integral,^  among  the  Schoolmen,  is  underflood  of  thofe 
rart.whicn  enter  the  Compofition  of  any  Whole.  Thus 
s^'.^i'^'-"^'-         are  ,»uW  Pans  of  the  Body. 

INTEGUMENT,  a  Term  in  Anatomy,   applied  to    Bilhopric,  till 


7tiatio7i  is  of 


the  Skmsor  Membrane,.,  which  cover  the  Parts  within  the 
Body,  as  the  Coats  or  Tunics  of  the  Eye.  The  word  is 
"'■'rvTl-U'^rV"''  ^'""^  °f  Covering. 

-f  C  i-  '  ".^  "'""^  ^""""S  the  Philo'fophers, 
«o  fignify  that  Faculty  of  the  Soul,  ufually  called  the  Uu- 


Pychnoflyle,  Sittyle,  Euftyle,  Dioftyle. 
Ml-  r  /f' '==  <=^P'^™'d  in  their  places.  For  a 
Medium  fome  Authors  have  laid  down  the  followinl.  Pro- 
portions for  the  /„re.co/„„=,„.  In  ,he  Tufcan  Order,  tfie 
tcrc«hm„  muft  be  four  Diameters  of  the  Body  of  the  Co- 
lumn below  ;  ,n  the  Done  three;  in  the  Ionic  two;  in  the 

b.b,lf  „f       t        ;     u  "*""        P''^ys     intercedes  in 
f     Offi"-  '^T'--"         '"tcrceffor  was  the 

NameofanOihcer  whom  the  Governours  of  Province, 
appointed  principally  to  raife  Taxes  and  other  Dues.  Ses 
ihs  third  Lazv  of  ^itii.  Code. 

;»tc.-«f„.  was  alfo  a  Term  heretofore  applied  to  fuch  Bi- 
fho^is,  as,  during  the  Vacancy  of  a  See;  adminifter'd  the 
a  Succeflor  ro  the  dcccafed  Bifhop  had 
Ihe  third  Council  cf  Caritare  clUs  the'e 
hiter-.e,,tors  The  word  I,„e„effor  comes  from  the  Lal'i-i 
litter  and  ce.Vi,  T  fo  henveeii  '  ' 

INTERCOMMONING,  is  when  the  Commons  of  fua 
Manners  lie  together,  and  the  Inhisbitantt  of  both  havs 


IN 


(  396} 


IN 


time  out  of  mind  caufed  their  Citiel  to  feed  promifcuouny 
in  each.  ,.  , 

INTERCOSTAL,  in  Anatomy,  fignifics  any  thing  be- 
tween the  Ribs.  There  are  two  intercoJtalViciwcs,  which 
are  fo  call'd,  bccaufc  "'n  defcending  they  pafs  near  the 
Roots  of  tlic  Ribs.  They  are  formed  in  the  Brain,  by 
three  Branches  of  iN^ervcs,  two  whereof  come  from  the 
.  lixth  Fair,  and  the  third  from  the  fifth.  The  iritcrcojial 
'  Nerves  have  a  great  Communication  with  thofe  of  the 
eighth  Fair,  and  fend  feveral  Branches  to  the  Brea{>  and 
lower  Ventricle.  There  are  alfo  two  intercofial  Arteries ; 
the  upper,  which  comes  from  the  Subclavian,  and  diitri- 
butcs  iifelf  within  the  four  Spaces  of  the  upper  Ribs ; 
and  tlie  under,  which  conies  from  the  lower  Trunk  of  the 
great  Artery,  and  diftufes  iifelf  within  the  Spaces  between 
the  eight  lower  Ribs  and  the  neighbouring  IVlufcles. 
There  is  alfo  a  Vein  call'd  hmrcaftal,  which  arifes  from 
the  four  Spaces  between  the  upper  Ribs,  and  terminates 
in  the  Subclavian. 

Inlernftal  ivlufcles  are  the  external  and  internal,  which 
are  forty-four  in  number,  one  of  each  fort  being  between 
every  two  Ribs:  They  arife  from  the  lower  Edges  of  each 
fuperior  Rib,  and  are  inferred  into  the  upper  Edges  of 
each  inferior  Rib.  Their  Fibres  crofs  one  another; 
thofe  of  the  external  run  obliquely  from  rho  back-part 
forwards ;  but  thofe  of  the  internal  from  the  fore-part 
backwards:  they  are  thin  and  flefliy. 

INTERDICT,  a  Cenfure  inflifted  by  a  Pope  or  Bi- 
Jliop,  fufpending  the  Pricfls  from  their  Funflions,  and  de- 
priiing  the  People  of  the  Ufc  of  Sacraments,  Divine  Set- 
■v'ice,  and  Chriilian  Burial. 

bmriicl  is  properly  undcrflood  of  a  general  Excommu- 
nication of  a  Country  or  City,  as  appears  by  the  Decretals. 
There  is  a  local  and  a  pcrfonal  Inttrdifl  ;  where  rhcfe  two 
are  joln'd,  the  ImerdiB  is  faid  to  be  mix'd.  This  Punifll- 
jnent,  as  well  as  general  Excommunications,  were  but 
little  known  till  the  Time  of  Pope  Crejoi_y  VII.  In  Ex- 
communicating a  Prince,  all  his  Adherents,  that  js,  his 
Subjcds  who  retain  their  Allegiance,  are  excommuni- 
cated, and  the  whole  Country  is  iinder  an  ItiterdiH.  In  the 
Reign  of  King  3o4ii,  the  Kingdom  of  Eiiflaiii  lay  ui.der 
a  Papal  ImeriiB  for  above  fix  Years  together  :  Ir  began 
yl.D.  iso8.  In  Imitation  of  the  Popes,  the  Bifhops  alfo 
bcEjan  to  interdiB  ;  and  it  became  a  common  thing  for  a 
City  or  Town  to  be  excommunicated  for  the  fake  of  a 
finglc  Ferfon  whom  they  undertook  to  flieltcr.  But  this 
Severity  was  found  to  have  fuch  ill  EfFeas,  thar  they  have 
bccnoblis'd  to  moderate  it.  An  btterditl  is  denounced, 
and  taken  off  ac^ain,  with  the  fame  Formalities  as  an  Ex- 
conimur.icaticn.  .     r  3  ir 

In  the  Common  Law,  the  -word.  InterdiBw}!  is  uled  alio 
in  ihe  fame  Senfe  as  in  the  Canon  Law,  where  it  is  de- 
fin'd  to  be  Ceajura  Ecdejiajiica  prohibens  Jdrn'mijiratiofiem 
Di-vwcrufn. 

InterdiBs,  in  the  Roman  Law,  were  certain  FormiiU  of 
"Words,  by  which  the  TriEtor,  when  the  Foflcffion  of  any 
thing  was  conteilcd  between  many,  order'd  or  forbid 
Something  to  be  done  with  it,  till  the  Buiincfs  of  Right 
or  Property  ihould  be  legally  detcrmin'd.  Which  For- 
miiU  were  call'd  InterdiHs,  becaufe  they  related  to  the 
Poffeflion  ot  the  thing  in  the  hnerim  ;  or  till  the  Right 
was  afcertainM.  They  had  three  kinds  of  Int&rdiBs^  Fro- 
hihUona^  Rcjiiuitor'ia,  and  EshVoitoria.  Trohihhoria  were 
thofe  by  which  the  Judges  forbad  any  one  to  vex  another 
in  the  PofTefTion  of  any  'thing  legally  belonging  to  him. 
jRejiitutoria  were  thofe  by  which  the  Judges  appointed  any 
cne,  who  had  been  expelled  out  of  his  Efiaie,  to  be  re- 
poffeifed  before  his  Right  was  legally  afcertain'd ;  and 
this  was  the  fame  with  what  they  call'd  the  Rchitegrant. 
E'xhihmia  were  thufc  by  which  any  thing  in  difputc  was 
order'd  to  be  exhibited,  as  a  Tettaiiient,  ^c. 

There  was  alfo  a  fecond  Divifion  of  Interdihls,  -viz.  Into 
Miftfcevd^^  Kttii!C7tda,  and  RiTuperajid^.  The  firft  tend- 
ed to  the  acquiring  a  new  Foffcffion,  as  the  hnerdiB  quo- 
rmi  hnorum^  &c.  the  fecond  to  the  keeping  an  cid  one 


till  it  was  further  deterrain'd,  as  the  Uti pofJeth,  Sec.  the 
laU  to  the  recovering  one  loft,  as  Unde  vi,  &c. 

hiterdiBion  of  Wnier  and  Fire  ;  a  Sentence  antiently  pro- 
nounced againll  fuch,  as  for  fomc  Crime  were  to  be  ba- 
niih'd.  They  were  not  direflly  adjudged  to  Banlftimcnt  j 
but  by  giving  order  that  no  body' /liuulJ  receive  them, 
but  deny  them  Fire  and  Water,  they  were  condemned,  as 
it  were,  to  a  Civil  Death  ;  and  this  they  call'd  Lcgn.'muTiz 
Exilinm.  Livy. 

INTEREST,  is  the  Sum  recTroned  for  the  Loan  and 
Forbearance  of  fome  principal  Sum  lent  for,  or  due  at  a 
certain  time,  according  to  fome  certain  Rate,  and  there- 
fore called  Principal,  becaufe  it  is  the  Sum  that  procre- 
ates the  J'/zfere/^,  or  from  which  the  Intereji  is  rcckonedj 
and  is  either  Simple  or  Compound. 

(i.)  Simple  /wKre/^Is  counted  from  the  Principal  only, 
and  is  eafily  computed  by  the  Simple  or  Compound  Gol- 
den Rule,  thus  :  Let  that  which  is-the  principal  Caufe  of 
the  Intereji  be  put  in  the  firll  place,  and  that  which  be- 
tokeneth  Time  be  in  the  fecond  place,  and  the  remain- 
ing in  the  third  ;  under  this  conditional  Part  place  the  two 
other  Terms,  each  under  its  like,  and  there  will  be  a 
Blank  to  fupply  under  one  of  thofe  above,  cirher  under  ■ 
the  fir  (I,  fecond,  or  third:  As  ft  r  Example,  if  100/.  in 
twelve  Months  gains/,  (this  is  the  conditional  Part)  what 
lbaU5o/.  get  in  three  Months ?  Place  them  down  as  io 
the  Rule. 

/.   Momhs,  I. 
100  .  iz    ,  6 

50  ■    3  Here  the  Blank 

will  be  under  the  third  Place,  multiply  the  three  laft  for 
a  Dividend,  and  the  two  firft  for  a  Divifor,  the  Quotient 
of  thefe  gives  the  fixth  i  that  is,  6X50x3  =  900,  and 
100  X  12  =ii2Co.  Now  12C0)  90Q.o(  73  =151,  re- 
quired. But  if  the  Demand  had  been.  In  how  many 
Months  would  50  /.  have  gained  1 5  J.  or  if  100  /.  in  twelves 
Months  giin  6  i.  what /Iiall  the  Principal  be  that  in  three 
Months  would  gain  151.  In  thefe  two  Cafes  the  Blank 
would  have  been  under  the  firft  or  fecond  Term  :  Then 
hy  the  Rule,  multiply  the  firll,  fecond,  and  laft  for  ^ 
Dividend,  and  the  third  and  fourth  for  a  Divifor  3  the 
Qiiotient  is  the  Anfwer. 

Months.  /. 
ICO  ■  12.    .  6 

3  •  75  =r5  J.  Then  by  the 
Rule  100  X  12  X75=;  pco.oo  and  6"  X  5  ==;  18)  900.  (50  /. 
required. 

This  Rule  fliews  Simple  I«fece/?,  and  all  that  belongs 
to  it  with  Eafe,  and  was  thus  found  :  Put  P  for  the  Prin- 
cipal T  for  the  Time,  and  G  for  the  Gain  in  the  Condi- 
tions, and      f,  g  anfwering,   it  will  be,  P;  G  :  :  t ^  i 

And  T  :  G/  :  :  (  :  which  is   the  firft 

Rule  ;  that  is,  multiply  the  three  laft  for  a  Dividend,  and 

G     t  _ 


the  two  firft  for  a  Divifor.     And  becaufe 


T  P 


T_P^ 


nd^  : 


'  which  is  the  fecond  Rule. 


therefore  G  r  /  =  T  P  5,  and  confequently  f 
TP.ir, 

(2.)  Comfoimd  Imereji  is  that  which  Is  counted  from  tha 
Principal,  and  Simple  j7ite'-£/^  forborn,  called  a\(o  lutcrejl 
iipoji  linereft  i  but  becaufe  this  hath  now  no_ Place  in 
human  Affairs,  it  being  rendered  illegal,  it  is  not 
worth  while  to  know  how  to  compute  it.  But  bclidesthc 
ways  of  computing  Intenfi,  we  fliall  here  give  ano- 
ther very  plain,  eafy,  and  ready  Method  of  computing 
all  Simple  fntereT?  and  Difcount  ;  as  alfo  the  way  to  find 
the  Amount  or  prefent  Value  of  any  Sum  of  Money,  or 
of  any  Annuity,  or  other  yearly  Payment,  SSc.  for  any 
Term  not  exceeding  an  hundred  Tears.  And  in  order 
to  this,  the  following  Table  of  Shillings,  Pence,  and  Far- 
things, reduced  to  the  Decimal  Parts  of  Founds,  is  pre- 
viouliy  neceffary. 


I N  (  397  ) 


SHILLINGS,  PENCE,  and  FARTHINGS,  reduced  to  the  Decinu!  ; 
Parts  of  a  POUN  D. 


-3 

~3t 

-3r 

-3l- 

-4 

-4? 

-4t 

-4V 

--S 

-5i 

-5i 

•-5  l- 

-6 

-6\ 

-6-; 
-fij- 

--7 


Dedmal 
Fart!  of  j 
rt  Vomd.  ' 


001042  I 
002083  \ 
.003125  ; 
.004167  i 
.005208  I 
.00625  j 
.00725)2  , 
.00S333  I 

■009375  i 
.010417  ■ 
.011458 
.0125 
.013542 
.014583 
.01 5625  I 
.016667  I 
.017708  I 
.01875  I 

.019792  ! 

.020833  I 

.021875! 

.0229171 

.023958 

.025 

.026042 

.027003 

■028125 

■029167 


DscijHul 

d. 

Parts  of 

ti  Pound. 

— 
— 



'"7 '4 

,030208 

— 

-7i- 

.03125 

— 

-7!- 

.03  2292 

— 

-8 

■033333 

— 

— 8ii 

■034375 

— 

-8t 

■035417 

— 

—8 

.036458 

— 

-9 

■0375 

— 

-9\ 

.038542 

— 

-97 

.039583 

— 

-9J- 

.040625 

— 

10 

.041667 

— 

1°; 

.042708 

— 

10-^ 

■04375 

— 

loi 

.044792 

1 1 

.045833 

1 

.046875 

.047917 

11-; 

.048958 

—  1 

.05 

—  1 

4 

.05  ID42 

--1 

.052083 

—I 

.053125 

--I 

—I 

.054167 

—I 

.055208 

—  I 

—11 

.05625 

—  I 

-1' 

.057292 

—I 

—2 

.058333 

'Decimal 

s. 

d. 

sruiii  vj 

(1  Pound- 

1 

Parts  of 
ft  Pound. 

, 

0593  75 

—I 

■O09  ^  8  J 

06041 7 

9* 

.0906  2,^ 

•2 

^  r  .1  Si 
\JU  *  ^  \  ^ 

■°,  i 

-3 

.o6-5 

—1 

IO4  i 

.09  2708 

-3t 

.063542 

' 

.09375 

"-3t 

.0^45  ^3 

.094792 

""3  1 

.06^625 

—I 

ll'i 

■095^33 

—4 

r^A  A<  An 
.00000  / 

—I 

i  I  4 

.096875 

-44 

.067708 

--1 

III 

.097917 

"47 

.0687  5 

11'- 

nnSne  fi 
•0909) u 

4t 

.069792 

— 2 

.1 

-5  _ 

.070833 

~3 

—54 

.071875 

—4 

.2 

—  5  i 

.072917 

—5 

•*5 

_  3 

—  5>- 

.075P58 

 ^ 

.3 

 A 

-4 

.07  5 

/ 

•35 

.07  604.2 

~B 

■4 

-6t 

.077083 

-9 

■45 

-6l- 

.078125 

10 

•5 

-7 

.079167 

1 1 

■55 

-77 

.080208 

12 

.6 

.08125 

13 

.6; 

.082292 

14 

■7 

-8 

■083333 

15 

■75 

-8i 

.084375 

16 

.8 

--87 

.085417 

■85 

-81 

1 .086458 

-9 

.0875 

1- 

-9i 

1 .088542 

Exarfifks  of  the  Ufe  of  the  {receding  TABLE. 

What  Decimal  Part  of  a  Pound  is  7  <(?  Look  in  the  Ta- 
ble for  7  d.  and  even  with  it  you  will  find  02V1S7.  which 
is  the  Decimal  required.  What  DecimaVPart  of  a  Pound 
is  17  J.  6  <i?  ."iou  will  find  thcDecimal  of  171.  ito  be  85, 
and  the  Decimal  of  6  I  to  be  015  ;  which  added,  makes 
875.  and  anfwers  the  Qucflion.  What  is  the  Value  of 
this  Decimal  .09375  Shillings,  Pence,  and  Farthings.? 
Look  in  the  Table,  and  you  will  find  it  to  be  i  s.  lo  d.  |. 
Obferve,  that  if  you  cannot  find  in  the  Table  theexatt 
Decimal  fought  for,  to  take  that  which  is  neareft  to  it,  and 
you  can  never  err  above  half  a  Farthing.  Knowing  thus 
the  Ufe  of  thefe  Decimal  Tables,  all  the  Bufinefs  of  Sim- 
fie  InttrcJ}  will  be  very  eafily  underftood,  and  difpatched 
as  followcth. 

The  yearly  Interefl  of  any  Sum  of  Money  is  had,  by 
only  multiplying  the  principal  Sum  by  the  hundredth 
Fart  of  the  Rate  of  hnercjl  For  the  Prodvift  in  Decimals 
is  the  true  Anfwer.  For  Example,  what  i.sthe  Intereft  of 
75  /.  for  one  Year,  at  the  Rate  of  fix  fer  Cent  ? 
75  =  Principal. 

06  =  the  hundredth  Part  of  6 1.  ^ 

4.50  the  Produfl,  which  is  4  10  00 

What  is  the  yearly  Intereft  of  157/.  171. 
(5  i/.  at  5  /,  per  cent  ? 
157.875  is  the  Decimal  for  157  /.  17  ;.  rf. 
05  the  HundredthPart  of  five  Pounds. 


7.89375  which  is  the  Decimal  anfwering  to  7/.  17?. 

10  d.  i,  the  IniereJ-'  of  157  /.  17  s.  6  d.  for  one 
Tear  at  5  /.  fer  Cent,  and  fo  for  any  other  Rate  or  Sum 
whatfoever.  When  thus  the  Intereft  for  one  Year  is  found, 
divide  it  by  3i5j,  and  the  Quotient  will  be  the  Interefl  for 
one  Day.  Thus  01  being  the  intereft  of  one  Pound  for  one 
Year,  if  you  divide  that  Decimal  by  355,  (continuing  the 
"Work  as  long  as  youpleafe)you  will  have  000027  59 7itJOi8i 
£=?c.  for  a  Quotient,  which  will  be  the  Intereft  of  one 
Pound  for  one  Day,  and  at  one  fer  Cejit.  Then  will  this 
Decimal  000027,  found  as  above,  if  you  multiply  it 
continually  by  the  Principal,  the  Number  of  Days,  and 
the  Rate  of  Interefl,  become  of  itfelf  an  J7ife)-e/?-Table 
for  any  Sum  of  Money,  for  any  Time,  and  at  any  Rate  : 


As  for  Example,  what  is  the  Intereft  of  150/.  for  gff^ 
Days  at  6  I.  fer  Cent. 

000027  351726028 
15a 


41CP58904230 
355 


I 500COOCO033000 
6 


'  9.00000000198000,  which  Decirnal  gives  the 
Anfwer,  near  enough  for  any  Ufe,  to  be  nine  Pounds. 

By  the  fame  Rule  .02  divided  by  355,  will  give,  in  the 
Quotient,  the  Intereft  of  one  Pound  for  one  Day,  at  2 
fcrCent.  and  05,  divided  by  ;6"5,  will  do  the  fame  at  5 
jeer  Cewf.  and  thus  thefe  Numbers  following  were  found. 

The  Intereft  of  one  Pound  for  one  Day,  at  dll  Ratesj 
from  I  to  JO  fer  Cent. 

At  I  /.  fer  Cent,  is  ooco2739726"o,  ^c.  asalsove. 


J  000054794^12 

5-  000082191781 

4-——  000109589041 

J — ,  00013^985301 

6  '  0001 64383  5  (Ja 

1  =—000191780811 

8— —  0002 1 9 1 7  8082 

p  — ooo24fl'57  5342  - 

 oooz73P72tfo3,  ^c. 


And  when  thus  the  Intereft  of  one  Pound  for  one  Da^ 
and  any  Rate  is  found,  then  that  Intereft,  multiplied  by 
2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  S,  and  9,  ^c.  gives  the  httereft  of  any  Suni 
of  Money  at  the  fame  Rate. 

Take  an  Example  at  3  /.  fer  Cent. 

Inter eji  of  1  /.  for  r  Day  is  00008219 178 

2   000 1  $■438  3  5 

5^  OQO2445753* 

4  00032^5  7<^7'^ 

J— —  0004 1 09  5  8po 

6  000495150^8 

7  -ooc57y3424ff 

8  ooo(?5753424 

9-  —00073972602 

I  i  i  i  i  Aa4 


IN 


And  then  it  is  eafy  to  find  that  the  IntsreJ}  of  i  /.  being, 
as  before,- 6000S2,  £^c,  that  of 

10  will  be  oooSaz  * 

100  —  coSiry 

1000  ■  0821^^2  * 

loooc  8.219178  * 

iccooo  — 82.1511 781 

Eecaufe  moving  the  Point  of  Separation  fiiU  one  Place 
nearer  to  the  Left-Hand,  miiltiplics  any  Decimal  by  lo, 
IOC.  jcco,  ^c.  as  is  Jhcwn  under  Decimals.  And  thus 
Tables  {jf  daily  interejl  may  be  made  at  pleafure.  The 
Reafon  of  the  Stars  above  fet  to  fome  of  the  Num- 
bers, is  to  /liew,  that  in  the  Contraftion  of  a  Decimal 
Fradiion  to  fewer  Places,  it  is  proper  to  add  one  to  the 
laft  Figure  retained,  when  the  next  Figure  to  it,  which  is 
omitted,  exceeded  5, 

To  fini/h  this  Account  of  Intereft,  we  fhall  here  fub- 
join  the  ingenious  Mr.  Barton's  new  and  univerfal  Method 
of  Simple  Intercft,  correilly,  concifely,  and  eafily  find- 
ing the  Inrereil  of  any  Sum,  for  any  Number  of  Days,  at 
any  Rate  per  Cent,  by  one  General  Rule. 


(  3PS  ) 


IN 


PJacti  I J  3  4  5  6  7  a  9  10 

RADIX   .oo'o'o'iYjVy'    44/.  Sterling. 

[General  Rule)  multiply  the  Principal,  Time, 
Kare,  and  Radix  one  into  another,  and  it's  done. 


EXAMT  L  E  I. 
JfirereJ}  of  /.  271  for  lii  Days  at  /.  3  ^er  cC7ii.  pzr  ann^ 


9105^ 


2.4«57 
275 
»3 


2.494  Anfw.  /.  2  ;  p  :  10  ^ 


EXAMPLE  2. 
Interejl  of  /.  110  for  71  Days  at  1 5  ^tr  uftt.  fcr  ann. 


—  .82ry 
.24<5 

i.otf9  Anfw.  /.  I  :  I  :  4  J 

EXAMFLE 
Initreji  of  5C00  /.  for  60  Days  at  /.4.  _fer  cent,  fsr  ami. 


32.  8715  Anfw.  /.  32  .-  17  :  ff  J 

EXAMPLE  4. 
tntarefl  of  /.  800  for  1 2  5  Days  At  i.  6  ^er  cent.  £ier  a»n. 


i«.43S  An  fw.  /.  i«  :  8 ;  9  T 

Any  Annall  Sum  given,,  to  find  what  that  is  per  Day. 
EXAMPLE  5. 
/.  ifi4  ^-r  fl«K.  what  M  that/'er  Da.y  f 
•*739 
•i«45 
109 

  J.  i. 

■449    Anfw.  8. :  ti  I 


EXAMPLE  S. 

"       1"^>'  Day  ? 


■  7  39  Anfw.  /.  2  : 


.  EXPLICATION. 

In  Example  I.  the  principal  Time  and  Rate  multiplied 
one  into  another,  make9ios(;,  by  which  I  multiply  the 
Kadix  thus ;  becaufe  9  is  in  the  *  jth  Place 
With  my  Left-hand  I  hold  a  Quill's  Point  in  'Nott.TS.rl.- 
the*  5th  Place  in  the  Radix  r.hen  I  mul-  ZTZ"«Ci 
tiply  by  the  fa.d  9,  beginning  five  Figures  f'"  '■'s'"  " 
(more  or  lefs)  ,0  the  right  of  the  OuiU,  i*'',;""'™'' 
and  when  1  come  to  the^'fourih  Fii;ur?,  on  " 
the  tight  of  the  Quill,  I  fet  its  Produdt  down,  and  all  the 
rell  onwards  obfervmg  when  I  come  to  thefaidith  Place 
to  make  the  [.]  and  the  ProduS  is  2.4557:  Then  I  re- 
move the  Qudhnto  the  fourth  Place  of  the  Radix  fbe- 
caule  I  Hands  there  in  the  whole  Number;  and  multi- 
°>';  obferving  punOually  the  laft  Rulel  and 

thc  Produais.0273  ;  then  o  in  the  third  place  makes 
nothing,  for  5  in  the  fecond  place  (putting  the  Quill  there) 
the  ProJua  IS  .0013  :  and  for  6  in  the  firli  Place  thePto- 
dutt  IS  ooci  :  (placing  tliem  ever  in  the  Order  you  feej 
1  add^them  together  (never  fetting  but  three  Decimals 
down;  and  find  their  Sam  2.494,  and  its  Value  thus. 

If  any  thing  is  to  the  left  of  the  [.]  it's  Pounds  (/.  =) 
the  firft  Figure  to  the  right  of  the  [.]  doubled  is  Shil- 
Imes  (8  s)  :  from  the  fecond  figute  take  ;  if  you  can  (if 
you  cannot  its  whole  is  Tens)  and  make  the. shillings  one 
more  (9;:  the  Remainder  (4;  in  the  fecond  place,  is 
lens  which  added  to  the  third  (as  Units)  is  Fatthings 
(44  Farthings):  for  every  20  in  that  put  away  1  (44 Far- 
things put  away  2  i.,  4^  Farthings)  :  the  Remainder 
brought  into  Pence  (10  ^^i)  compleits  the  Anfwer  (A  2. 
9.  ic  I.) 

CmraHmi.l  A  Cypher  or  Cyphers  (having  no  Figure 
n  8  '"^y  becincelled  (I  have  noted  them  witb 
aDafli)  multiplying  the  real  Figures  one  into  another  ; 
but  obfcrvc  that  the  Figures  by  which  you  are  to  multi- 
ply the  Radix,  are  to  be  ufed  as  if  every  cancelled  Cy- 
pher flood  before  them.  In  Example  2.  the  3s<c;  is  ufed 
like  and  in  reality  is  59050.  In  Example  3.  five  o's  are 
cancelled,  therefore  I  ufe  12  like  laocooo,  putting  the 
Quill  for  the  2  in  the  <!th  Place  in  the  Radix,  and,  for 
brevity's  fake,  multiply  by  la  ot  once. 

Any  annual  Sum  given,  to  find  what  that  is  fer  Day  ; 
ever  imagine  two  o's  put  to  the  Right  of  it,  then  multiply 
the  Radix  by  it,  and  it's  done. 

Remarh.'}  (i.)  If  Cyphers  be  added  to  the  Numerator 
of  the  Vulgar  FraSion,  and  that  Dividend  be  divided  by 
the  Denominator,  the  Radix  may  be  increafed  to  any 
Number  of  Places. 

(1.;  If  the  Radix  be  multiplied  by  3,4,  5,  tf,  ^c.  it 
will  be  a  Radix  for  3,4,  5,  (S,  t£fc.  fer  cent,  and  fave  the 
trouble  of  always  multiplying  by  the  Rate. 

INTERJECTION,  in  Grammar,  is  an  Expreflion  u- 
fed  to  denote  fome  fudden  Motion  or  PafGon  of  the  Mind  ; 
asoi  ihai  (Sc.  As  the  greateH  part  ot  the  Expreffions 
ufed  on  thefe  occafions,  are  taken  from  Nature  alone  ; 
the  real  hiterje^wns  in  moft  Languages  are  Monofyllables. 
And  as  all  Nations  agree  in  thofe  natural  Palfions,  fo  do 
they  agree  in  rhe  Signs  and  Indications  of  them ;  as  of 
Love,  Mirth,  Cjc.  Some  deny  the  ImerjeBhns  10  be 
Words,  or  any  part  of  Speech,  and  make  them  mere  na- 
tural Signs  of  the  Motions  or  Faflions  of  the  Mind,  ex- 
prefs'd  by  thefe  inatticulate  Sounds,  feveral  whereof. 
Brutes  have  in  common  with  us.  But  as  thefe  are  Paf- 
fions,  and  mull  be  reprefented  in  Difcourfe,  the  Interjec- 
tion has  a  good  Foundation. in  Nature,  and  is  a  neceflary 
Fart  of  Speech.  The  Greeks  confound  their  InterjeBiotit 
with  Adverbs,  and  the  Hehrettis  confound  them  with  their 
Advetbs  and  Prepofitions,  calling  them  all  by  the  general 
Name  Particle. 

INTERIM  :  A  Term  borrow'd  from  the  Latm,  fignl- 
fying  in  the  mean  time.  Charles  the  Vth  was  the  f  rll  who 
brought  it  into  ufe,  in  order  to  compofe  the  DiUurbances 
of  Germany.  Ir  was  a  kind  of  Ordonnance  or  Regulation 
to  be  obferv'd  in  the  Empire,  with  regard  to  the  Articles 
of  Religion  then  controverted,  till  iuch  time  as  they 
Ihould  be  determin'd  by  a  Council ;  and  was  therefore 
call'd  iKtcnm.  It  was  faid  to  have  been  drawn  up  by  two 
Catholics  and  a  Protehant.  But  as  it  retain'd  moil  of  the 
DoftrineS  and  Ceren-onies  of  the  Romanijis,  excepting  that 
of  Marriage,  which  was  allowed  to  Priefls,  and  Commu- 
nion, which  was  adminilfer'd  to  the  Laity  under  both 
Kintis ;  moft  of  the  Proteftanrs  rejeiled  it :  thofe  who  ad- 
mitted it,  were  nick-named  Interimijis  or  Adia^horifts  :  In- 
deed the  Interim  equally  difgufted  both  Parties,  the  Pro- 
tefiants  and  Catholics.  Belides  this,  there  were  two  other 

Interimt 


IN  (  399  ) 

Interims  1n2.dc  i  the  one  callM  the /weW;?;  of  I.ei/j7c;  the 
other  made  by  the  Divines  of  Jrrancojiia,  who  rctLifing  to 
accept  the  two  former,  made  another  for  themfelves. 

INTERLINEATION,    fomcthing   lnfc;rted  between 
two  Lines. 

INTERLOCUTORY  ORDER,  is  that  which  decides 
not  the  Caiife,  but  only  fettles  fome  intervening  Matter 
relating  to  the  Cauie ;  as  where  an  Order  is  made  by  Mo- 
tion in  Chancery,  for  the  Plaintiff  to  have  an  Injunftion, 
to  quit  his  Voffefiion  till  the  hearing  of  the  Caufe  :  This, 
or  any  other  fuch  Order,  not  being  final,  is  imerlocutory. 

IISTERLOPE,  is  to  intercept  or  dillurb  the  Traffic 
of  a  Company  i  to  take  up  a  new  Trade  or  Employment, 
to  the  prejudice  of  thofc  who  were  brought  up  in  it  : 
And  hite/iofCis  are  properly  thofe,  who  without  due  Au- 
thority hinder  the  Trade  of  a  Company  or  Corporation 
lawfully  ei-labiiih'd,  by  dealing  in  the  fame  way. 

INTERLUCATION,  in  Husbandry,  is  a  letting  in  of 
Light  between,  by  lopping,  or  cutting  away  of  Boughs. 

INTERLUDE,  an  Entertainment  exhibited  on  the 
Theatre  between  the  AAs  of  a  Play   to  amufe  the  Spefta- 


IN 


ot  the  M£MM,p„j  hext  the  Carfm;  mi  heme  inferted  oii 
the  internal  Sides  of  the  firft  Bones  of  the  Finaers  vikh 
the  Lumbncala,  they  arc  the  AdMhre,  Digltorum°  for  they 
bting  the  Fmgets  to  the  Thumb.  The  other  half  are  con- 
tamed  in  the  Spaces  that  the  Bones  of  the  Msmcarp„s 
leare  on  the  Back  of  the  Hand  ;  they  rife  from  the  upper 
l-artot  the  Bones  of  the  Memcarf„,  next  the  C«r««,  and 
are  inlerted  on  the  ex^ternal  Sides  of  the  firlt  Bonesi 
of  the  Fingers ;  and  thefe  are  the  A4J^g„es  Dinnrum,  for 
they  draw  the  Fingers  from  the  Thumb. 

Imemjei  Pedis,  the  Mufcles  which  move  the  Toes"  ia 
Number  UfcOrioin,  and  Infcrtion,  they  anfwerexaaiy 
to  tnoie  or  the  Hand,  T,,.^,.^ir^:  -ka   * 


See  Imeroffei  Manus. 
INTERPOLATION,  a  Term  ufed  by  the  Critic,  it. 
Ipeakmg  of  antient  V/ritings  and  Manufcripts,  to  which 
lome  fpurious  Additions  or  Alterations  have  been  fince 
made.  For  the  afcertaining  an  himfotatkn,  F  H^mari 
gives  us  the  five  following  Rules,  i.  That  the  Piec^  fup- 
pofed  to  be  interpolated  appear  to  have  all  the  Antiquify 
It  pretends  to.  z.  That  there  be  good  Proofs  that  it 
has  been  interpolated.  '  " 


,  ,  -  .   That  the  fuppofed  Inferpola- 

■      r     K      •      1,   Q  l"tt  their  Urc^i  or  agree  to  the  Time  of  the  Interpolator^   4.  That  the 

to  give  tini^cfotchangmg  the  Scenesand  Decorations.  Thefe    Imerfolam,,,  don't  touch  the  Foundation  of  the  Work,  hi 

.n  not  toofrequcnt,  nor  entirely  disfigure  the  Pie:e.  J.  That 

the  Reliitution  made,  agree  perfiaiy  to  the  reft  of  the 
Work. 

INTERPOSITION,  the  Situation  of  a  Body  between 
two  others  hiding  them,  or  preventing  their  Aflion. 
1  bus  the  Echpfe  of  the  Sun  is  occafion'd  by  an  ImerpuJI- 
tmz  of  the  Moon  between  the  Sun  and  us;  and  that  of 
the  Moon  by  tho  Interfofuion  of  the  Earth  between  the 
Sun  and  Moon. 

INTERPRETER,  aPerfon  who  explains  theThoughts. 
^?'''^'V".^ Writings  of  fome  others,  which  before  Vvere 
unintclhgible.  The  word  Imcif.e,,  accordin<i  to  Ifidore 
IS  compofed  of  the  Prcpofition  ,„re,-  and  Pmc,°  as  fignify- 
mg  a  Perfon  in  the  middle  betwi,;t  two  Parties,  to  T-nake 
them  mutually  undcrfiand  each  othei's  Thoughts  O- 
thers  derive  it  from  t,:ter  and  fr^s,  i.  e.  FiJepM,;  a  Perfon 
who  cautions  another. 

There  have  been  great  Debates  about  Interpreting  the 
Sciipture:  Jhe  Rom.:Mi,  contend,  that  it  belongs  abfo- 
lutcly  to  the  Church,  adding,  that  where  fte  is  filcnt 
Kealon  may  be  confultcd  i  but  where  flic  fpeaks  Reafon 
,s  to  be  difregarded.  The  Pioteilants  generally  allow 
Keafon  the  Sovereign  Judge  in  iheG.fe,  tho  Come  a- 
mong  them  have  a  flrong  regard  to  Synods  and  others 
to  the  Authority  of  the  Primitive  Fathers.  LafHy  others 
have  recourfe  to  the  Spirit  within  every  Perfon  to  inter- 
pret for  them.    Which  is  what  BocAan  calls  aWA^K 

INTERREGNUM,  the  Time  during  which  aThrone 
is  vacant,  or  a  Kingdom  without  a  Head.  In  Hereditary 
Kingdoms  there  are  no  Imerregmim,,  at  leafl  they  are  very 
rate.  In  E  eflive  Kingdoms,  the  Ime,regw.ms  are  ex' 
ttemcly  liable  to  f  aflions  and  Difotders.  In  Germany, 
the  Emperors  have  loft  the  greatett  part  of  their  Domi- 
mens  during  the  Inlerreij^nitms. 

INTERREX,  a  Magiflrate  who  governs  during  an 
Uterrem,  or  in  the  Interval  between  the  Death  of  1 
Monarch  and  the  Eleflion  or  Inauguration  of  his  Succef- 
ior  This  Magiftrature  was  eftabli/h'd  in  old  R,me 
and  was  almoft  as  antient  as  the  City  itfelf  After  the 
Death  of  Romulus  there  was  an  lntenet_num  of  a  Tear  du- 
ring  which  the  Senators  were  each  Intenex  in  their  turn 
five  Days  a-piece.  After  the  Eftablifliment  of  Confuk 
and  a  Commonwealth,  tho  there  were  no  Kings,  yet  tho 
Name  and  Funaion  of  Imtrrex  was  fliU  prrferved  For 
when  the  Magiftrates  were  abfent,  or  there  was  any  Ir- 
regularity in  their  EleSion,  or  they  had  abdicated,  fo 
that  the  C«m,na  could  not  be  held,  provided  they  were 
unwilling  to  create  a  Dielator,  they  made  an  iLrrer, 
whole  Office  and  Authority  was  to  lafl  five  Days  ;  afte^ 


jKterWeiufually  confiftof  Songs,  Dances,  Feats  of  Aftivity, 
Conforts  of  Mufic,  t^c.  In  the  antient  Tragedy,  the  Cho- 
rus fung  the  InterUdes,  to  fhew  the  Intervals  between  the 
.Ails.  Jrijioile  and  Horirce  give  it  for  a  Rule,  that  the  7«- 
terludes  Ihould  confift  of  Songs  built  on  the  principal  Parts 
of  the  Drama  :  But  fince  the  Chorus  has  been  laid  down. 
Dancers,  Buffoons,  S^c.  ordinarily  furnifh  the  Interludes. 

INTERMEDIATE,  fomething  betwixt  two.  It  is  u- 
fually  underilood  of  the  Space  of  Time  elapfed  from  any 
certain  Point  to  any  other. 

INTERMEWING,  in  Falconry,  is  an  Hawk's  MctIh^ 
from  the  firil  Change  of  her  ('oat  till  /lie  turn  white. 

INTERMITTENT  fignifies  a  CefTation  of  any  patti- 
tular  Aflion  for  fome  time,  and  that  Time  is  called  the 
Inter-jal:  Thus  Fevers  which  go  off,  and  foon  return  a- 
gain,  as  alfo  any  other  Dillempcr.^,  arc  called  Interm'ntesits, 
in  oppofition  to  thofc  which  are  always  continued  ;  and  a 
Pulfe  which  after  fo  many  Strokes,  Hops,  or  lofes  one  in 
its  due  time,  is  call'd  an  intermitting  Pulfe.  With  regard 
to  this  it  has  been  obferved,  that  as  often  as  the  Ventri- 
cle is  much  inflated  with  Wind,  the  NerzitfS  or  Plexus  Car- 
diacus  at  its  Otifice  muft  futfer  a  Contraifion,  which  being 
continued  to  the  Hcatt,  will  occafion  a  Twitching  ;  and 
this,  as  it  is  mote  or  lefs  violent,  will  produce  a  fimple 
Inrermiffion  of  Pulfe,  or  a  real  Palpitation  of  the  Heatt 

INTERNAL  ANGLES,  are  all  ^n^/ei  made  by  the 
Sides  of  any  right-lin'd  Figure  within  :  alfo  the  two  Jjigles 
between  the  parallel  Lines  on 
each  fide  the  cfofting  Line,  as  o 
and  (/,  e  and  c  in  the  F'igure  are 
call'd  the  twouster7ic!lA!2gles,&nd 
arc  always  equal  to  two  righr 
ones.  The  Jji^lesc  and  d  are  alfo 
called  Internal  and  oppofite  A7i~ 
gles  in  refpcfl  of  a  and  4.  The 
Sum  of  all  the  internal  Jngies 
of  any  right-lin'd  Figutc,  is  e- 
qual  to  twice   as  many  right 
singles  as  ihe  Figure  hath  Sides, 
except  4.    For  fince  every  fuch 
Figure  from  a  Point  taken  with- 
in it,   can  be  divided  into  as 
toany  Triangles  as  it  hath  Sides, 
and  fince  the  Sum  of  tho 
of  each  Triangle  is 
equal  to  2  right  Angles  (52, 
Prof.  1 .  Eucl.)  that  will  make 
twice  as  many  Jnglesas  the 
Figute  hath  Sides;  from 
which   Sum  takt 
all    thofe  J^fles 


away 


;  as  many  right  Angles, 


4  right  ^Inpes ;  wherefore 
...  the  remaining  Sum  of  all 

the  internal  Angles  is  equal  to  twice 
as  the  Figute  hath  Sides,  except  4. 

INTERNODII,  in  Botany,  are  thofe  little  Spaces  con- 
tained between  any  two  Knots  or  Joints  of  the  Staik  of  a 
f  ant ;  and  in  Anatomy,  the  Extenfores  ToUicis,  which  fee, 
are  alio  \c.  called.  * 

.heFl^^°^f'  ""it^H-^-  ^-^e Mufcles  which  move 
•he  Finger,  thus  called  from  their  Situation,  as  beino 
contained  between  the  Spaces  of  the  Bones  of  the  Mell 
Mrp  <i  Some  reckon  fix  of  them,  and  others  eight ;  the 
one  half  lie  between  the  Spaces  thefe  Bones  leave  to- 
wards the  Palm  of  the  Hand,  and  thev  are  called  the  n- 
ternal  Interojfe.,  arifing  from  the  upper'  patt  of  the  Bones 


the  Point  .  whiJi,  fbv?.'  r;!" '',h  '  n'' T'^'^r,"'''"/-,  To  the  W„  was  delegated 
Prop  T    F  '  M         '  ,     ^'^S'''        t-OTftlar  Authority,  and  he  perform'd 

thi  5w«  "It'^'i  He  afTemhled  Ihe  Senaterheld  C- 

i„ht  Anpes wherefore    mma  or  Courts,  took  care  the  Eleflion  of  Magiilrates  waa 
according  to  the  Rules.     Indeed,  at  firfl  ii 


„    n  -r         ,       ,  -         — -  — ,    .11  iinL    IL    WBSnOt  thO 

Cuftom  -..ir  the  Imerrex  to  hold  Co»„ri«  ;  at  leaii  we  have 
no  Inltance  of  it  in  the  antient  Roman  Rii>orv  The  Fa- 
nffi'Til  *"■■"!.  °*"<:ka'ng  anVjc'ne...  This 

OfEce_  fell  with  the  Republic,  when  the  Emperors  made 
themfclves  MaOr-rs  of  every  thin2 

INTERROG.ITE,  a  Judiciary  Aft,  performed  by  a 
Judge  or  CommifTioner  deputed  ro  examine  or  queflion  a 
Party  ;  w!u,  firft  gives  his  Oath  that  he  will  anfwcr 
truly  tn  every  thing  he  is  imerro,ateJ. 

INTERROGATION  is  a  Figure  in  Rhetoric,  in 
vnica  the  Paffion  of  the  Speaker  introduceth  a  thing 
by  way  of  Queflion,  to  make  its  Truth  more  confpf. 
cuous.   ;It  IS  a  kmd  of  JSpoflrophe  which  the  Speaker 

mokec 


IN 


(  400  ) 


IN 


makes  to  himfelf ;  and  it  muft  be  oWiiM,  that  fKls  Figure 
adds  an  uncommon  Briskncfs,  Adion  and  Force  to  Dd- 

Interro^atmi^  in  Grammar,  is  a  Point  which  ferves  to 
di^inouith  fuch  Parts  of  a  Difcourfe,  where  the  Author 
fpeaks  as  if  he  were  asking  Quellions.    Its  Form  is  th.s  ? 

INTERRUF'l'lON,  is  the  fame  with  Disjunction  ot 
Proportiun  in  Gcometfy,  it  is  noted  thus  (--  O  and  figni- 
fieth  the  breaking  off  of  ihc  Ratio  in  the  middle  of  four 
di.sjmict  or  difcreie  Proportionals,  as  A  :  B  : ;  C  :  Dj  that 
is  as  A  is  to  B  fo  is  C  to  D.  .  .  ■„ 

Interruption  is  alfo  a  Figure  in  Rhetoric,  wherein  a  Per- 


no  Diftinflion  :  Unifons  therefore  muft  all  be  Concords. 
But  an  Interval  depending  on  a  Differerxe  of  'June,  or  a 
Relation  of  Inequality,  admits  of  Variety  j  and  fo  the 
Terms  of  every  i^teraiii,  according  to  their  particular  Re- 
lation or  Difference,  make  cither  Concord  or  Difcord. 
Some  indeed  have  retrained  the  word  Conm-d  to  hitcr- 
■valsy  making  it  include  a  Difference  in  Tune,  but  this  is 
precarious;  for  as  the  word  ('o7:cord  fignifies  an  Agree- 
ment of  Sounds,  'tis  certainly  applicable  to  Unifons  in  the 
firit  Degree  r  hitervah^  'tis  plain,  may  differ  in  Magni- 
tude, and  there  may  be  an  infinite  Variety  according  to 
the  poifible  Degrees  of  Tunc  5   for  there  is  no  Difference 


fon  breaks  off  bis  Difcouric  fuddenly,  to  ftew  feme  Paf-    h  great  or  httle,  but  a  greater  or  a  lels  .r^y  poflibly  bo 

conceived,     lis  true,  with  regard  to  Praaicc,  there  are 


INTERSECTION,  in  Mathematics,  (igiiifies  the  Point 
or  Line  wherein  two  Lines  or  two  Planes  cut  each  other. 
Thus  we  fav,  that  the  mutual  luterJeSim  of  two  Planes  is 
a  RieJit  Line.  The  Centre  of  a  Circle  is  in  the  Imerjee- 
tim  of  two  Diameters.  The  Central  Pomt  of  a  regu- 
lar or  irregular  Figure  of  four  Sides  is  the  Point  of  7«t£r- 
fcShn  of  the  two  Dii^onals.  The  Equinox  happens  when 
"the  Sun  is  in  the  hncpTmi  of  the  Equator  and  Ecliptic 

INTERSOILIKG,  in  Husbandry,  is  laying  one  kind 
of  Soil  or  Mould  upon  another ;  as  Clay  on  Sand,  Sand 
on  Earth,  ^c.  ,  ^     t,  ■ 

INTERSPINALES  COLLI,  the  Name  of  five  Fair 
of  fmall  Mufcles-difcovcr'd  by  Mr.  Coiif  cc ;  and  by  him 
fo  call'dfrom  their  Pofition.  Theyaril'e  from  each  dou- 
ble Procefs  of  the  Spine  of  the  Neck,  and  run  from  the 
:  below,  into  which  they  are  inferred. 


Limits  which  are  the  greatell  and  leaf!  luicrj^h  our  Ears 
are  Judges  of,  and  which  may  be  actually  produced  by 
Voice  or  Inllrumenr. 

The  Degrees  of  Tune  are  proportional  to  the  Num- 
bers of  Vibrations  of  the  fonorous  Body  in  a  given  Time, 
or  the  Velocity  of  their  Courfes  and  Reccurfes.  Now 
thefe  Diilcrences  in  Tune  conilitute,  as  has  been  alread;; 
faid,  the  hilervcils  in  Mufic  ;  thefe  therefore  mull  bs 
greater  or  lefs,  as  the  Differences  are  ;  and  'tis  the 
tjuantity  of  thefe,  which  is  the  Subjetl  of  the  Mathe- 
matical'Part  of  Muilic.  Thofe  Interz^ls  are  mcafured 
not  in  the  fimple  Differences  or  Arithmetical  Ratio's  of 
the  Numbers  expreffmg  the  Lengths  or  \'ibrations,  but 
in  their  Geometric  Ratio's  ;  fo  that  the  fame  7«i-'r- 
-viil  depends  on  the  fame  Geometrical  Ratio,  and  -v-cs 
■vcrf.'i.    It  is  however  to  be  obferved,  that  in  comparing 


low,  that  the  fame  two  Sounds  may  make  diiferent  Inter- 
-jah.  To  defcribe  the  particular  Methods  of  meafuring 
the  Inequality  of  hnerz-ah,  would  be  too  tedious  ;  th;S 
one  Rule  may  be  obferved,  that,  to  determine  in  general. 


of  the  Neck,  and"  are  more  cfpccially  proper  to  this  Part, 
as  having  both  Origin  and  Infertion  in  it. 

INTERSTELLAR,  is  a  Word  u fed  by  fonie  Authors 
to  exprefs  thofe  Pares  of  the  Univerfe  that  are  without 

and  beyond  our  Solar  Syftcm  ■■>  in  which  are  iuppofed  ,  .  ,    ^      •  ^    '     ,  '      1  a       i,  .11 

be  fcveral  other  Syllems  of  Planets  moving  round  the  ^vh,ch  or  two  or  more  7;^.r../.  are  the  greatel  take  d 
fixed  Stars  as  the  Centers  of  their  refpeftive  Motions  :  the  Ratio  s  as  proper  Mions,  and  the  leaft  iraaion  ^.U 
And  if  it" be  true,  as  it  is  not  improbable.  That  each  fixed    bc_the  greatelf  Interval, 


Star  is  thus  a  Sun  to  fome  habitable  Orbs,  that  move 
round  it,  the /jitoyie/Zfl)- World  will  be  infinitely  the  grea- 
ter part  of  the  Univerfe.  . 

INTERTIES,  or  INTERDUCES,  m  Architefture^ 
are  thofe  fmall  Pieces  of  Timber  that  lie  horizontally  be- 
twixt the  Summers,  or  betwixt  them  and  the  Sell  or 

Rcfon.  ^  ,     ^      .    ,T  r 

INTERTRAKSVERSALES  COLLI:  Certain  Muf- 


The  Antients  were  extremely  divided  about  the  mea- 
furing of  hitcrvah.  Fytb-zgoras  and  his  Followers  meafur'd 
them  by  the  Ratio's  of  Numbers.  They  fuppofed  the. 
Differences  of  Gravity  and  Acutenefs  to  depend  on  the 
different  Velocities  of  the  Motion  that  caufes  Sound  i  and 
thought,  therefore,  that  they  could  only  be  accurately  mca- 
fured by  the  Ratio's  of  thofe  Velocities.  Which  Ratio's 
were  firll  inveftigated  by  Tytha^nras,  on  occafion  of  his 


cleTbetweVn'Vb^^^raidVirrP^ric;^^^^  of   P^ffmg  by  a  Smith's  Shop,  and  obferving  a  Concord  be- 


the  Neck,  of  the  fame  Size  and  Figure  with  the  Interfpi 
naks,  and  obferved  by  the  fame  Author.  Sec  Fbilojofb. 
Ti-an)aff.        21.  f ■ 

INTERVAL,  the  Diftance  or  Space  between  two  Ex- 
tremes, either  of  Time  or  Place.  The  Word  comes  from 
the  Latin  Imct-mlhm,  which,  according  to  Ifiia-e,  fignifies 
the  Space  mer  Fnffam  is  Mitrii»7,  tjetween  the  Ditch  and 
the  Wall.  Others  fay,  that  the  Stakes  or  Piles,  driven 
into  the  Ground  in  the  antient  Ronnvi  Bulwarks,  were  cal- 
led ra//j,  and  the  Interftices  or  Vacancy  between  them 
Inter-valla. 

INTERVAL,  in  Mulic,  is  the  Difference  between  two 
Sounds  in  refpea  of  Acute  and  Grave,  or  that  imaginary 
rminated  by  two  Sounds  differing  in  Acutenefs 


tv/ixt  the  Sounds  of  Hammers  ffriking  on  the  Anvil. 
j^yiJioxeMus  oppofed  this.  He  thought  Reafon  aiid  Ma- 
thematics had  nothing  to  do  in  the  cafe,  and  that  Senfe 
was  the  only  Judge  in  the  Difpuie  ;  the  other  being  too 
fubtile  to  be  of  any  ufc.  He  therefore  determined  the 
8ve,  5th,  and  4th,  which  are  the  moll  fimple  Concords, 
by  the  Ear;  and  by  the  Difference  of  the  4th  and  5th, 
he  found  out  the  Tone  :  which  once  fettled  as  an  Intc-jal 
the  Ear  could  judge  of,  he  pretended  to  meafure  every 
Inteml  by  various  Additions  and  Subflratlions  made  of 
thefe  mentioned  one  with  another :  But  this  Method^  is 
very  inaccurate.  Tiolemy  keeps  a  middle  Courfc  betwixt 
the  two  .  He  finds  fault  with  the  one  for  defp'finr  Rea- 
fon, and  with  the  other  for  excluding  Senfe  ;  and  .fliews 


this  Relation,  they  are  cirher  equal  or  unequal  in  rhe 
Degree  of  Tune.  Such  as  are  equal  are  call'd  Utfljms, 
with  regard  to  each  other,  as  having  one  Tunc  ;  the  other 
beino  at  a  diftance  from  each  other,  conilitute  what  we 
call'an  liitcrw/ in  Mufic,  which  is  properly  thc  Dillance 
in  Tune  between  two  Sounds.  Intervals  are  diftingiiilh'd 
into  Simple  and  Compound.  A  fimple  Interval  is  without 
Parts  or  Divifion,  a  Compound  confifts  of  fcveral  leffer 
Interval,.     But  this  DiUinflion   regards  Praftice  only. 


^^::^r^:c:i:zz^:::s::^'cot::;:^i::  w^h;!^  ™o-may  mutuauy  ^.f.^  o.her  m 

.  .   „  .  J."        .   1       ..„„.,...,i  :.,  Matter.    Sec  TD?/e,  ^c. 

INTESTATE,  a  Pcrfon  who  dies  without  making  a 
Will.  An  Heir  ah  Ime/late,  is  a  Ferfim  who  inherits  an 
Eftate  by  fome  other  Right,  than  that  of  Will  or  fcfta- 
mcnt.    Heretofore,  thofe  who  died  Inteftate,  were  held 


.nfamous,  and  accurfed  ;  in  regard,  by  the  Canons  of  fe- 
veral  Councils,  every  Pcrfon  was  injoin'd  fo  bequeath  a 
part  of  his  filiate  (and  Mattbcw  Paris  fays  it  was  at  leafl 
to  be  a  tenth  parr)  to  the  Church,  for  the  Safety  of  his 


becaufe  "there  is  really  no  fuch  thing  as  a  leaft  Interval.  Soul  ;  which,  a  Pcrfon  who  negleaed  to  make  aWill,  and 
Befides  by  a  fimpTe  fc«"°nsnot  meant  here  the  leaft  to  leave  this  Legacy  to  the  Church,  wasjudg'd  to  hav= 
rraaifcd,  butS  as  tho  it  were  equal  to  two  or  more    abandon'd.    Several  Councils  tonic  on  them  ,0  command 


leffer  which  are  in  ufe,  yet  when  w^e  would  make  a  Sound 
move  fo  far  up  or  down,  we  always  pafs  immediately 
from  one  of  its  Terms  to  the  other.  What  is  meant  then 
by  a  compound  Interval,  will  be  very  plain  i  It  is  fuch, 
whofe  Terms  are  in  Pra£lice  taken  either  in  immediate  Suc- 
ceffion,  or  fuch  where  the  Sound  is  made  to  rife  and  fall 
from  the  one  to  the  other,  by  touching  fome  intermediate 
Degrees ;  fo  that  the  whole  becomes  a  Conipofitiun  of  all 
the  Intervals  from  one  Extreme  to  the  other.    What  we 

here  call  a  fimple  I?jteiW,  the  Antients  call'd  a  7Xi/?e!K  ""t""  "i  '       i  -  j  *  "r  r  - 

»nT,heC,,mpomrd  hey  call'd  ctSyflc,«.  Each  of  thcfc  ha^       In  our  E,,,!,fi  Law  there  are  two  kinds  of  »«/t.«e  , 
mfeenc  n'^cven  of  the  Simple  there  are  feme  greater,    <he  one  A  faBo,  which  arc  thofe  who  make  no  \  ,1  a.  all 
,  even  ^.^^^^^    ^j^^         ^.^^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^  ^y^^  b^t 


the  Priefls  to  follicite  dying  Perfons  to  he  charitable  to 
the  Church  ;  and  this  they  did  fo  earneftly,  that  Abfolu- 
tion  and  the  Viaticum  were  denied  to  thofe  whom  they 
could  not  prevail  on  ;  fo  that  they  made  no  difference 
between  thefe  ;»Kyt<!<ei  and  Self-Murderers  ;  and  rhey  were 
alike  denied  Chrlftian  Burial.  D«  Can^e  adds,  that  all 
w'ho  died  without  Abfolution,  without  receiving  the  Vi- 
aticum, and  without  leaving  Alms  to  the  Church  (even 
tho  they  died  fuddenly)  had  their  Effefls  feii'd  and  con- 
fifcated  to  the  Ufc  of  the  Church,  the  Bifhop,  lie. 


and  others  Icfs :  '.,ut  — 

Compound  or  Syftem,  foine  are  Concord,  others  Difcord 
Vnifins,  'tis  plain,  cannot  pcfflbly  have  any  Variety  ;  for 
where  there  is  no  difference,  as  in  Unifonance,  which    die  iiHe/raie. 
flows  from  a  Relation  of  Equality,  'tis  plain  there  can  be 


it  is  null  and  void,  either  from  the  Executors  refufing  to 
aft,  or  from  fome  other  Caufe  in  which  he  is  judg'd  to 


INTESTINE 


IN 


C  401  ) 


Intestine  MOTION,  oftheTartsofrlulds.  where  moa  capaci-ous  of  them  a],!.  It  begins  with  the  C^CK»i, 
the  attrading  Corpufcles  of  any  Fluid  are  elalUck ,  they    and  is  with  that  connctlcd  to  the  right  Kidney.  Thencs 


mull:  necelTarily  produce  an  Imejune  Moiiojt  j  that  is,  a  vi- 
iibie  Motion  or  Change  of  Place  amun^  the  minute  Tarts 
of  a  fluid  Body  :  and  this  greater  or  lels  according  to  the 
Degrees  of  their  Eladiciry,  and  atiraflive  Forces.  For 
two  elaftic  I'articles  after  meeting  will  fly  from  one  an- 


wjth  a  winding  Courfe  it  proceeds  towards'  the  Liver, 
where  it  is  fomctmies  tied  to  the  Gall-Bladder,  and  by 
that  tjr.gcd  with  yellow.  From  the  Liver  it  runs  a-crofs 
under  the  Bottom  of  the  Stomach,  where  it  is  by  very 
fine  thin  Membranes  flflncd  to  the  Spleen,  and  marches 
other  (abihaaing  the  Refiilancc"of  the  Medium)  with  over  the  left  Kidney,  where  its  Cavity  is  fometlmcs  very 
the  fame  degree  of  Velocity,  with  which  they  met :  But  much  flreightned,  and  defcetiding  fo  to  the  bottom  of 
when  in  flying  back  from  oneanothcr,  they  approach  other  the  OsUetm^  and  from  thence  returning  the  upper  part 
Tarticlcs,  their  Velocity  will  beincreafed.  Sec  Elajiicity  of  the  OsSaa-um,  and  there  making  the  i  K.ure  of  a  Cir- 
and  Fer,ncnuiuon.  cumfiex,  it  ends  in  the  KeBum.    At  the  Emrance  of  tho 

INTESTINES,  in  Anatomy,  are  the  fame  with  what  wc    I/c/ok  into  this  Gut  is  placed  a  Vahe,  formed  out  of  the 
ordinarily  call  the  Guts  or  Bowels.  Thefe  feem  to  be  no- 
thing but  a  Continuation  of  the  Stomach,  confining  of  the 
fame  Number  of  Coats,  and  fabricated  in  the  fame  manner; 


t  ends 
into  this  Gut 

I'rodudlion  of  the  inward  Coat  of  the  Ikum^  which  liko 
the  Finger  of  a  Glove,  when  its  Extremity  is  cut  off, 
hangs  loofe  in  the  Cavity  of  the  Co/ow,  by  which  i-iieans 
they  are  protended  with  various  Circumvoiutions  and  Inflex-  it  flops  the  return  of  the  Excrements,  tho'  fometiincs,  as 
ions  to  the  Jims^  thro'  which  they  difchargc  the  excremen-  in  Invcrfions  of  the  Periflaltic  Motion,  it  proves  not  fuf- 
ticious  part  of  their  Contents  out  of  the  Body.  They  are,  ficient  for  that  Ule.  It  has  a  great  many  CelhiU^  or,  as 
when  feparated  from  the  Mefentery,  to  which  they  are  all  it  were,  diflinil  Cavities,  framed  by  a  Coardtation  of  the 
along  connefled,  of  a  very  great  Length,  ordinarily  about  Gut  by  two  Ligaments,  or  Bundles  of  membranous  flefliy 
flx  times  as  long  as  the  Perfons  whofe  they  were.   And  tho    Fibres,  about  half  a  Finger  broad,  each  running  on  eithei 


they  feem  to  be  but  one  continued  Channel  or  Fiflula, 
yet  bccaufc  in  feveral  Farts  their  Magnitude,  Figure,  and 
Thicknefs  are  different,  they  are  in  general  divided  into 
the  thick  and  thin,  and  theie  again  are  each  of  them  fub- 
divided  into  three ;  the  three  thin  are  called  Duodenum, 
^ejimum^  -md  Ileum 'j  and  the  thick  C^cwn,  Coloji,  and 


fide  the  Gut  oppolite  to  each  other,  the  wholc'^Length  of 
it,  and  as  it  were  girting  it  in  at  certain  Diflances,  there- 
by making  it  rcfemble  a  Glafs  Incorporator,  ufed  in 
mixing  Oil  and  Vinegar,  The  next  and  laft  of  the  hi- 
tejihies  is  the  ReBim,  which  reaches  from  the  Os  Sacrum  to 
the  ^;:wJ,  and  is  plain  without  Cells.    It  isfaft  tied  to  the 


RcBum.    They  have  all  of  them  in  common  a  kind  of  Ojfa  Sacrum  and  Coccygif,  by  means  of  the  Feriton^cum^  and 

Vermicular  Motion,  which,  beginning  at  the  Stomach,  in  Men  to  the  Neck  of  the  Bladder  of  Urine,  in  Womea 

is  propagated  downwards,  and  is  called  the  Pertjlaltic  Mo-  to  the  Vagtna  Uteri,  to  which  it  is  flrongly  connected  by 

lioH.    I'o  facilitate  that,   they  are  generally  lubricated  a  membranous  Subfiance.    That  Subflance  of  the  Ta^i- 

with  a  great  deal  of  fat,  efpccially  the  thick  ones,  whofe.  77a  and  fwre/fiwe  are  hardly  diflinguifliable  from  one  ano- 

Surface  being  fomcwhat  more  uneven,  and  the  Contents  ther.    The  Length  of  this  Gut  is  ordinarily  about  a  hand's 

lefs  fluid  than  thofc  of  the  thin,   they  need  fomewhat  Breadth  and  an  half,  and  its  Capacity  about  the  Thick- 


more  to  make  them  Hide  eaiy, 

The  firfl  of  the  ihin  Guts  is  called  Duodejiiim,  and  rea- 
ches from  the  right  Orifice  of  theStomach,  as  far  as  the 
Fertchr^  of  the  Back  on  the  left  Side,  where,  at  the  firft 
Angle  made  by  the  J?ife/if'>;«  it  ends,  which  is  about  12 
Inches,  from  which  Meafure  it  feems  to  have  taken  its 
Name.  This  Meafure  however  is  far  from  being  very 
cxaft,  as  being  much  too  largely  computed.  Into  this 
Gur  the  GalhDuiT:  and  Panereatic-Duil:  empty  themfelves, 
and  their,  feveral  Liquors  mix  with  the  Chyle.  The  next 
hitejiine  is  the  JejunHD!,  fo  called,  becaufe  it  is  generally 
found  more  empty  than  the  reft  ;  which  may  beoccafloned 
partly  by  the  Fluidity  of  the  Chyle,  which  is  greater  in 
this  [jnejfwe  than  in  any  of  thole  that  follow  it  j  and 
partly  by  its  Capacity,  being  fomewhat  larger  than  that 
of  the  Duodenum^  and  therefore  it  gives  a  treer  Paffage, 
and  perhaps  alfo  the  Irritation  of  this  Gut  thro'  the  Acri- 
mony of  the  Biie,  which  is  diicharged  upon  the  Intejtives 
alittle  before  the  beginning  of  this  Gut,  may  contribute 
fomething  towards  accelerating  the  Paffage  of  the  Con- 
tents. However,  it  may  feem  fufficicnt,  that  thro'  the  great 
Number  ot  Lafleals,  with  which  this  Gut  abounds  more 
than  any  other,  the  Defcent  of  the  Contents,  which  ate 
here  deprived  of  the  moft  fluid  Parts,  fliould  in  the  refl:  be 
more  iluggi/li^  by  rcafon  of  their  greater  Confiflence. 
This  hiiejxme  is  allow  ed  to  poffeis  almoft  the  whole  Um- 


ncfs  of  three  Fingers  ;  its  lower"  end,  the  yijms,  is  fur- 
nifhed  with  three  Mufcles,  o/s.  the  SphhiBer  Jni,  and  Le- 
■Viitores  Ani  ;  which  fee. 

There  are  alfo  in  the  Jntefilnes,  a  great  Number  of 
Giajidsy  which,  in  the  Inteji'ma  Tenuia,  are  gathered 
together  in  Heaps,  as  it  'were  like  Bunches  of  Grapes. 
In  thefe  I?7tejii7ies  they  are  very  fmall,  and  were  it  not 
for  their  Coacervations,  fcarce  remarkable.  But  in 
the  Jntejlina  Cra^a.  they  are  much  larger,  not  gather- 
ed like  the  others,  but  difperfed  ;  and,  tho'  very  nu- 
merous, come  under  the  Denomination  of  Solitary  Glands, 
Thefe  Glands  difcharge  a  Liquor  into  the  Inteftiiics,  whe- 
ther ordinarily  for  any  thing  more  than  the  Lubrication 
of  the  IntejiiiiCSj  and  diluting  their  Contents,  is  not  cer- 
tain ;  tho'  thro'  thefe  feems  the  greateft  part  of  the 
Difcharge  to  be  made,  which,  either  upon  extraordinary 
F'luxes,  or  upon  the  Adminiftration  of  Cathartics,  wo 
have  frequent  Occafion  to  obfervc.  Thefe  Intcjtincs,  in 
general,  are  furniflied  with  Blood  from  the  Mcfenteric  Ar- 
teries, which  is  returned  by  the  Mcferaic  Veins :  But  the 
Diiode7inm  receives  a  Branch  of  an  Artery  from  the  de- 
liac,  which  is  called  Duodena^  to  which  anfwcrs  a  Vein 
of  the  fame  Name,  that  lifcewjfe  returns  the  Blood  to  the 
J'orm  j  the  ReBitm  receives  others,  which  are  calledHeJwor- 
rhoids ;  the  internal  from  the  inferior  Mefenteric,  and  the 


external  from  the  Hypogaftric,  with  Veins  correfponding 
bilical  Region,  and  its  L.ength  is  generally  computed  to    of  the  faine  Name,  that  alfo  go  to  the  PorM.    Thefe  Vef- 

"  fels  fpread  the  Intejiincs  with  abundance  of  Ramifications, 
and  are  frequently  diverftfied  in  feveral  Subjefls  of  the 
fame  Species  ;  much  lefs  are  they  to  be  depended  upon  fof 
an  uniform  Appearance  in  Animals  of  different  kind.  The 
JVersej  of  the  J»fe/i';'?7ej  come  fome  of  them  frum  thofe  of 
the  Stomach,  and  fome  from  the  great  Mefenteric  Plexus, 
which  diflributes  Branches  to  all  the  littcjiincs.  The  re- 
maining Veffcls  of  the  hnefthte!  are  the  LymphitduEfs, 


be  about  twelve  or  thirteen  Hands  breadth.  The  lie. 
which  is  the  third  huefiine,  is  fituatcd  below  the  Navel, 
anj  fills  the  lli.i  with  its  numerous  Folds  and  Convolutions. 
It  is  the  longcll  of  all  the  hitejiines,  being  efleemed  to 
be  one  and  twenty  Hands  long  :  But  thefe  Eflimates  are 
fomewliat  arbitrary,  becaufe  it  is  not  exadly  fettled  a- 
mong  Anatomifls,  where  the  Jejiwum  ends,  or  the  Ileum 
begins  5  neither  is  it  eafy  or  neceffary  to  do  it.    In  both 


this  and  the  preceding  bmfiine,  the  Inner  Tunic  is  much  and  Veit.-e  LaBe^,  which  fee. 

corrugated,  the  loofe  Folds  of  which  have  been  thought  INTRIGUE,  an  Affemblage  of  Events  or  Circum- 

to  do  in  fome  meafure  the  Office  of  Valves,   and  have  fiances  occurring  in  an  Affair,  and  perplexing  the  Perfons 

therefore  byAuthors  been  called  Valvule  Cojinrjentes ;  which  concerned  in  it.    Trifand  tells  us  the  word  is  properly  iin- 

are  framed,  as  in  the  Stomach,  only  by  the  inner  Coat  derflood  of  Chickens,  that  have  their  Feet  inrangled  in 

"being  larger  rhan  the  outward.  Hair,  and  is  derived  from  the  Greek  h  and  </lei^. 

Next  follow  the  thick  hnefiines,  the  firft  of  which  is  In  this  fenfe  Intrigue  is  ufed  to  fignify  the  Nodus,  or 

called  the  Gfc;(?w,   which  has  a  lateral  Infertion  into  the  Plot  of  a  Play  or  Romance,  or  that  Point  wherein  the 

upper  end  of  the  Colon,  and  is  not  perforated  at  its  other  principal  Chara£Iers  are  the  moft  embaraffed,  through 

Extremity,  but  hangs  to  it  like  the  Finger  of  a  Glove,  the  Artifice  and  Oppofition  of  certain  Perfons,  or  the  un- 

and  is  about  three  or  four  Inches  long.     The  true  Ufe  of  fortunate  falling  out  of  certain  Accidents  and  Clrcumftan- 

this  part  is  not  yet  determined,  and  fume  late  Anatomlfts  ces.    In  a  Tragedy,  Coinedy,  or  Epic  Poem,  there  are 

hive  thought  that  the  Name  likewife  is  miflaken,  not  al-  always  two-Defigns  ;  the  firft  and  principal  is  that  of  the 


lowing  this  to  be  the  C*-ch)»  of  the  Anticnts,  which  they 
imagined  to  be  that  thick  globous  part  of  the  Colon,  which 
is  immediately  appended  to  the  i/c;(w,  and  therefore  they 
have  given  this  part  the  Name  of  Jppe7idicula  Vermifc 


Hero  of  the  Piece  i  thefecond  contains  the  Deiigns  of  all 
thofe  who  oppofe  him.  Thefe  oppofiteCaufes  produce  op- 
pofite  EffcSs,  to  wit,  the  Efforts  o.fithe  Hero  for  the  Exe- 
cution of  hisDcfign,  and  the  Effortl  of  thofe  who  thwart  it. 


This  C.tcum,  or  Appendix,  is  proporrionably  bigger  in  In-  As  thofe  Caufes  and  Defigns  are  tK^  beginning  of  the  Ac- 
fants  than  Adults,  and  in  many  other  Animals  even  fmal-  tion,  fo  thofe  Efforts  are'the  middle,  and  form  a  Knot  01 
ler  than  in  Men,  and  is,  at  the  unperforated  Extremity,  Difficulty,  which  we  call  anij/f'-'^^ej  that  makes  thegreateft 
nightly  conneftcd  to  the  right  Kidney.  The  next  of  the  part  of  the  Poem.  It  lafts  as  long  asthe  Mind  of  the  Reader 
thick  i;;rf/i»:eM5  theCo/o/r,  which  is  much  the  largeft,  and    or  Hearer  is  fufpended  about  the  Event  of  thofe  oppo- 

K  k  k  k  k  fit*. 


IN 


(  402  ) 


IN 


lite  Efforts  ;  the  Solution  or  Cataflrophe  commences  when       nanfim    /It-^^i..  1, 

the  Koor  begin.  „  unravel,   .nd '^.he   DifficuUie.  a^S  ..S:  whfS f^^"  ^^n"^^^^ 

Doubts  begm  to  clear  up.    The  h„n^«c  of  the  U.ad  is  the  Nimes  of  the  Tn!        '  /^Iph-^betical  Order, 

.wcfolJ  ,  the  firftco™prch.nds  the  three  Days  fight.ng  i„  where  the  t    ^,  a    "  "h 

^Afc's Abreuce,  and  confifls,  on  the  one  fide,  in  the  Re-  t.fe  of  old  bnnv^^Z,'       ,     °     ■  ^  ^rea- 

fiflance  of  and  the  Gr«^,,  and  on  the  other  been  made-  Pa/.X,  r'      !!  '-'-^"cs  that  have 

in  the  inexorable  Temper  of  Jd:lles.  The  Death  of  F„-  the  ta.«,o«,  of  Tk- ^Hopu^iilhed  Hx  Books  of 
rroc/wj  unravels  this /«fr/^Ke,  and  makes  the  beginning  of       I>JVENTORY  '  "^j' 

afecond.    ,*i'.7w  refolvcs  to  bo  revenged,  but  Heffor  op-  ordcrlv  ma.lp  „f  .'it"     .  '  ."..^Catalogue  or  Repertory 

pofes  his  Defign,  an,(  this  forms  the  fecond  Intn,„e,  whi^h  pri.ed  bv  four       ,1  ^      >  ,  f  ^""^  Chattels, 

is  the  laft  Day-s  B.tiel.    In  the  .Sneid  there  are  alfo  two  cutor  or  AdmiriH  "      "'''''"^Men,  which  every  Exe- 

lmr:m  ;  the  flrfl  is  taken  upin  the  Voyage  and  Landitia  narv  at  fnrl,  exhibit  to  the  ( 


„  the  laft  Day  o  ,  in  Lui^  jiL.\,c\a  tncrc  arc  alio  tw 

hitrignes  ■■,  the  iiHt  js  taken  upin  the  Voyage  and  Landinc 
of  ySwcffj  in  Jftj/j',  rhe  fecond  in  his  Ettabli/hment  there. 
The  Oppofidon  he  met  with  from  7«7io,  in  both  thofe  Un- 
dertakings, forms  the  hiu-l^Ke.  As  to  the  Choice  of  the 
IfitrigKe,  and  the  Manner  of  unravelling  ir,  'tis  certain 
they  ought  both  to  fpring  naturally  from  the  Ground 
and  Subjeft  of  rhe  Poem.  BoJ/ii  gives  us  three  Manners  of 
forming  the  Intrigue  o{  a  Poem;  the  firft  is  that  already 
mentioned  ;  the  fecond  is  taken  from  the  Fable  and  the 
Defign  of  the  Poet  ^  in  the  third  the  T?nrigue  is  fo  laid,  as 
that  the  Solution  follows  from  it  of  courfe.  See  Cata- 
Jh-ophe. 

INTRINSIC,  a  Term  applied  to  the  inner,  real,  ge- 
nuine Values,  Properties,  ^c.  of  any  thing,  in  oppofition 
their  cxtrinfic,  apparent,  or  popular  Values,  £jc. 
INTRON  ATI,  the  Name  of  an  Academy'  at  Sieima  in 

I J  fit       T^n/*     W  j"'M^n*ij'c*  f-Kip     H      A  ^..v-  ..I  ^  ^         1  1 


.J.V  i  t i,,^.  i>.ii,iv-  VII       .nL^acmy       Vienna  m     tourth  ;  ffnr  i"o    \?  tU^  C-.      j   i        '  t-i-'-'u  la  lu  riie 

Ijaly.  The  Members  of  this  Acade,a,y  consented  the,^  S  han  tC%ft  in^^P  '  greater  than  the  third, 
felves.  at  their  firft  Inftitution,  with  ellablifting  rhe  fol-    thartllfth  i  i^  tt  a'/p  ,  ^?''"'^ 


That  if  the  Heir  would  firft  c.hibi"  a  trSV""""  ""^'T'',: 
the  Teftator-s  Eifecls,  he  (hcu Id  be  no  feher"  4°' 
than  to  the  Value  of  the  l„^e„Wry.  '''^"■2='' 

GooTS'f-  ''''^''^  "  P«"™l"  Valuation  of 

Rukof'Se"""'^??""''"^  '  <>>•= 


_  ...  ...^.....v-.o  ...  cuiirentea  tnein- 

felves,  at  their  firft  Inftitution,  with  eftablifliing  the  fol- 
lowing fix  Ihort  Laws:  Ci.)  To  pray,  (a.)  To  fludy. 
(5.)  To  be  merry.  (4.)  To  offend  no  body.  (5  )  Kot  to 
credit  too  lightly.    {6.)  To  let  the  World  talk. 

INTRUSION,  in  the  Canon  Law,  fignifies  the  Enioy- 
ment  of  a  Benefice,  or  the  Excrcife  of  an  Office  with- 
out a  good  Title  to  it.  Ir.tnifion  difqualifics  the  Party  from 
ever  holding  the  Benefice.    The  word  is  derived  from  the 

i,<it/»Verb  mirudere,  to  tbruS  m,  or  alter  by  Tme  tv     In  ,1,^  i„ r Vr'""  ine  jinlwer  is  tor- 

INVALID,  a  Perfon  wounded,  maimed,  or  difabled    ten  Yardfin  W  n,"v         k'''  Workmen  make 

for  Adion  by  Age.    At  a,clfc,  and  Gr.ctM  are  magn  fi-     t  ?  The  A,  fwerist^ttn  n        """^  ""^'^  ""'^^  f""*' 
cent  Ho  pitals,  or  rather  Colleges,  built  for  the  ReV       INVERfrVROPORTi^^^^    Se.  P  .  ■ 
tion  and  Accommodation  of  IW/A,  or  Soldiers  wore  out       INVFRSION        an        u     ^ee  P™/.r„»„. 
and  d,.bled  in  the  Service.    At  5™  is  a  College,  of  .^^    ^^^^^C^!  t^.^^,;;^. 


Rule     he  f       K  T    '^""'^  '^'■"'""r  ""'  A 

Rule,  the  fourth  Tertrt  is  as  much  greater  than  the  third 
as  the- fecond  ,s  lefs  than  the  firft.  I„  ,he  m,e*  Rule 
h  refore,  the  Proportion  is  not.  as  the  firft  is  to  the  7b-' 

then  ^;f>  R"l  Forinftance.  in 

the  Dirca  Rule  we  fay,  It  three  Yards  of  Tapeflrv  cott 
twenty  Pound,  how  many  wii,  fix  coft  .  The  AnLer  L  for 


fime  kind,^  called  to  In-jallJes,  which  is  accounted  one  'of 
the  fined  Buildings  in  that  City. 

INVECTED,  in  Heraldry,  fignifies  the  juft  Revcrfe 
of  Et:gr-'.U' d  ■■,  which  fee. 

IKVEM'ION,  a  Subtilty  of  Mind,  or  foraewhat  pecu- 
liar in  a  ivlan's  Genius,  which  leads  him  to  the  Difcovery  of 
things  that  are  new. 


Choice  of  Arguments  wliich  the  Orator  is  to  ufe  for  the 
proving  of  his  Point,  or  the  moving  of  his  Hearers  Paffions. 
Innuiuav,  according  to  Occ.o,  is  the  principal  Pan  of  Ora- 
tory. He  wrote  four  Books  de  In-demiotie,  whereof  we  have 
but  two  remaining.  This  Invention  of  the  Orators  cannot 
accoruing  to  my  Lord  ;;<!co»,  be  properly  called  Invention 
to  invent  is  to  difcover  things  not  yet  known,  net  to  recol- 
Icft  thofe  that  are ;  whereas  the  Ufe  and  Office  of  this 
Rhetorical  Invention  Is  only  out  of  the  Stock  of  Know- 
ledge laid  up  in  the  IVlind,  to  feleft  fuch  Articles  as  make 
for  the  purpofe.    The  fame  Author  rl l,.l.lpc  rl.;.-  _r 


.  .  L  '  "..^^w-.init.    rrooieins  in  Lrcometry  and 

Arithiiietic  are  olten  pr„ved  b,  lnverfto„,  or  making  a  con- 
trary Rule  or  Demonflraiion. 

INVERSION,  in  Grammar,  is  where  the  Words  of  a 
ffirale  are  ranged  m  a  manner,  not  fo  natural  as  thev 
might  be;  forinftance.  Of  all  Vices  the  raoft  abomintl- 
b.e,  aiidiharwnich  leaft  becomes  a  Man,  is  Impurity 
Heres  an  Inve  fion :  t'he  natural  Order  is  this.  The  moll 


hrcentmi,  in  Rhetoric,  fignifies  the  finding  out   and  fhn  '  Ti     c  ^be  moll 

hoice  of  Arguments  w'lich  the  Orator  Is  I0  u  e  for  t    Mai^  irimpu  itv'  r        "'"'-'"'^  "f^^^^  " 

..f  u;..  p.,:..-   „-^i,.^  ....    r  1  ■  TT  ^  'vian,  is  Jmpuriry.     \n  nvcrlion  is  noi-  niw-T„c  A,\^,,.^^.. 


Man  is  Impurity.  An  invcrfion  is  not  aiwa"v's  Sfagreeat 
ble  bur  fomctimes  has  a  good  Effeft,  and'is  ufed  with 
Uehgn. 

INVEST  fignifies  to  confer  on  any  one  the  Title  of 
a  fee.  Dignity  or  OlEce,  or  to  ratify  and  confirm  what 
hasbeen  obtained  elfewhere.  The  Emperor'  i  'e'ends  to 
a  Right  of  invefting  feveral  Princes  both  in  Germany  and 
Jt.i/j.  There  was  tormerly  a  particular  Ceremony  for 
the  invefting  of  Biftiops. 

Inveft,  in  the  military  Art,  iignifies  the  opening  of  the 
ene  of  a  Flare  .ind  .1,;.   s   _     .  ■. 


 f.-.".^.    l^cltt^e  A^^W      d=^     rS;^  ^g-*-  ^-penlng  of  the 

Invention  into  two  Parts,  the  one  topical,  the  other  promo     b  ^*^k    „  all  It   J  '""m pmg  an  Army  round  it  ,0 

tuary  ;  the  firft  points  out  the  way  in  which  we^^arL  m  V,  C  '^■T  "l^"^""""''  »  F":»™r  all  Ingrcfs  and 
purfie  the  Argum^t,  the  latter  onl/lays  up  and  d-f  ofa    p£e    The' wLrd  t'^P'^  ''■'=8'"  l"  ''"^'fi  =■ 

things,  for  which  we  have  frequent  occaLn  in  the  MiLi        '-'f.'-  """^  f™'"  "'I  -'fi' 

Invention,  in  Poetry,  is  underftood  of  every  thino  that 
the  Poet  adds  ro  the  Hiftory  of  the  SubjeB  he  has  chofen, 
and  of  the  Turn  that  he  gives  it. 

Invention,  in  Painting,  is  the  Choice  which  the  Painter 
iiiakcs  of  the  Ojefls  that  are  to  enter  the  Compolition  of 
his  Piece.  Vn  Pile  obferves,  that  Invention  is  different 
from  Difpofition.  and  that  'tis  thofe  two  things  together 
that  form  ^ompofition  ;   For  after  having  made  a  good 


.uiii,  vjuii.^ijiiiiuu  .  i  iiiter  Having  maae  a  good 
ChoiceofObjeas  proper  forthe  Subjecl.  they  may  be  iil- 
difpofed  i  and  then  tho'  the  Invention  be  never  fo  good, 
the  Difpofition  or  Ordonnance  will  be  faulty,  antl  the 
Piece  will  difpleafe.  Of  all  the  Parts  of  Painting,  Inven- 
tion, doubtlcfs,  is  that  which  gives  the  Painter  the  faireft 
Occafions  of  /hewing  his  Genius,  his  Imagination,  and 
goodSenfe.  M.Fehbien  gives  the  general  Name 'ftmej;- 
tiot!  to  every  thing  that  depends  on  the  Genius  of  the 
Painter,  as  the  Ordonnance,  the  Difpofition  of  the  Sub- 
jea,  and  even  the  Subjea  iffelf,  when  it  is  gew.  But 
the  Term  hvention,  taken  in  this  Senfe,  is  no  Term  pe- 
culiar to  Painting,  but  agrees  alfo  to  other  Arts.  In  ano- 
ther place  r,\.  Felihien  diftinguift-.es  Invention  into  two 
kinds  ;  to  wit,  ihat  which  arifes  immediately  from  the 
Mind  of  the  Painter,  and  tliat  which  he  borrows  from 
fome  other.  The  firft  is,  when  he  invents  the  Subjea 
himfelf,  and  the  fecond  when  he  borrows  it  from  Hiftory, 
Fable,  EiSc.  but  he  always  affixes  the  fame  Idea  to  In- 

iSTltion. 


clothe. 

Invefi,  in  Law,  fignifies  to  put  in  poffeffion.  A  Te- 
nant IS  itivejied  by  giving  him  a  Verge  or  Rod  into  his 
Hands,  and  adminillring  an  Oath,  which  is  call'd  Invejlinr. 
Others  define  it  thus,  Invejtire  eft  in  fmim  .7«s  alipem  intro. 
diicere,  to  give  Livery  of  Scifin  or  Poffeffion.  See  InvejUtwe 
INVESTIGATION  properly  fignifies  the  fearching  or 
finding  any  thing  out  by  the  Track's  or  Prints  of  the  Feet. 
Hence  the  Mathematicians  and  Schoolmen,  ££?c.  came  to 
ufe  the  Term  InfheT  refpecfive  Refearches.  Invefti^ation 
of  aThcme  is  ihc  Art,  Method,  or  Manner  of  finding  the 
Themes  in  Verbs,  that  is,  the  primitive  Tenfe,  Mode 
and  Perfon  of  any  Verb,  far  removed  from  its  Source. 
To  underftand  a  Greek  Author,  'tis  abfjlutely  necef- 
faty  to  be  well  acquainted  with  the  Method  of  invefti- 
gatinga  Theme.  This  Thetne,  -in  t\it:  Greek  Tongue,  is 
the  prefent  Tenfe  of  the  Indicative  Mood.  Clenard  was 
the  fird  who  introduced  this  Term  into  Grainmar  ;  he 
gives  theTitle/?/7.f/;i^.uto  ri>e.«nti5,  to  that  parr  where  he 
teaches  the  manner  of  finding  whence  any  Perfon  or  Tenfe 
of  a  Verb  procee.ls,  and  of  reducing  it  to  its  primitive 
Diainn,  or  of  finding  its  Indicative. 

INVESTnURE'isuf-.-  both  for  the  R'ght  of  invefting 
any  one,  and  the  Atl  nt  invefting  him.  This  confills  in 
receiving  the  Faith  an.'.  Homage,  by  which  the  Vaffal 
becomes  feized  and  poffefied  of  a  Fee  by  his  Lord.  In- 
veftiture  was  aniiently  ;  erformed  by  a  Form  of  Words,  af- 
terwards by  the  Delivery  of  fuch  things  as  had  the  neareft 

Refcm- 


JO 


IN  ' 

Refemblance  to  what  was  transferred.  Thus  Land  paffed 
by  the  Delivery  of  a  Turf,  and  to  /hew  the  Trees  were 
transferred  at  the  fame  time,  a  Bough  was  cut,  and  deli- 
vered along  with  it.  But  in  Aftcr-tinies  the  things  by 
which  hrj'jlhuo-es  were  made,  were  not  fo  llridly  obferved. 
Many  were  inverted  by  the  Delivery  of  a  StalF,  a  Glove,  a 
Knife,  a  Piece  of  a  Cloak,  of  a  Strap,  and  a  Girdle,  by 
priciiing  the  Thuiiib,  by  giving  the  Keys,  a  Spit,  a  Blow, 
a  Ring,  a  Turf,  a  Bough,  a  Straw,  ^c.  The  hivejihurs 
of  a  Kingdom,  or  Lordfliip,  was  performed  by  a  Stan- 
dard, a  Banner,  a  Cap,  a  Sword,  a  Bow,  Arrows,  Spurs, 
£^c.  The  Symbols  were  foinetimes  preferved  in  the  Rc- 
poiitories  of  the  Houfes,  and  were  annexed  to  the  Titles. 

In-nejitturs  was  ulfo  ufed  with  regard  to  fpirituai  Be- 
nefices. This  WHS  frequently  performed  by  delivering 
the  Crofier  and  Paitoral  Ring.  The  Kings  of  EmJ.md 
and  France^  rhe  Einperors  of  Germ-wy,  &c.  had  formerly 
this  Right  ;  fo  that  on  the  Death  of  a  Prelate,  his  Clergy 
fent  the  Crofier,  ^l.  to  their  Sovereign,  to  be  ufed  at 
the  Ceremony  of  in  veiling  his  Succeflor.  The  firfl:  who 
difputed  this  I^rivilege  with  them,  was  Grtgory  VI.  Grego- 
ry Yll.  did  it  to  fome  purpofe  ;  he  excommunicated  the 
Emperor  Henry  \\.  and  forbad  all  Ecclefiallics,  under 
pain  of  Excommunication,  to  receive  the  hiDeJihme  at  the 
hands  of  Secular  Princes.  Pafchal  II.  however,  was  ob- 
liged to  confirm  He»r^  V.  in  the  Right  of  giving  lirac/?;- 
iiircj  ;  but  repenting  what  he  had  done,  he  excommuni- 
cated him,  and  reduced  hiin  to  aNeccffity  of  begging  Ab- 

folution.    At  length  that  Emperor  was  obliged,'  hy'Pope 

Gelafiis  II.  folcmnly  to  renounce  all  Insemtures  and  Elec- 
tions.   In  antient  Authors  we  meet  with  eighty  different 

Torms  of  hn'sHitiire. 

INVOCATION,  an  Aaion  by  which  we  adore  God, 
and  call  on  him  for  his  Aliflance.    The  Rommijh  alfo  prac- 

tife  Inzvcatkn  of  Saints,begging  them  to  intercede  with  God 

in  their  behalf.     This  is  one  of  the  grand  Articles  of 

Difpute  between  the  Kmnamjii  and  the  Reformed. 

hiTocatku,  in  Poetry,  is  an  Addrefs  which  the  Poet 
malccs  at  the  beginning  of  his  Worlc,  wherein  hecalls  for 
the  Afliliance  of  fome  God,  particularly  of  his  JVIufo,  or 
the  Divinity  of  Poetry.    This  part  is  abfolutely  neceflary 

in  an  Epic  Poem,  in  regard  the  Poet  relates  things  which 

he  could  not  be  fuppofcd  to  know,  unlefs  fome  Deity  in- 

fpircd  him.  Befides,  this  fcrves  his  Readers  as  an  Ex- 
ample of  Piety  and  Devotion,  which  is  the  Foundation  of 

his  whole  Work.    To  thefc  it  may  be  added,  that  the 

Gods  theinfclvcs  are  to  have  apartin  the  Acfion,  and  'tis 

not  decent  he  fhould  fet  them  towork,  without  firll  ask- 
ing them  leave.    Indeed  in  the  Courfe  of  an  Epic  Poem, 

there  are  ufually  feveral  Inmcatmis,  particularly  where 

any  thing  extraordinary   or  miraculous   comes  to  be  re- 

iMed  :^  as  when  Virgil  defcribcs  the  Metamorphofis  of 

yinen. Fleer  into  Sea-Nymphs  ;  but  the  firll  brjocation  is 

always  the  moll  confiderable. 

In  the  /nt,oMt,o„,  l'„(f„  confidcrs  two  things  ;  the  firft  is 

what  the  Poet  requells,  the  fccond  to  what  Deity  he  ad- 

drefles  h,s  Requcfl.    As  to  the  firll.   Homer  has  loined 

the  fc^cTOMfoclofely  to  the  Propofition,  that  he  feems 

tomvoke  his  Mufe  for  the  whole  Work.    I-'ir^i/,  on  the 

contrary    only  requells  his  Mufe  to  furni/ll  him  with  a 

part  r,t  li;s  Subjea,  and  even  mentions  what  particular 

lart  It  IS  he  deiires.    After  propofing  his  Matter  in  all  its 

Extent,  he  begs  rhe  Mufe  ,„  acquaint  him  with  the  Caufe 

ot  it.    As  to  the  Deuy  invoked,  the  fame  Author  ob- 

over  the  particular  Subiecl  of  this  Work     0-lj\T  banner  of  Debauchery 

.™   in  his  Mc,...^,  ,c/  .t  *tTer  kin^dfaU"?:!;       ^Sia^'f,;??..'^^"^-  .       ^  ' 

that  ol  i„„  e  ,w,  ,l,ofe  of  Homer  and  r.rM  are  of  the  for- 
mer kind  ;  they  only  invoke  the  Mufe's,  and  thus  they 
dillingu.llt  between  the  Divinities  who  prefide  over  Poe- 
try andthofe  who  prrfde  over  the  AHions  of  thePoem, 
and  who  have  Parts  m  it.  By  the  way,  it  may  be  ob- 
ferved, that  the- Det.ies  invoked  are  not'  looked  on,  even 
by  the  Poets  them/elve.,  as  Divine  Perfonages,  ihence 
tyT^  ^5r/"V^ffifi--=-  ,  Under  th^  Name  of 
Muf,  they  wi/h  for  the  Genius  of  Poetry,  and  for  all  the 
<-onfiit>onsandCircum{lancesncceiraryfor  the  Execution 
rf  *r  T';^''^^^'  mere  Allegories,  or  Manner" 

ot  cxpn.  fling  themfelves  poetically  ;  jull  as  when  they 
inake  Gods  of  Sleep  of  Reft,  Fame,  and  other  natural 
and  moral  Things.  Thus  the  Mufes  come  to  be  of  all  A.es 
^Tl'T'-'^^f"^'^'"'-''  -c  P«x«,,  ari£^ 

ix  -^^^f'"'  """^  '^"rJ'fi  Mufes.  ^ 

.INVOLUTION,  a  Term  in  Algebra  fignifvins  the 
raifing  of  any  0„a„tity  from  its  Roof  to  an/HeighVaf 
hgn  d  Suppofe^  for  inftance,  a  +  I,  were  to  be  fLared 
or  raifed  to  fecond  Power  ;  weTav,  iW.e  »-f  th-t 
,s^,,ultiply  „;„,„i,r,,f_  aucel^  V-l 

ariftu.l  Q-""""-    At>d  if  it  be  ;»..foerftaln 

or  If  that  Square  be  multiplied  bv  the  Root,  the  Cube  o^ 


(  ) 

tt.ird  Power  will  be  produced,  viz.  aaa+',aah+-,lLMht. 
See  E-voliit!on.  '  ^      '  '  ' 

INVOYCE  :  A  particular  Account  of  Commodities, 
Cullora,  Prov-ifion,  Charges,  gSc.  fent  by  a  Merchant  to 

JUACHIMHES  1  The  Name  of  a  Scft  the  Fol- 
lowers of  Abbot  of  FUr.,  in  Calabria,  who  wa.s 
elleemed  a  Prophet  while  he  lived,  and  left,  at  his  Death, 
feveral  Books  of  Prophecies,   befid,  ,  ,thct  Works.  In 

r„'  T,'"  ,""'l'^™"'d  together  by  the 

Council  of  thei«e™„,and  by  the  Council  of  rfr/„  in  Lso. 
It  feems  they  were  particularly  fond  of  certain  Ternaries. 
The  lather,  faid  they,  operated  from  the  Beginning  till 
the  Coming  of  the  Son  ;  the  Son  from  that  tinrto  their  , 
■v,^.  the  Year  ,z6o  and  the  Holy  Spirit  then  took  it  up  and 
was  to  operate  ,„  his  turn  They  divided  every  thing  that 
relatexl  to  Men,  Time,  Doftrine,  and  Manner  of  L^>.ing, 
into  three  Claffes  or  States,  according  to  the  three  Perfons 
in  thelrinity  ;  every  one  of  which  States  either  had  al- 
ready, or  was  hereafter  to  fucceed  in  its  turn :  and  hence 
they  call  d  their  Divifions  Ternaria.    The  firil  Ternary 

Orde     f°M*""\^i"V°"P'^'"="<=='J  State  or 

V  l^^'IS'l  A^'i'-l^  State  was  th.t  of  married  Peo- 
floH  "'''''^'l?^^'*'^').  "cording  to  them,  the  whole  Pe- 
ment    Thef  "v*e  time  of  the  Old  Tefta- 

ment:  The  fecond  was  that  of  Clerks,  which  lafled  durins 
the  time  of  the  Son  :  The  third  was  that  of  IVIonks, 
wherein  was  to  be  an  uncommon  Effufion  of  Grace  by 
the  Holy  Spirit.  The  fecond  Ternary  was  that  of  Doc- 
trine, which  they  divided  alfo  into  three:  The  Old  Tefta- 
ment  which  they  attributed  to  the  Father ;  the  New 
which  they  attributed  to  the  Son  ;  and  the  EveH^llr^ 
Gofpel,  which  they  attributed  to  the  Holy  Spirit.  In  he 
Ternary  of  Time,  they  gave  all  the  Time  rl,nr,-.1  f 

"^V-^tetueV'The^^^^^^^^^^^ 
Years  from  Je^us  Chri.l  ro         ¥^  T^^^l  ^^^Z 
Spirir  of  Grace  prevailed.    Laftly,  the  thirH  Z<  U 
to  come,  and  which  they  calPd  tie  T™e  f\he  'reareft 
Grace,  was  for  the  Holy  Spirit.    Another  T„ 
filled  in  the  Manner  of  Living     In  the  firfl- t  ""^ 
the  Father,  Men  lived  accordfng  to  the  F  i  r;i™''r" 
cond   under  the  Reign  of  the  Son,  Men  Jiv  'l  ^  'f'^' 
to  the  Fle/h  and  the  Spirit;  in  the  hhd   w  '  h 
lall  to  the  end  of  the  World    thev  were  t„' I 
to  the  Spirit,    The  J.^i.^^^e"  2i ^ta  I'd  Thr"'''TS 
all  Times  all  Sacraments  and  Signs  w   e  'toTea  e'"  ai  I 

TORBFr  "Pf'^'  -ny  Veil 

JOBBER,   a  IVrfon  who  undertakes-./;  r 

Pieces  of  Work.  In  fome  Statutt  it  t 'f-j  f'  °''ifT" 
who  buys  and  fells  Cattel  for  others.  '  "  ^  "^"^ 

.  JOGHI  S  :  The  Name  of  a  Seflof  Heafh^^n  n  ,r  • 
m  the  E.,Jl.I„A,.    They  never  marry  noT>uM 
m   private  Property  ;  bur  live  on   Al  , 
jlraJge  SeveritiL.    The'y^^reTubTea   o'^  G;!  er^,"''i!'^ 
fends  them  from  one  Country  to  a^othe  to  pPe   r  V"^- 
"e  properly  a  kind  of  penitent  Pil"rims    an  i  a^o  f  ^ 
fed  to  be  a  Branch  of' the  antien"  S,,,, Ifi; 
frequent  principally  fuch  Places  as  are  c^nfjcS  hl^hl 
Devotion  of  the  People  ;  and  pretend  to  live  feveral  D  v^ 
together  without  eating  or  drinking.    AfrJr  h  JvT„  '  ^ 
thro  a  Courfe  of  Difcipline  for  a  certain  T.^tS  C 
on  themfelves  as  impeccable,  and  privilegS  to  ,ln 
thing:  upon  which  they  give  a  Loofe  to I1  eir  Paffion? 
and  run  into  all  manner  of  Debaucherv  ^^-^hons, 
JOINING,  OF  ISSUE.  See//S,e 

the  Vrverd  MaTrs  of  affSr^'  '""''^ 


Wood  togethe;7-S;s  we  r::''';'ZiT„.7%""'^  ^i"'"' 

oint-Knt  :  rsn  ?e°''';h„r-h 

and  hold  Lands  and  Tei;eme.rby"o„  tL^'^/S 

Comn'     .   A„  and  from  Tenants  in 

hZjcs    rtl       I  '.''=y,»'"ecall'd  F,,;idfe,,  and  not 

par  lers^Bu;-^^^  i"^  "''  to\hc,i  and  Co- 

}  LFLLners.     /iut  .  nint-Tetiajits  have  a  f^il^  DttoIi'm.  c 

vivorftip,  which  Coparceners  ha::  l':'' §^"t   °f  !Zl 
be  two  or  three  3.;,,t-Tc,«„,.,  and  one  hath  Iffu  . 
dies;  then  he,  or  thofe  ?.;».-rc,„,,»  that  furv  vo  ftal 
have  the  whole_^by  Survivorfhip.  ' 

JOINTURE,  is  a  Covenant  whereby  the  Hinhmd 
fome  other  Friend  in  his  behalf,  maketh  ovL  ,0  hfe  Wife 
on  condition  of  Marriage,  certain  Lands  and  Tenetnent; 
tor  Term  of  Life,  or  othenvife.  ei.ements 

JOISTS,  in  Architeflure,  are  thof-  V\r^,.,    f  T-  1. 
framed  into  the  Girders  a'nd  sZ^^^Z  "Ll^^t: 

£oardt 


lO 


( 404 ) 


JO 


JBoatrfs  of  the  Floors  are  laid  :  They  are  from  fix  10  eight  which  come  out  at  dated  Times,  and  give  Abftracls  Ac- 
Inches  fquare  and  ouaht  feUom  to  lie  at  a  greater  di-  counts,  ot  the  fcveral  new  Books  that  are  publifh  d, 
ilance  frim  each  other  ?hat.  ten  Inches,  never  than  twelve ;  ancl  the  feveral  nevv  Improvements  daily  made  m  Arts 
nor  ouiiht  they  ever  to  be  longer  than  ten  Foot,  or  to  lie  and  Sciences.  The  firll  joarn.J  of  this  kind  was  the  3o,ir- 
lefs  into  the  Wall  than  eight  Inches.  Sometimes  the  nal  des  SjaMm,  printed  at  rm-L'.  The  DcCgn  was  let  on 
Carremers  furr  their  Joi/?.,  as  they  call  it,  that  is,  lay  toot  tor  the  Eafe  of  fiich  as  are  too  bufy  or  too  La^y  to  read 
two  Rows  of  'l«ifts  one  over  rhe  other.  ,  ,  B^l^s  thenifelves.    It  ieems  an  excellent  way 

TONCTURE  or  JOINTURE:  The  fame  with  ot  tatistying  a  Man  s  Luriofity,  and  ot  becoming  learactl 
j^j*^^  '  upon  eafy  Terms  ;    And  fo  uleful  is  it  found,  rhat  it  has 

IONIC  in  ArchiteSure  is  the  Name  of  one  of  the  been  executed  in  moll  other  Countries,  tho  under  a  great 
fiveOrdcrs.  The  firll  Idea  of  it  was  given  by  the  People  Variety  of  Titles  Of  this  kind  are  the  -P*;/.>/W 
ofWi-  who  accordino  to  ritnraiB.',  form'd  it  on  the  Tranfafliom  of  LmJon  ;  the  AHa  EmjMrum  of  Leifjtc  i  the 
Model  of  a  young  Woma?,  dtefs'd  in  her  Hair,  and  of  an  R'P'f'f'  *'  ^"'f '  B.llhtkpe  Vnhcrjclk  ^'  Clmfie 
fv  eleeant  Shape  •  whereas  the  Doric  had  been  form'd  of  M.  /eCfec;  the  Memo,,,  ofTrse-xs,  &c.  In  iffja, 
the  Model  of  a  llrone  robuft  Man.  The  hnic  Column  3«nc*sr  printed  m  Liinn,  An  Hiji«-kal  Trearije  of  tlx  Jour- 
the  third  in  order;  and  is  dillinguilh'd  from  the  Compo-  nals  «/ Learned,  publifh  d  m  the  feveral  Parts  ot 
-   ■     -  '       '       ■     '■      Europe  j    and  H'oijiiis^  iiHrcbaratt!,  (jotteljiusj  and  itrifvsus^ 

have  done  fomething  of  the  fame  kind.  The  'Memiirs 
of  the  Academy  of  Sciences ;  thofe  of  the  Academy  des  BcUet 
Lettres ;  The  Mifcellanea  Nature  Citrioforum,  which  ended, 
in  1706  y  The  Experiments  of  the  Academy  del  Cimemo  : 
The^Sii  Fhth'ExoiicorHm  Naturae  Artis^  which  appear'd. 
from  Mfli-ci!'  ifiSt?  to  y/pri/ 1687,  and  which  are  a  Hiftory 


fite,  in  that  it  has  none  of  the  Leaves  of  Acanthus  m  its 
Capital;  and  from  the  Tufcan,  Doric  and  Corinthian, 
by  the  Volutes,  or  Rams-Horns,  which  adorn  its  Capital, 
and  from  the  Tufcan  and  Doric,  too,  by  the  Channels  or 
Flutings  in  its  Shaft.  Thefe  Flutings  are  in  number  24. 
They  are  not  always  concave  from  the  top  of  the  Shatt 
D  the  bottom    but  for  that  third  of  it  next  the  Bafc,  are 


jiU'd  up  with  a 


kind  of  Rods  or  Canes,  by  the  French    of  the  Acadeniy  of  Breje  ;  and  the  Ufcelimea  Berolmeiifu-i^ 


call'd  Batons:  and  in  the  other  two  thirds,  are  left  hollow, 
or  llriated.  in  imitation  of  the  Folds  or  Plaits  of  a  Giir- 
j-nent.  This  Column  is  a  Medium  between  the  Maffive 
and  the  Delicate  Orders,  the  Simple  and  the  Rich.  Its 
Height  is  iS  Modulesy  or?  Diameters  of  the  Column  ta- 
ken at  the  bottom.  When  it  was  firft  invented,  ;its 
Height  was  but  16  Modules ;  but  the  Antienis,  to  render 


or  Memoirs  of  the  Academy  of  Berlin,  are  nor  properly 
'journals,  the  they  are  frequently  rank'd  in  the  Number. 

Ju7icker  and  Woljins  give  the  Honour  of  the  firfl:  Inven- 
tion of  journals  to  Fhot'nis.  His  Bihlioiheca,  however,  is 
not  altogether  the  fame  with  our  JoHrW^ ;  nor  was  his 
Delign  the  fame.  It  confills  of  Abridgments  and  Ex- 
tracts of  Books  that  he  had  read  during  his  Embaffy  in 


^i-  O'ni   ninn-  bmitiful  than  the  Doric,    augmented  its  Ferfia. 

He  Iht,  b   adding  a  Bafe  to  it.  which  was  unlfnown  in  the       M.  S.lo  firll  began  the  de,  ^a.ans^  P,™  in 

DorE.    M  le  Chfc  makes  its  Entablement  4  Modules  and  i«5,  under  the  Name  of  the  Sieur  »^,«»/fe  ,   but  his 

to  Minutes,  and  its  Pedellal  6  entire  Modules:   fo  that  Death  foon  after  interrupted  the  Work.     Upon  this  the 

the  whole  Order  makes  a8  Modules  10  Minutes.    'Tis  Abbot  &t  /.«  took  it  up    and  he  in  the  Year  ifi74: 

raid  the  Temple  of  B.ma  at  Efhcfrs,  the  moll  cclebta-  way  to  the  Abbot  rfe  la  Rojue    who  continued  it  nine 


ted  Edifice  of  all  Antiquity,  was  of  this  Order.  Atpre- 
fcnt  it  is  properly  ufed  in  Churches  and  Religious  Houfes, 

In  Courts  of  fullice,  and  other  Places  of  Tranquilbty  and  ,         -  -  •  j       j     urn,  x 

Devo  on.   This  Order  has  one  advantage  above  any  of   3.-«»i  .0  them.    It  was  now  imptoved    and  publi/hed 
and  it  confifts  in  this,  .that  the  fore  and  hind-    under  a  new  horm    This  Society  ts  lld^  cont.^^^^^ 


Years,  and  was  fucceeded  by  M.  Confin,  who  carried  it  on 
till  the  Year  170;,  when  the  Abbot  Bi^jion  inllituted  a 
new  Society,  and  committed  the  Care  of  continuing  the 


the  reft,  and   -  —  , 

parts  of  its  Capital  are  ditTerent  from  its  Sides.  But  this 
is  attended  with  an  Inconvenience,  when  the  Ordonnance 
is  to  tutn  fi-om  the  Front  of  the  Building  to  the  Side  :  To 

obvi'irc  which  the  Capital  may  be  made  Angular,  as  is    -    .  .  . 

-  wnicn,  tne  «.ap  y    ^  f-^^,,^    ^ing  the  Years  1672.  167?,        i^74-   New  Difcoveries  m 


M.  fiero)'f>- has  the  Infpeaioii  of  the  ^oimial  j  which  is 
no  longer  the  Work  of  any  lingle  Author,  but  of  a  great 
Number.  The  other  iVewc/j  ^ourmils  are  tlic  Memoirs 
and  Conferences  on  Arts  and  Sciences,  by  M.  De?»i,  du- 


doni 
oihc 


The  '3oiir7ial  of 
continued  al- 


:i  the  Temple  of  Fo-'tima  VirUi^.   -  —  ,  -    r  rii.  r    u"   ■\yi  j   vi      .  Tk,. 

™der„  Aixhiteas,  have  httroduced  the  upper  part  all  the  Parts  of  Phyfic  by  M  &  B/ po  The- 

of  the  Compofite  Capital  in  lieu  of  the  lonk;  imitating  Phyfic,  begun  in  ,6H,        f°™==  °  ''"^  '"''^0 

that  of  the  re„,fle  Jc«m,,d,  whofe  four  Sides  are  alike  :  moil  as  foon  as  begun.    The  W..r.efc  *      RcfM.q,.:  des 

to  render  it  more  beautiful  the  Volute  may  be  made  a  Lm,e>,  News  from  the  Republic  of  Lettres,  were  begun 

"tt le  oval  and  in   ining.    See  Order  and  rol.L  by  M.  B»v/.  - .4,  and  carried  on  by  him  ti  l  the  Year 

J.nicJJ,.Aff  in  Grammar,  is  a  manner  of  Speaking  pe-  1487,  when  M.  baylt  being  difabled  by  Sicknefs,  his 

J      ro  rPeople  o^.,,  ».    At  firll  it  was  the  fame  Friends  M.foW  and  M.  &  /a  R.j.iJ  took  em  up  and 

wi  h  the  antientinV  but  paffing  mto  .(/J.,  did  not  arrive  continued  'em  tdl  iSp,.    After  an  Interrupnou  of  nine 

^r  thIrDeli  acy  and  i'erfeaion  to  which  the  Jthcnlan.  at-  Years,  M.  Ber,„,rrf  refumed  the  Work  and  contu.ued  it  to 

?ainy     Inftead  of  tha    L  in        M-  the  Year  17.0.    The  HUlory  of  ,hc  J,  orh  of  the  Learned, 

bono  corrup  ed  wi  h  the  Admiflion  of  foreign  I-  by  yi.Uana^e  was  begun  m  l«S«,   and  endedin  ore. 


dionis. 


iTthTs  D7«/eS  it  was  that  Herodoru!  and%p.c™re,  The  Vmverjd  H.jior.cd  Dillmzary,  by  U  le  Clerc,  was 
'"'""^  /I-  continued  to  the  Year  I Sj;,   and  conian.ed  twenty  five 


Ionic  Tranfmi^ratioii  was 


heretofore  a  very  celebrated    Volumes.    The  BMiotbeque  Cboifie,  of  the  fam  e  Authot,  be- 


Ebocha.  It  took  its  Rifs  from  the  Retreat  of  the  Aibe- 
mian  Colonies,  who,  upon  the  Death  of  Co.*».',  put  them- 
felves  under  the  Command  of  his  Son  AWeui,  and  clla- 
blifli'd  the  twelve  Cities  of  Ionia  in  yffia.  Thefe  Colo- 
nies, according  to  Eraujlhcnes,  were  ellablilh'd  50  Years 
after  the  Return  of  the  Heraclidt ;  and,  according  to  Mar- 
ttjam,  77  Years  after  the  taking  of  Tray. 

Ionic  Sea,  was  the  firll  of  the  antient  Sells  of  Philolo- 
phy  ;  the  others  were  the  Italic  and  Eleatic.  The  Foun- 
der of  this  SeFl  was  Thalcs,  who  being  a  Native  of  Mi/cti,j 
in  Ionia,  occafion'd  his  Followers  to  aflume  the  Appella- 
tion of  I»Jnc.  'Twas  the  diftinguifliing  Tenet  of  this  &S, 
That  Water  was  the  Principle  of  all  Natural  Things. 


gan  in  1705.  The  Mern'oirs  for  a  HiHory  of  Sciences  and 
Arts,  ufually  called  Uemoires  de  Trevoiix,  from  the  Place 
where  they  are  pu  blillied,  began  in  1701.  Thu  Ejays  of 
Litcraticre  reached  but  to  a  twelfth  Volume  in- 1702,  ijo^, 
and  1704  ;  thefe  only  take  notice  of  antient  Authors.  The 
journal  Litteraire,  by  Father  H«jo,  begun  and  ended  in 
1705.  At  Hamtoiirjt  they  have  made  two  Attempts  for 
a  Frencb  journal,  but  the  Defign  failed  :  an  Efbemeris  S(a- 
nans  has  alfo  been  undertaken,  but  that  foon  difappeared. 
A  ^onrii.-iZ  des  Sfafaus,  by  M.  Dartis,  appeared  in  i6sn, 
and  was  dropt  the  Year  following.  That  of  M.  Cbau-cm 
begun  at  Bci-iiK  in  1496,  held  out  three  Years ;  and  an 
Effay  of  the  fame  kind  was  made  at  Genoa.     To  thefe 


^i;;;is-^;.;;;..;di:destii„thebegi„nlngofhisfia  ma,beadded,^he3^^^^^^^ 
"^^AU^  Day  Book,  Regifler.  or  Account  of  ^0W«^M^ 


what  palTes  daily,  „    ,  . 

In  Merchants  Accounts,  the  Journal  is  a  Book  into 
TOh;.-h  every  particular  Article  is  polled  out  of  the  Wafle-        » ..^  „..„..j.- ,     j     ■     ^„"„  '  r.;,  r 
Kook  and  m  ide  Debtor :  This  is  to  be  very  clearly  ex-    WWfo ./  tbe  Learned,  begun  at  London  in  i<99.  Lenfara 
prcfs'd  and  filrly  engrofs'd.  T™p.n»  in  170S.    About  the  fam^e  time  Aere  appeared 

Sowim/,  in  Sea-Aftairs,  is  a  Regifter  kept  by  the  Pi- 
lots ;  wherein  particular  notice  is  taken  of  every  thing 
that  happens  to  the  Ship  from  Day  to  Day,  and  from 
Hour  to  Hour,  with  regard  to  the  Winds,  the  Rhumbs, 
the  Rake,  Soundings,  gfc  in  order  to  enable  them  to  ad- 
juft  their  Reckoning,  and  determine  the  Place  where 
they  are. 


li/lj  Books  alone. 

The  Englifijoitrnals  of  this  kind  arc  the  Hijtory  of  tb; 


Tempo}  -  ,  -  - 

two  new  ones;  the  one  under  the  Title  of  tionmn  of  Li- 
terature, containing  little  elfe  but  an  Enghfh  Tranfiation 
of  feme  Articles  in  the  foreign  journals,  hyU.de  la  Roche ; 
the  other  a  CoUeaion  of  thofe  Trafts,  entitled  Khliotbect 
Curiofa,  or  s.  Mifcellany. 

The  Italian  journals  are  that  of  Abbot  Nazan,  which 
1681,  and  was  printed  at  Rome.  That 


laded  from  1^69  to  ,  - 

lo,7nalis  nowbecotne  a  common  Name  for  many  of    of  began  in  itT?.,  and  ended  at  the  fame  time 

News-kpeTs  XA  detail  the  daily  Tranfaaions  of  with  the  other ;  the  Authors  were  P«cr  M«o  and  F™„c„ 
ttS  all  ufed  fS    he  Title  of  feveral  Book,    Miktti.   The  >»rnalot  Far,na,  by  Robert,  and  Father 


JO 


( 40^ ) 


IR 


fb'ni'i,  was  dropped  in  itftjo,  and  rcluracd  again  in  1692. 
'the  ^eumal  o{  Ferrara,  by  the  Abbot  de  !a 'Vo/rc,  bcgun 
and  envied  in  1^91.  LaGaleria  diMinerva  begun  in  1696", 
is  the  Work  of  a  Society  of  Men  of  Letters.  Signior  ^- 
fojiolo  Zenoy  Secretary  to  that  Society,  begun  another  'joi<r- 
nal'miiic.  under  the  Aufpice  of  the  Grand  Da!ce  5  it 
is  printed  at  Venice,  and  leveral  Perfons  of  Diliindion 
have  a  hand  in  ic.  The  t'ajii  Emdlti  dclh  Bihhothsca  Vohm- 
.?(;_were  publillied  at  Farma. 

'  The  principal  among  the  Latin  'journals  is  that  of  Le'^pfic, 
under  the  Title  of  ^8a  Erndhoum,  begun  in  i6Sz.  P.  P. 
Manzani  begun  another  at  Parmu.  The  No-v.i  Literarla 
Miris  Baltkid,  laflcd  from  iijyS  to  1708.  Thc^oiirnal  of 
Uamho-.irg  begun  in  1703.  The  AEla  Litemria  ex  'Manufcrip- 
u!  s.x)d' t^c  Bibliothtca  CurioJ\  begun  in  1705,  and  ended 
jn*i707,  are  the  Work  of  M.  Striivias.  M.  Knfio-  and  M. 
^^;^t:  in  i69-!y  begun  ix  Bihliotbeca  of  new  Books,  and  conti- 
nued it  for  two  Years.  ThtSwlfs  journal,  called  Nova  Ll- 
teraria  H^htticu  was  begun  in  1702  by  M.Scheucher  j  and 


abufing  their  Trufl-,  and  diflreffing  and  perfccating  thi 
People,  inflcad  of  maintaining  Peace  among  them.  The 
word  is  compofcd  of  the  Greek  Peace,   and  ap;^i;i' 

PriTicCy  fromiip;^!,  Conmarj,  Offce,  , 

IRIS,  a  Rainbow,  occaHoned  by  a  Refle£lioh  of  thg 
Rays  of  the  Sun  in  a  watrv  Cloud.  The  word  is  derived 
from  the  Greek  e?i>M,  to  ffea/c,  10  rell  j  as  being  a  IVieteor 
that  is  fuppofed  to  ioretel  Rain.     Sec  Rai?i-bow. 

h-h  fignifics  alfo  that  fibrous  Circle  next  the  Pupil  of  the 
Eye  :  Sec  Eye.  It  alio  fignifies  thofe  changeable  Colours, 
which fonietimes appear  in  the  Glaffes  of  Telefcopes,  M;- 
crofcopes,  iSc.  which  are  focall'd  from  their  Sin'^ilitude  to 
a  Rain-bow  :  as  is  that  cnlour'd  Speclrum,  which  a  Trian- 
gular Prifmatic  Glafs  will  project  on  a  Wall,  when  placed, 
at  a  due  Angle  in  the  Sun-beams. 

IRON,  a  hard,  fufiblc  and  malleable  Met?,l,  of  vafl 
Ufe  in  the  Affairs  of  Life.  It  confiQs  of  ah  Earth,  Salt, 
and  Sulphur,  but  all  impure,  ill  mix'd  and  digciled, 
which  render  it  extremely  liable  to  ruli    It  is  the  hard- 


thcJBa  Medica  Hafneifi,  VMbViihed  by  F.  Bartholin,  make  elt,  dryeit,  and  the  moil  difficult  to  melt  of  all  Metals, 
five  Volumes,  from  the  Year  167^,  101679.  ^  may  be  foften'd  by  heating  it  often  in  the  f, re,  ham- 
There  are  two  Low-Dutch  Jounra/s  3  the  one  under  the  mering  it,  and  letting  jt  cool  oi  Jtfelfj  and  it  is  harden  d 
Title  of  Boockz  ah^n  Europe  j  it  was  begun  at  Rotterdam  by  cxtinguiOiing  it  in  \Vater._  It  may  be  rendered  white, 
in  1(59  2,  by  Peter  Rabbits,  and  continued  from  1702  to  by  cooling  it  in  Sal  Armoniac  and  Quick-lime._  The 
1708  by  Meffieurs  Sewel  and  Gavcr?i  ;  the  other  is  by  a  ftrongell  Temper  of  Iron  is  fafd  to  be  that,  which  it  takes 
Phvfician,  called  Ruiter,  who  began  in  1710.  in  the  Juice  of  flrain'd  Worms.  A  red-hot  Iron  applied 
The  Gemfl«?o«rafl/jofbell  Note  are  the  Mo?wr2ic/ieKL^K-  to  a  Roll  of  Sulphur,  dilTolv-cs  and  Cmls  into  a  fine 
terredtm^en,  which  heldfrom'1689,  to  ifTjS.  The  Bibliotheca  Dull,  hon  has  a  great  Conformity  with  Copper,  and  they 
Curhfa,  begun  in  1 704,  and  ended  in  1 707,  both  by  U.Ten-  arc  not  eafily  feparated  when  folder'd  together ;  whence 
ael  The>«>-72fl/  oi  Hanno-aer,  begun  in  1700,  and  con-  arifcs  that  uncommon  Friendfliip  which  the  Poets  feign 
tinucd  for  two  Years  by  M.  Eccard,  under  the  Direaion  of  between  Mars  and  Femss.  It  has  a  'great  Confortiiity,  too, 
M.  Leibnitz,  and  was  afterwards  carried  on  by  others,  with  the  Loadftone.  Robault  fays,  it  is  itfclf  an  im  per  fed 
ThG  Theological  'journa},  publi/hed  hyU.  Lecher,  under  Loadibme,  and  that  if  it  be  a  long  time  expofed  m  a 
the  Title  of  Altes  and  Neues,  that  is,  Old  and  New.  A  certain  Situation,  it  becomes  a  real  Loadilone  ;  and  men- 
third  at  Leipfic  and  Francfort,  the  Authors  MeiTieurs  Wol-  tions  the  Iron  in  the  Steeple  of  Noire  Dame  at  Cbartres  as 
terchy  Kranje,  and  Grofchufftis  j  and  a  fourth  at  Hall,  by  an  Infiance. 

There  are  feveral  kinds  of  Iron,  that  have  Properties 

joURNEY-MAN,  from  the  French  ^ournc'e.   Day  or  very  different  from  one  other.    As,  i.  Ejighjh,  which  is 

Days-Work,  antiently  fignified  a  Perfon  who  wrought  coarfe,  hard,  and  brittle,  fit  for  Fire-Bars  and  fuch  Ufes. 

with  another  by  the  Day  j  tho  now  by  the  Statute  it  ex-  2.  Swedijh,  which,  of  all  others,  is  the  beft  ufed  in  Ejig- 


tends  to  thofe  likewife  who  covenant  lo  work  with  another 
in  their  Occupation  or  Trade  by  the  Year. 
JOY.    See  Pleafure  and  Pain.  _  _ 

JOYNDER,  in  Law,  is  the  coupling  or  joining  of  two 
Perfons  in  one  Ailion  or  Suit  againit  another. 

JOYNERY,  the  Art  of  working  in  Wood,  and  of  fit- 
ting or  affcmbling  various  Parts  or  Members  of  it  toge- 
ther :  The  f")'e«c/j  call  it  Me«i(//(;i-ie,  {rom  Mriutaria,  fmall 
Work,  by  which  it  is  diflingui/li'd  from  Carpentry,  which 
is  converfant  in  the  larger  and  lefs  curious  Works. 
.IPECACUANHA,  a  little  Root,  about  the  Thlcknefs 


latjd  :  It  is  a  fine  tough  fort,  will  beft  endure  the  Ham- 
mer, and  is  fofteft  to  file,  and  in  al!  refpeds  the  beft  to 
work  upon.  5.  Sf.tni/Jj,  which  would  be  as  good  as  the 
S-medip3,  were  it  not  fubjed  to  red-fear,  that  is,  to  crack 
betwixt  hot  and  cold.  4.  German  Iron.  This  kind  goes 
by  the  Name  of  Von  Square,  becaufe  it  is  brought  hither 
from  thence,  and  is  wrought  into  Bars  of  three  quarters 
of  an  Inch  fquare.  This  is  a  coarfe  J;-o?;,  and  only  fit  for 
ordinary  Ufes.  There  is  another  fort  ufed  for  making  of 
Wire,  which  is  the  fofteft  and  tougheft  of  all.  This  is 
not  peculiar  to  any  Country,  but  is  indifferently  made 


if  a  moderate  Quill,  brought  hither  from  feveral  Places    wherever  7ro7i  is  made,  tho  of  the  worft  fort  i  for 'tis  the 
'        '  ■  *      "  '  firft  Iron  that  runs  from  the  Mine-Stone,  when  'tis  melt- 

ing, and  is  refcrved  purely  for  the  making  of  Wire. 

Generally  fpeaking,  the  beft  Iron  is  the  fufrcft  and 
tougheft,  and  that  which,  when  it  breaks,  is  of  an  even 
grcyifti  Colour,  without  any  of  thofe  glittering  Specks,  or 
any  Flaws  or  Divifions  like  thofe  feen  in  broken  Antimony. 

To  give  7roH  a  blue  Colour,  with  a  Grind-ftone  rub  off 
the  black  Scurf,  then  heat  it  in  the  Fire,  and  as  it  grows 


in  the  Wefi-lndies.  There  are  three  kinds  of  it. 
brown,  a  grey,  and  a  white  one  ;  the  firft  is  moft  efteem- 
ed  in  Phyfic  ;  it  is  firm,  twifted,  difficult  to  break, 
of  a  lharp  bitter  Taftc,  and  grows  in  Brazil  in  the  Gold- 
Mines.  The  Root  of  the  grey  Ipp.cacuanha,  in  its  Virtue 
and  Colour;  is  inferior  to  the  former  ;  it  grows  at  the  feet 
of  Mountains,  and  in  Meadows,  and  other  moift  Places. 
The  Spaniards  call  it  Bexugillo.     The  white  Ipecacuanha 


differs  from  both  the  others,  not  only  in  Colour,  but  in    hot  it  will  change  Colour  by  degrees;  become  firft  of  a 


Figure  too,  not  being  twifted  or  rugged  likethem,  but  ra- 
ther refembling  the  Root  of  white  Dittany.  The  Ipeca- 
citi^ni'rt  is  purgative  and  aftringent,  it  is  alfo  a  gentle  Vo- 
mitive, and  is  found  one  of  the  beft  and  furcft  Remedies 
hitherto  difcoveredfor  aDyfentcry. 

IRASCIBLE,  a  Term  in  the  old  Philofophy,  applied 
to  an  Appetite,  or  a  Part  of  the  Soul  where  Anger,  and 
the  other  Paffionsthat  animate  us  againit  things  difficult  or 
odious,  refide.  Of  theelevcn  kinds  of  Paffions  attributed 
to  the  Soul,  the  Philofophers  afcribe  five  to  the  Irafcible 
Appetite  ;  to  wit,  Wrath,    Boldnefs,  Fear,  Hope,  and 


^old  Colour,  and  then  of  a  beautiful  blue.  Sometimes 
the  Workmen  rub  a  Mixture  of  Indigo  and  Salad-Oil 
on  it,  while  'tis  heating,  and  let  it  cool  of  itfelf.  _ 

Square  and  fiat  Bars  of  Iron  are  fometimes  twifted,  for 
Ornament  ;  and  the  manner  of  doing  it  is  this  :  After 
the  Bar  is  fquare  or  flat  forged,  they  give  it  a  flame  Heat, 
or  if  the  Work  be  fmall,  but  a  blood-red  Heat;  and  then 
'tis  eafy  to  twift  it  about  as  much  or  as  little  as  they 
pleafc,  with  the  Tongs,  Vice,  or  the  like. 
,The  feveral  Heats  which  Smiths  give  their  Iron  in 
v/orking,  are,  i-  A  fparkling  or  welding  Heat,  which 


De'fpair     the  fix  others  are  charged  on  the  concupifcible  ufed  w^en  they  double  up  their  Iron,  cr  weld  two  Pieces 

Appetite,  ■viz.  Plcafure,  Pain,  Deiire,  Averfion,  Love,  and  of  Iron  together,  end  to  end.    z.  A  flame  or  white  Heat, 

Hatred.    P/«fo  divided  the  Soul  into  three  Parts,  the  rea-  which  is  ufed  when  the  IroK  has  not  its  Form  and  Size, 

fonable,  irafdhle,  and  concupifcible  Parts.    The  two  laft,  but  muft  be  forged  into  both.      5.  A  blood-red  Heat, 

according  to  that  Philofopher,  are  the  corporeal  and  mor-  which  is  ufed  when  the  Iroji  has  already  its  Form  and  Size, 

tal  Parts  of  the  Soul,    which  give  rife  to  our  Paffions.  but  wants  a  little  hammering  to  fmooth  and  fit  it  for  the 

Plato  fixes  the  Seat  of  the  Irafcible  Appetite  in  the  Heart,  File.    If  the  Iron  be  made  too  hot,  ii  will  red  -fear,  |.  e. 

of  the  Concupifcible  in  the  Liver,  as  the  two  Sources  of  break  or  crackle  under  the  Hammer  while 'tis  working. 

Blood  and  Spirits,  which  alone  affeff  the  Mind.  between  hot  and  cold.    For  the  Manner  of  making  and 

IREN  ARCHA,  the  Name  of  a  military  Officer  in  the  preparing  Iron,  fee  lro7t-Morh.    To  make  Iron  into  Steel, 


Gr(!ei  Empire ;  his  Bufinefs  was  to  provide  for  the  Peace. 
Security,  and  Tranquillity  of  the  Provinces,  In  ^ujii7iian''s 
Code  'tis  mentioned,  that  the  Irenarch^  are  fent  into  the 


fee  Steel.  .  „  , 

IRON-MOULDS  are  certain  yellow  Lumps  ot  i-artli 

  ,   „       or  Stone,  found  in  Chalk-pits,  about  the  Chiftern  in  Os- 

Frovinces  to  maintain  the  public  Peace,  by  puniftiing  ford/hire,  which  are  really  a  kind  of  indigeiled /ron  Ore. 
Crimes,  and  putting  the  Laws  in  execution.  Befides  this,  IRON-ORES,  and  Iroii-JForks .  Of  thefe  we  have  a  greiC 
there  was  another  Jre/.wc/jii  in  the  Cities,  to  whom  be-  number  in  moft  parts  of  En^la77d,  but  thofe  in  the  lore fi 
long'-'d  the  preferving  of  Peace,  and  quelling  Sedition  a-  of  Dean  in  Glocejterfiire  avc  in  the  moft  repute.  The  0.-c 
inong  the  Citizens.  This  Officer  was  fometimes  called  is  there  found  in  great  abundance,  diftering  much  in  Co- 
Pr.ffeFlus  Urbis.  The  Emperors  Theodofms  and  Ho;7oW«i  lour,  Weight  and  Goodnefs.  The  beft,  call'd  B>-h/&.  Ore, 
fuppreffed  the  Office  of  the  Ircn.ivchu  on  accoutit  of  their    is  of  a  blueifii  Colour,  very  ponderous,  and  full  of  littla 

nil  I  fKinmg 


IR 


(  406  ) 


IS 


fliining  Specks,  lilte  Grains  of  Silver  ;   tliis  affords  the  iRREGt'HR  Cnf  r 'Mxr  ■    ,    ,.  „ 

greatefl  Quantity  of /rM,  but  being  melted  alone  nro  '  one  aViiV/™  1,  f         V       ^ '^'^^^                  f"-'' =■ 

duceth  a  Metal  Itry  Iho'n  and  bn.tfe,  and  d^e  rfor'e'^not  Tc  Sr   ^  bV  Xfc\jr  ™  ' 

fo  fit  for  comtnon  Ufc.    For  tire  retiiedying  whereof  the  or  Ca  .i   I  ;r,^Kr  J    """I'^nts,  wbetlicr  ,n  ilic  Siiaft 

Workmen  make  ufe  of  another  fort  of  kalnt    tertr  ed  Ir'r I  PLE  V,  AW  /        >  t"' 

c™&,-,  whicli  is  nothing  but  the  Refufe  of  the  o"  af  wh  7m  !■„„,  1       ^      j  '''^  <-<""™™  Law,  fignific. 

ter.the  Metal  has  b«n  extrafted,   and  v^hth  being  IRR   KtiON ''a'Ltl  rf  fT 

mingled  with  the  other,  n  a  due  Ouantitv  oivcs  it  th?  the  (-„r' „f        •  '.^  r   r       ,  Tranfplantation  ufed  for 

e.eellent  Temper  of  Toughnef,,  th^cSh^his  /"„  to  ever   n::'^^;"?''^^^  "l.              ..i"  rP'™"!"^ 


c^eAent  Temper  of  To.:ghn;^:;i;iF:S^h.  .1 '"'^ 
be  preferred  before  any  other  brouBht  from  foreifm  Pirt.,  rir;„„  6  r  ,  !,  .  "  P'^°P='' ' the 
a4  the,  have  provt^ed  rheirTe.  \ht  M^f-ork  bis'^d^'^^irilf  r  rSa^ft^-ael  t  '^'"'^'^^7 
calctne  tt  wh.ch  is  done  m  Kilns,  much  after  the  fiftion    till  fuch  ttmeas  the  D  itafr  1-  J      4    r"  """'"l''- 

of  our  ordtnary  Lime-Kilns :  thefe  they  fill  up  to  the  top    SprinklinTas  b^n  made  '  r       i^^'V  '^c 

*tth  Coal  and  Ore,  yi„„„„  J,pcr  ft, aim  ;  Jhat  is,  on'e  tn  order  t'o  pJevenr  the  vt'r  ''"^l*,^"'?/""'  ^^th  on  it, 
I^yerupo,;  another  :  and  fo  pittting  Fire  to  the-  bo  ton,,    the  vjtal  Soft  t  of  the  1 1  'd"  f 

they  let  tt  burn  till  the  Coal  be  waded,  and  then  renew    Air.       ^  ^"l""''  <:vaporatmg  into  the 

the- Kilns  with  fre/ll  Ore  and  Coal  in  the  fame  manner  as       ISCHIADIC,  an  Epithet  olv™'  I  ,)  ,1.    bu  r  ■ 

l;eforc.    This  IS  done  without  Fufion  of  the  Metal,  and    two  Veins  of  the  Footf  wh  cf  'll L    '      I  '^r"'  ? 

i-erves  to  confume  the  more  droffy  part  of  the  Ore,  and  The  firft,  called  tha  Grea,  irM.Tr     r  I  r""}' 

to  male  ,t  malleable,. fupplying  tL!  beating,  and  iadr-  Branches  pro  eelg  fro /l  e  T^Se^  Xh 

tng.  that  are  ufed  ,n  other  INIetals.    From  hence  they    ther,  pafs  by  the  MuVles  rf  he  Calf  of   he  T""^^ 'n^ 

carry  ,t  to  the.r  Furn-Ices,  which  are  built  of  Brick  oj-  leffer  jyl-Wtc  is  formed  from  fU^d  Ramifi 

itone  about  tiventy-four  Foot  fquare  on  the  outfide,  and  ceeding  from  rhe  Sk^and  Muf- k-    wh   h  "1=  '^1°' 

«ear  thirty  F^oot  ,n  Height  within,  no.  above  eight  o'r  ten  ArticuTation  of  the  Thigk    1  ht^v  are   Ifo  c  II T v 

Foot  over  where  it  is  widefl,  which  is  about  the  middle  ;  The  Word  is  derived  from  the  G,ll  l  '  f"' 

the  top  and  bottom  having  a  narrow  Compafs,  much  like  >*£  Ihp 

the  Shape  of  an  Eg".     Behind  the  Furnace  are  fixed       ISCHIATICA.    See  JcmJm 
two  huge  Tair  of  Be  bws,  the  Nofcs  of  which  meet  at  a  I.SCHiriM 

little  h?.e  near  the  bott  myhere\re^omt"vrt;  e='  Bon'es"' th^Th^tX^^in  is  ad^ 

her  by  certain  Buttons,  placed  on  the  Axis  of  a  very  large  ijU,  or  A,nabd,l  which  re?e  ves  fhe  He^v    J'',!    ^-1  t 

Wheel,  which  IS  turned  about  by  Water,  in  the  manner  Bone    This  (\vi„  ^i^  4       u     ^  ^.^'''S'^- 

of  an  Overlhot-Mill.    As  foon  a's  thefe  Burtons  are  ibd  C™k-,  A  ?„'V3n'^heThith'  '^^tlT' 

oft,  the  Bel  ows  are  raifed  again  by  the  Counterpoife  of  is  one' of  the  Offa  1,™"  ™^     which  f  f    tIc  word T: 

Weights,  whereby  they  are  made  to  play  alternately,  the  derived  from  the  Gree/-  vTkT  Irennh 
one  going  Its  Blall  the  time  the  other  is  rifing.    At  firft       ISCHURIA  i,,  Phvil  nr   r    i?         rn  • 

they  fill  thefe  Furnaces  with  0,  e  and  Cinder,^„termix•d  entire^S^ppr  ffi'o  '  /u  f  e'    fr  i^'  Tclfiotd  b°v  a!rV'" 

with  Fuel,  which  in  thefe  Works  is  always  of  Charcoal,  that  may'Ultrua  the  MaPeV of  the  Rets  V 

laying  tlien,  hollow  a.  the  bottom,  that  they  may  more  the  Neck  of  rhe  Bladder.Ts  SaL  ItSie  kl^^^^^^^ 

eahly  take  fire  ;  but  after  they  are  once  kindled,  the  Ma-  It  may  alfo  be  occafioned  bv  an  OW  rueli™  of  ,K  ' 

terials  run  together  into  a  hard  Cake  or  Lun.p,  'which  is  which%afs  to  the  Re  Sror^TaJde     f  we  fee  it  S  il"' 

rhe  Metal,  as  ■  meets,  trickles  down  into  the  Receivers  too  great  DiftenCon  of  the  Bladder  may  X  produce  the 

wWch  the  Me^ri   ™     =  't'l  "  "  ^f^^'  °V'"-  hy  f^^™'^  Eff<=a  ;  ^  the  Fibres  being  much  le„o,Ce"d  *l 

r,^,  he  Melr      \  "  ^r"""  ^"'1  nrofs,  and  let  confequently  condenfed,   the  Spirirs  neceflary    for  tSeir 

out  the  Metal,  as  they  fee  occafion.    Before  the  Mouth  Contraclion  cannor  get  Admittlnce;   whence  it  is  that 

of  the  Furnace  lies  a  great  Bed  of  Sand,  where  they  make  Perfons,  who  have  retained  their  Urine  a  W  ti  'r  find 

3  which  they  would  have  their  a  ercat  deal  of  difficltv      ^;r..|,.„„;„„        S       .'  'i'- 


vvord  is 


a  great  deal  of  difficulty  in  difchirging  it.  luc 
derived  from  the  Greek  U^,  I  flop,  and  Urin^. 

ISELASTIC,  the  Nairie  of  a  kind  of  Combat,  or 
Game,  celebrated  in  the  Cities  of  Greece  and  in'  the 
time  of  the  Roman  Empire.  The  ViSor  ar  thefe  Games 
had  very  confidcrable  Privileges  conferred  on  him,  after 

-17:5,  who  did  th& 


Furrows  of  theShape  into  which  they  would  have  their 
Jron  caft.  As  foon  as  the  Receivers  are  full,  thev  let  in 
the  Metal,  which  is  made  fo  very  fluid  by  the  Violence 
of  the  fire,  that  it  not  only  runs  to  a  confiderable  di- 

i  ance,   but  flani.s  afterwards  boiling  for  a  good  while,  "me  or  tne  timpire.  IheViitor 

-Ive     r'M/"'  7'*'  ''"P  'hem  tad  very  cenfiderable  Privileges  conferre 

conftan.ly  employ  d  for  many  Months  together,  never  fuf-  the  Example  of  ./„i;»y?«,  and  the  ^,;,e„i.,„r  who  did  the 

t'The  :.^i"^°of'tte"F  'f '  1  f"PPl-  1-''=  "  the  Conqueril  aj  the  O/j^^i.,  fIIu:^^,^^^]^^ 

V^n,  L     "1  r    ^"'^'v?''  Materials,  with  "^i^"  Games.    'Fhey  were  crowned  on  the  fnor  immedi 

in't^^wCk   fe^lw-^r  ■-r^i^'l'o  ether  ately  after  their  V.iiory,  had  Penfions  allowS  'hem 

mth,sV.ork   flT  Sea-Coal  W.1I  not  do.    From  thefe  Fur-  furnidied  with  Provif.ons  at  the  pablic  Cott     .nd  were 

naces  the  Workmen  bring  their  Sows  and  Pigs  of  r„„,",  carried  in  Triumph  into  their  CouC.  ' 
they  call  them,  to  their  Forges,  where  it  Is  wrought  into       ISIA,  Peafts  and  Sacrifices  antiently  folemnized  in  ho- 

I'KON-SICK  ■    A  Shi„       P  r-j      L  pout  of  the  Goddefs  (/h.    The  ;/i.i  were  full  of  abomina- 

w-l  en  her  SpikeV  ate  ^oau-n  w  KR  «  "  x?  'T'^"^''  '''5  I'"F";'i=^.  ^nd  for  that  reafon  thofe  who  were  initia- 

wlicn  ner  bpixes  are  lo  eaten  with  Ruft,  or  Nads,  and  ted  were  ob  igcd  to  take  an  Oath  of  Secrecy    Thev  hel  I- 

wirb-yX'shlTeaks!"  "^''^  ^  '^T^'^b^Tt''  fo  f I;inSe! 'h!:: 

IRONY  isalJigure  in  Speech,  wherein  we  plainly  i„-  S^pJ^l^St  . ''Ctnr^d  ^^tafe 
P  efs  T  whei?  wele^'m  t':"  r^r^""  P™'f"  --"abliflied  by  the  Emperor  S'lt  who  hi,.': 

Knavl'  TheVo  1.  dlfcove?^,  ?r  ""-"""'g- '>^i a  rank  they  bore  a  Branch  of  Marine  Abfvnthium  in  their  hand 
rheTp^aker  than^i  ri  e  W^^  of  Olive.    They  fung  the  Praifes  of  the  Goddefs 

t^t^^m;,:^:,^"'''-    "  '''""^^  HZ^^^y^         at  the  rihiilofthe  sun,  when  they  open- 

of  ^^^:°tSff  ^B^d  ^'—""^-""S  t:™!:;^  It '^^i^ff^e^TriiSr  Si 

IRRATroNTl  N?™^^  See  fons,  and  Iliut  up  the  Temple.    Such  was  the  Life  an  1 

Atoiri    iSfh  fee  '^^  ^«"'  '-^'""5  they  never  covered  their  Feet  with 

Wo»a^  Quamlu'e. :    See  R«i,„al  QuanMe.  ocJafio'!;!  1^"'  f".'^'"  YY  u"^^""' 

IRREGIjTaR   fnmethini,  fI„,J  occafioned  Fruje„t,:,s  and  others  to  fay  they  went  bare- 

rnn   ^or,^^m;  n  L  ^  thitdeviates  from  the  com-  footed.    They  wore  no  Garments  but  Linncn,  becaufe  J& 

",n  L  "X  /S."Build:L  an"";.?/  r  ^r'^^-  "^'^  '-S''^  Culture  'of  £  Co^C 

tions  that  are  i.-regnlar,  anomalous,  or  Heteroclites.  A- 
mong  Cafuilts  the  Term  irregular  is  applied  to  a  Perfon 


ISIKG-GLASS  :    See  mbyocoHa. 

ISLAND,  a  Trail  of  Ground  encompafTed  round  with 

  the  Sea,  or  with  Rivers.   This  Term  is  oppofed  to  the  Con- 

ig  a  tinent  or  Temi  ivj-jMfl.  Some  conclude  from  f^^j.  x.  ^nd 
from  Ecc-L  xliii.  25.  that  I//a72ds  areas  antient  as  the  World, 
and  that  there  were  fome  ar  the  beotnninff.    Whatever  be- 

 «        ^f.^  n  r-    ),:_!  ..  ^.11         1  , 

that  the 


,    "   1-^  T  ?  .       -^t^pn'^u  ro  a  rei 

who  IS  unqualified  for  entering  into  Orders,  as  bein 
Baihrd,  Alaimed,  or  to  an  Ecclefiailic,   who  is' 

terdiacd,  fufpendcd   or  c  en  fared  and  by  that  means  ren-    and  that  there  were  fome  ar  the  beoinnrnff.  Wl 

IRRFGI'I  al?  Knn7F<;    „■„  <:„rj  .  large  tar  remote  from  the  Continent,  are  new,  or 

by  eqlland  lite  Su^f™  terminated    that  they  either  arofe,  out  of  the  Sea,  or  were  torn  from 

»/    jua,  ana  iiie  burtaces.  j^and.    Nor  is  it  lefs  true,  that  there  have  been 


IS 


( 407 ) 


IS 


new  Ifl.mds  formed,  by  the  caftjng  up  of  vaft  Heaps 
of  Clay,  Mud,  Sand,  ^c.  as  that  for  inflancc  of  Tjong- 
ming,  in  [he  I'rovltice  of  Tojie^uin  in  Cham  :  or  by  the  Vio- 
lence of  the  Sea,  which  have  torn  off  large  Prumontortes 
from  the  Continent,  as  the  Antients  imagined  Sicily^  and 
even  Great  Briiain  w cm  formed.  It  is  alio  certain,  that 
iome  have  emerged  above  the  Waves,  as  5'..i«iori;:i  former- 
ly, and  three  other  Iflcs  near  it  lately ;  the  lall  in  1707, 
which  rofe  from  the  bottom  of  the  Sea  after  an  Earth- 
quake, that  was  fuppos'd  to  have  loofen'd  it  from  its  hold. 

Several  Katuraliits  are  of  opinion,  that  the  i/Zi.7;if?j  were 
formed  at  the  Deluge  ;  others  think  they  have  been  fc- 
paratcd  from  the  Continent  by  violent  Storms,  Inunda- 
tions, and  Earthquakes,  Thefe  laft  have  obferved,  that 
the  Eaji-lnd'.e!,  which  abound  in  ifl.inds  more  than  any  0- 
thcr  part  of  the  World,  arc  likewife  more  annoyed  with 
Earthquakes,  Tempells,  Lightning,  Vulcano's,  ^c,  than 
any  other  Part.  Varen'ms  thinks  moft  of  thefe  Opinions 
true  in  feme  Inilances,  and  believes  that  there  have 
been  7//.j;iA  produced  each  of  thefe  ways.  St.  Heknaj  Jf- 
ceafwu,  and  other  ficep  rocky  Ifiinds^  he  fuppofes  to  have 
become  fo,  by  the  Sea's  overflowing  their  neighbouring 
Champains.  jBy  the  heaping  up  huge  Quantities  of  Sand, 
and  other  terrcilrial  Matters,  he  thinks  the  Iflajids  of  Zta- 
Idjtdy  ^f^f^y  were  form'd-    Sumatra  and  Ceylon,  and 

moft  of  the  Eaji-Jndian  Ijlandi  he  thinks  were  rent  off  from 
the  main  Land;  and  concludes,  that  the  I  (lands  o{  the  y/r- 
chi^da\!o  were  form'd  in  the  fame  way  i  imagining  it 
probable,  thatDeitcd/ion'sFlood  might  contribute  towards  it. 
The  Antients  had  a  Notion,  that  iJe/o/,  ajid  fome/ew  other 
Jflands,  rofe  from  the  bottom  of  the  Sea.  Which,  how 
fabulous  foever  it  may  appear,  agrees  with  later  Obferva- 
tions.  Seneca  takes  notice  chat  the  I/land  Therafia  rofe  thus 
out  of  the  JEgean  Sea  in  his  time,  of  which  the  Mariners 
were  Eye-witncffcs.  They  had  alfo  an  opinion,  that  there 
are  fome  Ijl.inds  which  fwim  in  the  Sea.  Thales^  indeed, 
thought  that  the  whole  Earth  which  we  inhabit,  floated, 
thus,  in  the  Sea  j  but  his  Opinion  is  eaiily  refuted,  the 
Channel  of  the  Sea  being  found  continuous  to  the  Shore  : 
Eut  floating  ]{lands  arc  no  ways  improbable,  efpccially  if 
the  Earth  whereof  thcyconfilt  be  light  and  fulphureous. 
^ewcc.-i fays,  that  near  the  Ciayl'ne  he  faw  fuch  ^wlfland,  and 
mentions  feveral  others  of  the  fame  kind  ;  and  it  was  even 
a  common  Opinion  among  the  Antients,  that  all  the  Oy- 
clades  had  done  the  lame.  Gryfh'unider  h.:>.s\/jnx.tQ,x\  3k  Lat'm 
Trcatife  exprclly  on  Iflands,  dc  Infidis. 

ISLES,  in  Architefture,  are  Sides  or  Wings  of  a  Build- 
ing. 

ISOCHRONAL  J^INE,  is  that  in  which  a  heavy  Bo- 
is  fuppofed  to  deicend  without  any  Acceleration.  Lci!>- 
jittz  in  the  y/ff.  Enid.  Lipf.  for  Fehriiary  iCjSp,  hath  a  Dif- 
courfe  on  this  Subject,  in  which  he  ihews,  That  a  heavy 
Body  with  a  degree  of  Velocity  acquired  by  the  De- 
fcent  from  any  Height,  may  defcend  from  the  fame 
Point,  by  an  infinite  Number  of  Ijochronul  Curves,  which 
are  all  of  the  fame  Species,  differing  from  one  another 
only  in  the  Magnitude  of  their  Parameters,  fucli  as  are  all 
the  Quadrate- Cubical  Paraboloids,  and  confequently  fimi- 
lar  to  one  another.  He  lliews  alio,  there,  how  to  find  a 
Line,  in  which  a  heavy  Body  defcending  /hall  recede  uni- 
iormly  from  a  given  Point,  or  approach  uniformly  to  it. 

ISOCHRONE  i  a  Term  applied  to  fuch  "Vibrations  of 
a  Pendulum  as  are  performed  in  equal  Times  :  of  which 
tind  are  all  the  Vibrations  or  Springs  of  the  faine  Pendu- 
lum, whether  the  Arcs  it  dcfcribes  be  longer  or  /hotter  ; 
for  when  it  defcribes  a  fhorter  Arc,  It  moves  fo  much  the 
flower;  and  when  along  one,  proportionably  fafter. 

ISOMERIA,  in  Algebra,  is  a  Method  of  freeing  an  E- 
quation  from  Fractions,  which  is  done  by  reducing  all  the 
Fradlions  to  one  common  Denominator,  and  then  multi- 
plying each  Member  of  the  Equation  by  that  common 

Denominator.     Thus  e.  g.  a  x  x  =;  a  h  I>  hc- 

a 

coities  flx*      i^aax  X  —  ^hcx-=^!^acihh. 

ISOPERIIMETRAL  FIGURES,  are  fuch  as  have  e- 
qual  Perimeters  or  Circumferences. 

ISOSCELES  Triangle, 
is  a  Triangle  which  hath 
two  equal  fides ;  to  which 
it  may  be  added,  that 
the  Angles  oppofite  to 
the  equal  Sides  are  e- 
qual,  and  a  Line  drawn 
Irom  the  l  op  or  Vertex, 
cutting  the  Bafe  into  two 
equal  Parts,  is  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  Bafe .  e.^.  Let  the 
J/i)/cc/ci  Triangle  be  A  P  C, 
and  let  its  Bafe  A  C  be 
fuppofed  to  be  divided 
I  fay,  P  >H  is  perpendicular  to 


for  the  Triangle  Z  hath  all  its  Sides  cijuil  thofc  of  A, 
and  therefore  mull  have  all  its  Angles  equal  allii-rerpcc- 
tively  to  thofe  m  X  :  And  then  the  Angle  F  m  A  =  P™  C> 
becaule  they  are  both  right ;  therefore  P  »>  is  pcrpendtca- 
lar  to  A  C,  and  the  Angle  P  A  m  =  P  Cm. 

ISSUANT,  aTermin  Heraldry,  underllood  of  a  Lion, 
or  other  Animal,  in  a  Coat  of  Arms,  that  feems  jutt  iffu- 
ing  out  from  under  a  Chief,  Fcflc,  a  Houfe,  a  Wood,  or 
the^  like,  and  only  /hews  half  his  Body,  it  is  not  eafy  to 
difiingui/h  the  Lion  IJJuam  from  the  Lion  Kniffam  Soms 
fay,  the  Iffiamtis  that  which  comes  out  from  behind  the 
Field  of  fome  ample  Ordinary,  fliewing  his  Head,  Neck, 
the  Tips  of  his  Fore-Legs  and  his  Tail  againft  the  chief  of 
the  Coat  ;  whereas  the  NaiJJatit  has  its  Rife  about  the 
middle  of  the  Field,  and /hews  all  his  Forc.part,  with 
the  Tip  of  his  Tail,  as  if  he  were  riling  out  of  the 
Earth. 

ISSUE,  is  a  Term  in  Common  Law,  having  divers  Ap- 
plications i  fometimes  it  is  taken  for  the  Children  befot- 
ten  between  a  Man  and  his  Wife  ;  fometimes  for  PrSfits 
growing  from  Amerciaments  or  Fines  ;  and  fometimes 
from  Profits  of  Lands  and  Tenements  j  fometimes  for 
that_  Point  of  Matter  depending  in  Suit,  whereupon  the 
Fatties  join,  and  put  their  Caufe  to  the  Tryal  of  the  Ju- 
ry ;  And  yet  in  all  thefe  it  hath  but  one  Signification, 
which  is  an  Effecl  of  a  Caufe  preceding ;  as  the  Chil- 
dren arc  rhe  ElFcef  of  the  Marriage  betw'een  the  Parents  .- 
The  Profits  growing  to  the  King  or  Lord,  from  the  Pu- 
ni/limcnt  of  any  Man's  Offence,  is  the  Effca  of  his  Tranf- 
greffion  :  The  Point  referred  to  the  Tryal  of  twelve  Men, 
is  the  Effeft  of  Pleading  orProcefs.  yjiie,  in  this  la!l  Sig- 
nification, is  cither  General  or  Special. 

General  ]jft<e  fecmcth  to  be  that  whereby  it  is  referred 
to  the  Jury  to  bring  in  their  Verdifl,  whether  the  Defen- 
dant hath  done  any  fuch  thing  as  the  Plaintiff  lays  to  his 
charge  :  For  example.  If  it  be  an  Offence  againft  any 
Statute,  and  the  Defendant  plead  Not  Guilty  ;  this  being 
put  to  the  Jury,  is  call'd  the  General  \ffae.  And  if  a  Man 
complain  of  a  private  Wrong,  which"  the  Defendant  de- 
nieth,  and  pleads  no  Wrong,  nor  Diffeifin ;  and  if  this  be 
referred  to  the  Jury,  it  is  likewife  the  General  IJfiie. 

The  Sfecial  Iffue  then  muft  be  that,  when  Special  Mat- 
tets  being  alledged  by  the  Defendant  in  his  Defence,  both 
Parties  join  thereupon,  and  fo  grow  rather  to  a  Demurrer, 
if  it  be  Qu^ftw  Juris  ;  or  to  a  Tryal  by  the  Jury,  if  it  be 
Sji.eftio  FaBi. 

ISSUES,  in  Fhyfic,  are  fmall  artificial  Apertures  In  a 
flefliy  part  of  the  Body,  to  drain  off  fuperfluous  Moillure, 
or  give  vent  to  any  noxious  Humour.  They  arc  ufualiy 
made  in  the  Arms,  Legs,  or  Back,  either  by  Caullics  or 
Incifion.  Caution  is  nfed  to  place  them  about  the  middle 
of  a  Mufcle,  that  the  neceffary  Motion  of  the  Parts  may 
not  incommode  them,  or  pain  the  Patient.  There  is  an 
eafy  way  of  making  an  Iffue,  which  fuccecds  bcfl  in  Chil- 
dren ;  'tis  done  after  this  manner  :  Having  applied  a 
fmall  piece  of  bliflering  Plaifler,  about  the  bignefs  of  a 
fmall  Pea,  to  the  Parr  where  you  would  have  an  [Jfue,  and 
letting  it  lie  on  for  a  fev,'  Hours,  it  will  caufe  a  Blifler; 
the  Skin  being  rais'd,  apply  a  Pea  as  ufual,  and  com- 
prefs  It  tight  with  a  Bandage,  till  by  degrees  it  finks  in, 
and  forms  an  [ffiie.  rjfiies  are  very  ufeful  in  many  Diftem- 
pers,  feveral  of  which,  when  obflinate,  cannot  be  cured 
without  them  ;  as  an  Hydroceflaliis,  Ofibulmia,  Old  Ul- 
cer;, &c. 

ISTHMUS,  a  narrow  Neck  or  Slip  of  Ground  that 
joins  two  Continents,  or  joins  a  Cherfonefus  or  Peninl^ulato 
t\iQTerra  firma  -J  and  feparates  two  Seas.  The  moft  cele- 
brated Ifibmus's  are  thofe  of  Panama  or  Barien,  which 
joins  North  and  South  ylmerka  j  that  of  Suez,  which  con- 
ne£ls  ^fla  and  Africa  ;  that  of  Corinth,  or  Feloponnefus,  in 
the  Mares;  that  of  Crim-Tartary,  otherwife  called  theTaw- 
rica  Cherfonefus ;  that  near  the  Ifland  of  Romania  and  Erifo, 
or  the  Jfihmus  of  rhe  Thracian  Chetfonefus,  twelve  Furlongs 
broad ;  being  that  which  Xerxes  undertook  to  cut  through. 
The  Antients  had  feveral  Defigns  of  cutting  the  Ifthmus  of 
Corinth,  which  is  a  rocky  Hillock,  about  ten  Miles  over  ; 
but  they  were  all  vain,  the  Invention  of  Sluices  being  not 
then  known.  There  have  been  Attempts,  too,  for  cutting 
the  JJibmus  oiSuez,  to  make  a  Communication  between  the 
Reil-Sea  and  the  Ueditermnean.  The  word  comes  from  the 
Creek  i&ii'ati  a  Ned.  Hence  Anatomifis  uie  the  Term 
for  feveral  Parts  of  the  human  Body,  particularly  that 
narrow  part  of  the  Throat  fituate  betwixt  the  two  Ton- 
fils  ;  and  the  Ridge  that  feparates  the  two  Noflrils. 

ISTHMIAN  GAMES  were  facred  Sports,  the  third, 
in  order,  of  thofe  fo  much  celebrated  in  antient  Greece] 
Plutarch,  in  the  Life  of  Thefeus,  tells  us,  they  were  infli- 
luted  by  that  Hero  in  imitation  of  Hercules,  who  hat!  be- 
fore inflituted  the  Olympian  Games  ;  but  J.rcbias  refers 
their  Inflitution  to  Me/icerffl  or  FaUmot?,  whom  ths  Latijis 


iiitatwoequalPartsin«:  llay,  P  ™  is  perpendicular  to  cM  Portunus.  Others  fay  they  were  inflituted 'bv  Iffft' 
A  C,  and  the  Angle  P  C  A  is  equal  (o  the  Angle  P  A  C  5    Son  of  Nepune ;  and  others  by  S.fyfhs.  Brother  of  Jha'- 


IT 


(  408  ) 


JU 


King  0^  Corinth,  about  13  50  Ycsrs  before  Chrift  : 
however  this  be,  'twas  in  the  IJibmus  q{  Corifith  they  were 
tekbratcd,  and  hence  arofe  their  Name.  Jrchias  and  0- 
thcrs  lay,  the  Conqiicrur's  Prize  at  thefe  Games  was  a 
Crown  of  Parllcy.  F/ntaixh  and  Straho  fay,  it  was  at  firft- 
a  Crown  of  Pine,  that  this  was  afterward.s  changed  for 
one  of  Pariley,  but  that  at  length  the  Pine  was  refumed  ; 
and  to  this  wa*s  added  a  Reward  of  icq  Silver  Drachm;i:. 
Thefe  Games  were  held  every  three  Years,  and  ellecined 
fo  facred,  that  after  the  Deilrudion  of  Corhith,  the  Sicyo- 
viifuv/cie  charged  with  the  keeping  them  up.  They  were 
fo  celebrated,  and  the  Concourfe  at  them  was  fo  great,  that 
only  the  Principals  of  the  inoQ  remarkable  Cities  could 
have  place  in  them.  The  ^theniam  had  only  as  much 
room  allotted  them  as  the  Sail  of  a  Ship,  which  they  fent 
yearly  to  Ddos,  could  cover. 

ITALIAN,  the  Language  fpokc  in  Italy.  This  Tongue 
is  derived  principally  from  the  Latin,  and  of  all  the  Lan- 
guages formed  from  the  Lcitiii,  there  is  none  that  carries 
witt  it  a  more  vifible  Charattcr  of  its  Original  than  the 
Itaitan.  It  is  accounted  one  of  the  moR  perfect  among 
the  modern  I'ongues,  containing  Words  and  Phrafcs  to 
reprcfent  all  Ideas,  to  exprefs  all  Sentiments,  to  deliver 
one's  felf  on  all  Subjefls,  to  name_  all  the  Inflrumcnts 
and  Parts  of  Arts,  ^c.  "lis  complained  indeed,  that  it 
has  too  many  Diminutives  and  Superlatives,  or  rather  Aug- 
mentatives  j  but  without  any  great  rcafon  :  forifthofe 
words  convey  nothing  further  to  the  Mind  befides  the 
jull  Ideas  of  Things,  they  arc  no  more  faulty  than  our 
Pleonafms  and  Hyperbole's.  The  Charafter  of  tlie  itn^ 
i(;2«  Tongue  it  muit  be  owned,  howevet,  is  very  different 
from  that  of  our  own,  which  is  the  Reafon  perhaps 
why  wc  are  fo  apt  to  find  fault  with  it :  for  though  the 
/f.i/idj;  be  proper  for  all  kinds  of  Writing,  for  all  Stiles, 
and  fur  all  Subjefts  ;  yet  there  are  many  of  their  cele- 
brated Authors  that  don't  fucceed  when  tranllated  into  Eng- 
and  which  an  cannot  read,  with  pleafure, 

even  in  their  Original.  The  Language  corref^-onds  to  the 
Genius  of  the  People,  they  are  ilow  and  thoughtful,  and 
accordingly  their  Language  runs  heavily,  though  fmooth- 
ly,  and  many  of  their  Words  are  lengthened  out  to  a  great 
degree.  They  have  a  good  Talle  in  Mufic,  and  to  grati- 
fy their  Paffion  this  way,  have  altered  abundance  of  their 
primitive  Words,  leaving  out  Confonants,  taking  in  Vow- 
els, foftening  and"  lengthening  out  their  Terminations  for 
the  fake  of  the  Cadence.  Hence  the  Language  is  ren- 
dered extremely  mufica!,  and  fucceeds  better  than  any  0- 
ther  in  Opera's,  and  fome  Farts  of  Poetry,  but  it  fails  in 
Strength  and  N  erves  i  hence  alfo  a  great  part  of  its  Words, 
borrowed  from  the  L^Jt;?;,  become  fo  far  difguifed,  that 
they  are  not  eafily  known  again.  The  Multitude  of  Sove- 
reign States  into  which  JtrJy  is  divided,  has  given  occalion 
to  a  iireat  Number  of  different  Di^lefls  in  that  Language  ; 
which,  however,  are  all  good  in  the  Place  where  they  are 
ufed.  ThcTtifcan  is  ufually  preferred  to  the  other  Dia- 
lers, and  the  Komaji  Pronunciation  to  that  of  the  other 
Cities  i  whence  came  the  Italian  Proverb,  Lirrrua  Tofcana 
in  Bocca  Kcmana.  The  Italian  is  generally  pretty  well  un- 
derllood  throughout  Europe,  and  is  frequently  fpoken  in 
Cer-'ihiny,  Poland,  and  Hun-iary.  At  Co^ijtantinnple,  in 
Greece,  and  in  the  Ports  of  the  Levant,  the  Italian  is  ufed 
as  commonly  as  the  Language  of  the  Country  5  indeed 
in  thofe  Places  it  is  not  ipoke  fo  pure  as  in  Tk/w?7jv,  but 
is  corrupted  with  many  of  the  proper  Words  and  Idioms 
of  the  Place,  whence  it  takes  a  new  Name,  and  is  called 
JmH^  Italian.    See  Lan^ita^e. 

ITALIAN  HOURS,  are  the  24.  Hours  of  the  natural 
Day,  accounted  from  the  Suii-fetting  of  one  Day  to  the 
fame  again  the  next  Day.  This  way  of  reckoning  was 
ufed  by  the  'Jews  of  old,  and  by  the  Italians  to  this  day. 

ITALIC>  the  Name  of  a  Charafter  in  Printing.  See 
Triniing. 

Italic,  the  Name  of  a  Scfl:  of  antient  Philofophers, 
founded  by  Fythaioras ;  they  were  fo  called,  bccaufc  that 
Philofopher  taught  in  Italy,  fpreading  his  Doftrine  among 
the  People  of  Turcntimy  Mctafoitt,  Hcraclea,  Naplts,  8\.£. 
Sec  TMhagoric. 

ITCH,  a  Difcafc  of  the  Skin,  wherein  it  is  corrupted 
by  the  ouzing  out  of  certain  fliarp  faline  Humours,  which 
gather  into  Fullulcs,  and  occafion  a  Pruritus  or  Itching. 
There  are  two  kinds  of  Itch,  a  humid  and  a  dry  kind.  The 
latter  has  been  ufually  fuppofed  to  be  owing  to  an  atrabi- 
larious  Humour,  and  the  former  to  a  faline  Pituita  :  They 
are  both  contagious.  Dr.  Borionio  has  given  a  much  more 
rational  Account  of  theCaufeof  this  Dirtemper  than  any 
Author  before  him.  He  examined  feveral  Globules  of 
the  Matter  pick'd  out  of  the  Puftules  of  itchy  Perfons 
■with  a  Mic,rofcope,  and  found  them  to  be  niinurc  living 
Creatures,  "in  Jhape  rcfembling  a  Tortoife,  of  brisk  Mo- 
tion, with  fix  Feet,  a /harp  Head,  and  two  little  Horns 
at  the  end  of  the  Snout.  Hence  he  makes  no  fcruplc  to 
Wiipute  ^bis  contagious  Difeafe  to  the  continual  biting  of 


thcfe  Anima>culcs  in  the  Skin,  by  means  of  which  fome 
Portion  of  the  Serum  puzing  out  thro  the  fmail  Apertures 
of  the  Cutis,  little  watry  Bladders  are  made,  within 
which  the  Infecls  continuing  to  gnaw,  the  Infccled  are 
forced  to  fcratch,  and  by  fcratching  incrcafe  the  Mifchief  ^ 
breaking  not  only  the  little  Pultules,  but  the  Skin  too, 
and  fome  little  Biood-VelTels,  and  fo  make  Scabs,  crufly 
Sores,  i^c.  Hence  we  may  eafily  perceive  how  the  Itch 
comes  to  be  catching,  fince  thefe  Creatures,  by  fimplt; 
Contact,  eafily  pafs  from  one  Body  to  another,  their  I\^o- 
tion  being  wonderfully  fwift,  and  they  crawling  on  the 
Surface  of  the  Body,  as  well  as  under  the  Cuticula.  Hence 
alfo  we  learn  the  reafon  of  the  Cure  of  this  Difeafe  by 
Lixivial  Waflies,  Baths  and  Ointments,  made  of  Salts, 
Sulphurs,  Mercury,  ^c.  thefe  being  very  powerful  id 
killing  the  Vermine  lodged  in  the  Cavities  of  the  Skin, 
which  fcratching  will  never  do  j  they  being  too  minute  to 
be  caught  under  the  Nails.  And  if  in  Practice  it  is  found 
that  this  Difeafe,  after  it  feem'd  to  be  cured  by  Un61:jon, 
frequently  returns  again  ;  this  is  eafily  accounted  for,  iince 
tWo'  the  Ointment  may  have  killed  all  the  living  Creatures,, 
yet  it  may  not,  polTibly,  have  deflroy'd  all  their  Eggs 
laid,  as  it  were,  in  the  Nefts  of  the  Skin  5  from  which 
they  afterwards  breed  again,  and  renew  the  Ditlemper. 

ITINERANT  JUDGES,  ot^iiftice^,  are  fuch  as  were 
formerly  fent  with  Commiffions  ipro  divers  Countries,  to 
hear  chiefly  fuch  Caufes  as  were  call'd  Pleas  of  the 
Crown  h  the  fame  with  'Jiifticcs  in  Eyre:  which  fee. 

ITINERARY  :  The  Defcription  that  a  Traveller  imkes 
of  the  Courfe  of  his  Journey,  and  of  the  Curiofities,  ^c. 
that  he  obferved.  The  Umerary  of  ylntonlne  fhews  all 
the  grand  Roniaji  Roads  in  the  Empire,  and  all  the  Sta- 
tions of  the  Reman  Army.  It  was  made  by  order  df  the 
Emperor  ^7j.'!);;j7;i(j  f /([J,  but  is  now  very  defective,  ha- 
ving fuffer'd  extremely  under  the  hands  of  the  Copiils 
and  Editors, 

JUBILEE,  a  Church-Solemnity,  or  Ceremony  obferved 
at  Roths,  wherein  the  Pope  grants  a  Plenary  Indulgence  to 
the  Univerfai  Church  ^  as  many  ot  them,  at  lealt,  as  vi- 
fit  the  Churches  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul  a.t  Rome.  The 
^i<hilee  was  firll  eilablilh'd  by  iJonifaceYlU.  in  1500.  in 
favour  of  thofe  who  fhould  go  ad  Lnn'ma  ylpojiolorum,  and 
was  only  to  return  every  hundred  Years.  The  firft  Cele- 
bration brought  in  fuch  itore  of  Wealth  to  Rome,  that  the 
Germans  call'd  this  the  Golden  Year.  This  occafion'd 
Clement  VI.  to  reduce  the  Period  of  die  'jubilee  to  50  Years> 
UrhanVl.  a]-pointed  it  to  be  held  every  55  Years,  that 
being  the  Age  of  our  Saviour  3  and  ^'i'.'ciwJ  IV.  brought  it 
down  to  every  15,  that  every  Perfon  might  have  the  Be- 
nefit of  it  once  in  his  Life.  Boniface  IX.  granted  the 
Privilege  of  holding  jubilees  to  feveral  Princes  and  Mona- 
fteries  :  For  inflance,  to  the  Monks  of  Canterbury,  who 
had  a  jubilee  every  50  Years. 

jubilees  are  now  become  niore  frequent,  and  the  Pope 
grants  them  as  often  as  the  Church  or  himfelf  have  occa- 
fion for  them,  T'here  is  ufually  one  at  the  Inauguration  of 
anew  Pope.  To  be  entitled  to  the  Privileges  of  the 
bike,  the  Bull  enjoins  Falling,  Alms,  Prayers.  It  gives 
the  Pricfis  a  full  Power  to  abfolvc,  in  ail  cafes,  even  thofe 
otherwife  rcfervcd  fo  the  Pope ;  to  make  Commutations 
of  Vows,  i^c.  in  which  it  diiJers  from  a  Plenary  Indul- 
gence. During  the  Time  of  jubilee,  all  Indulgences  are 
Tufpended. 

One  of  our  Kings,  'viz.  EdiuardU.  caufed  bis  Birth-Day 
to  be  obferved  in  manner  of  a  jubilee,  when  he  became 
50  Years  of  Age  ;  but  not  before  or  after.  This  he  did, 
by  releafing  Prifoners,  pardoning  all  Offences  but  Trea- 
fon,  making  good  Laws,  and  granting  many  Privileges  to 
the  People. 

There  are  particular  l^wii/fes  in  certain  Cities,  when  fe- 
veral of  their  Fealls  fall  on  the  fame  Day  :  At  Pt^y  in  7>-. 
lay,  for  inilance,  when  the  Feaft  of  the  Annunciation  hap- 
pens on  Good  Friday;  and  at  Lyojis,  when  the  Feaft  of 
St.  jobn  BapiiB  concurs  with  the  Feail  of  Corpus  Cbrtjii. 
In  1640  the  jefuits  celebrated  a  folemn  jubilee  at  Ronic  : 
that  being  the  Centenary,  or  hundredth  ^ear  from  their 
Inftitution  ^  and  the  fame  Ceremony  was  obferved  in  all 
their  Houfes  throughout  the  World. 

jubilee,  among  the  jsvjs,  was  underftood  of  every  fiftieth 
Y"ear,  being  that  following  the  Revolution  of  fcvcn  Weeks 
of  Years ;  at  which  time  all  the  Slaves  were  made  free, 
and  all  Inheritances  reverted  to  their  antient  Owners. 

The  word  jubilee,  according  10  fome  Authors,  comes 
from  the  Hchreio  jcbel,  which  fi.gnifies  fifty.  But  this  mull 
be  a  Mifttike ;  for  the  Hebrew  'tUV,  johe'l,  docs  not  fignify 
fifty  ;  neither  does  its  Letters,  taken  as  Cyphers,  or  ac- 
cording to  their  Numerical  Power,  make  that  Number  i 
being  10,  6,  z,  and  ;o,  that  is  48.  Others  fay,  that  jolel 
fignifies  a  Ram,  and  that  the  jubilee  was  proclaim'd  with  a 
Ram's-born,in  memory  of  the  Ram  that  appear'd  to  Jbra- 
ham  in  the  Thicket.  Mafius  derives  the  Word  from  jtib:!l, 
the  firft  Inventor  of  MuficallnftrumentSjWhich  for  that  rea. 

fwtl 


JU 


( 40P  ) 


fori  were  call'd  by  his  Name ;  whence  the  words  5oie/ 
and  ;}Hi)//ce  came  to  figmfy  the  Year  of  Deliverance  and 
Kemiflion,  becaufe  proclaim'd  with  the  Sound  of  one  of 
thofe  Inltruments,  which  at  firll  was  no  more  than  the 
Horn  of  a  Ram. 

Jtibilee,  or  ^ubiUnif,  is  alfo  ufed  among  the  Ram.viifis 
to  fignify  a  Religious  who  has  been  fifry  Years  in  a  Mo- 
naifcry,  or  an  Ecclefiaftic  who  has  been  in  Orders  fifty 
Years.  Such  veteran  Religious  are  difpenfed  with  in  feme 
places  from  attending  Mattins,  or  a  ftrift  Obfervation  of 
any  other  of  their  Rules.  ^ ubiU-iis  a\^o  fip^ntEed  a  Man  a 
hundred  Years  old  ;  and  a  PofTeirion  or  Prefcription  for  fifty 
Years.  .5';'  y^ger  non  mven'ietnr  in  Scnftlone,  hi/jtiiratur  tie  Se- 
nm.b'isy^  fi  Jiih  cerlo  JaliiUo  mn  jit^fint  Vituperatione  mci- 
7i€at  m  iCfsyjiKm. 

JUDAICUS  LAPIS,  a  grey,  foft,  brittle  Stone,  inform 
of  an  Acorn,  having  Lines  drawn  regularly  on  its  Surface, 
as  if  they  were  turn'd  :  It  is  ufcd  in  Phyfic  to  diffolve 
the  Stone  in  the  Bladder. 

JDDAISM  :  The  Religious  Doarmes  and  Rites  of  the 
^ezvs.  Jndaijm  was  warranted  by  Divine  Authority,  being 
deliver'd  to  that  People  immediately  from  Heaven  ;  it 
was  however,  but  a  temporary  Difpcnfation,  and  was  to 
give'  way,  at  lealt  the  Ceremonial  Part  of  it,  at  the  Com- 
ing of  the  Ueffms.  For  a  compleat  Syltem  of  ^ndaijitij^ic 
the  Books  of  Mofes.  ^udiiijm  was  antiently  divided  into 
fcveral  Sefts ;  the  principal  whereof  were  the  Tha-nfees, 
Saddiice5,3Lr\d  Efefiians:  which  fee.  At  prcfent  there  are 
but  two,  oiss.  the  Karaites,  who  admit  oi  no  Rule  of  Re- 
ligion, but  the  Law  written  by  Mojcs ;  and  the  Rahhinijis, 
who  add  to  the  Law,  the  Traditions  of  the  Talmud.  It 
has  been  obferved,  thftt  ^Judaifm,  of  all  other  Religions,  is_ 
that  which  is  the  moil  rarply  abjured.  In  the  i8th  of 
Edward  1.  the  Parliament  granted  the  King  a.  Fifteenth  for 
the  ExpuUion  of  ^udaijni.  See  Cuneus,  Spencer,  and  Good- 
win. 

In  England,  formerly,  the  ^ezos  and  all  their  Goods  be- 
longed to  the  chief  Lord  where  they  lived,  and  he  had 
fuch  abfolute  Property  in  them,  that  he  might  fell  them, 
for  they  had  not  liberty  to  remove  to  another  Lord  with- 
out leave.  Mif.  Paris  tells  us,  that  Henry  III.  fold  the 
•^ews  to  Earl  Richard  his  Brother  for  a  I'erm  of  Years, 
that  tjaos  Rex  excQriarerat^  Comes  ez-ijcererarer. 

They  were  diUinguiflied  from  the  Chriftians  both  liv- 
ing and  dying,  for  they  had  proper  Judges  and  Courts 
wherein  their  Caufes  were  tried,  and  they  wore  a  Badge 
on  their  outward  Garments  upon  the  Brcaft,  in  the  fhape 
of  a  Table,  and  were  fined  if  they  iltrred  itbroad  with- 
out fuch  Badges.  They  were  never  burled  in  the  Coun- 
try, but  brought  up  to  London,  and  buried  without  the 
■Walls. 

JUDGE,  an  Officer  appointed  by  the  Powers  of  any 
Country,  to  dillribute  that  JuIHce  to  their  Subjefts  which 
they  can't  adminiller  in  Perfon.  The  Charaaer  _  of 
3udge  is  a  part  of  the  Regal  Authority,  whereof  the  Prince 
diverts  himfelf. 

The  En^lifj  ^tdges  are  all  chofen  out  of  the  Ser- 
geants at  Law,  and  are  conrtituted  by  Letters  Patents. 
Their  Commilfions  are  bounded  with  this  Limitation, 
FaUiiri  quod  ad  Jujiiti^im  pertinet  fecundum  Le^sm  ^  Con- 
fuetudinem  Jn^lt<£  h  and  at  their  Creation  they  take  an  Oath, 
that  they  will  indifferently  minillcr  JuUice  to  all  them 
that  fhall  have  any  Suit  or  Plea  before  them  ;  and  this 
they  will  not  forbear  to  do,  tho  the  King  by  his  Letters, 
or  by  exprefs  Word  of  Mouth,  fliould  command  the  con- 
trary. They  have  Salaries  of  icoo/.  fer  annum  each 
from  the  King,  befides  very  confiderable  Perquifites,  and 
this  Salary  is  granted  them,  qnamdui.  bene  fe  ^ejjermt^  to 
keep  them  free  and  independent  of  the  Court.  See  ^ujiices. 

Judge,  in  Scripture,  is  underftood  of  certain  eminent 
Perfons  chofen  by  God  himfelf  to  govern  the  Jeivs,  from 
the  time  of  Jopica  to  the  Eftabliihment  of  the  Kings. 
The  Jiid'^es  were  not  ordinary  Magillrates,  being  only 
fent  on  extraordinary  Occafions,  as,  to  head  the  Armies,  to 
deliver  the  People  from  their  Enemies,  C£;c.  Salian  has 
obferved,  that  they  not  only  prefided  in  the  Courts  of 
Judice,  but  wei-e  alfo  at  the  Head  of  Councils,  of  Ar- 
mies, and  of  every  thing  that  concerned  the  Govern- 
iTient  of  the  State  ;  tho'  they  never  _  affumcd  the  Title 
cither  of  Princes,  Gorernors,  or  the  like.  The  fame  Au- 
thor has  obferved  feven  Points  wherein  they  differed 
from  Kings  :  (i.)  They  were  not  hereditary,  (a.)  They 
had  no  abfolute  Power  of  Life  and  Death,  but  only  ac- 
cording to  the  Laws,  and  dependantly  of  them.  (5.) 
They  never  undertook  War  at  their  own  pleafure,  but 
cnW  when  they  were  appointed  by  God,  or  called  to  it 
by  the  People.  ('4.)  They  exaf^ed  no  Tribute.  (5.)  They 
did  not  fucceed  each  other  immediately,  but  after  the 
Death  of  one  there  was  frequently  an  interval  of  fcveral 
Years  e'er  a  Succeffor  was  appointed.  {6.)  Thev  did  not 
ufc  the  Enfigns  of  Sovereignty,  the  Scepter  or  Diadem. 
(7.)  They  had  no  Authority  to  make  any  new  Laws,  but 


were  only  to  take  care  bf  the  Obfervation  of  (he  LV^vsof 
Mojes.  In  fome  refpecTi.stheyrefembled  Kings,i'/2;.  i.  Their 
Authority  was  given  them  for  Life;  and  not  tor  a  Jimited 
Time.  2.  They  ruled  alone,  and  without  any  depen- 
dence, which  occafioned  JoyVje/jiij  to  call  their  State  Mo- 
narchical. The  Hebrtwi  were  governed  by  fifteen  jiukes 
for  the  Space  of  540  Years,  -z-.-z-.  from  the  time  of  O.-i- 
R/e/ their  firll,  to  that  of  Heli  their  Vxll  ijud^^e. 

JUDGES,  or  the  Book  of  judges,  is  a  Canonical  Eoolc 
of  the  Old  Tertament,  containing  the  Hiliory  of  the 
fudges,  whereof  we  have  been  fpeaking.  The  Author  is 
not  known.  'Tis  probable  the  Work  did  not  come  from 
anyfingle  Hand,  being  rather  a  Colle61ion  of  fcveral  lit- 
tle Hirtories,  which  at  firif  were  feparate,  but  were  af- 
terwards collected  by  EJdras  or  Samuel  into  a  iingle  Vo- 
lume ;  and,  in  all  likelihood,  were  taken  from  the  antienK 
Journals,  Annals,  or  Memoirs,  compuled  by  the  ievcral 
Judges. 

JUDGMENT,  a  Faculty  of  the  Soul,  by  whi.h  ihs 
perceives  the  Relation  that  is  between  two  or  more  Ideas, 
Thus  when  we  judge  that  the  Sun  is  greater  than  tho 
Moon,  the  Underftanding  firlt  compares  the  two  Ideas  of 
the  Sun  and  the  Moon,  and  finding  the  Idea  of  the  Sun 
greater  than  that  of  the  Moon,  the  WillperfeiTtlyacquiefces 
in  that  Perception,  nor  puts  the  Mind  upon  any  farther  En- 
quiry, 'l  is  not  the  Underllandingthen  that  judges,  as  is 
ordinarily  thought  ■^  Judgments  and  Reafonings,  on  the  part 
of  the  Underflanding,  are  but  mere  Perceptions.;  'tis  the 
Will  alone  that  judges  in  reality,  in  acquiefcing  in  what  is 
reprefentcd  to  it  by  the  Under  flan  ding.  The  only  Diffe- 
rence, then,  between  Perception,  Judgment,  and  Rea^ 
foning,  fo  far  as  theUnderilanding  is  concerned  in  them,  is 
this,  That  it  perceives  a  thing  fimply,  without  any  rela- 
tion to  any  other  thing  in  a  fimple  Perception,  that  it 
perceives  the  Relations  between  two  or  more  things  in 
Judgments,  and  lallly  that  it  perceives  the  Relations  that 
are  between  the  Relations  of  things  in  Reafonings  :  So 
that  all  the  Operations  of  the  Underllanding  arc  in  eifei5l 
no  more  than  pure  Perceptions. 

When  we  perceive,  for  inllance,  twice  2,  or  4,  this  is 
no  more  than  a  fimple  Perception  ;  when  we  judge  thac 
twice  a  are  4,  or  that  twice  2  are  not  5,  the  Underftand- 
ing  does  no  more  than  barely  perceive  the  Relation  of 
Equality  that  is  between  twice  2  and  4,  or  of  Inequality 
between  twice  2  and  5.  Further,  Realoning  confifls  in  per- 
ceiving the  Relation,  not  between  two  or  more  things,  for 
that  would  be  a  Judgment,  but  of  two  or  more  Relations 
of  two  or  more  things.  Thus  when  I  conclude  that  four 
being  lefs  than  fix,  twice  two  being  four,  are  by  confe,- 
quence  lefs  than  fix;  I  perceive  not  only  the  Relation  of 
Inequality  between  two  and  two  and  fix,  (for  this  were  only 
a  Judgment)  but  alfo  the  Relation  of  Inequality  between 
the  Relation  of  twice  2  and  4,  and  the  Relation  between  4 
and  6  :  Which  conllitutes  a  Reafoning.  The  UnderOand- 
ing  therefore  only  perceives,  and  'tis  the  Will  that  judges, 
and  reafons  in  alTenting  voluntarily  to  what  the  Under- 
ilanding  reprefents. 

Indeed,  when  the  things  which  we  confider,  appear 
clear,  and  perfe6lly  evident,  it  feems  as  if  it  were  not  vo- 
luntarily that  the  Mind  confents  to 'em;  whence  wears 
led  to  think,  that  'tis  not  the  Will,  but  the  Underrtand- 
that  iudges  of  'em.    But  to  clear  this  Point, 


'"Si 

mull  be  obferved,  that  the  things  which  we  confider,  ne- 
ver appear  intirely  evident  rill  the  Underilanding  has  exa- 
mined them  on  all  fides,  and  has  percciv'd  all  the  Rela- 
tions nccciTary  to  judge  of 'em  i  whence  it  happens,  that 
the  Will  not  being  able  to  will  any  thing  without  Know- 
ledge, cannot  ait  on  the  Underilanding;  that  is,  cannot 
dcfire  it  to  reprefent  any  thing  new  in  its  Object^  as  hav- 
ing already  view'd  it  on  all  the  fides  that  have  any  rela- 
tion to  theQuelHon  in  hand.  It  is  obliged,  then,  to  reft 
in  what  has  been  already  reprefented,  and  to  ceafe  to 
agitate  and  diflurb  it  any  further  :  in  which  Ceflation  ic 
is,  that  Judgment  confifts.  This  Reft  or  Judgment,  then, 
not  being  free,  when  things  are  in  their  laft  Evidence  we 
are  apt  to  imagine  that  it  is  not  the  Effect  of  the  Will* 
So  long  as  there  is  any  tiling  obfcure  in  the  Subje£l  that 
we  confider,  or  that  we  are  r.or  fully  fatisfied  that  we  have 
difcover'd  every  thing  necelfary  to  refolve  the  Queftion, 
as  it  happens  in  moft  of  thofe  things  that  are  difficult,  and 
that  contain  various  Relations  ;  we  are  then  at  liberty 
not  to  acquicfce,  the  Will  may  comtnand  the  tJnder- 
flanding  to  purfue  its  Enquiries  further,  and  to  make  new 
Difcovcries  :  whence  it  is,  that  we  are  more  ready  to 
allow  the  Judgments  formed  on  thefe  Subjeds  to  be  vo- 
luntary. 

Mofl  Philofophcrs,  however,  maintain  that  even  the 
Judgments  which  we  form  on  ohfcure  things  are  not  vo- 
luntary, and  will  have  our  confenting  to  the  Truth  to  be 
an  Aflion  of  the  Underilanding,  which  they  call  AliTent, 
tn  diftinguifli  it  from  our  confenting  to  Goodnef^^,  which 
they  attribute  to  the  Will,,  and  call  it  Confent.  But  theif 
M  m  m  m  m  Etfor 


JU 


Error  is  owing  to  this,  that  in  our  prefent  State,  we  fre- 
quently fee  things  to  be  cvi(^cntly  true  without  the  leaft 
reafon  to  doubt  of  'cm  i  in  which  cafe  the  Will  is  not  at 
liberty  citbur  to  give:  or  refufo  her  Affent  .-  but  it  is  not 
fo  in  iWaictrrs  of  Goodnefs  j  there  being  nothing,  whicii 
we  don't  know  f  jme  reafon  for  forbearing  to  love.  So 
that  wc  here  perceive  a  manifert  Indiifercnce,.  and  are 


(  410  ) 


JU 


^tticc  isalfo  applied  to  the  Vapours  and  Humidities  m- 
clofed  m  the  Earth.  Thus  they  fay  Chryllal  is  formed  of 
a  lapidific  :)incc,  and  Metals  arc  formed  of  Vapours  and 
jiuces  condcnfed  in  the  Earth. 

JUJUBE,  the  Fruit  of  a  Tree  of  the  fame  Name, 
growing  very  commonly  in  Proce?;ce,  and  feme  other  PartK- 
The  :}uji(l!£s  are  about  the  Size  of  a  Plumb,  oval  red 


fully  convinced  iliat  when  Wc  love  anything,  even  God  without,  yellow  within,  of  a  fweet,  very  commonlv  vi- 

for  inilance,  we  ufe  our  Liberty,  and  do  it  voluntarily,  nous  1  alte  ;  they  are  peroral  and  aperitive,  fofte'n'  the 

iiut  the  Ufe  wc  make  of  our  Liberty  is  not  fo  apparent.  Acrimony  of  the  Humours,  and  promote  a  Difcharee  by 

when  we  consent  to  the  Truth,  efpecially  when  it  appears  the  Spitinm.  Pliny  tells  us.  that  &.vfM(  Pabinius  brniiabi-  rht 
perfectly  evident 


-  lially  when  It  appears 
And  this  leads  us  tj  think  that  our 
Confent  to  Truth,  that  i?,  our  Jiidgniefit,  is  not  voluntary  ; 
as  if  an  AfHon,  to  be  voluntary,  mull  be  indifferent:  As 
if  the  lilcfLed  above  did  not  love  God  voluntarily,  bc- 
caufc  they  cannot  be  diverted  from  it  by  any  other  thing  ; 


;  Sputum.  Pliny  tells  us,  that  Sextu^  Papimus  brough'r  the 
firtt  ^"j"l>P^  from  Syria,  and  Truffles  from  ytfriea,  towards 
the  End  of  yfn^i'Jiiis's  Reian 
JULAP,  ■ 


,  in  1  harmacy,  is  an  eafy  agreeable  Potion  pre- 
icribed  to  fick  Perfons  :  It  ufually  confitls  of  diiliiled 
Waters,  or  light  Dccoaions,  _  frequently  fwceien'd  with 


nor  we  confent  freely  to  this  evident  Propoiition,  That    Sugaror  clarified  Juices.    It  is  fornetimcs  ufed  as  the  or- 

tlinury  Drink  in  certain  Difeales,  but  ufually  as  aVehicIc 
for  other  Forms  of  Medicines  5  fervinq  to  correft  the  pec- 


rrving  t   

cant  Humours,  to  reltorc  the  declining  Strength  of\he 
Heart,  and  to  promote  Sleep.  The  word,  according  tu 
Maiage,  is  derived  from  the  ^tfj-^ji.-c,  Giukp,  or  rather  from 
the  Gpeek  ^n^a-ma.    Olearins  derives  it  from  Guhf^  a  Fer- 


twice  z  are  4,  bccaufe  wc  have  no  appearance  of  Reafon 
to  diiTuadc  us  from  it.  See  JVill,  Liberty,  Tiuib,  Cood- 
ifjefs. 

'S^dgmait^  in  a  legal  Sentence,  is  a  Sentence  or  Decifion 
pronounced  by  Authority  of  the  King,  or  other  Power,  ei- 
ther by  their  own  Mouth,   or  by  that  of  their  Officers 

whom  they  appoint  to  adminifler  Juttice  in  their  iiead.  Word,  Signifying Ko;e-7( '.iter. 

Of  '3'(dgmc7ns{m-c\G,  arc  definitive,  others  only  preparato-  IUt,E,  a  kind  of  antient  Hymn  fung  by  the  Greeks, 
»y,  provifional,  or  interlocutory.  The  antient  words  of  and  after  them  by  the  Rom.iiss,  during  the  time  of  their 
^udgmtm  are  very  fignificant,  Canfiderattim  eji^  ^c.  becaufe  Harveft,  in  honour  of  Ceres  and  Bacchin  ;  in  order  to  render 
^iiHgmtut  is  ever  given  by  the  Court  upon  Confidera-  thofe  Deities 'propiiious.  The  word  is  derived  from  the 
tion  had  of  the  Record  before  them.  In  every  Jnd^-  Greek  '-Aor,  or  j»a>,  a  Sheaf  This  Hymn  wasfomeiimes 
mem  there  ought  to  be  three  Pcrfons,  y^Hor,  Reus,  and  alfo  called  Demetnde,  or  Demetriule,  that  is  hds  of  Ceres 
^idex.  JULIAN  lEAR,  is  the  old  Account  of 'the  Year,  Itill 

JUDICATURE,  thcProfeCion  of  thofewhcadminiftep  m  uie  among  usin  Eniluiid  ;  it  is  fo  called  from  its  Foun- 
Jultice.  jiidicatuve,^  is  a  kind  of  Priellhood.  The  word  der  ^idins  C^Jar,  and  by  that  Jv,'amc  is  dillinguiiKed  from 
is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Extent  ot  the  Jurifdidlron  of  a  the  new,  or  Gre^oria}i  Account,  ufed  in  ft-veral  Parts  of 
Judge,  and  the  Court  wherein  he  fits  to  do  Juiticc.  .  Europe.    It  is  either  Common  or  Rilfextile  5  theCommon 

JUDICIUM  DEI,  '3iidgmc7it  of  God,  wasa  Term  antient-  conhUs  of  565  Days,  and  the  HifTextile  of  i6r,^  SoG^'enes 
ly  underftoodofanycxtraordinary  TrialsoffccretCrimes  ;    whom  C>;.t-'  made  ule  of  in  the  Reformation  of  the  Ca~ 

^^'"f'^''.  judged  the  mean  Solar  Year  to  confirt  of  juit 
565  Da>s  aiiJ  fix  Hours  j  and  on  this  Ground  it  was  that 
C-jar  appointLd  one  Year  in  four  to  be  BiCTextiic,  and 
ihc  other  three  Common.    See  n-cj-. 


?  thofe  by  Arms  and  fingle  Combat,  thofe  by  Fire  or 
red-hot  Plow-fliares,  by  plunging  the  Arm  in  boiling  Wa- 
ter, or  the  whole  Body  in  cold  Water,  in  hopes  God 
would  work  a  Miracle  rather  than  fuffer  Truth  and  Inno- 
cence toperi/li  :  Si  fe  Jtiper  defeiidere  non  ^offt^  Judicio  Dei 
jc'd.  Jqv.a  tcl  Ferro  Jieret  de  eo  Jajtitia.    Thefe  Culloms 


The  JiJiaTi  Period  is  of  great  Ufe  in  Chronology,  ancJ 
was  invented  by  dcah^'ir  i  it  confiftsof  7380  Years,  the  Pro- 


were  a  long  time  kept  up,  even  among  Chriflians,  and  are  duCl  of  the  three  Cycles  multiplied  into  each  other,. ■j-is..  the 
ftiltin  Ufe  in  fomt:  iSJations.  Sec  Ordeal,  jVatei;&:c.  Tnefc  Indiflion,  whichisi5;  the  Golden  Number  19  j ':ind  the 
Trials  were  held  in  the  Churches,,  in  prefence  of  the  Bi-  Cycle  of  the  Sun  28.  It  is  made  to  commence  before  the 
Jhops,  Priells,  and  Secular  Judges,  after  three  Days  Faii-  Creation  of  the  World,  and  that  moreor  lefs,  accordin" 
ing,  Confcfflon,  Communion,  and  a  world  of  Adjurations  to  the  Hypothefis  that  is  followed.  Its  p'rincjpal  Ad- 
and  Ceremonies,  defcribed  at  large  by  dii  Ca7ige.  vantage  confilis  in  this,  that  tlic  fame  Years  of  the  Cy- 
JUGULAR,  a  Term,  among  Anatomifls,  applied  to  cles  of  the  Sun,  Moon,  and  Indi-^lJon,  belonging  to  any- 
certain  Veins  of  the  Neck,  which  terminate  in  the  Sub-  Year  of  this  Period,  willnever  fall  wcdirr  a-iain  till  af- 


claveans.  There  are  two  on  each  Side  ;  the  one  external, 
receiving  the  Blood  from  the  Face  and  the  external  Parts 
of  the  Head  ;  and  the  other  internal,  which  receives  the 
Blood  from  the  Brain. 

^Kpdar  ]3  alCo  applied  to  certain  Glands  of  the  Neck, 
in  the  Spaces  between  the  Mufcks.  They  arc  in  Num- 
ber 14,  and  are  found  of  different  Figures,   fome  large 


ter  the  Expiration  of  ypSo  Years,  which,  according  to 
the  received  Opinions,  will  icarcc  happen  before  the 
Confummation  of  all  things.  The  &Hi  Year  of  il-.:  Cnri- 
ilian  .^^ra,  in  all  our  Syftems  of  ChronL-I-i!;Y,  L  .  iw-vs  the 
47r4th  of  the  j/i/;ii72  Period. 

To  find  what  Year  of  the  i'eriod  any  given 

Year  of  Chriil  anfwersto,  work  thus  :  To  the  given  Year 


others  lefs  ;  they  aie  faftened  to  each  other  by  certain  of  Chriil  add  47  i  5.  (becaufe  fo  many  Years  of  the  ^h-'i-tw 

Membranes  and  Veffels,  and  their  Subftance  is  like  that  Period  were  expired  before  X  Jj.  1.)  and  ilie  Sum  gives 

of  the  Maxillaries.    They  feparate  a  Lympha,  which  is  the  Ye ai- of  the  Jit iia?i  Period  fought.     For  Inilance  I 

conveyed  by  thofc  Veffels  to  the  adjacent  Mufclcs.    "Tis  would  know  what  Year  of  the  Julian  Period  J.D.  17:0 

an  Obflruclion  in  thofe  Glands  which  occafions  the  King's-  anfwersto:  Now  1720  +  47'5=^435>  the  Year  fought 

£vi!.   Dionls.         _  of  the  Period.    On  the  contrary,   having  the  Year 


JUICE,  a  liquid:  Subflance,  whicb  makes  part  of  the 
Compofition  of  Plants,  communicating  itfelf  to  all  the 
other  Parts,  and  ferving  to  feed  and  increafc  them.  Juice 
js  that  to  Plants,  which  Blood  is  to  Animals.  There  are 
juices  aqueous,  vinous,  oleaginous,  gummous,  refinous, 
and  bituminous,  of  allTaftesand  Colours.  Dc.  Lijier  oh- 
ferves,  that  moft  !?(!?£-ei  of  Plants  coagulate,  whctherthey 
he  fuch  as  are  drawn  from  the  Wounds  of  a  Plant,  orfuch 
as  fpontaneoufly  cxfude  ;  he  having  made  Curds  and 
Cakes  of  the  ^iifccs  of  a  great  Number  of  Plants.  He 
adds,  that  as  the  Juices  of  Plants  feem  to  be  compound- 
ed and  mixed  of  L.iquors  of  different  kinds  ;  'tis  pro- 
bable, if  the  Cafeous  Part  be  narcotic,  for  iiillance, 
she  Whey  may  nor  be  fo;  or  the  one  may  be  hurtful, 
and  the  other  a  good  and  ufeful  Medicaments  See  Sap, 
Gv.m,  &C.  

Theword  Jwce  is  alfo  applied  to  feveral  of  the  Fluids  led  JulU 
jin  an  animal  Body.  The  nervous 5«'te  is  a  Liquor  which,  riod. 
according  to  fome  Phyficians,  is  found  in  the  Nerves, 
whence  it  takes  its  Name.  Gliffotj,  IVlmrton,  and  WiUis 
were  the  firll  who  made  mention  of  the  nervous  Jmce  ; 
they  take  it  to  be  a  kind  of  Vehicle  to  the  animal  Spirits, 
preventing  them  from  diflipating  too  halbly,  and  think  it 
alfo  ferves  to  nouri/h  the   Parts  of  the  Body  ;   but  a 


of  the  !y/(/ifl7i  Period  given,  to  find  what  Year  of  Chrift 
anfwers  thereto  :  From  the  Year  of  the  Julian  Period  gi- 
ven, fubllraft  4715  (for  rhe  Reafon  above-mentioned)' 
and  the  Refidue  will  be  the  Year  fought.  For  inllance, 
I  would  know  what  Year  of  Chriif  anfwers  to  the  Juliajs 
Period  64^5;  wherefore  ^"455 — 47i'5  — 1720  the  Year 
fought.  If  the  Year  of  the  Julian  Period  given  be  lefs 
than47i5,  then  fubftraiil  the  fame  from47i4  (which  is 
the  Year  of  the  Julian  Period  that  anfwers  to  the  Year  of 
Chrift  I.)  and  the  Refidue  will  fiiew  how  long  before 
(the  beginning  of  the  common  Computation  from  the  Na- 
tivity of)  Chriil:,  the  given  Year  of  the  Julian  Period 
was.  For  Inftance,  the  City  of  Rome  is  laid  to  have  been, 
built,  J.  P.  5960,  I  would  know  therefore  how  long  ic 
was  built  before  Chrift.  Now  4714 — -^(50=754,  where- 
fore Rowze  was  built  754  Years  before  Chrifl-.  It  Is  cal- 
as  being  adapted  to  thcjiiliiji  Year.    See  Fe~ 


JULUS,  a  Name  which  the  Botanifts  give  to  thofe 
Wornilike  Tufts,  or  Palms,  as  they  are  called,  in  Wil- 
lows, which,  at  the  beginning  of  the  Y"ear,  grow  out 
and  hang  pendulous  down  from  Haaels,  Wallnut- Trees, 
^c.  Mr.  Ray  thinks  them  to  be  a  kind  of  CoUe6tion  of 
the  Stamina  of  the  Flowers  of  the  Tree,  becaufe  in  fer- 


great  partof  our  modern  Phyficians  deny  the  Exiftcnce  of  tile  Trees  and  Plants  they  have  abundance  of  feminal 

this^H/ce.  Yeffelsand  Seed-Pods. 

Pancrecitic  JiiSce  Is  a  Liquor  feparated  in  the  Glands  of  JULY,  the  feventh  Month  in  the  Year,  when  the  Sun 

jhe  Pancreas.   ScQ  Fiuicreas,  enters  the  Sign  of  Lcc.    About  th«  24th  Day  of  thl^ 


J  U  (  4 

Month  the  Dog-D^ys  begin.  The  Fiend  call  this  the 
Month  of  Red-lruitf,  and  with  Rcafon,  f^iys  Quhnijy'/e,  be- 
caufe  they  are  then  in  their  height.  On  the  17th  Day  of 
this  Month,  according  to  H/^^ocmJ^J  and  Pliny,  the  Dog- 
Ktar  rifes,  the  Sea  boils,  Wine  turns,  Dogs  go  mad,  the 
iiile  is  increaled  and  irritated,  and  all  Animals  decline 
and  languiih,  iSc-  The  word  is  derived  from  the  Latin 
'Julius,  the  Sirname  of  C.  C^«r  the  Diilator,  who  was  born 
in  it.  M.irk  Anthony  fir{l  gave  it  this  Name  ;  before,  it 
was  called  Qiiiwilts,  as  being  the  fifth  Month  of  the  Year, 
jn  the  old  Ro>na7i  Calendar  elUbliflied  by  Romidits^  which 
begun  in  the  Month  of  March.  For  the  fame  reafon  Au- 
gHji  was  called  Sextilis,  and  September^  OHoher,  November^ 
and  December  ftill  retain  the  Name  of  their  firll  Rank. 

Qit£  fe/iiutttr^  Nuniero  ttirha  notata  fiio.    Ovid.  Faft. 

JUNCTURE,  is  any  kind  of  Joint,  or  cloiing  of  two 
Bodies. 

JUNE,  the  fixth  Month  of  the  Year,  when  the  Sun 
enters  the  Sign  of  Ciwcer.  In  this  Month  is  the  Summer 
Solftice.  Tiie  word  comes  from  the  Lati^i  'Junius,  which 
fume  derive  a  jumne.  Ovit?,  in  the  6th  of  his  Fajii^  makes 
the  Goddefs  fay, 

Junius  a  nojiro  Nom'uie  Nomeii  hahetu 

Others  rather  derive  it  a  ^umorihus,  this  being  far  young 
People,  as  the  Month  of  ^'hy  was  for  old  ones. 

Junius  ejl  ^uvejiam  qui  fult  ante  Seimm. 

jUNirER-BERRIES,  the  Frulc  of  a  Shrub  of  the 
fame  Name  j  much  ufcd  in  Medicine.  Eimi<lier  had 
a  vafl:  Opinion  of  them,  and  thought  they  deferved  a 
whole  Treatife  to  be  wrote  of  them.  The  Rob  (a  Form 
of  Medicine  now  out  of  ufe)  made  of  the  cxpreffed  Juice 
of  the  Green  Berries,  has  been  called  thoThnriaca  Gcrma- 
mnm  j  io  much  have  they  been  in  elteem  amongft  them 
for  anti-peftilential  Qiialiiies.  They  are  certainly  carmi- 
native, but  their  molt  remarkable  Properties  are  in  fcour- 
Jng  the  Vifcera,  and  particularly  the  Reins  and  Urinary 
Paffagcs,  as  all  of  the  1  urpentinc-kind  do.  The  Wood  of 
this  Shrub  is  alfo  of  coniiderable  Ufe  in  Phyfic,  it  lire ng- 
thens  the  Stomach,  expels  Wind,  clears  the  Lungs,  pro- 
vokes the  Mcnfes,  and  removes  Obilru£lions  of  the  Vifce- 
ra. It  is  further  laid  to  be  Sudorific,  Cephalic,  and  Hyftc- 
ric.  From  it  they  draw  a  Spirit,  a  Tinfturc,  an  Elixir,  Ex- 
tract, and  a  Ratifia.  'Tis  faid  it  will  Uftan  hundred  Years 
without  corrupting  ;  and  the  Chymills  add,  that  a  Coal  of 
tJun'per,  covered  with  Allies  of  the  fame  kind,  will  keep 
fire  an  entire  Year. 

JUNTA,  an  Affeinbly,  Council,  or  Society,  of  feve- 
ral  Pcrfons  meeting  for  the  Difpatch  of  any  Bufinefs. 
This  Term  Is  particularly  in  ufe  in  t\\cSfa}7ifi  and  Fortit- 
^iiefe  Affairs.  On  the  Death  of  CLirles  II.  King  of  Sfaifi, 
the  Kingdom  w^as  governed,  during  the  Abfence  of  Fhi- 
lif  V.  by  a  ^nfira.  In  Fortugal  they  have  three  coniide- 
rable ^wita's,  the  ^ujzta  of  Commerce,  that  of  the  three 
Eftates,  '  and  that  of  Tobacco.  The  firft  was  cliablUhed 
by  King  So/™  IV.  this  is  a  Council  of  Marine.  Thcfiime 
King  affcmbled  the  Slates  of  his  Kingdom  to  create  the 
Tribunal  of  the  3ra«a  cf  the  three  Eflates.  K.  Feter  II. 
created  the  ^ama  of  Tobacco  in  i6; ;,  it  confills  of  a  Pre- 
lident  and  fix  Counfellors. 

3mta  was  the  Name  of  a  Society  of  Bookfellers  or 
Printers  at  re/z/ce,  who  publilhed  many  beautiful  and  cor-- 
reft  Editions  of  Books,  which  if  ill  go  by  the  Name  of 
junta's. 

IVORY,  the  Tooth  or  Tusk  of  an  Elephant  growing 
on  each  fide  of  his  Trunk,  in  form  of  an  Horn.  °kory  'is 
much  eflceni'd  for  its  Colour,  its  Polifli,  and  the  Finenefs 
of  its  Grain  when  wrought.  Dhfcoridei  fays,  that  by  boil- 
ing it  the  fpace  of  fix  hours  with  the  Root  of  Mandrago- 
ras,  it  becomes  fo  foft  and  tratfable,  that  one  may  ma- 
nage it  as  he  plcafe.s.  The  hory  of  the  lilc  of  Ceyhn  and 
that  of  the  Ille  of  Mhtyn  have  this  Peculiarity,  that  they 
never  become  yellow,  as  that  of  the  "Vara-fmna  and  Eafl- 
Jndtesdocs  ;  on  which  account  'tis  much  dearer. 

Black  Ivmy  is  no  more  than  Ivory  burnt,  and  drawn  into 
aLeaf  when  it  is  become  black.  It  is  ground  with  Wa- 
ter, and  made  up  into  little  Cakes  or  Troches,  ufed  by 
tne  Painters. 

JUPITER,  one  of  the  feven  Planets ;  its  Character  is 
ItsOrbit  is  fituate  between  .^afKr?;  andMarj.  It  has  a 
Rotationround  itsown  Axis  in  9  Hours,  55  Minutes  ;  and 
a  periodical  Revolution  round  the  Sun  in  455.  Days,  i  = 
iio»'>'-  It  isthe  biggefl  of  all  the  Planets.  Its  Diameter 
to  that  of  the  Sun  appears,  by  Aftronomical  Obfervations, 
to  be  as  1077  isto  10000,  to  that  of  i.imrn  as  107710889 
to  that  of  the  Earth  as  1077  to  104..  The  Force  of  Gra- 
vity on  its  Surface  is  to  that  on  the  Surface  of  the  Sun  as 


EI)  .  JU 

797,15  isto  iccco,  to  that oi  Satttrnins  t)-]^!^  to  j34,3;7j, 
to  that  of  the  Earth  as  797,15  to407,852.  The  Dcnfity 
of  its  Matter  is  to  that  of  rhe  Sun  as  7404  to  loocc,  to 
that  of  as  7404  to  6011,   to  that  of  the  Earth  as 

7404  to  5921.  The  Quantity  cf  Matter  contained  in 
its  Body  isioth^it  of  the  Sun  as  p, 248  to  icoco,  to  that 
of  Saturn  as?, 148  to  4,-2;,  to  that  of  theEarrhirs  9,248 
to  c,oc44._  The  mean  Dillanceof  3'!F'tcr  from  the  Sun 
is  5:01  of  thofe  Parts,  whereof  the  mean  Diilanee'of  the 
Earth  from  the  Sun  is  iogc,  tho' ATe^/ci-  makei  it  <ii^6  of 
thofe  Parts.  M.  Cafni  calculates  ^ifii^i's  mean  Dillance 
from  the  Earth  to  be  1 1  ),oco  Semi-Diameters  of  theEarth„ 
G?-c^^oi-jy  computes  the  Dittance  of  Jupiter  I'mm  the  Sun  to 
be  above  five  times  as  great  as  that  of  the  Earth  f-om  the 
Sun  ;  whence  he  gathers,  that  the  Diameter  of  the  Sun 
to  an  Eye  placed  in  Z'"f'ter,  would  not  be  a  fifeh  part  of 
what  it  appears  to  us  ;  and  therefore  his  Disk  would  be 
twenty-five  times  Ids,  and  his  Light  and  Heat  in  the 
fame  Proportion,  The  Inclination  of  ^"pit^r'sOrbh,  that 
is,  the  Angle  formed  by  the  Plane  of  its  Orbit,  with  the 
Plane  of  the  Ecliptic,  is  i  Deg.  20  Min.  His  Excentricitv 
is  250;  and  iVwjygews  computes  his  Surface  to  be  four  hun- 
dred times  aslarge  as  that  of  ourEarth.  See  Solay  Syficm. 

^Kpiter  is  one  of  the  fuperior  Planets,  that  is,  one  of  the 
three  above  the  Sun.  Hence  it  has  no  Parallax,  its  Di- 
llance from  the  Earth  being  too  great,  to  have  any  fenfi- 
ble  Proportion  to  the  Diameter  of  the  Earth.  Thoucb 
It  be  the  grcateft  of  the  Planets,  yet  its  Revolution  about 
its  Axis  is  rhe  fwiftelf.  Its  Polar  Axis  is  obferved  to  be 
fhortcr  than  its  Equatorial  Diameter^  and  Sir  /.  Nezututt 
determines  the  Diftercnce  to  be  as  8  to  y.  So  that  its 
Figure  is  a  Spheroid,  and  the  Swifrnefs  of  its  Rotation 
occafiuns  this  Spheroidifm  to  be  more  fenfible  than  that 
of  any  other  of  the  Planets,  '^ifitcr  appears  almoll  as 
large  as  I'enus,  but  is  not  altogether  fo  bright.  He  is 
eclips'd  by  the  Moon,  by  the  Sun,  and  even  by  'hlars. 
Hc-velif.s  obferved  Jupiter  &  Diameter  7  Inches,  having  In- 
ctjualities  like  the  Moon.  He  has  three  Appendages^ 
call'd  Zones,  or  Belts,  which  Sir  /.  Ne-ajtoit  thinks'^are 
forni'd  in  his  Atmofphcre.  In  thefc  are  feveral  Uaa-.U, 
or  Spots  i  froin  whole  Motion,  the  Motion  o£ Jupiter  round 
its  Axis  is  faid  to  have  been  firir  determined.  The  Dif- 
covery  of  this  is  controvered  between  EnJiciL-hio^  p.  Coti^~ 
nies,  Cajjtn'i^  and  Campaiii. 

The  four  little  Stars,  or  Moons,  which  move  round  Jk- 
fher,  were  firft  difcover'd  by  Galileo,  who  call'd  them  the 
.■^Jtra  dc  Medici s but  we  the  Satellites  Jufner.  Cafjhii 
obferved,  that  the  firft  or  inncrmoll  of  thefe  Satellites 
was  five  Semi-diameters  of  "Jupiter  diilant  from  Jn^iter  it- 
felf,  and  made  its  Revolution  in  i  Day,  18  Hoursj  and 
32  Minutes.  The  fecond,  which  is  fomewhat  greater,  he 
found  8  Diameters  diilant  from  5«/'i^f r,  and  its  Revolution 
3  Days,  13  Hours,  and  12  Minutes.  The  third,  which  is 
the  greatcil  of  all,  is  dhlanr  from  jiipitcr  1.3  Semi-diame- 
ters, and  finiflies  itsCourfe  in  7  Days,  3  Hours,  and  50 
Minutes.  The  lall,  which  is  the  lea'tl  of  all,  is  dilUnt 
from  Jifiter  23  Semi-diameters;  its  Period  is  16  Days,  iS 
Hours,  and  9  Minutes.  Thefe  four  Moons  mull:  make  a 
very  pleaiing  Spectacle  to  the  Inhabitants  of  Jiiplter,  if  it 
be  true  there  are  any;  for  fometimes  they  rife  all  toge- 
ther; fomctimes  they  are  all  together  in  the  Meridian^ 
ranged  one  under  another ;  and  finnetimes  all  appear  in 
the  Horizon,  and  frequently  undergo  Eclipfes  :  the  Ob- 
fervations whereof  are  found  of  efpecial  Ufe  in  deter- 
mining the  Longitude.  Ca/fim  has  made  Tables  for  calcu- 
lating the  Immerfions  and  Emcrfions  of  Ju^iter^s  firll  Sa- 
tellite. 

I'he  Day  and  Night  are  of  the  fame  Length  in  Jafiter 
all  over  his  Surface,  ■viz.  five  Hours  each  5  the  Axis  of  hia 
Diurnal  Rotation  being  nearly  at  right  Angles  to  the 
Plane  of  his  Annual  Orbit.  Though  there  are  four  pri- 
mary Planets  below  jufiter^  yet  an  Eye  placed  on  his 
Surface  would  never  perceive  any  of  them,  except  Sa- 
ti'.rnj  unlefs,  perhaps,  as  Spots  palling  over  the  Sun's  Disk^ 
when  they  happen  to  come  between  the  Eye  and  the 
Sun.  The  Parallax  of  the  Sun,  view'd  from  Jupiter,  will 
fcarce  be  fenfible,  no  more  than  that  of  Samrji  ;  neither 
being  much  above  10  Seconds ;  fo  that  the  Sun's  apparent 
Diameter  in  Jufiter  will  not  be  above  fix  Minutes.  The 
outermoft  of  J{ip>iter\  Satellites  will  appear  almoll  as  big 
as  the  Moon  does  to  us,  viz.  five  times  the  Diameter,  and 
2  5  times  the  Disk  of  the  Sun.  Dr.  Gregory  adds,  that  an 
Aflronomer  in  Jup'iter  would  cafily  diJlingui/li  two  kinds  of 
Planets,  four  nearer  him,  Ssz.  the  Satellites,  and  two,  w'^;. 
the  Sun  and  Saturji,  more  remote.  The  formei",  however^ 
will  fall  vallly  Ihortof  the  Sun  in  Erightneis.notwithfland- 
ing  the  great  Difproportion  in  rhe  Dillances  and  apparent 
Magnitudes.  From  thofe  four  different  Moons,  the  Inhabi- 
tants of  Jupiter  m\l  have  four  different  kinds  of  Months, 
and  the  Number  of  Moons  in  their  Year  will  not  be  lefs 
than  4500.  Thefe  Moons  are  eclips'd  as  often  as,  being  iri 
oppofidon  to  the  Sun,  they  tali  within  the  Shadow  of  Jic- 


( 412 ) 


f'"cr;  and  again,  as  oft  as  being  in  conjunflion  witli  ihe 
Sun,  ttiey  projcd  rhcir  Shadows  ro  JttjJiier^  tlicy  mahe  an 
Eciipfc  of  liie  bun  ro  an  Eye  placed  in  rliat  part  of  ^I'pi- 
Jer  wtiere  rho  Sbidow  falls.  Uur  in  regard  rhc  Orbirs  of 
theli;  Satellites  are  in  a  Plane  which  is  inclined  to,  or 
makes  an  Angle  with  the  Plane  of  'J'pter's  Orbit,  their 
Eclipfes  become  central  when  the  Sun  is  in  one  of  the 
Kodesof  thefe  Satellites  3  and  when  out  of  this  Poittton, 
the  Eclipfes  may  be  total,  tho  not  central,  bccaufe  the 
Breadth  o(Jufuer\  Shadow  is  nearly  decuple  to  that  of  Delegates 
the  Breadth  ot  any  of  the  Satellites ;  and  the  apparent 
Diameter  of  any  of  thefe  Moons  is  nearly  quintuple  the 
apparent  Diatncter  of  the  Sun.  'Tis  owing  to  this  re- 
markable Itiequality  of  Diameters,  and  the  fraall  Incli- 
nation the  Plan;  of  the  Orbits  of  thel'e  Satellites  has  to 
the  Plane  of  J,:^v;ej-'s  Orbit,  that  in  each  Revolution  there 
happen  Eclipfes  both  of  the  Satellites  and  of  thi 


thotheSun  be  at  a  confiderable  diiknce  from  the  Nodes,    and  injulf,  or  of  the  Laws'.  Rights,  Culloms  Statute's 


Advice.    Jugnjfm  advanced  them  to  be  public  Ciriccri 
of  the  Empjre  ;  fo  that  they  were  no  longer  confined  to 
the   petty  Counfels  of  private  Perfons.     Bern  UeHdiuf 
has  written  the  Lives  of  the  tr.ott  famous  3,mf-Ci,nliih, 
who  have  lived  within  thefe  acoo  Years.  ' 

JURISDICTION  is  a  Power  or  Authority  which  a  Mati 
hath  to  dojullice  in  cales  of  Complaint  made  before  him. 
7  here  are  two  Itnds  of  Jmifdiltmi,  the  one  Eccleiiaaical 
the  other  Secular.  Secular  belongs  10  the  King  and  Ino 
Ecclefiallical  to  Eidiops  and  their  Deputies; 
E.lhops  £Sc.  have  two  kinds  of  ■Jm/diam,,  the  one  Inter- 
nal, which  IS  excrcifed  over  the  Confcicnce  in  things 
purely  Spiritual  ;  and  this  they  are  fuppofed  to  hold  iii\'- 
mediately  of  God :  The  other  is  a  Privilege  which 
fomc  1  traces  have  given  them  of  terminating  Difputes 
between  Ecclelialhcs  and  Laymen 

JURIS-PRUDENCE,  the  Knowledge  of  what  is  juft 


(Sc. 


necefrary  for  the  doing  of  JuHice.    Cvd  Ju'r,f-Pr„Je,,'u 
that  ot  the  Roman  Law,  Canonical  that  of  the  Canon  Law 
Feudal  that  of  Fees.  ' 

JUROR,  in  a  legal  fcnfc,  is  one  of  thofe  twenty-four 
01:  twelve  Men,  w^ho  are  fworn  to  deliver  Truth  upon 
fuch  Evidence  as/liall  be  given  them  touching  anv  matjei 
in  queition.  The  Puniihment  of  Petty  Jurors  attainted  of 
^    '         willingly,  is  very 


Further,  the  inferior  among  thefe  Satellites,  even  when  the 
Sun  is  at  its  greateft  diflance  from  the  Nodes,  will  occa- 
fionally  echpfc  and  be  eclipfed  by  the  Sun  to  an  Inhabitant 
cf  Jifitcr;  tho  the  remotefl  of  them,  in  this  cafe,  efcapes 
falling  into  ^if  iter's  Shadow,  and  Jfpher  into  his,  for  two 
Years  together.  _  To  this  it  may  be  added,  that  one  of  thefe 
Satellites  fometimcs  eclipfes  another,  where  the  Phaiismuft 

be  difterent,  nay  frequently  oppofite  to  that  of  the  Satellite    gjvmg  a  Verdift  contrary  to  Evidctice 
falling  into  the  Shadow  of  Jufitcr  juft  mention 'd  ;  for  in     fevere.    See  Jtta'int. 

this,  the  iSallcro  Limb  innmeigeth  firlf,  and  the  Wcftetn  JURY,  in  Common  Law  fionifies  either  Twenty-four 
immcrgeth  all :  but  in  the  others  'tis  juft  the  Rcverfe.       or  Twelve  Men  fworn  to  enquire  of  the  Matter  of  Fad 

The  Shadow  of  J''f"c'-,  tho  it  reaches  far  beyond  its  and  declare  the  Truth  upon  fuch  Evidence  as  (hall  be  deli'- 
tatellitcs,  yet  talis  ihort  of  any  other  Planet ;  nor  could  vered  ihem  touching  the  Matter  inqueliion.  The  3«™  is  to 
»ny  othct  llanet,  &r„ra  alone  excepted,  be  immerged  be  cholen  out  of  the  fame  Clafs  or  Rank  with  the  Accufed 
in  it,  even  tho  it  were  infinite.  Indeed,  Juf  itn's  Shadow  and  if  he  be  a  Foreigner,  he  may  demind  a  Turv  half  Fo' 
could  not  reach  Sat,.,,,,  unlefs  Jy/.c^s  Diameter  were    reigners  and  half  There  atdordinarily  Thirty; 

half  that  ot  the  Sun;    whereas,  in  effeft,   'tis  not  one    fi>c  impannel'd,  whereof  in  Criminal  Cafes  the  Perfonaccii- 
°'  '='1  lias  the  Liberty  to  challenge  or  fet  afide  Twenty-four 

vatious    and  to  pick  out  Twelve  at  his  plcafure.  Thefe  Twelve  ' 


The  Couffcs  of  ^I'pitey's  Satellites,   and  the' 

..  -           .,        J           .     ■            r          \      -  r — —  ...^,.,..11,113  piLamie,    incie  1  wetve  are 

Eclipfes,  would  render  Navigation  very  fare  and  eafy  on  ptefent  at  the  Ttial,  after  which  they  withdraw  into  a  Chan- 

the  Globe  ot  ufner    Even  we    at  this  diflance,  can  bcr  by  themfelves,  where  they  are  to  be  /hut  up  without 

make  verygootlule  ot  them;  thofe  Eclipfes  being  found  t^ 


ey  are  to  ne  tnur  up 
Fireor  Candle,  Viftuals  or  Drink,  till  fuch  time  as  they  agree, 
in  their  Verdifl,  and  declare  unanimoufly  that  the  Defen- 
dant is  cither  Guilty  of  the  Charge  laid  againft  him,  cr 
Not  Guilty.  Upon  which,  the  Judge  paffes  the  Sentence 
prefcribed  by  the  Law.  In  £iij/.i;;/ there  arc  three  forts 
of  Trials,  -aiz.  One  by  Parliament,  another  by  Battle, 
and  a  third  by  Affize  or  Jury.  The  Trial  by  Aflize  (be' 
the  Aflisn  Civil  or  Criminal,  Public  or  Private,  Perfonal 

,    ■     u     «    u  rr-i  .    ■        ,    ,    T  Real)  is  Kterred  for  the  Faft  to  a  Jury,  and  as  they 

Mercury  is  the  Ambaffador  of  3,f,ter;  and  this  ftows  find  it,  ib  pafleth  the  Judgment.  This  -A,,^  is  not  onlr 
with  how  much  ea  c  Me-rairy  infinuatcs  into  every  thing,    ufed  in  Circuits  of  Juftices' Errant,  but  alfo  in  c  '  - 


(inenf  our  bell  means  for  determining  the  Longitude  at  Sea. 
For  the  Manner  of  calculating  them,  i^c.  fiic  Saieinie.'. 

Among  the  Alchymills,  '^''P'ter  ilgnifies  the  Philofo- 
phers  Stone.  The  Gentlemen  of  this  ProfelTion  apply  every 
thing  to  their  Aft  which  the  Fable  inentions  of  tiie  God 
V.nfiur  ;  pretending  the  Fables  ate  to  be  underftood  in  a 
figurative  Senfe  :  for  iivllance,  JnfMr  is  the  Maficr  of  the 
Gods,  and  Gold,  fay  they,  is  the  nioft  precious  of  Metals. 


Jupiter  holds  the  Thundctbolt  as  hisSccpter  ;  which 
Vidcntly  points  out  the  external  Sulphur  ufed  in  Projedion. 
jufitet-  has  the  Heavens  for  his  ordinary  Habitation  i  this 
Jliews  the  volatile,  dry,  and  hot.  The  Debauches  of 
5i(|,iter,  who  fought  for  Pleafarc  in  the  low,  but  proliiic 
and  fruitful  Earth,  difcover,  fay  they,  its  Fecundity  i  and 
that  Gold  might  be  formed,  were  the  way  of  pteparinf 
it  difcover'd.  In  a  word,  Jupiter  is  the  Son  of  Satur,?, 
which  ihews  foine  Refemblance  between  the  Qualities 
bf  Gold  and  Lead. 

JURATS  ate  in  the  nature  of  Aldermen,  for  govern- 
ment of  tlicir  feveral  Corporations;  as  the  Mayor  and 
^iimts  of:  Maid/}oiic,  Rye,  Whichclfea,  Sic.  So'Jerjey  hath 
a  Bailiff  and  twelve  j'arflfs,  or  fworn  Allillants,  to  govctn 
thcllland. 

JURIS-CONSULTOS,   among  the  Ro«mn: 


.   —  Other  Courts 

and  Matters  of  Office;  But  tho' it  appertains  to  moli 
Courts  ot  the  tiommon  Law,  yet  is  it  moll  remarkable  ia 
the  Half-Year  Courts  of  thejuftices  Errant,  commonly 
call'd  the  Gicat  Affiz.cs,  and  in  the  Quarter-SelTions  ;  anj 
in  them  it  is  mod  ordinarily  called  a  ^itry,  and  that  in  it 
Civil  Caufe ;  whereas  in  other  Courts,  it  is  ufually  callect 
in  Inqueft,  and  in  the  Court- Baron  a  Jury  of  the  Homage-. 
In  the  General  Aflize  there  are  ufually  many  jiiijitTj,  be^- 
caufe  there  are  a  great  many  Caufes,  both  Civil  and  Cri- 
minal, commonly  to  be  tiled  ;  whereof  one  is  called  the 
Grand  Jury,  and  the  reft  the  Petit  .'Jiiriei ;  of  which,  it 
feeins,  there  Ihould  be  one  in  every  Hundred; 

The  Grand  Jury  confills  of  Twenty-four  Grave  and  Sub- 
flantial  Gentlemen,  or  fome  ef  the  better  fort  of  Ycomeir, 
chofcn  indilTcrently  by  the   Sheriff  out  of  the  whols 


-„-'r~"V'      J-    r^f         i,  "n"  r'T  -7 ■""  '  Shire,  to  confider  of  all  Bills  of  Indiftment  prefer'd  to 

Perfon  learned  in  the  Law,  a  Mailer  of  Jurif-prudence,  and  the  Court  ;  which  they  do  either  approve,  by  writing  upon 

who  was  confulted  <>n  the  Interpretation  of  Laws  and  them  i,ii»        ;  or  elle  difallow,  by  indorfing  7.,L»„.. 

Curtoms  and  on  the  difBcult  Points  in  Law  Suits.  Ihe  fif-  Such  as  they  do  approve,  if  they  touch  Life  and  Death, 

KenBooksofthelWwerccompilcdwhollyfromtheAn-  are  farther  refer'd  to  another  3«rv,  to  be  confider'd  of 

fwers  or  Reports  of  the  antient  3»,-/-C.„y«/,,,    Tnh„ian„s,  becaufe  the  Cafe  is  of  much  impottance  ;  but  othets  of 

tn  deflroying  the  two  thoufand  Volumes  whence  the  Cie  lighter  lament  are,  upon  their  allowance,  without  more 

and  Di^.y;  wete  taken  has  deprived  the  Public  of  a  world  work,  fined  by  the  Bench  ;  except  the  Patty  traverfe  the 

of  things  whichwould  have  given  em  light  into  the  Of-  Indiftment,  or  challenge  it  for  Infufficiencv,  or  removi^ 

ficeof  the  antia,,3„,fc»y,,/t,     We  fhould  fcarce  have  the  Caufe  to  a  highet  Court  by  Certiorari  ;      which  two 

inown  any  thing  beyond  their  bare  Names,  had  not  For,-  former  Cafes  it  is  refer'd  to  another  y„ry,  and  in  the  lat- 

fm„„,^^^,ho  bved  in  the  fecond  Century,_tiken  care  to  pre-  ter,  tranfmitted  to  a  higher.    An<l  prefently  upon  the  af- 

The  Roman  lowance  of  this  Bill,  by  the  Grand  Inqueft,  a  Man  ™ 


ferve  fome  Circumftances  of  their  Office. 
^urif-Conftdti  feem  to  have  been  the  fame  with  our  Cham- 
ber Counfellors,  who  arrived  at  the  Honour  of  being  con- 
fulted, through  Age  and  Experience,  but  never  pfeaded 
at  the  Bar.  Their  pleading  Advocates  or  Lawyers  never 
became  Jtirif-Cor/fulti.  In  the  Times  of  the  Common- 
wealth the  y-/;/^'oe«ti  had  by  inuch  the  rnore  honourable  Er 


Pi 


Paid  to  be  indiiled  ;  Such  as  they  difallow,  ate  delivered  to 
the  Bench,  by  whom  they  are  forthwith  cancelled  or  torn. 

The  Petit3ary  confifls  of  Twelve  Men  at  the  lead,  ami 
are  impanuel'd  as  well  upon  Criminal  as  upon  Civil  Cau- 
fes ;  Thofe  that  pafs  upon  Offences  of  Life  and  Death, 
do  bring  in  their  Verdift  either  Guilty  or  Not  Guilty  ^ 


loyment;asbeingmthereadvwaytoattaintothehigheft  whereupon  the  Prifoner,  ifhebefound  Guilty  is  faid'to 

'referments.  They  then  defpifed  the  3«r,y-Co„/„W,  calling  be  conviclcd,  and  fo  afterwards  receiveth  Judgment  and 

them  m  derifion  hr,m,hr„  and  i-eji<fe,  as  having  invented  Condemnation  ;  or  othetwife  is  acquitted   and  fet  free 

certain  Forms,  and  certain  Monofylltibles,  m  order  to  give  Thofe  that  pafs  upon  Civil  Caufes  Real   are  all  or  fo. 

their  Anfwets  the  greater  appearance  of  Gravity  and  My-  many,  as  can  conveniently  be  had,  of  the  fame  Hu'ndred 

llery.     But  m  procels  of  time  they  became  fo  i™ch  whete  the  Land  or  Tenement  in  nueftion  doth  lie,  beins 

efteem  d,  that  they  were  rail  d  Fr„d£me,  m-,i  Safieme,,  four  at  leaft  ;  and  they,  upon  due  Examination,  bring  in 

and  the  Emperors  appointed  their  Judges  to  follow  their  their  V-rdifl  either  for  the  Demandant  or  T-nstit. 

JURX- 


JU 


( 413 ) 


JURY-?/[xlST;  fo  the  Scatnen  call  whatever  they  fet 


up 


L  rhe  room  of  a  MaiV. 


\oi\  in  a  Fight  or  by  a  Storm, 


%J}ice  oftt'cForefl  isa  Lord  by  his  Office, antl  hath  Power 
and  Authority  to  determine  Oftcnct:s  committed  in  ths 

with  which  they  make  ihift  to  fail,  inUead  of'  the  Mall  King's  Furelis,  Jjfc.  which  arc  not  to  be  determined  by  a- 
which  they  have  loil.  0'^^'^''"  Court  or  ^I'Jiice,  except  fuch  as  are  appointed  by 

JUS  CORONtE,  the  R'!;^htsoftheCrow?i,  is  part  of  the  fpecial  Commiirion  to  affift  him  in  his  Office.    Of  ihefe 

Law  of  which  differs  in  many  things  from  the  there  are  two,   whereof  the  one  hath  Jurifdi^lion  over 

general  Law  concerning  the  Subjcci:.    Coke  on. Lift-.  all  the  Foreitson  this  fide  Tran,  and  the  other  beyond  it. 

JUS  rATROKA'i  US,  inLaw,  is  the  Right  of  pre-  By  many  antient  Rccordsit  appearsro  be  a  Place  of  great 

fencing  a  Clerk  to  a  Benefice.  Honour  and  Authority,  and  is  never  bellowed  but  on  fomei 

JUS  and  JURA,  fee  i-fliu,  Right.  Perfon  of  great  Ditlinaion,    The  Court  where  this  >_/ni:e 

JUST,  a  Combat  on  Horfeback,  Man  againfl:  Man,  fits,  is  called  the  Ji(/!;tt'-6ciii  n/ i/je  fi^rey?.    This  is  the  only 

arm'd  with  Lances.    Antiently,  Jufs  and  Tournaments  ^ujiice-who  may  appoint  a  Deputy  ;  he  is  alfo  called 

jnadeapart  of  the  Entertainment  at  all  folemn  Fealls  tke  in  Eyre  of  ihet'oreft. 

and  Rejoicings.    The  Spaniards  borrow'd  thefe  Exercifes        'JuJUccs  inEyre,  ^itftidarii  Itifierafites^  or  Errantes,  are 

from  the  jMooi-J,  and  tall  them  the  Cfl«e--P/.y'.    This  is  fo  termed  from  the  old  f-Venc/j  word         i.e.  Thefe, 

ihe  fame  with  the  Ludus  Trojamis  antiently  praflifed  by  in  antient  time,  were  fent  with  Commi{rion  into  divers 

the  youth  of  Rome.    The  Turks  ufe  it  fiill,  and  call  it  Counties  to  hear  fuch  Caufes,  efpecially,  as  were  termed 

lancino  the  Gcrid    The  difference  between  ^'f/^ia-t"!  Tour-  Picas  of  the  Crown  ;  and  that  for  the  Eafe  of  the  Subjeft  j 

aiaments  confills  in  this,  That  the  latter  is  the  Genus,  of  who  mufl  clfc  have  been  hurried  to  the  Courts  of  Pf'eji^ 

which  the  former  is  the  Sppcies.    Tournaments  were  all  mijifter,  if  the  Caufe  were  too  high  for  the  County-Couris„ 

kinds  of  Mihtary  Races  and  Engagements,  made  out  of  According  to  feme,  thefe  ^itjiices  were  fcnt  once  in  feven 

Gallantry  and  Diverfion.    Jif/rj  were  fuch  particular  Com-  Year.s,   but  others  will  have  ihcm  to  be  fent  oftner. 

bats  where  Parties  were  near  each  other,  and  engaged  Camhdcn  {j^ys,  they  were  Inillcuted  in  the  Reign  of  King 

with  Lance  and  Sword  :  The  Tournament  was  frequently  Henry  II.  but  they  appear  to  be  of  an  older  Date.  They 

performed  by  a  Number  of  Cavaliers,  who  fought  in  a  were  much  like  our  ^?;(/f/c£j  of  AiTize  at  this  Day,  tho'for 

JBody.    The  ^kJ}  was  a  lingle  Combat  of  one  Man  againft  Authority  and  Manner  of  Proceeding  very  different, 
fljiothcr  :  Though  the  ^ujis  were  ufually  made  in  a  Tour-       ^ttfiices  of  JJJize,  arc  fuch  as  were  wont,  by  fpecial 

naraent,  after  the  general  Rencounter  of  all  the  Cavaliers,  Commiffion,  to  be  fent  into  this  or  that  County,  to  take 


yet  they  were  fometimes  fingly,  and  independent  of  any 
Tournament,  He  who  appear 'd  for  the  firll:  time  at  a 
^iii?,  forfeited  his  Helm  or  Cafque,  unkfs  he  had  forfeited 
before  at  a  Tournament. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Latin  pixta,  becaufe  the 
Combatants  fought  near  one  another.  Sdmafins  derives  it 
from  the  modern  Greek  zouflra^  or  rather  t^b-t^?,  which 
is  ufed  in  this  fenfe  by  Niccphorus  Gregorita,  Others  de- 
rive it  from  3uji(t,  which  in  the  corrupt  Age  of  the  Latin 
Tongue  Was  ufed  for  this  Exercife;  this  being  fuppofed  to 
be  a  more  ju(l  and  equal  Combat  than  the  Tournament. 

JUSTICE,  isaconltant  Delire  or  Inclination  to  give 
every  one  his  Due,  or  a  Habit  by  which  the  Mind  is  al- 
ways difpofed  and  determined  to  give  every  Man  his  own. 
^njiice  may  be  divided  into  Diitrtbutive,  Commutative. 


AfTizes,  for  the  Eafe  of  the  Subjects  :  for  whereas  thefa 
Actions  pafs  always  by  Jury,  fo  many  Men  might  not, 
without  gi-cat  Damage  and  Charge,  be  brought  up  to 
London  5  and  therefore  Jifiicesj  for  this  purpofe,  by  Com- 
miifion  particularly  authorized,  were  fent  down  to  them. 
Thefe  continue  twice  every  Year  to  pafs  the  Circuit,  by 
two  and  two,  thro'  all  England,  difpatching  tlieir  feveral 
Bufmeffcs  by  feveral  Commiffions;  for  they  have  one 
Commiffion  to  take  Affiz.cs,  another  to  deliver  Goals,  and 
another  of  Oyer  and  Terminer,  £ifc.    Sec  ^^ze. 

yitjlices  of  Coal-Deiivery,  are  fuch  as  are  commiffioncd  to 
hear  and  determine  Caufes  appertaining  to  thofe,  who  for 
any  Offence  are  call  into  the  Goals.  Their  Commiffion  is 
naw  turned  over  to  the  jtijiicer  of  ylfizc. 

^itjiicesof  Nifi  Prnts  arc  now  all  one  With  ^u/ilces  of  ^f- 


and  Legal.    Dijiributive  ^iifiicc  is  concern'd  in  Matters  of  fze,  for  it  is  a  common  Adjournment  of  a  Caufe  in  the 

Government,  and  of  Beneficence,  and  is  either  rcmunerato-  Common  Fleas  to  piit  it  off  to  fuch  a  Day  i  Niji  Fritts  Juf- 

ry  or  punitive  j  it  obferves  an  Equality  in  dealing  Rewards  ticiaril  ■venerint  ad  eas  Partes  ad  cafiendas  j'lffifas    and  from 

and  Punifliments,  according  to  each  Man's  Condition  and  the  Claufe  of  Adjournment,   they  are  called  ^ujiices  of 

Merit:  for  as  Anions  are  cither  good  or  evil,  for  the  Nifi  Frius^  as  well  as  J^cjlices  of  yj//ize,   by  reafon  of  the 

good,  Rewards  mutt  be  afTigned,  and  for  the  evil,  Pu-  Writ  and  Aflions  ihey  have  to  deal  in. 

nifhm-ents  ;  and  herein  a  Geometrical  Proportion  is  ob-  'i^njiiccs  of  Oyer  and  Terminer^  were  ;yK_/?/ccJ  deputed,  on 
lerved.  Commutatrje  Suffice  is  convcrfant  in  Matters  of  fome  fpecial  Occafions,  to  hear  and  determine  fome 
Commerce,  and  in  the  equal  Commutation  or  Exchanging  particular  Caufes.  The  Commiffion  of  Oyer  and  Tetmi- 
of  things,  and  proceeds  according  to  an  arithmctrical  E-  ner  is  directed  to  certain  Perfons,  upon  any  Infurreflion, 
quality,  without  any  regard  to  Perfons  and  Circumftanccs.  heinous  Demeanour,  or  Trefpafs  committed. 
Legal  'Jufike  is  that  which  refides  in  the  State  or  Monarch,  -  ^ufices  of  the  Peace,  are  Perfons  of  Interefl  and  Credit, 
by  whole  Power  and  Authority  the  Effeils  of  commuta-  appointed  by  the  King's  Commiffion  to  attend  the  Peace 
tive  and  diflributive  arc  frequently  fuperfeded  or  of  the  Country  where  they  live  ^  of  whom,  fome,  for  fpe- 
fufpended  -y  as  in  a  Dearth  of  Corn,  if  a  Perfon  that  has  a  cial  Refpe^l,  are  made  of  the  Qjiortim,  becaufe  no  Bufi- 
Stock  by  him  will  not  fell  it,  it  fhall  be  taken  from  him  :  nefs  of  Importance  may  be  difpaichcd  without  the  Pre- 
and  the  like.  fencd,  or  Aflcnt  of  them,  or  one  of  them.  See  Qno- 
JUSTICE  islikewife  the  Name  of  an  OfEcerappointed  rum.  The  Oihce  of  a  ^jf^ite  c/ r/?e  Peace  is  to  call  be- 
by  the  K  ing  or  Commonwealth,  to  do  Right  by  way  of  fore  him,  examine,  and  commit  to  Prifon  all  Thieves, 
Judgment.  _  He  is  called  Jit/ticCy  and  not  Judge,  becaufe  Murderers,  wandring  Ro^-ues,  thofe  that  hold  Ccnfpira- 
he  was  antiently  called  ^it/iicia,  and  not  Jujiictarius,  and  cies.  Riots,  and  alniofl  all  Delinquencies,  that  may  oc- 
becaufe  he  has  his  Audiority  by  Deputation,  as  Delegate  cafion  the  Breach  of  the  Peace  and  Quiet  of  the  Sub- 
to  the  King,  and  not  ^itre  lv!ag,j}ratus  ;  and  therefore  can-  jeft  5  to  commit  to  Prifon  fuch  as  cannot  find  Bail,  and  to 
nut  depute  any  other  in  his  fiead,  the  '^t'Jiice  of  the  Fo-  fee  them  brought  forth  in  due  time  to  Trial.  The  Origi- 
reit  only  excepted.    Of  thefe              we  have  various  nal  of  ^Juflices  of  the  Peace  is  referred  to  the  fourth  Year 


kinds  in  England. 

^iiflice,  or  Chief  J tifl ice  of  the  King* s-Bencb,  is  the  capi- 
tal j^ii/^/ce  of  Great  Britain,  and  a  Lord  by  his  Office.  His 
Bufinefs  is  chiefly  to  hear  and  determine  all  Pleas  of  the 
Crown,  that  is,  fuch  as  concern  Offences  againfl  the 
Crown,  Dignity,  and  Peace  of  the  King,  as  Treafons,  Fe- 
lonies, &c.    See  King's- Bench. 

jitfiice,  or  Chief '3 ujTice  oi'  the  Common-Pleas^  is  he  who, 
with  his  Affiflant.-:,  hears  and  determines  all  Caufes  at  the 
Common  Law,  that  is  to  fay,  all  Civil  Caufes  between 
common  Pcrfms,  as  well  Pcifonal  as  Real,  and  he  is  a 
Lord  bv  his  Office.  This  Officer  was  formerly  not  only 
Chief  ^I'ljiicc,  but  alfo  Chief  Baron  of  the  Exchequer,  and 
Maflcr  of  the  Court  of  Wards.  He  ufually  fat  in  the 
King's  Palace,  and  there  executed  that  Office,  formerly 
performed  per  Ccmitem  Palatii  j  he  determined,  in  that 
Place,  all  the  Differences  happening  between  the  Barons 
and  other  Great  Men.  He  had  the  Prerogative  of  being 
Vicegerent  of  rhe  Kingdom,   whenever  the   King  went 


ofEdiv.  IIL  They  were  at  firfl  called  Wardens  of  the  Peace, 
JUSTIFICATION,  in  Theology,  is  that  Grace  which 
renders  a  Man  jufl  in  the  Sight  of  God,  and  worthy  of 
eternal  Happinefs.  The  Romanifis  and  Re/o;-meiy  arc  ex- 
tremely divided  about  theDodrine  oC  3 ufiif  cation  ;  the 
lattercontending  for  ;/;!/?;'j^£;flJ(o?i  by  Faith  alone,  and  the 
former  by  good  Works.    Sec  Imputation. 

JUSTNESS,  the  ExaSnefs  or  Regularity  of  any 
thing.  The  word  is  particularly  ufed  in  Mattersof  Lan- 
guage or  Thought.  The  3uft7iejs  of  a  Thought  confifta 
in  a  certain  Precifcnefs  or  Accuracy,  by  which'  every  part 
of  it  is  perfedly  true,  and  pertinent  to  the  SubiecE  Jnfl- 
7iefs  of  L,anguage  confifls  in  uflng  proper  and  well-cho- 
fen  Terms  ;  in  not  faying  either  too  much  or  too  little. 
M.(/eMere,  who  has  written  on  Unfijsefs  of  Mmd,  diflrin- 
guifhes  two  kinds  of  Jnflnefs ;  the  one  arifing  from  Tafic 
and  Genius,  the  other  coming  from  good  Senfe  or  right 
Reafon.    There  arc  no  certain  Rules  to  be  laid  down  for 


-                        . .       ,                        -----o    -—  the  former,  viz.  to  fliew  the  Beauty  and  Exaftnefs  in  the 

beyond  Sea,  and  was  ufually  chofcn  to  that  Office  out  of  Turn,  or  Choice  of  a  Thought ;  the  latter  confitls  in  the 

the  prime  Nobility  ;  but  his  Power  was  reduced  by  King  juft  Relation  which  things  have  to  one  another. 

RicWL  and  King  Hemyl.    His  Office  is  now  divided,  JUVENALIA,  Games.  Excrcifcs  of  Body  or  Com- 

and  hisTTtle  changed  from  Capitalis  AngUe  Jujiidarius,  to  bats,  inflituted  by  Nero  the  firf^  timehls  Beard  was/havcd. 

Capiiahs  Jufiiciartus  ad  Placita,  £5?c.    ScQ  Common- Fleas,  They  were  celebrated  in  private  Houfes,  and  even  the 

N  nnn  a  Women 


K  A  B         C  4^4  ) 


k:eb 


Women  hid  a  fliare  in  them  ;  tlicy  were  the  fime  with  any  Body;  whereby  they  are  ioined  md  comhino.l 
the  Neroniam.  ther.  '  ^m^u 

JUXTA-POSITION,  is  that  Difpofition  of  Parts  in  ' 


Letter, 


AdouhlrConrun.int  and  the  ,oth  Letter  of  the       KAPI  aTermi„  the  Countries  for  Gate  TImS 

Alphabet.     It  IS  borrowed  from  the  Greek    the  chief  Gate  of  the  Palace  of  the  Emnernr  nf  P,/fi 
.    K.fj,.,  and  was  but  little  ufed  among  the  La-    called      ^.y,',  .ie  G„e  ofVl    ThnrSuo  the  Office 
M,!.    I'nfcm,,  looked  on  it  as  a  fupcrfluous    who  has  the  Command  of  the  Grand  Sirniior\  pTJZ 
and  fays,  it  was  never  to  be  ufed  except  in  words    Gates,  is  called  KaPi-Iri  Bach}  rJiacc 
borrowed  from  the  Grce^    IJ„,/j„i„,  after  ^a&/?,obrerves,       KARATA,  a  kind"  of  Alo«  growing  ;„  .„ 
that  ,t  was  unknown  to  theanticnt  R«m.v„.    Indeed  we    Leaves,  when  boiled,  are  made  into  ^'Thread   nf  »„  ? 
leldom  hnd  it  in  any  Laim  Authors,  excepting  in  the    ufe  in  making  Cloth,  Fi/hing-Nets    igc      its'  R 
wwtlAoWf,  where  it  foinetimes  Hands  in  lieu  of  a  C.    Leaves,  thrown  into  the  River  flu.'i  ""^ 

A'.irti.Tje  is  frequently  fpelt  on  Medals  with  a  K,  SALVIS    ^   ..  -    .  -.        ■  ' 

AUGG.  CAES.  F  E  L.  KART.  and  fometimes  the  Let- 
ter K  alone  flood  for  Carti.ije.  M.  Ecger  has  obferved, 
that  a  Capital  K,  on  the  Reverfe  of  the  Medals  of  the 
Emperors  ofCon/i.iimniy/e.fignified  KONSTANTINUS  ; 
and  on  the  Grefl  Medals  he  will  have  it  to  fignify  KOIAH 
2TPIA,  Gt/£-/^j™.  i/jO/iBi  obferves,  that  K  was  a  Stygma 
antiently  marked  on  the  Foreheads  of  Criminals  with  a 
red-hot  Iron  ;  and  Qu'mtilian  tells  us,  that  in  his  time  fome 
People  had  gotten  a  miftahen  Notion,  that  wherever  the 
Letters  C  and  A  occurred  at  the  beginning  of  a  Word,  K 
ought  to  be  ufed  inflcad  of  the  C. 

The  Letter  K  has  various  Significations  in  old  Charters 
and  Diploma's;  fir  Inftance,  K  R  flood  for  C/joj-hj,  K  R.  G 
for  Cara  Cra/lnj,  K  R  M  for  Carmen,  K  R.  A  M.N,'gi™i^/- 
inkus  mjier,  K  S  ChctDi,  K  T  Capite  m^fu!,  Sic. 

The  Frejicb  never  ufe  the  Letter  K,  excepting  in  a  few 
Terms  of  Art,  and  proper  Names  borrowed  from  other 
Countries.    yfl'laKccttrt,  in  his  Dialogue  of  the  Letters 


,        ■  .      ,    .  flun  the  Fifhes  to  that 

degree,  that  they  are  eafily  taken  with  the  Hand  It, 
btalk,  when  dried  and  burnt,  burns  like  a  Match  ;  and 
when  briskly  rubbed  on  a  harder  Wood,  takes  fire  and 
confumes  itfelf  ' 

KARKRONI,  a  Building  where  the  Royal  Manufac- 
tures of  Fe,:/ia  are  carried  on.  Here  are  made  their  Ta- 
peflries.  Cloth  of  Gold,  Silk,  Wool,  and  Brocades,  Vel- 
vets, Taffeta's,  Coats  of  Mail,  Sabres,  Bows,  Arrows 
and  other  Arms.  There  are  alfo  Painters  in  Miniature! 
Goldlmiths,  Lapidaries,  £?c. 

"•*'■'»"  Word,  ufed  in  ourLaws,  fometimes 
tor  a  Man,  and  fometimes  for  a  Servant,  or  Clown.  Hence 
the  fiLvom  calla  Seaman  a  i'lfcarfc,  and  a  Domeilic  Ser- 
vant «^Mrfc  :  whence,  by  Corruption,  comes  our  word 
Chitrle. 

KASI,  a  Term  in  the  £.,/?,  applied  to  the  fourth  Pon- 
tift  of  Fer/ia,  who,  at  the  fame  time,  is  the  fecond  Civil 
Lieutenant  and  judges  of  Temporal  as  well  as  Spiritual 
Affairs.    He  has  two  Deputies  who  derfrrti;>„>  Mo,^^..„  „r 


,  .      .  ,..•..,¥        r  --.   ,  r        r  '  ™''  Deputies  who  determine  Matters  of 

brings  in  lYeoinplaining,  that  he  has  been  often  ni  a  fair    lefs  Confequence,  particularly  Quarrels  arifing  in  Coffee 
way  to  be  banifted  out  of  the  fi-enci  illphabct,  and  con-    houfes,  which  make  a  great  pan  of  their  Buiinefs 
fined  totheCouniriesof  theA'orti.    In  £,«/,7Z,  the  K  is    ,   KAURYSAOUL,  a  iiody  of  Soldiers,   who  form  the 
ulcd  much  more  than  needs  be,  particularly  at  the  ends  "f  'he  five  Bodies  of  the  King  of  Fniia's  Guards 

of  Words  after  C,  as  in  Publick,  Phyfick,  cifc.  where  it  They  are  in  Number  aoDo,  all  Horfe  commanded  bv' 
is  of  no  manner  of  Service.  the  Conflable,  and  in  his  Abfence  by  the  Captain  of  the 

K  IS  alfo  a  Numeral  Letter,  Cgnifying  ijo,  according    Watch.    They  keep  watch  in  the  Night  around  the  Pa 

lace,  ferv-e  to  keep  off  the  Crowd  when  the  King  goea 
on  Horlcback,  keep  Silence  at  the  Audience  of  Ambaffa- 


dors,  feize  the  Kans  and  other  Ofl^cers  when  difgraced 
and  cut  oft  their  Heads  when  the  King  commandsit. 

KAY,  a  Wharf  or  Place  by  the  Water-fide,  in  a  Sea- 
lort,  for  the  loading  and  unloading  of  Merchandi^.  rhe 
Number  ot  thefe  mEngl.md  isdetermined  by  Aflr  of' Par- 
liament.   The  Verb  cajare,  in  old  Writers,    according  to 
-    _  «P  in  or  reflrain  ;  and  hence  came 

our  ierm  Aay  ;  the  Ground  where  they  are  made  beina 
bound  in  with  Plunks  ^ntl  Pnll^  ^ 


to  the  Verfe ; 

K  qitorjt'.e  ditrejitoi     qtuiiquaginta  imch'tt, 
W  hen  it  had  a  Stroke  at  top,  it  flood  for  1 50000. 

KABIN,  or  KElilN,  a  temporary  Marriage,  in  ufe  a- 
mong  the  Mahnmctani.  The  Kabhi  is  contrafled  before 
the  Cadi,  inwhofe  Prefencethe  M.an  cfpoufesthe  Woman 
for  a  certain  time,  upon  condition  that  if  he  quits  her  ar 

the  end  of  that  Term,  Are  lhall  be  allowed  a  certain  Sum  &.i%r,  fignifies  to  keep  in'  or  reitrain';' 
of  Money.    Some  Authors  fay,  that  the  A'lt;,,  is  only    -  -       -  °  .  .  ' 

permitted  among  the  Ferfians,  and  in  the  Sefl  of  ylli  ;  but 
othersmalntain  that  it  is  alfo  praflifed  amonp  the  Tiir/-; 

KADARE,  orKADARlTE,  the  Name  of  a  Seti'a- 
mong  the  Mdwmet.in-',  who  deny  the  Favourite  Tenet  of 
the  MufTulmen,  Predeftination  ;  and  maintain  the  Doc- 
trine of  Liberty  and  Free- Will  in  all  its  Latitutle. 

KALENDAR,    See  GifcWa,-. 

KALENDS.  SeeCaWi. 

_  KALI,  aPlant  otherwife  called  G/„/&,«  ;   it  grows    as  having  nothing  "in  common''with"';he7ther>'.^^^^^^^ 
m  the  Sands  on  the  Sea-Ihore  where  the  People  fow  it    the  Language.     They  ate  diffinguifhed  by  thei/  Beard 
Of  Its  Alhes  they  make  Soap,    which  they  wear  very  long,  and  by  their  Drefs,  which  is 
ih„  ii.,„,  .   .„  quite  different  from  the  refl.  They  are  in  cffe£(  Heathens, 


paid  for  loading  or 


bound  in  with  Planks  and  Polls. 

KAYAGE,  the  Money,  or  Toll 
unloading  Wares  at  Kays. 

KEBER,  the  Name  of  a  Sea  among  the  Ferfi.ms. 
Ihofe  of  this  Scft  are,  for  the  generality,  rich  Merchants 
Tho'  they  inhabit  in  the  middle  of  Ferfu,  and  are  found 
in  great  Numbcts  in  the  Suburbs  of  Ifpakm,  yet  'ti.- 
not  known,  whethet  or  no  they  are  originally  Ferfians 


jii  order  to  burn  it  green, 

Glafs,  Alka!i-Salr,  i^c.  This  Plant  grows  in  great 
abundance  in  E^yft  and  Syria  ;  its  Name  Kail  was  given  it 
by  the  .^roti.  It  is  found  pretty  plentifully,  too,  in  Laji- 
^la'doc,  whcte  the  People  turn  it  to  a  very  good  account. 
'J'bcir  manner  of  preparing  it  is  this  ;  When  the  Tree  is 
grown  up  toils  pitch,  they  cur  it  down,  and  let  it  dry  ;  af- 
terwards they  burn  and  calcine  it  in  certain  Pits  like  Lime- 
Kilns  dug  in  the  Ground  for  that  putpofe,  which  are  clofe 
covered  up  with  Earth,  fo  as  no  Air  may  come  at  the  Fire. 
'I'he  Matter  by  this  means  is  not  reduced  into  Allies 
only,  but  made  into  a  very  hard  Stone,  like  Rock- 
Salt,  which  they  are  forced  to  break  with  Hammers  to 
get  it  out,  and  this  Matter  they  call  Salicar,  or  Soitde 


but  are  in  great  Reputation  for  the  Regularity  of  their 
Ljfe.  Some  Authors  fay  they  adore  the  Fire,  in  imitation 
of  the  antient  Ferfm,,, ;  but  this  is  contradiftcd  bv  others  ■ 
fhey  believe  the  Immortality  of  the  Soul,  and  have 
fome  things  like  what  the  Antients  taught  of  Hell  and 
the  FJyfian  Fields.  When  any  of  them  die,  thevletloofe  a 
Cock  in  his  Houfe,  and  drive  it  out  into  a  field  ;  if  a  Fox 
feizes  it,  and  bears  it  off,  they  make  no  doubt  but  the 
Soul  of  the  Defuna  is  favcd. '  If  this  firll  Expeiiment 
don't  fatisfy  them,  they  have  recourfe  to  a  fecond,  which 
isconclufive;  they  carry  the  Carcafs  into  the  Church- 
yard, and  prop  it  up  againflthe  Wall  with  a  Fork  :  if 


F.erre.  ^  They  makt;  fuch  Quantities  of  it  here,  that  they  the  Birds  peck  out  t'he  right  Eye,   they  loo'-  on  him 

export  It  into  fcveral  other  Countries,  but  principally  mto  one  of  the  Predeftinated,  and  bury  him  with  a  sreat  dei'l 

yt^;^.,  where  the  ^  ewet,.™,  manufaaure  it  into  thofe  beau-  of  Ceremony,  letting  hira  down  gently  into  the  Grave 

tiful  Glaffes,  which  they  afterwards  return   into  litoft  hut  if  the  Birds  begin  with  the  left  Eve  thcv  con-lud^ 

Countries  in  £«™^c.   However,  the  made  here  is  him  a  Reprobare,  and  throw  him  headlong  into  a  Ditch 


However,  the  Sail 
infetiour  to  that  brought  from  y^licajii.     The  befl 
little  dty  fonorous  Stones,  of  a  blueifh  gfey  Colour,  and 
full  of  little  Eyes  or  Holes. 

KAN,  the  Name  of  an  Officer  in  Ferfia.  The  Kajit 
are  the  fame  things  in  Ferfia  that  Governours  are  in  Eu- 
rope :  There  are  Kanso^  Provinces,  Countries,  and  Cities 
who  have  different  Additions  to  diflinguiOi  them. 


The  word EeJer  fignifies  Infidel,  from  the  "VarhfliKeaphcr 
a  Renegado,  or,  rather,  they  both  come  from  Cafhar, 
which,  in  the  ChaUee,  Jv-i.ic,  and  Arahic,  fionifies  to  deny  ' 
KEBLEH,  or  Kl  BLEH,  a  Term  ufed  among  the  r«rh 
for  that  Point  or  Quarter  to  which  they  turn'themfelves 
when  they  make  their  Prayers.  MaUmes  ax  firft  durft  not 
propolc  any  other  XsWei  to  hisFollowets  but  the  Temple 

of 


KER 


(  41?  ) 


KEY 


of  '^eYiifalem,  wKich  was  the  Kehkh  of  the  '3ezos  and  Chrl- 
jiians.  In  courfeof  time,  however,  being  willing  to  bring 
his  own,  off  from  any  Communication  in  Matters  of  Reli- 
gion with  the  ^ezvs  and  Cbrijiians,  he  appointed  them,  in 
the  Alcoran,  to  turn  themfelves,  at  Prayer,  towards  the 
Temple  of  Mecca,  from  which  time  they  called  thofe  two 
Temples  the  X"ei/etfl7(,  or  two  K^blehs.  Ricaut  adds,  that 
'iis  not  the  Temple  of  Mecca^  properly  fpeaking,  that  the 
Turks  call  Kdkh,  but  rather  the  large  fquare  Tower  in 
the  middle  of  the  Amphitheatre  of  theMofque. 

Kehleb  h  alfoufedfor  an  Altar,  or  rather  a  Niche,  as 
Ricant  calls  it,  which  the  Mahometans  have  in  all  their 
Churches,  and  which  is  placed  very  cxaflly  on  that  Side 
towards  the  Temple  of  Mecca.  Hence  the  word  A'tWe/^ 
comes  to  be  ufed  metaphorically  for  the  Objcfl  or  End 
propofed,  or  the  Intention  a  Man  has  in  doing  a  thing. 
Thus  the  Kehleh  of  Kings  is  their  Crown  and  Authority, 
that  of  Men  of  Buiincfs  Money,  that  of  Gluttons  good 
Cheer,  t£c. 

KEBLEH-NOMA,  the  Name  which  the  rurh  and 
Tei;/?.-!?!!  give  to  a  little  Pocket  Compafs,  which  they  al- 
ways carry  with  them,  in  order  to  place  themfelves  the 
niorc  exaitly  when  they  go  to  Prayers. 

HEDGING,  a  Sea- Term,  ufed  when  a  Veffel  is 
brought  up  or  down  a  narrow  River  by  the  Wind,  tho  the 
Tide  be  contrary  to  it.  To  do  this  the  Seamen  fct  their 
I'ore-fail,  or  Foretop-fail,  and  the  Mizen,  and  let  her  drive 
with  the  Tide,  that  they  may  flat  her  about  ;  if  flie 
come  too  near  the  Shore,  they  have  a  little  Anchor  ready, 
called  the  Keri|ger,  ov  Kedge-j4ncho)\  with  a  Hawfer  faften- 
ed  to  it  from  the  Ship  :  and  this  Anchor  they  drop  in 
the  midft  of  the  Current,  by  which  means  they  wind  her 
Head  about,  and  this  done,  take  up  the  Anchor  again. 

KEEL,  the  Name  of  the  lowcii  Piece  of  Timber  in  a 
Ship,  in  the  Bottom  of  her  Hull,  one  End  whereof  Is 
at  the  Stern,  the  other  at  the  Stem  j  into  this  are  all  the 
Ground-Timbers  and  Hooks  fallencd  and  bolted  fore  and 
aft.  When  a  Ship  harh  a  deep  Keel,  /he  is  faid  to  have 
a  rank  Keel,  and  this  ferves  to  keep  her  from  rolling. 

KEEPER  0/  theforej},  otherwifc  called  Chief  iVarden 
of  the  l-'orefi,  is  an  Officer  that  hath  the  principal  Govern- 
ment of  all  things  belonging  to  a  Royal  Forcft,  and 
the  Check  of  all  the  other  Officers.  The  Lord  Chief 
Jurtioc  Jn  Eyre  of  the  Foreft,  when  he  thinks  fit  to  hold 
his  Juftice-Seat,  fends  out  his  general  Summons  to  the 
Keener  forty  Dayt,  before,  to  warn  all  Under-Officers  to 
appear  before  him  at  a  Day  alTignedin  the  Summons. 

Keeper  of  the  Great  Seal  is  a  Lord  by  his  Office,  and 
filled  Lord  Keeper  of  the  Great  Seal.  He  is  one  of  the 
King's  Privy  Council,  through  whofo  Hands  pafs  all 
Charters,  Conimiffions,  and  Grants  of  theKing  undcrthe 
Great  Seal,  without  which  Seal,  all  fuch  Inflruments,  by 
Law,  are  of  no  farce  j  for  the  King  is,  in  the  Interpreta- 
tion of  the  Law,  a  Corporation,  and  pafleth  nothing  firm- 
ly but  under  the  faid  Seal,  which  is,  as  the  public  Faith 
of  the  Kingdom,  in  the  highell  Eileem  and  Reputation. 
The  Lord  Keeper  hath  the  fame  Place,  Authority,  Pre- 
eminence, Jurifdi£lion,  Execution  of  Laws,  and  all  other 
Cullom;-,  Commodities,  and  Advantages  as  the  Lord 
Chancellor  of  Englaiid  hath  for  the  time  being.  Both 
ihefe  Officers  cannot  properly  fubfift  at  the  fame  time, 
fince  the  Statute  of  5  Eh::,. 

Keeper  of  the  Frrvy  Seal  is  a  Lord  by  his  Office  ;  thro' 
whofe  Hands  pafs  all  Charters,  figned  by  the  King,  before 
they  come  to  the  Great  Seal,  and  fome  things  which  do 
not  pafs  the  Great  Seal  at  all.  He  is  of  the  King's  Privy 
Council,  and  was  antiently  called  Clerk  of  the  Privy  Seal. 

KERAMIAN,  the  Name  of  a  Seft  among  the  MufTul- 
men,  fo  called  from  Uoha-mjnud  'Be7z  Keram  its  Author. 
The  A'e!-ii;n/VT7W  maintain,  that  whatever  the  Alcoran  fays 
of  the  Arms,  Eyes,  and  Ears  of  God,  is  to  be  underllood 
literally  5  fo  that  they  admit  the  Targia[[um,  that  is,  a 
J:in_d  of  Corporeity  in  God  j  which  however  they  explain 
varioufly. 

KERANA,  a  long  Trumpet,  in  form  of  a  Speaking- 
Trumpet,  ufed  by  the  Ferfians :  To  the  Sound  of  this 
they  add  a  confufed  Noife  of  Hautboys,  Timbrels,  Drums 
and  other  Inflrumcnts  every  Evening  at  Sunfet,  and  two 
Hours  after  Midnight. 

KERMES,  a  kind  of  Husk  or  Excreflence,  as  'tis  ge- 
nerally thought,  about  the  Bignefs  of  a  Juniper-Berry, 
round,  fmooth,  and  Ihining,  of  a  beautiful  Red,  and  full 
of  a  mucilaginous  Juice  of  the  fame  Colour.  It  is  found 
flicking  to  the  Leaves  and  Bark  of  a  kind  of  Uex  or 
Holm-Oak,  in  Spain,  La7ipiedoc,  and  other  hot  Countries. 
It  has  a  vinous  Smell,  a  bitter,  tho  agreeable  Tafle,  and 
its  Liquor  contains  an  infinite  Number  of  little  round  or 
oval  Eggs.  The  Origin  of  the  Kermes  is  fuppofed  owing 
to  a  little  W^orm,  which  pricking  the  Holm-Oak,  to  draw 
us  Food  from  it,  raifes  a  little  Tumor  or  Veffe],  which 
fills  with  Juice,  and  as  it  ripens  becomes  red.  When 
x\iQ  Kermes  is  dried,  there  comes  out  of  it  an  infinite 


Number  of  little  Infeas  and  Flies,  fo  fmall  that  they  afe 
fcarce  fenfible  j  infomuch  that  the  whole  inward  Sub- 
ilance  feems  converted  into  them  :  For  this  reafon  it  is 
that  they  fometimes  call  it  Verynilliov,  (uolcf?,  perhaps,  it 
be  fo  call'd  from  its  beautiful  Vermillion  Colour.)  To 
prevent  that  Inconvenience,  ihcy  ufualLy  iteep  the  Kermes 
in  "Vinegar  before  they  dry  it.  They  draw  the  Juice  or 
Pulp  from  the  Kermes^  and  make  a  Syrup  of  it,  by  ad- 
ding a  fufficient  Quantity  of  Sugar.  Sometimes  they  dry 
the  Pulp  feparate  from  the  Husk,  which  Pulp,  thus  dried, 
they  call  Pafel  of  Kermsi.  The  Grain  of  ICermes  is  of 
great  ufc  in  Phyfic.  It  is  Cardiac,  Deficcatlve,  Aftrin- 
gent,  fortifies  the  Stomach,  and  prevents  Abortion  ;  of 
this,  is  made  that  celebrated  Confcftion,  call'd  Alkermes. 
It  is,  however,  of  greater  ufe  in  dying  Scarlet. 

The  manner  of  preparing  it  for  Dying,  is  as  follows :  The 
Grain  being  taken  when  ripe,  they  fpread  it  onLlnnenj 
and  at  firlt,  while  it  abounds  moil:  in  Moiflure,  turn  it 
twice  or  thrice  a  day,  to  prevent  its  heating  :  till  fuch 
time  as  there  appears  a  red  Powder  among  it  3  then 
they  feparate  it,  paffing  it  thro  a  Searce,  and  then  again 
they  fpread  abroad  the  Grain  on  the  Linnen,  till  they 
perceive  the  fame  Rcdnefs  of  Powder,  when  they  repeat 
the  fiftlng  :  and  thus  they  proceed,  till  ihcy  difcover  a. 
red  Powder  on  the  Surface  of  the  Grain,  which  is  flill 
pafs'd  thro  the  Searce  till  it  yield  no  more.  In  the  be- 
ginning, when  the  fmall  red  Grains  arc  feen  to  move,  as 
they  will  do,  they  arc  fprinkled  over  with  ftrong  Vinegar, 
and  rubb'd  between  the  JIands.  Were  not  this  Precau- 
tion taken,  out  of  every  Grain  would  be  formed  a  little 
Fly,  which  would  skip  and  fly  about  for  a  day  or  two,  and 
at  iail  changing  its  Colour,  fill  down  dead.  The  Grain 
being  quite  emptied  of  its  Pulp  or  red  Powder,  is  wafh'd 
in  Wine,  and  then  expofed  to  the  Sun  ;  after  this,  'tis  put 
up  in  fmall  Sacks,  putting  along  with  it,  the  Proportion  of 
red  Duft  that  the  Grain  had  afforded. 

Accordingto  MMarflli's  Experiments  madeat  MantpeUier^ 
the  Grain  of  Kermes  has  the  Effect  of  Galis  when  mix'd 
\vith  Vitriol,  and  makes  a  good  Ink.  MixM  with  Oil  of 
I'artar  or  Liine-Water,  its  Colour  turns  from  a  "N^ermilllon 
to  a  Crimfon  Colour.  In  a  Deco£licn  of  Tcurnfoil  Flowers 
it  retains  its  proper  Colour.  They  have  not  been  able  to 
get  a  fix'd  effcntial  Salt  from  it,  but  a  volatile  Salt  it 
yields  in  abundance  ;  which,  in  M.  A-Zflry^/Zi's  opinion,  would 
have  a  better  Etfetl  in  Medicine,  if  taken  in  a  Liquid, 
than  when  inclofed  in  Conferves  and  Confcdlions,  which 
hinder  its  Aiilon.  Thofe  who  have  obferved  the  Man- 
ner of  producing  the  Kermes  in  the  hot  Countries 
tell  us,  that  the  little  Grains  gather'd  on  the  lle:<: 
Coccigera  change  into  a  great  number  of  little  Mag- 
gots of  a  red  Colour,  which  run  backwards  and  forwards 
in  the  Tree  where  they  were  bred  3  and  wherever  they 
Hay  any  time,  leave  the  Semen  of  thofe  Grains,  which 
break  out  the  Year  following.  Thefe  the  Greeks  call 
Coccos,  the  Latins  J''ermicuh'.s,  and  thofe  of  the  Country, 
Grain  of  Vermiliio7i,  becaufe  of  the  Worms,  Maggots,  or 
Butterflies,  into  which  the  Grain  changes. 

KERNE,  a  Term  in  the  antient /j-//^  Militia,  fignlfy- 
ing  a  Foot-Soldier.  Camden  tells  us,  the  Armies  of  /re- 
confifled  of  Cavalry,  c^WA.  Gailoglalfe:,  and  Infantry 
lightly  armed,  called  Kernes.  The  Kerjies  bore  Swords 
and  Darts;  to  the  lafl  were  fitted  Cords,  by  which  they 
could  recover  them  after  they  had  been  launched  out. 
ATerj/e,  in  our  Laws,  fignifies  idle  Perfons  or  Vagabonds. 

KEY,  a  little  Iron  fnlirument  for  the  opening  of  Locks. 
Its  Ufe  and  Figure  are  too  well  known  to  need  a  particu- 
lar Defcription.  L.  Malineus  has  written  a  Treatife  of 
Keys,  printed  at  Vpfal.  He  derives  the  Latin  Name  Cla- 
ris from  the  Greeh  >tA£^<y,  daudo,  I  fJjut,  or  from  the  Ad- 
verb clum,  privately ;  and  adds,  that  the  Ufe  of  Keys  is 
not  known  in  fome  Parts  of  Jzyc^eB.  The  firfl:  Invention 
of  Keys  is  owing  to  one  Theodore  of  Sanuis,  according  to 
Timy  aud  Polydore  J^'irgil  j  but  this  muft  be  a  Miftake, 
the  Ufe  of  A'fjj'j  having  been  known  before  the  Siege  of" 
Troy,  and  mention  is  even  made  of  them  in  the  19  th 
Chapter  of  Gentfs.  MoHnens  is  of  Opinion,  thit  Keys,  at 
firll,  only  ferved  for  the  untying  certain  Knots,  where- 
with they  antiently  fecured  their  Doors  ;  but  the  Lacomc 
Keys,  he  maintains,  were  nearly  a-kin  in  ufe  to  our  own  ; 
they  confifled  of  three  fingle  Teeth,  and  made  the  Fi- 
gure of  an  E,  of  which  Form  there  are  fome  JllU  to  be 
feen  in  the  Cabinets  of  the  Curious.  There  wa?  another 
Key,  called  ficL?^J.v^-ypy,  made  in  the  manner  of  a  Mate- 
Skrew,  which  had  its  correfpondlng  Female  in  a  Bolt  af- 
fixed to  the  Door.  Key,  hence,  becomes  a  general  Name 
for  fevcral  things  that  Ihut  up,  or  clofe  other  things. 

Key  of  an  Arch  or  Vault  is  the  lart  Stone  placed  a-top 
of  a  Vault,  which  being  wider  and  fuller  at  the  Top 
than  Bottom,  wedges,  as  it  were,  and  binds  In  all  the 
reft.  This  Key  is  different  in  the  different  Orders  ;  In 
the  Ti<fca7t  and  Doric  'tis  a  plain  Stone,  having  a  Pro- 
jeilure  j  in  the  Ionic  'tis  cut  and  waved  in  Veins,  af- 
ter 


KEY 


(41^) 


manner  of  Cojifoles  j  in  tlie  Corhuhu-171  and  Com- 
fofite^  'tis  a  Co7!foh  enriched  with  Sculpture,  Folia- 
ges, l^c. 

Key  is  alfoufcdfor  Ecclefiaflical  JurifdiiStioii,  and  for 
the  Power  of  Excommunicating  and  Abfolving.  Thus  the 
Kamaniftsh'^,  the  Pope  has  the  power  of  the  Kcys^  and 
can  open  and  fJiut  Paradile  as  he  pleafes,  grounding  their 
Opinion  on  that  ExprcfTicn  of  Jefus  Chrift,  I  wIH give  thee 
iheKcys  of  the  K'mf^dom  of  Hea-vcji.  In  S-  Gregory  we  read, 
ihat  'twas  the  Cuitom  heretofore  for  the  Popes  ro  fend  a 
Golden  Key  to  Princes,  wherein  they  inclofed  a  little  of 
the  Filings  of  St.  Peter's  Chains,  kept  with  a  world  of 
Devotion  at  Rome,  and  that  thele  ^Teji  were  wore  in  the 
Bofom,  as  being  fuppofed  to  contain  fomc  wonderful 
Virtues. 

Key  is  alfo  a  Term  in  Folygraphy  and  Steganography, 
fignifying  the  Alphabet  of  a  Cypher,  which  is  a  Secret 
known  only  to  the  Perfon  who  writes  the  Letter,  and  him 
who  decyphcrs  ir.  Some  Cyphers  have  a  finglc  Key, 
where  the  fame  Charafters  are  ufcd  throughour,  in  other 
Cyphers  the  Characters  are  varied,  and  the  Key  niurt  be 
double,  in  this  Senfe  it  is  that  we  ufe  the  words  Key  of 
a  Book,  Key  of  an  Author,  as  being  let  by  it  into  fome  Se- 
crets, with  regard  to  Perfons,  Times,  Places,  i^c-  which 
don't  appear  without  if. 

Key,  in  Muiic,  is  a  certain  fundamental  Note  or  Tone, 
to  which  the  whole  Piece,  be  it  Conccrca,  Sonata,  Cantata, 
i^c.  is  accommodated,  and  with  which  it  ufually  begins, 
but  always  eiidi.  To  get  an  Idea  of  thcUfe  of  the  A'ljj', 
It  may  be  obferved,  that  as  in  an  Oraticn  there  is  a  Sub- 
jcft,  viz:  fome  principal  Perfon  or  Thing  to  which  the 
Difcourfe  is  referred,  and  which  is  always  to  be  Icept  in 
view,  that  nothing  unnatural  and  foreign  to  the  Subje£l 
may  be  brought  in  5  fo  in  every  regular  Piece  of  Mufic 
ihcre  is  one  Is'^ote,  i^iz-,  the  Kev,  which  regulates  all  the 
rert.  The  Piece  begins,  .and  ends  in  this ;  and  this  is, 
as  it  were,  the  mufical  Sulijc6f,  to  which  a  regard  mufl:  be 
had  in  al!  the  otherNotes  of  the  Piece.  Again,  asinan 
Oration  there  are  feveral  dirtincl  Articles,  which  refer  to 
different  Suhjefts,  yet  fo  as  that  they  have  all  a  vifible 
Connexion  with  the  principal  Suhjeft,  which  regulates 
and  influences  the  whole  ;  fo  in  Mufic  there  may  be  va- 
rious fubalterri  Subjefls,  that  is,  various  Key;,  to  which 
the  dl£ferent  Parts  of  the  Piece  may  belong  :  but  then 
ihcy  muff  be  all  under  the  Influence  of  the  fir fl  and  princi- 
pal Key,  and  have  a  (enllblc  Connexion  with  it.  Now 
to  give  a  more  dillinfl:  Notion  of  the  A'ej,  we  mull  ob- 
ferve,  that  the  Octave  contains  in  it  the  whole  Principles 
of  Mufic,  both  with  rcfpeft  to  Confonance  or  Harmo- 
ny, and  Succeffion  or  Melody;  and  that  if  either  Scale 
be  continued  to  a  double  Oclave,  there  will,  in  that  Cafe, 
be  fcven  different  Orders  of  the  Degrees  of  an  OSlave, 
proceeding  from  the  fcven  different  Letters  with  which 
the  Terms  of  the  Scale  are  marked.  Any  given  Sound 
therefore,  i  e.  a  Sound  of  any  determinate  Pitch  or  Tune, 
may  he  made  the  Key  of  the  Piece,  by  applying  to  it 
the  feven  natural  Notes  arifing  from  the  Divilion  of  an 
Octave,  and  repeating  the  Oflave  above  or  below  at 
pleafure.  The  given  Note  is  applied  as  the  principal 
Note  or  Key  of  the  Piece,  by  making  frequent  Clofes  or 
Cadences  upon  it  ;  and  in  the  Progrefs  of  the  Melody  no 
other  but  thofe  feven  natural  Notes  can  be  admitted, 
■while  the  Piece  continues  in  that  Key,  every  other  Note 
being  foreign  to  the  Fundamental,  or  Key  -.  For  Inftance, 
fuppofe  a  Song  begun  in  any  Note,  and  carried  on  up- 
wards or  downwards  by  Degrees  and  Harmonical  Dillan- 
ces,  fo  as  never  to  touch  any  Notes  bur  what  are  refe- 
rable to  that  fir II  Note  as  a  fundamental,  i.e.  are  the 
true  Notes  oF  the  natural  Scale  proceeding  from  the 
Fundamental  -■,  and  let  the  Melody  be  fo  conduced  thro' 
thofe  natural  Notes,  as  to  clofe  and  terminate  in  the 
Fundamental,  or  any  of  its  OiStaves  above  or  below, 
that  Note  is  called  the  Key  of  the  Melody,  becaufe  it 
governs  all  the  reil,  limiting  ihctn  fo  far,  as  that  they 
mufl  be,  to  it,  in  relation  of  the  feven  effential  Notes  of 
an  Oclave  ;  and  when  any  other  Note  is  brought  in,  'tis 
called,  going  our  of  the  Key.  From  which  way  of  fpeak- 
ing,  -uiz:  a  Song's  continuing  in,  or  going  out  of  the  Key^  it 
may  be  obferved,  that  the  whole  0£lave,  with  its  natural 
Notes,  come  under  the  Idea  of  a  Key,  tho  the  Funda- 
mental, or  principal  Note  is,  in  a  peculiar  Scnfc,  called 
t\\c  Key.  In  uhich  lall  Senfe  of  the  word  A'f;^  (viz. 
where  it  is  applied  to  one  fundamental  Note)  another 
Note  is  faid  to  be  out  of  the  A'sy,  when  it  has  not  the 
Relation  to  that  Fundamental  of  any  of  the  natural 
Notes  belonging  to  the  concliuious  Divilion  of  the  Oclave. 
Here  too  it  mull  be  added,  with  refpeft  to  the  two  dif- 
ferent Diviiions  of  the  Oftave,  that  a  Note  may  belong 
to  the  fame  A'c'j)',  (.  c.  have  a  jufl  raufical  Relation  to  the 
fame  Fundamental  in  one  kind  of  Divilion ,  and  be  out 
of  the  A'cf'  with  refpect  to  the  other. 

Now  a  Piece  of  Mufic  may  be  carried  through  feveral 


KH  A 


Keys ;  i.  e.  it  may  tcgin  in  one  Key,  and  be  led  out  of 
that  into  another,  by  introducing  foiTie  Note  foreign  to 
thefirll:,  andfo  onto  another:  'but  a  regular Piece'mufl 
not  only  return  to  the  firll  iTy,  but  thofe  other  jfcj.<,  too, 
iTiutt  have  a  particular  Conneflion  with  the  firlt.  It  may 
be  added,  that  thofe  other  Keys  inuft  be  fome  of  the  na- 
tural Notes  of  the  principal  Key,  tho'  not  any  of  them  ac 
pleafure. 

As  to  the  Djftinaions  of  Keys,  we  hive  tilready  ob- 
ferved, that  to  confli'tute  any  given  Note  or  Sound,  a 
Key,  or  <undaiftental  Note,  it  muft  have  the  feven  effen- 
tial  or  natuTal  Notes  added  to  it,  out  of  which,  or  their 
Oaaves,  all  the  Notes  of  the  Piece  muft  be  taken,  while 
It  keeps  within  the  Key,  i.  e.  Within  the  Government  of 
that  Fundamental.  Tis  evident  therefore  there  are  but 
two  different  Species  of  Keys,  which  atife  according  as 
we  join  the  greater  or  lefs  Third,  thefe  being  always  ac- 
companied with  the  fixth  and  feventh  of  the  fame  Spe- 
cies ;  the  third  ^f,  fot  iiiHancc,  with  tho  Sxth  and  fe- 
venth g  ;  and  the  third  I  with  tho  fisth  and  feventh  /. 
And  this  Diltinflion  is  expreffed  under  the  Names  of 
a  Sharf-Key,  which  is  that  with  the  third  £5?c.  and 
the  Ihit'Key,  which  is  that  with  the  third  /,  ^c. 
whence  'tis  plain,  that  how  many  different  Clofes  foever 
there  be  in  a  Piece,  there  can  be  but  two  Keys,  if  we  con- 
fider  the  cfTential  Difference  of  Keys  ;  every  Key  bein» 
either  flat  or  iliarp,  and  every  SW^-ift;^  being. the  fame", 
as  to  Melody,  as  well  as  every  flat  one.  It  mtill  be  ob- 
ferved, however,  that  in  common  Praflice  the  Kets  arc 
faid  to  be  different,  when  nothing  is  confidered  but  the 
different  Tune,  or  Pitch  of  the  Note,  in  which  the  diffe- 
rent Clofes  are  made  :  In  which  Senfe  the  fame  Piece  is 
faid  to  be  in  different  Keys,  according  as  it  Is  begun  In  dif- 
ferent Notes,  or  Degrees  of  Tune.  To  prevent  any  Con- 
fufion  which  might  arife  froin  ufmg  the  lame  Word  in 
different  Senfes,  M.  Malcolm  propofes  the  word  jWoi/e  to 
be  fubftituted  inflead  of  the  word  Key,  In  the  foriiaer 
Senfe;  thatis,  where  it  expreffcs  the  melodious  Confti- 
tution  of  the  Ociave,  as  it  confilfs  of  feven  cfl'entlal,  or 
natutal  Notes,  befides  the  Fundamental;  and  in  regard 
there  are  two  Species  of  it,  he  propofes,  that  with  a  third 
.5  be  called  the  greater  Mode,  and  that  with  a  third  /  the 
leffer  Mode  ;  appropriating  the  word  A'cj  to  thofe  Notes  of 
the  Piece  in  which  the  Cadence  is  made ;  all  of  which 
may  be  called  different  Kiys,  in  refpefl  of  their  different 
Degrees  of  Tune.  To  dillingui/li  then  accurately  between 
a  Mode  and  a  Kty,  he  gives  us  this  Definition,  fiz-.  an 
06iave,  with  all  its  natural  and  effential  Degrees,  is  a 
Mode,  with  refpeft  to  the  Confliiution  or  Manner  of  di- 
viding it  ;  but  with  refpefl  to  its  Place  in  the  Scale  of 
Mufic, i.e.  theDcgreeorPitchof  Tunc,itis  a  A'l'j  ;  iho'thac 
Name  is  peculiarly  applied  to  the  Fundamental :  wiK-ncc 
It  follows,  that  the  fame  Mode  may  be  with  different 
Keys,  i.  e,  an  Odlavc  of  Sounds  maybe  rais'd  In  the  fame 
Order  and  Kind  of  Degrees  which  makes  the  fame  I\Iode, 
and  yet  be  begun  higher  or  lower,  i.e.  betaken  at  dirle- 
rent  Degrees  of  Tune  with  refpeS  to  the  whole,  which 
makes  difterent  Keys  ;  and,  viee  i-erja,  that  the  fame 
Key  may  be  with  different  Modes,  i.  e.  the  Extremes  of 
two  061aves  may  be  in  the  fime  Degree  of  Tune,  yet  the 
Divilion  of  them  be  different.  See  Adoitul 
Melody,  Clef 

Keys  alfo  fignify  thofe  little  Pieces  in  the  forepart  of  an 
Organ,  Spitiette,  or  Virginal,  by  means  whereof  the 
Jacks  play,  fo  as  to  flrike  the  Strings  of  the  Intlru- 
ment  ;  and  Wind  given  to  the  Pipes,  by  railing  and 
finking  the  Sucker  of  the  Sound-board.  They  are  innum- 
bcr  28  or  29.  (n  large  Organs  there  are  feveral  Sets  of 
thefe  Xyj,  fome  to  play  the  fmall  fecondary  Organ, 
fome  for  the  main  Organ,  fome  for  the  Trumpet,  "and 
fome  for  the  Echoing-l'rumpet.  In  fome  there  are  but 
a  part  that  play,  the  reft  being  for  Ornament.  There  are 
twenty  Slits  in  the  large  Keys,  which  make  the  Half- 
Notes.  M.  lialjniiski  of  Z)o/(/;eii  pretends  to  have  invented 
a  new  kind  of  Keys  vaftly  preferable  to  the  common  ones. 
With  thefe,  he  fays,  he  can  exprefs  Sounds,  which  fol- 
low each  other  in  a  continual  Geometrical  Proportion, 
andfo  can  furnifli  all  the  Sounds  in  Mufic,  and  by  confe- 
cjuence  all  the  imaginary  Intervals  and  Accords  5  where- 
as the  common  Keys  do  but  furnlfh  fomc  of  them. 

KHAZINE,  the  Grand  Signior's  Trcafnry.  Here  are 
kept  Regifters  of  Receipts,  Accounts  of  Provinces,  i- 
Drawers  mark'd  with  the  Years  and  the  Places  Nam. s. 
Here  alfo  is  kept  part  of  the  Emperor's  Wardrobe.  E- 
very  Day  of  the  Div;in  thi';  Treafury  is  opened,  either  to 
takeout  or  put  fomething  in.  And  the  Principal  Officers 
■who  have  the  Charge  of  ir,  are  alt  ro  affift  at  this  Open- 
ing. The  Tchantah-Bachi ,  in  their  Prefence,  firft  breaks 
the  Wax  wherewith  the  Key-hole  had  been  fcal'd  up, 
and  carrying  it  to  the  Grand  Vifier,  thatMinifier  firrt 
kiffes  it,  and  then  draws  out  of  his  Bnfom  rhe  Grand 
Signior's  Gold  Seal ;  in  the  mean  time  he  looks  narrow- 


K  I  D 


ly  after  the  Officer,  who,  when  he  has  done  his  Bufincfs 
in  the  Trcafury,  locks  and  feals  up  the  Place,  and  returns 
the  Seal  to  the  Viz^ier  with  the  fame  Ceremony  as  before. 
Befidcs  this,  there  arc  other  Apartments  for  the  Money, 
where  the  Officers  are  never  allowed  to  enter  with  any 
Clothes  that  have  Pockets  in  them 


(417  ) 


KIN 


capital  Cafes,  'tis  a  Rule,  that  nivMa;  n„  vtp,mhm  i,o 
J-af7o,  and  an  Engbjhman  /hall  nor,  in  any  other  C'lle  be 
put  to  death,  unklsthe  Dc=d  follow  the  Intent 

His  Otiice  (as  he  promilcs  at  his  Coronation)  iS  to  pre- 
fervethe  Rights  and  Privileges  of  the  Church,  the  IW 
gattve  of  the  Crown,  the  Laws  and  Cuftoms  of  the  Realm 
t-c.  or,  as  f.ri£/c,«:  has  it,  he  is  f„.^naTe  Bella  T.p:,h  /„ 


KIDNEY,  or  Rein,  a  Part  trf an  Animal,  whofe  Ufe  is  iic.  or,  as  tonejcc  has  it,  he  is  f,,y^aTe  Bella  r.p,.hl\:> 
The  A  J»ej"  "e  fituate  on  each  ii?  e,!  retlifflme  jud-cm.  He  acknuVkdoes  no  Precedence 
the  Liver  and  Mif/cn/a!  i.»»i4.mj,    m  any  other  Prince  but  the  Empemr  .k  r 


to  feparatc  the  LJrine.    x      ^vw/cjj  aic  muate  on  eaen     _      -    -  u      j        --   ^.n.u 

Side,  the  one  between  the  Liver  and  Mif/cn/a!  i.»»i4.mj,  in  any  other  Prince  but  the'Emper,,r   "h    h"  '\^""r 

on  the  right  Side;  the  other  between  the  Spleen  and  the  preme  Right  of  Patronaoc  called  p,.  i 

fame  Mufcle  on  the  left  Side.    In  Man  the  right  is  lower  over  all  th?  Eccleliaflical^Benefices  in  £  "'A^!; 
than  the  left,  but  ,n  Quadrupedes  'tis  ufually  the  contra-       He  has  Power,  by  his  Prerogative,   wi'thout  aiv  A'l  of 

ry  ;  they  arcfallened  to  theLomsand  the  Diaphragm  by  Parliament,  to  make  War  or  Peace    mal  e  I  i 

their  exterior  Membrane,   and  to  the  Bladder  by  the  Treaties,  give  Commiffions  forimpreffing  SolJS' dif- 

Ureters;  the  right  is  alio  faflened  to  the  Intefline  Ca:-  pofe  of  Magazines,   CalHes,  Ships,*^  public  Moneys  tsc 

cum,  and  the  left  to  the  Colon  :   their  Figure  refetribles  He  convokes,  adjourns,  prorogues,  and  diffolves  Patha 

a  Bean,  or  rather  a  Crefcent,  being  cutveon  the  fide  of  the  ments,  and  may  refufe  his  Alfent  to  anv  Rill  -^nir  1  u 

Vena  Oiva,  and  on  the  outfide  gibbous.    There  are  ordina-  both  Houfes,  without  giving  his  Reafons  for  it     He  , 

rilybut  two  X,*,e,.    tho'fometimes  there  are  found  increafe  the '  Number  of  MCbfrfof  eithe^  Houf  al 

three,  and  fometimes  four    and  fometimes  but  one     In  pleafure,  by  creating  new  Peers,  and  bellowing  Pr°vile4 

Men  they  are  commonly  about  five  Inches  long  and  three  on  other  Towns  for  fendin..  Burgeffes  to  iC llfmenV  Er 

broad,  and  one  and  an  halt  thick  1   Their  Subftance  is  has  power  ,0  enfranchife  a°„  Al  i  ,  an".,t;t  l^ra  D^ 

compnfed  of  Glands,  and  very  fmall  urinary  Pipes  or  Ca-  ni^en.    Debts  due  ,0  him  are  aliays  to  be  fatMed 

nals;  the  Glands  form  the  Circumference,  and  ferve  to  the  firft  place,  in  cafe  of  Ewcutordilt,  T-l  l, 

feparate  the  Urine  ;  thePapill.    or  urinary  Tubes,  form  Debt  is  lifcharged,  he  ..ay  ptotea       O  dito  frZ'  th": 

themnerpart,  they  come  out  of  the  Glands,  and  carry  Arrells  of  others.    He  may  dilfrain  thr  th-  who  °  n 

the  Urine  into  a  Cavity,  in  the  concave  Part  of  the  K,d„e..  on  a  Te„,nt  '  "  .     "^''^  "'"^^ 


the  inner  part,  they  come  out  ot  the  Glands,  and  carry 
the  Urine  into  a  Cavity,  in  the  concave  Part  of  the  Kidney, 
called  Fehis,  whence  it  pafles  thro'  the  Ureters  into 
the  Bladder.  The  Kidneys  are  covered  with  two  Mem- 
branes, they  have  each  of  them  Arteries  and  Veins  ;  the 
Arteries  come  from  the  ylona,  and  the  Veins  terminate  in 
the  Ca-M  ;  thefe  are  all  called  Emulgents.  They  have 
Nerves  alfo,  which  take  their  Origin  from  the  Tlexm  Rc- 
Ha/ii,  formed  by  the  Ramifications  of  the  intercoflal  Nerve, 
and  the  Nerves  of  the  Loins.  The  Ktdiieys  fecrete  the 
Urine  from  the  Blood,  which,  by  the  Motion  of  the  Heart, 
is  driven  thro'  the  Arteries  into  the  emulgenr  Arteries' 
and  thefe  carry  it  into  the  little  Glands,  where  its  Serofity 
being  feparated,  is  received  in  at  the  Orifices  of  the  urina- 
ry Pipes,  which  go  from  the  Glands  to  the  Pelvis,  and 
thence  runs  by  the  Ureters  into  the  Bladder  :  the  Blood 

which  could  nor  enter  fh.,   f~:ionfl<.      1..  1  1  i  i. 


 "   '"■')  ""train  tor  tne  wl 

on  a  Tenant  that  holds  but  part  of  the  Land,  is  notob- 
iged  to  detiiand  his  Rent  as  others  are,  may  fue  in  what 
Court  he  pleafes,  and  diftrain  where  he  lifls.  In  all 
doubtful  Cafes,  femfe,-  f  ;:,fr,„i,„,-  p.,  3,^,,^,^ 
rettrains  him  unlcfs  he  be  particulatly  named.  In  all 
Cafes  where  the  A'«,g  is  Plaintiff,  his  Officers,  with  an 
Artell,  may  enter;  and  if  Entrance  be  denied,  break 
openaHoufe-,  and  fei.e  the  Party :  tho',  in  other  Cafes 
a  Man  s  Houfe  is  his  Caflle,  and  has  a  Privilege  to  pro- 
ted  him  againU  all  Arrells.  He  has  the  Cuftodv  of 
the  Perfons  and  Ellates  of  Idiots  and  Lunatics;  he 
IS  L /t,»;,,j  M,ra  Kp;»;,  to  him  revert  all  Ellates  when 
no  Heir  appears.  All  Treafure-Trove  (;.  e.  Money  Plate 
or  Bulbon  lound,  and  the  Owners  not  known)  belonostn 
him;  fo  all  Waifs,   Strays,    Wrecks,  Lands  recovered 


KILDEKRIN    isa  KindofLiciuid  MeafuVe,   which    ^a^^he  Limits  rf^Zp  S  o'jS'^^^  °T 

KING  a  Monarch  or  Potentate,  who  rules  finglyand  £ws  "e  '  |  Ife  tattvf  £^:L™ed  i*"^'";?.' 
fovereignly  over^a  People.    Mden  de_rives  the"  'word    of  l^itliameL,  or  declared  "y  tt  BiZf  Rtluras  f^ 


..J   „  .^^  ^  J              K,u7ftuav/i,  ucrivL-s  rne  worti  oi  1  ariiamc 

.K...;from  the  S.sm  Cy«.n,,  of  Ca„,  F«^er,    or  Xe„,  a  Ba.hti.f  to'te  a">HeT  foYBifton^^Lld''^  r''  « 

_A™»/eA;e  wherewith  every  Monarch  is  fuppofed  to  be  ^o«,,nenda,,,^c.  HcZvZcrto^^^^^^ 

tnv-efted.    The          Sc.v,  the  &y,bi.v,  Relh,   the  P,„nc  of  Parliament  and  penal  ^a';tesb^a^J 

ReJd,,^nd  thcSpa,„fiRey  and  Roj.  come  all,  according  he  himfelf  is  alone  concerned    to  m.tler5    '  'B  "° 

to  Pofiel,  from  the  Heire^  m\  R,feb,  Cb.ef,  or  Head.    ^  of  the  Law  accordin"  to  E^nuitv    t  T  i  ^'S""' 

A,„^.,,  both  atttong  the  antieni'  Gree^/and   R™.™,,  demned  by  Law.e^  epVinte^efA?  ±^ 

'  '^^""-■'Kem  him  God's  Vicegerent  on  Farrh  t 

Rex  Amm,  Rex  idem  Homhmm  ThAiqm  Sacerdo,.  ^''"'I'e  '^fious  Perfcflions  to  him  not  belonging  to 

AstoAcRo„,a„s,  Lhj  and  a.,,.,^:,,,  are  exprefs;   they  °*".Min.    No  Flaw  or  Weaknefs  is  found  in  °him,' no 

fay  that  tho'  N««,a  iniiituted  a  great  Number  of  brcler^  7  ll'"^      N^'gligence,  Infamy,  Stain,  or  Cor- 

of  Prietthood,  yet  feme  he  difcharged  himfelf,   and  in  Tm  V,,     ^    Jl}''                 i~               cleare  l 

Perfon.    After  the  Expulfion  of  K.n^s,  they  weri  ohlted  h        Attainder  :  No  Nonage  or  Minorit/  ate  allowed  in 

to  create  a  Rex  Sacron„,  a  Kln^  of  tbl  Sacrificed  t  Tc  r          ""^                Lands,   tho'  held  in  his  ni 

Adminiflration  of  the  Priellly  Part  of  the  Royal  y  Z  l  '-'r^"')[:'^"''°'^J^-f''i<^d  by  Nonage.    Nay  more ' 

A,„ong  the  Grecfo,  the  King  of  Perjla  had  antLnt  y  the  „  h^m     R     J  r              P"P""'y.        L^mortal  ,v' 

Appellation    of  ,be  Great  K,n^  ■  \e  Kin.,  of  Fr'„Z  k    n    V    £  "^"^r"                           D«th  is  termed 

now  has  that  ot  the         aryua^,  k.„,,  and  tlie  A™    of  A-T  il   '"/-^^                       '^"''^'i  demife  l  to 

spam  that  of  Carbolic  K.n,,    The  AiB.      the  Ro^.Jis  !  r           ■       r             '°      '''""^  «  Dea  h,  as  bein„ " 

fnnce  chofen  by  the  Emperor,  as  a  Coadjutor  in   he  Go  Corporation  of  himfelf  that  lives  for  ever.    There  "no 

vernttrent  of  the  Empire.^  The  W„„,.„«,„  formerly  ga^^  A',  'TIT''        ^  =              one  if,„,  dies,  his  He  r  ,s 

the  Name  K„,g  to  their  Queen  Maryt to  avoid  the  rfamv  ^'      ^  ^"'V'bfclu/cly.  without  any  Coranation  Ce 

«hich  the  Laws  of  that  Country  call  on  thofe  who  are  Lo  T°  ^''^^l ""^  '"^                    the  Law 

verned  by  Wot^en.- Accordingly  fte  bore  the  TMeoSI  """""""  "  ^'"^       Ubiquity  to  the  a),,,  ;  he  ,s  in  a 

Mary,  till  her  Marriage  with  4/,„»„^,  at  which  time  ftf  ^^be  ^'7'''  f""'                          ^''d  ■l'"<^f-'=  "  n 

laid  afide  her  King/liip,  and  took  up  the  Quality  of  Queen  I  """fuited 

TheA.«s<  of               by  the*^.,,,.,.^  Cou^ncihfnde;  JT"         a"'^''"'  ""^^'^  do 

Pope3„/,»„  II.  had  the  Title  of  ariftla,,iff„,n,,  l^I^,,"a  T'  ''^  """"Z  ^°  ^"""^  r,ot  can  he  divell  himfijlf 

on  them,  arid  that  of  Defender  of  the  Fai,/^^  TddZ  lt  '^.'"^"5°"'  ^[  ""^  P".'      ^'^  ^^S^'t  P-'^ogative  Auth", 

It     "■^u                          "i"^-''  ''y           feme  tim^  7J\f-  J^^^Vr            '^'"^^  ^""^            he  cat  t 

before.    The  Title  of  Grace  was  firll  given  to  our  A,",  f            ^-''-i^,   Saho  J„rame,„o,        Saha  Co„fc,entia}l 

^bout  thetime  of  a^o'IV.  and  that  of  Wiei„e/>  anfM'  -    ■ '  " 
es\he^-"'^n-"-  J"?"  P"''!''  Infiruments  and  Let- 
K  nVw  'r?''r                           tho' till  the  time  of 
l^ing  3„i,„  he  fpoke  m  the  fingular  Number     Our  I  ,w 

a":Iu'';stp*'ce°'Afh-  c'''^-  -^-t  '"'^'^^^ 

Oil,  as  the  Pr?c,  s  and  T»'"T  "'"'^ 

that  his  PeXt^i  facreH     T     r  '  T'"-' 
fonbarelv  '    ."'«t™-  .The  Laws  make  it  Hiffh-Trea- 

lon  Darely  to  imagine  or  intend  the  Death  of  the  /f„,r  ■  "<=,™"'a  not,  during  his  Office,   hold  any  M" 

and^  becauk  the  Delfruaion  ^he  A,.  t^   t£S^  ^S^^t^^^^  ^Sll^^f  S^^^}-^;^' t 

^h^fto^-^tS  Se^t^tf'^s^r' 


witf:u"";h'^''f ^p'T  ^^^^ 

rrtfeVewSIl"  ^^^^^ -w  Laws. 

n\Sirif^'V'"'^'"-  ™  the  Title  of  a  Prieft  or  Ml-- 
the  f;  He  was  fiiperior  to 

He  was  created  at  the  Comkia,  or  Affemhly  of  the  Cefi 
tunes,  and  was  at  firfl  chofen  out  of  the  Number  of  the 
JZT':-  "°t.,  dieting  his  Offce,   hold  any  Ma- 


-    ,   iJeitruction  ot  the  A 

°CI'\?''^^'^°'">Mors  or  Officers, 
of  the  King  s  Servants  toconfpire  even  l 


KIN 


(  418  ) 


K  I  R 


KINGDOM,  among  ths  Chymifls,  is  a  Term,  which 
they  apply  to  each  of  ihe  three  Orders,  or  CklTes  of 
natural  Bodies;  Animal,  Vegetable,  and  Mineral. 

KIisGS  AT  AHMS,  Oificers  of  i^reat  Antiquity,  and 
antiently  of  great  Authority  i  they  dirccl:  the  Heralds, 
preiide  at  their  Chapters,  and  have  the  JurifdiiSion  of  Ar- 
niorv.  In  lingi'^Jici  we  have  three  kinds,  -jlz.  Giirier,  C/«- 
rciicieiix,  and  Norroy. 

The  firil  and  principal  is  called  Carter,  inflituted  by 
He;!ry  V.  His  Office  is  to  attend  the  Knights  of  the  Gar- 
ter at  their  Affemblies,  to  mar/lial  rhc  Solemnities  at  the 
Funerals  of  the  highelt  Nobility,  and  to  carry  the  Gar- 
ter to  Kings  and  Princes  beyond  the  Sea  ;  on  which  occa- 
fion  he  ufed  to  be  joined  in  Commiffion  with  feme  princi- 
pal Peer  of  the  Kingdom. 

The  next  1.5  Clarmckns,  fo  called  from  the  Duke  ot 
Clirmcc,  to  whom  he  firll  belonged.  His  Office  is  to 
niarftal  .and  difpofcthe  Funerals  of  all  the  inferior  Nobi- 
lity, as  Baronets,  Knights,  Efi;uircs,  and  Gentlemen,  on 
the  South-fide  of  the  Tre»r. 

The  third  is  Nm-oy,  or  Northern,  whofe  Bufinefs  is  to  do 
the  fame  on  the  Korth-fide  of  the  River  Trent.  Thcfe 
two  latt  are  called  Trti-Smchl  Heralds,  in  regard  they  di- 
vide the  Kincdotn  between  them  into  two  I'rovmces. 

Thefe  two  latt,  by  Charter, have  power  to  vifit  Noble- 
mens  Families,tofetdown  their  Pedigrees,  difliiiguifli  their 
Arms,  apvoint  Perfons  their  Arms,  and,  with  Garter,  to 
dirca'thc'hleralds. 

Antiently  the  Kin^s  at  Jrmi  were  crea  ted  and  lolemnly 
crowned  by  the  Kings  of  &i.i;/.in.i  themfelves ;  but  of 
later  Days  the  EailMarflral  has  a  fpccial  Commiaion,  at 
every  Creation,  to  petiimate  the  King. 

To  theformer  may  be  adiled  Lyo7!,Khi^  at.irnts  for  Sm- 
land,  wlio  is  the  fecond  A'  «,i;<it  Armslw  Great  Britain  ;  he 
is  invciled  and  crown'd  with  great  Solemnity.  To  him 
belongs  the  publifhing  the  King's  Proclamation,  the  m.u- 
Jhalling  Funerals,  rcverfing  Arms,  Sc. 

KING'S-BENCH,  a  Court,  or  Ju.lgmeiit-Seat,  loca.- 
led,  in  regard  the  King  is  fuppofed  to  fit  m  Perfun  as 
Judne  of  the  Court,  and  may  do  fo  whenever  he  plea- 
Jeth°   for  which  reahm  all  Writs,   and  other  Procefs  m 
this  Court,  are  made  returnable  coram  fiehi,  that  is,  be- 
fore the  King  himfelf,  and  not  coram  Jii/iicinriiJ  lio/i-M,  as 
is  the  Form'  in  the  Common  Fleas.     The  Judges  of  this 
Court  are  the  Chief  Judice,  and  three  other  Judges.  In 
this  Court  are  principally  determined  Maircrs  relating  to 
the  Crown,  and  the  Peace.  When  any  Perlon  is  aggrieved 
hy  anv  Order  of  JuUices,  or  Quarter-Scflions,  they  have 
recoutfe  hiihcr;  the  Rights  of  Eleaions  of  Mayors,  Bai- 
liffs Conftables,  iSc.  arc  often,  upon  .VIinrf.ii»io'j,  brought 
before  this  Court  to  be  fettled,  and  Prohibitions  are  hence 
ifl'uedout  to  flay  Proceedings  in  ihe  Ecclefvatlical,  Ad- 
miralty, or  any  inferior  Courr,  where  the  i\latters  appear 
to  be  tryable  at  Common  Law.    The  Subjefl  bath  alfo 
a  Right  to  fue  any  Perfon  in  this  Court  tor  any  Debt  or 
Contraa,  as  well  as  in  any  other  Court,  and  may  ^  as  ad- 
vantaoeoully  and  expeditioufly  proceed.    The  Chief  Juf- 
tice  is  conlUtuted  by  Writ,  and  is  to  hold,  Quami,.  Je 
lene  vljcrit,  and  fo  cannot  be  difplaced  without  feme 
Meat'  ilifdemeanour ;  tho'  formerly  the  Chief  Jullice,  and 
Siher  inferior  Judges,  were  made  only  d,,ra,iie  bene  flacm, 
and  accordingly  were  ruined  out  at  the  King's  plealure. 
'i'hc  Salary  of  the  Lord  Chief  Jullice  ufed  to  be  but 
J  500  /.  per  ami.  but  'tis  now  5C0  I.  per  Term.    He  pre- 
fides  under  his  Majefly  in  this  Court  ;   but  when  the 
Court  divides,  in  giving  Judgment  upon  any  fpecr.1l  Ar- 
cumcnt,  he  hath  but  one  Voice;  fo  that  if  tho  Opinion 
Sf  the  Courr  ftould  be  equally  divided,  the  Matter  mull 
reft  till  one  of  the  Judges  ftall  fee  jull  Realon  to  alter 
his  Opinion.    He  is  to  attend  the  Lords  in  Parliamenr,  tho' 
he  has  no  Vote,  unlefs  he  be  a  Peer  himfelf,  but  is  to 
eive  his  Opinion  and  Advice  to  the  Houfe  by  virtue  of  a 
Writ  of  AffiUance  ;  and  is  frequently  therefore  confulted 
bv  them,  both  in  making  and  repealing  Laws,  and  m  al- 
te'iin"  or'explaining  them.    He  makes  a  Return  of  all 
■Writs  of  Error  in  Parliament  direaed  to  this  Court,  and 
with  his  own  Hand  delivers  the  Writ  of  Error,  and  a 
Tranfcript  of  the  Proceedings  in  the  Caufe  into  the  Houfe 
of  Lords.    The  three  inferior  Judges  of  this  Court  go  the 
Circuits,  and  are  in  Commiffion  of  Oyer  and  Terminer 
at  the  Old-Kadey,  their  Sahiry  is  57  5 /.  /er  Term,  to 
which  they,  as  well  as  the  Chief  Jullice,  are  entitled, 
tho'  they  happen  not  to  fit  one  Day  in  Courtin  tho  Term, 
unlefs  they  give  their  Affent  fo  llightly,  as,  onaJaref.!- 
cias  to  be  charged  with  Negligence  ;  and  thcfe  alfo  hold 
by  'OtMnidm  je  bene  ;rf'cr/iir.    There  are  feveral  Officers 
belonging  to  this  Court,  as  two  chief  Clerks  or  Prothono- 
taries,°who  are  fuppoli:d  to  enter  all  the  Pleadings  and 
Tud^ments between  Party  and  Party,  altho'  this  is  done 
hvan  Entring-CU  rk  undcrthem  ;  and  all  Writs  of  Lati- 
tat, mn  o„,ltt-s,  Bills  of  MidJIefex,  I-lalcas  0,'fns  c>;c.  are 
fubfcribed  with  the  Names  of  thefe  cniel  (>lcrks.    J  ho 


Secondary  afls  as  the  Mailer  of  the  Office  on  the  Fleas 
Side,  and  is  the  Chief  Clerk's  Deputy  t,  his  Office  is  to 
examine  any  Perfon,  who  is  to  be  IVorn  'an  Entring- 
Clerk,  or  Attorney  at  large,  whether  he  is  duly  qualified, 
and  to  prefenc  him  to  the  Chief  Juiliee.  He  alfo  figns 
all  Judgments,  and  gives  Colts  upon  them  ;  and  the 
Couf  t,  upon  any  Motion,  in  relation  to  the  irregular  Prac- 
tice of  any  Clerk  or  Attorney,  generally  refers  the  Exa- 
mination thereof  to  him.  He  alfo  cakes  all  Affi  hivitsin 
Court  (unlefs  on  the  Crown-fide)  and  t'.kes  the  Acknow- 
ledgment of  all  Deeds  in  Court. 

KlNG's-SlLVER,  is  that  Money  due  to  the  King  in 
the  Court  ot  Common-Pleas,  pro  Licentia  Concord.<}idi,  in 
refpeaof  a  Licence  there  granted  to  any  Man  for  levy- 
ing a  Fine. 

KINTAL,  or  Quhnal,_  is  a  Weight  of  One  Hun- 
dred Pounds,  more  or  lels,  according  ro  the  diflvrcnt 
Ufageof  divers  Nations.  The  Xi?ir.i/  of  Smirna  is  125 
Pounds,  3  Ounces,  v  Drams ;  or  1:10  Pounds,  7  Ounces, 
iz  Drams  ;  but  that  of  Meppo  154^5  Pounds,  11  Ounces, 
15  Drams. 

KIPPER-TIME  is  a  Space  of  Time  between  the  Fe- 
fiival  of  the  Irinding  of  the  Holy  Crofs,  M.iy  the  5d,  and 
Twelfth-Day  j  during  which,  Salmon-Fiffiing  in  the  River 
Thaities,  from  Cravefend  to  Henicy,  is  torbidden  by  Rot. 
Tarl.  50  Edzv. 

KIRKMOTE,  a  Synod  ;  fnmctimes  'tis  taken  for  a 
Meeting  in  the  Church  or  Veltry. 

KIRK-SESSIONS,  thcNameof  a  petty  Ecclelianical 
Judicatory  in  Scotland.  Each  Paiini,  according  to  its  Ex- 
tent, is  divided  into  feveral  particular  Dillrias,  every 
one  of  which  has  its  own  Elder  and  Deacon  to  overfee  it. 
A  Conliilory  of  the Minilters,  Eljjrs,  and  D-acons  of  tt 
Parilh  form  a  lOr^  &/yro«r.  This  meets  once  a  Week,  the 
MiniUer  being  Moderator,  but  wiihout  a  negative  Voice. 
It  regulates  M-arters  relating  to  publick  Worfiiip,  Elec- 
tions, Catechizing,  Vifitations,  CSc  It  judges  in  Matters 
ot  lefs  Scandal  ;  bur  greater,  as  Adultery,  are  left  to  the 
Presbytery,  antl  in  all  Cafes  an  Ajipcal  lies  from  it  to  the 
Presbytery. 

KIZlLBACHE,  a  Titrk'tfi  word,  fignifying  Red-Hc.td. 
This  I'erm  the  Turks  have  applied,  by  way  of  Obloquy, 
to  the  Ferjlans,  ever  fince  Ijhmael  Sopbi,  Founder  of  tha 
Family  now  reigning  in  Ferjia,  ordered  his  Soldiers  to 
wear  a  red  Cap,  round  which  is  aScarf  or  I  urban  with  a 
dozen  Plaits  in  it,  in  memory  of  the  twelve  hnams.  Sue- 
ceCTors  of  Aii,  from  whom  he  pretended  to  defcend.  t^i- 
^inere  writes  the  word  Ktzeilbafs,  and  adds,  that  according 
to  the  vulgar  Interpretation  among  the  Fcrftans,  the 
twelve  Plaits  fignify  the  twelve  Sacraments  of  their 
Law.  But  as  this  does  not  fatisfy  him,  he  looks  out 
for  another  Original,  and  tells  us  there  is  a  Myllery  in 
it,  derived  from  the  antient  Paganifm,  when  the  Te^ftans 
adored  the  Fire,  whofe  Heat  i^  denoted  by  the  red  Co- 
lour, which  in  feme  meafure  fymbolizes  with  the  Sun, 
held  by  them  in  the  highell  Veneration.  He  adds,  that 
the  twelve  Plaits  fliew  the  twelve  Months  of  the  ifear, 
and  rhe  twelve  Signs  in  which  that  Luminary  performs 
his  Courfe. 

KNAVE  is  an  old  S.iKt>n  Word  for  a  Man-Servant,  and 
is  fo  ufed  in  14  £.  i.  Stat.  i.  c.  ;.  rerftegan  thinks  it 
comes  from  the  Dutch  Ojopa,fignif)lng  the  fainc.  It  fome- 
tinics  alfo  fignifies  a  Male-Child,  or  Boy,  in  which  fenle 
tL  Kn.a-e  C\\M  hath  been  frequently  ulcd,  formerly,  in 
contradiftinflion  to  a  Girl;  and  in  this  fenfe  U'lekcllff 
ufes  the  word  in  his  Tranflation  of  t'.vorfiiJ  l.  Itf.  and  other 
Placesof  the  Bible.  In  the  old  Sa%on  Tranflation  of  Mat. 
S.5.  Ti:er  meits  jacet  inDomo  Farulyticus,  was  turned,  Myn 

K^i.iz-e  was  fometimes  alfo  ufed  as  an  additional  Title, 
as  IVillie/mtii  Cotvper  de  Denhy,  Knane,  i£c.  'Tis  a  common 
Opinion,  that Kojii.  I.I.  was  tranflated,  Tiiid  a  Kna'ue  of 
3e/io  Chrijl.  This  Miftake  has  been  occafioncd  hy  a  Bible 
in  the  Duke  of  Lmidenltle's  Library,  where  the  word 
Kneavte  is  inferred  in  lefs  Charaaersthan  the  others,  and  a 
Rafure  may  be  eafily  difcerned. 

KNIGHT,  in  its  original  German,  Knecht,  fignifies  a 
lutly  Servant.  The  Word  has  fince  been  uied  for  a  Sol- 
dier or  Man  of  War.  We  have  but  one  Inllancc  among 
us,  where  rhe  word  Knlibt  is  ufed  in  the  firil  Senfe,  and 
that  is  in  Knight  of  the  Shire,  who  properly  ferves  m 
Parliament  for  fuch  a  County.  In  the  Ltili;;,  Fretich,^  Sfa- 
?iifl.;  Italian,  and  Dutch  Languages,  Knight  is  cxprefs'd  by 
a  Word  which  properly  fignifies  a  Horfeman,  as  being 
ufually  employ'd  on  horfeback.  Indeed  our  Common 
Law  calls  them  Mi/itei,  Soldiers,  becaufe  they  commonly 
held  Lands,  in  Knigbt-Ser-Jce,  to  ferve  the  King  as  Sol- 
diers in  his  Wars  ;  in  which  fenfe  the  word  Miles  was  ufed 
fro  raffallo.  The  word  Knight  now  fignifies  a  Perfon,  wdio 
for  his  Vertue  and  martial  Prowefs,  is,  by  the  KinJ.raifed 
above  the  Rank  of  Gentlemen,  into  an  hitjher  Clafs  of 
Dignity  and  Honour.    Knighthood  behii  ufually  couterred 

fur 


KNI 


(  4^9  ) 


KNI 


for  pcrfonal  Dcfcrr,  dies  with  the  Pcrfon  dcfcrvmg,  and 
does  not  dciccnd  ru  his  Heirs. 

Kmghi  was  the  firlt  De^:5ree  of  Honour,  in  the  antient 
Militia,  and  was  conferred  with  a  great  deal  of  Ceremony 
on  thofc  who  had  diiiinj^ui/li'd  themfelves  by  Tonic  nota- 
ble Exploit  in  Anns.  I'hcy  were  originally  faid  to  be 
adopted,  which  wc  now  calldubb'd;  as  being  fuppolcd, 
in  fome  meafurc,  the  Sons  of  him  who  knighted  them. 
The  Ceremonies  at  the  Creation  of  a  Knight  have  been 
various.  The  principal  were  a  Box  on  the  Ear,  and  a 
Stroke  with  a  Sword  on  the  Shoulder.-.  Afterwards  they 
put  on  him  a  Shoulder-belt  and  gilt  Sword,  Spurs,  and 
the  other  military  Accoutrements  j  after  which,  being 
armctl  as  a  Kmghr,  he  was  led  in  great  Pomp  to  the  Church. 
The  Manner  of  making  a  Knh^ht  with  us,  is  defcribed  by 
Canihden  in  a  few  words  :  Qjti  Equeftrem  Dignitatem  fi'/ciph^ 
fcxis  Genthiis  kSiter  in  Hitmo-o  fercut'ittir-,  Trinceps  his  Verbis 
afiitiir^  Sits  vel  fois  Chevalier  ait  Norn  de  Vieu,  Sf.rge  vel  fis  E- 
e^ues  m  Neminc  Dei.  This  is  meant  of  Knight s-BatchcIors, 
which  is  the  loweil,  tho  the  moil  antient  Order  of  Km^ht- 
i'osf/ among  us.  Knights  grew  fo  very  numerous,  that  the 
Dignity  became  of  much  lefs  Repute.  CharlssY.  is  faid 
to  have  made  500  in  a  fingle  Day:  On  which  account 
therefore,  new  Orders  0^  Knighihood  were  inftituted,  in 
order  to  dillinguifli,  the  more  defcrving  from  the  Croud, 
for  the  feverai  kinds  of  Knights  among  us,  fee  Batcbclor, 
Bauneret,  Siaronet,  Bath,  <S:c. 

Knight  is  alfo  undcrftood  of  a  Pcrfon  admitted  into  any 
Order,'  either  purely  military,  or  military  and  religious, 
inllitutcd  by  fome  King  or  Prince  according  to  a  certain 
i'omiida^  \vith  certain  Marks  and  Tokens  ot  Honour  and 
Diltinflion:  as 'the  Order  of  the  G^rter^  of  the  Elephant, 
ef  the  Holy  Ghfl,  of  Malta,  ^c.  All  which  fee  under 
their  proper  Names. 

Kni-:bt^  among  the  Romans^  was  the  fecond  Degree  of 
Nobility,  following  immediately  that  of  the  Senators. 
At  the  time  of  founding  the  City  ot  Rome,  the  whole  Mi- 
litia of  Roh2h/«j  confided  in  5C00  Foot  and  5C0  Horfe; 
which  three  hundred  Horfe  were  the  Original  of  theRo- 
7uan  Erjiiita  or  Knights.  Thefe  made  the  fecond  Order 
that  had  Places  in  the  Senate.  Mani'.tiu.s  tinA  Sigoiiius  cvc 
of  opinion,  that  befides  the  Equeilrian  Order,  and  thofe 
K't'zhii  immediately  below  the  Senators,  Romttlits  inllitu- 
ted  a  Miliiary  Order  in  oppofiiion  to  the  Infmrry.  But 
no  antient  Author  takes  notice  of  any  Order  of  Knight- 
hood, inllitutcd  on  purpofe  for  the  War,  nor  any  other 
K'uzhtshat  chofe  300,  which,  as  we  have  obferved,  were 
the  'firll:  Foundation  of  the  Equeilrian  Order.  They 
had  a  Horfe  kept  then  at  the  public  Charge  ;  but  when 
they  were  taken  in  among  the  Senators,  they  refign'd 
that  Privilege.  To  be  a  Kutght,  'twas  necefTary  they 
Jliould  have  a  certain  Revenue  ;  that  their  Poverty  might 
nut  difgrave  the  Order  :  And  when  rhey  fail'd  of  the  pre- 
icribed'  Revenue,  they  were  expunged  out  of  the  Lilt  of 
K:'ghts,  and  thruil  down  among  the  Plebeians.  Ten 
thoufand  Crowns  is  computed  to  have  been  the  Revenue 
required.  The  Knights  grew  fo  very  powerful,  that  they 
became  a  Balance  between  the  Power  of  the  Senate  and 
tile  People.  They  neglefied  the  Exercifes  of  War,  and 
betook  themfelves  principally  to  Civil  Employments  in 
Rome  ;  infomuch  that  Vliiiy  obferves,  in  his  time  they 
bad  no  longer  a  Horfe  kept  at  the  public  Expence. 
Some  fay,  that  the  Order  of  Knights,  diflin£l  fr^m  the 
People,  did  not  begin  before  the  Time  of  the  Gracchi, 
Others  fay,  the  Privilege  was  then  fird  granted  them, 
that  no  Judge  iliould  be  chofen,  but  out  of  their  Or- 
der :  Some  time  after  which,  they  took  'em  into  the 
Senate.  This  however  is  certain,  'twas  only  from  that 
time  that  a  certain  Revenue  was  neceflary,  and  that  this 
intiiled  them  to  the  Knighthood,  without  being  defccnd- 
ed  from  antient  Knight>. 

KMGHT-ERRANT,  a  pretended  Order  of  Knights-, 
■whereof  ample  mention  is  made  in  old  Romances.  They 
■were  a  kind  of  Heroes  who  travct'd  the  World  in  fearcn 
of  Adventures,  redrefhng  Wrongs,  refcuing  Damfels,  and 
taking  all  occaiions  of  lignalizing  their  Prowcfs.  This  Ro- 
mantic Bravery  of  the  Old  Knights  was  heretofore  the 
Chimxra  of  the  Spaniards  j  among  whom,  there  was  no 
Cavalier  but  had  his  Miltrefs,  whofe  Efieem  he  was  to 
gain  by  fome  heroic  Aclion.  The  Duke  of  y/!va,  for  all 
his  Age  and  Gravity,  is  faid  to  have  vow'd  the  Conqueil 
of  Torttf:al  to  a  young  Lady. 

KNIGHTHOOD,  a  Military  Order  or  Honour;  a 
Mark  or  Degree  of  antient  Nobility,  or  Reward  of  Perfo- 
rial  \'irtue  and  Merit.  There  are  four  kinds  of  Knight- 
hood j  Military,  Regular,  Honorary,  and  Social.  Military 
is  that  of  the  antient  Knights,  who  acquired  it  by  high 
Feats  of  Arms.  Thcfe  are  call'd  Milncs  in  antient  Char- 
ters and  Titles,  by  which  ihey  were  diflingui/li'd  frorn 
bare  Batchelors,  J5c.  Several  Princeshave  been  inilalled 
Military  Knights  with  a  great  deal  of  Ceremony.  Thefe 
Knights  were  girt  with  a  Sword  and  a  Pair  of  gilt  Spurs, 


whence  they  were  coAV d  Estates yfurati .  Regular  Knighthcoa 
is  underlloud  of  fuch  of  the  JMilitary  Orders, which  profels  to 
wear  fome  particular  Habit,  to  bear  Arms  againft  the  infi- 
dels,to  fuccour  andnffill  Pilgrims  in  their  paflage  to  theHoly 
L.and,and  to  fcrvcinHolpitalswherctheylhould  bereceiv'dj 
as  Knights  Templars,  Kni/^hts  of  Malta,  occ.  which  iee. 
Honorary  Knighi hood  is  tlvxt  which  Princes  confer  on  other 
Princes,  and  even  on  their  own  Great  Miniilers  and  I'a- 
vouritesj  as  Knights  of  the  Garter,  of  St.  y-'chaci,  &c. 
Soc'iid  Knighthood  is  that  which  is  nut  fixed,  nor  confirmed 
by  any  formal  billitution,  nor  regulated  by  any  lading  Sta- 
tutes ;  of  which  kind  there  have  manv  rifen  on  occa- 
lion  of  Faiflions,  of  Tilts  and  Tournaments,  Mafquc- 
radeSj  iyc. 

Kfiighihood  is  not  hereditary,  but  acquired.  It  does  not 
come  into  the  World  with  a  Man,  like  Nobility  ;  nor  can 
it  be  revoked.  The  Sons  of  Kings,  and  Kings  themfelves, 
with  all  other  Sovereigns,  heretofore  had  Knightho-jd  con- 
fer'd  on  'em  as  a  Mark  of  Honour.  They  were  ufually 
knighted  at  their  B.iptifm  or  Marriage,  at  their  Corona- 
tion, before  or  alter  a  Battel,  l^c. 

The  iShhi^t  bcmardo  'jujliniani,  at  the  beginning  of  his 
Hiilory  oi  Knighthood,  gives  us  a  very  compieat  CatabguG 
of  the  feverai  Orders,  according  to  whofe  Compulation 
they  are  in  number  yz.  Pitz'/m  has  given  us  two  Volumes 
of  'cm,  under  the  Title  of  Theatre  of  Honour  and  Chi- 
valry. Mejienius  has  publi/h'd  Deliciie  Efinejhium  Oidm-nm^ 
and  And.  McJide  has  written  de  Ordimhus  Militanbiis.  Belai 
has  traced  their  Original,  and  GeJiot  in  his  Artnarial  Index 
has  given  us  their  Inllitutions,  To  thefe  may  be  added. 
Father  Meiicjiriers  Jntient  and  Moder'!  Kiighhood,  "Mu  hicli 's 
Trcfor  Militaire,  Cararnnel's  Tbeologia  Kegohirc,  Mira^us's  Ori- 
^ines  EqKcfhiiim  fi've  Mditarintn  Ordinum, 
"  KNIGHT-MARSHAL,  is  an  Oificer  in  the  King's 
Houfe,  having  Jurifdiclion  and  Cognizance  of  any  Tranl- 
grelTion  with.in  the  King's  Houfc  and  Verge  ;  as  alfo  of 
Contracis  inade  there,  whereof  one  of  the  Houfe  is  Party. 

KNIGHTS  OF  THE  SHIRE,  or  Knights  of  r.irUa- 
ment,  are  two  Knights  or  Gentlemen  of  Worth  cholen  on 
the  King's  \Jntin  j>iej:o  Comitatu,  by  fuch  of  the  Freeholders 
of  every  County  as  can  expend  40 fe;-  annum  Thcie, 
when  every  Man  who  had  a  Knights- Fee  were  cuflomarily 
conllrain'd  to  be  Knights,  were  of  neceffity  to  be  Mines 
Gladio  cinBi,  for  fo  the  Writ  runs  to  this  day  ;  but  now 
Cullom  admits  Efquires  to  be  chofen  to  this  Off.ce.  They 
muil  have  at  leail  500  /.  fcr  annum  3  and  their  I^xpcnccs 
are  to  be  dcfray'd  by  the  County,  though  this  be  feldom, 
now,  requirefl. 

KNIGHTS,  in  a  Ship,  are  two  Pieces  of  Timber,  to 
each  of  which  go  four  Shivers,  three  for  the  Halliards, 
and  one  for  the  Top-Ropes :  they  are  ufually  in  the  figure 
of  fome  Head.  One  of  'em  Hands  aft  the  Main-Mall, 
and  for  that  reafon  is  call'd  the  Main-Kniyht  ;  another 
{lands  abaft  the  Forc-Mall,  on  the  fecond  Deck,  and  is 
call'd  the  Fore-Knizht. 

KNIGHT-SERVICE,  a  Tenure  whereby  feverai  Lands 
in  this  Nation  were  anriently  held  of  the  King  ;  which 
drew  after  itHomagc,  Efcuage,  W^ardfliip,  Marriage,  Jjfc. 
But  taken  away  by  rhe  Statute  12  Car.  1. 

KNIGHTS-FEE,  an  antient  Law-Term,  fignifying  fo 
much  Inheritance  as  is  fufficient  to  maintain  a  Knight  with 
fuitablc  Retinue  j  which,  in  Henry  the  Third's  days  was 
reckon'd  at  Fifteen  Pounds.  But  Si'cT. Smith  rates  it  at 
40  By  a  Stat.  lEdw.z.  fuch  as  had  zd  I-  per  itnnmn  iii 
Fee  or  for  Life,  might  be  compelled  to  be  Knights  j  but 
this  Statute  is  repeal'd  1 7  Car.  i. 

Stoza  fays,  that  there  were  found  in  Bngiand,  at  rhc 
time  of  the  Conqueror,  6c,zii  Knights-Eees  j  according  to 
others,  therewere  i5o,::i5,  whereof  the  Religious  Houfcs, 
before  their  fupprcflion,  were  poliefs'd  of  18,015.  Accor- 
ding to  Coke,  aKnigJ-its-Fce  contain'd  twelve  Plow-Lands. 

KNOT,  part  of  a  Tree  whence  it  fhoots  out  Branches  or 
Roots.  The  Wood  is  harder  and  clofcr  in  the  Knm  than 
in  any  other  part,  but  it  is  alfo  more  fubjefl  to  -  fplit. 
Vines  and  low  Fruit-Trecs  are  lopp'd  at  the  fecond  iCmt 
of  the  new  Shoot.  The  Ufe  of  the  Knots  of  Plants  is  to 
llrenEithcn  the  Stem  :  They  fcrvc  alfo  as  Searces  to  filtrate, 
purify,  and  refine  the  Juice  rais'd  up  for  the  Nourlfi-iment 
of  the  Plant.  ,j 
The  Divifions  of  the  Log-Line  at  Sea  are  alfo  call  d 
Knot<.  Thefe  arc  ufually  feven  Fathoms  or  forry-two 
Feet  afunder,  but  they  Hiould  be  fifty  Feet ;  and  then  as 
many  Knots  as  the  Log-Line  runs  out  in  half  a  Muiutei 
fo  many  Miles  doth  the  Ship  fail  in  an  Hour,  fu^ipofing 
her  to  keep  going  at  any  equal  rate,  and  allowing  for 
Yaws,  I,ee-way,  \i£c.  13  ■    l   t  * 

Knot,  in  Medicine,  Is  a  Tuberofity  form  d  in  the  Joints 
of  old  Gouty  People,  confiding  of  a  thick  vilcous,  crude, 
indigeddd  Pituita,  accompanied  with  a  bilious  Humour, 
hot  and  acrimonious  ;  the  grotfed  and  mod  terrcilr.al 
part  whereof  clogs  and  converts  mto  a  Ibny  SubOancc 
like  Chalk;  whence  K''^^^        mgcndred,  hke  Stones 


KN  O 


C  420  ) 


111  the  BUdJcr.    The  Phvfiaans  fometimcs   call  -em 

i  OJ^hr, 

Knot,  orAWaij  is  alfa  ufi:d  for  the  Intrigue  of  a  Ro- 
mance or  Dramatic  Kece  :  that  is.  for  ,ha?  part  where 
thePerfonsarethe  moilembarafs'd,  by  a  Conjunaure  cf 
Affairs  Whole  End  it  ,s  not  eal-y  to  forefee.  ^rijiotk, 
tinder  tins  lerm,  inclndes  all  the  Incidents  of  a  TriKdy 
from  usBeginning  to  ihe  Place  where  it  begins  to  unraveL 
1  he  Kmi  hoi  is  as  long  as  the  Mind  is  icpt  fafpended  on 

r'^^i'V  i  -f  =''*--^y5  "  l-"-'*     'he  mltWle 

of  the  fifth  Acf  oiherwife  the  rclt  of  the  Piece  becomes 
teeble  and  langm/hmg. 

0:  Ja-  of  the  Kf!U,  the  Name  of  a  Military  Order  in  the 
Kingdom  ofmfles,  inftitiited  in  the  Tear  i;;-  by  Queen 
j„«cl.  on  occation  of  the  Peace  eflablilh'd  between  her 
and  the  King  of  Hr.ng.iyy,  by  means  of  her  Marriage  with 
i.iiH  lnnce  of  Tiw«,„„.  The  Order  con/illed  of  fixtv 
Knights.  C/cmciVr.  approved  this  Order,  and  gave  it 
the  Rule  of  St.EaJil:  h  chofe  St.  for  its  Protedfor 

but  dwindled  away  after  the  Death  of  its  Foundrefs. 

KNOWLEDGE,  according  toMr.iorfc,  confilis  in  the 
ferception  of  the  Conncflion  and  Agreement,  or  Dil- 
agreeinent  and  Repugnancy  of  our  Ideas.  Thus  we  fo:^ 
that  \Vbite  is  not  Black,  by  perceiving  that  thcfe  two 
Ideas  do  not  agree.  Again,  in  hioiaag  that  the  three  An- 
gles of  a  1  nangle  are  equal  to  two  right  ones  5  what  do 
we  more  than  perceive  that  I^qualiiy  to  two  rioht  opes 
doth  ncccBarily  agree  to,  and  is  infeparable  from  the 
three  Angles  of  a  Triangle  ?  As  to  the  Agreement  or 
Dilagreemcnt  of  Ideas,  we  may  reduce  the  whole  Doc- 
trine, (conferiucntly  the  whole  Stock  of  our  Kmiskd,e^ 
to  thcle  four  Heads  ;  -.j-.  Identity  orDivcrfity,  Relation, 
Co-exillence,  and  Real  Exillencc. 

With  regard  to  the  Identity  or  Diverfity  of  our  Ideas 
we  may^  obfcrve.  That  'tis  the  firfi  AS  of  the  iHind 
to  perceive  its  own  Ideas,  and  fo  far  as  it  perceives 
them,  to_  know  each  what  it  is,  and  thereby  to  perceive 
their  dAerence,  that  is,  the  ohe  not  to  be  the  other  ■  Bv 
this  the  Mmd  clearly  perceives  each  Idea  to  agree  wfh  it 
ielf,  and  to  be  what  it  is  5  and  all  diftinfl  Ideas  to  dif 
agree.  This  it  does  without  any  Pains  or  Deduftion  bv 
'4'      "/  «      l"  I'-ff  DIHincTion  ;  and'this 

iVIen  of  Art  have  reduced  to  thofe  general  Rules  ~i- 
What  is,  is;  and,  It  is  impoffiblc  for' the  fame  thing" t"o' 
be,  and  not  to  be.  But  no  Maxim  can  make  a  Man  know 
It  clearer  that  Round  is  not  Stjuarc,  than  the  bare  Per- 
ception ol  thofe  two  Ideas  which  the  Mind  at  firfl  fioht 
perceives  ,0  difigree.  The  next  kind  of  Agreement  or 
piragrecmcnt  the  Mind  perceives  in  any  of  its  Ideas,  may 
be  call  d  Relative,  and  Is  nothing  but  the  Perception  of 
the  Relation  between  any  two  Ideas,  of  what  kind  fo 
ever  ;  that  is,  their  Agreement  or  Difigreemcnt  one  with 
another,  in  the  fevcral  ways  or  refpects  the  Mind  takes 
of  comparing  thera  The  third  U  of  Agreement  or 
Difagreement  ,0  befound  in  our  Ideas,  is  Co-exiftence  or 
Kon-Co-e^iftence  in  thefune  Subjefl,  and  this  belongs 
particularly  to  Subliances  Thus  when  we  pronounce 
concerning  Gold  that  it  ,s  fixed,  it  amounts  to  no  inore  bu" 
this  tna  Fixedncfs,  or  a  Power  to  remain  in  the  Fircun 
conlmr.c^l,  IS  an  Idea  that  always  accompanies  that  par 
ticular  Sort  of  yellownefs.    Weight,  Fufibilitv 

r  L  ■IT^r  ?c  ""'P!,'"  y^''  '''g"'*^''  'he' word 
GoW.  ^  The  fourth  Sort  IS  thatof  aSual  and  real  Exilfence 
agreeing  to  any  Idea.  Within  thefe  four  Sorts  of  Aorce' 
ment  or  pdagreement,  feems  contained  all  the 
/c<;cwe  have,  or  are  capable  of;  for  all  that  we  know 
or  can  aihrm  concerning  any  Idea,  is,  That  it  is,  or  is  not 
the  fame  with  feme  other  ;  as  that  Blue  is  not  Yellow  • 
that  It  docs  or  does  not  co-exlllwith  another  in  the  fame 
Subjed  ;  asthatlron  isfufceptible  of  magnetical  Impref- 
iions:  that  It  hath  that  or  t1,is  Relation  ,0  fome  other 
lueas,  as  That  two  1  riangles,  upon  equal  Bafcs,  between 
two  Para  lels  are  equal  :  or  that  it  has  a  real  Exiftence 
without  the  Mind,  as.  That  God  is. 

The  Mind  becomes  poffelTed  of  Truth  in  fevcral  man- 
ners, each  of  vvbich  comes  under  the  Tern,  &,We*e. 
Thus  when  the  Mmd  has  a  prefent  View  of  the  Agreement 
or  Difagreement  (if  any  of  its  Ideas,  or  of  the  Rel-tion 
they  have  one  with  another,  it  is  called  atlual  K,,ov,hd,c. 
Secondly,  A  Man  ,s  faid  to  h,o„  any  Propofition,  when 
having  once  evidt-ntly  perceived  the  Agreement  or  Difa- 
greeinent  of  the  Ideas  whereof  it  conlifts,  and  fo  Indeed 
It  m  his  Memory,  that  whenever  it  comes  m  be  refleaed 
on  again,  the  Mind  affents  to  it  wiihout  Doubt  or  Hefit, 
tion,  and  IS  certain  of  the  Truth  of  it:  And  this  may  be" 
called  MiMl  Kmwkdie.  And  thus  a  Man  mav  b 
faid  to  ;.».iii,all  thofe  Truths  which  are  lodged  i,,  ht 
Memory,  by  a  foregoing,  clear,  and  full  Perception  Of 
Habitual  A'™^.,W-e  there  are  two  forts;  the  one  confifts 
ot  luch  Truths  laid  up  in  the  Memory,  as  whenever  thcv 
occur  to  the  Mind,  it  aftually  perceives  the  Relation 
that  IS  between  their  Ideas;  and  this  is  in  til  thofe 


KNO 


Traths  where  the  Ideas  thpmr  11.. 
View,    difcover  theirTg  ee-m  „t"o-'  Difa'" 
with  another.    The  oihrr  i.   f ?         Dilagreement  one- 
Mind  having  beenconvn    f  ^f«:«-°fthe 
the  Convicln  "i  ho    rhe  Pr"  V*"" 
remembers  certal  v    d  '    h  ^^usa  Man  that 

biy  be  recolleacd  ■  R,?t,   1  ;  ^"'^  cannot  poffi- 

£.hat^:^^be£;,^=^-;;r,:;'!e's;:r™^- 

perceived  ■  but  bv  r        '1"        '^"■"P"'"'™        at  firfl 
was  mce  ce,?-  -tat 

:^^:r.2^?fTf^f°^*'^-Hs::ti:sr 
ft^:h?;:^z;ifrt^?z:ieroS  "r^  -'f 

once  enin]               •  1  ^^Ooies  ot  a  Iriangle  were 

A„J1,^     1,          "S'"  '"><^y  will  always  be  fo 

And  hence  he  comes  to  be  certain   that -wl  ,,^ 

true,  is  always  true  ;  what  IdeJ   o'nce    g^  ed  ""iirT 


I  J.  ,  r"'  '^'ff"<='".Dcgrees,  or  Clearnefs  of  our  10,,^, 
has  of  pi:™-'''  'k  ""V  *-hich  the  Mi^d 

has  of  perceiving  the  Agreement  or  DIfigreement  of  any 
of  Its  Ideas.  When  the  Mind  perceive?  ihis  Agreement 
w  °ot'[heZ"  Wc-i-mcdiately  by  theif  v^s 

wuhout  the  In  ervention  of  any  other,  we  mij  call  it  I,mZ 

Thustfe'Ml°H  being  direfled  towardsTt 

thVee  are         P"^'!"-'"'".         White  is  not  Black  ;  that 

b^^^L  Q     n  •  >"•<■£■  ible,  and,  like  the 

btigh  Sun-dnne,  forces  itftif  i„„„,aiarely  to  be  per 
eived,  as  fion  as  ever  the  Mind  ruros  its  View  that  way 
It  IS  on  this  Intuition  that  depends  all  the  Certainr.  am 
Evidence  of  our  other  K,,.„!e,^e,  which  Certain,,  eve 
y  one  finds  to  be  io  great,  that  he  cannot  imagi"cs  and 
therefore  cannot  require  a  greater.  The  next  Degree  „f 
A».»/=Jec  IS,  where  the  Mind  perceives  not  this  Agree- 
ment or  Difagreement  immediately,  or  by  the  Juxtf  po- 
fitmn.  as  It  were,  of  the  Idea,,  becaufe  thofe  Ideas  con- 
cerning whofe  Agreement  or  Difagreement  the  Enquiry 
IS  made,  cannot  by  the  Mind  be  fo  put  together  is  ,1 
ftew  it.  Inthis  Caii  the  Mind  is  otdigedSo  difcov  r 
he  Ag  cement  or  Difigreement.    which  it  foarctes  for, 

we  can  Ke"r""™  "^r^/',  "'-■''^  'l-''  "  'hat  which 

we  call  Realoning.    And  thus  if  we  would  know  the  A- 

Angles  of  a  Triangle  and  two  right  Angles,  we  cannot  do 
t  by  an  immediate  View  and  Comparifon  of  them.becaufe 
he  three  Angles  of  a  Triangle  cannot  be  brought  together 
a  once,   and  compared  with  any  other  one  or  two  An- 
gles; and  fo  of  , his  the  Mind  has  no  immediate,   or  in- 
tuitive K«o-M^e     But  we  mufl  find  out  fome  other 
Angles,  to  which  the  three  Angles  of  a  Triangle  have  E- 
quality  ;  ana  finding  rhofe  equal  to  two  right  ones,  we 
cometoknow  the  Equality  ofthefo  three  Angles  t^two 
ri^ght  ones.    Thofe  intervening  Ideas,  which  fe'rve  to  ft™ 
the  Agreement  of  any  two  others,   are  called  Froofs  ; 
and  where  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  is  by  this 
means  plainly  and  clearly  perceived,    it  is  called  Dc- 
,>m,Ji,amn  A  Quicknefs  in  the  Mind  to  find  thofo  Proofs, 
and  to  apply  them  right,  is  that  which  is  called  &i;ac,(T. 
Ihis/CWcrfjc,  tho  it  be  certain,  is  not  fo  clear  and 
evident  as  intuitive  Knor4ci^e ;  it  requires  Pains  and  At- 
tention, and  Heady  Application  of  Mind,  to  difcover  the 
Agreement  or  Difagreement  of  the  Ideas  it  eonCders,  and 
here  mufl  be  a  Progreflfon  by  Steps  and  Degrees  before 
the  Mind  can  m  this  way  arrive  to  any  Certainty.  Before 
Demonftration  there  was  a  Doubt,   which,  in  intuitive 
KnoM^e,  cannot  happen  to  the  Mind,  that  has  its  Facul- 
ty ot  i  erception  left  in  a  Degree  capable  of  dininfl  Ideas 
no  more  than  it  can  be  a  Doubt  to  the  Eye  (that  can 
diflmclly  fee  White  and  BlackJ   whether  this  Ink  and 
Paper  be  all  of  a  Colour.    Now  in  every  Step  that  Rea- 
lon  makes  in  Demonffrative  Kmidcd^e,  there  is  an  In- 
tuitive Kmiukdse  of  that  Agreement  or  Difagreement  it 
leeks  with  the  next  intermediate  Idea,  which  'it  ufei  as  a 
Proof;  for  if  it  were  not  fo.  th.at  yet  would  need  a  Proof 
fince  without  the  Perception  of  fuch  Agreement  or  Difa 
greement  there  is  no  Kmv.-ltdve  produced.     By  which  it 
IS  evident.  thateveryStepin  Reafoning.  that  proiluccth 
Knowledge,  has  intuitive  Certainty  ;  which  when  the  Mind 
perceives  there  is  no  more  required  but  to  remember  it 
to  make  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  of  the  Ideas' 
concerning  which  we  enquire,  vi  :ble  and  cerrdn  This 
intuitive  Perception  of  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement 
of  the  intermediate  Ideas  in  each  Step,  and  Progreffion  ' 

of 


K  N  O          (  42.1  )  k  N  O 

of  the  Demonftratlon,  mull  alfo  be  exaftly  carried  in  angle,  and  of  Equality  to  two  right  ones,  may  yet  have 

the  Mind  ;  and  a.  Man  mutt  be  fare  that  no  part  is  left  but  an  obfcure  Pt;rception  of  thciir  Agreement,  and  fo 

out,  which,  becaufc  in  long  Deductions,    the  iMemory  have  but  a  very  obfcure  Knozjlcd^e  of  it ;   But  obfcure 

cannot  eafily  retahi,  this  iC^ozy/e^/gebecomes  more  impcr-  and  confufed  Ideas  can  never  produce  any  clear  or  di- 

fe£l  than  intuitive,  and  Men  often  embrace.  Fallhoods  for  iWu^  Kmwlcd7,e,   bccaufe   as  far  as  any  ideas  are  ob- 

Demonilrations,  fcure  or  confufed,  fo  far  the  Mind  can  never  perceive 

It  has  bean  generally  taken  for  granted,   that  Mathe-  clearly,  whether  they  agree  ordiHigree:  Or,  to  exprcf? 

maticks  alone  arc  capable  of  demonftrative  Certainty  ;  the  fame  thing  in  a  way  Icfsaptto  be  underl^pod,  he  that 

but  to  have  fuch  an  Agreement  orDifagreemcnt,  as  may  hath  not  determined  Ideas  to  the  Wortls  he  ufeth,  cannot 

be  intuitively  perceived,  being,  as  we  imagine,  not  the  make  FropuHtions  of  them,  of  whofe  Truth  he  can  be 

Privilege  of  the  Ideas  of  Number,  Extenfion,    and  Fi-  certain. 

gure  alone  ;  it  may  poffibly  be  the  want  of  due  Method  From  all  this  It  follows  5  (i.)  That  we  can  have  no 
and  Application  in  us,  and  not  of  fufficicnt  Evidence  in  Kmwiedge  farther  than  we  have  Ideas.  (:..)  That  we 
Things,  that  Demonftration  has  been  thought  to  have  fo  have  no  Kmiviedge  farther  than  we  can  have  Perception  of 
little  to  do  in  other  Parts  of  Knowledge.  For  in  whatever  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  of  our  Ideas,  either  by 
Ideas  the  Mind  can  perceive  the  Agreement  or  Difagree-  Intuition,  Demonllration,  or  Senfation.  (3.)  We  cannot 
ment  immediately,  there  it  is  capable  of  intuitive  A'H^Jtf-  have  an  intuitive  Knoivledge,  that  fliall  extend  itfelf  to 
hd^e  ;  and  where  it  can  perceive  the  Agreement  or  Dif-  all  our  Ideas,  and  all  that  we  would  know  about  them  ; 
agreement  of  any  two  Ideas,  by  the  intuitive  Perception  becaufe  wc  cannot  examine  and  perceive  all  the  Rela- 
of  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  they  have  with  any  tions  they  have  one  to  another  by  Juxta-Pofition,  or  an 
intermediate  Ideas  there  the  Mind  is  capable  of  De-  immediate  f^omparifon  one  with  another.  Thus  we  can- 
monilrations,  not  limited  to  the  Ideas  of  Figure,  Num~  not  intuitively  perceive  the  Equality  of  two  ExtenfionSj 
ber  Extenfion,  or  thei/  Modes.  The  Reafon  why  it  the  Difference  of  whofe  Figures  makes  their  Parrs  unca- 
has  been  generally  fuppofed  to  belong  to  thef«  only,  pable  of  an  exaft  immediate  Application.  (4.)  Our  ra- 
is  becaufe,  in  comparing  their  Equality  or  Excefs,  the  tional  A'jiciy/crf^e  cannot  reach  to  the  whole  Extent  of 
Modes  of  Numbers  have  every,  the  leait  Difference,  our  Ideas,  becaufe  between  two  different  Ideas,  which 
very  clear  and  perceivable  :  And  In  Extenfion,  tho'  eve-  we  would  examine,  we  cannot  aUvayS  find  fuch  Proofs  as 
ry  the  leafl  Excefs  is  notfo  perceptible,  yet  the  Mind  has  we  can  connefl  one  to  another,  with  an  intuitive  Know- 
found  out  ways  to  diicover  the  jull  Equality  of  two  An-  ledge  m  oXX  the  Parts  of  the  Deduction.  CsO  Senfitive 
gles,  Extenfions,  or  Figures  j  and  both  Numbers  and  Fi-  Kmiolcdge  reaching  no  iarther  than  the  Exillence  of 
gures  can  be  fet  down  by  vllibleand  lallinf^  Marks.  But  Things,  aflually  prefent  to  our  Senfes,  is  yet  jnuch  nar- 
in  other  ilmple  Ideas,  whofe  Modes  and  Differences  are  rower  than  either  of  the  former,  ffi.)  From  all  which 
made,  and  counted  by  Degrees,  and  not  Quantity,  we  it  is  evident,  that  the  Extent  of  our  Kmzvledge  comes 
have  not  fo  nice  and  accurate  a  Diftinflion  of  their  Dif-  not  only  fhurt  of  the  Reality  of  Things,  but  even  of 
fercnces,  as  to  perceive  or  find  ways  to  mcafure  their  the  Extent  of  our  own  Ideas.  We  have  the  Ideas  of 
juft  Equality,  or  their  leafl  Diffrrences.  For  thofe  other  a  Square,  a  Circle,  and  Equality,  and  yet  perhaps  iliall 
fimple  Ideas  being  Appearances  or  Senfations  produced  never  be  able  to  find  a  Circle  equal  to  a  Square, 
in  us,  by  the  Size,  Figure,  Motion,  i^c.  of  minute  Cnr-  The  AfHrmations  or  Negations  we  make  concerning 
pufcles  iingly  infcnfible,  their  different  Degrees  alfo  de-  the  Ideas  we  have,  i^eing  reduced  to  the  four  Sorts  a- 
pend  on  the  Variation  of  fome,  or  all  of  thofe  Caufes  ;  bovcmentioned,  we-.  Identity,  Co-exiflence,  Relation, 
which  fijice  it  cannot  beobferved  by  us  in  Particles  of  and  Real  Exiflencc,  let  us  enquire  how  flirour  A'/.oaj/e:/^^ 
Matter,,  whereof  each  is  too  fubtite  to  be  perceived,  it  is  extends  in  each  of  thcie.  (,1.)  As  to  Identity  and  Diver- 
jmpofiible  for  us  to  have  any  exaiil  Mcafuresof  the  dif  fity,  our  intuitive  Knovjlcdge  is  as  far  extended  as  our 
ferent  Degrees  of  thefe  fimple  Ideas.  Thus,  for  inflance.  Ideas  themfclvcs  ;  and  there  can  be  no  Idea  in  the  Mind^ 
rot  knowing  what  Number  of  Particles,  nor  what  Motion  which  it  does  not  prefently,  by  an  intuitive  Knowledge^ 
of  them  is  fit  to  produce  any  precife  Degree  of  White-  perceive  to  be  what  it  is,  and  to  be  different  from  any 
nefs,  becaufe  we  have  no  certain  Standard  to  meafure  other.  (2.)  As  to  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  of  our 
them  by,  nor  means  to  diflingui/h  every,  the  leafl  Ditfe-  Ideas  of  Co-exiifencc,  our  Kfiowlcdge  herein  is  very  defec- 
rence  ;  the  only  help  we  have,  is  from  our  Senfes,  tive,  rho'  'tis  in  this  that  the  greatert  and  mofl  material 
which  in  this  Point  fail  us.  But  where  the  Diffe-  Parts  of  our  A'ao^y/et/^^c  concerning  Subflances  confifls  ;  FoC 
rence  is  fo  great  as  to  produce  in  the  Mind  Ideas  clearly  our  Ideas  of  SubUances  being  nothing  but  certain  CoUcc- 
diilinil:,  thefe  Ideas  of  Colours  as  we  fee  in  different  lions  of  iimple  Ideas,  co-exiiiing  in  one  Subjcfi:,  four  Idea 
kinds,  Blue  and  Red  (for  inflance)  arc  as  capable  of  De-  of  Flame,  fcr  inllc>ncc,  is  a  Body  hot,  luminous,  and  mov- 
inonflration,  as  Ideas  of  Number  and  Extenfion.  What  ing  upwards.)  When  wc  would  know  any  thing  farther 
is  here  faid  of  Colours,  holds  true  in  all  fecondary  Qux-  cimccrning  this  or  any  other  f  ,rt  of  Subflancc,  what  do 
lities.  Thefe  two  then.  Intuition  and  Demonftration,  are  we  but  enquire  what  other  Qualities  or  Powers  thele 
the  Degrees  of  our  Kmzaicdge  ;  whatever  comes  ihon  of  Subifances  have  or  have  not  ?  which  is  nothing  elfe  but 
one  ot  thefe,  is  but  Faith,  or  Opinion,  not  Knowledge,  at  to  know  what  other  fimple  Ideas  do,  or  do  not  exilt 
leaft  in  all  general  Truth?.  There  is  indeed  another  with  thofe  that  make  up  that  complex  Idea,  The  Rea- 
Perceptlon  of  the  Mind  employed  about  the  particular  fon  of  this  is,  becaufe  the  fimple  Ideas,  which  make  up 
Exigence  of  finite  Beings  without  us,  which  going  be-  our  complex  Ideas  of  Subifances,  have  nu ;:■ 'de  neccfla- 
yond  Probability,  but  not  reaching  to  either  of  the  ry  Connedlion  or  Inconfiftcncc  with  other  fi  r. pie  Ideas^ 
foregoing  Degrees  of  Certainty,  pafles  under  the  Name  whofe  Co-exiffcnce  with  them  we  would  inform  ourfelvea 
of  Knowledge.  about.  Thefe  Ideas  being  likewife  for  the  moft  part  fe- 
Nothing  can  be  more  certain,  than  that  the  Idea  we  condary  Qualities,  which  depend  upon  the  primary  Qua- 
receive  from  an  external  Obje£l,  is  in  our  Minds  :  This  lities  of  their  minute  or  infenfible  Parts,  or  on  fomethina 
is  intuitive  .ffwozif/c^^ei  but  whether  wc  can  thence  certain-  yet  more  remote  from  our  Comprehcniion  ;  it  is  impo?- 
ly  infer  the  Exilcence  of  any  thing  without  us,  corre-  fible  we  fliould  know  which  have  a  nece{rary  Union  or  In- 
fponding  to  that  Idea,  is  that  whereof  fome  Men  think  confiflence  one  with  another,  fince  we  know  not  the 
there  may  be_a  Queftion  made,  becaufe  Men  may  have.  Root  from  whence  they  fpring,  or  the  Size,  Figure,  and 
fuch  an  Idea  in  their  Minds,  when  no  fuch  Thing  exifls,  Texture  of  Parts  on  which  they  depend,  and  from  which 
no  fuch  Objedl  affcds  their  Senfes.  But  it  is  evident,  theyrefult  Befidcs  this,  there  is  no  difcovcrable  Con- 
that  we  are  invincibly  confcious  to  ourfelves  of  a  different  ne(5tion  between  any  fecondary  Quality,  and  thofe  pri- 
Perception,  when  we  look  on  the  Sun  in  the  Day,  and  mary  Qualities  that  it  depends  on.  We  are  fo  far 
think  on  it  by  Night  h  when  we  aflually  tafle  Worm-  from  knowing  what  Figure,  Size,  or  Motion  produceth, 
wood,  or  fmell  a  Rofc,  or  only  think  on  that  Saveur,  or  (for  inflance)  a  yellow  Colour,  or  fweet  Tafte,  or  fliarp 
Odour  :  fo  that  wc  may  add  to  the  two  former  forts  of  Sound  ;  that  wc  can  by  no  means  conceive  how  any  Size» 
Km-akdze,  thisalfo  of  the  Exif^ence  of  particular  exter-  Figure,  or  Motion,  can  poffibly  produce  in  us  the  Idea 
nal  Objeds,  by  that  Perception  and  Confcioufnefs  we  of  any  Colour,  Taile,  or  Sound,  whatfoever  i  there  bc- 
bave  of  the  adual  Entrance  of  Ideas  from  them,  and  ing  no  conceivable  Conneflion  between  the  one  and  the 
allow  thefe  three  Degrees  of  Knowledge,  viz.  intuitive,  other.  Our  A";joWr(^[';e  therefore  of  Co-exiflence  reaches 
demonffrative,  and  fenlitive.  But  Cmcc  our  Knowledge  \s  little  further  than  Experience.  Some  few  indeed  of  the 
founded  on  and  imployed  about  our  Ideas  only,  will  it  primary  Qualities  have  a  neccflary  Dependance,  and  vi- 
follow  thence,  that  it  mull  be  conformable  to  our  vifible  Connetfion  one  with  another:  As  Figure  neceffari- 
Ideas,  and  that  where  our  Ideas  are  clear  anddiftinil,  ob-  ly  fuppofeth  Extenficn  5  receiving  or  communicating  Mo- 
fcureand  confufed,  xhcr^  our  Knowledge  will  be  fo  too  ?  tion  by  Impulfe,  fuppofeth  Solidity:  but  Qualities  co- 
Wean  f  we  r,  No:  For  our  A'woWerf^e  confining  in  the  Per-  exiflent  in  any  Subici>,  without  this  Dependence  and 
ccptionof  the  Agreement  orDifagreemcnt  of  any  two  ConneiSion,  cannot  certainly  be  known  to  co-exifl  any 
Ideas,  its  Clearnefs  or  Obfcurity  confil^s  in  the  Clear-  farther,  than  Experience  by  our  Senffs  informs  us.  Thus 
nefs  or  Obf>;urtty  of  that  Perception,  and  not  in  the  Clear-  tho',  upon  Tryal,  we  find 'Gold  ycilnw,  weightv,  malle- 
nefs  or  Obfcurity  of  the  Ideas  themfclves.  A  Man  (for  able,  fufible,  and  fixed  5  yet  becaufe  none  of  thefe  have 
infiance)  who  hath  a  clear  Idea  of  the  Angles  of  a  Tri-  any  evident  Dependancc  orneceffary  Ccnnctlion  with  the 

P  p  p  p  p  -Other, 


KNO 


C  422  ) 


other,  we  cannot  certainly  know,  that  where  any  four  ot' 
ihcfe  are,  the  fifth  will  be  there  alfo,  how  highly  proba- 
ble foever  it  may  be.  But  the  highefl:  Degree  of  Proba- 
bility amounts  not  to  Certainty,  without  which  there  can 
be  no  true  Knowledge  :  For  this  Co-exiilcnce  can  be  no 
farther  known,  than  if  is  perceived  5  and  it  cannot  be 
perceived  but  cither  in  particular  Subjefts,  by  theObfer- 
vation  of  our  Senfes,  or,  in  general,  by  the  neceflary 
Connexion  of  the  Ideas  thcmlelves.  As  to  Incompatibi- 
lity or  Repugnancy  to  CVcxilknce,  wc  know  that  no 
Subjed  can  have  of  each  fort  of  primary  Qualities,  more 
than  one-  Particular  at  once,  as  one  Extenfion,  one  Figure  ; 
and  fo  or  fenfible  Ideas  peculiar  to  each  Senfe:  For 
whatever  of  each  kind  is  prefent  in  any  Subject,  excludes 
all  other  of  that  fort ;  for  inllancc,  one  Subjeft  cannot 
have  two  Smells,  or  two  Colours  at  the  fame  time.  As 
to  Powers  of  Subfiances,  which  makes  a  great  part  of 
oiir  Enquiries  about  them,  and  is  no  inconfidcrable  Branch 
of  oMt  Kmzvledgs  j  O'ar  Knoivledge,  as  to  thefe,  reaches 
little  farther  than  Experience,  bccaufc  they  confill  in  a 
Texture  and  Motion  of  Parts,  which  we  cannot  by  any 
means  come  to  difcovcr  j  and,  I  doubt,  whether  with 
thofe  Faculties  we  have,  we  ihall  ever  be  able  to  carry 
our  general  A'/jWe^/ge  much  farther  in  this  Part.  Expe- 
rience is  that  which  in  this  Part  we  mufl:  depend  on,  and 
it  were  to  be  wiflied  that  it  were  more  improved.  We 
find  the  Advantages  fome  Mens  generous  Pains  have  this 
■way  brought  to  the  Stock  of  natural  Kmzvhdgs  ;  and  if 
others,  efpecially  the  Pliilofophers  by  Fire,  had  been  fo 
wary  in  their  Obfcrvation?,  and  finccre  in  their  Reports,' 
as  thofcwho  call  thcmfelves  Philofophers  ought  to  have 
been,  our  Acquaintance  with  the  Bodies  here  about  us, 
and  our  Infight  into  their  Powers  and  Operations,  had 
been  yet  much  greater.  As  to  the  third  fort,  the  Aoree- 
■  ment  or  Difagrcement  of  our  Ideas  in  any  other  Relation  ; 
thisisthe  largcft  Field  of  Knozvledge,  and  it  is  hard  to 
determine  how  far  it 'may  extend  :  this  Part  depending 
on  our  Sagacity  in  finding  intermediate  Ideas,  that  may 
/licw  the  Habitudes  and  Relations  of  Ideas,  it  is  an  hard 
matter  to  tcU  when  we  are  at  an  end  of  fuch  Difcoveries. 
They,  who  arc  ignorant  of  Algebra,  cannot  imagine  the 
"Wonders  of  this  kind  that  are  to  be  done  by  it  :  and  what 
farther  Improvements  and  Helps,  advantageous  to  other 
Parts  of  Ki!o-^!edge,  the  fagaclous  Mind  of  Man  may  yet 
find  out,  it  is  not  eafy  to  determine.  This  at  leall:  we 
may  believe,  that  rhe  Ideas  of  Quantity  are  not  thofe 
alone  that  arc  capable  of  Demonflration  and  Knowledge  ; 
and  that  other,  and  perhaps  more  ufeful  Parts  of  Con- 
templation would  afford  us  Certainty,  if  Vices,  Paffions, 
and  domineering  Intcrcll  did  not  oppofc  or  menace  En- 
deavours of  this  kind. 

The  Idea  of  a  fupreme  Being,  infinite  in  Power,  Good- 
nefs,  andWifdom,  whcfe  Workman/hip  we  are,  and  on 
whom  we  depend  j  and  the  Idea  of  ourfelvcs,  as  undcr- 
ftanding  rational  Creatures  ;  would,  if  duly  confidered, 
afford  fuch  Foundst-tans  of  our  Duty,  and  Rules  of  Ac- 
tion, as  might  place  Morality  among  the  Sciences  capa- 
ble of  Dcniotiflrarion  j  wherein  wc  need  not  doubt,  but 
that  from  Principles  as  inconteflable  as  thofe  of  the  Ma- 
thematicks,  by  neccITary  Confcquences  the  Meafurc  of 
Right  and  Wrong  might  be  made  cut  to  any  one,  who 
wiU  apply  himfclf,  with  the  fame  Indifferency  and  Ar- 
rention  to  the  one,  as  he  doth  to  the  other  of  thefe  Sci- 
ences. The  Relations  of  other  Modes  may  certainly  be 
perceived,  as  well  as  thofe  of  Number  and  Extenfion. 
Where  there  is  no  Property,  there  is  no  Injuilice,  is  a 
Propofiticn^as  certain  as  any  Demonflration  in  Euclid  i  for 
the  Idea  of  Property  being  a  Right  to  any  thing,  and  the 
Idea  of  InjufHce  being  the  Invafion  or  Violation  of  that 
Right,  it  is  evident,  that  thefe  Ideas  being  thus  efta- 
blifhed,  and  thefe  Names  annexed  to  them,  I  can  as 
certainly  know  this  Propofition  to  be  true,  as  that  a  Tri- 
angle has  three  Angles  equal  to  two  right  ones.  Again, 
no  Government  allows  abfolute  Liberty  j  the  Idea  of  Go- 
Ternment  being  the  Eflabliflunent  of  Society,  upon  cer- 
tain Rules  or  Laws,  which  require  Conformity  to  ihem  ; 
and  the  Idea  of  abfo!  ute  Liberty  being  for  any  one  to  do 
whatever  he  plcafes,  I  am  as  capable  of  being  certain  of 
the  Truth  of  this  Propofition,  as  of  any  in  Mathema- 
ticks. 

_  What  has  given  the  Advantage  to  the  Ideas  of  Quan- 
tity, and  made  them  thought  to  be  more  capable  of  Cer- 
tainryand  Demonrtration,  is,  Fh-fi,  That  they  can  be  re- 
prefented  by  fenfible  Marks,  which  have  a  nearer  Corre- 
fpondence  with  them  than  any  Words  or  Sounds.  Dia- 
grams drawn  on  Paper  arc  Copies  of  the  Ideas,  and  not 
liable  to  the  Uncertainty  that  Words  carry  in  their  Signi- 
fication 5  but  we  have  no  fenfible  Marks  that  refcnible 
bur  moral  Ideas,  and  nothing  but  Words  to  cxprefs  them 
by,  which  tho',  when  written,  they  remain  the  fame  ; 
yet  the  Ideas  they  {land  for  nuy  change  in  the  fame  Man 
and  it  is  very  fcldom  that  they  arc  not  different  in  diifc- 


KNO 


rent  Perfons.  &co,:J!y,  Mor.l  Ideas  are  colnmonly  more 
comp  ex  tha„  F,g„rcs;  whence  thefe  two  Inconvenien- 
ces follow,  (,.)  Tha,  their  Names  are  of  ir,ore  uncerta.n 
Signification  :  thepreeife  Colieflion  of  finvple  Ideas  thev 
Sand  for  not  being  fo  eaf.ly  agreed  on,  and  fo  the  Si  J 
that  IS  uled  for  them  in  Communication  tilways,  and  in 
1  hmking  often,  does  not  readily  carry  with  it  the  fame 
li^^y-)  i^Mind  cannot  eafily  retain  thofe  prccife 
Combinations  fo  exactly  and  perfeSly,  as  is  neceffary  in 
the  iLxammation  of  the  Habitudes  and  Corrcfpondcncies 
Agrecmetits  or  Difagrcemcnts  of  feveral  of  them  one 
with  another,  efpecialiy  where  it  is  to  be  judged  of  by 
long  Deduaions,  and  the  Intervention  of  federal  other 
complex  Ideas,  to  (hew  the  Agreement  or  Difaareement 
of  two  remote  ones  One  part  of  thefe  Difaiivantages 
m  moral  Ideas,  which  has  made  thent  be  thought  not 
capable  of  Demonflration  may  in  a  good  meafure  be 
remedied  by  Definitions,  fettingdown  that  Colieflion  of 
fimple  Ideas  which  every  Term  iliallfland  for,  and  then 
Colfeffion       "  ""'^  '=™ft--'"'ly  f"'  Aat  precife 

As  to  the  fourth  fort  of  Kn^M^e.  -S.a.  of  the  real 
atfual  Exiftcnce  of  Things,  we  have  an  intuitive  Km-u,- 
/cAe  of  our  own  Exiffence,  a  demonlfrative  KmviUdK 
of  the  ExiUcnceof  God,  and  a  fenfitive  Km-Mx  of 
the  ObjeSs  that  prefcnt  themfelves  to  our  Senfes.  And 
hitherto  wehaye  examined  the  Extent  of  our  A».a./erfre. 
in  refpea  ot  the  feveral  Sorts  of  Beings  that  are.  There 
IS  another  Extent  of  it  in  reipea  of  Univerfality,  which 
wdlafo  deferve  to  be  confidered;  and  this  in  regard  our 
Kmwkd^e  follows  the  Nature  of  our  Ideas.  If  the  Ideas 
whofe  Agreement  or  Difagreemeiit  we  perceive,  are  ab- 
flraa,  our  K„c^hdge  is  univerfil  ;  for  what  is  known  of 
luch  general  Ideas,  will  be  true  of  every  particular  thing 
m  which  that  Effence,  that  is,  that  abflraa  Idea  h. 
found:  And  what  is  once  known  of  fuch  Ideas,  will  be 
perpetually  and  for  ever  true  ;  fo  that,  as  to  all  general 
i^mrMge,  we  muft  fearch.  and  find  it  only  in  our  own 
Minds  ;  and  it  is  only  the  examining  our  own  Ideas  that 
furniflics  us  with  it.  Truths  belonging  to  EflVnccs  of 
Things  (that  IS,  to  abflraa  Ideas)  are  eternal,  and  are 
to  be  found  out  by  the  Contemplation  only  of  thofe  Ef- 
fences;  as  the  Exiflence  of  Things  is  to  be  known  only 
from  Experience.  As  to  the  Reality  of  our  KmvAcite 
It  IS  evident,  that  the  Mind  knows  not  Things  iminediate- 
ly,  but  by  the  Intervention  of  the  Ideasit'has  of  them. 
Our  &oWerf5C  therefore  is  real  only  fo  far,  as  there  is  a 
Conformity  between  our  Ideas,  and  the  Reality  of  Things. 
But  how  fliall  we  know  when  our  Ideas  aoree  with 
Things  themfelves  !  To  which  it  isanfwered.  There  are 
two  Sorts  of  Ideas,  that  we  may  be  aflTured  auree  with 
Things;  thefe  are,  (i.)  Simple  Ideas,  which°fince  the 
Mind  can  by  no  means  ttiake  toitfelf,  muff  be  the  Effefl 
of  Things  operating  upon  the  Mind  in  a  natural  way,  and 
producing  therein  thofe  Perceptions,  which,  by  the  Will 
of  our  Maker,  they  are  ordained  and  adapted  to.  Hence 
it  follows,  that  fimple  Ideas  are  not  Fiaions  of  our  Fan- 
cies, but  the  natural  and  regular  Produflions  of  Things 
without  us,  really  operating  upon  us  ;  which  carry  with 
them  all  the  Conformity  our  State  requires,  which  is  to 
reprefent  Things  under  thofe  Appearances  they  are  fit- 
teff  to  produce  in  us.  Thus  the  Idea  of  Whirenefs,  as 
It  is  in  the  Mind,  exadly  anfwers  th.at  Power  which  is 
in  any  Body  to  produce  it  there  ;  and  this  Conformity 
between  our  fimple  Ideas,  and  the  Exiflence  of  Things, 
IS  fuiEcient  for  real  KimMie.  (i.)  All  our  complex 
Ideas,  except  thofe  of  Subftances,  being  Archetypes  of 
the  Mind's  own  making,  and  not  referred'  to  the  Exiflence 
of  Things  as  to  their  Originals,  cannot  want  any  Confor- 
iniryncceffary  to  real  &ioz;i/£fl'j;f  ;  for  that  which  is  not 
defigned  to  reprefent  any  thing  but  itfelf,  can  never  bo 
capable  of  a  wrong  Reprefentation.  Here  the  Ideas 
themfelves  are  confidered  as  Archetypes,  and  Things  no 
otherwife  regarded  than  as  confotmable  to  them.  Thus 
the  Mathematician  confiders  the  Truth  and  Properties  be- 
longing to  a  Reftangle  or  Circle  only,  as  they  are  Ideas 
in  his  own  Mind,  which  poffibly  he  never  found  exifling 
mathematically,  that  is,  precifely  true  ;  yet  his  X>)oj»- 
kd^s  is  not  only  certain,  but  real,  becaufc  real  Things 
are  no  farther  concerned,  nor  intended  to  be  meant  by 
any  fuch  Propofitions,  than  as  Things  really  aeree  to 
thofe  Archetypes  in  the  Mind.  It  is  true  of  the  Idea  of 
aTriaogle,  that  its  three  Angles  are  equal  to  two  right 
ones  ;  it  is  true  alfo  of  a  Triangle,  wbere-ever  it  exifls  = 
What  is  true  of  thofe  Figures,  that  have  barely  an  Ideal 
Exiflence  in  the  Mind,  will  hold  true  of  them  alfo,  when 
they  come  to  have  a  real  Exiflence  in  Matter.  Hence  it 
follows,  that  tnoral  Knoivhd?,e  is  as  capable  of  real  Cer- 
tainty as  Mathematicks  :  For  Certainty  being  nothing 
but  the  Perception  of  fuch  Agreement,  by  the  "interven- 
tion  of  other  Ideas,  our  moral  Ideas,  as  well  as  mathe- 
matical, being  Archetypes  themfelves,  and  fo  adequate 


KNO 


«r  compleat  Ideas,  all  the  Agreement  or  Difagreemcnt 
\vc /laall  find  in  them,  will  produce  real  Knowledge,  as 
well  as  in  mathematical  Figures.  That  which  is  requi- 
fite  to  make  cur  Kmiuledit  certain,  is  the  Clearnefs  of 
our  Ideas;  and  that  which  is  required  to  make  it  real,  is 
that  they  anfwer  their  Archetypes.  But  it  will  here  be 
laid.  That  if  moral  A'?joM/et/^e  be  placed  in  the  Contem- 
plation of  our  own  moral  Ideas,  and  thofe  are  of  our 
own  making,  what  ilrange  Notions  will  there  be  of  Juf- 
tice  and.  Temperance  ?  What  Confulion  of  Virtues  and 
Vices,  if  every  Man  may  make  what  Ideas  of  them  he 
pleafes  ?  To  which  it  is  anfwered.  No  Confufion  or 
Diforder  at  all  in  the  Things  themfelves,  nor  the  Rea- 
fonings  about  them,  no  more  than  there  would  be  a 
Change  in  the  Properties  of  Fijjures,  and  ,thcir  Relations 
one  to  another,  if  a  Man  iliould  make  a  Triangle  with 
four  Corners,  or  a  Trapezium  with  four  right  Angles  ; 
that  is,  in  plain  En^Jipj^  change  the  Names  of  the  Fi- 
gures, and  call  that  by  one  Name  which  is  called  ordi- 
narily by  another  The  Change  of  Name  will  indeed 
at  firll  difl-urb  him,  who  knows  not  what  Idea  it  ilands 
for;  but  as  foon  as  the  Figure  is  drawn,  the  Confequen- 
ccs  and  Dcmonftration  are  plain  and  clear.  Juft  the  fame 
is  it  in  moral  Knowledge  :  Let  a  Man  have  the  Idea  of 
raking  from  others,  without  their  Confcnt,  what  they  are 
jutiiy  poflefled  of,  and  call  this  JuiHce  if  he  pleaferh  ; 
he  that  takes  the  Name  there,  without  the  Idea  put  to 
it,  will  be  millaken,  by  joining  another  Idea  of  his  own 
to  that  Name  ;  but  Jlrip  the  Idea  of  that  Name,  or 
take  it,  fuch  as  it  is,  in  the  Speaker's  Mind,  and  the 
fame  things  will  agree  to  it,  as  if  you  called  it  InjuUice. 
One  thing  we  are  to  take  notice  of,  That  where  God,  or 
any  other  Law-maker,  has  defined  any  moral  Names, 
there  they  have  made  the  EfTence  of  that  Species  to 
which  that  Name  belongs  ;  and  there  it  is  not  fafc  to 
apply  or  ufc  them  otherwife  j  but  in  other  Cafes  it  is 
bare  Impropriety  of  Speech  to  apply  them  contrary  to 
the  common  Ufage  of  the  Country  they  arc  ufcd  in. 
(3-)  But  the  complex  Ideas,  which  we  refer  to  Arche- 
types without  us,  may  difter  from  them,  and  fo  our 
Knowledge  ahovit  t\\{:\n  may  come  /liort  of  being  real; 
and  fuch  are  our  Ideas  of  Subllances.  Thefe  xnuil:  be 
taken  from  fomething,  that  does,  or  has  exifted,  and  not 
be  made  up  of  Ideas  arbitrarily  put  together,  without  a- 
ny  real  Pattern.  Herein  therefore  is  founded  the  Re- 
ality of  our  Knazvledge  concerning  Subflances,  that  all  our 
complex  Ideas  of  them  mull  be  fuch,  and  fuch  only,  as 
are  made  up  of  fuchfimple  ones,  as  have  been  difcovered 
toco-exillin  Nature:  And  our  Ideas  being  thus  true, 
tho'  not  perhaps  very  exatT:  Copies,  are  the  Subjeds  of 
real  Kmwkd'^e  of  them.  Whatever  Ideas  we  have,  the 
Agreement  we  find  they  have  with  others,  will  be  Know- 
ied^e.  If  thofe  Ideas  ,be  abllrafl,  it  will  be  General 
Knowledge  i  but  to  make  it  real  concerning  Subllances, 
thc_  Ideas  muft  be  taken  from  the  real  Exillcnce  of 
Thmgs.  Where-ever  therefore  we  perceive  the  Agree- 
ment or  Difagreement  of  our  Ideas,  there  is  certain 
Kiiowledge  j  and  where-ever  we  are  fure  thofe  Ideas  a- 
gree  with  the  Reality  of  Things,  there  is  certain  real 
Ktiowled^e. 

As  to  the  Improvement  of  o\}.r  Knozvledge,  it  being  the 
received  Opinion  amongll  Men  of  Letters,  that  Maxims 
are  the  Foundation  of  all  A'^oWe^je,  and  that  Sciences  arc 
each  of  them  built  upon  certain  Fyayco^nita,  from  whence 
the  Undcrflanding  was  to  take  its  Rife,  and  by  which  it 
waste  condua  itfelf  in  its  Inquiries  in  the  Matters  be- 
longing to  that  Science  ;  the  beaten  Road  of  the  Schools 
has  been  to  lay  down,  in  the  beginning,  one  or  more 
general  Propofitions,  called  Trmdpks,  as  foundations 
whcreon  to  build  the  Kiioviledge  thoLt  ^^s  to  be  had  of 
that  Subjea.  That  which  gave  occafion  to  this  way  of 
Proceeding,  was  the  good  Succefs  it  feemed  to  have  in 
Mathematlcks,  which,  of  all  other  Sciences,  have  the 
greatell  Certainty,  Clearnefs,  and  Evidence  in  them. 
But  if  we  confider  it,  we  /liall  find  that  the  great  Ad- 
vancement and  Certainty  of  real  Knowledge  Men  arrived 
to  in  thefe  Sciences,  was  nor  owing  to  the  Influence  of 
thefe  Principles,  but  to  the  clear,  diftincT',  and  compleat 
Ideas  their  Thoughts  were  employed  about ;  and  the 
Relation  of  Equality  and  Excefs  fo  clear  between  fome 
of  them,  that  they  had  an  intuitive  Kjiozvledge^  and  by 
that  a  way  to  difcovcr  it  in  others,  and  this  without  the 
help  of  thofe  Maxims.  For  is  it  not  poffible  for  a  Lad  to 
inow  that  his  whole  Body  is  bigger  than  his  little  Fin- 
ger, but  by  virtue  of  this  Axiom,  The  whole  is  bigger 
than  a  Part  ;  nor  be  affured  of  it,  till  he  has  learned  that 
JVlaxim?  Let  any  one  confider  from  what  has  been  faid 
which  IS  known  firftand  cleared  by  moft  People,  the  par- 
ticular Inflancc,  or  the  general  Rale,  and  which  it  Is 
that  gives  Life  and  Birth  to  the  other.  Thefe  general 
Rules  arebut  the  comparing  our  more  general  and  ab- 
Itraa  Ideas,  which  Ideas  are  made  by  the  Mind  and 


t  4^3  ) 


KNO 


have  Names  given  them,  for  the  cafier  Difpatch  in  its 
Reafonings  :  But  Knowledge  began  in  the  IVlind,  and  wa,i 
founded  on  Particulars,  tho'  afterwards  perhaps  no  No- 
tice be  taken  thereof ;  it  being  natural  for  the  Mind  to 
lay  up  thole  general  Notions,  and  make  the  proper  Ufe 
ot  them,  which  is  todisburden  the  Memory  of  the  cum- 
berfome  Load  of  Particulars.  The  way  to  improve  m 
Kno-wkJ^e,  is  nor  to  fwallow  Principles  with  an  implicite 
Fajth-, -and  without  Examination,  which  would  be  ant  to 
mifleadMcn,  inlfcad  of  guiding  them  into  Truth  ;  but  to 
get  and  fix  incur  Minds  clear  and  compleat  Ideas  as  far 
as  they  are  to  be  had,  and  annex  to  them  proper  and 
conftant  Names;  and  thus  barely  by  confiderinu  our 
Ideas,  and  comparing  them  together,  obferving  their  A- 
greemcnt  or  Difagreement,  their  Habitudes  and  Rela- 
tions, we  fltall  get  more  true  and  clear  Knonikd^e  by  the 
Conduft  of  this  one  Rule,  than  by  taking  up  Principles 
and  thereby  putting  our  Minds  into  the  Difpofal  of  o'- 
thers.  We  mutt  therefore,  if  we  will  proceed  as  Reafon 
advifcs,  adapt  our  Methods  of  Inquiry  to  the  Nature  of 
the  Ideas  we  examine,  and  the  Truth  we  fearch  after 
General  and  certain  Truths  are  only  founded  in  the  Ha- 
bitudes and  Relations  of  abflrafl  ideas;  therefore  a  fi- 
gacious  methodical  Application  of  our  Thoughts  foi  ths 
finding  out  thefe  Relations,  is  the  only  way°  to  difcover 
all,  that  can  with  Truth  and  Certainty  be  pur  into  gene- 
ral Propofitions.  By  what  Steps  we  are  to  proceed  in 
thefe,  is  to  be  learned  in  the  Schools  of  the  Mathemati- 
cians, who  from  very  plain  and  eafy  Beginnings,  by  gen- 
tle Degrees,  and  a  continued  Chain  of  Reafonings,  'pro- 
ceed to  the  Difcovery  and  Demonllration  of  Truths,  that 
at  firft  fight  appear  beyond  human  Capacity.  This'  may 
reafonably  be  faid,  that  if  other  Ideas,  that  are  real  as 
well  as  nominal  Eflences  of  their  Species,  were  purfued 
in  the  way  familiar  to  Mathematicians,  they  would  carry 
our  Thoughts  farther,  and  with  greater  Evidence  and 
Clearnefs  than,  poffibly,  we  arc  apt  to  imagine.  This  is 
Reafon  fufficient  to  advance  that  Conjeaure  above-men. 
tinned,  tkz.  That  MoraUty  is  capable  of  Demonllration 
as  well  as  Mathematicks  ;  for  moral  Ideas  being  real 
Effcnces,  which  have  a  difcoverable  Conneflion  and  A- 
greement  one  with  another,  fo  far  as  we  can  find  their 
Habitudes  and  Relations,  fo  far  we  ftall  be  poffeffed  of 
real  and  general  Truths. 

In  our  Kmioledg£  of  Subflances,  we  are  to  proceed  af- 
ter a  quite  different  Method  ;  the  bare  Contemplation  of 
their  abflrafl  Ideas  (which  are  but  nominal  Elfences) 
will  cairy  us  but  a  very  little  way  in  the  Search  of  Trutn 
and  Certainty.'  Here  Experience  mull  teach  us  what 
Reafon  cannot,  and  it  is  by  trying  alone,  that  we  can  cer- 
tainly know  what  other  Qualities  co-exift  with  thofe  of 
our  complex  Idea ;  for  inttahce,  whether  that  ycPow 
heavy,  fufible  Body,  I  call  Gold,  be  malleable  or  no  ; 
which  Experience  (however  it  prove  in  that  particular 
Body  we  examine)  makes  us  not  certain  that  it  is  fo  in 
all,  or  any  other  yellow,  heavy,  fufible  Bodies,  but  that 
whicli  we  have  tried  ;  becaufe  it  is  no  Confcquence  one 
way  or  the  other  from  ourcomplex  Idea.  TheNeceCEty 
or  Inconfillence  of  Malleability  hath  no  vifible  Connec- 
tion with  the  Combination  of  that  Colour,  Weight,  and 
Fufibilityinany  Body.  What  is  here  laid  of  the  nominal 
Effence  of  Gold,fuppored  to  confiif  ofa  Body  of  fuch  a  de- 
terminate Colour.  Weight,  and  Fufibility,  will  hold  true 
if  other  Qualities  be  added  to  it.  Our  Reafonings  from 
thofe  Ideas  will  carry  us  but  a  little  way  in  the'certain 
Difcovery  of  the  other  Properties  in  thofe  Maffes  of  Mat- 
ter wherein  all  thofe  arc  to  be  found.  As  faras  our  Ex- 
perience  reaches  we  may  have  certain  Kiiozokd^e,  and 
no  farther.  It  isnotdenied,  but  that  a  Man,  accutt'omed 
to  rational  and  regular  Experiments,  /hall  be  able  to  fee 
farther  into  the  Nature  of  Bodies,  and  their  unknown 
Properties,  than  one  that  is  a  Stranger  to  them  :  But 
this  IS  but  Judgment  and  Opinion,  'not  Knowledge  and 
Certainty.  This  would  make  it  fufpefted,  that  Natural 
Philofophy  is  not  capable  of  being  made  a  Science.  From 
Experiments  and  Hillorical  Obfcrvations  we  may  draw 
Advantages  of  Eafe  and  Health,  and  thereby  increafe 
our  Stock  of  Conveniences  for  this  Life  ;  but  bevond 
this,  it  is  to  be  feared,  our  Talents  reach  nor,  nor'  arc 
our  Faculties  able  to  advance  farther.  From  'whence  it 
is  obvious  to  conclude,  that  fince  our  Faculties  are  not 
fitted  to  penetrate  the  real  Effence  of  Bodies,  but  yet 
plainly  to  difcover  to  us  the  Being  of  i  God,  and  the 
Kminledv  of  ourfelves,  enough  to  give  us  a  clear  Difco- 
very of  our  Duty  and  great  Concernment,  it  will  become 
us,  as  rational  Creatures,  to  employ  our  Faculties  about 
what  they  are  moll  adapted  to,  and  followthe  Direflion 
ot  Nature  where  it  feems  to  point  us  out  the  way.  f^i- 
it  is  rational  to  conclude,  that  our  proper  Employment 
lies  in  thofe  Enquiries,  and  that  fort  of  Kjio-zalcd^ e  viWich 
is  mott  fuited  to  our  natural  Capacities,  and  carries  in  it 
our  greateftlnterett;  and  therefore  it  is  that  Morality  is 

th« 


C  42.4  ) 


K  Y  P 


the  proper  Science  and  Bufinefs  of  Mankind  in  general 
(who  arc  both  concerned  and  fitted  to  fearcK  out  their 
i-ummum  Ba>iiim)  aj  fcvcral  Arts,  converfant  about  the  ie- 
veral  ¥ans  of  Nature,  are  the  Lot  and  private  Talent 
of  particular  Men,  for  the  common  Ufe  oi  human  Life, 
and  their  own  parricularSubliftence  in  this  World. 

The  Ways  to  enlarge  our  Knowkiff,  as  far  as  we  are 
capable  fecm  to  be  thefe  two  ;  The  firtt  is,  to  get  and 
fettle  in  our  Minds,  as  far  as  we  can,  clear,  diftinit,  antl 
conflant  Ideas  of  tbofe  Things  we  would  confider  and 
know  ;  for  it  being  evident  that  our  A'noa/crffe  cannot 
exceed  our  Ideas,  where  they  arc  cither  impertea,  con- 
fufed  or  obfcure,  we  cannor  expeft  to  have  certain, 
pcrfe'cf ,  or  clear  Kmwlfd-e.  The  other  Art  is  of  finding 
iut  the  intermediate  Ideas,  which  may  fhcw  us  the  A- 
orecmcnt  or  Repugnancy  of  other  Ideas,  which  cannot 
be  immediately  compared.  That  thefe  two,  (and  not  re- 
Ivino  on  MaKims,  and  drawing  Confequences  from  iome 
ijenc'ral  Propoiitions)  are  the  right  Method  of  improv- 
m-  our  Kmnikd^e  in  the  Ideas  of  other  Modes,  befides 
tbofe  of  au^'n'ity.  the  Confideration  ol  mathematical 
XWWKwilleafily  inform  us:  Where,  Firll^  we  Ihall 
find  that  he  who  has  not  clear  and  pcrfeft  Ideas  ot 
th-ofe  Angles  or  Figures,  of  which  he  dehres  to  know  a- 
nv  thing!  is  utterly  thereby  incapable  of  any  KmiMge 
about  tbem.  Suppofe  a  Man  not  to  have  an  exadl  Idea 
Of  a  rieht  Angle,  Scalcnum,  or  Trapezium,  and  it  is 
clear  that  he  will  in  vain  feek  any  Demondration  about 
them  And  farther  it  is  evident,  that  it  was  not  the  In- 
fluence of  Maxims,  or  Principles,  that  had  led  the  i\la- 
ftersof  this  Science  into  thofc  wonderful  Difcoveties  they 
have  made.  Let  a  Man  of  good  Parts  know  all  the  Max- 
ims of  Mathemlticks  never  fo  well,  and  contemplate 
their  Extent  and  Confequences  as  much  as  he  plealeth, 
he  will  by  their  Affiflance,  fcarce  ever  come  to  know, 
that  the  Square  of  the  Hypothenufe,  in  a  nght-aiigled 
Trianale  is  equal  to  the  Square.!  of  the  two  other  Sides. 
This  and  other  mathematical  Truths,  have  been  dilco- 
vered  by  the  Thoughts  otherwife  applied,  Th=  Mind 
had  other  Obieas,  other  Views  before  ir,  far  different 
from  tbofe  Maxims,  which  Men,  well  enough  acquainted 
with  tbofe  received  Axioms,  but  ignorant  of  their  Me- 
thod who   firll  made  thefe  Demonftrations,  can  never 

'■"or^Lltr-in  other  Things,  fo  in  this,  has  fo 
sreat  a  Conformity  with  our  Sight,  tliat  it  is  neither  whol- 
fy  neceffary,  nor  wholly  voluntary.  Men,  who  have 
Senfes  cannot  chufe  but  receive  iome  Ideas  by  them  , 
and  if 'they  have  Memory,  they  cannot  but  retain  iome 
of  them  i  and  if  they  have  any  d,ft.ngu,niing  Faculty 
cannot  but  perceive  the  Agreement  or  Dilagreement  ot 
feme  of  thet^t  one  with  another.  As  he  that  has  Eyes, 
if  he  will  open  tbem  by  Day,  cannot  but  fee  Iome  Ob- 
ieas, and  perceive  a  Difference  in  them  ;  yet  he  triay 
chufe  whether  he  will  turnhts  Eyes  towards  an  Objeft, 
curiouflyfurvey  it,  and  obferve  accurately  all  that  is  vifi- 
We  in  !  But  what  he  doth  fee,  he  cannot  fee  other- 
wife  than  he  doth  i  it  depends  not  on  his  VV  .U  to  fee 
.ha?  B  ack  which  appears  bellow.  Jufl  thus  it  ,s  with 
our  Underftanding  '  All  tliat  is  voluntary  in  our  A„o^M,e, 
Tthe  employing  or  with-holding  any  of  our  lacul  les 
frot^  , hirer  that  fort  of  Objeas,  and  a  more  or  lefs 
accurate  Survey  of  them  ;  but  they  being  employed  our 
W  U  hath  no  power  ro  determine  the  A.-/^4e  of  the 
Mind  one  way  or  other  ;  that  is  done  only  by  the  Ob|eas 
fhemfelves,  L  far  as  they  =>r=  c  early  i'^^o^f-  l  f>us 
he  that  has  got  the  Ideas  of  Numbers,  and  has  taken 
the  pains  to  compare  one,  two,  and  three,  to  fix,  cannot 


chafe  but  know  they  are  equal.  He  alfo  that  hath  th* 
Idea  ot  an  intelligent,  but  weak  and  frail  Being,  made 
by,  and  depending  on  another,  who  is  Eternal,  Om- 
nipotent, perfectly  Wife,  and  Good,  will  as  ccrtairily 
know  that  Man  is  to  honour,  fear,  and  obey  God,  as  that 
the  Sun  Ihines  when  hefees  it.  Butyetbe  thefe  Truths 
never  fo  certain,  ne-ver  fo  clear,  he  may  be  igno- 
rant of  either,  or  both  of  them,  who  will  not  rake  the 
pains  to  employ  his  Faculties  as  he  fhould,  to  inform 
himfelf  about  tliem. 

KUL,  or  KOUL,  a.  Ttcrkif J  Term,  properly  fignifying 
a  Slave,  or  Servant.  Menlngsky  tells  us,  the  iSiame  is 
given  to  all  the  Soldiers  in  the  0;ro?K«w  Empire,  particu- 
larly to  thofe  of  the  Grand  Signior's  Guard,  and  the  hi- 
fantry.  The  Captains  of  the  Infantry,  and  thefe  who 
command  the  Guards,  are  called  Kul  Zahytlers,  and  tha 
Soldiers  of  the  Guard  Kn^u  Ktdlsri,  i.  e.  Sla-jss  of  ths 
Court.  Others  fay,  that  all  who  hold  any  Places  depend- 
ing on  the  Crown,  or  receive  Wages  from  it,  in  a  word, 
all  who  are  in  any  meafure  the  Grand  Signior'sScrva.nt^, 
take  the  Title  of  Kit!,  as  more  creditable  thaa  that  o£ 
Subjetit:  j  even  the  Grand  Vifier  and  the  Bafhaws  value 
themfelves  upon  it.  AAV,  or  Slave,  of  the  Grand  Sig- 
nior  has  Authority  to  abufe  any  who  are  only  his  Scr* 
vants  i  butaSubjeiSf  that  fhould  affront  a  A'jt/,  or  Slave, 
would  be  fevcrely  puniflied.  The  Kuls  are  entirely  de- 
voted to  the  Will  of  the  Grand  Signior,  and  look  on  it 
as  a  kind  of  Martyrdom  that  merits  Heaven,  when  they 
die  either  by  his  Order,  or  in  the  Execution  of  his  Com- 
mands. 

KURTCHI,  the  Name  of  a  Militia  among  the  Fer- 
Jians.  The  word,  in  its  Original,  fignifies  Army,  and  is 
applied  to  a  Body  of  Cavalry  confifting  of  the  Nobility 
of  the  Kingdom  of  Ferjia,  and  the  Pofterity  of  the  con- 
quering Tttrh,  who  placed  Jfmael  Sophi  on  the  Throne. 
They  are  in  Number  about  18000  Men.  Their  Coni'- 
niander  is  called  Kurtchi  Bafch't^  which  was  formerly  the 
firil  Poft  in  the  Kingdom. 

KYPHONISM,  an  antlent  Punifhment,  frequently 
undergone  by  the  Martyrs  in  the  Primitive  Times.  The 
Body  of  the  Perfon  who  was  to  fuffer  was  anointed  with 
Honey,  and  fo  e-xpofed  to  the  Sun,  that  the  Flies  and 
Wafps  might  be  tempted  to  torment  him.  This  was 
performed  in  three  Manners ,  foinetimes  they  only  tied 
the  Patient  to  a  Stake  j  fomctimes  they  hoified  him  up 
into  the  Air,  and  fufpended  him  in  a  Basket  5  and  fome- 
times  they  Wretched  him  our  on  the  Ground,  with  his 
Hands  tied  behind  him.  Siudas  gives  us  the  Fragment  of 
an  old  Law,  which  puniflied  thofe,  who  treated  the 
Laws  with  Contempt,  with  Kyphonifm  for  the  fpace  of 
twenty  Days,  after  which  they  were  to  be  precipitated 
from  a  Rock,  drefled  in  Womcns  Habit,  The  word  is 
originally  Greeks  and  comes  from  xjj^uy^  which  fignifies 
the  Stake  to  which  the  Patient  was  tied,  the  Collar  fit- 
ted to  his  Neck,  or  an  Inftrument  wherewith  they  tor- 
mented him.  The  Scholiait,  on  Jrifiophmes,  fays,  it  was 
a  woodcD  Lock,  or  Cage,  and  that  it  was  called  xo'^^K 
from  the  Verb  yjJTrjeiv,  to  crook,  orhmd,  becaufe  it  kept 
the  Tortured  in  a  crooked  bowing  Pofture.  Others  fay. 
Logs  of  Wood  were  laid  over  their  Heads,  to  prevetic 
their  Itanding  upright.  fipfychhts  defines  the  xjJi^uv,  a 
Piece  of  Wood,  whereon  Criminals  were  flretched  and 
tormented  5  and  'tis  probable  the  word  might  fignify  all 
thefe  feveral  things.  It  was  a  Generical  Name,  whereof 
thefe  were  theSpecie.s, 

KYSTUS,  in  Medicine,  Is  the  Name  of  a  Bag,  or 
Membrane,  In  form  of  a  Bladder,  full  of  unnatural  Hu- 
mours.   The  word  comes  from  the  Creek  wJr/f,  Bladder, 


LAB 


(  4^^  ) 


LAC 


LEl  is  the  Name  of  the  Eleventh  Letter  of  the 
Alphp^bct  J  it  has  a  fweet  Sound,  and  is  pro- 
^  nounccd  by  applying  the  Tongue  to  the  Palate. 
Fafferat  obferves,  that  /  has  been  frequently 
ufed  for  />,  as  cllUh^  for  cihdlx  ;  for  rf,  as  ah^e  for  adipe, 
rallttSj  rallnm^  from  radens  for  c,  as  miitila  for  muUca  j 
for  «,  as  arvilla  for  ar-vhia^  belle  for  /jew?,  co//i^o  for  conltgii  i 
for  r,  as  fratelluf  of  frater,  balatrones  for  haratrones  ;  for /, 
&s  ancils  of  am  and  crf/i(?w,  eqi<! Ho  {or  eqtiijio  j  for  f,  a.s  eqiii- 
fells  for  equifcih^  Tbelis  for  Thetis.  The  double  is  a  mo- 
dern Contrivance,  and  was  never  ufed  among  antient  Ro- 
wti;:  Authors  They  wrote  o/iwjK  not  alUum,  macelum  not 
niaceHitm,  folucere  not  follvcere.  Two  were  changed 
into  /i,  A^^ayM-t  /alio,  aMo;  ii/iwj,  ovtKov  folium  ■■,  and  r  into 
two//,  as  feini  /ji/A;,  fatitrare  faturlare^  Sic.  and  /  into  x 
or  x///,  as  ala  axilla,  mala  maxilla,  velum  ■vexilkm,  d  was 
alfo  ufed  for/,  n  for  two  //,  and  r  for  one  /  is  fre- 
quently ufed  inftcad  of  d,  as  in  L7j[^j  from  the  Greek 
'O/i^Mffl,-,  in  the  ^o/ic  Dialefl  'tjVwhj-  Thus  alfo  for 
Dautia  we  fay  Lmitia  j  for  dacrt'.m.c,  lacrymx^  Sic. 

There  are  feveral  People,  for  inftance,  the  Chijiefe  in 
Jfia,  Uijjois  in  America,  ^c.  who  cannot  pronounce  the  r 
but  always  change  it  into  /,  Thus  when  any  of  'em  have 
been  baptiz'd  by  the  Name  of  Fetrus,  Frajtcycns,  Sec.  they 
always  pronounce  it  Petlus,  Flancifcm,  &c.  The  Spaniards 
and  Wcljh  ufually  double  the  /  at  the  beginning  of  a  Word, 
which  founds  nearly  the  fame  with  our  hi  otfl. 

The  Figure  of  our  L  we  borrow'd  from  the  Latins,  they 
from  the  Grceh,  and  they  again  from  the  Hebrews,  whole 
Lamed  is  perfeflly  like  ours,  excepting  that  the  Angle  is 
fomewhat  more  acute. 

L  was  alfo  a  numeral  Letter  among  the  Antients,  and 
is  ftlU  fo  in  the  Roman  Cyphering,  fignifying  fifty  5  accor- 
ding to  the  Verfe, 

Quinquies  L  denos  iinmero  dcfigtiat  hahendos. 

When  a  Daih  was  added  at  top  L,  it  flood  for  fifty  thou- 
fand.  L  was  ufed  for  fifty  as  being  half  a  C,  which  fig- 
nificd  a  hundred,  and  was  formerly  written  thus  C,  which 
according  to  Fafqtiier  makes  two  L  L,  the  one  upright, 
the  other  inverted. 

The  B-e?j Jj  Louis  d'Ors  have  a  Crofs  on  'em,  confifting 
of  eight  L's  interwoven  and  difpofcd  in  form  of  a  Croff. 

The  Epocha's  on  Greek  Medals  are  ufually  written  with 
the  antient  LambdaL  ;  which,  according  to  the  Tradition 
of  the  Antiquaries,  ftands  for  AvKajiavjot,  a  Poetical  Word, 
unknown  in  common  Speech,  fignifying  j^nno,  and  which 
'lis  probable  was  more  ufed  in  B?jft  than  Greece. 

LABARUM,  an  Enfign  or  Standard  bore  before  the 
Roma?:  Emperors  in  the  Wars  :  It  confifted  of  a  long 
Lance,  with  a  Staff  at  top,  crofTmg  it  at  right  Angles  ; 
from  which  hung  a  rich  Streamer,  of  a  purple  Colour, 
adorn'd  with  precious  Stones.  Till  the  Time  of  Confiajt- 
tijie  it  had  an  Eagle  painted  on  it,  but  that  Emperor,  in 
lieu  thereof,  added  a  Crofs  with  a  Cypher  expreffing  the 
nameof  Jefus.  He  chofe  fifty  of  the  braveft  Men  in  his 
Guards  to  bear  it  on  their  /boulders,  each  in  his  turn. 
Eiifdms  tells  us,  that  in  the  Battel  againft  Maxemhs,  the 
Perfon  who  bore  it  being  fatigued  gave  it  to  another,  and 
that  he  had  no  fooner  parted  with  it  but  he  was  lill'd  ; 
all  the  Strokes  he  receiv'd  while  the  Lahanim  was  in  his 
charge,  not  being  able  to  wound  him.  The  Author  adds, 
he  had  this  Miracle  from  the  Kmperor's  mouth.  This 
Standard  the  Roaiavi  took  from  the  Germans,  Dact,  Sar- 
miit^e,  Fmrmnlai}!,  &c.  whom  they  had  overcome. 

The  Name  Labarim  was  not  known  before  the  Time  of 
Cai,flami:ie,  but  the  Standard  itielf,  in  the  form  we  have 
defctibed  it,  abating  the  Symbols  of  Chriftianity,  was 
ufed  by  all  the  preceding  f.mperors.  Some  derive  the 
w  ord  from  Labor,  as  if  thisiiniflicd  their  Labours  i  fome 
frona  ivha(iHct,  Piety  ;  others  from  to  take  i  and 

others  from  ?,aVe.-J',  Spoils.  The  Lalmim  has  afforded 
ample  matter  for  Criticifm,  and  has  been  difcourfed  of 
hy  Fuller,  McialKS,  Cujas,  Gyralda:,  JJpfms,  Meinjim,  Foffui 
Hoffman,  Valois,  UnCaiige,' Sic.  ' 

LABEr,,  is  a  long  th'in  Brafs  Ruler,  with  a  fmall  Sight 
at  one  end,  and  a  Centre  Hole  at  the  other;  commonly 
uled  with  al'angent  Line  on  the  Edge  of  a  Circumfcrcn- 
ter,  to  take  Altitudes,  ^c. 

Laid  in  the  Law  is  a  narrow  Slip  of  Paper  or  Parchment 
aflhxcd  to  aDeed  or  Writing,  in  order  to  hold  the  appending 
Seal.  So  any  Paper  annexed  by  way  of  Addition,  or  Explica^ 
tion,  to  any  Will  or  Teflament,  is  called  aLoW or  Codicil. 

Label,  iivHeraldry,  a  kind  of  Addition  to  the  Arms  of 
a  younger  Brothi-r,  to  dillinguilh  him  from  the  elder.  It 
IS  eflcciii'd  the  mol^  honourable  of  all  others,  and  is 
formed  by  a  FiUet  ufually  placed  in  the  middle,  and 
along  the  Chief  of  the  Coat  without  touching  its  Extrc- 


itiitics.  Its  Breadth  ought  to  be  a  ninth  part  of  the  Chief. 
It  IS  adorn'd  with  Pendants  fomewhat  like  the  Drops 
under  the  Triglyphs  in  the  Co.-ic  Freeze.  When  there 
are  above  three  Pendants,  the  Number  mutt  be  fpeci- 
fied  in  Blazoning  ;  There  are  fomciimes  fix  in  the  Coals 
of  younger  Brothers. 

LABIAL,  a  Term  in  Law  ufed  in  the  fime  fenfe  with 
Oral.  Labial  Offers  are  fuch  as  are  only  inade  by  Word 
of  Mouth,  or  even  by  Writing,  where  there  is  no  valua- 
ble Confideration  :  In  Courts  of  Equity  thcfe  are  not  re- 
garded. The  Grammarians,  and  efpecially  the  Orientals 
apply  the  Terms  L.iW,  Dfaia/,  Gutf^ral,  to  fuch  Letters 
as  are  pronounced  with  the  Lips,  the  Teeth,  or  the  Throat 

LABIATE  FLOWERS,  from  the  word  Labu.m,  a 
Lip,  is  a  Term  applied  by  Herbalifis  to  fuch  Flowers,'  as 
have  one  or  two  Lips,  foitie  of  which  reprefent  a  kind  of 
Helmet  or  Monk's  Hood.    See  flovjer. 

LABORATORY,  or  Ehboratory,  in  Chymlflry,  the 
Place  where  the  Chymifts  perform  their  Operations,  where 
their  Furnaces  are  built,  their  Vcffels  kepr,  l^c.  In  ge- 
neral, the  Term  Laboratory  is  applied  to  any  Place,  where 
Phylical  Experiments  and  Operations  in  Pharmacy,  Chy- 
millry,  5£?c.  are  performed.  The  Laboratory  of  an  Hofpi- 
tal  is  the  Place  where  rhe  Remedies  are  made  up. 

LABYRINTH,  among  the  Antients  was  a  large  intri- 
cate Edifice  cut  out  into  various  Ifles  and  Meanders  run- 
ning into  each  other,  fo  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  get  out 
of  It.  There  is  mention  made  of  four  celebratetl  Laby- 
rinths of  Antiquity.  That  of  Crete  is  the  mott  famed  ;  it 
was  built  by  Dtdahis,  and  it  was  hence  that  Tkefeus  made 
his  Efcape  by  means  of  Jriadiie'n  Clue.  That  of  E^yft^ 
according  to  Pliny,  was  the  oldcft  of  all,  and  was'fub- 
fitting  in  his  Time,  after  having  ilood  t^6co  Years.  He 
fays  it  was  built  by  King  Pctefucus  or  Titliiis,  but  Kerodo- 
Uis  makes  it  the  Work  of  feveral  Kings  :  it  flood  on  the 
Banks  of  the  Lake  Myris,  and  confiHe'd  of  12  Palaces  and 
1500  Apartments  :  We/.i  fays,  icr  mUle  domos.  That  of 
iem^ioi  was  fupported  by  Columns  of  wonderful  Beauty, 
there  were  fome  Remains  of  it  at  the  Time  when  Tliny 
wrote.  That  of  Italy  was  built  by  Porfeima  King  of  He- 
trttria,  for  his  Tomb. 

Labyrinth,  in  Anatomy,  is  the  Name  of  the  fecond  Ca- 
vity of  the  Internal  Ear,  which  is  hollowed  out  of  the 
Os  Fetrofum,  and  is  fo  call'd  as  having  feveral  Windings 
in  it.  'This  Cavity  is  divided  into  three  Farts  j  the  firft 
is  that  call'd  the  Vefiibuhim  of  the  Labyrinth,  becaufe  it 
leads  in  to  the  other  two.  The  fecond  comprehends 
three  Canals  crooked  femicircularly,  and  thence  call'd 
Semicircular  Canals,  placed  on  one  fide  of  the  rejlibulitm, 
towards  the  back  of  the  Head  i  and  the  other  call'd  the 
Cochlea,  fituate  on  the  other  fide.  See  Ear.  Dr.  Vieajfens 
obferves,  that  the  Bone  out  of  which  the  Labyrinth  is 
dug,  is  white,  hard,  and  very  compafl,  that  the  Ethereal 
Matter  of  Sounds  laden  with  ImprelTions  ftriking  aoainft 
its  fide,  may  lofe  little  or  nothing  of  its  Motion,  but°com- 
municate  it  entire  to  the  Nerves  of  the  Ear. 

LACCA,  a  Gum,  or  rather  Wax,  hard,  red,  brittle, 
clear  and  tranfparent,  brought  frotn  Malabar,  Bengali,  and 
Pepi,  and  ufed  in  dying  of  Scarlet,  E^c.  Authors  differ 
as  to  the  Produdion  of  this  curious  Wax.  F.  Tachard, 
who  was  on  the  fpot,  tells  us  that  a  kind  of  little  Ants 
fixing  themfelves  to  the  Branches  of  feveral  Trees,  leave 
behind  them  a  reddi/li  Moifture,  which  lying  expofed  to 
the  Air  and  Sun,  hardens  in  five  or  fix  days  time.  Some 
imagine  this  is  not  the  Produflion  of  the  Ants,  but  a  Juice 
which  they  dtaw  out  of  the  Tree,  by  inaking  little  Inci- 
fions  in  it  j  and  in  effefl,  the  Trees  where  the  Lacca  is 
found,  do  yield  a  Gum  :  but  then  'tis  of  a  very  different 
Nature  from  the  Lacca.  The  Ants  are,  as  it  were,  a  kind 
of  Bees,  and  the  Lacca  is  their  Honey.  They  work  at  it 
eight  Months  in  theYfear,  and  the  rcfl  of  the  time  lie  by,  ■ 
becaufe  of  the  Rains. 

To  prepare  the  Lacca,  they  firfl  feparate  it  from  the 
Branches  to  which  it  adheres,  pound  it  in  a  Mortar,  and 
throw  it  into  boiling  Water  ;  and  when  the  Water  is  well 
dyed,  they  pour  on  frefli,  till  fuch  time  as  it  will  tinge 
no  more.  Part  of  the  Water  thus  tinged  is  evaporated'in 
the  Sun  ;  after  which,  the  thicken'd  Tinflure  is  firain'd 
through  a  Linncn  Cloth. 

M.  Geoffroy  examining  the  Gum  Lacca,  found  it  to  be 
a  kind  of  Comb,  fuch  as  the  Bees  and  fome  other  Infefls 
are  accuflomed  to  make.  Upon  breaking  it  into  pieces, 
it  appears  divided  into  a  gteat  number  of  Aheoli  or  little 
Cells  of  an  uniform  figure,  and  which  plainly  fhew  that 
it  never  ouz'd  from  'Trees.  Thefc  Cells  ijte  not  mere 
Excrements,  as  fome  imagine,  but  are  intended  for  fome- 
thing  to  bedepofitedin  'em.  And  accord  in  :^ly  are  found 
to  contain  little  Bodies,  which  the  firfl  Obfcrvers  took 

ciqiqa  for 


LAC 


jor  tlic  Wings  or  other  I'-.irrs  of  [he  Inftr^ls  that  produced 
the  Lacca.  I'hefe  little  Bodies  are  of  a  beautiful  Red  j 
and  when  broke,  make  a  Powder  as  fine  as  Cochineal, 
"I'is  iiiofl-  probable  thcfe  Cells  are  deftincd  to  lodge  the 
Voung  Brood,  as  thofe  at  the  Bees ;  and  that  thefe  little 
Carcaflcs  are  the  Embryo's  of  Infcfls,  or  perhaps  their 
^Skins. 

There  are  feveral  forts  of  Lacea:  that  mcntion'd  in  the 
4aft  Article  is  the  natural  :  when  it  is  prepared,  as  in  the 
forinei",  thofe  kinds  of  dry  Cells  are  not  feen.  M.  Geojfroy 
reckons  fix  or  feven  different  Kinds  5  befides  which,  there 
■are  feveral  Pafts  ufed  by  the  Painters,  that  go  by  this 
name,  or  that  of  Laqtie.  This  Gum  boil'd  in  Water 
with  Acids,  makes  a  beautiful  Red  Dye.  The  Englifj 
and  Butch  ufe  it  in  Scarlet. 

Lemery  having  examined  the  Gum  Lacci  chymjcally, 
judges  it  to  be  a  mean  Mixture  between  a  Gum  and  a 
Refin,  more  abundant  in  Salt  than  Oil. 

Jrtijicial  Lacca,  or  Laqne^  is  a  coloured  Subflancc,  drawn 
■from  feveral  Flowers  j  as  the  Yellow  from  the  Flower  of 
the  Juniper,  the  Red  from  the  Poppy,  and  the  Blue  from 
the  Iris  or  Violet.  The  Tinfturcs  of  ihefe  Flowers  are  ex- 
■prefs'd  by  dilHlling  them  feveral  times  m  ^4qiiaJ'"iut^  or 
by  boiling  them  over  a  Stove- Fire  in  a  Lixivium  of  Pot- 
A/hesand  Alumn.  Artificial  I.£rccfl  is  alfo  made  of  Bra- 
■file  boird  in  a  Lixivium  of  the  Branches  of  the  Vine, 
adding  a  little  Cochineal,  Terramerita,  Alumn  calcin'd, 
and  Arfenlc  Incorporated  with  the  Bones  of  the  Cuttle-fifh 
pulveriz.'d,  made  up  into  little  Cakes  and  dry'd.  If  it  is 
to  be  very  red,  they  add  Juice  of  Citron  to  it  i  to  make 
it  brown,  they  add  Oil  of  Tartar.  Dove-colour'd  or  Co- 
lombine  Lacca  is  made  with  Brafile  of  feinamhouc  fteep'd 
in  diiliU'd  Vinegar  for  the  fpace  of  a  month,  mix'd  with 
Alumn  incorporated  in  the  Bones  of  the  Cuttle-fi/h. 

LACERNA,  the  Name  of  a  Garment  worn  by  the 
Antients.  It  was  a  kind  oi  Cloke  made  of  Woo!,  only 
ufcd  by  the  Men  :  they  wore  it  over  the  To^.i,  and  when 
that  was  not  on,  over  the  Tunica.  It  was  at  firll  very 
fhorr,  but  growing  popular  in  the  Rom^in  Army,  was  foon 
lengthen'd.  Lace-ma  was  fcarce  known  in  Rome  till 

the  Time  of  the  Civil  Wars  and  the  Triumvirate.  Then 
indeed  it  came  into  fafliion,  for  the  Soldiers  being  then 
frequently  in  the  City,  or  at  the  City-Gates,  the  Sight 
became  familiar  to  the  Citizens,  and  they  fell  into  the 
XJfe  of  it  ;  infomuch  that  It  became  the  common  Drefs 
of  the  Knights  and  Senators,  till  the  Time  of  J'akmima?t 
and  Tbeodofif.s^  when  the  Senators  were  prohibited  the 
wearing  of  it  in  the  City.  The  Lacema  was  the  fame 
with  the  Chlamys  ^nABirrus.  Martial  mentions -Lrtcerwn?  of 
ten  thoufand  Sefterccs  price.  The  word  comes  from  the 
Grctj^  AciAi  or  ?. £t/.xr,  a  Garment. 

LACHRYMALIS  GLAKDULA,  in  Anatomy,  the 
Name  of  a  fmall  oblong  Gland  fituate  above  the  Eye,  near 
the  little  Canthus,whcnce  proceed  two  or  three  fmall  Ducts, 
which  opening  on  the  inner  Surface  of  the  Eye-lid,  fil- 
trate a  Serofity  ferving  to  nioitten  the  Ball  of  the  Eye, 
and  to  facilitate  its  Motion.  Near  the  larger  Angle  is  alfo 
a  little  Eminence,  in  form  of  a  Caruncle,  which  fome 
have  taken  for  another  GLmduIa  Lachrymalis,  but  by  mlf- 
take,  this  being  no  more  than  the  Duph'cature  of  the  inner 
Membrane  of  the  Eye-!iJs.  On  the  fame  fide,  near  the 
le[fcr  Angle,  are  two  little  Perforations,  call'd  FunHa  La- 
chryjnaha  j  which  are  the  Openings  of  a  little  membranous 
Bag  at  the  Entrance  of  the  Excretory  Canal,  that  de- 
fcends  into  the  Cavity  of  the  Nofe,  by  which  means  the 
fuperfluous  Moillure  of  the  Eye  is  difcharged  into  the 
Nofe.  On  the  fame  fide  is  a  very  fmall  Bone,  one  of 
thofe  of  the  upper  Jaw,  foraetimes  call'd  Os  Lachrymale^ 
but  moreufually  Oj  U7igiiis. 

Fijlula  Lachrymalis  is  a  Fiftula  in  the  larger  Angle  of 
the  Eye.  It  ufually  happens  after  an  Abfcefs  formed  In 
the  Bag  above  mention 'd,  by  meansof  the  Serofity  lodg'd 
there  j  which  being  rctaln'd  too  long,  becomes  acrimo- 
nious, and  occafions  an  Ulcer  which  frequently  degene- 
rates into  a  Fiflula. 

LACHRYMALIA  PUNCTA,  in  Anatomy,  two  little 
Apertures  in  the  extreme  Angles  of  each  Eye-lid,  into 
which  an  aqueo-faline  pcUucid  Humour,  fccreted  from  the 
Blood  by  the  GlanduU  LachrymaU<,  is  convey 'd,  and  the.  ' 
carried  oif  by  the  Lachrymous  Canals  into  a  little  Bag  ni 
the  Canal  of  the  Nofe  3  whence  by  a  Pipe,  always  open, 
if  is  carried  into  the  Cavity  of  the  Nofe  immediately  un- 
der the  lower  Os  Sfonpojum.  Hence  appears  the  Rcafon 
why  People  in  crying  run  at  the  Nofe.  This  Humour  fe- 
parated  by  the  Glaiidula  Z-icbrymaIis,  ferves  to  moliien  and 
lubricate  the  Ball  of  the  Eye,  and  prevent  any  hurtful 
Attrition:  When  it  is  fecreted  in  any  great  quantity,  fo  as 
to  overflow  the  Eye-lids,  it  is  call'd  Tears. 

LACHRYMATORIES  were  antiently  fmall  Earthen 
Veffels,  wherein  the  Tears  of  the  weeping  Friends  that 
furvived  were  rcpofitcd,  and  buried  with  the  Aflies  and 
Urns  of  the  Dead.  Some  of  thefc  arc  ilill  feen  in  the 
Cabinets  of  the  Curious, 


(  4^6  ) 


LAD 


LAC  LUN^,  Milk  of  the  Moon.  See  M!k. 
LACONISM,  a  fhort,  brisk,  fententious  Speech,  in 
the  manner  of  the  Lacedemoiiwn,  who  were  rem:irkabie 
for  the  Clofenefs  and  Concifenefs  of  their  way  of  deli- 
vering themfelves. 

LACTATION,  the  giving  of  Suck,  and  the  Time  the 
Mother  doth  that  Office  to  her  Young. 

LACTEAL  VEINS,  a  kind  of  long  ilender  Tubes  for 
the  Conveyance  of  the  Chyle  from  the  Inteftines  to  the 
common  Refervatory  ;  They  were  firft  difcovercd  by  J~ 
Jelhusan  Mnji  Phyfician  in  if>22,  and  call'd  L^ffe^/,  from 
the  Liquor  they  contain,  which  refembles  that  of  Milk. 
Their  Coats  are  fo  thin,  as  to  be  invifible,  except  wh^-n 
diflcnded  with  Chyle  or  Lympha.  They  arlfe  from  all 
the  Parts  of  the  fmall  Guts,  and  as  they  run  from  the 
fides  of  the  Guts  to  the  Glands  in  the  Mcfentery,  unite 
and  form  larger  Branches,  called  rejia  LaBs.e  v^encris. 
The  Mouths  of  thefe  LaBeals,  which  are  open  into  the 
Cavity  of  the  Guts,  from  whence  they  receive  the  Chyle, 
arefo  fmall  as  not  to  be  feen  by  the  bell  Microfcope! 
It  was  neceffary  they  fhould  be  fmaller  than  the  fineft 
Arteries  in  the  Body,  that  nothing  might  enter  to 
flop  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood.  The  fame  Extre- 
mity of  the  Lacfe.ih  has  likewlfe  communication  with 
the  Capillary  Arteries  of  the  Guts,  by  which  they  receive 
a  Lympha  that  dilutes,  and  propels  the  Chyle  forwards, 
andwaflies  the  X.i^/e.iA  and  Glands,  that  th-jy  might  not 
fur,  and  be  obllru^ed  by  the  Chyle's  flaying  in  them 
upon  fading.  The  other  Extremity  of  the  Z.iSeah  dis- 
charges the  Chyle  Into  the  veficular  Cells  of  the  Glands 
difperfed  up  and  down  the  Mcfentery  :  And  from  thefe 
arife  other  ZaSeals  of  a  larger  fize,  which  carry  the 
Chyle  immediately  into  the  Re ceptacu! am  Chyli  ;  thele  are 
called  LaHe^  fectmdl  gejieris.  The  ZaBcal  Veins  have 
Valves  at  feveral  diftances,  which  hinder  the  Chyle  from 
returning  back  into  the  Intefllnes. 

It  is  flill  doubted  whether  or  no  the  Imejihia  Craffa  af- 
ford any  LaQsah  or  not.  The  ImpofTibility  of  human 
Diffedion  proper  for  fuch  an  Enquiry,  gives  no  rooni 
either  to  affi,rm  or  deny.  But  the  Contents  of  the  In- 
/e/^/7iii  CV^Tj^T  feem  not  likely  to  afford  much  Chyle,  and 
therefore  if  there  beany,  'tis  probable  they  arc  very  few. 

In  Brutes,  if  dlfiedied  at  a  reafonable  time  after  feed- 
ing, as  two  or  three  hours,  the  haBeah  appear  vi-ry  tu- 
mid and  white;  and  if  wounded,  the  Chyle  flows  plenti- 
fully from 'em.  But  if  infpe£led  when  the  Stomach  of 
the  Animals  has  lain  fome  time  empty,  they  appear  like 
Lymphaticks,  vlfible  indeed,  but  fiU'd  with  a  tranfparent 
Liquor.  That  the  Z--iSleals  have  a  Communication  from 
the  Cavities  of  the  Inteftines,  is  demonftrated  by  their 
Contents,  the  Chyle  ;  but  how  their  Pores  are  difpofcd  to 
receive  it,  has  not  yet  been  difcovered:  Nor  is  there  any 
way  known  whereby  to  fill  the  LaEleah  from  the  Cavities 
of  the  Guts  after  Death.  'Tis  probable  then,  tbcir  En- 
trance into  the  Gut  is  oblique,  fincc  neither  Wind  nor 
Liquors  can  pafs  from  thence.  As  'tis  found  thefc  Pores 
can  only  receive  any  thing  in  the  living  State,  we  may  be 
allow'd  to  imagine  that  'tis  the  Perillaltic  Motion  of  the 
Guts  which  difpofes  them  in  that  State  to  receive  the 
Chyle.  And  this  may  be  done  by  means  of  the  Circular 
and  Longitudinal  Fibres  of  the  Intellines  ftill  applying 
thclnternal  Coats  of  the  Guts  to  their  Contents,  by  which 
means  its  Pores  abforb  the  Chyle  from  the  Excreraen- 
titlous  Part. 

LACTEA  YIA,  theMlkyJ-ray.  SecGalaxy. 

LACUNiE,  among  Anatomifls  the  Name  of  certain 
excretory  Canals.  Between  the  flefhy  Fibres  of  the  Ure- 
ter and  the  Membrane  of  the  Vagina  in  Women,  is  found 
a  whitifli  glandulous  Body  about  a  finger  thick,  running 
round  the  Neck  of  ihe  Bladder,  having  a  great  number 
of  excretory  Duels,  which  Graef  calls  Laciin£,  and  which 
terminate  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Orifice  of  the  Womb, 
conveying  thither  a  filmy  Matter,  that  mixes  with  the 
Seed  of  the  Male.    See  Generation. 

LACUNAR,  in  Archite£lure,  an  arched  Roof  or 
deling,  more  efpeclaliy  the  flanking  or  flooring  above 
the  Portlco'sand  Piazza's. 

LADANUM,  or  Lahdanum,  in  Pharmacy,  the  Name 
"•f  a  Gummous  or  Refinous  Matter  ouzing  out  of  the 
Leaves  of  a  Shrub  call'd  Cijiu:  Ladanifera,  which  is  verv 
common  in  the  hot  Countries,  and  whereof  there  are  va- 
rious kinds.  They  gather  the  Ladajmm  by  means  of 
Goats,  which  brouzlng  on  the  Leaves  of  this  Shrub,  re- 
turn to  the  Stable  with  their  Beards  loadcn  with  a  far 
Subftance,  which  the  Peafants  rake  off,  with  a  kind  of 
Combs  made  for  that  purpofe.  Tiiis  Matter  they  thus 
coliei;!  into  Lumps,  and,  as  'tis  mix'd  with  the  Goats 
Hair  and  other  Impurities,  call  It  Ladmutm  in  the  Beard, 
or  natural  Ladaiinm.  Others  draw  Cords  over  the  Leaves 
and  other  Parts  of  the  Shrub,  and  fcraplng  off  what  had 
fluck  to  the  Cords,  make  up  the  Ladanion  into  little  Balls, 
Lad.innm  is  ufctl  in  Phyfick  to  foften,  dlgefl,  attenuate 

and 


L  AK 


and  refolvc.  Thit  which  is  brittle,  of  an  afli-colour 
Iweet-fcented,  (Sc.  is  tlic  beft.  F:etro  della  faHe  tells  us 
he  was  inforinM  by  the  biSam,  that  Ladannm  is  formed 
like  Dew,  and  falls  from  Heaven  lijce  Manna,  that  it  is 
Sather'd  on  the  Leaves  of  a  Plant,  a  Palm  and  an  half 
high  i  that  after  gathering  they  boil  it,  by  which  rneans  it 
becomes  loft  like  Wax. 

-L/jn,-rf  Ladamim  is  a  Preparation  of  the  natural  Lada- 
nm,  by  melting  and  purifying  it  from  the  Hairs,  t^c. 
'ihis  is  fomefimes  fold  for  a  black  Amber, 

LAGAN,  at  firftwas  the  Right  which  the  chief  Lord 
of  the  Fee  had  to  take  Goods  catt  on  the  Shore  by  the 
Violence  of  the  Sea,  but  afterwards  (ignified  a  Right 
which  any  one  had  to  Goods  fliipwrcckcd  and  floating 
in  the  Sea,  becaufe  being  remote  froin  the  Shore,  it  could 
not  be  determined  to  whofc  Fee  they  properly  belonged. 
1  he  word -La:;,-!?!  comes  from  the  u5'.jX5/2  Liggan,  cuLire  to 
lie,  and  not  from  I'gare,  u  b':i:d,  as  fome  will  have  it,  be- 
caufe the  Goods  are  frequently  tied  together  to  prevent 
their  Unking. 

LAGOPHTHALMIA,  a  Difcafe  of  the  Eye-Lids,  when 
the  upper  Lid  isfo  contrafted  that  the  Eye  can't  be  quite 
fliut,  but  remains  open  even  in  the  time  of  Sleep.  The 
word  comes  from  the  Greek  Aayk,  Hare,  and  Jj9aA,u«t, 
r.ye  :  this  being  the  Property  of  the  Eyes  of  Hares. 

LAIR  is  a  I'erm  in  Hunting,  for  the' Place  where  Deer 
harbour  by  day;  alfo  a  Place  where  Cattcl  ufually  reft 
under  fome  Shelter,  the  Ground  bcingenriched  by  their 
Dung. 

LAKE,  a  large  Quantity  of  Water  inclofed  in  the  Ca- 
i-ity  of  fome  biland  Place,  of  a  confiderable  Extent  and 
Depth.     Properly  fpeaking,    however,  thofc  only  are 
called  Lakes,  which  receive  and  emit  Rivers.     Lakes  are 
of  four  kinds;  (i.)  Such  as  neither  emit  nor  receive  Ri- 
vers.   (2.^  Such  as  emit  Rivers  without  receiving  any. 
(3.)  Such  as  receive  without  einitting  any.    (4.)  Such  as 
both  receive  and  emit  Rivers.    Of  the  firll  kind  fome 
are  perennial,  others  temporary  ;  the  temporary  owe 
their  Origin  moll  of  them  to  Rain,  and  to  the  Cavity  or 
Deprefficn  of  the  Place  where  they  are  lodged.    In  the 
hidies  they  make  artificial  Lakes,  which  they  wall  about 
to  catch  the  Rajn  jn  wet  Seifons,  and  preferve  it  for  their 
Ule  in  the  dry  ones.    There  are  feveral  of  this  kind  of 
io/Scj,  fotmed  by  the  Inundations  of  the  Sea  and  Rivers, 
particularly  theMfcand  Niger  ;  which,  when  they  retire 
withm  their  Banks,   leave  Floods  of  Water,  which  the 
Inhabitants  take  care  to  inclofe,  to  fcrve  as  a  Magazine  for 
the  enfuing  Months.    The  Generation  of  perennial  £<.,!.e, 
may  be  alfo  referred  to  Rain,  where  the  Cavity  is  fo  deep 
as  to  receive  a  Quantity  in  Winter  more  than  the  Heat  of 
ttic  Sun  will  exhale  in  Summer;  tho  'tis  probable  ma- 
ny of  thefe  Lakes  have  their  Springs  at  bottom,  by 
which  they  are  continually  fupplied.    To  this  Clafs  may 
bereferrcd  the  Turloughs,  i.  e.  Terreus  Lacs,  or  Land- 
Lakes  m/reW,  which  are  Lnfo  one  part  of  the  Year 
and  the  reft  very  fmooth  Fields  :  At  the  bottom  of  thefe 
lur  oughs  .are found  Holes,  through  which  the  Waterruns 
in  Winter,  and  links  towards  Summer. 

The  fccond  Species  of  Lakes,  which  emit  without  re- 
ceiving Rivers,  is  very  numerous  ;  they  owe  their  Oriain 
to  Springs,  the  Cavities  where  the  Spring  is  found  not  ge- 
ing  able  to  contain  all  tho  Waters  it  yields. 

The  third  kind,  thofe  which  receive  Rivers  with- 
out emitting  any,  apparently  owe  their  Origin  to  thofe 
Kivers,  which,  m  their  Progrefs  from  their  Source  fall- 
Jng  into  fome  aiiiple  Cavity,  ate  collcfted  together  and 
iorm  a  Lake  o(  fuch  Dimenllons  as  may  lofe  as  much  by 
Exhalation  as  it  continually  receives  from  its  SprinH  ;  or 
fometmies  happening  on  a  foft  fpongy  Soil, '^that  im- 
bibes the  Water  and  tranfmits  it  to  the  neighbouring 
C.round.s.    The  Number  of  thefe  is  fmall. 

The  fourth  Species  both  receives  and  emits  Rivers 
Ot  thele  we  reckon  three ditferent  kinds,  as  the  Quanti- 
ty ot  Water  they  emit  is  greater,  equal,  or  Icis  than 
that  they  receive.  If  the  Quantity  they  emit  be  oreater 
tis  plain  they  mulf  h.ave  a  Spring  at  the  bottom  ;  if 'lefs' 
there  muft  be  fome  fubterraneous  Duffs  or  Canals,  orclfo 
the  Earth  muft  be  fpongy  ;  if  it  be  equal,  we  gather 
'hat  they  have  neither  any  hidden  Springs  nor  Canals.  Of 
tnele  i^fojwe  have  a  great  Number',  and  thofe  very 
conliderabie  one,';.  ^ 
The  Generality  of  Lakes  confiH  of  frelh  Waters,  as 
molt  ot  thofe  which  are  fupplied  either  from  fame 
Spring  far  from  the  Sea,  or  a  River,  or  from  the  Rain  • 
Some  few  of  Salt-water  ,  as  thofe  produced  by'the  Inunl 
dation  ot  the  Sea,  or  by  its  tmmiffion  through  feme  Dufl 
of  the  Eatth  or  that  have  Salt  Springs  at  bottom. 
Dr.  Haley  is  of  Opini.)n,  that  all  gtcat  perennial  L.,M 
are  fait,  eirner  in  a  greater  or  lef,  Degree,  and  that  this 
Saltnefs  increales  with  Time,  and  on  this  Foundation  pro- 
polcs  a  Method  for  determining  the  Age  of  the  W-jrld 
i  he  large  Lakes,  wherewith  the  JVorife™  Regions  a- 


(  427  )  LAM 


bound  ferve  for  very  good  Purpofes.  inafmuch  as  the 
warm  Vapours  arifing  from  them  ferve  for  a  Defenfative 
aga.nft  the  pinching  Cold  of  thofe  Climates.  To  this  it 
mowing,  that  Ire/and,  ScUnd,  &c.  are  lefs  affefled  with 
Jrrolts  rhan  much  warmer  Countries 

LAMA,  theTitle  of  an  Order  of  Priefls  among  the 
It  efieru  Tartars,  on  the  Frontiers  of  C4,„»  ;  thefe  L»,„.,'> 
are  held  in  great  Veneration.    They  have  a  Grand  Lama, 

m  the  Kingdom,  being  the  next  in  Authority  to  the  King. 

Peoo  e'TTf^^T"'  ""lA'l"-™"  "Ot  oily  from  the 
leople,  but  from  the  neighbouring  Kings  ;  noneofwhotti 
are  ever  inthroned,  without  fending  Ambafladors  to  him 
.0  obtain  his  Benediclion.  'ih^LamaS  are  extremdv  fu 
pcrftitious,  and  are  remarkably  given  to  Magick.  * 

LAM  BATI  V  ES,  a  Fotm  of  Medicines  to  be  lick'd  o(F 
the  End  of  aLiquorice-Stick.  The  fame  with  £,„a„.7 
Lelmks,  and  Ecleqmas,  which  fee 

LAMEDOIDES,  in  Anatomy,  an  Epithet  applied  ,0 
the  third  proper  Suture  of  the  Cranium,  in  reeard  it 
refembles  the  Form  of  a  a  Lan:lda  ;  for  the  fame 

reafon  1,  is  fometimes  called  TffilMes,  as  bearing  fome 
Rcfemblance  to  a  Greek  t  rfftln.  ^ 

LAMELLA,  a  Diminutive  of  Lamina,  little  thin  Plates 
poll-d  of  Fifiies,  lie.   are  com 

LAMI^,  among  the  Antients,  were  cflecmed  a  kind 
ff.,?'w™''  "Z""  ^"ho,  under  the  Form  of  beau 

tiful  Women,  devoured  Children.     Horaee  makes  men- 
tion of  them  ,„  his  ^r,  cf  r,e,ry.     Some  Authors  call 
I r/,'""""'  "  fays,  they  are  alfo 

cal  ed  Lar.,  or  Le,„„res,  as  if  they  were  the  fame  thit^g 
/i.dwrwdl  have  the  word  to  be  rLueia,,,  and  deriv"  s  ft 
'::^^T^"'  ^''"'^-^         ^^-^'^  °f 

LAMINA,  thin  Plates  or  Tables,  whetcof  any  thini- 
confiits,  particularly  the  human  Skull,  which  are  two^ 
the  one  laid  overthc  other.  ' 

LAMMAS-DAY,  ,„afi  La^l.,„as,  is  the  firft  of  Ja„.ff 
lo  called,  as  fome  will  have  ir,  becaufe  Lambs  were  not 

from  a""P  ^T"  '°°  '"S-    "'hers  derive  it 

rom  a  Sa.on  word  lignifying  Loaf-Majs,  becaufe  on 
that  Day  our  Forefathers  made  an  OtFering  of  Bread 
made  with  new  Wheat.  On  thisDay  the  Tenants  wh„ 
formerly  held  Lands  of  the  Cathedral  Church  'n 
were  bound  by  their  Tenure  to  bring  a  Lamb  ali.v-  .* 
the  Church  at  High-Mafs.    Sec  Ga/e  "= 

L  AMP,  a  Preparation  of  Oil,  (^c.  in  3  proper  Veffl-T 
for  burning.  The  Ufe  of  lighted  Lamps^'n^  Churches' 
and  Places  of  Devotion  is  very  antient.  In  the  Citv  „f 
feisa  Mofque  wherein  are  ,L  brazen  La  ,psb2ln^ 
every  Night  In  We^  all  their  Illumination{ are  with 
Folydore  Viryl  afcribcs  the  firft  Invent^r  of 
Lar„fs  to  the  Egyfuans,  and  Herod,u,s  defcribes  a  f^iaft  of 
Lamps  held  annually  in  E^yft.  "  °' 

A-,rc4e,.  flicws  the  magnet  of  preparing  Lamps  which 
diffufe  a  Light  fo  difpofed,  as  to  t^ake  thi  Fa  ef  of  thofe 
pre  ent  appear  black,  blue,  red,  or  any  othe"  Cott 
1  here  has  been  a  great  Dilpute  among  the  Learned  about 
he  Sepulchral  Lamps  of  the  Antients:  fome  maintain 
they  had  the  Secret  of  making  Lamps  that  were  inexttn- 
guilhable,  alledging  feveral  that  had  been  found  bur„i„» 
a.  the  opening  of  Tombs  ijor  ,5  Hundred  Years  old^ 
But  others  treat  thefe  Relations  as  Fables;  and  others' 
thnik  that  the  Lamps  which  before  were  extinguilh'd 
take  Light  a-fretli  upon  the  Admiffion  of  fie/li  Air  Dr 
Fhn  however  is  of  Opinion  fuch  perpetual  Lamps  arc 
things  praaicable  and  has  himfelf  "iv.aje  fome  Pro^pofa  s 
of  this  kind  The  Unum  ^sheji.nu,n  he  thinks  ^To 
pretty  well  for  the  Wick,  and  that  Naptha,  or  Liquid 
Bitumen,  conftantly  fpringing  into  fome  of  the  C„al 
Mines,  will  anfwer  for  the  Oil.    If  the  Asbeftos  won^ 

The  Worl'dTT'^^''''^  no  matTer  in 

the  World  that  will;  and  argues  that  the  Trid;f;„„  c 
fuch  Lamps  muft  be  fabulouf,  or  tha  they  t^ade  them 
without  Wicks     Of  this  Kind  he  thinks  i    poffible  o 

^t  Fnajmdm  Shropfirre;  which,  he  lays,  like  other  llouid 
Bitumens,  will  burn  without  a  Wick. He  make  a  I'o 
Immilrr'  ;''°''=t--P^  kind"  on  the 

Imn  iffionoffreft  Air;  by  inclofmg  fome  of  the  liquil 

Phofphorusin  the  Recipient  of  an  Air-Pump;  .vhich  un 
der  thofe  Circumflances,  will  not  /hine  at  all,  but  on 
letting  in  the  Air  into  the  Recipient,  there  will  poiTibh 
fays  he,  appear  as  good  a  perpetual  Lamp  as  fome  thlt 
have  been  found  in  the  Sef  ulchers  of  the  Antients 

Cardans  Lamp  is  a  Contrivance  of  that  Author  which 
furniJhes  ,t  felf  with  its  own  Oil.  It  confifts  of  a ttde 
Column  of  Erafs,  Tin,  or  the  like,  well  clofed  e  J 
where  excepting  a  Imall  Aperture  at  Bottom  whirh 
opens  into  the  Middle  of  a  little  Neck  where  th  J'W  ck  , 
placed.  Here  the  Oil  cannot  ge,  out,  but  in  propoulon  ^s 


LAM 


(  4^8  ) 


LAN 


it  fpcnds,  and  fo  clears  the:  railage  of  that  l.ttk  Aperture. 
This  Kind  of  Lamp  has  become  much  m  Ule  with.n 
thefe  twenty  or  thirty  Years  ;  but  .t  has  feveral  Inconve- 
niences, as  that  the  Air  gets  .nto  ,t  by  Starts  and  Gluts  ; 
and  that  when  the  Air  in  the  Cavity  comes  to  be  much 
nrefied  bv  Heat,  it  drives  out  too  much  Oil,  lo  as  lomc- 
"mcs  Vo  cl-tingutlh  the  Lamp.  Dr.  and  Mr.  B.;./e 
hive  invented  other  Lamps  that  have  all  the  Conveni- 
ences of  Ciydans,  without  tlie  Inconveniences,  bee  lome 
Improvements  in  the  Doarine  of  Lamps  under  Mu-ror. 

LAMVADARY,  an  Officer  in  the  antient  Church  ot 
C.lhvitimple.  His  Bulinefs  was  to  fee  the  Church  well 
li"hrcd,  a^d  he  bore  a  Taper  before  the  Emperor,  the 
Emprefs,  and  the  Patriarch,  when  they  went  to  Church, 
or  in  Proceffion.  The  Taper  born  betore  the^  Emperor 
was  incompaffed  with  various  Circles  of  Gold  ,n  manner 
of  Crowni,  thofc  held  before  the  Emprels  and  Patriarch 
had  but  one.  It  feems  they  were  of  emblematical  Ule, 
and  were  intended  to  keep  thofe  great  Petfons  in  mmd, 
that  thcirLight  was  to  illumine  thofe  underneath  them. 
See  the  Creek  Euchology,  Balfrmo,,  &c. 

There  were  alfo  Lamfadanes  m  the  Emperor  s  Palaces  , 
3t  firft  the  Privilege  was  only  granted  to  the  Great  Ofhcers 
of  the  Crown,  and  the  Chief  MagiUrates,  butatterwards 
the  Emperor  allowed  it  to  other  inferior  Officers,  as  (iue- 
ilors,Treafurers,  He.  Together  with  the  Taper,  they  bore 
before  the  MagiUrates  the  Emperors  Image,  o-c.  ^  Un 
which  account,  'ti.s  probable,  they  were  £rft  permitted 
to  have  a  Lampadary.  The  word  is  formed  from  the 
iaiiii,  i(i>n/>.ii  a  Lamp.  r  ui- 

LAMPADIAS  is  a  kind  of  bearded  Comet,  reiembling 
a  burning  Lamp,  tho'  of  feveral  Shapes;  for  fome- 
timcs  its  Flame  or  Blajc  runs  tapering  upward  like  a 
Sword,  and  fometimcs  is  double  or  ttiplc  pointed. 

LAMPERS,  is  a  kind  of  Swelling  in  the  Mouth  ol  an 
Horfe  fo  called  becaufc  it  is  cured  by  burning  with  a 
Lamp  or  an  hot  Iron:  it  proceeds  from  abundance  ot 
Blood  reforting  to  the  firll  Furrow  of  the  Mouth,  neat 
the  Forc-teeth,  that  caufes  the  htid  Furrow  to  fwcll  as 
high  as  his  Gathers,  which  will  hinder  his  feeding,  and 
iMkes  him  let  his  Meat  fall  half  chewed  out  of 
his  Mouth  again.  It  is  a  natural  Infirmity  which  every 
Horfe  has  firll  or  laft,   and  every  common  Smith  can 

''"lAMPETIANS, a  Sefl  of  antient  Hercticks  who  fell 
in  w-ith  fome  of  the  Opinions  of  the  A  ians.  Their  Foun- 
der Lampeiitti  is  faid  to  have  been  one  of  the  Chiefs  of  the 
iVl.->rc,o;iiiei.  They  condemn'd  all  Kind  of  Vows,  parti- 
cularly that  of  Obedience,  as  ineonfiltent  with  the  Liberty 
of  the  Sons  of  God.  , 

LAMPROPHORUS,  a  Name  antiently  given  to  the 
Ncopbytei  during  the  fevenDays  that  fucccedcd  their  Bap- 
tifm.  In  the  Ceremony  of  Baptifm  the  new  Chnllian 
wa,!  cloath'd  with  a  white  Robe,  which  he  wore  for  the 
Week  following,  and  was  thence  call'd  Lamfropbarus, 
which  fignifies  a  Perfon  wearing  a  fliining  Garment,  from 
KoLii^est  and  fsfB,  I  carry.  The  Grech  alfo  g.ye  this 
Name  to  the  Day  of  the  Refurreaion,  in  regard  their 
Houfcs  were  adorned  and  illumined  on  this  Day  with  an 
infinite  Number  of  Torches  as  a  Symbol  of  the  Light 
which  that  Mytlery  diffufed  in  the  World. 

LANAR.    See  Laimer. 

LANCE,  an  offenfive  Weapon,  bore  by  the  ancient 
Cavallets  in  form  of  a  half  Pike.  It  confifled  of  three 
Parts,  the  Handle,  the  Wings,  and  the  Dart.  Tlmy  at- 
tributes the  Invention  of  Lances  to  the  Etoliam.  Vam  and 
Juhti  GeHius  fay,  the  Word  Lance  is  Sp.viiJ>j ;  whence  others 
conclude  the'L'fc  of  this  Weapon  was  borrow'd  by  the 
People  of  Jtaly  from  the  Sf.iniards.  Diodnrits  Siciilu!  derives 
it  from  the  Gaulifi,  and  fejhii  from  the  Greek  >.iyx«  i 
rezrm  from  the  Celtic,  and  Horell  from  the  Hebresi. 

LANCETI,  a  Name  given  by  the  antient  Laws  of 
litidtetn  kind  of  Yalliils  who  were  obliged  to  work  for 
ihcir  Lord  one  Day  in  a  Week  from  Uieb.Klmas  to  yimimn, 
either  with  Fork,  Spade,  or  Flail,  at  the  Option  of  the 

Lord.  ^    „    .  c 

LANCETTE,  is  a  Chirurgeon's  little  Knife,  Hreight- 
nointed,  two  edged,  ufed  in  opening  Veins,  j;ifc. 
*  LANDAU,  a  Tree  in  the  Moluccas,  whereof  the  Na- 
tives make  their  Bread.  When  it  is  fell'd  they  cleave  it 
into  two  in  the  Middle,  and  dig  out  the  Pith,  which  is 
oven  eat.able  when  it  comes  frefli  out  of  the  Tree.  They 
chop  it  very  fmall,  till  Cueh  time  as  it  is  reduced  into  a 
kind  of  Powder  fomewhat  like  Meal.  This  done,  they 
put  it  in  a  Searcc  made  of  the  Bark  of  the  fame  Tree, 
and  place  the  Scarce  over  a  Cillern  made  of  its  Leaves, 
pouring  Water  upon  it,  and  by  this  means  feparating  the 
inire  PVrt  of  the  Powder  from  the  Veins  of  Wood  where- 
iirh  the  Pith  abounds.  The  Flower  thus  filtrated,  they 
callSagu;  they  make  it  into  Fafic,  and  bake  it  in  e.irihcn 
Furnaces;  and  this  they  do  with  fo  much  Expedition, 
that  in  three  or  four  hours  a  Man  makes  as  much  Bread 


as  will  feed  an  hundred  Perfons  a  day.  From  the  fame 
Tree  they  draw  a  Liquor  as  agreeable  to  drink  as  our 
Wines.  The  Leaves,  when  they  are  young,  are  cover'd 
with  a  kind  of  Cotton,  wheteof  they  make  their  Cloth,  and 
as  they  grow  older  they  ferve  them  to  tile  their  Houfes. 
The  larger  Veins  of  thefe  Leaves  ferve  'em  for  Stakes  in 
building  ;  and  of  the  fmaller  they  make  a  kind  of  Hemp, 
wherewith  they  make  very  good  Ropes. 

LAND-CHEAP,  is  an  antient  cuftomary  Fine  paid  ci- 
ther in  Cattle  or  Money,  upon  the  alienating  or  felling  of 
Land  in  foine  particular  Manner,  or  within  the  Liberty  of 
fome  Borough  ;  as  at  Maiden  in  £[/ex,  a  Payment  is  itill 
made  of  i ;  rf.  in  every  Mark  of  the  Purchafc-Money,  for 
certain  Lands  and  Houfes  fold  in  that  Town. 

LAND-FALL,  is  a  Sea-Term,  fignifying  to  fall  in  with 
the  Land.  Thus  when  a  Ship  out  at  Sea  cxpeBs  to  lec 
Land  in  a  little  time,  and  it  fo  happens  that  Ihe  doth, 
they  fay  they  have  made  a  good  Land-fall. 

LAND-GABLE,  an  antient  Term  for  a  Tax  or  Rent 
iffuing  out  of  Land. 

LAND-LOCKED.  A  Ship  is  faid  to  ride  Land-lacked, 
when  Ihe  is  at  Anchor  in  fuch  a  Place  where  there  is  no 
Point  open  to  the  Sea,  fo  that  fte  is  fate  from  the  Vio- 
lence of  Winds  and  Tides,  r.    r    r,  r 

LANDSKIP,  or  LandJcUfe,  the  View  orProlpeaoSa 
Country,  extended  as  far  as  the  Eye  will  carry.  Lat-.d- 
ikifs  in  Painting,  are  Pieces  reprefenting  fome  Champaign 
or  Rural  Subjefl,  as  Hills,  Vales,  Rivers,  Country  Hou- 
fes, ^c.  where  human  Figures  are  only  introduced  as 
Accidents  or  Circumllances."  This  iseflecmed  one  of  the 
loweft  Branches  of  Painting. 

LANGREL  SHOT,  is  a  fort  of  Shot  ufed  at  Sea  ;  it 
is  made  of  two  Bars  of  Iron,  with  a  Joint  m  the  Middle, 
by  which  means  it  can  be  Jliortened,  and  fo  put  the  better 
into  tlie  Gun  ;  and  at  each  End  there  is  an  half  Bullet 
either  of  Lead  or  Iron.  When  it  is  difcbarged,  it  flics  out 
at  length,  and  is  of  ufe  to  cut  the  Enemies  Rigging,  i£c. 

LANGUAGE,  a  Set  of  Words  which  any  People  have 
agreed  upon,  in  order  to  communicate  their  Thoughts  to 
each  other.  The  firil  Principles  of  all  Lan^iia^a,  f.  Buffer 
obferves  may  be  reduced  to  Expreflions  fignifying,  ijl. 
The  Subjca  fpoke  of  idly.  The  Thing  affirmed  of  ir. 
jii/v  The  Circumftances  of  the  one  and  the  other  :  But 
as  each  La,ign.-t^e  has  its  paiticular  Ways  of  exprefling 
each  of  thefe ;  Langm'ffi  are  only  to  be  looked  on  as  an 
Affemblage  of  Exprcffions,  which  Chance  or  Caprice  has 
eltabli/hcd  among  a  certain  People;  juft  as  we  look  on 
the  Mode  of  Drcffing,  CSc.  'Tis  Ufe  and  Cuftom  is  the 
Rule  of  a  Language,  and  thefe  hold  their  Empire  inde- 
pendent of  Rcifon  ot  any  other  Caufe ;  Nor  has  Reafoa 
any  thing  to  do  in  Langmge,  unlefs  to  Itudy  or  teach  it, 
fuch  as  it  is:  Here  then  comirtcnces  Grammar;  ajufl 
Plan  of  which,  fuppofcs  a  Language  already  introduced  by 
Ufe  and  without  pretending  to  alter  or  ainend  a  tittle, 
only  furninies  Refleaions,  call'd  Rules,  to  which  the  Man- 
ners of  fpeaking  ufed  in  that  Language  can  be  redu- 
ced ;  which  Alfemblage  of  Refleaions  is  what  we  call  the 
Grammar  of  that  Language.  This  Remark  irtay  obviate 
an  Abufe  introduced  among  Grammarians,  who  are  ever 
crying  out,  Ufe  is  in  -.his  T»mt  offofite  to  Grammar,  or  the 
Language  here  frees  itfelf  from  the  Rules  of  Grammar, 
^c 

'Tis  Chance  then  to  which  we  owe  Ufage  and  Ufage 
that  makes  the  Rules  and  Mcafures  of  a  Language:.  Ule  in- 
deed is  fomewhat  dubious,  and  may  be  divided  into  good 
and  bad  :    If  'tis  ask'd  wherein  the  difference  between 
thefe  lies ;  'tis  in  this,  that  the  one  is  better  eflablifhed  or 
authorized  than  the  other:  And  if  it  be  ask'd  wiherem  that 
Difference  of  Authority  confifts,  'tis  anfwcr'd,  that  in  dead 
Lanouages,  that  which  makes  the  good  Ufe  .s  the  Writings 
of  the  bed  Authors  in  that  L.^nguage  :  And  if  it  be  further 
queftioncd,  which  are  the  beft;  thofe  are  a  low  d  fuch  who 
vtrote  when  that  State  was  in  its  greateil  Glory  Thus 
the  Aoe  of  ArrfBi  being  the  moll  diftmguillred  by  great 
Men  who  then  fiourim'd,  we  call  that  good  which 
is  confotmable  to  the  Manners  of  Speaking  ufed  by  Au- 
thors who  wrote  fifty  Years  before   and  h fry  after  the 
Reign  of  that  Emperor.     As  to  the  living  Lamag^s, 
thei?  good  Ufe,  or  their  Mode,  is  denved  from  the  Kx- 
oreffions  ufed  by  the  moll  eminent  Perfons  among  that 
People;  whether  as  to  Quality  and  Authotity,  or  as  to 
Learning  and  the  Reputation  of  writing  well.    With  this 
View  M  r.iugelas  deilnes  the  Ufe  of  a  Language,  The 
Manner  of  Speaking  ufed  by  the  beft  Part   of  the 
Court    conformably  to  the  Manner  of  Writing  among 
the  bea  Part  of  the  Authors  of  the  Time.     But  this 
Definition,  how  judicious  foever,  may  occafion  infinite 
doubt  ;  for  which"  is  to  be  deem'd  the  bell  Fart  ot  the 
Court  and  of  the  Writers  ?  Each  Party  doubtlefs  thinks 
itfelf  the  beft.     f.  Sufer,  therefore,   very  juUly,  in- 
ftead  of  the   bell  Fart    fubfliiutes   the   greaieft    I  art, 
which  brinrs  the  Matter  to  a  Certainty  ;  the  moft  nume- 
^  rous 


LAN 


rous  Part  being  fomething  Hx'd  and  palpable,  whereas 
the  muft  found  Parr  may  be  infenfiblc  or  arbitrary.  See 
Grammar. 

There  is  found  a  conflant  Refemblance  between  the 
Genius  or  Natural  Complexion  of  each  People  and  the 
Language  they  fpcak.  'J  bus  the  Gj-ee/i,  a  polite  but  vo- 
lupluous  People,  had  a  Language  perfcflly  fuitable,  full 
of  Delicacy  and  Sweclnefs.  The  Ramani,  who  feemed 
only  born  to  command,  had  a  Ltiagmge  noble,  nervous, 
and  auguH  i  and  their  Defcendants,  \he  Itdiajn^  are  funk 
into  Softnefs  and  Effeminacy,  which  is  as  viliblc  in  their 
L!iii^:,a^e  as  their  Manners.  The  Lani^mfe  of  the  Sfa- 
marrli  is  full  of  that  Gravity  and  Haught'inefs  of  Air  which 
make  the  difllngui/liing  Charaflcr  of  the  People.  The 
r-raich,  who  have  a  World  of  Vivacity,  have  a  Language 
that  runs  extremely  brisk  and  lively.  And  the  Ent^lifi, 
who  are  naturally  blunt,  thoughtful,  and  of  few  Words, 
have  a  Language  exceedingly  ihort,  concife,  and  fcnten- 
tious. 

Tie  Kiicrfity  of  Languages  is  generally  allowed  to  have 
took  its  Rife  from  the  Confulion  of  BM,  both  by  jeias, 
ChriJIians,  and  Mabometans :  But  the  Manner  in  which 
this  Divcrlity  was  effeflcd,  is  Hill  in  difpute  ainong  the 
Learned.  1  he  Quellion  is,  Whether  God  only  expunged 
the  Remembrance  of  the  Signification  of  Terms  in  thofe 
who  built  the  Tower  ;  or  whether  he  immediately  infpired 
them  with  new  Words.  Scalif^er  holds  that  they  only  for- 
got the  Meaning  of  the  Words,  and  named  one  thino 
inflead  of  another ;  tho'  all  indifferently  fpoke  the  Hetrew 
Tongue.  Nor  does  Cafauhm  allow  that  they  immediately 
fpoke  diflercnt  Languages :  the  Confulion  of  Tongues  he 
thinks  might  be  very  well  effeaed,  without  introducing 
a  Multiplicity  oC Languages.  See  Ziegra  *  Confiifane  Lm- 
guarum  Hcthylonica  ad  Gcncf.  XI. 

As  to  the  Point  of  Antiquity,  that  too  has  been  ex- 
tremely conttovetted.  Hendaius  tells  us,  that  in  the  Dif- 
pute between  the  Egyptians  and  Thrygmns  about  the  Anti- 
<juity  of  their  LaMeiMjc,,  Tfammeticus  Kingof£?Mr,  or- 
dered two  Children  to  be  brought  up,  with'cxprefs  Prohi- 
bition not  to  have  one  Word  pronounced  before  them  but 
to  leave  Nature  to  fpcak  of  her  felf ;  and  the  firfl  Word 
they  fpoke  happened  to  be  Keccos,  which  in  the  Tbrysian 
Language  ftgnifics  Bread.  The  Egyftians  however  were 
not  convmced  with  this  Proof.  The  Jrahs  difpute  the 
Point  of  Antiquity  with  the  Helreas:  But  the  leioj,  jealous 
even  to  Excels  of  the  Honour  of  their  Nation,  pofitivelv 
infill  on  It,  that  the  Hebrew  Tongue,  fuch  as  it  is  found  in 
the  Holy  Scriptures,  is  the  primitive  Language,  and  that 
ipoken  by  the  firft  Man.  Others  maintain  th'at  the  Lan 
gauge  fpoken  by  yJJ.v„  is  loft,  and  that  the  Hebrew  Cbal 
•Ice,  and  ^-.-ahc,  are  only  Dialeflsof  that  original  Tongue 
So  far  arc  they  from  giving  the  Priority  to  the  Heb%w 
that  they  maintain  y^h  alam  fpoke  CbaUee  before  he  pafs'd 
the  B,<phra,es;  and  that  he  iirft  learn 'd  the  Hebrew  in  the 
Land  ot  Laiman.  fo  that  this  was  not  a  fpecial  Lanzua'.' 
confccrated  to  the  People  of  God,  but  was  originally  tfie 
Language  of  the  Canaar.lles.  ' 

.l.^V'^f  \  ."f  Op'"'""  '"^c  is  far  inferior  to 

the  Greek,  both  in  Copioufnefs,  Elegancy  and  Perfpicuitv  ; 
;t  IS  dry  and  deflitute  of  Ornaments,  infomuch  that  want- 
ing Expreffions  to  vary  the  Phrafe,  the  fame  Periods  are 
perpetua  ly  returning.  The  RaMns  fay  'tis  fo  pure  and 
challe,  that  It  has  no  proper  Names  for  the  Parts  of  Gene- 
ration, nor  for  thofe  by  which  the  Excrements  are  dif- 
charged.    Phc  is  held  the  moft  copious  of  all  z.;! 

It  has  3eo  different  Words  to  exprefs  a  Lion  and 
no  lefs  than  i2eo  for  a  Sword.  ' 

Languages  are  divided  into  matriculate  or  original  Lan 
guage,  as  the  Hebrew  ^ui  Jralie  in  the  Eall,  the  Teutoni] 
and  &Z<ii.»,„c  in  the  Well ;  and  into  fccundary  or  derived 
Lmguages,  which  are  thofe  formed  out  of  a  Mixture  of 
feveral  Tongues,  as  Lalh,,  French,  Ike.  Kircber  will  have 
the  Lofbuc  a  Mother  Tongue,  independent  of  all  otherH 
and  Di.  3<,fa,  maintains  the  G»ifac  to  be  primitive  and  the 
Mother  of  all, her™,.,,,.  Tongues;  th^t  is,  of luthofe 
fpoke  in  the  North.  Some  add  the  baf^ue  and  L.w  bZu 
to  the  Number  of  Mother  Tongues,  imagining  them  to 
have  been  thofe  of  the  antient  Celu  or  G.,„/7 

f„K™ ''"b thofe  which  only 
lubfilt  m  Books,  which  mull  be  learned  by  the  Rules  of 

ther"'^''  >"<i  a-^'*^.  see 

the  Eftabhlhment  of  the  Study  of  thefe  Languages  a  long 
Jtcar  i  ,i=.  Pope  Uemem  and  the  Council  of  henna  an 

lTT^u'ZZf%'T'  un':;e;fitiL 

ot  ra,,s,  <Jsp,d  BoHlogne,  and  &ilama7ica,  there  /liould 
be  inllituted  Profeffors  of  each,  who  ftould  hav^e  Sa Kiel 
from  the  refpeclive  Courts.  The  Monks  however  vigo 
roufly  oppofed  the  fpreading  of  thefe  Studies,  and  wilh^fo 
much  Succefs,  that  Erafmus  te\U  ,„  1,'.  t- 
.op  fufyeHun.  He4,.,ce  f  4  " 


(  ) 


LAN 


The  living  Language,  are  thofe  Hill  fpoke  in  fome  Coun- 
try or  other,  and  which  may  be  learn'd  by  Converration. 
The  moft  popular  among  thefe  are  the  French,  I.alian, 
Sfamfi,  and  LngUfi  ;  which  fee  under  their  rcfpeflivi 
N  aines.  ^ 

The  Spaniards  fecm  to  place  the  Noblenefs  and  Gravity 
of  their  Lang^,age  in  the  Number  of  Syllables,  and  the 
Swelling  of  Words;  and  fpeik  lefs  to  make  themfelves 
underftood,  than  to  make  themfclves  admired.  Their 
lerms  are  big  and  fonorous,  their  Expreffions  haughty 
and  boifterous,  and  Pomp  and  Ollentation  run  thro' all 
they  fay  :  their  Langu.^ge  cannot  paint  a  Thought  to  the 
Lite ;   it   always  magnifies  it,   frequently  dillorts  it  ; 
and  does  nothing  if  it  do  not  exceed    Nature  The 
IsaUan  Tongue  does  not  fwell  up  Things  to  that  Degree 
but  It  adorns  and  embelilhes  them 'more  ;    yet  thefe 
Ornaments  and  Embelinmients  are  not  real  Beauties 
The  Itahan  Expreffions,  thus  rich  and  brillant  are  like 
thofe    Faces   cover'd    with   Patch  and   Paint,  which 
make  a  fine  Show  ;  but  that  Finery,  ail  Deceit.  The 
French  Language  (as  fomc  of  their  Authors  exprefs  them- 
lelves)  IS  fimple  without  Lowncfs,  bold  without  Inde- 
cency, elegant  and  florid  without  Affcflation  harmo- 
nious without  Swelling,  majeftick  without  Pride,  delicate 
without  Softnefs,  and  fiiong  without  Roughnefs.    As  to 
the  loints  of  Strength  and  Majcfty,  the  French  raurt  give 
Way  to  the  EngUfi,  which  in  thefe,  as  well  as  in  Copi-. 
oulnefs  exceeds  moll  of  the  living  Langu.-,ges ;  as  far  as  it 
comes  behind  fome  of  them  in  Smoothnel?  and  Delicacy. 
Ut  all  the  modern  Lang.ages,  the  Englifl,  is  allowed  to  be 
the  clofeft  and  the  moll  clear,  the  chifteft  and  the  moft 
refervcd  in  its  Diftion,  the  moft  judicious  and  fevcre  in 
its  Omainents:  Of  all  others  it  is  the  moft  honeft,  open 
and  undefigning  ;  it  won't  bear  double-meanings,  nor  can 
It  palliate  or  hide  Nonfcnfe  :  bad  Senfe  and  good  Enzli/h 
being  Things  mconfifient.  With  all  its  Sublimity  it  is  Pay 
and  plcafant  on  occafion  ;  but  its  Gaiety  is  Hill  moderated 
and  reflramed  by  good  Senfe  ;  it  hates  exceffive  Orna- 
ments, and  for  the  greater  Simplicity,  would  almoft  chufe 
to  go  naked  :  It  never  dreCfcs  more  than  Decorum  and 
Neceffity  requires.    The  Sfanifl.  refembles  thofe  Riven 
whole  Waters  are  always  fwelling,  and  always  muddy 
and  turbulent;  that  never  keep  long  within  their  Channel 
but  are  ever  overflowing,  and  their  Overflowings  eve." 
noify  and  precipitate.    The  Italian  is  like  thofe  pleafina 
Rivulets  that  purlagreeably  among  the  Stones,  and  glide 
in  Meanders  through  Meadows  full  of  Flowers  The  IrccJ 
refembles  one  of  thofe  beautiful  Streams  that  always  run 
briskly,  but  at  the  fame  time  fmoothly  and  equallv  ; 
without  much  Noife  or  much  Depth.    The  En.hll,  like 
the  Nde,  prefervcs  a  Majcfty  even  in  its  Abundaiice ;  its 
VV  aters  roll  rapidly,  notwithftanding  their  Depth  ;    it  ne 
ver  roars  but  when  its  Banks  are  too  narrow,  nor  overflows 
without  enriching  the  Soil.    The  Lasin  is  the  common 
Mother  of  the  three  former,   but  the  Daughters  have 
very  different  Genius  s  and  Inclinations.    The  Spsiniib  a 
haughty  Dame,  that  piques  herfelf  on  her  Qualit/,  'and 
oves  Excefs  and  Extravagancy  in  every  thing.    The  ha- 
a  Coquette,  full  of  fine  Airs;  always  appearing 
drefs  d,  and  taking  all  Occafions  of  /hewing  her  Finery - 
to  be  admired,  being  all  ftc  aims  at.    The  French  an 
eafy  Prude,  that  has  her  Share  of  Modcfty  and  Difcretion 
but  on  occafion  can  lay  them  both  afide.  The  Enrltll,  is  of 
a  more  Mafculine  Temperament.  'Tis  not  only  of  i  diffe- 
rent Family  from  the  otlicrs,  but  appears  of  a  different  Sex 
too  :  Its  Virtues  are  thofe  of  a  Man  :  indeed  'tis  the  Pro- 
dutl  of  a  colder  Climate  and  a  rougher  People,  and  its 
Features  may  be  fomewhat  coarfer  than  thofe  of  its  Neioh- 
bours ;  but  its  Faculties  are  more  extenfive,  its  CondJa 
more  ingenuous,  and  its  Views  more  noble.    See  Emlifh 
French,  &c.  ^  J  * 

Ennius  and  Cecr«p  arc  celebrated  for  their  Knowledge 
of  various  Languages.  MthriAites  King  of  Fcntu,  undcr- 
llood  twenty  two  Tongues,  which  was  the  Number  of 
diflrerent  People  over  whom  he  commanded;  and  thofe 
Language, ^  he  knew  fo  well,  that  he  was  able  to  haraneue 
each  ot  his  People  in  their  own  Langua'c.  'Twas  a  S'ay- 
ing  of  Ciar/e,  the  Vth,  that  fo  many  Lan^uam  as  a  Man 
underftands,  fo  many  times  he  is  Man,  Sult'an  Soliman's 
Interpreter  fpoke  perfeflly  well  17  different  Langua- 
ge,. But  among  the  Moderns  none  have  been  niore 
remarkable  ,n  this  Way  than  Fojicllus,  who,  bcfides  a 
pertetl  Knowledge  of  all  the  dead  Lan-uage,,  was  fo  well 
acquainted  with  the  living,  that  'tis  fiid  he  could  have 
made  the  Tour  of  the  Globe  without  the  Ufe  of  an  In- 


terpreter. 

mbhander  has  written  of  the  Analogy  and  Proportion  of 
all  Languages  syai  Letters,  De  ratio:ie  Commun,  Linguarum 
in  1518.  Gty«er  of  the  difference  of  La?iguages  in  1571' 
Lazius  publiftied  an  Introduaion  to  the  Learning  of  the 
politeft  Languages  in  a  common  Method,  in  1 548  Megif. 
far  a  Scheme  of  40  different  Language,,  and  different  Dia- 
R  r  r  r  r  i^q^ 


LAN 


(  450  ) 


LAP 


lefls,  Specimens  of  each  whereof  he  gives  in  the  Lord's- 
Prayer,  in  1 595.  -De  Recoles,  in  his  Addition  to  the  World 
ofDaz-iu,  has  publi/lied  the  Fater-Jtojhr  in  all  the  Laii- 
gtcages  fpoke  among  Chriftians  i  and  .  Chamherlayfie  has 
lately  propofed  to  do  the  fame  in  jco  Lcmgnages,  a  Speci- 
men of  which  has  been  already  publiflied.    Jiheria  Gen- 


Lanthorn  in  Architecture,  a  kind  of  little  Dome  raifcd 
over  a  large  one,  or  over  the  Roof  of  a  Building,  to  give 
Light,  and  to  ferve  for  a  Corona,  or  to  finilh  the  Build- 
ing. The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  fquare  Cage  of  Car- 
pentry, with  Glafs  in  it,  placed  over  the  Ridgc  of  a  Cor- 
ridor, or  a  Gallery  between  two  Rows  of  Shops,  to  illu- 


iilis  wrote  of  the  Mixture  of  Languages,  in   160?.    And    mine  them,  as  that  in  the  Koyal-Exchvige,  London. 


Magic  Lanihorn^  in  Opticks,  the  Name  of  a  Machine, 
which  in  the  Dark  reprefents  various  Images  and  Spe6lres 
on  a  Wall,  or  other  white  Surface,  fo  odd  and  lurprizing, 
that  thofe  who  are  not  in  the  Secret,  think  them  the 
Etfea  of  Magic.    See  Magic. 

LANUGO  fignifies  a  Down,  or  foft  woolly  Subftancc, 
which  grows  upon  forae  plants,  which  therefore  are  cal- 
led lanuginous  Plants. 

LAPIDARY,  an  Artilicer  who  cuts  precious  Stones. 


Father  Rehiier's  Difcourfe  on  Etymologies,  is  a  Work  of 
the  fame  Kind.    In  Varst  publilhed  a  Treafure  of 

the  Hiiiory  Languages  J  and  Gtuchart  of  the  Etymolo- 
gical Harmony  of  Z.3Mi;K<!.!;e.S  in  1619.  Brere2vooclh-3.sms.dc 
curious  Enquiries  into  the  Difference  of  Languages  and  Rc- 

'Among  the  Mihefe,  the  Word  Langitags  is  uled  for  JNa- 
tion.    The  Order  of  Knights  is  divided  into  eight  La7igua- 

PW,  three  whereof  are  for  f"iw7ce,  wz.  the  of  ,  .  j  i.  t 

Trovence  of  ^iro->-f??e,  and  oiFrauce  j  two  for  Spain,  thofe  Ihe  Word  JS  alio  applied  to  Merchants  who  trade  m  'em, 

oiraflUe  and  Jrrazon ;  the  other  three  ace  the  Languages  and  Vertuofo's  well  vers'd  in  their  Nature,  Kind,  i^c.  in 

oflt^/r  ET!"hmd  axid  Germany.  o(  tht^c  Languages  which  Senfe,  the  prefent  Gre^t  Mo^h/  is  faid  to  be  one  of 

has  its  Chief,  who  prefides  in  AlTcmblies  of  the  Laiigmge  the  greateft  Lapidaries  in  the  World, 
to  which  he  belongs.                                     ,       ^   ,  ^/  cutting  precious  Stones  is  very  antient ;  but 

LANGUED    a  Term  in  Heraldry,  applied  to  fuch  like  other  Arts,  its  Onginal  was  very  imperfect :  The 

Animals  whofe'Tongiic  appears  out  of  their  Mouths,  be-  French  have  fucceeded  in  it  the  beil ;  and  the  Lapidaries 

inc  of  a  Colour  different  from  that  of  the  Animal.        _  of  Far'is,  who  have  been  a  Corporation  fince  the  Year 

LANGUOR  fignifies  a  Faintnefs,  which  may  arife  1290,  have  carried  it,  elpecially  cutting  of  Diamonds  cal- 

from  a  Want  or  Decay  of  Spirits  thro' Indigeftion,  or  too  led  Brillants,  to  its  laft  Perfection.    There  are  various 

much  Exercife  ;  or  from  an  additionvil  Weight  of  Fluids,  Machines  uled  in  the  cutting  of  precious  Stones,  according 

from  a  Diminution  of  Secretion  by  the  common  Difchar-  to  the  Quality  of  the  Matter  to  be  cut.    The  Diamond, 

which  is  extremely  hard,  is  cut  and  torm'd  on  a  Wheel  of 


LANIGEROUS,  anything  that  bears  Wool.  Hence 
Li^M/^tToiiJ  Trees,  among  Herbalilis,  are  thofe  Trees  that 
bear  a  woolly  downy  Subilance,  as  the  black,  white,  and 
trembling  Poplars,  Oflers,  and  Willows  of  all  Sorts. 

LANTHORN,  an  Utenfil  of  tranfparent  Matter,  fer- 
ving  for  the  Frefervation  and  Conveyance  of  Light,  not- 
withftanding  the  Inconveniences  of  Wind  or  Weather. 
Epitlettts's  Lanthorn  is  faid  to  have  been  fold  for  ^coo 
Drachms.  Lanthorm  are  made  of  Glafs,  Horn,  Paper, 
Ssc  'I'hat  of  Diogenes  was  held  in  great  Veneration  among 
The  Antients  j  and  that  of is  ilill  preferved  in  the 
Treafury  of  St.  Vc7!ys,  as  a  very  curious  Piece  of  Anti- 
*iuity.  Lamhorm  were  formerly  made  of  the  Horn  of  a 
wild  Bull  call'd  Untsj  which  when  cut  into  thin  La- 
mina:, Tliny  tells  us  was  very  tranfparent.  A  Dark  Lant- 
horn,  is  a  Lantborn  with  only  one  Opening,  or_  Light, 
which,  too,  may  be  clofed  up,  when  the  Light  is  to  be 
intirely  hid,  and  may  be  prefented  to  the  Perfon  one 
would  fee,  without  being  perceiv'd  one's  felf  The  An- 
tients  had  their  Dark  Lanthoms,  but  they  differ'd  from 
ours  5  they  were  covered  with  four  Skins,  one  of  each 
Side  or  Light,  three  whereof  were  black,  and  only  the 
fourth  tranfparent.  Cafauhon  who  gives  us  the  Defcrip_- 
tion,  took  it  from  a  Manufcript  of  !?J!/)HJ  P'j'Ofriwf^  Thefe 
were  principally  ufed  in  their  Armies  when  they  were  to 
march  privately  off  from  their  Enemies  in  ihe  Night-time.    -  -   ,    .  „ 

The  Word  Lajithorn  is  derived  from  the  Latin  latertia  of   other  like  Subflances.    See  FttrifaBion. 
latso,  I  am  hidden,  eo  quod  lucem  haheat  interim  claufam,        LAPIDIFICATION,  in   Chyniiilry ;   an   Aaion_  by 
in  regard  the  Light  is  hidden  within,  fays  Ificiore  and    which  any 
Lamhiji.    But  according  to  Fez' 


foft  Steel,  turn'd  by  a  kind  of  Mill,  with  Diamond  Dull', 
temper'd  in  Oil  of  Olives  3  and  this  ferves  to  polifh  'em 
as  well  as  to  cut  'em.  Oriental  Rubies,  Saphires,  and 
Topazes,  are  cur  and  form'd  on  a  Copper  Wheel,  with  Oil 
of  Olives,  and  Diamond  Dult;  they  are  poli/li'd  on  ano- 
ther Copper  Wheel,  with  Tripoli  and  Water.  Rubies, 
Emeralds,  Hyacinths,  Amethyfis,  Grenats,  Agats,  and 
other  Stones  lefs  hard,  are  cut  on  a  Leaden  Wheel,  with 
Smalt  and  Water,  and  polifhed  on  a  Tin  Wheel  with  Tri- 
poli. Turquois  of  the  old  and  new  Rock,  Lapis,  Girafol, 
and  Opal,  are  cut  and  poliHi'd  on  a  Wooden  Wheel  with 
Tripoli.    See  Diamond,  Rithy,  &c. 

Lufidary  Stile,  is  a  Stile  proper  for  Infcriptions.  This  is 
a  kind  of  Medium  between  Profe  and  Vcrfe  ;  the  jejune 
and  the  brillant  are  here  eijually  to  be  avoided.  Cicers 
has  prefcribed  the  Rules  of  itj^aerfflro/'oi'ret  Oratio  variety 
•vehemens,  plena  Spiritus.  Ouwinm  Sentaitiarum  Gravitate^ 
oinniiim  Verhortm  ponderihus  e[i  utendum.  'I'he  Lapidary  Stile^ 
which  was  loft  with  the  ancient  Monuments,  has  been 
retriev'd  at  the  Beginning  of  this  Age,  by  Count  Emamtel 
Thefauro  :  It  is  now  ufed  various  Ways  at  the  beginning  of 
Books ;  and  even  Epiftles  Dedicatory  are  compofed  in  it, 
whereof  we  have  no  Example  among  the  Anticnts. 

LAPIDESCENT,  from  Lapisa.  Stone,  any  thing  which 
has  a  Property  of  turning  Bodies  into  a  ftony  Nature,  as 
many  Spring-Waters  will  do  to  Pieces  of  Wood,  and 


Laterna  comes  from 
the  Celtic  Leterji  ;  and  according  to  Salmafuis,  Layithor?i 
comes  from  Into,  in  regard  it  bears  a  Lamp  or  a  Light. 

In  Cbifia  they  have  a  celebrated  Feaft  call'd  the  Feaft 
of  La7ttkorns,  held  on  the  15th  Day  of  the  firft  Month: 
'Tis  fo  call'd  from  the  infinite  Number  of  Lamhoriis  hung 
out  in  the  Houfes  and  Streets  ,  which,  'tis  faid,  is  not  Icis 
than  two  hundred  Millions :  infomuch  that  it  rather  ap- 
pears a  Fit  of  Madnefs  than  of  Feafting.  On  this  Day 
are  expofed  Lan:hovns  of  all  Prices,  whereof  fome  are 
faid  to  coft  iooo  Crowns.  Some  of  their  Grandees  re- 
trench fomewhat  every  day  out  of  their  Table,  out  of 
their  Drefs,  Equipage,  i^c.  to  appear  the  more  magnifi- 
cent in  LajtthoT}:!.  They  are  adorn 'd  with  Gilding,  Sculp- 
ture, Painting,  Japanning,  ^fc.  and  as  to  their  Size,  'tis 
extravagant;  fome  are  from  ^5  to  50  Foot  Diameter: 
they  reprefent  Halls  and  Chambers,  and  two  or  three 
fuch  Machines  together  would  make  handfome  Houfes  j 
fo  that  in  China  they  are  able  to  eat,  lodge,  receive  Vifics, 
have  Balls,  and  a£i;  Plays  in  a  Lanthom.  To  illumine 
them,  they  fhould  have  Bonefires  ;  but  as  that  would  be 


Subftance  is  converted  into  Stone:  This  is 
done  by  diffolving  a  Metal,  for  inflance,  in  a  corrofive 
Spirit  or  Mcnftruum,  and  afterwards  boiling  that  Diffolu- 
tion  into  the  Coniiftence  of  a  Stone.  Lapidijication  is  pra£li- 
fed  in  Metals,  fixed  Salts,  and  Salts  of  Plants-  The  Term 
is  alfo  ufed  in  making  artificial  Stones.  FctrifaHion. 
LAPIS  CALAMINARiS.    See  Calamine. 
LAPIS  DE  GOA.   See  Goa-Stone. 
LAPIS  INFERNALIS,  a  caullick  Stone  prepared  va- 
rious Ways ;  fometimes  of  ftrong  Soap-Lees  evaporated  to 
a  Drynefs,  and  the  Remainder  kept  in  a  Glafs  well  ftopp'd 
from  the  Air:  fometimes  it  is  tnade  of  Vitriol  and  Tartar, 
calcined  Sal  Armoniac,  and  Quick-Lime  boll'd  in  Water 
to  a  ftrong  Lixivium,  then  ftrain'd  and  evaporated  till  it 
is  dry. 

LAPIS  LAZULI,  a  Mineral  Stone  of  a  blue  Colour. 

Flifiy  and  Diofcoridts  make  it  a  Sand,  Jgricola  a  Mineral 
found  in  the  Veins  of  the  Earth ;  but  the  truth  is, 'tis  a 
mere  Stone,  call'd  by  way  of  Excellence  Lapis,  or  Lapis 
Lazuli.  When  perfe6f-,  'tis  ftuddcd  with  little  Specks  or 
Stars  of  Gold  ;  for  which  Reafon,  'Mefne  calls  it  Lapis  Stel^ 
I  at  us :  and  to  be  good,  Iliould  be  able  to  refift  Fire  and 


inconvenient,  they  content  themfelvcs  with  lighting  up  in  Smoak,  and  ti.  come  out  of  em  with  new  Luflre  It  is  found 

themaninfiniteNumber  of  Torches  ot  Lamps,  which  at  in  Mines  of  Gold,  Silver,  and  Copper,  as_  iilfom  litsot 

a  diftance  have  a  beautiful  EffeB.    In  thefe  they  exhibit  Marble  ;  which  lad  is  that  generally  in  Lie     >,aturali  Is 

various  Kinds  of  Shews  to  divert  the  People.    Befides  dillinguifh  three  Kinds  of  ia;.,,    T  he  hill  call  d  old 

thefe  monftrous  LowtorMi,  there  is  an  infinite  Number  of  Rock,  which  is  pure,  fmooth,  a  fine  blue,  with  beauti- 

Jefs  :  thcfe  ufually  confift  of  fix  Faces  or  Lidhts,  each  ful  yellow  Streaks  like  Veins  of  Gold,  which  vet  are  tre^ 

about  4  Feet  high   and  one  and  a  half  broad,  framed  in  quently  no  more  than  Veins  of  Pyrites.    The  fecond  cal- 

Wood  finely  gilt  and  adorned  ;  over  thcfe  they  flretch  a  led  the  new  Rock,  is  fluffed  with  common  Stonesj  .is 
fine  tranfparent  Silk,  curioufly  painted  with  Flowers, 


Trees,  and  fometiities  Human  Figures :  the  Painting  is 
very  extraordinary,  and  the  Colours  extremely  bright  i 
and'whenthcTorchcs  arc  lighted,  they  appear  very  beau- 
tiful and  furprizing. 


Colour  is  weaker,  and  itsPrice  lower:  thefe  two  Kinds 
arc  brought  from  Fcrfia  and  Siam  ;  the  third  Kind  is 
brought  from  the  Mountains  of  ^/iiMrgKC.  This  is  mix'd 
with  the  common  Rock  whence  ic  is  dug,  it  is  of  a  pale 
blue,  and  is  fprinklcd  with  grecnifli  Spots,  with  Veins 


of 


L  AR 


(  431  )       L  AR 


of  Pyrites.   This  when  fufficiently  charged  with  Spots  of  Lares:  but  there  was  a  world  of  difference  between  the 


Lares  of  the  Romans  ind  the  Frxjihes  of  the  E^yftians. 

The  public  Lures  were  alfo  call'd  Comfiules,  from 
Comf  itiim  a  Crofs-Way,  and  riales  from  Via  a  Way  ot 
public  Road  ;  as  being  placed  at  the  Meetings  of  Roads 
and  in  the  High-ways,  and  efleem'd  the  Fatrons  and 
I'toteaors  of  Travellers.  Their  private  Larts  took  caro 
of  particular  Houfes  and  Families  ;  Thefe  they  alfo  call'd 


Green,  is  fold  for  the  Armeman  Stone.  The  Laj^is  is  of 
feme  Ufe  in  Medicine  ;  they  prepare  it  by  calcining  and 
wa/hing  it  fevcral  times  ;  which  done,  it  makes  an  Ingre- 
dient in  the  famous  ConfeiSion  of  Alkermes.  Sometimes, 
in  fpight  of  all  its  Lotions,  it  continues  to  be  a  Purgative, 
by  reafon  of  the  Vitriolic  Matter  it  contains. 

LAPIS  MEDICAMENTOSUS,  the  medicinal  Stone, 
a  Compofition  of  green  and  white  Vitriol,  Alurn,  Anatron    Pr-fjiites  from  fr^efto^ 
of  Samii'i'er,  common  Salt,  and  Salt  of  Tartar,  melted 

over  the  Fire,  and  flirr'd  till  they  thicken  ;  then  mix'd  S^''!  frxftant  Qcitlis  omnia  ma  fids.     Ovid.  Faft, 

with  Powder  of  Venice,  Cerufs,  and  Armenian  Bo\c,  llir- 

ring  the  whole  till  it  grows  hard.  This  is  faid  to  fiften  They  gave  the  name  Vrhatii,  i.  e.  Lares  of  Cities,  to  thofs 
the  Teeth,  prefcrve  the  Gums,  heal  and  dry  up  Ulcers  wlio  had  Cities  under  their  Care  ;  and  Hojtdi,^  to  thofa 
and  Wounds,  and  is  ufed  in  Injedfions,  and  in  Compofi-  ^'ho  were  to  keep  their  Enemies  olF.  There  were  alio 
tions  for  fore  Eyes.  "  Lares  of  the  Country,  called  Kttrales^  as  appears  by  feve- 

LAFSE,  a  Slip  or  Omiffion  of  a  Patron  to  prefent  a    ral  Antique  Infctiptions. 
Clerk  to  a  Benefice  within  fix  Months  of  its  being  void  j       The  Antients  dilfcr  extremely  about  the  Origin  of  the 
in  which  Cafe  the  Benefice  is  faid  to  be  in  La^fe,  or  lap-    Lares  :  Afuleins  allures  us  they  were  the  Poilerity  of  the 
fed.  Lemttres,    Nigridiiis^  ss.ecoxA'mgxo  ArmlLns,  itiadc 'em  fome- 

LAQUEARIUS,  the  Name  of  a  Kind  of  Athleta  times  the  Guardians  and  Proredors  of  Houfes,  and  fome- 
aiTiong  the  Antients  :  In  one  Hand  he  held  a  kind  of  times  the  fame  with  the  CHrttcj  of  Samothracia,  which  the 
Snare,   wherewith  to  embarafs  and  intangle  his  Anta-    Greeks  call  Idean  DaHyles,  and  whereof  we  have  made 


gonill,  and  in  the  other  a  Poniard  to  flab  him.  The 
Word  comes  frotti  the  Latin  Lai'teiis. 

LAQJJEUS  in  Chirurgery  is  a  Band  fo  tied,  that  if 
it  be  attra£led,  or  prelTed  with  Weight,  it  /huts  up  clofe. 
Its  Ufe  is  to  extend  broken  or  disjointed  Bones,  to  keep 
them  in  their  Places,  when  they  arc  fet,  and  to  bind  the 
Parts  clofe  together. 


jiieiitiuu  under  the  words  Cicretes  and  DaByle.  Nor  was 
Varro  more  confiftent  in  his  Opinion  of  thefe  Gods  5 
fometimes  making  them  the  Ivlanes  of  Heroes,  and  fome- 
times  Gods  of  the  Air. 

TertuUian  tells  us,  the  Cuflom  of  worlhipping  the  Lares 
arofe  from  this,  that  they  antiently  interred  their  Dead  in 
their  Houfes,  whence  the  credulous  People  took  occafion 


LAR-BOARD  is  the  Left-hand  Side  of  a  Ship  when  to  imagine  their  Souls  continued  there  alfo,  and  proceed- 

you  Hand  with  your  Face  to  the  Head.  ed  to  pay  'em  divine  Honours.    To  this  it  may  be  added, 

LARCENY,  in  Law,  is  a  Theft  of  perfonal  Goods  or  that  the  Cuflom  being  afterwards  introduced  of  burying' 

Chattels  in  the  Owner's  abfence.    In  refpefl  of  the  Thing  in  the  Highways,  hence  they  might  take  occafion  to  reoard 

flolen,  it  is  either  great  or  fmall  ;  great  Larceny  is  when  'cm  as  Gods  of  the  Highways.  The  Viflim  offered  to°the 


the  Things  ftolen,  tho'  feverally,  exceed  the  Value  of 
izci.  Petty  Larceny  is  when  the  Goods  flolen  exceed  not 
that  Value.  The  Healing  of  a  Horfe  or  a  Cow,  was  for- 
merly reckoned  petty  Larceny.  The  Civilians  define  Lar- 
ceny, a  fraudulent  Subtra6lion  of  another  Man's  Property, 
with  defign  to  appropriate  it  without  the  Owner's  Leave. 
"When  it  is  done  by  Force,  it  is  called  a  Robbery.  By  the 
Roman  Law,  the  Penalty  of  liinple  and  fecrct  Larceny^ 
was  the  returning  it  twofold  j  and  of  manifeft  Larceny 


Lares  in  the  public  Sacrifices,  was  a  Hog  :  In  private  they 
offered  'em  Wine,  Incenfe,  a  Crown  of  Wool,  and  a  little 
of  what  was  left  at  the  Table.  They  crown'd  them  with 
Flowers,  particularly  the  Violet,  Myrtle,  and  Rofemary. 
Their  Symbol  was  a  Dog,  which  was  ufually  reprefented 
by  their  fide,  on  account  of  its  Fidelity  and  the  Service 
it  does  to  Man,  in  w.atchinghis  Houfe.'  They  were  alfo 
reprefented  as  clothed  in  aDog's  Skin.  See  Fenaies.  On 
the  Lares,  fee  alfo  Arnobiits,  Laiiantiiis,  Aagitjiin  de  Ciiiitt 


fourfold  :  ManifeH  Larceny  was  where  the  Criminal  was  Natalis  Comes,  Lamlin  on  Flmt.  Auhd.  and  on  Har.  Cafaiiliox 

taken  in  the  Fail;  fimple,  where  he  was  not.    The  Lfl-  on  Suelojs.Sic. 

cedemanians  never  punilfied  Larceny,  provided  the  Perfon  LARGE,  a  Sea-Term.    See  Veering. 
were  not  caught  in  the  FacT:  ;  but  on  the  contrary,  it  was  LARMIER,  in  Architeflure,  aflat  fquare  maffive  Mem- 
applauded  as  a  Mark  of  Dexterity  and  Addrefs:  The  Or-  ber  of  the  Cornice,  between  the  Cymatium  andOvalo,  fo 
■■^|f,ans  are  faid  to  honour  it  at  this  day  ;  infomuch  that  at  called  from  its  Ufe,  which  is  to  difperfe  the  Water  .^nd  to 
L„„n.  .u„:.  Tr....i,              r..,r-.._  ^^^f^;^     f^n     ^  Jiflance  from  theWall  drop  by  drop  or 


their  publick  I'eafls  their  Youth  arc  not  fuffercd  to  drink, 
if  they  have  not  performed  fomething  remarkable  in  that 
Way.  Soltnus  tells  us,  that  in  S.V'dinia  there  was  a  Foun- 
tain that  had  the  Virtue  of  difcovering  a  Perfon  that  had 
committed  Larceny.  The  Word  comes  from  the  French 
Larcin,  and  that  from  the  Latin  Latrocinium. 


as  it  were  by  Tears,  Larme  in  French  fignifying"a  Tear.  The 
Larmier  is  alfo  call'd  Corona  :  See  F.ntaUature  and  Corona 

LARYNGOTOMIA,  a  Chirurgical  Operation,  oran  In- 
cifion  in  thoTrac2)eo  or  Wind-pipe  between  two  of  its  Anmili 
or  Rings,  in  order  to  give  pafTige  for  the  Breath,  when 


LARENTINALIA,  the  Name  of  a  Feaft  among  the  there  is  danger  of  Suffocation,  from  an  Inflammation  of 

Romans.    Some  take  this  for  a  Feaft  of  the  Lam,  but  'tis  the  Larynx,  £^c.    Dr.  M«/;raoe  obferves  that  in  all  Me- 

no  wife  probable,  that  the  iid  Day  of  Decemher  being  dicine  there  is  not  one  Method  that  works  fo  great  a 

coiifecratcd  to  them  under  the  Name  of  Comf  kales,  the  Change,  for  the  better,  in  fofliort  a  time.    However,  it  is 

I3tl  lltouldalfo  be  devoted  to  them  under  a  new  Name,  feldom  praflifed,  in  regard  that  Gap  which  appears  on 

Man»tms,  Golmms,  Rofinm,  and  others  take  LarenunaUa  to  the  cutting  a  Throat,  (the  divided  Parts  being  then  drawn 

T  a  tJ'i^"         '''••"'^•"•••''i'-,  which  fee.  towards  their  mote  fixed  Ends)  together  wi?h  the  great 

LARES   among  the  Antients,  were  a  kind  of  Domeflic  Efilux  of  Blood  when  the  Jugulars  and  Carotid  Arteries 

Gem.,  or  Divinities  worljipd  in  Houfes,  and  efleem'd  are  alfo  wounded,  create  in  mo&  Men  a  Dread  of  the 

the  Guardians  and  1  roteaors  of  Families  j  fuppofed  to  Operation,  and  make  many  believe  all  Wounds  of  the 

refideinthe  Chimney-Corner.    ««t«iv.4  diflmguiflies  be-  T™rfe«  mortal.    The  fame  Author  makes  no  fcruple  how- 

twecn  Good  and  Evil  Lares,  as  he  had  before  done  be-  ever  to  fay  it  ought  to  be  praftifed  in  Quinsies,  and  other 


tween  Good  and  Evil  Gen 


The; 


here  were  fome  publ.-, 
others  private.     Afuleius   tells  us  the  Domeflic  Lares 
were  no  more  than   the   SouK-  of  departed  Perfons, 
who    had    lived  well,  and  difcharged  the   Duties  of 
their  Station  ;  whereas  thofe  tvho  had  done  otherwife 
were  Vagabonds,  wandering  about  and  frightening  Peo- 
ple and  call'd  ia,"-*  and  Lo»«.-,^j,    The  fi'rft  were  alfo    of  the  Trachea, "lyin7  below  th. 
calld  Fenates,  and  were  worfllip  d  under  the  figures  of   and  before  the  Pharynx 
little  Marmoufets  or  Images  of  Wax,  Silver,  or  Earthen    fpiration,  and  thoprincii 
Ware.    The  Pantheons,  or  Images  reprcfcnting  feveral  dy 
Gods  at  once,  were  alio  call'd  Lares.    Harpocrates  had 
one  of  thefe.    r.i?To  and  Macrohius  fay  the  Lares  were  the 
Children  of  Mania.    0-Sid  makes  them  the  Children  of 


Mercu 


-y  am 


,d  the 


Jtiits  call  Laranda 


Naid  Lara,  whom  LaHantius  and  Aufo- 
The  Temple  of  the  Lares  was  in  the 


,  ightto  be  praflifed  in  Quinzies,  and  othe 
Dangers  of  Suffocation  from  Caufes  of  a  like  nature  with 
'em  ;  from  an  extraordinary  Cure  which  he  himfelf  had 
wrought  in  this  way.  The  word  is  derived  from  the 
Creek  AafufJ  and  ■niAt<t,feco.  This  is  the  fame  with  Bio;j- 
ckotomy.     See  Brotichotomy. 

LARYNX,  in  Anatomy,  is  the  upper  Part,  or  Head 
he  Root  of  the  Tongue, 
It  is  one  of  the  Organs  of  Re- 
principal  Inflrument  of  Voice,    Its  Bo- 
moft  wholly  cartilaginous,  and  it  is  to  be  con- 
flantly  open  to  give  room  for  the  Air  to  pafs  and  repafs. 
Its  Figure  is  circular,  tho'  it  jets  out  a  little  before,  and 
riV'"'*^  fl"'ed  behind,  left  it  fliould  incommode  the 
Ocfophagus  whereon  it  is  placed.    The  L.vyn:<  is  of  dif- 
ferent Diameters,   according  to  the  different  Ages  ;  in 


thi  firft  wh  t'    ^•^■"""'^'"g<'f  ■t^f^-'Wwas  young  People  'tis  narraw,  whence  their  Voice  comes  to 

fnd  Fire  nW      ^  The  Chimney  be  acute  ;    in  thofc  more  advanced  in  Years,  'tis  more 

''^'^^^"^''tl'-^  ample,  which  occafions  their  Voice  .0  be  ftronoer  and 

Sifed  m  take  c-^r^Jcwu     T     ?     'u" u  ^"T"'       '^'^^       ^igg"  than  in  Women,  foV  which 

poled  °         "re  of  Children  from  their  birth.    'Tis  for  reafon  Mens  Voice  is  more  grave  than  that  of  Women. 

four  Got  who  pr"efiTef"'°'T  '  b''  T  '^^rPr/'""'  ''^'^  "  ^PP="'  '^'^  '^f^  "  Women,  in  regard  the  Gland  " 
tour  (jrods  who  prehdcd  over  the  Births  of  Children, 


the  Geiims,  Fortr.ne,  Zo-ve  and  Nccefty,  call'd  Pr^Jiiiss  ; 
fome  interpret  him  as  If  he  had  faid  the  Egyptians  had 


tuate  flt  the  bottom  of  the  Larynx^  are  bigger  in  Wo- 
men than  in  Men.  The  Larynx  moves  at  the  time  of 
Deglutition  5  when  the  Ocfophagus  is  lowered  for  the 

Reception 


LAS 


(  43i  ) 


LAT 


Reception  of  tbe  Food,  the  Larynx  raifcs  iifclf  to  com- 
prels  it,  and  facilitate  its  Djfcent. 

']  here  are  five  different  kinds  of  Parts  belonging  to 
the  Larynx^  -viz  Cartilages,  Mufcles,  Membranes, 
Is'erves,  and  Gbmds.  Us  Cartilages  arc  the  Thyroides, 
Cricoidcs,  Aryta;noides,_  Glottis,  and  Epiglottis,  by 
means  of  which  it  caneafily  dilate  and  contraft,  Hiuc  and 
openiifelf.  Thefc  form  the  whole  Body  of  the  Larynx^ 
and  grow  dry  and  harden,  in  proportion  as  the  Perfon 
grows  old,  whence  the  L.r.ynx  lometimes  appears  as  if 
jt  were  bony.  The  biggelt  of  thefe  is  the  Thyroid  es  or 
Scutiformis,  this  guards  the  Forepart,  and  has  its  "Name 
frfjpi  fume  fuppofcd  Refcmblance  it  bears  to  a  Shield. 
It  is  of  a  Concavu-convex  fquare  figure,  the  hollow  part  be- 
ing inward,  and  the  gibbous  outward,  having  a  little  Pro- 
mmence  in  the  middle,  called  Tomum  y!da>n'i^3.s\i  fomeof 
ihe  forbidden  Fruit  had  iluck  in  Mam's  Throat,  and  oc- 
cafioned  thai  Swelling.  The  fecond  is  called  Cyicoides, 
or  AtiiuthiriS,  from  its  Refemblance  to  a  Ring  which  the 
Turks  put  on  their  Thumb  for  the  drawing  of  their 
Bows.  The  forepart  of  this  is  very  narrow,  coming  un- 
der the  other  Cartilage,  but  behind  it  is  broad,  thick,  and 
strong,  being  as  it  were  the  Balis  of  all  the  others.  The 
third  and  fourth  are  called  Jryixmides,  orGuttaks,  from  the 
Figure  of  an  Ewer,  which  thefc  two  together  fomewhat 
rcfemble.  At  the  Jun£f ure  of  thefe  two  there  is  a  little 
Cleft,  or  Chink,  in  form  of  a  little  Tongue,  and  for  that 
reafon  called  Ghms,  or  LinguL.  Through  this  Chink 
ihc  Air  defcends  into  the  Lungs,  and  the  pituitous  Matter 
cjeaed  by  coughing  in  Catarrhs  is  let  out.  It  fcrves  alfo 
for  modulating  the  Voice,  and  is  imitated  in  Flutes  and 
ihe  Pipes  of  Organs.  Over  the  Glottis  lies  a  fifth  Car- 
tilage called  the  Epiglotns,  which  is  very  thin  and  fofr, 
and  in  Non-adults  aimoit;  membranous,  coiicave  on  the 
under  Side,  and  convex  on  the  upper:  It  detends  the  En- 
trance of  the  Larynx,  and  hinders  the  Liquids  which  in 
drinking  Hip  over  it  into  the  Ocfophagus,  from  falling  in- 
to the  Trachea.  The  i..ii-_>7;x  has  feven  Pair  of  Mufcles, 
which  fcrve  to  move  its  fevcral  Cartilages,  and  lo  contradt 
or  dilate  them  at  pleafurei  two  Pair  of  them  are  com- 
mon, the  other  five  proper:  the  proper  are  ihofe  which 
have  both  their  Origination  and  Infertion  into  the  Larynx^ 
the  common  have  only  their  Infertion  there.  Of  the  former 
Kind  are  the  Cr\cothyroides,  which  moves  ihefcutiform 
Cartilage  j  the  Crico-aryta:noides  Pollicum,  which  ferves, 
by  its  Coniradion,  to  draw  the  Aryta:noides  Cartilage, 
and  to  open  the  Rima.  The  third  is  the  Arytxnoides  i 
this  ferves  to  bring  the  two  Cartilages  of  that  Name  to- 
gether, and  to  fhut  the  Rima.  The  fourth  is  the  Crico- 
aryracnoides  Late  rale  5  and  the  fifth  the  Thyreo-arytxnoi- 
des,  which /liuts  the  lu'-jf^x.  The  common  Mufcles  arc 
the  Sternothjroides,  which  ferve  to  draw  down  the 
Thyroide  Cartilage,  and  the  Hyothyroidcs  which  lift  up 
that  Cartilage.  The  Larynx  has  but  too  Membranes,  the 
one  external,  which  is  a  Continuation  of  that  which  covers 
the  Trachea  j  and  the  other  internal,  which  is  the  fame 
that  lines  the  whole  Mouth;  it  receives  two  Branches  of 
Nerves  from  the  Recurrents,  and  it  is  moiftened  by  four 
large  Glands,  two  fituate  above  called  Tonfils,  and  two 
underneath  call'd  Thyroides. 

The  Larynx  is  of  very  confiderable  Ufc,  not  only  In 
forming  and  modulating  the  Voice,  by  the  different 
Apertures  of  its  Rima  or  Chink,  but  alfo  in  comprcffmg 
the  Lungs  in  a  greater  or  lefs  Degree  by  the  Air  ;  Fur  if 
the  internal  Diameter  of  the  Larynx  had  been  equal  to 
that  of  the'iracbea,  the  Lungs  could  have  undergone 
little  or  no  Compreflion  at  all ;  nor,  confequently,  with- 
out the  Larynx  could  we  have  reaped  any  Advantage  from 
Breathing,  in  regard  the  Air  would  not  have  refilled  that 
Force  wherewith  it  is  driven  out  in  Expiration,  nor  confe- 
quently could  the  Comprefliun  have  been  made  in  the 
Lungs,  which  is  found  neceflary  for  the  Comminution  of 
the  Globules  of  the  Blood,  and  the  mixing  of  the  two 
Fluids,  Air  and  Blood,  together.  For  the  A6lion  of  the 
Larynx  in  Sound,  fee  Glottis  and  Somd  j  fee  alfo  Bpiglotus-, 
Trachea,  8ic. 

LASH,  the  Sea-Word  for  binding  up  to  the 'Ship's 
fide  Muskets,  Butts  of  Water  or  Beer,  or  Pieces  ot 
Timber  to  make  Ipars  Top-Marts.  When  any  thing  is 
thus  fallen'd  to  the  Ship,  it  is  called  LaJlAng.  But  the 
Lapen  are  properly  thofe  Ropes  only,  which  bind  fait 
the  Tackles,  and  the  Breeches  of  the  Ordnance,  when 
they  are  haled,  or  made  fali  within  board. 

LASKING,  a  Sea-Term.    See  reem;^. 

LASSITUDE,  among  Phyficians,  expreffcs  that  We a- 
rinefs  or  Heavinefs  of  Members  that  proceeds  from  a 
dillempcrcd  State  of  Body, and  nor  from  Exercile  j  either 
from  an  Increafc  of  Bulk,  from  a  Diminution  of  proper 
Evacuation,  or  from  too  great  a  Confumption  of  that 
Fluid  which  is  ncceflary  to  maintain  the  Force  and  Spring 
of  the  Solids,  as  in  Fevers  and  Convulfions  j  or  from  a 
vitiated  Secretion  of  that  Juice,  whereby  the  Fibres  are 


not  fupplied  either  in  due  Quantity  or  Quality.  The 
Remedy  in  the  firff  Caie  is  Evacuation,  in  the  latter 
proper  Diet,  or  fuch  Alterative  Medicines  as  influenci; 
j'uch  a  Secretion. 

LAST,  or  LeJ},  in  general  fignifies  the  Burden,  or  Load 
of  a  Ship.  It  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  certain  Weight  and  Mea- 
fure,  which  is  various  in  various  Countries  ;  tho  in  the  ge- 
neral, the  Z-afi  \s  elfimatcd  at  40CO /^i.  weight.  l\  L:iji 
of  Cod-Fifh,  White  Herrings,  Meal,  and  Allies  for  Soap, 
is  j2  Barrels  for  each  :  Of  Corn  or  Rape-Seed  ic  Quar- 
ters: Of  Gunpowder  24  Barrels,  or  14.00  IiL  weight:  Of 
Red  Herrings  20  Cades  :  Of  Hides  1 2  Dozen  :  Of  Lea- 
ther 20  Dickers:  Of  Pitch  or  Tar  j  4  Barrels :  Of  Wool 
12  Sacks  :  Of  Stock-fifh  icco  :  Of  flax  or  Feathers 
1700  lib.  weight. 

LASTAGE,  or  Lcfia^e,  according  to  Raftal,  is  a  Du- 
ty exa<5ted  in  fomc  Fairs  and  Markets  to  carry  things 
bought  where  one  will.  Lajlagc,  fays  another  A urhor,  is 
properly  thatCuttom,  which  is  paid  for  Wares  fold  by  the 
Lait.  In  a  Law  of  R.j.  the  Jecond  Lajiagc  is  taken  for 
the  Balance  or  Lading  of  a  Ship.  LalKy,  LajLige  is  fome- 
times  ufedfor  Garbage,  Rubbilh,  or  fuch  Filth. 

LAST  HEIR,  is  he  to  whom  Lands  cotne  by  Efcheat 
for  want  of  lawful  ilelrs  j  which  in  many  Cafes  is  the 
Lord  whereof  they  are  held,  but  in  others  the  King. 

LATERAL  EQUATION,  in  Algebra,  an  Equation 
having  only  one  Root ;  whereas  a  t\)iiadratick  hath  two, 
and  a  Cubick  5  Roots,  ti°c.  And  fuch  Equations  can  be 
determined  and  conllruiied  by  the  Interfeition  of  two 
Right  Lines,  which  is  a  Compolition  of  i  -}-  i  =  2.  But 
a  Quadratick  cannot  be  determined  or  conltruffed,  with- 
out a  Strait  Line  and  a  Circle  cutting  each  other. 

LATERAN,  was  originally  the  proper  Name  of  a 
Man,  whence  it  defccnded  to  an  antient  Palace  in  Rowe, 
and  to  the  Buildings  fince  eredied  in  its  place  :  Particu- 
larly to  a  Church  called  St.  John  of  the  Lateran^  which  is 
the  principal  See  of  the  Popedom. 

CoimcUs  of  the  Lateran  are  thofe  held  In  the  Bafilifque 
of  the  Lateran :  Of  thefe  there  have  been  five,  held  in 
1123, 1 1 39, 1 179, 1 21 5,  and  1 51 3. 

Cation  Regi'.iar  of  the  Congyegaiioti  of  the  Lateran,  is  a 
Congregation  of  Regular  Canons,  whereof  that  Church 
is  the  principal  place.  'Tis  pretended,  there  has  been  an 
Uninterrupted  Succeflion  of  Clerks,  living  in  common, 
from  the  Time  of  the  Apoilles,  and  that  a  number  of 
thefe  were  cllablifli'd  in  the  LtJttT.uz  in  the  Time  ot  Con- 
Jlantine.  But  the  Canons  were  not  introduced  till  the 
Time  of  Leo  I.  and  thefe  held  the  Church  8co  Years,  till 
the  Reign  of  Boniface,  who  took  it  from  'em,  and  placed 
Secular  Canons  in  their  room,  150  Years  after,  the  Re- 
gulars were  reinftated. 

A  LATERE,  a  Z-uIn  Term  ufed  for  the  Qualification 
of  Cardinals  whom  the  Pope  lends  as  Legates  into  foreign 
Courts,  who  are  called  Cardinals  a  latere,  as  being  his 
Holinefs's  Counfellors  in  ordinary  and  Affiftants.  See 
Legate.  The  Guards  of  Princes  were  heretofore  called 
Laterones,  becaufe  alv^/ays  attending  at  their  Side.<!,  a  U- 
tere.  Dit  Cajige,  in  his  Gloflary,  fays  there  were  antiently 
Counts  a  latere^  and  Monitors  a  laitre. 

LATH,  in  Building,  long,  thin,  narrow  Slips  of  Wood 
ufed  in  Tyling  andWalling.  Thefe  are  divided  into  three 
kinds,  with  regard  to  the  different  Woods  they  are  made 
of,  vi^  Heart  of  Oak.  Sap-Laths  and  Deal-Laths  :  the 
two  laft  ufed  only  for  Ceiling  and  Partitioning,  and  the 
firft  only  for  Tyling.  Again,  Larij  are  diftingui/li'd  into 
three  kinds  more,  with  regard  to  their  Length,  -viz-  into 
5  foot,  4  foot,  and  5  foot  Laths;  tho  the  Statute  allows 
but  of  two  lengths,  -uiz.  thofe  of  5  foot  and  of  3,  each  of 
which  are  to  be  an  inch  and  half  in  breadth,  and  half  an 
inch  in  thicknefs.    Thefe  are  whatKimt^^ntJ  calls  ^>H/.n"ca. 

LATHE,  or  Leathc,  a  very  ufeful  Engine  for  the  turn- 
ing of  Wood,  Ivory,  Metals,  and  other  Materials.  The 
Invention  of  the  Lathe  is  very  antient,  Diodorm  Siadus 
fays,  the  firll  who  ufed  it  was  a  Nephew  of  D^dMs,  na- 
med Tahs.  Thny  afcribcs  it  to  Theodart  of  Samoi,  and 
mentions  oneTimc/a,  who  render'd  himfelf  very  famous 
bv  his  Dexterity  in  managing  the  Laihe. 

'with  this  Inllrument  the  Antients  turn'd  all  kinds  of 
Vafes,  many  whereof  they  enrich 'd  with  Figures  and  Or- 
naments in  Baffo  Relievo.    Thus  Virgil^ 

Lenta  qiiihis  Torno  facili  fiij>eraddita  Vitss. 

The  Greek  and  Latin  Authors  make  frequent  mention  of 
the  Lathe,  and  Ccero  calls  the  Workmen  who  ufed  it  Vaf- 
adarii.  'Twas  a  Proverb  among  the  Antients,  to  fay  a 
thing  was  formed  in  the  Lathe,  to  exprefs  its  Delicacy 
and  Juftnefs. 

The  Lathe  is  compofed  of  two  wooden  Cheeks  or  Sides, 
parallel  to  the  Horizon,  having  a  Groove  or  Opening  be- 
tween j  perpendicular  to  thefe,  are  two  other  I'ieces  cal- 
led Puppets,  made  to  Aide  between  the  Cheeks,  and  to 
bs  fix'd  down  at  any  Point  at  pleafure.    Thefe  have  two 

Points, 


LAT 


Points,  between  which  the  Piece  to  be  turned  is  fuftained  j 
ihcPiece  is  turn'd  round,  backwards  and  forw^ards,by  means 
of  a  String  put  round  it,  and  fattened  above  to  the  End  of 
a  pliabic'Pole,  und  underneath  to  a  Tredle  or  Board  mo- 
ved with  the  Foot.  There  is  alfo  a  Reft  which  bears  up 
the  Tool,  and  keeps  it  rteady. 

As  'tis  the  Ufe  and  Application  of  this  Inftrument  that 
makes  the  greatelt  Part  of  the  Art  of  Turning,  we  re- 
fer the  particular  Defcription  thereof,  as  well  as  the  Man- 
ner of  applying  it  in  various  Works,  to  that  Head.  Sco 

LATHE,  in  our  Law.   See  Lerie. 

LATIAR,  a  Eeatt,  or  Ceremony  infliruted  by  Tarqid- 
fiius  SnJ^erbui,  in  honour  o{ ^Kfiter  Latialis.  The  Founder 
only  appointed  one  Day  for  this  Feaftj  the  firfl  Coniuls 
added  another  to  it  upon  concluding  the  Peace  with  the 
Zathisi  a  third  was  added  after  the  People  who  had  re- 
tired to  the  A'/oHs  Sacer  were  returned  to  Rome  ;  and  a 
fourth  after  appeafing  the  Sedition  raifcd  on  occafion  of 
the  Confulate,  in  which  the  People  would  needs  have  a 
Share.  Thefe  four  Days  were  called  the  Latin  I'erif, 
and  every  thing  done  during  the  Courfe  of  thefe  Fer'w:,  as 
Feails,  Sacrifices,  Offerings,  £^c.  were  called  Latlares. 
Tarqiiin  having  made  aTreaty  of  Alliance  with  the  Latins, 
propofed,  in  order  for  perpetuating  it,  to  ercft  a  common 
Temple,  where  all  the  Allies,  the  Romans,  Latins,  Berjiict, 
Voifci,  Ss-c.  Jhould  affemble  themfelvcs  every  Year,  hold 
a  kind  of  Fair,  exchange  Merchandizes,  feaft,  facri- 
Hce,  and  make  merry  together.  Such  was  the  Inftitution 
of  the  Laiiar. 

LATICLAVUS,  a  Garment  of  Diflinclion  and  Dignity 
among  the  Romans.  It  was  a  kind  of  Tunic,  oi:  long 
Coatfaced  with  one  or  two  Slips  of  Purple  applied  length- 
wife  to  the  two  Sides  of  the  Tunic,  In  xhz  Laticlaviisxhc^c 
Slips  were  pretty  broad,  and  in  the  Mgujiidavus  narrower? 
though  there  is  nothing  about  which  the  Learned  differ 
more,  than  the  Difference  between  thofe  two  Habits. 
There  were  Burtons  fct  on  the  Laiiclavtis,  which  appear 'd 
like  the  Heads  of  large  Nails ;  whence  fome  think  it 
took  its  Name.  'Ihe  Senators,  Praetors,  and  the  chief 
Magi£lratcs  of  Colonies  and  municipal  Cities,  had  a 
Right  to  wear  it.  The  Robe  called  Pr^texta,  was  wore 
over  the  Latichivus.  When  the  Pra:tor  pronounced  Sen- 
tence of  Death,  he  put  off  the  Prietexta,  but  retained  the 
Laticla'ous, 

LATINE,  a  dead  Language  firllr  fpoken  in  Latium, 
and  afterwards  at  Rome,  and  flill  ufed  in  the  Romijh 
Church,  and  among  the  Men  of  Learning.  Some  Authors 
rank  the  Latiii  among  the  Number  of  original  Languages, 
but  by  Miflakc :  It  is  formed  principally  from  the  Grec^, 
and  particularly  the  JEohc  Dialect  of  that  Tongue  ;  tho' 
it  has  a  great  N  umber  of  Words  which  it  borrow'd  from 
the  Languages  of  the  Etniri,  Ofci,  and  other  antient  Peo- 
ple of  Italy  ■■,  and  their  foreign  Commerce  and  Wars,  in 
courfe  of  Time,  added  a  great  many  more.  The  Latin  is 
a  flrong,  firm  Language,  perfe6Uy  fuitable  to  the  Charac- 
ter of'the  People  who  fpoke  it.  We  have,  Hill,  Works  of 
every  kind,  admirably  well  written  in  Latin,  tho'  there 
are  an  infinite  Number  loft.  T\iz  Latin  is  more  figura- 
tive than  the  Eyiglifi,  Icfs  pliant  than  the  Freiicb,  Icfs  co- 

Sious  than  the  Gree^f',  lefs  pompous  than  the  S^anijh,  lefs 
elicate  than  the  Italian,  but  clofer  and  more  nervous 
than  any  of  them.  For  a  while,  the  Latin  Tongue  was 
confined  almoft  wholly  within  the  Walls  of  Rome  ;  nor 
would  the  Romans  allow  the  common  Ufe  of  it  to  their 
Neighbours,  or  to  the  Nations  they  fubdued.  Cicero  oh - 
ferved  that  even  in  his  Time  Greek  was  ufed  almoft  among 
every  People,  but  the  Latifz  only  confined  to  a  very  nar- 
row Compafs  ;  Gr.fca  h^^^unmr  hi  ommbits  fere  Gsntihus,  La- 
tina  fi'.is  fmthii^  exiguis  fane  contineyitiir .  By  degrees  they 
were  brought  to  grant  the  Ufe  of  it  as  a  Favour,  and  in 
time  became  fenfible  of  the  NccclTity  there  was  of  its 
being  generally  underilood  for  the  Conveniency  of  Com- 
merce 5  and  accordingly  ufed  their  utraoft  Endeavours 
that  all  the  Nations  iubjefl  to  their  Empire,  ftiould  be 
united  by  fome  common  Language  ;  fo  that  at  length 
they  impofed  that  as  a  L;iw,  which  they  had  before 
granted  as  a  Favour,  After  theTranfiation  of  the  Seat  of 
the  Empire,  from  Rome  to  ConJiaisTimple,  the  Emperors  of 
the  Eaft,  being  always  defirous  of  retaining  the  Titles  of 
Roman  Emperors,  appointed  the  Latui  to  be  ftill  retained 
in  Ufe  both  in  their  Refcripts  and  EdiiSls,  as  appears  by 
the  Ccnftitution  of  the  Eaftern  Einperors  collected  in  the 
Theodojicin  Code:  But  at  length  the  Emperors  neglefling 
the  Empire  of  the  Weft,  abandon'd  all  Care  of  the  Z^t in 
Tongue,  and  allowed  their  Judges  to  pafs  Sentence  in 
Greek -J  and  accordingly  we  find  the  Emperor  ^w^iK/aw's 
Novels  compofed  in  Greek.  Charlemagne  coming  to  the 
Empire  of  the  Weft,  appointed  the  Proceedings  in  fove- 
rcign  Cr  urts  to  be  in  Latin  5  and  the  Notaries  were  to 
draw  their  A3s  and  Infiruments  in  the  fame  Tongue: 
This  Practice  continued  a  long  time  through  a  great  Part 


(  433  ) 


LAT 


Europe.,  but  at  length  it  gave  way,  and  the  fyenchtouk 
place  ot  the  Latin,  not  only  in  France,  but  in  fome  nica- 
fure  in  Englandtoo  :  and  riic  Reafon  given  for  it,  was,  that 
abundance  of  Difficulties  arofe  about  the  underlhnding  of 
Z-iinK  Terms.  The  Latm  however  was  prodigiouilv  "de- 
generated and  corrupted  e'er  it  came  to  be 'laid  afide. 
The  incurfions  of  the  Goths  o.Ml\mda/s  into  Italy,  brought 
an  Inundation  of  foreign  Words  and  Phrafes  into  it;  inYo- 
much  that  l-'^aHa  and  NauJeiis  call  linviius  the  laft  Latin 
Author,  However,  that  was  not  all,  but  when  it  once 
got  into  the  Courts  of  Juftice,  it  was  ftill  wcrfe  handled; 
rill  at  laft  being  introduced  amongft  the  Munks  and  be- 
come the  common  Language  of  M'iflals  and  Bi-L^viarles  it 
was  debauched  to  that  degree,  that  it  was  almni\  become 
fcandalous  to  ufe  it.  In  this  Condition  it  was  found  at  the 
time  of  the  Reformation  ;  when  Fi-ves,  Erafrnm,  &c,  began 
to  open  the  way  for  its  Recovery  :  fince  which  time,  Mon- 
kifh  Latinity  has  been  declining,  and  ail  Endeavours  have 
been  ufed  to  retrieve  the  pure  Language  of  the  /ingr.jlan 
Age.  'Twas  faid  of  Cardinal  lianho,  that  he  wouUf  never 
read  the  Breviary,  for  fear  of  corrupting  his  fine  Laiin 

LATIN  CHURCH,  is  a  Term  ufed  for  the  Romif> 
Church,  by  way  of  Oppofition  to  the  Greek  Church. 

LATISSIMUS  DORSI,  in  Anatomy,  is  a  Mufcle 
called  fo  from  its  Shape,  covering  almoft  the  whole  Back. 
It  hath  a  thin  broad  tendinous  Beginning,  which  comes 
from  the  pofterior  part  of  the  Spine  of  the  Ilium,  from 
the  fuperior  Spines  of  the  Os  Sacrum,  from  all  the  Spines 
of  the  Vertebra;  of  the  Loins,  and  from  the  fcven  lower 
of  the  Thorax  i  it  pafleth  by  the  inferior  Angle  of  the 
Scapula,  from  which  fome  of  its  fleftiy  Fibres  fomctimes 
arife,  and  is  inferted  with  the  Teres  major,  by  a  ftrong 
and  broad  Tendon,  with  which  it  pulls  the  Arm  down- 
wards: It  is  alfo  called  ^mJ'cii/f for,  becaufe  it  carries  the 
Arm  to  the  Jnus, 

LATITAT,  a  Writ,  whereby  all  Men  In  perfonal 
Actions  are  called  originally  to  the  Kings-Bench  and  it 
hath  this  Name,  us  fuppofing  the  Defendant  does  lurk, 
and  lie  hid,  and  therefore  being  ferved  with  this  Writ, 
he  muft  put  in  Security  for  his  Appearance  at  the  Day -. 
by  this  Writ,  a  Man  being  brought  in,  is  committed  to 
the  Marftial  of  the  Kingjs- Bench,  in  whofe  Cuftody  when 
he  is,  he  may  be  fued  upon  an  Adioii  in  that  Court. 

LATITUDE,  in  Geography,  is  the  Diftance  between 
the  Equator  and  Zenith,  or  vertical  Point  of  any  Place, 
reckoned  on  the  Degrees  of  the  Meridian,  or  the  Secun- 
daries  of  the  Equator.  Latitttde  of  a  Place  is  its  Difiancc 
from  the  Equator  •■,  and  is  either  Northern  or  Southern, 
according  as  the  Place  whofe  Latitude  is  fpoke  of,  is  on  this 
or  that  Side  of  the  Equator.  Thus  London  is  faid  to  be  in 
52  Degrees,  thirty  Minutes,  Northern  Latitude. 

Circles  parallel  to  the  Equator,  are  called  Circles  of 
Laiitiide,  becaufe  they  ftiew  the  Latitudes  of  Places  bytheir 
Interfeftion  with  the  Meridian.  If  through  the  Poles  of 
the  World  we  conceive  innumerable  great  Circles  drawn, 
thefe  are  called  Secundaries  of  the  Equator;  and  by  their 
help  the  Pofition  of  every  Point,  either  on  Earth,  or  m 
the  Heavens,  with  regard  to  the  Equinoctial  [that  is,  the 
Latitude  of  any  Point)  is  determined.  One  of  thefe  Se- 
cundaries paffing  thro'  any  Place  in  the  Earth's  Surface,  is 
called  the  Meridian  of  that  Place,  and  on  it  the  Latitude 
of  that  Place  is  meafured. 

The  Latitude  of  a  Place,  and  the  Elevation  of  the  Pole 
of  that  Place  above  the  Horizon,  are  Terms  ufed  indiffe- 
rently for  each  other,  in  regard  the  Latitude  and  the  Ele- 
vation of  the  Pole  are  always  equal,  (as  will  appear 
by  Fig.  4.  Plate  Geography)  where  the  Circle  H  Z  Q__  re- 
prefents  the  Meridian,  HO  the  Horizon,  JECQ^  the 
Equator,  Z  the  Zenith,  and  P  the  Pole.  Here  the  Z^i- 
titiide  of  the  Place,  or  its  Diftance  from  the  Equator,  is 
the  Arch  ZjE,  and  the  Elevation  of  the  Pole,  or  its  Di- 
ftance from  the  Horizon,  the  Arch  P  O.  Now  the  Arch 
P  jE  between  the  Pole  and  the  Equator,  Is  a  Quadrant  of 
a  Circle,  and  the  Arch  Z  O,  from  the  Zenith  to  the  Ho- 
rizon, is  likewife  a  Quadrant.  Therefore  the  two  Arches 
ZJE  and  _PO_  muft  be  equal ;  and  taking  away  the  Arch 
ZP,  which  is  common  to  both,  there 'will  remain  the 
Arch  Z  £  equal  to  the  Arch  P  O  :  that  is,  the  Latitude  of 
the  Place  equal  to  the  Height  of  the  Pole  above  the  Ho- 
rizon. Thence  we  have  a"^ Method  of  meafuring  the  Cir- 
cumference of  the  Earth,  or  of  determining  the' Quantity 
of  a  Degree  on  its  Surface  :  For  by  going  direftly  North- 
ward or  Southward,  till  the  Pole  be  elevated  one  Degree 
more  or  lefs,  and  then  meafuring  that  Interval  accurately, 
we  ftiall  have  the  Number  of  Miles  in  a  Degree  of  a  great 
Circle  of  the  Earth's  Globe.    See  Degree. 

The  Knowledge  of  the  L,atitude  of  the  Place,  is  of  the 
utmoft  Confequence  both  in  Geography,  Navigation,  and 
Aftronomy  :  The  Methods  of  determining  it  both  at  Sea 
and  Land,  are  as  follow. 


S  fff  f 


Wc 


LAT 


(  434  ) 


L  A  U 


We  have  already  obferved  that  the  Altitude  of  the  Poi_ 
is  always  equal  to  the  Z«tJf"f/e,  for  which  Reafon  the  Za- 
titiide  iTiighr  he  bert  found  by  obferving  the  Pole's  Height : 
Eur  in  regard  the  Pole  is  only  a  mathematical  Point,  and 
no  ways  to  be  obferved  by  our  Senfes,  its  Height  cannot 
be  determined  in  the  fame  manner  as  that  of  the  Sun  and 
Stars,  ^c.  for  which  Reafon  another  Manner  has  been  con- 
trived. In  order  to  this,  a  Meridian  Line  is  iirft  drawn  ; 
the  Method  of  doing  which,  fee  under  the  Word  Meridian. 
Place  your  Quadrant  on  this  Line,  fo  as  its  Plane  may  be 
in  the  Plane  of  the  Meridian  ;  then  tale  fome  Star  near 
the  Pole,  the  Pole  Star,  which  never  fets,  and  ob- 
ferve  both  its  greatell  and  leal!  Altiiudc  (fee  2«<nira»t.) 
Let  the  greatefl,  v.  be  SO,  5.  PAit.  Ce<ii;rafhy) 
and  the  lead  jO;  the  Half  of  which  PS  orPj,  de. 
du£ted  from  the  greatell  Altitude  S  O,  or  added  to  the 
lead  i  O  will  give  P  O,  the  Altitude  of  the  Pole  above  the 
Horizon,  which  is  equal  to  the -LatitKf/e  of  the  Place. 

The  Latitude  may  alfo  be  found,  by  having  the 
Sun's,  or  a  Star's  Declination,  and  Meridian  Altitude 
taken  with  a  Quadrant  or  Ailrolabe,  The  Method  is 
this;  Obferve  the  Meridian  Diftance  of  the  Sun  from 
the  Vertex  or  Zenith,  which  is  always  the  Comple- 
ment of  his  Meridian  Altitude  ^  and  add  to  this  the  Sun's 
Declination,  when  the  Sun  and  the  Place  are  on  the  fame 
Side  the  Equator,  or  fubftract  the  Declination  when  they 
arc  on  different  Sides  :  the  Sum  in  the  former  Cafe,  and 
the  Difference  in  the  latter,  will  be  the  Latitude  required. 
But  when  the  Declination  of  the  Sun  is  greater  than  the 
Latitude  of  the  Place,  which  is  known  from  the  Sun's  being 
nearer  to  the  elevated  Pole  than  the  Vertex  of  the  Place 
is,  as  it  frequently  happens  in  the  Torrid  Zone  ;  then  the 
Difference  between  the  Sun's  Declination,  and  his  Zenith 
Dillance,  is  the  Latitude  of  the  Place.  If  the  Sun,  or 
Star,  have  no  Declination,  but  move  in  the  Equinoftial 
that  Day  i  then  the  Elevation  of  the  Equator  will  be  equal 
to  his  Meridian  Altitude,  and  confequently  his  Meridian 
.  Altitude  is  the  Complement  of  the  Latitude  to  9c.  This 
lattei|  Method  is  belt  accommodated  to  the  Ufcs  of  Na- 
vigation, as  being  praflicable  at  Sea  :  but  the  former  Me- 
thod preferable  at  Land. 

Latitude,  in  Allronomy,  is  the  Diilance  of  a  Star  or 
Planet  from  the  Ecliptic,  or  from  the  Sun's  Orbit,  to- 
wards one  of  the  Poles  of  the  Zodiac.  Through  the  Poles 
of  the  Ecliptic  are  fuppofed  to  pafs  an  indefinite  Nuntber 
of  great  Circles,  cutting  the  Ecliptic  at  Right  Angles, 
called  Circles  of  Latitude,  or  Secundarics  of  the  Eclipnc  ; 
By  means  of  which,  every  Star  and  Point  of  the  Heavens 
is  reduced  to  the  Ecliptic,  and  has  lis  Place  in  regard 
thereto  determined.  The  Latitude  of  a  Star  is  an  Arch 
of  one  of  thefe  Secundaries,  intercepted  between  that  Star 
and  the  Point  where  it  interfecls  the  Ecliptic  ;  in  which 
it  differs  from  the  Declination,  which  is  the  Diftance  of  a 
Star  from  the  Equator  towards  one  of  the  Poles  of  the 
World:  So  that  the  Geographical  Latitude  is  the  fame 
thing  with  the  Aflronoinical  Declination,  and  the  Aflrono- 
mical  Latitude  a  quite  differenr  thing.  The  Sun  never  has 
any  Latitude,  but  the  Planets  have :  For  which  reafon, 
in  the  coniinon  Sphere  the  Zodiac  has  fome  Breadth.  The 
Antients  only  allow'd  fix  Degrees  on  each  Side  the  Eclip- 
tic, but  the  Moderns  have  extended  it  to  nine.  According 
to  the  Obfervation  of  fome  of  the  inodern  Aflronoiners, 
the  grcateft  Latitude  of  the  Planets  is  not  always  the  fame  I 
but/V;:i(5  never  exceeds  9  Degrees  Northern  Latitude,  Mer- 
cury 5  Degrees,  the  Moot,  in  her  Qtiadrant  with  the  Sun 
5  Degrees ;  Saturn  s  Degrees,  ;o  Minutes ;  Jufiter  i  De- 
gree, 50  Minutes;  Mars  7  Degrees,  51  Minutes.  When 
they  have  no  Latitude,  they  are  faid  to  be  in  the  Nodes  of 
the  Ecliptic,  or  in  the  Inierfeaion  of  their  Orbit  with 
that  of  the  Sun  ;  and  in  this  Situation  it  is  that  they 
cclipfe,  or  are  cclipfed  by  the  Sun. 

North  Afcending  iori'i;,*  is  when  the  Moon  pro- 
ceeds from  the  Afcending  Node  towards  her  Northern 
Limit,  or  greatefl  Elongation  ;  North  Defcending  La- 
rintde,  when  the  Moon  returns  froin  her  Northern  Li 
mit  to  the  Afcending  Node  :  South  Defcending  Lati- 
tttde,  IS  when  Hie  proceeds  from  the  Defcending  Node 
to  her  Southern  Limit ;  South  Afcending  Laiirude  is 
when  the  returns  from  her  Southern  Limit  to  her 
Afcending  Node:  And  the  fame  holds  good  of  the  other 
Planets.  Heliocentric  Larttude  of  a  Planet,  is  its  Diflance 
from  the  Ecliptic,  fuch  as  it  is  feen  from  the  Sun  ;  and 
this,  when  the  Planet  comes  to  the  fame  Point  of  its 
Orbit,  is  always  the  fame,  and  unchangeable.  Geocen- 
ttic  Latitude  of  a  Planet,  is  the  Dillance  of  the  Planet 
from  the  Ecliptic,  as  it  is  feen  from  the  Earth  :  And 
this,  though  the  Planet  be  in  the  fame  Point  of  its  Orbit 
yet  is  not  conflantly  the  fame,  but  alters  according  to  the 
Pofition  of  the  Earth,  in  refpeS  to  the  Planet.  See  Heli- 
ocentric and  Geoeeittric. 

Dr.  Halley  has  fome  Confiderations  in  the  rhihfofhical 
TrajifaHtons,  which  make  it  probable  the  LaljKi*!  of  fome 


o'theprincipalfix'd  Stats,  particularly  FJilidum  Siriits 
and  ^furm  alter  in  time  ;  whence  it  may  be  argued,  the 
rcll  likewife  alter,  tho'  the  Variation  may  be  lei's  confpi- 
cuous  m  thefe,  by  reafon  they  are  fuppofed  at  1  greater 
Diflance  from  us.   See  Star. 

LATITUDINARIAN,  among  the  Divines,  fignifies  a 
moderate  Perfon,  not  over-clofely  tied  to  any  religious 
Opinions  but  thinks  there  is  a  Breadth  or  Latitude  in  the 
Koad  to  Heaven. 

LATOMI A  properly  lignifies  a  Quarry,  or  Place  whence 
Stones  are  dug.  Thefe  were  antiently  ufed  as  Goals  for 
Crinriinals.  D,o„,^„,  had  a  Place  of  this  kind  dug  in  a 
Kock  near  Syracuje,  where  an  infinite  Number  of  People 
were  Ihut  up.  C,cc„  reproaches  rm-ct  with  imprifoning 
Ro»M,<  Citizens  m  L»tom,„', ;  fo  that  Lam«M  became  J 
general  Name  for  a  Prifon,  and  the  Prifoners  inclofed  in 
em,  were  called  Laatc„,ar,i.  The  Word  comes  from  the 
oreejc  Aas  Stone,  and  Tt^yw  I  cut. 

LATRIA  in  Theology,  is  a  religious  Worrtilp  due 
rhew°  God.  lheR.,«,,,i/fr  fay  they  honour  God*^with 
rhe  VVorlliip  of  Latrta,  and  the  Saints  with  the  Worlbipof 
mita.  Btit  thefe  Terms,  however  difli„a,  are  ufually 
confounded.  This  WorAip  of  Lama,  befidcs  its  inner 
t-iiaratters,  has  its  external  Marks  to  diflinguilh  it;  the 
pnnc.pal  whereof  is  Sacrifice,  which  cannot  be  oft'ered  to 
any  other  but  God  himfelf,  as  being  a  folemn  Acknow- 
ledgment or  Recognition  of  the  Sovereignty  of  God  and 
our  Dependance  on  him.  Mr.  BaVJe  feems  to  own'  that 
k.me  of  the  Fathers  of  the  fourth  Century  allowed  the 
Uifdnaion  between  Latna  and  DuUa.  The  Word  comes 
from  the  Latin  latere,  to  lie  hid.  See  Idolatrf. 

LATUS  RECTUM,  a  Term  in  Conicks.  the  fame 
VJith  Parameter  j  which  fee. 

LATUS  TRANSVERSUM  of  the  Hyperbola,  is  a 
Right  Line  intercepted  between  the  Vertices  of  the  two 
oppofite  Seftions  ;  or  that  part  of  the  common  Axis  which 
IS  between  theVertices  of  the  upper  and  lower  Cone,  as  the 
Line  E  D  (in  %  5.  P/at.  Comch)  where  alfo  D  and  E  e 
may  be  the  Tarameters,  orLatus  ReClums  belongina  to  the 
two  oppofite  Seaions  GLRO,  and  O  E  O  R.  To  this 
Latus  Tranfverfum  anfwers  the  longeif  Diameter  in  the 
EUipfis  i  which  ^/o//o«/i,j  calls  the  tranfverfe  Axis  or  Dia- 
meter. LatKs  Primarium  is  a  Right  Line  belonging  to  a  Co- 
nick  Seflion  drawn  thro'  the  Vertex  of  the  Seflion  of  the 
Cone,  and  within  itj  as  the  Line  E  E  or  D  D  in  the 
Figure  above  referr'd  to. 

LAVATORY,  or  LAVADERO,  a  Name  given  to 
certain  Places  in  Chtli  and  Peru,  where  Gold  is  got  out 
of  Earth  bywafhing.  M.  Frezer  gives  us  the  following 
Defcription  the  Lavatories  of  Chili:  They  dig  deep  into 
the  Earth,  in  fuch  Places  as  they  have  reafon  to  ex- 
pea  Gold  in  5  and  in  order  to  facilitate  this  Digging, 
turn  a  Stream  of  Water  upon  the  Spot,  loofenino  the 
Earth  as  mucli  as  poflible  all  the  time,  that  thc^Cur- 
rcnt  may  have  the  greater  Effeft,  and  tear  up  the  Earth 
more  firongly.  When  they  are  got  to  the  Earth  they 
want,  they  turn  off  the  Stream,  and  dig  dry.  The  Earth 
that  they,  now,  get  is  carried  on  Mules,  anddifcharged  in- 
to a  Bafon,  made  fomewhat  in  the  manner  of  a  Smith's 
Bellows,  into  which  alittlc  Rivulet  of  Watef  runs  with  a 
great  deal  of  Rapidity,  diffolving  the  Partsof  the  Earth, 
and  carrying  every  thing  away  with  it  excepting  the  Par- 
ticles of  Gold,  which  by  their  great  Wi;ight  precipitate 
to  the  Bottom  of  the  Bafon,  and  mix  with  a  fine  black 
Sand,  where  the  fmaller  Parts  are  almoft  as  much  hid- 
den as  before  they  were  in  the  Earth.  Sometimes  they 
find  very  confiderable  Pieces  in  Zd-^atories,  particular- 
ly Pieces  of  twenty-four  Ounces  each.  There  are  fe- 
veral  Lavatories,,  where  they  find  Pepta?.,  or  Grains  of 
Virgin  Gold,  of  a  prodigious  Size.  Among  others  they 
tell  of  one  that  weighed  511  Ounces,  bought  by  the 
Count  de  la  'Moncloa,  Viceroy  of  Peru.  Nine  or  ten 
Leagues  to  the  Enji  ot  Coquimho,  are  the  Lavatories  of  Anda- 
coli,  the  Gold  whereof  is  twenty-three  Carats  fine.  Their 
Work,  here,  always  turns  to  great  Profit,  excepting  when 
the  Water  fails  them.  The  Natives  maintain  that  the 
Earth  is  creatiice,  that  is,  it  produces  Gold  continually; 
becaufe  after  having  been  wafhed  fixty  or  eighty  Years, 
they  find  it  impregnated  afreili,and  drawahnoft  as  much 
out  of  it  as  at  firft. 

LAUDANUM,  a  Name  given  by  the  Chymifls  to 
certain  Preparations  of  Opium,  by  reafon  of  their  excel- 
lent Qualities,  as  who  iliould  fay  A7i[(/.i;f(;K?K  from  laudare 
to  fraife.  To  thefe  feveral  add  Coral,  Pearls,  Treacle 
^c.  L-itidajiiim  is  elleemed  an  excellent  Medicine,  it  af- 
fuagesPain,  flops  the  fpitting  of  Blood,  the  plux  of  the 
Menfes  and  Heniorrholdes,  ^c. 

LAUDS,  or  LAUDES,  the  fccond  Part  of  the  ordi- 
nary Office  of  the  Breviary,  faid  after  Matins,  though 
heretofore  it  ended  the  Office  of  the  Night.  The  Laude; 
confifl:  principally  of  PfUms,  Hymns,  iS-c.  whence  they 
took  their  Name.   SecMatij-.s  and  lireviary. 

LAUGH- 


LAW" 


C43O  LAW 


LAUGHTER,  an  Adion  which  Authors  attribute  to  receives  it,  a.  Zaw  to  his  who  gives  it.     A  Counfel  only 

the  fifth  Pair  of  Nerves,  which  by  fending  Branches  to  takes  e£fe£l  over  thofe  who  are  willing,  a  X^zy  over  thulc 

the  Eye,  Ear,  Lips,  Tongue,  Palate  and  Mufcles  of  the  that  are  unwilling.    La{Hy,  the  Authority  of  the  Coun- 

Check,  Parts  of  the  Mouth,  Frxcordla,  &,c.  there  hence  fellor  is  taken  away  at  the  Difcretion  of  him  to  whom  the 

arifes  a  Sympathy  between  al]  thefe  Farts,  i.e.  when  one  of  Counfel  is  given  5  but  the  Authority  of  the  Legiflator  is 

them  is  acted  upon,  the  other  arc  proportionably  afFcfled.  not  taken  away  at  the  Difcretion  of  him  on  whom  th  j 

Hence  afavoury  thing  feen  or  fmelr,aifei5ls  the  Glands  and  Law  is  impofed. 

Parts  of  the  Mouth  i  a  thing  feen  or  heard,  that  is /hame-        Law  is  always  confounded  with  Covenant    by  tbofe 

ful,  a£fe£ls  the  Cheeks  with  Blufhcs  :  on  the  contrary,  if  who  take  i-tim  to  be  nothing  elfe  but  haohtyyyu.Ara.  or 

it  pleafe  and  tickle  the  Fancy,   it  affcfts  the  Pra^cordia  Forms  of  Living  determined  by  thi;  Confent  of  Man- 

and  Mufcles  of  the  Mouth  and  Face  with  Laughter  j  if  it  kind  :  Among  whom  is  Jri/htle^  who  defines  a  La^  a 

fe  Sadnefs  and   Melancholy,   it  likewife  affeifts  the  Declaration  determhicd   by   the   common    Co7ifc77t  of  a*  Ci 


PtKCordia,  and  dcmonflratcs  itfelf,  by  caufing  the  Glands 
of  the  Eyes  to  emit  Tears.  And  Yi^.WllVu  accounts  for 
the  Plcafure  of  Kiffing  from  the  fame  Caufes,  the  Bran- 
ches of  this  fifth  Pair  being  fpread  to  the  Lips,  the  Prx- 
cordia,  and  the  genital  Parts  ;  whence  arifes  a  Sympa- 
thy between  thofe  Parts. 

Launch,  in  the  SeaPhrafe,  is  to  put  out;  thus 
they  fay,  laimch  a  Ship  out  of  the  Dock,  or  out  of  the  Key^  &c. 

LAURA,  a  Place  where  Monks  antiently  dwelt.  Au- 
thors can't  agree  about  the  Difference  between  a  Latira 
and  a  Monaliery.  Some  pretend  that  a  Laura  was  a  Mo- 
naftery,  wherein  there  lived  at  Icaft  a  thoufand  Monks; 
but  this  is  in  no  wife  credible.    The  more  credible  Opi- 


(JV,  _  ficwlng  hi  what  manner  Things  are  to  he  don 
which  is  not  fo  much  the  Definition  of  a  Lazv,  as  of  a 
Civil  Law  :  nor  yet  properly  of  a  Civil  Law  ;  for  this 
common  Confent  is  no  more  than  a  mutual  Covenant 
which  docs  not  oblige  any  Perfon,  and  confequently  is* 
not  any  Law,  till  fome  fupreme  Power  be  contlicuted 
with  a  Power  to  compel,  and  to  make  it  penal  to  tranf- 
grefs  it.  Here  then  the  Covenant  is  confounded  with 
the  Law,  which  leads  into  Abfurdities  ;  for  a  Covenant  is 
a  Promife,  ai.(i-jja  Command.  In  a  Covenant  'tis  faid, 
I  will  do  j  in  a  Law,  do.  By  a  Covenant  we  are  obliged^ 
(that  is,  we  mult  perform  becaufe  of  our  Promife)  by  a 
.     ,       ,         .  n    ■  ,     r  '       ^^'^       ^'^^  prefervcd  under  that  Obligation    (that  is, 

nion  IS,  that  the  antient  Monaifenes  were  the  lame  with  we  are  forced  to  perform  for  fear  of  the  Punirtiment  a- 
the  Modern,  confifting  of  large  Buildings,  divided  into  Warded  by  it  0  a  Covenant  obliges  by  itfelf,  a  Law  pre- 
Halls,  Chapels,  and  Cells,  poffefled  by  the  Monks,  ferves  the  Obligation  by' force.  In  a  Covenant  therefore 
each  of  whom  had  his  Apartment ;  but  the  Laur^  were  we  confider  what  is  to  be  done  e'er  we  are  obliged  to  do 
a  kind  of  Villages,  whereof,  each  feveral  Houfe  was  it;  in  a  Z-aiy  we  are  obliged  to  ^/o,  in  the  firft  place  and 
inhabited  by  one  or  two  Monks  at  the  mofl:  ;  fo  that  the  what  is  to  be  done  is  determined  afterwards.  ' 
Houfes  of  the  Chartreux  fccm,  in  fome  meafure,  to  repre-  Lazv  is  confounded  with  Right  or  Equity",  by  thofe  who 
fent  the  antient  and  thofe  of  the  other  Monks  pro-    perfift  in  doing  what  is  permitted  by  the  Dilifse  Law  tho 

per  Monalleries.  The  Term  Zaiim  was  only  underftood  prohibited  by  the -L.JWi  of  the  Country.  What  is  prohi- 
cf  the  religious  Places  in  Egyft(m6.  the  Eafi,  where  their    ted  by  the  Divine  Law,  cannot  be  permitted  by  the  Civil 

"or  what  is  commanded  by  the  Divine  Z^Ttw  be 


Houfes  flood  apart  from  each  other,  and  were  not  joined 
by  any  common  Cloifler,  the  Monks  that  inhabited  them 
only  meeting  in  pubiick  once  a  Week.  The  word  coraes 
from  the  Gyeek  K'jZ^.,  Hamlet,  T  illage. 

LAUREATION,  a  Term  in  the  Scottifi  Univerfities, 
ufed  for  the  AiSlion  of  taking  up  the  Degree  of  a  Mailer 
of  Arts,  to  which  the  Students  are  admitted  after  four 
Years  Study  in  the  Univerfity. 

St.  LAURENCE,  an  Order  of  Regular  Canons,  fo 
called  from  the  Monaftery  of  St.  Laurence  d'Oulx  in  Dau- 
fhiitL  This  Congregation  is  faid  to  have  been  founded 
by  St.  hennet.  It  was  deftroyed  by  the  Vandals,  and  con- 
tinued uninhabited  till  the  middle  of  the  Xlth  Century. 
In  1057,  Odo  Count  of  Savoy  gave  it  to  one  Gerrard  and  his 
Canons.  This  Donation  was  confirmed  in  1065,  by 
Cumhert  Bi/]iop  of  Turin,  who  added  to  it  above  forty 
other  Churches.  By  which  means  a  very  confiderable 
Congregation  was  formed,  to  whom  the  fucceeding  Popes 
and  Counts  of  S.zvoy  granted  a  great  many  Privileges.  It 
had  thirty  Priories.    The  Chief,  who  is  the  Prior  of  the 


Law. 

prohibited  _  by  the  Chil  La^u  ^  but  what  is  permitted 
by  the  Divine  Z.iw,  may  notwithflanding  be  prohibited 
by  the  Civil  Lazv  :  for  the  inferior  Zazyj  have  a  power  of 
retraining  the  Liberty  left  the  fuperior  Laws,  tho'  they 
cannot  enlarge  it.  Now  Right  or  Equity  is  a  natural  Li- 
berty, not  conflituted  by  Laws^  but  free  of  them  ;  for 
take  away  Laws,  and  Liberty  is  compleat.  This  Liberty 
is  firf^  refrained  by  the  Natural  and  the  Div!7te  Law^ 
the  reft  reftrained  by  the  Civil  Laws ;  and  what  re- 
mains unreftrained  by  the  Civil  iaaj,  may  be  again  re- 
ftrained by  the  Conftitutions  of  particular  Cities  and  So- 
cieties. I'here  is  a  great  Difference  therefore  between 
i^wand  Right,  Lex  ^  Jus  j  for  Law  is  a  Chain,  but 
Right,  a  Liberty  ;  and  they  differ  as  two  Contraries. 

All  LflHj  may  be  divided,  with  refpeft  to  its  different 
Authors,  into  Divine  and  Human.  The  Divine,  again, 
may  be  confidered  as  twofold,  with  refpeftto  the  two  dif- 
ferent Manners  in  which  God  notifies  his  Will  to  Man, 
VIZ.  Natural   (or  Mora!)  and  Pofitive.     Natural  is 


'  ■       1  „         ,  "      "  r'  r  ■"  '"^^"^'j  J-Uiiiivc.      iNuiurai  is  that 

Congregation  bears  the  1  .tie  of  Provoft,  and  exercfes  a  which  he  has  made  known  to  all  Mankind,  by  that  innate 
ipiritual  jurifdiaion  throughout  his  Provoftfliip.  Light,    called  Nai,,ml  Reafon  ;    Pofitive  is  tha 


^    .  J  •-  J    - -  -  -  —at  which 

He  has  revealed  by  his  Prophets  ;  as  thofe  Z.isoi  de- 
livered to  the  Jcjoi,  relating  to  the  Divine  Worihip  and 
Polity,  which  may  be  called  Divino-Clvil  Laws,  as  being 
peculiarly  direfted  to  that  People.  Again,  Natural  Law 
may  be  divided  into  that  natural  Law  of  Men,  which,  in 
is  called  The  Law  of  Nature,  and  the 
natural  Law  of  Countries,  commonly  called  The  Law  of 
Nations.  The  Precepts  are  the  fame  in  both.  But  be- 
caufe, when  Societies  are  once  inftituted,  certain  perfonal 
Properties  become  vefted  in  Men,  that  Law  which,  when 
weipeak  of  the  Duties  of  Men  fcverally,  we  call  Ths 
Natural  Law,  when  transferred  to  Cities  or  Countries,  we 
call  The  Law  of  Nations. 

Again,  AH  Human  Laws  are  Civil  ;  for,  according  to 
Hohhes,  the  State  of  Man  out  of  Society  is  a  State  of  War, 

be  no 

dff  ^  ''/r*^'"^        theB;ri„ci.»n,.    c™7i,„»,  may  be  divided  with  re- 

Foti^  JtW  f"™, 1'7"1<=1. R.ght  or  gard  to  the  Difference  of  the  fubjcft  Matter,  into  Sacred 
Equity,  with  allwhichit  is  frequentlj  confounded.    The    and  Secular.    Sacred  are  thofe  that  relate  to  Religion, 


LAURENTALIA  were  Fcafts  inftituted  by  the.  Raman 
People,  in  Honour  of  Jcca  Laurentia,  kept  during  the 
Feafts  called  Saturnalia,  which  afterwards  were  folem- 
nized  as  a  part  thereof.  She  was  a  debauched  Woman, 
and  ^lurfed  Romtdia  and  Remus,  which  occafioned  the  Fa- 
ble to  fay,  That  a  ShcAVolf  fuchled  them.  She  afterwards  a  peculiar  s'en'ft 
married  a  very  rich  Man,  who  brought  her  great  Wealth, 
which,  at  her  death,  flie  left  to  the  Kotnan  People,  in 
confideration  whereof  they  performed  her  thefe  Honours. 

LAW,  a  Command  or  Precept  coming  from  fome  fu- 
perior Authority,  to  which  an  inferior  is  obliged  to  obey.; 
or,  more  properly,  a  Command  or  Mandate  of  fome  Per- 
fon, or  Power,  whofc  Precept  carries  with  it  the  Reafon 
of  Obedience.  Thus  the  Commands  of  God  with  re- 
fpe6t  to  Men,  of  a  City  with  regard  to  the  Citizens,  and 

univerfally  of  all  powerful  Beings  in  refpecl  to  thofe  wherein  no  one  being?ub>a\ra;o7h;;rrherec; 
who  cannot  refift,  are  called  xheir  Laws.    The  Nature  of    other  Law  befides  the  Dilates  of  Natural  Reafc 


Difference  between  a  Counfel  and  a  Lazo  will  be  befl  de- 
termined from  the  Difference  between  Counfel  and  Cotn- 
mand.  Now  a  Counfel  is  a  Precept  wherein  the  Reafon 
of  Obedience  is  taken  from  the  Thing  itfelf  prefcribed  ; 
a  Command  is  a  Precept,  wherein  the  Reafon  of  Obe- 
dience depends  on  the  Will  of  the  Prefi-riber  ;  for  we  can- 
not properly  fay,  fc  volo,  fic  ptheo,  unlefs  f}et  fro  rations 

Voll(77tas.  r    .  .   ■     T  ,  X         ^       .  ^. 


that  is,  to  the  Ceremonies  and  Worfhip  of  the  Deity,  and 
which  are  not  prefcribed  by  any  f>ofuive  Divii^e  Law.  Se- 
cular are  thofe  that  relate  to  Property,  ^c.  commonly 
call'd  by  the  name  Civil. 

Further,  Civil  Lazus  confidered  with  regard  to  the  two 
Offices  of  the  Legiflator,  viz-  to  judge,  and  to  compel, 
t,     r      ■    r  -     ■    ,  ■        X    -  f    • ,    r  ,  maybe  divided  into  two  Branches  ;  the  one  Diflributive, 

,hPthl„»  'J-^-"°'y,<'°™V°'''J  °f  <>*<=■■  Vindicative  and  Pa:nary.    Diitributive  is  that 

firihe   ,>    I  r  ■     • '  Y  °^ ^71"         P"'''-    B'^^^'^h  by  which  every  I\lan  has  his  Riqht ;  or  that  which 

maud     A  T.       "  ""'f  P™P"''y     Co"nfd  but  a  Com-    conflitutes  the  Rules  and  Meafures  of  Things,  whereby 

over  thofe  whomhe  commands,  a  Counfel  from  him  who    may  not  difiurb  or  interrupt  others  i: 


he  commandi 

has  no  fuch  power.  To  do  what  is  enjoined  by  a  Zaw  is 
an  Aa  of  Duty,  what  by  a  Counfel  an  Aft  of  Choice  or 
Free-will.    A  Counfel  is  diredcd  to  his  Advantage  who 


may  not  difiurb  or  interrupt  others  in  the  Enjoyment  of 
tlieir  own,  nor  be  interrupted  by  them,  and  what  each 
Man  may  lawfully  do  or  not  do.  Vindicative  is  that 
Branch  by  which  the  PuniJhments  to  be  infiiiled  on  thofe 

who 


LAW 


(  4^^  ) 


LAW 


who  viulate  the  Laws  are  dctL-rmined.  The  Diflributive 
diid  Vimlicative  are  nor  two  Sfecies  oflflzys,  but  two 
Parts  of  the  fame  Law.  For  if  a  Law  fay  no  more  than 
Whatt-z-ir  ^  oit  carch  in  yonr  I^et  in  tht  Sea  fjali  he  yoitrs,  'tis  in 
vain  5  tor  tho  another  take  from  you  what  you  have 
caught,  'tis  fHIl  yours;  in  regard  m  the  State  of  Na- 
ture where  al!  things  are  coininon,  yours  and  another's 
are  the  famt  thing.  So  that  what  the  L^^y  defines  to  be 
yours,  wa.s  yours  before  that  Law,  and  will  be  yours  after 
i't,  tho  poUeiVd  by  another.  A  Lavj  therefore  is  but  an 
empty  Sound,  unlcl"s  it  determine  the  thing  to  be  yours  in 
fuch  a  fenfe,  as  to  forbid  every  body  elfe  from  ditturbing 
you  in  the  poffeffion  of  ir.  But  fuch  Pruhibition  will  be 
vain,  unlefs  there  be  a  Penalty  annex'd  to  it.  A  Lazu 
therefore  muft  contain  both  thole  Parts,  that  which  pro- 
hibits, and  that  which  punifhcs.  The  iirll  whereof,  which 
is  call'd  Diliributive,  is  prohibitory,  and  fpeaks  to  all. 
The  latter,  call'd  Vindicative  or  Por^p.ary,  is  Mandatory, 
andfpeaks  only  to  the  public  Othcers.  Whence  it  fol- 
lows, that  to  all  Chil  Laws  there  is  annex'd  a  Penalty, 
either  implicitly  or  explicitly:  and  where  that  Punifh- 
ment  is  not  afccrtain'd,  either  by  Writing  or  by  Example, 
'tis  fuppofed  to  be  Arbitrary,  and  to  depend  on  the  Plea- 
fure  of  the  L,egillatur ;  for  that  is  no  Law,  which  may  be 
violated  imfune. 

Moreover,  Ci-vU  Laws  confidered  with  regard  to  the 
different  Manners  of  promulging  them  are  of  two  kinds  ; 
Script.^  and  Nm-Scrif'tie,  thofe  written,  and  thofe  not  writ- 
ten. By  written,  1  mean  thufe  which  requite  either  the 
Voice  or  Tome  other  Sign  of  the  Legillator's  Will  to  be- 
come Laws.  Thofe  unwritten,  are  fuch  as  need  no  other 
Promulgation  befides  the  Voice  of  Nature,  or  Natural 
Reafun'j  of  which  kind  are  all  Natural  Lazvs.  Hence  it 
appears,  that  tho  the  Natural  Laws  he  defcribed  in  the 
Writings  of  Philofophers,  they  are  not  therefore  to  be 
call'd.  Written  Lazvs.  Nor  are  the  Writings  of  Lawyers 
Laivs^  for  want  of  the  Supreme  Authority  :  nor  the  Re~ 
fponfa  Trudenum,  or  Opinions  of  Judges  Laws,  excepting 
Jo  far  as  they  are  allow'd  by  the  Supreme  Power  to  pafs 
intoUfe;  and  then  they  arc  call'd  Leges  fcripu,  ivyitten 
J^azDs  j  not  becaufe  of  their  Ufe,  but  becaufe  of  the  Will 
of  the  Supreme  Power,  which  is  argued  from  their  palfing 
into  Ufe. 

The  firfl  Principle,  or  L^w  of  Nature,  according  to 
Jiohbes,  is  Sclf-prcfcrvation.  Thomafms  will  have  it  to  be 
our  own  Happinefs,  which  falls  in  at  lall  with  the  Senti- 
inent  of  Hoiki,  J'ii_^ewi?o;/ maintains  it  to  be  Sociality. 
Vahiiuiie  Albert!,  the  Belief  that  we  are  the  Image  of 
God,  Henry  ^TiA.  Samuel  Cocceius,  the  Will  of  God.  Gro- 
tins.  Right  Rcafon.  Velihennis,  the  intrinlic  Decency  or 
Turpitude  of  Aftions.  Strimefius  and  '3a7!!(s,  that  we  are 
to  love  God,  Ourfelves,  and  our  Neighbour.  M  Regis 
fays,  that  the  Zaws  of  Nature  are  the  Dilates  of  Right 
Reafon,  which  teach  every  Man  how  he  is  to  ufe  his  na- 
tural Right  i  and  the  .Laws  of  Nations,  the  Di£iates  in 
like  manner  of  Right  Reafon,  which  teach  every  State 
how  to  adt  and  behave  themfelves  towards  others. 

iau)  is  alfo  ufed  for  rhe  feveral  Policies  cf  States  and 
People,  or  the  Maxims  and  Rules  they  have  agreed  upon 
or  receiv'd  from  their  MagiOrates,  to  live  in  Peace  and 
mutual  Society.  The  Lciws  of  the  Twelve  Tables  were 
the  antient  Z^iws  of  the  Romajis,  for  which  the  Decemviri 
were  fent  into  Greece,  and  which  fcrv'd  them  for  the 
Ground-work  of  all  their  Jurifprudence.  The  celebrated 
Laws  of  the  more  modern  Days  are  tliofe  of  the  JiigH, 
Verines,  or  Thuriwj,  of  the  J^oii  or  Bavarians,  thofe  of  the 
Btirgundi,  of  the  Rymarii,  Germans^  Vanes,  and  Norwe- 
gia}is,  of  the  Franks,  the  Frifons,  the  Ltimhards,  the  Gothic 
Jjdws,  the  tAartiane  or  'Mercian  Law  ■■,  the  La-ws  of  the 
Saxons,  Scots,  Sicilians,  Ftfijoths,  the  Laws  of  Olerofi,  the 
Molmi'.tin  L.aw,  the  Salic  Laiu,  the  Law  Gomhette.  See 
Salic,  Simptuary,  SsC. 

Among  the  firft  Romans,  the  word  Law  properly  figni- 
fied  an  Ordonnance  of  the  People  made  at  the  Requeft  of 
aMaglllrate,  particularly  a  Conful.  Thefe  Ordonnances 
differ'd  from  the  Flchifdta  and  Senatus-Conjnlta,  and  even 
from  other  Ordonnances  made  at  the  Requeft  of  any 
other  MagiRrate  befidcs  a  Conful,  tho  thofe  too  bore  the 
naine  of  Z'l^i'.  Thus  t.\\a  ArjiuVms  ^.nA.  Falddius  were  only 
Tribunes  when  they  made  their  Requeft,  yet  we  fUU  fay 
the  Jqitilian  L.a-w,  the  Falcidian  Law.  The  Lazos  of  the 
Romans  are  diftingui/hed,  i/f.  By  the  Name  of  him  at 
whofe  Requeft  they  were  pais'd  ;  as  the  Cornelian  Law, 
the  3 iiU an  Law,  8ic.  zdjy.  By  the  Matter  or  Subject  of 
the  Law  ;  and  hence  came  the  Terms  Tejlamentary  Lazvs, 
^uSciary  Laws,  Agrarian  L^zus,  Sic.  ^dly.  Sometimes  by 
the  Crimes  againft  which  they  were  inade  ;  for  inftance, 
the  Zflws  touching  Poifonings,  Parricides,  £^c.  the  Laws 
of  Concuftion,  Peculate,  iSc.  The  Ccdsx  and  Jutbejiiic.e 
are  the  Laws  and  ConlHtution  of  the  Roman  Emperors  ; 
The  Vigeji  a  Compilation  made  by  the  Emperor  Jt<fli- 
«(fl»'s  Order  of  the  feveral  Opinions  and  Judgments  of 


the  moft  Learned  In  the  Roman  L^iw  ;  to  which  he  gave 
the  Saniiion  of  Laws,  as  appears  by  the  Epiftle  prefix'd 
to  the  Work  :  And  'tis  this  that  conltitutes  the  Roman 
Law, 

Tht  Lex  Talionis,  or  Law  of  Like  for  L'-kc,  is  the  moft 
antient  and  equitable  Law  in  the  World.  It  was  obferv'd 
by  the  Hebrews. 

The  Lazv  of  Enghvid  confifts  of  three  Parts,  r.  The 
Common  Law,  which  is  the  moft  antient  and  general 
Law  o^  the  Realm,  i.  Statutes,  ur  Ads  of  Parliament. 
5.  Particular  Cuftoms.  The  Common  Laws  oi  Englajid 
are  derived  from  th^EngJifj,  Saxons,  and  Danes,  and  were 
anticntly  divided  into  three  Parts,  viz.  the  l^ercian  Lazvsj 
the  Weji-Saxon  L»W!,  and  the  Dajiijh  Laws.  Thofe  call'd 
Mercian  were  compofed  by  Martia  Queen  of  the  Britons^ 
from  whom  there  was  a  Province  call'd  Trovuzcia  Mercio- 
rum.  Many  Lazvs  were  publlftied  by  Ethdrcd  King  of 
Ke7it^  by  King  Ina  and  Offa :  But  Alfred,  who  fubdued 
the  whole  Kingdom,  having  revifed  all  the  Laws  of  his 
Predeceffors,  retain'd  thofe  which  he  thought  proper, 
and  abolifti'd  the  reft  j  whence  he  was  call'd  Anglicamm 
Legum  Co7iditor,  and  thefe  Lazvs  were  call'd  Wejifejzelagan, 
But  the  Kingdom  being  afterwards  fubdued  by  the  Danes^ 
they  introduced  another  L■^w  call'd  Danalag,  by  which 
their  People  were  governed  :  And  they  being  afterwards 
deflroy'd,  Edward  the  Confif£or  out  of  the  former  Laws 
compofed  that  which  we  now  call  the  Common  Lavj  j  for 
which  rcafon  he  is  call'd  by  our  Hiftorians,  Anglicamm 
Legum  Refiitutor.  Thefe  L'^ws  were  only  general  Cuftoms 
obferved  thro  the  Nation,  and  for  that  reafon  were  call'd 
Common:  And  perhaps  alfo  becaufe  Xei^rj  ommbus  in  com- 
mune reddidit,  to  be  obferv'd  by  all  with  fuch  Amendments 
as  were  made  by  his  Father.  William  r/jfCow^iteror  did  not 
enati  many  new  Laws,  but  confirm'd  the  old  ;  vm.  St.  Ed- 
■ivard''s  Laws,  and  abrogated  none  that  any  way  concern 'ci 
Co m poll t ions  or  Muld^s  of  Delinquents. 

The  Common  Law  is  alfo  call'd  Lex  non  fcripta,  (not 
but  that  we  have  moft  of  'em  written  in  the  old  Norman 
Dialed)  but  becaufe  It  cannot  be  made  by  Charter  or 
Parliament  ;  for  thofe  are  always  Matters  of  Record, 
whereas  Cuftoms  arc  only  Matters  of  Fad,  and  are  no 
where  but  in  the  Memory  of  the  People,  and  of  all  Lazvs 
muft  be  the  beft  for  the  Englijh  :  for  the  Written  Lazos 
made  by  King  and  Parliainenr,  are  impofed  upon  the 
Subjeds  before  any  Probation  or  Trial  whether  they  are 
beneficial  to  the  Nation,  or  agreeable  to  the  Nature  of 
the  People,  except  where  they  are  firft  made  temporaryj 
and  for  their  experlenc'd  Ufefulnefs  afterwards  made  per- 
petual ;  but  Cuftoms  bind  not  till  they  have  been  tried 
and  approved  Time  out  of  Mind. 

Befidcs  the  Common  Lazv  of  England  in  general,  there 
are  in  feveral  Parrs  of  it  certain  Cuftoms  and  Common 
Ufages,  which  have  the  force  of  Common  Law  among 
thofe  People  to  whofe  Property  they  belong ;  as  through- 
Englifli,  a  Cuftom  fo  call'd  as  not  being  in  ufe  out  of  Eng- 
ia?!d,  where  the  youngeft  Son,  or  for  want  of  Sons  the 
youngeft  Brother,  is  to  inherit,  the  eldeft  being  fuppofed 
to  have  learnt  the  Father's  Trade,  and  the  youngeft  the 
leaft  able  to  ftiift  for  hlmfelf.   See  Gavelkind. 

Where  the  Common  L^zv  is  filent,  there  we  have  Sta- 
tute Laws  made  by  the  feveral  Kings  of  E>}gland,  with  the 
Advice  and  Confent  of  both  Houfes  of  Parliament. 

Bolides  thefe,  we  make  ufe  of  the  Civil  and  Canon 
Laws  in  Ecclefiaftical  Courts.  See  Civil  and  Canon.  We 
have  alfo  Military  or  Martial  Lazv,  in  ufe  among  the 
Soldiery  in  time  of  War  ;  and  Foreji  Law,  for  the  Regu- 
lation of  Forefts-    See  Military,  Forejis,  Sic. 

Lazo  has  alfo  a  fpecial  Signification,  wherein  it  is  taken 
for  that  which  is  lawful  with  us,  and  not  elfewhere  ;  as 
Tenant  by  ihe  Conrtefy  of  EngUnd.  Thus  we  alfo  fay,  to 
ivaoe  Lazv  (vadiare  Legem')  and  to  make  or  Ho  Lazv  (facere 
Legem.')  When  an  Adion  of  Debt  is  brought  againft  one 
upon  fome  fecret  Agreement  or  Contrad,  the  Defendant 
may  zvage  his  Law  if  he  pleafes  ;  that  is,  fwear,  and  cer- 
tain Perfons  with  him,  that  he  owes  the  Plaintiff  nothing  ; 
But  this  is  only  allow'd  in  cafe  of  the  Plaintiff's  want  of 
Evidence,  and  when  he  cannot  prove  his  Surmlfe  by  any 
Deed  or  open  Ad.  When  one  wages  hn  Law,  he  ftiall 
bring  with  him  fo  many  of  his  Neighbours  as  the  Court 
fhall  aflign  (Sir  £f/.  C'l/i-e  fays,  eleven)  to  fwear  with  him 
that  they  believe  in  their  Confciences  he  hath  fworn  truly  ; 
and  thefe  in  the  Civil  Law  are  call'd  Comfiirgators.  The 
Offer  to  make  Oath  is  call'd  the  Wager  of  Law,  and  when 
it  is  accomplifti'd,  it  is  call'd  the  making  or  doing  of 
L.aw.  This  Cuftom  is  fiiid  to  have  obtained,  formerly, 
among  the  Egyp'iajis. 

The  Word  Laza  is  alfo  ufed  figuratively,  in  fpeaking  of 
the  Rules  or  Order  according  to  which  any  thing  is  per- 
form'd.  Thus  we  fay,  the  Lazvs  of  M-nivn,  the  Lazvs  of 
Mechanics,  tiie  L-^azi's  of  Fluids,  the  Lazi-s  of  a  Gawe,  &c. 
See  Motion,  &c. 

LAW 


LAY 


(  4?7  ) 


LA2 


LAW  OF  ARMS,  is  that  which  gives  Precepts  how 
rightly  to  proclaim  War,  to  make  and  obferve  L,cagucs, 
to  attack  the  Enemy,  and  to  punifh  Offenders  in  the 
Camp. 

LAWING  OF  DOGS,  a  Term  ufcd  in  our  Law- 
Writers.  Thus  Malliffs  mult  be  Z>^wecl  every  three  Years  ; 
CromjJton  ^Hris,  fol.  165.  that  is,  three  Claws  of  the  Forc- 
Foot  ihall  be  cut  off  by  the  Skin,  or  the  Ball  of  the  Fore- 
foot cutout. 

The  Word  Zaw  is  derived  from  the  Saxon^  Lag  or  Laugh. 

LAWLESS  COURT.  On  Kmgs-hiU  at  Rocbford  in  Ejex 
every  Wednefday  Morning  next  after  Mchaelmas-Do-y,  at 
Cock-Crowing,  is  held  a  Court  vulgarly  call'd  the  Lawlefs 
Court.  They  whifper,  and  have  no  Candle,  nor  any  Pen 
and  Ink  but  a  Coal ;  and  he  that  owes  Suit  or  Service 
there,  forfeits  double  his  Rent  every  hour  he  is  miffing. 
This  Court  is  call'd  Lnwlefs,  becaufe  held  at  an  unlawful 
Hour,  or  quia  diHa  fine  lege.  It  is  mention'd  by  Cainhden^ 
who  fays  this  fervlle  Attendance  was  impofed  on  the  Te- 
nants for  confpiring  at  the  like  unfeafonable  Time  to  raife 
a  Commotion. 

LAWLESS  MAN,  Exlex.  SecOinlaw. 

LAW  OF  MARQUE,  from  the  German  Word  March, 
a  Bound  or  Limit,  is  a  Lraw  fo  call'd,  by  which  thofe  who 
are  driven  to  make  ufe  of  it,  take  the  Goods  or  Shipping 
of  the  Party  that  has  done  'em  wrong,  and  of  whom  they 
cannot  get  ordinary  Juflice  whenever  they  can  take  them 
within  tncir  own  Bounds  or  Precinfts,    See  Refrifals. 

LAW  MEPXHANT,  is  become  a  Purt  of  the  Laws 
of  the  Kingdom  ;  It  conllfls  in  this,  that  if  there  be  two 
joint  Merchants  of  Wares,  and  one  of  'em  dies,  his  Exe- 
cutor iliall  have  the  Moiety  :  which  is  not  fo  in  the  Cafe 
of  others,  not  Merchants. 

LAW  OF  THE  STAPLE,  the  fame  with  Law  Mer- 
cham. 

LAWS  OF  MOLMUTIUS.    Stc'Molmutiaji  Laws. 

LAWS  OF  MOTION,  or  of  Nature  (taken  in  a  phy- 
fical  Senfc.)    See  Mot/ow. 

LAWS  OF  OLERON.  ScQOIero7i. 

LAW  SPIRITUAL,  is  the  Ecclcfiaftical  or  Canon  Law 
allow'd  by  the  Laws  of  the  Realm  j  fo  far  as  it  Is  not  a~ 
gainfl  the  Common  Law,  nor  again  It  the  Statutes  and  Cuf- 
toms  of  the  Kingdom.  And  regularly,  according  to  fuch 
Ecclefiafticfll  Laws,  the  Ordinary  and  other  Ecclefiattical 
Judges  do  proceed  in  Cafes  within  their  Cognizance.  See 
Cajioji. 

LAXATIVE,  in  Medicine,  is  ufcd  to  fignify  a  loofe 
State  or  Difpolition  of  the  Body,  fo  as  to  go  frequently 
to  ftool.  Hence  laxathe  Medicines  are  fuch  as  promote 
that  Difpofition,  which  they  do  by  fome  fmooth  foftcning 
Quality,  taking  away  the  Tenfity  of  the  Fibres,  and  fa- 
cilitating the  Paflage  of  the  Contents  of  the  inteftinal 
Tube  thro  it  ;  for  which  Reafon  all  oily  Subflances  come 
under  this  Clafs.    See  Purgatives. 

LAY,  an  old  Frejtch  Word,  fignifying  Moan,  or  Com- 
plaint. Lay  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  kind  of  antient  Foe- 
try,  confiiling  of  very  fhort  Verfes.  There  were  two 
forts  of  Lays^  the  great  and  the  little  ;  the  great  Lay  was 
a  Poem,  confining  of  twelve  Couplets  of  Verfes  of  diffe- 
rent Meafures ;  the  little -Lhjv  was  a  Poem  confifting  of 
fixteen  or  twenty  Verfes,  divided  into  four  Couplets. 
Thefe  Lays  were  the  Lyric  Poetry  of  the  old  French  Poets, 
who  were  imitated  by  fome  among  the  EnTj'iJJj.  They 
were  principally  ufed  on  melancholy  Subjcas,  and  are 
faid  to  have  been  formed  on  the  Model  of  the  Trochaic 
Verfes  of  t\\&  Greek  and  I..niH  Tragedies.  Father  Mor- 
gties  givesus  an  extraordinary  Inftance  of  one  of  thefe  an- 
tient Lays  in  his  Treatife  of  French  Poetry  ; 

Sitr  V^ppid  dti  Mojide  ^ 

jQiie  faut  il  mi\n  funds 

D'Ej}i}ir  ? 

Cette  Mer  pmfonde'. 

En  Debris  fcconde 

Fait  •voir 

Calme  ait  Matin,  V07ide 
Et  r  Or  age  y  groude 
Le  Soir. 

LAY  THE  LAND,  a  Sca-Phrafe,  ufed  for  failing  out  of 
fight  of  Land,  in  whicii  Cafe,  they  fay,  they  ha-ve  hud  the 
Land ;  and  if  another  Point  of  Land  exclude  the  fight  of  the 
former,  they  fay,Tify  h.t'X  fi;<t  ilxfr-Jt  Land  In.  Lay-Land 
in  Husbandry  is  alfo  Fallow  Ground  which  lies  untiUcH. 

LAY-BROTHER,  among  the  Roviawjh,  is  a  pious 
but  illiterate  Perfon,  who  devutes  himfclf,  in  fome  Con- 
vent, to  the  Service  of  the  Religious.  He  wears  a  Habit 
ll  r^t,"'  ftom  theirs,  nor  ever  enters  into  the  Choir  or 
the  Chapter,  He  is  not  in  any  Orders,  nor  does  he  make 
any  Vow,  excepting  of  Conttancy  and  Obedience.  A 
Lay-tntber  is  alfo  ufed  for  an  illiterate  Religious,  who 
takes  care  of  fome  of  the  temporal  Concerns  of  the  Con- 
vent, as  the  Kitchin,  the  Gate,  t$c.    There  are  alfo  Lay- 


Bntlers,  who  make  the  three  Vows  of  Religion.  In  the 
Nunneries  are  alfo  Lvy-SiJIers,  who  never  enter  the 
Choir,  E^c.  and  who  are  only  retained  for  the  Service  of 
the  Convent.  The  liiUi,u,ion  of  Lay-Urotbas  began  in 
the  eleventh  Century.  The  Perfons  on  whom  this  Title 
was  conferred,  were  fuch  as  were  too  ignorant  to  become 
Clerks,  and  who  therefore  applied  themfelvcs  wholly  to 
bodily  Work.  It  fcems  to  have  tali  en  its  Rife  from  hence, 
that  the  Laity  in  thofe  Days  had  not,  for  the  generality, 
the  leiH  Tinflure  of  Learning  ;  whence  alfo  thofe  cams 
to  be  called  Clerks,  by  way  of  Diliinflion,  who  had  (lu- 
died  a  little,  and  were  able  to  read.  The  word  comes 
from  the  Latin  Laicus,  of  the  Greek  Aasf.  Peoft/e. 

LAYERS,  are  the  low  Branches  of  Trees  or  Shrubs 
which  are  covered  with  good  Mould  when  you  would 
raife  their  Kind  from  them,  leaving  out  their'  Ends  till 
they  arc  rooted  ;  when  they  are  to  be  cut  off. 

LAYMAN,  a  Perfon  not  engaged  in  any  Order  of  Ec- 
clefiaflicks. 

Layman,  among  Painters,  is  a  Statue  of  Wood,  whofe 
Joints  are  fo  made  that  it  may  be  put  into  any  Pollute, 
its  chief  Ufe  is  for  the  catling  and  adjufting  of  Dra- 
peries tor  the  clothing  of  Figures. 

LAZARETTO,  or  LAZAR-HOUSE,  a  publlck 
Building  in  form  of  an  Hofpital,  for  the  Reception  of 
poor  Sicic.  In  fome  Countries  it  is  appointed  for  Perfons 
coming  from  Places  fufpeflcd  of  the  Plague  to  quarantaiji 
in.  This  is  ufually  a  large  Building,  at  a  diftance  from 
any  City,  whofe  Apartments  fland  at  a  diltance  from 
each  other,  (Sc.  where  Ships  are  unladen,  and  their  E- 
quipage  is  laid  up  for  forty  Days,  more  or  lefs,  according 
to  the  Time  and  Place  of  Departure. 

St.  LAZARUS,  the  Name  of  a  military  Order  in- 
ftituted  at  5en(/«/m  by  the  Chriflians  of  the /J-e/f ,  when 
they  became  Mafters  of  the  Holy  Land.  They  received 
Pilgrims  under  their  Care,  guarded  them  on  the  Roads, 
and  defended  them  from  the  Infults  of  the  Mahometan!. 
Some  fay  it  was  inflituted  in  1 1 19,  Pope  Alexander  lY. 
confirmed  it  by  a  Bull  in  12 5  5,  giving  it  the  Rule  of  St. 
Jnguji}7ie,  The  Knights  of  this'Order  being  driven  out 
of  the  Holy  Land,  part  of  them  retired  into  Fraf.ce,  and 
were  eftabli/lied  there  under  Louis  the  Hid,  who  be- 
ftowed  on  them  the  Country  of  Boigvy  near  Orleans.  In- 
nocent VIII.  fuppreffed  the  Order  of  St.  Lazarus  in  Italy 
in  i4i;o,  or  rather  united  it  to  that  of  Maltha.  Leo  X.  re- 
eflabhJl-iedit  in  Italy  m  the  beginning  of  the  i6i\\  Centu- 
ry. In  1572,  Gregory  X\il.  united  'it  in  Sa-voy  to  that  of 
St.  Maurice,  juft  inflituted  by  Duke  Emajuiel  FhiUhert.  In 
France  this  Order  was  united  to  that  of  N.  D.  of  Mount 
Carmel  in  i5o8,  and  had  fome  new  Advantages  conferred 
on  it  by  the  late  King  Louis  XIV.  The  Knights  of  St.  La~ 
sfl?-nj  arc  allowed  to  marry,  and  yet  have  Penfions  upon 
Benefices. 

Fathers  of  St.  Lazarus,  or  Lazarites,  a  Name  given  to 
certain  Regular  Clerks  of  a  Congregation  inflituted  in 
France  in  the  lyih  Century  by  M.  Vincent.  They  take 
their  Name  from  a  Houfe  in  the  Famhourg  of  Farts.  They 
have  a  Seminary  in  Paris,  called  The  Seminary  des  Sons  En- 
fams.  The  Vows  they  make  are  fimple,  and  on  occafion 
may  be  difpenfed  withal. 

LEAD,  a  coarfe,  heavy,  impure  Metal,  of  all  others 
the  fofteft  and  moft  fufible,  when  purified  ;  called  by 
the  Chymifls  Saturn.  Thofe  who  have  made  an  Analyiis 
of  it,  find  it  contains  a  little  Mercury,  fome  Sulphur,  and 
a  great  deal  of  bituminous  Earth.  i,e.i^is  found  in  va- 
rious Countries,  but  abounds  particularly  in  'Tis 
found,  too,  in  feveral  kindi,  of  Soils  and  Stones,  fome 
whereof,  bcfides,  contain  Gold,  fome  Silver,  others  Tin, 
£=fc.  ^Tis  melted  on  a  Furnace  provided  for  the  purpofe, 
with  a  firong  Coal- Fire  upon  it  5  as  it  melts,  it  runs  thro* 
a  Canal  on  one  Side  of  it,  leaving  the  Earth,  Stone,  and 
Scoria,  with  the  Afhes  of  the  Coals.  'Tis  purified  by 
skimming  it  e'er  cold,  and  throwing  Suet  and  other  fac 
Bodies  into  It.  Some  very  able  Naturalifis  obferve,  that 
the  Weight  of  Lead  incrcafes,  either  in  the  open  Air,  or 
under  Ground.  Mr.  Boyle  obfcrves  this  particularly  cf 
the  Leado{  Churches,  which,  he  fays,  frequently  grows 
both  in  Bulk  and  Weight,  fo  as  to  become  too  ponderous 
for  the  Timber  that  before  fuflained  it  3  which  fome  ac- 
count for  from  the  Impurity,  Heterogeneity,  and  loofe 
Texture  of  its  Parts,  by  means  whereof  the  Particles  of  the 
Air  getting  Admiffion  withinits  Pores,  are  attracted,  and 
eafily  affimilated  to  it.  But  others,  who  rely  wholly  on 
Experience,  abfolutely  deny  the  Effeft,  as  alfo  that  it  is 
reproduced  in  Mines  before  exhauiied,  by  letting  them 
lie  long  open  to  the  Air,  w  hich  others  affert.  iciii^  is  found 
of  a  lighter  or  deeper  Colour,  according  as  it  is  more  or 
lefs  puriiied,  tho' fome  make  a  diff-ience  in  the  Colour 
of  the  Ore,  always  eltecming  that  moitwhich  is  th'.-  whiteft. 

Lead  is  a  Metal  of  much  Ufe  ;  it .  eafily  m"lts,  and 
mixes  with  Gold,  Silver,  and  Copper,  and  communi- 
cates, as  they  talk,  its  Humidity  to  them  ;  but  not  be- 
T  t  t  t  t  iaa 


LEA 


(  43S  ) 


LEA 


ing  able  to  ensure  the  Violence  of  the  Fire  which  they 
undergo,  it  retires,  and  carries  with  it  all  that  was  hete- 
rogeneous in  them  5  io  as  neither  Gold  nor  Silver  are  re- 
fined without  Le.id.  To  which  it  may  be  added,  that  the 
coarfer  kind  of  precious  Stones,  boiled  in  Lead,  are  there- 
by rendered  much  more  brillant. 

Leiid  is  much  ufcd  in  Building,  particularly  for  Cover- 
ing, Gutters,  Pipes,  and  Glafs.  Lead  is  cither  calt  into 
'Sheets  in  a  Mold,  or  milled  j  which  hilt  is  found  by  much 
the  leali:  lerviceable,  not  only  on  account  of  its  Thin- 
nefs,  but  alfo  becaufe  'tis  fo  exceedingly  llretched  in 
milling  j  that  when  it  comes  to  He  in  the  hot  Sun,  it 
Jlirinks  and  cracks,  and  conlcquently  will  not  keep  out 
the  Water.  The  Lead  ufed  by  Gla^iiers  is  firft  cait  into 
llender  Rods,  twelve  or  fourteen  Inches  long,  called 
Canes  j  which  being  afterwards  drawn  thro'  their  Vice, 
comes  to  have  a  Groove  on  cither  Side  for  the  Panes  at 
Glafs;  and  this  they  call  I'lowe/^  is>?(^. 

The  Method  of  paling  or  foldering  Lead  for  fitting 
onoflmbofs'd  Figures,  ^c.  is  by  placing  the  Part  where- 
on the  Figure  is  to  be  paled,  horizontal,  and  rtrewing  on  it 
fome  pulverized  Rofin  ;  under  this  place  fome  Coals,  till 
fuch  time  as  the  Rofin  becomes  reddifli,  and  rifes  in 
Pimpks  ;  tiien  apply  the  Figure,  and  rub  fome  foft  Sod- 
der  in  rothc  joining  :  when  this  is  done,  the  Figure  will 
be  paled  on,  and  as  firm  as  if  it  had  been  call  on  it. 

Borrichi'is  iR^crts,  that  i-cz^?  reverberated  into  Minium, 
melted  into  Glafs,  reduced  into  Cerufs,  and  burnt  into 
Litharge,  immediately  refumes  its  original  Figure,  upon 
the  dexterous  Application  of  a  lixivial  Salt.  The  An- 
tients,  according  to  Schindkria ,  ufed  to  compofe  Books  of 
Platesof  Leaves  of  Lead. 

For  the  Manufacture      Lead,  itcTlumhery, 
There  arc    various  Preparations  of  Lead,   ferving  for 
various  Purpofes  : 

Lead-Di'ji,  a  Preparation  ufed  by  the  Potters,  made  by 
throwing  Charcoal-Dull  in  melted  Lend,  and  llirringthem 
a  long  time  together  i  to  feparate  the  Coal  again,  they 
only  waftl  it  in  Water,  and  dry  it  afrefli.  Its  Lfe  is  to 
give  a  Varnilli  and  Glols  to  their  Worl;s. 

Burnt-Lead  is  a  Chymical  Preparation  ufcd  in  Medi- 
cine, made  of  Platesof  Le.7ii  melted  in  a  Pot  with  Sul- 
phur, and  reduced  into  a  brown  Powder. 

jVhltc  Leady  ufed  by  Painters,  is  only  thin  Plates  of 
iertt/ diiTolved  by  Fumes  of  boiling  Vinegar.  SeeCerii/j. 

Mafficots  of  fevcral  Colours,  and  the  Sandix,  are  alfo 
Pre  paraiions  of  Lead.    See  Mascot  and  Sajidix, 

Litharge  of  Gold  or  Silver,  is  only  the  Lend  ufed  in 
purifying  Copper.    Scq  Lithaije. 

Red  Lead,  a  Preparation  of  Mineral -Lciir?  calcined,  ufed 
\)y  Painters,  Potters,  and  Phylicians.    See  Illinium. 

By  help  of  Chymiflry  there  are  alfo  drawn  from  Lead^ 
Salts,  Balfams,  Oils,  Vinegar,  a  Magillery,  £5?c.  dif- 
guifed  under  theNameof  Samm,  to  amufe  the  Ignorant. 

Salt  or  Sugar  of  Lead^  ox  Saccharum  Satiirni^  is  an  effen- 
tialSaltof  Vinegar,  incorporated  with  the  proper  Sub- 
Jlance  of  Lc-ii/,  diflblved  in  the  Spirit  of  Vinegar,  halm 
of  Lead,  or  Saturn,  is  an  Oil  drawn  from  the  Salt  of  Lead 
by  Diftillation,  after  having  diflblved  it  in  Spirit  of  Tur- 
pentine. Magiftery  of  Lead  is  the  Calx  of  Lead  purified 
and  fubtilized,  which  is  made  of  LetK^  diiTolved  in  Jqna 
forth,  pouring  a  filtrated  Salt- water  into  it  ;  wh.ence  re- 
fults  a  Magillery  extremely  white,  which,  when  foftened 
by  feveral  Lotions,  is  mixed  with  Pomatums  for  the  pace 
and  Complexion. 

Black  Lead,  a  kind  of  Mineral  Stone,  of  a  black  Co- 
lour, but  filvercd,  and  fliining,  found  in  Le.Tt^  Mines,  and 
appearing  to  be  nothing  elfe  but  Luad  not  yet  arrived 
at  Maturity  ;  much  ufed  for  Pencils  or  Crayons  for  de- 
figning.    "Lis  melted  like  rhc  common  Lead. 

Mr.  Glan-vil  obferves,  that  the  Smoke  of  the  Lead- 
Works  in  Somerfetfjive  is  a  prodigious  Annoyance,  and  fub- 
jecls  both  the  Workmen,  and  theCattel  that  graze  about 
them,  to  a  mortal  Difeafe.  The  I'rees  that  grow  near 
them  have  their  Tops  burnt,  and  their  Leaves  and  Out- 
fides  difcoloured  and  fcorched. 

When  the  Lead-Ore  is  dug  out,  they  beat  it  fmall,  then 
wafli  it  clean  in  a  running  Stream,  and  fift  it  in  Iron  Rud- 
ders. Their  Hearth  or  Furnace  is  made  of  Clay  or  Flre- 
ilone  ;  this  they  fet  in  the  Ground,  and  on  it  build  their 
Fire,  which  they  light  with  Charcoal,  continuing  it  with 
young  Oaken  Gads,  blown  with  Bellows,  by  Mens  treading 
on  them.  After  the  Fire  is  lighted,  and  the  Fire-Place 
hot,  they  throw  their  Lead-Ore  on  the  Wood,  which  melts 
down  into  the  Furnace,  and  then  with  an  Iron  Ladle  they 
take  it  out,  and  upon  Sand  call  it  into  what  Form  they 
pleafe. 

The  Mine-Men  fometlmcs  find  the  Vein  run  up  into 
the  Roots  of  Trees,  and  yet  don't  obferve  any  Ditference 
between  thofc  and  other  Trees.  When  the  Mine  is  near 
the  Surface,  the  Grafs  isfomctimes  found  yellow.  They 
make  no  account  of  the  Vir^ula.  B'rjlnatoria  3  yet  fay,  that 


when  a  Mine  is  open,  they  may  gucls  by  ir  how  far  the 
Vein  will  lead.  The  Ore  runs  fumedmes  in  a  Vein,  Ibnie- 
times  difperfed  in  Banks  ;  it  lies  many  times  between 
Rocks;  fome  of  it  is  h-rder,  others  milder  ;  fometimea 
they  have  branched  Ore  in  the  Spar  3  about  the  Ore  is 
Spar  and  Chalk,  and  another  Subftance,  which  they  call 
CVoufet. 

LEAF,  LEAVES,  part  of  a  Plant,  ordinarily  very  thin 
and  flat,  growing  in  the  Spring,  and  falling  off  in  Au- 
tumn. There  are  fome  Plants  without  i-ed^'Cf,  as  Truffles 
and  Mullirooms.  As  tu  the  Siruilure  of  Le^ivas,  Dr.  Grew 
obferves,  that  their  i  ibres  never  Hand  on  the_Stalk  in  an 
even  Line,  but  always  in  an  angular  or  circular  Poilure, 
and  their  vafcular  Fibres  or  Threads  are  5,  5,  or  7.  The 
Reafonof  which  Pofition  is  for  their  more  erefl  Growth 
and  greater  Strength  of  the  Leaf  Another  Obferva- 
ble  m  the  Fibres  of  Leaves,  is  their  orderly  Pofition,  fo 
as  to  take  in  an  eighth  part  of  a  Circle,  as  in  Mallows  ;  in 
fome  a  tenth,  but  in  moil  a  twelfth.  The  fame  Author 
obferves  fix  feveral  Parts  intended  by  Nature  fur  the  Pre- 
fervation  of  Gem=  ;  -uiz.  Lea-ues,  Sunfoils,  Interfoils,  Stalks 
Leaves,  Hoods,  and  Mantlings  that  cover  them.  The 
SkmorCoatof  the  Ze^i-.'ej  is  no  more  than  that  of  the 
Branches  extended,  asGold,  by  beating,  is  reduced  in- 
to Lca-jes.  In  the  Gem  they  are  folded,  fometimes  in 
two,  and  fometimes  in  feveral  Plaits,  fomewhat  after  the 
manner  of  a  Fan.  If  the  Leaves  be  too  thick  to  plait 
commodioufly  in  two,  and  to  be  ranged  againd  each  o- 
ther  ;  or  if  they  be  in  too  fmall  a  Number,  and  theic 
Fibres  too  delicate,  inttead  of  being  plaited,  they  are 
rolled  up,  and  form  either  a  fingle  Roll,  as  the  Leaves  o£ 
the  Mountain  Cowllip,  which  are  thick;  or  two  Rolls, 
which  begin  at  each  Extremity  of  the  Leaf,  and  meet  in 
the  middle.  There  are  fome  Plants  whofe  Leaves  form 
three  Rolls,  as  Fern  ;  feveral  Leaves  are  covered  with 
Hair  of  feveral  Figures,  thofe  of  Lavender  and  Olive- 
Tree  have  Hair  rcfembling  Stars. 

Botanifts  confider  the  Leaves  of  Plants,  with  regard  to 
their  Struflure,  to  their  Surface,  Figure,  Confiltence, 
their  Edges,  Situation,  and  Size.  With  regard  to  their 
Strudlure,  Leaves  are  either  fingle,  as  thofe  of  the  Apple- 
Tree,  Pear-Tree,  ^c.  or  double,  as  thofe  of  Angelico, 
Pariley,  i^c.  With  regard  to  their  Surfice,  Leaves  are 
cither  flat,  as  the  Nummularia,  Afarum,  Organy,  An- 
drofa;mum,  BrioniaCanadcnfis,  ^c.  or  hollow,  as  thofe  of 
the  Onion  and  Afphodel  ;  or  in  Bunches,  as  feveral  kinds 
of  Kali,  Salicot,  and  Houfe-Leeks.  With  regard  to 
their  Confiflencc,  Leaves  o^tq  either  thin  and  fine,  as  thofe 
of  St.>/jH'5-Wort,  and  Dog's  Grafs;  or  thick  and  grofs, 
asthofeof  Porculata  ;  or  fle/liy,  as  thofe  of  feveral  kinds 
of  Houfe-Leeks  ;  or  woolly,  as  thofe  of  the  Wooll-Bladc. 
With  regard  to  their  Edges,  Leaves  are  either  cut  illght- 
ly,  as  fome  Species  of  Geum,  and  Cannabis  Lutea  ;  oc 
deep,  as  Trefoil,  ^c.  With  regard  to  their  Situation, 
Leaves  are  either  alternate,  that  is,  ranged  alternately,  as 
ihePhylica  ;  or  oppofite  to  each  other,  as  the  Phyllyrea, 
and  fome  Species  of  the  Rubia.  With  regard  to  their 
Size,  Leaves  are  either  very  big,  as  thofe  of  the  Coloca- 
fia  and  Sphondylium  ;  or  moderate,  as  thofe  of  Bif- 
tort,  the  Fig-Tree  ;  or  fmall,  as  thofe  of  the  Apple- 
Trce,  Pear- Tree,  Peach-Tree  ;  or  very  fmall,  as  thofe 
of  Mille-Pertuis,  or  St.  3o?.'«'s-Wort. 

Leaf,  or  Leaves,  is  alfo  ufed  to  exprefs  the  niofl  fen- 
fible  and  agreeable  Parts  of  Flowers.  'Tis  true,  all 
Flowers  have  not  Leaves,  and  'tis  fometimes  difficult  to 
determine  which  is  to  be  called  the  Leaves,  and  which 
the  Calix  of  the  fame  I'lower.  Toprevcnt  the  confound- 
ing of  the  Leaves  of  the  Flower  with  thofe  of  the  roll  of 
the  Plant,  the  former  are  called  Fctala,  from  ,a  Greek 
Word  which  the  Botanllls  have  adopted  into  their  Latin 
Defcriptions,  when  theyfpeakof  the  Leaves  of  Flowers. 
The  Lea-c-es  of  Plants  they  call  fb/;«,  and  thofe  of  the 
Flowers  Tetala.    Sec  Fctalnm. 

Leaves  iji  Archite^furc,  an  Ornament  in  the  Corinthian 
Capital,  and  thence  borrowed  into  the  Compofitc  ;  con- 
fining in  the  Reprefentation  of  a  double  Rcw  of  Leaves 
covering  the  Vafe,  Tympanum,  or  Neck  of  the  Column. 
Thefe  Leaves  are  ufually  made  in  imitation  of  thofe  of  the 
Acanthus,  fometimes  of  thofe  of  Olive,  and  fometimes 
of  Laurel.  The  Leaves  are  divided,  each  making  three 
Ranges  of  lelTer,  and  are  bent,  a-top,  one  third  of  their 
Height.     SccCapital,  Jcanthns,  &.C. 

LEAGUE,  an  Extent  of  Ground,  confidered  length- 
wife,  fervingto  meafure  the  Dillances  of  one  Place  from 
another,and  containing  more  or  lefs  Geometrical  Paces,ac- 
cording  to  the  different  Lfages  and  Cufloms  of  Countries. 

A  Sea  League  is  5000  Geometrical  Paces,  or  three  Etig- 
I'lf:  Miles  ;  thelarge  Leagues  of  Fravce,  are  ufually  3coo,nnd 
in  fome  Places  5  500  Paces;  the  mean  or  common  League  is 
2400  Paces,  and  the  little  League  loco.  Choi-ier  obferves, 
that  the  antient  Catilljh  Leagues  were  but  1500  Paces. 
The  Spini/j  Lia^KCs  are  larger  than  the  French,  17  Sf'anijl 

Liaguzs 


LEA 


C  439  ) 


LEE 


i  Env- 


iMWimakea  Degree  or  lo  Trench  Leagiies,  ot  6<) 

Statulc  Miles.  The  Uagua  of  Cermavy  and  HoUar.d 
contain  four  Geographical  Miles  each.  The 
Lea,uc,  are  nearly  the  fame  with  xhcSfamfi,  that  is,  they 
are  equivalent  to  four  Itatum  Miles;  which  comes  pretty 
near  to  what  Herodotus  mentions  of  the  Farajariga,  an 
antient  Meafure  among  the  Ferjians,  containing  thirty  Sta^ 
dia,  eiliht  whereof,  according  to  Strah,  make  a  Mile. 
The  Terfi.ms  mark  their  Lm;«£;  by  Trees,  as  the  antient 
Romans  did  by  Stones,  Lafides  ;  for  which  realon  they 
call  them  Jgw,  a  T,M  Word  fignifymg  Tree.  In 
f.i»theI.M™econfifls  of  1 800  Fathoms.  Thefe  arc  all 
iliflinguiflied  by  little  Hillocks,  raifed  on  purpofe  by 
the  Road-fidc.  See  lie  Leagues  of  moft  Commies,  reduced 
to  the  Roman  Foot,  itnder  tbewordWdc. 

The  word  comes  from  Leiica,  or  Lenga,  an  antient 
Gatilifi  Word,  as  Menage  has  proved  from  Jfidore,  St.  3e- 
ro,n.  Am.  Marcellimis,  &c.  Some  derive  the  word  Le,:ca 
froniMum"  tvkite,  in  regard  the  Gaids,  in  imitation  ot  the 
Romaits,  marked  the  Spaces  and  Diflances  of  their  Koads 
by  white  Stones. 

LE  IVGUE,  an  Union  or  Confederacy  between  Princes 
and  States  for  their  mutual  Aid,  either  in  attacking  fomc 
common  Enemy,  or  in  defending  themfelves.  There 
have  been  feveral  holy  Zeaijaej  entered  into  by  theChri- 
llians  againllthe  Saracens  and  Injidels,  fometimes  alfo 
called  Crufado's.  The  League  is  ufcd  by  way  of  Eminence 
for  that  famous  one  on  foot  in  J'™i;ce,from  the  Year  ijTS, 
to  JSJ5.  Its  Intent  was  to  prevent  the  Succeffion  of  Hen- 
rylV.  who  was  of  the  Reformed  Religion,  to  the  Crown, 
and  it  ended  with  his  Abjuration  of  that  Faith.  The 
Leaguers,  or  Confederates,  were  of  three  kinds  :  The  zea- 
lous Leaguers  aimed  at  the  utter  Ddlruftion,  not  only  of 
the  Hugo«ots,  but  alfo  of  the  Miniflry.  The  Sfan:fi 
Leaguers  had  principally  in  view  the  transferring  the 
Crown  of  Frastce  to  the  King  of  Sfaiit,  or  the  Infanta  his 
Daughter.  The  moderate  Leaguers  aimed  only  at  the  Ex- 
tirpitionof  Calvinifm,  withoutany  Alteration  of  theGo- 
vernment.  The  Word  comes  from  liga,  which,  in  the 
corrupt  Lat'in,  was  ufed  for  Confederation,  Sjuj  pis  cum 
alio  ligalur.  n-  j  l 

LIplKAGE,  is  a  Leaking  or  Leak  in  a  VelTel,  through 
which  the  Liquor  runs  out  ;  Alfo  an  Allowance  made  to 
a  Merchant  in  Liquid  Goods  of  12  /.  fer  cent.  Alfo  an  Al- 
lowance of  Brewers  of  ;  in  II  Barrels  of  Ale,  and  3  in 
25  Barrels  of  Beer. 

LEAI'-YEAR,  or  Biffextile,  is  every  fourth  Year, 
To  called  from  its  leafing  a  Day  more  that  Year  than  in 
a  Common  Year ;  for  in  the  Common  Year  any  fixed 
Day  of  the  Month  changeth  fucceffivcly  the  Day  of  the 
Week,  but  in  the  Leaf^l'ear  it  skips  or  leaps  over  one  Day. 
The  Common  Year  hath  qC?  Days  in  it,  'but  the  Leaf- 
Tear  ^66  Days,  and  then  lebruary  hath  =9  Days,  which, 
in  the  Common  Year  hath  but  i8.  To  find  the  Leaf- 
Tear,  this  is  the  Rule  5 

V'videhy  ^,  -^lihat's  left  Jhallhe, 
For  Leap- Year o,  for  fajl  i,  2,  0 
For  Example,  what  is  the  Tear  1720, 
Common  Year 

4.)i72oC433 
There  is  o  Remainder,  fo  that  it  is  Leaf-Tear. 

LEASE,  in  Laiv,  fignifies  a  Demife,  or  letting  of 
Lands,  TeneiTients,  Right  of  Common,  Rent,  or  any 
Hereditament  unto  another,  for  Term  of  Years,  or  for 
Life,  for  a  Rent  refcrved,  and  is  either  written,  called 
alfo  Indenture,  Deed  Foil,  or  Leafe  in  writing  ;  or  by  word 
of  Mouth,  called -Z-eii/e  Paio/.  The  Party  that  letteth 
this  Leafe  is  called  the  LeJJor,  and  the  Party  to  whom  it 
it  is  lett  the  Lrjjee.  A  Leafe  hath  in  it  fix  Points  ; 
(i.^  Words  fuflicient  to  import  a  Demife.  (2.)  A  Leflee 
named.  (3.)  A  CommGoccment  from  a  Day  certain. 
(4.)  A  Term  of  Years.  (5.J  A  Determination,  (if.)  A 
X^efervatlon  of  Rent. 

LEASH  is  a  Term  ufed  in  the  Game  for  three  Crea- 
tures of  any  Kind,  as  a  Leap  of  Greyhounds  3  as  a  Brace 
expreffeth  two. 

LEA\fEN,  any  thing  that  will  make  a  Body  fwell  by 
means  of  the  moll  fubtile  and  penetrating  of  its  Parts  , 
which  being  agitated  and  divided,  divide  and  agitate  the 
more  grofs,  as  we  may  obferve  in  Pafte,  in  feveral  Li- 
quors,"^c.  The  word  comes  from  le-janum,  a  le-jando,  be- 
caufe  Le.-i~jeti  makes  the  Pall,  S^c.  rife.  See  Ferment. 
LEAVER.   See  Lever. 

LECTICARIUS,  an  Officer  in  theGree^  Church,  whofe 
Bufinefs  it  was  to  bear  off  the  Bodies  of  thofe  who  died, 
and  to  bury  them.  The  chief  of  the  LeHicarii  was  the 
Deacon.  The  Romanshad  two  Kinds  of  LcHicarii  different 
from  thofe  of  the  Grcel's,  and  who  anfwered  nearly  to  the 
Office  of  our  Chairmen. 

LECTISTERNIUM,  a  religious  Ceremony  among  the 
antient  Romans ;  it  confiflcd  in  a  Fellival  prepared,  and 


,  Leaf-l'e, 


folemnly  given  in  the  Temple.  And  becaufe,  according 
to  the  Cullom  of  thofe  Times,  they  placed  Beds  a-round 
the  Tables,  and  fct  the  Statues  of  the  Gods  on  thofe 
Beds,  in  the  fame  manner  as  Men  fate  at  Me.als :  They 
call'd  this  Praftice  Leni'lermum,  from  LeSus,  Bed,  and 
Jiernere  of  Jiemo  to  fpread,  prepare.  In  this  Ceremony 
the  Efuhsies  (mentioned  under  that  Head)  pfefided.  Cfl- 
faulon  has  obferved  from  a  Faffage  in  the  Scnoliaft  of  Fm- 
dar,  that  the  Grcc^j  had  alfo  the  Lcaylernium  m  Ufe. 
Li'jy  obferves  that  the  firft  LeEl'jiernimn  feen  in  Rome, 
was  that  which  held  for  eight  Days  fucccfl'ively,  injionour 
of  Jf  olio,  Latona,  Diana,  Hercules,  Mercury,  and  Neftune, 
on  occafion  of  a  contagious  Difeafe  that  kiU'd  all  their 
Cattle,  in  the  Year  of  Rome  354;  tho  yakriw,  Maximus 
mentions  one  before  that. 

LEE,  a  Term  varioufly  ufcd  at  Sea,  but  its  general 
Ufe  is  to  fignify  the  Part  oppofitc  to  the  Wind:  Thus  the 
Zee-fliore  is  that  on  which  the  Wind  blows,  and  therefore 
to  be  under  the  Lee  of  the  Shore,  is  to  be  clofe  under  the 
Weather-fhote,  or  under  Wind.  When  they  fay  J-Lee 
the  Helm,  they  mean,  put  the  Helm  to  the  Lee-ward 
Side  of  the  Ship  They  fay  alfo,  take  care  of  the  Lee- 
latch,  which  is  a  Word  of  Command  to  the  Man  at  the 
Helm,  to  take  care  that  the  Ship  do  not  go  to  the-Lee- 
■wardofhtr  Courfe ;  wherefore  they  call  a  Lee-inari  Ship 
one  that  is  not  fall  by  a  Wind,  or  which  doth  not  fail  fo 
near  the  Wind,  nor  make  fo  good  way  as  llie  lliould.  To 
lay  a  Ship  by  the  Lee,  or  to  come  by  the  Lee,  is  to  bring 
her  fo,  that  all  her  Sails  may  lie  flat  againft  her  Mafh  and 
Shrouds,  and  that  the  Wind  may  come  right  upon  her 
Broad-fide.  The  Lee  -aay  of  a  Ship,  is  the  Angle  made 
by  the  Line  on  which  the  Ship  Ihould  run,  according  to 
her  Courfe,  or  the  Point  of  the  Compafs  fleered  upon, 
and  the  real  Line  of  the  Ship's  Way  ;  for  all  Ships  are 
apt  to  make  feme  Lee-way,  wherefore  in  calling  up  tiie 
Log-board,  fomcthing  mull  always  be  allowed  for  i-ee~ 
my.  The  ordinary  Rules  are  thefe:  (i.)  If  the  Ship 
be  upon  a  Wind,  you  mutf  allow  one  Point  for  Lee-way. 
(2.)  If  the  Wind  blow  hard,  fo  that  you  are  forced  to  take 
in  one  Top-fail,  allow  two  Points  for  Lce-w.ty.  (3.)  If  it 
blow  fo  hard,  that  both  Top-fails  muft  be  taken  in,  and 
the  Sea  runs  high,  allow  three  Points  for  Lee-way.  (4.) 
If  her  Fore-fail  being  furled,  (he  try  under  a  Main-fail  or 
Mizzen,  fhe  will  make  her  way  four  Points  before  the 
Beam,  (s.j  If  flio  try  with  a  Main-fail  only,  Ihe  will 
make  her  way  near  three  Points  before  the  Beam.  But 
(S.)  If  under  a  Mizzen  only,  Ihc  will  make  her  way  about 
two  Points  before  the  Beam. 

LEES,  the  groCfeft  and  thickefl  Parts  of  Wine,  Oil, 
and  other  Liquors  5  or  the  Sediment  found  at  bottom  of 
the  VefTcl.  A  kind  of  gravelly  Sand  is  made  with  the 
Lees  of  Wine  burnt  and  prepared,  ufed  by  Dyers,^££?c. 
which  ought  to  itand  as  a  Caution  to  People  troubled 
with  the  Stone,  Sic.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Freitch 
Xie,  and  that  cither  from  Zi'miis  Miiri,  or  fmni  one 
of  the  Surnames  of  Bacchus,  or,according  to  Du  !;^r:L;e,  from 
Lia,  a  corrupt  Latin  Word  fignifying  the  fame  thing.  The 
Vinegar-Makers  make  a  great  Trade  of  the  Lees  of  Wine 
dried  and  made  into  Cakes,  after  having  fqueez'd  out 
the  Remains  of  the  Liquor  in  PrefTes, 

LEET,  an  old  Saxon  Word  for  a  Law-day  ;  from  the 
Saxon  Lite  little,  ijuafi  a  little  Court  ;  or  from  the  Ger- 
man Laet,  i.  e.  a  Country  Judge.  The  Court-Icet  is  a 
Court  held  by  the  Lord  of  a  Manner,  tho'  in  reality  'tis 
the  King's  Court,  in  whofe  Mannor  foever  it  is  held,  in 
regard  the  Authority  thereof  belongs  originally  to  the 
Crown,  and  is  derived  thence  to  other  Pcrfons;  It  is  a 
Court  of  Record,  and  inquires  of  all  Offences  under  High- 
Treafon,  tho  it  cannot  puniflt  many,  but  mufl  certify 
them  to  the  Juflices  of  ACflze. 

LEGACY  in  Law,  any  particular  Thing  given  by  a. 
Laft  Will  and  Teflament  ;  for  if  the  whole  Eftate  be  fo 
given,  it  is  faid  to  be  Hereditary,  and  he  to  whom  it  is 
'fo  given,  is  called  H.tres  by  the  Civilians ;  though  incon- 
mon  Law,  the  Diflinaion  is  this,  that  he  to  whom  all 
the  Man's  Lands  and  Hereditaments  dcfcend  by  Right  of 
Blood,  is  Hrres  Natus ;  the  other  to  whom 'tis  bequeath'd 
is  called  H.n-ei  FaBus.  In  the  Ecclefiailical  Senfe  Letacy 
was 'formerly  a  Soul-Seat,  a  Bcqueft  to  the  Church,  or 
accuflomed  Mortuary ;  and  this  was  to  hold  good,  even 
tho'  the  Teflament  it  felf  were  declar'd  null  and  invalid. 

LEGALIS  HOMO,  in  Law  ;  a  Pcrfon  who  flands 
reflus  in  Curia,  not  out-law'd,  nor  excornmunicated,  nor 
defamed  ;  and  in  this  Senfe  are  thofe  Words  fo  often 
ufed,  Frohi  Leg.tles  Homines.  Hence  Legality  is  taken 
for  the  Condition  of  fuch  a  Man. 

LEGATE,  a  Prelate  whom  the  Pope  fendsas  Ernbaffi- 
dor  to  any  fovcreign  Prince.  There  arc  three  Kinds  of  Le- 
gates, viz.  Lc^^ates'i  latere.  Legates  de  latere,  and  Lsi'.ates  by 
Office,  or  Legali  Nati.  Of  tliefe  the  riofl  confiderable  are 
the  legates  a' latere ;  fuch  are  thofe  whom  the  Pope  com- 
miCfionsto  take  his  Place  in  Councils,  fo  called,  in  regard 

the 


^         LEG  (  440  ) 

the  Pope  never  gives  this  OfHce  to  any  but  his  greateit 
favourites  and  Confidents,  who  are  always  at  his  aide,  a 
latere:  that  is,  to  the  Cardinals.  He  may  confer  Benefices 
without  Mandate,  legitimate  iiaftards  to  hold  Offices,  and 
has  a  Crofs  carried  before  him  as  the  Enfign  of  his  Autho- 
rity. The  Le^iites  de  Litcre,  are  thofc  who  are  not  Cardinals, 
but  are  yet  intrurted  with  an  Apollolical  Legation.  Legates 
by  Office  arc  thofe  who  have  not  any  particular  Legation 
given  them,  but  who  by  virtue  of  their  Dignity  and  Place 
in  the  Church  htcomc  Legates.  Such  arc  the  Archbilliops 
of  PJjcims  und  v?r/ef.  But  the  Authority  of  thefe  Legates  is 
much  inferior  to  that  of  the  Legates  a  latere.  The  Power 
of  a  Legate  is  fometimes  given  without  the  Title.  Some 
of  the  Nuntio's  are  inverted  with  it. 

The  Term  Legate  comes  from  that  of  Legatusy  which 
Varro  derives  from  legere  to  chufe,  and  others  from  le- 
gare^  delegare,  to  fend,  delegate.    Stc  l'l''icquefBrt. 

LEGATORY,  a  Term  ufed  in  fpcaking  of  the  Go- 
vernment of  the  anticnt  Romans',  ylugnjitis  divided  the 
Provinces  of  the  Empire  into  Confular,  Legatory,  and  Pre- 
lidjal.  Legatory  Provinces  were  thofe  whereot  the  Empe- 
ror himfelf  was  Governour,  but  where  he  did  not  refide, 
but  adminiilred  Affairs  by  his  Lieutenant  or  Legatiis. 

LEGATL'S,  or  LEGAT,  among  the  Romajts,  was 
an  OfHcer  of  Diftintlion,  who  commanded  under  the  firil 
or  leading  OfHcer.  Of  thefe  there  were  two  Kinds,  viz. 
A  Legaii-.s  in  the  Army  under  the  General,  imfwering  to 
our  Licutenant-Gencral,  and  a  Legatits  in  the  Provinces 
under  the  Proconful  or  Governour.  When  any  coniidera- 
ble  Peribn  among  the  Koman  Citizens  had  occafion  to  pafs 
thro'  any  of  the  Provinces,  the  Senate  gave  him  the  Titli 
ef  Ltgatiis  •  ■  " 
nd  he 


LEG 

and  Pronunciation.  All  we  obfcrvc  on  Medals,  is  fome^ 
tinies  a  Mixture  of  Greek  and  Latin  Letters.  The  Cha- 
racler  was  prcferv.d  in  all  its  Beauty  til!  the  time  of 
GalUan.  From  the  time  oiConJhmtuie,  and  for  the  Space 
of  500  years   the  Tongue   alone  was  ufed  in  rhe 

Legends  of  Medals,  even  in  thofe  firuck  at  Conjiam.novle 
begun  the  firff,  whofe  i,e£e«^  was  in  Greek,  Ind 
from  his  lime  the  Language,  as  well  as  the  Characters 
began  to  alter  for  the  worfe. 

LEGVION,  a  kind  of  Regiment  or  Body  of  Forces, 
Whereof  the  Roman  Armies  were  compofcd.  The  Num- 
ber of  Soldiers  and  OfKcers  whereof  the  Lenon  confifled, 
was  different  at  different  Times :  But 'tis  impoflible  to 
determine  the  prccife  Time  and  Manner  of  their  Altera- 
tion. In  the  Time  of  Romuhs  each  Legion  contained  3000 
^oot,  and  a  Hundred  E^uhes,  or  Knights:  Thefe  were 
divided  mto  three  Bodies,  which  made  as  many  Orders 
of  Battel.  Each  Body  confifled  of  ten  Companies,  or 
Wanipules,  ranged  at  fome  ditlancc  from  each  other, 
tho  in  the  fame  Front.  Each  Body  had  two  General  Of- 
xicersto  command  it,  coXlcA  Tribunes,  and  each  Manipulc 
two  Centurions.  Under  the  Confuls  the  Legion  conafted 
of  4GO0  Men,  who  made  four  Bodies,  commanded  by  a 
Confulorone  of  his  Lieutenants,  and  each  Legio?i  had  its 
fhareof  Cavalry,  which  was  from  two  to  three  hundred 
Horie.  Afterwards,  in  the  time  of  Marlus,  thefe  four 
Divifions  of  the  Legion  were  united  into  one,  and  aug- 
mented, and  Cohorts  were  appointed  from  five  to  fix  hun- 
dred Men,  each  under  the  Command  of  a  Tribune.  Each 
Cohort  confiiled  of  three  Con 


 mpanies  or  Manipules,  eacii 

  „       --   „    Mampuleof  two  Centuries,  and  the  divided  into 

that  IS,  of  Envoy  from  the  Senate,  to  the  ten  Cohorts,  who  made  as  many  diflinft  Battalions  dif. 
Ik  be  received  witii  the  greater  Refpecf ,  and    pofed  in  three  Lines  ;  fo  that  the  Legion,  then,  confifled 


that  the  Cities  and  Towns  thro'  which  he  travelled  mighi 
defray  his  Expences.  This  they  caU'd  a  free  Legation, 
in  regard  the  Perfon  was  not  incumber'd  with  any  Truff, 
and  might  lay  it  afide  as  foon  as  he  pleafed. 

LEGEND,  was  originally  a  Book  ufed  in  the  old  Ro- 
mijlj  Churches,  containing  the  Leffons  that  were  to  be 
read  in  the  holy  OfEcc :  hence  the  Lives  of  Saints  and 
Martyrs  came  to  be  zo\V A  Legends ;  bccaufe  Chapters 
were  to  be  read  out  of  them  at  Matins,  and  in  the  Refec- 
tories of  the  Religious  Houfcs.  The  Golden  Legend  is  a 
CoUedlion  of  the  Lives  of  the  Saints,  compiled  by  '^amss 
de  Varafc,  better  known  by  his  Latin  Name  of  J.  de  Fo- 
yagne.  Vicar  General  of  the  Dommica?!s,  and  afterwards 
Archbifiiop  of  Gej^OiT,  who  died  in  1298.  It  was  received 
into  the  Cinurch  with  a  world  of  Applaufe,  which  it  main- 
tained for  200  Tears ;  but,  in  effcdt,  is  fo  full  of  ridiculous 
and  romantic  Accounts,  that  the  Romanijis  themfelves  are 
now  generally  alhamed  of  it.  The  Word  Legend  it  fclf 
is  on  that  account  come  into  difrcpute. 

Legend  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Words  or  Letters  en- 
graven about  the  Edges,  i^c.  of  Coins.  Thus  x\vc  Legend 
of  a  French  Crown,  is,  Sit  nomen  Domini  BsnediBum  j  that 
oio^Moidore,  In  hoc  Signo  i-inus  j  and  on  thofe  of  the  laft 
Emperors  of  Cojijlantinople,  we  find,  'Jeftis  Chrljlus  Baji/cits 
^ajikon,  IHS  XPS  NIK  A,  "^efus  Chrifius  rmcit. 

Legend,  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Infcriptions  of  Medals, 
which  ferve  to  explain  the  Figures  or  Device.  In  llri£l- 
nefs,  the  Legend  differs  from  the  Infcription  ;  this  lafl 
properly  fignifying  Words  placed  on  the  Rcverfc  of  a 
Medal,  in  the  place  uf  Figures.  It  feems  as  if  the  An- 
tients  had  intended  tlicir  Medals  fliould  ferve  both  as 
Images  and  as  Emblems  j  the  one  for  the  common  Peo- 
ple, and  the  other  for  Perfons  of  duality  and  Parts:  the 
Images  to  reprcfcnt  the  Faces  of  Princes,  and  Emblems 
to  reprefent  their  Virtues  and  great  Aclions:  So  that  the 
Xege?/ii  is  to  be  looked  on  as  the  Soul  of  the  Mcda],  and 
the  P'igures  as  the  Body.  Every  Medal  has  two  Legends, 
that  on  the  Front,  and  that  on  the  Rcvcrfe.  The  firfi-, 
for  the  generality,  fervcs  only  to  dillingui/h  the  Perfon 
by  his  Name,  Titles,  Offices,  iSc.  the  latter  is  intended 
to  exprefs  his  noble  ai:d  virtuous  Seniinients,  bis  good 
Deeds,  and  the  Advantages  the  Public  has  reap'd  by  himj 
this  however  does  not  hold  univerfally,  for  we  fometimes 
find  the  Titles  fhared  between  both  Sides,  and  fometime 
t\iQL<^gend.  In  the  Medals  of  Cities  and  Provinces,  as  the 
Head  is  ufually  the  Genius  of  the  Place,  or  at  lealf  fome 
Deity  adored  there  ;  the  Legend  is  the  Name  of  the 
City,  Province,  or  Deity,  or  of  both  together  ;  and  the 
Reverfe,   fome  Symbol  of  the  City,   ^c.  frcquent- 


of  five  or  fix  Thoufand  Men.    Jfidore  tells  us,'  that  the 
Ze.^/o7i  confifled  of  fix  Thoufand  Men,  divided  into  fixty 
thirty   Manipules,   twelve  Cohorts,   and  two 


Centu] 


Hundred  Troops.  According  to  the  French  Academy,  the 
Legion  confined  of  fix  Thoufand  Foot,  and  feven  Hun- 
dred twenty-five  Horfe.  The  Legions  were  by  far  the 
moflconfiderablepartof  the  Rowa«  Army  ;  their  Num- 
ber in  the  time  of  yliigufius  was  thirty-three  i  they  were 
compofed  wholly  of  Roman  Citizens.  '  The  Allies  formed 
a  Body  of  Auxiliary  Forces.  The  Standard  bore  by  the 
Legions  was  as  various.  AtfirflaWolf,  in  honour  of  that 
which  fuckled  Romulus,  afterwards  a  Hog  ;  by  reafon 
fays  Romulus,  War  is  only  undertaken  with  a  View  to 
Peace,  which  was  concluded  by  facrificing  a  Hog.  Some- 
times they  bore  the  Minotaur,  to  remind  their  General 
that  their  Defigns  were  to  be  kept  fecret,  and  inacceffible 
as  the  Minotaur  in  the  Labyrinth.  They  alfo  bore  a 
Horfe,  a  Boar,  £5?c.  Fliny  tells  us,  that  Martus  was  the 
firff  who  changed  all  thefe  Standards  into  Eagles.  The 
Word  Legion  comes  from  the  Latin  legere,  to  chuje  ;  be- 
caufe  when  the  i.e^/"o;;j  were  raifed,  they  made  choice  of 
fuch  of  their  Youth  as  were  the  molt  proper  to  bear 
Arms. 

LEGISLATOR,  he  who  makes  the  Laws  of  a  King- 
dom, or  State,  which  he  has  founded.    The  principal  an- 
Ucnt.LegiJlatorso.vc,  Mofes,  Legi/iator  oi t\ic  Hebrews  ;  Mer- 
curius  TriJ'megiJhis  and  Bococes  o£  the,  Egyptians  i   Italus  of 
the  OEmtrianSy  Thefeia,  Draco^oAiA  Solon  of  the  Athenians  $ 
Zoroajier  o{  the  Bailrians Chnrondas  of  the  Caj^fadodans  ^ 
and  Cbarondas,  or  Fhaleas,  of  the   Carthaginia7ts  ,  Jndra- 
damas  of  the  Chalcidians  j  Eiidoxus  of  the  Cjiidians  j  Fhido 
of  the  Cormthians  ;  Ephorus  and  Minos  of  the  Cretans  ■  Fy- 
thagoras  of  the  Crotoniates,  and  molt  of  the  Cities  ot  Gr^- 
cia  hkjor  j  Parmejiides  and  Ze?!o  of  Eka  in  Luca7iia  ;  Ar- 
riba!, or  Tharcitas,  of  the  Ej'icores  j  Zamolnls  of  the  Geta  ; 
Phoroneiis  of  the  Greeks  ;    hacchts  of  the  Indians  j  Satiirjz 
of  Italy;  Macariits  of  the  Ijle  of  Lesbos  ;  Zaleiicus  of  the 
Locrians  5  Nicodonts  Jthleta  of  the  City  of  Mmina  ;  Hip^o- 
do7im  of  Miletus  3   Charomdas  of  Rheggta  ;   Lycurgus  of  the 
Lacedsmoiiinns  -J    jlrchytas  of  Tarentiitn  j   Fhilolaits  of  the 
Tbehans.     At  J?c?»?s  the  People  were,  in  great  meafure, 
their  own  Legijlators,   tho'  Solon  mary  be  faid,   in  fome 
fenfe,  to  have  been  their  Le^i/Zt^wr,  in  regard  the  Decern- 
viri,  who  were  created  for  the  inaking  of  Laws,  borrowed 
a  great  Number  from  thofe  of  Solon. 

LEGITIMATION,  an  Aa  by  which  Natural  Children 
are  rendered  legitimate.     The  Father  and  Mother  by- 
marrying  render  their  Children  begotten  before  Marriage 
himate,  and  this  is  called  Legitimatioji,   per  fuhfequens 


]y  without  a  Zc^e'-'.-^ ;    fometimes  with  that  of  one  of   Matrimonium.     The  Right  of  Lentimation  was  a  thinaun^ 


its  Magiflrates,  The  Subjcfts  of  Legends  are  the  Virtues 
of  Princes,  the  Honours  they  have  receiv'd,  Confecrations, 
fignal  Events,  public  Monuments,  Deities,  public  Vows, 
Privileges,  ££?c. 

Legends  and  Infcriptions  of  Medals,  are  either  in  Latin 
or  Greek.  The  Greek  Characfer,  confining  of  Majufcule 
or  Capital  Letters,  appears  uniform  on  all  the  Medals,  no 
Change  or  Alteration  appearing  in  confronting  rhe  feveral 
Chara£l:ers,  tho  'ti'j  certain  there  was  in  the  ordinary  Ufe 


known  to  Princes  till  the  time  of  Conjlantine,  but  fince  his 
Time  has  been  excrcifed  by  moft  of  them.  The  Greek 
Emperors  invented  feveral  kinds  of  Legitimation,  yfnafla- 
fins  put  it  in  the  power  of  the  Father  to  legitimate  his 
natural  Children  by  a  bare  Adoption,  provided  he  had 
no  legitimate  Children.  But  Jufin  by  his  Conftitution, 
and  ^iifinian  by  his  Novel  74,  aboliflied  this  Legitima- 
tion, as  fearing  the  too  eafy  accefs  to  Legitimation  fliould 
encourage  Concubinage.   In  lieu  of  this  he  eftablUhed  a 

way 


LEM 


(  441  ) 


LEN 


way  of  Leghimutioji  by  the  Emperor's  Letters.  I'his  ren- 
dered BalUrds  capable  of  attaining  to  Honours,  and  even 
of  fucceeding  to  Inheritances,  jirovided  the  Perfons  were 
legitimated  with  the  Confent  of  their  Father  and  Mother  j 
which  is  agreeable  to  the  Cancin  Law. 

LEGS,'  the  lower  Parts  of  the  Bodies  of  Animals, 
ferving  them  for  Support  and  for  Motion.  Some  Anato- 
milh  divide  the  Foot  of  Man  into  three  Parts,  -viz.  the 
Thigh,  the  Le^,  and  the  Icfler  Foot.  In  the  Leg  there 
are  two  confid-erable  Bones,  the  one  called  The  Great  Fo- 
cile,  or  the  Tibui  ;  the  other  The  Little  rocl/e,  or  the 
Ma. 

ThcLe!;jand  Feetof  the  fcveral  Animals,  Ur.Deyham 
obferves,  are  exaftly  conformable  to  the  Pollure,  Make, 
nay  to  the  Morion  and  Exercifes  of  thofe  Animals.  In 
fometheyare  made  for  Strength  only,  in  others  for  Agilr- 
tyandSwiftneTs  i  in  feme  tor  walking  and  running,  in 
others  for  fwimming,  in  others  for  digging,  and  in  others 
for  flying.  In  fome  more  lax  and  weak  tor  traverfing  the 
plain  Land,  in  others  iliff  and  rigid  for  Ice  and  Precipices. 
In  fome  fliod  with  tough  and  hard  Hoofs,  fome  whole, 
fomc  cleft.  In  fome  the  Feet  are  compofed  of  Toes, 
fonic  fliort  for  only  going,  others  long  to  fupply  the 
Plate  of  Hands  i  Ojme  armed  with  Talons  to  catch  and 
tear  their  Prey,  fomc  with  fiiort  Nails  to  confirm  their 
Steps  in  running  and  walking.  In  Birds  the  Legs  are 
curved  for  thcir^cafy  Perching,  Roolling,  and  Rell,  as 
alfo  to  help  them  on  the  Wing  in  taking  their  Flight, 
and  tobctherein  com  modiouily  tucked  up  to  the  Body,  fo 
as  not  to  obfl:ru6^  their  Flight.  In  fame  long  for  wading,  i^c. 

£.e'rs  of  a  Triangle  ;  when  one  Side  of  a  Triangle  is  ta- 
ken as  a  Bafc,  the  other  two  are  called  Legs. 

LEGLMEN,  in  Botany,  is  [that  Species  of  Plants 
called  Fulje  j  which  are  fo  named  as  being  gathered  with 
the  Hand,  by  which  they  are  diilinguiflied  from  Wheat, 
Corn,  ^c.  which  are  mowed  or  reaped.  Of  this  kind 
arc  all  that  grow  in  Pods,  as  Beans,  Peafe,  ^c.  In  the 
general,  all  Plants,  which  have  a  Papilionaceous,  or  But- 
icrfiy-like  Flower,  are  reckoned  by  Mr.  Ray  among  the 
Legumifia.  The  word  Legume}!^  according  to  J'arro  and 
Serv'ms,  is  formed  ex  co  qitod  Mann  Icgatnr^  £^  7ion fecatitr  j 
in  regard  it  is  gathered   zvirh  the  Hand,  and  not  cut. 

LEMMA,  a  Term  chiefly  ufcd  in  Geometry.  It  figni- 
fies  an  AfTumption,  or  preparatory  Proportion,  laid  down 
to  clear  the  way  for  fomc  following  Demonftration  : 
frequently  prefix'd  to  Theorems,  in  order  to  render  their 
Demonflration  lefs  perplex'd  and  intricate,  and  to  Pro- 
blems in  order  to  make  their  Refolution  more  cafy  and 
Ihort.  Thus  to  prove  a  Pyramid  one  third  of  a  Prifm,  or 
Parallcloplped,  of  the  fame  Bale  and  Height  with  it  j 
the  Demonilration  whereof  in  the  ordinary  way,  is  diffi- 
cult and  trouhleromc,  this  Lemma  may  be  premifed, 
which  is  proved  in  the  Rules  of  Progrcffion  j  That  the  Sum 
of  the  Series  of  the  Squares  in  Numbers  in  Arithmetical 
Progreflion,  beginning  from  o,  and  going  on  r,  4,9j  t*?)  -5, 
%6,^k£c.  is  always  fubtriple  of  the  Sum  of  as  many  Terms 
equal  to  the  grcatcit  i  or  is  always  |  of  the  grearefc  Term 
multiplied  by  the  Number  of  Terms.  Thus  to  find  the 
Inflexion  of  a  Curve  Line,  this  LemmaU  firfl:  premifed  j 
ThataTangent  may  be  drawn  to  the  given  Curve  in  a 
niven  Point.  Thus  in  Ph\fics,  to  the  Demonilration  of 
nioil  Propofitlons,  fuch  Lemmuia  as  thefe  are  neceflary 
iirfl  to  be  allowed  ;  That  there  is  no  Penetration  of  Di- 
menfions  5  That  all  Matter  is  divifible  ;  and  the  like. 
As  alfo  in  theTheory  of  Medicine,  That  where  the  Blood 
circulates,  there  is  Life,  £5fc. 

LEMNIAN  EARl'H,  a  Medicinal  Aftringent,  ufed 
in  the  fame  Cafes  as  Bole,  which  fee.  It  hath  its  Name 
from  the  Illand  of  Lemnas,  whence  it  is  chiefly  brought  : 
Many  form  it  into  round  Cakes,  and  imprels  a  Seal  upon 
it,  whence  it  is  callVl  'Terra  SigiUata. 

L,EMONADE,  a  Drink  prepared  of  Water,  Sugar,  and 
Citrons  or  Lemons.  This  faflitious  Liquor  is  fo  popular  in 
Taris,  that  it  has  given  its  Name  to  a  new  eilablifh'd 
Company,  call'd  Lemonadiers. 

LEMURES,  Sprites,  Hobgoblins;  Ref^lefs  Ghofls  of 
departed  Perfons,  who  return  to  torment  the  Living. 
Thefe  are  the  fime  with  the  Larvx,  which  the  Antients 
imagined  to  wander  round  the  W'orld,  to  frighten  good 
People,  and  plague  the  bad.  For  this  reafon,  at  lUme 
they  had  their  Lonuralia,  or  Feafls  inllituted  to  ap peafe 
the  Ivlvies  of  the  Defunil.  Socrates  explains  the  Nanes 
thus  ;  The  Soul  of  Man  releafed  from  the  Bands  of-  the 
Body,  and  freed  from  performing  his  bodily  Funftions, 
becomes  a  kind  ofDemon  or  Genius,  formerly  called  Le- 
murcs.    Of  thefe  thofe  that  were  kind  to  their 

Families,  were  called  Larzs  Familiares  ;  but  thofe,  who 
for  their  Crimes  were  condemned  to  wander  continually 
withfiur  meeting  with  any  Place  of  Reil,  and  terrified 
good  Men,  and  hurt  the  bad,  were  vulgarly  called  Larv.f. 
An  antient  Commentator  on  Horace  mentions,  that  the 
Romans  ufed  ihf  I'crm  Lemura  ^ot  KmurL'  ■-  v.'hich  lai^ 


Word  was  formed  from  Remus,  who  was  kilFd  by  his 
Brother  Roniuha,  and  who  returned  to  Earth  to  torment 
him.  But  ^'.piileins  obiervc-;,  that  in  the  anticnt  Lmn: 
Tongue  Lemiires  fignificd  the  Soul  of  a  Man  feparated 
from  the  Body  by  Death. 

LEMURIA,  or  l.£7«Kj-ii7m,  the  Name  of  aFeafl  foleinni- 
zed  at  Rome  on  the  ninth  of  May,  to  pacify  the  Manes  of  the 
Dead,  or  in  honour  of  the  Lcmures.  The  inllitution  of  this 
Feafl  is  afcribed  to  Romulus,  who  to  rid  himfclf  of  the  Phan- 
toms of  his  Brother  Remus  (whom  he  had  oi-dered  to  be 
murdered)  appearing  always  before  him,  ordained  a  Feaft 
called  after  his  Name  Kemnna,  and  Lcmuna.  They  of- 
fered Sacrifices  for  three  Nights  together,  during  which 
time  all  the  Temples  of  the  Gods  were  fliut  up,  nor  any 
Marriage  permitted.  There  were  a  world  of  Ceremonies 
in  this  Feall,  chiefly  intended  to  exorcife  the  l,e.mures^ 
and  to  prevent  their  appearing  or  giving  any  diflurbance 
to  rhe  Living. 

LENITIVE,  in  Phyfic,  is  any  foftcning  rcfolutive  Re- 
medy, that  moiflcns  the  Part  difeafed,  and  diffipates  any 
/liarp  Humour  collei^ed  there.  Lcnitinc,  in  Pharmacy,  is 
a  gentle  Elei51uary,  compofed  of  Sena,  Poivpody,  iSc.  fo 
called  in  regard  it  purges  eafily,  and  by  refolving. 

LENS,  in  Dioptricks,  is  any  Glafs  (not  very  thick) 
which  either  collects  the  Rays  of  Light  into  a  Point,  in 
their  pafTagc  through  it,  or  tlifperfes  them  further  apart, 
according  to  the  Laws  of  Refra6iion.  Le7!s's  have  va- 
rious Figures ;  that  is,  are  terminated  by  various  Surfaces, 
from  which  they  acquire  various  Names.  Some  are  plane 
on  one  fide,  and  convex  on  the  other  ;  others  convex 
on  both  fides ;  both  which  are  ordinarily  called  Con- 
vex  Xe;i!'j  :  tho  when  we  fpeak  accurately,  the  former 
is  call'd  Piano-Convex.  Again,  fomc  are  plane  on  one 
fide  and  concave  on  the  other,  and  others  are  concave 
on  both  fides,  which  are  both  ufually  rank'd  among 
the  Concave  Z-ens's  ;  tho  when  dillinguifh'd,  the  for- 
mer is  call'd  a  Piano-Concave.  Others  again  are  con- 
cave on  both  fides;  others  are  concave  on  one  fi,.'e, 
and  convex  on  the  other,  which  are  call'd  Convcvo- 
Concave  or  Concavo-Convcx  X.ens's,  according  as  the  une 
or  the  other  Surface  is  more  curve,  or  a  Portion  of  a  lefs 
Sphere.  It  is  to  be  here  obfervM,  that  in  every  Lens 
terminated  in  any  of  the  forementioned  manners,  a  right 
Line  perpendicular  to  the  two  Surfaces  is  call'd  the  Axis 
of  the  Lens.  Which  Axis,  when  both  Surfaces  are  fphe- 
rical,  pafTes  thro  both  their  Centres  i  but  if  one  of 'em  be 
plain,  it  falls  perpendicularly  upon  that,  and  goes  thro 
the  Centre  of  tne  other. 

For  Co7i-vex  Lcm^s,  the  Laws  of  their  Refraflion,  and 
their  Effcfts  depending  thereon,  are  as  follow. 

A  Ray  of  Light  EG  near  the  Axis,  {Fig.  r.  Flats  <)f~ 
ticks)  and  parallel  thereto,  llriking  on  the  plane  Surface 
of  a  Piano-Convex  Lc7is,  direftly  oppofite  to  the  lumi- 
nous Body,  after  Refraftion  concurs  with  the  Axis  in  the 
Point  F  ;  and  if  C  be  the  Centre  of  the  Convexity,  C  F 
will  be  to  CL,  that  is,  rhcDiftance  of  the  Centre  from  the 
Point  of  Concourfc  or  Focus,  will  be  to  the  Diflance  of 
the  Centre  from  the  Convex  Surface,  in  the  Ratio  of  the 
Rcfradion.    See  RefraBion. 

For  the  plane  Surface  being  directly  oppofed  to  the 
luminous  Body,  the  Ray  E  G  is  perpendicular  10  A  B, 
and  therefore  will  pafs  unrefradled  to  H  :  Thus  it  flrikes 
on  A  H  B  fiill  parallel  to  the  Axis ;  and  therefore  coming 
out  of  a  denfer  Medium  into  a  rarer,  will  meet  the  Axis 
of  the  Le7:s  in  F,  and  fo,  as  that  CF  will  be  to  EL  in  the 
Ratio  of  the  Sine  of  the  refracled  Angle  to  the  Sine  of 
the  Angle  of  Inclination.  As  will  be  demonflrated  under 
the  Head  Refr.iFfion. 

Cor.  If  then  the  Refrafllon  be  out  of  a  Glafs  Lens  into 
Air  C  F :  E  L  :  ;  3  :  =,  and  therefore  F  L  —  z  C  L.  That 
is,  parallel  Rays  near  the  Axis  will  concur  with  it  at  the 
diflance  of  the'  Diameter.  Again,  if  the  Refraflion  were 
out  of  a  Jl'arer-Lcns,  i.e.  out  of  a  Flano-ConzEx  Lens 
fiWA.  with  Water,  CF  :  EL  =  4:  5,  and  therefore  EL, 
=  3  CL.  i.e.  parallel  Rays  near  the  Axis  will  concur 
with  it  at  the  dillance  of  half  the  Diameter.  So  that  if 
a  lighted  Candle  be  placed  in  the  Focus  of  a  Fla/io- 
Co7iz-ex  Lens,  that  is,  in  the  Point  F,  diOant  from  the 
Surface  of  the  Le7is  ALB,  by  the  length  of  the  Diameter, 
and  from  the  Surface  of  the  Jf'ater-Lens,  by  half  the  Dia- 
meter, its  Rays  after  Refrafiion  will  become  parallel. 
See  RefraHion. 

If  the  Ray  K  I  {Fig.  2.  Plate  Opich)  near  the  Axis  of  a 
Fhnw-Conijex  Lens,  and  parallel  thereto,  Jlrike  on  its 
convex  Surface  A  H  B,  after  a  double  Refraflion  it  will 
meet  the  Axis  in  F;  foas  that  H  G  will  be  to  G  C,  and 
G  E  to  F  H  in  the  Ratio  of  the  Refraaion. 

For  rhe  Ray  K  f,  parallel  to  the  Axis  EG,  by  virtue 
of  the  firfl  Refraftion  in  I,  will  tend  to  the  Point  G,  fo 
as  G  H  will  he  to  G  C  in  the  Ratio  of  the  Sine  of  the 
Angle  of  Inclination  to  the  Sine  of  the  Refrafled  Angle: 
therefore  by  virtue  of  the  fccond  Refrailion  in  L,  it  will 
[ ■ u  u  u  u  concur 


LEN 


tbncilr  \vitli  the  Axis  in  F  i  fo  as  G  D  will  he  to  E  D 
the  Ratio  of  the  Sine  ofthe  refraftcd  Angle,  to  the  Sine 
of  the  Angle  of  Inclination  :  (See  Refrn'clion)  So  that  the 
Sctnidiametcr  and  Thickneis  of  the  Flano-Coiiz'ex  Lem^ 
with  the  Ratio  ol  Rcfraflion  being  given,  hence  arifes  a 
Method  of  determining  the  Focus  of  parallel  Rays  liri- 
king  on  the  Convex  Surface.  For 

Cor.  Hence,  if  the  Lcm  be  Glafs,  F  0=  2  C  H— ^  H  D. 
So  that  if  two  thirds  of  the  Thickncfsof  the  Lem  be  incon- 
fidcrable  (as  in  Pradlicc  it  ufually  happens}  parallel  Rays 
meet  with  the  Axis  at  the  Diflance  of  the  Diameter  from 
the  Ze7i-%  even  when  they  flrike  on  the  Convex  Surface. 

So  that  as  to  the  Place  of  the  Focus,  'tis  the  fame  thing 
W'hether  the  plane  Surface,  or  the  convex  one,  be  turned 
to  a  Luminary  of  parallel  Rays ;  tho'  it  appears  both 
from  Experience  and  trigonometrical  Calculation,  that 
there  arc  more  Rays  united  in  a  lefs  Space,  if  the  convex 
Surface,  than  if  the  plane  one  be  turn'd  towards  the  Sun. 

If  the  Ltm  were  fuU  of  Water  ED=  5  C  H— ^  H  D. 
Wherefore  if  H  D  be  inconhdcrablc  F  D—  5  C  H,  or  if 
^-  H  D  be  inconfidcrable  F  H—  5  C  H.  Parallel  and  near 
Kays,  therefore  ,  are  united  at  the  Diilancc  of  half  the  Di- 
ameter, if  the  Refra6lion  be  inWatcr,  even  when  the  Con- 
vex Surface  is  oppoled  to  the  luminous  Body.  Hence, 
alfo,  arifes  a  Method  of  determining  the  Focus  of  paral- 
lel Rays  ftriking  on  a  Lens  Convex  on  both  Sides,  the 
two  Semidiameters,  and  the  Thicknefs  of  the  being 
given. 

On  thefe  Principles  is  founded  the  Structure  of  refrac- 
thig  Burning-Glafles  ;  the  Sun's  Light  and  Heat  being 
exceedingly  augmented  in  the  Focus  of  a  L^ns,  whether 
Convex  or  Plano-Convex  :  fince  the  Rays  falling  pa- 
rallel to  the  Axis  of  the  arc  reduced  into  a  much 
narrower  Compals;  fo  that  'tis  no  wonder  they  burn 
lome  Bodies,  melt  others,  and  produce  other  extraor- 
dinary Pha;nomena.    Sec  Bur nhi^- Glafs. 

If  a  luminous  Body  be  placed  in  the  Focus  behind  a 
'Lens,  whether  Plano-Cunvcx,  or  Convex  on  both  Sides  j 
or  whether  equally  or  unequally,  the  Rays  after  Refrac- 
tion become  parallel. 

Hence  by  means  of  a  Connex-JLem,  or  a  little  Glafs 
Bubble  full  of  Water,  a  very  intenfe  Light  may  be  pro- 
jcifed  to  a  vait  Dirtance.    See  Mrror. 

And  this  furnirties  us  with  the  Structure  of  a  Lamp  or 
Lanthorn,  to  projcfl  an  intenfe  Light  to  anyimiiienfc  Di- 
flance  :  For  a  Lcjis  convex  on  both  Sides,  being  placed  op- 
pofite  to  a  Concave  Mirror  ;  if  in  the  common  Focus 
of  boih  be  placed  a  lighted  Candle,  or  Wick,  the  Rays 
refieiled  back  from  the  Mirror  to  the  Le;:;,  will  be  paral- 
lel to  each  other  ;  and  after  Rcfraflion  will  converge, 
till  tney  arrive  at  the  Dilfance  of  the  Semi-diameter,  after 
which  they  will  again  diverge.  But  the  Candle  being 
likewife  in  the  Focus  of  the  Lens,  the  Rays  It  throws  on 
the  Lefis  will  be  parallel  :  and  therefore  a  very  intenfe 
Light  meeting  with  another  equally  intenfe,  at  the  Di- 
Jlance  of  the  Diameter  from  the  Lens^  the  Light  will  be 
furprizing  :  and  tho'  it  afterwards  decreafe,  yet  the  pa- 
rallel and  diverging  Rays  going  a  long  way  together,  it 
will  be  very  great  at  a  very  great  Diflancc.  Lanthorns 
of  thi.s  kind  are  of  confidcrable  Service  in  the  Night-time 
todifcovcr  remote  Objefls,  and  are  ufed  with  Succefs  by 
Fowlers  and  Fiflicrmen,  to  gather  their  Prey  together,  in 
order  to  take  them. 

If  it  be  ri,quired  to  have  the  Light  at  the  fame  time 
tranfmitted  to  feveral  Places,  as  through  fevcral  Streets 
^c.  the  Number  of  Lens's  and  Mirrors  are  to  be  encreafed. 
See  Lamp. 

If  the  luminous  Body  placed  in  the  Focus,  be  of  a  lar<re 
Extent,  the  Rays  flowing  from  Points  fenfibly  diflant 
from  each  other,  can't  be  parallel,  but  will  conllitute 
fevcral  'Trains  or  Pencils  of  Rays  parallel  to  each  other. 

I'he  Images  of  Objefls  oppofed  in  any  manner  to  a 
Convcx-Zc;/.',  are  exhibited,  invcrtedly,  in  its  Fonts. 

Hence  if  a  Paper  be  applied  to  tx  Convex -Zerts  (efpeci- 
ally  in  a  dark  Room)  at  the  diftance  of  its  Focus,  the 
Images  of  Objeas  fliining  upon  it,  will  be  reprefented 
diflincfly,  and  in  their  natural  Colours  thereon  :  Nor  is  the 
Focus  of  the  Sun's  Rays  any  thing  elfe,  in  effefl,  but  the 
Image  of  the  Sun.  Hence  in  Solar  EcUpfes,  the  Sun's 
Image,  eclipfed  as  it  is,  may  be  burnt  by  a  large  Zens  on 
a  Board,  Ifc.  a  very  entertaining  Pha,-nomenon  ! 

Hence  alfo,  if  a  Convex- Lens  of  any  kind,  be  expo  fed 


C  442-  ) 


LEN 


tcr  between  the  Centre  and  the  Focus.  On  thefe  Prin- 
ciples is  built  the  Canieia  Ohfcura  ;  which  fee. 

Hie  Diameter  of  the  Image  of  an  Objecl  delineated 
beyond  a  Con-vex- Luis,  is  to  the  Objefl  it  felf  in  a  Ratio 
of  the  Dillancc  of  the  Image,  to  that  of  the  Objefl. 

Since  then  the  Image  of  a  remoter  Objeft,  js  lefs  di- 
fiant  from  the  Lens,  than  that  of  the  nearer,  the  Image  of 
the  more  remote,  will  be  lefs  than  that  of  the  nearer. 
And  becaufe  the  Diflance  of  the  Image  from  the  Lens  h 
greater,  if  the  Lens  he  a  Segment  of  a  greater  Sphere^ 
than  of  a  lefs  ;  hence  the  In-jage  will  be  greater  in  the 
former  Cafe  than  in  the  latter.  The  Imase  therefore 
will  be  ot  fuch  a  Magnitmle,  as  it  would  be  of,  were  the 
Objea  to  fliine  into  a  dark  Rooin  thro' a  little  Hole  upon 
a  Wall,  at  the  fame  Diftance  from  the  Hole,  at  which 
the  Focus  is  from  the  Lens.  When  an  Objefl  is  lefs 
diilant  from  a  Lens  than  the  Focus  of  parallel  Ra\s  the 
Diftance  of  the  Image  is  greater  than  that  of  the  Oiijea, 
othcrwife  the  Diftance  of  the  Image  is  lefs  than  that  of 
the  Objea;  in  the  former  Cafe,  therefore,  the  Image  is 
greater  than  the  Objea,  in  the  latter,  Icls. 

If  the  Images  be  made  greater  than  the  Objeas,  they 
will  not  appear  diftinaiy  ;  becaufe  in  that  Cafe  there  are 
fewer  Rays  which  meet  after  Refraftion  in  the  iltme 
Point;  whence  it  happens  that  Rays  proceeding  from  dif- 
ferent Points  of  an  Objefl,  terminate  in  the  fame  Pointof 
an  Image,  which  is  the  caufe  of  Confufion.  Hence  it  ap- 
pears that  the  Hime  Aperture  of  a  Lens  mayn't  be  ad- 
mitted in  every  Cafe,  if  we  would  keep  off  the  Rays 
which  produce  Confulion.  However,  tho'thelmaoe  is  then 
moft  diftinc'i,  when  no  Rays  are  admitted  but  thofe  near 
the  Axis,  yet  for  want  of  F^ays  the  Image  is  apt  to  be  dim. 

If  the  Eye  be  placed  in  the  Focus  of  a  Convex-Lens,  an 
Objea  view'd  thro' ir,  appears  ercft  and  enlarg'd,  in  a 
Ratio  of  the  Diftance  of  the  Objea  from  the  Eye,  to  that 
of  the  Eye  from  the  Lens,  if  it  be  near  ;  but  infinitely,  if 
remote.    See  Mcrofcope  ;  fee  alfo  Prifm. 

For  Concave-Lens's,  their  Laws  arc  as  follow. 
If  parallel  Rays  flrike  on  a  flano-Conc^ve-Lens  KL 
and  FC  be  to  F  B  in  the  Ratio  of  the  Refraaion,  the 
Rays  will  diverge  from  the  Axis,  and  the  Point  of  Diver- 
gency, or  Difpcriion,  call'd  the  virtual  Focus,  will  be 
F.    (E^.  5.  Plate  Optkks) 

For  the  Ray  H  i,  parallel  to  the  Axis,  is  perpendicu- 
lar to  KL,  and  will  therefore  pafs  unrefraded  to  E. 
Wherefore  FC  being  to  F  B  in  the  Ratio  of  Refraaion, 
F  will  be  the  virtual  Focus.    See  RefraHlon. 

Ifthen  the  Zf7w  be  Glafs,  FB=2BC;  i.e.  the  virtual 
Focus  F  will  be  diftant  from  the  Lens  K  L  by  the  Space 
of  the  Diameter  a  B  C 

If  the  Refraaion  be  in  Water  FB=  5  C  B  ;  i.e.  the 
virtual  Focus  F  will  be  diftant  from  the  Lens  K  L  a  Dia- 
meter and  an  half  3  B  C. 

If  the  Ray  A  E,  parallel  to  the  Axis  F  P,  flrike  on  a 
Lejis  Concave  on  both  fides;  and  both  FC  be  to  FB 
and  IP  to  PH  in  the  Ratio  of  Refraaion.-  and  FP- 
P  H  :  :  F  B  :  Pj  G  ;  G  will  be  the  Point  of  Difperfion,  or 
the  virtual  Focus.    (Fig.  4.  Flatc  Ofticks') 

If  therefore  _rhc  Rcfraflion  be  in  a  Glafs  Lens,  the 
Sums  of  the  Semi-diameters  C  B  and  H  I,  will  be  to  the 
Diameter  of  the  Concavity  of  cither  2  HI,  as  the  Semi- 
diameter  of  the  other  C  B,  to  the  Diftance  of  the  virtual 
Focus  from  the  Lens  B  G. 

Hence  the  Sun's  Rays  itrlking  on  a  Coiic.ive  Lens,  their 
Light  after  Refraaion  will  be  confiderably  weakened  ; 
fo  that  the  Effefl  Com-avc-Lens's  Is  oppofite  to  that  of 
convex  ones. 

■^'^lft^y,'An  Objefl  view'd  thro'  aCowaife  Lens,  appears 
erect,  and  dlminlihed  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the 
Ratio's  of  the  Space  In  the  Axis,  between  the  Point  of  In- 
cidence, and  the  Point  to  which  an  oblique  Ray  would 
pafs  without  Rcfraflion,  to  the  Space  in  the  Axis  between 
the  P^ye  and  the  Middle  of  the  Objefl  ;  and  the  Space  in 
the  fame  Axis  between  the  Eye  and  the  Point  of  Incidence, 
.to  the  Space  between  the  Middle  of  the  Objcfl  and  the 
Point,  the  oblique  Ray  would  pafs  to  without  Refraaion. 

Tho'  the  Properties  of  Lens's  have  been  here  confidered 
principally  with  regard  to  Rays  falling  near  the  Axis, 
and  parallel  thereto  ;  yet  the  Reafoning  will  be  eafily 
transfcrr'd  to  Rays  remoter  from  the  Axis,  and  filling  in 
any  DIrcaion.  Thus  we  may  fay  univerfally,  that  in  a 
Co7!vex  Lens,  all  parallel  Rays  become  converging,  and 


both  to  nearer  and  remoter  Objefls,  and  a  Paper  at  the    concwr  In  a  Focus  ;  that  diverging  Rays  eithe^  become 
faniejim_e_bc^applied,^o^as  to  receive^  thc  Images  _of   lefs  diverging,  or  run  parallel,  or  converge ;  and  that  con- 
'         ^~  "  '      verging  Rays  converge  the  more  ;  All  which  Alterations  are 


Objeas  diftinflly,  the  Diftance  of  the  Focus  from  the 
Lens,  and  thence  the  Diameter  of  the  Convexity,  may  be 
determined. 

If  a  Concave-Mirror  be  fo  placed,  as  that  an  inverted 
In^age  formed  by  Refrafllon  thro'  a  Lens,  be  found  be- 
tween the  Centre  and  the  Focus,  or  even  beyond  the  Cen- 
tre ;  it  will  again  be  inverted  by  Reflexion,  and  fo  appear 
erefl  in  the  firft  Cafe  beyond  the  Ctntre,  and  in  the  kt- 


more  fenfible  in  oblique  Rays,  than  in  perpendicular  ones, 
by  reafon  the  Angles  of  Incidencein  that  Cafe  are  greater. 

Jn  Concave  Lens's  all  parallel  Rays  become  diverging, 
diverging  Rays  diverge  more;  converging  Rays  either 
converge  lefs,  or  become  parallel,  or  go  out  diverging  : 
all  which  things  hold  of  oblique  as  well  as  direfl  Rays, 
but  more  feniibly  in  the  lirft. 


LEN 


A  i-c;7<,  one  of  whofc  Surfaces  is  Convex-,  nnd  the  other 
Concave,  is  called  a  Ivlcnijcus the  Properties  of  which 
fee  under  Mt:nifctis.  See  alfu  tht  Theory  of  Lens's  demon- 
Jfraed  under  liefraBioii,  and  the  Application  thereof  un- 
der Microfco^e^  Telefope^  Burjiiyig-Glnfs^  Focus,  &c. 

Some  confine  Lens's  within  the  Diameter  of  five  or  fix 
Lines,  and  will  have  fuch  as  exceed  that  Diameter,  call'd 
Lenticular  Glalfes.  Lens's  are  diftinguidi'd  with  regard 
to  their  Preparation  into  ground  and  blow^t :  hloTjn  Lens's 
are  little  Globules  of  Giafs  melted  in  the  Flame  of  a 
Latpp  or  Taper  ;  (fee  Micnfafe)  but  the  Figure  of  thcfc 
is  fcldom  cxa6t  ;  befides  that  the  Smoke  of  the  Lamp 
cleaves  to  the  Surface  in  melting  ;  on  both  which  accounts 
they  come  /liort  of  the  Clearness  of  thofe  that  are  ground, 
or  turned  and  polilli'd  in  the  Lathe,  in  little  Copper  Ba- 
fons  or  DiHies.  I'he  Secret  is  now  found  of  inaking  thefe 
exquifitely  fmall,  fo  as  foineof'em  don't  exceed  in  Dia- 
meter the  fixth  part  of  a  Line,  which  are  found  to  mag- 
nify Ohjecls  feveral  Millions  of  times. 

The  IvLinney  of  gylnding  Lens's  :  A  little  Piece  of  Copper 
is  cemented  to  the  End  of  the  Arbor  of  a  Lathe,  and  turned, 
till  it  form  a  Di/li  or  Bafon  of  the  Diameter  of  the  Lens 
required.  Then  a  Piece  of  clear  Glafs  is  cemented  on 
one  of  its  flat  Sides  to  the  end  of  a  little  Mandrel  with 
black  Sfanifi  Wax,  and  thus  ground,  on  the  Side  not  cc  ■ 
mented,  on  a  Grindflone,  with  Water,  till  it  have  nearly 
acquired  a  Convex  Figure.  'Tis  finillied  iti  the  Lathe,  by 
turning  it  in  the  Bafon,  with  fine  wet  Sand,  or  Free-ilone. 
(See  Haj'on.)  The  Free-flone  mull  be  often  repeated  frefli, 
till  the  Z»«i  appear  very  round  i  when  it  is  come  to  that 
Point,  they  ceafc  to  take  any  frefh  Stone,  but  continue  to 
turn  it  in  the  Bafon,  till  the  Remains  of  the  Sand  be  be- 
come fo  fine  as  to  have  poliflied  it.  This,  they  perceive, 
when,  upon  wiping  ir,  the  Image  of  the  Window  of  the 
Place  is  feen  painted  on  its  Surface;  if  it  don't,  'tis  wet- 
ted in  Water  without  any  Sand,  and  turned  till  it  have 
got  a  PoliHi.  The  Bafon  is  then  covered,  within-fide, 
with  two  or  ihreep'oldsof  Linnen,  and  thePolillifini/hed 
with  Putty,  or  Tripoly  of  J  enice  fleeped  in  Water.  'Tis 
known  to  be  perfeftly  poliflied,  when,  viewing  it  with  a 
Magnifier,  there  appear  no  Traces  of  the  Sand.  The 
Cement  is  then  broke  off,  and  the  Side  poliJlied,  cemen- 
ted i  to  work  and  grind  the  other  as  before,  till  the  Edges 
of  the  Zo.-J  be  become  fliarp,  and  it  be  perfedly  poli/lied 
on  either  fide.  When  finifted,  'tis  wafhed  in  Spirit  of 
Wine,  to  take  off  -all  Remains  of  the  Wax.  See  Mimfcofe. 
_  LENT,  Qjtadragejifna,  or  Quarantine,  a  Time  of  Mor- 
tification, confining  of  the  Space  of  forty  Days,  wherein 
thofe  cfpecially  of  the  Roitiifi  Church  are  enjoined  to  fall,  in 
Commemoration  of  our  Saviour's  miraculous  Falling  fo  long 
rn  the  Defart,  and  by  way  of  Preparation  for  the  Fealf  of 
Eajier.  In  the  anticnt  Latin  Church,  Lent  only  confided 
of  56  Days.  In  the  IXth  Century,  to  come  fomewhat 
nearer  the  Miracle,  foi-ne  took  upon  them  to  add  four 
Days  more,  which,  in  rime,  became  a  general  PratFice  ; 
tho  the  Church  of  Milan  is  faid  Hill  to  take  up  with  the 
antient  ;(;. 

According  to  St.  3ci™»,  St.  Leo,  St.  Atgiiftlne,  and  0- 
thers,  Lc;/i  mud  have  been  inlh'tutcd  by  the  Apofiles. 
Their  way  of  Reafoning  is  thus  :  Whatever  is  generally 
received  throughout'  the  whole  Church,  and  whofe  In- 
flitution  wo  don't  find  in  any  Council,  mull  be  efteemcd 
to  have  been  eflablidied  by  the  Apoflles.  Now  fuch 
they  fay,  is  theFaftof  Lent.  Its  Inllitution  is  not  fpoke 
of  in  anyCouncil,  but  many  of  the  anticnt  Councils  par- 
ticularly that  of  Nice,  that  of  Z.iofc,  &c.  and  foi'ne  of 
the  Fathers,  particularly  ■Verlulhan,  fpeak  of  it  as  a  thing  of 
foine  Handing.  The  Reformed  generally  hold  Lent  to  be 
a  fuperftitious  Infiitution,  fet  on  foot  by  fome  vain  En- 
thufialls,  who  durft  undertake  to  .ape  the  Miracles  of  Je- 
fus  Chrill,  as  in  effecf  it  appears  to  have  been  from  a  Paf- 
lage  of  h-en.ftis,  quoted  by  Ec.jchius.  Some  will  have  it  to 
have  been  firll  introduced  by  Pope  Telcffhoriis,  in  the  lld 
Century  ;  others,  who  own  that  there  was  a  kind  of  Abfii- 
nence  obfer\  cd  in  the  antient  Church  before  £ci/^e,-,  yet 
contend  that  it  was  voluntary,  and  was  never  enjoined  by 
any  Law  till  the  Illd  Century. 

There  was  fome  Difference  between  the  Praflice  of 
thiiCreei  and  theXnrin  Church  as  to  the  Buiinefs  of  Lent ; 
the  Greeks  beginning  it  a  Week  fooner,  but  at  the  fame 
time  allowing  more  Davs  of  Intermiffion  than  the  L.vini  : 
thole  who  held  it  feven  Weeks,  did  not  fall:  on  Saturdays, 
as  thole  who  obferved  it  but  fix  did. 

I'he  antient  Latin  Monks  had  three  XejitJ ;  the  Grand 
Lent  before  Eafier;  another  before  Cbrijlmas,  call'd,  Ti: 
Lentaf  a.  Martin  ;  and  a  third  after  Whiifimday,  call'd 
that  of  St.  3ot„  B.^pt,fi  ;  eacli  of  which  confifled  of  forty 
l_)ays.  The  Greeks,  befides  that  before  Eitfter,  obferved 
four  others  ;  that  of  the  Jfoftles,  of  the  Jfft'.mptmi,  of 
Cbriftmas,  and  of  the  T™„_,/,p„.a„„„  ;  but  they  rcducetj 
each  of  them  to  the  fpace  of  feven  Days.  The  3acohites 
added  a  fifth,  which  they  call  Ths  Repentance  of  Nine- 


(  441  ) 


LEP 


veh  ;  and  the  Uuoni.a  a  fixth,  call'd  The  Exaltation  4 the 
Holy  Uojs.    By  the  klh  Canon  of  the  Council,  'tis  ordain 'd, 

Jhatif  anyPetltins,  without  evident  NecefiSty,  eat  Fle/li 
in  Lent  they  lhall  be  deprived  the  Ufe  of  it  all  the  reft 
of  the  Tear. 

The  forty  Days  in  Zc;,t,  fay  fome,  are  obferved  in  re- 
membrance oi  the  forty  Days  wherein  the  World  was 
drowned  ;^  others  of  the  forty  Tears  wherein  the  'Jcz.,- 
wandcred  in  the  Defart  ;  of  the  fortv  D.ivs  allow-d 
tteb  tor  Repentance  ;  the  forty  Stripes  bv'  which  Malefac- 
tors were  to  be  correfted  ;  the  forty  Divs  filled  by  Mo- 
/eiat  the  receiving  of  the  Law  ;  the  forty  Days  fifej  bv 
Ettas ;  or  the  forty  Days  faded  by  our  Saviour. 

LENTIGO,  a  freckly  or  fcurvy  Eruption  upon  the 
Skm,  filch  efpecialiyasis  Commonto  Women  in  the  time 
of  Child-bearing.  Authors  dillinguidt  this  Eruption  into 
feveral  kinds. 

LENTIL,  theNarncof  a  Weight  antong  the  old  Ro- 
man!. It  was  the  hundred  and  eighth  Part  of  a  Drachm. 
A  Z.c«ii/ and  an  half  made  a  Grain.  The  Word  is  a  Di.! 
n-iinutiveof  Lens. 

LENTISCUS,  the  Wood  of  a  Tree  of  the  fame  Name, 
of  fome  Ufe  in  Phyfic  ;  it  is  adringent  and  fortifying,  and 
much  uled  for  Tooth-Picks.  It  cont-ains  a  kind  of  Gum 
or  rather  rcfinous  Pitch,  much  like  Madic,  or  perhaps 
theMallic  itfelf  or  Incenfcof  Per/ia,  fo  highly  commend- 
ed by  Straho.  The  Lentifms  has  nearly  the  fame  Proper, 
ties  with  the  Siimrfei-j,  but  has  more  of  the  Turpentine  in 
it,  andfometimes  paffes  by  f  Trine. 

LEO,  Lion,  the  fifth  of  the  twelve  Signs  of  the  Zo- 
diack.  This  the  Aftrologers  account  a  hot  dry  Sign,  and 
tho  Houfe  of  the  Sun.  The  Antients  gave  it  -j  Stars, 
befides  8  Informes :  Kef/er  gives  it  4c,  ani  Bayer  45  ; 
two  whereof  are  of  the  firtt  Magnitude,  two  of  the  ie- 
cond,  five  of  the  third,  gfc.    See  Star. 

Cor  Leonis,  the  Lion's  Heart,  one  of  the  moft  confideri- 
ble  Stars  in  rhe  Heavens.    See  Star 

LEONTICA,  the  Name  of  a  Feaft  or  Sacrifice  cele- 
brated among  the  Antients,  in  honour  of  the  Sun.  They 
were  called  Lcontica,  and  the  Prieds  who  officiated  at 
them  Zcm;;,  in  regard  they  reprefented  the  San  under 
the  Figure  of  a  Lion  radiant,  bearing  a  Tiara,  and  griping 
in  his  two  fore  Paws  the  Horns  of  a  Bull,  who  druggled 
in  vain  to  difengage  himfelf  The  Criricsarc  extremiely 
divided  about  this  Feaft,  fome  will  have  it  to  be  anniver- 
fary,  and  rnake  its  Return  not  in  a  Solar,  but  a  Lunar 
Year  ;  but  others  hold  its  Return  to  be  more  frequent, 
and  give  Indances  where  the  Period  was  not  above  izo 
Days.  The  Ceremony  was  fometimes  alfo  call'd  Mitbria- 
ce,  Mithra  being  the  Name  of  the  Sun  among  the  antient 
Ferfians.  There  was  always  a  Man  facrificed  at  thcfc 
Feads  till  the  time  of  Hadrian,  who  prohibited  it  by  a 
Law.  ^  Comwodas  introduced  the  Cuflom  afrefti,  after  whofe 
time  it  was  again  exploded. 

LEONTINE,  in  Poetry,  a  kind  of  Verfes  which  rhyme 
at  every  Hcinittic,   the  middle  always  chiming  to  the 
end  ;  of  which  kind  wefind  feveral  -.mtient  Hymns,  Epi- 
grams, Prophecies,  (3c.    For  indance,  Mtiretns  fpeaking 
of  the  Poetry  of  Lorenzo  Gambara  of  BreJJb,  fays, 
Tirixia,  tiejlrat'is  merdoja  T'oliimina  J^atts, 
Non  fttnt  7ioflrates  tergere  digna  Nates. 
The  following  one  is  from  the  School  of  Salerna  ; 

Ct  rites  Pcenam  de  fottbtts  incite  Coinam. 
The  Origin  of  the  Word  is  fomewhat  obfcure,  Fafqiiier  de- 
rives it  from  one  Leotiitnts,  or  Leomtts,  who  excelled  in  thfs 
way,  anddedicated  feveral  Pieces  to  Pope  Alexander  lU. 
Others  derive  it  from  Pope  Zco,  and  others  from  the 
Name  of  Lien,  as  being  the  loftieil  of  all  Verfes.  M.  fiiii- 
chet  makes  the  Leonine  Rhyme  the  fame  w^ith  what  ths 
trench  call  The  Rich,  and  we  The  Donife  Riiyme  ;  i.  e. 
where  two  Syllables  have  the  fame  Orthography,  Accen- 
tuation, and  Pronunciation  with  two  others. 

LE  ROY  LE  VEUT.  By  thefe  Words  the  Royal  Af- 
fent  IS  fignified  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Parliament  to  pub- 
lic Bills  ;  to  private  Bills  this  Affentis  expreffed  by /ii.t 
fait  conr.ne  il  eft  Defirl 

LE  ROY  S'ADVISERA.  By  thefe  Words  to  a  Bill, 
prcfentod  to  the  K  ing  by  his  Parliament,  are  underftood 
his  abfolute  Denial  of  that  Bill  in  a  more  civil  way;  and 
the  Bill  thereby  becomes  whoUv  null  and  void. 

LEPIDOIDES,  ill  Jtiatomy,' the  Name  of  the  fcaly 
Suture  of  the  Cranium,  from  the  Greek  asm,  Scale,  and 
,  Form,  Figure. 

LEPRA,  Lef  rofy,  a  foul  contagious  Difcafc,  feated  in 
the  Cuticle  or  Surfaceof  the'Skin,  arifing,  as  moil'  other 
cutaneous  Difeafesclo,  from  thin  HiU  Humours,  thrown 
off  from  the  Blood,  and  arrcllcd  by  the  Denfuy  and 
Clofenefs  of  the  Cuticula.  T  hisDiflempcr  has  been 
much  more  frequent  in  former  Times  than  at  prefent,  and 
much  more  in  the  hot  Countries  of  the  Eqfl,  particularly 
among  the  ^ew^,  than  £mong  us ;   for  the  Salts  which, 

by 


L  E  P  (  444  )  LET 

by  the  Appointment  of  Nature,  are  to  be  eliminated  thro'  tries,  and  their  entire  Suppreflion  in  others.  In  Fraiics 
the  Fores  uf  the  Skin,  along  with  the  recrementitious  Se-  they  were  united  to  the  Order  of  the  Religious  of  St.  La- 
mm, their  proper  Vehicle,  are,  in  hot  Countries,  con-  zcirus  and  Mount  C«)-wt/  in  1664,  and  the  Adminirtration 
Veyed  in  greater  plenty  to  the  Surface  of  the  Body,  than  of  them  given  to  the  Knights  of  that  Order  ;  in  EmLwd 
in  thcfeNorf^^er-jj  Regions  they  ordinarily  arc  ;  and  rtick-  they  have  been  converted  to  other  Purpofes. 
ing  in  their  Taffage  in  the  thin  dry  Membrane  of  the  Formerly  the  Caufes  of  Le^o-i  were  committed  to  the 
Cuticle,  the  aqueous  Parts,  which  arc  their  Vehicle,  Hip  Eccleiiailical  Tribunals,  and  it  was  prohibited  to  profc- 
away  from  them  by  infenfible  Evaporation,  and  leave  cute  a  if/^er  before  a  Lay-Judge,  in  regard  they  were  un- 
them  there  to  corrode  and  fret  it,  till  at  length,  thro'  der  the  Proteflionof  the  Church,  which  feparated  them 
the  f^uanrity  fo  gathered,  the  Membrane  becomes  dry,  from  the  reft  of  the  People  by  a  Ceremony  ftill  to  be  fecii 
brittle,  and  white,  which  is  the  Caufe  of  that  Difqua-  in  the  Rituals. 

tnation,  or  falling  away  in  white  Scales  :    that  Whltencfs       The  Lepra  appeared  differently  in  different  Nations,  ac- 

as  well  as  the  Erittlenefs  proceeding  merely  from  the  cording  to  the  Climate  and  the  Manner  of  Living  3  whence 

Quantity  of  thefc  Salts,  which  are  themfclves  white?  it  was  dlltinguiJlied  into  feveral  kinds,  astbe  i€'/'i-([.-/r.;i«w, 

and  when  the  Moifture  is  drawn  from  them,  being  acu-  Lepra  G;\ecorn?n,  Sic.    As  to  the  Cure,  that  which  proved 

kated,  and  having  infinuated  themfelves  into  the  Pores  effeftual  in   thofe  Southern  Countries    fails   amon"  us 

of  the  Cuticle,   diftblve  the   Continuity  of  it  by  their  where  the  Urongeft  Medicaments,  and  the  moli  uower- 

Fointsar.d  Edges,  which,  fo  dead  and  broken,  is  apt,  on  ful  Mercurials  are  neceflary.    Bathing  is  judged  to  be  of 

the  lealt  Friilion,  to  fall  off  as  above-mentioned.    This  good  Ufc  in  the  Lepra.   Dogs  and  Hares  are  faid  to  be 

is  what  they  call  the  Lipra  Gr^icorum^  from  its  Fre-  fubjeifl:  to  this  Difeafe.  Among  the  Indians  a  white  Man 
quency  among  that  People.             ...  defpifed,  this  pafling  with  them  for  the  Mark  of  a  Ze- 

L (pr a  Jrdnmi  ■vjSiS  c^-noihcv  Species  of  the  Diftemper,  per.  The  word  Ze/rrz  is  derived  from  the  Crt'j/t  A?Wj,5t-^/e 

which  tho'  diiFerent  in  Appearance,  as  carrying  a  dry  in  regard  thi.s  Difeafe  forms  a  kind  of  Scales  on  theSkin. ' 
fcabby  Crufl-,  yet  feems  only  a  different  Degree  of  the       LEFUS,  the  Hare,  is  a  Southern  Conilellation.  See 

fameDifealc.    Forasinthe  former  Cafe  the  Salts,  being  Star  ■■X'nA  Conjiellat'mi. 

left  deftitute  of  their  Humidity,  are  not  fo  a£}lve,  and       LESSOR  and  LESSEE,  are  Terms  of  the  Common 

therefore  affeit  only  the  Cuticle  j  in  the  latter  Cafe  thefe  Law.    The  Lcffor  is  he  that  leafeth  out  Lands  or  Tene- 

Salts,  with  their  Vehicle,  crowding  failer  than  they  can  ments  to  another  for  Term  of  Life,  for  Years,  or  at  Will  j 

be  evaporated  thro'  the  Pores  of  the  Skin  (being  IHII  m  and  the  Perfon  to  whom  fuch  aLeafe  is  made,  is  called  the 

jlmrc,  and  lo  morecaullic^  corrode  deeper,  and  eat  not  Z'^Jf'^c. 

only  the  Cuticle,  but  the  excretory  Veflcls,  and  Sur-       LETHARGY,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  conlifting  in  a 

face  of  the  Skin  itfelf,  which  thereby  fpews  out  a  Liquor  profound  Drow  iinefs  or  Sleepineff,  wherein  the  Patient  can 

fomewhat  thicker  than  ufual  ;  which,  when  the  thinnett  icarce  be  awaked  ;  or,  if  awaked,  remains  liupid,  with- 

and  moil  aqueous  Parts  are  evaporated,  are  condenfed  in-  out  Senle  or  Memory,  and  prcfently  finks  again  into  his 

to  that  Crull  or  Scab,  which  is  the  dilUnguifhing  Charac-  tormer  Sleep.    The  Jiethar<^y  is  ufually  accompanied  with 

terof  this  Difeafe.  a  fever  and  Delirium.    The  Lethargy,  Botrban've  makes  a 

Gaki:  defines  the  Zepra  to  be  an  Effufion  of  thick  dif-  gentle  Apoplexy,  arifing  from  the  fame  Caufes,  and  to  be 

orderly  Blood,  that  corrupts  the  whole  Plabitude  of  the  known  and  cured  in  the  fame  manner.    Some  Authors 

Body.    v^7jitre««fl calls  it       L'nherfal  Cancer.    The  Greeks  dillinguifh  the  Lethargy  from  the  Carus^  in  that  this  lat- 

give  it  the  Name  of  khixpa-v^-o-oi^^  In  regard  the  Patient  has  ter  is  without  a  Fever,  or  at  moft  is  preceded  with  a  vio- 

bls  Skin  rough,  wrinkled,   and  unequal,  like  that  of  an  lent  one,  whereas  the  Xefi^flr^e^jf  Is  attended  with  a  llow  one. 

Elephant.    The  if/>\i  begins  within-ftde,  a  long  time  Cc^kj  ranks  the  iei^(ij-i'_j' in  the  Number  of  acute  Difea- 

before  it  appears  without-lide.  It  was  frequent  in  Europe  fes,  thePatlcnt  ufually  dying  on  the  7th  Day.  A  Leibar- 
in  the  Xth  and  Xlth  Centuries,  but  feems  at  prefent        frequently  fucceeds  a  Frenzy.   The  Word  comes  from 

quite  extinCl,  unlcfs  we  allow  the  Venereal  Difeafe  to  the  Grtek  ^n^,  Obliz-iony  s.n6  !ip)iee.,  hiitmhncfs,  Lazmcjs. 
be  the  fame  with  the  Lepra  ,  as  it  was  the  Opinion,  a-       LETHE,  or  LATHE,  a  Meafure  or  Portion  of  Lands 

mong  many  others,  of  the  Great  Fitcalm,  and  as  has  been  making  one  of  the  antient  Dlvifions  in  £?igLii;d.  King 

lately  endeavoured   to  be  proved  by  Mr.  Eecket^   in  a  £y/"ref;  divided  jEn^/.ijjr/ into  Counties,  asitila'nds  at  pre- 

Treatife  exprelly  on  the  Subje£l  in  the  P/'i/o/o^i/cfii  Tjw^I  fcnt,  thofe  Countries  he  divided  into  Hundreds  or  Ti- 

aUhns.     The  Symptoms  of  the  antient  Le^ra,   as  laid  things.    I'he  Hundred  was  a  Divifion,  wherein  were  an 

down  by  Galen,  JrF.t.-£iis,  Fontanits,  JEpneta,  Cardan,  Va-  hundred  Officers  to  fecure  the  Peace  j   the  Lethe  or  Lathe 

rantia,  Gordon,  Farias,  and  others,   are  as  follow  :    The  comprehended  three  or  four  of  thefe  Hundreds.  Zcthe 

Patient's  Voice  is  hoarfe,  and  comes  rather  thro'  theNofo  was  alfo  the  Jurlfdiflion  of  a  Vicounr.or  a  kind  of  AfHze 

than  the  Mouth  ;  the  Blood  full  of  little  white  fiiinlng  held  once  a  ICcar  Ineach  Village  aboutM!ci«eA?2;iJ.  Whc- 

Bodies,    like  Grains   of  Millet,  that  upon  filtration  fe-  ther  this  was  intiitufcd  by  £//>erf,  or  no.  Is  a  Quetlion. 
parate  themfelves  from  it ;   the  Serum  is  fcabious,    and        LETTER,  a  Sign  or  Charaaer  either  in  Print  or  in 

deilltutc  of  its  natural  Humidity,  infomuch  that  Salt  ap-  Writing,  by  which  any  People  have  agreed  to  ex  pre  fs  the 

plied  to  it  does  not  dlfTolve  ;   it  Is  fo  dry,  that  Vinegar  feveral  Sounds,  ufed  In  conveying  their  Thoughts  to  each 

poured  on  it  boils  ;   and  is  fo  llrongly  bound  together  other  In  Speech  :   Or  a  ictrfr  may  be  defined,  A  fimpic 

by   little  imperceptible  I'hreads,    that  calcined   Lead  uncompounded  Sound  of  the  Voice,  that  cannot  be  fub- 

thrown  into  it  fwims.    The  Face  refemblcs  a  Coal  half  divided  into  any  more  fimplc,    and' generally  marked 

extinft,   un£luous,   Jliining,   and  bloated,  with  frequent  w  ith  a  particular  Chariifcr.    It  murt  be  owned  however 

bard  Knobs,  green  at  bottom,   and  white  at  top.    The  flriclly  fpeaking,  a  iff (o- Is  not  the  Sound  itfelf,  but  ra- 

Hair  Is  fhort,  illff,  and  brinded,  and  not  to  be  torn  off  ther  the  Sign  of  a  Sound,  for  the  y^M[j.:t}a.  of  the  Greeks 

without  bringing  away  fome  of  the  rotten  Flefli  to  which  c6mes  from  writing,  and  the  Lhera  of  theX«fi?/r  from 

it  adheres  ;  if  Irgrows  again,  either  on  the  Head  or  Chin,  Ihieando,  or  luienda,  each  fignifying  fomething  marked  on 

'tis    always  white.     Athwart  the  Forehead  run   large  Paper.    Where  a  Sign  or  Character  does  not  exprefs  a 

Wrinkles,  or  Furrows,  from  one  Temple  to  the  other  j  Sound  entirely  fimple,  but  one  refolvible  into  fevcra],  It 

the  Eyes  red  and  inflamed,  and  flilne  like  thofeofa  Cat  5  is  not  fo  properly  a  Letteros  an  Abbreviation,  contamin^ 

the  Ears  fwollen  and  red,  eaten  with  Ulcers  towards  the  in  Itfelf  as  many  Zciio-j  as  its  Power  does  fimple  Sounds, 

bottom,  and  incompaffed  with  little  .Glands  j   the  Nofc  This  is  evident 'in  the  C?,  x,  and  the  G.-ee^  ^j4-,r, 

funk,   becaufe  of  the   rotting   of  the  Cartilage;   the  ^c.  which  are  compofed  of  et,  cs,  x  *, -sr     a  t,  l^c.  On 

Tongue  dry  and  black,  fwollen,  ulcerated,  divided  with  the  contrary,  a  limple  Sound,  tho  exprefTed  by  feveral 

Furrows,  and  ipotted  with  Grains  of  white;    the  Skin  Charafters,'  is  yet  to  be  elleemcd  one  Zmo-,  for  th,  ph^ 

covered  with  Ulcers,  that  die  and  revive  on  each  other,  are  lingle  Zctrerj,  as  much  as     0,  and  /. 
or  with  white  Spots  or  Scales  like  a  FI/li  ;  it  is  rough  and        Letters  make  the  firfl  part  or  Eleinents  of  Grammar  ; 

infen^ible,  and  when  cut,  inflead  of  Blood,  yields  a  fa-  an  Affemblageof  thefe  make  Syllables,  of  thofe  Words, 

nious  Liquor.   It  arrives  in  tiine  to  fuch  a  Degree  of  and  of  thefe  Sentences.     The  Alphabet  of  every  Lan- 

Infenfibility,  that  the  Wriit,   Feet,   or  even  the  large  guage  confifts  of  a  certain  Number  of  thefe  Letters, 

Tendon  may  be  pierced  with  a  Needle,  without  the  Pa-  which  ought  each  to  have  a  different  Sound,  Figure,  and 

tient's  feeling  any  Pain.    At  lafl:  the  Nofe,  Fingers,  Toes,  Signification.    As  the  Difference  of  articulate  Sounds  was 

and  even  Ftivy  Members  fall  off  entire,  and  by  a  Death  to  exprefs  the  different  Ideas  of  the  Mind,   fo  one  Letter 

peculiar  to  each  of  them  anticipate  that  of  the  Patient,  was  originally  intended  to  fignlfy  only  one  Sound,  and  nor, 

'TIs  added,  that  the  Body  is  fo  hot,  that  a  frefh  Apple,  as  at  prefent,  to  expreis  fomctimcs  one  Sound,  and  fome- 

held  on  the  Hand  an  Hour,  will  be  dried  and  wrinkled,  times  another  ;  which  Praflice  has  brought  a  great  deal 

as  if  expofed  to  the  Sun  for  a  Week.  of  Cnnfufion  into  the  Languages,  and  render'd  the  Icarn- 

Matthezo  Paris  fa.)'s,  that  in  Ciji/Zewf/oiM  there  were  fifteen  ing  of  the  modern  Tongues  infinitely  more  difficult  than 

Thoufarid  Hofpitals  ior  Lepers ;   but  the  Difeafe  having  It  vvould  otherwlfe  have  been.    This  Confidcratlon,  toge- 

been  difcontinued    for  two  Hundred  Years,    the  Re-  ther  with  the  Poverty  of  all  the  known  Alphabets,  and 

venues  of  thofe  Hofpitals  were  abufed,    and  Perfons  their  want  of  fomc -Leffer;  to  exprefs  certain  Sounds  by, 

feigned  themfelves  leprous,  to  be  entitled  to  the  Provi-  has  occafioned  feveral  Atteinpts  towards  an  unlverfal  A'U 

ficni  which  occafioned  their  Regulation  in  fomc  Coun-  phabet,  to  contain  an  Enumeration  of  all  fuch  finglc 

Sounds 


LET           (44?)  LET 

Sounds  or  Z.eȣ!-J  as  are  ufcd  in  any  Language.  A  thing  niurt  be  derived  from  the  forinerj  taking  it  a;?  a  Princj- 
of  very  confiderable  Ufe  ;  a  Sf^eciraen  of  which  is  given  pie,  that  thofe  who  tlerive  any  thing  from  anoiher,  poli/}i 
us  by  iVlr.  Lodwick,  in  the  FhilojopUcal  TrcmjaBioits.  and  perfeil  ir.  He  even  aflerts,  that  by  the  Golden  Ap- 
I  hcre  are  few  things  on  which  there  has  been  fo  much  pies  which  Hercules  was  obliged  to  fteal,  muft  be  under- 
written as  on  the  Original  Hei/-ezy  Leiiers  ;  fince  Oriije;;,  ilood  the  LenerJ  in  ufe  among  the  H^^erioj-ea?:;. 
Eitfdius  Co'JarienJis,  St.  Uersm,  &ic.  have  made  it  the  Sub-  The  Letters  F,  G,  H,  K,  Q,  X,  Y,  Z,  were  unknown  to 
jccl  of  their  Enquiry.  If  they  don't  always  go  back  to  the  antient  Romans^  as  is  proved  by  Dafqueius  inhis  Or!?:ogra- 
ihe  Beginning  of  the  World,  and  the  Origin  of  Letters,  j>by,  where  he  traces  the  Origin  of  the  feveral  Letters. 
'tis  at  leall  enquired  what  were  the  Characters  made  ufc  The  Grammarians  diflinguifli  Letters  into  Vowels  and 
of  by  Mofes  to  tranfmit  the  Law  to  Poltetity,  or  thofe  Confonants  5  into  Mutes,  Dipthong.s,  Liquids,  and  Cha- 
ufcd  by  the  other  Hillorians  and  Prophets  of  the  Old  ra(5leri flics.  The  Hebrews  divide  their  Letts-.-s  into  Gut- 
Teltament,  or  even  thofe  ufed  by  the  Hebrews  before  the  tural,  a,  h,  cb,  g7i,  aleph,  he,  cheth,  hain ;  Dental,  »,  r, 
Babylofiia?!  Captivity.  With  regard  to  which,  there  are  zain,  tfade,  refch  ;  Labial,  i,  w,  beth,  mem,  vau, 
three  principal  Opinions:  Some  imagine  the  antient  He-  phe ;  Lingual,  or  thofe  of  the  Tongue,  d,  r,  n,  daletb, 
brew  Zctters  the  fame  with  thofe  now  in  Ufe  ;  of  this  O-  tau,  lamed,  nun  ;  and  thofe  of  the  Palate,  c,  k,  ghimel, 
pinion  are  feveral  Doftors  of  the  Thalmud,  Fojlellits,  Bux-  jod,  caph,  coph. 

iorf,  3ic.    The  fecond  Opinion  is  of  thofe  who  believe  The  Art  of  aCfcmbling  Letters  to  form  Words,  and  of 

the  Samarltafi  JLetters  the  more  antient  ;  which  is  now  the  combining  the  one  and  the  other  into  a  number  of  different 

more  common  Opinion,  as  without  doubt  it  is  the  elder  :  Senfes,  is  a  Secret  unknown  to  the  Ch'mefe.    Inrtead  of 

Several  iVii/c/j;ii^/Ke  and  GewflWc  Doftors,  many  of  the  Rab-  the  Letters  of  an  Alphabet,  they  at  firll,  like  x\\q  E^yp- 

bins  and  Fathers,  Origen,   ^crom^  Ettfebius,    Beda,  Gene-  tlans,  ufed    Hieroglyphics  ;  they  painted    rather  than 

hrurd,  Rambaiij  Bellarmine^  Scaliger,  Drtifiiis,  Capella,  Bih-  wrote:  itriving  by  the  Natural  Images  of  Things  drawn 

liajider,  hrerewood,  Montatms,  Walton^  the  two  J' o^Hj'f,  Bo-  on  Paper,  to  exprefs  and  communicate  their  Ideas  to  one 

chart  SLnd  Bernard  arc  of  this  Opinion.    The  third  is,  that  another.    To  write  a  Bird,  they  were  obliged  to  paint  its 

from  the  beginning  there  were  two  Charaftcrs,  the  one  I'igure  ;  and  to  fignify  a  Forell,  they  drew  a  great  num- 

facred,  the  other  profane  ;   which  is  the  Opinion  of  Jz-a-  ber  of  Trees.    A  Circle  fcrved  for  the  Sun,  and  a  Cref- 

riasy  ^.  de  Bartemra,  Foftel,  Btixiorf,  CojirhighiS,  &c.    But  cent  for  the  Moon.    But  this  Manner  of  writing  was  not 

this  Dillinilion  of  two  kinds  of  Charailers  feems  a  mere  only  very  incommodious,  but  alio  very  imperfcfl.  For 

Chimera.    Sqc  F.Souciet  on  the  Sumaritaji  Medals,  where  befides  that  they  could  but  exprefs  their  Thoughts  by 

he  proves  that  the  Letters  in  the  Infcriptions  of  thofe  Me-  halves,  even  that  little  that  they  could  exprefs  was  but 

dais  are  the  genuine  original /-^fireiu  Charaders.  very  imperfeflly  conceiv'd  j  and  it  was  fcarce  poffible 

As  to  the  firli  Zctters,  what  they  were,  who  firft  in-  not  to  be  frequently  deceived  in  it.    Further,  they  were 

vented  them,  and  among  what  People  they  were  firrt  in  under  a  neceiTity  of  writing  large  Volumes  to  fay  very 

ufe,  there  is  llill  room  to  doubt;   however,  fetting  afide  little  Matters,  in  regard  their  Pi£lures  took  up  a  great 

Conjeilures  and  Prejudice,    the  Bufmefs  of  Antiquity  deal  of  room.    To  remedy  thcfe  Inconveniences,  they 

fcems  to  lie  between  the  £i;j>'/'t;fl?!j  and  Ct/?/e/e.    Fhiio  a.t-  changed  by  little  and  little  their  Manner  of  Writing, 

iributesthe  firll  Invention  of  I,efre>-j  to -rt'ifd&ijwi ;  3ofephus^  making  it  more  fimple,  tho  lefs  natural.    They  even  in- 

S.  Iren^^us,  and  others,  to  Enoch  ;  Bibliander,  to  Mam  j  Eii-  vented  feveral  Charaders,  to  exprefs  things  that  did  not 

folemes,  Eufi'.b'ms,  Clemens  Jlexmdr'mus,  Corji.  Jg^-iffa,  Sic.  come  within  the  reach  of  Painting  to  reprefenr,  as  Voice, 

to  Mofes ;  Fomponius  Mela,  Herodlan,  Ritftts,  Fejius,  Fliny,  Smell,  Thoughts,  Paffions,  and  a  thoufand  other  Objeds 

Xwww,  &c.  to  the.  Fh<e77ici an s ;  S.  Cyprian  to  Saturn  j  Taci-  that  have  no  Body  or  Figure.     From  feveral  limpls 

f/«tothe  Egyp/ians,  and  fome  to  the  a/jio^/tiKj.  Strokes,  they  afterwards  framed  others  more  compound. 

The  E^yptia7i  Mummies  and  Obelisks  prove  a  great  and  in  this  manner  multiplied  their  Letters  and  Charaders 

Antiquity  on  the  Side  of  the  Hieroglyphics  ;  but  if  the  to  Infinity;  contriving  one  or  more  for  every  Word.  This 

CbineJ'e  Chronology  may  be  credited,  their  Charaflers  are  Abundance  of  Letters  feems  the  Source  of  that  Ignorance 

Taflly  more  antient  than  thofe  of  the  E^yptiaTis.    The  which  we  find  among  the  C/j/Me/e.    Their  whole  Lives  be- 

Ch'mefe  make  Fohi,  the  firft  of  their  Kings,   the  Inventor  ing  fpent  in  learning  their  Letters^  they  have  no  time  to 

of  their  1mm,  and  cotnpute  him  to  have  lived  1950  apply    themfelves  to  the  Study  of  Things,  but  think 

Years  before  ChrifK    During  all  which  time  they  pre-  themfelves  very  learned  when  they  are  able  to  read, 

tend  to  have  certain  and  written  Accounts  in  their  Books.  There  are  fcarce  any  of  'cm  that  know  all  their  Letters : 

If  this  holds  true,  their  Charadermuft  be  older  than  Mo-  They  think  'tis  a  great  progrefs  they  have  made,  when 

fes  by  14C0  Years,  and  even  before  Me?i?j  the  firft  King  of  after  forty  or  fifty  Years  hard  Study  they  are  able  to  un- 

E^jpi  by  500  Years  ;  So  that  thcChincfe  Le«er5  appear  to  derfland  fifteen  or  twenty  thoufand.    But  the  Generality 

be  the  molf  antient  of  that  kind,   and  the  Book  26-^;>«,  of  their  learned  Men  come  far  Ihort  of  this:  Father /e 

faid  to  be  written  by  Foh\  the  moft  antient  Book.  Compte  is  of  opinion,  that  the  greateft  Do£lor  among  'em 

But  as  Ch'ma  is  fo  remote,  and  had  fu  little  Communi-  never  underftood  half  of  their  Letters  well ;  for  the  whole 
cation  with  thefe  Parts  of  the  World,  we  may  reafonably  Number  he  reckons  Eighty  Thoufand.  This  is  a  prodi- 
make  another  Enquiry  into  the  Original  of  Letters  in  the  gious  Inconvenience  to  Foreigners,  of  which  the  Mifliona- 
hither  Parts  of  ^;y?a,  Egypt,  and  Europe.  Here  indeed  the  ries  into  that  Country  make  loud  Complaints,  Among 
Egyptians  fecm  to  have  the  befl  Title.  'Tis  more  than  the  Cb'mefe  Letters,  there  are  fome  now  almofl  wore  out 
probable  from  the  Obelisks,  ^c.  that  their  Hierogty-  of  ufe,  and  only  preferved  out  of  Refpe£l  to  Antiquity, 
phics  were  the  firft  manner  of  writing,  and  the  Original  There  is  a  fecond  Clafs  much  lefs  antient  than  the  former, 
Charaders  in  thefe  Parts,  as  being  prior  to  Mojes,  and  only  ufed  in  public  Infcriptions.  A  third  much  more  re- 
made, at  leall  in  great  meafure,  while  the  Ifraehtes  were  gular  and  beautiful,  ufed  in  Printing,  andeven  in  ordinary 
Slaves  among  them,  and  of  confequcnce  not  well  quali-  Writing.  However,  as  the  Strokes  are  to  be  diilindly 
fied  for  Inventions  fo  very  curious  and  judicious.  Whe-  formed,  they  can't  be  wrote  with  any  expedition.  For 
ther  CV;^/j««j  and  the  I'hmjkians  learnt  Lmm  from  the  this  reafon  they  have  invented  a  fourth  kind,  where  the 
Egyptians,  or  from  their  nearer  Neighbours  of  ^udah  and  Strokes  being  clofer,  and  lefs  diflant  from  each  other, 
Samaria,  is  a  queftioii  5  fince  fome  of  the  Books  of  the  allow  them  to  be  writ  with  more  eafe  and  readinefs.  And 
Old  Teflameni  being  written  '\n  Letters,  is  more  likely  this  they  call  the  running  Letter. 

to  have  given  them  the  Hint  than  the  Hieroglyphics  of  The  Americans  had  no  Letters  before  the  Difcovery  of 

Egypt.    But  when  or  wherefoever  the  Fhj:iuci.tns  learnt  that  Country  by  the  Spaniards.    The  Acaamhas  engrave 

this  Art,  it  is  generally  agreed,   that  Cadmus,  the  Son  of  their  Memorable  Events  and  Epocha's  on  Stones  and  Me- 

Jgenor,  firil  brought  Letters  into  Greece,   whence,  in  the  tals.    Their  Songs  fupply  the  reft.    In  Feru  and  Chili,  to 

following  Ages,  they  fpread  over  the  reft  of  Europe.  keep  an  Account  of  their  Goods  and  Chattels,  and  to  pre- 

Accordmg  to  C/mUus,  Ivlojes  invented  the  Hebrew  Let-  ferve  the  Memory  of  their  particular  Affairs,  the  hidians 

ters,  Abraham  the  Synac  and  Chaldee  ;  the  Fhceyncians  that  have  recourfe  to  certain  Knots  of  Wool,  which  by  the  Va- 

of  Attica,  brought  into  Greece  by  Cadmm,  and  thence  by  riety  of  their  Colours  and  Ties,  ferve  inliead  of  Charac- 

the  Felafgians  into  Jtaly  ;  Nicojhata  the  Latin  ;  Jfis  the  Egyp-  tcrs  and  Writing.    The  Knowledge  of  thefe  Knots,  which 

tianj  and  Kh//j7v-i  that  of  the  Gorij.  they   call  Qi'ipos,  is  one  of  their  great  Sciences  j  buc 

Rudbecks,^  who  in  his  Mantica  claims  the  Glory  of  all  vvhich  is  always  kept  as  a  Secret,  and  never  revealed  to 

Inventions  from  all  other  Nations  for  the  Sivcdes,  maintains  the  Children  till  the  Fathers  think  themfelves  at  the  end 

that  the  loniaus  had  Letters  before  Cadmus  j  that  at  the  of  their  days. 

time  of  the  Siege  of  Troy,  the  Greeks  had  but  16  Letters,  The  Printers  diflinguifii  their  Letters  into  Capital,  Ma- 

whereasthe  J'/w?z;c;.T?;j  had22  :  whence  he  concludes,  that  jufcule,  or  Initial  Lerrerj,  which  ferve  for  the  Titles  of 

it  was  not  either  CW?«f(j  or  the.  Fhxniciaiis  who  taught  this  Books,  proper  Names,  i^c.    And  Minufcule  or  Small 

Art  to  the  GrceX';.    But  in  regard  the  antient  Northern  Na-  Letters,  which  are  again  divided  according  to  their  Siz.ep 

tions  had  juft  1(5  Letters,  like  ihz  Greeh,  he  concludes  the  into  Fear!,  Noirpareil,  Fica,  Great  Cafioji,  &c.    See  Type 

GreeX'j  muft  cither  have  taught  them  to  the  People  of  the  and  Frpttiiig.    They  have  alfo  their  Hiftory  or  Figured 

North,  or  have  learnt  'em  of  them.    But  becaufe  the  Letters  engraven  on  Wood  or  Metal,  which' take  place  of 

Form  and  Make  of  the  R,:7uc  Letters  is  more  coarfe  than  the  Illumined  Letters  of  the  antient  Manufcripts. 
that  of  the  Greek  Letters^  he  concludes  that  thefe  laft 

X  X  X  X  X  Numeral 


LET 


1^K»:ey.il  Leirers^  are  rhofe  ulcd  by  the  antient  Ko)«rt«. 
inltead  of  Cyphers,  to  expfcls  their  jS'umbers  by.  Thefe 
Numeral  Letters  are  (even  in  number,  C,  D,  I,  L,  M,V,  X  ; 
which  are  all  formM  in  defcribing  a  Circle,  and  drawing 
two  Lines  thro  it,  croiling  each  other  at  right  Angles  in 
the  Center. 

Dominical  Letter^  (ee  Domhiical. 

hiimdinal  Lencr,  f&c  Nufidma/ia. 

LETTP^RED,  Letrados,  Litterau^  an  Epithet  given  to 
fuch  Perrons  among  the  Chbiefe  as  arc  able  to  read  and 
write  their  Language.  Thefe  alone  are  capable  of  being 
made  yiandarins. 

This  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  particular  Se£l  either  in 
Religion,  Philofophy,  or  Politicks,  confiding  principally 
of  the  Learned  Men  of  that  Country  :  among  whom  'tis 
called  '3i<hoj  I.  e.  Learned.  It  had  its  Rife  in  the  Year 
of  Chrift  14005  when  the  Emperor,  to  awaken  the  native 
Affe^^ion  of  the  People  for  Knowledge,  which  had  been 
quite  baniflicd  by  the  preceding  Civil  Wars  among  'em, 
and  to  flir  up  Emulation  among  thcM.indarins^  chofe  out 
forty -two  ot  the  ablcft  among  their  Doftors,  to  whom  he 
gave  a  CommiHion  to  compoie  a  Body  of  Doflrine  agree- 
able to  that  of  the  Anticnts,  which  was  then  become  the 
Rule  or  Standard  of  the  Learned.  The  Delegates  applied 
themfelves  to  the  Bufinefs  with  a  world  of  Attention  j 
tut  they  fecm  rather  to  have  wrefted  the  Dodlrine  of  the 
Antients,  to  make  it  conlill  with  theirs,  than  to  have  built 
up  theirs  to  the  Model  of  the  Antients.  They  fpcak  of 
the  Deity  as  if  it  were  no  more  than  mere  Nature  ;  or 
the  Natural  Power  or  Virtue  that  produces,  difpofc?,  and 
prefcrvcs  the  feveral  Parts  of  the  Univcrfe.  It  is,  fay 
they,  a  pure,  perfeit  Principle  without  Beginning  or  End  i 
'tis  the  Source  of  all  Things,  the  Effcnce  of  every  Be- 
ing ;  and  that  which  determines  it  to  be  what  it  is.  They 
make  God  the  Soul  of  the  World,  fay  he  is  diffufed 
throughout  all  Matter,  and  produces  all  the  Changes  that 
happen  there.  In  iliort,  'tis  not  eafy  to  determine  whe- 
ther they  refolve  God  into  Nature,  or  lift  up  Nature  into 
God  ;  for  they  afcribe  to  it  many  of  thofe  things  which  we 
attribute  to  God.  This  Dodlrinc,  in  lieu  of  the  Idolatry 
that  prevailed  before,  introduced  a  rcfin'd  kind  of  Atheifm. 
The.  Work  being  compofed  by  fo  many  Perfons  of  Learn- 
ing and  Parts,  and  approved  by  the  Emperor  himfelf, 
was  received  with  infinite  Applaufe  by  all  the  World. 
Many  were  pleafed  with  it,  in  regard  it  feem'd  to  fub- 
vcrt  all  Religion  :  others  approved  it,  becaufe  the  little 
Religion  that  it  left  'em  could  not  give 'em  much  trouble. 
And  thus  was  form'd  the  Se£l:  of  t)^ei  Utierati--,  which 
confifts  of  the  Maintainers  and  Adherents  to  this  Dodfrine. 
The  Court,  the  Mandarins,  and  the  Perfons  of  Fortune 
and  Qualify,  £^£-.  are  generally  Retainers  to  it}  but  a 
great  part  of  the  common  People  Hill  hold  to  their  Wor- 
Jhip  of  Idols.  The  Litteraii  freely  tolerate  the  Mahome- 
tans, becaufe  they  adore,  with  them,  the  King  of  Hea- 
x'cn  and  Author  of  Nature;  but  they  bear  a  perfect  Aver- 
fion  to  all  other  Sc£ls  of  Idolaters  among  'em,  and  it  was 
once  rcfolvcd  to  extirpate  them.  But  the  Diforder  this 
would  have  occafion'd  in  the  Empire,  prevented  it  :  they 
•now  content  themfelves  with  condemning  them  in  general 
as  Herefies  ;  which  they  do  folemnly  every  Year  at  Fek'nz. 

LETTER  OF  CREDIT,  among  Merchants,  a  Letter 
which  a  Merchant  or  Banker  gives  a  Pcrfon  he  trulls  in, 
to  take  up  Money  of  his  Correfpondents  in  remote  places, 
in  cafe  of  need.  Letters  of  Credit^  tho  different  from  thofe 
of  Exchange,  yet  have  the  fame  Privileges,  to  compel  the 
Payment  of  Sums  received  in  confequence  of 'em. 

LETTER  OF  EXCHANGE,  fee  BUI  of  Exchange; 
fee  alfo  Exchange. 

LETTER  OF  LICENCE,  in  Trade,  is  an  Inftrument 
or  Writing  granted  to  a  Man  who  has  iail'd  or  broke, 
fign'd  and  fcal'd  by  his  Creditors  j  which  Z-effer  ufually 
gives  a  longer  Time  for  Payment  :  fo  that  the  Debtor 
having  fuch  an  AlTurance,  can  go  about  his  Bufinefs  with- 
out fearing  an  Arrclf. 

LETTERS  OF  ATTORNEY,  are  Writings  autho- 
rizing an  Attorney,  that  is,  a  Man  appointed  to  do  a  legal 
A^tin  our  Head.  As  a  Letter  of  Attorney  to  give  Scifin 
of  Lands,  to  receive  Debts,  to  fuc  a  third  Perfon,  ^c. 

LETTERS  OF  MARl',  are  Letters  under  the  Privy- 
Seal,  granted  to  the  King's  Subjcds;  impowering  them 
to  take  by  Force  of  Arms,  what  was  formerly  taken  from 
them  contrary  to  the  Law  of  Mart :  and  regards  any  Na- 
tion with  whom  Truce  is  broken.  See  Rep-i-zal. 

LETTERS  PATENTS,  are  Writings  fcaled  with  the 
Great  Seal  of  England,  whereby  a  Man  is  authorized  to 
do,  orenioyany  thing,  that  otherwife  of  himfelf  he  could 
not.  And  they  are  lo  call'd  by  reafon  of  their  Form, 
becaufe  they  are  open,  with  the  Seal  aftixed,  ready  to  be 
/liewn  for  the  Confirmation  of  the  Authority  given  by 
them.  Common  Perfons  vmy  grxr^t  Letters  Tate7its  ;  bur 
they  are  rather  call'd  Tate.nts  th^n  Letters  Patents,  yet  for 
difference  thgfc  granted  by  the  King  are  call'd  Letters 


(  44^  ) 


LEV 


,a,t<  Royal  Leile;-!  Pate,m  cor.clude  ivi.h  Tw'f  ,„r^,.', 
Lb.merl  with  hlis  Tcjlilus  '  ■  ' 

LETTERS  OF  RESPITE,  Letters  iffued  out  by  a 
rniice  m  favour  of  honeft  unfortunate  Debtors  aoamit 
too  rigorous  Creditors,  whereby  Payment  is  delay 'd  'for  a 
certain  Term.  The  Ufe  of  thefe  Letters  is  very  antie.u  ■ 
&^.,&rK  obferves,  they  were  in  ufe  in  the  Time  of  TAe.- 
Aiic  King  of  the  Garbs  ;  others  will  ihave  'em  introduced 
towards  the  End  of  the  eleventh  Century  by  Pope  LV- 

Th.v       t-T"  f  ™  '>«:  Cruzados. 

1  hey  are  ftill  ,„  ufe  in  Fnmce,  and  fomc  other  Countries  ■ 
and  take  their  Name  )  reffirando,  becaufe  they  eive 
the  Debtor  a  breathing  while.  ^ 

,„^lf//n'^';- ^^T" '"8"'''<==  Country  fituate 
to  the  Eaft  ot  us,  or  the  Ealtern  fide  of  any  Continent  or 
Country,  or  that  on  which  the  Sun  rifes.  In  Matters  of 
Commerce,  the  Word  is  generally  refttain'd  to  the 
Med,Kn-aaean  Sea,  or  the  Country  on  the  Eailern  part  of 
It:  Hence  our  Trade  thither  is  call'd  the  imiw Trade 
and  a  Wind  that  blows  from  thence  cut  of  the  SmVit.' 
mouth,  IS  call'd  a  Levant  Wind.  '>:'i«is- 

LEVAN'T  AND  COUCHANT,  in  Law,  is  whea 
Cattel  have  been  fo  long  in  another  Man's  Ground,  that 
tncy  iiave  lam  down,  and  have  rifcn  aoain  to  feed 

LEVARI  FACIAS,  a  Writ  direfted  to  the  Sheriff  f„r 
the  Levying  a  Sum  of  Money  on  his  Land  and  Tene- 
ments who  has  forfeited  a  Recognizance, 
r  ''^y.^Jr*^'^'  an  Epithet  which  the  Anatomills  oivc  to 
feveral  Mufcles,  who/b  Ufe  is  to  raife  or  lift  up  the  Parts 
to  which  they  belong.  There  are  i.e«.„  of  the  Eve- 
Lids,  fee  Jmlkn,  rdfeb,:  of  the  Omoplate,  fee  Omo- 
flnre  ;  of  the  Anus,  fee  Ami,  ;  and  of  the  Scapula  fee 
Scapula.  ' 

LEUCOMA,  in  Phyfic,  is  a  little  white  Spot  on  the 
Cornea  of  the  Eye,  call'd  by  the  Lath,:,  Mlm-o  It  is 
occafioned  by  an  Humour  gather'd  in  this  Membrane,  or 
by  the  Scar  following  a  Wound,  or  by  an  Ulcer  in  this 
Part,  as  fomctimes  happens  in  the  Small-Pox.  The 
Word  IS  Greek,  and  is  formed  from  A5i^Kof  white 

LEUCOPHLEGMATIA,  a  kind  of  Dropfy,  otherwife 
call  d  J„afard,a.  It  confiUs  in  a  Tumor  or  Bloating  of 
the  whole  outer  Sur&ce  of  the  Body,  or  fome  of  its 
*arts;  white  and  foft,  cafily  giving  way  to  the  Touch 
and  prefervmg  the  Impreffioii  made  by  the  Finger  for 
fome  time.  It  may  either  be  owing  to  Ibme  Diforder  of 
the  Blood,  which  in  this  Difeafo  is  of  a  pale  Colour,  vif- 
cid,  and  cold  ;  or  to  an  aqueous  Humour  exttavafated 
and  gathered  togelher  in  the  Mufcles  and  the  Pores  of 
the  Skin.  The  Word  is  Greek,  and  comes  from  t^ti;, 
v,'bne,  and  if^.iy/Act,  Pitnita,  FMegm. 

LEVEL,  a  Mathematical  Inltrument,  fcrvintr  to  draw 
a  Line  parallel  to  the  Horizon,  to  lay  off  Floors,  the  Cour- 
fcs  of  Mafonry,  £=fc.  horizontally,  to  meafure  the  diffe- 
rence of  Afcent  or  Defcent  between  feveral  Places 
to  convey  Waters,  drain  Fens,  fSc.  The  Word  comes 
from  the  Latn,  Ubella,  the  Crofs  Beam  that  forms  the 
Brachia  of  a  Balance,  which  to  be  juft,  mull  fland  hori- 
zontally. T  here  arc  feveral  InflrunSents  of  different  Con- 
trivance and  Matter,  that  have  been  invented  for  the  Per- 
feaion  of  Levelling;  all  of  which,  for  the  Praflice,  may 
be  reduced  to  thefe  that  follow. 

Water  Lc-ael  which  fliews  the  horizontal  Line  by  means 
of  a  Surface  of  Water,  or  other  Liquid  ;  founded  on  this 
Innciple,  that  V\  ater  always  naturally  places  itfelf  level. 
I  he  molt  fimple  is  made  of  a  long  wooden  Trough  or 
Canal,  whofe  Side.vare  parallel  ro  its  Bafo  ;  fo  that  being 
equally  filPd  with  Water,  the  Surface  thereof  lliews  the 
Line  of  irae/ :  this  is  the  Ch-.  obafe,  of  the  Antients, 
delcribcd  by  r,lr„v:i,!.  Lib.  S.  Cbaf.  6.  This  Level  is  alfo 
made  with  two  Cups  fitted  to  the  two  Ends  of  a  Pipe  j 
"u*  ^°°''°"8>  about  an  Inch  in  Diameter;  by  means 
whereof  the  Water  communicates  from  the  one  to  the 
other  Cup  :  and  this  Pipe  being  moveable  on  its  Stand 
by  means  of  a  Ball  and  Socket,  when  the  iwo  Cups  be- 
ccjme  equally  full  of  Water,  their  two  Surfaces  mark  the 
Line  of  Lez-d.  'Ihis  Inllruracnt,  indead  of  Cups,  may  be 
made  with  t«  o  (l,ort  Cylinders  of  Glals  3  or  4  Inches 
long,  fallen 'd  to  each  Extreme  of  the  Pipe  with  Wax  or 
Mallic.  Into  the  Pipe  is  fill'd  fome  common  or  coloured 
Water,  which  Iheus  itfelf  through  the  Cylinders,  bv 
means  whereof,  the  Line  of  I.c^el  is  determined  ;'  the 
Height  of  the  Water,  wiili  rcfpefl  to  the  Center  of 
the  Earth,  being  always  the  fame  in  both  Cylinders 
This  Level,  tho'  very  fimpie,  is  yet  very  commodiou^ 
tor  Levelling  ot  imall  Dillances. 

^ir  Level,  that  which  (liews  the  Line  of  level  bv 
ineans  of  u  Bubble  of  Air  inclofed  with  fome  Liquor  in  a 
Glals  Tube  of  an  indeterminate  Length  and  Thicknefs 
whole  two  i.nds  are  fealed  hermetically ;  that  is  are 
clofed  with  the  Glafs  itfelf,  by  heating  it  with  the  Flame 
of  a  Lamp,  till  it  become  foft  and  tracfable.  When  the 
Bubble  of  Air  fixes  itfelf  at  a  certain  Mark  made  exiSly 


LEV 


(  447  ) 


LEV 


in  tlic  Middle  of  the  Tube,  the  Plan  or  Ruler  wKerein  it 
is  fixed  is /e^^e/.  When  it  is  not  kvel,  the  Bubble  will 
rife  to  one  End.  This  Glafs  Tube  may  be  fet  in  ano- 
ther of  Brafs,  having  an  Aperture  in  the  Middle,  whence 
the  Bubble  of  Air  may  be  obfervcd.  The  Liquor  where- 
with the  Tube  is  fiU'd,  is  ordinarily  either  Oil  of  Tartar, 
or  Jr[i'-a  fecunda-j  thofe  not  being  liable  to  freezing  as  com- 
mon Water,  nor  to  Rarefaflion  and  Condenfarion  as  Spi- 
rit of  Wine.  The  Invention  of  this  Inftrument  is  afcribed 
to  Mr.  Thcvemt. 

Air  Level  with  Sights,  is  an  Improvement  on  that  laft 
defcribed,  which  by  the  Addition  of  more  Apparatus,  be- 
comes more  commodious  and  exaft  ;  It  confills  of  an  Jir 
Level  I,  {Yht.Sur-vey'm^^F!^.^.)  about  eight  Inches  long, and 
feven  or  eight  Inches  in  Diameter,  fct  in  a  Brafs  Tube  2, 
with  an  Aperture  in  the  Middle.  The  Tubes  are  carried  in 
a  ilrong  Ikeight  Ruler,  a  Foot  long,  at  whofc  Ends  are 
fixed  iwo  Sights  exadly  perpendicular  to  the  Tubes,  and 
of  an  equal  Height,  having  a  fquare  Hole,  form'd  by  two 
Fillets  of  Brafs,  crofling  each  other  at  right  Angles,  in 
the  Middle  whereof  is  drilled  a  very  little  Hole  ;  through 
which  little  Hole,  a  I'oint  on  a  Level  with  the  Inllru- 
nient  is  defcried.  The  Brafs  Tube  is  falkned  on  the 
Ruler  by  means  of  two  Screws,  one  whereof,  mark'd  4, 
ferves  to  raife  or  deprefs  the  Tube  at  pleafure,  for  bring- 
ing it  towards  a  Level.  The  Top  of  the  Ball  and  Socket  is 
riveted  to  a  little  Rule  that  fprings,  one  End  whereof  is 
faften'd  with  Screws  to  the  great  Ruler,  and  the  other 
End  has  a  Screw  5,  ferving  to  raife  and  deprefs  the  In- 
ftrument when  nearly  le-aeL  This  Inftrument  is  yet  lefs 
commodious  than  the  following  one,  becaufe  tho'  the 
Holes  be  ever  fo  fmall,  yet  t^ey  will  ftill  take  in  too 
great  a  Space  to  determine  the  Point  of  Level  precifely. 

Jir  Level  with  Tdefcope  Sights.  This  Zsvel  {TlateSnrvcy- 
m^.fi^.'^.)  islike  the  lalt  TlateFig.'^kh  this  Difference,  that 
inllcad  of  plain  Sights,  it  carries  a  Tetcfcope  to  determine 
exaftly  a  Point  of  Level  at  a  good  dilknce.  The  Telc- 
fcope  is  in  a  little  Brafs  Tube,  about  15  Inches  long,_ 
falkncd  on  the  fame  Rule  as  the  Level.  At  the  End  of 
the  Tube  of  the  Telefcope,  mark'd  i,  enters  the  little 
Tube  I,  carrying  the  Eye-Glafs,  and  a  Hair  horizontally 
placed  in  the  Focus  of  the  Objeil-Glafs  z  ;  which  little 
Tube  may  be  drawn  out,  or  pu/h'd  into  the  great  one,  for 
adjulting  the  Telefcope  to  different  Sights.  At  the  other 
End  of  the  Telefcope  is  placed  the  Objc£l-Glafs :  The 
Screw  3,  is  for  railing  or  lowering  the  little  Fork  carry- 
ing the  ,Hair,  and  making  it  agree  with  the  Bubble  of 
Air  when  the  Inftrument  is  kvel  ■■,  and  the  Screw  4,  is  for 
making  the  Bubble  of  Air  agree  with  the  Telefcope.  The 
whole  is  fitted  to  a  Ball  and  Socket.  M-  Hitygens  is  faid 
to  have  been  the  Inventor  of  this  Level-,  which  has  this 
Advantage,  that  it  may  be  inverted,  by  turning  the  Ru- 
ler and  Telefcope  half, round  •■  And  if  then  the  Haircut 
the  fame  Point  that  it  did  before  the  Turn,  'tis  a  Proof 
the  Operauon  is  iuft.  It  miy  be  here  obfervcd,  that  one 
may  add  a  Telefcope  to  any  kind  of  Level,  by  applying 
it  upon,  or  parallel  to  the  Bafe  or  Ruler,  when  there  is 
occafion  to  take  the  Level  of  remote  Objefts. 

Plumb  orFcnditlum  Level:  That  which  Ihews  the  Hori- 
zontal Line  by  means  of  another  Line  perpendicularto  that 
defcribed  by  itsPluinmet  or  Pendulum.  This  Inftrument 
{Flate  Survey'm;!,  Fig.  6.)  confitls  of  two  Legs  or  Branches, 
join'd  together  at  Right  Angles  ;  whereof  that  which  car- 
ries the  Thread  and  Plummet,  is  about  a  Foot  and  an  half 
long.  This  Thread  is  hung  towards  the  Top  of  the 
Branch,  at  the  Point  2.  i'he  Middle  of  the  Branch 
where  the  Thread  paffes  hollow,  that  fo  it  may  hang 
free  every  where  but  tow  ards  the  Bottom  at  the  Place  3, 
where  there  is  a  little  Blade  of  Silver,  whereon  is  drawn 
a  Line  perpendicular  to  the  Telelcope.  The  faid  Cavity 
is  cover'd  by  tv/o  Pieces  of  Brafs,  making,  as  it  were,  a 
kind  of  Cafe,  left  the  Wind  ftiould  agitate  the  Thread  j 
for  which  reafon  the  Silver  Blade  is  covered  with  a  Glafs, 
to  the  end  that  it  may  be  feen  when  theThread  and  Plum- 
met play  upon  the  Perpendicular.  The  Telefcope  i,  is 
faftcned  to  the  other  Branch  or  Leg  of  the  Inftrument,  and 
is  about  two  Foot  long,  having  a  Hair  placed  horizontally 
a-crofs  the  Focus  of  the  Qbjetli'Glafs  j  which  determines 
the  Point  of  Level,  when  the  String  and  Plummet  hang 
againft  the  Line  on  the  Silver  Blade.  All  the  Accuracy 
of  this  Inftrutnent  depends  011  the  Telefcope's  being  fitted 
at  Right  Angles  to  the  Perpendicular.  It  has  a  Ball  and 
Socket,  by  which  it  is  faften'd  to  its  Foot,  and  is  faid  to 
have  been  the  Invention  of  M.  Ficard. 

Re^eHing  Level:  That  made  by  means  of  a  pretty  long 
Surface  of  Water,  reprefenting  the  fame  Objefl  inverted, 
which  we  fee  ercdl  by  the  Eye  ;  fo  that  the  Point  where 
thofe  two  Objefts  appear  to  meet,  is  in  a  Level  with  the 
Place  where  the  Surface  of  Water  is  found.  This  is  the 
Invention  of  M.  Marriotte.  There  is  alfo  another  Ry?eH/;;^ 
Level,  confifting  of  a  Mirror  of  Steel  or  the  like,  well 
polifli'd,  and  placed  a  little  before  the  Obje6l-GUfs  of  a 


Telefcope  fufpended  perpendicularly.  This  Mirror  tru!! 
make  an  Angle  of  45  Degrees  with  the  Telefcope  ;  in 
which  Cafe  the  Perpendicular  Line  of  the  faid  Telefcope 
is  converted  into  an  Horizontal ;  which  is  the  fame  with 
the  Line  of  Level.  The  Invention  of  this  is  owing  to 
Mr.  Cafni. 

We  have  another  Level  of  Mr.  Huygens's  Invention,  con- 
fiftingof  a  Telefcope  a,(  FlateSt!rveying,Fig.-j.)  in  form  of  a 
Cylinder,  going  through  a  Ferril,  in  which  it  is  faften'd 
by  the  middle.  This  Fcrril  has  two  Hat  Branches  hi, 
one  above,  and  the  other  below  ;  at  the  ends  whereof 
are  taften'd  little  moving  Pieces,  which  carry  two  Rings, 
by  one  of  which  the  Telefcope  is  fufpended  to  a  Hook: 
at  the  end  of  the  Screw  3,  and  by  the  other  a  pretty  hea- 
vy Weight  is  fufpended,  in  order  to  keep  the  Telefcope 
in  Eqiiihhrio.  This  Weight  hangs  in  the  Box  5,  which  is 
almoit  fill'd  with  Linfeed  Oil,  Oil  of  Wallnuts,  or  other 
Matter  that  will  not  eafily  coagulate,  for  more  aptly  fet- 
tling the  Ballance  of  the  Weight  and  Telefcope.  The 
Inftrument  carries  two  Telefcopes  clofe  and  very  parallel 
to  each  other,  the  Eye-Glafs  of  theone  being  againft  the 
Obje£l-Glafs  of  the  other,  that  one  may  fee  each 
wa)|  without  turning  the  Level.  In  the  Focus  of  the 
Obje£l-Glafs  of  each  Telefcope  muft  a  little  Hair  be 
ftrain'd  horizontally,  to  be  rais'd  and  lower'd  as  occafion 
requires,  by  a  little  Screw.  If  the  Tube  of  the  Tele- 
fcope be  not  found  level  when  fufpended,  a  Fcrril  or 
Ring  4  is  put  on  it,  to  be  Aid  along,  till  it  fixes  to  a  Le- 
vel. The  Hook  on  which  the  Inftrument  is  hung,  is  fix'd 
to  a  flat  Wooden  Crofs»  at  the  Ends  of  each  Arm  where- 
of, there  is  a  Hook  ferving  to  keep  the  Telefcope  from 
too  much  Agitation  in  ufing  or  in  carriage.  To  the  faid 
flat  Crofs  is  applied  another  hollow  Ctofs,  that  ferves  as 
a  Cafe  for  the  Inftrument  j  but  the  two  Ends  are  left 
open,  that  the  Telefcope  may  be  fecured  from  the  Wea- 
ther, and  always  in  a  condition  to  ufe.  The  Foot  of  this 
Inftrument  is  a  round  Brafs  Plate,  to  which  are  faften'd 
three  Brafs  Ferrils  moveable  by  means  of  Joints  wherein 
are  put  Staves  :  And  on  this  foot  is  placed  the  Box.  Sec 
the  Figure. 

Mafons  Lev-^el,  is  compofcd  of  three  Rules,  fo  joined 
as  to  form  an  Ifofcelcs  Reflanglc,fomewhat  like  a  Roman 
A  j  at  the  Vertex  whereof  is  faftened  a  Thread,  from 
which  hangs  a  Plummet ;  which  pafles  over  a  fiducial 
Line  marked  in  the  Middle  of  the  Bafe,  when  the  thing 
to  which  the  Level  is  applied,  is  horizontal ;  but  declines 
from  the  Mark,  when  the  Thing  is  lower  on  one  Side  than 
the  other. 

Carf  enters  and  Paviaun  Level^  confifts  of  a  If^ng  Ruler,  in 
the  Middle  whereof  is  fitted,  at  Right  Anglts,  another 
fomewhat  bigger,  at  the  Top  whereof  is  faftened  a  Line 
with  a  Plummets  which,  when  it  hangs  over  a  fiducial 
Line  at  Right  Angles  with  the  Bafe,  fliews  that  the  faid 
Bafe  is  horizontal.  Thcfe  two  latt  Levels,  tho'  very 
common,  are  cfteemed  the  beft  for  the  Pra£lice  of  Build- 
ing, tho'  the  Operations  made  by  'em  muft  needs  be  fhort. 

Gumiers  Level,  for  levelling  Cannons  and  Mortars,  is  an 
]nih\ime.nt{F  late  Surveying,  Fig.  8.)  confifting  of  a  Triangu- 
lar Brafs  Plate  about  four  inches  high,  at  the  bottom  of 
which  is  a  Portion  of  a  Circle  divided  into  450  i  which. 
Number  is  fufficient  for  the  higheft  Elevation  of  Cannons 
and  Mortars,  and  for  giving  Shot  the  greateft  Range.  On 
the  Center  of  this  Segment  of  a  (circle  is  fcrewed  a 
piece  of  Brafs,  by  means  whereof  it  inay  be  fix'd  or 
moved  at  pleafure.  The  End  of  this  Piece  of  Brafs  is 
made  fo  as  to  ferve  for  a  Plummet  and  Index,  in  order  to 
ftiew  the  Degrees  of  different  Elevations  of  Pieces  of  Ar- 
tillery. This  Inftrument  has  alfo  a  Brafs  Foot  to  fet 
upon  Cannon  or  Mortars,  fo  as  when  thofe  Pieces  are  ho- 
rizontal, the  whole  Inftrument  will  be  perpendicular,  l^he 
Ufe  of  the  Inftrument  is  qbvious;  and  confifts  in  placing 
the  Foot  thereof  on  the  Piece  to  be  elevated,  in  fuch  man- 
ner as  that  the  Point  of  the  Plummet  may  fall  on  the  pro- 
per Degree  :  this  is  what  they  call  levelling  the  Piece. 

Artillery  Foot  Level,  is  in  form  of  a  Square,  having  its 
two  Legs  or  Branches  of  equal  Length  ;  at  the  Juncture 
whereof  is  a  little  Hole,  whence  hangs  a  Thread  and 
Plummet  playing  on  a  perpendicular  Line  in, the  Middle 
of  the  Quadrant :  it  is  frequently  divided  into  (?□  Degrees, 
or  rather  into  twice  45  Degrees  from  the  Middle.  This 
Inftrument  may  be  ufed  on  ordinary  Occafions,  by  placing 
the  Ends  of  its  two  Branches  on  a  Plane ;  for  when  the 
Thread  plays  perpendicularly  over  the  middle  Divifion  of 
the  Quadrant,  that  Plane  is  affuredly  level.  To  ufe  it  in 
Gunnery,  place  the  two  Ends  on  the  Piece  of  Artillery, 
which  you  may  raife  to  any  propofed  Height  by  means  of 
the  Plummet,  whofe  Thread  will  give  the  Degree  above 
the  Level. 

LEVELLING,  an  Operation  with  a  Level,  for  finding 
a  Line  parallel  to  the  Horizon,  at  one  or  more  Stations, 
in  order  to  determine  the  Heitiht  of  one  Place  with  refpect 
to  another ,  for  the  laying  off  Grounds  even,  regulating 

of 


LEV 


of  Descents,  draining  of  Moraffes,  condu£ling  of  Waters, 
tSc.  One  Place  is  faid  to  be  higher  than  another,  or  out 
of  Level  with  it,  when  it  is  more  remote  from  the  Centre 
of  the  Earth  ;  and  a  Line  ei2ually  dilfant  from  the  Centre 
of  it  in  all  its  Puints,  is  called  the  Line  of  true  Level: 
w  hence,  becaule  the  Earth  is  round,  that  Line  mufl:  be  a 
Curve,  and  make  a  part  of  the  Earth's  Circumference,  or 
1  Arch  concentrical  with  it,  as  the  L,ine  B  C  FG  3  Flate 


(  448  ) 


LEV 


Sur-veymg^  i^ig- 9-  all  the  Points  tthcreof  are  equally  diilant    Point  E,  look  back  to 


the  Table,  4  Inches,  S  Lines,  muft  be  fuhnraflcd  from 
the  Height  PI  G,  which  confequently  w,ll  but  leave 
6  1  utds,  3  Feet,  9  Inches,  ,4  Lints,  to  be  taken  down  m 
your  Book, 

This  done,  remove  the  Level  forwards  to  fomc  other 
Erninence,  as  E,  whence  the  Staff  H  may  be  licw'd  as 
alfo  another  Staff  at  D,  the  Place  wliithtr  the  Water  "is 
to  be  convey'd.    The  Level  being  again  adjuHcd  in  ths 


froin  the  Centre  of  the  Earth  A.  But  the  Line  of  Sight 
which  the  Operations  of  Levels  give,  is  a  Tangent  or  a 
Right  Line  perpendicular  to  the  Semi-diatneter  ;  One 
Extreme  of  which  Tangent,  being  the  Point  of  Con- 
taif,  the  other  will  be  that  of  a  Secant  drawn  from  the 
Centre  of  the  Earth  j  and  the  Point  which  dcterinincs 
it,  will  be  above  the  Surface  of  the  Earth,  and  of  the 
true  Level,  as  much  as  that  Secant  exceeds  the  Radius  or 
Semi-diatneter  of  the  Earth. 

This  Extremity  of  the  Tangent  is  faid  to  be  in  the  ap- 
parent Level,  as  being  that  given  by  the  Sight,  but 


Mark 


the  Staff  H  ;  and  managing  the 
as  before,  the  vifual  Ray  will  give  the  Poim  F 
which  fuppofe  It  Feet,  "  in- 
ches. Meafure  likewilb  the  Diftance  H  E,  which  fLppofe 
toco  i'lrd^i  for  which  Diiiance  fheTable  gives  .  Inches, 
9  Lntes  of  Abatement;  which  being  taken  from  the 
He.ght  H  F  there  will  remain  , ,  h'eet,  3  Inches 
3  Lmes,  which  enter  m  your  Book.  LaJHy,  turning  the 
Level  to  look  at  the  next  Staff  D,  the  vifual  Rav 
w.U  give  the  Point  D.  Meafure  the  Height  of  D  fmm 
the  Ground,  which  fuppofe  8  Feet,  3  Inches.  Meafure 


alfo  the  Dilfance  from  the  Station  H  to  B, 


which  fuppofe 


afily  reduced  to  the  true  Level,  becaufo  we  know  by    500  Yards;  for  which  Diftance  the  Table' sives  o  I  "-T, 

being  taken  from  the 
Feet,  9  Lines,  which 


Trigonometry,  how  much  each  Secant  exceeds  the  Ra 
dius;  and  becaufe  by  meafuring  we  have  difcovered  the 
precife  Length  of  that  Radius.  It  was  for  want  of  the 
Knowledge  of  this,  the  Anticnts  were  not  able  to  reduce 
the  apparent  Level  to  the  true  one  5  and  accordingly,  to 
prevent  falling  into  an  Error,  never  levell'd  above  20 
Peet  at  once,  where  fuch  Reduction  was  not  ncceffary 


Lines  of  Abatement  ;  which 
Height  B  D,  there  will  remain  8 
enter  as  before. 

For  the  Manner  of  entering  down  Obfervations  in 
your  Book,  obferve  that  when  a  proper  Place  or  Station 
tor  the  Level,  between  the  two  Points,  has  been  pitched 
upon,  you  mufl  wnte  dow-n  the  two  Heights  obfcrved 


By  the  Tables  Jince  made,  it  appears  that  at  the  Diflance    at  that  Station,  in  two  different  Columns 


of  100  Yards,  the  apparent  Level  is  raifed  above  the  true 
one  about  f  of  a  Line;  So  that  the  Antients,  in  this  jre~ 
fpeft,  were  more  fcrupulous  than  needed.  By  means  of 
this  Reduction,  we  are  now  able  to  level  Diliances  of  one 
or  two  Miles,  at  one  Operation,  which  the  Antients  could 
not  do  in  lefs  than  ;oo. 

The  Operation  of  I-erf//;;;^  is  as  follows:  Suppofe  the 
Height  of  the  Point  A  (Fhte  Surveying,  Tig.  ic.)  on  the  Top 
of  a  Mountain,  above  that  of  the  Point  B,  and  at  the  Foot 
thereof  required:  Place  the  Level  about  the  middle 
Dittance,  between  the  two  Points,  as  in  D,  andStaffs  in 
A  and  B,  and  let  there  be  Perfons  initru£led  with  Signals 
for  railing  and  lowering  on  the  faid  Staffs  little  Marks  of 
Pafleboard,  or  other  Matter.  The  Level  being  placed 
horizontally  by  the  Bubble,  l$c.  look  towards  the  Staff 
A  E,  and  caufe  the  Mark  to  be  raifed  or  lowered,  till 
the  Middle,  upper  Edge,  or  other  moft  confpicuous  Part 
appear  in  the  vifual  Ray.  Then  meafuring  exailly  the 
perpendicular  Height  of  the  Point  A  above  the  Point  E, 
which  fuppofe  6  Feet  4  Inches,  fet  that  down  in  your 
Book  ;  then  turn  the  Level  horizontally  about,  that  the 
Eye-GIafs  of  the  Telefcope  may  be  ftill  next  the  Eye 
when  you  look  the  other  way  (if  you  have  only  plain 
Sights,  the  Inflrument  need  not  be  turned)  and  caufe  the 
Perfon  at  the  Staff  B  to  raife  or  lower  his  Mark,  till  fomc 
confpicuous  part  of  it  fall  in  the  vifual  Ray,  as  at  C, 
then  meafure  the  perpendicular  Height  of  C  above  B, 
which  fuppofe  16  Feet,  16  Inches  ;  let  thisalfo  down  in 


the  firft  Column,  thofe  cbferved  in  looking  thro'  the 
Telefcope  when  the  Eye  was  from  the  Source,  or  to- 
wards the  Point,  which  we  may  call  Back-S'ights  ;  and  un- 
der the  fecond  Colu  mn  thofe  cbferved,  when  the  Eye 
was  next  the  Source,  which  we  call  Fore-Siehts,  in  the 
manner  following  : 


Eack-Sights. 

Itoot.  Inc.  Jjine. 
Firft  Height  ^  ( 

Correfted  ^f-  =      :  o 
ThirdHeight   11  .-  ;  : 


Fore- Sights. 

Foot.  Inc.Xif!. 
Second  Height  21  :  9:4. 
Fourth  Height     S  :  0:9 


25  :  5)  :  3  I 

Having  fummed  up  the  Heights  of  each  Column  fe- 
parately,  fubflrafl  the  leffer  fnm  the  greater,  the  Re- 
mainder wdl  be  the  Difference  of  Level  between  the 
Points  A  and  B  5  as  in  this  Example^ 

Feet.     Inch.  Lin. 


00    ;  10  The  Difference  of  Height  0)' Ze- 
velbti-u'ceu  she  Fowls  A  aniiB. 


 -11,^  V         -y-  '  -y   Diftance  of  the  two  Points  be  required,  add  all 

the  Book  above  the  other  Number  of  the  firft  Obferva-  Uiitances  meafured,  together,  and  dividing  the  Diffe- 
tion  ;  fubftra£l:  the  one  from  the  other,  the  Remainder    r^nce  of  Height  by  the  Yards  of  the  Diftances,  for  each 


fubftra£l:  the  one  from  the  other, 
will  be  10  Feet,  4  Inches,  which  is  the  Difference  of 
Level  between  A  and  B,  or  the  Height  of  the  Point  A 
abovethePoint  B.  Where  Note,  that  if  the  Point  D, 
where  the  Inftrument  is  fixed,  be  in  the  middle  between 
the  two  Points  A  and  B,  there  will  be  no  Neceffity  for 
reducing  the  apparent  Level  to  the  true  Level,  the  vi- 
fual Ray  in  that  Cafe  being  raifed  equally  above  the  true 
Level. 

If  it  be  further  required  to  know  whether  there  be  a 


200  Yards  you  will  have  a  Defcent  of  about  '2  Inches 
9  Lines.  * 
Levelling  Staffs  are  Inflruments  ufed  in  Levelling,  fcrvine 
to  carry  the  Marks  to  be  ohferv^d,  and  at  the  fame  tnni 
to  meafure  the  Height  of  thofe  Marks  from  the  Ground. 
Ihey  ufually  confift  each  of  two  long  fquare  Wooden 
Rulers,  made  to  Hide  over  one  another,  and  divided  into 
Feet,  Inches,  ^c. 

For  the  common  Occafions  of  Levelling  to  be  perform'd 


fufficient  Defcent  for  conveying  Water  from  the  Source  A    without  much  Apparatus  of  Inflruments,  Time,  or  Trou' 
.1  r  _  __   TT_._  -  ,  ,      ble,  the  following  Method  is  recommended.    Set  a  Pole 

upright  in  a  Spring,  Pond,  River,  or  other  Place  whence 
Water  is  to  be  brought,  and  mark  how  many  Feet  and 
Inches  of  it  are  above  Water.  Then  fet  up  another  Pole, 
of  equal  length  with  the  other,  in  the  place  to  which 
the  Water  is  to  come.  Place  the  Center  of  a  Qua- 
drant on  the  top  of  this  laft  Pole,  the  Plummet  hanging 
free  ;  fpy  thro  the  Sights  the  Top  of  the  Pole  that  fs  in 
the  Water,  and  if  the  Thread  cuts  any  Degree  of  the 
Quadrant,  the  Water  may  be  convey'd  by  a  Pipe  laid  \n 
the  Earth.  If  you  can't  fee  from  one  Extreme  to  the 
other,  the  Operation  may  be  repeated  in  the  manner 
already  directed. 

DrMalley  fuggefts  a  new  Method  of  Levelling^  which  has 
been  put  in  praflice  by  fome  of  the  Trench  Acadetny  : 
This  is  performed  wholly  by  means  of  the  Baiometcr,  in 
which  the  Mercury  is  found  to  be  fufpended  ro  fo  much 
the  lefs  Height,  as  the  Place  is  further  remote  from  the 
Centre  of  the  Earth.  Hence  ic  follows,  that  the  diffe- 
rent Heights  of  the  Mercury  in  two  Places  give  the  Dif 
fcrence  of  Level.  Mr.  Derham,  from  fome  Obfervations 
he  made  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  Monument,  found 
that  the  Mercury  fell  ^  of  an  Inch  at  every  82  Foot  of 

perpen- 


to  the  Point  B,  Flate  Surveying',  Tig.  i  r.  Here  in  regard  the 
DiOance  from  A  to  B  isconfiderablc,  'tis  required  that 
feveral  Operations  be  made.  Having  then  chofen  a 
proper  Place  fur  the  firft  Station,  as  at  1,  fet  up  a  Staff 
in  the  Point  A  near  the  Source,  with  a  proper  Mark  to 
Hide  up  and  down  the  Staff  as  L,  nnd  meafure  the  Dif- 
tance from  A  to  I,  which  fuppofe  zcco  Yards.  Then  the 
Level  being  adjufted  in  the  Point  I,  let  the  Mark  L  he 
raifed  and  lowered  till  fuch  time  as  you  fpy  fome  con- 
fpicuous Part  of  it  thro'  the  Telefcope  or  Sights  of  the 
Level,  and  meafure  the  Height  A  L,  which  fuppofe  13 
Foot  5  Inches.  But  in  regard  the  Diftance  A  I  is  2000 
Yards,  you  muft  have  recourfe  to  your  Table  for  a  Re- 
duftion,  fubftrafling  11  Inches,  which  will  leave  the 
Height  AL  12  Foot  6  Inches  ^  and  this  note  down  in 
your  Book.  Now  turn  the  Level  horizontally  about,  fo 
as  the  Eye-Glafs  of  the  Telefcope  may  be  towards  the 
Staff  at  A;  and  fixing  up  another  Staff  at  H,  caufe  the 
Mark  G  to  be  moved  up  and  down,  till  you  fpy  fome 
confpicuous  Part  thro  the  Telefcope  or  Sights.  Meafure 
the  Height  H  G,  which  fuppofe  6  Yards,  4  Feet,  2  In- 
ches. Meafure  likewife  the  Diftance  of  the  Points  I  H, 
which  fuppofe  1 3C0  "il  ards  5  for  which  Diftance,  according 


LEV 


449  ) 


LEV 


rerperdicular  Afcent,  when  the  MercurV  .s  at  30  Inches. 
Or  Holley  allows  of  of  an  Inch  for  every  50  lards  ; 
which,  confidering  how  accurately  the  Baroineters  are 
now  made,  an  Inch  in  fome  of 'cm  bang  divided  into  an 
hundred  or  more  Parts,  all  very  fcnfible,  he  thinks  this 
Method  fufficiently  exatf  to  take  the  Levels  tor  the  Lon- 
vevance  of  Water,  and  Ids  liable  to  Errors  than  the 
common  Levels.  The  fame  Author,  found  a  D.fterence 
of  5  Inches  8  Tenths  between  the  Height  of  the  Mercury 
at  the  top  and  bottom  of  JotioAii  Hill  in  «  ofc!. 

LEVER, in  Mechanics, an  inflexible  Right  Line  luppor- 


is  the  firll'ofthofc  call'd  Uabamcal  Power ,  or  SmfU  Ma 
Mn-,,=-s  being  of  all  others  the  moft  fimple,  and  ischieHy 
:ipplied  for  raffing  Weights  to  fmall  Heighrs.  It  has  its 
iName  iever  from  its  Office /cm«  or tora.le 

In  a  LCTO-  there  are  three  things  to  be  principally  coii- 
fidered:  i.  The  Weight  to  he  rais'd  or  fullain  d,  as  U, 
(P/»,<;  UcMch,H.^.)  ^■'Il"=r™"  by  which  it^s  to  be 
.isM  or  fuHaind,  as  B.  5-  The  fulcrum  or  Prop  D. 
whereon  the  LKC,  is  fuflain'd,  or  rather  on  which  it 
moves  round,  the  Fulcrum  remaining  fixed. 

The  Lerer  is  threefold  :  Sometimes  the  Fulcrum  is 
placed  between  the  Weight  and  the  Power,  as  in  fi^.  I. 
rlaii  Mnbamck ;  and  this  we  call  a  Lever  of  the  firft  kind. 
Sometimes  the  Weight  is  between  the  Fulcrum  and  the 
Power,  which  is  the  fecond  kind  i  as  in  hf- And  lome- 
tiines 
crum  ■■, 


whence  it  follows,  that  the  Gain  of  Force  is  always  at" 
tended  with  the  Lofs  of  1  irrie,  and  vice  Terfa. 

LEVERET,  a  young  Hare,  fo  call'd  in  the  firff  Teaf 
of  its  Age. 

LEVIGATICN  fignifies  the  Reduaion  of  any  hard 
ponderous  Bodies,  as  Coral,  Tutty,  Precious  Stones,  t^c. 
into  a  light  fubnle  Powder,  by  grinding  upon  Porphyry, 
a  Sea-fliell,  Marble,  Stone,  (Sc.  as  Painters  do  their  Co- 
lours. This  is  much  ufed  in  Pharmacy  and  Chymiflry, 
but  unlefs  the  grinding  Inflruments  ate  extremely  hard^ 
they  will  wear  away,  fo  asfometimes  to  double  the  Weight 
of  the  Medicine  thus  managed. 

LEVITE,  a  Hctreia  PricH,  or  Sacriflcer,  fo  call'd  as 
being  of  the  Tribe  of  Lef/,  or  the  Defcendant  of  the 
Patriarch  of  that  Name.  In  the  Primitive  Church  they 
alfo  gave  the  Name  Lez>:te  to  the  Deacons,  and  MinillcrS 
of  the  Altar.  The  Levitei  of  the  Old  Law  had  no  fettled 
Lands  allotted  'em  for  their  Maintenance,  but  lived  cliief- 
ly  of  the  OiFerings  made  to  God.  They  were  diiltibutcd 
through  all  the  Tribes^  each  of  which  gave  forac  cf 
their  Cities  to  the  Levitei,  with  Grounds  in  their  Neigh- 
bourhood for  the  Subfidence  of  their  Flocks.  According 
to  the  Numeration  made  by  Solojr.ini,  from  the  Age  of 
Twenty  there  were  Tnirty-eight  Thoufand  capable  of 
ferving  :  Twenty- four  Ttioufand  of  thefe  he  appointed 
for  the  daily  Miniltery  under  thePricils;  Six  I'houfand 
to  be  inferior  Judges  in  the  Cities,  and  to  decide  Matters 
relating  to  Religion,  and  of  no  great  confequeiice  to  the 
"""''"''  '  ,  and  to  take 


the  Power  afls  between 


State  j  Four  Thoufand  ro  be  Door-keeper 
the'Weiofit  and  the  Ful-    care  of  the  Riches  of  the  Temple  ;  and  ttie 


reft 


do 


the  third  kind. 
The  Power  of  the  icrer  is  founded  o.,  the  following 
Theorem,  'ciz..  That  the  Space  or  Arch  defcribed  by 
each  Point  of  a  Lever,  and  confequen.ly  the  Velocity  ot 
each  Point  of  aici-er  is  as  its  Dillance  from  the  Fulcrum 

"  From  hence  it  follows,  that  the  Aaion  of  a  Power  and 
the  Refinance  of  the  Weight  increale  in  proportion  to 
their  Dillance  from  the  Fulctum.  And  hence  a  fo  it  fol- 
low«  that  a  Power  will  be  able  to  fuflam  a  Weight,  it 
the  Ditlance  of  the  Point  in  the  Lever  to  which  it  is  ap 
jlicd,  be  to  the  Diflance  of  the  Weight, 


the  Office  of  Chanters  or  Singers. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Luint  Levlt.1,  which  isform'd 
from  the  Creek  A«v/7T(f  ;  the  Root  of  which  is  the  Name 
Levi,  which  was  given  to  this  Patriarch  by  his  Mother 
Letih,  from  the  Hebrew  nl*?  lavah,  to  be  tied  or  ntntcd ; 
Leah  hoping,  by  the  Birth  of  this  Son  ,  to  be  more  clofely 
link'd  to  her  Husband  S.iroi. 

LEVITY,  the  Privation  or  Want  of  Weight  in  any 
Body,  when  compared  with  another  that  is  heavier,  in 
which  fenfe  it  is  oppofed  to  Gravity.    The  Schools  mam- 


 _^     tain  that  there  is  fuch  a  thing  as  pofitive  and  abfolute 

the  Weioht  to    Levity,  and  impute  to  this  the  Rife  or  Emergency  of  Bo- 
Jhe  Intcnfity  of  the  Power  ;  which  ■irit"be  ever  fo° little    dies  lighter  in  Specie  than  the  FUids  wherein^  they  rife, 
incrc-afed,  muft  raife  the  Weight.   See  this  Doflrme  de- 
liionllrated  under  ,U  ^ ori  Mccbmiie  Toweri,  and  further 


illuilratcd  under  the  Word  Bahuce :  between  which  and 
the  Lever  there  is  a  great  Analogy ;  a  Lever  ot  the  hrlt 
li.nd  being  a  fort  of  Steel-yard  to  raife  Weights. 

The  Power  and  Aaion  of  the  -Leoer  will  be  fully  lUuf- 
trated  by  the  following  Fropofitions. 

I  If  the  Power  applied  to  a  Lever  of  any  kind  lulfain 
a  Weight,  the  Power  is  to  the  Weight  in  a  reciprocal  Ra- 
tio of  the  Dillances  from  the  Fulcrum.  This  is  the  Con- 
vetfc   of  that  demonftrlted  under  the  Head  Mechamc 

^"llVhe  Weight  of  a  Lever  of  the  firtl  and  fecond  kind  AB, 
the  Diftance  of  the  Centte  of  Gravity  from  the  Fulcrum 


But  befides  that  the  common  Senfc  of  Mankind  difcovers 
that  Levity  is  only  a  Relative  Term,  we  find  by  Expe- 
rience that  all  Bodies  tend  toward  the  Earth,  fome 
flower,  and  fomefafter,  in  all  Fluids  ot  Mediums,  whe- 
ther Water,  Air,  (Sc.  Thus  Cork  is  faid  to  be  lighter 
than  Gold,  becaufe  under  equal  Dimenfions  the  Gold  will 
fink  in,  and  the  Cork  fwim  upon  Water.  .Irchimeies  hath 
demondiaicd,  That  a  folid  Body  will  tioit  any  where  in 
aFluid  of  the  fame  fpecifick  Gravity,  and  that  a  lighter 
Body  will  keep  above  a  heavier.  The  Reafon  o(  this 
is  becaufe  of  Bodies  falling  towards  rhe  Earth,  thofc 
which  have  a  like  number  of  equal  Parts  have  equal  Gra- 
vity ;  fince  the  Gravity  of  the  Whole  is  the  Sum  of  the 
Gravity  of  all  its  Pans.    Now  two  Bodies  have  an  equal 


r;L  D  halloo    he  We  glit  and  the  Power  AC    number  of  equal  Pans,   if  under  .he  fame  Dimen.ipns 


and'CB,  "being  all  given;  to  find" the  Power  that  will 

Su'ppof'=  *e  Lever  void  of  Gravity,  but  in  lieu  thereof 
a  WeighthungatV  i  if  then  A  C  be  made  to  C  V  as  the 
Gravity  of  the  Lever  to  a  fourth  Number,  we  /hall  have 
the  Weight  which  Lever  is  able  tofuflain,  and  this  fub- 
Itriaed  from  the  given  Weight,  the  Remainder  will  be  the 
Weight  to  be  fullain'd  by  the  Power.  Let  C  B  then  be 
to  C  A  as  the  remaining  Weight  to  a  founh  Weight  j  and 
we  ihall  have  the  Power  to  be  applied  in  B,  in  order  to 
fullain  the  given  Weight  with  the  given  Lever. 

III.  The  Gravity  of  a  Lever  of  the  firfl  or  fecond  kind 
A  B,  the  Diflance  of  its  Centre  of  Gravity  from  the  Ful- 
trum  C  V,  the  DiHances  of  the  Power  and  the  Weight  B  C 
and  C  A  being  all  given,  to  find  the  Weight  to  be  luf- 


Find  the  Part  of  the  Weight  (uftain'd  by  the  Lever 
alone,  as  in  the  former  Problem  ;  in  the  fame  manner 
find  the  other  Part  of  the  Weight  which  the  Power  ap- 
plied in  E  is  able  to  fullain  :  Add  the  two  Numbers  to- 
gether, the  Sum  is  the  Weight  required. 

IV  The  Gravity  and  Centte  of  Gravity  F  of  a  Lever  of 
the  fecond  kind  C  B,  with  the  Weight  G,  its  Diftance  from    pofitive^  Levity^ 
the  Fulcrum  C  A,  and  from  the  Power  C  B,  being  given  ; 
to  find  the  Power  capable  to  fullain  the  Weight. 

Suppofe  the  Lever  void  of  Gravity,  but  in  lieu  theieof 
a  Weight  equal  thereto  hung  in  F,  the  Power  required  to 
fullain  the  Lever  alone.    Then  find  the  Power  requifite  to 

1  Wei"ht  G  ;  add  the  Powers  together,   and  went  oppofite 


there  are  no  Intervals  deltitute  of  Matter  i  whence  it  fol- 
lows, that  as  no  Ponion  of  Matter  is  fo  finall,  but  that 
Body  wherein  it  is  contained  may  be  wholly  divided  into 
Parts  equally  finall,  there  can  be  no  reafon  for  the  De- 
fcent  of  thefe,  which  will  not  equally  hold  for  the  De- 
fcent  of  that.  Hence  it  may  be  concluded,  that  thofe 
Bodies  which  do  not  equally  gravitate  under  the  fame 
Dimenfions,  do  not  contain  the  fame  equal  Portions  of 
Matter  ;  and  therefore  when  we  fee,  that  a  Cube  of  Gold 
fubfides  in  Water,  at  the  faine  time  that  an  equal  Bulk  of 
Cork  fwims  upon  it,  'tis  evident  that  ih-j  Gold  muft  have  a 
grcaternuraber  of  equal  Parts  of  Matter  under  the  fame 
Bulk  than  the  Cork,  or  the  Cork  muft  have  a  greater  num- 
ber of  Vacuities  than  the  Gold  ;  and  that  there  are  alio  in 
the  Water,  a  greater  number  of  Vacuities  than  in  Gold, 
Flence  we  have  a  clear  idea  both  of  Denfity  or  Gravity, 
and  of  Levity  ;  and  know,  that  the  latter  cannot  in  a 
ftria  fenfe  be  accounted  any  thing  pofitive,  but  a  mere 
Negation  or  Abfence  of  Body,  which  determines  that 
Body  to  be  lighter  than  another  which  contains  more 
Matter.  ,  ■  ,-i 

Dr.  Hook,  'tis  true,  feems  to  maintain  fomelhing  like  a 
This,  if  we  miflake  not,  is  what  he 
means  by  the'Term  Lzvitasmi  ;  viz.  a  Property  of  Bodies 
direaly  contrary  to  that  of  Gravitation  towards  the  Sun. 
This  he  thinks  he  has  difcovercd  in  the  Steams  of  Co- 
mets, which  tho  they  had  a  Defcent  from  the  Nucleus 
of  the  Comet  towards  the  Sun,  yet  they  qui.idy  return  d, 
to  the  Sun,  and  that  to  a  prodigious  Ex- 


fuflain  the  given  Weight  u  ;  auo  tne  rowcia  logcme.,  u.,u  ..v..,.  uft-u...^   — ••>   r  r ,t,,;nn''.-„,r,. 

the  Sum  will  be  the  pSwer  required.  tent.  In  elfea,  where  the  Power  of  Gravtiation  ceafes, 

V  If  a  Power  applkd  to  I  Lever  of  any  kind  lift  a  fltould  feem  fome  fuch  contrary  Force  does  begin,  where- 

Weight   the  Space  of  the  firft  is  to  that  of  the  laft,  as  of  we  have  Inflances  in  the  Phenomena  ot  Attrafl.on. 

'  ■    laft  to  1  Power  able  to  fuftain  the  fame  Weight ;  This  is  "hat  .Sir  I.  Newtai  calls 


s  what  Sir  /.  Kevston  calls  the  I'is  RefeHens,  and  ap- 


Xyyyy 


pears 


LEX 


p^ars  10  be  one  of  the  Laws  of  Nature  ;  without  which 
it  v/ould  be  hard  to  account  for  Rarefactioiij  and  fomc 
other  Appearances.    See  Repilfion. 

LEURE,  in  Falconry,  a  piece  of  red  Leather,  cut  in 
form  of  a  Birci,  or  a  Ball  fet  off  with  a  Beak,  Claws, 
and  Wings,  hung  out  on  a  Crook  by  the  Falconer  to  re- 
clain:!  his  Birds.  They  fometinics  tie  Meat  to  the  Leure, 
wherewith  to  feed  the  Bird.  I'he  Word  comes  froin  the 
JLathi  Lorum,  tho  others  derive  it  from  Leora^  Q-aft'mefs^ 
Deceit. 

T.EA'Y  fignifies  to  gather  or  exaft  ;  as  to  lezy  Money, 
to  /czy  Troops.    Levy  is  fometimcs  alfo  ufed  to  ere£l 


C  4^0  ) 


LIB 


Lingua,  T>  oj?i<s,  Ratio,  Nun^ems,  Tonus,  y^vgKh{<^  JJlra. 

Mef  unde^^?htT'"'  ""^"^ 

Rus,  Nemiis,  Arma,  Faher,  Vuhicm,  Z-ma,  Rates. 
The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Ztber.ilis,  wh. 


fet  up  ;  as  lo  /esj-  a  Mill  j  alfo  to  raife  or  cafl 


v'  a  Fine,  ^c.  from  the  French  lever 


levy  a  Ditch,  to  k: 
ray's. 

LEX,  feei.TO'. 

LEX  AMISSA,  or  Legem  amittere^  in  Law  is  under- 
ilood  of  an  infamous  perjured  Perfon,  who  is  faid  to  lofe 
his  La-LV     or,  as  brathn  has  it,  non  ejl  nherius  digmts  Lege. 

LEX  JUDICIALIS,  is  properly  Fm-gatio  fer  ^ndicnon 
Ferri,  lomerimes  call'd  fimply  'judicium. 

LEX  SAC:RAMENTALIS  j  Turgatio  fer  SacramenUini. 

LEX  ^J  ERR^,  is  the  Law  and  Cuftom  of  the  Land, 
by  which  Name  it  is  dillinguilli'd  from  the  Civil  Law. 

LEXICON,  the  fame  with  Diilionary.  The  Word  is 
feldom  ufcd,  excepting  in  fpeaking  of  certain  anticut 
Greek  Di^lionaries  which  bear  this  Name.  'Tis  derived 
from  the  Greek  hihi  BifJion,  of  Ki-ya  1  [peak. 

LIBATION,  a  Ceremony  in  the  Heathen  Sacrifices, 
■wherein  the  Piielt  fpilt  fomc  Wine,  Milk,  or  other  Li- 
quor, in  honour  of  the  Deity  to  whom  the  Sacrifice  was 
offered,  after  having  firlt  tailed  it  himfclf.  Mexajider  \s 
faid  to  have  facrificcd  a  Bull  to  Ncptu/ie  ;  and  for  an  Of- 
fering to  the  Sea-Gods,  threw  the  Gulden  Veffel. 


LIBERALIA,  Feaits  celebrated  bv  tbe  ant;p„f  v 

to  They  took  the.r  N  ame  from  Liler,  1  c  Free  frhi 
conferred  on  Bacch,,,  in  memorv  of  ,1,1  T  'l  '  }.  ""^ 
dom  which  he  granted  ."re7eople  '  l  iw"'' " 
haps  becaufcVtSine,  whereof  he  wa  I  re  'n^  d''"- 
dehvers  Men  from  Care,  and  fets  their  S^  at  eafe 
and  freedom.     r^-vn  -kt_     -"''iptis  at  eafe 


rcirro  derives  the  Name  nf  tU..  t  "  ^ 
from  Z.fc,-,  confidered  as  a  Noun  Adjeft  ve  and  L  f 
^ng  Free  ;  becaufe  the  I'riefis  were  frie  from  their  1:;!" 


is  a  Noun  Adjeftn-e,  and  fign.f,,. 
and  easd  of  all  Care  during  the  Time   of  the 


tion. 

L'd'eralia. 


pa,whereintheifS^l]::l^-r^ietifl::-irHt= 
affumed  the  Robe  called  To^a  huT  "hi 
thefateenth  of  the  Calends  ofylfril; 


ufed 

for  the  Uhiitm,,  into  the  Sea.    Lilmmm  were  alfo  in  ufe  due  Rcfpcas7ohirPat'mn''hr„™'''''"n     'i  "  "\  ?'««""g 

under  the  Law  of being  it^joinedhy  God  in  tude,  int^^l^^ih:!^^^:^'^  ' 

i-xix.  and  Nimlcn  xv.    See  Liffim  on  L-.hnums.  tron  wa^  hi.  H,.,v  w,„,uui  i^nuaren,  his 

LIBEL,  a  Writing  containing  Injuries,  Reproaches. 


bits,  and 

Liberia  were  kept  c.  „ 

that  is,  the  17th  ofMircJ, 

r  LIBERTIN,  among  the  Romain,  was  what  we  call  .t 
Freed  Man,  a  Perfon  fet  free  fro,',,  a  Legal  Servkud  ' 
Fhefe  fl.U  retatn'd  fome  Mark  of  their  antitn.  State  He 
who  made  a  Slave  free,  had  a  Right  of  Patronage  a„d  of 

was  reflored  to  his  Servi- 
tron  was  his  Heir  -  ""l-out  Children,  his  Pa- 

LIBERTINES, 


Accufations  againft  the  Flonour  and  Reputation  of  any 
Perlon,  particularly  of  a  Superior  or  Governour.  Platina  is 
of  opinion  that  a  Writing,  how  injurious  foever  it  is,  cannot 
be  call'd  a  Libel,  if  the  Author's  Kame  be  to  it.  Libel- 
lers, among  the  antient  Remans,  were  punifii'd  with 
Death,  but  in  After- Times  they  were  only  whipp'd.  Ju- 
gujiiii  rank'd  Fainojos  LibeHof,  Defiimatory  Libels,  aitiong 

the  Crimes  L.f/t  Moye/ari'j  of  High-Treafon.  F.Hr.iidoin  a  Drearn  and  Hell  1  Ph.,„,n,«  "■„'" '  7  j  "I'"' 
has  publiflt'd  a  Comment  on  the  Imperial  Laws  againft    and  ReHgion  a  S^ate  'Trier-    ■    '  "'^"^  ''>" 


r  ■  ,  — ■  1^'ame  of  a  Sea  in  Relieion  that 
arofe  ,n  the  lean  5=  5.  Their  principal  Tenets  lire  Tha 

IS  dtftufed  through  all  Things,  who  is  and  lives  h^  all  C^ea 

TTat'th       "r/"""'  Spirit  of  God  : 

That  the  Sould.es  w:th  the  Body;  that  Sin  is  a  mere 
Ch,m.-era,  and  only  fubfifls  in  Opinion,  for  that  ,t  was 
God  that  d,d  all,  both  Good  and'jjvil;  that  ParadifeiJ 


Libels.   Scandalous  Pictures  are  reckoned  amongft  Libels. 

The  Lawyers  fay  a  iikZ  may  be  cither  in  Scri^tis^ 
or  fnie  Sc-ipsi'.  in  Scr/ptis,  when  a  Writing  is  com- 
pofed  or  publiflicd  to  another's  Difgrace,  which  maybe 


'ivines, 

r  ■  ■     ,  V,   "^^r  ^'^n  in  Awe;  that 

fp.ntualRegenerat.onconfifls  in  nothing  but  flifling  ,l,e 

Remorfe  of  Confcience  ;  Repentance  i-   '  ■ 

done  no  Evil  ;  and  that  it  i    '      "  " 
to  difTemble  in  Matters  < 


in  avowing  to  have 
lawful,  and  even  expedient 
doneFci,;,  a,,t  C„„ile„is  i  as  where"  this' is  malicioifly    horrible  BiafnVerieya«ai„fl  Tffus^ 
repeated  or  lung  in  the  prefencc  of  others :  Or  elfe  Tri    nothing  but  inZTk-f  r.V„  i     ''''"'*./^''"E'  ''^ 
d-n.ne,  when  the  L.tel,  o'l-  any  Copy  of  it,  is  delivered  out    of  God,  a  d  J  1  e^         o;'o/'M""''°Th  f 'Sj  ^P"' 
.0  icandal,.e  the  Party.    Fa„,f...  Lbe„..sji„e  Se^u,,  may    occafioned  thei>  bei'gTaned  lit".     and  thfwoM 


■  I'arty 

be  two-fol.l.  ([.J  TiBitri!,  as  to  paint  the  Party 
iliameful,  or  ignominious  manner;  Or,  (2.)  Sigjiis,  as  to 
fix  a  Gallows,  or  other  ignominious  Signs,  at  the  Door  of 
the  Party,  or  elfewhere.  The  Punilhi„ent  of  Libelling 
in  Riiglaiul,  is  putting  the  Criminal  on  the  Pillory,  Whip- 
ping, J?c. 

Libel  alfo  fignifies  the  Original  Declaration  of  any  A£lion 
in  the  Civil  Law. 

LIBELLATICI.  Under  the  Perfection  of  Deciiii  there 
were  fcveral  Chriliians,  who,  to  prevent  their  being  obli- 
ged to  renounce  the  Faith,  and  facrifice  to  Idols  in  Public, 
made  Application  to  the  Magillrates,  and  abjured  their 
Faith  in  private,  obtaining  Cerrilieatcs  of  'em,  either  by 
Intreaty,  or  by  Money ;  ''       >  ■  -    >  -  • 


has  been  ufed  in  an  i'il  Senfe  ever  fincc. 

They  fpread  principally  in  HMaiid  and  Bralmt.  Their 
Leaders  were-  one  a^.min  a  Ficard,  and  another  called 

friV^RTv  ^™'  ^""^  '^'="'"'=  lii^  Difciple, 

■  , ,  n  '  "'^"''"y  ""''"flood  of  that  State  where- 
in a  Man  ails  freely  ;  or  that  Power  by  which  he  deter- 
mines himlclf  voluntarily  cither  to  Good  or  Evil  to  this 
thing  or  to  that  :  Or  i-;.«-r_v  is  an  aaive  Indifference  of 
theWdl,  ro  w:,Il,  or  not  will  any  thing,  f.MMraneh 
gives  us  a  11,11  more  Fhilofophical  Definition.  The  Will 
he  defines  to  be  that  Impreffion,  or  natural  Motion,  which 
,nc  ines  towards  Good  in  the  general;  and  by  Ziberi,  he 
r  u-  u   1.  -      n   ,   -    ""'''=™'""''i> '''at  Power  which  the  Mind  has  of  detenni 

h  VA  ru'"'^''"'""""'^"'"'  "i"g*i^?=""^lI"^prfffiont,nvardsfuchObTeasasSe^^^^^ 

have  co,r,pl,cd  w,th  the  Orders  of  the  Emperor,  and  were    us  ;  and  fo  of  dirrfflno  n„r  „„„„.V  r  I- 

thereby  meltered  fro,,  any  further  MoleflLon  on  account    par'ticular  Things    wh^lnc"",*^-"::    t  "per^e"  Iftho' 

of  their  Rel,g,on.    Thefe  Certtficates  were  called  L.beUi,    all  natural  Inclinations  be  voluntrrv,  y«  therare  not  a?, 

whence  the  People  who  obtained  them  canne  to  be  deno-    free  ;  not.  we  „,ean,  with  a  Freedom  rf  Ll  ffere„ce 

''"":"'"-.r.9;''."''  P^;'":"!?'- Iy,'l;=  Ce»t«ri«.„    which  includes  a  Power  of  willing,  or  no?  wiUbgT  „"  of 

w,ll,ng  quite  the  contrary  to  that  which  our  natural  Incli- 


of  Ma;:debu'i-g,  are  of  Opinion,  that  the  VbeUntici  were 
only  fuch  as  fed  the  Magiftrates  with  Money,  to  skreen 
thei-n  frorn  Perfecution,  and  froi,,  being  obliged  to  re- 
nounce Chrillianiry.  M.  Ttllcmmit  retains  fomewhat  of 
each  Opinion  ;  he  thinks  the  LibelUtici  applying  them- 
felves  to  the  Magiftrates,  bought  oif  the  Sacrificing  and 
Abjuration,  and  obtained  Letters,  by  which  they  were 
declared  to  have  renounced  Chrifl,  and  facrificedto  Idols 
tho' in  effea  they  had  done  neither.  ' 

LIBERAL  ARTS,  in  oppofition  to  Mechanical  Jris 
are  fuch  as  depend  niore  on  the  Labour  of  the  Mind  than 
on  that  of  the  Hand  ;  that  confijf  more  in  the  Specula- 
tion than  the  Operation,  and  that  have  a  greater  Regard 
10  Amufement  and  Curiofity,  than  the  fervile  Mechanical 
Works:  Such  are  Grammar,  Rhetoric,  Painting,  Sculp- 
ture, Architeaure,  Mufic.  The  Liberal  Arts  ufed  for- 
merly to  be  fuinmed  up  in  the  following  Lasiii  Verfe. 


nations  lead  us  to  :  For  tho'  'tis  voluntarily  and  freely 
that  we  love  Good  in  general,  it  being  abfurd  to  fuppofc 
we  Ihould  love  any  thing  without  the  Will,  or  that  the 
Will  can  ever  be  cotiftrain'd  ;  yet  we  don't  love  freely 
(in  the  Senfe  juft  laid  down)  becaufe  'tis  not  in  the  power 
of  the  Will  not  to  defire  to  be  happy.  It  mufl  be  obfer- 
ved,  however,  that  the  Mind,  confidered  as  determined 
towards  Good  ,n  general,  cannot  divert  its  Motion  to  any 
particular  Good,  unlefs  the  fame  Mind,  confidered  as 
capable  of  Ideas,  have  feme  Knowledge  of  that  particular 
Good.  -That  IS,  ,n  pla,„er  Terms,  the  Will  is  a  blind 
Power  that  cannot  apply  itfelf  to  any  thing  but  what  th- 

V  f,',  h"l  '■■'^  '■7"''''""'  "  "•■  So  'hat  the  PoB'er  which 
the  W,ll  has  to  determine  its  ItnpreflJon  towards  general 
Good,  or  Its  natural  Inclinations,  varioufly,  confitts  in  the 
lower  It  has  to  command  the  Undcrflanding  to  reprefent 

foi„e 


LIB 


(4^1  ) 


LIB 


fome  particular  Good.  Thus,  a  Pcrfon,  for  inftancc,  re- 
prclcnts  hmc  Dignity  to  hlmfclf  as  a  Good  to  be  wi/h'd 
tor,  immediately  the  Will  dciires  this  Good;  that  is,  the 
imprcflion  which  the  Mind  continually  receives  towards 
Good  in  general,  determines  it  to  this  Dignity.  But  as 
that  Dignity  is  n()t  the  univerfal  Good,  nor  is  conceived, 
clearly  and  dillinci-ly  as  fuch  by  the  Mind,  (for  the  Mind 
cannot  conceive  a  tiling  clearly  which  is  not  5)  the  Im- 
preilion  we  have  towards  Good  in  general,  is  nut  entirely 
cjihaullcd  by  that  particular  Good  ;  the  Mind  has  an  In- 
clination to  go  further ;  it  does  not  love  that  Dignity  ne- 
cclVarily  or  invincibly,  and  in  this  rcfpcfl:  is  free.  Now 
its  i-//'C)-f^  confills  in  this,  that  not  bei[ig  fully  convinced 
that  this  Good  contains  in  it  all  the  Good  it  is  capable  of 
loving,  it  may  fufpcnd  its  Judgment  and  its  Love.  The 
Cafe  is  nearly  the  fame  with  regard  to  the  Knowledge  of 
Truth.  We  love  this  as  we  do  the  Enjoyment  of  Good, 
Iiy  a  natural  ImprefTion;  which  hnprcrfion  is  not  invinci- 
ble in  the  latter,  excepting  Evidence  be  full,  and  our 
Knowledge  nf  the  Objed  complcat :  \Vc  have  the  fame 
Liberty  in  our  falfe  Judgments,  that  we  have  in  our  irre- 
gular Appetites.    See  ^lid^ment.  Will,  Sic. 

Moft  of  the  Schoolmen  confound  Z'berty  and  the  Will 
together,  and  make  one  Definition  fcrve  for  'em  both. 
They  diilinguifii  Z'lheny  into  a  great  many  Kinds  ;  as  Li- 
berty of  Conirariery,  Comrarietati;  ■■,  which  is  a  Liherty  of 
doing  two  things  not  only  different,  but  contrary  to  each 
other.  Jj'beriy  of  Contradiftion,  is  a  Power  of  doing  a 
thing,  or  letting  it  alone.  Jefus  Chrifl:  had  not  the  Li- 
la' ty  tj^  Contrariety,  with  regard  to  Good  and  Evil,  for 
he  could  not  do  Evil  ;  but  he  bad  a  Liberty  of  Contradic- 
tion with  regard  to  Good.  Next  Liberty,  Troxima,  is  a 
full  abfolute  Freedom  of  doing  any  thing.  Liberty  re- 
mote, is  a  L  berty  that  comprehends  a  natural  Power, 
tho'  einbarrafs'd  with  Obftacies,  which  ic  is  in  its  power 
to  remove,  and  to  attain  to  a  7isxt  Liberty.  Thus  he  who 
has  not  aftual  Grace  nccelfary  for  the  fulfilling  of  his 
Duty,  but  has  yet  the  aftual  Grace  of  Prayer,  has  a  we.vf 
Liberty  with  regard  to  Prayer,  and  a  remote  Liberty  with 
regard  to  his  Duty. 

,  C/cm  defines  Z'ieMj  the  Power  of  living  after  a  Man's 
own  Defire,  without  any  Caufe  or  Impediment  to  oblige 
him  to  do  one  thing  rather  than  another.  The  Do£lrine 
of  Fcla^iu^j  with  regard  to  Liberty,  is  built  on  Philofo- 
phy,  which  does  not  allow  us  to  have  loft  our  original 
L'herty      doing  good. 

LIBERTY  OF  CONSCIENCE,  a  Right  or  Power  of 
making  Profcftton  of  any  Religion  that  a  Man  fees  fir. 
This  f^cms  to  be  a  natural  Right  j  it  is  vigoroufly  op- 
pofcd  by  tlic  Generality  of  the  Romanijis,  and  even  by 
many  of  the  Reformed,  tho'  it  feems  as  if  the  Reforma- 
tion could  fcarce  fubfilt  without  it. 

LIBRA,  [ialajtce,  one  of  the  twelve  Signs  of  the  Zo- 
diack,  exaiflly  oppofitc  to  Jries. 

LIBRA,  one  of  the  Mechanical  Powers.    See  i^-ilance. 

LIBRA,  the  anticnt  Roman  Pound,  borrowed  from 
the  Siciliajn^  who  called  it  Libra.  It  was  divided  into 
twelve  Uncia:,  or  Ounces,  equal  to  about  10  j;  Ounces 
of  our  Weight.  The  Divifions  of  their  Libra  were  the 
Uiicia  yT,  the  Sextans  j,  the  Qitadr.vis  ^"t  tbe  Trlens 
y,  the  Uuincimv.  five  Ounces,  the  Semis  fix,  the  Se^- 
tunx  feven,  the  iie?  eight,  the  Dodrcins  nine,  the  Destrans 
ten,  the  Veimx  eleven;  lafily,  the  weighed  twelve 
Ounces,  or  one  L'bra.  The  Roman  Libra  was  ufed  in 
France  for  the  Mcafurc  of  their  Coin  till  the  time  of 
Charlemagne,  orperhapsrill  that  of  Philip  I.  in  10^5.  their 
Solsbeing  fo  proportion'^d,  as  that  twenty  of  them  were 
equal  to  the  L'bra.  By  degrees  it  became  a  Term  of 
Account,  and  every  thing  of  the  Value  of  twenty  Sols 
was  called  a  Livrc.  See  Livre.  The  Ramans  had  alfo 
a  Coin  called  Libra,  equal  to  twenty  Denarii.  Sca- 
//i;er  will  have  it,  that  Libra  was  even  among  them  a 
Term  of  Account,   not  a  Coin.    See  Found. 

LIBRA  PENSA,  in  our  Law-Books,  is  a  Pound  of 
Money  in  Weight  :  it  being  ufual  in  former  Days  not  only 
to  tell  the  Money,  but  to  weigh  it;  in  regard  many  Ci- 
ties, Lords,  and  Bifliops  having  their  Mints,  coin'd  Mo- 
ney, and  often  very  bad  too  ;  for  which  reafon,  tho  the 
Pound  confided  of  20  Shillings,  they  always  weigh'd  it. 

LlBRARlI,  among  the  Antients,  were  properly  thofe 
who  tranfcribcd  in  beautiful,  or  at  leaft  legible  Charuflers, 
what  had  been  wrote  by  the  Notarii  in  Notes  and  Abbre- 
viatures. The  Word  was  alfo  ufed  for  Copills,  or  ihofe 
who  wrote  Books  for  the  Bookfcllers. 

LIBRARY,  an  Apartment  or  Place  deflined  for  the 
placing  of  Books  ;  or  the  Books  themfelves  lodg'd  in 
that  Apartment.  Some  Authors  refer  the  Origin  of  Li- 
braries to  the  Hebrew.',  and  obfcrve  that  the  Care  they 
took  for  the  Prefervation  of  their  Sacred  Books,  and  the 
Memory  of  what  conccrn'd  the  Actions  of  their  Anceftors, 
became  an  Example  to  many  other  Nations,  and  parti- 
cularly the  ^^j/mj;;^.    OJym:i}idrias  King  of  E;;.ypt  is  faid 


to  have  taken  the  hint  firfl,  and  had  a  Lihrary  built  in  hiS 
Palace,  with  this  Infcription  over  the  door,  'iru;^('ia.Ti!^3i'- 
Nor  were  the  Ftolcmys,  who  reign'd  in  the  fame  Country, 
lefs  curious  and  magnificent  in  Books.  The  Scripture 
fpeaks  of  a  Library  of  the  Kings  of  Perfia,  Iifdrus\.  15. 
VI.  I.  which  fome  imagine  to  have  confifted'of  the  Hi- 
florians  of  that  Nation,  and  of  Memoirs  of  the  Affairs  of 
the  State  3  but,  in  effect,  it  appears  rather  to  have  been 
a  Depofitory  of  Laws,  Charters,  and  Ordinances  of  the 
Kings.  The  Hebrew  Text  calls  it  the  r.onh  nf  Treafures, 
and  afterwards  the  Honje  of  the  Books  of  Tre.ifures.  We 
inay  with  more  juflicc  call  that  a  Library^  mention'd  in 
the  fecond  of  Efdras  to  have  been  built  by  Nehe>yii.tb,  and 
in  which  were  preferv'd  the  Books  of  the  Prophets  and 
of  David,  and  the  Letters  of  their  Kings. 

The  firft  who  erefled  a  Library  at  Jthe/is,  was  the  Ty- 
rant FiJiJiratHs ;  and  yet  Strabo  refers  the  Honour  of  it  tu 
y!riJ}otle.  That  of  Fifjiratits  was  tranfported  by  Xerxes 
into  Ferjia,  and  afterwards  brought  by  Sckitats  Nicanor  to 
Jthens.  Long  after,  it  was  plundered  by  Sylla,  and  re- 
cUabliJhed  by  Hadrian.  Flutarch  fays,  that  under  Eume- 
■nes  rhere  was  a  Library  at  Fer^amus  containing  aooocc 
Books.  Tarainiio}],  a  celebrated  Grammarian,  Cotempo- 
rary  with  Fomfey,  had  a  Library  of  3000  Volumes  :  That 

Ftolemy  Fhiladelphtti,  according  to  yitnmiafius  MarceUimis, 
contain'd  ycco,  all  in  Rolls,  burnt  by  Ofar'a  Soldiers. 
Coi:f{a}itine  and  his  Succeffors  erected  a  magnificent  one  at 
Cofjfiantntople,  which  in  the  eighth  Century  contain'd 
50COC0  Volumes,  all  burnt  by  order  of  Leo  Jfrnricus  j 
and  among  the  rcii,  one  wherein  the  lUad  and  Od\lfce 
were  written  in  Letters  of  Gold  on  the  Guts  of  a'iicr- 
pent. 

The  moft  celebrated  Libraries  of  antient  Rome  were  the 
Vlpiait  and  x\\t  Falatin,  They  alfo  boafl  much  of  the 
Libraries  Panlits  EmiliuSj  who  conquer'd  Ferfuis 'j  of  Lk- 
cilijts  LitculhiS,  of  j^jinius  Follio,  yP.ticus,  of  "^v-hus  Stvenis^ 
Domitian,  Serajiiis^  Fam^hyluSy  Martyr^  and  the  Emperors 
Gordian  and  Trajan. 

Anticntly  every  large  Church  had  \i&  Lihary  as  ap- 
pears by  the  Writings  of  Sr.  ^^''O"?,  .^Inqftafms,  and  other,'^. 
Pope  N/cWiiJ  laid  the  firft  Foundation  of  that  of  the  Fati- 
can  in  1450.  It  was  deftroy'd  by  the  Conliable  hourbon  in 
the  facking  of  Rome,  and  reftorcd  by  Pope  Sixths  V.  and 
has  been  confiderably  enrich 'd  with  the  Ruins  of  that  of 
Heidelberg,  plunder'd  by  Count  T/Z/y  in  \6zz. 

One  of  the  mofl  compleat  Libraries  in  Europe  is  faid  to 
be  that  created  at  Florence  by  Co/mo  de  Medicis  3  over  the 
Gate  whereof  IS  wrote.  Labor  abf^^-ie  Labore.  1  ho  it  is 
now  exceeded  by  that  of  the  French  King  ;  begun  by 
Fra7icisl.  augmented  by  Cardinal  Rfci/;eK,  and  complcat- 
cd  by  M.Colbert.  The  Emperor's  Library,  according  to 
Lambccms,  confifls  of  80C00  Volumes,  and  1 5540  Curious 
Medals. 

The  Bodleian  Library  at  Oxford,  built  on  the  Foundation 
of  that  of  Duke  Humphry,  exceeds  that  of  any  Univerfity 
in  Eitrope,  and  even  thofe  of  all  the  Sovereigns  of -£i!i-o^e, 
except  the  Emperor's  and  French  King's,  which  are  each 
of 'em  older  by  a  hundred  Years.  It  was  firft  open'd  in 
1602,  and  has  fince  found  a  great  number  of  Bcncfaiifors  ; 
particularly  S'ltRob.  Cotton,  Sir  H.  Savil,  Archbi/hop  Laud^ 
Sir  Kenelm  Di^^by,  Mr.  Jllen,  Dr.  Focock,  Mr.  Selden,  and 
others.  The  Vatican,  the  Mcdiccan,  that  of  hejjarioiii  at 
Venice,  and  thofe  jufl  mention'd,  exceed  the  Bodleiati  in 
Gree^  Manufcripts  ;  which  yet  outdoes 'em  all  in  Oriental 
Manufcripts.  As  to  printed  Books,  the  Jmbrojianat  Mlan^ 
and  that  of  U'olfenbmtel,  are  two  of  the  moil  famous,  and 
yet  both  inferior  to  the  y^Of/Zeii;;;.  The  Coftnw  Library  con- 
fifts  wholly  of  Manufcripts,  particularly  of  fuch  as  relate 
to  the  Hilliory  and  Antiquities  of  En\;land  ;  which,  as 
they  are  now  bound,  make  about  rcoo  Volumes. 

LIBRATA  TERR^,  a  Portion  of  Ground  containing 
4  Oxgangs,  and  every  Oxgang  15  Acres.  With  us  it  is 
fo  much  Land  as  is  yearly  worth  zo  s.  In  Henry  the  Illd's 
time,  he  that  ho.A  auindecim  Libratas  Terr<e,  was  to  receive 
the  Order  of  Knighthood. 

Some  fay,  that  as  Money  is  divided  into  Pounds,  Shil- 
lings, Pence,  and  Farthings,  the  fame  Degrees  ate  to  be 
obfervcd  in  the  Divifion  of  Lands;  and  therefore  as 
Quadrans  fignifies  a  Farthing,  fo  Qitadrajitata  is  the  fourth 
pan  of  an  Acre,  Oblata  an  half,  Denana  a  whole  Acre, 
Solhlita  12  Acres,  and  Librata  20  times  12  Acres,  i.  e.  240 
Acres. 

Spelman  compares  an  Acre  to  a  Mark  in  Money  ;  and  as 
In  one  there  are  160  Pence  in  Money,  fo  m  the  other  there 
are  idc  Perches  rf  Land. 

LIBRATION,  in  Aflronomy,  which  fome_ call  Tj-e//- 
d.nion,  an  apparent  Irreeularity  in  the  Motion  of  the 
Moon,  by  which  fhc  feems  to  librate  or  fliake  about  her 
own  Axis,  fometimes  from  the  Eaft  to  the  Weft,  and 
fometimes  from  the  Weft  to  the  Eaft  :  whence  fome 
Farts  in  her  Weftern  Limb  or  Margin  recede  from  the 
Centre  of  the  Disk,  and  fometimes  mo"ve  towards  it. 

Some 


Lie          C  4S'i  )  .  LIE 

iSV)me  of  thofe  Parts  which  were  before  vifible,  fet  and  By  Liege  T:Io>Kage  ihe  VafiTal  was  obliged  to  ferve  hib 

hide  themfelves  in  the  invifible  fide  of  the  Moon,  and  Lord  towards  all,  and  againll  all,  excepting  his  Father, 

afterwards  become  again  confpicuous.    This  Libration  of  In  which  fcnfe,  the  Word  was  ufed  in  oppofition  to  fimple 

the  IMoon  is  owing  to  her  equable  Rotation  round  her  own  Honm^e  i  which   bll  only  obliged  the  Vaffal  to  pay  the 

Axisi  and  her  unequal  Motion  in  the  Perimeter  of  her  Rights  and  accuftomed  Dues  to  his  Lord,  and  nut  to  bear 

Orbit.    For  if  the  Moon  moved  in  a  Circle,  whofe  Centre  Arms  againll  the  Emperor,   Prince,  or   other  Superior 

co-incided  with  the  Centre  of  the  Earth,  and  turn'd  round  Lord  :  So  that  a  Liege  Man  was  a  Perfon  wholly  devoted 

its  Axis  in  the  preeife  Time  of  its  Period  round  the  Earth  ;  to  his  Lord,  and  intircly  under  his  Command, 

the  Plane  of  the  fame  Lunar  Meridian  would  always  pafs  However,  as  the  Word  Lie^i^e  is  varioufly  ufed  by  Au- 

thro  the  Earth,  and  the  fame  Face  of  the  Moon  would  thors,  it  muft  be  obferved  that  there  were  formerly  two 

be  conltantly  and  exadtly  turn'd  towards  us.    But  fince  liinds  of  Lie^e  homage  :  the  one  by  which  the  VafTal  was 

the  real  Motion  of  the  Moon  is  an  EUipfis,  in  whofe  Fo-  obliged  to  fcrve  his'Lord,  againd  all  wirhout  exception, 

cus  is  the  Earth,  and  the  Motion  of  the  Moon  about  the  even  his  Sovereign  ^  the  other,  by  which  he  was  to  fervc 

Earth  is  equable  i  or,  which  is  the  fame  thing,  every  him  againft  all,  except  fuch  other  Lords  as  he  had  for- 

Meridian  of  the  Moon  by  the  Rotation  defcribes  Angles  merly  owed  Liege  Homage  to. 

proportional  to  the  Times  :  the  Plane  of  no  one  Meridian  In  our  old  Statutes,  Lieges  and  Liege  Feoph  are  Terms 

will  conOanrly  pafs  thro  the  Earth.  peculiarly  appropriated  to  the  King's  Subjcdts,  as  being 

LIBRATiON   OF  THE   EARTH,    that    Motion,  /-'^^ej,            or  obliged  to  pay  Allegiance  to  him,  8  ii'ew* 

v/hereby  the  Earth  is  fo  retain 'd  in  its  Orbit,  as  that  its  6.  i4Hew.  S,  &Ci    1  ho  private  Ferfons  had  their  Lie^e* 

Axis  continues  conftantly  parallel   to    the  Axis  of  the    too  Rehmidus  Dei  gyatia  yibbas  Raitiuji.i-^  fr^^pofiio  ^  ho- 

World.  This,  Copernicus  calls  the  Motion  of  Libration  j  mir-ihiis  dc  Byaticejire,  cmnibus  i^iciJiis  L')-a7iL-'S  ^  yiiigjis,  Sa- 
and  may  be  illullrared  thus:  Suppofe  a  Globe,  with  its  haem.  Sciatis  me  dediffe  terramV/fe,  in  Dcpedeiie  (hodie  De- 
Axis  parallel  to  that  of  the  Earth,  painted  on  the  Flag  of  fedalt)  huic  Bofelino  ££;  L^rori  ejus  Jlfni^-  ea  Conditiojii 

aMalt,  moveable  on  its  Axis,  and  conilantly  driven  by  ^itod  ejfetli  Jint  homines  l_,iges.  Lib.Rames. 

anEaft  Wind,  while  it  fails  round  an  llland,  'tis  evident  Omiiibits,  i^c.  Reginaldus  Rex  bifularitni,  Sadutcm.  Sciatis 

the  painted  Globe  will  be  fo  librated,  as  thatitsAxis  will  quod  dti£7ii  homo  IJigtus  Domim  Regis  ^ngH-c '3  oh.ninis-,  contra 

be  parallel  to  that  of  the  World  in  every  Situation  of  the  omties Mortales  quamditivixero^  ^  inde  ei  fiddiunem  IS /.icya- 

Ship.  mentitm  frcefliti^  ^c.    M  S  fefies  W.  Dugdalc. 

LICENCE,  a  Fermiflion  or  Leave  granted  by  a  Supe-  LIEN TERY,  in  Phyfic,  a  kind  of  Loofenefs  wherein 

tier.    ^nJtiniaH  appointed  four  "Years  to  be  fpcnt  in  the  the  Food  paffes  fo  fuddenly  thro  the  Stomach  and  Guts, 

Study  of  the  Law  j  after  which,  thofe  who  had  difchargcd  as  to  be  thrown  out  by  Stool  with  little  or  no  Altcrati(jn. 

this  Obligation,  were  faid  to  have  Licence,  or  Permiffton,  The  Licntery  is  owing  cither  to  a  DefeiSl  in  the  Ferment 

to  retire  Vrom  Study.    And  hence  the  Word  comes  to  be  of  the  Stomach,  or  to  a  Relaxation  of  the  Pylorus,  at- 

ufed  in  this  fcnfe  among  us.  tended  with   fo  brisk  an  Irritation  of  the  Fibres  of  the 

Licence  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Letters  or  Certificates  taken  Ventricle,  that  inilcad  of  retaining  the  Aliment  it  lets  ic 

our  in  the  Univerlities,  whether  in  Law,  Phyfic,  or  Divi-  pafs.    Excefs  of  Drinking  fometimcs  occafions  this  Dif- 

tiity.    Licence  in  tlie  Sorbotme  is   a  Period  of  two  Years,  eafe,  by  relaxing  the  Stomach,  and  efpccially  the  Pylo- 

which  the  Batchelors  are  obliged  to  pafs  in  affiliing  at  rus,  too  immoderately.    The  Antients  were  of  opinion  the 

Acts,  and  difputing  in  'em,  to  qualify  themfelves  for  be-  Lientery  was  owing  to  the  too  great  Smoothnefs  and  Slip- 

ing  admitted  Dodtors,  perincfs  of  the  Infide  of  the  Inteltines,  by  which  they  let 

LICENCES,  in  Fainting,  are  the  Liberties  which  the  the  Food  Hip  off  before  it  was  digelied  ;  and  hence  ihey 

Painter  takes  in  difpenfmg  with  the  Rules  of  Perfpeiiive,  gave  ir  this  Name,  which  is  formed  from  J^S&j  /o/ij^jed, 

and  the  other  Laws  of  his  Art.  and  '=v%^_av,  bite/iine. 

Poetical  Licence  is  the  Liberty  which  Poets  claim  of  dif-  LIE  UNDER  THE  SEA:  The  Sailois  fay,  a  Ship 

penfing  with  the  ordinary  Rules  of  Grammar  ;  and  antiently  lies  under  the  Sea,  when  her  Helm  being  made  ialt  a-L_e, 

the  Poets  had  much  greater  L/cckccj  than  are  now  allow'd.  /he  lies  fo  a-HulI,  that  the  Sea  breads  u^on  her  Eow,  or 

ThQ  Greeks,  by  having  recourfe  to  the  feveral  DiateiSts  of  Broad-fide. 

their  Tongue,  could  lengthen  out  a  Word  if  it  were  too  LIEUTENANT,  a  Deputy  or  Officer  who  holds  the 

fhort,  or  retrench  fomcthing  from  it  if  it  were  too  long,  place  of  a  Superior,  and  difcharges  that  Funth'on  in  his 

The  old  Poets  did  what  they  pleas'd  with  their  Language,  abfence,  v  hich  he  ought  to  exercife  in  perfon,    Ot  thefe 

and  fubjefled  it  not  only  to  all  their  Ncceffuics,  but  their  fome  are  Civil,  as  Lordi  Lieutenants  of  Kingdoms,  who 

Caprices  too.  are  the  Ring's  Viceroys,  and  govern  in   his  iiead  j  Lords 

Et  dam  Romam!  venia  ell  i„dli«a  Poern.  LictMiof  CouMies,  fee  Cmuj.    But  the  Term  is  molt 

popular  with  Military  Men,  among  whom  there  js  a  Va- 

But  thefe  became  ridiculous  in  courfe  of  Time  ;  and  the  n<^ty  of  Lieutenants.  As, 

poets  are  now  defpoil'd  of  imolt  of  their  antient  Privi-  Lkiitenant-Gen>'.Tal,  the  fecond  Officer  in  an  Army,  who 

]eoes.  commands  a  Body  of  Forces,  a  Detathmenr,  Quarter- 

'LICENCE  TO  ARISE,  in  Law,  is  a  Liberty  or  Space  Attack,  £>c,  under  the  General, 

of  Time  given  by  the  Court  to  a  Tenant,  toari/eoutof  \v\  Trance  they  have  alfo  Lieutenams-Gcneral  of  their 

his  Bed,  who  is  eflToin'd  dc  Malo  Letli  in  a  real  Aflion.  Naval  Forces,  who  coinraand  immediately  under  the  Ad- 

LICENTIATE,  he  who  has  obrain'd  the  Degree  of  a  mirals. 

Licence.    MoH  of  the  Officers  of  Judicature  in  Sfam  arc  In  Holland  xhcy  have  ^  Lientenaiit-JdmiraJ^  which  is  the 

known  by  no  other  Name  than  that  of  Licentiates.  To  pafs  fame  with  what  we  call  a  Vice- Admiral. 

Licentiate  in  the  Canon  Law,  Civil  Law,  or  Phyfic,  they  Lieutenant-General  of  the  Ordname,  is  he  who  has  the 

mult  have  iludicd  feven  Years,  in  Divinity  ten.    A  Licen-  Charge  of  the  Artillery,  Batteries,  iSc.  under  the  Maller- 

tiate  among  us  is  ufually  underflood  of  a  Phyficlan  who  General,  or  in  his  abfence. 

has  a  Licence  to  praftife,  granted  him  by  the  College  or  Lieutenant-Colonel,  in  a  Body  of  Horfc,  is  the  firfl:  Cap- 

Bifiiop  of  the  Diocefe.    A  Perfon  praClifmg  Phyfic  with-  tain  of  the  Regiment;  he  commands  in  the  abfence  at 

out  fuch  Licence,  in  cafe  his  Patient  dies  under  his  hands,  the  Colonel,  taking  place  of  all  the  other  Captains, 

is  guilty  of  Felony  in  the  eye  of  the  Law.  Lieutenant-Colojiel  of  Font ,  is  the  fecond  Officer  in  the 

LICHEN,  a  cutaneous  Diflempcr,  in  many  refpecls  Regiment ;  he  commands  in  the  abfence  of  the  Colonel, 

the  fame  with  a  Leprofy  ;  for  which,  a  Mofs  of  the  fame  and  in  a  Battel  takes  port  at  his  Colonel's  Left.    The  Dra- 

name  is  faid  to  be  an  extraordinary  Remedy  :  but  this  goons  have  alfo  a  Ltetitena'nt-Cohnel  i  but  the  Horfe  have 

the  prefent  Pra<5licc  feldom  meets  with.  r.or,  properly,  any. 

LIEGE,  properly  fignifies  a  VafTa!  who  holds  a  kind  LIFE,  the  Duration  of  Animal  Being,  or  the  Space  of 

of  Fee,  that  binds  hini  in  a  clofer  Obligation  to  his  Lord  Time  that  paffes  between  their  Birth  and  Death.    Life  Is 

than  other  People.    The  Term  feems  to  be  derived  from  alfo  ufed  for  the  Conrtitution  ;  or  the  Principle  of  Heat 

the  French  lier,  to  bind  ;  in  regard  of  a  Ceremony  ufed  in  and  Motion  that  animates  Bodies,  and  makes  'em  Per- 

rendering  Faith  or  Homage,  Vhich  was  by  locking  the  ceive,  Afi,  and  Grow  ;  in  which  fenfe,  Life  k  divided 

VafTal's  Thumb  or  his  Hand  in  that  of  the  Lord,  to'/hew  into  Animal,  Senfitive,  and  Vegetative.    Life,  in  a  llridiy 

that  he  was  fart  bound  by  his  Oath  of  Fidelity.    Cujas,  phyfical  fenfe,  is  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood. 

Viziner,  and  Bignon  chufc  rather  to  derive  the  Word  from  My  Lord  liacon  makes  the  Prolongation  of  Lfs  one  of 

the  farne  Source  with  kudis  or  lendi,  loyal,  faithful.    But  the  three  Branches  of  Medicine  ;  the  other  two  relating  to 

D«  Cajfpc  falls  in  with  the  Opinion  of  thofe  who  derive  it  the  Prefervatlon  of  Health,  and  the  Cure  of  Difeafes. 

from  Litis  i  a  kind  of  VafQils  fo  firmly  attach'd  to  their  And  the  Theory  of  this  he  numbers  among  the  Defderata. 

Lord  on  account  of  Lands  or  Fees  held  of  him,  that  Some  Means  or  Indications  that  feem  to  lead  to  it,  he  lays 

they  were  obliged  to  do  him  all  manner  of  Service,  as  if  down  as  follows. 

they  were  his  ^Domeftics.    He  adds,  this  was  formerly  Things  are  preferved  in  two  manners  ;  either  in  their 

call'd  Lithium  Ser-vitium,  and  the  Perfon  Litge.    In  this  Identity,  or  by  Reparation.    In  their  Identity,-  as  a  Fly  or 

fenfe  the  Word  is  ufed  Leg.  Edw.  cap.  zy.  ^ur.fub  Tutela  Ant  in  Amber,  a  Flower  or  Fruit  or  Wood  in  a  Conferva- 

Re^is  Ligea  ddi:at  ejje  j   that  is,  wholly  under  his  Pro-  tory  of  Snow  ;  a  dead  Carcafs  in  Balfams.     By  Repara- 

tedion.  lion,  as  a  Flame,  and  as  Mechanical  Engines,  l^c.  To 


LIF 


(  4^3  ) 


LIG 


attain  to  the  Prolongation  of  L,fe,  both  thefe  Methotls  Diaphragm,  penetrating  into  the  Subflance  of  the  IJver, 
„ull  be  ufed,  and?he  Human  Body  mufl:  be  preferved  to  hold  it  the  ,i>ore  Krm  y  i  the  atter  ,s  lat-gcr  b- 
both  as  Inanimates,  as  Flame,  and  as  iMechanicaUnltru- 


ments  are  preferved.  Hence  arife  three  Intentions  for 
the  Prolongation  of  Lr/e  :  Retardation  of  Confumptinn, 
proper  Reparation,  and  Renovation  of  what  begins  to 
grow  old.  Confumption  isoccafion'd  by  two  kinds  of  De- 
predation h  a  Depredation  of  the  Innate  Spirit,  and  a  De- 
predation of  the  Ainbient  Air.  Thcfe  may  be  each  pre- 
vented two  wciys  ;  either  by  rendering  thofe  Agents  lefs 
predatory,  or  by  rendering  the  paffive  Parts  {ytz.  the 
Juices  of  the  Body)  lefs  liable  to  be  prey'd  on.  The 
Spirit  will  be  rcnder'd  lefs  predatory,  if  either  its  Sub- 
ftance  be  condenfcd,  as  by  the  TJfc  of  Opiates,  Gnef, 
^c.  or  its  Quantity  dimini/lied,  as  in  fpare  and  mo- 
naftic  Diets  j  or  its  Motion  calm'd,  as  in  Idlene.s  and 
Tranquillity.  The  Ambient  Air  becomes  lefs  predatory, 
if  it  be  either  lefs  heated  by  the  Rays  of  the  Sun,^  as  m 
cold  Climates,  in  Caves,  Mountains,  and  Anchorites  Cells  ; 
or  be  kept  off  from  the  Body,  as  by  a  denle  Skin,  the 
Feathers  of  Birds,  and  the  Ufe  of  Oil  and  Unguents 
without  Aromatics.  The  Juices  of  the  Body  are  rendered 
lefs  liable  to  be  prey'd  on,  either  by  making  them  harder, 


more  lax,  it  comes  from  the  external  Coat  ot  the  Liver, 
and  is  faitened  to  the  Cartilage  Xlphoidcs.  Some  add  a 
third,  which  is  formed  out  of  the  Umbilical  Veflels, 
which  in  Adults  dry  up  and  become  a  Ligamem.  There 
are  two  L%ament5  belonging  to  the  Tongue,  one  that  fa- 
llens it  by  its  Root  to  the  Os  Bynidcs^  and  another  larger, 
inferred  into  the  middle  and  inferior  Part  ■■,  this  laft  is 
called.  The  Bridle  of  the  Tongue.  There  are  alfo 
wf«Jj  belonging  to  the  Spleen.  The  Fenij  has  a  llrong 
Ligameiit^  cali'd  Sufpejijorium  Feni^t  from  its  Office  in 
holding  up  the  Tejuno  the  Ofpi  Pubis  j  it  arifcsfrom  the 
Foreparts  of  thofe  Bones,  and  is  fal-lcned  to  the  upper 
Part  uf  the  Corpora  Ca-uer?iofa  Fe?iis  j  it  has  another  Li^U' 
mejtt,  which  taflens  the  Prepuce  to  the  Glans.  The 
Uterus  has  four  Ligaitiems^  two  of  them  called  broad,  and 
two  round  from  their  Figure  5  the  broad  L'vi,ame}n^  are 
membranous,  and  arife  from  the  Proveffm  of  the  Perito- 
naeum, and  are  fattened  to  the  lateral  Parts  of  t\\t  Ytmdin 
or  Bottom  of  the  Vierus,  and  ferve  to  prevent  the  Fundus 
from  falling  down  upon  the  Neck,  as  it  fometimes  hap- 
pens when  thefe  Liji^aments  are  too  much  relaxed.  The 


or  more  moift  and  oily.    Harder,' as  by  a  coarfe  iharp  round  Z'g«"5e«tj  arife  from  the  Sides  of  the  Womb,  at 

Diet  livins  in  the  Cold,  robuft  Exercifes,  and  fome  Mi-  the  place  where  the  Tuh^  Falhpan^  are  joined  to  it.  At 

nerai  Baths.    Moifter,  as  in  the  Ufe  of  fweet  Foods,  ^c.  their  flrft  Rife  they  are  broad,  but,   by  degrees    as  they 

in  abftainins  from  Salts  and  Acids,  and  efpecially  in  fuch  recede  farther  from  the  Womb,  j^row  round  and  fmoorii  j 

a  Mixture  of  Drink,  as  confifts  wholly  of  fine  fubtile  and  as  the  fpeaiianc^Veffels  do  in  Men,  pais  betwixt^the 

Particles  without  any  Acrimony  or  Acidity.    Reparation  is  ^    '    -  -      ■'^    ~"-  -  --  -  ■'^  -  -  " 


performed  by  means  of  Aliment.  Alimentation  is  pro- 
moted four  ways:  By  the  Concoflion  of  xho  Fijcera,  {a 
as  to  extrude  the  Aliment ;  by  exciting  the  exterior 
Parts  to  the  Attraction  of  the  Aliment,  as  in  proper  Exer- 
cifes  and  Frications,  and  fome  Un£lions  and  Baths  j  by 
the 


Duplicature  of  the  Pm"roKrf«JK,  and  fo  out  of  t]\e  ythdo- 
men  thro'  the  Foramina  of  the  oblique  and  tranfvcrfe  Muf- 
clesof  thcy/bdomen,  and  running  obliquely  on  the  Os  Fic- 
his,  terminate  under  the  Fat  near  the  Cliioris.  By  the 
Paffages  o{th<iCcI.igiiments,  Women,  and  Girls  efpecially, 
are  expofed  to  inguinal  Ruptures,  as  Men  are  by  the 


Preparation  of  the  Food  it  felf,  fo  as  it  may  more  Pafiages  of  the  fpermatic  VelTels.  The  Subllance  of  the 
,  Itf^lf  ^v,H  in  fMirif^  mp.nfiire  anticioate  the    broad  Ligaments  is  membranous,  loofc,  and  fotr,  whence 


broad  Ligamejits  is  memD 

fome  have  compared  them  to  the  Wings  of  a  Batt, 
and  called  them  yllie  Fefpertilionum.  The  round  Liga- 
ments are  of  a  firmer  Texture,  and  confift  of  a  dou  - 
ble  Membrane,  wrapping  up  in  it  Veins,  Arteries,  Nerves, 
and  Lympho^dufls,  and  both  thefe  and  the  former  have 
been  fometimes  taken  for  Mufcles.  By  thefe  Ligaments: 
the  Uterus  is  kept  fo  tight,  that  no  Violence  of  internal 
Flatus  or  Humours  can  raife  it  above  its  Place. 
LIGAMENTUM  ANNULARE.  See  jVriJl. 
LIGAMENTUM  CILIARE.  See  GW  Ligamert^ 
turn. 

LIGAMENTUM  LATUM,  and  ROTUNDUM. 
See  Generation,   Farts  of ,  prefer  to  Women. 

LIGATURE,  in  Chirurgery,  a  Bandage  or  Fillet  of 
Cloth  or  Linnen,  ferving  to  bindtheArm,  and  facilitate 
the  Operation  of  bleeding.  Z'^-if'fre  is  alfo  the  Art  and 
Manner  of  difpoling  and  applying  Bandages  for  ttie  do- 
ling of  Wounds,  and  performing  many  of  the  Operations 
of  Chirurgery.  There  are  various  kinds  of  Ligatures. 
Some  Authors  reckon  them  upwards  of  five  hundred. 

 ^         Ligature,  among  the  myfilc  Divines,  fignifies  a  total 

Pa'rt  to  another,  ^in  which  Senfe ''the  Antients  ufed  the  Sufp'enfion  of  the  fuperior  Faculties  or  intelleaual  Powers 
"Word  for  Membranes,  Skin,  Flefl:,  Veins,  and  Arteries,  of  the  Soul.  They  pretend  that  when  the  Soul  is  ar- 
as  being  common  Ligaments.  But  in  its  more  proper  Sig-  rived  at  a  perfcft  Contemplation,  /lie  remams  deprived 
nification,  i.ig«me»r  is  a  white,  tough,  folid  inflexible  of  all  her  Operations,  and  ceafes  to  aft,  in  order  to  be 
Body,  inclofing  and  keeping  together  the  Jonflures  of  the  more  ready  and  prepared  to  receive^  the  Impulfc  and 
Body.  It  has  no  confpicuous  Cavities,  nor  has  it  any  Communications  of  Divine  Grace.  This  paflive  State 
Senfe  ;  left  it  fhould  fuffer  on  the  moving  of  the  Bones,    of  thefe  contemplative  People  they  call  their  Ligature. 


:afily  infinuate  it  felf,  and  in  fome  meafure  anticipate  the 
Digefiion,  as  in  various  Ways  of  dreffing  Meats,  mixing 
Drinks,  fermenting  Breads,  and  reducing  the  Virtues  of 
thefe  three  into  one  ;  by  promoting  the  Ait  of  Aifunila- 
tion  it  felf,  as  in  feafonable  Sleep,  fome  external  Appli- 
cations, l^c.  The  Renovation  of  what  begins  to  grow  old, 
is  performed  two  ways,  by  the  Inteneratlon  of  the  Habit 
of  the  Body,  as  in  the  Ufe  of  Emollients,  Emplaftcrs, 
Unftlons,  of  fuch  a  nature,  as  do  not  cxtrad,  but 
imprefs  j  or  by  purging  off  the  old  Juices,  and  iubfti- 
tuting  frefh  ones,  as  in  Seafonable  Evacuations,  Atte- 
nuating Diets,  ^c. 

The  fame  Author  adds  thefe  three  Axioms  :  That  the 
Prolongation  of  I.{/e  is  to  be  expected  rather  from  fome 
ftated  Diets,  than  either  from  any  ordinary  Regimen, 
or  any  extraordinary  Medicines  h  more  from  operating 
on  the  Spirits,  and  mollifying  of  the  Parts,  than  from 
the  Manners  of  feeding  :  and  this  mollifying  of  the 
Parts  without,  be  performed  by  Confubftantials,  Impri- 
ments,  and  Qccludents.    See  Longevity. 

LIGAMENT,  a  Term  in  Anatomy.  In  its  general 
Signification,  Ligament  is  any  thing  that  ties  or  binds  one 


and  is  very  different  according  to  the  different  Parts  where 
it  is  found.  It  is  harder  than  a  Membrane,  yet  fofier 
than  a  Cartilage  i  its  principal  Ufe  is  to  gird  and 
ftrcngthcn  the  Jon£J:ures,  to  prevent  the  Dillocation  of 
the  Bones,  and  even  to  fafien  them  together  when  they 


Ligature  is  alfu  ufed  to  fignify  a  kind  of  Bandage  or 
Fillet,  tied  round  the  Neck,  Arm,  Leg,  or  other  Part  of 
the  Bodies  of  Men  or  Eeafts,  to  divert  or  drive  off  lome 
Difeafe,  Accident,  i^c. 

Kempfer  tells  us  of  an  uncomiriOn  kind  of  Ligature  in 


have  no  Articulation.      It  alfo    ferves  as    a  Covering  ufe  among  the  People  o£  Maca/jar,  "Java^  Ualaja,  Siam, 

to  the  Tendons,  to  fcparate  them  from  the  Mufcles,  &c.    By  this  Charm,  or  Spell,  a  Man  binds  up  a  Wo- 

and  to  hold  up  thefufpended  Entrails,  left  their  Weight  man,  and  a  Woman  a  Man,  fo  as  to  put  it  out  of  their 

/hould  throw  them  down  ;  fuch  are  the  Ligaments  of  the  power  to  have  to  do  with  any  other  Perfon  ;  the  Man  be- 

Llver,  the  Bladder,   and  Matrix.    They  are  of  different  ing  thereby  rendered  impotentto  any  other  Woman,  and 

Subflances,  fome  hard,   others  foft,  membranous,  ner-  all  other  Men  impotent  to  the  Woman.    Some  of  their 

vous,  and  cartilaginous;  as  alfo  of  different  Figures  and  Pliilofophers  pretend,  that  this  Z'^at«i-e  may  be  effected 

Situations;  Some  arife  from  Bones,  others  from  Cartlla-  by  the  lliutting  of  a  Lock,  the  drawing  of  a  Knot,  the 


ges,  and  others  from  Membranes.  The  Ligament  is  the 
molf  Terreftrial  of  all  the  Parts  of  the  Body  after  the 
Bone  and  Cartilage,  being  cold,  dry,  hard,  and  infenfi- 
ble  like  them. 

In  particular,   the  feveral  Ligaments  of  the  Body  are 


fficking  of  a  Knife  in  the  Wall  at  the  Point  of  Time 
wherein  the  Prleft  is  joining  a  Couple  together,  and  that 
a  Z'gatnre  thus  effeiled  may  be  dlffolved  by  the  Spoufe's 
urining  through  a  Ring.  This  Piece  of  Superftition  is 
faid  to  obtain  alfo  amongfi  the  Chriftians  of  the  Fafi, 


the  cartilaginous  if,?«'ne«t5,  which  bind  the  four  Bones  of   The  fame  Author  tells  us,  that  during  the  Ceremony  of 


the  Metacarpus  with  the  Carpus.  The  Ligaments  of  the 
Spine  are  very  ftrong,  being  fitted  to  the  Articulations 
of  the  Vertebrce,  to  prevent  their  Luxations  in  violent 
Motions.  They  are  of  two  kinds,  the  one  thick  and  fi- 
brouf,  in  form  of  a  Crefcent,  which  bind  them  both  at 
top  and  bottom  ;   and  the  others  membranous,  ferving 


Marriage  m  Rufa,  he  obferved  an  old  Fellow  lurking 
behind  the  Church-Door,  and  mumbling  over  a  Heap 
of  Words,  and  at  the  fame  time  cutting  a  long  Rod 
which  he  held  under  his  Arm  into  pieces;  which,  it 
feems,  is  a  common  Praflice  at  the  Marriages  of  great 
Perfons,  and  done  with  Defign  to  elude  and  counter- 


toYallen  them  the  more  fecurely.    The  L'gaments  of  the    work  any  other  ferfon  that  might  potTibly  be  Inducing 
Liver  are  two  in  Number,  the  firft,    which  is  the  chief,    the  L'gamre. 
called  Ligamemum  Sifpejiforium,  holds  it  fufpended  to  the 

Z  It  2  zz  Th5 


LIG 


(  4^4  ) 


L  I  G 


The  Secret  of  inducing  a  i'iit«i-e  is  delivered  by  the  r  /,,  .k     r  , 

lameAuthor,ashewastiughtiton  the  Spot  by  one  of  their  T^^ii  "   ,;  they  lay,  confilis  in  ^  certain  Motion  of 

Adepts  ;  which  being  a  Curiofuy,  we  fhall  not  fcruple  to  'niblS  ,„            '  '""""""^  »'"iy,    whereby  they  arc 

^dd  :  F,.sl!^  Amaji..m,  -ud  C»„;,„                  X,^«„.r„,  ab-  ^e  P Jr''°r            "^'>'  ''"^                          lodged  ,„ 

SUTietaCmcM,tmAH„,  Friafum,  M„f,o  ,„  Semmn  p,a„-  °'  "anfparent  Bodies,  and  lecunJary  or  derived 

turn  f«teft  exafkt.    Hk  frclc  oomokuim  fib  l,mme  Domm  tuVj^.l  ,T  r°  "^"'i"".  °'  an  Inclination  of  that 

/.«  m  -lerram  Jepelmt.    Ibi  j„amA  Jefulum  ,-d,q„erit,  mm-  "„",J,  "/^'^ede  from  the  Centre  of  the  luminous  Body 

<ii«  emshajla  hi  milUm  frmr^uam  fiii  (^fafimami!)   Sem-  f  =  L 

tmmobeiia,       friusab  Hoc  Nex^  nm  lAembhm  quam  ex  explains  the  Nature  of  Livfo  from 

da^Jho  Imhus  hberemr  Iffin,  ii„te,»„.    rke  ve,fa,  hr  Lell}  t  ^PPoled  Analogy  between  it  and  Sound  ;  the  latter 

S,c,am  L,^ati,ni,  menflr„al,m  ab  co  Unteum  combimto  ;  ex  ,he  i„r   rM  'l,P"'''":'-'d  h  the  fhaking  or  Vibrations  of 

c,„e,;h„  cm„  prcfnaUrlna  fibuBh,  efforma,, F,gm-an,  PA-  "f        ^t""       *e  fonorous  Body,  which  Vibra- 

t'r-'''  fiCmere!la,ncuU  fngenj^non  f.ffclante.fJem  fih-  throu'shVr^l,     i^r  T', "                        if  they  run 

,^.t,  cm  Fane          pam  recem  fe,-Jixeri,.    FormLm  in  .^"r''^               '''^  ''""'^  Circle,  are  ftS 

Uonem  emu  exficm,,,  ficcamq.e  cjjerva,.  Loco  f,cc«,  ne  H„.  „  „  d  ff       °           ^"'^         Sounds  produced 

more,  cmtrahat.    Quamdi,,  Jic  firvm,  om»e,  Area!  dum  If  Tl,^  I                                Degree  of  Strength ; 

ad  Scfum  S,d^  coUm^-ermt,  momemo  comabefcem  :  Ipfe  f         ■  "        "  "  g''=«"  Number  of  Vibrations,  ii?,he 

vera  B™i»,«—  „br,.„an,  h,mc  fi„„„  frhu  iamellak  inTclo^  'w^                             ™  ^'""'^er,  thefe  be 

•juamdmfa  m„,el„,  tamdm  fiffenf,  „exu  FriaP,,,  iffi  pa-  c°=nj                      °f  ^  different  kind:   i„d  thus  their 

fl    "^' '3"'^'' Vibrations  forming  the  acute  and  ^1,° 
M.M.r/,;  mentions  another  Form  ofiig^i.r.  which    u,h  t^fT  1"=  i^PPoCes  it  ti  be  with 

he  received  from  a  Bramine  ^tMjian:   '  If,   /i„  he     3  j".';-  P""  "f  a  luminous  Eodv  are 

•  the  little  VVorm  in  the  Wood  Ladara  Kara  hj L  in'-     "onfilnl"^"*  '"^T"'  i"^'"^'  "^^  '"^  I"-"''  Shake  is 
to  two,  and  the  one  Part  ffirs,  and  theothernot  ;  if  the    ZncuTlT"''^'fl''^^'^'^''^'^''  Matter  between  the  1.^- 
'  llirring  Part  be  broiled  and  given  with  half  a  Beetle  to    fZ     A^  tK^'",^?''  <=^^i'«  Vibrations  of  Pref- 

a  Man,  and  the  other  half  to  a  Woman,  the  Charm  will    „°":,  Y'^'"'™'       more  great,   the  Body  ap- 

keep  each  from  ever  having  to  do  with  any  other  Per-       J  Z  R  d    ™"/  'u  "'^  "''»•'•■  q"i=k  more 

'  fon.'    FhlofrfhUalTranfaBmis,  N,„„b.'.6S  . "'J:  l^My     of  this  or  that  Colour. 

Z-g.«»r«,  among  Printers,  are  Types  confining  of  two    ly  difiard  ^TV  ''''  u  °"  '""ever,  i,  now  deferved- 

Letters,  or  Charafters  which  ferve  to  connefl  two  Letters  NeZTatt'  i  r ^wi'  ^ifcoveries  made  by  Sir  Ifaac 
together,  as  /,/,,/,.  The  old  Editions  of  the  Greek  Au-  th<^  " V  """''"f"'  Pha;nomenon.  The  friLr,  Lbt 
thors  are  extremely  full  of  iigat.r.,;  rheZ,;«„mof  S<e-    tion  of  ,L  P  J,' 7"  -wholly  -n  a'^certam  Mo- 

fhem  are  by  much  the^  moll  beautiful.  Some  Editions  have    p  °  p°i       fifl  v'"  l'''^  '""'^  B°<ly.  whereby  they  don't 
been  lately  printed  without  any  U^aturc.  at  all,  and  there    EX  Poretof  t'ranf     ""p"5f  "'"'-''^  "  'he 
tyas  a  Deiign  to  explode  them  quite  out  of  Printing.   Had    ir-nTnn,!  °r  I,   ""'P"™'  Bod'",  but  throw  off,  from  the 
the  finefl^antient  Editions  would  in  time    LTeverv  wavt^-Zr,:?lll"^'^_?","'l«  ^^^^^  -«emit- 

^msed 
thefe 


..-u  ,u  t^xpiuuc  iiicm  tjuiteout  ot  I'rintinE 

this  fucceeded    the  fineft  antiem  Editions  would  in  time  mri:,7Z:.7:i-r!-'^^^^^ 

have  grown  ufelefs,  and  the  reading  of  old  Manufcripts  llSf  rt?        S'^^"        ■■  And  the/er„„^„,._y  or  deri 

have  beenrendered  almoft  imprafticable  to  the  Learned  S,  c   "fece'd  '  ^        Motion  of  th 

themfelves.  rarticles  receding  every  way  from  the  lumlnn.io  P„J,  ■ 

.  LIGHT,  aTer,^  ufed  in  various  Senfes  :  Sometimes  ztt  co'nTlle;"''  T'^'^'"  Veloa"  .  FoV.T 

it  lignifiesthatSenfationoccafioned  in  the  Mind  by  the  „™L°t"  d       m  a  mere  Preffure  or  Pulfe,  it  would  b" 

View  of  luminous  Bodies;  fometimes  that  PropertVin  E„f,         f  fame  Infllnt  of  ^  me  • 

thofe   Bodies,  whereby  they  are  fitted  to  excite  thofe  the  Sip^s  of  "T^    ."ff'^ir  I'h»--™mena  of 

Senfations  in  us  ;  and,  laflly,  feme  mean  by  it  a  certain  he  Ea  fanorof f       ^"'f Immerlions,  as 

Aaion  of  the  lumtnous  Body  on  the  Mediim,  between  dpafe  Wwh  't  ^"f''"'        f"""^  »  '"ti- 

thatandthe  Eye,    by  means  whe.of  they  luppo.  the  Pn^^Z^^^  ^  jllfSh^-fes^^;;, 

Emerfions,  which  alone  in  that  C-if-  r.,„  h„    ,  r  , 
happen  la.r  and  later,  lofett:Pt;ii^^^^^^^ 

jome  Boiies  m^i;;";r;;;;pa;^ra:  Atf IT'Sf  r  i^i    ^"^^  °^"^-"™y 

^,5"S:J";''^Night..ime  we  don',  fte  any  ;ht^^;;  o"  ^  ,'He  ReafoLf  whi!:!:' is  J  of 


  „.        .^,.„„uiio  ijuuy  uti  rne  medium,  betweei 

that  and  the  Eye,  by  means  whereof  they  fuppofe  the 
oneto  aflon  the  other,  and  this  they  callfe;,„i,™  or 
dmved  L,^,ht,  to  diflinguifh  i,  from  that  of  luminous  Bo- 
dies, which  IS  called  fi7)»nrj,  or  I'mj-ite. 

ylr-JMe  explains  the  Nature  of  Li^bt,  by  fuppofina 


 .-^  i'.*iii^.iiciir,  as  viir,  water.  Ice,  ffTt 

but  fincem  the  Night-time  we  don't  fee  any  thing  thro 
thofe  Bodies,  he  lays,  they  are  only  tranfparent  poten- 
tially i  whereas  in  the  Day  they  become  really  and  ac- 
tually tranfparent:  and  fince  'tis  Lit-Jt  alone  that  can 
reduce  that  Power  into  Aft,  he  defines  L,rbt  to  be  the 
Atl  ot  the  tranfparent  Body  confidered  as  fuch  ;  j.*^  jt 
.1  T.T.  .„fy.:r  tS  J)aM,SV  «  JU^tU.     He  adds,  that 


to  the  Diameter  of  the  Earth's  annual  Orbit  7"f 
contradiSion,'  ;haT'Te         /^IT  ^T'''^^  P"" 


7    1   •      /r!'  *  '  '  n^ii^ni.     Jle  adds,  that    taneoudv  h, 

iKJ.  IS  not  Fire,  nor  ,s  it  any  thing  bodily  radiating  from    contrad  ftion    rh.VT'  r"",  '''"r  "^^ii  Jhewn  pa(i 

the  luminous  Body,  and  tranlmitted  thro  the  tranfparent    Minute  i^v'  P  ^^'^^'r-  "'^  '^^        "  "'-■^'f  fe'en 

one  ;  but  the  mere  Prefence  of  Fire,  or  fome  other  lu         "  "  "Wch  is  the  Solce 

r^inousBody  a.  the  tranfparent  one!    This  is       «  "s  tl^lhT^^^^e'-l'V^f'^y 

?ohfeT„Vh'i,^fn'oth:^Ltdf^.l^^^^^^^^^^^  ?aZn"""'""'*^^^"«---f''=Moutfof=: 

me'rlvffu'reo.:^^;  ?t°woufd°'^'  'V"'^'^^'  a 
'  Medrum  J-f  /  ;  /  A  Preffure  on  a  fluid 

;  the  quiefcent  M^dion/'*?"!  .'  'obSe""V^e 

Surface  of  the  Water,  gliding  by  the  eZTuI  e 
yondthatObllacle.    fhe  Waves  JCltr'L  vrtit 


foi  led  on  him  another,  very  different  ;  making  ilir  and 
Colours  to  be  Qaalities  of  the  luminous  and  colour'd  Bo- 
dies  themfelveti,  and  m  all  refpefts  like  thofe  Senfations 
Wd  aJdiog,  that  Lucid  or  Co- 

lour d  could  not  produce  any  Senfations  in  us,  unlefs 
theyhadfomethtngfimilarin  themfelves,  fince  »,«  I 
{«.^  lobe,     But  the  Sophifm  is  apparent;  for 

P^in    wL      "  Fl^ft  gives  u 

Pain  which  no  btjdy  ever  imagined  to  exifl  in  the 
Needle.  But  that  'tis  not  neceffary  there  fhould  be  anv 
Similitude  between  the  Quality  of'^^be  Obiea  and  he 
Senfation  it  produces,  appears  ilill  more  evident  from  a 
Glafs  Prifm  which  ,s  found  to  exhibite  Blue,  Yellow 
Red,  and  other  Colours  extremely  vivid,  and  yet  no  bo- 
slnfaSili's'         "       ''""^  ^'^'■^  I"'"""  lii^e 

„fT'"}P"''f  '"'T  '"f""^  "nl5derably  on  this  Notion 
of  and  own,  that  L,,,«,  as  it  exifls  in  the  lumino™ 

Body,  IS  nothing  elfe  but  a  Power  or  Faculty  of  excitin  a 
.n  us  a  very  clear  and  vivid  Senfation  ;  adding,  that  wha° 
.s  required  to  the  Perception  of  Light,  is,  that  we  be  fo 
formed  as  to  be  capable  of  fuch  Senfations,  that  in  the 
hidden  Pores  of  tranfparent  Bodies  there  be  a  certain  fob 
tile  Matter,  which  by  reafon  of  its  exceeding  S 


*      C     1        ^■   Ji'^WLlVL-S,    rulles  01 


never  1 
ad  Umbram.' 


'  Kind 


LIG 


(  W  ) 


LIG 


'  Kind  and  Virtue,  by  how  much  any  one  is  fmaller,  by 

*  fo  much  is  its  attraftive  Power  greater,  in  proportion 

*  to  its  Bulk.    This   Power  we  find  Wronger  in  fmall 

*  Magnets  than  in  large  ones,  regard  being  had  to  the 

*  Difterence  of  their  Weights  ;  and  the  Reafon  is,  that 

*  the  Particles  of  fmiU  Magnets  being  nearer  each  other, 
«  more  eafily  unite  their  Forces  intimately  together,  and^ 

*  ad  conjointly.     For  the  fame   Reafon  the  Rajs  of 

*  Light,  being  of  all  other  Bodies  the  moft  minute,  ic 

*  may  be  expefled  that  their  attra£live  Powers  fliould  be 

*  of  all  others  the  flrongeft.    And  how  Itrong  in  e£fe£l 

*  they  are,  may  be  gathered  from  the  following  Rules  : 

*  The  Attraaion  of  a  Ray  of  Light,    according  to  the 

*  Quantity  of  its  Matter,  is  to  the  Gravity  which  any  pro- 

*  jeaed  Body  has,  according  likewife  to  the  Quantity  of 
<  its  Matter,  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  Velocity  of 

*  the  Ray  of  Light,  to  the  Velocity  of  that  projeded 

*  Body,  and  of  the  Bending  or  Curvature  of  the  Line, 

*  which  the  Ray  defcribes  in  the  Place  of  Refraaion,  to 
'  the  Bending  or  Curvature  defcribed  by  that  projeaed 

*  Body  ;  provided,  however,  the  Inclination  of  the  Ray 
»  to  the  refraaing  Surface  be  the  fame  with  that  of  the 
«  projeaed  Body  to  the  Horizon.  From  which  Propor- 
'  lion  I  gather,  that  the  Attraaion  of  the  Rays  of  Zight  is 

*  above  i  ,ooo,coc,cco,ooo,ooo  times  greater  than  the  Gra- 

*  vity  of  Bodies  on  the  Surface  of  the  Earth,  in  pro- 

*  portion  to  the  Quantity  of  Matter  in  each,  if  the  Light 

*  pafs  from  the  Sun  to  the  Earth  in  the  Space  of  feven 
"  Minutes.    But  now  as  in  Algebra,   where  affirmative 

*  Quantities  ceafe,  there  negative  ones  begin  j  fo  in  Me- 

*  chanics,  where  Attraaion  ceafes,   there  the  repelling 

*  Power  mul^  fucceed  :   Therefore  a  Ray  of  Light,  as 

*  foon  as  it  is  caU  off  from  the  luminous  Body  by  the  vi- 

*  brating  Motion  of   its  Parts,   and  is  got  out  of  the 

*  Sphere  of  its  Attraaion,  is  propelled  with  an  immenfe 

*  Velocity.'    See  JttraBio?!  and  Repidjhn. 

The  wonderful  Divifibility  of  the  Parts  of  Matter  is  no 
where  more  apparent  than  in  the  Minutenefs  of  the  Parti- 
cles of  L/i^/if.  Qr.  Niewentiit  has  computed,  that  aninch 
of  Candle,  when  converted  to  Light,  becomes  divided  into 
afiptfi  7040  Parts.  The  Expanfion  or  Extenfion  of  any  Por- 
tion of  Light  is  inconceivable  ;  Dr.  Hook  /hews  'tis  as 
unlimited  as  the  Univerfe  ;  proving  it  from  the  immenfe 
Diftance  of  fome  of  the  fixed  Stars,  the  Light  whereof 
becomes  fenfible  to  the  Eye  by  means  of  a  Telefcope  ; 
nor,  adds  he,  is  it  only  the  great  Bodies  of  the  Sun  or 
Stars  that  are  thus  able  to  difperfe  their  Light  thro'  the 
vattExpanfumof  the  Univerfe  ;  but  the  fmalleft  Spark 
of  a  lucid  Body  mull  do  the  fame,  even  the  fmalleft 
Globule  llruck  from  a  Steel  by  a  Flint. 

Dr.  5'Gmfl-^e/WafRrms  a  lucid  Body  to  be  that,  which 
emits  or  gives  Fire  a  Motion  In  rigbtLines  ;  and  makes  the 
Difference  between  Light  and  Heat  to  confift  in  this.  That 
to  produce  the  former,  the  fiery  Particles  muft  enter  the 
Eye  in  a  reailinear  Motion,  which  is  not  required  in  the 
latter  :  On  the  contrary,  an  irregular  Motion  feems  more 
proper  for  it,  as  appears  from  the  Rays  coming  direaiy 
from  the  Sun  to  the  Top  of  the  Mountain,  which  have 
not  near  that  Effca  with  thofe  in  the  Valley,  agitated 
with  an  irregular  Motion  by  feveral  Retleaions.  Whe- 
ther or  no  there  be  always  Light  where  rhere  is  Fire,  is 
difputed  among  Authors,  as  alfo  whether  or  no  there  be 
any  luminous  Body  without  Heat  ;  Heat  being  a  Motion 
that  may  be  infinitely  diminiflied,  and  Light  0.  Matter  that 
may  be  infinitely  rare;  to  which  we  may  add,  that  no 
Heat  is  fenfibic  to  us,  unlefs  it  be  more  intenfe  than 
that  of  our  Organs  of  Senfe. 

Sir  Ijaac  Kc-n'tofi  obferves,  that  Bodies  and  Light  afl 
mutually  on  one  another;  Bodies  on  Light,  in  emitting, 
iffleaing,  refraaing,  and  infieaing  it  ;  and  Light  on  Bo- 
dies, by  heating  them,  and  putting  their  Parts  into  a  vi- 
brating Motion,  wherein  Heat  principally  confifls-  For 
all  fi'x'd  Bodies,  he  obferves,  when  heated  beyond  a 
certain  Degree,  do  ctnic  Light,  and  fhine  ;  which  Shining, 
^c.  appears  to  be  owing  to  the  vibrating  Motion  of  the 
Parts  J  and  all  Bodies  abounding  in  earthy  and  fulphu- 
reous  Particles,  iffufficiently  agitated,  emit  Light,  which 
way  foever  that  Agitation  be  effeaed  Thus  Sea- Water 
fhines  in  a  Storm,  Quick-filver  when  /haken  in  Vacuo, 
Cats  or  Horfes  when  rubb'd  in  the  dark  ;  and  Wood, 
Fifli,  and  Flefh  when  putrefied. 

The  late  Mr.  Ha-whhee  has  furnifh'd  us  with  a  great 
Variety  of  Inflances  of  the  artificial  Produaion  of  Light 
on  the  Attrition  of  Bodies  naturally  not  luminous  ;  as  of 
Amber  rubb'd  on  Woollen  Cloth  in  -vacuo,  of  Glafs  on 
Woollen,  of  Glafs  on  Glafs,  of  Oyfter-Shells  on  Woollen, 
and  of  Woollen  on  Woollen,  all  in  -vacuo.  On  the  feveral 
Experiments  whereof,  he  makes  the  following  Reflec- 
tions ;  That  different  forts  of  Bodies  afford  remarkably 
different  kinds  of  L:^ht,  different  both  in  Colour  and  in 
Force  ;  That  the  Eft>as  of  an  Attrition  are  various,  ac- 
cording to  the  different  Preparations  and  Managements  of 


the  Bodies  that  arc  to  endure  it ;  and  that  Bodies  which 
have  yielded  a  particular  Light^  may  be  brought  by 
Friaion  to  yield  no  more  of  that  Light. 

M.Ber-?iou!H  found  by  Experiment  that  Mercury  amal- 
gamated with  Tin,  and  rubb'd  on  Glafs,  produced  a 
confiderable  i-i^if  in  the  Air ;  that  Gold  rubb'd  on  Glafs 
did  it  flill  in  a  greater  degree  :  but  that  of  all  others  the 
moil  exquifite  Light  was  that  produced  by  the  Attrition  of 
a  Diamond;  being  equally  vivid  with  that  of  a  burning 
Coal  briskly  agitated  with  the  Bellows. 

Mr.  Boyle  tells  us  of  a  piece  of  fhining  rotten  Wood, 
which  upon  exhaufling  the  Air  from  it  was  extlnguifh'd  ; 
but  upon  its  Re-admiffion,  feemed  to  come  to  life  again, 
and  ilionc  as  before  :  being  no  doubt  a  real  Flame,  and 
like  other  Flames  not  to  be  preferved  without  Air.  See 
Fhof^horits. 

That  the  Particles  of  Light  are  attraSled  by  thofe  of 
other  Bodies,  is  evident  from  innumerable  Experiments. 
This  Phenomenon  was  firrt  oblerved  by  Sir /.  JVezyfow, 
who  found  by  repeated  Tryals,  that  the  Rays  of  Light 
in  their  paffage  near  the  Edges  of  Bodies,  whether  opake 
or  tranfparent,  as  Pieces  of  Metals,  the  Edges  ot  Knives, 
broken  Glaffes,  £ffc.  are  diverted  out  of  the  right  Lines, 
and  always  infleaed  or  bent  towards  thofe  Bodies.  This 
Aaion  of  Bodies  on  Light  is  found  to  exert  itfelf  at  a  fen- 
fible Dillance,  tho  it  always  increafes  as  the  Ditlance  is 
diminifli'd  j  as  appears  very  fenfibly  in  the  paffage  of  a 
Ray  between  the  Edges  of  two  thin  Planes  at  different 
Apertures,  in  which  there  is  fomething  very  peculiar,  the 
Attraaion  of  one  Edge  being  increased  as  the  other  Is 
brought  nearer  it.  The  Rays  of  Light  in  their  paffage  out 
of  Glafs  into  Vi  J^acuiim  are  not  only  infleaed  towards  the 
Glafs,  but  if  thby  fall  too  obliquely,  will  revert  back 
again  to  the  Glafa,  and  be  totally  refleaed.  The  Caufe 
of  which  Refleaion  cannot  be  attributed  to  any  Refi- 
nance of  the  Facmm,  but  mull  be  entirely  owing  to  fome 
Forceor Power  in  the  Glafs,  which  attrads  or  draws  back 
the  Rays  as  they  were  pafling  into  the  Faciumi.  And  this 
appears  farther  from  hence,  that  if  you  wet  the  pollerior 
Surface  of  the  Glafs  with  Water,  Oil,  Honey,  or  a  Solu- 
tion of  Quickfilver,  then  the  Rays  which  would  other- 
wife  have  been  refleaed  will  pafs  into  and  through  that 
Liquor:  which /hews  that  the  Rays  are  not  refleaed  till 
they  come  to  that  pofterior  Surface  of  the  Glafs,  nor  even 
till  they  begin  to  go  out  of  it ;  for  if  at  their  going  out 
they  fall  into  any  of  the  forefaid  Mediums,  they  will  not 
then  be  refleaed,  but  perfiil  in  their  former  Courfe,  the 
Attraaion  of  the  Glafs  being  in  this  Cafe  counter-balanced 
by  that  of  the  Liquor. 

From  this  mutual  Attraflion  between  the  Particles  of 
Light  and  other  Bodies,  arifes  two  other  grand  Pha:no- 
mcna,  which  we  call  the  Reflexion  and  RefratJloj:  oi Light. 

We  know  that  the  Determination  of  a  Body  in  Motion 
is  chang'd  by  the  Interpofition  of  another  Body  in  its 
way.  I'hus  Light  impinging  on  the  Surface  ot  folid  Bo- 
dies, fhould  be  turn'd  out  of  its  courfe,  and  beaten  back 
or  refleaed,  fo  as  like  other  falling  Bodies  to  make  the 
Angle  of  its  Reflexion  equal  to  that  of  Incidence.  This 
'tis  found  by  experience  Z/^^ji  does,  and  yet  the  Caufe  of 
this  Effecl  is  different  from  that  juft  now  aflTign'd :  the 
Rays  of  L'ght  arc  not  refleaed  by  llriking  on  the  very 
Parts  of  the  refleaing  Bodies,  but  by  fome  Fewer  equably 
diffufed  throughout  the  whole  Surface  of  the  Body, 
whereby  it  aas  on  the  Light,  either  attraaing  or  repelling 
it  without  Contaa  :  by  which  fame  Power,  in  other  Cir- 
ciimftances  the  Rays  are  refraaed ;  and  by  which  alfo, 
the  Rays  are  firft  emitted  from  the  luminous  Body;  as 
is  abundantly  proved,  by  great  variety  of  Arguments,  by 
Sir  /.  Newton.    See  Refexiou. 

That  great  Author  puts  it  paft  doubt,  that  all  thofe 
Rays  which  are  refleaed,  tho  they  approach  the  Body 
infinitely  near,  yet  never  touch  it  ;  and  that  thofe  which 
do  really  fl:rike  on  the  folid  Parts  of  Bodies,  adhere  to 
'em,  and  are  as  it  were  exiingui/li'd  and  lofl.  If  it  be 
ask'd,  how  it  happens,  fince  we  afcribe  the  Reflexion  of 
the  Rays  to  the  Aclion  of  the  whole  Surface  of  the  Body 
without  Contaa  ;  how,  I  fay,  it  happens  that  all  the 
Rays  are  not  refleaed  from  every  Surface,  but  while 
fome  are  refleaed,  others  pafs  through  and  arc  refraaed  : 

The  Anfwer  given  by  Sir  J.  Newttrz  is  as  follows  Every 

Ray  of  Light  in  its  pafflige  thro  any  refraaing  Subflance, 
is  put  into  a  certain  iranficnt  Conftitution  or  State,  which 
in  the  progrefs  of  the  Ray  returns  at  equal  Intervals,^  and 
difpofes  the  Ray  at  every  Return  to  be  eafily  tranfmitted 
thro  the  next  refraaing  Surface,  and  between  the  Returns 
to  be  eafily  reflefted^  by  it;  which  Alternation  of  Re- 
flexion and  Tranfinifllon  appears  to  be  ptopagated  from 
every  Surface  and  to  all  Diflances.  What  kind  of  Aaion 
or  Difpofition  this  is,  and  whether  it  confiflina  circulating 
or  vibrating  Motion  of  the  Ray  or  the  Medium,  or 
fomewhat  'elfe,  he  does  not  inquire  ;  but  allcws  thofe 
who  are  fond  of  Hypothefes  to  fuppofe  that  the  Rays 

of 


LIG  (  4^^,  )  LIG 

t? Light,  by  impinging  on  any  reflefling  or  refrafting  Sur-  mogcneal  Colours,  as  Degrees  of  Refranglbiliry,  for  to 
face,  excite  Vibrations  in  thi;  reflediing  or  refrading  Me-  every  Degree  of  Rcfrangibility  belongs  a  dift'erem  Colour, 
dium,  and  by  that  means  agitate  the  lolid  Parts  of  the  4t/-'(>',  Whicenefs  in  all  rcfpedls  like  that  of  the  Sun's  im- 
Body.  Ihefe  Vibrations,  thus  propagated  in  the  Me-  mediate  Light,  and  of  the  ufual  Objefts  of  cur  Senfes, 
dium,  movefafler  than  the  Rays,  ib  as  toovertake  them  ;  cannot  be  compounded  of  fimple  Colours,  without  an  in- 
and  when  any  Ray  is  in  that  part  of  the  Vibration  which  definite  Variety  of  them  ;  for  to  fach  a  Compufitioti  there 
Confpires  with  its  Motion,  its  Velocity  is  increafed,  fo  that  are  required  Rays  endued  with  all  the  indeliiiite  Degrees 
it  eafiiy  breaks  thro  a  refra6"ling  Surface  :  but  when  it  is  of  Rcfrangibility,  which  infer  as  many  limple  Colours, 
in  a  contrary  part  of  the  Vibration,  which  impedes  its  ^thly.  The  Rays  of  Light  do  not  a£t  on  one  another  in 
Motion,  it  is  ealily  refle£led,  and  confequently  that  every  paffing  thro  the  fame  Medium.  6rh!yy  The  Rays  of  Liii^ht 
Ray  is  fucceffively  difpofcd  to  be  eafily  reflefted  or  tranf-  do  not  fuffer  any  Alteration  of  their  Qualiiies  from  Re- 
mitted by  every  Vibration  which  overtakes  it.  The  Re-  fradion,  norfromthe  adjacent  quiefcent  Medium,  yfi/y, 
turn  of  which  Difpofition  of  any  Ray  to  be  refle£ted,  he  There  can  no  Homogencal  Colours  be  produced  out  of 
calls  J-'its  of  eajy  Refexion  j  and  thofe  of  its  Difpolition  Light  by  Refradlion,  which  are  not  commix'd  in  it  he- 
ro be  tranfmitted,  he  calls  of  eafy  TranfmiJJiofi  j  and  fore  i  fince  Refraftion,  as  was  before  obfcrv'd,  changes 
the  Space  between  the  Returns,  the  hitcr-oal  of  the  Fir.  not  the  Qualities  of  the  Rays,  but  only  feparatcs  thofe 
The  Reafon  then  why  the  Surface  of  all  thick  tranfparent  which  have  divers  Qualities  by  means  of  their  different 
Bodies  reflecl:  part  of  the  Light  incident  on 'em,  and  re-  Refrangibility.  Sthiy,  The  Sun's  Lrght  js  an  Aggregate 
fract  the  reil,  is,  that  Tome  Rays  at  their  Incidence  are  in  of  Homogeneal  Colours ;  whence  Homogeneal  Colours 
Fits  of  eafy  Reflexion,  and  others  of  eafy  Tranfmiflion.    maybe  call'd  Primitive  or  Original. 

for  the  Properties  and  Laws  of  reflected  Light^  fee  Re-  We  have  already  obferved  that  the  Rays  of  Light  are 
fexioji  and  Mirroiir.  compofed  of  diffimilar  or  .heterogeneous  Parts;  fijme  of 

Further,  a  Ray  of  L;?^£  paffing  out  of  one  Medium  them  being  in  all  probability  greater,  others  lefs.  Now 
into  another  of  different  Denfiry,  and  in  its  paffage  making  the  fmaller  the  Parts  are,  by  fo  much  the  more  refrangi- 
an  oblique  Angle  wiih  the  Surface  that  feparates  the  Me-  ble  they  are,  i.  e.  they  are  fo  much  the  more  eafily  di- 
diums,  will  be  refracted  or  turn'd  out  of  its  right  Line  j  verted  out  of  their  redlilincar  Courfe  ;  and  thofe  Parts 
by  reafon  the  Rays  are  more  ilrongly  attracted  by  a  den-  which  differ  in  Refrangibility,  (i.  e.  in  Bulk)  wc  have 
fer  than  a  rarer  Medium.  alfo  obferved  differ  in  Colour.    Hence  arifes  the  whole 

That  thefe  Rays  are  not  refracted  by  flriking  on  the  Theory  of  Colours.  Thofe  Parts,  v.  g.  which  are  the 
folid  Parts  of  Bodies,  but  without  any  Contact,  by  that  moft  refrangible,  conrtitute  Violet  Colour  j  that  is  the 
fame  force  wherewith  they  are  emitted  and  reflected,  moft  minute  Particles  of  Light  vjhen  feparately  impelled 
exerting  itfelf  differently  in  different  Circumflances,  is  on  the  Organ,  do  there  excite  the  iliorteft  Vibrations  in 
proved  in  great  meafurc  by  the  fame  Arguments  which  the  Retina,  which  are  thence  communicated  by  thefolid 
demonilrate  Reflexion  to  be  perform'd  without  Contad.  Parts  of  the  Optic  Nerve  into  the  Brain,  and  excite  in  us 
For  the  Properties,  of  refracted  Light,  fee  Refrai'hon^  the  Senfation  of  Violet  Colour,  the  dimmeft  and  moft 
Lens,  &c.  In  Hland  Chryflal  is  obferved  a  kind  of  double  languid  of  all  other  Colours  ;  And  thofe  Particles,  on  th© 
Refraftion,  very  different  from  what  we  find  in  any  other  contrary,  which  are  the  leaft  refrangible,  conftitute  a 
Body  ;  the  Rays  that  fall  obliquely  being  not  only  dif-  Ray  of  a  Red  Colour  ;  i.  e.  the  greatefl  Particles  of 
perfed,  with  a  double  Rcfraftion  in  one  and  the  fame  Light  excite  the  longeff  Vibrations  in  the  Retina,  and  fo 
Surface,  but  even  the  perpendicular  Rays  themfelves  are  convey  the  Senfation  of  a  Red  Colour,  as  being  the  mofl: 
molt  of 'em  divided  into  two  Beams  by  means  of  the  fame  bright  and  vivid  of  all  others.  The  other  Particles  being 
double  Refrai^ion  ;  which  Beams  are  of  the  fame  Colour  diff ingui/hed  into  little  Rays,  according  to  their  refpeftive 
with  the  incident  Beams,  and  are  equal  in  degree  of  Magnitudes  and  Degrees  of  Refrangibility,  excite  inter- 
Light,  at  Icaft  nearly,  to  each  other:  Whence  the  great  mediate  Vibrations,  and  fo  occafion  the  Senfations  of  the 
Phiiofophcr,  fo  often  cited,  takes  occafion  to  fufpcdl  that  intermediate  Colours  ;  in  like  manner  as  the  Vibrations 
there  are  in  Light  fome  other  original  Properties  befides  ot  the  Air,  according  to  their  diffx'rcnt  Magnitudes,  ex- 
thofe  hitherto  defcribed  ,  and  particularly,  that  the  cite  the  Senfations  of  different  Sounds.  The  Colours 
Rays  have  different  Sides  endued  with  feveral  original  then  of  thefe  little  Rays  not  being  any  adventitious  Mo- 
Properties.  For  of  thele  Refraftlons,  the  one  is  per-  difications  of  them,  but  connate,  primitive,  andneceffary 
formed  in  the  ufual  manner,  i.e.  the  Sine  of  Incidence  is  Properties,  refulting,  in  all  probability,  from  their  diffe- 
10  that  of  Refraction  as  5  is  to  ^  ;  and  the  other  in  an  un-  rent  Magnitudes,  muft  be  perpetual  and  Immutable, 
ufual  manner  :  and  yet  the  fame  Ray  is  refrained  fome-  not  to  be  altered  by  any  Reflexion,  Rcfraftion,  or  other 
times  in  the  one  manner,  and  fomerimes  in  the  other,  fubfequent  Modification.  See  the  DoBr'me  of  Colours^ 
according  10  the  various  Pofitions  which  its  feveral  Sides  laid  cluwn  under  Colour.  For  the  Manner  in  which 
have,  in  refpeei  of  the  Chryllal.  Thefe  Difpofitions,  he  -Ligir  affefts  our  Senfes,  and  how  it  contributes  to  Vifion, 
Jhews,  mult  have  exiffed  originally  in  the  Beams,  with-  fee  Fifion. 

out  having  undergone  any  Alterations  in  that  refpeft,  by        LIGHT  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Difpofitlon  of  Ob- 

theChryffal.    Every  Ray  of  L?g/jt  therefore  hastwo  oppo-  jefts  with  regard  to  the  receiving  of  Light;   thus  we  fay, 

iite  Sides,   the  one  originally  endued  with  a  Property  a  Painting  is  feen  in  its  proper  Light,  when  its  Situation, 

whereon  its  unufual  Refradion  depends,  and  the  other  with  regard  to  thei/^Z-f,  is  the  fame  with  that  for  which 

not  endued  with  that  Property.  it  was  painted. 

Sir  LN£zsto}2  having  obferved  the  vividly  colour'd  Image       LIGHTS  ABOARD  SHIPS.    See  Signals. 
projeflcd  on  the  Wall  of  a  darken'd  Room,  by  the  Sun-       LIGHTS,  in  Archite£turc,    are  underflood  of  the 

Beams  tranfmitted  thro  a  Prifm,  to  be  five  times  as  long  Openings  of  Gates  and  Windows,  and  other  Places  thro' 

as  broad;  fetting  himfelf  to  inquire  into  the  Reafon  which  the  Air  and  Li^^jif  have  a  Paflage.    In  the  Pantheon 

of  this  Difproportion,  was  led  from  other  Experiments  to  M  the  Light  comes  from  on  high  ;  it  has  no  Lights  but 

the  Exferimeiitum  Criids ;  whence  he  difcovercd  the  Caufe  in  the  Dome. 

of  the  Phienomenon  to  be,  that  fome  ot  the  Rays  of      LIGHTS,  in  Painting,  are  thofe  Parts  of  a  Piece  that 

Z,/£&t  were  more  refrafted  than  others,  and  therefore  ex-  are  illumined,  or  that  lie  open  to  the  Luminarv,  by  which 

hibited  feveral  Images  of  the  Sun  under  the  appearance  ihe  Piece  is  fuppofed  to  be  enlightened  ;  and  that  for 

of  one,  extended  lengthwife.    Thence  he  proceeded  to  this  reafon  are  painted  in  bright  vivid  Colours  :  in  whicli 

conclude,  that -Li^intfelf  is  an  heterogeneous  Mixture  of  fenfe  ifi;-&t  is  oppofed 'to  Shadow.    Light  is  alfo  ufed  for 

Rays  differently  refrangible.  Hence  he  dirtingui/hes  the  luminous  Body  that  emits  ir.  There  are  various  kinds 
Light  into  two  kinds,  liz.  that  whofe  Rays  are  equally        Lights;  general  i-(?Z'fJ,  asthe  Air  j  particular  Zi^^/jfj,  as 

refrangible,  which  he  calls  Homogeneal,  Similar  or  Uni-  a  Fire,  a  Candle,  and  even  the  Sun,    Different*^  i/^kj 

ioxm  Light;  and  that  whofe  Rays  are  unequally  refran-  have  very  different  Effefts  on  the  Piece,   and  occafion  a 

gible,  which  he  calls  Heterogeneal  Difference  in  the  Management  of  every  Part.    A  great 

There  are  but  three  Aff'eclions  of  Light,  wherein  he  deal  therefore  depends  on  the  Painters  chufing  a  proper 

obferved  its  Ra)s  to  differ,        Refrangibility,  Reflexi-  Light  for  his  Piece  to  be  illumined  by,   and  a  great  deal 

bility,  and  Colour;  and  thofe  Rays  which  agree  in  Re-  more  in  the  C>ondu(5i:  of  the  Zf^if*  and  Shadows  when  the 

frangibility,  agree  alfo  in  the  other  two  :  whence  they  Luminary  is  pitched  upon.    ThcSrrcngth  and  Relievo  of 

maybe  well  defined  Homogeneal,  tho  in  fome  other  re-  a  Figure,  as  well  as  its  Gracefulnels,  depends  entirely  on 

fpe£ts  they  may  poffibly  be  Heterogcneal.    Again,  the  the  Management  of  the  Lights,  and  the  joining  of  thofe  to 

Colours  exhibited  by  Homogeneal  Light,  he  calls  Homo-  the  Shadows.    The  Light  a  Figure  receives,  "is  cither  di- 

gencal  Colours  ;  and  thofe  produced  by  Heterogeneal  re£l  or  reflected,  to  each  of  which  fpeclal  Regard  muff 

Light,  Heterogeneal    Colours.     Thefe  Definitions   laid  be  had.    The  Doflrine  of  Lights  and  Shadows  makesrhat 

down,  he  advances  feveral  Propofitions.  part  of  Painting,  called  Clair-olfcnre,  which  fee. 

As  iji,  Thar  the  Sun's  Lr;ht  confiils  of  Rays  differing       LiGHT-HORSE,  an  antient  Term   in    our  EniliJIo 

by  indefinite  Degrees  of  Refrangibility.    2f//v,  That  Rays  CuHoms,  fignifying   an  ordinary  Cavalier  or  Horfeman 

which  differ  in  Refrangibility,  when  parted  from  one  ann-  lightly  armed,  and  fo  as  to  cnier  a  Body  or  Regiment; 

ther,  do  proponionably  diff^er  in  the  Colours  which  they  in  oppofirion  to  t!ie  others,  who  were  heavily  accoutred, 

ei:hibit.    -^dly.  That  there  are  as  many  fimplc  and  ho-  and  armed  at  all  Points. 

LIGHTER, 


LIM 


(  4^7  ) 

Lkhtcrs  are  of 


LIM 


A  Kicle, 

An  open  Lifter. 

fee  Aloes.  Zig- 


LIGHTER,  a  fmall  floating  Veffel. 
feveral  kinds  ;  as, 

ABallaftGin,      A  clofeZ^iter, 
A  Canncl,  A  Huy, 

L1GHT1S:ESS,  fee  Le^tty. 

LIGNUM  ALOES,  or  «M<'»/'<'»" 
mtm  Calfa;  fee  Cafu   Vpmm  Balfami,  fee  llalpm. 

LIKE  QUANTITIES,  in  Algebra,  are  fuclr  as  are 
exprcfled  by  the  fame  Letters,  equally  repeatccl  m  each 
(Quantity.  Ihus  z  b,  and  3  i,  and  y//,  and  5//areMe 
(Mu„tiU€< ;  but  =  i,  and  3  lb,  and  9  //,  and  3  ///  are  un- 
like ones,  becaufe  the  Qnimtities  have  nor  every  where 
the  fame  Dimenfions,  nor  are  the  Letters  equally  repeat- 
ed.  Lih  Si!,"'  in  Algebra  are  when  both  are  Aftrma- 
tivc,  or  boih'Kegative  ;  but  if  one  be  Affirmative,  and 
the  othei  Negative,  they  are  unlike  Signs.  Ihas+Hd, 
and-f  5rf,  have  like  Signs ;  but?/,  and  —  7/  have 
unlikeSIsns.  L,h  lh«ns  in  Geometry  are  fuch  as  liave 
their  Angles  equal,  and  the  Sides  about  thefc  equal  An- 
gles profiortienal.  Vh  yKcs  in  the  Projcaion  ot  the 
Sphere  ,n  VUm  are  I'arts  of  lelTer  Circles,  containing  an 
etiual  Number  of  Degrees  with  the  correfponding  Arcs 
of  greater  ones.  L>h  jd,i  Yif,mti  in  Geometty,  are 
fuch  as  are  contained  under  like  ?lanes,  equal  jn  Number. 

LIMB,  the  outcrmoll  Border  or  graduated  Edge  of  a 
Quadrant,  or  the  like  Mathematical  Inftrument  ;  or  the 
Circumference  of  the  Primitive  Circle  in  any  Projeaion  of 
the  SphereiK  Tlam.  Alfronomers  obferve  the  lower  and 
the  upper  Limb  of  the  Sun,  in  order  to  find  its  true 
Height,  which  is  that  of  his  Center. 

Lmh  alfo  fignifies  the  outermoH  Border  or  Edge  ot 
the  Sun  or  Moon,  when  the  Middle  or  Disk  is  hid  in  an 
Eclipfe  of  either  Luminary. 

Ximi>  is  alio  ufed  among  Botanifts  for  the  o 
or  Border  or  Plants,  their  Leaves,  and  Flowers. 

LIMB  or  LIMBUS,  is  alfo  a  Term  in  the 
Theology,  ufed  for  that  Place  where  the  Patriarchs  are 
fuppofe'd  to  have  waited  for  the  Redemption  of  Man- 
kind and  where  they  imagine  ourSaviour  continued  from 
the  time  of  his  Death  to  that  of  his  Refurreflion.  D« 
C»»^c  fiiys,  the  Fathers  called  this  Place  eo  Jaorf 


Edge 


The  word  Limbtts  is  alio  ufed  by 


the  Catholics  for  the  Place  dedined  to  receive  the  Souls  of  not  lying 


open  at  the  bottom  of  the  Veffel.  As  foon  as  the  Pit  is 
full,  cover  it  up  with  Sand,  to  prevent  its  drying  j  thus 
keeping  it  moill  till  it  be  ufed.  Botchkr  gives  another 
Method  :  Cover  a  Stratum  of  Lmts  two  or  three  foot  high 
with  another  of  Sand  of  the  like  height;  pour  on  Water 
enough  to  ilake  the  Lime,  but  not  to  reduce  it  to  dull 
after  flaking.  If  the  Sand  cleave  into  Chinks,  as  the 
Smoak  afcends,  cover  'em  up,  fo  as  no  Vent  may  be 
given  thereto.  This  Li^ne,  he  adds,  kept  ten  or  twelve 
Years,  will  be  like  Glue  ;  and  will,  turthcr,  be  of  parti- 
cular Ufe  in  painting  Walls,  as  being  no  way  prejudicial 
to  the  Colours.    Sec  Mortar. 

Lime  is  much  ufed  by  Tanners,  Skinners,  l^c.  in  the 
Preparation  of  their  Leather. 

Lime,  or  Calx,  in  ChymiHry,  is  a  kind  of  fine  Powder, 
or  Allies  remaining  of  Metals  or  Minerals,  that  have  been 
a  long  rime  in  a  violent  Fire.    See  Culx. 

Lime  is  of  fome  medicinal  Ufe,  being  applied  exter- 
nally in  Deficcativc  and  Conlumptive  Medicines.  Its 
Water  is  faid  to  be  an  excellent  Medicine,  taken  inter- 
nally. M.  hmlet  has  written  an  ample  Account  of  its 
EfFecIs  in  the  French  Memoirs,  in  good  meafure  from  his 
own  Experience.  But  he  obferves  it  fucceeded  much 
better  in  Holland,  &c.  than  in  France.  It  is  a  powerful  Al- 
terant, and  like  a  pure  Alkaline  Water,  fitted  to  blunt  and 
dellroy  acid  Ferments,  which  are  the  Principles  of  all 
Obilruflions,  and  the  Caufe  ot  moll  Chn  nic  Difea/es. 
Its  principal  Ufe  is  in  a  Cachexy,  Grecn-ficknels,  Drop- 
fy.  Scurvy,  Obdruftions  of  the  Liver,  Spleen,  i^t.  It  is 
iiiade  by  pouring  fix  Pounds  of  hot  Water  on  one  of 
Quick-Lime,  leaving  them  to  foak  and  macerate  for  the 
fpace  of  24  hours. 

LIME-STONE,  is  a  Stone  of  a  whitilh  Colour,  which 
being  burnt  in  a  Kiln,  enters  the  Compofition  of  Mortar, 
Plaiiler,  ifc.  which  fee. 

LIMITATION  OF  ASSIZE,  in  Law,  is  a  certain 
Time  fet  down  by  the  Statute,  wherein  a  Man  mull  alledga 
himfelf  or  his  Ancellors  to  have  been  feiz'd  of  Lands  fued 
for  by  Writ  of  Afiize. 

LIMITED  PROBLEM,  fignifies  a  ProWein  that  hasi 
but  one  only  Solution,  or  which  can  be  done  only  one 
way;  as  to  make  a  Circle  pafs  through  three  Pf.ints  given, 
'    -  Right  Line,  to  defcribe  an  eqiilateral 


Infants  who  die  without  Baptifm  ;  who  have  not  deferved 
Hell,  as  dying  in  Innocence,  nor  yet  are  worthy  of  Hea 
ven,  becaufe  of  the  Imputation  of  Original  Sin. 

LIME,  Calcined  Stone,  Marble,  Free-Hone,  Chalk,  or 
other  Matter  burnt  by  a  large  Fire  in  a  Kiln  or  Furnace 
built  exprefs ;  to  be  afterwards  ufed  in  the  Compofition  of 
Mortar,  for  building  ;  the  Fire  taking  away  all  its  Humi- 
dity, and  opening  Tts  Pores,  fo  that  it  becomes  eaiily  re- 
ducible to  Powder.  Quick  Lime  orUnllack'd  Lime  is  that 
which  comes  out  of  the  Furnace  ;  Slack'd  Lime  is  that 
wafii'd  or  lleep'd  in  Water,  and  referv'd  for  the  making 
of  Mortar.  The  bell  Liirie  is  that  made  of  the  hardell 
andfirmeU  Stones,  and  which  is  flack'd  at  its  coming  out 
of  the  Furnace.  Sir  H.  Uonon  looks  on  it  as  a  great  Error 
in  the  Engbjh  to  make  Lime  as  they  do,  of  Refufe,  and 
Stuff  without  any  Choice  ;  whereas  the  Italians,  at  this 
day,  and  much  more  the  Antients,  burnt  their  firmefl: 
Stones,  and  even  Fragments  of  Marble  where  it  was  plen- 
tiful ;  which  in  time'became  almoll  Marble  again  for  its 
hardnefs,  as  appears  in  their  Handing  Theatres,  ^c. 

We  have  two  kinds  of  Lime  in  common  ufe  in  England  ; 
the  one  made  of  Stone,  and  the  other  of  Chalk  ;  whereof 
the  former  is  much  the  Hrongcfl.  I'hat  made  of  foft 
Stone  or  Chalk  is  filtcfl  for  plaiilcring  of  Ceilings  and 
Walls  within  doors ;  and  that  made  ot  hard  Stones,  for 
Buildings  and  for  plaillering  without  doors.  Good  Lime 
may  alio  be  made  of  MiU-ltone,  not  coatfe  and  fandy, 
but  fine  and  grealy  ;  as  alfo  of  all  kinds  of  Flints  ;  tho 
'tis  hard  to  burn 'em,  unlcfs  in  a  Reverberatory  Furnace, 
as  being  apt  to  run  to  Glafs. 

D/CK^ijit  recommends  LijHC  made  of  Sea-fhcUs  as  the 
beft,  but  Goldman  finds  fault  with  it,  as  being  impatient  of 
Moillure,  and  therefore  cafily  peeling  off  from  the  Out- 
fides  of  Walls :  It  is,  however,  the  common  Lime  ufed 
in  the  Indies. 

Before  the  Stones  be  thrown  into  the  Kiln,  they  are  to 
be  broke  in  pieces ;  otherwifc  the  Air  contain'd  m  their  Ca- 
vities, too  much  expanded  by  theHeat,  makes  'em  fly  with 
fo  much  violence  as  to  damage  the  Kiln.  According  to  Al- 
betti  and  Falladio,  Lime  wilt  not  be  fufficiently  burnt  in 
lefs  than  fixty  Hours  intenfe  Heat. 

The  Marks  of  a  well-burn:  Lime,  according  to  Alberti, 
are,  that  its  Weight  is  to  that  of  the  Stone  in  a  fefqui- 
altcrate  Proportion  ;  that  it  is  white,  light,  and  fonorous  ; 
that  when  llakcd  it  flicks  to  the  Sides  of  the  Veffel ;  To 
which  BoecHer  adds,  that  when  flaked  it  fends  forth  a 
copious  thick  Smoak  ;  and  Dienffant,  that  it  needs  a  great 
deal  of  Water  to  flake  it. 

To  prefcrve  Lime  feveral  Years,  flake  and  work  it  up  ; 
dig  a  Pit  under  ground,  into  which  let  it  pafs  thro  a  hole 


Triangle  on  a  Line  given,  k^i 

LIMITS  of  a  Planet,  its  greateft  Excurfion  or  Diflancc 
from  the  Ecliptic. 

LIMNING,  the  Art  of  Painting  in  Water-Colours  ;  in 
contradiltinaion  to  Painting  properly  fo  called,  which  is 
done  in  Oil-Colours.  j,  _  .  . 

Limnim,  is  much  the  more  Anticnt  Kind  ot  Painting ; 
Till  a  Fkmifi  Fainter,  one  ii.iii  Eyci,  better  known 
by  the  Name  of  John  of  Brakes,  found  out  the  Art  of 
Painting  in  Oil,  the  Painters  all  painted  in  Water  and  m 
Frefco  alone,  both  on  their  Walls,  on  Wooden  Boards, 
and  elfewhere.  When  they  made  ufe  of  Boards,  they 
ufually  glued  a  fine  Linncn  Cloth  over  'em,  to  prevent 
their  opening  ;  then  laid  on  a  Ground  of  White  ;  lallly, 
they  mix'd  up  their  Colours  with  Water  and  Size,  or  with 
Water  and  Yolks  of  Eggs,  weU  beaten  with  the  Branches 
of  a  Fig- Tree,  the  Juice  whereof  thus  mix'd  with  the  Eggs  5 
and  wi'th  this  Mixture  they  painted  their  Pieces. 

In  Limning  all  the  Colours  are  proper  enough,  except- 
ing the  White  made  of  Lime,  which  is  only  ufed  in  Frefco. 
But  the  Azure  and  Ultramarine  mull  always  be  mix'd  up 
with  Size,  or  with  Gum,  in  regard  the  Yolks  of  Eggs 
give  yellow  Colours  a  greenilh  Tinfture.  But  there  are 
always  applied  two  Lays  of  hot  Size  e'er  the  Colours, 
mix'd  even  with  Size,  are  laid  on  :  the  fiompofition 
made  with  Eggs,  and  the  Juice  of  the  Fig-tree,  being 
only  ufed  for  touching  up  and  finifliing,  and  to  prevent 
the'Neceffity  of  having  a  Fire  always  at  hand  to  keep  tho 
Size  hot ;  yet  'tis  certain,  that  the  Size-Colours  hold  the 
bell,  and  are  accordingly  always  ufed  in  Cartoons,  iic  This 
Size  is  madeof  Shreds  of  thin  Leather,  cr  of  Parchment. 

To  limn  on  Linnen,  they  chufe  that  wliich  is  old,  half 
worn,  and  clofe.  This  they  flamp  with  White  Lead,  or 
with  a  fine  Plaiiler  beaten  up  with  Size  ;  which  once  dry, 
they  go  over  it  with  a  Lay  of  the  fame  Size. 

The  Colours  are  all  ground  in  Water,  each  by  ^ 
and  in  proportion  as  they  are  required  in  working,  are  di- 
luted with  Size-Water.  If  the  Yolks  of  Eggs  are  dcfired, 
they  dilute  'em  with  Water  made  of  equal  Quantities  ot 
common  Water  and  Vinegar,  with  the  Yolk,  White  and_ 
Shell  of  an  Egg,  and  the  Ends  of  the  little  Branches  ot 
a  Fig-tree  cut  fmall,  all  well  beaten  together  in  an 
Earthen  Pan.  r  -n..!  1. 

If  'tis  defired  to  varnifli  the  Piece  when  iimlh  d,  they 
go  over  it  with  the  White  of  an  Egg  well  beaten,  and 
then  with  Varnifli.  This,  however,  is  only  to  prelerve  it 
from  the  Wet  :  for  the  great  Advantage  of  Lv.nninf  con- 
fifts  in  its  being  free  from  any  Luflre  ;  1.1  regard  all  its 
Colours  thus  void  of  LuSre  may;  be  feen  in  all  kinds  ot 
Lights  ;  which  Colours  in  Oil,  or  cover 'd  with  Varnifti, 

Aaaaaa  LI  NC- 


LIN  (498) 

LlNClUS,  a  Form  of  Medicine  the  fame  is  Lamb a- 
rii-e,  and  probably  from  the  fame  Derivation  ;  or  from 
Lhigna  the  Tongue,  as  being  to  be  licked  up  with  the 
Tongue.    See  Edegma, 

LINE,  a  fmall  French  Meafure,  conlifting  of  the  11  th 
part  of  an  Inch,  or  144th  {art  of  a  Foot.  The  Geome- 
tricians, notwithflanding  its  Smallnefs,  conceive  it  divided 
into  fix  Points- 

LINE,  in  Genealogy,  is  a  Series  or  Succeffion  of  Re- 
^  lations  in  various  Degrees,  all  defcending  from  the  fame 
common  Father.  Dn-eff  Line  is  that  which  goes  from  Fa- 
ther to  Son,  which  is  the  Order  of  Afcendants  and  De- 
fcendants.  Collateral  Line  is  the  Order  of  thofe  who  dc- 
fcend  from  fome  common  Father  related  to  the  former, 
but  out  of  theLiwe  of  Afcendants  and  Defcendants.  In 
this  are  placed  Uncley,  Aunts,  Coulins,  Nephews,  ^c. 

LINE,  in  Geometry,  is  a  Quantity  extended  in  Length 
only,  without  either  Breadth  or  Thicknefs,  and  is  formed 
by  the  Motion  of  a  Point.  There  are  two  kinds  of  Lines^ 
t'ii:-.  Right  Li«e5and  Curve i.j«ej.  Thusif  the  Point  A  move 
towards  B,  {Fi^.i-  Tlat.  Geometry)  by  its  Motion  it  defcribes 
a  Line  ;  and  this,  if  the  Point  go  the  nearett  way  towards 
B,  will  be  a  Right  or  Streight  Liue^  whofe  Definition 
therefore  will  be  the  neareft  or  fliorteft  Diftance  between 
any  two  Point;:,  or  a  Line  all  whofe  Points  tend  the  fame 
way.  If  the  Point  go  any  way  about,  as  in  any  of  the 
J^ines  A  C  B,  A  cB,  it  will  trace  out  either  a  crooked  Line^ 
as  the  upper  AcB  j  or  elfe  two  or  more  flreight  ones,  as 
in  the  lower  A  C  B. 

Lnies  confidered  as  to  their  Pofitions,  are  either  Ta- 
rallel,  Terpendicidar^  or  OUique  the  Conliruiiion  and 
Properties  whereof,  fee  under  Perpendicular^  &;c. 

Euclid  in  his  fecond  Book  treats  moftly  of  Lmes^  and 
of  the  Etfefls  of  their  being  divided,  and  again  multiplied 
into  one  another ;  the  SubOance  of  his  Doflrine  may  be 
thus  demonllrated  Algebraically,  (i.)  If  there  be  two 
Lines  z-  and  x  ;  one  of  which,  as  z,  is  divided  into  any 
number  of  Parts,  as  into  a  ~^e-\-i  -^0,  the  Rectangle 
under  the  two  whole  Lines  zx  is  equal  to  the  Sum  of  all 
the  Rectangles  made  by  x  multiplied  into  the  Farts  of 


L  IN 

Let  the  firft  Line  he  z  a,  and  the  Part  adJed  e,  then  the 
whole  will  be  ;  -■!  +e,  which  multiplied  by  e,  produceth 
li!  £  +  ee  ;  and  the  Square  of  half  the  Lhie  a  a  bcino 
added  to  .t,  it  will  be  :  ae  +  ee  +  .1  a,  which  is  equal 
to  the  Square  of  a  +  (7.)  If  a  Quantity  or  Lt„c  be  di- 
vided any  how  into  two  Pans,  the  Square  of  the  Whole 
added  to  the  Square  of  one  of  the  Parts,  fliall  be  equal 
to  two  Reainglcs  contained  under  the  whole  Line,  and 
that  part,  added  to  the  Square  of  the  other  Part 

Z  '  I   ;   1 

Let  <i  be  one  Part,  and  e  the  other  ;  the  Square  of  the 
Whole,  and  of  the  Icffer  Part  c  nialesa  ^  ,  a  e-\- z  c  e. 
then  if  the  Whole  n  +  e  be  multiplied  by  twice  c,  it  will 
produce  =  »  e  +  ;  c  e  ;  and  if  to  this  be  added  the  Square 
of  the  other  Part  3  a,  the  Sum  will  he  a  a-{-  •  n  e -\-  -  s e 
equal  to  the  former.  (8.)  If  a  Line  be  cut  any  how  into 
two  1  arts,  the  Reftanglc  under  the  whole  Lme  and  one 
ot  the  Parts  taken  four  times,  and  added  to  the  Square  of 
the  other  Part,  is  e^ual  to  the  Square  of  the  Whole,  and 
the  other  Part  added  to  it,  as  if  it  were  but  one  Line 
Z  


will  be  , 
other  Part  1 


tkat  is,  s  jc  : 
it  needs  : 


.1 . 


1. 


-  »  0  -f  i-  e  -j-  x  j  -f.  X  0.  This  is  fo  plain, 
proof.  (2.)  If  a  Right  Line,  as  z,  be  di- 
vided into  two  Parts  a  -f  e,  the  Reflangles  made  by 
the  whole  Litie,  and  both  its  Parts,  are  equal  to  the 
Square  of  the  whole  Lijie  :  That  is,  za  ze  =zz. 
For  z  it  ~a  a  '\-  a  e  j  and  ze~ae~\~ee-y  therefore 
zz  =  a  a  -\-za-\-ee.  (;.)  Let  the  Li„e  2  be  cut 
intoo+s;  then  IhM  the  Reaangle  under  the  whole 
Line  (  Z ;)  and  the  Part  (  a )  be  equal  to  the  Square  of 
that  Part  a,  together  with  the  Reftangle  made  by  the 
two  Parts  a  and  e  ;  that  \s,  Z  n  =:  a  a      a  e     Z  « 

I   1^  I     F"r  Z  =  »  -f  e.    And  »  -i-  e  x"7^=H 

+  a  e.  (4.)  The  Square  of  any  Lme,  as  Z,  divided  into 
any  two  Parts,  a  and  e,  is  equal  to  both  the  Squares  of 
tbofc  Parts,  together  with  the  Reflangles  made  out 
of  thofe  Parts,  that  is,  Zz=aa~\-i(ie-^ee 

Multiply  a  +  e' 


Letthe  whole  Line  be  a-fe,  then  four  times  that  multi- 
plied bye  (or  the  Quadruple  Reclangle  under  that  and  e) 
4«e-|-4"  i  to  which  adding  the  Square  of  the 

aa,  the  Sum  will  be  a«-|"4«t^  +  4^*^-  -^nd 
if  you  fquarc  a  -f  2  c,  which  exprcffeth  the  whole  Lwe 
wuh  e  added  to  it,  the  Produfl  will  be  the  former  Sum 
ofaa-f  a4ae-f  4ee.  (9.)  If  a  Line  be  bifeacd,  and 
alio  cut  into  two  other  unequal  Parts,  the  Sum  of  the 
Squares  of  the  unequal  Parts  will  be  double  the  Sum  of 
the  Squares  of  the  half  Line,  and  of  the  Difference  be- 
tween the  two  unequal  Parts.  Let  the  whole  Line  be 
in,  and  the  Difference  between  the  equal  and  unequal 
Parts  J  i  then  the  greater  unequal  Part  will  be 
1+h,  and  the  lefTer  a— 4:  The  Sum  of  the  Squares 
of  the  unequal  Parts  will  be  2  a  a  -f.  2  i  i,  which  is 
double  to  the  Square  of  half  the  Line  added  to  the 
Square  of  ihe  Difference.  (10.)  If  a  Line  be  bifeaed, 
and  then  another  Line  added  to  it  ;  the  Square  of  the 
whole  increafcd  Line,  together  with  the  Square  of  the 
Part  added,  is  double  the  Sum  of  the  Squares  of  the  half 
Line,  and  of  the  half  Line  and  Part  added,  taken  as  one 
Line. 


.1. 


by  itfelf,  and  the  Thing  is  plain. 

n  -J-  e 

as      e  e 

ae  ee 


Hence  it  is  plain,  that  the  Square  of  any  Line  is  equal 
to  four  times  rhe  Square  of  its  Half  For  fuppofe  Z  to 
be  bifeaed,  then  each  Part  will  be  a  ;  and  multiplying 
ii  -f-.i  by  itfelf,  the  thing  will  plainly  appear. 


«-fa 
a  -\-  a 


.1- 


aa-)-aa-j-aa-{-aa— 4aa. 
(5.)  If  a  Line  be  divided  into  two  Parts  equally,  and  into 
two  other  Parts  unequally,  the  Reaangle  under  the  un- 
equal Parts,  together  with  the  Square  of  the  interme- 
diate Pait,  will  be  equal  to  the  Square  of  half  that 
Line.  Let  the  wljole  Line  be  2  a,  then  each  Part 
will  be  a.  Let  the  leffer  unequal  Part  be  e,  then  the 
greater  unequal  Part  will  be  2a  — e;  which  multiplied 
bye,  produces  2  a  c  —  ee:  To  which  adding  the  Square 
of  the  Difference  or  intermediate  Part  a  —  e,  which  is 
a  a  —  2  a  e  ~f-ce,  the  Sum  will  be  only  a  a,  the  Square  of 
half  the  Li,:e.  ((T.)  If  a  Line  be  bifeaed,  and  then  ano- 
ther Right  i-i«e  be  added  to  it,  the  Reaangle  or  Produa 
of  the  whole  augmented  Line  multiplied'  bv  the  Part 
added,  together  with  the  Squate  of  the  half  Line,  will  be 
equal  to  the  Square  of  the  half  Line,  and  Part  added,  as 
one  Line. 


.1. 


Let  the  whole  Line  be  2  a,  and  the  Part  added  e  j  then 
the  whole  increafed  Line  will  be  2  a  -|-  e,  and  the  half 
Line  and  Pait  added  will  be  a  +  c ;  the  Sum  of  the 
Squares  of  2  a  -(-  e,  and  of  e,  is  4  a  a  -|-  4  a  e  -f-i  e  e  i 
which  is  plainly  double  to  a  a,  and  aa -4- 2  a  e  —  ee  ad- 
ded together. 

LINE,  in  Geography  and  Aflronomy,  is  ufed  byway 
of  Eminence  for  the  Equator  or  Equinoaial  Line,  which, 
in  the  Heavens,  is  a  Circle  dcfcribed  by  the  Sun  in  his 
Courfeon  the  2ifl  Day  of -M.»-ci,,  and  the  2ill  of  &/>tem- 
itr.  On  the  Earth  'tis  an  imaginary  Circle,  anfwerina 
to  that  in  the  Heavens.  It  divides  the  Eatth  from  Eajt 
to  Weji  into  two  equal  Parts,  and  is  at  an  equal  Diftance 
from  the  two  Poles  ;  fo  that  thofe  w^ho  live  under  the 
Line,  have  the  Poles  always  in  their  Horizon.  The  Lati- 
tudes commence  from  the  Line.  The  Seamen  ufe  to 
duck  their  Paffengers  the  fiift  time  they  cut  the  Z-.ne. 

LINE,  in  the  Art  of  War,  Is  undcrftood  of  the  Difpo- 
fition  of  an  Army  ranged  in  Order  of  Battel.  An  Army 
ufually  confifls  of  three  Linei  ;  the  (irft  is  the  Front,  Van, 
or  Advance  Guard  ;  the  Main  Body  forms  the  fecond,  in 
which  is  the  General's  Pofl  ;  the  third  is  a  Referved  Bo- 
dy or  Rear-Guard.  'Tisa  Rule  to  leave  150  Paces  di- 
ftance between  the  firft  Line  and  the  fecond,  and  twice  as 
much  between  the  fecond  and  third,  to  give  room  for 
rallying. 

Litie  is  alfo  undcrftood  of  the  DIfpofition  of  a  Fleet  on 
the  Day  of  Engagement }  on  which  occafion  the  Veffels 
are  always  drawn  up  in  one  Lij/e:  A  Ship  of  theLiwe,  isa 
Veflel  large  enough  to  be  drawn  up  in  the  Line,  and  to 
have  place  in  a  Sea- Fight. 

LINE  of  Demarcation,  or  Aky:and/i:in Line,  is  a  Me- 
ridian pafting  over  the  Mouth  of  the  River  M.-iritgnon,  and 
by  the  Capes  of  Hoamas  and  Malal»igo.  'Tis  fo  call'd 
from  Pope  JkxanderYl.  who  to  end  the  Difputes  be- 
tween the  Crowns  of  Cajiile  and  Portugal,  about  their 
Boundaries  in  1495,  drew  an  imaginary  Line  on  the 
Globe,  which  was  to  terminate  the  Pretenfions  of  each. 
By  which  Partition  the  fi/i/i-Mcj  fell  to  the  Lot  of  the 
Tertnpiefe,  and  xhnll'eft-hidics,  then neivly  difcovered  to 
the  Caftilians.  ' 

LIKE  of  Direni'W,  in  Mechanics,  is  that,  according  to 
which  a  Body  endeavours  to  move.  The  "Term  is  alfo 
ufed  tofignify  the  Liwe  that  padcs  thro'  the  Center  of  Gra- 
vity of  the  heavy  Body  to  the  Center  of  the  Earth  ;  which 
muft  alfo  pafsthro'  the  FiJcriim  or  Support  of  the  heavy 
Body  j  w  ithout  which  it  would  fall. 

LINE, 


LIN 


(  ^^9  ) 


LIN 


LINE,  in  Fencing,  is  thatdirefllyoppofite  to  the  Ene- 
rny,  wherein  the  Shoulders,  the  right  Arm,  and  the 
Sword  ought  always  to  be  found  ;  and  wherein  are  alfo  to 
be  placed  the  two  Feet  at  the  dillance  of  18  Inches  from 
each  other.  In  this  fenfe  a  Man  is  laid  to  be  in  his  L'-nCj 
to  go  out  of  his  i.;«e,  See. 

LIKE,  in  Fortification,  isfomctiines  taken  for  a  Ditch 
bordered  with  its  Parapet,  and  fomeciraes  for  a  Row  of 
Gabions,  or  Sacks  of  Earth,  extended  in  Length  on  the 
Ground,  to  Icrve  as  a  Shelter  againll  the  Enemies  Fire. 
'1  hus  they  Hiy,  when  the  Trenches  were  carried  on  within 
thirty  paces  of  the  Glacis,  they  drew  two  Lines,  one  on 
ihe  Right,  and  the  other  on  the  Left,  for  a  Place  ot  Arms. 
Lific  fundamental  is  the  firit  Lme  drawn  for  the  Plan  of 
a  Place,  and  which  fhews  its  Area.  jCine  Capital  is  that 
which  is  drawn  from  the  Angle  of  the  Gorge  to  the  An- 
gle of  the  Ballion.  Line  Cogritel  is  that  which  is  drawn 
trom  the  Angle  of  the  Center  to  that  of  the  Ballion. 
Line,  of  Dcfc72ce,  is  that  which  reprefcnts  the  Courfe  of 
the  BuUct  of  any  fort  of  Fire-Arms,  more  cfpecially  of 
a  Mufquet-Ball,  according  to  the  Situation  which  it 
ought  10  have  to  defend  the  Face  of  the  Baition.  Line  of 
Defence  Fixeil,  or  Fichafit,  is  that  which  is  drawn  from  the 
Angle  of  the  Curtain  to  the  flank'd  Angle  of  the  oppolite 
Baltions,  but  yet  wiihout  touching  the  Face  of  the  Baf- 
licn-  This  mult  never  exceed  800  Feet, which  they  reckon 
the  Diflance  at  which  a  Mufquet-Ball  will  do  Execution. 
Lijie  of  Defence  Raziun,  is  that  which  being  drawn  from 
a  certain  Point  of  its  Curtain,  ra2eth  the  Face  of  the  op- 
pofite  Baftion  j  this  is  al^j  called  the  L'uie  of  Defencej 
Stringefit,  or  Hanking.  Lme  of  y/pproach,  or  yJttack^  fig- 
nifies  the  Work  which  the  Befiegcrs  carry  on  under  Co- 
vert, to  gain  the  Moat,  and  the  Body  of  the  Place.  Lirie 
vf  CiTcuniv.iilatkn,  is  a  Live  or  Trench  cut  by  the  Befie- 
gers  within  Cannon-Shot  of  the  Place,  which  rangeth 
round  their  Camp,  and  fecures  its  Quarters  againft  the 
Relief  of  the  Beiieged.  Line  of  ContravaUation  is  a 
Ditch  bordered  with  a  Parapet,  which  ferves  to  cover 
the  Befiegcrs  on  the  Side  of  the  Place,  and  to  flop  the 
Sallies  of  the  Garifon.  Li?ies  of  Commifnication  are  thofe 
which  run  from  one  Work  to  another  ;  but  the  Line  of 
Com»m>ncatio}]^  more  efpecially  fo  call'd,  is  a  continued 
Trench,  with  which  a  Circumvallation,  or  Contravalla- 
tion,  is  furrounded,  and  which  maintains  a  Communica- 
tion with  all  its  Forts,  Redoubts,  and  Tenaille-s.  Lme 
cf  the  Bafe  is  a  right  Z^'je,  which  joins  the  Points  of  the 
two  neareft  Baftions.  To  line  Work,  is  tottrcngthen  a 
Rampart  with  a  firm  Wall,  or  to  encompafs  a  Parapet  or 
Moit  with  good  Turf,  ^c. 

LINE  Ceo?nsiric.ily  in  Pcrfpeilive,  is  a  right  Line 
drawn  in  any  manner  on  the  Geometrical  Plane.  Line 
Terreftrialy  or  Horizontal ^  in  Pcrfpcdlive,  is  a  right  Line, 
wherein  the  Geornetrical  flane  and  that  of  the  Pii^ure 
cr  Draught  interfefl  one  another.  Line  of  the  Front,  in 
Perfpedive,  is  any  right  Line  parallel  to  the  Terreftrial 
Line.  Line  Fertjcal  in  Perfpeflive,  is  the  common  Sec- 
tion of  the  Vertical  and  of  the  Draught,  Line  Fifual  is 
the  L 1176  or  Ray  imagined  to  pafs  from  the  Objefl  to 
the  Eye.  Lme  of  Station  in  Perfpeitive,  according  to 
jome  Writers,  is  the  common  Section  of  the  Vertical  and 
Geometrical  Planes  ;  others  mean  by  it  the  perpendicu- 
lar Height  of  the  Eye  above  the  Geometrical  Plane  ; 
others  3  Line  drawn  on  that  Plane,  and  perpendicular  to 
the  Xme,  exprefling  the  Height  of  the  Eye.  Line  Ob- 
jcBive,  in  Perfpe^tive,  is  the  Line  of  an  Objei^,  from 
whence  the  Appearance  is  fought  for  in  the  Draught  or 
Piaure. 

LINE  of  Gra-vitation  of  an  heavy  Body,  is  a  Line 
drawn  thro'  itsCentre  of  Gravity,  and  according  to  which 
it  tends  downwards. 

LINE,  Horizontal^  in  Dialling,  is  the  common  Sec- 
tion of  the  Horizon,  and  the  Dial-Plane.  Line  Horary, 
or  the  hour-Lines,  are  the  common  Interfeflions  of  the 
Hour-Circlesof  the  Sphere,  with  the  Plane  of  the  Dial. 
Line  Si<l'Jiylar,  is  that  Li?/e  on  which  the  Style  or  Cock 
of  the  Dial  is  erefled,  and  is  the  Reprefcntation  of  fuch 
an  Hour- Circle  as  is  perpendicular  to  the  Plane  of  that 
Dial.  Line  EquinoBial,  in  Dialling,  is  the  common 
Intcrfeflion  of  the  Equinoftial,  and  the  Plane  of  the 
Dial. 

LINE  of  Me-i/Hrej  i  {q  Mr.Oughtred  calls  the  Diame- 
ter of  the  Primitive  Circle  in  the  Projection  of  the  Sphere 
in  Tlam,  or  that  in  which  the  Diameter  of  any  Cir- 
cle to  be  projected  falls.  In  the  Stereographick  Projec- 
tion of  the  Sphere  in  Piano,  it  is  that  L'rte  in  which  the 
Plane  of -a  great  Circle  perpendicular  to  the  Plane  of 
the_  Projection,  and  that  oblique  Circle,  which  is  to  be 
projefted,  intcr.fcfts  the  Plane  of  the  Projeiflion  ;  or  it  is 
the  common  Seftion  of  a  Plane,  paffing  thro'  the  Eye- 
Point,  and  the  Centre  of  the  Primitive  ;  and  at  right  An- 
gles to  any  oblique  Circle  which  is  to  be  projefled,  and 


in  which  the  Centre  and  Pole  of  fuch  Circle  will  be 
found. 

LINE  of  the  f-wiftefi  Vefcento£  an  heavy  Body,  is  that 
Curve  which  a  Body  would  defcribe  in  its  Dcfccnt,  if  it 
moved  the  fwiftert  poflible. 

LINE  of  the  y!pjules,  in  Aftronomy,  is  the  Vme  which 
joins  the  /Ipfides,  or  the  greater  Axis  of  the  Orbit  of  a 
Planet.    See  y^pfides. 

LINE  FIDUCIAL.    Scq  Fiducial  Line. 

HORIZONTAL  LINE,  a  Lme,  Parallel  to  the  Hori- 
zon.   See  Horizon. 

MERIDIAN  LINE.    See  Meridian. 

LINE  of  the  Nodes,  in  Aflronomy,  is  the  Zme  which 
joins  the  Nodes  of  the  Orbit  of  a  Planet,  or  the  common 
Seftion  of  the  Plane  of  the  Orbit  with  the  Plane  of  the 
Ecliptic.    See  Nodes. 

LINE  of  a  Projeaile.    See  FrojeBile. 

LINES  on  the  Plain  Scale,  are  the  Line  of  Chords, 
i-j?/e  of  Sines,  Line  of  Tangents,  Line  of  Secants,  Line 
of  Semi-Tangents,  Line  of  Longitude.  The  Confrruclion 
and  Application  whereof,  fee  under  the  word  Phun  Scale. 

LINES  owGunter';  ^Cij/t',are,the  Lineo^  Numbers, L»;e 
of  Artificial  Sines,  Line  of  Artificial  Tangents,  Lme  of 
Artificial  Verfed  Sines,I/?ie  of  Artificial  Sines  of  Rhumbs, 
Li;/c  of  Artificial  Tangents  of  the  Meridian  Lint;,  and 
Line  of  equal  Parts.  The  Conitruaion  and  Application 
whereof,  fee  under  the  Word  Gunter''s.  Scald 

LINES  of  theSeBor,  are,  the of  equal  Parts,  or 
Line  of  Lines,  Line  of  Chords,  L'7te  of  Sines,  Z'-'ie  of 
Tangents,  ii»e  of  Secants,  Lme  of  Polygons,  L'pc  of 
Numbers,  Lme  of  Hours,  Lme  of  Latitude.;,  Lme  of 
Meridians,  Line  of  Metals,  Line  of  Solids,  Line  of  Planes, 
The  Conftrudion  and  Ufe  whereof,  fee  under  the  word 
SeBor. 

LINES  Converging.    See  Converging  Lines. 

LINES  Diverging.    See  Diverging  Lines. 

LINES  Proportional,  the  Manner  of  conftrufting  them, 
their  Properties,  ^c.    See  Proportional  Lmes. 

LINES  Reciprocal.    See  Rscifrocal. 

LlNEAALBA,  in  Anatomy,  is  the  Concourfe  of  the 
Tendons  of  the  oblique  and  tranfverfe  Mufcles,  dividing 
the  Abdomen  in  two,  in  the  middle.  It  is  called  Liae«, 
Line,  as  being  ftrait,  and  y}lba  from  its  Colour,  which  is 
white.  It  receives  a  Twig  of  a  Nerve  from  the  IrtiTcof- 
tals  in  each  of  its  Digitarions  or  Indentings,  which  are  vi- 
fible  to  the  Eye,  in  lean  Perfons  efpecially. 

LINEAMENT,  a  fine  Stroke  or  Line  obferved  in  the 
Face, and  forming  the  Delicacy  thereof  j  being  that  which 
prefcrves  the  Refemblance,  andoccafions  the  Relation  of 
Likenefs  or  Unlikenefs  to  any  other  Face.  'Tis  by  thefe 
that  the  Phyfiognomiils  pretend  to  judge  of  the  Temper 
and  Manners  of  People.  The  word  Lineament  is  ufed  by 
the  Painters  for  the  Out-Line  of  a  Face. 

LINEAR  PROBLEM,  in  Mathematicks,  is  fuch  an 
one  as  may  be  folvcd  Geometrically  by  the  Interfec>ion  of 
two  right  Lines ;  as  to  meafure  an  inacceffible  Height  by 
the  means  of  two  unequal  Sticks,  i^c.  This  is  alfo  jailed 
Sl  Simple  Problem,  and  is  capable  but  of  one  Solution. 
Lifjear  Numbers  are  fuch  as  have  Relation  to  Length 
only,  as  fuch  as  reprefent  one  Side  of  a  Plane  Figure  ; 
if  the  Plane  Figure  be  a  Square,  the  Linear  Number  is 
called  a  Root. 

LINE-SEED,  a  Grain,  that  has  feveral  ufeful  Proper- 
ties. It  enters  the  Compofition  of  feveral  Medicines,  and 
yields,  by  ExprefTton,  an  Oil  that  has  moit  of  the  Qua- 
lities of  Nut-Oil,  and  is  accordingly  fometimes  ufed  in 
lieu  thereof  in  Painting,  and  to  burn.  That  drawn  with- 
out the  Affiftance  of  Fire,  is  of  much  Eiieem  in  Madi- 
cine,  and  fuppofed  good  in  the  Cure  of  feveral  Difeafes. 

LINGOl',  or  INGOT,  a  Bar  or  Piece  of  Gold,  Sil- 
ver, ^c.  from  the  Mines,  melted  down,  but  not  coined 
or  wrought. 

Lingot,  is  alfo  a  Term  in  Chymiflry,  for  the  Molds  they 
make  to  call  melted  Metals,  or  the  Regulusof  Antimony, 
£5?c.  into, 

LINGUA,  the  Tongue,  in  Anatomy,  an  oblong  Alem- 
ber,  whofe  Form  and  Situation  are  fufficiently  known, 
and  whofe  Ufe  is  to  be  the  Organ  of  Ta(te,  and  the 
principal  Inllrument  of  Speech  and  Deglutition.  It  is 
faftened  to  the  Oi  W)'Ojrfef,  the  Larynx,  and  to  the  Fauces^ 
by  means  of  a  membranous  Ligament  running  along  the 
lower  Side  of  it,  about  half  way,  called  the  Frxnumt 
See  Oi  Hyoides,  &c. 

The  main  Bulk  and  Body  of  the  Tongue  is  made  up 
of  Mufcles,  which  are  covered  on  the  upper  Part  with  a 
papillar  nervous  Subltance,  over  which  are  fpread  two 
Membranes.  The  outer  of  thefe  Membranes  is  pretty 
thick  and  fhorr,  and  full  of  Paf\lLt\  of  a  Pyramidal  Fi- 
gure, efpecially  towards  the  Tip  ;  which  PapHU  fiand 
pointing  towards  the  Root  of  the  Tongue  in  a  bending 
Potture  j  which  makes  their  Figure  to  be  Concavo-convex. 

Thefe 


LIN 


Thcfe  j^ficcs  or  Fp.piU^c  fo  very  minute  and  flender  in 
Men, that  they  maJiC  the  Coat  appear  on  the  upper  Part  to 
be  villous ;  elpeciallyas  they  approach  nearer  to  the  Root. 
The  Figure  of  the  FapilU,  in  human  Tongues,  is  not  fo 
plainly  difcernible  to  the  naked  Eye  as  not  to  need  the  Mi- 
crofcopc.  In  Brutes  they  are  generally  larger,  iHffer,  and 
more  confpicuous,  and  in  fomc  almoli  cartilaginous,  as 
may  be  felt  in  the  Tongues  of  Cats,  Oxen,  but  morefen- 
fibly  in  Lions.  On  the  upper  fide,  at  a  little  dillance 
firoiTi  the  Tip,  tliis  Membrane  becomes  thin,  fmooth,  and 
glabrous,  and,  as  it  were,  poliftied  by  the  lower  Parts  of 
the  Mouth  whereon  it  Aides. 

Under  this  lies  a  thin  Toft  reticular  kind  of  Coat,  pun- 
ched through  with  innumerable  Holes,  and  always  lined 
with  a  thick  and  white  yellowifli  Mucus.  This  Membrane 
is  fo  exceeding  tender,  and  full  of  Mucus,  that  it  is  not 
to  be  examined  by  thenakcd  Eyeunlefs  boiled  ;  by  which 
it  grows  tougii,  and  eafily  feparable  from  the  external 
Membrane,  and  from  the  nervous  Fart  of  the  Tongue 
which  lies  immediately  under  it.  After  boiling  it  ap- 
pears like  a  kind  of  Gawfe,  between  whofe  Threads  in- 
numerable Holes  appear,  through  which  the  Apices  of 
the  papillary  Body  underneath  it  arc  exerted.  This 
Membraneon  the  upperSide,  next  the  outward,  appears 
white,  with  a  Caft  towards  yellow,  but  black  on  the 
Side  next  the  Tongue. 

Many  Authors  don't  allow  this  to  be  a  Membrane,  and 
will  only  have  it  to  be  a  Mucus  hardened  by  boiling  j 
but  fince  it  has  fo  much  of  the  Refemblance  of  a  Mem- 
brane, and  that  Authors  agree  in  allowing  two  Mem- 
branes to  the  Tongue,  Dr.  Drake  does  not  fcruple  to 
number  it  among  them  ;  tincc  there  doesnot  appear  to  be 
any  other  iecond  Membrane  :  reckoning,  with  'Malpi^hi, 
the  fmooth  Part  under  the  Tongue,  aPartof  the  outer 
Membrane. 

Immediately  under  this  appears  a  nervous  papillary 
Body  fpreading  itfelf  to  a  pretty  Thicknefs  over  the 
whole  Surface  of  the  Tongue.  This  Body,  on  the  un- 
der Side,  is  every  where  level  and  fmooth,  except  in 
feme  few  Places,  where  it  is  conneiied  to  the  fubjacent 
mufculous  Part  by  fome  nervous  Twigs  which  it  fends  in- 
to it.  Malpighi  diflinguiflies  the  Fa^ilU^  which  make  the 
principal  Part  hereof,  into  three  kinds,  from  their  diffe- 
rent Magnitudes  and  Figures  when  obferved  with  the  Mi- 
crofcope  ;  of  which,  thofe  feated  on  the  Sides  and  Tip 
arc  very  lingular,  refembling  little  round  Pyramids,  with 
Globes  on  their  Tops  like  the  Horns  of  Snails.  All  thefe 
FapilU,  which  are  the  immediate  Organs  of  Tailing, 
fend  their  Apices,  or  Extremities,  through  the  mucous 
Membrane,  into  the  pyramidal  I'apilU  of  the  outwr.rd 
Membrane,  which  are  hollow  to  receive  them,  and  fee m 
to  be  nothing  elfe  but  a  kind  of  Cafes  to  defend  thefe 
nervous  FapHU  from  Injuries  which  the  Salts  and  Afperi-  ' 
t^es  of  thofe  Bodies,  which  we  take  into  our  Mouths, 
might  do  them, 

The  xcCc,  and  much  the  greatefl:  Fart,  of  the  Body  of 
the  Tongue  is  mufculous,  coniiliing  of  Plans  of  Fibres  in 
different  Direflions  ;  The  flrif,  or  external  Flan,  confilts 
of  ihait  Fibres,  which  cover  the  Tongue  from  one  Ex- 
treme to  the  others  when  thefe  contract,  they  fhorten  it. 
Under  this  are  feveral  other  Plans,  running  from  the  un- 
der to  the  upper  Side,  which  fcrve  to  inake  it  broad  and 
thin.  Thcfe  two  kinds  of  Fibres  lie  Jh-atum  Jtiper  Jlra- 
turn,  a  Plate  of  the  one,  and  then  a  Plate  of  the  other. 
Authors  are  not  agreed  about  the  Number  of  Mufcles 
which  compofe  the  Tongue,  fome  confounding  thofe  of 
the  Os  Hyoides  with  thofe  of  the  Tongue,  reckon  eight, 
others  nine,  others  ten,  and  more  Fair.  Some  number 
thofe  proper  to  the  Tongue  alone  fix  Pair,  others  five,  o- 
thers  four,  and  fome  no  more  than  three.  Of  this  lall 
Opinion  is  our  accurate  Mr.  Co"djper,  who  allows  no  more 
than  three  genuine  Pair  of  Muicles  to  the  Tongue,  f/2;. 
the  Pair  Cemo^lojfion,  which  pull  the  Tongue  forwards, 
and  put  it  out  of  the  Mouth  ;  the  Cerato^h(fiim,  which 
draws  it  into  the  Mouth,  or  pulls  it  on  one  fide  5  and  the 
StylogloJ/um^  w  hich  draws  the  Tongue  up  in  the  A6iion  of 
Deglutition.  See  Getiio^io/Jutn,  Sic,  under  their  proper 
Heads. 

Bcfides  the  Mufcles,  the  Tongue  is  alfo  moved  by 
a  Bone  fituated  at  its  Root,  and  making  as  it  were  its 
Bafis,  called  Os  Hyoides,  which  fee. 

Down  the  middle  of  the  Tongue,  lengthwife,  runs  a 
Seam,  c%\VA  Lhiea'Medunia^  which  divides  it  to  the  bot- 
tom into  two  equal  Parts,  but  not  To  effeftually,  but 
that  the  Elond-Veflels  of  one  Side  communicate  with 
thofe  of  the  other.  Thefe  Vcifels  are  Arteries  from  the 
Caroiidesand  Veins  called  RaimU,  and  are  very  confpi- 
cuous about  the  Frocmm  under  the  Tongue,  ferving  to  recon- 
vey  the  Blood  to  the  external  Jugulars.  Thefe  Veins  are 
frequently  opened  in  the  Angina,  and  are  the  laft  Refort 
of  old  Women  in  this  Cafe.  The  Nerves  of  the  Tongue 


(  4^0  ) 


LIN 


come  from  the  fifth,  fixth,  and  ninth  Pairs  ;  the  two  firft 
of  which  have  been  called  Gujiatorli,  and  the  latter  iVotn- 
rtt  Lhi^M. 

Howfoevcr  neceCTarylan  Organ  the  Tongue  be  in  Speech, 
yet  Rolmiiii!  has  publi/hcd  an  Account  of  a 
Mouth  without  a  Tongue,  which  (pake  perfectly,  anA 
pcrform'd  Its  other  natural  Funftions  i  the  Perfon  he 
fpeiks  of  is  Pet.  Durami,  who  lofing  his  Tongue  by  a 
Gangreen,  could  yet  fpeak  perfcftly,  as  alfo  talk,  fwal- 
low,  and  chew  his  Food  ;  which  lad,  however,  he  could 
only  do  on  that  Side  he  put  it  into,  being  unable  to  turn 
it  to  the  other  Side  of  his  iVlouth. 

LINIMENT,  a  Topical  Remedy,  ferving  to  foften 
the  Afpe  ritiesof  the  Skin,  and  to  miiillen  thofe  Parts  that 
areto  be  foftcncd,  for  refolving  the  Humours  that  affiiit 
the  Patient,  and  give  him  Fain.  There  are  various  kinds 
of  Liniments  ufed  according  to  the  various  Occafions. 
The  Lmimem  \s  q{  a  mean  Coniifknce,  between  an  Oil 
and  an  Unguent.  The  word  comes  from  the  Laiin  limre^ 
to  anoint  zsnrly. 

LINSTOCK,  is  a  fhort  Staff  of  Wood,  about  three 
foot  long,  having  at  one  end  a  Piece  of  Iron  divided  into 
two  Branches,  each  of  which  hath  a  Notch  to  hold  a 
Piece  of  Match,  and  a  Screw  to  flillen  it  there  3  the  other 
end  of  the  Staff"  is  alfo  fhod  with  Iron,  and  pointed,  to 
flick  into  the  Ground,  it  is  ufed  by  the  Gunners  in  firing 
Cannon. 

LINTEL,  in  Architeaure,  the  Piece  of  Timber  that 
lies  horizontally  over  Door-Pofls  and  Window- Jaums,  as 
well  to  bear  the  Thicknefs  of  the  Wall  over  it,  as  bind 
the  Sides  of  the  Walls  together. 

LINUM  CATHARTICUM,  Mountain-Flax  ;  this  is 
much  ufed  by  common  People,  it  is  a  rough  harfh  Purge, 
and  powerfully  deterges,  and  evacuates  vifcid  and  watery 
Humours  from  the  moft  remote  Lodgments  j  which  makes 
them  fond  of  it  in  Rhcumatifms  :  but  it  is  only  fit  for  ro- 
buft  Confiitutions 

LINUM  INCOMEUSTIBILE,  a  Mineral  Subftance, 
of  a  whitifli  Silver  Colour,  and  a  woolly  Texture  ;  con- 
fifting  of  fmall  Threads  or  Longitudinal  Fibres,  endued 
with  the  wonderful  Property  of  refilling  Fire,  and  remain- 
ing unconfuraed  in  the  intenfeft  Heat.  This  lanuginous 
Mineral  is  fometimes  called  Jmian;bus  a.nd  ^sbejhs,  vjhich 
fee  5  fometlmts  Salamajjdra,  or  Salamander's  Wooli.  from 
the  Candle- Wicks  faid  to  be  made  antientlyof  it.  From 
a  pungent  Quality,  which  yfp-tcola  fays  it  has  on  the 
Tongue  without  Altringency,  it  is  call'd  Mumen,.  having 
the  Epithet  of  Fhimeum  added  to  it,  taken  from  its  dow- 
ny Filaments,  to  dirtinguifh  it  from  the  other  Alums. 
From  its  light  grey  Colour  it  is  call'd  Folia  and  Corfoides  ; 
and  from  its  Likenefs  to  the  hoary  Fibres  of  fome  forts  of 
Mat- Weed,  Spa-nafoUa.  From  the  Capacity  it  has  of  be- 
ing fpun  into  Thread,  it  is  call'd  X''«)«K,  with  fome  di- 
fiinguifhing  Epithet,  taken  either  from  its  Quality,  as 
Lifium  Jshejliiium  Fivum,  or  Jyicanihitjhhle  ;  or  froin  the 
Place  where  it  is  found,  as  Limim  Fafjilc^  Lirmm  Indicuniy 
Creticttm,  Cypricum^  and  Carpajinm^  or  Caryfiium.  But  be- 
fides  the  Places  whence  it  borrows  Names,  it  is  alfo  found 
in  Tartary,  at  Namur  in  the  Lois  Countries,  in  Tbunmiay 
among  the  Mines  in  the  Old  Norlcum  in  E^ypf,  in  the 
Mountains  of  ylrcadta,  at  Fnteoli  in  the  IflanS  of  Corjica, 
in  the  IHand  of  An^lefey  in  Wales,  and  in  Aherdeenjhire  in 
Scotland. 

The  Naturalifts  generally  reckon  it  among  the  Stones, 
whence  its  Appellation  of  Lapis  Aibeftos,  &lc.  but  Dr. 
F/01  rather  judges  it  a  Terra  Lapidofa,  or  middle  Sub- 
ftance, between  Stone  and  Earth.  As  to  its  Generation, 
the  fame  Author  takes  it  to  be  a  Mixture  of  fome  Salt, 
and  a  pure  Earth  without  Sulphur,  coagulated  in  the 
Winter,  and  hardened  by  the  Heats  in  Summer.  The 
Salt  3.  Hcjfus  fays  is  a  liquid  Alum,  of  a  milky  Subflance, 
inclining  to  yellow,  that  fweats  out  of  the  Earth,  and 
fmells  like  rotten  Cheefe. 

As  to  the  Art  of  managing  this  Mineral,  and  of  fpin- 
ning  and  weaving  it,  i^<c.  the  Accounts  we  have  are  va- 
rious. Signior  Cii/(«g7;i7M,  Superintendanr  of  fome  Mines 
m  Italy,  gives  us  the  Art  of  reducing  it  either  into  1  very 
white  Skin,  or  a  very  white  Paper,  either  of  which  re- 
fills the  moft  violent  Fire. 

Mr.  Lloyd  took  fomc  of  that  found  In  Anglefey,  and 
pounding  it  in  a  Stone  Mortar  till  it  became  a  downy  Sub- 
ftance, fifted  it  ihro  a  fine  Searce  i  by  which  means  the 
earthy  Parts  were  feparated  from  it :  the  Linmn  remain- 
ing. He  then  brought  it  to  a  Paper-Mill,  and  putting  it 
In  Water,  in  a  proper  Veflel,  ftlrred  it  pretty  much, 'or- 
dering the  Workmento  proceed  on  it  in  their  ilfua.1  man- 
ner of  making  Paper,  with  their  Writing- Paper  Mold  ;  on- 
ly to  llir  it  about  conftantly  before  purting  their  Mold 
in  ■■,  confidering  it  as  a  far  more  ponderous  Subftance  than 
what  they  ufed,  and  confequently,  if  not  immediately 
taken  up  after  it  was  agitated,  it  would  fubfide.  The 

Paper 


LIN 


(  4^1  ) 


LIP 


Paper  thus  made  of  it  proved  coarfc,  and  apt  to  tear,  but 
endui-ed  both  Ink  and  Fire  very  Well  ;  the  Ink  only  turn- 
ing Red  with  the  Violence  of  the  Fire. 

'M.  PaWHi/'e»e£«j  gives  us  the  Manufa£lure  of  theL/- 
mm  found  in  the  Province  of  Chinchimbdas  in  Tartary^ 
from  one  Cuyfic^r  a  Turk,  Superintendant  of  the  Mines  of 
that  Country,  as  follows  :  The  lanuginous  Mineral,  or 
Amianthus,  being  firl}  dried  in  the  Sun,  is  then  pounded 
in  a  Brafs  Mortar,  and  the  earthy  part  feparated  from 
the  woolly,  which  is  afterwards  well  wafhed  from  Filth  j 
being  thus  purged,  it  is  fpun  into  Thread  like  other 
Wool,  and  after,  wove  into  Cloth,  which,  if  foul  or  fpot- 
ted,  they  cleanfe,  he  fays,  by  throwing  if  filto  the  Fire 
for  an  hour's  time,  whence  it  comes  out  unhuft,  as  white 
as  Snow:  Which  very  Method,  according  to  the  Account 
given  us  by  Strabo,  feems  to  have  been  ufed  in  ordering 
the  C^etijjj  Amianthus  i  with  this  Addition,  that  after  it 
was  pounded,  and  the  earthy  Fart  feparated  from  the 
woolly,  he  fays  it  was  combed  ;  and  fo  does  Jgricola, 

Signiot  Camj^aai,  after  dcfcribing  four  forts  of  the  Li~ 
num^  whereof  he  had  Specimens  in  his  Mitfiettm  ;  the  firft 
fent  him  from  Co)/h,  the  fccond  from  .^e/m  (// Po«cw(e,  the 
third  coarfer  and  darker  than  the  reft,  and  the  fourth 
from  the  Fyrcnea7is -J  and  after  obferving,  tho'  he  kept  it 
three  Weeks  in  a  Glafs-houfc  Fire,  yet  found  it  unal- 
tered, tho  it  would  not  preferve  a  Stick  wrapp'd  in  it 
from  the  Fire  :  he  proceeds  to  fliew  the  manner  of  fpin- 
ning  it,  and  making  it  into  Cloth,  which  he  effefted  thus  .- 
He  firrt  laid  the  Stone  in  Water,  if  warm  the  better,  for 
fome  time  to  foak  ;  then  opened  and  divided  it  with  his 
Hands,  that  the  earthy  parts  might  fall  out  of  it,  which 
are  whitiJh  like  Chalk,  and  ferve  to  bind  the  thready  Part 
together.  This  makes  the  Water  thick  and  milky. 
That  Operation  he  repeated  iix  or  feven  times  with  frelh 
Water,  opening  and  fqueezlng  it  again  and  again,  till  all 
the  heterogeneous  Parts  were  walhed  out,  and  then  the 
I'lax-like  Parts  were  coilefted  and  laid  in  a  Sieve  to 
dry.  As  to  the  fpinning,  he  firtl  Jliews  a  Method  dlf- 
covered  to  him,  which  is  thus;  Lay  the  Arnianthus, 
eleanfed  as  before,  between  two  Cards,  fuch  as  they 
card  Wooll  withall,  where  let  jt  be  gently  carded,  and 
then  clapp'd  in  between  the  Cards,  fo  that  fome  of 
it  may  hang  out  of  the  fides  ;  then  lay  the  Cards  fafl  on 
a  Table  or  Bench  ;  take  a  fmall  Reel  made  with  a  little 
Hook  at  the  end,  and  a  Part  to  turn  it  by,  fo  that  it  may 
be  eafily  turned  round.  This  Reel  mulf  be  wound  over 
with  fne  Thread  :  then  having  a  fmall  Yeflel  of  Oil 
ready,  with  which  the  Forefinger  and  Thumb  are  con- 
Hantly  to  be  kept  wet,  both  to  preferve  the  Skin  from 
thecorrofive  Quality  of  the  Stone,  and  to  render  the  Fila- 
ments thereof  more  loft  and  pliant  ;  by  continuing  to  twift 
about  the  Thread  on  the  Reel  in  the  Arbeflos  hanging 
out  of  the  Cafes,  fome  of  the  latter  will  be  worked  up 
together  with  it  5  and  by  little  and  little  the  Thread  may, 
with  Care,  be  woven  into  a  coarfc  fort  of  Cloth  ;  and  by 
putting  it  into  the  Fire,  the  Thread  and  Oil  will  be  burnt 
away,  and  the  incombuftible  Cloth  remain.  But  finding 
this  way  of  uniting  the  Stone  with  the  Thread  very  te- 
dious, inttead  of  the  Thread  he  put  fome  Flax  on  a 
Diftaff,  and  by  taking  three  or  four  Filaments  of  the  Af- 
beftos,  and  mixing  them  with  the  P'lax,  'he  found  they 
might  be  eafily  twilled  together,  and  the  Thread  thus 
made  much  more  durable  and  ftrong  ;  fo  that  there  is 
no  need  of  Carding,  which  rather  breaks  the  Filaments 
than  does  any  good  :  only  open  and  feparate  the  Fila- 
ments after  wa/hing  on  a  Table,  and  take  them  up  with 
the  P'lax,  which  is  fufficient.  As  to  the  making  of  Pa- 
per,  he  fays,  in  the  walhlng  of  the  Stone  there  will  re- 
main feveral  /hort  Pieces  in  the  bottom  of  the  Water, 
of  which  Paper  may  be  made  in  the  common  Method. 
He  concludes  with  the  beft  way  of  prefcrving  the  Cloth, 
or  any  thing  made  of  the  Linncn,  which,  by  rcalon  of 
its  exceifive  Drynefs,  is  very  apt  to  break  and  twift  ;  and 
itconfiils  in  keeping  it  always  well  oiled,  which  is  the 
only  Prcfervative.  When  the  Cloth  is  put  in  the  Fire, 
the  Oil  burns  off,  and  the  Cloth  comes  out  white  and 
purified. 

This  kind  of  Linnen-Cloth  was  highly  eflecmed  by 
the  Antients  3  tho' then  better  known  and  more  common 
than  among  us,  being  held  equally  precious  with  the 
richeft  Fcarls  ;  nor  is  it  now  of  mean  Value  even  in  the 
Country  where  'tis  moft  generally  made,  a  China  Cover, 
(/.  e.  a  Piece  of  twenty-three  Inches  and  three  quarters 
long)   being  worth  S'j  Tale,  i.e.  '^6  I.  i\.  d.  Tliny 

fa^s,  he  himf^^lf  had  fccn  Napkins  thereof,  which  being 
taken  foul  from  the  Board,  after  a  Fcall,  were  thrown 
into  the  Fire,  and  by  that  means  were  better  fcowered 
than  if  ihcy  had  been  waflicd  in  Water,  ^c.  But 
its  principal  Ufe,  according  to  7lnn\  was  for  the  mak- 
ing of  Shrowds  for  Royal  Funerals  ;  to  wrap  up  the 
Corps,  fo  as  the  Afhes  might  he  prefcrved  diilinfi: 
from  that  of  the  Wooil,  ^c.  'which  maJc  the  Funeral 


Pile  5  and  the  Princes  'o^Tartary,  according  to  the  Ae^ 
counts  in  the  Phh/opb^c^ilTrafif-idions,  it  ill  ufe  it  at  this 
day  in  burning  their  Dead,  Some  of  the  Antients  arc 
faid  to  have  iTiade  themfelves  Clothes  of  it,  particularly 
iheBrachmans  among  the  Jw^u;^.  The  Wicks  for  their 
perpetual  Lamps,  according  to  Dr.Zijier,  were  made  of 
it  i  and  wo  are  told  that  Septalb.  Canon  of  A?;/.;;;  had 
Thread,  Ropes,_  Nets,  and  Paper  of  it,  A  Handkerchief 
or  Pattern  ot  this  Linnen  was  prcfcuted  to  the  Royal  So- 
ciety, a  foot  long,  and  half  a  foot  broad.  This  gave 
two  Proofs  of  its  refifling  Fire  3  tho'  in  both  Exnerimenta 
it  loft  above  three  Drams  in  its  Weight.  When  taken 
out  red-hot,  it  did  not  burn  a  Piece  of  white  Paper,  on 
which  it  was  laid.  Mr.  Vilktte  pretends,  that  his  large 
burning  Concave  ufually  vitrifies  the  Asbeftos. 

LIONCELES,  in  Heraldry,  a  Term  for  Lions,  wheri 
there  are  more  than  two  of  them  born  in  any  Coat  of 
Arms,  and  no  Ordinary  between  them. 

LIPOTHIMIA,  orLlPOPSYCHlA,  in  Medicine,  is 
a  fudden  Diminution  or  Failure  of  animal  and  vital  Ac- 
tions, otherwife  called  a  Swoohing  or  Deliquium.  In 
the  Ltpotbymia  the  Pulfe  is  very  faint,  the  Senfes  both  in- 
ternal and  externa],  and  the  animal  Motions,  both  vo- 
luntary and  natural,  extremely  weakened,'  and  the  Re- 
fpiration  fcarce  vlfible.  The  ordinary  Caufes  of  the  Li-^ 
fotbymia  are  great  Lofl*es  of  Blood,'  cxcefllvc  Evacua- 
tions, immoderate  Exercife,  grofs  hor  Air,  fuch  as  that 
in  the  midft  of  Crowds  of  People.  The  word  L'pothy- 
mta  comes  from  the  Greek  A«7ny,  defdo,  and  ^y-oi.  Ani- 
mus ;  and  Lypopjychia  from  Awt^j,  and  4'J%",  ^he  Soul. 

LIPPITUDO  is  a  Diforderof  the  Eyes,  otherwife  call'd 
Blear- Eyednefs confining  in  the  Oozing  out  of  a  thick 
vifcous  Humour,  which  hardening,  binds  the  Eye-lids 
together.  Some,  afterCe//i{j,  give  the  'b^^amc  Lif^itudo  to 
the  Opthalmia  j  which  fee. 

LIPS,  Labia,  the  Edge  or  exterior  Part  of  the  Mouth,  or 
that  mufculous  Extremity  which  Ihuts  and  covers  the  Mouth 
both  above  and  below.  The  Lips,  befidcs  the  common 
Integuments,  confift  of  two  Parts,  the  exterior,  hard,  and 
mufculous  ;  the  interior,  foft,  fpungy,  and  glandulous, 
covered  with  a  fine  Membrane,  the  fore  and  protube- 
rant Parts  of  which  are  red,  and  called  jf/o/fltm.  Authors 
generally  content  themfelves  with  calling  the  Subftance 
of  this  Part  fpungy,  but  in  reality  'tis  glanduiousj  as  ap- 
pears by  the  fcrophulous  and  cancrous  Humours  to  which 
it  is  fubjeil.  The  Mufcles  of  which  the  outer  Parts  of 
the  Z-ij's  confill,  are  either  common  to  them  with  other 
parts,  or  proper  ;  the  common  are  the  third  Pair  of  the 
Nofe,  the  Subcutaneus,  and  the  Buccinator. 

TheZ'^J  have  fix  Pair  of  Mufcles  belonging  to  them, 
and  an  odd  one  ;  of  thefe,  three  are  peculiar  to  the  upper 
and  under  Jjip,  the  other  three  and  the  fingle  one  are 
common  to  both  Lifs  :  The  peculiar  are  the  Jmllens  La- 
biorufn  Siiperins,  Deprinieus  Lahior^im  Infenus,  yittolkns  Labio~ 
rum  Infer itis 'y  the  three  common  Fair  are,  the  "Zyfomau- 
cus,  the  VetreJJor  Lahiorum^  tlve  Attollens  Labiarnm  ;  the  odd 
one,  Orlicularis,  which  fee. 

All  thefe  Parts  are  ferved  with  Blood  by  fome  Bran- 
ches of  the  Carotids,  which  the  Veins  carry  back  to  the 
external  Jugulars.  Their  Nerves  come  from  the  5thj 
(jth,  and  8th  Pair  of  the  Head,  and  fome  from  the  Par 
AcceJJorhim.  The  Z'/'J  have  a  great  fliare  in  the  Aftion 
of  Speech,  and  are  of  good  Lie  in  taking  in  the  Food, 

Lips  are  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  two  Edges  of  a 
"Wound,  and  the  exterior  Parts  of  a  Woman's  Privities. 

LIQUEFACTION,  an  Operation,  by  which  a  folid 
Body  is  reduced  into  a  Liquid  ;  or  the  A£tion  of  Fire 
or  Heat  on  fat  fufible  Bodies,  which  puts  their  Parts 
into  Motion.  The  Ziquefaflian  of  Wax,  l^c.  is  per- 
formed by  a  moderate  Heat,  that  of  Sal  Tarcari  by  the 
mere  Moillure  of  the  Air.  All  Salts  liquify.  Sand, 
mix'd  with  Alkalies,  are  liquified  in  the  Fire  of  the  Re- 
verberatory  to  make  Glafs.  In  fpeaking  of  Metals,  in- 
flcad  of  LiquefaHio}!,  we  ordinarily  ufe  the  word  Fujloji^ 
which  fee. 

LIQUID,  a  Body  that  has  the  Property  of  Fluidity  } 
and  befidcs  that,  a  peculiar  Quality  of  wetting  other  Bo- 
dies Immerged  in  if,  arifing  from  fome  Configurations  of 
Particles,  which  difpofes  them  to  adhere  to  the  Surfaces  of 
Bodies  contiguous  to  them.    See  fluid. 

Liquid.^  among  Grammarians,  is  a  Name  applied  ta 
certain  Confonants  oppofed  to  Mutes  j  L,  M,  N,  and  R 
are  Liquid'-. 

Liquid  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  by  the  Civilians  ; 
thus  Goods  or  Effetf^s,  that  are  clear  and  out  of  difpute, 
are  faid  to  be  lir/md. 

LIQUIDATION,  a  Redu£>ion  and  Afcertainment  ci- 
ther of  fome  dubi'ius  difputable  Sum,  or  of  rhe  refpcc- 
tive  Pretenfions  which  two  Pcrfons  may  have  to  the  lame 
liquid  or  clear  Sum.  L  qutd^itmn  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  C'r- 
der  and  Method  a  Dealer  endeavours  to  cftabiifh  in  his 
B  b  b  b  b  b  Affairs 


LIT 


Affairs.  /J'/«'(' Debts  and  Effects  arefuchasare  not  only 
really  exifting,  but  fuch  as  there  can  be  no  Difpute  a- 
bout. 

LIQUORICE.    See  Glycyyrh'm.i. 

LIST,  orLlSTEL,  in  Architedure,  called  alfo  a  C/»- 
Biire,  filler,  and  Reg/ei  5  a  little  fquare  Moulding,  dif- 
pos'd  in  certain  Farts  ot"  Columns,  ferving  to  crown  or 
accompany  larger  Mouldings,  and  to  feparate  the  Flu- 
tings  of  Columns. 

Ziji  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  inclofed  Field,  or  Ground 
wherein  the  antient  Knights  held  their  Joulls  and  Com- 
bats. It  was  fo  called,  as  being  hemm'd  round  with 
Pales,  Barriers,  or  Stakes  :  fome  of  thefe  were  double, 
one  tor  each  Cavalier  j  which  kept  them  apart,  fo  that 
they  cou'd  nor  come  nearer  each  other  than  a  Spear's 
length.  Dti  Gauge  derives  the  Word  from  Licix,  which  in 
the  Age  of  corrupt  Latin,  was  ufed  for  the  Iiiclofures  of 
Fields  and  Citii  J,  as  being  antiently  made  with  Cords 
inter-laced  j   or  from  Liji'',  quia  Cimpiim  clandch(int  iuji.ir 

Lifi,  the  Border  of  a  Stuff,  or  that  which  bounds  its 
Width  on  each  Side.  All  Stuffs  of  8ilk,  Wool,  or  Cot- 
ton have  Z'fti.  Z'ljts  contribute  to  the  Goodnefs  of  the 
Stuff,  and  further  ferve  to  /hew  their  Quality  ;  which 
has  given  occafion  to  feveral  Regulations  relating  to  their 
Matter,  Colour,  Work,  £=?c. 

LISTENING,  according  to  Kohauh,  confifts  in  the 
Extenfion  or  Bracing  of  the  Tympanum  of  the  Ear,  and 
putting  it  into  fuch  a  Condition,  as  that  it  /hall  be  the 
more  affeiled  by  any  tremulous  Motion  of  the  external 
Air.    See  Tympaftum. 

LITANY,  an  old  Church-Term,  fignifying  the  Pro- 
ceffions,  Prayers,  and  Supplications,  ufed  to  appeafe  the 
Wrath  of  God,  to  avert  his  Judgments,  or  to  procure  his 
Mercies.  EccleiialHc  Authors,  and  the  Roman  Order,  by 
the  Word  L'lany  mean  the  People  who  compofe  the  Pro- 
ceffion,  and  who  aifift  at  it.  And  DuCange  adds,  that  the 
Word  antiently  fignifiedProceiTion.     Simeon  of  Thejpiloni- 

mentions,  that  in  the  antient  i'Mw/ei,  the  People  went 
out  of  the  Church,  to  denote  the  Fall  of  j^d.xm,  and  re- 
turn'd  into  it  again,  to  /hew  the  Return  of  a  pious  Soul 
to  God  by  Repentance.  On  occafion  of  a  Plague  that 
ravaged  Kome  in  the  Year  590,  Pope  Gregory  appointed  a 
Litany^  or  Prpceffion,  confiiting  of  feven  Bands,  or  Com- 
panies, who  marching  from  the  feveral  Churches  of  the 
City,  met  at  St.  Mary  Major.  The  firit  Company  con- 
iifled  of  the  Clergy  ;  the  fecond  of  Abbots,  with  their 
Monks  J  the  third  of  Abbeffes,  with  their  Nuns  ,  the 
fourth,  of  Children  3  the  fifth,  of  Laymen  ;  the  fixth,  of 
Widows;  and  the  fevcnth,  of  married  Women.  And 
from  this  general  Proceffion,  that  of  Sr.  Mirk,  called  the 
Grand L:t. VI y,  is  judged  to  have  taken  its  Rife. 

Litany,  among  us,  is  a  Form  of  Prayer  fung  or  faid  in 
Churches,  contilHng  of  feveral  Periods,  or  Articles;  at 
the  End  of  each  whereof,  is  an  Invocation  in  the  fame 
Terms.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  Ki-mytLa^  Sup- 
^Ication.  Tezron  would  go  further,  and  derive  the  kit]u>, 
or  hi73ij)  of  the  Greeks,  from  the  Celtic  Lit^  Feat},  Solem- 
nity. 

LITHARGE;  there  are  two  Kinds  of  Litharge,  the 
one  natural,  the  other  artificial.  Natural  Litbaige  is  a 
Mineral  fometimes  found  in  Lead  Mines,  reddi/h,  fcaly, 
brittle,  and  fomewhat  refcmbling  white  Lead.  This 
Litharge  is  fo  exceeding  rare,  that  the  Shops  fell  none  but 
the  artificial. 

Anijicial  Litharge  is  of  two  Kinds,  viz.  that  of  Gold, 
and  that  of  Silver  3  or  rather 'tis  the  fame,  with  this  dif- 
ference, that  the  one  having  undergone  a  greater  Degree 
of  Fire  than  the  other,  has  occafioned  different  Colours, 
and  thence  different  Names.  Indeed  Naturalitls  are  not 
over-well  agreed  what  the  Artificial  Litharge  is:  Some 
fay  'tis  a  Metallic  Scum  rais'd  on  the  Surface  of  Lead, 
when  melted  ;  after  having  ferv'd  to  purify  Gold,  Silver' 
or  Copper.  Others  fay  'tis  a  Metallic  Smoak  arifing 
from  thofe  Merals  mix'd  with  the  Lead,  ufed  in  purify- 
ing them  ;  which  flicking  to  the  Top  of  the  Chim- 
neys of  Furnaces,  is  there  form'd  in  a  kind  of  Scales. 
Laflly,  others  fay  'tis  the  Lead  itfelf  ufed  in  the  refinincr 
of  thofc  Metals,  and  efpecially  Copper;  which  lal^ 
Opinion  appears  the  moft  credible ;  and  the  rather,  on 
account  of  the  great  Quantities  of  thcfc  L/(/jMi-(rej  brought 
from  Folaiid,  Sweden,  and  Denmark where  Copper- Mines 
are  much  more  frequent  than  thofc  of  Gold  and  Silver. 

Z/r/jar^ej  are  deficcative,  deteriive,  and  cooling  ;  they 
make  the  Confidence  of  feveral  Plaillers.  The  Potters 
ufe  them  to  give  a  beautiful  Glofs  to  their  Ware  ;  and 
they  are  alfo  ufed  by  Painters,  Dyers,  Skinners,  and  Gla- 
ziers. When  mix'd  with  Wine,  they  give  it  a  br-ioht 
fprightly  Colour,  bur  render  it  extreamly  unwholefome. 
The  Word  is  compofcd  of  the  Greek  ?S^'<Q-  and  a.^yv^'^ 
Siher. 


(  4<^2.  ) 


LIT 


I.ITHIASIS, in PhySc, fignifios the  Formailon  of thcSlone, 
or  the  Manner  in  wiiich  it  gruvi-s  in  tlie  Bod;-.    See  Stone. 

LITHOCOLLA,  a  Cement  ulld  by  tlie  Lapidaries  to 
fallen  tiieir  precious  Stones,  in  order  tor  cutting  tliem.  It 
is  conipofed  of  Rofin  and  Krick-Dutt.  For  Diamonds  they 
ufe  melted  Lead,  putting  them  into  it  before  it  be  ijuite 
cold-  For  other  Cemeius  they  mix  Marble^Duft  with' 
ftrong  Glue  i  and  to  fiflen  their  Sparks,  add  the  White 
of  an  Egg  and  Pitch.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek 
AiS®-,  Siojie,  and  KMa,Ghfe, 

LITHONTHRIFTICS,  are  Medicines  proper  to  dif- 

olve  the  Stone  in  the  Bladder  and  Kidneys ;  of  which 
Kind  are  the  Lithofpermum,  Saxifrage,  The  Word 
comes  from  the  GreeA  ^ie„,  Sm,e,  and  Tei/in,,  to  breaker 
wear. 

LITHOTOIVIY,  an  Operation  in  Chirurgery  perfor- 
med upon  a  human  Body  in  order  to  extrait  the  Stone 
out  ot  the  Bladder.  This  is  performed  three  feveral 
Ways,  tiiz.  by  the  fniall  yiffarauis,  the  great  Jfpiratus 
and  the  high  JfparaM.  The  firll  is  by  cutting  tiiro'  the 
Fenitxtim  near  the  Suture,  on  the  left  Side,  after  the 
Stone,  by  the  Fingers  of  the  Operator,  has  been  brought 
to  that  Part.  This  is  called  cutting  upon  the  Giipe;  but 
'tis  almoft  difufed,  by  reafon  it  fubjeels  the  Patient  ttJ 
great  Hazard  and  Inconveniences. 

In  the  great  Jffaratui,  which  is  that  ordinarily  prafli- 
fed,  after  the  Patient  is  conveniently  placed  and  bound, 
the  Operator  introduces  a  proper  Inilrument  thro'  the 
urinary  Paffage  into  the  Bladder,  in  order  to  fearch  for 
the  Stone ;  which  being  found,  that  Inilrument  is  with- 
drawn, and  another  grooved  one  introduced  the  fame 
way  i  which  bulging  in  the  Per:iur-m,  feives  to  direft  the 
Knite  to  the  Neck  of  the  Bladder.  After  the  Incifion,  a 
third  Inflrumcnt  is  thrull  into  the  Aperture,  till  it  join 
the  former,  that  was  lafl  introduced  thro'  the  urinary 
Paffage,  at  which  time  that  is  withdrawn,  whiUl  this  re- 
mains to  guide  the  Forceps  direaiy  into  the  Bladder,  to 
bring  away  the  Stone.  I'his  way  is  called  cuttinff  upon 
the  Staff.  ° 

The  third  Method,  called  alfo  the  High  Operation,  has 
been  long  ftnce  defcribed,  and  flrenuouily  pleaded  for 
by  a  Chirurgical  Writer,  Roffet ;  but  the  Praflice  is  of  a 
late  Date  among  us,  and  was  firll  attempted  by  Mr.  Dou- 
glas. Whether,  upon  the  whole,  this  Method  is  preferable 
to  the  larger  Jffaraua,  remains  a  Queflion.  I'ho'  the 
great  Succefs  which  Mr.  Chefelien  has  found  in  it,  gives 
Encouragement  to  hope  others  may  hereafter  prove  as 
happy,  and  at  length  render  the  Praflice  univerfally 
advantageous. 

The  Manner  of  proceeding  herein,  is  this :  After  the 
ladder  is  injcfled  with  a  fufKcient  Quantity  of  warm 
^ater.  and  the  Patient 


Bl 


,a  ,i.j.,w...u  Willi  ^  luuiciciic  v^antity  ot  warir 
Water,  and  the  Patient  conveniently  placed,  the  Opera- 
tor Ilowly  makes  an  Incifion  above  the  Oi  Fiibii,  along  the 
Lmca  yllkt,  till  he  gets  fight  of  the  Bladder,  into  which 
he  direflly  plunges  his  Knife,  and  afterwards  draws  out 
the  Stone.  The  Advantages  attending  this  Method,  are. 
That  'tis  perform 'd  in  a  very  ftiort'Time  ;  That  the 
Wound  eafily  heals;  That  the  Mncer.trioa  of  Parts,  fre- 
quent in  the  other  Ways,  is  prevented  ;  and  That  there 
is  no  danger  of  the  hiammeiti'm  Uriti^.  On  the  other 
hand,  'tis  thought  to  be  chiefly  prafiicable  upon  young 
Perions,  and  fuch  as  are  lean  ;  the  Wound  in  old  and  fat 
Pcrfons  being  apt  to  mortify  :  moreover,  if  the  Operator 
be  not  very  cautious,  he  may  cafily  let  out  the  Intellines. 

LITTER,  a  kind  of  Coach,  or  Vehicle  born  upon 
Shalts,  antiently  efteemed  the  mod  eafy  and  genteel  Way 
of  Carriage.  Tltny  calls  it  the  Travellers  Chamber,  h 
was  much  in  ufe  among  the  Rom.mt,  among  whom  it  was 
born  by  Slaves,  kept  for  that  purpofe  ;  as  it  fiill  continue- 
to  be  in  the  Eall  The  Roman  Lnter  made  to  be  born  b  y 
four  Men,  was  called  Tetrnfhoriim  ;  that  born  by  fix, 
Hexafboritm  ;  and  that  born  by  eight,  Ollafhomm.  The 
Invention  of  L.tters,  according  to  Otei-o,  was  owing  to 
the  Kings  of  fiirfcj'nia.  In  the  time  of  T/k-j-ii(j  they  were 
grown  very  frequent  at  Rome  ;  as  appears  from  Seneca  ; 
and  even  Slaves  themfelves  were  born  in  them,  tho' 
never  by  more  than  two  Perfons,  whereas  Men  of  Qua- 
lity had  fix  or  eight.  Dk  Can^t  derives  the  Word  from 
Le^erla^  or  Liberia,  q.  d.  a  Bed  for  Beafts.  Othets  will 
rather  have  it  come  from  LeRm,  Bed,  thete  bein?  ordi- 
narily a  Quilt  and  a  Pillow  to  a  Litter  j  in  the  fame  man- 
ner as  to  a  Bed . 

Ll'l  TORAL  SHELLS  ate,  with  the  Writers  of  Na- 
tural Hiftory,  fuch  Sea-Shells  as  are  always  found  near 
the  Shores,  and  never  far  off  in  the  Deep  :  fuch  as 
are  found  in  the  bottom  of  the  Sea,  remote  from  the 
Shore,  they  call  'iij.pv1^!><y  and  Fela^i.e. 

LITURGY,  a  Term  fionifying  all  the  Ceremonies 
belonging  in  general  to  the  Divine  Office  and  Service.  In 
a  raorerellraincd  Signification,  it  is  ufed  among  the  Ro»,a. 
nifli  to  fignify  the  Mifs,  and  among  ut  the  Common- 

Ptayer. 


LI  V 


Prayer.  All  who  have  written  on  Liturgies  -igtec,  that  in 
the  Frimitive  Days, Divine  Service  was  exceedingly  fimple, 
only  clogged  with  a  very  few  Ceremonies,  and  confiliing 
ot  but  a  fmall  Number  of  Frayers  j  but  by  degrees  they 
increafed  the  Number  of  external  Ceremonies,  and  ad- 
ded new  Prayers,  to  make  the  Office  look  more  aweful 
and  venerable  to  the  People.  At  length  things  were  car- 
ried to  fuch  apitch,  that  a  Regulation  became  necelTary  5 
and  it  was  found  proper  to  put  the  Service,  and  the  Man- 
ner of  performing  it,  into  Writing,  and  this  was  what  they 
call'd  ft  Liturgy.  The  Lnurgia  have  been  difterent  at  dif- 
ferent Times,  and  in  different  Countries.  We  have  the 
Lim-gy  of  St.  Chryfojtom^  that  of  St.  feter,  of  St.  ^atnes, 
the  Liturgy  of  St.  Bajil^  the  Arme?iia7i  J^ititriy,  the  i.;rKr- 
^y  of  the  Maromtes,  of  the  Co^ht^^  the  Rtntaji  Litttri-y,  the 
iialitcan  Lhur^y,  the  £?iglijh  Lhmjy,  the  Jmbrofiaji  Liiur- 
^y,  the  Sfan'ijh  and  Jjncan  Liturgies.  The  word  comes 
from  the  Gree^  A«1itp>(3^,  Service,  Publtc  Miiitftery. 

LITUS  is  the  fame  as  Limmentum^  which  fee. 

LITUUS,  among  Medalifis,  is  a  Staff  ufed  by  the 
Augurs,  made  in  form  of  aCrozier.  We  frequently  fee 
it  in  Medals,  along  with  other  Pontifical  Inltruments. 
Juhis  GcUiHS  fays,  it  was  bigger  in  the  place  where  It  was 
crooked  than  clfcwhere.  Some  derive  the  Word  from  the 
Creek  htlQi  ■>  fcmething  thLU  makes  a  .fiirill  acute  Sound, 
which  was  a  Property  of  this  Infirument. 

LIVEK,  a  large  glandulous  Vifcus,  of  a  red  fanguine 
Colour,  fituated  immediately  under  the  Diaphragm,  in 
the  right  Hypochondrium,  uhich  it  almolifiUs^  and 
thence  ftretchingitfelf  over  the  right  Side  of  the  Stomach 
towards  the  left  Hypochondrium,  reaches  behind  the 
Cariilago  Evfiformis^  growing  gradually  thinner  and  nar- 
rower. Its  Ufeis  to  purify  the  Mafs  of  Blood,  by  making 
a  Secretion  of  the  bilious  Humours  it  contains.  Its  upper 
Partis  convex,  and  perfectly  fmooth  or  poliHaed,  the  un- 
der concave,  and  fomewhat  more  uneven,  having  fuur  large 
Fiflures ;  one  thro'  which  the  Umbilical  Ligament 
paffes  i  a  fccond  on  the  left  Side,  receiving  the  Pylorus 
and  the  beginning  of  the  Duodejium  j  a  third  on  the 
right  Side  near  the  Margin,  in  which  the  Gall-BIadder 
is  lodged  ;  and  the  laft  in  the  upper  Part,  affording  a 
Paflage  to  the  ^ e7ia  Cava.  Its  Figure  is  fomewhat  ap- 
proaching to  round,  with  thin  Edges  not  altogether  even, 
but  notched  in  fome  Places.  Its  Magnitude  is  various  in 
different  Subje6ls,  according  to  the  Proportion  of  the  Bo- 
dy, tho'  in  a  Pectus,  or  very  young  Animal,  it  is  always 
larger,  in  proportion,  than  in  Adults.  In  Dogs  and  other 
Animals  ot  the  Quadruped  Kind,  it  is  divided  into  feve- 
ral  diftin£l  Lobes,  but  in  Men  it  is  generally  conti- 
nued j  having  one  fmall  Protuberance,  which  fome  ac- 
count a  little  Lobe.  It  is  fometimes,  however,  obferved 
in  Men  to  have  been  divided  into  two  or  three  Lobes. 

The  JL(Ver  is  conneftcd  to  fevcral  Parts,  but  efpecially 
to  the  Diaphragm,  to  which  it  is  faftened  by  a  broad,  thin, 
but  ilrong  femicircular  Ligament,  call'd  the  fuf-penfory 
Ligament,  and  derived  from  the  common  Capfula  of  the 
Porta  and  Gall  Dufls.  The  Continuity  of  this  Ligament 
being  interrupted  by  the  Perforation  of  the  Ke^a  Cflt>«,  has 
given  occafion  to  fome  Anatomies  to  divide  it  into  two. 
Is  is  likewife  by  another  iirong  Ligament,  which  has  its 
Origin  from  the  external  Coat  of  the  Liver,  or  which  is 
all  one,  from  the  Periton.tum ,  tied  to  the  Cartilago  Xyfhoi. 
des  i  and  by  a  third,  which  is  formed  nut  of  the  Umbili- 
cal VefTels,  which  in  Adults  dry  up  and  become  a  Liga- 
ment, it  is  connc£led  to  the  Tendons  of  the  abdominal 
Mufcles  in  the  Linea  alkt  at  the  Navel.  Thefe  feveral 
Ligaments  ferve  to  keep  it  in  its  due  lituation  :  befides 
which  it  has  fome  other  Conncdlionsby  the  Blood-Yeffels, 

The  Liver  has  a  Morion,  though  not  proper  to  irfelf, 
but  depending  on  that  of  the  Diaphragm,  to  which  be- 
ing very  firmly  connected,  it  mult  needs  obey  its  Mo- 
tion, and  in  Expiration  be  drawn  up,  and  in  Infpiration 
let  down  again.  It  is  covered  with  a  thin  fmooth  Mem- 
brane, derived  from  the  Periioiiceum^  which  may  be  fepa- 
rated  from  the  Subilance  of  the  L'tver^  tho'  not  without 
fome  danger  of  Laceration.  TheSubflance  of  the  Liver 
is  vafcular  and  glandulous  ;  which  latter  Part  is  very  foft 
and  friable,  and  pretty  ealily  fc raped  off  from  the  Vef- 
fels,  to  which  the  Glands  every  way  adhere,  as  it  were  in 
Bunches  5  which  has  made  the  Anatomifts  call  the  con- 
fiderable  ones.  The  Interii^I  L"hes  of  theljver. 

The  Glands  adhering  thus  to  the  Veffels,  and  confli- 
tuting  thofe  Lol>es,  are  wrapped  up  together  in  proper 
Membranes  ;  whence  this  Appearance  of  dlilina  Lobes. 
Every  one  of  thefe  Glands,  according  to  Ma/pigbi,  iscom- 
pofcd  of  fix  unequal  Sides  or  Faces,  '  They  are  all  cloth'd 
with  their  proper  Membranes,  and  have  each  an  excre- 
tory Duft,  feveral  of  which  ioinlng  together,  form  little 
Trunks,  which  run  all  along  with  the  Branches  of  the 
Porta  ;  and  thefe  again  uniting,  form  longer  Trunks, 
which  are  always  found  full  nf  Kile,  and  conilitute  the 
Poms  Bihv'Hs  ;  which  being  diftributed  all  over  the  Li~ 


(  463  ) 


LI  V 


Mr,  receives,  in  the  foregoing  manner,  the  Bile  ;  whicK 
is  feparated  by  thefe  Glai.ds,  and  terminating  in  the  Wca- 
tui  Hefaikiis,  and  that  in  t\\e  DuStuCommimii,  at  lengtl) 
difcharges  the  Bile  into  the  Duodenum. 

Befides  this  Dilcharge  by  the  Tana  alarms,  which  is 
fuppofed  to  be  the  great  one,  tho  Lhsr  alfo  delivers  Part 
of  its  Bile  into  the  Gall-Bladder,  by  a  Duft,  call'd  the 
Cyjt  Hefat'w  D«S,  firft  difcovered  by  Ot.Glifoi,  ;  by  means 
whereof  there  is  an  immediate  Communication  between 
the  Poms  Bilarhis  and  the  Gall-EIadder  ;  i  paiticular 
Defcription  of  which  two  laft  Parts,  fee  under  the  words 
Call  and  BUe. 

Befides  thefe  Gall-VefTels,  which  are  peculiar  to  the 
Lher,  it  abounds  with  Blood- VefTels,  efpecially  Veins  ; 
whereof  the  Forta  and  Coco  are  difleminated  thro'  rhe 
whole  Subflance  of  it.  And  here  it  is  particularly  re- 
rnarkable  of  the  Porta,  that  after  the  manner  of  Arte- 
ries it  /hoots  itfelf  from  a  Trunk  into  Branches,  and  be- 
ing at  laft  loft  in  Capillaries,  delivers  the  Blood  into 
the  Cava,  by  which  it  is  immediately  rcconveyed  to  the 
Heart. 

'The  Porta  is  formed  out  of  the  Concurrence  of  divers 
Veins,  which,  ineeting  together,  make  one  of  the  moft 
confidcrable  venous  Trunks  of  the  Body,  as  to  its  Bulk  ; 
tho',  contrary  to  the  Courfe  of  other  Veins,  it  runs  not 
far  in  a  Trunk,  but  is  foon  diftributed  again  by  Ramifi- 
cations into  the  Liver.    SneFena  Porta. 

The  Blood  conveyed  into  the  Liver  by  the  Forta,  after 
the  manner  of  the  Arteries,  is  received  again,  after  hav- 
ing been  purged  of  its  Bile  in  the  Glands  of  rhe  Liver 
into  innumerable  Veins,  which  empty  themfelves  into 
the  Cava,  and  are  vulgarly,  tho'  improperly,  call'd  Bran- 
ches of  the  Cava  ;  but  ought  to  be  etteemed  the  proper 
Blood-Vcffels  ot  the  Liver,  as  the  Emulgents  are  of  the 
Kidneys  ;  and  which,  as  all  the  reft  do,  except  the  Pulmo- 
nary Vein,  empty  themfelves  into  the  Cava  ;  the  common 
Channel  by  which  the  Blood  returns  to  the  Heart. 

The  Arteries,  which  are  call'd  the  Hepatic,  come  from 
the  right  Branch  of  the  Ctliac.  Dr.  Gliffon  thinks  the 
i'orta  does  fo  much  the  OfHcc  of  an  Artery,  that  no  more 
Arteries  are  neceffary  than  thofe  which  furnifll  Nourifh. 
ment  to  the  Membranes  and  Capfula  ;  but  Dr.  Drake 
thinks  they  ferve  for  the  Noutifliment  of  the  whole  Part. 
Thefe  Arteries  are  much  bigger  in  Men  than  in  other 
Animals.  Mr.  Covifer  had  feveral  Preparations,  wherein 
the  Stem  of  each  Hepatic  Artery  was  as  large  as  a  Goofe- 
QuiU,  and  the  Branches  in  the  ii^er  every  where  equal 
in  Magnitude  to  thofe  of  the  Pons  Bilarius,  which  they 
accompany.  Dr.  Drah  conjeSures,  that  in  this  Vifcus 
in  a  human  Body,  a  larger  Stream  and  direiler  Impetus 
of  arterious  Blood  is  required  to  drive  on  the  Venous, 
becaufe  of  the  crefl  Pofture,  than  in  Animals  of  an  ho- 
rizontal Pofition  of  Body.  For  which  reafon  Horfes, 
i£c.  though  of  much  larger  Size,  and  having  much  big- 
ger Livers,  have  thefe  Arteries  much  fmaller  than  Men  ; 
and  not  only  fo,  but  curled  like  the  Tendrils  of  a  Vine, 
to  break  the  Impetus,  which  in  that  Pofture  is  not  fo  ne- 
celTary  as  in  the  Etefl,    See  Bile. 

The  Ziver  has  its  Nerves  from  the  Hepatic  Plexus, 
found  on  the  right  Hypochondrium  by  the  Branches  of 
the  Intercoftal,  which  wrapping  themfelves  about  the 
Arteries,  make  a  fort  of  Net-work  ;  and  after  fpreading 
themfelves  on  the  Membrane  and  Surface,difappear.  The 
Lymphieduiis  are  numerous,  tho'  not  eafily  difcernible 
in  human  Subjcfls,  for  want  of  live  Diffeflions ;  but  in 
other  Animals,  that  maybe  differed  alive,  become  ve- 
ry confpicuous,  by  applying  a  Ligature  to  the  Forta  and 
the  bilary  Dua.  for  tie  Ufe  of  the  Liver  in  the  Secretion 
of  Bile,  fee  Bile. 

Plato,  and  olhers  of  the  Antients,  fix  the  Principle  of 
Love  in  the  Liver  ;  whence  the  LAtni  Proverb,  Co^itamare 
^ecur  :  And  in  thisfenfe  Horace  frequently  ulcs  the  word, 
as  when  he  fays.  Si  torrere  Jecv.r  qams  Idoiieum,  The 
Gree^j,  from  irs  concave  Figure,  call'd  it  vTmf,  vaulted, 
fufpended;  the.  Latins  call'd  it  3eci,r,  </.  d.  juxta  Cor,  at 
being  near  the  Heatt.  The  French  call  it  Foye  from  plyer, 
Focus,  or  Fire-place  ;  agreeable  to  tho  Doflrine  of  the 
Antients,  who  believed  the  Blood  to  be  boiled  and  pre- 
pared in  It.  Erafflratusat  firft  call'd  it  Par,'nchyma,i.  e. 
Effufion,  or  Mafs  of  Blood  ;  and  Hifpocrates,  by  way  of 
Eminence,  frequently  calls  it  the  Hypochondrium. 

LIVERY,  properly  fignifies  a  Colour,  to  which  aPer- 
fon  has  fome  particular  Fancy,  and  by  which  he  chufcs 
to  diflinguifh  himfelf  from  others.  Liveries  are  ufually 
taken  out  of  Fancy,  or  continued  in  Families  by  Succcf- 
fion.  The  antient  Cavaliers,  at  their  Tournaments,  di- 
ftinguiflied  themfelves  by  wearing  the  Liveries  of  their 
Miftrcffcs.  Thus  People  of  Quality  make  their  Do- 
ineliics  wear  rheir  Lrcery.  Viibcr  Meneftrier,  inhisTrea- 
tifc  of  Cnron/ii/j,  has  given  a  very  ample  Account  of  the 
Mixtures  of  Colours  in  A/ot'r/ei.  D/ow  tells  us,  that  Onn- 
maus  was  the  fir;i  v  ho  invented  green  and  blue  Colours 

for 


LIV 


for  tbe  Troops  which  in  the  Circus  werti  to  reprcfent 
Land  and  Sea-Fights.  The  Komip  Church  has  alfo  her 
fevcral  Colours  and  Lhcnes,  white  for  ConfefTors  and 
Virgins,  and  in  times  of  rejoicing  ;  black  for  the  Dead  ; 
red  for  Apoitks  and  MartyrSj  blueorviolet  for  PenitentSj 
and  green  in  citnesof  Hope. 

Formerly  Great  Men  gave  Liveries  to  feveral  who  were 
not  of  their  Family  br  Servants,  to  engage  them  in  their 
Quarrels  for  that  Year  5  but  this  was  prohibited  by  the 
Statute  I  Hen.  41  and  no  Man,  of  whatever  Condition,  was 
allow'd  to  give  any  Livery  but  to  his  Domcltic  Officers 
and  Council  learned  in  either  Law. 

LIVERY,  in  Law,  is  the  Delivery  of  Poffcffion  to 
thofe  Tenants  which  held  of  the  King  htCaphe,  or  Knights 
Service.  In  another  Signification,  Livery  is  the  Writ 
which  lies  for  the  Heir  to  obtain  the  Foffelfion  or  Seizin 
of  his  Lands  at  the  King's  hands. 

Livery  of  Seizin  is  a  Delivery  of  FolTeffion  of  Lands  or 
Tenements,  or  Things  Corporeal  (for  of  Things  Incorpo- 
real there  can  be  wo  Livery  of  Seiziin)  to  him  who  hath 
Right,  or  Probability  of  Right  to  them.  This  is  a  Cere- 
jnony  ufed  in  the  Common  Law,  in  Conveyance  of  Lands, 
Tenements,  ^c.  where  an  Eflate  in  Fee-fimple,  Fee-tail, 
or  Freehold  iliall  pafs  ;  and  is  a  Teftimonial  of  the  wil- 
ling departing  of  him  who  makes  the  Livery^  from  the 
Thing  whereof  Livery  is  made,  as  well  as  of  a  willing 
Acceptance  by  the  other  Party  of  all  that  whereof  the  firrt 
has  divelled  himfelf.  The  common  Manner  of  the  Deli- 
very of  Seizin  is  thus  :  If  it  be  in  the  open  Field  where  is 
no  Houfe  nor  Building,  and  if  the  Eflate  pafs  by  Deed, 
one  openly  reads  it,  or  declares  the  Effect:  of  it  j  and 
after  that  is  fealcd,  the  Vendor  takes  it  in  his  hand  with 
a  Clod  of  Earth  on  a  Twig  or  Bough,  which  he  delivers 
to  the  Vendee  in  the  name  of  Poflxffion  or  Seizin,  accor- 
ding to  the  Effc6l  of  the  Deed.  If  there  be  a  Houfc  or 
Building  on  the  Land,  this  is  to  be  done  at  the  Door  of  it, 
none  being  then  left  within  ;  and  the  Ring  of  the  Door  is 
delivered  to  the  Vendee,  who  enters  alone,  /huts  the 
Door,  and  prefently  opens  it  again.  If  it  be  a  Houfe 
without  Land  or  Ground,  the  Livery  is  made  and  PofTcf- 
fion  given  by  Delivery  of  the  Ring  of  the  Door  and  Deed 
only;  and  where  it  is  without  Deed  either  of  Lands  or 
Tenements,  there  the  Party  declares  by  Word  of  Mouth 
before  WitncfTes  the  Eftate  he  parts  with,  and  then  de- 
livers Seizin  or  Poffcflion  as  aforefaid,  in  which  Cafe  the 
Land  pafles  as  well  as  by  Deed,  by  virtue  of  the  Livery  of 
Seizin.  Anticntly,  there  were  a  Pair  of  Gloves,  a  Ring, 
Knife,  Ear  of  Wheat,  l^c.  delivered  in  fign  of  Li-very  and 
Seizin.    See  Jnvejtititre. 

LIVRE,  an  Imaginary  fv£Kc^)  Coin,  confifling  of  twenty 
Sols,  each  Sol  again  containing  twelve  Deniers :  which 
way  of  computing  the  Coin  has  been  in  ufe  in  that  Coun- 
try ever  fince  the  Time  of  C/j.-irlema^ne  ;  before  whom 
they  ufed  the  Roman  Libra.  The  Livre  is  of  two  kinds, 
the  Livre  Touruois  and  Tarifis.  The  Ltvre  Tournois^  as 
above,  contains  10 Sols  Tourjiois,  and  each  Sol  is  Deniers 
Tournois.  Tbc  Livre  Farfu  is  20  Sols  Fanjis,  each  Sol 
Td^-Jis  worth  iz  Deniers  Parifis,  and  each  Sol  Frfr//zf  worth 
15  D'^niers  Tourm:s.  So  that  a  Livre  Fanfis  is  equivalent 
to  25  Sols  Toil r«oi J ;  the  word  Farifis  being  ufed  in  oppofi- 
tion  xoToumon,  by  reafon  of  the  Rate  of  Money,  which 
was  ^  more  at  Taris  than  at  Tours.  One  Penny  Sterling  is 
equal  to  i ;  r  Deniers  To«rwo« ;  fo  that  the  £Hg/i/9j  Pound 
Sterling  is  equal  to  i  3  Llvrcs,  6  Sols,  8  Deniers  of  French 
Money,  fuppofing  the  Exchange  to  be  on  the  foot  of  54 
Fence  Sterling  to  a  French  Crown  of  60  Sols  Tournois  ; 
which  is  theprcfent  Far  between  Emjand  and  Fra7ice. 

The  Origin  of  the  Word  is  fetch'd  hence,  that  antient- 
ly  the  Kuman  Lihra  or  Pound  was  the  Standard  by  which 
their  Money  was  regulated  ;  twenty  Sols  being  made  equal 
to  the  Libra.  By  degrees  the  L'hra  became  a  Term  of 
Account,  fo  that  any  Coin  juft  worth  20  Sols  was  a  Livre 
ot  Li^raj  and  fince  the  Time  Charlemapie  all  Contrails 
have  been  made  on  the  foot  of  this  Imaginary  Coin  :  Tho 
the  Sols  have  frequently  chang'd  their  Weight  and  Alloy. 
Since,  there  have  been  Pieces  of  Gold  ftruck  of  20  Sols, 
and  under  Henry  III.  in  1575,  Species  of  Silver  of  like 
Value:  Both  the  one  and  the  other  were  call'd  Francs^ 
and  thus  the  Imaginary  Coin  became  Real. 

It  appears  that  the  Romans  had  a  kind  of  Money  which 
they  caird  Lihra  or  Lihella  ;  which  was  the  icth  part  of 
their  Befiarius  ,  fo  call'd  becaufe  equivalent  to  an  j 
■which,  at  firlt,  weigh'd  a  Libra  or  Pound  of  Copper. 
Scali^ier  adds,  that  they  ufed  L'hra  as  a  Term  of  Account, 
not  as  a  Coin;  L'bra  erat  ColleSiio  Nimmorim,  m?i  Nummiis. 
See  Found. 

LIXIVIOUS,  in  Chymitlry,  is  underflood  of  Salts  ex- 
trafled  by  a  Lixivium  or  Lotion.  Li:<ivioti!  Salts  a.vQ.  t\ie 
fix'd  Salts  of  Plants,  t^c.  extraflcd  by  calcining  the  Plants 
or  reducing  them  to  Afhes  ;  and  afterwards  making  a 
Lixivium  of  thofe  Aflies  with  Water  ;  whence  that  Name 
is  derived.    Mr.  Boyle  obfcrves,  that  the  diSercnce  be- 


(  4^^  ) 


LOG 


twecn  Lixivious  and  Urinous  Salts  confills  in  this,  That  the 
former  change  the  Diflolution  of  Sublimate  in  common 
Water  inro  a  yellow  Colour. 

LIXIVIUM,  a  Liquor  made  by  the  Infufion  of  Wood- 
Afiies,orany  burnt  Subllances  j  which  is  more  or  lefs  pun- 
gent and  penetrating,  as  it  is  more  or  lefs  impregnated  with 
Salts,  and  fiery  Particles  abounding  therein.  What  is  left  af- 
ter the  Evaporation  of  fuch  a  Liquor,  is  called  a  Lixhial  or 
Lixiviate  Salt  ;  fuch  as  all  thofe  are,  which  are  made  by 
Incineration.  Lixiviums  are  of  notable  ufe  not  only  in 
Medicine,  but  alfo  in  Bleaching,  Sugar- Works,,  ^c. 
which  fee. 

LOADSTONE,  fee  ?^agnet. 

LOAM,  Clay  ufed  in  Grafting  ;  a  kind  of  Mortar  made 
of  Clay  and  Straw  ;  alfo  a  fort  of  Clay  or  Plailler  ufed 
by  Chymills  to  Hop  up  their  Vcffels  with. 

Lobby,  fee  yJntichamber. 

LOBE,  among  Anatomiftgj  is  ufed  for  each  of  the  two 
Farts  whereof  the  Lurigs  confilL  This  Separation  into 
Lobes  h  of  ufe  in  dilating  the  Lungs,  in  caufmg  them  ro 
receive  more  Air,  and  in  preventing  their  being  too  much 
fqueez'd,  when  the  Back  is  bent.  For  this  reafon  it  is, 
that  Eearts,  which  are  always  inclining  towards  the 
Earth,  have  more  Lobes  in  their  Lungs  than  Men  :  Even 
their  Liver  is  divided  into  Lobes^  whereas  that  of  Man  is 
continued. 

Lobe  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Tip  of  the  Ear  j  which  is  more 
fat  and  fleihy  than  any  other  parr.  Dh  Laurent  fays,  that 
the  word  Lobe  in  this  lalt  fenfe  comes  from  the  Greek 
hu^^Vt  to  he  ap)ained:  this  part  of  the  Ear  being  faid  to 
blu/h,  when  the  Perfon  is  afliamed. 

Lobe  is  ufed,  likewife,  in  fpeaking  of  Fruits  and  Grains. 
Thus  the  Bean  conlifts  of  two  equal  parts,  call'd  L<:bes^ 
which  compofe  the  Body  thereof,  and  are  encompafs'd 
with  the  outer  Skin.  And  all  other  Grains,  even  the 
fmallel*^,  are  divided,  like  the  Bean  into  two  Lohes^or  equal 
Parts  i  as  Dr.  Grew  has  /hewn  in  his  Aimiomy  of  Plants. 

LOBULE,  in  Anatomy,  a  little  Lobe.  Each  Lobe  of 
the  Lungs  is  divided  into  feveral  other  Lobes  or  Lohules., 
which  are  fallen'd  on  each  fide  to  the  largeil  Branches  of 
the  Trachea.  Each  LoUde  confifts  of  a  great  number  of 
little  round  Veficles,  which  have,  all,  a  Communication 
with  one  another.  'Tis  into  thcfe  Veficles  that  the  Air 
enters  by  the  Trachea  in  Infpiration  ;  ilill  quitting  them 
again  in  Expiration.  The  word  Lohule  is  derived  from 
Loie,  whereof  it  is  a  Diminutive. 

LOCAL,  fomething  fuppofed  to  be  tied  or  annexed 
to  any  particular  place.  Thus,  in  Law,  a  thing  is  faid  to 
he.  Local,  i.e.  annexed  to  the  Freehold.  An  Aftion  of 
Trefpafs  for  Battery,  £^c-.  is  Tranfitory,  not  Local  j  that 
is,  it  is  not  neceffary,  that  the  Place  where  Battery  was 
committed,  /hould  be  fet  down  as  material  in  the  Decla- 
ration i  or  if  it  be  fet  down,  the  Defendant  cannot  tra- 
verfc  it,  by  faying,  he  did  not  commit  the  Battery  in  the 
Place  mention'd  in  the  Declaration,  and  fo  avoid  the 
AiSion. 

Local  Cujloms  are  thofe  peculiar  to  fome  Lordflilp,  or 
other  Diftri^t,  and  not  agreeable  to  the  General  Cultoms 

of  the  Councry. 

Local  Problem^  in  Mathematicks,  is  fuch  an  one,  as  is 
capable  of  an  infinite  number  of  different  Solutions  :  as 
where  the  Point,  that  is  to  folve  the  Problem,  may  be 
indifferently  taken  within  a  certain  Extent  ;  v.  ^.  any 
where,  inluchaLine,  within  fuch  a  Plane  Figure,  ^c. 
which  !S  called  a  Geometrical  Locus,  and  the  Problem  is 
faid  to  be  a  Local  or  indeterminate  one.  This  Local  Frn- 
h!em  may  be  either  Simple,  as  when  the  Point  fought  \s 
in  a  right  Line  ^  Plane,  when  the  Point  fought  is  in  the 
Circumference  of  a  Circle  5  Solid,  when  the  Point  re- 
quired is  in  the  Circumference  of  a  Conick  Sedlion;  or 
Surfolid,  when  the  Point  is  in  the  Perimeter  of  a  Line  of 
the  fecond  Gender,  as  the  Geometers  call  it.    See  Locus, 

Local,  or  Artificial  Memory  ;  fee  Memory. 

Local  Colours,  in  Fainting,  are  fuch  as  are  natural  and 
prcper  for  each  particular  Objedt  in  a  Picture  :  and 
are  fo  called,  to  diliingui/h  them  from  the  Clair,  obfcure, 
which  confiiis  wholly  of  Black  and  White. 

Local  Ivktion,  fee  MotiojT. 

LOCATION,  in  the  Civil  Law,  an  A£lion  by  \*hich 
any  thing  is  lett  out,  on  Rent.  The  fecond  Title  of  the 
ijjth  Book  of  the  DigeJ},  is  on  the  Subjefl  of  Location  and 
Conduction  Location  and  Conduction  are  relative  Terms, 
and  are  ufed  as  well  for  the  Adlion  of  him  that  letts,  as 
for  that  of  him  who  takes  on  that  letting.  Tacit  Location 
is  when  the  Perfon  who  takes,  continues  on  the  Ptemifcs 
beyond  the  Term  of  his  Lcafe  ;  which  by  the  Civil  Law 
he  is  allow'd  to  do,  at  leall  for  the  fpace  of  a  Year  ;  on 
the  fame  Terms. 

LOCfT,  or  Lchoch,  in  Pharmacy,  is  a  Compcfition,  of 
a  Confidence  between  that  of  a  Syrup  and  that  of  a  foFt 
FJlcftuary,  defined  for  Difeafes  of  the  Lungs.  The 
Word  is  originally  Arabic ;   but  continues  Hill  in  ufe 

among 


LOG 


(  4^S-  ) 


LOG 


among  the  Apothecaries.  The  Latins  call  it  Li?;3«r,  and 
the  Greeks  tKMyf^t  by  reafon  the  manner  of  taking  it  is 
by  licking-    There  are  various  kinds  of  Locbes,    See  Ec- 

LOCHIA,  or  Lochcs^  the  Evacuations  confequcnt  on 
the  Delivery  of  li  Woman  in  Child-bed.  As  foon  as  the 
L'terusis  cafcd  of  its  Load,  its  Fibres,  as  alfo  thofe  of 
the  Peritonxum,  Mufclcs  of  the  Abdomen,  ^c.  which 
had  been  extremely  dillended  during  the  lalt  Period  of 
GelUtion,  begin  to  contraft  thcnifelves  and  their  Veffels  j 
particularly  the  UtsrKs,  which  by  this  means  expels  the 
iilood  amafs'd  in  ir.  At  jfiril,  pure  Blood  is  evacuated, 
and  in  confiderable  quantities;  afterwards  it  is  diluted, 
and  comes  out  more  fparingly  ;  at  length  it  becomes 
vilcid,  pale,  ^c.   I'hefe  are  called  the  Loches. 

LOCK,  a  little  Inilrumenr  ufed  for  the  /hutting  of 
Doors,  Chells,  ^c.  The  Lock  is  reckon 'd  the  Malter- 
picce  in  Smithcry  ;  a  great  deal  of  Art  and  Delicacy  be- 
ing required  in  contriving  and  varying  the  Wards,  Springs, 
Bolts,  ^c.  and  adjuiting  them  to  the  Places  where  they 
are  to  bcufed,  and  the  various  Occafions  of  ufing  them.  qucni 

I-rom  the  various  Strudurc  of  Lock!,  accommodated  to 
rheir  different  Intentions,  they  acquire  various  Names. 
■J'hofc  placed  on  outer  Doors  are  called  Stock- Locks  ; 
thofe  on  Chamber-Doors,  Sp-'in^- Loch  ;  thofe  on  Trunks, 
Triiiik-Lqcht  Fcid-Locks,  &c.  Of  thefc,  the  Sprm^-Lock  is 
the  moft  confiderable,  both  for  its  Frequency  and  the  Cu- 
riofity  of  its  Struflure.  Its  principal  Parts  are,  the  Main- 
Plate,  the  Cover  Plate,  and  the  Pin-hole  :  To  the  Main- 
Plate  belong  the  Key-hole,  Top-huok,  Crofs-wards, 
■Bolt,  Bolt-toe  or  Bolt-nab,  Drawback  Spring,  Tumbler, 
pin  of  the  I'uinblcr,  and  tiie  Staples  ;  to  the  Cover- 
Plate  belong  the  Pin,  Main-ward,  Crofs-ward,  Step-ward 
or  Dap  ward  ;  to  the  Fin-hole  belong  the  Hook-ward, 
Main  Crofs-ward,  Shank,  the  Pot,  or  Bread,  Bow-ward, 
and  Bit.    See  Smithery. 

LOCULAMENTA,  {Iridly  fignifics  little  Pockets; 
and  thence  the  Term  is  made  ufe  of  in  Botany,  to  ex- 
prefs  thofe  little  diJlindi  Cells,  or  Partitions,  within  the 
Qommon  Gipjuh  Scmimiis  of  any  Plant:  as  thofe  within 
the  Seeds  of  Poppies,  £f?c. 

LOCUS,  or  the  Place  of  any  Body,  is  rightly  diflin- 
guifhed  into  Abiolutc  and  Relative;  and  fo  ought  Space 
to  be  accounted.  The  Locus  y!!joh(tt<<,  or  Primariiis,  of  any 
Body,  is  that  part  of  the  abfolute  and  itnmovable  Space, 
or  extended  Capacity  to  receive  all  Bodies,  which  this 
individual  one  takes  up.  Loats  Relathiis,  or  SecuiidArhis^ 
is  that  apparent  and  feniible  Place,  in  which  a  Body  is 
determined  to  be  placed  by  ourfclves,  and  with  relation 
to  other  adjoining  or  contiguous  Bodies.  The  Locus  Jf- 
J>a,  cjis  is  a  Term  in  Optics  :  fee  y/pparent  Place  of  a?iy  Oh- 
jcti.  It  is  alfo,  in  Aitrnnomy  that  Place,  in  which  any 
Planet  or  Star  appears,  when  view'd  from  an  Eye  at  the 
fenfible  Horizon. 

LOCUS  GEOMETRICUS,  a  Line  by  which  an  In- 
determinate Problem  is  lolved.  This,  if  a  right  Line 
fuffice  for  the  Conflrudion  of  the  Equation,  is  called  Lo- 
cus ad  ReHum  j  if  a  Circle,  Locus  ad  Orctilum  ;  if  a  Vuxsl- 
hfAo^y  Locus  ad Faraholam  ;  if  an  EUipfis,  Locus  ad  Etlipfin  j 
and  ^0  of  the  refl  of  the  Conic  Seftions. 

The  i-oc(  of  fuch  Equations  as  are  Right  Lines  or  Cir- 
cles, the  Antients  call'd  Flam  Loci  ■■,  and  of  thofe  that 
are  Parabolas,  Hyperbolas,  i£c.  Solid  Loci.  Wo/fus,  and 
others  of  the  Moderns,  divide  the  Loci  more  comniodioufly 
into  Orders  ;  according  to  the  Number  of  Diraenfions  to 
which  the  Indeterminate  Quantities  rife.  Thus  it  will  be 
a  Zoc«J  of  the  firtl  Order  if  the  Equation  a;=fl_j':f.  A 
Lact'.s  of  the  fecond  or  quadrate  Order,  if  y~ax,  or 
y—  alx,  Sic.    A  Locus  of  the  third  or  cubic  Order,  if 

The  better  to  conceive  the  Nature  of  the  ioc«f,  fup- 
pofe  two  unknown  and  variable  right  Lines  A  P,  PM, 
C -^'g-  3j4-  Flute  J?ialyfis )  making  any  given  Angle 
APM  with  each  other;  the  one  whereof,  as  A  P, 
we  call  .v,  having  a  fixed  Origin  in  the  Point  A,  and 
extending  itfelf  indefinitely  along  a  right  Line  given 
in  Pofition  ;  the  other  P  M,  which  we  call  y^  con- 
tinually changing  its  Pofition,  but  always  parallel  to  it- 
felf. An  Equation  only  containing  thefe  two  unknown 
Quantities  x  andj',  mix'd  with  known  ones,  which  ex- 
preffcs  the  Relation  of  every  variable  Quantity  AP  (.\-) 
to  its  correfpondent  variable  (Quantity  P  M  (_>')  :  the  Line 
palftng  thro' the  Extremities  of  all  the  Values  of  i.e. 
thro'  all  rhe  Points  M,  is  called  a  Geometrical  Locus,  in  ge- 
neral, and  the  Locus  of  that  Equation  in  particular. 

All  Equations  whofe  Loci  are  of  the  firtl   Order,  may 
be  reduced  to  fome  one  of  the  four  following  Formula's  : 
  l>  X  It  X  hx 

y=^c — ~     Where  the  unknown  Quantity^  is  fup- 


pofcd  always  to  be  freed  from  Fraftions,  and  the  FfftC- 
lion  that  multiplies  the  other  unknown  Quantity  x,  to  be 

reduced  to  this  ExprefTion      and  all  the  known  Terms 

to  this  c. 

The  Locus  of  thcfirft  Formula  being  already  determined  : 

To  find  that  of  the  fecond,   ^  =  ~  J-  <r ;   in  the 

Line  A  P,  (%  5.)  take  A  B  =  ii,  and  draw  B  E  = /-^ 
A  D  =  c,  parallel  to  P  M.  On  the  fame  fide  A  P 
draw  the  Line  A  E  of  an  indefinite  length  towards  E, 
and  the  indefinise  fira.it  Line  D  M  parallel  to  A  E .  I 
fay,  the  Line  D  M  is  the  Locus  of  the  aforefaid  E- 
quation  or  Formula  ;  for  if  the  Line  M  P  be  drawn 
ironi  any  Point  M  thereof  parallel  ro  A  Q,  the  Tri- 
angles ABE,  APF,  will   be  fimilar  :   and  therefore 

A  B(«3  :  B  E  A  P(=i)  :  P  F=^^;  and-confe- 

tly  P  M  0)  =  P  F        ^  +  F  M  (c). 

To  find  the  Locus  of  the  third  Form  y  =  —  c  pro- 
ceed thus.  Affume  A  B  =.1,  (Fl^.  6.)  and  draw  the  right 
Lines  BE=/),  A  D  =c,  parallel  to  PM,  the  one  on 
one  fide  A  P,  and  the  other  on  rhe  other  fide  ;  and  thro' 
the  Points  A,  E,  draw  the  right  Line  A  E,  of  an  indefinite 
length  towards  E,  and  thro'  the  Point  D  the  Line  D  M 
parallel  to  A  E :  I  fay,  the  indefinite  right  Line  G  M 
ihall  be  the  Locus  fought  j  for  we  /hall  have  always 

It  X  > 


P  M      =  P  F        ^  —  F  M  (c^, 


Lal-tly,   To  find  the  Loctts  of  the  fourth  Formula 

bx 

y  —  c  —  — ;  in  A  P  {'fig.  7.)  take  A  B  =  -i,  and  draw 

B  E  =  A  D  =  c,  parallel  to  P  M,  the  one  on  one  fide 
A  P,  and  the  other  on  the  other  ;  and  thro'  the  Points 
A,  E,  draw  the  Line  A  E  indefinitely  towards  E,  and  thro' 
the  Point  D  draw  the  Line  DM  parallel  to  A  E.  I  fay, 
D  G  fliall  be  the  Locus  fought ;  for  if  the  Line  M  P  be 
drawn  from  any  PointM  thereof  parallel  to  A  Q^  then  we 

fhall  have  always  P  M  f>;)  =!  F  M  (0  —  P  F  C""'-^ 

Hence  it  appears,  that  all  the  Loci  of  the  firll  Degree 
arc  ilrait  Lin;:s,  which  may  be  eafily  found,  becaufe  all 
their  Equations  tiiay  be  reduced  to  fome  one  of  the  fore- 
going Formula's. 

All  Loci  of  the  fecond  Degree  are  Conic  Seflions,  c/s, 
either  the  Parabola,  the  Circle,  EUipfis,  or  Hyferbo- 
la  ;  if  an  Equation  therefore  be  given,  whofe  Locus  is 
of  the  fecond  D;."gree,  and  It  be  required  to  draw  the 
Conic  Seilion,  which  is  the  Locus  thereof ;  firft  draw 
a  Parabola,  EUipfis,  and  Hyperbola  ;  fo,  as  that  the 
Equations  expreffing  the  Natures  thereof,  may  be  as 
compound  as  polTible  :  In  order  to  get  general  Equa- 
tions or  Formula's,  by  examining  the  peculiar  Pro- 
perties whereof,  we  may  know  which  of  thefe  Formu- 
la's the  given  Equation  ought  to  have  regard  to  ;  that" 
is,  which  of  the  Conic  Seilions  will  be  the  Locus  of 
the  propofed  Equation.  This  known,  compare  all  the 
Terms  of  the  propofed  Equation  with  the  Terms  of  the 
general  F'ormula  of  that  Conic  Sefllon  which  you  have 
found  will  be  the  Locus  of  the  given  Equation  ;  by  which 
means  you  will  find  how  to  draw  the  Seilion  which  is  the 
Locus  of  the  Equation  given. 

F'or  example,  let  A  P  (x),  P  M  (jy),  be  unknown 
and  variable  ttrait  Lines,  (F/y.^.)  and  let  w,  77,  ^,  f,  r, 
be  given  right  Lines  :  In  the  Line  A  P  take  A  B  =  w, 
and  draw  B  E  =  7;,  AD=r,  parallel  to  PM,  and 
thro'  the  Point  A  draw  A  E  =  e,  and  thro'  the  Point 
D  the  indefinite  right  Line  DG  parallel  to  A  E.  In 
DG  take  DC  =  5,  and  with  C  G  as  a  Diameter,  hav- 
ing its  Ordinatcs  parallel  to  P  M,  and  the  Line  C  H  =p, 
as  the  Parameter,  defcribe  a  Parabola  C  M  :  then  the 
Portion  thereof  included  in  the  Angle  PAD  will  be  the 
Locus  of  the  following  general  Formula. 


2  Jz  11  n 

yy     ~ 


:  +f  s. 


For  if  from  any  Point  M  of  that  Portion  there  be  drawn 
the  right  Line  M  P,  inalsing  any  Angle  APM  with  M  P ; 
the  Triangles  ABE,  APF,  ihall  be  fimilar,  therefore 

ABW:  AF.(£);:  A  P  (>}  .AF  or  DG  =  — .  And 


Ccccct; 


A  B 


LOG 


(  ) 


LOG 


ABW  :  BE  Oj)  : :  a  r(0  :  1'    =  - 


And  confe- 


quentl  V  G  M  or  F  M  —  1'  F  —  f  G  =y  —  r,  and 

CGorDG  —  DC  =      —  r.    But  from  the  Nature  of 

the  Parabola  G  =  C  G  X  C  H,  which  Equation  w,ill 
become  that  of  the  ticncral  Forinula,  by  putting  the  Li- 
teral Values  of  thofe  Lines. 

Again;  if  thro' the  hxed  Point  A  you  draw  the  inde- 
finite right  Line  A  Q^(r(,^.  9-)  parallel  to  P  M,  and  you 
take  A  ti=:m,  and  draw  hJL  =  a  parallel  to  A  P,  and 
thro'  the  determinate  Points  A,  E,  the  Line  A  E  =  e  ; 
and  if  in  A  P  you  take  A  D  =  and  draw  the  indefinite 
firait  Line  D  G  parallel  to  A  E,  and  take  D  C  =  •  .  this 
being  done,  if  with  the  Diameter  C  G,  whofe  Ordinates 
are  parallel  to  A  P,  and  Parameter  the  Line  CH  =  p, 
you  defcribe  a  Parabola  C  M  ^  the  Portion  of  this  Para- 
bola contain'd  in  the  Angle  BAP,  fliall  be  the  Locus  of 
this  fecond  Equation  or  Formula, 

2  K         .   "  «  ,    2 «  r 

XX  y  X  -f-  —  V  y  —  zrx-f-    y -T-  rr  ~o. 

m  ^  mm^  m  ^ 

For  if  the  Line  M  Q^bc  drawn  from  any  Point  M,  therein, 
parallel  to  A  P  ;  then  wUl  A  E(»0  :  A  E  fe)  :  ;  A  Q_or 

FMCj):  AFor  DG  =  '" 


■  F  G  =  »  —  —  . 


And  A  E  C»0  ■  B  E  (>0  ; : 
And  therefore  G  M  or  Q_M  — 
and  C  G  or  D  G  —  D  C 


—  ^  —  ^-  And  fo  by  the  common  Property  of  the  Pa- 
rabola, you  will  have  the  aforegoing  fecond  Equation  or 
Formula. 

So  likewife  may  be  found  general  Equations  or  For- 
mula's to  the  other  Conic  Seiiions. 

Now  if  it  be  required  to  draw  the  Parabola,  which 

we  find  to  be  theiot/u  of  this  propofed  Equation  yy  

zay —  lx-^cc  =  a;  compare  every  Term  of  the 
firlf  Formula  with  the  Terms  of  the  Equation,  bccaufc 

in  both  is  without  Fraftions  5  and  then  will  ~  =  o 

m  ' 

becaufe  the  Reflangle  xy  not  being  in  the  propofed 
Equation,  the  faid  Reaangle  may  be'eftcem'd  as  multi- 
plied by  o;  whence  «=o,  and»,=  e;  becaufe  the  Line 
A  E  tailing  in  A  B,  that  is,  in  A  P  in  the  Conflrudlion  of 
the  Fonnula,  the  Points  B,  E,  do  coincide.  Therefore 

deftroying  all  the  Terms  adfefted  with  —in  the  Formula, 

and  fubflituting  m  for  e,  we  fliall  get  y  y  —  s.r y  ti  x 

^  rr  .\~fs  =  o.    Again,  by  comparing  the  correfpon- 

dent  Terms  —  zry  and  —  2  it     as  alfo  — ^  x  and  /,  .v 

we  have  i-=  n,  and  ^  =  i  ;  and  comparing  the  Terms 
wherein  are  neither  of  the  unknown  Quantities  .v,  we 
get  r  r  -\-J>  J  =  c  r,  and  fubflituting  a  and  i  for  >■  and  p, 
,         ...         cc  — ■  u  a 

then  will  J  =  ,  which  is  a  negative  Expreffion 

when  a  is  greater  than  c,  as  is  here  fuppofed.  There  is 
no  need  of  comparing  thefirft  Terms  y  jy  and  yy,  becaufe 
they  arc  the  very  fame.  Now  the  Values  of  t,,r,p,s, 
being  thus  found,  the  fought  Loan  may  be  confiruScd  by 
means  of  the  Conftruflion  of  the  Formula,  after  the 
following  manner. 

Becaufe  B  E  (»)=  0,  (F,g.  10.)  the  Points  B,  E,  do  co- 
incide, and  the  Line  A  E  falls  in  A  P  ;  therefore  thro' 
the  fixed  Point  A  draw  the  Line  A  D  (r)  =  a  parallel  to 
P  M,  and  draw  D  G  parallel  to  A  P,  in  which  take 
aa  —  cc 

DC  =  -^— 


 J  i  then  with  C  G,  as  a  Diameter, 

whofe  Ordinates  are  right  Lines  parallel  to  P  M  and  Pa- 
rameter the  Line  C  H  (/>  3  =  defcribe  a  Parabola  •  I 
fay  the  two  Portions  O  M  M,  R  M  S,  thereof,  contain'd' in 
the  Angle  PAD,  form'd  by  the  Line  A  P,  and  the  Line 
A  O  drawn  parallel  to  PM,  will  be  the  Locus  of  the 
given  Equation,  as  is  eafily  proved.  If  in  a  given  Equa- 
tion, whofe  Locus  is  a  Parabola,  x  x  is  without  a  Frac- 
tion, then  the  Terms  of  the  fecond  Formula  muil  be  com- 
pared with  thofe  of  the  given  Equation. 

Thus  much  for  the  Method  of  Conilru£linc  the  ioci 
of  Equations,  which  are  Conic  Sections.  If  now  an 
Equation  whofe  Locus  is  a  Conic  Section  be  given  ;  and 
the  particular  Seiiion  whereof  it  is  the  Locus,  be  re- 
quired ; 


All  the  Terms  of  the  given  Equation  being  brouoht 
over  to  one  iide,  fo  that  the  ether  be  equal  to  0  th«e 
will  be  two  Cafes.  ' 

Cafe  I.  When  the  Reflangle  xy  is  net  in  the  given  E- 
quation.  i  If  either  jy^  or  .v  x  be  in  the  fame  Equation 
the  Loc.  will  be  a  P.rabola.  a.  If  both  x  x  and^j  are 
in  the  Equation  with  the  fame  Signs,  the  J.»»j  will  be 

Signs,  the  L.a,.  will  be  an  Hyperbola;  or  the  oppofite 
sections  ;  regarding  their  Diameters.  ' 
Cnjcz.  When  the  Reclangle  .v  y  is  in  the  given  Equa- 

of  them,  be  ■„  the  fame,  the  L.c.iof  it  will  be  an  Hv- 
perbola  between  the  Afymtotes.  a.  If^^  and  xx  be 
therein  having  difirerent  Signs,  the  i.„„r  will  be  an 
Hypetbola,  regarding  its  Diameters.  3  If  both  the 
Squares  x  x  and  j,^  are  in  the  Equation,  having  the  fame 
Signs,  you  mult  free  the  Square,,  from  Fraflions,  and 
then  the  i.c„i  will  be  a  Parabola,  when  the  Squire  of 
i- the  iradion  multiplying  .V,,  is  equal  to  the  Fraclion 
multiplying  x  x  ;  an  Ellipfisor  Circle,  when  the  fame  . 
lels  i  and  an  Hyperbola,  or  the  oppofite Seftions,  rcaard 
ing  their  Diameters,  when  greater.  * 

10CUST.E  the  Beards  and  pendulous  Seeds  of 
Oats  and  of  the  G™»„»a  TankulMc  ;  to  which  the  Bu- 
taniUs  gave  this  Name,  from  their  Figure,  which  fome- 
thing  refcmbles  thatot  a  Locull. 

LODESiWAN,  ori«m»,.:  a  Pilot  eflablilh'd  for  con- 
duding  Veffels  in  and  our  of  Harbours,  up  and  down 
navigable  Rivers.    See  Tim. 

L0DGMEN■1^  in  Military  Affairs,  is  fometimes  an 
Incampment  made  by  an  Army  ;  but  oftener,  a  Retrench- 
ment dug  for  a  Cover  or  Shelter,  when  the  Countcrfcarp 
or  feme  other  Pod  IS  gain'd.  It  is  alfo  taken  for  tl^e 
1  lace  where  the  Soldiers  quarter  among  the  Burghers  in 
Huts  Barrack.,  or  Te-nts.  Loi^snen,  of  an  Attack,  is  a 
Work  call  up  by  the  Beliegers,  during  their  Approaches 
in  a  dangerous  Poll,  where  it  is  abfolutely  neceffirv  to 
fecure  themfelves  againft  the  Enemies  Fire  ;  as  in  a 
Covert- Way,  in  a  Breach,  in  the  Bottom  of  the  Moat 
Ihis  Loifment  zoaCxU  of  all  the  Materials  that  are  ^aoa' 
ble  to  make  relillance,  rij..  Barrels,  and  Gabions  of 
Earth,  Pallifadoes,  Wool-packs,  Mantelets,  Faggots  iSc 
T  u  '  o?"T"";  ''g"'fy""g  ^  piece  of  Board  or 
limber  7  or  8  Inches  long,  and  of  a  triangular  figure  on 
board  a  Ship  ;  into  one  end  whereof,  a  convenient  nian- 
Water  "  '°  ""'"^  "f^'S""' 

Lo^-Lmt  is  a  little  Cord  or  Line  faflen'd  to  one  end  gf 
the  i.^,  and  wound  round  a  Reel  fix'd  for  that  purpofe 
in  the  Gallery  of  the  Ship.  I'his  Line,  from  the  dillance 
of  about  ten  Fathom  off  the  L»j,  has  certain  Knots  or 
Divilions  which  ought  to  be  at  leaft  50  foot  from  each 
other  :  tho  tis  the  common  praaice  at  Sea,  not  to  have 
them^  above  42  feet  afundcr.  The  LTe  of  the  Lo,  and 
ii»e  IS  to  keep  account,  and  make  an  efiimate  of  the 
Ship  s  Way  ,  wliich  IS  done  by  obfcrving  the  Length  of 
Line  unwound  in  half  a  Minute's  time,  told  by  -i  Half 
Minute  Glafs  ;  for,  fo  many  Knots  as  run  out  in  that 
time,  fo  many  Miles  the  Ship  fails  in  an  Hour.  Thus  if 
there  be  four  Knots  veer'd  out  in  half  a  Minute,  the  Ship 
IS  computed  to  run  four  Miles  an  hour.  To  heave  the 
Loi;,  as  they  call  it,  they  let  it  down  into  the  Water 
letting  It  run  till  ,t  comes  without  the  Eddy  of  the  Ship's 
Wake  ;  when  one  holding  the  Half  Minute  Glafs,  turns 
itupjuft  as  the  firft  Knot  turns  oft'  the  Reel  (tho  feme 
turn  the  Glafs  as  foon  as  the  Lo/,  touches  the  Water) 
as  loon  as  the  Glafs  is  out,  the  Reel  is  flopt,  and  the 
Knots  run  off  arc  told,  and  their  Parts  eftimated. 

■The  Log  is  a  very  precarious  Way  of  computing,  and 
niuft  always  be  correfled  by  Experience  and  Good  Senfe 
there  being  a  great  deal  of  Inccrtainty  both  in  the  Hcav' 
■ng  of  It  ,1,  the  Courfe  of  the  Currents,  and  in  the 
Strength  of  the  W  iiid,  which  feldom  keeps  the  fame  Te- 
nor for  two  Hours  together,  which  is  the  Interval  be 
tween  the  Times  of  ufing  the  Lo;  in  (liort  Voyaocs  tho 
in  longer  ones  thev  heave  it  every  hour,  l  et  Is  this  a 
much  more  exaa  Way  of  Computing  than  any  other  in 
ufe;  much  preferable  certainly  to  that  of  x\s<i  spmasds 
and  Fortuguefe,  who  guefs  at  the  Ship's  Way  by  the  run 
ning  of  the  Froth  or  Water  by  the  Ship's  iide  ;  or  to  that 
of  the  n,iic*,  who  ufe  to  heave  a  Chip  over-board  and  to 
number  the  Paces  they  walk  on  the  Deck  while  the  Chip 
fwims  between  any  two  Marks  or  Boit-hcads  on  the  fide 
Loj-fio-Ji-i/  IS  a  Table  divided  into  four  or  five  Columns 
whereon  are  mark'd  the  Reckonings  of  every  Day  from 
whence  rhey  are  enter'd  into  thtLoi^-Eook  or  Trivcrfe 
Book,  ruled  and  column'd  juH  as  the  X.i;-Wrf  is  [ 
Whence  it  may  be  tranfcribed  into  the  Journals,  and  how 
much  the  Ship  gains  in  her  Courfe  effimared  daily.  In 
the  hrll  Column  of  the  Lo,.Eoc,d  are  (hewn  the  Hours  of 
the  Day  from  i  to  i,    In  the  fecond  ij  fhewn  the  Rhumb 


LOG 


(  467  )  LOG 


or  tlie  Direclion  of  the  Vcflcl  wiih  regard  to  the  Points 
ot  ihe  Conipafs.  In  the  third,  the  Kumhcr  of  Knots 
i  t;n  off  the  Reel  each  time  of  heaving  the  Lug.  In  the 
fourth,  the  Wind  that  blows  ;  and  in  the  fifth,  Qbferva- 
lions  made  of  the  Variation  of  the  Compafs,  £5fc. 

LOGARITHMIC,  or  LOGISTIC  CUR\  E,  a  Curve 
t^entrared  by  the  equable  Motion  of  the  Radius  of  a  Circle, 
iliro'  equal  Arcs  of  the  Circumference  ;  while  at  the  fame 
timeai'uint  in  that  Radius  is  fuppofed  to  move  h'om  the 
Aic  towards  the  Centre,  with  a  Retardation  of  Motion  in 
a  Geomeirick  Proportion.  As  fuppofe  there  be  aQ_Liadrant 
ot  a  Circle,  B  C  A,  {Plate  Jiialyjis,  Irtg.i  i.)  and  any  equal 
Divlfions  in  the  Arc,  as  A  Ff~ff\  ^c.  with  five 
currefpondiiig  Radii,  as  fuppofe  C  A,  C  F,  Cf,  &c.  whofe 
Parts  or  Portions  C  j ,  C  a,  C  a,  ^c.  are  geometrically  Pro- 
portional j  then  if  a  Line,  as  i,  a,  *j,  C,  bedrawn  thro' 
ihofe  Points,  it  will  be  the  Logarithmic  or  Lo^ijiic  Spiral. 

LOGARITHMS  (from  hhyQ-  ratio,  and  letBuQ-  ?;«- 
meru')  are  ufually  defined  Nmzerorum  Propertionaliiim  eqtti- 
dijfsrejites  Comites  ;  but  this  Definition  Dr.  Halky  and  Stife- 
Iius  think  deficient,  and  more  accurately  define  them, 
Tie  Indices  or  Ex^ofjejits  of  the  Ratio's  of  Nioabers  ;  Ratio 
"being  coniider'd  asa  Quantity/j;(  ^e?2ej-/j,  beginning  from 
the  Ratio  of  Equality,  or  i  to  i  =  o  ;  and  being  affirma- 
tive when  the  Ratio  is  iiicreafing,  and  negative  when  it 
is  dtcreafing.  The  Nature  and  Genius  of  Logarithms  m\l 
be  eafily  conceiv'd  from  what  follows. 

A  Series  of  Quantitie-s  increafing  or  decrcafing  accor- 
ding to  the  fame  Ratio,  is  call'd  a  Geometrical  Progref- 
fion ;  e.g.  1.  2.  4.  8.  16.  51.  &c.  A  Series  of  Quantities 
incrcafing  or  decreafing  according  to  the  fame  Difference, 
is  called  an  Arithmetical  Progreflion  j  e.g.  3.  6.  9.  iz.  15, 
18.  14.  Now  if  underneath  the  Numbers  proceeding  in 
a  Geometrical  Ratio,  be  added  as  many  of  thofe  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Arithmetical  one  ;  thefe  lall  are  call'd 
the  Logarithms  of  the  firft. 

Suppofe  1. two  Progreffions  : 

Geomet.  I.  2.  4.  8. 16.  31.  (S'4.  12?.  2j5.  512 
Arithmet. c.  I.  2.  3.  4-    5-         7-     S.  9 
/.ogarithms. 

0  will  be  the  Logarithm  of  thefirfl  Term,  viz-,  i  j  5  of  the 
6th,  32  ;  7  the  Logarithm  of  the  Sth,  128,  &c. 

Theor.  1.  If  the  Logarithm  of  Unity  he  o,  the  Logarithm 
cf  the  Failum  or  FroduB  laill  he  equal  to  the  Sum  of  ths 
Logarithms  of  the  FaSlors, 

Vem.  For  as  Unity  is  to  one  of  the  Fa£lors,  fo  is  the 
other  Fatlor  to  the  ProdutL  So.  that  the  Logarithm  of 
the  Produft  is  a  fourth  cquidifferent  Term  to  the  Lorr^- 
rithm  of  Unity  and  thofe  of  the  Faftors  :  but  the  Xoaa- 
rithm  of  Unity  being  o,  the  Sum  of  the  Logarithms  of  the 
Faftors  mult  be  the  logarithm  of  the  Fadum  or  Pro- 
duft.  q.  e.  d. 

Corol.i.  Since  the  Fa£lors  of  a  Square  are  equal  to 
each  other,  i.e.  a  Square  is  the  Fa£lum  or  Product  of  its 
Root  multiplied  into  itfclf  j  the  Logarithm  of  the  Square 
will  be  double  the  Zngarithm  of  the  Root. 

Corol.z.  In  the  fame  manner  it  appears  that  the  Loga- 
rithm of  the  Cube  is  triple,  of  the  Biquadrate,  quadruple  ; 
of  the  fifth  Power,  quintuple  j  of  thefixth,  fextuple,  £^c, 
of  the  Logar'nhm  of  the  Root. 

Corol.  3.  Unity,  therefore,  is  to  the  Exponent  of  the 
Power,  as  the  Logarithm  of  the  Root  to  the  Logarithm  of 
the  Power. 

Corol.i^.  So  that  the  Logarithm  of  the  Power  is  had,  if 
thQ  Logarithm  o{  the  Root  he  multiplied  by  its  Expo- 
nent ;  and  the  Logarithm  of  the  Root  is  had,  if  the  Loga- 
rithm of  the  Power  be  divided  by  its  Exponent. 

Schol-  Lieiice  ive  derii-e  one  of  the  great  Lfes  of  L,oga- 
rithms,  which  is  to  expeiUte  and  facilitate  the  hifmefs  of 
"Mtdtiplicaimi  ajid  Ey-traHion  of  Roots  ;  the  former  of 
which  is  here  ferform'd  hy  mere  MdilioJi,  and  the  latter 
ly  Mtltiplicatioij.     Thus  3,    the  Sum  of  the  Lo'-arithms 

1  and  2,  is  the  Logarithm  of  8,  the  Produft  of  z  and  4. 
In  like  manner  7,  the  Sutn  of  the  Logarithms  z  and  5,  is 
the  ic^fl>'»/j»i  of  12S,  the  Frodu6l  of  4  and  32.  Again, 


3,  the  Logarithm  of  the  Square  Root  S,  is  half  the  I,og.^- 
rithm  of  6,  the  Square  Root  of  6^  ;  and  2,  the  Logarithm 
of  the  Cube  Root  4,  is  fubtriple  the  Logarithm  6  o{  the 
Cube  64. 

TheorTI.  If  the  Logarithm  of  duty  he  o,  the  Logarithm 
of  the  Quotient  will  be  eqiuil  to  thr  Difer°nce  of  the  Lo- 
garithms of  the  Diz'ijor  ajid  Di-vide.};d. 

Dem.  For  as  the  Diviforis  to  the  Dividend,  fo  is  Unity 
to  the  Quotient  ;  therefore  the  Logarithm  ut'thc  Quoiient 
is  a  fourth  equidilferent  Number  to  the  Lo^^aritbms  of  the 
Divifor,  the  Dividend,  and  the  Logarithm  of  l^iiry.  The 
Logarithm  of  Unity  therefore  being  c,  the  DitVcrence  of 
the  Logarithm  of  the  Divifor  and  that  of  the  Dividend, 
IS  t\iQ  Logarithm  of  the  Quotient,  q.e.d. 

Schol.  Hefice  appears  another  great  advantage  of  Lo- 
garithms, their  expediting  the  hnjinefs  of  Divfjii^ 
and  -performirg  it  hy  a  hare  SuhJiraBion.  E.g.  1  the  Dif- 
ference between  7  and  5,  is  the  Log_ariihm  of  the  Quo- 
tient 4  out  of  12S  by  52.  In  like  manner,  5  the  Diffe- 
rence between  8  and  3,  is  the  Logarithm  of  the  Quotient 
32,  out  of  25(5  by  8. 

An  Example  or  two  will  render  the  Ufe  of  Logarithms 
in  Multiplication,  Divifion,  l^c.  obvious;. 


Num. 

Multiply  -58  1.8325c 
by  12+  i.g79j8' 

8r6  2.91168 


0.9^424 
c-y54-4 


Klt»!. 

Divide  81  f. 
by    1 2 

68 

9 
9 
9 


Log. 


1.8325D  ^"■^,81 


0.95424 
c. 9 5424 


Sq.^i  2)i.9G84S(o.S)5424^y.K.  

OtheizD     5)2. 86272(0,554.4 
Cuus 

The  Properties  of  the  Logarithms  hitherto  mention'd  and 
their  various  Ufes,  are  taken  notice  of  by  Stiftlms :  but 
come  all  far  Jliort  of  the  Ufe  of  Logarithms  in  Trigono- 
metry, firft  difcover'd  by  the  Lord  Is'ejier. 

Tofnd  the  Logarithm  of  any  Number,  and  to  conJlniB  a 
Canon  of  Logarithms  for  Natural  Nttmhers. 

1.  Becaufe  i.  jo.  100.  loco.  loooo.  ^c.  conftitute  a 
Geometrical  Progreffion,  their  Logarithms  may  be  taken 
at  pleafure:  To  be  able,  then,  to  exprefs  the  Lo'-arithms 
of  the  intermediate  Numbers  by  Decimal  Frai'^ions, 
take  0.00000000,  i-.oooooooo,  i.ocodoooo,  3.00000000, 
4.C0000000,  iSc. 

2.  'Tis  manifefl  that  for  thofe  Numbers  which  are  not 
contained  in  the  Scale  of  Geometrical  Progreffion,  the 
jufl  Logarithms  cannot  be  had  :  yet  may  they  be  had  fo 
near  tlie  Truth,  that  as  to  Matters  of  Ufe  they  /liall  be 
altogether  as  good  as  if  llri£lly  juil.  To  make  this  ap- 
pear, Suppofe  the  Logarithm  of  the  Number  9  were  re- 
quired :  between  i.oooocoo  and  lo.oooocco  find  a  Mean 
Proportional,  and  between  their  Logarithms  o.ooocoooo 
and  i.cclOCOco  an  EquidifFerent  Mean,  which  will  be 
the  Logarithm  thereof,  that  is,  of  a  Number  exceeding 
Three  by  TB^I^r^^,  a,nd  therefore  far  remote  from  Nine. 
Between  3  and  10  therefore  find  another  Mean  Propor- 
tional, which  may  come  fomewhat  nearer  Nine  j  and 
between  10  and  this  Mean,  another  fliii  5  and  fo  on  be- 
tween the  Numbers  next  above  and  next  underneath 
Nine,  till  at  laft  you  arrive  at  5). 00000000,  that  is, 
STll-o-m^To,  which  not  being  one  Millionth  Part  from 
Nme,  Its  Logarithm  may,  without  any  fenfible  Error,  be 
taken  for  that  of  Nine  itfelf.  Seeking  then  in  each  Cafe 
for  the  Logarithms  of  the  Mean  Proportionals,  and  you 
will  ar  laft  have  0.95425  J,  which  is  exceedingly  near  the 
true  Logarithm  of  Nine. 

3.  If  in  like  manner  you  find  Mean  Proportionals  be- 
tween l.cccccco  and  5.1622777,  and  affign  convenient 
Logarithms  to  each,  you  will  at  length  have  the  Logarithm 
of  the  Number  2,  and  fo  of  tiie  rell. 


Mean 


LOG  (4^8)  LOG 


Mean  Pro^ 

Mean  Pra- 

pevtioml 

Lngayhhns, 

pQrlional 

Logarithm. 

Numbers, 

Numbers, 

A 

I.OOOOOCO 

o.ocooooo 

0 

9.0021 38S 

0.95454570 

C 

5.1622777 

0.50000GO 

Q. 

9.0008757 

0.9542S467 

B 

lo.oooocoo 

I.COOCOOO 

p 

8.9996088 

0.95422363 

a 

rc.ooccooo 

I-OCCOCOO 

a 

9.00087  37 

0.95454570 

D 

5.fi2;4i5i 

0.750CCOO 

R 

9.000241 2 

0.95428467 

c 

3.i«i=-77 

0.5COOOOOO 

p 

8.99960S8 

0.95422365 

"e 

lO.COCCCCO 

I.OOOCOOO 

R 

y.0002412 

0.954=8467 

E 

7,4389411 

0.87  5COOC0 

s 

8.9999250 

0.95425415 

D 

5.62341?= 

0.7  500CCOO 

p 
r 

8-9996088 

0.95422363 

B 

lO.COCCCCO 

I.OOOOOCO 

R 

9.0002412 

0.954:5415 

F 

8.6556432 

0.95750000 

T 

9.0000831 

0.95421S89 

E 

7-4989421 

0.8750CCO 

S 

8.9999250 

0.95425889 

"b 

lO.OOCGCCO 

1. 00000000 

T 

9.00C02412 

0.95414652 

G 

9.3057204 

0.9687  5000 

9.00008  5 1 

0.95424271 

F 

8.6596432 

0.957500CD 

g 

8.9999250 

0.954238S9 

G 

9.3057204 

0.9687500C 

V 

rj. 0000041 

0.95424271 

H 

8.97687r3 

0.95312500 

8.9999650 

0.95424080 

F 

8. 6596432 

0.937  50000 

g 

8.9999250 

0-95423889 

G 

9.3057204 

0.9687  5000 

9.0000041 

0.95424271 

I 

9.:398i7o 

0.96093750 

Y 

S.999845 

0.95424217 

H 

8.5768713 

°.y53i2500 

8.9999650 

0.95424080 

T 

9.1598170 

0.96093750 

V 

9.0000041 

0.95424271 

K 

9-°579-77 

0.95703125 

z 

8.9999943 

0.95424223 

H 

8.9768713 

0.95312  500 

Y 

8.9999845 

0.95424217 

K 

9.'3S79777 

0.95703125 

V 

9.0000041 

0.954271 

L 

9.0173333 

0.95507812 

a 

8.9999992 

0.954:4247 

H 

8.9768713 

0.95512500 

Z 

8.9999945 

0,954^4223 

T, 

i).oi  7  5  55  5 

0.95507812 

V 

9.COOOO4I 

0.95424271 

M 

S.9970796 

0.95410156 

b 

9.GOCOO16 

0.95424259 

H 

8.9768715 

0.953I25CC 

a 

8.9999992 

0.95424247 

1, 

5.0173355 

0.95507812 

b 

9.0000016 

0.9542.1,259 

N 

9.0072008 

0.95458914 

c 

9.0000004 

0.95424255 

M 

8.997C79'> 

0.95410156 

a 

0.95424247 

N 

9.C072008 

C.95+S39S4 

c 

9.00COOO4 

0.95424295 

0 

9.CO11388 

0.95434570 

d 

8.9999998 

0,95424250 

M 

8.9970796 

0.954IOI56 

a 

8.9999992 

0.95424:47 

O 

9.C021388 

0.95454570 

c 

9.0000004 

0.95424253 

P 

8.9996088 

0.95422363 

e 

9.0000000 

0.95424251 

M 

S.9970796 

0.954IOI56 

d 

8.999999S 

0,95424250 

4.  There  neecls  nor,  however,  be  fii  much  Pains  taken 
in  invettigating  the  Loganthms  of  all  I^lumbers;  fince 
rhofe  that  coniiLt  of  alitjuot  Parts  being  divided,  and  o- 
thers  mutually  multiplying  each  other,  their  Logarithms 
arc  cafily  found.  Thus  if  Logarithm  of  the  Number 
9  be  biffcfted,  wc /liall  have  x\\c  Logarithm  0.47712125 
of  the  Number 

Schol.  The  Indices  or  CharaiiteriftiLS  o{  Logarithms  cov- 
refpond  to  the  denominative  Part  of  the  natural  Num- 
bers, asthe  other  Member  of  the  Logarithm  docs  to  the 
<^enonlinative  Part  of  the  Number  :  (.  e.  the  Index  fliews 
the  Denomination  or  Place  of  the  latt  (or  left  HandJ  Fi- 
gure of  the  Number,  and  confequently  of  all  the  reft. 
T hus  o,  affixed  to  a  Logarithm ^  denotes  the  laft  Figure  of 
the  Number  to  which  the  Lo^r.vithm  anfwers  to  be  nothing 
ditlant  (i.e.  is  inj  the  Place  of  Units.  The  Index  i 
ihcws  the  latl:  Figure  of  its  Number  to  be  diftant  i  Place 
from  the  Place  of  Onits,  i.  e.  to  be  in  the  Place  of  Tens, 
and  confequently  the  Number  itfelf  to  be  either  10,  or 
fome  Number  between  that  and  icq,  and  fo  of  the  other 
Indices.  Hence  all  Numbers,  which  have  the  fame  deno- 
minative, but  not  the  fame  numerative  Parts,  as  all  Num- 
bers from  I  to  ic,  from  la  to  roo,  £f?c  will  have  Lo^^.i- 
rithms  whofe  Indices  are  the  fame,  but  the  other  Members 
different.  Again,  all  Numbers  which  have  the  fame  nu- 
merative,  but  not  denominative  Part,  will  have  different 
Indices  j  but  the  reft  of  the  Logarithms  the  fame.  If  a 
Number  be  purely  decimal,  to  hs  Logarithm  is  affixed  a 
negative  Index,  ft:ewing  the  Diftance  of  its  firll  fignlfica- 
tivc  Figure  from  the  Place  of  Units.  Thus  the  Logarithm 
of  the  Decimal  jZjiJis  1.40S24,  of  the  Decimal  ,0156  is 
2.43:824,  S^c. 

Schol.  The  firft  Canon  of  Logarithms  for  natural  Num- 
bers, from  I  to  20000,  and  from  yopco  to  locooc,  was 
conftru£>cd  by  Ben.  Bri^^^s,  with  the  Approbation  of  the 
Inventor  the  Lord  Nefer,  and  the  Manner  of  conftrufling 
them  (hewn.  The  Ghafm  between  tccco  and  900C0 
was  filled  up  by  JdriajiVlach.  In  the  common  Tables 
we  have  only  a  Canon  from  i  to  iccco.    1  iicre  arc  various 


other  Methods  of  conflrufling  Logarithm  hv  Dr  Ualh^' 

has  a  Curiofity  that  way,   will  find  i„  the  Tb.hfiphlml 

r«  fndthe  Logarithm/.,-  a  Number  greater  than  a„ymtle 
Common  Cm,,,  I.,,  lefs  th.m  i  ccoooco.  Cut  o£F  four  Figures 
on  the  left  of  the  given  Number,  and  fcek  the  L.r.,nti», 
in  the  I  able;  add  as  many  Units  to  the  Index  as  there  are 
Figures  remainmg  on  the  right ;  fubftraft  the  Z.;nri,4»» 
found  from  that  next  following  it  in  the  Table  :  then  as 
the  Difterence  of  Numbers  in  the  Canon  is  to  the  Tabu. 
larDiftanceof  theLo^.imJmjanfwering  to  them  fo  are 
the  remainmg  Figures  of  the  given  Number  to  the  Loga- 
rithmic Difference  ;  which  if  it  be  added  to  the  Lo%- 
riiim  before  found,  the  Sura  will  be  the  Xnrar,;/,,™  re- 
quired ;  2'.,!;.  xhit  Logar,tbm  of  the  Number  91575  is  re- 
l^if'^'!- .  °f  f""'-  %">-=s  9237,  and  to  the  Cha- 
ractcrillic  of  the  Log.mtbm  correfponding  to  them  add 
an  Unit  ;  then  ' 
From  the  Lo^ariih.  of  the  Numb.  9:58=3.965  5780 
Subftraa.Zos.i,-ifi.  Numb.— 9:57=5.9555309 

Remains  Tabular  Difference  471 
10— 471 -—5 


2)  25;  I 

Aow  to  the  Logarithin  

Add  the  Difference  found- 


-4-9<  5  5  3  :9 


The  Sum  is  the  Lo^^nrithm  required — '..9655544 
To  find  the  Logarithm  of  a  Frarlicn  :  Subifraa'the  io- 
gar,,b„,  of  the  Numerator  from  that  of  the  Dcnnminator 
aiid  to  the  Remainder  prefix  the  Sign  of  Su bdraflion— 
f  hus  luppofe  It  is  required  to  find  the  L,mr„bm  of  the 
r  racfioii  |, 

T.iir.vilbm  r.f  7=o.845.:9Ro 
Liig.wiibm  of  5  =  ^,4.-7,1,3 

Lo7ur!lb„!  of  J— C.:6-^-:67 
TheReafonofthe  Ruleis,  That  a  Fr.it1ion  being  the 
(iuorient  of  the  Denominator,  divided  by  the  Numera- 

tor ; 


LOG 


C4^P  ) 


LOG 


tor,  iss  Logarithm  muft  be  tho  Difference  of  the  Lagaritbrns 
of  thufctwo;  fo  that  the  Numerator  being  fubkrafted 
from  the  Denominator,  the  Difference  becomes  negative. 
S'.Jdim  oljferved,  the  Logcirithms  of  a  proper  frac- 
tion muft  always  be  negative,  if  that  of  Unity  be  o  ; 
which  is  evident,  a  Fraftion  being  lefs  than  one. 

For  an  improper  Fratftton,  'j.g.  »,  its  Numerator  being 
greater  than  its  Denominator,  its  Logarithm  is  bad,  by  fub- 
ttrafling  the  Logarithm  of  the  latter  from  that  of  the 
former. 

T^hz  Logarithm  of  5=0.9^42425 
Logarithm  of  5=0.(5989700 


Logarithm  -;=o.2555725 

In  the  fame  manner  may  a  Logarithm  of  a  mixed  Num- 
ber, as  ;  '5  be  found,  it  being  firft  reduced  into  an  im- 
proper Fra£lion  o  '|. 

To  jitid  the  Ntiwhcr  correfpo;!dijlg  to  a  LogarithiTl,  greater 
than  any  in  the  Table  :  Firit  from  the  given  Logarithm,  fub- 
flraO  the  Zogarithm  of  Jo,  or  ico,  or  1000,  or  10000,  till 
you  have  a  Logarithm  tha.t  will  come  within  the  Coittpafs 
of  the  Table  ;  find  the  Number  corrcfponding  to  this, 
and  multiply  it  by  10,  or  ico,  or  1000,  or  loooo,  the 
Produil  is  the  Number  required. 

Suppofe,  for  Inlfance,  the  Number  corrcfponding  to 
theLagarithm  7.7581)982  be  required  ;  fubftraft  the  Loga- 
rithm of  the  Number  icoco,   which  184.0000000  from 
82,^  the  Remainder  is  5.7 589982, 


ing,  which  fee.  Logic  hdving  been  extremely  abufed,  is 
now  in  a  general  Difrepute.  The  Schools  havefo  clogged 
it  with  barbarous  Terms  and  Phrafes,  and  have  run  it'out 
fo  much  into  dry  ufelefs  Sabtiltlcs,  that  it  feems  rather  in- 
tended to  exercife  the  Mind  in  Wrangling  and  Difputation, 
than  to  affift  itin  thinking  julily.  'tis  true,  in  its  Origi- 
nal, ir  was  rather  intended  as  the  Art  of  Cavilling  than  of 
Reafoning  ;  the  Greek,  among  whom  it  had  its  Rife, 
being  a  People  who  piqued  themfelves  mightily  upon  their 
being  able  to  tallc  ex  temj^ore,  and  to  argue  by  Tutns  on 
either  Side  the  QueHion.  Hence  their  Dialcdlici,  to  be 
always  furni/hed  with  Arms  for  fuch  Rencounters,  in- 
vented a  Set  of  Words  and  Terms,  rather  than  Rule's  and 
Reafons,  fitted  for  the  Ufes  of  Contention  and  Difpute. 
Logic,  then,  was  only  an  Art  of  Words,  which  frequently- 
had  no  Meaning,  but  ferved  well  to  hide  Ignorance,  in- 
flead  of  improving  Knowledge,  to  i:afflo  Reafon  inftoad 
ot  affilling  it,  and  to  confound  the  Truth  inftead  of  clear- 
ing it.  All  that  Heap  of  Words,  which  we  have  bor- 
rowed trom  the  old  iogic,  is  of  little  Ufe  in  Life,  and  is 
fofaroutof  the  common  Ufage  ;  that  the  Mind  does  not 
attend  to  them  without  Trouble,  and  finding  nothing  in 
thein  to  reward  its  Attention,  foon  difcharges  itfelf,  and 
lofes  all  Ideas  it  had  conceived  of  them:  Hut  Logic  dif- 
engagcd  from  the  Jargon  of  the  Schools,  and  reduced  in- 
to a  clear  and  nitelligiblp  Method,  is  the  Art  of  conduc- 
ing the  Reafon  in  the  Knowledge  of  Things,  and  the  Dif- 
cQvery  ol  ■  Truth,  from  its  proper  Ufe  we  gain  feveral 
very  coiifidcrable  Advantages  ;  for,  (i.)  The  Confideration 


7.7589982,  the  Remainder  is  5.7589982,   the  Numb 

correfponding  l_o  which  is  5741  rfi,   this  multiplied  by  of  Rules  incitcs'the  Mind  to  a  clof;r  Attention  and  ^ppl. 

10000,  the  Produa  IS  5  741 1  too,  tne  Number  required.  cation  in  Thin.king,  fo  that  we  hereby  become  affured  that 

10  Jtnd  tlx  Number  correfponding  to  a  ne!;.7tref  Logarithm,  we  make  the  bell  Ufe  of  our  Faculties,    (z)  We  hereby 

To  the  given  negative add  the  laft  Z.s<ir;ii»  more  eafily  and  accurately  difcovor  and  point  out  the 

of  the  Table,  or  that  of  the  Number  ,0000;  i.e.  fub-  Errors  and  Defefts  in  our  Reafonlngs  ;  for  the  common 

ItraCt  the  hrft  frotn  the  fecoiid,   and  find  the  Number  Light  of  Nature,  unaffifled  by  Z»7ic,  frequently  obferves 

correi  ponding  tothe  Remainder;  this  will  be  the  Nume-  an  Argumentation  faul-y,  without  beino   able  to  deter- 


rator  of  theFraflion,  whofe  Denominator  will  be  10000  ; 
v.  g.  fuppofe  it  be  required  to  find  the  Fraaion  correfpond- 
ing to  the  negative  Zo^aritim  0.35797157,  fubflraft  this 
"■01"  4.tcoccoo 


The  Remainder  is— 5, tf320253,   the  Number  i^uuic 

the"efr  is"^-  Th^  S'^f^V  I'f'""  ''r^'''  Bufinefswas  to  receive  and  pafs  the  Accounts  of  Officer^ 
inereiore  is  rsmzi-   The  Reafon  of  the  Rule  is,  that  as    upon  theii  '         ■    '  -  - 


a  Fraaion  is  tne  Quotient  arifing  on  the  Divifion  of  the    Number  ten 
Nutneraior  by  the  Denominator,  Unity  will  be  to  th, 
Iract:  -u..  .     _  _  ^ 

Uni 
gati 
ing  to 
th(  ~ 

of  the  Fraaion  required, 

To  find  a  fourth  Froforiioval  to  three  ghcn  Numlers. 
AM  the  Logartthm  of  the  fecond  to  that  of  the  third,  and 
from  the  Sutii  fubflraft  tlie  Logaritl,m  of  the  firft,  the  Re- 
mainder IS  the  Logarithm  of  the  fourth  required.  E.  v. 
let  the  given  Number  be  4.  tf8.  and  3. 


mine  wherein  the  prccife  Failure  confifts.  (3.)  By  thefc 
Refleaions  on  the  Order  and  Manner  of  the  Opera- 
tions of  the  Mind,  we  are  brought  to  a  more  juft  and 
compleat  Knowledge  of  the  Nature  of  our  own  Under- 
Handing. 

LOGISTA,  the  Title  of  a  Magifirate  at  ^theiii,  whofe 
''    *"  was  to  receive  and 
pon  their  laying  down  the. 


:  f  ofts. 


I'he  Logijiie  were  in 


Logaritl 
Logarithm  3 


=  1.8325089 
=0.477121; 


Sum=2. 


Logarithm  4= 


;  096502 


=0.602  otioo 


ZojtirifJw  required  1.7075702 

7''l,Number  inthe  Tables  corrcfponding  to  which  is 
J'"!?"'''""     "f  'he  utmoft  Ufe  in  Trigonome- 


ngOKometry. 


LOGIC  i 


continually  proportional^  the  Points 
N  M      &c.   form  the  Lo7^!j:ic  Curve. 

Cor.  I.  The  AbfcifTes  A  1',  A  &c.  are  the  Logarithms 
of  the  Semiortlinates  P  M,  ^  &c. 

Hence  if  A  P  =  x,  A  p  =  v,  P  M  =y,  fm=z,  and 
their  Logarithms  y  z,  =:  / y  and  I  z,  x  will  be  =/jy, 
and  If  =  /  z,  confequently  x  :  v  =  I y  Iz,  char  is  the  De- 
nominators of  the  Ratio's  A  N,  P  M,  and  A  N/*  m,  are 
to  one  another  as  the  Abfciffcs  A  P  and  A 

Cor.  2 .  Hence  it  follutts,  that  there  rnay  be  infinite  o- 
ther  Logifiic  Lines  invented,  provided  x  m:  vm  :  :  I  y  ;  I  z 
that  any  of  the  Roots  or  Powers  may  be  the  Logarithms 
of  the  Semiordinates. 

Cor.  3.  The  Logiflic  will  never  concur  with  the  Axis 
except  at  an  infinite  Dillance,  fo  that  A  X  is  its  Afymp- 
tote. 

LOGISTIC,  or  LoyarUhm'tc  Spiral,  a  Line,  whofe 
Conlkuftion  is  as  follows  :  Divide  the  Quadrant  of  a  Cir- 
cle into  any  Number  of  equal  Parts  in  the  Points  P, /' 


fit-hp  AffnfTl,;«t'      ■  ni  ^  CT'i^-  y^italyfis^  Fig.ii.)   and  from  the  Radii  CP, 

right  Ufe  of  ouri  ionaT  l^^cdiri^^^^^  C/,  &c.  cutting%ff  C  M,  C      C &c.  contil 

^nd  reafoning     The  word l''l!™:j"Jff"'^  nually  proportional.  thePoin.s  M      m,  &c.  form  the  Lo- 


AeT,©-|  Sertno^     ^rjiic  spiral. 


DWfc  whe"rri„"!^^^^^  "Cor.-  The  Arches  therefore  A  F,   A  f,  &c,   are  the 


>'-.^/,  fo  1-Cii-   alfo  it  follows, 
rals. 

LOGISTICAL  ARITHMETIC 


C  m,  Sic,  whence 
that  there  may  be  infinite  LogiJlic  Spi- 


■r"i'  f"'*'"™'^''™'^  •''e  Canonical  Jrt,  as  being  a  Canon 

think  °aHph7'^'[lfre^^r"''\"''°"'"'^'-            "d^to  LOGISTICAL  ARITHMETIC,  was  formerly  the 

difcourfe  and  ZZ                       ■^F^^"",^'  J"''8=>  Arithmetic  of  Sexagefimal  Fraaions,   ufed  by  AUrono- 

prehenfio;   Tudtment  " 'tt^  \   h™ce  Ap-  mers  in  their  Calcuhtions.    Itwasfo  called  from  a  Greek 

fou  fu;d^"t^St:rir°;[:rof -tbirlrfrand'  ^SZ  T--ifcof  one  Mo,i.,i.,  .ho  wrote  about  Sex; 
our  Refleaions  on  thofe  Operations  of  the  Mind,  tVt  Z 


agefimal  Multiplication  very  accurately,    and  entituied 
his  Book  Ao;)s7j(ti.    This  Author,  J'oljJui  places  about  tiie 
Year  1550,  but  miflakes  the  Work  for  a  Treatife  of 
Algebra.    Thus  ^\fo  Shakerty,  [riTahi-.U  Britannicrr,  hath 
a  Table  of  Logarithms  adapted  to  Sexagefimal  Fraaions, 
which  therefore  he  calls  l^giftical  Logarithms ;  and  the 
many    expeditious  Arithmetic  of  them,  which  is  by  this  means 
'  iven-    obtained,   and  by  which  all  the  Trouble  of  Muhipli- 
orof  Memnrv  ^-j'Ti,"' ^■'"^r^!"'  Pre-    cation  and  Divifion  is  favcd,   he  calls  LoriJIical  Jnih- 

orotmcmory,and  the  Art  of  Elocution  or  Deliver-   ».ci,V,  though  ihme  b.v  Logidics  will   underflar.d  th* 

Dddddd  firft 


i  des'  l  o   ^     r"  "i"™"-  Lord  Bacon  A 

^nfS  1°'°/°'"^™'''"'  ^'^"■•dingjo  the  Ends  pre 
pofedineach,  for  a  Man  reafons  eithir  to  find  what^h 

Arts 
tion 
fervi 


5es  or  to  teach  what  he  retains  ;  whence  arife  fo  tr 
s  of  Reafonmg,  ,l,e  Art  of  Inquifition  or  In 
•  em  ^"=""'"'"8  or  Judgment,  the  Art  of ' 


what  he 


(  470  ) 


LON 


firfl  general  Rules  in  Algebra,  of  Addition,  Subftrac- 
tion, 


LONG  MEASURE.    See Me.i/ioT. 
LONGjEVITY,  Length  of  Ufe.    From  the  different 
LOGOGRIPHE,  a  kind  of  Symbol  or  Riddle,  pro-    Longevities  o{ Uen  in  the  beginning  of  the  \Va  rid,  after 
pofed  to  Students  for  their  Solution  in  order  to  exe^rcife    the  Flood,  and  in  thefe  Ages,  Mr.^Derh.im  drav/s  a^good 
id   improve  the  Mind.    It  ufually 


It  ufually  confifts  in  fome 
equivocal  Allufion  or  Mutilation  of  Words,  which,  lite- 
rally taken,  fignify  fomething  different  from  the  thing  in- 
tended by  it  5  fo  that  it  is  a 'kind  of  Medium  between  a 
Rebus  and  proper  Enigma.  According  to  Kircher,  Logo- 
grij^hes  are  a  kind  of  fpeaking  Arms.    Thus  a  Perfon 


Argument  for  the  Interpolition  of  a  Divine  Providence. 
Immediately  after  the  Creation,  when  the  World  was  to 
be  peopled  by  one  Man  and  one  Woman,  the  ordinary 
Age  was  900  and  upwards.  Immediately  after  'the  Flood, 
when  there  were  three  Perfons  to  ftock  the  Wiirlil,  their 

^,   _  Age  was  cut  Jborter,  and  none  of  thofc  Patriarchs  but 

tied  Leojjard,  who  bore  in  his  Arms  a  Lion,  and  Nard  Shem  arrived  at  500.  In  the  fecond  Century  we  find  none 
or  Spikenard,  according  to  that  Father,  made  a  Zogo-  that  reach'd  240,  in  the  third  none  but  Terah  that  came 
r^i-iPbe  ■■,  OediP.  E<^yt>t.  In  another  Place  however  he  de-  to  200  Years  :  The  World,  at  lea{l  a  part  of  it,  by  that 
finest  L'^iog/'f  he  to  be  an  ^Enigma,  which  under  one  time  being  fo  well  peopled,  that  they  had  built  C^ities, 
Name  or  Word  will  bear  various  Meanings,  by  adding  or  and  were  canton'd  out  into  diftant  Nations.  By  degrees, 
retrenching  fome  Part  of  it.  Thefe  kind  of  Enigma's  as  the  Nurnber  of  People  increas'd,  their  i,oH[;.ez'i!jy  dwin- 
are  well  known  to  t\\e  Jrahs^  among  whom  are  Authors  died  5_  till  it  came  down  at  length  to  70  or  So  Years  :  p-iid 
who  treat  exprefly  of  them.  The  Word  comes  from  the  there  it  flood,  and  has  continued  to  lUnd  ever  fince  the 
Greek  ?dy@-,  Difcourfe,  and  Ncc.  Time  of  Mofcs.    This  is  found  a  good  Medium,  and  by 

LOHCJCH.    Sen  Locb.  means  hereof  the  World  is  neither  overftock'd,  nor  kept 


LOINS,  in  Anatomy,  are  the  lower  Part  of  the  Spine 


)  thir 


but  Life  and  Death  keep  a  pretty  equal  pace. 


larger  than  SeeMortfl/if)'. 
fe,   having       That  the  common  Age  of  Man  has  been  the  fame  in  all 


of  the  Back,  compofed  of  five  Vertebr; 
thoie  of  the  Back,  and  ferving  them  as  : 

their  Articulations  pretty  loofe,  that  the  Motion  of  the  Ages  fince  the  World  was  peopled,  is  plain  both  from 

Xoi?ii  may  be  rnore  free.  Sacred  and  Profane  Hiftory.    To  pafs  by  others,  Flato 

LOLLARDS,  the  Name  of  aSefl  that  rofe  in  Germany  lived  to  Si,  and  was  accounted  an  Old  Man  ;  and  the  In- 

about  the  beginning  of  the  J4th  Century.    It  took  its  fiances  of  Xo;;^.™'(jy  produced  by  P/wjy, 7.  c.  48.  as  very 

Name  from  its  Author  Zo.'^iir;^  f^^i^fe'",  who  began  to  dog-  extraordinary,  may  moft  of 'era  be  match'd  in  modern 

matlze  in  1 51  5.    Befides  exploding  many  oi  the  Romifi  Hiil:ories_ ;   particularly  in  Dr.  F/ott's  Nat.  Hifl.  of  Ox£. 

Dodrines,  he  islikewife  faid  to  hr\ve  fet  afide  Baptifm  as  nnr^  Staff.    Among  others,  he  tells  of  twelve  Tenants  to 

a  thing  of  no  effect,  and  Repentance  as  not  abfolutely  the  fame  Perfon,  who  made  up  loco  Years  ;  to  fay  np- 

neccffary,  ^c.    ZoUard  wa.s  burnt  alive  at  Cologne  in  1 322.  thing  of  Old  Farre,  who  lived  152  Years  9  Months  j  or  of 

In  Eifland  the  Followers  of  WickUff  were  called,  by  H.'j^^^kins  of  Yorjtfiiirey  who  lived  itf?  "Years  j  or  of  the 

way  of  Reproach,  LolLirds^  from  fome  Affinity  there  was  Countefs  of  Vefmond^  or  Mr.  Echlefton^^  both  of  Irelajul, 

between  fome  of  their  Tenets  j   others,  however,  are  of  who  each  exceeded  149  Years.    See  Life. 

Opinion,  that  the  Englifj  Lollards  came  from  Germany^  LONG-BOAT  is  the  largeft  and  firongeft  Boat  be- 

They  were  folemnly  condemned  by  the  Archbifhop  of  longing  to  a  Ship,   that  can  be  hoifted  a-board  of  her. 

Camcrhnry  and  the  Council  of  Oiford.     The  Monk  of  Its  Ule  is  to  bring  any  Goods,  Provifion,  £5?c.  to  or  from 

Ct?«ier/jii!;>' derives  the  Ufe  of  the  Word  Lo//(i>-(/  among  us  the  Ship,  or,  on  Occafion,  to  land  Men  any  where,  and 

from  Zol'um,  a  Tare,  as  if  the  Lollards  were  the  Tares  particularly  to  weigh  the  Anchor. 

fown  in  Chrift's  Vineyard.    Ahelly  fays,  that  the  Word  LONGIMETRY,  the  Art  of  meafuring  Lengths  ;  both 

l,nllard{\gm^e5  fraifm^  God,    from  the  German  lo[>e7i,  to  acceffible,  as  Roads,  ES'c.  and  inacceflible,  as  Arms  of  the 

fraife,  and  Her.-,  Zo.-rf,'"becaufe  the  LoMjimpIoy'd  them-  Sea,  S^c.  Longimetry  is  a  Part  of  Trigonometry,  and  a 

felves'in  travelling  about  from  Place  to  Place,  finging  Dependant  on  Geometry,  in  the  fame  manner  as  Altime- 

Pfali-ns  and  Hymns.  try.  Planimetry,  Stereometry,  ^c.   The  Art  of  Zmgime- 

LONGUS,  Long,  an  Epithet  given  by  the  Anatomifls  fee  under  the  Names  of  the  Inflruments  ufed  in  it, 

to  a  great  Number'of  Mufcles.    The  fecond  Extenforof  particularly  TWo/ire,  Chain,  Sic. 

the  Carpus  is  called  the  Zongus,   in  comparifon  of  the  LONGISSIMUS  DORSI  is  a  Mufcle  of  the  Back, 

third  Extenfor,  which  is  called  hrevis,  fjort.    The  Longns  that  at  its  beginning  is  not  to  be  ditlinguifhed  from  tho 

has  its  Origin  in  the  bottom  of  the  Humerus,  and  lying  a-  >S'iicro-/iim^jm,_  arifing  with  it  froin  the  binder  Part  of  the 


long  the  Radius,  paffes  underneath  the  Ligamcntum  Anmi- 
lars,  and  is  inferred  into  the  Carpus. 

The  fecond  Mufcle  of  the  Flexors  of  the  Neck  is  alfo 
called  the  Zo7ii;k.',  and  fometimes  the  Recfiis.  It  has  its 
Origin  in  the  lateral  Part  of  the  Body  of  the  four  upper 
Vertebra  of  the  Back,  and  is  inferred  into  the  Body  of 
the  four  Veriehr^e  of  the  Neck,  and  fomctimes  into  the 
Occiput  J  this,  in  conjundion  with  the  Scalenum^  bends 
the  Neck. 

The  third  of  the  fix  Mufcles  of  the  Elbow  or  Arm, 
which  is  the  firrt  of  its  Extenfors,  is  alfo  called  the  Lo«- 
^HJ,  as  being  the  longeft  of  the  Extenfors.  It  has  its  Ori- 
gin on  the  upper  Side  of  the  Omoplate,  near  the  Neck, 
and  defccnding  by  the  hind  Part  of  the  Arm,  is  inferted 
into  the  Olecrmum  by  a  ilrong  Aponeurofis,  which  is  com- 
mon to  it  and  the  fecond  and  third  Extenfor  of  the  Arm. 

The  fecond  Mufcle  of  the  Thumb,  which  is  the  firft  of 
its  Extenfors,  is  alfo  called  Low^mj,  as  being  longer  than 
another  Extenfor  of  the  fame  Thumb,  called  hrsvis. 


Os  Ilium,  and  Os  Sacrum,  and  the  firft  Vertehrci  of  the 
Loins;  it  runs  upwards  along  the  whole  Trafl  of  the 
Back,  and  is  connet51:ed  by  Tendons  to  each  iranfverfe 
Procefs  in  its  way,  and  ends  fomctimes  in  the  fir fl  Ver- 
tebra, of  the  Back,  and  fometimes  in  the  firft  of  the  Neck  ; 
and,  as  fome  Authors  fay,  reaches  now  and  then  to  the 
Froceffits  Mamtllaris  of  the  Os  Fetrofm,  In  conjundion 
with  fome  others,  this  helps  to  keep  the  Body  ere£t. 

LONGISSIMUS  OCULI,  the  Name  of  a  Mufcle. 
See  Ohliq'nis Superior. 

LONGITUDE  of  a  Place,  in  Geography,  is  its  Di- 
ftance  from  fome  firft  Meridian  ;  or  an  Arc  of  the  Equator 
intercepted  between  the  Meridian  of  the  Place,  and  the 
firft  Meridian  ;  or  the  Difference  Eaft  and  Weft  between 
the  Meridians  of  any  two  Places,  counted  on  the  Equator. 
To  difcover  an  exa^l  'Method  of  finding  the  Longitude^ 
efpecially  at  Sea,  is  a  Problem,  that  has  extremely -per- 
plex'd  the  Mathematicians  of  thefe  two  laft  Ages  j  and 
for  the  Solution  whereof,  great  Rewards  have  been  pub- 


The  Longm  proceeds  from  the  upper  and  external  Part  of  lickly  offer'il  by  the  Englifi,  tWetich,  Dutch,  and  other 

the  Bone  of  the  Elbow,  and  rifing  over  the  Rad'm,  is  in-  Nations:   this  being  the  only  thing  wanting  to  render 

ferted  by  a  forked  Tendon  into  the  fecond  Bone  of  the  Navigation  perfefl.    Various  are  the  Attempts  that  Au- 

Thumb,  which  it  extends.  thors  have  made  for  this  purpofe,  and  various  tlie  Me- 

One  of  the  four  Mufcles  of  the  RaAhu  is  alfo  called  the  thods  they  have  propofed,  but  flill  without  Succefs  ;  all 

Lojuiu.    Thisis  the  firil  of  the  two  Supinators,  and  has  their  Schemes  being  found  either  falfe,  precarious,  im- 

its  Origin  three  or  four  Fingers  breadth  above  the  outer  prafticable,  or  in  fome  way  or  other  defective:  fo  that 

Jfophyps  of  theHiiinerej,  whence  running  along  the  Ra-  the  Palm  is  Hill  unafcertain'd.    What  they  moft  of  eni 

dm,  it  is  inferted  into  the  inner  Part  of  its  lower  Jpofhy-  aim  at,  is  a  Method  of  determining  the  Difference  of 


Jpophy- 

Ji!.  It  is  called  Longiti  with  regard  to  the  other  Supinator, 
which  is  called  Brewij.  Thefe  two  Mufcles  ferve  to  turn 
the  Radius,  fo  as  the  Palm  of  the  Hand  looks  upwards  ; 
which  makes  the  Supination. 

Lallly,  the  lirll  of  the  Abduclors  of  the  Leg  is  called 


Time  between  any  two  Points  on  the  Earth  ;  for  every 
1 5  Degrees  of  the  Equator  anfwering  to  an  Hour,  e.  one 
Degree  to  4  Minutes  of  Time,  and  one  Minute  of  a  De- 
gree to  15  Seconds  of  Time;  the  Difference  of  Time 
bein"  known  and  tuin'd  into  Degrees,  will  give  the  Lcn- 


the  Lon^m,  and  bears  this  Title  more  jullly  than  any  of  ,eit«*,  and  mce  ecr/a.  This  fome  have  pretended  to  ef- 
theothers,  as  being  the  longeft  Mufcle  in  the  whole  Bo-   ifeft  by  Clocks,  Watches,  and  other  Jiitomata  ;  but  always 


dy.  It  is  alfo  called  Sartoritti,  bccaufe  it  ferves  to  bend 
the  Leg  inwards,  as  the  Taylors  ufe  to  have  it  when  at 
work.  SceSartorius, 

LONG  ACCENT,  in  Grammar,  £?c.  (licws  that  the 
Voice  is  to  Hop  upon  the  Vowel,  that  hath  that  Mark,  and 
it  is  exprelTed  thus  (-). 


in  vain  ;  no  Time-keeper,  excepting  a  Pendulum  (which 
cannot  be  applied  at  Sea)  being  fufficiently  fure  and  ex- 
a£t  for  the  purpofe. 

Others,  with  more  probability,  and  to  better  purpofe, 
fearch  for  it  in  the  Heavens     for  if  the  exaft  Times  of 
any  Celefliil  Appearance  be  known  for  two  Places,  the 
'  •^'^  Dilfe- 


LON 


(471  ) 


LON 


Difference  of  thofe  Times  gives  that' of  the  Longitude  of 
thofe  Places.  Now  in  the  Efhemc^idcs^  yje  have  the  Mo- 
tions of  the  Planets,  and  the  Times  of  all  the  Celeflial 
Thmoniena^  as  the  Beginning  and  Ending  of  Eclipfes, 
Conjunftions  of  the  Moon  wiih  other  Planets,  its  En- 
trance into  the  Ecliptic,  ij^c.  accurately  calculated  tor 
feme  one  Place.  Therefore  if  the  Hour  and  Minute  be 
known  wherein  any  of  the  fame  Fh^Jiomejia  are  obferv'd 
in  an  unknown  Place,  the  Difference  between  the  Hour 
and  Minute  between  that  Place  and  that  other,  to  which 
the  Tables  arc  calculated,  and  ccnfequently  the  Diffe- 
rence of  their  Meridians,  and  their  Zorigitude  from  each 
other,  are  known  alfo.  Now  the  Difficulty,  here,_  does 
not  confifi  in  the  exafl  finding  of  the  Time,  which  is  ea- 
fily  had  from  the  Sun's  Altitude  or  Azimuth ;  but  the 
Defeft  lies  in  the  Paucity  of  proper  Appearances  capable 
of  being  thus  obferv'd:  For  all  flow  Motions  (v.g.  that 
of  Satttr?})  are  at  once  excluded ;  as  fliewing  but  little 
Difference  in  a  confiderable  Space  of  Time  i  and  it  being 
here  required  that  the  Fhtrnmenon  be  fcnfibly  varied  in 
two  Minutes  Time,  an  Error  of  two  Minutes  in  Time  pro- 
ducing another  of  50  Miles  in  the  Lo7igittide.  Now  there 
are  no  Fkfuoinenti  in  the  Heavens  that  have  thefe  Requi- 
fites,  excepting  the  feveral  Stages  of  an  Eclipfe  of  the 
Moon  5  her  Lo?igititde,  or  Place  in  the  Zodiac  j  her  Di- 
fiance  from  the  fix'd  Stars,  or  Appulfe  to  them  j  her  In- 
grefs  inro  the  Ecliptic,  or  the  Points  of  her  Orbit  where 
that  cuts  the  Ecliptic  ;  and  the  Conjunflion,  Dilfance  and 
Eclipfes  of  ^iipiier's  Satellites.  Of^  each  of  thefe  in  their 
Order. 

1.  The  firfl  Method,  by  the  Eclipfes  of  the  Moon,  is 
very  eafy  and  fuff.cicntly  accurate,  were  there  but  Eclip- 
fes every  Nighr.  At  the  moment  wherein  we  fee  the 
beginning  or  middle  of  a  lunar  Eclipfe  by  a  Telefcope, 
we  have  nothing  to  do  but  take  the  Altitude  or  Azimuth 
of  fome  fixed  Star,  from  which  the  Hour  and  Minute 
art:  ■.  afily  found  j  or  without  the  Altitude,  if  the  Star  be 
in  the  Meiidian.  1  his  Hour  and  Minute  therefore,  thus 
found,  and  compared  with  that  cxprefs'd  in  the  Tables, 
give  the  Longitude, 

2.  The  Moon's  Place  in  the  Zodiac  is  a  Thcenomemn 
iTiore  frequent  than  that  of  her  Eclipfes,  but  then  the  Ob- 
fervation  thereof  is  difBcult,  the  Culatlus  intricate  and 
perplex'd,  by  reafon  of  two  Parallaxes  j  fo  that  it's  fcarce 
prailicable  to  any  tolerable  degree  of  Accuracy.  Indeed 
by  waiting  till  the  Moon  comes  into  the  Meridian  of  the 
Place,  and  then  taking  the  Altitude  of  fome  remarkable 
Star  (the  Latitude  being  fuppofed  to  be  firil  known) 
from  this  Altitude  and  the  Latitude,  we  fliall  be  able  to 
find  the  Time  pretty  accurately,  tho  'twill  be  better  to 
do  it  by  fome  Star  in  the  Meridian.  Now  the  Time  be- 
ing found,  'twill  be  cafy  to  find  what  Point  of  the  Eclip- 
tic is  then  in  the  Meridian  or  Mid-haven.  Thus. we  fliall 
have  the  Moon's  Place  in  the  Zodiac  correfponding  to  the 
Time  of  our  Place.  Then  in  the  Ephnneris  we  find  what 
Hour  it  is  in  the  Meridian  of  the  Ephoneris,  when  the 
Moon  is  in  that  part  of  the  Zodiac  :  Thus  we  fliall  have 
the  Hour  and  Minute  of  the  two  Places  for  the  fame 
Timej  the  Difference  of  which  will  give  the  Difference 
of  Longitude. 

5.  In  regard  there  are  many  tiines  when  the  Moon 
cannot  be  obferv'd  in  the  Meridian,  there  is  therefore 
another  fHll  more  frequent  PA^/ioweHo/i  from  which  the 
ion5;We  is  fought ;  -viz,,  the  Moon's  Appulfe  and  Recefs 
from  the  fixed  Stars:  for  from  thence  the  Moon's  true 
Place  may  be  invelligated  for  the  given  Time  of  Obfer- 
vation.  Kut  this  Method,  by  reafon  of  the  Parallaxes, 
and  the  Solution  of  oblique  fpherical  Triangles,  and  the 
various  Cafes,  is  fo  very  difficult  and  perplex'd,  that  the 
Mariners  are  not  able  to  make  ufe  of  it  3  nor  is  it  necef- 
fary  to  trouble  the  Reader  with  the  Praxis  thereof 
Thofe  however  who  are  difpofed  to  ufe  it,  will  find  very 
confiderable  Help  from  a  flarry  Zodiac,  publifli'd  under 
the  Direction  of  Dr.  Halley^  containing  all  the  Stars  to 
which  the  Moon's  Appulfe  can  beoblerv'd. 

4.  To  find  the  Lofigirude  by  the  Moon's  Ingrefs  into  the 
Ecliptic  i  obferve  the  Moment  of  that  Ingrefs :  Then  in 
the  Ephcmeris,  fee  what  Hour  it  is  in  the  Meridian  of  the 
Ephemens,  when  that  Ingrefs  happens.  The  Difference 
between  thefe  Times,  gives  the  Difference  of  Longitude. 

5.  The  Fhfnomena  of  Jupiter's  Satellites  are  generally 
preferred  to  thofe  of  the  Moon,  for  finding  the  Lowgi- 
tiide ;  by  reafon  the  former  are  lefs  liable  to  Parallaxes, 
and  do,  further,  afford  a  very  commodious  Obfervation 
in  every  Situation  of  that  Planet  above  the  Horizon. 
Their  Motion  is  very  fwifr,  and  mufl  be  calculated  for 
every  Hour,  and  for  that  reafon  are  not  found  in  the  com- 
mon Efhema-ides^  but  are  had  elfewhcre.  Now  to  find 
the  Longitude  by  means  of  thefe  Satellites,  with  a  good 
Telefcope  obferve  a  Conjunftion  of  two  of  them  or  of 
one  of  them  with  ^ufner^  or  any  other  ,the  like  Appea- 


rance, and  at  the  fame  time  find  the  Hour  and  MinUtfi 
from  the  Meridian  Altitude  offoitieStar  j  then  confulting 
Tables  of  the  Satellites,  obferve  the  Hour  and  Minute 
wherein  fuch  Appearance  happens  in  the  Meridian  of  the 
Place  to  which  the  Tables  are  calculated.  The  Difference 
of  Time,  as  before,  will  give  the  Zoagltitde. 

6.  All  Methods  that  depend  on  the  Ph^mmem  of  the 
Heavens  having  this  one  Defeft,  that  they  are  not  to  be 
obferved  at  all  times  and  being,  befidcs,  very  difHcult 
of  Application  at  Sea,  by  reafon  of  the  Motion  of  the 
Ship  j  there  are  fome,  who,  leaving  the  Moon  and  the 
Satellites,  have  recourfe  to  Clocks  and  other  y^utomata  • 
which,  could  they  be  made  perfe£^Iy  juft  and  regular 
fo  as  to  move  with  tho  Sun  without  either  gaining  or  lo- 
fing,  and  without  being  affcfted  with  the  Change  of  Air 
and  of  Climates  ■-,  the  .Longhuds  would  be  had  with  all  the 
Eafe  and  Accuracy  imaginable,  nothing  more  being  re- 
quired but  to  fet  the  Machine  by  the  Sun  at  the  time  of 
Departure  j  and  when  the  Longitude  of  any  Place  is  de- 
fired,  to  find  the  Hour  and  Minute  from  the  Heavens, 
('which  is  done  at  Night  by  the  Stars,  and  in  the  Day  by 
the  Sun)  for  the  Difference  between  the  Time,  thus  ob- 
ferved, and  that  of  the  Machine,  gives  the  Lonvitude  j 
But  no  fuch  Machine  has  been  yet  difcover'd.  Where- 
fore Recourfe  has  been  flill  further  had  to  other  Me- 
thods. 

7.  Mr.Whtjion  and  Mr.  Ditton  have  propofed  a  Method 
of  determining  the  Longitude  by  the  Flafh  and  Report  of 
great  Guns.  Sounds,  'tis  known,  move  pretty  equably 
in  all  their  Stages,  whatever  the  fonorous  Body  be  that 
occafions  it,  or  whatever  the  Medium  that  conveys  it-  If 
then  a  Mortar  or  great  Gun  be  exploded  at  a  Place,  whofe 
Longitude  is  known,  the  Difference  between  the  Time 
wherein  the  -Flafh  (which  moves,  as  it  were,  inflanta- 
neoufly)  is  feen,  and  the  Sound,  which  moves  at  the  rate 
of  four  Seconds  in  a  Mile,  is  heard,  will  give  the  Dillance 
of  thofe  Places  from  each  other  i  whence,  if  their  Latitudes 
be  known,  the  Difference  of  Longitude  will  be  likewife 
known.  Again,  if  the  Hour  and  Minute  of  the  Explofion  be 
known,  (for  the  Place  where  it  is  made)  by  obferving  the 
Hour  and  Minute  from  the  Sun  or  Stars,  at  the  Pfaco 
whoic  Lo7!{'itl^de  is  required  j  the  Difference  between  thofe 
Times  will  give  the  Difference  o£  Lmgitude.  Ag^in,  if 
the  fiid  Mortar  be  loadcn  y.ith  an  Iron  Shell  full  of  com- 
buftible  Matter,  and  pofited  perpendicularly,  it  will  carry 
the  fame  a  Mile  high,  which  will  be  feen  near  a  hun- 
dred Miles;  if  therefore  neither  the  Sound  Oiould  be 
heard,  nor  the  Flafh  feen,  the  Diftance  of  any  remote 
Place  from  the  Place  of  the  Mortar  may  be  determin'd 
from  the  Altitude  of  the  Shell  above  the  Horizon  of  the 
Place  unknown  :  and  the  Diffance  and  Latitudes  known, 
the  Longitude  is  eafily  found.  According  to  this  Schema 
'twas  propofed  to  have  fuch  Mortars  fix'*d  at  proper  Di- 
flances,  and  at  known  Stations,  on  all  the  frequented 
Coafls,  Iflands,  Capes,  l^c.  and  to  be  exploded  at  certain 
Hours  for  the  Obfervation  of  Mariiiers.  This  Method, 
tho  good  in  the  Theory,  yet  Is  found  ufelefs  in  the  Prac- 
tice; as  being  extremely  troublefome,  and  yet  preca- 
rious. It  fuppofes  that  Sounds  may  be  heard  40,  50,  or 
60  Miles;  of  which,  'tis  true,  we  have  Inflances,  but 
they  are  very  rare  ;  and  ordinarily  the  Report  of  a  Can- 
non is  not  heard  above  half  fo  far  ;  and  fometimes  much 
lefs.  It  fuppofes,  again,  Sound  to  move  always  with 
equal  Velocity  ;  whereas,  in  fa£I,  its  Velocity  is  increafed 
or  diminifhed  as  it  moves  with  or  againfl  the  Wind.  It 
fuppofes,  again,  the  Strength  of  Powder  uniform  ;  and 
that  the  fame  Quantity  carries  the  fame  Range  ;  the  con- 
trary whereof  is  known  to  every  Gunner.  We  fay  no- 
thing of  thick  cloudy  Nights,  when  no  Lights  can  be 
feen ;  nor  of  flormy  Nights,  when  no  Sound  can  be 
heard  ;  even  at  inconfiderable  Diftances. 

8.  We  have  another  Method  of  finding  the  Longitude, 
propofed  by  the  fame  ingenious  Gentleman  yiv.Wbifion^ 
viz.  by  the  Inclinatory  or  Dipping-Necdle.  See  Dipping- 
Needle. 

Lo7igitude  of  the  Earth,  is  its  Extent  froin  Well:  to  Eafl, 
according  to  the  Situation  of  the  .^^quator  ;  as  the  Lati- 
tude of  the  Earth  is  its  Extent  in  Surface  from  one  Polo 
to  the  other. 

Longitude  in  the  Heavens^  is  an  Arc  of  the  Ecliptic, 
counted  from  the  beginning  of  Jries,  to  the  Place  where 
a  Star's  Circle  Longitude  croffes  the  Ecliptic:  fo  that 
it  is  much  the  fame  as  the  Star's  Place  in  the  Ecliptic, 
reckoned  from  the  beginning  of  Jries ;  which  to  find,  fee 
Place  of  the  Sim  or  Star.  Longitude  of  the  Sun  or  Star 
from  the  next  equino^fial  Point,  is  the  Number  of  De- 
grees and  Minutes  they  are  from  the  beginning  of  Jries  or 
Libra,  either  before  or  after  them  h  which  can  never  be 
more  than  r8o  Degrees.  Lotigitud;,  in  Navigation,  is  alfo 
the  Diftance  of  a  Ship  or  Place,  E aft  or  Weft^  from  an- 
other. 

To 


LON 


LOR 


To  find  the  Lo}7-itH!le  or  Latitude  of  any  Star  by  the 
Globe:  Bring  the  SolHitial  Colure  to  the  Brafs  Meridian, 
4nd  there  fix  the  Globe  i  then  will  the  Pole  of  the  E- 
cliptic  be  juft  under  23  deg.  3omJn=  accounted  from  the 
Pole  above  the  Horizon,  and  on  the  fame  Meridian :  There 
fcrew  the  Quadrant  oi  Altitude,  bring  its  graduated  Edge 
to  the  Star,  and  there  ftay  it ;  thus  the  Quadrant  will  cut 
the  Ecliptic  in  the  Star's  Lojt^ituds,  as  alfo  its  Latitude 
reckoned  on  the  Quadrant,  from  the  Ecliptic.  See  G/obe. 

Zongititde  of  Motion,  is  a  Term  ufed  by  Dr.jVallis  in 
his  Mechanics,  for  the  Meafure  of  Motion  eilimated  ac- 
cording to  the  Line  of  Direction  j  fo  that  it  is  the  Di- 
ftance,  or  Length,  which  the  Center  of  any  moving  Body 
runs  thro,  as  it  moves  on  in  a  Right  Line.  And  he  calls 
the  Meafure  of  any  Motion,  ellimated  according  to  a 
Right  Line  or  Line  of  Direction  of  the  T'"is  Matrix,  the 
Altitude  of  it. 

BeHini  alfo  ufeth  this  Term  of  Longitude  and  Altitude 
In  the  fame  Scnfe  in  many  Places  of  his  Writings,  and 
which  an  ordinary  Reader  finds  hard  to  underfland  for 
want  of  this  Interpretation.  By  Altitude  alfo,  in  his  19th 
Fropofition  de  I'ehnhus^  he  means  the  Thicknefs  of  the 
vifcid  Matter  in  the  Blood- Veffels  j  or  the  greateJt 
Length  a  vifcid  Particle  is  extended  into  from  the  fide 
of  the  Canal  to  Its  Axis. 

LONGITUDINAL,  according  to  the  Etymology  of 
the  Word,  fignifies  fomething  cxrenHed  length-wife.  Thus 
ia  Anatomy  it  is  ufed  to  lignify  fome  Part  or  Member 
running  in  length,  or  pofired  lcngth-\i'ife.  The  Mem- 
branes that  compofe  the  VefTcls  are  woven  out  of  two 
kinds  of  Fibres,  the  one  jMTigltudinal,  and  the  other  Cir- 
cular, cutting  the  Longitudinal  at  Right  Angles.  The 
Zmgitidinai  are  tendinous  and  eladic  ;  the  Circular,  muf- 
culous  and  raoiriccs,  like  Sphincl:ers. 

LONGUS  COLLI,  a  Mufcle  which  arifes  chiefly 
flefhy,  tho  partly  tendinous,  from  the  fore-part  of  the 
five  upper  Vertcbrre  of  the  Back,  and  is  inferted  into  the 
fore-part  of  every  Vertebra  of  the  Neck.  Its  Ufa  is  to 
bend  the  Neck  forward. 

LONGUS  CUBITi,  a  Mufcle,  that,  in  conjunaion 
with  others,  extends  the  Gi/i^ntj :  It  arifeth  from  the  in- 
ferior Colla  of  the  Scapula,  nigh  its  Neck,  and  pafleth 
betwixt  the  two  round  Mufcles.  It  dcfccnds  on  the  back- 
fide  of  the  Humerus,  where  it  joins  with  the  Brevis  and 
Sr^ichi^KS  externiis, 

LONGUS  FEMORIS,  in  Anatomy.   Sec  Sartorm. 

LOOF,  or,  as  they  ufually  pronounce  it,  Z«jf,  isaTerm 
ufed  in  Conding  of  a  Ship  :  Thus,  Z.oof  tip^  is  to  bid  the 
Steerf-man  keep  nearer  to  the  Wind  :  To  /oof  into  art 
Harhour,  is  to  fail  into  it  clofe  by  the  Wind  :  To  Jprhig 
ihe  Ltijf,  is  when  a  Ship,  that  before  was  going  large  be- 
fore the  Wind,  is  brought  clofe  by  the  Wind.  When  a 
Ship  fails  on  a  Wind,  that  is,  on  a  Quarter- Wind,  they 
fay  to  the  Steerf-man,  Keep  your  Luff:  Feer  no  more  !  Keef 
her  to  I  Toiu-b  the  Jf'ind !  ha-ve  a  care  of  the  Lee- Latch  I  All 
which  Words  lignify  much  the  fame  thing,  and  bid  the 
Man  at  Helm  to  keep  the  Ship  near  the  Wind. 

Lcof  of  a  Ship,  is  that  part  of  her  alofr,  which  lies  juft 
before  the  Chefs-Trtcs;  and  hence  the  Guns,  which  lie 
here,  are  called  her  Loof-Tkces. 

LOOKING-GLASS,  a  plain  Glafs,  Speculum,  or 
Mirror,  which  being  impervious  to  the  Light,  refie6i:s  its 
Rays,  and  fo  exhibits  the  Images  of  Objefls  placed  be- 
fore it. 

The  Theory  of  Looling-Gl^-iffes,  and  the  Laws  whereby 
they  give  the  Appearances  of  Bodies,  fee  under  M;ri'oj-. 

The  Manner  of  gy'mdmg  and  prepari/ig  the  Looking-Glaf- 
fes  is  as  follows  :  A  Plate  of  Glafs  is  fixed  to  a  hori- 
zontal Table,  and  to  another  Icfs  Table  is  fixed  an- 
other Plate,  over  the  hind  Part  of  which  is  added  a  Box 
loaded  with  Stones  and  other  Weights.  Over  the  firfb 
Plate  is  fprinkled  fine  Sand  and  Water  in  a  fufEcient 
Quantity  for  the  Grinding,  and  the  fecond  or  lefs  Plate  is 
laid  on  it,  and  thus  worked  this  and  that  way,  till  each 
has  planed  the  others  Surface.  As  they  begin  to  grow 
fmoother,  finer  Sand  is  ufed,  and  at  lait  Powder  of  Smelt. 
Being  thus  fitfor  polllhing,  a  wooden  Parallelopiped,  lined 
VJithTrifoli  Earth,  or  burnt  Tin,  tempered  with  Water, 
is  laid  on  the  Plate,  and  worked  to  and  again,  till  the 
Glafs  have  gota  perfeft  Politure. 

'Tis  found  extremely  difficult  to  bring  the  Glafs  to  a 
perfeft  Plainnefs.  Hez^elius  judges  more  Art  required  to 
bring  a  Glafs  to  an  exa£t  Plane  than  to  a  Sphere.  For  po- 
lifhing  larp.e  Plates  of  Glafs,  they  have  a  Machine  for 
the  purporc. 

The  rlates  being  thus  polifhcd,  a  thin  blotting  Paper 
is  fpread  on  a  Table,  and  fprinkled  with  fine  C^^halk  ;  and 
this  done,  over  the  Paper  Is  laiJ  a  thin  Lamina,  or  Leaf 
of  Tin,  on  which  Is  poured  Mercury,  which  is  to  be  equal- 
ly  diftributed  over  the  Leaf,  with  a  Hare's  Foot  or  Cot- 
ton.  Over  the  Leaf  is  laid  a  clean  Paper,  and  over  that 


the  Glafs-Plate.  With  the  left  Hand  the  Glafs  Plite  is 
preifed  down,  and  with  the  right  the  Pap^T  is  gently 
drawn  out  j  which  done,  the  Plate  is  covered  with  a 
thicker  Paper,  and  loadcn  with  a  greater  Weight,  that 
the  fuperfluous  Mercury  may  be  driven  out,  and  the  Tin 
adhere  more  clofely  to  the  Glafs.  When  it  is  dried,  the 
Weight  is  removed,  and  the  Loo^«2-G'Ai/i-  is  compleat. 

Some  add  an  Ounce  of  Mercury  to  half  an  Ounce  of 
Marchafite,  melted  by  the  Fire  ;  and  lell  the  Mercury 
evaporate  in  Smoke,  pour  it  into  cold  Water,  and,  when 
cold,  fqueeze  it  thro'  a  Cloth  or  Leather.  Some  alfu 
add  a  Quarter  of  an  Ounce  of  Lead  and  Tin  to  the  Mar- 
chafite, that  the  Glafs  may  dry  the  fooner. 

LOOM,  the  Weaver's  Frame  ;  a  Machine  whereby  fe- 
veral  dittinci:  Threads  arc  wove  into  one  Piece.  Looms 
are  of  various  Struflures,  acconimoLlatcd  to  the  various 
Kinds  of  Materials  to  be  wove,  and  the  various  Manners 
of  weaving  them  j  -oiz.  for  Woollens,  Silks,  Linncns,  Cot- 
tons, Cloths  of  Gold  ;  and  other  Works,  as  Tapcfiry, 
Ribbands,  Stockings,  i^c.  Moft  of  which  will  be  found 
under  their  proper  Heads, 

LOOP-HOLES,  in  the  Sea-Language,  arc  Holes  made 
in  the  Comings  of  the  Hatches  of  Ships,  and  in  their 
Bulk-heads  to  fire  Muskets  thro  in  a  clofe  Fight.  And 
the  fame  are  they  in  the  Covert  Defences  of  all  Fortifi- 
cations. 

LORD,  (from  a  Saxon  Original,  fignlfylng  a  Bread- 
Giver,  Bountiful  or  Hofpitable)  is  a  Tide  of  Honour  va- 
riouity  applied  among(t  us  ;  being  fometimes  attributed 
to  thofe  who  are  noble  by  Birth  or  Creation,  otl;erwifc 
call'd  Lords  of  Tnrliament,  and  Peers  of  the  Realm  ; 
fometimes  to  thofe  fo  call'd  by  the  Courtefy  of  Engl-nd^ 
as  all  Sons  of  a  Duke  and  Marquifs,  and  the  eii*'e)i  Son 
of  an  Earl:  fometimes  to  PerfuiiS  honourable  by  Office, 
as  Lord  Chief  ^uJUce^  &.c.  And  fometimes  to  an  inferior 
Perfon  that  has  Fee,  and  confequently  the  Flomage  of 
Tenants  within  his  Manner  i  for  by  his  Tenants  he  is 
call'd  Lord,  and  in  fome  Places,  for  didimSlinn  fake. 
Land-lord.  'Tis  in  this  lall  Signification  that  the  word 
Lofd  is  principally  ufed  in  our  Law-Books;  where  it  is 
divided  into  Lord  Fammoimt  and  Lord  Mcfn:  Lord  Mefn 
is  he  that  is  Owner  of  a  Manner,  and  by  virtue  thereof 
hath  Tenants  holding  of  him  in  Fee,  and  by  Copy  of 
Court-Roll;  and  yet  holds,  himfelf,  of  a  fup^rlor  ior^/, 
call'd  Lord  Faramountj  or  above  him.  We  ailo  read  of 
J''ery  Lord  and  Fery  Tenant  :  Very  Lord  is  he  who  is  im- 
mediate  Lo?-(i  to  his  Tenant  j  and  Very  Tenant,  he  who 
holds  immediately  of  thatLoj-f/:  fo  that  where  there  is 
Lord  Taramount,  Lord  Mefn,  and  Tenant ;  the  Lord  Fa.ra~ 
mount  IS  t)ot  Very  Lord  to  the  Tenant.  He  is  alfo  call'd 
Lord  in  Grofs. 

Lord-High-Mmiral  of  England,  Is  one  of  the  great  Of- 
ficers of  the  Crown,  whofc  Trufl  and  Honour  is  fo  great, 
that  it  has  feldom  been  given,  excepting  to  fome  of  the 
King's  younger  Sons  or  near  Kinfmen.  To  him  ir,  by  :he 
King,  intruded  the  Management  of  all  maritime  Afiairs, 
as  well  in  refpei^l  of  Jurifdii51Ion  as  Proteflion.  He  is 
that  high  Officer  or  Magiilrate,  to  whom  is  comraiited 
the  Government  of  the  britifi  Navy,  with  Power  to  de- 
cide ail  Controverfies,  and  Caufes  Maritime,  as  well  Ci- 
vil as  Criminal,  for  which  there  is  a  peculiar  Court;  fuch 
as  happen  either  on  cur  own  Coalls,  or  beyond  Sea,  a- 
monglt  his  Majefly's  Subjects :  and  of  fuch  Wrecks  and 
Prizes,  as  are  called  Lagon,  jet/ow,  and  L/otfon  ;  that  is. 
Goods  lying  in  the  Sea  floating,  or  caft  on  fliorc,  except- 
ing in  fuch  Royalties  as  are  granted  10  other  Lords  of  the 
Minnor,  i^c.  All  great  Fi/lies,  call'd  Royal  Lifh,  except 
Whales  and  Sturgeon  :  A  Share  of  Prizes  in  time  of 
War,  and  the  Goods  of  Pirates  and  Felons  condemned. 
The  Lord- High- /Admiral  hath  under  him  many  Officers  of 
high  and  low  Condition  ;  fome  at  Sea,  others  at  Land  5 
fome  of  a  Military,  others  of  a  Civil  Capacity  :  fome 
Judicial,  others  MinHlerial.  And  in  his  Court  all  Proccffea 
iffue  in  his  Name,  not  the  King's,  as  it  docs  in  all  other 
Courts;  fo  that  the  Dominion  and  Jurifdii5li(in  of  the  Sea 
may  jufily  be  Jliled  another  Commonwealth,  or  King- 
dom apart,  and  the  Lord-High-Jdmiral,  Viceroy  of  the 
Maritime  Kingdom.  He  hath  under  him  a  Lieutenant, 
who  is  Judge  of  the  Admiralty,  commonly  a  Do£lror  of 
the  Civil  Law  ;  the  Proceedings  in  this  Court  in  all  Civil 
Matters,  being  according  to  the  Civil  Law:  but  in  Cri- 
minal Matters,  they  proceed  by  a  Special  CommifTion 
from  the  Secretary,  according  to  the  Laws  of  Engja7id. 

Lord-Frivy-Seal,  hath  his  Office  by  Patent:  before 
the  50th  ot  ?knry\'\l\.  they  were  generally  Ecclefiaf- 
tlcks  ;  fince  which,  the  Office  hath  been  ufually  confur'd 
on  Temporal  Peers,  above  the  Degree  of  Barons.  Llndcr 
the  Trivy-Seal  pafieth  all  Charters  and  Grants  of  the 
Crown,  and  Pardons  fign'd  by  the  Sovereign  before  they 
have  the  Great-Seal  ;  as  alfo  feveral  other  Masters  of 
lefs  Concern,  as  the  Payment  of  Money,  ^c.  which  have 


LOR 


C  471 )     L  y  a 


no  rccourfe  to  the  Great-SeaK  The  Zorii-Tyhy-Seal  re- 
ceiving his  Warrant  from  the  Signet-Olhce,  iflaes  the 
i'rtvy-Scal^  which  is  an  Authority  to  the  Lord  Chancellor 
to  pafs  the  Grcac-Seal,  where  the  nature  of  the  Grant 
requires  the  Great-Scat.  But  Frny-Seals  for  Money  he- 
giu  in  the  '^I'reafury,  from  whence  the  firft  Warrant  if- 
lues,  countcrlign'd  by  the  Lord-Treafurer.  On  the  Lord- 
I'ri-^y-Seal  are  attendant  four  Clerks,  who  have  two  Depu- 
ties, to  a£l  for  them.  The  Clerks  of  the  Fri-vy-Seal 
and  Signet  have  ro  Salaries,  but  Board-Wages  50/.  pe-r 
j-Jnmim^  and  pay  Taxes  j  but  they  have  confiderable  Fees 
upon  Warrants,  for  Gift  of  any  Office,  Penlion,  Annuity, 
special  Livery,  Conge  d'Elires,  Trefentations,  Pardons, 
Licences,  iSc. 

Lord-Steward  of  the  Km^^s  HoaJJjoId,  'is  the  principal  Of- 
ficer for  the  Civil  Government  of  the  King's  Servants  be- 
low Stairs ;  over  the  Officers  of  which,  he  has  Juriidicl:ion. 
He  is  conltitutcd  by  the  Delivrry  of  the  White  Staff, 
which  is  ellcemed  his  CommiiTion.  By  virtue  of  his  Of- 
fice, without  any  other  Commiilion,  he  judges  of  all  Of- 
fences committed  within  tlie  Court,  or  the  Verge  there- 
of, and  gives  Judgment  according  to  their  feveral  Deferts. 
To  him  it  belongs  at  the  beginning  of  the  Parliament  to 
attend  the  King,  and  to  adminiHer  the  Oaths  of  Alle- 
giance and  Supremacy  to  all  the  Members  of  the  Houfe 
of  Commons,  and  at  the  end  of  Parliament  to  adjuft 
Parliamentary  Expenccs.  At  the  Death  of  the  Sovereign 
he  breaks  his  Staff  over  the  Hearfe,  in  which  the  Royal 
Corps  are  depofitcd,  and  thereby  difchargeth  all  the  Offi- 
cers under  his  Power. 

X.ird-Z'ctiiena7its  of  Counties,  are  Officers  of  great  Dif- 
tinilion,  appointed  by  the  King  for  managing  the  land- 
ing Militia  of  the  Country,  and  all  Military  Matters  : 
Hiey  arc  generally  of  the  principal  Nobility,  and  of  the 
bell  Interetl  in  the  County  :  They  are  to  form  the  Militia 
in  cafe  of  a  Rebellion,  i^c  and  march  at  the  Head  of 
them,  as  the  King  fhall  direfl,  7^hey  have  the  Power  of 
commiffioning  Colonels,  Majors,  Captains,  and  Subaltern 
Officers  j  alfo  to  prefent  the  King  with  the  Names  of  the 
Deputy-Lieutenants  ;  who  are  to  be  fclefled  from  the 
belt  Gentry  in  the  County,  and  ad  in  the  Abfence  of  the 
J^ords-Lleutaiants.  Ko  Subjedl  is  to  be  charged  with  an 
Horfeman,  unlefs  he  has  ^oo  }.  ^er  Annum^  or  Coco  I, 
Pcrfonal  Ellate  ;  nor  with  a  Foot-Soldier,  unlefs  he  hath 
50/.  yearly,  or  6co /.  Pcrfonal  Eflate.  Subfervient  to 
the  Lords- LieutcfiajitSj  and  Deputy-Lieutenants,  are  the 
Julliccs  of  Peace,  who,  according  to  the  Order  they  re- 
ceive from  them,,  are  to  iffue  out  Warrants  to  the  High 
and  Petty-Conflables,  i^c.  for  Military  Service,  ^c. 
LOT.    See  Scot. 

LOTION,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Preparation  of  Medicines,  by 
U'afliing  them  in  fome  Liquid,  either  made  very  light,  fo 
as  to  take  away  only  the  13regs  i  or  made  to  penetrate 
them,  in  order  to  clear  them  of  fome  fait  or  corrofive 
Spirit  i  as  the  Lotion  of  Antimony,  Precipitates,  Magifie- 
ries,  iSc.  Or  elfe  intended  to  take  away  fome  ill  Quality, 
or  to  communicate  fome  good  one. 

Zoiion  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  Remedy,  holding  a  Me- 
dium between  a  Fomentation  and  a  Bath.  There  are  re- 
freiliing  and  fomniferous  Lotions  for  feverifK  Perfons,  made 
of  Leaves,  Flowers  and  Roots  boil'd,  wherewith  the  Feet 
and  Hands  of  the  Patient  are  wa/h'd,  and  after  wa/l:ing, 
wrapp'd  up  in  Linnen  fleep'd  in  the  fame  Decodlion  till 
dry.  There  are  Lotions  alfo  for  the  Head  and  Hair,  made 
of  the  Allies  of  Vine-l'wigs. 

Lotion  of  the  Thilofofhcrs,  in  Chymlflry,  is  a  Cohobation 
which  Nature  makes  of  what  is  rais'd  up,  and  afterwards 
falls  back  to  the  bottom  of  the  Veffel. 

Lotion,  \Va/h,  a  Form  of  Medicine  made  up  of  liquid 
Matters,  ufcd  for  beautifying  the  Skin,  and  cleanfiiig  it 
from  thofe  Deformities  which  a  diftemper'd  Blood  fome- 
times  throws  on  it  5  or  rather,  which  are  occafion'd  by  a 
preternatural  Secretion  ;  for,  generally  fpeaking,  thofe 
Dit'iempcrs  of  the  Skin,  which  are  accounted  Signs  of  a 
foul  Blood,  proceed  from  the  natural  Salts  thrown  off  by 
the  cutaneous  Glands,  which  ought  to  be  wafli'd  away  thro 
the  Kidneys :  io  that  inftead  of  Sweetner^,  which  are  u- 
fually  prefcribed  on  thefe  Occafions,  Dr.  Q^iiicy  thinks 
the  Urinary  Difcharge  fhould  be  promoted,  or  that  of 
the  Skin  redified  by  proper  ZotioHJ,  or  Ointments  and 
Triclions, 

LOTTERY,  alcind  of  Game  at  Hazard,  wherein  fe- 
deral Lots  of  Merchandize,  or  Sums  of  Money,  are  depo- 
fited  for  the  Benefit  of  the  fortunate.  The  Defign  of 
Lottena,  and  the  Manner  of  drawing  them,  are  too  well 
known  among  us  to  need  a  Defcrlption  here.  They  are 
very  frequent  in  En^lajjd  and  HoUa}id,  where  they  cannot 
be  fet  on  foot  without  the  Permiffion  of  the  Magillrate. 
In  h-aiKC  too  they  have  had  feveral  in  favour  of  their 
Hofpitals.  M./eC/erc  has  cGmpofed  a  Treatlfe  Lotte} 
ries,  wherein  is  iliewn  what  is  laudable,  and  what  blame- 


ab  e  m  em»  Gregorib  L^tt  alfd  publl/Ii'd  a  feot:  or  A(S 
Subjea  of  Lottencs.  And  Father  Menejlricr  haii  done  the 
fame  m  a  Treatjfe  publiOi'd  in  1700=  He  there  lliews 
their  Origin,  and  their  Ufe  among  the  Rmans.  He  di- 
fiingur/hes  feveral  kinds  of  ZmerUs,  aild  takes  occafiort 
to  rpcak  of  Chances,  and  refolves  feveral  Cafes  of  Con- 
fcience  relating  thereto. 

LOVi;  and  Hatred,  Sec  Tkafur'e  and  Talfi 
_  LOUIS,  or  LOUIS  D'OR,  a Coin,'  M  llr.ck 
m  i(J4o.  under  the  Reign  of  LouisXMl,  and  which  has 
now  a  confiderable  Courfe.  Lbuis  d'Ors  at  Hrft  <Vefc  va- 
lued at  10  Livrcs,  afterwards  at  iif  and  at  length  at  12. 
and  14.  In  the  latter  end  of /,o»,-j  XIV.  thdy  ^-cta  riferi 
to  20,  and  in  the  beginning  of  that  of  Xomi  XV.  to  50- 
and  5f),  nay  40  and  upwards  j  with  this  Difference  how- 
ever, th.1t  in  the  Coinings,  the  Weight  was  aug- 
mented in  fome  proportion  to  the  Price,-  which  in  tha 
fornier  Reign  was  never  regarded.  Oh  one'  fide  of  the 
Coin  is  the  King's  Head  feen,  with  his  Nam'e ;  and  on  ths 
other,  a  Crofs  compofed  of  8  L's  cantoned  With  Crov.ns, 
The  Legend  is,  Cbrifiiis  regnat,  vnicit,  impcrUt.  The  Re- 
verfe  has  been  frequently  changed  j  at  prefent  it  bears  a 
Hand  of  Jufllce  crofs'd  in  a  Saltier,  with  a  Scepter. 

There  are  alfo  white  Louis's^  or  Louis  d'Jrgent ;  fome  of 
60,  of  50,  15,  5,  and  4  Sols  a-piece,  called  aKo  Eats, 
and  among  us  iyemb  Crozvm,  n.ilf-Cro-ajns,  &c.  Sec  Crown. 
On  the  one  fide  whereof  is  the  King's  Head,  and  on  the 
other  the  FreuLh  Arms,  with  this  Legend,  Sit  nomen  Domini 

St.  LOUIS,  the  Name  of  a  Military  Order  inftituted 
by  LoitisXlV.  in  1695.  Their  Collar  is  of  a  Flame  co- 
lour, and  paffes  from  Left  to  Rifjhf.  The  King  is  their 
Grand  Mailer.  There  are  in  it  ^8  Grands-Croix,  and  24, 
Commanders.  The  Number  of  Knights  is  not  limited. 
At  the  time  of  their  Inflitution,  the  King  charged  his 
Revenue  with  a  Fund  of  500000  Livres,  for  the  Penfions 
ot  the  Commanders  and  Knights. 

LOW-BELLERS,  in  our  Statute- Eoolts,  are  Perfons 
who  go  with  Light  and  a  Bell ;  whereby  Birds  fitting  on 
the  Ground  become  flupefied,  and  fo  are  cover'd  with  a 
Net  and  taken. 

LOXODROMY,  ilW,  the  Courfe  of  a  Ship,  or  the 
Line  K_  delcnbes  in  failing  from  any  Point  towards  anotherj 
excepting  a  Cardinal  Points  making  etjual  Angles  with  e- 
very  Meridian.  The  word  Laxcdromy  is  dcri7ed  from  thcj 
GreeA  A.|©-,  o%„e,  and  S-aiJ-&,  Courfe  ;  becaufc  it  CUM 
the  Circles  of  the  Sphere  cbliquely.    See  Rhmk 

LOXODROMIQUES,  the  Art  or  Method  of  obliqUB 
Sailing,  by  the  Loxodnmy  or  Rhumb.  Hence  Loaa- 
dnmic  Trianrje,  &c.    See  liljumh. 

LOZENGE  or  LOZANGE,  a  kind  of  Parallel  ogram 
or  quadrilateral  Figure,  con/ifling  of  four  equal  and  pa- 
rallel Lmcs  or  Sides,  whofe  Angles  are  not  rioht,  but 
whereof  two  oppofite  ones  are  acute,  and  the  other  two 
obtuie;  the  Dittance  between  the  two  obrufe  ones  beini; 
always  equal  to  the  Length  of  one  Side.  Some  Geome'- 
tricians  call  the  Zi>a«i.;e  Hcbmmym,  and  the  TrMzhtnz 
Hebmuarepte.  In  Geometry  it  is  ordinarily  call'd  Rhmihui, 
and  when  the  Sides  are  unequal,  RbamUUa.  Scili^er  de- 
rives the  word  Lczeni^e  from  Laumgh,  this  Figure  refem- 
bbng  in  fome  Refpefls  that  of  a  Laurel-Leaf 

Lozenge  is  alfo  a  Tctm  in  Heraldry  ; 
and  'tis  in  this  Figure  that  all  unmar- 
ried Gentlewomen  and  Widows  bear  their 
Coats  of  Arms ;  bccaufe,  as  fome  fay,  it 
was  the  Figure  of  the  Amazm'mn  Shield, 
or,  as  others,  becaufe  it  is  the  antient  Fi- 
gure of  the  Spindle.  The  Zozra^e  differs 
from  the  Fufil,  in  that  the  latter  is  narrower  in  the  Mid- 
dle, and  not  lo  /harp  at  the  Ends. 

L«ztmp  a  Form  of  Medicine,  made  hito  fmall 
Pieces  to  be  held  or  chewed  in  the  Mouth,  till  they  jra 
melted  or  walled.  ^ 

LUCARIA.  the  Name  of  a  Feaft  in  ufe  among  the 
Ro»j,»,.  &«„,P.,„;,™„obrerves,  that  the  i„c»,-;/wero 
celebrated  in  the  Wood,  where  the  Roman,,  defeated  andt 
purfued  by  the  retired  and  concealed  themfelves. 

Ir  was  held  m  the  Month  of  5./,,  in  memory  of  the  A- 
fylum  they  found  in  that  Wood,  which  was  between  tho 

i  he  Word,  according  to  fe/?„i  and  &x.  FomPeias,  comes 
u™.        ■  "  'J"ivcs  ft  from  Li.ce, 

the  Ablative  of  the  word  L,,x,  Light  and  Liberty.  But 
former  Etymology  feems  the  more  natural. 

LUCIANIST,  or  LUCANIST;  The  Name  of  a 
Sect  lo  called  from  L„c,am,s  or  Z.,ra.;«j,  a  Heretic  of  the 
L-cond  Century.  He  was  a  D.fciple  of  Mrmo,,,  whofe 
irrors  he  follow  d,  and  added  new  ones  to  'em.  jC:«.>i,a. 
«;«<  fays,' he  abandon'd  hkrchi,,  teaching  that  People 
ought  not  to  marry  for  fear  of  enriching  the  Creator  ■ 
And  yet  other  Authors  mention,  that  he  held  this  Error 
£  e  e  e  e  e  :,, 


LUM  (474) 


L  UN 


in  common  with  Maydon  the  ether  Gmftics.  He  de 
.Vd Te  tatnortalitycftheSouU  afferang  >t  to  be  ma- 

"  There  v-a,  another  SeS  of  L..c:a„ijl,  ^vho  appear'd 
fotie  time  after  the  ylrhm.  They  taught,  that  the  Fa- 
W  had  b«n  a  Father  always,  and  that  he  had  the 
Same  even  before  he  had  begotten  the  Son  ;  ashavmg  m 


to  the  People  by  Fires  lighted  on  the  Tops  of  Mountains. 
But  this  looks  lomewhat  chimerical. 

LUNATIC,  fomething  affe£led  or  governed  by  the 
Moon.-  Hence  mad  People  are  called  Luiiatics,  it  having 
anticntly  been  an  Opinion,  that  fuch  Perfons  were  much 
influenced  by  that  Planet.  A  much  founder  HiilofQ- 
phy  hath  taught  us,   that  there  is  fomething  in  it  j  but 


i^^me  even  before  1^  had  begcutcn  Ae   on  ;  ^.^^  '^.:X"^^:,Z.£S:r^:i,^r.Z 

him  the  Power  or  Faculty  of  Generat.on      And  ^^^^  ^^^^  .^^^^  ,^  ^^^^^^^  ^.^^^  ^6^^^  1^^^^^^^^ 

manner  accounted  for  the  Eternity  ot                     f  ^  occafioning  various  Alterations  in  the  Gravity  of  our  At- 

LUCID  'NTERVALS    .he  F,^  mofphere.^nd  thereby  a&aing  human  Bodies.  See 

nac,  wherein  the  Phreniy  leaves  '"^m      J        .  _p/„„<,t                alfo  l.dc. 

their  Reafon.    "T.s  fa.d  they  are  capable  ot  maK.ng  a  j^y^^TION,  a  Revolution  of  the  Moon,  or  the  Time 

Will  in  their  Lm/rftee™''-                   ,     r         Mag-  between  one  New  Moon  and  another  ;  which  is  called  1 

LUCIDA  CORONA,  a  fix  d  Star  of  the  lecona  mag  confifling  of  ^g  Days,    ,2  Hours,  and 

nitude  in  the  Northern  Garland,    bee  c.    .             .  ^  „f  a„  Hour.    At  the  end  of  ,9  Years  the 

LUCIDA  LYRA,  a  bright  Snr  ot  the  hrlt  Magnituae  ^^^^               always  return,  on  the  lame  Day,  but  not 

in  the  Cnnficllatuin  Z»™.    ^^^f'-         „ho  adhered  to  at  thefame  precifeTime  of  the  D.ay  ;  there  being  a  Dif- 

LUCIFERIAN  the  Name  of  a  Sedl,  who  adnerea  to  ,^                ^.^^^^^^  ^^^^^ 

theSchifm  of  i«c,/er  *  C»si,».v.  ■"  ''^^  *Xiieved  X  in  the  Antients  were  millaken,   taking  the  Ufe  of  the 

St.  A;';/?'"  fc"^'  "u'r'S  '    b^their  Fates    mc-  Golden  Number  to  be  more  fure  and  infallible  than  i,  is. 

Soul  tranfmitted  to  the                    '^--^^'f  i,  has  been  found  fince,  that  in  jtz  Years  and  an  half 

fays,  that  i,<c/er  was  the  Au  hor  j^ta^^^^^^^^  ,he                gained  a  Day  on  the   beginning  of  the 

TheL«r,/6r«„,increared                    ■^Z'  tit' L^^r  Month  ;  fo  thit  when  they  came  to  reform  the  Calen- 

&c.     The  Occafion  of  this  Sch.fm   was    'hat  |«c^er  ,      ^          happened  in  rhe  Heavens  four  or  five 

would  no,  allow  any  Aas  he         ^°"<=J°  a  great  Nurnl  Da^s  fooner  than  was  Ihewn  by  the  Golden  Number.  To 

There  were  but    » '^''■''/"«"                      ^^^^  f  remedy  which,  we  now  make  ufe  of  the  perpetual  Cyc  e 

ber  of  Friells  and  Deacons.    The  L^ojuuam  Dore  a  very  ^  J^^          ^^^^      ^^^a^,  which  aniwer  to  a  Cycle 

flrong  Averfion  to  the  ^rmii!.                       .           .!,„'  of  10  Years  ;  and  when  at  the  end  of  50c  Years  the  Moon 

Lu'eS  properly  fignifies  .^J'^f  f^^^rd  Tr;ecially  ^a  gain'd  Voay,  :e  take  „  other  E  afls  .  which  is  alfo 

according  to  the  .rtodern  Ufe^^^^^^^^  ^  ,he  Omiffion  of  an  Intercalary  Day, 

when  joined  with  CMica  or  craercB,  ii    i=n              /  happens  three  times  in  4C0  Years,  the  Calendar  is 

10  the  french  Pox     See  Vcuereal  Dff-  ^-         //,he  Sun.    Care  is  taken  that  the  Index  of  the 

LUFF,  a  Sea-Term,  the  fatne  with  Loo/,  whtch  lee  «ij                         changed,  excepting  at  the  Conclu- 

LUMBAGO,  Pains  very  troublefome  about  the  Loins  J'P"™^^^;,"^;;  „hen  there  i  occafion  forit,  on  account 

.ndthe  S,™ll  of  the  Back,  fuch  -  P-^^e  ^f^fj^^^  ^fTe  Metem^Sefis  or  Froemptofis  .  .hat  is,  if  the  Lunar 

and  Fevers.     They  arife   "™°"'Lofirn  to  Yaw^^^  c    Solar  Equation.    When  the  Biffextile  or  Intercalary 

and  Acrimony  ;  in  common  with  a  D.rpofit.on  to  Yawn  or             1^^.^,^  ^.^^^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^ 

ings,  Shuddering,  and  erratickFamsinoth.r  Parts  ,an^  i>y      J?^^^^^  ^^^^^      ^^^^^^  ^  . 

off  with  Evacuation,  generally  oy  o»>-...,  when  there  is  a  Lunar  Equation  without  iupprefllng  trie 

tical  Difcharges  of  Fevers.                           Ranches  of  BiCfextile,  the  next  preceding  or  higher  Index  is  taken  ; 

.he^™™:  whiCrrf  the^BW  toX  Mul--  "s  wiU^be'done  in  J..    When  there  is  both  an  Equation 


dc"s "of  the  Loins!    The  Term  is  alfo  applied  to  certain 
Veins,  which  bring  back  the  Blood  f"", 
the  Trunk  of  the  1  here  is  alfo  a  Mufcle  of 

the  Thigh  that  beats  this  Name.    See  TJm!. 

Lm,l:.rciGta„dd.:   Sec  Lfeal  I' ems.  ,  ■ 

L„„harareu.(i^rteri^,  f^eral  fo  called    while  m 
their  Paffage  thro' the  Loins  ;   from  i"""- 
A.^.r         r;_:,l,,,  ,i,b  rb  the  Phvficiar 


and  a  Suppreffion,  as  in  1800  ;  or  neither  the  one  nor  the 
other,  as  in  jooo  ;  the  fame  Index  is  retain'd.    See  Mom*. 

^""^  ,     .  ^  ni        ■   r  c 

LUNE,  or  Lumda,  in  Geometry,  a  Plane,  m  figure  ot 

a  Crefcent  or  Half  Moon,  terminated  by  the  Circumfe- 
rence of  two  Circles  that  interfea  each  other  within. 
Tho  the  Quadrature  of  the  intire  Circle  was  never  yet 


heir  Paffage  thro'  iheLoms  ;                      i"     ,  .j^^  cffeaed,  yeTihe  Geometricians  havef.iund  out  the  Squares 

LUMBRICAL,  an  Epithet  ^'''^'^               ""^1™  '„rmany  of  its  Parts.    The  fir.1  partial  Quadrature  was 

,0  four  Mufcles,  that  ferve  to  move  the  F'"g"^-    '  °ha  of  the  i-»««fa,  given  by  H:pj,La,c,  of  Scio,  who  of  a 

.recall'd  i,,«»t.-ic»/«,  or  rcrm.fo,mes,  f""?  'j^j '  „  fed  Mer  hint  comme^fed  Geometrician.  Let 

blance  they  bear  to  Worms.    There  is  a  like  Number  in  ^hjjiwrec    Ge„„ctr,',i^7g.8.)  be  a  Semicircle.ar.d  G  C  =  G  B  s 

"^S;c„/.M,^««,  (caUeaalIbrer.i«|.«^  inward  with  the^^^s^  ^'^^.^r^:!^  ^^ll^  tZ 

B'<i-t=.  GB.,  theQua«a„t  A  G  BC  will  be  equal 


nefs  and  Shape)   are  iviulcics  01 

fy  fuppofed  t^o^e  nothing  but  Branches  of  the  T  n^ 
dons  oV  ths  P£r/»r»«>,  which  go  to  the  Infide  of  the 
M  Bone  on  elch  Finger  and  .f^PPf ^,;°,,"h"; 
tribute  ,0  the  Variety  of  Motions  wnh  the  Imgm  bj 
"i"™  \'  Diverfion  to\he  direS  ABions  of  the  other  Muf 


to  the  Semicircle  A  E  B  ;  taking  away  therelore  fr.im 
each  the  common  Segment  AFGA;  AEBFA  —  to 
the  Triangle  AC  B  =  G  B  ■. 

LUNETTES,  in  Fortification,  are  Enveloppes,  Coun- 
■rauards,  or  Mounts  of  Earth  caft  up  before  the  Curiam, 
°  T^'-.i  k-fln.^^ll     Tbev  are  ufuallv  made 


triDute  10  tne  vaii^ij           a  \  a-    c  nf       other  Muf-  tersuards,  or  mounts 01  i.arin  can  up  ut.u.v-  ...v. 

giving  a  Diverfion  to  the  direcya.ons  of  the  other  M^^^  S  five  Fathom  in  breadth.    They  are  ufually  made 

?lesi  butfimply,  they  only  ferve  to  ''/^"^^'J'e  l''f,^J^  ■„  Di  ches  full  of  Water,  and  ferve  to  the  fame  purpofe 

towards  the  Thumb.    Mr.  C.=j,;.e,:             "^/i^^'g   ^  a  F^fe  Braics.    Thefe  ii,„«.c.- are  compofed  of  two  Fa- 

fome  of  them  have             O/X  ^f^^e  t^akS  th  ir^  d"  c  st  which  form  a  re-entering  Angle.;  and  their  Platform 

the  reft  may  have  fo  too,   and  theretore  maKes  tnem  ,          ^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^.^^^      ^              j  ^[,ove  the 

'''fhftttTi^^oL..Ulc.^e.  of  theFoot.  winch  arife  as  Lev|l  of  the  Water,  and  hath  a  Parapet  three  Farhom 

inIt"Lnd,onefrom  each  Tendon  o  the  r^^^  thick.   


m  the  Hand,  one  trom  cui-u   ^  -- -  v 

?r and  go  to  the  Infide  of  each  of  the  l^ffer  Toe. 

I  UNA  in  the  Jargon  of  the  Chymids,  fignihes  bit 
ven  frot;.  the  fuppofed  Influence  of  that  H-" 
Soon!  thereupon.   The  Medicinal  Virtues  of  this  Metal 

verv  elaborate  Preparations.    See  Siker. 

ZUNAR,  fomething  belonging  to  the  Moon.  Lunar 
TeMkal  Mowfeconfia  of  --7  Daj^  and  afew  Hours  ,  Lu- 
^;;i.Jic»/Mo«iiof.9Days,  ,  z  Hours,  and  three  quar- 
■'f  Hour  See  Monti.  L«mr  Teirs  confift  ol  354. 
Satso  "a  Synodifal  Months.  In  the  firll  Ages  the  Year 
accounted  by  all  Nations  was  L«na,- ;  the  Variety  in  Courfe 
being  more  frequent  in  this  Planet,  and  of  conrequcnce 
ScTnfpicuous,  and  better  known  to  Men  than  thofe  of 
Mothers  The  Romans  regulated  their  Year  in  part,  by 
,hl  Moon  till  the  time  of  C./«r.  See  rc.,r.  Ihe3e»,,oo 
had  their  Months.    Some  Rabbins  pretend  that 

t^Llar  Month  did  not  commence  till  the  moment  the 
Xin  began  .0  appear,  and  that  mere  was  a  Law  which 
ob?f"ed  the  Perfo^n^who  difcoveredit  firft,  .0  go  and  inform 


LUNGS,  a  Part  in  the  Human  Body,  confifling  of 
Veffels  and  membranous  Vefides  ;  and  ferving  for  Refpi- 
ration.  The  Lun^s  are  conneaed,  above,  to  the  fauces,  by 
means  of  the  Tmc'ta;  and  below,  to  the  Kmci™  ot  the 
Tior^iic  i  and  to  the  Sterm.m  and  n«fhraf,ma  by  means  of 
thePtora.  They  are  divided  into  two  great  Li.bes  by 
the  Mediajihmm,  and  thofe  agam  mto  others  leffer;  the 
right  fometimes  into  three  or  four,  by  means  of  feme 
Fiffures  running  from  the  fore  to  the  back  iidge  The 
g  eat  Lobes,  when  inflated,  relemble  each  of  , hem  a 
HoJfe'sHoof  in  Figure,  but  together  they  are  liker  an 

^ThlTsubllanceof  the  L«»p  is  membranous  confifling 
chi  fly  of  innumerable  Cells  or  Vefides  ;  which  fecm  to  be 
nothing  but  Expanfions  of  the  Membranes  of  the  W 
to  which  they  bang  like  Grapes  in  Clufiers  ;  fo  that 
by  blowing  into  one  of  the  Branches  of  the  f ; 
Cells  or  Vefides  belonging  to  ,t  are  blown  up  ;  the  rett, 
„b  ch  do  not,  remaining  fliU  flaccid  and  unaltered. 

Thefe  Clu  lers  of  Vefides  or  Cells  are  called  the  f««r- 


.ho'dTfcovereait,firft,.o  goand  inform       Thefe  UuHers  e    ^  e^ic^c 
SSS^-tnKt^--™^^^   S^I^Mr'^pSk^i  0.  ^heyare^paratedf.^ 


LUN 


C  47?  ) 


LUS 


one    another  by  Interflices     which  rt-ccjvs    the  Vef-  the  Ides.    They  "c  fappoM  to  have  been  eflabli/liej  by 

icis;  and  arc  hllcd  up  with  Membranes  propagated  from  E-janJer.    On  the  Morninp  of  this  Feaft  th    L  « 

the  Lobules    and  lying,   fome  parallel    feme  angular.  P^A/i  of        run  naked  ,h>o' , he  Streets  of  S.,„r'ftTO 

IheleLobulesddcoverand  difplay  themfelves  very  ex-  'ng  the  Wonien  they  inet  en -he  Hindsnnrl  R,n,/,,/.i,  u 

.aly,.  if  the  larger  Trunks  of  the  ir,„ch,a  be  la.d  ope",  Skin  of  a  Goat,  and  promii"„;,  ,1 F^^^^^^^^^ 

and  the  leffer  blown  into  ;  by  which  „,eans  every  Lobule  Deliveries.    The  Re^afon  of  Iht  "decenJruL     ^  ^^f  ^ 

belonging  to  that  Branch  wdl  be  inflated,  and  rife  very--  brating' the  LiiPercalia    took  its  R;r,.  r,„  m  cele- 

diflinaiy,  and  Ihew  its  Extent.  fe»„A  for  while  they'  were  affiHinf ,t  hi^  PeX  "  R 

The  whole  Subilance  of  the  is  covered  with  a.  of  Robbers,   taking  hold   of  the  O  cifi  1    J  X 

common  Membrane,^  whicli  is  divifible  into  two  Coats  ;  them  of  their  Flocks.    Upon  this  the  twoBrotVe™  and 


the  outer  thin,  fmooth,  and  nervous  ;  the  inner  fomewhat 
thicker  and  rougher,   confuting  moilly  of  the  Extremi- 


them  of  their  Flocks.  ^j,„., 

all  the  Youth  that  was  with  them,    thrm;i;"„"'cff'  theTr 
"r'?"^-  P-r--d  -th?  Thieves. 


jcnei  aiiu  roiigiicr,   Lonuitjng  moitiy  or  tne  i.xtremi-  i^iotnes,  to  tie  the  more  expedite    purfued  th  Th 

ties  of  Veffe'.s  and  Veficlcs,   through  the  Tmpreffion  of  and  recovered  their  Prey.    This  fucceeded  fo      II     1,  ' 

which  it  IS  pitted,  and  refembles  in  feme  meafure  a  Ho-  thenceforward  this  Ceremony  becaiiie  a  Dart  nf  Tl,  r 

ney-Comb.    Some  affiriTi  that  in  this  Coat  are  abundance  cali.j.    This  Feaft  was  abnlifbed  m  ""=/-'lfw- 

of 'perforations  or  I'ores,  fo  d,fpofed  that  they  readily  but  afterward  reftoj^r  and   c™  ntt^  "o'  tfp'"'- 

imb.beany  Humidity  from  the  Cavity  of  the  Ti.ra.v,  but  of  the  Emperor  yl„ajhji„,.     T^aronim  favs    it  w,  u° 

fufter  nothing  to  efcape  into  it :  but  this  feemsjittle  more  lifted  by  the  Pope  in  4j(r.     Ar„t„/„  Com'c,  calls  like''  T 

"ThevJffcls  of  the  X»,t,,arethe  the  Pulmo-         STt^rof^';:? 'wtc'h^'  'Thelv'd''""^'  f " 

nary  and  Bronchial  Arteries  and  Veins,  Nerves  and  Lym.  L.fcrcal,  the  N'ame  of  a  Place  unclefthept/^rfM  " 

phatics.  Of  thereVeffejsfome  are  proper  and  fome  com-  tai,-;,  wh^re  the  Sacrifices  tUre  pert  ttted 
mon  in  refpca  of  the  f  rvtce  they  are  of  to  the  reft  of      LUPERCI,  the  Name  given  to  the  Pri'efts  of  the  God 

the  Body     The  comtnoh  are  the  ii,-.„ci.t,  the  Pulmonary  Fa„.    The  L.,ferc,  were  the  moli  antien   Orde   of  Frkfl 

Artery  and  Vein,  the  NetvesandLymphat.cs  ;  the  proper  in  Rome  ;  they  wete  divided  into  t«,o  r  11  "  ^"="5 

arc  the  Bronchial  Artery  and  Vein.'  sL  each  in  its  pla^e.  nies,  the  one  called  f.W    a  d  throve 

TheT™cJ.»,  juft  before  it  enters  the  L,<„j;,,  divides  it-  thefe  &/»r  added  a  third   which  L  caflM^  ;  V 

felf  into  two  Branches,  fending  to  each  Lobe  one  ;  which  ,„,„  mentions  the  Inftitution  of  this  new  ColleZ''  of'T"" 

are   again  fubdivided  into  innumerable   Ramifications,  ferci,  as  a  thing  that  reoder'd  CAcir  ,i-,nr,  „i  ^    I  I' 

call'd  Bro,,*..    TheB,-o„c4;.,and  their  Branches  confift  was    howeverf  it  .Leats  froinfk  fZe  ^^^^  f"o'"= 

-of  Cattilagcs  like  the  T™^,™,  only  hete  the  Cartilages  t.,„,,t,  that  this^ew'^SompanTwas  not  WnfutefLli^^ 

ar<=,perfe^aiy  circular,   without  any  titembranous  hinder  nor  in  Honour  of  P.,„,  but  by  fome  Fr  enrrfr,//^^^^^^ 

Part  ;  of  which,  having  left  the  Oefopbasu,,  they  haveno  in  Honour  of  himfelf.        ^  ^  '^"'^  ""^ 


-   '--^   ■J'-J'-^u^x^ai^       llli„jr  -llcHtllU 

need.  Thcfe  circular  Cartilages  are  joined  together  by 
the  Membranes  that  invell  them,  and  are  capable  of  be- 
ing fhot  out  into  Length  upon  Infpiration,  and  of  /hrink- 
ing  up  and  running  into  one  another  in  Expiration,  when 


LUPUS,  the  Wolf,  a  Sou,hcr„  Conflellation,  confifting  - 
of  ly  Stars.   Sfe  Star.  ^ 
LUSTRAL,  an  Epithet  applied  by  the  Antients  to  the 
Water  ufed  m  the.r  Ceremonies  to  fprinkle  and  purify 


 ^    —  |-  rti.^^lUVl  III 

the  Cavity  of  the  Ti.™«  is  leffened.     They  fend  their  the  pio^Jfe":  '  Froni'them  ArRo»™"fl;  h^'''!:  °™  ^t'V 

little  Ramifications  to  all  the  little  Veficles  of  the  L«„^,.  Holy  Water  ufo^in  therChut  hes  "^T^^^^^ 

Along  with  thefe  Air-Veffels  run  the  Branches  of  the  Pul-  DU,  L.,f,r.cJX            Vay  l^  i  wle^eott   l  e  ?   a  "^ 

monary  Artery  and  Vein  ,  fending  their  Ramifications  ex-  tions  were  performed  fo   a  Child   and  i     Name  gi^™" 

oaly  along  with  the  other;   the  Artery  bringing  the  which  was  tL  ninth  Day  from  the  fi'fhrf  a  Bov  and^^^^ 

Blood  from  the  right  Ventricle,  and  the  Vein  carrying  it  eighth  from  that  of  a  Girl.    OlLr  ^rfcmed  the  Ce 

back  to  the  left  Ventncle  of  the  Heart.    Whether  the  remony  on  the  laft  Day  of  that  WeeUhererfhe  a^^^^^^ 

The  Bronchia^Artery  arifes  from  the  hind  Part  of  the  pcfid'e    ^hf  MiYwits  1  fo''::?DoZ£rh  fded 

tl.:J'fl'^°''i  'hcBafisof  the  Heart,   whence,  fhe  Child  backwards  andVorwar  ^  arlnd  T    r^  S 

turning  off  to  the  right,  ,t  embraces  the  Tra.hca  ;  and  after  on  the  Altars  of  the  Gods,  after  which  they  fprinkled  if 

&„f,h%  r                                       F-f''"*==  -ith  Water.    The  old  Women  mixed  S  J  i^d  D 

Couric  of  the  ironcim,  accompanying  all  their  Branches  with  the  Water.    Tlic  whole  ended  with  ,  r,,„,^„ 

through  their  whole  Progrefs.    This  Artery  is  fometimes  Entettainment.                                         ^  fumptuous 

fingle,- but  oftener  there  are  two  of  them,   and  fome-  LUSTRATION  ;  Expiation,  Sacrifices,  or  Ceremonies 


times  three,  arifing  at  near  a  Finger's  breadth  from  each 
other.  With  thefe  Arteiies  is  a  Vein,  whofc  Branches 
arife  front  the  Ramifications  of  the  capillary  Arteiies  • 
whether  the  Blood  returns  by  one  or  more  Trunks,  docs 


by  which  the  .Ro»H„j  purified  their  Cities,  Fields  Armies' 
or  People  defiled  by  any  Crime  or  Impurity.  Some  of 
their  Z«/n-.itio«j  were  publick,  others  private.  They  had 
a  kind  alLitflracmt,  without  Viaims,  for  Children,  on  the 


notanne^r    IW.  V  7r     T'-     Bi    J  T    i^   .     '.  a  Kind  ot  I.,</f™t,.„,  Without  Viaims,  for  Child 

of.Kt  t^V^f  eighth  Day  for  Girls,  and  on  the  ninth  for  Boy,.  Lajha. 

back  again        ^"d  Veficles  of  the  iimgt,  and  carry  i,  „.„was  the  fame  thing  with  Purification.    Thert  were 

Thm'  tKc  r ,  „  ,         -i-A  -1,     .1  ,        ,  three  different  Species  of  it,  or  it  was  performed  in  three 

Sadc  Dua  dilcharge  themfelves  into  the  tating  the  Air  round  the  thing  to  be  purified.'  ^ 

Dr.  Wm.,  contrary  to  the  common  Opinion,  afcribes  to  cuLVy  Man^k'te't^  of"silk''^xS  ""n'd'stuff '^'IX 

he  TZkXh^  P  ^T'l'-  f^'^  i-lfo  ufed  for  the  Compofiti;„  orM;„  „of  gft;ii/  { 

.bro?l     Q  I  o  ?T'  being  diftributed  BtiUant.    The  Z,i//re  of  Silks    which  is  their  chirfOua 

hav°e  mufculous  Fibres,  to  enat!:^  th'ei^tV'eL^t^^a  bu'c^k  S^L^'i's'  giv:„"b'?  ^  "uWe-b'tet d ^E'eer^tLd' 

S?ll  ?j       l„  "''',='■'",1  *<=  Ve-  with  water  of  Gourds,  diftilled  inan  Alembic.  Curriers 


ficles  admit  not  onlv  of  Air,  but  alfo  of  other  groffer 
Matters  ;  and  inftances  two  Aflhmatic  Perfons  which  he 


give  their  Lujire  feveral  ways,  according  to  the  Colour 
be  illuftrated  :   For  Blacks,  the  firii  Ziiflre  is  wirh 


„„,„„J     .1,   o        n        -■■'^  i^i.uiis  wnicn  ne  to  Be  iliullratetl  :   For  Blacks,  the  firU  jTuffre  is  wltl 

opened,   the  one  a  Stone-Cutter   the  I'cfiu.U  of  whofe  Juice  of  Barberries;  the  fecond  with  GunrArlbic  Ale 

fa^Tf^ht•fHin 'of  Sm  1  ^rh""-  t  ^'"^-S",  and  f/,„*;t  Glue  boiled -togerher  :  For  "olour'd 

LUNISnr  aR    In  Art,  J  n        I         ■  with  fimple  Water,  fometimes  a  little  black  Teint 

derflood  of  fo.m^h^^  Pr^^^  """r  The  fame  Lufire  ferves  the  Skinners,  except 

the  tn   a^l^^  'w^^^^^  nf"^  of  the  Revolution  of  that  in  white  Furs  they  never  ufe  any  black  D  'e.  For 

«wt  Year    wh-c^       '^^M™?-    Tl'"=wefay,heL„-  very  black  Furs  they  fometimes  prepare  a  Ljlre  of 

Blvine  the r'vcTe   f  ,1,    M       "^Ju"'  "''^'.''y  r^"r  ^^il'^.  Copperas,  K,„L  Alnmn,  Ox's  Marrow,  and  other 

Jhe  sSn   which  is    S     A  °P'  fS^t"  l\  "'^  Ingredients.    The  Z.Jire  is  given  to  Cloths' aiSd  Mohair 

which  S'nrce  of  T'     '  l,  r       "^t"    °^  "        '  ^''^'"S  the  Calendar. 

Sme  Points  ™°  Luminaries  return  to  the       LUSTRUM,  a  Term  uled  by  the  R.>ma„s  ,„  fig„ify  ^ 

rtlPFRCATIA  v„.n  ■  n-  J  ■  ■  „  .  Space  of  five  Years.  Kirro  derives  the  Word  from  l«o. 
Hnnn,  r  „f  ,i;p  r  d'p       Vu   'r"       'r  fV'  ^Kaufe  at  the  beginning  of  each  five  Years  th-v 

™T     i   f  ^  .  The  i,yc,-c»/,.  were  celebtated  paik  fhe  Tribute  that  had-faeen  impofed  by  the  Cenfors"^ 

on  the  ijth^f  the  Calends  „f  Mard;  that  is,  on  the  isth  Ihofe  Authority,  at  their  firft  Inftitution,^  was  com  nued 

ef  Jcini^rj,  or,  as  0.,d  obfervcs.  on  the  third  Day  after  thcm  for  five  Years  ;  tho'  afterwards  it        abridged  to 


LUT 


(  47^  ) 


L  Y  M 


one.  ThJsCuftom  was  clb.blinied  by  &™i«!T„n,«!  m  the 
:jcar  of  Rome  lie:  OtKcrs  rather  derive  the  Word  irom 
lullrare,  ta  make  a  B."^"!!,  bcviuk  once  m  five  I  ears  the 
Ccnfors  reviewed  the  Atwy.  r  J  t,, 

Irfr,™  was  alfo  a  Ceremony  or  Sacrifice  ufcd  by  thS 
lv™,.»t  after  numbering  their  Veof  k  once  in  five  Icars. 

LUTE  inChymiflrv,  any  fort  of  Cement  or  1  lai- 
Der  i  nsM  cither  in  the  Conllmc4ion  of  Furnaces,  or  in  fat- 
liSg'to  ,hem  Veffelsof  Glafsor  Eurth  ;  that  are  to  rcfift 
«  very  violent  Fire.  It  is  frequently  made  of  » 
Earih,  River  Sand,  Horfes  DuDR,  Fowder  of  broken  lots, 
(-,.„!  Mort,„:m  of  Vitriol,  Drofs  of  Iron,  beaf^^n  Glals, 
Flocks  of  Wool  mixd  with  fait  Water  or  Bullocks 

^'Tltr««us'dbyic»£.%was  only  two  Parts  of  Sand 

and  one  of  Clay,  tempered  together  in  Water  i  -  -h  d^es 

^ery  well  for   oining  the  Noles  of  Retorts  and  the^  Re- 

teivers  in  dilliUing  of  volatile  Spirits  I"  '^l'"g 

by  the  Alembic,  or  Velica,  or  Copper  Body,  with  its  Head 

or  Serpentine,  a  wet  Bladder  ferves  very  v^ell  to  ),rte  the 

Junlhrs  of  'the  Veffels  :  But  for  the  Dift.llation  of  cor 

Lve  Spirits,  as  alfo  to  Hop  the  Cracks  of  Glaffes  ^- 

the  foUowin"  Compofiiion  is  recotnmended,   ™„.  btarcn 

botled  or  Fint-Gl'ue  diflolved  in  SP-'/l  Wine,  w.th 

Flowe  of  Sulphur,  Maftic,  and  Lime  flacked  in  Milk 

iZl  Sapc,:,^  is  the  Hermetical  Sea  ,  which  is  made  by 

mdt  n,  fhe  End  of  a  Glafs  Mattrafs  by  a  Lamp,  and 

Jwifling  it  up  with  the  Pliers.  See  m-mc,u„l  Seahng.    1  he 

■Word  c°omcs  from  the  t.iiiii  Lumri,  Clay.  ^         ,  .    .  „„ 

LUTE  a  Mufical  Inflrument  with  Strings.   It  had  an- 

tien.lybu;  five  Rows  of  Strings;  but  in  courfe  of  time 

four,  five,  or  fix  more  have  been  added     The  L,<rccon- 

iilloffuur  principal  Farts,  the  Table,  the  Body  or  Bel- 

which  has  nine  or  ten  Sides,  the  Neck,  which  has  nine 
.  . ,     -  1    ^   ^^^^ 


or'tcn  Stops  or  Divifions  mark'd  with  Sfrings,  and  the 
Head  or  Oofs,  wherein  are  Screws  for  raifing  or  lowering 
the  Strings  to  the  proper  Tone.  In  the  middle  ot  the 
Tabic  is  a  Rofe  or  Paffage  for  the  Sound.  1  here  is  alfo 
a  Bridge  that  the  Strings  arc  faftencd  to,  and  a  liece 
of  Ivory  between  the  Head  and  the  Neck,  to  which  the 
other  Extremity  of  the  Strings  are  fitted.  In  playing,  the 
Strings  are  flruck  with  the  right  Hand,  and  with  the 
left  the  Stops  are  prcffed.  We  call  Temperament  of 
the  Lute  the  proper  Alteration  that  Is  to  be  made  in  the 
Intervals,  both  with  regard  to  Confonances  and  Uiflonan- 
ces  in  order  to  render  them  more  juft  on  the  Inllru- 
,nent.  Some  derive  the  word  from  the  German  Lmte, 
which  fignifies  the  fame  thing,  or  from  Lv,ten  {mare. 
Scali-er  and  Eoiiari  derive  it  from  the  Jrabc,  Maud.  1  he 
Ziirc"  of  Eoi!/o?i!e  are  efleem'd  the  beft,  on  account  ot  the 
Wood,  which'is  faid  to  have  an  uncommon  Difpofinon  for 
producing  a  fweet  Sound.  ■  t 

LUTHERANISM,  the  Sentiments  of  Dr.  Martm  Lu- 
ther, with  regard  to  Religion.    Lmberanijm  had  its  Rife 
in  the  l<;th  Century.    Its  Author  was  born  at  E./lclat  ,„ 
Tbrnarli  in  148;.    Afer  his  Studies  he  enter  d  him- 
(clf  among  the  yriiji.yiiKe!.    In  1512,  took  the  Cap  of  a 
D  iclor  in  llieology  in  the  Univerfiiy  of  Wmemhurf,  In 
,5,«  he  attack'ci  the  SchooFDivinity  in  feveral  Theles. 
In  ,517,  LcoX.  having  ordcr'd  Indulgences  to  be  dil- 
vens'd  to  thofe  who  ftould  contribute  towaids  the  build- 
ini  of  St.  Feler's  at  Rome,  he  gave  a  Commiffion  thereof 
to  the  Do.niBiatH!.    The  ^»s»/fi»c!  thinking  they  had  a 
Title  to  it  before  any  body  elfe,  3vt»  S.n.;..tt,  their 
Commiffary-General,  appointed  Luther  to  preach  againtt 
thofe  Diffcnfers  of  Indulgences.    J-»t;..er  acquitted  him- 
fclf  in  a  manner  that  perhaps  the  Commiflary  had  not 
imanin'd.    From  the  Preachers  of  Indulgences  he  pro- 
ceecled  to  Indulgences  themfelves,  and  declaim'd  very 
warmly  both  aga'inll  the  one  and  the  other.    At  firft  he 
only  advanc'd  ambiguous  Propofirions,  but  being  engag'd 
in  difputc  about  them,  he  maintain'd  them  openly  and 
without  Refcrve,  infomuch  that  in  1 520  he  was  loleiiinly 
ccndcran'd  and  excommunicated  by  the  Pope.  But  neither 
the  Pope's  Thunder,  nor  the  Condemnation  of  feveral 
Univcrfitics,  could  make  any  Iinpreffion  of  Terror  upon 
bim  ;   but  he  continued  preaching,  writing  and  difputing, 
not  aiainfl  Indulgences  only,  but  feveral  other  Corruptions 
that  Then  prevail'd  in  the  C:hurch.    The  Character  of  the 
T.Ian  the  Strength  of  his  Arguments,  and  the  VVeaknefs 
of  his  Adverfarics  Caufe,  foon  procur'd  him  a  Number 
of  Followers.    And  thus  it  was  that  Lutherarifti  was 
form'd  ;    the  Adherents  whereto  were  _call'd  Lutheratis, 
from  Luther,  a  Name  that  has  a  Greek  Turn,  and  which 
he  affum'd'in  lieu  of  his  Family-Name,  Letter  or  Lau- 
tbcri   it  being  the  Cuftoni  of  thofe  Days  for  JIen  of 
Learning  to  give  themfelves  Greek  Names  :   witncfs  E- 
rafmits,  McLmrlha'!,  Fitcer,  ke.     In  152",,   Lwler  quitted 
the  Habit  of  a  Religiou',  and  in  i  i  24,  married  ;  after  ha- 
^ing  been  a  happy  Indrumcnr  of  reforming  a  great  part 
c?Germ.wy,  under  thcProteaion  of  Ccerje  Date  of^j.vBiy. 
He  died  at  his  native  Place  in  154^. 


Ltttheraiiijm  has  undergone  fome  Alterations  fince  the 
time  of  its  Founder.  Luther  rejefled  the  £piifle  of  St. 
^.imcs,  as  inconfilfent  with  the  Dofttine  of  St.  raul  in  re- 
lation to  Jultification  ;  he  alfo  fet  afide  the  Jpcalypfc  : 
both  which  are  now  receiv'd  as  Canonical  in  the  Lutitjerart 
Chitrch.  Luther  firfl  retiuc'd  the  Number  of  Sacramentu 
to  two,  -Jz.  Baptifm  and  the  Eucharill;  but  believ'd  the 
Impanation  or  Confubilantiation  :  that  is,  that  the  Matter 
of  the  Bread  and  Wine  remain  with  the  Body  and  Blood 
of  Chrifl ;  and  'tis  in  this  Article  that  the  main  Difference 
between  the  Lutheran  and  Eiiglijlj  Churches  confifls.  Lu- 
ther maintain'd  the  Mafs  to  be  no  Sacrifice  ;  exploded  the 
Adoration  of  the  Hod,  Auricular  Confefhon,  Satisficlory 
Works,  Indulgences,  Purgatory,  the  Worlliip  of  Images, 
i^c.  which  had  been  introduc'd  in  the  corrupt  Times  of 
the  RomiJJj  Church.  He  alfo  oppos'd  the  Do£trine  of 
Free  Will,  mainrain'd  Predeffinarion,  afTerted  that  we 
are  iieceffitated  in  all  we  do,  that  all  our  Ailions  done 
in  a  State  of  Sin,  and  even  the  Virtues  themfelves,  of 
Heathens,  are  Crimes;  that  we  are  only  juflify'd  by  the 
Imputation  of  the  Merits  ani  Satisfailion  of  Chrift.  He 
alfo  oppos'd  the  Fadings  in  the  Rotnifj  Church,  Monallical 
Vows,  the  Celibate  of  the  Clergy,  li^c. 

Some  Authors  reckon  thirty-nine  different  Se£ls  am.ong 
the  I.«tierii7;; :  viz.  the  Confejffiiiifts^  ctdl'd  alfo  Mirkajnl, 
jiiit'niomians^  Samofateufes,  Inferams,  Antidiafhonlit,  Anti- 
fzuenfeld'iti?!!,  Jntofatidrmt,  AnticalvlntfU,  Laytrt  on  of  Hands, 
Btfjacramentats,  Triffacrarnentais,  Majonites,  yldia^borijh,  Q_ua- 
d'rifucratnentals,  Liuhero-Cahlntjls^  ytitmetrjles,  Medlofandrint, 
Confejfonifis  jinn  and  wavermg,  Sujeldi.\ns,  Onandrlns,  Stu- 
m.virlant,  Jntifancariam,  Zuingliam  fim^le,  Zuin^liant  fig- 
nifcathe,  Carloflatians,  E"jargic  Trepljit,  j^rrahonarit  f^iri- 
tual,  S-icefeldiant,  Ser-^et'ians,  T>aviticks  or  Davidi-Ceorgiant, 
Memnonites,  &c.    ^o^et  T.  I.  p. 475. 

LUTHERN,  or  Dortier,  a  kind  of  Window  over  the 
Cornice,  in  the  Roof  of  a  Building  ;  Handing  perpendicu- 
larly over  the  Naked  of  theWall  ;  and  ferving  to  illumine 
the  L'ppcr-Story.  The  Frettcb  Archiicils  dilliiiguifli  thefc 
into  various  kinds,  according  to  their  various  Forms  ;  as 
Square,  Semicircular,  Bulls  Eyes,  flat  Arches,  Flemijlt 
Lutberns,  Sec.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Latiti  Zucerua^ 
Light  or  Lanthorn. 

LUXATION,  in  Chlrurgery,  a  Relaxation  of  the 
Tendons  or  Ligaments,  occafioning  the  Bones  to  flip  out 
of  their  Junftures,  or  at  lead:  to  remain  very  loofely  ia 
their  natutal  Situation.  The  ptoper  Zitx.itkn  is  when  the 
Bone  is  entirely  out  of  the  Cavity  it  fliould  move  in  j 
which  may  be  done  various  ways,  and  there  are  as  many 
ways  of  reducing  it  5  according  to  the  particular  Formation 
and  Articulation  of  the  Joint ;  for  which,  fee  the  Books 
of  Praflical  Surgery. 

LYCANTHROPy,  a  kind  of  Fhrenzy  or  Difeafe,  that 
urges  People  to  run  thro  the  Streets  and  Fields  in  the 
Night;  arifing  from  the  Bite  of  a  mad  Wolf  The 
Symptoms,  (yc.  are  in  moft  rcfpefls  the  fame  with  that  of 
the  Hydrofholh  ;  which  fee.  The  Word  comes  from  the 
Greek  >.or.&,  Lifus,  and  aFOoT©-,  Ham  j  as  who  flioultl 
fay,  Man-li  olf. 

LYCEUM,  the  Name  of  a  celebrated  School  at  A- 
them,  where  ^nyJot/ecxplain'd  his  Philofophy.  The  Place 
was  compos 'd  of  Portico's,  and  Trees  planted  in  the  Fi- 
gure of  an  Y.  Hence  the  Philofophy  of  the  Lyceum  is 
us'd  to  fignify  the  Philofophy  o(  Jnjiotle,  or  the  Ferif  .1- 
tetic  Philofophy. 

Su.idcu  ohferves,  that  the  Place  took  its  Name  from  its 
hiving  been  originally  a  Temple  of  ^/ii«o,  or  rather  a. 
Portico  or  Gallery  built  by  Lyais,  Son  of  JfoUo  ;  but 
others  mention  it'  to  have  been  budt  by  Fifljh,ms  or  Pe- 
ricles. 

LYGMOS.  Sec  Mccsp. 

LYMPH  or  LYMPHA,  in  Anatomy,  a  thin  tranfpa- 
rent  Humour,  fomcthing  like  Water ;  Iccrcted  from  the 
Serum  of  the  Blood  in' all  Parts  of  the  Body,  and  rc- 
turn'd  to  the  Blood  again  by  proper  DuBs  of  its  own  ; 
fuppofed  by  fome  to  be  the  immediate  Matter  of  Nutri- 
tion. If  the  Lympb  be  chymically  cxamm'd,  it  will  be 
found  to  contain  a  great  deal  of  volatile,  but  no  fix'd 
Salt,  fome  Phlegm,  fome  Sulphur,  and  a  little  Earth 

The  Ufe  of  the  Ly»'pb  may  be  gather  d  from  the  Con- 
fideration  of  the  Parts  into  which  it  difchargeth  itfclf. 
That  which  comes  from  the  Head,  Neck,  and  Arms,  is 
thrown  into  the  Jugular  and  Subclavian  Veins.  All  the 
Lymphatic:,  which  the  Parts  in  the  Cavity  in  the  Thorax 
fend  out,  empty  themfelves  into  the  Thoracic  Dudl ;  and 
the.  Lyrnpha,  from  all  the  refl  of  the  Body,  flows  to  the 
common  Recept-acle  ;  fo  that  there  can  be  no  doubt,  but 
that  its  chief  Ufe  is  to  dilute  and  perfect  the  Chyle  be- 
fore it  mixes  with  the  Blood. 

LYMPHATICS,  or  LYMPH^iDUCTS  ;  very  fmall, 
fine",  hollow  Veffels,  generally  arifing  from  the  Glands, 
and' conveying  back  to  the  Blood  a  tr.infpaBenr  Liquor, 
caU'd  /.v™/-*  or  Lynphi,    Thefe,  tho  not  fo  vifiblc  as  the 


Qthe. 


L  YR 


C  477  ) 


L  Y  S 


other  Veflels,  becaufc  of  their  Minutenefs  and  Tranfpa- 
rency,  are  however  cxiitent  in  all  Parts  of  the  Body  ; 
but  the  DifHculty  of  finding  them,  has  prevented  their 
being  defcribed  in  many  Parrs.  The  Lympbaiics  are 
contrafled  at  fmall  and  unequal  Diflances,  by  two  oppo- 
lite  femi-lunar  Valves,  which  permit  the  Lymph  to  pafs 
through  them  towards  the  Heart,  but  Ihuf,  lilce  Flood- 
Gates,  upon  its  returning.  They  arife  in  all  Parts  of  the 
Body,  but  after  what  manner,  needs  no  great  Difpute  ; 
for,  without  doubt,  ail  the  Liquors  in  the  jBody,  except- 
ing the  Chyle,  are  feparated  from  the  Blood  in  the  fine 
Capillary  Veilels,  by  a  different  Pipe  from  the  cominon 
Channel  in  which  the  reft  of  the  Blood  moves:  but  whe- 
ther this  Pipe  belong  or /hort,  whether  it  be  vifible  or 
invifible,  it  is  ftill  a  Gland,  whilft  it  fuffers  fonie  part  of 
the  Blood  to  pafs  thro  it  ;  denying  a  Paflage  to  the  reft. 
Now  the  Glands  which  feparate  the  Lymph  muft  be  of 
the  fmalleil  kinds,  for  they  are  invifible  to  the  fineft  Mi- 
crofcope  i  but  their  excretory  Duels,  the  Lymphatic  Vef- 
fels,  unite  with  one  another,  and  grow  larger,  as  they 
approach  the  Heart :  yet  they  do  not  open  into  one  com 
mon  Channel,  as  the  Veins  do ;  for  fometinies  we  find 
two,  or  three,  or  more  Lymphatics,  running  by  one  ano- 
ther ;  which  only  communicate  by  /liort  intermediate 
Du£ls,  and  which  unite,  and  immediately  divide  again. 
In  their  Progrefs,  they  always  touch  at  one  or  two  con- 
globate or  veficular  Glands,  into  which  they  difcharc'c 
theinfelves  of  their  Lympba.  Sometimes  the  whole  Lym- 
^if.iti<:  opens  at  feveral  Places  into  the  Gland,  and  fome- 
times  it  fends  in  only  two  or  three  Branches,  whilll  the 
anain  Trunk  paffes  over,  and  joins  the  Lymphatics  which 
arife  from  the  oppofite  fides  of  the  Glands,  exporting 
again  their  Lympha  to  their  comrnon  Receptacles. 
Now  the  Glands  of  the  Abdomen,  which  receive  the 
Lymphatics  from  all  its  Parts,  as  likewife  from  the  lower 
Extremities,  are  the  Glandi^U  Ingii'niales,  Sacra-,  lliac.^, 
l^umharts,  Mefsmeric^f,  and  Hepatica- j  all  which  fend  out 
new  Lymphatics,  which  pour  theif  Contents  into  the 
Recepacuimn  Chili,  as  thofe  of  the  Cheft,  Head  and  Arms, 
do  into  the  DtiBus  Thoraciciis,  Jugular,  and  Subclavian 
Veins.  Thefe  Glands  are  round  and  fmooth  Bodies,  a- 
bout  the  Bignefs  of  a  Hazle  Nut,  bigger  or  letfer,  ac- 
cording to  the  number  of  Lymphatics  they  receive.  Their 
Subftance  is  membranous,  and  their  whole  Bulk  divided 
into  little  Cells,  which  receive  the  Lymph  from  the  Lym- 
phatics 5  and  are  therefore  improperly  call'd  Glands,  be- 
caufe  they  feparate  no  Liquor  from  the  Blood :  It  is 
true,  that  their  exporting  Lymphatics,  communicating 
with  their  Arteries,  do  receive  a  Lynph  from  them  ;  but 
this  is  done  without  the  help  of  conglobate  Glands  ;  as 
the  lafleal  Veins  do  with  the  capillary  Arteties  of  the 
Guts  :  the  chief  Ufe  of  their  veficular  Bodies  feems 
to  be,  that  the  flow-moving  Lympha  rnay  receive  a  grea- 
ter Velocity  from  the  elaflic  Contraflion  of  their  mem- 
branous Cells,  as  well  as  from  the  new  Lymph  imme- 
diately derived  from  the  Arteries.    See  Glajtd. 

LYRA,  or  LYRE,  the  fame  with  Cithara,  a  Harp  ;  a 
flringed  Inftrument  much  ufed  among  the  Antients  3  faid 
to  have  been  invented  by  Mercury,  on  occafion  of  his  find, 
ing  a  dead  Shell-Fidi,  call'd  by  the  Greeis  Cbelotte,  and 
the  inii;isTe/!»*,  left,  on  an  Inundation  of  the  Mfe  ;  of 
the  Shell  whereof  he  form'd  his  Lyre,  mounting  it  with 
feven  Strings,  according  to  Liician,  and  adding  a  kind  of 
Stipim  to  It,  to  ftretch  or  loofcn  the  Strings.    Eoetliiis  re- 


lates the  Opinion  of  fome,  who  fay  that  Weraoj-'s  Ly,i 
had  but  four  Strings,  i„  imitation  of  the  Mundane  Mufic 
of  the  lour  Elements.  Die  J,,-,,,  s,c„lt,s  fays  it  h;:d  but  three 
Strings,  m  imitation  of  the  three  Seafons  of  the  Tear  ; 
which  were  all  the  G.-eeX-i  counted,  viz.  Spring,  Summer 
and  Winter.  N:comach,s,  Horace,  L„c,a7,,  and  others,  make 
.t  have  feven  Strings,  m  imitation  of  the  feven  Planets, 
1  his  three,  four,  or  feven-ftringed  Inftrument  Mercurv  -ave 
to  Orphcits  l,  who  being  torn  to  pieces  by  the  Jlael:bamls° ,hc 
Lyre  was  liung  up  by  the  Lchians  in  Jp«ib\  Temple  O 
thcrs  h^,  rytbagcras  found  it  in  fome  Temple  \n  Efyft, 
and  added  an  eighth  String.  Nicomachus  fays,  that  when 
0//4eBi  was  kill'd,  his  Lyre  was  caft  into  the  Sea  and 
thrown  up  at  ^ntijja  a  City  of  LesUs ;  where  the  Fi'/hers 
finding  it,  gave  it  to  Terpandcr  ;  who  carried  it  into  E-ipr 
and  call'd  himfelf  the  Inventor.  The  feven  Strinos'wero 
diatonically  difpofcd  by  Tones  and  Semi-Tones,  Sid  Ty. 
thagcras'ss  eighth  String  made  up  the  Octave. 

From  the  Z-jrn,  which  all  agree  to  be  the  firft  Infltu- 
ment  of  the  Hringed  kind  in  Greece,  arofe  an  infinite 
Number  of  others,  differing  in  Shape  and  Number  of 
Strings  ;  as  the  Ffalteriiim,  Triptr,  Samhuca,  I'cctis,  MaraJis 
Barbitcn,  Tcjinda,  (the  two  laft  ufed  promifcuoully  by  H<i' 
race  with  the  Lyra  and  Cithara)  Ef  i^miimt,  Simmiciam  and 
Faiidttra  ;  which  were  all  flruck  with  the  Hand  or  a  Fiec- 
ti  am. 

The  Lyra  among  Painters,  Statuaries,  a?c.  is  an  Attrt- 
butc  of  yJpoko  and  the  Mufes. 

Lyra  is  alfo  a  Conllellation  in  the  Northern  Hemi- 
fphere,  confilling  of  thirteen  Stars.    See  Star. 

LYRIC;  fomething  fung,  or  play'd  on  the  Lyre  or 
Harp.  The  Word  is  particularly  applied  to  the  antient 
Odes  and  Stanza's;  which  anfwer  to  our  Airs  or  Tunes, 
and  may  be  play'd  on  Inflruments.  The  Antients  were 
great  Admirers  of  LyricYctfcs,  which  Name  they  gave  to 
luch  Verfcsasdo  not  come  under  either  of  the  two  ordina- 
ry KindsofVerfe,  5.;^.  Hexameters  and  Iambics.  Thefe 
were  principally  ufed  in  Odes,  and  in  the  Chorus's  of  Tra- 
gedies. The  Charaacriffic  of  Lyric  Poetry,  and  that  which 
diflinguilhes  it  from  all  others,  is  Swectncfi.  As  Gravity 
rules  in  Heroic  Verfe,  Simplicity  in  Paftoral,  Tenderncls 
and  Softnefs  in  Elegy,  Sharpnefs  and  Poignancy  in  Satire, 
Mirth  m  Comedy,  the  Pathetic  in  Tragedy,  and  the  Point 
in  Epigram  ;  fo  in  the  Lyric,  the  Poet  applies  himfelf 
wholly  to  footh  the  Minds  of  Men  by  the  Swectnefs  and 
Variety  of  the  Verfe,  and  the  DcFcacy  of  the  Words  and 
Thoughts,  the  Agreeablenefs  of  ihe  Numbers,  and  the 
Defcription  of  Things  moll  pleafing  in  their  own  Nature. 
See  Ode,  Son^r, 

LYSIARCHA,  the  Name  of  an  antient  MagiHratc  or 
Pontiff  of  Lycia.  Sraho  obferves,  that  the  Lyjlarcha  was 
created  in  a  Council,  con^lL!i.^g  of  the  Depu'ics  of  twenty- 
three  Cities,  that  is,  of  all  "the  Cities  in  the  Piovince  ; 
fome  of  which  Ci  ties  had  three  Voices,  others  two,  and 
others  but  one.  Cardinal  JVom  fays,  that  the  Lyfnrchx 
prefidcd  in  Matters  of  Religion ;  in  effeS,  the  Lyfiar- 
ciawas  nearly  the  Atme  with  the  .-pi-rfn  ani  Syriartba  ; 
who,  tho  they  were  all  the  Heads  of  the  Councils  or 
States  of  thofe  Provinces,  yet  were  they  eflablifli'd  prin- 
cipally to  take  care  of  the  Games  ami  Feafls  celebrated 
in  honour  of  the  Gods,  whofe  Priefts  they  were  inaugu- 
rated at  the  fame  time  that  they  were  created  Lyfiareha, 
Syriarcha,  or  Jfiarcha, 


Fff  fff 


AI, 


MAC 


C478  ) 


MAC 


A  Confcniht,  and  the  Twelfth  Letter  in  the  ffercimm  Toeum  ;  to  which  Stcfhsa  Talmm  return^  an 


' Engltfli  Alphabet.  It  is  pronounced  by 
fltiking  the  upper  Lip  agiinll  the  lower  ; 
in  which  the  Pronunciation  of  tliis  Letter 
^rceswith  that  ofi:  the  only  Difference  between  the 
two  confining  ir.  a  little  Motion  made  in  the  Nofe  m  the 
Pronunciation  of  M,  and  not  in  4:  whence  it  happens  that 
thofe  who  have  talien  Cold,  for  M  ordinarily  pronounce  B; 
the  Nofe  in  that  cafe  being  difabled  from  making  the 
neceffary  Motion.    See  B. 

QiimtiUm  obferves,  that  the  M  fomctiraes  ends  iaiiii 
Words,  but  never  Greek;  the  Greeks  always  changing  it  in 
that  Cafe  into  N,  for  the  fake  of  the  better  Sound. 

M  is  alfo  a  Numeral  Letter,  and  among  the  Antients 
was  ufed  for  a  Thoufand  ;  according  to  the  Verfe, 
M  CafHt  eji  Nmieri  fiem  fcimus  Mile  tenere. 
When  a  Dafll  is  added  a  top  of  it,  it  fignifies  a  thou- 
fand times  a  thoufand  ;  m. 

The  Letter  M  in  AUronomical  Tables,  and  other  things 
of  that  kind,  is  ulcd  for  Meridional  or  Southern. 

M  in  Medicinal  Prefcription,  is  frecjucntly  ufed  to  iig- 
nify  aManipule,  or  H.indful;  and  is  fometimes  alio  put 
at  the  end  of  a  Recipe,  for  Ufee,  mingle;  or  .Mi.tiiiw,  a 
*  Mixture.  r    -n  r 

U  in  Law,  was  the  Brand  or  Stigma  of  a  Perfon  con- 
viflc'd  of  Murder,  and  admitted  to  the  Benefit  of  his 
Clcrev     It  was  burnt  on  the  Brawn  of  his  left  Thumb. 

MACARONIC,  or  MACARONIAN  ;  a  kind  of  Bur- 
IcfnuePostry  ;  confifling  of  a  Jumble  of  Words  of  diffe- 
rent Lan^uages,  with  Words  of  the  vulgar  Tongue  lati- 
nij'd,  and  Lam  Words  moderniz'd.  For  Inftance,  a  bold 
Fellow,  in  the  Macaronic  Stile,  fays  i 

Eftflm  nines  Scadrones  5=)  S-eglmaiiios,  &c. 

Another  Example  : 

JrcherotTifloliferosfnriamilue'Manantum, 
Et -randeni  ejmentam  jiw  ,mj>iimm  faaa  RuelU  ejl : 
Toxintmiqtie  abo  trouhlaiitem  Corda  Chchero^  £vC. 
UKarme,  among  the  Italians,  as  has  been  obferved  by 
CdmsRUdmm,,,  fignifies  a  coarfe  clownifh  Man  ;  and 
becaufe  this  kind  of  Poetry,  being  patch  i  out  of  feveral 
Lanauagcs,  and  full  of  extravagant  Words,  is  not  lo  po- 
lite and  fmooth  as  thofe  of  Virgil,  &c.  the  lubans  a- 
mong  whom  it  had  its  Rife,  gave  it  the  Name  of  Maca- 
mal  and  Macaronic  Poetry.    Others  radier  chufe  to  de- 
:  from  Makarons  ;  a  kind  of  little  Cakes 


live  It  a  MaOTioliitii.,---      ,■    .,   ^  J  r-i,     I-  . 

made  of  Meal  not  boultcd,  with  Eggs  and  Chceic  ,  ac- 
counted a  great  Dainty  among  the  Country  People  in  Ita- 
ly ;  which,  from  their  being  compofed  of  various  Ingre- 
dients, occafion'd  this  kind  of  Poetry,  whicn  conhlfs  ot 
i.ati»,  Italian,  Sfamjii,  trench,  Englijh,  &c.  to  be  called 
bv  their  Name. 

rbeopb  Folingius,  a  BenediBin  Monk  of  Mantua,  was  the 
firll  WHO  invented,  or  at  leal!  cultivated,  this  kind  of 
Verfe-  For  tho  we  have  a  Uacaror.ea  Arnmnenfi:  in  a  very 
old  Letter,  beginning,  £/i  A«hor  Vfbis  Leomcm  atjae  Fa- 
ranfus ;  yet  it  feems  to  have  been  the  Work  of  Guarinui 
Capeli-s  Sarfinas,  who  in  the  Year  1 printed  fix  Books 
ci  Macaronic  Poetry,  in  Cabrinam  Gajom.;*  Reje™  .  but  as 
both  thefe  came  out  after  the  firll  Edition  of  Bhngms, 
which  was  publift'd  under  the  Name  o(  Merlm  Coceaye 
Ini  5-0  ;  fo  were  they  likcwife  much  inferior  to  him  both 
in  the  Stile,  Invemion  and  Epifodes  wherewith  he  has  en- 
lich'd  the  Hillory  of  li.i;&s  ;  which  makes  the  Subjecl  ot 
his  Poem  'I'he  famous  D.  Kalelais  tranflatcd  the  Maca- 
ronic Stile  out  of  the  Italian  Verfe  into  french  Profe,  and 
on  the  Model  thereof  form'd  fome  of  the  bell  things  in 
his  Tatita-rtiel.  Merlin  Coccaye  met  with  fo  much  Succefs 
in  his  new  Way,  that  he  compofed  another  Book  partly 
in  Macaronic  Stile,  call'd  11  Char,  del  tri  fer  mo  ;  but  with 
very  different  Succefs.  After  this,  appcar'd  in  Italy,  Ma- 
caronica  de  Syndican,,tS  Condemnatiane  DoBoris  Samjoms  Lem- 
hi a  low  Performance  ;  and  Macaronis  forza,  an  excellent 
on.,  by  Stefoaio  a  Jefuit.  In  Iffjo,  Bajani  publilhed  a 
Carlia-JaU  Tahtila  Macaronea.  The  laft  Italian  who  wrote 
in  this  way,  vnxs  Cefar  Urfinius,  to  whom  we  ovie  Capricia 
Uacannica  Ma0r,  Stofmi  Toet.c  Touzanenfis,  printed  in 
6-6  The  firil  who  lucceeded  m  the /VLcurs/j/c  Stile  a- 
mona  the  frc'icii  \»as  Jiitonius  de  Arena  Tro-jcnfaln  de  Bra- 
lardiifma  Villa  de  Soleriis,  in  two  Poems,  which  he  has  left 
is  •  *  Arte  Danfandi,  de  Ciierra  Neafolitana  Romana 
Ceimenfi  He  was  foUow'd  by  another  Lawyer,  who  wrote 
Hilloria  Bnmfina  Caroli  V.  Imferat.  a  Provincialilus  Tayjanis 
triuvphamer  fiifati.  Some  time  after  R«»i  Belleaa  a- 
mona  his  other  French  Poefies,  printed  DiHamen  Me,r,jtci,m 
de  Hello  Himotico,  i3  Rifi-coram  Figham.ne  ad  Sodaley,  a 
Piece  much  valued.  This  was  fucceeded  by  L.,cajanj,a 
Reiftro  SkI^o  Lanfquenmrmn  fer  U  2.  B.  Ltcbiardmn  Sfal- 


Anfwer  in  the  fame  Strain.  Laltly,  John  Edward  da  Menin. 
enter'd  the  Lifts,  and  left  us  inter  teriftnata  Jaa  Car^nen  A- 
renaieum  de  t^aoriiKdam  Ni'-gigernloritm  Piaffa  infapportahili. 
The  RecitKJ  Veritabilis  fuper  terrihili  efmetita  Faijattormt  dc 
Riiellio,  is  one  of  the  belt  Pieces  of  this  kind. 

We  have  but  little  mEnglifj  ir\  the  Macarojiian  Way;" 
nothing  fcarcc,   but  fome  little  loofe  Pieces  colIe£^ed  in 
Camhden's  Remains  :  which  is  no  Difcredit  to  our  Authors: 
for  one  may  fay  of  fuch  Pieces  in  general, 
Tiirfe  eji  Dijficiles  habere  Nr.gas, 
Et  Stitltus  Labor  cjl  Ine^tianim. 

The  Germans  and  Netherlander!  have  had  their  Macaronic 
Poets ;  witnefs  the  Certamen  Catholicum  cum  Cah'iniftis,  of 
one  Martinias  Hamcenius  Frijiiis,  which  contains  abovd 
twelve  hundred  Verfes,  all  the  Words  whereof  begin 
with  the  Letter  C. 

MACE,  a  Medicinal  Bark,  the  outermoft  of  the  three 
which  covers  the  Nutmeg.  It  is  of  an  aftringent  and 
drying  Nature,  and  is  ufed  as  a  Corrector  in  Cardiac  and 
Cathartic  Compofitions.   See  Nutmeg. 

MACERAl'ION,  in  Pharmacy  and  Chymillry,  is  un- 
derllood  of  a  certain  Preparation  of  Medicines,  otherwifs 
exprefs'd  by  the  Word  Digeftion,  Others  however  re- 
flrain  the  Word  to  that  particular  kind  of  Digertion,  which 
is  performed  in  a  thick  Matter  ;  as  when,  for  inftance, 
having  mix'd  Rofes  wirh  Fat  to  make  Unguent.  Rojatum, 
the  Mixture  is  expofed  for  fome  Days  to  the  Sun,  that 
the  Virtue  of  the  Rofes  may  be  the  better  communicated 
to  the  Fat.    See  Vigefliov. 

MACHINE,  in  the  general,  fignifies  any  thing  that 
ferves  to  augment  or  regulate  moving  Powers ;  or  Machine 
may  be  defined  any  Body  deftined  to  produce  Morion, 
fo  as  to  fave  either  Time  or  Force.  There  are  fix  prin- 
cipal Machines,  to  which  all  the  others  may  be  reduced  ; 
iiiz.  the  Balance,  Lever,  Wheel,  Pulley,  Wedge,  and 
Screw.  Thefe  are  call'd  Simple  Machines ;  and  of  thefe 
all  other  compound  ones  confift.  For  the  Doflrine  of 
thefe,  {ee  Balance,  Le-aer,  Sic.    Seft  cifa  Mechanic  Towers. 

The  Number  of  compound  .^.^/TcZ'/;;ej  is  now  almoft  in- 
finite ;  and  yer  the  Antients  feem  to  have  out  done  the 
Moderns  in  this  refpcfl.  Their  Machines  of  War,  Ar- 
chitcfture,  £>c.  being  defcribed  as  vaflly  fuperior  to 
ours. 

Machine  for  Building,  is  an  AlTemblage  of  Pieces  of 
Wood  fo  difpofed,  as  that  by  means  of  Ropes  and  Pul- 
leys, a  fmall  Number  of  Men  may  raife  vail  Loads,  and 
lay  'em  in  their  Places ;  as  Cranes,  iSc.  'Tis  hard  to 
conceive  what  Machines  the  Antients  muif  have  ufed  to 
raife  thofe  immenfe  Stones  found  in  fome  of  the  antique 
Buildings. 

Hydraulic,  or  Waier  M-tchine,  is  either  uled  to  fignily  a 
fimple  Machine,  ferving  to  condufl  or  raife  Water  ;  as  a 
Sluice,  Pump,  iSc.  or  feveral  of  thefe  afling  together, 
to  produce  fome  extraordinary  Effefl;  as  the  Machine^  of 
Marly  ;  the  Frinium  Mobile  whereof  is  an  Arm  of  the  River 
Seine,  which  by  its  Stream  turns  feveral  large  Wheels, 
which  work  the  Handles,  and  thefe  with  Piftons  raife  the 
Water  up  into  the  Pumps,  and  with  other  Piftons  force  it 
up  in  Pipes  againft  the  Afcent  of  a  Hill  to  a  Re.rervoir  in  3, 
Stone  Tower,  -52  Fathom  higher  than  the  River;  fufEcicnt 
to  fupply  Verfailles  with  a  conftant  Stream  2:0  Inches  in 
Diameter.  ,     ,    .  r 

Machines  of  War  :  Thefe  among  the  Antients  were  of 
three  kinds  ;  rhe  fittt  ferving  to  launch  Arrows,  as  the 
Scorpion  ;  Javelins.as  the  Catapulta  ;  Stones.as  the  BaliHi  ; 
or  fiery  Darts,  as  the  Pyraboli ;  the  fccond  ferving  to  beat 
down  Walls,  as  the  battering  Ram  and  Terebra  ;  and  the 
rhird  to  ftieltcr  thofe  who  approach'd  the  Enemies  W  all  ; 
as  the  Torroife  or  Telludo,  and  the  Towers  ot  Wood. 
The  Machines  of  War  now  in  ufe,  conClt  in  Artillery, 
Bombs,  Petards,  b'C.  Tho  ir  mull  be  oblerved,  that  in 
flrianefs,  a  Mtitbine  is  fomething  that  confifls  rnore  m 
Art  and  Invemion,  than  in  the  Strength  and^Solidity  of 
the  Materials  ;  and  for  this  reafon  it  is  thr-  - 


the  Inventors 

of  Maehaies  are  call'd  hKenieurs  or  Ingeneers.  ^  See  En- 
gine. The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek,  p.»^n.  Machine, 
Indention,  Art. 

Machine, 
the  Foi 


Dramatic  Poetry,    a  Term  ufed,  when 
er  brings  fome  Divinity  or  fupernatural  Being  up- 


1  the  Staf  e  ;  to  perform  forr.e  Exploit,  or  folve  fome 
Difficulty  out  of  the  reach  of  Human  Power.  The  Ma- 
chines of  the  Drama  are  Gods,  Angels,  Ghofls,  iic. 
which  are  fo  called  from  the  M.ubines  or  Contrivances  by 
which  they  are  prefented  upon  the  Stage,  and  afterwards 
removed  again.  Hence  the  Ufe  of  the  Word  has  alfo 
paffed  into  the  Epic  Poem  ;  tho'  the  Reafon  of  us  Name 
be  there  wanting  :  The  Word,  however,  is  us'd  in  tho 
fame  Scnfc  in  both,  sia,  for  the  Intervention  or  Miniliry 

of 


MAG 


r  419 ) 


MAC 


of  fomc  Divinity  ;  hut  the  OmCion  of  Machines,  in  the  Oracles,  Dreams,  and  extraordinary  InfpSritiW  5  wh^ch 
one  and  the  other,  being  fomcwhat  different,  the  Rules  calls  D™i.M<ic4,„e,.     All  thcfe  Manners  ought 'to 

and  Laws  of  managing   them    are  different   liJiewife.  be  fo  managed,    as  to  carry  a  ^fctiCmilitude  ;  and  tho' 

1  he  antient  Dramatic  Poets  never  brought  my  Machine  Venlimditude  be  of  a  vail  Extent  m  Machines  as  beinz 

on  the  Stage,  but  where  there  was  an  abfolute  Ncceflity  founded  on  the  Divine  Puwcr  ;  yet  has  it  Bounds  Ho- 

for  thel'refcnce  of  a  God  ;  and  were  generally  laughed  nee  fropofes  three  kinds  of  Mach'nes  for  the  Stage  '-  the 

at  tor  fuScring  thcmlelvesto  be  reduced  to  fuch  a  Ne-  fiift  is  a  God  vifibly  prefenr  among  the  Aclors  w'hich 

ceflity.    Accordingly  ^r/yiol/e  lays  it  down  as  an  e.xprefs  he  fays,  ftould  never  be  introduc'd  but  on  a  gicit  Oc' 

Law,   that   the  unravelling  of  the  Piece  fhould  arifc  cafion.    The  fccond  contains  more  incredible  and  ex- 

trom  the  Fable  itfelf  ;  and  not  from  any  foreign  Macbme,  Iraordinary  Machines ;  as  the  Metamorphofis  of  Fro'S-e  in- 

as  in  the  Ate'™.     Horace  is  fometliiiig  lefs  fcvere  ;  and  to  a  Swallow,  of  CWmiii  into  a  Serpent  •    and  even  thefe 

contents  himklf  with  faying,  that  the  Gods  fhould  ne-  Machines  he  docs  not  abfolutely   condemn  or  exclude 

ver  appear,  unlcfs  the  N«<i«j,  or  Knot,   were   worthy  of  wholly  out  of  the  Poem,  but  only  out  of  the  Scene  and 

their  Prefence  ;   Kec  Dens  inteifit,  wfi  digmis  VinJice  No-  the  Sight  of  the  Speftators  :  they  are  not  to  be 


fins, — mciderit.  But  'tis  quite  otherwife  m  the  £^('^i,..  ^ 
there  muil  be  Machines  every  where,  and  in  every  Part. 
Hamer  and  Virgil  do  nothing  without  ;hem.  Pttronius, 
with  his  ufual  Fire,  maintains,  that  the  Poets  /hould 
deal  mote  with  the  Gods  than  with  Men  j  that  he  /liould 


fented,  bet  may  be  recited.  The  third  kind  of  Machines 
IS  abfolutely  abfurd  ;  and  he  rejecfs  it  entirely  :  the  In- 
ttancc  he  gives,  is  that  of  a  Child  taken  alive  out  of  the 
elly  of  a  Monller  that  had  devoured  it.    The  other 


,       ,         .     ,      ,  ,  ,     .  -  two  Manners  are  allow'd  indifferently  in  the  Epopm  ; 

every  where  leave  Marks  of  his  prophetic  Raptures,  and  and  without  that  Dillinftion  of  Harac  which  only  fuits 
of  the  Divine  Fury  that  poilefles  him  ;  that  his  Ihoughts    the  Stage;  it  being  in  the  Drama  alone,  that  a  Difference 


be  all  full  of  Fables,  that  is,  of  Allegories  and  Figures. 
]n  fne,  he  will  have  a  Poem  difiinguiilied  from  an  Hi- 
ilory  in  all  its  Parrs;  not  fo  much  by  the  Veries,  as  by 
that  Poetical  Fury  which  expreffes  itfelf  wholly  by  Al- 
legories; and  does  nothing  but  by  Machines,  or  the  M 


may  be  made  between  what  paBes  in  the  Scene,  or  the 
Sight  of  the  Speflators,  and  what  behind  the  Curtain 
See  Bo/Ai. 

MACROCEPHALUS,  from  j^sxii  magnus,  ^rcal,  an'l 

■n      c  u   r   I       »   T,"       L  -  r  „',-    ''-"^ '■«''.  is  fomctimes  ufed  to  fignify  an 

nillry  of  the  Gods.    A  Poet  therefore  mull  leave  it  to    Head  largerthan  of  a  natural  Si  ze  S    y  " 

the  Hifloiians  to  fay,  that  a  Fleet  was  difperfed  by  a  MACROCOSIVl,  a  Term  feldom  ufed  but  in  oppofi- 
fctorm,  and  driven  to  foreign  Shores  ;  and  mull  himfelf  tion  to  Microcofm.  By  Mjcncojm  we  mean  the  World  - 
lay  with  fe,,/    that  went  to  feek  f./«5,   and  that   and    by  Microcofm,   which    Egnifies  litt'le  World  we 

this  God,   at  her  Requcll,    turned  the  Winds  loofe  a-    mean  Man.    The  Word  Maaocofm  is  form'd  from'  the 

Greek  fjMKp^^,  Great,  and  mj-//©-.  World. 

,    ,  r  D-  J  -        ,  r^.r      .            ,,    -    ■        -  MACULE,  in  Allronomy  dark  Spots,  of  an  irreaular 

great  deal  of  Prudence  and  Difcreiion  on  all  Occafions  ;  changeable  Figure  ;   obfer.ed  in  the  face  of  the  Sun  - 

andmutt  fay  with  7-i.»ie,-,    that  Afiacroj  led  him  as  it  firft  taken  notice  of  by  &ie,«er  in  iijii    and  afterwards 

were  by  the  hand  in  all  his  Enterprises.     Let  an  Hiflc-  accurately  obferved  by              /,tee/i«,   Mr  Flamlt end 

nan  fay,  that  ^/x»»,e,«„o„,  quarrelling  with  Wchilles,  has  a  Cafni,  K.rch,  &c.    Many  of  thefe  MacU-  appear  tocon- 


gaintt  the  Trojans.  He  muff  leave  the  Hiftorian 
write,  that  a  young  Prince   behaved   himfelf  with 


mind  to  fhew  him,  tho'  niifiakingly,  that  he  can  take 
Troy  without  his  Aflillance.  The  Poet  mull  fay  that  Tk- 
lis,  piqued  at  the  Affront  her  Son  had  received,  flics  up 
to  Heaven  to  demand  Vengeance  of  Jnfiter  ;  and  that 
this  God,  to  fatisfy  her,  fends  the  God  Satn?ms,  or  Sleej:, 
to  Agamemnon,  to  deceive  him,  and  make  him  believe 
that  he  /ball  take  Troy  that  day.  'Tis  thus  that  the 
Epic  Poets  ufed  Machines  in  all  Pans  of  their  Works  ; 


iilt  of  heterogeneous  Parts  whereof  the  darker  and 
more  denfe  are  call'd  by  Hezeli,:s,  Nuclei,  and  are  incom- 
paffcd,  as  it  were,  with  Atmofphercs  lomevvhat  rarer 
and  lefs  obfcure  ;  but  the  Figure  both  of  the  Nadei  and 
entire  iV(.ia</.e  are  variable.  In  11I44,  Henelms  obferv'd  a 
fmall  thin  Macula,  which  in  two  Days  time  grew  to  ten 
times  its  Bulk  ;  appearing  withal  much  darker,  and  with 
-  larger  Nucleus  ;   and  fuch  fuddcn  Mutations  are  fre- 


In  fhp  t;;^^  r)j.,/B,      a   ir     J      I.     n      7  -  '       ■■■■5>-'  auu  lutn  luaticn  iviutations  are  tre- 

In  the  Bmrf,  Odyjfee,  mi  Mne:d  the  Propofition  men-  quent.  The  N»c/e»!,  he  obferv'd,  began  to  fail  fenfiblv 
tionsthemi;  the  Invocation  is  addreffed  to  them  :  n„,l    eVr  ,1,.  .s„„,  AX,  '....a    ._j '.l  ?     .°  ■  '  . 


tionsthemi;  the  Invocation  is  addreffed  to  them  ;  and 
the  Narration  is  full  of  them:  they  are  the  Caufes  of 
Adions  ;  they  make  the  Knots,  and  at  lafl  they  unravel 
them.  This  lafl  Circumflance  is  what  Arifiotle  forbids 
in  the  Drama  ;  but  'tis  what  Homer  and  Virgd  have  both 
aclifed  p-    1  -  - 


'er  tho  Spot  difappeared,  and  that,  e'er  jt  quite  va- 
nilhed,  broke  into  four,  which  in  two  Days  reunited 
Some  MacuU  have  lalled  z,  5,  10, 15, 10,  30,  feldom  41^ 
Days,  tho' K>-ctnu  oblerv'd  one  in  laSi,  from  Jfril^s 

3  ,L  r'T;r''''P^'""l'°n''^™^  >l'^t  °l^f«--tv'd  by  Kirch  was 

an>l_the  next  Day  herfelf,    makes  the  Peace  between    twelve  Days  vifihle  in  the  Sun's  Disk  ;  fo?  fifteen  d1,s 
,  .  ..  „.        na..  ..  ^  ^jj  ^^^.^^j  .J  .      ^^^.^^  ^^^.^^  ^^^^  ^^^^.^ 

to  the  Limb  whence  they  departed  in  27,   fomctimes  in 


Vhffi:s  and  the  Ithacani,  which  clofes  the  Odvffe 

Futther,  the  Ufe  of  Afccii«ci,  in  the  Epic  Poem,  is, 
on  feme  Accounts,  entirely  oppofite  to  what  Homce  pre- 
iciibes  for  ihe  Theatre.  In  Tragedy  that  Critic  will  ne- 
ver have  them  us'd  without  an  abfolute  Neceffity  ; 
whereas  in  the  Eftfm  they  fliould  never  be  ufed  bnt 
where  they  may  he  well  let  alone  ;  and  where  the  Ac- 
tion appears  as  if  it  did  not  ncceffarily  require  them. 

thTstomwha?t''''''S-"  "^"^  implore  to    obfervec) '  to  deviate  Vrom"th'eir  Path  near  the  Horizon 

raiic   tne  6torm  that  drives  ..Sine.u  into  Cm-lWe !  which    ,.     ,■  .      ..         ...  xiui,i,ai\ 

yet  might  eafily  have  happened  in  the  ordinary  Courfe 
ot  Nature.  Machines,  in  the  Epic  Poem,  therefore  are 
not  Coptrivances  of  the  Poet,  to  recover  himfelf  af  er 
he  has  made  a  falfe  Step  ;  nor  to  folve  any  Difficulty  pro- 


Th^r'^rr ^  y;^^s,^^f^-:^  ari^i^f^rLrj^aiurr  iSri^i^t 

a  Divinity,  and  feme  fupcrnaturi   and  evtrnnrd         a„     f.  .1,.  o.._     ^„  ,■      .  rarallax 


S  Days.  Lafily,  it  mull  be  obfcrved,  that  the  M.^cuh 
""f^flthemfelves  near  the  Limb,  and  in  the  iniddle  of 
the  Disk  appear  much  larger  ;  thofe  often  running  into 
one  in  tlic  Disk,  which  In  the  Limb  were  fcparate  ;  that 
inany  of  them  arife  in  the  middle  of  the  Disk,  and  ma- 
ny difappear  in  the  fame;  and  that  none  of  them  are 
obfcrved  to  deviate  from  their  Path  near  the  H 
Whereas  Hcrfiii  obferving  A-Jemirj)' in  the  Sun,  near  iha 
Horizon,  found  hiin  too  low  ;  being  thrufl  a;  Seconds 
beneath  his  former  Pathi  From  thefe  Phamomeni  we 
collect, 

(i.)  That  fince   Aierciiry's  Depteffion  below  his  Path 


Machines 
any  thing  from 


a  Divinity,  and  feme  fupcrnatural  and  extraordinary  Ac  ■    from  the  Sun 
tion  which  the  Poet  inferts  in  moll  of  the  Incidents  of 
his  Work,  to  render  it  more  majcflick  and  admirable  ; 
and  to  tram  his  Readers  to  Pietv  and  Virtue.  This 
Mixture  fhould  be  fo  managed,  'as  that  the 
may  be  retrenched,  without  retrench 
the  Aflion. 

As  to  the  Manner  in  which  the  Machines  are  to  a£l  ;  it 
may  be  obferved,  that  in  the  old  Mythology  there  are 
Gods  both  good,  bad,  and  indifferent  ;  and  that  our  Paf- 
fions  may  be  converted  into  fo  many  allegoiical  Divini- 
ties :  fothat  every  thing,  both  good  and  bad  in  a  Poem, 
may  be  attributed  to  thefe  A4.ic4i,;cj,  and  mav  be  iranf- 
adted  by  them  " 
fame 


.  are  nearer  him  than  the'Pl.anet ;  bui 
fince  they  are  hid  behind  the  Sun  three  Days  longer 
than  they  are  in  the  Hemifphere  vifible  to  us,  it  fol- 
lows alfo,  that  they  don't  adhere  to  the  Surface  of  the 
Sun,  but  are  at  fomc  diliance  from  it. 

(2.)  That  fince  they  arife  and  difappear  in  the  middle 
of  tne  Sun's  Disk,  and  undergo  various  Alterations  with 
regard  both  to  Bulk,  Figure,  and  Denfity,  they  mult 
be  formed  de  nrco,  and  again  diffolved  about  the  Sun  ; 
and  are  therefore,  m  all  probability,  a  kind  of  Solar 
Clouds  formed  out  ot  its  Exhalations. 

(;.)  Since  then  the  Solar  Exhalations  rife  over  his 

'hev  d^  •  1,        '  '"i  ■■  -i'- e  ^'^'^'■eh'lFended  at  a  certain  Height  from  it;  it 

i',!!:.!':"  ^'r^y'  ^PP^^^.  .  f™-"  the  Laws  of  Hydroftaticsr  that  the  Sut5 


o  A  1,,"^"""!'      1!°™".'"'"  t'l'^y  aft  without  appearing,  muff  be  incompaffed  with  roiTOFiuiTt'o'drive'thofr  V 

and  by  fimple  Infpirations,  which  have  nothing  in  them  halations  „pw.ids  ;  which  F  old  muf   be  denfer  , 

H^::ir<:iC^^^^^^  l  Y^-'         '-^rt  hfght  ire^'r  l^m  -he"" 

;hraffi^l^:^?»^^,f:iJ^=J=^rl  ^"llV'ff  •h?M,c,..dl(Iol4  and  dllUppear  In  t^e  "  ' 


,  ^  -J   ,  as  when  a  Divinity 

prelents  Itfelf  viCbly  before  Men,  fo  as  to  be  known  by 
them  ;  or  when  they  difguife  themfelves  under  fome  hu- 
man Form  without  difcoverlng  themfelves.  The  third 
Manner  partakes  of  each  of 'the  two,    and  confills  in 


ry  iniddle  of  the  Sun's  Disk,   the  Matter  thereof 
the  Solar  Exhalations  mull  fallback  again  to  the  Son' 
whence  there  muff  arife  Changes  in   the  Sun's  Atmcv 
fphere,  and  confequently  in  ihe'Sun  itfelf 

(4.3  Since 


MAD 


(  480  ) 


MAG 


(4 )  Since  the  Revolution  of  the  MmiU  round  the 
Sun  is  very  regular  ;  and  fmce  their  Djflancefrom  the  Sun 
is  verv  fraall,  'tis  not  properly  the  MaaiU  that  move  round 
the  Sun  :  Hut  'tis  h/ml'elf,  together  with  his  Atmofphere, 
wherein  the  M.itii/*  fwim,  that  in  the  fpace  of  Days 
moves  round  its  own  Axis  5  and  hence  it  is  that  the  Ma- 
cuU,  being  viewed  obliijuely  near  the  Limb,  appear  nar- 
row and  oblong.  _ 
And,  Laftly,  &ce  the  Sun  appears  with  a 

Disk  in  every  Situation  j  his  Figure,  asto  Scnfe,   - 

fphericah  Some  Authors  likewile  take  notice  of  Famlt^ 
or  bright  Spots,  in  the  Disk  of  the  Sun,  much  more  lu- 
cid than  the  reft,  much  larger  than  the  MacuU,  and  ve- 
different  from  them  both,  as  to  Figure,  Duration,  £?c- 
feeing  a  I.icitLi  in  i«-4,  which  took 


circular 
muft  be 


MADRIER,  in  the  Military  Art,  1  thick  I'lank  armed 
with  Iron  Plates,  having  a  Concavity  fufficient  to  receive 
the  Mouth  of  the  Petard  when  charged,  with  which  it  is 
applied  againft  a  Gate,  or  other  Body  dcfigned  to  be 
broke  down.  MAdricr  is  aifo  the  Name  of  a  flat  Beam 
fixed  at  the  bottom  of  a  Moat  to  fupport  a  Wall.  Be- 
fides  which,  there  are  alio  J\I;idricri  lined  with  lin,  and 
covered  with  Earth,  ferving  as  a  Defence  againll:  artifi- 
cial Fires. 

MADRIGAL,  a  Term  in  the  modern  Italian,  Sfamfi, 
and  French  Poetry,  fignifying  a  littie  amorous  Piece,  con- 
taining a  cerrain  Number  of  loofe  unequc.l  Verfes,  nor 
tied  either  to  the  fcrupulous  Regularity  of  a  Sonnet,  or 
the  Subtlety  of  an  Epigram  i  but  confilling  of  fotne 
tender,  delicate,  yet  limplc  Thought,  fuitably  cxpreiTed. 
The  Haifigal^  according  to  Mr.  h  hnm,  is  an  Epigram 


■■y 

J/ei-eiiKJ  mentions  his  .- -   ... 

VIP  a  third  part  of  the  Sun's  Diameter  ;   and  adds,  that  -.4-.,  s  ..-  -f  -r-o- 

the  Uacl.  fiequently  change  into  FacuU  ;  but  the  ftc„/*  without  any  thing  very  brisk  c„d  fpnghtly  m  its  Fall 
foldomor  never  into  MacuU.  But  Hy-jeiw,  and  other  Clofe  ^  fmiethirlg^very  tender  and  gallant  is  ufually 
srcat  Ailtonomcrs,  rejcS  the  Notion  of  the  l-^C'Jt-,  hav- 
ing never  feen  any  thing  like  them  (tho  furnifhd  with 
the  bell  Tclcfcopes:)  excepting  little  bright  Specks  m  the 
dim  Clouds  which  frequently  incompSfs  the  Maad,>  ;  and 
which  may  be  owing  to  the  Refraaion  of  the  Sun  s  Rays 
in  the  rarer  Parts  of  his  Atmofphere.  Andas  to  that  lit- 
tle Inequality  obfcrvcd  in  the  Circumference  of  the  Sun  s 
Disk  which  is  ufually  afcribed  to  the  Wavings  and 
Eruaations  cf  the  Flames  ;  it  feems  better  accounted  tor 
from  the  tremulous  Agitation  of  the  Vapours  m  our 
own  Atmofphere.  ,     „,  i.     r  j  1, 

MADDER,  the  Root  of  a  Plant,  much  ufed  by 
Dyers,  to  make  the  moll  folid  and  rich  red  Colour  ;  it 
has  iis  Ufes  too  in  Medicine,  being  found  of  Service  in 
Oblltuaionsof  the  Vifcerl  and  Cachedic  Conftitutions  ; 
and  is  generally  made  up  in  forms  of  Decoflions,  Diet- 
Drinks,  and  medicated  Ales.  ,  .  ,    f  T^ 

MADNESS,  or  MANIA,  in  Medicine,  a  kind  ol  De- 
lirium without  a  Fever,  attended  with  Rage,  and  a  total 
Deprivation  of  Reafon.  ;l/.i<i«eA  confiiling  much  in  a 
Delirium  to  explain  the  Nature  of  the  former.  Dr. 
Omncy  premifcs  that  of  the  latter  thus  :  As  often  as  the 
Species  of  Things,  wherewith  we  have  been  .acquainted, 
are  hurried  together,  we  may  be  faid  to  dream,  and 


the 


Subjea  of  it  >  and  a  certain  beautiful,  noble,  yet  chaile. 
Simplicity,  makes  its  Charafter. 

The  hbdri^al  is  ufually  looked  on  as  the  fliorteft  of  all 
the  little  kinds  of  Poems,  and  may  confill  of  fewer 
Verfes  than  cither  the  Sonnet  or  Rondelay.  There  is 
no  other  Rule  regarded  in  mingling  the  Rhimes  and 
Verfes  of  different  kinds,  but  the  Clioice  and  Conve- 
nience of  the  Author.  This  Poem,  however,  really  allows 
of  lefs  Licence  than  any  other  5  wbethe^  we  regard  the 
Rhyme,  the  Meafures,  or  the  Purity  of  i;.;.;preIlion. 

JWew^i^e  derives  the  Word  from  .M.(n(/'-fl,  which,  in 
tin  and  Grtek^  fignifies  a  Company  of  Cattel ;  imagining  it 
to  have  been  originally  a  kind  of  Pafioral  or  Shepherd's 
Song  ■■,  whence  the  Italians  f  irmed  their  Madrigale,  and 
we  Madrigal.  Others  rather  cliufe  to  derive  the  Word 
from  Madrugar,  which,  in  the  Sp.imjh  Ilgnifies  to  rife  in 
the  Morning  :  the  Madrigals  being  formerly  fung  early  in 
the  Morning  ,  by  thofe  who  had  a  mind  to  ferenade  their 
Millrcffes. 

MAGAS,  or  MAGADE,  the  Name  of  a  mufical  In- 
fitument  in  Ufe  among  the  Antients.  There  were  twn 
kinds  of  Magades;  the  one  a  firing  Indrumenr,  the  In- 
vention whereof  is  afcribed  by  fome  to  S.ipjjbo^  and  by 
others  to  the  Lydians,  and  by  others  to  Tnnotbeus  of  i\'I(- 
letiim.  The  other  Mflg.-i(^e  was  a  kind  of  Flute,  which  at 
the  fame  time  yielded  very  high  and  very  low  Notes  ; 
the  former  kind  was  much  improved  by  Ttmotheus  of  M- 
k'tniti,  who  is  faid  ro  have  been  impeached  of  a  Crime  ; 
for  that  by  increafing  the  Number  of  Chords,  he  fpoiled 
and  difcredited  the  antient  Mufic. 

MAGAZINE,  or  Arfenal,  is  the  Place  in  fortified 
Towns  where  all  forts  of  Stores  arc  kept,  and  where 
Carpenters,  Wheelwrights,  Smiths,  E?c.  arc  employed 
in  making  all  things  needful  to  furnifli  out  the  Train  of 
Artillery. 

S.  MAGDALEN.    There  are  fevcral  kinds  of  Nuns, 
or  Religious,  who  bear  this  Name  ;  confiding  generally 
rhat'ai?  the 'known  Caufcs    of  penitent  Courtezans  :   fometimes  alfo  call'd  Mi;rf.j/»- 

  thofe  at  Metz  cllabli/hed  in  1452,  thofe  at  Ta- 

thofe  3.t  Naj^les,  firll  efiabliHied  in  1524, 
and  endowed  by  Queen  Samba,  to  ferve  as  a  Retreat  to 
public  Courtezans,  who  /liould  quit  the  Trade,  and  be- 
take themfelvcs  to  Repentance  ;  and  thofe  of  Rmcn  and 
Boiirdeata,  which  had  their  Original  among  thofe  of  Ta- 
ris.  In  each  of  thefe  Monafleries  there  are  three  kinds 
and'the  Blood  is    of  Perfons  and  Congregations,  the  firft  is  of  thofe 

who  are  admitted  to  make  Vows,  and  theie  bear  the 
Name  of  St.  iWu»Ai/c(i ;  the  Congregation  of  St.^Miriiii! 
is  the  fccond,  and  is  compofed  of  thofe  whom  'tis  nor 
judged  proper  to  admit  to  Vows  ;  the  Congregation  of 
St.  Lazarus  is  compofed  of  fuch  as  aie  detained  there  by 
force.  The  Religious  of  St.  Magdalen  at  Rome  were  efla- 
blifhcd  by  Pope  Leo  X.    Clement  VIII.  fettled  a  Revenue 


1  Sleep  they  are  added  with  other  things,  and 
varioufly  compounded,  from  the  manifold  Repercufftons 
of  the  Animal  Spirits,  which  arife  from  the  Caufe  pro- 
ducing Sleep,  and  prcffing  the  Nerves,  fo  as  to  revert 
the  Fluauations  of  their  Juice.  A  Delirium  is  there- 
fore the  Dreams  of  waking  Perfons,  wherein  Ideas  are 
excited  without  Order  or  Coherence,  and  the  Animal 
Spiiits  are  drove  iiilo  irregular  Fluauations.  If  there- 
fore the  Caufe  inducing  a  Delirium  be  of  that  nature, 
that  it  can  excite  Ideas  or  Motions  of  a  confiderable  Im- 
petus, without  any  manner  of  Certainty  or  Order,  fuch 
a  Delirium  will  be  attended  with  Boldnefs  or  Rage,  and 
violent  Motions  of  the  Bi.dy  i  that  is,  a  Madnefs  will  be 
produced.    Now  it  is  plain,  ,    „,  , 

of  this  Dillempcr  give  a  greater  Difpofition  to  the  Blood    iicile!  ! 
for  Motion,  and  render  it  fluxile,  but  not  confident,  and    n.  m  1492  i 
uniformly  thick  enough  ;   and  theicfore  that   they  dif- 
pofe  Perfons  likewife  to  continued  Fevers,  fince  they  oc- 
cifion  the  Blood  to  be  thrown  out  of  the  Heart  with  an 
iiicrcafcd  Force,   unlefs   fome  other  Caufe  intervenes, 
whereby  the  Efficacies  of  thefe  are  interrupted  in  dif- 
pofin»  the  Blood  into  Febrile  Motions  ;  and  the 
Ju  difpofcd,  as  often  as  it  can  be  rarefied  into  its  minutell 
Pins  ;  that  is,  fo  uniformly  rarefied,  that  it  can  eifily, 
with  anv  Force  by  the  Motion  received  from  the  Heart, 
go  into  Parts  divifible  at  the  Occurfions   of  thofe  On- 
Ices  into  which  it  ought  to  be  dillributcd  :  for  then  the 
Cohefion  of  the  Patts,   which  can  be  but  very  fmall. 


ill  not  be  any  Obflruaion  to  the  Incrcafe  and  Propaga  ■  ,y,^fi(r^a,  „f  ,11 

„r  n  of  the  Blood's  Velocity.  But  if  it  happens  that  the  on  them,  and  further  appoin  ed,  that  the  Ettects  ot  al 
tion  ot  ttie  Diooa  s^v        ,      ^           .L^  'r,i...,j  „,.M,  „    public   Proftitutes,   dying  without  Tcnaments,  Ihould 


eificient  Caufe,  or  the  Heart,  throws  the  Blood  with 
grealter  Force,  or  that  tho  Blood  can  the  more  cafily  be 
propelled  in  any  given  Time,  it  will  occafion,  at  the 
fame  time,  that  fome  Parts  of  the  Blood  be  more  near- 
ly united,  'fo  as  to  form  MalecuU,  confining  of  cohering 
Particles  '•  which  M'lectiU  will  cohere  to  one  another, 
and  not  fo'  cafily  obey  the  Direaion  of  the  Heart's  pro- 
pelling Force.  The  Blood  hereupon  cannot  be  uniform- 
ly rarefied,  nor  enter  fo  eafily  into  the  fmal 
the  Velfels,  and  fo  foon  travel  thto'  them,  and  there' 
fore  there  will  no  Fever  arife  ;  but  a  Delirium  without 
a  Fever  wherein  the  Heat  of  the  Blood  will  be  greater, 
and  the'Preffure  in  the  Brain  uncertain  :  whence  uncer- 
tain Rccurfions  of  the  Spirits,  inordinate  Undulations, 
confufcd  Vibrations  of  the  Nerves,  and  a  remarkable 
Energy  of  Imagination  ;  whence  will  proceed  Audacity 
and  Paffion  beyond  meafurc.  Some  Authors  lay,  that  the 
Brain  of  a  Cat  eaten,  produces  Mainefs.  fis  a  Difeafe 
very  hard  to  cute,  and  is  generally  found  to  baffle  the 
Phyfician. 


fall  to  them  ;  and  that  the  Teftaments  of  the  reft  fhould 
be  invalid  ;  unlefs  they  bequeathed  a  Portion  of  their  Ef- 
feas,  which  was  to  be  at  Iraft  afifih  Part,  to  them.^ 

MAGI,  the  Title  the  Eajlern  Nations,  both  anticnt- 
ly  and  at  prefent,  give  to  their  Wife-men  or  Phiiofo- 
phers.   The  antient  Magi,  according  to  ^ri/(»l/e  and  Laer- 
were  the  Authors  and  Confcrvators  of  the  Terjian 
nor  enter  fo  eafily"  in'to  -hi'  fhiaH  Orifices  of   Phi'loibphy  ;  and  the  Philofophy  principally  cultivated 
nor  cnie.  J  .  .    .    ,  .    .  ^rtiong  them  was  Theology  and  Politics_ :  they  being  al- 

ways efleeni'd  as  the  Interpreters  of  all  Laws  both 
Divine  and  Human  ;  on  which  account  they  were  won- 
derfully revered  by  the  People.  Hence  r'cen  ob- 
ferves,  that  none  were  admitted  to  the  Crown  jf  Teifia, 
but  fuch  as  weio  well  inflruaed  in  the  Difcipline  of  the 
Ma?;  i  who  taught  the  n  ^cMini  ;  and  fliew  f  Princes 
how  to  "overn.  Tlato,  Jjnluas,  Laeriius,  and  others,  a- 
uree  lhat  the  Philofophy  of  the  Magi  related  principally 
to  the  Worlliip  of  the  Gods  ;  they  were  rhe  Perfons  who 
were  to  offer  Prayers,  Supplications,  and  Sacnfjc: 


if 


MAG 


(  481  ) 


MAG 


if  the  Gods  would  be  heard  by  them  alone.  According 
to  L-taci77^  Siiidas,  &c.  the  Theology  or  WorJhip  of  the 
Gods,  about  whivih  the  A/.ig;  were  employ'd,  was  little 
more  than  the  Diabolical  Art  of  Divination.  Hence 
f^.a.ye.i-,  lUiftly  taken,  fignifies  Divination.  Torphyry  de- 
fines the  Magi  well,  Circa  Diviiia  Sapientes  i}i  iifdem 
mhiijtrames  J  adding,  that  the  word  Magus  implied  as 
much  in  the  FerJiaK  Tongue.  Thcfe  People,  iays  he, 
arc  held  in  fuch  Veneration  among  the  Fcrfians^  that 
D.-irius,  the  Son  of  Hyftaf^es,  among  other  things,  Had 
this  engraven  on  his  Monument,  that  he  was  the  Mafter 
of  the  Magi.  Their  Defcendnnts,  the  modern  Magiy  are 
divided  into  three  ClaiTes  ;  whereof  the  firil:  and  moll 
learned  neither  eat  nor  kill  Animals,  but  adhere  to 
the  old  Inftitution  of  abftaining  from  living  Creatures. 
The  Mugi  of  the  fecond  Ciafs  refrain  only  from  tame 
Animals  ;  nor  do  the  lal!:  kill  all  indifferently  ;  it 
being  the  firm  and  diftinguiHiing  Dogma  of  them  all» 
tIuj  ixtTifj.'lv'^aiy  tJi'tf/,  that  there  is  a  Traiifmigration  of 
Souls.  To  intimate  the  Similitude  between  Animals  and 
Men  ;  they  ufe  to  call  the  latter  by  the  Name  of  the 
former;  thusrhcir  Fellow- Pricfls  they  call'd  i/owi,  the 
Fricltcflt's  LiQiteffes,  the  Servants  Crows^  &c.  Thila 
defcribcs  rhe-VA^^i  to  be  diligent  Inquirers  into  Na- 
ture, out  of  the  Love  they  bear  to  Truth  ;  and  who  fet- 
ling  themfclves  apart  for  thefe  things,  contemplate  the 
Divine  Virtues  the  more  clearly,  and  initiate  others  in  the 
fame  Mylleries. 

The  Origin  of  Magic  and  the  Magi  is  afcribed  to  Zaro- 
afler.  Salmafius  derives  the  very  Name  from  Zoroafier^ 
who,  he  fays,  was  furnam'd  Mog,  whence  Magus.  Others, 
inftead  of  making  him  the  Author  of  the  Ferfian  Philo- 
fophy,  make  him  only  the  Reilorer  and  Improver  there- 
of ;  allcdging  that  many  of  the  Terfuii  Rites,  in  Ufe 
among  the  Mugi,  were  borrowed  from  the  Znhii  of  the 
Chaldeans,  who  agreed  in  many  things  with  the  Magi  of 
the  Ferfmiis  ;  whence  fome  make  the  Name  Magus  com- 
mon bnth  to  the  Chaldeans  and  Ferjians.  Thus  Fluiarch 
mentions,  that  Zoroajter  inftitutcd  Magt  among  the  Chal- 
deafis  ;  in  imitation  whereof  the  Fcrfiain  had  theirs  too. 

'I'he  Learned  are  in  great  perplexity  about  the  Ori- 
gin of  the  Word.  Flato^  XemfhoHy  Herodoins^  Straho^ 
Sic.  fetch  its  Origin  from  the  Fe-'fmi  Language  ;  in  which 
it  fignificd  a  Friejr,  or  Perfon  to  officiate  in  Holy  Things, 
as  J-J)-i<;V  among  the  GanJs,  Gymnofophifl  among  the  In- 
dians, and  Le-ziite  among  the  Hebrews.  Others  derive  it 
from  the  Grsc^  mVf,  S'^^f,  which  being  borrowed  of  the 
Creeks  by  the  Ferjiajis^  was  returned  in  the  form  of  /.mp!  •-, 
but  Vojfms,  with  more  probability,  brings  it  from  the 
Behrtw  n^n^  haga,  to  meditate  ;  whence  is  formed  DUnO, 
Maaghim/m  Latin  Meditabimdi,  q.  d.  Fco^le  addiBed  toMsdi- 
tatio7i. 

MAGIC,  a  Science  that  teaches  to  perform  wonder- 
ful and  furprizing  Effecls.  The  Word  Magic  originally 
carried  with  it  a  very  innocent,  nay  laudabl'e,  Meaning  ; 
being  ufed  purely  to  lignify  the  Study  of  Wifdom  ;  but 
In  regard  the  antient  Magt,  or  Magicians,  engaged  them  ■ 
felvesln  Aftroiogy,  Divination,  Sorcery,  £^c.  the  Term 
Magic  in  time  became  odious,  and  was  only  ufed  to  fig- 
nify  a_  Science  Icandalous  and  unlawful.  If  any  wonder 
how  fo  vain  and  deceitful  a  Science  ihould  gain  fo  much 
Credit  and'Authority  over  Mens  Minds,  Flhiy  gives  the 
Reafun  of  it  h  'Tis,  Jays  he,  becaufe  it  has  poffefled  it- 
felf  of  three  Sciences  of  the  moft  Elieem  among  Men  ; 
taking  from  each,  ail  that  is  great  and  marvellous 
in  ir.  Nobody  doubts  but  it  had  its  firfl  Origin  in 
Medicine,  and  that  it  iniinuatcd  itfclf  into  the  Minds  of 
the  People  under  pretence  of  giving  extraordinary  Re- 
medies. To  thefe  fine  Promifes^t  added  every  thing  in 
Religion  that  is  pompous  and  fplendid,  and  that  ap- 
pears calculated  to  blind  and  captivate  Mankind.  Laft- 
ly,  it  mingled  judiciary  Attrology  with  the  reft  3  per- 
fuading  People,  curious  of  Futurity,  that  it  faw  every 
thing  to  come  in  the  Heavens. 

ylgrippa  divides  Magic  into  three  kinds  ;  Natural  Ma"lc 
Celcftial  Magic,  and  Ceremon/al  or  Superjiitiotts  Ma''ic.  Na- 
tural Magic  is  no  more  than  the  Application  of  natural 
aflive  Caufes  to  paflive  Caiifcs  ;  by  means  whereof  ma- 
ny furprizing,  but  yet  natural,  Effeils  are  produced. 

Celejlial  Jlhgic  borders  very  nearly  on  Judiciary  Aflro- 
logy.  It  attributes  to  Spirits  a  kind  of  Rule  or  Domi- 
nion over  the  Planets ;  and  to  the  Planets  a  Dominion  over 
Men  ;  and  on  thefe  Principles  builds  a  ridiculous  kind 
of  Syflem. 

Suj^^ftitimis  Miigic  Qonfids  In  the  Invocation  of  Devils  ; 
its  EtFc£ls  areufually  evil  and  wicked  ;  tho'  veryflranee, 
and  furpaffing  the  Powers  of  Nature  ;  produced,  by 
virtue  of  fome  Compail,  either  tacit  or  exprefs,  with 
evil  Spirits  :  but  the  truth  is,  thefe  have  not  all  the 
Power  that  is  ufually  imagined,  nor  do  they  produce 
half  thofe  Effeds  ordinarily  afcribed  to  them. 

Baptifta  To;  fa  has  written  of  natural  Ma-ic,  or  of  Secrets 


for  pcrformmg  very  extraordinary  things  by  natural  Cau^ 
fes.  The  natural  Mag,c  cf  the  Chaldeam  was  nothing  but  the 
Knowledge  of  the  Powers  of  Simples  and  Minerals.  The  • 
M--tg'c,  which  they  called  ThaaXia,  confiilcd  wholly  in 
the  Knowledge  of  the  Ceremonies,  to  be  obferved  in  the 
Wor/lijp  of  the  Gods,  in  order  to  be  acceptable.  Ey  vir- 
tue of  thefe  Ceremonies  they  believed  they  could  con- 
verfe  with  fpiritual  Beings,  and  cure  Difcafes.  Naudeh-xs, 
publifiied  an  Apology  for  all  the  Great  Men  fufpeaed  of 
Magic.  Jgrlppa  fays,  that  the  Words  ufed  by  thofe  in 
compaa  with  the  Devd,  to  mvoke  him,  and  to  fucceed 
in  what  they  undertake,  are  Diesmies  jcp^i^et  hefidoefec  do:t 
foima  ejiitemaus.  There  arc  an  hundred  other  fup-rili- 
tious  Formula's  of  Words  compofed  at  pleafure,  or'ga- 
thered  from  feveral  different  Languagfs,  or  patch'd 
from  the  Hehre-iu,  or  formed  in  imitation  of  it. 

MAGIC  LANTHORK,  an  Optic  Machine,  bymeans 
whereof  little  painted  Imag  cs  are  reprcfented  on  an  op- 
polite  Wall  of  a  dark  Room,  magnified  to  any  Bignci's 
at  pleafure. 

Ctmfiruatm  of  the  Magic  I.amhorn.  A  B  CD  (TnJ.  Op~ 
tich,Fit^.  10.)  is  a  common  Tin  l.inthorn,  to  which  is  ad- 
ded a  Tube  to  draw  out,  F  G.  In  H  is  fixed  a  rnctallic 
concave  Speculum  of  a  Foot  diameter  at  moft,  or  four 
Inches  at  leafl  ;  or,  in  lieu  thereof,  near  the  Extremity 
of  the  Tube  is  placed  a  convex  Lens,  conlifting  of  a  Seg- 
ment of  a  fmall  Sphere,  its  I5iamcter  not  exceeding  a 
few  Inches.  In  the  Focus  of  the  concave  Speculum,  or 
Lens,  is  placed  a  Lamp  L  ;  within  the  Tube,  where  it  is 
foldcred  to  the  Side  of  the  Lanthorn,  is  placed  a  fmall 
Lens,  convex  on  both  Sides,  being  a  Portion  of  a  fmall 
Sphere,  having  its  Focus  about  the  Dillance  of  three  In- 
ches. The  extreme  Part  of  the  Tube  F  M  is  fquare,  and 
has  an  Aperture  quite  thro' ;  fo  as  to  receive  an  oblong 
Frame  N  O,  paffed  thro'  it  ;  in  this  Frame  are  round 
Holes  an  Inch  or  two  in  Diameter.  According  to  tho 
Bignefs  of  thofe  Holes  are  drawn  Circles  on  a  plain 
thin  Glafs  ;  and  in  thefe  Circles  are  painted  any  Figures 
or  Images  at  pleafure,  with  tranfparent  Water  Colours. 
Thcfe  Images  fitted  into  the  Frame,  and  placed  inver- 
tedly,  at  a  little  didance  from  the  Focus  of  the  Lens  I  ; 
will  be  projeScd  on  an  oppofite  white  Wall  of  a  dark 
Room,  prodigiouHy  magnified  in  all  their  Colours,  and 
an  ere£l  Situation. 

Tiieoi^  0/ tie  Magic  Lanthorn.  The  Lainp  being  placed 
in  the  Focus  of  the  concave  Speculum,  or  any  Convex 
Glais,  the  Rays  will  be  propagated  parallel  to  each  other, 
and  the  Image  will  be  flrongly  illumined,  and  will  there- 
fore emit  a  great  Number  of  Rays  into  the  Lens  I.  But 
being  fuppofed  to  be  placed  near  the  Lens  I,  the  inverted 
Image  of  the  Fii51ure  int  et ted  muft  be  form'd  on  the  oppo- 
fite Wall,  exceedingly  magnified  after  itsRcfraflion  thro' 
theLcns;  and  it  will  be  Hill  the  more  magnified  as  the 
Lens  is  a  Segment  of  a  lefs  Sphere,  and  as  the  Piflure 
is  placed  nearer  the  Focus  of  the  Lens  ;  in  a  dark  Placo 
therefore  the  Picture  will  be  reprefented  prodigioull^ 
large  and  extremely  vivid.    See  Le;ii. 

Jmtber  AU^iti  Lamharn.  Every  thing  being  managed 
as  in  the  former,  into  the  Hiding  Tube  FG,  infert  ano- 
ther Convex  Lens  K,  theSegmentof  a  Sphere  fomewhat 
larger  than  1  ■■,  now  if  the  Piclure  be  brought  nearer  I 
than  to  the  Diftance  of  the  Focus,  the  diverging  Rays 
will  be  propagated  as  if  they  proceeded  from  P  ;  where- 
fore if  the  Lens  K  be  fo  placed,  as  that  P  is  very  near 
its  Focus,  the  Image  will  be  exhibited  on  the  Wall  ex- 
ceedingly magnified. 

S,:bol.  I.  To  heighten  the  Light,  Specula  are  preferretl 
to  Lens's  ;  the  Focus  of  a  Speculum  being  nearer  than 
that  of  the  Lens. 

2.  Be  Chalei  orders  the  Diameter  of  the  Lens  I  to 
be  two,  four,  or  five  Digits,  and  in  a  fubduple  Propor- 
tion to  the  other  K  i  i.  e.  if  I  be  five  Digits,  K  muft  be 
jo;  and  the  Diameter  of  the  Speculum,  according  to 
the  fame,  is  to  be  two  Digits.  Zahnh:s  chufes  to  have  the 
Diameter  of  I  ,4  of  a  loot,  and  that  of  K  one  Foot  and 

5.  Little  Animals  being  included  in  the  Magic  Lamhorn^ 
in  the  manner  obferved  in  fpeaking  of  the  Microfcope  j 
or  any  little  tranfparent  Objefts  failencd  to  a  Slice  of 
Talk  or  Glafs,  and  fubilitutcd  inilead  of  Images ;  the 
J\'l^-gic  Lasnhorn  will  becoJiie  tLMicrufcope. 

MAGIC  SQUARES,  the  feveral  Numbers  that  com- 
pofe  any  fquare  Number  j  (for  Inftance,  1,2,3,4,  5, 
^c.  toi5  inclufive,  which  compofe  the  fquare  Number 
Z5)  being  dlfpofed  after  each  other  in  a  fquare  Figure  of 
Z)  Cells,  each  in  its  Cell  :  if  then  you  change  the  Order 
of  thele  Numbers,  and  difpofe  ihcm  in  the  Cells,  iii 
fuch  manner,  as  that  the  five  Numbers,  which  fill  any 
Horizontal  Rank  of  Cells,  being  added  together,  /liall 
make  the  fame  Sum,  with  the  five  Numbers,  in  any  o- 
ther  Rank  of  C'elis,  whether  horizontal  or  vertical  ;  and 
even  the  fame  Number  with  the  five  In  each  of  the  two 
*^gggSS  Diagonal 


MAG 


(  482.  ) 


MAG 


tlnanniT  Uinlcs   this  Difpofition  of  Numbers  is  called   cumferences  /hould  be  infcparabic  from  the  Square  j 


which  is  called  a  Numral  Square. 
joining. 


ofition  to  the  formt;r  Difpofiiion, 
See  the  Figures  ad- 


Namral  Square,         Utgic  Square 


2 

4 

? 

16 

14 

8 

2 

-5 

(, 

J 

8 

9 

IC 

3 

2C 

1 1 

1 1 

1  z 

£4 

l_5 

I  i 

i« 

4 

1 7 

rd 

17 

Ts 

19 

20 

-4 

78 

I  G 

i  1 

2-4 

5 

1 1 

19 

t  - 

One  would  ima- 
gine that  Magic 
Squares  had  that 
Kamc  given  them, 
in  regard  this  Pro- 


that  is,  it  /hould  ceafe  to  be  Magic  when  they  were  re- 
moved, and  yet  continue  Miigic  after  ihe  Removal  of  a- 
ny  of  the  rel^.  Mr.  fre?iic/e,  however,  gives  no  general 
Demon ftration  of  his  Methods,  and  frequently  fecms  to 
have  no  other  Guide  but  his  groping.  'Tis  true,  his 
Book  was  not  publiihed  by  himfelf,  nor  did  it  appear 
till  after  his  Death,  viz-,  in  169$- 

In  1705,  Mr.  Toignaydy  Canon  of  Brujfds^  publi/l;cd 
a  Treatife  of  SnUime  Magic  Squares.    Before  him  there 


perty  of  all  their  had  been  no  Magic  Squares  made  hut  for  Series's  of  na- 
Ranks,  which,  ta-    tural  Kumbets  that  formed  a  Square;  but  M.  Foig- 


ken  anyway,  make    fiard  made  two  very  confidcrable  Improvements  :  (1 .)  In- 
always    the  fame    ftead  of  taking   all  the  Numbers  that  fill  a  Square, 
for  Inllance,  the  56  fucceffive  Numbers,   which  would 
fill  all  the  Cells  of  a  natural  Square,  wliofe  Side  is  1?, 


Sum,  appeared  ex- 

treraelv  furprizing,  efpeclally  in  certain  ignorant  Ages,  r      r    '  xr  '  1,  u 

lhenMathetmtics"paffedforM«5'-:  But  there  is  a  great  he  only  takes  as  many  fucccTivc  Numbers  as  there  a 
deal  of  Reafon  to  fufpea,  that  thefc  Squares  merited  Units  m  the  SiAo^  oi  the  Square,  which  m  this  Cafe  a 
Will  further  by  the  fuperftitious  Operations 


However  what  was  at  firft  the  vain  Praaice  ot  Ma-  wmcn  iSir   roignara  cans   repeated   i  rcgre 

ers  of  Tal  fmans,  and  Conjurers,  has  fince  become  the  (i-)  Innead  of  being  confined  to  take  thefe  Nun- 

ubiea  of  a  ferious  Refearch  among  the  Mathemati-  according  to  the  Series  and  Succeffion  of  the  na 

not  that  they  imagine  it  will  lead  them  to  any  Numbers,  that  is    m  an  Arithmetical  Progreffion, 


thev  were  imployed  In,  as  the  Conilruaion  of  Tahfm, 
&c  for  according  to  thechildHh  Philofophy  of  thofe  Days, 
which  attributed  Virtues  to  Numbers,  what  Virtues  might 
not  be  expeaed  from  Numbers  fo  wonderful  ? 

However,  what  was  at  firft  the  vain  Praaice  of  Ma- 
le. 

cians  5  not  that  they  imag:          ■   ,   .  ,  c 

thine  of  folidUfe  or  Advantage.  Magtc  Squares  favourtoo 
much  of  their  Original  to  be  of  any  Ufe.  But  only  as 
'tis  a  kind  of  Play,  where  the  Difficulty  makes  the  Me- 
rit ;  and  as  it  may  chance  to  produce  fome  new  Views  ot 
Numbers  which  Mathematicians  will  not  lofe  the  Occa- 

^^°\man  Mofchopnhs,  a  Greeh  Author  of  no  great  Anti- 
quity, is  the  firfl  that  appears  to  have  fpoke  of  ^gtc 
iuares ;  and  by  the  Age  wherein  he  lived,  there  is  Rea- 
fon to  imagine  he  did  not  look  on  them  merely  as  a 
Mathematician.  However,  he  has  left  us  fome  Rules 
for  their  Conftruaion.  In  the  Treatife  of  Cor.  JgrfPa, 
,ch  accufed  of  Magic,  we  find  the  Squares  ot  le- 


fo  much 


Numbers,  ^iz. 


from  three  to  nine  inclufive. 


dif- 


6  ;  and  thefe  fix  Numbers  alone  he  difpofes  in  fuch  man- 
ner, in  the  ^6  Cells,  that  none  of  them  are  repeated 
twice  in  the  fame  Rank,  whether  it  be  horizontal,  ver- 
tical, or  diagonal  :  whence  it  follows,  that  all  the  Ranks, 
taken  all  the  Ways  pofTible,  mull  always  make  the  fame 
Sum,   which  Mr.  Voignard  calls   repeated  Progreffion. 

Numbers 
natural 
he 

takes  them  likewife  in  a  Geometrical  ProgreiTion,  and 
even  an  Harmonlcal  Progreffion.  But  with  thefe  two 
laft  Progreffions  the  Magic  mull  necetTarily  be  different 
from  what  it  was.  In  the  Squares,  filled  with  Numbers 
in  Geometrical  Progreffion,  it  confiils  in  this,  that  the 
Produas  of  all  the  Ranks  arc  equal,  and  in  the  Har- 
monical  Progreffion,  the  Numbers  of  all  the  Ranks  con- 
tinually follow  that  Progreffion  :  he  makes  Squares  of 
each  of  thefe  three  Progreffions  repeated. 

This  Book  of  M.  Foigtiard  gave  occafion  to  M.  de  let 
Wire  to  turn  his  Thoughts  the  fame  way,  which  he  did 
with  good  Succefs,  infomuch  that  he  feems  to  have  well- 
nigh  compleated  the  Theory  of  Magic  Squares.  He  firfl: 
confiders  uneven  Square^;  :  all  his  Predeceffors  on  the  Sub- 


voted  magically  ;  and  it  ,,mft  mt'befuppofed  that'  thofe  jeS  havingjound  {he  Conitruaion  of  even  ones  by  much 
t    ~        ^1  _  ^,flf.^.-red  to  all  the  others  without 


becaufe  the 
'a  and  his  Fol- 


feven  Numbers  were  preferre 

a  very  good  Reafon.     In   effefl,  ,  ,  .  t. 

Square,,  according  to  the  Syftem  ol  ^gn/-^.,  and  his  lo 
lowers,  are  planetary.     The  Square  of  3,  for  Inflanc 
belongs  to &t»™,  thatof  4to3<./»i£.-,  that  of  5  to  Mjr,. 
that  of  6  to  the        that  of  7  to  rerms,  that  of  8  to  Mer- 


the  moll  difficult  ;  for  v;hich  Reafon  M.  A  h  Hire  re- 
fervcs  thofe  for  the  latt.  This  Excefs  of  Difficulty  may 
arife  partly  from  hence,  that  the  Numbers  are  taken  in 
an  Arithmetical  Progreffion.  Now  in  that  FrogrefHon,  if 
the  Number  of  Terms  be  uneven,  that  in  the  middle  has 
,  c/i«j  1'.-.      ^  fome  Properties,  which  may  be  of  Service  ;  for  inllance, 

M.  Bitchet  applied  him-    being  multiplied  by  the  Number  of  Terms  in  the  Pro- 
the  Hint  he  had    greflion,  the  Product  is  equal  to  the  Sum  of  all  the 


£,.rv,  and  that  of  9  to  the  Moon, 
fclf  tothc  Study  of  Mag.c  Square,  an   

-^'-S.t^;^^:^^^^:^^'^^  ;'^i"^=/.Hi..ropon=.ag»eral  Method  f<.  uneve^ 

^  -  -  ■    ■   Libt.iry  ;  and,  with-  Squares,  which  has  fome  Similitude  with  the  7  heory  ot 

*  compound  Motions,  fo  ufeful  and  fertile  in  Mccbanics.  As 


acquamte'  . 
in  Manufcript  in  the  French  King  s  Library  ; 
out  the  Affiltance  of  any  other  Author,  found  out  a  new 
Method  for  thofe  Squares  whofe  Root  is  uneven,  for  m- 
flaiice  25,49,  ^<:-  "'''"^  = 

thofe  whofe  Root  is  even.  ,  a.    c        c  k 

After  him  came  Mr.  tremck,  who  took  the  fame  Sub- 
iea  in  hand.  A  great  Algebraitt  was  ot  opinion,  that 
whereas  the  fixteen  Numbers,  which  compofe  the  Square, 
mioht  be  difpofcd  20921789S880M  different  Ways  in_  a 
natural  Square  (as  from  the  Rules  of  Cotnbination 
certain  they  may)  could  not  be  difpofed 
&imre  above  fixtccn  A\Scr^M  Wayj.  Bui 
/hewed  that  they  might  be  difpofed  ^  7  S  different  Ways  , 
whence  it  appears  how  much  his  Method  exceeds  the 
former,  which  only  yielded  rhe  5  5th  Part  of  Mrg,.' 
S.mre>  of  that  of  Mr.  Frenkle.  To  this  Enquiry  he 
thought  fit  to  add  a  Difficulty,  that  had  not  yet  been 
confidered:  The  "f  7;  for  inftance  being 

conflruaed,  and  its  4,  Cells  filled,  if  the  two  Horizon- 
tal  Ranks  of  Cells,  and  at  the  fame  time  the  two  Ver- 
tical ones,  the  moft  remote  from  the  middle,  be  re- 
"»nched  that  is,  if  the  whole  Border  or  Circumference 


But  M.  Frenicle 


of  the  Square  be  taken  away 
Square,  whofe  Root  will  be  5, 


confift  of  -5  Cells-    Now  'tis  not  at  al 


there  will  remain 
and  which  will  only 


that 'confiils  in  decompounding  Motions,  and  refolving 
them  into  others  more  fimple,  fo  does  M.  dela  Hire's 
Method  confid  in  refolving  the  Square,  that  is  to  be 
conflruaed,  inro  two  fimple  and  primitive  Squares.  It 
mull  be  owned,  however,  'tis  not  quite  fo  eafy  to  con- 
ceive thofe  two  fimple  and  frirrtithe  Squares  in  the  com- 
pound or^ei/eff  Square,  as  in  an  oblique  Motion  to  ima- 
gine a  Parallel  and  a  Perpendicular  one. 

Suppofe  a  Square  of  Cells,  whofe  Root  is  uneven  ; 
for  Inflance  7,  and  that  its  49  Cells  are  to  be  filled  ma- 
gically withNumber.s,  for  inttance,  the  firft  7.  M.  *  la 
Hire,  on  the  one  fide,  takes  the  firft  fevcn  Number.?,  be- 
ginning with  Unity,  and  ending  with  the  Root  7,  and  on 
the  other  7,  and  all  its  Multiples  to  49  cxclufively  ;  and 
as  thefeonly  make  fix  Numbers,  he  addso,  which  makes 
this  an  Aritmetical  Progreffion  of  feven  Terms  as  well  as 
the  other,  c.  7.  14.  =  !.  j8.  ;5i  41. 

This  done,  with  the  firit  Progreffion  repeated,  he  fills 
theSquareof  the  Root  7  magically.  !n  order  to  this 
he  writes  in  the  firft  feven  Cells  of  the  firft  Horizontal 
Rank  the  feven  Numbers  propofed,  in  what  Order  he 
pleafes,  for  that  is  abfolutely  indifferent ;   and  tis  pro- 


the  Square 


(hould  bo  no  longer  Mapc,  in  regard  the  Ranks 


I  wnicn    will  only  1".  ....11   '  i.     -  T.T      1  1 

II  furprizing  that    per  to  obferve  here  rhat  thofe  feven  Numbers  may  b, 
r,  .   a,     ,      ^     .    t  ■  j;£fV.,„„^  M^nner^  in  thf^  lame  Rank 


cf  the  large  one  were  not  ■  ,  l 

Sum  excepting  when  taken  entire  with  all  th. 
Ws'that  fill  their  feven  Cells  i  fo  that  being 


intended  to  make  the  fame 
e  7  Num- 
mutilated 


ranged  in  504c  different  Manners  in  the  lame  Rank. 
1'he  Order  in  which  they  ate  placed  in  the  hrlt  Horizon- 
tal Rank,  be  it  what  it  will,  is  that  which  determines 
their  Order  in  all  the  reft.  For  the  fecond  Hotizontal 
-"r.f  two  Cells  and  having  lolt  two  ot  their  Num-  Rank,  he  places  in  its  firft  Cell,  either  the  third,  the 
r      !  be  well  expeaed  that  their  Remainders    fourth,  t  ■  ur 

^ -n '    ,  ^2  lonE^r  make'^the  fame  Sum.    But  Mr.  Fre-    Number  of  the  firft  Rank,  and  afrer  that  writes  the  fix 
"fcwould  not  be  faTisfied,   tinlefs  when  the  Circumfe-    -h.rs  In  ,he  Order  as  they  follow.    For  the  third  Hon- 
rcncTor"  Border  of  the  U^ic  Square  was  taken^away,  and 
even  any  Circumference  at  plealure. 


or  in  fine  feveral 

Circumferences  at  once,'  the 'remaining  S'quare  were  ftill 
iVfaeic  :  which  laft  Condition,  no  doubt,  made  thefe 
Stluares  vaftly  more  magical  than  ever.  .    ,  . 

*T"<.™-  he  inverted  that  Condition,    and  required  that 

any 


Gtcumference  taken  at  pleaftire,  or  even  feveral  Or-   with  5,  or  with  6  , 


inders    fourth,  the  fifth,  or  the  fixth  Number  from  the  firfl: 
Number  of  the  firft  Rank,  and  afre  ■—  •'-  ''— 

others  in  the  Order  as  they  follow. 

zonta!  Rank,  he  obfervcs  the  fame  Method  with  regard 
to  the  fecond,  that  he  obferved  in  the  fec.md  with  regard 
rorhe  firft,  and  fo  of  the  reft.  For  inftance,  fuppofc 
the  firft  Horizontal  Rank  filled  with  the  feven  Num- 
bers in  their  narural Order,  i .  2.  5.  4.  5- 15-  7;  the  fe.ond 
Horizontal  Rank  may  either  commence  with  5,  with  4, 


but  in  this  Inftance  it  commences 
with 


MAG 


C483  ) 


MAG 


1 

4 

5 

7 

4- 

« 

1 

2 

6 

2 

5 

4 

4 

5 

6 

3 

4 

5 

4 

7 

I 

_5_ 

d 

T 

7 

I 

2 

Tl 

4 

with  3,  the  third  Rank  thercfon; 
mult  commence  with  5, the  fourth 
with  7,  the  fifth  with  2,  thefixth 
with  4,  and  the  fcvcnth  with  6. 
']  he  Commencement  of  the 
Ranks  which  follow  the  firft  be- 
ing thus  determined,  the  other 
Numbers,  as  we  have  already 
obfcrved,  mult  be  written  down 
in  the  Order  wherein  they  fland 
in  the  fird,  going  on  to  5,  (J,  and 
7,  and  returning  to  r,  1,  l^c.  till  every  Number  in  the 
firlt  Rank  be  found  in  every  Rank  underneath,  accord- 
ing to  the  Order  arbitrarily  pitched  upon  at  firft-  By 
this  means,  'tis  evident,  no  Number  whatever  can  be 
repeated  twice  in  the  fame  Rank,  and  by  confcquence 
that  the  feven  Numbers  I.  1.3.  4.  5.5.  7.  being  in  each 
Rank,  they  muft  of  Neceffity  make  the  fame  Sum. 

It  appears,  from  this  Example,  that  the  Arrangement 
of  the  Numbers  in  the  firl!  Rank  being  choicn  at  plea- 
furc,  the  other  Ranks  may  be  continued  in  four  different 
Manners  ;  and  fince  the  firft  Rank  may  have  5040  diffe- 
rent Artangements,  there  are  no  lefs  than  loldo  different 
Manners  of  conilruiilng  the  jVfo^'c '5?''flre  of  feven  Nuiit- 
bcrs repeated. 


■ 

3 

5 

(> 

7 

2 

4 

> 

() 

7 

5 

4 

(y 

7 

7 

1 

4 

5 

« 

4 

5 

7 

I 

2 

I 

2 

4 

5 

4 

s 

6 

7 

I 

5 

6 

7 

r 

3 

4 

5 

7 

I 

2 

4 

4 

5 

ft 

7 

[ 

2 

3 

6 

7 

I 

4 

5 

4 

! 

6 

7 

I 

7 

2 

4 

S 

6 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I 

The  Order  of  the  Numbers  in  the  firfl:  Rank  being 
determined  ;  if  in  beginning  with  the  fecond  Rank,  the 
fecond  Number  2,  or  the  \-x{\  Number  7  fhould  be  pitched 
upon  ;  in  one  of  thofe  Cafes  one  of  the  Diagonal  Ranks 
Would  have  the  fame  Number  conflantly  repeated  ;  and, 
in  the  other  Cafe,  the  other  Diagonal  would  have  it  re- 
peated j  of  confcquence  therefore,  either  the  one  or  the 
other  Diagonal  would  be  falfe,  unlefs  the  Number  re- 
peated feven  times  fhould  happen  to  be  4,  for  four  times 
feven  is  equal  to  the  Sum  of  i.  2.  3.  4.  5.  6.  7.  and,  in 
general,  in  every  Square  conlifting  of  an  uneven  Num- 
ber of  Terms,  in  Arithmetical  Progreffion,  one  of  the 
Diagonals  would  be  falfc  according  to  thofe  two  Conflruc- 
tions,  unlcfs  the  Term,  always  repeated  in  that  Diago- 
nal, were  the  middle  Term  of  the  Progreffion. 

'Tis  not  however  at  all  neceffary  to  take  the  Terms 
in  an  Arithmetical  Progreffion  j  for,  according  to  this 
Method,  one  may  conftruct  a  Mafic  Square  of  any  Num- 
bers at  pleafure,  whether  they  be  according  to  any  cer- 
tain Progreffion  or  not.  If  they  be  in  an  Arithmetical 
Progreffion,  'twill  be  proper,  out  of  the  general  Me- 
thod, to  except  thofe  two  Conliruftions,  which  produce 
a  continual  Repetition  of  the  fame  Term  in  one  of  the 
two  Diagonals  j  and  only  take  in  the  Cafe,  wherein  that 
Repetition  would  prevent  the  Diagonal  from  being  jull. 
Which  Cafe  being  abfolutely  difregarded,  when  we 
computed  that  the  Square  of  7  might  have  10160  dif- 
ferent Conflrudions  i  'tis  evident,  that  by  taking  that  Cafe 
in,  it  mutt  have  vaftly  more. 

To  begin  the  fecond  Rank  with  any  other  Number 
befides  tlie  fecond  and  the  latt,  muft  not  however  be 
looked  on  as  an  univerfal  Rule.  It  holds  good  for  the 
Square  of  7,  but  if  the  Square  of  9,  for  inftance,  were 
to  be  conftruiled,  and  the  fourth  Figure  of  the  firft 
Horizontal  Rank  were  pitched  on  for  the  firfl:  of  the  fe- 
cond, the  Confequence  would  be,  that  the  fifth  and 
eighth  Horizontal  Ranks  would  likewlfe  commence  with 
the  fame  Number,  which  would  therefore  be  repeated 
three  times  in  the  fame  vertical  Rank,  and  occaiion 
other  Repetitions  in  all  the  reft.  The  general  Rule 
therefore  muft  be  conceived  thus :  Let  the  Number  in 
the  firfl  Rank  pitched  on,  for  the  Commencement  of  the 
fecond,  have  fuch  an  Exponent  of  its  Quota,  that  is,  let 
the  Order  of  its  Place  be  fuch,  as  that  if  an  Unit  be 
taken  from  it,  the  Remainder  will  not  be  any  juft  Quota 
Part  of  the  Root  of  the  Square  ;  that  is,  cannot  divide  It 
equally.  If,  for  Example,  in  the  Square  of  7,  the 
third  Number  of  the  firfl  Horizontal  Rank  be  pitched  on 
for  the  firft  of  the  fecond,  fuch  Conflruiiion  will  be 
juft  j  becaufe  the  Exponent  of  the  Place  of  that  Number, 
viz.  5,  fubftrafling  I,  that  is  2,  cannot  divide  7.  Thus 
alfo  might  the  fourth  Number  of  the  fame  firft  Rank  be 
chofen,  becaufe  4  —  -v'lz.  3.  cannot  divide  7,  and  for 
the  fame  Reafon  the  fifth  or  fixth  Number  might  be 
taken  :  But  in  the  Square  of      the  fourth  Number  of 


F'trjl  Fi-'imlti've. 


I 

_4 

5 

(Tl  7_ 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I  1  2 

5 

6 

7 

I 

iU 

7 

I 

4 

sis 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Wi 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3 

Second  Trlmiti-ve. 


1  — 


21I2S 


5|42 


283542 


3i 


35  42- 


5  4^ 


the  firfl  Rank  muft  not  be  taken,  becaufe  4  —  i,  -viz.  5, 
does  divide  y.  The  Reafon  of  this  Rule  will  appear  ve- 
ry evidently,  by  confulering  in  what  manner  the  Re- 
turns of  the  fame  Numbers  do  or  do  not  happen, 
taking  them  always  in  the  fame  nianner  in  any  given  Sc- 
ries. And  hence  it  follows,  that  the  fewer  Divifions  the 
Root  of  any  Square  to  be  conftruaed  has,  the  more  dif- 
ferent Manners  of  conftruiSting  it  there  are,  and  that  the 
prime  Numbers,  that  is,  thofe  which  have  no  Divifions, 
as  5.  7.  II.  13-  ^c.  are  thofe  whofe  Squares  will  admit 
of  the  muft  Variations  in  proportion  to  their  Quantities. 

The  Squares  conitrufted,  according  to  this  Method^ 
have  fome  particular  Property  not  required  in  the  Pro- 
blem :  For  the  Numbers  that  compoie  any  Rank  pa- 
rallel to  one  of  the  two  Diagonals,  are  ranged  in  the 
fame  Order  with  the  Numbers  that  compofe  the  Dia- 
gonal, to  which  they  are  parallel.  And  as  any  l^ank  pa- 
rallel to  a  Diagonal  mull  necefTarily  be  ftiorter,  and 
have  fewer  Cells  than  the  Diaponal  itfelf,  by  adding  to 
it  the  correfponding  Parallei  which  has  the  Number  of 
Cells,  the  other  falls  fhnrt  of  the  Diagonals  theNum- 
bers  of  thofe  two  P:;i  allels, 
placed,  as  it  were,  end  to  end, 
Itill  follow  the  fame  Order 
with  thofe  of  the  Diagonal  ;  be- 
fides that,  their  Sums  are 
likcwife  equal  j  fo  that  they  are 
magical  on  another  account. 

Inflead  of  the  Squares,  which 
we  have  hitherto  form'd  by  Ho- 
rizontal Ranks,  one  might  alfo 
form  theiTi  by  Vertical  Ones  j 
the  Cafe  Is  the  fame  in  both. 

All  we  have  hitherto  faid  re- 
gards only  the  firft  Primitive 
Square,  whofe  Numbers,  in  the 
propofed  Example,  were  i.  2.  5. 
4.  5.6.  7  i  there  ftill  remains 
the  fecond  Primitive,  whofe 
Numbers  are  o.  7,  14. 2  r.  28.  3  5. 
42.  M.  de  h  Hire  proceeds  in 
the  fame  manner  here  as  In  the 
former  5  and  this  may  likewlfe 
be  conftrufted  in  2.0  itfo  diffe- 
rent Manners,  as  containing  the 
fame  Number  of  Terms  with 

the  firft.  Its  Conftruaion  being  made,  and  of  confe- 
quence all  its  Ranks  making  the  fame  Sum,  'tis  evi- 
dent, that  if  we  bring  the  two  into  one,  by  adding  to- 
gether the  Numbers  of  the  two  correfponding  Cells  of 
the  two  Squares,  that  is,  the  two  Numbers  of  the  firfl  of 
each,  the  two  Numbers  of  thefecond,  of  the  third,  £^c. 
and  difpofe  them  in  the  49  correfponding  Cells  of  a  third 
Square  ;  it  will  likewlfe  be  Uagic,  in  regard  its  Ranks, 
formed  by  the  Addition  of  equal  Sums  to  equal  Sums 
muft  of  neceffity  be  equal  among  themfelves.  All  that 
remains  in  doubt  Is,  whether  or  no,'  by  the  Addition 
of  the  correfponding  Cells  of  the  two  firfl  Squares,  all 
the  Cells  of  the  third  will  be  filled  in  fuch  manner,  as 
that  each  not  only  contain  one  of  the  Numbers  of  the 
Progrefllon  from  i  to  49,  but  alfo  that  this  Number  be 
different  from  that  of  any  of  the  reft,  which  is  the  End 
and  Defign  of  the  whole  Operation. 

As  to  this.  It  muft  be  obferv'd,  that  :f  in  the  Conftruc- 
tion  of  the  fecond  Frimitiz-e  Square,  care  has  been  taken 
in  the  Commencement  of  the  fecond  Horizontal  Rank, 
to  obferve  an  Order  with  regard  to  the  firft,  different 
from  what  was  obferv'd  in  the  Conftruaion  of  the  firfl: 
Square  3  for  inftance,  if  the  fecond 
Rank  of  the  firfl  Square  begun 
with  the  third  Term  of  the  firft 
Rank,  and  the  fecond  Rank  of  the 
fecond  Square  commence  with  the 
fourth  of  the  firfl  Rank,  as  in  the 
Example  it  actually  does  J  each 
Number  of  the  firfl:  Square  may  be 
combined  once,  and  only  once,  by 
Addition  with  all  theNumbersof  the 
fecond.  And  as  the  Numbers  of 
the  firft  are  here  i.  2.  3.  4.  5-  tf-  ?• 
and  thofe  of  the  fecond  c.  7. 14.  21.  28.  5  5.  42.  by  com- 
bining them  in  this  manner,  we  have  all  the  Numbers  in 
the  Progreffion  from  11049,  without  having  any  of 'em 
repeated  j  which  is  the  Fafecl  Ma^lc  Square  propofed. 

The  Neceffity  of  conflruiling  the  two  Frimiuve  Squares 
in  a  different  manner,  does  not  at  all  hinder  but  that  each 
of  the  20160  Conftruaions  of  the  one  may  be  combined 
with  all  the  aoifi'o  Conftru£lIons  of  the  other.-^of  confe- 
quence therefore  ioi6c  multipHed  by  itfelf,  which  makes 
406425^00,  is  the  Number  of  different  Conflruflions  that 
may  be  made  of  the  FerfeB  Square^  which  here  confifts  of 

the 


Ferffff 


20^28 


MAG 


(  484  ) 


MAG 


Ihe  49  firlt  Numbers  of  the  Natural  Progrcflion,  But  as 
wc  have  already  oblervcd,  that  a  Fmnhhc  Square  of  7 
Kumbcrs  repeated  may  have  above  20i(5'o  feveral  Con- 
Aruflions,  the  Number  4.06415630  mull  come  vaftly /liort 
of  exprefling  all  the  poflible  Conllru^lions  of  a  perfect 
Magic  Square  0^  the  4V  firll  Numbers. 

As  to  the  E-i^ot  Squares,  he  conltruifls  them  like  the 
Vftez-ei!  ones,  by  two  Trimhhe  Squares  ;  but  the  Con- 
iUuflion  of  Friimthe!  is  different  in  the  pt^neral,  and  may 
be  fo  a  great  number  of  ways:  and  thofc  general  Diffe- 
rences admit  of  a  great  number  vf  particular  Variations, 
T^hich  give  as  many  different  Condrmflions  for  the  fame 
even  Square.  It  fear ce  fcems  pofllbte  to  determine  ex- 
actly, either  how  many  general  Differences  there  may  be 
between  the  Conitrudion  of  the  primitive  Squares  of  an 
even  Square  and  an  uneven  one  j  nor  how  many  particular 
A'ariations  each  general  Difference  may  admit  of  i  and  of 
confequence  we  are  flill  far  from  being  able  to  determine 
the  Number  of  different  CmiUruflions  of  all  thofe  that 
may  be  made  by  the  Primitive  Squares. 

MAGIS'VF.K,  a  Title  frequently  found  in  old 

Writings.  It  noted,  the  Ferfon  who  bore  it  had  attained 
fome  Degree  of  Eminency  in  Saemia  aUqua fr^fertim  Lite- 
raria  j  and  in  old  I'imcs  thofe  we  now  call  DoBon^  were 
called  A!.v^;/f'v. 

MAGISTEK-Y,  aTerm  in  Chymiftry  fignifying  a  Pre- 
cipitate of  fomc  Diifohiridn  5  made  by  a  Salr,  or  fome 
other  Body, which  breaks  the  Force  of  the  Diffolvent.  Thus 
we  lay,  Ma^^ifiay  of  L'iJ'}tii-:rh,  which  is  a  very  fine  Powder 
made  by  diiTnlving  theBifmuth  inSpirit  of  Nitre,  and  pour- 
in"  on  it  Salt  Water,  which  precipitates  the  Ma^ijiery  to  the 
bijttom.  See  Bijniuth.  Magijioy  of  Lead  is  a  fine  Powder, 
inade  by  difl-olving  Sacchamm  Satttrni'm  dillill'd  Vinegar, 
and  then  precipitating  it  with  Oil  of  Tartar De!iquiu>n. 
I'hc  word  yiayifiery  is  alfo  ufed  in  fpeaking  of  Rcfins,  Re- 
fiiious  Extratls  of  Scamniony,  Jalap,  Turpeth,  ^c.  which 
are  made  by  diflolving  the  Matter  in  Spirit  of  Wine,  and 
precipitating  it  with  Waier.  Mr.  Boylc  takes  the  proper 
Notion  of  a'.\?ii,^i/(c?-j  to  ccnfillin  a  Preparation  of  a  Body, 
whereby  it  is  wholly,  or  at  leaft  in  great  mcafure,  by 
means  of  fome  extraneous  Additament  converted  into  a 
Body  of  a  different  kind  i  as  when  Iron  or  Copper  is 
turned  into  Chrydals  of  V.ars  and  i'ems. 

MAGMA,  among  Chymifts,  C^c  the  Dregs  or  Refi- 
duum  aftcrlnfufion  or  Dillillation. 

MAGNA  AKTERIA,  tlie  fame  with  the  ^orw,  which 
fee. 

MAGNA  CHARTA,  tbe  Great  Charter,  granted  the 
ninth  year  of  }kjr.y  the  Third,  and  confirmed  by  Edward 
ihe  Firft.  The  Reafon  why  it  is  fo  term'd,  is  either  be- 
caufe  of  the  Excellency  of  rhe  Laws  and  Liberties  there- 
in contained,  or  elfc  becaufe  there  was  another  Charter, 
caird  Charta  dcToreJla,  eilablifii'd  with  it,  which  was  the 
lefs  of  the  two  ;  or  becaufe  it  contained  more  than  any 
other  Charters ;  or  more  than  that  of  K.Hcjjry  the  Firfl;  ; 
or  in  regard  of  the  Wars  and  Troubles  in  the  obtaining  of 
it;  or  of  the  great  and  remarkable  Solemnity  in  the  de- 
nounciu"  Excommunications  againll  the  Infringers  of  it. 
fioZ/w/c^  indeed  tells  us,  that  King  .7o^'",  to  appeafe  the 
Barons,  yielded  to  Laus  or  Articles  of  Government  much 
like  to'this  great  Charter  ■■,  but  wc  have- now  no  antienter 
Law  written  than  this  ;  which  was  thought  to  be  fo  bene- 
ficial to  the  Subject,  and  a  Law  of  fo  great  Equity,  in 
comparifon  of  thofe  which  were  formerly  in  ufe,  that 
King /-/e7ji-j,  for  the  granting  it,  had  the  fifteenth  Penny 
of  all  the  moveable  Goods,  both  of  Temporality  and 
Spirituality.  Sir  Edw.  Coke  fays,  it  has  been  above  thirty 
times  confirmed.  It  is  recorded,  that  when  He7;r_y  III. 
confirm'd  it,  he  fwore  on  the  word  and  Faith  of  a  King, 
a  Chriflian,  and  a  Knight,  to  obferveit.   SccChma  Mv^na. 

MAGNES  ARSENICAL,  in  Chymi/lry,  a  Mixture 
of  equal  Parts  of  Arfenic,  Sulphur,  and  Antimony  melted 
together  over  the  Fire,  and  cnndenfed  in  manner  of  a 
Stone.  It  is  a  very  gentle  Cauilic,  and  was  firft  invented 
by  J7tvi'hii  S.iLi.  It  has  irs  Name  Mf^nct,  becaufe  being 
wore  during  Malignant  Difeafes,  it  is  luppoled  to  preferve 
the  Wearer  from  Infection  by  a  M^gnerical  Power. 

MAGNET,  or  Loadjiovc,  a  Mineral  Smnc,  or  rather 
a  Metal,  or  an  impcrfeil  Iron  ;  in  Weight  and  Colour 
refembling  Iron  Ore,  tho  lomewhat  harder  and  more 
heavy,  h  is  ufually  found  in  Iron  Mines,  and  fomctimes 
in  very  large  pieces,  half  Mag73£t,  half  Iron.  Its  Colour 
is  different,  according  to  the  different  Countries  it  is 
brought  from.  Norma?!  obferves,  that  the  helb  are  thofe 
brought  from  China  and  Befiga/,  which  are  of  an  Iron  or 
Sanouine  Colour  •■,  thofe  of  yfrahh  are  reddi/h,  thofe  of 
M7c?rfuK;.T  blackifll  i  and  tho(c  o{ I hmgary,  Cerma»y,  Eng- 
land, &c.  rhe  Colour  of  unwrought  Iron.  _  Neither  its  Fi- 
gure nor  Bulk  are  determined,  but  it  is  found  of  all 
Forms  and  Sizes. 

The  Antients  reckcnM  five  kinds  of  TvlagnetSy  different 
in  Colour  and  Virtue the  Ethlofic^  Ua^nefmn^  iJ«9f;"c, 


y!k\ai!dr'taff,  and  Katoliaji.  They  alfo  took  it  to  be  Male 
and  Female:  bur  the  chief  Ufe  they  made  of  it  was  in 
Medicine  j  efpecially  for  the  Cure  of  Burns,  and  De- 
fluxions  on  the  Eyes  :  the  Moderns,  more  happy,  take  it 
to  conduiS  'em  in  their  Voyages. 

The  moil:  diitingui/liing  Properties  of  this  wonderful 
Body,  are,  That  it  attrafts  Iron,  and  that  it  points  to  the 
Poles  of  the  World  ;  and  m  other  Circumlfances  alfo  dips 
or  inclines  to  a  Point  beneath  the  Horizon,  direflly  under 
the  Pole  ;  and  that  it  communicates  thefe  Properties  by 
louch,  to  Iron.  On  which  Foundation  are  built  the 
Mariners  Needles  ;  both  Horizontal,  and  Inclinatory,  or 
Dipping  Needles.  StcNeedk. 

The  JtcraBtve  Tower  of  the  'Magnet  was  known  to  the 
Antients,  and  is  menrion'd  even  by  P/«fo  and  Ennfiides; 
who  call  it  the  Herculean  Stone  ;  becaufe  it  commands  Iron, 
which  fubdues  every  thing  elfe  :  But  the  Knowledge  of 
its  Direfiive  Power,  whereby  it  difpofcs  its  Poles  along 
the  Meridian  of  every  Place,  and  occafions  Needles, 
Pieces  of  Iron,  SS'c.  touch'd  with  it,  to  point  nearly  North 
and  South,  is  of  a  much  later  date  ;  tho  the  exact  Time 
of  its  Difcovery,  and  the  Difcoverer  himfelf,  are  yet  in 
the  dark.  The  firft  tidings  we  hear  of  it,  is  in  126^0,  when 
Faulus  f  'enettts  is  faid  by  fome  to  have  firft  introduced  the 
Mariners  Compafs  5  tho  not  as  an  Invention  of  his  own, 
but  as  derived  from  the  Cbitiefc,  who  are  faid  to  have  had 
the  Ufe  of  it  long  before:  but  orhers,  and  with  good  rea- 
fon, think  that  the  Chinefe  rather  borrow'd  it  from  the 
Europeans.  "John  de  Goia,  a  Neapolitan,  who  lived  in  the 
15th  Century,  is  the  Perfon  ufually  fuppofed  to  have  the 
beit  Title  to  the  Difcovery  :  And  yet  Sir  G.  Wheeler  men- 
tions, that  he  had  fecn  a  Book  of  Agronomy  much  older, 
which  fuppofed  the  Ufe  of  the  Needle  j  tho  not  as  applied 
to  the  Ufes  of  Navigation,  but  of  Aftronomy.  And  in 
Gtiyot  de  Frovins,  an  oX^Erench  Poet,  who  wrote  about  the 
Year  ii8c,  there  is  exprefs  mention  made  of  the  Load- 
rione  and  the  Compafs  j  and  their  Ufe  in  Navigation  ob- 
liquely hinted  at.    See  Compafs. 

The  Variat'mi  of  the  Needle,  or  its  Declination  from  the 
Pole,  was  firff  difcovered  by  Seh-'fiahot,  a  Veiietian,  in 
150c;  and  the  Variation  of  that  Variation  by  Mr.G'e,7/- 
hand,  EngWfljman,  about  (the  Year  1625.  Laflly,  The 
Dip  or  Inclination  of  the  Needle,  when  at  liberty  to 
play  vertically,  to  a  Point  beneath  the  Horizon,  was  firft 
diicover'd  by  another  of  our  Countrymen,  ^it. K.Norman, 
about  the  Yearis)!?.  SccNeedle. 

Some  of  the  Thatiomeiia  of  the  Magnet  are  as  foUow. 
(i.)  Inevery  Magnet  there  are  two  Poles,  the  one  whereof 
points  Northward,  the  other  Southward,  and  if  the  A^.i^wef 
be  divided  into  ever  fo  many  pieces,  the  two  Poles 
w'ill  be  found  in  each  piece.  (2.)  Thefe  Poles  in  diffe- 
rent parts  of  the  Globe,  are  differently  inclined  to- 
wards a  Point  under  the  Horizon.  (3.)  Thefe  Poles,  tho 
contrary  to  one  another,  do  help  mutually  towards  the 
MigHCtV  Attrailion  and  Sufpenfion  of  Iron.  (4.)  If  two 
'Magnets  ^rc  Spherical,  one  will  turn  or  conform  itfelf  to 
the  other,  fo  as  cither  of  them  would  do  to  the  Earth  5 
and  after  they  have  fo  conformed  or  turned  thcm- 
felvcs,  they  endeavour  to  approach  or  join  each  other  ; 
but  if  placed  in  a  contrary  Pofition,  they  avoid  each 
other.  (5.)  If  a  Magnet  be  cut  thro  the  Axis,  the  Farts 
or  Segments  of  the  Stone,  which  before  were  joined, 
will  now  avoid  and  fly  each  other,  (fi.)  If  the  Magnet  be 
cut  by  aSedion  perpendicular  to  its  Axis,  the  two  Points, 
which  before  were  conjoined,  will  become  contrary  Poles  5 
one  in  one,  the  other  in  the  other  Segment.  (7.)  Iron 
receives  Virtue  from  the  Magnet  by  application  to  it,  or 
barely  from  an  approach  near  it,  tho  it  doth  not  touch 
it  i  and  the  Iron  receives  this  Virtue  varioufly,  according 
to  the  Parts  of  the  Stone  it  is  made  to  touch,  or  made 
approach  to.  (8.)  If  an  oblong  Piece  of  Iron  be  any  how 
applied  to  the  Stone,  it  receives  Virtue  from  it,  only  as  to 
its  length.  (9.)  The  Magnet  lofeth  none  of  its  own  Vir- 
tue by  communicating  any  to  the  Iron  ;  and  this  Virtue  it 
can  communicate  to  the  Iron  very  fpcedily  ;  tho  the  lon- 
ger the  Iron  touches  or  joins  the  Stone,  the  longer  will  its 
communicated  Virtue  hold  ;  and  abetter  Wn^wer  will  com- 
municate more  of  it,  and  fooner,  than  one  not  fo  good. 
(10.)  Steel  receives  Virtue  from  the  Magnet,  better  than 
Iron,  (ii.)  A  Needle  touch'd  by  ^Magnet  will  turn  its 
Ends  the  fame  way  towards  the  Poles  of  the  World,  as 
the  Magnt'f  will  do  it.  (nO  Neither  Loadilone  nor 
Needles  touch'd  by  it  do  conform  their  Poles  exactly  to 
thofe  of  the  World,  but  have  ufually  fome  Variation 
from  them  :  And  this  Varix-tion  is  different  in  divers  pla- 
ces, and  at  divers  times  in  the  fame  place,  (i;.)  A 
Loadilone  will  take  up  much  more  Iron  when  arm'd 
or  capp'd  than  it  can  alone  :  And  tho  an  Iron  Ring  or 
Key  be  fufpended  by  the  Loadilone,  yet  the  Magnetical 
Particles  do  not  hinder  that  Ring  or  Key  from  turning 
round  any  way,  either  to  the  right  or  left.  (iA-)  The 
I'orce  of  a    Loadflona   mav  be  variouny  increas'd  nr 

IcCen'd 


MAG 


lefu:n'd,  by  the  various  Application  of  Iron,  or  anothi 
Loail{lonc  to  it.  (15.)  A  rtrong  Magnet  at  the  leafi 
diiiance  from  a  leffcr  or  a  weaker,  cannot  draw  to  it  a 
piece  of  Iron  adhering  a£lually  to  Inch  lefl'er  or  weaker 
Stone  J  but  if  it  come  to  touch  it,  it  can  draw  it  from  the 
other  :  But  a  weaker  Magjzefj  or  even  a  little  piece  of  Iron, 
can  draw  away  or  feparate  a  piece  of  Iron  contiguous 
to  a  greater  or  ftronger  l,oadflone.  (itf-)  In  ihefe 
Northern  Parts  of  the  World,  the  South  Pole  of  a  Load- 
Itone  will  raife  up  more  Iron  than  the  North  Pole. 
(17. J  A  Plate  of  Iron  only,  but  no  other  Body  inter- 
pofed,  can  impede  the  Operation  of  the  Loadllone,  either 
as  to  its  Attractive  or  Direftive  Quality.  Mr  Boyls  found 
it  true  in  Glalfes  fealed  hermetically  ;  and  Glafs  is  a 
Body,  as  impervious  as  moft  are,  to  any  EiHuvia. 
(iS.)  I'he  Power  or  Virtue  of  a  Loadllone  may  be  im- 
paired by  lying  long  in  a  wrong  Pofition,  as  alfo  by 
Kulf,  Wet,  ^c.  and  may  be  cjuite  del-lroy'd  by  Fire. 
(19.)  A  piece  of  Iron  Wire  well  touch'd,  will,  upon  being 
bent  round  in  a  Ring,  or  coyl'd  round  on  a  Stick,  i£c. 
generally,  quite  lofe  its  Directive  Vertue  i  but  always 
have  it  much  dimini/h'd  :  and  yet  if  the  whole  length  of 
the  Wire  were  not  entirely  bent,  fo  that  the-Ends  of  it, 
tho  but  for  the  length  of  one  tenth  of  an  Inch,  were  left 
ilrait,  the  Virtue  will  not  bedeilroy'd  in  thofe  parts  ;  tho 
it  will  in  all  the  rcil.  This  was  firit  obferv'd  by  Grlmaldi 
and  delaHire-j  and  is  confirm 'd  by  the  Experiments  of 
Mr.  Derham  5  who  adds  further,  that  tho  coyling  or 
bending  the  Wire  as  above,  would  always  dellroy  its  Vir- 
tue by  Day,  yet  it  would  not  do  it  in  the  Evening. 
(10.)  The  Sphere  of  the  Ailivity  of  Magnets  is  greater 
and  lefs  at  different  times  :  in  particular,  that  preferv'd  in 
the  Repofitory  of  the  Royal  Society  will  keep  a  Key  or 
other  Body  fufpended  to  another,  fumetimes,at  the  height 
of  8  or  10  feet ;  and  at  others,  not  above  4  feet.  To  which 
we  may  add,  that  the  Variation  of  the  Magnctical  Nee- 
dle from  the  Meridian,  varies  at  various  Times  of  the  Day  j 
as  appears  from  fome  new  Experiments  of  Mr.  Grab.-im. 
Sec  I'^ariatiof!.  (21.)  By  twitting  apiece  of  Wire  touch'd 
with  aMa^jiet,  its  Virtue  is  exceedingly  diminifli'd,  and 
fometimes  fo  difordcr'd  and  confus'd,  that  in  fome  parts 
it  will  attratl,  and  at  others  repel  j  and  even  in  fome 
places  one  fide  ot  the  Wire  fecms  to  be  attradlcd,  and  the 
other  fiderepell'd  by  one  and  the  fame  Pole  of  the  Stone. 
(22.)  A  piece  of  Wire  that  has  been  touch'd,  being  fplit 
or  cleft  into  two;  the  Poles  are  fometimes  chang'cl  ;  as 
in  a  cleft  'Magnet;  the  North  becoming  the)  South,  and 
the  South  the  North  :  And  yet  fometimes  one  half  of  the 
"Wire  will  retain  its  former  Polesj  and  the  other  half  have 
""em  changed.  To  which  it  may  be  added,  that  laying  one 
or  other  fide  of  the  half  uppermoft,  caufcs  a  great  Altera- 
tion in  its  Tendency  or  Averfion  to  the  Poles  of  the  M.^:;- 
«ef.  (25.)  A  Wire  being  touch'd  from  End  to  End  with 
the  fame  Pole  of  the  Mig;/cf,  the  End  whereat  you  begin 
will  always  turn  contrary  to  the  Pole  which  touch'd  it  : 
If  it  be  again  touch'd  the  fame  way  with  the  other  Pole 
of  the  Mig;ie(,  it  will  then  be  turn'd  the  contrary  way. 
(24.)  If  a  piece  of  Wire  be  touch'd  in  the  middle  with 
only  one  Pole  of  the  M.7g;;ef,  without  movingit  backwards 
or  forwards,  in  that  place  will  be  the  Pole  of  the  Wire  j 
and  the  two  Ends  will  be  the  other  Pole.  (15.)  If  a  M.^- 
net  be  heated  red  hot  ^  and  again  cool'd  either  with  its 
South  Pole  towards  the  North  in  a  horizontal  Pofition, 
or  with  its  South  Pole  downwards  in  a  perpendicular  Po- 
fition i  its  Poles  will  be  changed.  (^z6.)  Mr.  Boyle  (to 
whom  we  are  indebted  for  the  following  Magneticat  Phe- 
nomena) found  he  could  prefently  change  the  Poles  of  a 
fmall  Fragment  of  a  Loadttone,  by  applying  them  to  the 
oppofitc  vigorous  ones  of  a  large  M./^?:ef.  '(i).^  Hard  Iron 
Tools  well  temper'd,  when  heated  by  a  brisk  Attrition, 
as  filing,  turning,  l^c.  will,  while  warm,  attraft  thin 
Filings  or  Chips  of  Iron,  Steel,  i^c.  but  not  when  cold  ; 
tho  there  are  not  wanting  fome  Inflances  of  their  retain- 
ing the  Virtue  when  quite  cold.  (28.)  The  Iron  Bars  of 
"Windows,  £i?c.  which  have  a  long  time  flood  in  an  erefl 
Pofition,  grow  permanently  Magnetical ;  the  lower  Ends 
of  fuch  Bars  being  the  North  Pole,  and  the  upper  the 
Southern.  (19-)  A  Ear  of  Iron  that  has  not  flood  long  in  an 
ereft  poflure,  if  it  be  only  held  perpendicularly,  will  be- 
come Magneticali  and  its  lower  End  the  North  Pole  ;  as 
appears  from  its  attracting  the  South  Pole  of  a  Needle: 
but  then  this  Virtue  is  tranfient,  and  by  inverting  the 
Bar,  the  Poles  will /hift  their  places.  In  order  therefore 
to  render  the  Quality  permanent  in  an  Iron  Bar,  it  muft 
continue  a  long  time  in  a  proper  Pofition.  But  the  Fire 
will  produce  the  Effeft  in  a  /Iiort  time  :  for  as  it  will 
immediately  deprive  a  Loadflone  of  its  Attraftive  Vir- 
tue ;  fo.  It  foon  gives  a  Verticity  to  a  Bar  of  Iron,  if  being 
heated  red  hot,  it  be  cool'd  in  an  ereft  poflure,  or  di- 
reaiy  North  and  South.  Nay,  Tongs  and  Fire-forks,  by 
being  often  heated  and  fet  'to  cool  again  in  a  pollure 


(48^  ) 


MAG 


nearly  erefl  have  gam'd  this  Magnetics]  Fropem'. 
(;c.;  Mr.  b«yk  found,  that  by  heating  a  piece  of  £,M 

■  n,      "  '0  ™^         P'-OP"  pofture. 

It  manitcfily  acquired  a  Magnetic  Virtue,    And  an  excel- 
lent Mag„e,  of  the  fame  Ingenious  Gentleman's  bavins 
lam  near  a  Year  m  an  inconvenient  poHure,  had  its  Vir- 
tue rwpri^ingly  mipair'd  ;   as  if  i,  had  been  by  Fire. 
(51.)  A  Needle  well  touch'd,    'tis  J,nown,   will  point 
Jvorth  and  South  :  if  it  have  one  contrary  Touch  of  the 
lamcStone,  It  will  be  deprived  of  its  Faculty  ;  and  by 
another  fuch  Touch  will  have  its  Poles  quite  changed 
(31.3  A  Bar  ot  Iron  that  has  gain'd  a  Verticity  by  bdna 
heated  red-hot  and  cool'd  again.  North  and  South  and 
thcnhammer'd  at  the  two  Ends;  its  Virtue  will  be  de 
llroy'dby  two  or  three  fmart  Blows  on  the  middle  f,-] 
By  drawing  the  BacJc  of  a  Knife,  or  long  piece  of  Steel 
Wire,  gJc.  leifurely  over  the  Pole  of  a  Loadlldiie  ;  carrv" 
ing  the  Motion  from  the  middle  of  the  Stone  to  the  Pole  - 
the  Knife  or  Wire  does  accordingly  attraft  one  End  of  a 
Needle  :  but  if  the  Knife  or  Wire  be  pafs'd  from  the 
laid  Pole  to  the  middle  of  the  Stone,  it  will  repel  that 
End  of  the  Needle,  which  in  the  other  Cafe  it  attraflv- 
(;4-)  Either  aM.i;;»etor  a  piece  of  Iron  being  laid  on  i 
piece  of  Cork,  fo  as  to  fwim  freely  in  Water  ;  it  will  be 
found,  that  which  foever  of  the  two  is  held  in  the  hand' 
the  other  will  be  drawn  to  it  :  fo  that  Iron  attrafls  the 
M.igiiaas  much  as  it  is  attrafted  by  it;  ASion  and  Re 
aftion  being  always  equal.    In  this  Experiment,  if  the 
M.?;»et   be  fet  afloat,  it  will  direfl  its  two   Poles  to 
the  Poles  of  the  World.    (35.)  A  Knife,  l^c.  touch'd 
witha,Mo5»«,  acquires  a  greater  or  lefs  degree  of  Vir 
tue,  accordnig  to  the  part  it  is  touch'd  on.    It  receives 
the  rtrongell  Touch,  when  it  is  drawn  leifurely  from 
the  Handle  towards  the  Point  over  one  of  the  Poles  - 
And  it  the  fame  Knife  thus  touch'd,  and  thus  in  pofTeflion 
ot  .1  llrong  attraaivc  Power,  be  rctouch'd  in  a  contrary 
Uirecition,  -Mz.  by  drawing  it  from  the  Point  towards  the 
Handle  over  the  llime  Pole,  it  immediately  lofcs  all  it- 
Virluc.    Laflly,  A  afts  with  equal  force  i« /'arj 

and  in  the  open  Air.  * 

^Jt',^P.f'T°^^'''-^^^V'J'''  °f  Magnetifm, 

Mr.  H  hijtox  lays  down  in  the  following  Propofitions. 

I.  The  Loadlloiie  has  both  an  attraflive  and  a  direflive 
Power  united  together  ;  whereas  Iron  touch'd  by  it  has 
only  the  former  .-  ;.  e.  the  Loadftone  not  only  attrafls 
Needles  or  Filings  of  Steel,  but  directs  them  to  certain 
different  Angles,  with  refpeS  to  its  own  Surface  and  Axis - 
whereas  Iron  touch'd  with  it,  does  little  or  nothing  moro 
than  attraa  them  ;  flillfuffering  them  to  lie  along  or  Hand 
perpendicular  ro  its  Surfice  and  Edges  in  all  places  ;  w  ith- 
out  any  fuch  fpecial  Direifion. 

II.  Neither  the flrongctt  nor  the  largeftLoaddones  oive 
abetter  direflive  Touch  to  Needles,  than  thofe  of  alefs 
Size  or  Virtue:  to  which  it  may  be  added,  that  whereas 
there  are  two  Qualities  in  alliViii;TO,  an  Attraflive  and 
a  Directive  one  ;  neither  of  'ein  depend  on,  or  are  any 
Argument  of  the  Strength  of  the  other. 

III.  The  Attraflive  Power  of  l.oadliones  and  of  Iron 
will  greatly  increafe  or  diminilh  the  Weight  of  Needles 
on  the  Ballance  ;  nay,  will  overcome  that  Weight,  and 
fuftain  other  additional  Weights  too  :  while  the  direaive 
Power  has  much  fmaller  effeft.  Gaffcxdiis  indeed,  as  well 
as  Merfenin,!  and  Dr.  GMen,  maintain  it  has  none  at  all  3 
but  by  a  Miftake  ;  for  Mr.  JPhijlm  found  from  repeated 
Trials  on  large  Needles,  that  after  the  Touch  thev 
weigh'd  lefs  th.an  before.  One  of  4584,'-  Grains  loft  -4 
Grams  by  the  Touch  ;  and  another  of  fisyzfS  Grain' 
weight,  no  lefs  than  14  Grains. 

IV.  'Tis  probable  that  Iron  confifls  almofl  wholly  of 
the  Attraftive  Particles  ;  and  the  Loadilone  of  the  At- 
traflive  and  Direflive  together  ;  mix'd  probably  with  other 
heterogeneous  Matter  ;  as  having  never  been  purg'd  by 
the  Fite,  which  Iron  has ;  And  hence  may  arife  the  rea- 
fon  why  Iron,  after  it  has  been  touch'd,  will  liftuD  much 
greater  Weights  than  the  Loadflone  that  touch'd  it. 

V.  The  Quantity  and  Direflion  of  Magnetic  Powers, 
communicated  to  Needles,  is  not  properly,  after  fuch 
Communication,  owing  to  the  M.ijnet  which  gave  the 
Touch;  but  to  the  Goodncfs  of  the  Steel  that  receives 
It,  and  to  the  Strength  and  Pofition  of  the  Terreftrial 
Loadftone,  whofe  Influence  alone  thofe  Needles  are  af- 
terwards fubjefl  to,  and  dircfled  by  :  fo  that  all  fuch 
Needles,  if  good,  move  with  the  fame  Stteiigth  and 
Point  to  the  fame  Angle  ;  what  Loadilone  foever  (pro- 
vided it  be  good)  they  were  excited  by.  Nor  does  the 
Touch  feem  todo  much  more  in  Ma-.naical,  rhan  Attri- 
tion in  Elearical  Cafes  ;  I.  s.  it  ferves  to  rub  off  fome 
obflruaing  Particles  that  adhere  to  the  Surface  of  the 
Steel,  and  open  the  Pores  of  the  Bodies  touched,  and  fo 
make  way  for  the  Entrance  and  Exit  of  fuch  Effluvia  as 
occalion  or  affill  the  Powers  we  are  fpeaking  of.  Henca 

H  h  h  h  h  h 


MAG 


(  48^  ) 


MAG 


he  takes  occaflon  to  obfcrve,  that  the  dire£live  Power 
of  the  Loadl^onc  feems  to  be  mechanical  j  and  to  be 
derived  from  m^-gnetic  Effluvia,  circulating  continually 
found  it. 

VI.  The  abfolute  attraftive  Power  of  different  armed 
Loadfiones,  is,  c<et€ris  paribus,  according  to  the  Q_uantity, 
r.ot  of  their  Diameters  or  Solidities,  but  of  the  Surfaces 
of  the  Loadfiones  j  or  in  a  Duplicate  Proportion  of  their 
Diameters. 

VII.  The  Power  of  good  Magnets  unarmed,  not  fcnfi- 
bly  different  in  Strength,  fimilar  in  Figure  and-  Pofition, 
but  unequal  in  Magnitude,  Is  fometimes  a  little  greater, 
fometimes  a  little  Icfs  than  in  the  Proportion  of  their 
fimilar  Diameters. 

VIII.  The  Loadfione attrafts  Needles  that  have  been 
touched,  and  others  that  have  not  been  touched  with 
equal  Force,  at  Diflances  unequal,  viz.  where  the  Di- 
ftances  are  to  one  another  as  5  to  2. 

IX.  Eoth  Poles  of  aLoadftone  equally  attraa  Needles, 
till  they  be,  tho'  roughly,  touched  j  then  it  is,  and  then 
only,  that  that  one  Pole  begins  to  attract  one  End,  and 
repel  the  other  :  tho'  the  repelling  Pole  will  Hill  at- 
traa upon  Contaa,  nay  at  very  fmall  Diflances  notwith- 
Itanding.  ,   ■  n 

X.  The  attrafllve  Power  of  Loadflones,  in  their  fi- 
milar Pofition  to,  but  different  Diflances  from  Magnetic 
Needles  is  in  the  Sefquldupllcate  Proportion  of  the  Di- 
ilances  of  their  Surfaces  from  thofe  Needles  reciprocally  ; 
or  as  the  mean  Proportionals  between  the  Squares  and 
the  Cubes  of  thofe  DilUnces  reciprocally  ;  or  as  the  Square 
Roots  of  the  fifth  Powers  of  thofe  Dillances  reciprocally. 
Thus  the  Magnetic  Power  of  Attraclion,  at  twice  the 
Diftance  from  the  Surface  of  the  Loadltone,  is  between  a 
fifth  and  fixth  Parr  uf  that  Power  at  the  firfl  Diftance. 
At  thrice  the  Diftance  the  Power  is  between  the  15th 
and  i6thPart,  at  four  times  the  Difknce  the  Power  is 

times  as  fmall,  and  at  fix  times  thcDiUance  88  times 
as  fmall.  Where  it  is  to  be  noted^  that  the  Dill^ances 
are  not  taken,  as  in  the  Law  of  Gravity,  from  the  Cen- 
ter 3  but  the  Surface  :  all  Experience  affuring  us,  that 
the  Magnetic  Power  refides  chlefiy,  if  not  wholly,  in 
the  Surfaces  of  Loadflones  and  Iron  5  without  any  parti- 
cular Relation  to  any  Center  at  all.  The  Propurtion 
here  laid  down  was  determined  by  Mr.  Whiftou,  from  a 
great  Number  of  Experiments  of  Mr.  Hauhshee,  Dr.  Brooh, 
Tayloy,  and  hlmfelf  The  Force  they  meafured  by  the 
Chords  or  thofe  Arcs,  by  which  the  A-/.i77ief,  at  feveral 
Diflances,  draws  the  Needle  out  of  its  natural  Direction, 
to  which  Chords  (as  he  has  de m on tl rated)  it  is  ever  pro- 
portional. The  Numbers  In  fome  of  their  mofl  accurate 
Trials  he  gives  us  in  the  following  Table,  fetting  down 
half  the  Chords,  or  the  Sines  of  half  thofe  Arches  of 
Declination,  as  the  true  Meafures  of  the  Power  of  Mag- 
net ifm. 

Dijiaiice  m       Vegrees  of       Sines  of^       Rat.  Sef^tii- 
Incha.         IncliJiatioju  Arcs.  dtfl. 


 549- 

 ^523- 

 ^97- 

—871- 
-  1045- 
•  1215- 


-46"^ 

-170 


 ^  :  yO 


XI.  An  Inclinatory,  or  DIppIng-Needle,  of  fix  Inches 
Radius,  and  of  aPrifmatic  or  Cyllndric  Figure,  when  it 
ofcillates  along  the  Magnetic  Meridian,  performs,  here, 
every  mean  Vibration  in  about  6"  ot '-,60  and  every 
fmall  Ofcillation  in  about  5  "  ^,  or  3.30  "' i  and  the  fame 
kind  of  Needle,  four  Foot  long,  makes  every  mean  Of- 
cillation  in  about  24      and  every  fmall  one  in  about 

"XII-  The  entire  Power  of  Magnetifra  in  this  Country, 
as  it  affeas  Needles  a  Foot  long,  is  to  that  of  Gravity 
nearly  as  i  to  3C0  j  and  as  it  af&as  Needles  four  Foot 
long,  as  I  to  6cQ. 

Xni.  The  Quantity  of  Magnetic  Power  accelerating 
the  fame  Dipping-Needle,  as  it  ofclUates  in  different 
-vertical  Planes,  is'everas  the  Co-fines  of  the  Angles  made 
by  thofe  Planes,  and  the  Magnetic  Meridian  taken  on  the 

Horizon.  1 1    n-  r>        •      r  t. 

CorolL  Thus  if  we  would  efiimate  the  Quantity  of  For- 
ces in  the  horizontal  and  vertical  Situations  of  Needles  at 
London  ;  we  fhall  find  that  the  latter,  in  Needles  a  Foot 
loner  is,  to  the  entire  Force  along  the  Magnetic  Meridian, 
as  ^6  to  100  ;  and  in  Needles  four  Foot  long,  as  9667  to 
jccco:  whereas  in  the  former,  the  entire  Force  in  Nee- 
dles a  Foot  long,  is  as  18  to  100  ;  and  in  thofe  four  Foot 


long,  as  25^0  to  i-ccco.  Whence  it  follows,  that  the 
Power  by  which  horizontal  Needles  are  governed  inthefe 
Parts  of  the  World,  is  but  one  quarter  of  the  Power  by 
which  the  Dipping  Needle  Is  moved. 

Hence  alfo,  fince  the  horizontal  Needle  is  moved  on- 
ly by  a  Part  ot  the  Power  which  moves  the  Dipping-Nee- 
dle ;  and  that  it  only  points  to  a  certain  Place  in  the  Ho- 
rizon, becaufe  that  Place  is  the  nearefl  its  original  Ten- 
dency, of  any,  itb  Situation  will  allow  it  to  tend  to  :  When 
ever  the  Dipping-Needle  rtands  exaftly  perpendicular  to 
the  Horizon,  the  horizontal  Needle  will  not  refped  ona 
Point  of  the  Compafs  more  than  another,  but  will  wheel 
about  every  way  uncertainly. 

XIV.  The  Times  of  Ofcillation  and  Vibration,  both 
in  dipping  and  horizontal  Needles  equally  good,  is  as 
that  of  their  Lengths  direaiy  ;  and  the  aftual  Velocity  of 
their  Points  along  their  Arcs  always  equal. 

Hence  Magnetic  Needles  arc,  extern  pnrihiu,  ftiU  bet- 
ter the  longer  they  are  ;  and  that  in  the  fame  Proportion 
with  their  Lengths.    See  Needle. 

XV.  The  Earth,  on  which  we  live,  includes  within  it 
a  vafl  Spherical  Magnet,  concentrical  thereto,  with  its  own 
Poles,  Meridians,  Equator,  and  Parallels  ;  and  all  much 
of  the  fame  general  Nature  with  thofe  of  fmall  TerreUo'^ 
or  Spherical  Loadflones,  in  the  poffeffion  of  the  Curious 
among  us. 

XVI.  The  Power  of  a  good  Teyrella,  or  Spherical  Load- 
flone,  as  It  affeas  aNeedlea  Foot  long,  is  equal  to  the 
Magnetic  Power  of  that  Internal  Loadflonc  about  two  and 
an  half,  or  three  Diameters  off  fuch  Loadilone.  From 
which  Confideratlon  the  Quantity  of  Magnetic  Attraaion, 
at  all  Diflances  from  the  Internal  Loadilone,  for  Needles 
a  Foot  long,  may  be  determined  ;  and  from  the  fame 
Confideratlon  it  appears,  that  the  Diameter  of  this  Inter- 
nal Loadflone  Is  about  1150  Miles.  To  which  we  may 
add,  that,  in  regard  Sir  ifaac  Newton  has  demonllrated, 
that  the  Power  of  Gravity  dlminiflies  within  the  Earth, 
and  is  leffcr  there  than  at  its  Surface  nearly,  In  the  pro- 
portion of  Its  greater  Nearnefs  to  the  Center ;  the  Magne- 
tic Power  at  2900  Miles  dillance  from  us,  and  nearly  jo6o 
from  the  Earth's  Center,  which  is  of  the  Power  of 
Gravity  here,  will  be  fomewhat  greater  than  the  Power 
of  Gravity  there:  Which  Limit  is  worth  our  Attention, 
Gravity  being  flronger  than  Magnetlfm  on  the  one  Side 
of  it,  and  weaker  on  the  other  ;  we  mean  as  It  affeas 
Needles  of  one  foot  Diameter,  At  that  Limit,  there- 
fore, at  leafl  near  the  Magnetic  Poles,  Iron,  a  Foot  long, 
will  be  twice  as  heavy,  and  fall  twice  as  faft  as  any  other 
natural  Body,  viz.  by  the  Union  of  thofe  two  equal 
Powers,  Gravityand  Magnetlfm  J  and  of  confequence,  a- 
bove  that  Limit,  fuch  an  Iron  will  be  lefs  than  twice  as 
heavy  J  below  It,  more  than  twice  as  heavy  as  any  other 
natural  Body. 

XVII.  The  Earth's  internal  Loadilone  is  not  fij?ed  to 
our  upper  Parts,  but  is  moveable  with  refpea  thereto, 
and  actually  revolves  on  the  Earth's  Axis  from  Eaji  to 
Weji  \n  a  certain  long  Period  of  Time  ;  as  appears,  be- 
yond Contradiaion,  from  the  conftant  Variation  of  the 
horizontal  Needle  Weflv^'ard  j  as  well  as  the  regular  In- 
creafe  of  Inclination  of  the  DIppIng-Needlc. 

The  only  way  to  render  this  Motion,  i.  e.  the  Variation, 
poflible  and  intelligible  (to  ufe  Dr.  Halley's  Words)  is 
to  fuppofe  it  to  turn  about  the  Center  of  the  Globe, 
having  its  Center  of  Gravity  fixed  and  Immoveable  in 
the  fame  common  Center  of  the  Earth.  This  moveable 
internal  Surface  muff  likewife  be  loofe,  and  detached, 
from  the  external  Parts  of  the  Globe  ;  which  may  be 
reckoned  the  Shell,  and  the  other  the  N/(c/e«5,  or  inner 
Globe,  Included  within  it,  with  a  fluid  Medium  between. 
Now  from  the  Variations  moving  Weflwards,  'tis  plain, 
that  the  forefaid  Nitc/etis  has  not  preclfely  attained  the 
fame  Degree  of  Velocity  with  the  exterior  Parts  in  their 
diurnal  Revolution  5  but  fo  nearly  equals  it,  that  in  565 
Revolves  the  Difference  is  fcarce  fenfible  5  and  mufl 
probably  have  arifen  from  hence,  that  the  Itnpulfe, 
whereby  the  diurnal  Motion  was  impreffcd  on  the  Earth, 
was  given  to  the  external  Parts,  and  thence  communi- 
cated to  the  internal. 

XVIII.  This  InternalMijpwer  has  one  central  Pole  North- 
wards, in  the  nature  of  the  Poles  of  our  common  Load- 
flones 3  but  its  Southern  Pole  appears  not  to  be  central,  but 
rather  circular  j  and  that  at  a  great  Diftance  from  the 
Southern  Pole  of  the  Earth. 

XIX.  The  Northern  Magnetic  Pole  is  now  fituate  a- 
bout  the  Latitude  of  -jG  Deg.  li,  i.e.  13  Deg.  J;  from  the 
North  Pole  of  the  Earth,  and  about  30  Deg.  Eaftward 
from  the  Meridian  of  London.  , 

XX.  The  Southern  Magnetic  circular  Pole  has  its 
Center,  or  central  Pole,  nearly  in  the  Parallel  of  60  De- 
grees ;  and  In  a  Meridian  paffing  along  the  Eaft  Coafl  of 
BorTieoj  about  117  Degrees  Eaftward  of  London:  its  Ra- 
dius 


MAG        C  487  ) 


MAG 


i\as  is  alfo  an  Afc  of  a  great  Circle  of  about  44.  Degrees. 

XXI.  The  refpeftive  Motion  of  the  internal  Magnet, 
or  the  Velocity,  of  its  North- Pole,  appears  to  be 

27  Deg.  o  Min.  in  144  Degrees,  i.e.  one  Degree  in  five 
years  5  fo  that  it  makes  an  entire  Revolution  in  1920 
years. 

Hence  as  the  Number  of  Degrees  in  the  upper  Earth's 
diurnal  Revolution,  is  to  the  Number  of  Days  in  the 
Revolution  of  the  internal  Magiier,  i.  e.  as  r  is  to  700000, 
fo  is  the  refpeflive  Motion  of  this  Magnet  from  Eafl:  to 
Weft  to  the  real  Motion  of  the  upper  Earth  from  Weft 
to  Eaft  5  or  to  fpeak  ftriilly,  fo  is  the  Difference  of  their 
Motions  from  Weft  to  Eaft,  to  the  entire  Motion  of  the 
Bpper  Earth  the  fame  way.     This  external  fixed  Earth 


the  World,  a  fubtle,  impalpable,  and  Jnvifible  Mattefj 
cbannel'd  or  flriatcd  ;  which  Matter  circulating  round 
the  Earth,  m  the  Plains  of  the  Meridians,  re-enters  at  the 
Pole  oppolite  to  that  from  which  it  iffued,  and  paffes  a 
gam  thro'  the  Poles  parallel  to  its  Axis  :  That  the  Magna 
has  two  Poles  anfwerable  to  thofe  of  the  Earth,  and  that 
out  ot  thefe  there  iSazs  a  Matter  like  that  juft  men- 
tjoned  :  That  this  Matter,  entering  in  at  one  of  the  Poles, 
gives  the  Impulfe  whereby  Iron  tends  to  the  Magnet,  and 
produceswhat  we  call  Attraflion.  Now  befides  the  Mag- 
netical  Matter  re-entering  the  Poles  of  the  Magnet,  there 
is  always  a  certain  Quantity  thereof  circulating  round  the 
Nagnet ;  compofing  a  kind  of  Vortex  about  it"  The  Space 
wherein  this  Matter  moves,  is  the  Sphere  of  Adivity  of 


to  the  internal  Magnet,  and  can  communicate  no  more 
than  this  Difference  of  their  Motion,  and  that  only  in  an 
infinite  Term  of  Years  ;  or,  in  other  Words,  this  real  in- 
ternal Motion  can  never  be  the  7a3ccoth  Fart  fwifter  than 
It  is  at  prefent.  This  internal  Motion  therefore  began 
with  the  Commencement  of  the  diurnal  Motion  of  the 


y  IS  con- 


bas  therefore  communicated  almoft  all  its  Motion  already    the  M.tgner,  within   which  its  attraflive  Facult 

fined.  As  to  its  dircflive  Faculty,  or  the  Inclination  of  a 
Needle  touched  with  it  to  the  Poles  of  the  World,  and  its 
Dip  to  a  Point  beneath  the  Horizon,  it  follows  from  the 
fame  Principle  ;  fince  were  the  Magiiet  or  Needle  to  have 
any  other  Situation,  the  Magnetic  Matter  would  ftrikeon 
Surface  in  vain  ;  and  not  being  able  to  get  Admifficn, 
upper  Earth  ;  and  has  gone  on^  ftill  fafter  and  fafler  by  would,  by  degrees,  change  its  Situation,  till  fuch  time  as 
the  Communication  of  that  Motion  thro'  the  intermediate  its  Pores  correfponded  to  the  Courfe  of  the  Maenetica! 
Fluid.  Since  therefore  ASion  and  Reaflion  are  equal,  Matters  which  Situation  having  once  acciuired,  it  would 
and  tend  to  contrary  Parts,  this  internal  Loadftone,  thus  ceafe  to  move;  the  Magnetic°al  Matter  then' ceafing  to 
accelerated  by  the  upper  Part,  muft  have  all  along  re-  difturb  it.  The  Form  of  a  MwHei  therefore  is  fuppofed 
tarded  that  upper  Earth,  and  made  the  diurnal  Rotation  to  confift  in  its  being  perforated'  by  an  infinite  Number  of 
ililUlower  and  flower.  This  Acceleration  on  one  Side,  parallel  Pores  ;  fome  whereof  are  difpofed  to  admit  the 
and  Retardation  on  the  other,  muft  have  been  very  great  ftriated  Matter  from  the  North  Pole  of  the  World  others 
at  the  firft  beginning  of  the  diufnal  Motion,  when  the  that  of  the  South  ;  hence  the  North  and  South  Poles  of 
Difference  of  their  Motion  was  equal  to  the  entire  Motion    the  Magnet. 

itfelf,  and  muft  have  been  diminiliiing  ever  fince.  To  As  to  the  direflive  Power  of  the  Miroer  Mr  Whi/lor 
■which  Caule  is  probably  owing  that  Acceleration  of  the  from  the  i  ft,  :d,  3d,  S^c.  Laws  of  M-ignetirm  inclines  to 
Moon's  Motion  with  refpcfl  to  that  of  the  Earth,  fince  think  it  mechanical  ;  and  afcribes  it  to  magnetic  Effluvia 
the  time  of  the  old  Aftronomers,  firft  taken  notice  of  by  circulating  continually  round  the  Loadftone  ;  of  which 
Dr.  Halky,  and  embraced  by  Sir  I.  Newton.  And  the  Circulation,  he  thinks,  there  are  evident  Indications  in 
fame  Confidcration  feems  to  fuggeft  a  Method  for  deter-  magnetic  Experiments  ;  as  Mr.  Boyle  thinks  there  are  of 
mining  the  Age  of  the  World  ;  for  were  the  Proportions  the  Magnetifm  or  magnetic  Effluvia  of  the  Earth  -  tho' 
of  the  Quantity  of  Matter  in  the  upper  Earth  to  the  in-  thofe  Effluvia  were  never  yet  rendered  fenfible  as  Elec 
ternal  Magnet,  with  ,the  Tenacity  of  the  intermediate  trie  Effluvia  begin  to  be  ;  but  the  attraftive  Power  Mr 
Fluid,  £S?c.  known,  one  might  go  back  from  the  known  WbiJIon  thinks  entirely  immechanical,  as  the  Power  of 
Difference  of  their  Velocity  now  and  find  thofe  DifFeren-  Gravity  is  ;  not  being  able  to  devife  any  fuch  Motion  of 
ces  and  Quantities  of  Motion  themfelves,  a  priori,  inall  a  fubtle  Fluid  belonging  to  the  loadftone  as  will  ac 
paft  Ages  j  or  were  the  Velocity  of  the  firft  diurnal  Ro-  count  for  the  attruflive  Power  in  the  fefquiduplicate  Pro- 
ration of  the  upper  Earth  known,  we  might  geometrically    portion  of  the  Diftances  reciprocally  ;   tho'  ifhe  could 


determine,  ^i  priori,  how  long  ago  that  Rotation  began, 
or  how  antientour  Earth  is. 

XXII.  The  Variation  of  Magnetic  Needles  from  the 
Azimuth  of  the  Meridians  of  the  internal  Magnet  ;  is  de- 
rived from  the  Difference  of  the  Strength  of  the  feveral 
Parts  of  the  internal  Magnet's  Surface  ;  which  as  it  is  only 
to  be  known  by  Experience,  that  Variation  cannor  be  de- 
termined beforehand,  unlefs  where  there  are  good  Ac- 
counts how  much  it  had  formerly  been  ;  it  being  proba- 
ble that  it  retutns  round,  and  will  be  the  fame  in  any 
Year  of  the  next  Revolution  of  the  internal  Magnet,  that 
it  has  been  in  the  like  Year  of  any  former  Revolution,  or 
will  itfelf  have  a  Revolution  in  about  1920  Years. 

XXIII.  The  two  fixed  Magnetic  Poles,  in  our  uppei 


yet  would  that  be  no  more  than  to  remove  the  immediate 
Power  of  the  Supreme  Being  one  Step  further  ;  the  laft 
Refort  of  all  mechanical  Principles  whatever  being  into 
the  immechanical  Power  and  Efficiency  of  the  Deity. 

M.  Bartfoeker  maintains,  that  the  Mai^net  is  no  more 
than  a  common  Stone  ;  full  of  an  infinite  Number  of 
hollow  Prifms,  which,  by  the  diurnal  Motion  of  the 
Earth,  are  ranged  parallel  to  each  other,  and  nearly  pa- 
rallel to  the  Axisof  the  Eatth.  Thefe  Ptifms  have  their 
Cavities  filled  with  an  extremely  fubtle  Matter  ;  which 
by  the  diurnal  Motion  of  the  Earth,  is  paffed  from 
Prifm  to  Prifm  :  thus  making  a  Circulation,  and  return- 
ing into  the  Prifms  where  it  firft  began  :  From  thefe 
J  rinciples  he  deduces  all  the  Pha:nomena  of  the  Marnet  ; 

nnfl  M     j/«.7,-.,  .1...  r  r_   1  n    .  P.. 


"KirrV,    e,a  -  .J      J  1,    r,     Tj  II   —  "ff-^.    -    ■-■f'-"       "^"ucta  .111  tiic  rnajnomena  ot  the  AJnfnct  ; 

Jlatth,  firft  m  roduced  by  Dr.  Halley,  as  necefliry  to  and  M.  does  the  fame,  from  the  Doftrine  of  Alkali 
fclve  the  Irregularity  of  the  V.Tiation  of  the  Horizontal    and  Acid.  m  tne  Lioctrine  ot  Alkali 

ISeedle  from  the  Meridians  of  the  moveable  internal  M.ig-       There  are  Uagneti  found  in  moft  of  the  Provinces  of 
X  1  1^5'/°'  t'°-  -l  »"y  J""  Foundation  in  Nature  ;    China,  but  the  principal  Ufe  the  Cbmefe  make  of  them  is 
the  like  Irregularities  being  found  ,n  the  common  TcrrelU    in  Medicine.    Le  Co„,fte  defcribes  their  manner  of  cuttin  j 
or  Spherical  Loadftones  ;  and  being  beft  accounted  for    them  by  a  Machine,  "Chich,  he  fays,  is  vaftly  mote  ex' e 
from  the  Compofition  of  the  Magnets,  which  are  found  to    ditious  than  any  ufed  among  us  ^  ^ 

have  Parts  of  different  Degrees  of  Purity,  Strength,  and       The  Magnet  is  alfo  called  Lafit  Heraalem,  from  Hera- 

Perfettion  ;  lo  that  where  the  Parts  arc  weaker  than  or-  ^S.   r      .  .      ,  num  ntra- 

dinary,  the  ftronger  neighbouring  Parts  prevail,  and 
draw  rhe  Needle  that  way  ;  not  but  Dr.  Gitten's  Notion 
of  prominent  and  deprefled  Parts  on  Magnets  may  have 
fome  room,  and  be  allowed  to  conttibute  fomewhat  to 
fuch  Variations.    See  Needle. 

As  to  the  Caufes  of  Magnetifm,  or  the  Manner  in  which 
thefe  Ph.tnoinena  of  the  M-^gnet  are  produced,  we  have 
yet  no  Hypothefis  that  will  fatisfa£lorily  account  for 
them.    Fluarch  tells  us,  the  Magnet  attrafls  Iron  b 


clea,  a  City  of  Maguejia,  a  Port  of  the  antient  LrJia 
where  it  is  fuppofed  to  have  been  firft  found.  Others' 
derive  the  word  Magnet  from  a  Shepherd  of  that  Name 
who  firft  dilcovered  itwith  the  Iron  of  his  Crook  on  Mount 
Ida.  It  is  alfo  called  iaf  II  N.ib;c»j,  by  reafon  of  its  Ufe 
in  Navigation  ;   and  Sderites,  from  its  attraSing  Iron. 


which  the  Greeks  call  nV 

MAGNETICAL  AMPLITUDE,  an  Arch  of  the  Ho- 
rizon, contained  between  the  Sun,  at  his  Rifing  or  Set- 

™i«ing  ftimefpritual  Effluvia,  whereby  t^  S  b^'ibl^^v!^^  tS^-^^^t  ,^^4 1 

A  r  being  opened  and  driven  on  eithet  Side,  does  again  an  Amplitude  Compafs.    See  Jmfli„de  ^  ^ 

drive  that  contiguous  to  it;  and  thus  the  Aflion  being  MAGNETICAL  AZIMUTH  See  ^-iWJ 
communicated  round,  the  Iron  is  thereby  protruded  :  bu  ^        fee  ^^,««t6, 

this  IS  comradifled  by  the  equ.ally  vigorous  Aftion  ot  i.gnity  a  certain  Virtue,  whereby 

of  the    W    f  ."^''i,  f'=a==f.«thefame  time  with  another, 

ot   tne    Antients  afcribe  the  Aaion  of  the  Magnet  to    or  a  different  manner  Th 
"  Soul  that  animates  it  ;    and   others  to  I  know  not  Sympathy. 

MAGNIFY,  3  Term  chiefly  ufed  in  reference  to  Mi- 
crofcopcs,  which  are  faid  to  magnify  Objefls,  or  to  make 
=;PPe^r  bigger  than  they  really  are  ;  but,  in  reali- 
ty, Microfcopes  do  not,  nor  cannot,  magnify  any  Obiea, 
but  only  fhew  it  nearer  and  more  of  its  Parts  than  before 
were  taken  notice  of  ' 


"I'^i-^  '"'r   r  ^"'2-'^'ETISM,aTerm  ufed  by  fome  Chymifts,  to 
Aftion  of   fign.fy  a  ccrtajn  Virtue,   whereby  one  thing  becomes  af- 

either  in  the  fame 
s  is  what  they  oiherwifc  call 

what  Sympathy  between  the  Effluvia  of  the  Iron  and 
thofe  of  the  The  Opinion  that  principally  pre- 

vails among  the  Moderns  is  that  of  Des  Cartes,  main- 
tained by  Makbrancb,  Robaidt,  Regis,  &c.  and  even  ad- 
mitted of  and  confirmed  by  Mr.  Boyle,  &c.  In  this  'tis 
fuppofed  there  is  continually  flowing,  from  the  Poles  of 


See  Microjco^e, 


MAG- 


MAH 


(  488  ) 


M  AI 


MAGNIFTING-GLASS,  In  Optics,  a  little  Sphere, 
convex  Lens,  i^c  which,  in  tranlmitting  the  R:iys  of 
Light,  infiefls  them  fo,  as  that  the  parallel  ones  become 
converging,  and  thofe  which  were  diverging  become  pa- 
rallel j  by  means  whereof,  Gbjeils  view'd'^  thro  'cm  ap- 
pear larger  than  when  view'd  by  the  naked  Eye.  See 
Xetis,  Mcrofco^e,  &:c. 

MAGNITUDE,  any  thing  that  has  Farts  external  to  Parts, 
connected  together'  by  fome  common  Term  5  (.  e.  any 
thing  locally  extended  or  continued  i  or  that  tias  fcvcral 
Dimenfions.  The  Origin  of  ixWMagjjitude  is  a  Point,  which 
tho  void  of  Parts  itfelf,  yet  its  Flux  forms  a  Line,  the 
Flux  of  that  a  Surface,  and  of  that  a  Body. 

M.  Frejiet  gives  the  Name  Literal  Magnitude  to  a  A%- 
Tiititde  exprefs'd  by  Letters  j  and  a  Numerkal  Ma^iutude  he 
calls  fuch  a  one  as  is  exprefs'd  by  Numbers  i  ql  Broken 
MagHitttde  is  a  Fraftion  ;  a  Complex  'Magnitude  is  that  form'd 
by  Multiplication  j  an  Jiicommenfurahle  Magnitude  is  a  Mag- 
nitude that  has  no  proportion  to  Unity. 

Among  the  Writers  of  Optics,  the  Jppjrem  Magnitude 
of  a  Body  is  that  meafured  by  the  Optic  or  Vifual  Angle, 
intercepted  between  Rays  drawn  from  its  Extremes  into 
the  Centre  of  the  Pupil  of  each.  And  'tis  one  of  their 
fundamental  Maxims,  whatever  things  are  feen  under  the 
fame  or  equal  Angles,  appear  equal,  and  on  the  contrary. 

The  Jfparefit  Magjiitudes  of  an  Objeif  at  different  Di- 
flances,  are  in  a  Rano  lefs  than  that  of  their  Ditlances 
reciprocally. 

MAGOFHONIA,  the  Name  of  a  Feaft  among  the 
antient  Ferfians.  The  Magus  Smerdis  having  ufurped  the 
Throne  of  the  Ferjia?is  upon  the  death  of  Ciwijye;,  521 
Tears  before  J.  C.  feven  of  the  principal  Lords  of  the 
Court  confpired  to  drive  him  out  of  it.  Their  Defign  was 
executed  with  good  fucccfs  ;  Smerdis  and  his  Brother, 
another  Magus,  call'd  Fhizithez-,  they  kill'd.  Upon 
which,  the  People  alfo  rofe,  and  put  all  the  Magi  to  the 
fword  ;  infomuch  that  there  would  not  one  have  efcaped, 
Jiad  not  the  Night  come  upon  'em.  Darius^  Son  of  Hy- 
ftaffC!,  was  then  eleflcd  King.  In  memory  of  this  Maf- 
facrc  of  the  Magi,  a  Fcall:  was  inftituted,  fays  Herodotus, 
caU'd  Magofhomai,  from  Ma^©-,  Magus,  and  Mur- 
ther. 

MAHIM,  or  Mayhimy  in  Law,  a  Corporal  Hurt,  where- 
by a  Man  lofeth  the  Ufe  of  any  Member,  that  is  or  may 
be  of  any  defence  to  him  in  Battle  ;  as  the  Eye,  Hand, 
Poor,  Scalp  of  the  Head,  Fore-tooth,  or,  as  fome  fay, 
any  Finger  or  Toe.  Ghmz:  Brafl.  i^c.  If  any  one  iliall  of 
Malice  ^rethought  cut  out  or  difable  any  Limb  or  Mem- 
ber of  any,  wirh  Intention  in  fo  doing  to  maim  or  disfigure 
him,  it  is  Felony  without  Benefit  of  the  Clergy  ^  and 
when  the  Cafe  is  difficult  to  judge,  whether  it  heo.Mahim 
or  not,  the  Judges  commonly  behold  the  Party  wounded, 
and  fometimes  take  the  Opinion  of  Chirurgeons.  The 
wo rd  comes  from  the  Fre7ich  Mehaigfter,  to  mutilate.  The 
Canonifts  call  it  Memhri  Mutilationem  i  and  all  agree,  it 
confifts  in  the  Lofs  of  a  Member,  or  the  Ufe  thereof. 

MAHOMETANISM,the  Syltem  of  Religion  broach'd 
by  Mahomet,  and  ftill  adhered  to  by  his  Followers.  Ma- 
hometanifm  is  embraced  by  the  Turks,  Ferjians,  and  fe- 
veral  Nations  among  the  Africans,  and  many  among  the 
Eaji-lndians.  The  firft  and  chief  Article  of  the  Mahome- 
tan Creed,  is,  that  there  is  no  other  God  hut  God  j  which  they 
have  from  the  Alcoran,  where  thefe  Words  are  repeated 
incelSintly  :  There  is  no  other  God  but  him.  Tour  Cod  is  the 
only  God.  I  cm  God,  and  there  is  no  other  God  hut  me.  This 
grand  Axiorn  of  their  Theology  fcems  to  have  been  taken 
from  the  ^ews,  who  were  continually  rehearfing  thofe 
Words  of  Deuteronomy,  Hear,  Ifrael,  the  Lord  our  God  is  One. 
For  this  reafon,  the  Mahometans  account  all  fuch  as  own 
any  thing  of  Number  in  the  Divinity,  to  be  Idolaters  -. 
And  accordingly,  one  of  the  firtl  Leflons  they  teach  their 
Children,  is.  That  God  is  neither  Male  nor  Female,  and 
confequently  can  have  no  Children. 

The  fecond  Fundamental  Article  of  Mahometanifm  con- 
fifls  in  this,  That  Mahomet  zyflj  fcnt  from  God.  By  which 
they  exclude  all  other  Religions  ;  under  pretence  that 
their  Prophet  was  the  lafi  and  greatell  of  all  the  Prophets 
that  God  would  ever  fend  i  and  that  as  the  lewiJJj  Reli- 
gion ceafed  with  the  Coming  of  the  MeJJiah,  fo  likewife 
the  Chriftian  Religion  was  to  be  abrogated  with  the 
Coming  of  Mahomet.  Not  but  that  they  own  Mo/ej  and 
'^efiis  Chrifi  to  have  been  great  Prophets  ;  but  Mahomet  they 
hold  to  be  The  Frofhet,  by  way  of  Excellence  ;  and  the 
Paraclete  or  Comforter  fpoken  of  in  Scripture. 

Thefe  are  the  two  Fundamentals  of  MahoniEt.wifm  5  fo 
that  when  any  is  to  make  profeilion  of  that  Faith,  they 
content  themfelves  with  his  fpeaking  thefe  words.  There 
is  jio  other  God  hat  God,  and  Mahomet  is  his  Eni-oy  or  Fro- 
phet. 

To  thefe  Articles  the  Mahometans  have  added  that  of 
Bathing  or  Purification,  in  imitation  of  the  ^ews.  And 


fuch  an  Opinion  have  they  of  thefe  Purifications,  that  Ws 
purely  on  that  account  they  feem  to  have  retain'd  the 
Prailice  of  Circumcifion.  For  they  pretend,  with  the 
3ezos,  that  if  the  leaf!  part  of  the  Body  remain  unwafh'd, 
the  Bathing  is  of  no  cffe£l.  Hence  they  find  themfelves 
under  a  neceffity  of  being  circumcis'd  ;  that  the  Part  co- 
ver'd  by  the  Prepuce  may  alfo  have  its  fhare  of  the  Lo* 
tion. 

Prayer  is  alfo  one  of  the  Things  to  which  the  Maho- 
metans are  obliged  5  and  they  perform  it  five  times  a  day, 
to  diftinguifli  themfelves  froni  the  ^ews,  who  only  do  '\t 
thrice.  Some  of  their  Returns  of  Prayer  they  hold  to  be 
neccffary  and  of  Divine  Obligation  ;  others  they  elieem 
convenient  and  prudential.  Thatat'Nine  a-clock  in  the 
Morning  they  don't  efteem  neceffary  ;  but  thofe  at  Noon 
and  in  the  Afternoon  are  held  to  be  'Jure  tiivino.  They 
are  obliged  to  obfervc  an  infinity  of  things  to  be  heard  : 
ff  they  fpeak  or  fmile  in  Praying,  their  Prayers  are  vain: 
and  'tis  the  fame  thing  if  they  weep,  unlefs  it  be  witK 
the  Thought  of  Paradife  or  HclK  In  many  of  their 
Prayers  they  ufe  Beads.  I'hey  believe  with  the  Chrijiiani 
and  5e2i'j' a  Refurreiflion  of  the  Dead.  They  hold,  that: 
e'er  that  time  an  Jiiti-Mahomct  will  come  ;  and  that  J.  C. 
will  defcend  from  Heaven  to  kill  him,  and  eftabli/li  Ma~ 
hmetanijm.  To  which  they  add  a  great  many  more  Chi- 
meras, relating  to  Cog  and  Magog  ;  and  the  Beat!  that  is  to 
come  out  of  Mocca.  The  Mountains  are  to  fly  in  the  Air 
like  Birds,  and  at  lafl  the  Heavens  will  melt  and  rua 
upon  the  Earth.  They  add  however,  that  fome  time 
after,  God  will  renew  and  re-eflalili/h  the  Earth  j  that 
then  the  Dead  will  be  rais'd,  ^c.    Scq  Jlcorc?:. 

MAIDEN,  an  edg'd  Inflrument  ufed  iii  fome  Coun- 
tries, particularly  in  ScoiLmd,  for  the  beheading  of  Cri- 
minals. The  Maiden  is  a  broad  Piece  of  Iron,  a  foot 
fquarc,  fllarp  on  the  lower  parr,  and  loaded  above  with 
Lead,  fo  as  fcarce  to  be  lifted.  At  the  time  of  Execu- 
tion, it  is  puU'd  up  to  the  top  of  a  narrow  wooden  Framo 
ten  foot  high,  with  a  Groove  on  each  fide  for  the  M.iiden 
to  flidc  in.  The  Prifoner's.  Neck  being  fallen'd  to  a  Bar 
underneath,  on  a  Sign  given,  the  Mai  dat  islet  loofe,  and 
the  Head  in  aninflanr  feparated  from  the  Body. 

MAJESTY,  a  Title  given  to  Kings,  and  which  fre- 
quently fervcs  as  a  Name  to  diilingui/li  them  by.  The 
Emperor  is  call'd,  His  Cccfariaii  or  Imperial  Majejiy  5  the 
King  of  Spain^  His  Catholic  Majefiy  5  the  King  of  France^ 
His  mofl  Chriftian  Majcfty  j  the  King  of  Great  Britain,  His 
hritannic  Majejiy,  &c.  Some  have  alfo  extended  this  Ti- 
tle to  the  Popes.  Fafquier  has  obferved,  that  our  Fore- 
fathers ufed  this  Quality  exceeding  fparingly  ;  and  that 
the  frequent  Ufe  of  the  Word  which  now  obtains,  had 
not  its  beginning  before  the  Reign  of  their  Henry  11.  He 
inflances  feveral  Letters  of  S.  Gregory,  who  writing  to 
KingTheodehert  and  Theodoric,  only  compliments  them  with 
Exceile7lce.  Till  the  Time  of  CharlesY.  the  King  of  Spain 
had  no  Title  but  that  of .-  And- before  our  King 
Henry  yiU.  the  Kings  of  Ew^^/ii/zrf  were  only  addrefs'd  un- 
der the  Titles  of  Grace  and  Highnefs.  At  the  Peace  of 
Munjier,  there  was  a  great  Contefl  between  the  Miniflers 
of  the  Emperor  and  thofe  of  France:  The  firft  would  nt)t 
allow  the  Title  of  Serenity  to  the  King  of  France,  and  the 
latter  would  not  give  that  of  Majejiy  to  the  Emperor. 
At  lafl  'twas  agreed,  that  whenever  the  French  King 
/hould  write  with  his  own  Hand  to  the  Emperor,  he 
fhould  give  him  the  Title  of /m^er/a/ A'Ai;e/f_>' ;  and  reci- 
procally when  the  Emperor  Should  write  to  the  King,  he 
fJiould  give  him  that  o*[  Royal  Majejiy. 

Under  the  Roman  Republic,  the  Title  of  Majefty  be- 
longed to  the  whole  Body  of  the  People  and  to  the  Prin- 
cipal Magillrates  ;  fo  that  to  dimini/li  or  wound  the  Ma- 
jejiy of  the  Commonwealth,  was  to  be  wanting  in  Refpcfl 
to  the  State,  or  its  Miniflers.  But  the  Power  pafling  into 
the  hands  of  a  fingle  Perfon,  the  Appellation  of  Majefty 
was  transfer'd  to  the  Emperor  and  the  imperial  Family. 
Fli7!y  complements  Trajan  on  his  being  contented  with 
the  Title  of  Greatjiefs ;  and  fpeaks  very  invidioully  on  thofa 
who  affefled  that  of  Majejty.  And  yet  Majefty  feems  to 
be  the  modeflefl  and  juflefl  Title  that  can  be  attributed 
to  Sovereigns,  flnce  it  fignifies  no  more,  at  bottom,  than 
the  Royalty  or  Sovereign  Power. 

The  Word  fcems  compofcd  of  the  two  Latin  words, 
Major,  greater,  and  Status,  State. 

MAIL,  a  Coat  of  jV/.iJ,  fo  caU'd  from  the  fi-ewclt  jVWfe, 
a  fquare  Figure,  or  the  fquare  Hole  of  a  Net.  Maille 
with  a  double // fignifies  a  round  Ring  of  Iron,  whence 
the  Play  of  FaU^Mall,  from  P.-;//-!,  a  Ball,  and  jVaiffe,  the 
round  Ring  thro  which  it  is  to  pafs. 

MAILED  implies  fomething  fpeckled,  or  full  of 
Specks  ■■,  as  the  Feathers  of  Hawks,  Partridges,  ^c.  or 
as  the  Furs  of  iome  wild  Beafls  are. 

MAIN  MORTE,  a  Term  in  fome  antient  Cuftoms 
fiiU  holding  in  Burgundy        other  Countries,  fignifying  a 

Right 


MA  J 


C  48p  )        M  A  t 


Right  which  the  Lord  has,  on  the  Death  of  the  Chief  of 
a  Family  MaimKortahle  (/.  e.  fubjeft  to  this  Right)  of  ta- 
king the  beiV  Moveable  in  the  Houfe ;  or  in  default  of 
that,  they  offer 'd  him  the  Right  Hand  of  the  Deceafed, 
in  token  that  he  could  ferve  him  no  longer.  This  Right 
was  not  uniform  ;  fome  People  were  T\'lain-monahlt  in  all 
their  Effects  Moveable  and  Hereditary ;  others  in  one 
only. 

MAINOUR,  Mamuv,  ot  Mehioicr,  in  Law,  figniiies  the 
thing  that  a  Thief  takes  away  or  flcals.  Thus,  to  be  ta- 
ken with  the  Mamur^  is  to  be  taken  with  the  Thing  liolen 
about  him.  If  the  Defendant  were  taken  with  the  Ma- 
imir,  and  fo  carried  to  Court,  in  antient  Times  they 
would  arraign  him  on  th^  Tvla'moi'.r^  without  any  Appeal  or 
Indiflment.  The  word  comes  from  the  French  Mamie;-  or 
Ivlciinaner,  to  hold  in  the  hand. 

MAINPRISE,  in  Law,  the  taking  or  receiving  a  Man 
into  friendly  Cuflody,  that  otherwife  is  or  might  be  com- 
mitted to  Prlfon  ;  upon  Security  given  for  his  forth-coming 
at  a  Day  afTigned.  I'hey  who  thus  undertake  for  any, 
are  call'd  Mani^emors^  bccaufe  they  receive  him  into  their 
hands;  whence  alfo  comes  the  word  Ma'wpEriiahle^  deno- 
ting the  Perfon  who  may  be  thus  bailed.    See  hail. 

ManwQod  makes  a  great  deal  of  difference  between  Bail 
and  Naiirprife  :  for  he  that  is  ma'mfrifed  is  already  faid  to 
be  at  large  after  the  Day  he  is  fet  to  Mainf^rifc  till  the 
Day  of  his  Appearance  ;  but  'tis  otherwife  where  a  Man 
is  let  to  Pail  to  four  or  two  Men,  by  the  Lord  Jufiice  in 
Eyre  of  the  Forcil,  or  any  other  Judge,  until  a  certain 
Day  i  for  there  he  is  always  accounted  by  the  Law  to  be 
in  their  Ward  and  Cuftody  for  the  Time  ;  and  they  may, 
if  they  pleafe,  keep  him  in  Prifon  all  that  time.  So  that 
he  who  is  fo  bail'd,  ihall  not  be  faid  to  be  at  large,  or  at 
his  own  liberty. 

Maitrprije  is  alfo  an  Undertaking  in  a  Sum  certain  :  ]^all 
anfwers  the  Condemnation  in  Civil  Caufes,  and  in  Crimi- 
nals, Body  for  Body. 

The  Author  of  the  Mirror  of  ^itflice  fays,  that  Pledges 
are  thofe  which  bail  or  redeem  any  thing  but  the  Body 
of  a  Man,  and  Main-pernors  thofe  that  free  the  Body  : 
Pledges  therefore  belong  properly  to  real  and  mix'd 
Aftions,  and  Main-pernors  to  perfonal.  The  word  Mairi- 
fnfe  is  compounded  of  the  h-encb  Maitty  Hand,  and  Prins 
taken.  ' 

MAINTENANCE,  in  Law,  is  the  maintaining  or  up- 
holding aCaufeor  Suit  between  others,  either  by  Word, 
Writing,  Countenance  or  Deed  :  Metaphorically  taken 
froiii  the  fuccouring  a  young  Child,  that  learns  to  go  by 
one's  hand  ;  and  ufcd  in  the  evil  part  in  fome  of  our 
Statutes.  When  a  Man's  Aft  in  this  kind  is  eftecm'd 
'Maintenance,  ^nA  when  not,  fee  hroohcind  Kachm.  There 
lies  a  Writ  againll  a  Maintainer,  call'd  a  Writ  of  Mai n- 
tenaiice. 

MAJOR,  in  the  Art  of  War,  a  Name  given  to  feveral 
Officers  of  different  Qualities  and  Fundiona. 

Major- General  is  he  who  receives  the  General's  Orders, 
and  delivers  them  out  to  the  Majors  of  the  Brigades,  with 
whom  he  concerts  what  Troops  are  to  mount  the  Guard, 
what  to  go  on  Parties,  what  to  form  Detachments,  or  to 
be  fent  on  Convoys,  ^c.  It  is  his  bulinefs  alfo  to  view 
the  Ground  to  incamp  on,  and  he  is  next  fubordinate  to 
the  General  and  Lieutenant-Gcneral.    See  General. 

IS^ajor  of  a  Brigade,  either  of  Hcrfc  or  Foot,  is  he  who 
receives  Orders,  and  the  Word,  from  the  Major-General 
and  gives  them  to  the  particular  Majors  of  each  Reei- 
ftient.    See  Brigade.  ° 

Major  of  a  Regiment  of  Horfe,  is  the  firft  Captain  of  the 
Regiment,  and  commands  in  the  abfence  of  the  Maitre 
de  Camp. 

Major  of  a  Regiment y  is  an  Officer,  whofe  bufinefs  it  is 
to  convey  all  Orders  to  the  Regiment,  to  draw  it  up,  and 
excrcife  it  ;  to  fee  it  march  in  good  Order,  to  look  to  its 
Quarters,  and  to  rally  it,  if  it  happen  to  be  broke  in  an 
Engagement,  ^c.  He  is  the  only  Officer  of  a  Regiment 
of  Foot,  who  is  allowed  to  be  on  horfeback  in  time  of 
Service  5  bwt  he  rides,  that  he  might  fpeedily  get  from 
place  to  place,  as  occafion  ferves.    Sec  Regime7Jt. 

There  is  alfo  in  a  Garifon  an  Officer  next  to  the  De- 
puty-Governour,  which  is  call'd  the  Town-Major  :  He 
ought  to  underftand  Fortification,  and  hath  charge  of  the 
Guards,  Round,  Patrols,  and  Centinels. 

There  are  alfo  ^;;i/i.M7;o>-,  Drums-Major ,  and  other  Offi- 
cers sfo  call'd  byreafon  of  fome  Seniority  or  Preroga- 
tive that  they  have  over  the  reft. 

MAJOR,  in  Law,  is  a  Perfon  who  is  of  Age  to  manage 
his  own  Affairs.  By  the  Civil  Law,  a  Man  is  not  a  Mi- 
prtA\  the  Age  of  25  Years  ;  in  England  he  is  Major  at  zi, 
and  in  Normandy  at  20. 

MAJOR,  in  Logic,  is  underftood  of  the  firfl  Fropo- 
fition  of  a  regularSyllooifm.  'Tis  call'd  Major,  becaufe 
It  has  a  more  extenfive  Senfe  than  the  M:mr  Propofition 
as  containing  the  principal  Term.    See  Syikgifm.  ' 


MAJOR  and  MINOR,  in  MulTc,  arc  fpoken  of  tk 
Concords  which  differ  from  each  other  by  a  Semi-tone. 
Thereare  Mamand  Acinar  rhhds,^c.  The  MajorToncis 
the  Difference  between  the  5th  and  4th,and  theiT4>rSemi- 
f  "'^^''l™"'"  the  Major  4th  and  the  jd. 

M /?S'?nl^fe7.'^"  =^Comma.  See  Concord. 

MAJOR-DOMO,  an  Italian  Term,  frequently  ufed  to 
iignily  a  Steward. 

TheTitle  of  iI^,>--I)o»jo  was  formerly  siven  in  the 
i.  ^^1"'  '\  AiScrcm  kinds  of  Officers. 

'/.'  To  the  Officer  who  took  care  of  what  related  to  the 
frince  s  Table  or  Eating,  otherwife  call'd  Ekater  Prx 
fea,,!Menf^,JrclUndinui,  Daf.fir,  and  rr.ncep  cAorum. 
zdly,  Major-Domo  was  alfo  applied  to  the  Steward  of  the 
Houlhold.  5%,  The  Title  of  Mi;o,.Bo„;„  was  alfo  aiven 
to  the  Chief  M.niftcr,  to  whom  the  Prince  deputed  the 
Admimllration  of  all  his  Affairs,  foreign  and  domeflick 
relating  to  War  as  well  as  Peace.  Inflances  of  iV.,;,,-! 
Domo  s  m  the  two  firft  Senfcs  arc  frequent,  both  in  the 
Englifi,  French,  and  Norman  Affiiirs. 

MAKE,  in  Law,  Cgnilies  to  perform  and  execute. 
ihus  to  makehiLaw,  is  to  perform  that  Law  to  which 
he  had  formerly  bound  himfclf;  i.e.  to  clear  himfelf  of 
an  Aflion  commenc'd  againil  him,  by  his  own  Oath  and 
the  Oath  of  his  Neighbours.  To  make  Senices,  or  Cufhm, 
IS  nothing  clfc  but  to  perform. 

MALACIA,  a  Difeafe  confifling  in  a  depraved  Appe- 
tite, wherein  the  Patient  covets  and  longs  for  fome  pafti- 
cular  kind  of  Food  with  extraordinary  Earneilnefs  and 
eats  It  to  Excefs.  As  when  a  Woman  with  Child  is  vehe- 
mently defirous  of  Herrings,  or  any  other  ufual  Di/h 
Many  Authors  confound  this  Affeclion  with  another  call'd 
P^e.i  coniifting  in  a  Depravation  of  Appetite,  which  leads 
the  Patient  to  covet  things  unnatural  and  abfurd  as  Lime 
Coals,  i^c.  The  Malacia  fcems  to  arife  from  an  111  Difpo- 
fition  of  the  Mcnflruum  in  the  Stomach ;  or  from  fome 
Defca  in  the  Imagination,  which  determines  it  to  foma 
one  thing  rather  than  another.  The  word  feems  derived 
from  the  Greek  f«A«»f,  foft  :  too  lax  a  Tone  of  tlic  'Sro 
mach  being  generally  the  Occafion  of  Iiidigefiion  and'u'n- 
ufual  Cravings. 

MALANDERS,  a  Difeafe  in  Horfes  fo  called  from  the 
Italian  Malaxdare,  to  go  ,11.  It  confiils  In  certain  Chops  or 
Chinks,  appearing  on  the  infido  of  the  Fore-Leos  'iuil 
again!!  the  bending  of  the  Knee,  which  void  a  red"  Aiarp 
and  biting  Water.  ^  * 

MALE,  the  Sex  which  has  the  Parts  of  Generation 
without-wards,  and  which  has  ordinarily  the  Prehemi- 
nence  over  the  other. 

MALEBRANCHISM,  the  Doflrine  or  Sentiments  of 
FatheriVl.t/eirfl»c&,  a  Prieft  of  the  Oratory  of  France.  Ma- 
lehranchifm  Is  in  a  great  meafure  tlie  fame  with  Cartejhmfm. 
It  muft  beown'd  however,  that  tho  F.  Malehanch  thought 
the  fame  with  Ves  Cartes,  yet  he  does  not  feem  to  hive 
foUow'd  him,  but  to  have  met  with  him.  Ma!cbr-::,chifm 
is  contain 'd  in  the  Recherche  ie  la  rerltl;  and  to  give  a  ge- 
neral Notion  of  It,  we  need  only  repeat  what  M.  FonteneUe 
fays  of  that  Work.  The  Ennuny  after  Truth,  fays  he,  is 
full  of  God.  God  is  the  only  Agent,  and  thattoo  in  the 
flriaeft  fenfe.  All  Power  of  Ailing,  all  Aaions  belong 
immediately  to  him.  Second  Caufes  are  no  Caufes.  They 
areonly  Occafions  that  determine  the  ASion  of  God  ;  Oc- 
cafional  Caufes.  SeeCattfe,  F.  Ma/cWcJ,  however,  does 
not  here  lay  down  his  Syflem  entire  with  regard  to' Reli- 
gion, or  rather  the  Manner  In  which  he  would  reconcile 
Religion  to  his  Syftem  of  Philofophy.  That  he  referv'd 
for  his  Chrijiian  Con-verfations,  printed  in  Icjyy.  where  ke 
proves  the  Exiftence  of  a  God,  the  Corruption  of  Human 
Nature  by  Original  Sin,  the  Neceflitv  of  a  Mediator  and 
of  Grace.  Malehraitchifm,  notwithllanding,  appears  to 
many  Perfons  not  only  ill  grounded,  but  even  dangerous 
and  deftruftive  to  Religion  :  and  has  accordingly  been  vi- 
goroully  oppofed  by  many  zealous  French  Authors.  The 
firft  was  M.  Fonder.  After  him  came  M.  Jrnaiid ;  and  in 
1 71 5,  (the  Year  F.  Malebranch  died)  F.  *.  Tcrti-e,  a  Jefuit, 
publifli'd  an  ample  Confutation  (as  he  imagines)  of  bis 
whole  Syflem.  That  part  which  relates  to  our  feeing  all 
things  in  God,  has  been  anfwer'd  by  Mr.  Locie. 

MALEDICTION,  in  Law,  a  Curfe  ufually  annex'd  to 
Donations  of  Lands,  IS'c.  to  Churches  and  Rell»ious  Hou- 
fes  ;  imprecating  the  moft  direful  Punilliments  to  thofe 
who  Ihould  infringe  them. 

MALIGNANT,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  greatly  aggra- 
vated: The  word  is  generally  applied  to  fuch  Fevers  as 
are  Epidemical,  or  Infeflious,  and  are  attended  with 
Spots  and  Eruptions  of  various  kinds.    See  Fener. 

MALLEABLE,  fomething  hard  and  duBile,  and  that 
may  be  beaten,  fnrg'd  and  extended  under  the  Hammer 
without  breaking.  All  Metals  are  Malkahle,  excepting 
Quickfilver  ;  but  Gold  in  the  greatett  degree  of  all. 
The  Chymifls  have  long  fought  the  Fixation  of  Mercury 
to  render  it  malkalte,  'Tis  a  popular  Error,  that  ever 
''i'ii  th- 


M  A  L 


(  4P0  ) 


M  AL 


the  Art  of  making  Glafs  malkahte,  was  inown  ;  its  Na- 
ture is  incapable  of  it.  For  if  it  were  duftile,  its  Fores 
would  not  be  oppofite  to  each  other,  and  of  confequence 
it  would  not  be  rranfparent  5  fo  that  its  principal  Quality 
would  be  loil.  See  Traiiffarency.  This  Error  is  founded 
on  the  Credit  of  antient  Hiftorians. 

MALLEOLUS,  a  Frocefs  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Leg 
juft  above  the  Foot.  There  is  one  internal,  and  another 
external.  The  internal  is  an  Eminence  oi  the  Tibia,  the 
external  of  the  Fibula  ;  the  two  together  form  the  Ancle. 

MALLET,  a  kind  of  large  Hammer,  made  of  Wood, 
much  ufed  by  Artificers  who  work  with  the  Chiffel,  as 
Sculptors,  Mafons  and  Stone-cutters,  whofc  Mallet  is  or- 
dinarily round  ;  Carpenters,  Joiners,  ^c.  who  ufe  itfquare. 

MALLEUS,  in  Anatomy,  is  underftood  of  one  of  the 
Bones  of  the  Ear,  from  its  Refemblance  to  a  Hammer  or 
Mallet ;  firfi  difcovei-ed  by  Jac.  Carpc/ifis.    See  Ea^r, 

MALMSEY,  or  Mahajy,  a  kind  of  Wine  broughtfrom 
Greece  or  Candia  fo  call'd  from  hlahqfia,  a  City  in  Fclo- 
fonnefus,  which  is  the  antient  Eptdaiirm,  whence  this  ce- 
lebrated Liquor  was  firlt  brought.  That  brought  from 
Candia  is  elleem'd  the  bed.    See  Wine. 

Malmfey  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  kind  of  Mufcadine  Wine 
brought  from  Trovaice. 

MALT,  a  Preparation  of  Barley,  whofe  Ufe  is  well 
known.  The  Frocefs  or  Manner  of  making  it.  Sir  RMurray 
defcribes  as  follows.  Take  good  Barley  newly  thre/lied, 
££;c.  put  about  fix  En^lif^  Quarters  in  a  Stone  Trough  full 
of  Water,  where  let  :t  llcep  till  the  Water  be  of  a  bright 
reddifh  colour  j  which  will  be  in  about  three  days,  more 
or  lefs,  according  to  the  MoiOnefs  or  Drynefs,  Smallnefs 
or  Bignefs  of  the  Grain,  the  Scafon  of  the  Year,  or  the 
Temperature  of  the  Weather.  In  Summer,  Malt  never 
makes  well  ;  in  Winter  it  requires  longer  fteeping  than 
in  Spring  or  Autumn.  It  may  be  known  when  it  is  fteep'd 
enough,'  by  other  Marks  befides  the  Colour  of  the  W  atcr ; 
as  by  the  cxceffive  Swelling  of  the  Grain  if  it  be  over- 
itecp'd,  and  by  too  much  Softnefs  ;  being,  when  'tis  in  a 
right  Temper,  like  the  Barley  prepared  to  make  Broth 
of.  When  it  is  fufficicntly  tep'd,  take  it  out  of  the 
Trough,  and  lay  it  on  heaps,  to  let  the  Water  drain 
from  it  then  after  two  or  three  hours  turn  it  over  with 
a  Scoop,  and  lay  it  in  a  new  heap,  about  20  or  24  Inches 
deep.  1-1 

T'his  Heap  is  call'd  the  Coming  Heap,  and  m  the  nght 
Management  of  this  lies  the  principal  Skill.  In  this 
Heap  it  may  lie  40  hours,  more  or  lefs,  acoording  to  the 
foremcntion'd  Qualities  of  the  Grain,  ^c.  before  it  come 
to  the  right  Temper  of  Malt  ;  which  that  it  may  do 
equally,  is  mainly  delired.  While  it  lies  in  this  Heap, 
it  muft  be  carefully  look 'd  to,  after  the  firft  15  or  i(i 
Hours  h  for  about  that  time  the  Grain  begins  to  put 
forth  the  Root :  which  when  they  have  equally  and  fully 
done  the  Wfl/(  mull  within  an  hour  after  be  turn'd  over 
with'a  Scoop  J  otherwife  the  Grains  will  begin  to  put 
forth  the  Blade  or  Spire  alfo,  which  mull:  by  all  means 
be  prevented.  If  all  the  Malt  don't  come  equally,  but 
that  which  lies  in  the  middle,  being  warmeft,  come  the 
fooncfl  ;  turn  it,  fo  as  the  outmofl  may  lie  inmoU:,  and 
thus  manage  it  till  'tis  all  alike.  As  foon  as  the  Malt  is 
fufficlcntly  come,  turn  it  over,  and  fprcad  it  to  a  depth 
not  exceeding  five  or  fix  Inches  ;  and  by  that  time  it  is 
all  fpread  out,  begin  and  turn  it  over  and  over  again 
three  or  four  times.  Afterwards  turn  it  over  in  like  man- 
ner once  in  four  or  five  hours,  making  the  Heap  deeper 
by  degrees  :  and  conTinue  fo  to  do  for  the  fpace  of  48 
hours  at  leaft.  Thisfrequent  turning  it  over,  cools,  dries, 
and  deadens  the  Grain,  whereby  it  becomes  mellow, 
melts  cafily  in  Brewing,  and  feparates  entirely  from  the 
Husk.  Then  throw  up  the  Malt  into  a  Heap,  as  high  as 
you  can  ;  where  let  it  lie  till  it  grow  as  hot  as  your  Hand 
can  endure  it,  which  ufually  comes  to  pafs  in  about  50 
hours  fpace.  This  perfects  the  Swcctnefs  and  Mcllownefs 
of  the  Malt.  After  it  is  fufficiently  heated,  throw  it  abroad 
to  cool  and  turn  it  over  again  about  d  or  8  hours  after, 
and  then  lay  it  on  the  Kiln  with  Hair-Cloth  or  Wire 
fpread  under  it  ;  where  after  one  Fire,  which  muft  laft 
for  24  hours,  give  it  another  more  flow,  and  afterwards, 
if  need  be,  a  third  :  for  if  rhe  Malt  be  not  thoroughly 
dried  it  cannot  be  well  ground,  neither  will  it  diflblve 
well  in  the  Brewing ;  but  the  Ale  it  makes  will  be  red, 
bitter  and  will  not  keep.  The  bell  Fewel  is  Feat  or 
Turf;  the  next.  Charcoal.  If  there  be  not  enough  of 
one  kind,  burn  the  beft  firft,  for  that  gives  the  ilrongell 
IrnprcffiGn.  Indeed  the  beft  and  moft  natural  Method  of 
drying  it,  is  in  the  Sun  in  the  Months  o(  .'Jpril  and  May. 
This  yields  the  paleft,  the  moft  wholefome,  and  the  finett 
Liquor.  However  this  be,  take  care  the  Male  be  not 
fmoak'd  in  the  drying.  As  to  the  Complexion  or  Colour 
of  Malt,  White  is  accounted  the  beft,  becaufe  the  motl 
natural. 

The  Manner  of  preparing  Liquors,  of  Malt;  lee  under 
he  word  'Iircivi>]^. 


Malt  Liquors  ho.vc  different  Names,  as  well  as  different 
Virtues,  Properties  and  Ufes,  both  from  the  different 
Manners  of  preparing  rhe  Malt,  (whence  they  are  diftin- 
guifh'd  into  Fale  and  Brow7i  i)  and  from  the  dilFcrent 
Manners  of  preparing  or  brewing  the  Liquors  themfelves  ; 
whence  they  are  divided  into  Beer  and  ^/e,  Stroyj?-  and 
Small,  Nc-Jj  and  Old. 

As  to  the  firfli  Divifion,  Malt  Drinks  are  either  Tale  of 
B>£»w«,_as  xhcMalt  is  more  or  lefs  dried  on  the  Kiln  ;  thar 
which  is  the  flcndereft  dried  tinging  the  Liquor  leail  in 
brewing,  and  therefore  call'd  Talc /whereas  that  hiohcr 
dried,  and  as  it  were  roaficd,  makes  it  of  a  higher  co- 
lour :  a  Mixture  of  both  thefe  makes  an  Amber  Colour, 
whence  feveral  of  thefe  Liquors  take  their  Name.  Now 
'tis  certain  the  Fale  Malt  has  motl  of  the  natural  Grain  in 
It,  and  is  therefore  the  moft  nouri/hing  ;  but  for  the  fame 
reafon,  requires  a  ftronger  Coniiitution  to  digeftit.  Thofe 
who  drink  much  of  it,  are  ufually  fat  and  iicek  in  their 
Bloom;  but  are  ufually  cut  off  with  fuddcn  Fevers;  or 
if  they  avoid  this,  fall  early  into  a  diftemper'd  Old  Age. 
The  Brown  makes  a  Drink  much  lefs  vifcid,  and  fitter  to 
pafs  the  feveral  Strainers  of  the  Body  ;  but  if  very  ftrong, 
may  lead  on  to  the  fame  Inconveniences  with  the  Fale  j 
tho  a  fingle  Debauch  wears  off"  much  more  eafily  in  the 
hrovju.  Dr.  Qi<i7icey  obfcrves,  that  the  beft  Fa/e  Liquors 
are  thofe  brcw'd  with  bard  Waters,  as  thofe  of  Springs 
and  Wells:  in  regard  the  Mineral  Particles  wherewith 
thefe  Waters  are  impregnated,  help  to  prevent  the  Co- 
hcfions  of  thofe  drawn  from  the  Grain,  and  enable  them 
to  pafs  the  proper  Secretions  the  better  ;  as  the  vjfcid  Far- 
tides  of  the  Grain  do  likewife  defend  thefe  from  doin" 
the  mifchief they  might  otherwife  occafion.  ButfofterVVV 
ters,  as  Rain  and  River  Waters,  feem  beft  fuited  to  draw 
out  the  Subftance  of  high-dry'd  Mi/rj,  which  retain  many 
fiery  Particles  in  their  Contexture,  and  are  therefore  belt 
loft  in  a  fmooth  Vehicle. 

As  to  the  Difference  in  Preparation,  it  confifts  chiefJy 
in  the  Ufe  of  Hops,  as  in  Beer;  or  in  their  Omiftion,  as 
in  Ale.  Now  the  Difference  made  by  Hops,  is  beft  dif- 
covercd  from  the  Nature  and  Qualities  of  the  Hops  them- 
felves. Thefe  are  known  to  be  a  fubtile  grateful  Eitter  ; 
in  their  Compofition  therefore  with  this  Liquor,  they  add 
fomewhat  of  an  Alkaline  Nature,  /.  e.  Panicles  rhat  arc 
fubtile,  adlive  and.  rigid.  By  which  means  the  ropy, 
vifcid  Parts  of  the  Mti/r  are  more  divided  and  fubtiliz'd 
and  are  therefore  not  only  render'd  more  eafy  of  Digeftion 
and  Secretion  in  the  Body  ;  but  alfo,  while  in  the  Liquor, 
prevent  it  from  running  into  fuch  Cohefions  as  would  make 
it  ropy,  vapid  and  four.  Now  for  want  of  tl-.is,  in  un- 
hopp'd  Drinks,  rhat  clammy  Sweetnefs  which  they  retain 
after  working,  foon  turns  them  Acid,  and  unfit  for  Ufe; 
which  happens  fooner  or  later,  in  proportion  to  the 
Strength  they  receive  from  the  Malt,  and  the  Comminu- 
tion it  has  undergone  by  Fermentation.  'Tis  a  common 
Opinion,  rhat  Ale  is  more  Diuretic  than  Beer,  that  is, 
unhopp'd  Liquors  more  than  that  with  Hops  in  it.  Which 
may  hold  in  fome  particular  Conftirutions,  in  regard  Ale 
being  more  fmooth,  foftning,  and  relaxing,  where  Urine 
is  to  be  promoted  by  enlarging  the  Paflage,  as  in  thin  dry 
Conftirutions,  this  is  the  moft  likely  to  effeil-  it.  But 
where  the  promoting  of  Urine  is  to  be  done  by  attenua- 
ting and  breaking  the  Juices,  and  rendering  them  more 
fluid, 'tis  certainly  beft  anfwer'd  by  thofe  Drinks  which 
are  well  hopp'd.  As  to  the  Difpute,  whether  or  no  Hops 
tend  to  breed  the  Stone,  'tis  too  long  to  enter  upon  here. 
Dr.  Qnincey  is  of  opinion,  there  is  but  little  reafon  for 
the  Affirmative  fide  of  the  Queftion  ;  and  in  rhe  general 
makes  no  fcrupie  to  fav,  that  for  one  Conftitution  da- 
maged by  Beer,  there  are  Numbers  fpoil'd  by  Ale.  For 
this  laft  manifeftly  fouls  the  Glands,  fluffs  the  Veflels 
with  Slime  and  Vifcidity,  makes  the  Body  unwieldy  and 
corpulent,  and  paves  the  way  for  Cachexies,  Jaundice, 
Afthma's,  and  at  laft  incurable  Dropfies.  The  Urinary 
Pafiages,  alfo,  which  it  is  fuppofed  to  clear,  it  will  in 
time  fill  with  Slough  and  Matter  of  as  ill  confequence  as 
Gravel. 

Again,  the  different  Strengths  of  thefe  Liquors  makes 
their  Effefts  different.  The  ftronger  rhey  Mre,  the  more 
vifcid  Parts  they  carry  into  the  Blood  ;  and  though  the 
Spirituous  Parts  make  thefe  imperceptible  at  firft,  yet 
when  thefe  are  evaporated,  which  will  be  in  a  few  hours, 
the  other  will  be  fenfibly  felt  by  Pains  in  the  Head,  Nau- 
fcoufnefs  at  the  Stomach,  and  Laftitude  or  Liftleffnefs  to 
Motion.  This,  thofe  are  the  moft  fenfible  of,  who  have 
experienced  the  Extremes  of  drinking  thefe  Liquors  and 
Wines  j  for  a  Debauch  of  Wine  they  find  much  fooner 
wore  off,  and  they  are  much  more  lively  and  brisk  after- 
wards, than  after  fuddling  Ma/t  Z-iyifj/j,  whofe  vifcid  Re- 
mains will  be  long  e'er  they  are  fliook  off.  Thefe  Li- 
quors therefore  are  more  wholefome  for  being  fmall  ; 
/.  e.  of  fuch  a  Strength  as  is  able  to  carry  a  fmall  degree 
of  Warmth  into  the  Stomach,  but  not  fo  great  as  to  pre- 
vent 


M  A  L 


( m  ) 


M  AL 


vent  their  being 'prap^'*  1^'!"^'^''^  of  the  neceflary  Food,  and  Knights  retired  fir  ft  into  the  Ific      Camlia.  Sorn5 

Indeed  in  robuft  People,  or  thofc  who  labour  Hard,  the  time  after  Pope  Clement  VH.  gave  them  Viterbo.  Lattly 

Vifcidities  of  the  Drink  may  be  broke  into  convenient  Charles  Y.\n\j%o,  gave  them  the  liland  of  which 
>Joun/hraent ;  but  in  Perfons  of  another  Habit  and  Way 
of  Living,  they  ferve  rather  to  promote  Obftrudions  and 
ill  Humours. 


The  Age  of  thefe  Liquors  is  the  lafl;  thing  by  which 
they  are  render'd  more  or  lefs  whole  fume.  Age  feems  to 
do  nearly  the  fame  thing  as  Hops  ^  for  thofc  Liquors 
■which  are  longeft  kept,  are  certainly  leaft  vifcid:  Age 
breaking  the  vifcid  Parts,  and  by  degrees  rendering  them 
fmaller  and  fitter  for  Secretion.    But  this  is  always  deter- 


550,  gave  them  the  liland  of  Malta,  which 
they  Hill  hold  ;  and  hence  they  come  by  the  Appellation 
of  Knights  of  Miha  5  tho'  iheir  proper  Name  is  that  of 
Knights  ot  the  Order  of  Strjohn  o^-3cmfakm  ;  and  their 
Grand  Maftcr,  among  his  other  Titles,  iliil  retains  that 
of  MaUcr  of  the  Hofpital  of  St.  and  Guardian  of 

the  Poor  of  uur  Saviour  Jefus  Chrill. 

The  Order  of  Malta  have  no  other  Dominions  befides 
that  of  their  Hland,  and  fomc  other  little  Places  in  the 
Neighbourhood,  the  chief  whereof  nxc  G'-za  sindComino, 


jnined  according  to  their  Strength  ;  in  proportion  to  which  1'he  Government  is  both  Monarchical  and  Aridocratical, 

they  will  fooner  or  later  come  to  their  full  Perfefiion  as  the  Grand  Mafter  being  the  Sovereign,  and  the  Chapter 

well  as  Decay.    For  when  Ale  or  Beer  is  kept  rill  its  Par-  the  Senate.    It  is  Monarchical  with  regard  to  the  Inha- 

ticles  are  broke  and  comminuted  as  far  as  they  are  ca-  bitants  of  Malta,  and  the  Jiles  adjacent,   and  even  with 

pable,  then 'tis  they  are  the  bcft  i  and  beyond  this  they  regard  to  the  Knights  in  every  thing  relating  to  the  Sta- 

will  be  continually  on  the  Decay,  till  the  finer  Spirits  tutes  and  Rule  of  their  Order ;  and  Ariflocratical,  wich 

are  entirely  efcapedj  and  the  Remainder  becomes  vapid  regard  to  the  Dccificn  of  any  important  Affairs,  which  are 

and  four.  not  to  be  difpatched  but  by  the  Grand  Mailer  and  the 

We  Ihall  only  add,  that  thofe  who  mix  Wine  with  Chapter,    There  are  two  Councils,    the  one  ordinary, 

their  common  Drink,  are  Icfs  fubjed  to  Coughs,  with  compoled  of  the  Grand  Matler,  as  Chief,  and  theGmn/s 

other  Dillempers  of  the  Breaft,  and  to  Dropfies  ;  yet  are  Croix  ;  the  other  complear,  confifting  of  the  Grand  Maf- 

they  more  affefled  with  Gravel  and  Pains  of  the  Gout,  ter,  the  Grands-Croix,  and  the  two  Senior  Knights  of  each 

See  Uine.  Language. 

MALTA,  Knights  of :  An  Order  of  Military  Religious,        The  Languages  of  Malta   are    the  feveral  Nations 

who  have  bore  various  Names  5  as,  Hofpitalkrs  of  S.  ]oh\\  whereof  the  Order  is  compofed.     Of  thefe  there  are 

of  Jerufaletn,   Knights  of  S.  John,   Knights  of  Rhodes,  eight,  viz.  Froz-cMce^  Aii'Dsr<iin,    France,    Italy^  Arragon, 

Order  of  Malta,  Religion  of  Malta,  £sfc.    About  the  Year  Germa77y,C.iJii'e,a.uci  England.    The  Pillar  (as  he  iscalledj 

1048,  fome  Neapolitan  Merchants  founded  a  Church  after  of  the  Language  of  Fro-vence  is  the  Grand  Commander 
the  Latiji  Rite  at  ^erufalem^  s,iving  it   the  Name  of  '  1  1  t,,    ^   ,     ,       ,-  . 

£ta  Maria  delta  Latina.    They  alfo  founded  a  Monaftcry 


he  of  Ju-jergne  the  Grand  Mar/hal,  he  of  /r.j»ct:  the 
Grand  Hofpiraller,  he  of  Italy  Grand  Admiral,  he  of 
yirragon  Grand  Confervafor,  or  Draper,  as  he  was  antient- 
ly  called  ;  the  Pillar  of  the  Language  of  Germany  fs 
Grand  Bailiff,  and  he  of  Caflile  Grand  Chancellor  ;  the 
Language  of  fiiiglaud^  which  has  been  extinil  fince  the 


of  Religious  after  the  Order  of  S.  lieimet,  for  the  Recep 
tion  of  Pilgrims  j  and  afterwards  an  Hofpital  near  the 
Monatiery,  to  take  care  of  the  Difeafed,  under  the  di- 
re£tion  uf  a  Maftcr  or  Re£lor,  to  be  nominated  by  the 

Ahhot     i^^"  Mart  a  delta  Latina.    Befides  which,  they  alfo  Time  of  the  Reformation  under  King  Benry'^Wl.  had 

built  a  Chappel  in  honour  ol  S.  3ohn  Baj^tiff.    In  1099,  for  its  Pillar,  or  Chief,   the  Turopolier,   or  General  of 

Godfrey  of  Ihtllen  having  taken  ^enfalem,  endow'd  this  the  Inflmtry.  The  Language  of  F  rovencc  is  the  firft,  on  ac- 

Hofpital  with  fome  Demefiies  he  had  in  Fra}ice  ;  and  o-  count  of  Raimond  de  Pity^  their  firft  Grand  Mafter,  who 

thers  imitating  his  Liberality,  the  Revenues  of  the  Hof-  was  cl  Frovencial. 

pitals  became  confiderably  augmented.    Upon  this,  Ger-  In  each  Language  there  are  feveral  Grand  Priories  and 

roi-dTorn  their  Reflor,  in  concert  with  the  Hofpitallers,  capital  Bailiages.    To  each  Language  belongs  a  Hall^ 

rcfolvcd  to  feparate  from  the  Abbot  and  Religious  of  where  the  Knights  eat,  and  hold  their  ordinary  Aflcm- 

St*  Maria,  and  to  form  a  diftin^l  Congregation,  under  the  blies.    Each  Grand  Prior  has  a  Number  of  Comman- 

Name  and  Protcfliun  of  S.^ohn  Baptilf  :  And  hence  it  dries.    The  Commandries  are  either  magiftral,  by  Right, 

was,  that  they  had  the  Name  o£  Hrfpitallers,  or  Brothers  or  by  Favour;  the  magiftral  are  thofe  annexed  to  the 


of  John  of  Jcrufalem.  Pope  Fafcbal  II.  by  a  Bull  in 
the  Year  1 1 1  ^,  confirmed  the  Donations  made  to  this  Hof- 
pital, which  he  fettled  under  the  proteftion  of  the  Holy 
See  i  ordering  that  the  Reftors,  after  Gerard's  death, 
fhould  be  chofen  by  the  HoffitaHers,     Raymond  de  Ftiy^ 


Grand  Mafterftiip,  whereof  there  is  one  in  each  grand 
Priory.  Commandries  by  Right  are  thofe  which  come 
by  Right  of  Seniority  ;  their  Seniority  is  computed  from 
the  Time  of  their  Admiflion,  but  they  muft  firft  have 
lived  five  Years  at  Malta,  and  have  made  four  Caravannes, 


Gerard's  Succeffor,  took  the  Title  of  Mj/^er  :  He  gave  a  or  cruizing  Voyages  on  the  Turks  3.nd  Corfai.  s.  Commau- 

Rule  to  the  Hoy]p;w//e?'j,  which  was  approved  by  Cfl//xi;(j  II.  dries  by  Favour,  are  thofe  which  the  Grand  Mafter,  or 

in  1 120.       ■  the  Grand  Priors  have  a  Right  of  conferring  j  cnc  of  thefe 

Such  was  the  firft  Rife  of  the  Ort/er  0/ Malta.    Now  they  confer  every  five  Years  on  whom  they  pleafe. 

their  firft  Grand  Mafter  finding  the  Revenues  of  the  Hof-        n^i.- -\t„ui,- t    ..m.i  1  .T,-.t 

pital  vaftly  exceeded  what  was  ncceftary  for  the  Enter- 
tainment of  poor  Pilgrims  and  difeafed  Perfons,  refolved 
to  employ  the  Surplus  againft  the  Infidels  ;  and  with  this 


View  oft er'd  himfelf  to  the  King  of  jcrufalem.  He  di- 
vided his  Hofpitallers  into  three  Claftcs.  The  firft  confifted 
of  Nobles,  whom  he  dcftined  to  the  Profcflion  of  Arms, 
for  the  Defenceof  the  Faith,  and  the  Protcflion  of  Pil- 
grims b  the  fccond  confifted  of  Priefts  or  Chaplains,  who 
were  to  perform  the  Office  ;  and  the  third  of  Servitors, 
who  were  not  Noble,  but  were  alfo  appointed  for  the 
War.  He  alfo  regulated  the  Manner  of  admitting  Knights 


The  Noble  Knights  are  called  Knights  by  Right 
cepting  whom,  none  can  be  Bailifts,  Grand  Priors,  or 
Grand  Mailers.  The  Knights  by  Favour  are  thofe  who, 
not  being  noble  of  themfelves,  areraifed,  on  account  of 
fome  great  Exploit,  or  notable  Service,  into  the  Rank  of 
Nobles.  TheScrvitors,  or  Serving-Brothers,  are  of  two 
kinds;  (i.)  The  Servitors  of  War,  whofe  Functions  are 
the  fame  with  thofe  of  the  Knights.  Servitors  of 

Religion,  whofe  whole  Bufineis  is  to  fing  the  Praifesof 
God  in  the  Conventual  Church,  and  to  officiate  each  in 
his  '1  urn  as  Almoners  on  board  the  Vefl*els  and  Gallies  of 
the  Order.    The  Brothersof  Obedience  are  Prielis,  who. 


Brothers  ;  and  had  the  whole  confirmed  by  Pope  Inno-  without  being  obliged  to  go  to  Afaha,  take  the  Habit  of 

cent ;  who  gave  them  for  Arms,  a  White  Crofs  in  a  Field  the  Order,  make  the  Vows,  and  attach  themfelves  to  the 

Argent,  which  continue  ftftl  the  Standard  of  this  Order.  Service  of  fome  of  the  Churches  of  the  Order,  under  the 

After  the  Lofs  of  ^erw/fl/ew,  they  retired  firft  to  Mar^nr,  Authority  of  a  Grand  Prior,   or  Commander,  to  whom 

~  ^"  '  "     '  they  pay  Obedience.    The  Knightsof  Majority  are  thofe 


then  to  Jcre,  which  they  defended  very  vigoroufly  in 
190.    After  the  entire  Lofs  of  the  Holy  Land,  they  with 


drew  to  Cyprus,  where  K.  Hemy  o^  Liifignajt,  whom  they 
had  foUow'd  thither,  gave 'cm  the  City  of  Limijfon.  Here 
they  continued  iS  Years  ;  when  taking  the  Ifiand  of 
Rhodes  from  the  Sarazens  in  i;c8,  they  fettled  there. 
And  now  it  was  that  they  firft  took  the  Name  of  Knights, 
viz.  Kjiights  of  Rhodes.  Andronicus^  Emperor  of  Ccjijia?!- 
lifiople,  granted  to  their  Grand  Mafter  Fvr.lque  de  VtUaret^ 
the  Inveftiture  of  this  Order  ;  and  the  Donation  was  con- 
firm'd  by  Pope  Clement.  The  Year  following,  with  the 
aftiftancc  of  Amadeus  IV.  Duke  of  Sazmy,  they  defended 
themfelves  and  their  Iftand  againft  an  Atrny  of  Sarazeiis. 


who,  according  to  the  Statutes,  are  admuted  at  fixteen 
^.ears  of  Age.  The  Knights  of  Minority  are  thofe  who 
are  admitted  from  the  Time  of  their  Birth  ;  which,  how- 
ever, can't  be  done  without  a  Difpenfation  from  the 
Pope,  The  Chaplains  can  only  be  admitted  regularly 
from  ten  ro  fifteen  Years  of  Age  ;  after  fifteen  they  muit 
have  a  Brief  from  the  Pope  ;  till  fifteen  the  Grand  Maf- 
ter's  Letter  is  fulficient.  Thefe  are  called  Diams,  and 
muft  give  Proof  of  their  being  born  of  creditable  Fami- 
lies. 

For  the  Proofs  of  Nobility  10  be  made,  e'er  the  Ad- 
milfionof  Knights,  in  the  Language  of  Germany,  they  go 


In  1480,  their  Grand  Mafter  d'Aithu^on  made  a  vigorous  back  fix  Generations  ;  in  the  reft  'tis  fufficient  to  go  back 

Defence  againft  Mahomet  II.  and  preferved  the  Iftand,  in  to  the  Great  Grandfather  on  the  Father's  or  Mother's 

fpight  of  a  formidable  Army  _  which  befieged  ir  for  the  fide.    AH  the  Knights,  after  the-r  Profeflion,  are  obliged 

fpace  of  three  Months.    But  In  152.2,  it  was  artack'd  by  to  wear  a  white  Crofs  or  Star,  with  eight  Points  over  the 

Soliman  with  an  Army  of  three  hundred  thoufand  Men,  Cloak  or  Coat  on  the  left  Side,  which'is  the  proper  Habic 

and  taken  by  him,  after  having  been  in  the  pofllftion  of  of  the  Order,  the  Golden  Crofs  being  only  an  Orna- 

the  Knights  213  Years.  After  this  Lofs,  the  Grand  Mafter  nient; 

There 


MAN 


There  ire  alfo  Female  Hofpitallers  of  the  Order  of 
St.  jfo^M  of  ^eriifalem,  fomemncs  alfo  called  Chevaliere^es, 
or  She-Knkhts,  of  equal  Antiquity  with  the  Knights  them- 
felves  ;  wnofe  Buiinefs  was  to  take  care  of  the  Wometi- 
Vilgrims,  in  an  Hofpital  a-^art  from  that  of  the  Men. 

MALTHA,  a  Jiind  of  Cement,  formerly  in  great 
tJfe,  compofed  of  Pitch,  Wax,  Flaifter,  and  Grcafe. 
Beiides  this,  there  was  another  kind  of  M-iltha  wherewith 
the  Romans  plaiftered  and  whitened  the  Infldes  of  their 
Aquedu6ls  ;  this  was  a  very  fine  Cement,  confiding  of 
Lime  flaked  in  Wine,  incorporated  with  melted  Pitch  and 
frefh  Figs.  The  natural  Maltha  is  a  kind  of  Bitumen, 
■wherewith  the  ^flric^j  plaifler  their  Walls.  When  this 
Jiiahhais  once  fet  on  fire,  Water  won't  extinguifli  it,  but 
ferves  rather  to  make  it  burn  more  fiercely.  The  firft 
^ahha  was  anticntly  ufed  In  the  Dedication  of  Churches. 

MAMM^.    Sec  Breajis. 

MAMMELUKE,  the  Name  of  a  Dynafty  which 
reigned  a  confiderableTime  in  Egypt.  'J'hey  were  ori- 
ginally Turhfi  and  Ctrcajfuvi  Slaves,  bought  of  the  Tar- 
tars by  Mehcfaleh^  to  the  Number  of  a  thoufand,  whom 
he  bred  up  to  Arms,  and  raifed  feme  to  the  principal 
Offices  of  the  Empire.  They  killed  Sultan  Moadam  in 
1250,  being  affronted  athis  concluding  a  Treaty  with  his 
Prifoner  St.  Lmus  without  their  Privity,  This  Moadam  was 
the  laft  Sultan  of  the  Majoubites  j  to  whom  fucceeded  the 
'Mammehkcs,  the  firft  of  whom  was  Sultan  y^zeddhi,  or 
Mouz  Jhec,  the  Turcoman. 

Others  fay,  that  the  Mammehhss  were  ordinarily  cho- 
fen  from  among  the  Chriftian  Slaves,  and  that  they  were 
the  fame  thing,  in  great  meafare,  with  the  Janizaries  a- 
mong  the  Turks.  They  never  married.  The  firft  are 
faid  to  have  been  brought  from  Circajjia^  and  fome  add, 
that  they  firft  began  to  be  talked  of  about  the  Year  ^69. 

TheWord  comes  from  "^^O,  reqere^  imperare,  thc^lra- 
hic  Participle  FalTive  whereof  is  l^'^QQ,  MamluCj  which 
fignifies  iS'nijeff,  or  one  under  the  Dominion  of  another. 
Scaliger  holds,  that  the  Word  is  Jrabic,  but  that  it  pro- 
perly fignifies  fomething  bought  with  Money  ;  but  o- 
thers  will  have  it  fignity  any  thing  acquired,  cither  as 
Prize  or  FurchLifc. 

MAMMIFORMIS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Name  given  to 
two  Apoptiyfes  of  the  Bone  in  the  back  Fart  of  the  Skull, 
fo  called  from  their  rcfembling  a  Breaft.  SccMaJloides. 

MAMMILLARIS,  in  Anatomy,  an  Epithet  given  to 
two  J 'Tie  Protuberances,  fomewhat  refembling  the  Nip- 
ples of  rnc  Breaft,  found  under  the  Fore-Ventricles  of 
the  Brain,  and  fuppofed  to  be  the  Organs  of  Smelling. 
They  are  called  Jpnphyja  Mammillares.  There  is  alfo  a 
Mulcle  called  Mjimmillaris^  or  Najtoides,  ferving  to  ftoop 
the  Head. 

MANAGE,  or  Manege,  a  Riding  Academy,  or  Place 
for  riding  the  Great  Horfc,  and  for  breaking  Horfes  to 
the  proper  Au)rions  and  A£Hons.  In  a  Munv^e  is  a  Place 
deftined  for  vaulting  round  a  Pillar,  a  Courfe  or  Carrier 
for  running  the  Ring,  and  on  the  Side  are  Pillars,  be- 
tween which  are  j'laccd  the  Horfes  deilined  for  high  Airs, 
Ma7tage  is  alfo  ufcd  for  the  Exercile  itfelf,  either  of  the 
Ilorfe  or  the  Rider.  The  Word  is  borrowed  from  the 
Trench  Menage,  and  that  from  the  ItaU.in  Maweggh,  or,  as 
fome  will  have  it,  a  Mami  agendo. 

MANCIPLE,  a  Caterer  J  there  was  antiently  an  Offi- 
cer in  the  Temple  called  by  this  Name,  now  called  the 
Steward  j  and  the  Name  and  Office  is  retained  ftill  in 
Our  Colleges  In  both  the  Univerfities. 

MANDAMUS,  a  Writ  that  lieth  after  the  Year  and 
Day,  whereas,  in  the  mean  time,  the  Writ  called  Diem 
clan/it  extrentitm  hath  not  been  fent  out  to  the  Efcheator, 
for  the  fame  purpofe  to  which  it  fliould  have  been  fent. 
Mandamus  is  alfo  a  Charge  to  the  Sheriff,  to  take  into 
the  King's  hands  all  the  Lands  and  Tenements  of  the 
King's  Widow,  that,  againft  her  Oath  formerly  given, 
marrieth  without  the  King's  Confenr. 

MANDARIN,  a  Name  given  by  the  Tomignefe  to  the 
Nobility  of  the  iLtT/Zcm  Countries,  whom  the  C'ii/je/e  call 
Qnoan,  or  rather  Cohen,  q.  d.  to  ferve,  to  be  a  M'-n'iJter  of  a 
Trince.  There  are  in  China  nine  Orders  of  Mandarins  j  or 
nineit.'cgrees  of  Nobility  j  which  have  as  many  different 
Anima'.:  for  their  CharaCleriflicks.  The  firft  is  diftin- 
gui/hed  by  a  Crane,  the  lecond  by  a  Lion,  the  third  by  an 
Eagle,  the  fourth  by  a  Peacock,  ^c.  There  arc  in  all 
thirty-two  or  thirty-three  Thoufand  M-indarins  in  China. 
There  are  M^ndarijis  of  Letters,  and  Mandarins  o^  Arms  i 
both  the  one  and  the  other  of  which  pafs  feveral  Exami- 
nations. Since  the  Time  that  the  Tartars  have  rendered 
ihemfclves  Mafters  of  China,  moft  of  the  Tribunals,  or 
Courts  of  Juftice,  inftead  of  one  Mandarin  for  aPre- 
fidenr,  have  two  ;  the  one  a  T/urar,  the  other  a  Chinefe. 
The  Maridarinat  is  not  hereditary,  nor  are  any  raifed  to 
it  but  Men  of  Letters. 

'Mandarin  isalfo  the  Name  which  the  Chinefe  give  to  the 


(  49^  ) 


MAN 


learned  Language  of  the  Country  i  for  befidcs  the  pro- 
per and  peculiar  Language  of  each  Nation  and  Province, 
they  have  one  common  to  all  the  learned  Men  in  the 
Empire  ;  and  which  is  that  in  China  which  the  Latin  is  in 
Europe.  This  Language  they  call  the  Maiidarin^  or  the 
Language  of  the  Court.  Their  public  Officers,  as  Nota- 
ries, Lawyers,  Judges,  and  chief  Magiftrates,  write  and 
fpeak  the  Mandarin. 

MANDATE,  in  the  Canon  Law,  is  aRefcrlpt  or  Edia 
of  the  Pope,  by  which  he  commands  fome  Ordinary, 
Collator,  or  Prefentcr,  to  put  the  Perfon  there  nominated 
m  poffeffionof  the  firft  Benefice  vacant  in  his  Collation. 
An  Apoftolical  ]\W.7re  for  the  Provifion  of  Benefices,  is 
a  monitorial  and  comminatory  Letter  from  the  Pope  to  a 
Bifliop,  by  which  he  is  enjoined  to  provide  a  Subfifienco 
for  thofe  who  have  been  ordained  by  him,  or  his  Prede- 
cefTors,  from  the  Tonfure  to  Sacred  Orders  inclufivel)  ; 
and  to  allow  them  this  Subfif^ence  till  they  be  pro- 
vided of  a  Benefice  ;  which  Prailice  was  occafioned  by 
the  Ei/hop's  laying  Hands  on  great  Numbers,  and  after- 
wards abandoning  them  toMifery  and  Want.  At  firft  the 
Popes  only  gave  monitory  Mandates,  which  were  no  more 
than  fimple  Prayers  and  Requefts,  that  did  not  bind  the 
Ordinary  j  afterwards  they  gave  preceptory  Mandates^ 
which  did  nor  annul  the  Provifions  of  the  Ordinary  ;  at 
laft  they  fet  up  executory  Mandates,  by  which  the  Pro- 
vifions made  by  the  Ordinary,  in  prejudice  of  the  Mak- 
date,  were  declared  null,  and  the  Executor  of  the  Man- 
date, in  default  of  the  Ordinary,  conferred  the  Benefice 
on  the  Mandatory  :  but  the  Pope's  Power  in  iffuing  thefe 
Mandates  is  now  very  much  regulated  and  reftrained. 

MANDERIL,  a  kind  of  wooden  Pulley,  making  a 
Member  of  the  Turner's  Leath.  Of  thefe  there  are  fe- 
veral kinds,  a-sFIatManderils,  which  have  three  or  mora 
little  Pegs  or  Points  near  the  Verge,  and  are  ufed  for 
turning  flat  Boards  on.  Fin  Maitderih,  which  have  a  long 
wooden  Shank  to  fit  into  a  round  Hole  made  in  the  Work 
to  be  turned.  HoUo-io  ManderUs,  which  are  hollow  of 
themfclves,  and  ufed  for  turning  hollow  Work.  Screia- 
Manderils,  for  turning  Screws,  £>r.  See  Turnery.  See  al- 
fo L  eath. 

MANDIBULA,  the  Jaw.  See  Maxilla.  Ucuce  Man- 
dihidaresMt<fci'.l/,  and  MandacatoriiMufcuU.    See  Mafkters. 

MANDIL,  the  Name  of  a  Cap  or  Turban  wore  by  the 
Terfians.  The  iVt77;(//^  is  formed,  by  firft  wrapping  round 
the  Head  a  Piece  of  fine  white  Linen  five  or  fix  Ells  long  j 
over  this  they  wrap,  in  the  fame  manner,  a  Piece  of  Silk 
of  the  fame  Length,  and  oftentimes  of  great  Value,  To 
make  the  Ma«^;/ genteel.  Care  mufl  be  taken,  that  in 
wrapping  the  Silk,  it  be  io  managed,  as  that'the  feveral 
Colours,  found  in  the  feveral  Folds,  make  a  kind  of 
Waves,  fomewhat  like  what  we  fee  in  marbled  Paper. 
This  Drcfs  is  extremely  majeftic,  but  at  the  fame  time 
very  heavy.  It  ferves  either  as  a  Shelter  to  the  Head 
from  Cold,  or  as  a  Skreen  from  the  cxcefTivc  Heat  of 
the  Sun  j  'tis  faid  the  Cutlafs  won't  penetrate  it.  In 
rainy  Weather  they  cover  it  up  with  a  kind  of  Cafe  or 
Hood,  made  of  redCbth.  TheModeof  the  has 
been  altered  of  late  j  during  the  Time  of  C/j«  ^iiflj  II. 
it  was  round  at  Top  :  in  the  time  of  Cha-Soliman,  they 
brought  one  End  of  the  Silk  out  of  the  middle  of  the 
Mandil  over  the  Head  ;  and,  laftly,  in  the  Reign  of  Cha- 
Vlfein,  theendof  theSilk,  inlieuof  its  being  gathered 
as  before,  was  plaited  in  manner  of  a  Rofe  j  and  this 
the  Terfians  find  extremely  graceful,  and  ufe  it  to  this 
day. 

MANDRAGORA,  Mandrake,  a  Medicinal  Plant, 
which  makes  a  principal  Ingredient  in  the  Unguent, 
called  Tcpuletim.  There  are  two  kinds  of  Mandrake, 
Male  and  Female,  each  bearing  a  kind  of  Apples  ;  thofe 
of  the  Male,  as  well  as  the  Leaves,  Roots,  ^c.  being 
twice  as  large  as  thofe  of  the  Female  5  but  the  Juice  of 
each  is  a  Poifon,  equally  violent.  Naturalifts  tell  ftrangc 
Stories  of  this  Plant,  but  fetting  afide  its  foporiferous 
Virtue,  the  modern  Botanifls  will  fcarce  warrant  any  of 
them,  not  even  that  human  Figure  ordinarily  afcribed 
to  its  Root.s  cfpecially  fincc  the  Difcovery  of  the  Arti- 
fice of  Charlctan's  in  preparing  it,  to  furprize  the  Creduli- 
ty of  the  People.  Chinefe  Mandragora  is  the  Plant  Ginfeng^ 
which  lee. 

MANDUCATION,  the  Aflion  of  chewing,  a  Term 
feldom  ufed  but  in  fpeaking  of  the  Eucharift.  The  Ca- 
tholics maintain  areal  Mandacation  of  the  Body  of  Chrift  } 
the  Reformed,  on  the  contrary,  take  this  Mandiicattoj!  to 
be  only  figurative  and  by  Faith.  St.  Jugujiine  c^ls  it  a 
Spiritual  Manducation. 

MANEQUIN,  in  Painting,  is  underftood  of  a  little 
Statue,  or  Model,  ordinarily  made  of  Wax,  and  fome- 
times  of  Wood  j  the  Junftures  whereof  are  fo  contrived, 
as  L    •  mnv  be  pur  into  any  Attitude  one  pleafes,  and 

that  It  may^^^  their  Folds  be  difpofed  at  Difcr-jtion. 


penes 


The 


MAN 


C  4P5  ) 


MAN 


The  word  Vanequhi  is  a  Diminutive  of  Man,  dnd  proper-  of  Bafilldeu   In  this  manner  he  reformed  Mmidh^!/^^  {a- 

Iv  fienifies  a  little  Man.  fomuch  that  his  Followers  made  no  fcruple  of  anathema- 

MANES'  a  Toetical  Term,  fignifying  the  Shades  or  tizing  Scytbiajt^  Bnu^Ha!,  and  even  Mfi«ej  himfelf,  Conjian- 

Soulsof  the'Dcceafed.    The  Heathens  ufed  a  world  of  tine  being  now  their  great  Apofllc.    After  he  had  fe- 

Ceremonies  and  Sacrifices  to  appeafc  the  Manet  of  thofe  duced  an  infinite  number  of  People,  he  was  at  laft  fioncd 

who  died  without  Burial.  ^     ^  ^  by  order  of  the  Emperor. 

The  T)''i  Majjes  were  the  Infernal  Gods  who  tormented       The  word  Mamcbee  comes  irom  the  Latin  Mmtcham, 

Men  ■  and  to  thefe  the  Heathens  oflcr'd  Sacrifices  to  af-  which  antient  Authors  maintain  to  have  been  formed  of 

fuaee' their  Indienation.    The  Heathen  Theology  is  a  lit-  the  two  Greek  Words,  f^^t'rv«,  AWa,  and  ifprc^Hi 

obfcure  with  regard  to  thefe  Gods  Manes.   Some  hold  that  intimating  that  the  Doarme  ot  their  Maftcr  was  a  kind 

thev  were  the  Souls  of  the  Dead,  others  that  they  were  of  Manna,  which  he  fpread  every  where, 
the  Gemi  of  Men  j  which  laft  Opinion  fuits  beft  with  the       MANICORDION,  a  Mufical  Inftrument,  in  form  of 

Etvmoloayof  theWord.    The  Heathens,  'tis  pretty  evi-  a  Spinett :  SGcS^iyiett.    Its  Strings  are  cover'd  with  pieces 

dent  applied  all  thefe  Ideas  to  the  Manes  ;  fo  that  the  of  Scarlet  Cloth,  to  deaden,  as  well  as  foften,  the  Sound  i 

Word  lometlmes  fignified  the  GhoUs  of  the^  Departed,  whence  it  is  alfo  call'd  the  Vumh  S^hiett,  and  is  much  ufed 


and  fometimes  the  infernal  or  fubterraneous  Deities,  and 
in  oeneral  all  Divinities  ihatprefided  over  Tombs.  The 
Invocation  of  the  Manes  of  the  Dead,  Teems  to  have  been 
a  thing  very  frequent  among  the  Thejuilians,  but  was  ex- 
preflv  prohibited  by  the  Romans- 

MA>.'GANUM,  an  Engine  of  War.    See  BaUifta. 
MANIA*  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  popularly  call'd  Mad- 
nefs  :  See  Madfiefs.    The  Word  is  Greek,  wan'tf,  Fitry,  Ra^e^ 


n  Nunneries  for  the  Religious  to  learn  to  play  on  j  fo  as 
not  to  difturb  the  Silence  of  the  Dormitory.  Scaliger 
makes  the  Mat7icord  more  antient  than  the  Spinett  and. 
Harpfichord.  Du  Canga  derives  the  word  from  Monochord^ 
from  a  fuppoiition  this  Inftrument  has  but  one  Cord  i  but 
he  is  miftaken,  it  has  fifty,  or  more- 

MANIFESTO,  an  Apology,  or  public  Declaration, 
in  Writing,  made  by  a  Prince,  Viewing  his  hitentions  in 


MANICHEES  ;   a  Set  of  antient  Heretics,  fo  call'd  any  Enterprize,  the  Motives  that  induced  him  to  it,  and 

from  their  Author  Manes  or  Manichees,  a  Terfian  by  Na-  the  Reafons  on    which  his  Right   and  Prctaifions  are 

tion.    This  Herefy  had  its  firft  Rife  about  the  Year  277,  founded. 

and  fpread  Itfelf  principally  m  Arabia,           and  Africa.  MANILLE,  or  MenUle,  in  Commerce,  one  of  the  prln- 

Sx.EPiphanmy  who  treats  of  it  at  length,  obfcrves,  that  cipal  Commodities  carried  by  the  Europeans  to  the  Coalls 

the  irijeNarne  of  this  Herefiarch  was  0<6j/c«Ji  and  that  of  y/f)7Ci7,  to  traffic  with  the  iVe^roejin  exchange  for  Slaves  ; 

he  chang'd  it  for  Manes,  which  in  the  Ferjian  or  Bahylonijh  confifting  of  a  large  Brafs  Ring,  in  form  of  a  Bracelet,  ci- 

Languas^e  fignifies  Ve([el.    A  rii-h  Widow,  whofe  Servant  thcr  flat  or  round,  plain  or  engraven  ;  which  the  Natives 

he  had  becn,  dying  without  Iffue,  left  him  good  ftore  ufe  to  deck  themfelves  withal,  putting  them  on  the  Small 

of  Wealth ;  after  which,  he  affumed  the  Title  of  Apoftle  of  the  Leg,  and  the  Thick  of  the  Arm  above  the  Elbow, 

or  Envoy  of  Jefus  Chrilt.    He  efiablifli'd  two  Principles,  The  better  fort  among  'em  wear  Silver  and  Gold  ManiUes  j 

ood  one  and  an  evil  one.   The  firft,  which  he  cal-  but  thefe  are  of  their  own  manufacture  i  moll:  of  the  Money 


led  Lkk,  did  nothing  but  good  ;  and  the  fecond,  which 
hecaU'd  Varhefs,  nothing  but  evil.  This  Philofophy  is 
very  antient,  and  Phrarch  treats  of  it  at  large  in  his  Ifis  and 
Ofiris,  Our  Souls,  according  to  Ma/ie/,  were  made  by  the 
good  Principle,  and  our  Bodies  by  the  evd  one  j  tholc  two 
Principles  being  co-eternal  and  independent  of  each  other. 
He  borrow'd  many  things  from  the  antient  Gnoflics  ;  on 
which  account  many  Authors  confider  the  Manicheans  as 
L  Branch  of  the  Gnojiics.    In  truth,  their  Doctrine  was  a 


they  receive  for  their  other  Merchandizes  being  melted 
into  Manilles, 

MANIPULATION,  a  Term  ufed  in  the  Mines,  to  fig- 
nify  the  manner  of  digging  the  Silver,  ^c.  out  of  the 
Earth.    See  Sd-oer. 

MANiPULL,  MaKipihis^^mo'Cig  the  Romans,  was  a  little 
Body  of  Infantry,  which,  in  the  Time  of  Ro>w»!m;,  confift- 
ed  of  an  hundred  Men;  and,  in  the  Times  of  theConfuls 
and  firft  C^/ari,  of  two  hundred.    Each         it/e  had  twii 


Syftem  of  Philofophy,  rather  than  of  Religion.  They  Centurions,  or  Captains,  call'd  MjH/pH/dri;,  to  command  it 
made  ufe  of  Amulets,  in  imitation  of  the  Bafiiidiam  ;  and  one  whereof  was  Lieutenant  to  the  other.  Each  Cohort 
are  faid  to  have  made  profcflion  of  Aftronomy  and  Aflro-  was  divided  into  three  Manifules,  and  each  'Manifuk  into 
logy.    They  denied  that  Jefus  Chrifl  affumed  a  true  hu-    two  Centuries. 

man  Body,  and  maintain'd  it  was  only  imaginary.  They  'Tis  true,  Aulus  GellUis  quotes  an  old  A  uthor,  one  Chieciut^ 
pretended  that  the  Law  of  Mofes  did  not  come  ictm  God,  who  lived  in  the  Time  of  Hajinihal,  (whofe  Prifonerhe  was) 
or  the  good  Principle,  but  from  the  evil  one;  and  that  and  who,  wrhing  on  the  Art  of  War,  obferves,  that,  then, 
for  this  reafon  it  was  abrogated.  They  abftain'd  entirely  each  Legion  confifted  of  fixty  Centuries,  of  thirty  Mi!?!i- 
from  earing  the  Flefli  of  any  Animal;  following  herein  p/i/e;,  and  of  thirty  Cohorts.  And  again,  Farro  and  Ke^e- 
rhe  Doctrine  of  the  antient  Tythagoreans,  The  rell  of  mention  it  as  the  leaft  Divifion  in  the  Army,  only  con- 
iheir  Errors  may  be  feen  in  St.  ^^/'j^/j^k/kj  and  Qi.Augnf-  fitting  of  the  tenth  part  of  a  Century  ;  and  Spartian  %d.As^ 
tine  h  which  hilt,  having  been  of  their  Sec^,  may  be  pre-  that  it  contain'd  no  more  than  ten  Men,  which  Hiews  that 
fumed  to  have  been  thoroughly  acquainted  with  them.        the  Manifiile  was  not  always  the  fame  thing. 

Tho  the  Maiiicbees  profcfs'd  to  receive  th"e  Boolc-s  of  The  Ro?KaK!  call'd  this  Company  by  the  Name  M.^w/^H/e, 
the  New  TeHament ;  yet,  in  effect,  they  only  took  fo  or  Mani^ulas,  as  fignifying  the  Handful  of  Hay  which  they 
much  of  them  as  fuited  with  their  Opinions:  throwing  bore  at  the  End  of  a  Pole,  to  diftingui/h  themfelves  by^ 
all  upon  Reafon,  and  quite  fctting  afide  all  Authority,  e'er  the  Cuftom  was  introduced  of  bearing  an  Eagle  for 
They  formed  to  themfelves  a  certain  Idea  of  Chriftia-  their  Enfign  ;  and  hence  came  the  Phrafe,  a?i  Handful  of 
rifm  ;  and  to  this  adjuiled  the  W^ritings  of  the  Apo-  Men.  Ve^^eiins,  Modefus,  and  VarrOy  give  other  Etymologies 
files;  pretending  that  whatever  was  inconfiftent  with  this  of  the  Wurd.  The  laft  derives  it  from  Manns,  a  little  Bo- 
Idea,  had  been  foifted  into  the  New  Teftament  by  later  dyof  Men  following  the  fame  Standard.  According  to  the 
Writers,  who  were  half  ^ew.  On  the  other  hand,  they  former,  they  were  lo  call'd,  becaufe  they  fought  hand  in 
made  Fables  and  Apochryphal  Books  pafs  fur  Apoftolical  hand,  or  all  together.  Contuhernium  amcm  Manifulns  voca- 
Writings ;  and  even  are  fufpeiled  to  have  forged  feveral  hatur  ah  eo  qiwd  conjniiBis  Manibi'-s ^ariter  di?nicaba7it,  are  theic 
others,  the  better  to  maintain  their  Errors.    St.  Epi^ha-  Words. 

wiifj  gives  a  Catalogue  of  feveral  publi/li'd  by  Manes,  and  Majtiptth  is  alfo  an  Ecclefiaftical  Ornament,  wore  by 
adds  Extrads  of  fome  of  them.  He  was  not  contented  the  Priefts,  Deacons  and  Subdeacons  in  ths  Romi/L  Church, 
with  the  Quality  of  Apoflle  of  Jefus  Chrift,  but  alfo  af-  It  confifts  of  a  little  Fillet  in  form  of  a  Stole,  three  or  four 
fumed  that  of  the  Paraclete,  whom  he  had  promifed  to  Inches  broad,  and  made  of  the  fame  Stuff  with  theCha- 
fend.  He  left  feveral  Difciples,  and  among  others,  Ad- 
das, Thomas,  and  Hermeas.  Thefe  he  fent,  in  his  life- 
time, into  feveral  Provinces  to  preach  his  Do£lrine-  Manss 


having  undertaken  to  cure  the  Ki 
not  fuccecding,  was  clapt  into  Pi 


;  of  Peyjia's  Son,  and 


lion 


upo 


the 


young 


Prince's  Death  ;  whence  he  made  his  efcape,  but  was  ap- 
prehended foon  after,  and  burnt  alive. 

Towards  the  middle  of  the  twelfth  Century,  the  Sedt 
of  Manichees  took  a  new  face,  on  occafion  of  one  Conftan- 


fuble  ;  fignifying  and  reprefenting  an  Handkerchief,  which 
the  Priefts  in  the  Primitive  Church  wore  on  the  Arm,  to 
wipe  off  the  Tears  they  were  continually  ftiedding  for  the 
Sins  of  the  People.  There  ftill  remains  a  Mark  of  this 
\j  fage  in  a  Prayer  fpoken  by  thofe  who  wear  it,  Mcrear,  Do- 
m'me,  portareMajiifulum  Fletus  ££?  Do/oris.  The  Greeks  and 
Maronim  wear  two  Majiipules,  one  on  each  Arm. 

MANIPULUS,  in  Phyfic,  is  ufed  for  a  Meafure  of 
Herbs,  viz.  an  Handful  ;  which  is  a  quantity  often  ufed  in 


tijie,  an  Arminian  and  Adherer  to  it ;  who  took  upon  him  Prefcription  amongft  Phyficians,  and  is  generally  marked 

to  fupprefs  the  reading  of  all  other  Books  befides  the  with  M. 

Evangelifts  and  the  E^piftles  of  St.  Paul,  which  he  ex-       MANNA,  in  Pharmacy,  a  medicinal  Drug  of  great  ufe 

plain'd  in  fuch  manner,  as  to  make  them  contain  a  new  in  the  modern  Pra£lice.    Manna  is  a  white  Juice,  or  Li- 

Syftem  o{  Manich^eifm.    He   entirely  difcarded  all  the  quor,  very  fweet,  Oozing  either  of  it  fclf,  or  by  Incifion, 

writings  of  his  PredcccCfors,  reiefled  the  Chimera's  of  from  the  Branches  and  Leaves  of  the  A/he,  both  wild  and 

the  yalemi7uan5  and  their  th\Tty  Eons  j   the  Fable  of  Mi-  ordinary,  during  the  Time  of  the  Dog-days.    Others  will 

fies,  with  regard  to  the  Origin  of  Rain,  which  he  made  have  it  to  be  a  Honey  of  the  Air  ;  or  a  kind  of  Dew  pro- 

to  be  the  Sweat  of  a  young  Man  in  hot  Purfuit  after  a  ceeding  from  a  Vapour  rals'd  from  the  Earth,  and  prepared 

Maid  ;  and  other  Dreatns,  but  flill  retain'd  the  Impurities  in  the  Air,  condens'd  by  the  Cold,  and  gathered  in  the 


Kkkkkk 


M  A  N 


(  4P4  ) 


MAN 


iiot  Countries,  before  Sun-rire,  both  on  Plants  and  Trees, 
and  even  on  Rods,  and  the  Earth  itfelf.  But  this  iiiurt 
be  a  Miflale  ;  and  'tis  muth  more  rational  to  rank  it 
amongft  the  Number  of  Gums,  which  exuding  from  the 
Juice  of  the  Tree,  and  mixing  with  it  fome  falme  Panicles 
of  the  Air,  ,is  condens'd  into  thofe  I'lakes  in  which  we 

'^The  Itaham  gather  three  kinds  of  Mama.  The  (irft 
Manila  di  Corp,  which  oozes  rpontaneouny  from  the 
Branches  of  the  Tree  in  the  Month  of  Jidy.  The  fccond 
Manna  Fcrzata,  or  Fmatella,  which  is  not  gathcr'd  till 
Amifi,  after  an  Incifion  of  the  Tree,  when  the  Flux  of  the 
frif  has  ccas'd.  The  third,  tMnna  di  Tmida,  which  iflucs 
of  itfelf,  in  little  Drops,  like  a  kind  of  Sweat  from  the 
rervous  part  of  the  Leaves  of  the  Afli,  and  gathers  into 
Grains  about  the  bignefs  of  thofe  of  Wheat,  which  are 
fcarden'd  by  the  Sun  in  Ajo/f.  The  Leaves  arc  frequent- 
ly found  fo  loaden  with  thefe  Grams,  that  they  feem  co- 
Ter'd  with  Snow.  Manna  is  a  gentle  and  fafe  Purge  ;  and 
is  alfo  ufed  in  Broths.  Jlmnaius,  a  Phyfician  of  Nafles, 
las  w  ritten  a  Treatife  exprefly  upon  it  ;  and  Donzelliu  has 
fecondcdit.  Minna,  tho' accounted  a  kind  of  Honey,  pur- 
ges the  Bile  ;  whereas  common  Honey  increafes  it.  For- 
merly the  Syrian  was  in  the  moft  Repute,  but  now  it 
^ives  way  to  the  Calalrian.  TuchfiKS  obferves,  that  the 
i'eafants  of  Mount  Lihanns  eat  Manna  ordinarily  as  others 
do  Honey.  At  Me^im  they  are  faid  to  have  a  Mi»);i!  which 
they  cat  aswedo  Cheefe.  ,.  r 

Manna  is  brought  from  feveral  Countries,  and  in  feveral 
Forms.  Thus  we  have  Uantia  of  Calabria,  and  of  Sicily ; 
Manna  in  Grains,  In  Tares,  i£c.  The  moft  efteem'd,  is 
that  in  Tares  ;  which  many  take  to  be  faflitious,  and  the 
Work  of  the  Jftiis  of  Lerhorn,  but  'tis  certainly  natural : 
And  what  gives  it  this  Figure,  is,  that  they  put  Straws 
and  Slips  of  Wood  in  the  Incifions  ;  along  which  the 
Manna  gliding,  is  condcnfcd  as  it  comes  out,,  and  affume.s 
this  Form. 

MANNA,  a  Term  in  Scripture,  fignifying  a  miraculous 
kind  of  Food  falling  from  Heaven,  wherewith  the  If- 
raelites  were  fupported  in  their  Paffage  thro'  the  Wilder- 
nefs.  This  Manna  was  in  form  of  Ctriander-Seeii ;  its  Co- 
lour was  like  that  of  Bdellimn,  and  its  Tafte  like  Honey. 
They  call'd  it  Mamia,  either  from  the  Hebrew  Word  Ma- 
iwi,  a  Gift,  to  intimate  its  being  a  Gift  from  Heaven  ;  or 
from  Minnab,  which  fignifies  to  prepare,  bccaufc  the 
Manna  came  to  them  ready  for  eating,  and  needed  no  Pre- 
paration but  gathering  ;  or  from  the  £yf  tioji  word,  M<tk, 
Kitat  ii  it '  This  lad  iCtymology  feems  the  more  probable, 
in  regard  the  Scripture  takes  notice  of  the  Surpriie  they 
were  under,  when  they  firft  faw  this  new  Food  defcend. 
Salmafuis,  however,  does  not  allow  of  this  Derivation.  He 
fays,  that  the  Jrabs  and  Chaldeans  ufed  the  word  Man  to 
iignify  a  kind  of  Dew  or  Honey  that  fell  on  the  Trees,  and 
was  gathered  in  great  abundance  on  Mount  LiidjiH/.  So 
that  the  Ifraelites  did  not  ufe  the  Term  Mannah  out  of 
Surprize, 'but  becaufe  they  found  this  Food  fall  with  the 
Dew,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  Honey,  fo  well  known  to 
them  under  theName  of  Man.  Salmajias  adds,  that  the 
Mannaof  the  Ifraelites  was  in  reality  no  other  than  that 
Honey  or  Dew  condens'd  ;  and  that  the  one  and  the  other 
were  the  fame  with  the  wild  Honey  wherewith  St.  John 
was  fed  in  ihc  Wildernefs.  So  that  the  Miracle  did  not 
confift  in  the  Formation  of  anynew  Subflance  in  favour  of 
the  Ifraelites  ;  but  in  the  punflual  Manner  in  which  it  was 
difpens'd  by  Providence  ;  fo  that  fo  vaft  a  Multitude 
ihould  have  wherewithal  to  fatisfy  themfelves. 

MANNER,  in  Painting,  !Sc.  is  ufed  to  cxprefs  that 
particular  Charafter  obfervablc  in  the  Works  of  Painters, 
Poets,  and  other  Men  of  Art,  by  which  their  Pencil,  Hand, 
or  Style,  are  diftinguifli'd.  Thus  the  Curious  in  Paintings 
Jcnow  the  Massners  of  the  Painters ;  and  ditlingui/li  readily 
between  the  Manners  of  Rubens,  Titian,  or  Da  Vinci ;  be- 
tween the  antient  and  the  new  Manner  of  the  fame  Pain- 
ter ;  the  Flemifj  and  the  Italian  Manner.  The  Manner  is 
ufed  with  refpefl  both  to  the  Invention,  the  Dcfign,  and 
the  Colouring.  The  Manner  of  Michael  Angela,  or  Ra- 
fbael,  may  alfo  be  known  in  their  Scholars.  "Thus  we 
/ay,  fuch  a  Piece  is  of  RapbaeVs  School,  £^c. 

MANNERS,  in  Poetry,  a  Term  particularly  ufetj  in 
Tragedy,  Comedy,  and  the  Epopeia ;  fignifying  the  Incli- 
nations, Genius,  and  Humour,  which  the  Poet  gives  to  his 
Perfons,  or  that  which  diflingui/hes  his  Chara£ler.s.  Ari- 
Jiotle  defines  the  Manners  to  be  that  which  difcovers  the 
Inclination  of  him  who  fpeaks,  and  (bewswhat  he  will  re- 
folveupon,  orwhatrejeil,  before  he  has  aflually  deter- 
min'd  :  Whence  he  concludes,  that  Manners  are  not  al- 
ways, and  in  all  kinds  of  Difcourfes  :  No,i  rjii^libet  Oratio 
eJlMorata.  One  Inflance w ill  make  this  Definition  clear. 
In  the  firft  Book  of  P'ii-gil,  JEneae  is  reprefented  extremely 
pious, and  determined  to  execute  the  Will  of  the  Gods  at 
all  adventures.  In  the  fourth  Book,  he  has  a  difficult 
Choice  propofed  5  being  engaged^  on  the  one  hand»  out 


ot  a  Principle  of  Love,  Gratitude,  and  Honour,  not  to  c^iz 
Vidoi  and  having,  on  the  other  hand,  an  exprefs  Order 
from  the  Gods  to  depart  for  Italy.  Now,  before  it  ap- 
pearson  which  fide  he  has  determin'd,  what  he  has  before 
laid  /hould  iliew  his  Will  and  Inclinations,  and  which 
Party  he  will  take.  Now  thofe  precedii^g  Difcourfes, 
which  difcover  his  future  Refolution,  make  what  we  call 
the  Poetical  Mlanners.  Thofe  itiake  it  paft  doubt  he  will 
abandon  Bido,  to  obey  the  Gods:  1'his  he  docs  in  eft'cdl  ; 
the  MiKBCrj  therefore  are  good,  and  well  conduced.  Had 
he  difobey'd  the  Orders  of  Jufiter,  to  itay  with  Dido,  the 
M.i«Kerj  had  been  ill  ;  in  regard  they  would  have  foretold 
a  Refolution  contrary  to  what  he  v;as  really  to  take.  But 
had  there  been  nothing  to  make  us  forefee  any  Refolution 
of  ^«eaj  at  all,  neither  that  which  he  a£lually  took,  nor 
the  contrary,  in  that  Cafe  there  had  been  no  Manners  at  all. 

*Tis  the  Manners,  as  we  have  before  obferved,  which 
diftinguifli  the  Charaitets  :  And,  unlefs  the  Manners  be 
well  exprefs'd,  we  Utall  never  be  acquainted  with  the  Per- 
fons at  all ;  nor,  confequently,  fhall  we  be  either  terri- 
fied with  forefecing  their  Dangers,  nor  melted  into  Pity 
b  y  feeing  their  Sufferings.    See  CbaraUer, 

The  Manners  then  /hould  have  four  Qualities ;  they 
fhould  be  Good,  Like,  Suitable,  and  Equal.  Good  is  when 
they  are  well  mark'd  or  exprefs'd  j  that  is,  when  the  Dif~ 
coutfc  of  the  Perfons  makes  us  clearly  and  diltin£lly  fee 
their  Inclinations,  and  what  good  or  evil  Refolutions  they 
will  take.  Z-//'eonly  relates  to  known  and  public  Perfons, 
whole  Charafters  are  in  Hiftory,  with  which  the  poetic 
Charafters  muft  agree  ;  that  is,  the  Poet  mull  not  give  a 
Perfon  any  Quality  contrary  to  any  of  thofe  which  Hillory 
hasgivenhim.  And  here  it  may  be  obferved,  thattheevil 
Qualities  given  to  Princes  and  great  Men,  ought  to  be  omit- 
ted by  the  Poets,  if  they  be  contrary  to  the  Chorafler  of  a 
Prince,  ^5c.  but  the  Virtues  oppofite  to  thofe  known  Vices 
ought  not  to  be  impofed,  by  making  him  generous  and  li- 
beral in  the  Poem,  who  was  avaricious  in  the  Hil^ory. 
The  Manners  muft  likewile  be  Juitable  ;  that  is,  they 
muftbe  agreeable  to  the  Age,  Sex,  Rank,  Climate  and 
Condition  of  the  Perfon  that  has  them.  Horace  obferves, 
Intererit  multttm  Datiitfne  loqtiatur  an  Heros.  Again, the  Mm- 
ners  mull  be  ei^Kti^  j  that  is,  they  muft  be  conllant,  or 
confiftent  through  the  w-hole  Chara£ler  j  or  the  Vatiety  or 
Inequality  of  thclvlanners,  as  in  Natute,  fo  in  the  Drama^ 
mult  be  equal.  The  Fearful  muft  never  be  brave,  nor  the 
Brave  timorous  ;  the  Avaritious  mull  never  be  libcraf  nor 
vice  iierfa.  In  this  part,  Shakcfpeiir's  Manners  are  admira- 
ble. Bolides  thefe  four  Qualities  above-mentioned,  there 
is  a  fifth  eflential  to  their  Beauty  s  w'hich  is,  that  they  be 
necelTary  5  that  is,  that  no  vicious  Quality  or  Inclination 
be  given  to  any  poetic  Perfon,  unlefs  it  appear  to  be  ab- 
folutely  neccffary,  or  requihte  to  the  carrying  on  of  the 
A£lion. 

MANOMETER,  or  Manofeofe,  an  Inflrument  to  /hew  o-. 
meafurc  the  Alterations  in  the  Rarity  or  Denfity  of  the 
Air  ;  from  the  Greek  /mhv©-,  rarus,  and  fislefl'  ,  menfura.  Sec. 
The  Manometer  dilFers  from  the  Barometer,  in  that  the  formeir 
only  meafutes  the  Weight  of  the  Atmofphcre,  or  of  the 
Column  of  the  Air  over  it  ;  but  the  latter  the  Denfity  of 
the  Air  in  which  'tis  found  :  which  Denfity  depends  not 
only  on  the  Weight  of  the  Atmofphere,  but  on  the  Aflion 
of  Heat  and  Cold,  t^c.  Authors,  however,  generally 
confound  the  two  together  j  and  Mr  Boyle  himfelf  gives 
us  a  very  good  Alanometer  of  his  Contrivance,  under  the 
Title  of  a  Statical  Barometer  ;  the  Struflute  whereof  fee 
under  the  Word  Barometer. 

MANOR,  is  derived  a  manendo',  becaufe  the  Lord  did 
ufually  rcfide  there.  For  its  Original  ;  there  was  anticntly 
a  certain  Compafs  of  Ground,  granted  by  the  King  to 
fome  Man  of  Worth,  for  him  and  his  Heirs  to  dwell  upon, 
and  toexercife  fome  Jurifdiclion  more  or  lels  within  that 
Circuit,ashe  thoughtgoodto  grant ;  but petforming.withal, 
fuch  Services,  and  paving  fuch  yearly  Rent,  as  by  this 
Grant  was  required.  Now,  the  Lord  afterwards,  parcelling 
the  fame  to  other  meaner  Men,  received  Rent  and  Servi- 
ces from  them,  and  by  that  means,  as  he  became  Te- 
nant to  ihe  King,  the  Inferiors  became  'Tenants  to  bun.  In- 
deed the  Word  is  now  taken  for  Jurifdidhon,  and  Royalty 
incorporeal,  rather  rhan  for  the  Land  and  Suit :  For  a  Man 
may  have  a  Manor  in  Grofs,  i.  e.  the  Right  and  Interefl 
of  a  Court  Baron,  with  the  Petquifites,  and  another  en- 
ioy  every  Foot  of  Land  belonging  to  it,  A  Manor  may  be 
compounded  of  divers  things,  as  of  an  Houlc,  ;  Arable 
I-nd  Failure,  Meadow,  Wood,  Rent,  Advowfon,  Court- 
fiiron  eSc.  And  this  ought  to  be,  by  long  Continuance 
of  Time,  beyond  Man's  Memory.  'Tis  held  by  fome, 
th't  "  Manor  cannot  now  be  made,  fince  a  Court-Baron 
cannot  be  made  ;  and  without  a  Court-Baron,  and  at  leaft 
two  Suitors,  there  can  bene  7M.1M1-.         „    ,   ,     ,  , 

MANSE  is  a  Parfonage  or  Vicaridge-Houte,  tor  the  In- 
cumbent to  live  in  ;  this  was  originally,  and  is  now,  an  ef- 
fcntial  Part  of  the  Endowment  of  a  Pinllt-Church,  toge- 


M  AM 


tlier  with  tlie  Glebe  and  Tytnes.  It  is  fometimcs  called 
iLiC  Fresbyterium.    See  Fresbytcry. 

MANbiUN,  from  maKewrfo,  a  DwcUing-Houfc,  or  Coun- 
try Habitation  i  commonly  ufed  tor  the  Lord's  Chief  Dwel- 
ling-Houfe  within  his  Fee,  othcrwife  called  the  Capital  Mef- 
Jttage,  or  chief  Majior  Place.  M-ifjJin^  or  Manjus^  werefome- 
timfs  ufed  in  the  fame  Senfe  with  Hide  j  that  is,  as  much 
Land  as  one  Flow  could  till  in  a  Year. 

MAN-SLAUGHTER,  Homicide,  or  the  unlawful  kil- 
ling a  Man,  without  prepenfed  Malice:  As  when  two, 
who  formerly  meant  no  harm  to  one  another,  on  fome 
fuddcn  Occafion  filling  out,  the  one  kills  the  other.  It 
differs  from  Murder,  as  not  being  done  with  fore-going 
Malice  J  and  from  Chance-Mcdley,  becaufe  it  hath  a  pre- 
fent  Intent  to  kill :  It  is  cfteem'd  Felony,  but  admitted  to 
rhe  Benefit  of  the  Clergy,  for  the  firil  time.  By  a  Law  of 
King  Camittii,  if  a  Man  is  kill'd  openly  and  premeditated- 
ly,  the  Murderer  fiiall  be  committed  to  the  Relations  of 
the  Deceafcd:  But  if,  on  his  Tryal,  the  Fafl  is  proved, 
but  not  wilful,  the  Biibop  is  to  judge  him. 

JVIANSORII  MUSCDLI.   See  Uajeters. 

M  ANTELEl  S,  in  War,  are  a  kind  of  moveable  Pent- 
houfes,  or  Parapets  made  of  Pieces  of  Timber,  faw'd  into 
Planks,  about  three  Inches  thick,  and  nailed  one  over  ano- 
ther to  the  height  of  almoft  fix  Foot.  They  are  generally 
cafed  with  Tin,  and  fet  upon  little  Wheels  ^  fo  that  in  a 
Siege,  they  may  be  driven  before  the  Pioneers,  and  ferve 
as  Blinds  to  ilielter  them  from  the  Enemies  fmall  Shot, 
There  are  alfo  other  forts  of  Ma?itdets,  covered  on  the  top, 
whereof  the  Miners  make  ufe,  to  approach  the  Walls  of  a 
Town  or  Cafile.  It  appears  from  Vegethts^  that  thefe  were 
in  ufe  among  the  Antients,  but  they  were  built  (lighter, 
and  vet  larger  than  ours,  being  eight  or  nine  Foot  high,  as 
many  broad,  and  fixteen  long  :  They  were  defended  by  a 
double  Covering,  the  one  of  Boards,  the  other  of  Fag- 
gots, with  the  Ribs  of  Oficrs,  and  cafed  without  with 
Skins  fteep'd  in  Water,  to  prevent  Fire. 

MANl'LE,  or  iVJajitlc-Tree,  in  Architeflure,  fs  the 
lower-part  of  a  Chimney,  or  that  part  laid  a-crofs  the 
Jaumbs,  and  which  fultains  the  Compartiment  of  the 
Chimney-piece.    See  Jatmh. 

MANTLE,  in  Heraldry,  is  that  Appearance  of  the 
Folding  of  Cloth,  Flourifliing  or  Drapery,  that  is  in  any 
Atchievement,  drawn  about  the  Coat  of  Arms :  It  is  fup- 
pofed  formerly  to  have  been  the  Reprcfentation  of  a  M.i?:- 
tle  of  State  in  Blazon ;  it  is  always  faid  to  be  doubled, 
that  is,  lined  throughout  with  one  of  the  Furs,  as  Ermin, 
Pcan,  Vcrry,  ^c.  SeeCoiif. 

Mamie  is  likcwife  a  Term  ufed  in  Falconry  j  as  they 
fay,  the  Hawk  mantles^  that  is,  fpreads  her  Wings  after 
Iier  Legs, 

MANUCAPTIO,  in  Law,  a  Writ  that  lies  for  a  Man, 
who,  being  taken  on  Sufpicion  of  Felony,  and  offering 
fufficient  Bail  for  his  Appearance,  is  refus'd  to  be  admitted 
thereto  by  the  Sheriff,  or  other  having  Power  to  let  to 
Mainprife. 

MANUDUCTOR,  a  Name  given  to  an  antient  Officer 
in  the  Church,  who,  from  the  middle  of  the  Choir  where 
he  was  placed,  gave  the  Signal  to  the  Choriliers  to  fing, 
mark'd  the- Mealure,  beat  Time,  and  regulated  the  Mufic. 
The  Greeks  call'd  him  Mefacoros,  becaufe  feated  in  the 
middle  of  the  Choir.  But  in  the  Latin  Church,  he  was 
call'd  Mjj2UiiiiBor^  from  JWrtHHi,  and.  duco,  I  lead  j  becaufe 
he  led  and  guided  the  Choir  by  the  Motions  and  Gefture 
of  the  Hand. 

MANUFACTURE,  a  Place  where  fcveral  Artifts  and 
Workmen  are  employ'd  in  the  fame  kind  of  Work  j  or 
make  a  Commodity  of  the  fame  kind.  The  Word  is  alfo 
popularly  ufed  for  the  Work  itfelf  j  and  by  Extenfion  for 
the  like  Work,  carried  on  independently  in  different  parts 
of  a  Country.  In  this  fenfe,  we  fay  the  Woollen  T^hnti- 
faHitre,  Silk  U.mufaBnre,  Velvet  Matiufaffure^  Tapeftry 
JvlaniifaBiire^  Mudin  Mufntf at! ure,  &c.  MatiiffaBttre  of  Huts 
Stockings,  i^c.  See  Wool,  Silk,  Velvet,  Tapjlry^  Mujl'm,  £cc! 
The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin,  hiamifaBus, 

MANUMISSION,  an  Adion  by  which  a  Slave  is  fet 
at  liberty.  Some  Authors  define  Manumiffion  to  be  an  A61: 
by  which  a  Lord  enfrancliifes  his  Tenants,  who  till  that 
time  had  been  his  Vaflals,  and  in  a  State  of  Slavery,  in- 
confiftcnt  with  the  Holinefs  of  our  F-ilth. 

The  Komans  had  fevcral  Ceremonies  in  ufe  in  the  Mamt- 
of  their  Slaves.  Their  AlTUHmi^oM  was  perform'd 
three  feveral  Ways.  Firft,  When,  with  his  Mailer's  Con- 
lent,  a  Slave  had  his  Name  cnter'd  in  the  Ce»/i,5,  or  Pub- 
lic Regilter  of  the  Citizens.  Secondly,  When  the  Slave 
was  led  before  the  Fr.^tor,  and  that  Magiilrate  laid  his 
Wand  on  his  Head.  Thirdly,  When  theMafter  gave  the 
Slave  his  freedom  by  his  Tellament.  Servhts  TulHtcs  is  faid 
to  have  fird:  fet  on  foot  the  firft  Manner,  and  F.ralerhu 
Tublicola  the  fccond.  A  particular  Account  is  given  of  the 
third  in  thelnrtitutes  of  Jitjimian.  It  was  not  ncceffary, 
that  the  Fr^tor  /houkl  be  on  his  Tribunal  to  perform  the 


(  ) 


M  Ar4 


Ceremony  of  'Mvumujfon.  He  did  it  any  where  mdi^e-i 
rently,  in  his  Iloufe,  in  the  Street,  going  to  bath, 
He  laid  the  Rod,  call'd  r;7j,^/>7.7,  on  the  Slave's  H^'ad^ 
pronouncing  thcfe  Words,  Dtco  earn  lihenim  elfe  more  Qui- 
rltum  ;  I  declare  him  a  Freeman  after  the  mumier  of  the  Ro- 
mans. This  done,  he  gave  the  Rod  to  the  Lidor,  who 
flruck  the  Slave  with  it  on  tht.^  Head,  and  afterwards  with 
his  Fill  on  his  Face  and  Back.  And  the  Notary,  or  Scribcg 
entcr'd  the  Name  of  the  new-ftee'd  Man  in  the  Rcgider, 
with  the  Reafons  cfhhManumi^on.  The  Slave  had  like- 
wife  his  Head  fhaved,  and  a  Cup  given  him  by  his  Ma- 
tter, as  a  I'oken  of  Freedom.  Tertidliau  adds,  that  he 
had  then  a  third  Name  given  him.  If  this  were  fo,  three 
Names  were  not  a  Token  of  Nobility,  but  of  Freedom, 
The  Emperor  Cojijiantine  order'd  the  Manum'/Jions  at  Kome 
to  be  perform'd  in  the  Churches.  The  Word  comes  from 
the  Latin  ManwniJJio,  quia  Seriius  mittehaticr  extra  Mannm^ 
feu  potefiatem  Domini  fiii. 

Of  Uanumijfon  there  have  been  various  Forms  In  JLm- 
land.  In  the  time  of  the  Conqueror,  Ser\  ants  were  mam- 
mitied,  by  the  Mailer's  delivering  them  by  the  Right 
Hand  to  the  Yicount  in  full  Court,  ihewing  them  the 
Door,  giving  themaLaunce  and  a  Sword,  and  proclaiming 
them  free.  Some  were  alfo  mannmitsed  by  Charter.  There 
was  alfo  an  implicit  Is'amimijfion  ;  as  when  the  Lord  made 
an  Obligation  fur  Payment  of  Money  to  the  Eondiran  at  a 
certain  Day  ;  cr  fucd  him,  where  he  might  enter  without 
Suit ;  and  the  like. 

MANURING  of  Ground,  confiflsin  the  Application  of  a 
Matter  proper  for  meliorating  the  Soil,  and  rendring  it  more 
fertile.  The  Matters  ufed  fur  Mmiire,  are  various  in  various 
Countries.  The  moil  ordinary  arc  Lime  and  Marl,  which  fee 
tinder  their  proper  Articles.  In  fome  parts  of  Ireland,  they  ufe 
Sea-Shells,  as  thofe  of  Cockles,  Periwinkles,  il^fc.  which  are 
found  to  agree  very  well  with  boggy,  heathy,  clayey,  wet 
or  fiiff  Land.  They  fee m  to  give  it  a  kind  of  Ferment, 
as  Barm  does  to  Bread,  opening  and  luofening  the  Clodp, 
and  by  that  means  making  way  for  the  Roots  to  pene- 
trate, and  the  Moiflure  to  enter  into  the  Fibres  of  the 
Roots :  This  kind  of  M.intire  continues  a  long  time  e'er 
itsEffcdsareexhaufled,  whereas  Lime,  il^V,  fpcnd  them- 
felves  at  once.  The  Shells  being  hard,  melt  away  very 
flowly,  fo  that  the  Operation  needs  not  be  repeated  for  zo 
or  50  Years.  In  the  Well  of  England,  they  manure  their 
Land  with  a  bracki/li  Sea-Sand  i  which  Dr.  Bury  obferves, 
quickens  Dead-Land  :  So  that  what  would  oihcrwife  be 
the  barrencfl  part  of  that  Country,  is  now  the  richell.  The 
Sea-Salt,  he  obferves,  is  too  lully  and  active  of  itfelf,  and 
that  it  does  bed  when  mingled  with  Lime.  Glauber  orders 
the  Mixture  to  be  made  up  and  burnt  like  Bricks,  and 
thenapply'd.  In  fome  Countries  they  burn  the  Surface 
of  their  heathy  Ground,  inllead  of  manuring  ir  ;  v\  hich  is 
but  ill  Husbandry,  inafmuch  as  it  impovcriflics  its  and 
by  deilroying  the  Sap  of  the  Earth,  and  Roots  of  the 
Grafs,  and  other  Vegetables,  it  renders  it  ufelcfs  for  fe- 
veral Years  after  the  third,  when  it  isplow'd.  'Dr.'^achfoH 
obferves,  that  all  the  Ground  about  Nii«tri»fc/j,  where  Salt 
or  Brine  is  fpilt,  is,  when  dug  up,  an  excellent  Mi- 
nure  for  grazing  Ground  ;  and  even  Bricks,  thoroughly 
tinged  with  it,  diffolve  and  fertilize  the  Land  very  confi- 
dcrably.  Dr.  Beal  fays,  'tis  a  common  Obfervation  of 
Gardeners  and  skilful  Husbandmen,  thatFroft  and  Snow 
improve  and  fertilize  the  Land  both  more  fpeedily  and 
more  effeflualiy  than  the  Influence  and  Warmth  of  the 
Sun.  Dr.  Lijler  tells  us,  that  in  fome  parts  of  the  North- 
Riding  of  Xorlfhire,  the  Soil  is  fandy,  and  the  People  ma~ 
7nirek  with  Clay.  The  Soil,  with  uny  other  Manure,  bears 
nothing  but  Rye;  but  with  Clay,  bears  Oats,  Barley,  £5'c- 
This  Clay  Majiurlvg,  will,  by  certain  Experience,  lafl: 
45  Years  in  the  Ground  e'er  it  need  be  repeated.  The 
Bogs  in  Irelajid  are  bell  improv'd  by  fandy,  or  other  gra- 
velly Manures. 

MANUSCRIPT,  a  Book,  or  Paper,  written  with  the 
Hand  ;  in  oppofition  to  a  printed  Book,  or  Paper.  A  Mi- 
nufcrift  is  ufually  defign'd  by  the  two  Letters  MS,  and  in 
the  F/ural  by  MSS,  or  MMSS.  What  makes  public  Li- 
braries valuable,  is  the  Number  of  antient  MSS  repofited 
in  them. 

MAN  WORTH,  in  old  Law-Books,  is  the  Price  or  Va- 
lue of  a  Man's  Head  :  every  Man,  according  to  his  de- 
gree, being  rated  at  a  certain  Price  ;  according  to  which, 
Satisfa^ion,  in  old  time,  was  made  to  his  Lord,  if  any 
one  kill'd  him. 

MANZEL.    See  Cara-v.vferall. 

MAP,  a  plain  Figure,  reprefenting  the  feveral  Parts  of 
the  Surface  of  the  Earth,  according  to  the  Laws  of  Per- 
fpeftive  :  or  a  Frojeflion  of  the  Surface  of  the  Globe,  or  a 
part  thereof,  in  piano.    See  FrojcSion. 

Maps  are  cither  univcrfal,  or  particular.  XJniverfal  Maps 
are  thofe  which  exhibit  the  whole  Surface  of  the  Earth, 
or  the  two  Hemlfpheres,  Particular  Maps  are  thofe  v^hich 
exhibit  fome  particular  Region,  or  part  thereof.  Each 

^iiid 


MAN 


C  49(>  ) 


MAN 


iini  arc  frequently  call'd  Geographical  or  in 
contra- di ft in6t ion  to  Hydrographical  or  Sea-'Maps,  repre- 
fenting  only  the  Seas  andSea-Coafls,  properly  call'd  Charts. 
See  Chart. 

There  are  three  Qualifications  required  in  a  Map.  Firft, 


fill  be  a  Portion  of  ;ni  EllipIiS 


join'd  by  a  Curve  Line, 
reprefenting  the  Ecliptic. 

Maps  oi  this  Projedtion  have  the  firft  Qualification  fc- 
quircd  ;  but  arc  defeftive  in  the  fccond  :  the  Surface  be- 
"ng  ftretch'd  further,  as  it  approaches  nearer  the  Equator. 


That  all  Places  have  their  juft  Situation  with  regard  to  For  the  third,  they  ire  flill  further  out.  By  this  Method 
the  chief  Circles  of  the  Earth  as  the  Equator^  Pamlkly  may  almoft  the  whole  Earth  hz  rcprefented  in  one  Mn^, 
Meridiar.!,  &c.  becaufe  on  thefe'  depend  many  Properties  placing  the  Eye,  -v.  g.  in  the  Antarilic  Pole,  and  affuming 
of  Regions,  as  well  as  Celellial  Fh^mmeita.  Secondly,  for  the  Plane  of  Projeftion  that  of  fome  Circle  near  it. 
That  the  Magnitudes  of  the  fcveral  Countries  have  the  ■v.:^.  the  Antarilic  Circle  Nothing  is  here  rec[uired  be- 
fame  Proportion  as  on  the  Surface  of  the  Earth.  And,  fides  the  former  Projeftion  ;  but  to  continue  the  Meridian'^ 
Thirdly,  That  the  feveral  Places  have  the  fame  Diftance  draw  Parallels  on  the  other  fide  of  the  Equator,  and  com - 
and  Situation  with  reeatd  to  each  other,  as  on  the  Earth    pleat  the  Ecliptick  ;   but  this  diftorts   too  miicli  for 

  b      -  Pradtice. 

This  Projection  is  of  all  others  the  eafieft  ;  but  that, 
where  the  Eye  is  placed 'in  the  Plane  of  the  Equator,  is 
preferr'd  for  ufe.  'Tis,  in  effed,  of  the  latter  kind  that 
Mips  are  ordinarily  made.    The  former  are  added  to 'em. 


itfelf.  ^      .  . 

For  the  Foundation  of  Maps,  and  the  Laws  of  Pro;eSio;;, 
fee  rerfpeBhe  and  FrojeHion  of  the  Sphere:  The  Applica- 
tion thereof,  in  the  Conflruftion  of  Maps,  is  as  follows. 

FrojeBion  of  a  Map^   the  Eye  be'm^  plac'd  in  the  Jxis. 


Suppofe,  T-.?.  theNorthernHemifphere  to  be  rcprefented  in  fmall,  byway  of  Supplement,  to  reprefent  theinter- 

with  theEye  in  a  Point  of  theAxis,  T/.g.  the  South-Pole  j  for  mediate  Spaces  left  between  the  two  Hemifphcres.  Fur- 

the  Plane  whereon  the  Reprefentation  is  to  be  made,  wc  ther,  as  the  Situation  of  the  Ecliptic,  with  regard  to  the 

take  the  Plane  of  the  Equator,  and  froiTi  all  the  Points  of  Earth,  is  continually  changing,  Ibidly  fpeaking,   it  has 

the  Surface  of  the  Northern  Hemifpherc,  conceive  Lines  no  Place  in  the  Earth's  Surface,  but  is  u fed  to  be  repre- 

paffingthro  the  Plane  to  the  Eye  j  which  Points  connected  fented  according  to  its  Situation  fome  certain  Moment; 

together,  conftitute  the  Map  required.    Here  the  Equator  viz.  fo  as  the  beginning  of  ylr'tes  and  Libra  may  be  in  the 

'Ulbe  the  Limit  of  theProjedlure  j  the  Pole,  the  Centre.  Interfeftions  of  the  firlt  Meridian  and  Equator. 


The  Meridians  will  be  Right  Lines  pafTmg  from  the  Pole 
to  the  Equator  j  the  Parallels  of  Latitude,  l^c.  Circles 
concentric  with  the  Equator;  and  all  the  other  Circles,and 
Arches  of  Circles,  as  the  Horizon,  Vertical  Circles,  Cfc- 
Ecliptic,  t^c.  conceived  in  that  Hemifphere,  will  be  Ellip- 


The  FyojeBioji  of  TvLi^s,  -aith  the  Eye  in  the  Tlam  fij  the 
Equator.  This  Method  of  ProjetSion,  iho'  more  difficult, 
is  yet  much  jufter,  more  natural  and  commodious,  than 
the  former.  To  conceive  it,  we  fuppofe  the  Surface  of 
the  Earth  cut  in  two  Hemifpheres  by  the  entire  Periphery 


fes  ir  Arches  of  Ellipfes.  The  better  to  apprehend  the  of  the  firfl;  Meridian,  each  of  which  Hemifpheres  we  re- 
ProieSure  of  the  Circles  on  the  Plane,  conceive  a  radiant  prefent  in  a  diftinft  M.ij>.  The  Eye  is  placed  in  the  Point  of 
Cone  whofe  Vertex  is  the  Eye,  its  Bafe  the  Circle  to  be    the  Equator  jo"  diftant  from  the  firll  Meridian  ;  and  for 

*-       •      '  ■  —  — —   the  tranfparent  Plane,  wherein  the  Reprefentation  is  to 

be,  we  take  the  Plane  of  the  firff  Meridian.    In  this  Pro- 


its  Baf> 

reprefented,  and  its  Sides  the  Rays  paffing  between  the 
Circle  and  the  Eye.  Suppofe  this  Cone  cut  by  the 
Plane.  'Tis  obvious,  that,  according  to  the  various  Pofi- 
tion  of  the  Cone,  there  will  be  a  different  SeSion,  and 
confequently  a  different  Line  or  Reprefentation. 

For  the  Application  of  thisDo£trine  inPraSice.  In  a 
Plane,  aPaper,  take  the  middle  Point  P.  (Plate  Gco- 
rraphy.  Fig.  ='■)  for  the  Pole,  and  from  this,  as  a  Centre, 
defcribe  a  Circle,  of  the  intended  Bignefs  of  your  Afcf , 
to  reprefent  the  Equator.    Thefe  two  may  be  pitch'd  on 


jeifion,  the  Equator  is  a  Right  Line,  and  the  Meridian  90** 
diftant  from  the  firft,  is  aUo  a  righr  Line  ;  but  the  other 
Meridians,  and  all  the  Parallels  of  the  Equator,  are 
Arches  of  Circles,  and  the  Ecliptic  an  EUipfis. 

The  Method  is  thus.  From  a  Point  E,  as  a  Centre,  (Fig. 3.) 
defcribe  a  Circle  according  to  the  interidcd  Bignefs  of 
the  Map.  This  reprefcnts  the  firft  Meridian,  and  its  oppo- 
_  fitej;  for,  drawing  the  Diameter  ^  D,  there  arife  two  Semi- 

TtoSfu^r  and  from  thefe  all  the  other  Points  and  Circles  circles  ,  the  one  whereof  B  ^  U  is  the  firft  Meridian,  the 
are  to  be  determined.  Divide  the  Equator  into  5(!o°,  and  other  B  C  D  its  oppofite,  or  the  Meiid.an  of  180^.  This 
drawing  Right  Lines  from  the  Centre  to  the  beginning  Diameter  B  D  reprefents  the  Meridian  of  90  Degrees, 
of  each  Degree  thefe  will  be  Meridians;  whereof  that  whereof  the  Point  B  is  the  Atflic  Pole,  and  the  Point  JJ  the 
drawn  to  th?  beginning  of  the  firft  Degree,  we  fuppofe  the  Antaraic.  The  Diameter  ^  C,  perpendicular  to  thatB  JJ, 
firft  Meridian  is   the  Equator.    Divide  the  Quadrants  JB,  BC,CD, 

Now  for  the  Parallels.  There  are  four  Quadrants  of  the  D  J,  each  into  90  Degrees  ;  and  to  find  the  Arches  of  the 
■  -  •  "  .  '  J  Meridians  and  Parallels,  proceed  thus.  Divide  the  Equa- 
tor into  its  Degrees,  -viz.  i8q.  (as  being  indeed  only  half 
the  Equator ;)  thro'  thefe  feveral  Divilions,  and  the  twti 
Poles,  defcribe  Arches  of  Circles,  reprefenting  Meridians, 
as  B  f  D,h  z  T>,  occ.  How  to  find  Centres  for  defcrlbing 
thofe  Arches,  fee  under  the  Word  Circle.  Indeed,  the  Ope- 
ration will  be  both  more  eafy  and  accurate,  if  performed 


Equator  ;  the  firft,  0,90  ;  the  fecond,  90,18a  ;  the  third, 
180,2-0;  the  fourth,  z7  0,0  ;  which,  for  thebetter  diftinc- 
tion,  wc  will  note  with  the  Letters  AB,  BC,  CD,  DE. 
Takino  one  of  thefe,  ti.  BC,  from  the  feveral  Degrees 
thereof,  as  alfo  from  2;°,  50',  andSS",  ;o'.  thereof  draw 
occult  Right  Lines  to  the  Point  D,  marking  where  thefe 

Lines  cut  the  Semidiamcter  BPC;  and  from  P,  as  a  _     _  ,  r    t     u    o   - 11  1  1 

Centre    defcribe  Arches  paffing  thro'  the  fcveral  Points  by  a  Canon  of  Tangents.    To  defcribe  the  Parallels,  the 

in  Pr    Thefe  Arches  will  be  Parallels  of  Latitude.  Meridian  U  B  muft  be  in  like  manner  divided  mto  ibo  De- 

The  Parallel  at  ix"  50',  will  be  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  grees ;  then  thro'  each  of  thefe  Divifions,  and  the  cor- 

and  that  at        5o',  the  ^rHic  Circle.    The  Meridians  refponding  Divifions  of  the  Quadrants /f  B  C  B  delc-ribe 

and  Parallels  thus  defcribcd,  from  a  Table  of  Longi-  Afches  of  Circles.   Thus  lliall  wo  have  Parallels  of  all 

tudes  and  Latitudes,  lay  down  the  Places  ;  reckoning  the  Degrees,  with  Tropics,  Polars  and  Meridians.    As  tor  the 

Lonoitude  of  each  Place  on  the  Equator,  commencing  Ecliptic,  it  may  be  deflgn  d  two  ways.    For  its  Situation 

at  tSe  fitft  Meridian,  and  proceeding  to  the  Meridian  over  the  Earth  may  either  be  fuch  as  that  its  Intcrlection 

ofthePLace;  and  for  the  Latitude  of  the  Place,  chufing  with  the  Equator  may  be  over  the  Place  ^,;  in  which  Cale 

a  Parallel  of  the  fame  Latitude:   the  Point  where  this  the  Projcaion  of  its  Semi  Circles,  from  th^e  hrl  Degree  ot 

Meridian  and  Parallel  intcrfea,  reprefents  the  Place  :  And  Cancer,  to  the  firft  of  Captcorn,  will  be  a  ttraight  Line,  to 

in  the  fame  manner  all  the  other  Places  may  be  deter-  be  determined  by  numbering  23^  50  from  ^  towards 
mined  'till  the  Map  be  compleat. 

For  the  Ecliptic,  half  of  which  comes  in  this  Hemi- 
fphere; we  have  obferved,  that  it  makes  an  EUipfis  ;  fo 

that  the  Points  thro' which  it  paffes  are  to  be  found.  The   -   — .  -      -  -         .  ^  ., 

f  rft  Point,  or  that  wherein  the  Ecliptic  cuts  the  Equator,is  if  the  Ecliptic  be  fo  placed,  as  that  its  Interlettion  with 

j'ho  fame  with  that  wherein  the  firft  Meridian  cuts  the  the  Equator  is  over  the  Place  ^,  in  the  firll  Meridian,  its 

Epuator  which  is  therefore  diftinguifti'd  by  the  Sign  of  Proieaion  in  that  Cafe  will  be  a  Segment  of  an  Eliiplis  ; 
Ar\es;  the  laft  Point  of  this  half  EUipfis,  or  theothcrin-    whereof  two  of  the  Points  are  ^C;  a  third  that  wherein 


B,  and  from  the  Extreme  of  that  Numeration,  drawing  a 
Diameter  thro'  E  ;  this  Line  will  be  half  the  Ecliptic  in 
this  Situation,  and  may  be  divided,  as  before,  into  Degrees, 
to  which  theNumbers,  Signs,  £?c.  are  to  be  affix'd.  But 


the  Meridian  90  cuts  the  Tropic  of  Cancer.  The  other 
Points  muft  bedetetmin'd  in  the  manner  laid  down  above, 
■aiz.  by  taking  theDeclinations and  right  Afccnfions  of  is" 
o(  ylries,  i"  oC  Taurus,  i  f  o(  Cetuiiii,  Sic.  For  where  the 
Parallels,  according  to  their  feveral  Degrees  of  Declina- 
id  oyToarw,  1°  andi5°  ofGemiHri^of  tion,  cut  the  Meridians,  taken  according  to  the  feveral  right 
•    ~    •■     ■         r  „  .       .-         Afccnfions,  thofe  Points  of  Interfeaion  are  the  Points  ot 

the  15°  of^-Zr/ei,  &c.  AcurveLine  therefore  being  drawn, 
thefe  will  give  the  Projeaion  of  the  Ecliptic. 

Nothing  now  remains  to  compleat  the  M.t}>,  but  to  take 
the  Longitudes  and  Latitudes  of  Places  from  a  Table  ;  and 


Eerfeaion  of  the  Equator  and  Ecliptic,  viz.  the  End  of 
Fir-'o  will  be  in  the  oppofite  Point  of  the  Equator,  -viz. 
v.t  180^.  The  middle  Point  of  the  EUipfis  is  that  wherein 
tile  Meridian  90  cuts  the  Tropic  of  Caticer.  Thus  we 
have  three  Points  of  the  Ecliptic  determined  ;  for  the  reft, 

•Diz.  for .  ,  J     -        _  .  _  . 

Lea,  1^  of  F/tTO,  the  Declinations  of  thofe  Points  from 
the  Equator  muft  be  taken  from  a  Table,  and  fet  off  in 
the  Mafi.   See  DecUnatioti,  &c. 

Thus  where  the  Meridian  of  13°.  cuts  the  Parallel  of 
that  Point  will  be  15'.  of  ^riei.    Where  the 


Ai±n  27°.  cuts  the  ParaUel,  1 1  i  will  be  the  firft  Degree  to  fet  them  off  on  theMa?,  as  was  direBed  under  the  tormer 
of  Taimi,  and  fa  of  the  reft.    Thefe  Points  being  all    Method.  In  this  Projeaion  the  whole  Sutface  ot  the  Eart^h 


MAP 


4P7  ) 


M  A.  P 


may  he  reprefented  in  one  Map  ;  if  inftead  of  the  Plane  of 

thefirftMeridian.fome  other  Plane  parallel  to  it,  but  very      „  l  j    l    ,i   -j-      tpu-  r 

near  the  Eye,  be  taken  ;  for  bj  this  means  the  entire  Pa-    Parallels  are  r.ght  Lines,  and_  the  Meridians  Ellipfcs, 


Lines.  In  the  firrt  P/iethod  laid  down,  the  Meridians  are 
'tzht  Lines,  but  the  Parallels  are  Circles.    In  the  fifth,  the 


rallels  andMeridianswill  bedefcribed.  Butas 


the  Face  of  theEarth  too  much,itisreldom  ufed  ;  and  we 
rather  make  the  two  Hemifpheres  in  two  dittinClTables. 
One  great  Advantage  in  this  Projeflion,  Is,  that  it  repre- 
fents  the  Longitudes  and  Latitudes  of  Places,  their  Diftance 
from  thePole  and  from  the  Equator,  almoU  the  fame  as 
they  are  on  the  Earth.  Its  Inconveniences  are,  that  it  makes 
the  Degrees  of  the  Equator  unet)u.al,  being  the  greater  as 
they  are  nearer  the  firft  Meridian  D  A  B,  or  its  oppofite 
BCD;  and  for  this  Reafon  equal  TraHs  of  the  Earth  are 
reprcl'ented  unequal  ;  which  Defcfl  tnay  be  in  fome  mea- 
fure  remedy'd  by  reinoving  the  Eye  far  from  the  Earth. 
Laftly,  the  Diftances  of  Places,  and  Situation  with 


thisdillorts    all  other  perl peflive  Methods,  both  Kinds  of  Circles  are 


Curve  j  one  Method  indeed  mutt  be  excepted,  wherein 
the  Meridians  are  right  Lines,  and  the  Parallels  Hyperbo- 
la's; as  when  the  Eye  is  placed  in  the  Centre  of  the 
Earth,  and  the  Plane,  thro  which  it  is  vicw'd,  is  parallel 
to  the  firit  Meridian  :  but  this  Method  is  rather  pretty 
than  ufeful.  ReHi/incir  Afafi  arc  chiefly  ufed  in  Naviga 
tion,  to  facilitate  the  Eflimation  of  the  Ship's  Way.  Sec 
Chart. 

ConjlruBk;-  of  partkidar  01  fpccial  Mijju. 
Tankiihr  M:ifi  of  Iiu-^e  Trath,  as  Europe^  Jfij^  Africa, 
and  JmertcSj  r.re  projciled  alter  the  fame  Manner  as  Ge- 
neral ones;  only  let  it  be  obfervcd,  that  for  differenr 


oardio  each  other,  cannot  be  well  determined  in M./-;  of  Parts  different  McthMs  be  chofen.  ^fuca  and  ./m^ncv, 

h'  Pro'cflion  mllance,  in  n  ,;ard  the  t.quator  palles  thro  them,  can- 

'  'kokSLTofMaPsonthe  Plane  of  the  Bonzon,  or  wherein  not  be  conven.c'.ay  proj,.£ted  by  the  Bri\  Method,  but 

anv^ivenPlacefliallbetheCcnrre.orMiddle.    Suppofc.  much  better  by  the  fecond.    £«,-.^e  and  ^,7.^  are  moft 

for  inflance,  'tis  defired  to  have            the  Centre  of  the  conveniently  repref^nred  by  the^thirdi  and  the  polar 
Map.    Its  Latitude  we'll  fuppofe  to  be  51*^.  5iMin.  The 
Eye  is  placed  in  the  Nadir.  The  tranfparent  Table  is  the 
Plane  of  the  Horizon,  or  fome  other  Plane,  if  'tis  dc- 


lired  to  reprefent  more  than  an  Hemifphere.  Take 
then  the  Point  E  for  London,   and  from  this,  as 

a  Centre,  defcribc  the  Circle  A  BCD  to  reprefent  the 
Horizon,  which  you  are  then  to  divide  into  four  Qua- 
drants, and  each  of  thefe  into  50  Degrees.  Let  the  Dia- 
meter BD  be  the  Meridian,  B  the  Northern  Quarter, 
D  the  Southern  ;  the  Line  of  Equinoaial  Eail  and  Weil, 
/1-iews  the  Hrll  Vertical,  A  the  Well,  C  the  Eall,  or  a 
Place  9odeg.  from  the  Zenith  in  the  firit  Vertical.  All 
the  Verticals  are  rcprcfented  by  right  Lines  drawn  from 
the  Centre  E  to  the  feveral  Degrees  of  the  Horizon.  Di- 
vide BD  into  180  dcg.  as  in  the  former  Methods  i  the 
Point  in  EB  reprcfeniing  51  deg.  31  min.  of  the  Arch 
BC,  will  be  the  Froje£tion  of  the  North  Pole,  which  note 
with  the  Letter  P.    The  Point  in  E  D  reprefenting  5 1  deg.  . 

of  the  Arch  DC,  (reckoning  from  C  towards  D)  is  extenced  m  Longitude.  On  the  middle  o' 
the  Proieaion  of  the  Interfedion  of  the  Equator    Line  er,_a:  a  Perpendicular,  having  fo  many  P; 


90  mm. 
will  be  - 

and  Meridian  of  London,  which  note  with  the  Letter  Q^, 
and  from  this,  towards  P,  write  the  Numbers  of  the  De- 
grees, I,  2,5,Si;c.  As  alfo  from  Q^towards  D,  and  from 
B  towards  P,  -Stz.  51, 52,  55,  ^c. 

Then  taking  the  correfponding  Points  of  equal  Degrees, 
,  99  and  99,  8S  and  S8,£5?c.  about  thuf>;,  as  Diameters, 


Parts,  or  the  frigid  Zones,  by  the  firll. 

To  begin  then,  draw  a  right  Line  on  your  Plane  or  Pa- 
per, for  the  Meridian  of  the  Pkce  over  which  the  Eye  is 
conceiv'd  to  hang,  and  divide  it  into  Degrees,  as  before, 
which  will  be  Degrecsof  Latitude.  Then  from  the  Tables 
take  the  Latitude  of  the  two  Parallel?,  which  terminate 
each  Extreme.  The  Degrees  of  thefe  Latitudes  are  to 
benotsd  in  the  Meridian  ;  and  thro  them  draw  Perpen- 
dicular?, bounding  the  M^i^  towards  North  and  South. 
This  done,  Meridians  and  Parallels  are  to  be  drawn  to 
the  feveral  Degrees,  and  the  Places  to  be  inferted,  till  the 
lAap  is  complcat. 

Purtkidar  Maps  •/  Jefs  Extent.  In  Maps  of  fmaller  Por- 
tions of  the  Earth,  the  Geographers  take  another  Me- 
thod. E  irlf,  a  tranlverfc  Line  is  drawn  at  the  bottom  of 
the  Plane,  to  reprefent  the  Latitude,  wherein  the  Souther- 
mofl  part  of  the  County  to  be  exhibited,  terminates.  In 
this  Line,  fo  many  equal  Parts  arc  taken,  as  that  Country 
''"of  this  fame 
'arts  as  there 

are  Degrees  uf  Latitude  between  the  Northern  and 
Southern  Limits  of  the  Country.  How  big  thefe  Parts 
are  to  be,  may  he  determin'd  by  the  Proportion  of  a  De- 
gree of  a  great  Circle  to  a  Degree  of  the  Parallel  repre- 
fented  by  the  tranfverfe  Line  at  bottom.  See  Degree. 
Thro'  the  other  Extreme  of  this  Perpendicular,  draw  an- 


defcribe  Circles,  which  will  reprefent  Parallels,  or  Circles    other  Perpendicular,  or  a  Parallel  to  the  Line  at  bottom. 


of  Latitude,  with  the  Equator,  Tropics,  and  Polar  Circles. 
For  the  Meridians,  firll  defcribe  a  Circle  thro  the  three 
Points  A,P,C.  This  will  reprefent  the  Meridian  <jc  deg. 
from  London.  Let  its  Cer,tre  be  M  in  BD  (continued  to 
the  Point  N,  which  rcprefents  the  South  Pole)  PN  being 
the  Diameter,  thro  M  draw  a  Parallel  to  AC,  "^'tz.  FH, 
continued  each  Way  to  K  and  L.  Divide  the  Circle 
PHNF  into  5(Jodeg.  and  from  the  Point  P  draw  righ 


in  which  arc  to  be  as  many  Degrees  of  Longitude,  as  in 
the  lower  Line,  and  thefe,  too,  equal  to  thofe  other,  un- 
lefs  the  Latitudes  happen  to  be  remote  from  each  other, 
or  from  the  Equator.  But  if  the  lowed  Parallel  be  at 
a  confiderable  diflance  from  the  Equinoflial,  or  if  the 
Latitude  of  the  Northern  Limit  go  much  beyond  that  of 
the  Southern;  the  Parts  or  Degrees  of  the  upper  Line 
mufl:  not  be  equal  to  thofe  of  the  lower,  but  leis,  according 


Lines  to  the  feveral  Degrees,  cutting  K  F  H  L  thro  the  to  the  Proportion  which  a  Degree  of  the  more  Northern 
feveral  Points  of  Interfeilion,  and  the  two  Poles  P,  N,  as  Parallel,  has  to  a  Degree  of  the  more  Southern :  Which 
thro  three  given  Points,  defcribe  Circles  reprefenting  all    fee,  as  before,  under  the  word  Degree, 


After  Parts  have  been  thus  determin'd,  both  on  the 
upper  and  lower  Line,  for  the  Degrees  of  Longitude  5 
right  Lines  mull  be  drawn  thro'  the  beginning  and  end 
of  the  fame  Number,  which  IJnes  reprefent  Meridians  ; 
then,  thro  the  fjveral  Degrees  of  the  Perpendicular  erec- 
ted on  the  middle  of  the  firll:  tranfverfe  Line,  draw  Lines 
infert  the  Places  from  a  Table  parallel  to  that  tranfverfe  Line.  Thefe  will  reprefent 
Parallels  of  Latitude.  Lartly,  at  the  Points  wherein  the 
Meridians  of  I^ongitude  and  the  Parallelsof  Latitude  con- 
cur, Infert  the  Places  from  a  Table,  as  before  direfled. 

For  Map  of  Prov'niceSf  or  fmall  Trafls,  as  Pariflie,?, 
Mannors,  ^c.  we  ufe  another  Method,  more  fure  and 
In  this,  the  Angles  of 


the  Meridians.  The  Centres  for  defcribing  the  Arches 
will  be  in  the  fame  K  L,  as  being  the  fame,  that  are 
found  by  the  former  Interfeftion  ;  but  are  to  be  taken 
with  this  Caution,  that  for  the  Meridian  next  B  DN  to- 
wards A,  the  molt  remote  Centre  towards  I.,  be  taken  for 
the  2d,  the  zd  from  this,  ^c.  The  Circles  of  Longitude 
and  Latitude  thus  drawn, 
as  before  directed. 

TrojcHion  of  Mafs  on  the  Thine  of  the  Meridian.  This 
Pro]e<3:ion  is  raught  by  Ptolemy,  and  recommended  by 
him  as  proper  for  that  part  of  the  Earth  then  known.  In 
the  Equator  and  Parallels  are  Arches  of  Circles,  and  in  the 
Merid; 


ians.  Arches  of  EUipfes  ;  the  Eye  hanging  over  the  accurate  than  any  of  the  former.    In  this. 

Plane  of  that  Meridian  which  pafTes  over  the  middle  of  Pofirion,  or  the  Bearings  of  the  feveral  Places,  with  re- 

the  inhabited  World.    But  in  regard  the  Defcription  of  gard   to  one  another,  are  determin'd  by  proper  Inftru- 

thefe  Ellipfes  is  fomewhat  perplexing,  and  becaufe  this  ments,  and  tranferr'd  to  Paper.    This  conllitutes  an  Art 

Method  feems  only  calculated  for  apart  of  theEarth;  a-parr,  cixWd  Snr-jsyhig.    See  Surveying. 

'tis  not  now  ufed.  The  Vfe  of  Maps  is  very  obvious  from  their  ConflrmSlion. 

There  is  a  fecond  Method  fomething  a-kin  to  it,  which  The  Degrees  of  the  Meridians  and  Parallels  fliew  the 

reprefents  the  Circles  of  Latitude  by  right  Lines,  and  the  L.ongltudcs  and  Latitudes  of  Places,   and  the  Scale  of 

Meridians  by  Arches  of  Ellipfes;  as  mud  be  the  Cafe,  if  Miles  annex'd,  their  Dilfance ;  the  Situation  of  Placer 


Lines  be  conceived  to  fall  from  the  feveral  Points  of  each 
Hemifphere,  perpendicularly  on  the  Plane  of  the  firil: 
Meridian,  and  the  Eye  be  fuppofed  at  an  infinite  diftance 
from  the  Earth  ;  fo  that  all  the  Rays  emitted  from  the 
places  of  the  Earth  to  it,  may  be  accounted  Parallels  as 
well  as  Perpendiculars  to  the  Plane  of  the  firfl:  Meri- 
dian. 


with  regard  to  each  other,  as  well  as  to  the  Cardinal 
Points,  appears  by  Infpeftion,  the  top  of  the  M.ip  being 
always  the  North,  the  bottom  the  South,  the  right-hand 
the  Eall,  and  the  left  the  Weft  ;  unlefs  the  Compafs  u- 
fually  annex'd,  /liew  the  contrary.  See  Mercator's 
Chart,  where  thefe  Cafes  are  exemplify 'd. 

MAPPARIUS,  an  Officer  among  ihe  Rom.vis,  who, 


ReHilivcar  Maps,  thofe  wherein  both  the  Meridians  and  the  public  Games,  as  thofe  of  the  Circus  and  the  Gla- 
Parallcls  are  reprefented  by  right  Lines,  which  by  the  diators,  gave  the  Signal  for  their  beginning,  by  throwing 
Laws  of  Perfpe£live  is  impofP.ble  ;  in  regard  there  can  an  Handkerchief  {Mafpa)  which  he  had  before  received 
no  fuch  Pofitlon  be  aTignM  the  Eye  and  the  Plane,  as  that  from  the  Emperor,  Conful,  or  other  fupreme  Officer  then 
the  Circles  both  of  Longitude  and  Latitude  Iliall  be  right  prefent. 

L  11 1  U  MA- 


MAR 


(  4^8  ) 


MAR 


MARASMUS,  in  Medicine;  an  extreme  Macies  or 
Confumption  of  the  v/holc  Body.  A  Heitic  Fever  ufual- 
ly  produces  a  Mnrajmiis.  The  word  is  Greek.,  being  de- 
rived frani  thcVerb  /j.a^3.ivm,tQ  vjqfle.  See  Consump  r  ion. 

MARAVEDIS,  a  little  Spa7ilfj  Copper  Coin,  worth 
fomewhat  more  than  a  French  Denier.  The  Sjtaniards  al- 
ways count  by  Mara-vedis^  both  in  Commerce,  their  Fi- 


Marhle  Margafjs^  !n  the  Uilaneze^  has  a  white  Ground 
with  brownifli  VeinSj  refembling  the  Colour  of  Iron-Ruft- 
This  is  very  common,  and  extremely  hard.  Marhk  of 
Lavee^  in  M.i?7;f,  has  a  black  Ground,  with  little  narrow 
Veins  of  white  5  there  Is  another  Kind  of  it  red,  with 
Veins  of  a  dirty  white.  Marble  of  Namar  is  black,  like 
that  of  D'man,  but  lefs  beautiful,  as  inciininrf  a  little  1 


nances,  i^c.  tho  the  Coin  itfelf  has  but  little  Courfe  among    the  blue,  and  trivers'd  with  little  Streaks  of  grey.  This 


them.  65  Mara-vcdii  o.tc  equivalent  to  a  Real  of  Silver  ;  fo 
that  the  Piafler,  or  Piece  of  Eight  Real,  contains  504,  and 
4Piitoles  of  4  Pieces  of  Eight,  2016  l^'hrauedis.  See  Coin 
and  Money.  This  Smallnefs  of  the  Coin  produces  vaft 
lumbers  in  the  Spanijh  Accounts  and  Calculations  j  info- 


is  very  common,  and  is  frequently  ufed  in  Paving.  FarUvt 
jW-Tr/i/e  is  Antique,  and  much  celebrated  in  Authors;  it  is 
of  a  beautiful  White:  The  greateft  part  of  the  Grecian 
Statues  were  made  of  it.  Varro  calls  it  Lychiltes,  bccaufe 
the  Workmen  dug  ir  out  of  the  Quarry  by  Lamp-Light. 


much  that  a  Stranger  orCorrcfpondent  would  think  himfelf  Marble  ot  Forta  Santa,  at  Rome  co.].V'A  Serjia,  is  mingled 
indebted  feveral  Millions  for  a  Commodity,  that  cofts  but  with  large  Clouds  and  Veins  of  ted,  yellow,  and  grey, 
a  few  Pounds.  In  the  Laws  of  Spaw,  we  meet  with  feveral    Mirble  Fortor  has  a  black  Ground,  with  Clouds  and  Veins 


Kinds  of  Mara-uedls  j  Jlphonjiiie  Maravedis^  li'hite  Maraziedh^ 
Maravedis  fif  Good  Mojiey,  M^irnvedis  Combrej2?ios,  Black  hiira- 
ved'is,  OidMara-uediu  When  we  find  Mara'jsdis  alone,  and 
without  any  Addition,  if  is  to  be  underftood  of  thofe  men- 
tioned above.  The  reft  were  diiferent  in  Value,  Finenefs 
of  Metal,  Time,  ^c.  Mariana  afTerts,  that  this  Coin  is 
older  than  the  Moors,  that  it  came  from  the  Cothsj  and 
was  worth  ten  Denarii  in  the  time  of  the  Kmicim. 

The  Word  is  Arabic^  and  toek  its  Rife  from  the  jilmo- 
raoides  A'/oorf,  who  paffing  out  of  Africa  into  Spain,  impofed 
their  own  Name  on  this  Coin,  which  by  Corruption  was 
afterwards  changed  into  Maraz^edis.  Mention  is  made  of 
it  in  the  Decretals,  as  well  as  other  Laim  Writers,  under 
the  Name  of  Marabitini. 

MARBLE,  a  Kind  of  Stone,  extremely  hard,  firm  and 
folic!,  dugout  of  Pits  or  Quarries:  It  takes  a  beautiful 
I'olifh,  cuts  very  hardly,  and  is  much  ufed  in  Ornaments 
of  fine  Buildings,  asColuinns,  Altars,  Statues,  ^c.  There 
are  an  infinite  Number  of  different  Kinds  of  Marble,  u- 
fually  denominated  either  from  their  Colour,  their  Coun- 
try, or  their  Defeats  ;  fome  are  of  one  fimple  Colour,  as 
white  or  black,  others  flrcak'd  or  variegated  with  Stains, 
Clouds,  Waves,  Veins,  l^c.  All  Marbles  are  opake,  ex- 
cepting the  white,  which,  when  cut  into  thin  Slices,  be- 
comes tranfparent.    They  are  alfo  different  in  Weight 


of  yellow.  It  is  dug  out  of  the  foot  of  the  Alps  towards 
Carrara.  Marble  of  Ratricc,  in  Hainault,  is  of  a  dirty  red, 
mix'd  with  blue  and  white  Clouds  and  Veins  :  this  is 
pretty  common,  but  is  different  in  Beauty.  Marble  of 
^'Dj',  is  a  deep  red  mix'd  with  other  Colours ;  each  Piece 
whereof  feems  cemented  on  to  the  relK  Marble  of  Sicily 
is  a  browniflired,  flain'd  with  oblong  Squares  of  White 
and  Ifabdhi,  like  Itriped  Taffeta's.  The  Antient  has  very 
vivid  Colours,  and  the  Modern  comes  pretty  near  it.  A^^)-- 
hie  oi  Signan^  in  the  Fyrencans,  is  ordinarily  of  a  grecni/h 
brown,  with  red  Stains;  tho  this  is  fomewhat  various  in 
its  Colours.  Marble  of  Thci;^  near  Namiir  in  Liege,  is  a  pure 
black,  foft  and  ealy  to  work,  and  receives  a  more  beau- 
tiful Poli/li  than  thufe  of  Namiir  and  Vimn. 

Marble  liivjo  Nero,  or  black-grey,  is  antique.  Whfte- 
vein'd  ^larble  has  large  Veinsj  with  grey  and  blue  Stains 
on  a  white  Ground.  It  comes  ivom' Carrara.  Jl  hite  Mar- 
ble-, that  dug  out  of  the  Fyrenea77S  on  the  fide  Bayonne, 
is  inferior  to  that  of  Carrara,  its  Grains  being  larger,  and 
/lilning,  like  a  kind  of  Salt.  It  is  fomething  like  the  an- 
tient white  Greek  Marble,  whereof  their  Statues  were 
made,  but  is  not  fo  hard  or  beautiful.  Antient  black  and 
■ivhite  Marble  is  now  very  rare,  its  Quarries  being  entirely 
loft;  it  is  divided  between  a  pure  white  and' a  bright 
black  in  Plates.     hhc  Ti'.rqtihi  Marble,  is  mix'd  with  a 


and  Hardnefs,  and  are  to  be  confider'd  with  regard  to  dirty  kind  of  white,  and  comes  from  the  Coaft  of  Genoa. 

their  Colour,  their  Country,  their  Grain,  and  their  De^  ^^irUe  Fior  di  Fs^fu-a,  comes  {rom  Italy,  conCiils  of  red  and 

fefls.  white  Stains,  fomewhat  ycUowifii.   Tt'/fow  Marble^  is  a  kind 

Under  the  Genus  of  M^ri/e  are  comprehended  Poj-^Jjt^j',  o{  ye\iow  If  a  be  Ha  without  Veins  i  it  is  antique,  and  now 

which  is  the  hardeft,  and  which  was  antiently  brought  very  rare.    Black  ylttic  Marble,  is  of  a  pure  black,  without 

from  Nir,nid:a  in  Jfricti  i  the  mofl  beautiful  is  that,  whofe  Stains,  and  fofter  than   the  modern  black.    There  was 

Red  is  the  moft  vivid,  and  the  Stains  the  whiteft  and  the  fome  of  it  brought  from  Greece,  call'd  Marmor  LucuUcum  ; 

fmalleli.  See  Porphyry.  The .S'e>-^e7;f;He,which  is  agreen-  but  this  was  not  ib  much  prized  as  that  which  the  EiyP- 

jfh  brown,  focall'd,  becaufe  fi^ut'dwifh  littlcStains.  It  is  f'-^ns  brought  from  v^^'./j/o^/a,  approaching  to  an  Iron'Co- 

form'd  of  a  great  Number  of  Grains  of  Sand  condens'd  ;  it  lour,  and  call'd  Bafahes,  or  Touch-ftone,'becaurc  it  fcrved 

is  of  various  Kinds,  viz.  E.'yptian,  Italiun,  I'^io/er,  and  Green,  them  for  the  Tryal  of  Metals.    Jf-^hite  and  black  Marble 

See  Granate  andSERPENTiNE.  ^jt/jdci-,  of  which  there  bas  a  pure  black  Ground,  with  fome  very  white  Veins, 

are  various  Kinds,  the  Antient,  the  Florid,  the  Black, White,  Marble  Occhio  di  Paz-one,  or  Peacocks  Eye,  is  mingled  with 

i^c.  See  Jasper.    Jlab.ijicr,  of  which  there  are  various  red,  white  and  bluei/h  Clouds,  fomewhat  refembling  the 

Kinds,   both  White  and  Variegated.    They  are  all  foft  Eyes  at  the  end  of  a  Peacock's  Tail.    Green  MarbTe  an- 

when  taken  out  of  the  Quarry,    but  harden  in  the  Air.  tiqiiCi  is  a  Mixture  of  Grafs-green  and  Black,  in  Clouds 

barbies  again  may  be  confider'd  either  as  Antient  or  Mo-  of  unequal  Forms  and  BignefTes,  and  is  very  rare,  the 

dern.    By  Antient  we  mean  thofe,  whofe  Quarries  are  lofl  Quarries  being  loit.    The  modern  Green,  improperly  cal-  ' 

or  inacccfiibleto  us,  and  whereof  we  have  only  fume  Pieces  led  Egyptian,  is  brought  from  Carrara,  on  the  Coall  of 

remaining.    The  Modern  are  thofe,  whofe  Q_uarries  arc  Genoa  ;  'it  is  a  deep  Green  fpotted  with  Grey, 
ilill  open,  and  out  of  which  Blocks  continue  to  be  dug.  Marble  denominated  from  its  Defeils. 

Marbles  denaminated  from  their  Countries.  Rigid  Marble,  that  which,  being  too  hard,  works  with 

African  Marble  IS  either  of  a  reddifli  Brown,  ftreajc'd  difiiculty,  and  is  liable  to  fplinter,  as  the  Black  of  Mwmr. 

with  Veins  of  White,  or  of  a  Carnation,  with  Veins  of  Fbready  Marble,   is  that  full  of  Threads  or  Filaments. 

Creen.    EngHJh  White  Marble  is  vein'd  with  Red.    Marble  Brittle  Marble,  is  that  which  crumbles  under  the  Inftru- 


(of  Jiivergne'm  France,  is  of  a  pale  Red,  mingled  with  Vio- 
let, Green,  and  Yellow.  Marble  of  Brab.m^on  in  Flainat-.h, 
js  Black,  vein'd  with  White.  Marble  of  Breffe  in  Italy,  is 
Yellow  with  Spots  of  White.  Marble  BrocateUe,  is  min- 
gled with  little  Shades  of //'nie//d,  Yellow,  Pale  and  Gray. 
It  comes  from  Tortofa  in  Spain,  where  it  is  dug  out  of  an 
antient  Quarry:  There  is  alfo  another  Kind  of  antient 
hrocateUe  dug  near  Mrianoplc.  Marble  of  Carrara,  on  the 
t^oa^^'s  of  Genoa,  is  very  white,  and  the  fittefl:  of  all  others 
for  Works  of  Sculpture.  Marble  of  Champagne,  refembles 
the  BrocaieHe,  being  mix'd  with  blue  in  round  Stains  like 
Partridges  Eyes,  dpotlmo,  or  CipolUn  Marble,  is  of  a  Sea- 
green  Colour,  mix'd  with  large  Waves  or  Clouds  of  white 
or  pale  green.  Scamozzi  takes  this  to  be  the  fame  with 
that  which  the  Antients  call'd  Angitflion  ^  Tdierlum  Mar- 


becaufe  difcover'd 


ment,  as  the  white  Greek  'Marble,  that  of  the  Fyreneans^ 
&c.  Terras  Marble,  that  with  foft  Places  in  it,  which  muft 
be  filled  up  with  Cement,  as  that  of  Langv.tdoc. 

I'herc  are  two  Dcfei^ls  frequent  in  Mlirbles,  which  aug- 
ment the  Diifculty  of  cutting  and  polilhing  them.  Tho 
one,  what  they  fometinies  call  Nails,  anfwering  to  the 
Knots  in  Wood  5  the  other,  call'd  Emeril,  is  a  Mixture  of 
Cupper  or  other  Metals,  making  black  Stains  in  the 
Marble.  The  Knots  are  common  10  all  Marbles,  the  Eme- 
ril only  in  the  white. 

The  Stuck  whereof  they  make  Statues,  Eufls,  BafTo-Re- 
lievos,  and  other  Ornamentsof  Architecture,  is  only  Marble 
pulveriz'd,  mix'd  in  a  certain  Proportion  with  Plaiflcr  ;  the 
whole  well  fifced,  work'd  up  with  Water,  and  ufed  like 
common  Plaiflcr.    There  is  alfo  a  kind  of  artificial  Mar- 


in Egypt  in  the  Tiincs  of  the    hie,  made  of  Gypfimi,  or  atranfparent  Stone,  refemblir 


Emperors  Jugnjius  and  Tiberius.  Marble  of  Dinan.^ 
Liege,  is  of  a  pure  black,  very  beautiful,  and  very  com- 
mon. Marble  of  Gmchcnet,  near  Dinan,  is  of  a  reddi/li 
JBrown,  with  white  Spots  and  Veins.  Marble  of  Languedoc, 
is  of  a  vivid  red,  with  large  white  Veins  or  Stains,  and  is 
very  common  ;  there  is  fome,  whofe  White  bordtrrs 
pretty  much  on  the  Blue,  hut  this  is  of  lefs  Value.  Ln- 
macheUo  Marble,  Marble  fo  Call'd,  bccaufe  mingled  with 
Spot";,  gray,  black,  and  white,  wreath'd  fomewhat  like 


Periwinkle-Shells,   This  is  antient,  and  its  Qiiarry  is  \ol{.    and  Emery. 


Marie;  which  becomes  very  hard,  receives  a  tolerable 
Polifli,  and  may  deceive  the  Eye.  There  is  alfo  a  kind 
of  artificial  Marble  forni'd  by  corrofive  Tinftures,  which 
penetrating  into  white  Mlarble,  to  the  depth  of  a  Line,  imi- 
tates the  various  Colours  of  other  Marbles.  Polifli'd  Mar- 
ble is  that  which,  being  w^ell  rubb'd  with  Free  ftone,  and 
afterwards  with  Pumice-llone,  is  at  lait  poli!h'd  with 
Emery,  if  the  M.iii/c  be  of  feveral  Colours,  and  with  Tin, 
if  it  be  white.    In  Italy  they  polifii  with  a  Piece  of  Lead 


There 


MAR 


(  ) 


MAR 


Uarciravcs  bting  originally  Governors  of  Cities  lying  oii 
the  Frontiers  ot  any  S;.Lte. 

MARCH,  the  third  Month  of  the  Tear,  accorcling  to 
the  commoti  way  of  computing.    Among  the  R'mians  it  was 
the  iirit,  anj  in  fomc  Eccleiiaftical  C>)mput3tions,  that 
after  which,  chcy  puliHi  thcin    Order  is  l^iU  prcferved  5  as  particularly  in  reckoning^  the 

 F-ither  Ki'ther  (hews  the  Man-    Number  of  ^eiirs  froiii  the  Incarnaiion  of  our  Saviour, 

nerof"applying  Colours  on  M.7> We,  fo  as  to  make  thorn  that  is,  from  tha  i5th  oi'  March.  In  England  however, 
penetrate  its  whole  Subltance  5  .nfnmuch  that  if  the  Mar-  properly  fpeaking,  hLrrch  is  the  firll  Month  in  Order ;  the 
i/e  be  Hit  into  feveral  parallel  Tables  or  Planks,  the  fame  new  Year  commencing  from  the  25th,  rho,  in  compki- 
Image  will  be  found  on  each,  tha  was  painted  on  the  firll:.  fiiicc  to  the  Cuftoms  of  our  Neighbours,  wc  ufually  rank 
Spoils  of  Oil  penetrate  white  Uubk,  fo  as  they  cannot  be    it  as  the  third  :   but  in  this  rcfpcft,  we  fpeak  one  way 


There  are  various  \\/a)s  of  polifiiing  Marble.  Some  lay 
three  or  four  Blocks  in  a  Row,  and  with  another,  fix'd  to 
a  broad  Beetle,  and  a  Handle  fix'd  at  oblique  Angles, 
with  Sand  and  Water  between,  work  the  upper  Stone 
backwards  and  forwards  on  the  lower  ones,  nil  the  Strokes 
of  the  Ax  are  wore  off 
with  Emery  and  Putty, 


taken  out.  Tne  word  M^cWc  comes  from  the  Latin  Mar- 
inor^  and  that  from  the  Gice^  ^^.p^wi/paf,  to  jljim. 

To  marble,  is  to  paint,  or  difpofe  Colours  in  fuch  a 
manner,  as  that  they  may  reprefent  Mailk.  Thus  we  mur- 
i/e  Paper,  Wood,  (^c. 

MARBLED,  fomcthlng  rcfembling  Marble:  Thus 
marbled  Paper,  -u.  e;.  is  a  Paper  ttain'd  with  various  Clouds 
and  Shades,  refembling,  in  fome  meafure,  the  various 
Veins  of  Marble  >  the  Method  whereof,  fee  under  Pa- 

^^MARBLING  OF  BOOKS,  among  Binders,  the  fprink- 
llng  over  the  Cover  of  a  Book  with  Black,  by  means  of 


and  write  another.  Till  the  Year  15154,  the  Frejicb  rec- 
kon'd  the  beginning  of  their  Year  from  £fly?er  i  fo  that 
there  were  two  Months  o{March  in  one  Year,  one  of  which 
they  call'd  March  before  Eajser,  and  the  other  March  after 
Ej;ter.  When  Eajier  fell  within  the  Month  of  March,  the 
beginning  of  the  Month  was  in  one  Year,  and  the  end  in 
another. 

It  was  Rortudu!  who  divided  the  Y'ear  into  twelve 
Months;  to  the  firit  of  which  he  gave  the  I\ame  of  his 
fuppofed  Fatlicr  Man.  Ovid,  however^  obferves,  that  the 
People  of  Italy  had  the  Month  of  March  before  Romiihts'a 
Time  5  but  that  they  placed  it  very  diff,„'rently,  fome 
making  it  the  ^d,  fome  the  4th,  fome  the  5rh,  and  others 
the  icth  Month  in  the  Year.  In  this  Month  it  was  ihat 
the  Romans  facrificed  to  ylnna  Pcrcrijia,  that  they  begun 
their  Coming,  that  they  adjudg'd  their  public  Farms  and 
Leafes  ;  that  the  Women  ferved  the  Slaves  and  Servants 
atTable,  as  the  Men  did  in  the  Sat j'.r}ialia  -y  and  that  the 
Veilals  renewed  the  Sacred  Fires  The  Month  of  Marc??' 
was  under  the  PratcQion  of  A^''7/cto>7,  and  always  confined 


black  Pencil  Oruck  gently  againft  thePi.iger,  ot  on 
Stick  held  for  the  purpofe.  Marblm^  is  not  ufed,  except 
for  Books  bound  in  Calf;  after  it  is  finifii'd,  the  Cover  ts 
"lazed  over  with  beaten  Whites  of  Egg.',  then  fmooth'd 
with  a  polilhing  Iron.  They  alfo  marble  Books  on  the 
Edges,  but  in  this  MfirWiHg  there  is  no  Black  ufed; 
lieu  thereof,  red,  blue,  l^c.    See  Hook-Binding. 

MARC,  or  MARK;  a  Weight  ufed  in  feveral  States  of 

EiiYove,  and  for  feveral  Comniodiiies,  efpeclally  Gold  and  of  51  Days.    The  Antients  held  it  an  unhappy  Month  for 

Silver  in  France.     The  Marc  is  divided  into  8  Ounces,  or  64  Marriage,  as  well  as  the  Month  of  May. 
Drachms,  or  192  Deniers  or  Penny-ueights,or  ii5o  Ederiins,       MARCHETj  a  pecuniary  Fine  antiently  paid  by  the 

or  500  Mailles,  or  640  Felins,  or4(SoS  Grains.  InfMLwd,  the  Tenant  to  his  Lord,  for  the  Marriage  of  one  of  the  Tenant  s 

Mm-'c  Weight  is  alfo  call'd  Troy- Weight,  and  is  equal  to  Daughters.    This  Cuftom  obtained,  with  fome  d>iFerLnce, 

that  o{  France.    W  hen  Gold  and  Silver  are  fold  by  the  throughout  a\\  Eti^land  :Lnd  Wales,  as  alfo  in  Jfof/.?;;;/,  and 

Marc,  it  is  divided  into  24  Caratls,  the  CaraCl  iniu  8  Penny-  itill  continues  to  obtain  in  fome  places.    According  to  the 

weights,  the  Penny-weight  into  24  Grains,  and  the  Grain  Cuftom  of  the  Mannor  of  Dina-vrr  in  Carmarthsnjl--ire,  every 

into  24  Primes.    See      p  act.  Tenant,  at  the  Marriage  of  his  Daughter,  pays  ten  Shil- 

MARK  is  alfo  ufed  among  us  for  a  Money  of  Account ;  lings  to  the  Lord  ;  which,  in  the  Britifj  Language,  is  cali'd 

and  in  fome  other  Countries  for  a  Coin  :  The  En^hjh  Mark  Cwabr-Merched,  i.e.  Maid's-Fee. 

is  two  Thirds  of  a  Pound  Sterling,  or  13-'.  ^.d.  and  Mat-       In  Scot!a7id,  and  the  North  Parts  of  En^lajid,  the  com- 

thew  Fans  obferves,  it  was  of  the  fame  Value  in  1194.  mon  Cullom  was,  for  the  Lord  to  lie  the  firil  Night  with 


The  antient  Saxons  call'd  the  Marh,  Mancos,  Mancufe,  and 
Mearc ;  among  them  it  was  equivalent  to  thirty  Pence,  /.  e- 
to  fix  Shillings.  The  Mark-Luis,  ufed  at  hambourq,  is  alfo 
a  Money  of  Account,  equal  to  one  Third  of  the  Rixdollar, 
or  to  the  French  Livre  Toumois.  Each  Mark  is  divided  into 
fixteen  Sols-Li^bs.  Mark  Luhs,  or  Hanfch,  is  alfo  a  'Damfi 
Coin,  equal  to  fixteen  Sols  Luhs,  or  twenty  French  Sols. 
See  Sol.  Lai-lly,  Mark  is  a  Copper-Coin  in  Sz^jede/j,  equal 
to  two  Fence  Farthing  Sterling;  it  is  divided  into  eight 
Roitjiitji,  and  each  Roujilq  into  two  Jllez-eures.  The  Szvcdi/Ij 
Silver  Mark  is  a  Money  of  Account,  equal  to  three  Copper 
Marks,  tho  fome  make  it  a  real  Coin. 

MAPXASSITE;  a  Metallic  Mineral,  making,  as  it 
Ssere,  the  Seed  or  firft  Matter  of  Metals.  On  this  Prin- 
ciple, there  fiiould  be  as  many  different  Marc-iffta  as  Me- 
tals, which  is  true  in  effeft  ;  the  iSame  being  apply'd  to 
every  Mineral  Body  that  has  Metallic  Particles  in  its  Com- 
pofition.  There  are  only  three  Kinds  inj  the  Shops,  ■^-'iji. 
Marcajfte  of  Gold,  of  Silver,  and  of  Copper ;  tho  fome 
make  the  Loadrtone  Marcajfte  of  Iron,  Tin  of  Glafs,  Mar- 
cajfne  of  Tin,  and  Zink  or  Spelter,  that  of  Lead  :  but 
this  we  leave  to  the  Chymifts.  Marcajfte  of  Gold  is  in 
little  Balls  about  the  bignefs  of  Nuts,  nearly  round,  hea- 
vy, of  a  brown  Colour  without.  MarcaJJite  of  Silver  is 
like  that  of  Gold,  only  lefs  colour'd  :  within,  the  Colour 
differs  much,  the  one  having  a  Gold  Colour,  and  the  o- 
ther  a  Colour  of  Silver,  both  fliining  and  brillant.  The 


the  Bride  of  his  Tenant :  But  this  Cullom  was  abrogated 
by  King  Malcolm  III,  at  the  Inliance  of  his  Queen  ;  and 
inilead  thereof,  a  Mark  was  paid  by  the  Bridegroom  to 
the  Lord.    Whence  'tis  call'd  Marcheta  Miilieris. 

MARCIONITES,  the  Name  of  a  very  antient  and 
popular  Se£l  in  the  Church.  In  the  Time  of  St. 
niHS,  they  were  fprcad  over  Italy,  Egypt,  Falejline,  Syria^ 
Arabia,  Pcr/ia-,  and  other  Countries.  Marcion,  their  Au- 
thor, was  of  FoT.niiS,  the  Son  of  a  Bifliop,  and  at  firll 
made  profcifion  of  the  Monaflical  Life;  but  having  had 
a  criminal  Afi'air  with  a  Maid,  was  excomtnunicated 
by  his  own  Father,  who  would  never  admit  him  again  into 
the  Communion  of  the  Church,  not  even  on  his  Repen- 
tance. On  this  he  abandon'd  his  own  Country,  and  re- 
tired to  Rome,  where  he  began  to  broach  his  Doftrincs- 
He  laid  down  two  Principles,  the  one  Good,  the  other 
Evii.  He  deny'd  the  real  Birth,  Incarnation  and  Paflir.n 
of  Jefus  Chrid,  and  held  them  to  be  all  apparent  only. 
He  taught  two  Chrifls :  Otie,  who  had  been  fent  by  an  un- 
known God  for  the  Salvation  of  alt  the  World  ;  Another, 
whom  the  Creator  would  one  day  fend  to  re-eftablini  the 
3eu'!.  He  deny'd  the  Refurredlion  of  the  Bndy,  and  al- 
low'd  none  to  be  baptized,  but  thofe  who  prefcrved  their 
Continence;  but  thefe  he  granted  might  be  baptized 
three  times.  In  many  things  he  follow'd  the  Sentiments, 
of  the  Heretic  Ccrdvi,  and  rejcfled  the  Law  and  the 
Prophets.    He  pretended  the  Gofpel  had  been  corrupted 


lvlarca(Jite  of  Copper  is  about  the  bignefs  of  a  fmall  Apple,  .  by  falfe  Prophets,  and  allow 'd  none  of  the  Evangelifti 
round  or  oblong,  brown  without,  yellow  and  cryflalline  but  St.  Luke,  whom  he  altered  in  many  places,  as  well  as 
within,  brillant  and  fliining.   Marcajfxes  are  found  in  Mines    the  Epillles  of  Sr.  F.nd  ;  a  great  many  things  iu  which  he 


of  Metal ;  they  contain  a  great  deal  of  Vitriolic  Salt, 
efpeclally  that  of  Copper.  Some  only  ufe  the  word  Mar- 
cajfte  for  Bifmiiih.    The  Word  is  originally  Arabic. 

MARCELLIANISM,  the  Doarineand  Opinions  of  the 
MaTcelliant,  a  Sefl  of  antient  Heretics ;  fo  call'd  from  Mar- 
celks  of  Ancyra,  their  Leader,  who  was  accufed  of  reviving 
the  Errors  o{ SahclUus.  Some,  however,  are  of  opinion,  he 
was  Orthodox,  and  that  it  was  his  Enemies  the  Arians^ 
who  father'd  their  Errors  upon  him.  St.  Epphajiins  ob- 
ferves, that  there  was  a  great  deal  of  Difpute  with  regard 
to  the  real  Tenets  o{  Marcelks ;  but  that  as  to  his  Fol- 
lowers, 'tis  evident  they  did  not  own  the  three  Hypollafes : 
fo  that  MarccUianifm  is  no  imaginary  Hcrefy. 

MARCGRAVE,   a  kind  of  Dignity  in  Germany, 


threw  our.  In  his  own  Copy  of  St.  Luke^  he  threw  out  the 
two  firll  Chapters  entire. 

MARCITES.  aSea  of  Heretics  In  the  fccond  Century, 
who  alfo  call'd  themfelves  the  Ferfe&i,  and  madeprofef- 
flon  of  doing  every  thing  with  a  great  deal  of  Liberty, 
and  without  any  Fear.  This  Doflrine  they  borrow'd  from 
Simon  Magus,  who,  however,  was  nut  their  Chief ;  for  they 
they  were  csWdMarcites  from  one  M^fcuj,  who  conferred 
the  Prieflhood,  and  the  Adminifiration  of  the  Sacraiucnts, 
on  Women. 

MARCOSSIANS,  the  Name  of  an  antient  Scfl  in  Reli- 
gion, making  a  Branch  of  the  Gwo/?rcr.  St. /ce^/rf-ifs  fpeaks  at 
large  of  the  Leader  of  this  Sefl,  Marcus,  who,  it  feems,  was 
puted  a  great  Magician.   He  relates  feveral  things  touch- 


fwering  to  our  Marquifs.  The  Word  is  derived  from  the  jng  the  Prayers  and  Invocation  of  the  antient  Gnojiics,  the 
German  Mnrchs  or  Mark,  which  fignifics  a  Frontier  j  the    antient  ^eivifj  Cabala  on  the  Letters  of  the  Alphabet,  and 

their 


MAR 


C  ^od  ) 


MAR 


tlici?  Properties,  as  well  as  on  the  Myfleries  of  Numbers, 
which  the  ^ews  and  Gnojiics  had  borrow'd  from  the  Philo- 
fophy  of  Flato  and  Fythagaras.  Marcus  was  an  EgyptlaJij 
and  there  it  was  he  became  acquainted  with  Magic.  To 
impofe  more  cafily  on  his  Followers,  he  made  ufeof  cer- 
tain HehrexVy  or  rather  Cbaldee  Words,  much  ufed  by  the 
Enchanters  of  thofe  Times.  The  Marcojjians  had  a  great 
number  of  Apocryphal  Books,  which  they  held  for  Cano- 
nical, and  of  the  fame  Authority  with  ours.  Out  of  thefe 
they  pick'd  leveral  idle  Fables,  touching  the  Infancy  of 
Jefus  Chrill-,  which  they  put  off  for  true  Hiftories.  Many 
of  thefe  Fables  arc  ftill  in  ufe  and  credit  among  the  Grtek 
Monks. 

MARGARITJE.    See  Pearls. 

MARK,  in  Matters  of  Commerce  and  Manufaflure  5  a 
certain  Character  llruck  or  imprefs'd  on  various  Kinds  of 
Commodities,  cither  to  fhew  the  Place  where  they  were 
made,  and  the  Pcrfons  who  made  'em  ;  or  to  fhev/  they 
have  been  vicw'd  and  examin'd  by  the  Officers  or  Ma- 
gillrates  charged  with  the  liifpe£lion  of  that  Manufacture  i 
or  lailly,  to  /hew  the  Duties  impofed  thereon  have  been 
regularly  acquitted.  Thus  are  Cloths,  Leathers,  Cutlery- 
Ware,  Paper,  Plate,  Weights,  Meafures,  ^c.  mark'd. 

MARK  is  alfo  a  particular  Sign  or  Character,  known 
only  to  the  Trader  who  pitches  on  it  i  whereby,  being 
fix'd  to  any  Commodity,  he  recolle6ls  the  Price  it  coil 
him.  Thefe  Mflr^j,  otherwife  call'd  Numero's,  are  taken 
according  to  the  Fancy  of  thofe  who  ufe  them  ;  but,  or- 
dinarily, are  chofcn  from  among  the  Letters  ot  the  Al- 
phabet, each  having  a  relation  to  fome  particular  Num- 
ber of  Figures.  They  are  of  fo  much  ufe  in  Trade,  that 
the  Reader  will  not  take  it  amifs,  if  we  infert  a  little 
Table,  to  fcrve  as  a  Model  for  their  Conftrui5iion. 


AIBICIDIEIFIGIH  II  1  KILIM 


I  I  1  2  1  s  I  4  1  5  1  6  1  7  1  §  I  9  liol= 


One  Example  will  give  the  whole  Ufe  of  this  Table. 
Suppofe,  ,5.  I  would  put  on  a  Piece  of  Stuff,  that  it 
coit  37  J.  6d.per  Ell.  I  put  an  M  for  lo  s.  an  Lfor  los.  an 
H  for  75.  and  a  G  for  6d.  So  that  the  feveral  L.etters  wrote 
after  ea.h  other  (obferving  always  to  feparate  Shillings 
from  Pounds  and  from  Pence  by  Points,  will  make  this 
AW' M.L.H.G  equal  to  57  6  d.  ^Jote,  the  may 
be  diveriified  infinitely,  by  adding  other  Figures  to  the 
Letters  in  lieu  of  thefe. 

St.  MARK,  a  Congregation  of  Regular  Canons,  found- 
ed at  Mmiua  by  one  filbert  Spifiola^  a  Priell,  towards  the 
end  of  the  nth  Century.  Sfiiiola  made  a  Rule  for  them, 
which  was  approved,  corretled  and  confirmed  by  feveral 
fucceeding  Popes.  About  the  Year  I4)C,  they  were  re- 
formed, and  followed  only  the  Rule  ot  St.  Jugn/ihi.  This 
Congregation,  which  at  firrt  confined  of  iS  or  ;o  Houfes 
cf  Men,  and  of  fome  for  Women,  fituate  in  Lombardy  and 
the  State  of  Venice  ;  having  flouri/hed  for  the  fpace  of 
4C0'  Years,  declined  by  little  and  little,  and  was  at  length 
reduced  to  two  Convents  5  and  in  1584,  that  Sc.  Mark 
at  Mantm^  which  was  the  chief,  was  given  with  the  Con- 
fent  of  Pope  Gregory  XIII.  to  the  Camaldnk;,  and  fo  the 
Congregation  became  extinct. 

Order  o/"St.Maek;  an  Order  of  Knighthood  in  the 
Republic  of  J'cmce^  under  the  Protection  of  St.  Murk  the 
Evatigelifl.  The  Arms  of  this  Order  are,  a  Lion  winged 
Gules,  with  this  Device,  Tax  tibi,  IvUrka  Evaii^elljla.  This 
Order  is  never  conferred  but  on  thofe  who  have  done  fig- 
rial  Services  to  the  Commonwealth. 

MARKET,  from  the  Frcftch  Marche,  i.  e.  Emporium  or 
Tormn  Ntnidinariiim  j  and  fignifies  the  fame  thing  with  us 
as  alfo  the  Liberty  or  Privileges  whereby  a  Town  is  ena- 
bled to  keep  a  Markei.  BraiJon  obferves,  that  one  Market 
ought  to  be  diflant  from  all  others  at  leaft  fix  Miles  and 
a  half,  and  a  Third  of  a  half.  In  former  times  it  was 
cuOomary  to  have  mofl;  Fairs  and  Markets  kept  on  Sundays, 
and  in  the  Church-yard  j  fo  that  Matters  of  Bufinefs  and 
Devotion  were  tranfa6led  under  one.  Which  Cuflom,  tho 
prohibited  by  feveral  Kings,  was  yet  held  up  till  the 
Reign  of  King  Hewi;y  the  Sixth,  when  it  was  cffeftually 
fupprefs'd.  In  many  Places  they  are  flill  kept  in  the 
Church-yard. 

MARLE,  orMj/we;  a  kind  of  far,  fofr,  fofllle  Earth 
call  on  Land  to  make  it  more  fruitful :  There  are  feveral 
Sorts,  of  feveral  Colours  and  Qualities.  Too  much  Marie 
thrown  on  the  Earth,  Is  found  to  burn  ir.  Ivlarle  is  alfo 
of  ufe  in  making  of  Lime,  and  is  burnt  like  other  Stone. 
The  Word  cofties  from  the  antient  Ce/f/c  Mar^a^  mention 'd 
by  TU77y.  It  was  afterwards  call'd  Margita  3.XiA.Margiirectc!. 
Tali^i  teaches  the  Ufe  of  it. 

MARMALADE  ;  a  Confeflion  made  of  the  Juice  or 
Pulp  of  feveral  Fruits,  as  Plumbs,  Apricocks,  Quinces,  ^c. 
boile>^  with  Sugar  inro  a  Confiftence  :  that  made  of  Quin- 
ces is  fub-allringent,  and  grateful  to  the  Stomach. 


MARMORA  ARUNDELLIANA,  or  the  Oxford  Mar- 
Ues,  are  antient  Stones,  whereon  appear  a  Chronicle  of  the 
City  of  Athtn^^  engraven  in  Capital  Letters  in  the  Ifland  of 
Taros,  one  of  the.  Cyclades,  265  Years  before  Jefus  ChrilK 
They  took  their  Name  from  Thomas  Earl  of  Amndel,  who 
procured  them  out  of  the  Eall,  or  from  Hairy  his  Grand- 
Ion,  who  prefented  them  to  the  Univerfity  of  Oxford.  An 
Account  of  all  their  Infcriptions  were  publifh'd  in  1676,  by 
Dr.  Frideatix. 

MARONITES,  a  Body  of  Chriftians  who  follow  tho 
.5>r/,-j/!  Rites,  and  are  fubjed  to  the  Pope  j  their  principal 
Habitation  being  on  Mount  LiLmiis.  The  Learned  are 
divided  about  their  original  Father.  Morhz  and  Cardinal 
Eo/ia  take  Mar o!ine  for  the  Name  of  a  Se£t,  as  well  as 
Ne/ioria7i  and  'Jacobite.  The  Maromies  themfelves  pre- 
tend, that  they  are  defcended  from  one  Maroji,  who  lived 
in  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  Century,  and  whofe  Life  is 
written  by  Thcodoret.  The  Jefuit  Sacch'nii  is  of  the  fame 
Opinion  ;  he  thinks,  that  they  never  fcparated  from 
the  Catholic  Church  j  and  adds,  that  what  has  given  occa- 
fion  to  their  being  judg'd  in  a  Schifm,  is  their  Re-union 
with  the  Romijh  Cliurch,  which  fotne  take  for  a  Return  to 
the  Catholic  Faith.  The  former  Opinion  is  founded  on 
the  Tellimonies  of  EutychU<s^  James  de  Fitri,  and  feveral 
others,  who  exprefly  affert  the  Maronhes  to  have  been 
formerly  a  part  of  the  Mo?2Jthelite  Jacobites :  According  to 
their  Account,  Maron,  whom  the  Maronites  qualify  for  a 
Saint,  was  in  truth  a  Heretic.  Towards  the  Year  1182, 
^//werj,  third  Latiji  Patriarch  Cofiflaatiiiofle,  united  the 
Maroriites  to  that  Church.  From  that  time  they  have  ufed 
the  Mitre,  Ring,  Crofier,  and  other  of  the  Latifi  Epfcofa- 
lia;  but  their  Service  is  performed  in  the  Chaldee 
Language. 

M.  Faiiflus  has  publifh'd  an  Apology  for  Maron  and  the 
refl  of  his  Nation.  His  Opinion  is,  that  they  really  took 
their  Name  from  the  Maro7i  who  lived  in  the  4th  Century, 
and  whereof  mention  is  made  m  Chryfojiom^  Tbcodcret,  and 
the  Menology  of  the  Greeks.  He  adds,  that  the  Difciples 
of  this  Maron  fpread  themfelves  throughout  alKVjT/,;,  rhat 
they  built  feveral  Monafteries,  and  among  others,  one 
that  bore  the  Name  of  their  Leader  j  I'hat  all  the  Syrians 
who  were  not  tainted  with  Herefy,  took  Refuge  among 
'eta;  and  that  for  this  rcafon,  the  Hcrcticks  of  thofe 
Times  call'd  'em  Maronites, 

The  Maronites  have  a  Patriarch  who  refidcs  in  the  Mo- 
naftery  of  Caimnbia  on  Mount  Liba7iKS,  'and  affumes  the 
Title  of  Patriarch  of  Aathch.  He  is  elected  by  the  Clergy 
and  the  People,  according  to  the  antient  Cuftom ;  but 
lince  their  Re-union  with  the  Church  of  Kmie,  he  is  ob- 
liged to  have  a  Bull  of  Confirmation  from  the  Pope.  He 
keeps  a  perpetual  Celibaie,  as  well  as  the  reft  of  the  Bi- 
fliops  his  Suffragans.  For  the  reft  of  the  Ecclefiallics, 
they  are  allow'd  ro  marry  before  Ordination  j  and  yet 
the  Monaftic  Life  is  in  great  etieem  among  'em.  Their 
Monks  are  of  the  Order  of  Sr.  yJ}iiho77y^  and  live  In  the 
moft  obfcure  Places  in  Mountains,  far  from  the  Commerce 
of  the  World. 

As  to  their  Faith,  they  agree  in  the  main  with  the  reft 
of  the  Eallern  Church.  Their  Pricfls  don't  fay  Mafs  a- 
lone,  but  alt  fay  it  together,  ftanding  round  the  Altar. 
They  confccrate  Bread  without  Leaven  j  and  the  Laity 
have  hitherio  communicated  in  both  Kinds,  tho  the  Prac- 
tice of  communicating  in  one  is  introduced  by  little  anrl 
little.  In  Lent  they  eat  nothing,  unlets  It  be  two  or  three 
hours  before  Sun-rlfing  :  1'heir  other  Faftings  are  very 
numerous.  Their  Name  may  either  be  derived  from  Mj- 
ro7i  abovementlon'd,  or  from  |Uaffi',  the  Name  of  a  Mo- 
naflery,  or  from  Maronea^  a  City  of  Syria. 

MAROTIC  STILE  5  a  Term  in  the  Fre7:ch  Poetry, 
fignifying  a  peculiarly  gay,  merry,  yet  fimple  and  natural 
Manner  of  Writing,  introduced  by  Miror,  and  fince  imi-. 
tared  by  their  other  Authors,  but  with  moft  Succefs  by 
Voititre  and  Fo77tai?2e.  The  Difference  between  the  Marotic 
and  the  Burlefque  SiiU:,  is  thus  affign'd  :  The  Marotic 
makes  a  choice,  the  Burlefque  admits  of  all.  The  firft  is 
the  moft  fimple,  but  its  Simplicity  has  its  Noblenefs }  and 
where  Its  own  Time  won't  furnifti  natural  Expreffions,  ic 
borrows  them  from  formerTimes.  The  latter  Is  low  and 
groveling,  and  borrows  falfe  andfulfome  Ornaments  from 
the  Croud,  which  People  of  Tafte  defprfe.  The  one  re- 
figns  itfelf  to  Nature,  but  examines  firft  of  all  whe- 
ther the  Objects  flie  prefents  be  fit  for  its  Paintings,  and 
takes  nothing  but  what  carries  with  it  fomewhat  of 
Delicacy  and  Mirth;  the  other  runs  headlong-into  Buf- 
foonery, and  affefis  every  thing  that  is  extravagant  and 
grotefquc. 

MARQUE,  Letters  of  are  Letters  of  Reprifal,  grant- 
ed by  a  King  or  Parliament,  by  which  Subjects  of  one 
Country  are  licenfed  to  make  Rcprifils  on  thofe  of  ano- 
ther; provided  Application  has  been  made  for  Rcdrefs  to 
the  GovcTnment,  whereto  the  Aggreffnr  belongs,  three 
times  without  Effedt.    They  are  fo  call'd,  as  being  Jus 

cojicrj/ittn 


MAR 


(  ?oi  ) 


MAR 


cSnccfJitm  'ih  aherins  Frincfis  Marchas  feu  Limits!  tranfemtds^ 
Jibi^ue  ^us  faciendi.    See  Reprisals. 

MARQUETRY,  t7i-laid  JVvrkh  a  Work  compofed  of 
fcveral  Pieces  ot"  hard,  fine  Wood  of  different  Colours, 
fallen'd,  in  thin  Slices,  on  a  Grbund,  and  fomctimes  cn- 
rich'd  with  other  Matters,  as  Tortoife-ihell,  Ivory,  Tin, 
and  Brafs.  There  is  another  kind  Marquetry  made,  in- 
itead  of  Wood,  of  Glaffes  of  various  Colours  ^  and  a  third, 
where  nothing  but  precious  Stones,  and  the  richeft  Mar- 
bles, are  ufed  :  but  thefc  are  more  properly  called  Mo- 
Jaic  Work.    Sec  Mosaic. 

The  Art  of  Inlaying  is  very  antientj  and  is  fuppofed  to 
have  pafa'd  from  the  Eaft  to  the  We0,  as  one  of  the 
Spoils  brought  by  the  Romans  from  yfjia ;  indeed  it  was 
then  but  a  fimple  thing :  nor  did  it  arrive  at  any  tolera- 
ble Perfeflion,  till  the  fifteenth  Century,  among  the  Ita~ 
I1271S  j  it  feems  however  to  have  arrived  at  its  height  in 
the  leventeenth  Century  among  the  French.  Till  ^ohn  of 
Verona,  a  Cotemporary  with  Raphael^  the  fineft  Works 
of  this  kind  were  only  black  and  white,  which  are  what 
we  now  call  Morefco^sj  but  that  Religious,  who  had  a 
Genius  for  Painting,  itain'd  his  Woods  with  Dyes  or  boiled 
Oils,  which  penetrated  them.  But  he  went  no  further, 
than  the  reprefenting  Buildings  and  Pcrfpeilives,  which 
require  no  great  Variety  of  Colours.  Thofc  who  fuc- 
cecded  him,  not  only  improved  on  the  Invention  of  dying 
the  Woods,  by  a  Secret  which  they  found  of  burning  them 
without  confuming,  which  ferved  exceedingly  well  for 
the  Shadows;  but  had  alio  the  Advantage  of  a  number 
of  fine  new  Woods  of  naturally  bright  Colours,  by  the 
Difcovery  of  ylmerica.  With  thefc  AlTiftances  the  Art  is 
now  capable  of  imitating  any  thing;  whence  fome  call 
it  the  Art  of  Famting  in  }Vood. 

The  Ground  whereon  the  Pieces  are  to  be  arranged  and 
glued,  is  ordinarily  of  Oak  or  Fir  well  dried  ;  and  to  pre- 
vent warping,  is  compofed  of  fevcral  Pieces  glued  toge- 
ther. The  Wood  to  be  ufed  being  reduced  into  Leaves, 
of  the  Thicknefs  of  a  Line,  is  either  ilain'd  with  fomc 
Colour,  or  made  black  for  Shadow  ;  which  fomc  efteCl, 
by  putting  it  in  Sand  extremely  heated  over  the  fire,  others 
by  llceping  it  in  Lime-Watcr  and  Sublimate,  and  others 
in  Oil  of  Sulphur.  Thus  colour'd,  the  Contours  of  the 
Pieces  are  form'd,  according  to  the  Parts  of  the  Defign 
they  are  to  reprefent.  This  lall  is  the  moft  difficult  part 
of  Mcirqiietry,  and  that  wherein  moft  Patience  and  Atten- 
tion are  required.  The  two  chief  Inftruments  ufed  here- 
in, are  the  Saw  and  the  Vice  j  the  one,  to  hold  the  Mat- 
ters to  be  form'd  ;  the  other,  to  take  off  from  the  Ex- 
tremes, according  to  occafion.  The  Vice  is  of  Wood,  ha- 
ving one  of  its  Chaps  fix'd,  the  other  moveable,  and  is 
open'd  and  fliut  by  the  Foot,  by  means  of  a  Cord  faften'd 
to  a  Treadle.  Its  Stru£^:ure  is  very  ingenious,  yet  fimple 
enough,  and  will  be  eafily  conceived  from  the  Figure 
(Tab.  Uifceliany,  The  Leaves  to  be  form'd  (for  there 

are  frequently  three  or  four  of  the  fame  Kind  form'd  to- 
gether) are  put  within  the  Chaps  of  the  Vice,  after  being 
glued  on  the  outermoft  part  of  the  Defign,  whofe  Pro- 
file they  are  to  follow';  then  the  Workman  preffing  the 
Treadle,  and  thus  holding  faft  the  Piece,  with  his  Saw 
runs  over  all  the  Out-lines  of  the  Defign.  By  thus  join- 
ing and  forming  three  or  four  Pieces  together,  they  not 
only  gain  time,  but  the  Matter  is  llkewife  the  better  ena- 
bled to  fuftain  the  Effort  of  the  Saw  ;  which,  how  deli- 
cate foever  it  may  be,  and  how  lightly  foever  the  Work- 
man may  condufi;  it,  without  fuch  a  Precaution,  would  be 
apt  to  raife  Splinters,  to  ruin  the  Beauty  of  the  Work. 

When  the  lA.irqnetry  is  to  confift  of  one  fingle  kind  of 
"Wood,  or  of  Tortoiu:-fhcll,  on  a  Copper  or  Tin  Ground 
or  -vice  '^erfa  ;  they  only  form  two  Leaves  on  one  another, 
i.  e.  a  Leaf  of  Metal,  and  a  Leaf  of  Wood  or  Shell :  this 
they  call  fawing  in  Counter-parts  ;  for  by  filling  the  Va- 
cuities of  one  of  the  Leaves  by  the  Pieces  coming  out  of 
the  other,  the  Metal  may  ferve  as  a  Ground^  to  the 
Wood,  and  the  Wood  to  the  Metal. 

All  the  Pieces  thus  formed  with  the  Saw,  and  marked 
to  know  'em  again,  and  the  Shadow  given  in  the  manner 
already  mention'd,  they  vaneer  or  fallen  each  in  its  Place 
on  the  common  (jround  ;  ufing  for  that  purpofe  the  beft 
E^ifJ'fi  Glue.  The  whole  is  put  in  a  Prefs  to  dry,  pla- 
ned  over,  and  polilb'd  with  the  Skin  of  the  Sea-Dog, 
Wax,  and  Shave-Grafs,  as  In  fimple  Vaneering,  which 
fee.  With  this  Difference,  however,  that  in  'Marquetry 
the  fine  Branches,  and  fevcral  of  the  more  delicate  Parts 
of  the  Figures,  arc  touch'd  up  and  finifii'd  with  a  Graver. 
'Tis  the  Cabinet-Makers,  Joiners,  and  Toy-Men,  among 
us,  who  work  in  _Mii-,YyKf  f)-_y  ;  'tis  the  Enamellers  r.nd  Stone- 
Cutters,  who  deal  in  .Mi/^i/c  Work :  the  Inflruments  ufed 
in  the  former  are  moftly  the  fame  with  thofe  ufed  by  the 
Ebonifts.    See  Ebony.    See  alfo  Mosaic. 

MARdUETTE;  a  Right  or  Due  which  the  Women 
formerly  paid  to  the  King  or  Lord,  to  ranfom  thcmfclvcs 
from  an  infamous  Cuftom,  which  obliged  them  to  pafs 


MARQUISS.  properly  fignifies  a  Title  given  to 
Ion  in  pofteflion  ot  a  confidcrable  Dcmefne  ere£lc 


the  firft  Night  of  their  Nuptials  with  their  Lords.  ThJg 
EftabhJhment  is  attributed  to  King  Malcolm  or  Malcolitmhe  j 
and  was  fupprefs'd  by  Malcolm  III.  Some  derive  the 
Word  M7J7t[aie  from  Marc,  bccaufe  the  Fee  oiM^irnucnc 
was  half  a  Silver  Marc. 

to  a  Fer- 
 ,  £led  into 

a  Marquifate  by  Letters  Patents;  holding  a  middle  Place 
between  the  Dignity  of  a  Duke,  and  that  of  an  Earl  or 
Count.  M-irqiuffvs  were  antiently  Govcrnours  of  Frontier 
Cities  or  Provinces,  called  Mirc/jcj,  See  Nocility  Peer 
^c.  '  ' 

According  to  fome  Authors,  the  Word  Marqiuf^  comes 
from  the  AJ(i!-comfl7zj,  an  antient  People  who  inhabited  Ihe 
Marche  of  Braiidejihourg.  Others  derive  it  from  the  GY-i- 
man  iV/*^rc^,  Limit ;  and  others  from  M^ircifia,  which  in  the 
Celtic  Language,  fignify'd  a  Wing  of  Cavalry.  Niccd  de- 
rives it  from  the  corrupt  Greek  vofj.a.^-^x.  Province.  Alciat 
and  Faiichet  bring  it  from  Mar/:,  Horle,  taking  a  Marqttifj 
to  be  properly  an  Oificer  of  Horle.  Menage  derives  it 
from  Marca,  Frontiere  ;  and  Seldcn,  Krci;s!-zii< sand  H^ttoman 
do  the  fame.  Laftly,  Tafquier  fetches  the  Etymology 
of  Marqtiifs  from  the  old  French  Marche,  Limit,  or  froni 
Manhici;  to  confine  ;  the  Guard  of  the  Frontiers  being 
committed  to  them. 

The  word  Marquifs  is  French  ;  the  Romajn  were  unac- 
quainted with  it-.  In  the  Not'itia  Imperii  they  are  called 
Comites  Lhnitane'i.  Jlciat  has  ftarted  a  Qiieltlon,  whether 
a  Marqitifs  or  Count  Ihould  have  the  Precedence.  To  de- 
cide it,  he  goes  back  to  the  antient  Funfiion  of  Counts, 
and  obferves,  that  Counts,  who  are  Govcrnours  of  Pro- 
vinces, are  above  Marqiujjes,  who  arc  only  Gnvernours  of 
Frontiers  ;  and  that  Marquiffcs,  who  are  Govcrnours  of 
Frontier-Cities,  are  above  Counts,  who  are  Govetnijurs  of 
fmall  Towns,  He  adds,  that  In  confcquence  of  this  Di- 
filncKon,  the  Book  of  Fiefs  fomctimes  places  Mir^n^^ci  ^a^ 
bove  Counts,  and  fometimes  Counts  above  M.-r.-:tvffe^, 
Froijfvt  obferves,  that  the  Mdrquifat  of  3til--ers  was  creded 
into  a  County.  But  now-a-days,  neither  Marquijj.cs  nor 
Counts  are  any  longer  Governours  ;  and  as  they  are  mere 
Titles  of  Flonour,  the  Counts  make  no  fcruple  of  refi?,n- 
ing  the  Precedency.  King  Richard  the  Second  wa^  the 
firft  who  introduced  Marquijfes  in  Ert^fi^d  ;  till  ihat  time, 
the  Frontiers  had  been  governed  by  Lovds  Marches.  See 
Count,  Duke,  '    .         ;  , 

MARRIAGE,  a  Civil  and  Religious  Contraa,  hy 
which  a  Man  is  join'd  and  united  to  a  Woman.  The  iif- 
fcnce  of  Marriage  confifts  in  the  mutual  Confcnt  of  the 
Parties.  Marriage  is  part  of  the  Law  of  Nations,  and  is 
in  ufe  among  all  People.  The  J?o)»iJ»{/?)' account  It  a  Sa- 
crament. The  Woman,  with  all  her  moveable  Goods, 
immediately  upon  Marriage,  paflcs  wholly  in  Fotejiaiesn 
Viri,  into  the  Power  and  Difpofal  of  the  Husband.  See 
Wife,  Affinity,  Degree,  l^c.  Sanchez^  Bom^ina^ 
and  Bower,  have  wrote  on  the  Subjeil:  of  M.m-iage. 

In  Germany  they  have  a  kind  of  Marriage  call'd  Mvga- 
viatic,  wherein,  a  Man  of  Quality  contra^l'ing  with  a  Wo- 
man of  inferior  Rank,  he  gives  her  the  left  Hand  in  lieu 
of  the  right,  and  ftipulates  in  the  Contracl,  that  the 
Wife  fhall  continue  in  her  former  Rank  or  Condition,  and 
that  the  Children  born  of  them,  be  of  the  fame;  fo  that 
they  become  Baftards  as  to  Matters  of  Inheritance,  tho 
legitimate  In  effect :  They  cannot  bear  the  Name  or  Arms 
of  the  Family.  None  but  Princes,  and  great  Lords  of 
Germany,  are  allow'd  this  kind  of  Marriage.  The  Uni- 
verfitics  of  Leipfic  and  je}!a  have  declared  agalnft  the 
Validity  of  fuch  Contrails,  maintaining  that  they  cannot 
prejudice  the  Children,  efpecially  when  the  Emperor's 
Confent  intervenes  In  the  Marriage. 

The  Titrl-s  have  three  Kinds  of  Marriages,  and  three 
Sorts  of  Wives;  Legitimate,  Wi-Jes  in  Kehim,  and  Sla-vss. 
They  marry  the  firft,  hire  the  fecond,  and  buy  the 
third. 

JDfffy  of  Marriage  ;  a  Term  ufed  in  fome  antient 
Cuftoms,  fignlfying  an  Obligation  to  Marriage.  To  un- 
derftand  this,  it  muft  be  obfervcd,  that  old  Maids,  and 
Widows  above  fixty,  who  held  Fees  in  Body,  or  were 
charged  with  any  Perfonal  or  Military  Services,  were  an- 
tiently obliged  to  marry,  to  render  thofe  Services  to  the 
Lord  by  their  Husbands,  or  to  indemnify  the  Lord,  which 
they  could  not  do  in  Perfon.  And  this  was  call'd,  Duty 
or  Ser'Dice  of  Marriage. 

The  Roman  Laws  fpeak  of  fecond  Marriages  In  very  hard 
and  odious  Terms.  Matre  jam  fecnndrs  NnptHs  funejiata^ 
L.-^.  C.  de  fee.  Nuptiis.  By  thefe  Laws  it  was  enafted, 
that  the  Effects  of  the  Husband  or  Wife  dcceafed  fhould 
pafs  over  to  the  Children,  if  the  Survivor  /hould  marry 
a  fecond  time.    By  the  Law  Hie  EdiflaliCod.  de  fee.  Nip. 


the  Su 


upon  Marrying 


I  fecond  time,  could  not  eiv 


the  Perfon  they  married,  a  Portion  more  "than  equal  to 
that  of  each  of  the  Children.    In  the  Primitive  Church, 
the  Refpefl  to  Chaftlty  wascarry'd  fo  high,  that  a  fecond 
M  m  m  m  m  m  Mi  ■- 


MAR 


(  ^oz  ) 


MAR 


Mirriave  u-as  accounted  no  more  than  a  lawful  Debauch, 
or  a  Species  of  Bigamy.  There  are  fome  antient  Canons 
which  forbid  the  Ecclefiafiics  from  being  prefent  at  le- 
cond  May>-iii?^e<.  r  i  ■  ■ 

Marriage,  in  Law,  fignlfies  not  only  the  lawful  join- 
ing of  Mar,  and  Wife,  but  alfo  the  Right  of  beftowing 


a  Ward  or  a  Widow  In  Marriage,  and  the-  Land  given  in 

For  the  Proportions  which  Marr'ta^es  bear  to  Births,  and 
Births  to  Burials  in  feveral  Parts  of  Europe,  Mr.  Dzrhan: 
gives  us  the  following  Table. 


J\,imcs  nj^  'Plcicd. 

Marriages  to 
Biyths,  as 

Births  to  Bh- 
ri.ils^  as 

I.J  2  to  r 

England  in  (jeneral 

I  to  4,6; 

London 

1  to  4. 

i  to  i-i. 

Hant(l^iie,  from  1569  to  lo^ti 

I  to  4. 

to  1 

ri-vemn  in  Devon,  from          to  1664 

I  to  5.7. 

1.2.6.  to  I 

Cranhrook  in  A>?2f,  i^(5c  to  1649 

I  to  "^.r/. 

i.f)  to  r 

yJy»ho  in  Noyrbmnp.  tor  1  iS  Years 

I  to  6 

1.6  to  I 

Upminjiey  in  A//ex,  tor  ico  Years 

I  to  4.(5 . 

1.8  to  I 

Erankfort  on  the  Mrt'H  in  1695 

I  to 

1,1  to  I 

Old,  Middle,  and  Lozver  Uarck^  m  ifiyS 

I  to  5.7 

1.9  to  I 

Dominions  ot  ^icci.  oi  by^vidtn.  169^  _ 

I  to  5.7 

1.5  to  I 

Brefl.Tw  in  S!kjiii,  from  16^7  to  9  [ 

I.f)  to  I 

Fans  in  t6-jG,  16-1,  16IZ 

I  to  4.7 

1 .6  to  I 

From  which  Table  it  appears,  that  Marriages  or,t  with 
another  do  each  produce  about  lour  Births,  both  mEiig- 
Lmd  and  other  Farts  of  Em«pe.  And  by  Mr.  A'mi  s  Com- 
putation, about  I  in  104  I'erfons  marry;  the  Nttmber  of 
People  in  Envla«d  being  ellimated  at  five  Millions  and 
a  half  whereof  about  41CCO  annually  marry. 

Major  G.airat  and  Mr.A'Ki:;  difagrce  in  the  Proportions 
between  Males  and  Females,  the  latter  making  10  Males 
to  1 3  Females  in  Lmdon  ;  in  other  Cities  and  Towns,  and 
in  the\finages  and  Hamlets,  ico  Males  to  59  Females. 
But  Major  Graiini,  both  from  the  Ltiniajt  and  Country 
Bills,  computes  that  there  arc  in  England  14  Males  to 
15  Females;  whence  he  jullly  infers,  that  the  Chrillian 
Religion,  prohibiting  Polygamy,  is  more  agreeable  to 
the  Law  of  Nature  than  Mahiimctijm,  and  others  that  al- 
low it  This  Proportion  of  Males  to  Females  Mr.  Derbam 
thinks'pretty  iuft,  being  agreeable  to  what  he  had  obferved 
himfelf.  In  the  ico  Years,  for  inflanse,  of  his  own  Fa- 
rifh  Regifter  of  Vfmmfter,  tho  the  Burials  of  Males  and 
Females  were  nearly  equal,  being  ff-,;  Males,  and  Si; 
Females  in  all  that  time ;  yet  there  were  baptized  709, 
and  but  C75  Females,  which  is  13  Females  to  13.7  Males. 
From  which  Inequality  it  appears,  that  one  Man  ought 
to  have  but  one  Wife,  and  yet  that  every  Woman,  with- 
out Polvgamy,  niav  have  a  Husband  ;  this  Surplulage  of 
Males  above  Females  being  fpent  in  the  Supplies  of  War, 
tho  Seas,  (£c.  from  which  the  Wemcn  are  exempt.^  That 
this  is  a'Work  of  Providence,  and  not  of  Chance,  is  well 
made  out  by  the  very  Laws  of  Chance,  by  V>r.  ylrbiabnot : 
Who  fuppofcs  Thomas  to  lay  againll  Jalm,  that  for  eighty- 
two  Years  running,  more  Males  /hall  be  horn  than  Fe- 
males ;  and  givitig  all  Allowances  in  the  Computation  to 
■rLmas's  Side,  he  makes  the  Odds  againll  Thomas,  that  it 
does  not  fo  happen  to  be  near  five  Millions  of  Millions  of 
Millions  of  Millions  to  one  ;  but  for  Ages  ot  Ages,  accord- 
ing to  this  World's  Age,  to  be  near  an  infinute  Number  to 
oiie.    Sec  BiaTHs  and  BviBiALS.  ,     „,  .  , 

MARROQUIN,  vulgarly  Morocco,  the  Skin  ot  a 
Goat,  or  fome  other  Animarrcfembling  it,  and  call'd  Mc- ' 
mn,  frequent  in  the  Le-cay.t ;  drefs'd  in  Sumac  or  Galls,  and 
colour'd  of  any  Colour  at  pleafure,  much  ufed  in  Tapil- 
trv,  Book-Binding,  'iSc.  The  Name  is  ordinarily  de- 
rived from  the  Kingdom  of  Morocco,  whence  'tis  fuppofed 
the  Manner  of  preparing  them  was  firll  borrow'd.  We 
have  Morocco  Skins  brought  from  the  Leo<iiit,l!iirtarj',^/>.i;», 
ThtrJrr:,  and  franc:;  red,  black,  yellow,  blue,  S^c.  The 
various  Manners  of  preparing  Morocco's,  both  Black  and  in 
Colours,  are  lb  curious  ant!  ufeful,  and  withal  fo  little 
known  among  us,  that  the  Publick  will  not  be  difpleafed 
to  find  them  here.  ... 

Manner  of  preparing  Hack  Morocco.  The  Skins  having 
been  dried  in  the  Hair,  are  fleep'd  in  clear  Water  three 
Uavs  and  Nights,  ttretch'd  on  a  wooden  Horfe  or  Leg, 
like  that  ufed  by  Tanners,  beaten  with  a  large  Knife  for 
"the  purpofe,  and  fleep'd  a-frelb  in  Water,  chang'd  daily 
till  thev  be  well  come  again.  In  this  State  they  are 
thrown  into  a  large  Vat  in  the  Ground,  full  of  Water, 
wherein  Quick-Lime  has  been  llaked,  where  they  lie  15 
Uivs ;  whence,  however,  they  are  taken,  and  again  re- 
■  turn'd  evety  Night  and  Morning  :  They  are  then  thrown 
into  a  frcfii  Vat  of  Lime  and  Water  and  ftifted  Night 
and  Mornina,  as  before,  for  i  j  DaysU.ngcr  ;  then  rinfed 
in  clear  Water,  and  the  Hair  taken  off,  on  the  Leg  with 
(h«  Knife  j  return'd  into  a  third  Fat,  and  Ihilted  as  before 


for  about  18  Days 5  fleep'd  la  Hours  in  a  River,  taken 
out,  rinfed,  put  in  Pails,  where  they  are  pounded  with 
wooden  Fellies,  changing  the  Water  twice :  then  laid  on^ 
the  Hoffe,  and  the  Fiellr  taken  off,  return'd  into  Pails  ot 
new  Water,  taken  out,  and  the  Hair-fide  fcraped  ;  rc;- 
turn'd  into  frefh  Falls,  taken  out,  and  thrown  into  a  Pail 
of  a  particular  Form,  having  Holes  ar  bottom;  here  they 
are  beaten  the  fpace  of  an  hour,  and  frelh  Water  pour'd 
on  from  time  to  time  ;  flretch'd  on  the  Leg,  and  Icraped 
on  either  Side,  return'd  into  Fails  of  frelli  Water ;  taken 
out,  flretch'd  up  all  around  in  manner  of  Bags,  leaving 
out  the  hind  Legs,  which  ferve  as  a  Mouth  for  the  Con- 
veyance of  a  Mixture  mention'd  hereafter.  The  Skins 
thus  few'd,  are  put  in  luke-warm  Water,  where  Dogs  Ex- 
crement has  been  diffolved.  Here  they  are  ftirred  with 
long  Poles  half  an  hour,  left  at  refl  a  dozen,  taken  out, 
rinfed  in  frelli  Water,  and  fill'd  by  a  Tunnel  with  a  Pre- 
paration of  Water  and  Suinac,  mix'd  and  heated  over  the 
Fire  till  ready  to  boil ;  and  as  they  are  fill'd,  the  hind 
Legs  are  fewed  up,  to  flop  the  Faflage.  In  this  State 
they  are  let  down  into  the  Veffel  of  Water  and  Sumac, 
and  kept  ftirring  four  hours  fucceflavely,  taken  out,  and 
heap'd  on  one  another ;  after  a  little  time,  their  Sides 
changed  :  and  thus  they  continue  an  hour  and  half,  till 
drain'd.  This  done,  they  are  loofen'd,  and  fill'd  a  fecond 
time  with  the  fame  Prepararion,  few'd  up  again,  and  kept 
flirring  two  hours,  piled  up  and  drain'd  as  before.  This 
is  again  repeated  a  third  time,  with  this  Difference,  that 
they  are  now' only  flirred  a  quarter  of  an  hour;  after 
which,  they  are  left  till  the  morrow  morning,  when  they 
are  taken  our,  -drain'd  on  a  Rack,  unfewed,  the  Sumac 
taken  out,  folded  in  two  from  Head  to  Tail,  the  Hair- 
fide  outwards,  laid  over  each  other  on  the  Leg,  to  per- 
fed  their  Draining,  flretch'd  out,  and  dried  ;  then  tram- 
pled under  foot  by  two  and  two,  flretch'd  on  a  wooden 
Table,  what  Flefl-i  and  Sumac  remains  fcraped  offi  and 
the  Hair-fide  rubbed  over  with  Oil,  and  that  again  with 
Water.  Hiving  thus  received  their  Oil  and  Water,  tlicy 
are  twilled  in  the  Hands,  then  flretch'd  and  prefs'd  tight 
on  the  Table  with  an  Iron  Inllrument  like  that  of  the  Cur- 
ricrs,  the  Fledi-fide  uppermofl  ;  then  turn'd,  and  theHaif- 
fide  rubb'd  flrongly  over  with  a  handful  of  Rudies,  to 
fqueeze  out  as  much  of  the  Oil  remaining  within  as  pof- 
fible.  The  firfl  Courfe  of  Black  is  now  laid  on  the  Hair- 
Side,  by  means  of  a  Lock  of  Hair  twiflcd  and  fleep'd  in 
a  kind  of  black  Dye,  prepared  of  four  Beer,  wherein 
Pieces  of  old  rufly  Iron  have  been  thrown.  When  half 
dry  by  hanging  in  the  Air,  they  are  flretch'd  on  a 
Table,  and  rubb'd  over  every  way  with  a  Faumelle,  or 
wooden  Inflrumcnr,  with  Teeth  to  raifc  the  Grain,  over 
which  is  pafs'd  a  light  Couche  of  Water,  then  ileek'd,  by 
rubbing  them  with  Ruflies  prepared  for  the  purpofe. 
Thus  Ileek'd,  they  have  a  fecond  Couch  of  Black,  then 
dried,  laid  on  the  Table,  rubb'd  over  with  a  Paumelle  of 
Cork,  to  raife  the  Grain  again  ;  and  after  a  light  Couche 
of  Water,  I'eek'd  over  anew,  and  to  raife  the  Grain  a 
third  time,  a  Paumelle  of  Wood  ufed.  After  the  Hair- 
fide  has  thus  received  all  its  Preparations,  the  Flelh-fide 
is  pared  with  a  fliarp  Knife  for  the  purpofe ;  the  Hair- 
fide  rubb'd  flrongly  over  with  a  woollen  Cap,  having  firfl 
given  it  a  Luftre  with  Barberries,  Citron,  or  Orange.  The 
whole  isfinifli'd,  by  railing  the  Grain  lightly  for  the  laft 
time  with  the  Paumelle  of  Cork,  which  leaves  them  in  a 
Condition  for  Sale  and  Ufe. 

Mamier 


MAR 


(  ^03  ) 


MAR 


hUmier  of  prej^.n-'mg  red  Morocco.  The  Skins  are  tleep'd 
rwent) -four  hours  in  a  River,  taken  out,  ilretch'd  on  the 
Leg,  beat  with  the  Knile,  rLturn'd  into  the  Water  for 
twcucy-four  hours,  rc-l)earcn  on  tlie  Leg,  re-iteep'dj 
thrown  into  a  Fat,  and  for  tht-ce  Weeks,  taken  out  and  re- 
turr/d  every  Morning,  to  dilpofe  them  to  peel.  Being 
taken  out  tor  the  h.H  time,  they  arc  fcraped  with  the 
Knife,  and  when  the  Hair  is  quire  off,  thrown  in  Pails  of 
fre/h  Water,  where  they  are  rlnfed^  then  the  FleJh-fnie 
fcrapedj  thrown  into  the  I'ails,  and  thus  alternately  from 
the  Leg  to  the  Pails,  till  they  leave  the  Water  quite 
clean:  then  they  arc  put  in  lukewarm  Water,  with  rhe 
Experiment  as  before,  and  after  twelve  hours,  rinletl  in 
clear  Water,  and  fcraped  on  the  Leg  on  both  Sides, 
pounded  in  i'ails,  and  the  Water  changed  three  times  j 
then  wrung  and  ilretch'd  on  the  Leg,  and  pafs'd  after 
each  other  into  Water,  with  Alum  diffolved  in  it.  Thus 
alum'd,  they  are  left  to  drain  till  the  Morning,  then 
wrung  uur,  puU'd  on  the  Leg,  and  folded  from  Head  to 
Tail,  the  Flelh  inwards.  In  this  State  they  receive  their 
firft  Dye,  by  pading  them  after  one  another  into  a  red 
Liquor,  prepared  with  Lacca,  and  fome  other  Ingredienrs, 
kept  fecret  among  the  M^roqiuiteers.  This  they  repeat 
again  and  again,  till  the  Skins  have  got  their  firll  Colour. 
T  hey  are  then  rinfed  in  clear  Water,  ftretch'd  on  the 
Leg,  and  left  to  drain  twelve  Hours  j  thrown  into  Water, 
intb  which  white  Galls  pulveriz'd  have  been  pafs'd  thro  a 
Sieve,  and  flirred  inceflantjy  for  a  day  with  long  Poles, 
taken  out,  hung  on  a  Bar  a-crofs  the  Water  all  night, 
"White  againil  Red,  and  Red  againft  White,  and  in  the 
Morning  the  Water  flirred  up,  and  the  Skins  returned  into 
it  tor  twenty-four  Hours. 

MARROW,  a  delicate  Subftance  contain'd  in  the 
Cavities  of  the  Bones.  All  the  Bones  of  the  Body, 
which  have  any  confiderable  Thicknefs,  have  either  a 
large  Cavity,  or  are  ipongeous,  and  full  ut  little  Cells 
in  both  the  one,  and  the  other,  is  an  oleaginous  Sub- 
ftance,  callM  A/iiiTozy,  contain'd  in  proper  Yeficles  or 
Membranes,  which  open  into  one  another.  In  the  larger 
Bones,  this  fine  Oil,  by  the  gentle  Heat  of  the  Body,  is 
exhaled  thro  the  Pores  of  its  fmall  Bladders,  and  enters 
fome  narrow  Parages,  which  lead  to  fotne  fine  Canals,  ex- 
cavated in  the  Subllance  of  the  Bone,  according  to  its 
Length  J  and  from  thefe,  other  crofs  PalTages  (not  dircflly 
oppofite  to  the  former,  left  they  /Iiould  weaken  the  Bone 
too  much  in  one  Placed  carry  the  Marrow  fiill  farther  in- 
to more  longitudinal  Canals,  placed  nearer  the  Surface 
of  the  Bone  :  All  this  Contrivance  is,  that  the  'M.irvozv 
may  fupple  the  Fibres  of  the  Bones,  and  render  them  lefs 
apt  to  break.  The  Antients  imagin'd,  that  M.irrozi/  ferv'd 
for  Nourillimcnt  to  the  Bones.  But  later  Obfervations 
have  found  Blood- VeflTels  in  the  Bones  ;  fo  that  it  appears 
the  Bones  are  nourifli'd  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  other 
Parts  of  the  Body.  Befides,  we  find  many  Bones  which 
grow,  and  yet  have  no  Mircow  in  them ;  witnefs  the 
Horns  of  Deer,  Lobfters  Claws,  i^c.    Sec  Medulla. 

MARS,  among  Chyniills,  figniiies  Iron,  becaufe  ima- 
gin'd under  the  Influence  of  that  Planer.  See  Ipon.  Phy- 
fical  Writers  prove  Iron  preferable  for  all  Medicinal  Pur- 
pofes  to  Steel,  which  is  only  a  more  harden'd,  compail 
Iron,  made  fo  by  Art  j  whereby  it  is  rendred  more  unfit 
to  yield  thofe  Principles  or  Parts  in  Preparation,  which 
the  Phyfician  requires  to  be  drawn  out.  For  the  Opera- 
tion of  its  Medicinal  Properties,  fee  ChAlybrat. 

MARS,  in  Aflronomy,  one  of  the  five  Planets,  and  of 
the  three  fuperior  ones;  its  Place  being  between  the  Shji 
and  Jiifitey  :  See  Pl  ANET,  and  System.  Its  Character  is 
^  .  Its  mean  Dil^ance  from  the  Sun  is  1 524  of  thofe  Parts, 
whereof  the  Diftance  of  the  Sun  from  the  Earth  is  loco. 
Its  Exceiitricity  141.  The  Inclination  of  its  Orbit,  that  is, 
the  Angle  form'd  by  the  Plane  of  its  Orbit  with  the  Plane 
of  the  Ecliptic,  i  Deg.  51  Min.  The  periodical  Time, 
iri  which  ir  makes  its  Revolution  round  the  Sun,  6S6  Davs 
25  Hours.  Its  Revolution  about  its  own  Axis  is  perform'd 
in  14  Hours  40  Minutes.  For  the  Diameter  of  Mji-j,  fee 
Diameter,  and  Se mid i  ameter.  For  its  Denfity,  fee 
Density.  For  the  Force  of  Gravity  on  its  Surface,  fee 
Gravity.  Its  Parallax,  according  to  Dr.  Hook  and 
Vix.BamJlcid^  is  fcarce  :;oSecond,?. 

In  the  Achrnnical  Rifing  of  this  Planet,  that  is,  when  it 
is  in  oppoflti'nn  to  the  Sun,  it  is  found  twice  as  near  the 
Earth  as  the  Sun  ;  which  is  a  Phenomenon  that  has  ex- 
tremely difcredited  the  I'm/eumic  Hypothefis-  Dr.  Hoc/', 
in  i'5f)5,  obfcn'd  feveral  Spots  in  'Kiais,  which  having  a 
Motion,  he  concluded  the  Planet  to  turn  round  its  Centre. 
In  1^6^,^  M.  Caffiiji  obferv'd  feveral  Spots  in  the  two  Faces 
or  Hemifpheres  of  Mars^  which,  by  continuing  his  diffe- 
rent Obfervations  very  diligently,  he  found  to  move  by 
little  from  Eaft  to  Weft,  and  to  return  in  the  fpace  of  24 
Hours  40  Minutes  to  their  former  Situation.  Whence 
both  the  Motion  and  Period,  or  natural  Day  of  that  Pla- 
net, was  dctermin'tl.    A.'rfr;  always  appears  with  a  ruddy. 


troubled  Light  5  whence  we  conclude  it  Is  cncompafs'ti 
with  a  thick,  cloudy  Atmofphere,  which,  by  difturbing  the 
Rays  of  Light  in  their  Paffage  and  Re-paffage  thro  it, 
occaflon  that  Appearance.  Mars  hi|.ving  his  Light  from 
the  Sun,  and  revolving  round  it,  has  an  Iticreafe  and  De- 
crcafe  like  the  Moon.  It  may  alfo  be  obferved  alrnoil 
biffeded,  when  in  its  Quadratures  with  the  Sun,  or  in  his 
PerigKon,  but  never  coniiculated  or  falcated,  as  the  infe- 
rior Planets.    See  Phases. 

This  Planet's  Diflance  from  the  Sun,  is  to  the  Diftance 
of  the  Earth  and  Sun,  as  to  i.  So  that  a  Man  placed 
in  Mars,  would  fee  the  Sun's  Diameter  lefs  by  one  third 
than  it  appears  to  us,  and  confequently  the  Degree  of  Light 
and  Heat,  which  'S'lars  receives  from  the  Sun,  is  lefs  by 
one  third  than  that  received  by  the  Earth  :  This  Propor- 
tion, however,  will  admit  of  a  fcnfible  ^'^ariation,  on  ac- 
count of  the  great  Excentricity  of  this  Planet. 

Tho  the  Period  or  Year  of  this  Planet,  as  has  been  al- 
ready obferved,  is  nearly  twice  as  long  as  ours,  and  his 
natural  Day,  or  the  Time  in  which  the  Sun  appears  above 
his  Horizon  (fetting  afide  the  Confidcratiun  of  Twilight) 
is  almoft  every  where  equal  to  his  Night  ;  yet  it  ap- 
pears, that  In  one  and  the  fame  Place  on  his  Surface, 
there  will  be  but  very  little  Variety  of  Seafons,  fcarce 
any  Difference  of  Summer  and  Winter.  And  the  reafon 
is,  that  the  Axis  of  his  Diurnal  Rotation  is  nearly  at  right 
Angles  with  the  Plane  of  his  Orbit.  It  will  be  found, 
notwithftanding,  that  Places  fituate  in  different  Latitudes, 
that  is,  at  different  Diftancesfrom  his  Equator,  will  have 
very  different  Degrees  of  Heat,  on  account  of  the  diffe- 
rent Inclination  of  the  Sun's  Rays  to  rhe  Horizon  ;  as  'tis 
with  us,  when  the  Sun  is  in  the  Equinoxes.  From  this 
Confideration,  Dr.  Gregory  endeavours  to  account  for  the 
Appearance  of  the  Fafcn^  in  M.ir/;  which  are  certain 
Swathes  or  Fillets  feen  in  this  Planet,  and  polited  paral- 
lal  to  his  Equator.  For,  as  among  us,  the  fame  Climate 
has  at  difterent  Seafons  very  unequal  Degrees  of  Heat ; 
but  in  yiars  it  is  otherwife,  the  fame  Parallel  having  al- 
ways a  pretty  equable  Degree  of  Hear :  It  follows,  that 
thefe  Spots  may  probably  be  form'd  in  hl.irs,  or  his  At- 
mofphere, as  Snow  and  Clouds  are  in  ours,  I'ia.  by  the 
conftant  different  Intenfions  of  Heat  and  Cold  in  the  diffe- 
rent Parallels;  and  fo  come  to  be  extended  in  Circles  or 
Belts  parallel  to  his  Equator,  or  the  Circle  of  his  Diurnal 
Revolution.  And  this  fame  Principle  may,  perhaps,  folve 
the  Pharnomenon  of  ^/f^ifei-'s  Belts;  that  Planet,  like M.7rj, 
having  a  perpetual  Equinox.    See  Jupiter. 

Eefides  the  ruddy  Colour  of  Mirsy  we  have  another  Ar- 
gument of  his  being  incompafs'd  with  an  Atmofphere; 
and  it  is  this.  That  v^'hcn  any  of  the  fix'd  Stars  are  feen 
near  his  Body^  they  appear  extremely  obfcurcd,  and  al- 
moft exftin£l.  If  this  be  the  Cafe,  an  Eye  placed  in  Mars 
would  fcarce  ever  fee  Mercury^  unlefs  perhaps  in  the  Sun. 
at  the  time  of  Conjumflion,  when  hkrcury  paffes  over  his 
Disk,  as  he  fometimes  appears  to  us  in  form  of  a  Spot. 
A  Speftator  in  Mars  will  fee  I'ems  about  the  fame  Dif- 
tance from  the  Sun  that  Mercury  appears  to  us  ;  and  the 
Earth  about  the  fame  Diftance  from  the  Sun,  that  to  us 
Venus  appears.  And  when  the  Earth  is  found  in  Conjunc- 
tion with,  and  very  near  the  Sun,  he  will  fee  in  Mars  what 
CaJJtni  faw  on  Earth,  -jiz,.  the  Earth  appear  horned  or  fal- 
cated, and  its  Attendant  the  Moon  of  the  fame  Figure, 
and  at  its  utmoft  Diftance  from  the  Earth,  not  above  15 
Minutes  of  a  Degree. 

Mars,  among  the  Aftrologers,  is  held  a  Malific  Planet- 
They  call  it  t\\e.  iutk  Unfortimate  ^  it  is  mafculine,  noc- 
turnal, hot  and  dry. 

Games  of  Mars,  were  Combats  inftituted  atKoHjein  ho- 
nour of  the  God  Mars.  They  were  held  twice  in  the 
Year;  once  in  the  Circus,  on  the  4th  of  the  Ides  of  May, 
and  a  fecond  time  on  the  ift  of  yJugufh  Thefe  were  efhi- 
blifti'd,  fome  time  after  the  firft,  in  memory  of  the  Dedi- 
cation of  the  Temple  of  Mars  on  that  Day. 

Thefe  Games  confifted  in  the  Courfes  of  Horfes,  and 
Combats  with  wild  Beafts.  Cer>n.!!iicus  is  faid  to  have 
kill'd  two  hundred  Lions  in  the  Circus  on  ihefc  Occa- 
fions. 

Crocus  Martis,  is  the  Ruft  of  Iron ;  or  Iron  in 
an  impalpable  Powder.  The  Alchymifts  fometimes  call 
their  Mercury  by  the  Name  of  Mars. 

MARSHAL:  With  us  there  are  feveral  Officers  of 
this  Kamc,_  the  Chief  whereof  is  the  Earl-M.r.-fial  of  Eng- 
land, who  is  one  of  rhe  Great  Officers  of  the  Crown,  He 
takes  Cognizance  of  all  Matters  of  War  and  Arms,  de- 
termines Contrails  touching  Deeds  of  Arms  out  of  the 
Realm  upon  Land,  and  Matters  concerning  War  within 
the  Realm,  which  cannot  be  detcrmin'd  by  Common  Law, 
in  which  he  ufually  proceeds  according  to  the  Civil  Law. 
This  Office  Is  Hereditary,  having  been  for  many  Ages  in 
the  Houfe  of  Norfolk. 

The  Earl-Marfxil  had  antiently  feveral  Courts  under 
him,  but  hath  now  only  the  Marjhalfea^  where  he  may  fit 


MAR 


C  ^04  ) 


MAS 


tn  |u^grtient  agtinft  Criminals  offending  within  the  Verge 
fof  the  Court. 

There  are  other  inferior  Officers  of  this  Name ;  as  Mar- 
.(t^ai  o{  the  Juliiccs  in  Eyre;  of  ths  King's-Bench, 

"who  has  CuHo'.ly  of  the  Frifon,  callM  the  Knig's-Bencb, 
in  Soitthnw/:.  Kmght-lvlarfial^  an  Officer  in  the  Marfialfen^ 
under  whom  are  the  'Marfial's  Men,  who  are  properly  the 
King's  Eayiiffs,  and  arrcft  in  the  Verge  of  the  Court, 
T^'hen  a  Warrant  is  back'd  by  the  Board  of  Green-Cloth, 
The  Court  where  Caufes  of  this  kind,  between  Man  and 
Man,  nre  tried,  is  call'd  the  Mai-f.-aljcct^  and  is  under  the 
Kfiight-Mirjlal.  In  Fleta  mention  i^  made  of  a  Marjhal  of 
the  ""King's  Hall;  aMarfjnlo^  the  Exchequer,  to  whom 
the  Court  coinmits  the  Cullody  of  the  King's  Debtors^ 

MARSHAL,  or  Marechai,,  of  France^  the  Name  of 
an  Officer  of  the  Crown,  who  commands  the  Armies. 
The  Dignity  of  Marfoal  is  now  for  Life,  tho  at  its  firll 
Indituiion  it  was  otherwife.  They  were  then  only  the 
King's  firft  Ecuyers  under  the  Conllablc,  but  in  Time  they 
became  the  Conilablcs  Lieutenants  in  the  Command  of  the 
Army,  the  Conftablc  himfelf  being  then  become  Captain- 
General.  At  fir!l  they  were  but  two  in  number,  and 
their  Allowance  was  but  jco  YJwtz^fcr  Jnnmn  in  Time  of 
War,  and  nothing  in  Time  of  Peace.  In  the  Reign  of 
Francis  the  Eirll,  their  Number  was  increafed  10  five  ; 
iince  him  it  has  been  various :  the  late  King  increafed  it 
at  pleafure ;  and  it  is  now  eleven.  Their  Office  at  firll: 
was  to  marfial  the  Army  under  the  Conftable,  and  to 
command  in  his  Abfence.  They  did  then  what  the  Mar- 
fids  de  Camf>  do  now  ;  to  which  Laft  they  have  given  their 
Title,  and  the  Icaft  confiderable  Part  of  their  Authority. 
The  firlt  Isliirpal  does  the  Office  of  Conllable  in  an  Af- 
fembl'y  of  the  Ivturfiah. 

Nicod  derives  the  Word  Marfial  from  Takmarchits,  Maf- 
ter  of  the  Camp :  Mattheiv  Farh  from  tv'mtis  SenefcaUus. 
In  the  old  Gciulip  Language,  March  fignify'd  Horfe,  whence 
Marechal  might  iignif^  him  who  commanded  the  Cavalrv. 
J-kfia^e  derives  it  from  Marefchahi^y  which  is  compofed  of 
Marok  or  Marak,  Horfe,  and  Scb^ill',  powerful  ;  or,  accord- 
ing to  Clit-jcrhis^  Servant!  Which  makes  fome  imagine, 
the  Title  was  firll  given  to  Farriers,  or  thofe  who  flioc'd 
and  bled  Horfes ;  and  that  in  Succeffion  of  Time,  it  paf- 
fcd  to  thofe  who  commanded  them.  Fafquier  makes  four 
feveral  Derivations  for  the  four  feveral  Kinds  of  Marjhah^ 
viz.  Marjljah  of  Frajicc,  Mavflj.-ih  ae  Cam^j  Marfials  de  Logis, 
or  Q^uarter-Mallers,  and  Farriers,  who  are  call'd  by  the 
Name  of  Marfiah.  The  third  he  derives  from  M^rche  or 
~Marc¥!r^  to  mark,  lirnit;  and  the  lail  from  Ma/re,  Mafter, 
and  Chal^  Horfe. 

MARSHALLING  a  Coat  of  Jrms,  in  Heraldry,  fignl- 
fics  the  due  and  proper  ioining  of  feveral  Coats  of  Arms 
in  one  and  the  fame  Shield  or  Efcutchcon,  together  with 
their  Ornaments,  Parts,  and  Appurtenances.    See  Arms. 

MARTIAL,  is  fumetimcs  ufed  to  exprefs  Preparations 
of  Iron,  or  fuch  as  are  impregnated  therewith  3  as  the 
Martial  Rcgulus  of  Antimony,  i^c.    See  Antimony. 

MAYi-TIAL  LAW,  is  the  Law  of  War,  depending  up- 
on the  King's  pleafure,  or  his  Lieutenant  in  Times  of 
War:  For  the  King,  in  Time  of  Peace,  never  makes  any 
Laws,  but  by  common  Confent  in  Parliament  ;  yet  in 
War  he  ufcth  abfolute  Power :  Rut  even  this  Power  hath 
been  inveflcd  of  late  Years  in  the  King,  or  his  Generals 
of  the  Army,  by  Ail;  of  Parliament,  and  under  particular 
Reftrifiions  too.    See  I_-aw. 

MARTINGALE  f  a  Thong  of  leather  faflcn'd  at 
one  end  to  the  Girths  under  the  J.;5cUy  of  a  Horfe,  and 
at  the  other  end  to  the  Muflroll,  to  hinder  him  from 
rearing. 

MARTLET;  a  Term  in  Heraldry  for  a  Pigeon,  with 
its  Feet  erafed,  or  torn  off:  It  is  ufed  for  the  Diiference 
cr  Mark  of  Diflinclion  in  an  Efcutcheon  for  the  fourth 
Brother,  or  Family. 

MARTYR,  a  Perfon  who  fuffers Torments,  and  even 
Death,  in  Defence  of  the  Truth  of  the  Gofpel.  St.  Ste- 
fhcn  is  call'd  the  Froto-Mvtyr,  or  firft  Mirtyr.  19700  Per- 
fons  are  computed  to  have  fuffer'd  Mirtyrdom  with  St.  Ire- 
Tia-KS  at  I.(o?:i,  under  the  Empire  of  Se-jerus.  6666  Sol- 
diers of  the  Thchan  Legion  are  faid  to  have  been  martyred 
in  Gaid.  Father  Fapchroch  reckons  j6cco  ^hyjjin! an  Mar- 
tyrs^ and  I5CC00  others  under  Diodejian  alone.  Antiently 
thoic  who  were  banifli'd  for  the  Faith,  were  cali'diWiir- 
tyrs^  as  well  as  thofe  who  perifli'd  in  the  Holy  Wars.  In 
the  Time  of  St.  >^kc«/^j??,  the  Title  of  Martyrs  was  given 
to  ConfelTors,  or  thofe  who  were  tortured  for  the  Faith 
witbout  lofing  their  Lives.  'Tis  TertitlUajih  Thought,  in 
Lis  ^Apologetic  ;  Flares  ejjiclmur^  quoties  metimur  ^  Ssmeji  efi 
San^iiis  Chrijlianus. 

The  Word  Martyr  Is  Gree^,  ^i^pTi;?,  and  properly  iigni- 
fies  a  Witnefs.  Thus  it  Isapplv'd,  by  way  of  Eminence, 
to  thofe  who  fuffcr  in  wirnefs  of  the  Truth  of  the  Gofpel. 
In  the  anticnt  Church,  the  Afls,  Sufferings,  and  Deaths 


of  the  Martyrs  were  preferved  with  a  world  of  Care  ;  ini 
yetj  maugre  all  this  Diligence,  we  have  but  very  little 
left  of  them.  Enjebius  indeed  compofed  a  Marryrology, 
but  it  never  reach'd  down  to  us;  and  thofe  fine e  com- 
piled, are  extremely  fufpeiled.  See  Martyrology. 
Mr.  Dodwdl  endeavours  to  prove,  in  a  DiflVrtation  exprefiy 
for  that  purpofe.  That  the  Number  of  Martyrs  who  fuf- 
fer'd under  the  Romnn  Emperors,  was  very  moderate  j 
alledging,  That  thofe  we  have  Accounts  of  in  the  Fa- 
thers, come  in  a  very  fmail  Compafs ;  and  that,  except- 
ing Nero  and  DomittaMy  the  rell  of  the  Emperors  made 
fcarce  any.  T.  Ruinard,  on  the  contrary,  endeavours  to 
prove,  That  the  Catalogue  of  Ma-.-tyrs  is  not  at  all  fwel- 
led  ;  That  the  Carnage  was  immenfe  under  the  firft  Em- 
perors, and  efpecially  in  that  o't  Diodcfian.  F.  Fafehroch, 
ill  his  yitla  SanHoriim,  makes  the  Number  Martyrs  infi- 
nite. Scarce  any  Faith  or  Religion,  but  pretends  to  its 
Martyrs.  7vfrt^jomef.(Hj,  Heathens,  Idolaters,        See  Saints. 

The  ^ra  of  Martyrs  is  an  Mra.  follow'd  in  E^yft  and 
Myjjinia  ;  and  which  even  the  Mahonietatf;,  fmce  their  be- 
coming Mailers  of  JEgyft^  frcc^uently  obferve.  It  is  fix'd 
to  the  beginning  of  the  Perlecution  of  Dindefiau,  A.  T). 
502  or  503.  The  jEra  of  Martyrs  is  alfo  call'd  the  -Era  of 
D-sdeJia?!.    See  Epotha. 

MARTYROLOGY,  a  Catalogue  or  Lift  of  Martyrs. 
A  Martyrology^  properly  fpeaking,  fliould  contain  no  more 
than  the  Natne,  Place,  and  Day  of  Martyrdom  of  each 
Saint ;  but  the  Term  is  frequently  apply'd  to  the  Hifto- 
ries  of  Martyrs.  The  Cuftom  of  colleiilng  Mar  tyro  logics, 
is  borrow'd  from  the  Heathens,  who  inferred  the  Names 
of  their  Heroes  into  their  Fajti,  to  prefervc  to  Pofteriry 
the  Memory  and  Example  of  their  noble  Aftions.  Baro- 
?j/Kj  gives  Pope  Ckmejit  the  Credit  of  being  the  firfl  who 
introduced  the  Cuftom  of  coUefling  the  Ails  of  the  Mar- 
tyrs. The  Martyrology  of  Eiifebnss  of  OfarC.i  was  the  mofl: 
celebrated  in  the  antient  Church.  It  was  tranflated  into 
Latijt  by  St,  jerom  ;  but  the  Learned  agree,  that  it  is  not 
now  extant.  That  attributed  to  Bt'd.i  in  the  Sth  Century, 
is  of  very  doubtful  Authority  ;  the  Names  of  feveral 
Saints  being  there  found,  who  did  not  live  till  after  the 
Time  o^Bcd.!.  The  5th  Century  was  very  fertile  in  Mar- 
tyrolo^ies.  Then  *ppear'd  that  of  FloniSf  Sub-Deacon  of 
the  Church  at  Lioiis,  who,  however,  only  fill'd  up  the 
Chafms  in  Bcda.  This  was  publifii'd  about  the  Year  850. 
That  of  IVand^lhertiiS,  Monk  of  the  Diocefe  of  Treves, 
written  In  Verfc  about  the  Year  84S.  That  of  Ufnard,  a 
French  Moriici  who  wrote  by  Command  of  Charles  the  Bald, 
in  875;  which  laft  Is  the  Martyrology  now  ordinarily  ufed 
in  the  Romijh  Church.  That  of  Kahan^  which  is  an  Im- 
provement on  Beda  and  Flonts,  written  about  the  Year  ^45. 
That  of  Natter,  Monk  of  St.  Ga/,  written  about  the  Year 
894.  That  of  Ado72,  Monk  of  Fcrrieres,  in  the  Diocefe  of 
Treves,  afterwards  ArchbiHiop  of  f-'iejim,  is  a  Defcendant 
of  the  Roman,  if  we  may  fo  call  it;  for  Dtt  SoHier  gives  ita 
Genealogy  thus  :  I'he  Martyrology  of  St.  ^erem  is  the 
great  i?o??!.7H,  from  this  was  made  the  linlc  Z^ww^w,  printed 
by  Rofiueyd.  Of  this  little  Roma?! ^  with  that  of  Beda  aug- 
mented by  Florus,  ^'/Ab  compiled  his  in  the  Year  858. 
The  Martyrolo^^y  of  Neveloji,  Monk  of  Corbie,  written  about 
the  Year  loBs),  is  little  more  than  an  Abridgment  of  that 
of  Moji.  Father  A'nv/jer  makes  mention  of  a  Coptic  Marty^ 
rology,  preferved  by  the  Maronites  s.rRome.  We  have  alfo 
feveral  Proteftant  Martyrolo^ies,  containing  the  Sufferings  of 
the  Reformed  under  the  Fapifts,  t)iz.  an  Englifi  Martyro- 
logy^ by  J.Fox-y  with  others  by  Clark,  Bray,  Sic.  The 
Word  comes  from  the  Greek  f^'fivf,  Witnefs,  and  a4^w, 
(lico,  I  fpeak,  or  Ki'^a,  coUi^o,  I  gather. 

Martvrology,  is  alfo  ufed  in  the  RowiJIj  Church 
for  a  Roll  or  Regifter  kept  in  the  Veftry,  containing  the 
Names  of  all  the  Saints  and  Martyrs,  both  of  the  Uni- 
verfal  Church,  and  of  the  Particular  Ones  of  that  City  or 
Monaftery.  The  Word  Ik  alfo  apply'd  to  the  painted  op 
written  Catalogues  in  Churches,  containing  the  Founda- 
tions, Obits,  Prayers,  and  Mafles,  to  be  fald  each  Day. 

St.  MARY;  a  Name  by  which  feveral  Orders  of 
Knighthood,  feveral  Orders  of  Religious,  and  feveral 
Feafts,  are  diftingui/h'd.  As  St.  Mary  of  the  Thistle,  * 
Military  Order.  See  Thistle.  St.  Mary  of  the  Co?icejf- 
tion,  a  Military  Order.  See  Conception.  St.Mary  of 
the  Elephaftt,  a  Military  Order.  See  Elephant.  St.Ma- 
ry ayid^efiis,  a  Military  Order.  See  Jesus.  St.  Mary  of 
Loretto,  a  Military  Order.  SeeLoRETTo.  St,  Mary  of 
Mount  Car m el,  a  Military  Order.  See  Carmel.  St.Mar^ 
of  the  Teutonic.    See  Teutonic,  ^c. 

MASBOTHEAN,  or  Masbuteiean  :  The  Nam% 
of  a  Sect,  or  rather  of  two  Scfls  ;  for  Eufehius,  or  rather 
He^r-fpfia,  whom  he  cites,  makes  mention  of  two  diffe- 
rent Sefls  of  Mashotheajis.  The  firft  are  one  of  the  feven 
Sefls  that  arofe  out  of  ^udafm,  and  proved  very  trou- 
blcfome  to  the  Church.  They  were  fo  call'd  from  Maf 
hotheas  their  Author.  The  others  were  one  of  the  feven 
je-ojijh'  Sc&s  before  the  Coming  of  Jefus  Chrift.  For 

,  Fakfla 


MAS 


(  SO?  ) 


MAS 


r^'/e/yKi  won't  allow  the  two  to  be  confcunJed  together:    cidme--,  and  the  Wuoh  and /W,  Feminine.    Ucrcury,  rhfif 
the       being  a  Sect  oi  ^ezvs  before,  or  at  tcatt  co'tempo-   fuppofc,  partakes  of  the  two.  Among  the  Signs,  yi'/irr,  L(i,- 
rary.  with  Chrill- j  and  the  former  '    ■"  ;        /   n 


I  Seil  of  Heretics  de- 
Jcer-ded  from  them.  Rafinm  diiiingui/hes  them  by  their 
Names :  The  jezvijh  Seft  he  calls  Maslmibe^vis^  and  the 
Heretics  Masbuthaniafis.  Tiie  Mashuthsans  uere  a  Eran.h 
of  the  S'lmoneans. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Uchrcrj  H^U;  Schahet^  to 
re/?  or  repofe,  and  fignifics  idle,  eafy,  indolent  People. 
Eufebins  fpeaks of  rhcm,  as  if  they  had  been  focaU'd  from 
Tviisbothciii^  their  Chief  i  but  'ris  much  more  probable  that 


Gemini,  Lc^f  Sa^htariuSt  Aquarius,  are  Mafculiw,  Cuj7ce-\  Ca- 
p-icormis^  Tciurus,  Virgo^  Scorp'o^  and  Fifces,  are  Feminine. 

Plants  are  likewife  diltinguifh'd  into  M^T/cft/i/ie  and  Fe- 
minine. 'IhcMc-jcid'ne  are  chofe  which  have  a  greater 
ihareof  Heat  ai.d  Virtue. 

MASON,  a  Perlun  cmploy'd  under  the  Dlreilion  of  an 
Architect,  in  the  railing  of  a  Stone-Building.  The  thief 
Bufinefs  of  a  Mijou,  is  to  make  .the  MorTar^  raife  the 
Walls  from  the  Foundation  to  the  Top,  wiih  the  necef- 


their'Name  is  Hebrezv,  or  at  leail  CLiUuc,  fignifying  the  fary^ Retreats  and  Perpendiculars^  form^the  Va^ults,  and 
farne  thing  with  a  Sabbatarian  in  our  L,anguage,  that  is,    -    - '  --  -'-  ■  J  ' 

one  who  makes  proff-ffon  of  keeping  Sabbath. 

MASCLE,  is  a  Term  in  Heraldry  for  a 
Bearing  of  ihis  Figure  :  Gules  a  Chevron 
En-nin  between  three  Argent,  by  the 

Name  of  td!gra-j€.    Gn'Hi"'  faith,  thiit  Maf- 
c/e  reprefents  the  Mafh  of  a  Net,  and  is  an 
honourable  Bearing.    A  Mifde  differs  from 
^  a  Lozenge,  only  by  being  voided. 

MASCULINE,  fomething  belonging  to  the  Male,  or 
the  ilron.p;er  of  the  tw.o  Sexes.    See  Male. 

MASCULINE,  is  more  ordinarily  ufed  in  Grammar  to 
fignify  the  firft  and  noblel^  of  the  Genders  of  Nouns. 


empl  'y  the  Scones  as  deliver'd  to  him.  When  the  Stones 
are  large,  the  Bufinefs  of  hewing  or  cutting  them  be- 
longs to  the  Stone-Cutters  J  tho  thefe  are  frequently  con- 
founded with  the  M-j/o;;/.  The  Ornaments  of  Sculpture 
are  perform'd  by  Carvers  !n  Stone,  or  Sculptors.  Fur  the 
Materials  whereon  M.ifcHs  work,  fee  Stone,  Marblf:, 
EETc.  For  the  Manner  of  Working,  ft^e  Masonry,  B'jild- 
ING,  ^c.  For  their  Works  rhemfelves,  fee  Wall,  STr. 
The  To'jIs  or  Implements  principally  ufed  by  them,  are, 
tke  Square,  Level,  Plumb-Line,  Beve!,  Compafs,  Ham- 
mer, Chiffd,  Mailer,  Saw,  Trowel,  £^c.  which  fee.  Be- 
fides  the  common  Inilruments  ufed  in  the  Hand,  they 
have  likewife  Machines  for  the  railing  of  great  Burdens, 


niie  M.T/ci</me  Gender  is  that  which  belongs  to  the  Male  the  condufting  of  large  Stones,  £^r.  The  principal  of  thefe 

Kind  or  fomething  analogous  to  ir,  and  which  Cuilom  has  are  the  Lever,  Wheel,  Pully,  be  which  fee.  _  Uafouvy  is 

affix'd  to  "a  Word.     For  Men  confidering  themfelves,  fometiincs  ufed  in  a  more  general  and  unlimited  Senfe  j 

and  obfervir.g  the  Difference  between  the  two  Sexes,  have  fo  as,  befides  proper  Mdonry,  to  include  the  hewing  or 

thought  fit  to  vary  the  fame  Adjeaive  Names,  by  giving  fawing  of  larger  Stones,  to  fit  them  for  Building,  prnper- 

them  different  Terminations,  as  they  are  differently  ap-  ly  call'd  S:o?ie-Ontiws^  ;  and  the  carving   of  the  Orna- 

■  ^      .        ^  nients,  on  the  Members  and  Mouldings,  properly  call'ti 


ply'd  to  Men  or  Women.  Thus  in  Latin  we  fay  bonus  E- 
(jiuts,  a  good  Horfe,  in  the  Mfl/cn//?ie  5  but  fpeaking  of  a 
Mare  we  change  the  Termination,  not  of  the  Adjeftive 
only, 'but  alfo  of  the  Subllantive,  and  fay,  bo7i.-t  Eqm.  In 
£it/li/Ij,  however,  we  are  more  ifri^f  ;  for  we  generally 
exprefs  the  Difference  of  Sex  by  different  Words,  not  by 
the  varying  the  Termination  of  the  fame,  or  by  varying 
the  Adieffive  :  As  Boar  in  the  J^hfcitlinet  Sow  in  the  Fe- 
minine ;  Eoy,  Girli  Breihir,  Sifter  ;  Buck,  Doc  j  Bull,  Cow, 
£5jf.  Indeed  we  have  about  twenty  Feminines  diftinguifh'd 
from  their  Ivkfculmes,  by  the  Variation  of  the  Termina- 
tion of  the  Male  into  e/i  j  for  inftance,  y^iiot,  J 
lor,  JBrefs;  Count,  Coatitefs  y  Heir,  Herrefs  ;  U.ifier,MJirefs, 
f^c.  And  this  is  all  that  our  Language  knows  of  any 
thing  like  the  Genders,  which  are  only  a  different  way  of 
espteffing  the  Male  and  the  Female.  But  the  old  Lan- 
guages, and  even  fome  of  the  Moderns^,  have  gone  fur  - 


SculptuYe  :  which  fee.  Ifidore  derives  the  Word  from  M.t- 
chio^  a  Machinift,  as  being  obliged  to  ufe  Machines  in 
Building,  Some  derive  it  from  hhchijio,  Dh  G'W^e  front 
Maceria^  becaufe  the  long  Fence-Walls  that  inelofe  Vine- 
yards, isc  in  which  Mijons  are-fuppofed  to  have  been  firlt 
employ'd,  were  call'd  Mictri^.  Mafoit  ejl  tAacsriarv-tn  Con- 
Jirntlor.  M.  Huet  derives  it  from  ?\4ai,  an  old  Wordj 
fignifying  Houfe  j  hence  Mafon  is  a  Perfon  who  makes 
Mas's,  that  is,  Houfes.  In  the  corrupt  Latin,  a  M^fon 
was  call'd  Magijier  Comacinns,  which  Lindsfihroek  derives 
from  Comacina,  an  Ifland  in  Romania,  where,  in  the  Time 
cf  the  Lombards,  the  bell  Architefts  were  found. 

MASONRY,  a  Branch  of  Architefture,  confiding,  as 
fome  define  it,  in  the  Art  of  hewing  or  fquaring  Stones, 
and  cutting  them  level  and  perpendicular,  for  the  Ufes  of 
Building  :    Tho  in  the  more  limited  Senfe  of  the  Word, 


ther'i  for  as  foine  Adje6lives  may  have  Relations  to  other  Mafomy  is  the  Art  of  affembling  and  joining  Stones ^toge- 
Things,  befides  Men  and  Women,  it  ha-;  been  thought  thcr  with  Mortar.  Whence  there  arife  as  many  different 
ncceffary  to  appropriate  to  them  one  or  other  of  the  Ter-  Kinds  of  Uafsjiry,  as  there  arc  different  Forms  and  Man- 
minations  invented  for  Men  and  Women.  Hence  moft  ners  of  laying  or  joining  the  Stones.  P7tr/rai«5  makes  men- 
other  Subftantives  have  been  ranged  under  the  Heads  of  tion  of  feven  Kinds  of  A'/.T/o«i-_y  among  the  Anrientsi  three 
Jvhfadine  or  Feminine.  This,  in  fome  Cafes,  is  done  with  of  hew'd  Stone,  v'tz.  that  in  form  of  a  Net,  that  in  Bnid- 
a  fhew  of  Reafon,  but  in  others  is  merely  arbitrary  ;  and  in^,  and  that  call'd  the  Greek  Mafonry :  And  three  of 
for  that  rcafon  is  found  to  vary  according  to  the  Languages,  iinhcwcd  Stones,  -Di-z.  that  of  an  e^jua!  Courfe,  that  of  an 
and  even  according  to  the  Words  introduced  from  one  nHdqual  Courfe,  and  that  fill'd  up  in  the  middle.  The 
Language  into  another.    Thus  the  Names  of  Trees  are  feventh  was  a  Compolition  of  all  the  refl-. 


generally  Feminine  in  L^rtiM,  and  Mafcuime  m  the  French  : 
Farther,  the  Genders  of  the  fame  Word  are  fometimes 
varied  in  the  fame  Language.  Thus  Jhw^  according  to 
Trifc'ian^  was  anticntly  Majculine,  but  is  now  become  Fe- 
intnine.  And  Na^-ii-e,  a  Ship,  in  French,  was  antiently  Fe- 
minine, but  is  now  ?Ai/cii/i;jc  The  modern  Tongues  have 
no  more  than  two  Genders,  -viz.  the  'Mafcuhne  and  the 
Feminine;  at  lead,  whatever  is  not  Feminine,  is  accoun- 
ted Hifciiline.    See  Gender. 

The  Freficb,  in  their  Poetry,  have  a  kind  of  Rhimcs 
which  they  call  Ivhfcul'm?^  to  diftinguifh  them  from  o- 
thers  which  they  call  Feminine.  The  lAafadine  Rhime  is 
that  made  with  a  Word  which  has  a  flrong,  open,  and 
accented  Pronunciation  ;  as  all  Words  have,  excepting 
thofc  which  have  an  e  Feminine  in  their  iait  Syllable  :  for 
iiiilance,  Jmour  and  5"'*',  ^^o*"^  and  Sort,  are  MafatHne 
Rhimcs;  and  Fere  and  Mere,  Glorre  and  Memoirs,  are  Fe- 
minine. Hence  Verfcs  ending  with  a  lA^ifuline  Rhime, 
are  call'd  lUj'cidine  V cvks :  and  thofc  ending  with  a  Fe- 
minine Rhime,  Feminine  Verfes.  'Tis  now  a  Rule  efla- 
blifh'd  among  the  French  Poets,  never  to  ufe  above  two 
'M.ifailine,  or'two  Feminine  Verfes  fucccffively,  except_in 
the  loofcr  Kinds  of  Poetry.  Marot  was  the  firft  who  in- 
troduced this  Mixture  of  Uafctdine  and  Feminine  Verfes, 
and  Kovfa-'d  was  the  firfl:  who  prafllfed  it  with  Succefs. 
The  MzfcKVutc  Verfes  fhould  always  have  a  Syllable  lefs 
than  the  Feminine  ones.    See  P,.Hi  me. 

The  AOrolog.TS  maintain,  that  the  Sisns  and  Planets 


Net  Jviafonry,  call'd  Reticulation,  from  its  Rcfemblanca 
of  the  Mafiies  of  a  Net,  conlifts  of  Stones  fquarcd  in  theip 
Courfes,  and  fo  dilpofed,  as  that  their  Joints  go  oblique- 
ly, and  the  Diagonals  are,  the  one  perpendicular,  and  the 
other  level.  This  is  the  moft  agreeable  Mafomy  to  tho 
Eye,  but  it  is  apt  to  crack.  See  Ptoe  Architecture, 
Fi^.  I.  ,  , 

homd  Mafonry,  is  that  wherein  the  Stones  were  placed 
one  over  another,  like  Tiles ;  the  Joints  of  the  Beds  be- 
ing level,  and  the  Mounters  perpendicular.  So  that  the 
Joint  that  mounts  and  feparates  two  Stones,  fliUs  direilly 
over  the  middle  of  the  Stone  below.  This  is  lefs  beau- 
tiful than  the  Net-Work,  but  more  folid  and  durable. 
See  Fl-ite  Arch.  f;e.  1. 

Greek  Mafonry,  according  to  J'iTrwviiis^  is  that  where,  af- 
ter we  have  laid  two  Srones,  each  of  which  makes  a 
Courfi^  another  is  laid  at  the  end,  which  makes  two 
Courfes;  and  the  fame  Order  obferved  throughout  the 
Building.  This  may  be  coXV A  Double  BnUdbi^,  in  regard 
the  Binding  is  not  only  of  Srones  of  the  fame  Courfe  with 
one  another,  but  likewife  of  one  Courfe  with  another 
Courfe.    Sec  ?/)3fe  Arch.  F;,c;.  9. 

Uafonry  by  Equal  Courfes,  by  the  Antients  call'd  If  do- 
mum,  differs  in  nothing  from  the  bound  Uaf amy,  but  only 
in  this,  that  its  Stones  are  not  hewn.  See  Flatc  Ar,ch, 
Fj^.  5.  -11- 
Mcifomy  by  Unequal  Courfes,  call'd  Ffeudifodomum,  19  alfo 
made  of  unhew'd  Stones,  and  laid  in  boundU'ork :  But 


are  really  diftinguifli'd  into  UafcvJine  and  Feminine  ;  not  then  they  are  not  of  the  fame  Thicknefs,  nor  is  there  any 

on  r.ccount  of  any  Difference  of  Sex,  in  their  Bodies,  or  Equality  obferved,  excepting  in  the  feveral  Courfes 5  the 

in  their  Names:  bur  by  reafan  of  their  Q^ialicies,  which  Courfes  themfclves  being  unequal  to  each  other.  See 

are  either  aifivc,  hor,  or  cold,  accounted  MafcuUne  ^  or  Flaie  hv.CH.  i"i^.4. 

paffive,  dry,  and  moid,  which  are  Feminme.     On  this  Uifomy  flVd  up  in  the  Middle,  call  d  by  the  Antients 

Principle  they  call  the  Sun,  ^Jtmier,  S.itimi,  and  Mars,  Maf  EmPkBon,  is  likewife  made  of  unhew'd  Stone   and  by 

Nnnnnn  Cotirfes> 


MAS         (  ^0 

CourTesj  but  the  Stones  ate  only  fct  jn  order  as  to  the 
Courfes,  the  Middle  bting  fiU'd  up  with  Stones  thrown 
HI  at  random  ainong  the  Mortar.    Sec  Plate  Arch.  Ft^.  5. 

Conipoi'.fid  Miijojn-^,  is  of  I7/C7(w(!s's  propofinj;  5  fo  call'd, 
as  btins  form'd  oi  all  the  rcfl.  In  this,  the  Courics  are 
of  hew'd  Stone,  and  the  middle  Place  left  void,  fiU'd  up 
with  Mortar  and  Pebbles  thrown  in  together.  After  this 
the  Stones  of  one  Courfe  are  bound  to  thofe  of  another 
Courfe,  with  Cramp-irons  faflen'd  with  melted  Lead. 
Sec  I^late  Arch. 

All  the  Kinds  of  Mafmry  now  in  ufe  may  be  reduced  to 
thefe  five,  z-iz.  BounH  Mijowy-,  that  of  iriciJCor/;,  where 
the  Bodies  and  Projeifures  of  the  Stones  indofe  fquaie 
Spaces  or  Fanncls,  He.  fet  with  Bricks  :  That  *  Moz/on, 
cr  fmall  Work,  where  the  Courfes  are  equal,  well  fqua- 
ted,  and  their  Edges  or  Beds  rufticated  1  That  where  the 
Courfes  arc  unequal ;  and  thatfiU'd  up  in  the  middle  with 
little  Stnnes  and  Mnrtar. 

FREE,  or  ACCEPTED  MASONS,  a  very  anticnt  So- 
ciety, or  Body  of  Men,  fo  call'd  either  from  fnme  extra- 
ordinary Knowledge  of  Mafonry  or  Building,  which 
they  are  fuppofed  to  be  Matters  of,  or  becaufc  the  lirfl 
Founders  of  the  Society  were  Perfons  of  that  Profeffion. 
Tbey  are  now  very  confiderable  both  forNumbers  and  Cha- 
rafler ;  being  found  in  every  Country  in  Europe,  and  con- 
filling  principally  of  Perfons  of  Merir  and  Confideration. 
As  to  Antiquity,  they  lay  claim  to  a  Standing  of  fomc 
thoufand  Years  ;  and,  'tis  faid,  can  trace  up  their  Origin 
as  early  as  the  Building  of  Salomon's  Temple.  What  the 
End  of  their  inflitution  is,  feems  fliU,  in  fome  meafure, 
a  Secret;  the  fo  much  of  it  as  is  known,  appears  truly 
good  and  laudable,  as  it  tends  to  promote  Fricndfliip,  So- 
ciety, mutual  AlTiflance,  and  Good-Fellowfhip.  The 
Brothers  of  this  Family  are  faid  to  be  pofTefsM  of  a  great 
Number  of  Secrets,  which  have  been  religioufly  oblerv'd 
from  Age  to  Age  :  Be  their  other  Virtues  therefore  what 
they  will,  'tis  plain  they  ate  Maflers  of  one  in  a  very  great 
degree,  -o'lz.  Secrecy. 

M  ASQUE,  or  Mash,  a  Cover  for  the  Face.contrived  with 
Apertures  for  the  Eyes  and  Mouth  ;  wore  chiefly  by  Women 
of  Condition,  cither  to  prcferve  their  Compleflion  from 
the  Weather,  or  out  of  Modcfty,  to  prevent  their  being 
known.  Fofpeci,  Wife  of  Nero,'  is  faid  to  be  the  firll  In- 
ventor of  the  Mafqite  ;  which  Ihe  did  to  guard  her  Com- 
pleftion  from  the  Sun  and  Weather,  as  being  the  mod 
delicate  Woman,  with  regard  to  her  Perfon,  that  has  been 
known.  Jlrcititome  obferves,  that  the  ordinary  L'fe  of 
Mi/jiici  was  not  introduced  till  towards  the  end  of  the 
1 6th  Century.  The  Word  Mi/iyue  is  alfo  ufcd  to  fignify 
any  thing  ufed  to  cover  the  Eyes,  and  prevent  a  Ferfon's 
being  known.  Thus  the  Penitents  of  Lyo/ti  and  Aw^noit 
hide'their  Faces  with  large  white  Veils,  which  ferve  'era 
for  hhifqtiei. 

M.JVSQ.UE,  in  Architetlure,  is  underflood  of  certain 
Pieces  of  Sculpture,  reprefenting  fome  hideous  Form, 
Grorefque,  or  Satyrs  Faces,  £^c.  ufed  to  fill  up  and  adorn 
fome  vacant  Places,  as  in  Freezes,  the  Pannels  of  Doors, 
Keys  of  Arches,  (£c.  but  particularly  in  Grotto's. 

MASQUERADE,  orMjscARADE;  an  Affembly  of 
Perfons  mask'd  or  difguis'd,  meeting  to  dance  and  divert 
thcmfelves.  This  is  a  very  common  Pra£lice  abroad,  efpe- 
cially  in  Carnaval  Time.  The  Word  comes  froin  the 
Italian  }^lajcarata,  and  that  from  the  Arahic  Mafc^ra,  which 
fignifics  Raillery,  Buffoonery. 

"mass,  in  Mechanics,  is  defined  to  be  the  Matter  of 
any  Body  cohering  with  it,  ;.  e.  moving  and  gravitating 
along  with  it;  and  is  diflinguifh'dfromits  Bulk,or  Volumn, 
which  is  its  Expanfion  in  Length,  Breadth,  and  Thicknefs. 
The  Mufs  of  any  Body  is  rightly  eflimatcd  by  its  Weight. 
And  the  Maffes  of  two  Bodies  of  the  fame  Weight  arc  in  a 
reciprocal  Ratio  of  their  Volumes.  Sec  Motion,Weioht, 
Moment,  iyc. 

MASSALIANS,  certain  Seflarics,  fo  call'd  from  a 
HetrcifWord  fignifying  Pi  ovev ;  it  being  their  diflinguilli- 
ing  Tenet,  that  a  Man  is  to  be  continually  in  Prayer.  The 
Greeks  call'd  rhem  Eiii^hitet,  eb^to/,  which  in  rheir  Lan- 
guage fignified  the  fame  thing.  St.  Eptphaniits  dillin- 
guiflies  two  Kinds  of  Ma/Jhiiajii,  the  Antient  and  the  New. 
The  firft,  according  to  him,  are  neithet  ^cwj,  Chr'tjiictns, 
nor  Samarita}rt,  but  pure  GeuttUs ;  who  owning  feveral 
Gods,  yet  adore  only  one,  whom  they  call  Almighry. 
They'  had  Oratories  like  our  Churches,  where  they  ufed 
to  meet,  to  pray  and  fing  Hymns  in  honour  of  God  ;  their 
Oratories  being  finely  illumined  with  Lamps  and  Flam- 
beaux. This  Defcription  of  Sr.  £p^/'ii7r(';  comes  fo  near 
the  Practice  of  the  E([ef!:,  that  Sca!:-€r  thinks  the  two 
S:Ss  ouchi  not  by  any  means  to  be  diiiinguifh'd.  The 
Majfiiliam  have  gone  by  the  Names  of  Emhitfiajis,  Eiicbl- 
Ki\  Saccofhori,  and  fome  of  them  Martyriam. 

As  to  the  other  Maftliain,  who  were  by  Profeflion 
Chriftians,  theit  Rife  was  not  till  about  the  Time  of 
St.  Ejiifhmitn.   Their  Doftrine  was,  that  Prayer  alone  was 


6^  MAS 

fiifficient  to  Salvation.  Many  Monks,  who  loved  a  Life  of 
Lazincfs,  and  were  averfc  to  Labour,  join'd  the  MaJJa- 
liani.    S-:e  Euciutes. 

MASSATER,  from  ^aa^x^M.i^  mafiditco,  to  chew  ;  the 
Name  of  a  Mufcle,  that  helps  to  puU  the  Jaw  upwards  in 
eating;  It  is  thick  and  fl:ort,  arifing  from  the  Zygoma^ 
and  from  the  firLt  Bone  of  the  upper  Jaw,  and  is  inferred 
into  the  lower  Edge  of  the  lower  Jaw,  from  its  external 
Angle  to  its  middic;  Its  Fibres  run  in  three  Direiiions  ; 
thole  from  the  Zygoma  obliquely  to  the  middle  of  the 
Jaw,  and  thole  from  the  firil  Bone  of  the  upper  Jaw 
crofs  the  former,  and  run  to  the  Angle  of  the  lower  Jaw  ; 
and  the  Fibres  that  are  in  its  middle,  run  perpendicularly 
from  their  Origin  to  their  Infertion. 

MASSES,  in  Painting,  are  the  large  Paris  of  a  Pidure, 
containing  the  great  Lights  and  Shadows  j  and  thus,  when 
it  is  almoll  dark,  we  fee  only  the  M^^ei  of  a  Pii5lure,  i.e. 
the  Places  of  the  greatefl  Lights  and  Shadows. 

MASSIVE,  fomething  grofs  and  folid,  in  oppofition 
to  Tendernefs  and  Delicacy.  Thus  we  fay,  a  Wall,  or 
a  Building,  is  too  ma//he,  that  is,  its  Walls  are  too  thick, 
or  the  Lights  and  Openings  too  little  in  proportion.  A 
mctfJi'De  Column  is  that,  which  is  too  fhort  for  the  Order, 
U'hofe  Capital  it  bears. 

MASSORA,  a  Term  in  the  ^eiiiljh  Theology,  figni- 
fying  a  Performance  on  the  Bible  by  feveral  learned  Rab- 
bins, to  fecure  it  from  any  Alterations  that  might  other- 
wife  happen  j  and  to  ferve,  according  to  their  Expreflion, 
as  a  iU-Xifi  to  the  Law.  Buxtorf  defines  it  a  Critique  on  the 
Hebrciv  Text,  contrived  by  the  antient  ^ewljh  Do£lors,  in 
which  they  have  number'd  the  Verfes,  Words,  and  Let- 
ters of  the  Text,  and  niark'd  all  the  Variations  of  it. 
For  the  Text  of  the  Sacred  Books  was  originally  written 
without  any  Breaks,  or  Divifions  into  Chapters,  or  Verfes, 
or  even  into  Words.  So  that  a  whole  Book,  in  the  antient 
Manner,  was  but  one  continued  Word  ;  of  which  kind  we 
have  ftiil  feveral  antient  Manufcripts,  both  Greek  and  La- 
tin, In  regard  the  Sacred  Writings  had  undergone  a.n 
infinite  Number  of  Alterations,  whence  various  Readings 
had  arifen,  and  the  Original  was  become  mangled  and 
difguis'd  ;  the  '^ews  had  recourfe  to  a  Rule,  which  they 
judg'd  infallible,  to  fix  and  afcertain  the  Reading  of  the 
Hebrew  Text :  and  this  Rule  they  call'd  Majfora,  Tradi- 
tion ;  as  if  this  Critique  were  nothing  but  a  Tradition, 
which  they  had  receiv'd  from  their  Fore-Fathers.  Ac- 
cording to  Eiias  Levita,  it  was  the  ^eios  of  a  famous 
School  at  Tiherias  who  compofed,  or  at  leaft  begun  the 
M-ilfora,  whence  they  are  call'd  Mqffbretes.  Jhen  Efra 
makes  them  the  Authors  of  the  Points  and  Accents  in  the 
Hebrew  Text,  as  we  now  find  it,  and  which  ferve  for 
Vowels.  The  ^rahs  have  done  the  fame  thing  to  their 
Jkorcin,  that  the  M^^fforeces  have  done  to  the  Bible ;  Nor 
do  the  Jew  deny  their  having  borrow'd  this  Expedient 
from  the  j^rabs,  who  firfl  put  it  in  pra£lice  in  the  yih  Cen- 
tury. There  is  a  great  and  a  little  Mqlfiray  printed  at 
Venice,  and  at  Bafil,  with  the  Hebreza  Test  in  a  different 
Charafter.  Buxtorf  has  written  a  Jihjfor.ctic  Comment, 
which  he  calls  Tibsrias. 

MASSORETES,  3ew//&  Doaors,  Authors  of  the  Maf 
fora.    See  Massora. 

MASTo/fl.Fo?-e/f,  the  Fruit  of  a  Species  of  Trees,  call'd 
Gla?iiliferoi<s,  or  Maft-Bearing  5  as  Beech,  Oak,  Chefnut,  Sffc, 

Mast,  a  largeTrce,  or  Pole,  rais'd  in  Veffels,  for  the 
Cordage  and  Sails  to  be  faftcn'd  to,  in  order  to  their  re- 
ceiving the  Windneceflary  for  Navigation.  In  large  VeflTels, 
theNumber  ofMafls  is  four  :  Their  Names  are,  the^/.»M- 
Al-ifl,  the  Fare-M^fiy  the  Mi-zen-M^fi,  and  the  holtfprh. 
To  which  fome  add  a  fifth,  viz-  a  Counter-M'zen.  The 
Mai/i'Afa/},  or  Maftcr-Mall,  is  the  chief  Maft  in  the  Ship  ; 
its  Place  is  in  the  middle  of  the  Veflel,  and  it  bears  the 
ftrongeli  Cordage,  and  the  largeft  Sails.  The  Fore-Maji 
is  between  the  ALwi-Mafi  and  the  Head.  The  Mizen- 
Maji  is  between  the  M^im-M-ifi  and  the  Stern.  The  Bolt- 
fprit  lies  upon  the  Beak,  in  the  Prow  or  Head  of  the  Ship. 
I'he  Cou?iter-Mizat,  in  large  Veflels  and  Galleons,  is  in 
the  Stern. 

We  alfo  ufe  the  Word  tIZ-i/?  to  fignify  thofe  Divifions, 
or  additional  Pieces  in  the  M-jis,  placed  over  one  another. 
The  Main-IiUJi-,  and  Main-Top -Maji,  have  each  of  them 
two,  i)iz:  the  Miin-M^J^,  litain-Top-Maj}^  Main-Gallaw- 
M^Ji  ;  the  Fore-Maft,  Fore-Top- Afaji,  Fore-Top-Gallmit-Mifr. 
The  Af'zen-M^Ji  has  one,  -viz.  xhc  Mizen-Top-AUfi.  The 
Word  Miiji  fignifies  the  fame  thing  In  French,  Hii^h  Dutch, 
Flemi/h,  and  Englijh.  The  Italians  fay  Alajtr^  and  the  Sfa- 
fiiards  Maftel. 

For  the  Proportion  of  Majls,  Sir  H.  M.m-warmg  gives 
thefe  Rules:  Whatever  the  Breadth  of  a  Ship  be  in 
Feet,  multiply  |  of  that  Breadth  by  5c,  the  Produ£l  is 
the  Length  of  her  Main-Mart  in  Yards.  Thus  if  a  Ship 
be  30  Foot  at  the  Midfhip-Beam,  |-  of  50  is  24  5  there- 
fore that  Ship's  Main-Maft  muit  be  24  Yards,  or  71 
Feet  in  Length.    Then  for  Its  Bignefs,  he  allows  an  Inch 

to 


MAS 


(  ?o7  ) 


MAS 


V  '-:'-ry  Tar<l  In  Lengthy  and  therefore  this  Maft  muft 
^4ir.c'-cs  iLru,  or  ihick.  The  Fore-Mart  of  a  Ship 
in'iit  In:  of  tlit.  Length  of  the  Main-MaO,  that  is,  in 
it'i:5 Giie,  i?i'arQs-|  tnick,  or  thro  it  mull  be  near  20 
Jr.!  r>c.-.  'i  he  Boitljirit  is  aiwa.ys  the  fame  Length  and  Big- 
iiciswiih  ihe  tore  Mai: ;  and  the  Mizen-Mafi  muft  be 
juii  half  the  Length  of  the  Main-Mall,  and  half  as 
ihick. 

MASTER  5  a  Title  given  to  feveral  Officcrsj  and  Per- 
fcns  of  Authority  and  Command,  and  particularly  to  the 
tablets  cii  the  Orders  of  Knighthood,  oc.  Thus  we  fay, 
the  Grand  Majter  of  Martha,  of  St.  Laz^irits,  o( the  Golden 
Jtltece,  of  the  h-ee  M-iJf»is,  &c. 

The  Title  jWo/i^er,  M-''-^'JUr,  was  frequent  among  the 
Komam:  They  had  their  ylif.(/?er  of  the  People,  Af-tgijier 
Toftdi,  who  was  the  Initiator  j  M-ifter  of  the  Cavalry^ 
M~'ig'Ji€r  Eqiiitttm,  who  held  the  fecond  Poil  in  an  Army 
after  the  Diflator.  Under  the  later  Emperors  there  were 
alfo  Jifjji OS  of  the  hifantry,  M-ig'Jiri  Fednum.  A  Af^hr 
of  the  Ce?;/((J,  Af-ig'Jisr  Ceufi,  who  had  nothing  of  the 
Charge  of  a  Cenfor  or  Sub-Cenfor,  as  the  Name  fcems  to 
intimate;  but  was  the  fame  with  the  Commiffioner  of 
the  Trumentarics,  Tr^eppfiua  Frnmetitarm-ian.  AUJier  of 
the  Militia,  Ahgijter  M'ltti"-'-,  an  Officer  in  the  lower  Em- 
pire, created,  as  'tis  urged,  by  Vioclefian,  who  had  the 
Infpeciion  and  Government  of  all  the  Forces,  with  power 
ro  puni/li,  i£c.  fomewhat  Jike  a  Confiable  of  France.  At 
firft  there  were  two  of  thefe  Officers  inititutcd,  the  one 
for  the  Infantry,  and  the  other  for  the  Cavalry.  But  the 
two  were  united  into  one  under  Confiatn'me.  But  as  their 
Power  was  increaled,  fo  was  their  Number  too  ;  and  there 
was  one  appointed  for  the  Court,  another  far  TbYace,  ano- 
ther for  the  Eafiy  and  another  for  lUyria.  They  were  after- 
wards call'd  Co>wiicj,  Counts,  3.nd  ClariJJim!.  Their  Power 
was  only  a  Branch  of  that  of  the  FrafeFlus  Fr.-c:oriif  who 
by  that  means  became  a  Civil  Officer.  M-ific!  of  Arms, 
^/ijgi/Jer  A->nnrim},  was  an  Officer  or  Comptroller  under 
the  M^J^er  of  the  Militia.  MaJ'Icr  of  the  Offices,  M-igiJicr 
OJficioYum,  had  the  Superintendance  of  all  the  Officers  of 
the  Court.  He  was  alfo  caU'd  M^giftcr  Ojfcn^  Palatine, 
iimpJy  ^/.ig'^C'',  and  his  PoJl  Mii^i/^'erid.  This  Officer  was 
the  f.ime  in  the  Weftern  Empire  with  the  Ci'.>-ojf>.ila[!i  in 
the  Eartern.  In  fine,  Ahfter,  in  the  Ronwi  HiHory  and 
Laws,  is  ufed  for  every  Officer,  who  is  the  firft  of  his 
kind,  and  who  has  others  of  the  fame  Species,  or  that 
have  the  fame  Fun£}ions,  under  him.  In  Latin,  M>igijler^ 
and  oftentimes  Froximus. 

Master  nf  the.  Ceremoiues,  is  an  Officer  inflltuted  by 
King  'James  the  Firll,  for  the  more  folemn  and  honourable 
Reception  of  Ambafladors  and  Strangers  of  Quality, 
whom  he  introduces  into  the  Prefcnce.  'The  Badge  of  his 
Office  is  a  Gold  Chain  and  Medal,  having  on  one  fide  ati 
Emblem  of  Peace,  with  King  5«?«ej's  Motto,  and  on  the 
Rcverfe  the  Emblem  of  War,  with  jyien  won  droit  : 
He  is  always  fuppofed  to  be  a  Perfon  of  good  Addrcfs, 
and  Maiicr  of  Languages  :  He  is  conftantly  attending  at 
Court,  and  hath  under  him  an  Affiftant  Mr/?er,  or  De- 
puty, who  holds  his  Place  during  the  King's  pleafure. 
There  is  alfo  a  third  Officer,  call'd'^  AUrJJ.-al  of  the  Ceremo- 
nies, whofe  Bufinefs  it  is  to  receive  and  diftribute  the 
j^^J/e»'s  Orders,  or  the  Deputies,  for  the  Service;  but 
without  their  Order  he  can  do  nothing.  This  is  in  the 
King's  Gift. 

Master  of  the  Ho,;/7joW,  Is  an  Officer  under  the  Lord- 
Steward  of  the  Houfhold,  and  in  the  Kine's  Gift  :  His 
Bufincfs  is  to  furvey  the  Accounts  of  the  Houfhold-  An- 
ticntly  the  Lnrd-Steward  himfelf  was  calVd  Grand  Ma  ft  er 
of  the  Huitfjold.   See  Hotjshold. 

Master  of  the  Hirfe,  a  great  Officer  of  the  Crown, 
to  whom  is  committed  the  Charge  of  ordering  and  dlfpofmg 
all  Matters  relating  to  the  King's  Stables,  Races,  and  Breed 
of  Horfes,  as  he  had  antienily,  of  all  the  Pofls  in  Eiig- 
land.  He  hath  a  Power  of  commanding  the  Equerries, 
and  all  the  other  Offi-cers  and  Tradefmen  employ'd  in  the 
King's  Stables  5  to  all  which  he  gives,  by  his  Warrant  to 
theAvcner,  the  Oath  of  Allegiance,  i^fr.  for  the  true  and 
faithful  Difcharge  of  ibcir  Duty.  He  has  the  peculiar 
Privilege  of  making  ufe  of  any  Horfe.^,  Pages,  or  Footmen, 
belonging  to  the  King's  Stables;  fo  that  his  Coaches, 
Horfes,  and  Attendants,  are  the  King's,  and  have  the 
King's  Arms  and  Liveries. 

Master  of  the  Mnt :  This,  In  the  fecond  Tear  of 
iVaii-_y  the  Sixth,  was  the  Title  of  him,  whois  nowcall'd 
H'ardai  of  the  Mmt ;  whofe  Office  it  is  to  receive  the  Sil- 
ver and  HuUion,  which  comes  to  the  M:r,t  to  be  coined, 
and  to  take  care  thereof.    See  Mint. 

Master  of  the  Covrt  of  Wards  avd  Lhcre',  was  the 
chief  Officer,  and  Judge  ol"  that  Court,  wh.  >.  pt  the  Seal 
of  it,  acd  was  namr<l  and  affisned  by  the  K  In".'  Bi.  rhis 
Court,  and  all  its  Officers  Membrrs,  Power,  and  A  .  ..ur- 
tt  nances,  is  taken  away  by  a  Statute  made  the  12  Car.  z. 
c.  14. 


Master  of  the  'Jezud-Houfe^  inention'd  in  5?  fii's-.  c.  f 
is  an  Officer  of  the  King's  Houfhold  of  great  Credit,  be- 
ing allowed  Diet  for  himfelf,  and  the  Clerks  of  the  Of- 
fice, and  a  Lodging  in  the  Court.  He  hath  Charge 
of  ail  the  Gold  and  Silver  Plate  ufed  at  the  King's  Ta- 
ble, or  belonging  to  any  Officer  of  account  attending  the 
Court  i  and  ot  all  Plate  remaining  in  the  Tower  of  Loii- 
don,  as  alfo  of  Chains  and  loofc  Jewels,  not  fixed  to  any 
Garment. 

Master  of  the  Ordnance,  a  great  Officerj  to  whofs 
Care  all  the  King's  Ordnance  and  Artillery  is  committed. 
See  Ordnance. 

_Master  of  the  Taciihiesj  an  Officer  under  the  Arch- 
bifhop  of  Cei/iterhury,  who  grants  Licences  and  Difpenfa,- 
tions  j  he  is  mention'd  in  the  Statute  of  laying  Impofitions 
at  Law,  of  12,25  Car,  2.    See  Faculty. 

Master  of  the  Revels,  an  Officer,  whofe  Office  it  Is  to 
order  all  things  relating  to  the  Performance  of  Tragedie.% 
Comedies,  Masks,  Balls,  ^c.  at  Court :  He  hath  likewife 
a  Jurifdidiion  of  granting  Licences  to  all  who  travel  to 
ad  Plays,  Puppet-Shews,  or  other  fuch  like  Diverfions ; 
which  is  very  beneficial  to  him,  and  increafeth  theSmall- 
nefs  of  the  Salary,  which  is  but  10  /.  per  Jmnmi  to  a  ve- 
ry confidcrable  Income.  Neither  can  any  new  Play  be 
aded  at  either  of  the  two  HoufeSj  till  it  has  pafs'd  his 
Perufal  and  Licence  firll  5  and  he  hath  the  liberty  to  caf- 
trate  any  thing,  which  iliall  be  offenfive  to  Religion  of 
Virtue,  and  for  the  latter  has  his  Fee. 

Master  of  the  Jrmory,  he  that  has  the  Care  and  O- 
verfight  of  his  Majefly's  Arms  and  Armory, 

Master  of  the  Ttmfle.  The  Founder  of  the  Order  of 
the  Templars,  and  all  his  Succeflurjj  were  c^iVd  Magjii 
Temfh  M-igiJiri;  and  ever  fince  the  Diffolution  of  the 
Order,  the  Spiritual  Guide  and  Dircflcr  of  the  Houfe  is 
call'd  by  that  Name.   See  Temple. 

Master  of  ibtPfard-Rolc,  an  Office  in  the  Lord  Cham- 
berlain's Diftrift,  who  has  the  Power  of  managing  all  the 
Royal  Robes  J  as  thofe  of  the  Coronation,' St.  f7eo>;i;!r's 
Feafl,  the  Parliaii>cnt-Robes :  as  alfo  of  the  wearing  Ap- 
parel, Collar  of  SS's,  George  and  Garter,  ^c.  He  has 
the  Charge  and  Curtody  of  all  former  Kings  and  Queens 
Robes,  reinaining  in  the  Tozuer-^  all  Hangings,  Bedding, 
ISc  for  the  King's  Houfe;  the  Charge  and  Delivery  of 
Velvet  and  Scarlet  allow 'd  for  Liveries.  He  has  under 
him  a  Clerk  of  (he  Robes,  and  Wardrobe-Keeper,  a  Xeo-= 
man,  l^c.    See  Wardrobe, 

Master  of  Jrts,  the  fir{^  Degree  taken  up  in  foreign 
Univerfities,  but  the  fecond  in  ours  i  Candidates  not  be- 
ing admitted  to  it  till  they  have  fludied  jn  the  Univerfity 
fcven  Years.     See  Degree. 

Master  of  a  Sbif  ;  an  Officer,  to  whom  is  committed 
the  Dire^lion  of  a  Merchant- VelTel,  who  commands  it  la 
chief,  and  is  charged  with  (he  Merchandizes  aboard.  In 
the  Mediterranean,  the  M.rfier  is  frequently  called  Falron, 
and  in  long  Voyages  Captain.  'Tis  the  Proprietor  of  the 
Veffel  that  appoints  t\\cA[afier7  and  'tis  the  j^-fi/rei-  pro- 
vides the  Equipage,  hires  the  Pilots,  Sailors,  Jiff,  The 
M-fier  is  obliged  to  keep  a  Regidcr  of  the  Seamen  and 
Officers,  the  Terms  of  their  Contract,  the  Receipts  and 
Payments,  and  in  general,  every  thing  relating  to  hiff 
Commiffion.    See  Ship, 

Master  of  the  Rolls,  has  his  Office  by  Patent,  which  is 
for  Life.  In  the  Abfence  of  the  Lord-Ciianccllor  or 
Keeper,  he  fits  as  Judge  in  the  Court  of  Chancery,  and 
is,  by  Sir  Edivard  Coke,  callM  his  ^/^}i'^?ir.  Atother  times 
he  hears  Caufes  in  the  Rolls  Chappcl  j  he  is  alfo  the  firft 
of  the  Maliers  in  Chancery,  and  bath  their  AlTilla'ice  at 
the  Rolls :  but  all  Heailngs  before  him  are  appealable 
to  the  Lord  Chancellor,  He  hath  alfo  his  Writ  of  Sum- 
mons to  Parliament,  and  fits  next  to  the  Lord  Chief  Juf- 
tice  of  Eiiglandi  on  the  fecond  Woolpack.  He  hath  the 
keeping  of  the  Parliamer.t  Rolls,  and  all  the  Roils  Houfe 
for  his  Habitation  j  as  alfo  the  Cufiody  of  all  Charters, 
Patents,  Commiffions,  Deeds,  Recognizances,  which  being 
made  of  Rolls  of  Parchment,  gave  rife  to  the  Name„  In 
his  Gift  are  the  fix  Clerks  in  Chancery,  the  Examiners, 
three  Clerks  of  the  Petty-bcg,  and  the  fix  Clerks  of  the 
Rolls  Chappel,  where  the  Rolls  are  kept.    See  Rolls. 

Masters  <w  ".hancery,  are  ufually  chofen  out  of  the 
BarriHers  of  the  Common  Law,  and  fit  in  Chancery,  or  at 
the  Rolls,  as  AffiHants  to  the  Lord  Chancellor,  and  M-ifer 
of  the  Rolls,  during  Term-Time  :  To  them  is  alfo  com- 
mitted interlocutory  Reports,  flating  of  Accounts,  faxing 
Coi'P,  ^c.  And  fometimes,  by  way  of  Reference,  they 
art  empower'd  to  make  a  final  Dec^rmlnation  of  Caufes. 
They  have,  time  out  of  mind,  had  the  Honour  to  fit  in 
the  Lords  Houfe,  tho  they  have  neither  Writs,  nor  Patent 
to  empower  them;  but  asAffiflantsto  the  Lord  Chan- 
cellor, and  Mailer  of  the  Rolls.  They  had  antiently 
the  Care  of  :nfpe£ling  all  Writs  of  Summons,  which  is 
now  performed  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Petty-bag.  When  any 
Meflage  is  fent  from  the  Lords  to  the  Commons,  it  is 

eariy'd 


M  A  T 


(  ^08  ) 


MAT 


iirrv'tl  h\  the  ]lL}fl£>'s  m  Chanrxry.  Before  them.  Affida- 
vits arc  made,  and  Deeds  and  Recognizances  acknow- 
Icd^^ed.    See  Chancery. 

MASTER  PIECE,aiiexquifite,  or  extraordinary  Work 
or  Perrormsnce,  in  any  Art  ur  Science. 

Master-Fiece,  or  Chef  d'Oeuzrr,  is  p?.rticularly  ufed 
among  the  Irencb,  for  a  particular  Work*  which  thole  who 
afpire  to  be  admitted  Matter  in  any  Art  or  Trade,  are 
to  perfurni  in  prefence  of  the  Mailers  or  Jurands  of  that 
Company,  by  \vay  of  Specimen  of  their  Capacity,  The 
MajUr-Ftece  of  a  Mafoii  is  a  Dcfceni  bials'd  either  in 
the  Plead  or  in  Talut,  corrcfled  by  a  full  Arch.  That 
of  a  Carpenter,  a  Rampant  Curve  of  a  Srair-Cafe,  the  Spi- 
ral well  adiufted  with  theDefcetit.  That  of  a  Joiner,  a 
ttat-bottom  Chcd,  or  a  Door-Cafe,  or  a  Mantle-Tree. 
That  of  a  Tiler,  a  Luthern  well  ccnduaed  in  the  Four- 
chette,  with  a  Ridge.  That  of  a  Plumber,  a  little  Cif- 
tern  a  Cid  de  La>vfe.  That  of  a  Glazier,  a  Pair  of  Com- 
partiments  of  Ghlfes  of  feveral  Colour?,  hoUow'd,  in- 
cailrated,  and  join'd  with  Lead  of  Chsf  d'Ocwjre.  That 
of  Paviors,  a  Rofe  in  a  Free-Stone  or  Flint-Pavement. 
That  of  a  Cordwainer,  a  Turn-up  Shoe,  ^^c. 

MASTlCj  aclear  and  fweet  refinous  Gum,  ifTuingfrom 
the  Trunk  and  large  Branches  of  the  Maftic  or  Lenlhk 
I'ree,  cither  without,  or  with  an  Incifion.  It  is  temperate 
in  Heat,  and  of  a  dry,  binding  Quality;  fo  that  it 
flreni^thens  the  Stomach,  Hays  Vomiting,  flops  Iffues  of 
Blood,  and  tickling  Coughs  and  Catarrhs.  It  ikengihens 
the  Reins,  and  is  a  good  Cleanfer,  and  is  for  that  reafon 
prefcribed  in  Seminal  Weakneffes.  The  Goldfmiths  mix 
il  with  Turpentine  and  black  Ivory,  and  lay  it  under  their 
Diamonds,  to  give  them  a  Lullre.  The  Mi/r/c  is  the 
Produft  o(Sdo.  The  Trees  that  produce  it  are  cultivated 
vLMth  as  much  Care  as  the  Vines.  It  brings  in  a  Revenue 
of  8ccco  Ducats  per  Jnnum  to  the  Grand  Signior.  There 
is  alfo  a  kind  of  black  MaHic  brought  from  E-^yfr,  which 
ft-rvcs  to  fophirticate  Camphor.  The  belt  UaBic  is 
brought  from  the  Ifle  of  CZ'/o  ;  it  is  in  larger  Tears,  and 
thofe  more  balfamic,  than  that  of  the  Levant.  The  W.i- 
iiic  produced  in  Chio  belongs  to  the  Grand  Signior,  who 
takes  it  of  this  People  in  lieu  of  the  Tribute  he  exafls  of 
the  oi\iCT  Grecian  Ifiands.  It  has  its  Name  MaBic^  from 
its  being  continually  chew'd  by  the  Turhj  efpecially  the 
Women. 

MASTICATION,  in  Medicine,  the  Aflion  of  cheto- 
iii^y  or  of  agitating  the  folid  Parts  of  our  Food  between 
the  Teeth,  by  means  of  the  Motion  of  the  Jaws,  the 
Tongue,  and  the  Lips;  whereby  it  is  broke  into  fmall 
Pieces,  impregnated  with  Saliva,  and  fo  fitted  for  Deglu- 
tition, and  a  more  eafy  Digeiiion  in  the  Stomach.  See 
Digestion,  Chylification,  Deglutition,  ^c. 

The  Mixture  of  Saliva  with  the  Food,  h  of  abfolutc 
riecefTity  ;  for  the  Saliva  imbibed  within  the  Parts,diflblves 
the  Salts  hid  in  them  5  and  by  fo  doing,  prepares  the  Food 
for  Fermentation  in  the  Stomach:  The  Food  therefore 
has  the  Beginning  of  its  Digeltion  from  the  Saliva,  and  its 
Conclufion  from  the  Ferment  in  the  Stomach.    See  Sa- 

tlV  A. 

MASTICATORIES,  in  Medicine,  are  fuch  Remedies 
as  are  taken  in  at  the  Mouth,  and  chew'd,  In  order  to  pro- 
innte  the  Evacuation  of  the  fall  val  Humour;  as  Tobacco, 
Ginger,  Pepper,  Sage,  Rofcmary,  Thyme,  Maltic,  l^c. 

MASTOIDES,  in  Anatomy,  'the  fame  with  MammilLi- 
re!.  The  Word  is  ufually  apply'd  to  fuch  Procefl.es  in  the 
Body,  as  have  the  Appearance  of  Breafls  or  Dugs;  ari- 
ling  from  a  broad  Bafis,  and  terminating  in  an  obtufe  Top. 
The  Word  is  fometimes  alfo  apply'd  to  thofe  Mufclcs 
which  ftoop  the  Head,  proceeding  from  the  Neck-Bone, 
and  BreaiVBonc,  and  terminating  in  the  Procefs  'Mammi- 
jormh.  The  Word  comrs  from  the  GrecA //.ws"©",  Nipple, 
Dug,  and  ftsT©-,  ImcigOy  Figure. 

MATCH,  a  kind  of  Cord  flightly  twifted,  and  prepared 
to  receive  and  preferve  Fire,  for  the  Ufes  of  Artillery, 
Mines,  Fire-Works,  £^f.  It  is  made  cf  hempen  Tow, 
foun  on  the  Wheel  like  Cord,  but  very  ilack,  and  is  com- 
pofed  of  three  Twines  or  Threads,  which  are  afterwards 
again  cover'd  with  Tow;  fo  that  the  Twines  don't  ap- 
pear :  laflly,  it  is  boil'd  in  Lees  of  old  Wines  ;  whence  its 
Colour.  Since  Fufecs  have  been  introduced  in  lieu  of  Muf- 
Jcets,  the  Confumption  of  Mfltc/j  has  been  much  lefs  con- 
iidcrable  than  before. 

MATER  TENCIS,  orPiiMATEii.  See  Meninges. 

Mater.  Duba.    See  alfo  Mem  nges. 

MATERIAL,  denotes  fomething  compofed  of  Matter. 
Th'?  Ep!Cnrectns,^'f>inoziJis,^c.  own  none  other  but  Material 
Subflances;  fee  Substance.  Among  Caufcs,  fome  are 
wflffWd/,  oihersfnrmil :  See  Cause.  iWatrnW  Caufes  having 
no  Undcrflanding  or  Liberty,  muft  always  a£t  in  the  fame 
Manner,  when  under  the  fame  Circumltances.  The  Phi- 
lofophcrs  and  Divines  difpute.  whether  or  no  there  be  any 
tti.ita-icJ-  Forms  rc-ilIy  dillincl:  from  Matter.  Sec  Form. 


The  J^akniiJiidfis  foi-merly  apply'd  the  Term  Material  to 
all  People,  but  thofe  of  their  own  Se£l:  ;  aflerting,  that 
their  Souls  periflied  with  their  Bodies.  Thus  alio  the 
u?ro/cJ  maintain'd,  that  none  but  the  Soul  of  their  Wife- 
Men  furvived  the  Body.    See  Stoicks. 

MATERIALISTS,  the  Name  of  a  St£i  in  the  an- 
tient  Church,  composed  of  Perfons,  who,  being  prepof- 
fefs'd  with  that  Maxim  in  the  anticnt  Philofophy  C^.v  AV- 
hilo  Nibil  jit,  out  of  Nothing  Nothing  ca?i  be  made)  had  re- 
courfe  to  an  Eternal  Matter,  on  which  they  fuppofed  God 
wrought  in  the  Creation  ;  inllead  of  admitting  God  alone 
as  the  fole  Caufe  of  the  Exigence  of  all  Things.  TejW- 
vigoroufly  oppofes  the  Do£lrine  of  tYi^  Material ijisj  in 
his  Treatife  againit  Jiemo^e7jej,  one  of  their  Number. 
See  Mat  ter. 

MATERIA  SUBTILIS,  a  fine  fubtile  Matter,  which 
the  Cartcfhms  fuppofe  to  pervade  and  penetrate,  freely,  the 
Parts  of  all  Bodies,  and  to  fill  up  all  their  Fores,  fo  as 
not  to  leave  the  leali  Vacuity  orlnterftice  between  them. 
This  Machine  they  have  recourfe  to,  to  fupport  the  Doc- 
trine of  an  abfulutc  Flenmn,  and  to  make  it  confident 
with  the  Phenomena  of  Motion,  ^r.  and  accordingly  make 
it  ati  and  move  juil  at  pleafure,  but  in  vain  ;  tor  were 
there  any  fuch  Matter,  in  order  for  ir  to  be  able  to  fill  up 
the  Vacuities  of  other  Bodies,  it  muif,  itfelf,  be  entirely- 
void  of  any,  i.e.  be  perfectly  folid  ;  fee  Solidity:  vaft- 
]y  more  folid  than  Gold,  and  therefore  more  ponderous, 
and  refill  vallly  more.  See  Resistance.  Which  is  in- 
confilient  with  Fh.-ejiomena.    See  Vacuum  and  Plenum. 

Sir  //.  Nezs}to7i,  indeed,  allows  of  the  Exigence  of  a  jub- 
tile  Matter,  or  Medium,  valtly  finer  than  Air,  penetrating 
the  clofelt  Bodies,  and  contributing  to  the  Production  of 
many  of  the  Phenomena  of  Nature.  The  Exillence  of 
fuch  a  Matter  he  argues  from  the  Experiment  of  two 
Thermometers,  which  being  inclofed  in  Glafs  Veffels, 
'  one  of  them  eshaufted  of  its  Air,  and  both  carried  from 

*  a  cold  to  a  warm  Place,  the  Thermometer  in  iiacin)  grows 
'  warm,  and  rifes,  almolt  as  foon  as  that  In  the  Air;  and 
'  if  return'd  into  the  cold  Place,  both  cool  and  fall  about 

*  the  fame.    Hence ,  fays  he,  is  not  the  Heat  of  the  warm 

*  Room  convcy'd  thro  the  Vacuum  by  the  Vibrations  of  a 

*  much  fubtiler  Medium  than  Air,  which  rcmain'd  tji  ■va- 

*  CHo,  after  the  Exhauftion  of  the  Air?    And  is  not  this 

*  Medium  the  fame  with  that  whereby  Light  Is  refra£led 
'  and  refie£ted,  and  by  whofe  Vibration,  Light  commu- 

*  nicates  Heat  to  Bodies,  and  is  put  into  Fits  of  eafy  Re- 

*  flection,  and  eafy  Tranfmiffion  ?    And  do  not  the  Vibra- 

*  tions  of  that  Medium  in  hot  Bodies,  contribute  to  the 

*  Intenfenefs  and  Duration  of  their  Heat?  And  do  not 
'  hot  Bodies  communicate  their  Heat  to  contiguous  cold 

*  ones,  by  the  Vibration  of  this  Medium  propagated  from 

*  them  into  the  cold  ones?  And  is  not  this  Medium  more 

'  fubtile,  more  elaftic  and  active  than  Air  ?  Does  it  not- 
'  readily  pervade  all  Bodies  ?    And  is  it  not,  by  its  elaftic 

*  Force,  expanded  thro  all  the  Heavensf  See  Heat, 
Cold,  ^c.     Again,  'Does  not  the  Refraftlon   of  Light 

*  proceed  from  the  different  Denfity  of  this  Matter  in  dif- 

*  ferent  Places;  the  Light  always  receding  from  the  denfer 

*  Farts  of  the  Medium  ?'  See  Refraction.  Again. 

'  Is  not  this  Matter  much  rarer  within  the  denfe  Bodies 
'  of  the  Sun,  Stars,  Planets,  ^c.  than  in  the  empty,  ce- 
'  leftial  Spaces  between  them  ?  And  in  pafling  from  them 
'  to  great  Diftances,  does  it  not  grow  denier  and  denfer, 

*  and  thereby  occafion  the  Gravitation  of  thofe  Bodies 
'  towards  one  another,  and  of  the  Parts  to  the  Bodies  ; 

*  every  Body  endeavouring  to  recede  from  the  denfer  Parts 
'  towards  the  rarer?'  Sec  Gravitation.— 'Again, Is  noc 

*  Vifion  performed  chiefly  by  the  Vibrations  of  this  Matter, 
'  excited  in  the  bottom  of  the  Eye  by  the  Rays  of  Light, 
'  and  propagated  thro  the  folid,  pellucid,  and  uniform  Ca- 

'  pillaments  of  the  Optic  Nerves  into  the  Senfory  >'  A- 

'  gain, '  Is  not  animal  Motion  perform'd  by  theVibbritions 
'  of  this  Medium,  excited  in  the  Brain  by  the  Power  of 
'  the  Will,  and  propagated  thence  thro  the  folid  Capilla- 
'  ments  of  the  Nerves  into  the  Mufcles,  to  contraft  and 
'  dilate  them  ?'  See  Meeium.    Newt.  Ofilc.  lib.  3.  in  cake. 

MATHEMATICS,  the  Science  of  Quantity;  ora  Sci- 
ence that  confidcrs  Things  as  computable,  or  meafurablc. 
The  Word  in  its  Original,  ,<«'8nwr,  fignifies  DifcifUne  or 
Lmrmm  in  the  general,  and  feeins  to  have  been  apply'd 
to  the  boftrine  of  Quantity,  either  by  way  of  Erninence, 
or  liy  reafon  this  having  the  Start  of  all  other  Sciences,  the 
reft  took  their  comrnon  Name  therefrom.  See  Science. 

For  the  Origin  of  ]M athem  AT  i cs,  ^ofcphits  dates  it 
before  the  Flood,  and  makes  the  Sons  of  Ssth  Obfervers 
of  the  Courfe  and  Order  of  the  Heavenly  Bodies  ;  he 
adds,  that  to  perpetuate  their  Difcovcries,  and  fecure  'em 
froin'  the  Injuries  either  of  a  Deluge  or  a  Conflagration, 
they  had  them  engraven  on  two  Pillars,  the  one  of  Stone, 
the  other  of  Brick  ;  the  fonner  of  which,  he  fays,  was 
flanding  in  Syrii  in  his  days. 


MAT 


i  ^09 ) 


MAT 


The  firft  who  cuU.Vucd  Mathematics  af.cr  the  n-ae.  or       7, and  fo  meafurable,  as  and 

ilnod,  ivcrc  the  ..»fr>r,»;»  ami  ChMcws;  from  whom,  the  Tn^osMp.    Sec  Arithmetic,  Geometkv, 

ra.i.e  3«/«t,«  addf,  they  were  carried  by  Jhabam  to  the  A«> MATHEMATies  are  very  extenlive,  and  a 

A^fLfi  who  proved  fuch  notable  Proficients,  that  .1-  flinguifll'd  by  various  Nan.es,  as  tie  Suhjeas  they  con- 
ri/ioi/e  makes  no  I'cruple  to  fix  the  firft  Rile  of  Uatlcm.i- 
tjci  amoni/  them,    i'rom  £-;rPfj  584  Yeats  before  Chrill, 
-  ^-  ■        -          1     '■  .     1  _    1  _  _r 


Mi.vV  M.\THEMATics  are  very  extenfivc,  and  are  di- 
linguifll'd  by  various  Names,  as  the  Subjefls  ' 
fider,  and  the  Views  wherein  they  take  them,  vary ; 
being  fufBcient  to  determine  an  Art  to  be  a  Branch  01 
m'rs'd  Vcilhonatia,  that  pure  Mathematics  are  applicable 
thereto,  /.  c.  that  it  may  be  explain'd  and  demonllrated 
from  the'Priiiciplcs  of  ^irithmstlc  and  Ceomerry.  Such  are, 
]\^r(Z,i!?:ic.f,  which  confider  Motion,  or  the  Laws  of  moving 

ArrhmedT/fach'inn  Bodies     See  Motion  f  p  j-,. 

^  ,     ^  ,f        .       ■      _ii     _         t/..J-"'7,.f;cf  confider  the  Laws  of  Fluids,  or  of  Eodiea 


they  pals'd  into  Greece  thro' the  hands  of  Tbales,  who  ha- 
ving learnt  Geometry  of  the  f.gyftiiin  Priells,  taught  it  In 
his  own  Country.  After  Tbale:,  conies  Tytha^oras  ;  who, 
amono  other  Mathematical  Arts,  paid  a  peculiar  regard  to 


and  Men- 


gravitatinr^  in  Fluids.    See  Fluio. 

Ft:c:i}!'.:tk;,  the  Air,  with  regard  to  the  Laws 
futation  thereof.   See  Air. 

J-iydraiilia,  the  Motion  of  Flui.is.  SjcFloids. 
Octi'cj,  circa  Light  or  ViCon.    Sec  Vision. 
&itoei,;ci,  reflcaed  Vifion.    See  Reflection. 
DioWi-ia,  refraaed  ViCon.    Sec  Refraction. 
Terffenrje,  the  Images  of  ObjeSs,  in  order  to  delineate 
or  reprefent  them.  See  Ferspecti  ve. 

Jprmmny,  the  Univcrfe,  and  the  Tb-riwyioia  ol  the 
Heavens.    See  Heavenly  Bodies. 

Geoji-afiv,  the  Earth,  both  as  in  iticlf.  and  m  its  Affec- 
tions.   See  Earth,  . 

Hyirofi-afhy,  the  Sea,  principally  as  navigable.  Sec 
Navigation.  r   •         j  j- 

Chnmlofy,  Time,  with  regard  to  the  mealunng  and  di- 
flinguilhing  thereof.  See  Time,  Year,  Eiocha,  tjr. 

Gi;.mB>»'c<,  or  Di-iffi";  i  Shadows,  in  order  tor  determin- 
ing the  Hour  of  the  Day.    See  Dial  and  Sh.idow 

Fyntechny,  Artificial  Fires,  with  regard  both  to  D.ver- 
fion,  and  to  the  Ufes  of  War.    See  Fires,  Rockets. 

^M/itarj>  JrchaeBure,  the  Strength  of  Places,  with  regard 
to  their  Defence  againfl  an  Enemy.  See  Fortification. 

Cicii  y.rcbitelliire  (now  become  a  Branch  o(  Malbem,it:cs) 
Buildings.    See  Buildino. 

Mffic,  Sounds,  and  their  Effefls  on  the  Ear.  See  Sound, 

For 'the  Elements  of  each,  fee  the  rcfpeaive  Heads. 
For  an  accurate  Syflem  of  all  the  Parts  above- menticn'd 
(U'fic  alone  excepted)  orderly  digefted,  and  clearly  de- 
monllrated, fee  the  excellent  Wol_fi,<s's  Elementa  Mubefias 
Vttherf'^. 

MATHURINE,  fee  Trinitarian. 
MiVTINS,  the  firft  part  of  the  daily  Service  in  the  Ro- 
mifa  'church.     Uatini  is  fometimes  held  early  in  the 
Morning  fometimes  at  Midnight,  and  fometimes  the  E- 
ven  before.    And  infirm  People,  even  in  Monafteries,  are 
■  The  Word  comes  from 

the' fre»ct  Mnti;,.,  Morning.  r  r-l  r  rj 

MATRASS,  or  Bolt  Head,  a  Veffel  of  Glals  uletl 
by  the  ChymHts  in  DiniUation,  and  other  Operations.  It 
Is  made  In  form  of  a  Bottle,  with  a  very  long  narrow 
Neck  The  Matrafi  is  luted  with  Earth,  when  it  is  to  be 
very  hot  Fire.  When  'tis  required  it  ihould 
very  clofe,  they  feal  it  herm^' 
Word  comes  originally  from  the  Language 
Cmls.    See  IJolt-Head. 

MATRICE,  fee  Matrix.  ,  r     1  r> 

Matrice,  in  Dybig,  is  applied  to  the  five  fimple  Co- 
lours, whence  all  the  refl  arederived  or  compofed.  Thefe 
are  the  Black,  White,  Blue,  Red,  and  Fallow  or  Root 
Colour,    See  Coloors. 

MATRICES,  ufed  by  the  Letter-Founders,  are  thofe 
little  Pieces  of  Copper  or  Brils,  at  one  end  whereof  are, 
enoraven,  Jem-zsiijc,  or  eii  creux,  the  feveral  Charaaers 
ufe^d  in  the  Compofing  of  Books,  Each  Charaaer,  I'lrg.Ja, 
and  even  Point,  in  a  Difcourfe,  has  its  feveral  Matncc,  and 
£::/Sr':;;d  Vw^l^asThe'  Cr;di;;m:nVfome7of  b^  o?  conrcquenc;  its  feveral  Puncheon  ,0  flrike  it,  'Tis  the 
'  -    -  -f:.    .    •        .-    E„„ri,crs  on  Metal  that  cut  or  grave  the  Mamrei  ■  See 

"  When  any  Types  are  to  be  cafl,  the  Ma- 


from  Numbers:  He  was  rhe  firft;  as  Lacm'iu  tells  us 
who  abliraaed  Geometry  from  Matter ;  and  to  him  we 
owe  the  Doarine  of  i!icommejifi:rab!e  Magnitudes,  and 
the  five  ix-jn/ar  Bodies,  befides  the  firftPrinciples  of.Aiir- 
Jlc  and  /ifiTommy.  I'ytbagwas  was  fucrceded  by  .^'n,J,v- 
neora.t,  Oemfidei,  Brifo,  yiniyfho,  ahd  Hiffecrates  of  Scio  ; 
vvlioall  applied  theinl'cUes' particularly  to  the  fhiadraturc 
of  the  Circle,  the  Vuflicaiure  of  the  Cube,  C^c,  but  the 
lail  with  moft  Succel^s  :  This  lall  is  alfo  mention'd  by 
Trcchs  as  the  firft  who  compiled  Elements  of  Mathe- 
matics, PL  r 

Demasrinis  excelled  in  Mathematics  as  well  as  1  hylics ; 
tho  none  of  his  Works  in  either  kind  are  extant  1  the  Dc- 
ilruaion  of  which,  feme  Authors  lay  at  Jnjtatk's  door. 
The  next  in  order  is  Tlato,  who  not  only  improved  Geo- 
metry, but  iniroduced  it  into  Phyfics,  and  fo  laid  the 
Foundation  of  a  folid  Philofophy.  Out  of  his  School  pro- 
ceeded a  Croud  of  Mathematicians.  Frochis  tnentions  thir- 
teen of  Note  ;  among  whom  was  Lcodasmts,  who  improved 
the  Aiialyfis  firll  invented  by  P/.110  :  ThMetns,  who  wrote 
Element's;  and  Jrchytas,  who  has  the  Credit  of  being  the 
firft  who  applied  Mathematics  to  Ufe  in  Life.  Thefe  were 
fuccceded  by  NeocUdis  and  Ti'£o»,  the  laft  of  whom  con- 
tributed to  the  Elements.  Eadaxiis  excelled  in  Jrithmetic 
and  Geometry,  and  was  the  firft  Founder  of  a  Syflem  of 
Ajiroitomy.  Meiiecbmtis  invented  the  Conic  Seaions,  and 
Theodffius  and  Hermotimns  iiTiproved  the  Elements, 

For  Arijiotte,  his  Works  are  fo  flored  with  Mathematics, 
that  hlancattus  compiled  a  whole  Book  of  them  ;  Out  of 
his  School  came  Eitdesnus  and  Theofhrajlus  ;  the  firft 
of  which  wrote  of  Numbers,  Geometry,  and  indit;ifihk 
Lines  i  the  latter  a  Mathematical  Hijinry.  To  Jrijieus, 
ijidorits,  tinAFyfJicles,  vse  owe  the  Books  of  5o//c/;;  which, 
with  the  other  Books  of  Elements,  were  improved,  col- 
leacd  and  methodized  by  £;ic/ifl',  who  died  284  Years 
before  Chrlft.  An  hundred  Years  after  Euclid,  came  Era- 
tnjlbenes  and  Archimedes.  Cotemporary  with  the  latter  was 
Conon,  a  Geometrician  and  Aftronomer,    Soon  after  came 

To  hi. 


^M'«'"«iP£'-i;»«'i  whofe  Cmict  are  fliU  extant.    To  him  ven  betore     ana  innrm  i  eopit 

aie  likewife  afcribed  the  ,4>h  and  15th  Books  of  Eucltd,  difpenfed  ^'''^.  ^^J^^^^'.'g,^^'"""' 
which  are  faid  to  have  been  contraaed  by /f)^yit/e.f.  J//^- 
farehus  and  Mesieluus  wrote  on  the  Subtenfes  in  a  Circle, 
the  latter  alfo  on  Spherical  Triangles  ;  on  which  SubjeB, 
me  have  a  Work  of  Tbeodf/iits :    And  thefe  all,  Mcnclaxs 

excepted,  lived  before  Chrlft.    J.D.  To,  J'tolemy  o{  Jles-  ,.!.■„     uih,n       rtouirea  it  iiiouia 

andrL  was  born  ;  the  Prince  of  Aflronomers,  and  no  mean  placed  on  a  very  hot  Fire.    W 1  en    -  3       "  '""^^^ 

Geometrician:    He  was  fucceeded  by  the  Phllofopher  be  ftopped  'cry  clofe,  they  fca    it  hermetcaUy  J^^^^^ 


Thdarchy  of  whom  we  have  ttill  extant  fome  Mathcmati 
cal  ProA/em.^  After  him  came  .EKtociiij,  who  cOEnnientccl 
on  Archimede!,  and  occaficnally  mentions  the  Inventions  of 
Thiht  'Diocki,  Nicomede',  Sj>oric.',  and  Heroji,  on  the  Ditpli- 
catu  e  of  the  Cube.  To  Ccefiihius  Jlesandria,  we  owe 
ourPKW^j;  and  Gem'niin,  who  came  foon  after,  is  pre- 
ferred by  Frochis  to  £nc/;iV  himfelf. 

Dioj^hainus  of  Jlexaiuh-ia  was  a  great  Mailer  of  Num- 
bers, and  the  firll  Inventer  :  For  others  of  the 
i\ntients,  Nicomnchns  is  celebrated  for  his  Arithmetical, 
Geometrical,  and  Mufical  Works;  Ssrcmis  for  his  Books 
on  the  of  the  Cylinder;  Pi-oc/itf,  for  his  Comments 
the  Credit  among  fome,  of  be- 
in}»  Author  of  the  Books  of  Eltments  afcribed  to  Euclid 
himfelf.  The  lafl  to  be  named  among  the  Antients,  is 
TcppKs  of  y-Hexaiidria,  who  flnurifh'd  J.D.  400,  and  is  ce- 
lebrated for  his  Books  of  Mathematical  ColleBiom  ftill 
extant. 

See  the  Fro^refs  of  each  Branch  of  Mathematics^  with 
the  Authors  who  have  wrote  on  it,  under  the  refpeaive 
Heads;  as  Geometry,   Mechanics,  Algebra,  A- 

STRONOMY)  i^C. 

Mathematics  are  diflinguifh'd  with  regard  fo  their 
End,   into  Specitlat'tTe,  which    reft  in  the  bare  Contem- 
plation of  the  Properties  of  Things;  and  Fratlic.-il,  which 
apply  the  Knowledge  of  thofe  Properties  to  fome  Ufes  in  mnient 
Life. 

With  regard  to  their  Objeff,  Mathematics  are  divided 
into  fiive  or  ahfiraU  ;  and  mix'd.  Pure  ^Mathematics  con- 
iider  Q_uaniity,  abOraftedly  3  and  without  any  relation  to 
Matter:  Mi'x'd  Mathematics  confider  Quantity  as  lubflft- 
ing  in  material  Bf  ing;;,  and  as  continually  interwove, 

J'jiri?  M  ATHEM  AT  I  cs  a?ain,  cither  confider  Quantity 
as  difcrcte^  and  fo  compatible,  as -r^fiiiivjiCiic  i  or  as  coji- 


Engraving  — 

trice  is  faden'a  to  the  End  of  a  Mould,  fo  difpofcd,  as 
that  when  the  Metal  is  thrown  on  it,  it  may  fait  into  the 
Creiix  or  C:ivity  of  the  Matrice^  and  take  the  Figure  and 
Imprcffion  thereof.  See  Letter-Foundeby.  See  alfo 
Type,  and  Printing. 

Tie  Matrices  ufsd  in  Coining;,  are  Pieces  of  Steel  in 
form  of  Dyes  ;  whereon  are  engraven  the  feveral  Figures, 
Arms,  Charafters,  Legends,  ^c.  wherewith  the  Species 
are  to  beflamp'd.  The  Engraving  is  perform'd  with  (e- 
veral  Puncheons,  which  being  form'd  in  relie-.o,  or  pro- 
nent  ;  when  flruck  on  the  Metal,  make  an  indented 
Impreffion,  which  the  frCHci  call  c!!  cre«.-< ;  and  for  which, 
I  don't  know  we  have  any  precife  Kame  at  all.  See  the 
Manner  hereof  under  Engraving  on  Steel,     bee  alio 

"ivrATRICULA,  a  Regifter  kept  of  the  Admlffion  of 
Officers,  andPerfons  enter 'd  into  any  Body  or  Society, 
whereof  a  I.,lll  is  made.    Among  Ecclefiaftical  Authors, 
we  find  mention  made  of  two  Kinds  o(Mmtcith  s  :  the  ons 
O  o  o  o  0  e  con- 


M  A  T 


r  ) 


MAT 


*ord  M.«„V„/.,  was  alf.  applied  to  a  ltd      AI      I     f  1     T    ""'"^  "fP'r^^^ks,  by  h.v,„g  the  a4.z„-,.<  ux.ir- 

v/hete  the  Poor  wctc  PrJffl  L     '  hZ/rfe     R  '    5  wa.  produced  ?t  the  ;->«„4  Aca- 


J-  v^vv.  uaa  certain  K.e- 

venues  appropriated  to  ,r,  and  was  ufually  bu.'lt  near  the 
S^"a!;.;eriS;ff  f^-rl-^ly  give„  to 

MATRIX,  or  Matrice,  any  thing  ferving  for  the 
l^^aceotGenera.mnofa  Body:  whether  Orsjanical,  as  the 
iVit„.«  orWotitb  of  Female  Animals,  for  .he  I'roduaion 
Mef;U,tdMine°r:;i'""«^"'^^''  °f  Vegetables; 

Mate IX,  in  W„.::o,«,;  the  Ute.-m,  or  Womb  ;  or  that 
fart  of  the  Female  of  any  Kind,  wherein  the  is 
conceived  and  nouriflicd  till  the  Time  of  its  Delivery.  In 
W  omen,  it  is  fituated  in  the  Feh,s,  or  Capacity  of  the  H,- 
f«f_ajtu„m,  between  the  Urinary  Bladder  and  the  ImcL 
mon  Reth,,,,,  and  reaches  as  fir  as  the  Flanks.  It  is  fur- 
tounded  and  defended  by  mighty  Bones;  before,  by  the 


fix 


which  nevcrthelefs  had    grown  ro  the  Lcngdi 
Inches.    St'C  F.MjiRYO,  Foetus, 

Matkix's  ate  alfo  ufcd  to  fignify  Places  proper  for 
the  Generation  of  Vegetables,  Minerals,  and  Metals 
Thus  the  Earth  is  the  Mmux  wheiein  Seeds  foroui  ;  Mar- 
caffites  are  the  iVW,.-o',  of  Metals.    See  Fossil  Vu.^e- 

B  AL,  €^c. 

Matrix  is  alfo  ufed,  the'  figuratively,  for  fevetal 
1  hmgs,  wherein  there  feems  to  be  cffcaed  a  kind  of  Cc- 
neration;  and  where  certain  Things  fecn-.s  ro  acquire  a 
new  Being  or  «  leall  a  new  Manner  of  Being  i  of  this 
kind  are  the  Moulds  wherein  the  Printers  '1  ypcs  or  L-t- 
tersarccaft  and  thole  ufed  in  flriking r.!„„ey  ..,nd  Meda'ls, 
call  d  alio  CoKii.  SccMathice. 

MATRON,  among  the  Rm,.-.?i,,   (ignify'd  a  niairl 


0,P.fci  b  h  d   ry  tl/e  ^  ?   A  oT  ^ch^        bvVh;  ./"ATRON.  among  the  K.,„..„,  fignif,,,  ,  „„,,iea 

pands  and  receives  different  Form"  a^  n  dbg    t!  t  e  d^f  hir'T^TW              '"f  ''^  ^"^^"T-"  " 

icreti.  Times  and  Circumfiances  of  Geflation':    It  hast  'dVww"that  ^aTf^er!!     b"  oTi"  ''''''' 

rt^;™e,fwS;=s:si:iiig"-^,:a^^ij;;;::"'A:^f  .ic"i«.yl.a.irjS:^tt:'y:^:^i„,,!;-.:''^„^^ 

.omills  divide  it  into  the  f,,;l  and  a  t  ,  f b  „  d  Par  "  d™ Hope  ^nrE      fl"'"             ".'^              "  ' 

and  a  Neck.    It  is  in  Extent,  from  the  E^tremi",  o   the  o  w"  rfnt  the      btrZ^      aT^            ''fl^ '^"T-^]' 

one  10  that  of  the  other  about  three  Inches  in  I  enoth  ■  ' ''['-  ot  Mother,  Mjrro,,., .-  and  f  ,r  which 

its  Breadth  at  the  F.:„J..s  s  about  two  a"  d  a  b  If  aS  i.;  'r                         "          ^'-""""■y-    This  Opi- 

Thicknefs  two.    I.  has  but  one  Cavity  unlefs  1^     ffi,;  "Zat/SkH  A''  f'"!>  "'fV"^ 

guifh  between  the  Cavity  of  the  LW  and  that  of  its  ,h     m             V  ,  '  °f 

Keck.    That  of  the  Crd  is  very  fmd'l '  fc"a' cf f^ffic  en"  t:/t(Z-C:^T' Z  M    f °Cvr'- 

to  contain  a  Garden-Bean.    At  the  Bot  om  nr  Ve^l-  ,„  -l       /f  n                         ''"'"R      <-=l>b^'e,  were 

wards  the.,,,,.*,,  it  grows  "very  na^rol  t^Tgi":  f.t'Ex":  I'l^i:  Lllf  "                 ^''^  ""^ 

womei;  i  ;;rns?mt:':r&'r^^^^^^^^  t!,"  ^srof  ^•^tT^^f ■^^"T'™  '^-"-i-. 

Delivery.    The  'oiher  anrioweJ  See  of  the  S«k  T'     ^    C  ^T"'  '  '^7  ^^'^         "'^''^  ''''^  G""' 

towards-the  r»,,„.,,  called  0/„/,™  ^fS,,  L.'t  ,  , ht  '  ^^    Th     c1r?;'/r."£S'  '"'t-'''  I'-S 

rron,inent,  refembling,  in  feme  meafure,  the'ciands  of  l;S;cAVrgyns  *      "      ''''  ^"'^           "'""8  "l^^ 

L           L.^^";  T^';  Subfanceof  the.M.>tri*  is  mem-  MATTADOR.K,  fceOMHRF.. 


h  ..^•^  v,i     iiii_  li  llltUl 

branou,s  and  carnous.  It  confifis  of  three  Tunics  ■  or  ac 
cording  to  fome,  who  deny  that  Name  to  tho  middle  Sub- 
flance,  of  two  only.  The  external  Tunic,  call'd  alfo  the 
a:mm,!„,  is  derived  from  the  Periio,,.,-,,,,,,  and  confifls  of 
two  LaiiidU;  the  exterior  of  which  is  pretty  fmooth 
the  interior  rugged  and  uneven  ;  This  Membrane  invefls 
tlie  whole  Mani.v,  and  connefls  it  to  the  right  Inteftine, 
Bladder,  £fi.    The  middle  Tunic  is  very  thick,  and  com 


MATTER,  or  Body,  an  extended,  foliM  divifible 
moveable  and  paffive  Subflance,  the  liiU:  Principle  of  all 
natural  Things,  from  the  various  Arrangements  and  Com- 
binations whereof,  all  natural  Things  are  forincd.  Anfiodc 
makes  three  Principles,  Matter,  Form,  and  FrhMhri  : 
Which  lafl  the  Cancfiatn  throw  out  of  the  number  •  and 
others,  the  two  laft.  See  Pk  i  n  c  i  p  le.  ' 
The  Properties  of  Maiiei'  we  are  pretty  well  acquainted 


Bladder    Its  Sides  are  ,1,  d  ,     ^1     I         ?      J  ^  ""^  '"'  determinare  Thing  at  all ;  which 

JBlamer.   Its  sides  aie  tied  toother  Parts;  but  the  Tra-  many  of  his  Followers  interpret  fo  as  rn  believe  ,h.,r 

r(«s  IS  cf  loofe,  tha,  it  may  expand  and  dilate  more  free-  iVkrie,-  does  not  at  all  exil I     s'ie  Body  ' 

L.^;nd'fwrr::„rfrrthr Ft:re''\Te  t:!  j'^-'t^-'-^  -'^^ ^f^^'°^ - 

'^'7:r^:it:2.y^::^^:!:^^i  :^:Js;:dV^:r':i/'?^t^-a:sVth:f:i£; 

fitmer  Texture,  and  confifl  of  a  double  Membrane,  wrap-  which  t^one  ot^he  red  can  be  conceived   E.temlon  tha 

ped  up  _Arteties,__Vei„s,  Nerves,  and  Lymphiedufts.  which  conlUtutes  the  Effeiice  of  M,,tc;.'   But  the- Conclu 


The  Blood-Veffels,  both  in  thcfe  and  the  round  Liga- 
ments, make  a  gteat  part  of  what  is  called  their  Sub- 
fiance  :  Thcfe,  as  well  as  the  others,  ferve  to  keep  the 
Womb  in  Its  right  Pofition  ;  and  are  very  liable  to  be 
injured  by  unskilful  Midwives.    On  each  Side  of  the  Ftm 


fion,  here,  is  unjuft  ;  for  on  this  Principle,  the  Evidence 
of  .Matter,  according  to  Dr.  Clarl;  would  have  the  fuircll  'I'i 
tie  to  conltitute  its  Effcnce,  the  to  e.vi/?e,e  being  conceived 
prioi  to  all  Properties,  and  even  to  Extenfton.  'Since  then 
of  the  Womb  ■  'a'rireVrn,,^"  ^1"',"""=  Word  £.«e„>„  appears  to  go  further,  and  to  be  more 

Womb  with  a  fa^U  ct^^fi^  opens  ,„,„  the    general  than  Afatsr  ;  that  impenettable  Solidity,  which  is 

^St  t"eo'7r»   which  is  aTb  -f^     ^  ^^       J           ^"  all  its  Properties  manifellly  flow,  may,  with  more  Propri- 

Tk  nd  of  FolL"e  frinped  r„  r       ".'^JP^"''^  "f "  "V.      call'd  the  /i/Tdce  ./  M,t,c,:    See  Essence.  ^ 

if  ffrfl  Difcoverer           '  f'v]'  Again,  if  Extenfion  wete  the  ElTence  of  Mm:,;  and  fo 

Smpet;  wL?  eh"  called  f'"''     '''V'l?  5-"f  Space  the  fame  thing  ;  it  would  foil  w,  h 

tonfS  a  doub  e  Mcnlrane     E«h  V  """^              thltt  it  is  a  necefauy  Being. 

arvTty  numerous  here-  erec^ll     h               .'^'■J'T'  ""I'I  "'^^her  be  created  nor  annihilated  ;  which 

vaHous  Ram  fic™4„7;''^                              which,  by  abfurd.    Eelides  that,  it  appears  both  from  the  Nature  of 

Sauce  o?th:r  D  .    M  r;t°^^  '^f"'>''        ^"-^                      ^'b-™-^  °f 

the  other  AnatomiflsdiTallow      sTeFA*ro»AtT„rr  "p'"'  f'  ''^  ^pac^ and  therefore  'tis 

Vespkrtil,onv-m  Ar,^i  l£c  iJT      ^"""^  ^  ™'  Extenfion  ;  but  folid,  impenettable  Extenfion  which 

The  antient  Grccfo  call'd       At/,  ■      ■        r         ,  refiHing,   that  conilituies  Mji/er,  See 

lae  antient  '^'^W  "11  d  the  Mm-,^  ^^g,,  ft„„,    ;  Vacuum  and  E.-ctension. 

Jlu'd  f,,t  !f      4?4cr  Th^  'alfolird   "^f'-^l^-'ly       ^any  among  the  old  Philofophers  maintain'd  the  Eter- 

ntthfiL/of  :htt;;aiil'brf^s?t^^^^^^      ai?  rv'  ""Tt'  °b  f '■-pp^''^^^  '° 

if- «„™  „r  K,„„-„    „  o>  Its  ciituatloa     Ihey  alfo    bo  formed  by  the  hands  of  Nature ;  as  bein»  unable  to 

^;'?diftba  Ani,m?;-ithf  oAer'^'?^^^^  '"i-i^-  --ain'd,  that  M.ter  had  exifted  eter- 

ferves,  that  the  Matrh  may  be  taken  away  from  ?w^   "Iw  ^  '        """'"tr     v     -^^'^  °f 

of  People,  who  have  lived  a  longtime  after  the  Lofs  of 


M  A  T 


S-ii  ) 


MAT 


y^aitcr  and  Form,  the  two  iitnple  and  original  Princi- 
ciplcs  of  ili  tii!iu;s,  according  to  the  An:icms,  compoft'd 
ibme  fimpit:  Natures,  which  they  called  Elements  ■■,  out  of 
the  various  Conihmitions  wh-jrco'f,  all  natural  Things  wers 
compofed.    See  Element. 

Di.li'oodivard  i.H  of  an  Opinion,  net  Vpry  unlike  It  j  "SiZ-. 
Thiit  M;fie>-  is  originally  and  really  very  difterent,  being 
at  its  firll  Cr;:aiiaii  divided  into  fcveral  Kanks,  Sets,  o'r 
Kinds  of  Corpufclcs,  dilFering  in  Subliance,  Gravity, 
Hardnefs,  Flexibiliry,  i-Igure,  Size,  4SV.  from  the  va- 
rious CompofLires  and  Combinations  of  which,  arift:s  ail 
the  'Varieties  in  Bodies,  as  to  Colour,  Hardnefs,  Gravity, 
Tafie?,  But  Sir  !f.  Ncwt07i  takes  all  thofe  Dillerences 
to  rcfult  from  the  various  Arrangemenrs  of  the  lame  M.:f- 
ter  which  he  takes  to  be  homogeneous  and  uniform  in 
all  Bodies.    Sec  Corpuscle. 

Bciides  the  I'roperties  of  M^itter  hitherto  known,  Sir  I'l 
I\'ew!oi2  has  difcover'd  a  new  one,  viz.  '  That  of  Attrac- 

*  tion,  or  that  every  Particle  o(  Muter  has  an  airra6tive 

*  Pc^wer,   or  a  Tendency  towards  every  other  Particle  : 

*  which  Power  is  ilrongeil  in  the  Point  of  Contafl,  and 
'  fuddenly  decreafes,  infomuch  that  it  a£ls  no  more  at 
'  the  lealt  fenfible  Dillance,  and  at  a  greater  Diltance  is 

*  convened  into  a  repellent  Force,  whereby  the  Parts  fly 
'  from  each  oiher.    On  this  Principle  of  Attra6iion,  heac- 

*  cuunts  for  the  Cohefion  of  the  Particles  of  Bodies,  o- 

*  therwife  inexplicable.'    See  Cohesion. 

Fur  he  takes  occafion  to  obferve,  '  That  all  Bodies  fecm 
'  to  be  compounded  of  hard  Particlet.  Even  Light  it- 
'  feii,  and  all  other  the  moU  volatile  of  Fluids  j  info- 

*  much  as  Hardneis  may  be  eileem'd  a  Property  of  all 
'  incompoundtd  Muter:  at  lead  the  Hardnefs  of  Ivlatttr 
'  itands  on  as  good  a  foot  as  that  of  its  Impenetrability  ; 
'  all  the  Bodies  we  know  of,  being  either  hard  them- 
'  feives,  or  being  capable  of  being  harden'd.  Now  if 
'  Compound  Bodies  be  fo  hard,  as  wc  find  fome  of  them, 
'  and  yet  are  very  porous,  and  confiit  of  Parts  which  are 
'  only  laid  together  j  the  fiinple  Particles,  which  are  void 
^  of  Pores,  and  were  never  yet  divided,  muif  be  much 
'  harder.  Now  fuch  hard  Particles  being  heaped  toge- 
'  iher,  can  fcarcc  touch  one  another  in  more  than  a  few 

*  Points,  and  therefore  muti  be  feparable  with  much  lefs 

*  Force  than  is  requifitc  to  break  a  foiid  Panicle,  whofe 

*  Parts  touch  in  all  the  Space,  wiihout  any  Pores  or  Inter- 
'  fiices  to  weaken  their  Cohelion  :   How  then  fhuuld  fuch 

*  very  hard  Particles,  only  laid  together,  and  touching  only 

*  in  a  few  Points,  Jlick  together,  and  that  fo  firmly  as 

*  they  do,  without  the  AfTiliancc  of  fomething  that  caufes 

*  them  to  be  attradled  or  prefs'd  towards  eacii  other?' 
Thefame  great  Authorobfervcsfurthcr,  'That  the  fmal- 

*  left  Particles  may  cohere  by  the  ftrongcll  Attractions,  and 
'  compofe  bigger  Particles  of  weaker  Virtue ;  and  many 
'  of  thefe  may  cohere,  and  compofe  bigger  Particles, 

*  whofe  Virtue  is  ilill  weaker,  and  fo  on  for  divers  Suc- 

*  cefiions,  until  the  ProgrclTion  end  in  the  biggell  Parti- 
'  clcs;  ort  which  the  Opcrationsln  Chymifiry,  and  the  Co- 

*  lours  of  natural  Bodicsj  depend;    and  which,  by  co- 

*  hering,  compofe  Bodies  of  a  fenfible  Magniiude.  If 
'  the  Body  is  ccmpaft,  and  bends  or  yields  inward  to 
'  PrelTion  ;  without  any  Hiding  of  its  Parts  ;  it  is  h.nd,  and 
'  elajhc:  returning  to  its  Figure  with  a  Force  arifing  from 

*  the  mutual  Attriaion  of  its  Parts.    If  the  Parts  Aide 

*  upon  one  another,  the  Body  is  malkahlc  or  foft.  If 
'  they  nip  eafily,  and  are  of  a  fit  Size  to  be  agitated  by 
'  Heat,  and  the  Heat  is  big  enough  to  keep  them  in  A- 
'  gitation,  the  Body  is  j?«if;;  and  if  it  be  apt  to  flick  lo 
'  things,  it  ishumid.   And  the  Drops  of  every  Fluid  affc£l  a 

*  round  Figure  by  the  niutual  Attra£^ioii  of  thL'ir  Parts  as 

*  the  Globe  of  the  Eartii  and  Sea  afFei^s  a  round  Figure, 
'  hy  the  mutual  Attraflion  of  its  Parts  of  Gravity.'  See 
Attraction. 

Again,  *  Since  Metals  diflolvcd  in  Acid-s,  attraii  but  a 
'  fmall  duaniiiy  of  the  Acid,  their  attradive  Force  rea- 

*  ches  but  to  a  fmall  didance.  Now,  as  in  Algebra,  where 
'  ai-nrniatlve  Quantities  ceafe,  there  negative  ones  begin  ; 

*  fo  in  Mechanics,  where  Attra£}ion  ceales,  there  a  yeptd- 
'  yit-e  Virtue  i^iult  fucceed.    That  there  really  is  fuch  a 

*  Virtue,  feetns  to  follow,  from  the  Redeclions  and  Inflcc- 
'  tions  of  the  Rays  of  Light ;  the  Rays  being  repelled  by 

*  Bodies  in  both  thefe  Cafes,  without  the  immediate  Con^ 
tiQ  of  the  refleaing  or  inflefling  Body.  The  fame 
thing  fecms  alfo  to  follow  from  tiie  Emiffion  of  Light  ; 
a  Ray,  as  foon  as  /liaken  off  from  a  fliining  Body  by  the 

^'  vibrating  Motion  of  the  Pans  of  the  Body,  and  got  be- 
yond the  reach  of  Anraflion,  being  driven  away  ivith 

*  exceeding  great  Velocity :  for  that  Force,  which  is  fuf- 
'  ficient  to  turn  it  back  in'Reflcaion,  may  be  fufficicnt  to 
'  emit  It.  It  feems  alfo  to  follow  from  the  Produflion  of 
'  Air  and  Vanout.  The  Particles,  when  they  are  ftaken 
'  off  from  the  IJody  by  Heat  or  Fermentation,  fo  foon  as 
'  they  ate  beyond  the  reach  of  the  Attraaion  of  the  Bo- 
'  dy,  receding  from  it,  and  alfo  from  one  another,  with 


great  Strength,  and  .iiecping  at  a  diflanee,  fo  js  forrie- 
times  to  take  up  above  a  Million  of  Tiincs  more  Space, 
than  they  did  bciore  in  the  Form  of  a  denfe  iiody. 
Which  vaft  Contraa-ion  and  Expanlion  fecms  uniiitell'i. 
ble,  by  feigning  the  Particles  ot  Air  to  be  fpringy,  and 
ratr.ous,  cr  rolled  up  !i);e  }loops,  or  by  any  oiher  means 
than  a  repullive  Power.  I'be  Particles  of  Fluid,,  which 
do  not  cohete  too  iirorigly,  and  are  of  tuch  a  Smallncfs', 
as  renders  them  moll  lufceptible  of  thufe  Agitations, 
which  keep  Li[]uors  in  a  Fluor,  are  molt  caiily  feparated 
and  rareiied  into  Vapour,  and  in  the  Lar.gujge  of  th'^ 
Chymills,  they  arcos/ai/Zc;  rarefying  with  an  eafy  Hear, 
and  condenting  with  Cold.  Bur  thole  which  arc  grejTer* 
and  fo  Icfs  fufceptibie  of  Agitation,  or  cohere  by  a 
flronger  Attradiion,  are  not  feparated  without  a  itrtmaer 
Heat,  or  perhaps  not  wiihout  Fermentation.  And  thefe 
lail  are  the  Bodies,  which  Chyniilfs  call  fixed*  irA  be- 
ing rarefied  by  Fermentation,  become  irue  permanent 
Air^  thofe  Particles  receding  from  one  another  with  the 
greatefl  Force,  and  being  nioli  diiflculily  brought  toge- 
ther, which  upon  Contaa  cohere  moil  Rrongiy.  And  h".- 
cauie  the  Particles  of  permanent  Air  are  groliier,  and  ariVi 
from  denfcr  Subitances,  rhan  thofe  of  Vapours;  thence 
It  IS  that  true  Air  is  more  ponderous  than  Vapour  ;  ant^ 
that  a  moil!  Atmofphere  is  lighter  than  a  dry  one,  tjuan- 
tity  for  quantity.  From  the  fame  repelling  Power  it 
feems  to  be,  that  Flies  walk  upon  the  Water  without 
wetting  their  Feet ;  and  that  the  Objcfl-Glafles  of  long 
Tekfcopes  lie  upon  one  another  without  touching  ;  and 
that  dry  Powders  are  difficultly  made  to  touch  one  ano- 
ther fo  as  to  flick  together,  unlcfs  by  melting  thetn, 
or  wetting  them  with  Water,  which  by  exhaling  may 
bring  them  together;  and  ihar  two  polifli'd  Marbles, 
which  by  immediate  Cootafl  Hick  together,  are  diffi- 
cultly brought  fo  clofe  together,  as  to  flick.'  See  Re- 
rcLLiNG  Power. 

He  further  obfervcs,  '  That  all  things  conlider'd,  it 
feems  probable  God,  in  the  Beginning,  formed  hhtter 
in  folid,  niaify,  hard,  impenetrable,  moveable  Particles, 
ot  fuel)  Sizes,  Figures,  and  w  ith  fuch  other  Properties, 
and  in  fuch  proportion  to  Space,  as  inofl  conduced  to 
the  End,  for  which  he  formed  rhem  ;  and  that  thefe 
primitive  Particles  being  Solid,  are  incomparably  har- 
der than  any  porous  Bodies  compounded  of  their.  *  even 
fo  very  hard,  as  never  to  wear,  and  break  in  pieces,  no 
ordinary  Power  being  able  to  divide,  what  God  himfclf 
made  one  in  the  iirft  Creation.  While  the  Panicles  con- 
tinue entire,  they  inay  compofe  Bodies  of  one  and  tho 
fame  Nature  and  Texture  in  all  Ages  ;  but  Ihould  the/ 
wear  away,  or  break  in  pieces,  the  Nature  of  Things 
clepending  on  them.  Would  he  changed.  Water  and 
Earth,  compofed  of  old  worn  Particles  and  Fragments 
of  Particles,  would  not  be  of  the  fame  Nature  and  Tex- 
ture now,  with  Water  and  Earth  compofed  of  entire  Par- 
ticles in  the  Beginning.  And  Therefore  that  Naiurs 
inay  be  laliing,  the  Changes  of  Corporeal  Things  are  ro 
be  placed  only  in  the  various  Separations,  and  new  Af- 
fociations  and  Motions  of  thefe  permanenr  Particles  j 
compound  Bodies  being  apt  to  break,  not  in  the  midrt 
of  folid  Particles,  but  where  thofcParticles  are  laid  to- 
gether, and  only  touch  in  a  few  Points.' 
It  feems  farther,  '  Thar  thefe  Particles  have  not  only  a 
VjslnenU,  accompany'd  wi:h  fuch  pafliveLawsof  Rio- 
tion,  as  naturally  refulr  from  that  Force,  bur  alfo  that 
they  are  moved  by  certain  aflive  Principles,  fuch  as  is 
that  of  Gravity,  and  that  which  caufeth  Ferinentation, 
and  the  Coheijon  of  Bodies.  Thefe  Principles  are  to  be 
conf.dcr'd  not  as  occult  Qualities,  fuppofed  to  refulc 
from  the  fpecific  Forms  of  Things,  but  as  general  Laws 
of  Nature,  by  which  the  Things  themfelvcs  are  form'd  j 
their  Truth  appearing  to  us  by  Phtcnomena,  tho'  their 
Caufes  are  not  yet  difcover'd.'  See  Particle  ;  fee 
alfo  Fermentation-,  Firmness,  Gravitation,  E- 
LASTiciTY,  Hardness,  Fluidity,  Salt,  Acid, £tfc. 

Enhhes,  Sfimfi,  &c.  maintain  all  the  Beings  in  the  Unl- 
verfe  ro  be  material,  and  their  Differences  to  arife  from  their 
different  Modifications,  Motions,(s;c.  Thus  M.ijtcr  extremely 
fubtile,  and  in  a  brisk  Motion,  they  conceive,  mayiforf; 
and  foexclude  all  Spirits  out  of  the  World.  See  Spirit. 
JAr.  Hcrkdcy,  on  the  contrary,  argues  againlf  the  Exidcnce 
of  Matter  ;  and  endeavours  to  prove,  that  it  is  a  mere  Ens 
Rationis;  and  has  no  Exiftence  out  of  the  Mind  ;  '  Thus, 
'  fays  he,  that  neither  our  Thoughts,  FafTions,  nor  Ideas, 

*  form'd  by  the  Imagination,  exhV  without  the  Mind,  is 

*  evident ;  nor  is  ir  lefs  evident,  that  the  various  Senfa- 
'  tions  or  Ideas  imprinted  on  the  Senfe,  however  blended 
'  or  combined  together  ("that  is,  whatever  Objeas  they 

compofe)  cannot  exiit  otherwifc,  than  as  in  a  Mind  per- 
'  ceiving  thetn.  This  no  Man  can  doubt  of,  that  attends 
'  to  what  is  meant  by  the  Term  exifi,  when  apulied  to 

ferifiblc  Things.  Thus  I  fay,  the  Table  I  write  on  ex- 
'  ifts,  i.  e,  I  fee  and  feel  it,  and  if  i  were  out  of  my  Stu- 


MAX 


(  ^12.  ) 


MAX 


'  dv,  Ifliouldfay  Jtcxifted;  meaning  thereby,  that  if  i 

*  were  in  iny  former  Siruarion,  I  ihould  fee  and  feel  it 

*  as  before.    Again,  1  Ay  there  was  Odour,  i.  e.  I  fmeit 

*  it  i  a  Sound, c.  it  was  heard  ;  a  Colour  or  Touch,  e. 

*  it  was  perceived  by  Siglit  orToucli.  This  is  the  uimoi^: 
«  than  can  be  meant  by  ihch  Exprtfilur.s  3  for  as  to  the 

*  abfolute  Exiitencc  of  any  unthinking   being,^  diihn£l 

*  from  its  being  perceived,  'tis  a  Chimera.  Their  Ef/e 
'  is  ^crc'ipi  i  nor  is  ii  poffible  ihcy  fiiauld  hive  any  Ex- 
'  iflensc  uur  of  the  Minds  that  perceive  tliem.  Again, 

■  what  are  Hills  and  Trees,  iSc.  but  Things  perceived  by 

■  Senre  ;  and  what  do  we  perceive,  but  our  own  Ideas  or 

■  Senfations  :  and  can  any  one  of  thcfe,  or  any  Combina- 
'  tion  of  them  exill  unperccived  ?  What  are  Light  and 
<  Colourf,  Heat  and  Cold,  Extenfion  and  Figure,  but  lo 

*  many  ijenfations,  Ideas,  ot  Imprdfions  on  the  Scnlc  I 
'  And  is  it  pofTlble,  even  in  I'hought,  to  fepirate  th 


from  Perception 


!    'Tis  next  to  felf  evident,  therefore 


'  that  all  the  Choir  of  Heaven,  and  Furniture  of  the 

■  Earth  ;  in  a  word,  all  the  Bodies  that  compofe  the  Syl- 

'  tern  of  the  World,  have  not  any  Sufahitence  out  of  a 

'  Mind  ;  their  E/je  is  nothing  more  than  their  being  pcr- 

•  ccived  :  and  theiefore  as  long  as  they  don't  exilt  in 
'  me,  i.  e.  arc  not  perceived  by  mc,  nor  any  other  cre- 

•  ated  Spirit  i  they  have  no  /hidow  of  Exiflence  at  all, 
'  unlefs  perhaps  in  the  Mind  of  feme  Eternal  Spirit.  It 
'  appears  therefore,  with  the  Light  of  an  Axiom,  that 
'  there  is  not  any  other  Subllance  but  Spirit,  Kc'  Sec 
Inquiry  into  Frincifles  tf  Human  KnanjUdgc.    See  Exter- 

^AL  Would.  ,  •  , 

Matteh  in  Deed,  and  Matiei-  oj  EecorH,  in  Law,  are 
thus  diftinguilh'd  :  Ualer  in  Derri  Cgn.fies  nothing  cllc 
but  a  Truth  to  be  proved,  tho  not  by  any  Record  ;  and 
W.jttei-  of  Record,  is  that  which  may  be  proved  by  foine 
Record  ■  For  example.  If  a  Man  be  fued  to  an  Exigenr, 
during  the  time  be  was  in  the  King's  Wats,  this  is  Mailer 
in  Deed,  and  not  Mmer  of  Rem  i.  And  therefore  he  that 
will  allcdge  this  for  himfelf,  mull  come  before  the  Scire 
Facias  before  Execution  be  awarded  againft  htm;  for 
after  that,  nothing  will  ferve  but  Matter  of  Record i  that  is, 
fome  Error  in  the  I'rocefs  appearing  upon  Record. 

MATURANTIA,  in  Medicine,  be.  Ripeners,  or  fuch 
Things  as  promote  Maturation.    See  Ripeners,  ^ 

MATURATION,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Preparation  of 
Fruits,  or  other  Remedies,  gather'd  before  their  Mitaritjy ; 
to  fit  them  to  be  eaten,  or  taken. 

MAUNCH,  is  the  Figure  of  an  antient 
Sleeve  of  a  Coat,  fo  called  by  the  He- 
ralds ■  and  is  borne  in  many  Gentlemen's 
Efcut'cheons  ;  as  in  the  Earl  of  Himling- 
don's,  in  thofe  of  Conieri,  &c. 


MAUNDAY  THURSDAY,  the  Tburfday  before  Ea- 
Rer  fo  called  from  the  f  i-eiicl'  Uande,  i.e.  Sforuda  ;  it  being 
a  Cullom  on  that  Day  to  give  larger  Bounty  to  certain 
poor  Men,  whofe  Feet  the  King  waft'd. 

MAUSOLEUM,  a  magnificent  Tomb,  or  funeral  Mo- 
nument, confining  of  Architeautc,  and  Sculpture,  with  an 
Epitaph  ;  creacd  in  honour  of  fome  Prmce,  or  other  il- 
lultrious  Perfon  ;  as  the  Uaifoleum  of  Ajx/fw  at  R.»,e. 
The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Decoration  of  a  1  omb, 
or  raiafalcba,  in  a  funeral  Pomp.  The  Word  comes  from 
Mi»/i/«i  King  of  Otria,  to  whom  Arteinijia,  his  Widow, 
creiicd  a  moft  ftately  Monument,  that  has  fince  been 
rumber'd  among  the  Wonders  of  the  World,  calling  it 
from  his  Name,  Umfolei'.m.  ,   r  o 

MAXILL.E,  in  Anatomy,  the  la^si,  or  thole  Parts 
of  an  Animal,  wherein  the  Teeth  are  fet,  and  which 
ferve  for  malficating  of  the  Food  :  See  Teeth.  1  he 
UaxilU  are  two  in  number,  denominated  from  their  Si- 
tuation, Stiferiar,  and  Inferior.  _ 

The  M-ixliLi  Sfensr,  or  Upper  Jaw,  isimmoveible 
hi  Man,  and  all  other  Animals ;  excepting  Parrots  and  Cro- 
codiles'. It  confifls  of  eleven  Bones,  join'd  to  each  other 
per  Harmoniam  ;  five  difpofed  on  each  fide,  and  one  in  the 
middle.  Their  Names  are  the  Zygoma,  Os  Maxillare,  Os 
Uii?"i",  Os  Nafi,  Os  Falau,  and  Fomer :  See  Zygoma,  £?c. 
In  this'jaw  ate  Alveoli  or  Sockets  for  itj  Teeth. 

The  Maxi  LLA  J?//o/or,  ot  Lower  Jaw,  only  confifls  of 
two  Bones,  which  unite  in  the  middle  of  the  Chin,  by  the 
Intervention  of  a  Cartilage,  which  hardens  as  the  Child 
stows ;  and  at  length,  about  the  Age  of  fevcn  Years,  be- 
coming bony,  joins  rhe  twcj  Bones  into  a  continued  one, 
tefembling  the  Greek  u.  It  confifls  of  two  Tables,  be- 
twixt which  is  a  fpongy  Subftancc,  in  Children  meduUous. 
The  fore-part  is  fliallow,  jufl  fufticient  to  afford  Sockets 
for  It)  Teeth  It  has  two  ProcefTes,  the  Corone  and  Condy- 
hides,  which 'fee;  four  Holes  or  rormnin.i  for  the  Paffage 
of  Veffels,  and  five  Pair  of  proper  Mufcles,  niz-  the  Cro- 
laihym  or  Temporal,  the  /M#ier,  Himiier  or  Vig-jtncs, 


Ficrygoideus  Inlernus,  and  Fierygtiideits  Extermis.  See  c.^cl^ 
in  its  Place.   Crot apiiytes,  Massetee,  tSc. 

M.^XILLARIS  Glandula,  a  confiderable  Gland  of  the 
coiit^lomerate  Kind,  fituate  on  the  Infide,  under  the  lower 
Jaw-Bone,  near  the  Mufciths  Digajhicus.  It  difcharges  it- 
felf  by  fevetal  Branches  of  Dudls,  which  form  one  Trunk 
that  pafles  under  the  Mylohyoideus,  and  meets  with  that  of 
the  other  Side  within  the  fore  Teeth  of  the  lower  Jaw, 
having  diUinft  Orifices,  with  a  Fapillii  on  each  Side  the 
frxntiiti  Lin^m:    See  Gland. 

MAXIMIS  et  minimis,  a  Method  fo  caUe.l,  in  ufe 
among  the  Mathematicians,  whereby  they  arrive  at  tho 
greatell  or  leatl  poiftble  Quantity  attainable  in  any  Caie  ; 
Or  thus.  If  the  Setni-otdinates  of  any  Curve  continually 
increafe  or  decreafe  to  fome  cettain  7'erra,  which  once 
pal's'd,  they  begin  again  to  increafe  or  decreafe,  the  Mc- 
thod  whereby  their  f4a\ima  ^  Mimma,  i.e.  their  greateit 
and  leafl  State  is  determined,  is  called  the  Method  de 
}.Uii:mis  ^  Minimis  J  which,  'tis  true,  may  be  ufed  to  de- 
termine other  Quantities  that  increafe  or  decreafe  to  any 
certain  degree  :  but  then  they  mutt  always  be  reptefented 
by  the  Semi-ordinates  of  Curves. 

The  Method  de  Maximis  ^  Minimis,  is  befl  managed  by 
the  Gi/ck/kj  iJ(;ferCflrifl/i<,  or  Fluxions.  The  Rule  is:  Ha- 
ving put  the  Equation  into  Fluxion-s  let  the  Fluxion  of 
that  Quantity  fwhofe  extreme  Value  is  fought)  be  fup- 
pofed  =  o  ;  by  this  means  all  thofe  Members  of  the  E- 
quation,  in  which  it  is  found,  will  vanifli,  and  the  remain- 
ing ones  will  give  the  Determination  of  the  M«-v"«ti"t  or 
Minimum  defited.  Now  the  reafon  of  the  Rule  is,  that 
every  Maximum  or  Minimum  is  in  its  own  nature  a  liable 
Quantity  :  To  determine  rherefore  any  flowing  Quan- 
tity to  a  Maximum  or  Minimum,  is  to  make  it  (inllead  of  a 
flowing)  a  permanent  one  i  but  the  Fluxion  of  a  perma- 
nent Quantity  is  equal  to  nothing.  This  we  lhall  illullrate 
by  an  Example  or  two. 

Prob.  I.  To  determine  the  greatefi  or  leaj}  AppUcate  In  an 
Algebraic  Curne,  Since  in  Curves  that  have  a  Maximum 
and  a  Minimum,  the  Tangent  TM  (Xii.  An  alysis /!t;.4.) 
degenerates  at  length  into  D  E,  and  becomes  patallel  to 
the  Axis,  and  fo  the  Perpendicular  M  H  coincides  with 
the  greatetf  or  lead  Applicare  C  G ;  in  the  Cafe  of  the 
Maximum  and  Minimum,  the  Sub-tangent  TP  becomes  in- 
finite, and  the  Sub-perpendicular  equal  to  nothing,  but 
?H=ydy:dx.  It  then  rfj)' :<;.■<=  0  ;  we  fliall  find 
tij  =  o,and  becaufe  ot?T  =  ydx  dy  =  <x>  (the  Note 
of  Infinity)  dx~  co  .  'Tis  poffible  for  the  Tangent  H  G 
{fg.  5.)  to  lie  direftly  againft  the  Semi-ordinate  G  C  j  in 
which  Cafe  the  Sub-tangent  F  T  is  equal  to  nothing,  and 
the  Sub-perpendicular  infinite.  Eus?T  =  y dx  :  dy  =c^  ; 
therefore  ify  dx  :  dy  =  o,we  fliall  have  =  0  ;  or  becaufe 
of  PH  =_yr/y :  (^--f  =  oc  ,  we  find  (^j>' —  co  .  Bothi^xand^ 
being,  in  rcfpefl  of  dy,  Infinitcfiraals.  From  the  Equa- 
tion of  the  Curve  therefore  we  are  to  find  the  Value  of 
dy,  which  is  to  be  made  equal  either  to  nothing,  or  to  an 
Infinite,  that  we  may  have  the  Value  of  the  AbfciflV,  to 
which  the  greateft  Applicate  is  co-ordinate. 

I.  To  cut  a  ritji!  Line  A  B  {fg-  6.}  m  fuch  a  manner  in  D, 
tt.ir  tic  Reaan'Je  A  D  and  V  B  fiall  is  greateji  that  can 
fofjy  he  thus  confiruBed.  Let  A' B  =  a,  A  D  =  x,  then 
will  D  B  =0  —  x;  confequently  A  D.  D  B  =  a»  — xx  any 
Maximum,  and  hence  its  Differential  will  be  equal  to  no- 
thing, as  being  conceived  at  1  Circle,  to  which 
ax  —  XX  —yy 

Wherefore  nrf.t  —  •-  xdx  =  zydy  =0 


The  Line  A  B  therefore  is  to  be  cut  into  two  equal  Parts  ; 
and  the  Square  is  the  greatefl:  of  all  Reflangles,  whole 
Altitudes  and  Bafes,  taken  together,  are  equal  to  each 
other.   See  Fluxions. 

MAXIMS  a  kind  of  Propofitions,  which,  under  the 
Name  of  Maxims  and  Axioms,  have  paffed  for  Principles 
of  Science  ;  and  which  being  felf-evident,  have  been  fup- 
pofed -innate.    See  Axioi^.  .        .  , 

For  'the  Reafon  of  the  Evidence  of  Maxims  :  It  may  be 
obferved.  That  Knowledge  being  only  the  Perception  o( 
the  Agreement  or  Difagreemcnt  of  Ideas;  where  that 
Agreement  or  Difagreement  is  perceived  immediately  by 
itfelf  without  the  Intervention  or  Help  of  any  other  Ideas?, 
there'our  Knowledge  is  felf-evident:  which  being  fo,  not 
only  Maxims,  but  an  infinite  number  of  other  Propofitions, 
partake  equally  with  them  in  this  Self-Evidence.  Thus,  that 
a  Circle  is  a  Circle,  Blue  is  not  Red,  are  as  felf-evident 
Propofitions,  as  thofe  general  ones.  What  is,  is;  and,  It  is 
iraroflible  for  the  fame  thing  to  be,  and  not  to  be.  Nor 
can  the  Confidcration  of  thefe  Axioms  add  any  thing  to 
the  Evidence  or  Certainty  of  our  Knowledge  of  thetri. 

As. 


MAY 


As  to  the  Agreement  or  Difagrcemcnt  of  Co-cxiftcnce,  the 
Minrf  his  an  immediate  perception  of  this  but  in  very  few. 
And  therefore  in  this  Sort  we  hive  very  little  intuitive 
KtioMledgc;  tho  in  fome  few  Propofitions  wc  have.  Two 
iiodies  cannot  be  in  the  fame  Place,  is  a  felt-evident  Fro- 
polition  :   the  Idea  of  fitting  a  Place  equal  to  the  Con- 
tents of  its  Superficies,  being  annexed  to  our  Idea  of  Body. 
-As  to  the  Relations  of  Modes,  Mathematicians  have  framed 
many  Axioms  concerning  that  one  Relation  of  Equality  ; 
as  that  Equals  being  taken  from  Equals,  the  Remainder 
will  be  equal,  i^c.  which  however  received  for  Axioins, 
yet  have  not  a  clearer  Self-evidence  than  thefe.  That  One 
and  One  ate  equal  to  Two;  that  if  from  the  five  Fingers 
.it  one  Hand  you  take  two,  and  from  the  five  Fingers  of 
the  other  Hand  two,  the  remaining  Numbers  wili  be  e- 
qual.    As  to  real  Exiftence,  fince  rhat  has  no  Conneflion 
with  any  other  of  our  ideas,  but  that  of  ourfelves,  and  of 
a  firft  Being  ;  we  have  not  fo  much  as  a  demonftrative, 
much  lefs  a  felf-evident  Knowledge  concerning  the  real 
Exillenceof  other  Beings.    See  Ex  tSTEN  CE. 

For  tbehifliiencc  o/ Maxims  o»  tie  ojtei-  Tarts  af  our 
Kmvihdit:  The  Rules cflabli/lied  in  the  Schools, That  all 
Reafonings  are  e.v  fr.tcogt,ith  £?  frtcanccffii,  feem  to  lay  the 
Foundation  of  all  other  Knowledge  in  thefe  Maxims,  and 
to  fuppofe  them  to  be  frxmgjiha  ;   which  implies  two 
Things  :  -VIZ.  That  thefe  Axioms  are  thofe  Truths  firft 
known  to  the  Mind  ;  and.  That  on  them  the  other  Parts 
ot  our  Knowledge  depend.    But,  firtt,  That  thefe  Axioms 
are  not  the  Truths  firllknown  to  the  Mind,  is  evident 
from  Experience  :    For  who  knows  not  that  a  Child  per- 
ceives that  a  Sttanger  is  not  its  Mother,  long  before  he 
knows  It  impoCfible  for  the  fame  Thing  to  be,  and  not  to 
be?    And  how  many  Truths  are  there  about  Numbers, 
which  the  Mind  is  petfcflly  acquainted  with,  and  fully 
convinced  of,  before  it  ever  thought  on  thefe  general 
Uaxms  ?    Hence  it  follows.  That  thefe  magnified  A&xii^r 
are  not  the  Principles  and  Foundations  of  all  our  other 
Knowledge ;  for  if  rhere  are  a  great  many  other  Truths 
»s  felf-evident  as  they,  and  a  great  many  that  we  know 
before  them,  it  is  litipoflible  that  they  fhould  be  the  Prin- 
ciples, from  which  we  deduce  all  other  Truths.  Thus 
That  One  and  'I'wn  are  equal  to  Three,  is  as  evident  and' 
eafier  known,  than  that  the  Whole  is  equal  to  all  its 
Parts.    Nor,  after  the  Knowledge  of  this  Maxim,  do  we 
know  that  One  and  Two  are  equal  to  Three,  better  or 
more  certainly,  than  we  did  before.    For  if  there  be  any 
odds  in  thefe  kleas,  the  Ideas  of  Whole  and  Parts  are 
more  cbfcure,  or  at  leafl  more  difficult  to  be  fettled  in 
the  .Mind,  than  thofe  of  One,  Two,  and  Three.  Either 
therefore,  all  Knowledge  does  nor  depend  on  Pr.tcoT,nta 
or  general  Maxm,,,  called  Principles;  or  elfe  fuch  as  thefe 
(That  One  and  One  ate  Two,  that  Two  and  Two  are 
}our,  iSc.)         a  great  part  of  Numeration,  are  Maxims. 
Forhefe,  if  we  add  all  the  fcif  evident  Propofitions  that 
may  be  made  about  all  our  diflincT  Ideas,  Principles  will 
be  almoft  infinite;  and  a  great  many  innate  Principles 
many  Men  never  come  to  know  all  their  Lives.  ' 

Ge.ierai  Maxims  then  may  be  of  ufe  in  Difputes  to 
llop  the  Mouths  of  Wranglers  ;  but  arc  of  little  in  the 
Dilcovery  of  unknown  Truths.  Several  general  Maxim, 
are  no  more  than  bare  verbal  Propofitions,  and  teach  us 
nothing  but  the  Rcfpea  and  Import  of  Names  one  to  an- 
other;  as,  The  Whole  is  equal  to  all  its  Parts  :  What 
real  i  ruth  doth  this  teach  us  mote,  than  what  the  Signifi- 
cation of  the  word  Tmm,  or  Whole,  does  of  itfcif  im- 
port ?  If  rightly  confider'd,  we  may  fay,  that  where  our 
Ideas  are  clear  and  diftinfl,  there  is  little  or  no  ufe  at  all 
ot  Maxms,  to  prove  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  of 
any  of  them.  He  that  needs  any  Proof  to  make  him 
certain,  ano  give  his  ACfent  to  this  Propofition,  That  Two 
ate  equal  to  Two,  or  that  White  is  not  Black  ;  will  alfo 
have  need  of  a  Proof  to  make  him  admit.  That  what  is 
is;  or,  That  it  is  impofl"ible  for  the  fame  Thing  to  be' 
and  not  to  be.  But  as  Maxims  are  of  little  ufe,  where  we 
have  clear  and  diftinfl  Ideas;  fo  they  are  of  dangerous 
T  ''''^^^        confufed,  and  where  we  ufe 

Words,  that  are  not  annexed  to  clear  and  dillinS  Ideas 
Locke. 

MA  Y,^the  fifth  Month  in  the  Year,  reckoning  from  the 
*rlt  ot  jam.ary:,  and  the  third,  in  counting  the  Year  to 
begin  wi,h  March,  as  they  antiently  did.  In  this  Month 
the  Sun  enters  Ctmi„i,  and  the  Plants  of  the  Earth  beoin 
to  flower.  It  was  called  iHi,„j  by  Romuh,,,  in  refpea°ro 
the  Senators  and  Nobles  of  his  City,  which  were  named 
Majores-,  as  the  following  Month  was  called  3„„;„,,  in  ho- 
nour ot  the  Youth  of  Rome,  in  Umrtm  3„„icr,,m,  who 
ferved  him  in  the  War  ;  Others  will  hive  it  to  have  been 
called  thus  from  tbe  Mother      Mercury,  to  whom 

they  offer  d  Sacrifice  on  that  day  ;  Fafias  derives  it  from 
Madms  Eo  5i.orft,,«c  r£rr«  majeat.  This  Month  was  under  the 
rroteflion  of  add  therein  alfo  they  kept  the  Fefli- 


ME  A 


of  a 
the 


val,ofP.™Cc.,  that  of  G.W,„r,  cM'd  Lemuria  i  and  the 
Ceremony  ofKepy,,,,,™,  ,he  Expulfion  of  the  Kings. 
The  Vulg.ar  have  a  great  opinion  of  M.y-Dew  and  Butter. 
See  t>EW  The  Month  ofAf.,,  has  ever  been  elleem'd  very 

of  the  Moderns,  look  on  it  as  an  unhappy  Month  for  Mar' 
riage  ;  1  he  Reafon  may  perhaps  be  refer'd  to  the  Feaft 
of  the  Le™«i^<,  which  was  held  in  it.  0-.:J  alludes  to  this 
in  the  5  th  ot  nis  fa/is,  when  he  fays, 

N'JC  V:(lux  t^dis  eadem,  nec  J'irgiws  apta 
Temfara  ;  qiix  JUpfu,  ntn  diiitsirna  f.t : 
Hac  lmq„e  de  Caufi,  p  te  fro-verLia  lamum 
Menje  mains  Maia  Ni-.litre  -^„lp,s  erit.  ' 
in  Falconry,   is  to  pinion  the  Wings 

MAYOR,  the  Chief  Magiftrate  or  Governour  in  the 
l^ities  and  mofi  Corporation-Towns  of  England;  chofcn  an- 
nually by  hi.s  Peers  out  of  the  number  of  the  Aldermen. 
lhe  JV%„,-  of  the  Place  is  the  King's  Lieutenant,  and  with 
tne  Aldermen  and  Common-Council,  can  make  Laws  cal- 
led By-Laws,  for  the  Government  of  the  Place.  He  has 
the  Authority  of  a  kind  of  Judge,  to  determine  Matiets 
and  to  mitigate  the  Rigour  of  the  Law.  The  Word  comes 
trom  the  antient  tm,/ «„■£,,  cafioSre,  soheP.  Kins,  Ri- 
chard! J.D.  ,t8»  firif  changed  the  Bayliffs  of  Londc, 
into  ,A,y,rs  ;  by  whole  Example  others  were  afterwards 
appointed.   See  PoRTEEvEand  Alderman 

Mayor's  r„,„.,     To  the  Lord  Mayor  and  City  of  Lm- 
belong  feveral  Courts  of  Judicature.    The  highefl  and 
moll  antient  is  that  call'd  The  Hujung;  from  the  Dan.ll. 

^"aiT^''       r""'"  ^f"' '  '°  'l-^  Laws. 

Kights,  Franchifes,  and  Cuftoms  of  rhe  City 

The  fecond  is  a  Court  of  RepeJ},  or  of  Confcence ;  to 
calld,  as  meddling  with  nothing  above  40,.  Value;  or 
rather,  becaufe  here  the  Oath  of  the  Creditor  hiinfelf  is 
accepted, 

K^'-^'T  °f  ^"y^'-'d  Mermen, 

where  alfo  the  Sheriffs  fit;  two  Courts  of  Sber.fs;  and  the 
Court  of  the  Uty-Orfbam,  whereof  the  Lord  Mayor  and 
Aldermen  have  the  CuUody.  ' 

The  Court  of  Common-Council,  conlifling  of  two  Houfes  - 
the  one  for  the  Lord  Mayor  and  Aldermen,  and  the  other 
tor  the  Commoners:  In  which  Court  are  made  all  Bv- 
Laws,  which  bind  the  Citizens.  » 

Under  him  is  alfo  Chamberlain's  Court,  where  every 
thing  relating  to  the  Rents  and  Revenues  of  the  City  as 
alio  the  Affairs  of  Servants,  £^c.  are  tranfafled.  Lallly 
Jo  him  belongs  the  Courts  of  Coroner,  and  of  Efcbeatori 
another  Court  for  the  Confer-Mtmi  of  theRirer  of  Thames  - 
another  of  Goal-Delracry,  held  ufually  eight  Times  a  year' 
at  the  OW-ay7.3.,  for  the  Tryal  of  Criminals,  whereof  the' 
Lord  Mayor  IS  h.mfelf  the  chief  Judge.  There  are  other 
Courts  calld  «'»„Wei,  or  Meetings  of  the  Wards;  and 
Court,  of  Helmote,  or  Affemblies  of  the  feveral  Guilds  and 
Fraternities. 

MEAD,  a  wholefome,  agreeable  Liquor,  prepared  of 
Honey  and  Water.  One  of  the  beft  Preparations,  is  as 
follows  :  Into  twelve  Gallons  of  Water,  flip  the  Whites 
ot  fix  Eggs;  mixing  thefe  well  together,  and  to  the 
Mixture  adding  twenty  Pounds  of  Honey.  Let  the  Li- 
quor boil  an  hour,  and  when  boiled,  add  Cinnamon,  Gin- 
ger, Cloves,  Mace,  and  a  little  Rofemary.  As  foon  as 
tis  cold,  put  a  Spoonful  of  Yeaft  to  it,  and  turn  it  up 
keeping  the  Veffel  fill'd  as  it  works;  when  it  has  done 
working,  flop  It  up  clofe,  and  when  fine,  bottle  it  off 
tor  Ule. 

MEAN,  the  Middle  between  two  Extremes.    See  Mid- 
dee  and  Extreme. 

Thus   we  fay.  Mean  Motion  of  a  Planet;  hs  mpan  Di- 
jianee,  igc.  meaning  a  Motion  or  Diftance,  which  as  far  ex- 
ceeds the  Icalt  Dillance,  or  Motion,  as  it  is  exceeded  by 
the  greateft.    Sec  Motion,  Distance,  J^c. 
Mean,  in  Logic.  SccMedium. 
Mean  Frofortion.    See  Extreme  Proportion. 
Mean  Troportional.   See  Profortional 
Mean  Time.    See  Time. 
Mean  ^xis.  In  Optics.    Sec  Axis. 
Mean  D;<.»ieier  in  Gauging.    See  Diameter. 
Mean,   in  Law,   refers  either  to  Time  or  Dignity, 
thus,  in  the  firfl  fenfe,  we  fay,  his  Afiion  was  ȣ.,,,  be- 
twixt the  DifTeifin  made  to  him  and  his  Recoverv,  i.  e. 
in  the  Interim  :    In  the  fecond  we  fay,   there  is  Lord 
Mean,  ,.  e.  Mefne,  or  Lord  of  a  Manner,  who  has  Tc- 

""mV  '"'"''  S""'  '"''"'"'^'f  '"'I''*  °f  '•"=  King. 

MEASLES,  or  MoRBiELi,  in  Medicine,  a  cutaneous 
Dileafe,  confifling  in  a  general  Appearance  of  Eruption^ 
not  tending  to  Suppuration ;  with  a  Fever.  This  Diftem- 
perfcemsto  bear  a  great  Affinity  to  the  Small-Pox,  the 
Symptoms  being  in  many  refpeils  the  fame,  the  Caufc 
nearly  the  fame,  and  the  Regimen  and  Cure  not  much 
different.  The  Eruptions  ufually  appeat  about  the  fourth 
PPPPPP  Day, 


M  E  A 


(  ^14  ) 


M  E  A 


Long  Measures,  or  Mcafurcs  of  Application. 

Tbe  Ejighjlj  Standurd'LoiiQ  Measure  for  Commerce,  or 
thai  whereby  the  Quantities  of  Tilings  arc  ordinarily  cfti- 

_   v,.^,..-..   -..    mated  in  tli'e  way  ot  Trade,  is  the  2".n-J;  containing  three 

ofeninciine"!  to"  Conriimp"t'ions7'by  a  Cough  Shich  it  leaves  Enghfi  Feet  :  equal  to  three  Fans  Feet,  i  Inch,  A  of  an 
behind.    See  Variol*.  In'h  i  of  I  "f  "  -P""'  Ell.    Its  D.vil.ons_  are  the  Foot, 

MEASURE,  in  Geometry,  any  certain  Quantity  af-  Sp™,  F,,lrr,,  Inch,  and  BarUy-Cora,  which  lee  under  their 
filmed  as  one,  or  Unity,  to  which  ihc  Ratio  of  other  ho-  rclpeaive  Heads;  Foot,  Inch,  (Sc.  Its  Multiples  are 
rriogeneous,  or  iimuar  Quanticit;s  is  exprels  tl.    1  nis  jjlh- 


iiay,  like  Flea-Bites,  over  the  whole  Body;  but  thicker 
and  redder,  and  with  greater  Inflammation,  than  thofe  of 
the  Small-Pox,  and  vanifli  in  four  or  fix  Days  afrcr  ap- 
pearance :  being,  when  at  the  height,  not  larger  than  Pins 
Heads.  The  Ivkajles  is  more  fickly  than  dangerous  ;  tho  it 


nitionis  fomewhatmore  agreeable  to  Fratlice  than  that  ot 
Enchd,  who  fines  Mejfnre  by  a  Quantity,  which  being  re- 
peated any  number  of  Times,  becomes  equal  to  another  : 
This  onlyanfwcrs  to  the  Idea  of  an  Arithmetical  h/kajnye, 
or  Quota  Fart.    See  Quota  Part. 

Measure  of  a  Number,  in  Arithmetic,  is  fuch  a  Number 


the'fflc-e,  Fathom,  Fole,  Furhirj-,  and  I'^lile.  See  Mile, 
Furlong,  Pole,  ^c.  The  Proportions  thcfe  feverally 
bear  to  each  other,  will  be  exprefs'd  in  a  Table  for  the 
purpofe. 

The  Ffejich  Standard 'MeafuTf.  for  Coinmerce  is  the  A-i«e 
or  Eil,  containing  3  Tar'is  Fctt,  7  Inches,  8  Lines;  or  l 
"Yard,  -I  Eii'rUpj  ;  tbc  Fans  Foot  Royal  exceeding  the  En^- 


as  di^iJel  another,'  withoit  "leaving  any  Fraftion  5  thus  ,  is  l,fi  by  WfoYaTO,  «  in  cue  of  the  folltJwing  Tables.  Th,= 

a  Meafrre  »f -7     See  Number.  Ell  is  tlivided  two  ways;  ■i.ia.  into  H.i/kj,  Ibmh,  Sixths. 

tAihsvi^ofa  Line,  is  any  right  Line  taken  at  plcafure  :  and  TW/fii;   and  into  a.url£.v,  Half-Qi^ansrs,  and  Stx- 

The  modern  'Geometricians  ufe  a  Dcmnfeda,  or  Perch,  teci»i.<. 


divided  into  10  equal  Parts,  call'd  Feet.  The  Feet  they 
fubdivide  into  10  Digits,  the  Digit  into  i  o  Lines,  ESc.  See 

MeASURIIS.  r  r\  • 

This  Decimal  Divifion  of  the  Meafrre  was  firli  intro- 
duced by  Ste-Simn,  probably  from  the  Example  of  Re!;io- 
montatus :  The  Index  or  Charaaer  of  Dcoemfede  he  made 
0,  that  of  Feet  i,  of  Digits  =,  of  Lines  5,  S?c.  which, 
in  regard  the  Me.i/i!re  was  fubdivided  in  a  decuple  Ratio, 
were  the  Logarithms  of  the  Divifion.  Baver,  in  lieu  ol 
thefe,  exprefs'dthe  Logarithms  by  the Row.jh Charaflers i 
t.  '5  Perches,  4  Feet,  ;  Digits,  and  2  Lines,  he  ex- 
prefs'dthus;  j",  4',  ;",  2"'.  '"Tis,  frequently,  molUom- 
modious  to  feparate  the  Integers,  or  Perches,  from  the 
Fraflions  by  a  Point;  thus  inllcad  of  5",  4',  5",  2"';  to 


F.  Nod  obferves,  that  among  the  Cmmfe,  SeeCANNA 


rhis  Ell  holds  throughout  the  greateft  part  of  Fr3;;ce  5 
excepting  at  T,oyes  in  Camfagtie  j  at  Jrc  in  the  B.inois  j  in 
fome  parts  of  Fic^rdy  and  Burgundy,  where  it  only  con- 
tains two  Foot,  five  Inches,  one  Line  ;  in  Bret^git^,  where 
it  contains  four  Foot,  two  Inches,  eleven  Lines  ;  and  at 
St.Gsiioux  in  Berry,  where  it  e.\:ceeds  the  Fttris  Ell  by  eight 
Lines.    See  Ell. 

But  in  Lajigiiedoc,  particularly  at  Mirfcillei,  UoiitpeUier, 
fouloitfe,  in  Froze}ie€,  Giiisiwe,  they  meafure  by  the  Cnnna, 
which  at  Toiihiife  and  in  Cmenne  contains  five  Faris  Feet, 
five  Inches,  and  fix  Lines ;  or  one  Farii  Ell  and  a  half. 
At  Uorttfel'uer,  and  throughout  the  Lower  Laitgiiedoc,  as  alfo 
in  Provence  and  ylvlgnoti,  and  even  Daupbnie,  the  Canna  is 
fix  Foot  and  nine  Lines;   or  one  Farts  Ell,  two  Thirds. 


the  Decimal  Divifion  obtains  in  their  common  Usajure. 
and  even  in  their  Weights.    Sec  Deci  mal.  Degree, 

Measure  o/«  f/5i(re,or  Plane- Surface,  is  aSquare,whofe 
Side  is  of  any  determinate  Length  ;  among  Geometri- 
cians 'tis  ufually  aPerch,  call'd  a  J^iiai-e  Perci,  divided  into 
ten  fquare  Feet,  and  the  fquare  Feet  into  fquare  Digits : 
Hence  fquare  Aie.T/in-2.^    See  Square. 

Measure  0/  Solid,  is  a  Cube,  whofe  Sides  are  of  any 
Length  at  pleafure.  Among  Geometricians,  a  Perch, 
call'd  a  Cubic  Perch,  divided  into  Cubic  Feet,  Digits,  iSc. 
Hence  Cutic  Mei3/io-cs,  or  Meafures  of  Capacity.  SeeCuBE. 

Measure  of  ait  Jngle,  is  an  Arch,  defcribed  from  the  incca,  Udatt,  Mantua, 
rmE.'<,a  (Tat.  Geometry,  10.)  in  any  Place  between 
its  Legs ;  as  at  df.  Hence,  Angles  are  diftinguilli'd  by  the 
Ratio  of  the  Arches,  defcribed  from  the  Vertex,  between 
the  Legs;  to  the  Peripherics.  Angles  then  arc  diflin- 
jiuiHi'd  by  thofe  Arches;  and  the  Arches  are  only  diOm- 
guUh'd  by  their  Ratio  to  the  Periphery.  Thus  the  Angle 
/a  a  is  faid  to  be  of  fo  many  Degrees,  as  is  the  Arch  f  d. 
Sec  Angle.  ,  . 

Measure  o/f''e/oc.'t_)',  in  Mechanics,  is  the  Space  pafs  d 
over  by  the  moving  Body  in  any  given  Time.  To  mea- 
fure a  Velocity,  therefore,  the  Space  muft  be  divided  into 
as  many  equal  Parts,  as  the  Time  is  conceived  to  be  di- 
videdinto.  The  (Quantity  of  Space  onfwering  to  fuch  an 
Article  of  Time,'Ts  the  Meafure  of  the  Velocity.  Sec 
Velocity. 

Measure.  »/  Ae  Map,  or  Quantity  of  Matter  in  Mecha- 
nics, is  Its  Weight;  it  being  apparent,  that  all  the  Mat- 


Standard  Meafure  in  Hollattd,  rlanden,  Stseicn,  a  good  part 
of  Germany,  many  of  the  Uant-Tutttus,  as  Danlzic  and  Ham- 
hourg  ;  and  at  Ceucia,  Fraiicfort,  &c.  is  likewife  the  Ell  : 
But  the  Ell  in  all  ihefe  Places  differs  from  the  Paris  Ell. 
In  Holland,  it  contains  one  P.mi  Foot,  eleven  Lines,  or  four 
Sevenths  of  the  Paris  Ell.  The  Flanders  Ell  contains  two 
Foot,  one  Inch,  five  Lines,  and  half  a  Line,  or  feven 
Twelfths  of  the  Paris  EJl.  The  Ell  of  Germany,  Brabant, 
tfjc.  is  equal  to  that  of  Flanders.    See  Ell. 

Tie  Italian  Meafure  is  the  Braccio,  Brace,  or  Fathom  ; 
which  obtains  in  the  States  of  Uodena,  Venice,  Florence, 
Lucca,  Milan,  Manttia,  Bologna,  &c.  but  of  different  Lengths. 
At  Fenice  it  contains  one  Farts  Foot,  eleven  Inches,  three 
Lines,  or  eight  Fifteenths  of  the  Pari,  Ell.  At  Bologna, 
Uodena,  and  Miiiiaa,  the  Brace  is  the  fame  as  at  rfiiicc; 
At  i-Bcca  it  contains  one  Paris  Foot,  nine  Inches,  ten  Lines, 
or  half  a  Paris  Ell.  At  Florence  it  contains  one  Foot,  nine 
Inches,  four  Lines;  or  forty-nine  Hundredths  of  n  Paris 
Ell.  At  Milan,  the  brace  for  meafuring  of  Silks  is  one 
Fans  Foot,  feven  Inches,  four  Lines,  or  four  Ninths  of  a 
PariJ  EU :  That  for  Woollen  Cloths  is  the  fame  with 
the  Ell  of  Holnid.  Laftly,  at  Bergania  the  Brace  is  one 
Foot,  feven  Inches,  fix  Lines,  ot  five  Ninths  ot  a  Fans 
Ell.  See  Brace.  The  Meafure  at  Naples,  however,  is 
the  Ctnna,  containing  fix  Foot,  ten  Inches,  and  two  Lines, 
or  one  Paris  Ell,  and  fifteen  Seventeenths.  ^ 

The  Spanijlj  Meafure,  is  the  Firga,  or  rarif,  in  fome  I  laces 
call'd  the  Barra  ;  containing  feventeen  Twenty-fourths  of 
the  Fans  Ell  But  the  Mea/«re  in  Caftille  and  Falenttx 


^iiich  c'oh'ere;  'and  m'oTJs  wifh  aiody,  gravitates  with    is  the  Fan,  Emfan,  or  Fahnj,  which  is  "r=d;»g"l;=f  ''^^ 
,  c.-j  t,,,  r..„..;„,.„.   ,K.r  .1,^  r,n„,„,-'t    ,\„.  r„„na.  at  Genoa.  In  Arragon,  the  *  .tiia  is  equ.ll  ^to  a 


it  ■  and  it  being  found  by  Experiment,  that  the  Gravities  the  Canna,  at  Gcno.i.  ...  ^....-s--,         -    ,      ' r  ,  .  , 

of  homtlgeneaf  Bodies,  are  in'^propor.i^n  to  their  Bulks ;  Parts  EU  and  a  half  or  five  fi'4'-^,^;',,t,.„';-",=J„ 

hence,  while  the  Mafs  continues  the  fame,  the  Weight  The  Fortttguefe  Meafure  is  '"^^  '^'J  *'-|,°^       f  ?  ™? 

will  be  the  fame,  whatever  Figure  it  put  on  :  its  abfolute  Foot,  eleven  Lines  or  four  Sevenths  of  the  r.  ,.sSt.H,^n.. 

Weight,  we  mean;  for  as  to  its  fpecific  Weight,  it  varies  the  J-'eras,  icC  whereof  make  ico  P.tns  tils-  int 
as  the  C^antity  of  Surface  varies.    See  Velocity 


PtedmontefeUeafm-e  is  the  Ra-<,  containing  one  -Parii  Foot, 

nine  Inches,  ten  Lines,  or  half  a  Paris  EU  —  In  Sicty. 

their  iVfea/i.re  is  the  Canna ;  the  fame  with  that  of  Nafles. 


Laftly,  theiVt'/coTiieMea/iircjaie  the  Gilit,  equal  to 
tris  Foot,  four  Inches,  two  Lines;   and  the^frcin. 


one 
two 


Weight,  Gravity,  £^c. 

Measures,  therefore,  are  various,  according  to  the  va- 
rious Kinds  and  Dimenfions  of  the  Things  mcafured.  Flence 
arife  Lineal  or  Longitudinal  Mcafures  for  Lines  or  Lengths  ; 

Sfiuare  Meafttres  for  Area's  or  Superficies ;  and  Solid  or  Cii-  wncrcui  a.o    .  ,  t?    .   /  i 

TMeafJs  fo,  Bodies,  and  theft  Capacities:    All  thefe  .ant  Meafure,  the  Pic,.  —"^^'p  ^^Sn  — 

are  verv  different  in  different  Countries,  and  in  different  and  two  Lines;  or  three  Fifths  of  the  J  ans  ^il- 

Ws  and  e  ven  many  of 'em  for  different  Commodities.  Chinefe  Meafure,  theC.fre;  ten  whereof  are  equal  ,0  three 

Whence  arffe  other  Divifions  of  B.,„c/Jic  and  Foreign  Mea-  Par.i  EUs.—Jti.  Ferfta,  and  fome  part  of  the  Indtes.  the 


Sereorare  equal' to'tTree  Cubit,.  The  Turitfi,  and  Le- 

—      — rt^r^^    ►...^  Inches, 
The 


fitres  Antient  and  Modern  ones  ;  Vry  and  Liquid  Meafures, 
&c. 

"The  Bufinefs  of  Meafures  has  been  fo  confufedly,  and 
VBithal  fo  iroperfeflly  deliver'd  by  our  Englifi  Writers, 

•hat  the  Reader  will  not  be  difpleafed  with  the  pains  we    the  former-  ,  r    i.  "  ■      k  , 

here  taken  to  difembroil,  and  fupply  it.    Under  this    the  fame  with  that  of  the  Portuyteje,  hav,ng__been  intro- 


Pan's  Ells."  In  F'^'J'",  V'^"  ' , 

Gueze,  whereof  there  are  two  Kinds ;  the  Royal  Gucze, 
cxlVisdfoGueze  Monielfer,  containing  two  Parii  Foot,  ten 
Inches  eleven  Lines,  or  four  Fifths  of  the  Paris  Ell ;  and 
the  Sboner  Guege,  call'd  fimply  Gueze,  only  two  Thirds  of 
-At  Goa  and  Drinus,  the  Meafure  is  the  Varra, 


lioi!f.  here  taken  to  dilemoroii,  ana  luppiy  ir.    under  tnis    tne  lanic  wii..    ,  r  , 

Head  he  will  find  enumerated  the  various,  general.  Hand-    duced  by  them.  In  Peg",  and  fonie  other 

^fiS  1       Square  and  Cubic,  now  or  heretofore  in    Ind.es.  the  Can*  or  Cand,,  _equal  to  the  £11  ol 


Parts  of  the 

if  Venice.  

larger  Cando,  equal  to 


;  „  Meafrres  Lon',  Square  and  Culic,  now  or  heretofore  in  Inrfiei,  the  Cando  or  Cn  . 

nfe   with  their  Proportions  and  Reduflions ;  for  Particu-  At  Goa  and  other  P.irts,  they  ule  1  -         -       ■  . 

he  muft  be  contented  to  be  refet'd  to  the  pariicular  feventeen  Outcb  Ells  ;  exceeding  that  of  f!.,te;  and  Belfort. 

Foot.  Digit,  Ell,  To.\',  Gallon,  Ewshkl,  by  ^  per  Cent,  and  the  fa.™  by  6  and, 


lars 

Heads  ; 


—In  St  am. 


they  ufe  theke;;,  iliort  of  three  Earh  teet  by  one  Inch^ 


ME  A 


(  ) 


ME  A 


The  A'c'l  contains  two  Soi:,  the  Sak  two  Amli,  the  Xeiil    loisi,  the  Comk;  ;  in  the  and  the  Pun  on  forae 

twelve  Niom,  or  Inches;  the  Niou  to  be  equil  to  eight    of  the  Coafls  of  Gm>jM. 

Grains  of  Rice,  /.  s.  to  about  nine  Lines.  At  Ciim-  \ 


Inch 


Englilh  Mcafures  of  Length,  or  AtpUcation- 


1  3 

Palm 

9 

5 

Span 

Foot 

12 

4- 

1  \ 

i8 

6 

2 

'i 

Cubit 

12 

4 

5 

2 

Yard 

20 

«-J 

5 

5 » 

lY 

Face 

Fathom 

72 

24 

8 

S 

4 

ijS 

22 

164 

II 

_!?_ 

Pole 

7y2o 

2640 

83o 

440 

220 

132 

1 10 

40 

Furl  on 

21120 

7040 

5280 

3520 

1760 

lOjC 

880 

320 

8 

IMiU 


Scripture  Meafures  of  Length. 


Di£t 

_4_ 

Palm 

0 
0 

12 

3 

Span 

Cubi 

0 
1 

24 

i5 

~24 

2 

7 

144 

36 

IS 

6 

14  lEickicl's  Reed            '  —   

1 

192 

8 

a          [Arabian  Pole      '  

1 

192c 

480 

160 

80 

so  1  I3y  1  10  1  Schoenus,  Meafuring-Line  — —   ' 

>45 

o,9lz 

10,944 
9,S8S 

11,328 
7,lo* 


Grecian  Meafures  of  Length  reduced  to  Englilh. 


EngI.Pace5.Fcet. 


4 

Doron 
□ochme 

Llchas 

10 

II 

-1 

Orthodoron 

13 

^rV 

apithar 

ne 

16 

4 

l\ 

Pes,  F 

Pygme 

iS 

4t 

li 

ij 

Cuhlt 

20 

5 

2 

1-5- 

ly 

1^ 

Pygon^ 

Pechus, 

24 

6 

2| 

2-j- 

2 

i| 

li 

96 

24. 

9| 

8rr 

8 

6 

"4?"^ 

4 

9600 

960 

Soo 

600 

53  3y 

480 

400 

76800 

19200 

7rt8o 

698 1 

6400 

4800 

4266  f 

3840 

3200 

Orgya,  P«tt  —   °  ^ 

Too-   fcS^>f«''»»«    —     "^^  * 
— g-|MiUon,  JWi/«        sol"  ° 


Inch.Dec. 
o,75S4l« 
3,0318^ 
7,SS4iSi 
8,31015V 
9,0(556^ 
0,0875 
I. 5284 
3,ios( 
6,1312 

4.5 


Longer  Jewifh  Meafures  of  Length- 

Eng.Miles.  Paces.  Feet^Dec. 


400 

Stadium 

0 

>4S 

4,« 

2000 

S 

Sab.  Day's  Journc/      — — 

0 

729 

S.o 

4c  00 

10 

2 

Eaftern  Mile            —   \   

I 

403 

1,0 

i  2000 

i 

3 

Parafang   ^    ■  

4 

MS 

3.0 

96000 

240 

48 

24 

8    |a  Day's  Journey  —   

33 

171 

4if 

Digitus  tranfvcrfus 
Uncia 


Roman  Meafures  of  Length  reduced  to  EngUfh; 

Engl.  Paces,Feet  .Inch.Dec, 


Palmus  minor 


15 


34 
40 

So 

loooo  7500 
80JOO  60000 


60 


5_ 

1500'  625 
20000  5000I  4000 


Pal  mi  pes  — * 

Cubitus    ■■■  - 
Gradus 


_3i 

41  6y 

3333i 


2000 


PaCTus   

laj  [Stadium 


\Miliiare 


0 

0 

0,7254 

0 

0 

o,9<57 

0 

0 

£,901 

0 

0 

11,604. 

0 

I 

2,505- 

0 

I 

5, 40  5 

0 

Z 

5,OE 

0 

4 

120 

4 

4.5 

0 

0 

M  E  A 


C  ) 


M  E  A 


f'/je  Troportiom  of  the  Long  Meafures  of  fever  at  Nations  to  the  Englifli  Foot^ 

by  Mr.  Greaves. 


Til'.--  f  JtgUfi  Standard  Foot  being  divided  into  icoo  equal 
Parts,  the  other  Meafures  will  have  the  Froportions  to 
it,  which  follow. 
The  Enghp  Foot,  from  the  Standard  in  GuiMhatl 

The  Varts  Royal  Foot,  m  the  Chateler   

The  Khinland  Foot,  of  Sncllius.  

The  G>-fei  Foot     

The  Roman  Foot,  on  the  Homment  of  Coffutms 
The  Roman  Foot,  on  theMommejit  of  Staiilius 
The  Roman  Foot,  of  Fillal^andus,  taken  from  the 
Congius  of  Vefpafian   


The  Vnrra  or  Vare       Mmer'ia    ind  Gibmh.i 


lOCO 

1035 
91- 


Thc  J'enetian  Foot 
The  Ell  of  ybn-Jitrf 
The  Ell  of  yJmJhrdam 
The  Ell  of  LeyHev 
The  Canna  of  Naples 


S)S6 
3162 
2.8; 

Z260 


The  Braccio  of  i'/o)e;;t.'e    

The  Palm  ot  Genoa     

The  Common  Braccin  of  Sienna  ■  

The  Braccio  ot  Sinmia,  for  Lijincn   ' — 

The  Palm  of  the  Architefls  at  Rojne,  whereof 

X  make  the  Canna  of  the  fume  Architcdis-  

The  Palm  of  the  Braccio  of  the  Merchants  and 

Weavers  at  Romej  from  a  M-irbk  in  tBeCap-cn/^ 

with  thirlnfcriptiori,  CVRANTE  LV  POETO 
The  Large  Pique  of  the  Turks  at  Co7!fia?nijicp/e 
The  Small  Pique  of  the  Turks  at  Cotijl.intinofle, 

is  to  the  Larger,  as  51  to  ;2,, 

T'he  Ari/h  of  rerj^a  —    

The  Derah  or  Cubit  of  the  Egyptians   


22CO 


-197 
lS.'.4 


'The  Troportions  of  frjeral  Long  Meafures  to  each  other,  ly  M.  Picarc!. 


The  Rbiidatid  or  LeyJcn  Foot  (ii  whcreaf  make 

the  Rhinland  Ferch)  fiffofej  _   

The  Eii^lifi  Foot    —  

The  ?flriJ  Foot     

The  ^mfterdam  Foot,  from  that  of  Leydcit,  by 

Sjielliits  — —  '  ~"  . 

The  Danijh  Foot  C'^'"  w^Jerso/  maj:e  the  Danifh 

Ell)       

The  Swedifi  Foot.     

The  ilnfleU  Foot 


The  VaMzlc  Foot,  frmt  Hevelius  J  Setenographia 

The  i->'oiii  Foot,  by  M.^Bzmii       ■   — 

The  Bo/ojjw  Foot,  by  the  fame.     

The  Braccio  of  Florence,  by  the  fame,  and  Fa- 
ther AJei/ejme       —  ' 
The  Palm  of  the  ArchiteSs  at  Rome,  according 


<r9« 
«7  5-.'.- 

70.A 
-7S7t 


to  the  Obfcrvatlon  of  Meff.  Pictrsland  Aiizoia  45.^ 
The  Roman  Foot  in  the  Capitol,  examin'il  by  MeJ} 
y;e(i!-f  Picard        Anzout  — ^ — 


The  fame,  from  the  Gra^k  fnot 

}rom  the  Vineyard  Mattel     

From  the  Palm  . 

From  the  Pavement  of  the  Pantheon,  Jfppofed  10 

contain  16  Roman  Feel  

From  a  Slip  (rf  Murhle  in  the  fame  Fa'cement,  fitp- 

pofed  to  comain  5  Roman  Feet  

From  the  Tyramid  of  CeR'ms,  fuppof ed  to  contain 

3  Roman  Feet    — _ 

From  the  Diameters  of  the  Columns  in  the  Arch  of 

Septimius  Severus.  ■    

From  a  Slip  of  Porphiry  in  the  Pavement  of  the 

Pantheon  ■    


<ii- 
«57 

«5  3 


«5; 


"Square  or  Superficial  Measures. 

Entlifj  Sotj&RE  or  Superficial  Measures,  are  rai-  Multiples,  Poles,  Roods,  and  Acres;  as  in  the  Table, 
fed  from  the  Yard  of  5«  Inches,  multiplied  into  itfelf;  and       French  Sp.ai-e  Meafures,  are  regulated  by  ii  fquare  Lines 

this  producina  I  29«  filuare  Inches  in  the  fquareYard,  the  in  the  Inchfquarc;  12  Inches  in  the  Foot,  11  Feet  in 

Divifions  of  this  are  Square  Feet  and  Inches ;  and  the  the  Perch,  and  ico  Perches  in  the  yiVpent.  or  Acre. 

Englith  Square  Meafures. 


Inches 

'44 

Feet 

9 

yards 

5600 

25 

aj 

Paces 

10,89 

Poles 

1568160 

10S90 

1210 

40     I  Rood 

6272640 

45560 

4S40 

1743.6 

\6o    \  4 

Grecian  Square  Meafures^  were  the  Flethron,  ^ii^^erum  or  bits:  and  ^roKm,  the  Half  of  the  P/er/jco;/.  The  A'OHra 
^cre  f  by  forae  faid  to  contain  i444»  by  others  loooo  Cu-    of  the  Egyptians  was  the  Square  of  loo  Cubits. 


Roman  Sqziare  Meafures  reduced  to  Englifli, 
T'he  Integer  w/ii  a  Jugerum  or  Acre,  lubich  they  divided  like  the  Libra  or  As  :  Thus^ 

yuperutn  contain'd 


■  Deunx  

Dextans  — 
Dodrans  — 

Bcs   

Septunx  — 

Semis  

Quincunx  — 

Triens  

Quadrans — 

Sextans   

Uncia—— 


2  J  800 

£88 

26400 

264 

34OQO 

240 

£i6oo 

Z16 

19200 

192 

uSSoo 

I  (is 

14400 

144 

120Q0 

120 

96 

7200 

73 

480Q 

48 

E400 

24 

Engl.Roods.Sq.Poles.  Sq.Feer. 
z  19 


34 
16 

17 
09 
ot 

33 
24 
16 
08 


ao4 
.5S 

63 

CO 

156 

6!! 

00 

Z04 

1^6 

63 


Cnhic 


ME  A         (  ?I7  )  PvIE.A 


Cubic  MeafttreS)  or  Mcafures 

Englifi  Liquid  'Me:ifiii-cs,  were  originally  raifed  from 
Troy-Weight  i  it  being  enaiied  by  feveral  Sratures,  That 
eight  Found  Troy  ot  Wheat,  gather 'd  from  the  middle  of 
the  Ear,  and  well  dried,  /liould  weigh  a  Gallon,  of  ff/we- 
Ivleajure  j  the  Divifions  and  Muliiples  whereof  were  to 
form  the  other  Mcalures  :  At  the  fame  time  it  was  or- 
der'd,  That  there  (hould  be  but  one  Liqidd  Msafiire  In  the 
Kingdom:  yet  Cullom  has  prevailed,  and  there  having 
been  introduced  anew  Weight,  viz.  the  Avoirdupois,  we 
have  now  a  fccond  Standard  Gallon  adjufted  thereto,  and 
therefore  exceeding  the  former,  in  the  proportion  of  the 
Avoirdupois  Weight  to  Troy  Weight.  From  this  latter 
Standard  arc  raifed  two  feveral  Meafures^  the  one  for  Ale, 
the  other  for  Eeer.  The  fealed  Gallon  at  GuildhaU^  which 
is  the  Standard  fur  Wines,  Spirits,  Oils,  £ffc.  is  fuppofcd 
to  contain  231  Cubic  Inches  j  on  which  Suppofition,  the  o- 
xhcv  hieajnres  raifed  therefrom,  will  contain  as  in  the  fol- 
lowing I'ablesi  yet,  by  actual  Experiment  made  in  16S8, 
before  the  Lord  Mayor  and  the  Coinmiffioners  of  Excife, 
it  was  only  found  to  contain  224  Cubic  Inches:  It  was 
however  agreed  to  continue  the  common  fuppofed  Con- 
Tentsof23i  Cubic  Inches  i  fo  that  all  Computations  fland 
on  their  old  footing.  Hence,  as  12  is  to  231,  fo  ii  14^ 
to  ;Bi^,  the  Cubic  Inches  in  the  Ale  Gallon  :  but  in 
ttfu^l  the  Ale  Q^uart  contains  7c  ^  Cubic  Inches  3  on  which 
Principle,  the  Ale  and  Keer  Gallon  will  be  282  Cubic 
Inches.  The  feveral  Divilions  and  Multiples  of  thefe 
Mcafiirc^y  and  their  Proportions,  are  exhibited  in  the  Ta- 
bles underneath. 

French  Vicaftire!.  At  Faris,  and  in  a  great  part  of  the 
Kingdom,  the  Jv^eafuye-',  to  begin  with  the  fmalleft,  are, 
the  Poflon,  which  contains  fix  Cubic  Inches;  two  Pof- 
fons  make  the  Demi-feptier ;  two  Demi-fep tiers,  the 
Septier  or  Chopine  ;  two  Chopines,  a  Pint;  two  Pints, 
the  Quart  or  Pot ;  four  Quarts,  the  Gallon,  or  Septier  of 
Ellimation;  and  thirty-fix  Septlers,  the  Muid,  which  it 
fub-divided  into  two  Dcmi-Muids,  four  Q^uarter-Muids, 
and  eight  Half  Quarter-Muids.  See  Muid,  Septier, 
Quart,  Chopine,  £5^c.  From  the  Quart  are  like- 
wife  raifed  the  7vkajnres  ufed  in  other  Parts,  as  the 
Queue  ufed  in  Orleans,  Blois,  J^c.  containing  a  Faris  Muid 
and  a  half,  or  420  Pints ;  the  Tun  ufed  at  Bayojim  and 
hoiirdenHX,  confilting  of  four  Bariques,  and  equal  to  three 
T^ris  Muids  at  Orkcnn,  to  two  :  fo  that  the  firft  Tun 
contains  864  Pints,  and  the  fecond  57^.  See  Tun.  The 
Demi-Queue,  ufed  in  Cbanipa^ne,  96  Quarts ;  the  Pipe, 
ufed  in  y^jtjoit  and  FqSou^  coniaining  two  Buffards,  equal 
to  two  Demi-Queues  of  Orkaris,  ^c.  or  a  Muid  and  a 
balf  of  Paris,  or  432  Pints.  See  Pipe.  The  MilleroUe 
ufed  in  Fi-OTS}!cc,  containing  66  J'ar/j  Pints;  and  the  Poin- 
con  ufed  at  Nf!7?ier,  in  Tour.i'nie  and  the  BleJJois,  equal  to 
half  the  Orleans  Tun.  The  Foincon  ufed  at  Faris,  is  the 
fame  with  the  Demi-Quctif.  SeeQ^uEuE. 

Dutch  Liquid  Mea flirts.  At  Jmjlerdum^  thtic  Mcafures,  to 
begin  with  the  Diminutions,  ire.  Mingles,  Mingeebles,  or 
Bottles,  equal  to  French  Quarts,  -and  containing  two 
Founds,  four  Ounces,  Marc,  ot  an  ordinary  Liquor.  The 
JViinglc  is  divided  into  two  Pints,  four  half  Pints,  eight 
Muffics,  lixteen  half  Mu{ric-%  ^c.  Seven  hundred  and 
feventy  Mingles  make  their  Tun.  The  Viertel,  or  Verge, 
confills  of  five  Mingles,  and  one  Sixth  of  a  Mingle.  The 
AVinc  Viertel  is  juil  fix  Mingles.  The  Stekan,  or  Ste- 
kamcn,  contains  fixteen  Mingles.  The  Anker  contains 
two  Stckans  ;  and  four  Ankers,  the  Aem.  For  Oils  they 
ufe  the  Tun,  which  contains  fix  Aems,  or  Ams  j  equal  to 
itfoo  Tans  Pints.    See  I'un. 

Spanifj  Liquid  yicnfurcs^  are  the  Eotte,  containing  be- 
tween thirty-fix  and  thirty-fevcn  Dutch  Steekans,  holding 
about  a  thoufand  Weight.  The  Botte  confifls  of  thirty 
Robes,  each  weighing  twenty-eight  Pounds.  Each  Robe 
is  again  divided  into  eight  Sommes,  and  the  Scmme  into 


of  Capacity  for  Things  Liquid* 

four  Quarts.    The  Pipe  confifls  of  eighteen  Robes. 

Fortugnefe  Liquid  Meafure;,  are  Bottes,  Almudcs,  Cava- 
das,  Qiiatas  ;  and  for  Oil,  Alguiers  or  Cantars.  The  For- 
Utgue fe  Bottc,  is  fomewhat  fmaller  than  the  .S^«7;//?j  ;  the 
latter  being  equal  to  thirty-fix  or  thirty-fevcn  Steekans, 
and  the  iurmer  only  to  twenty-five  or  twenty-fix.  The 
Quatas  is  one  Fourth  of  the  Cavadas.  The  Cavadas  oc 
Cavado,  is  the  fame  with  the  Uiucii  Mingle.  SixCava- 
vadas  make  an  Alquier,  and  two  Alquiers  one  Almude, 
or  Almoud  ;  twenty-fix  Almouds,  a  Botte. 

lUilian  Liquid  Mcafures.  At  Ra?ue  are  the  Eoccale,  or 
Bottle,  containing  a  little  more  than  a  Paris  Pint.  Seven 
Bnccalesand  a  half  make  the  Rubbia,  and  thirteen  Rub- 
bia  and  a  half,  the  Brante  ;   fo  that  the  Brantc  contains 

ninety-fix  Boccales.  At  I'iorence,  the  Staro  or  Staio, 

containing  three  Barrils,  and  the  Barril  twenty  Fiafco's  or 

Flask?,  nearly  equal  fo  F^ris  Pints.  Ac  Feroria,  they  ufe 

the  Bafl.ee,  fixteen  whereof  make  a  Brente  ;  the  Brente 
contains  ninety-fix  Boccales,  or  thirteen  Rubbias  and  a 

half.  At  Venice,  the  Amphora,  containing  two  Bottes  5 

the  Botte,  four  Bigots;  the  Bigot, or  Bigour,  four  Quarts  5 
the  Quart,  four  Tifchaufferas.  The  Venetian  Botte  is  a- 
gain  divided  into  Muttaches,   feventy-fix  whereof  iTiake 

the  Amphora.  kt  Fenara,  the  Madilly,  containing 

eight  Scchys.  In  Ijhia,  Sechys ;  fix  whereof  make 

the  Urna.  In  CaLibrla,  and  the  Fonilk,  Pignatoli's, 

equal  to  French  Pints  ;  thirty-two  PignatoH's  make  the 
Staro,  or  Staio;  and  ten  Stare's,  theSalma. 

German  Liquid  Meajhes.  The  Feoder  is  ufed  almoft 
throughout  all  Germa>?y,  but  with  fome  difference  in  its 
Length,  as  well  as  its  Sub-divifions.  The  Feoder  is  fup- 
pofed the  Load  of  a  Waggon  with  two  Horfe,?.  Two 
Feeders  and  a  half  make  the  Reoder ;  fix  Ames,  the 
Feoder^  twenty  Fertels,  theAme;  and  four  MafTems, or 
MalTes,  the  Fertel :  fo  that  the  Roder  coniains  1200 
Maffcs,  the  Feoder  4S0,  the  Ame  So,  and  the  Fertel  41. 

 -At  Nuremberg,  the  Divifion  of  the  Feoder,  is  info 

twelve  Heemers,  and  the  Heemer  into  fij.ty-four  MaiTes. 

'  At  Vienna,  they  divide  the  Feoder  into  thirty-two 

Heemers,  the  Heemer  into  thirty-two  Achteiings,  and  the 
Achteling  into  four  Seiltins.  TheAmc,  there,  is  eighty 
Maflesi  the  Fertel,  call'd  alfo  Schrcve,  four  MaiTes  5 

and  the  Driolinck  twenty-four  Heemers.  At  Jushour^^ 

the  Feoder  is  divided  into  eight  Jez  ^  the  Je  into  two 
Muids,  or  twelve  Befons;  the  Bcfon  into  eight  MaiTes 
which  makes  7^8  Mafi.es  in  the  Feoder,  as  in  that  of 

remherg.  At  Heidelberg,  the  Feoder  is  divided  into  ten 

Ames;  the  Ame  into  twelve  Vertels ;  and  the  Vertel  into 

four  Malfes.  In  Wirteniherg,  the  Feoder  is  divided 

into  fix  Ames  ;  the  Ame  into  fixteen  lunesi  the  Yune 
into  ten  Mafles. 

Liquid  Meafttres  on  the  Coafis  of  Barbary.  At  T.-ipci;,  ^c. 
they  ufe  the  Rotolu,  or  Rotolij  thirty-two  whereof  make 

the  Matuli.  At  Tums,   forty-two  of  the  Rotoii  of 

Tripoli,  make  a  Matara,  or  Mataro  ;  and  the  other  Places 

on  the  fame  Cuart  ufe  nearly  the  fame  Meafurcs.  

It^  may  be  here  obferved,  that  mod,  if  not  al!  the  £.iJ}erH 
Nations,  with  whom  the  Europeans  traffic,  have  not  any 
fuch  thing  as  Meafures  of  Capacity,  whether  for  Things  li- 
quid or  dry  ;  but  that  they  fell  every  thing,  even  Liquors, 
by  the  Weight.  We  may,  however,  rank  among  the 
Number  of  Liquid  Meafures,  the  Cocoa  and  Canan  of  AW. 
The  firft  are  the  Cocoa- lliells  cleared  of  their  Kernel. 
And  fince  thefe  are  not  all  of  the  fame  Capacity  they 
meafure  them  with  Cfi«m,  or  litde  Shells  found  in  the 
Maldives -J  which  alfo  ferve  for  Money  in  fome  States  of 
the  Indies.  Some  Cocoa's  hold  a  thoufand  Cauris,  and  fome 
only  five  hundred.  Above  the  Cocoa's  is  the  Canan  a 
little  Meafure  ufed  in  the  fame  Country,  and  callej'by 
the  ForUigHefe,  Choup ;  holding  about  a  Faris  Quart. 


ciq  q  q  q  q 


Englifh 


ME  A 


(.918  )■ 


M  E  A 


Solid 
Inches 


Englilh  Mcafiires  qf  Capacity  for  Liquids. 
Wine  Meafure. 


Pint 

251 

8 

Gallon 

4158 

144 

iS 

Rundlet 

152 

■  4 

Barrel 

910Z 

55<^ 

42 

_iJ_- 

I  ^ 

Tierce 

I45S5 

504 

6; 

2 

75179 

672 

84 

4f 

2  J 

2 

1008 

126 

7 

4 

2016 

252 

14 

8 

6 

[-TnglTiead 

Punchion 


Butt 


[Tun 


Meafnrc. 


Pints 

~T 

Gall 

64 

S 

128 

14 

2jtf 

"2 

Sii 

«4 

KilJ. 
2  j  Barrel 
4  I    2  IHogfh. 


Heer  Meafure. 


Pints 

8 

Gall. 

72 

S 

144 

28a 

3« 

n« 

72  1 

Firk. 


Kild. 

I.  j  Barrel 

4  I    2  iHogfii. 


Attick  Meafures  of  Capacity  for  Liquids,  reduced  to  EngUfli  Wine  Meafure. 


Cochliarion  — 
.Cheme 

Myflron 

Concha 


5 


720 
S640 


2t 


360 


Cyathus  — 


\  5_ 


288  |_144- 


Oxubaphon 
Cotyle 


864 


576 


Xcfles,  Sextary    o 

Chos,  Cangius    o 

12  IMetreceSj  Aiyiphora  10 


72 


Gall.  Pints.Sol.Incli.Dec. 

O       ytj  0,047 

o  °i9°4 

o  4j  o,U7^ 

o  ~i  0,254^ 

o  ^  0,469 

o  i  0,704! 

O  ^  2,SlS 

o  I  5,(S;6 
4,94a 
1,554 


Roman  Meafnres  of  Capacity  for  Liquids,  reduced  to  EngliflT  Wine  Meafure. 

Gall.  Pints.Sol.Inch.Dec. 

Ligula 


4 

Cyathus 

6 

l\ 

Acetabulum 

IS 

3 

Quartanus 

24 

6 

4 

2 

riemina 

Sexfari 

48 

12 

S 

4 

2 

IS 

Congm 

2S8 

71 

48 

24 

12 

6 

Urnn 

115a 

288 

192 

96 

4S 

24 

4 

576 

584 

96 

4S 

\ 

46ofio 

11520 

76S0 

3840 

1920 

963 

160 

40 

>ra    7 

40  1   20  'Culeus  143 


OjT 

o,ii7A 

OfV 

0,4691 

oi 

o,704j 

oj 

1,409 

oi 

2,Si8 

1 

S,«3« 

7 

4,V42 

4i 

5.3S 

I 

10,65 

3 

11.075 

Jewifli  Meafures  of  Capacity  for  Liquids,  reduced  to  Englifli  TFins  Meafure- 

Gall.  Pints.  Sol.Inch. 


Cab 

^iHin 

~6  I 

Tso' 


I  Seah  —~-   

5  [Bath,  Epha   ■ 

I  50  I  10  jCoroa,  Chomer 


oj 

0,15 

0 

04 

25 

0 

3 

10 

2 

2i 

a 

4 

5 

7 

4 

IS 

75 

5 

7 

Meafures 


M  E  A 


^19  ) 


M  E  A 


C'nh'c  Mcdfures  of  Capacity  for  Things  T)ry. 

E7ig}ij%  Dry  or  Commm  lAeafures^  are  raifed  from  the 
ll'iNchejicr  Gulloni  which  contains  27;^  Solid  Inches,  to 
hold  of  pure  Running  or  Rain-Water,  nine  Pound,  thir- 
teen Ounces.  7'his  fccms  to  iiand  on  the  foot  of  the  Old 
Wine  Gallon,  of  224  Cubic  Inches  3  12  being  to  ii>ti~,  as 
to  27;-5.  Yet  by  an  Afi  of  Parliament,  made  i^vy, 
it  is. dtcreed,  I'hat  a  round  Bufliel,  eighteen  Inches  and  a 
half  wide,  and  ei£;ht  deep,  is  a  legal  U'mchsjier  Bufliel. 
But  fuch  a  Vcflel  will  only  hold  250.4;  Cubic  Inches  j 
confcquently   the  Galion  will  only  contain  2d8?  Cubii 


twelve  Septiers  ;  and  is  divided  into  Mines,  Miners, 
Bulhels,  tSc.  That  for  Oats  is  double  diat  for  other 
Gram  ;  i.e.  contains  twice  the  Number  of  Bufhels.  At 
Orku77S,  the  Muid  is  divided  into  Mines  i  but  thofe  Mines 
only  contain  two  P.im  Septiers  and  a  half.  See  Muie- 
In  fome  PI  aces  they  ufe  the  Tun  in  lieu  of  the  Muid  7 
particularly  at  Names,  where  it  contains  ten  Scrtiers  of 
lixtccn  Buihels  each,  and  weighs  about  three  thouPand 
three  hundred  Pounds.  Three  of  thcfe  Tuns  make 
twcniy-eight  Fms  Septiers.    At  Rachel,  fyc.  the  Tun  con- 


Inchcs.  The  Diviiions  and  Multiples  are  as  in  the  Tabic  taiijs  torty  iwo  Buflicis,  and  weighs  two  per  Cent,  lefs  than 
following.  that  of  Naurci.    At  BreJI,  it  contains  twenty  Bunieli 


French  Dry  l^eajures,  are  the  Litron,  Bufhel,  Minot, 
Mine,  Sepiier,  Muid,  and  Tun.  I'he  Litron  is  divided  into 
two  Demi-litrons,  and  four  Quartct4itrons,  and  contains  ^^6 
Cubic  Inches  of  L'ari',  By  Ordonnance,  the  Litron  is 
to  be  three  Inches  and  a  half  high  j  and  three  Inches, 
ten  Lines  broad.  The  Litron  for  Salt  is  larger,  and  is  di- 
vided into  two  Halves,  four  Quarters,  eight  Demi-quar- 
ters, and  fixteen  Mefurettes.  -The  Bulhel  is  diffe- 
rent in  different  Jurifdiciions.  At  Far'ii,  it  is  divided  into 
Demi-bufhels  ;  each  Demi-bufiiel  into  twa Quarts;  the 
Quart  into  tuo  Half  cjuarEs  ;  and  the  Half-cjuart  into 
two  Litrons  :  fo  that  the  Bufhel  contains  fixteen  Litrons. 
By  Ordonnance,  the  Fnris  Bufliel  is  to  be  eight  Inches, 
two  Lines  and  a  half  high  ;  and  ten  Inches  broad,  or  in 
Diamerer,  within-fide.  T'he  Minot  conlifls  of  three 
Bufhels;  the  Mine  of  two  Minors,  or  iix  Bufhels;  the 


qual  to  ten  Farii  Septiers,  and  weighs  about'two  thoufand 
two  hundred  and  forty  Pounds.    See  Tun. 

Dutch,  Szserlifi,  Fokfi,,  Fnifl'ti,,,,  and  Mufco-Me  Dry  Mea- 
ftires.  In  thefe  Places  they  eflimate  their  Dry  Things  on 
the  foot  of  the  Lafl,  Le/i,  Leib,  or  Lecht ;  fo  called,  ac- 
cording to  the  vatious  Pronunciations  of  the  People  who 
ufe  ir.  In  Holkuil,  the  Lall  is  equal  to  nineteen  Faris 


Septiers,  or  thirry-eight  Eoi,r:leaux  Bu/liels,  and  weighs  a- 
bout  45i;o  Pounds;   the  Lafl  they  divide  into  twenty- 

levcn  Mudes,  and  the  Mude  into  four  Schepcls  In 

Folmd,  the  Laif  is  forty  Bcurdc.iux  Bufltels,  and  weighs 

about  4800  Paris  Pounds.  In  Frujf.i,  the  Lafl  is  :  q  5  Firis 

Septiers.  In  Svieden  and  Mufcc-jy,  they  meafure  by 

the  Great  and  Little  Lafl;  the  firlf  containing  twelve 

Barrils,  and  the  fccond  half  as  many.    See  L.1ST.  In 

„     .  ...  ,     r,-n   ,  they  likewife  ufe  the  Chefford,  which  is  different 

Sept.er  of  two  M.nes,  or  twelve  Bufliels ;  and  the  Muid    in  vanous  Places:    That      Archamcl  is  equal  to  three 
of  twelve  Septiers,  or  a  hundred  forty-four  Bufhels.    The    Ro»ci;  Euflicls.  " 
Bufiel  fir  Oar,  is  eftimated  double  that  of  any  other       ),„/;.,„  Dry  Meafires.    At  Venice,  Le?h,r„,  and  L«cca. 
Grain;  fo  that  there  go  twenty-four  Bufliels  to  make  the    they  eflimate  their  dry  Things  on  the  foot  of  the  Staro  o^ 
Scptier,  and  two  hundred  eighty-ejght  to  make  the  Muid.    Siaio  ;  the  Staro  of  Leghm,  weighs  54  Pounds  ■    11 J  Sta- 


It  is  divided  into  four  Picotins ;  the  Picotin  containing  two 
Quarts,  or  four  Litrons.  The  Bu/hd  fir  is  divided  into 
two  Half-Bufhels,  four  Quarters,  eight  Half  Quarters, 
and  fixteen  Litrons;  four  Bufhels  inake  a  Minot,  fixteen  Staro  is  divided 
a  Septier,  and  a  hundred  ninety-two  a  Muid.  The  ij»y?je/ 
fir  IVosrlis  divided  into  Halves,  Quarters,  and  Half-Quar- 
ters. Eight  Eufliels  make  the  Minot,  fixteen  a  Mine; 
twenty  Mines,  or  three  hundred  and  twenty  Bu/licis,  the 
Muid.  For  Plaifler,  twelve  Bu/liels  make  a  Sac,  and 
thirty-fix  Sacs  a  Muid.    For  Lime,  three  Bufliels  make 

a  Minot,  and  forty-eight  Minots  a  Muid.    See  Bushel  

—  -The  Minot  is,  by  Ordonnance,  to  be  eleven  Inches,    oi  Amjterdm. 

nine  Lines  high  ;  and  fourteen  Inches  eight  Lines  in  dia-       Flem'ifi  Dry  Menfures 
meter.  ^  The  Minot  is  compol'ed  of  three  Bu/licis,  or  fix- 
teen  Litrons;   four  Minots  make  a  Septier,  and  forty 

eight  a  Muid.  The  Mine  is  no  real  Veffel,  but  an 

Effimation  of  feveral  others.  At  Faris,  the  Mine  contains 
iix  Bufliels,  and  twenty-four  make  the  Muid.  At  Rouen 
the  Mine  is  four  Bufhels ;  and  at  Dieppe,  eighteen  Mines' 
make  a  Pnm  Muid.    See  Muir.  The  Septier  dif- 


and  feven  Eighths,  ate  equal  to  the  Jmjierdam  Lafl. 
At  Lucca,  119  Staro 's  make  the  Lafl  ot  ylmjierdam. 
■"Yhe  Venetian  Staro  weighs  ii8  Pam  Pounds;  the 
J..-.1.J  into  four  Quartets.    3  5  Staro's  and  J 


fersin  different  Places  :  At  Faris,  it  contains  tw'o  Mines, 
or  eight  Bufhels;  and  twelve  Septiers  the  Muid.  At 
Rmen,  the  Septier  contains  two  Mines,  or  twelve  Bufhels. 
Twelve  Septiers  make  a  Muid  at  Rouen,  as  well  as  Fans- 
hat  twelve  of  the  latter  are  equal  to  fourteen  of  the  for- 
mer. At  Toulon,  the  Septier  contains  a  Mine  and  half; 
three  of  which  Mines  make  the  Septier  of  Paris.  See 
Septiek  The  Muid,  or  Muy,  o(  Paris,  confifls  of 


140  Quarters -J,  make  the  Lail  o(  Jm/lerdam.  ^At 

Najiles,  and  other  Parts,  they  ufe  the  Tomole,  orTomalo, 
equal  to  one  Third  of  the  Faris  Septier.  ;S  Tomols  and 
a  half,  make  the  Carre  ;  and  a  Carro  and  a  half,  or  j4 

Tomols,  make  the  Lafl  of  Artflerdam.  At  Palermo, 

iSTomoli  make  the  Salma;  and  four  Mondili,  theTo- 
molo.    Ten  Salma's  1,  or  171  Tomoli  -J,  make  the  Lall 

J  At  Aittwerp,  ^c.  they  meafure 

by  the  Vertel ;   thirty-two  and  a  half  whereof,  make 

nineteen  P.irij  Septiers.  At  Hambour^,  the  Schepel  5 

ninety  whereof  make  nineteen  Faris  Septiers. 

Spanifi  and  Portiiguefe  Dry  Meafires.  At  Cadiz,  Bilhaa, 
and  St.  Schajiian,  they  ufe  the  Fanequa ;  twenty-three 
whereof  make  the  Names,  or  Rochel  Tun ;  or  nine  Paris 
Septiers  and  a  half ;  tho  the  Bilhoa  Fanequa  is  fomewhat 
larger ;  infomuch  that  twenty  one  Fanequas  make  a  Nantes 

Ttin.  At  SeniUe,  isle,  they  ufe  the  Anagros,  containing 

a  little  more  than  the  Pari,  Mine;   thirty-fix  Anagros 

make  nineteen  P.:>-/r  Septiers.  At  Bayonne,  ^c.  the 

Conqua;  thirty  whereof  are  equal  to  nine  Pflni  Septiers 

and  a  half  At  Lisbon,  the  Alquier,  a  very  fmall 

Meafure  ;  24c  whereof  make  ip  Parij  Septiers  ;  6a  the 
Lisbon  Muid. 


Solid 
Inches 


Englifli  Drji  or  Corn  Meafures. 


J4i>_ 

Pint 

^r-i 

S 

Gallon 

J44i^ 

Peek 

217S 

64 

Bufhel 

17414 

1(5 

8 

2 

Strike 

5^ 

i« 

4 

Carnock  or  Coom 

_5I2 

64 

33 

8 

4 

Seem 

r  Quarter 

5072 

384 

loz 

48 

24 

IZ. 

6 

Way 

5120 

640 

310 

80 

40 

20 

10 

Jewifli  2)?j  Meafures  reduced  to  Engliffii. 

Pecks.Gall.  Pints.  SoI.Inc.Dec. 


Gflchal 

10 

Cab 

jl 

I4 

Gomor 

120 

6 

3f 

Scab 

T«o 

~ii 

10 

E 

1800 

90 

5^00 

"180 

100 

30 

jLeteeh   

10  (  a  I Chomer,  Coron 


0 

0 

17 

0,0055 

0 

0 

0,1  to 

0 

0 

1,1 1 1 

I 

0 

I 

4,05 

3 

0 

12,11 

iiS 

0 

0 

3* 

0 

X 

i9>o4 

Attick 


M  E  A 


(  ^20  ) 


M  E  A 


Attick  Drj?  Meaftires  reduced  to  EngUIh. 

Pecks.  Gall.  Pints.  Sol. Inch- 


Cochliarion 

Cyathus 


8^40 


Oxubaphon 
~  Cotylc 


576 


Xeftes,  Sextary    —  o 

1^  IChoinix   — o 

7z  j  48  |MedImQus4 


0 

0,004 

0 

0,04 

0 

0,06 

0 

0,24 

0 

I 

0,48 

0 

1 

I 

0,53 

Roman  Dry  Meafitres  reduced  to  Englilh. 


Ligula 

4 

Cyath 

i 

li 

14 

6 

48 

12 

3  84 

7  68 

102 

4  iHemina  — 
8      2  Sextarius 


64  16 
12SI  91 


S  ISemimod. 
T6"l"~2~  IModius 


Pecks.  Gall.  Pints.  Sol.Inc.Dec. 

O        O  O^^  0)01 

o      o  o,Y  o>o4 

O         O  OjCtf 

o      o  c4  0,24 

O        O  I  0,48 

o      I  o  5,48 

o  o  7,68 


JSToff.    Tic  Measvbe  0/  JVood  for  Firing,  is  the 

Cord  ;  four  Foot  high,  as  many  broad,  and  eight  long  ; 
divided  into  two  half  Cord-s  call'd  \Vays,  and  by  the 
French^  Membrmes^  from  the  Pieces,  liuck  upright,  to  bound 
them  ;  or  Voyes,  as  being  fuppofed  half  a  Waggon  Load. 
See  Core. 

The  Measure /or  Horfes^  is  the  Hand  or  Handful; 
which,  by  the  Statute,  contains  four  Inches.    See  Hand, 

MEASURE  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  the  Cadence,  and 
Time  obferved  in  Poetry,  Dancing,  and  Mufic,  to  render 
them  regular,  and  agreeable.  The  different  Meafures  in 
Poetry,  are  the  different  Manners  of  ordering  and  com- 
bining the  Quantities,  or  the  long  and  fhort  Syllables. 
Thus  Hexameter,  Pentameter,  Iambic,  Sapphic  Verfes, 
t^c.  confiit  of  different  Medfitres.  See  Quantity, 
Verse,  i^c. 

In  Englijh  Verfes,  the  "Meafures  are  extremely  various 
and  arbitrary,  every  Poet  being  at  liberty  to  introduce 
any  new  Form  he  pleafes.  The  moft  ufed  ^re,  the 
Heroic,  generally  confining  of  five  long,  and  five  /liort 
Syllables  j  Verfes  of  four  Feet  ;  and  of  three  Fcef,  and  a 
Cefure  or  fingle  Syllable.  The  Antients,  by  varioufly 
combining  and  tranfpofing  their  Quantities,  made  a  vail 
Variety  of  different  Meafttres.  Of  Wnrds,  or  rather  Feet 
of  two  Syllables,  they  form'd  a  Sfondee^  confining  of  two 
long  Syllables  j  a  Pirrhic^  of  two  /liort  Syllables  j  a  Tro- 
chee, of  a  long  and  a  fhort  Syllable  ;  an  lamhic,  of  a  long 
and  a  fliort  Syllable.  Of  their  Feet  of  three  Syllables, 
they  form'd  a  ^Wo/^,  confiiling  of  three  lung  Syllables  ;  a 
Tribrach^  of  three  H-iort  Syllables;  ixD.iRjl,  of  one  long, 
and  two  fhort  Syllables  j  Olu  ^napeji^  of  two  fhorC  and 
two  long  Syllables.  The  Greek  Poets  contrived  124  diffe- 
rent Combinations  or  }.kafi<res,  under  as  many  different 
Names,  from  Feet  of  two  Syllables  to  thofe  of  fix.  See 
Spondee,  Dactyl,  Rhime,  Foot,  i£c. 

Measure,  in  Mufic,  is  the  Interval,  or  Space  of  Time, 
which  the  Perfon,  who  regulates  the  Mufic,  takes  be- 
tween the  raifing  and  lettins!  fall  of  his  Hand,  in  order  to 
condu6l  the  Movement  fometimes  quicker,  and  fometimes 
flower,  according  to  the  Kind  of  Mufic,  or  the  Suhje^l: 
that  is  fung  or  play'd.  See  Time.  The  ordinary  or 
common  'Meafurz,  is  one  Second,  or  fixticth  part  of  a  Mi- 
nute, which  is  nearly  the  Space  between  the  Beats  of  the 
Pulfe  or  Heart  j  the  Syilole,  or  Contraflion  of  the  Heart, 
anfwering  to  the  Elevation  of  the  Hand,  and  its  Diaflole, 
or  Dilatation,  to  the  letting  it  fall.  The  Me^/Hi-e  ufually 
takes  up  the  Space  that  a  Pendulum,  of  two  Foot  and  a 
half  long,  employs  in  making  a  Swing  or  Vibration.  See 

ViRR ATION. 

The  Meafure  is  regulated  according  to  the  different 
Quality  or  Value  of  the  Notes  in  the  Piece  ;  by  which  the 
Time  that  each  Note  is  to  take  up,  is  exprefs'd.  The 
Semi-Breve,  for  inflance,  holds  one  Rife,  and  one  Fall; 
and  this  is  call'd  the  whole  Afe(i/«>-e.-  the  Minim,  one  Rife, 
or  one  Fall ;  and  the  Crochet,  half  a  Rife,  or  half  a  Fall, 
there  being  four  Crochets  in  a  full  Meafure.   See  Note. 

£iMi,-i»-_y,  or  UonWe  Measure,  is  that  wherein  the  Rife 
and  Fall  of  the  Hand  are  equal. 

Ternary,  or  Triple  Measure,  is  that  wherein  the  Fall 
is  double  to  the  Rife  ;  or  where  two  Minims  are  play'd 
during  a  Fall,  and  but  one  in  a  Rife  :    To  this  purpofe. 


the  Number  5  Is  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  Lines, 
when  the  Meafitre  is  intended  10  be  triple  j  and  aC,  when 
theMea/itre  is  to  be  common  or  double. 

This  rifing  and  falling  of  the  Hands,  was  call'd  by  the 
Greeh  afon  and  Bim^.  St.  Jugtifi'm  calls  it  I'lunftis^  and  the 
Spaniards,  Compafs.  See  Beating  of  Time. 

MEASURING.  To  define  Ivkafuring  Geometrically, 
It  is  the  affuming  any  ccttain  QLiantity,  and  exprcffing  the 
Proportion  of  other  fimilar  Quantities  to  the  fame  :  To 
define  it  popularly,  M£afur!7ig  is  the  ufing  a  certain  known 
Meafure,  and  determining,  thereby,  the  preclfe  Extent, 
Quantity  or  Capacity  of  any  thing.    See  Measure. 

MEASURING,  in  the  general,  makes  the  practical  Part 
of  Geometry  ;  fee  Geometry  :  From  the  various  Sub- 
jects whereon  It  is  employ'd,  it  acquires  various  Names, 
and  conftitutes  various  Arts.  Thus 

Measuring  of  Lilies,  or  Quantities  of  one  Dimen- 
fion,  we  call  Lojigimetry  ;  fee  Longjmetby  :  And  when 
thole  Lines  are  not  extended  parallel  to  the  Horizon, 
Altinietry  :  fee  Alti M ETRY.  When  the  different  Alti- 
tudes of  the  two  Extremes  of  the  Line  are  alone  regarded, 
Le-jelliug,  fee  Levelling. 

Measuring  of  Superfidc!,  or  Quantiiies  of  two  Dimen- 
fions,  is  varioufly  denominated,  according  to  its  Subjects  ; 
when  converfLint  about  Lands,  'tis  called  Gcod-vjia,  or  S'lr- 
iieyi7ii :  in  other  Cafes,  fimplv  Meafui!?!?^.  The  Inllruments 
are  the  Ten-Foot  Rod,  Chain,  Compafs,  Circumfe- 
rentor,  ^c.    See  Superficies  ;  fee  alfo  Surveying, 

Measuring  of  Solids,  or  Quantities  of  three  Dimen- 
fjons,  we  call  Stereometry^  fee  Stereometry:  where 
'tis  convcrfant  about  the  Capacities  of  Veffels,  or  the  Li- 
quors they  contain  particularly,  G.ih:;(«^.  See  Gauging. 
The  Inilruments  are  the  Gauging-Rod,  Sliding-Rulc, 
£=fc.  Sec  Soiid;  fee  ulfo  Gaucing-Rod,  Sliding- 
RULE,  i^c. 

From  the  Definition  of  Ueafitriiig,  where  the  Meafure  is 
exprefs'd  to  be  fimilar  or  homogeneous,  i.e.  of  the  lame 
kind  with  the  Thing  meafured  j  'tis  evident  that  in  the 
firtt  Cafe,  or  in  Quantities  of  one  Dimenfion,  the  Meafure 
mufl  be  a  Line;  in  the  fccond,  a  Superficies  ;  and  in  the. 
third,  a  Solid.  For  a  Line,  -J.g.  cannot  meafure  a  Surface  ; 
to  meafure,  being  no  more  than  to  apply  the  known  Quan- 
tity to  the  unknown,  fill  the  two  become  equal.  Now  a 
Surface  has  Breadth,  and  a  Line  has  none  ;  but  if  one 
Line  hath  no  Breadth,  two  of  a  hundred  have  none  ; 
A  Line,  therefore,  can  never  be  applied  fo  often  to  a  Sur- 
face, as  to  be  equal  to  ir,  e.  to  meafure  it.  And  from 
the  like  Reafoning  it  is  evident,  a  Superficies,  which  has 
no  Depth,  cannot  be  equal  to,  i.e.  cannot  meafure  a  So- 
lid, which  has.  While  a  Line  continues  fuch,  it  may  be 
meafured  by  any  part  of  itfelf ;  but  when  the  Line  begins 
to  flow  and  to  generate  a  new  Dimenfion,  the  Meafure 
mufl  keep  pace,  and  flow  too  ;  i.e.  as  the  one  commences 
Superficies,  the  other  mufl  do  fo  too  :  Thus  we  come  to 
have  S(j'iare 'Meafiirei,  and  Cubic  Meajnres.  See  Sq,uare 
and  Cube,  Hence  we  fee  why  i^ic  l^kafure  of  a  Circle  is 
an  Arch,  or  part  of  the  Circle  ^  for  a  right  Line  can  only 
touch  a  Circle  in  one  Point,  but  the  Periphery  of  a  Circle 
confifts  of  infinite  Points :  The  right  l  ine  therefore  to 
meafure  the  Circle,  mufl:  be  applied  infinite  Times,  which 
is  ImpofTible.    Again,  the  right  Line  only  touches  tha 

Circle, 


MEC 


Circle  in  a  Mathematical  Point;  which  has  no  Parts  or 
Dimenfions,  confcquently  no  Magnitude  :  but  a  Thing  that 
has  no  Magnitude  or  Dimenfions,  bears  no  proportion  to 
another  that  has  j  and  cannot  therefore  mcafure  it.  Hence 
we  fee  the  Reafon  of  the  Divifion  of  Circles  into  ^60 
Parts  or  Arches,  called  Dcpees.    Sec  Degree. 


MEC 


Let,  for  infiancc,  A  B  be  iLe.er,  whofe  Wm™  h  it  c 
and  let  It  be  moved  into  the  Volition  a  c  h.  Here  the  Vclo- 
cuy  ot  any  Fomt  m  the  Lever,  is  as  the  Diltance  from  the 
V    l\  ,  M  f"'"!  ^  'I'^f'-nbe  the  Arch  A»,  and  the 

Pome  B  the  Arch  B  b  ;  then  thUe  Arches  will  be  the  Spa- 
ces delmbcd  by  the  two  Motions:  bot  fince  th- IvIotiSns 


Measuring  aj  Trmngle,,  or  from  three  given  Sides  or  are  both  made  in  the  fame  time,  the  Spaces  will  hi  1,. 

Angles,  to  determine  all  the  rell,  is  call'd  Trigonometry.  Velocities.    But  it  is  plain,  the  Arches  A  -  ^nd  R ;  n 

See  Tkigonometrv.  be  to  one  another,  as  their  Radii  A  C  arcl  A  R    b  ^"r 

Measokino  of  the  Ah  ;   its  Freffure,  Spring,  ^c.  is  the  Seflors  A  C.i,  and  Bci,  are  fimila'r  ■  wWfon 

called  /xnmetry  or  Fnmmattcs:  See  Aero-Metey,  i£c.  Velocities  of  the  Points  A  and  &  ate  v.  the-,  n;n  r 

MEATUS  t>y;,V„,,  aBilary  Dufl,  about  the  Bignefs  the  Centre  C.   Now  if  any  Powers  ar'e  appli«l  „  r'l'T 

ofaGoofe-QuiU,  which  at  about  two  Inches  dillance  from  of  the  Lever  A  and  B,  in  order  to  raifr  If,  i  „  \ 


-  x^-...,  cii  .^L^vjuL  L«u  1IILI,C6  UlLlUUCe  IfOIll 

the  G  all-Bladder,  is  join*d  to  the  Meatus  Bcfat'icus  j  and 
ihefe  together  form  the  UiiSiis  Commimis.    See  Bile. 

Meatus  Vrtnarms^  or  Urinary  Fajj.tge,  in  Women,  is 
very  Ihort,  lined  internally  with  a  very  thin  Membrane  ; 
next  to  which  is  a  Coat  of  a  white  Subllance.  Thro  this 
Coat,  from  fome  L^icuiix  in  ir,  pafs  feveral  Du£fs,  which 


,  ,   .    '  T»".  »^'ie  jrs  Arms  up  and 

down;  their  Force  will  be  expounded  by  the  Perpend! 
culars  S and  4  N  i  which  being  as  the  right  Sines  of  the 
former  Arches,  bh  and  a  A,  will  be  to  one  another  alfo 
as  the  KadiiAc,  and  c  B  ;  wherefore  the  Velocities  of 
the  Powers,  are  alfo  as  their  Diflances  from  the  Centre 
And  fince  the  Moment  of  any  Body  is  as  its  Weight  or 


n          ^..„»„^  ,11  ,  ,  pa,4  icvcrai  uuus,  wnicn  ana  iince  ine  moment  o[  any  Body  is  as  its  Weiphr  nr 

convey  a  limpid  glutinous  Matter,  ferving  to  anoint  the  gravitating  Force,  and  its  Velocity  coniunftlv  ■   If  d  'ff 

Extremity  of  the  Urabra.   See  Urinary.  rent  Powers  or  Weights  are  apniied  to  the  I  e'vcr  th 

Meatus  ^A,dmi/..s  the  Entrance  of  the  Ear;  a  carti-  Moments    will  alw^ays  ibe  /s  the  Weiohts'  and  th  ''' 

lagmous  Subftance,  irregularly  divided  with  fle/liy  mem-  Difiances  from    the  Centre  conlunaiv   "  VVhereforV^  'f 

branous  Interpofitions  in  feveral  Parts  of  ir,  not  unlike  the  to  the  fame  Lever,  there  be  two  Powers  or  Weinh, 

Bro„eh.a  in  the  Lungj,  only  its  flefty  Fibres  are  here  ply'd  reciprocally,  proportional  to  their  Dillancl  froS; 

thicker.    The  inner  Part,  or  that  next_  the  Brain,  is  bony,  the  Centre,  their  Moments  will  be  equal  ■  and  if  thev  o  ^ 


It  is  lined  throughout  with  a  thin  Membrane,  derived 
from  the  Skin,  which  is  continued  on  the  Mcmhran^Tym- 
fani^  where  it  becomes  thinner.    See  Ear. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  Mcitus,  almoll:  half-way,  a- 
rifc  a  great  number  of  fmall  Hairs,  at  whofe  Roots  iffue 
the  Ear- Wax,  which  is  intangled  in  thofe  Hairs,  the  bet- 
ter to  break  the  Impetus  of  the  external  Air,  and  prevent 
its  too  fuddenly  rufliing  in  on  l\ic'Memhrana  Tympani.  See 
Ce  r  u  m  t  n  . 

MECHANICS,  from  rnX'^-'^^y  En^hiCy  is  a  mix'd  Ma- 
thematical Science,  which  conliders  AjW»,  its  Nature  and 
Laws,  with  the  Effefts  thereof,  in  Machines, 
Motion 


contranly,  as  in  the  Cafe  of  a  StiUiard,  the  Lover'wlll 
remain  ,n  an  horizontal  Pofition,  or  the  Ballance  will 
be  in  Equilibric  And  thus  it  is  eafy  to  conceive  how  the 
Weight  of  one  Pound  may  be  made  to  enui  ballance  a 
Ihoufand,  efc.  Hence  alfo  i,  is  plain,  that  die  Force  of 
the  Power  IS  not  at  all  increafcd  by  Engines;  only  the  Ve 
locity  of  the  Weight  in  either  lifting  or  drawing,  is  fo  di- 
mini(}i  d  by  the  Application  of  the  Inflrument,  as  that  the 
Moment  of  the  Weight  is  not  greater  than  the  Force  of 
the  Power  I  hus.for  inftance  ;  if  any  Force  can  elevate 
-  a  lound  Weight  with  a  given  Velocity,  it  is  impoffible  bv 
See  any  Engine  to  cftea,  that  the  fame  Power  Jhall  raife  two 
Pound  Weight,  wiih  the  lame  Velocity  :    But  by  an  En- 


rouna  weignt,  wnn  the  lame  Veiocitv  •    Bur  bv  f 

That  part  u(  Mechanics  which  confiders  the  Motion  of  gine  it  may  be  made  to  raife  two  Pouncl  Weight  12 

BoJies  arifing  from  Gravity,  is  by  fome  calPd  Statics,  the  Velocity  ;  or  toooo  times  the  Weight  with     ■  f 

See  Cavity,  Statics,  R„niTE»cE,  efr.    In  diftinflion  the  former  Velocity.    See  Perpetual  MotTon 
from  that  part  which  conhders  the  MecWc  Powers,  and       Mechanical  Ci,ree,  a  Term  ufed  bv  7V  r   ,  r 

their  Application,   properly  calPd  Mecha„ics.    See  Me-  thofe  Curves,  which  cannot  be  defined  by  L,y  E.iuaiion  ■ 

^r"'"  !?''PP'>«"™  -  A'g^l-"-.  which  they'  SlI  G^ZeiHc 

HA  '  T,  ,     ,  Curves.    Iheic  Curvev  Sir  If.  Ncwto77  M  i  P'hs-^t-,  r.-^ 

Mechanic  Formers,  are  the  five  fimple  M.,rf.;„cr  ;   to  call  tranfcendent  Curves;  ai4  diff^t  from  rtr    1^  e. 

which  all  others,  how  complex  foerer,  are  reducible,  and  eluding  them  out  of  Geometry.    /elJ"  hareTen  foifn^ 

T^efe  ^ecbanic  Fc^rs  (as  they  are  calPd)  are  fix,  .i..  fh«l  do^f tjite  co'  1  anTy  1:1^^^  \ 

the  latla,tce  Lever,  WItcel,  Fully,  Wedge,  and  &,c»  ;  which  the  Curve ;  in  oppoEtion  to  Algebrak  Enuatfons  whi  h  do 

fee  under  their  proper  Heads:  Ballance,  Lever,  £s;c.  See  Curve.  ^    "le  liquations,  which  do. 

They  may   however,  be  all  reduced  to  one,         the       Mechanical  AffeBiom,  are  fuch  Properties  in  M,„.^ 

Lever.    The  Principle  whereon  they  depend,  is  the  fame  as  refult  from  their  Fiaure  Bulk   and  Mm  ,  ^     M  ' 

in  al  ,  and  may  be  conceived  from  what  follows.  n.cal  Cat.je.  are  thofe  founded  ^  ^1^10!^^  !'; 

The  M™«m,;„,  or  Quantity  of  Motion  of  any  Mechanical  Sohttons  are  Accoun  ^rf  Thinri'  1 

Body,  IS  the  fi.S»»  of  its  Velocity,  (or  the  Space  it  moves  fame  Principles.  Accounts  ot  Ihmgs  on  the 

m  agivenTime,  fee  Motion;)  m.ultiplied  into  its  Mafs.       Mechanical  Fbilofophy,  is  the  fame  with      r„.„  r 

Hence  „  follows,  that  two  unequal  Bodies  will  have  equal  cular  Philofonhy  ;        that-^h  ch  expTainTtt  F^^°7  f 

Moments    if  'he  Lines  they  defcribe  be  in  a  reciprocal  Nature,  and  the  Operations  of  Corporeal  toL^'^o^^ 

Ra  10  of  their  Maffes.   Thu,,  if  two  Bodies,  faften'd  ,0  the  Principles  of  Afeci.^L;  the  Figure  Tran'omen,'  HT^ 

Extremities  of  a  Ballance  or  Lever,  be  in  a  reciprocal  f.tion.  Motion,  Greamefs  or  sSn'efi  of  fhe  Pans  w^^^^^^^ 

Ratio  of  their  Duiances  from  the  fixed  Point ;  when  they  compofe  natural  Bodies.    See  Corp u  cular 

nics, /,,..)  be  triple  the  Body'=B'l'diS'o'fre:;i^-  l:^7k;t^^^t^x.:'^"i^:^s"' 

fo  fix  d  ,0  the  ExtretTuties  of  a  Lever  A  B.  whofe  B.l-  able  to  what  is  ufed  in  the  Co  Krivan  e  and  a  Inf  °T 

»f  1  o&^t|i::^tr-i::^^ 


'      ,  ,  .       ~,   ...  OCCIHOTION. 

Hence  that  noble  Challenge  of  ArcbimeJes,  Jalis  Virilus  da. 
turn  Fo::d-.,s  tro-ccrc ;  for  as  the  Diflanco  C  B  may  be  in- 
creafcd infinitely,  the  Power  or  Moment  of  A  may  be  in- 
creafed  infinitely.  So  that  the  whole  of  Mecbamcs  is  re- 
duced to  the  following  Problem. 

Any  body,  as  A ,  laitb  its  Velocity  C,  and  alfo  any  other  Body 


J  .    1,   .  .^.c.iai  ccmgs  are  tormed, 

and  to  have  a  1  thofe  Properties,  which  concern  a  Phy- 
iician  s  Regard  only,  by  virtue  of  its  peculiar  Make  and 
Condruflure  ;  it  naturally  leads  a  Perfon,  who  truft.  to 
proper  Evidences,  to  confider  the  feveral  Parts,  accord  ina 
to  their  Figures,  Contexture,  and  Ufe  ;  either  as  Wheels, 
Pullies  Wedges,  Levers,  Skrews,  Chords,  Canals  Ci- 


wi  1  be  c   theCeleritvomn^r,   R   f""*  ^  f™.  "hich    quire  into  the  Motions  and  Properties  of  any  oth  r  m". 
1,  move  the  \v  A,h  i^iJ^^er  be  a   this  Procedure,  is  z^\^^  Mechanical  KmviUdgs, 


little  increased,  move  the  Weight. 


R  r  r  rt 


Tha 


MED 


(  ^2.2  ) 


MED 


The  Term  Mechanical  is  alfo  ufcd  in  Mathematics,  After  the  Time  of  Fbocis  and  Hcracliic,  Itcily  became  a 
to  fignify  a  Conliru6i:ion  or  Proof  of  Ionic  Problem,  not  Prey  lo  the  ii.D-bari.vis ;  fo  that  the  Monuments  we  huve 
done  m  an  accurate  Geomctfi.:,:i|  Manner,  but  coarfely  and    remaining  of  ihofc  two  Emperors,  finiJh  the  Set  or  fieri- 


unartfully,  or  by  the  affiltanLe  of  Inltruments,  us  are  moLt 
Problems  relating  to  the  Duplicature  of  the  Cube,  and 
the  Qaadrarure  of  the  Circle. 

MKCHOACAN,  Macadossin,  or  White  Jalap  ; 
called  alfo  IS'bnc  Rhubarb,  and  Jmet-ican  Sc.immofiy  ^  a  me- 
dicinal Rtior,  taking  its  Name  from  a  Province  of  Nctj 
Sf.n!i,  from  whence  it  is  brought.  Mcchoacan  was  known 
and  ufed  as  a  Purgative  before  Jalap,  tho  the  latter  is 
now  in  more  general  Ufe,  as  being  found  more  efticacious. 
Icr.  Mechoacaji  is  the  fweeter  and  more  gentle  of  the  two, 
and  on  that  account  preferable.  The  Seat  of  its  A£fion  is 
chiefly  in  the  extreme  Parts,  for  which  rcafon  it  is  accoun- 
ted good  in  arthriiic  Pains.    It  has  the  advantage  of  need- 


of  Impend  yit'cLils.  To  ihefe  are  added  the  MuUth  of  the 
Lower  Empire,  and  the  OVfei  Emperors  3  whcrcot  a  Se- 
ries may  be  made  as  low  as  our  time,  taking  ir.  the  Modern 
ones.  M-  Tcitm  has  made  an  ample  Colledlion  of  the 
Imperial  Ivlfdals  till  the  Time  of  Hcr.idiiti.  The  Goihic  Me- 
dals make  part  of  the  Imperial  ones.  They  arc  fo  cail'd, 
as  having  been  ilruck  in  the  Times  of  the  Goths,  and  in 
the  Declenfion  of  the  Empire ;  and  favouring  of  the  Igno- 
rance and  Barbarity  of  the  Age. 

As  to  the  Modern,  they  are  fuch  as  have  been  flruck 
in  Eiiro^Cj  lince  ihe  Ufurpaiion  of  the  Goths  has  been  ck- 
tiii£l  j  and  Sculpture  and  Engraving  have  begun  to  re- 
flourifli.    The  flrft  was  that  of  the  famous  Refurnier  'iJohn 


jng  no  Prepai-atior.  or  Corre>5live  ;  and  purging  in  its  own  Hits  in  141  >  ;  if  any  pretend  to  be  more  antient,  they  are 

proper  SubOancc,  fuch  as  it  grows.    M.  JJohWhc  found  by  fpurious,     In  Trance,   there  were  none  flruck  with  the 

analyfing  it,  that  it  contains  twelve  times  as  much  Salt  as  Prince's  EHigy  before  the  Reign      Charles  VII.  The 

Refin;  but  neither  the  faline  nor  refinous  Extrafl  purge  Study  of  modern  Medals  is  fo  much  more  ufeful,  as  they 

fo  freely  as  the  Subllance,  even  tho  taken  in  larger  Dofes  f  afford  more  light  than  the  anticnt,  and  mark  the  Times 

nor  do  they  yet  purge  fo  gently.    In  the  Choice  of  Me-  and  Circumllances  of  Events  prccifely  j  whereas  the  In- 

choacaiiy    prefer   thofe  Pieces  which  are   the  browncft  fcriptlonsof  the  antient  Ma/.7/5  arc  very  fliort  and  iimplc^ 


within  ■■)  and  whofe  Subftance  is  the  clofelf,  and  molt 
ccmpaff . 

MECONIUM,  in  Pharmacy,  is  the  Juice  of  the  Puppy, 
drawn  by  Expreffion,  and  dried  ;  differing  from  Opium, 
ill  that  this  laft  ou'.cs  out,  after  an  Incifion  made  in  the 
Heads  of  the  Poppies.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek 
fiiiK^i',  -fo/yD'-    See  Opium. 

Meconi'-'M  is  alfo  a  black  thick  Excrement,  gathcr'd 
in  the  Intcifines  of  a  Child  during  the  time  of  Geftation. 
In  Colour  and  Confiflcnce,  it  refembles  Pulp  of  Ca^i.:. 
It  is  alfo  found  to  refemble  Ivkcon'mm^  or  Juice  of  Poppy, 
whence  it  takes  its  Name. 

MEDAL,  a  fmall  Figure,  or  Piece  of  Metal,  in  form 
of  a  Coin,  deilined  to  preferve  to  Pofterity  the  Portrait  of 


and" generally  without  any  Date.  Add  to  this,  that  the 
antieni  Medals  are  extremely  liable  to  be  counterfeited, 
by  reafon  of  the  excefhve  Price  they  bear.  Eut  in  the 
modern,  there  is  not  near  thai  Danger  of  being  impofed 
upon. 

For  the  reft,  Medals  have  been  flruck  in  three  Kinds  of 
Metals,  which  make  three  feveral  Sets  or  Scries  in  the 
Cabinets  of  the  Curious.  That  of  Gold  is  the  Icafl  nu- 
merous, as  not  confining  of  above  Jooo,  oriico  of  the 
Imperial  i  that  of  Silver  may  contain  about  5000  Unpe- 
rial  j  and  that  of  Copper,  of  the  three  feveral  Sizes,  -jiz-.^ 
the  great,  the  rniddle,  and  the  fmall  Copper,  confiiis  of 
6  or  7000,  all  Imperial.   See  Silkies. 

There  are  no  true  Bchrcin  Medals  j  thofe  which  we  fee 


fome  great  Mar,  or  the  Memory  of  fome  illullrious  Ac-  of  [he  Heads  of  Mo/W,  and  jefus  Chrifr,  are  fpurious  and 

tion.  modern.    We  have  a  few  Shekels  of  Copper  and  Silver, 

forthcHvineroffirik'NgVi^-DKLs,  fee  Coining.  vvith  fH'my  or  Samaritan  Legends  ;   but  none  of  Gotd  i 

Some  Authors  imagine,  that  the  antient  Medals  were  tho  there  is  mention  made  of  one  in  the  King  oi  Vcim^irk's 

ufed  for  Money.   M.  Prtr/;/  has  a  Chapter  cxprefs  to  prove,  Cabinet.    F.  Sonciet  has  a  Diflertation  on  the  J-khrezi;  Uc- 

that  they  had  all  a  fix'd  regular  Price  in  Payments  5  ^not  ^^j,^  QotnxnorAy  oiXYd  Samaritan  Medils;  where  he  diltin- 


excepting  even  Medallions.  F.  "^oubsrt  is  of  the  fame  Opi- 
nion. Others,  on  the  contrary,  maintain,  that  we  have  no 
real  Money  of  the  Antients ;  and  that  the  Mcd.ils  we  now 
have,  never  had  any  Courfe  as  Coins.  Between  thefe  two 
Extremes,  there  is  a  Medium,  which  appears  by  much 
more  reafonable  than  either  of  them.    See  Money. 

Meeaes  are  divided  into  Anticnt  and  Modern  :  The 
Juucjit  are  fuch  as  were  fcruck  between  the  third  and 
the  feventh  Centuries  :  The  Modern  are  thofe  flruck 
within  thefe  500  Years.  Among  the  Anitent,  fome  arc 
Creek,  others  Roman.  The  Greek  are  the  mofl  antient. 
That  People  flrook  Medals  in  all  the  three  Metals  with 
fuch  exquifite  Art,  as  the  Romans  could  never  come  up 
to.  The  Greek  Medals  have  a  Defign,  Accuracy,  Force, 
and  a  Delicacy  that  exprcffes  even  the  Mulcles  and 
Vein.',  and  it  muft  be  own'd,  goes  infinitely  beyond  any 
thing  of  the  Romans.  There  are  alfo  Hebrew  Medals ;  Fu7iu\ 
Gothic,  and  Jrahic  Medals  which  make  new  Clafiesin  the 
antient  and  modern  ones.  The  Confular  Med.-.h  are  cer- 
tainly the  mofl  antient  Medals  of  Romans :  And  yet 
ihofe  of  Copper  and  Silver  don't  go  beyond  the  404th 
■year  of  Rmic':,  nor  thofe  of  Gold  beyond  the  Year  546. 
If  any  are  produced  of  an  older  Date,  they  are  fpu- 
rious. 

Confular  Medals  are  fo  cail'd,  to  diftinguifli  them  from 
the  Imperial ;  not  that  they  were  ilrook  by  order  of  the 
Confuls,  but  becaufe  in  thofe  Times  the  Republic  was 
governed  by  Confuls.  Of  thefe.  Father  ^oubert  reckons  a- 
bout  fifty  or  fixty  of  Gold  ;  two  hundred  and  fifty  of  Cop- 
per ;  and  near  a  thoufand  of  Silver.  Goltzius  has  defcribed 
them  in  a  Chronological  Order,  according  to  the  Fajii  Con- 
jidarcs.  Vrjinus  has  difpofed  them  Genealogically,  accord- 
ing to  the  Order  of  the  Jlo?;.'.?;;  Families.  M.  Fatln  has 
colle£led  an  entire  Scries  of  thctn,  in  the  fame  Order 
mthVyfrns  j  and  only  computes  1037  Confulars,  which 
relate  to  178  Rom.m  Families.  M.  Vaillant^  and  M.  Morel^ 
eacbpromifed  a  new  Edition  of  the  Confular  Medals  ;  M. 
ya't\k-.!t  kept  his  word,  and  his  Book  was  printed  e'er  he 
dietl,  in  5  Vol.  Folio. 

Among  the  Tnrj^c-i^y  Mepals,  we  diftinguiAi  between 


guilhes  accurately  between  the  Genuine  and  Spurious; 
and  fliews,  that  they  are  true  Hebrew  Coins  flruck  by  the 
3c2yj,  but  on  the  Model  of  the  Antients;  and  that  th-^y 
were  current  before  the  Babylanifh  Captivity.  See  Sama- 
ritan. 

The  Parts  of  a  Medal,  are  the  two  Sides ;  one  whereof 
is  cail'd  the  Head^  the  other  the  R^-jcrfe.  On  each  Side 
is  the  Area  or  Field,  which  makes  the  middle  of  the  Me- 
dal ;  th-^  Rim  or  Border  ;  and  the  Exer^rHe,  which  is 
beneath  the  Ground,  whereon  the  Figures  r,.  prefented 
are  placed.  On  the  two  Sides  are  dlftinguifli'd  the  Type, 
and  thelnfcription  or  Legend.  The  Types  are  the  Figures 
reprefented  the  Legend  is  the  Writing, efpeciatly  that  a- 
round  the  Medal  j  tho  in  the  Greek  Medals,  the  Infcription 
Is  frequently  in  the  Area.  What  we  find  in  the  E-xergae^ 
is  frequently  no  more  than  fome  Initial  Letters,  whofe 
Meaning  we  are  unacquainted  withal  j  tho,  fometimes 
too,  they  contain  Epochas,  or  Words  that  may  be  ac- 
counted an  Infcripllon.    Sec  Exergue  and  Legend. 

'Tis  not  either  the  Metal  ,  or  the  Size ,  which 
makes  a  Medal  valuable  ;  but  the  Scarcity  of  the  Head, 
or  of  the  Reverfe,  or  the  Legend.  Some  Medals  are 
common  in  Gold,  which  yet  arc  very  rare  in  Copper;  and 
others  very  rare  in  Silver,  which  in  Copper  and  Gold  are 
very  common.  The  Reverfe  is  fometimes  common,  where 
the  Head  is  Angular  i  and  fome  Heads  are  common,  ^'  hofc 
Reverfes  are  very  fcarce-  There  are  A;lW.;/j  very  fcarce 
in  fome  Sets,  and  yet  very  common  In  others.  For  in- 
ftance,  there  is  no  Jntmia  in  the  Sets  of  large  Copper,  and 
the  middle  Copperis  forced  to  fupply  its  place.  The  Otho 
is  very  rare  in  all  the  Copper  Sets,  and  yet  common  in  the 
Silver  ones.  Otho's,  of  the  large  Copper,  are  held  at  an 
immenfe  Price  ;  and  thofe  of  the  middle  Copper,  at  40 
or  50  Piftoles.  And  the  Gordtam  %tq  rated  full  as  high. 
Singular  Medals  are  invaluable.  Singular  Medals,  in  the 
popular  fcnfe,  are  fuch  as  are  not  found  in  the  Cabinets 
of  the  Curious,  and  are  only  met  with  by  chance  ;  but  in 
the  flricler  fcnfe  arc  fuch,  whereof  there  is  not  above  one 
of  a  Kind  extant.  The  Oiho  In  large  Copper  is  a  flngular 
Medal.    When  a  Medal  exceeds  the  Value  of  ten  or  twelve 


the  Uppef         >^^c  Lower  Empire  ;    The  Upper  Empire    Pifloles,  they  are  worth  what  the  Owner  pleafes.  Tl 


commenced  under  r>/ir,  and  ended  about  the  Year 
of  Jefus  Chrift  z6o  :  The  LoTjer  Empire  comprehends 
near  iicoYears,  tiz.  till  the  taking  of  Co-^jiantmople,  'Tis 
the  Curtum,  however,  to  account  all  the  Imperial  Medals, 


Tefcermins  Niger,  and  Fcytijicx,  are  very  rare  in  all 
Metals.  The  Didius  ^ulianns  is  hardly  found  any  where, 
but  in  large  Copper.  Carteren,  a  Dutchman,  and  fome  o~ 
tbers,  have  made  Mills  exprefs  to  flrike  Medals  that  never 


till  the  Time  of  the  Faleohgi^  among  the  Antique  ;  and  were,  as  thofe  of  C/ccro,  Virgil,  Friam^  Sic.  M.  FaiU'am  ha 
yet  we  have  wo  hnperial  Medals,  of  any  confiderable  Beau-  coUefled  all  the  Medals  flruck  by  the  Roman  Colonies  j 
ty  later  than  the  Time  o{  Hcraclius^  who  died  in  641.    F  Hardouin  thofe  of  the  GveeX' and  Lati?i  Cities.    F.  Norlt 

thcf; 


MED 


thofe  cf  .f>  M.  M„e,  has  undertaken  an  Univerfal 
H.ltory  ot  M,J,/s,  and  prcmiies  Cuts  of  twenty-five  thou- 
land.  He  has  ranged  them  under  four  Claflcs.  The  firil 
contains  the  M-rf.,;,  of  Kings,  Cities,  and  People ;  whkh 
have  ne.ther  the  Na„,e  nor  image  of  the  Emperors 
Ihe  iecond  contains  the  Covjular  Medal,  i  ,he  third  thp 
J-./c™/  A«„/,;  and  the  fourth,  the /iA™,  P,*' 

r   ;  He  begins'  with 

the  Imfern,!  and  bnngs  them  down  as  low  as  ttm./,„7 
He  places  the  La:,„,  m  order,  before  the  Gre-i.  ^/J  Oa-»' 
a  6er,»fl;,  Phyfician,  and  Count  Mezz.ilayh.i,  have  e'ndea' 
voured  to  range  them  in  a  Chronological  Order,  but  that 
),s  ntipraa.cable.  For  m  moll  of  the  I,«f,nal  uliah,  there 
IS  no  Mark  enher  of  the  Confulate,  or  if  the  lear  of  the 
Ke.gn;  and  finccCft.,  there  is  none  of  them  that  bear 
the  lean  Poctileps  of  Chronology.  Q-erf  miaU  are  fuch 
as  have  either  the  Heads  of  W  Emperors,  or  a-eei  In- 
Icnptions.  ^ 

1  here  are  falfe   at  J},mm„  Mali,  which  are  thofc 

UmhtcdMcdah,  which  are  thofe  that  are  not  entire,  or 
are  defaced  :  Kedimcgmied  Mcdds,  which  are  thofe  where- 
in we  hnd  the  Letters  Reft,  which  fliew  that  they  have 
been  reftored  by  the  Emperors :  Dift  Mcdah,  which  are 
Itruck  ot  pure  Copper,  and  afterwards  tilver'd.  This  is  a 
Contrivance  that  the  Curious  have  frequent  recourfe  to 
in  order  to  complcat  their  Silver  Sets.  CozmV  or  P&iJ 
Medals,  which  have  only  a  thin  Silver  Leaf  over  the  Cop- 
per,  but  which  are  ftruckfo  artfully,  that  the  Cheat  does 
not  appear,  without  cutting  them  :  Thefe  are  the  Icall 
fulpeited.  Gramd  or  Indented  Medal,  are  thofe,  whofe 
Edges  are  cut  like  Teeth,  which  is  a  (ign  of  Goodnefs 
and  Amiquity.  I  hey  are  common  among  the 
but  we  have  none  later  than  A;,i/;,„.  There  are  feveral 
of  them,  however  among  thofe  of  the  Kings  of  5,™. 
Medals  eoun,e„myi  d,  are  thofe  that  are  cut  either  on  the 
Side  of  the  Head,  or  of  the  Reverfe  :  Thefe  Counter- 
marks feye  to  denote  the  Change  of  their  Value  i  and 
r";,  «  l"T"'  Curious.    There  are 

A  j%  f^'^f  V'":h  are  not  (truck,  but  call  in  a  Mould  ; 
and  Mer/ii/j  that  have  no  Reverfe. 

&al,m  derives  the  Word  from  the  Jmllc  Meibalia  a 
Com  wherein  is  imprefs'd  the  Figure  of  a  human  Head 
Menage  and  ,fu,  rather  derive  it  from  Me,all,m,.  D,,  Came 
oblcrves  that  the  antient  were  cM'iMedaUa,  .Js 
Medietas  Niiitimi.  '  *  J 

The  moH  noted  Medalifls,  or  Authors  on  Medals,  are 
JnMms.4,,.„P„,,s,  nVfus,  Lazms,  f,./.  U,y?«,„,  a  learned 
Antiquary  ykneas  Vicus,  Huhen.s,  Cohzi.s  0lfilh,s  SeJn. 
Occc,  Tnjia^,  S,r,»,„d,  Vaillan,,  Falln,  Norn,  Spanhsim,Har- 
douw.  Morel,  Souien,  Mtzs^abarla,  Berber,  &c. 

MEDALLION,  a  Medal  of  an  extraordinary  Bignefs 
,re7n,°a  "  which  Princes  uld  to 

I         '   u-?&"  ^""^  5  f"'  "■Wch  reafon  the 

Romans  ciill'd  them  M,fi,a.  The  MedalLms  were  never  any 
current  Com,  as  the  Medals  were  =  They  were  Qtuck  purely 
«;  ferve  as  publick  Monuments,  or  to' make  Prcfe^  of 
There  cannot  be  any  Set  made  of  them,  even  tho'  the 
Metals  and  Si.es  /liould  be  join'd  promifcuouny.  The  heft 
Cabmets  do  not  contain  above  fou'r  or  five  hundred  •  ho' 
MMrel  promifes  us  Figures  of  above  a  thoufand.  Au- 
buck     lom.°r  "l"^"  ••"^y  fi'fl  tegan  to  be 

„f  n  Wff  1  T™"*'"  have  it  under  the  Empire 
ot  Ibcodojms:  but  this  mufl  be  a  Miflik^-  f„.  .V 
were  fome  llruck  even  in  the  UpJerTmtrre  =  w  tneff: 
to-.,  a  rra,a„  and  an  Jle.ander  Zer.s,  l\\  extr^t  i^c 
W»ft.„i  of  Gold  are  very  rare,  as  alio  thofe  of  lar"e  Cop 
per.  MedalLons  are  diftinguift'd  from  Medals  by  ?he  Vo" 
lume;  that  is,  by  the  Thicknefs  and  Compafs  and  the 
Largenefs  and  Relieve  of  the  Head.  MedaLns,  in  ,ria„v 
aitien.i.„t,„  Tales,  are  calPd  Uctabnes.  The "tS 
call  them  Medaglioni.  ^^i^uaiians 

MEDIANA   the  NameofaVein,or  little  Veffel  made 

of  thJ  A  %  ™'  "  r""'"'"  Vein,  or  a  third  Vein 

nf  the  Arm  as  fome  Authors  imagine  ;  but  merelv  ^ 
Branch  0  the  Bafilic  ;  which  running  in'.o  the  inner  Pm 
of  the  Elbow,  unites  with  the  Cephalk,  and  forms  a  con 
mon  A  ein,  call'd  A-W,„,„  ;  ^„/b  .^e  Jrals,  the  S 
n  the  m  S'"  r the  two  Colut^n* 
"hl^^th^feo?  the^re'r''  """" 

mi:Ulc  onL'^Su:  ""a^d  d"'d""  ^""-"'"S  *e 

Parts  -  tliinr,?  r  "1"  A    ™  dividing  it  into  two  equal 

of  ti  e  one  Sidl"  ^ut  th°at  the  Blood- Veffel 
tXTj:  '  with  thofe  of  the  other. 


(  ^2.3  ) 


MED 


vide  the  Thorax,  longitudinally.  It  proceeds  from  ths 
Sternum,  and  psflmg  Hrjit  down  thro  the  middle  of  the 
Ihorax  to  the  \  ertcbr.T,  divides  its  Cavity  into  two.  It 
contains,  in  lis  Doublings,  the  Heart,  Vena  Cava,  theOe- 
lophagus,  and  the  Stomachic  Nerves.  The  Membranes 
ot  the  Med,ajun„m  arc  finer  and  thinner  than  the  Pleura, 
and  have  a  little  Fat.  it  receives  Branches  of  Veins  and 
Arteries  from  the  Mammillary,  and  Diaphragmatic,  parti- 
cularly one  call  d  Mcdtaftma ;  its  Nerves  come  froti  the 
Stomachic:  it  has  alfo  fome  Lymphatics,  which  open  into 
the  rhoracc  Dufl.  The  Mcduf,„n,m  divides  the  Thorax 
into  two  larts  ;  to  the  end  that  one  Lobe  of  the  Lungs 
rnay  ofticiate,  ,f  the  other  be  hinder'd  by  a  Wound  on 
the  other  Side.  Sometimes  there  is  a  Matter  contain'd 
betwixt  Its  Membranes,  immediately  under  the  Sternum 
which  may  occafion  the  trepanning  of  this  Place.  The 
Med,afhm„„  ferves  to  fuftain  the  Vifcera,  and  prevent  their 
falling  from  one  fido  to  the  other.  Sec  pLEtiRi,  Tho- 
rax, £?c.  ' 

Mediastinum  Cerebri,  is  the  fame  as  Sepnm  Tranf- 
'''"■iTi    ^'^"^"'^'■'^^  Transversom,  iSc. 

MEDIATE,  orlNTERMEDi.iTE,  a  Term  of  Rchtion 
to  two  Extremes,  applied  to  a  third,  which  is  in  the  mid- 
dle; as,  to  afecond  Caufe,  which  is  aBed  upon  by  fome 
fuperior  or  firft  Caule,  to  produce  any  Effea  Subflance 
IS  a  Genus  with  regard  to  Man,  but  between  the  two  there 
are  other  »,tv/,..te  Genus's,  as  Body  and  Animal.  Mediate 
IS  uled  in  oppofition  to  immediate.  Thus  when  we  fay, 
that  God  and  Man  concur  to  the  ProduBion  of  Man  ;  God 
IS  the  «crf,»te  Caufe,  Man  the  i„„„rf»,e.  'Tis  a  popular 
Queftion  in  Theology,  Whether  the  Holy  Ghoil  con- 
verts a  Sinner  mediately  or  immediately 

MEDICINE,  an  Art,  ordinarily  cail'd  Fhyfic  ;  defined, 
by  B«At--r,  to  confili  in  the  Knowledge  of  thofe  Things, 
by  whofe  Application,  Life  is  either  preferv'd  found  and 
healthy,  or  when  diforder'd,  again  reilor'd  to  its  prilline 
Healthinefs.    See  Health  and  Disease. 

(aalen  defines  Medicine,  the  Art  of  preferving  prefent 
wealth,  or  of  retrieving  itwhenpaft:  Hippocrates,  tha 
Addition  of  what  ,s  wanting,  and  the  RetfJnchment  of 
what  IS  redundant:  And  lallly,  HleropKUs,  the  Know- 
Heafth  indifferent,  and  ill,  with  regard  to 

Phyfic  muft  have  been  nearly  coeval  with  the  WorW. 
Ihe  Injuries  and  Viciffitudes  of  the  Air,  the  Nature  and 
Qualities  of  Foods,  the  Violence  of  external  Bodies,  the 
Adlions  of  Life  and  laflly,  the  Fabric  of  the  Human 
Compages ;  muft  have  rendered  Difeafes  almoH  as  old  as 
Mankind:  And  the  Prefence  of  a  Difeafe,  as  it  brings 
with  It  a  painful  Scnfation,  the  Lofs  of  the  Life  ofa  Limb. 
Ijc  we  find,  does,  by  a  ncceffary  mechanical  Impulfe, 
both  m  Brutes  and  Men,  compel  the  Difeafed  to  fek  for 
Help,  and  to  apply  Remedies,  either  by  mere  Experi- 
ment, or  by  Inlhnci,  and  fpontaneous  Appetite.  Hence 
arofe  the  Art  oWcdkine  ;  which,  in  this  fcnfe,  has  been  al- 
wavs.  every  where,  among  Mankind.  Antient  Hilloriesand 
s  tell  us.  that  in  ;i  lifflfl  f  .t.-T^i__i  -. 


■c  t\       It   ;   ' — I'laiiMim.  -antient  t-liltories and 

iables  tcl  us,  that  in  a  little  time,  from  the  Flood,  it  was 
fo  well  cultivated  by  the:  JJyrian,,  Bahyloni.ans,  Chaldeans, 
and  Mag,,  that  they  were  able  to  remove  prefent  Difeafes. 
and  prevent  future  ones.  Hence  it  pafs'ii  into  E^ypt,  Ly- 
haCyrenmca,  mACrotone;  and  thence  into  Grecre,  where 
It  flourifhd  principally  in  the  Iflands  of  ft,*;,  RJ:odes, 
Cos,  and  in  Epidanras.  *  * 

^''S.^'S™'^"'™'  °f  *<=  Art  were  laid  by  Chance, 
natural  lnrtina,  and  Events  unforefeen  :  Thefe  were  im- 
proved by  the  Memory  of  the  Succcfs  of  former  Experi- 
ments; by  writing  down  the  Difeafes,  their  Remedies,  and 
their  Event  on  Columns,  Paintings,  and  the  Walls  of  their 
lemples;  by  expofing  the  Sick  in  the  Markets  and  pub- 

tnT^V  J^"'^"''".!'"'''''''  ''V'  ™'S1«  enquire  into 
the  Uileafe,  and  communicate  a  Remedy,  If  thev  knew 
My  :  and  laflly,  by  Analogy,  or  Reafoning,  from  a  Com- 
parifon  of  Things  already  obferv'd,  with  Things  prefent 
and  to  come.    The  Art  at  length  rek-iv'd  a  mud,  LeliKr 

for  the  Cure  of  particular  Difeafes,  and  others  for  Dif- 
eales  m  general;  by  an  accurate  Obfervation  of  the  Dif- 
the  R^;!?.'l'v  <:>'^aDercription  of 

the  Remedy  and  Its  Ufe:  immediately,  upon  which  it 

fic  bT*^  -r'  ^"f^^  "■■^  "='^"8"'  was'confined  to  pa  ! 
Father  ""^^-J-g.  byway  of  Inheritance,  from 

Pro^refs  '  P""'^''  a  great  Bar  to  its 

The  Etetijficia,  or  lofpeBing  the  Entrails  of  Beafts, 
uled  by  the  Priefls;  the  Cuflom  of  Embalming  deatl 
l^arcales  and  even  Butchery  itfelf,  promoted  the  Know- 
ledge of  the  Human  Fabric,  and  of  the  Caufes  both  of 
Health,  Difeafes,  and  Death.  Laflly,  the  ditfcaing  of 
live  Animals  for  Philofophical  Purpofes,  diftii.a  Kar., 
tives  of  the  Caufe,  Rife,  Increafi,  Ctifis,  Declenfion' 
End,  and  Effea  of  Difeafes;  and  the  Knowleche  rf  Me' 
Acnes,  their  Choice,  Preparation,  Application"  Powers, 

and 


MED 


(  ^^4  ) 


MED 


and  Events,  fecm'd  to  have  almofl  brought  the  Art  to  its 
Verfeclion.  .  , 

Hiffccrale:,  who  was  CoteiMporary  with  Detmcntus,  ana 
perfectly  acquainted  with  every  thing  hitherto  laid  down, 
1  and  betides,  furnidi'd  with  a  great  number  of  Obkrva- 
tions  of  his  own,  coUeaing  into  one  all  that  was  valuable 
and  ufcful  ;  compiled  a  Body  of  GVee/i  Makdne  ;  and  was 
the  firll  who  deferv'd  the  Title  of  a  true  I'hyficiaii :  ior 
being  a  Maftcr  of  the  ef/.i>e<£;=t,  Exfakncc,  as  well  as  ot 
Analo"y  andReafon,  and  withal  well  verfed  in  a  pure 
rhilofophy;  he,  fiflt,made  Phyfic  rational  ;  and  laid  ttie 
Foundation  of  the  dogmatical  MeAane,  which  has  ever 
iince  obtain'd.  See  Dogiiat  i  cal,  Theoeeticap,  iSc. 

What  Hippocrates  had  done,  continu'd  a  long  tiirie  la- 
crcd  and  uralter'd,  and  was  the  Handing  Priclice  of  many 
Ages ;  at  length  Jra^m  the  C.-ff.,Joci.m  digeted  it  into 
a  more  orderly  Body ;  whence,  in  various  Places,  at  va- 
rious Times,  and  by  various  Hands,  particularly  the  Alex- 
'  andrhn  School,  it  was  further  alter'd  and  improv  d  ;  riU 
at  Icncth  it  came  to  the  hands  of  CUwJ.  G-ikn ;  who  col- 
leaing  the  fcatter'd  Parts,  digcding  thofe  thatwere  con- 
fus'd,  and  explaining  every  thing  by  the  rigid  Dottrmes 
of  tlic  Ta-,PMem,,  did  both  a  great  deal  ot  fcrvice,  and 
a  -rcat  deal  of  mifchief,  to  the  noble  Art ;  he  being  the 
iirft  who  introduced  the  Doflrlne  of  the  Elements,  the 
Cardinal  Qualities,  and  their  Degrees,  the  four  Hurnours, 
{^c.  into  Msdicine:  and  on  thefe  be  made  the  whole  Art  to 
depend.    See  Temperament,  Hpmodh,  Qoaliiv, 

°  After^he  fixth  Century,  the  Arts  were  not  only  extin- 
Euifh'd,  butalmoft  all  Memory  of  them  lofl,  till  the  ninth; 
from  which,  to  the  thirteenth,  Mcdidne  was  vigorouHy  cul- 
tivated by  the  Arah  in  Jfici,  Jfrka,  and  Sfcim :  who  ap- 
plying rhemfelves  particularly  to  the  Study  of  the  K.mrm 
Medica,  and  its  Preparations,  and  to  the  Operations  ot 
Chirur"ery  render'd  both  more  juft  and  more  copious  at 
the  fame  time.  And  yet  Galen's  Errors  became  now  more 
predominant  than  ever. 

At  length,  however,  they  were  purged  out  and  ex- 
ploded by°two  differenr  Means  ;  principally  indeed  by  the 
keltoration  of  the  pure  Difcipline  of  Htfpocmte,^  m  France  ; 
and  then  alfo  by  the  Experiments  and  Difcoveries  ot  Chy- 
rnifls  and  Anaiomitts  :  till  at  length  the  immortal  Hjroy 
overturning,  by  his  Dcmonflrations,  the  whole  Theory  of 
the  Anticnts,  laid  a  new  and  certain  Bafts  of  the  Science. 
Since  his  Time,  Medicine  is  become  free  from  the  Tyranny 
of  any  Sect,  and  is  improv'd  by  the  furc  Difcoveries  m 
Anatomy,  Chymiftry,  Phyfics,  Botany,  Mechanics,  jjc. 

Hence  it  appears,  that  the  Art  originally  confuted  iole- 
ly  in  the  faithful  Colleaion  of  Obfcrvationsj  and  that  a 
long  time  after,  they  began  to  enquire,  and  difpute,  and 
form  Theories ;  the  firft  part  has  ever  continued  the  fame  J 
but  the  latter  always  mutable.  For  the  feveral  SeSs 
that  have  arofe  among  Phyficians,  fee  Empeeic,  Dog- 
matic, [?f.  .    .    ,  D  I, 

Medicine  is  divided  into  five  principal  Brancnes. 
The  firft  confiders  the  Human  Body,  its  Parts  and  Fa- 
bric, its  Life  and  Health,  and  the  Effefls  following  from 
them;  and  this  is  call'd  Pi'^y?«/oiy',  the  AnMl  Oecomm},, 
or  Voarnif  of  the  Ufe  of  she  Parts :  and  its  Objeds,  now 
enumerated,  are  call'd  Rei  NoMwto,  or  Things  according 
to  Nature.    See  Physiology,  Natural  Things,  JSc. 

The  fecond  Branch  confiders  the  Difeafes  of  the  Hu- 
man Body,  their  Differences,  Caufes,  and  Effeas;  and  is 
call'd  Taiholo^y,  as  it  confiders  the  Difeafes;  JEtialogy, 
is  it  enquires  into  their  Caufes ;  Nofola^y^  when  it  exa- 
mines their  Differences  ;  and  lalUy,  Sympomatolofy,  when 
it  explains  their  Effeas.  The  Objeas  of  this  Part  are 
call'd  Res  pT^eter  NatnraleSy  or  beyond  Nature.  See  Pa- 
thology, £?c. 

The  third  Branch  confiders  the  Signs  or  Symptoms, 
and  how  to  apply  them  to  Ufe  ;  fo  as  to  judge  both  in  a 
found,  and  a  difeafed  Body,  what,  which,  is,  will  be,  the 
Degree,  Order,  Effea,  of  the  Health,  or  the  Difeafe  : 
This  is  call'd  Scmeiotica.  Its  Objefts  are  Things  both  Na- 
tural, No!i'fiatiiral,  and  Trxter-nattiral.  See  SemeioticA.^ 
The  fourth  Branch  confiders  the  Remedies,  and  their 
Ufe,  whereby  Life  may  be  preferv'd  ;  whence  'tis  call'd 
By^eine.  Its  Objeas  are  what  we  ftriaiy  call  3Vo«- 
jititttraU,   SeeHvGErNE  and  Non-Naturals. 

Laflly,  The  fifth  furnifhes  the  Mcteria  Medica,  its  Pre- 
parations, 'and  Manner  of  Exhibition,  fo  as  to  reftore 
Health,  and  ref.iove  Difeafes ;  and  is  call'd  Therafeutica, 
coipprehending  the  yji^tetica,  Tharmacetttica,  Chiritrgica, 
and  ^strict;.   See  Dijltetica,  Pharmaceutica,Chi- 

KUEGICA,  andjETRICA. 

I\IEDICINES,  or  Ucdicaments,  Preparations  of  any  na- 
tural Subftances,  apply'd  to  a  human  Body,  in  order  to 
anfwer  fome  Intention  of  Cure.  Medicines  are  diflinguifn'd, 
with  regard  to  the  Maimer  of  Application,  into  Internal 
and  External.  Internal,  are  thofe  taken  in  at  the  Mouth  : 
External,  or  Tipical,  are  thofe  apply'd  to  any  particular 
Part.   See  Topical,  ^c. 


With  regard  to  the  different  Manner  of  theit  Operation, 
they  are  diilinguifli'd  into  Emcnanis,  Jfiringents,  and  Al- 
terants, or  Specifics.  See  Evacuants,  Specifics,  Al- 
terants. 

A  general  Idea  of  the  Manner  wherein  Medicines  operate 
on  a  human  Body,  may  be  conceiv'd  from  what  follows. 

A  few  ditferent  forts  of  Particles,  varioudy  combined, 
will  produce  great  variety  of  Fluids  ;  fome  may  have  one 
fort,  fome  two,  fome  three  or  more.    If  we  fuppofe  only 
five  different  forts  of  Particles  in  the  Blood,  and  call  them 
<i,J,c,  d,e;  their  feveral  Combinations,  without  varying  the 
Proportions  in  which  they  are  mix'd,  will  be  rhefe  follow- 
ing ;  but  whether  more  or  lefs,  need  not  be  determin'd. 
ah  :  flc  ;  ad  :  ae  : 
he  :  bd  :  he  :  t:  d  z 
c  e  I  de  :  ah  c  :  a  d  c  t 
a  bd  :  ahe  :  ace  :  ade  : 
hdc  :  hde  :  let:  :  dec. 
ahcd  :  ahce  :  acde  :  ahde  i  hcde  :  abcde  : 
No  Theory  of  Secretion  has  hitherto  been  able  to  give  any 
tolerable  Account  of  the  Operation  of  fuch  Mcdicmes,  as  pro- 
mote an  Evacuation.    For  if  tho  Humours  are  equally 
mix'd  with  the  Blood,  that  is,  if  the  Blood  is  in  every 
part  of  the  Body  the  fame,  and  its  Particles  ate  not  more 
apt  to  form  cerrain  Humours,  in  fome  certain  Parts  of  the 
Body,  than  in  others  ;  or  if  they  are  not  forced,  by  the 
Power  of  fome  Medicine,  to  form  fuch  Humours  ;  then  the 
Quantities  of  Humour,  fcparated  in  equal  Times,  will 
always  be  as  the  Velocity  of  the  Blood  ;  but  the  Velocity 
of  the  Blood  is  feldom  doubled  by  any  Medicine,  and  never 
tripled  by  the  moft  acute  Fever.    The  Quantity  of  Hu- 
mour, however,  drawn  off  by  evacuating  Medicates,  is 
often  twenty  times  greater  than  the  natural  Quantity  ;  and 
therefore,  upon  fuppofirion  that  the  Humours  are  every 
where  equally  mix'd  with  the  Blood,  the  Operation  of 
evacuating  Medicines  can  never  be  accounted  for. 

Tho  this  Argument  hath  the  Strength  of  a  Demonflra- 
tion,  yet  there  are  fome  who  explain  the  Operation  ot 
purgative,  and  other  evacuating  Medicines,  by  a  llinm- 
lating  Faculty ;  whereby  the  fluggifll  Juices  are  not  only 
forc'd  out,   but  the  obflruaed  Canals  open'd,  and  the 
Motion  of  the  Blood  quicken'd.    But  tho  fuch  a  Power 
be  allow'd,  it  would  remain  to  be  explam'd,  why  certain 
Medicines  do  only  flitpulate  certain  Glands  ?    For  it  is  evi- 
dent, that  evacuating  Medicines  have  fome  other  Power, 
befides  the  fqueezing  out  flagnant  Juices  ;  becaufe  when 
they  are  all  fqueez'd  out,  they  Hill  evacuate  as  much,  it  they 
are  repeated,  as  they  did  before :  as  is  plain,  by  continuing 
a  Salivation  for  many  days.   Secondly,  we  cannot  fuppole. 
that  all  Bodies  have  every  where,  and  at  all  times.  Juices 
Hagnating;  but  theCe  Medicines  conftantly  produce  their 
Effeas,  more  or  lefs,  at  all  times.  Thirdly,  if  the  Vel- 
fcls  be  fuppofed  to  be  obfttuaed,  an  evacuating  Me<('«He 
could  but  double  theQuantity  that  was  evacuated,  before 
ir  was  taken.    Fourthly,  if  thefe  Medicines  operate  only 
thefe  ways,  then  in  a  healthful  Body,  where  there  were 
no  Obftruaions,  they  would  have  no  effea  at  all.  Fifth- 
ly   if  the  removing  Obftruaions  were  the  Caule  ot  a 
creator  Quantity  evacuated,  then  the  Evacuation  Ihould 
Sill  continue  in  a  greater  degree  than  before  the  pbllruc- 
tion  was  removed;  whereas,  in  faB,  we  conftantly  find  it 
lefs  as  the  Medicine  works  off.  Sixthly,  tho  a  Medicine  by 
flimulating  a  Veffel,  may  quicken  the  Motion  ol  the  Fluid 
in  that  Veffel ;  yet  it  can  never  increafe  the  Quantity  ot 
Fluid  running  thro  It,  in  equal  Spaces  of  Time  ;  bcclule 
it  quickens  the  Motion  of  the  Fluid,  only  by  contradling 
the  Veffel:  and  therefore  the  fafler  the  Fluid  is  made  to 
run  thro'  the  Veffel,  the  lefs  Fluid  the  O'lfice  of  tha 
Veffel  admits ;  and  confequently  after  the  Veflel  is  con- 
traaed  by  the  flimulating  Medicine,  the  Secretion  will  be 
lefs,  infiead  of  being  greater.    That  a  Stimulus  caufes  the 
part,  on  which  it  aBs,  to  contraa,  is  matter  of  fad  ;  and 
ihat  purgative  Metoci  do  flimulate  the  Bowels ;  but 
it  may  pirhaps  be  likewife  faid,  they  ftimulate  the  Heart 
and  Arteries,  and  increafe  their  Force,  being  they  not  only 
quicken,  but  taife  the  Pulfe:  fo  that  a  greater  Quantity 
of  Blood  is  fent  to  the  Glands  of  the  Guts     This  may 
be  gtanted  ;  but  not  that  it  is  the  principal  ABion  of  fut- 
gativeMrfri»«;  becaufe  that,  by  the  fiime  Force  agrea- 
ter  Quantity  of  Blood  is  font  to  all  the  other  Glands  of 
the  Bodv    whofe  Fluids  are  not,  however,  fenfibly  in- 
creafed  ;  and  the  Glands  of  the  Inteftines  receive  a  lefs 
Ouantitv,  in  proportion,  than  any  others,   becaule  rhey 
cimot  be  fo  much  dilated  by  the  greater  Force  of  the 
Blood  as  otheis,  which  are  not  fo  much  ftimulated  by 
the  M'edicine.    There  are  othets,  who  will  have  evacuating 
Medicines  endued  with  aii  attenuating  Quality,  by  vA.ch 
they  diffolve  all  the  Cohefions  of  the  Particles  of  the 
Blood  and  fo  fet  the  feveral  Humours  at  liberty,  to  pafs 
thro' t'he^  proper  Glands :  but  if  thefe  Med.cme,  have  a 
powe    univ^erfSly  to  diffolve  all  the  Cok,=fions  of  ,he 
Blood,  then  every  evacuating  Medtc,«e  would  ':i''='llX_J'_jl* 


MED 


in-differenrly  increafe  the  Quantity  of  evei-y  Secretion. 
Mercury  would  as  conilantly  purge  as  falivate,  and  Nitre 
promote  Perfpiration,  as  well  as  Urine  j  but  this  is  repug- 
nant to  Experience.  If  ihey  have  a  power  to  diffolve 
certain  Cohetions,  and  not  others ;  this  is  but  fetting  cer- 
tain Particles  at  liberty  to  pafs  thro'  their  proper  Glands, 
■which  were  not  fo  beJurc ;  and  is  a  preparing  the  Hu- 
mours, in  order  to  increafe  the  Quantity  of  Secretion. 
Evacuating  'Mtdkines  mult  therefore  have  a  power  to  af- 
fc£l  fome  Particle-s  and  not  others  ;  that  is,  to  repel  fome, 
and  attraft,  retain,  cind  alter  others  :  and  this  is  what  may 
be  aflirm'd  to  be  in  all  Medicines^  and  is  what  a  thoufand 
Chymical  Experiments demonflrate. The  feveral  Humours 
then  being  form'd,  by  the  different  Cohefion  of  the  Par- 
ticles of  Blood,  the  Quantity  of  Humour  fecerned  by  any 
Gland,  muft  be  in  a  Proportion  compounded  of  the  Pro- 
portion, that  the  Number  of  the  Particles,  cohering  in 
fuch  a  manner  as  is  proper  to  conflltute  the  Humour 
which  paffes  thro'  the  Gland,  bears  to  the  Mafs  of  Blood  ; 
and  of  the  Proportion  of  the  Q^iantity  of  Blood,  that  ar- 
rives at  the  Gland.  And  hence  it  follows,  that  where 
there  is  a  determinate  Quantity  of  a  certain  Humour  to 
be  fcparatcd,  the  Number  of  Particles,  that  are  proper  to 
compofe  the  fecerned  Liquor,  muft  be  reciprocally  pro- 
portional fo  the  Quantity  of  the  Blood  that  arrives  at  the 
Gland:  and  therefore,  if  the  Quantity  of  the  Secretion 
is  to  he  increas'd,  the  Number  of  Particles  is  to  be  in- 
creas'd  i  if  the  Secretion  is  to  be  leffen'd,  the  Number 
of  Particles,  proper  for  fuch  a  Secretion,  is  to  be  leffen'd 
in  the  fame  Proportion.  'Medicinesy  thereforej  which  can 
alter  the  Cohefions,  and  Combinations  of  the  Particles,  can 
either  increafe  or  diminifh  the  Quantity  of  any  Secretion. 
Thus,  fuppofe  the  Humour,  which  pafles  thro'  the  Glands 
of  the  InteiTines,  to  be  compofed  of  three  or  four  feveral 
forts  of  Particles  ;  that  Medicifie^  which  will  eafily  cohere 
to  thofe  Particle?,  and  cohering,  increafe  their  mutual  At- 
traOions,  fo  as  they  unite  in  greater  Numbers  at,  or  be- 
fore they  arrive  at  the  Inteflines,  than  they  would  have 
done,  if  the  'hkdichie  had  not  been  given,  muft  neceffarily 
increafe  the  Quantify  of  Humour,  which  paPfes  thro'  the 
Glands  of  the  Inreflines,  if  the  Quantity  of  Blood  which 
arrives  at  the  Glands,  is  not  dimini/h'd  in  the  fame  Pro- 
portion, as  the  Number  of  Particles  is  increas'd.  After 
the  fame  manner  do  Diuretics,  Sudorifics,  and  "Medk'mes^ 
which  p  romote  all  other  Secretions,  operatci 

Why  incrtaling  the  Quantity  of  fome  Secretions,  ftiould 
diinini/hthatof  others,  15  not  eafy  to  explain  on  any  other 
foot;  for  if  the  Blood  be  equally  mix'oin  every  part  of 
the  Body,  with  all  the  Humours  which  are  feparated  from 
it  j  that  is,  if  the  Mixture  of  the  Blood  is  every  where 
alike,  fo  that  every  Humour  bears  the  fatne  Proportion 
to  the  refl  of  the  Arterial  Blood,  in  one  part  of  the  Body, 
that  it  does  in  another  ;  and  if  every  Humour  has  its 
own  proper  Gland,  thro'  which  it  is  feparated  :  then  what 
is  feparated  by  one  Gland,  is  not  fubftraSed  from  ano- 
ther ;  and  confequcndy  doth  not  diminifh  the  Quantity  of 
Humour,  which  flows  to  this  other,  but  doth  indeed  rather 
increafe  the  Quantity  of  thii  other  Secretion  :  for  the  more 
any  one  Humour  is  carry'd  off,  the  greater  Proportion  any 
other  remaining  in  the  Blood,  bears  to  the  remaining  Blood : 
And  therefore  the  more  any  one  Secretion  is  increafed,  the 
inorc  all  the  reft  fliould  be  increafed  lilcewife.  But  if  all 
the  Humours  are  compofed  by  a  Combination  of  a  few 
different  forts  of  Particles,  then  the  more  apt  thefe  Par- 
ticles are  to  run  into  any  one  fort  of  Combination,  the  lefs 
all  other  Combinations  muft  be !  and  confequently  the  in- 
creafing  any  one  Secretion,  muft  neceffarily  diminifh  the 
Quantity  of  all  others;  but  moft  efpecially  of  thatj  which 
has  the  moft  of  the  fame  fort  of  Particles.  See  Secre- 
tion, HuMouK,  £5?c. 

MEDICINAL  Hmri,  are  thofe  proper  to  take  Medi- 
cines in  :  Of  which  there  are  four  in  the  Day,  viz.  in  the 
Morning  faffing,  about  an  Hour  before  Dinner,  about  four 
Hours  after  Dinner,  and  going  to  Bed ;  but  in  acute  Cafes, 
the  Times  are  to  be  govern'd  by  the  Symptoms  and  Ag- 
gravation of  the  Diftemper. 

MEiiieiNAL  ^-'iiicj-j.   See  Water. 

MEDIETAS  Linguif,  an  inquelt  impannel'd,  whereof 
the  one  half  confifis  of  Natives  or  Denizens,  the  other 
Strangers.  It  is  ufed  in  Pleas,  wherein  the  one  Party  is  a 
Stranger,  and  the  other  a  Denizen.  Salcnim  deStanford,  a 
je=,  in  the  Time  of  Eiwuril.  had  a  Caufe  tried  before 
the  Sheriff  of  Noriuhl,  by  a  Jury  of /ei-  pohos  lemles 
Homme!,  1$  /ex  /e.a/es  3W.fo;  dt  Guhate  No-.-vki.  See 
Jury. 

MEDITATION,  an  Aaion  bv  which  we  confiderany 
thing  clolely,  or  wherein  the  Soul  is  employ'd  in  the 
Search  of  any  Truth.  In  Religion  it  is  ufed  to  fignify 
a  Confideration  of  the  Myfteries  and  grand  Truths  of 
Faith.  The  y.yfl'tc,  make  a  great  difference  between  Me- 
Atation  and  Contemplation.  Mcditamn  confifts  in  difcur- 
fivs  A  as  of  the  Sou!,  confidering  methodically,  and  with 


(  ) 


MED 


attention,  the  Myfteries  of  Faith,  and  the  Precepts  ol 
Morality  :  And  is  perform'd  by  Refleaions  and  Reafon- 
ings,  which  leave  behind  them  manifeft  Imprcffions  in  the 
Brain.  The  pure  Contemplative  have  no  need  of  Madim. 
fm,  as  feeing  all  things  in  God  at  a  Glance,  and  without 
any  Refleaion.  When  a  Man  therefore  has  once  quitted 
Meditation,  and  is  arrived  at  Contemplation,  he  returns 
no  more  ;  and,  according  to  Aharez-,  never  refumes  the 
Oar  of  Medilatton,  except  when  the  Wind  of  Contem- 
plation is  too  weak  to  fill  his  Sails.  See  Contempla- 
tion. 

MEDITERRANEAN,  fomething  inclofed  within 
Land.  The  Word  is  particularly  ufed  to  fignify  that  large 
Sea,  which  flows  within  the  Lands  of  Eunfe  and  Jfrwai 
by  the  Streights  of  Gibraltar,  and  reaches  into  AJia,  as  far 
as  the  Euxijte  Sea,  and  the  Paltis  Meotis.  It  was  antiently 
call'd  the  Grecian  &.],  and  the  Great  Sea.  It  is  now  can- 
ton'd  out  into  feveral  Divifions,  which  bear  feveral  Names, 
To  the  Weft  of  Italy  it  is  call'd  the  Ligiiftic,  ovTufcaii 
Sea  ;  near  Venice,  the  Adriatic  ;  towards  Greece,  Ionic  and 
JEfean;  between  the  Wehejfmt  and  the  Beffhmvs,  the 
White  Sea,  as  being  very  fafe  -,  and  beyond,  the  Black  Sea, 
Its  Navigation  being  dangerous.  The  Aralt  call  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea,  the  Cbaiiiher-Pot,  by  reifon,  they  fay  of  its 
Figure.  ' 

MEDITULLIUI^,  is  that  fpongy  Subflance  between 
the  two  Plates  of  the  Cranium,  and  in  the  Interftices  of 
all  laminated  Bodies.   See  Cranjdm. 

MEDIUM,  a  Latin  Term,  llgnifying  Middle  or  Mean. 
See  Mean. 

Medium,  in  Logic,  or  Medhjm  of  a  Syllogifm,  call'd 
alfo  the  mean  or  middle  Term,  and  by  the  Itahani,  mezzi 
termno;  is  an  Argument,  Rcafon,  or  Confideration,  for 
which  we  affirm,  or  deny  any  thing  :  Or  it  is  that  Caufe, 
why  the  greater  Extreme  is  attributed  to,  or  deny'd  of 
the  lefsj  in  the  Conclufion.  Thus,  in  the  Syllogifm,  '  E- 
'  very  good  thing  is  to  be  delircd ;  but  all  Virtue  is 
•  good  ;  therefore  all  Virtue  is  to  be  defired  The 
Term  Good  is  the  Medmm  ;  Virtue  the  lefs  Extreme,  and 
to  be  defir'd  the  greater.  See  SvtLOGisM,  Extreme, 

'Tis  call'd  Medium,  as  being  a  kind  of  Mediator  between 
the  Subjea  and  Predicate ;  ,  or,  by  reafon,  the  Extremes 
are  difpofed  to  affiirm,  or  deny  by  meant  hereof  Some 
call  It  Argumentum  tertium,  a  third  Argument,  and  others 
limply  Argnmentum,  as  being  the  Caufe  why  we  affent  to 
the  Conclufion.    See  Argiiment. 

Mediums,  or  Media,  are  the  Things  principally  fought 
for,  in  difcourfing  ;  fo  that  the  Invention  of  Mediums 
makes  the  moft  effential  Part  of  Logic.  But  the  Rulet 
commonly  given  by  Logicians  for  that  purpofe,  are  mere 
Impertinencies.  In  effeft,  no  fuch  Rules  can  be  given  : 
Nor  have  we  any  way  of  coming  at  fuch  Medium,  or 
Keafons,  but  by  a  clofe  Attention  to  clear  Ideas.  See 
Discourse,  Invention,  £i?c. 

Medium,  in  Arithmetic,  or  an  Arithmetical  Medium  or 
Mean,  call'd  in  the  Schools  Medium  Rei,  is  that  which  is 
equally  diftant  from  each  Extreme  ;  or,  which  exceeds  the 
leffer  Extreme,  as  much  as  it  is  exceeded  by  the  greater} 
in  refpea  of  Quantity,  not  of  Proportion.  Thus,  Nine  is  a 
Medium  between  Six  and  Twelve.   See  Arithmetical  ProJ 

PORTION. 

Geometrical  Medium  or  Mean,  call'd  in  the  Schools 
Medium  Perfont,  is  that  where  the  fame  Ratio  is  preferv'd 
between  the  firft  and  fecond,  and  the  fecond  and  third 
Terms  j  or  that  which  exceeds  in  the  fame  Ratio,  or 
Quota  of  itfelf,  as  it  is  exceeded.  Thus  Six  is  a  geome- 
trical Medium  between  Four  and  Nine.  See  Geometrical 
Proportion. 

This  is  the  Medium  which  Virtue  is  fuppos'd  to  obferve  j 
whence  fome  call  it  Medium  quoad  no;,  as  having  a  View 
to  Circumftances,  Times,  Places,  Perfons,  ^c.  Diftribu- 
tive  Juftice  obferves  a  Geometrical  Medium ;  Commutative 
Juftice,  an  Arithmetical  one.   See  Justice. 

The  Schoolmen  diftinguilh  divers  other  Kinds  of  Me- 
riiuMs ;  as 

Medium  Tarticifatimis,  in  the  Schools,  is  that  faid  to 
be  compounded  of  the  two  Extremes  :  Thus,  Man,  who 
is  partly  Body,  partly  Mind,  is  a  Medium  by  Tarticipi- 
tion,  of  the  two  Extremes  ;  fo,  is  Warmth  the  Medium  of 
Heat  and  Cold,  (£c. 

Medium  Negationii  cr  Remotianit,  is  that,  whereof  both 
Extremes  arc  deriv'd;  or,  it  is  a  SubjeS,  capable  of  re- 
ceiving both  Extremes,  and  yet  not  necefftrilv  poffcfs'd 
of  either.  Injwhich  latter  fenfe,  the  Will  is  a  Mean  with 
refpea  to  Virtue  and  Vice  ;  and  the  Underftanding,  with 
refpea  to  Knowledge  and  Ignorance- 

Medium  quod,  or  Medium  Siffojiti,  is  fomewhat  be- 
tween the  Agent  and  Patient,  which  receives  the  Aflion 
of  the  one,  e'er  it  arrive  at  the  other.  In  this  fenfe  Air 
is  a  Medium  between  the  Fire,  and  the  Hand  heated 
-Medium  qm,  i»  the  Form,  or  Faculty, 
S  f  f  I  f  f  wbereb» 


thereby." 


MED 


(  ) 


MED 


whereby  an  Agent  produces  an  Effecl  i  in  which  fcnic, 
Heat  is  faid  to  be  the  Medium  or  Meaji,  whereby  i  ire  acts 
on  the  Hand.  MEliiVMjub  quo,  is  that  which  ren- 
ders the  Power  to  aft,  compleat,  in  the  generaU  without 
determining  it  to  any  particular  Objecl  :  In  this  lenle, 
Lishr  is  thcMedium,  under  which  the  Eye  perceives  any 

Colour.  Medium  ««  quo,  is  that,  by  inlpeition 

whereof,  a  Power  is  produced  m  any  thing,  of  knowing 
or  perceiving  another  ;  Such,  i.  a  Speculum,  as  it  fl^iews 
an  Obica ;  an  Imaee,  as  it  repreicnts  the  Reality,  o^. 

Medium,  in  Mechanical  Fhilorophy,  is  that  Space  or 
Reeion,  thro'  which  a  Body  paffcs  in  its  Motion  towards 
any  Point.  Thus  ^:tber  is  luppofed  to  be  the  Medmm, 
wherein  the  heavenly  Bodies  move.  See  A-ther 
theMedium  wherewith  the  Earth  is  encompafsd.  and  Ear- 
thy iiodies  move.  See  Air.  /r.^rer  thcjV?e.//,<m  in  which 
Fiies  live  and  move.  See  Water.  Ihus,  Gi./.  is  alfo  a 
l^edn:m  of  Light,  aa  it  affords  it  a  free  Pailage  ;   And  that 


make  no  fenfiblc  Alteration  in  the  Motion  of  the  Planets 
in  ten  thoufand  Yeats.  And  is  not  fuch  nMedimn  better 
difpofed  for  the  heavenly  Motions,  than  that  of  the  Ciir- 
(e/;ij7ZJ,  which  fills  all  Space  adequately,  and  wirhout  leav- 
ing Pores  i  is  valtly  denfer  than  Gold  j  and  cberefore  muft 
reiifl  more  ?  See  Plenum,  iSc.  If  any  ask  how  a  Me- 
dnm  can  be  fo  rare,  let  him  lell  how  the  Air,  in  the  upper 
Regions  of  the  Atmofphere,  can  be  above  a  hundred 
thoufand  times  rarer  than  Gold.  How  an  ekaric  Body 
can,  by  Fricliun,  emit  an  Ex:halation  fo  rare  and  fubtlle, 
yet  fo  potent,  as,  tho  its  Emiffion  occafions  no  fenfible 
Alteration  in  the  Weight  of  the  Body  j  yet  it  Hiall  be 
diffufed  thro  a  Sphere  of  two  Foot  in  Diameter,  and  carry 
up  Leaf-Cupper,  or  Leaf-Gold,  at  the  dillance  of  a  Foot 
frum  the  eieclric  Body.  Or  how  the  EiHuvia  «t  a  Mag- 
net can  be  fo  I'ubtile,  as  to  pafs  a  Plate  of  Glals  without 
any  Refinance  or  Diminution  of  Force  j  yet  fo  potent,  as 
to  turn  a  Magnetic  iNeedle  beyond  the  Glafs.  See  Elec- 
tricity. 

That  tho  Heavens  are  not  fill'd  with  any  other,  but 
fuch  a  fubiile  etiiereal  MedUinit  is  evident  from  Phxnome- 
na;  whence.elfc  thofe  tailing  and  regular  Motions  of  the 
Planets  and  C-omets,  in  all  manner  ot  Ccurles  and  Direc- 
And  how  are  fuch  Morions  coniUfcHt  with  that 


Refillance,  that  mull  refult  from  that  denfe,  fluid  J^cdiimij 
wherewith  the  Curtsfums  fill  the  Heavens,  The  Re- 
ftilance  of  fluid  hkd'mms  arifes  partly  from  the  Cohefion 
cf  t-he  Parts  of  the  Medinm^  and  partly  from  the  Fis  hier- 
T'he  firl>,  in  a  fpherical  Body*  is  nearly  as  the  Dia- 


Denfity  or  C?nfifle»cc  in  the  Parts  of  the  Mt  J,.,*  whereby 
the  Motion  of  Bodies  in  it  is  retarded,  is  call  d  tie  Rc- 
Rliame  of  the  Medium  ;  which,  together  with  the  lorce  ot 
Gravity,  is  the  Caufe  of  the  Ceffation  of  Motion  of  Fro- 
ieSiles.    See  Resistance  oy  tie  Me((i«»!.  ^ 

S,Ji;/e  Medium.  Sir  Ij.  NizMK  makes  it  probable, 
That  bc(ide  the  particular  Aerial  McJmm,  wherein  we  live 
and  breath,  there  is  another  more  univerlal  one,  which 
he  calls  an  JEtberial  Ueiiiim  ;  vaftly  more  rare,  lubtile,  e- 
laftic  and  aflive,  than  Air;  and  by  that  means  freely  per- 
meating the  P°r=s  -.ind  f  '"r'^'w  bv"he  meter  or,  at  moll,  as  the  Fadtum  of  the  Diameter,  and 
and  differing,  .tfelf  Aro  ,  the  whole  Creation  :  And  "rVelocity  of  the'  Body.    The  latter  is  as  the  Square  of 

'  -  "  -  Thus  are  the  two  Kinds  of  Refiilance  di- 
1  in  any  Medium  ;  and  being  diffinguifli'd,  it  will 
that  ainiolf  all  the  l^^efiltance  of  Bodies,  moving 

.ionsofthisMe.,™,  he  takes  Heat  »  be  prc^^dSm    ^^^^J^^  u:^^^^^^^;!^^,.'^'^ 

To  tl  oni   sSeHEAx!    By  this  ,VV-,ft™  he  takes  Light         -^ij^fg jfi^t^- j/™"  ?  "t. 
,ofaerefleaed,  inflefled,  refratted,  and  put  alternately  f}Z.T^l}it±li°^-"' 
Fits  of  eafy  Refleamn  and  Tranfmiffmn  ;  which  Jl.t- 


1  hereof  he  thinks  it  is,  that  moi 


fefls  he  olfcwhere  afcribcs  to  the  Power  of  Attraaion  : 
(o  that  this  Medium  appears  the  Source  and  Caufe  of  At- 
traftion.  See  Light,  Reflection,  Refraction, 
Inflection,  and  Attraction. 

Aeain,  this  Medium  being  much  rarer  within  the  hea- 

~»Ai^"^--?P-»--"!!_,^"Vojher_R. 


the  Denfity  of  the 
Matter,  and  cannot  be  diminifh'd  any  other  way,  but  by 
a  Diminution  of  the  fame.  Thus  the  Refiflance  of  fluid 
MediimSf  is  nearly  proportional  to  rheir  Denilties ;  and 
thus  the  Air  we  breath,  being  about  cjco  times  lighter 
than  Water,  muft  reiift  about  500  rimes  lefs  than  Water  : 
As,  in  effeft,  the  fame  Author  has  found  it  does  fay  Expe- 
"  '        on  Pendulums.    Bodies  moving  in  Quick-Silvcr» 


the  Caufe  of  the  Gravitation  of  thefe  Bodies  towards  each 
other,  and  of  the  Parts  towards  the  Bodies.   See  Gra- 
vitation. .  ^ 
Again,  from  the  Vibrations  of  this  fame  Medium,  excited  t 
in  the  bottom  of  the  Eye  by  the  Rays  of  Light,  and  J; 
thence  propagated  thro  the  Capillaments  of  the  Optic 
T>Jerves  into  the  Senfory,  he  takes  Vifion  to  be  perform'd  ; 
fee  Vision  :    And  fo  Hearing,  from  the  Vibrations  ot 
thisor  fome  other  Medium,  excited  in  the  Auditory  Nerves, 
by  the  Tremors  of  the  Air,  and  propagated  thro  the  Ca- 
pillaments of  thofe  Nerves  into  the  Senfory  :  and  thus  of 
the  other  Scnfes.    See  Sensation,  Hearing,  S^c 

And,  again,  he  conceives  Mufcular  .Motion  to  bo  per- 
form'd by  tho  Vibrations  of  the  fame  Medmm,  excited  in 
the  Brain  at  the  Command  of  the  Will,  and  thence  pro- 
pagated thro  the  Capillaments  of  the  Nerves  into  the 
Mufclcs  ;  and  thus  contrafting  and  dilating  them.  See 
Muscle. 

The  Elafiic  Force  of  this  Medium,  he  /hews,  muft  be 
frodigious  :  Light  moves  at  the  rate  of  70,000,000  Miles 
in  about  feven  Minutes,  yet  the  Vibrations  and  Pulfes 
of  this  Medium,  to  caufe  the  Fits  of  eafy  Refleaion  and 
cafy  Tranfmiflion,  muft  be  fwifter  than  Light,  which  yet  is 
7co,oco  times  fwifter  than  Sound.  The  Elaftic  Force  of 
this  Medium,  therefore,  in  proportion  to  its  Dcnllty,  muft  be    fore,  unlefs  we 


fiftance,  but  what  ariiVs  from  the  Denfity  and  Tenacity 
of  thofe  Fluids ;  which  they  muft,  were  their  Fores  fiU'd 
with  a  denfe  and  fubtile  Fluid.  See  Vacuum.  Heat, 
'tis  found,  aiminidies  the  Tenacity  of  Bodies  very  much  5 
does  it  nor  decreafe  the  Rcfiitancn  of  Water,  fenfibly. 
The  Refiftance  of  Water,  therefore,  arifes  chiefly  from 
its  Vis  hieniie ;  confequcntly,  if  the  Heavens  were  as  denfe 
as  Water,  or  as  Quick-Silver,  they  would  not  refift  much 
lefs:  if  abfolutely  denfe,  without  any  Vacuum,  be  the 
Particles  never  fo  fubtile  and  fluid,  they  would  refill 
much  more  than  Quick-Silver.  A  folid  Globe,  in  fuch  a 
Medium,  would  lofc  above  half  its  Motion,  while  it  moves 
thrice  the  Length  of  its  own  Diameter  ;  and  a  Globe  not 
perfeflly  folid,  iuch  as  the  Planets,  would  lofe  more.  To 
make  way  therefore  for  the  lailing  Motions  of  the  Planets 
and  Comets,  the  Heavens  muft  be  empty  of  all  Matter, 
except,  perhaps,  from  fome  very  fine  Eftluvia  i  from  the 
Atmofphercs  of  the  Earth,  Planets,  and  Comets  ;  and 
fome  fuch  .fitherial  Medium  as  we  have  defcrlbed.  A 
denfe  Fluid  can  ferve  for  no  purpofe,  in  the  Heavens,  but 
to  difturb  the  Celeftial  Motions,  and  to  make  the  Framo 
of  Nature  languifli;  and  in  the  Fores  of  Bodies,  ferves 
only  to  check  "the  vibrating  Motion  of  their  Parts,  wherein 
their  Heat  and  Aflivity  confifts.  Such  a  Mcdmii,  there- 
had  fome  Evidence  of  its  Exiflcnce,  muft 


above  (^90,000,000,000  times  greater  than  the  Elaftic  Force 
of  the  Air,  in  proportion  to'its  Denfity ;  The  Velocities 
ind  Pulfes  of  Elaftic  Medium:  being  in  a  fub-duplicate  Ra- 
tio of  the  Elafticities,  and  the  Rariries  of  the  Medium,  ta- 
ken together.  And  thus  may  the  Vibrations  of  this  Me- 
dium be  conceiv'd  as  the  Caufe  of  Elafticity  of  Bodies. 
Sec  Elasticitv, 


be  given  up  ;  and  that  given  up,  the  Hypothefis  of  Light's 
tonfifling  in  a  I'reCflon,  falls  to  the  ground.  See  Light, 
Pression,  Cartesianism,  Sic. 


MEDIUS  Feiit£i-,  in  Anatomy,  the  Ercaft  or  Thorax. 
See  Thorax;  fee  alfo  Venter. 

MEDULLA,  in  natural  Hiftory,  £5r.  See  Marrow. 
Medulla  Certbri  and  Cereheiti,  is  the  white  foft  Part 

^*";*'""",  .  ,       r  L-        V      I   •      c  ^^^r^i    .if  ,1,^.  Pnin  -  and  Ce!-e/js//((?«,  cover'd  on  the  Outfide  with 

Furrher,  the  Particles  of  this  Medium  being  fuppoled    ot  the  JJram  ,  anu  ,  . .     ,  ,    ,  „,  ,n,,, 

'  -      •  'fjij^^    the  Cortical  Subflancc,  which  is  of  a.  more  dark  or  aJliy 

■        Colour.   See  the  Origin,  Struflurc  and  Ufe  thereof,  under 
Brain  and  Cerebellum. 

MEDULLA  Ohloii^ata,  is  the  Mediilkry  Part  of  the  Brain 
and  Cerebellum  join'd  in  one ;   the  fore-part  of  it  com- 
ftom  tho  Brain,  and  the  hind-part  from  the  Cerebei- 


infinitely  fmall,  even  fnialler  than  thofe  of  Light  _ 
be  likewife  fuppofed,  like  our  Air,  to  have  a  repelling 
Power,  whereby  they  recede  from  each  other,  the  Small- 
nefs  of  the  Particles  may  exceedingly  contribute  to  the 
Increafe  of  the  repelling  Power,  and  confequently  to  that 
of  the  Elafticity  and  Rarity  of  the  Medium  ;  and  fo  fit  it 
for  the  free  TranfmiCfion  of  Light,  and  the  free  Motions 
of  the  heavenly  Bodies.  In  this  Medium  may  the  Planets 
and  Comets  roll  without  any  confiderable  Refiftance.    If  Vertcbrre 

it  be  700,000  times  more  elaftic,  and  as  many  times    much  of  it  retains  t..        -    .  „„;n,M  l,„  ,!,<. 

rarer,  thaTAlr  •  Us  Refiflance  will  be  above  ^00,000,0.0  Skull.  After  .ts  Exit  thence  it  is  d.ft.nguilh  d  by  the 
times  lefs  than  that  of  Water  :  A  Refiftance  ths.t  would    Name  ot  the  Medulla  ifinaliu 


lum     It  lies  on  the  Bafis  of  the  Skull,  and  is  continu  d 
thro'  the  great  Perforation  thereof  into  the  Hollow  of  the 
of  tho  Neck,  Back,  and  Loins:  tho'  only  fo 
the  Name,  as  is  included  within  the 


MEL 


(  S-^T  ) 


MEM 


i'hc  Subflance  of  the  Mcdidh  OhJoJigata  being  only  an 
Ajigregaro  of  thofe  .of  the  Brain  and  Cerebellum,  muit, 
like  them,  be  purely  fibrous  or  nervous,  and  only  an  Af- 
fembUige  of  niinure 'lubes  for  ihe  Conveyance  of  the  A- 
nimal  Spirits.  It  arifes,  as  it  were,  from  four  Rootsj 
whereof  the  two  largelt  fpring  from  tlie  Brain,  and  are 
cuU'd  Crura:  the  two  leflcr  from  the  Cerebellum,  which 
Xyr.WiUis  calls  l^edunculi.    See  Krain,  Cerebellum. 

There  are  feveral  Farts  or  Members  of  the  MedidLi  Oh- 
longitta^  particular  Defcriptions  whereof  will  be  found  un- 
der their  proper  Heads.  In  the  general  it  may  be  ob- 
ferv'd,  thac,  upon  inverting  ir,  the  firli  thing  that  apceara 
upon  its  Trunk,  is  a  Protuberance-  fomewliac  like  c.  ^ing, 
for  that  reafon  call'd  'Prontherantia  yJn/iuliiris.  Then  fol- 
low ten  Fair  of  Nerves,  which  have  rheir  Origin  here, 
and  are  hence  fent  to  the  feveral  Farts  of  the  Body. 
See  Nerve.  Immediately  under  the  fJrft  Pair,  or  Oltac- 
lories,  appear  two  imall  Arteries,  or  Branches  ot  the 
ratides.  The  fecond  Pair,  or  Optics,  being  cut  off,  ap- 
pears the  Inff.JidibuIurJ!,  which  ends  in  the  GlanduU  Fhuita- 
ria,  and  on  each  Side,  the  Carotid  Arteries  enter  the  Skull. 
In  the  Lateral  Ventricles  of  the  Medulla  are  two  Promi- 
nences on  each  Side,  the  one  Pair  call'd  Corpora  Striata^ 
from  the  appearance  of  Stripes,  or  nervous  Fibres,  within 
them;  their  outer  Subdance  being  cortical  or  glandulous, 
like  rhe  rci}  of  the  Surtacc  of  the  Brain,  tho'  not  fo  deep. 
Betwixt  the  Corf  ora.  Striata  is  a  broad  thin  Produ£fion  of 
the  ivjedulkf  call'd  t'tirmx  i  and  underneath  them  lie  two 
other  Prominences  ,  call'd  Thalami  Nervorum  Opticoyum . 
On  either  fide  of  thefe  is  a  Flexits  of  Blood  A'^eflels,  cal- 
led Flexns  Coyoides.  And  under  the  Fornix  a  narrow  Ap  er- 
ture, call'd  the  Ktma,  which  lets  into  the  lnfimdihnlnm  ; 
which  is  a  Paffage  from  the  third  Ventricle  to  the  GLmdida 
Thititaria^  thro  the  Medulla  of  the  Brain  ;  being  lined  with 
the  Fia  Ivlatsr.  Under  this,  in  the  iS",'7rr(i  call'd  Sella  Equina, 
or  Twrcxfl,  upon  the  Oi  Cribrofum^  is  the  Glandula  Fituitaria  ; 
which  is  furrounded  with  a  P/e.vKJ  of  VclTels,  call'd  ReJ^e 
tSrahth:,  only  vifible  in  Brutes.  On  the  hind  part  of  the 
third  Ventricle  is  a  fmall  Foramen,  call'd  yft7iis,  leading  to 
ihe  fourth  Ventricle  of  the  Cerchellim  :  At  the  Orifice  of 
this  is  feated  a  fmall  Gland,  which,  from  its  fancied  Re- 
femblance  to  a  Fine  Apple,  is  call'd  Co;jiij-i/(?w,  or  Glaudida 
Fh!ealis;  wlicvc  Da  Cartes  and  his  Followers  imagine  the 
Seat  of  the  Soul  to  be.  On  the  backfide  of  the  MedidU 
Ohlojjgata,  near  the  Cerebelltm,  arc  four  Protuberances, 
whereof  the  upper  and  larger  are  call'd  Nates ;  the  under 
and  lelTer  Tejhs,  Between  thefe  and  the  Proceffes  of  the 
Cerebtllum,  is  the  fourth  Ventricle,  from  its  Figure  call'd 
Calamus  Scriptorius.  On  the  Medulla  Oblongata^  near  its  Ex- 
tremity, are  four  other  Prominences,  two  on  each  Side  j 
call'd  Corpora  Fyyamidalia  and  Oli-juria.  See  Pyramida- 
LiA,  Olivaria,  Calamus,  Conaritjm,  Rete,  ££ft\ 

Medulla  Spinalis,  or  the  Spina!  Marhzv,  is  a  Continua- 
tion of  the  Medulla  Ohlojigata,  or  Medullary  Part  of  the 
Brain,  without  the  Skull.  It  confirts,  as  the  Brain  does, 
of  two  Parts,  a  White  or  Medullary,  and  a  Cincritlous  or 
Glandulous;  rhe  former  without,  and  the  other  within. 
The  Subftance  of  the  exterior  Part  is  much  the  fame 
with  that  of  the  Corpus  Calk fum,  only  fomewhat  tougher, 
and  more  fibrous:  which  Difference  becomes  the  more 
apparent,  as  it  defcends  the  lower  5  by  reafon  of  the 
Streightnefs  of  the  Cavity,  which  growin;^  gradually  more 
narrow,  preffes  the  Medullary  Fibres  cloler  together,  and 
renders  them  more  compafl,  and  gathers  them  into  more 
6\i\in3i  Fafciai/l,  till  having  defcended  the  whole  Tra£l  of 
the  Spina,  they  end  in  thsCau^la  Equina.  It  is  the  Origin 
of  moll  of  the  Nerves  of  the  Trunk  of  the  Body  :  It  fends 
out  thirty  Pair  on  each  Side  to  the  Limbs,  the  great  Ca- 
vities, and  other  Farts;  which  are  nothing  hut  Fafciculi  o{ 
Medullary  Fibres,  cover'd  with  their  proper  Membranes. 
See  Nerve. 

The  Sp'mal  Uarrovj  is  generally  faid  to  be  cover'd  with 
fcur  Coats  :  The  firfl,  or  external  one,  is  a  flrong  nervous 
Ligament,  which  ties  the  Fertehw  together,  to  the  Infide 
of  which  it  firmly  adheres.  The  fecond  is  aProdu£^ion 
of  the  Dura  Mater ;  it  is  exceedingly  ftrong,  and  ferves  to 
defend  the  Spinal  Marrozu  from  any  Hurt  from  the  Flex- 
ures of  the  Vertebrae.  The  third  is  a  Produdion  of  the 
-^yyt-enoides,  and  is  a  thin  pellucid  Membrane,  lying  be- 
tween the  Dura  and  Fia  Mater,  or  the  fecond  and  fourth 
Membranes  of  the  Medulla.  This  Membrane  gives  a  Coat 
to  the  Nerves,  that  go  out  of  the  Sp'ma,  which  is  theinner 
Membrane  of  the  Nerves,  as  the  Diira  Mater  gives  the 
outer.  The  fourth  Coat  is  a  Continuation  of  the  Fia  Mi- 
rer, and  IS  an  extremely  thin,  fine,  tranfparent  Membrane; 
iinaiy  embracing  the  whole  Subftance  of  the  Medulla^ 
dividing  it  in  the  middle  into  twoTrads,  and  making,  as 
it  were,  two  Columns  of  it.    See  Spine.  Vertebra 

Medulla  n(fiim,  or  Marrow  of  the  Bojies^  is  a  foft  fatty 
Subfiance,  placed  in  the  Cavities  or  Fores  of  divers  Bones  ; 
it  is  inclofed  in  a  Membrane  ;  and  is  devoid  of  Senfc  :  it 


IS  red  m  the  greater  Cavities,  white  in  the  Icfs,  and  foft 
and  fucculent  jn  Ipun^y  Bones.  See  Bone.  From  this  is 
iecretcd  the  Medullary  Oil.    See  Medullary  Oil. 

MEDULLARY  Oil,  ;s  no  more  than  the  finer  and  more 
fubtjie  Parts  of  the  Medulla,  or  Marrow  of  the  Bones,  fo 
call'd.  This,  Dr.  Havers  obfcrvcs,  paffes  not  into  the 
Bones  thro  Duas,  but  by  Iroall  Pores  formed  into  the 
VciVels  or  Glandules,  which  are  conglomerated  into  di- 
flma  Lobules,  contained  in  feveral  Membranes  inveftina 
the  whole  Marrow  j  all  which  Vcficics  or  Bags  are  pro- 
pagated from  the  outward  Coat  of  the  Arteries ;  and  by 
thefe  it  paffes  from  one  to  atioihcr,  till  it  arrives  at  the 
Sides,  or  extreme  Farts  of  the  Bone.  That  Fart  of  it* 
which  is  fupply'd  to  the  Interllices  of  the  Joints,  goes  into 
them  by  Paffages,  penetrating  thro  fhc  Bone  into  thofs 
Cavitres,  and  form'd  for  that  end.  The  Ufe  of  this  Oil 
is  eidier  common  to  all  the  Bones,  whofe  Temper  it  pre- 
ferves,  and  keeps  from  being  too  brittle  ;  or  more  pecu- 
liar for  the  Joints,  where  it  is  very  ferviccable,  (i.;  To 
lubricate  the  Bones  at  their  Extremities,  that  they  may 
move  more  eafily  and  free.  (2.)  To  keep  the  Ends  of 
the  articulated  Bones  from  growing  hot  with  Motion. 
(3.)  To  preferve  the  Joints  from  wearing  by  Attrition,  and 
rubbing  one  againU  another  :  And,  (4.;  To  preferve  the 
Ligaments  of  the  Joints  from  Drynefs  and  Rigidity;  and 
lubricate  thofe  Farts,  which  Aide  upon  the  Bones,  and 
keep  the  Cartilages,  which  are  join 'd  to  them,  flexible. 

MEETER.    Sec  Metre.  ^ 

MEGALESIA,  in  Antiquity,  afolemn  Fcaft  celebrated 
among  the  Romans  on  the  lath  o{  yi'pril,  in  honour  of 
the  great  Mother  of  the  Gods,  that  is,  Cybde  or  Rhea  - 
wherein,  were  Games  or  Combats  held  before  the  Tem- 
ple of  that  Goddefs.  They  were  call'd  Megulefia,  from 
the  Gree^  fisja^f:,  Great  ^  Cybele  being  accounted  the  great 
Goddefs. 

MELA,  a  Chirurgeon's  Inflniment,  call'd  nUoSpeculum 
and  by  the  Vulgar,  Tenta.  Its  Ufe  is  to  probe  Ulcers' 
draw  a  Stone  out  of  rhe  Yard  :  Its  Form  is  various,  ac-' 
cording  to  the  Ufes  it  is  intended  for.    See  Speculum 

MELANAGOGUES,  are  fuch  Medicines  as  arefup- 
pos'd  particularly  to  j^urge  off  black  Choler;  from  ,Ak£^ 
nigey,  black  ;  and  ajco^  diico,  to  lead  ;  but  there  is  no 
fuch  Diflinftion  of  Choler  now  regarded,  and  confequent- 
ly  this  Diftin£lIon  is  but  little  ufed.  See  Purp,  atives. 

MELANCHOLY,  in  Medicine,  the  Name  of  a  Dif- 
eafe,  which  confifts  in  a  Delirium,  without  a  Fever^ 
and  is  ufually  attended  with  Fear,  Heavinefs  and  Sor- 
row, without  any  .apparent  Occufion.  The  Antients  attri- 
buted this  Difeafe  to  black  and  cloudy  Spirits,  arifing 
Vapours  from  a  redundant  black  Bile.    Some  of  the  M 


    Mo- 
derns afcribe  it  to  the  irregular  Motion  of  the  Spirits,  and 
their  acid  Conditution  ;  and  others,  who  know  it  better 
to  too  heavy  and  vifcid  a  Blood,  which  permits  not  a 
Sufficiency  of  Spirits  to  be  feparated  in  the  Brain,  to  ani- 
mate and  invigorate  the  Nerves  and  Mufcles:  And  others 
to  a  Drynefs  of  the  Meninges  of  the  Brain.  This  Difeafe 
is  vary'd  an  infinite  number  of  Ways,  according  to  the 
Temperament  and  Ideas  of  the  Perfon  affefted  with  it. 
It  is-  a  Species  of  Madncfs,  and  only  differs  fi-om  a  down- 
right Mania  in  degree.  The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek 
iitf.a.f,  }2!ger Q.nd  ^?.rt  Bile.    See  Madness,  Delirium 

MELCHISADECHIANS,  antient  Sectaries,  fo  call'd. 
becaufe  they  rais'd  Uelchtfadech  above  all  Creatures,  and 
even  above  Jefus  ChriU.  T  he  Author  of  this  Sefi  was 
one  Thccdotits',  whence  the  MUchifadcchians  became  more 
commonly  known  by  the  Name  of  Tbeodotians  ^  all  the 
Difference  between  thofe,  and  the  {Irifl:  Tbeodotians,  con- 
filling  in  that  particular  Article  relating  to  Melchifadech ' 
who,  according  to  them,  was  the  great  and  fupreme  Vir- 
tue. See  TiiKoroTi  ANs. 

MELCHITES,  the  Name  of  a  Religious  Sec^  in  the 
Ltz-ant,  who  fcarce  differ  from  the  Greeks  in  any  thing  re- 
lating either  to  Faith  or  Worfliip  ;  but  yet  fpeak  a  diffe- 
rent  Language.  The  Word,  in  the  Syiiac,  fignifies  Roy- 
ali/lsy  and  was  formerly  apply'd  to  the  Catholics  by  the 
Heretics,  who  refus'd  to  fubmic  to  the  Decifions  of  the 
Council  of  Calcedon:  intimating  by  this  Appellation,  that 
they  were  of  the  Religion  of  the  Emperor.  Thofe  now 
call'd  Melchites,  are  fuch  People,  as,  inhabiting  among  the 
the  Syrians,  Copht.r,  or  Egyptians,  and  other  Ltvajnine  Na- 
tions, fi)]low  the  Opinions  of  the  G>fe^5,tho  no  GiW-.them- 
felves  :    And  'tis  for  this  reafon  that  Aormi  calls 

them  indifferently  by  the  Name  of  Greeh  and  Melchites^ 
The  fame  Author  obferves,  that  they  are  fpread  thro' 
all  the  Levain  ;  that  they  deny  Purgatory  5  and  afcdeclar'd 
Enemies  to  the  Pope  and  his  Primacy.  For  the  reft,  they 
fall  _in_  with  the  Greeks,  both  as  to'Articlesof  Faith  and 
Difcipline.  They  have  tranflated  the  Greek  Euchologue, 
and  other  Books  of  that  kind,  into  ylrahic^  and  have  the 
Canons  of  Councils  in  the  fame  Language.  To  thofe  of 
the  Council  of  Nice,  they  have  added  new  Canons  com- 
monly 


ME  M 


C  ) 


MEM 


monlycaU'd  tbc-^v«t(c  C.i;io«i;  which  are  likewife  receiv'd  The  Fibres  of  a  Memh-ane  give  rhcin  an  Etaiiiciry, 
by  the  ^dtoi/fej  and  Uarb^ihes:  Tho  mofl'  of  the  Learned  whereby  they  can  contract,  and  clofely  grafp  tht  Farts 
look  on  them  as  fpurious.  they  contain  >  and  their  nervous  Fibres  give  them  an 

MELICERIS,  is  a  Tumour  inclofed  in  a  C)y?/V,  confift-  exquifite  Senfe,  which  is  tiic  caufc  of  their  Conrradion  : 
ing  of  Matter  like  Honey:  it  gathers  without  Pain,  and  they  can  therefore  fcarccly  fuffer  the  SharpneG  of  Mcdi- 
gives  way  upon  Preffure,  but  returns  again  :  It  is  to  be  cincs,  and  thofe  are  difficultly  united,  "*^hen  wounded.  In 
cured  by  warm  Difcutients.  their  Texture,  there  is  a  number  of  fiiiall  Glandi,  which 

MELITITES,  agreyi/h  Stone,  which,  when  pulveriz'd,  feparate  an  Humour,  fit  for  moillenini^  the  Parts  they  con- 
yields  a  milky  Liquor,  of  a  Talle  fomewhat  like  Honey^;  tain.  By  reafon  of  the  Thickncfsand  Tranfparcncy  of  the 
whence  it  takes  its  Name.  It  is  found  in  Mines  of  Metals,  Membranes,  the  Ramifications  of  the  Blood- VclTels  arc  more 
and  feems  to  partake  pretty  much  of  the  Nature  of  Lead  ;  apparently  feen  in  them,  than  in  any  other  Part  of  the 
having  a  Sweetnefs  fumex'hat  like  the  Sal  ■Sfliiirnf,  but  Body:  here  the  innumerable  Divifion.s,  Windings,  and 
much  fainter.  It  only  differs  from  the  GalaBites,  in  that  Turnings,  ferpentine  Progrcffions,  and  frequent  inofcula- 
it  is  milder  to  the  talk.  The  Antients  ufcd  it  in  Inflam-  tions,  not  only  of  Veins  and  Arteries  together,  but  alfo 
m,ations  of  the  Eyes,  and  to  dry  Ulcers.  of  Veins  with  Veins,  and  Arteries  with  Arteries,  make  a 

MELIUS  hiqHireiido,  is  a  Writ  that  lieth  for  a  fecond  mofl  agreeable  Embroidery,  and  delicate  Net-work,  co- 
Inquiry  of  what  Lands  and  Tenements  a  Man  died  felzed  j    vering  the  whole  Membrajic. 

where  Partiality  is  fufpefled,  upon  the  Writ,  call'd,  Diem  The  life  of  the  Memhrajies  is  to  cover  and  wrap  up  the 
clmfit  Extrcmum.  Parts,  and  itrcngthen  them  i  to  fave  them  from  external 

MELODY,  in  Mufic,  is  the  agreeable  Effect  of  diffe-  Injuries  j  to  preferve  the  natural  Heat  j  to  join  one  Pare 
rent  Mufical  Sounds,  ranged  or  difpofed  in  Succefiion.  to  another;  to  fuflain  fmail  Veffels,  and  the  Nerves  which 
So  that  Melody  is  the  Effefi  only  of  one  fingle  Part,  run  thro'  their  Duplicatures  ;  to  liop  the  returning  of  the 
Voice,  or  Inftrument ;  by  which  it  is  diftlnguifh'd  from  Humours  In  their  Veflels,  as  the  Valves  Hop  the  return- 
Harmon^;  tho' in  common  Speech,  thefe  two  arc  frequent-  ing  of  the  Blood  in  the  Veins  and  Heart  i  of  the  Chyle 
ly  confounded.  Harmony  is  rhe  agreeable  Refult  of  the  in  the  Thoracic  Du^f  ,  and  of  the  Lympha  in  the  Lyni- 
Union  of  two  or  more  concording  mufical  Sounds  heard    phatic  Veffels. 

in  Confonance,  c.  at  one  and  the  fame  time  ^  To  that  Anatomifls  generally  aflert,  that  there  is  a  Viemhraiia 
Harmony  is  the  Effe(5t  of  two  Parts  at  leafl: :  As  therefore  Communis  Mufailorum,  Memhrane  common  to  all  the 
a  continued  Succefiion  of  mufical  Sounds  produces  Me/of()',  Mufclesj  being  led  into  that  Mifiake  by  tht^  Jpmeitynji; 
fo  does  a  continued  Combination  of  thefe  produce  Har-  of  feveral  Mufclesj  whereas,  upon  ftriifler  Obfervation, 
mony.  See  Harmony  and  Concord  j  fee  alfo  M(/?c  («  there  is  no  fuch  thing  to  be  found.  See  Muscle.  The 
Farts.  Memhrana  frofria  Mujfuhrim,  is  that  which  immediately 

Tho'  the  Term  'Mtlody  be  chiefly  applicable  to  the  Tre-  covers  all  and  every  one  of  the  Fibres  of  a  Mufcle,  and  is 
ble,  as  the  Treble  is  chiefly  diftinguilh'd  by  its  Air ;  yet  clofely  tack'd  to  them.  There  is  another  common  Mem- 
fo  far  as  the  B»fs  may  be  made  airy,  and  to  fing  well,  it  hwief  call'd  Ivkmhrana  Commmis  Vnfculorum  which  is  a 
miy  be  alfo  properly  faid  toh&Uelodiom.  See  Treble  thin  Memhrane,  accompanying  alrao{t  fall  the  l-flels  of 
and  Bass.-  the  Body.    All  thefe  'Membranes  receive  Veins,  Arteries, 

Of  the  twelve  harmonical  Intervals  of  Mufical  Sounds,  and  Nerves  from  the  Parts  which  areneareft  totiicm.  Tha 
diftingui/h'd  by  the  Name*  of  Secmd  lejfer.  Second  greater  t,  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Uemhranum,  Parchment. 
rhirdleffer,  Viird  greater  j  Fourth  ;  falfe  Fifth  ;  Fifth Sixth  MEMBRANOSUS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle  of  the  Leg, 
Uffer,  Sixth  greater  ;  Seventh  leffer^  Seventh  greater  ;  and  fo  call'd  from  its  large  membranous  Expanfion  inclofing  all 
6flai>e  ;  all  Melody,  as  well  is  Harmony,  are  compos'd  :  the  Mufcles  of  the  Tibia  and  the  Tarfus  j  whence  it  is  alfo 
For  the  0£laves  of  each  of  thefe  are  but  Replications  of  c^WdFafcia  lata.  It  hath  a  fliarp  flefliy  beginning  from 
the  fame  Sounds  J  and  whatever  is  faid  of  any,  or  all  of  the  fore-part  of  the  Spine  of  the  Oj  Z/i«>K,  but  foon  be- 
thefe  Sounds,  is  to  be  underftood  alfo  of  their  Oilaves.  comQS  membramns^  and  covers  almoft  all  the  Mufcle*  of 
See  Octave.  the  Thigh  and  Leg,  down  to  the  Foot,  where  it  joins  with 

For  the  Rules  of  Melody^  fee  Co  MFosiTioN.  TheWord  t\i&  Ligamentton  j^Jinulare  p  and  in  its  Aftton  turns  the  Leg 
comes  from  the  Greek  tuM,  Bojtey  j  and        Singing,  outwards. 

MEMBERS,  in  Anatomy,  the  exterior  Parts,  arifing  MEMBRED:  In  Heraldry,  thofe  Birds,  which  are  ei- 
from  the  Trunk,  or  Body  of  an  Animal,  like  Boughs  from  ther  whole-footed,  or  which  have  no  Talons,  are  blaaon'd 
the  Trunk  of  a  Tr-:e.    See  Body.    The  Phyficians  divide    by  the  Term,  Membred. 

the  Body  into  tmec  Regions  or  Venters  (*he  Head,  the       MEMOIRS,  a  Term  now  much  in  ufe  for  Hiftories, 


Breaft,  and  rhe  Lower  Ventricle     and  their  Extremities, 
which  are  the  Members.    In  Latin  they  are  call'd  ^rtus,  of 
JfBare^  becaufe  tney  are  Parts  attach'd  to  the  Trunk. 
Each  Member^  and  Portion  of  the  Body,  was  antiently  de- 


compofed  by  Perfuns  who  had  fome  Share  or  Concern  in 
the  Tranfaflions  they  relate,  or  who  were  Eyc-witneffes 
of  them  i  anfwcring  to  what  the  Latins  call'd  Commentarii. 
The  French  are  great  Dealers  in  this  way  of  Writing,  and 


voted  to  fome  Divinity.    The  Head  to  ^ufiier,  the  Breaft  have  an  infinite  number  of  Books  of  Memoirs^  containing, 

to  Neptune,  the  Navel  to  Mars,  the  Etr  to  Memory,  the  for  the  Generality,  the  Lives  and  Aflions  of  the  Wri- 

Forehead  to  the  Genius,  the  Right-Hand  to  Faith  or  Fide-  ters. 

lity,  the  Knees  to  Mocy  ;  the  Eye-brows,  again,  to  !?i(^ifei-,  Memoirs  are  alfo  ufed  for  a  Journal  of  the  Afls,  and 

the  Eyes  to  Oipid,  or,  according  to  others,  to  Minerva  j  the  Proceedings  of  a  Society  ;  or  a  GoUeflion  of  the  Matters 

hinfl  Part  of  the  right  Ear  to  Nemcfis,  the  Back  to  Fhtto,  debated,  tranfafied,  ^c.  therein.    Such  are  the  ATemoir! 

the  Reins  to  Venus,  the  Feet  to  Mercury,  the  Heels  and  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  ^c.    See  Academy, 

Soal  of  the  Foot  to  Thetys,  and  the  Fingers  to  Minerva.  ^c. 

Members,  in  Architefture.    See  Mouldings.  MEMORY,  a  Power,  or  Faculty  of  the  Mind,  where- 

Memher,  in  Grammar,  is  underftood  of  the  Farts  of  a  by  it  retains  or  recoUcfls  the  fimp'c  Ideas,  or  the  Images, 

Period  or  Sentence.    See  Period  and  Sentence.  and  Remembrance  of  Things  we  have  feen,  imagin'd, 

Member'd,  or  Memered,  in  Heraldry,  is  where  the  underftood,  ££?c.    See  Soul,  i  fee  alio  Power,  Faculty, 


Leg  or  Foot  of  an  Eagle,  Griffin,  or  other  Bird,  is  of  a 
different  Colour  from  the  reft  of  the  Body. 
MEMBRANA,  in  Anatomy.  r 
MemerAna  CommfTiisMttfciilorum,  C  „     J  ,  , 

Memer  AN  A  Communis  Vafc 


Membrana  Jdifofa. 
Membrana  Camofa. 
Memerana  'NiBltan'. 
M^'.m^RA-N-^  Tyit^pani. 
'^r'.MVtv.P^t^^  iJrinarta. 


■  See 


'  Adiposa, 
SCarnosa. 
SNictitatinc. 
'Tympanum. 
'Allantoic. 


MEMBRANE,  In  Anatomy,  a  fimilar  Part  of  an  Ani- 
mal Body  h  being  a  thin,  white,  flexile,  expanded  Skin, 
fortn'dof  feveral  forts  of  Fibres  interwoven  together,  and 
ferving  to  cover  or  wrap  up  fome  certain  Parts  of  the  Body. 
See  Body  and  Part. 

The  Membranes  of  the  Body  are  various ;  and  varioufly 
clemonftrated  :    Such  are  the  Perio/iium,  Thura,  Fe: 


Of  all  the  Faculties,  there  is  none  harder  to  account 
for,  or  that  has  perplex'd  Philofophers  more,  than  the  Me- 
mory.  Some  will  have  it  a  mere  Organ,  as  the  Eye,  Ear, 
i^c.  Dr.  Hook,  in  an  Effay  totsards  a  mscb.mical  Account  of 
Memory,  makes  it  to  confift  in  a  ftock  of  Ideas  or  Ima- 
ges, form'd  occafionally  by  the  Mind,  out  of  the  fine  Part.1 
of  the  Brain,  and  difpofed,  or  laid  by  in  order.  Ves  Carter 
and  his  Followers  maintain,  That  the  animal  Spirits  es- 
citing  a  Motion  in  the  moft  delicate  Fibres  of  the  Brain, 
leave  a  kind  of  Traces  or  Footfteps,  ^»hich  occafion  our 
Kcmemhrance.  Hence  it  happens,  that  by  paffing  feveral 
times  over  the  fame  things,  the  Spirits  becoming  accu!' 
tom'd  to  the  fame  Paffagcs,  leave  them  open,  and  To 
make  their  way  without  any  Effort  or  Labour ;  and  in  this 
confifts  the  Eafe  wherewith  we  recolleft  fuch  Ideas.  Thus 
Wine  is  found  to  fharpen  the  Memory,  in  regard  the  Spi- 
rits of  the  Wine  put  the  animal  Spirits  in  Motion, 


ditim,  Teriton.fv.m,  i^c.  which  fee  under  their  proper  Artl-    agitate  the  Fibres  of  the  Brain  the  more  briskly.  See 
"  Idea,  Brain,  Trace,  Remembrance, 

Father  Mallranche  exprelTes  his  Notion  of  Memory  thus  : 
'  It  being  granted,  that  all  our  different  Perceptions  are 

*  owing  to  Changes  happening  in  the  Fibres  of  the  pri«- 

*  cipal  Part  of  the  Brain,  wherein  the  Soul  more  imme- 

*  diaielv 


tides;  Periostium,  ^c. 

Thofe  Membranes  which  ferve  as  Integuments,  or  Co- 
vers of  Veffels,  are  call'd  Coats  or  Tunics ;  and  thofe  which 
cover  the  Brain,  are,  by  a  peculiar  Name,  call'd  Menin- 
ges: See  Tunic  and  Meninges. 


MEM         (  )  MEN 

-  dlately  refidess   the  Nature  of  the  l^enmy  is  obvious:  *»*  mifplacing^  repeated  them  all,  from  firO:  to  lail,  hi 

"  for  as  the  Leaves  of  a  Tree^  that  have  been  folded  the  fame  order  wherein  they  had  l^een  didated  j  and  this 

'  for  fome  time,   in  a  certain  manner,  preferve  a  Fa-  done,  beginning  where  he  ended,  he  repeated  them  all 

*  cility  or  Difpolition  to  be  folded  again  in  the  fame  backwards,  from  lall  to  firlK    Adding,  that  this  was  but 

*  manner;    fo  the  Fibres  of  the  Brain,  having  once  re-  a  flight  Efl'ay  of  his  >^ewoi-^  j  and  that  he  would  undertake 

*  ceiv'd  certain  Impreflions  by  the  Courfe  of  the  animal  to  repeat  thirty-fix  tboufund  Words  in  the  fame  manner. 

*  Spirits,  and  by  the  Allien  of  Obje£ls,  preferve,  for  The  truth  is,  this  Art  feems  ht:tter  calculated  for  re- 

*  fome  time,  a  Facility  to  receive  the  fame  Difpofition.  taining  things  without  any  Coherence  or  D^pendance  on 

*  Now 'tis  in  this  Facility  that  Me?MOj-_y  confifts ;   for  we  one  another,  as  mere  Words  or  Sounds,        than  for  things 

*  think  on  the  fame  Things,  when  the  Brain  receives  the  where  Reafon  or  Judgment  are  any  way  required. 

*  fame  Difpofuions.    Further,  as  the  animal  Spirits  a6t  R^um.  LuHy  took  fo  much  pains  with  it,  that  it  now  goes 

*  fometimes  more  briskly,  and  fumetimes  more  languidly  by  his  Name,  being  call'd  Liilly's  yJn. 

*  on  the  Subftance  of  the  Brain  3  and  as  fenfible  Objefts  MEMPHITES,  or  Lapis  Memphiticus,  a  fort  of 
'  make  much  deeper,  and  more  lading  Impreflions,  than  Stone  mentioned  by  Diojcoruks^  Flniy,  and  other  Natural 

"  *  the  Imagination  alone  ;  'tis  eafy,  on  this  Scheme,  to  con-  Hiilorians.    'Tis  fuppos'd  to  be  found  in  f^ypt  not  far  from 

*  ceive  why  we  don't  remember  all  Things  alike  ;  Why  a  the  City  Cairo,  the  antienr  hkmphis  ,   whence  its  Name. 

*  Thing,  for  inftance,  feen  twice,  is  reprefented  more  vi-  The  Property  ii  is  famed  for,  is,  that  being  pulverized, 

*  vidly  to  ihe  Mind,  than  another  feen  but  once  :  Why  and  fmear'd  on  any  part  of  the  Body  to  be  cut  off,  it 
'  Things  that  have  been  feen,  are  ufually  remembred  deadens  it  fo,  as  that  the  Patient  /lull  perceive  no  pain 

*  more  diltinflly,  than  thofe  that  have  been  only  ima-  from  the  Operation. 

*  gin'd,  ^c:    See  Habitude.  MENANDRIANS,  the  moft  antienr  Branch  of Gwo^ic/, 
'  Old  Men  are  defective  in  Memory,  and  cannot  learn  thus  call'd  from  Mtjiaiukr  their  Chief,  a  Difciple  of  Stmoji 

'  any  thing  without  much  difficulty ;   becaufe  they  wanr  I^^gt<s,  and  himfelf  a  Magician.    See  Gnostics. 

t  animal  Spirits  to  make  new  Traces,  and  becaufe  the  He  taught,  that  no  Perlon  could  be  faved  uniefs  he  were 

,  Fibres  of  the  Brain  are  become  too  hard  to  receive,  or  baptized  in  his  Name  :  He  confer 'd  a  peculiar  fort  of  Bap- 

f  too  inoifl  to  retain  fuch  Imprefllon.    For  rhe  fame  rea-  tilm,  which  would  render  thofe  who  receiv'd  it  immortal 

f  fan,  thofe  who  learn  with  the  greateft  Eafe,  forget  the  the  next  World.    Sr.  ireiucm  reprcfents  him,  as  pre- 

(  foonell  j  in  regard  when  the  Fibres  are  [oft  and  ilex-  tending  to  be,  That  firll  Virtue    hitherto  unknown  to 

,  ible.  Objects  make  a  flight  Imprefllon,  which  the  con-  the  World,  and  to  have  been  fent  by  the  Angels  for  the 

J  tinual  Courfe  of  animal  Spirits  cafily  wears  off :    On  the  Salvation  of  all  Mankind.  He  rook  upon  him,  fays  Sr.  Efi- 

^  contrary,  the  Fibres  of  thofe  who.  learn  flowly,  being  fhajnus,  Ha-r.  1.  to  be  greater  than  his  Mailer  ;  which  con- 

J  lefs  flexible,  and  lefs  fubjcft  to  be  fliaken,  the  Traces  iradicis  77:>eof^o»Tf,  who  makes  j\/e;iiiWcra  fubordinate  Virtue 

are  more  deeply  engraven,  and  laft  the  longer.    From  to  Shnon  Abf^m,  the  great  Virtue  of  all.  See  StMONiANs. 

'  all  which  Obfervations  it  follows,  that  the  Mewory  is  ab-  MENDICANTS,    q.  d.  Beggars  ;   a  Term  apply'd  to 

«  folutely  dependant  on  the  Body  j   being  impair'd  or  feveral  Orders  of  Religious,  who  live  on  Alms,' and  go  a 

*t  ftrengthen'd,  according  to  the  Changes  that  befall  the  begging  trom  Door  to  Door. 

'  Body  ;  a  Fall,  the  Tranfports  of  a  Fever,  £=?c.  being  fre-  There  are  four  antient  Orders  which  uafs  principally  by 

'  quently  found  to  erafe  or  blot  out  all  the  Traces,  to  the  Name  of  the  fo«r  We?;f//cflKri  .- The  Cjrjwe/ile-',  ^Jticot/z/e.', 

*  bear  away  all  the  Ideas,  and  to  caufe  an  univerfal  For-  .Cordeliers,  and                 See  Carm  elit  es,  Jacokines, 

*  gctfulnefs.'  ^c.  each  under  their  proper  Articles. 

The  chief  Difliculty  that  clogs  this  Doflrine  of  \kmory^  Among  the  Number  of  Me/idicmts,  are  alfo  ranked  the 

is  to  conceive  how  fuch  an  infinite  number  of  Things,  as  Capuchins.,    RecoUeHs,  Minims^    and  others.     See  Capu- 

the  Head  is  flored  withal,  fiiould  be  ranged  in  fo  much  chins,  Recollects,  ^c. 

order  in  the  Memory,  as  that  the  one  fliould  not  efface  the  The  Mendicants 2.t  the  time  of  their  firfl:  Eflablifhment, 

other:  and  how  in  fuch  a  prodigious  Affemblage  of  Tra-  could  not  have  any  Revenues.    The  Multitudes  ofMend'.- 

ces  imprefs'd  on  the  Brain,  the  animal  Spirits  fliould  a-  cants,  are  now  a  kind  of  Tax  on  the  People, 

wake  precifely  thofe  which  the  Mind  has  occafion  for.  See  MENINGES  in  Anatomy,  the  Coats,  or  Membranes 

Spirits.  wherewith  the  Brain  is  inclofed.    See  Brain. 

Seneca  fays  of  himfelf,  that  by  the  mere  Effort  of  his  They^raiicall  them  ?i'/oJ/jci-j  5  whence  we  alfo  ufually  call 

natural  We'«Dr_)',  he  was  able  to  repeat  two  thoufand  Words  them  in  Lattn  the         and  Dura  Mater.    See  Fia  and 

upon  once  hearing  them,  each  in  its  order;  tho'  they  had  DurA  Mater. 

no  Dependance  or  Connexion  on  each  other.    After  which  There  are  two  ofihefe  Men'mga,  thsExterjial  anAltttemal. 

he  mentions  a  Friend  of  his,  Fortius  Latro,  who  retain'd  The  external  one,  being  the  groffeft,  is  call'd  the  Dnr:i^ 

in  his  Memory  all  the  Declamations  he  had  ever  fpoke,  and  or  Cr.-iffa  Mejtinx  or  Maier.    It  lies  immediately  under  the 

never  had  his  Memory  fail  him,  even  in  a  Angle  Word.  Craniimi,  and  covers  the  whole  Subrtance  of  the  Brain,  and 

He  alfo  mentions  Cyneas,  AlTibaffador  to  the  Romans  from  the  Spinal  Marrow,  and  affords  a  Coar  to  the  Trunks  of  the 

King  Fyrrhus,  who  in  one  day  had  fo  well  learnt  the  larger  Nerves.    See  Nerve.,  S^c.    Jt  is  conne£ied  on  the 

Names  of  his  Spectators,  that  the  next  he  faluted  the  upper  part  to  the  Feriojiium  by  means  of  Fibres,  and  on 

whole  Senate,  and  all  the  Populace  affembled,  each  by  the  other  fide  to  the  Fia  Matsr  by  the  Branches  of  the 

his  Name.    F/iHjy  fays,  that  Cyrus  knew  every  Soldier  in  Sinus's,  and  by  the  Arteries  and  Nerves.    It  confifls  of 

his  Army  by  Name;  and  L.  Scifio,  all  the  People  of  two  leffer  Coats  or  Meinbrancs,  which  fome  have  takcnfor 

Rome.   Cbartnidasj  or  rather  Carneades,  when  required,  would  two  Dura  Maters  ;  the  exterior,  hard  :  and  the  inner,  more 

-repeat  any  Volume  found  in  the  Libraries  ;  as  readily  as  if  fmooth,  foft,  and  moiih    It  defcends  double  between  the 

he  were  reading.    VJr.WalUs  tells  us,  that  without  the  af-  two  Hemifpheres  of  the  Brain,  which  it  divides  as  deep 

fiflance  of  Pen  and  Ink,  or  any  thing  equivalent,  he  was  as  the  Corpus  Callofum,  and  by  reafon  of  its  Curvature,  occa- 

able  in  the  dark,  by  mere  force  of  Memory,  to  perform  fion'd  by  the  Convexity  of  the  Brain  in  that  part,  is  called 

Arithmetical  Operations,  as  Multiplication,  Divifion,  Ex-  Falx,  from  its  refeniblance  to  a  Sickle.    See  Falx.  It 

traction  of  Roots,  £^r.  to  forty  Places.    Particularly,  that  likewife  infinuates  itfelf  between  the  Brain  and  C'ei'cie/V;*;;;, 

in  February  i6ii,  at  the  requefl  of  a  Foreigner  (by  Night,  and  fo  prevents  the  Brain  from  lying  too  hard  on  the  Cere- 

in  Bed)  he  propos'd  to  himfelf  a  Number  of  fifty-three  helium.    In  the  Duplicatures  thereof,  are  fcveral  Cavities 

Places,  and  found  its  fquare  Root  to  twenty-feven  Places  ;  call'd  Si/ius^s,  which  are  a  fore  of  venous  Canals  fcrvinii. 

and  without  ever  writing  down  the  Number,  dictated 'em  for  the  reconveyance  of  the  Blood.    Of  thefe  there  are 

from  his  Memory,  at  his  next  Vifit,  twenty  Days  afterwards.  four  confiderable  ones,  "^1^.  the  Longitiidinales  and  Later a- 

Local  or  Jriijicial  Memory,  is  an  Art  or  Invention,  les.    See  Sinus. 

by  means  whereof,  the  Memory  is  fuppofed  to  be  aided.  Under  the  ZJ;ira  M.irer,  immediately  upon  the  Brain,  lies 

■flrengthen'd,  and  inlarg'd.    This  Art  feems  to  confift  in  the  Meninx  tenuis,  or  Fia  Mater,  which   is  a  fine  thin 

■nothing  elfe  but  a  certain  Method  of  coupling  or  affo-  Membrane  adhering  fo  clofely,  and  infinuating  itfelf  Into 

ciating  Ideas  of  Things  to  be  remembred  ;  with  the  Ideas  all  the  Folds  and  anfratfluous  parts  of  the  Brain,  that  it  Is 

of  other  Things,  already  difpos'd  orderly  in  the  Mind,  or  fcarce  to  be  feparated  from  it.    This  Membrane  covers 

'that  are  before  the  Eyes.    It  is  of  an  old  flanding,  having  the  whole  Brain,  CerelelUm,  and  Medulla  Ohlofigata,  and 

"been  pra6^is'd  by  many  of  the  antient  Orators  ;  fome  ferves,  together  with  the  other,  for  the  Defence  of  the 

whereof  are  fa  id  to  have  made  ufe  of  Paintings,  Images,  Brain,  and  the  Support  of  itsVefiels. 

and  Emhlerms,  on  this  occafion  :    Tho'  others  contented  Between  the  two,  lies  another  fine  tranfparent  Mem- 

themfelves  with  the  Parts,  Members,  Ornaments,  Furni-  brane,  calPd -^r^c^'wo/i/ej ;  but  the  beft  Anaromifls  take  this 

ture,  and  o«her  CirLiumftances  of  the  Place  where  they  for  no  more  thin  the  external  LamiTin  of  the  Fia  Mater, 

were  to  fpt;ak.    Muretut  tells  us,  that  a  young  Man  of  See  Arachnoibes. 

Corjica  pretending  to  do  wonders  this  way,  Muretus  put  him  MENIPPE  AN,  or  Satyra   M  enippea,  a  kind  of  Satyr 

to  the  Tryaf. ;  and  upon  diftating  to  him  two  or  three  compofed  both  in  Profe  and  Verfe.  SccSatyr. 

thoufand  Words,  fome  Greel'^  fome  Latin,  fome  Barba-  It  is  thus  call'd  from  Men'ppu;,  a  Cynic  Phiiofopher,  who 

rous ^  all  witiout  any  relation  to  each  other,  and  the  grea-  delighted  in  compofing  Satyncal  Letters,  ^c.    In  imitation 

reft  part  without  any  Meaning  at  alt:   the  Artift  imme-  of  him,  Varro  firfl  wrote  Satyrs  under  the  Title  of  Satyrs 

<3iately,   and  without  any  hefitation,  or  theleafl  fiumbling  MenipPe^e, 

Tttttt  Amon 


MEN 


( ) 


MEN 


Among  the  Moderns,  there  is  a  famous  Piece  under  this 
Title,  firft  publi/hed  in  155)4,  againft  the  Chiefs  of  the 
Leigue,  call'dalfo  the  Catholicon  Sfain.  It  is  efteem'd 
a  Matter  piece  for  the  time.    See  Cathglicon. 

MENISCUS,  In  Optics,  aGlafs,  or  Lens,  concave  on 
one  fide,  and  convex  on  the  other  5  fometimes  alfo  call'd 
J^tijiiila,    SccLens  and  Optic  Glafs. 

In  a  Menifcits,  if  the  Diameter  of  the  Convexity  be  equal 
to  that  of  the  Concavity,  a  Ray  falling  parallel  to  the 
Axis,  will  continue  parallel  thereto  after  refraflion. 

Such  a  Me^ifcus  therefore,  will  neither  collect,  nor 
dilpcrfe  the  Rays;  and  is  therefore  of  no  ufe  in  Diop- 
ri  hs.    See  Refraction. 

To  find  the  Focus  of  a  Menijcus^  the  Rule  is.  As  the 
difference  of  the  Semi-diameters  of  the  Convexity  and 
Concavity,  is  to  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Convexity:  fo  is 
the  Diameter  of  the  Concavity,  to  the  diftance  of  the  Focus 
from  the  'Meiufcm.  Hence, 


It  is  divided  Into  the  feveral  Months  in  the  Tear  i  and 
contains  an  Abridgment  of  the  Lives  of  the  Saints^  with  i 
bare  Commemoration  of  the  Names  of  fuch  whofe  Lives 
were  never  written.  The  Greeks  have  various  Memiogiei^ 
The  Romans  tax  them  with  inferting  divers  Hereticks  in 
their  Memlogies  as  Saints.    Eaillot  treats  of  them  at  large. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  juhc  Month,  and 
Difcourfe. 

MENSALIA,  and  Mensai^es,  were  fuch  Parfonages, 
or  Livings  as  were  formerly  united  to  the  Tables  of  Reli- 
gious Houfes  ;  and  therefore  by  Canonifts  call'd  Mejjjal 
Benefices.    See  Parsonage  and  Benefice. 

MENSES,  Gnawcm.T  in  Medicine,  ^c.  The  Monthly 
Evacuations  of  Women  not  with  Child,  nor  giving  fuck  ; 
fo  call'd  from  Me;/j7j,  Month,  the  Period  wherein  they  re- 
turn.    They  are  aifo  called  Flo-wcrs,  Cmrfe;^  &c. 

The  Menfes  make  one  of  the  moll  curious  and  difficult 
Phienomenainthe  whole  human  Body  ;  for  the  Explanation 


If  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Concavity,  be  triple  the  whereof,  many  Hypothefes  have  been  framed  ;*tho'  the 
Semi-diameter  of  the  Convexity,  the  diftance  of  the  Focus    Matter  is  yet  fcarcely  afcertained. 

from  the  Meiiifcii  s  v/i]l  be  equal  to  the  Semi-diameter:   "■■  --^  ' — " 

and  therefore  the  Memjats  will  be  equivalent  to  a  Lens 
equally  convex  on  either  fide.    See  CoNVEx-i-e;jf. 

Again;  If  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Concavity  be 
double  that  of  the  Convexity  ;  the  diftance  of  the  Focus 
will  be  equal  to  the  Diameter  :  and  therefore  the  Me////"- 
niKs  will  be  equivalent  to  a  Piano-Convex  Lens.  See 
Ft.ANO-Co;/fex. 

If  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Concavity  be  quintuple 
that  of  the  Convexity,  the  hknifcus  will  be  equivalent  to 
a  Sphere.    See  Spherical  Lens. 

The  Semi-diameter  therefore  of  the  Convexity  being 
given  i  thatof  the  Concavity  required  to  remove  the  Fo- 
cus to  any  given  dillance  from  the  Msjiifcus,  is  eafily 
found.    Sec  Foctis. 

MENNONITES,  a  Sefl  in  the  Utiited  Provinces^  in 
tnoll  rcfpe(5ls  the  fame  with  thofe  in  other  Places  called 
Jnahaftifis.    See  Anabaptist. 

They  had  their  Rife  in  i49<?,  in  a  Village  in  Friezlind: 
their  Fdunder  was  one  l^knnon,  who  undertook  to  reform 
the  Religion  of  the  anticnt  Anabaptills,  and  to  throw  out 
all  Enthuliafm  touching  the  new  Kingdom  of  Chri[l,^c. 

The  l^eniionites  hold,  that  thtre  is  no  original  Sin  ; 
that  the  firft  Man  was  not  created  juft  ;  that  in  fpeaking 


Tis  generally  agreed  byail,  that  the  Neceffity  Women 
are  under  for  fome  extraordinary  Supply  to  compenfate 
the  Expence,  and  fupportthcm  during  the  time  of  Gefla- 
tion,  was  the  final  Reafon  why  this  Redundance  at  o- 
ther  times  was  given  them.  But  this  is  all  they  agree  in- 
Some  not  content  with  this  Occafion  alone,  will  have  the 
"Menjh-iiOiis  Blood  offend  in  Qjjality  more  than  in  Quan- 
tity ;  which  they  argue  from  the  Pain  it  gives  many  Wo- 
men in  the  Evacuation.  They  add,  that  its  Malignity  is 
fo  great,  that  it  excoriates  the  Parts  of  Men  by  mere  con- 
tail;  that  the  Breath  of  a  menjiruoiis  Woman  will  give 
a  permanent  Stain  to  Ivory,  or  a  L,ooking-Glafs  ;  that  a 
little  of  the  Blood  drop'd  on  any  Vegetable,  blails,  or 
renders  it  fteril  ;  that  if  a  pregnant  Woman  be  defiled 
with  the  iWew/ei  of  another  Woman,  flie  mifcarries  ;  that 
if  a  Dog  tafte  them,  he  runs  Mud,  and  grows  Epileptic  : 
All  which,  with  many  more  Fables  of  the  fame  kind, 
tho'  related  by  great  Authors,  Dr.  Drake  rejefts,  as  too 
ridiculous  to  need  a  Refutation. 

Others  afcribe  this  Effeft  to  an  imaginary  Dominion  of  the 
Moon  over  the  Bodies  of  Women.  This  was  formerly  the 
prevailing  Opinion  ;  tho'  the  fmalleil  Reflc6lion  would 
have  Ihewn  them  the  weaknefs  of  it  :  For  had  this  Pur- 
gation been  owing  to  the  Influence  of  the  Moon,  all  Women 


of  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Gholl,  we  mufl  not  ufe  of  the  fame  Age  and  Temperament,  would  have  found  it 

the  word  Ferjon,  nor  that  of  Tr'mhy  ;    that  Jefus  Chrill  at  the  fame  Periods  and  Revolutions  of  the  Moon,  at 

did  not  take  his  Ftefh  from  the  Subttance  of  his  Mother,  the  fame  time  ;  which  all  Experience  /hews  to  be  falfe. 

but  frcm  the  EfTence  of  the  Father ;  or  that  the  Word  of  There  are  two  other  Opinions  which  carry  with  them  a 

the  Father  became  Man  ;  that  he  brought  it  from  Hea-  great  deal  of  Probability,  and  are  argued  with  a  great 

ven  ;  or  that  we  don't  know  whence  he  had  it :  And  that  deal  of  Strength  and  Reafon.    In  both  which,  the  Quality 

the  Union  of  the  Divine  and  Human  Nature  was  fo  ef-  of  the  Blood  is  allow'd  to  be  Innocent;  but  they  fiill 

feflcd,  as  that  the  Divine  was  rendered  vifible,  and  liable  differ  about  the  Reafon  of  its  Iffue.    The  former  is  that 

to  Death.  of  Dr.  hohn  and  Dr.  Friend,  who  maintain  this  Flux  to  be 

The  r^enmmtes  teach  farther,  that  Chriftians  are  not  the  refuit  of  a  Flethora,  or  Plenitude  ;  and  to  be  evacuated 

allow'd  to  fwear  ;  to  exercife  any  Civil  MagHirature  j  to  only  for  Relief  again!*  the  Quantity. 

ufe  the  Sword,  not  even  for  the  Puniniment  of  Criminals.  Dr.  Friend,  who  has  maintain'd  the  Caufe  of  a  Tkthora 

They  add,  that  Minillers  of  the  Word  are  not  permitted  with  the  greatell  Strength  and  Clearnefs,  fuppofes  that 

to  receive  any  Wages  for  their  Work  :  that  they  mull  rot  this  J'/et&oj-fl  arifes  from  a  Coacervationin  the  Blood-Veflels 


baptize  little  Children  ;  and  that  the  Souls  of  Men  after 
Death  reft  in  an  unknown  Place  till  the  Day  of  Judg- 
ment. 

The  JAenmnites  are  fald  to  be  divided  into  Se£l:s,whereof 
there  are  two  Principal.  The  Mennonitcs  of  Friezland,  and 
thofeot  Flanders. 

The  latter  exercife  a  very  flri6l  Church-Difcipline,  and 


of  a  fupctfluity  of  Aliment,  which  he  thinks  remains  over 
and  above  what  is  expended  by  the  nrdin^iry  ways  ;  and 
that  Women  have  this  Fkthvya,  and  not  Men,  becaufe 
their  Bodies  are  more  humid,  and  their  VefTelSjefpccially 
the  Extremities  ofthem,  more  tender,  and  their  manner  of 
living  generally  more  unaflive  than  that  of  Man  ;  and  that 
thefe  things  concurring,  are  the  occafion  that  Women  do  not 


Excommunicate  for  the  flighteft  OfFence^j^  nor  do  they  hold    perfpire  fufficiently  to  curry  off  the  fuperfluous  alimentary 


it  lawful  to  have  any  Society  or  Communication  with  thofe 
Excommunicated.  Thofe  of  Friezland,  on  the  contrary, 
receive  into  their  Communion  fuch  as  are  Excommunica- 
ted by  the  others;  whence  they  are  caWd  Ssercorarii  3.nd 
Eorharifi>e.    Their  Dlfcipline  is  very  remifs. 


Parts,  till  it  be  accumulated  in  fuch  quantity  as  to  dlftend 
the  Veflels,  and  force  its  way  thro'  the  Capillary  Arteries 
of  the  L'rei7(i.  Itisfuppofed  to  happen  to  Women  more 
than  the  Females  of  other  Species,  which  have  the  fame 
Parts,  becaufe  of  the  ereil  Pofiure  of  the  former;  and 


They  recommend  an  univerfal  Toleration  of  Religions  the  Farina,  and  orher  Canab,  being  perpendicular  to  the 
very  earneftly,  and  receive  all  kind  of  Perfons  into  their  Horizon  ;  fo  that  the  Preffure  of  "the  Blood  is  direaed 
Affemblics,  provided  they  be  of  good  Morals,  and  believe    towards  their  Orifices  :  Whereas  in  Brutes,  thev  are  pa- 


the  Scripture  to  be  the  Word  of  God  ;  however  divided 
they  may  be  as  to  the  particular  Articles  of  Faith. 

Tho' the  (V'er/Kowittj  ufually  pafs  for  a  Se 61  of  Anabap- 
tifls,  yet  M.  Her.  Schin,  who  has  publiflied  their  Hiflory 
and  Apology,  _  maintains  that  they  are  not  Anabaptifts, 
:ither  in  Principle,  or  by  Origin:  He  owns  they  baptize 


rallel  to  the  Horizon,  and  the  Preffure  wholly  on  the 
Sides  of  thofe  Vern:ls.  The  Difcharge,  he  thinks,  hap- 
pen in  this  Part  rather  than  in  any  other,  as  being  more 
favoured  by  the  Struflure  of  the  Veffels  ;  the  Arteries 
belngverynumcrous,  and  the  Veins  finuous  and  winding, 
and  therefore  more  apt  to  retard  the  Impetus  of  the  Blood, 


none  but  Adults  ;  but  then,  neither  do  ihey  re-baptiie    and  confcauently,  in  a  Wt-tioric  Cafe,  tu  occafion  the  Run 


any  who  had  received  it  In  their  Chiidhood.  They  fpcak 
with  a  great  deal  of  Prudence  and  Rcferve  as  to  the  ex- 
traordinary Operations  of  the  Holy  Spirit  ;  and  are  far 
from  the  Fanaticlfm  of  the  old  Anabaptills.  ISJo  People 
jice  more  fuhmlfTive  to  Magiflrates,  or  carry  Paflive  Obe- 
dience farther  than  they.  Far  from  Rebellion  ;  they  con- 
demn even  the  moii  jufl  War,  l^c. 

MENOLOGY  in  the  Greek  Church,  is  much  the  fame 
with  the  'Mariyroh^y,  or  Calendar  in  the  Latit?.  See  Mar- 
TYROLOGY  and  Calendar. 


fure  of  the  Extremities  of  the  VefTels,  which  inay  iaft, 
till  by  a  fufhcient  difcharge  the  VefTels  are  eafcd  of  their 
Over-load. 

This  is  the  Subdance  of  that  great  Man's  Theory,  from 
whence  he  very  Mechanically,  and  very  Philofophically 
accounts  for  the  Symptoms. 

To  his  Argument,  why  Women  have  'Mcr.fes  rather 
than  Men,  we  may  add  from  hoerhaare,  that  in  the  for- 
mer, the  Os  Sacrum  \s  wider,  and  flands  farther  out,  and 
the  Of  Cocc_)'g/j  farther  in  ;    the  OJJh  Innoininatamder,  and 

farther 


MEN 


ferther  apart,  and  the  loweft  of  them,  as  well  as  the  lowt 
Eminences  of  the  Os  Ftibls  farther  outwards  than  in  the 
laiier.  Hence  in  Women,  the  Latitude  or  Expanlion  a- 
bout  thefe  Bones,  and  the  Capacity  of  the  fe/zw,  isvattly 
great  in  proportion  to  thofe  of  Men  j  and  yet  in  a  Woman 
nor  pregnant,  there  is  not  much  to  fill  this  Expanfe. 
Again,  the  fore-fide  of  the  Ti&or.f.'c  is  fmoothcr  in  Women 
than  in  Men,  and  the  Blood-VefTels,  Lymphaiics,  adipofe 
dnd  nervous  VefTcIs,  Membranes  and  Fibres,  are  much 
laxer  in  Women  than  in  Men:  whence  all  their  Cavities, 
Cells,  Ycflcls,  ^c.  are  more  eafily  rcpleted,  and  the 
Humours  aggregated  in  them;  befides  that,  they  are 
found  to  pcrfpire  lefs  than  Men,  and  to  arrive  much 
fooncr  at  their  Maturity,  or  ceV//};i'  of  Increafe,  To  which 
he  adds  the  Confideration  of  the  fofc  pulpous  Texture  of 
the  litems,  and  the  vail  number  of  Veins  and  Arteries  it 
is  fiU'd  withall. 

Hence,  a  healthy  Maid,  being  arrived  at  her  Growth, 
begins  to  prepare  more  Nutriment  than  is  required  for  the 
fupport  of  the  Body  ;  which,  as  there  is  not  to  be  any 
farther  accretion,  mult  of  neceffity  fill  the  Veffcls,  and 
efpecially  thofe  of  the  Uteriir^  and  Breafts,  as  being  the 
leari  comprefled.  Thefe  will  be  dilated  more  than  the 
others  i  whence  the  lateral  rfl/c«/ej  evacuating  their  Hu- 
mour into  the  Cavity  of  the  Uterus,  it  will  be  fiU'd,  and 
extended  :  Hence,  a  Fain,  Hear,  Heavincfs,  will  be  felt 
about  the  Loins,  Fubes,  ^c.  the  Veffels  of  the  Uterus  at 
the  fame  time  will  be  fo  dilated,  as  to  emit  Blood  into 
the  Cavity  of  the  Uterus,  its  Mouth  will  be  lubricated  and 
loofened,  and  Blood  iCfue  out.  As  the  Quantity  of  Blood 
is  dlminiHied,  the  Veffels  will  be  lefs  prefs'd,  and  will 
contrail  thenifelves  clofcr,  fo  as  again  to  retain  the  Blood, 
and  let  pafs  thegroffer  part  of  the^'ei  ww  ;  till  at  length,  only 
the  ufual  &r«m  paffes.  Again,  there  are  more  Humours 
prepar'd,  which  are  more  eafily  lodged  in  Veffels  once 
dilated  h  hence  the  Menfes  go,  and  return  at  various  Pe- 
riods in  various  Perfons. 

Ihis  Hypothefis,  however  plaufible,  is  oppofed  by 
t)t.Df.'ke,  who  maintains  that  there  is  no  fuch  Repletion, 
or  at  leaft  that  it  is  not  neceffary  to  Mcnjhiiauon.  Ar- 
guing, That  if  the  Mefffes  were  owing  to  a  Plethora  fo 
accumulated,  the  Symptoms  would  arife  gradually,  and 
the  Heavinels,  Stiffnels,  and  Ina£fivity,  neceffary  Symp- 
toms of  a  Plethora,  would  be  felt  long  before  the  Period 
Were  compleated,  and  Women  would  begin  to  be  heavy, 
and  indifpnfed  foon  after  Evacuation,  and  the  Symptoms 
increafe  daily  :  Which  is  contrary  to  all  Experience; 
many  Women,  who  have  them  regularly  and  eafily,  ha- 
ving no  warning,  nor  other  Rule  to  prevent  an  indecent 
Surprize,  than  the  meafure  of  the  Time  j  in  which, 
fome  that  have  flip'd,  have  been  put  to  Confufion  and 
Shifts,  noways  confiitent  with  the  notice  a  Plethoric  Body 
would  give.  IT-.'  adds,  that  even  in  thofe  who  are  difti- 
cuiily  purgird  thn-  way,  the  Symptoms,  tho'  very  vexati- 
ous and  tedious,  do  not  make  fuch  regular  Approaches,  as 
a  gradual  Accumulation  neceffarily  requires.  If  we  con- 
fider  what  violent  Symptoms  come  on  in  an  Hour,  we 
ihall  be  extremely  puzzled  to  find  the  mighty  Acceffion 
'  of  Matter  which  fliould  in  an  Hour  or  a  Day's  time  make 
fuch  great  Alterations..  According  to  the  Hypothefis, 
the  lalt  contributes  no  more  than  the  firfi,  and  of  Confe- 
quence,  the  Alterarion  fliould  not  be  greater  in  the  one 
than  the  other  ;  fctting  afide  the  bare  Eruption. 

This  is  the  fubilance  of  what  is  argued  agiinft  Dr. 
fri£7;i^'s  Theory  5  which,  itmurtbe  own'd,  notwithftand- 
ing  thefe  Objedions,  is  UlU.  the  moll:  rational  and  con- 
fiitent  that  has  yet  been  advanced. 

Thofe  whooppofe  ir,  give  into  the  Doiirlne  of  Fermen- 
tation, and  maintain  the  Evacuation  of  Blood,  on  thofe 
■parts,  to  be  the  Effedf  uf  an  Effervefcence,  or  Ebullition 
of  the  Blood.  This  Opinion  has  been  maintained  by 
many,  particularly  Dr.  Charleto?T,  Bale,  De  Graaf,  and 
Vrake.  The  two  firfi:  of  which  fuppofe  :i  Ferment  pecu- 
liar to  the  Women  which  produces  this  Flux,  and  affe*fls 
that  part  only,  or  at  leall  principally.  Dr.  Graaf,  lefs  par- 
ticular in  his  Notion,  only  fuppofes  an  Effervcfcence  of  the 
Blood  raifed  by  fome  fermer.r,  without  affigning  how  ic 
a6ts,  or  what  it  is.  The  fuddcn  Turgefcence  of  the  Blood, 
occafion'd  ihem  all  ro  think,  that  it  arofe  from  fomcthing 
till  then  extraneous  to  the  Blood,  and  led  them  to  the 
Parts  principally  affeiled,  to  feek  for  an  imaginary  Fer- 
ment, which  no  Anatomical  Enquiry  could  ever  /hew,  or 
find  any  Receptacle  for,  norany  Reafoning  neceffarily  in- 
fer. Again,  that  Heat  which  frequently  accompanies  this 
Turgefcence,  led  them  to  think  the  Cafe  more  than  a 
Plethora,  ami  that  there  was  fome  extraordinary  intefiina 
Moti(  n  at  thst  time. 

Dr.  Drake  improves  on  the  Doflrine  of  a  Ferment ;  and 
contends  not  onlv  that  it  is  neceffary  there  fliould  be  a 
Ferment,  but  a  Receptacle  Jalfo  for  this  Ferment  :  Con- 
cluding from  the  Suddenijcfs  and  Violence  of  the  Symp- 
toms, that  a  great  quantity  muft  beconvey'd  into  the  Blood 


(  f?l  ) 


MEN 


in  a  lliorttime,  and  confequently,  thatitmuft  have  been 
feady  gather'd  in  fome  Recfptacle,  where,  while  it  was 
lodg'd,  its  Adion  was  rellraincd.  But  he  goes  farther  ftiil. 
and  pretends  to  alcertain  the  PUct-,  ^c.  both  of  the  one 
and  the  other,  making  the  Gall-Bladder  to  be  the  Re- 
ceptacle, and  the  Bile  the  Ferment.  This  Liquor  he 
thinks  well  adapted  to  raife  a  Fermentation  in  the  Blood 
when  difcharged  into  it  in  a  Quantity  :  And  as  it  is  con- 
tain'd  in  a  Receptacle  that  does  not  admit  of  a  continual 
Iffue,  may  be  there  referred,  till  in  a  certain  Period 
of  Time,  the  Bladder  becoming  turgid  ani  full  through 
the  Compreffion  of  the  incumbent  f^/Jler.J,  it  emits  the 
Gall  :  which,  by  the  way  of  the  LaBsals,  infinuating 
itfelf  into  the  Blood,  may  raife  that  Effervcfcence  which 
occafions  the  Aperture  of  the  Uterine  Arteries. 

To  confirm  this,  he  alledges,  that  Perfons  of  a  bilious 
Conliitution,  have  the  iWew/e;  either  more  plentifully,  or 
more  frequently  than  others  ;  and  that  Diticmpcrs  mani- 
felHy  bilious,  are  attended  with  Symptoms  refembling 
thofe  ot  Women  labouring  under  difficult  Meujiruatian, 
If  it  be  objc£led,thaton  this  foot,  Men  /liould  have  Mew/ei, 
as  well  as  Women  i  he  anfwers,  that  Men  don't  abound  in 
Bile  fo  much  as  Women  ;  the  Pores  of  the  former  be- 
ing more  open,  and  carrying  off  more  of  the  fcrous  part 
of  the  Blood,  which  is  the  Vehicle  of  all  the  other  Hu- 
mours ;  and,  confequently,  a  greater  part  of  each  is  dif- 
charged thro'  them  than  in  Women  5  wherein  the  Super- 
fluity muft  either  continue  to  circulate  with  the  Blood,  or 
be  gathered  in  proper  Receptacles,  which  is  the  Cafe  in 
the  Bile.  The  fame  Reafon  he  gives  why  MenJIruation 
Should  not  be  in  Brutes  ;  the  Pores  of  thefe  being  mani- 
feftly  more  open  than  thofe  of  Women,  as  appears  from 
the  Crop  of  Hair  which  they  bear?  for  the  Vegetation 
whereof,  a  lar^e  Cavity,  and  a  wider  Aperture  of  the 
Glands  is  neceflary,  than  where  no  fuch  thing  is  produced. 
Xet  there  is  fome  difference  between  the  Males  and  Fe- 
males even  among  thefe,  the  latter  having  their  Mefjfes, 
tho'  not  fo  often,  nor  in  the  fame  Form  and  (Quantity,  as 
Women. 

He  adds,  that  the  feveral  Phenomena  of  the  Menfes, 
tt'hether  in  a  natural,  a  regular,  or  difeafed  Cafe,  flov/ 
naturally  and  readily  from  this  Hypothefis  5  and  that 
whatever  may  be  accounted  for  from  a  Ple-.hora,  or  from 
any  particular  Ferment,  may,  without  any  ftraining,  be 
apjply'd  to  this. 

The  Root  of  black  HelleUre  and  Steel,  are  the  principal 
Remedies  for  Obftruflions  of  the  il/ew/ei  5  the  former,  is 
almofl:  infallible,  and  in  many  Cafes  where  the  latter  is 
not  only  ineffc£lual,  but  improper  ^  as  in  P/etioWc  Habits, 
for  with  fuch,  Steel  will  fometimes  tOA[c  Hyjieric  Commo- 
tions, Convulfions,  and  a  kind  of  Uterine  luror  ;  whereas 
Hellebore  thins  the  Blood,  anddifpofes  it  for  a  Difcharoe 
without  making  it  more  impetuous.  So  that  tho'  each 
provoke  the  Mejffes,  yet  they  do  it  by  different  ways  i 
Steel  by  increafing  the  Blood^s  Velocity,  and  giviny  ic  a 
greater  Moment  againll  the  Uterine  Arteries  ,  and  Helle- 
bore by  dividing  it,  and  rendering  it  more  fluid.  Sec 
Hellebore  and  Ch.ilyeeat. 

MENSIS  >  rMoNTH. 

MENSfS  CHYMICUS  >  See  <  M  ENSTRUUM. 
MENSIS  VETITUS    J       C Fence  ^fonfi. 
MENSTRUAL,  or  Men  strhous,  a  Term  in  Medicine, 
applied  to  the  Blood  which  flows  from  Women  in  their 
ordinary  monthly  Purgations.    See  Menses. 

The  MoT/irt-al  Blood  is  the  excefs,  or  redundance  of  the 
Blood  in  the  Body.  It  may  be  defined  an  Excrement  fervinfl 
for  the  Generation,  as  well  asNutritureof  the  fejuin  the 
Womb,  and  which  at  other  times  is  evacuated  Monthly. 

Of  all  Animals,  there  is  none  befides  Women, 
and  perhaps  Apes,  which  have  their  Meujlmcil  Pursa- 
tions.  HifpQcrates  fays,  that  the  Ivknjhucil  Blood  gnaws 
and  tears  the  Earth  like  Vinegar.  Plhiy  and  Cvlumella 
add,  that  it  burns  Herbs,  kills  Plants,  tarnilhes  Looking- 
Glaffcs,  and  that  Dogs  which  taile  ir,  run  mad.  But  this 
is  all  fabulous  j  it  being  certain  that  this  Blood  is  the  fame 
with  that  in  the  Veins  and  Arterie5.  By  the  ^ezvi/h  Law, 
a  Woman  was  unclean  while  the  Me»ftrual  Blood' flow'd: 
and  the  Man  who  touched  her,  or  the  Moveables  /lie  had 
touched,  were  declared  unclean.    Levit.  Chap.  XV. 

MENSTRUUM,  or  Dissolvent,  in  Chymiilry,  any 
Liquor  that  will  diffolve,  i.  e.  feparate  the  Parts  of  hard 
Bodies.    See  Dissolvent  and  Dissolution. 

Thus-^^Ha  Reoalis  is  a  Men/huum  for  Gold  j  ^qua  Fartis, 
and  Spirit  of  Nitre,  for  molt  other  Metals  ,  Common  Wa- 
ter for  Salts,  Ji^e,    See  Gold,  Silver,  Salt,  ^c. 

In  Pharmacy,  it  is  chiefly  defined  a  Body  that  will  ejc- 
tratSi  the  Virtues  of  Ingredients  by  Infufion,  Decodlion 
or  the  like.    See  Infusion,  Decoction, 

The  Term  Me;;/rr«;(7«  takes  its  rile  from  this,  that  fome 
Chymitts  pretend  the  compleat  Diffolution  of  a  mix'd 
Body  can't  be  effeffed  in  lefs  than  40  Davs,  which  Period 
they  call  a  Phihfofhical  hhnth, 

hkn- 


MEN 


(  ) 


M  E  R 


-Menjlrtmm  is  properly  defined  a  Body,  which  being  ap-  tides  wh:ch  conlliiute  Sj-'irit  of  Wine,  are  more  flronglj 
plied  to,  or  intermixed  wiih  another,  does  fo  diffolve  ir,  attracted  by  each  other,  than  by  ihofe  ot  a  faline  Body 
as  that  all  the  diffolving  Parts  float  amcng  the  Parts  dif-    immerged  in  it. 


folved  ■■,  and  fo  divides  it  into  its  minutcli  Parts,  as  that 
the  Parts  of  the  DiffolvenC  are  intermixed  with  thofe  of 
the  Body  diflolved.  Whence  it  appears,  that  every  A^ew- 
jiriium  in  diffolving  a  Body,  is  likewife  diffolved  ilfelf ; 
fo  as  with  the  Body  it  diffolves;  to  make  up  one  Body. 
A  Knife  therefore  divides  Bread,  but  is  not  on  that  account 
a  Meujirmim  ;  as  it  does  not  conilitute  one  Body  with  the 
Bread  :  but  Water  boil'd  with  the  Bread  is  a  iV> 
with  regard  to  the  Bread,  as  it  only  makes  up  one  Body 
therewith.    See  Dissolution. 

The  antient  ChymiOs  were  vefy  careful  in  all  their 
Frocefles,  that  neither  the  Degree  of  Fire,  nor  the  Mcw- 
Jiriium,  might  deceive  'em. 

All  Uenjiruums,  at  the  lime  they  afl  as  fuch,  that  is, 
at  the  time  they  are  diffolving,  aft  as  Liquids;  whether  ^^R"_ify  t^^e  Magni 
fuch  tAenjiruum  be  a  Liquid  or  a  Solid.  '1  hus,  e.  gr.  Sil- 
ver is  a  Menjiruiim  with  regard  to  Gold  ;  for  if  you  take 
an  Ounce  of  Silver,  melt  it  at  the  Fire,  and  add  a  Grain 
of  Gold  j  all  the  Parts  of  the  Silver  will  intermix  rhem- 
felves  with  the  Parts  of  the  Gold:  fo,  as  that  the  Gold 
and  Silver,  which  before  Were  fcparate,  now  make  one 
Mafs.  But  Gold  and  Silver  are  only  iV/e?;/rn(Kmj  as  they 
are  diffolved  by  the  Fire  ;  i.e.  as  rhey  are  fluid. 

All  h'enjin'wns  may  be  divided  into  two  Chffes  i  the 
firft  confiils  of  fuch  as  are /f"/f ;  thefecond  of  fuch  as  are 
folid :  that  is,  they  are  cither  aflually  divided,  or  they 
muft  be  fo  e'er  they  adL 

Flwd  M€7!jlruums  are  Water,  Dew,  OiL'i  Saline  and 
Acid  Spirits,  MkaH.,  Sain,  ^c.  and  Solid  M^nfir"">^!,  are 
fuch  as  muft  be  made  fluid  e'er  they  will  diffolve  j  fuch 
are  raoff  Suits,  JV/tre,-  lOtrio!,  &c.  See  Water,  Salt, 
Vitriol,  ££;c. 

J;  to  the  ^Elion  of  Menjhimns ;  Sk  Ifaac  NeTvtotj  accounts 
for  it  from  the  Acids  wherein  they  are  impregnated. 
The  Particles  of  Acids  are  found  to  be  endued  with 
a  ffrong  attractive  Force,  wherein  their  Aftivity  conlifis, 
and  by  virtue  wherct.f  they  diffolve  Bodies.  See  At- 
traction. Thefc  Acids  he  fu ppo fes  of  a  middle  Na- 
ture between  Water,  and  hard  Bodies,  and  to  attrait 
both.  By  this  Attraction  they  gather  together  about  the 
Particles  of  Bodies,  whether  metallic  k,  liony,  or  the 
like,  and  adhere  to  them  very  clofe,  fo  as  fcarce  to  be 
feparated  from  'cm  by  Diltillation,  or  Sublimation.  Thus 
ffrongly  attracted,  and  gather'd  together  on  all  fides, 
they  raifc,  disjoin,  and  lhake  afunder  the  Particles  of  Bo- 
dies, i.e.  they  diffulve  them  ;  and  by  the  attraftive  Pow- 
er whereby  ihey  ru/h  again!!  the  Particles  of  the  Bodies, 
they  move  the  Fluid,  and  fo  excite  Heat,  fhaking  fomc 
of  the  Particles  lo  that  degree,  as  to  convert  'em  into 
Air,  and  fo  generating  Bubbl(.s.    See  Acid, 


Dr.  Keil  gives  us  the  T.'heory  or  Foundation  of  the  Action  gestion. 


Hence  we  fee  the  Reafons  of  the  different  Effefls  of 
different  Mciijirmms  3  why  feme  Bodies,  for  inftance 
Metals,  diffohe  in  a  faline  y.enf,ri<i,m  :  Others  again,  as 
Refinj  in  a  fulphureous  one,  l^c.  particularly  why  Silver 
diffolves  in  yip'.a  fcrtis,  and  Gold  only  in  Regalia  ; 

all  the  Varieties  whereof  are  accountable  for,  from  the 
different  Degrees  of  Cohtfion,  i.e.  of  Attraction  in  the 
Parts  ot  the  Body  to  be  diffolved,  the  differem  Diameters 
and  F'gures  of  ii.s  Pores,  the  different  Degrees  of  Attrac- 
tion in  ihe  Niv/h-uiPi,  and  the  different  Diameters  and 
Figures  of  its  Parts.   See  Cohesion. 

Suppofe,  e.g.  the  Attraction  of  Gold  to  that  of  Sil- 
ver, to  be  as  A  to  B  ;  and  ci  Silver  to  Jquafortis  as  b  to  d ; 
but  that  of  yi'qita  jojtis  \o  Jqua  Regia,  3.S  d  to  \ex  f 
Vlagniiude  of  Particles  in  Jrjiui  fcrtis,  and  r 
thofe  in  J/jua  Regia t  the  Coheflon  of  Gold,  and  c  the 
CoheCon  of  Silver:  If  the  Diameters  of  the  Particles  fy 
are  greater  than  the  Diameters  of  the  Pores  of  Gold,  they 
can  never  diffolve  the  Gold,  let  their  attraflive  Force  be 
ever  fo  firong.  Butif/— exr  be  grcdter  than  then  the 
Silver  will  yield  to  the  y.£7'JirUi.m  whofe  Particles  are  f 
and  lefs  than  the  Pores  of  the  Silver  ;  and  if  h — exr  be 
lefs  ihan  the  Silver  will  never  diflolve  in  the  Menjiruum^ 
the  Particles  whereof  are  and  the  attractive  Force  e. 
But  if  a — cxr  be  greater  than  c,  the  Metijir mm  made  up 
of  the  Particles  and  whcfc  attractive  Force  is  e,  will 
be  able  to  penetrate  and  diffolve  the  Gold. 

How  a  Menftruum  may  fufpend  Bodies  much  heavier 
than  itfelf,  which  very  often  happens,  may  be  conceiv'd. 
by  confidering,  that  the  Parts  ot  r.o  I  luid  can  be  lo  cafily 
feparated,  but  ihey  will  a  little  rcfifl,  or  retard  the  De- 
fcent  of  any  heavy  Bodies  through  them  j  and  that  this 
Refiffance  is,  ca-itris  payibiu,  ilill  proportionable  to  the 
Surface  of  the  defcending  Bodies  :  But  the  Surfaces  of 
Bodies  do  by  no  means  increafe,  or  decrcafe,  in  the  fame 
Proportion  as  their  Solidities  do  ;  for  the  Solidity  in- 
creafeth  as  the  Cube,  but  the  Surface  only  as  the  Square 
of  the  Diameter.  Small  Bodies,  therefore,  will  have 
much  larger  Surfaces,  in  proportion  to  their  folid  Con- 
tents, than  larger  Bodies  will;  and  confcquently  when 
exceedingly  dimini/hed,  may  eafily  be  buoyed  up  in  the 
Liquor.    See  Descent,  Resistance,  ^e. 

Mensteuum  FeracKtum,  a  Name  Mr.  Poy/e  gives  to  a 
'Menjlnmm  he  extraCted  from  Bread  only,  that  would 
prey  on  Bodies  more  compaCt  than  many  hard  Minerals, 
nay  even  on  Glafs,  and  do  many  things  that  Jqita  fortis 
would  not  do  ;  With  this  he  drew  TinCtures  not  only  from 
Crude  Corals,  but  alfo  from  the  Lufis  H^onatites  and 
Granaces,   nay  from  Diamonds  and  Rubies.     Sec  Di- 


MENSURATION,  the  ACt  or  Art  of  Mcqfuring.  See 

MeASUR  INC. 

MENTAL,  is  underfiood  of  the  Conception,  or  Ope- 
ration of  the  Underflanding  :  ^  bus  a  h'.ental  Prayer  is 
fuch  a  one  as  is  made  merely  in  the  Mind,  without  pro- 
nouncing one  word  of  it.  A  Mental  Refervation,  iSc.  See 
Reservation. 

MEM  DM,  in  Anatomy,  is  the  lower  Part  of  the 
Face,  beneath  the  Mouth  j  which  we  oiherwife  dilbn- 
guifli  by  the  Name  of  Chin. 

MENUET,  or  MiNt!ET,  a  kind  of  Dance,  the  Steps 
whereof  are  extremely  quick,  and  /hort  :  It  confifts  of  a 
the  Motion  will  be  fo  5  and  if   Coupee,  a  high  Step,  and  a  Balance  ;  it  begins  with  a 
Beat,  and  its  Meafure,  or  Motion,  is  Triple. 


of  Menjiyuums^  in  the  following  Propofitions. 

r*^^  Two  Corpufcles  may  be  placed  fo  near  each  other, 
without  touching,  as  tliat  the  Force  wherewith  they  at- 
\Y-ii'i  each  other,  lliall  eafily  exceed  that  of  their  Gra- 

"V  i  T  V , 

1°.  If  a  Corpufclc  placed  in  a  Fluid  be  every  way  e- 
qually  attracted  by  the  ambient  Particles,  the  Corpufcle 
will  not  be  put  in  any  Motion  5  hut  if  it  be  attraCled 
more  by  fome  of  the  Particles  than  by  others,  it  will  then 
tend  towards  that  Quarter  where  the  Attraction  is  the 
tlrongcit  ;  and  the  Motion  thus  produced  will  be  cor- 
reff-iondent  to  the  Inequality  of  the  Attraction:  That 
if  the  Inequality  be  great     '  "        :ii        r.-  . 

little,  litile. 

Corpufcles  fwimming  in  a  Fluid,  and  attrafling  MEPHITES,  and  Mephitical  £sW.i(/'onJ,  any  poi- 
each  other  more  than  the  interpofed  Particles  of  the  fonous  and  noxious  Steams  iffuing  out  of  the  Earth,  from 
Fluid;  thofe  Particles  of  the  Fluid  will  be  driven  afide,    what  Caufe  foever.    See  Poison. 

and  the  Corpufcles  approach  each  other  with  a  Turce  The  moft  remarkable  Places  of  this  kind  is  the  Gyotta 
equal  to  the  Excefs  of  their  mutual  Attraction,  beyond  ^e  Cani  near  Pii^iW/,  about  two  Miles  from  Naples,  in 
the  Attraaion  of  the  Particles  of  the  Fluid.  i^^h Steams  of  which  kill  Dogs,  or  other  Animals, 

4'^'.  If  a  Body  be  placed  in  a  Fluid  whofe  Parts  atfraCl  when  brought  within  its  reach  :  A  very  curious  Account 
the  Particles  of  the  Fluid  more  itrongly  than  thofe  Par-  of  which,  and  the  manner^of  its^Effcacy,  is  given  by 
tides  are  attraCted  by  one  another  ;  and  if  in  the  Body 
there  be  feveral  Pores  pervious  to  the  Particles  of  thofe 
Fluid,  the  Fluid  will  prefently  diffufe  itfelf  through  the 
Pores  3  and  if  the  ConneClion  of  the  Parts  in  that  Body 
be  not  fo  firong  but  that  ir  may  be  exceeded  by  the  Im- 
petus of  the  Particles  ru/liing  together  3  the  immers'd  Bo- 
dy will  undergo  a  Diffulution. 

Hence,  for  a  Munjirimm  to  be  fit  to  diffolve  a  given 


Dr.  Mead\x\  his  Effay  on  Poifons.    See  Grotto. 
MERCERS  Comfany.    See  Company. 
MERCERS'CiiJ/ei  School.    Sec  School. 
MERCHANDISE,  or.  Mercantile  Frofe^oit,  the 
Function  of  a  Merchant  3  or  the  Art,  Method,  £^c,'  of 
exercifing  a  Whole-Sale  Commerce.    See  Com  mer  ce. 

The  Nercajitile  Profellwn  is  ellecmed  Noble,  and  Inde- 
pendent. In  l';-aiice,  by  two  Arrets  of  Louii  XIV.  the  one 
Body,  there  are  three  things  required.  ifi,  Thar'  the  of  1 569.  the  other  of  1701.  the  Nobility  are  alio w'd  to 
Parts  of  the  Body  attraCt  the  Particles  of  the  Mejijhutm  trade,  both  by  Land  and  Sea,  without  derogating  from 
more  flrungly  than  thofe  are  attraClcd  by  each  other,  their  Nobility  :  And  we  have  frequent  Inilances  of  Mer- 
i.dly.  That  the  Body  have  Pores  adequate  and  pervious  chants  ennobled  in  that  Country,  in  regard  of  the  Utility  of 
to  the  Particles  of  the  i^kfijiyimm.  ^dly.  That  the  Cohe-  their  Commerce,  and  the  ManufaClutes  they  have  fer  up. 
fion  of  the  Pans  of  the  Body  be  not  fo  llrong  but  that  it  In  Bretagne,  even  a  Retail  Trade  docs  not  derogate  from 
may  be  torn  afunder  by  the  Impetus  of  the  Particles  the  Nobility.  When  the  Nobles  of  the  Province  are  dif- 
ru/hing  together.    Hence  alfo  it  follows,  that  the  Par-    pofed  for  Commerce,  they  let  their  Nobility  fleep,  that 


M  E  R 


(  ) 


MER 


j's,  they  don't  lofe  it,  but  only  tcafe  to  enjoy  the  Pri- 
vileges of  their  Noblefle  while  Jieir  Commerce  conri- 
nues,  and  reafTuinc  it,  by  giving  over  Trade,  without  any 
Letters  or  Inilrument  ot"  Re-Habiliiation.  In  Republicsir 
is  more  valued  :  bur  no  where  more  than  in  Ejigland^ 
where  the  younger  Sons  and  Brothers  of  Peers  are  fre- 
quently bred  up  to  Merchandize.  Add  to  this,  that  many 
<jt  the  luiitanVviuQcs  are  the  principal  Merchants  of  their 
Stares  j  and  think  it  no  difcredir  to  make  their  Palaces 
ierve  as  Warehoufes :  And  that  many  of  the  Kings  of 
Jfia^  mott  of  thofe  of  the  Coatl  of  y^fricn  and  GKme-i, 
traffick  with  the  Eurofeans^  fometimes  by  their  Mini- 
iiers,  and  fumetimes  in  Perfon- 

I'hc  Qiialifi cations  requifite  for  the  Profeffion  of  a 
Merchant,  arc,  i.  'I'o  keep  Books,  Hngle  or  double,  viz. 
Journals,  Ledgers,  and  others.  2.  'I'o  draw  Invoices, 
Contra£is,  Charcer- Parties,  Policies  of  AiTurance,  Bills  of 
Exchange,  Letters  Miffive,  ££?c.  5.  To  know  the  Rela- 
litjn  between  the  Monies,  Weights,  and  Meafures  of  fe- 
veral  Countries.  4.  The  Places  where  the  feveral  Kinds 
of  Merchandizes  are  manuiailured,  in  what  manner  made, 
what  the  Materials  compofed  of,  and  whence  ;  the  Pre- 
paration the  Marerials  require  before  they  are  wrought  ; 
and  the  Merchandizes  atrerwards,  4.  I'he  Lengths  and 
Breadths  of  Scuffs,  as  Silks,  Wools,  Hairs,  Linens,  £^c.. 
the  Regulations  of  the  Place  where  they  are  manufactured, 
and  their  different  Prices  ar  ditferent  Seafons.  5.  The 
Dying,  and  the  Ingredients  for  the  Formation  of  the 
different  Colours.  6.  The  Merchandizes  that  abound,  or 
are  more  rare  in  one  Country  than  another;  their  Kinds 
and  Qualiiics  }  and  the  manner  of  Tralficking  them  to 
the  belt  Advantage,  whether  by  Land,  by  Sea,  or  Rivers. 
7.  The  Cominodities  permitted  or  prohibited,  both  for 
the  Import  and  Export  of  a  State.  S.  The  Price  of  Ex- 
charge  according  to  the  Courfe  of  feveral  Places,  and 
what  it  is  that  raifes  or  lowers  ir.  <j.  The  Duties  to  be  paid 
both  at  the  Import  and  Export  of  Wares,  according  to  the 
Ufe  of  the  Places,  the  Tarlfs,  Regulations,  ^c.  Jc.  The 
manner  of  Packing,  Baling,  and  Tunning  Merchandizes,  to 
keep  them  either  in  Magazines,  or  in  Voyages,  £^c.  11. 
On  what  Terms  a.Merchant-Yc{ixl  niay  be  Freighted,  and 
Aflured.  12.  The  Goodnefs  and  Value  of  every  thing 
requiiite  for  the  Conftrufiion  or  Refitting  of  Veffels,  the 
Prices  of  Woods,  Cordage,  Mails,  Anchors,  Sails,  and 
other  Equipage.  19.  The  Wages  ordinarily  given  Cap- 
tains, Officers,  and  Sailors  :  and  the  manner  of  contrac- 
ting with  them.  14.  The  foreign  Languages,  which  may 
be  reduced  to  three  principal  ones,  siz.  the  Spajiijh,  ufed 
almoll  through  all  the  Eaji,  particularly  on  the  Coaft  of 
Africa.^  from  the  Canaries  to  the  Cafe  of  Good  Hope  ;  the 
Jtnlian,  ufed  throughout  the  Coatts  of  the  Mediierraneaji, 
and  many  Places  of  the  Levant ;  and  the  Teutonic  or  Ger- 
man, ufed  throughout  moft  Countries  of  the  North.  Laftly, 
theConfuiar  Jurifprudence,  the  Laws,  Culloms,  Compa- 
nies, Colonies,  Chambers  of  Affurances,  Confulates  in 
the  feveral  Countries  ;  and  in  the  general,  all  the  Ordon- 
nances.  Regulations,  and  Policies,  relating  to  Commerce. 

MERCHANT,  a  Perfon  who  carries  on  Merchandize, 
or  fuliains  the  Mercantile  Profeffion.  See  Merchan- 
dize. 

MERCHANT-Ma;/.    SeeSHip,  Vessel,  Captain, 
MzRCiiAtiT-Tayhrs  Company"}  r  Company. 

Merc H Asir-Tay!ors  School     5  ^School. 
Merciianlage,  fee  Law. 

MERCATOR's  Chart,or  P>  veff/ow.is  a  Sea-Chart,where- 
in  the  Parallels  are  reprefented  by  llrait  Lines  ;  and  the 
Meridians,  likewife,  by  parallel  ilrait  Lines,  whofe  De- 
grees, however,  are  nor  equal,  but  are  continually  en- 
larged as  they  approach  nearer  the  Pole,  in  the  fame  Pro- 

Fortion  as  the  parallel  Circles  decreafe  towards  them.  See 
ROJECTION. 

For  the  Confiruflion,  Lfe,  Advantages,  ^jfc.  hereof,  fee 
Mercator's  Cf.ART. 

Mercator's  6'«i7/>;,f,  is  that  performed  by  means  of 
Mf.rcator''s  Charts.    See  Mcrcator's  Sailing. 

MERCURY,  e,  inAflronomy;  the  fmalleft  of  the  In- 
ferior Planets,  and  the  nearefi  the  Sun.  See  Planet 
and  System. 

The  mean  Diftance  of  this  Planet  from  the  Sun  is  to  that 
of  pur  Earth  from  the  Sun  as  587  to  1000  ;  its  Excentricity 
8  Degrees:  The  Inclination  of  its  Orbit,  that  is,  the 
Angle  forined  by  the  Plane  of  its  Orbit  with  the  Plane  of 
the  Ecliptic,  is  6  Degrees  52  Minutes:  Its  Diameter  to 
that  of  the  Earth  as  3  to  4  ;  and  therefore  the  Globe  of 
MercKry  will  be  to  that  of  the  Earth  as  2  to  5.  See  Excen- 
tricity, In  CLIN  AT  ION, Diameter,  Distance,  ^c. 

According  toS'ir  If.  Newton,  the  Heat  and  Light  of  the 
Sun  on  the  Surface  of  Mercury  is  feven  times  as  intenfe  as 
on  the  Surface  of  our  Earth  in  the  middle  of  Summer  : 
which,  as  he  found  hy  Experiments  made  for  that  pur- 
pofe  by  a  Thermometer,  is  fufficient  to  make  Water  boil. 
Such  a  degree  of  Heat  therefore  muft  render  Mercury  un- 


inhabitable to  Creatures  of  our  Conftitution  :  And  if 
Bodies  on  its  Surface  be  not  inflamed  and  fet  on  fire,  it 
muU  be  becaufe  their  Degreeof  Dcnfity  is  proportionably 
greater  than  that  of  fuch  Bodies  with  us.    Sec  Heat. 

The  Revolution  of  Mercury  round  the  Sun,  or  his  Year 
is  performed  in  87  Days,  23  Hours  j  his  diurnal  Revolu- 
tion, or  the  Length  of  his  Day,  is  not  yet  determined  ■ 
nor  is  it  certain  whether  he  has  fuch  a  Motion  round  his 
own  Axis,  or  nor.    See  Period,  Revolution, 

What  variery  of  Weather  or  Seafons  it  may  he  liable 
to,  we  are  Hill  at  a  lofsi  as  not  knowing  tht  Inclination 
of  his  Axis  to  the  Plane  of  his  Orbit.  The  Force  of  Gra- 
vity on  the  Surface  of  Mercury,  is  feven  times  as  lirong  as 
on  the  Surface  of  the  Earth.  Ls  Deniicy,  and,  confe- 
qucnrly,  the  Gravitation  of  Bodies  towards  the  Centre 
cannot  be  accurately  determined  ;  but  no  doubt  it  muft 
exceed  that  of  our  Earth,  by  reafon  of  the  Excefs  of 
Heat  there.    See  Gravity,  Density,  ^c. 

Mercury  changes  its  Phafes,  like  the  Moon,  according  to 
its  feveral  Pofitions  with  regard  to  the  Sun  and  Earth, 
See  Moon. 

It  appears  full.  In  its  fupcrior  Conjunctions  with  the 
Sun,  becaufe  we  can  fee  the  whole  illumined  Hemi- 
fphere  :  But  in  its  lower  Conjumaion,  we  only  fee  the 
ohfcure,  or  unlliumined  Hemifphere  :  In  his  Approach 
toward  the  Sun,  his  Light  is  falcated  or  horned.  Sec 
Phases. 

The  Situation  of  this  Planet  proves  evidently,  that  the 
Hypothefis  of  Ftoiemy  is  falfe  :  For  Mercury' is  fome- 
times obferved  betwixt  the  Earth  and  Sun  ;  and  fome- 
times beyond  the  Sun.  But  the  Earth  is  never  found  be- 
tween Mercury  and  the  Sun  ;  which  however  muft  happen, 
if  the  Spheres  of  all  the  Planets  incompafs'd  the  Earth 
as  a  Centre,  according  to  the  Fiolemalc  Scheme.  See 
Ptolemaic  Syjiem. 

The  Diameter  of  the  Sun  view'd  from  Mercury,  wouM 
appear  three  times  as  big  as  it  appears  on  our  Earth  j 
that  Planet  being  thrice  as  near  him  as  we  are  ;  and  there- 
fore the  Sun's  Disk  would  appear  feven  times  as  large  as 
it  appears  to  us. 

Icsgreateft  Diftance  from  the  Sun,  with  regard  to  us, 
never  exceeds  28  Degrees,  whence  'tis  feldom  vilible  5 
being  commonly  either  loft  in  the  Sun's  Light,  or,  when 
the  moft  remote  from  the  Sun,  in  the  Crepufculum.'  The 
beft  Obfervationsof  this  Planet,  are  thofe  made  when  it  is 
feen  on  the  Sun's  Disk ;  for  in  its  lower  Conjundion,  it 
pafTcs  before  the  Sun  like  a  little  Spot,  eclipfing  a  fmall 
part  of  his  Body,  only  obfervable  with  a  Telefcope.  The 
firft  Obfervation  of  this  kind,  was  that  of  Galfendi  in 
1632.    See  Transit. 

To  an  Inhabitant  of  Mercury,  the  folar  Spots  will  ap- 
pear totraverfe  his  Disk  fometimes  in  a  right  Line  from 
Eaft  to  Weft,  and  fometimes  Eillptically.  As  the  other 
five  Planets  are  above  Mercury,  their  Phienomena  will  be 
nearly  the  fimc  there,  as  with  us.  Venus  and  the  Earth 
when  in  oppofition  to  the  Sun,  will  /hine  with  full  Orbs* 
and  afford  a  noble  Light  to  that  Planer.  * 

Mercury,  In  Natural  Hiftory,  afiuid,  mineral  Matter 
perfeaiy  refeinbling  Silver  in  fufion.   See  Mineral. 

Mercury  is  known  under  a  great  number  of  Names  : 
The  common  Name  among  the  Antients  was  Hydrar" yrtm 
q.  d.  Water  of  Silver.  The  Moderns  commonly  call  ij 
Mkrciiry,  from  fome  fuppofed  Relation  it  bears  to  the  Pla- 
net of  that  Name.  In  EngliJJj  ir  is  popularly  call'd  Quick- 
Sihcr,  from  its  Appearance.  Many  of  the  Chymifts  call  it 
Froteus,  from  the  variety  of  Forms,  Colours,  i^c.  it  paffes 
thro' in  their  Preparations. 

Naturalifts  are  divided  what  Clafs  of  Foflils  to  ranee 
Mercury  under  :  Some  make  it  a  Metal  ;  others  a  Semi-- 
metal;  and  others  an  imperfefJ:  Metal.  See  Fossil  and 
Semi-metal. 

Bosrhaave  obferves,  that  it  is  very  improperly  call'd  a 
Metal,  inafmuch  as  it  has  not  all  the  Characlers  of  fuch  a 
Body  5  nor  fcarce  any  thing  in  common  with  the  other 
Metals,  except  Weight  and  Similarity  of  Parts  :  Thus 
for  Example,  it  is  neither  dlffulvablc  by  Fire  malleable" 
^"/fK^v^  j!"  "  conftitute  a  peculiaJ 

Clafsot  toffils  :  and  IS  rather  the  Mother,  or  Bafis  of  all 
Metals,  than  a  Metal  itfelf.    See  Metal. 

Perfect  Metals,  according  to  M.  Homher^,  are  no- 
thing but  pure  Mercury,  whofe  little  Particles  are  penetra- 
ted on  all  fides,  andfiird  with  the  Matter  of  Light,  which 
unites  and  binds  them  together  into  a  Mafs,  fo  that  the 
Parts  of  fluid  Mercury,  which  are  fuppofed  to  be  little  folid 
Globes,  in  their  Metallification  are  rendcr'd  rough  and  un- 
even, being  pireced  on  all  fides,  and  having  their  Pores  or 
Perforations  fiU'd  with  the  Matter  of  Light.  By  fuch  means 
they  lofe  their  firft  Confirmation,  and  the  Politure  or 
Smoothnefs  of  their  Surfaces,  which  is  one  of  the  principal 
Caufes  of  the  fluidity  o^Mercury.  ^ 

The  Chymifts  make  Mercury  one  of  their  Hypoftatical 
Principles  ;  Not,  as  M.  f/omiej-^  obferves,  that  it  anfwers 
U  u  u  u  u  U  jjjg 


M  E  R 


(  ^4  ) 


M  E  R 


the  Chiraaer  of  a  Principle,  which  is  that  whofe  Sub- 
Wance  cannot  be  Analyzed,  or  reduced  into  IWatters  more 
fimplc  i  but  bccaufe  the  Analyfis  has  not  yet  been  dif- 
covcred  :  '1  ho'  it  is  poffible  it  may  hereafter,  there  being 
little  doubt  but  that  Mercmy  is  a  Compound.    This  is  the 


more  probable. 


in  regard  Mercury   may  be  dellroy'd. 


fanlnsas  their  \Veir;hrs.  Now,  Mercaiy  being  14  tirtieS 
heavier  than  Water  ;  if  both  of  them  be  expofed  in  a 
Winter's  Night  to  ilic  fame  Cold,  the  Meratry  muft  be  fo 
much  colder  than  Water,  as  it  is  heavier.  So,  alfo  if 
they  be  both  apply 'd  to  the  fame  degree  of  Heat,  while 
the  Water  becomes  warm,  the  Mmmy  will  be  hot  enough 
to  burn  the  Hands.    See  Heat  and  Cold. 

■I'hc  7th  Properly  is,  that  it  is  diflolubleby  almoft  all 
Acids,  and  unites  iifelf  with  them  ;  at  leall  %vith  all 
foffil  Acids.  Thus  it  is  diffolved  in  Oil  of  Vitriol,  Spirit 
ofSulphurfei-Cn»i/..i7!am,  Spirit  of  Nitre,  and  ^'jaa  reiia 

It  IS  prepared  with  Oil  of  Vitiiol,  intoTiiri/VA  Mineral  ; 
with  Spirit  of  Sulphur,  into  Cinnoiiji- ;  with  re;,.,,  or 
Spirit  ot  Sea-Salt  or  i.' ^c»ntii<i,  into  corrolive  Subiim'ate. 

SeeTuftEITII,'  ClNN.\BAB,  SUBLIM \TE  £5?C 

Only  \  inegiir  does  nut  diirdve  it  -  and  hence  we  are 
purer  It  is,  thehcavier:  Nay,  feme  of  the  Philofophers  furnilhed  with  a  iVlethod  of  dete-aino  the  Frauds  of  Drug 
even  hold  that  well  pu^rge^^  of  all  its  Sulphur,    gills,  S^c.   who  make  a  pvatiice  ot'fophillicating  Quick- 

'  '     "     Ho  but  take  a  Mortar,  and  pound  the 


which  never  happens  10  fimple  Bodies.'  The  manner  of 
deftroying  Mercury,  is,  firll,  by  changing  it  into  a  perfect 
Metal,  by  introducing  a  fufiicient  quanti'iy  of  Light  within 
its  Subflance  ;  and  then  cxpofing  this  Metal  to  a  Butn- 
ing-Glafs,  where,  in  a  little  time,  it  evaporates  almoft 
wholly  into  Smoke,  leaving  nothing  ^behind  but  a  light 
earthy  Dufl.  '  '  ° 

The  Fropertles  of  Mercury. 
The  Charaflers,  or  Properties  of  M2rc«r_y,  are,  1.  That 
of  all  Bodies  it  is  the  heavieft,  after  Gold  j  and  Hill  the 
theheav 

that  Mer    _,  ,-0-..  -.  -   p..-.,    c,....,  „..„,„ 

would  be  heavier  than  Gold  itfelf    The  ordinary  Proper-    Silver  with  Lead. 


tion  is  that  of  J4  to  19.  If  any  Mercury  be  found  to  weigh 
mote  than  according  to  this  Kat/o,  it  may  be  fafely  con- 
cluded to  have  Gold  in  if.    See  Weight. 


;very 

whole  with  an  Ounce  of 


Mercury,  with  Vinegar  therein  ;  if  the  Vinegar  grow  fwee- 
ti(h,  it  is  a  Proof  there  is  a  Mixture  of  Lead  :  If  Copper 
have  been  mix'd  with  it,  the  Mercury  will  turn  greenilli 
or  blui/h  ;  if  there  be  no  Adulteration,  the  Mercury  ami 
Vinegar  will  both  remain  as  before. 

The  8th  Property  is,  that  it  is  the  moil  Simple  of  all 
Bodies,  next  after  Gold  :  Accordingly,  we  find  it  the 
fame  in  all  its  parts,  fo  far  as  our  Obfervation  goes.  Ifi 
fingle  Grain  of  Mercuri  be  diflolved  in  Spirit  of  Nitre 
'  ~"X  be  diftributed 

by  diluting  the 
Jqua  Styi^ia,  the  whole  Grain  of 

„,-,       ,„         -    r  ,    Meraii'j  will  be  revived.    Had  wethe  Mercarv  of  the  Phi- 

The  -d  Property  of  Mercury,  which,  indeed,  depends  lofophers  called  alfo  V,l,l  Mercury,  Mercury  of  Metal,  &c 
on  the  zd,  IS,  That  of  all  Bodies  it  is  divifible  into  the  fo  much  talked  of ;  it  is  affeited  it  would  be  ilill  vafilv 
minuteHparis.  1  hus,  being  expofed  to  the  Fire,  it  re-  Ampler  than  Gold  :  For,  horn  Gold,  we  can  fometimes 
folves  into  a  Fume  fcarce  perceivable  to  the  Eye  ;  but  in  feparate  Mercury,  and  fomctimcs  Sulphur  ;  but  from  oura 
whatever  manner  it  be  divided,  it  flill  retains  its  Nature,    Mercio^  nothing  belide  iifelf  can  be  leparated 

lime  Ipccific  Fluid.  For  the  Vapours  of  The  sth  Property  of  .Vera,,-,  is,  not  10  be  in  anv 
dift.ll  d,  or  volatilized  Mercury  received  in  Water,  or  moitt  meafure  Sbmf,  kv  it  (hews  no  Acrimony  in  the  Taite  nor 
Leather,  or  the  like,  become  pure  Mercury  ;  and  if  Mer-  docs  it  corrode  any  Body ;  and  if  a  Carcafe  were  10  |be 
cury  be  mixed  with  other  Bodies,  in  order  to  fix  it,  for  it  buried  in  Quick-Silver,  it  would  there  remain  without  be- 
ts Icarce  fixablc  ot  itfelf,  it  Is  eafily  fepatable  from  ing  any  way  hurt.  The  extraordinary  Effefls,  however, 
!•  intn  pure  Mercury  as  it  produces  in  the  Body,  have  given  People  a  Notion  of 
its  being  Acrid.    But  the  Cafe  is,  that  when  received  into 


The  id  Charafler  of  MeiTiirj.is  to  be  of  all  Bodies  the  mod 
fluids  that  is,  iis  Parts  fepatate,  and  recede  from  each  other 
by  the  fraallell  Force.  Confequently,  of  all  Bodies  it  is  that 
whofe  parts  cohete  the  lealf,  or  are  the  leall  tenacious- 
and  therefore  of  all  others  the  leall  ductile  and  malleable' 

The  pat.s  of  Waicr  do  not  divide  fo  readily  as  thofe  of   ....^     _   ^„  „,  „ 

Quick-Silver;  and  the  parts  of  Oil  much  lefs  :  There  is    a  proportionable  part  o'f  the  Grain  win  be  diftr 
a  certain  Tenacity  even  m  the  pans  of  Spirit  of  Wine  which    into  every  minute  Panicle  thereof ;  and  bvdiluti' 
refills  leparation  ;  but  there  is  fcarce  any  Cohefion  at  all  in      '  " 
thepattsof  Mercury.    Sec  Fluiditi- and  Firmness 


them  again  by  Fire,  and  reducible  into 
before.   See  Divisibility. 

The 4th  Charaftcris  to  be  extremely  Volatile,  beino 
convertible  into  Fume,  even  by  a  Sand-heat.  In  effefl" 
it  docs  not  fuflain  the  Fire  long  enough  either  to  boil,  or 
ignite.  Tho'  it  mull  be  added,  if  the  Fire  be  at  firft 
very  gentle,  and  increafe  by  eafy  degrees,  it  may  be  re- 


the  Blood,  it  aBs  by  its  Weight  and  Velocity  ;  whence 
it  tears  and  deflroys  the  Veffels,  and  thus  occafions  thofs 
great  Alterations,  which  lead  the  Chymilis  into  their 
Miflakes. 

In  effe£t,  all  its  medicinal  Operations  are  to  be  accoun- 


tained  therein  a  pretty  long  time,  and  be  fixed  fo  as  at    ted  for  from  the  Properties  already  enumerated. 


length  to  become  ignited  in  the  Crucible,  as  we  learn 
from  feme  very  tedious  Expciiments  made  at  Par'u.  See 
Volatility. 

The  Gilders  are  but  too  well  acQuainted  with  the  Va- 
pours of  Meicio;^,  which  frequently  render  'em  Epileptic, 
and  Fatalytic,  and  fometimes  falivate  them  ;  being  of 
fo  pcnettating  a  Nature,  as  to  take  away  fcirthous'Tu- 
mours,  tho'  vety  apt  to  reach  and  deftroy  the  nobler 
Parts. 

The  5th  Property  is,  that  it  eafily  enters,  and  inti- 
mately adheres  to  Gold,  lefs  eafily  to  the  other  Metals, 
with  difficulty  to  Copper,  and  not  at  all  to  Iron.  See 
Amalgamation 


M:?iesof  Mercury. 
The  Chief  Quick-Silver  Mwei,  are  thofe  of  Hungary, 
Spain,  Friuli,  and  Teru.  The  greatell  part  cf  our  Quick- 
Silver  is  brought  us  from  Friuli,  where  there  are  abun- 
dance of  Mines  belonging  to  the  Emperor,  tho'  now  mort- 
gaged to  the  Dutch,  it  is  found  under  three  feveral 
Forms,  i.  In  ruddy  Glebes  or  Clods,  call'd  Cmnubur, 
2.  In  hard  llony  Glebes,  or  a  mineral  Subftance  of  a 
faffron,  and  fometimes  a  blackilh  Colour.  3.  it  is  alfo 
found  pure  :  For  upon  opening  Holes  in  the  Beds  of 
Stones,  iiftr.  there  fometimes  gullies  a  Vein  or  Stteam  of 
pure  Mercury,  call'd  Virzj}i'Mercury.  This  laft  fort  is  molt 
valued  :    Tarcicelfus  and  Bcijil  Ftilemine  prefer  it  far  t 


Indeed  we  have  heard  much  among  the  Adepts  about  othct  fort,  for  Chymical  Operations.    Dr.  Broivn  alTures 

making  an  Araalgama  with  Mercury  and  Iron  ;  but  the  us  in  his  Travels,  that  enquiring  of  one  of  the  DircBors 

Experiment  would  nevt-r  fucceed  with  that  Noble  Chy-  of  the  Quick-Silver  Mmet,  wherein  the  Difference  be- 

mitt.  Her.  BoerbaaTC.     lis  pefiible  there  may  be  feme  tween   this  and  common  Mercury  conClled  ;  he  was  an- 

way  of  binding  thole  two  Bodies  together  ;  and  no  doubt  fweicd.  That  J'hrht-Mercury,  nilx'd,   and  amalgamatetl 

an  Amalgama  might  he  made,   if  a  large  Quantity  of  with  Gold,  lender'd  the  Sulphur  of  the  Gold  volatile  - 


Gold  were  added  to  the  Iron:  But  then,  if  the  Com. 
pound  were  bcateninto  a  Dull,  in  Water,  the  Iron  would 
wafti  away,  and  the  Gold  remain.  On  this  Account  it  is, 
that  fuch  as  have  Occafion  to  handle  Quick-Silver,  al- 
ways make  choice  of  Iron-lnllruments  for  that  purpofe. 

We  have  known  Women   in  a  Salivation,  to  have  their    ring  ind  working  the' whde  "bri'skly  about\i"irthe'\V 
Ear-Rings  grow  white  and  foft  with  the  Effluvia  of  the    becomes  exceedinu  thick,   and  tutbid.    This  Water 
and  hence  the  Gildets, 


but  this  has  been  feveral  times  iry'd  without  fuccefs. 
Method  of  procuring  or  feparathig  Mercury  from  the 
Ore,  or  Earth. 

They  firfl  grind  the  mineral  Glebe  into  Powder  ;  this 
done,  they  pour  a  great  Quantity  of  Water  upon  it,  flir- 
'  '  _  'iC  whole  briskly  about  till  the  Water 
becomes  exceeding  thick,  and  tutbid.  This  Water  ha- 
ving flood  till  it  he  fettled,  they  pour  it  off,  and  fupply 
its  place  with  freih,  which  they  liir,  and  work  as  before. 
This  they  repeat,  and  continue  to  do,  till  the  Water  at 
length  comes  away  perfedly  clear;  then,  all  remaining 
at  the  bottom  of  the  Veliel,  is  Mercury,  and  other  me*^ 
talline  Matter. 

To  this  Mercury,  &c.  they  add  the  Scoria  of  Iron,  put- 
ting  the  whole  in  large  Iron  Retorts,  and  fo  difliUing  it  ; 
by  which  means  all  the  heterogeneous ,  metallic  and  flony 
Part,  is  feparated  therefrom  ;  and  the  Mercury  left  pure. 

•   o     ■     r  n,-  ■    ..^g.v^       As  to  the  Mercury  m  Citirtahar,  they  don't  find  it  woith 

thereof  in  Mercury,  as  m  Spirit  of  Wine  ;  and  yet  if  you    while  to  diftil,  and  get  it  out  ;  Ctttalar  felling  for  a  better 
try  with  your  Finger,  Me>w^  in  the  Cold,  IS  much  colder,    Price  than  iV-W.^y  itfelf  SeeCiNNABAR. 
f^'.  °™  ^T'  ^''^<'^"'^^^y  than  the       The  miferable  People  conderan'd  or  hit'd  to  work  in 

Spirit.  This  property  depends  on  the  great  Weight  of  thofe  M«e.,  all  die  in  a  httic  time.  They  ate  fitft  affecled 
Wemtry  :  lot  the  Heat  and  Cold  of  all  Bodies  is  cnerii   whh  Tremors,  and  proceed  to  falivate  ;  then  their  Teeth 

drop 


Merctiry  ;  and  hence  the  Gildets,  to  lay  Gold  on  any 
other  Body,  diffolve  it  in  hot  Mercury,  which  done,  they 
apply  the  Solution  on  the  Body  to  be  gilt,  fuppofe 
Silver ;  then  fetting  it  over  the  Coals,  the  Metcur, 
flies  away,  and  leaves  the  Gold  adhering  like  aCruflto  the 
Silver.  Laftly,  rubbing  the  Cruft  wirh  Lafi,  Haematites 
the  Silver  is  gilt.    See  Gilding.  ' 

The  tfthCharaeleris,  Thatof  all  Fluids,  it  is  the  coldcft 
and  the  hottell  :  fuppofingthe  Circumftances  the  fame.  ' 

Boei  inaOT  (hews,  that  Fite  is  equally  diffufed  through 
all  Bodies  ;  and  that  there  is  in  reality  the  fame  degree 


M  E  R 


(]rcp  o:ir,  and  ti;ey  are  fch^d  with  Pains  all  over, 
tfptcially  in  their  bones,  which  the  Mercury  penetrates, 
and  thus  die. 

in  Sf~iiri,  the  melting  or  exhalation  of  the  Mineral  is 
performed  with  more  Care,  and  with  an  Engine  contrived 
tor  that  purpofc.  As  to  the  earthy  Matter  wherewith  the 
'\1ercary  is  mixed,  that  of  Spc!i?i  is  red,  and  fpeckledwith 
black  and  white  ;  and  fo  hard,  that  'tis  nut  to  be  broken 
up  with  Gun-powder.  In  Hungaiy  'tis  frequently  a  hard 
Krone,  but  ordinarily  a  reddi/h  Jiarth.  In  Iriish  there  is 
a  fofi  Earth  where  theVirj^in  Quick-Silver  is  found,  and 
a  hard  Stone  which  yields  the  common  Mercury.  The 
Mine  of one  of  rhofe  belonging  to  Frhtii^  is  fo  rich, 
that  it  yields  alwajs  half  Quick-Silver,  fometimcs  two 
thirds.  The  'Mnie  of  ^ua72  CaLehca,  or  Gua/j  Calilscj  in 
Yeru^  is  ftill  more  confiderable.  the  Earth  is  of  a  whitiJTi 
red,  like  Bricks  half  burnt  5  'lis  f.rll  broke,  then  expofed 
to  the  Fire,  by  fpreading  it  on  a  Lay  of  common  Karth, 
wherewith  the  Grate  of  an  Earrhen- Furnace  is  cover 'd  j 
under  which  Is  lighted  a  little  Fire  of  an  Herb  call'd  by 
the  Spaniards,  Icha:  which  is  of  that  nectffiry  in  thefe 
Works,  that  the  cutting  it  is  prohibited  for  the  fpace  of  20 
Leagues  round.  In  proportion  as  the  Mineral  heats,  the 
iWercHi"_)' rifes  volatiliz'd  into  Smoke  ;  which  Smoke  finding 
no  venr  thro'  the  Capital  of  the  Furnace,  which  is  ex- 
a£liy  luted,  efcapesthro'  a  Hole  made  fur  the  purpofe, 
communicating  with  leveral  Earthen  Cucurbites  fitted 
within  one  another.  'Fhe  Water  at  the  bottom  of  each 
Cucurbite  condenfing  it  to  Smoke,  the  Quick-Silver  pre- 
cipirates,  ami  is  taken  upj  when  the  Operation  is  over. 
In  this  Procefs,  there  are  three  things  remarkable.  The 
rirlt,  Tha:  the  further  the  Cucurbites  are  from  the  Fur- 
nace, the  more  they  are  fiU'd  with  Quick-Silver.  The 
fecond,  That  at  lad  they  all  grow  fo  hor,  that  they  would 
break,  were  they  not  fprinkled  from  rime  to  time  with 
■Watei.  Thirdiy,  It  is  obferved  that  the  Workmen  em- 
plov'd  in  the  ('reparation  of -Mercto-'y,  never  hold  it  long, 
bui' become  paralytic,  and  diehedic.  A  Precaution  they 
life,  is  to  hold  a  piece  ot  Gold  in  t!.-.  Mouth,  to  imbibe 
the  iiftluria,  and  intercept  their  PalTage  into  the  Body. 
Dr.  Fofe  tells  us  of  one  he  faw  in  the  Mirtes  of  Friidi, 
who  in  half  a  Year's  time  was  fo  impregnared  with  the 
J/letal,  that  putting  a  piece  of  Brafs  in  his  Mouth,  or  even 
rubbing  it  in  his  Fingers,  it  would  turn  white  as  Silver. 

ThcMethod  of  pnrifyhi?^  Mercury,  is,  by  wlfhing  It 
feveral  times  in  Vinegar,  wherein  common  Salt  has  been 
diffblved  ■■,  or  by  pafling,  and  repaffing  it  frequently  over 
a  Cbamo:s  Skin.  T^Uitus  tells  us,  that  the  belf  way  is 

to  make  a  Dog  fwallow  a  Peund  at  a  time,  and  afterwards 
10  feparate  it  from  the  Excrements,  and  wafh  it  in 
"Vinegar. 

ThciJfes  of  Mercurv  are  very  confiderable  in  Gil- 
ding, making  Looking-Glafles,  in  refining  Gold,  ^c. 
See  each  under  its  head.  Gilding,  Refining,  Mir- 
ror, Loom  ng-Glass,  iii^c. 

But  efpecially  in  Medicine,  and  particularly  for  the  Cure 
of  the  Venercal-Difeafe,  raifing  Salivations,  and  on  other 
Occafions.    See  Ven  ereal-Disease  and  Salivation. 
See  alfo  Mercurials. 

The  Frep.iratioNS  of  Mercury  are  very  various;  this 
Metal  making  one  of  the  moft  confiderable  Articles  in 
the  Chymical  Pharmacy.  The  molt  common  Preparations 
are, 

Sweet  Fredfitateof  Mv-B-cvRY^  or  Mercuries  Dit/cer, 
is  compounded  of  crude  l^krcury  drove  over  from  Sea  Salt 
in  a  Retort,  or  revived  from  common  Cinnabar,  and  diflol- 
ved  in  ^qnci  forth ;  then  a  Brine  prepared  of  Spring- 
Water  and  Sea-Salt  is  filtred  thro'  a  Cap-Paper,  and  the 
Solution  o^'Mcrcury  drop'd  gradually  into  this  Brine,  whence 
there  is  a  white  Powder  precipitated, which  is  to  be  warti'd 
from  all  its  Acrimony  with  fonie  fimple  diiliU'd  Water,  or 
warm  Spring- Water,  and  the  whole  dried. 

This  is  the  common  Precipitate  of  the  Shops,  ufually 
call'd  WkUe  Precipitate.  Its  Operation  is  moHly  by  Stool, 
fometimes  by  Vomit,  and  will  ialivate,  if  ordered  accor- 
dingly. It  is  frequently  mixM  with  Pomatums  for  the 
Itch,  and  other  Foulnefles  of  the  Skin  ;  for  which  pur- 
pofe, 'tis  ncceffary  to  keep  the  Body  laxative,  and  to  take 
ibmething  inwardly  to  take  hold  of  the  Mercurial  Prin- 
ciples, and  prevent  their  raifing  a  Salivation,  which  they 
may  otherwifedo.    See  Precipitate. 

Corrofi-je  Suhlimate  of  Mercury,  is  a  Compofition  of 
Vitriol  calcined  to  a  rednefs,  common  Salt,  and  purify'd 
Nitre,  with  crude  Merao'v,  cleans'd  by  llraining  thro' a 
Leather,  all  rubb'd  together  in  a  Mortar,  till  the  Salts  are 
reduced  into  Powder,  and  not  the  leaft  Globule  of  Wer- 
cary  appears.  The  Mixture  is  then  put  into  a  Matrafsjand 
that  fct  in  a  Furnace  with  a  Sand-heat,  under  which  a  Fire 
being  kept  to  its  greateft  height  for  12  or  15  Hours,  the 
Mercury  will  be  fublimed,  and  flick  to  the  Top  of  the 
Veffel. 

This  Sublimate  is  a  violent  Efcharotic,  and  eats  away 


(  ) 


M  E  R 


proud  Flc/h  ;  half  a  Dram  of  it  diiTolved  in  a  Pound  of 
Lime-Water,  turns  ir  yellow,  which  is  then  call'd  Fha. 
gadencWatcrj  it  is  ufed  to  waOi  Ulcers,  and  tetteroug 
Eruptions.    See  Subloiate. 

Sweet  SMim.ite  0/ Mercury,  is  a  Compofition  of  the 
preceding  corrofivc  Sublimate  with  crude  Mercury,  ground 
together  till  no  Mercury  appear,  and  then  put  into  a  Bolt- 
head,  well  iiop'd,  and  fet  in  a  Sand-heat,  with  a  gentle 
Fire,  for  the  Space  of  two  Hours  ;  which  Heat  is  to  be 
then  increas'd  for  three  Hours  longer,  and,  lalily,  made 
very  flrong,  for  as  much  more.  When  this  is  cold,  rhc 
Glafs  is  broke,  and  the  Sublimate  feparatcd  frbm  the  light 
Flowers  at  top,  and  the  Duft  at  bottom.  This  is  then 
powder'd  a-frefli,  and  the  Operation  repeated  in  the  fame 
manner  three  tjmes.  If  it  be  further  repeated  a  fixth 
time,  it  is  call'd  Cihmel,    See  Calomel. 

Fixing  of  Mercury.  See  Fixation  and  Philoso- 
F  H  E  R 's  SroKe. 

Mercury  in  Chymifiry,  or  Mercury  of  Bodies,  As  the 
third  ot  the  Principles,  or  Elements  of  natural  Bodies  j 
call'd  alfo  .S^/;-/;.    See  Principle. 

In  this  Senfe,  Mercury  is  defined  the  raol}  fubtle, 
light,  volatile,  penetrating,  and  aflive  part  of  all  Bodies* 
See  Spirit. 

Mercury  of  Metals,  or  of  the  Fbihfofbers,  is  a  pure  ^ 
fluid  Subllancc  in  form  of  "common  running  Mercury^  faid 
to  be  found  in  all  Metals,  and  capable  of  being  cxira61:ed 
from  the  fame.    See  Metal. 

The  Notion  of  Mercury  of  Metals,  is  founded  on  the 
common  Syrtem  of  theChymifts,  That  Msmfrj,  or  Quick- 
Silver,  is  the  Bafis,  or  Matter  of  all  Metals  ^  and  that 
Metals  are  only  Mercury  HxWhy  a  certain  Sulphur.  See 
Sulphur,  ^c. 

Mr.  Boyle  affures  us,  he  had  a  way  of  drawing  a  true, 
running  Mercury,  or  Quick-Silver  from  Antimony.  Sec 
Antimony. 

Mercury  alfo  ferves  as  a  general  Title  for  Books,  and 
Papers  of  News  ;  fo  call'd  from  the  Heathen  D^^ity  Mer- 
cury^ fuppofed  the  Meffcngcr  of  the  Gods.    See  Jo-ur- 

N  At. 

Thus  we  have  Mercuries  Calant,  Mojtthly  Mercuries  Sic; 
See  Galant,  £?t:.  ' 

InthisSenfc,  Mercury  is  alfo  figuratively  apply'd  to  Per- 
fons  who  make  it  their  Baiincfs  to  colled  Nevps,  or  to  run 
about  and  dirtributeit. 

Mercury,  in  Heraldry,  is  fometimes  the  Term,  or 
Blazon  for  the  Purple  Colour  in  the  Coats  of  Sovereign 
Princes.    See  Purple. 

Mercury  is'foni-times  ufed  for  the  Torricellian  Expe- 
rittienr,  or  Barotlieter.    See  Barometer. 

Tho"  Mercury  is  not  ordinarily  fullain'd  in  a  Tube  above 
the  diflance  of  28  or  29  Inches,  yet  M.  Hryjaa  has  found, 
that  Me»-c/()-_y  well  purged,  and  in  a  clofe  liiU  Place,,  will 
be  fullain'd  to  the  height  of  71  Inches  j  which  1:;  a  Pha;no- 
menon  the  Philofophers  are  all  at  a  lofs  to  account  for. 
See  Torricellian  Experiment. 

Mercurial,  fomething  that  confifts  of,  or  bears  rela- 
tion xoMercury,  of  one  kind  or  another.  SeeMERCURY. 

Thus  we  fay  a  Mercurial  Perfo?!,  to  denote  a  Pcrfon  of  a 
brisk,  volatile  Complexion  ;  fuch  Perfons  being  fuppofed 
by  the  Allrologers  to  be  under  the  more  immediate  Do- 
minion of  the  Planet  Mercury. 

So,  alfo,  we  fay  Mej-fBn«/ Fumes,  Me;-crtriti/ Spirits,  &c. 
with  reference  to  the  Mineral  Mercury, 

Mercurial  Fbofphoms^  fee  Phosphorus. 

Mercurial  Uf7gue!jts,  Fri&io77s,  8ic.  fee  Salivation. 

Mercurial  Medicmes,  fee  Mercurials- 

MERCURIALS,  Medicines  compofed,  or  prepared  of 
Mercury  or  Quick-Silver.    See  Mercury. 

The  principal  of  the  Clafs  of  Mercuriais,  are  Mercurius 
dulcis,  or  white  Precipitate  of  Mercury  5  fweet  and  corrofive 
Suhlimate  of  Mercury  j  Calomel  ;  Artificial  CimiciLir  5  Turbitb 
Mineral  i  Friijce's  Fowder  j  JEibinps  Mineral,  Sec.  See 
each  under  its  proper  Article,  Sublimate  0/ Mercury, 
Frecipitate  of  Mercury,  Cinnabar,  Turbith,  Ca- 
lomel, £^c. 

The  Medicinal  Efficacy  of  Mercury  depends  on  Its  ex- 
treiTie  Divifibility,  and  Finenefs  of  its  Particles,  and  on 
their  Gravity  or  Weight  :  by  means  of  the  firll,  it  finds  a 
Paflage  into  the  inmolt  Rcceffes  of  the  Animal  Scrufture, 
and,  when  properly  guarded,  does  not  exert  itfelf  till  it 
comes  in  the  remotefl  Scenes  ofAflion;  where  moll  other 
Medicines  either  don't  arrive,  or  at  leaft  not  till  their  Force 
is  rebated.  This  Property  it  has  in  common  with  Camphor. 
See  Camphor,  By  the  latter,  it  is  enabled  to  make 
flill  more  confiderable  Alterations  in  the  Animal  OEcono- 
my,  by  rendering  the  Fluids  thinner,  and  breaking  open 
the  fecretory  Pafiages  :  But  this  Effed  it  has  in  coinmon 
with  Cbalybeats.  See  Chalybeats.  It  may  be  here 
added,  that  the  fame  Property  whereby  it  becomes  fo 
powerful  a  Deobflruent,  indicates,  that 'tis  to  be  avoided 
in  Heftics,  and  all  Cafes  where  the  Conflitution  is  drawn 

low 


M  E  R 


M  E  R 


low  by  ton  profufe  Evacuations  ;  in  regard  iVfe>-c«rni/j  tend 
10  keep  up  or  increafe  the  Excefs  of  Impetus  in  the  Fluids, 
and  that  Over-Capacity  in  the  fecretory  Orifices,wherein 
the  Defcft  of  fuch  a  Conflitution  feems  to  confift-  See 
Hectic. 

MERIDIAN,  in  Allronomy,  a  great  Circle  of  the 
Sphere,  pafiing  thro'  the  Zenith,  Nadir,  and  Poles  of 
the  World  5  and  dividing  the  Sphere  into  two  Hem  ifp  he  res, 
the  one  Ealiern,  and  the  other  Weitern.  See  Circle, 
and  Sphere. 

Or,  the  'S'leridtaii  is  aVertical  Circle,  as  A  Z  B  N,  flab. 
^ponomy.  Fig.  6.)  paffing  thro'  the  Voles  of  the  World, 
PandQ;    See  Vilrtic  ai.  0>-c/e. 

It  is  call'd  Meridian,  from  the  Latin,  Ivlendies,  Noon,  or 
Mid-day,  by  reafon  when  the  Sun  is  in  this  Circle,  it  is 
Noon  in  that  Place.  s  r\ 

Mehieian,  in  Geography,  is  a  great  Circle,  as  F  A  ^ 
D     (Tab.  Geoi'japbx,   Fig.  7-)    P^fl^^^S  ^^'""^ 
of  the  Earth  P  and  Q^i    and  any   given   Piace,   as  Z. 
So  that  the  Plane  ofthe  Terreftrial  Meridian,  is  m  the  Plane 
of  the  CclclHal  one.  ,  ,  i. 

Hence,  i.  As  the  Meridian  mvefts  the  whole  Earth, 
there  are  fcveral.Placesfituatcd  under  the  fame  Meridta>i. 
And,  i.  As  it  is  Noon-Tide  whenever  the  Centre  of  ihe 
Sun  is  in  the  Merid.a-i  of  the  Heavens  ;  and  as  the  Meridian 
ofthe  Earth  in  the  Plane  of  the  former  i  it  follows,  that 
it  is  Noon,  at  the  fame  time,  in  all  Places  fituate  under  the 
fame  Mcnd'um.  5.  There  are  fo  many  Meridians  on  the 
Earth,  as  there  are  Points  conceived  in  the  jEquator.  In 
effeft,  the  Meridians  always  change,  as  you  change  the 
Longitude  of  the  Place  j  'and  may  be  faid  to  be  infinite  : 
Each  feveral  Place  from  Eail  to  Welt  having  its  feveral 
J\'l€ridiiV!.    See  Longitude. 

firji  Meeidian, 'is  that  from  which  the  refl  are  ac- 
counted, reckoning  from  Weft  to  Ealt.  The  firft  Meridim 
is  the  beginning  of  Longitude.    See  Long  itude. 

The  fixing  of  a  firft  Meridian  is  a  matter  merely  arbi- 
trary; and  hence  different  Perfons,  Nations,  and  Ages, 
have  fix'd  it  differently  j  whence  fome  conlufion  has  arofc 
in  Geography.  The  Rule  among  the  Antients  was  to  make 
it  pafs  thro'  the  Place  furtheil  to  the  Well  that  wasknown. 
But  the  Moderns  knowing,  that  there  is  no  fuch  Place  in  the 
Earthascanbeellecmcd  the  moft  Wefterly  ■■,  the  way  of 
computing  the  Longitudes  of  Places  from  one  fix'd  Point  is 
much  laid  afide.  ,    >  1.  r 

Pto/ewjy  afTumed  the  Msridian  that  paffes  thro  the  tur- 
thelloftheC«?wryIflands  as  his  firft  Menrfwji  that  being 
the  moft  Weftern  Place  of  the  World  then  known.  After 
him,  as  more  Countries  were  difcovered  in  that  Quarter, 
thefirft  MeridiaJi  VJO,s  removed  further  off.  Some  fix'd  it 
to  the  Ifland  of  St.  Nicholas  ;  Hondius  to  the  Hie  of  St. 
:?flM/ei  ;  others  to  the  Ifland  Vel  Corvo  one  of  the  Azores. 
The  lateft  Geographers,  particularly  the  Dittcb,  have 
pitch'd  on  the  Fik  of  Tcnenf  ;  others  to  thellle  of  Fa/m, 
anotherof  theCmJr^eJ  j  and,  biftly,  the  Bench,  by  Com- 
jnand  of  their  King,  to  the  Ifland  of  fero,  another  of  the 

Canaries.  r   ,    r   -n  ^ 

But,  without  much  regard  to  any  of  theie  Kules,  our 
Geographers,  and  Map-Makers,  frequently  affume  the 
iJ/en(/i^i;/ of  the  Place  where  they  live,  or  the  Capital  ot 
their  Country  for  a  firll  Meridian,  and  thence  reckon  the 
Longitudes  ot  their  Places. 

The  Attronomcrs  in  their  Calculations  ufually  chufe  the 
Meridia7is  of  the  Place  where  their  Obfervations  were 
made,  for  their  firft  Meridian,  as  Ftolemy  H-X  Jlexajidna 
Tycho  Brahe  at  Uranibouro^ ;  Ricdoli  at  Boulogne  ;  Mr.  Flam- 
Jieedatthc  Royal  Obfervatoty  at  Gree«zy(c/j ;  the  i^z-ewci- at 
the  Obfervatory  at  Faris. 

In  x\\z  rhiUja^hiccil  Tranfa^ions,  there  is  a  Suggeftion, 
that  Menitans  vary,  in  Time.  This  feems  very  probable 
from  the  old  Meridian- Vme  in  the  Church  of  St.  Petronio 
In  Bononia,  which  is  found  to  vary  no  lefs  than  8  Degrees 
from  the  true  Meridian  of  the  Place  at  this  time  ;  and  from 
that  of  Tj)'c/;o  at  Uranihonri^,  which  M.  Ficart  obfcrvcs,  va- 
ries 18'  from  the  modern  Mi^ridian.  If  there  be  any  thing 
of  Truth  in  this  Hint,  Dr.  ^r^Wj  fays,  the  Change  mult 
arife  from  a  change  of  the  Terreftrial  Poles  (here  on  Earth, 
of  the  Earth's  diurnal  Moilon)  not  of  their  pointing  to  this 
or  that  of  the  fixed  Stars  :  For  if  the  Poles  of  the  diurnal 
Motion  remain  fixed  to  the  fame  Placeon  the  Earth,  the 
T^eridians  which  pafs  through  thefe  Poles  muit  remain  the 

^'^  But  the  Notion  of  the  Changes  of  the  Mcridta/i  is  over- 
thrown by  an  Obfervation  of  M.  Chaze!!es  of  the  French 
Academy  of  Sciences,  who,  when  in  Ei'ypt,  found  that 
the  four  fides  of  a  Pyramid  built  5300  "i;  cars  ago,  flill 
look'd  very  exaaiy  to  the  four  Cardinal  Points.  A  Pofi- 
tion  which  can  never  be  look'd  on  as  fortuitous. 

Meridian  of  a  Globe,  or  Sphere,  is  the  Brazen  Circle, 
in  which  the  Globe  hangs  and  turns.    See  Globe. 

It  is  divided  into  four  po's,  or  3^0  Degrees,  beginning 
at  the  Equinodial :    On  it,  each  way,  from  the  Equinoc- 


tial, on  the  Celeftial  Globes,  is  counted  the  South  and 
North  Declination  of  the  Sun  or  Srars  :  And  on  the  Ter- 
reftrial Globe,  the  Latitude  of  Places  North  or  South. 
There  are  two  Points  on  this  Circle,  call'd  the  Foles 
and  a  Diameter  continued  from  thence  through  the  Centre 
of  either  Globe,  is  call'd  the  Jxis,  of  the  Earth  or  Heavens 
on  which  they  are  fuppofed  to  turn  round.  SeePoLE  and 
Axis. 

On  the  Terreftrial  Globes  there  are  ufually  ^6  Mcridiam 
drawn  -y  one  through  every  tenth  Degree  ot  the  Equator, 
or  through  every  tenth  Degree  ofLongirude. 

The  Ufcs  of  this  Circle  are,  to  fet  the  Globes  to  any 
particular  Latitude;  to  fliew  the  Sun's  or  a  Star's  Decli- 
nation, Right  Afcenfion,  greatell  Altitude,  {St-  See 
Gloiie. 

Meridian  Line,  an  Arch,  or  part  of  the  Meridian  of  a 
Place  J  terminated,  each  way,  by  the  Horizon  :  Or  a 
Meridian  Is  the  Interfedtion  of  the  Plane  of  the  Meridian  of 
the  Place,  with  the  Plane  of  the  Horizon  ;  vulgarly  call'd 
a  North  and  Soiuh  Line  i  becaufe  its  Diredion  is  from  one 
Pole  towards  the  other.    See  Meridian. 

TheUfe  of  Mendiaii  Lines  in  Aftronomy,  Geography, 
Dialling,  i^c.  is  very  great  ;  and  on  its  Exadlnefs  all  de- 
pends :  Whence  infinite  Pains  have  been  taken  by  divers 
Aftronomers  to  hiLve  it  to  the  laft  Precifion.  hl.iS^JJinih^s 
diftinguifli'd  himfclf  by  a  Meridian  Line  drawn  on  the 
Pavement  in  the  Church  of  Sr.  Feironia  at  Boulogne,  the 
largeft  and  moft  accurate  in  the  World.  In  the  Roof  of 
the  Church,  icco  Inches  above  the  PavL-incnt,  is  a  little 
Hole  through  which  the  Sun's  Image,  when  in  the  Meridian^ 
falling  upon  the  Line,  mark.s  his  Progrefs  all  the  Year. 
When  finiflicd,  M.OrJ/ini,  by  a  public  Writing,  inform'd 
the  Mathematicians  of  Europe,  of  a  new  Oracle  of  JpoUo 
or  the  Sun  eftablilhed  in  a  Temple,  which  might  be  con- 
fulted  wiiii  entire  Confidence  as  to  all  Difficulties  in  Aftro- 
nomy.  See  Solstice. 

To  draw  a  Meridian  Li7ie, 

Knowing  the  South  Quarter  pretty  nearly,  obferve  the 
Altitude  F  E  (Tab.  yijtronvmy.  Fig.  8.)  of  fome  Star  on 
the  Eaftern  fide  thereof  not  far  from  the  Meridia?!,  HZ  RN. 
Then,  keeping  the  Quadrant  firm  on  its  Axis,  fo  as  the 
Plummet  mayftillcut  the  fame  Degree,  only  diredingic 
to  the  Weftern-fide  of  the  Meridian,  wait  till  you  find  the 
Star  has  the  fame  Altitude  as  before, /e.  Laftly,  feiffeiS 
the  Angle  E  C  e  forin'd  by  the  Interfeflion  of  the  two 
Planes  wherein  the  Quadrant  is  placed  at  the  time  of  the 
two  Obfervations,  by  the  right  Line  H  R.  This  H  R  is 
a  Meridian  Line. 

Or  thus  ; 

On  a  Horizontal  Plane,  from  the  fame  Centre  C,  (Fig. 
9,)  dcfcribe  feveral  Arches  of  Circles  BA,  i .;,  ^c.  And 
on  the  fame  Centre  C,  cre£i:  a  Style  or  Gnomon  perpen- 
dicular to  the  Plane  ACB,  afoot,  or  half  a  foot  long. 
About  the  21ft  of  j'i(;7e,  between  the  Hours  of  9  and  11 
in  the  Morning,  and  between  i  and  5  after  Noon,  obferve 
the  Points  H  h,  l^c.  A  a,  l^c.  wherein  the  Shadow  of  the 
Style  terminates.  BilTeft  the  Arches  AB,  ah,  ^c.  in  D, 
d,  ^c.  If  then  the  fame  right  Line  D  E  biflcil  all  the 
Arches  AB,  ah,  ^c.  it  will  be  the  Meridian  Line  fought. 
Ill  regard  the  Extrcmiiy  of  the  Shadow  is  fomewhat  hard 
todetermine,  'tis  beft  to  have  the  Style  flat  a-top,  and 
to  drill  a  little  Hole,  noting  the  lucid  Spot  projetled  by  it 
on  the  Arches  A  B  and  a  h,  inllead  of  the  Extremity  of  the 
Shadow.  Otherwife  the  Circles  may  be  made  with  yellow, 
inftead  of  black,  S^c. 

Several  Authors  have  invented  particular  Inftruments 
and  Methods  for  the  defcribing  of  Meridian  Lines,  or  ra- 
ther for  the  determining  equal  Altitudes  of  the  Sun  in 
the  Eaftern  and  Weftern  Parts  of  the  Heavens  ;  as  Mr. 
Grey,  Mr.  'Derham,  &c.  in  the  Fhtkf.  Tra7if.^  But  as  the 
former  of  the  Methods  above  delivered,  fulHces  for  Aftro^ 
nomical  Obfervations,  and  the  latterfor  more  ordinary  Oc- 
cafions,  we  fhall  furbear  to  give  any  Defcriptions  thereof 

From  what  has  been  fliewn,  it  is  evident  that  whenever 
the  Shadow  of  the  Style  covers  the  Meridian  Line,  the 
Centre  of  the  San  is  in  the  M~'ridian  ;  and  therefore  it  is 
then  Noon.  And  hence  the  Ufe  of  a  Meridian  Line  in  ad- 
jurting  the  Motion  of  Clocks,  Sfff.  to  the  Sun.  Hence, 
alfo  if  the  Meridian  Line  be  biffefled  by  a  right  Line- 
OY  drawn  perpendicularly  through  the  Point  C; 
O  V  will  be  the  Interfeftion  of  the  Meyidum,  and  firft 
Vertical;  and,  confequently,  O  will  fhew  the  Eail  Point, 
and  V  the  Weft,  Laftly,  if  a  Style  be  erefled  perpen- 
dicularly in  any  other  horizontal  Plane,  and  a  Signal  be 
given  when  the  Shadow  of  the  Style  covers  the  Meridian 
Line  drawn  in  another  Plane,  noting  the  Apex  or  Extre- 
mity of  the  Shadow  projefied  by  the  Style,  a  Line 
drawn  from  that  Point  thro'  that  wherein  the  Style  is  rais'd 
willbea  Meridian  L\ne.    SeeMERioiAN  ylltitude. 

Meridian  Line  on  a  Dial,  is  a  right  Line  arifing  from 
an  Interfe£lion  of  the  Meridian  of  the  Place  with  the 
Plane  of  the  Dial.   See  Dial. 

This 


MER 


C  5-57  ) 


MER 


This  is  the  Line  of  twelve  a-clock  ;  and  from  hence    thefewill  fervc  either  to  make  or  graduate  a  Mc,-c,,or'> 
_   .    __  .     .  Chart,  orto  work  the  yl£r.jxnfo/  s  Sading. 

you  mull  enter  the  1  able,  with  the  De- 


the  Divifion  of  the  Hour-Lines  begins.  _ 
Meridian  Uafnetkal,  is  a  great  Circle  paffing  thro 
or  by  ihe  Magnetical-Foles  ;  to  which  Meridian  tiie  Com- 
pafs  (ifnototherwife  hindred)  hath  relpefl.  See  Mag- 
net and  Compass.  ,  ■  ,i  ■ 
MERimAN  Aliiutdeof  the  Sun  or  Stars,  j!,  their  Alti- 
tude when  in  the  Mcnd.an  of  the  Place  where  they  are  ob- 
ferved.    See  Altitude.               ,        ,        .    .  r 

The  Meridian  Altitude  may  be  defined  an  Arcb  ot  a 
areat  Circle  perpendicular  to  the  Horizon,  and  terminated 
between  the  Horizon  and  the  Star  then  in  the  Mer/iiKin  of 
theplace.    See  Sun,  Star,  Planet,  S^c. 

To  tah  the  Meridian  Mtitude  of  the  Stars. 

Aftronomers  make  two  principal  kinds  of  Obfervations 
of  Stars  i  the  one  when  they  are  in  the  Meridian,  and  the 
other  when  in  Vertical  Circles.    See  Observation. 

For  Meridian  Objervatimi ;  there  are  two  Inflruments 
principa  llyufea,  the  Quadrant  and  Gmmo7i,    See  Qui- 

DBANTandGNOMON.  T  I.  P 

To  take  the  Meridian  Altititde  with  a  Quadrant  s  it  the  lo- 
fition  of  the  ymUian  be  known,  and  the  Plane  of  an 
Agronomical  Quadrant  be  placed  in  the  UMan  Line  by 
means  of  the  riumb-Linc  i'ufpcnded  ar  the  Centre  :  1  he 
Ueri^ian  Altitudes  of  the  Stars,  which  are  the  principal 
Obfervations  whereon  the  whole  Art  ot  Afironomy  is 
founded,  may  cufily  be  determined.  t   l    u  j 

T.je  Meridiajt  Altiiudcofa  Star  may  likewile  be  had 
In  means  of  a  i'endulum-Clock,  if  the  exafl  time  of  the 
Star';i  Fiffage  by  the  Meridian  be  known.  iNow  it  mult  be 
obfervcd,  that  Stars  have  the  fame  Altitude  for  a  Mi- 
nute before  and  after  their  Pafiages  by  the  Uenduin,  it 
they  be  not  in  or  near  the  Zenith -.  But  if  they  be,  their 
Altitudes  muil  be  taken  every  Minute  when  they  are  near 
the  Meridian  ;  and  then  their  greatetl  or  Icafl  Altitudes 
will  be  the  Mf.'td'af]  Altitudes  fought.  _ 

As  t.- the  manner  ot  Obferving,  ii  is  found  very  ddfacult 
to  iJlace  the  Vane  of  the  >  uu^rint  In  the  Mcndi-m  exattly 
enough  to  .take  tht;  Meridian  Altitude  of  a  Star  ^  for  unlefs 
there  be  a  toiwenient  Place,  and  a  Wall  where  the  Qua- 
drant may  be  firmly  falined  in  the  Plane  of  the  Uertdian, 


To  ufe  them, 

gree  of  Latitude  at  the  head,  and  with  the  Minute  on  the 
firil  Column  towards  the  Left-hand  i  and  in  the  Angle  ot 
meeting,  you  will  have  the  Meridional  Parts. 

Having  the  Laiiiudes  of  two  Places,  to  find  the  Me- 
ridimai  Mi/es,  or  AIniuei  between  them  :  confider  whether 
the  Places  be,  one  under  the  Equinoftial,  and  the  other 
wide  thereof;  or  the  one  on  the  one  fide  the  Equinoflial» 
and  the  other  on  the  other  j  or  whether  they  both  lie  on 
the  fame  fide. 

If  one  Place  lis  under  the  Equator,  the  Mendmial  Mi- 
nutes next  under  th-:  Degree  of  Latitude  of  the  other  Place, 
is  the  Meridional  difference  of  Latitude,  or  Latitude  en- 
larged. 

If  one  be  in  North,  and  the  other  in  South  Latitude  ; 
the  Jikridlonal  Minutei  correlponding  to  the  two  Latitudes 
added  together,  give  the  Meridional  Minutes  between 
them. 

Both  Places  lying  to.sards  the  fame  Pole;  fubfirafithe 
Meridional  Parts  anlwering  to  the  Icfs  Latitude  from  thofe 
of  the  greater  5   the  remainder  gives  the  Meridional  Minutes, 

MERIDIANS,  ur  Meri  Di  AN  1,  a  Name  which  the  an- 
tienc  Romans  gave  to  a  kind  ot  Gladiators,  who  cnter'd  the 
Arena,  about  Noon  i  after  the  I'ejiiani^  who  fought  in  the 
Morning  againlf  Bcalis,  had  finiJh'd.    See  Gladiator. 

The  Alcridiani  fought  Man  with  Man,  Sword  in  hand  : 
Hence  ^e77fe.i  takes  uccafion  to  obferve,  that  the  Combats 
of  the  Morning  were  full  of  ilumanity,  compared  with 
tliofc  which  foUow'd. 

The  Meridians  took  their  Name  from  Meridies^  i.  e. 
Noon,  t-he  rime  when  they  exhibited  their  Shews. 

MERIT,  in  Theology,  is  ufed  to  fignify  the  Moral 
Goodnefs  of  the  Adions  ot  Men,  and  the  Reward  due  to 
them. 

The  Romi/li  S.hoolmen  diflingul/h  two  kinds  of  Merit 
towards  God  :   The  one  of  Congnuiy^  and  the  other  of 

Condignity. 

The  Merit  of  Con^rtiity,  is,  when  there  is  no  juft  Pro- 
portion bctwe>;n  the  Action,  and  the  Reward  ;  but  he 
who  beltows  the  Reward  fupplics  by  his  Goodnefs  or  Li- 


whichT'-not  eafilv  liat!,  we  Jlmil  not  have  the  true  Pofition  berality,  what  was  wanting  in  the  Adion  :  Such  is  the 
of  ihe  '^Meridian  proper  to  obferve  the  Stars.  Merit  ot  a  Son  towards  his  father  ;   but  this  is  only  Afent 

'Twill  be  much  eafier  therefore  on  feveral  Accounts,  to  in  an  improper  fenfe  .  .  .  ,  . 
life  the  portable  Quadrant,  by  which  the  Altitude  of  the  The  Mem  cj  Londv^mty,  .s,  when  there  ,s  an  a b folate 
Star  may  beobferved  a  little  before  its  Paffage  over  the  Equality,  and  ajult  Ett.mation  between  the  Aiiion  and 
yiendian  tvcr^  Minute  till  its  greateft  or  leatf  Altitude  be  the  Reward  as  m  the  \Vages  of  a  Workman, 
found  Here  tho*  we  have  not  the  true  Pofition  ot  the  Thofe  ot  the  Reformed  Re  .gmn  dtfcUim  all  Mcnt  to- 
Meridian  by  this  means,  yet  we  have  the  apparent  Meri-  wards  God.  Even  tlie.r  belt  ^A.orksdon  t  Uerit  any  thing 
Altitude  of  the  Star.'  ^      ^    at  his  hands.   Ihe  Doanne  of^/em.  makes  one  of  the 

Tho'  this  Method,  in  the  general,  be  very  good,  and  great  Articles  of  Controverty  between  the  RomiJh  and 
free  of  any  fenfible  Error,  yet  in  cafe  a  Star  paffes  by  "  ^^-—-^''^■■-^"^ 
the  Meridian  near  the  Zenith,  it  proves  fomewhat  de- 
feaive  :  For  in  thefe  kind  of  Obfervations,  the  inconve- 
nient Situation  of  the  Obferver  ;  the  Variation  of  the  Star's 
Azimuth  feveral  Degrees  in  a  liitle  time  j  the  Alteration 
of  the  Inftrument,  and  the  difficulty  of  replacing  it  verti- 
cally, will  prevent  the  Obfervations  from  being  oftner 
t'lan  in  every  four  Minutes.    But  in  each  Minute,  the  At- 

titude  varies  about  fifteen  Minutes  of  a  Degree,  fo  that    the  corrupt  Laii;/ wasuted  tor  a 
there  will  be  the  difference  of  a  Degree  in  the  Star's  Al-       MERMAID,  or  Merman 
titude  between  each  Obfervatlon.    In  fuch  Cafes,  there- 
fore, it  will  be  better  to  have  the  true  Pofition  of  the  Me- 
ridian, or  the  exaa  time  wherein  the  Star  paffes  the  Mcn- 

(iifltt,  in  order  either  to  place  the  Inftrument  in  the  Merit/.'flw,  _  - 

or  to  obferve  the  Altitude  of  the  Star  the  Moment  it  patTes    bhtli  it  beyond  all  contradiaion.    In  the  "i:  ear  118  7 


Keforrned  Churches. 

MERLON,  in  Fortification,  that  part  of  the  Parapet 
which  lies  betwixt  two  Embrafures.  See  Parapet  and 
Em  erasure. 

It  is  from  8  to  9  Foot  long  on  the  fide  of  the  Can- 
non, and  6  on  the  fide  of  the  Field  ;  about  6  Foorhigh, 
and  1 8  thick. 

The  Word  comes  from  Mcrida,  or  Merla^  which  in 
Battlement. 

Sea-Creature  frequently 
talk'd  of,  as  being  fuppofed  half  human,  and  half  a  Fi/li. 
See  Monster. 

However  Naturalills  may  doubt  of  the  Reality  of  Mer-^ 
men.,  on  Mermaids,  yet  we  have  Tellimony  enough  to  etla- 

"leyond  all  contradiaion.  In  the  Yea' 
Larrey  informs  us,  fuch  a  Monlter  was  fifli'd  up  in  the 
County  of  A(^o/X',  and  kept  by  the  Governour  for  fix  Months. 
It  bore  fo  near  a  Conlormity  with  Man,  that  nothing 
feem'd  wanting  to  it  befides  Speech.  One  day  it  took  the 
Opportunity  of  making  its  Efcapc,  and  plunging  intothe  Sea, 
was  never  more  heard  of.    Hiji.  d^Angleterre,  P.  I.  p.  405. 

In  the  Year  1450,  after  a  huge  Tempett,  which  broke 
down  the  Dykes  in  HoHaud^  and  made  way  for  the  Sea  into 
the  MeadowSjJiff.  fome  Girls  of  rhe  Town  of  Edam  in  Weji- 
friezland,  going  in  a  Boat  to  milk  their  Cows,  perceiv'd  a 
Mermaid  embarrafs'd  in  the  Mud,  with  a  very  little  Water, 
They  took  it  into  their  Boat,  and  brought  it  with  them  to 
Edam,  drcfs'd  it  in  Women's  Apparel,  and  taught  it  to 
fpin,  Ir  fed  like  one  of  them,  but  could  never  be  brought 
to  fpeak.  Some  time  afterwards  it  was  brought  to  H.zer- 
lem,  where  it  liv'd  for  fome  Years,  tho'  Rill  /liewing  an 
Inclination  to  the  Water.  Tariual  relates,  that  they  had 
given  it  fome  Notion  of  a  Deity,  and  that  it  made  its 
that  Latitude  and  the  Equinoaial  do  Reverences  very  devoutly  when  ever  it  pafs'd  by  a  Cru- 
cifix.   Delices  d"  Hollande. 

The  Tables  therefore  of  Meridional  Parts  in  Books  of  In  the  Year  1560,  near  the  Ifland  of  Majtar^  on  the 
Navigation,  are  made  by  a  continual  addition  of  Se-  Weflern  Coaft  of  rhe  Ifland  of  Ceyhn^  fome  Fl/Iicrs 
cants,  calculated  in  fome  Books  (as  in  Sir '^onas  Moor's  brought  up  at  one  Draught  of  a  Net,  feven  j^lf-r-me*;  and 
Tables)  for  every  Degree  and  Minute  of  Latitude  j  and    -Maids;  of  which,  feverr.l  ?e/Kifj,  and  among  rhe  reft, 

XXXXXX  K.  Jl£,u 


the  Meridian.    See  Altitude  and  Quadrant 

Tofudtbe  Meridian  Altitude  of  the  Sim^  &c.  hy  a  Gno- 
mon.   See  Gnomon. 

Meridional  Diliance  in  Navigation,  is  the  fame  with 
the  Departure  i  Eatling  or  Wefting  ;  or  the  Difference  of 
Longitude  between  the  Meridian,  under  which  the  Ship 
row  is,  and  any  other  Meridian  Ihe  was  under  before.  See 
Departure. 

MEBinioNAt,  Tarts,  Miks,  or  Minutes,  in  Navigation, 
are  the  Parts,  bv  which  the  Meridians  in  Mercato,  ' s  Chan 
do  increafc,  as  the  Parallels  of  Latitude  decreafe.  See 
Chart. 

1  he  Co-fine  of  the  Latitude  of  any  Place  being  equal 
to  the  Radius,  or  Semi-diameter  of  that  Parallel,  there- 
fore in  the  true  Sea-Charr,  or  Nautical  Flanifpherc,  this 
Kadius  being  the  Radius  of  the  Equinoaial,  or  whole 
Sine  of  90  Degrees,  the  Meridian  Parts  at  each  Degree  of 
Latitude  muft  increafe,  as  the  Secants  of  the  Ark  con 
tain'd  between 
decreafe. 


ME  S 


F.  He».  Hem.juc,  and  Dimm  B,fr,„ez,  Phyfician  to  th 
V.ce-Roy  of  C«.,,  were  Witncffes.  The  Phyfician,  who 
exam.ned  them  w.th  a  great  deal  of  Care,  and  made 
D; flcaions  ihereof,  allerts,  that  all  the  Parts,  both  inter- 
"u  V""  r      """i'  perfcaiy  conformable  to 

S  rir  ^'^^  •  *     C.»./,.,5ne  *  3<!/„j,  P.  II. 

1     V.  W  .=■;<;     where  the  Relation  is  given  atlength. 

We  have  another  Relation  well  attefled  of  a  ^/£™.t» 
near  the  great  Roci  call'd  D«».„4  on  the  Coaft  of  M»r- 
f"''™  who  faw  it,  gave  in  a  precife  De- 
knpt.on  ot  It  before  a  Notary.  They  affirmed  that  they 
faw  It  wipe  Its  Hand  over  ,ts  Face,  and  even  heatd  it 
blow  Its  Nole. 

Another  Creature  of  the  fame  Species  was  caught  in 
the  Bfl&c  m  the  Year  15; ,,  and  fent  as  a  Prefent  to  Sivif«m,d 
King  of  Fohv,J,  with  whom  it  llv'd  three  Days,  and  was 
icen  by  all  the  Court.  Another  very  young  one  was  taken 
near  Romi  lie  toitr.7,  as  related  by  DmnimGaes. 

The  King  of  r<irt„gal  and  the  Grand  Mailer  of  the 
Order  of  St.  3ame:,  had  anticntly  a  Suit  at  Law  to  deter- 
mine which  Party  thefe  IVlonllcrs  belonged  to. 

MESARjEUM  in  Anatomy,  ihe  fame  with  Mefente- 
riitm.    See  MESiiNTERY. 

Mesar^ium  is  alfo  ufed  in  a  more  rellralned  Senfe 
for  a  Fart,  or  Dividon  of  the  Mcfimery  ;  being  that  faftned 
to  the  chick  Guts.   See  Mesentery. 

MESARAIC  Velfsls,  in  the  general  Senfe,  are  the 
lame  with  Alejnteric.    See  Mesenteric 


C  ) 


M  E  S 


In 


The  Flex,,!  Mejcnm;cm  Ma,m„,  or  gnat  Mern,e,;c 
P/c.«,  tsform'd  out  of  the  concurrent  Branches  of  fevera 
other  Plexus's,  and  lends  its  nervous  Fibres  through  the 
whole  Mefentery  along  with  the  Me/er.ic  Veffels  which 

reteT-sL'pEETu'f'^"-  ''^y  ""-f-y  - 

MESN,  or  .MEASNE,  a  Term  in  Law  Cgnifving  him 
who  ,s  Lord  of  a  Manor,  and  f„  hath  Tenant!  ho  dfng  rf 
L™D  hinifelf  holds  of  a  fuperior  Lord  See 

To'^/r/-''"!''n."  '"^'"^    ""h  «h"e  there  is 

Lord  !V«/„  aiid  Tenant. ;  and  the  Tenant  is  dillrained  for 
Services  due  from  the  te7„  ,0  ,he  fupericr  Lord.  The 
Wordis  properly  derived  from  Mv^  mi^or  becaufe 

Mr<inrfuov  ^^'r f™"™!'-"  he  holds. 

MESOCOLON,  in  Anatomy,,hatpart  of  the  Mefentery 
coniinued  in  the  great  Guts.    See  Mesentery.  ^ 

The  Mcfocchn  lies  in  the  midrt  of  the  Colon,  to  which 
it  IS  join  d.     Its  lower  part  flicks  to  a  part  of  the 

MESOLABE,  MESOE.^EttiM,  a  Mathematical  In- 
itrumCDt  invented  by  tlie  Antients  for  finding  two  mean 
Proportionals  Mechanically,  which  they  could  not  come 
at  Geometrically.     See  Proportional 

It  confilis  of  three  Parallelograms  moving  in  a  Groove 
to  certain  Intetfeaions.  Its  Figure  is  defcribed  by  E„a. 
chius  in  his  Commentary  on  Arebimedt, 

MESO  LOGARITHM,  a  Term  ^fed  by  Kefler  to 


ommoo  ufe,  Mcfcralc  is  more  freq'uemlv  applied  to    <;^(f2Jf"^'''^u'^^fl^J""'  ''^  '^V'"  '° 

eins  ;  and  Mcfaheric  ,0  the  Arter  es  of  the  llran-r,  ^TZu'  "{'^^  C"^'"^^.  ""'1  to-Ta^gents  = 

■<;fMTFRv  "t  the  yiJe/eni-r)'.    T  he  former  of  which  mv  Lord  r,ll.  ^„,;.  1  ...wi™. 


S^^^he^Ili-;^^^  P>-i-  SeJlS^^A^^T^f  i'&--r-^  -  -.ents. 
See  Intestines.  oce  i^ocarithm,  Co-6jne,  Co-Tangent,  Anti  Lo- 

The  Mf/c«£,>  is  almoft  of  a  circular  Figure,  with  a    '^  M'FSfrf'l  FriPll  •    a  1.  , 

narrow  Produflion.to  which  the  end  of  the  cZ,  ^rd  be-  Sef  Wrco^t  ^'^'"'"'^^^  M^^le'- 

X  he  Word  IS  derived  from  iumv  Medium,  Middle  ;  and 
iis     rj^Kiv^.  Latiis,    the  Side. 

three  Ells  in  length:"  f  he7n,Vlli7e;a;;  d^d  il'a  Bor "er    dia'fe"'s°„,'c'/r ' '     'T"JT  "'^5  "'"'^  ^"^ 

Th'e^earfle"       MEl^^I^Ent'^^A^^t  ol^^^ 

feci'.  ^I'-^^-f:  "  ■"^CeiebraLnof 


ginning  of  ihe  ReHum    are  ried. 

'Tis  about  four  fingers  and  a  half  in  Diameter 
Circumference,  being  full  of  Phiits  and  Foldinos 


l^^tf^XZ-Z   .oS^^:tJ!:Tl^?^'!r:-^.;"  Oblation  made 


Inches  of  the  Inteltines  faftned.    See  In 

The  Mefa,tery  itfelf 
Verlcirie  of  the  Loins. 

the  inner,  upon  which  the  GlanSs  and  FaTlie^^nd'Vh^       p'—'-'-V"  V''"'"  Oblation  made 

VeinsandAt\eriesrun,isitsownproperMembrane  and  he  ^rSof  ^V'^^.  ch^"ge  of  a  fenfible  Objea  by 

othertwowhichcovereachfide  of  the  Xer  M^t™^  God  over  altT^°  '"""T'        '"^^'S"  Dom.mon  ot 

coniefrom  the  Between the"^  ! external™  Sr^rJateft  ,  d       »  'i^'y^a^^m 

mis.' of  the  Me/eiitc™,  run  the  Branches  of  1,7      jV  "J^!  8'"'=^ auguft  Ceremony  in  ufe  in  the 

/c„,eri.,c.t,  fupe/ior  an'd  inferior  whTch  b  „g  t^  HLd^o  Ae^Bodv^n^ll       'f'f  ^aw,  wheret 

.helntellines3  and  the         aJ./c^c,,  whfch  being  Bran  God  ^'^"^  ^^"^        "'^"'''^  "P 

H\\V,h*Lg:Sa"h7s  :fU'AttL?and  vi^'™-  ,  J^^V  - -^'r^^'' ^^"u-he  Q,eflion.  Whetheror  no  it 

municating  wiih  one  another,  marct  SrvloTSe  GutT;  ^-.f "e';::raU-i'^ri„'''=nI°daf h'jTng'S^-'Auth^ -^^5 

ch.  ^=ytJ^^;^x 

L-oats  ot  the  liiteitmcs.    The  J  en^  i  aRo^  n^A  i        i  f  r 

'       run  likewife  upon  "^e  ,    ^^"T^l'    f      '  v.'        ""TZ''  ?^^"'"         "«=  Word  Maf,  comes 

■0  feveral  VcficLr  GlanT     h^'  bi.«ft   f   ^^^^t     tt'l'"'^"''-!-"''"'''"  '  "'^'""""^^^^ 

 .  middle  of  the  Mek,  T  ;l  calpd  P  A         r  ^  ""«v''"=  '^"e'^huinens  and  Ex- 

4ell,.  ;  thefe  Glands  receive  the  t  m^ha  and  Chfl  7""'  "'-"^un'cated  were  fent  out  of  the  Church  when  the  Dea- 
.heLa'aeal  Veins.    SeePANCREAlTsEEEi.      ^  Fcftl'e  a  d  r^r        ^J'"  S'^'-'^on,  and  the  reading  of  the 

TheM./c««-,  has  been  ordinarlir"'"  j  ljPjttl""d  Gofpel  ;  they  not  being  allow'd  to  affift  at 

two    the  Confecration.    See  Catechumen 

iWba^Se  derives  it  from  M^^,  difmiiling.    Others  again 
derive  It  from  the  M#,,  Envoy^  becaufe  in  thj 

Map,  thePrayers  of  Men  on  Earth  are  fent  up  to  Heaven 
Thete  are  a  vail  Variety  of  Maffa  in  the  Rm,ijh  Church  ■ 

e  tnlne  arnnrnnn   ti,>iit  '^;^I„„  1  «  11.-  ,.  ' 


P,  -nrttries  and  Ve: 

Dumcating  with  one  another,  march  direaiv  to  th. 
where,   with  the    Nerves  from   the  FleAt  MefemWicus 
they    divide    into  an  n^flni.e  Number   of  fmall  Bran 
ch  fpreadthemfelves  extremelyfii 

._   the  IntpOrnf  s.     TK»  .  .rT_ 

Veffel 

-■  \r~'r   ',  ^1^""    iiiv  iVICjejliey 

there  are  alfo  feveral  Veficular  Glands  ;  th'e  biggeft  of 
which  in  the  middle  of  the  Mefe„:e,y,  is  call'd  Pa„„ea] 
mpha  and  Chyle 

..^i,a^.e»i    ,e,„s.      OCC  T  AN  C  B  E  A  S  As  ELLII. 

The  Mc'f  '-y  has  been  ordinarily  divided  into  two 
Parts,  the  Me/„™m  and  We/oc„/„.  The  firfl  appended 
to  the  /»rc/(m«  lcm„„  ;  and  the  latter  to  the  Croffi, :  But 
this  is  a  Diviiion  of  no  great  moment 

The  Ufe  of  the  Mefi,„ery,  is,  firll,  to  gather  the  In- 
eitmes  into  a  n^irrno;  (.nmrm/:.    .l,.  t-       /■  , 


teflines  into  a  narrow  fiomr^^rs  ^'ha    Ihe  Coutfe  o(  the"    .h    h"'  ^"''"^     ""I^"  Church  ; 

Sa"'tTut'^£.r"^^  ;heir'ctm^n°"Recept;ci:  ^Z^:'^fl-l!j±.^"'^^r^^^^^^^ 


may  be  but  (liort  /.o^T^^r  a;;:i%;o;LaThem  S  Ae  ^'ff"-' I*''".  Inten,ions:  and^&e;;i„-;h.ch'ft 

Blood- Veffels  ;  and  to  conneB  and  d  fonfr  T  ^  ?  o-  "P=tf»rm<:d,  as  well  asother  Circumflances. 

fo  as  to  fecure  them  from  afy  Enlt  lemelt  ,h,"i  "                       celebrated  according 

ler  their  perillalric  Motion                              '"■ght  to  the  Rite  of  St.  J,„l.rofe,  partlcuhrly  ufed  in  M.LT  ^ 

-l„H7„.j„         r„___    ,      _     .  i                Ml/j  was  the  Form  which  antientlvobtain'd 


hinder  their  peridaltic  Motion. 

_  The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ^,„„  middle,  and 
Kflfnes  '     •'''"8  i"  the  middle  of  the  In- 

'  MESENTERIC  or  Mesaraic,  an  Epithet  given  to 
two  Atteriesari  ing  from  the  defcending  I™7and  pro- 
ceeding  to  the  Nkfemery.  °        *  P 


in  En^hjid. 

GaUkan  Maf,  is  the  Rite  that  formerly  obtain'd  in' the 
Churches  of  Frame. 

^  Greek  Mfh  that  rehearfed  according  to  the  Greek  Rites 
in  the  Greek  Language,  and  by  Greek  Priefts.  Latin  Mats 
is  that  ufed  m  the  fat,,,  Church  in  the  Lat.n  Tongue,  and 


There  is  an  Upper,  or  S„fer}or  Mefemerir  t,  „  is  that  ufed  in  the  iat,,,  Chutch  in  the  Loti 
to  the  upper  part  offhe  Mefenterv  ■   and  ?  r  ^ ^"ording  to  the  Rites  of  the  Lat„,  Chutch. 

ferUr  Mefemeric,  which  diflributes  itfelf  throulirti;;  Zl"'    r^^'t^''^'''  f"  f "A  "  that  fung  by  the 

parr.    See  Artery.  "rough  the  lower    Choriflcrs,  and  celebrated  with  the  AiTiflance  of  a  Deacon 

We  have  alfoa  MtfctcWc  comnofed  nf      -c-  Subdeacon. 

of  Veins  proceeding  from  the  Mefentery  ;  which   with  tS       t""/!'^'  'l  '  "  ^"y"^        ^"  h^ely 

re,,«J/.to,;c.iarlfing  from  the  Spleen,  form  the  '"^"fS,^  ""y  Sr-gmg,  and  performed  without 

Anatomifls  alfo  reckon  a  JJe/™,£„c  Nerve  wh  ch'^t'r  T  '^"^"""'y'  "  ^ffiHance  of  any  Deacon  or  Sub- 
-rom  the  In.etcollal,  and  fends  feveral  Branches  to  he       T^'m  C    f  .  t, 

™    .<;,.,.•.„...,  esto.he      The  M,,/,  ./ tie  j^^.,   or  our  Lady,  !s  that  offer'd  to 

God  by  the  Means  and  thro'  the  Interceffion  of  the 
V  irgin. 

TheBea»-Maf,  is  a  Mafs  rehearfed  everv  dav,  at  which 

the 


from  the  _ 

Mefentery.  SecNERv,!. 

Mesenteric  Pfc.„„,  a  Plexus,  or  piece  of  Net- Work 
form  d  by  the  Branches  or  Ramifications  of  the  F^r  Va„m. 


ME  S 


the  Li(Jies  and  Jieau-Uande  of  the  Place  attend.  This  is 
aifo  cali'd  the  pctfumed  Maji. 

Common  ^taj's,  or  Mcifs  of  the  Comtnunity  in  a  Monaftery, 
is  that  celebrated  at  certain  Hours,  whereat  the  whole 
Body  affitts. 

Mi/i  of  the  Holy  Gboft,  is  that  celebrated  at  the  beginning 
of  any  Solemnity  or  Cliurch-Affcmbly,  commencing  with 
an  Invocationot  the  Holy  Gholl, 

Holy-day-Mafi,  is  that  whetein  certain  Ptayers  or  Leftures 
arc  read  luitable  to  theD:iy. 

jVIj/i  of  •Judgment,  was  that  wherein  a  Perfon  clear 'd 
himfelf  of  any  Calumny  by  fome  Proof  agreed  upon. 

Mri/jforthe  Death  of  our  Enemies,  was  a  Form  of  M.ifs 
that  obtained  along  time  in  Sf.vn,  but  was  at  length  abo- 
li/lied  as  inconfillent  with  Chrillian  Charily. 

M-'f  of  the  Dead,  or  Rejuiem,  is  that  performed  at  the 
Re'juell  of  the  D^xeafed  ;  The  Introii  whereof  begins  with 
Reqitiem.  In  the  i;th  Century,  it  was  the  Cullom  e'er  Cri- 
minals were  carried  out  to  Execution,  to  make  them  at- 
tend at  a  Uafi  of  the  Dead,  rehearfed  for  the  Repofe  of 
their  Souls. 

TunJIj  Mrf;  or  Great  Mafs,  is  that  which  the  Patfon  is 
obliged  to  rehearfetohisPari/hioners  on  Sundays  and  Holy- 
days,  Little  Mafs  is  that  faid  at  private  Altars  with  Icfs 
Ceremony.    The  firft  Mt/j  is  that  faid  at  Break  of  Day. 

Majs  i>f  a  Saint,  is  that  wherein  God  is  invoked  by  the 
Interccffion  of  fome  Saint.  Thus  there  are  alio  Miffes  o( 
Apoftles,  Martyr.',  Poniilfi,  Virgin.t,  £?c. 

Mafs  of  Scriiitnj,  was  formerly  rehearfed  at  the  Exa- 
mination of  Catechumens,  when  Enquiry  was  made  as  to 
their  Difpofition  for  Baptifm. 

DryMafs,  is  that  where  there  is  no  Confecration  ;  as 
thofe,  according  to  Vnrandiu,  where  the  Priefl  cannot 
confecrate,  by  reafon  of  his  having  faid  Mafs  before  on  the 
fame  day  ;  orthatufed  by  the  Candidates  of  the  Ptiefl- 
hood,  in  order  to  their  becoming  acquainted  with  the  Ce- 
remonies ;  as  £c/'/iijwill  have  it. 

FotjM  Mafi,  is  an  extraordinary  Mafsbelides  that  of  the 
Day,  rehearfed  on  fome  extraordinary  Occafion. 

MESSENGERS,  in  the  E«gl,fi  Polity,  are  Officers 
chiefly  under  the  Direflion  of  the  Secretaries  of  State  ;  be- 
ing always  ready  to  be  fent  with  all  manner  of  Difpatches, 
Foreign  and  Domefiic. 

They  are  alfo  employ'd,  with  the  Secretaries  Warrants, 
to  take  up  Perfons  for  High  Trcafon,  or  other  Offences 
againft  the  State,  which  do  not  fo  properly  fall  under  the 
Cognizance  of  the  Common  Law,  and,  perhaps,  are  not 
proper  to  be  divulged  in  the  ordinary  Courfe  of  Juliice. 

The  Prifoners  they  apprehend  are  ufually  kept  at  their 
own  Houfes,  for  which  they  are  allow'd  by  the  Govern- 
ment (S  J.  S  <<.  per  day.  When  they  are  difpatch'd  abroad, 
they  have  an  Allowance  for  their  Journey,  as  ilated,  viz. 
to  Paris,  ;o  /.  to  Holland,  =  5  /.  to  Edinburgh,  50  /.  to  Ire- 
land, 50  I.  and  fo  to  other  Places  in  proportion.  Part  of 
which  Money  is  advanced  to  them  for  their  Journey. 

They  wait  twenty  at  a  time,  monthly,  dillributed  as 
follows,  viz.  fouf  at  Court,  five  at  one  Secretary's  Office, 
five  at  the  other,  and  two  at  the  third  Office  for  Kortb  Bn- 
tam,  three  at  the  Council-Office,  and  one  at  the  Lord 
Chamberlain's  of  the  Houlhold.  Their  Polls,  if  purchafed, 
are  cfleemed  worth  500/.  Their  Salary  is  45  /.  fer  Annum 
each. 

Messenceks  0/ lie  £.«tcj„er  ;  The  four  Purfuivants 
in  that  Court  are  called  by  this  Name,  Their  Duty 
and  Office  is  to  attend  the  Lord  Treafurer,  and  to  carry 
his  Letters,  Precepts,  \£c.    See  Pitrsuivant. 

Messenger  of  the  Prep,  a  Perfon  who  by  order  of 
the  Court  fearches  Printina-Houfes,  BooJcfellers  Shops,  gfc. 
in  order  to  find  out,  or  difcover  feditious  Books  ^c. 

MESSIAH,  a  Term  fignifying  v^?;oiwr£?^/,  or  .^rioerf;  and 
in  that  Scnfe  applied  to  Kings  and  Priefls  :  But,  by  way  of 
Eminence  to  Jefus  Chfil>,  the  Saviour  promis'd  by  the 
Prophets  of  the  Old  taw.    See  Christ. 

The  3ots  fliU  wait  for  the  coming  ol  the  JMe/ai  ;  being 
infatuated  with  the  Notion  of  a  temporal  Meffah  that  is  to 
be  a  mighty  Conquetor,  and  to  fubdue  all  the  World. 
See  Prophecy,  £5c. 

Jefus  Chrift  afferts  himfelf  the  Mefah.  In  St.  JoJh  iv.  25. 
the  Samaritan  Wotiian  fays  to  Jefus,  I  know  that  when  the 
Mefliah  comes  {who  is  called  the  Chrift)  he  will  tell  us  all 
things.    Jefas  anfwered  her,  I  that  ffeak  to  thee,  am  he. 

There  are  feveral  Impoflors  that  have  endeavour 'd  to 
pafs  for  Uejfmhs.  3,  Lent,  a  Dutchman,  has  written  a 
Hiftory  of  falfe  lleffi.ibs,  De  Pfeadomefts.  The  firft  he 
nientmos  was  one  Uarcechal,  who  appeared  under  the 
Empire  of  Adrian.  The  laft  is  Rabbi  Mardochai,  who  be- 
gan to  be  talk'd  of  in  1682.  A  little  before  him,  -aiz.  in 
J««S,  appcar'd  J.ii,Je/i.!i  Sebi,  who  was  taken  by  theTnr/fi, 
and  turned  Mahometan, 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Hehrnv,  Marchuach,  Anointed 
of  the  Vetb  mfehach,ta  anoint  :  whence  Jefus  Chrift  claims 
the  Title  on  a  manifold  Account;  ift,  as  having  been 


(  ) 


MET 


anointed  King  of  Kings  from  all  Ages,  idly,  As  Chief  of 
the  Prophets.  ;dly,  As  High.Priell  of  the  Law  of  Grace, 
or  Priett  for  ever  according  to  the  Order  of  Melchifelech. 

The  Son  of  God  is  vatioufly  denominated  according  to 
his  vaiious  Qualities  and  Attributes.  He  is  cali'd  the 
Word,  as  being  the  Etetnal  Son  of  the  Father,  and  Con- 
fubftantial  with  him.  Chrift,  Xeir©-,  a  Greek  Term,  fig- 
nifying  Anointed,  of  the  fame  import  with  the  Helrevi 
Mejfab  ;  Jefus,  i.  e.  Sanionr,  of  the  Hebrew,  Jehefm  by 
reafon  he  faves  his  People  from  their  Sins.  He  is  called 
ll'ord,  as  being  the  Son  of  God  ;  Je/Bi,  as  Man  ;  Chrift, 
as  being  Anointed  ;  and  Meffah,  as  being  both  God  and 
Man. 

MESSIEURS,  a  French  Title  of  Honour  or  Civility 
lately  introduced  into  our  Language.  The  Word  is  the 
Plural  of  Monfieiir,  and  is  equivalent  to  the  Englilh,  Sirs, 
See  MoNstEuit  and  Sir.  ' 

The  Lawyers  always  begin  their  Pleadings  and  Ha- 
rangues  with  Mcfjiem-s;  which  Word  is  alfo  frequently  re- 
peated in  the  Courfe  of  the  Speech  ;  on  which  occafion  it 
aiifwers  to  our  Ejifjijlj  Word  Gentlemen. 

The  Trench  fay,  Meffiein-s  da  Farlemem  ;  du  Omfeil ;  del 
Cemptes,  Sec. 

MESSUAGE  in  Law,  a  Dwelling-Houfe  with  fome 
Land  affigned  fof  its  ufe,  t5f. 

By  this  Name  inay  a  Garden,  Shop,  Mill,  Chamber, 
or  Cellar  be  called. 

In  Scotland,  Mfffiiage  is  what  we  call  the  Mmar-Hoiife, 
'Siz.  Principal  Dwelling  Houfe  within  any  Barony.  See 
Manor. 

MESYMNICUM,  a  Name  the  Antients  gave  to  a  cer- 
tain part  of  their  Tragedy  ;  or  to  certain  "Verfes  in  theij 
Tragedies.    See  Tragedy. 

The  Mefymnicitm  was  a  kind  of  Burden,  as  Jo  P,tan  ;  0 
Dithyrambe  i  Hymen,  0  Hymenxe,  orthelike;  which  when 
placed  at  the  end  of  a  Stnfhe,  was  called  Efhymnium  ;  and 
when  infeited  in  the  middle  of  a  Strojihe,  Mefymnicm. 
See  Strophe  and  Chorus. 

METACARPUS,  or  Metacarpiom,  in  Anatomy  ; 
that  part  of  the  Hand  between  the  Wrift  and  th'» 
Fingers.    See  Hand. 

The  Metacarfiis  confifts  of  four  Bones.which  anfwer  to  the 
four  Fingers;  whereof  that  wnich  fuftains  the  Fore-finger 
is  the  biggell  and  longeft.  They  ate  all  round  and  long, 
a  little  convex  towards  the  back  of  the  Hand,  and 
concave  and  plain  towards  the  Palm  :  They  are  hollow 
in  the  middle,  and  full  of  Marrow  ;  ihey  touch  one  ano- 
ther only  at  their  Extremities,  leaving  Spaces  in  their 
middle,  in  which  lie  the  Mufcali  Interojfei.  SeelNTER- 

OSSEI. 

In  their  upper  end  there  is  a  Sinus,  which  receives  the 
Bones  of  the  Wrill  ;  their  lower  Extremity  is  round 
and  is  received  into  the  Sinus  of  the  firft  Bones  of  the  Fin- 
gers.   See  Finger. 

The  inner  part  of  the  Metacarfus  is  called  the  Palm  and 
the  outer  the  back  of  the  Hand.    See  Palm,  tjtt.  ' 

The  Word  comes  ftocn  the  Greek  [/.tTAy  poft  ;  and 
na^^Q-,  Mani<s.    See  Carpus. 

METACISM,  in  Grammar,  a  Defed  in  the  Pronun- 
ciation ot  the  Letter  AI. 

IftJore  fays  it's  a  final  m,  followed  by  a  Vowel,  as  bo- 
num  aiiriim,  See. 

METACHRONISM,  in  Chronology,  an  Error  in  Com- 
putation of  Time,  either  on  the  fide  of  Defedl,  or  Excefs. 
See  Chronology  and  Time. 

METACONDYLI,  is  ufed  by  fome  Authors  for  the 
out-mort  Bones  of  the  Fingers.   See  Finger  and  Con- 

DYLUS. 

METAL,  in  Natural  Hiflory,  a  ffmple,  foffil  Body,  that 
fufes,  and  becomes  fluid,  by  Fite,  and  by  Cold  coagulates 
and  hardens  into  a  folid  Mafs,  capable  ot  diftending  under 
the  Hammer.   See  Fossil. 

Metal  is  faid  to  be  Simple,  as  it  may  be  affirm 'd  of  every 
the  minutcfl  Particle  of  a  Metal,  e.  gr.  a  Grain  of  Gold, 
that  it  is  Gold,  or  has  all  the  Properties  of  Gold.  See 
Gold. 

Fiifihle  by  Fire,  that  is,  when  expofed  to  a  great  Fire,  it 
dilTolves  into  parts  which  areeafilymovealsle  among  them- 
fclves,  or  are  in  aSual  motion.    See  Fusion. 

Fixed,  I.  e.  bearing  the  Fire  without  flying  olf  in  Va- 
pours. Tho'  it  is  only  to  a  certain  degree  that  Metals  are 
fixed  ;  for  by  the  large  Burniiig-GlaCfes  of  Meff  Tfchirn- 
haufen  and  Villene,  all  Metals  readily  evaporate.  See 

Fl  XITY. 

Such  is  the  proper  Idea  of  Metals,  which  is  no  ways  ap- 
plicable to  any  other  Body  in  Nature  :  For  a  Diamond,  or 
other  Stone,  tho'  a  fimple  Body,  is  not  fufible  in  the 
Fire,  nor  capable  of  being  llretched  under  the  Hammer. 
See  Diamond.  And  Salt,  tho'  diCfolvable  by  Fite  is 
not  malleable,  but  breaks  under  the  Hammer,  See 
Salt,£?c. 

There  are  indeed  certain  WooiJs  which  jield  in  fome 

meafur^ 


MET 


C  ?40  ) 


MET 


t       L     r  11  .   n,.0  in  '  the  one  at  libcrtv  from  the  other ;  the  Moirtufe  evapo- 

,„earure  ,o  the  Hammer ;  but  'h^"         ™ '"^^^"f^^  the  EarJh  ,s  rcdu  cd  ,„to  Scoria',,  (S. 

the  Fire:    And  fo  of  the  reft.   See  Maile.miii.itv,  ^^^^^^^^  f^,  ^i,^j,„^,,aion  ot Ahalslonad 

^^efind  but  fix  Mc,,,  in  »A1  Nature^  in  ^= jj-);- '^^'^^^^I'-i^X'^r^we  their  pretint 

She,;  Coffcr,         a..d  T,n.    S^'hetJature  U  .,ra  ter.  ^  ,                  ,iro  he  imagine,  the  S™« 

rroduffion,  Ure.,^_^.  of  each  thereon  ^^^^^^  cf  tone.  Earth,  ul:.,         .ere  form'd.    See  D,.^ 


en,  Ules,  <yc.  or  cam   i  > 

Article;  Goii.,   LEAD.  SiLVEK,  COPPEK,  laoN,  and 

'  To  thefe,  afeventh  Met«l  h  tifually  added,  viz.  - 

oroiafce,-;   but  improperly,  as  ..  has  not 
he  Chajhler,  of  a  M..../,  nor  fcarce  any  *,ng  m  com- 
.non  with  the  other  except  Weight  andb.m.lanty 

of  parts.    See  Mercury,  Sc.  i  ,t,l.  I,,.  Pirc 

1  hns  for  Example,  it  is  neither  diffolvable  by  lire, 
i  nns,  lor  i-xaiiiv  ,  ,  conltitute  a 

malleable,  nor  hx  d :  In  tUcLt,  it  ito  .  ,  ,- 
peculiat  C lafs  of  Foffiis,  and  is  rather  the  Mother,  or  baits 
of  al  Met,/,  than  a  iifelf.  However,  as  it  isufaally 
reckleramJng  them,  and  as  it  wants  nothing  to  render 
k  a  3"e«/>ut  an  additional  Sulphur  to  fix  and  conned 
a'L  parS  t<;gether,  it  may  wuhout  any  great  harm  be  con- 

"'t^;  co'mmfn  radic^ -Charaaer  of  *.t^<  tba.  of  all 
known  Bodies,  the,  are  the  heavieft  By  Dr  H.^  sEx- 
perTents,  th:.  Weight  of  Gold  to  tha,  ot  Glafsis  deter- 
mined to  be  as  7  to  .  i  and  the  Weight  ot  Tin,  the 
Seft  of  all  to  that  of  Gold,  as  7  to  IJ  ;  which 

cfnf  derably  futpaffe's  the  Weight  of  all  Stones,  Marbles, 
Gems,  and  other  the  moll  folid  Bodies,  as  appears  from 
,hc  Tables  of  fpecific  Gravities.  Nor  'here  any  Body 
in  Nature  but  a  Metal,  that  is  one  third  of  the  Weight  ot 
Gold.    SeeSPECific  GWij.     ,        .       _       .  . 

The  Royal  Sodeiy  fiirnifli  us  with  various  Experiments 
of  this  kind.  1  he  Weights  of  the  fevera  Me.a  s,  and 
other  Solids,  they  have  examined  Hydroflatically,  by 
weighing  them  in  Air  and  in  Water  ;  and  the  Weights  of 
the  Fluids  by  weighing  an  equal  Portion  of  each.  By 
fuch  Experiments  they  find,  that  taking  the  fiitie  Weights 
of  WateJ  and  Gold,  the  Bulk  or  Magnitude  of  the  former 
is  to  the  latter  as  19636  to  1000;  confequently  that  the 
Weight  of  Gold  is  to  Water  nearly  as  19  to  i 


of  Stone,  Earth,  Macj 

LUGE. 

The  yI/«o»ic  and  Mineral  Matter  now  fo!indin  the  per- 
pendicular Intervals  or  Fiflures  of  the  feveral  Strata, 
whereof  the  Body  of  the  Earth  is  compos'd,  was,  accor- 
ding to  him,  at  the  time  of  the  Deluge  lodg'd  in  the 
Bodiesof  thofe  ..^tratti,  and  brought  thence,  and  tranfmitted 
into  thefe  Intervals  fiiice  that  t;me  ;  the  Intervals  them- 
felves  not  exilling,  till  the  Strata  were  form'd  and  broke 
again,  to  let  the  Water  trom  the  Earcii. 

Now  the  Water  which,  he  imagines,  is  conllantly  af- 
cending  from  the  Abyfs  (fee  AiYss)  towards  the  Surface 
of  the  Earih,  continually  pervading  the  Strata,  detaches 
out  of  their  Pores  and  Interflices  fuch  Metallic tit\A  Mineral 
Corpufcles  as  it  finds  loofe  in  its  way,  carrying  them 
along  with  it  to  the  perpendicular  Intervals,  where  having 
a  freer  Paffage  than  before,  it  deferts  them,  and  leaves 
them  in  thole  Intervals.  And  this  he  takes  to  be  the 
way  in  which  all  Meta!;,  now  found  in  thofe  Places,  were 
brought  thither,  and  Hill  grow. 

Thofe  in  the  Strata,  however,  he  obferves  do  not,  nor 
cannot  grow,  but,  on  the  contrary,  arecontinually  leilen'tl 
and  diminilli'd,  by  fo  much  as  has  been  convey'd  into 
the  perpendicular  Intervals,  and  brought  forth  of  the 
Surface  of  the  Earth  by  Springs  and  Exhalations  from  the 
Abyfs,  iS>e-    See  Fossil. 

The  fame  ingenious  Author  complains  of  the  gK 
Uncertainty  and  Inconftancy  in  the  Mineral  and  Metalhc 
Kingdom  ;  neither  Colour,  Figure,  nor  aiiuation  in  the 
Earth,  being  to  be  depended  01.,  fo  ..s  to  raai.e  luy 
pofiiive  Judgment  from  them.  A  Pyrites  or  Mar.na- 
fite,  for  inllancc,  iliall  have  the  Colour  and  iJrighrnefs  of 
Gold  and  Silver,  and  yet  afford  nothing  bur  a  little  Vi- 
triol and  Sulphur;  while  a  Pebble  in  appearance  fhall 
I  1.-../  'Tisct.inmon 


'eight  of  Gold  is  to  Water  nearly  as  19  to  i  ,  Mixture  of  a  valuable  Metai  in  it 

The  Specific  Weight  of  the  feveral  Metah  by  this  Means    J^^J'.^^^aVhe  fame  Metal  fliot  into  a  g, 


Iron 

Tin 

Stone 

Water 

Aii: 


p     Ottnces.  Drams. 


785a 
7321 

20OO 
1000 


Grains. 


determined,  Hand  thus  : 

Gold  191535 
Quick-Silver  14019 
Lead  II34-' 
Silver  105135 
Copper  8843 

The  Ctibic  Inch  of  \ 

Gold  j 

Quick-Silver  ]  , 

Lead  L ^ 

Silver  r 

Copper  1  ' 

Iron  !  . 

Tin  J.     I-        4  «  '7 

As  to  the  Origin  and  Formation  of  Metal,  various  are 
the  Sentiments  of  Philofophers  Antientand  Modern. 

Fhto  will  have  the  Caufe  of  Metttl,  to  be  a  humid  Va- 
pour, inclofed  in  the  Bowels  of  the  Earth,  which  being 
varioully  intermix'd  with   Parts  of  the  Earth,  jroduce 


5 


5« 
2+ 


nave  a  iviixtuie  01  .1  v.n«.*.-.w   

too  to  find  the  fame  iW«.i/ fhot  into  a  great  nomm  r  of 
different  Forins,  as  well  as  to  find  ditfcrenr  Kind.^  ot 
Metal  of  the  Time  Form.  And  as  to  their  Place  in  the 
Earth  there  is  the  fame  Uncertainty,  being  fometimes 
found 'in  the  perpendicular  Fiflures  or  Intervals  of  the 
Strata  fometimes  mterfperfcd  in  the  Bodies  of  the  *>-<!ta, 
and  fometimes  in  both.  The  fame  M£ti/j  are  alfo  placed 
indifferently  in  all  kind  of  tctreflrial  Metal,  or  in  Str.nx 
of  very  different  natures.  They  are  frequently  intermix'd 
with  each  other,  fo  ihat  'tis  a  rare  thing  to  find  any  of 
them  pure  and  fimple  ;  but  Copper  and  Iron  Iliall  be  in 
the  fame  Mafs,  Gold  and  Copper,  Silver  and  Lead,  Tin 
and  Lead;  nay,  fometimes  all  fix  together  in  the  fame 
Lump.    See  Mineral.  „,,,,.        ,  . 

m  Toiirnefori  is  of  opinion,  that  all  Mela/«  have  their 
Origin  from  Seeds,  like  Plants,  ;  that  they  have  Veffels, 
with  Juices  circulating  in  them,  (^c.  ... 

The  Frertcb  Chymills  have  been  very  curious  in  their 
Inquiries  into  the  Nature  and  Produflion  of  Metah. 

M  Gcoffroy  from  a  Mixture  of  Sulphur  with  a  vitriolic 
Salt  and  an  argillous  Earth,  brought  an  Iron,  which  he 
maintain'd  to  be  a  new  Prnduaion,  or  a  Compofition 


^  ^ufl7  niertiilx  d  with   Parts  of  the  F-duce  ^^..^    „     n  In  Pri;c^i;:;:;;h;^ 

variousWi.   ^'•''^}'^j:t't:::^'^^:f.   ^I^d^:".:!!  t?;^i.niredients  ,hatlbr„Li  theMc- 


ivietats.  will        "—r —   . 

Metal, ;  and  an  oleaginous  vifcous  Humour  the  Mother. 
.  Lidyat  endeavours  to  prove  all  Metal,  generated  by  a  lubter- 
ranean  Fire;  urging,  among  other  Reafons,  "h"  m^fj 
7W£r.i/i,  when  taken  out  of  the  Earth,  are  exceedingly  hot. 
D«  Hamel  lliews,  that  Mera/>  don't  take  their  Rtle  either 
from  any  vaporous  Exhalation,  or  from  Water,  or  from 
Earth  ;  but  are  generated  of  Mercury,  Sulphur  and  Salt. 
He  adds,  that  Metals  take  their  Matter  and  Weight  trom 
the  Mercury,  and  their  Tinaure  and  Form  from  Sulphur. 
The  fame  Author  owns  the  firfl  Rudimentof  aMetalio  be 


relulting  tromtne  iliiemuia-c  01  ce....  .......r.-., 

exilkd  feparately  in  the  Ingredients  that  formed  the  Me- 
tal -  in  a  word,  that  it  was  an  artificial  Iron.  And  obfer- 
vina  that  there  were  Parcels  of  this  Metal  in  the  colour  d 
Allies  of  Plants,  and  of  moft  other  inflammable  Stib- 
fiances,  he  concluded  that  it  might  be  form  d  there  alfo 
by  the  Union  of  the  fame  three  Principles. 

This  was  oppos'd  by  M.  Lemery  the  younger  who 
maintain'd  that  the  Iron  contaln'd  in  the  Afiies  of  Plants, 
was  not  form'd  thereby  Calcination,  but  was  really  ex- 
ittent  in  the  Plants  themfelves,   being  rais  d  in  the.r 


ThefameAuthorownsthefirflRudimentofaMet.  mbe  ''XJalonp  with  the  Juices  of  the  Earth  ;  and  fnrthe 
'i^f-:^-^'^^^S^±^^^^::^  SSrC:Sij!;UhereofM.C.^.y^artificia.I. 


a  laline  C)UOltance  iwiiiiuiiiis  m  "  aiv.i,  v....^.. 
little  carry'd  off.  By  how  much  the  Terreftrial  Parts  are 
more  exquifitely  mix'd  with  the  aqueous  or  humid,  by  lo 
much  is  the  Metal  more  heavy  and  firm,  as  having  fewer 
and  ftnaller  Pores.  Hence  its  DuSility  ;  for  its  Parts  be- 
ing extremely  fmall,  dcnfe,  and  complicated,  may  be 
drawn  out  Into  a  very  fpacious  Surface.  On  which  account 
it  is  that  Gold  exceeds  all  other  Metals  both  in  Weight 
'  T-,_ci!i:..,  .  li..r,rp  ?il fo  its  Fixitv.  its  Patts  belus  too 


Vcflels  alone  with  the  juices  u,  i,i>. -.«ii.. , 
that  all  the  Ingredients  whereof  M.  Ge./roy  s  artificial  Iron 
were  form'd,  do  really  contain  Iron  in  themfelves,  either 
infmalleror  larger  Qu^tti'ities :  Not  the  Argilla  only, 
where  the  Iron  is  eafily  difcover  d  by  an  animated  iVnite  ; 
nor  the  Oil  of  Vitriol,  which  is  drawn  from  a  Mineral, 
the  Ground  whereof  is  Iron  ;  but  alfo  Linfecd  Oil,  where- 
of M.  Geoffny's  Sulphur  was  made  ;    and  even  that  ot 


exceeds  all  .Other  Me,^>  both  in  W.ght  .G^^e  X  n,^;:':;L;i„  witW  theSp^: 
'^'\J^L'::X:t!:J:^"^^^':r'!^^  Srh^eby  each  of  thofe  Oils  might  be  reduc'd  to 
if. , lilts:;  and  the  Earth  the  Water  frotn  -^Eart^a  w  erein  wa.  from  ^^^^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^ 
flying  off;  neither  forfakes  the  other  but  each  is  bound  To  *is  "J^^"^"^;  ^  Ingredients  feparately,  there 
in  an°undiffolvable  Knot.  The  Moillure  gives  Duadity,  c'"'™  '^^^^^  than  when  mix'd. 
the  Earth  Solidity.  Where  the  Mixture  is  lefs  perfeft  7™  ^^^^  Mixture  produces  Iron, 
whether  the  Earth  or  the  Water  prevail,  the  Met./  will  i^.^'l^  'foiU  'l  ev  den  they  are  not  fimple  Sub- 
neither  have  r„  much  Weight  as  ^"'"f  '"f  ^^^^^  '  Jtes  bu         'omposMof  an  Elrth,  anacldaiid  a  ful- 


MET 


(  Ui  ) 


MET 


cile  Principles  rcquir'd   for  the  Formation  o(  Iron:    fo  Smoak,  is  apparently    Mixture  of  <!„Ir,I:„i-  <i^U,  .  A 

■hat,  according  to  all  Appearances,  'tis  an  Affen,blag=  of  little  Earth  Zl.nuLi  ^;Zl:i,.  = 
thofe  Sulphur,,  Salts  and  Earth  in  the  Oil,  that  the  l?on  is       From  all  which.and  many  „,n  '  obftvati,  n/„f 
form/d  by  Calcination;  and  therefore  that  the  Means  ufed  M-Gco/"^  ventures  to  draw  thefolwLc^^^^^^^ 

'k  r''\'""v  k"'=-  '"g"^'"-/'  ^<^'y  ^i'h  Tha'  *e  Sibttances  whereof 

thofe  by  wh.ch  ,t  ,s  compo.'d.  d,ffer  effentially  from  thofc  which  compo7ve„e\aH^^ 

Hence  tt  appears,  that  vegetable  Matters  contain  the  That  the  imperfefl  Tvkuh  are  comnofrd  of  !  I 

Fr.ncrples  of  Minerals.   But  M.ft./ry  goes  further:  and  virriolic  Salt,  and  a  vitrifiable  EarT  Aat  thif  futphu' 


.„  fupport  his  Doclrine  of  the  frodutfion  of  Metals^  un. 
dertakes  to  prove,  that  the  Principles  of  Vegetables,  and 

thofe  of  Minerals,  are  effentially  the  fame  ;  and  that  one  in  Antmiony,  and  very  little"  in  mineral  SulDh Tl 

may  read.ly,  and  with  eafe,  decompound  Minerals,  by  the  Principle  of  Inflammability  may  be  feparated  fr 

ieparanng  tlieir  Princples,  and  compound  'em  again,  by  metallick  Subftances,  either  by  culinary  Fire  or  h, 

fubflituttng  Principles  taken  from  Vegetables  in  lieu  of  S""     T''"  '        ■   ■'  ' -  ■  ' 


D  ■  1  •  '-"'^^^iiii.  inat  this  lulphu- 
rousPnnap  e  is  more  or  Itfs  (Irongly  join'd  with  the  o- 
ther  Pnnc.ples  ;  very  ilrongly  in  Gold  and  in  Silver  lefs 
in  Antimony,  and  very  little  in  mineral  Sulphur  That 
the  rrrnnnlf  nf  TnA-i k:i   i       ■-    ^       ',  t" 

ed  trum 

,        --'   ;  -"iiimry  Fire,  or  by  the 

lhat  the  Mem/  thus  defpoiled  of  its  Principle  is 


*-^—*  "'"^  u^ijjuuea  oi  its  rrinciple,  is 
converted  mto  Allies.  That  thele  Allies,  purfued  farther 
with  a  violent  F,re,  vitrify  ;  and  that  thefe  Afhes,  or  ri- 

M  I,  '^PPl'^'iM  »f  forae  inflammable 

Matter,  refume  the  mstaSh  Form  they  had  loll.  That 
tis  by  this  means  Linfeed-Oil  turns  Argilla  into  Iron.  That 
It  we  knew  all  the  other  mcum.  Earths,  they  might 
l.kewile  be  immediately  converted  into  Mer.,/<    by  The 


thofe  taken  away. 

To  clear  this  Point,  he  examines  and  compares  the 
Principles  of  Mineral  and  Vegetable  Salts.  The  Princi- 
pal in  the  Mineral  Clafs,  are  Nitre,  Sea-Salt,  and  Vitriol : 
All  which  Sails  we  find  in  Plants.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  elTential  Salt  of  the  Parielaria  is  wholly  nitrous,  and 

xiiells  on  the  Coals  like  Salt- Petre.    The  fix'd  Salts  of  the    convertea  ,mo 

Car<<»«iBenfAf7M,-4'iy!«iii»m,M,ijc.  contain  a  great  deal  Projecfion  of  fome  inHammable  Matter    Th,'r  '  '  V 

of  Sea-Salt,  which  cryllallizes  in  Cubes,  and  precipitates  falinc  and  earthy  Pans,  found  in  Oil  nf  ,1,  r 

un  the  Coals.   Add,  that  the  greatell  part  of  the  fix'd  Salts  nilh  the  Earth  capable  of  Vitrifica  L.   I    h  '    1,  T 

of  Plants  calcin'd  to  a  certain  degree,  yield  a  flrong  Smell  Bafe  or  Ground  oH™,  and  received 

of  Sulphur,  which  can  proceed  from  nothing  but  a  vitri-  froin  the  fulphurous  Principle  of  the  hi      xl  .  i, 

olic  Salt,  ratify 'd  :ind  voIatili^M  by  the  Oil  of  the  Plant,  found  ,„  rhe  Allies  of  Plan'^    was  produced        e  T 

By  thefe  Salts  we  may  be  able  to  judge  of  all  the  other  fame  manner  :  And,  That  'tis  a  romnnf  ?      f  u  '"  '^^ 

Salts  of  Plants ;  for  the  volatile  Sails  a?e  nothing  elfe  bur  liable  Earth  of  the  Plants  the  VhT  I,  f"  °Pl  """j 

fix'd  Salts  difcngag'd  from  the  groffeft  par?  of  their  their  oily  or  inflamtiibie  'pjinciple  "  ''"^ 

Earth,  and  join  d  with  parts  of  Oil.    See  Salt.  The  fame  Author  the  bctterVn'^fr-,,,-,  .1,  n- 

Further,  there  is  fcarce  any  reafon  to  doubt,  that  the  Parts  of  Mj/rmade  a  s  ^a  Imi'" 

acid  Juices  drawn  from  Vegetables,  are  of  the  fame  nature  on  them  with  the  Duke  of''i"l""s  laree  L^.Tr,T' 

with  the  mineral  Acids;  with  this  only  difference,  that  the  Refult  whereof  fan"in  w  tr  and  cooiT  t    ,^  ' 

the  Acids  of  Plants  have  -  been  extremely  rarify'd  by  Fer-  trine  laid  down  above.  '  "'^™'  '""^ 

rhentation,  and  united  fo  clofely  with  Sulphurs,  that  'tis       From  thofe  Experiments,  he  fays  it  annpir,  TI,  , 

not  without  a  great  deal  of  difficulty  that  they  are  fepa-  four  Memls  which  we  call   i,„;..Jiff  j"'  q 

''^hus,  diflillM  Vinegar,  ^ich  we  make  no  Icruple  of  S"crca^l!;  rf^Zl^tt^  rnh^tluir'S" 

ranking  among  the  vitriolic  Acids ;  does  only  differ  from  capable  of  Virrification.    That  from  thi,  -Snlnt,  i 

Spirit  of  Sulphur,  Spirit  of  Vitriol,  or  even  the  Cauflic  th^  Opacity,  Brightnefs  and  Mal  rbi  it';!ftPtfcJTh'^ 

Oil  of  Vitriol,  ,„  that  the  Acids  in  the  Vinegar  are  dif-  this  metallic  Sulphur  does  not  appear  a,  aU  diff-e^,\ 

fufed  among  a  great  deal  of  Phlegm,  and  ftrongly  united  from  the  Oil  or  Sulphur  of  Vc"etables  or  even 

.0  a  great  deal  of  Oil,  which  yet  may  be  feparated.    By  and  that  it  is  the  fLo  in  Mcrcu  y     '  in  the  ?our"!mne  ' 

diffolvmg  Copper  in  the  Ach^  of  Vinegar,  feparated,  as  ka  Me,a!,:    That  thefe  four  M«.Jhavrf,  r  ,ht  EaCran 

much  as  poffible  from   its  Oil,   there  are  form'd  Cry-  Earth  fufceptible  of  Vitrification  ;    ,1,'"  .u:!" J^"*^," 

Hals,  like  in  figure  to  thofe  ol  _b|ue  Vitriol.    From  all  different  in  each  of  the  four  AWj 


which  it  appears  that  the  Salts  of  Plants  do  not  differ  ef- 
fentially from  thofe  of  Minerals. 

ForSulphuns,  the  inflammable  or  fulphureous  Principle 
is  the  fame  in  Vegetables  as  in  Minerals.  And  M.  Gcopny 
— -n  /hews,  that  the  Principle  of  Inflammability  in  com- 


that  this  Earth 

differently  in  each  ;  and  tliTt'on'TliTs  Difference  'in  virfy! 
ing,  depends  the  Difference  of  MemA..    See  Vitrifica- 

The  excellent  Boerhaa-je ,  after  an  accurate  Survey  of 

„ai  uie  r-rmcipieoi  innammaouity  in  com-  the  leveral  iWer.,//,  their  Characlers,  Properties  Prenari 

man  Sulphur,  is  the  lame  with  that  which  renders  the  Fat  tions,  Ufes,  ^c.  draws  the  following  Corollaries  '  oncJ  n" 

o(  Animal.!,  the  Oils  and  Relins  ot  Plants,  and  the  Bitu-  ing  the  general  Nature  of  Metal-  "'""^s  concern- 

niens  o(  the  Eanh,  inflammable.   To  which  he  adds,  that       i.  That  which  diliinguilhes  iktah  from  all  other  R„ 

this  fame  fulphureous  Principle  is  not  only  likewife  found  dies,  as  well  as  ftom  each  other,  is  their  Heav  nefs  TK^' 

in  metallic  Subilances  but  that  'tis  this  which  gives  them  every  Mtul  has  its  peculiar  Weight  j  which  no  Ar  i^  \mI 

their  lufibility.  Ductility,  and  metallic  Forms.     Thus  to  imitate,  and  which  depends,  as  La™,"  a„d  the 

Antimony  which  is  a  SubHance  approaching  the  neareft  of  mills  exprefs  it,  on  the  Anatic  Homogeneity  of  the  PanV 

any  to  a  U,n,l.  is  little  elfe  but  a  burning  Sulphur.    By  Now,  the  later  Philofophers  have  prove  1   tha  all  cor  on 

exhaling  this,  It  lofes  ts  metallick  Form,  and  becomes  a  real  Magnitude  has  juil  fo  much  re^lnv   '  it  as  We,X: 

kindof  grey  Aflies,  which  being  melted,  inllead  of  Metal  and  therefore  if  yoi  have  found  the  Heavinefs  'r  ' 

becomes  Glafs.    By  melting  this  over  again,  and  adding  Meal,    you  have  it  the  fame  time         "  cL°*  ""^ 

«  ,t  fome  inflammable  Matter,  as  Tartar,  it  returns  into'a  Sir  If.  Ne»«„  treating  of  Gravit        d   ,  ^e^,  T^h'e 


Regulus. 

As  to  the  Species  of  Metals,  there  are  four  which  the 
Chymifts  call  hiifcrfiSI,  becaufe  their  Principles  arc  not 
bound  fo  fad  together,  but  that  the  Force  of  a  common 
Fire  dedroys  them  ;  thefe  are.  Iron, Copper,  Lead  and  Tin  : 
the  others,  which  are  Proof  againfl  common  Fire,  are  Gold 
and  Silver.  In  the  fiur  fird 'tis eafy  to  fee  the  Principle 
of  Inflammability.  They  become  all  fufible  by  the  Ad- 
ditionof  Salt-Petre,  either  in  a  greater  or  lefs  degree.  I 


Pendulum,  fiiew  rhat "Weight  and' Reality  a^fcorrefpon- 
dent.    See  Weight  and  Gravity.  ^ 

a.  The  Metals  appear  to  be  Simple,  yet  are  really  Coin- 
pounds.  Their  component  Principles,  according  to  the 
Antients,  are  Sulphur  and  Mercury  ;  to  which  'fome  of 
the  Moderns  have  added  Salt :  but  'tis  certain  Salt  is  no 
condituent  Parr,  or  Ingredient  of  Metals,  but  rather  fom- 
thing  external  adhering  to  them.  All  Metcth  confid  of 
two  Parts,  or  Principles ;  Mercury  as  the  Bafisor  Matter  • 


■    1    "    L      ■  "'|."  .    ,         ,7     -7        '^'""^s";e-    1-  two  rarts,  or  rrinciplcs  j  IV  crcury  as  the  Bafisor  M,,,,, 

ron  IS  that  wherein  this  is  the  mod  vi fib  e ;  next.  Tin  ;  then  and  Sulphur  as  the  Binder  or  Cement  i  thetrft  the  Suh 

Copper  and    ead.    But  the  Principle  ,s  more  confpicuous  dratum,or  ,»e„fc  Matter  ;  and  the  fecond  tU      r  K 

fi,  I   in  the  Dud  or  fmal!  Idlings  of  the  Metals,  le,  fall  i„  renders  it  fix'd  and  malleable.    The  Mer  u"  v       is  "o  be 

the  Flame  of  a  Candle,  than  m  the  Lump.    For  Gold  noted,  is  the  fame  with  our  Quickfilver  onlv  def^r       ,  ! 

and  Silver    the  lulphurous  Principle  is  not  fo  obvious,  clear  of  any  heterogeneous  Mat  er  wheri,,^^^^^ 

No  Heat  but  that  of  the  Sun  coUefled  into  a  Focus,  is  Quickfil.eJ  is  always  mix'd.    Is  to  die  SuTni  r 

capable  to  decompound  them.    But  no  doubt  thev  have  tTe  vulgar  foffil  Su  phu^  but  a  pecdifr  f      V  m 

the-Tame  Principles  with  the  oiher  MetaU,  tho'  no!  fo  ea-  fpecificdiy  denom  nated  sTphl  ^}  mZ        "  ffu' 

fily  feen.    In  Gold,  as  well  as  in  the  imperfea  .AW.-,  fLe  of  our  lated,  and  bedS  iJd  t^^^^^  ? 

the  Ground  is  an  Earth  capable  of  Vitrification,  as  ap-  H.»,fcr..  ,n  be  f;:»  .  Il"  u  ':™".''.^^"''^.^'"^  i^??"' 
pears  by  the  Glafs  remaining  after  the  Calcination  of  Gold 

in  a  Rurniiin-Gl.,rc  ■    .i..^  :,   r  l  i:   i 


J   — — . .41  iti  iiii- vjaik.jiiaiiuii  ui  vjoin 

in  a  Burnmg-Glafs ;  and  there  is  reafon  to  believe,  that 
the  greated  part  of  what  is  exhaled  in  Snioak  durinu  the 
Operation,  is  the  fulphurous  Principle  mix'd  with  Salts. 
As  to  Silver,  there  is  fomething  in  it  extremely  various. 
When  purify'd  with  Antimony,  it  vitrifies  in  the  Sun;  but 
if  purify'd  with  Lead,  it  leaves  nothing  behind  it  but 
prey    AUt^jc     T~*^ir*  •    ^^^^  J        1     1  . 

Eaith 


to  be  Fire;  which  being "ml^'d'wTtrVhV Mer- 
cury, fixes  It,  and  according  to  the  different  degrees  of 
lion  and  ( ,nh^(T,ir.  .Ka-^^.r,;.!,   i  y.-^" 


irs  Union  and  Cohelion  therewith,  produ'ces'ihfferenrAlZ 
tals.    See  Mercury,  S-jlpiiur,  Fire  S^c 

This  Doftrine  of  the  Compofition  of  mLis  is  confirm 'd 
by  an  Experiment  of  Mr.  Bor/f,  who  after  having  retain 'd 
Mercury  a  long  time  in  a  moderate  Fire,  took  a  piece  of 
■Adi'e,  "Thrr';;^  "j  GoU  out  of  it,  which  -t^as  apparent  was  not  in  the  Mer 

,  capable  of  Vitrification;   and  what  exhales  in    Experiment  il  to  the  fame  effea;  from  which  he  "on 

^'  >'  "  y  y  eludes. 


MET 


(  ) 


MET 


dudcf,  ihit  Gold  coniifls  of  a  fulphurous  ignious  Parr, 
and  a  heavy  mercurial  Part  fixed  thereby;  and  that  upon 
taking  away  the  fulphurous  or  fiery  Parr,  the  Gold  is  con- 
Tertcd  into  fluid  Mercury.    See  Mercury. 

5.  All  Meuli  tnull  firit  be  Mercury,  e'er  they  be  Gold  ! 
and  the  thing  fuperadded  to  common  Mercury,  whereby 
it  is  prevented  from  becoming  Gold,  is  a  fliarp  volatile 
Body,  which,  when  heated,  becomes  coirolivc,  and  emits 
Fumes;  which  are  the  Properties  of  the  fo{ril  Sulphur. 

4.  If  any  AyVia/,  or  other  Body,  could  be  found  that 
only  diffcr'd  from  Gold  in  its  wanting  Weight ,  it  were 
impoflible  ever  to  make  Gold  of  it  ;  and,  on  the  contrary, 
if  a  Body  could  be  had  that  is  as  heavy  as  Gold,  all  the 
other  Properties,  as  Colour,  Fixity,  Dudlility,  £^c.  inight 
eafily  be  added.  And  hence  the  more  knowing  among 
the  Alchymills  hold  the  primary  Matter  of  Gold  to  be 
Quickfilver ;  which,  fay  they,  is  Gold,  at  heart,  as  com- 
ing neareft  to  Gold  in  the  point  of  fpecific  Gravity.  Only 
there  is  a  corrofive  Body,  e.  Sulphur,  adhering  to  it, 
which,  if  it  were  feparated,  you  would  have  Gold  i  or  if 
it  were  only  inverted.  Silver. 

And  accordingly  on  fuch  Principles  whoeverwould  make 
Gold  ourof  any  other  foreign  Matter,  mutt  remember,  that 
the  more  his  Matter  differs  from  Mercury  in  Weight,  ^c. 
the  lefs  Gold  it  will  make.  See  PmLosoPHER's  Stone. 

5.  Therefore  iWcw/j  are  rranfmutable  into  one  another : 
for  if  Mercury  be  the  common  Matter  of  all  Metals,  and  if 
all  the  difference  lie  in  the  fixing  Spirit  or  Sulphur.which,  as 
it  is  lefs  or  more  fubtile  and  pure,  conllitutes  this  or  that 
Ivktal  ;  it  is  no  way  improbable  they  Ihould  be  iranfmuted 
by  a  purer  fixing  Sulphur,  raking  place  of  a  corrofive  one, 
and  fixing  the  Matter  into  a  more  perfedl  Metal. 

6.  The  purefl  Metah  refulr  of  the  pureft  and  moft  de- 
falcate Mercury,  and  the  fmallell  quantity  of  the  fubtileft 
Sulphur.  Hence,  Mercury  of  Gold  is  heavier  than  common 
Mercury,  and  has  always  fome  impure  part  that  is  lighter 
than  Gold  ;  and  could  that  be  taken  away,  and  the  fixing 
Spirit  be  added,  it  would  become  heavier  than  Gold. 

7.  The  iinperfeif  jMcra/j  confift  of  impure  Mercury  and 
imperfeif  Sulphur,  with  fotne  other  variable  heteroge- 
neous Matter  in  it  ;  Thus,fufed  by  the  Fire,  it  emits  a  Fume 
which  whitens  Copper,  after  which  the  Sulphur  exhales 
yet  further.  The  reality  of  fuch  a  third  Matter  is  evin- 
ced hence,  that  all  thefe  bafer  Metali  are  refolvable  not 
only  into  Mercury  and  Sulphur,  but  alfo  into  Scoria  or 
Sardei,  which  are  lighter  and  more  earthy  than  either  of 
the  other,  and  accordingly  fwim  therein. 

S.  Upon  rhe  whole  it  appears,  that  in  the  three  nobler 
Metals,  Gold,  Mercury,  and  Silver,  it  is  principally  the 
greater  or  lefs  proportion  of  the  Sulphur  to  the  Mercury, 
that  determines  them  to  be  Gold,  Mercury,  or  Silver; 
That  it  is  by  this  Proportion  thofe  feveral  Metals  are  de- 
fined and  denominated  i  and  that  from  this  difference  of 
Proportion,  flow  all  the  fpecific  differences  of  Colour, 
Weight,  Fixity,  Duaility,  Volatility,  Fufibility,  Solubility, 
Salubrity,  ^c. 

p.  That  in  the  other  bafer  Metals,  belides  this  different 
Proportion  of  the  two  Principals,  there  intervenes  another 
Caufeof  piverfity,  tiz.  a  third  Principle,  or  Matter  of  an 
earthy  kind,  and  very  diltant  from  either  of  the  reft  ; 
which  adhering  to  the  pure  elemental  Sulphur,  corrupts 
and  adulterates,  and  varioufly  modifies  it  :  And  from  the 
different  Circumltances  of  this  third  Principle,  confider'd 
along  with  thofe  of  the  Sulphur  itfelf,  refult  the  fpecific 
differences  of  the  more  imperfeft  Metals  as  to  Weight, 
Colour,  ti^c. 

Hath  Metal,  call'd  alfo  Princci  Metal,  is  a  kind  of 
faSitious  Mefo/,  compofed  of  the  finefl  and  pureft  Brafs 
mix'd  with  Tin,  or  rather  with  fome  Mineral  ;  whereby 
it  becomes  inore  diipofed  to  receive  a  Poli/h,  Luftre  £Jjc. 
as  alfo  fitter  to  be  gilt.    See  Gilding.  ' 

'Tis  faid  to  have  been  invented  by  Prince  R»<>£>t, whence 
its  Name, 

BeZ/Metal,  is  a  Cbmpofition  of  Copper  and  Tin  melted 
together.    See  Bell. 

The  ordinary  Proportion  is  22  or  Pounds  of  Tin  to 
an  hundred  Weight  of  the  former.    See  Brass. 

Line  of  Metals.  On  Gmter's  Seflor,  are  Vometimes 
two  Lines  thus  call'd,  and  noted  with  the  CharaSers  of 
the  feven  Metals,  ©,  >,  5,  I,,  s,rf.,ana  Tfi  and  their 
Ufe  is  to  give  the  proportions  between  the  feveral  Metals 
as  to  their  Magnitudes  and  Weights.  See  their  Ufe  under 
the  Word  Sector, 

To  k  Icitl  '""Ic'  Metal,  in  Gunnery,  is  when  the 
Mouth  of  a  Gun  lies  lower  than  her  Breech. 

Metals  in  Heraldry.  There  are  two  M«a/j  ufed  in 
Heraldry,  by  way  of  Colours,  vist,.  Gold  and  Siher  ;  the 
firft  called  Or,  and  the  fecond  ylrgent.    See  Or  and  Ar- 

C  ENT. 

In  the  common  painting  of  Arms,  thefe  Metah  are  re 
prefented  by  White  and  7'elloiji,  which  are  the  natural  Co- 
lours of  thofe  Mem/j.  SecCoLOUR. 


In  Engraving,  Gold  is  expreffed  bv  dotting  the  Coat,  SS'c. 
all  over;  Silver,  by  leaving  it  quite, blank. 

It  IS  ageneral  Rule  in  Hcraldrv  never  to  place  Metal 
upon  Mew/,  nor  Colour  on  Colour':  So  that  if  the  Field 
be  ol  one  of  the  Metals,  the  Bearing  muft  be  of  fome 
Colour,  and  t»«B£r7«;  otherwife  the  Arms  arc  falfe  :  Tho 
this  Kule  admits  ol  fome  Exceptions. 

METALLIC,  or  iMetalline,  an  Adjeaive  applied 
to  iomething  bearing  a  relation  to  Metals. 

Thus  we  fay,  painting  in  Enamel  is  only  to  be  perfor- 
med with  »,eM«,c  c«Wj,  that  is,  with  fuch  as  come  from 
Metats,  or  are  made  with  Metals  ;  no  other  being  able  to 
endure  the  Fire.    See  Enamel. 

F.Koraam  has  publilbed  a  Memfc  H//?or_)' of  the  Popes 
La  Irame  MetaiUque,  is  a  Book  of  Medals  moftly  imagi- 
nary, pretended  to  be  taken  from  the  Cabinets  of  the  Cu- 
rious, where  they  never  were,  by  Jaqtm  de  tie.  M.  Eizot 
has  pubhihed  the  Metallic  HiJIory  of  Holland. 

METALLLIRGIA,  the  Art  of  Meials,  that  is  of  prcpa- 
ringand  working  Metals,  from  the  Glebe  or  Mineral  to 
theUtenlil.    Sec  Metal. 

TheWetj&r^,o  includes  what  relates  to  the  findinz  of 
the  Metallic  Glebe,  or  Of  in  the  Mine  ;  the  judgin?  of 
lis  Kind,  Richnels,  fSc  the  Proportion  of  Metal  therein  ; 
the  digging  and  feparaiing  it  from  the  Earth,  and  other 
matters  ;  and  the  purifying  and  difpofing  it  into  a  com- 
pleat,  pure,  malleable  Metal.  SeeMiNEand  Mineral. 

hoerbaate  divides  the  Keialbr^ia  into  four  parts.  The 
firft  teaches  how  Metals  grow  in  the  Mine,  how  they  are 
dilcovered,  and  how  procured  out  of  the  fame.  The  fe- 
cond how  to  feparate  the  Metallic  from  the  other  Ma»- 
terofthe  Ore.  The  third,  how  to  reduce  the  feparated 
Matter  toits  fimplicityand  dufliliiy.  The  fourth,  to  work, 
gild,  pohfli,  and  imitate  the  finer  Metals  in  rhe  coarfer. 

METAMORPHOSIS,  the  Transformation  ofa  Perfon  ; 
or  a  Change  into  another  Form.   See  TRANsFORMATiohi. 

Thei  Antients  held  two  kinds  of  Meiantorfhofes :  The 
one  real,  the  other  apparent.  The  Metamorfhofis  of  3<if  iter 
into  a  Bull,  and  of  Mnci  ra  into  an  old  Woman,  were  only 
apparent.  That  of  Lycao,,  into  a  Wolf,  and  of  xfractue  into 
a  Spidcf,  were  of  the  number  of  the  real. 
^  Moftof  the  antient  AS;«i»ior;)i.o/>,  include  fome  Allego- 
rical meaning,  relating  either  to  Phyfics  or  Morality. 

Omd'sMetamtrfhofes  is  a  CoUeflion  of  fuch  Transforma- 
tions. 

Some  Authors  are  of  Opinion,  that  a  great  part  of  the 
ontient  Philofophy  is  couched  under  them  ;  and  Dr.  Hooke 
has  made  an  attempt  to  unriddle,  and  lay  open  feveral  of 
them. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greak  fum.  Change  or  Re- 
moval from  one  place  or  flate  to  another;  and  mss: 
Form,  Figure.  * 

METAMORPHISTS,  a  Sefl  of  Heretics  in  the  XVltb 
Century,  whofc  diftinguifliing  Tenet  was,  That  the  Body 
of  Jelus  Chrift  was,  upon  his  Afcenfion  into  Heaven 
changed,  amMetaworfhofed  into  God.  ' 

The  Metamorfhifts  v/crc  a  Branch  of  the  Sacrameiitariatss. 
See  Sacramentarian. 

METAPHORA,  ot  Metaphor,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Fi- 
gure of  Speech  whereby  a  Word  is  ttansfer'd  from  its 
proper  Signification,  to  another  :  or,  whereby  the  proper 
Name  of  one  thing  is  tranftated  and  applied  to  fome  other 
thing;  which  other  thing  is  more  elegantly  explained  by 
this  tralatitious  or  foreign  Name,  than  by  that  which  pro- 
perly belongs  to  it.  As  when  we  fay,  the  Light  of  the 
Underftanding  ;  to  burn  with  Zeal;  to  float  between 
Hope  and  Defpair,  £J?tr.    See  Trope. 

The ^Vftiii^ior  is  the  moft  common  of  all  the-Fiaurcs  of 
Speech  ;  and  is  thafufually  meant  when  we  fay  a'thine  is 
fpoken  Figttratttsely.   See  Figure. 

The  Metaphor  is  a  (hort  Simile  ;  an  Image  being  thereby 
qall'd  from  its  proper  Subjefl  to  give  the  refemblance  of 
another.  SeeSiMiLE. 

An  Allegory  is  no  more  than  a  continued  Metaphor.  See 
Allegory. 

The  Sources  or  Places  whence  Metaphors  are  drawn,  are 
innumerable  :  They  may  be  fetch'd  from  Divine  Matters  ; 
thus  Ocero  calls  P/dfo  our  Go(^,  Deus  ille  tiofter  Plato.  From 
the  Elements  ;  as  a  Torrettt  of  Eloquence.  From  Plants  ■ 
as  where  Virtue  has  raken  Roof.  From  Artificial  things  - 
as  where  Jfpian  is  calPd  the  Cymbal  of  the  Worfd  ■ 
^Langimis,  a  living  Library  ;  Tertisiax,  Fortune's  foot- 
ha.ll,  iSc. 

Quintiliait  diflingui/hcs  Metafhors  into  four  kinds  :  The 
firft,  when  the  Word  is  tiansfet'd  from  one  Animal  to 
another  ;  as  when  Zivy  fays  that  C.ifo  ufed  to  bark  at  Sciplu : 
or,  when  our  Saviour  calls  Herod,  fb.v.  The  fecond, when 
the  Word  is  ttansfer'd  from  one  Inanimate  to  another;  as 
Bridle,  (or  Laws.  The  third,  when  Inanimates  are  apply'd 
to  Animates  ;  as  the  Flower  of  Youth.  And  the  laft 
when  Animates  are  apply'd  to  Inanimates  :  as  the  River 
dijdai'i'd  its  Bound.'- 


MET 


^4?  ) 


MET 


As  the  "Metofhor  is  intended  to  fet  things  before  the 
Eyes  i  it  becomes  fo  mucii  die  more  perted,  as  it  ihews 
them  the  more  vividly,  by  leprcicuiing  ihcm  in  JVlotion 
and  Ailiun,  A  Aleiafbor  ihould  have  nothing  in  it  coarfc 
orfliocking  ;  norfting  that  may  raife  it  above  theSimpli- 
cityot  Nature  :  Nor  /liould  it  ay^car  i.  AJetafbor  to  any 
but  thofe  who  view  it  very  clofely.  A  Metaphor  iliould 
never  be  carried  too  far  ;  for  in  that  Gate,  it  degenerates 
into  Puerility.  JWctj^/jo)  j  fliould  always  be  follow'd  in  the 
fame  kind  ;  they  become  unnatural,  when  diiferent  Ima- 
ges are  introduced.  In  all  Meu^h'arical  Dictions,  there 
Ihould  be  a  kind  of  Unity,  fo  that  the  different  Words 
uled,  may  have  a  kind  of  Suitablenefs  to  each  other.  Dif- 
ferent Ideas  are  always  abfurd  :  As  in  this  Inllancc  b  The 
Church  wasbefteged  with  a  Deluge  of  Troubles;  Where 
the  two  Images,  Siege  and  Deluge,  have  no  relation. 

There  is  nothing  young  Writers  are  more  faulty  in,  than 
tJie  indifcretc  ufe  of  Mesa^hon.  Thofe  who  aticdl  the 
yjerveilleux^  are  eternally  on  the  Metaphorical  ftrain  i  nor 
know  any  bounds  or  rellraint.  They  who  underfland 
them  belt,  ufe  them  with  the  greateil  referve.  Mr.  ylddi- 
foil  propoles  it  as  a  Rule  for  Writers,  to  imagine  their  jVe- 
tafhor:  actually  painted  before  them,  and  to  view  and 
examine  the  Jullnefs  of  their  Application  andAflemblages; 
under  thofe  Circumllances  ;  throwing  every  thing  out  of 
the  Writing,  but  what  might  be  retained  in  the  Pidlure. 
Card,  i'en'o;!  prefcribes  this  general  Rule  for  Metaphors  ^ 
thatthey  muit  always  defcend  from  the  Genus  to  theSpe- 
cies  i  and  never  go  backwards  from  the  Species  to  the 
Genus  :  Thus  we  fay  figuratively,  the  Bandt  of  Sookty.  j 
and  not  the  humanCords  which  tie  us  together;  Bo/idiJC- 
ing  a  Genus,  andCord  a  Species. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  f^tTcttp-T^x,  Tranflation, 
ordifplacing  ;  of  (a-th,  trhns^  and  ?£?-  ,  1  bear,  or  carry, 

MKTAPHRASTKS,  or  MKTAPHRAST,  a  literal 
Tranllator  3  or  a  Pcrfon  who  renders  an  Author  into  feme 
other  Language  Word  for  Word.  SeeTnANSLATioN. 

A  Metaphrafisn{ux\\y  fignifies  fome  thing  more  than  a  Pa- 
raphrafe,  or  a  TranlJation  ;  in  which  fenfe»  AUtafbraft 
implies  a  Tranflator,  Gloffographer,  and  Interpolator,  all 
at  once.    See  Paraphrase,  ^c. 

MPrrAPHYSICS,  a  Branch  of  Science,  about  whofe 
Kature  and  Idea,  there  is  fome  difference  among  Authors. 
See  Science, 

Sume  define  it  that  part  of  Science  which  confiders 
Spirits  and  immaterial  Beings  i  which  others  chufe  to 
ditiing-uifh  by  the  Name  of  Fmuntat'tcs.  See  Spirit 
and  Pneumatics. 

Others,  keeping  clofer  to  the  Etymology  of  the  Word, 
explain  Meta-f>h\fiii  by  trans-jiaiural,  or pr<eter3tatural ^or  even 
^oJt-7iatwal  Fhilofopky.  In  this  fenfe  the  Word  is  form'd 
cf  the  Prepafitifin  //^to,  trans,  beyDNd,  or  aho-'ve  ;  and  ^wajf 
I\iature,  or  Natural. 

Others,  with  more  Propriety,  conceive  Mstafbyfics  to 
be  what  fome  others  call  Oiitolot^^y,  or  Ontofojihy,  i.e.  the 
Dofliine  (/di'/irei  or  of  Being,  in  ihe  general,  e.  of  Being 
qmteniii  tJi'ing,  or  Being  in  the  Abffraif.  See  Onto- 
logy and  AnsTRACTiON. 

In  rhe  fame  view,  fome  Philofophers  call  this  Science 
by  the  Niime  Philofophta  or  Sciailia  ^tneralis,  as  being  the 
Foundation,  or,  as  it  were,  the  Stamen  or  Root  from 
whence  all  the  other  parts  of  Philofophy  arife,  and  wherein 
they  all  meetj  its  Objefl  being  iie;;/^  in  the  AbllraCl,  or 
general,  not  rcflraln'd  to  this  or  that  Denomination  of 
them  5  not  to  Spirit  any  more  than  Body:  So  that 
the  Dotlrines  of  Mecaphjfics,  are  applicable  to  all  Beings 
whatever,    See  Ens. 

The  Philofophers  again,  are  divided  as  to  the  Notion 
of  a  Science  i/e  ^Hfe,  in  general.  Some  hold  it  real,  precife, 
and  folid  enough  to  be  demonilrated  ;  others  judge  it  tco 
obfcure,  faint,  and  confufed  to  be  admitted  into  Philo- 
fophy. 

Being,  abftra^ted  from  every  Sort  or  Species  of  Being, 
is  certainly  a  very  vague  Term  ;  and  does  not  feem  to  give 
footing  enough  for  a  Science  :  Wedo  not  fee  how  it  comes 
to  affecT:  the  Mind  asan  Objeif.  Add,  that  the  common 
Metaphyfics  cannot  demonlhate  any  part  of  its  Subjefl,  but 
alTumes  the  whole  :  There  are  no  Principles,  or  A  xioms 
whereon  to  demonllrate  'Mctaph^fics  which  contain  the 
Principles  of  all  other  Sciences.    See  Mathematics. 

The  firftwho  wrote  profcfledly  on  the  Subjeifl  of  iWe- 
taphyjics  is  ^rifxotle.  Indeed  he  is  the  firlf  who  ufes  the 
Word  ;  (j-iTo.  'TO.  evmyj.,  is  the  Title  of  one  of  his  Books, 
which  fome  of  his  Commentators  will  have  to  iignify  no 
more  than  afier  the  Books  of  Fhyfics.  M.  du  Hamel\  taking 
the  Prepoiition  ^.s^  in  the  fenfe  of /"o/?,  is  even  of  Opi- 
nion that  the  Word  was  coin'd  by  Arijioth's  Followers  ; 
and  that  it  was  utterly  unknown  to  yJrijiotle. 

JriJiotk''iMetafhyJics{cem  to  have  been  intended  for  a  kind 
of  Natural  Theology.  F.  J^la/ehrajich  and  Mr.  Lock^  have 
wrote  much  more  clearly  and  confillcntly  of  Metaphyfic!^ 


than  any  ofthe  Antient^.  See  Unity,  Mon^,  Truth^ 
Duration, 

ME'lAPHiSiCAL,  fomething  belonging  to  Mctapby- 
Jics.    See  Metaphysics. 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  to  denote  fomething  too  fubtle, 
abftratt,  and  refined.  In  this  fenfe  we  fay,  fuch  a  Rea- 
foning,  fuch  a  Proof,  is  too  Metapiyfic.i!,  ^c. 

A  Meiapbyfcal  C:ifc,  is  an  imaginary  or  chimerical  Cafe, 
which  can  fcarce  ever  happen,  or  not  without  much  djfti- 
cutty  j  and  which  ought  not  to  be  laid  dow  n  as  a  Rule  tor 
common  Occafions. 

METAPLASM,  Metaplasmus,    in  Grammar,  a. 
Tranfmutation,  or  Change  made  in  a  Word,  by  adding 
retrenching,  or  changing  a  Letter  or  Syllable  thereof 

The  Word  conies  from  the  Greek  u.-.i^.-rrKas 

METASTASIS,  in  Medicine,  from  t«7Hr[/ict/,  tranferoy 
I  change,  or  remove  J  fignifies  the  Removal  of  a  Humout. 
from  one  part,  to  another,  which  is  molt  ct-mmonly  known 
in  nervous  Cafes  :  fomctimes  alfo  in  the  groCfer  Humours; 
the  rcliuent  Blood  taking  up  digelled  Matterfrom  one  parr, 
and  difpofing  it  upon  another.    Sec  Fluxion. 

METATARSUS,  in  Anatomy,  that  part  of  the  human 
Sceleton,  containing  the  middle  of  the  Foot.   See  Foot. 

The  Metatarfus  confifts  of  five  Bones,  reaching  from 
the  Heel  to  the  Toes ;  whereof  that  which  fuftains  the 
great  Toe,  is  the  thickeft  ;  and  that  which  fuihins  the 
next  Toe,  the  longef}.  The  rell  grow,  each  Jliortet 
than  other.  They  are  longer  than  the  Bones  of  the  Me- 
Tacarpts ;  in  other  things  they  are  like  them,  and  are  ar- 
ticulated to  the  Toes,  as  thefe  are  to  the  Fingers.  See 
Metacarpus. 

The  Word  comes  from  ^.s-ra,  tr.vjs,  and  -mfm,  pes,  foot. 

METATHESIS,  Traifpofitioj!^  a  Grammatical  Figure, 
whereby  the  Letters  of  a  Word,  or  the  Words  of  a  Sen- 
tence, arstranfpofed.or  Hiifted  out  of  their  natural  Situa- 
tion.   Sec  Transposition. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Gvceh  ;^'7h-"96C7?,  tmu^-pofitio 

METEMFSICHI,  antlcnt  Heretics,  who,  in  imiiacion 
of  Fytbagoras,  heW  the  Meteynffychofts  or  Tranfmigration  of 
Soul^.    See  Metempsychosis. 

METEMPSYCHOSIS,  in  the  antient  Philofophy,  the 
Paffdge,  or  Tranfmigration  of  the  Soul  of  a  Man,'  after 
Death,  into  the  Body  of  fome  other  Animal.  See  Trans- 

M  IGRATlOtJ. 

Tythagoras  and  his  Followers  held,  That  after  Death 
Men's  Souls  pafled  into  other  Bodies,  of  this  or  that  kind 
according  to  the  manner  of  Life  they  had  led.  If  they 
had  been  vicious,  they  were  imp>rifon'd  in  the  Bndies  of 
Hacbm^  miferable  Bcaffs,  there  to  do  Penance  for  fe- 
veral  Ages;  at  the  Expiration  whereof,  they  leturned 
afrefh  to  animate  Men  ;  If  they  had  lived  virruoufly, 
fome  happier  Brute,  or  even  a  human  Creature,  was  to 
be  their  Lot.    See  Pythagoreans. 

What  led  Vythaiown  intq  this  Opinion,  wa5,  the  Perfua- 
fion  he  had,  that  the  Soul  was  not  of  a  perifliable  nature: 
whence  he  concluded,  that  it  muil;  remove  into  fome  0- 
ther  Body,  upon  its  abandoning  this.  Ljtcan  treats  this 
Doctrine  as  a  kind  of  officious  Lye,  contrived  to  mitlqate 
the  Apprehenfion  of  Deaih,  byperfuadmg  Men  that  they 
only  changed  their  Lodging  j  and  ceafed  to  live,  to  begin 
a  new  Life. 

Keucblm  denies  this  Doftrine  ;  and  maintains,  that  the 
Meicmpfychofis  of  Pyibcgoras  imply'd  nothing  more  than  a 
Similitude  of  Manners,  Defires,  and  Studies  formerly  ex- 
irting  in  fome  Perfon  deceafed,  and  now  revived  in  ano- 
ther alive.  Thus,  when  it  was  faid  that  Eupborhus  was 
revived  in  Tytha^ar2s,  no  more  was  meant  than  that  the 
martial  Virtue,  which  had  fhone  in  Eupborhus  at  the  time 
of  the  Trojan  \^3lV,  was  now  in  fome  meafure  revived  in 
Tyibagoras,  by  reafon  of  the  great  refpecl:  he  bore  to  the 
Jibkce.  For  thofe  People  wondring  how  a  Philofopher 
flaould  be  fo  much  taken  with  Men  of  the  Sword,  he  pal- 
liated  the  Matter,  by  faying  that  the  Soul  of  Eupborhus, 
i.e.  his  Genius,  Difpoiltion  and  Inclination,  were  revived 
in  him.  And  this  gave  occafion  to  the  Report  that  Eii- 
pborhus's  Soul,  who  periflied  in  the  T™;fln  War,  had  tranf- 
migrated  into  Fyth.-igoras, 

i'icmns  afferts.  That  what  Tlato  fpeaks  of  the  Migration 
of  a  human  Soul  into  a  Brute,  is  intended  allegorically  j 
and  relates  meerly  to  the  Manners,  AfFe^ions,  and  Ha- 
bits of  its  degenerating  into  a  beaftly  Nature  by  the  Im- 
purities of  Vice.  Serranus,  tho'  he  allows  fomt!  force  to 
this  Interpretation,  yet  inclines  rather  to  refer  ihe  Macm- 
pfycbofis  to  the  Refurre£lion.    See  REsuRr«ECTioN. 

Pythagoras  is  faid  to  have  borrowed  the  No:ion  of  a 
l\^£t empfychofis  ^rom  the  E^yptiajis,  others  f-iy  from  the  an- 
tient Bracbmam.  It  is  fliU  retained  among  the  Bajiiam 
and  other  Idolaters  of  hidia  and  Chhut ;  and  makes  the 
principal  Foundation  of  their  Religion.  So  extremely  are 
they  bigotted  to  it,  that  they  not  only  forbear  eating  any 
thing  that  has  Life,  but  many  of  them  even  refufc  to  de- 
fend 


MET 


(  ^44  ) 


MET 


fend  themfelves  from  wild  Beafts.  They  burn  no  Woc'd, 
left  fome  little  Animalcule  fhould  be  in  it;  and  are  fo 
very  charitable,  that  they  will  redeem  from  the  hands  of 
Strangers,  any  Animals  that  they  find  ready  to  be  killed. 
See  Brachmans,  Banians,  (^c. 

The  Word  is  Greek,  form'd  of         iv,  and  -Vv/J, 

METEMPTOSJS,  a  Term  in  Mathematics,  particu- 
larly ufed  in  Chronology,  expreffing  the  folar  Equation, 
neceffary  to  prevent  tlie  new  Moon  from  happening  a 
Day  too  late;  as,  on  the  contrary,  Pyoemptojis  {igniEcs^hc 
lunar  Equation,  neceffary  to  prevent  the  new  Moon  from 
happening  a  Day  too  fuon.    See  Proemptosis. 

The  new  Moons  running  a  little  backwards,  that  is, 
coming  a  Day  too  foon  at  the  end  of  5 1  a  Years  and  a  half ; 
by  the  Froetuftofis,  a  Day  is  added  every  500  Years,  and 
another  every  2400  Years:  On  the  other  hand,  by  the 
MetefKptofis,  a  Biffextile  is  fuppreffed  each  iH  Years, 
that  is,  three  times  in  400  Years.  Thefe  Alterations  are 
never  made,  but  at  the  end  of  each  Century  i  that  Period 
being  very  remarkable,  and  rendring  the  Praftice  of  the 
Calendar  eafy. 

There  are  three  Rules  for  making  this  Addition,  or 
SupprefTion  of  the  Biffcxtile-Day,  and  by  confequence_  for 
changing  the  Index  of  the  Epafls.  i.  When  there  is  a 
lAetemptofis  without  a  Pyoemptojis,  the  next  following,  or 
lower  Index,  mull  be  taken.  2.  When  there  is  a  Fro- 
emptofis  without  a  Mejemftojh,  the  next  preceding,  or  fupe- 
rior  Index,  is  to  be  taken.  5.  When  there  is  both  a  Me- 
tem^tofis  and  a  Froemftofis,  or  when  there  is  neither  the 
one  nor  the  other,  the  fame  Index  is  preferved.  Thus  in 
1600  we  had  D  3  in  1700,  by  reafon  of  the  Metemptojzs,  G 
was  taken;  in  rSoo  there  will  he  both  a  Prosmptojis  and 
a  Mctemptojis  y  fo  the  fam^  Index  will  be  retained.  In 
rpoo  there  will  be  ^Uetemptnfis  again,  when  B  will  be 
taken,  which  will  be  preferved  in  2000  ;  becaufe  there 
will  then  be  neither  the  one  nor  the  other.  This  is  as 
far  as  we  fhall  need  it.  CLivius  has  calculated  a  Cycle  of 
501SC0  Years;  at  the  end  of  which  Period,  the  fame  In- 
dices return  in  the  fame  Order.    See  Epact. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  f^ra.,  fofi^  and  ^ttw, 
eado,  1  fall. 

METEOR,  in  Phyfiology,  a  mixed,  moveable,  crude, 
inconflant,  imperfect:  Body,  or  Semblance  of  a  Body,  ap- 
pearing in  the  Atmofphere,  and  formed  out  of  the  Matter 
of  the  common  Elements,  altered  a  little,  but  not  tranf- 
formed. 

Meteors  are  of  three  Kinds:  Ignious,  or  fiery  Me- 
fcorj,  confilt  of  a  fat  fulphurous  Smoke  fet  on  Fire;  fuch 
are  Lightnln^y  Thunder,  l^nis  Fatuus,  Draca  P'olafis,  Falling 
Stars,  and  other  fiery  Phenomena  appearing  in  the  Air. 
SeeTHUNiiER,  Lightning,  Ignis  Fatuus,  £^c. 

^en.j/ or  Meteors,  confiil  of  flatulciir  and  fpiri- 
tuous  Exhalations;  fuch  are  Winds,  Wbirlivliids,  and  //«r- 
ricci}]€s.    See  Wind,  Hurricane,  £^c.. 

Jqueous  or  IVato-y  Meteors,  are  compofed  of  Vapours, 
or  watery  Particles  varioully  feparated  and  condenfed  hy 
Heat  and  Cold  ;  fuch  are  Cltiuds,  Rainbows,  HaU,  Snow, 
Kain,  VezD,  and  the  like.  See  Cloud,  Rainbow,  Hail, 
Snow,  Rain,  Dew,  C^c. 

The  Formation  of  Meteors  is  explained  pretty  large- 
ly by  Des  Cartes,  in  a  Treatife  exprefs.  Jriflotle  and  Caf- 
fendiis  have  alfo  handled  the  fame  Subjed.  Dr.  Wood- 
ward's  Opinion  is,  That  the  Matter  of  Meteors  is  in  great 
meafure  of  a  mineral  nature  ;  That  the  mineral  Particles 
contained  in  the  Strata  of  the  Earth,  are  raifed  by  the 
fubterraneous  Heat,  together  with  the  Vapours  afcending 
from  the  Abyfs,  and  pervading  thofe  Strata;  efpecially 
at  fuch  times  as  the  Sun's  Heat  is  fufficient  to  pene- 
trate the  exterior  Parts  of  the  Earth,  and  to  make  room 
for  their  Efcape  into  the  Atmofphere.  Thus  fulphurous, 
nitrous,  and  other  aflive  and  volatile  mineral  Particles, 
form  various  'Meteors,  according  to  the  various  Fate  they 
meet  with  in  the  Air.  See  Vapour,  Exhalation, 
Mineral,  Air,  ^c. 

The  Grei'-hs  call  them  (J-vrixg^^  q.  d.  Sublimes,  or  high- 
raifed  ;  x\i&  Latins,  Itn^re^ones^  as  making  .Signs  or  Im- 
preffions  in  the  Air. 

METEOROLOGY,  the  Doflrine  of  Meteon  ;  explain- 
ing their  Origin,  Formation,  Kinds,  Phenomena,  See 
Meteoe. 

METEOROSCOPE,  a  Name  the  antient  Mathema- 
ticians gave  to  fuch  IndruiTients  as  they  ufed  for  obferv- 
ing,  and  determining  the  Dillances,  Magnitudes  and  Places 
of  the  heavenly  Bodies. 

From  the  Gree^' /^-5Tiw£?f,  high  i  and  ffx.ex7ia|Uit/,  I  view, 
r^hfcrze. 

'  METHEGLIN,  a  Liquor,  or  Drink  prepared  of  Ho- 
ney ;  one  of  the  moft  pleafant  and  general  Drinks  the 
Northern  part  of  Eitrope  affords;  and  much  ufed  among 
the  antient  Inhabitants.    See  Drink.  _ 

There  are  divers  ways  of  making  it  :  One  of  the 
beft  whereof  follows.    Put  as  much  live  Honey  naturally 


running  from  the  Comb,  into  Spring-Water,  as  that  when 
the  Honey  is  thoroughly  diflolvcd,  an  Egg  will  not  fink  tti 
the  bottom,  but  be  jult  fuipended  in  it  ;  This  Liquor-boil 
for  an  Hour,  or  more,  till  fuch  time  as  the  Egg  Iwims  above 
the  Liquor  about  the  breadth  of  a  Groat  ;  when  very  cooii 
next  Morning,  it  may  be  barrel'd  up  ;  adding  to  each  fifteen 
Gallons  an  Ounce  of  Ginger,  as  much  of  Mace  and  of 
Cloves,  and  half  as  much  Cinnamon,  all  grofly  pounded  : 
a  Spoonful  of  Yci\  may  be  alfo  added  at  the  Bung- 
Hole,  to  promote  the  working.  When  it  has  done  work- 
ing, it  may  be  clofely  Itop'd  up,  and  after  it  has  flood  a 
Month,  may  be  drawn  off  into  Bottles.  The  Word  is 
Welch,  Ueddy^lyn. 

METHOD,  the  Art,  or  Rule  of  difpofing  things  in 
fuch  a  manner,  as  they  may  be  eafily  comprehended  ;  ci- 
ther in  order  to  difcover  the  Truth,  which  we  ourfelves 
are  ignorant  of ;  or  to  prove  and  demonflrate  it  to  others 
when  known.     See  Truth  and  Error. 

Method  is  twofold.  The  one  of  Refolution,  which  is 
that  v;e  generally  ufe  in  our  Enquiry  after  Truth.  See 
Resolution.  The  other  of  Compofnion,  by  which  the 
Truth  once  found,  is  taught  or  imparted  to  others.  See 
Composition. 

in  the  Method  of  Refolution,  call'd  alfo  by  Geome- 
ters the  Analytic  Method,  we  proceed  from  fome  general, 
known  Truth,  to  others  which  belong  to  fome  particular 
or  fingular  Thing.    See  Analysis. 

In  the  Method  of  Compoficion,  called  alfo  the  Syn~ 
thetic  Method,  we  propofe  fome  certain,  general  Truths, 
from  which  we  deduce  particular  Truths.  See  Syn- 
thesis. 

If  in  the  Method  Refolution  we  propofe  any  Maxims  5 
'tis  not  fimmediately  in  the  beginning,  and  al!  together; 
but  as  they  are  found  neceffary  in  the  Difquifition  :  On 
the  contrary,  in  the  Method  of  Compofition,  they  are  pro- 
pofcil  all  together  in  the  beginning,  before  there  is  any 
abfolute  need  of  them. 

Thefe  two  Methods  differ  from  each  other,  as  the  Me- 
thods of  fearching  out  a  Genealogy,  either  by  defcending 
from  the  Anceftors  to  their  Pollerity,  or  by  afcending 
from  the  Pollerity  to  rhe  Ancefiors:  both  of  them  have 
this  in  common,  That  their  Progreffion  is  from  a  Thing 
known,  to  another  unknown.  Thofe  Things  that  are 
known,  in  each,  are  fet  in  the  front,  or  firll  place  ;  that  by 
them  we  may  be  able  to  arrive  at  thofe  which  are  not 
known.  The  following  Things  are  required  in  both,  that 
Error  may  be  avoided. 

I.  That  no  Propofition  be  admitted  as  true,  to  which  a 
Man  can,  with  a  good  Confciencc,  deny  his  Affent  ;  or 
which  is  not  evident,  i.  That  the  Connection  of  the  fol- 
lowing Propofitioni  with  the  foregoing  in  every  lie p  of  the 
Progreflion,  be  likewife  evident  or  neceffary.  To  thefe 
may  be  added  two  other  prudential  Maxims,  that  hold 
good  in  each  Method :  As,  that  we  ought  to  reafon  on  thofe 
Things  only,  of  which  we  have  clear  and  petfpicuous 
Ideas;  or  of  obfcure  Things  only,  fo  far  as  we  know 
them  ;  and  that  we  /hould  always  begin  from  the  fimple 
and  eafy,  and  dwelt  on  them  a-while,  before  we  proceed 
to  Things  compounded,  and  more  difficult. 

As  to  the  Laws  peculiar  to  Refolution,  they  are,  t. 
That  we  muft  clearly  and  perfeflly  underdand  rhe  State 
of  the  Queition  propofed.  2.  That  with  fome  Energy  or 
Effort  of  the  Mind,  one  or  more  intermediate  Ideas  be 
difcovered;  which  aretobe  a  common  Meafure  or  Stan- 
dard, by  whofe  help  the  relations  between  the  Ideas  to  be 
compared  are  to  be  found  out.  5.  That  we  cut  off  all 
that  has  no  neceffary  relation  to  the  Truth  fought  after 
from  the  thing  which  is  to  be  the  Suhjeft  of  our  Canfi- 
deration.  4.  That  the  compounded  Queftion  be  di»,'idcd 
into  parrs,  and  thofe  feparately  confider'd  in  fuch  Order, 
as  that  we  begin  with  thofe  which  confill  of  the  more  fim- 
ple Ideas,  and  never  proceed  to  the  more  compounded,  till 
we  diilinaiy  know  the  more  fimple,  and  by  reHeaion 
have  render'd    them    obvious   to    the  Undcrilanding. 

5.  That  certain  Signs  of  our  Ideas  comprehended  in  ob- 
vious and  eilablifli'd  Figures,  or  in  the  feweit  Words 
poffible,  be  imprinted  in  "the  Memory,  or  mark'd  on  Pa- 
per, lell  the  Mind  have  any  further  trouble  about  ihcm. 

6.  Thefe  things  done,  that  the  Ideas  (according  to  the 
fecnnd  Law)  be  then  compared  with  each  other,  either  by 
reflexion  alone,  or  by  exprefs  Words.  7.  If  after  we 
have  compared  all  the  Ideas,  we  cannot  find  out  what  we 
feek,  we  are  then,  by  the  third  Law,  to  cutoffall  the  Pro- 
pofitions,  which,  after  a  full  Examination,  we  find  of  no 
ufe  to  the  Solution  of  the  Queilion,  and  begin  a-frefh. 
If,  after  this  Method  has  been  repeated  as  often  as  is  ne- 
ceffary, nothing  of  what  we  have  obfcrved  feems  to  con- 
duce to'  the  Solution  of  the  Queftion,  we  ought  to  give  it 
over  as  out  of  our  reach. 

The  Synthetic  Method,  or  Msthodof  Compofition,  is  only 
praflicable  in  things,  whofe  Principles  weperfcfliy  know  ; 
asin  Geomctrv,  which  is  whully  employ'd  in  the  Coiifi- 

deiatiu:', 


MET 


(  ^4S:  ) 


MET 


'  See  ' 


"Fluxions. 

wMaxI  MIS. 
\TaNG  ENTS. 

'Differential 
■Exponential. 


deration  of  abflrait  Modes  j  of  which  out  Mind  has  clear 
and  adequate  Ideas:  But  when  the  Enquiry  is  into  Sub- 
ilanccs,  as  in  Phyfics,  we  cannot  make  ule  of  the  Method 
of  Cotnpofitio!!^  their  Kinds,  and  intimate  Eflences  being  un- 
itnoun  to  us. 

This  M^thcdhas  not  been  by  any  fo  juftly  and  accurately 
obferved,  as  by  the  Mathematicians,  whole  Principles  are 
perfectly  known  :  Its  Laws  therefore  will  be  belt  drawn 
irom  their  Practice.  Now,  as  they  defigned  to  propofe 
nothing  that  could  be  contradi61ed  i  they  picch'd  on  thefe 
three  Rules  :  i.  To  offer  nothing  but  what  was  couch'd 
in  Words  or  Terms  perfeiily  iinderllond  ;  for  which  reafon 
they  always  define  the  Words  they  make  ufc  of.  2.  To 
build  Only  on  evident  and  clear  Principles,  fuch  as  could 
not  be  contradicted  by  any  who  underllood  them  ;  for 
which  reafon  they  firlt  of  all  propound  their  Maxims  or 
Axioms,  which  they  demand  to  be  granted  them,  as 
being  felf-evident,  and  needing  no  Froof,  5.  To  prove 
demonftratively  all  their  Confequences  ;  for  which  reafon 
they  ufc  nothing  in  their  Arguments  or  Proofs,  but  Defi- 
nitions that  have  been  laid  down.  Axioms  that  have  been 
s^ranted,  and  Propofitlons  that  have  been  already  proved  j 
"which  become  Principles  to  things  that  follow  them. 

The  Word  Metbod comes  from  the  Greek  ;/.iSod^©-,  which 
fignifics  the  fame  thing.  The  Schools  have  a  long  time 
difputed,  whether  Logic  be  an  Art,  a  Science,  or  a  Method. 
See  Logic. 

Cp(fe77di<s  dillributcs  Method  into  three  Kinds  orBranches, 
viz.  Me  hodti!  bn'ention'n.  Method  of  luzcntion,  or  difcovering 
aTruth  unknown.    Sec  Invention. 

'^'kthodtii^uti"-'',  of  ^"dging,  or  determining  of  a  Truth, 
or  Proportion  jirnpofed.    Sec  Judgment. 

And  Methodui  Demovjirationis,  or  of  Dsttionjl ration  j  that 
if,  of  exhibiting  it  to  another.    See  Demonstration. 

Method,  Mahodtis,  is  peculiarly  ufed  in  Mathematics  for 
divers  particular  Prncefles.    In  this  fcnfe  we  fay 

fAKTHOTl  of  fltixio/is.  "  ""■^ 

Method  deMaxtmis  ^  'Mini- 
mis, ^c. 
Method  of'tajigeiits. 
Differential  Method, Sic. 
Exponential  Mef/iof^,  &c. 

METHODICA  Medidmi.    See  Medicine  and  Physic. 

METHODISTS,  Methodici,  an  Appellation  given 
to  thofc  Phyficians  who  adhere  to  the  Dodrine  of  Galen, 
and  the  Schools ;  and  who  cure  with  Bleedings,  Purges,  ^c. 
duly  apply'd  according  to  Symptoms,  Circumflances,  ^■c. 
in  oppoiitlon  to  Emperia  and  Cbymij}s,  who  ufe  violent  Me- 
dicines, and  pretended  Secrets  or  Noftrums.  SeeEMPE- 
mc,  Chym  ist,  ^c. 

METOCHE,  in  the  antient  Architeflure,  a  Term  ufed 
by  Fitmviiis  to  fignify  the  Space  or  Interval  between  the 
Dentils.    See  Denticle. 

Baldtts  obfervcs,  that  in  an  antient  MS.  Copy  of  that  Au- 
thor, the  Word  Mciatcme  is  found  for  Metoche.  Hence 
Daz'ikr  takes  occafion  to  fufpeift  that  the  common  Text  of 
ritritvitis  is  corrupted  ;  and  concludes,  that  it  fliould  not  be 
Metoche,  bur  Aktiitome,  q.  d.  Seftion. 

METONIC  Cj'c/f,  in  Chronology,  the  Lunar  Cycle,  or 
Period  of  19  Years;  thuscall'd  from  its  Inventor  Mctoit^ 
an  antient  Jtheman,    See  Cycle  and  Period. 

When  the y1/ffo«)t  Cycle  is  compleatcd,  the  Lunations, 
or  the  New  and  Full  Moons  return  on  the  fame  Day  of  the 
Month  ;  fo  that  on  whatever  days  the  New  and  Full 
Moons  happens  this  Year,  19  Years  hence  they  will  fall 
precifcly  on  the  very  fame  Day  of  the  Month,  as  Afetorj 
and  the  Primitive  Fathers  thought.    See  Lunation. 

For  this  reafon,  at  the  Time  of  the  Council  of  Nice, 
when  the  manner  ot  fettling  the  Time  for  obferving  Eajier 
was  cftablifhcd  ,  the  Numbers  of  the  j1/eJo«.'c  Cycle  were 
inferred  in  the  Calendar  in  Letters  of  Gold,  onaccountof 
their  great  Ufe  ;  and  the  Year  of  the  Cycle  for  that  Year 
uascaU'd  the  Golden  Kitjnbey  of  that  Year.  See  Golden 
Number. 

This  is  fofnctimes  alfo  call'd  the  icHar  Cj-c/e,  or  Feriod. 
See  Lunar  ('ycle. 

METONYMY,  a  Figure  in  Rhetoric,  call'd  alfo  ?Jy- 
fallaie  ^x\ATrnnfnom!7]atio,  It  confiits  in  a  tranfmutation  or 
change  of  Names,  or  putting  of  one  Name  for  another. 
See  Figure. 

The  Metmiymy  is  the  mofl  extetifive  of  all  the  Tropes. 
See  Trope. 

There  are  four  principal  K'm^s  Metotiymtcs The  firft, 
when  we  put  the  Inventor  for  ihe  thing  invented  j  iXiBacchti 
for  Wine,  CecC;  for  Bread.  T  he  fecnnd,  when  we  put  the 
<"^ontaining  for  the  thing  con(ui;  cd  ;  as  a  Glafs  for  the 
Wine  within  it.  The  third,  w  hen  the  Effe6t  is  put  for  the 
Caufe  ••,  as  the  (>.\pta;n  for  his  Soldicrf,  Greece  for  the  Greeks, 
the  Author  for  his  Works.  The  fourth,  when  the  Sign  is 
put  for  the  thing  fignified  ;  as  the  Gown  for  the  Prieft- 
hood,  £:(■. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  fMTtf,  tr.im,  and  fiufitf, 
Komej! . 


METOPE,  orMETOPA,  in  Architeauret  the  Inter- 
val, or  fquare  Space  between  the  Triglyphs  in  the  Frieze 
of  the  Doric  Order.    SeeTRicLYPJi  and  Frieze. 

The  Antients  ufed  to  adorn  thefe  Parts  with  carved 
Works,  or  Paintings,  reprefcnting  the  Heads  of  Oxen, 
Veflels,  Bafons,  and  other  Utenlils  of  the  Fleathen  Sa- 
critices. 

As  there  is  found  fome  difficulty  in  difpofing  the  Tri- 
glyphs and  Mero^ej  in  that  jult  Symmetry  which  the  Doric 
Order  requires  j  fome  Architedts  make  it  a  Rule,  never 
to  ufe  this  Order  but  in  'J'cmples. 

Scml  Metope  is  aSpace  fomewhat  lefs  than  half  a  Me^ 
tope,  in  the  Corner  of  the  Doric  Frieze. 

The  Word  Afctope,  in  the  original  Greek,  fignifies  the 
diftance  between  one  Aperture  or  Hole  and  another,  or 
between  one  Triglyph  and  another  ;  the  Triglyphs  being 
fuppofed  to  be  Solives  or  Joiils  that  fill  the  Apertures: 
from  y-i-Tct  inter,  between,  and  o-*^  foiamen. 

METbPOSCOPY,  the  Art  of  difcovering  the  Tern pe- 
rament,  Inclinations,  and  Manners  of  Perfons  by  Infpcding 
the  Lines  in  their  Faces. 

Metopofcopy  is  no  more  than  a  Branch  of  Phyfiognomy  ; 
the  latter  faking  its  Conjeilures  from  all  parts  of  the  Body  : 
But  both  the  Body,  and  the  Branch  are  cxttemely  preca- 
rious, not  to  fay  vain.    See  Physiognomy. 

Ciro  Spontofii,  who  has  wrote  on  the  Subje£l  of  Metopof- 
copy,  obfcrves,  that  there  are  feven  principal  Laws  confi- 
dcr'd  in  the  Forehead  ;  each  of  which  has  its  peculiar  Pla- 
net. The  fir  ft  is  the  Law  of  Saturn.  The  fecond  of  ^k- 
p!ter,  Sic. 

The  Word  comes  from  theGree;^  fj.tru'sroi',  f-'iiltHs,  Face, 
and  ayA-Tflofxaj,  infpicio,  I  view, 

METRE,  or  Meeter,  a  Term  in  Poetry  ;  form'd  of 
the  Greek  fj.i'Je.''',  Menfuru,  and  fignifjing  Ferfe,  or  Msafure. 
Sec  Verse  and  Measure. 

Metrical  Vcrfes  arc  thofe  confiftlng  of  a  determinate  Num- 
ber of  long  and  Ihort  Syllables  ;  as  thofe  of  the  Grtek  and 
Latin.    See  Quantity. 

Capelhs  obfcrves,  that  the  Genius  of  the  Hehrew  Lan- 
guage is  incompatible  with  Metrical  Poetry.  See  He- 
ar LW. 

METRICE,  among  the  Antients,  was  that  part  of 
their  Mufic  eraploy'd  about  the  Quantities  of  Syllables  ;  or 
which  confidcr'd  them  as  long,  or  fliort.  See  (Quantity 
and  M'jsic. 

METROCOMIA,  a  Term  in  the  antient  Church  Hi- 
ftory,  tignifying  a  Town  that  had  other  Towns  under  its 
Jurifdiilion- 

What  a  Metropolis  was  among  Cities,  that  a  'Metrocomia 
was  among  Country- Towns.  The  antient  Metrocomies  had 
each  its  Chorspifcoptts,  or  ^Rural-Dean,  and  here  was  his  See 
orRefidence.    See  Metropolis  and  Chorepiscopus. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  p-iijnf.  Mother,  and 
kAuh,  Town,  Village. 

METROPOLIS,  the  Capital  of  a  Country,  or  Province; 
or  the  principal  City,  and,  as  it  were,  the  Another  of  all 
the  rclt.    See  City. 

The  Name  is  alfo  apply'd  to  Archiepifcopal  Churches  ; 
and  fometimes  to  the  principal  Church  of  a  City.  See 

CilURCFI. 

Father  Mo?jfr  gives  a  compleat  Lift  of  alt  the  Metropoku 
See  Metropolitan. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  i^nln?,  M.iter,  Mother  j 
and  OToAif,  Urhs,  City  5  as  who  /hould  fay,  the  Mother- 
City,  £fff. 

METROPOLITAN,  is  indifferently  applied  to  an  Arch- 
bifhop,  and  to  his  Cathedral  Church.  Sec  Archbis  hop 
and  Cathedral. 

The  Roman  Empire  having  been  divided  into  thirteen 
Diocefes,  and  izo  Provinces  i  each  Diocefe  and  each  Pro- 
vince had  its  Metropolis,  or  Capital  City,  where  the  Pro- 
conful,  or  the  Vicar  of  the  Empire  had  his  Refidence. 
See  Diocese  and  Proconsul. 

By  this  Civil  Divilion,  the  Ecclefiaftical  was  afterwards 
adjufted  5  and  the  Bi/liop  of  the  Capital  City,  had  the 
direflion  of  Affairs,  and  the  Pre-eminence  over  all  the 
Bifliops  of  the  Province.  HJs  Rclidence  in  the  Metro- 
polis, gave  him  the  Title  of  Metropolitan.  This  ereiftion 
ot  Metropolitans  is  refer'd  to  the  end  of  the  third  Century^ 
and  was  confirmed  by  the  Council  of  Nice. 

Archbifliop  Vfier  and  de  Miirc.i, however,  maintain  it  »  be 
an  Eftablilhmentof  theApoflles  ;  but  in  vain:  For 'tis  next 
to|certain,  that  the  Ecciefiafiical  Government  wasregulated 
on  the  foot  of  the  Civil,  and  ihiu  it  was  hence  the  Name  and 
Authority  of  Metropolitans  was  given  to  the  Bi/hopa  of  the 
Capital  Cities  of  the  Empire,  or  the  Provinces  that  com- 
pofed  it.  This  is  fo  true,  that  in  the  Contelt  between  the 
Bilhop  ofvVr/et,  and  the  Biflmpof  Vicnne,  each  of  whom 
laid  claim  to  the  MetropoIitanJI^ip  of  the  Province  of  Vi- 
enne -J  the  Council  of  Turin  appointed,  that  which  e'er  of 
them  could  prove  his  City  to  be  the  Civil  Metropolis,fiiou.ld 
enjoy  the  Title,  and  Hip.his  of  f^cclefiaUical  Metrup^itan. 


Z  Z  7  X  Z  7. 


Tho 


Ml  G 


(  ^4^  ) 


M  1  C 


Tho  the  Ecclefiaaical  Government  was  modellM  on  the 
foot  of  the  Political,  yet  in  Gfl«/,  and  fome  other  Coun- 
tries the  didinclions  of  Weii-o^o/;f.!K  and  Prim^ifc  were  not 
obfervcd  till  very  late.  As  the  Fr^feFius  Ga[!i<e  refided  by 
turns  at  Treves,  I'lenne,  Arles^  and  Lyons,  he  communi- 
cated the  Rank  and  Dignity  of  Metropolitan  and  Primate  to 
each  of  them  in  their  turn  i  and  yet  none  of  the  Gaihc^i 
Bifhops  affumed  to  themfelves  the  Rights,  nor  even  the 
Precedence  o{  A-ktrofditayi;.  Tho  £p<fco^'^te  level'd  them 
all  ;  and  as  to  Order,  rhey  had  no  regard,  but  to  the  Privi- 
leges of  Seniority.  This  Equality  latled  till  the  filth 
Century,  when  the  Contelf  between  the  Bifhops  of  y:€>ine 
and  ^r.'ei  was  fet  on  foot. 

M.  du  Pin  obferves,  that  in  the  Provinces  of  ylfnca,  ex- 
cepting thofe  whereof  Carth;iv,e  was  the  Metropolis,  the 
place  where  the  muff  aged  Bilhop  refidcd  became  the  Me- 
tropolis. The  Reafon  of  which  without  doujt  was  this, 
that  neither  the  Proconful,  nor  Fryfeaus  ever  fix'd  their 
Relidence.  ,  , 

The  fame  Author  obferves,  that  in  Jfia  there  were  Me- 
tropolis's raeruly  nominal,  that  is,  which  had  no  Suflragan, 
nor  any  Rights  Metropolitans.  The  Bifhops  of  Nice, 
Cbalcedon,  and  Berytus,  had  the  Precedence  of  the  other 
Bifhops,  and  the  Title  of  Meu-opohtaiis,  without  any  other 
Right  or  Prerogative  befidcs  the  Honour  of  the  Appellation  j 
they  themfelves  being  fubjeft  to  their  MetrofoUtans 

A  Metropolitan  has  the  Privilege  of  Ordaining  his  Suf- 
fragans ;  and  Appeals  from  Sentences  pafs'd  by  the  Suffra- 
gans, are  prefer'd  to  the  Metropolitan^  See  BisnoF  and 
Primate.  ^  ,  . 

The  Jefuit  CV«re/had  began  a  Hiflory  of  Mctro/'o/eJ ;  but 
dy'd  e'er  the  fecond  Volume  was  finifherf. 

MEZZANINE,  a  Term  ufed  by  fome  Architects  to 
fignify  an  Entrefote.    See  Entresole. 

^The  Word  is  borrowed  from  the  Italuins,  who  call  Me:^- 
zanira  thofe  little  Windows,  lefs  in  height  than  breadth, 
which  ferve  to  illuminate  an  Attic,  or  Entrefole. 

MEZZO-TilSiTO,  in  Sculpture,  a  particular  manner  of 
Engraving  Figures  on  Copper.    Sec  Engraving. 

Mezzo-Tmto  is  faid  to  have  been  firlf  invented  by 
Prince  RxPert  ;  and  Mr.  Eveiyn,  in  his  Hiilory  of  Chalco- 
grnphy,  gives  us  a  Head  perform'd  by  that  Prince  m  this  way. 

'■"I'ls  pretty  different  from  the  common  way  ot  En- 
graving. To  perform  it,  they  rake,  hatch,  or  punch 
the  Surface  of  the  Plate  all  over  with  a  Knife,  or  I n lini- 
ment for  the  purpofe  j  flrftoneway,  then  a-crofs,  e?<:-  till 
the  face  of  'he  Plate  be  thus  entirely  furrow'd  with  Lines 
ot  Furrows  clofe  and  as  it  were  contiguous  to  each  other  ; 
fo  that  if  an  Impreflion  were  then  taken  from  it,  it  would 
be  one  uniform  blot  or  fmur. 

This  done,  the  Defifin  is  drawn,  or  marked  on  the  fame 
Face  :  after  which,  tliey  proceed  with  Burnifhcrs,  Scra- 
pers, If  to  expunge  and  take  out  the  Dents  or  turrows 
in  all  rhe  parts  where  the  Lights  of  the  Piece  are  to  be  ^  and 
that  more  or  lefs,  as  the  Lights  are  to  be  Urongeror  fainter  : 
leaving  ihofe  parts  black  which  are  to  reprefent  the  Sha- 
dows or  Deepnings  of  the  Draught. 

MIASMA,  from  u,xUc^,  inquhio,  I  infed  j  is  made  ufe 
of  to  fi^nify  fuch  Particles,  or  Atoms,  as  are  fuppofed  to 
^irife  from  dilk-mper'd,  putrifying,  or  poifonous  Bodies,  and 
to  aftecT  People  at  a  diUance.    See  Contagion, 

j\i[CHAELMAS,  the  Feaft  o{  St.  Michael  the  Arch- 
angel, held  on  the  29th.  of  September.  See  Quarter- 
Day. 

MICROCOSM,  aGi-eey&Term  literally  figmfying  Uttle 
World chiefly  underllood  of  M;(«,  who  is  fo  called  by 
way  of  Eminency,  as  being  an  Epi[ome  of  all  that  is  won- 
derful in  the  great  World,  or  Macrocofm.  See  Macro- 
cosm. 

The  Word  is  formed  from  the  Greeh  f^i/i^f?,  parz'us^  little  j 
and  i'.oyuci,  V.nndus^  World. 

MICROGRAPHIA,  Micrographv,  a  Defcription  of 
the  Parts,  and  Proportions  of  Objects,  that  arc  too  fmall  to 
be  viewed  without  the  Afliilance  of  a  Microfcope.  See 
Micr;?scoi'e.  X)r.  HooJis  Micr agraphia  is  in  much  efteem 
among  the  Curious. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  i^y.^i;,  par-vits,  and 
fcripm,  defcriptio. 

MICROMETER,  an  Aflronomlcal  Machine,  which  by 
means  of  a  very  fine  Skrew,  ferves  to  meafure  extremely 
fmall  Dillances  in  the  Heavens  ;  as  the  apparent  Diameters 
of  rhe  Planets,  ^c.  to  a  great  degree  of  Accuracy.  See 

D-iST  AN  CE. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ^k-£J?,  parvus,  and 
uiTC'Vy  Menfura  ;  in  regard  a  fmall  Length,  e.^.  an  Inch,  is 
hereby  divided  into  a  vail  number  of  Parts,  e.g.  in  fome, 
iSoo  ■■,  and  in  others  more. 

There  is  fome  Controverfy  about  the  Invention  of  the 
U-cro7>7eter.  Meff.  Aizoiit  and  Picard  have  the  Credit  of  it 
in  common  Fame  i  as  being  the  firft  who  publiflied  it,  in 
rhe  Year  I66^.  But  Mr.  Tovmley,  in  the  Fhilofophical 
TravfaBioh!,  reclaims  it  for  one  of  our  own  Countrymen, 


Mr.  Gafcoyne.  He  relates,  that  from  fome  fcattt-T'd  Papers 
and  Letters  of  this  t^enticman,  he  bad  learnt,  that  before 
our  Civil  Wars  he  had  invented  a  Micrometer,  of  as  much 
effeff  as  that  fince  made  by  M.  Auzout,  and  had  made  ufe 
of  it  for  fome  Years,  not  only  in  taking  the  Diameters  of 
the  Planets,  and  Dillances  upon  Land,  but  in  determining 
other  Matters  of  nice  Importance  in  the  Heavens,  as  the 
Moon's  Diflancc,  ^c. 

Monf.  de  la  Hire,  in  a  Difcourfe  on  the  .^^ra  of  the  Inven- 
tions of  the  Micrometer,  Pendulum  Clock,  and  Telefcope, 
read  before  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  in  1717, 
makes  M.  huygens  the  Inventor  of  the  Micrometer.  That 
Author,  he  obierves,  in  his  Ohfer-Dations  on  Saturn's R^ng,  ficc. 
publifhed  in  1659,  gives  a  Method  of  finding  the  Diame- 
ters of  the  Planets  by  means  of  a  Telefcope,  -viz:  by  put- 
ting an  Objeft,  which  he  calls  Virgida,  of  a  proper  Bignefs 
to  take  in  rhe  Dilfance  to  be  meafurcd,  in  the  Focus  of  the 
Convex  Obje£l-Glafs :  In  this  Cafe,  fays  he,  the  finalleil: 
Object  will  be  fecn  very  dillinifly,  in  that  place  of  the 
Glafs.  By  fuch  means,  he  adds,  he  meafured  the  Diame- 
ters of  the  Planets,  as  he  there  delivers  them. 

This  Micrometer,  M.  dc  la  Hire  obferves,  is  fo  very  little 
different  from  that  publifhed  by  the  Marquifs  de  Mah.tjia^ 
in  his  Ephemaides,  three  Years  after,  that  they  ought  to 
be  elleemcd  the  fame  i  and  the  Micrometer  of  the  Marquifs 
differ'd  yet  lefsfrom  that  publiflied  four  years  after  his  by 
Juz-oHt  and  Picard.  Flence  M.  de  la  Hire  concludes,  that 
'tis  to  M.  Hiiygens  the  World  is  indebted  for  rhe  Invention 
of  the  Micrometer :  without  taking  any  notice  of  the  Claim 
of  our  Countryman,  Mr-Gajcoyne,  which  is  prior  by  many 
Years  to  any  of  them. 

ConJlrttBion  and  Vfe  of  the  Micrometer. 

1.  TVoljins  defcribes  a  Micrometer  of  a  very  eafy  and  fim- 
pie  Structure  j  firft  contrived  by  Kircbius, 

In  the  Focus  of  a  Telefcope  fit  a  Brafs  or  Iron  Ring  A  B, 
(Tab.  Astronomy,  fig-n-)  with  Female  Screws  diametri- 
cally oppofite  to  each  other.  Into  thefe  infert  Male  Screws 
C  E  and  F  B,  of  fuch  Length,  as  that  they  may  be  turned 
in  the  Tube,  fo  as  to  touch  each  other.  And  with  this  In- 
ftrument  very  fmall  Spaces  in  the  Heavens  may  be  accu- 
rately meafured. 

For  when  any  Objects,  viewed  thro'  a  Tube,  appear  con- 
tiguous to  the  Screws  j  if  thefe  be  turned  till  they  jufl  touch 
two  oppofite  Points,  whofe  Diffance  is  to  be  meafured,  it 
will  be  evident  how  many  Threads  of  the  Screw  rhey  are 
apart.  To  determine  how  many  Seconds  anfwer  to  each 
I  hread  ;  applying  the  Tube  towards  the  Heavens,  turn  the 
Screws,  till  they  touch  two  Points,  whofe  Diftance  is  already 
accurately  known  j  and  obferve  the  Number  ot  Threads 
correfponding  to  that  Interval.  Thus,  by  the  Rule  of  Three, 
a  Table  may  be  made  of  the  Seconds  cor  re  f[.  ending  to  the 
feveral  Threads i  by  means  whereof,  without  more  ado, 
the  Dillances  of  any  Points  may  be  determined. 

2.  The  Strudlure  of  the  Micrometer  now  chiefly  in  Ufe, 
with  the  Manner  of  fitting  it  to  a  Telefcope,  and  apply- 
ing it,  is  as  follows  : 

A  B  C^  (Plate  Astronomy,  fig.  iz.)  is  a  Reftangulat 
BrafsFrame  ;  the  Side  A  B  being  about  three  Inc  les  long, 
and  the  SideBC,  us  likewife  the  oppofite  Si.'e  A  5,  about 
fiA  Inches  j  and  each  of  the  three  Sides  about  ^  of  an  Inch 
deep.  The  two  oppofite  Sides  of  this  Frame  are  fcrewcd 
to  the  Circular  Plate,  to  be  mentioned  hereafier. 

The  Screw  P,  which  has  exactly  forty  Threads  in  an  Inch, 
being  turned  round,  moves  the  Plate  GDEF  along  two 
Grooves  made  near  the  Tops  of  the  two  oppofite  Sides  of 
the  Frame  ;  and  the  Screw  Q_having  the  fame  number  of 
Threads  in  an  Inch  as  P,  moves  the  Plate  R  N  M  Y  along 
two  Grooves,  made  near  the  bottom  of  the  faid  Frame, 
in  the  ftme  Direftion  as  the  former  Plate  moves,  but  with 
only  half  the  Velocity  of  that  other.  Thefe  Screws  are 
turned  both  at  once,  and  fo  the  Plates  are  moved  along  the 
fame  way,  by  means  of  a  Handle  turning  the  endlefs 
Screw  S,  whofe  Threads  fall  in  between  the  Teeth  of  the 
Pinions  on  the  Screws  P  and  Q,  And  note,  that  two  half 
Revolutions  of  the  endlefs  Screw  S,  carry  the  Screw  P 
exactly  once  round. 

The  Screw  P  turns  the  Hand  n  falfen'd  thereto,  over  a 
hundred  equal  Divifions  made  round  the  Limb  of  a  circu- 
lar Plate  to  which  the  above  named  two  oppofite  Sides  ot 
the  Fram'e  are  fcrew'd  at  right  Angles.  The  Teeth  of  the 
Pinion  on  the  Screw  P,  whofe  Number  is  5,  take  into  the 
Teeth  of  a  Wheel  on  the  hack-fide  of  the  circular  Plare, 
whofe  Number  is  25.  Again,  on  the  Axis  of  this  Wheel  is 
a  Pinion  of  two,  which  takes  into  the  'I'eeth  of  another 
Wheel  moving  about  the  Center  of  the  circular  Plate,  on 
the  out-fide  thereof  1,  having  50  Teeth..  This  lalt  VVheel 
moves  the  Icfler  Hand  h  once  round  the  above  mention'd 
circular  Plate,  in  the  ^5  part  of  the  Time  the  Hand  a  is 
moving  round  :  For  bccaufe  the  Number  of  Teeth  in  the 
Pinion  on  the  Screw  P,  are  5,  and  the  Number  of  Teeth 
of  the  Wheel  this  Pinion  moves,  are  20  j   therefore  the 

Screw 


MIC 


(  ^47  ) 


MIC 


Screw  P  moves  four  times  round,  in  the  time  that  Wheel  Neapolitan,  claims  the  Invention  to  himfclf,  but  dates  it 
\  movine  once  round.  Further,  fmce  there  is  a  Pinion  of  from  the  iame  Year.  As  a  Telefcope  iiiveited  is  a  Mi  rj- 
tvio  which  takes  into  the  Teeth  of  a  Wheel,  whofe  Number  fiofe  ;  the  DJcovery  might  calily  enough  have  arule  from 
is  50  ;  therefore  this  Wheel  with  50  Teeth,  will  move  once 
round  in  the  time  that  the  Wheel  of  20  Teeth  moves  15 


thence.    Sec  Telescoi- e. 


times  round  ;  and  confequenlly  the  Screw  P,  or  Hand  A, 
muH  move  a  hundred  times  round,  in  the  lame  time  as 
the  Wheel  of  fifty  Teeth  on  the  Hand  h,  has  moved  once 

Hence  it  follows,  that  if  the  citculat  Plate  W,  which  is 
falkn'd  at  right  Angles  to  the  other  circular  Plate,  be  di- 
vided into  two  huntlred  equal  Parts,  the  Index  x,  to  which 
the  Handle  is  fallen'd,  will  move  five  of  thofe  Parts  in 
the  f.-.me  time,  in  which  the  Hand  a  moves  one  of  the 
hundred  Divifions  round  the  Limb  of  the  other  circular 
yiatt.  Thus  by  means  of  an  Index,  and  Plate  W,  every 
fifth  part  of  each  of  the  Divifions  round  the  other  Plate, 
may  be  known.  ,  „    ,  a. 

1  ariher,  fince  each  of  the  Screws  P  and  Q_,  have  exatt- 
ly  forty  T  hreads  in  an  Inch  ;  therefore  the  upper  Plate 
(j  D  E  F,  will  move  one  Inch,  while  the  Hand  u  moves 
forty  times  round  ;  the  four  thoufandth  Part  of  an  Inch, 


Found-itlon  and  Theory  of  Shi^h  ]\Ti  CROSCOPES. 
If  an  Objea  A  B  (Tab.  .OfTics,  Fig.  ii.J  be  placed 
in  the  focus  of  a  fmall  convex  Lens,  or  a  iiir.plc  MiiniJcoJ^e 
D  E,  and  the  Eye  be  applied  dofe  to  the  oiiierfide  ot  the 
Micfofcope,  the  ObjeB  -ivi'll  he  jeeii  diJiijiB,  tn  .m  ereB  Siraa- 
atioj!,  ajid  ma^nijied  in  the  Ratio  of  the  dijiance  tf  the  foitnt  to 
the  dijia}ice  -wherein  Ohk'cis  ate  to  Le  placed  lu  be Jcen  dt~ 
jiinHlly  with  the  nttked  Eye. 

Vein-  For  the  Obje£l  A  B  being  placed  in  the  Focus  of 
the  convex  Lens  D  E,  the  Rays  iifuing  from  the  feveral 
Points  theteof,  after  Kefra£lion,  will  be  parallel  to  each 
other.  See  Lens  and  Refraction.  Confcquently  the 
Eye  will  fee  it  diJtinBly,  by  virtue  of  what  is  proved  under 
the  Word  Telescope. 

Further,  fince  one  of  the  Rays  A  F  proceeding  from  the 
Point  A,  afier  Refraction,  becomes  parallel  to  the  incident 
Ray  i  and  therefore,  fettint;  afide  the  ihickncfs  of  the  Lens, 
■     ■      ■  ■     ■ '        '    ■  ■     '  all 


while  the  Hand  moves  over  one  of  the  Divifionsround  the  is  found  diretfly  againil  it;   and  the  fame  holds  ot 

Limb  i  and  the  twenty  thoufandth  Part  of  an  Inch,  while  the  other  Rays  carried  to  the  Eye  1  the  Rays  A  F,  and 

the  Index  x  moves  one  Part  of  the  two  hundred  round  the  B  F,  to  which  the  rell  coming  from  A  and  B  are  parallel, 

Limb   of  the  circular  Plate  W  :    And  the  under  Plate  will  enter  the  Eye  in  the  fame  m.nutr  as  if  iheyenter'd 

RN  IViy  will  move  half  an  Inch,  the  two  thoufandth  Patt  without  pafling  through  ihe  Lens  ;  and  will  therefore  ap- 

■     ^    •        -c  '1-  •  r  ......  -  Vision. 


pear  ereB  ;    as  if  the  Lens  were  awaj. 

Laftly,  it  is  manifeft  that  the  Obj-S  A  B  will  he  fecn 
under  the  fame  Angle  as  if  vicw'd  by  the  naked  Eye  : 
But  fince  it  appears  very  dillintf,  whereas  to  the  naked  Eye, 
at  the  fame  ditlance,  it  would  appear  extremely  contufed, 
'tis  the  fame  thing  as  if  the  Objed  Hiould  feem  removed 
to  the  diftance  F  H,  wherein  it  is  viewed  with  equal  di- 
flinflnefs,  andunder  rhe  fame  Angle.  The  Diameter  ot'the 
Objedl  A  B,  thetefore,  will  be  to  the  appatent  Diameter 
IK,  as  FC  to  F  H,  i.e.  as  the  dillance  of  the  Focus  of 
the  Lens  to  the  dillance  wherein  an  Objefl  is  to  be  placed 
in  otder  to  view  it  dillinCIly.  See  IVli^GNiTUHE  and 
Ancle. 

'  Htiy^^ens  takes  it  for  granted,  that  an  ObjccI  feen  with 
the  naked  Eye,  is  then  in  its  utmoll  dillinclnefs,  when  feen 
at  the  diftance  of  8  Digits,  or  tenths  of  a  Foot ;  which 


of  an  Inch,  and  the  ten  thoufandth  Part  of  an  Inch,  the 
fame  way,  in  the  fiid  rcfpeaive  Times. 

Hence,  if  the  under  Plate,  having  a  large  round  Hole 
therein,  be  fixed  to  a  Telefcope,  fo  that  the  Fiame  is 
moveable,  together  with  the  whole  Inllrument,  except  the 
faid  lower  l'l  .ue ;  and  the  ilrait  fmooth  Edge  H  l,of  the  fixed 
Plate  A  BIH,  as  likewife  the  Ilrait  fmooth  Edge  D  E  of  the 
moveable  Plate  G  D  E  1,  be  peiceivable  thro'  the  tound 
Hole  in  the  under  Plate,  in  the  Focus  of  the  Objea-Glals  ; 
then  when  the  Handle  of  the  Micrometer  is  turned,  the 
Edge  H  1  of  the  narrow  Plate  A  B  I  H  fixed  to  the  Frame, 
and  D  E  of  the  moveable  Plate,  will  appear  thio'  the  Te- 
lefcope equally  to  approach  10,  or  recede  from  each  other. 

By  thele  Edges  we  Iliall  be  able  to  meafure  the  appa- 
rent Diameiei.s  of  the  Sun,  Moon,  i£c.  the  Manner  of  do- 
ing which  take  as  follows  :  ,    „  ,  ,  .  ,   r  ,m  c  r  l 

Suppofe  in  looking  at  the  Moon  thro'  the  Telefcope,  you  agtees  pretty  near  with  the  Obfervatioiis  ot  otheis. 
have  turned  the  Handle  till  the  two  Edges  D  E  and  HI, 
are  open'd,  fo  as  jull  to  touch  or  clafp  the  Moon's  Edges  ; 
and  that  theie  was  twenty  one  Revolutions  of  the  Hand  a, 
to  complcat  that  opening.  Firft  fay,  As  the  focal  Length 
of  the  Objea  Olals,  which  fuppofe  ten  Feet,  is  to  Radius, 
fo  is  I  Inch  to  the  Tangent  of  an  Angle  fubtended  by  I 
Inch  in  the  Focus  of  thi^  Objea  Glafs  ;  which  will  be  found 
aSMin.  50  Sec.     Again,  becaufe  there  are  exaaiy  40 

Threads  of  the  Screws  in  I  Inch  ;  fay   if  40  Revolutions  ■     o  n-  •  1, 

of  the  Hand  a,  give  an  Angle  of  aS'  30",  what  Angle  will  1.  Since  the  diftance  F  H  is  conflant.tra.S  Digits,  by 
-1  Revolutions  give'  The  Anfwer  wiUhc,  15  Min.  8  Sec.  how  much  the  diftance  of  the  Focus,  f  C  is  imallcr,  lo 
And  fuch  w  is  rhe  Moon's  apparcnr  Diameter  ;  and  fo  may  much  the  fmallcr  Ratio  will  it  have  to  F  H  ;  confcquently 
the  apparent  Diameters  of  any  other  Objeas  be  taken.  the  Diameter  of  the  Objea  will  be  fo  much  the  more  mag- 
It  mult  be  here  ohferved,  that  the  Divifions  on  the  Top  nified.  f  ,  r- 
of  the  Plate  G  D  E  F  are  diagonal  Divifions  of  the  Revo-  3.  Since  in  Plano-convex  Lens  s,  the  diftance  ot  the  l-o- 
lutions  of  the  Sctews'  with  d'iagonal  Divilions  of  Inches  cus  is  equal  to  the  Diameter  ;  and  in  Lens's  convex  on  both 
againiitheni.  Thus  as  the  fiid' Plate  Aides  along,  thcfe  fides,  to  the  Semi-diameter;  fimple  Microfcofes  will  en- 
Diagon.ds  are  cut  by  Divifions  made  on  the  Edge  of  thenar-  large  the  Diameter  fo  much  the  more,  as  they  are  Seg- 
rowPlatcKL,  fixed  to  the  oppofite  fides  of  the  Frame    ments  of  fmallcr  Spheres. 

by  means  of  two  Screws.  Thefc  diagonal  IDivifions  ferve  4.  If  the  Diameter  of  the  Convexities  of  a  Plano-convex 
for  a  Reeirter  to  count  rhe  Revolutions  of  the  Screws,  and  Lens,  and  a  Lens  convex  on  both  fides,  be  the  fame,  laii. 
to  Ihew  how  itiany  thcie  are  in  an  Inch,  or  the  parts  of  an  =  i  ;  the  Diftance  of  the  Focus  of  the  firft  will  be  i  ;  of 
j^^l^  the  fecond  i     Confcquently,  theSemi-diameterot  the  Ob- 

w'r  Derham  tells  us,  that  his  Micrometer  is  not,  asufually,  jeft  A  B  will  be  to  the  appatent  one  in  the  firft  Cafe  as  i  to 
to  be  put  into  a  Tube,  but  to  meafure  the  Spearcs  of  8,  in  the  latter  as  ,  to  8,  i.  e.  as  I  to  i«.  A  Lens,  therefore, 
the  =ui  on  Paper,  (of  any  Radius)  or  to  meafure  any  part  convex  on  both  fides,  magnifies  twice  as  much  as  a  Plano- 
v(h.  By  this  i^eanshecaneafily,andveryexaaiy,with  convex.  ,-njntr- 
the  help  of  a  fine  Thread,  talce  the  Decimation  of  a  iolar  As  the  whole  depends  on  the  juft  and  Heady  htuation 
Spot  at  any  time  of  the  Day  ;  and  by  his  half  Seconds  of  Objefts  with  regard  to  the  Lens,  various  Methods  have 
Watch   meafure  the  diftance  of  the  Spot  fiom  the  Sun's    been  contrived  to  that  end  1  Whence  we  have  feveral 

'  '  '    "  "    '    ' "  fcopes.   The  moft  fimple  is 


Law;  of  Single  Microscopes. 
.  Simple  Mcrofcopcs  magnify  the  Diameter  of  the 
Objea  A  B  in  the  Ratio  of  the  diftance  of  the  Focus  F  G 
to  an  interval  of  8  Digits,  v.  t^.  If  the  Semi  diameter  of 
t  Lens  convex  on  both  fides  be  half  a  Digit  A  B  :  I  K 
=:  1  ;  8  —  I  :  16,  that  is,  the  Diameter  of  the  Objea  will 
be  increafed  in  a  fedccuple  Proportion,  or  as  fixteen  to 


Watch,  mea' 

Eaiiern  or  Weilern  Limb.  .    1  t  a 

MICROSCOPE,  or  Encyscope,  a  Diopttical  Inftru- 
mcnr,  by  means  whereof  very  minure  Objeas  arc  repre- 
fented  exceedingly  latec,  and  view'd  very  dittinctfy  ;  ac- 
cording to  the  Laws  of  Refraaion.    See  Refraction. 

Murfcopes  are  .properly  diiiinguillied  into  fimple,  or 
Jingle;  and  compound,  or  dnithle. 

1  he  Simple  are  thnfe  which  confift  of  a  fingle  Lens,  or  a 
fingle  Spherule  :  The  Compound  confift  of  feveral  duly 
combined.    See  Le 


different  kinds  of  fingle  Mc 
as  follows. 

I.  AB^Fig.zi.  is  a  little  Tube,  to  one  of  whofe  Bafes  EC, 
is  fitted  a  plain  Glafs,  to  which  an  Objea,  ^iz.  a  Gnat, 
Wing  of  an  Infea,  Down,  or  the  like,  is  applied  :  To  the 
other  Bafe,  AD,  atapfoper  diftance  from  the  ObjeC"!  is 
applied  a  Lens  convex  on  both  fides,  whofe  Semi-diamcter 
is  about  half  an  Inch.  The  plain  Glafs  is  tuin'd  to  the 
Sun,  or  the  Light  of  a  Candle,  and  the  Objea  is  feen  mag- 
nified.   And  if  the  Tube  be  made  to  draw  out.  Lens's  of 


As  Optics  have  been  improved,  other  Varieties  have    different  Spheres  may  be  ufed 

t^    .      .      .       .  '         .  .       /-_......      TTo.,^B  \  i„     .  T    ..... 


been  contrived,  in  the  fotls  of  Microfcofes :  Hence  Re- 
feflint^-Microfcopet,  Ifater-Microfcopes,  &c.  See  Reflec- 
ting, £^c.  ,  . 

When,  and  by  whom  Mtcrofcopes  were  firft  invented,  is 
not  ceriainlv  known.  H»vseni  tells  us,  that  one  Drehhfl,  a 
Dutchman,  had  the  firft  lihcrofcope,  in  the  Yeaj^ liJai  ;  and 
that  he  was  reputed  the  Inventor  of  it  ;  tho'  " 


Again,  a'  Lens,  convex  on  both  fides,  is  incloftd  in  a 
Cell  A  C,  and  bv  a  Screw  H  there  faftcned  a-crofs  ;  thro' 
the  Fedeftal  C  D  palTes  a  long  Screw,  by  means  whereof, 
and  the  Female  Screw  I,  a  Style  or  Needle  fix'd  per- 
pendicular to  its  extreme,  is  kept  firm  at  any  diftance 
from  the  Lens.  '  In  E  is  a  little  Tube,  on  which,  and 
F.  Tomana  a  on  the  Point  G,  the  various  Objefls  are  to  be  difpofed  ; 

Thu. 


MIG 


(  ^48  ) 


MI  G 


what  Ids  .ha„  ,he  dUJance  of  the  f ocu"  o   .  G  at  coTcx  cLaW  rcu  "d  al  T"  P     ^1  ' 

D  E.                                         ^                            "  ,                  """""'i        'iphcre.  be  made  much  finaller 

F  G  is  another  Brafs  Tube,  fomewhat  wider  than  the  '^^gnlf/  ^he"'ioH  "jrVtade"                  "  f''  ^'''t 

firll,  and  open  each  way  for  an  Objefl  to  be  apply'd  to  the  Diameter  of  a  Snh^rnl? ,  h    ■    f    n-  ■     u  '^"Pf°'^ 

^..../co;...    To  itsnppl-rBare  G  H  is  faftn^L  Spring  of  h  F^cr/wiU  be   ■      !  J  ^                            diilance  of 

.tce.-Wire.  twined  tn.o  a  fe.,  1  3  whereby.,a„  ^b^a  ^^e^^  ^ni.'^.'^         f  C^^^  i'^"^ ^ 


placed  between  two  iound  Plates.'or  Slices' K  and  L,  in 
the  manner  hereafter  mentioned,  is  by  means  of  the  Skrew 
B  C  brought  to  tlie  Mierofcof.cal  Lens,  (or  magnifyins 
Glafs,  whereof  there  are  feveral)  and  kept  firm  in  its 
place.  To  the  Balis  H  G,  which  has  a  female  Skrew  M 
are  fitted  Cells  N,  with  a  male  Skrew  O,  wherein  Lens's 
of  various  Spheres,  guarded  by  Ferrils,  arcincluded.  In 
P  is  a  female  Skrew,  by  which  an  Ivory  Handle  P  O  is 
faflned  to  the  Microfcope, 

In  the  Ivory  Slice  T  are  round  Holes,  in  which  are 
fitted  little  Circles  of  Mufcovy  Glafs,  for  Objefls  efp 


to  5IJ  ;  or  laflly,  as  i  to  170.  Its'Surfalc  the^efo"re  will 
be  increafed  ,n  the  Proportion  of  i  to  28500,  and  its  Bulk 
in  a  Katio  ot  i  to  451500c. 

M.  LerwenlMck  and  M.  MufcbenLroeci  have  fuccceded 
very  well  in  fphencal  Mcrcfape, ;  and  the  Apparatus  of  the 
latter  is  much  commended  :  But  we  forbear  any  Dcfcrip- 
tions  thereof  i  i,  being  eafy  for  any  who  confiders  the 
Struflure  of  thofe  confiftmg  of  Lens's,  to  conceive  how 
thole  ot  Spheres  may  be  contrived. 

IVmr  Ml  CKoscof  E.  Mr.  J.  Gr.y,  and  after  him,  Jfclf,! 
and  others,  have  contrived  Watsr-Micnfccfei,  confiHins  of 
.Soherules  or  I  **ne'c  nfwin,^.  ;„n  )  ^rr^t.r  .-9 


....        ...                                              wojects,  eipe-  and  others,  have 

'^J:'^::^t^\:\,t^^'  -  ^  i-ef  ofwaieri^fleisvsLsrZef  t:; 

When  live  lifefls  are  to  be  iie^d   they  are  cover'd  with  h        Ts-^f^^  "'""u" ='''ove-„,e„tioned  • 

,he  BrafsSlice  Y,  which  is  put  in  a  itt  e  Uar=  B    fs-b  d  „  a^f  of'the        "  ""L  *"  '''^''^j'^^  "^^'i  -""J  of  Glafs 

perforated  with  Holes  X  :    And  the  fame  S  fee   whethe;  '  f  Ae  F„cu<  f  T""'"  ^''"°/"/"  ,B"'          'he  diftance 

alone,  or  inclofed  in   rhe  bed,  being   hid                the  L  one  oTn/^  r?%°\'^''''"'-\°'  *  c'\''      greater  then 

round  Plates  K  and  L,  is  brought  to  the  Lens  by  tneLs  of  b.'  ^,1,    (      \        ^'"h""'  '^^""''^  ''"=>'  Segments 

rheScrcwAB,  tiUrheObjeamay  bediflinaiLew^^^^^  ^^^^^Jx^Y ""^^r^Zn'  T^fl 

If  other  pellucid  ohlong  Objefis  .rf  7be View'd   a»  Thrfai/Mr  r  " 

Down,  Cuticle,  ^c.  inOead^f  tL  Slice  above.^^:7ed•th:  Hemifpt  if  of^'v^fe'"  h  U  To'  tLe^EvlT" 

'li:7ZS—t±^^±yT:^y'-^'^^^^^  Ligh'o;Mo„n-Light,wi:ho„.l;%trA'p;ara^^ 


-    -  "-J  ■  «- ,  lui    viijwjiig  VI 

whdfc  S:ru(i^ure  is  manifert  from  infpcflion. 

There  are  orlier  Iniiruments  in  the  Apparatus  of  the 
Mcrofcofe,  as  little  Tongs,  l<c.  for  taking  up  fmall  Ob- 
jcfts,  a  Glafs-Tube  for  viewing  the  Circulation  of  the 
Elood  in  Fiflies,  £.?c.  Which  need  no  dcfcription. 

What  has  been  faid  hitherto,  is  to  be  underflood  of 


L™,,™;^    Mc;y„^c;r  /    |  ;™    ™es    th"-   Doarin     'V'"=^  °f  L''^  Spherul/  whence 

will  be  underflo-odVro^  whaf  fol bws      '  '^U  T  P^P^S-'ed  to  the  Eye  in  the  fame  n,anner  as  if  the 

,r  ■    n      .  .  .    ^  ObieCtS    were    Olaced    Wirhni.l-    tli*.  Cnko-.l.,  ;_  t-.. 


■  p  ,  ,  .  ---J,...  ,ju.ei  /ipuararus,  mag- 
nified the  Animalcule  contain'd  in  it.  vallly  more  than  anv 
other  Mcr.yc./e.  The  Reafon  is.  that  the  Rays  comina 
from  the  interior  Surface  of  the  firft  Heinifphere  are  re 
fleaed  foastofall  under  the  fame  Angle  on  the'surface 
of  the  hind  Hemifpherc,  to  which  the  "Eye  is  applied  a> 
if  they  came  from  the  Focus  of  the  Spherule  f  whence 


=  '".^^J^  """e  Jamc  manner  as  it  tht 

Objetts  were  placed  without  the  Spherule  in  its  Focus 

Hollow  Glals  Spheres,  of  the  Diameter  of  about  half 
a  Digir,  fill'd  with  Spirit  of  Wine,  are  frequently  ufed  for 
Mmfcefe:  i  but  they  don't  magnify  near  fo  much 


 ......     .  .      ,m    u^ftlltM*  I 

will  be  underflood  from  what  follows. 

If  an  Objefl  A  B  be  placed  in  the  Focus  of  a  Glafs 
Spherule  F,  and  the  Eye  be  behind  it,  «.  g.  in  the  Focus  G; 
the  Objeawill  be  feen  diftinft,  in  an  ercfl  Situation,  and 
magnified,  as  toits  Diameter,  in  a  Ratio  of  {  of  the  Dia- 
meter El,  to  the  diflance  at  which  Objeas  are  to  be  Timr^  «f  r™*,.  j  11  «« 
placed  to  be  feen  diflinaiy  with  thenaked  Eye                       c  J''^''y'tCmf,und  ordmhk-^^c^^^ 

The  firft  part  of  the  Pr'opofi.ion  isproved'in  .he  fame  .  veTfmalllpheif  and  1  Oh'  S'l'u''^ 
manner  of  Spheres,  as  of  Lens's  :    L,  then,  a  good  Eye  'hi "ocus  F  ^  ^  ^ 

'l^^^^^^'}:^^^'^^:^^  Suppofea-nEye^GlafsGH.  conve.  on  both  fides,  anti 
"    neter  to  sVoigits    S^pTofe  then     t  S^"-  C*"  ^ 


Ratio  of  i  of  the  Diameter  to  S;Di^tsrs;:;^^;he;  'Z^T^:^:^^^^^^:,^-^ 


the  Diameter  of  the  Spherule  E  .   ,^  „.  

be  =  J;,  and  F  E  =     ;  and  therefore  F  C  =  iV~+  4;= 
Coi,fc<]uently,  the  true  Diameter  of  an  Obiea  to  its 
apparent  one  13  in  the  Ratio  of     to  80;  i.  e.  as  3  to  510, 
or  I  to  107  nearly.  '  ' 

Is'mv  aLens  convex  on  both  fides,  increafes  the  Diameter 
in  a  Ratio  of  the  Semi-diameter  to  the  fpace  of  S  Digits  ; 
wher-fnte  i  having  a  lefs  Ratio  to  8  than  1  i  of  a  Leni  and 
a  Sphere  that  have  the  fame  Diameter,  the  former  will 
magnify  more  than  the  latter  :  And  pretty  much  after 
the  fame  manner  it  may  be  Ihewn  that  a  Sphere  of 
a  lefs  Diameter,  magnifies  more  than  another  of  a  large 

For  the  MaM  cf  caflivg  link  ghfi  Sttemle:  fir  Mi 

ansrnPE*   •    thetO  " -°   ■"   rr/  r /•        i    ^  .. 


CROSCOTES 
follows  ; 


Glafs  maybe  in  K. 
Laflly,  fuppofe  L  K  :  L  M: ;  L  M  :  L  1. 
If  then  O  be  the  place  wherein  an  Objeais  feen  diflina 
with  the  naked  Eye  ;  the  Eye  in  this  Cafe  being  placed  in 
I,  will  fee  theObjeft  A  Bdiftinaiyinan  inverted  fituation 
and  magnified  in  a  compound  Ratio  of  M  K  to  L  H  and' 
L  C  to  C  O ;  as  is  proved  from  the  Laws  of  Dioptrics. 

Laws  0/  JoMe  Microscopes. 
I.  Themore  an  Objeais  magnified  by  the  M.crofupe 
the  lefs  IS  its>U,  ,.  e.  the  lefs  it  takes  in  at  one  view  '  ' 
rs^'  i'"'^  Eye-Glafs,  may  be  fucceffivcly  apply'd 
Objea-Glafl-es  of  various  Spheres ;  fo  as  rhat  both  the  entire 
Obieas.  but  lefs  maonifipH    tr,A  r(if>:..  ru..^-,1  . 


u'.U  .Tr'u-'  X"J'="-"""=*'"^'"'i''"'SpHeres;lo  as  rhat  both  the  entire 

A '  fra'air  ;i:.c;' of";.erv  '*         f f        ™=  Objeas,  but  left  magnified,  and  their  feveral  parts'  much 

the  wet  Point  Ira  5^;=  -N?  d  e?i,  t  bf  atly'l ^'^th^  TThT^C t'^^^  ^  'T^^  '^.S'  ^'^^f^- 

extreme  bluifh  part  of  the  Flam'e  of  a  Torc'k'^/or,  whi'h  m^e  the  TubJ  'ft"-      tu'^'^n'  "^i"^""  °^ 

is  better,  to  the  Flame  of  Spirit  of  Wine   to  Jevent  its  fT  m'k       j       H'  '"                          »  '''^  fi't^d, 

1   ■  „  t,io..l,  ...'J      D  ■       f           Wine,  to  prevent  its  Ihould  be  made  to  draw  out  ' 

being  blacken  d.     Being  there  melted,  and  run  inm  a       v„k  .k.  v  r  .c 


being  blacken  d.  Being  there  melted,  and  "run  into  a 
htile  rountl  drop,  ,t  is  to  be  removed  from  the  Flame  ; 
upon  which  It  inftantly  ceafes  to  be  fluid :  folding 
then,  a  thin  1  late  of  Brafs,  and  making  a  very  fniall 
fmooth  perforation  fo  as  not  to  leave  any  Roughnefs  on 
the  Surtaces  ;  and  further,  fmoothing  them  over  to  pre- 
vent any  glaring  :  fit  the  Spherule  between  the  Plates  a 
gainft  the  Apertures,  and  the  wholcin  a  Frame,  with  Ob- 
jeas convenient  for  CJblervation. 

Dr.  .^Jomi  tells  us  another  Method, thus:  Take  a  piece 
of  fine  Window-GIafs,  and  rafc  it  with  a  Diamond  into 


For  the  Proportion  of  the  Obiea-Glafs  to  the  Eye 
Glafs  fome  commend  the  fubduple  Ratio,  and  fome  the 
fubfefquifextile.  De-Cb.iles  will  have  the  Semi-diameter  of 
the  Convexity  of  the  Objea  Glafs  to  be  j  of  a  Digit  ;  or  at 
moft  T  i  in  the  Eye-Glafs  an  entire  Digit,  or  even  i  ■ 
Cherubtn  makes  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Objea-Glafs 
J,  f.  Of  iof  a  Digit;  theSemi-diameterof  the  Eye  Glafs 
1  i,  or  1  4  of  a  Digit. 

Since  'tis  proved,  that  the  diflance  of  the  Imape  T  K 
from  the  Objea-Glafs  D  E  will  be  gteater,  if  Lther 
many  lengths  as  yotl  Mnkl.'.AM  VorZ7JZ°        ^ens,  concave  on  boA  Mes,  be  placed  before  its  Focus  ;  it 
eighth  of  an  Inch  in  breadth  ;  then  hrfdiSL  one  of  fhnfe    ^  b     I      I   k  O'-j'^a  will  be  magnified  the  more  if 
:^gths   between, he  Fore-finger   and  TLm"b       th    ^^t^t^l^T  S  ^:r:Vt'''>!^^'^^ 


-   ,      ,  ;  — "  Muiuwii.  one  ot  thole 

ngths  between  the  Fore  finger  and  Thumb  of  each 
Hand  over  a  very  fine  Flame  till  the  Glafs  begins  to  fofien 
draw  it  out  till  it  be  as  fine  as  an  Hair,  and  break  •  then' 
apphing  each  of  the  ends  into  the  pureflpart  of  the  Flame' 
you  have  nvo  Spheres  prefently,  which  you  may  make 
.larger  sr  lefs  at  plcafure.   If  they  flay  long  in  the  Flame 


'a^a  »  W^'Vc«?n;  much  com- 

mended  by  C.;,rWe  who  ufed  an  Objea-Lens,  convex  on 
both  fides,  whole  Semi-diameter  was  two  Digit'  ii,,  Aper 
ture  equal  to  a  Muflard-Seed  ;  a  Lens  concive  on  both  fides 
,  ^  or  ar  moll  16  Digitsi  and  an  Eye  Glafs  convex  on  both 
fides,  of  tf  Digits. 

4.  Since 


M  I  D 


(  ) 


MIL 


4,.  Since  the  Image  is  proje£led  to  the  greater  diflance^ 
the  nearer  another  Lens  of  a  Segment  of  a  larger  Sphere, 
is  brought  to  the  Obje61:-Glafs  ;  aMcio/co^e  may  be  com- 
pofedofihree  Lens's,  which  will  magnify  prodigiouily. 

5.  From  thefe  Coniiderations  it  follows,  that  theObjeci 
will  be  magnified  the  more,  as  the  Eye-Glafs  is  the 
Segment  of  a  fmaller  Sphere  5  but  the  Field  of  Vifion  will 
be  the  greater,  as  the  fame  is  a  Segment  of  a  larger 
bphcre  ;  If  then  two  Eyc-Glafles,  the  one  a  Segment  of 
a  larger,  the  other  of  a  fmaller  Sphere,  be  fu  combin'd, 
as  that  the  Object  appearing  very  near  thro'  them,  i.  e.  not 
farther  diliant  than  the  Focus  of  the  firlf,  be  yet  diftin£l ;  the 
Object  at  the  fume  time  will  be  exceedingly  magnified,  and 
the  Field  of  Vifion  much  greater  than  if  only  one  Lens  were 
ufed  ;  And  the  Objefi:  will  be  flill  more  magnified,  and 
the  Field  enlarged,  if  both  the  Objefi  and  Eye-Glafs  be 
double.  But  in  regard  an  Objedl  appears  dim,  when 
view'd  through  fo  many  GlafTes,  part  of  the  Rays  being 
rcHecled  in  paffing  through  each  j  the  multiplying  of  Lens's 
is  not  advifeable  :  And  the  beft  among  compound  'Micro, 
fcopesy  are  thofe  which  confiil  of  one  Objed-Giafs,  and  two 
L;ye-GUffes. 

For  a  M/CJ-o/co/'e  of  three  Lens's,  De-Ciii/f;  commends  an 
ObjeCl-Glafs  ol  |  or  ^  of  a  Digit  j  and  the  firit  Eye- 
Glafs  he  makes  2,  or  a  ^  Digits  ;  the  ditlance  between  the 
Objeii-Glafs  and  Eye-Glafs  about  zo  Lines.  Co7;Mt/ihad 
en  excellent  Microfcnpe^  the  Objei5i-Glars  whereof  was  half 
a  Digit,  and  the  two  Eye-Glafles  (which  were  placed  very 
near)  4.  Digits  ;  But  it  anfwer'd  belt  when  in  lieu  of  the 
Objed-Glafs,  he  uled  two  GlafTes,  convex  on  borh  fides, 
iheir  Sphere  about  a  Digit  and  half,  or  at  moH  two,  and 
their  Convexities  touching  each  other  within  the  Space  of 
half  a  I  iinc.  Enjlacbiiis  tie  Divhtis,  inllead  of  an  Obje£l- 
Glafs,  convex  on  both  fides,  ufed  two  Vlano  Convex  I^ens's, 
whofc  Convexities  touched.  Crinciclhts  <.Vn\  the  fame  i  only 
that  the  Convexities  did  not  quite  touch.  Zab/iius  made  a 
a  Binocular  Microfco^e,  wherein  both  Eyes  were  ufed. 

Scrtt^lttre  or  'Mechanifmitf  a  Double  Microscope. 

The  Induilry  and  Addrefs  of  our  Country-man,  Mr.  Mar- 
JIjuU^  here  deferves  to  be  remember'd  ;  The  mofl:  com- 
modious Voiibie  Mtcrojccpe  is  of  his  Contrivance.  In  this, 
the  Eye-GlalTes  are  placed  in  the  Tube  at  A  and  B,Fig,  25. 
and  the  Objed-Glafs  at  C.  The  little  Pillar  D  E  is  turned 
by  means  of  a  EallE,  inoveable  in  the  Socket  F;  and  thus 
the  'Microfcoj^e  is  accommodated  to  any  Situation.  The 
fame  Pillar  is  divided  into  as  many  parts,  i,  z,  3,  4,  5,  S^c. 
as  there  are  Lens's  of  different  S^-heres  to  be  ufed  in  view- 
ing different  Objects  ;  fo  that  the  dillance  of  the  Object 
from  the Objeii-Glals  may  be  found  without  any  ttouble. 
But  asitis  fcarce  rxadtly  enough  determined  this  way,  the 
Tube  may  be  brought  nearer  the  Objecl  at  difcreiion,  by 
niean'^  ui  the  Screw  G  H. 

The  ObjeCls  are  cither  laid  on  the  Circle  I  j  or  fitted  to 
proper  Inl-lruments,  having  their  Points  or  Stiles  paiTing 
through  the  little  I'ube  L  M. 

Lalily,  to  illumine  the  Ohjeil,  a  Lens  convex  on  both 
fides,  IS  O,  is  diipofed  in  a  convenient  Situation.  Therett 
appears  from  the  Figure. 

Rcjiccliji^  Microscope,  is  that  which  magnifies  by  Re- 
il',  £fiun,  as  the  above-mentioned  ones  do  by  Refraclion.  See 

RE-  1'Li.CTION. 

The  Struilure  of  fuch  a  Micro/cope  may  be  conceiv'd 
thus  :  Near  the  Focusof  a  concave  Speculum  A  B,  place 
a  minute  Objefl:  C,  that  its  Image  may  be  form'd  larger 
than  it  felf  in  D.  To  the  Speculum  join  a  Lens  convex  on 
both  fides  E  F,  fo  as  the  Image  D  may  be  in  its  Focus. 

The  Eye  will  here  fee  the  Image  inverted,  but  diflin£t, 
and  enlarged  ;  confequently  the  Objefl  will  be  larger  than 
if  viewed  through  the  Lens  alone.    See  Mirrour. 

The  Inventor  ol  this  ytic-'ofope  is  tlie  great  Sir  L  Newtoji ; 
but  it  is  fumewhat  to  be  feared  Icll  the  Objeds  appear 
dim. 

Any  Tclefcofe  is  converted  into  a  Mcrofcope,  by  re- 
moving the  ObjeiSi  Glafs  to  a  greater  diitance  from  the  Eye- 
Glafs.  And  fince  the  diftance  of  the  Image  is  various,  ac- 
cording to  the  diiiance  of  the  Objedl:  from  the  Focus  j  and 
it  is  magnified  the  mure,  as  its  dillance  from  the  Objefl- 
Glafs  is  greater  i  the  ame  Telefjope  may  be  fucceffively 
converted  into  Microfccpcs  which  magnify  the  Obje£l  in  dif- 
ferent degrees,    See  Telescope. 

MID,  or  MIDDLE,  in  Philofophy,  and  Mathematics. 
See  Mean  and  Meiuum. 

MIDDL.E  Latitude,  in  Navigation,  is  half  the  Sum 
of  two  fiiven  Laihiuks.  SeeLATiTTna. 

MIDDLE  Latitude  isalfo  ufi  d  for  a  Method  of  work- 
ing the  feveral  Cafes  in  Sailing,  nearly  agreeing  with  Mer- 
cKoi  's  way,  but  without  the  help  of  Meridional  Parts.  See 
SAir.iNG.    See  Meridional  P.irn,  Mercator,  £5^c. 

MIDHAVEN,  Midium  Cxh,  in  Allronomy,  is  that  Point 
of  the  Ecliptic  which  culminates,  or  is  in  the  Meridian.  See 
Culmination,  ^c. 


MIDRIFF,  in  Anatomy.    SeeDiAPHR acm. 

MIDSH1P-/V;e«,  are  Ofi^cers  aboard  a  Ship,  whofe  Sta- 
tion,  when  they  are  on  Duty,  is,  fome  on  the  Quarter- Deck, 
others  on  the  Poops,  Their  Bufinefs  is  to  mind  the 
Braces,  to  look  out,  and  to  give  about  the  Word  of  Com- 
mand from  the  Captain,  and  other  fupcrior  Officers.  They 
alio  afTill  on  all  occafions  both  in  faiilng  the  Ship,  and  in 
flowing  and  rummaging  the  Hold. 

They  are  ufually  Gentlemen,  who,  having  ferved  their 
time  as  Volunteers,  and  are  now  upon  their  preferment, 

MIDSUMMER-DAY,  is  the  Feiiival  of  St.  'jolm  the 
Baptiil,  held  on  the  z+ih  Day  of  jW/d'.  See  Quarter- 
Day.  ^ 

MIGRATION,  or  Travfm'gratioy},  the  Paffage  or  Re- 
moval of  any  thing  out  of  one  State,  or  Place  into  anoih  -r  j 
particularly  of  Colonies  of  People,  Birds,  ^c.  into  other 
Countries.    See  Transmigration. 

The  Migration  of  the  Souls  of  Mm  into  other  Ani- 
mals after  Death,  is  the  great  Doctrine  of  the  Pytha- 
goreans, call'd  the  Netempfychofis.  See  Metempsychosis. 

The  Migration  of  Birds,  as  the  Swallow,  Quail, 
Stork,  Crane,  Fieldfare,  Woodcock,  Nightingale,  and  o- 
ther  Birds  of  P^ilf'igs,  is  a  very  curious  Article  in  Natural 
Hitlory,  and  furni/lics  a  notable  Imlance  of  the  powerful 
Inllind  iinprefs'd  by  the  Creator.    See  Instinct. 

Mr.  Derham  obferves  two  things  very  remarkable  therein  ; 
ihefrj}^  That  thefe  untaught,  unthinking  Creatures /liou  Id 
know  the  proper  Times  for  their  Paffagc,  when  to  come, 
and  when  to  go;  as  alfo,  that  fome  ihould  come  when 
others  go.  No  doubt,  the  leinpeniture  of  the  Air  as  to 
heat  and  culd,  and  their  natural  Propenfity  to  breedtheir 
Young,  are  the  great  Incentives  to  thofe  Creatures  to 
change  their  Habitation:  But  it  is  an  odd  Inliin^t  they 
fhould  at  all  ihift  their  Habitation  i  that  fome  certain 
Place  is  not  to  be  found  in  all  the  Terraqueous-Globe  af- 
ftording  'era  convenient  Food  and  Habitation  all  the  Year 
round. 

The fecoad,  That  they  fliould  know  what  way  to  fteer 
their  Courfe,  and  whither  to  go.  What  Inliin6l  is  it,  that 
moves  a  poor  fooHIh  Bird  to  venture  over  vail  Tra£ts  of 
Lands  and  Sea?  If  it  be  faid,  that  by  their  high  Afcents 
up  into  the  Air,  they  can  fee  crofs  the  Seas,  yet  what  Ihould 
teach  or  perfuade  them  that  that  Land  is  more  proper  for 
the  purpofe  than  this  ?  Th'xt  Bricain,  for  ini' ance,  fliould 
afford  them  better  Accommodation  than  E?yj-t^  thin  the 
Camriesl  than  ^^aiw  ?  or  any  other  of  the  intermediate 
Countries  ?    FhyJico-ThecL  p.  549. 

Lud. lie  Beaufort  remarks,  that  Birds  in  their  PaCTageob- 
ferve  a  wonderful  Order  and  Polity  :  1  hey  fly  in  Troops, 
and  lieer  their  Courfe  through  huge  unknown  Regions,with- 
out  the  Conipafs.  Cofmol.  Dtvin.  It  is  to  be  added, that  the 
Birds  ofPaffage  are  all  peculiarly  accomrnodatcd  by  the 
Stru6lureof  their  Parts  for  long  flights.  SeePASSACE. 

Naturalifls  are  divided  as  to  the  Places  whither  Birds  of 
Paffage  retire  when  they  leave  us.  Mr.  Jf-'/AW^/iiy  thinks 
the  Swallows  fly  into  Egypt  ix^iX  JEthiop'ia.  Orn-tb.  Lib.  z. 
c.  5.  OhmsMagmis  fays,  they  lurk  in  Holes,  or  under  Wa- 
ter ;  which  is  confirmed  h)  Etmnlkr,  who  affares  us,  that 
he  faw  a  Bufliel  of  them  taken  out  of  a  frozen  Fifli-Pond, 
all  hanging  together  head  to  head,  feet  to  feet,  £^c.  in  one 
Clurier.  D'lffen.  z.  c.  10.  OLius  adds,  that  this  is  a  com- 
mon thing  in  the  Northern  Countries  ,  and  that  fuch  a 
Clufler  being  carried  accidentally  by  fome  Bojs  into  a 
Stove,  the  Swallows,  after  thawing,  began  to  fly  about,  but 
weakly,  and  for  a  very  little  time.  A  further  Confirina- 
tion  of  this  Account  was  given  by  Dr.  C(?/ij-'-,  a  Perfon  very 
curious  in  fuch  things,  to  the  Royal  Society.  Speaking  of 
the  way  of  p'i/liing  in  the  Northern  Parts,  by  breaking 
Holes,  and  drawing  their  Nets  under  the  Ice,  he  related, 
that  he  faw  fixieen  Swallows  fo  drawn  out  of  the  Lake  of 
Samrodt,  and  about  thirty  out  of  the  King's  great  Pond  in 
Rofi}2eilen  ;  and  that  at  Scblebittefi,  near  a  Houfe  of  the 
Earl  of  Vohna,  he  faw  two  Swallows  juit  come  our  of  the 
Waters  that  could  fcarce  iland  j  being  very  wet  and  weak, 
with  their  Wings  hanging  on  the  Ground.  Fle  added, 
that  he  had  often  obferved  the  Swallows  to  be  weak  for 
fome  days  after  their  Appearance. 

MILDEW.  SeeMiLLDEw. 

MILE,  in  Geography,  a  long  Meafure,  whereby  we  ufc 
to  exprefs  the  diftance  between  Places.  See  Measure, 
Distance,  i^c. 

The  M//e  is  of  different  extent  in  different  Countries. 
The  Geographical  or  Italiaji  Mik  contains  a  rhoufand  Geo- 
rnetrlcal  Paces,  Mile  Tajfus^  whence  the  Term  M;/e  is  de- 
rived.   See  Pace,  League, ^c. 

Cafimir  has  made  a  curious  Reduction  of  the  Mdes,  or 
Leagues,  of  the  feveral  Countries  in  Europe  into  Roman  Feet 
which  are  equal  to  xhzRjymland  Feet  generally  ufed  through- 
out the  North.    See  Foot. 

Feet. 

The  Uih  o{  Italy   

Of  Eii-lanA   


7  A 


5  coo 
5454 


The 


MIL  ( 

Feet. 

The  Mile  iifScotlanil.                    •  Sooo 

Of  Sweden     30000 

OfMiffciTiy      3750 

Of  Lithuania     ■  18500 

0{  Folmd      15850 

Of  Germany,  the  Small    soooo 

The  Middle      "     »25co 

TheLargeft     '  =5°°° 

OfFrmice      5250 

OfSfain      1°90 

CXBargmJy  

Of  Flanders     

Of  Holland      Sooo 

Of  Pei;/!.!,  called  alfo -P«re/a»^»  1875a 

'     OfE^ift                                —  ''>°°° 


MILES,  a  Latin  Term,  which,  in  its  general  Import,  fig- 
nififs  aWier.    See  SoLDiEti  and  M 1LIT14. 

[n  our  EngUJh  Laws,  and  Culloms,  Udes  is  peculiarly  ap- 
propriated to  a  Knight,  called  alfo  £{««.  See  Knioht 
and  Eq_ues. 

MILIARY  Glands,  ClanduU  Miliares,  in  Anatomy,  a 
oreat  notnber  of  fmall  Glands  intetfperled  throughout 
the  Subflance  of  the'Cnfii,  or  Skin.    Sec  Gland  and 

Cutis.  ,      ,      1  „s 

The  Miliary  Glands  are  the  Organs  whereby  the  Matter 
of  Sweat,  and  iiifenfiblc  Perfpiration,  is  fecreied  from  the 
Blood.    See  PEKsriRATioN  and  Sweat. 

They  are  interwove  with  the  pyramidal  FaftlU  of  the 
Skin  i  and  are  each  fcrved  with  a  Branch  ot  an  Artery, 
Vein,  and  Nerve  ;  as  alfo  with  a  proper  excretory  Duft, 
through  which  the  fluid  Matter  fecreted  from  the  Blood 
in  the  Subflance  of  the  Gland,  is  excreted,  and  fcnt  forth 
ar  the  Peres,  or  Perforations  of  the  Cuticle.  See  Pore 
and  Cuticle.  .    1,    o.  ■ 

Miliary  Ferer,  is  a  malignant  Fever  wherein  the  Skin 
is  fprinkled  over  wiih  liitle'  purple  Spots,  or  PulUes,  in 
form  of  Grains  of  Mi//ef. 

It  is  alio  call'd  a  fitrfle  Fever,  from  the  colour  of  the 
Spots.    Sec  Purple  and  Fever. 

MILITANT,  a  Term  underftood  of  the  Affembly  of 
Chriftians,  while  hereon  Earth. 

The  Rcmanijts  divide  the  Church  into  Militant,  Patient, 
and  Triumphant  :  The  M'htant  is  on  Earth  ;  the  Patient, 
or  Paffive,  they  place  in  Purgatory  j  and  the  Triumphant 
in  Heaven.    See  Church. 

MILITARY,  foniething  belonging  to  the  Militia,  or 
Soldiery.  Thus, 

The  Military  A-t  is  the  Science  of  War.  Sec 
War. 

Military  Governmejit  is  the  fupreine  Government,  Di- 
reflion.  Command,  and  Difpofition  of  all  the  tyhlttary 
Power  of  a  Nation  by  Land  and  Sea.  See  Govern- 
ment. 

The  Mi/irnrj  Government  of  England  is  wholly  under 
the  King  i  and  neitherone,  nor  both  Houfesof  Parliament 
have  any  Right  to  levy  any  Forces,  or  make  any  War  Of- 
fcnfivc  or  befcnfive.     See  King,    Army,  Militia, 

Gu  ARL>8,^C. 

Military  Esercifes,  are  the  Evolutions,  or  various 
manners  of  Ranging  and  Exercifing  Soldiers.  See  Evo- 
lution. 

Military  JrchileSure,  istheArt  of  Fortification.  Sec 
Arci^itecture  and  Fortification. 

Military  EscMion,  is  the  delivery  of  a  City  or 
Country  up  to  be  ravaged  and  deflroy'd  by  the  Soldiers, 
upon  iis  refufing  to  pay  Contribution-Money.  See  Execu- 
tion. 

Military  Tejiamejit  among  the  Ramans,  was  what  we 
call  a  Nuncupative-Will  ;  or  a  Teflament  made  only  by 
W  ord  (jf  Mouth,  in  the  Pcefence  of  two  Witnefles.  See 
Tlst.^m  en  t. 

This  was  a  Privilege  peculiar  to  the  Soldiery,  and  to 
them  only  when  in  the  Campaign  ;  for  atother  times  they 
were  fubjeifl  to  the  common  Laws. 

Military  Colimni  among  the  Romans,  was  a  Column 
on  which  was  engraved  a  Lill  of  the  Troops  of  an  Army  j 
or  the  Number  of  Soldiers  employ'd  in  any  Expedition. 
See  Column. 

Military  Order,  feeORDER. 

Military  Law.  fee  Law. 

Military  Fever,  is  a  kind  of  malignant  Fever  frequent 
in  Armies,  by  reafon  of  the  ill  Food,  ^c.  of  the  Soldiers. 
See  Fever. 

Military  Ways,  Via:  Militares,  are  the  large  Roman 
Roads,  which  '/p-'ppa  procured  to  be  made  through  the 
Empire,  in  ihe'time  of  J^r.pijhis,  for  the  more  convenient 
marching  of  Troops,  and  conveyance  ot  Carriages.  See 
Road. 

N.  Benirr  has  wrote  the  Hinory  of  the  Ongio,  Pro- 
^refs,  and  amazing  Extent  of  thcfe  Military  Roads  ;  which 


^^o  )  MIL 

were  paved  from  the  Gates  of  Rmjc  to  the  extreme  Farts  of 
the  Empire.    See  Vi-il. 

MILITIA,  a  coUcilive  Term,  underttood  of  I'crfoiis  who 
make  Profeflion  of  Arms. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  £flt;V,  Mi/ei,  a  Soldier  5  and 
M/ei,  from  Mi/'fe,  which  was  antiently  wrote  M/e  ;  For  in 
levying  Soldiers  at  Roiae,  as  each  Tribe  furhifhed  a  Thon- 
fand,  Milk  or  Mile,  Men,,  whoever  was  of  that  .Number, 
was  called  ^/^7e^.     See  Triee. 

Militia  In  its  proper,  and  more  refirained  fenfe,  is 
ufed  to  iignify  the  Inhabitants,  or,  as  we  call  them,  the 
Trained-Baiidi  of  a  ToWn,  or  Country  ;  who  arm  iliem- 
felves,  on  a  fhorc  warning,  for  their  own  Defence.  In 
which  fenfe,  Mlitia  is  opi.'oied  to  regular,  Hated  Forces. 

The  Handing  Mihtm  of  England  is  now  computed  to  be 
about  2CC0CO  Horfe  and  Foot  ;  but  may  be  increafed  at 
the  pleafure  of  the  King. 

For  the  Direftion  and  Command  of  thefe,  the  King  con- 
fiitutes  Lords  Lietnenams  o{  each  County,  with  Tower  to 
Arm,  Array,  and  Form  into  Companies,  Troops,  and  Re- 
giments, to  Condudf,  (upon  Occafion  of  Rebellion,  and 
Invafion)  and  Employ  the  Men  fo  Arm'd  within  their  re- 
fpe6livc  Counties,  and  other  Places  where  the  King  com- 
mands 5  to  give  Commifiions  to  Colonels,  and  other  Offi- 
cers 5  to  charge  any  Perfon  with  Horfe,  Horfe-man,  Arms, 
proportionable  to  his  Eilate,  i;^c.    Sec  l-orrf  Lieutz'- 

NANT. 

No  Perfon  to  be  charged  with  a  Horfe  unlefs  he  have 
500  Pounds  yearly  Revenue,  or  6::oo  Pounds  Perlonal  E- 
Itate  5  nor  with  a  Foot-Soldier;  unlefs  he  have  jo  Pounds 
yearly,  or  tfco  Pounds  Perianal  Eilate. 

MILK,  i-flc,  a  white  Juice,  or  Humour,  which  Nature 
prepares  in  the  Breads  of  Women,  and  the  Udders  of 
other  Animals ;  for  the  Nourifiiment  of  their  Young.  See 
Breasts. 

Uiik  is  thicker,  fweeier,  and  whiter,  than  the  Chyle  itfelf, 
from  which  it  is  derived,  and  thai  probably,  without  much 
more  Artifice  or  Alteration  tlian  the  leaving  behind  fomeof 
its  aqueous  Parts.  The  Antienis  held  it  form'd  from  the 
Blood  ;  but  the  Moderns  are  of  Opinion,  it  comes  from  the 
pure  Chyle  convey'd  by  rhe  Arteries  to  the  Breafls,  and 
without  any  other  Coiiion  filtrated  through  the  Glands 
whereof  they  arc  compos'd,  like  Urine  through  the  Reins 5 
without  undergoing  any  confiderable  change. 

According  to  M.  Leewenhoeck's  Obfervations,  Milk  con- 
liils  of  little  Globules  fwimming  in  a  clear  tranfparent 
Liquor,  cali'd  ^f-owf  oriVbey, 

M/A  isaCompofition  of  three  different  Kinds  of  Parts, 
Butirous,  Cafeous,  and  Serous.  The  Butiroits  Parts  are  the 
Cream  and  Oil  that  fwim  a-top.  See  Butter.  The  CV 
feuus  are  the  groffer  Parts,  and  thofe  that  coagulate,  and 
are  made  into  Cheefe.  See  Cheese.  The  Serous  are  pro- 
perly a  Lympha,  and  make  what  we  call  Whey. 

Dr.  Drake  fays,  that  Milk  is  nothing  but  Oil  and  Water 
united  by  the  Artifice  of  Nature,  perhaps  by  the  Interven- 
tion of  fome  peculiar  Salts,  which,  Milk  itfelf,  however 
fweetatfirlr,  does,  after  a  little  Handing,  dilcover  to  be 
pretty  plentifully  therein. 

Milk  is  firrt  found  in  the  Breafts  of  Women  after  they 
have  been  pregnant  about  four  Months.  The  Fermen- 
tation of  the  Mili  in  the  Breafts,  the  firft  days  after  a 
Woman  is  delivered,  occafions  a  Fever,  which  takes  i:s 
Name  therefrom. 

jlrijtotle  fays,  there  arc  fome  Men  who  have  Mili  in  their 
Breatts.  Cardan  tells  us  he  faw  one  that  had  enough  to 
fuckleaChild. 

In  the  Fbilofofhicd  TranfaWans,  we  have  an  Account  of 
a  Wether  brought  to  Milt  by  the  fucking  of  a  Lamb  ; 
which  Lamb  wa's  maintain'd  by  it  all  the  Summer,  till  it 
was  weaned. 

jW^/zt  corrupted  in  the  Stomachs  of  Children,  occafions 
the  feveral  Difeafes  incident  to  that  Age.  Daliel,  a  Damjlj 
PhyficLan,  who  has  wrote  exprelly  on  this  Subjefl,  tells  us, 
an  excellent  Remedy  in  fuch  Calc,  is  a  Glafs  of  Water  with 
a  little  Saltdiffolved  in  it  :  This  afls  as  an  Emetic,  and 
ihrowsupthe  Corruption  that occafion'd  theDifotder.  Celjiis 
mentions  this  Remedy,  L.  i.  c.  5.    See  Children. 

Ga/CB  obferves,  that  in  Animals  fed  with  Milk,  the  greateil 
part  of  the  Food  of  the  Mother  is  converted  into  ihat  Humor. 

Thete  are  feveral  kinds  of  A£lk,  ufed  not  only  as  Food, 
but  as  Phyfic  :  As  Cows  Alilk,  Alfes  Milk,  Sheeps 
and  Goats  Milk-  Thefe  are  prefcribed  as  proper  to  alter  a 
Jharp  thin  Blood  into  aCtafis  more  foft,  balfa.nic,  and  nu- 
tritive ;  and  in  Conilitutions  where  they  fit  the  lirll  Paffa- 
oes  mull  be  very  good  for  that  End,  as  being  already 
prepared  intoTs'utriment,  fo  far  as  is  required  for  their  ad- 
milTlon  into  the  Blood.  But  where  the  Juices  of  the  Sto- 
mach are  lharp,  thefe  Liquors  are  apt  to  be  turn'd  iliio 
Curd.  Whenever  Milk,  therefore,  of  what  kind  foever, 
is  order'din  Confumptions,  and  as  a  Reftorative,  it  is  with 
good  reafon  ioin'd  with  the  teftaceous  Powders,  and  fuc!i 
things  as  are  proper  to  dertroy  thofe  Acidities. 


MIL 


(  ) 


MIL 


AflTes  Mdk  is  faid  to  be  a  great  Beiutifier  and  Preferver 
of  the  Skin.  Fajj^ea^  Wife  of  the  Emperor  Nero,  ufed  it 
for  that  purpofc  j  having  four  or  five  hundred  AfTes  con- 
flantly  in  her  Retinue,  to  furmili  her  every  Morning  with  a 
freih  Bath. 

We  have  feveral  artificial  Mlh,  To  call'd  from  their  re- 
femblanceof  natural  ones.  As, 

Milk  of  Sulphur^  a  Preparation  of  Flowers  of  Sulphur, 
and  Salt  (jt  Tartar  -  prefcribed  by  the  Phyficians,  as  a  Su- 
dorific.  .See  Sulphur. 

yirgius  Milk,  Lac  I'irgmale,  compofcd  of  Rock  Alum, 
Spring  Water,  Litharge,  and  Vinegar  ;  ufed  as  a  Coftnetic, 
ludrivu  in  Pimples,  and  check  any  cutaneous  Eruptions,  by 
its  cooling,  reltringcnt  Quality. 

MiLii  0/ ifcc  A-'oo;;,  Lac  Lunte^  is  a  Name  given  by  the 
Katuralills  to  a  kind  of  fclTil  Agaric.    See  Agaric. 

Milk  of  the  Muo/i,  of  Silver,  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a 
white,  p(.rou5,  friable,  infipid  Earth,  extracted  by  lubli- 
matitjn  from  a  Matter  frequently  found  in  Silver-Mines  : 
"Whence  alfo  it  has  the  Name  of  Homers  of  Silver.  See 
Silver. 

MILKY  WAY,  J'la  LaHea^  or  Galaxy' .  See  Galaxy. 

MILL,  in  propriety,  is  a  Machine  ufed  for  Gm;rf/7i^(^ :  But 
:he  Word  in  its  general  Signification  is  ufed  for  all 
Machines  whofcAdion  depends  on  a  circular  Motion,  See 
Grinding,  Machine, o^"- 

Of  tWefc  there  are  various  kinds,  which  acquire  various 
ilames  according  to  the  various  manners  in  which  the 
moving  Power  is  apply'd  ;  but  they  may  all  be  reduced  to 
three  heads,  viz.  Wh/d-MiHi,  JVater-MHs,  and  Hand-Milh  5 
under  which  laft,  are  alfo  comprehended  ihofe  worked  by 
Hcrfcs,  STc. 

;(^flifi--MiLLs  are  thofe  tumedby  the  force  or  fall  of  a 
Ri'ver,  ^t.  Of  which,  again,  there  are  two  kinds  3  thofe 
where  the  force  of  the  Water  is  apply'd  above  the 
Wheel,  caU'd  Ovsr-Shofj  and  thofe  where  it  is  apply'd 
below  the  Wheel,  call'd  Under-Shot  Mills.  See  W'ater- 
Mdl 

if'i«ti-MiLLs,  are  thofe  turned  by  the  force  of  Wind  ga- 
thered in  their  Sails.  Of  thefe,  fome  are  call'd  J'ertl- 
ally  others  Horizontitl^  according  to  the  pofilion  of  the  Sails  ; 
or  rather  according  tu  the  diretlion  of  their  Motion  with 
regard  to  the  Horizon.  See  Vertical  and  Hori  zontal. 

For  the  bell  Form  of  Horizontal  Sails,  as  alio  for  deter- 
mining the  Pofuiun  of  the  Axis   of  Wind-Mills,  fee 

Tortau-vey  or  H.i;:(^-M  ills,  are  thofe  kept  in  Motion  by 
the  Hand  j  or  whofe  Mill-Stones  are  turn'd,  or  Piflons 
driven  by  the  force  of  Horfes,  or  other  Beails. 

The  Ufe  of  M//(  and  Mill-ilones,  according  to  Faifama!, 
was  firii  invented  by  Miletus,  Son  of  Ivkleges,  firft  King  of 
Sj>arta.  Tho  f/i/Jjy  attributes  the  Invention  of  every  thing 
belonging  to  Bread  and  Baking,  to  Ceres.  Polydore  J'irpl 
was  not  able  to  difcoverthe  Author  of  fo  ufeful  a  Machine, 
'lis  doubted  whether  or  no  Water-Mills  were  known  to 
ihc  Romajii  ■■,  there  being  no  mention  made  in  the  Digeft 
but  of  WW/j  turned  by  Slaves  and  AfTes. 

Sahrii-'Juis,  however,  and  Gothofridy  will  not  allow  ffaff-:)-- 
Miih  10  have  been  unknown  to  the  antient  Romans^  though 
they  were  not  in  ordinary  ufe. 

U'ind-MiHs  are  of  tiiuch  more  modern  Invention  :  The 
firll  Model  of  thefe  was  brought  from  JjJ^i  into  Europe^ 
in  the  time  ot  the  Holy-Wars. 

Mill  is  alfo  ufed,  in  the  general,  for  all  Machines, 
which  being  moved  by  fome  external  Force,  ferve  to  give 
a  violent  impreflion  on  things  apply'd  thereto. 

Mills  in  this  lenfe,  are  Machines  of  vafl  ufe  in  the 
Manufafiures,  Arts,  and  Trades  ;  for  the  making  and  pre- 
paring divets  kinds  of  Merchandizes.  The  principal  arc 
ihofe  which  follow. 

P^yjcr-MiLL,  a  Water-MiUfurnifl-i'd  with  feveral  Ham- 
mers, which  beat,  or  pound  the  Rags  or  Cloth  in  a  kind  of 
W  ooden-Ti'ough  :  and  thus  by  reducing  them  to  little  pieces, 
turn  ihem  into  a  kind  of  Pulp,  by  means  of  Water  con- 
vcy'd  into  the  Troughs  by  a  Pipe  for  the  purpofe.  See 
Paper. 

J"«//w_g-MiLL,  is  a  Water-MiU  which  raifes  and  beats 
down  large  wooden  FiHons  in  proper  VefTels,  call'd  Peels 
or  Troughs  ;  in  order  to  full,  fcower,  and  clean fe  Woollen 
Scuffs.    See  Fulling. 

L;7;e7i-MiLLS  drn't  differ  much  from  Fulling-Mdls. 
Their  Ufe  is  to  fcower  Linens,  after  having  been  firJl  cleans'd 
when  taken  out  of  the  Lixivium,  or  Lye.  See  iiLEACHiNc. 

Some  of  thefe  go  by  Water,  the  generality  by  Horles. 

Mill  in  Coinage,  is  a  Machine  ufed  to  prepare  the  i-ii- 
ii:i?t.e  or  Plates  of  Metal,  and  to  give  them  the  proper 
ihickncfs,  hardncfs,  and  confiftence  before  they  be  ilruck 
or  flamped.    Sec  Coin  in g. 

This  Machine  has  nut  been  long  known  among  us  ;  but 
is  of  fome  fl;;ndlng  in  Gmn^,7iy.  It  confiils  of  feveral 
Wheels  dented  like  thofe  of  Clocks,  ^c.  which  move 
two  Cylindeis  of  Steel,  between  which  the  Metal  is  pafTed 


to  be  brought  to  its  proper  thicknefs.  It  was  f^rfl  turned 
in  order  with  Water,  afterwards  with  Catrel,  ^c. 

.Mill,  among  the  Gold  Wire-Drawers,  isaliccic  Ma- 
chine confining  of  two  Cylinders  .of  Steel,  ferving  10  flit- 
ten  the  Gold,  or  Silver  Wire,  and  reduce  it  into  L.im'in<e,  or 
Plates.    See  Golh-Wire. 

They  have  alfo  M//j  to  wind  the  Gold.  Wire  or  Thread 
on  the  Silk  5  compofed  of  feveral  rows  of  Bobins  all 
turnedat  ihefametime.    See  Ductility. 

%fir-MiLLs,  is  a  Machine  that  ierves  to  bruife  tbs 
Sugar-Canes,  and  cxprefs  the  Liquor  or  Juice  contain'd 
therein.    See  Sugar. 

The  Sugar-Mills  are  very  curious  Contrivances.  Of  thefe 
there  are  four  kinds  ;  being  turned  either  by  Water,  Wind 
Men,  or  Horfes. 

Thofe  turned  by  tl.e  hand  were  firft  in  ufe  ;  but  arc 
now  laid  afide,  as  being  an  intolerable  Hardfhip  on  the  poor 
Negroes,  who  were  doom'd  thereto;  befides  the  ilowncfs 
of  their  Progrefs. 

Wind-Mills  are  the  moft;  Modern,  but  they  afe  yet 
fomeu'hatrare  :  excepting  in  St.  Chrijhf  her' s  txnd  Barludoes, 
and  among  the  Fortugueze.  Thefe  make  good  difpatch,  but 
have  this  Inconvenience,  that  they  are  not  eafily  (lop'd  ; 
which  proves  frequently  fatal  to  the  Negroes  who  feed 
them. 

O//-M1LLS,  whether  turned  by  Men,  Water,  Hand,  or 
Horfe,  terve  to  bruile  or  break  the  \'urs,  Olives,  and  other 
Fruits  and  Grains,  whofe  Juice  is  to  be  laken  byExpreffion 
to  make  Oil.    See  Oil,  Oli ve, {J^t. 

Tan,  or  iiflr^-MiLLs,  wroughr  by  Water  or  Horfes,  ferve 
to  cut  certain  Barks  into  a  coarfe  irrt  of  Powder,  proper  for 
the  Tanning  of  Hides,  i£'c.    See  Bark  and  Tanning. 

Sci-u;ii:g-'N\i-L-L  is  a  Water-Mill,  ferving  to  faw  feveral 
Planks  or  Boards  at  the  fame  time.    See  Sawing. 

Thefe  are  frequent  in  Frajice,  cfpecially  in  Dauphine. 
They  were  lately  prohibited  in  En^lajid,  where  they  were 
begun  to  be  introduced,  from  a  view  to  the  Ruin  of  the 
Sawyers,  vdiich  muil  have  enfued. 

forge-MiLLS,  turn'd  by  Water,  ferve  to  raife  and  let  fall 
one  or  more  huge  Hammers,  to  beat  and  form  the  Iron 
into  Bars,  Anchors,  or  other  maiTive  Works,    See  Force. 

Mills  for  Sword- Blades,  are  likewife  moved  by  Water. 
They  are  frequent  at  J'lemie  in  DaupbiTie.  By  working 
heavy  Hammers,  they  forge  thofe  excellent  Sword-Blades, 
call'd  Blades  of  Vienne. 

X,efl(ie>--MiLLS,  are  ufed  to  full,  and  prepare  with  Oil, 
the  Skins  of  Stags,  Buffalo's,  Elks,  Bullocks,  ££?c.  to 
make  what  they  call  Buff-Leather,  for  the  ufe  of  Mlliiary- 
Men. 

Thisiscffeded  by  means  of  feveral  large  Piflons  rifing 
and  falling  on  the  Skins  in  large  Wood  en -Troughs,  by 
means  of  a  Wheel  without-fide,  turn'd  by  the  force  of  the 
Water.    See  Buef. 

Gtm-Fov)der  '^lii.^,  is  that  ufed  to  pound,  and  beat  to- 
gether the  Ingredients  whereof  Gun-Pnw^der  iscompofed. 

This  is  done  in  a  kind  of  Iron  or  Brafs  Mortar  by  means 
of  Iron  Peliles  wrought  by  a  Wheel  without  the  M,'/,  turn'd 
by  the  Water  fatting  on  it.  SeeGuN-PowuER. 

There  are  alfo  ^(/;^-Mills,  for  fpinning,  throwing,  and 
twilling  Silks  ;  which  are  large  round  Machines  in  tbrm  of 
Turrets,  five  or  fix  Foot  high,  and  fix  Yards  in  dianieter  j 
which  being  turn'd  either  by  the  force  of  Water,  or  that  of 
Men,  work  at  the  fame  time  an  infinity  of  Bobins  falfned 
thereto,  whereon  the  Siik  had  been  wound  to  be  here 
fpun,  and  twilled.    See  Silk  and  Throwster. 

There  are  abundance  of  of  thiskind  in  France,  efpe- 
cially  about  Lyons  and  To/tr.',  fome  of  which  are  iij  dif- 
pofed,  as  that  three  of  them  will  go  at  the  fame  time,  and 
by  the  fame  Wheel  wrought  by  Water,  or  by  flrength  of 
Hand.  That  in  the  Hopital  de  la  Charite  at  Lyojn,  is 
wonderful,  a  fingle  Man  working  no  Icfs  than  forty-eight 
of  thele  Mills.    See  Milling. 

MILLDEW,  a  Difeafe  happening  to  Plants, 

caufed  by  a  dewy  Moillure,  which  falling  on  them,  and 
continuing,  for  want  of  the  Sun's  hear,  to  draw  it  up  ;  by  iis 
Acrimony  corrodes,  gnaws,  and  fpoils  the  inmoft  Subllance 
of  the  Plant,  and  hinders  the  Crrculation  of  the  nutritive 
Sap  ;  upon  which  the  Leaves  begin  to  fade,  and  the  Blof- 
foms  and  Fruit  are  much  prejudiced. 

According  to  Meff.  Coo^^  and  Mortimer,  Milldew  is  a  thick, 
clammy  Vapour  exhaled  in  the  Spring  and  Summer  from 
Plants,  Bloffomr,  and  even  the  Earth  itfelf,  in  clofe  ilill 
Weather,  when  there  is  neither  Sun  cnougii  ro  draw  ir  on 
high,  nor  Wind  enough  10  difperfe  it.  Hanging  thus  in 
the  lower  Regions,  when  the  Evening's  Cold  come.s  on, 
it  condenfes  and  falls  on  the  Plants  ;  with  its  thick  clammy 
Subllance  flops  up  their  Pores,  and  thus  prevents  Pei-- 
fpiration,  and  hinders  the  Sap  from  afcending  to  noiiDfli 
its  Flowers,  Shoots,  ^c.    See  Dp-W. 

'Tis  added,  this  Dew  falling  on  the  top  of  the  Shoot  of 
a  Cherry-Tree  about  Midfummer,  has  been  founJ  to  flop 
the  Shoot  ;  fo  as  the  Tree  has  (hot  forth  in  other  places. 

Blights 


Mil 


( ) 


Blights  and  Mil  Jews  arc  commonly  taten  for  the  fame 
thmg  i  yet  are  they  very  dilferent.  See  Blight. 

On  Flams  which  have  fmooth  Leaves,  as  the  Oak, 
the  Dew  hangs,  and  may  be  feen,  tafled,  e?c.  Others, 
whole  Leaves  are  rougher,  imbibe  it.    When  it  falls  on 
Wheat,  tiC.  itbefpots  the  Stems  with  a  Colour  different 
from  the  natural  one. 

Ihefe  Dews,  Mr.  Mortimer  takes  to  be  the  principal 
Food  of  Bees  ;  being  fweet,  and  eafily  convertible  into 
Honey.    See  Honey. 

MILLENARIES,  Mi  llenarians,  a  Sed  among 
Chnllians,  chiefly  in  the  primitive  Church,  who  hold  that 
Jcfus  Chrilt  is  to  come  and  reign  on  Earth  for  the  fpaceof 
a  thouland  years;  during  which  time,  the  Faithful  are  to 
enjoy  all  manner  of  temporal  Blcffings,  and  at  the  Expi- 
rit  on  of  this  Term,  the  Day  of  Judgment  is  to  take  place. 
See  Millennium. 

The  Mtlkuaries  are  alfo  call'd  Chilmjls  from  the  Greek 
■•/t^t&i  mills,  a  Thoufand.    See  Ciiiliast. 

This  Op  inion  of  the  hUHtfiavies  is  very  antient  j  and  may 
be  traced  back  almoft  as  fir  as  the  time  of  the  Apoftlea. 
It  had  its  Origin  from  a  Paffage  in  the  Jpocalyffe  too 
literally  underliood,  wherein  mention  is  made  of  Chrift's 
Reign  on  Earth,  ^f. 

Ihe  Opiniun  of  S.  Fap'ias,  fays  Mr,  Lniwoy,  touching 
the  new  Kingdom  of  Jefus  Chrilt  on  Earth_,  after  the  Re- 
furre^iion,  was  held  for  near  three  Centuries,  e'er  it  was 
charged  as  erroneous  i  as  appears  from  Ecclefiaftical  Hi- 
llory.  It  was  allow'dof,  and  foUow'd  by  the  greateft  Men 
among  the  Primitive  Fathers  i  as  Irejj^iis^  Jitfi'm  Martyr, 
Tt;rtii!li.U2,!kc.  Vioftyfins  uf  y/lexantiria  a^nd  St.  ^erom,  op- 
poftd  this  imaginary  Millenary  Reign  very  llrongly. 

MILLENNIUM,  a  Term  literally  fignifying  a  thoufand 
2'cars ;  chiefly  ufed  for  the  time  of  our  Saviour's  fecond 
Appearance,  and  Reign  on  Earth.    See  Millenaries. 

V^r.U  'hiJion,  in  feveral  of  his  Writings,  has  endeavoured 
to  fupport  the  Notion  of  the  Ndknmum.  According  to  his 
Computation,  it  was  to  have  commenced  about  the  Year 
172c. 

The  Word  is  Lati»,  compounded  of  miUe,  a  Thoufand, 
and  a}i»H.',  Year. 

M  ILLEPEDES,  Wood-Lice,  little  Animals  of  confiderable 
Ufe  in  Medicine.  Thus  call'd  from  the  great  number  of 
their  Feet. 

ALlkfedcs  are  fo  much  in  the  Acquaintance  of  the  Peo- 
ple, that  they  fcem  to  be  Maflers  of  their  medicinal 
Ufes,  and  take  them  in  many  Cafes  without  any  other  Di- 
reftion.  They  are,  by  all  Experience,  found  to  be  very 
Diuretic  and  Ablierfivc  i  which  makes  them  not  only  fre- 
quent in  Prelcrlptions  for  Difordcrs  in  the  Reins,  but  alfo 
m  Oblirudiona  of  the  Vifcera,  and  particularly  in  the 
Jaundice. 

They  abound  with  a  nitrous  Salt,  which  they  feem  to 
derive-  from  the  earthy  Diet  they  live  on.  It  is  fomewhat 
volatilized  by  its  Digellion  and  Circulation  in  the  Infeft  ; 
as  fuch  Salt  always  is  more  or  lefs,  in  proportion  to  the 
digeftive  Powers  ot  the  Animal,  into  whofe  Blood  it  enters  j 
yet  not  lo  much,  but  that  it  is  bracki/li  and  pungent  upon 
the  Palate.  This  makes  their  dcterfive  Q_u3lities  extend 
lurthcr,  ih^m  the  larger  Glands,  and  enables  them  to 
Icuur  even  the  minuted  Paffages,  and  keep  the  Nerves 
clear  irom  Vifcidities,  and  fuch  things  as  would  clog  their 
Springs  i  whereby  they  are  good  in  Palfies,  Epilepfics,  and 
a.U  ncr\  ous  Dilteinpers. 

a^s  they  open  and  cleanfe  away  Vlfcofities,  and  by  their 
M:nutenefs  and  Afperities  cut  their  way  through  any  Ob- 
llruiSlions,  they  are  good  in  Struma's,  and  all  inveterate 
Tumours  or  Ulcers. 

Remarkable  Cures  have  been  performed  in  each  way  by 
alongufeof  them,  They  are  belt  taken  in  Subftance  ; 
orbruiied  in  white  Wine,  the  Liquor  being  taken  without 
fettling. 

There  are  Teveral  Chymical  Preparations  of  Millepedes,  as 
Spirit,  volatile  Salt,  Oil,  and  Wine  of  Millepedes. 
-MILL-REE,  or  Mii,le-Ray,  a  Fortu^ueze  Coin,  current 
for  fomcwhat  more  than  the^^3«//Z.  Pirtole.    See  Coin. 

ThcMill-ree  is  thus  call'd,  as  confilling  of  a  thoufand 
Rees.    See  Ree. 

It  is  alfo  called  a  St.  ^tp/iie??,  from  the  Figure  of  that 
Martyr  Imprefs'd  thereon. 

MU.LL\R1UM,  among  the  Romam,  was  a  M/e,  or 
League;  confilling  of  a  thoufand  ?aces,  milk  fajfus  ;  whence 
the  Name.    See  Mile  andLiLAGUE. 

In  the  Roman  Empire,  the  MHHarLt,  in  all  the  great 
Roads,  were  all  mark'd  with  Stones  or  Columns,  erected 
for  thar  rurpofe  ;  commencing  from  a  Column  in  the  heart 
of  the  City.    See  Road. 

Thoft;  Columns  were   hence  denominated  Milliary  Co- 
See  Column. 

MILLING,  in  the  Manufadlories,  an  Operation  call'd 
alfo  I'l'.Hif!^.    See  Fulling. 


M  I  N 


c  l^'i^'l""']  "^'"'"''"•S.'fS'li,  is  the  lift  preparation  of 
Silk  before  dying  ;  ferving  to  iwill  it,  more  or  left  accor- 
ding to  the  Work  it  is  intended  for.    See  Si  Lit. 

To  prepare  the  Silks  for  Millmt;,  they  firft  put  it  in 
boiling  Water,  incloferf  between  two  linen  Cloths.  The 
Mill  IS  a  fquare  Machine,  compofed  of  feveral  pieces  of 
Wood  mortaifed  in  each  other  fo  as  to  form  a  kind  of  large 
Cage,  in  the  Centre  whereof  are  two  Wheels  placed  parallel 
over  each  other,  W'hofe  Axis  bears  on  two  Polls.  When  the 
Machine  is  Simple,  a  fingle  Man  turns  thefc  Wheels  by 
means  of  a  little  Cogg  in  which  they  catch,  and  a  laroe 
Handle. 

The  Wheels  putin  motion  by  the  Handle,  cominunicatit 
their  Motion  to  eight  Windles,  or  Reels,  or  even  more, 
according  to  the  largenefs  of  rhe  Machine  ;  on  the  Wings, 
or  Arms  whereof  the  Silk  is  wound  from  off  two  Rows' of 
Bobins  placed  on  each  fide  the  Machine,  each  Row  at  the 
height  of  one  of  the  two  Wheels  in  the  Centre.  Thefe  Bo- 
bins have  their  Motion  by  means  of  leathern  Thongs.which 
bear  on  the  little  Cylinders  of  Wood  that  fupport  them, 
and  turn  at  length  on  the  two  Wheels  at  the  Centre  ;  fo 
that  the  Silk  on  each  Bobin  twifls,  as  it  winds,  and  forms 
Its  feparate  Skain. 

The  fmallell  Wheel  moves  two  hundred  of  thefe  Bobins, 
over  which  a  fingle  Perfon  is  fufficienr  to  infpea,  to  put 
new  Bobins  or  Spools  in  lieu  of  thofe  difchargcd  of  their 
Silk,  and  to  knot  the  Ends  when  they  break. 

MILLION,  in  Arithmetic,  the  Number  of  ten  hundred 
thouland  ;  or  a  thoufand  times  a  thoufind.    See  Numi- 

RATION. 

The  Revenues  of  Princes  are  now  only  computed  in 
Mdlmi.    See  REVENUEand Political  Jlrithmetic. 

A  Million  of  Geld,  or  Million  of  Money,  is  fomctinies 
linderdoodof  a  M/7/ioHof  Pounds  ;  and  fometimes  a  ylMoij 
of  Crowns.    See  Crown,  C^f. 

MILT,  in  Anatomy,  is  a  popular  Name  for  the  Spleen. 
See  Spleen. 

Mi  LT,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  the  foft  Row  in  Fiflies  j  thus 
call'd  by  reafon  it  yields,  by  expreflion,  a  whiti/li  Juice  re- 
fembling  Milk.    See  Row. 

The  M/(  is  properly  the  Seed,  or  the  Spermatic  part  of 
the  Male  Fifh.  The  M;/f  of  a  Carp  is  reckon'd  a  choice  Bit. 

Lewenhoeck,  examining  the  Milt  of  a  fingle  Cod-fi/h 
with  an  excellent  Microfcope,  found  it  to  contain  more  living 
Animals  than  there  are  Men  on  the  Face  of  the  Earth. 
See  Animalcule. 

MIME,  MiMus,  a  Term  in  the  antient  Comedy,  iigni- 
fying  a  BufooK,  or  Mimic,  who  aaed  Pollutes  fuitable  to  the 
Perlon  or  Subjeft  he  reprefentcd. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ^^'f£©-.  Imitator. 

The  fame  Comedians  were  alfo  fometimes  call'd  Panto- 
mimes, becaufe  of  their  counterfeiting  all  manner  of  Po- 
fturesand  Geflures.    See  Pantomime. 

MIMESIS,  Imitation,  in  Rhetoric,  t^c.  a  Figure,where!n 
the  Words,  Ailions,  ^c.  of  another  Perfon  are  imitated. 
See  Mime  and  Pantomime. 

MIND,  Me7is,  a  thinking  Being.    See  Thinking. 

Philofophers  generally  allow  of  three  Kinds  of  Mnids^ 
viz..  God,  Jfi^eh,  and  the  human  Aji/.  For  a  thinking  Be- 
ing muft  either  be  finite,  or  infinite:  If  infinite,  it  is 
God  j  and  if  finite,  it  is  either  join'd  with  a  human  Body, 
or  not  ;  if  the  latter,  it  is  an  yi'ngel  i  if  the  former,  a  Soul. 
See  God,  Angel,  and  Soul. 

The  biman  M'-nd  is  properly  defined  a  thinking,  rational 
Subllahce  :  By  Tbifi^ing,  it  is  dillinguiiTied  from  Body  ; 
and  by  Keafonin^,  from  God,  and  Angels,  which  are  fap- 
pofed  to  fee  and  know  things  intuitively,  without  the  help 
of  Deduction,  and  Difcourfe.  See  Discourse,  Reaso- 
ning, and  Knowledge. 

MINE,  in  Natural  Hirtory,  a  place  under  ground  where 
Metals,  Minerals,  or  even  precious  Stones,  are  found.  See 
Metal,  Mineral,  Precious  Stone,  ^c. 

As,  therefore,  the  Matter  dug  out  of  M(wef  is  various; 
the  Mhtes  themfelves  acquire  various  denominations  :  as 
Gold-Mifies,  Siher-Mines,  Copper-Mijies,  hon-Mijies,  Diamond- 
Mines^  Sah'Mtnes,  Mines  of  JntimoNy,  of  Alum^SiLz. 

'For  Gold  andSiher  Mines,  the  richelt  and  moil  celebrated 
are  thofe  of  Peru  xndChili  in  America.  See  Gold  and  Si  lvek.. 

/!-o«-Mines  are  more  abundant  in  France  than  elfewherc. 
See  Iron. 

Co^^er-MiNES  are  chiefly  in  Szvcdeji  zr\d  Dcnmar}:.  See 
Copper. 

Tm-M I NES  abound  in  England.    See  Tin. 

Qjtic^fiher-M  I  n  es  in  Him^ary  and  Spain ;  Dt.iinorid-}^  i  n  E3 
in  Golconda  ;  5'«/f-MiNEsin  Poland,  &c.  See  Qjji  cks  i  lver, 
Diamond,  Salt,  ^c. 

Metallic  Mines  are  chiefly  found  in  Mountains;  tho  the 
reafon  thereof  does  not  appear.  It  is  probable.  Plains  may 
abound  as  much  therewith,  would  People  dig  deep  enough. 
But  Plains  are  commonly  cultivated  5  and  bcfide,  the  Water 
willfcarce  allow  'em  to  be  dug.  Add,  that  the  iMLtallic  Vein 

always 


M  I  N 


(  S"^?  ) 


MIN 


always  run  either  horizontal  or  oblique  j  and  for  that  Rcx- 
fon,  are  eaficit  found  on  the  iides  of  Eminerices. 

The  Metallic  Veins  are  commonly  encompaff^d  with  a 
fort  of  S[one  peculiar  to  the  Mifie,  and  are  accompanied 
with  feveral  Strata  of  different  Matters,  as  Clay,  Gravel, 
Rock,  £ic.  'J  hcy  who  work  in  Mtnes^  know  by  the  Si^e, 
ar:d  CoU-ur  of  the  Stones ,  when  they  approach  the  Vein. 
See  Strata  and  Vein. 

They  dilcover  that  there  is  a  l^inie  in  a  Mountain  by  the 
Marcafites,  or  Mineral  Stones  falling  from  it  ;  by  the  Mine- 
ral Talle  of  the  Waters  j  by  the  Q^aality  of  the  Exhalations 
ruis'dfrom  it  j  and  by  the  difference  between  the  Earth 
over  the  A^i/je.',  and  that  of  the  neighbouring  parrs  in  the 
cold  time  of  Spring  and  Autumn,  the  Froll  lying  on  the 
adjacent  Phccs,  when  it  thaws  about  the  Mnes.  Add, 
that  the  Grounds  producing  but  little  Gra1s,  and  that  little, 
pale  and  colourlcfs,  is  an  indication  of  a  Mine. 

Some  pretend  to  difcovcr  Mines  by  the  fole  virtue  of  the 
Hazle-Tree,  out  of  which  they  form  a  forked  Stick,  call'd 
Tirpil-i  d'i-vnnitorici,  which,  they  fay,  turns  of  itfelf^  in  their 
bands,  but  differently,  accorditig  to  the  different  nature  of 
the  Metals  or  Minerals  underneath.  This  Artifice  made 
a  great  noife  in  France  towards  the  end  of  tiie  17  th  Cen- 
tuiy  ;  and  the  Corpiifcular  Philofophy  was  call'd  to  account 
for  it.   But  it  is  now  in  little  Credit.    See  Virgula  Di- 

VINATORIA. 

There  are  fome  Mines,  wherein  the  Metals  are  found  at 
their  firtt  openings  very  crude  and  iinperfedl  5  which  yet, 
in  time,  grow  ripe  anu  rich*    ^Vo7//o  relates,  that  in 

Tiif'fi-,  Stones  have  frequently  been  thrown  aiide,as  not  con- 
taining Jny  ih,ing  coniiderable  of  Metal  ;  and  yet  have 
been  iouni.1  many  Years  afterwards  exceeding  full  thereof. 
CteJ alfmu s  2.^\ivcs  us,  that  Earths  which  yield  no  Metal  at 
all,  fomctimes  become  very  fertile  Veins.  In  an  Illand 
o*:  x\\c  Tyrrhene- Sea,  after  the  Iron  Mmes  have  been  ex- 
haulled,  they  flop  'em  up  about  ten  Years^  at  the  end 
whereof,  they  find  'em  as  rich  as  before. 

For  the  Formation  of  Mineral  ajid  Metallic  M^itters  in'Mincs^ 
fee  MiN  Ell  AL. 

Mine,  in  the  Art  of  War,  is  a  fubterraneous  Canal,  or 
PatTage  dug  under  the  Wall,  orRatnpartof  a  Fortification 
intended  to  be  blown  up  by  Gun-powdtr. 

The  ^//fjy,  or  Palirage  of  a  Msne,  is  ufually  about  four  foot 
fquare  j  at  the  end  of  this  is  the  Cbamher  oi  the  Mine, 
which  is  a  Cavity  about  five  foot  in  width  and  in  length, 
and  about  fix  in  height  j  and  here  the  Gun-Powder  is  be- 
ftow'd. 

The  Saucidgeo^  the  Mf?ie  is  the  Train  5  for  which  there 
is  always  a  little  Aperture  left.    See  Saucidge. 

There  arc  various  kinds  of  Mines,  which  acquire  various 
Names  J  as  Royal  Miwe^,  Serpentine  M"«ei,  Forked  ^//we.f, 
according  as  their  PafTages  are  flrait,  oblique,  winding, 

There  are  alfo  Mines  made  in  the  Fields  which  are  call'd 
Fott^ades.    See  Fougade, 

Mines  are  either  dug  within  the  Body  of  the  Earth,  as 
thofe  made  by  the  Beficgcd  to  blow  up  the  Works  of  rhe 
Befiegers,  before  thcjr  make  a  Lodgment  on  the  Cover'd 
Way  :  Or  in  Eminences  and  Rifing  Grounds,  as  to  make 
a  Breach  in  the  Ramparts,  ^Sc.  Or  ru  blow  up  Walls  : 
Or,  lalUy,  to  tear  up  Rocks. 

M.  C7:'tf.(/rcr,  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Sciences,  has  handled  the  Subieif  of  Mines  with  a  great 
deal  of  Accuracy.  He  has  calculated  the  Force  of  Gun- 
Powder,  the  Effort  it  makes,  and  the  Refinance  it  meets 
with  in  heaving  up  the  Ground.  He  fliews,  that  a  Cubic 
Foot  of  Air  inclofed  in  two  Cubic  Feet  of  Gun-Powder,  is 
capable  of  fuflaining  a  Weight  of  near  290000  Pounds. 
Eut  obferves  withal,  that  this  is  vaflly  greater  than 
what  it  is  found  by  Experience  to  have  ;  and  that  in  fa£l, 
14a  Pounds  of  Powder  don't  raife  above  50000  Pound  of 
Earth.  The  Reafonof  which  differencehc  afcribesto  feve- 
ral Caufes  j  as,  that  the  Powder  docs  not  take  fire  all  at 
once,  fo  that  its  force  is  divided;  that  part  of  rhe  Shock 
is  loll  in  the  Canal  or  Paifage  of  the  Mme,  and  in  the 
Pores  of  tlie  Bodies  incompafling  the  Jlfi'ie  ;  that  the  te- 
nacity of  the  parts  of  the  Eirth  rcfift  a  feparation  ;  that  it 
is  not  enough  that  the  Earth  be  fupportcd,  but  it  mutt  be 
carry'd  upwards  vviih  a  certain  Velocity  j  and  that  the 
Weight  of  the  Atmofphcre,  is  a  very  confiderahle  ob- 
flacle,  to  which  no  regard  ishad  in  the  Calculation.  See 

Gl'N-PoWPER. 

From  a  great  number  of  Experiments  it  appears,  r. 
That  the  Effefl  of  a  Mine  is  always  towards  the  weakeft  fide  5 
fo  that  the  difpofitionof  the  Chamber  of  a  Mhne  does  not 
at  all  contribute  to  determine  this  Effe£l  either  one  way 
or  another,  as  the  Miners  miflakenly  imagine.  2.  Thar 
the  Quantity  of  the  Powder  muif  be  greater  or  lefs,  in 
proportion  to  the  greater  or  lefs  Weight  of  the  Bodies  to 
be  rais'd,  and  to  their  greater  or  lefs  Cohefion  ;  and  the 
refult  of  all  the  Experiments  that  have  been  made  for  de- 
termining the  different  Quantity  of  Powder  to  be  ufed  for 
different  Bodies,  is  to  allow  foreach  Cubic  Fathom, 


Ofloofe  Earth, 


or  10  Pounds  of  I^owdet*. 


Of  firm  filid  Earth,  ard  "> 

flrongSand, 
Of  Argil, or  fat  clayey  Eartn,i  5  or 
Of  newMafonry,  not  very? 

ifrongly  bound,  ^  15 

Of  old  Mafonry  well  bound,  25  or  50 

3.  That  the  Aperture,  or  Funnel  of  a  Mins  that  has  been 
piay'd,  if  it  had  been  rightly  charg'd,  is  a  Cone,  the 
iJianieter  of  whofe  Bufe  is  double  the  height  taken  from 
the  Center  of  the  Mine.  4.  That  when  the  Alme  has  be  .ii 
over-charg'd,  its  Aperture  is  nearly  Cylindrical,  the  upper 
Extremity  not  being  much  wider  than  the  Chamber  at  bot- 
tom, where  the  Powder  was  lodg'd.  5.  Thar,  befide  the 
/Iiock  of  the  Powder  againCt  the  Bodies  it  takes  up,  it 
likewile  crufhes  all  the  Earth  that  borders  upon  it,  both  . 
underneath  and  fide-ways,  which  Crufli  extends  itfelf  the 
further  as  the  Matters  make  the  lefs  Refiffance. 

To  account  for  all  the  Effeils  refulting  from  thefe  Ex- 
pcrimentsj  and  to  determine  the  Quantity  of  Powder  re- 
quT^d  for  the  charge  of  a  Mine,  and  the  moft  advanta- 
geous Dilpoficion  for  anfwering  the  Intent:  Let  us  con- 
ceive, 1.  A  yl//;;e,  whereof  all  the  parts  wherewith  it  is 
incompaffed  are  incapable  of  being  comprefs'd,  anu  make 
an  equable  Refillance,  fuch  as  that  of  a  Bomb  equally  thick 
throughout,  fufpended  in  the  Airj  where  it  mull  be  ob~ 
ferved,  that  befides  the  RefiUance  of  the  Body,  the  Effort 
of  the  Powder  mull  likewife  furmount  the  Weight  of  the 
ambient  Air  5  in  which  Cafe  the  Body  will  be  beaten  into 
Duft,  or  at  Icalf  into  very  fmall  pieces. 

2.  Conceive  a  Mime  incompais'd  wholly  by  fuch  Bodies 
as  areequally  comprefllble,  and  that  refill;  every  way  with 
equal  force.  In  this  Cafe,  the  firll  Effeft  of  the  Powder 
wdl  be  tu  comprcis  ail  thole  Bodies  equally,  and  they  will 
not  be  fepatated,  till  by  the  Violence  of  their  CompreiTion, 
they  are  all  incapable,  any  longer,  to  refift  its  Effort  ;  fo 
that  unlefs  the  Powder  be  in  a  great  Quantity,  all  its  Eftefl 
may  end  in  the  mere  compreffion  of  the  adjacent  Bodies^ 
For  this  reafon,  they  fometimes  block  up  the  Chamber  of 
the  Mine  with  large  Beams,  and  fometimes  wall  it  up  with 
Stones,    that  the  adjacent  Bodies  may  refifl  the  more. 

Lafllyj  fuppofe  a  Mne  where  all  the  Bodies  that  incom- 
pafs  it,  are  equally  comprefllble,  but  where  there,  is  lefs 
Refinance  on  one  fide  than  another  ;  in  this  Cafe,  there 
will  be  a  Sphere  of  CompreiTion,  whofe  Diameter  will 
be  fo  much  the  greater,  as  the  weak  Side  refifls  the 
more.  With  regard  to  which,  there  are  three  things  to  be 
confider'd. 

Firfl,  if  the  Effort  of  the  Powder  be  very  great  with 
regard  to  the  Refiflance  of  the  weak  Side,  the  Com- 
preifion  will  but  reach  a  little  way,  that  Side  being 
tore  off  too  fuddenly  for  the  neighbouring  parts  to  re- 
ceive their  Shock.  In  which  Cafe,  the  Aperture  or  Funnel 
will  be  almoll  Cylindrical,  the  Diameter  of  the  upper 
Extrerne  not  much  exceeding  that  of  the  Chamber  j  and 
the  Earth  will  be  thrown  to  a  great  dillance,  which  the 
Enemy  may  make  an  advantage  of,  by  making  Lodgments 
in  the  Cavity,  as  was  done  at  the  Siege  of  Ferue.  Secondly, 
If  the  M-'ne  be  under-charged,  it  only  makes  a  fimple 
Compreffion  on  the  weakelt  Side,  as  it  hapned  at  Ci-vidad 
Rodnp.  Thirdly,  If  the  Mme  he  charged  with  a  Quan- 
tity of  Powder  between  the  two  Extremes,  it  will  raife  a 
Cone  of  Earth,  the  Diameter  of  whofe  Bafe  will  have  a 
greater  or  lefs  Ratio  to  its  height  from  the  Centre  of  the 
Mi/ie,  as  the  Effort  of  the  Powder  is  greater  or  lefs.  The 
moll  ad  vantage<<us  Effecl  is  when  the  Diameter  of  the  Bafe 
of  the  Cone  is  double  its  height:  In  which  cafe,  the  Earth 
blown  up,  falls  almoll  all  back  again  into  the  Aperture  of 
the  Mtnc  ;  fo  that  the  Enemy  cannot  make  any  Lodg- 
ment. 

To  charge  a  Mi?7e,  therefore,  foas  it  may  have  the  moft 
advantageous  Effefl  poflible,  the  Weight  of  the  Matter  to 
be  carried  up  muft  be  known,  i.  e.  the  Solidity  of  a  right 
Cone,  whofe  Bafe  is  double  the  height  of  the  Earth  over 
the  Centre  of  the  Mme,  which  is  eafily  found  from  the 
Rules  of  Geometry.  Having  found  the  Solidity  of  the 
Cone  in  cubic  Fathoms,  multiply  the  number  of  Fathoms 
by  the  number  of  Pounds  of  Powder  neceffary  for  raifing 
the  Matter  it  contains,  according  to  the  Proportion  already 
laid  down  ;  and  if  the  C^one  contains  Matters  of  different 
Weights,  take  a  mean  Weight  between  'em  all  }  having 
always  a  regard  to  their  degree  of  Cohefion. 

As  to  the  Difpofition  of  Mijtes,  we  have  but  one  general 
Rule  to  lay  down;  which  is,  that  the  Side  towards  which 
one  would  determine  the  Effe£l,  be  the  weakefl.  But 
this  varies  according  to  Oecafions  and  Circumfiances. 

Knight  of  the  Mine,  is  a  Military  Honour,  antientiv  con- 
fer'don  Perfons  who  had  dillinguifii'd  themfelves  in  En- 
gagements in  Mines. 

Mine  Ships,  are  Ships  fiU'd  with  Gun-Powder,  inclofed 
7  B  i„ 


MIN 


in  firong  Vaults  of  Brick  or  Stone,  to  be  fired  in  the 

niidft  of  an  Enemy's  Fleet. 

Mine  is  alfo  a  i-Ve«c/j Meafure.   See  Measure. 

MINERA,  in  Medicine  and  Anatomy,  a  Term  apply'd 
tothofe  Parts  of  the  Body  wherein  there  are  coUeftions 
and  coacervations  of  Humours  made;  which  hardning, 
form  Obflruaions,  and  produce  Difeafes.  In  this  fcnfe 
we  fay,  the  Minera  morbt,  &c. 

MINERAL,  in  Natural  Hiflory,  is  fometimes  ufed  in 
the  general  for  fb//,  and  applied  to  any  Body,  fimple,  or 
compound,  dug  out  of  a  Uhie  ;  from  which  it  takes  the 
Denomination.    See  Mine. 

In  this  fenfe,  the  Metals,  Sulphurs,  foffil  Salts,  Semi- 
nietals,  SSc.  are  Minerals.    See  Fossil. 

On  this  Principle,  they  divide  Minerals  into  twoClaffes  ; 
the  one  fujible,  and  ma!le.ible  j  i.e.  which  melt  with  Fire, 
and  firetchon  the  Anvil  j  which  are  what  we  properly  call 
Metals.  The  others  want  thofe  two  Properties;  and  are 
what  in  the  ftrift  fenfe  we  call  Minerals. 

Some  divide  Mhierah  into  Simfle  and  Compound:  To 
the  firil  belong  Stories  j  Sahs^  as  Alum,  Nitre,  I«- 
fi^unmahle  Minerals,  as  Sulphur  and  Bi  tumen  j  and  Metah 
as  Gold, 

Others  of  the  more  accurate  Writers,  reflrain  the  Word 
M«e?-ii/towhit  we  otherwife  call  Semi-metal.    See  Semi- 

MET  ALi 

In  this  fenfe,  a  Mineral  may  be  defined  fl  compound 
Foffil,  wherein  there  is  fomething  difcovered,  in  all  re- 
fpefls  like  Metal,  only  that  it  is^not  malleable  3  join'd, 
or  compounded  with  fome  other  Foffil,  as  Salt,  Sulphur, 
Stone,  or  Earth.  Such  are  Antimony.,  Cijinf.har,  Bijmuth^ 
Calaminaris,  Vitriol,  Fyritcs^  MarcaJJites,  Cobalt,  Oker,  the 
Ma^fitt,  Lapis  Hitmatites,  Jrmciius,  and  StellatKs.  See  each 
under  its  proper  Article,  Antimony,  Cinnabar,  Bis- 
muth, Vitriol,  Calaminaris,  ^jfc* 

Some  attribute  the  Formation  of  Minerals  to  the  Adion 
of  the  Sun  without  5  fomc  to  the  central  Fire  within  ;  and 
fome  think  the  Cold  does  all  by  uniting  condenling,  and 
congealing  certain  Juices. 

Ties  Canes  t2k<zs  Metals  to  have  been  form'd  from  the 
beginning  of  the  World;  and  to  have  ranged  therafelves, 
by  the  Laws  of  Gravity,  about  the  Centre.  Inprocefsof 
time,  he  fuppofes  them  to  have  beencorroded  by  the  acid 
Salts,  {^c.  and  abundance  of  the  parts  thereof  carried 
up  along  with  thofe  Salts  by  the  fubterranean  Heat,  and 
depofited  in  divers  pares  of  the  Earth. 

Monf.  Touriiefort  fuppofes  Seeds  of  Mmerah,  as  of  Ani- 
mals, and  Yefietables.  Every  thing,  according  to  him, 
comes  from  Eggs,  even  Stones  ;  and  the  largeft  Rocks 
were  originally  no  more  than  Grains  of  Sand.  Seehis 
Syi^em  more  at  length  under  the  Articles  Metal  and 
Stone. 

Others,  as  M.  Geojfroy,  contend  that  Metals,  £^c.  may  be 
the  refult  of  a  mixture  of  certain  Matters,  which  had  no- 
thing metallic  in  them.  Thus,  in  the  Afhes  of  all  Vege- 
tables we  find  a  ferruginous  Matter  which  the  Load-flone 
attracts  and  yet  it  will  hardly  be  faid  that  Iron  exiiled  in 
the  rianis.  We  fee  no  figns  of  Iron  in  Argilla,  work  it  in 
what  manner  you  will  ;  and  yet  add  Linfecd^Oil,  and  by 
Fire  you  wi'l  procure  Iron.  And  the  like  may  be  faid  of 
divers  other  Matters. 

Hence  it  is  probable,  Metals  may  be  form'd  by  a  mere 
combination  of  different  Ingredients  ;  much  like  Sulphur, 
which  we  all  krow  is  made  by  adding  an  inflammable 
Principle  to  a  vitriolic  Salr.  The  Earth  may  every  where 
abound  with  thofe  Matters,  which  arecontinually  circulating 
through  iis  Fores  and  Canals,  and  which  meeting  with  an 
Earth  homogeneous  to  them,  fix  thereto  ;  and  commence 
}^i}!erals. 

The  Minerals,  Metalsjand  Stones  lie  in  Beds  ;  and  have 
done  fo  ever  fmce  the  Flood,  if  not  from  the  Creation  ; 
yet  'tis  highly  probable  they  have  a  faculty  of  growing  in 
their  refpeflivc  Beds  ;  that,  as  their  Beds  are  rubb'd  and 
emptied  by  Miners,  fo  after  a  while  rhey  recruit  again. 
Thus  Vitriol,  Mr.  iJoj)/e  thinks ,  may  grow  by  the  help  of 
the  Air,  and  Alum  does  the  fame.  We  are  affjred  (fays 
thai  Author)  by  the  experienced  ^-nco/s,  that  the  Earth, 
orOilof  Aliini,  being  robb'd  of  irs  Salts,  will,  in  trad  of 
time,  recover  it  by  being  expofed  to  the  Air. 

As  for  Metals,  there  is  good  reafon  to  believe  they  grow 
Ukewife  ;  from  what  has  been  alledged  by  Mr.  lioyle.  In 
his  Obfervations  about  the  growth  of  Metals,  and  particu- 
larly as  to  the  growth  of  Iron.  To  the  Inftances  he  brings 
from  Plinyy  fallofhis,  C^falfimis,  and  others,  we  may  add, 
that  in  the  ForcLt  of  Bean^  in  Gloucefierjhh-e,  the  beft  Iron, 
and  in  the  f  rciUeft  Quantities,  are  found  in  the  old  Cinders 
which  they  melt  over  again.  This  fome  impute  to  the 
Negligence  oT  the  former  Melters  in  not  exhaulling  the 
Ore.  But  Mr.  Derham  thinks  it  rather  owing  ro  the  new 
Impregnations  of  the  old  Ore,  or  Cinders  from  the  Air; 
than  to  any  feminal  Principle  in  the  Ore  itfelf. 

The  Chymifts  generally  take  Minerals  to  be  nothing  elfe 


(  ) 


MIN 


but  imperfeil  Metals,  which  not  having  arriv'd  at  Matu- 
rity, may  be  petfefted  byChyraical  Operations,  and  raifed 
to  red  Metals.  This  agreeable^  but  fatal  Deluiion,  has 
given  rife  to  the  Sefl  of  Phjlofophers,  who  ftudy  the  Fhi- 
iofopher's  Scone.  See  Metal,  Gold,  Philosopher's 
Stone,  ^c. 

Crjy/flmiNESAL,  fee  Crystal M«ejW, 
_  MINERAL-WATERS,  are  thofe,  which  at  their  fpring- 
ing  forth  from  under  Ground,  are  found  impregnated  with 
lome  Mineral  Matter  3  as  Salt,  Sulphur,  Vitriol,  ^c.  Sea 
Water. 

Such  are  hot  Baths,  Spaws,  purging,  ^c.  Springs;  Se« 
Bath,  Spaw,  Spring,  ^ 

MINIATURE,  or  Mignature,  a  delicate  kind  of 
Painting,  confiaing  cf  little  Points  or  Dots,  inilead  of  Lines  ; 
ufually  done  on  Velom,  with  very  thin,  fimple  Water- 
Colours.  See  Painting. 

Miniature  is  diltingjilhed  from  other  kinds  of  Faint- 
ing by  the  fmallnef;.  a.jd  delicacy  of  its  Figures,  the  weak- 
nafs  of  their  Colours,  and  fainlncfs  of  the  Colouring,  and 
in  that  it  requires  to  be  view'd  very  near. 

Thofe  Colours  thai  have  the  Icail:  Body,  are  the  beft 
and  moft  commodious  for  painting  in  Miniature-,  as  Carmine^ 
Ultramarine,  fine  Lakes,  and  Green  made  of  the  Juices  of 
feveral  kindsof  Herbs  and  Flowers. 

Painting  in  Miniature  is  the  niceft  and  mofl:  tedious  of  all 
others  j  being  performed  wholly  with  the  Point  of  the  Pencil. 

There  are  fome  Painters  who  never  ufe  any  white  Colour 
in  Mmiatttre,  but  make  the  ground  of  the  Velom  fcrve  to 
raifc  their  Figures;  in  which  Cafe,  the  Lights  appear  bright 
in  proportion  to  the  depth  and  llrength  of  the  Colours  of 
the  Figures.  Others,  before  they  go  to  work,  give  the  Ve- 
lom a  light  wafh  with  white  Lead,  well  prepared  and  pu- 
rified. 

When  the  Colours  are  laid  on  flat  without  dotting,  tho' 
the  Figures  be  fmall,  and  the  ground  either  Velom  or  Pa- 
per, it  is  not  call'd  Miniature,  bur  IVaJhijig. 

The  Colours  for  Miniature  may  be  mix'd  up  with  Water 
of  Gum  Arabic,  or  Gum  Tragacanth, 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Minium,  Red  Lead, 
that  being  a  Colour  much  ufed  in  this  kind  of  Painting. 
The  French  frequently  call  it  Mignature,  from  Mignon,  fine, 
pretty,  on  account  of  its  fmallnefs  and  delicacy. 

MINIM,  in  Mufic,  a  Note,  or  Character  of  Time  ; 
equal  to  two  Crochets,  or  half  a  Seraibreve.  See  Time, 
and  CiiAK  acters  ofMufic. 

MINIMA  Ni)j(()-rf,  orMiN-iMA  Naturalia^  among  Fhilo- 
fophers,  are  the  primary  Panicles,  whereof  Bodies  confift  ; 
call'd  alfo  Co)-p((/c/ej  and  ..^rowj.  See  Corpuscle,  Atom, 
Matter,  ^c. 

Ml'bilM.  A  and  Maxima,  in  the  higher  Geometry.  Sec 
Maxima  and  Minima. 

MINIMENTS,  or  MUNIMENTS.  See  Muniments. 

MINIMS,  or  Minimi,  an  Order  of  Religious,  inilitu- 
ted  about  the  Year  1440,  by  S.  Francis  de  Faith. 

Thefe  have  improved  on  the  Humility  of  rhe  M'hoj-j, 
by  terming  themfelves  Mifiimi,  or  Mmmes,  j.  d.  Leali,  or 
Smalleft.     See  Minors, 

MINION,  a  fort  of  Cannon,  or  piece  of  Ordnancc,where- 
of  there  are  two  kinds  ;  large  and  ordinary.  See  Cannon 
and  Ordnance. 

Thclar?s  Mnion,  or  one  of  the  largeft  Size,  has  its  Bore 
3  I  Inch  Diameter,  and  is  1000  Pounds  Weight  ;  its  Load 
is  ;  4  Pounds  of  Powder  ;  its  Shot  3  Inches  in  Diameter,  and 
5  ^- Pound  Weight;  its  Length  is  8  Foot,  and  its  level 
Range  125  Faces. 

The  ordinary  ATmian  is  three  Inches  Bore,  in  Diameter, 
and  weighs  about  Sco  or  750  Pounds  Weight.  It  is  fcven 
Foot  long  ;  its  Load  z  ~  Pounds  of  Powder  ;  its  Shot  near 
three  Inches  Diameter,  and  weighs  3  Pounds  4  Ounces; 
and  ffioots  point-blank  120  Paces. 

MINISTER,  Servant,  one  that  fervcs  God,  the  Public, 
or  a  private  I'erfon.    See  Servant. 

In  the  Refcrmc-d  Church,  Priclls,  or  thofe  ordain'd  to 
preach,  and  do  the  other  Fundions  of  the  Prleilhood,  are 
caird  aUfolutelyand  fitnply  Minijiers. 

In  this  frnfc,   Bi/l:ops,         arc  faid  to  be  Miji'-iflers  of 
God  ;  Minificrs  of  the  Word  ;  of  the  Gofpei,  JJ?r.  In  fome 
Churches  they  arealfo  called  Pallors.  See  B  i  shop  ,Pri  est 
Pastor,  ^V. 

Ministers  0/ //je.^/Mr,  are  properly  ti^ofe  who  attend 
and  affill  the  Frleft  ar  the  Adminiftration  of  the  Eucharift. 
Deacon,  and  Subdeacon  are  Titles  that  properly  fignify 
Miiiijiers  ;  A'^^jfiv©-  ,  Minifter.  See  Deacon  and  Sub- 
deacon. 

Ofhcerjof  State,  ^c.  are  call'd  the  King's  Mi^jy^e.-j ;  as 
adminiftring  the  Affairs  of  Jullice,  Policy,  iSc  for  hiin. 
See  Officer. 

Minister  of  State,  is  he  with  whom  a  Prince  entrufts 
the  Adminiliration  of  his  State  ;  or  to  whom  he  commits 
the  Care,  and  Direflion  of  the  principal  Affairs  thereof. 
See  State  and  Government. 


MIN 


(  ) 


MIN 


Beetiiii  ispropofcd  as  a  Model  for  Mhiifters  of  Stare.  The 
Grand  Vizir  is  the  Prime  M/n//;er  of  the  Of/o»ifl«  Empire, 
See  ViziR. 

Fnre'if^n  Minijlers^  or  the  'Mujifiers  of  Foreign  Vr'mceSj  are 
tKeir  Embafladors,  Envoys,  Agents,  or  Relidenis  in  the 
Courts  of  other  Princes. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Foreign  M'vijlcrs :  Mmijiers  of 
thefiri^  Rank,  who  arc  alfo  cail'd  Embaffadors,  and  En- 
Toys  in  Extraordinary.    See  Embassador  and  Envoy. 

And  MijiiJ'iersoC  the  fccond  Rank,  who  are  the  ordinary 
Refidents.    See  Resident. 

Thofe  of  the  firlt  Rank  have  a  Reprefcntative  Cha- 
ra£ler,  which  the  others  have  not  j  tho'  ihefe  laft  are 
fometimes  invefted  with  fuller  Powers  than  the  former. 

Minister  is  alfo  the  Title  certain  Religious  Orders 
give  to  their  Superior.    See  Superior. 

In  this  fenfc  we  fay  the  M'^^'Jier  of  the  Mathurhis the 
l^ihsijicr  of  the  Trmitariaus.    See  Mathurin,  ^c. 

Among  the  ^efuit;^  the  fecond  Superior,  or  Deputy  of 
each  Houfe  is  cail'd  Mmifter  -.  as  being  an  Affittaot  to  the 
Superior,  or  Re  dor.   See  Jesuits. 

The  General  of  the  Cordeliers  Order  is  cail'd  the  M- 
nijler  General.    See  General. 

MINISTRY,  orMlNISTERY,  a  Profeffion,  Office,  or 
Employment  which  a  Perfon  dlfcharges  for  the  Service  of 
God,  the  Public,  or  foine  particular  Perfon.  See  Mi- 
nister. 

In  this  fcnfe  we  fav,  a  Bi/liop  muft  give  account  to  God 
of  his  Mjh-y,  &c. 

Ministry  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Government  of  a  State, 
by  fome  great  Miniller  under  the  Sovereign  Authority. 
In  this  fenfe  we  fay,  the  Mtmftry  of  the  Cardinal  de  Ri- 
chelieu, &c. 

Ministry  is  alfo  frequently  ufed  as  a  colleilive  Word, 
fignifying  the  Minifters  or  Officers  of  State.  Thus  we  fay, 
the  'Minijiry  oppofed  a  Thing  5  meaning,  the  Miniilers 
oppofed  it. 

MINIUM,  a  Mineral  Colour,  cail'd  alfo  red  Lead,  ufed 
by  Painters,  lUumincrs,  £^c.    See  Lead. 

Mijiiitm  is  a  preparation  of  Lead,  performed  by  Fire. 
There  are  two  ways  of  making  it.  The  iirft,  of  burnt 
Lead;  the  fecond  of  Cerufs,  or  white  Lead  further  urged 
by  Fire.    See  Ceruss,  ^c. 

Befide  the  ufe  of  Minium  as  a  Colour  ;  it  is  alfo  an  In- 
gredient in  an  Officinal  Compofiiion,  cail'd  Emflafirum  de 
Mimoy  ufed  as  a  Deficcative  and  Cicatrizer. 

Some  Authors  will  have  the  Hmium  of  the  Anticnts  to 
be  what  we  now  call  VerinilUov.    See  Vermillion. 

MINOR,  a  Latin  Term,  literally  denoting  /e/>,  ufed 
in  oppofition  to  ma  'jor,  greater.    See  Major. 

I'hus  wc  fay  St.  james  minor  :  Jjia  minor:  The  Mi7ior 
Excommunication,  ^c. 

The  four  Mnor  0  de  !,  are  the  four  lefler  Orders  con- 
fer'd,  in  the  Rcmijh  Church,  between  the  Tonfure  and 
Subdeaconate.  Thefe  are  that  of  Porter,  or  Door-Keeper  i 
that  of  Reader;  that  of  Esorciji  ;  and  that  of  >^to/j'te.  See 
Exorcist,  Acolyte,  ^c. 

Minor,  in  Law,  is  ufed  in  the  like  figniiication,  to 
denote  a  Perfon  yet  Junder  Age,  or  who  by  the  Laws  of 
the  Country,  is  not  yet  arrived  to  the  Power  of  Adminiftring 
his  own  Afl-iirs,  or  coming  to  the  Inheritance  of  an  E- 
llate.    See  Ac  e. 

Among  u'',  a  Perfon  is  a  Minor  till  the  Age  of  twenty 
one  :    Till  this  Time  his  A£ls  are  invalid.    See  Major. 

Yet  if  a  Patron,  ^c.  have  a  Right  of  Advowfon,  by 
the  Common  Law  he  may  prefent  at  the  Age  of  fourteen 
Years  ;  and  may  of  himfelf,  and  without  his  Father,  or 
Guardian,  confcnt  to  any  Procefs  relating  to  beneficiary 
Matters.  See  Patron. 

Hence,  in  the  Canon  Law,  there  is  no  Title  de  Miiiorihm  j 
and  the  reafon  is,  that  the  fcveral  Ages  whereat  the  Com- 
mon Law  declares  a  Perfon  capable  of  a  Benefice,  or  of 
Sacred  Orders,  are  fo  many  Species  of  Canonical  Mrjorities. 

Minor,  in  Logic,  is  the  fecond  Propofition  of  a  formal, 
or  regular  Syliogifm,  cail'd  alfo  the  /[(fumptiQit.  See  Syl- 
logism, Proposition,  and  Assumption. 

1  grant  the  Major,  butdeny  the  M(7;or.    See  Term. 
Minor,  in  Mufic,  is  applv'd  to  certain  Concords,  which 
yet  differ  from  others  of  the  fame  Denomination  by  a  half 
Tone.    See  Semi-tone. 

Thus  we  fay,  a  third  Uinor,  or  lelfer  third  :  A  fixth 
Ma'ior,  and  j^'f7;or.    See  Third,  Sixth, 

Concords  that  admit  of  Major  and  Mimr^  i.e.  greater, 
and  Icfs,  are  faid  to  be  hnperfcB  Concords.  See  Concord. 

MINORS,  or  friarj  Minors,  an  Appellation  which  the 
Cofiieliers  affume,  out  of  fhew  of  Humility  ;  calling  thcm- 
felves  Fratrei  MiMores,  i.e.  Lffft'r  Brothers^  and  fometimes 
Mvorites.    See  Cordeliers- 

TheTitle  of  ^f/«orj,however,  is  not  abfolutely  refirain'd 
tothe  Cordeliers,  but  alfn  given,  in  the  general,  to  all  the 
Mendicants,  or  begging  Religious,  founded  by  St.  Francis 
d'Jffe.   See  Franciscans. 


There  is  alfo  an  Ort^er  of  Jl^^^/tir  Mimrs  ar  Naples,  efla- 
bliflied  in  the  Year  1 5S8,  and  confirmed  by  .Si'-vw  V. 

MINOT,  a  Fre7!i.b  Mcafure.    Sec  Measure. 

MINOTAUR,  in  Antiquity,  a  fabulous  Monfter,  much 
lalk'd  of  by  the  Poets  ;  feign 'd  to  be  half  Man,  and  half 
Bull. 

The  MmtaiirWis  brought  forth  by  P^ijlfhae,  Wife  of 
Alinos  KinfiofCVffe-  It  was  ihut  up  in  the  Labyrinth  of 
that  Illandi  and  at  lali  kill'd  by  Thcfeus.  See  Laby- 
rinth. 

iervius  gives  the  Explication  of  this  Fable.  He  fays, 
that  a  Secretary  of  King  A'li?tos,  named  T^i«mj,  Bull,  had 
an  Intrigue  with  the  C^ueen,  Fajifh.ie,  in  the  Chamber  of 
Dedalm  i  and  that  Jhe  was  at  length  delivered  of  Twins, 
one  of  which  refembled  M!7ios,  and  the  ether  7  •.niras.  Phis 
occafion'd  the  Production  to  be  reputed  Monilrous. 

MINOVERY,  aTrefpafs  committed  in  the  Foreft,  by 
fomething  that  is  a  Man's  Handy-Work  3  as  an  Engine  to 
catch  Deer,  SS'c.    See  Forest. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  French  Maiit-oeuvre^  Hand- 
Work. 

MINSTER,  antiently  fignificd  the  Church  of  a  Mo- 
naftery,  or  Convent.  See  Church. 
The  Word  is  J'.txoh,  Myjijier. 

MINSTREL,  an  antient  Term  for  a  fidler,  or  a  Player 
on  any  other  kind  of  Mufical  InHrumenr. 

The  Word  M--n(hel  in  its  Original,  was  ufed  for  People 
who  fung  and  ferenaded  their  MiUreffes.  Afterwards  it  be- 
came a  Name  for  all  kinds  of  Muficians  :  and  at  length 
pa.fs'd  to  Buffoons  and  Country  Scrapers. 

BoreMerives  the  Word  from  ALmits  and  H//?)VO,  one  who 
diverts  with  the  Hand  j  or  from  Miy.or  Hijino,  little  Buffoon. 
Dk  Can^e  derives  it  from  Mi?ijire!h(r,  a  diminutive  of  Mi- 
nifler,  by  reafon  the  Minjlrels  were  antiently  ranked  among 
the  lower  Officers,  Mnijiers,  or  Servants. 

MINT,  the  Place  where  the  King's  Coin  is  form'd.  See 
Coin. 

Antiently  there  were  Mijits  in  moft  Cities  of  En^!a?jd.  See 

MONEV. 

The  chief  .A^i«r  at  prefent  Is  in  the  Tower  of  London.  See 
Tower. 

The  Officers  of  the  M?if  are,  i.  The  Warden,  who  is  the 
Chief,  and  is  to  receive  the  Bullion,  and  over-fee  all  the 
other  Officers.  2.  The  Mafter  J'/orker,  who  receives  the 
Bullion  from  the  Warden,  caufes  it  to  be  melted,  and  de- 
liver *d  to  theMoniers,  and  takes  it  from  them  again  when 
coinM.  5.  Comptroller,  who  is  to  fee  that  the  Money  be 
made  to  the  juit  Affize,  and  to  over-fee  the  Officers.  4. 
The  vf^.T_j'-ilf.;/itT,  who  weighs  the  Silver  and  Gold,  and  fees 
whether  it  be  Standard.  5.  The  v^'/it^!(or,  who  takes  all  the 
Accounts.  6.  The  Surveyor  of  the  Melting,  who  Is  to  fee  riie 
Silver  call  out,  and  that  it  be  not  alier'd  atter  it  is  deliver'd 
to  the  Melier,  i.  e.  after  the  Aflay-Maiier  has  made 
Trial  of  it.  7.  The  Clak  of  the  Jtovs,  who  is  to  fee 
that  the  Iron  be  clean,  and  fit  to  wnrk  with.  8.  The 
Graz-er,  who  engraves  the  Dies  and  Stamps  fi.r  the  Coln^ige 
of  the  Money.  9.  The  Mehers,  who  melr  the  Bullion  be- 
fore it  comes  to  Coining.  10.  The  Bhiiubcrs,  who  boil  and 
cleanfe  the  Money.  11.  The  Forturs,  ^K'ho  keep  the  Gate 
of  the  Minr.  11.  The  Provoji  of  the  yl/-«r,  who  provides 
for  all  the  Moneycrs,  and  over  fees  them.  And,  Lailly,  the 
Moniersy  fome  of  which  Oiear  the  Money  5  fome  forge  it; 
and  fome  ilamporcoin  it  ;  and  fume  rijund  and  mill  it. 
See  Coinage. 

yimT-Water,  thediaurd  Water  of  the  Plant  of  that 
Name.    See  Water. 

M INTERS,  or  Moiteyer^.    See  Moneyers  and  Mint. 

MINTING,  is  fometimes  ufed  for  the  Coming  of  Mo- 
ney.   See  CoiNi  NG. 

MINL'SCULE,  or  Minuscul^e,  in  Printintr,  are  the 
fmall,  or  running  Letters  ;  as  contradiflintuifh'd  from  'SU- 
jtifatU,  or  Capitals.    See  Letter,  M.ljuscuLyE,  £ffc. 

MINUTE,  in  Geography,  and  Allr(jnomy,  is  the  tfcth 
part  of  a  Degree  j  which  is  the  jiSoth  part  of  a  Circle.  See 
Degree. 

Thus  we  fay,  the  Diameter  of  the  Sun  is  feen  under  an 
Angleof  59  Minutes  in  Winter  ;  and  31  in  Summer.  See 
Diameter  and  Sun, 

In  this  fenfe,  iMuittteis  alfo  cail'd  a  Prime,  or  Prime 
Minute.  ScepRiME. 

The  Divlfions  of  Degrees  are  Fraflilon^',  whofe  Denomi- 
nators increafe  in  a  Scxagi  cuple  Ratio  5  that  is,  a  A{ mae  or 
Prime  is  =  js  5  ^  Second,  or  fecond  Minute  =  iff's^,  iS^c, 
See  Sexagesimal. 

In  Agronomical  Tables,  M^wtrej  are  expreffed  by 

acute  Accents,  thus,  '  ;  Seconds  by  two,  "5  Thirds  by 
three,        See  Second,  ThURV,  !i^c. 

Minute,  in  computation  of  Time,  is  ufed  for  the  ijoth 
part  of  an  Hour.    See  Hour. 

Minute,  in  Archltefture,  is  a  3Qth  Parr,  or  Dlvifion 
of  a  Module.    See  Module. 

Minute, 


MIR  ( 

MiNU-i'E,  in  fpcaking  of  Weights,  is  the  24th  part  of  a 
Grain.  SeeGnAiN. 

MiNDTE  isalfo  ufed  to  fignify  a  /hort  Memoir,  or 
Sketch  of  any  thing  taken  haitilyin  writing. 

In  this  fenfc  we  I'^y,  the  U}tiites  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Houfe  of  Lords,  kSc. 

The  Wvrd  comes  from  the  Lnt'm  MimUits,  fmall. 

MIQUELEI  S,  a  kin.i  of  foot  Soldiers,  inhabiting  the 
fjreHen«  Mountains  5  arm'd  with  Tiftols  under  their  Belts, 
a  Carbine,  and  a  Dai'gcr. 

The  Mqueletsa^Q  dangerous  People  for  Travellers  to  meet. 

MlRAKOLAKS,  or  Mirokolanp,  in  Pharmacy.  See 
Myroeolans. 

MIRACLE,  in  the  popular  fenfeof  the  Word,  is  a  F-.-o- 
div^ji  or  an  extraordinary  Event  that  furprizes  us  by  its 
Novelty. 

In  the  more  Accurate  and  Philofophical  Senfe,  iMracIe 
Is  an  Effect  that  docs  not  follow  from  any  ol  the  known 
Lawsuf  Nature  5  or  which  is  inconfiifent  wirh  fome  known 
Laws  thereof.    See  Nature. 

AMir.icIe,  thertjfore,  being  a  fufpenfion  of  fome  Law, 
can't  come  from  any  hand  lefs  than  his  who  fix'd  that 
Law.    See  Gor,  Law,  ^c. 

Sp'moja  denies  thai  any  Power  can  fuperfede  that  of  Na- 
ture i  or  that  any  thing  can  diiturb  or  interrupt  the  Order 
of  Things  ■■,  and  accordingly'  defines  a  ^/'/mc^s  to  be  a  rare 
Event,  hapixning  in  confequence  of  fome  Laws  that  are 
unknown  to  us.    See  Sp  inosism. 

The  Divines  define  a  A'j;r.ic/e  to  be  an  extraordinary  and 
wonderful  E&a,  above  the  Power  of  Nature,  wrought 
by  God,  to  manifef>  his  Power  or  Providence  ■■,  or  to  give 
Credit  ro  fom.:  MdTengcr  fent  from  himfclf  Thus  Jefus 
Chriu  evinced  .he  Truthof  his  M:ffion,  and  his  Duarinc  by 
MnuVsJ  ;  and  thus  alfo  did  Ivlnfes. 

It  is  Hill  a  difpute  in  the  World,  how  far  it  may  be  in 
the  power  of  the  Devil  to  work  Mracles  ^  or  wherein  the 
fpecific  difference  lies  between  the  Miracles  of  Afojis,  and 
thofe  of  Pkiraoh's  Magicians  ;  thofc  of  Jefus  Chrift  and  the 
ApoJUe:,  and  thofe  of  S^mo7i  Maz,iis  and  ^'pollomns  Tyan-ms  : 
W  hether  the  latter  were  any  more  than  mere  Delufions  of 
the  Senfesi  or  whether  an>  fupernatural  and  diabolical 
Power  concurred  with  them.    See  Magic. 

The  Church  of  Roweabounds  mMirades  ■■,  if  we  believe 
their  Writets»  fome  of  their  Monks  have  wrought  more 
Miracles  than  all  the  Apoflles  j  and  that  without  any  vifible 
Neceffity  lor  them. 

As  full  as  that  Church  pretends  to  be  of  Saints,  it  is  a 
Rule  with  them,  that  none  are  ever  Canonized  till  there 
be  good  Proof  of  his  having  wrought  Miracles.  So  that 
were  all  thofe  allowed  good  Miracles^  and  to  have  happened 
out  of  the  common  Order  of  Nature,  they  are  fo  numerous, 
one  would  be  tempted  to  think  there  were  no  Order  or 
Law  of  Nature  at  all.    See  Saint. 

There  are  thofe  however,  who  fet  afidc  the  Authority  of 
all  Miracles  ■■,  thinking  it  unbecoming  the  Wifdom  ofGod 
to  eilablini  fuch  Laws,  as  that  he  fhould  find  it  frequently 
neceffary  to  fuperfede.  And  as  the  former,  from  the 
avowed  Auihonty  of  fume  M/iWej,  fetch  an  Argument  for 
the  Truth  uf  all  ;  pleading  thofe  which  arc  allow'd  as  well 
as  thofe  which  are  quciiion'd  ;  fo  thefe  alledge  the  talfe 
ones  as  conclufiuns  againit  them  all. 

The  Rmums  attribute  Mimdes  to  their  Emperors  yidrian 
and  Vejf^ifi.in. 

St.  .'iiiptjhnc  is  a  llrong  Advocate  for  Miracles.  He  men- 
tions fevcral  wb  #reof  he  was  an  Eye-Wiinefs,  and  others 
whereof  he  was  informed  by  thofe  that  were.  In  the 
linglc  City  of  hfpo,  he  tells  us  ihere  were  fcventy  Miracles 
wroughtin  ihe  fpace  of  two  lears,  on  the  building  a  Chap- 
pel  in  hoTWMX  o{ St.  Stephen. 

Tho  Miracles  may  prove  the  Superintendency  of  a  volun' 
tary  Agent  3  and  that  the  Univerfe  is  not  guided  by  Ne- 
ceflity  or  Fate  ;  yet  that  Mind  mult  be  weak  and  inadver- 
tent, which  needs  them  to  confirm  the  Belief  of  a  Wife  and 
Good  Deity  :  Since  the  Deviation  from  general  Laws,  un- 
Icfs  upon  very  extraordinary  Occafions,  mull  be  a  Prefump- 
lionot  Inconilancy  and  Wcaknefs,  rather  than  of  a  fteady 
Wifdom  and  Power  ;  and  mull  weaken  the  beft  Arguments 
we  have  for  the  Sagacity  and  Power  of  the  Univerfal  Mind. 
Ivrjit-ry  into  ths  Orizinal  of  the  Ideas  of  Beauty,  Sic. 

JMIRI^OR,  or  M1R.ROUR,  or  Spcculmi,  Body  which 
exhibits  the  Images  of  Objefts  prelented  thereto,  by  Re- 
flexion.   See  Reflexion. 

The  Ufe  of  Mirrours  is  very  antient.  Mention  is  made 
of  a  Brazen  yt^irroio-,  or  Looking-Glafs  In  Exodus  xxxviii.  8. 
where  Mofes  is  faid  to  have  made  a  Brazen  Lai-er^or  Bafon,  of 
the  Lcoh77"-GlalJes  of  the  Women  conU7malJyp.(je>nhled  at  the  Door 
of  the  Taherna'cle.  'Tis  true,  fome  modern  Commentators 
will  not  allow  the  M'nov.n  themfelves  to  have  been  Brafs  ; 
butof  Glafs,  only  fer,  or  framed  in  Brafs.  But  the  molt 
learned  among  the  Rabbins  do  all  allow,that  In  thofe  times, 
the  Mirrours  made  ufe  of  by  the  Uthrew  Women  in  drcffing 
their  Heads,  were  of  M     '  ;  and  that  the  devout  Women 


6  )  MIR 

mention'd  in  th:sl-*affage,  made  Prelents  to  Ji^ofes  of  all 
their  Mirrmirs  to  make  the  Brazen  Laver.  See  the  Jefuit 
honf  ezius's  Comment  on  this  Text. 

It  might  likewife  be  proved,  that  the  Antient  Greeks 
made  ufe  of  Brazen  Mirrours  i  from  divers  Paffages  among 
the  antient  Poets.    See  BuRNiNG-M)->-oKr. 

MiRRooR,  in  Catoptrics,  isany  poli/K'd  Body  impervi- 
ous to  the  Rays  ot  Ligot,  and  which  of  confequence  reflet'is 
it  equally.    See  Light. 

Thus  Water  in  a  deep  W^ell  or  River,  and  fmooth  polite 
Metals,  are  rank'd  among  the  number  of  M:'rrouys. 

In  thisfenfe,  the  DoCirine  of  M'rrours  makes  the  Sub- 
jefl  of  C.itoptrics,   See  Catoptrics. 

MiRROUR,  however,  in  the  more  confined  Senfe  of  the 
Word,  is  peculiarly  ufed  to  fignify  a  fmooth  Surface  of 
Gtafs,  tinn'd  or  quick-filver'd  on  the  back -fide,  which  ex- 
hibits the  Images  uf  Objefls  oppofed  thereto. 

The  VoBr'tne  of  Mirrours  is  hult  on  the  following 
general  Friiicij^les, 

1.  Light  re^eHed  from  a?7yM.inour,  or  Speculimi,  ma^es  the 
^ngle  of  Incidence  equal  to  that  of  Rcflsxiojt  5  which  fee  de- 
monllrated  under  the  Word  Reflexion. 

Hence,  a  Rayof  Light,  as  A  B  (Tab.  Optics,  Fig  zS.") 
falling  perpendicularly  on  the  Surface  ot  a  Speculum,  will 
be  reflecled  back  upon  itfclf ;  which  we  find  by  Experience 
it  actually  does. 

From  the  fame  Polntof  a  yl/i>-i'o;(r,  therefore,  therecan't 
be  feveral  Rays  refl^^dled  to  the  fame  Point  3  lince  in  that 
Cafe,  all  the  Angles  of  Incidence  mull  be  equal  to  the 
fame  Angle  of  Reflexion  C  B  G,  and  theretorc  to  each  o- 
othcr;  which  is  abfurd.  Norcan  the  Ray  A  B  be  refleiSed. 
into  two  or  more  Points  5  hnce,  in  that  Cale,  all  the 
Angles  of  Reflexion  would  be  equal  to  the  fame  Angle 
of  Incidence  A  B  F  :  which  is  likewife  abfurd. 

2.  From  every  Point  of  a  Mirrour,  are  refleHedRays  thrown 
on  it  jrom  every  Point  oj  aradiant  OhjeSI. 

Since  then  Rays  coming  from  different  parts  of  the  fame 
Objed,  andflriking  on  the  fame  Point  of  iheObjea,  cannot 
be  relieved  back  to  the  fame  Points  the  Rays  which  flow 
from  different  Pointsof  the  fame  radiating  Objeil,  are  again 
feparated  after  reflexion  :  fo  that  each  Point  Jhews  whence 
it  came.    See  Radi  ant. 

Hence  it  is,  that  the  Rays  reflei5led  from  Mn-rottrs  exhi- 
bit the  Objeds  to  view.  Hence,  alfo,  it  appears,  that 
rough  uneven  Bodies  muil  reflefl  the  Light  in  fuch  manner, 
as  that  Rays  coming  from  different  Points,  will  be  blended 
or  thrown  confufedly  together. 

Mirrours  are  either  Plane,  Concave,  Con-vex,  Cylindrt- 
col.  Conical,  Parabolical,  or  Elhpitc-tl. 

Plane  Mirrours,  ot  Specula,  are  thofe  Which  have  a 
plain  or  flat  Surface.    See  Plane. 

Thefe,  by  a  popular  Word,  we  call  Looking-Glajfes. 

For  the  Mariner  of  makoig  plain  Mirrours,  or  Specula,  fee 
Looking-Glass. 

Laivs  and  Phenomena  of  Plain  Mirrours. 

1.  7?i  .;pAi/;i  Mirrour,  every  Point  of  an  Ob je&,  as  A,  (Tab. 
Optics,  Fig-zj.)  isjeenm  the  InterjcBion  of  the  Cathetus  of 
Incidence,  A  B,  with  the  nfJeficd  Ray  CB. 

Hence,  i.  Asall  the  reflcdfed  Rays  meet  with  the  Ca- 
thetus of  Incidence  in  B  ;  by  whatever  reflcflcd  Rays  the 
Point  A  be  feen,  it  will  flill  appear  in  the  fame  Place. 
Confequenily,  any  number  of  Pcrfons  viewing  the  fame 
Objeft  in  the  fame  Mirrour  ;  will  all  fecit  in  the  fame  place 
behind  the  Mirrour.  And  hence  it  is,  that  the  fame  Ob- 
jedf  has  only  one  Image,  and  that  we  don't  fee  it  double 
with  both  Eyes.    See  Vision. 

2.  Thediilance  of  the  Image  B,  from  the  Eye  C,  is 
compounded  of  the  Ray  of  Incidence  AD,  and  the  re- 
fleaedRayCD:  And'iheObjea  A  radiates  reflecled- 
ly,  in  the  fame  manner  asit  would  do  direifly,  were  it 
removed  into  the  place  of  the  Image. 

II.  The  Image  of  a  radiant  Point,  B,  appears  juJI  fo  far 
hehiiid  a  plain  Mirrour,  as  the  radiant  Point  is  hefore  it. 

Hence,  i.  If  the^;rroK>-  A  G  beplaced  horizontal  f  the 
Point  A  will  feem  fo  much  below  the  Horizon,  as  it  is 
really  elevated  above  it  :  Confequently,  ereft  Objefls 
will  appear  as  if  inverted;  and  therefore  Men  landing  on 
their  Feer,  as  if  on  their  Heads.  Or  if  the  Mirrour  be 
faflned  to  the  Ceiling  of  a  Room,  parallel  to  the  Florizon, 
Objei^lson  the  Floor  will  appear  above  the  Ceiling  as  much 
as  they  really  are  below  it  5  and  that  upfide  down. 

III.  In  a  plain  Mirrour,  the  Imagts  are  per feBly  Similar,  and 
equal  to  the  OhjeBs.  And  hence  their  tjfe  as  Looking- 
Glaffes.  ■ 

IV.  In  a  plain  Mirrour,  things  on  tie  right  Hand,  appear 
as  on  the  left  j  and  vice  verfa. 

Hence  alfo,  zvebave  a  Method  of  Meafwing  any  inaccejfhle 
Abitiide  by  means  of  a  plain  Mirrour. 

Thus,  the  Mirrour  being  placed  horizontally  in  C,  Fig.  28- 
retire  fiom  it  till  fuch  time  as  iheTop  of  the  Tree  be  feen 

therein. 


MIR  (  ?n  )  MIR 


thwein.  Meafure  the  height  of  the  Eye  D  E  5  thediliance 
of  the  Station  from  the  Point  of  Reflexion  EC,  and  the 
diftance  of  the  Foot  of  the  Tree  from  the  fame.  Then 
to  E  C,  C  B,  and  E  D,  find  a  fourth  Proportional  A  B. 
This  is  the  Altitude  fought. 

V.  If  aplain'Mirrour  be  ind'medtothe  Jlorizofiin  an  Jngle 
0^4. 5  Degrees  ;  aji  OljeE!  perfendtcular  to  it  iviU  appear parallsl^ 
andm  horizontal  Obje^  ferpeuelicular. 

And  hence,  the  Eye  being  pJaced  beneath  the  Jifirrour, 
the  Earth  will  appear  perpendicularly  over  it ;  or  if 
placed  over  it,  the  Eunh  will  appear  perpendicularly  under 
it.  Hencealfo,  a  Globe  defcending  down  a  Plane  a  little 
inclined,  may,  by  means  of  a  Mmour^  be  exhibited  as 
mounting  upa  Vertical  Plain,  to  the  great  furprizc  of  fuch 
as  are  unacquainted  with  Catoptrics. 

And  hence  we  ha-ve  a  Method  of  rej^refemijig  ourfehesas  if 
flying. 

For  a  il4;iT0«r  inclined  tothe  Horizon  under  an  Angle  of 
45',  we  have  obferved,  will  reprefent  Vertical  Obje£ls  as  if 
Horizontal.    Confequently,  a  large  being  fo  dif- 

pufed  ;  as  you  advance  toward  ir,  you  will  feem  to  move 
horizontally  ;  and  nothing  will  be  wanting  to  the  Ap- 
pearance of  flying,  but  to  Itrike  out  the  Arms  and 
Legs.  It  muft  be  added,  however,  that  as  the  Floor  is 
elevated  along  with  you,  your  Feet  will  {till  be  ftcn  to 
walk,  as  along  a  vertical  Plane.  To  deceive  the  Eye  in- 
tirely,  therefore,  it  muli  be  kept  from  the  Feet. 

VI-  If  the  Obje£l  A  B  (H^.  29.)  be  parallel  to  the  Spe- 
culum C  D,  and  be  equally  diftant  from  ir,  with  the  Eye ; 
the  refl-idling  Line  C  D  willbe  half  the  length  of  the  Object 
AB.  , 

And  hence,  to  be  able  to  fee  the  whole  Body  in  a  plain 
JAivrour  ;  its  height  and  breadth  mull  be  half  your  height, 
and  breadth.  Confequently,  the  height  and  breadth  of 
any  Obje£t  to  be  feen  in  a  Mnrour^  being  given  ;  we  have 
alio  the  height  and  breadth  of  the  Mrrom-  wherein  the 
whole  Object  will  appear,  at  the  fame  difiance  with  the 
Eye. 

Hence  alfo,  as  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  reflefling 
part  of  the  Speculum,  arc  fubduple  of  thofeof  the  Objei^ 
to  be  rcfl'.fled  ;  the  ri-flttling  part  of  thcMin-oiu-j  is  to  the 
Surface  rcflcCied  in  a  fubquadruple  Ratio.  Confeq^ucntly, 
the  reflefling  Portion  being  a  conllaiit  Quantity  j  if  in  any 
place  y  u  kc  the  whole  Body  in  a  Mirrour^  you  will  fee 
it  in  every  other  place,  whether  you  approach  nearer,  or  re- 
cede turiher  from  it. 

Vlf.  If  feveral  Mirrours,  or  feveral  Fragments,  or  Pieces 
of  a  W.Tiour,  be  all  difpofed  in  the  fame  Plane  ;  they  will 
only  exhibit  an  Objeftcnce. 

Vlll.  }f  tzoo  plam  Mirrours,  rt5  X  Y,ajidZX,  (Fig. 
he  joiji'd  at  an  yhigle  X  i  the  Eye  O,  placed  within  that  Jngle^ 
■W'll  fee  the  Image  of  an  ObjeF!  A  placed  ivithin  the  fame^  as 
oj ten  repealed  a^  there  may  he  Caileti  drawn   determining  the 
fliiccs    of  the  Images^    and    terminated  'isitbout  the  Anvle 

y  X  z. 

Hence,  as  the  more  Catheti  tcrminatedwithout  the  Angle, 
may  be  drawn  as  the  Angle  is  more  acute  5  thcacuter  the 
Angle,  the  mere  numerous  the  Images.  Thus  Z.  Traber 
found  at  an  Angle  of  one  third  of  a  Circle,  the  Image  was 
reprefented  twice  or  thrice,  at  ^  thrice,  at  ^  five  times,  at 

twelve  times. 

Further,  if  the  M'rrours  be  placed  upright,  and  fo  con- 
trafled  j  or  if  you  retire  from  them,  or  approach  to  them, 
till  the  Images  refie^ied  by  them  coalefce,  or  run  into 
one,  they  will  appear  monllroufly  dillorted  ;  Thus  if 
they  be  at  an  Angle  fomewhat  greater  than  a  right  one, 
you  will  fee  it  with  only  one  Eye  ;  if  the  Angle  be  lefsthan 
a  right  one,  you  will  fee  three  Eycs,two  Nofes,  two  Mouths, 
^c.  At  an  Angle  Itill  lefs,  the  Body  will  have  two  Heads. 
At  ail  Angle  fomewhat  greater  than  a  right  one,  at  the 
diilancc  of  four  Feet,  the  Body  will  be  headlefs,  ^c. 
Again,  if  the  l/iirroiin  be  placed  the  one  parallel  to  the 
Horizon,  the  other  inclined  to  ir,  or  declined  from  it,  it 
is  eafy  to  perceive  that  the  Images  will  be  Hill  more  Ro- 
mantic. Ihus,  one  being  declined  from  the  Horizon  to  an 
Angle  of  14.4  Dtrgrees,  and  the  other  inclined  to  it;  a  Man 
fees  hinifelf  (landing  with  his  Head  to  another's  Feet. 

Hence  it  appears  how  Mrr/ours  may  be  manag'd  in 
Gardens,  t£c.  foas  ro  convert  the  Images  of  thnfenear'em 
into  Mcnilers  of  various  kinds:  And  fince  glafs  Mirrottrs 
will  rcfletl:  the  Image  of  a  lucidObjefl  twice  or  thrice  ; 
if  a  Candle,  l^c.  be  placed  between  the  Mirroms^  it  will 
be  multip^M  an  infinite  number  of  times. 

On  thefe  Principles  are  founded  various  Catoptric  Ma- 
chines, fume  of  which  reprefent  Obiefts  infinirely  multi- 
ply'd  and  diUorted  ;  others  infinitely  magnify 'd,  and  fet  at 
\-aS\  diHances.    SeeCAroPTRic,  Cistula,^c. 

Ojivex  MiRRooRs  are  thofe  whofe  Surface  is  convex. 
See  Convex. 

Note,  by  CG»~e-v  Surfaces,  Authors  generally  mean  fuch 
as  are  fpherically  Convex.    See  Convexity. 


Uajinerofpreparmgw  makifigCon-oex-Sfecuk,  erMiRRouRs* 
There  are  divers  Methods  ufed  by  divers"  Aniits  i  par- 
ticularly as  to  the  Matter,  or  Compofition.    One  uf  the 
bell  that  is  known,  is  given  us  by  li'oljiiis  thus  ; 

Melt  one  part  of  Tin,  and  another  of  Marcafitc  toge- 
ther, and  to  the  melted  Mafs  adi  two  pares  of  Mercury  i 
as  foon  as  the  Mercury  begln.s  to  evaporate  into  Smoak 
(which  it  prefently  doesj  the  whole  Conipoft  is  to  be 
thrown  into^cold  Water,  and  when  well  cooi'd,  the  Water 
decanted  off.  The  Mixture  is  then  to  be  flrain'd  througit 
a  linen  Cloth  two  or  three  fold  5  and  what  is  rhti.s  fecemed, 
pour'd  into  the  Cavity  of  a  glafs  Sphere  :  this  Sphere  is  to 
be  turn'd  gently  round  its  Axis  till  the  whole  Surface  is 
cover'd  ;  the  rell  being  referved  for  future  ufe. 

If  the  Sphere  were  of  colour 'd  Glars,  tlie  Mirrov.;-  will 
be  fo  too. 

And  in  the  fame  manner  may  Conic,  Elliptic,  Gylindric, 
and  other  M'rrours  be  made. 

How  they  may  be  made  of  Metal,  fee  under  Conai-ve 
MiRBoua. 

Laws^  or  Fkfr.emefia  of  Convex  Mirrours. 

I.  In  a  fpherical  convex  Mirronr^  the  image  of  a  radiant 
Point  appears  between  the  Centre,  and  the  T  angent  ;  but 
nearer  to  the  Tangent  than  the  Centre. 

Hence,  the  dirtance  of  the  Ob;e£lfrom  the  Tangent  is 
greater  than  that  of  the  Image.  '  And,  confequently,  the 
Obje£t  is  further  diliant  from  the  Speculum  than  the 
Image. 

II.  If  the  Arch  B  D,  (Fitr^.  51.)  intercepted  between  the 
Point  of  Incidence  D,  and  the  Cathefus  A  B;  or  the  Angle 
C  torm'd  in  the  Centre  of  the  .H'no.-ir  by  the  Cathctus  of 
Incidence  AC,  and  that  of  Obliquation  F  C,  be  double 
the  Angle  of  incidence  ;  the  Image  G  will  appear  on  the 
Surface  of  the  Speculum. 

III.  If  the  Arch  intercepted  between  the  Point  of  In- 
cidence, and  the  Caihetus  3  or  the  Angle  C  form'd  i:  the 
Centre  of  the  Mrrour  by  the  CatheiLs' of  Incidence,  and 
the  Cathetus  of  Obliquation,  be  more  than  double  the 
Angle  of  Incidence  i  the  Image  will  be  wiiliout  the 
Mirrour. 

iV.  If  the  Arch  Intercepted  between  the  Point  of  Inci- 
dence, and  the  Cathetus  j  or  the  Angle  form'd  in  the 
Centre  of  the  Mirrour,  by  the  Cathetus  of  Incidence,  and 
that  of  Obliquation  be  leis  than  double  the  Angle  of  In- 
cidence ;  the  Image  will  appear  within  the  Sp:culum. 

V-  in  a  convexM(Tor;j-,  a  remoter  Point,  A,  (-f/,^- 5^.)  Is 
refleiSled  from  a  Point  F,  nearer  the  Eye  O,  than  any 
nearer  Point  B  in  the  fame  Catiictus  of  Incidence, 

Hence,  if  the  Point  of  the  Obje£l  A,  be  refli:£led  from 
the  Point  of  the  'hj'nrottr  F  ;  and  the  Point  of  the  Objefl 
B  frum  the  Point  of  the  M-rrcur  E  :  all  the  intermediate 
Points  between  A  and  B  will  be  reflei^led  from  the  inrer- 
mediate  Points  of  the  Speculuiu  .between  F  and  E.  Co;i- 
fequcntly  F  E  will  be  the  Line  that  rcfle£^s  A  i^. 

Hencealfo,  a  Point  of  the  Cathetus  E,  fecms  at  a  greater 
diliance  C  h  from  the  Centre  C  ;  thin  a  more  remote 
one,  A. 

VI.  A  nearer  Point  B  (/■;?-.  5".)  not  in  the  fame  Cathetus 
with  a  remoter,  H  ;  is  refleiied  to  the  Eye  O,  from  a 
nearer  Point  of  the  Speculum,  than  the  remoter  H. 

Hence,  if  the  Point  of  an  Object:  A,  be  refleiJied  from 
the  Point  of  a  Uirroiir  C  h  and  the  Pulnt  of  the  Obj  -£l:  B, 
from  the  Point  of  the  Speculum  D,  alluponthc  fame  Point 
O:  AU  the  intermediate  Points  between  Ai  and  B  willbe 
refleiSed  from  all  the  intermediate  Points  between  C  and 
p.  Confequently,  the  Image  F  G,  of  the  Object  B  A,  is 
contiiln'd  between  the  Cathetus  B  E,  and  A  E. 

VII.  In  a  fpherical  convex  'hhrreur,  the  Image  is  lefs 
than  the  Object. 

And  hence  the  Ufe  of  fuch  Mirrcuvs  in  the  Art  of  Painting, 
where  Objeits  are  to  be  reprefented  lefs  than  theLife. 

VIII.  In  a  convex  Myrrour,  the  more  remote  the  Objefl:  ; 
the  lefs  its  Image  :  And  again,  the  fmaller  the  M/rjw, 
the  lefs  the  Image. 

IX.  In  a  convex  Mirran-^  the  right  hand  is  turn'd  to  the 
left  j  and  the  left  to  the  right  :  And  Magnitudes  perpen- 
dicular to  the  Mirroiir^  appear  topfy  turvey. 

X.  The  Image  of  a  right  Line  perpendicular  to  the  M.-t- 
rotv\  is  a  right  Line  ;  but  that  of  a  right  Line  either  ob- 
lique to  the  Mirraur,  or  parallel  thereto,  is  convex. 

XI.  Rays  reflc^ed  from  a  convex  il/ircoiir,  diverge  more 
than  if  reflected  from  a  plane  ^4irmur. 

Hence  Light,  by  being  refleffed  from  a  fpherical  MiV- 
j-oiir,  Is  weakned  ;  and,  confequently,  the  Eff  Sn  of  the 
reflcfled  Light  are  weaker  than  thofe  of  the  dirt^d.  Hence 
alfo.  Myopes  fee  remote  Objects  more  diiiinflly  In  a  con- 
vex Mirrour^  than  they  do  dlre£ilv- 

Rays  refle£ied  from  a  convex  M/rroiir  of  a  fmallerSphere, 
diverge  more  than  If  rcfiecled  frum  a  larger.  Confequent 
7  C  ly 


MIR 


ly,  the  Light  is  more  weaken'd,  and  Its  Effefls  are  lefs 
cOnlidcrablc  in  the  former  Cafe  than  the  laticr. 

CoffCQ-je  MiRRouRs  are  thole  ivhofe  Surtace  is  concave. 

SccCoNCAVE. 

etc,  by  Lojic.iz'e^  Authors  commonly  mean  SpbericsHy 

TH  'Manner  of  frcpar'wg  or  makhig  Conca-^s  Mirkours. 

Firft,  a  Mould  is  to  be  provided  for  cafling  them.  In 
order  to  this,  rake  Clay  well  dry'd,  puherize,  and  lift  it  i 
mix  it  up  with  Water,  and  then  ilrain  or  filidr  it  5  with 
this,  work  up  Htwfe-Dung  and  Hair  flircd  fmall,  till  the 
Mafs  be  fufhciently  tough  h  to  which,  on  occalion,  may  be 
added  Charcoal-Dull,  or  Erick-DuO,  well  iiftcd. 

Two  coarfe  Molds  are  then  prepared  of  a  gritty  Stone, 
the  one  concave,  the  other  convex,  which  are  to  be  ground 
on  one  another  with  wet  Sand  between,  tilt  fuch  time  as 
the  one  perfedlly  fits  the  oEher.  By  this  means  a  perfeCl 
fpherical  Figure  is  acquir'd. 

The  Mdfs  prepared  before,  is  now  to  be  extended  on 
the  Table  by  me:ins  of  a  wooden  Roller,  till  it  be  of 
Thickncfs  proper  for  the  Mhrour  j  and  then  being  ftrcw'd 
with  Brick-Dult  to  prevent  its  (licking,  it  is  laid  over  the 
convex  Moult!,  and  fo  gets  the  figure  of  the  MirroUr. 
When  this  is  dry,  ic  is  cover'd  with  another  L.ay  of  the 
fame  Mais  j  which  once  dry'd,  each  Cover,  or  Segment  of 
the  hollow  Sphere  made  of  Clay,  is  taken  off.  The  inner- 
nioii  of  the  two  being  laid  afide,  the  flone  Mould  is 
anointed  wiih  greafe  prepared  from  Chalk  and  Milk,  and 
the  outer  Cover  again  put  over  it. 

LaOly,  the  Joining  being  cover'd  over  with  the  fame 
Clay  u hereof  the  Cover  is  form'd  i  the  whole  Mould  is 
bound  together  wirh  Iron-Wire  i  and  two  Roles  cut  througii 
the  *->over,  the  one  for  the  melted  Aiatter  of  the  Mirrour 
to  be  pcured  thro',  the  other  for  the  Air  to  efcape  ar,  to 
prevent  the  A^otoio-'s  being  fpoil'd  with  Bubbles. 

1  he  Mould  thus  prepared  ;  eight  parts  ot  Copper,  one  of 
Eii^hfh'i'in,  and  five  of  Marchali.e,  are  mehed  together  j 
a  little  ot  the  mixture  is  taken  out  wirh  a  L,:idie,  and  if  it 
be  too  red,  when  cold,  more  1  in  is  put  in  j  if  too  white, 
more  Copper  :  The  Mafs  is  then  poured  into  the  Mould 
before  prepared  ;  and  fo  afi'umes  the  figure  of  ixMirrour. 

Some  with  ten  parts  of  Copper  mix  Jour  of  Evghfi  Tin, 
a  little  Antimony  and  Sal  Armoniac,  liirring  the  ^lafsa- 
bouias  kng  as  any  Fumes  arifefromit.  Others  have  other 
Ccnrpofnl(.ns  ;  many  of  which  are  defcribed  by  Scboints  and 

The  Mrroct- being  thus  cafl,  is  cemented  to  a  Woo en 
Frame,  and  thua  v,  ork'd  to  anu  fro  over  the  convex  St.me- 
Mould,  firil  with  W:  '"r  ai.d  Sand  j  and,  laiUy,  without 
Sand,  till  it  be  fit  for  polifhing.  Tht^  Stone  Mould  is  then 
cover'd  with  Paper,  and  that  fmear'd  uver  with  Tripoly 
Dull  and  Calx  of  Tin:  over  which  the  Mirrour  is  work'd 
to  and  fro  till  it  have  got  a  perfect  Polifh.  And  in  the 
fame  manner  are  Glafs  Mrrours  pidi/li'd,  excepting  that 
the  convex  Surface  is  there  work'd  in  the  concave  Mould. 

When  the  Mrroms  are  very  large,  they  aie  fix'd  on  a 
Table,  and  firll  ground  with  a  gritty  Stone,  then  with 
Pumice,  then  with  fine  Sand,  by  means  of  a  Glafs  cemen- 
ted to  a  wooden  Frame  5  and  lafily  rubb'd  with  Calx  of 
Tin  and  Tripuly  Dull  by  a  wet  Leather. 

For  concave  Mtnoitrs  of  Glafs  j  the  Mould  is  made  of 
Alabatler  :    The  reft,  as  in  Metal  Mrrours. 

Lazi'S  and  Tht^Jzomena  of  Conca-ve  Mirrours. 

I.  If  a  Kay,  asKl,  (fi^.  fall  on  a  concave  Mirrmr 
LI,  under  an  Inclination  of  fSo  Degrees,  and  parallel  to 
the  Axis  A  B  ;  the  refleited  Ray  I  B  will  concur  with  the 
Axis  A  E  in  the  Pole  of  the  Glafs  B.  If  the  Inclination  of 
the  incident  Ray  be  Icfs  than  60  Degrees,  as  that  of  E,  the 
rcfle^led  Ray  E  F  willconcur  with  the  Axis  at  the  diftance 
B  F,  which  is  lefs  than  a  fourth  part  of  the  Diameter.  And 
univerfally,  the  diltance  of  the  Point  F,  wherein  the  Ray 
H  E  concurs  with  the  Axis,  from  the  Centre  C,  is  to  half 
the  Radius  C  D  in  the  Ratio  of  the  whtdc  Sine,  to  the 
Coiine  of  Inclination. 

Hence  it  is  gathered  by  Calculation,  that  in  a  concave 
fpherical  W/rfOM>-,whofe  breadth  fubtends  an  Angle  of  6  De- 
grees, parallel  Rays  meet  after  Refleaion  in  a  part  of  the 
Axis  lefs  than  the  one  thoufand  four  hundred  fifty  feventh 
part  of  the  Radius:  if  the  breadth  of  the  concave  MVmtr 
be  12,  rS,  24,  30,  or  Degrees  ;  the  part  of  the  Axis 
wherein  the  parallel  Rays  meet  after  Reflexion  is  lefs 
than  -j^T.  \z^i   *  >  *V>  yV  Radius. 

An^i  on  this  Principle  it  is,  that  Burnw^-Glaffes  are  built. 

Forfince  the  Rays  diifufed  thro'  the  v.'hole  Surface  of  the 
concave  MrrotiVy  after  refiedlion  are  contrafled  into  a  very 
fmall  compafs  j  the  Light  and  Heat  of  the  parallel  Rays 
muft  beprodigioufly  increafed  thereby,  viz.  in  a  duplicate 
Fat'oof  the  breadth  of  the  Mirrour,  and  the  Diameter  of 
the  Circle  wherein  all  the  Rays  are  colleded  :  And  fince 
the  Sun's  Rays  are,  as  to  any  purpofes  on  Earth,  parallel 


C  ) 


MIR 


(fee  Light)  fto  wonder  concave  Utrrours  fliould  burn  with 
lo  much  violence,    oce  Burn  1  NC-G/.i^'f. 

from  thisiame  Principle  1.  iikewife  deduced  a  Method 
ot  reprelent  ng  n,e  Images  of  Objc^s  in  a  dark  Room  ; 
which  lee  unrttr  Camera  Ohfcura. 

11.  A  lucid  Body  being  placed  in  the  Focus  F,  of  a  con- 
paralld '  after  rcfiexion  become 

Hence  an  intenfe  Li^ht  may  be  projeaed  to  a  vaft  di- 
flance,  by  a  lighted  Candk,  ^c.  placed  in  the  Focus  of i 
concave  H.iice  aiCo,  if  the  parallel  Ra>s  be  re- 

ceived by  another  concave  Mmom,  they  will  again  concur 
m  Its  Focus,  anc  burn. 

mentions  ai,  Experiment  of  this  kind  made  at 
fiemw,  where  t*o  concave  A^n^or^n,  the  one  fix,  the  other 
three  Foot  diameter,  btmg  placed  about  24  Feet  apart, 
WKh  a  Live-Coai  in  the  locus  ciihe  one,  .^nd  a  Match  and 
iinder  m  the  other,  tne  Rays  of  the  Coal  lii-hted  the 
Candle. 

lil.  If  a  lucid  Body  be  placed  between  the  Focus  F,  and 
the  M,rro«r  H  C  E,  the  Ray*  after  teflexion  vMii  diverge 
from  the  Ax-6*B  G.  Whence  it  follows  that  Light  is  weak- 
ned  by  reflexien. 

lY.  If  a  lucid  Body  be  placed  between  the  Focus  F 
and  the  Centre  I,  the  Rays  after  reflexion  Wil.  meet  in  the 
Axis  beyond  theCt  nrre. 

Hence  if  a  Candle  be  placed  in  G,  its  lma;;e  will  be  in 
li;  if  It  be  placed  in  K,  irs  Image  will  K-  in  G;  in  the 
intermediate  Points  between  G  and  K.  the  Scelion  of  Light 
will  be  a  Circle,  and  that  fo  much  the  greaiLT,  as  it  is  nea'rer 
the  Point  of  Concourfu. 

V,  H  a  lumini,as  Body  be  placed  in  the  Centre  of  the 
M'trvur,  all  the  Rays  will  be  refleaeci  back  upon  them- 
IcLves. 

Hence  if  the  Eye  be  placed  in  the  Centre  of  a  concave 
Mtrroiir  it  will  f.  e  noihing  but  itfelf.  and  that  conlufcdlv 
through  The  whole  KUrroi.r. 

VI.  If  a  Ray  falli,.-,  from  the  Point  of  the  Catheius 
(^'.?-  35*)  on  liie  coi.'..-x  Mptoid  h  r,  be  together  with  its 
reflex  I  f  ,  continued  WJ. 11  m  the  Concavity  of  the  Uirrour  ; 
FH  wiiitc  the  Incident  Kayfromthe  Point  of  the  Cathetus 
H  and  F  U  iisn  ii.x. 

Hence,  i.  Sinceioe  Pointofthe  Cathetus H  is  the  Image 
of  the  Pom  b  \n  th'  convex  Min-our  j  but  th;.  Point  ^  the 
Image  of  H  in  the  C'-:,cave  :  if  the  Image  of  an  Objea  re- 
fleCted^by  a  convex  Jfpeculum,  be  fxn  by  a  Reflection 
made  in  its  eoncavi(\,  it  will  appear  like  the  Objeit 
itfelf. 

2.  Since  the  Image  of  an  infinite  Caii'etus  is  lefs  in  a 
convL-x  Glafs  by  one  fourth  of  its  Diame.  rr  ;  a  Portion  of 
the  Catheius  Ids  than  a  louith  part  of  ihe  Diameter,  may 
appi-arof  any  magnitude  r^  quired  in  u  concave  one. 

5.  A  P' i;u  therefore  diiianr  from  a  concave  Speculum, 
lefs  than  4  ofihe  Di..m..te  muil  appear  behind  the  MirroMj- 
at  any  niKunce,  h.;w  gr-ai  ibever. 

4.  S^nce  the  IniugL  of  any  Ubjecl  how  broad  foever,  is 
contun  d,  in  a  convex  Speculum,  between  the  two  Lines  of 
Incid'-ncc  ot  its  extreme  Puuits ;  if  an  Objea  be  placed 
between  the  tWn  Lines  at  a  diltuiice  lefs  than  ^  of  its  Dia- 
meter, the  breadth  of  the  Image,  how  great  foever,  may 
all  appear. 

4.  Since  then  the  I  mage  of  an  Objea  included  between  two 
Lines,  at  a  diiiance  lefs  ti,.m  one  f  mrrh  of  the  Diameter,  may 
exceed  the  jult  height  and  breadtn  ol  the  Obj^a  ■■,  nay,  may 
be  made  of  any  magnitude,  how  big  foever  :  C*bjeas  placed 
between  the  Focus  and  Mirrour,  mull  appear  of  enormous 
magnitudes  in  concave  Mirrours  5  the  Image  being  fo 
muth  the  greater  in  the  concave  Ivhrrottr,  as  It  is  lefs  in  the 
convex. 

5.  In  a  convex  Miyronr,  the  Image  of  a  remote  Objea  . 
appears  nearer  the  Centre  than  that  of  a  nearer  Objed  ; 
therefore  in  a  concave  Mirrour  ,the  Image  of  an  Objea  re- 
mote from  the  Mirrmr,  appears  at  a  greater  diflance  than 
that  of  a  nearer  Objea,  provided  the  dilhmce  of  the  Ob- 
jea from  the  Centre  be  lefs  than  a  fourth  part  of  the  Dia- 
meter. 

6.  In  a  convex  Speculum,  the  Image  of  a  remote  Ob- 
jea is  lefs  than  that  of  a  near  one  j  therefore  in  a  concave 
one,  the  Image  of  an  Objea  placed  between  the  Focus  and 
the  }Atrrotir,  is  nearer  the  Focus  than  the  Speculum. 

7.  The  Image  therefore  ot  an  Obje^  receding  conti- 
nually from  a  concave  Speculum,  becomes  continually 
greater,  provided  it  don't  recede  beyond  the  Focus,  where 
it  becomes  confufed  5  and  as  it  approaches,  it  grows  conti- 
nually lefs. 

In  a  convex  Speculum,  if  the  Sphere,  whereof  it  is  a 
Segment,  be  fmaller,  the  Image  is  fm:iller  than  in  ano- 
ther of  a  larger  Sphere  i  therefore  in  a  concave,  if  the 
Sphere  whereof  it  is  a  Segment,  be  fmaller,  the  Imago 
will  be  larger  than  in  another,  whofe  Sphere  is  larger; 
whence  concave  M/iToio-j,  if  they  be  Segments  of  very  fmall 
Spheres,  will  do  the  Office  of  Microfcopes. 

VII.  If 


MIR 


(  ^^9  ) 


MIS 


Vn.  If  an  Obje£l  be  placed  between  a  concave  Aln-- 
your  and  its  Focus,  its  Image  will  appear  behind  the  Mir- 
row,  in  an  crt;£l  but  inverred  Situation. 

VIII.  If  an  Object  A  B,  (fi^.  ^6.)  be 'placed  between 
the  Focus  and  the  Centre,  its  Image  E  F  will  appear  in- 
verted, and  in  the  open  Air,  beyond  the  Centre,  the  Eye 
being  placed  beyond  the  Centre. 

iX.  If  an  Objcdi  E  F  be  placed  beyond  the  Centre  C, 
and  the  Eye  likcwife  beyond  the  Centre,  the  Image  will 
appear  inverted  in  the  open  Air  between  the  Centre  and  the 
Focus. 

Hence,  the  inverted  Images  of  Objects  placed  beyond 
the  Centre,  are  refle£l:ed  by  a  concave  A^nTom-,  erecl,  and 
may  be  received  on  a  Paper  apply'd  between  the  Centre 
and  the  Focus,  efpecially  if  the  Room  be  dark  ;  if  tr.e 
Objefl  E  F  be  further  dillant  from  the  Centre  than  is  the 
Focus,  the  Image  will  be  Icfs  than  the  Ohjcdt. 

On  this  Principle,  concave  iVjinonrs,  efj'ecially  thcf; 
which  are  Segments  of  large  Spheres,  and  are  capaMe  uf 
reflciting  intire  Objcds,  exhibit  many  pleaiing  Pusno- 
mena.  Thus,  if  a  Man  flouri/h  a  jrd  againit  the  Mir- 
rou:-,  another  comes  out  thereof,  and  ^ects  hiin  with  the 
fame  Motions  j  and  the  Image  'S  Head  coming  out 
of  the  Mirrour,  if  he  ilrike  it  with  •  real  Swurd,  the  ima- 
ginary Sword  will  flrike  his  real  ilead.  If  he  iiretch  cut 
his  Hand,  another  Hand  will  b  •  flretch'd  out  of  the  M)- 
rowr,  and  meet  it  at  a  great  diftance  in  the  open  Air,  ^c. 

Andon  the  fame  Principle  arc  built  Catoprric  Ciltul:e, 
which  when  look'd  into,  exhibit  Images  vaftly  bigger  than 
the  Cheil.    Sec  Catoptric  djiula. 

X.  The  Image  of  a  right  Line  perpt^ndicular  to  a  concave 
M'y''oitry  is  a  right  Line  j  but  all  oblique  or  parallel  Lines 
are  concave. 

Cylhidriciily  Conical^  Farabolical,  and  ElVpuc-il  Mirrours, 
or  Specula ,  are  the fe  terminated  by  a  Surface  rcfpeftively 
Cylindrical,  Conical,  Parabolical,  and  Spha^roidical.  See 
Cylinder,  Cone,  Pabaeola,  ^c. 

To  pyep.rre,  or  maku  Cylijidric-^I^  Cojilcalf  Parabolical^  Ellipti- 
cal^ and  Hypsrholical  Mirrours. 

For  Cyimdrtcal  and  'Conical  Mirrours^  if  they  arc  to  be  of 
Glafs,  the  Method  of  preparing  'em  is  the  fame  as  that  al- 
ready laid  down  for  convex  Mirrours. 

If  of  Metal,  they  are  to  be  made  after  the  manner  of 
Concaze  Mrroitrs^  only  that  the  clay  Moulds  there  d^'fcribed, 
require  other  Wooden  ones  of  theFigure  of  ttie  MT>oi(r. 

¥or  Elhftical^  Tarahohcal,  and  flypt:rbo!!cal  M'- ' our the 
Mould  is  to  be  thus  prepared.  On  a  W  -oden  ur  iir  iz-n 
Plane  or  Table,  dcfcribc  the  Figure  of  an  Elhpfis,  A  B, 
57')  a  Parabola,  or  an  Hjpcrhola  C  D,  (lit;.  after 
the  manner  taught  under  thofe  heads  ;  which  dune,  cut 
out  the  Figure  from  the  Plane  with  all  the  Accuracy  ima- 
ginable. 

To  the  Elliptic  Figure,  fit  an  Axis,  as  E  F,  with  two 
Fulcra  to  fuOain  it,  iSc.  and  to  move  it.    Lay  a  Quantity  of 
th  e  Lay  above  defcribed  under  it ;  and  turn  about  the  Axis 
by  the  Handle,  till  the  Plane  A  B  have  turn'd,  or  im- 
prefs'd  the  Elliptical  Figure  cxaftly  thereon. 

The  Axis  of  the  Parabolical,  or  Hyperbolical  Figure 
CD,  is  to  be  fix'd  at  the  Vertex  in  fuch  manner  as  it 
may  always  remain  EreCl.  This  to  be  turn'd  about  as 
above,  till  it  have  given  its  own  Figure  to  the  Clay  apply'd 
about  it. 

The  part  of  the  Mould  thus  form'd,  Is  to  be  dry'd, 
and  either  fmear'dover  with  Fat,  or  fprinkled  withBrick- 
Duft.  Then  a  convex  Mould  to  be  made,  by  putting  a 
Quantity  of  the  fame  Clay  into  the  Cavity  thus  form'd. 
This  latter  is  call'd  the  MaIs^  as  the  former  the  female 
Mould. 

The  Male  Mould  being  well  dried,  is  to  be  apply'd 
within  the  Female  ;  in  fuch  manner  as  only  to  leave  the 
intended  Thicknefs  of  the  Mirrour  between  them.  The 
rell  as  for  concave  Mirrours. 

Thefe  Alirrours  are  not  made  without  the  utmofl  difh- 
culty  by  reafon,  be  the  Moulds  ever  fo  juft,  the  Figure 
of  the  Mrrour  is  apt  to  be  damaged  in  the  Grinding. 

J'/j.('7iD»je«i3,  or  Properties  of  Cyli}:drica}  MirrOvrs. 

I.  The  Dimenfions  of  Objcfls corrcfponding  length-wife 
to  the  M)  ro«>-,  are  not  much  chang'd  5  but  thofe  corre- 
iponding  breadth-wife, have  their  Figures altcr'd,  and  their 
Dimenfions  leffen'd  fn  much  the  more,  as  they  are  further 
from  the  Min-oKr  :    Whence  arifcs  a  very  great  Diflortion. 

n.  If  the  Plane  of  Reflexion  cut  the  cylindric  Mirrour 
thro' the  Axis,  the  Reflexion  is  performed  in  the  fame  man- 
ner, as  In  a  plain  Mrrour  ;  if  It  cut  it  parallel  to  the  Bafe, 
ihe  Reflexion  happens  in  the  fame  manner  as  in  a  fpherical 
J\Ih-rniir -J  if,  laflly,  it  cut  it  obliquely,  or  be  oblique  to 
its  Bale,  the  Reflexion  is  the  fame  as  in  an  Elliptic 
Mirrour. 


Hence,  as  the  Plane  of  Reflexion  never  paflcs  through 
the  Axis  ot  the  Mirrour,  except  when  the  Eye  and  Ob- 
jeaive-Line  are  in  the  fame  plane  ;  nor  parallel  to  the 
Bale,  except  when  the  radiant  Point  and  the  Eye  are  at 
the  fame  height:  The  Refl-xionin  a  Cylindrical  Mrrour 
is  ufually  the  lame  as  in  an  Elliptic  one. 

III.  If  a  hullow  cylindric  Mm-our  be  oppofed  direflly  to 
the  Sun,  inltead  of  a  Focus  of  a  Point,  the  Rays  will  be 
refleilcd  into  a  lucid  Line  parallel  to  its  Axis,  at  a  diftance 
fomewhat  lefs  than  a  fourth  part  of  its  Diameter. 

Hence  arifes  a  Method  of  Drawing  ylnamarphofes,  i.e. 
wild  deformed  Figures  on  a  Plane,  which  appear  beautiful 
and  well-proporuon  d  when  view'd  in  a  cylindrical  Mir- 
rour.   See  Anamorphosis. 

i'or  Elliptic,  P.trabo/ic^  Conic,  and  Pyramidal  Mirrours,  we 
arc  not  mui.h  acquainted  with  their  Properties  :  Only  that, 

!n  tne  Fird,  if  a  Ray  Ilrike  on  it  from  one  of  its  Fo- 
cus's, IE  ii  reflefled  into  the  other  :  So  that  a  lighted 
Candle  being  placed  in  one,  its  Light  will  be  coUcded  in 
I  lie  other. 

That  the  Second,  inafmuch  as  all  the  Rays  theyreflefl 
meet  in  one  Point,  make  the  bed  Burnlng-Glaffes  of  all 
others. 

And,  Laftly,  that  wild  irregular  Figures  may  be  fo 
drawn  on  a  Plane,  as  that  rhe  Eye  being  placed  over  the 
Axii  of  the  two  la0,  they  fliall  appear  beautiful  and  well- 
proportion'd.    Sec  Anamorphosis. 

MIS,  a  Particle  prefix 'd  to  divers  Terms,  particularly 
Law-Terms;  denoting  fome  Fault,  or  Defeil^. 

As  in  hi.fpnfion  J  Mtfdicere,  to  fcandalize  one;  Mifdocere^ 
to  teach  amifs,  l^c.    See  Misprision,  ^c. 

MISANTHROPY,  a  general  Hatred  to  Man,  and  Man- 
kind: In  o-^^Q{\uon  10  Pbilanthropy.  See  Philanthro- 
py. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  Odium,  Hatred  j 

and  ai-S^pir©-,  Homn,  Man. 

MISAVENTURE,  or  Misadventure,  in  Law,  Is 
ufed  by  Britmi,  ^c.  in  an  efpecial  Signification,  for  the 
killing  a  Man  partly  by  Negligence,  and  partly  by  Chance : 
As  if  a  Perfon,  thinking  no  harm,  careUfly  throws  a 
Stone,  or  /hoots  an  Arrow,  wherewith  he  kills  another ;  in 
this  cafe  he  commits  no  Felony,  but  only  lofrs  his  Goods, 
and  has  a  Pardon  of  courfe  for  his  Life.  See  Homi- 
cide. 

i'taHw/ori/ diflinguifhes  between  ^venture  <ind  Mifaz-ejiture. 
The  firlt  he  makes  to  be  meer  Chance  i  as  if  a  Man  be- 
ing upon,  or  near  the  Water,  be  taken  with  fome  fudden 
Sicknefs,  and  fo  fall  in,  and  be  drown 'd  3  or  into  the  Fire 
and  be  burnt, 

Mfavefitioe,  according  to  him,  I'swhen  a  Man  comes  to 
his  D-jarh  by  fome  outward  Violence,  as  the  Fal  1  of  a  Tree  3 
the  Running  of  a  Cart-Wheetj   the  Stroke  of  a  Horfe, 

lUfl  diftinguifhcs  Homicide  into  cafual  and  mix'd.  The 
firft,  whtn  a  Man  is  flain  by  mere  Accident,  againft  the 
mind  of  the  Killer  i  as  if  the  Ax  fly  off  the  Helve,  and 
kill  a  Man  ;  Which  is  the  fame  with  Britron's  Mifauentare. 

MISCONTIXUAN'CE,  in  Law,  the  fame  with  Difcon- 
tinuancs.    See  Discontinuance. 

MISDEMEANOUR,  an  Offence,  or  Fault,  particularly 
in  the  Execution  of  an  Office. 

High  Crimes  aTid  Misdemeanours,  are  Offences  of  a 
heinous  nature,  next  to  High  Treafon. 

MISE,  a  French  Term,  literally  denoting  Expence,  or 
Disburfemenr,  wrote  in  Latin  Mfum  or  Mifa  5  and  ufed  in 
our  Law- Books  in  divers  Acceptations. 

Firtt,  as  an  honorary  Gift,  or  cuftomary  Prefent,  where- 
with the  People  oi' U'ales  ufed  to  falute  every  new  King 
and  Prince  of  JVales  at  their  Entrance  upon  the  Principality. 
Antlently  it  was  given  in  Cattle,  Wine,  Corn,  for  the 
Support  of  the  Prince's  Family  i  but  when  that  Doininion 
was  anncx'd  to  the  Crown,  the  Gift  was  chang'd 

into  Money.  The  County  of  Flint  pays  2000  Marks,  (^c. 
for  their  Mtfe. 

The  County  of  Chefier  alfo  pays  a  Mife  or  Tribute  of 
5000  Marks  at  the  Change  of  every  Owner  of  the  faid 
Earldom,  for  the  enjoying  of  tiie  Privileges  of  that  Pala- 
tinate. At  Chejier  they  have  a  M//e-Book,  wherein  every 
Town  and  Village  in  the  County  is  rated  what  to  pay  to- 
ward the  Mife. 

Mifs  are  alfo  taken  for  the  Profits  of  Lands  ;  fometimes 
for  Taxes  or  Taillages  ;  and  fometimesfor  Espences  or 
Coils  :  As  pro  Uifis  ^  Cafiagiis,  for  Cofts  and  Charges  in 
the  Entries  of  Judgments,  ^c. 

Mife  is  alfo  a  Term  ufed  in  fpeaking  of  a  Writ  of  Right. 
What  in  other  Adlions  is  call'd  an  Iffue,  in  a  Writ  of  Right 
is  call'd  a  Mife  or  Me :  fo  that  10  pin  the  Mife  upon  the 
Meer,  is  as  much  as  to  fay,  to  )oi?}  Ijfiie  on  the  meer  Right, 
i.e.  to  ioin  upon  this  Point,  whether  has  the  more  Right, 
the  Tenant  or  Demandant.   See  Issue,  ^c. 

Yet 


M  I  S 


(  <)6o  ) 


MIS 


Xet  even  in  a  Writ  of  Right,  if  a  Cpllateral  Point  be 
try'ci,  it  is  there  call 'd  an  IJ/uCy  not  a  See  Right, 

'MisE  is  alfo  ufed  as  a  Participle,  fur  ca/i  or  fi-.t  upon- 
Sonittimcs  corruptly  f oi  Meafe^  a  Mefiuage  or  Tenement. 
In  fome  Manors,  a  meafe  Place  is  taken  for  fuch  a  MefTuage 
or  Tenement,  as  yields  the  Lord  a  Herrioi  at  the  Death 
of  the  Tenant. 

MISERERE,  bai-e  mercy,  the  Name,  and  firft  Word  of 
one  of  the  Penitential  Pfalms  ;  being  that  commonly  given 
by  the  Ordinary  to  fuch  condcmn'd  Malefa6tors,  as  are  al- 
low'd  the  Benetic  of  the  Clergy.  Whence  it  is  alfo  call'd 
the  Ffulm  ef  Mercy.    See  Clergy. 

Miserere  tnti,  is  a  kind  of  Colic,  or  Diforder  of  the 
Inteilines,  wherein  the  Excrements,  inilead  ot  paffing  off 
the  common  way,  are  thrown  up  by  the  Mouth.  See 
Colic. 

The  M'ferere  mei  is  the  fame  with  what  we  otherwife 
call/^oW«j  and  lhac  Fajfon.    See  Iliac  Tajfion. 

It  takeh  its  Name  from  the  intolerable  Pain  and  Anguifh 
it  occafions  the  Patient  h  which  is  fuch,  as  claims  Pity  from 
the  Beholders  :  Mjerere  mei  being  a  Latm  Phrafe,  which 
literally  fignifics,  Ha-ve  pity  on  me. 

MISERICURDIA,  Mtrcy,  in  Law,  is  an  arbitrary  A- 
merciament  or  Punifliraent  impofed  on  any  Perfon  lor  an 
Offence.    Sec  Amerciament. 

Where  the  Plaintiff  or  Defendant  in  any  Aflion  is  amer- 
ced, the  Entry  is  alwavs  Ideo  in  M'J^''icord!a.  It  is  thus 
call'd,  according  to  luzhohm,  by  reafon  it  ought  to  be 
but  fmall  j  and  lefs  than  the  Offence,  according  to  the  Te- 
nor of  M-ig»<^  Chana. 

Hence,  if  a  Man  be  unreafonably  amerced  in  a  Court 
not  of  Record,  as  a  Court-Baron,  ^c.  there  is  a  Writ  call'd 
Moderata  Mijerico-rdia,  dircdled  to  the  Lord,  or  his  Bailiff, 
commanding  them  to  take  moderate  Amerciaments.  See 

MODERATA,  ^C. 

M'<ltLi  kjiioyjic  di^ii,  quodlettifma  mponitHr  Mifericordia  ; 
Gra.-B!ores  emm  mulffa^  Fines  -vacant  j  Jtroajjimas,  Redemp- 
tione,'.    See  Fine  and  Repemption.  _ 

Mjer'cordia  Communis^  is  when  a  Fine  is  fet  on  the  whole 
Couiiiy  or  Hundred. 

MISFEASANCE,  in  Law.  Mifdoings  or  Trtfpaffes. 
Whence  alfo  M-^feajor,  a  Trefpaffer.   See  Trespass. 

MI^NA,  or  MiscHNA,  a  part  of  the  ^Je^yy^  Talmud. 
See  Talmud. 

The  Mqiia  contains  tht  Text  ;  and  the  Gemara,  which 
is  the  (econd  part  of  the  Talmud,  contains  the  Commeuta- 
ries  :  fo  that  the  Gemara  is,  as  it  were,  a  Gloffary  on  the 

The  ATifi'ii  confilfs  tf  various  Traditions  of  the  ^ewj,  and 
of  Explaiiations  of  fevcral  Paffages  in  Scripture.  The  Usws 
maintain,  that  it  was  compleated,  and  reduc'd  into  a  Body, 
by  Rabbi  ^uda,  in  the  fecond  Century,  to  prevent  the 
Memory  of  rn^  ir  Traditions  from  perifhing.  Eur  the  Ge- 
nerality of  ihe  Learned  fcarce  allow  it  of  fo  much  Anti- 
quity, and  bring  it  feveral  C.'nturies  lower . 

Jt  is  written  in  a  much  purer  Siile,  and  is  not  near  fo 
full  (if  Dreams  and  Vifjons  as  the  Gemara.  SccGemara. 

MIJjNOIWER,  a  Term  in  Law.  compounded  of  the 
Freucb  Mcj,  which  in  Compofiti^^n  Hanifies  amifs  ,  and  Jiommer, 
tonunie;  Ir  denotes  ihe  uiing  of  one  Name  for  another  ; 
a  mir[e'mi'i<i  or  mifiiAming,    S'::e  Name. 

MISPRI&ION,  a  Term  in  Law,  iignifying  NegieEl,  or 
Cve  fifht. 

Misprision  of  T:-ea''o>?,  or  Tdmy,  is  a  Neglefl  or  light 
Account  fhew'd  ol  Trcafon  or  Felony  by  not  revealing  it, 
when  we  know  it  to  be  commiiced  ;  or  by  letting  any 
perfon,  ^t.  on  Sufpiciiin  of  Treafon,  to  go,  before  he  is 
indiiled.    See  Treason. 

It  is  the  Concealment,  or  not  difclofing  of  known  Trea- 
fon ;  for  which  the  Offenders  are  to  fuffcr  Iinprif  nment 
during  the  King'.s  I'icafuie,  and  to  lofe  their  Goods,  and 
Profit  of  tiieir  Lands,  during  their  Lives. 

Viifpr'jiojt  of  Vv!o7:y  is  only  fincable  by  the  Juftices, 
before  whom  the  Party  is  attainted  ;  but  Jufilces  of  the 
Common  Pleas  have  a  power  to  aftefs  any  Amerciaments 
upon  Ptrfuns  )iffi:nJing  by  3£y/'ri/?o7;-',  Contempts  or  Neg- 
Icdfs,  for  not  doing,  or  mifdoing  any  thing  in  or  concern- 
ing Fines. 

Misprision  of  Clerh,  is  a  Neglefl  of  Clerks  in  wri- 
ting or  keeping  Records.  By  the  Mfpr:fio}i  of  C!crkft, 
no  Procefs  fliall  be  annuU'd  or  difcpntinu'd.  Andjurtices 
of  Afllze  fliall  amend  the  Defaults  of  Clerks  mif-fpelling 
of  a  Syllabic  or  Letter  in  Writing. 

MISSAL,  MissALE,  aMafs-Book,  containing  the  feve- 
ral Maffes  to  be  ufed  for  the  feveral  Days,  Fealls,  ^c.  See 
Mass. 

Thcj\rll'al  was  firft  compil'd  by  Pope  Zacbmy^  and  af- 
t  rwards  "reduc'd  into  belter  Order  by  Pope  Gregory  the 
Gr-at,  who  call'd  it  the  Book  of  Sacrameiiu. 

Each  DioLvfr,  and  each  Order  of  Religious,  have  their 
particular  M/Tit',  a^  com  mod  a  ted  to  the  Feall  of  the  Pro- 
vince, or  of  the  Order. 


MISSELTOE,  MissLEiroE,  or  MfSLETOE,  in  Naturat 
Hiifory,  a  Plant  ot  the  Pacafice  K,ind  ;  growitig,  not  on  ihe 
Ground,  but  on  other  Trees,  as  the  Oak,  Apple-Trce, 
Pear-Tree,  Plumb-Tree,  Acacia  Americana,  Beech,  Chef- 
nut,  C^c.    See  Parasite. 

Milfeltoe,  by  Phyficians,  ££fc.  call'd  Plfcum,  grows  to 
the  height  of  about  two  Feet.  It  confirts  of  feveral  Stems 
which  are  ufually  cover'd  with  a  greeni/h,  foiiietimes  a 
yellowiili  Bark,  about  the  Thicknels  of  the  Finger,  hard 
woody,  and  divided  by  Knots  j  from  which  fpring  the 
Leaves,  which  grow  by  two  and  two  oppofite  to  each  o- 
ther,  oblong,  thick,  of  a  greeni/li,  or  yellowi/h  Colour, 
vein'd  their  whole  Length,  and  rounded  at  the  End.  Its 
Flowers  grow  by  three  and  three,  Trefoil-wif;,  at  the  Ex.- 
tremes  of  the  Branches  :  each  Flower  is  a  yellow  Caly:^, 
one  third  of  an  Inch  in  Diameter,  divided  into  four  Parts. 
The  Fruit  likewife  grows  by  three  and  three,  at  the  Ex- 
tremes of  the  Branches.  They  are  a  kind  of  oval  Berries, 
not  unlike  little  Pearls,  fiU'd  with  a  flattiflt  Seed  inform 
of  a  Heart;  cover'd  with  a  fine  filvcr'd  Membrane,  and 
enclos'd  with  a  vifcid,  glutinous  Humour,  of  a  whitiih  Co- 
lour, wherein  the  Seed  naturally  buds  or  germinates,  and 
puts  forth  two  Eyes.  From  this  Juice  it  is,  that  the  La- 
tms  denominate  the  Plant  Fifcum.  The  Fruit  grows  on 
different  Branches  from  the  Flowers. 

That  uncommon  Soil,  whereon  the  Miffhltoe  grows,  has 
occafion'd  abundance  of  fabulous  Notions  both  as  to  its  Pio- 
duflion  and  Virtues. 

and  molt  Naturalifts  relate,  that  ThruHies  being 
exceedingly  fond  of  the  Berries  of  the  M  lleltoe  ;  they 
fwallow  'em,  and  caiV'em  out  again  on  the  Branches  ofTrees 
where  they  uie  to  perch  j  and  by  this  means  give  Occufion 
to  a  new  Prwdufiion  of  M£d!oe.  By  cracking  the  Berries 
with  their  Bills,  or  Claws,  they  are  fuppofed  to  let  out  the 
Vifcous  Juice,  which  facilitaies  their  Sticking  :  And  hence 
that  Proverb,  Turdui  fb:  acit  Malum  i  the  Fijcum  being 
fomeiimes  ufed  as  Bird-Lime. 

Mr.  Lradlcy  endeavours  to  refute  the  popular  Opinion  of 
the  Antients,  that  the  Seeds  of  the  M/i/fltoe  cou!d  not  ve- 
getate. Their  endeavouring  to  prop4g-irc.  it  in  the  Earth 
without  fuccefs,  he  takes  to  ha\e  led  ih^  m  into  the  Error  ; 
Ami  affens,  that  it  may  be  propagated  by  Seed  on  any 
I'ree  whaiever.  Th'^  Method  too  is  very  eafy.  About 
CbrijTmuSf  when  the  'lii'rrics  are  full  ripe,  you  need  only 
apply  them  on  the  fmojth  Bark  of  any  "^IVee  ;  the  vifcid 
jujces  thc;y  are  cnccmpafsM  withal,  will  make  them  Hick  > 
anJ,  provided  the  Birds  do  not  devour  the  Seed,  you  may, 
witiiout  any  further  Trouble,  expeCi  a  young  Plant  the 
foUov  ing  Year. 

Orhers  rather  ch-ife  to  account  for  the  Propagation  of 
TvhlJeltoe  from  the  Syiicm  hereafter  advanced  for  that  of 
Myhrooms.   See  MusHi-ooM. 

For  the  Virtues  of  Mijj'dtoe,  it  feems  -jf  the  moft  Efii- 
cacy  in  the  Epilepfy  ;  againft  which  fcmj  will  have  ii  a 
Specific.  Dr.  Co//j.(u/j  has  Wrote  expreily  to  prove  it  fuch. 
it  is  alfo  prefcribed  in  Apoplexies,  Lethargies,  and  Ver- 
tigos  ;  and  wore  about  the  Necks  ot  Children  to  prevent 
Convuliion':,  and  cafe  the  cutting  of  their  Teeth. 

'I'he  bed  is  xhtM'JJihoe  of  the  Oak  '■>  tho'it  is  not  this  which 
is  commonly  ufed,  but  that  of  the  Apple  or  Pear- Tree. 
Mr.  Bradley  obRrves,  that  there  is  no  Variety  in  this  Piunr, 
but  that  tK  Leaves,  Flowers,  Fruit, Si?t.  are  all  alike  on 
whatever  kind  of  Tree  it  grows :  But  others  pretend  to 
diiLinguifli  that  of  the  Oak  by  feveral  particulars. 

T  he  Virtues  afcribed  to  the  Mi[/ehoe,  may  perhaps  be  the 
Remains  of  the  Religious  Honours  paid  it  by  the  ar.tlcot 
Gatds  j  among  whom  the  Druids,  affembled  conllantly  on 
the  firit  Day  of  the  Year,  wentin  quellthcreof  with  Hymns, 
and  other  Ceremonies  and  Rejoycings,  diflributing  it  agaia 
among  the  People,  as  a  Thing  facred,  after  having  firll 
confecrated  ir,  crying  At  guy  FyJtt  neuf,  ro  proclaim  the 
new  Year.    See  IDruids. 

The  Cry  is  Hill  kept  up  at  where  they  add 

Fhritez;  to  wifh  a  plentiful  new  Year. 

M.  Ferrault  obferves,  that  the  Mtjfehoe  is  full  of  a  poi- 
fonous  Juice,  which  weakens  the  Tree  whereon  it  grows; 
and  that  the  Fruit  has  always  a  difagrecable  Taitc  while  it 
flicks  on  it. 

MISSEN-M:i/?of  a  Ship,  is  a  M.tfi,  or  rour.i^  loni^  piece 
of  Timber,  Handing  in  the  llernnioli  part.  SccMast. 

Some  great  Ships  require  two  'Miffhm. 

Next  the  Main-Maft,  is  the  M.-i.r  ■  ;  and  that  next 
the  Poop,  is  call'd  the  Bona-aemHre-MiU'en.  When  at  Sea 
they  ufe  the  Word  alone,  they  always  mean  xhcSa;!, 

and  not  the  Vafi . 

To  change  the  Mi/fen,  is  to  bring  the  M'/Ji?:-2'trd  over  to 
the  other  fide  the  Mall.  To  peck  the  M;]^^/;,  is  to  put  the 
M{fen  right  up  and  dowh  the  Mafl.  To  f^^ellthe  M'£a:, 
Sic. 

MISSION,  a  Term  in  Theology  ufe'l  tn  fiE-niFy  a  Power 
or  Commiflion  to  preach  the  Gofpel.    S.e  Gospel. 

j.r.s 


MIT 


(  ^61  ) 


MIX 


tefus  Chrift  g^ive  His  Dlfciples  their  Mffion  in  thefe  Words, 
Co,  andteMballNMom,&c. 

The  Komanijli  reproach  the  Fi-otejiants^  that  their  Mi- 
nifters  have  no  Miff'"!'  i  as  not  being  authorized  in  the  Ex- 
ercifc  of  their  Miniftry,  either  by  an  uninterrupted  Suc- 
ceflion  from  the  Apoftles,  or  by  Miracles  5  or  by  any  ex- 
traordinary Proof  of  a  Vocation.  ^      ,  , 

The  Jnalapilis  deny  any  other  Mtlfm  ncceflary  tor  the 
Miniftry  than  the  Talents  ncceflary  todifchargc  it. 

Mission  is  alfo  ufed  for  divers  Eftablifliments  of  People 
zealousfor  the  Glory  of  God,  and  the  Salvation  of  Souls, 
who  go  and  preach  the  Gofpel  in  temote  Countries,  and 
«„ongInfidcls.    See  M.ssioNAHT. 

There  are  Uilftms  in  the  Eafi,  as  well  as  the  Tiejt- 

'"Aniong  the  Rtimanifis,  the  Religious  Orders  of  St.  D»- 
mmic,  St.  Francis,  St.  Aufultin,  and  the  Jefuiu,  have  Mi/ohj 
in  the  Levant,  Jmeria,  &c. 

The  '^eftitts  have  Mi^of"  in  China,  and  all  other  parts  ot 
the  Globe,  where  they  have  been  able  to  penetrate. 

The  Mendicants  aboundin  yi^#o«i.  ^ 

Mission  is  alfo  the  Name  of  1  Congregation  of  1  ricHs, 
and  Laymen,  inftituted  by  rincent  de  Taul,  and  confirmed 
in  I5i6  by  Pope  V<han  VUl.  under  the  Title  of  Fr:ejts  of 
tbeConrrevatianiftbe  Mifhon.  ,   ,    „  r    r  n-,i 

Thefe  profcfs  to  rnake  it  their  whole  Bufinefs  to  affill 
the  poor  People  in  the  Country  ;  and  to  this  purpofe  oblige 
theml'elves  never  to  preach,  or  adminifler  any  of  the  Sacra- 
ments in  any  Town  where  there  is  an  Archbilhop,  Bilhop, 
or  Provincial  refiding.  -  „     .  ,  _  ,  , 

They  are  fettled  m  moll  Provinces  of  France,  Italy, 
Germany,  and  in  Foland.  ,  .  ,     ,         „  .1 

At  ronithcy  have  »  Seminary  which  they  call  the 
Foreign  Ufon,  where  Youth  are  bred  up  and  qualify  d  tor 

^"mISs'iONARY,  an  Ecdefiaflic  who  devotes  himfelf 
and  his  Labours  to  fome  Mifin,  cither  for  the  Inftruffion 
of  the  Orthodox,  the  Conviflion  of  Heretics,  or  the  Con- 

vcrfion  of  Infidels.  rri.    «t   J  ■ 

missive,  fomething /est  to  another.  1  he  Word  is 
fotm'd  (rem  the  latin  Mim,  I  knd. 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay  Mifre  Letters,  or  Letters  Mi/ae, 
ie  Letters  fent  from  one  to  another.    See  Letter. 
'  In  propriety.  Letters  Mfve  are  Letters  of  Bufinefs  ; 
but  not  Bufinefs  of  great  concern  ;  in  contradillinftion  from 
Letters  of  Gallantry,  Letters  on  Points  of  Learning,  Uil- 

patches,  ^c. 

MIST,  a  Meteor,  call'd alfo foj.  ^  See  Jroc. 

MiSY,  in  Natural  Hillory,  fee  Chalcitis. 

MITE,  a  fmall  Coin,  formerly  current ;  equal  to  about 
one  third  part  of  a  Farthing.    See  Money  and  Coin. 

Mite  18  alfo  a  fmall  Weight  ufed  by  the  Moneyers. 
It  is  equal  to  the  twentieth  part  of  a  Gram,  and  is  divided 
into  24.  Doi'r.'.    See  Weight. 

MITHRIDATE,  in  Pharmacy,  an  Antidote,  or  Compn- 
fition  ferving  either  as  a  Remedy  or  a  Frefervarive  againtt 
Foifons. 

Mithridate  is  one  of  the  capital  Medicines  m  the  Apo- 
thecaries Shops ;  being  compofed  of  a  vall  Number  of 
Drugs,  as  Opttim,  Myrrh,  Agaric,  Safreli,  Ginger,  Cinnamon, 
Spikenard,  Franhnccnfe,  Cajitr,  Feffer,  Gentian,  &c. 

It  is  accounted  a  Cordial,  Opiate,  Sudorific  and  Alexi- 
pharmic. 

Matlhiolas  fays  it  is  itiore  effeSual  againft  Foifons  than 
Fenice-Treacle  j  tho' eaficr  to  be  made.    See  Poison. 

It  takes  its  Name  from  its  Inventor,  M'thridates  King  of 
Fmtas,  whois  laid  to  have  fo  fortify 'd  his  Body  againft  Poi- 
ibns  with  Antidotes  and  Prcfervatives,  that  when  he  had  a 
mind  to  difpatch  himfelf,  he  could  not  have  any  Poifon 
that  would  have  effefr. 

The  Receipt  of  it  was  found  in  his  Cabinet,  written  with 
his  own  Hand,  r-nd  was  carried  to  F.imii  by  Fomfey.  It 
was  tranilsied  into  Vcric  by  Daniocratu,  a  famous  Fhyfician, 
and  was  afterwards  tranllated  by  Galen,  from  whom  we 
have  it ;  Tho  there  is  room  to  imagine  it  has  undergone  con- 
fiderable  Alterations  fince  the  time  of  its  Royal  Pi  efciibcr. 

MITRALES  FahtiU,  Mitrae  I'ahes,  in  Anatomy,  two 
Valves  in  the  Heart  ;  thus  call'd  from  their  refembling  a 
Mitre.    See  Valve  and  Heart. 

They  are  placed  at  the  Clrifice  of  the  Pulmonary  Vein, 
in  the  left  Ventricle  of  the  Heart.  Their  Office  is  to  clofe 
the  Orifice  thereof,  and  prevent  the  return  of  the  Blood 
through  the  Pulmonary  Vein  into  the  Lungs  again.  See 
Pur.MONARY  i^ein,  CiacuLATioN,  t5c. 

MITRE,  a  Pontifical  Ornament,  woie  on  the  Head  by 
Bifliups,  and  certain  Abbots,  on  Solemn  Occafions.  See 
Bishop,  Abbot,  £^c. 

•  The  Mitie  is  a  round  Cap,  pointed,  and  cleft  a-top  with 
two  Fannels  hanging  down  the  Shoulders. 

The  Abbots  wear  the  Mitre  turned  in  Profile  ;  atrd  bear 
the  Crofier  inwards,  to  fliew  that  they  have  no  fpiritual 
Jurifdifiion  w  ithout  their  own  Clolfters. 


The  Pope  has  granted  to  fome  Canons  of  Cathedrals  th* 
Privilege  of  wearing  the  Mitre.  The  Counts  of  Lyons  aro 
faid  to  have  affitted  at  Church  in  Milrei. 

In  Germany,  feveral  great  Families  bear  the  Afitre  for 
their  Creft  i  to  fliew  that  they  are  Advocates,  or  Feuda- 
tories ofantient  Abbies,  or  Officers  of  Bifhops,  £?c. 

The  Pope  has  four  Mitrej,  which  are  more  or  lefs  rich 
according  to  the  Solemnity  of  the  Feaft-Days  they  are  to 
be  worn  on. 

The  Mitre  was  originally  the  Women's  Head-Drefs,  as 
the  Hat  was  that  of  the  Men.  This  appeats  from  ^erfiK;, 
who  reproaches  the  Tro;ii7tJ,  or  Fhrygians,  that  werediefaM 
like  Women,  and  wore  Mitres ; 

Et  Tstnicx  Majiicas,  £^  hahent  redimicttla  Mitra?. 

The  Cardinals  anticntly  wore  M;rrc;,  before  the  Hat  which 
was  firft  granted  them  by  the  Council     Lyons  in  1245. 

Authors  make  no  mention  of  the  Mitre  as  an  Epifcopal 
Ornament  before  the  Y  ear  1000. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Mitra,  of  the  Greek 

fjLlTf^-' 

Mitre,  in  Architeflure,  is  the  Work-men's  Term  for 
an  Angle,  that  is  juft  45  Degtecs  ;  or  half  a  right  one. 

If  the  Angle  be  a  quarter  of  a  right  Angle,  they  call  it 
a  Half  Mitre. 

To  defcribe  fuch  Angles,  they  hive  an  Inftrument  call'd 
the  Mitre  Square  5  with  this  they  ftrike  Mitre-Lines  on  their 
Quarters,  or  Battens  :  And  fordifpatch,  have  a  Mfje-Eo.v, 
as  they  call  it,  which  is  made  of  rwo  pi  c.k  of  Wood,  each 
about  an  Inch  thick,  one  nailed  upright  on  the  Edge  of 
the  other  j  the  upper  piece  hath  the  Mitre-Lines  ftruck 
upon  ir  on  both  fides,  and  a  Kerf  to  dire£l  the  Saw  in  cut- 
ting the  Mitre  Joints  readily,  by  only  applying  the  Piece 
into  this  Box. 

MITRED  Mm,  fee  Abbot. 

MITTIMUS,  in  Law,  a  Writ,  by  which  Records  are 
transfer'd  from  one  Court  to  anuther  fometimcs  immedi- 
ately, as  out  of  the  King's  Bench  into  the  Exchequer  5 
and  fometimcs  by  a  Ceilioi-.??;  into  the  Chancery,  and  from 
thence  by  a  Mittimus  into  another  Court. 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Precept  direfled  by  a  Juftice 
of  Peace  to  a  Coaler,  for  the  receiving  and  fafe  keepinga 
Felon,  or  other  OflTender,  by  him  committed  to  the  Goal. 

MIXT,  or  Mixr  Body,  in  Fhilofophy,  is  that  which  is 
compounded  of  divers  Elements,  or  Principles  5  in  contra- 
diftindlion  to  thofe  which  the  Chyinifts  fuppofe  to  be  £k- 
mentary,  orconfifting  of  one  Principle  only  ;  as  they  take 
Sulphut,  Salt,  £^c.  to  be.    See  Element. 

The  Schoolmen  define  a  Mixt  Bvdy  to  be  a  Whole,  rc- 
fulting  from  feveral  Ingredients,  alter'd,  or  new  modified 
by  the  Mixture.  On  which  Principle,  the  feveral  Ingre- 
dients don't  aftually  exift  in  the  Mixt,  but  arc  all  changed, 
fo  as  to  confpire  to  a  new  Body  of  a  diiferent  Form,  from 
the  Forms  of  [he  Ingredients.  But  the  modern  Philofo- 
phers  rarely  conceive  the  Term  in  fo  much  llridinefs. 

The  Bufinefs  of  Chymiilry,  we  fay,  is  to  refolve  Mittt 
Bot^ici  into  their  Princi^  ies,  or  component  Parts.  See  Prin- 
ciple, CiiVMisTRY,  ISr. 

The  School-Philofophers  diftingui/li  M-vr  Podies  into  Fer- 
fen  attd  hnperfe^f.  Fe-feH  M/x;i  ate  the  C;afs  of  Vital  or 
Animated  Bodies,  where  the  Elements  or  Ingredients  they 
are  compofed  of,  are  changed  or  transformed  by  a  perfect 
Mixture.    Such  are  Plants,  Beads,  and  Men. 

ImperfeH  Mixts  are  inanimate  Bodies,  the  Forms  whereof 
remain  ftiU  the  fame  as  of  the  Ingredients  that  conftituta 
them  ;    Such  are  Meteors,  Minerals,  Metals,  gjc. 

MixT  Figure,  in  Geometry,  is  that  which  confifts  partly 
of  right  Lines,  and  partly  of  curve  Lines.    See  Figure. 

MixT  Number,  in  Arithmetic,  that  which  is  partly  an  Inte- 
ger, and  partly  a  Fradion  f  as  4  '  to       See  Fraction. 

MixT  JBion,  in  Law,  is  an  Action  of  two  different  Na- 
tures; being  partly  real,  and  partly  pcrfonal.  See  Ac- 
tion, real,  ferfonal. 

AMixt  ^'Bioii  is  that  which  lies  both  for  the  Thing  de- 
tained 3  and  againft  the  Ferfon  of  the  Detainer. 

Or  a  M/xf  Al}ion  is  rhat  which  feeks  both  the  Recovery 
of  a  thing  we  are  uniuftly  deprived  of ;  and  Damages,  ora 
Penalty  for  the  unjuft  detainment  thereof.  Such  are  Ani- 
ons of  ^Vafte,  and  Quare  Im^edit  ;  Anions  for  Tithes  on  the 
Statute  1  &  ?  F.dvi.  6.  i^c. 

MixT  Tiiiei,  ate  thofc  of  Cheefe,  Milk,  Sjc.  and  of  the 
Young  of  Beafts.    See  Tithes. 

MixT  Mode,  accordint!  to  Mr.  Lad',  is  aCombir.ation  of 
feveral  fimpleldcasof  different  Kinds.  Sec  Idea  andiVIoDE. 

Thus,  Beauty,  as  it  confifts  in  a  certain  Compofition  of 
Colour,  Figure,  Proportion,  i£c.  of  different  Farts,  caufing 
Delight  to  the  Beholder,  is  a  Mixt  Mode.  Such  alfo  is 
Theft,  Murder,  tfJc.    See  Mode. 

The  Mind,  that  Author  obferves,  being  once  furnilhed 
with  fimple  Ideas,  can  put  them  together  in  feveral  Com- 
pofitions,  without  examining  whether  they  exift  fo  in  Ni- 
T  D  turg 


M  O  A 


turc  together.  And  hence  it  is  that  thefe  Meas  are  call'd 
Notions  ;  as  if  they  had  their  Original  and  conftant  Ex- 
ittencemore  m  the  Thoughts  of  Men,  than  in  the  Reality 
ot  Things  ;  and  that  to  form  fuch  fdeas,  it  fufficed  that 
the  Mmd  put  the  Parts  of  them  together;  and  that 
they  were  confiHent  in  the  Underftanding,  without  conft- 
dering  whether  they  had  any  real  Being. 

There  are  three  ways  whereby  we  get  thefe  complex 
Ideas  of  text  MoJes.  Firfl,  By  Experience  and  Obferva- 
tion  of  Things  themfelves  :  Thus  by  feeing  two  Men 
wreflle,  we  get  the  Idea  of  Wreftling.  Secondly,  By 
Invention,  or  voluntary  putting  together  of  feveral  fimple 
Ideas  in  our  own  Mind  :    So  he  that  fitU  invented  Printing, 

S?u  j!"  ^'^  ^"'"J  >'  exlfted. 

Ihirdly,  By  explaining  the  Names  of  ABions  we  never 
law,  or  Notions  we  cannot  fee  ;  and  by  enumerating  all 
thole  ideas  which  gu  to  the  making  them  up. 

Thus  the  mixt  Mode  which  the  Word  Lie  ftands  for,  is 
made  up  of  thefe  fimple  Ideas  ;  Firft,  Articulate  Sounds. 
Secondly,  Certain  Ideas  in  the  Mind  of  the  Speaker. 
Thirdly,  Thofe  Words,  the Signsof  thefe  Ideas;  Fourthly, 
Thofe  Signs  put  together  by  Affirmation,  or  Negation, 
otherwile  than  the  Ideas  they  fland  for  are  in  the  Mind  of 
the  Speaker,  lince  the  Language  was  made. 

Complex  Ideas  are  ufually  got  by  the  Explication  of 
thofe  Tetms  that  llandfor  them.  Forfince  they  confift  of 
limple  Ideas  ccmbined,  they  may  by  Words  flanding  for 
thole  fimple  Ideas  be  reprcfented  to  the  Mind  of  one  who 
underflands  thofe  Words,  tho'that  Combination  of  limple 
Ideas  was  never  offer'd  to  his  Mind  by  the  real  ExiHcnce 
of  Things. 

MixT  Rtititi,  or  Troforlioi,,  is  when  the  Sum  of  the  An- 
tecedent and  Confequent  is  compared  with  the  difference 

between  Antecedent  and  Confequent  i  as  if  3    *  '"^ 

a:h   :  c  :  d 

exJomt::cxrfot»i.   See  Ratio. 

MIXTION,  the  Afl  of  M,xm^;  or  the  Union  and  Coa- 
lition of  divers  Corpufcles  into  one  Body.    See  Mixt 

The  Fcripmi.a,  who  hold  an  Alteration  eCfential  to 

"       U"'™  a""'d  Ingredients, 

or  Mifcibles.  '  ^  ' 

Wmwn  makes  a  conCderable  Operation  in  the  Chymi- 
cal  and  Gii/(??7/c.(/ Pharmacy. 

MIXTURE,  in  a  Philofophical  fcnfe,  is  an  Aflemblage 
Br  Union  of  feveral  Bodies  of  different  Properties,  in  the 
lame  Mafs, 

_  To  determine  the  Ratio  of  the  Ingredients  of  a  Mixture 
IS  that  celebrated  Problem  propofed  by  ffiero  King  of  Sy- 
raaije  to  Jrchm.edei,  on  occafion  of  a  Crown  of  Gold  where- 
in the  Workman  had  fraudulently  mix'd  Silver  ;  the  So- 
lution whereof  was  matter  of  fo  much  Tranfport  to  that 
divine  Mechanic. 

It  may  be  determined  thus  : 

Weigh  the  ^fo,«rc,  iramerge  it  in  fome  Fluid;  and  find 
the  Weight  It  lofes  therein.  (SceSPECiFtc  CraMv.)  Then 
find  what  Weight  any  determinate  Qiianiiiy  of  either  In- 


(       )  MOD 

The  Second  allow  God  to  bi 


but  will  not  allow  an7i;;i;t„  riS'  ^'"7^%  E/""^'  5 
a  multiplicity  ^      ™      ^'"^<       f""-  'ff  admitting 

He^avr"  "r,'"  ^"'i^' Aflronomy,  was  a  ninth 

a"rSd°s.L':':"s'eeT.r;tf/^°'=  ■"-''^ 

the^bwerfet'^"]'"  ""'^ carry  all 

crLT      f  '''""g  '""^  "  i    by  its  Rapidity 

rrf'^'^g      ™  "  ""h-^'^by  ■b'y  revoked  b 

VuTJ:  diarnal  Revolution  orth" 

Law?£  we  '"  'n  '^"'^  ^^l-at  in  Common 

cilkv^b"""'  'a  Schools,  an  Aptitude,  or  Fa- 
cility  to  be  moved.  ,  ir* 

fj}!'.'^'''''''y?,f^"^'''yi^«^'ns  to  the  fmallnefs  and 
fpherici ty  of  us  Particles  ;  and  is  that  which  renders  its  Fix" 
tionfodiiEcult     SeeMEKCURT  and  Fixation. 

okufihl   ^■''"'^  '''"'"'"y  "f'he  Earth  is  the  moft 

plaufible,an<listhat  commonly  admitted,  by  the  latter 
Altronomers.    See  Earth. 

Pope  Fa,d  V.  appointed  Commiffioners  to  examin 
Opinion  ot  Ufmucm  touching  the  Molility  of  the  I 
1  he  Rcfultot  their  Enr  - 


mine  the 
be  Earth. 

„  ,  .1,      u         ,  "!""■>'•  a  Prohibition  to  atfert, 

not  that  the  M.H,tj,  was  poffible,  but  that  it  wasaftually 

Cu,  I,"'  '"i^y  ^"?*'''''"=-^*'"J'°*"'heEarthtobe 
held  as  an  Hypothefis  which  gives  an  eafy  and  fe.fible  So- 
lution of  the  Phicnomena  of  the  heavenly  Motions  ;  but 
forbad  the  M„W,y,  of  the  Earth  to  be  maintain 'd 'as  a 

iWt'arvtV?  ^'-^S'  byreafontheyconceiv'tl 

ir  contrary  to  bcnpturc, 

MODAL,  in  Logic,  iic.  a  Term  apply'd  to  Propofitions 
containing  certain  Conditions,   or  Rellriaions.    See  Con- 

UITIONAL. 

MODE,  or  MOOD,  in  Philofophy,  a.M™„er  of  Beings 
or  a  Quality,  or  Atttibute  of  a  Subflance,  or  Subieft, 

^'chwe  conceiveasneceffarilydependingontheSub  ea 
perties,  m  the  and  incapable  of  fubfiliing  without  it.  SeeSt.BsT  AN„ 
Mr  Loci  defines  MoA,  to  be  thofe  Ideas  (he  /hould  have 
iaidT4i»^i  which  don  I  imply  any  fuppofition  of  fubfiftina 
by  theralel  ves  but  ate  confider'd  as  mere  dependences  and 
attections  ofSubllances. 

Our  Ideas  of  things  may  be  reduced  to  two  Kinds  :  The 
one  ot  Fhmgs  which  we  conceive  feparately,  and  by  them- 
felves, call'd &J/fa„«, ;  and  the  other  of  Things  which 
we  conceive  as  cxiHing  in  others,  in  fuch  manner  as  thatw. 
cannot  allow  them  exillcnce  without  'em  ;  and  thefe  we 
call  Modes,  or  Accidents.  See  Accident. 
Thu       '  ^  - 


jct  fpi 

Hence  a  ?»/«!«>  e,  or  mix'd  Stuff,  is  that  whofe  Woof  and 
Warp  ate  of  Wools  of  different  Colours  dy'd  and  mix'd 
before  they  werefpun. 

MOAT,  in  Fortification,  cali'd  alfo  Fof,  and  Ditch  a 
hollow  Space  or  Ditch  dug  round  a  Town,  or  Fortr'efs 
to  be  defended,  on  the  outfide  the  Wall  or  Rampart.  See 
Rampart. 

The  Length  and  Breadth  of  the  Mo^t  often  depends  on 
the  nature  of  the  Soil ;  according  as  it  is  Mat/hy  or  Rocky 

A  Dry  Molt  is  that  which  is  deftituie  of  Water,  and 
ought  to  be  deeper  than  one  which  is  full  of  Water 

A  ii»ciM0AT  is  thatwhofeScarpand  Gounterfcarp  are 
cafed  wi.h  a  Wall  ol  Mafon  s  Work  lying  a-flope 

A  Ffal-(«i.»'JMoAT  is  that  which  hath  no  Hoping,  its 
Corners  being  lomewhat  rounded. 

The  Brink  of  the  Moat  next  the  Rampart  in  any  Forti- 
fication is  cali'd  the  Sc.irf,  and  the  oppofice  one  the  Coim- 
terfcurp.    Sec  Scarp  and  Coun  tersc  arp 

MOATAZALITES,  a  Religious  Scft  among  the  T«rfc 

There  are  two  Opinions  among  the  T:,rkl(!,  Divines  con- 
cerning God.  The  firft  admit  Metaphyfical  Forms  or 
Attributes;  as  that  God  has  a  Wifdom  by  which  he  is 
Wife  ;  a  Power  by  which  he  is  Powerful  ;  a'n  Eternity  bv 
■"'Hich  he  is  Eternal,  '  ' 


hand,  the  conception  of 
retjuire  that  of  the  Mode, 


Subjefl  does  not  at  all  infer  or 

SceSuRSTANCE. 


Thus,  what  gives  us  to  know  that  •thought  is  not  a  Mode 
of  extended  SubHance,  or  Matter,  is,  that  Extenfion,  and 
the  other  Properties  of  Matter  may  be  divided  from  Thought 
without  ceafing  to  conceive  Thought  all  the  while.  Sec' 
Thinking,  Extension,  E'c. 

We  always  confider  Things  as  clothed  with  certain 
Modes;  except  when  we  reflcfl  on  the  Abllraa,  or  Gene- 
ral :  And  it  is  the  Variety  of  Modes,  and  Relations,  that 
occafions  the  great  Variety  of  Denominations  of  the 'fame 
thing.  It  is  the  various  M«des  of  Matter,  e.  jr.  that  make 
all  the  Diverfity  of  Bodies,  or  corporeal  BeiSgs  in  Nature 
SeeREtATioN,  Mattes,  i£c.  ~ 

Thete  are  various  Divifions  and  Kinds  of  Modes :  One  of 
the  moll  common,  is  into  Internal  and  External. 

I«er».i/ Modes  are  thofe  inherent  in  the  Subfiance,  as 
Roundnefs  in  the  Bowl  ;  Flatnefs  in  the  Nofe  ;  Crook'ed- 
nefs  in  the  Finger,  ^c. 

Thefe,  we  have  obferv'd,  cannot  exift,  nor  even  be  con- 
ceiv'd  without  the  Subjefl,  as  being  only  Clrcumllances 
thereof,  oreven,  according  to  fome,  only  the  Subjea  itfelf 
confider'd,  not  fimply,  but  as  fuch.  Thus  the  Roundnefs 
of  the  Bowl,  is  only  the  Bowl  itfelf  confider'd  as  round 


MOD 


(  ) 


MOD 


£xw«..;AIobes  are  thofe  eKtraneou.  to  tH<!  S-bjeS  ;  out  of  the  Diftances  of  Tim.  and  Spice  put  together. 
as  when  wc  fay  .  th.ng  ,s   defir  d,  loVd,  beheld,  i^c.   The  l,ke  Variety  we   have  in  Sounds;  every  articulate 

Word  IS  a  different  Modification  of  Sound,  as  are  all  Notes 
ot  dltlerent  length  put  together,  which  make  thai  cum- 


'i'hefe  coincide  with  what  we  call  Relations. 

Add,  that  there  are  Moi/erwhich  are  likewife  Subftanccs, 
as  Apparel,  Hair,  £?c.  which  may  fubllfl:  without  the 
Subjed. 

Mr.  Loc^  divides  iWoi/eiinto  Simfk  and  Compound. 


plex  Idea  call'd  Time.     See  Time. 
The  MoJeiofColours  might  be  alfo  very  various;  fome 


«  "hich  we  take  notice  of  as  the  ditf-rent  npurpi-<  r,^... 

S,«,f  k  MOBES  are  Combinations  of  fimple  Ideas  of  the  they  are  termed.  Shades  of  the  fame  Colour  But  frnee  we 
fameKmd,  oreven  of  the  fame  fimple  Ideas  divers  times  feldom  make  Affemblages  of  Clours  without  taklncTn 
repeated;  as  a  Dozen,  a  Score,  £<;c.  which  are  only  the    Figure  alfo,  as  in  Painting,        thofe  whi.h  are  taken  no 

tice  of,  do  moft  commonly  belong  to  mix'd  Modes 


Ideas  of  fo  many  liillindl  Units  put  together. 

Mxcd  Modes  are  Combinations  of  iimple  Ideas  of  fe- 
veral  Kinds ;  as  in  Beauty,  which  conlilfs  in  a  certain 
Conipolition  of  Colour,  Figure,  g^c.  Theft,  which  is  the 
conccal'd  Change  of  the  Poffeffion  of  any  thing  without 
tonfent  of  the  Proprietor,  ^c. 

With  regard  to  Simple  Modes  ;  that  Authot  obferves, 
that  the  Modifications  of  any  Ample  Idea  are  as  perfefliy 
different  and  dilfinfl  Ideas  in  the  Mind  as  thofe  the  moit 
remote  and  inconfiflent.  Thus  tjco  is  as  diftinfl  from  tirep, 
as  Blindnefs  from  Heat.  With  rhis  View  he  examines 
the  Smple  Modes  of  Space. 

Space  is  a  fimple  Idea,  which  we  get  both  by  Sii*ht  and 
Touch  ;    ■-"  ' ■ 


Beauty,  Rainbow,  efc.  All  compounded  Taftes  and  Sn^ells 
are  alio  Modes  made  up  of  the  fimple  Ideas  of  thofe  Senfe^ 

^  As^  to  the  Modes  ofTbinhn.  ;  when  the  Mind  turns  its 
view  inward  upon  itfclf.  Thinking  is  the  firft  Idci  th^t 
occurs,  wherein  it  obferves  a  great  Vatiety  ofModificaiions; 
and^thcrefore  frames  to  itfelt  dillinft  Ideas. 

Thus  the  Perception  annex'd  to  any  ImprefiTion  on  the 
Body  made  by  an  external  Objefl.  is  call'd  Se„fiti,„. 
Where  an  Idea  recurs  without  the  prefence  of  the  OS  jcff 
It  IS  call'd  RCTieiBiraace.  When  fou«bt  after  by  the  Mind' 
and  brought  again  in  view,  it  is  cail'd  Rfco/fef/io;,.  When 

■  rj     ■   I.     i-  ■   r      -L  u"  '™g  ""der  attentive  Confidcrations,  it  is  call'd 

,  R  When  we  confider  it  barely  in  Length  between  Lo,tte„fla,.o„.  when  Ideas  float  in  the  Mind  without  te- 
two  Bodies,  K   IS  call'd  Di/f..|»ce ;    When    in   Length,    gard  or  refleflion,  it 


,  t  IS  call'd  in  B  cBc/j,  Re/iei-ji.  When  the 
Ideas  are  taken  notice  ot,  and,  as  it  were,  regifler'd  in  the 
Memory,  it  is  Jttentkn.  When  the  Mind  fixes  its  view  on 
any  one  Idea,  and  confiders  it  on  all  fides,  it  is  Ittlention 
and  Study. 

,.„9'' ""'""^  .Ifcrfer  of  Thinking,  the  Mind  forms  as 

■        cc  ,       ,  r         v:^   ''■"'""Hms,  as  it  does  of  White  and  Red,  a  Square   or  a 

Modification  of  Space  ;  and  each  Idea  of  any  different    Circle  J'luare,  or  a 

Space,  is  a  fimple  Mode  of  this  Idea.    Such  are  an  Inch,       For  Uit^'d  Modes,  there  are  three  ways  whereby  we  get 

Foot,  Yatd    £?c.   which  are  the  Ideas  of  certain  Hated  the  complex  Ideas  thereof    ,,  By  Experience  and  Ohfer 

^7t:Cc"^  "^ll^"'^  Ufe,  vation  of  things  themfelves  ;   thu's  by'Tei  g    two  Me'; 

and  by  the  _Cuftom__of  _Mcafuring,    When  thcfe  Ideas  are  wreftle,  we  get  the  Idea  of  Wreflling. 


Breadth,  and  Thicknefs,  it  may  be  call'd  Capacity  :  When 
confider'd  between  the  Extremities  of  Matter,  which  fills 
the  Capacity  of  Space  with  fomething  folid,  tangible,  and 
moveable,  it  is  call'd  Exteitfion  ;  and  thus  Extenfion  will 
bean  Idea  belonging  to  Body:  But  Space  may  be  con- 
ceived without  it.    Each  diffetent  Diftance  is  a  different 


By  Invention, 
our 


made  familiar  to  Men  s  Ihoughts,  they  can  in  their  Minds  or  voluntary  putting  together  of  fevcra?  fimple  Ideas  in 

repeat  them  as  often  as  they  will,  without  joining  to  them  own  Minds  ;  fo  he  that  firft  invented  Printing   had  an  Idea 

the  Idea  ot  Bod,y,  and  frame  to  themfelves  the  Ideas  of  of  it  firft  in  his  Mind,  before  ever  it  exifled     ,   By  ex- 

ieet.  Yards,  and  Fathoms,  beyond  the  utmoft  Bounds  of  plaining  the  Names   of  Aflions  we  never  faw,  or'  Notions 

all  Bodies,  and  by  adding  thele  ftiU  to  one  another,  in-  we  cannot  fee  ;  and  by  enumerating  all  thofe  Ideas  which 

large  their  Idea  of  Space,  as  much  as  they  pleafe.  go  to  the  making  them  up  :    Thus'^he  mix'd  Mode'  wh  ch 

From  this  Power  ot  repeating  any  Idea  of  Diftance,  with-  the  Word  L,e  flandsfor,  is  made  up  of  thefe  fimpfe  Id«s  ■ 

out  being  ever  able  to  come  to  an  end   we  come  by  the  (i.)  Articulate  Sounds.  Certain  Ideas  in  the  Mind  of 

Ideaof  lmmenfity.    See  Extension,  Distance,  Mea-  the  Speaker.   (3.)  Thofe  VVords,  the  Signs  of  thefe  Ideas 

SURE,  t>c.  .  .      ,      ,  (4.)  Thofe  Signs  put  together  by  Affirmation  orNesa- 

Ano  her  M.*,  or  Modification  of  Space,  is  taken  from  tion,  otherwife  than  the  Ideas  they  fland  for  are  in  the 

the  relation  ot  the  Parts  of  the  Termination  of  Extenfion,  Mind  of  iheSpeaker. 

or  citcumfcrib'd  Space  amongft  themfelves  ;   and  this  is       Mixt  Modes  have  their  Unity  from  an  Aft  of  the  Atind 

whatweca.l  n,„,-e.    'I  his,  the  Touch  difcovers  in  fenfible  combining  thofe  re.,eral  fimple^Jeas  together,  ami  eo  ifi- 

,he  Fv:  Ztf  f  T""  T?T  'o  ^"""S  '^""^  "™P'«o"=^  The  Mark  of  this  Union 

the  Eye  takes    both  from  Bodies  and  Colours  whole  Eoun-  is  one  Namegivento  that  Combination.    Men  feldom  rec- 

daries  are  wnhin  Its  view  ;  where,  oblerving  how  the  Ex-  kon  any  number  of  Ideas  ,0  make  one  complex  or"  but 

tremi  les  term  nate,  either  in  ftreigh.  Lines,  which  meet  fuch  CoUeftions,  asthere  benamesfor.    t3  the  KilC 

at  dirccrniide  An.des  ;  or  in  crooked  Lines,  wherein  no  of  an  old  Man  is  a,sfir  ,n  b,  ;  '  ,„..:_"1  ,1 

Angles  can  be  perceived;  by  confidcring  thefe  as  they  r 
late  to  one  another  in  all  pans  of  the  Extremities  of  t. 


other  in  all  parts  of  the  Extremities  of  any 
Body  or  Space,  it  has  the  Idea  we  call  Figure  :  Which 
affurds  to  the  hind  infinite  Variety.    See  Figure. 

Another  Mode  belonging  to  this  Head,  is  that  of  Place. 
Our  Idea  of  Pi "  " 


of  an  old  Man  is  as  fit  to  be  united  in  one  complex  Idea"^ 
as  that  of  a  Father  ;  yet  there  being  no  Name  for  it,  it  is 
not  taken  for  a  particular  complex"  Idea;  nor  a  di'ttina 
Species  of  Aaion  from  that  of  Killing  any  other  Man  : 
Thofe  CoUedions  of  Ideas  have  Names'generally  afnxed 
which  are  of  frequent  ufe  in  Converfation  ;  in  which  Cafe« 


t  !nr          «f            '        L ■      L      L           ■       n              -  —             " ^^ju^i.i  un- i ii  v^ou vcriation  ;  in  w uico  t^a  c* 

anv  thina      • ' '"V' .  l""' "I"''"' /"fi"™  ot  Men  endeavour  to  communicate  their  Thoughts  to  one 

a  d      tab  PoLs      Wl          r  r                             ^'"'^  ^r'^"'  ^j'^        pofi-lble  difpatch.     Thofe  ofhers,  which 

chanrd  Place   wb"    '    I'a    "  '  '^^^         '^^'''""^             "              '^^r  '^J  '"g"her, 

cnanged  1  lace   when  us  diftance  either  IS,  or  IS  nor  give  them  Names.                    •      '    1  k, 


not  alter'd  with  refpeS  to  thofe  Bodies,  with  which 


nor  give  them  Names, 

This  gives  the  Reafon,  why  thete  are  Words  in  e 


the  Plfce  of  the   In   .  ?  '    \  Fa/liions  and  Cufloms  of  one 

te  p7  . .  °  ■■  ^°  °^  ^""'  '""^1  Combinations  of  Ideas  famihar  in 


See  Place, 

Another  Mode  of  Space,  is  the  Idea  which  we  get  from 
the  fleeting,  and  perpetually  peri.'hing  Parts  of  Succeffion, 
which  we  call  Dtiratioti.  The  Simfle  Modes  of  it  are  any 
different  Lengths  of  it,  whereof  we  have  diftin£I  Ideas  as 
Hours  Days,  Years,  (£c.  Time,  and  Eternity.  The  Idea 
of  Succeffion  is  got  by  rcflefling  on  that  train  of  Ideas 
which  conftantly  follow  one  another  in  our  Minds,  as  long 
as  we  are  awake.    See  Succession.  ' 

The  diftance  between  any  Parts  of  this  Succeffion  is 
vi  hat  we  call  Duration  :  And  the  Continuation  of  the  Ex- 
iftence  of  ourfelves,  or  any  thing  elfe  commenfurate  to  the 
Succeffion  of  any  Ideas  in  our  Mind.s,  is  what  we  call  our 
own  Duration,  or  that  of  another  thing  co-exifting  with  our 
thinking. 

A  Man  having  once  got  this  Idea  of  Duration,  can  apply 
It  to  things  which  exift,  while  he  doth  not  think  :  And 
thus  we  mealure  the  time  of  our  Sleep,  as  well  as  that 
wherein  we  are  awake.    See  Duration. 

In  regard  to  fome  other  Simple  Modes,  Mr.  Loc^  obferves. 
That  the  Mind  has  feveral  diftina  Ideas  of  Sliding,  Rol' 
ling.  Walking,  Creeping,  which  are  all  but  the  diffe- 
rent Modifications  of  Motion.  Swift  and  Slow  are  two 
different  Ideas  of  Motion,  the  Meafures  whereof  arc  made 


one 

  .-miliar  in 

one,  which  another  had  never  any  occafion  to  make.  Such 
were.  Oro..„,^j;,  among  the  Grerfj ;  and  Pro/cr/c.-ii,  amona 
the  Romaits.  This  alfo  occafions  the  conftant  Change  of 
Languages  ;  becaufe  the  Change  of  Cuftom  and  Opinion 
brings  with  it  new  Combinations  of  Ideas,  which,  to  avoid 
long  Defcriptions,  have  new  Names  annexed  to  them,  and 
fo  they  become  new  Species  of  M:xed  Modes, 

Of  all  our  fimple  Ideas,  thofe  which  have  had  moll 
mixed  Modes  made  out  of  them,  are  Thinking,  and  Motion  , 
(^which  comprehend  in  them  all  Aaion)  and  Power,  from 
whence  thefe  Adions  are  conceived  to  flow.  For  Aaions 
being  the  great  Bufinefs  of  Mankind,  it  is  no  wonder  that 
the  feveral  Modes  of  Thinkingand  Motion,  ftiould  be  taken 
notice  of ;  and  the  Ideas  of  them  obferved,  and  laid  up  in 
Memory,  and  have  Names  affigned  them.  For  without 
Inch  complex  Ideas  with  Names  to  them,  Men  could 
"°5^f  L  Communication  about  them. 

Of  this  kind  ate  the  Modes  of  Aflions  diffiii.guifh'd  by 
their  Caufes,  Means,  ObjeBs,  Ends,  Inftruments  Time 
llace,  and  other  Circumftances  ;  as  alfo  of  the  Powers 
fitted  for  thofe  ABions.  Thus  Boldncfs  is  the  Power  to  <lo 
or  fpeak  what  we  intend,  without  Fear  or  Diforder  ;  which 
Power  of  doing  any  thing,  when  it  hath  been  acquir'd  by 
ireqoent  doing  the  fame  thing,  is  that  Idea  we  call  Mr.. 


MOD 


(  ) 


MOD 


iit  3  and  when  forward  and  ready  upon  every  OccaCon,  to 
break  into  Adlion,  we  call  it  D'ffofiuon  :  Thus  letlinefs  is 
a  Difpofition  or  Aptnefs  to  be  angry.  Powet  being  the 
Source  of  alt  A^iion,  the  Subftances,  wherein  thofe  Pow- 
ers are,  when  they  exert  this  Power,  are  call'd  Cauje,s  : 
And  the  Subilances  thereupon  produced,  or  the  fimple 
Ideas  introduced  into  any  Subjeft,  EjfeBs.  The  Efficacy 
whereby  the  new  Subltance  or  Idea  is  produced,  is  call'd 
in  the  Subjed  exerting  that  Power,  jBion  ;  in  the  SubjeSl 
wherein  any  iimpte  Idea  is  changed,  or  produced,  Fajfon. 
Which  Efficacy  jn  intelkaual  Agents,  \.ecan  conceive  to 
be  nothing  elfe,  but  Modes  of  Thinking  and  Willing  :  In 
Corporeal  Agents,  nothing  elfe  but  Modifications  or  Motions. 

Whatever  fort  of  Adion,  bcfides  thefe,  produces  any 
Effed,  we  have  no  iNotion  or  Idea  of.  And,  therefore, 
many  Words  which  feem  to  exprefs  fome  Adion,  fignify 
noihing  of  the  Adion*  but  barely  the  Effed,  with  fome 
Circuiiifiances  of  the  Subjed  wrought  on,  or  Caufe  opera- 
ting :  Thus  Creation,  and  Annihilation,  contain  in  them  no 
Idi^a  of  ihe  Adion,  or  Manner  whereby  they  are  produced, 
but  barely  of  the  Caufe,  and  the  Thing  dene.  And  when 
a  Country-nian  Uy-s  the  Cold  freezes  Water,  though  the 
word,  Freezing,  fecm  to  import  fome  Adion,  yet  it  truly 
fignifies  nothing  but  the  Effed,  that  the  Water  that 
was  before  fluid,  is  become  hard  and  confident  ;  without 
intimating  any  Idea  of  the  Adion  whereby  it  is  done. 

InMixedM^des,  it  is  the  Name  that  feems  to  preferve 
their  ElTences,  and  ro  give  th^m  their  lading  Duration. 
The  CuUedion  of  Ideas  is  made  by  the  Mind  i  but  the 
Name  is,  as  it  were,  the  Knot  \ihich  ties  them  fait  toge- 
ther; Hence  we  feldom  take  any  other  for  diliind  Spe- 
cies of  }i!ixcd  Modes,  but  fuch  as  arefetout  by  Names.  We 
mufi  obferve,  that  the  Names  of  miscd  iWoi/es  always  fig- 
nify the  real  Effencf  s  of  their  Species ;  which  being  nothing 
but  the  abltrad  complex  Ideas,  and  not  refer'd  to  the  real 
ExilienCG  ot  Things,  there  is  no  fuppofition  of  any  thing 
more  fignified  by  any  Name  of  a  mixed  Mode,  but  barely 
that  complex  Idea,  the  Mind  itfclf  has  form'd  i  which 
when  the  Mind  has  form'd,  is  all  it  would  exprefs  by  it, 
and  is  that  on  which  all  the  Properties  of  the  Species  de- 
pend, and  from  which  alone  they  flow  3  and  fo,  in  thefe, 
the  real  and  nominal  EfTtnee  is  the  lame. 

This  alfo  iliews  the  Reafon,  why  the  Names  of  mixed 
Modesarc  commonly  got,  before  the  Ideas  they  lUnd  for 
arepcrfedly  known  ;  becaufe  there  being  no  Species  of 
thefe  ordinarily  taken  notice  of,  but  fuch  as  have  Names, 
and  thofe  Species  being  complex  Ideas  made  arbitrarily  by 
the  Mind,  ii;  is  convenient,  if  not  neceffary,  tg  know  the 
Names,  before  we  learn  the  complex  Ideas  ;  unlefs  a  Man 
will  fill  his  fJead  with  a  company  of  abftrad  complex 
Ideas,  which  others  having  no  Names  for,  he  has  nothing 
to  do  with,  but  to  lay  by,  and  forget  again.    In  the  be- 

tinning  of  Languages,  it  was  neccffiry  to  have  the  Idea, 
efore  one  gave  it  the  Name  j  and  fo  it  is  Hill,  where  a 
new  complex  Idea  is  to  be  made,  and  a  Name  given  it. 
In  fimple  Ideas,  and  Subflanccs,  it  isotherwife  5  which  be- 
ing fuch  Ideas,  as  have  r(  al  Exiflence  and  Union  in  Na- 
ture, the  Ideas  orNatues  aregot,  one  before  the  other,  as 
it  happens. 

'Ihc  Schoolmen  make  numerous  other  Divifions  of 
Modes  as  into  Immediate  and  Mediate  :  Ejfential  and  Non- 
I-'Jji  ut.al  :  Pcjtihe  and  Fn-vaiive  :  Of  Spirit  and  of  Body  : 
Of  Tbitthn^,  and  of  hlaviv^. 

Immcdi^itt  Mopes  are  ihofe  immediately  attributed  to 
their  Subjeds  or  Subftanccs. 

Mediate  Modes  are  tliofe  attributed  to  Subjeds  by  the 
intervention  of  fome  other  Mode. 

Thus,  e.v^r.  Morion  is  an  immediate  yl/or/e  of  the  Body  ; 
Knowledge  of  the  Mind,  £^c. 

But  Swiftnefs  and  Slownefs  are  not  immediately  attribu- 
table to  the  Body;  but  only  to  the  Body  inrefped  of  the 
Motion-. 

rjj'e7!tial,  or  lujcf.vrahk  MoCEs,  are  Attributes  without 
which  the  Subllancc  cannot  exift  as  Wifdom,  Goodnefr, 
Power,  £^c.  in  God  :  Figure,  Place,  Quantity,  Exten- 
fion,  ^r.  of  Body.    See  Attribute. 

Nm-F-O'einial,  or  Sefjcirahle  Modes,  are  Attributes  affec- 
ting created  SubWances,  and  remaining  affix'd  thereto  io 
long  as  it  is  neccffary  ;  fuch  arc  Coldnefs,  of  Water  ; 
Hardnefs,  of  Slune  :     Whitenefs,  of  Milk,  ^c. 

Tfifiti'vt  Modes,  are  thofe  which  give  fomething  real, 
pofitive,  and  abfolute  to  their  Subftances.  Thus  Round- 
ncU  i.ia  pofitive  Mode  of  a  Globe,  ijff. 

7*j-(c.jr(a£r  Modes  are  attributed  to  Subjeds,  when  the 
Mind  perceiving  fome  Attributes  waniiiig  therein,  frames  a 
Word,  which  at  firif  fight  feems  to  note  fomething  pofi- 
tive, but  which  in  reality  only  notes  the  want  of  fome  Pro- 
perty, or  Mode.  Thus  a  Privation  gf  Light  is  attributed  to 
a  blind  Man,  Cj'c. 

Mopes  of  Sfirh  are  two,  -viz.  Cognition,  or  Knczi-hdge  5 
ind  PViUing.    See  Knowledge  and  Willing, 


MoDKS  0/ £iT£()'  are  three,  viz.  Figure^  Refi,  3.nd  Motiofi, 
See  Figure,  Rest,  and  Motion. 

Modes  of  Tbijsking  are  the  fuiie  with  Eflential  Attri- 
butes ox  Modes.    See  Ejfetittal  Mod-e. 

Modes  of  Havings  are  thofe  whereby  any  thing  may  be 
had  by  another. 

Arijiotle  enumerates  feven  of  thefe  :  A  thing,  for  Inftancc 
may  be  had  either  by  the  Mode  of  Quality,  asKnowlediie  ; 
by  that  of  Magnitude,  as  Circumference  j  by  the  Mode  of 
Part,  as  the  Hand,  l^c. 

Mode  is  alfo  ufcd  in  Logic,  fur  the  Modification  of  a 
Propofition  j  or  that  which  renders  it  Modal  o,nA  Condniojtai. 
See  Conditional. 

Mode  in  Grammar,  >  „  t.. 

Mode  in  Logic.  'jSeeMooD. 

MODE  in  Mufic,  is  defined  by  fome  Authors,  the  parti- 
cular Manner  of  conftituting  the  Odave  ;  or  the  melodious 
Conititution  of  the  Odavc,  as  it  confifis  of  feven  Effential, 
of  Natural  Notes  befides  the  Key,  or  Fundamental.  S^e 
Octave. 

A  Mo.U\  then,  is  not  any  fingleNote,  or  Sound  ;  but  the 
particular  Order  of  the  concinnous  Degrees  of  an  Odave  : 
The  fundamental  Note  whereof  may,  in  another  ft:nfe,  be 
call'd  the  Key,  as  it  fignifies  that  principal  Note  which  re- 
gulates the  rcii:. 

The  proper  difference  betw  een  a  Mode  and  aKev,  coniills 
in  this,  that  an  Odave  with  all  its  natural  and  concinnous 
Degrees,  is  call'd  a  AWe,  with  refped  to  the  ConlHtuiiorj 
or  the  manner  and  way  of  dividing  it  j  and  with  rjfped  to 
the  place  of  it  in  the  Scale  of  Mufic,  that  is,  the  Degree 
or  Pitch  of  Tune,  it  is  call'd  a  Key  :  that  is,  an  Odave  of 
Sounds  may  be  rais'd  in  the  fame  Order,  and  Kind  of  De- 
grees which  makes  the  fame  Afode,  ^nd  yet  be  begun  higher 
or  lower  j  that  is,  be  taken  at  different  Degrees  with  re- 
fped to  the  whole,  which  makes  diflrerent  Keys  :  and  from 
the  fame  Definition  it  follows,  that  the  fame  Key  may  be 
found  with  different  Mof/eJ  ;  that  is,  the  Extremes  of  two 
Odaves  may  be  in  the  fame  Degree  of  Tune,  and  theDi- 
vifion  of  'em  different.    See  K&f. 

Now  it  may  be  farther  obferved,  that  of  the  natural 
Notes  of  every  Modv^  or  Odave,  three  go  under  the  Name 
of  theefieniial  Notes  in  a  peculiar  manner,  viz.  the  Fun- 
damental, thelhird,  and  Fifth  ;  their  Odaves  being  rec- 
kon'd  the  fame,  and  mark'd  with  the  lame  Letters  in  the 
Scale  :  the  reit  arc  particularly  call'd  Dependents.  Agaio, 
the  Fundamental  is  alfo  call'd  the  final  j  the  Fifth  the  Do- 
mlnante  j  and  the  Third,  as  being  between  the  other  two, 
the  Mediante.    See  Key, 

The  Dodrine  of  the  Antients  with  regard  to  Modes^wh'ich 
they  fometimes  alfo  call  1\mes,  isfomewhat  obf  ure  >  rheres 
being  an  unaccountable  Difference  among  their  AiiT;n.r'5  as 
to  the  Definitions,  Divifiuns,  and  Nami!.^  ■  ■[  cn-^ii  Modes . 
They  agree  indeed,  that  aiWoi/e  is  acertainSyrtem  or  Con- 
fVitution  of  Sounds  ;  and  that  an  Odave,  with  all  its  inter- 
mediate Sounds,  is  fuch  a  Conilitulion  :  but  the  fpecific 
difterences  of  Tones,  fome  place  in  the  manner  otDivi- 
fion,  or  Order  of  its  concinnous  parts  ;  and  others  merely 
in  the  diilerent  Tenfion  of  the  Whole,  e.  as  the  whole 
Notes  are  acuter  or  graver,  or  Hand  higher  or  lower  in 
the  Scale  of  Mufic. 

Eoethiiis  is  very  dark  on  this  head  i  and  defines  a  Mcdt  to 
be,  as  it  were,  an  irttire  Body  of  Modulation,  confiitingof 
aConjundion  of  Confonances,  as  the  Diapafon. 

Fiokmy  makes  iheMoi/esthe  lame  with  the  Species  of 
the  Diapafon  i  but  at  the  fame  time  fpeaks  of  their  being  ac 
fome  diilance  from  each  other.  Some  contended  for  thir- 
teen, fome  for  fifteen  Motie;,  which  they  placed  at  a  Semi- 
tone's diltance  from  each  other  ;  but  it  is  plain,  thofe  un- 
derftood  the  differences  to  be  only  in  their  place  or  dilfan- 
ces  from  each  other  ;  and  that  there  is  one  certain  harmo- 
nious Species  of  Odave  apply'd  to  all,  -viz.  that  Order 
which  proceeds  from  the  Fro/!-.nikv!omer!o<  of  the  Syfte'tia  hn- 
mutatum,  or  the  A  of  the  modern  Syfiem.  Frolemy  argues, 
that  if  this  be  all,  they  may  be  infinite,  tho'  they  muil  be; 
limited  for  Ufe  and  Pradice.  Bur,  indeed,  much  the 
greater  part  define  them  by  the  Species  Ui.ifajan  ;  and 
therefore  only  make  feven  Modes ;  but  as  to  iheir  Ule,  we 
are  left  iniirely  in  the  dark. 

If  t\\e.  Modes  be  nothing  but  the  feven  Sj-'ecies  of  Odaves, 
the  Ufe  of 'em  can  only  be,  that  the  Froflamh.momaios  of 
any  Mode  being  made  the  principal  Note  of  any  Song, 
there  may  be  ditferent  Species  of  Melody  anfwering  to 
thofe  diiTerent  Condirutic'iis.  But  then  we  are  not  to  con- 
ceive that  the  Froflamh-immertos,  or  Fundamental  of  any 
Mode  is  fixed  to  any  particular  Chord  of  the  Syftem,  v.". 
the  Thrygi^into  g  ;  fo  that  we  muft  always  begin  there, 
when  we  would  have  3  piece  of  Melody  of  that  Species. 
When  we  fay  in  general,  that  fuch  Ol  Mode  begins  in  it  is 
no  more  than  to  fignify  the  Species  of  Odave  as  they  ap- 
pear in  a  certain  fix'd  Syilem  ;  but  we  may  begin  in  any 
Chord  of  the  Syilem,  and  make  icthe  jP>ti/?,m.  ofany  Moi^f, 

by 


MOD 


C  ) 


MOD 


Pla^al.  Authentici 

fsjw^  rxjw^ 


by  adt^ing  new  Chords,  or  altering  the  tuning  of  the  old. 
If  this  were  the  true  nature,  and  ufe  of  the  Tones,  moll 
of  ihcfc  Afodcs  mult  be  imperfe^l,  and  incapable  of  good 
yi'Aody,  as  wanting  feme  ot  ihole  which  we  reckon  the 
eflcniial  and  natural  Notes  of  a  true  Mode.  Again,  if  the 
elfential  dilference  of  the  Mocks  confirt  only  in  the  Gravity 
or  Acutencfs  of  the  whole  Otiave,  then  we  may  fuppofe 
one  Species  or  concinno-^s  Divifion  of  the  (JJtave,  which 
being  appl)'d  to  all  the  Chords  of  the  Syftem,  makes  them 
true  Fundamentals  for  a  certain  Series  of  fuccellive  Notes, 
by  changing,  as  above,  the  Tone  of  certain  Chords  in 
ftanc  cafe;-,  or  by  adding  new  Chords  to  the  Syiiem.  Eut 
that  mult  have  been  a  iimple  kind  of  Melody,  produced 
by  admitting  only  one  concinncus  Series,  and  that  too  want- 
ing fonie  ufefui  and  neci;ftary  Chords. 

Muhc  was  conliderably  improved  in  the  Xlth  Century, 
hy  G:i! do  Jreihitts who,  among  other  Innovations,  reformed 
the  Doctrine  of  JWof/e5.  Itistrue,  they  were  itil!  defined  by 
the  Species  of  theOtlave,in  TioIany''s  manner,  and  their 
number  uas  fix'd  to  feven  but  afterwards  taking  occafion 
to  confider  the  Hartnonical  and  Arirhmetica!  Diviiii.n^  of 
the  O^iave,  whereby  it  rcfplves  into  a  4th  above  a  5th, 
or  a  5th  above  a  4ch,  they  deuce  conilituted  12  Modes, 
making  of  each  Octave  two  di^erent  Modes,  according  to 
this  different  Divifion  ;  but  becaufe  there  are  two  of  them 
ihat  cannot  be  divided  both  ways,  there  are  but  12  M^des, 
Of  thefe,  fujli  as  were  'iivided  harmonically,  that  is, 
with  the  5rhs  lowefr  (whi^h  wcrcfixj  were  call'd  ^u  hentic  3 
and  the  other  fix  which  had  the  5ths  higheli,  were  call'd 
J'h^al  IS'todsi.    See  the  Schiime  aanexM; 

To  thefe   Modes,  they  gave  the 
Names  of  rh'-  untiLni  Greek  Tones, 
as  'Dunav,    l'h:y;.\^,:'7 ,  I  ydian  ;  But 
the  feveral  Authors  diffei-  in  the  Ap- 
plication and  Order  of  thefe  Names, 
S'l  tb;'.t  we  are  {till  in  great  meafure 
" at  a  !ofs  what  they  me^nt  by  thofe 
diftinciionfi,  and  what  their  real  ufe 
was.   Th^  belt  Account  we  can  give 
~f   is  this  ;   They  co!ifider*d   tiiat  an 
~Z    Octave  which  wants  a  4th  or  5':h,  is 

e  — — e  — a    Jmpcrfed  j  thefe  being  the  Concords 

next  to  Oclave,  the  Song  o'jghi,  to 
touch  thofe  Chords  mort  frequently  and  remarkably  5  and 
becaufe  their  Concord  is  different,  which  makes  the  Melody 
different,  they  cflabliil^cd  by  this  two  Modes  in  every  na- 
tural Oiiave  that  had  a  true  411-.  ai-:d  jui:  Then,  if  the 
Song  was  carried  as  far  as  tiiis  ''dtave  above,  it  was  call'd 
a.  ferfcff  Mode  ;  if  lefs,  as  to  the  4th  or  5th,  i[  wac  im- 
ferfeB  ;  it  it  moved  both  above  and  below,  it  was  call'd 
amix'd  Made.  Thus  it  is  fome  Authors  fpeak  about  thefe 
Modes.  Other?,  confidering  how  indifpenfible  a  Chord  the 
5th  is  in  every  Moi/e,  rhey  took  for  the  Final,  or  Key- Note 
in  the  Aritlimeiically  divided  Uflaves,  not  the  lowefl 
Chord  of  that  Oitave,  but  that  very  4th.  The  only  diffe- 
rence then  in  this  Method  between  the  Authentic  and  fia- 
gal  Modes  that  the  Authentic  goes  above  its  final  10 
the  Octave  ;  the  other  afcends  a  5  th,  and  defcends  a  4th  j 
\vhich  will  indeed  be  attended  with  different  Etfeas, 
but  the  Mode  is  effentially  the  fame,  having  the  fame  Final 
to  which  all  the  Notes  refer.  We  are  now  to  conlider 
wherein  the  Modes  of  one  Species,  as  Authentic,  or  Plagal, 
differ  among  thcmfelves.  This  mutt  cither  he  by  landing 
higher  or  lower  in  the  Scale,  i.e.  by  the  difft-rent  Tenlion 
of  the  whole  Oilave,  or  rather  by  the  diffi-rcjic  Subdivifion 
of  the  Otfave  intuits  concinnous  Degrees  ;  there  can  be  no 
other.  We  are  to  confider  then,  whether  thefe  Differences 
arc  fufficient  to  produce  fuch  very  different -Effects  as  are 
afcribcd  to  the  feveral  Modes  5  for  inllance,  that  the  o..^ 
produces  Mirth,  another  Sadnefs,  a  third  is  proper  for  Re- 
ligion, a  fourth  for  Love,  ij^d  That  thefe  Effeils  are 
owing  merely  to  the  Conltitution  of  the  Octave,  fcaree  any 
body  will  alHrm.  The  differences  in  the  Conftitution  will, 
indeed,  liave  fome  influence,  but  it  will  be  fu  little,  as  that 
by  the  various  Combinaiiops  ot  othcf  Caufes,  one  of  thefe 
Modes  may  be  uled  to  different  purpofes.  The  greateft 
difference  is  that  of  thofeOftaucs  which  have  the  ;d  /,  or 
^d^!^,  making  what  on  other  occafions  we  call  the  .S'/j^rp  and 
1-ht  Key. 

However,  if  the  Mod'^s  depend  upon  the  Species  of  Oc- 
taves, how  can  they  I)e  more  than  feven  ?  And  as  to  the 
di)tin£tion  between  Authentic  and  Flagal,  we  have  already 
oblerved,  that  it  is  imaginary  with  refpeff  to  any  eflential 
Difference  conHirutcd  thereby  in  the  Kind  of  the  Melody  ; 
for  tho'  the  carrying  the  Song  above  or  below  the  Final, 
may  have  difi.-crent  Effefls,  yet  this  is  to  be  afcribed  to 
other  Caufes  belides  the  Conftitution  of  the  Octaves.  It  is 
particularly  oblervable,  that  thufe  Authors  who  give  us 
Examples  in  actual  Compofitinn  of  their  twelve  Wot/es, 
frequently  take  in  the  Artificial  Notes  *  and  fe,  toper- 
fei^t  the  Melody  of  their  Key  j  and  by  this  means  depart 
from  the  Conllitution  of  the  0£lavc,  as  it  Hands  fix'd  in 


the  natural  Syfiem.  There  is  nothing  certain  or  confiflent 
therefore  in  thejr  way  of  fpeaking  5  but  the  Modes  sltg  all 
really  reducible  to  two,  viz,,  the  Sharp  and  Flat  5  the  other 
differences  rcfpeamg  only  the  Place  of  the  Scale  where 
the  Fundamental  is  taken, 

Tkeanttent  Modes,  befides  their  general  Divifion  into 
Authentic  atndf la-gal,  had  aifo  theirrcfpeaivcNamesfrom 
the  feveral  Greek  Provinces  where  they  are  fuppofed  to 
have  been  invented.  Originally,  indeed,  there  werebut 
three,  -siz-.  Doric,  lydia/},  a.^d  Fh,y;zi(in  ;  which  were  par- 
ticularly call'd  Tones,  becaufe  at  a  Tone's  difiance  from 
one  another.  The  reftwirre  added  afterwards,  and  were 
fome  of  them  named  from  the  relations  they  bore  to  the 
former,  particularly  the  Hy^o-Doric,  as  being  below  the 
Doric. 

Tnc  Da.  'tc  Mod  e  was  a  mixture  of  Gravity  and  Mirth 
intentcd  by  Ti.;-M;r.7i  of  Thrace.    See  Doric.  ' 

The  Fbry^hin  Mod  e  was  adapted  to  the  kindling  of 
Rage  ;   invented  by  Marfyas  the  Fhygian.    See  Fury, 

G  liN. 

The  Lydiaji  Mode  was  proper  for  Funeral  Songs  ;  in- 
vented, according  to  JP/ittj,  by  Am^hion.  SccLydian. 

'I'iie  Myxolodian  was  invented  by  Sap-pho. 

The  y£o/!c,  lonic^  and  Hypo-Doric  were  invented  by  Phi- 
loxenus. 

The  Hypo-Lydian  by  Folymnefies. 

Befides  thefe  Modes  of  Tune,  old  Authors  have  alfo  intro- 
duced M'^des  of  Time,  or  Meafures  of  Notes. 

Thefe  at  firit  were  diltinguilhed  into  Greater  and  Lefs, 
and  each  of  thefe  again  into  J'tr/e3  and /wpe^/eff.  Eut  after- 
wards they  reduced  all  into  four  Modes,  which  included  ih« 
whole  hiifinefs  of  Times.  As  thofe  Modes  are  now  difufcdj 
they  are  hardly  worth  the  ■reciting, 

I'he  common  MoiVe  now  in  ufe,  is  much  more  Simple  and 
Natural  thananyof  thofe  ;  the  Proportion,  which  in  theirs 
varied,  being  in  uurs  fix'd,  viz.  2  :  1  .  A  Large  equal  to 
two  Long  J  a  Long  to  two  Breves  ?  a  Breve  to  two  Serai- 
breves,  S^c.  proceeding  in  the  fatne  Prr portion  to  the  laft 
or  lowelt  Notes.  And  ]f  on  fume  Occafions  the  Proportion 
of  5  :  I  betwixt  two  fuccciTlve  Notes  is  required,  itiseafily 
exprefo'd  by  annexing  a  Point  (  ■  )•  See  Time,  NoTt.  t^'c. 

The  Antients  had  likewife  their  Modi  Melopoei.ii,  of 
which  -/^r//;'/riej  names  thefe,  Dithyrawhic,  No;«ic,  and  T-ragici 
cilVd  Modes  from  their  expreffing  the  feveral  Motions  and 
Affeiliuns of  the  Mind.  Sec  Melopoeia. 

MODEL,  an  Original,  or  Pattern  propofed  for  anyone 
to  copy  or  imitate. 

St,  Fanl's  Church  is  faid  to  be  built  on  the  Model  of  St= 
Peter's  at  Rome. 

Model  is  particularly  ufedin  Building  for  an  Artificial 
Pattern,  made  of  Wood,  Stone,  PlaiftLr,  or  other  Matter, 
with  all  its  Parts  and  Proporiions  ;  in  order  for  the  better 
Conducting  and  Executing  of  fome  great  Work,  and  to  give 
an  Idea  (if  the  EiTeft  it  will  have  in  Large. 

in  all  large  Buildings,  it  is  much  the  fureft  way  to  make 
Model  ill  Re/iez-o  3  and  n at  to  irult  to  a  bare  Defign,  or 
Draught.   See  Design. 

I'here  are  alfo  Models  for  the  Building  of  Ships,  ^c. 
for  extraordinary  Stair-Cafes,  ^c. 

Model,  in  Painting  and  Sculpture,  is  any  thing  propofed 
to  be  imitated. 

Hence  in  the  Academies  they  give  theTcrm  Model  to  a 
naked  Man,  difpofed  in  feveral  Pollurcs,  to  give  an  Op- 
portunity for  the  Scholars  to  defign  him  in  various  Views 
and  Attitude?. 

The  Sculptors  have  little  Models  of  Clay  or  Wax  to 
aCfift  them  in  their  Defigns  of  others  that  are  larger  in 
Marble,  ^c.  and  to  judge  of  the  Attitude  and  Correilnels 
of  a  Figure.    Sec  Figure. 

The  SiJituarles  likewife  give  the  Name  Muf^e/ to  certain 
Figures  of  Clay  or  Wax,  which  are  but  jult  fafhion'd,  to 
ferve  by  way  of  Guide  for  rhe  making  of  larger,  whether 
of  Marble,  or  other  Matter.  SecSxATUE. 

MODERATOR,  in  the  Schools,  the  Perfon  who  pre- 
fides  at  a  Difpute,or  at  a  public  Affembly.  See  President. 

Such  a  Dailor  was  the  Moderator,  the  Prefident  at  fuch 
a  Difputation  ;  in  fuch  an  Aflenibly,  £ifc. 

MODERN,  fnmething  new,  or  of  our  Time  5  in  oppc- 
fition  to  any  thing  Antique,  or  Ajitieut. 

Modern --?iff/jorj,  according  to  Natida,  are  all  thofe  that 
have  wrote  fince  Boeiius.  The  Moderji  Philofophy  cotn- 
inences  with  GaliUus.  The  Modern  Aflronomy  with  Co- 
fenvcus.    See  Philosophy  and  Astronomy. 

Modern  Medals  are  all  thofe  that  have  been  flrucfc 
within  thefe  500  Years.    See  Medal, 

Modern  in  jlrchiteHnre,  is  improperly  apply'd  to  the 
prefent,  or  ffij/wf  Manner  of  Building  }  as  being  according 
to  the  Rules  of  the  Jntiijue.  See  Antiqjie.  Nor  is  the 
Term  lefs  abufed,  when  attributed  to  Architecture  purely 
Gothic.    See  Gothic. 

Modem  Ji-cbtteBiire,  in  flriftnefs,  is  only  applicable  to 
that  which  partakes  partly  of  the  Antique,  retaining  fome- 
7  E  what 


MOD 


^-tiie  of  its  Delicicy  itid  Solidity ;  >nd  partly  of  the  Gu 
thic,  whtince  It  borrows  Members  and  Ornainent!,  without 
Proportion  or  Judgmenr.    See  Arcmitictorf 

MODIFICATION,  or  Mobe.  in  Philofophy,  Adt  which 
^od,J,e,  a  th.ng  ;  that  is,  gives  it  this  or  that  manner  of 
ISeing.    t>ee  Mode. 

Quantity  aiid  Quality  are  Accidents  that  make  the  Mo- 
■d:fc.mmc,i  all  Bodies.    See  Quantitv  and  QuinTr. 

According  to  Sfimza's  Syflem,  all  the  Beings  that  com- 
pofe  the  Univerfe,  are  only  fo  many  different  Mo^/^/cdiioHJ 


(  ^66  ) 


MOI 


little 
/ith 


of  one  and  the  fame  Subflance.  'Tis  the  different  Ar- 
rangement and  Situation  of  their  Parts,  that  make  all  the 
difference  between  them.    See  Sunosism. 

MODIFICATIVE,  fomething  that  m,i,jie!,  or  gives  a 
thing  a  certain  Manner  of  being. 

Father  buffer  eflablifhes  a  new  Part  of  Speech,  which 
he  calls  Modificathe.  Nouns,  and  Verbs,  he  obfervcs,  are 
fufceptible  of  divers  Circumflances  or  Medif  cations :  In  the 
Phrafe  Zsal  cBs,  we  have  a  Noun  and  Verb  without  any 
IWodilication  i  but  in  that.  Zeal  Tuithout  DifcretioH  aHs  rajh- 
ty,  the  Noun  and  the  Vctb  are  each  attended  with  a  Modi- 
fication or  Circumflance. 

This  laft  Kind  of  Words,  which  ferve  to  modify  Nouns 
and  Verbs,  fince  it  has  no  general  Name  in  the  common 
Grammars,  he  chufcs  to  call  Uodifcathei,  It  includes  what 
Grammarians  commonly  call  yJd-^erb,  ConjmHiotit  and  Tre- 
fcfuion.   See  Conjunction,  Prepositiom,  £^c.  j 

MODILLIONS,  in  Architeaure,  Ornaments  iii  theCor- 
iii/h  of  the  Ionic,  Corinthian,  and  Compofite  Columns.  Sec 
Cornish. 

The  ModillioKs  are  little  Confolcs  or  Brackets  under  the 
Soffit  of  the  Corni/h,  fcemlng  to  fupport  the  Lamier,  tho  in 
reality  they  ate  no  more  than  Ornaments.    See  Console. 

They  ought  always  to  be  placed  over  the  middle  of  the 
Column.  They  are  particularly  affcfted  in  the  Corinthian 
Order,  whefe  they  are  ufually  enrich'd  with  Sculpture. 

The  Moii.ffioji  is  ufually  in  form  of  an  S  inverted,  and 
^ited  to  the  Soffit  of  the  Corniili.   See  Cornish. 

1  he  Proportions  of  Moddbm  muft  be  fo  adjufled,  as  to 
produce  a  Regularity  in  the  Parts  of  the  Soffits. 

The  htta-V.odillm!,  ,.  c.  the  DiHances  between  them,  de- 
pend on  the  Inter-Colurans,  which  oblige  the  Medillioni  to 
be  madeof  aceria-n  Length  and  Breadth,  in  order  to  make 
the  Imtrrvais  pcrfccf  Squares,  which  are  always  found  to 
have  better  cifea  than  Parallelograms.  To  this  it  trull  be 
added,  that  in  adjuiiing  the  ModdBns,  Care  (liould  be  ta- 
ken that  they  have  fuch  a  Proportion,  as  that  when  the 
Orders  are  placed  over  one  another,  there  be  the  fame 
Number  in  tbe  upper  Order  as  in  the  lower,  and  that  they 
fall  perpendicularly  over  each  other. 

McdUlwns  are  alfo  ufcd  under  the  Cornilhes  of  Pediments  ■ 
tho  ;'itrKd«!  obfcrves  that  they  wete  not  allow'd  of  in  his 
time,  in  legard  Modillkns  were  intended  to  reprefent  the 
Ends  of  Rafters,  which  could  not  be  fuppos'd  to  be  ufed 
in  a  Pediment.    See  Pediment. 

Some  will  have  the  MoA5,o»,  of  »  Pediment  to  reprefent 
Purlins  j  and  thofe  at  the  Eaves  to  reprcfenr  Rafters.  Da- 
iiler  father  takes  them  for  a  kind  of  inverted  Confoles  or 
Corbels. 

The  Uedillim  is  fometimcs  alfo  call'd  MiitaZe,  tho  Ufe 
has  introduc'd  a  little  difference  between  the  Idea  of  a 
Pmtlhalt  and  a  Mutule  ;  the  Mutule  being  peculiar  to  the 
Dotic  Order ;  and  the  Modillietn  to  the  higher  Orders,  See 
Mutule. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  llodigliane, 
Meafure. 

MODIOLUS,  a  Chirurgeon's  Inftrument,  the  fame 
A'-ftif.m  and  Trrfainim.    See  Thepanum. 

MODIUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Kind  of  Bulhel,  or  Meafure 
in  ufe  among  the  Rm,aH,  for  feveral  Sorts  of  Grain.  See 
Measure. 

ir  coiitain'd  about  nine  Englijh  Quarts. 

MODO  13  Torma,  in  Law",  a  Phrafc  ufed  in  Proccffet  ,„c 
and  Pleadings,  whereby  the  Defendant  abfolutely  denies  ,he 
the  thing  charg'd  on  him  by  the  PlaintiiF,  Mtdo  g!  Br 
declarsta. 

The  Civilians  in  the  like  fenfe  fay, 
atlez^vliir^  ejfe  vera. 

MODULATION,  in  Mufic,  is  the  Art  of  kcepino  in 
or  changing  the  iWo^/e  or  Key.    See  Mode.  "  * 

Under  this  Term  is  comprehended  iho  regular  Progref 
fion  of  the  leveral  Parts  thro  the  Sounds  that  are  in  the 
Harmony  of  any  particular  Key,  as  well  a,  ,he  proceeding 
.aturallv  and  regularly  from  one  Key  to  another. 

The  Rules  of  Modalatim  in  the  firft  fenfe  belong  to  Har- 
mony and  Melody.    See  Harmony  and  Melody 

Wc  Ifiall  here  only  add  a  word  with  regard  ro  the  Rules 
(if  Moditlation  in  the  latter  fenfe. 

As  every  Piece  mull  have  a  principal  Key  ;  ind  (ince  the 
Variety  fo  ncceffary  in  MuGc  to  pleafc  and  entertain  for- 
bids the  beinp  confined  to  one  Keyi  and  that  therefore  it 
is  net  rnly  allowable,  but  ncceffary,  to  modulate  into 


and  make  Cadences  on  feveral  other  Keys,  having  a  Re- 
latioiiand  Conneaion  with  the  principal  Key  :  It  muft  be 
confiderd  what  it  is  that  conftitutes  a  Conneftion  between 
the  HatiDony  of  one  Key  and  that  of  another,  that  it  may 
be  hence  determin'd  into  what  Keys  the  Harmony  may 
be  conduaed  wiih  Propriety.    See  Key. 

As  to  the  Manner  in  which  the  Madulatiak  from  one  Key 
to  another  is  to  be  perform'd,  fo  that  the  Tranfition  may 
be  eafy  and  natural  i  -tis  not  eafy  to  Bx  any  precilb 
Rules  :  for  tho  it  is  chiefly  perform'd  by  the  help  of  the 
7th  g  ot  the  Key,  into  which  the  Harmony  is  to  be  chari- 
ged,  whether  it  be  flat  or  Iharp  ;  yet  the  Manner.of  do- 
ing it  IS  lo  various  and  extenfive,  as  no  Rules  can  eafilv 
circumfcribe.  A  general  Notion  of  it  may  be  conceiv'd 
under  the  following  Terms. 

The  7th  g  in  cither  (harp  or  flat  Key,  is  the  3d  ,  to  the 
5th  /  of  the  Key,  by  which  tho  Cadence  in  the  Key  is 
chiefly  perform  d  ;  and  by  being  only  a  Semi  tone  under 
the  Key,  i»  thereby  the  moft  proper  Note  to  lead  into  it, 
which  it  does  in  the  mofl  natural  manner  imaginable  In- 
fomuch  that  the  7th  is  never  heard  in  any  of  the  Parts 
but  the  Ear  exoefls  the  Key  fliould  fucceed  it ;  for  whe- 


^gata  front 


ther  It  be  ufeti  as  a  jd,  or  as  a  iSth,  it  always  affcas 
with  fo  imperfea  a  Senfation,  that  we  naturally  exped 
fimethmg  more  perfcfl  to  follow,  which  cannot  be  moreea- 
fily  and  fmoothly  accomplifli'd,  than  by  the  fmall  Interval 
ot  a  Semi-tone,  to  pafs  into  the  pcrfea  Harmony  of  the  Kev, 
Hence  it  is,  that  the  Tranfition  into  one  Key  is  beft  effeaed 
by  introducing  its  7th  g,  which  fo  naturally  leads  to  it.  ' 

MODULE,  in  Architeaure,  a  certain  Meafure,  or  Big- 
nels  taken  at  pleafure,  for  regulating  the  Proportions  of 
Columns,  and  the  Symmetry  or  Diilribution  of  the  whole 
Building.    See  Column. 

Architeas  ufually  chufe  the  Seml-diarneter  of  the  bot- 
tcim  of  the  Column  for  their  Module;  and  this  they  fubdi- 
Vlde  into  Parrs,  or  Minutes-. 

^  Vlgnola  divides  his  MoA/e,  which  is  a  Semi-diameter, 
into  tviclve  Parts  in  the  Tufcan  and  Doric,  and  into  eigh- 
teen for  the  other  Orilers. 

The  MadiJe  of  Falladio,  Seamozzi,  M.  Camlray,  De/jo- 
detz,  Le  rjerc,  igc.  which  is  alfo  equal  to  the  Semi-diame- 
ter, IS  divided  into  thirty  Pans  or  Minutes  in  all  the  Or- 
ders. See  Minute. 

Some  divide  the  whole  height  of  the  Column  into  20 
Parts  for  the  Doric,  a:^  for  the  Ionic,  a;  for  the  Roman, 
45' .  and  one  of  thcfe  Parts  they  make  a  Module,  to  regulate 
the  refl  of  rhc  Building  by. 

There  are  two  Ways  of  determining  the  Meafurcs,  Or 
Proportions  of  Buildings;  the  firft  by  a  fix'd  Standard 
Meafure,  which  is  ufually  the  Diameter  of  the  lower  part 
of  the  Column,  call'd  a  Module,  fubdivided  into  iSoth 
Parts,  call'd  Minutes.  In  the  fecond,  there  are  no  Minutes, 
nor  any  certain  and  fiated  Divifion  of  the  Module ;  but  it  is 
divided  occafionally  into  as  many  Parts  as  are  judg'd  nccef- 
fary. Thus,  the  height  of  the  Attic  Bafe,  which  is  half 
the  Module,  is  divided  either  into  three,  to  have  the  height 
of  the  Plinth  ;  or  into  four,  for  that  of  the  greater  Torus  ; 
or  into  fix,  for  that  of  the  Icffer.  Both  thefe  Manners 
have  been  praBifed  by  the  antient,  as  well  as  the  modern 
Architeas  i  But  the  fecond,  which  was  that  chiefly  ufcd 
among  the  Antients,  is  in  my  Opinion  preferable.  Ferraulr. 

As  Fltruvius,  in  the  Doric  Order,  has  leffen'd  his  Module, 
which  in  the  other  Orders  is  the  Diameter  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  Column ;  and  has  rcduc'd  that  great  Module  to 
a  mean  one,  which  is  the  Semidiaraeter  :  I  here  reduce  the 
Module  to  a  third  part  for  the  fame  reafon,  "jiz.  to  determine 
the  feveral  Mcafures  without  3  Fraaion.  For  in  the  Doric 
Order,  befide  that  the  height  of  the  Bafe,  as  in  the  other 
Orders,  is  determin'd  by  one  of  thefe  mean  Modules ;  the 
fame  iVfof/«/e  gives  likewife  the  heights  of  the  Capita!,  Ar- 
chitrave, Triglyphs,  and  Metopes.  But  our  little  Module, 
taken  from  the  third  of  the  Diameter  of  the  lower  part  of 
the  Column,  has  Ufes  much  more  extcnfive  ;  for,  by  this 
heights  of  Pedeftals,  of  Columns,  and  Entablatures 
in  all  the  Orders,  are  determin'd  without  a  Fraaion.  ' 

As  then  the  great  Module,  or  Diameter  of  rhe  Column 
has  60  Minutes ;  and  the  mean  Module,  or  half  the  Dia- 
meter, ;o  Minutes;  our //Vr/s  iWof/«/e  has  20.  Id. 

MODUS  Decimandi,  is  when  Land,  a  Sum  of  Money,  or 
a  yearly  Penfion,  belongs  to  the  Parfon,  either  by  Compo- 
fition  or  Cuflom,  in  Satisfaaion  for  Tithes  in  Kind. 

MOHAIR,  Mouaire,  or  Moire,  a  kind  of  Stuff,  or- 
dinarily of  Silk,  both  Weft  and  Warp ;  having  its  Grain 
wove  very  clofe. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Mohairs,  the  one  fmooth  and 
plain;  the  other  water'd  like  Tabbys  :  The  Difference 
between  the  two  only  confifls  in  this,  that  the  latter  is 
calander'd,  the  other  nor. 

There  are  alfo  Mohairs  both  plain,  and  water'd,  the 
Woof  whereof  is  Woollen,  Cotton,  or  Thread. 

MOIDORE,  MoEBORE,  or  Moeda,  a  Gold  Coin, 
flruck  and  current  in  Portugal.   See  Co  i  n. 

Thi 


M  O  L  (  9^ 

,  The  Moii/flj-e  is  properly  their  F'tftole  ^  and  is  equivalent 
to  two  Mille-Rees.   See  Pistole,  £i?c. 

There  are  alfo  Dofpio-Moedai^  or  double  Piftoles,  and 
Demi-Fifloles. 

MOIETY,  a  French  Word,  Uohk-,  fignifying  the  half  of 
any  thing. 

MOINEAU,  in  Fortification,  is  a  flit  Eaflion  raifed  !n 
the  middle  of  a  Curtain  when  it  is  too  long,  and  th*  Ba- 
fiions  of  the  Angles  too  remote  to  be  able  to  defend  one 
unother.    See  Bastion. 

Here  Mufqueteers  are  placed,  to  fire  each  way. 

&/10LA,  in  Medicine,  fee  Mole. 

The  Word  is  Latiu^  and  literally  fignifies  a  MiH-Jtone, 

MoLA,  in  Anatomy,  a  Bone  of  the  Knee,  call'd  alfo 
Fatdla^  Rotu/o^  Sic.    See  PatE.lla. 

MOLARES,  in  Anatomy,  xhcGrinders^  an  Epithet  given 
to  the  large  Teeth  ;  as  ferving,  like  Mill-flones,  to  grind 
the  Food.    See  Teeth. 

The  Kumber  of  Molares  is  not  always  the  fame.  Some 
Perfons  have  twenty  ;  and  others  only  fixteen,  viz,  four,  or 
five  on  each  fide  of  either  Jaw.  They  are  very  large, 
hard,  and  flrong  ;  being  failned  into  their  Alveoli  or 
Sockets  by  feveral  Roots. 

MOLASSES,  MoLossEs,  or  MelAsses,  that  grofs,  yet 
fluid  Matter,  remaining  of  Sugar,  after  refining,  and  which 
no  boiling  will  bring  to  a  confidence  more  folid  than  that 
of  Syrup  3  hence  alfo  call'd  Syruf?  of  Sugar.  Sec  Sugar 
and  Refining. 

Properly,  Molojes  are  only  the  Sediment  of  one  kind  of 
Sugar  call'd  Chyfre^  or  brown  Sugar,  which  is  the  Refufc 
of  other  Sugars  not  to  be  whiten'd,  or  reduced  into  Loaves. 

MolaJfessLVc  much  ufed  in  Holiink  among  poor  People,  for 
the  Preparation  of  Tobacco,  and  inftead  of  Sugar. 

There  is  alfo  a  kind  of  Brandy,  or  Spirit  made  of  it  ; 
but  exceedingly  unwholefome,  and  therefore  much  dif- 
couraged.    See  Brandy. 

MOLE,  MoLA,  or  Mola  Cayjiea'^  in  Medicine,  a 
miflupen  Mafs  of  hard  Flefh,  fometimes generated  in  the 
Wombs  of  Women,  inilead  of  a  Fcetus ,  call'd  alfo  a  falfe 

The  Mok  is  the  Ghaos  of  an  Embryo  ;  and  would  have 
grown  to  an  Infant,  had  not  the  Procefs  of  Conception  been 
ditlurbcd.  Tho'  it  be  without  regular  Bones,  Vifcera,  i^c, 
yet  the  Lineaments  frequently  are  not  fo  far  effaced,  but 
that  there  are  fome  Remains  of  a  Child  ;  fometimes  a 
Hand,  and  fometimes  a  Foot,  have  been  fpied  j  but  com- 
monly the  Sccundlnes. 

It  is  rare  that  more  than  one  iV/o/«  Is  excluded  ;  though 
6'e7;i/erfKJobfervcs  that  there  are  Inflanccs  of  two,  three,  or 
even  more.  He  adds,  that  tho'  they  iifually  come  alone, 
yet  they  have  been  known  to  come  with  a  Fstus^  fome- 
times before  iti  arid  fometimes  after  It,   See  Concbp- 

TION. 

The  Mole  is  diflingui/hed  from  an  Embryo,  in  that  it  hat 
no  Placenta  whereby  to  receive  its  Nouri/Iiment  from  the 
Mother.  Inflead  of  that,  it  grows  immediately  to  the 
Womb  ;  and  Is  nouri/hed  thence.  It  has  a  kind  of  Ve- 
getative Life,  and  continues  growing  in  bulk  till  the  time 
of  exclufion.  Sometimes  it  has  been  born  in  the  Womb 
for  two  or  three  Years. 

This  Produaion  is  fuppofcd  to  arife  from  fome  Defe£l  or 
Indifpofiiion  of  the  Ovitm,  or  Egg  5  or,  perhaps,  from  the 
Male  Seed's  wanting  force  to  penetrate  it  fufficlently  in 
order  to  open,  and  expand  the  Farts.  Or  the  Effe£l  may 
be  accounted  for,  by  fuppofing  an  OfHw;  to  drop  into  the 
Womb,  without  being  impregnated  by  the  Seed  of  the 
Male  :  In  all  which  cafes,  the  Egg  continuing  to  grow, 
and  yet  wanting  fomething  neceffary  to  organize  and  form 
it  into  an  Embryo,  becomes  a  fhapelefs  Lump.    See  Em- 

Authors  are  divided  whether  or  no  the  Women  ever  bring 
forth  jWo/cjwithoutany  Inrercourfc  with  Men,  Some  fay  there 
are  Mo^ei  which  derive  their  Origin  from  the  Menflruous 
Blood  dctaln'd,  coagulated,  and  harden'd  5  through  which 
the  Blood  and  Spirits  have  made  themfclves  Fafl'ages,  ^c. 
See  Menses.  * 

The  MoU  Is  dirtingui/Iicd  from  a  true  Conception,  by  Its 
tremulous  palpitating  Motion  ;  by  its  rolling  from  fide  to 
fide  ;  and  by  the  Belly's  fwelling  equally  every  way.  The 
Ercafls  fwell  as  in  cafe  of  a  juft  Embryo  j  but  the  Humour 
generated  therein  is  not  true  Milk,  but  a  crude  Matter, 
form'd  of  the  fupprelTed  Menfcs. 

To  bring  the  Mola  out  of  the  Womb,  Bleeding  and 
violent  Purging  arc  ufed,  and  at  laft  llrong  Emmena- 
gogues.  If  thcfefail,  recourfeis  to  be  had  to  manual  Ope- 
ration. 

The  Latins  give  it  the  Name  A/oA?,  which  literally  Cignl- 
fics  M!!-J}or:e,  from  its  refemblance  thereto  in  Form  and 
Hardnefs. 

MOLE,  A'f'iles,  a  Peer,  or  MafTive  Work  of  Mafonry, 
cnnfilting  of  large  Stones  thrown  into  the  Sea,  in  manner 
of  a  Bank,  with  defign  to  fhut  up  a  Port,  and  defend  the 


7  )  MOM 

Veffels  I'n  it  from  the  Impetuofity  of  the  Wives,  and  to 
prevent  the  Paffage  of  any  Vcffcl  without  leave.  Thus 
wc  lay  the  Mole  ot  the  Harbour  of  Uejjma.    See  Pile. 

The  Word  Mok  is  fometimes  alio  ufed  to  /ienify  the 
Hltbour  iifelf.   See  Harbour. 

Among  theRomaii;,  Mole,  Mole,,  was  alfo  ufed  for  a  kind 
of  Maufoleum  built  in  manner  of  a  round  Tower  on  a  fquare 
Bale,  infulate,  incompafs'd  with  Columns,  and  cover'd  with 
aDome.   See  Mausoleum. 

The  Mole  of  the  Emperor  Mrlaii,  now  the  Caflle  of  St. 
Angelo,  was  thegreateil,  and  moft  Uatt  ly  of  all  the  Moles': 
It  was  crown'd  with  a  Brazen  Pine- Apple,  wherein  was  a 
golden  Urn  containing  the  Alhcs  of  the  Emperor 

MOLECULE,  MoLKcuLA,  in  Phyfics,  a  little  Mafs, 
or  part  of  any  thing.    See  Mass,  £.i?ir. 

^  Thus  we  fay  the  Air,  by  Refpiralion,  infinuating  itfelf 
into  the  Veins  and  Arteries,  endeavours  by  its  elaftic  Power 
to  divide  and  break  the  Mo/em/tj  of  the  Blood,  which  on 
their  lide  refill  fuch  divifion. 

MOLINE,  inHeraldry.  A  O-o/s-Moline  is  that  which 
turns  round  both  ways  at  all  its  Extremities,  tho' not  fo 
wide  or  ftarp  as  thatfaid  to  be  yimhored.    See  Cross. 

In  Ufton,  the  Points  are  all  cut  off,  which  makes  it 
very  different  from  the  Crofs  Anchored.  See  Fer  de 
Moulin. 

MOLINISTS,  a  ScS  among  the  Romanlfls,  who  follow 
theDoflrine  and  Sintiments  ot  the  Jcfuit  Molina,  relating 
to  fufficient  and  efficacious  Grace.    See  Grace,  S^c. 

Their  great  Antagonilis  ate  the  Jarilenijis.    See  Jan- 

SENISTS. 

MOLINOSISTS,  a  Seft  among  the  Ko»!a»«i,  who  ad- 
here to  theDoflrine  of  Molino,. 

Thefe  are  likewife  call'd  See  Quietists. 

MOLMUTIN,  or  Molmutian  Lan,,,  the  Laws  of 
DumaalloMolmMiu:,  XVIth  King  of  the  iV/i.nj,  who  began 
his  Reign  440  Years  before  the  Incarnation.    See  Law. 

He  wasihe  firll  who  publiflied  any  Laws  in  this  Land  ; 
and  they  continued  famous  therein  till  the  time  of  JVittiam 
the  Conqueror. 

MOLOSSUS,  in  the  Grcrfand  Latin  Poetrv,  the  Name 
of  a  Foot  confiding  of  three  long  Syllables  As  Auderi, 
tantahaiit,   Virtutem.    See  Foot. 

It  takes  its  Name  cither  from  a  Daiice  in  ufe  among  the 
People  cM'd  MoloJ/r,  or  Efirctes ;  or  from  the  Temple  of 
?i</iler  MoloJJus,  where  Odes  were  fung,  in  which  this  Foot 
had  a  Share  ;  or  becaufe  the  March  of  the  Mohp  v^zn 
they  went  to  the  Combate,  was  compofed  of  thefe  Feet  or 
had  their  Cadence.'  ' 

MOLTA,  orMoLTuRA,  a  Du  ty,  or  Toll  paid  by  Vaf- 
fals  to  the  Lord  for  grinding  their  Corn  at  his  Mill. 

MOLTING,  or  Moulting,  the  falling  off  or  changa 
of  Hair,  Feathers,  Skin,  Horns,  Voice,  and  other  Difpo- 
fitions  of  the  Body  of  Animals,  happening  in  fome,  annu- 
ally, in  others  at  certain  Stages  of  their  Life. 

The  generality  of  Beafls  Molt  in  the  Spring. 

The  Molting  of  a  Deer  is  the  quitting  of  his  Horns  in  ft- 
Jniarji  or  Matxh  ;  the  Molting  of  a  S'etpent  is  the  putting 
off  his  Skin.    See  Exuvije. 

MOMENT,  in  Time,  is  the  tnort  minute,  and  infen- 
iible  Divifion  of  Time  5  or  what  we  othetwife  call  an 
InHant.    See  Time. 

Moments,  in  the  new  Dotflrine  of  Infinites,  are  the  in- 
finite fmall  Paits  of  Quantity.  SeelNriNiTE. 

Moments  are  the  fame  with  what  we  othcrwife  call  f«/i- 
hitefimals.  Differentials,  and  Fliaions ;  being  the  Momentary 
Increments,  or  Decrements  of  Quantity  confider'd  as  in  a 
continual  Flux;    See  Differential  and  Fluxion^ 

Moments  are  the  generative  Principles  of  Magnitude  ; 
They  have  no  determined  Magnitude  of  their  own  j  but  are 
only  inceptive  thereof.    See  Inceptive. 

Hence,  as  it  is  the  fame  thing  if  in  lieu  of  thefe  Mo- 
ments, the  Velocities  of  their  Increafes  and  Decreafcs  be 
made  ufe  of,  or  the  finite  Quantities  proportionable  to  fuch 
Velocities  ;  the  Method  of  Proceeding  which  confiders  th* 
Motions,  Changes,  or  Fluxions  of  Quantities,  is  denomi- 
nated by  Sir  If,  Newton  the  Method  of  Fluxions.  See 
Fluxions. 

Leihniiz;  and  moft  of  the  Foreigners,  confidcring  thefe 
infinitely  fmall  parts  or  Infinilefimals  as  the  differences  of 
two  Quantities ;  and  thereby  endeavouring  to  find  the  diffe- 
rences of  Quantities,  i.e.  fome  Moment  or  Quantity  in£. 
nitely  fmall,  which  being  taken  an  infinite  Number  of 
Times,  (hall  equal  a  given  Quantity,  call  thefe  Momenti 
Differentials  i  Had  the  Method  of  Proceedure,  the  Differential 
Caladiis.    See  Calculus  Differentialls. 

Moment,  in  Mechanics,  is  the  fame  with  Impetus,  or 
Quantity  of  Motion  in  any  moving  Body ;  and  fometimes 
it  is  ufed  fimply  fcrthe  Motionitfelf    See  Impetus. 

Moment  is  frequently  defined  by  rhe  Vis  infita,  ot  the 
Power  by  which  moving  BodrM  continually  change  Place. 
See  Vis. 

tn 


MON 


(  ) 


MON 


In  comparing  the  Motions  of  Bodies,  the  Ratio  of  their 
.Whmws  is  alwLiys  compounded  of  the  Quantity  of  Mat- 
ter, and  the  Celerity  ot  the  moving  Body  i  fo  that  the 
Moment  ot'  anyfuch  Body  may  be  conlider'd  as  a  ReClangle 
undtr  the  Quantity  cf  Matter,  and  the  Celerity.  And  fince 
it  ia  certain  that  all  equal  Reilangies  have  their  fides  re- 
ciprocally proportionable  j  therefore  if  the  Moments  of  any 
moving  tiQdi\:s  are  equal,  the  Quantity  of  Matter  in  one 
to  that  of  the  other  wilt  be  reciprocally  as  the  Celerity  of 
the  latter  to  the  Celerity  of  the  former  5  and,  on  the  con- 
trary^ if  the  Quantides  of  Matter  are  reciprocally  pro- 
pordunable  to  the  Celerities,  the  hlome}its^  or  Quantities  in 
each,  will  be  equal. 

The.jMon2£;;i  alfo  of  any  moving  Body  may  be  confider'd 
as  the  Aggregate  or  Sum  of  all  the  Moments  of  the  Parts  of 
that  Body  j  and  rherefcre  where  the.  Magnitudes  and  Num- 
ber of  Particles  are  the  fame,  and  where  they  are 
moved  with  the  fame  Celerity,  there  will  be  the  fame  ilfa- 
meittso^  the  Wholes.    See  Motjon. 

MONARCHY,  a  large  Srate  govern'd  by  one;  or 
a  State  where  the  fupteme  Power  is  lodged  in  the  hands  of 
a  fingle  Perfon.    Sec  Government. 

The  \r\o{\  anticnt  Moncirchy  was  that  of  the,  J^fyriaas, 
which  was  founded  foon  after  the  Deluge. 

We  ufually  reckon  four  Grand  or  Lhiivcrfal  Momrchies^' 
the  Jjjyrtaji,  VojuiVf  Grsaafj^  and  Rimajj.  But  St.  ^u- 
^tiBin  niakcs  them  but  two,  n-'Z.  thofe  of  hahyloit  and 
Rome.  There  is  no  necciruy  to  malse  the  Met/ej,  Terfians 
andGi-ee^'i  fucceed  to  the  whole  Power  of  the  Jjjyrians,  to 
multiply  the  number  of  the  Afoimrcbics.  It  w.is  the  fame 
Empire  Oill,  and  the  feveral  Changes  that  hapned  in  it, 
did  not  conllitute  different  Monarchiei.  Thus  the  Roman 
Empire  was  fucccflively  govern'd  by  Princes  of  different 
Kations,  yet  without  any  new  Monarchy  being  formed 
thereby.  Kowe  therefore  may  be  faid  to  have  immediaieiy 
fuccceded  Babylon  in  the  Empire  of  the  World.  SeeEM- 

PIRE. 

Of  Monarchies  fome  are  Abfolute  and  Dcfpotic,  where 
the  Will  of  the  Monarch  is  uncontrollable  ;  a/^  Jrancey  iSc. 
others  limited,  where  the  Piince's  Authority  isrertrained  by 
LaAS,  and  part  of  the  lupreme  Pover  lodged  in  other 
hands;  as  in  £>igi.!j:d.  S"me  again  are  Hereditary,  where 
Succeffinn  devQlve.":  ii'imediaieiy  from  Father  to  Son  ;  and 
others  Eledlive,  where,  on  the  Death  of  the  Monarchy  his 
Succeflbr  is  appointed  by  Eleiflion,  a.s  Foiand. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  GreeX'  fwvaf^Hf,  one  who  go- 
verns alone  ;  form'd  of  ^of©-  folui,  and  etfX"  hnpenitm^ 
Government. 

Accoriling  to  Holbes,  Monarchy,  as  well  as  Ariftocracy, 
(Icrivcs  all  its  Authority  from  the  People,  who  transfer  all 
their  Right,  i>.  the  fuprcme  Power,  by  a  Plurality  of 
Suffrages,  ^c.  to  fome  one  Perfon  call'd  a  ?Woh.?>c6  ;  fo 
that  whatever  the  People  could  have  done  before  this 
Tranflation,  may  be  now  rightfully  done  by  him,  to  whom 
the  Tranllation  is  made.  This  done,  the  People  are  no 
longer  to  be  look'd  on  as  a  Perfon,  but  a  diffoiv'd  Multi- 
tude ;  in  regard  they  were  only  one  by  virtue  of  the  fu- 
preme  Power,  which  they  have  now  transferred  to  ano- 
ther. 

Nor  can  the  Monarchy  fays  he,  oblige  himfelf  by  any 
Covenants,  to  any  Perfon,  for  the  Authority  he  has  re- 
ceiv'd  j  in  regard  he  receives  the  Power  from  the  People, 
which,  as  foon  as  that  is  done,  ceafes  to  be  a  Perlon  5  and 
the  Perfon  ceafing,  the  Obligation  to  the  Perfon  ceafes  of 
courfe.  The  People  therefore  are  obhg'd  to  pay  Obe- 
dience to  the  Monarchy  by  virtue  of  thofe  Covenants,  where- 
by they  mutually  oblige  thcmfclves  to  what  the  People, 
as  a  Perfon,  injoins  to  be  done. 

He  argues  further,  that  asa.Monarch  cannot  be  oblig'd 
by  any  Covenants  i  fo  neither  can  he  do  any  injury  to  his 
Subjcils:  an  Injury  being  nothing  elfe  but  a  Breach  of 
Covenant;  and  where  there  is  no  Covenant,  there  can  be 
no  Breach.    De  Che,  cap.  8. 

MONASTERY,  2.Conz-a,r,  or  Houfe  built  for  the  Re- 
ception of  Religious,  whether  it  be  Jhhsy,  Friory^  Nunnery^ 
ot  the  like.    See  Abbey,  Priory,  ^c. 

Monajiery  is  in  a  more  immediate  fenfe  apply'd  to  the 
Houfes  of  Mendicant  Friars,  and  Nuns.  The  rell  are  more 
properly  call'd  Convents.    5ee  Convent. 

MONASTIC,  foraething  belonging  to  the  Mo;;^'j,  or  the 
Monkifi  Life.    See  Monk.  _ '  _ 

The  Mofiajlic  Profeffion  is  a  kind  of  civil  Death,  which 
has  the  fame  Effefts  with  the  natural  Death.  The  Coun- 
cil of  Tm;r,  i£c.  fix  fixteen  Years  for  the  Age  at  which  a 
Perfon  may  be  admitted  into  the  Monafticai  Life. 

Sr.  Jnthony  is  the  Perfon  who  In  the  fourth  Century  firft 
inftituted  the  MonaJUc  Life  ;  as  St.  F.icome,  in  the  fame 
Century,  is  faid  to  have  firft  fet  on  foot  the  Cccnobitic 
life,  i.e.  Regular  Communities  of  Religious.  See  Coeno- 
bite, 

In  a  fhort  time,  the  Defarts  of  E^ypt  became  inhabited 
with  a  Set  of  Solitaries,  who  took  upon  them  the  Monaftic 


Prcfcflion.  See  Sor.rrARY.  St. Bti/i^  carry 'd  the  Monki/h 
Humour  into  the  Eaji,  where  he  compos'd  a  Rule,  which 
afterwards  obtain'd  thro  a  great  part  of  the  ^'e/^.  Jn  the 
eleventh  Century,  the  Mo;7ii/i;c  Difcipline  was  grown  very 
remifs.  St.  Odo  firft  began  to  retrieve  it  in  the  Monaflery 
of  Chiny. 

That  Monallery,  by  the  Conditions  of  its  Eredion,  was 
put  under  the  imiiiediare  Protcilion  of  the  Holy  See  ; 
with  a  Prohibition  to  all  Powers,  both  Secular  and  Eccle- 
fiailical,  to  difturb  the  Monks  in  the  Poifeffion  of  their 
EilLils,  or  the  Eleflion  of  their  Abbot.  In  virtue  hereof 
ihey  pleaded  an  Ex:emption  from  the  Jurifdiflion  of  the 
Bilhop  i  and  extended  this  Privilege  to  ail  the  Houfes  de- 
pendent oil  ChiKy.  This  made  the  firfl  Congregation  of 
feverai  Houfes  under  one  Chief  immediately  fubjetl  to  the 
Pope,  fo  as  to  conftitutc  one  body,  or,  as  they  now  call  it 
one  Religious  Order.  Til!  then,  each  Monaftery  was  inde- 
pendent of  other,  and  fubjei5t  to  the  Bifhop.  See  Or- 
der, Abbot,  Religious,  ^c, 

MONETAGIUM,  Monetage,  was  anticntly  the 
Right,  nr  Privilege  of  Coining  Money.    See  Mint,  Coim- 

IN  C,  ^C. 

MONK,  was  antiently  a  Perfon  who  rctir'd  from  the 
World,  to  give  himfelf  up  wholly  to  God,  and  to  live  in 
Solitude,  and  Abftinence.    See  Religious. 

Such  were  the  HejTnifsj  and  j^nchorites,  who  withdrew  in- 
to Defarts,  and  lived  remiOte  from  all  Commerce  of  Man- 
kind.   SeeHttRMiTE  and  Anchorite. 

The  Word  is  deriv'd  from  the.  Latijt  Mojiachus,  and  that 
from  the  Greek  f^va-x^'-f  which  fignifies  alone;  by  reafon 
the  antient  Monks  liv'd  in  Solitude,  as  the  true  Monks  ftill 
do. 

Some  Writers,  as  Father  Helyot,  Differt.  Frelim.  trace  the 
Original  oiMonks  up  as  early  as  the  time  of  the  Therapeuta^ 
a;  d  maintain  that  -chere  had  been  an  uninterrupted  Succefl 
fion  of  M.jnh  from  the  Therapcttut  to  St.  Anthony.  Others 
on  ttie  contrary,  are  contented  with  going  back  as  far  as 
St.  P^:.;!/,  the  firil  Hermite.    See  Therapeutje. 

The  Monhi  at  leafl:  the  antient  ones,  were  diftinguifh'd 
into  Solitary  and  C«noh'ites. 

The  Solitary  are  thofe  who  live  alone,  in  Places  remote 
from  all  Towns,  or  Habitations  of  Men,  as  do  flill  fome 
of  the  Hermites.    See  Solitary. 

Tiie  Ctr«oi/tej  are  thofe  who  live  Jn  Community  with  fe- 
veral others  in  the  fame  Houfe,  and  under  the  fame  Su- 
periors.   See  Coenobite. 

Thofe  Houfes  again  were  of  two  kinds,  -viz.  Mona(leries 
and  Lmtri.    See  Monastery  and  Laurus. 

Thole  we  call  Monks  now-a-days,  are  Qemhtes^  who  live 
together  in  a  Convent  or  Monailery,  who  make  Vows  of 
living  according  to  a  certain  Rule  eitablifh'd  by  the  Foun- 
der, and  wear  a  Habit  which  diftingullhes  their  Order. 

Thofe  that  are  endow'd,  or  have  a  fix'd  Revenue,  are 
properly  cail'd  Afonks,  as  the  Cbartreux^  BencdiHi/ics,  Ber- 
tiardnicsy  ^c.  The  Mendicants,  or  thofe  that  beg,  as  the 
Canhf-fumSj  ^wSFrancifca7is,  are  properly  cOiW^  Religious,  tho 
the  Names  are  frequently  confounded.    See  Religious. 

The  firll  were  thofe  of  Sr.  ^ttr/jo;;jy  ;  of  Sr. /J-i/r/, 

cail'd  in  rhe  E-:j}  Cahners,  from  ira-Kog  yt^jv.  Good  old  M-^n  , 
and  rhofe  of  Sr.  'jemm  ;  the  Hermites  of  St,  Aiigitjiijte,  and 
afterwards  thofe  of  St.  BeuediSl  ^n^L  Si.Beynard;  at  length 
came  thofe  of  Sr.  Francis,  St.  Dominic,  with  a  Legion  of  0- 
thi,'rs5  which  fee  under  their  proper  Heads.  Benedic- 

TINS,  i^C. 

Aionks  are  diftinguifli'd  by  the  Colour  of  their  Habits 
into  Black,  White,  Grey,  ££?c. 

Among  the  M-^nks,  fome  are  cail'd  Monks  of  the  Choir^ 
others  Frofc/Jed  Monh,  and  others  Lay  Monks ;  which  latt 
are  deflin'd  for  the  Service  of  the  Convent,  and  have  nei- 
ther Clericature  nor  Literature.    See  Lay. 

Chijier'd  Monks,  arc  thofe  who  aftually  refide  in  the 
Houfe,  in  oppofition  to  Extra- Monks,  who  have  Benefices 
depending  on  the  Monaftery.  They  are  diftlnguini'd  fur- 
ther into  Reformed,  whom  the  Civil  and  Ecclefiaftical  Au- 
thority have  made  Matters  of  antient  Convents,  and  put  it 
in  their  power  to  retrieve  the  antient  Difcipline,  which  had 
been  relax'd  j  and  v^wrje^r,  who  enter  the  Convent,  to  live 
in  it  according  to  its  Ertabli/liment  at  the  time  when  they 
make  their  Vows,  without  obliging  themfclves  to  any  new 
Reform. 

Antlentlv,  the  Monks  were  all  Laymen,  and  were  only 
difiingul/li'd  from  the  rell  by  a  particular  Habit,  and  an 
extraordinary  Devotion.  Nor  only  the  Monks  were  prohi- 
bited the  Prieilhood  ;  but  even  Priefts  were  cxprefly  prohi- 
bited from  becoming  Monks,  as  appears  from  the  t.etters 
of  Sr.  Gregory.  Pope  Syriciasw^s  the  firft  who  cail'd  them 
to  the  Clericature,  on  occafion  of  fome  great  Scarcity  of 
Priefts,  that  the  Church  was  then  fuppos'd  to  labour  under. 
And  fince  that  titne,  the  Prlcfthood  has  been  ufually  u- 
nitcd  to  the  ^onaOica!  Profefiion.   See  Father,  ^c. 

MONKS  Rhnlayh,  fee  Rhubarb. 

MONKS 


MON 


^69  ) 


MON 


among  Sailors,  is,  when  the  Selvedges 
I  liille  over  one  another,  and  lewed  on 


MONKS  Seam 
of  Sails  are  laid 
both  fides. 

MONETARIUS,  a  Name  Antiquaries  and  Medalifts 
give  to  thofe  who  firuck  theanlient  Coins,  or  Moneys. 

All  the  old  Raman,  &c.  Coins,  have  the  Name  of  the 
Mmeiarius,  either  written  at  length,  or  at  leall  the  initial 
Letters  of  it. 

MONEY,  crMoNV,  Monaa,  a  Piece  of  Metal  mark'd 
for  Coin,  with  the  Arms  of  a  Prince,  or  State,  who  make 


it  circulate  c 


.  common  rate,  for  things  of  different    than  the  Matter. 


old  Tradition  among  ourfelves,  that  in  the  confufed  times 
of  the  Barons  Wars,  the  like  was  doi-e  in  £wfc„,V  ■  but 
the  «o//.i»*„,  we  know,  coin'd  great  Q^^aniiiies  ofPalle- 
board  inthe  iear  ij74-  N,ma  ft*/ A,,,  made  M..,  cy  of 
Wood  and  Leather.  Nor  docs  it  appear  th.it  li.e  Ro;um 
were  much  acquainted  with  the  Art  of  ftritine  ,V;„„cv  in 
Metal  in  the  Time  of  their  Kings.  The  firil  Silver  Uv,ey 
they  com'd  wis  in  the  Year  ot  Rom,  ^s^  ;  ^nd  their  firft 
Ooid  Mo??ej'  in  54^.    See  Coining. 

As  to  the  B™  0/ j^feg-,  it  has  heen  more  various  than 


had  the  Manna;  and  on  the  other,  ^jrMj's  Rod.  The 
Dardms,    two  Cocks  fighting._  Jhxanda-  his  Horfe  iircc- 

whence  the 


prtffion  rather  than  its  Subllance.   /.  de  Coatr.  Emft. 

Monl. defines  it  a  piece  of  Matter  to  which  pub-    _   ,    ...„   .    ^,t,.,™tri 

lie  Authority  has  affixed  a  certain  Value  and  Weight  to  fbah,.  The  yitbcmam  an  Owl,  or  an  Ox 
lerve  as  a  Medium  in  Commerce.  "        '  ' 

The  Jlira  of  the  Invention  of  Money  is  not  eafy  to  be 
fettled.  There  is  no  room  to  doubt  but  that  in  the  earliell 
Ages,  the  ordinary  way  ofTra.Sck  among  Men  was  by 
trucking  or  exchanging  Commodity  for  Commodity.  Thus 
inliomef,  G/t!K6«i's  golden  Armour  was  valued  at  one  hun- 
dred Cows  3   and  Diomedci's  Armour  at  ten.    See  Ex- 

CII  .\NG  E. 


Proverb  on  bribed  Lawyers,  lio:  m  Lingua.  They  of 
Mghia,  aSnail  ;  whence  that  other  fay  ingj  rirtmen,^  Sa- 
fientiam  -olr.cimt  tejiudines.  For  the  Roiuoki,  as  they  im- 
prefs'd  the  Image  and  Infcription  of  the  Conful  on  their 
Coins  while  tlie  Common-wealth  flouri/li'd,  a.id  afterwards 
that  of  the  Emjicroron  one  fide  ;  fo  they  always  varied  the 
Reverfe  upon  new  Events  or  E.xploits.  Some  think  that 
u     ■         r    r  ■       ■         r      ,  '""^  great  Ounce  Medals  both  of  Brafs  and  Gold  were 

.'".l"       tI':™^'. flruck  chiefly  to  do  honour,  and  prefcrve  the  Memories  o" 

as  well 

-  Medallion. 
ThisPraflice  of  ftamping  the  Prince's  Image  on  Coins,  has 
obtain'd  among  all  civihz'd  Nations  ;  the  Tct/.,  and  other 
MzWiaa;;!  alone  excepted,  who,  in  detcflation  of  Image.', 
infcribe  only  the  Prince's  Name,  with  the  Year  of  the 
iranfmigration  of  their  Prophet. 

As  totheJiV,,,-,.,  it  ij  cither  round,  as  in  England  ■■,  mult- 
angular or  irregular,  as  in  Jp-i/i;  ;  fquare,  as  in  fome  parts 
of  the  Indies  ■  or  nearly  glohuhr,  as  in  mod  of  the  tell. 

After  the  Arrival  of  the  Romowi  in  this  liland,  the  Bri- 
tons imitated  them,  coining  both  Gold  and  Silver  with  the 
Images  of  their  Kings  llamp'd  on  'em.  When  the  Romans 
had  fabdued  the  Kings  of  the  Britons,  they  difo  fupprefs  d 
their  Coins,  and  brought  in  their  own  ;  which  were  cur.V; 


„f  commutative  Juflice,  to  have  fome  common  Meafure  or    great  Men  ;  but  it  is  pre.t;  plaiLhey  were  currenT 
Standard    according  to  which  all  other  things  fliould  be    as  the  fmaller.    See  .MedAl  and  Medallion 

clhniated.     Ihis,  as  the  5eic!  gather  from  Jofefhns,  was       T-ui^u^ai.  m   

fitll  invented  by  Cam  :  Tho  the  firll  tidings  we  hear  of  it, 
is  in  the  time  of  ^Ihrabutn,  who  paid  400  Shekels  for  a  Bury- 
ing Place. 

The  Greeks  refer  the  Invention  of  Mmey  to  Hermodlce, 
Wife  of  King  Midas  :    And  the  Latins  10  Jamis. 

This  being  a  common  Meafure  for  reducing  Wares  to  a 
Balance,  it  wascall'd  by  the  Greeks  Komijma  ;  not  from  King 
^vmo,  but  from  Ktmos,  as  being  eflablifhed  by  Law.  By 
the  i<iii»J  it  wascall'd  Fecunia  1  either  becaufe  the  Wealth 
of  thofe  Days  confifted  in  their  Caitei  ;  or,  as  Fliny  will 
have  it,  hccaufe  their  firflCoin  was  llamp'd  with  the  Fi- 
gure of  a  Gov/.    They  alfocall'd  it  Mcneta,  d  moneiido,  as 

S„idas  ob/^ves  becaufe  when  the  K™ii«  were  at  a  rent  here  from  the  time  of  Clau&.s  to'that'  of  V'«&«,,7^« 
want  of  Money,  3..™  admom  nied  them  .0  ufe  Juftice,  and    the  Younger,  about  the  fpace  of  jeo  Years 

lhrn^h°ei  had  7  "T'o,""^  '"°"7-  "^"'"^  L  *e  L(l  antient  Englifi  Coin 

when  they  had  found,  fhe  was  lur-named  Moneta,  he  had  known  was  that  of  £«i«t  King  of  the  firft 

^nd  was  coin'd  m  herTempk.    In  procefs  of  time,  Chriflian  King  in  the  Ifland  ,  in  whofe  ?ime  aU  Cv  Ac- 

Money  he_rfelf  was  made  a  Goddefs,  and  inlhrined  by  the  counts  began%o  pafs  by  the  Names  of  P.,,,!*  stents 

-gure  of  a  Woman  holding  Jeiice,  and  Man- ''^ 


Kame  of  De.i  Tccv.nia,  in  the  Kigi 
a  Balance  in  one  hand,  and  a  Cornucopia  in  the  other; 

On  the  font  Moiiej  now  fhnds,  it  may  be  divided  into 
Re  d,  or  EffeSine  ;  and  Imaginary,  or  Money  of  Acount. 

Xjr.AeiReal  Money  come  all  Coins  or  S,vcic5,  of  Gold, 
Silv.T,  Copper,  efc.  which  have  courlc  in  Commerce,  and 
do  really  cxill  :  Such  arc  Gn/iKUj,  Crow;:s ,  Pijio/es,  Louis's, 
Pieces  of  Er.d<r,  Dacais,  &c.  Which  fee  under  their  propel 
heads;  asalfiiund.rC.'i.i. 

Imaginary  Money,  cr  Money  of  Jccoant,  is  that  which  has 
never  exifted,  or  at  Icaft  which  does  not  exiU  in  real  Species 
but  has  been  invented  andreiained  lofaciliiate  the  Statins 

of  ^f-rmniic     Vixj  I-....-;   n -1  i  " 


Clfcs. 

Pence  fecms  borrow'd  from  the  Latin  Fccimia,  or  rather 
from  Fendo,  on  account  of  itsjull  Weight,  which  was  about 
three  Pence  of  our  Money.  Thefe  were  coarfcly  llamp'd 
with  the  King's  Image  on  the  one  fide,  and  either  the 
Mint-Mailer's,  or  the  City's  where  it  was  coin'd,  on  the 
other.  ^Five  of  thefe  Pence  made  their  Scilling,  probably 
lo  call'd  from  Sc-.lingas,  which  the  Romans  uf-d  for  the 
fourth  part  of  an  Ounce.  Forty  of  thefe  Scillings  made 
their  Pound,  and  4C0  of  thefe  Pounds  were  a  Legacy,  or 
a  Portion  for  a  King's  Daughter  ;  as  appears  by  'the  laft 
Will  of  King  ^//>erf.    See  PiNNY,  Jjc. 


lt'chan»Ln-l'''r^''"-^  ?  ;  '^f '  ^°'T^'  thefe  Names  they  tranllaied  all  Sums  of  Money  in 

be  changed  like  current  Coins,  which  the  Au.horityof    their  old  Teflament  ;  Talents  by  Pundcs  ;  7,ii'" 

I'libuie  Money, 


lecies  which  may  change  in 
Thus  fifty 


tl  e  Sovereign  tjilLs  or  lowers  according  to  the  Exigenciesof 
Siaie.    Of  this  kind  are  Fo„„,f.  Lii„e.-,  Mara-xdies  (^c 

1  his  jVoKCy  ofykco.mt,  M.  I'o.JJar,  obferves,  is  a  Sum  of 
Aioney,or  a  certnm  number  ofSp,  " 
Subllance  and  Quantitv,  but  never  in  i^uality 
Pounds  confills  of  fifty  "Pieces  call'd  Pounds,  which  are  not 
real,  but  may  be  paid  in  feveral  real  Species,  as  inGuineas, 
Crowns,  Shilbngs  c^c.  which  are  changeable,  as  Guineas' 
■L'.g.  which  are  fomelimes  higher,  fonictimes  lower.  ' 

RealJ^oney,  as  the  Ci\'ilians  obferve,  has  three  effential 
equalities,  ■-a:z.  Matter,  form,  and  r/eiv/j/  or  raltte. 

For  Matter,  Copper  is  that  thought  to  have  been  firft 
coin'd  ;  afterwards  Silver,  and,  laiUy,  Gold  ;  as  bcino 
the  mod  beautiful,  fcarce,  cleanly,  diviTible,  and  pure  of 
all  Meta's. 

The  Degrees  of  Goodncfs  are  exprefs'd  in  Gold  by  Ca- 
rafts  ;  and  in  Silver  by  Penny-weights.  See  Caracts 
iSc. 

For  there  are  feveral  reafons  for  not  coining  'em  pure, 
and  without  alloy,  the  gteat  Lofs  and  Expence  in 
refining  them,  the  neceffity  of  hardenino  them  to  make 
em  niore  durable,  and  the  fcarcity  of  Gold  and  .Silver  in 
moil  Countries.    See  Alloy. 

Among  the  antient  B.itrai,  Iron  Rings,  or,  as  fome  fay 
Iron  Plates,  were  ufed  for  Money.  An'i'ong  rhc  Lacedemo^ 
KMni  Iron  Lingers  quench 'd  with  Vinegar,  that  they  might 
not  lerve  for  any  other  ufe.  Seneca  obferves,  that  there 
wasantiently  ftamp'd  Money  of  Leather ;  Carimi  forma 
fe.bUca  Impreffitm.  And  the  lame  thing  was  put  in  praflice 
by  fredcrtc  II.  at  the  Siege  of  Mitau  ;  to  fay  nothing  of  an 


thiity  pieces  of  Silver  by  thirty  S.iliinga  ; 
by  Penining  ;  the  Mite  by  Fcorihling! 

But  it  muft  be  obferved,  they  had  no  other  real  Mmey, 
but  Pence  only;  the  reft  being  imaginary  Mmiyj,  e[ 
Names  of  Numbers,  or  Weights.  Thirty  of  thefe  Pence 
madeaMancus,  which  fome  take  to  be  the  fame  with  a 
Mark  ;  Manca,  as  appears  by  an  old  MS.  was  qninta  cars 
Uncids.  SccMancus. 

Thefe  Mancas  or  Mancus's,  werereckon'd  both  in  Gold 
and  Silver.  For  in  the  Year  SSo,  we  read  that  Ina  King 
of  the  Jl'eft-Saxons,  obliged  the  Ker.tifimen  to  buy  their 
Peace  at  the  price  of  thirty  thoufand  Manca's  of  Gold.  In 
the  Notes  on  King  Cnure's  Laws,  we  find  this  dillinc^ion 
that  Mancula  was  as  much  as  a  Mark  of  Silver  ■  and 
Mancaafquare  piece  of  Gold,  valued  at  thirty  Pence. 

The  Danes  introduced  a  wav  of  reckoning  A£,„ey  by 
Ores,  mentioned  in  Dooms^Day  Book  ;  but  whether  they 
were  a  feveral  Coin,  or  a  cerlain  Sum,  does  not  plainly 
appear.  This,  however,  may  be  gathered  from  the  Abby- 
Book  ofBarton,  that  twenty  Ores  were  equivalent  to  two 
Maiks.  They  had  alfo  a  Gold  Coin  call'd  Biiantines,  or 
Befants,  as  being  coin'd  at  Con/lantinoji/e,  then  call'd  Bi- 
zantwm.  The  value  of  which  Coin  is  not  only  now  loft 
"J^ entirely  forgot  even  in  the  time  of  King  EJmar'd 
the  Third  ;  that  whereas  the  Bifhop  of  Nor-aiicb  was  fin'd 
a  Bezantine  of  Gold  to  be  paid  the  Abh.^t  of  St.EJmani's 
Bury,  for  infringing  his  Liberties  (as  it  had  been  enafled  by 
Parliament  in  the  time  of  the  Conqueror)  no  Man  then 
hying  could  tell  how  much  it  was  ;  fo  it  was  refer'd  to  the 
King  to  rate  how  much  he  fhould  pay.  Which  is  the 
7  ^  mora 


M  O  N 


C  S70  ) 


M  O  N 


hlorcunaccoumablc,  becaufc  but  an  hundred  Tears  before,  Mokey  of  Jcm,   was  antiently  the  Farifc, 

two  hur.aredthuurindlielants  were  exafled  by  the  ^°''™°.'!-' j',"!  "  'he  Ordon- 

for  the  Ranfom  of  St.  J,Ciaii  of  trance  3  which  were  then 
vatuedat  one  hundred  thoufand  Livres. 

I  ho'  the  Coining  of  7.43uf}i  be  a  fpecial  Prerogative  of  Ine^Livre, 
the  King,  yet  the  antlent  Saxon  Princes  communicated  it 


3  their  Subjects  ;  infomuch  that  in  every  good  Town  there 
was  at  lealt  one  Coiner  ;  but  at  London  eight,  atCaiiterhwj 
tour  for  the  King,  two  for  the  Arch-bifhop,  one  tor  the 
.(\bbotat«'i»ticj)e)-,  fijc  atRod-cjier,  at  Hn/iir.;!  two,  iSc 
See  Mint.  rr-  ■  ■ 

The  Norma?!  Kings  continu'd  the  fame  Cufiom  of  Coining 
only  Pence,  with  the  i'rince's  Iroige  on  one  fide,  ^id  on 
the  other  the  Name  of  the  City  where  it  was  coin  d,  with 
a  Crofs  lo  deeply  imprels'd,  that  it  might  be  eaftly  parted, 
and  broken  into  two  Halves,  which  fo  broken,  they  call'd 
Half-pence  ;  or  into  four  Parts.which  they  call'd  Foutthings, 
cr  Farthings.    Sec  Farthing. 

in  the  time  of  Kiug  K-cW  the  Firft,  Money  coin  d  m 
the  Eall  Fans  of  Gm«.>nj,  came  in  fpecial  rcqueft  in  £1:5-  i>ols  f'O",   "r  ,oS  M,„p 
land,  on  account  of  its  Purity,   and  was  call'd  £ajierl,„f    count  by  Florins  o;- (rud 
MoKnj,  as  all  the  Inhabiiants  of  thofe  Pans  were  call'd 
Eajier'litip.    And  Ihortly  after,  fome  of  thofe  People  skil- 
led in  Coining  were  fent  for  hither,  to  bring  the  Coin  to 
PeifeiSion  ;  which  lincc  has  been  call'd  Sterling  for  E.yur- 
imv.    bee  vSTEtlLlNG. 
King  Ediva^d  the  Firil 


.vho  llrli  adjulkd  the  Meaiure  of  of  Silverand  Velion. 
an  Eli"  by  the  Length  of  his  Arn*,  herein  imitating  Charks        '  '"^ ' * 
ike  Great,  wa?  the  firll  alio  who  eliahlilh'd  a  certain  Stan- 
dard f.:r'the  Coin,  which  is  exfreli'd  to  this  etlVft  by 
Gre;^.Roch:cy,  Mayor  of  London,  and  Miiir-Maiicr.  A  Pound 
of  ^'o^,■cv  conraii'Cth  tv  elve  Ounces  :     In  a   ['ountl  there 
ought  to  be  eleven  Oun.;cE,  iwi-  ilialieriin^s,  and  one  Far- 
thing i  the  reft  Allay.    The  fiid  Found  ought  to  weigh 
twenty  Shillings  and 'three  Pence  in  Account  and  W-ight. 
T'hc  Ounce  ought  to  weigil  .weniy  Fence,  and  a  Fenny 
twenty  four  Gtaiiis  and  a  half.    Note,  that  eleven  Ounces 
two  Fence  Sterling  oufjit  to  be  of  pure  Silver  call'd  Leaf  nrns, 
Sliver,  and  the  ftlinter  muit  add  of  other  Wcighi  feventeen 
Pen-e  ilaU- penny  Farihinp,  d  the  Silver  be  fu  pure. 

Abi  ur  the  "Vear  1:2  .  tneSiatOiof  Europe  firft  began  to 
coi'iOoid,  a, id  .\rnong  the  relt,ourKing  Edzv.r  d  rhcT\i\i^. 
'I  he  fiiif  Pieces  he  eoin'd  were  call'd  Elo  as  being 

coir.'d  by  Tloranim^ :  -.-Tterwards  he  coin'd  Kobles  ;  then 
Pife-Nobies,  curient  at  lix  Shillings  and  eight  Pence  '^ 
HuU  Nobles,  call'c  Half-Feitnyi,  at  three  Shillings  and 
four  Fmce  of  Gold  ;  and  Quarters  at  twenty  Pence,  call'd 
la:te"i!s  of  Gold.  The  fucceeeing  Kings  coin'd  Rofe- 
Islohles,  and  t'ouble  Rofe-Nobles,  great  Sovireigns,  and 
half  Hetnj' INohles,  Angets,  and  ShiUines. 

King  1  erne!  the  Firii'  LoiiiM  Cnitet.,  floubie  Crowns,  Bri- 
taiifrv  CrrvviiK.    Then  the  (_.rowns,  Half  Crowns,  i^c. 

There  are  vari...ai  Kinds  o{  fa/.e  or  bafe  ^i077f>■,  f/a.  ei- 
ther that  liruck  by  :in  unquallfy'd  J'crfon,  and  of  unlUtu- 
tablf  M'-rals  i  or  th:it  hich  h?.s  loll  uf  irs  Weight,  either 
by  hciho,  clipped  on  the  Corners  or  fled  on  the  Edges,  or 
]aiily,  by  having  foiiie  uf  its  Iburface  peel'd  otf  i  if  Gold, 
by  ^jyiui  Se,2«A-'i  if  SiWer,  by  .-qua  For  us.  Another  Kind 
of  bafe  .Vjwej  is  that  made  by  Pieces  of  Iron,  Copper,  or 
other  Metal,  covi-r'd  on  each  lide  with  a  thin  Plate  or 
Lt-af  of  Gold  or  S-iv^^r,  neatly  fodcr'd  and  join'd  around 
the  Edpej,  and  itru>;k,  like  other  Coin,  with  Figures,  Le- 
gend's S?'^*  oidy  to  be  diltinguifh'd  from  them  by  the  Bulk, 
and  WLiftht,  and  Sfiund. 

'i  l-c  Wurd  Mo;je^  comes  from  the  old  JngU-Saxon  Munet, 
and  thai  fiL,ni  'Mom.ta  a  is  beforeobferv'd.  From  the 

fame  MoJ/tm  the  Gsnnaas^  havi.-  borrow'd  their  Mutnz,  the 
Frev':h  Mornioye,  the  S^aninrls  Mojjed..',  and  the  Italia?is  Mo- 


nance  of  16^7,  they  only  reckon  by  Livres,  i.e.  Pounds  j 
Sois,  i.  e.  Shillings  j  and  Deniers  Tournois,  e.  Pence. 
—  -  -  Q  Suis,  or  I  of  the  Ecu,  or  Crown  j  the  Sol, 
2  Dtniers.  Sec  Livre,  Denier,  H^c. 
The  MaiUc,  Oboie,  or  Halfpenny  Tournois,  is  alfo 
now  J.  y.'inty  of  Account,  the  antiently  a  real  Coin.  The 
i\iaille  is  divided  into  two  Pites,  and  each  Pite  into  two 
S  ,iTii-piies  i  all  Money'  of  Account.  To  which  mull;  be 
aaded  ihe  Franc,  ot  the  fame  Value  with  the  Livre, 
VIZ.  20  Sois  Tournois;  and  the  Bianc,  5  Deniers  Tour- 
nois j  and  the  Carolus,  I'en  :  All  three  antiently  real  Coins. 
Sec  Franc,  ^c. 

DhuIj  and  ilemijh  Moneys  of  Jccoimt.  In  Holland^  Ze- 
i,i7id,  Brijbant,  and  Cohgncy  they  ufe  the  Pundr,  or  Livre 
de'.jri)s,  SchcUinp,  or  Sol  tie  Cros  i  and  Pcn;iing,  or  De- 
niers Gros.  The  Piindt,  containing  20  Schilling  ;  and  the 
Schellirg,  12  Pennings.  The  Pundt  equal  to  7  Litres,  4 
iV  "tling.  Tii.y  a  To  ac- 
t',Atar(i,  andPenninys:  The 
Florin  is  equal  to  J  of  ih-j  I'ound,  oraoPatarrsi  and  the 
Patard,  12  Pcom  .'^1.  The  Merchants  ufe  each  Method  of 
Accounting  inut&Lici-i'i y. 

.^^/j^tt.'/i  Money  Jccokjjt,  is  the  Pefo,  Ducat  of  Silver 
and  VcUun,  ■ihl  Vellon,  and  Cornado''  an^i  Maravedis 
The  Vcfo  is  to  the  Duci.t  a:;  12  to  10. 
The  Ducat  of  Silver  ccii-tains  ii  Rials  of  Silver  j  and  that 
of  Velion,  II  Knis  or  Vellon  ;  which  makes  a  differe.ice 
of  near  one  ruif.  The  Silver  Rial  being  currjiit  for  7 
Shillings  St-'tlmp,  arid  that  of  Vtllon  only  at  ^  :Sd.  Ster- 
ling. 34  Matavedis  make  the  Rial  of  Vellon,  and  65  that 
of  Si'vcr     The  M-itavedis  is  divided  into  4.  Curnatos. 

German  and  £w:j's  Moneys  cf  Accoimr.    In  S-ivitzerland, 
and   many  of  the  chief  Ci'-ies  of  Gcrmmy,  pirticularly- 
FruTicfcyi,  [ot:y  account  by  Florins  (hut  on  a  footing  ditfc- 
r'  nttrotn  tiiat  oC  Holhpd')  by  Creux's  or  Creuxers,  and  Pen- 
The 


MoNFVfi  of  y.'ccoi:.':!-.  Or  Mifrmrs  rif  r?t'^07n?;^i;  MONEV  in 
Europe  and  Alia, 

We  here  confine  ourfelvcs  to  thaMotjcys  of  Account  of 
thofe  two  Parts  ct  the  World:  y^meyt-a  having  none; 
th-  rcfpecHvi.-  Tvhneys  of  A-,  count  of  the  Eurofeans,  who 
h^ve  there  made  SL-itlemtnts,  being  eftablilird  with  'em. 
A>    to  ^'frica,   rhe  Cities  of  Barbary  txnd  E:-^ft,  whither 


(lie  Rtiy.^e 


traftu".'.,  reckon  much  after  the  fame  manner 
as  in  the  Le.'uMt,  .".ij.;  in  the  Dominions  of  the  Grand  Sig- 
nior  :  For  the  red,  tnrcughour  that  Taft  Extent  ol  Coafts, 
where  we  trade  for  NegroLS,  Gold-Dulf,  Elephants  Teeth, 
Vv';iX  Leatl'^trs,  l3c.  ciihcr  the  milecibte  Inhabitants  do 
not  know  what  l/ioncy  of  Ar<--Gunt  is;  or  if  they  have  any, 'tis 
onlv  what  Sirangers,  fettled  among  them,  have  introduc'd. 
1  he  A/rc-iiife,  however,  and  the  Ficce,  which  are  Manners  of 
account'ng  among  tbefe  Hcrbarians,  will  be  dcUver'd  in 
tbcii  place. 

Enviiik,  -"I'oNKY  of  Jccount  is  the  Pound,  Shilling,  and 
Ftnn\  3t-Tli:.g  :  The  Pound  containing  ;o  Shillings,  and 
the  Shiilir.a  i;  Pence.  See  Fcunb,  ^c.  See  alfo  Coin, 
and  Sterling. 


FK'fin  equal  to  5  Shillings  SLCrling,  and  divi- 
ded into  (So  t-reuK  or  Kreux,  and  the  Creux  into  8  Pcn- 
nins.  In  others,  as  Nurctnber^,  £S.'t-  they  account  by  Rix- 
dollars,  Florins,  and  Creux.  The  RixdoUar  equal  to 
i^.  H  d.  Sterling,  divided  into  100  Creux,  and  the  Creux 
into  8  Pennins.  In  other,-;,  as  Hambouyg^  Berlin,  i^c.  by 
Rixdollars,  Marks  Lubs,  SchclUnos  Lubs,  and  Deniers 
Lubs.  The  RixdoUar  and  Dollar  on  the  foot  of  the  French 
Crown,  or  4 ; -5  Sterling,  divided  into  5  Marks,  and  the 
Mark  into  \6  Schellings,  and  the  SchcUing  into  12  Pen- 
nins, At  f^a-'Mityg  they  alfo  ufe  the  Livre,  Schelling,  and 
Denier  de  Grus.  At  Jushmrg  and  Bolzamonty  they  account 
by  Tallers  and  Creux's  ;  the  Taller  equal  to  4  :  6  Ster- 
ling, divided  into  yo  Creux's.  At  Namhourg,  by  Rixdol- 
lars Gros  and  Fenins  ;  the  RixdoUar  ^  qual  10  4  :  6  Ster- 
ling, divided  into  36  Gros,  and  the  Gtos  into  ii  Fenins. 
At  Straiboio-'^  by  Florins,  Creux,  and  Peninff.  The  Florin 
equal  to  i  :  6  Sterling,  divided  into  do  Creux,  and  the 
CreuK  into  8  Pennins. 

Italian  Moneys  of  Jccotmt.  In  Ttaly,  the  Moneys  of  Ac- 
count are  various,  almolf  as  the  Cities  of  Cotnmerce.  At 
Rcmt,  ihey  account  by  Pounds,  Shillings,  and  Pence  of 
Gold  di  Staiufa.  At  Jatice,  by  Ducats,  and  Gros  di  Banco. 
The  Ducat  divided  into  14  Gros,  each  Gros  equal  to  2 
Pence  4  Sterling.  And  by  Ducats  Currant,  call'd  alfo 
Sequmb,  equal  to  p  :  2  Sterling;  and  by  Pounds,  Shillings, 
and  Pence.  At  Lrcca  and  Bergamo,  they  ufe  the  four  laft  j 
and  only  the  three  lafl  at  Bonlopia,  Mantua,  and  S.ivoy  :  In 
Geneva,  befides  Pounds,  Shillings,  and  Pence,  they  account 
alfo  by  Florins,  containing  -5  Sold  is,  or  Pence  |  Stcfling. 
At  Leghor>3  and  Geimi,  befides  Pounds,  Shillings,  and  Pence, 
they  account  by  Pialires,  equal  to  4  :  Sterling.  At  Nova, 
their  Moneys  of  Account  are  Crowns,  Shillings,  and  Pence 
of  Gold  de  Marc.  At  Rajiconis,  Pounds,  Florins,  and  Gros. 
At  Jficona,  Crowns,  Shillings,  and  Pence.  AtNa^les,  Du- 
cats, Tarins,  and  Grains,  equal  to  one  Shilling  Sterling,  di- 
vided into  10  Grains. 

Sicilian  and  Maltefe  Moneys  of  Jccount.  At  Mcjfna,  Fa- 
lenno,  and  throughout  tS"ic//y,  they  account  by  Pounds,  Oun- 
ces, Tarins,  Grains,  and  Piccoli's ;  which  are  fumm'd  by 
3c,  ;o,  and  6:  the  Ounce  being  30  Tarins,  the  Tarin  20 
Grains,  and  the  Grain  6  Piccoli's.  At  Malta.,  they  account 
by  Pounds,  Ounces,  Carlins,  and  Grains.  The  Ounce  30 
Tarins,  or  60  Carlins,  or  6co  Grains  j  the  Carlin  equal  to 
6  I  Sterling. 

FoUpj  Moneys  of  Jccoimt.  Throughout  FoLmd,  moft  of 
the  Dominions  of  the  King  of  Frufa,  and  Dantzic,  they  ac- 
count by  Rixdollars,  Roups,  and  Grochs.  The  RixdoUar 
equal  to  4  :  6  Pence  Sterling,  and  divided  into  32  Roups  ; 
and  again,  in  the  Frufan  Territories,  into  24  Grochs  ;  In 
Foh-ifid,  into  90  Grochs.  Sometimes  they  ufe  the  Florin, 
Groch,  and  Penny. 

Siocdifh,  Dajiifj,  and  Mttfcovtte  Moneys  of  Account,  In 
Siaede?:,  they  account  by  Dalles,  equal  to  33  Sols  Lubs,  or 

3  Shil- 


M  O  N  ( 

-  Shillings  Sterling.  In  'Denmark,  by  Rixtlbliar?,  Hors, 
and  Schellin^sj  the  Rixdoliar  divided  into  4  Hors,  and 
the  Hot  into  1  Scliellings.  In  'Mufcovy,  they  account  by 
Roubles,  Altins,  and  Grits  or  Grives.  The  Rouble  equal 
loiGcCopecs,  ur  2  RixdolUrs,  or  9  Shillings  Srerling  ;  di- 
vided into  iQ  Grits  i  ;  Altins  ^  make  the  Grif,  or  10  Co- 
pecs  j  the  Copcc  at  15  Pence  I  Sierling. 

THr/tj/'t' Moneys  of  Jccoutn.  The  "Jnr^j,  hoih  in  Eur »fe, 
ylfia,  and  Africa,  account  by  Bourfes  or  Purfcs  j  either  of 
Silver  or  Gold  (the  laii  only  ufed  in  the  Seraglio^  with 
half  Purfes  of  Gold,  call'd  a!fo  Rizers.  The  Purfe  of 
Silver  eipal  to  1 500  irenci' Livres,  or  112/.  10  f.  Sterling. 
The  half  Purfe  in  proportion.  The  Purfe  of  Gold  ijcco 
Sequins,  equal  to  scooc  frcHc/j  Crowns,  or  6750  Pounds 
Sterling;  Icldoni  ufed  but  tor  Prefents  to  Favourites:  So 
that  a  Purfc,  iimply,  iignifics  a  t\irfe  of  Silver,  or  Jjco 
Livres.  The)  lie  call'd  Purfes,  becaiifo  all  the  hhjiey  in 
the  Trcafury  of  the  Serp.glio  is  kept  in  Leathern  Bags  or 
Purfes,  of  thofe  Contents.  The  Merchants  alfo  ufe  Dutch 
Dallcrs,  call'd  Aflani  or  Abouquelp,  with  Meideins  and  Af- 
pres.  I'he  Dallcr  equal  10  Meideins,  and  the  Wcidein 
to  3  Afpres  i  the  Afprc  to  i  Penny  Sterling. 

Ferfian  Moneys  0/  ^ceomt.  In  Ferfa,  they  account  by 
the  l  utnan  (call'd  alfo  Man,  and  Tumein)  and  the  Dinar- 
bifti.  The  Toman  is  compofed  of  joAbaffi's,  orioo  Mimou- 
di's'orsco  Chapes,  or  icooo  Dinars;  which  accounting  the 
Ab'fli  on  [he  foot  of  j8  French  Sols,  or  the  Dinar  on  that 
of  a  Denier,  amounts  to  5  /.  la*.  6  d.  Sterling  tne  Toman. 
They  ailo  account  by  Latins,  efpecially  at  Orww,  and  on 
the  Coalls  of  the  Verfir.H  Gulph.  The  Larin  equifalent  to 
ji  Pence  Sterling;;  and  on  that  footing  ufed  alfo  in  Ariibia^ 
and  a  great  pare  of  the  Raft  Indies.        ,        .        ,  , 

Chmefe  IVioneys  of  yXcoitnt,  are  the  Pic,  Picol,  and 
Tael  ;  which  tho  in  cScSt  Weights,  do  liliewif^  fcrve  as 
Xoinys  of  Account  ;  obtaining  in  Ti:v^um  as  well  as  China. 
The  :'ic  is  divided  into  an  hundred  Cati's,  fome  fay  115. 
Ihe  Cati  into  if  Taels  j  each  Tacl  equal  10  I  Ounce  2 
Dnicnms.  See  C.'.Jiefc  Coins-  The  Picol  contains  66 
Cati's  *  ;  the  '"i'a:l  equivalent  to  f  i.  8  Sterling. 

^aP^iufe  MoNETsc/  /.Vco7«;,  are  the  ."ichuites,  Cockiens, 
Oebaiis  or  OabiLS,  indTaels.  Two  hundred  ilchuitos  are 
equ-.vl  to  five  rmndred  Dutch  Livres,  or  Pounds;  the  Coc- 
Itien  equal  !o  ten  Low-Coimirej' Livrea  5  loco  Oebans  make 
450Ct.  1'ael.s. 

Mogul  UoPi^Ys  of  Jccou7zt.  At  Surat,  ^gra,  and  the  reil 
of  the  Eitaies  of  the  Great  Mosul,  they  ufe  Lacres,  Acres, 
orLecths;  implying  a  hundriui  thoufand  :  Thus  a  Lacrc 
of  Roupias  is  a  hm-.dt>  d  ihouf  iid  Koupias  ;  the  L  acre  be- 
ing neatly  on  the  footing  of  tho  Tun  of  Gold  in  HWW,and 
the  Million  of  f  nincc. 

Moneys  nf  yctoi-.nt  of  oiher  Iflitnii  and  Coafts  of  India. 
Throughout  Malabar^  and  at  they  ufe  Tanga's,  Vtn- 
tins,  ari.l  Pardoa's  Xeraphin.  Th^Tangaisof  two  kinds, 
•viz.  ofguod,  -nd  bad  Alhiy.  Hence  their  CmJom  is  to 
count  by  good,  or  bad  Wojnji'.  The  Tanga  of  good  Alloy 
is  5  b-^^ter  th^ii.  .he  bad  ;'ro  that  4  Tanga's  good  being 
alL'->-  ■  '  .'.ird.-j  Xeupl'iin,  there  will  be  required  5  of 
the  bad  ;  four  Vintinsgood  make  a  Tanga  likewife  good  ; 
i  5  Barucos  a  Vintin.  The  good  Batuco  is  equal  to  a 
J'-jrtwga-je  Rey,  a  Ircuch  Denier,  or  of  a  Penny  Ster- 
ling. "  In  the  Uiand  of  they  ufe  tfte  Santa,  Sapacuu, 
Fardo's,  and  Cati's  ;  which  laii  Money^  together  with  the 
Leeth,  or  Lacre,  is  much  ufed  throughout  all  the  Eaft- 
Indies.  The  Santa  is  aoo  Caxas,  or  little  Pieces  of  that 
Country  hung  on  a  String  ;  and  is  equal  to  ||  uf  a  Fenny 
Sterling.  Five  Santa's  make  the  Sapacou.  The  Fardo 
equal  to  2  J.  8  d.  Sterling.  The  Cati  contains  20  Taels  j 
the  Tael  6  s.  8  d.  Sterling. 

7'here  are  lilands,  Cities,  and  States  of  the  Eaft-indies, 
vjhofc'Moneys  of  Jccon7iT  are  not  here  exprefs'd  ;  partly  be- 
caufc  reducible  to  fome  of  thofe  above-mentioned;  and 
partly  becaufe  we  find  no  certain  confiflent  account  of 'em 
in  any  of  the  Authors,  or  Memoirs  herein  confulted. 

African  yiouT-YS  of  Jceount.  From  Cafe  Verd,  to  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  all  Exchanges  and  Valuations  of  Mer- 
chandizes are  made  on  the  foot  of  the  Macoute  and  Piece  : 
which  tho  no  Moneys  of  Account,  for  thofe  Barbarians  ha- 
ving no  real  Mojicys,  need  no  imaginary  ones  to  value  them 
by,'  yet  ferve  in  lieu  thereof.  At  Loango  de  Boine,  and 
other  Places  on  the  Coall  of  Angola^  the  Efiimations  are 
made  by  Macoutes  ;  and  at  Malimho,  and  Cahhido^  on  the 
fame  Coall,  the  Negroes  reckon  by  Pieces.  Among  the 
fjrif,  the  Macoute  is  equivalent  to  ten  :  Ten  Macoutes 
make  an  hundred  ;  which  likewife  leaves  us  a  kind  of 
imaginary  Motiey.  To  eilimate  any  Purchafe,  Exchange, 
they  fix  on'the  one  fide  the  number  of  Macoutes  re- 
quired, e.  ,e.  for  a  Negro  ;  on  the  other  for  how  many 
Macoutes  they  agree  to  receive  each  kind  of  Merchandize 
required  for  the  Negro  ;  fo  that  there  are  feveral  Bargains 
made  fur  one.  Suppofe,  v.  ^.  the  Slave  be  fix'd  at  5500  ; 
this  amounts  to  ;  50  Macoutes,   To  make  up  this  ngmbe? 


'I)  MON 

of  Macoutes  -n  Merchandizes,  they  fix  the  Price  of  cacti 
in  Macoutes.  Two  l-'lemiji  Knivef,  e.  ^.  are  accounted  one 
Macoute;  a  Copper-Bafon  two  Pounds  Weighr,  three  ; 
a  Barrel  of  Gun-Powder,  three,  ^c.  For  the  Piece,  ic 
ferves  in  like  manner  to  eiiimate  the  Value  of  Goods 
Duties,  SSfc.  on  either  tide.  Thus  the  isatives  require  teri 
Pieces  tor  a  Slave  ;  and  the  Europeans  put,  "o.  v;^.  a  Fufee 
at  r  Piece  ;  a  piece  of  Sslampoures  bluej  at  4  pieces,  ^c. 

Moneys  of  Jceount  among  the  Jntie/its. 

Grecian  Moneys  of  Jceount.  The  Gnr-^tts  reckon 'd  their 
Sums  of  Money  by  Dr;ichm!C,  Mins,  and  T;ilenta.  The 
Drachma  equal  to  j  ^d.  Sterling  ;  icc  Diachrna:  made  the 
Mina,  equal  to  3  1.  41.  7  Sterling  ;  60  Mina:  made 
the 'latent,  equal  to  193/.  15  s.  Sterling  :  Hence  r 00  Ta- 
lents amounted  to  19375/.  Sterling. 

The  Mina  and  Talentuui  indeed,  were  different  in  diffe- 
rent Provinces  :  Their  Proportions  in  Jttic  Drachins  are 
as  follow.  'The  Syriaji  Mina  contain'd  25  -'?«ic  Drachms  j 
the  Fiolemaic  53 -J  ;  the  Jntiochic  and  Euh^m  100  j  the 
hahyhmc  116  ;  the  greater  Jitic  and  Tyrian  133  \  i  the 
yEgi?iean  and  Rhodian  16(1  j. 

The  .S^citiK  Talent  coniain'd  i  5  ^/(fic  MinK  ;  the  T'.oh' 
tnaic  10  i  the  Jntiiich'tc  6q  i  the  Eiil>J!an  6q  i  th''  lahylonic 
70  j  the  greater  Jttic  and  Tynan  80  ;  the  JE^inea7z  and 
Kbodian  icc. 

Roman  Moneys  of  Jceount,  were  the  Seftertii  Nummi, 
Sellertia,  and  Dccies  Seiiertium.  The  S  fiertius  equal  to 
id.  iq.  Stejlin!.^  Otic  thoufard  of  th  f.  m-.dc  the  Sefler- 
tium,  equal  10  8  /.  i  5  d.  r.  ^rerlin  ■.  One  rhoiifand  of 
thefe  Si-ilerria  made  die  L ocics  Seii^rtiUfii  (tuc  Adverb 
Centies  being  always  undeutood)  equal  to  S072  L  18  s.  ^d. 
Sterling.  The  Dccies  Seiiertium  itiey  al*b  call'd  Decies 
C  'ntena  millia  Niiinmum.  Centies  Scifer  ium,  or  Centies 
H  S  were  equal  80719/.  ^-'-A.^-  Millies  H  S  to  807291/. 
13J.  4f;.    Miil'es  Centies  H  3  S8S02C /.  16  s.  S  d. 

MUKEYERS,  McNEYoas,  or  Moni^zis,  Offj-ers  of 
the  Mint,  who  work,  and  coin  Gold  and  Silver  Money  5 
and  anfwcr  all  tiie;  Wade,  and  Charges.  See  Mint  and 
Coining. 

IVloNEYERs  are  alfo  taken  for  Baakers-  or  thofe  who 
make  a  i  f ade  of  turning,  and  returnir.^j  Money.  See 
Banker. 

MONITORY  Letters^  are  Lettets  of  Admonition,  or 
Wariiirg,  fetit  from  an  Ecclefiaftical  Judge  upon  inffjrma- 
ttou  of  Scanuais  and  Abufes  within  Cognizance  of  nis 
Court. 

MONOCHORDt  a  mufical  Infirument  wherewith  to 
try  ihe  Variety  and  Proportion  of  mufical  Sounds.  Sss 
Tune. 

It  is  compos'd  of  a  Rule,  divided  and  fubdivided  into 
divers  Parts,  whereon  there  is  a  String  pretty  well  tirp.tch'd 
upon  two  Bridges,  at  each  Extreme  thereof.  In  the  mid- 
dle between  both  is  a  move-able  Bridge,  by  whofe  means, 
ill  applying  it  to  the  different  Divifions  of  the  Lnei,  you  find 
thai  the  Sounds  are  in  the  fame  Proportion  to  one  another, 
as  the  Divifions  of  the  Line  cur  by  the  Bridge  were. 

The  Monocbord  is  alfo  call'd  the //.i?-!?70jj;t;fl/ C.i7;oh,  orCa- 
tmtical  Rule  ;  becaufe  ferving  to  mcafure  the  Degrees  of 
Gravity,  and  Acutenefs  of  Sounds.    See  Gravity,  ^c. 

There  are  alfo  Monochords  with  48  fix'd  Bridges  ;  the 
Ufe  of  all  which  may  be  fupply'd  by  one  fingle  moveable 
Bridge  j  which  are  placed  in  the  middle,  by  only  fhifting 
it  under  new  Chords  or  Strings,  always  reprefenting  the 
entire  Sound,  or  the  open  Note. 

Pythagoras  is  held  to  have  been  the  Inventor  of  the  Mono- 
chord.  Ftolemy  eicaniined  his  Harmonical  Intervals  with 
the  Monochord.    Sec  Canon. 

When  the  Chord  was  divided  Into  equal  parts,  fo  that 
the  Terms  were  as  1  aud  i,  they  call'd  them  Unfons  ;  if 
they  were  as  2  to  i ,  OSaves,  or  D/apafons  j  when  they  were 
asStoji,  Fifths,  cr  Dhpcutcs if  they  were  as  4  toq,  they 
called  thera  Fourths,  or  Diatcyurons  j  if  the  Terms  were  as 
5  to  4,  Diton,  or  a  Tierce  Major  ;  if  as  6  to  5,  a  Dcmi-Ditont 
or  a  Tierce  Mijtor  ;  laftly,  if  as  24  to  25,  Demi-diton  or  Dieze, 
See  Unison,  Octave,  Diapason,    Diapente,  Dia 

TESSERON,  £i?C. 

The  Mo?!ochord  being  thus  divided,  was  properly  what 
they  call'd  a  Syftem,  of  v\hich  there  were  many  kinds, 
according  to  the  different  Divifions  of  the  Momchord.  See 
System, 

Dr.  Wallis  has  taught  the  Dlvifion  of  the  Momchord  in  the 
Fhilofophical  TranfaBtons  ;  but  thct  Inllrument  is  now  dif- 
ufed,  the  modern  Mufic  not  re<jairing  fuch  Divilion. 

MoNocHORD,  is  alfo  ufed  for  any  mufical  Inilrumentj, 
confining  of  only  one  Chord,  or  String.    See  Chord. 

The  Trumpet  Marine  is  a  Momchord.    See  Trumpet. 

The  Word  is  Greek,  form'd  of  ^^oi-of  folni^  finglCi  and 
Pfop/u  Chord. 

MONOCHROMA,  a  Piaure_^all  of  one  Colour.  See 
Camieux,  Clair  Oescure,  ^c. 


MON 


C  ) 


MON 


The  \Vord  is  compounded  of  the  Gj-ee^ fingle  5  and    this  kind  to  Pope  ^/exswrfer  III.    Whence  they  are  alfo 


ys^y-a.,  Culour. 

MOjN'UDy,  McNODiA,  in  the  antient  Poetry,  a  kind 
of  mourntul  Song,  or  Ditty,  fung  by  a  Perfon  all  alone  j 
to  utttr  his  Grief 

'I'hc  Word  15  compounded  of  uoi/Q-  ^ind  «d>), 

Song. 

MONOGAMY,  the  State  or  Condition  of  thofe  who 
have  only  married  once.    See  Marriage,  Bigamy,  ES'c, 
The  Word  is  compouncd  of  [/.ivoi  Joins,  and  yd;j.of  Mar- 

MONOGRAM,  or  Mat«0GK ammon,  a  Cypher,  or 
Charufter  conipofed  of  one  or  more  Letters  interwoven  ; 
being  a  kind  oi  Abbreviation  of  a  Name  ;  anticntly  much 
ufed  as  a  Badge,  Sea!,  Arms,  ^c.  Sec  Seat-,  Cypher,  ^c. 

Under  the  Eaitern  Empire,  it  is  ufual  to  find  M  1  Kj 
which  are  the  MoKo^rnw;  of  ^^Uria,  ^efiis,  Conjlantine- 

'I'he  ufe  of  Monograms  is  of  an  antient  ilanding,  as  ap- 
pears from  Plutarch^  and  from  fome  Gree^  Medals  of  the 
lime  of  Thilif  of  Macedoji,  Alexander  his  Son,  i^c. 

Tkie.  Roman  Lah.iriim  hovc  Aloiiogram  ofjefus  Chrifl, 
confilting  of  two  Letters,  a  P  placed  perpendicular  over 
the  middle  of  a  as  we  find  it  in  feveral  Medals  of  the 
lime  of  Co7!jiatuii!e  j  thofe  being  the  two  firft  Letters  of 
the  Word  XI'TSTOS,  Chrili.  SeeLABARUM. 

The  Kings  formerly  marked  their  Coins  with  their  Mo- 
m"yam  :  Of  this  we  have  inlfances  in  C^ar/e»iiT;»'s  Coins. 
I'hat  Prince  alfo  ufed  the  Monogram  for  his  Signature. 
£ghjard  gives  us  this  reafijn  for  ic,  viz.  that  Charlemciin  could 


call'd  Leonine  Verf 6! .    See  Leonine. 

They  are  but  little  ufed  in  Englijh  ,  more  in  French. 
The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  uhv&  Joluh  and  pw-J^ti©- 
Ryme.    See  Ryme. 

MONOSTlCHi  MoNosTicoN,  an  Epigram  confifling 
of  one  fingle  Verfe, 

MONOSYLLABLE,  a  Word  of  a  fingle  Syllable;  or, 
confiding  of  one,  or  more  Letters  pronounced  all  together. 
See  Word  andSvLLAELE. 

The  French  Language  abounds  in  Momfyllahles  more  than 
any  other.  This  renders  it  the  more  perplexing  to  Fo- 
reigners, and  yet  the  Ecauty  of  the  Language  feems  to 
confifl  in  it.  One  of  the  beft  and  fmoothelt  Lines  in  Mal- 
heybe  confifts  of  twelve  MomfylUthles ;  fpeaking  of  Callfia, 
he  fays, 

Et  moi  je  we  voy  ricn  quan.i  je  ne  la  vois  ^as. 

In  this  the  Genius  of  th^  ^"Z-ifi  Tongue  differs  much  from 
the  French^  an  uninterrupted  Series  Monojyllables  having 
always  an  ill  Effcd.  This  Mr.  Pope  both  intimates  and 
exemplifies  in  the  fame  Verfe. 

j4f!d  ten  low  Words  oft  cree^  in  one  dtdl  Line. 

Pafquier  cites  an  Elegy  of  forty  two  Vcrfes,  confifting 
wholly  of  yionofyllahles. 

MONOTHELITES,  an  antient  Sea,  who  fprung  out 


nut  write  ;  and  tbat  having  attempted  in  vain  to  learn  in  of  the  Ei'.tychhi?is --y  thus  call'd,  as  only  allowing  of  one 
his  grown  Age,  he  was  reduced  to  the  neceffity  of  Signing    Will  in  Jeius  Chrili  ;  as  the  Word  Monotbcliie  in  the  Greek 


imports. 

The  Opinion  of  the  Monothelhes  had  its  Rife  in  650,  and 
had  the  Emperor  Heraclius  for  an  Adherent.  It  was  the 
fame  with  that  of  t\\t  Sever'ian  JcffhciU. 

They  allow'd  of  two  VN'^ills  in  Chrifl,  confidcr'd  with 
regard  to  the  two  Natures  3  but  reduc'd  them  to  one,  by 
reafon  of  the  Union'  of  the  two  Natures:  Thinking  it  ab- 
furd  there  Ihould  be  two  free  Wills  in  one  and  the  fame 


with  a  Mor-ogram. 

Tbe  Anticnts  ufed  Mojiograms  as  Notes  or  Abbreviations 
of  Inl'crlptiuns ;  for  the  underltanding  whereof  we  have  ex- 
prefs  I'reatifcs  of  Valerius   Frchus^    Paulns  Diacojms^  &c, 

:3eeClIARACTER. 

MONOLOGUE,  a Dcamatic  Scene,  wherein  a  Perfon 
appears  alone  on  the  Stage,  and  fpeaks  to  himfelf.  See 

SoLILOCiDY. 

The  Word  Monologue  is  derived  from  the  Greek  ^v<Q-  Perfon. 
/o/iij,  and  xayQ-t  Difcourfe,  Speech.  They  were  condemnVl  by  the  fixth  General  Council,  as 

MONOMACHIA,  a  Dwe/,  or  fingle  Combat  of  Man  being  fuppofed  to  dellroy  the  Pcrfe^ion  of  the  Humanity 

againll  Man.    See  Duel.  of  Jcfus  Chrift,  in  depriving  it  of  Will  and  C,^eration. 

7!/i;72o?«;ic7j/i3  was  antiently  allow'd  by  Law  for  the  Trial  or  That  Council  declared  their  Belief  of  two  Wi!!?,  and  iwo 

Proof  of  Crime*.    It  was  even  permitted  in  pecuniary  Cau  ■  Operations,  without  Divifion,  or  without  chan?^ing  the  one 

fes,  as  appears  by  antient  Records.    It  is  now  forbid  both  for  the  other,  without  either  diflingui/hing  or  corfojnding 

by  the  Civil  and  Canon  Laws,    Sze.  Combat.  them  :  the  Human  Will  being  fubjcft  to  the  Divine, 
^//ciflt  has  wrote  a  Treatifc  f/e  MiJwowjflcijia.  MONOTONIA,  Monotony,  a  Want  of  Variation,  or 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  uav@-  foliis,  and  ^io-x^.t  Inflection  of  the  Voice  ,  or  a  Fault  in  Pror.unciation,  where 

Combate.  a  long  Series  of  Words  are  deliver'd  with  one  unvaried 

MONOME,  In  Algebra,  aQuantity  that  has  but  one  Tone.    See  Pronunciation. 
Denomination, or  Name  5  as  aZ-,  Hi7t,flfl«ii.  See  Quantity.       This  is  one  of  the  principal  Faults  of  our  Englijh  Qra- 

The  Mo/iome  may  be  either  Rational,  or  Irrational.   See  tors.    Monotonir.  is  oppofed  to  Charting  or  Singing. 
Rational,  £Sff.  MONSEIGNEUR,  in  the  Plural  Messeigneurs,  a 

MONOPETALOUS,  in  Botany,  a  Term  apply'd  to  Title  of  Honour  and  Refpeft  ufed  by  xhc  French  in  wri- 

Flowers  which  have  only  nne  undivided  Petalum,  or  Leaf,  ting  to  Perfons  of  fuperior  Rank  or  Quality.    See  Seig- 


Sjc  Flower,  Petala,  £^c. 

MON  01' H  Y SITES,  a  general  Name  given  to  all 
theft;  SeClaries  in  the  Lei-am  who  only  own  one  Nature  in 
Jcru>  Chriii. 

'i\\c  Mui  ophy flies  however,  properly  fo  calFd,  are  the 
FulIo'Jicrsof ^^'-■ter/iJ,  and  Petrus  Fidle.nfis. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  /aov©"  foUts,  and  ^vm 

Natu- . 


MONOPOLY,  an  unlawful  kind  of  Traffick,  when  one    ven  to  the  Dauphin  of  Fran, 


NEOR. 

The  Word  is  a  Compound  of  mon,  »y,  and  Seigneur, 
Lord. 

Dukes,  Peers,  Archbifhops,  BiOiops,  and  Prefidents  n  la 
Mortier^  are  complimented  with  the  Title  of  Monfeigmitr. 
In  the  Rcquefts  prefented  to  tfcs  Sovereign  Courts,  they 
ufe  the  Term  Noffelgnairs. 

Mon,s::i  G  N  EUR,  abfolutely  ufed,  is  a  Quality  now  gi- 


tx  njorcP';rr(  ns  make  rhemfelves  fole  Matters  of  any  Com- 
modity, v.  iin  dtiign  to  cr.hance  its  price  i  thofe  who  have 
occafion  f^'r  it  being  obliged  to  purchafe  it  at  their  hands, 
and  on  their  own  term?. 

There  arc  two  ]iind,s  Monopolies :  The  one,  when  a 
Merchant  buys  up,  f<jr  inllance,  all  the  Corn  of  a  Province, 
to  retail  it  ?.t  an  advanced  Rate  to  the  People. 

The  oiher  when  a  Letter,  or  Patent  is  procured  from  the 
Prince,  prohibiting  any  other  Perfon  to  fell  any  Commodity 
befides  the  Patentee. 

The  Word  is  pure  Gvceh,  forra'd  of  ij.:v@-  and  -ji->}M,  fig- 
nifying  to  fell  alone. 

Arnong  ihe  Ro»iam,  the  Term  was  fo  odious,  that  Ti- 
herius,   as  Suetonms  relates,  having  occafion  to  make  ufe 


of  it   beii!,ii'd  leave  of  the  Senate  for  it,  as  being  borrow'd  Qrigi 


Thii  Cullom  was  unknown  till  the  time  of  Lonis  XIV. 
Till  then,  the  Dauphin  was  lliled  Moj^fieur  le  Dauphin. 

MONSIEUR,  in  the  Plural  Messieurs,  a  Term,  or 
Title  of  Civility,  "fed  by  the  French,  in  fpeaking  to  their 
Equals,  or  I  hole  a  little  below  them;  anfwering  to  Mr. 
or  Sir,  among  the  Englifj.    See  Sir. 

The  Superfcriptions  of  all  Letters  begin,  A  Monfcnr, 
Mo7ifieiir  fuch  a  one. 

The  Word  is  a  Compound  of  mon,  and  Sieur,  Sir.  Sec 

SlEUR. 

Borel  derives  the  Word  from  the  Greek  Lord,  or 

Sire,  q.  d.  moncyenr.  Pafquier  derives  Sicur^  and  Mioitfeur, 
irom  the  Latin  Senior,  Elder.  The.  hali an s  f ay  Si^nor,  and 
the  Spmiards  Smcr,  in  the  fame  Scnfe,  and  from  the  fame 


from  tbe  G^  eek. 

MONOPTERE,  a  kind  of  Temple  among  the  Antients, 
round  and  without  Walls  3  having  a  Dome  fupported  with 
Columns.  SeeTEMVLE. 

MONOPTOTE,  MoNnpTOToN,  in  Grammar,  a  Noun 
whi^-h  hasnnly  one  Cafe.  SccCase. 

MONOPYRENEOUS /'-wfj,  are  fuch  as  only  contain 
one  Kernel,  or  Seed.    See  Frxjit. 

MONORYiVlE,  a  Poetical  Compofition,  all  the  Vcrfes 
wberr^cf  end  with  the  fame  Ryme. 

iVhnovjy.'WfJ  are  faid  to  have  been  Invented  by_the_  old 


French  Foet  Ltoiiln,  who  addrcffcd  fome  Latin  Verfes  of    well  feated 


Ihe  ufe  of  the  Word  was  formerly  more  extenfive. 
They  apply'd  it  to  the  People  of  many  Ages  before  them  : 
Thus,  Monfieiir  St.  Jugiijiin?,  Mlonfevr  St.  Amhrofe andthe 
Vulgar  fl-ill  fay  Motif  etir  St,  Paul,  Mojjfeur  St.  James,  Sic. 

The  Romans,  during  the  flouri/hing  times  of  their  Li- 
berty, were  unacquriinted  with  that  term  of  Parade  and 
Flattery,  which  they  afterwards  made  ufe  of  under  the 
Name  of  DomiriKs.  In  fpeaking,  erwritingto  each  other, 
they  only  gave  them  their  proper  Names  ;  which  Praflics 
lafted  even  after  defir  had  brought  the  Pwepublic  under 
his  Command.    But  after  the  Roman  Emperors  were  once 


.  the  Throne,  the  Courtiers,  and  Minions 
woo 


M  O  N 


( ) 


M  ON 


who  by  Flattery  fought  to  procure  Favours  from  them, 
fiudied  new  Honours.  Sttetotims  obferves,  that  a  Comedian 
on  the  Theatre  having  ciWd  y!u^njuis,  Diinvjiits^  Lord  ^  the 
Speiiators  all  liarcdat  him.  So  that  the  Kmperurforbad, 
for  the  furure,  that  Quality  to  be  attributed  tu  him.  Cu- 
ii^B/fl  was  the  firtt  who  expreOy  commanded  hlmfelfto  be 
c-iWdVomwus.  Harualy  entirely  devoted  to  Tyranny,  calls 
J)omittai:y  Vimlnum  detrntque  vojirum.  In  lime,  the  Title 
was  alfo  apply'd  to  the  People  j  and  of  Dommus^  at  length 
was  forra'd  Vom.    See  Dom. 

Monsieur,  abfolutely  ufed,  is  a  Title  or  Quality  af- 
fefled  to  the  iecond  Son  of  France^  or  the  King's  Brother. 

In  a  Letter  of  Fbilif  de  Valoh,  that  Ptince  fpcaking  of  his 
FreuCcelTor,  calls  him  MoJifieur  le^  Roy,  'Moujieiir  the  King. 
At  prefent,  no  body  calls  the  King  Monfieur^  but  the  Chil- 
dren of  France. 

MONSOON,  a  regular,  orperiodical  Wind,  in  the -E^/?- 
h!cl:es,  blowing  conilantly  the  lame  way,  during  fix  Months 
of  the  Year,  and  the  contrary  way  the  remaining  fix.  See 
"Wind. 

In  the  htdum  Ocean,  the  Winds  are  partly  general,  and 
blow  all  the  Year  round  the  fame  way,  as  in  rhe  j^thiopic 
Ocean  i  and  partly  pcricdicai,  i.  e.  half  the  Year  blow  one 
way,  and  the  other  half  near  on  the  oppofite  Points. 
And  thofe  Points  and  Times  of  /hifting  difi'er  in  diffiLrcnt 
parts  oF  this  Ocean.  Halley. 

Thefe  latter,  or  periodical  Winds,  are  what  we  call 
tAonfoons.  -r  n 

yiriTifoons  then  are  a  Species  of  what  we  otherwife  call 
"Xrade-VViiids.    See  Trade  /^r^j/i/. 

They  take  the  DL-nominacion  Mok/ook  from  an  antient 
Pilare,  that  firll:  crofs'd  the  Indian  Sea  by  means'  hereof. 
Others  derive  the  Name  from  a  Foriugueje  Word  iignifying 
il/ono?;,  or  Change  ol  Wind,  and  Sea. 

Lucretius  and  yJpoHouiiis  make  mention  ot  annual  Winds 
which  arife  every  Year,  Ethefia  Fhbra,  which  feem  lo  be 
the  fame  with  what  in  the  Eaji-Imiieswe  now  call  Monjoo?is. 

MONSTER,  a  natural  Birth,  or  Produaion  of  a  living 
thing,  degenerating  from  the  propcrand  ulual  Ddpoiuion  ;^f 
Parts,  In  the  Species  it  belongs  to.  As  when  there  are  too 
many  Members,  or  too  few  3  or  fome  of  'era  are  extra- 
Tagantly  out  of  Proportion. 

^>-//io(/e  defines  a  MoK//erto  be  a  Defeat  of  Nature,  when 
a£ling  towards  fome  end,  it  cannot  attain  to  it,  by  reafon 
fome  of  its  Principles  are  corrupted. 

Mofijiersdo  not  propagate  their  kind  ;  for  which  reafon 
fome  rank  Mules  among  the  Numberof  iWo;7/'ie.-j  j  as  alfo 
Hermaphrodites.    See  Mule  and  Hermapheodite. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latm  Munjintmy  ol  Mon- 
jirando^  fhewing. 

Dii  Canre  mentions  an  Inventory  of  the  Church  d'Evreux 
with  this  Article,  Item  ujmm  M'lnjhum  cum  OjJ'i bus  Sunai  Fe- 
rn in  F-eril,       Crucijixo  in  fummitate. 

Females,  which  bring  forth  Twins,  are  mof>  liable  to 
produce  Mo«/ieri.  The  reafon,  probably,  is  owing  to  this; 
that  tho  the  Twins  are  cover'd  with  one  common  Chorion, 
yet  they  have  each  their  fcparate  Amnios,  which,  by  their 
contiguity  may  chance  to  grow  together,  and  fu  o^-cafiun  a 
confufion,  or  blending  of  the  Parts,  Hence  fo  many  double 
Creatures.    See  Double. 

F.  'hialhranche  accounts  for  the  Produi51;ion  of  ?Aon/iers  in 
the  Animal  World,  thus  : 

The  Creator  has  eOabliflied  fuch  a  Communication  be- 
tween the  fevcral  parts  of  his  Creation,  that  we  are  not 
only  naturally  led  to  imitate  one  another,  i.  e.  have  adifpo- 
fition  to  do  the  fame  th'ngs,  and  affume  the  fame  manners 
with  thofe  with  whom  we  converfe  j  but  alfo  have  certain 
natural  Difpofitions  which  incline  us  toCompalTion,  as  well 
aslmitation.  Thefe  things  moli  Men  feel,  and  are  fcn- 
fible  of  y  and,  therefore,  need  not  be  proved.  The  Ani- 
mal Spirits  then  are  not  only  naturally  carried  into  the  re- 
fpeftive  parts  of  the  Body  to  perform  the  fame  Actions, 
and  the  fame  Motions  which  we  fee  others  do,  but  alfo  to 
receive  in  fome  manner  their  Wounds,  and  tike  part  in  their 
Sufferings. 

Experience  tells  us,  that  when  we  look  attentively  on 
any  Perfon  feverely  beaten,  or  that  has  a  large  Wound, 
I.llcer,  or  the  like  ;  the  Spirits  immediately  flow  into 
thofe  parts  of  our  Body  which  anfwer  to  thofe  we  fee  fuffer 
in  the  other  j  unlcfs  their  Cnurfe  be  ftopp'd  from  fome 
other  Principle.  This  Flux  of  Spirits  Is  very  fenfible  in 
Perfons  of  a  delicate  ConOitution,  whofrequently  fhudder, 
and  find  a  kind  of  trembling  in  the  Body  on  thefe  Occa- 
fions ;  and  this  Compaffion  in  Bodies,  produces  Compaffion 
in  the  Mind. 

Now  it  muft  be  here  obferved,  that  the  view  of  a 
Wound,  ^c.  produces  a  Wound  in  the  Perfon  who  views 
it,  by  fo  much  the  greater  and  more  fenfible,  as  the  Per- 
fon is  inoreweak  and  delicate;  the  Spirits  making  a  ftron- 
gcr  Impreflion  on  the  Fibres  of  a  delicate  Body,  than  in 
thofe  of  a  robuii  one.  Thus  flrong,  vigorous  Men,  J^c.  fee 
an  Execution  without  much  concern,  while  Women,  tffc. 


are  ftruck  with  Pity  and  Horror.  As  to  Children  ftiU  'lA 
their  Mother's  Womb,  the  Fibres  of  their  Fie/la  being  in- 
comparably finer  than  ihofe  in  Women,  the  Courfe  of 
the  Animal  Spirits  mult  ncceffarily  produce  much  greater 
Altetatiuns. 

This  thing  being  laid  down,  A^onjiers  are  eafily  accounted 
for.  Suppofe,  f.r.  a  Child  born  a  Fool,  and  with  all  its 
Legs  and  Arms  broke  in  the  fame  manner  as  thofe  of 
Criminals  in  fome  Countries  are;  which  cafe  we  chufe  to 
inllance  in,  becuufe  we  are  told  from  Paris  that  fuch  a 
AfoTfjier  actually  born  there,  and  liv'd  in  one  of  their 
Hofpitals  twenty  Years  :  The  Caufe  of  this  Accident, 
according  to  the  Principles  laid  dov.n,  was,  that  the  Mother 
feeing  a  Criminal  executed,  every  Stroke  given  fo  the  poor 
Man,  ilrook  forcibly  the  Imagination  of  the  Mother  - 
and  by  a  kind  ol  Cuunter-flrol.e,  the  tender  ard  delicate 
Brain  of  the  Child.  Now,  tho  the  Fibres  of  the  vVoman's 
Brain  were  llrangcly  fliakcn  by  the  violent  flux  of  the 
Animal  Spirits  on  this  occafion,  yet  they  had  llrength  and 
confidence  enough  to  prevent  an  entire  diforder  and  over- 
turning 3  whereas  the  Fibres  of  the  ChiLls  Brain  being 
unable  to  bear  the  /hock  of  thofe  Spirits,  were  in- 
tirrly  diffipated  ;  and  that  P^avage  was  great  enough  to 
dcp  ivehim.  of  Reafon  all  his  Life  iime. 

Again,  the  view  of  the  Execution  frighting  the  Woman, 
the  vitilent  Courfe  of  the  Animal  Spirits  was  dite^ed 
forcibly  from  the  Brain  to  ah  thofe  Parts  of  ihe  Body 
correfponding  to  the  fuffering  pjrts  of  the  Criminal;  and 
the  fame  thing  mu,i  happen  in  the  Child.  But  in  regard 
the  Bones  of  ti>c  Mother  were  itrong  enough  to  refill  the 
Impulfe  of  thofe  Spirits,  they  were  not  damaged.  And 
yet  the  rapid  Courfe  of  thefe  Spirits  could  eafily  over- 
power, and  break  the  render  and  delicare  Fibres  of  the 
bones  ol  the  C'hild  ;  the  Bones  being  the  lafi  parts  of  the 
Body  that  ate  form'd,  and  having  a  very  (Luder  ccnfifter.cc 
while  the  Child  is  yut  in  the  Womb. 

To  wnich  it  may  be  here  added,  that  had  the  Mother 
determined  the  Courfe  of  thefe  Sjirits  towards  fome  other 
part  of  her  Body,  by  tickling  or  fcratching  hcrfelf  vehe- 
ment!^, the  Ciiild  would  not,  in  all  probability,  have  had 
its  Bones  broken;  but  the  part  anfvvering  that,  to  which 
tlx  Motion  of  the  Spirits  was  determined,  would  have  been 
the  Sufferer. 

Hence  appears  the  reafon,  why  Women  in  the  time  of 
Get-iaLion,  feeing  Perfons,  ^c.  mark'd  in  fuch  a  manner  in 
the  Face,  imprefs  the  fame  Mark  on  the  fame  parts  of  the 
Child  :  And  why,  upon  rubbing  fome  hidden  part  of 
the  Body,  when  Harried  at  the  Sight  of  any  thing,  or 
agitated  with  any  extraordinary  Pafiion,  the  Mark  or 
Impreffion  is  fix 'd  on  that  hidden  part  rather  than  on  the 
Face  of  the  Child.  From  the  Principles  here  laid  down, 
may  moll:,  if  not  all,  the  Phenomena  o{ Monfters  be  eafily 
accounted  for. 

There  are  oA(o  Monjlers  In  the  Vegetable  World  :  Such, 
e.  ^c.  ate  what  fome  Botaniils  call  Mi/e;.    Sec  Mule,  Ge- 

N  ERATION,  ^c. 

Fiorilts  give  the  Denomination  Monjiers  to  what  we  o- 
therwlfe  call  Double  Flozven, 

MONSTRANS  i/e  Droir,  a  Writ  Ifluing out  ofChancery 
to  be  reltored  to  Lands  or  Tenements  that  are  mine  in 
Right,  tho  on  fome  occafion  found  in  Poifeffion  of  one 
lately  dead. 

MONSTRAVERUNT,  a  Writ  which  lies  for  a  Tenant 
who  holds  freely  by  Charter  in  antient  Demefn,  upon  his 
being  diltrained  for  the  payment  ot  any  Toll  or  Impofition 
contrary  to  the  Liberty  he  does,  or  ought  to  enjoy. 

MONSTRUM  was  antiently  ufcd  for  the  Box  wherein 
Relicks  werekept.    See  Monster. 

yS.O^S  Veneris,  fee  V  ener  is  Mr?7:i. 

MONTANISTS,  antient  Heretics,  fo  call'd  froiTi  their 
Leader  Montajiur,  who  afled  the  Prophet,  and  had  bia 
ProphetefTes. 

They  were  alfo  called  Fhrytiajts^  Cataphrygiam,  and 
QjiintiUans.  Sec  Phrygian,  Catapbhygian,  andQjjiN- 

TIL  I  AN. 

MONTH,Mensis,  the  twelfth  part  nfa  Year.  SecYear. 

Time,  we  have  obftrv'd,  is  Duration  mark'd  out  for 
certain  ufes  ;  and  meafurcd  by  theMotionsof  the  Heavenly 
Bodies.    See  Time  and  Duration. 

Hence  rcfult  divers  kinds  of  Years,  and  T^ojttbs,  accor- 
ding to  the  particular  Luminary  by  whofe  Revolutions 
they  are  determined,  and  the  particular  purpofes  they  are 
detUned  for  ;  as  Solar  'Months,  Lunar  Moiubs^  Civil  Months^ 
JJlronomical  Months^  &c. 

•To/ar  Month  is  the  Space  of  Time  wherein  the  Sun 
moves  thro  one  entire  Sign  ef  the  Ecliptic.    See  Sun. 

Hence,  if  regard  be  had  to  the  Sun's  true  Motion,  the 
Solar  Months  will  be  unequal  ;  fince  the  Sun  is  longer  in 
pafilng  thro'  the  Winter  Signs,  than  thofe  of  the  Summer. 

But  as  he  conftantly  travels  thro'  all  the  Twelve  in 
Days,  5  Hours,  and  49  Minutes,  the  Quantity  of  a  mean 
Month  will  be  had  by  dividing  that  Number  by  12.  Oa 
7  G  this 


MON 


c  m ) 


MOO 


this  principle,  the  Quantity  of  a  Solar  Month  wIU  be  found  They  call'd  thofe  Styles,  which  being  round  in  their  Eafe^ 

50  Di.ys,  10  Kour.s,  29  Minutes,  5  Seconds.  ended  in  a  Point  at  top,  which  gave  occafxon  to  the  Inven- 

Lunar  Months  are  either  Synadkal,  Periodical,  or  lHu-  tionof  dimini/li'd  Columns. 

minati'se.          _  The  Name  Pyramids  they  gate    to  thofe  which  were 

Limar  SyiiodicalMoNTu,  call'd  alfo,  abfolutely,  Lttvar  fquare  at  the  Foot,   and  terminated  in  a  point  at  top,  in 

Month,  and -/-KWiJtio?;,  is  the  Spice  of  Time  between  two  manner  of  a  Funeral  Pile.    See  Pyramid. 

Cunjunflions  of  the  Moon  with  the  Sun  ;  or  between  two  And  the   Name  Ohehjc,  to  thofe  whofe  Eafes  were 

New  Moons.    See  Synodical  Wom^j  and  Lunation.  more  in  Length  than  in  Breadth,  and  which  ryfe,  itill 

The  Quantity  of  the  Syiiodical  Month  is  25*  days,  izh>  Icffening,  to  a  very  great  Height,  refembling  the  Figure 

44',  S"i  a'"-    See  Moon.  of  the  Spits  or  InOruments  ufcd  by  the  Anticnrs  in  roaiting 

Lunar  Periodical  Month  is  the  Space  of  time  wherein  the  Fleih  of  their  Sacrifices,    which  they  call'd  Oie/e.% 

the  Moon  makes  her  round  thro'  the  Zodiac  ;  or  wherein  SeeOBELisK. 

ihe  returns  to  the  fame  Point.    See  I'liiiioDicAL.  The  Monument,  abfolutely  fo  call'd  among  us,  de- 

The  Quantity  of  this  Momh  is  zj  days,  7  h.  43'.  8'.  notes  a  Magnificent  Pillar  erected  by  Order  of  Parliament, 

The  antient  I<o;wi7;;i  made  ufc  of  Lunar  Mo7ir/jj,  and  made  in  Memory  of  the  Burning  of  the  City,  Jnno  i(55tf,  in 

*em  alternately  of       and  30  Days.    They  mark'd  the  the  very  place  where  the  Fire  began. 

Days  of  each  Moj^th  by  three  Terms,  viz.  Calends,  Nones,  It  is  of  the  Tufcan  Order,   202  Foot  high  from  the 

and  We:-    See  Calends,  Nones,  £yc.  Ground,  and  15  Foot  in  Diameter,  all  oi  CoU^  Portland 

Limar  Illuminative  Month,  is  the  Space  from  the  firft  Stone,  with  a  Stair-Cafe  in  the  Middle  of  black  Marble, 
time  of  her  Appearance  after  New  Moon,  to  her  firil  Ap- 


pearance after  the  New  Moon  following. 

Hence,  as  the  Moon  appears  fometimes  fooner  after 
the  New  Moon,  and  fometimes  later  5  the  Quantity  of 
the  lllaminati-zie  Month  is  not  always  the  fame. 

By  this  Month  the  Turks  and  yfrnhs  go. 

JJlronomical ,  or  N.itivral  Month,  is  that  meafuredby  fome  Syllogism, 
exaft  Interval  correfponding  ro  the  Motion  of  the  Sun,  or        By  proper  Difpofition, 
Moon. 

Such  are  the  Lunar  and  So\av  Months  above-mentioned. 
Where  note,  That  thcfe  Months  can  be  of  no  ufc  in  Civil 
Life  i  where  it  is  requir'd  that  the  Months  begin  and  end 
on  fome  certain  day.  For  this  reafon  recourfc  is  ban  to 
another  form  of  Months. 

Ciz'il,  or  Commm  Month,  is  an  interval  ofa  certain  num- 
ber of  whole  Days,  approaching  nearly  to  the  Qu.intity 
of  fome  Aflronomical,  either  Lunar,  or  Solar .^o«[/i.  See 


I'he  Pedeflal  is  11  Foot  ffjuare,  and  40  high  5  the  Front 
being  enrich'd  with  CLrious  Baffo  Relievo's. 
MONY.    See  Money. 

MOOD,  or  Mode,  in  Logic,  call'd  alfo  Syllagiflic 
Mood,  is  a  proper  Difpofition  of  the  fcveral  Propofitions 
of  aSyllogifm,  in  refped  of  Quantity  and  Quality.  See 


we  mean  fuch  wherein  the  Ante- 
cedent being  true,  the  Confcquent,  in  virtue  of  the  Form, 
cannot  befalfe.  Sj  that  all  thofe  Moods  or  Manners  of  Syllo- 
gilmswte  at  once  excluded,  where  no  Conclufion  formally 
follows ;  or  where  the  Antecedent  being  true,  a  falfe  Con- 
clufion may  be  drawn  from  it.    See  Concloeion,  £5ff. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Moods  ;  the  one  direct,  (the 
other  indireft  :  Dtre.cl  Mood  is  thai  wherein  the  Conclufion 
is  drawn  from  the  Premiffes  diredlly  and  immediately  j  as. 
Every  Animal  is  a  living  Thing  i  every  Man  is  an  Animal  ; 


Day. 

Thefe  CivilMonths  are  various,  according  to  the  Aflro- 
nomical Mi^nth  they  I'-re  accommodated  to. 

Cif'/ Months  are  to  confiif  alternately  of  29  and 
50  Days.  Thus  will  two  Civil  Months  be  equal  to  two  A- 
flronomical  ones,  abating  for  the  odd  Minutes.  And,  con- 
fequently  the  New  Moon  will  be  hereby  kept  to  the  firll 
Day  of  each  fuch  Civil  Month  {or  ^Xo-ng  time  together. 

However,  lo  make  'cm  keep  conllant  Pace  with  the  O^ii/ 
Months,  at  the  end  of  each  ^'i  Months,  a  jTfowr/?  of  29  days 

jnuft  be  added  j  or  elfc  every  55d  MoHti  muit  coniiit  of  for  ihar  purpofc,  viz.'  i.  Barki 
50  days.  4.  baialip,  Celantes,  Dahitis,  Fa^ef. 


This  was  the  Mojtth  in  Civil,  or  Common  Ufe  among  the  Cameft} 
l^ews,  Greeks,  ixn^Romans,  till  the  timeof3«//«i  C^^r 

Civil  Solar  Months  are  to  confift  alternately  ot  30  and 
51  Days ;  excepting  for  one  Month  of  the  twelve,  which 
for  every  fourth  ^ear  /liould  confifl  of  30  Days,  and  the 
other  Years  of  29. 

This  Form  of  Civil  Months  was  introduced  by  Julius  Ctefar. 

Under  AtiguJhiS^  the  fixth  Month,  till  then  from  its  place 
call'd  Sextilis,  was  denominated  ^imtjius.  In  honour  of  hat 
Prince,  and  to  make  the  Compliment  yet  greater,  a  Day 
was  added  to  it.  So  that  it  now  confiiled  of  31  Daja,  tho 
till  then  if  had  only  concain'd  5c.  To  make  up  for  which, 
a  Day  was  taken  from  I'ebmary  ;   fo  that  henceforward 


therefore  every  Man  is  a  living  Thing. ' 

An  hidiretJ  Mood,  Is  that  wherein  the  Conclufion  is  not  in- 
ferr'd  immediately  from  the  FremilTes,  but  follows  from  'em 
by  means  ot  a  Converfion.  As  every  Animal  is  a  living 
Thing,  every  Man  is  an  Animal  ;  therefore  fome  living 
Thmt!  IS  a  Man. 

There  are  fourteen  dire£tilfooi/j;  whereof  four  belong  to 
the  firlt  Figure  ,  five  to  the  fourth  ;  4  to  the  2d  ;  and  6  to 
the  3d.    See  Fig ure. 

They  are  denoted  by  fo  many  artificial  Words  framed 
'.darent,  Darii,  Perioqi 
,    Frijejom.    2.  Cefare, 


Fefrmo,  Baroco,    3.  Dara^ti,  Fela^on,  Difan 
Datiji,  tiocardo,  Ferifon. 

The  Ufe  andEffe£l  of  which  Words  lie  wholly  in  the 
Syllables,  and  the  Letters  whereof  the  Syllables  confift. 
Eai-h  Word,  t.  y.  confilfs  of  three  Syllables,  denoting  the 
three  Propofitions  of  a  Syllable,  viz.  Major,  Minor,  and 
Conclufion.  Add,  that  the  Letters  of  each  Syllable  are 
cither  Vowels  or  Cunfonants.  The  Voivels  arc  y^,  which 
denotes  an  univerfal  affirmative  Propofition  ;  £,  an  univer- 
fal  Negative  ;  I,  a  particular  Affirmative  j  and  0,  a  par- 
ticular Negative. 

Thus  Barbara  is  aSyllogifm  of  the  ift  Figure,  confifting 
of  three  univerfal  affirmative  Propofitions  :  Baralip  of  the 


ly  confifted  of  18  Days,   and  every  third  Year  of   4th  Figure,  confiiting  of  univerfal  affirmative  Prcmifles,  gj'c. 


S9 


tho  before  it  had  ordinarily  confiiled  of  29  Days, 


And  fuch  are  the  Civil  or  Calendar  Months  which  now  ob- 
tain thro'  Eurijpe.    See  Calendar. 

Fhilofopbical  Mou'rn,  among  Chymil^s,  is  the  fpace  of 
40  Days  and  Nights.    See  Menstruum. 
Monthly  Courfcs,   fee  Menses. 


MONT-PAGNEL, 


1  m: 


particular  affirmative  Conclufions,  l^c.  See  Barcara, 
Celarent,  Darii,  ^c. 

Ihe  Confonants  are  chiefly  of  ufe  in  the  Reduction  of 
Syllogifras,    Sec  Reduction- 

Mood  or  Mo^f,  in  Grammar,  is  ufed  to  fignify  the  diffe- 
rent Manners  of  conjugating  Verbs,  agreeably  to  the  diffe- 
rent Actions  or  Affetlrtions  to  be  expreffed,  e.  /hewing, 


cbofe  without  the  reach  of  the  Cannon  of  a  Place  befieged, 
where  curious  Perfonspofl  themfelves  to  fee  an  Attack,  antl 
the  manner  ot  the  Siege,  without  being  expofed  to  danger. 

The  Word  literally  denotes  the  Pofl  of  the  Invulne- 
rable. 

MONUMENT  in  Architeflure,  a  Building  deflin'd  to 
prefcrve  the  Memory,  ^c.  of  the  Perfon  who  rais'd  it,  or 
for  whom  it  was  rais'd. 

Such  is  a  Triumphal  Arch,  a  Maufoleum,  a  Pyramid, 
^c.    See  Mausoleum, 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Monere,  to  advife,  and 
advertize. 

The  firft  Mo?»twe«n  which  the  Anticnts  erefled,  were 
the  Stones  which  they  laid  over  their  Tombs,  whereon 


itary  Matters,  an  Eminence    commanding,  wifliing,  £f;c.    See  Ver 


Hence  arife  5  Modes,  viz-  the  Indicative,  Imperative,  Op- 
tative,  SuhjutiBive,  and  Injinitive.  See  Indicative,  Im- 
perative, Optative, 

Some  Grammarians  reckon  but  four  Modes,  confounding 
the  Optative  with  the  Subjunitivc  ;  and  fome  make  fix, 
dividing  the  Optative  into  Potential  and  Optative. 

The  Greeks  have  five  ATodcs  of  Verbs  differing  in  Termi- 
nation J  but  the  Latinshave  but  four. 

In  En^ijli  the  Terminations  are  the  fame  in  all  the  Modes. 
For  the  Origin  of  Modes,  it  may  be  obferved,  that 
Verbs  are  of  that  kind  of  Words  which  fignify  the  Manner 
and  Form  of  our  Thoughts  ;  whereof  the  Principal  is  Affir- 
mation. Verbs  are  alfo  form'd  to  receive  different  Inflec- 
tions, as  the  Affirmation  regards  different  Perfons  and  diffe- 


they  wrote  the  Names  and  Aflions  of  the  deceas'd.  See  rent  Times,  whence  arife  theTenfes  and  Perfons  of  Verbs. 
Tomb.                               -n     l  But  befides  thefe,  Men  have  thought  fit  to  invent  other 

Thefe  Stones  were  diflingui/h'd  by  various  Names  ac-  Infleaions,  to  explain  what  pafs'd  in  their  Mind  flill  more 

ccording  as  their  Figures  were  different.    The  Grcel-s  gave  diltinaiy  :    For,  in  the  firft  place,  they  confider'd,  that 

the  Name  Steles  to  fuch  as  w^ere  Square  in  their  Bafe,  and  befide  the  fimple  Affirmations,  as  he  loves,  he  loved,  there 

pri-fcrv'd  the  fame  Dt;pth  throughout  their  whole  Length  ;  wereothers  modified  and  conditional,  as,  //  he  h-jcd,  tho* 

whence  were  deriv'd  our  Square  Pilaflers,  or  Attic  Co-  he  fioidd  love.    And  the  better  to  diftinguifli  thefe  Affir- 

lumns.   SeePiLASTEa.  mations  from  the  others,  they  doubled  the  Inflexions  of 

thofe 


Moo 


thofc  Tenfes,  or  Times,  making  fomc  ferve  for  fimple 
Affirmarions,  as  /ow,  /o'aerf;  and  referving  tlie  reii  for 
Aftirnriationsthat  were  modified  ;  as,  //  be  Jkould  love,  mi^ht 
he  buve  Uz-cd  :  yet  they  kept  not  If  cad  11  y  to  their  Rates, 
but  funictiiTics  ma.de  ufe  ot  fimple  Infleflions  to  exprefs 
Affirmations  that  were  modified  5  as  etf:  I'treor,  for  etfi 
■■jerear.  And  !t  is  from  this  iait  Itiud  of  JnileCliun,  that 
Grammarians  have  formed  Mood  they  coW  SuhitinBtve. 
See  Subjunctive. 

But  further,  befides  the  Affirmation,  tha  Aflion  of  our 
Wiii  may  be  laken  for  a  Mof/e,  or  Manner  of  cur  Thought  ; 
snd  Mpd  have  found  themfcivL-s  under  3  JN'eceffity  of  ex- 
prtffing  what  ihey  ti?j7/,  as  well  as  what  they  Now 
we  may  wiil  a  ihing  in  ft;  vera]  nianncrs  ;  whereof  there  are 
three  which  may  be  conUder'tl  as  the  Principal.  Fnji^  then, 
We  fomctimes  will  things  which  don't  depend  on  ourfelves, 
and  in  that  cafe  we  only  wiil  them  by  a  bare  wi/h,  which 
the  Latim  exprefs  by  the  Fariicle  Ctimrm  ;  and  we  by, 
Tkafe  God.  Some  Languages,  as  for  in  it  an  cc,  the  Greeks 
have  invcnied  particular  Inlle6iions  fur  this  end  3  whence 
the  Grammarians  have  taken  occafion  to  call  it  the  Opta- 
tive jifofi'c :  And  there  feems  fomcihing  like  both  in  the 
trench,  Italian,  and  Sj>amjh  Tongues,  in  regard  rhefe  ha^e 
a  kind  of  triple  Tenfes  j  but  in  Lmiin,  Enghji-,  ^i-.  ihe  fame 
Infiet^ions  fcrve  for  the  Subjumftive,  and  foi  the  Optative. 
For  thisrealon,  one  may  very  well  retrench  thii  M<id(:  from 
the  Latin  Conjugations  5  it  being  the  <!'fFt.rcnt  Fnfiedions 
that  make  A.of/a,  not  riic  different  Manr.r  of  lignifying, 
which  may  be  varied  to  infiniiy.    See  Optative. 

We  fometimes  will  in  another  manner;  when  wc  arc 
content  it  fhuuld  pafs,  tho' we  don't  abfolutely  deiire  it  ; 
as  when  Ter(r77te  fays,  Pi-ofudat^perditt,  fereat,  let  him  fpcud, 
fink,  peri/li.  Men  mighr  have  invented  a  particular  In- 
flciftion,  to  exprefs  this  Movement,  as  in  Greek  they  have 
done  to  cxprels  a  limple  Delirc.  But  they  han't  done  it  5 
and  in  lieu  thereof,  make  ul'c  of  the  Subjunctive  \nEn:- 
lijhvjc  add  ihePartick,  Let  him  fpeiid,  ^c.  Some  Au- 
thcts  call  this  the  Poioituil  or  Ccnceffive  Mods. 

Tiie  third  manner  ot  willing,  h  when  wluit  we  defirc, 
depending  on  another  Pcifon,  of  whom  wc  can  obtain  it, 
we  iignify  our  Will  that  he  do  it.  And  this  is  the  Motion 
we  ufc,  when  we  command  or  pray  ;  anil  to  exfrcfs  this 
Motion,  was  invented  the  Mt-t/s  we  call /jk^c  .it/oe  ;  which 
has  no  firft  Perfon  in  the  Singular,  becauft-  a  M;m.  properly 
fpeaklng,  cannot  command  himlelf :  In  fome  Langua^'Ss  it 
has  no  third  Perfon,  becaufe,  in  ftriftncfs,  a  Man  cannot 
command  any  Perfon,  but  him  to  whom  he  fpcaks  and  ad- 
drelfes  himfelf.  And  in  regard  the  t.ommand  of  Prayer 
always  relates  to  what  is  to  come,  ir  bapj  ens  that  the  Im- 
perative Mode,  and  the  Future  Tenfe,  are  ficriucncly  ufed 
for  each  other,  efpecially  in  the  heh-ezv  ^  as,  mo;?  acades, 
thou  p.~Jt  not  hill,  for  do  not  hill.  Hence  fome  Gramm:i- 
rians  place  the  loipcrative  among  the  Number  of  Fu- 
tures.   See  Imperative. 

Ot  all  the  Modes  we  have  m.ention'd,  the  Orlenti'  Lan- 
guages have  ncne  but  the  lati,  which  is  the  Impei'iiuve  ; 
and  on  the  contrary,  the  rnndern  Languages  have  ntir.r  of 
them  any  particular  Inflexion  for  the  Imperative.  The 
Method  we  take  for  it  in  Ejiglifj,  is  either  to  ooiit  tho 
Pronoun,  ot  tranfpofc  it ;  thus,  I  love,  is  a  iimple  Affirma- 
tion i  Lore,  an  Imperative:  We  love  ^  an  Affirmation;  Lone 
sue,  an  Imperative. 

MOOD,  in  Philofophv,  >  „ 

MOOP,  in  Mufic,        '   S^^^  I^'ODE. 

MOON,  Ltaia,  y,  in  Aiironomy,  «ne  of  the  heavenly 
Bodies,  ufually  rank'd  among  the  Planets ;  but  with  more 
proj-'ricty  accounted  a  Satellite,  or  fecundary  Planet.  See 
Planet  snd  Satellite. 

The  Mon  is  an  Attendant  of  our  Earth,  whom  fhe  re- 
fpeds  as  a  Centre,  and  in  whofe  Neighbourhood  flie  is 
conllantly  found  j  infomuch  as  if  vlew'd  from  the  Sun,  fhe 
would  never  appear  to  depart  trom  us  by  an  Angle  greater 
than  ten  Minutes.    See  Earth. 

As  all  the  other  Planets  move  primarily  round  the  Sun 
fo  does  the  Moon  round  the  Earth  :  her  Orbit  is  an  Ellip- 
lis,  in  which  fiie  is  rerain'd  by  the  Force  of  Gravity  ;  per- 
forming her  Revolution  round  u.s  in  27  Days,  7  Hours,  45 
Minutesi  which  is  alfo  the  precife  time  of  her  Rotation 
round  her  Axis.    See  Okbit,  and  Revolution. 

The  mean  Diilance  of  the  Moon  from  the  Earth,  is  6ci 
Semi-diam&ters  of  the  Earth  ;  which  is  ecjuivalent  to 
240, occ  Miles.    See  Distance. 

The  mean  Excentricity  of  its  Orbit,  is  rUs  of  its  mean 
Diftance,  which  makes  a  confiderable  "Variation  in  that 
mean  Dillance.    Sec  Eccents-icity. 

The  Moon's  Diameter  is  to  that  of  the  Earth,  as  11  to 
4c. 2  j  or  2175  Miles  :  Its  mean  apparent  D'ameter  is  ;i 
Minutes  i-ji,  and  that  of  the  Sun  52  Minutes  11  Seconds. 
See  Di-^METER  and  Semi-diameter. 

The  Moon'^  Surface  contains  14,000,000  fquare  Miles  ; 
and  itsSoliditV  5,000,000,000  cubical  tines  :  The  Denfity 
of  the  Moon's  Body  is  to  that  of  the  Earth,  as  4^^511  to 


MOO 


3;)ii4.,  to  that  of  rhe  Sun  as  4891 1  to  looco  :  Its  Quan- 
tity  of  Matter  to  that  of  the  Earth,  nearly  as  i  to  55.1;  : 
and  the  Force  of  Gravity  on  its  Surface,  is  to  rhat  on  the 
Surface  of  tho  Earth,  asi3<).i  10407.8.  See  Solidity, 
Density,  Gravity,  ^c. 

Tb^uomeiia  of  ihs  Moon. 

The  Phajnomena  or  different  Appearances,  of  the  Moow, 
are  Yery  numerous:  Sometimes  flic  is  incrcafijtg,  then 
w.tneir.g;  fometimes  horned,  xhtn  femi- circdar ;  fometimes 
then /»»  and  !;/oW«r.    See  Thases. 

Sometimes,  a.gain,  fte  illumines  us  the  whole  Night; 
fometimes  only  ■  part  of  it;  fometimes  /he  is  found  in  the 
Southern  Heroifphere  ;  (bmetimes  in  the  Northern  :  All 
which  Variations  having  been  firll  ubferv'd  by  Eiidym'wn, 
an  anticnt  Grecian,  who  firll  watch'd  her  Motions,  he  was 
fabled  to  have  fallen  in  love  with  her. 

The  Source  of  nioft  of  thefe  Appearances,  is,  that  the 
Moan  is  a  dark,  opake,  aid  fpherical  Body;  and  only 
ftiincs  with  the  Light  flic  receives  from  the  Sun :  whence 
only  that  Half  turr.'d  towards  him  is  illumin'd  ;  the  oppo- 
fite  one  remaining  in  its  native  Darknefs.  The  Face  of  the 
Mam  vilible  on  out  Earth,  is  that  part  of  her  Body  turn'd 
towards  the  Earth  j  whence,  according  to  the  various  Pofi- 
tions  of  the  .Moo,.-  with  regard  10  the  Sun,  and  Earth,  we 
•bferve  different  Degrees  of  Illumination ;  fometimes  i 
large,  and  l«mciimes  a  lefs  Portion  of  the  enlighten'd  Sur- 
face being  vifiblc. 

The  Tkijl;  af  the  Moon. 

To  conceive  the  Lunar  Phafes :  Let  S  (Plate  Astko- 
NOMY,  fig.15.;)  reprcfcnt  the  Sun,  T  the  Earth,  RTS  a 
Porttonofthe  Earth's  Dibit,  and  AECDEFG  the  Orbic 
ot  the  Maan,  wherein  (lie  revolves  round  the  Earth,  in  the 
fpace  of  a  Month,  advancing  from  Well  to  Eaft  ;  Connedl 
the  Centres  of  the  Sun  and  Mmx  by  the  right  Line  SL, 
and  thro  the  Ccmtc  of  the  Mam  imagine  a  Plane  M  L  N, 
to  pals  porpendicular  to  the  Line  S  L :  the  Seflion  of  that 
Plane  with  th«  Surface  of  the  Moos,  will  give  the  Lma 
that  Immds  Light  ,i„d  Darknefs,  and  fcparalcs  the  illumin'd 
Face  from  the  dark  one.    See  Illumination. 

Conneft  -he  Centres  of  tlie  Earth  and  iUoon  by  TL,  per- 
pendicular to  a  Plane  PLO,  paffing  thro  the  Centre  of  tho 
iVoc!; ;  that  Plane  will  give  on  the  Sur&ce  of  the  Maon,  the 
Circle  that  dii'iinguiflies  the  vifibie  Hemifphere,  or  that 
toward,,  us,  from  tlie  inviiiblc  one,  and  therefore  call'd 
the  Circle  of ^  Vipan.    See  Circle  of  Vision. 

VVhcnce  it  appears,  that  whenever  the  Moon  is  in  A,  the 
Circle  bounding  Light  and  Darknefs,  and  the  Circle  of 
Vihon,  coincide:  So  that  all  the  illumin'd  Face  of  the 
M««ti  will  be  turn'd  towards  the  Earth  ;  in  which  Cafe,  the 
Moon  is  with  refpcfl  to  usfii//,  and  /hines  the  whole  Niaht  5 
with  refpeS  to  the  Sun,  (he  is  in  Offofit'mi;  in  regard  the 
Sun  and  AfooB  arc  then  fcen  in  oppoiile  Parts  of  the  Hea- 
vens, the  one  tifing  when  the  other  fets.  See  Full  Moon 
and  Opposition. 

When  the  Moan  arrives  at  B,  the  whole  illumin'd  Disk 
M  P  N  is  not  turn'd  towards  the  Earth  i  i'o  that  the  vifible 
niun>ination  will  be  (hort  of  a  Circle,  and  tho  Moon  will 
app»ar  siiimo,  as  in  B.    See  Gibbous, 

When  (lie  reaches  C,  where  the  Angle  CTS  is  nearly 
right,  there  only  one  half  of  the  iUutiiin'd  Disk  is  turn'd 
towards  the  Earth,  and  then  we  obferve  a  Half  Moon,  as  ia 
C;  and  (he  is  faid  to  be  dichotomized  01  Ujjccled.  See  Half 
Moon  and  Dichotomy. 

In  this  Situation  the  Sun  and  Mook  are  a  fourth  part  of  a 
Circle  remov'd  from  each  other  ;  and  the  Moan  is  faid  to 
be  in  a  quadrate  JffeB,  or  to  be  in  her  gi"!*at«re.  See 
Quadratures. 

The  iVooii  arriving  at  D,  a  fmall  part  of  the  illumin'd 
Face  M  P  N,  is  only  turn'd  towards  the  Earth  :  for  which 
reafon,  the  Imall  part  that  (hines  upon  us, will  bo  feen 
falcated,  or  bent  into  narrow  Angles  or  Horns,  as  in  D.  See 
Falcated, 

At  laft,  the  Moan  arriving  at  E,  (hews  no  part  of  het 
illu  min'd  Face  to  the  Earth,  as  in  D  ;  this  Pofition  we  call 
the  Kew  Moan,  and  file  is  then  faid  to  be  in  CaujunSion  with 
the  Sun  ;  the  Sun  and  Mo««  being  in  the  fame  Point  of  the 
Ecliptic.    Sec  New  Moon,  and  Conjunction. 

As  the  Moon  advances  towards  E,  (lie  rcfumes  her  Horns  ; 
and  as  before  the  Nezn  Moon,  the  Horns  were  turn'd  Weft- 
waril ;  fo  now  they  change  their  Pofuion,  and  look  Eaft- 
ward  :  when  (fie  comei  at  G,  (lie  is  again  in  quadrate  Jf. 
feS  with  the  Sun  ;  in  H  jiijoat,  and  in  A  again  fall. 

Heie,  the  Atch  E  L,  or  the  Angle  STL,  contain'd  un- 
der Lines  drawn  from  the  Centres  of  the  Sun  and  Moon  to 
that  of  the  Earth,  is  call'd  the  Elongation  of  the  Maon 
froni  the  Sun :  and  the  Arch  M  O,  which  is  the  Portion  of 
the  illumin'd  Circle  M  O  N,  that  is  turn'd  towards  us,  and 
which  is  the  Meafure  of  the  Angle  that  the  Circle  bound- 
ing Light  and  Darknefs,  and  the  Circle  of  Vifion,  make 
with  each  other,  is  every  where  nearly  fimilar  to  the  Arch 

of 


MOO 


(  ^7^  ) 


MOO 


of  Elongation  E  L  ;  or  which  Is  the  fame  tUinp,  the  Angle 
S  T  E  IS  nearly  equal  to  the  Angle  M  L  O  ;  as  is  demon- 
llrated  by  Gcomeiers.    See  Elongation. 

Ta  dehncats  the  Mooit's  Fhajei  for  any  time.  Let  the 
Circle  C  O  B  P  ffig.  14.)  reprefent  the  Moon's  Disk  turn'd  to- 
wards the  Earth,  and  let  OP  be  the  Lines  in  which  the 
Semi-circle  O  M  P  Is  projeaed,  which  fuppofe  cut  at  right 
Angles  by  the  Diameter  B  C  ;  then  making  LP  the  Ra- 
dius, take  L  F  equal  to  the  Co-fine  of  the  Elongation  of 
the  Umt;  and  upon  B  C,  as  the  greater  Axis,  and  LI, 
the  lefs,  defcnbe  the  Semi-EUipfis  B  F  C  j  this  Eliipfis 
will  cut  off  from  the  Moow'j  Disk  the  Portion  BE  CP  of 
the  illumin'd  Face  vifible  on  the  Earih. 

As  the  Moo7i  illumines  the  Earth  by  a  Light  refieaed 
from  the  Sun,  fo  is  ihe  reciprocally  illumin'd  by  the  Earth, 
which  refteas  the  Sun's  Rays  to  rhe  Surface  of  the  Moo>7^ 
and  that  more  abundiintly  than  ihe  receives  them  from  the 
Moon.  For  the  Surface  of  the  Earth  is  above  15  times 
greater  than  that  of  the  Mio7z  i  and  therefore  fuppofing  the 
Texture  of  each  Body  alike,  as  to  the  Power  of  Rcfleding  ; 
the  Earth  muft  return  i  5  times  more  Light  to  the  Moan, 
than  file  receives  from  it.  In  Neio  M-jo/is,  the  illumined 
Side  of  the  Earth  is  turn'd  fully  towards  the  Mnon,  and 
will  therefore  at  chat  time  illumine  the  dark  Side  of  rhe 
Moo7i  ■■}  and  then  the  Limar  Inhabitants  (if  fuch  there  be^ 
will  have  a  full  Earth,  as  we,  in  a  fimilar  Pofition,  have  a 
full  M'-on  :  And  hence  arifes  that  dim  Light  obferv'd  in 
the  Old  and  New  Moojis^  whereby,  befides  the  bright 
Horns,  we  perceive  fomcwhat  more  ot  her  Body  behind 
them,  tho  very  obfcurely.  When  the  Muo'i  comes  to  be 
in  oppofitiun  to  the  Sun,  the  Earth  fecn  froin  the  Moo}i 
will  appear  in  Co7ij»;;ff(o«  with  him,  and  its  dark  Side  will 
be  turn'd  towards  the  Moon  ;  in  which  Pofition  the  Earth 
will  difappear  to  the  Moon,  as  that  does  to  us  at  the  time 
of  the  New  jl/yo//,  or  in  her  Conjunaion  with  the  Sun. 
After  this,  the  Litfrar  Inhabitants  will  fee  rhe  Earth  In  a 
horned  Tigurc.  in  fine,  the  Eartn  will  prefcnt  all  the  fame 
Thafes  to  the  Moon,  as  the  Mo<in  does  to  the  Earth. 

Dr.  Hool',  accounting  for  the  Reafon  why  the  AToon's  Light 
affords  no'vifibie  Heat,  obferves,  that  the  Quannty  of 
Liaht  which  falls  on  the  Hemlfphere  of  the  full  Mooft,  is 
rarlfy'd  into  a  Sphere  ;B8  times  greater  In  Diameurthan  the 
Moon,  e'er  ir  arrive  at  us  ;  andconfequentiy  that  the  Jvhsn's 
Li«ht'  is  104^68  weaki  r  than  that  of  the  Sun,  It  would 
therefore  require  10436S  fuH  Woo «^  to  give  a  Light  and 
Heat  equal  to  that  of  the  Sun  at  Noon.   See  Sun,  Heat, 

Viotkn  of  the  Moon. 
Tho'  the  lioon  finiflies  Its  Courfe  in  27  Days,  7  Hours, 
which  Interval  we  call  a  Periodical  Month,  ihe  is  longer  in 
pafling  from  one  Coniunaion  to  another  j  which  Space  we 
call  a  Symdlcal  Mm'ih,  or  a.  Lmatiov.  See  Month  and 
Lunation. 

The  reafon  is,  that  while  the  Moo»  is  performing  its 
Courfe  round  the  Earth  in  its  own  Orbit,  the  Earth  with 
its  Attendant  is  making  its  Progrcfs  round  the  Sun,  and 
both  are  advanced  almoft  a  whole  Sign  towards  the  Ealt  j 
fo  that  the  Point  of  the  Orbir,  which  in  the  former  Pofition 
was  in  a  right  Line  paffing  the  Centres  of  the  Earth  and 
Sun,  is  now  more  welkrly  than  the  Sun:  and  therefore 
when  the  Moo«  is  arrived  again  at  that  Point,  it  will  not  be 
yet  feen  In  Conjunaion  with  the  Sun  ;  nor  will  the  Luna- 
tion be  compleated  in  lefs  than  29  Days  and  a  half.  See 
Periodical,  Synodical,  iSc- 

Were  the  Plane  of  the  Mooh'j-  Orbit  coincident  with  the 
Plane  of  the  Ecliptic,  i.  e.  were  the  Earth  and  M0071  both 
moved  in  the  fame  Plane,  the  Moon's  Way  in  the  Heavens, 
view'd  from  the  Earth,  would  appear  jul^  the  fame  with 
that  of  the  Sun  ;  with  this  only  difference,  that  the  Sun 
would  be  found  to  defcribe  his  Circle  in  the  fpace  of  a 
Tear,  and  the  Moon  hers  in  nMenrh:  but  this  is  not  the 
Cafe  ;  for  the  two  Planes  cut  each  other  in  a  right  Line, 
paffing  thro  the  Centre  of  the  Earth,  and  are  inclin'd  to 
each  other  in  an  Angle  of  about  five  Degrees.  See  Incli- 
nation. 

Suppofe,  e.g.  AB  (fig.  15.)  a  Portion  of  the  Earth's  Or- 
bit ;  T  the  Earth ;  and  C  E  D  F  the  Moons  Orbit,  wherein 
is  the  Centre  of  the  Earth  :  from  the  fame  Centre  T,  in 
the  Plane  of  the  Ecliptic,  defcribe  another  CDGDH, 
whofe  Semi-diameter  is  equal  to  that  of  the  Moon's  Orbit  : 
Now,  thefe  two  Circles  being  in  fevcral  Planes,  and  ha- 
ving the  fame  Centre  T,  will  interfea  each  other  In  a  Line 
DC,  paffing  thro  the  Centre  of  the  Earth.  Confequently, 
C  e'd,  one  half  of  the  Orbit  of  the  Moon,  will  be  raifed 
aVcve'rhe  Plane  of  the  Circle  CG  H,  towards  the  North  i 
and  D  F  C,  the  other  half,  will.  be.  funk  below  ir  towards 
the  South.  The  right  Line  DC,  wherein  the  two  Circles 
inteifea  each  other,  is  call'd  the  Line  of  the  Nodes,  and  the 
Pninrs  of  the  Ai.sles  C  and  D  the  Nodes:  whereof,  that 
where  the  Moo«  afcends  above  the  Plane  of  the  Ecliptic, 
Northwards,  is  call'd  the  y^fcendrng  Node,  and  the  Head  of 


the  Dru'ipyi  5  and  the  other  D,  the  Vefcending  Node,  and  rhe 
Vraioji's  'XvuL  See  jNode.  And  the  Interval  of  Time  be- 
tween  the  Moon'i  going  from  the  afcending  Node,  and  re- 
turning to  ir,  a  Dracontic  Month.  See  Dragon's  jyei/t/j^c. 
Dracontic  Mlomh,  ISc. 

If  the  Line  of  the  Nodes  were  imihoveable,  that  is,  if 
it  had  no  other  Motion,  bur  that  whereby  it  is  carry 'd  round 
the  Sun,  it  would  flill  look  towards  the  fame  Point  of  the 
Ecliptic,  !.e.  would  always  keep  parallel  to  itfelf  j  but  it  is 
found  by  Obfervation,  that  the  Line  of  the  Nodes  conltantly 
changes  place,  and  fiiifts  its  Situation  from  Eail  tu  Weft 
contrary  to  the  Order  of  the  Signs,  and  by  a  Retrograde 
Motion,  finifhes  its  Circuit  in  about  19  Years ;  iu  which 
time  each  of  the  Nodes  returns  to  that  Point  of  the  Eclip- 
tic, whence  it  before  receded.    See  Cycle. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  the  Moon  is  never  precifely  in  the 
Ecliptic,  but  twice,  each  Period,  -dtz.  when  flie  is  in  the 
Nodes  :  throughout  the  reft  of  her  Courfe  fhe  deviates 
from  it,  being  nearer  or  further  from  the  Ecliptic,  as  ftie 
is  nearer  or  further  from  the  Nodes.  In  the  Points  F  and 
E,  file  is  at  her  greateit  Diltance  from  the  Nodes  j  which 
Points  are  call'd  her  Limits.    See  Limits. 

'I  he  Moon's  Didance  from  the  Nodes,  or  rather  from  the 
Ecliptic,  is  call'd  her  Latitude,  which  is  meafur'd  by  an 
Arch  of  a  Circle  drawn  thro  the  Moon  perpendicular  to  the 
Ecliptic,  and  intercepted  between  the  Moo7t  and  the  Eclip- 
tic. The  Moon's  Latitude,  when  at  the  greateif,  as  in  E 
or  F,  never  exceeds  5  Degrees,  and  about  lii  Minures, 
which  /..atiiude  Is  the  Meafure  of  the  Angles  at  the  Nodes. 
See  Latitude. 

It  appears  by  Obfervation,  that  the  Moon's  Diftance  from 
the  Earth  Is  continually  changing  ;  and  that  fiie  is  always 
either  drav/Ing  nearer,  or  going  further  from  us.  The  rea- 
fon Is  this,  that  the  Moon  does  nor  move  in  a  circular  Or- 
bir, which  has  the  Earth  for  its  Centre;  but  in  an  Elliptic 
Orbit  (fuch  as  is  reprcfented  in  Fig.  i^.^  one  of  whofe  Foci 
is  ttie  Center  of  the  Earth  ;  A  P  rcprelents  the  greater  Jxis 
of  the  EUipfis,  and  the  Line  of  the  ^/Jidest,  and  TC,  the 
Eccentricity:  the  Point  A,  which  is  the  higheft  Apfis,  is 
call'd  the  Jfogee  of  the  Moo/i ;  and  P,  the  loweft  Apfis,  is 
the  Moon's  Pen^ee,  or  the  Point  wherein  /he  comes  neareft: 
the  Earth*    Sec  Apogee  and  Perigee. 

The  Space  of  Time  wherein  the  Muoh,  going  from  the 
Apogee,  returns  to  it  again,  is  call'd  the  Jnomalifiic  Month, 
See  Anomalistic. 

If  the  Moon's  Orbit  had  no  other  Motion,  but  that 
wherewith  it  is  carry'd  round  the  Sun,  it  would  ftill  retain 
a  Pofition  parallel  to  itfelf,  and  always  point  the  fame  way, 
and  be  obferv'd  in  the  fame  Point  of  the  Ecliptic;  but 
the  Line  of  the  Apfides  Is  iikewifc  obferv'd  to  be  move- 
able, and  to  have  an  angular  Motion  round  the  Earth  from. 
Weft  to  Eaft,  according  to  the  Order  of  the  Signs,  re- 
turning to  the  fame  Situation  in  the  fpace  of  about  nine 
"Years.    See  Angular  Motion  and  Apsides. 

Irregularities  in  the  Moon's  Motion. 

The  Irregularities  of  the  Moo;; 'i  Motion,  and  that  of  her 
Orbit,  are  very  confiderable  :  For,  i.  When  the  Earth  Is 
in  her  Aphelion,  the  Moon  is  in  her  Aphelion  likewlfe ;  in 
which  cafe  fiie  quickens  her  Pace,  and  performs  her  Cir- 
cuit In  a  fiiorter  time  :  On  the  contrary,  when  the  Earth 
is  in  its  Perihelion,  the  Moon  is  fo  too,  and  then  file  flac- 
kens  her  Motion  b  and  thus  revolves  round  the  Earth  in  a 
fiiorter  fpace,  when  the  Earth  is  In  her  Aphelion,  than 
when  In  her  Perihelion  :  So  that  the  Periodical  Months 
are  not  all  equal.    See  Periodical  Momh. 

2.  Again,  when  the  Moon  is  in  her  Syzy^ies,  i.e.  in  the 
Line  that  joins  the  Centers  of  the  Earth  and  Sun,  which  is 
either  in  her  Conjunaion  or  Oppofition  ;  fiie  moves  fvvlfter, 
ceteris  piirihus,  than  when  in  the  Quadratures.    See  Sy- 

ZYOIES. 

Further,  3.  According  to  the  different  Diftance  of  the 
Moo7i  from  the  Syzygles,  i.e.  from  Oppofition  or  Conjunc- 
tion, fhe  changes  her  Motion  :  In  the  firft  Chiarter,  that 
is,  from  the  Conjunaion  to  her  firft  Quadrature,  fiie  abates 
fomewhat  of  her  Velocity;  which,  in  the  fecond  Quarter, 
file  recovers:  In  the  third  Quarter,  fiie  again  lofes;  and 
in  the  laft,  again  recovers.  This  Inequality  was  firft 
difcover'd  hy  Tycho  Brahc,  who  call'd  it  the  Moon's  Varia- 
tion.   See  Variation. 

4.  Add  to  this,  that  the  Moon  moves  in  an  EUipfis,  one 
of  whofe  Foci  Is  in  ihe  Centre  of  the  Earth,  round  which 
fiie  defcribes  Areas  proportionable  to  the  Times,  as  the 
primary  Planets  do  round  the  Sun  ;  whence  her  Motion  in 
the  Perigee  muft  be  quickeft,  and  fioweft  in  the  Apo- 
gee. 

5.  The  very  Orbit  of  the  Mook  Is  changeable,  and  does 
not  always  perfevere  in  rhe  fame  Figure";  its  Ecceiitricity 
being  fometimes  Increas'd,  and  fometimes  diminifh'd  5 
greateft,  when  the  Line  of  Apfides  coincides  with  that  of 
theSyzygies;  and  leaft,  when  the  Line  of  Apfides  cuts  the 
other  at  right  Angles.   See  Orbit. 

6.  Nor 


MOO 


6.  Nur  is  rhe  Apogee  of  the  Moon  without  an  Irregularity  ; 
being  found  to  move  forwards,  when  if  coincides  with  the 
Line  (-(  S^z^gies,  and  baci.wan.ls,  wtien  it  cuts  the  Line 
at  right  Angles.  See  Apogee  ;  K'or  is  this  Progrefs  and 
Kcgrels  in  any  meafure  equal  :  in  the  CunjunCiion,  or  Op- 
pohtion,  it  goes  briskly  forwards  i  and  in  the  Quadratures, 
inovcs  either  ilowly  forwards,  liands  itill,  or  goes  back- 
ward.   See  Syzygies. 

7.  The  Morion  ot  the  Nodes  is  not  uniform  ;  but  when 
the  Line  of  the  Nodes  coincides  with  that  of  the  Syzygies, 
they  Hand  iliU  ;  when  the  Nodes  arc  in  (he  Quadratures, 
i.e.  when  iheir  Line  tuts  that  of  the  Syzygies  at  right  An  ■ 
gles,  they  go  backwards,  from  Eail  to  Wert  j  and  this, 
Sir  LNtisio]!  rtiews,  with  the  Velocity  of  16",  ly"',  24"", 
in  an  Hour.    Sec  Nope. 

The  only  equable  Motion  the  Moon  has,  is  that  where- 
with file  turns  round  her  Axis  exa£tly  in  the  fame  fpace  of 
T  ime,  in  which  /lie  revolves  round  us  in  her  Orbit  j  whence 
it  happens,  ihat  /he  always  turns  the  fame  Face  towards 
us. 

For,  as  the  Moon^s  Motion  round  its  Axis  is  equal,  and 
yet  its  Motion  or  Velocity  in  its  Orbit  is  unequal  ;  it  fol- 
loy.5,  that  when  the  is  in  its  Perigee,  where  it  moves 

Jwiltefl:  in  its  Orbit,  that  part  of  its  Surface,  which,  on  ac- 
count of  its  Motion  in  the  Orbir,  would  be  turn'd  from  the 
Earth,  is  not  fo,  entirely;  by  reafon  of  irs  Motion  round 
its  Axis  :  Thus,  Tome  I'arts  in  the  Limb,  or  Margin  of 
the  Mooj;,  fometimes  recede  from  the  Center  of  the  Disk, 
and  fometiiaies  approach  towards  it,  and  fome  Parts,  that 
were  before  iuvifible,  become  confpicuous :  which  is  call'd 
the  .Moojj'j  L^ibration. 

Yet  this  Equability  of  Rotation  occafions  an  apparent 
Irregularity  i  ior  the  Axis  of  the  Moo;?,  not  being  perpen- 
dicular to  the  Plane  of  its  Orbit,  but  a  little  inclined  to  it: 
and  this  Axis  maintaining  its  Parallelifm,  in  its  Motion 
round  the  Earth  ;  it  nmil  ncce/fatiiy  charge  its  Situation, 
in  refpeit  of  an  Obfcrver  on  the  Earth;  to  whom,  fome- 
times the  one,  and  fometimes  the  other  Pole  of  the  Moo«, 
becomes  vifible.  Whence  it  appears  to  have  a  kind  uf 
Libration.    See  Libratjon  and  Axis. 

Thyfical  Laws  of  the  Moon's  Motion. 

Thui  much  for  the  Limar  Fht-nomena  :  It  remains  that 
We  a/fign  the  Fhyfical  Caufe  thereof.  The  Moo",  we  have 
obferved,  moves  round  the  Earth,  by  the  fame  Laws,  and 
in  the  fame  Manner,  as  the  Earth  round  the  Sun  and  o- 
ther  Planets.  The  Solution  therefore  of  the  Lunar  Mo- 
tion, in  general,  comes  under  thofe  of  the  Earth,  and  other 
Planets.    See  Planet  and  Earth. 

As  for  the  particular  Irregularities  in  the  Moow'j  Motion, 
to  which  the  Earth,  and  other  Planets,  are  not  fubje£>, 
they  arife  from  the  Sun,  which  aSs  on,  and  dillurbs  her 
in  her  ordinary  Progrefs  thro  her  Orbit ;  and  are  all  me- 
chanically deduclble  from  the  fame  great  Law,  whereby 
her  general  Motion  is  direfled,  viz.  the  Law  of  Gravimtlon 
or  ylttfaffmn.    See  Gravitatiom. 

Other  fccondary  Planets,  v.  the  Satellites  of  Jifiter 
and  I  Km,  are  doubtk-fs  fubjcif  to  the  like  Irregularities 
with  the  Moon;  as  being  expofed  to  the  fame  perturbating 
or  dillurbing  Force  of  the  Sun  ;  but  their  Diiknce  fecures 
them  from  our  Obfervaiion.    See  Satellite  and  Di- 

STURJIING  Force. 

The  Laws  of  the  feveral  Irregularities  in  the  Syzygies, 
Quadrature!,  ^c,    fee  under  Syzygies,  Qy adratures. 

The  Jflron.imy  of  the  Moon. 

I.  To  determine  the  Period  of  the  Mooji^s  Revolution 
round  the  Earth,  or  the  Tr.riodical  Month  ;  and  the  I'ime 
between  one  Oppofttlun  and  another,  or  thtSymodical  Month  : 
/ince,  in  the  middle  of  a  Lunar  Eclipfe,  the  Moon  is 
oppolite  to  the  Sun:  (See  Eclitse.)  Compute  the 
time  between  two  Ecllpfes,  or  Oppofitions  ;  and  divide 
this,  by  the  number  of  Lunations,  that  have  pafled  in  the 
mean  time:  the  Quotient  will  be  the  Quantity  of  the  Sy- 
nodical  iMontb.—— Compute  the  Sun's  mean  Motion  du- 
ring the  time  of  the  Synodical  Month,  and  add  this  to  the 
entire  Circle  dcfcribed  by  the  Moon  ,-  Then,  as  the  Sum 
is  to  56q«,  fo  is  the  Quantity  of  the  Synodical-  Month 
to  the  Periodical. 

Thus,  Cop  erivciis  in  the  Year  i  5C0,  No-vemher  6.  at  i  2  at 
Nighr,  obferved  an  Eclipfe  of  the  Moon  at  Kome ;  and  ^k- 
^uji  1,  i5i;,  at  4.  h.  15',  another  at  O.accn) :    hence,  the 
Quantity  of  the  Synodical  Month  is  thus  determined: 
Obf  I!  A.  1523  d.  2-,7  h.  4.25' 
Obf  lA.  i5Cod.  3ioh.  2.20' 

Interval  of  Time  A         2id.  232  h.  2.5. 
And  the  Days  5 


(  ^77  ) 


MOO 


Ejcafl  Interval     A.  22  d.  297  h.  2.5' 

or  11991005' 


Which  divided  by  282  Months  elapfed,  in  the  mean  timCg 
gives  the  Quantity  of  theSynodical  Month  42521'',  9",  9'" j 
that  is,  29  days,  12  hours,  41  miriutes. 

F>om  two  other  Ubferva.ions  cf  Eclipfes,  the  one  at 
Craiiovj,  the  other  at  Huhylou,  the  fame  Author  determines 
more  accurately  the  Quantity  of  the  Synodical  Month  to 
be  4i5i4''-  3"-  10"'.  9""'. 

That  is  29  d.  II  h. 

The  Sun's  Moiion  in  the  time  29.  6.  24.1S 
The  Moo;; 'j  Mutiutl  38;;.  6.  24.18 

Quantity  of  the  Periodical  Month  27  d.  7  h.  4;'.  5'/ 
Hence,  I.  The  Quiintity  of  the  Periodical  Month  being 
given;  by  the  Rub;  '.f  Three  we  ma>  find  the  Moon'j  di- 
urnal and  hourly  Motion,  C5c.  And  'thus  may  T»bles  of 
the  tnean  Mofi-,^n  of  the  Moon  be  conllruiled.  -See  Ta- 
bles; fee  alfo  Di  URN  AL  and  Horary. 

2.  If  the  Sun's  mean  diurnal  Motion  be  fubftraded  from 
the  Moon'B  mean  diurnal  Motion  ;  the  Remainder  will  give 
the  iWoo7?'j  diurnal  Motion  from  rhe  Sun  :  and  thus  may  a 
Table  of  Latitud.  s  be  ^uniLruaed,  fuch  as  thofe  of  Ma/- 
dus.    See  Latitudes. 

3.  Since  in  the  middle  of  a  total  Eclipfe,  the  Moon  is  I'n 
the  Node  ;  if  the  Sun's  Place  be  found  for  that  time,  and 
to  this  be  added  fix  Signs,  the  Sum  will  give  the  Flace  of 
the  Node.    See  Node. 

4-  From  comparing  the  antient  Obfervations  with  the 
modern,  it  appears  that  the  Nodes  have  a  Motion,  and 
that  they  proceed  in  ylmecedaitia^  i.  e.  from  Taitrus  to  ^riei^ 
from  ^ries  to  Pfcts,  ^e.  If  then  to  the  Moo?i's  mean  di- 
urnal Motion,  be  added  the  diurnal  Motion  of  the  Nodes, 
the  fame  will  be  rhe  Motion  of  the  Latitude;  and  thence, 
by  the  Rule  of  Three,  may  be  found  in  what  time  the 
Moon  goes  360^  from  rlie  Dragon's  Head,  or  in  what  time 
/he  goes  from,  and  returns  to  it  ;  That  is  the  Quantity  of 
the  Dracontic  Month. 

5.  If  the  Motion  of  the  diurnal  Apogee  be  fub/lrafled 
from  the  mean  Motion  of  the  Moon,  the  Remainder  will 
be  the  Moon'j  mean  Motion  froi^i  the  Apogee  :  and  thence, 
by  the  Rule  of  Three,  is  determin'd  the  Quantity  of  the 
.A?iomalific  Month. 

According  to  the  Obfervations  of  Kefht^  the  mean  Sy- 
nodical Month  is29d.  i2h.  44'.  3''.  2'/'.  Her  Periodical 
Month  27  d.  7  h.  43'.  8".  The  Place  of  the  Apogee  for 
the  Year  1700,  '^annaryi.  Old  Stile,  was  1 1  S.  S^.  '57',  i''. 
The  Plane  of  the  Nodes  4S.  27Q.  59'.  17".  Mean  diurnal 
Motion  of  the  Moon  15*,  10'.  35".  Diurnal  Motion  of  the 
Apogee  6'.  41''.  Diurnal  Motion  of  the  Nodes  5'.  11". 
Lailly,  the  Eccentricity  4362  Parts,  fuch,  whereof  the 
Diameter  of  the  Eccentrice  is  loooo  :  and  therefore  the 
diurnal  Motion  of  the  Latitude  is  13°.  13'.  46";  and  the 
diurnal  Motion  from  the  Apogee  ig**.  3^  54''. 

Theory  of  the  LuNAR  Motions  and  Irregularities. 

The  Tables  of  Equation,  which  ferve  to  folve  the  Irre- 
gularities of  the  Sun,  do  likewife  ferve  for  thofe  of  the 
Moon.    See  Eq_uation. 

But  then  thefe  Equations  muft  be  corre^Ied  for  the 
A'joo;i;  otherwife  they  will  not  exhibit  the  true  Motions  in 
the  Syzygies.  The  Method  is  thus:  Suppofe  the  Moo?i*j 
Place  in  the  Zodiac,  required  in  Longitude,  for  any  given 
time;  here,  we  tirtt  find,  in  the  Tables,  the  place  where 
it  would  be,  fuppofing  its  Motion  uniform,  which  we  call 
mean,  and  which  is  fometimes  filler,  and  fometimes  flower 
than  the  true  Motion  :  then,  to  find  where  the  true  Motion 
will  place  her,  which  is  alfo  the  apparent,  we  are  to  find 
in  another  Table  at  what  Diilance  it  is  from  its  Apogee  } 
for,  according  to  this  Diilance,  the  Difference  between  her 
true  and  mean  Morion,  and  the  two  Places  which  correfpond 
thereto,  is  the  greater.  The  true  Place  thus  found,  is  not 
yet  the  true  Place  ;  but  varies  from  it,  as  the  Moon  is  more, 
orlefs  remote  both  from  the  Sun,  and  the  Sun's  Apogee: 
which  Variation  refpe£ling,  at  the  fame  time,  thofe  two 
different  Dillances,  they  are  to  be  both  confidered  and 
combined  together,  as  in  a  Table  apart.  Which  Table 
gives  the  Correction  to  be  made  of  the  true  Places  firft 
found:  That  Place  thus  corrected,  is  not  yet  the  trite 
Place,  unlefs  the  Moon  be  either  in  Conjunflion,  or  Oppo- 
fition  :  If  /he  be  out  of  thefe,  there  muit  be  another 
Correftion,  which  depends  on  two  things  taken  together, 
and  compared,  viz.  the  Diflance  of  the  Moon's  correfted 
Place  from  the  Sun  ;  and  of  that  at  which  fhe  is  with  re- 
gard to  her  own  Apogee  ;  this  laif  Diftance  having  been 
changed  by  the  firft  Correflion. 

By  all  thefe  Operations  and  Corr<^61iors,  we  at  length 
arrive  at  the  Moo7i's  true  P/ace  for  that  inftant.  In  this  it 
muft  be  owned,  occur  prodigious  difficulties  :  The  Lunar 
Inequalities  are  fo  many,  that  it  was  in  vain  the  Aflro- 
nomers  laboured  to  bring  'em  under  any  Rule,  before  the 
Great  Sir  If,  Newtoyi  ;  to  whom  we  arc  indebted  both  for 
the  mechanical  Caufes  of  thefe  Inequalities,  and  for  the 
Method  of  computing  and  afcertaining  them  :  So  that  he 
^  ^  hac 


MOO 


(  ^78  )  MOO 


has  a  World,  in  great  nieafure,  of  his  own  difcovering,  or 
rather  fubduing. 

From  the  Theory  of  Gravity  he  fliCws,  that  the  larger 
Planets  revolving  round  the  Sun,  may  carry  along  with 
'em  fmallcr  I'lanets  revolving  round  theinfelvcs  ;  and 
/hews,  frior'i,  that  thefe  fmaller  mull  move  in  Elliples 
having  ihcir  L'mbilici  in  the  Centres  of  the  larger  ;  and  have 
their  Motion  in  their  Orbit  variouily  dillurbed  by  the  Mo- 
tion of  the  Sun  j  and,  in  a  word,  mull  be  affeiSled  with 
thofe  Inequalities  which  we  actually  obferve  in  the  Mooh. 
And  from  this  Theory,  argues  analogous  Irrcgulatities  in 
the  Satellites  of  Saturn. 

From  this  fame  Theory  he  examines  the  force  which 
the  Sun  has  to  dillurb  the  Woo;;'.s  Motion,  determines  the 
horary  Increafe  of  the  Area  which  the  JV^o/i  would  de- 
ft ri  be  in  a  circular  Orbit  by  Radii  drawn  to  the  Earth 
 her  Diltance  from  the  Earth  the  Horary _  Mo- 
tion in  a  circular  and  elliptic  Orbit  the  mean  Motion  of 

the  Nodes  ihe  true  Motion  of  the  Nodes  the  horary 

"Variation  of  the  Inclination  of  the  Moo;j's  Orbit  to  the 
Plane  of  the  Ecliptic. 

LaiUy,  From  the  fame  Theory  he  has  found  the  annual 
Equation  of  the  Jlfoon's  mean  Motion  to  arife  from  the 
various  dilatation  ot  her  Orbit  j  and  that  Variation  to  arife 
from  the  Sun's  force,  which  being  greater  in  the  Perigee, 
diilends  the  Orbit  ;  and  being  lefs  in  the  Apogee,  fufters 
it  to  beagain  contrailed.  In  the  dilated  Orbit,  flie  moves 
more  IloVly  i  in  the  control  fled,  more  fwiftly  :  and  the 
annual  Equation,  whereby  this  Irequality  is  cumpenfated, 
in  the  Apogee,  and  Perigee  is  nothing  at  all  ;  at  a  mode- 
rate ditiance  from  the  Sun,  amounts  to  i  r,  so'' 5  and  in 
oilier  places  is  proportional  to  the  Equation  of  the  Sun's 
Centre,  and  is  added  to  ihc  mean  Motion  of  the  Maoji, 
when  the  Eartti  proceeds  fiom  its  Aphelion  to  its  Periheli- 
on ,  3nd  fubiira£led  when  in  its  oppofite  part.  Suppofing 
the  Bsd'us  of  the  Or/j/J  icoc,  and  the  Earth's  Ec- 

centricity 1(5  I  ;  this  Equation,  when  greaieH,  according 
to  the  Theor)  of  Cr'ivity,  comes  out  ii',45",  S'".  He  adds, 
that  in  the  Earth's  Perihelion  the  Nodes  move  Iwilter  than 
in  the  Aphelion,  and  that  in  a  triplicate  Ratio  of  the  Earth's 
dUlarce  from  the  Sun,  inverfely.  Whence  arife  annual 
Equauons  of-  their  Motions,  proportionable  to  thai  of  the 
Centre  of  the  Sun.  Now  the  Sun's  Motion  is  in  a  duplicate 
Ratio  of  the  E^nh  s  Diiiance  tr^m  the  Sun  inverfely,  -iiid 
thegreatert  Equation  of  tiie  Centre  which  this  Inequality 
occafions,  is  i'',56',  z6',  agreeable  to  the  Sun's  Eccen 
triciry  16  ^  If  the  Sun's  Motion  were  in  a  triplicate  Ratio 
of  irsDii  jnce  inverfely,  this  Inequality  could  generate  the 
greareli  Equation  2°,  66',  9"  ;  and  tberefoic  the  grtatell 
Equatiooji  which  the  Inequalitiesof  the  Motionsof  the  Woon's 
Apogee  and  N'l.'dcs  occalion,  are  to  1^,  56',  9'',  as  the  mean 
diurnal  Motion  of  the  Aloori's  Apogee,  and  the  mean  diurnal 
Motion  of  her  Nodes  are  to  the  mean  diurnal  Motion  of  the 
Sun,  Whence  the  greatell  Equation  of  the  mean  Motion 
ofthe  Apogee  comes  cut  19",  52.'';  andthe  greateli  Equa- 
tion of  the  mean  Motion  ofthe  Nodes?'  17".  The  fortner 
Equation  is  added,  and  the  latter  fubllra^led,  when  the 
Earth  proceeds  (rum  its  Perihelion  to  its  Aphelion  ;  and 
the  contrary  in  the  oppofite  part  of  its  Orbit. 

From  the  fame  Theory  of  Gravity  it  alfo  appears,  that 
the  Sun's  AiSlion  on  the  Amn  muU  be  fomewhat  greater 
when  the  tranfverfe  Diameter  of  the  Lunar  Orbit  paffes 
through  the  Sun,  than  when  it  is  at  right  Angles  with  the 
Line  that  joins  the  Earth  and  Sun  :  And,  therefore,  that 
rhe  Lunar  Orbit  is  fomewhat  greater  in  the  firll  cafe,  than 
in  the  fecond.  Hence  arifes  another  Equation  of  the  mean 
Lunar  Motion,  depending  on  the  Situation  of  the  Moon's 
Apogee  with  regard  to  rhe  Sun,  which  is  grcateil  when  the 
Noofz's  Apogee  is  in  an  GiSlant  with  the  Sun  3  and  none, when 
that  arrives  at  the  Ouadtature,  orSyzygies  j  and  is  added 
to  the  mean  Motion,  in  the  Paflageof  the  Afnon's  Apogee 
froin  the  Q_uadrature  to  the  Syz^gies,  and  fubilrafted  in  the 
PalTage  of  the  Apogee  from  the  Syzygies  to  the  Quadra- 
ture. This  Equation,  which  he  calls  Semeftrisy  when 
greatefl,  viz.  in  the  Oftants  of  the  Apogee,  arifes  to  5', 
54",  at  a  mean  diftance  of  the  Earth  from  the  Sun  j  but 
it  increafcs  and  dimini/hcs  in  a  triplicate  Ratio  of  the  Sun's 
diflance  inverfely  ;  and  therefore  in  the  Sun's  greatell 
diftance,  is  3',  54"  5  in  the  fmaileft,  5',  56",  nearly.  But 
when  the  Apogee  of  the  Mcoyi  is  without  the  Oflants,  it 
becomes  lefs,  and  is  to  the  greateil  Equation,  as  the  Sine 
of  double  the  diiiance  ot  the  ]\Joon&  Apogee,  from  the  next 
Syzygy  or  Q^uadtaturc,  to  the  Radius. 

From  the  fame  Theory  of  Gravity  it  follous,  that  the 
Sun's  Aflion  on  the  Wod«  js  fomewhat  greater  when  a  Line 
right  drawn  through  the  j^/oo7j's  N'odcs  paffes  through  the 
Sun,  than  when  that  Line  is  at  right  Angles  with  another 
ioining  the  Sun  and  Earth:  And  hence  arifes  another 
Equation  of  the  Moon's  mean  Motion,  which  he  calls  Se- 
cunda  Semejiy'is,  and  which  is  greateil  when  the  Nodes  are 
in  the  Sun's  Oilants,  and  vanifl.es  when  they  are  in  the 
Sjzygies,  or  Quadratures  j  and  in  other  Situations  of  the 


Nodes  is  proportionable  to  the  Sine  of  double  the  dillancs 
of  either  Node  from  the  next  Syzygy,  or  Quadrature:  it 
is  added  to  the  Ahori's  mean  Motion  while  the  Nodes  are 
in  their  Paffage  frotn  the  Sun's  Quadratures  to  the  next 
Syzygy,  and  fubflradicd  in  their  Paffage  from  the  Sy^ygics 
to  the  Quadratures  in  the  Octants.  When  ic  is  greatelt,  ifc 
amounts  to  47",  at  a  mean  diiiance  of  the  Earth  from  the 
Sun  5  as  appears  from  the  Theory  of  Gravity:  At  other 
diltances  ot  the  Sun,  this  Equation  in  the  Otlants  of  the 
Nodes  is  reciprocally  as  the  Cube  ofthe  Sun's  diiiance  froni 
the  Earth  ;  and  therefore  in  the  Sun's  Perigee  is  4j''  ;  iii 
his  Apogee  nearly  49". 

By  the  fame  Theory  of  Gravity,  the  'Moan^s  Apogee 
proceeds  the  falleil  when  either  in  Conjunfiion  with  the 
Sun,  or  in  Oppofition  to  it;  and  returns  when  it  makes  a 
Quadrature  with  the  Sun.  In  the  former  Cafe,  the  Ex- 
centricity  is  greatelt,  and  in  the  latter  fmailelf.  Thefe  In- 
equalities are  very  confiderable,  and  generate  the  principal 
Equation  of  the  Apogee,  which  he  calls  Scmejrri^,  or  Setrn'- 
matjirual.  The  grc-xteii  Semi-menjirital  Equation  is  about 
12^-,  18'. 

Hotrox  firfl  ohferv'd  the  Moon  to  revolve  in  an  EUipfis 
round  the  Earth  placed  in  the  lower  Umbilicus:  And 
Bi-ilky  placed  the  Centre  of  the  Elliplls  in  an  Epicycle 
whofe  Centre  revolves  uniformly  about  the  Earth  :  And 
from  the  Motion  in  the  Epicycle  arife  the  Inequalities  now 
obferved  in  the  Progrcfs  and  Regrefs  of  the  Apogee,  and 
the  Quantity  of  the  Eccentricity, 

Suppofe  the  mean  dilhince  of  the  Mo o;i  from  the  Earth 
divided  into  icoooc,  and  let  T  (Plate  Astronomy,  Fig, 
I'.)  reprefent  the  Earth,  and  T  C  the  mean  Eccentricity  of 
theMoo?:  5505  parts  3  produce  T  C  to  B,  that  C  B  may  be 
the  Sine  of  the  greatelt  Semi-menllrual  EqLiution  li*,  18' 
to  the  Radius  1' C  3  the  Circle  B  D  A,  dcfcrlben  on  the 
Centre  C,  with  ihe  Interval  C  B,  will  be  the  Epicycle 
wherein  the  Centre  of  the  Lunar  Orb  is  placed,  and 
wherein  ii  revolves  according  to  the  Order  ol  the  Letters 
B  DA.  Take  the  Angle  BCD  equal  to  double  the 
annual  Arguiiicni,  or  double  the  diiiance  of  the  true  Place 
of  the  Sun  from  the  Mom's  Apogee  once  equated,  and 
C  T  D  will  be  the  SL-mi-menllrual  Equation  ot  the  Ivkott's 
Aj-ogee,  and  T  D  the  Eccentricity  of  its  Orbit  tending  to 
the  Apogee  equated  afeci^nd  tmie.  Now  the  Mooji\  mean 
Motion,  Apogee,  and  Eccentriciry,  as  alfo  ine  greater 
Axis  of  its  Orbit  20COC0  J  the  Mvou'&  true  place,  as  alfo 
her  diiiance  from  tUe  Earth  are  found,  and  that  by  the 
commoncli  Methods. 

In  the  Earth's  Perihelion,  by  reafon  of  the  greater  force 
of  (he  Sun,  the  Centre  of  the  Mioii's  Orbit  will  move  more 
fwiltly  about  the  Centre  C,  than  in  the.  Aphelion,  and 
that  in  a  triplicate  Ratio  of  the  Eatth's  diiiance  from  the 
Sun  inverfely.  By  reafon  of  the  Equation  of  the  Centre 
of  the  Sun,  comprehended  in  the  annual  Argument,  the 
Centre  of  the  Mson's  Orbit  will  move  mute  fwiftly  in  the 
Epicycle  B  D  A,  in  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  the  diiiance  of 
the  Earth  from  the  Sun  inverfely.  That  the  fame  may 
Hill  move  more  f^viftly  in  a  fimple  Ratio  ot  the  diiiance 
inverfely  from  the  Cenire  of  the  Orbit  D,  draw  D  E  to- 
wards the  Moon's  Apogee,  or  parallel  to  T  C  j  and  take 
the  Angle  E  D  C  equal  to  the  Excels  of  the  annual  Ar- 
gument, above  the  Diiiance  of  the  Moo/i's  Apogee  from  the 
Sun's  Perigee  in  Confequentia  3  or  which  is  thefttne,  take 
the  Angle  CDF  equal  to  the  Complement  of  the  true 
Anomaly  of  the  Sun  to  51^0'^  ;  and  let  D  F  be  to  DC  as 
double  the  Eccentricity  of  the  Qyhis  magmis  to  the  mean 
diiiance  of  the  Sun  from  the  Earth,  and  the  mean  diurnal 
Motion  of  the  Sun  from  the  Moon's  Apoge?,  to  the  meati 
diurnal  Motion  of  the  Sun  from  its  own  Apogee,  conjunctly, 
i.  e.  as  35  Y  is  to  loco,  and  52',i7",  16"  to  59'  8"  10"'  con- 
junftly  3  or  as  5  to  ico.  Conceive  the  Centre  of  the 
Maori's  Orbit  placed  in  the  Point  E,  and  to  revolve  in  an 
Epicycle  whofe  Centre  is  D,  and  Radius  D  F,  while  D 
proceeds  in  the  Circumference  of  the  Circle  D  A  B  D  : 
Thus  the  Velocity  wherewith  the  Centre  of  the  Moon's 
Orbit  moves  in  a  certain  Curve,  defcribed  about  the  Centre 
C,  will  be  reciprocally  as  the  Cube  of  the  Sun's  diiiance 
from  the  Earth.  The  Computation  of  this  Motion  is  diffi- 
cult, but  will  be  made  eafy  by  the  following  Approxima- 
tion. If  the  Moon's  mean  diiiance  from  the  Earrh  be 
icocco  parts,  and  its  Eccentricity  TC  5505  of  thofe  parts, 
the  right  Line  C  B  or  C  D  will  be  found  1172  4,  and  the 
right  Line  D  F  35  f  This  right  Line  at  the  diiiance  T  C, 
fubtendsan  Angle  to  the  Earth,  which  the  transferring  of 
the  Centre  of  the  Orbit  from  the  place  D  to  F  generates  In 
the  Motion  of  this  Centre  5  and  the  fame  right  Line 
doubled,  in  a  parallel  Situation,  at  tljc  diiiance  of  the  up- 
per Umbilicus  of  the  Meow's  Orbit  from  the  Earth,  fub- 
tends  the  fume  Angle,  generated  by  that  tranilation  in 
the  Motion  of  the  Umbilicus  3  and  at  the  diiiance  of  the 
M0072  from  the  Earth  fubtends  an  Angle  which  the  fame 
tranilation  generates  in  the  Motion  of  the  Moojt  5  and 
which  may  therefore  be  call'd  the  Second  E^i'g'.iojj  of  the 

Centre, 


MOO 


(  979  ) 


MOO 


Centre.  This  Equation  at  a  mean  diflance  of  the  Mooji 
from  the  Eanh,  is  as  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  conty.in'd  be- 
tween the  right  Line  D  F,  and  a  right  Line  drawn  from 
the  Point  F  to  the  Moon,  nearly  ,  and  when  greateft,  a- 
mounts  to  2',  25".  IS'ow  the  Angle  comprehended  be- 
tween the  right  Line  D  F  and  a  Line  from  the  Voint  D,  is 
found  eiiher  by  fubilrading  the  Angle  E  DE  from  the 
mean  Anomaly  of  the  Jilvon,  or  by  adding  the  Mnon^s 
ditlance  from  the  Sun  to  the  diflance  of  the  Moon's,  Apogee 
from  the  Apogee  of  the  Sun.  And  as  Radius  is  to  the 
Sine  of  ihe  Angle  thus  found,  fo  is  z\  25"  to  the  fecond 
Equation  of  the  Centre,  which  is  to  be  added,  if  that  Sine 
be  lefs  than  a  Semi-circle,  and  iubfirafted  if  greater  : 
Thus  we  have  its  Lcngiriide  in  the  very  Syzygies  of  the 
Luminarlef. 

If  a  very  accurate  Computation  be  required,  the  Moo?i's 
Place  thus  found  mult  be  correfled  by  a  fecond  Variation. 
The  firit  and  principal  Variation  we  have  already  confider'd, 
and  have  obferv'd  it  to  be  grcaieil  in  the  Octants.  The 
fecond  is  prcateit  in  the  ()uadrancs,  and  arifes  from  the 
different  Aiiion  of  the  Sun  on  the  A''oo«'s  Orbit,  according 
to  the  different  PoHtion  of  the  Moon's  Apogee  to  the  Sun, 
and  is  thus  computed  :  As  Radius  is  to  the  verfed  Sine  of 
the  diftance  of  the  Moon's  Apogee  from  the  Sun's  Perigee, 
iiiconfequenria  fo  is  a  certain  Angle  F  lo  a  fuurth  Proportio- 
nal. And  as  Radius  is  to  the  Sine  of  the  Wood's  diilance 
from  the  Sun,  fo  is  the  Sine  of  this  fourth  Proportional  and 
another  Angle  Q^to  the  fecond  Variation,  which  is  to  be 
fubilrafled ,  if  the  TI/doh's  Light  be  increafing  ;  and  added, 
it  dimiiii/liing. 

Thus  we  have  the  ilf'07;'s  true  Place  in  her  Orbit  ;  and 
bv  reduction  of  this  Place  to  the  Ecliptic,  the  Moon's  Lon- 
gitude. The  Angles  P  and  Q^are  to  be  dcternihied  by  ob- 
iervatiun  :  in  the  mean  time,  if  for  P  be  alTamed  2',  and 
for  Q^i'i  we  Ihall  be  near  the  truth. 

Naltne  of  the  MooN. 

I.  From  the  various  Phafes  of  the  Ahon  :  From  her 
only  fl-,ewing  a  little  part  illumined,  when  following  the 
Sun  ready  to  fet :  i'rom  that  Part's  increafing  as  ftie  re- 
cedet,  frum  the  Sun,  till  at  the  dilkncc  of  Bo'^  fhe  fhines 
wi,h  a  full  Face  5  and  ag^iin  wains  as  /he  re-approaches 
that  Luminary,  and  lofes  all  her  Light  when  /lie  meets 
him  ;  Frcm  the  lucid  Part's  being  conllantly  turn'd  to- 
wards the  Weft,  uhilc  the  Moon  increafes;  and  towards 
the  Eatt  when  fli'.-  decreafes ;  it  is  evident,  that  only  that 
part  fliincs  on  which  the  S'jn's  Rays  fall  :  And  from  the 
Fhjenomena  of  Eclipfcs,  happ>  njng  when  thu  yi/oo.'i  fhould 
fliine  with  a  full  face,  viz.  when  (lie  is  iSo'^  iliilant  from 
the  Sun  5  and  the  durkned  Parts  ap|  earing  the  fame  in  all 
Placr:s,  itis  evident  fJie  has  no  Ligtit  uf  her  own,  bur  bor- 
rows whatever  L.ight  Jlic  has  from  the  Sun.  See  Phases, 
EcLif  sE,  and  Sun. 

i.  The  Moo;/ fom'ctimes  difappears  in  the  clear  Heaven, 
fo  as  not  to  be  difcoverable  b\  the  belt  GUfl'es  ;  little  Si--irs 
of  the  filth  and  fisrh  Magnitude  all  the  time  remaining 
vifible.  This  Phxnomenon  Kepler  obferved  twice  Jimo 
i')'!^Cf  and  15S5  ;  and  Hcvclms  in  kSjc.  R  ccioh,  and  uiher 
Jefuits  at  Lomnia,  and  many  People  throughout  Holland 
obfetved  the  like  /Ifrd  14,  1C42.  jet  at  Venice  and  Vien7ta 
/l;e  was  all  the  time  confpicuous,  December  2;,  1705, 
there  was  another  total  Oblcuration  :  At  yfrks  fhe  firtt 
appear 'd  of  a  ycUowilh  brown  i  at  J-vipmn  ruddy  and 
tranfparent,  as  if  the  Sun  had  flione  through  i  at  MarfeiUes, 
one  part  uas  reddifli,  the  other  very  dusky  ;  and,  at  length, 
tho'  in  a  clear  Sky,  wholly  difappear'd.  Here  it  is  evi- 
dent, that  the  Colours  appearing  different  at  the  fame  time, 
do  not  belong  to  the  M0071  ;  that  they  are  occafion'd  by  an 
Atmofphere  around  her  varioutty  difpofed  in  this  and  that 
Place,  for  rcfracfing  of  thefe  or  thofe  coloured  Rays. 

5.  The  Eye,  either  naked,  orarm'd  with  a  Telefcope, 
fees  fonie  parts  in  the  Mfio/z's  Face  darker  than  others, which 
are  call'd  Maculie,  or  Sfotr.  Through  the  Telefcope,  while 
the  Moon  is  either  increafing  or  decreafing,  the  illumined 
parts  in  the  Macule  appear  evenly  terminated  ;  but  in 
the  bright  Parts,  the  Bound  of  the  Light  appears  jagged 
and  uneven,  compufed  of  diflimilar  Arches,  convex  and 
concave,  ffee  Tab.  Astronomy,  iS.)  There  arealfo 
obferved  lucid  Parts  difperfed  among  the  darker  ;  and 
illumined  Parts  feen  beyond  the  limits  of  Illumination  ; 
other  intermediate  ones  remaining  ifiU  in  darknefs  j  and  near 
the  Macula:,  and  even  in  'em,  are  frequently  feen  fuch 
lucid  Specks.  Befide  the  Macule  obferved  by  the  An- 
licnts,  there  are  other  variable  ones  invifible  by  the  naked 
Eye,  call'd  New  Macula-,  always  oppofite  to  the  Sun; 
and  which  are  hence  found  among  thofe  parts  which  are  the 
foonell  illumined  in  the  increafing  Moo?/,  and  in  the  decrea- 
fing  Moo>]  lofe  their  Light  later  than  the  intermediate  ones  ; 
running  round,  and  appearing  fometimes  larger,  foiiietimes 
fmaller. 

Hence,  (i.j  As  all  parts  are  equally  illumined  by  the 
£un,  in  as  much  as  they  are  equally  dlfiant  from  him  : 


Iffomeappear  biighter, and  others  darker 5  HMierefleathc 
Sun's  Kays  tnore  copioully  than  others  j  and  therefore  they 
are  heterogeneous.  And,  (z.)  Since  the  Boundary  of  the 
illumined  Part  is  very  Imuoth  and  tiquable  in  the  Mactil.E, 
their  Surtace  muif  be  lo  too.  (3.)  ^1  he  parts  illumined  by 
the  Sun  fooner,  and  delerted  later  than  others  that  are 
neart-r,  are  higher  than  the  reli,  e.  ihsnd  up  ;thove  the 
other  Surface  of  the  Moo;/.  (4.)  The  New  Macula;  an- 
fwer  perfectly  to  the  Shadows  of  terreltrial  Bojic^, 

4.  Hez-ehus  writes,  that  he  has  feveral  timt;s  found,  in 
Skies  perteaiy  clear,  when  even  Stars  of  the  6th  and  7th 
Magiutude  were^confpicuous,  at  the  fame  Altitude  of  the 
Moon,  and  the  fame  Elongation  from  the  Earth,  and  with 
one  and  tne  fame  excellent  Telefcope  ;  that  the  Moon  and 
it&M^cuUdo  not  appear  equally  lucid,  clear,  and  perfpi- 
cuous,  at  all  times,  but  are  much  brighter,  purer,  and 
more  diltinct  at  one  time  than  another.  F'rom  the  Circum- 
Itances  of  the  Obfervation,  'tis  evident,  the  reafon  of  the 
Phenomenon  is  not  either  in  our  Air,  in  the  Tube,  in  the 
Moo;;,  nor  in  the  Spertator's  Eye  ;  but  mull  be  look'd  for 
in  lomething  exiifing  about  the  Moo?/. 

5.  Ca/»(  frequently  obferv'd  S.itnr}t,  Jupiter,  and  the 
fix'd  Stars,  when  hid  by  the  Moon,  near  her  Limb,  whe- 
ther the  illumined  or  dark  one,  to  have  their  circular  Fi- 
gure changed  into  an  oval  one;  and  in  other  Occultations 
found  no  alteration  of  Figure  at  all.  In  like  manner,  the 
Sun  and  Moon  rifmg  and  letting  in  a  vaporous  Horizon,  do 
not  appear  Circular,  but  Elliptic. 

Hence,  as  we  know,  by  fure  Experience,  that  the  Cir- 
cular Figure  of  the  Sun  and  Moon  is  only  changed  into  an 
Elliptic  one  by  means  of  the  Refradion  in  the  vapoury 
Atmofphere;  'tis  pretty  apparent,  that  at  the  time  when 
the  circular  Figure  of  the  Stars  is  thus  changed  by  the 
Moony  there  is  a  denfe  Matter  incompalTing  the  Mop?;,where- 
in  the  Rays  emitted  from  the  Stars  are  refraffed  i  and  that 
at  other  times,  when  there  was  no  change  of  Figure,  this 
Matter  was  wanting. 

I'his  Phenomenon  is  well  illuflrated  by  the  following 
Experiment  :  To  the  inner  bottom  of  any  Velfel,  either 
Plane,  Convex,  or  Concave,  with  Wax  fatten  a  Circle  of 
Paper  5  then  pouring  in  Warcr.that  the  Rays  reflefled  from 
the  Circle  into  the  Air  may  be  refratSed  before  they  reach, 
the  Eye  ;  viewing  the  Circle  obliquely,  the  circular  Figure 
will  appear  changed  into  an  Eliiplis. 

6.  'Ibe  Moon  is  a  denfe  o^ake  Bo.ly^  hefet  w'tb  Monntahrs^ 
Fallens,  ajid  Stas.  That  the  iWoo«  is  denf^,  and  impervious 
to  the  Light,  has  been  fliewn  :  but  fomc  pans  :-nk  oeiow 
and  others  rife  above  the  Surface  ;  and  that  coniiderably, 
in  as  mu^h  as  they  are  vlfible  a:  fo  great  a  diitance  of  the 
Earth  from  the  Sun:  In  the  Moon  theretore  are  huge 
AIoHitaim,  and  very  deep  Valleys.  Ricciolus  meafured  the 
height  of  one  of  the  Mountains,  call'd  St.  Catbcrme,  and 
found  it  nine  Miles  high.  Again,  in  the  Moon  are  fpaci  .us 
Trails,  having  fmooth  even  Surfaces,  and  thofe  reflecting 
lefs  L'ght  than  the  relt  :  Hence,  as  the  Surface  of  fluid 
Bodies  is  naturally  even,  and  as  when  trj.nfparent,  they 
tranfmit  a  great  part  of  the  Rays  of  Light,  and  reflect  very 
little;  the  Lunar  Spois  are  fluid,  tranfparent  Bodies  : 
and  as  they  continue  conftantly  the  fame,  are  Seas.  In 
the  Moo;;,  therefore,  are  Mountains,  Valleys,  and  Seas. 
Hence  again,  the  lucid  parts  of  the  Spots  are  Ijlavds  and 
Veninjiilii's. 

And  fince  in  the  Macular,  and  near  their  Limbs,  are  feen 
fome  parts  higher  than  others,  in  the  Lunar  Seas  arcRoc^s 
and  Promontories. 

And  fince  the  new  Spots  are  contiguou.s  to  the  Moun- 
tains, and  in  all  refpeils  like  the  Shadows  of  Bodies  on 
our  Earth  i  no  doubt  they  are  the  Shadows  of  the  Lu- 
nar Mountains  :  Whence  alfo  appears  the  Matterof  the 
yl/floji  is  opake. 

A''ote,  This  Reafoning  will  be  put  pafl  doubt  by  viewing 
the  fenfible  Horizon  from  fome  Eminence  ;  Where  ic 
palTes  over  a  Plain,  the  Line  will  appear  fmooth  and  trven  j 
where  a  crofs  Mountains  and  Valleys,  irregular  and  wind- 
ing ;   fmooth,  but  dark,  £i?£:. 

7  .  The  Moon  is  incowpafs'd  with  an  hea-vy  and  elaflic  Jt- 
mofphere,  wherein  Va^oiin  and  other  Exhalatiojis  cirife,  and 
whence  they  return  inform  of  Dew  and  Ram. 

In  a  total  Ecllpfe  of  the  Sun,  we  find  the  Moch  in- 
circled  with  a  lucid  Ring  parallel  to  her  Periphery. 

Of  this,  we  have  too  many  Obfervations  to  doubt:  In 
the  great  Eclipfeof  1713,  the  Ring  was  veryconfpicuousat 
London,  and  elfewhere.  Kepler  obferves  the  fame  of  an 
Eclipfe  in  t6o^,  a.t  Naples  and  Antwerp  y  and  li'oljius  of 
another  in  1606  at  Leipfic,  defcrlbed  at  large  in  the  ABa. 
Eruditortim,  with  this  notable  Circumflance,  that  the  part 
next  the  Moo;/ was  vifibly  brighter,  than  that  furthell  from 
it ;  which  is  confirmed  by  the  Obfervations  of  the  French 
Af^■ronome^s  inthe  Memoircs  dc  rJcade»iie,^c.  ijcS. 

Hence  about  the  Moon  is  fome  Fluid,  which  correfponds 
to  her  Figure,  and  which  both  rcflecls  and  refrafls  the 
Sun's  Rays.    And  hence  a1fo,  this  Fluid  is  denfer  below, 

near 


MOO 


(  ^80  ) 


MOO 


near  the  Mo'«'s  Body  ;  and  rarer  above.  Now  as  the  Air 
which  incompaffcs  our  Earth  is  luch  a  Fluid,  itisnianifeft 
there  is  ^irabout  the  Meoti ;  and  fmce  the  different  Denfity 
ot  the  Air  depends  on  its  diftcreni  Gravity  and  ElaHiciiy, 
no  doubt  the  different  Denfity  of  the  Lunar  Air  has  the 
fame  Caufes.  Again,  we  have  oblcrv'd  tlie  Lunar  Air  is 
not  always  equally  clear  and  tranfparent  :  fomciimes  it 
changes  the  fpherical  Figures  of  the  Stars  into  Ovals  ;  and 
in  the  fcveral  total  Eclipfcs  jull  mentioned,  there  was 
obfcrved  a  ircmbling  in  the  A&oa's  Limb,  immediately 
before  Immeriion,  with  an  Appearance  of  thin,  light 
Sinoak  flying  over  it  during  immeilion,  very  apparent  in 
Ejigland.  And  hence,  as  thcfe  fame  Phenomena  are  ob- 
ferved  in  our  Air  when  full  of  Vapours,  it  is  pretty  plain, 
at  the  time  when  thefe  Pba^nomena  are  obferved  in  that  of 
the  Moo):,  it  is  full  of  Vapmys  and  Esbulatiojis.  And, 
laftly,  fince  at  other  times  the  Lunar  Air  is  clear  and  tranf- 
parent, producing  none  of  thefe  rhteiioinena,  the  Va- 
pours mull  have  been  precipitated  on  the  Moo>^  i  and  there- 
fore either  Dtw,  or  Ka'ni,  or  Sno-jj  have  fa  len. 

7 .  The  Moon  ii  a  tody  in  all  reffdls  hh  mir  Earthy  and 
fnedfor  she fivr.t  purpjjei.    For  we  have  fhewn  that  it  is 

Vetife  Opah  has  Moianahis  and  Falkys  Sea;,  with 

1Jla>:dSy  Feniujiila,  Rocket  and  Froniontoriei  a  changeable 

Atmoffhae^  wherein  Vafows  and  E:(halatifijis  rife  and  fall 
Vay  and  Night ;  a  Sun  to  illumine  the  one,  and  a  3'fotiM 
the  other,  Sfmme>  and  W'ijiter,  Ikc. 

From  thefe,  by  Analogy,  may  infinite  other  Properties 
and  Appendages  of  the  M0071  be  deduced :  From  the 
Changes  in  the  Atmufphere  will  follow  ]Vi>7di^  and  oiher 
Jlleteoii;  and  according  to  the  different  Scafons  of  the 
lear,  Kaiii,  M'Jis,  Fio/r,  Jjc.    From   the  Inequali- 

ties upon  the  Ai'oo/i's  Surface  will  arife  Lahs^  Risers, 
Spyifig-^t  £^r. 

Now  Nature,  we  know,  produces  nothing  in  vain  :  Rains 
and  Dews  fall  on  our  Earth  to  make  PAj^ifi  -vegetate  ;  and 
Plants  take  Root,  grow,  produce  Seeds  and  Fruits  for  ^;;i- 
ma/stofeedan.  But  Nature  is  Hill  uniform  and  conliUent 
with  herfelf,  and  like  things  ferve  for  like  Ends  i  Why 
then  may  not  there  be  F/aiits  and  Aiimati  in  the  Moon ! 
To  what  other  purpofe  fo  nice  a  Provilionfor  them  ? 

Thefe  Arguments  will  receive  new  force  when  we  come 
to  fhcw  that  our  Earth  itfclf  is  a  Planet;  and  that  when 
Tiewed  from  the  other  Planets,  it  appears,  in  feme,  like  the 
Mson  ;  in  others,  like  Vijim  ;  in  others,  Jttfirer^^c.  A  Simi- 
litude between  the  Planets,  both  Optical  and  Phyfical,  be- 
ing a  firong  Prefumption  their  Furniture  is  alike.  See 
EARTHanti  Planet. 

To  measure  the  Height  of  the  Ivlottntains  of  the  Moon. 

Suppofe  ED  (fig.  i^.;  the  Moon's  Diameter,  ECD 
the  Boundary  of  Light  and  Darknefs  ;  and  A  the  Top  of 
the  Hill  in  the  dark  part  beginning  to  be  illumined  ; 
Witha  Telcfcope  obferve  the  Proportion  (of  A  E,  or  the 
diflance  of  A  from  the  Line  where  the  Light  commences, 
to  the  Diameter  of  E  D  .-  Here  we  have  two  fides  of  a 
reaangled  Triangle  AE,  CA;  the  Squares  of  which 
added  together  give  the  Square  of  the  third  ;  whence  the 
Seini-diameter  C  D  being  fubllrafled,  leaves  A  B,  the 
Height  of  the  Mottntain. 

RicMus,  V.  ,5.  found  the  Top  of  the  Hill  St.  Catherine 
illumined  at  the  dillancc  of  ^  of  the  Moon's  Diameter  from 
the  Confines  of  Light.  Suppofing,  therefore,  C  E,  8  ; 
and  A  E,  I  ;  the  Squares  of  the  two  will  be  (15,  whole 
Root  is  S.CII2  the  length  of  A  C  ;  fubiirafling  therefore 
EC— 8,  the  Remainder  is  Ah  =  0.61.  TheVmn's 
Semt-diameter,  therefore,  is  to  the  Mountain's  height  as 
8  is  to  o.6z  ;  i.e.  as  800  to  i5z.  Suppofing,  therefore,  the 
Diameter  ot  the  ,Voon  1 1 81  £«fl,fi  Miles,  by  the  Rule  of 
Three  we  find  the  height  of  the  Mountain  p  Miles. 

The  Heights,  Jifc.  of  the  Lunar  Mountains  being  mea- 
furable,  Allronomers  have  taken  occaCon  to  give  each  its 
Naine.  Ricciolui,  whom  moft  others  now  follow,  dillin- 
guifhed  them  by  the  Names  of  the  Celebrated  Jftrtnomeni 
and  by  thefe  Names  they  are  Hill  expreCfed  in  Obfervations 
of  the  Lunar  Eclipfe,  See  the  Figure.  (Tab.  Astro- 
nomy, -F/g.  io.) 

The  af parent  Magnittide  of  the  Moom. 
The  Magnitude  of  the  Moon,  at  rifing  and  fetiing,  is  a 
Pha:nomenon  that  has  extremely  embarraffed  the  modern 
Phllofophers.  According  to  the  ordinary  Laws  of  Vifion  it 
Jhould  appear  the  leafl  when  nearell  the  Horizon,  as  being 
then  nearclt  to  the  Eye  ;  and  yet  we  find  the  contrary  true 
jnfafl.  De!  Caries,  and  front  him  Dr.  IVallis,  and  moft 
other  Authors,  account  for  this  from  the  long  Series  of  Ob- 
jefts  interpofed  between  the  Eye  and  the  Extremity  of  the 
fenfible  Horizon,  which  make  us  imagine  it  more  remote 
than  when  in  the  Meridian,  where  the  Eye  fees  nothing  in 
the  way  between  the  Objeft  and  itfelf.  'This  Idea  of  a 
great  diflance,  makes  us  imagine  the  Moon  the  bigger  : 
tor  any  Objecl  being  feen  under  any  certain  Angle,  anti 


believed,  at  the  fame  time,  very  remote, we  naturally  jud^i 
It  iiiuli  be  very  large,  to  appear  under  fuch  an  Angle  at 
fuch  adiUance.  And  thus  a  pure  Judgment  of  the  Soul 
makes  us  fee  the  Moon  bigger  in  the  Horuon,  than  in  the 
Meridian  ;  noiwithflanding  its  Image  painted  on  the 
Retina  is  lefs  m  the  former  Situation  than  the  latter. 

This  ilypothefis,  F.  Go«ve  dellroys,  by  obfervjng  that  the 
narrower  and  more  confined  the  fenfible  Horizon  is,  the 
greater  does  the  Moon  appear  j  the  contrary  of  which 
Jhould  happen  on  the  Principle  laid  down. 
^  GaJ/atdi  is  of  opinion,  that  the  Puf.il  of  the  Eve,  which 
15  always  more  open  as  the  Place  is  more  dark  ;  being  more 
fo  rathe  Morning  and  Evening  than  at  oiher  times,  by 
reafon  the  Earth  is  covered  wiih  grofs  Vapours  j  and  be- 
fides,  being  obliged  to  pafs  through  a  longer  Column  or 
Series  ot  'cm,  to  reach  the  Horljin,  the  Im'age  of  the  Moon 
enters  the  Eje  at  a  greater  Angle,  and  is  really  painted 
there  greater. 

In  aiifwer  to  which,  it  mufl  he  faid,  that  notwilhftanding 
ihis  dilatati.jn  of  the  Pupil,  occafion'd  by  the  Obfcurity  ; 
if  tlic  Moon  be  viewed  through  a  little  pin-hole  made  in  a 
Paper,  flie  appears  lefs  when  in  the  Horizon. 

F.  G'oi.jc  finding  botii  the  Conjeilures  faUe,  advances  a 
third  ;  He  IS  of  opinion  then,  when  the  Moon  is  in  the 
Horizon  ;  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Earth,  and  the  grofs 
Vapours  wherewith  the  Moon  then  appears  inveloped,  have 
the  lame  Etfett,  with  regard  to  us,  as  a  Wall,  or  o- 
ther  dcnfe  Body  placed  behind  a  Column;  which  in  that 
Cafe  appears  bigger  than  when  infulatc,  and  incompaflcd 
on  all  iides  with  an  dluniincd  Air.  Further,  it  is  obferved 
that  a  Column  when  fluted,  appears  bigger  than  before, 
when  it  was  plain  ;  the  Flutes  being  fo  many  particular 
O'ojeas,  which  by  their  Multitude  occafion  the  Mind  to 
imagine  the  whole  Objefl  whereof  they  are  compofedof  a 
larger  extent.  The  lame  tiling  may  be  faid  of  the  feveral 
Objefls  feen  towards  the  Horizon,  to  which  the  Moon  cor- 
refponds  at  her  Rifing  and  Setting.  And  hence  it  is  that 
Ihe  appears  greater  Hill,  when  flie  rifes  or  fets  between 
Trees  ;  the  narrow,  yet  diitincl  Intervals  whereof  have 
the  fame  Efifefl  with  regard  to  the  apparent  Diameter  of 
the  Moon,  as  a  greater  number  of  Flutes  with  regard  to 
theShaftof  a  Column. 

For  the  Ediffes  of  the  tAoon,  fee  Eclipses. 

/or  tie  Moon's  Parn«.«,  fee  Parallax. 

To  find  the  Moon's  yige.  To  the  Day  of  the  Month  add 
the  Epafl  of  the  Year,  and  the  Months  from  March  inclu- 
five.  The  Sum,  if  under  30  ;  if  over,  the  Excefs  is  th= 
Moon's  Age.  If  the  Month  have  but  50  Days,  the  Excefs 
above  19  is  the  Moon's  Age. 

To  find  the  T;»ic  of  the  Moon's  Jeinj  in  the  Meridian, 
ot  Southing:  Multiply  her  Age,  if  under  i  j  Days,  by  4' 
and  divide  the  ProduS  by  5  ;' the  Quotient  gives  the  Hour' 
and  the  Remainder  multiplied  by  12,  the  Minute.  If  her 
Age  exceed  15,  fubflraft  15,  and  proceed  with  the  Re- 
mainder as  before. 

To  find  the  Time  of  the  Moon's  beginning  tojhine.  Mul- 
tiply her  Age,  if  under  i;,  by  48  ;  a'nd  divide  the  ProduS 
by  (So  :  the  Quotient  gives  the  Hours  ;  and  the  Remainder 
the  Minutes.  If  h.T  Age  be  above  i;  Days,  fubftraa 
the  time  thus  found,  from  14  ;  the  Remainder  gives  the  lime 
of  fllining  in  the  Morning. 

MOOR,  Mora,  a  Heath,  or  barren  Trafl  of  Ground. 
See  Heath. 

It  is  f.metimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  Morafs,  Mofs,  or  Fen.  See 
Morass. 

Mora  Muffa,  in  antient  Writings,  particularly  denotes  a 
Mofs,  or  Peat-Mofs. 

MOORING,  at  Sea,  is  the  laying  out  of  Anchors,  in  a 
proper  place,  for  the  fecure  Riding  of  a  Ship.  See 
Anchor. 

To  A.'ooi-  a-crofs,  is  to  lay  out  one  of  the  Anchors  on  one 
fide,   ora-thwart  a  River,  and  the  other  right  again!!  it. 

To  Moor  ii/onf/f,  is  to  have  an  Anchor  in  a  River,  and  a 
Hawfer  on  Shore. 

To  Moor  Quarter.fjot,  is  to  moor  Quartering,  between 
the  two  firtl  ways. 

Mooring  for  Eafi,  Weft,  i^c.  is  when  they  obferve 
which  way,  and  on  what  Point  of  the  Compafs  the  Wind 
or  Sea  is  moll  likely  to  endanger  the  Ship,  and  there  lay 
out  an  Anchor. 

MOORS-HEAD,  In  Cbymiflry,  a  Copper-Cap  mads 
in  form  of  a  Head,  to  be  fet  over  the  Chimney  of  a  Re^ 
verberating  Furnace.    See  Reverkeratory. 

Moors-Head  is  alfo  the  Head  of  a  Copper  or  Glafs- 
StiU  or  Alembic,  which  is  lured  on  to  the  Body  or  Cueur- 
blr,  and  hath  a  Beak  or  Pipe  to  let  the  Spirit  run  down  into 
the  Receiver. 

MOOT,  a  difficult  Cafe,  or  Queflion  argued  by  the 
Students  of  Inns  of  Court,  by  way  of  Exercife.  Sec 
Mooting. 

The  Word  !s  formed  either  from  the  Saxon,  MoumZi 
Afiembly  ;  or  the  French,  Mot,  Word. 

MOOTING. 


MOR  ( 

MOOTING,  the  chief  Excrcife  of  the  Students  in  the 
Inns  of  Court  j  being  the  arguing  of  Cafes,  which  youn^ 
Utter  Eartiiters,  ^c.  perform  at  appointed  Times,  the 
better  to  enable  them  for  IVafticc,  and  the  Defence  of 
their  Clients  Caufes.    See  Inns  of  Court. 

Such,  as  from  their  Learning  and  Standing  are  call'd  by 
the  Benchers  to  argue  Moot  Cafes,  are  caU'd  (jtter  harrijiers; 
ihc  reit,  who  for  want  of  Experience,  ^c.  are  not  ad- 
mitted, are  call'd  Inner  Barrijttrs.    See  Barrister. 

The  Place  where  Moot  Cafes  were  argued,  was  antiently 
call'd  a  Movt-Hall. 

In  ihe  Inns  of  Court  there  is  a  Bailiffs  or  Surveyor  of  the 
Jvlooti,  yearly  chofen  by  the  Bench  to  appoint  the  Moor-Me;i 
for  the  Inns  of  Chancery,  and  to  keep  Account  of  Ferfor- 
manceof  Exercifcs  boththcte  and  in  theHoufe. 

MOOl'-MEN  are  thofe  who  argue  Moot-Cafes.  SeeMooT. 

Out  of  thcfe  Moot-Men  are  chofe  Readers  for  the  Inns  of 
Chancery  -J  where,  in  Term-time  and  in  Vacations,  they  ar- 
gue Cales  in  the  prefuncc  of  Attorneys  and  C^ilerks. 

MORAL,  any  thing  relating  to  the  MiUiner;^  or  the 
Conduft  of  Life.    See  Manners. 

Thus,  befides  the  Theological  Virtues,  as  Faith^  Hope, 
Chauty,  ^c.  we  fay  there  are  alfo  Moral  Virtues,  as  'Jtiftice, 
Ttmfierance,  See  Virtue, 

Moral  of  a  Fable,  is  the  In{tru£iion  drawn  from  it.  See 
Fa  ble. 

Thus  when  TKcdrus  at  the  end  of  a  Fable  adds,  Hoc  illis 
diHiirn  ijiii,  ^c.  that  makes  what  we  call  the  Moral.  This, 
the  Giee^f  call'd  i-muv^iov  when  at  the  end  of  the  Fable, 
uikI  'nr£;/.'u'9i5i'  at  the  beginning.  The -Lrtfj?ii  call  it  Jjfabu' 
latio. 

Moral  Scjife^  the  Faculty  whereby  we  difcern,  or  per- 
ceive what  is  Good,  Virtuous,  Beautiful,  £^c.  in  Anions, 
Manners,  Ch3ra'5lers,  i^c. 

A  late  Author  has  endeavoured  to  prove  ,  that  it  is  a  pe- 
culiar Scnie  whereby  we  get  the  Ideas  of  thefe  Things  ; 
and  denominate  it  a  Moral  Senfe.    See  Moral  Sense. 

Moral  Theolo^,y  is  that  which  treats  of  Cafes  of  Con- 
fcience  j  call'd  alio  C(iyH//i-i_)'.    See  Casuistry. 

Moral  Ccrtaijity,  or  Alfurance,  is  ufcd  to  ilgnify  a  very 
ilrong  Probability  i  in  contra-diliinftion  to  a  Mathematical 
Demondration.    See  Certainty. 

Moral  ImpoJ/ibility,  is  what  we  otherwife  call  a  very 
great,  and  almoftinluperable  Difficulty  j  in  oppofition  to  a 
Phyfical,  or  Natural Impoffibility.    See  Impossibility. 

Moral  Philofophy,  a  Science  whofe  Object  is  to  diio^y 
and  form  our  Manners  i  to  explain  the  Reafon,  and  Na- 
ture of  Actions  i  and  to  teach  and  inllruiS  us  how  to 
acquire  that  Felicity  or  Happinefs  which  is  agreeable  to 
human  Nature.    See  Philosop hy. 

Moral  Ththfophy  is  the  fame  with  what  we  otherwife  call 
Ethics.    See  Ethics. 

Moral  yicliom,  or  A£ts,  are  fuch  as  render  the  Rational 
or  Free  Agent  Good  or  E.vil  j  and,  confequently,  Rewardabie 
and  Puiiiihabic  becaufe  he  doth  them.    See  Good,  ^c. 

MORALITY  is  a  Conformitv  to  thofe  unalterable  Ob- 
ligations which  refuit  from  the  nature  of  our  Exirtence, 
and  the  necelfary  Relations  of  Life  ;  whether  to  God  as  our 
Creator,  or  Mankind  as  our  Fellow-Creaturc. 

MORASSE,  a  Marflj,  Fen,  or  low  moirt  Grounds,  which 
drain  the  Waters  from  above,  without  having  any  defcent 
to  carry  them  off  again. 

5)w;/er- derives  the  Word  from  the  SaxoK  Merfe;  Salma- 
Jiits  from  Jlfare,  a  CoUeiftion  of  Waters  j  others  from  the 
Cer?na>2  Marcfi,  a  muddy  Place  j  and  others  from  Marefe, 
of  Maricetum,  a  Marifcis,  i.e.  Rufhts. 

In  Scotlajid,  Ireland,  and  the  North  of  England,  they 
have  a  peculiar  kind  of  M-n-aJfes,  call'd  Mojfes,  or  Feat- 
Moffes,  whence  the  Country' People  dig  their  Feat  or 
Turf.    See  T  urf. 

The  Earl  of  Cromarlie  gives  a  particular  Account  of 
thefe  Mofles  in  the  Fhilofaph.  Tranfail.  They  are  cover'd 
with  a  heathyScurf,  under  which  is  a  black,  moift,  fpongy 
Earth,  in  fome  Places  fliallnwcr,  in  others  deeper,  ordi- 
narily from  three  or  four  to  feven  or  eight  Feet  depth,  iho' 
in  fome  few  Places  twice  or  thrice  as  much. 

This  black,  fpungy  Earth  tlieycut  into  oblong  Squares 
with  Iron  Spades  fitted  to  that  end,  eight  or  nine  Inches 
long,  and  four  or  five  broad  ;  as  the  Men  cut  'em  up, 
they  arc  carried  and  fpread  on  a  dry  Ground,  to  be  dried  in 
the  Wind  and  Sun.  Some  of  thefe  become  harder,  fume 
loftcr,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  Mold  or  Earth  :  The 
more  black  and  folid,  the  better  Fire  ;  and  they  are  the 
leait  eftcemed  which  are  greyefr,  the  lightelf,  and  moft 
fpungy. 

When  they  have  cut  off  one  Surface  of  four  or  five  Inches 
deep,  ihey  proceed  downwards  to  another,  and  fo  to  a 
third  and  a  fourth,  till  they  come  to  ihe  hard  Channel,  un- 
lets they  be  llop'd  with  Water,  which  they  alfo  ordinarily 
remove  bv  making  a  Channel,  if  they  can  i  but  where  they 
cannot,  rher^  the  Water  tlagnates.  In  fuch  wafted  Pits, 
or  Ftat-Dikc5,  as  they  call  'em,  where  Water  hinders  the 


i  )  MOR 

cutting  the  fpungy  Earth  to  the  Bottom,  the  Fits  will  be! 
fiU'd  up  again  in  iom';  Tears  with  new  fpungy  Earth  j 
which  in  procefs  of  Time  comes  to  the  conftlience  of 
Peat-Mots  as  at  firll,  and  a  fcurfy  Heath-Turf  grows  over 
the  Top  of  ir.  When  ihe  Dikes  are  dug  down  to  the  hard 
Channel,  the  MolFes  don't  renew,  as  in  the  other  Cafe  i 
tho'  it  has  been  obfcrv'd,  that  if  they  be  cur  down  to  the 
Channel,  provided  the  Hearhy-Turf  cut  off  from  the  Top 
be  but  laid  on  the  Channel,  in  courfe  of  Time  the  Mois 
grows  again. 

Thefe  Moffcs  always  Hand  on  Plains  ;  tho'  they  are 
frequently  found  on  Hi!!*,  and  near  the  Top  of  'em  toos 
Yer,  as  that  curious  Nobleman  obferves,  the  Moffes  have 
always  a  defcent  to  'em,  and  generally  from  'em  5  info- 
much  that  he  never  knew  any,  where  the  Water  might  Hag- 
nate.  'Tis  the  Water  draining  from  above  that  feems  to 
be  the  Parent  of  Pear.  In  many  of  thefe  Mofles  are  found 
Quantities  of  Fir  ;:nd  Oak  Wood,ufualiy  in  whole  Trees;  for 
the  fmaller  Branches  are  feldom  found  unconfum'd.  This 
Wood  is  as  good  for  ufe  as  any  old  Wood  is  ;  only  that 
having  imbibed  a  deal  of  Moillure,  it  takes  fome  time  to 
dry,  in  order  to  fit  it  for  ufe. 

There  are  many  Places,  where  Wood  will  not  grow, 
where  yet  the  Mufics  are  well  llock'd  with  thefe  Under- 
ground Timber ;  but  yet  it  appears  there  muft  have  been 
Woods  formerly  :  Elfe  how  come  they  in  the  Moffes  ? 
To  prove  this,  that  Nuble  Lord  gives  us  the  Hiflory  and 
Origin  of  a  Mofs,  in  great  meafure  ftom  his  own  Experi- 
ence. In  the  Parifh  of  Lochbruj!,  in  the  Yearitfji,  he 
faw,  near  the  Top  of  a  very  high  Hill,  a  Plain  about  a 
Mile  over,  then  cover'd  with  a  firm  l^anding  Wood,  but 
which  was  fo  very  old,  that  not  only  the  Trees  had  no 
Leaves  or  Bark  on,  but  the  outfide  for  the  fpace  of  an  Inch 
inward  was  dead,  white  Timber,  tho'  within  they  wero 
firm.  Coming  by  the  fame  Place  1 5  Years  after,  he  could 
not  difcover  the  leail  Appearance  of  a  Tree,  but  inftead 
thereof  a  plain  gre^'n  Ground  cover'd  with  a  Mofs  ;  tha 
Trees  being  ail  fallen,  and  having  lain  fo  thick  over  one 
another,  the  Green  had  over-run  the  whole  Timber,  by- 
means  of  the  Moifiure  draining  from  the  Hill  above  ir^ 
and  liagnating  on  the  Plain.  He  adds,  that  none  could  pafa 
over  it  ;  the  Scurf  not  being  firm  enough  to  fupport  'em. 
In  thirty  Years  more  he  found  the  whole  Piece  of  Ground 
turn'd  into  a  common  Ftat-Mofs,  and  the  Country-People 
digging  Turf  and  Peats. 

This  accounts  for  the  Generation  of  Mofles,  and  whence 
it  is  that  many  of  them  are  furnifh'd  with  Timber. 

MORATUR,  or  Dhmor  atur,  in  Law,  fignifies  as  much 
as  he  Demurs  3  by  reafon  the  Party  here  goes  not  forward^ 
but  refts,  or  abides  upon  the  Judgment  of  the  Courr,  who 
take  time  to  deliberate,  argue,  and  advife  thereon.  See 
Demurrer. 

When  the  Council  of  the  Party  are  of  opinion,  that  the 
Count  or  Plea  of  the  adverfe  Party  is  infufficient  in  Law  ; 
then  he  jOe»KH!-f,  or  abides  in  Law,  and  refers  the  fame  to 
the  Judgment  of  the  Court. 

MORBID,  MoRBiDus,  in  Medicine,  is  J-pply'd  to  fig^ 
nify  thofe  Farts,  Humours,  ^c.  wherein  a  Di/e.T/e  lies.  See 
Disease. 

Morbid,  in  Painting,  is  particularly  apply'd  to  fat  Fle/ll 
very  ftrongly  expreffed. 

MORBILLI,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  popularly  calFd 
the  Meafles.  ScoMeasles. 

MORBUS,  a  Term  purely  Latitt,  fignifying  Difeafe. 
See  Disease. 

Morbus  Comitialis,  is  the  Efilepfy  ;  thu5  call'd  by  the 
Romans,  becaufe  when  in  any  of  their  public  Affcmblieg 
Perfons  fell  down  with  this  Diftemper,  they  immediately 
broke  up,  and  ditlolved  the  Comitia,  which  was  the  commoB 
Appellation  fof  fuch  Courts.    See  Epilepsy. 

iAorhm  Rt'^iu',      T  ^-Jaundice. 

Morbus  Vir^imus,  fSee  J  Chlorosis. 

Morbus  G alliens,     J        C,  Venereal  Difeafe. 

MORISCO,  or  MoRisK,  a  kind  of  Fainting,  Carving, 
i^c.  done  after  the  Manner  of  the  Moors  j  confuting  of  fe- 
veral  Grotefque  Pieces  and  Compartiments  promifcuoufly 
intermingled,  not  containing  any  perfeii  Figure  of  a  Man, 
or  other  Animal,  but  a  wild  Refemblance  of  Birds,  Bealls, 
Trees,  ^c.  SeeGROTESK. 

Thefe  are  alfo  call'd  Jrabefques,  and  are  particularly  ufed 
in  Embroideries,  Damask-Work,  45c.     See  Arabesk. 

Morefque  Da7ices,  vulgarly  call'd  MoiT/ce-Dnwcej",  are  thofe 
altogether  inimitation  of  theTlfoorj,  as  Sarabands,  Chacons,  ^c. 
which  are  ufually  performed  with  Cartagnets,  Tabours,  l^c. 
See  Castagnett AS. 

MORNING,  the  beginning  of  the  Day  ;  or  the  Time 
of  the  Sun-rifing.    SceDAV  and  Rising. 

The  Aftronomers  reckon  Morning,  Mane^  from  the  time 
of  Mid-nighr,  to  that  of  Mid-day.  Thus  an  Eclipfe  is  faid 
to  begin  at  1 1  a  clock  in  the  Mor^iing,  £=fc. 

MoRNiNG-5^«*-  is  the  Planet  Ventti,  when  a  little  to  the 
Eaftwaid  of  the  Sun  ;  that  Is,  when  fhe  rifes  a  little  before 
7  I  him. 


M  O  R 


(  ^81  ) 


M  O  R 


him.  In  this  Situation  ilie  is  caltM  by  the  Greeks  fbof- 
fhoyus ;  by  the  La.ins  Lue'fer,  ^c,    S  .e  Phosphorus. 

Morning  Twilight,  fee  Crepusculum. 

MORPHEW,  is  that  Freckle  or  Scurf  which  breaks  out 
fometiines  upon  the  Skin,  pirticularly  about  the  Forehead. 
See  Freckles. 

MOKS.ELLI,  and  MoRsuLi,  antient  Natnes  for  thofe 
Forms  of  Medicines  which  were  to  be  chew'd  in  the 
Mouih,  as  a  Lozeugs  ;  the  Word  fignifying  a  little  Mouth- 
ful.   See  Lozr NGB. 

MORSUS  D/flio/;,  Devil's  Bit  ;  a  Plant  which  feems  to 
have  a  fringe  around  its  Leaves,  is  thus  call'd. 

From  a 'likencfs  hereto,  has  the  Edge  or  Selvidge  of 
the  Tubx  FnHopmihe^  obtain'd  the  fame  Appellation.  See 
Fallopian. 

MORSUS  Cams  rahidi,  \o       S  HvDROPiiomA. 

MORSUS  5        ^  Viper. 

yiOKT  d'ylncejh-e,  in  Law,  fee  Assize  of  Mart  d'An- 
cejh-'j. 

MORTALITY,  a  Term  frequently  ufed  to  lignify  a 
contagious  Difcafc,  wbich  dcrtroys  great  Numbers  either 
of  MlH,  or  Beails. 

Bilh  0/ Mortality,  are  Weekly  Lifls  compiled  by  the 
Parifli-Cicrks  in  andaliout  Londovy  containing  the  Numbers 
of  fuch  asdie  of  each  Difeafe,  aswellasof  thofe  that  are 
born  every  Week. 

The  Ellis  are  of  fome  flanding  in  Etighitd,  in  imitation 
whereof  they  are  now  eltablifiied  at  Taris.  They  are  very 
ufeful  on  fcvc.ral  accoiji;ts,  panicularly  in  judging  of  the 
Mortality  of  any  Difeafe,  and  whether  an  Epidemic  or  In- 
fefiious  Ddiemf  Cr  inLreafes  or  abates. 

Mr.Graiwr,  who  examined  thofe  of  London  very  accu- 
rately, has  wrote  an  exprefs  Treatlfe  uf 'em.  Among  other 
things,  he  calculates  from  'ein,  that  of  100  PerG^ns  who  are 
born  in  the  fame  Week,  there  are  but  (J^  ktt  at  the  end  of 
fix  Tears  ;  but  4c  at  the  end  of  fixteen  Years  b  at  the  end 
ot  twenty  fix  "i  cars,  but  25  i  and  the  end  of  thirty  fix 
lears,  bui  16  ;  ar  the  end  of  forty  fix  Years,  but  10  ;  at 
the  end  of  fifty  llx,  no  more  than  fix  ;  at  the  end  of  fixty 
fix  iears,  but  5  ;  at  the  end  of  fcventy  fix,  bu:  i  ;  and  at 
the  end  of  eit^hty  Years,  thL-y  are  reduced  lo  none. 

He  likew  ;fe  makes  it  appear,  that  in  iiiid::nd  in  general, 
more  are  b.-m  Ivan  die  ;  but  in  London^  more  die  than  are 
bom:  The  Pupurtion  ot  Birihs  to  Rurtals ,  in  rhe  former, 
being  as  i  -'^to  one  ,  in  the  Uirer  as  jV  one.  1  bus  u,Ifo 
C.iiit  s  and  jv! urket- 1  riwns  are  tound  to  bury  1.1-53  to  i 
Birth.  But  in  Puns  they  cuiJo  Lvndotj  •■,  theirdcy  j  s  being 
It'O  1  Eirfh,    Jn  the  Villages  uf  tr-"er.  di>-:  th.;n 

are  born  ;  there  being  but  onedeath  to  1.  -t^z  iiiftha.  See 
Marriage. 

MOK  TAR,  or  Morter,  in  Architedluix,  is  a  Prepa- 
tion  of  Lime,  Sand,  ^c.  mixed  up  with  Water  ;  ferving,  as 
a  Cement,  to  bind  the  Stones,  ISc  of  a  Building.  See 
BuiLPiNG,  Cemeni',  SiJc. 

The  Antients  had  a  kind  of  Mortar  fo  very  hard  and 
binding,  th:ir,  aficr  fo  long  a  Duration,  'tis  next  to  im- 
poffible  10  fepar;itc  the  Parr.s  of  fome  of  their  Buildings  j 
tho'  there  are  fome  who  afcribe  that  exceffive  Strength  to 
Time,  and  the  Influences  of  certain  Properties  in  the  Air, 
which  is  found  to  harden  fome  Bodies  very  furprizingly. 

De  l.orw;e  obferves,  that  the  bert  Monar  ii  that  made  of 
Tuzzmli  i  adding,  that  it  penetrates  black  Flints,  and  turns 
'em  white. 

The  Lime  ufed  in  the  antient  Mo-tar  is  faid  to  be  burnt 
from  the  hardell:  Stones,  and  even  Fragments  of  Marble. 
See  LiM  E. 

Mr.  li  orledge  obferves,  that  fine  Duft  makes  weak 
"Mortar  j  and  the  rounder  the  Sand,  the  llrongcr  the 
Mortar.  He  therefore  advifcs  the  Sand  to  be  waflied  e'er 
mixed  ;  and  adds,  that  dirty  Water  weakens  the  Mortar 
confiderably.    See  Sand. 

The  Proportion  of  Lime  and  Sand  in  our  common  Mor- 
tar is  extremely  variable.  J'uruvius  prefcribes  three  parts 
of  Fir-Sand  and  two  of  River-Sand  to  one  ot  Lirne  ;  bur 
the  Sand  here  feems  to  be  over-dofed.  About  Xok(/oh, 
the  Proportion  of  Sand  to  quiik  Lime  is  as  5<>  to  25.  In 
fome  Parts  they  ufe  equal  Quantities  of  each. 

Woljius  obferves,  that  the  S"and  /liould  be  dry  and  fharp, 
fo  as  to  prick  the  Hands  when  rubbed  ;  yet  not  earthy,  lb 
as  to  foul  the  Water  it  is  wafti'd  in. 

Viiriinins  obferves,  that  Foffil-Sands  dry  fooner  than 
thofe  taken  out  of  Rivets.  Whence,  headds,  the  latter  is 
fittcft  for  the  Infidcs,  the  former  for  the  Outlides  of  a 
Building.  He  fubjoins,  that  FofltUSand  lying  long  in  the 
Air,  becomes  earthy.  TaHudio  takes  notice,  that  of  all  Sands 
white  ones  arc  the  worfl ;  the  reafon  is  owing  to  their  want 
of  Afperity. 

Mixing  and  hkridingof  ^Iort  ar  j 
M.  Fehhien  obferves  that  the  Antient  Mafonswere  fovery 
fcrupulouf  herein,  that  the  (j'-ceii  kept  ten  Men  conftantly 
cmploy'd  for  a  long  fpace  of  time,  to  each  Bafon,  which 


rcnder'd  it  of  fuch  prodigious  Hardnefs,  that  V: i ruvm  t^Wi 
us  the  Pieces  of  Plaifter  falling  off  from  old  Wa.li,l.]rv,d 
to  make  Tables.  i-f///>/e«  adds,  it  is  tt  Maxim  among  old, 
Mafons  to  their  Labourers,  tnat  toey  fluuld  dilute  with 
the  Sweat  of  their  Br^.w,  ue.  labour  it  a  long  time,  initead 
of  drowning  it  with  Water,  to  have  done  the  fooner. 

Befides  the  common  Mort-ir  u!ed  in  laying  of  Stones; 
Bricks,  SS'c.  there  arc  feverai  other  kaiHs.  As, 

White  Mortar,  ufed  in  Piaiflering  the  Walls  and 
Ceilings  3  made  of  Ox-Hair  mix':vi  with  Lime  and  Water, 
without  any  Sand.  SeepLAisTER. 

The  Mortar  ufed  in  making  of  Wflrer-Courfes,GIflerns, 
is  very  hard  and  durable,  made  of  Lime  and  Hog'j- 
Greafe,  fometimes   mix'd  with  the  Juice   of  Figs,  and  ■ 
fometimes  with    liquid  Pitch  ;     after    Application  it  is 
wafhed  over  with  Linfeed-Oil.    See  Cistern. 

Mortar  for  Furiiace!,  ^c.  is  made  with  red  Clay 
wroughtin  Water,  wherein  Horfe-Dung  and  Chimney-Soot 
has  been  Ifeep'd.    See  Furnace. 

Mortar  for  Sun-Di.ih  on  \\  ^';ls  may  be  made  of  Lime 
and  Sand  temper'd  with  Linfeed  Oil  ;  or,  for  want  of 
that,  with  fcumm'd  Milk.  This  will  grow  to  the  Hard- 
ncls  of  a  Stune. 

In  Buiidin;;s,  one  part  of  wafli'd  S(}:Lp-Afhes  mixed  with 
another  of  Lime  and  S^iid,  make  a  very  durable  Mortar. 

MORTAR,  or  Mortier,  a  Badge,  or  Enfign  of  Dig- 
nity bore  by  ihe  Chancellors,  and  Great  Prefidcntsuf  rha 
Parliaments  o't  I'raizce. 

It  contilts  of  a  Piece  of  Velvet  edged  with  a  Gold- Lace. 
They  formerly  bore  it  on  iheir  He^d,  but  nuw  m  tncir 
Hands. 

Hence  ihey  are  call'd  T>efidenti  a  Morticr. 

MURTAR-PIECE,  a  fliort  Hiece  of  Ordnance,  very 
thick  and  wide,  pruper  for  the  Carriage  of  Bombs,  Car- 
caffes,  Snells,  Stones,  £^c.  See  Ordn  anc e.  Bomb,  Car- 
cass, iS^c. 

Theie  are  two  kinds  Mortars  ;  the  one  hung,  or  mount- 
ed on  a  Carriage  with  low  Wheels,  after  the  manner  of 
Guns,  call'd  Fendent  or  Hanpn^  Mortars:  The  other 
fixed  on  an  immoveable  Bafe,  call'd  Standing  Mortars. 

At  the  hca.i  of  tlie  Bore,  or  Chafe  of  rhe  Mortar^  is  the 
Ch^mber^  for  ih^-  Charge  ()f  Puwtier.  This  is  ufuaily  made 
("yitnOrxal,  all  bur  the  Bafe,  wiiicJi  they  make  Herni- 
fpht.rical  :  Tho'  fome  of  the  lattr  Enrireers  prefer  Sphe- 
rical (.hambers  ;  as  the  Surface  of  thofe  Deihg  lefs,  under 
equal  C.ipacities,  make  kis  Refiitance  to  the  Gun-Powder. 

bet  (.HAM  BER. 

<  Tht  I  liu  knefsof  the  Mortir  about  the  Chamber  is  to 
be  much  [jrearer  than  about  the  Chafe  ■  by  reafon  the 
Gun-Powder  makes  a  much  greater  Effort  about  the 
Chamber  than  elfcwhere.  The  Diameter  of  the  Chamber 
to  be  much  lefs  than  that  of  the  Bore  ;  by  rcxfon  Bombs, 
Shells,  i$c.  are  much  lighter  than  Bullets  of  equal  Dia- 
meters ;  and,  confequenily,  lefs  Powder  fuffices.  See 
Bullet. 

To  ch.irge,  or  load  a  Mortar^  the  proper  Quantity  of 
Gun  Powder  is  put  into  the  Chamber  ^  and  if  there  be 
any  vacant  fpace,  they  fiil  it  up  with  Hay  ;  fome  chufe 
a  wooden  Plug.  Over  this  they  lay  a  Turf  3  fomea  wooden 
Tampian  fitted  to  the  Bore  of  the  Piece  ;  and  laflly  the 
Bomb,  taking  care  that  the  Fufee  be  in  the  Axis  thereof, 
and  the  Orifice  be  turn'd  from  the  Muzzle  of  the  Piece. 
What  remains,  is  to  be  fiU'd  up  with  Hay,  Straw,  Turf,  ^c. 
foasthc  Load  may  not  be  exploded  uithout  the  utmofl 
Violence.    See  Charge. 

The  Quantity  of  Gun-Powder  to  be  ufed,  is  found  by 
dividing  the  Weight  of  the  Bomb  by  50.  Tho'  this  Rule 
is  not  always  to  be  flriclly  obferved.    See  Gun-Fowd^r. 

To  elevate  the  Mortar,  fo  as  its  Axis  may  make  any 
given  Angle  with  the  Horizon  5  they  apply  the  Artillery- 
Level,  or  Gunner's  QMadrant ;  the  ufe  whereof  fee  under 
the  Articles  Level  and  Quadrant. 

An  Elevation  of  70  or  ho  Degrees  is  what  is  commonly 
chofefor  rendring  Afonars  mod  ferviceable  in  cairing  Shell's 
into  Towns,  Forts,  S^c,  tho'  the  greatett  Range  be  at  45^. 
See  Range. 

If  all  Mortar-Fieces  were,  as  they  ought  to  be,  exaflly 
Similar,  and  their  Requifites  of  Powder  as  the  Cubes  of  the 
Diameters  of  their  feverai  Bores  j  and  if  their  Shells, 
Bombs,  CarcaiVes,  'i£c.  were  alfo  Similar,  then,  compa- 
ring like  with  like,  their  Ranges  on  the  Plane  of  the  Ho- 
rizon, under  the  fame  Degree  of  Elevation,  would  be 
equal  ;  and,  confcquently,  one  Piece  being  *ell  proved, 
/.  t.  the  Range  of  the  Granado,  Bomb,  Carcafs,  ^c.  be- 
ing found  to  any  Degree  of  Elevation,  the  whole  Work  of 
x\\&  Mortar -Fiea'.  would  become  very  eafy,  and  exafl. 

But  fince  Morrtirj  are  not  thus  Similar,  'tis  required  that 
the  Range  of  the  Piece  at  fome  known  Degree  of  Eleva- 
tion be  accurately  found  by  meafuring  3  and  from  hence 
all  the  other  Ranges  may  be  determined. 

Thus,  to  find  the  Range  of  the  Piece  at  any  other  Eleva- 
tion required  3  fay,  as  the  Sine  of  double  the  Angle  under 

which 


M  O  R 


(  ^83  ) 


M  O  R 


which  the  Experiment  was  made,  is  to  the  Sine  of  double 
the  Anale  propofed,  fo  is  the  Range  knoWn  to  the  Range 
rcquirea. 

;juppofe,  fur  inftance,  'tis  found  that  the  Range  of  a  Piece 
elevated  to  50  Degrees  is  icqo  "Yards  j  to  find  the  Range 
uf  the  fame  Piece  with  rhe  jame  Charge  when  elevated  to 
45  Degrees :  Take  the  Sine  of  ^o'',  the  doubltj^  of  30'',  and 
iTiftke  It  the  firil  Term  cf  the  Ride  of  Three  j  the  lecond 
Term  tnuft  be  the  Sine  of  90*^,  the  double  of  i^'^^  ;  and 
the  third  the  given  Range  icco  1  The  fourth  Term  will 
be  ;5io,  the  Range  of  the  Piece  at  45*.  If  the  Elevation 
l>e  greater  than  45*,  Inlkad  of  doubling  ir,  take  the  Sine 
of  double  its  Complement  to  90''.  As  fuppufe  the  Eleva- 
tion of  a  Piece  be  50"^,  take  the  Sine  of  So'',  the  double 
of  40*^; 

Again,  if  a  determinate  Diftance  to  which  a  Shot  is  to 
be  caft,  be  given,  and  the  Angle  of  Elevation  to  produce 
that  EftV£l  be  required  ;  the  Range  known  muit  be  the 
firit  Term  in  the  /<"/t  0/  Three,  which  fuppofe  looo  Yards  j 
1'he  Range  propofed,  which  we  fuppofe  1600  lards,  the 
fecondTcrmj  and  the  Sine  of  60  double  of  the  Eleva- 
tion for  the  Range  of  loco  Yards,  the  third  Term.  The 
fourth  Term  will  be  found  the  Si«e  of  4^*^,  52',  whofe 
half  ii'^j  55'»  is  the  Angle  of  Elevation  the  Piece  mull 
have,  to  produce  the  deiired  Eff.:(S.  And  if  21*^,  55'  be 
taken  from  90'^,  you  will  have  68*^,4'  for  the  other  Ele- 
vation of  the  Piece,  with  which  the  fame  Effect  will  like- 
wife  be  produced, 

p'or  the  greater  Eafe,  and  to  avoid  the  trouble  of  finding 
Sines  of  double  the  Angles  of  propofed  Elevations,  GahUo 
and  To-rriccUi  give  us  the  following  Table,  wherein  the  Sines 
of  the  Angles  fought  are  had  by  iiifpeiK-^n. 

^  TABLE  of  Sine;  for  the  Ranges  of  }AoRr  ars. 


D,:gree&. 

Degrees. 

Ranges. 

Degrees. 

Degrees 

Ranges 

SO 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

I 

349 

66 

24 

7431 

S8 

2 

65 

25 

1660 

S7 

3 

1G45 

S4 

16 

7S8J 

Stf 

4 

1  ;>i2 

63 

27 

8090 

85 
84 

5 

17, « 

61 

28 

8290 

6 

61 

29 

S480 

85 

7 

24.19 

60 

30 

SCido 

8 

2)5tf 

59 

?■ 

882s 

81 

9 

;o90 

58 

S988 

80 

10 

3420 

57 

33 

9135 

79 

L  I 

;74<S 

5« 

34 

<)272 

78 

12 

4067 

55 

35 

9397 

77 

1  3 

4:84 

54 

3« 

7<; 

14 

46  )  5 

53 

37 

5613 

75 

15 

5000 

38 

97=3 

74 

IS 

5299 

51 

39 

9781 

73 

17 

559' 

50 

40 

9841 

72 

18 

5870 

49 

41 

9903 

71 

19 

«l  57 

48 

42 

994  S 

70 

20 

47 

43 

997if 

69 

2  I 

6691 

411 

44 

9994 

68 

<Sy47 

45 

45 

I  UOOO 

«7 

^3 

7193 

The  Ufe  of  this  Table  is  obvious.  Suppofe,  for  In- 
ilancc,  it  be  known  by  Experiment  that  a  Mortar  elevated 
J  5^,  charged  with  three  Pounds  of  Powder,  throw  a  Bomb 
to  the  DiHance  of  550  Fathom  ;  and  it  be  required,  with 
the  fame  Charge,  (o  throw  a  Bomb  100  Fathom  farther  : 
Seek  in  the  Table  the  Number  anfwering  to  15  Degrees, 
and  you  will  find  it  5000.  Then  as  550  is  to  45a,  fo  is 
5C00  to  a  fourth  Number,  which  is  (S428.  Find  this 
iSumber,  or  that  neareft  it,  in  the  Table,  and  againiT:  it 
you  will  find  20^,  or  70''  j  the  Angles  of  Elevation. 

For  the  Weight,  Dimcnfions,  ^c.  of  the  Bombs,  £^c.  to 
be  calt  out  o^MoTtarSy  and  the  Lines  of  the  Projediion  ;  fee 
BoMii,  Projectile,  JjTc- 

MORTGAGE,  in  our  Law,  is  the  fame  with  Hyf?othe- 
ca  in  the  Civil  Law,  vh.  an  Obligation,  whereby  Land  or 
Tenement  of  the  Debtor,  are  pawned  or  bound  over  to 
the  Creditor  fur  Money  or  other  Effects  borrow'd ;  pe- 
remptorily to  be  the  Creditor's  for  ever,  if  the  Money  be 
not  paid  at  the  Day  agreed  on. 

The  Crediior  holding  fuch  Land,  on  fuch  Agreement,  is 
in  the  mean  time  call'd  Tencii:t  in  Afort^age. 

GlairSile  ^^^ntz  Mungcgc^  Alortuum  J'adimn,  to  be  thatCK/Kj 
friil'us  "cel  reditu.'  interim  per  ceptl  in  nuHo  fe  acqv.ietaM .  Thus 
'tis  call'd  Ahrr^agey  i.  e.  dead  Ga^e^  of  Mart,  Death,  and  Gage, 
Pledge  ;  becaufe  whatever  Profit  it  yield.';,  yet  it  redeems 
not  itfelf  by  yielding  fuch  Prolir,  except  the  whole  Sum 
bortow'd  be  likewife  paid  at  the  Day;  the  Morti!;fli;er  being 
by  Covenant  to  receive  the  Profits  til!  default  of  Payment. 
Others  hold  it  call'd  Mort^age^  becaufe  if  the  Money  be 
not  paid  at  the  Day,  the  Land  jf/oj-irio-,  dies,  to  the  Debtor, 
and  is  forfeited  to  the  Creditor. 


He  who  lays  this  Pawn  or  Gage,  is  call'd  the  Mortgager- 
and  he  that  takes  it  the  Mort^^aies.  * 

This,  if  it  contain  exceffive  Ufury,  is  prohibited  by  a 
Statute  37  Henry  Viil. 

The  irraii^h  lometinies  ufe  the  Wrrd  'n  the  fame  fenfe  ifl 
their  Language.wnereitltandsin  Contraditlinif  ion  toafimplc 
Contract,  whicti  docs  not  carry  with  it  the  mean  Profits^ 
and  which  they  call  ^^f-g^^e.  Live-pledge. 

As  a  Afortg.tge  is  an  Engagement  for  the  Security  of  the 
Creditor,  all  means  have  been  laken  to  affure  hmi  of  the 
Effcd  j  that  of  the  Pawn  or  Pledge,  Teems  to  have  been 
ihe  moli  antient,  being  in  reality  the  fame  thing,  all  the 
difference  confilfs  in  this,  that  in  a  Mortgage  the  Pawn  was 
put  into  the  hands  of  the  Creditor  j  whereas  in  afimple 
Engagement,  the  Thing  rcma-neJ  in  the  hands  of  the 
Debtor.  But  it  was  afterwards  found  much  more  commo- 
diou.s  to  engage  an  Inheritance  by  a  fimple  Convention,  than 
by  an  aflual  Delivery. 

Accord  ngly, this  was  praflifed  by  the  Gree^,and  from  them 
borrowed  by  the  Remain  ;  who,  the  better  to  jirevent  Dcceitsj 
fixed  up  vifible  Marks  to  inform  the  Public,  that  ihe  EUate 
was  enga(!ed  by  the  Proprietor  :  Tho  thcfe  Marks  were 
found  Ui  injurious  to  the  Debtors,  that  the  Ufe  of  'cm  was 
at  length  prohibited. 

The  Romans  had  four  Kinds  of  Mortgages^  or  hlypothecv. 
The  "owi-'e/.-no/jfl/,  which  proceeds  from  the  Will  and  Con- 
fen  t  of  the  Contrac^ers the  which  is  introduced  by 
the  Law,  and  which  is  therefore  call'd  Tacn.  The  Mort- 
gage of  the  Fr.ctor,  when  by  ihe  Flight  or  Refufal  nf  the 
Debtor,  the  Cteditor  was  put  in  poffefTion  of  his  Effe£ls. 
And  the  judiciary  Afortgage,  when  the  Creditor  was  put  in 
poffeCfioii,  in  confequence  of  a  Decree  or  Sentence.  The 
Civil  Lawyers  diltingui/h  twenty-fix  different  Kinds  of  Ta- 
cit Morvj^a^e-. 

MORTIFICATION,  in  Medicine,  l£c.  a  D,Te  a  fe,  where- 
in, the  natural  Juices  ot  any  part  quite  lofe  iheir  proper 
Motions  5  and  by  that  means  fall  into  a  fermentative  one 
and  corrupt  and  deilroy  rhe  Texiure  of  tht^  Part, 

There  are  two  Specie;^,  or  rather  Degrees  of  Mortifica- 
tion: The  one  call'd  a.  Gan^reiKj  which  Is  a  Mortijication 
in  its  firj>,  or  beginning  State  :  The  other  a  Sphacelus^ 
which  is  a  prrfc^>,  or  finifh'd  Mortification.  See  Gan- 
grene and  Sp  n  AC  ELus. 

MORTMAIN,  a  Term  in  Law,  figoifying  an  Aliena- 
tion of  Lands  and  Tenemenrs  to  any  Guild,  Corporation, 
or  Fraternity,  and  their  Succeffors ;  as  Kifhops,  Parfons,  Vi- 

C.rs,  b--C  ALiENATlON. 

Such  Alienation  may  not  be  done  without  the  King's  Li- 
cence, and  that  of  the  Lord  of  the  Mannur }  or  of  the  Kin« 
alone,  i*"  it  bo  immedii-.-ly  holden  of  him. 

The  Prrlidcms  and  Gavernours  uf  the  Hofpitals  may, 
without  Licence  in  A'^OfOK.';;;:,.  purchafe  Land,  Si''-"-  not  ex- 
ceeding the  yearly  Value  of  3000/.    Star,  14.  Car.  1. 

Tlie  Word  l.tcraUy  denotes  Dead-hUmd,  being  a  Com- 
pound of  M'j",  dr;ad,  and  Mum,  Hand. 

Thus  Hattoiiian  de  FerL  Feudal,  fuys,  Manus  mjrtita  locutio 
ejl  qtiie  ajio'patur  de  lis  quorum  poffe^o^  ut  ita  d  cam  Immortalit 
ejt  ^  quia  nuyiqiiam  h^ercdem  habere  defment.  Q^ua  de  caufa  re* 
nunqn  ini  ad  priorem  (Jominum  revertitHr.  'Nam  Manus  pro 
folf^lfone  dicitm-j  Mortua  per  Jntphrafin  pro  Immortali,  ^c. 

I  he  Reafon  ot  the  Name  proceeds  from  this,  that  the 
Services  and  other  Profits  due  for  fuch  Lands,  fhould  not, 
without  fuch  Licence,  come  into  a  dead  Hand,  (M«/;mioi-f,) 
i.e.  into  a  Hand  as  it  were  dead,  that  is,  fo  dedicated 
to  God,  or  pious  Ufcs,  as  to  be  different  from  other  Lands, 
Tenements,  or  Hereditaments,  and  never  to  revert  to  the 
Donor,  or  any  temporal  or  common  Ufe.  Hottoman  de- 
fines Moft-main  to  bc  the  PoffefTion  of  thofe  who  are,  as  it 
were,  immortal,  becaufe  they  never  ceafed  to  have  Heirs  5 
fo  that  the  Edate  never  reverts  to  its  firff  Lord.  Main, 
Hand,  being  ufed  for  PoffefTion  ;  and  iVort,  Deed,  by  An- 
tiphrafis,  fur  immortal. 

MORTOISE,  or  Mortise,  in  Carpentry,  iSc.  a  kind 
of  Joint,  wherein  a  Hole  or  Incifion,  of  a  certain  Depth,  is 
made  in  the  Thicknefs  of  a  Piece  of  Wood,  which  is  to  re- 
ceive another  Piece,  call'd  a  Te«o?;.  SeeTENON, 

The  Word  is  originally  French.  Borcl  derives  it  from 
mordere,  to  bite, 

MORTUARY,  is  a  Gift  left  by  a  Man  at  his  Death  to- 
his  Parifli-Church,  for  a  Rccompence  of  his  Perfonal 
Tithes  and  Offerings,  not  duly  paid  in  his  Life-time.  It 
is  not  propctly  and  originally  due  to  an  IncumVcnt  from 
any  but  thofe  of  his  own  Patiih  :  But,  by  Cuffoni,  in 
fome  Places  of  the  Kingdom,  it  is  paid  to  the  Parfons  of 
other  Parifhes,  as  the  Corps  pafTes  thro  them. 

MOSAIC,  Mosaic  HVrk,  or,  as  fome  chu fe  to  call  h, 
MnsAic,  from  the  Latin  Opus  Mtfvum  ;  an  AfTemblage  of 
little  Pieces  of  Giafs,  Marble,  precious  Stones,  £?c.  of  va- 
rious Colours,  cut  fquare  and  cemented  on  a  Ground  of 
Stuc,  ^c.  imitaiing  the  natural  Colours  and  Degradations 
of  Painting.    See  Painting. 

In 


MOS 


C  ^84  ) 


MOS 


In  this  fenfe  Mofik  Work  includes  "Marqmryym  Inlaid  they  difpufe  ordedy  in  Cafes  5       in  Painting  hiFrefco,  'tis 

Work^  ramerin^,  ^c.    But  in  the  reftrain'd  lenfe  of  the  ufual  to  range  all  the  different  Teints  in  shells,  and  ac- 

Word,  it  only  takes  in  Works  of  Stone,  Metals  and  Glafs;  cording  to  their  Colour. 

thofe  of  Wood  being  diUinguiih'd  by  the  Name  of  Mar-       If  'tis  dtfir'd  to  have  Gold,  either  in  the  Ground  of  the 

qitetry  or  bilaymg.  Painting,  or  in  the  Omament-s  or  the  Draperies,  they  take 

Others  dittihguiih  otherwife  between  Mofaic,  and  'Mar-  fome  of  the  Pieces  of  Glafs,  form'd  and  cut  in  the  man- 

5«et>-v.    In  that  properly  call'd  Mojaic,  the  feveral  Stones  ner  juft  inention'd.    Thefe  they  moiften  on  one  fide  with 

are  all  of  the  fame  Colour  j  and  the  Changes,  and  Dimi-  Gum-Water,  and  afterwards  lay  'em  over  with  Gold-Leaf. 

r.utions  of  Colours,  and  Sn;ide.s  are  made  by  applying  dif-  They  then  put  this  Piece,  or  feveral  Pieces  at  a  tiine,  on  a 

ferent  Stones  one  on  another,  burallofrhe  fame  Colour.  Fire-lhovel,  w  hich  they  place  in  the  mouth  of  the  Furnace 

Marqueiry^  on  the  Contrary,  cunfifl.s  of  Scones  of  difftrent  after  having  firlt  cover'd  them  with  another  hollow  Piece 

Colours  j  and  by  thefe  the  feveral  Colours,  Shades,  De-  of  Glafs.    Here  they  continue  till  fuch  time  as  they  be- 

gradations,  ^c.  are  exprcfs'd.  come  red-hot ;  after  which  the  Shovel  is  drawn  out;  all  at 

The  Critics  are  divided  as  to  the  Origin  and  Reafon  of  once,  and  the  Gold  becomes  fo  firmly  attach'd  to  the  Glafs' 

the  Kame  Mojaic.    Some  derive  it  from  Mofaicum,  a  Cor-  that  it  will  never  afterwards  leave  it. 

ruption  of  Mujakim,  as  that  is  of  Mrfiz-um,  as  it  was  call'd        Now,  to  apply  thefe  feveral  Pieces,  and  out  of  'em  to 

a,mong  the  Rumans.    Scaligcr  derives  it  from  the  Gree^  ^.aoac,  form  a  Picture,  they  firft  make  a  Cartoon,  or  Defi^n  ■  this 

and  imagines  the  Name  was  given  to  this  fort  of  Works,  they  transfer  on  the  Ground  or  Plailler,  by  calt]uina,'as  in 

as  being  very  fine,  and  ingenious.    A''t'ir«e7?/;j  is  of  opinion  Painting  in  Frefco.    See  Fresco. 

they  were  fo  call'd,  bccaufe  ex.  tllis  FitJuns  orHabamur  Mn-       As  this  Plailkr  is  to  be  laid  thick  on  the  Wall,  it  will 

continue  frefh  and  foft  a  confiderable  time,  fo  that  there 

Mofaic   feems  to    have  taken  its  Origin  from  Favln^  :  may  be  enough  prepar'd  at  once  to  fcrve  three  or  four  days. 

The  fine  Effed  and  Ufe  of  Pavements,  compofed  of  Pieces  It  is  compos'd  of  Lime  made  of  hard  Stone,  with  Bricfc- 

of  Marble  of  diiiercnt  Colours  fo  well  join'd  together,  as  dufi:  very  fine,  Gum-Tragacanih,  and  Whites  of  Eggs  ; 

that  when  dry'd  they  might  be  joli/li'd,  and  the  whole  when  it  is  thus  prepar'd,  and  laid  on  the  Wall,  and  made 

liiake  a  very  beautiful  and  folid  Body,  which  continually  the  D-^fy^n  of  what  is  to  be  reprefented,  wicii  Plyers  they 

trtjdden  upon,  and  wafiied  with  Water,  was  not  at  all  ila-  lake  out  the  tittle  Pieces  of  Glafs,  ranging  'em  one  after 

maged  ;  gave  the  Painterihe  hint ;  who  foon  carry'd  the  another,  and  ftill  keeping  Piridily  to  the  l^ght  Shadow,  dif- 

Art  to  a  much  greater  Perfection  :   fo  as  to  reprefent  Fo-  ferent  Teinis  and  Cidours  reprefented  in  the  Defign  before  ; 

liages,  Mafques,  and  other  GrotLfque  Pieces   of  various  prefi~ing  or  flatting  "em  down  with  a  Ruler,  which  fervcs 

Colours,  on  a  Ground  of  black  (.a  white  Marble.    In  fine,  both   to  fink  'em  within  the  Ground,  and  to  render  the 


obferving  the  good  Effeft  which  this  kind  of  Work  had  in 
pavements,  and  finding  tliat  it  refilled  Water,  they  pro- 
ceeded to  line  Walls  therewith,  and  fo  make  various  Fi- 
gures for  the  Ornament  of  their  Temples  and  public 
buildings. 

But  Nature  not  producing  Variety  of  Colours  enough 
for  'em  in  Marbles,  to  paint  all  kinds  of  Objects,  they  be- 
thought of  counterfeiting  'em  with  Glals  and  Metal  Co- 
lours j  which  fucceeded  fo  well  with  'em,  that  having  gi- 
ven all  manner  of  Teints  to  an  infinite  number  of  little 
Pieces  of  thefe  two  Matters,  to  coimterfeit  Stones  of  va- 
rious Colours,  in  order  to  get  more  Colours  i  the  Workmen 
arranged  'em  with  fo  much  Art,  that  their  Mofaic  feem'd 
almofl  to  difpDte  with  Paintings.  This  way  of  rcprefenting 
Objcfls  having  this  advantage,  that  it  refills  the  Injuries 
of  the  Air  as  well  as  Marble  itfelf  5  and  even  grows  more 
beautiful  with  Time,  v/hich  effaces  all  othej:  kind  ot  Paint- 

But  the  Moderns  arc  gone  further,  and  fetting  afide  Glafs 
and  Metals,  as  too  mean  Materials,  have  introduced,  along 


Surface  even. 

Thus,  in  a  long  time,  and  with  an  infinite  deal  of  trou- 
ble, they  finifh  the  Work,  which  is  {liU  the  more  beau- 
tiful, as  ihe  Pieces  or  Glafs  are  more  uniform,  and  rang'd  at 
more  equal  heights.  Some  of  thefe  arc  executed  with  fo 
much  julhiefs,  that  they  appear  as  fmooth  as  a  Table  of 
Marble,  and  as  fini/li'd  and  mafterly  as  a  Painting  in  Fref- 
co; with  this  advantage,  that  they  have  a  fine  Luflre,  and 
will  hold  almofl  for  ever. 

The  fineif  Works  of  this  kind,  that  have  defcended  to 
us,  and  thofe  whereon  the  Moderns  have  retriev'd  the  Art 
almoft  loft,  are  thofe  of  the  Church  of  St.  ^^fies,  for- 
merly the  Temple  of  Bacchm  a.t  Rome;  at  Fifa,  Florence^ 
and  other  Cities  of  Italy.  The  moll  erteem'd  among  the 
Works  of  the  Moderns,  are  thofe  of  Jofefh  Fine^  and  the 
Chevalier  La7ifranc,  in  the  Church  of  Sr.  Ttrer  at  Rome. 
There  are  very  good  ones  likewife  at  Venice. 

Mosaic  Work  of  Marble ^  and  frecious  Stones. 
Thefe  two  Kinds  oiMofaics  bear  fo  near  a  relation  to  each 
with  the  fineif  Marbles,  the  richeit  of  precious  Stones,  as    other,  as  to  the  Manner  of  Working,  that  to  avoid  Repeii- 
Lapis,  Agat,  Cornelians,  Emeralds,  Turquoifes,  ^c.  tion,  we  Oiall  give    em  both  under  one;    obferving,  by 

Of  thefe  three  Kinds  of  il/i/y^/V-Work,  that  of  colour'd    the  way,  wherein  the  one  differs  from  the  other  either  in 
Glafs  and  Metals  is  now  little  in  ufe,  tho  of  a  furprizing    the  fawing  or  the  ranging  of  the  Stones.  ' 
Lullre  and  Dur^.blenefs :   of  the  other  two,  that  of  Mar-        Mofaic  of  Murhle  is  ufed  in  large  Works,  as  in  Pavements 
bles  alone  is  in  common  Ufe;   the  Afofaic  of  precious    of  Churches,  Bafilics,  and  Palaces  ;  and  in  the  Incruflation 
Stone  being  fo  very  dear,  that  the  few  Workmen  who  ap-    and  Vaneering  of  the  Walls  of  the  fame  Edifices.  As 


ply  thcmfelves  to  it,  make  little  clfe  but  petty  Works, 
Ornaments  for  Altar- Pieces,  Tables  for  rich  Cabinets,  i^c. 
Tho  out  of  thefe  muit  be  excepted  that  fumptuous  Cha- 
pel of  the  Dukes  of  Titjcany,  which  has  btcn  lo  long  in 
hand,  and  which,  if  ever  it  be  finifli'd,  will  be  a  nohle 
Monument  of  the  Magnificence  and  Piety  of  thofe  Princes, 


that  of  Stones,  efpccially  ^rsciotis  Stonesy  'tis  only  ufed  in 
fmall  Works,  as  before  ob/erv'd. 

The  Ground  of  Mofaic  Works  wholly  Marble,  is  ordi- 
narily a  inifijve  Marble,  either  white  or  black.  On  this 
Ground  the  Dcfign  is  cut  with  a  Chiffel,  having  been  firll 
calqued.    When  'tis  dug  of  a  fufficient  Depth,  i.e.  an  Inch 


well  as  of  the  Patience  an<l  Addrefs  of  the  Workmen  or  inore,  'tis  fill'd  up  with  Marble  of  a  proper  Colour,  firS 

employ 'd  therein.  _  contourn'd,  or  fafhion'd  to  the  Defign,  and  rcduc'd  to  the 

We  fliall  however  erter  into  fomc  Detail  of  the  Manner  Thicknefs  of  the  Indentures,  with  various  Initruments.  To 

of  working  in  thofe  three  Kinds  oi' j]fof.iic  j  to  which  we  make  the  Pieces,  thus  inferred  into  the  Indentures,  hold 

fhall  add  a  fourth  much  newer,  yet  equally  ingenious  with  whofe  feveral  Colours  are  to  imitate  thofe  of  the  Defign' 

any  of  the  reft,  made  with  a  kind  of  Gji/yifH;  or  Talc,  found  they  ufe  a  Stuc,  compos'd  of  Lime  and  Marble  Dull: ;  or 

in  Stone-Quarries  abeut  F.iris.  a  MaJlic,  which  each  Workman  prepares  differently:  after 

which,  the  Work  is  half  polifli'd  with  a  foft  kind  of  Stone 
Mosaic  Work  of  GLfs.  The  Figures  thus  mark'd  out,  the  Painter,  or  Sculptor 

himfelf  draws,  with  a  Pencil,  the  Colours  of  the  Figures  not 

This  Kind  o{ Mofaic  they  begin  with  little  Pieces  of  Glafs,  determin'd  by  the  Ground,  and  in  the  fame  manner  makci 

which  they  provide  of  as  many  different  Colours  as  poCfi-  Strokes  or  Hatchings,  in  the  Places  where  Shadows  arc  to 

ble.    To  this  end,  the  Glaffmen's  Furnaces  being  difpofed,  be;    and  when  he""  has  engrav'd  with  the  Chiffel  ail  the 

and  their  Pots  or  Crucibles  full  of  the  Matter  of  which  Strokes  thus  drawn,  he  fills  ihem  up  vvith  a  black  Maltic 

Glafs  is  made,  cr  rather  of  Glafs  already  made,  they  put  compos'd  partly  of  Dur^mdy-'Plich,  pour'd  on  hot  ;  taking 

what  Colour  or  Dye  they  think  fit  in  each  Crucible,  aUays  off,  afterwards,  what  is  fuperfluous,  with  a  piece  of  foft 

ficginningwith  the^weakeft,  andauginenting  the  Srrergth  of  Stone  or  Brick,  which  with  Water  and  beaten  C'-ment 
the  Colours  from  Crucible  to  Crucible,  till  they  come  to  the  takes  away  the  Mallic,  poliflies  the  Marble,  and  renders 
deepelt  Die,  as  in  mixing  of  Colours  on  a  Palette  to  paint  the  uhole  fo  even,  one  would  imagine  it  only  confined  of 
in  Oil.  When  the  Glafs  is  well  boil'd,  and  all  the  Co-  one  Piece:  'Tis  this  kind  of  Mofaic  we  fee  in  the  pom- 
lours  in  their  perfeftion,  they  take  out  the  Glafs  hot,  as  it  pous  Church  of  the  Invalids  at  Faris^  and  the  fine  Chapel 
is,  and  lay  it  on  a  fmooth  Marble,  flatting  it  down  at  Kcvyfi^/Zej ;  and  wherewith  fomc  entire  Apartments  of  that 
with  another  like  Marble,  and  then  cutting  it  into  Slices    Palace  are  incruflated. 

of  equal  bignefs,  and  about  the  thicknefs  of  an  Inch  and  For  Mofaic  Work  of  (>recioits  Stones  j  there  are  required  o 
half.  They  then  with  an  Inflrumenr,  which  the  Italians  thcr  and  moredelicate  Inftruments  than  thofe  ufed  in  Mar' 
cM  Bocca  di  Cane,  make  other  Pieces  fquar-,  and  others  of  ble;  as  Wheels,  Drills,  Tin  Plates,  ^f.  ufed  bv  Lapida- 
different.  Figures  and  Sizes,  as  occafion  requires;   thefe    ries,  and  Engravers  on  Stone.  '  -    •  t  " 


M  O  S 


^s? ) 


MOS 


As  none  b;!t  the  richeU- Marbles  and  Stones  enter  this 
WorJv,  ro  make  Vin  go  rhe  further,  they  are  fawn  into  the 
thiniifrlt  Leaves  imaginable,  fcarce  exceeding  half  a  Ij'ne 
inlhicknefs;  the  Etoci  to  be  faw'd,  is  faitcn'd  firmly 
with  Cords,  on  the  Bench,  only  rais'd  a  little  on  a  piece 
of  Wood,  one  or  two  Inciies  higii.  Two  Iron  Pins,  which 
are  on  one  lide  the  Hio^k,  and  which  ferve  to  faften  if, 
iurve  alfu  to  direft  the  Sav/,  which  with  Pieces  thus  faw'd, 
arc  -put  into  a  Vice  contrived  for  the  purpofe  ;  and  with  a 
kind  of  Saw  or  How  made  of  fine  Brafs  Wire,  bent  on  a 
riece  of  Ipnngy  Wood,  together  with  Emery  Ikep'd  in 
Water,  the  Leaf  is  gradually  fafhion'd,  by  following  the 
Strekes  of  the  Def}gn  made  on  Paper,  and  glued  on  the 
Piece.    See  MAB.q_uE.TRY. 

When  there  are  Piters  enougb  faften'd  to  form  an  entire 
Flower,  or  fome  other  Part  of  the  Defign,  they  are  ap- 
ply'd.  The  Ground  that  funoorts  this  Mofaic,  is  ufuaWy  of 
Free  Stone.  The  Matter  wi.erewith  the  Stones  are  join'd 
togeih'-T,  is  a  Mallic,  or  kind  of  Stuc,  laid  very  thin  on 
the  Leaves  as  they  are  fa/Jiian'd  i  and  the  Leaves  in  this 
State,  apply'd  with  Pliers.  If  any  Contour,  or  Side 
of  a  Leaf,  be  not  either  rounded  enough,  or  fquared  c- 
nough,  to  Ht  the  Place  where  it  is  to  be  ufed,  when  'tis 
too  large,  'tis  brought  down  with  a  Brafs  File  or  Rafp,  and 
when  too  fmali,  is  managed  with  a  Drill,  and  other  Lapi- 
dary-Infirumenis. 

Manner  of  mahng  Mosaic  Work  of  Gy^fm. 

The  Gypfum  is  a  kind  of  coarfe  Talc,  or  a  fliining 
tranfparent  Stone,  found  in  the  ("^.uarries  o{ Monttnartre  near 
Paris,  among  the  Stones  thence  dug  to  make  the  Plaifter 
of  Paris:  'tis  different  from  the 'praiiler,  but  retains  the 
JJaine  the  Romans  gave  the  Plailler,  -Siz.  Gypfum.  Of  this 
Stone,  calcined  in  a  Kiln,  and  beaten  in  a  Mortar,  and 
pafs'd  thro  a  Sieve,  they  make  a  kind  of  artificial  Marbles, 
imitating  precious  Stones,  and  of  thefe  compofe  a  kind  of 
Mojaic  Work,  which  comes  little  /liort  either  of  the  Dura- 
blenefs  or  Vivacity  of  the  natural  Stones  ;  and  which  has 
this  advantage,  that  it  admits  of  continu'd  Pieces,  or  Paintings 
of  entire  Compartiments,  without  any  Joining  vifiblc. 

Seme  mate  the  Ground  of  Plaiiler  of  Paris,  others  of 
Free  Stone:  if  the  former,  'tis  fpread  in  a  wooden  Frame, 
of  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  intended  Work,  and  about 
an  Inch  and  half  thick.  This  Frame  is  fo  contriv'd,  as,  the 
Tenons  being  only  join'd  to  the  Mortoifes  by  fingle  Pins, 
they  may  be  taken  afunder,  and  the  Frame  be  difmounted 
when  the  Plaifter  is  dry.  This  Frame  they  cover  on  one 
fide  with  a  flrong  Linnen  Cloth,  nail'd  all  around,  which  be- 
ing plac'd  horizontally,  with  the  Linnen  at  bottom,  is  fill'd 
with  Plaifter,  pafs'd  thro  a  wide  Sieve.  The  Plaifter  be- 
ing half  dry,  the  Frame  is  fet  perpendicular,  and  left  till 
tc  be  quite  dry;  then  taken  our,by  difmounting  the  Frame. 
In  this  Mo/fl/c,  the  Ground  is  the  moft  important  Part. 

Now  to  prepare  the  fifted  Gypfum  to  be  apply'd  on  this 
Ground,  they  diffolve  and  boil  it  in  the  beft  Englifj  Glue, 
and  after  mixing  with  it  the  Colour  it  is  to  bear, "the  whole 
iswork'd  up  together  into  the  ordinary  Confiftence  of  Plai- 
iler ;  and  then  taken  and  fpread  on  the  Ground,  five  or  fix 
Inches  thick.  It  muft  be  obferv'd,  that  if  the  Work  be 
fuch,  as  that  Mouldings  are  requir'd,  they  are  form'd  with 
Gouges  and  other  Inftruments. 

_  'Tis  on  this  Plaifter,  thus  colour'd  like  Marble  or  pre- 
cious Sronc,  and  which  is  to  ferve  as  a  Ground  to  a  Work 
either  of  Lapis,  Agar,  Alabafter,  or  the  like,  that  the  De- 
fign  to  be  reprefentcd  is  drawn;  having  been  firft  pounced 
or  calqued.  To  hollow  or  imprefs  the  Defign,  they  ufe 
the  fame  Inftruments  with  the  Sculptors;  the  Ground 
whereon  they  arc  to  work,  not  being  much  lefs  hard  than 
Marble  itfclf.  The  Cavities  thus  made  in  the  Ground,  are 
fiU'd  up  with  the  fame  Gypfum  boil'd  in  (ilue,  only  diffe- 
rently colour'd  ;  and  thus  are  the  feveral  Colours  of  the 
Original  reprefentcd.  To  have  the  neccflary  Colours  and 
Teints  at  hand,  they  temper  Quantities  of  the  Gvpfum 
with  the  feveral  Colours,  in  little  Pots.  When  the  Defien 
is  thus  fill'd,  and  render'd  vifible,  by  half  poli/liing ''it  ' 
with  Brick  or  fott  Stone  ;  thsy  go  over  it  again,  cut'ting 
fuch  Places  as  are  either  to  be  weaker,  or  more  fiiadow'd, 
and  filling  'em  with  Gypfum  ;  which  is  repeated  till  all 
the  Colours,  added  one  after  another,  reprefent  the  Original 
to  the  Life.  The  Work  being  fini/h'd,  is  fcower'd  with 
foft  Stone,  Sand  and  Water  ;  then  with  Pumice-flone,  and 
laftly,  poliili'd  with  a  wooden  Mullet  and  Emerv.  Laftly, 
the  Luftrc  is  i;iven  ir,  by  fmeering  it  over  with  ©il,  and 
rubbing  it  a  long  time  with  the  Palm  of  the  Hand  ;  which 
gives  It  a  Luilre  nothing  inferior  to  that  of  natural  Mar-  hatch 
Me. 


take  a  Truel-full  of  each,  and  difpofe  'em  in  a  Trough, 
without  any  order;  then  without  mingling  'em,  and  only 
by_  cutting  or  croffing  the  Gypfum  of  each  Truel  once  or 
twice  wiih  eich  of  the  reft,  they  give  'em  that  beautiful 
Cor,fufion,  which  makes  the  Value  of  natutal  Marbles: 
0(  thele  ihey  then  make  their  Tablcs.or  lay  'cm  in  a  Mold, 
according  to  rhe  Work  to  be  done. 

As  to  Marquetry  or  Inhid^Vmk,  the  Anticnts  were  well  ac- 
quainted with  it,  and  ufed  it  for  the  adorning  of  their  Beds, 
'I'ables,  and  other  Moveables;  ufing  for  this  purpofe  Ivo- 
ry, and  the  richeil  Woods.  But  Friar  jolm  od'erma  feems 
to  have  contributed  the  moll  to  its  PcrfeeTion,  bv  difco- 
vering  the  Secrerof  dying  Woods  of  all  Colours  and  De- 
grees; by  which  means  he  was  enabled  ro  imitate  Paint- 
ing, and  even  ro  reprefent  Architeflure  in  Perlpcclive. 

'rhey  begin  with  fawing  their  Woods  into  Leaves,  of  tha 
Thicknefs  of  one  or  two  Tenths  of  an  Inch  ;  then  taks 
Pieces  of  the  Defign  they  are  to  follow,  and  fallen  'em  to 
thofc  Leaves,  and  with  a  little  Steel  faw  the  Contour  of 
the  Dclign.  All  that  isneceffary  being  taken  off  with  ihe 
Saw,  they  give  the  Shadow  to  thofe  Places  that  require  ir 
by  placing  the  Piece  in  a  hot  Sand,  or  othcrwife,  with  the 
Dircflion  neceffary  to  (hadow  it  tnoreor  lefs.  This  done, 
they  lay  each  Piece  in  its  place,  on  a  Ground  of  another 
Wood,  as  dry  Oal;,  and  there  fallen  them  with  ftrong  Glue. 

There  are  rwo  orher  Branches  of  Mofiic  Work  ;  the  one 
call'd  Oamashenlng,  or  D:,mask-JVorh,  confilling  in  an  Af- 
femblage  of  Gold  or  Silver  Threads,  of  which  are  fome- 
times  fotm'd  flat  Works,  and  fometimes  Baffo-Relievos. 

See  DAMASIiEENING. 

The  other  is  call'd  SeS-KVi,  confiding  of  Shells,  arti- 
ficial Congelations,  Petrifications,  gfc.  ufed  in  Grottos.'  See 

SliKLL-Uork. 

MOSQUE,  among  the  M.ihomehvn^  is  a  Temple  fet 
apart  for  the  EKCrcifc's  of  Religion.    See  Temple. 

There  are  Royal  Mi/jiiej  founded  by  the  Emperors,  as 
Solimama  and  7  'c/jiiea  at  Conjt.incimfle  ;  and  Privare  I^ofnuei 
founded  by  Mufties,  Viziers,  Bafli's,  S£c.  they  are  built 
like  large  Halls,  wirh  Iflcs,  Galleries,  and  Domes;  and 
adorned  on  the  infide  with  Compartiments,  and  Pieces 


On  one  fide  is  always  found  a  Pool 


If  'tis  only  rcquit'd  to  make  a  variegated  Table,  or  o- 
thcr  Woik  ol  feveral  Colours;  without  .Vo/a/c  F  igures,  the 
Proccfs  is  fomcwhat  diffcrenr.  To  this  end,  they  only  pre- 
pare feparately,  in  large  Bowls,  as  many  different  Colours 
as  Narure  (hews  in  the  Marble  to  be  imiratcd,  and  after 
incotporaling  'em  with  the  Gypfum  and  Glue-Water,  they 


of  Jrahtjque  Work, 
with  feveral  Cocks 

The  Turks  have  converted  mod  of  the  Chrifiian 
Churches  into  Mcfuucs.  At  the  lop  is  always  placed  a  Cref- 
cent. 

The  Word  comes  from  rhe  Tm-kifi  MefcUt,  which  pro- 
perly fignifies  a  Temple  built  of  Wood,  fuch  as  the  Taiii 
firtt  ufed.  Hence  the  Sfamards  derive  their  Mcfcheta,  and 
the  ltdum  Mofdieci,  and  the  French  and  En^/ifi  Mo/me. ' Boret 
derives  the  Word  from  the  Grsei  .«oVx©-  Calf,  becaufe  of 
the  frequent  mention  of  a  Cow  in  the  Mcoran.  Others 
and  with  the  greatell  Appearance  of  Reafon,  derive  it  from' 
the  y^rah'w  Mafchlad,  a  Place  of  Wor/hip. 

MOSSE,  Cfnea  in  Natural  Hillory,  a  little  Plant  of  the 
Parafite  kind,  growing  on  the  Barks,  Efc.  of  feveral  Trees 
as  Oak,  Poplar,  Alb,  Cedar,  £i?c.    See  Parasite.  ' 

The  moftellecmcd,  and  odoriferous  is  rhat  cf  [he  Cedar; 
it  is  of  fome  medicinal  Ufe,  being  Adringent,  and  proper 
to  Hop  Hemorrhagies  and  Dyffenteries. 

The  Aniienrs  took  the  Mifs  of  Trees  to  be  the  Effeii  of 
a  Diforder  or  Difcompofure  of  the  Texture  of  the  Buik  ; 
or  at  molt  a  kind  of  little  Filaments  arifing  from  the  hark. 
But  the  Moderns  find  by  feveral  Obfervat'ions,  that  MoGes 
are  all  real,  diilincl  Plants,  wbofe  Seed,  being  ex-rctnety 
fmall,  is  inclofed  in  little  Capfula-,  which  bjn'iing  of 
themfelves,  the  Seed  is  carried  off  by  the  W'n:is,  till 
falling  on  the  Inequalities  cfthe  Bark  of  Trees,  it  is 'there 
llop'd,  takes  Root,  and  feeds  at  the  expcnce  of  the  Tree' 
as  Mouldinefs  does  on  Bread,  See  M;,ur,DiNESs,  * 
The  different  kinds  of  Mo^ej  are  very  numerous  ;  Monf. 
raillam  reckons  157  feveral  Species  in  the  fingle  Neigh- 
bourhood of  Paris. 

There  isalfo  a  kind  of  greenifii  5f»/i  growing  on  human 
Sculls  that  have  been  long  expofed  to  the  Air,  call'd  Ufnsa, 
or  Mifcr<s  cahariiiS.  The  Antients  made  a  deal  of  Uie  of 
itas  an  Ailringenr,  ^c.    See  Usnea. 

M'l/'es  make  an  Article  of  Commerce  ;  there  being  fe- 
veral kinds  ufed  in  Medicine,  in  Perfuming,  ^c.  Among 
others,  the  Sea-Mofi,  call'd  Corallhte,  (fee  Coralline; 
and  the  ^/o/' of  Cedar  and  Firr,  which  enter  the  Conipofi- 
tion  ot  Cyprefs  Powder. 

The  Moj's  of  common  Trees,  as  Oak,  Afli,  Poplar, 
is  ufed  for  Caulking  of  Veffels.    'Tis  alfo  ufed  by  Bird- 
Merchants,  to  prepare  Cages  for  cerrain  kinds  of  Birds  to 

The  Gardeners,  J^c.  reckon  ^/o/i  among  theDifeifes,  or 
Infirmities  of  Plants.    See  Disease. 

Mr.  Monmer,(Sc'  direSs  it  to  be  rubb'd,  and  fcraped 
off  with  fame  proper  Inilrumeiit  thar  will  not  hurt  the 
Bark  of  the  Tree,  or  wirh  a  piece  of  Hair-Cloth  after  a 
foaking  Rain  ;  tho'  the  furell  Cute  is  by  removing  the 
Caufe  ;  which  is  effected  by  draining  the  Land  ■.veil  of 
"  K  .  all 


MOT 


(  ) 


MOT 


all  fiiperfiaou'!  Molfture.  Or,  it  may  be  prevented,  in  the 
lirO  planting  of  Trees,  by  not  fcttingthem  too  deep. 

MOTE,  MoTA,  of  the  Saxon^  Gemote  j  a  Term  fre- 
t]uenliy  occurring  in  our  anticnt  Cuttoms,  literally  denoting 
a  iVieciing,   Cuurt,  or  Flea. 

Of  Motes,  or  Gemotes,  coniider'd  in  iheSenfc  of  Affem- 
blies,  or  Courts,  there  were  divers  kinds,  as  U'lthejiagemote, 
i'oijiege-moie^  6ch'.r£'7emois,  HimdretlzcrmtC:,  liurgcniotc,  V/^'de- 
gamte^  Hali?emotc^  S2as!?jcge7iio!e,  &c.  See  each  under  its 
proper  Article,  \Vithen  agemotk,  Folkegemote,  ^c. 

Mote,  Mor«,  was  alfoufcdfor  a  Forttefs,  or  Caifle  ;  or 
the  Scife  or  Place  where  fuch  Gallic  flood :  AsMota  tie 
Windjor,  ^c. 

Mote  was  alfo  a  Tiandir-g  Water  to  Jceep  Fi/h  j  or  a 
large  Ditch  incompalTingaCalUe,  or  Dwelling-Houfe-  See 
Moat. 

MOTHER,  Mate-'-,  a  Female  who  Hands  in  the  Relation 
of  I'arent  toanorhcr.   Sue  Tab ent,  C^c. 

T];us  £x'e  is  call'd  our  common  Mother.  Cj'tc/e  among 
the  Antients  was  the  Mother  of  the  Gods. 

The  <2i'£e;i  ^/uiZ'o- is  the  fame  with  what  we  otherwife 
call  Qr.een  Vi^toagtr,   See  Dowager. 

We  meet  with  Fmprtflcs  on  Medals  and  Infcriptions 
with  the  Tides  of  Mof/jer  o/tteCiiw^  j  Mother  of  the  Senate, 
Mother  of  the  Country:  Muter  Sejiatns,  M-iter  Fatri,^,  i^c. 
See  Father. 

Moth  eb.  Tongue,  is  properly  an  original  Language,  from 
which  cthcrsare  apparently  form'd.    See  Language. 

Of  Mother  Tciigues,  J'cii/;j;e?- reckons  ten  in  E«i*o/e,  niz.  the 
Greeh,  Lathy  Tef.tonlc  or  German,  Scla-voJiic,  Efhottc^  Scy- 
th'iJt  or  Euycpean  Tartnr,  litmvari.m ,  Cajitabrianf  Irijh,  and 
hrf-ijh.    See  Greek,  Latin,  Teutonic,  £S^<'. 

Mother  Cji-Hic/jei  are  thofe  which  have  tuunded  or  e- 
recletl  others.    See  Church. 

In  Beneficiary  Matters  we  fay  it  is  not  lawful  for  a  Man 
to  enjoy  at  the  fame  time  both  the  Aipt/jsr  and  the  Daugh- 
ter :  M.janing  that  the  Canon  Law  docs  not  allow  an 
A'l^y,  ^ii<i  the  Benefices  depending  thereon,  to  be  held 
by  ^he  ftime  Terfon. 

Mother  o/T'ear-/,  fte  Pearl. 

Fitsofthc  McTi.'Es,  fee  Hysteric  JffeB'mi. 

MOTION,  primarily  fu  call'd,  or  Lo<7>^/ Motion,  is  a 
continued,  and  fuccifBve  Change  of  Place  j  or  that  State 
of  a  Body  whereby  it  correfponds  fucceffively  to  feveral 
ditft-renr  Places,  or  is  ptxfcnt  fucceffively  in  feveral  Pans 
ot  Space.     See  Place. 

Ir,  this  A  nfe,  the  Doflrine  and  Laws  of  MotioM  make  the 
Suhj^Cl:  of  Alethajiics,  or  Statics.    See  Mechanics, 

The  antient  Philofnphers  confider'd  Mlotian  in  a  more 
general  and  extenfive  Senfe.  They  defined  it  by  a  Paffage 
out  of  one  State  into  another  5  and  thus  made  fix  Kinds, 
viz.  Creation,  Ge7!erat£0u,  Corruption^  JugmentatioH,  Diminu- 
tio7i,  and  Latioii,  or  Locil  Motion.  See  Creation,  Ge- 
neration, ^c. 

Some  of  the  later  Schoolmen  reduce  ihefe  fix  Kinds 
of  Motiojz  to  four  :  The  firft  is  general,  including  any 
PaCfage  from  one  State  to  another  j  under  which  fenfe  of 
'Motion  come  Creatio}:,  Fr-idt'.Frton,  and  Mutation.  The  fe- 
cond  is  a  Paflage  of  fometbing  already  exilling  from  one 
State  to  another  ;  and  thus  Generation  is  a  Motion.  The 
third,  a  fucceffive  Paffage  of  fomcthing  already  exilling 
from  one  Term  to  another  ;  and  thus  ^llterationmnA  Accre- 
tion are  Species  ofMotioji.  The  laft,  \s  Lation,  or  Local 
Motion  5  and  thus  Walking  hMlotion. 

But  the  latelt  Philofophers  unanimoufly  deny  any  other 
JWorio?/ befidc  Local  Motion and  reduce  all  the  Species 
above-mentioned  !o  this  one  :  So  that  we  have  here  only 
to  do  wirh  Local  Motion  j  whereof  the  reft  are  only  fo 
many  different  Determinations,  or  Effects.  See  Accre- 
tion, Alteration,  Generateon, 

Phyfical  Writers,  both  Antient  and  Modern,  have  ever 
been  perplexed  about  the  Nature  and  Definition  of  Local 
Motion. 

The  Peripatetics  define  it  by  Atliis  Entis  in  potentia,  prout 
in  potentia,  Arill.  5.  Phyf.  c.  z.  But  the  Notion  is  too 
Abflrad  and  Mctaphyfical  for  our  Days  i  and  is  of  no  ufe 
in  explaining  the  Prop  ernes  of  Motion, 

The  Epicureans  call  it  the  Migration  of  a  Body,  or  a 
part  of  a  body,  from  one  Place  to  another.  On  which 
Definition,  the  later  Epicureans  refine,  and  call  it  the  Mi- 
gration or  Pailage  of  a  Body  from  Space  to  Space  :  Thus 
fubfl-ituting  the  word  Space  tor  that  of  Place. 

The  Cartejiani  define  M^tio^i  a  Paflage,  or  Removal  of 
one  Part  of  Matter  out  of  the  Neighbourhood  of  thofe 
Parts  immediately  contiguous  thereto,  into  the  Neigh- 
bourhood of  others. 

Which  Definition  agrees,  in  effci5>,  with  that  of  the  (- 
cure.i?:s  i  all  the  Difference  between  'em  confining  in  this, 
thii  what  the  one  calls  Body  and  Place;  the  other  calls 
Matter,  and  conti'ZHOiis  Parts. 

L^orelli,  and  ottier  late  Writers  after  him,  define  Motion 
more  accurately  and  fully,    the  fucceflive  PalTage  of  a 


Hody  from  one  Place  to  another,  in  adeterminate  time,  by 
being  fucceflively  contiguous  to  all  the  Parts  of  the  iiuer- 
niediati.  Space. 

Motion,  then,  they  agi  Cz  to  be  the  tranflation  of  a  Po  !y 
from  Place  tu  Place  :  But  they  differ  infioirely  when  they 
come  to  explain  whtrein  this  Tranflation  conliifs.  And 
hence  their  Divifions  of  Motion  become  exceedingly  pre- 
carious. 

yirijiotle,  and  the  Peripatetics,  divide  all  Motion  into  Na- 
tural and  Fiolent. 

NfitKrii/ Motion  is  that  wh'ch  has  its  Principle,  or  mo- 
ving Force,  wiibin  the  moving  Body.  Such  is  that  of  a 
Stone  falling  towards  the  Centre  of  the  Earth. 

77u/e;;i  Motion  is  tiiat  whofe  Principle  is  without  and 
againU  wh,ch  the  moving  Body  makes  a  Reiiftance  :  Such 
is  that  ot  a  Stone  thrown  upwards. 

The  Moderns  generally  divide  Motion  into  yjbfolnte  and 
Relat'fje. 

ylhjolnte  Motion  is  the  Change  of'Place,  in  any  moving 
Body  ;  whoie  Celtrity,  therefore,  will  be  meafured  by 
the  Quantity  of  the  abfoiute  Space  which  the  moveable 
Body  runs  thro', 

Rilati'De  Motion  is  a  Mutation  of  the  Relative,  or  vul- 
gar Place  of  the  moving  Body  ;  and  has  its  Celerity  ac- 
counted by  the  Quantity  of  relative  Space  run  thro'. 

Others  divide  Motion  into  Proper,  and  Improper  or  i-b- 
rsign. 

Proper  Motion  is  a  removal  out  of  one  proper  Place 
into  another,  winch  hereby  becomes  proper,  as  being  po^- 
feffed  by  this  Body  alone  ;  in  excluiion  ot  all  others  : 
Such  is  the  Mof/oH  of  a  Wheel  in  a  Clock. 

Improper,  or  Extraneous,  or  Foreig?t,  or  Cow>ko«  Motion 
is  the  Patlage  of  a  Body  out  of  one  common  Place  into 
another  common  Place:  Such  is  that  of  a  Clock  when 
moved  in  a  Ship,  tf^c 

The  Rcafun  of  all  this  Diverfity  feems  to  arife  frotn 
the  not  attending  to  the  diff;:;rcnt  Meanings  of  the  Vi/ords  j 
but  comprizing  all  in  one  Definition  and  Diliinftion  ;  whicii 
they  fliould  ratiier  have  diltmguifh'd  info  fevera'  parts. 

Some,  e.  g.  in  their  Definitions  of  Motions,  conlider  the 
moving  Body,  not  as  it  regards  the  adjacent  Bodies,  but 
as  it  regards  immoveable  and  infiniteSpace  Other?,  again 
confider  rhe  moving  Bt^dy,  not  as  it  reg.irds  infinite  Space 
but  as  it  regards  other  Bodies  vallly  remote.  And  others 
laltly,  confider  the  moving  Body,  imr  as  it  regards  remote 
Bodies,  but  that  Surface  only  to  which  ir  is  contiguous 

But  thefe  various  Mtanings  once  fettled,  the  Difpute 
clears  up  ;  for  as  every  thing  that  moves  may  be  confider'd 
in  thefe  three  feveral  Manners  ;  there  hence  arife  three 
feveral  kinds  of  Motions  ;  whereof  that  which  regards  the 
Parts  ot  infinite  immoveable  Space,  without  confideration 
of  the  circumambient  Bodies,  may  be  call'd  ahfolutely  and 
truly  proper  Motion.  That  which  regards  circumambient 
Bodies  vattly  remote,  which  may  themfclves  poflibly  be 
moved,  we  ciil  rclative/y  common  Motion.  The  laft,  which 
regards  the  Surfaces  of  the  next  contiguous  Bodies,  in  as 
much  as  it  may  want  all  both  abfoiute  and  common  Ma- 
tio7i,  we  z-3X\  relatively  proper  Motion. 

J.  An  abjolately  and  truly  proper  Morion  then,  is, the  Ap- 
plication of  a  Body  to  different  Parts  of  infinite  and  im- 
moveable Space.  This  alone  is  proper  and  abfoiute  Motion, 
being  always  generated  and  changed  by  Forces  impreQ'd 
on  the  moving  Body  iticlf,  and  by  thofeonly;  and  being 
that  to  which  the  real  Forces  of  all  Bodies  to  pur  others  in 
Motion  by  impulfe,  are  owing  ;  and  to  which  thofe  Motions 
are  proportioned.  But  this  Mofiuw  we  cannot  invelligate  or 
determine  accurately  ;  nor  can  we  dillinguiih,  when  two 
Bodies  are  impell'd  on  each  other,  in  which  of  the  two, 
■V.  g.  that  which  appears  to  move  the  more  fwiftly,  or  the 
other  which  appears  to  move  more  ilowly,  and  perhaps 
even  to  be  at  reir,  the  real  Motion,  and,  confequently,  the 
real  P'orce  whence  the  impulfe  arofe,  is  placed  ;  not 
being  able  to  determine  whether  the  Centre  of  Gravity,  or 
of  the  whole  Syllem  (which  is  but  a  Point  in  infinite 
Spacej  is  itfelf  at  reft  or  in  Motion. 

1.  Relatively  common  Motion  is  a  Change  of  the  Si- 
tuation of  a  Body  with  refpcil  to  other  remote  circum- 
ambient Bodies  j  and  this  is  the  Motion  we  fpeak  of,  when 
we  fay  that  Men,  Cities,  and  the  Earth  itfelf  moves 
round  the  Sun.  This  is  alfo  the  Motion  we  mean,  when 
weellimate  the  Quantity  of  Motion,  and  the  Force  any  Body 
has  to  impel  another;  For  inllance,  if  a  wooden  Sphere, 
fill'd  with  Lead  to  make  it  the  heavier,  be  cadfrom  the 
Hand  we  ufe  to  efl:!mate  the  Q^uantity  of  Mlotion,  and  the 
Force  which  the  Sphere  has  to  impel  another,  from  the 
Celerity  of  the  Sphere  and  the  Weight  of  the  included 
Lead  ;  and  that  truly  with  regard  to  the  Force  itfelf,  and 
the  Effeft  thereof  as  it  falls  under  our  Senfes  :  But  whe- 
ther the  real  Power  or  Motion  be  in  the  Sphere  which  ap- 
pears  to  ilrike,  or  in  the  Earth  which  appears  to  be 
llruck,  that,  as  has  been  obferved  above,  we  cannot  de- 
termine. 

Laflly. 


MOT 


(  S87  ) 


Laffly,  Relatively  proper  Motion  is  the  racceffivc  Appli-      As  it  is  allow'd  ( 


MOT 


c.uunct  a  Body  io\hc  diScrc^n  part,  of  the  contiguous    AUnbu^.  c^]^:^.^,tt^t^^J^:r^^^ 

and  to  what  Caulc  it  owes  its  a«r;«,w(/o«. 


iJodics.    Andihisis  the  ufuully  underiiood  in  Thy- 

lical  Difputcs  about  tht;  Natures  of  particular  things  5  as 
when  we  ky,  ihar  Htat,  Sound,  Pluidity,  i^c.  confiit  in 
jV'oaoK.  'J'his  mull  be  added  however,  that  by  fucceflive 
Application  of  a  Body,  its  whole  Surface,  laken  tooether 
mult  bcconceiv'd  lucccffivcly  appiy'd  to  diiFercnt  parts  of 
Lontiguuus  Bodies. 

From  theic  ieverai  Definitions  o£  Motion  arife  as  many 
Definitions  of  Fhtt:  For  wlien  we  fpeak  of  Mution  (or 
Rett;  truly  snd  abfolutdy  proper,  then  i'iace  is  that  part 
of  infinite  and  immoveafak  Space  which  the  Body  fills. 
When  of  Monoji  rehuitiy  conniio?!^  then  Place  is  a  part  of 
any  Space  or  moveable  Dimon/ion.  When  oi  M»tim  rela- 
tively f'ro^cr,  (which  is  realty  very  Improper)  Place  is  then 
the  bifriace  of  the  next  adjacent  Bodies,  or  fenfible 
SjiacCh.  See  Pl."!  ce. 

The  Definition  of  ReH:  is  pretty  well  agreed  on  3  but 
whether  Reji  be  a  mere  Privation  of  Motioiz,  or  any  thing 
pofitive,  is  hotly  difputed.  h'Lilehraiich^  and  others,  main- 
tain the  i'nrmer  fide  of  the  C^uedion.  Canes,  and  others, 
the  latter:  Thefelalt  contend,  that  a  Body  at  reR,  has 
no  power  to  pcrlevere  in  thatreii,  nor  to  refiit  any  Bodies 
that  would  dcftrcy  it ;  and  that  Motion  may  as  well  be 
call'd  a  Ctflation  of  Relf,  asRcH  of  Afotion.  See  Rest, 

T  he  miiin  Argument  urg'd  by  the  former  is  this  :  Sup- 
pofe  a  Globe  at  rcfl,  and  luppofe  God  ceafe  to  will  its 
Tsii  j  What  will  be  the  Coniequcnce  ?  it  will  reit  Itiil. 
Let  it  be  in  Motion,  and  let  God  ceafe  to  will  its  Motion  ; 
What  will  be  the  Confequence  ?  it  will  ceaie  to  move  i 
thatis,  beatrelf  ;  bccaule  the  Power  whereby  a  Body  in 
Motion  pcrfeveres  m  that  it  ate,  is  the  pofitive  Will  of  God  • 


TheGmcfi^mm^miiln,  rliat  the  Creator  at  the  Begin 
n.ng  tmpreljd  a  eeriam  Quantity  of  Mo„„„  on  Bodies; 
and  that  under  fucn  Laws,  as  that  no  part  of  it  Jliould  b  I 
ioH,  but  the  iime  Portion  of  Mot:on  be  conllantly 


ferv'd  in  Matter. 


pre- 


H  I   n  ^"5""=,"'"°"'''"''^>  'li"  if  ""y  moving 

Body  finite  on  any  other  Bod,,  the  fo,i„.r  lofcs  „o  mor= 
ot  us  Matmi  than  it  conimuniLates  to  the  latter.    Sec  Car- 

1  his  l>rinciu!e  Sir  If.  Ne-M„  overturns  in  the  followina 
\Vor,|s  :  ——  '  JVoni  the  various  Couipofitions  of  twS 
M,t„m,  II  IS  raanituil  there  is  not  always  the  fameOuan 
_  tity  of  ^/«;.„  i„  ihe  World  i  tor  if  two  Balis  join^  „- 
_  ge.her  by  a  flender  Wire,  revolve  with  an  uniform  ,V«;„„ 
^  about  their  common  Centre,  of  Gravity,  and  at  the  famo 

^  "lie  that  Cenirc  be  carried  uniformly  in  a  rii^htLinedrawn 
_  in  ihellai.eot  their  circular  Aioiiw,  5  the  Sum  odhey)-/,) 
_  i.on  ot  the  iwo  Ball,,  as  often  as  they  arc  in  a  risht  Line 
^diawn  from  tneircemmon  Center  of  Gravis,  will  be 
_  greater  rh.in  the  Sum  of  their  A<uf/on,  when  th^y  are  in  a 
^  Line  perpendicular  to  that' oilier.    Whence  it  ap  -.-ars 
_  tnai  iVfer,„„  may  both  be  generated  and  loH.    But  by  rea^ 
_  Ion  <jt  the  tenacity  of  duid  Bodies,  and  the  friflion  of 
their  Parts,  with  the  Weaknels  of  the  elallic  Power  in  folid 
honics,  IVaiute  feems  to  incline  much  rather  to  the  De- 
■  Itjudion  than  the  Production  of  ^/,.,,.„  ;  and  in  reality 
Mourn  becomes  continually  Icfs  and  Icfs.     For  Bodi-s 
_  which  are  either  fo  perteclly  hard,  or  fo  foft,  as  to  have 
noelaltic  Power,   will   not  rebound  from  each  other: 
Ineit  Impenctrabihty  will  only  ilop  their  M,th„  And 

1        c      1      u  r        0  J        -r  ,  '^"'1'='.  equal  to  each  other,  be  carried  with 

■hat  whereby  the  quiefcent  Body  perfeveres,  only  h,s  pn-    '  equal  but  oppolite  ^.o,„,,  fo  as  ,0  me«  ,„  a  vo  d  Space 

vativeWill.   r  'bytheLawsof^/.r,™  theymuHllop  in  the  v„y  Pla 

but  this  IS  a  inamfeft  Petino  ^iv»c,-/»i  ;  for  the  Force  or  '  ,i(  Ommi.rf,  l,.r„  .,11  .uj.  1 ...  .  '^ryfia 
Contitus  whereby  Bodies,  whether  moving  or  quiefcent, 
petievetein  thoie  itates,  is  the  mere  Inadivify  of  Matter; 
and  therefore  were  it  poCTible  for  God  not  to  will  any 
thing,  a  Body  already  in  iWon'o;/,  would  move  for  ever; 
as  a  Body  at  Reli,  would  reii  for  ever.  To  this  Inadivity 
of  Matter,  it  is  owmg  that  all  Bodies  relict  according 


^  ot  Concourfe,   loieall  their  iWoi,o„,' and  be  at   red  tot 
'  ever,  unlefsthey  have  an  elaliic  Power  to  give  "em  a 
_  new  M,„o„.   If  they  have  Elailicity  enough  to  enable 
em  to  rebound  with  J,  or  {,  or  J  of  the  l  orce  where- 
_  with  they-mect,  they  will  lofe  >,  ori  or}  of  their  M.- 
iioji.    A  nd  this  IS  contirmed  by  Experiments  •    For  if 
r  i:,  ,    ,  „   ,        o  --    '  ™°  Pendulums  be  let  fall  from  equal  heiehts  fn 

their  Quantities  of  Matter,  and  that  any  Body  i.riitiiig  '  as  to  Hrifce  full  o„each  other;  if  thole  Pendulums  be  of 
anotihet  w,th  any  given  Velocity,  wul  move  It  in  the  faine  'Lead,  or  foft  Clay,  they  will  lofe  all,  oralmod  all  thdr 
Proportion  which  its  Deniitv.  or  Ouantirv  nt  M-iUf-i- K^^     '  A^.,^;^.^  .  ...-1  :c  .L...  l..  _r.       t^i  „■  .  ciicir 


Propottion  which  its  Deniity,  or  Quantity  of  Matter  has 
to  tiie  Denfity  or  Quantity  of  Matter  of  the  other, 

Motion  has  ever  been  efteem'd  a  Species  cf  Quantity  ; 


^  Momn  ;  and  if  they  be  of  any  Elaliic  Matter,  they  will 
^  only  retain  fo  much  Motwn  as  they  receive  f-om  their 
'  elallic  Puwer."    If  it  be  asked,  how  it  happens  that  Mo- 


aiid  its  Uuamum,  or  Greatnefs,  which  we  otherwife  call  its  tio,,  being  ,hus  continually  loll,  'ftould  be  cintinua'uV 
Mo»j«m,.»,  IS  eliimatiid  paidy  frotii  the  lengtn  ^  ncwed  :    The  fame  Author  adds,  that  it  '  ■  - 


which  the  moving  Body  defcribes  ;  as  ifa  Body  pais  over 
Line  of  too  Feet,  the  Quantity  of  its  Mution  is  greater 
than  if  it  pafled  over  ic  Feet  :  and  partly  from  the  Quan- 
tity of  the  Matter  moved  together,  or  at  the  fame  time 
/.  c.  not  from  the  Bulk  or  Kxteiifiun  of  the  Body,  but 
from  its  Mafs  or  Weight ;  the  Air,  and  other  fubtile'Mat- 


ters  wherewith  the  Pores 


filled. 


not  entring  in:o  the 


account :  As  if  a  Body  of  two  cubic  Feet  run  over  a  Line 
of  100  Feet,  the  Quantity  of  its  Itetion  is  greater  than  that 
of  a  Body  of  one  cubic  Foot  defcribing  the  fame  L 


whatever  Motion  one  Whole  has,  that  is  had  in  one 
the  other  ;  and  the  Aftlioii  of  the  Whole  is  the  Sum  of  the 
Motion  of  all  its  Parts. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  for  two  unequal  Bodies  to  have 
equal  Motions,  or  Momentums,  the  Lines  which  they  pafs 
over  muil  be  in  a  reciprocal  Proportion  of  their  Mafles  or 
Weights,     e.  if  one  Body  have  three  times  the  Quantity 


r         n-     „  ■   .  ,  •        ■-  "  renewed  from 

lome  ailive  Principles,  '  Such  as  the  Cauje  of  Gravity 
'  whereby  the  Planets  and  Comets  preferve  their  MotmJm 
their  Orbits,  and  all  Bodies  acquire  a  great  degree  of 
'  Motion  In  falling  ;  and  the  Ciufe  of  Fermentation,  where- 
^  by  the  Hearr  and  Blood  of  Animals  preferve  a  perpetual 
'  W^armth  and  Motion  ;  the  inner  parts  of  the  Earth  are 
^' kept  continually  warm'd  ;  many  Bodies  bum  and  Ihine  ; 
'  and  the  San  himfelf  burns  and  Ihines,  and  with  his  Light 
'warms  and  chears  all  things,'  f.ii  alfo  from  the  Cin/e  of 


le  ;  For  Elajiioity,  l,y  taliicb  Bodies  rejiore  tlxmfehes  into  their  fo 
Half  of   f;,i;/<)-ei  i)   '  For  we  find  but  little  !iW«tio«   in  the 


ormer 
World, 

^  except  what  plainly  flows,  either  from  the  aflive  Prin- 
'  ciples,  or  from  the  Command  of  the  Wilier.'  SeeGRA- 
viiy,  Fermentation,  Elasticity,  t^yc. 

As  to  the  Contimtation  of  Motion,  or  the  Caufe  why  a  Body 
once  in  Motion  conies  to  petfevere  in  It  ;  this  has  been  cx- 

,-  ,  e     k'      c   r  •     ■  -   J    "emely  controverted  among  PhyficalWriters, and  vetfoIlowK! 

ot  Matter  that  another  ha.s  the  Line  it  runs  over  mull  be  very  evidently  fr.m  one  of  the  grand  Laws  cif  Nature  "  I 
,  of  the  Line  run  over  by  the  other.    If  two  Bodies  then    That  all  Bodies  perfevere  in  thdr  prefent  State,  wheth  ^ 

ot  Kelt  ot  Motion,  unlels  dillutbed  by  fomc  foreign  Powers 
Moiio/J  therefore  once  begun,  would  be  continued  i;; 
t»»i,  were  it  to  meet  with  no  interruption  from  external 
Caufes ;  as  the  Power  of  Gravity,  the  Refiftance  of  the 
Medium,  Ifc.  So  that  Jrijloile's  Principle,  Whatever  is 
moving  afte^ls  Refl,  is  groundlefs.    See  Nature. 

Nor  has  the  Com  mmicttion  of  M'lion,  or  the  manner 
how  a  moving  Body  comes  to  affect  another  at  Reft;  or 
how  much  of  its  Mlotion  is  communicated  by  the  firft  to  the 
laft,  been  Icls  difputed.  See  the  Laws  thereof  under  the 
Word  Percussion. 

Motion,  we  have  obferv'd,  istheSubjcfl  of  Mechanics  j 
and  Mechanics  is  the  Bafis  of  all  Natural  Philofophy ; 
which  IS  hence  denominated  Mecianical.  See  Mecha- 
nical. 

Ineffefl,  all  the  Phenomena  of  Nature  ;  all  the  Chan- 
ges that  happen  in  the  Syflem  of  Bodies,  are  owing  to 
iWoiion  ;  and  are  direfted  according  to  the  Laws  theieof.'' 

Hence,  the  modern  Philofophers  have  appiy'd  thctn- 
felves  particulatly  to  cultivate  the  Do^lrine  of  Motion  ■ 


tiiflened  to  the  two  Extremities  of  a  Balance  or  Lever 
have  their  Mafi'cs  in  a  reciprocal  Ratio  of  their  Diftances 
from  the  fixed  Point,  when  thefeare  moved  they  muft  de- 
fcribe  Lines  in  a  reciprocal  Ratio  of  thefe  Mafles. 

For  infiance,  if  the  Body  A  (Tab,  Mechanics  Fi^. 
3c.)  have  three  times  the  Mais  or  Weight  of  B,  and  each 
be  laden'd  to  the  Kxiremilies  ot  the  Lever  A  B,  whofe 
Fulcrum  or  fixed  Point  is  C,  in  fuch  manner  as  that  the 
Diflance  B  C  is  ihtice  the  DiOance  C  A  ;  the  Leiet  can't 
incline  either  way,  but  the  Space  which  the  lefs  Body 
moves  will  be  thrice  the  Space  AD,  which  the  greater 
moves:  So  thar  their  Motions  will  be  equal  ;  nor  is 
there  any  reafon  why  the  Body  A  tending  downwards,  v.^. 
with  focr  Degrees  of  Motion,  fliould  raife  the  Body  B, 
leather  than  B  tending  downwards  likewife  with  the  fame 
font  Degrees  of  Motion,  Jliould  raife  the  Body  A  :  They 
will  therefore  be  in  Equilibrio.  On  which  Foundation  de- 
pends the  whole  Doflrine  of  Mechanics, 

Hence  that  gteat  Problem  of  y/rciimcrffs,  Hot  m  t^ti, 
yUi  Kin'tm  ;  with  any  given  Power,  howr  iVnall  foever,  to   ^_ 

raifeanv  Weightgiven,  how  great  foever  ;  for  by  increa-    invefiig'^ate  the  Properties,  Laws,  £?c,  thereof;  by  Obfer 
'h^P"-"-  "f  '^-Body^    vation.  Experiment:  and  the  Ufe  of  Geometry,  '  And  to 
iiiNics  and  £,(^1-   this  we  owe  the  great  Advantages  of  the  modern  Philofo- 
phy above  that  of  the  Ar.tieiits ;  who  were  extremely  dif- 

regardful 


will  be  increafed  infinitely. 


See 


MOT  (  ^88 

regardful  o^Motion  ;  notwithflanding  thit  they  fcem'd  fo 
fenfible  of  its  Importance,  that  they  defined  Nmire  by  the 
firft  Principie  of  ji/of/o?;  and  Keli:  of  the  Subllance  where- 
in it  is.    See  Nature. 

j^mong  all  the  Antients,  there  is  nothing  extant  of  Mo- 
t'lOHy  excepiing  fome  things  in  v^rc/j;>«£Aj's  Books  de  Mqui- 
foTideranubtt:.  "To  Galhleo,  a  great  part  of  the  Doftrinc  of 
Jlfo(/o«  is  owing.  He  firll  difcover  d  the  general  Laws  of 
M'>i'o»^  and  particularly  of  the  Defcsnt  oi  heavy  Bodies, 
both  at  large,  and  on  mclhiiJ  Planes  i  the  Laws  of  the 
M'^tion  ot  Fio;cUi/es;  the  Vibrations  of  Pcn.^ulums^  and 
llretched  Chords  ;  with  the  Theory  of  RtJ/jimices,  ££?c. 
which  were  things  tlic  Antients  had  no  Noiion  of  See 
Descent,    Pendulum,    Projectile,  Resistance, 

His  Difciple,  Tnn-iceHiy  polifh'd,  and  iniprov'd  on  the 
Dikovtries  of  his  Mailer  i  and  added  to  them  divers  Ex- 
periments concerning  the  Furceof  PerculTion,  and  the  Equi- 
librium of  Fluid;,  See  FLuir.  M.  Hfy^c;is  improved 
very  tonfidcrably  on  the  Dijflrine  of  the  Pendulum  ;  and 
both  he  and  boreUt  on  the  Force  of  Percuflion.  Laiily,  A'tza- 
Lcib.itz,  Varig7iQ7i,  Marhtte,  ££fc.  have  brought  the 
DotTrine  oi'  AMioji  iiill  nearer  to  Perfection. 

The  general  Lnzvi  of  Motion  were  firlt  brought  into  a 
Syftem,  and  Analytically  dt-moiiftrated  together,  by  Dr. 
IVallis,  Sir  Chrijiofher  Wrcn^  and  M.  Hnyieiis  all  much  ahout 
the  tame  time  j  the  firft  in  Bodies  not  Elaitic,  and  the 
two  lall  in  Elaftic  Bodies.  Lailly,  the  whole  Do6lrine  of 
Jl^orio;;,  including  all  the  Difcoveries  both  of  the  Antients 
and  Moderns  on  that  head,  was  given  by  Dr.  U'nHis  in  his 
M^-chnnica^  or  de  Motiiy  publilhcd  in  i  SSp. 

Motion  may  be  confider'd  either  as  Eqiuihle,  and  Vni- 
jiirm  j  or  as  ^Accelerated,  and  Retarded.  Equable  ModofH 
again  may  be  confider'd  either  as  Simple,  or  as  Compai-.r.d. 
Compound  Motion  may  again  be  coniider'd  either  as  Reiliii- 

And  all  thefe  again  may  be  confider'd  either  with  regard 
to  themfelves,  or  with  regard  to  the  manner  of  their  Pro- 
du£lion,  and  Communication,  by  Pcrcuflion,  i-lc. 

ZquaUf.  Motion,  is  that  wherein  the  moving  Body  pro- 
ceeds with  the  fame  unvaty'd  Velocity. 

The  Laws  of  Equable  hloimi  are  as  follow  ;  the  Reader 
being  only  to  obferve,  by  the  way,  that  by  Mafi  we  mean 
Quantity  of  Matter  or  Weight,  exprefs'd  by  by  'Mo- 
mentum, the  Quantity  of  Motion  or  Impetus,  exprefs'd  by 
J  J  by  Time^  the  Duration  of  l/hiion,  exprefs'd  by  T  ;  by 
Velocity^  its  Swiftnefs,  noted  by  V  j  and  by  Space,  the  Line 
it  defcribes,  noted  6".    See  Mom ent,  Mass,  Velocitv. 

Thus  if  the  Space  be  =/,  and  the  Time  =r;  the  Ve- 
locity will  be  alfo  exprefs'd  /:':  And  if  the  Velocity 
z=iv,  and  the  Mafs :=  the  Momentum  will  likewife 
be  =  f  »i. 

Laivs  of  Uniform  or  Equable  Motion. 
Thcer.  I.    The  Velocities  V  and  -v  of  two  Bodies  moving 
equably,  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direft  Ratio 
of  the  Spaces  S  and       and  the  reciprocal  Ratio  of  the 
Times  T  and  r. 

Demonil.  For  V  =  S  :  T  and  ^  :  :  /  :  t. 
therefore  V  :  f  :  :  S  :/ 
"T"r 


V:-^:  :  Sr:  /  T 

Q.  E.  b. 

Scbol.    This  and  the  following  Theorems  may  be  il- 
luftrated  in  Numbers  j  thus  luppofe  that  a  Body  A,  whofe 
Mais  is  as  7,  that  is,  7  Pound,   in  tht»  time  of  5  Seconds 
paflcs  over  a  Space  of  12  Feetj   and  another  Body  B, 
whofe  Mafs  is  as  5,   in  the  time  of  8  Seconds  pafTes  over 
aSpaceof  i6Fcet.    We  Ihall  then  h2vcM=7,  T  = 
S  =  i25   m=5,  r=8,  y  =  ii5.    And  therefore  V  =^  4, 
■y  =  2.    The  Cafe  then  will  {tand  thus  : 
V:,z;::Sr:/T. 
4  :  1  :  :  12.  8  :  Id.  3  :  :4  :2. 
Cm-ol.   IfV^'c,  then  will  S  f  =/T  ^  therefore  S  :/ 
:  :  T  :       That  is,   If  two  Bodies  move  equably,  and  with 
the  fame  Velocitie?,  their  Spaces  are  as  the  Times. 

Schol.  The  Corollaries  may  be  illuflrated  by  Numbers, 
in  like  manner  as  the  T  heorems.  Thus  fupporeS=i2, 
T  =  o,/  =8,  I  —  4.  Then  will  the  V  =  12:^  =  2, 
andu^S  :_4:=^2. 

(>onlequently  by  rcafon  \  —■v 

S:f=^r:t 
12  :  8  —  d ;  4. 
Co:ol.  1.    If  V=:t',  jnd  alfo  t=Tj   then  will  S  —  f, 
and  fo  (he  Bodies  moving  equably,  will  defcribe  equal 
Spaces  in  equal  Times. 

Theor.]l.  The  Spaces  Sand/,  over  which  two  Bodies 
pafs,  ate  in  a  Ratio  compos'd  of  the  Ratio  of  the  Times 
T  and  f,  and  of  the  Velocities  V,  ^c. 


)  MOT 

Dem.   For  V  :    :  :  S  ;  :/T 

Therefore  V/T  =  ^3  r 

And  S  VT:t;t 
In  Numbers  n  :  iC  :  :  4,5  :  2  :  S  :  :  12  :  16 
CoroL   If  S  =/,  V  T  =  t^  t,  fo  that  \:v       tT.  that 
IS,  if  two  Bodies  moving  equably,  defcribe  equal  Spaces; 
their  Velocities  will  be  in  a  reciprocal  Ratio  of  their 
Times. 

In  Numbers,  if  we  fuppole  S  =  1 2,  and/=  12.  Be- 
caufeS  =  VTand/=;"ji3  ifV=:2  and  "^=3,  T=  6 
and  J  =  4. 

So  that  we  have  Y :  v  =  r  ;  T 
2:5=4:  tf. 

Cor.  2.  Further,  if  t  =  T,  then  will  V^^' 5  and  there- 
fore Bodies  which  move  equably,  defcribe  equal  Spaces  in 
equal  Times,  and  have  their  Velocities  equal. 

T/peoy.  III.  Ihe  Momenta,  or  Quantities  of  MoWo?;,  of 
two  Bodies  moving  equably,  I  and  i,  are  in  a  Ratio  com- 
pounded of  the  Velocities  V  and  z;  and  the  MafTes  or 
Quantities  of  Matter  M  and  w. 

Dem.  For  I  =  V  M,and  1  =  -j  m  ;  therefore  I :  i  :  :  V  M  : 
m  i  that  is,  ihe  Ratio  of  I  to  i  is  compounded  of  the  Ra- 
tio of  V  KJ      and  of  M  to  ut.    Q.  E.  D. 

Cor.  I.   If  I  then  will  V  M  =  vm;  and  therefore 

Y  -.v^M.  That  is,  if  the  Momenta  of  two  Bodies  mo- 
ving equably,  be  equal ;  their  Velocities  will  be  in  a  reci- 
procal Ratio  of  their  Mafles. 

Cur.  2.  And  therefore  if  M=:m,  V  =  'y;  that  is,  if  the 
Momenta  and  Maffes  of  two  moving  Bodies  be  equal,  their 
Velocities  are  alfo  equal. 

TAeor.  IV.  The  Velocities  V  and  v  of  two  Bodies  mo- 
ving tquably,  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direct  Ra- 
tio of  their  Momenta  I  and  /,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of 
their  Mafles  M  and  >n. 

Dem.  Since  I  :  i :  :  Y  M.  :  v  m 


l-vm  ==,Y  M 


V  :  D  =  bK  :  i  M 

Q,  E.  D. 

In  Numbers  4  :  2  :  :28.5  :  10.7  =4.1  =2.1  =34,2. 
Cor.  I.  If  V=:t',  then  I;k=(Mj  and  thertfurt  ^  1  i 
=M :  m  ;  tbat  is,  if  two  Bodies  move  equably,  and  w  '  .j 
fame  Velocity,  their  Momenta  will  be  in  the  fame     .  ■  - 
with  their  Mafles. 

Cof.2.  If  M=w,  I  =:f ;  and  therefore  if  two  ,t'>di^;., 
that  have  the  fame  Maffes,  move  eqLiably,  and  wi:,''  ■-<^;i.v.?. 
Velocity,  their  Momenta  are  equal. 

Theor.Y.  In  an  equable  Mo:;o7i,  the  Maffes  of  the  Bo- 
dies M  and  m  are  in  a  Ratio  compos'd  of  the  direiSl  Rstio 
of  their  Momenta,  and  the  reciprocal  Ratio  ot  theii  Velo- 
cities V  and  V. 

Dem.  Since  I  :  i :  :  Y  M  :  zi  m 


Therefore  l-vm=^  tY  M 


M  :  j«  ~  1  ^.  : V. 
In  Numbers  7:5::  28. 2  :  10.4 :  :  7.1 :  5  :  1 :  :  7  :  5. 
Cor.  If  M  =  m,  then  will  I   =  /  V  j  and  therefore  I  :  i 
=  V:^'.    That  is,  if  two  Bodies  moving  equably,  havs 
their  Maffes  equal,  their  Momenta  will  be  as  their  Velo- 
cities. 

In  Numbers,  fuppofe  I=:r2,  i  =  S,  M=4,  j«  =  45 
then  will  V  =  i2  :  4=:5,  and -a  =:8  :  4=  2. 
Therefore  I  :  i  —  Y  :  v 
12  :  8  =  5  :  2. 
Theor.  VI.   In  an  equable  Motio?!^  the  Momenta  I  and  * 
are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  thedired  Ratio's  of  the  Maf- 
fes M  and  m,  and  the  Spaces  S  and/,  and  the  reciprocal 
Ratio  of  the  Times  T  and  t. 

Dan.  Eecaufe  Y  :vi  :  St  :fT 

And  1  :  ; :  :  V  M  :  -j  m 


Therefore  V I  :  7.  /  :  :  V  M  S  f :  f  w/T 


I:;~MSf:J«/T 

Q.E.  D. 

Cor.  r.  Ifl=;,  then  will  MS( —^/Tj  and  therefore 
M  :m=/T;Sr,  fi  :/=  «^T  :  M  i  and  T  :  r  M  S  :  m/i 
that  is,  if  two  Bodies  moving  equably,  have  their  Momen- 
ta equal,  f.  Their  Mafles  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of 
the  dire£l  Ratio  of  their  Times,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of 
their  Spaces.  2.  Their  Spaces  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded 
of  the  dired  Ratio  of  the  Times,  and  the  reciprocal  one 
of  their  Mafles.  3.  Their  Times  are  in  a  Ratio,  com- 
pounded of  their  Mafles  and  their  Spaces. 

Cor.  z.  Further.  ifM=w  ;  then  will  /T  =  Sm  and 
therefore  S  :/=  T:  ti  that  is,  if  two  Bodies  moving  e- 
quably,  have  their  Momenta,  and  their  Mafles  equal,  their 
Spaces  are  as  their  Times. 


Or. 


MOT 


MOT 


Cor.  5.  Again,  if  T  =:f,  then  will  S  =  /-  Two  moving 
Bodies  therefore,  whofe  Mafl.cs  and  Momenta  are  equal, 
defcribc  equal  Spaces  in  equal  1  imes. 

Cor.  4.  If  befides  I  =  /,  S  =/  j  then  will  m  T  =  M  r  j 
and  therefore  M  :  »*  :  :  T  :  t  j  that  is,  if  two  moving  Bo- 
dies, whofe  Momenta  are  equal,  pals  over  equal  Spaces, 
iheir  Mafles  arc  proportionable  to  their  Times. 

Cor.  5.  Further,  if  T~r,  then  will  M  = ;«  ;  and  there- 
fore Bodies,  whofe  Momenta  are  equal,  and  which  moving 
equably,  defcribe  equal  Spaces  in  equal  Times,  have  their 
Maifes  equal. 

Cor.  6.  If  befides  I  —  ;,  T—r;  then  willMS='«/i 
and  therefore  S  :/ : :  ?k  :  M  5  that  is,  the  Spaces  pafs'd  o- 
ver  in  the  fame  time,  by  two  moving  Bodies,  wliufe  Mo- 
menta are  equal,  are  in  a  reciprocal  Ratio  of  their  Maffes. 

Theor.MU.  In  an  equable  Motion,  the  Spaces  S  and /  are 
In  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direct  Ratio's  of  the  Mo- 
menta I  and  i,  and  the  Times  T  and  f  j  and  the  reciprocal 
one  of  the  Maffes  M  and  w. 

Deni.  Becaufc  I  :  ;  :  :  M  S  f  :  m/T, 


J  ?nfT:  :  i  MS  t 
Wherefore  S  ;/ :  ;  i  T  7«  :  ^  t  M. 

Q,  E.  D. 

In  Numb.  12  :  16 :  :  g.  28  ;  5.8.10.  7  :  :  5.4-1  :  8.  2.1 

Cor.  r.  IfS  —  /  ,lTjK  =  /tM5  and  therei'bre  I  :  i  :  : 
t  M  :  1'  M  :  7«  ;  :  I  T  w  T  :  (  :  :  /  M  ;  I  >n.  If  two 
Bodiee  therefore  move  equably  over  equal  Spaces,  i.  Their 
Momenta  v;i]l  be  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direil:  Ra- 
tio of  the  Mafles,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of  the  I'imes. 
1,  Their  Mafles  will  be  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the 
Momenta  and  the  Times.  The  Times  will  be  in  a  Ra- 
tio compounded  of  the  direct  Ratio  of  the  Maflies,  and  the 
reciprocal  one  of  the  Momenta. 

C01-.2.   If  bcfide  S=/,  M  then  will  I T  =i  f  ; 

and  therefore  1 :  i  :  :  f :  T.  That  is.  Bodies  whofe  Mafles 
arc  equal,  have  their  Momenta  reciprocally  proportionable 
to  the  Times  in  which  they  move  over  equal  Spaces. 

Cor.  5.  IfbefideS=/,  T  —  fj  then  will  i  M  =  I  »^  5 
and  therefore  two  Bodies  moving  equably,  and  thro  equal 
Spaces  in  equal  Times,  have  their  Momenta  proportion- 
able to  their  Mafles, 

Tieor.  VJII.  Two  Bodies  moving  equably,  have  their 
Mafles  M  and  w,  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  diretfl  Ra- 
tio's of  the  Momenta  I  and  i,  and  the  Times  T  and  r,  and 
the  reciprocal  one  of  the  Spaces  /  and  S. 

Dan.  Bccaufe  I :  i  : :  M  S  f :  m/T,  I  m/T  =  i  M  S  f. 
Wherefore  U  :m -.IT  f  :  i  tS. 

Q.  E.  D. 

In  Numbers  7  :  5  :  :  28.  :  8.  10.  12  :  :  3.  7.  2.  :  I. 
IC.  5  :  :  7  :  5- 

Again  1  1  i  :  :  M  Sr  :  ffi/T. 

In  Numbers  a8  wo :  :  7.  12.  S.  :  5.  n5.  5  :  :  7.  4,  r  :  5.2. 
I  :  :  28  :  10. 

CW.i.If  M  =  »K,  then  will  IT/=  itS  ;  and  there- 
fore I  :  i  :  :  f  S  :  T7,  S  :/:  :  I  T  :  /  r,  and  I  :  r  :  w  S  :  I/. 
That  is,  in  two  moving  Bodies,  whofe  Mafles  are  equal  ; 

1.  The  Momenta  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direft 
Ratio  of  the  Spaces,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of  the  Times. 

2.  The  Spaces  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  Momenta 
and  the  Times.  3.  The  Times  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded 
of  the  dircd  Ratio  of  the  Spaces,  and  the  reciprocal  one 
of  the  Momenta. 

Cor.i.  If  bcfide  M=w,  T  =  f,  then  wili;S=  I/i 
and  therefore  l:i  :  S  :f.  That  is,  the  Momenta  of  two 
Bodies,  whofe  Mafles  are  equal,  are  proportional  to  the 
Spaces  pais'J  over  In  equal  l  imes. 

Thcor.lX.  In  equable  Mono7;j,  the  Times  T  and  f  are  in 
a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direil  Ratio's  of  the  Mafles 
M  and  fw,  and  the  Spaces  S  and/,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of 
the  Momenta  I  and  i. 

Dtm.  Bccaufe  I  :/■ :  :  M  Sf  :  ?«/"T,  I»i/T  =  /MSf. 
Wherefore  T  :  t :  i  iUS  -Am f. 

Q.  E.  D. 

Cor.  If  T  =  f,  ;  M  S  =  I  m /;  and  therefore  I  :  i  :  M  S 
imj,  M  :  m  :  :  1  S  :  /  S  i  and  S  :  1  h«  :  ;  M.  That  is,  if 
iw(y  Bodies,  moving  equably,  defcribe  equal  Spaces  in  e- 
qual  Times ;  i.  Their  Momenta  will  be  in  a  Ratio  com- 
pounded of  the  MaflTcs  and  the  Spaces,  z.  Their  Mafles 
will  be  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direfl  Ratio  of  the 
Momcn-.a,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of  the  Spaces.  3.  The 
Spaces  will  be  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  the  direfl  Ratio 
of  the  Momenta,  and  the  reciprocal  one  of  the  Mafles. 

The  Laz'js  0/ Motions  uniformly  accelerated  and  retarded. 
Def.  By  a.n  accdtrated  Motiun^  we  mean  fuch  a  one  as 
continually  receives  frefh  Acceflions  of  Velocity  5  and  it  is 
fflid  to  be  uniformly  acceleratfd,  when  In  equal  Times  its 
Acceffions  of  Velocity  are  equal.  See  Acceleration. 

By  a  retarded  hktio};,  is  underflood  fuch  a  one,  whofe 
Velocity  continually  decreafcsj  and  it  is  faid  to  be  uniform- 


ly retarded,  when  its  Decreafc  Is  continually  proportional  t<* 
the  Time.  See  Retardation. 

Axiom.  A  Body  once  at  refl,  will  never  move,  unlefs 
fome_  other  Body  put  it  in  Mono;i ;  and  when  once  in  A^£>- 
tioUy  it  will  continue  tor  ever  m  move,  with  the  fame  Velo- 
city, and  in  the  fame  Direflion,  unlefs  it  be  forced  from 
its  State  by  fomc  other  Caufe  :  This  is  evident  from  that 
fundamental  Axiom  in  Philofophy,  That  there  is  nothing 
without  a  fufficicnt  Caufe. 

Cor.i.  A  Body  therefore  moved  by  one  only  Impulfcj 
muft  proceed  in  a  right  Line. 

Cor.  1.  It  then  it  be  carry'd  in  a  Curve,  It  muft  be  afied 
on  by  a  double  Power  5  one,  whereby  it  would  proceed  in 
a  right  Line  3  another,  whereby  it  is  continually  drawn 
out  of  it. 

Axiom  I.  If  the  Acllon  and  Re-a6tion  of  two  (^tmel^ftic) 
Bodies  be  equal,  there  will  no  Maxim}  enfuej  but  the  Bo- 
dies after  Colilfion,  will  remain  at  reft  by  each  other. 

Axiomz.  If  amoving  Body  be  impell'd  in  the  Direilioii 
of  its  MotioM^  it  will  be  accelerated  ;  if  by  a  refifting  Force, 
it  will  be  retarded.  Heavy  Bodies  defcend  with  an  acce- 
lerated MmioM. 

Theor.X.  If  a  Body  move  with  an  uniform  Velocity  5 
the  Spaces  will  be  In  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  the  Times. 

Dem.  For  let  the  Velocity  acquir'd  in  the  Time  t  be  =3 

then  will  the  Velocity  acquir'd  in  the  Time  2  f  =  2  % 
in  the  Time  3  r  =  3  zj,  ^c.  and  the  Spaces  correfponding 
to  thofe  Times,  f,  2  r,  5  (,  ^c.  will  be  as  f  4^.  r,  9  ■» 
^c.  (by  Theor.  z.)  The  Spaces  therefore  arc  as  i.^-^.^c. 
And  the  Times  as  1.  2.  3.  H^c.  that  is,  the  Spaces  are  in  a. 
duplicate  Ratio  of  the  Times.    Q;  E.  D. 

Cor  Ino-Motioji  uniformly  accelerated,  the  Times  are  in 
a  fub-dupllcate  Ratio  of  the  Spaces. 

theor.  XL  The  Spaces  pafs'd  over  by  a  Body  uniformly 
accelerated,  increafe,  in  equal  Times,  according  to  the  un- 
equal Numbers  i.  5.  5.7,  ^c. 

Dem.  If  the  Times,  wherein  a  moving  Body  equably  ac- 
celerated, proceeds,  be  as  I.  2. 3.4.  5,  SJ'c.  the  Space  pafs'd 
over  in  one  Moincnt,  will  be  as  1,  in  2  Moments  as  4,  in 
3  as  y,  in  4  as  16,  In  5  as  25,  H^c.  {Theor.  10.)  If  there- 
fore you  fubrtraft  the  Space  pafs'd  over  in  one  MoiTient, 
■viz.  I.  from  that  pafs'd  over  in  two  Moments,  4.  there  will 
remain  the  Space  corrcfponding  to  the  fecond  Minute, 
viz.  3.  In  the  fame  manner  may  be  found  theSpace  pafs'd 
over  in  the  third  Minute,  9 — '4=5.  The  Space  corrc- 
fponding to  the  fourth  Minute,  \6 — 9  =  75  and  fo  of  the 
reft.  The  Space  of  the  flrft  Minute  therefore  is  as  i, 
that  of  the  fecond  as  3,  that  of  the  third  as  5,  of  the  fourth 
as  7,  of  the  fifth  as  9,  ^c.  Therefore  the  Spaces  pafs'd 
over  by  a  Body,  moving  with  an  uniformly  accelerated 
Motion,  in  equal  Times  increafe  according  to  the  unequal 
Numbers,  i.  3.  5,  7.  9,  l^c.    Q.  E.  D. 

Thtor.  XII.  7'he  Spaces  pafled  over  by  a  Body  equably 
accelerated,  are  in  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  the  Velocities. 

Dem.  For  fuppofing  the  Velocities  to  be  V  and  -v,  the 
Times  T  and  r,  the  Spaces  S  and  s  ;  then  will  V  :  f :  : 
T  :  t.     Wherefore,   fince  S  :  s  ■.-.I'  :  t\   (Theor.  10.  ) 

CoroL  Wherefore  In  a  3fufo«  uniformly  accelerated,  the 
Velocities  are  in  a  fubduplicate  Ratio  of  the  Spaces. 

Theor.  Xlll.  Heavy  Bodie.s  defcend  with  an  uniformly 
accelerated  lilotion,  in  a  Medium  void  of  Reliftance  ;  if 
the  Spaces  be  not  very  great. 

Don.  Since  heavy  Bodies  defcend  with  ene  accelerated 
Velocity,  the  Power  of  Gravity  muft  continually  impel 
them.  But  the  Puwerof  Gravity  Is  found  the  fame  at  all 
Diflances  from  the  F.arth  where  the  Experiment  can  be 
made.  Therefore  heavy  Bodies  muft  be  driven  down- 
wards in  the  lame  manner  in  equal  times.  If  then,  in 
the  firft  Moment  of  Time,  they  be  impell'd  with  the  Velo- 
city they  will  be  impell'd  with  the  fame  Velocity  v  in 
the  fecond  Moment,  and  with  the  fame  in  the  3d,  4th,  i^c. 
Moments.  Now  the  Medium  being  fuppofcd  void  of  all 
Refiftance,  (by  I-lyfoth.)  they  will  flill  retain  the  Velocity 
they  acquire  5  and  by  reafon  of  their  equal  frefli  Acqui- 
fitions  every  IVlInure,  they  will  defcend  with  a  Motion  uni- 
formly accelerated,    Q^.  E.  D.    See  Gravity. 

Cor.  1.  The  Spaces  of  Defcent  therefore,  are  in  a  du- 
plicate Ratio  of  their  Times,  and  alfo  of  their  Velocities, 
{Theor.  ko  ,i2.j  and  increafe  according  to  the  uneven  Num- 
bers r,  3,  5,  7,  ■^^^^■c.  {Theor.  11.) 

Cor.  2.  The  Times,  and  likewife  the  Velocities,  are  in  a 
fubduplicate  Ratio  of  the  Spaces,  (Theor.  to,  13.) 

Schol.  In  fuppoiing  heavy  Bodies  to  move  thro'  aMedium 
void  of  Refiftance,  we  exclude,  at  once,  all  manner  of  Im- 
pediments, under  what  Name  foever  they  be  eall'd,  or 
from  whatfoever  Caufe  they  proceed  ;  and  among  the  reft, 
that  Motio!7,  wherewith  the  Earth  rcTolving  on  its  Axis, 
carries  with  it  heavy  Bodies  during  the  time  of  their  fall  j 
tho'  this  is  not  fenfible  at  any  moderate  diftance. 

Schol.  It  was  GaliUus  who  iirft  difcover'd  the  Law  of 
the  Defcent  of  heavy  Bodies  ;  and  that  too  by  Reafuning  j 
7  L  iho' 


MOT 


(  00  ) 


MOT 


tho' he  afterwards  confirm'd  it  by  Experiments.    Thefe  Rejol.  and  Bern,  Since  the  Spaces  are  as  the  Squares  of 

he  repeated-  again  and  again,  and  ftill  found  the  Spaces  the  Times,  {Theor.  13J  find  a  fourth  Prnpoirtional  to  the 

pafs'd  over  as  the  Squares  of  the  Times  :    But  it  muftbe  Square  ot  the  Time   wherein  the  Bod)'  falls  thro'  the 

obferved,  that  the  Spaces  are  not  to  be  taken  in  the  g'ven  Space,    the   Square  of  the  Time  wherein  it  is  to 

Lengfh,  but  the  Height  of  the  Tlane,  as  will  be  Jhewn  t^ll  thro'  the  Space  required,  and   the  Space  required  ; 

hereafter.    See  Descent.  *i-:^f^..--L  d  -i^  1     ,  ^ 


The  fame  Eiiperiments  were  try'd,  tho'  in  a  different 
manner,  by  Rlcdoha  and  Gnmahlus,  who  let  fall  feveral  ftony 
Balls  of  the  fame  Bulk  and  Weight,  S  Ounces  each, 
from  various  Altitudes  ;  meafuring  the  Times  of  Defcent 
by  the  Vibrations  of  a  Pendulum.  The  Refult  of  their 
Experiments  is  fecn  in  the  following  Table. 


Vibrati- 
ons. 

Time. 

space  at 
the  End 
of  the 
Time. 

Space 
pafs'd  over 
in  each 
Time. 

Rom,  Feet. 

Rom.  Feel. 

5 

10 

10 

JO 

I 

4C 

40 

90 

15 

20 

2 

50 

20 

90 
160 

50 
70 

=  ; 

4 

1  0 

250 

90 

6 

C 

15 

12 

2 

0 

60 

45 

18 

3 

0 

135 

7> 

24 

4 

0 

240 

IC5 

1'heoy.  XIV.  If  a  heavy  Body  fail  thrn'  a  Medium  void 
of  Refifltincc,  and  from  a  Height  not  very  great  ;  the 
Space  it  paflTes  over  is  fubduple  of  that  which  it  would  pafs 
over  in  the  fame  time,  with  the- Velocity  it  has  acquir'd  at 
the  end  of  its  fall. 

Dem.  Let  the  right  Line  A  B  (Tab.  Mechanics,  Fig. 
51.)  reprefent  the  whole  Timcot'a  heavy  Body's  Defcent^ 
and  let  this  be  divided  into  any  Number  of  equal  Parts  ; 


thisfourth  ProportionaUviil  be  the  Space  required. 

£.g-  Suppofea  Ball  to  fall  290  Feet  in  four  Minutes 
time;  and  'tis  inquir'd  what  rime  it  will  fpend  in  falling 
155  Feet?  ""Jbe  Anfwer  will  be  found  =  /  (135.1$: 
240)  —  (135  :  15  =  3. 

Thcor.  XV.  If  a  Body  proceed  with  a  Motion  uniformly 
retarded,  it  will  pafs  over  half  the  Space  which  it  would 
defcribe  in  the  firac  time  by  an  equable  iVor;o«. 

J}oK.  Suppofe  the  given  Time  divided  into  any  Number 
of  equal  Farts  ;  and  draw  the  right  Lines  B  C,  S  H,  Q_I^ 
PM  thereto,  which  are  to  be  as  the  Velocities  correfpon- 
ding  to  the  Parts  of  Time  0,  B  S,  B  Q^,  B  P,  B  A  ;  Idas 
letting  fall  the  Perpendiculars  HE,  1  F,  M  G,-he  rightLinca 
C  E,  E  F,  C  G,  C  B  may  be  as  the  Velocities  loft  in  the 
Times  HE,  F  I,  G  M,  A  B  ;  that  is,  B  S,  BQ,  BF 
B  A.  Since  C  E  :  C  F  :  :  E  H  :  F  I,  C  G  :  G  B;  :  G  U 
:BA,  (rbeor.i-^.)  A  B  C  will  be  a  Triangle,  (Eucl.  III. 
ij.)  IfBi,  therefore,  be  a  Moment  of  Time,  infinitely 
fmai!,  its  Motion  will  be  uniform  ;  and,  therefore,  the 
Space defcribed  by  the  moving  Body  will  be  as  the  little 
Area  M  b  c  C  (Tbfoy.  r.)  The  Space  therefore  defcribed 
m  the  Time  is  as  the  Triangle  ABC,  viz.  as  the  Sum  of 
ail  the  little  Areas  B  b  c  C.  Now  rhe  Space  defcribed  by 
the  Body  moving  uniformly  with  the  Velocity  B  C  in  the 
Time  A  B,  is  as  rhe  Reflangle  A  B  C  D,  (Tbeor.  5,)  there- 
fore the  former  is  half  of  this.  I.  4r.)  Q^E.D. 

Thcor.  XVI.  The  Spaces  defcribed  by  a  Mution  uniformly 
retarded,  in  equal  Times,  decreafe  according  to  the  uneqal 
Numbers  7,  5,  3,  i. 

pern.  Suppofe  tlie  moving  Body  in  the  firft  Inftant  of 
Time  to  pafs  over  feven  Feer  j  I  fay,  that  in  the  fecond  if 
it  be  equally  retarded,  it  will  pafs  over  5  5  in  rhe  third  3  j 


to  the  Abfciffcs  A  P,  AQj  AS,  A  i3,  draw  the  right  Lines  and  in  rhe  fouith  i.    Forlet'the  equalPartsof  rhe  Ax,* 

PM,  Q^I,  SH,   BC,  which  maybe  as  the  Velocities  ac-  of  the  Triangle  B  S,  SQ,  CX.P,  PA  (fame  f/^.)  beasthe 

quired,  in  thofe  Times,  in  the  Defcent.    Since  then  A  P  :  Times  ^  the  Scmiordinates  BC   SH   Q  I      M  as  the 

ACi:  :PM:CLJ,  AP:A  S::PM  :S  H,        {End.  VI.  Velocities  at  the  beginning  of  any  Time  ;  the  Trapezia 

2.)  If  then  the  Altitude  of  the  Triangle  A  B  C  be  con-  B  S  H  C,  S  CLt  H,  Q_^P  M  I,  and  the  Triangle  P  A  M  as 

ceiv'd  to  be  divided  into  equal  Parts  infinitely  fmail  ■■,  the  the  Spaces  delcribed  in  thofe  times,  as  it  appears  they  will 

^onof/ being  uniform  in  aMoment^of  Time  infinitely  fmall  i  be  from  Theor.  16.    Let  then  BC  =  4  and  B  S  S 


the  little  Area  P;)  M  m  =^  Pf .  P  M  as  the  Space  pafs'd 
over  in  the  little  Moment  of  Time  Pp.  (Theor.  z.)  There- 
fore the  Space  pafs'd  over  in  the  Time  A  B,  will  be  as  the 
Sum  of  all  the  little  Areas,  i.  e.  as  the  Triangle  ABC, 

But  the  Space  that  would  be  defcribed  in  the  lame  Time    in  equal  Times  are 
A  B  with  the  uniform  Velocity  B  C,  being  as  the  Reilangle        £■  D. 
A  B  C  D,  (^Tbeoy.i.)  it  will  be  to  the  other  Space  as  r  to  -. 
(£«c/.  1.  41.) 

Cor.  The  Space  therefore  pafs'd  over  in  half  the  Titne 
A  B,  with  the  Vclociiy  B  C,  is  equal  to  the  Space  which 
the  heavy  Body  pafTes  over  frum  a  State  of  Refl  in  the 
whole  Time  A  B. 

FroUemi.  The  Time  wherein  a  heavy  Body  fill  Is  from 
*ny  given  Altitude  being  given  ^  to  determine  the  Spaces 
it  paffes  over  in  each  part  of  that  Time. 

Refol.  Let  the  given  Altitude  be=:^i,  the  Time  =  f 
the  Space  pafs'd  over  in  any  part  of  that  Time  x.  Then 
by  Cor.  of  Tbeor,  13. 


=  (2^P.  =PA^r.  Then  will  SH  =  3,  Q  1  —  2^ 
P  M  =  I,  (TW.  13)  BSHC=  (4  +  0  i:^=i. 
SCilH=(3+2)  i:2=f  (2_PMI=:  (2  +  0  I 
:  2  =  i  P  A  M  =  |.  Confequently  the  Spaces  defcribed 
11  4,  7,  that  is  as  7,  5,  3,  r. 

For  tbe  Cauft\  &c.  of  the  yfccekration  of  Motion,  fee 
Gravity  and  Acceleration. 

For  the  Caufe,  Sic.  of  Retardation,  fee  Resistance  and 
Retardation. 


The  Space  therefore  pafs'd  over  in  the  firft  part  of  Time 
IS  a  :  1^,  and  therefore  that  pafs'd  over  in  the  fecond  part  of 
Time  =5  fl  it'j  that  pafs'd  over  in  the  third  part=^  < 
:  r  ,  ^c.  (Ihld.-)  ^  ' 

E.  gr.  In  the  above-mentioned  Experiments  of  Ricciohn^ 


Laws  of  the  Commujtication  of  Motion. 
The  Laws  wherein  Motion  is  communicated  by  the  Colli- 
fion  and  Percufhon  of  Bodies  are  very  different,  as  the  Bo- 
dies are  chher  Ehjtic  ov  Utielajiic,  and  as  the  Dircflion  of 
the  Stroak  is  ohlique  or  diretJ, 

What  relates  to  the  Collifion  of  Bodies  not  EL-iJlic,  when 
the  Stroak  or  Shock  is  direct,  will  come  under  rhe  follow- 
ing Laws. 

T/jeor.  XVII.  Amoving  Body  ftriking  againfl:  a  Body  at 
reft,  will  communicate  Motion  rherero,  and  both  will  pro- 
ceed in  the  direction  of  the  firft  ;  and  the  Momentum,  or 
CJuanrity  of  Motion  in  the  two,  will  be  the  fame  after  the 
Scroak,  as  in  the  fingle  one  before  it. 

Dem.  For  'tis  the  Aftion  of  the  firft  that  gives  the  latter 
all  the  Motion  it  has  ;  and  'tis  the  Re-a£Hon  of  the  latter 
that  takes  off  any  part  of  the  /V/ono??  of  the  firft.    Now,  as 


the  Ball  defccnded  240  Feet  in  four  Seconds.    The  Space    Afiion  raid  Re-aSiun  are  always  equal,  the  Momentum'ac 
therefore  pafs'd  in  the  firft  Secopd  =  240  :  1  (>  =  j  5  j  that  ^ 
in  the  next  Second  =  15.3  =45  :  that  in  the  third  =  15.5 

Troh.  2.  The  Time  of  a  heavy  Body's  Defcent  in  a  Me- 
dium void  of  Refinance  thro' any  given  Space,  being  given. 


quir'd  by  the  one  muft  be  juit  equal  to  that  loft  by  theo- 
ther;  fo  that  there  is  neither  lofs  nor  gain  from  the 
Stroak. 

Corol.  The  Velocity  after  the  Stroak  is  found  by  multi- 
plying the  Mafs  of  the  firft  Body  by  its  Velocity  before 


fecond  Body. 

CoToI.  Hence  if  a  Body  in  Mot/o^;  ft rilte  on  another  moving 
i  n  the  fame  direftion,  but  more  flowly,  both  will  continue 
their  'Motion  in  their  firft  Dirci5tion  i  and  the  Momenta,  or 
Sum  of  Motion  will  be  the  fame  after  as  before  the  Stroak. 
CoroL  If  two  equal  Bodies  move  againft  each  other  with 


todetermine  the  Time  wherein  it  will  pafs  over  another  the  Stroak,  and  dividing  the  Produfl  by  the  Mafs  of  the 
given  Space,  in  the  fame  Medium.  "       —  ' 

Refol.  and  Dem.  Since  the  Spaces  are  as  the  Squares  of 
the  Times,  (Tbeor.  13.)  to  the  Space  the  heavy  Body  moves 
in  the  given  Time,  the  Space  required  in  the  Queftion, 
and  the  Square  of  the  given  Time,  feek  a  fourth  Propor- 
tional; this  will  be  the  Square  of  the  Time  required  :    Irs    -  -  .^   .  -     

fquareRoot  therefore  being  extraaed,  will  yield  the  Time  equal  Velocities,  after  the  Stroak  they  will  both  remain  at 
required.   E.gr.  In  i<iccW;<j's  Experimenrs  the  Ball  fell  240  Reft. 

Feet  in  4  Minutes  'tis  demanded  then  how  much  Time  it  Simfle  Motion  is  that  produced  from  fome  one  Power, 
will  take  up  in  falling  135  Feet?  This  Time  will  be  found  Compound  Motion  is  that  produced  by  feveral  con- 
=  •/  (135  :  16  :  i  24a)  =  ■/  •         V  9  =  3-  fpiring  Powers  :    Powers  being  faid  to  co^ifpire,  when  the 

Froh.  3.  The  Space  a  Body  falls  in  any  given  Time  in  Direftion  of  the  one  is  not  oppofite  to  that  of  the  other  ;  as 
a  Medium  void  of  Refiftance  being  given,  to  determine  the  when  the  Radius  of  a  Circle  is  imagined  to  whirl  round 
Space  it  will  fall,  in  any  other  given  Interval  of  Time.  on 


MOT 


(  VPi  ) 


MOT 


the 


bn  Its  Centre,  and  a  Point  in  the  fame  Radius  is  at 
fame  time  fuppofed  impell'd  Hrait  along  Ir. 

Cotol.   All  Curvilinear  Motion,  therefore,   is  Compound. 
(Cor.  1.  of  Jxiom  i.) 

T/'eor.XVllI.  Ifa  moving  Body  A  be  aaed  on  by 

a  double  Power;  the  one  according  to  the  Direflion  A  B, 
the  other  according  to  A  C  j  with  tne  Motion  compounded 

thereof,  itwili  delcribe  the  Diagonal  of  a  Parallelogram   

M  D  ;  whofc  Sides  A  B  and  A  Cir  would  havedefcribed  iu  Impombdiry  of  an7ruch  Machine'^nd'fiXll 
the  fame  tirne  with  each  of  the  refpcdivc  Powers  aparr.  to  ih,s,  -j.'Z.  to  find  a  Body  which  is  both  heavi< 

Dem.  It  the  Botiy  A  were  only  a£ted  on  by  the  Force 
imprcfs'o  along  A  H  ;  in  the  Bri\  infiantofTime  it  would 
be  ni  fome  Point  of:he  right  Line  A.B  as  in  H,  and  fo  in  tbe 
Line  H  L  parallel  to  A  C  ;  if  it  were  only  a^led  on  by  the 
Power  A  imprefs'd  in  the  Diredion  A  C,  It  would  in  the 
fame  Inllant  of  time  be  in  fume  Point  of  the  Line  A  C  as  in 
I,  and  lo  in  the  Line  [  L  parallel  to  A  B.  But  fince  the  Di- 
reftionsof  the  Powers  are  not  oppofiie  to  each  other,  nei- 
ther of 'em  can  impede  the  others  and  therefore  the  Body 

in  the  fame  inibnt  of  Time  will  :\rrive  both  at  the  Point  Sponr^jieous,  and  N^ftural. 
H  L  and  at  I  L  j  and  wiil  confequently  be  in  rhe  Point  L, 
where  the  two  meet.  In  the  fame  manner  it  appears  that 
if  K  M  and  M  G  be  drawn  parallel  10  A  B  and  A  C,  the 
Body  in  the  fecund  Inftant  of  Tim.e  will  be  in  M,  and  at 
lengrh  in  D.    Q^E.  D. 


for  Circular  Motiom,  and  the  La^,  of  Projeailes,  fee 
Central  force,,  and  Projectile 

fo.t^,.MoTioN  of  renduu<ms,andtbe  La-w,ofOk[\\^t\on, 
Ice  Pendulum  and  OsciLLATiON. 

Ferpctu.lL  Motion.    See  Perpetual  Mothn. 
_    Ine  celebrated  Problem  of  a  pofetn^l  Motion,  confifts 
in  t.ie  inventing  of  a  Machine  ;  which  has  the  Principle  of 
us  Motion  wuh.n  itfelf.    M.  dc  U  Hire  h-xs  demonUrated  the 

that  it  amounts 

,     c   J   — vier,  and  lighter 

at  'he  iame  time  5  or  a  Body  which  is  heavier  than  itfclf. 
faee  Machine. 

v^mW  Motion,  is  that  whereby  the  Situation,  Figure 
Magnitude,  b'e.  of  the  Pans,  Members,  l^c.  of  Ammali 
arc  changed. 

Under  rhefe  Motions  come  all  the  Animal  Funftions,  as 
ReJp:r.ition,  Circulation  of  the  Blood,  Ey-cretion^WalktH"  ££?c. 
See  Function.  ^' 
y^Tiimcil  Motions  are  ufually  divided  into  two  Species,  -viz 
^ont^jieous,  and  N^itural. 
Sfontaneous^  or  M(/c«/ar  Motion,  is  that  perform'd  by 
eans  <,f  the  Mufcies,  at  the  Command  of  the  Will  5 
hence  alfo  call'd  Voluntary  Mothn.    See  Mitfcular  Motion 


Car.  1.  Since  about  every  right  Line  as  AD,  a  Parallelogram    of  the  Parts. 


'uTitury  Motion.    SccMufcular  Motion, 
Nitjui-al,  or  bivoluiitary  Motion,   is  that  effefted  with- 
out iuch  Command  of  the  Will ;  by  the  mere  Mechanifm 


as  A  B  D  C,  may  be  coniirueied  by  making  two  ctjual 
I'riangles  A  C  D  and  A  B  D,  on  one  common  Bafe  A  ,D  3 
every  letlilmear  Motion,  when  it  may  be  of  fervice  for  the 
Demonftration,  may  berefolved  into  a  compound  one. 

CV.  2.  But  as  the  Proportion  of  the  Sides  A  C  and  C  D 
may  be  various,  fo  alfu  inay  the  right  Line  A  D  be  de- 
feribed  by  a  Mof;o?i  compounded  various  ways  j  and  there- 
fore the  fame  refiilinear  Motion  may  be  refolvcd  into  va- 
rious compound  Motions. 

Cor.  3.  Hence  it  a  moveable  Body  be  dra^^n  by  three 
feveral  Powers  according  to  tlie  Dircflions  B  A,  AD,  and 
A  C,  C^^l^•^30  t'^*^  which  taken  together  are  equiva- 
lent to  the  ihird  i  they  will  be  to  each  other  as  the  rigfcit 
Lines  B  D,  D  A,  D  C,  paruilel  to  their  Diredir,ns  ;  th^i  js^ 


Such  is  the  Motion  of  the  Heart,  and  Pulfej  the  Periflal- 
..w  Mhtion  of  rhe  Inteltines,  £5c.    S.e  Heart, 

Intejiine  Motion,  an  Agitation  of  the  Particles,  whereof 
a  Body  confiics.  bee  Intestine;  fee  alfo  Fermenta- 
tion, Effervescence,  ^c. 

Some  Philofophers  will  have  every  Body,  and  every 
Particle  of  a  Body,  in  continual  Motion.  For  Fluids  *tis 
the  Defitiicion  they  give  of  fuch  Bodies,  wa.  that  their 
parts  are  in  continual  Motion.    See  Fluidity. 

And  as  to  Solids,  they  infer  the  like  Motion  from  the 
Efflu.ia  continually  emitted  thro  their  Pores.  See  Ef- 
fluvia. 

H-nce  they  defcribe  Intejiine  Motion,  to  be  a  Motion  of 

,     c-    -   r  1-    A     ,     ■    ,   1   ,               ,  ^'^'^ '""lal^'^'"  Parts  of  Matter,  continually  ex- 

rcciprocallyastheSinesotthcAnglcsmcludcdtietwecnthe  cued  by  fome  external,  latent  Agent    which  of  itfe-lf  is 

Lines  of  their  Dueaions,  and  the  Line  ot  Direftion  of  the  infcnfible,  and  only  difcovers  itfelf  by  its  Effeds  •  appoin 

third:    DB  being  to  AD  as  theSine  of  tnc  Angle  BaD  ted  by  Nature  for  the  great  Inltrumer.t  of  the  Changes  in 

to  thebine  ot  the  Angle  A  B  D.  Bodies. 

Theor.XlX.  In  an  equable  compound  ^fotlon,  the  Ve-  Motion,  In  Anronomy,  is  peculiarly  apply'd  lo  the  or- 

locity  produced  by  the  cunfpiring  Powers,  is  to  the  Velocity  detly  Courfes  of  the  heavenly  Bodies.  See  Sun,  Planet 

of  each  of  the  two  apart,  as  the  Diagonal  A  D  (/^c-  penult.)  Com  et,  t^c.  * 
of  the  Parallelogram  A  B  D  C,  in  the  Direftion  of  wliofe 
Sides  they  a£l,  10  either  of  thofe  Sides  A  B  ur  A  C. 
Don.  For  m  the  fame  time  that  cneof  the  Puwers  would 


carry  it  over  the  Side  of  the  Parallelogram  A  B,  and  the 
other  over  A  C  leparately,  join'd  together  they  carry  it 

over  rhe  Diagonal  AD.    The  Diagonal  A  D  therefore  is       _     ^ 

the  Spa.-e  del'cribed  by  the  confpiring  P.,wers  in  the  fame    heavenly  Bodies,  and  the  wholVmundan^c'spb 

Tui-.e :  but  ni  an  equable  Jlktion  the  Velocities  in  the  fame    to  revolve  every  day  round  the  Earth,  frorn  I 

Time  are  as  the  Spaces  ;  the  Velocities  therefore  arifing    "  " 

from  the  confpiring  Forces  are  to  the  Velocity  arillng  from 

either  Force,  as  A  D  to  A  B  or  A  C.    ^  E.  D. 

Cor.  I  .  1  he  confpirina  Forces  therefore  being  given  ;  e. 
the  Ratio  of  the  Velocities  being  given,  bytheLinesAB 
arid  A  C  given  in  magnitude  ,  and  the  Direftion  thro'  thole 
Lines  being  given  in  Pofition,  or  by  the  Angle  of  Di- 
rettion  ;  the  Celerity  and  Direflion  of  the  oblique  Motion  is 
given  3  bccaufe  the  Diagonal  is  given  both  in  Magnitude 
and  Poiition. 

Cor.  2.   The  oblique  Motion  however  being  given, 
limple  ones  are  not,  vice  -verfa,  given  ;   becaufe  the  fame    Star,  {^i, 
oh\\(i\xt  Motion  may  be   compounded  of  various   fimple        Motion  of  Trepidation. 

.  BRATION. 

Tbeor.  XX.  In  a  compound  Motion  produced  by  the 
fame  Forces,  the  Velocity  is  greater  if  the  Angle  of  Di- 
rection be  lefs  ;  and  lefs,  if  this  be  greater. 

Dent.  Let  the  greater  Angle  of  Diredion  be  BAG,  (Fi^.i^^.) 
the  lefs  FAC  ;  iince  the  Powers  are  fuppofed  the  fame,  AC 


I'ne  Mhtion  of  the  Earth,  from  Wefl  to  Eaft,  is  now  ge- 
nerally granted  among  Altronomers  :  See  it  proved  under 
the  Article  Earth. 

The  Motions  of  the  Celefiial  Luminaries  are  of  two 
Kinds,  Diurnal  Ox  Common'^  and  Secundary  or  Proper. 

Diurnal  or  Primary  Motion,  is  that  wherewith  all  the 

'  ere,  appears 

.      .  .     _     Eaft  to  Weft. 

See  Diurnal. 

This  is  alfu  call'd  the  Motion  of  the  Primum  Mohile,  and 
the  Common  Motion  j  to  diilingui/h  it  from  that  proper  to 
each  Planet,  {^c.  '  l  is  about  the  various  Phxnomcna  refulting 
from  xhlsMstio]!,  that  Aftronomy  is  chiefly  employ'd.  See 
Astronomy, 

Secundary  or  Proper  Motion,  is  that  wherewith  a  Star, 
Planet,  or  the  like,  advances  a  certain  Space  every  day 
from  Well  towards  Eall-.    See  Mobile. 

Sec  tlje  feveral  Motions  of  each  Luminary^  isith  the  Irreoula- 
the    yities,Ss.c.  thereof,  under  its  propter  Article  ^  Earth,  Moon 


See  Trepidation  and  Li- 


MoTioN,  in  MuHc,  is  the  manner  of  beating  the  Mea- 
furc,  to  haften  or  llackcn  the  Time  of  the  Pronunciation 
of  the  Words,  or  Notes.    Sea  Measure  and  Time. 

The  Miction,  in  Songs  compos'd  in  double  Time,  differs 
from  thofe  in  triple  Time.    'Tis  the  Mktion  that  diftir 


I  be  common  to  each  Parallelogram  AF  C  E  and  BAG  D 
and  befides  AB—  AE.  Now 'tis  evident  that  on  the 
footing  of  the  greater  Angle,  the  Diagonal  A  D  is  defcribed  ; 
and  on  the  footing  of  the  lefs  Angle,  A  E  ;  and  both  in  the 
fame  time,  by  reafon  A  B  =  A^E.  The  Velocities  there- 
fore are  as  A  D  to  A  E  :  Wherefore  fince  A  D  is  lefs  than 
A  E,  the  Velocity  on  the  foot  of  the  greater  Angle  is  lefs 
than  on  that  of  the  kfs  Angle.    Q^E.  D. 

Cor.  Since  the  Legs  A  'C  and  C  E,  with  the  included 
Angle,  being  given,  the  Angle  CEA,  and  thence,  alfo,    ^-..^^.^u^,  lu 
A  E  isfound  ;  the  Velocity  of  the  confpiring  Powers,  and    Enemy,  ready  to  come  to  Blows, 
the  Angle  of  Direflion,  in  any  particular  Care,'being  given  ;       Motion,  or  Emotion,  in  Rhetoric,  ^c.    See  Passion. 
the  Velocity  of  the  compound  Motion,  and  confequently  the  ,     MOTORll,  Motory  Nerves,  the  third  Pair  of  Nerves 
Ratio  of  the  Velocities  produced  by  the  fame  Powers  under    ferving  for  the  Motion  of  the  Eye.    SeeNERvs.  ' 
different  Angles  of  Direaions,  may  be  determined.  This  Pair  is  united  into  one  near  their  Infertion  into 

/or  the  particular  Laws  of  UoriCN  arifn^^  from  the  CoUiJiojz  the  Brain;  by  which  means,  when  one  Eye  is  moved 
ofEodu-s  both  Elaftic  and  Unelaftic,  and  ihat  where  the  Direc-  towards  any  Qhjea,  the  other  is  direaed  towards  the  fame, 
(iwj  iirc  iof/j  perpendicular      oblique,  fee  Percussion.      See  Eye. 

MOTOS, 


gui/lies  Courants  and  Sarabands,  from  Gavots,  Borees,  Cha- 

cones,  ^c. 

Motion  is  alfo  ufed  among  Mechanics,  for  the  Inlide  of 
a  Watch,  ^c.  more  commonly  call'd.  Movemejit.  Sec 
Movement. 

Motions,  in  War,  are  the  Marches,  Counter-marches, 
^c.  an  Army  makes  in  the  changing  of  its  Poft. 

The  great  Skill  of  a  General  coniifls  in  difcovering  the 
Enemies  Motions,  and  concealing  his  own.  Nothing  is 'more 
dangerous,  than  to  make  great  Motions  before  a  powerful 


MOV 


C  ) 


MOV 


MOTOS,  a  Piece  of  Lmt,  or  Linnen  Cloth,  teaz'd  like       The  Movement  of  a  Clock,  or  Watch,  Is  the  Infide  ■  or 
Wool,  to  be  put  into  Ulcers,  to  flop  the  Flux  of  Biood,  £=;c.    that  Part  which  meafurcs  the  Time,  llrikes,  exclufive 
MUTRIX,  fomething  that  has  the  Po-vvcr  or  Faculty  of   of  the  Frame,  Cafe,  Dial-Plate,  ^c. 


'h'lo-viny,.    See  Vis  Morr/x,  Faculty,  ££;c. 

MOTTO,  an  Italian  Term,  literally  fignlfying  Word  or 
Saying  h  ulcd  in  Arms,  Devices,  ^c.  Sec  Arms  and  De- 
vice,,. 

The  Mfto  0/ flK  ^CTOOwr)',  is  a  fhort  Sentence,  or  Di6:ion 
carry'd  in  a  Scroll  generally  over,  fometimes  under  the 
Arms;  fometimes  alluding  to  the  Name  of  the  Bearer, 
fometimes  to  the  Bearing,  and  fometimes  to  neither. 

The  iWotro,  or  Word,  fays  Giullim^  is  an  external  Orna- 
ment annex'd  to  Coat-Armour  5  being  the  Invention  or 
Conceit  of  the  Bearer,  fucciniSly  and  fignificantly  exprefs'd 
ufually  in  three,  or  four  Words,  which  are  fet  in  fome 


The  Parts  common  to  both  of  thcfe  Mo-Demenrs  are, 
The  Mahj-Sp-'mg^  with  its  Appurtenances  ;  lying  in  the 
Spring-Box,  and  in  the  middle  thereof  lapping  about  the 
Spring-Arbor,  to  which  one  end  of  it  is  fallen 'd.  At  top 
ot  the  Spring-Arbor  is  the  Endlefs  Screta^  and  its  Wheel  ; 
but  in  Spring-Clocks,  this  is  a  Ratchct-Wheel  with  its 
Click,  that  Hops  it.  That  which  the  main  Spring  draws, 
and  round  which  the  Chain  or  String  is  wrapped,  is  the 
tt'fy  I  This  is  ordinarily  taper  i  in  large  Works  going  with 
Weights,  it  is  cylindrical,  and  call'd  the  Baryel.  The'fmall  _ 
Teeth  at  the  bottom  of  the  Fufy  or  Barrel,  which  flop  it 
in  winding  up,  is  cali'd  the  R-ftiijeti  and  that  which  flops 


Scroll  or  Compartimenr,  plac'd  at  the  foot  of  the  Efcut-  it  when  wound  up,  and  is  for  that  end  driven  up  by  the 
cheon.  Spring,  the  G.irde-gut.    The  Wheels  are  various  i   the  Parts 


As  the  Motto  holds  the  lowcfl  Place  in  Arms  j  fo  it  is  the 
laft  in  Blazoning.    In  flridlncfs,  it  flinuid  cxprcfs  fome- 
thing intended  in  the  Atchievement i  but  Cuftomhasnow 
receiv'd  whatfocver  Fancy  of  the  Devifer.    Sec  Blazon. 
The  Ufe  of  Motto's  1%  very  antient;  Hiflory,  both  facred 


of  a  Wheel,  are  the  Hoop  or  Kim  ■-,  the  Tecth^  the  CVo/i,  and 
the  CoUet  or  Piece  of  Erafs  fulder'd  on  the  Arbor  or 
Spindle,  whereon  the  Wheel  is  rivetted.  The  little  Wheels 
playing  in  the  Teeth  of  the  larger,  are  calPd  Flnia/jsi  and 
their  Teeth,  which  are  4,  <,'S,  8,  ^c.  are  call'd  Leves;  the 


and  profane,  furni/Iiing  inflanccs  thereof     Our  Anceflors    Ends  of  the  Spindle  arecall'd  P/Wj^  and  the  gutter'dWheel, 
made  choice  of  Mofro'i  to  exprefs  their  predominant  Paffions,    u  irh  Iron  Spikes  at  bottom,  wherein  the  Line  of  ordinary 
,  iSc.  _  or/otTie  ex_traor dinar y  Ad-    Clocks  runs,  rhe  Fully.   We  need  not  fay  any  thing  of  the 


as  of  Piety,  Love,  War, 

venture  befallen  them:    Mofl  of  which,  from  fome  fuch 
Original,  have  become  hereditary  in  divers  Families. 

The  Motto's  of  the  Royal  Family  of  Emlayid,  are,  T)icK 
€Jj        Diolt,  God  and  my  Right;  of  the  Royal  Family  of 

Boiirbojt,  EJperancCi  Hope  ;  of  the  Order  of  the  Garter,  nion,  fliews  how  many  Turns  the  Pinion  has  to  one  Turn  of 
Iio7ii  folt  qui  mal  y  j^enfe,  Sharne  be  to  him  that  Evil  thinks ;    the  W  heel. 


Hand,  Strews,  Wedges,  Stops,  ^c.  See  Wheel,'Pivot,  ^c. 
Theory  of  Calctilatbsg  the  Numbers  for  Movements; 
It  is  to  be  obferv'd,  that  a  Wheel  divided  by  its  Pi- 


of  the  Duke  of  Norfr.lk^  Sola  Virtus  InSiBa  ;  of  the  Duke 
of  Bedford,  Che  fara  fara  ,  of  the  Duke  of  Devonf^lre,  Ca- 
TCtido  tutus,  alluding  to  the  Family's  Name  Ccmendlfh  ;  of 
the  Duke  of  KiugftoM,  Pie  refone  tc,  alluding  to  the  Name 
Fierefchit;   of  the  Earl  of  Radmr,  Qjt<e  ft<pra,  aWuAmg  to 


z.  That  from  the  Fufy  to  the  Balance,  the  Wheels 
drive  the  Pinions;  confequently  the  Pinions  run  fafter,  or 
make  more  Revolutions  than  the  Wheels:  but  '£is*the 
contrary  from  the  great  Wheel  to  the  Dial-Wheel. 

That  the  Wheels  and  Pinions  we  write  down  either  as 


the  three  Stars  in  his  Arms ;  of  the  E^tX  of  .ihlHgdoji,  Virtus    Vulgar  Fraflions,  or  in  the  way  of  Divifion  in  the 


arieie  fortior,  alluding  to  the  three  battering  Rams  bore 
the  Arms;   of  /urre/nie  Lord  Clinton,  forte  fcutum  falus  Du- 
cum. 

The  Motto  of  a  Device,  is  alfo  call'd  the  Sotd  of  tie  Device. 
See  Device. 

MOyEATsLE,  ffnnething  fufceptible  of  Motion 
thar  15  difpns'd  to  be  mov'd.   See  Motion. 

Thu5  a  Sphere  is  faid  to  be  the  moi\  movealle  of  all  Bo- 
clies,  i.e.  the  eaficit  to  move.  A  Door  is  moveable  on"  its 
Hinges  :    The  Magnetical  Needle,  on  a  Pin,  or  Pivot, 

"Mozrahle  is  frequently  ufed  in  Contradiftinftion  to  Fixed. 
See  FixEr. 

Moveable  Pe(7,/?j,  are  fuch  as  arc  not  always  held  on 
the  fame  Day  of  the  Year,  or  Month  5  tho  they  be,  on  the 
fame  Day  of  the  \v:Sk.    Sec  Feast. 

Thus,  Eajkr  is  a  mcveable  Feafl  ;  being  always  held  on 
the  firfl  Sunday  after  the  full  Moon  following  the  aift  of 
"March ;   which  is  moveable  between  the  '  * 

the  i8th  of  y^prll.    See  Easte:r. 

All  the  othei-  moveable  Feafls  follow  Eajier^  i.  e.  keep 
their  Diflance  from  it ;  fo  that  they  are  fix'd  with  refpefl 
thereto. 

Such  are  Septuagefima,  Se.xagefima,  ^JL-JVediiefday^  Jjcen- 
Jion-Day,  Fentecoji,  Trmtty-Smday,  ^c.  Which  fee  under 
their  proper  Articles. 

MOVEABLES,  or  Moveable  Goor/;,  by  the  Civilians 
call'd  Bona  MoRiLiA,  are  fuch  as  are  capable  of  being 
remov'd  from  one  Place  to  another;  or  which  may  be  con- 
ceal'd  or  perverted  ;  as  not  being  fix'dto  the  Ground,  ^c. 

In  England,  we  have  two  Kinds  of  Effe£ls,  Moveable  and 
Immoveable;  the  MovcMe  arc  Ready  Money,  Merchandizes, 
Bonds,  Book-Debts,  Cattel,  Houfhold  Inflruments,  £^c. 
that  are  not  faflen'd  cither  with  Iron  or  Nail,  nor  feal'd  in 
the  Flaiflcr,  but  may  be  tranfported  without  either  Frac- 
tion or  Deterioration. 

In  the  Cuflomary  Laws,  we  fay  Moveables  follow  the  Per- 
fon,  and  his  proper  Habitation  ;  Moveables  follow  the  Body, 
i^c.  which  Words  have  different  Meanings  in  different 
Countries. 

Sometimes  they  fignify,  that  Moveables  go  according  to  the 
Cuflom  of  the  Place  where  is  the  Habitation  of  the  De- 
ceas'd,  tho  he  die  in  another  Place  ;  fometimes  they  fignify, 
that  Moveables  follow  the  Cuflom  of  the  Place  where  the 
Defunft  died. 

MOVEMENT,  Motion,  a  Term  frequently  ufed  m  the 
famcSenfe  with  Jutomato?!, 

The  mofl  ufual  Movements  are  Watches  and  Clocks:  The 
firfl:  are  fuch  as  fhew  the  Parts  of  Time  ;  the  fecond  fuch 
as  publifli  it     See  Watch  and  Clock. 

In  its  popular  Ufe,  among  us,  Movement  GgniHes  all  the 
curious  Pans  of  a  Watch,  Clock, 
which  move,  and,  by  that  Motion 
the  Inflrument. 


mon  Arithmetic;  v.g.  a  Wheel  of  Co  moving  a  Pinion  of 
5,  is  wrote  either  V,      better  5)60.    And  the  number  of 
Turns  the  Pinion  has  in  one  Turn  of  the  Wheel, 
as  a  Quotient,  thus,   ^)6c(tz.    A  whole  Move-  4^55(9 

meat  may  be  wrote,  as  in  the  adjoining  Scheme  5    —  . 

or    where  the  uppernioit  Number  exprelTes  the  Pi-  5)55(11 
"nion  of  Report  4,  the  Dial-Wheel  55,  and  the  5)45(9 
Turns  of  the  Pin  9  ;  the  fecond,  the  Pinion,  and  5)40(8 

Great-Wheel;  the  third,  the   fecond  Wheel,   . 

£?c.  the  fourtn,  the  Contrat  Wheel;  and  the  17 
laft,  17,  the  Crown-Wheel. 

Hence,  4.  From  the  Number  of  Turns  any  Pinion  makes 
in  one  1  urn  of  the  Wheel  it  works  in,  maybe  determin'd 
the  Number  of  Turns  a  Wheel  or  Pinion  has  at  any  greater 
Diflance,  viz  by  multiplying  together  the  C^uofients  ;  the 
Produce  whereof  is  the  Number  of  Turns.  Thus, 

Suppofe  the  Wheels  and  Pinions  as  in  the  Cafe  5)55(11 
adjoining;   11  multiply'd  by  5?,   gives  99,  the  5)45(9 
ft  of  March,  and    Number  of  Turns  of  the  fecond  Pinion  5,  in  one  5)40(8 
Turn  of  the  Wheel  55,  which  runs  concentrical, 
or  on  the  fame  Spindle  with  the  Pinion  5.    Again,  99  mul- 
tiply'd by  8,  gives  79Z,  the  Number  of  Turns  the  laft' 
Pinion  has  in  one  Turn  of  the  firil  Wheel  5. 

Hence  we  proceed  to  find,  not  only  the  Turns,  but  the 
Number  of  Beats  of  the  Balance  in  the  Time  of  thofc 
Turns.  For  having  found  the  Number  of  Turns  the 
Crown-Wheel  has  in  one  Turn  of  the  Wheel  fought,  thofe 
Turns  multiply'd  by  its  Notches,  give  half  the  Number 
of  Beats,  in  that  one  Turn  of  the  Wheel.  Suppofe,  v.  ^. 
as  in  the  laft  Cafe,  the  Crown-Wheel  to  have  720  Turns, 
to  I  of  the  firfl  Wheel;  this  Number  multiply'd  by  15, 
the  Notches  in  the  Crown-Wheel,  produces  loSoo ;  half 
the  Number  of  Strokes  of  the  Balance  in  one  Turn  of 
the  firft  Wheel. 

The  general  Divifion  of  a  Movement,  is  into  the  Clock 
and  Watch-Parts.    See  Q-LocK-U'ork  and  WATcii-rfWX'. 
MOVER,  orf  rfi  Mover.    See  Mobile. 
Ferpettial  Mover.    See  Perpetual  Motion. 
MOULD,  in  the  Mechanic  Arts,  ^c.  a  Cavity  artfully 
cut,  with  defign  to  give  its  Form,  or  Imprefllon  to  fome 
fofter  Matter  apply'd  therein. 

Moidds  are  Inflruments  of  great  Ufe  in  Sculpture,  Foun- 
dcry,  See  Sculpture,  Foundery,  £^f.  ' 

The  Workmen  emptoy'd  in  melting  the   Mineral  or 
Metallic  Glebe  dug  out  of  Mines,  have  each  their  feveral 
Mould,  to  receive  the  melted  Metal  as  it  comes  out  of  the 
Furnace  ;  but  different  according  to  the  diverfity  of  Metals 
and  Works.    In  Gold-Mines,  they  have  Moh/c/j  for  Ingots. 
In  Silver-Mines  for  Bars.    In  Copper  and  Lead-Mines  for 
Pigs  or  Salmons:    In  Tin-Mines  for  Pigs  and  Int^ots : 
--    Aiid  in  Iron-Mines  for  Sows,  Chimney-Backs,  Anvils,"Cal- 
other  curious  Engine,    drons,  Pots,  and  other  large  Utenfils  and  Merchand'ifssof 
carry  on  the  Dciign  of   Iron,  which  are  here  caft,  as  it  were,  at  firft  hand.  See 
Gold,  Silver,  Lead,  Tin,  Iron,  ^c. 

The 


MO  U 


(  ^93  ) 


M  O  U 


The  Fnoiclers  of  large  Ji^orks,  as  Statues,  Bells,  Guns, 
and  other  bmzen  Works,  have  Moulds  of  Wax,  fupporred 
within  fitle  by  what  they  call  a  Care,  and  cover'd  without 
fide  with  a  Cap  or  Cafe.  'Tis  in  the  Space  which  the  Wax 
took  up,  which  is  now  melted  to  leave  it  free,  that  the 
liquid  Metal  runs,  and  the  Workisform'd  ;  beiniz  carried 
thither  thro'  a  great  Number  of  lirtle  Canals  which  cover 
ihc  whole  ymild.    See  Foundery. 

I'he  Moulds  of  Comers  are  Frames  full  of  Sand,  wherein 
the  Plates  of  Metal  are  call  that  are  to  ferve  ior  the 
ilriking  of  Species  of  Gold  or  Silver.    See  Coinage. 

hXdVLVS'ifyoi.ndersoffmallUorh  are  like  the  Frames 
of  Coiners.  'Tisin  thele  Frames,  which  are  likewlle  fiU'd 
with  Sand,  that  their  feveral  Works  are  fafhionMj  into 
which,  when  the  two  Frames  whereof  rhe  Moi(/ii  is  com- 
pofed,  ate  rejoin'd,  the  melted  Brafs  is  run.    See  Foun- 

KEEY. 

MouLCS  of  Letter-FoitKders  are  partly  of  Steel,  and  partly 
Wood  :  The  Wood,  properly  ipeaking,  ferves  only  to 
cover  the  real  Mould  which  is  wirhiii,  and  to  prevent  the 
Workman  who  holds  it  in  his  Hand,  from  being  incommo- 
ded by  the  impreffion  of  the  Heat  of  the  melted  Metal. 
Only  one  Letter  or  Type  can  be  form'd  at  once  in  each 
Mou/d.    See  Le£(e/ FouNDERY. 

Mout-us  i«  ihe  MantifaHure  of  Paper^  are  little  Tables 
compofcd  of  feveral  Brafb  orlron  Wires  tied  to  each  other, 
by  another  Wire  iiill  finer.  Each  Mould  is  of  the  bignefs  of 
the  Sheet  of  Paper  to  be  made,  and  has  a  Rim  or  Ledge 
of  Wood  to  which  the  Wires  arc  faften'd.  Thefe  Moulds 
are  moreufually  calL'd  Forms.    See  Paper." 

The  Furnalilfs,  Furnace,  and  Crucible  Makers  alfo  make 
ufe  q{  Moulds  for  a  part  of  their  Works,  efpecialiy  Crucibles. 
They  are  made  ot  Wood,  of  the  iame  form  with  the  Cru- 
cibles ;  that  is  in  Form  of  a  truncated  Cone.  They  have 
Handles  of  Wood  to  hold,  and  turn  'em  with,  when  being 
cover'd  with  the  Earth,  the  Workman  has  a  mind  lO 
round  or  flatten  his  VrfTel.    See  FuR^fALlsTs. 

^>o^JL^s  fur  Lraden  Bullets,  are  little  Iron  Pinchers, 
each  of  whufe  Branch--'s  terminates  in  a  H-Jinifpherical  Con- 
cave which  when  Jhur,  form  an  entire  Sphere.  In  the  Lips 
or  Sides  where  the  Branciies  meef,  is  a  little  Jet  or  Hole, 
thro'  whicn  the  melted  Lead  isconvey'd. 

The  Glafiers  have  two  kinds  of  Moulds,  both  ferving  to 
caft  their  Lead.  In  the  one  they  caft  the  Lead  into  long  Rods 
or  Canes  fit  to  be  drawn  thro'  the  Vice,  and  the  Grooves 
formed  therein.    This  they  fometimes  call  hi'^ot-Moidd. 

In  the  other  they  Uoidd  thofe  little  Pieces  of  Lead  a  Line 
thick,  and  two  Lines  broad,  faften'd  to  ihe  Iron-Bars. 
Thefe  may  be  alfo  caft  in  the  Vice  ;  which  fee,  fee  alfd 

Gr- ASIERY. 

The  Goldfmiths  ufe  the  Bones  of  the  Cuttle-Fifh  to 
make  Moulds  for  their  fmall  Works  i  which  they  do  by 
preffing  the  Pattern  between  two  Bones,  and  leaving  a  Jet 
or  Hole  to  convey  their  Silver  thro'  after  the  Pattern  has 
been  taken  our. 

Moulu,  among  Mafons,  a  Piece  of  hard  Wood  or 
Iron,  hollowed  within  fide,  anfwerable  to  the  Contours  of 
the  Mouldings  or  Corniflies,  l^c.  to  be  form'd.  This  is 
otherwife  call'd  Calliber. 

Moulds  among  Plumbers,  the  Tables  whereon  they 
caft  their  Sheets  of  Lead.  Thefe  they  fometimes  call 
finiply  TiiWfJ.  Befides  thefe,  they  have  other  real  MoH^f^; 
wherewith  they  cali  Pipes  without  Soldering.  See  both 
the  one  and  the  other  under  Flumkery. 

Moulds  among  Glafs-Grinders,  are  Wooden-Frames 
whereon  they  make  the  Tubes  wherewith  they  fit  their  Per- 
fpetSlives,  Tclefcopcs,  and  other  Optic  Machines.  Thefe 
Moulds  arc  Cylinders,  of  a  Length  and  Diameter  according 
to  the  Ufe  they  are  to  be  apply'd  to,  but  always  thicker  at 
one  end  than  the  other,  to  facilitate  the  Aiding.  The  Tubes 
made  on  thefe  Moulds  osc  of  two  kinds  5  the  one  fimply 
Fafte-Board  and  Paper  ;  the  other  of  thin  Leavesof  Wood 
join'd  to  the  Pafte-Board.  To  make  of  thefe  Tubes  to 
draw  out,  only  the  laft  or  innermoft  is  form'd  on  the  Mould  ; 
each  Tube  made  afterwards  ferving  as  a  Mould  to  that 
which  is  to  go  over  it ;  bur  without  taking  out  the  Mould 
from  the  firil.  SeeTunE. 

Moulds  ufed  in  Basket-Making  are  very  fimple,  con- 
fifting  ordinarily  ofa  Willow  or  Ofier  turn 'd  or  bent  into 
an  Oval,  Circle,  Square,  or  other  Figure,  according  to 
the  Baskets,  Panniers,  Hampers,  Hots,  and  other  Utenfils 
intended.  On  thefe  Moulds  they  make,  or  more  pro- 
perly meafure  all  their  work  ;  and  accordingly  have  'em 
of  all  Sizes,  Shapes,  ^c. 

Moulds  among  Tallow-Chandlers  are  of  two  kinds  : 
The  firil  for  the  comiTion  dipp'd  Candles,  being  the  Veflel 
wherein  the  melted  Tallow  isdifpufcdjand  the  Wick  dipp'd. 
This  is  of  Wood  of  a  triangular  Form,  and  fupported  on  one 
of  its  Angles,  fo  that  it  has  an  op^Miing  of  near  a  Foot  a-top. 
The  other  ufed  in  the  Fabric  of  Mould  Candles,  is  of  Brafs, 
Pewter,  or  Tin  :  Here  each  Candle  has  its  feveral  iWoiiW. 
See  each  under  Candle. 


Mould  among  Gold-Beaters,  a  certain  Number  of 
Leaves  ot  "Velom,  or  pieces  of  Guts,  cut  fquare,  of  3 
cettain  fize,  and  laid  over  one  another,  between  which 
they  put  ihe  Leaves  of  Gold  and  Silver  which  they  beat  on 
the  Marble  with  the  Hammf;-.  They  have  four  kinds  of 
Moulds  j  two  whereof  are  of  Vtrlom,  and  two  of  Gut. 
The  fmnUeft  of  thofe  of  Velom  confiits  of  forty  op  fifty 
Leaves,  ttie  largeft  contains  an  hundred.  For  the  others 
each  contains  five  hundred  Leaves. 

The  Monldsh-xvc  all  their  feveral  Cafes,  ccnfiftlng  of  two 
pieces  ot  Parchment,  lerving  to  keep  the  Leaves  of  the 
Mould  in  their  Place,  an.i  prevent  their  being  diforder'd 
wi:h  beating.    See  G0L.T1- Beating. 

Mould  C^adles^  fee  Mould-C'itivi.K. 

Mould,  in  Agrlculrure,  Hyc  a  kind  ofSoI!  ;  call'd  alfo 
Lo.im  and  naturalEarih.    See  SoiLand  Loam. 

The  bcti  Mould  ior  the  Gardeners  Purpofes,  according  to 
Mr.  Evelyn,  is  that  of  a  blackifli  grey  Colour  ;  accor- 
di;ig  10  ^\lr.Sw!rzer,  that  of  a  lively  Chefnur,  orHazle  Co- 
lour, which  cuts  like  Butter,  and  does  nor  il;ck  obftinately, 
but  is  Jhorr,  tolerably  light,  breaking  into  fmall  Clods, 
may  be  temper'd  without  crulling  or  chapping  in  dry  Wea- 
ther, or  turning  to  Mortar  in  wet. 

Next  to  Chefnut,  arethe  dark  Greys,  and  Ruffet.  The 
light  and  dark  A/ll-Co!ours  are  naught,  being  thofe  com- 
monly found  on  heathy  Ground.  The  yellowi/h  red  is 
worJl  of  all. 

MOULDINESS,  a  Term  apply'd  to  folid  Things  that 
corrupt  in  the  Air,  from  foiDe  hidden  Principle  of  Humi- 
dity therein  ;  and  whofc  Corruption  flicws  itfelf  by  a 
cettain  white  Down,  or  Beard  on  their  Surface. 

'ibis  Mniddiusfs,  when  view'd  with  a  Mlcrofcope,  affords 
a  curious  Spe<51acle  j  being  a  kind  of  Meadow  out  of  which 
arife  Herbs  and  Flowers,  fome  only  in  the  hud,  others  full 
blown,  and  others  decay'd  ;  each  having  Its  little  Root, 
Stalk,  and  other  Parts  :  The  Figure  whereof  may  befcen 
in  Hookas  Micrograph'ta.  The  fame  thing  may  be  obferv'd 
of  the  Motddmsjs  that  gathers  on  the  Surface  of  liquid  Bo- 
dies. 

Mr.  Bradley  obferv'd  this  Moi(W.';?e/i  in  a  Melon  very  ac- 
curately 5  and  found  the  Vegetation  of  thefe  little  Plants 
exceedingly  quick.  Each  Plant  had  its  Seeds  in  great  A- 
bundance,  which  did  not  fcem  to  be  three  Hours  e'er,  they 
began  to  fhoot  up,  and  in  llx  Hours  more  the  Plant  was 
cumpleat  and  inature,  and  the  Seed  ready  to  fall.  \^hen 
the  Fruit  had  been  cover'd  with  a  Mould  {or  fix  Days,  its 
vegetative  Quality  began  to  abate,  and  was  intireiy  gone 
in  two  Days  mors  ;  then  came  on  a  Putrefaftion,  and  the 
fle/hy  Parts  of  the  Melon  yielded  nothing  elfe  but  a  link- 
ing Water,  which  began  10  have  a  gentle  Motion  in  its  Sur- 
face, and  in  two  days  time  Mapgots  appear'd,  which  in  fix 
more  laid  themfelves  up  in  their  Bags,  where  they  conti- 
nu'd  four  days ;  and  then  came  out  Flies. 

MOULDING,  any  thing  cail  in  a  Mould,  or  that  feems 
to  have  been  fo  ;  tho'  In  reality  it  were  cut  with  the  Chiflel, 
or  the  Ax. 

MOL'LDINGS,  or  Ornaments,  in  ArchiiciSlure,  are  Pro- 
jctfures  beyond  the  Naked  of  a  Wall,  Column,  Wainfcot, 
^c.  the  Affemblage  whereof  forms  Cornijhes,  Door-Cafes^ 
■and  other  Pieces  of  Architedure.  SeeQRNAMENT. 

Siime  MonldiTJ^s  are  crowned  with  a  Fillet ;  others  arc 
without,  as  the  Doucine,  Talon,  Ovolo,  Torus,  Scotia, 
Aftragal,  Gula,  Corona,  ^c.  See  each  under  its  proper 
Article. 

Again,  fome  are  adorned  with  Sculpture,  either  hol- 
low'd,  or  In  Relievo. 

Mouldings  are  in  Architcflure  what  Letters  are  jn  Wri- 
ting. By  the  various  Difpodrionsand  Combinat'ons  of  jWon/fi- 
)77'.'j,  may  be  made  an  infinite  Number  of  different  Pro- 
files for  all  forts  of  Orders  and  Compofitlons,  Regular  and 
Irregular  ;  and  yet  all  the  kinds  of  Mouldings  may  be  re- 
duced to  three,  viz.  Square  3  Round  j  and  Mixed,  i,  e,  com- 
pofed  of  the  other  two. 

For  this  E-eafon,  thofe  who  invented  the  Gothic  Archi- 
teflurc,  rcfolving  to  recede  from  thefe  pcrfeft  Figures,  and 
affe£iing  to  ufe  others  lefs  perfeiF,  to  dlftingui/h  their  Ar- 
chitei5lure  from  the  Antique,  introduced  a  new  Set  of  whimfi- 
cal  Mouldings  and  OrnaiDents.  See  Gotiii  c,GROTESQ_uE,^tr. 

Regular  Mouldm^^s  are  either  large,  as  Doucines,  Ovolos^ 
Guh.s,  Talons,  Torui's,  Scotlas,  Scc.  or  fmall,  as  Fillets,  Jftra~ 
'rals,  Co7!ges,  Sic.  which  fee  In  their  places,  Doucine, 
Ovolo,  Astragal,  Fillets, 

MOULINET  is  a  French  Term  properly  fignifying  % 
little  Mill  5  being  a  diminutive  of  Moulin,  Mill. 

It  is  ufed  in  Mechanics  to  fignify  a  Roller,  which  being 
croffed  with  two  Levers,  is  ufually  appiv'd  to  Cranes,  Cap- 
{lans,  and  other  iorts  of  Engines  of  the  like  nature,  to 
draw  Cords,  and  heave  up  Stones,  Timber,  ^c.  See  Cap- 
stan, i^c. 

Moulinet  is  alfo  a  kind  of  Turn-Stile,  or  Wobden- 
Crofs,  which   turns  horizontally  upon  a^Stake  fixed  in  the 
Ground  ;   ufually  placed   in   the  PalTages  to  keep  out 
7  M  Horfcs. 


M  O  U 


(  w ) 


Hotres,  and  to  oblige  Paffengcrs  to  go  and  come  one  by 
one. 

Thefe  Mouli«els  are  often  fet  near  the  Out-worjts  of  For- 
tifiea  Places  at  the  fide  of  the  Barriers,  thro'  which  People 
pafs  on  toot. 

MOULTING,  in  Nntutal  Hiflory,  fee  Mo 

MOUND,  a  'icrtn  ufed  for  a  Bank,  Rampart,  or  other 
Fence,  particularly  of  Earth. 

MOUND,  in  Heraldry,  is  a  Ball  or  Globe  with  a  Crofs 
upon  it,  fuch  as  our  Kings  are  ufually  drawn  whh,  holding  it 
in  their  left  Hand,  as  they  do  the  Scepter  in  the  Right,  See 
Gi-oiiz. 

MOUiSiT,  MoNs,  an  Elevation  of  Earth,  call'd  olfo 
MoMitahi.    See  Mountain. 

The  Words  Moniit  and  Muuntain  are  Synonymous  j  but 
the  former  is  fcarce  ever  ufed  in  Profe,  unlefs  when  accom- 
panied with  fome proper  Name,  as  ymmt^<Etrm,Moimt  Gibel, 
Momt  Libarmi,  Mount  Sinai,  Mount  yltltii,  Tvloimt  FiirnttJJiit, 
Sic. 

In  Gardening,  Tvloajit  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  Walk 
raifed  on  the  tide  of  the  Garden  above  the  Level  of  the 
reft  of  the  Plot. 

MOHNTS  of  Tien,  arc  certain  Funds  or  Elkbli/hments 
injt.i/y,  where  Money  is  lent  out  on  fotne  imall  Security. 
We  had  alfo  'Mounts  of  Fiety  in  Enghnil,  railed  by  Contribu- 
tion for  the  Benefit  of  People  ruin'd  by  the  Extortions  of  the 

MOUNTAIN,  MoNS,  Movnt,  a  Part  of  the  Earth  ri- 
ling to  a  confiderable  Height  above  the  Level  of  the  Sur- 
face thereof    See  Earth. 

The  Origin  of  Moiuiiains  is  varioufly  affigned  by  Philo- 
fophers  :  Some  will  have  'em  co-cv!il  with  the  World,  and 
created  along  with  it. 

Others,  among  whom  Dr.  Burnet,  will  have  'em  to  take 
their  Rife  from  the  Deluge  ;  urging,  that  the  extreme  Ir- 
rcgulariiy  and  Diforder  vifible  in  'em,  plainly  flieusthcy 
don't  cotTte  immediately  out  of  the  hand  of  God,  but  are 
the  Wrecks  of  the  Old  World  broken  into  the  Abyfs. 

Oth<  rs  again,  alledge  from  Hiflory,  that  the  Roots  of 
niany  Hills  being  eaten  away,  the  Hills  themfelvcs  have 
fubfidi  d,  and  funk  into  Plains  :  Whence  they  conclude, 
thai  where  the  Corruption  is  natural,  the  Generation  is  fo 
too. 

This,  indeed,  ajjpears  pretty  evident,  that  fome  Moun- 
tatm  mull  have  been  generated  gradually,  and  have  grown 
up  in  Procefs  of  Time,  from  the  Sea-Shclls,  £?c,  found  in 
many  of 'eiTi  j  which  may  be  accounted  for  from  a  violent 
Wind  blowing  the  Sand,  d'''.  into  huge  Heaps,  which  are 
aftctwards  made  into  a  Mafs  by  the  Riin,  JSc.  Some  a- 
mong  the  Divines  tell  us,  that  the  Eatth  was  cr-ated  per- 
feflly  even;  and  that  when  God  feparated  the  Water 
from  the  Land,  he  dug  Channels  k  the  Earth  ;  and  the 
Earth  fcoop'd  out,  he  threw  up  in  Moimtains :  but  whether 
the  Matmtains  be  fufficient  to  fill  ail  the  Channels  of  the 
Ocean,  let  them  look  to  it. 

The  Ufes  of  Moitnt,iijis  are  almoft  infinite  ;  we  /hall  only 
mention  two  or  three,  i.  They  ferve  as  Skrcens  to  keep 
off  the  Cold  and  nipping  Bkills  of  the  Northern  and  Eall- 
ern  Winds,  a.  They  ferve  for  the  Produflion  of  a  great 
l^umber  of  Vegetables  and  Mincials,  which  are  not  found 
in  any  other  Soil.  ;.  The  long  Ridges  and  Chains  of  lofty 
and  topping  Mountains  being  generally  found  to  run  from 
Eaft  to  Weft,  ferve  to  ftop  the  Evagation  of  the  Vapours 
towards  the  Poles,  without  which  they  would  all  run  from 
the  Hot  Countrcys,  and  leave  'era  del'titute  of  Rain. 

Mr.  Ray  adds,  that  they  condenfe  thofe  Vapours,  like 
Alcmbic-Hcads,  into  Clouds,  and  fo  by  a  kind  of  external 
Dillillation,  give  Original  to  Springs  and  Rivers  ;  and  by 
amafling,  cooling,  and  condipatiiig  them,  turn  them  into 
Rain,  and  by  that  means  render  the  fervid  Regions  of  the 
torrid  Zone  habitable,   SeeSpRiNGs,  £^c. 

In  Hiflory  we  have  Inftances  of  Mountain:  travelling  a 
confiderable  Difiance,  particularly  Huslet-Tvlariiel-Hill,  if  I 
tnif-remember  nor,  in  Hcrefrdfiire,  which  is  faid  to 'have 
made  a  confiderable  Journey. 

To  meafure  the  Height  of  a  Mountain,  fee  Altitude, 
iSc. 

Tho  there  js  another  way  ufed  by  Dr.  Halley  in  the  Mea- 
fure of  Snowdoii-KII  in  Wales,  by  means  of  a  Barometer,  the 
different  Heights  of  whofe  Mercury  at  the  Top  and  Bot- 
tom of  the  Mountain,  give  its  perpendicular  Altitude,  ac- 
counting 8i  Feet  perpendicular  Afcent,  for  every  Inch  va- 
ried in  the  Height  of  the  Mercury.    See  Levelling. 

Mountains  <«  the  Moon,  fee  Moon. 

MOUNTING  the  Gttartl,  Trenches,  Breach,  SSc.  denotes 
the  going  upon  Duty ;  being  upon  Guard,  in  the  Trenches  ; 
running  to  the  Breach,  See  Guard,  Trench  l^c. 

Mounting  it  Cannon,  Mortar,  ^c.  is  rhe  fetting  it  on  its 
Carriage  ;  or  the  raifing  its  Mouth.  See  Gannon,  Mor- 
tar, Carriage, £i?f. 

Mounting  in  Manufaflures,  fomething fcrving  to  raife 
or  fet  off  a  Work. 


M  O  U 


Dependencies, 


Thus  the  Frame  or  Border  and  i 
makes  rhe  Mour.ting  of  a  Looking-Glili. 

n  u..  ir..ji   _    „    ^  the  A;o;i7«inj7  of  a  Mufquet,  Carabine, 


The  Fuft, 
^c. 

The  Hilt,  l^c.  the  Mounting  ofa  Sword, 

Mounting  of  a  fan,  the  Sticks  which  ferve  to  open 
and  Ihut  It,  whether  they  be  of  Wood,  Ivory,  Tonoife- 
(iieil,  Wha.e-Bone,  Indian-Cane,  gjc.  ScoFan. 

MOURNING,  a  particular  Drefs,  or  Habit  wore,  to 
fignity  Grief,  on  fome  melancholy  Occafion. 

The  Modes  of  Mouminir  are  various  in  various  Countries  ; 
as  are  alfo  the  Colours  that  obtain  for  that  End. 

In  Eurofe,  the  ordinary  Colour  for  Mourning  is  Black;  in 
Cbma,  ff'hiiei  in  Turiy,  Blue,  or  Violet;  in  Eryit,  lellovi ; 
In  Etbiopi.i,  Brown.  ' 

The  anticnt  J^iirmn  and  Roma,  Ladies  mourn'd  in  White ; 
and  the  fame  Colour  ohtain'd  formerly  in  Cajiile  on  the 
Death  of  their  Princes.  Herrert,  obfervcs,  that  the  laft 
time  it  was  ufed,  was  in  hjI*,  at  the  Death  of  Prince 
.john.    Kings  and  Cardinals  mourn  in  Purple. 

Each  People  have  their  Reafons  for  the  particular  Co- 
lour of  their  ,V<«..-n;«5  ;  Whire  is  fuppos'd  to  denote  Pu- 
riry;  Yellow,  that  Death  is  the  End  of  human  Hopes,  in 
regard  Leaves  when  they  fall,  and  Flowers  when  rhey 
lade,  become  Yellow.  Brown  denotes  the  Earth,  whither 
the  Dead  return.  Black,  the  Privation  of  Life,  as  being 
the  Ir.vation  of  Light.  Blue  expreffes  the  Hapninefs 
which  tis  hoped  the  Dcceafed  docs  enjoy  ;  and  Purple  or 
Violet,  Sorrow  on  the  one  fide,  and  Hope  on  the  other  ; 
as  being  a  Mixture  of  Black  and  Blue. 

MOUTH,  m  Anatomy,  a  part  of  the  human  Face,  con- 
fiding of  the  Up,  the  Gums,  the  Infide  of  the  Cbceis,  and 
the  Falate.   See  Face,  Lips,  Gums,  tyc 

All  thefe  Parts  are  lined  with  a  glandulous  Coat,  which 
IS  conimu  d  over  the  whole  inner  Surface  of  the  Mouib,  and 
all  Its  Parts,  the  Teeth  excepted. 

From  the  Glands  of  this  Coat,  thro  innumerable  little 
excretory  Dufts,  is  feparated  a  kind  ofSalival  Juice,  which 
lerves  to  keep  the  Mouth,  and  all  its  Parts,  moift,  fmooth, 
and  ftippery.   See  Saliva. 

On  the  hind  pan  of  the  Palate,  perpendicularlv  over  the 
Riraa  of  the  Larynx,  hangs  a  round,  foli,  fmooth  Body, 
like  the  End  of  a  Child's  Finger,  form'd  by  the  Duplica- 
turc  of  the  Membrane  of  the  Palate,  and  call'd  the  Lo»/a, 
which  is  moved  by  two  Mufcles,  call'd  Sfhcnoftafhilinus 
and  Fterygopafhdmus  i  and  fufpendcd  by  as  many  Liga- 
ments.   See  Uvula. 

Under  the  Membrane  of  the  Palate,  are  a  great  number 
of  Glands  pretty  confpicuous  in  the  fore-part,  like  Grains 
of  Millet;  whofe  excrcrory  DuSs  piercing  the  Mem- 
brane, open  into  the  Mouth  :  but  towards  the  hind-part 
they  lie  much  thicker,  and  about  the  Root  o(  the  Uvula 
are  gather'd  fo  clofc  to  one  another,  that  they  feem  to 
form  one  large  conglomerate  Gland  ;  which  is  therefore, 
by  Verheyen,  call'd  Glamhla  conglomerati,  Falmna.  See 
Palate. 

The  Gums  are,  as  it  were,  the  Ligaments  of  the  Teeth; 
which  fee  under  Genciva. 

BcfiJes  the  proper  Pans  of  the  Mouth,  there  are  In  and 
about  it  others,  highly  ferviceable  and  neceffary  thereto. 

Among  which  are  the  Glands;  the  moft  confiderable 
whereof  are  the  F.irotUes,  the  GlaniluU  Maxilkres,  the  Sub- 
linpales,  and  the  Tonfih  or  Jmygi.-,U ;  which  fee  in  their 
rcfpeaivc  Places.    See  Parotides,  £?c. 

Thefe  are  the  Salival  Organs,  whence  fprings  all  that 
Liquor  we  call  the  .<^iti/e,  which  flows  into  the  Mo/iii  by 
the  refpeaive  Duc^s,  after  its  Separation  from  the  Blood 
in  the  Bodies  of  the  Glands  :  As  the  Demand  of  Spittle 
is  gtcatcr  in  Aftions  of  the  lower  Jaw,  e.  in  Maftication 
Deglutition,  much  Talking,  ££fc.  J'o  does  the  Difpofitioi'i 
of  thefe  Salival  Dufls  favour  that  DiTcharge  on  thofe  Occa- 
fions. 

Mr.  Derham  obfcrves  the  Uouth,  in  the  feveral  Species, 
to  be  nicely  adapted  to  the  Ufes  of  fuch  a  Part ;  well  fizerl 
and  fliaped  for  the  catching  of  Prey,  for  the  gatherincr  and 
receiving  Food,  the  p'ormation  of  Speech,  ^c.  ^ 

In  fome  Creatures  it  is  wide  and  large,  in  fome  little 
and  natrow;  in  fome  with  a  deep  Incifure  up  into  the 
Head,  for  the  better  catching  and  holding  of  Prey,  and 
more  eafy  Comminution  of  hard,  large,  and  troublefome 
Food  ;  ill  others  with  a  (liorter  Incifure,  for  the  gathering 
and  holding  of  herbaceous  Food. 

In  InfecSs  it  is  very  notable :  in  fome  forcipated  to  catch 
hold  and  tear  the  Prey  ;  in  fome  aculeated,  to  pierce  and' 
wound  Animals,  and  fuck  their  Blood  ;  in  others  flrongly 
ridg'd  with  Jaws  and  Teeth,  to  gnaw  and  fcrape  out  their 
Food,  carry  Burdens,  perforate  the  Earth,  nay,  the  hardeft 
Wood,  and  even  Stones  thcmfelves,  for  Houfes  and  Nefls 
for  rheir  Young. 

Nor  is  ir  lefs  remarkable  in  Birds,  being  neatly  /Iiaped 
for  piercing  the  Air,  hard  and  horny,  to  fupply  the  want  of 
Teeth  ;  hooked  in  the  rapacious  Kind,  to  catch  and  hold 

their 


M  U  C 


their  Prey;  long  and  flender,  in  thofe  wlio  liave  their  Food 
to  grope  ior  in  nioori/li  Places;  and  broad  and  long,  in 
thole  that  fearch  it  in  muddy  Places.    See  Hill. 

Mouth  is  ufed  in  rhe  Courts  of  Princes,  tor  what  rc- 
lates  to  their  Eating  and  Diiniting. 

Hence  OJp'ctrs  of  the  Month,  2mnen  of  ike  'Moitth,  Sic. 

Vu'jikr  defines  Mor.ih^  an  Apartment  compos'd  of  fcvcral 
Rooms,  as  Oiiices,  Kiichins,  ^c.  where  the  Meat  intended 
for  the  firrt  Tables,  isdrefs'd  by  iifeli*.  Ac  Court  this  is 
call'd  the  Kin^\  Momb. 

Mouth,  in  the  Manage, is  ufed  for  the  Sciiribility  a  Ilorfe 
has  in  that  part,  where  rbe  Eiis  are  apply'd. 

Opening,  oi  Sbutt'wz,  ihe  Mouth,  of  a  Cardinal,  is  a  Ce- 
remony uled  in  the  Conlillory  ai  Rome  ^  wherein  the  Pope 
fhuts  a  ncw-eleited  Cardinal's  Month,  fo  as  he  may  not 
fpcak  at  all,  even  iho  the  Pope  fhould  fpeak  to  him  ;  and 
remains  in  the  mean  time  depriv'd  of  ail  Voice,  both  aiffive 
and  paflive,  till  the  polling  of  another  Coniillory,  when 
the  Pope  ojiens  the  Month  again,  making  a  little  Harangue, 
to  teach  him  how  to  fpeak,  and  comport  himfelt  in  the 
Confiflory.    See  Cardinal. 

MOXA,  a  fort  of  Cotton,  or  downy  Subfiance,  brought 
from  China,  and  by  fume  faid  to  grow  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  Mugworr-Leaf. 

(t  is  not  Jcnown  for  any  medicinal  Efficacy,  but  what 
common  Report  mentions  ot  its  curing  the  Gout,  by  burn- 
ing it  upon  the  Parr ;  yet  People  have  not  Faith  enough  to 
try  it  this  way  :  and  if  they  had,  m  all  iikelihood,  any  o- 
ther  Caullic  would  do  as  well,  and  for  the  fame  reafon. 

MOIENAU,  in  Fortification,  is  a  fmall  flat  tJaition, 
commonly  plac'd  in  the  middle  of  an  over-long  Curtain  j 
where  the  Bafiions  at  the  Extremities  are  not  well  de- 
fended from  the  fmall  Shot,  by  reafon  of  their  Diftance  : 
This  Work  is  proper  for  lodging  a  Body  of  Mufqueteers, 
to  fire  upon  the  Enemy  from  all  fides. 

MUCILAGE,  in  Pharmacy,  l^c.  a  thick,  vifcous  Juice  ; 
fo  call'd,  as  refembling  Snot,  or  the  Mucus  of  the  Nofe. 
See  Mucus. 

It  is  prepared  from  Roots,  and  Seeds  pounded  in  a 
Mortar,  and  infufed  in  hot  Water,  and  drained  thro'  a 
Cloth. 

The  Seeds  chiefly  ufed  for  this  purpofe,  are  thofe  of 
Althxa,  Mallows,  Symphytum, 

Mucilages  enter  the  Compoijtion  uffeveral  Plaiflcrs  ;  they 
fometimes  are  aifo  made  of  Gums  and  Fruits,  as  Figs, 
Quinces,  Izing-GlaCs,  i^c. 

Mucilage  is  alfo  a  thick,  pituitous  Matter,  evacuated 
with  the  Urine  in  the  Gravel,  and  Dyfuria. 

MUCILAGINOUS  Ghnii<,  a  very  numerous  Set  of 
Glands  in  the  Joints,  firfl  talcen  notice  of,  to  any  purpofe, 
by  Dr.  Have.rs,  in  his  OJieology. 

He  obferves,  that  there  arc  two  forts  j  fome  fmall,  next 
a-kin  to  milliary  Glands,  being  Glandules  plac'd  all  upon 
the  Surface  of  the  Membranes,  which  lie  over  the  Arti- 
culations. 

The  other  fort  arc  conglomerated,  or  many  Glandules 
coUcded,  and  planted  one  upon  another,  fo  as  to  in;ike  a 
Bulk,  and  appear  confpicuoufly.  In  fome  of  the  Joints, 
there  are  feveral  of  them ;  in  others,  there  is  a  fingle  one. 

As  to  the  SiruiJturc  of  thefe  large  Glands ;  they  confiil: 
of  fmall  Veficles,  which  are  not  gather'd  together  into  fe- 
veral Lobes,  or  Bags  of  Glandules,  but  are  difpos'd  upon  fe- 
veral Membranes  lying  over  one  another,  of  which  Mem- 
branes there  are  feveral  in  every  one  of  thefe  Glands,  which 
appear  evidently  in  thofe  who  arc  hydropical.  They 
have  their  Biood-Veflels,  as  other  Glands,  but  their  Veins 
have  a  particular  Tejcture,  in  their  Courie,  for  retarding 
the  Return  of  the  Blood  from  the  Glands,  that  the  mucila- 
ginous Liquor,  which  is  not  feparated  with  the  greatetl 
Expedition,  may  have  time  to  be  feparated  ;  which  is  the 
Contrivance,  wherever  a  thick  Fluid  is  to  be  fecern'd.  See 
Animal  Secretion. 

The  large  mucilaghtota  Glands  are  varioufly  fituated  ;  fome 
in  a  Sinus  form'd  in  the  Joint,  others  ftand  near,  or  over- 
againfl:  the  [nterflice,  between  the  articulated  Bones :  but 
in  general,  they  are  fo  plac'd,  as  to  be  fquecz'd  gently, 
and  lightly  prefs'd  in  the  Infleclion  or  Extenfion  of  the 
Joint,  in  order  to  yield  a  Quantity  of  Mucilage,  propor- 
tionate to  the  Motion  of  the  Part,  and  the  prefent  Occafion, 
without  any  Injury. 

The  Defign  of  all  thofe  Glands  is  to  feparate  a  mucUugi- 
jioiis  kind  of  Liquor,  that  ferves  principally  to  lubricate  the 
Joints,  or  to  make  them  flippery.  It  ferves  likewife  to  pre- 
ferve  the  Ends  of  the  articulated  Bones  frbm  Attrition  and 
Heating  :  But  all  this  it  doth,  in  con;un£lion  with  the 
medullary  Oil ;  with  which,  together,  is  made  a  Compofi- 
tion  admirably  well  fitted  for  thofe  Ends  :  for  the  Mucilage 
adds  to  the  Lubricity  of  the  Oil,  and  the  Oil  preferves  the 
Mucilage  from  growing  too  thick  and  vifcous. 

The  Doflor  obfervcs  the  fame  Glands  to  lie  between  the 
Mufclcs  and  Tendons ;  and  fuppofes  that  there  is  the  fame 
Mixture  of  an  oily  and  mucilaginous  Subftance  j   the  one 


) 


M  UL 


being  that  Fat,  v.hich  is  found  between  the  Mufcles,  and 
IS  (upplyd  by  i\K  Gla„d:,U  Mfof^;  and  tbe  olhcr  fepa- 
rated  by  the  muniijimi,.!  Glandules,  of  which  the  com- 
mon Membiane  ol  the  Mulclcs  is  every  where  full;  This 
Mixture  in  the  Intcrftices  of  the  iVlufeks,  lubricates  them 
and  their  Tendons,  -.md  I'tcfervts  irhom  (rom  iliriukhig,  and 
^Jtowing  rigid  and  dry.  -  - 

MUCRO  Cerihs,  or  ^/>ex,  in  Anatoiny,  the  lower  poin- 
ted i,nd  of  the  Heart ;  liius  call'd  frotn  Macro  the  Point  of 
aSpcar,  tjc.    Sec  Heart. 

Hence  (Kncra.-Mifrf  is  apply'd  to  whatever  tends  to, or  ter- 
minates m  a  Point,  like  that  of  a  Spear;  as  Mncranitwi.  Or, 
iSc.   See  En5ifo!5mis  CirtiLi^o. 

MUCOUS  GImdi,  are  three  Gljnds  which  etnpty  them 
felvcs  into  the  Urethra;  f„  call'd  by  the  fird  Difcoverer, 
Mr.  Lm'fer,  irom  the  Tenacity  of  the  Liquor  which  they 
leparare. 

The  two  firft  difcover'd  of  thefe,  are  about  the  hignefs 
^  h-cuib  Bean,  of  a  deprefs'd  oval  Figure,  and  a  yclljivilh 
Colour,  hkc  the  rnjuna,  being  on  each  fide  the  Bulb  of 
the  cavernous  Body  of  the  Urethra,  a  little  above  it.  Their 
excretory  Duels,  fprliig  troin  this  internal  Surface,  next 
the  inner  Membrane  oi  the  Urethra  ;  into  which  they  open 
a  uttle  lower  by  two  dirtinS  Orifices,  juft  below  its  bend- 
ing under  the  Oj^i  Fdis  \„  Pcrhuio,  where  they  difcharge  a 
tranfpatentvilcous  Liquor.  Thethird»<ncoi(jGland,is  ai'mall 
conglobate,  ycllowim  Gland,  life  the  former,  but  fome- 
wnit  left,  fituate  above  the  Angle  of  Flexure  of  the  Ure- 
thra, under  the  Off,,  F„l,is,  in  the  Feri„a,m,  near  the 
It  has  two  excretory  Dutfs,  which  enter  the  Utethra  ob- 
liquely, a  quarter  id  an  Inch  below  the  two  former;  and 
difcharge  a  Liquor  like  the  former,  botli  in  Colour  and 
Conhitence.    See  Urethra. 

JUICUS  o/iicgoiHtj,  is  a  mucilaginous  Liquor,  fepara- 
ted by  Its  proper  Glandt,  conveniently  plac'd  in  the  Inter- 
llices  of  the  l-ioncs,  whf  re  thofe  Glands  are  gently  prefs'd 
by  the  Motion  of  the  P  irts :  it  ferves  to  mate  the  Extre- 
mities of  the  Bones  or  Joints  Hip  more  eafily.    See  Bon  e 

Mucus  of  as  Urabra,  a  vifcous  Irinfparent  Liquor, 
ierving  to  line  and  lubricite  the  Pans,  that  the  Seed  may 
nip  more  freely,  whhout  adhering.'  It  comes  froin  Glands 
lately  dilcover'd  by  Mr.  Coa,/.er,  about  the  Penis,  and  is 
that,  which  in  Women  is  commonly  miUaken  for  the  Se- 
men.   Sec  Penis,  Seed,  ££*£■. 

Mucus  0/  lie  Kojtril!,  is  feparated  by  its  proper  Glands 
plac'd  in  the  internal  Membrane  ol  thofe  Parts.  It  ferves 
to  moiften,  lubricate,  and  defend  the  Olfaflory  Kcrvcs  ; 
which  being  extremely  foft  and  naked,  would,  without  luch 
Provifion,  be  foon  fpoil'd.   See  Nose,  f^c 

MUFTY,  fee  MopiiTi. 

MUGGLETONIANS,  a  Religious  Sefl,  which  arofe  in 
Fiigl.mcl,  about  the  Year  nSjy;  denominated  from  tiieir 
Leader  Ladnvich  M^grrlemr,  a  Journey-man  Taylor. 

Mtfglctoii,  with  his  ACfociate  Recifj,  fet  up  for  great 
Prophets;  and  pretended  to  an  abfolute  Power  of  favin" 
and  damning  whom  they  pleas'd  :  Giving  out,  that  they 
were  the  two  lad  Wiincffes  of  God,  that  (hould  a'lpear 
before  the  End  of  the  "Woild.' 

MUID,  a  large  Meafure,  in  ufe  among  the  Frmch,  for 
dry  Commodities;  as  Corn,  Pulfe,  Salt,  Lime,  Coals,  (£c. 
See  Measure. 

The  /W/i.-n!  is  no  real  VcfTel  ufed  as  a  Meafure  ;  but 
an  Eliimation  of  feveral  other  Mealures,  as  the  Sepiier 
Mine,  Minot,  Budiel,  igc.  ' 

At  Far,!,  the  M,.:d  of  Wheat,  Pulfe,  and  the  like,  is 
compofcd  of  twelve  Septiers,  each  Septier  making  t'wa 
Mines,  the  Mine  two  Minors,  the  Minot  three  Budiels  the 
Bufliel  four  Qiiarts,  or  fixtecn  Litrons,  each  Litron  5^  cu- 
bic Inches,  exceeding  our  Pint  by  i  ]|  cubic  Inch. 

The  Mii;.<  of  Oats  is  double  that  of  Wheat,  tho'compo. 
fed,  like  that,  of  ra  Septiers  ;  but  each  Septier  contains 
Z4  Bufliels. 

The  Miid  of  Charcoal  contains  10  Mines,  Sacks,  or 
Loads,  each  Mine  two  Minots,  each  Minot  eight  Bulhels, 
each  Bufliel  fourQuarts,  £ffc. 

iMuiD  is  alfo  one  of  the  nine  Casks,  or  regular  VeCfels 
ufed  in  l;:incc,  to  put  Wine  and  other  Liquors  in. 

The  Miiid  ot  W  ine  liividcd  into  two  Demi-M,.lls  four 
Qjiarler-Miiids,   and  eight  Half  Quarter- Maid!,  contains 
Septiers,  each  Septier  S  Pints,  Piim  Meafure  ;  fo  that  the 
Mit,d  contains  aSS  Pints.    See  Measure. 

MULCT,  a  Penalty,  or  Fine  of  Money.    Sec  Fi.me,  A- 

MERCIAMENT,J;^C. 

MULAITO,  or  MuLAT,  a  Name  given,  in  the  Irtdiei, to 
thofe  who  are  begotten  by  a  Negro  Man  on  an  Indian 
Woman  ;  or  an  India):  Man  on  a  Negro  Woman. 

Thofe  begotten  of  a  5^a7tj/7,  Woman  and  an  //.-//-.^ii  Man 
arc  call'd  Metis  ;  and  thofe  begotten  ofa  Savage  by  a  Akti,^ 
arc  call'd  Jamhot.  ' 

Thefe  areall  very  different  in  Colour,  and  in  their  Hair 

The  Word  comes  from  Mulat,  or  fAula,  Mule  ;  becot- 
ten  of  two  different  Species.  ''  ^ 

MULE, 


M  U  L 


(        )         M  U  L 


MULE,  in  Natural  Hiiliory,  a  Beaft  generated  between 
an  Afs  and  a  Mare  j  or  between  a  Horfe  and  aShc-Afs. 

JVjK/ts  are  a  fort  of  Monlters  ;  and,  therefore,  don't  pro- 
pagate their  kind.    See  Monster. 

And  yet  the  Antients  mention  a  lort  of  Mn/ei  that  were 
prolific,  in  Phr^gia,  SyLi,  Cappadoaa,  i^nd  .ifnca.  Witnefs 
Jrijiutle,  Biji.  minimal.  L.  Vl.  c.  ;,(S,  I'^iT'O  dcRc  Rujiicn, 
Lib.  II.  C.I.  Columella,  L.  VII.  0.56.  Theofbrajius,  and, 
after  htm,  P/mj,  L.  VIII.  c.  44..  Stem,  examining  the 
Tellides  of  a  Mule,  found  Eg.t^s  therein,  with  a  lort  of 
Placenta  about  'em  i  which  pcrfuaded  him  that  M;i/f.<  might 
engender  without  any  Miracle. 

'The  Rotnaji  Ladies  had  Equipages  drawn  by  y^nlcs  ;  as 
appears  from  the  Medals  oCjului  and  J^/>J^pu!.i.  And  at 
this  day,  in  Sfain  the  Coaches  of  the  Nobility,  and  even 
Princes,  are  ufually  drawn  by  no  other  than  Miks.  Wc  are 
affured  that  M.  Thujuus,  firlt  Prcfident  of  t^arliament,  had 
the  fourth  Coach  in  J-.-.1KCC,  in  1585  i  till  which  time  every 
body  rid  to  Court,  Parliament,  ^c.  on  Mdss.  SeeCoiCH. 

Mules,  among  Gardeners,  a  fort  of  vegetable  Mon- 
flers  produced  by  putting  the  I'araui  facurjarn  cf  one  Spe- 
cies of  Plant  into  the  Tiixd  or  Utridc  of  another.  See  Ge- 
neration of  FUrds.  ,,,       ,    .      r  I  ri 

The  Carnation  and  Sweet-Willtam  being  Ijmewhat  ahJce 
in  their  Parts,  particularly  their  Flowers  i  the /.in/w  of  the 
one  will  iinpregnate  the  other;  and  the  Seed  fo  cnliven'd 
will  produce  a'PIant  differing  fiom  either.  An  Inliance  of 
this  we  have  in  Mr.  rVirchild'a  Garden  at  Hoxiun  3  where  a 
Plant  isfeen  neither  Sweet-WilUam,  nor  Carnation,  but  re- 
fembling  both  equally  j  which  was  ralfcd  from  the  Seed  of 
a  Carnat?on  that  had  been  impregnated  by  the  Farina  of  the 
Sweet-William.  Thefe  Couplings  being  nut  unlike  thofe 
of  the  Mai-ewich  the  Afs,  which  produce  the  M(/e  j  the 
fame  Name  is  given  'em  ;  and  they  are  like  the  others,  un- 
able to  multiply  their  Species. 

This  gives  us  a  hint  for  altering  the  Property  and 
Taile  of  any  Fruir,  by  impregnating  one  Tree  with  the 
Farina  cf  another  of  the  fame  Ctafs  5  c.  gr.  a  Codling  with 
a  Pearmain,  which  will  occafion  the  Codling  fo  impregnated 
to  laft  a  longer  time  than  ufual,  and  be  of  a  fliarper  Tafte. 
Or  if  the  Winter-Fruits  be  fecundated  with  the  Dull:  of  the 
Summer-Seeds,  they  will  decay  before  their  ufual  time. 
And  from  this  accidental  Coupling  of  the  Farina  of  one 
with  the  other,  it  is  that  in  an  Orchard  where  there  is  va- 
riety of  Apples,  even  the  Fruit  gather'd  from  the  fame 
Tree  differ  in  their  Flavour,  and  in  the  Scafon  of  Ma- 
turity. Tis  from  the  fame  accidental  Coupling  that  pro- 
ceeds ihe  numberlefs  Varieties  of  Fruits  and  Flowers  tais'd 
every  Day  from  Seed.    See  Farina  and  Seed. 

MULIEBRIA,  a  Term  fomeiimes  ufed  to  fignify  the 
Privities  of  Women  j  or  fo  much  as  is  otherwife  calFd,  Cm7x- 
niis.    See  Pudendum,  CuNNus,i^c. 

MULIER,  a  Term  in  Law,  feeming  to  be  a  corruption 
of  the  Latin  Me/ior,  or  the  trench  MeiUeitr^hctKr  j  and  figni- 
fying  the  lawful  Iflue  born  in  Wedlock. 

1  ho,  according  to  Glamih,  the  lawful  Iflue  is  rather  call'd 
Jyiulkr  than  A^e//(Jr,  becaufe  begotten  on  l/mlieres,  andnotof 
Concuhinx:  For  he  calls  fuch  Iiruej?/(OJ  M«/itf)-aioj  ;  oppofing 
them  to  Ballards. 

Agreeable  to  which,  Breto7i  has  frere  Midier,  i.  c.  the  Bro- 
ther begotten  of  the  Wife;  in  oppofition  to  fere  Baftard. 

The  like  feems  to  obtain  in  Scotland.  For  Skene  fays, 
that  Mulieratus  f  lilts  is  a  lawful  Son  begot  of  a  lawful  Wife. 
If  a  Man  have  a  Son  by  a  Woman  before  Marriage,  which 
is  a  Ballard  and  Illegitimate;  and  he  after  marries  the 
Mother  of  the  Ballard,  and  they  have  another  Son  ;  this 
fecond  Son  is  call'd  Uulkr,  and  is  lawful,  and  fliall  be  Heir 
to  his  Father.  We  fometimes  alfo  find  'em  with  thefe 
Additions,  Bajlard  e%ne^  and  Midier puij7:e. 

MuLiER-  was  alio  antiently  ufed  as  an  Addition,  fnme 
fay  for  a  Wife  ;  others  for  a  Woman  born  in  lawtul  Wed- 
lock. The  former  fenfe  is  confirmed  by  Sir  Edtvard  Coke, 
who  favs,  that  antiently  Jvhdier  was  taken  for  a  Wife,  and 
fometimes  for  a  Widow.    /;?/?.  Fol.  414. 

MULLET,  in  Heraldry,  a  Star 
of  five  Points  ;  as  in  the  Figure 
adjoining. 

The  Mi'Het  is  ufually  the  diffe- 
rence, or  diftinguifliing  Mark  for 
the  fourth  Son,  or  third  Brother, 
or  Houle.   See  Difference. 

Tho  it  is  often  alfo  borne  as 
Cuat-Armour  :   As  here  ; 

Uuby  on  a  Chief  Pearl,  two 
Mdlets  Diamond  ;  being  the  Coat 
of  the  famous  Lord  Veridam,  firll 
Sir  Francis  Bacon. 

ThcHeraldshold  that  the  M«//ef 
reprefents  a  falling  Star ;  others, 
with  more  probability,  take  it 
for  the  Rowel  of  a  Spur,  call'd  by 


the  French  Ivhlettc.    Whence  fume  Authors  will  have  it 
pierced. 

When  it  has  fix  Points,  it  Is  not  call'd  a  Mdkr,  but  a 
Siar.    See  Star. 

MULLET,  or  MoLETTE,  a  Ston-:  flat  and  even  at 
bottom,  but  round  a^top  ;  uied  for  Grinding  of  Matters  on 
a  Marble.  The  A pothccaries  ufe  ylfii/Ztrj  to  prepare  many 
oF  their  Ingredients  ;  Painters  for  their  Colours,  either  dry 
or  in  Oil.  Midlet  is  alfo  an  Inilrument  ufed  by  the  Glafs- 
Grinders  3  being  a  Piece  of  Wood,  to  one  end  whereof  is 
cemented  the  Glafs  to  be  ground,  whether  Convex  in  a 
Bafon,  or  Concave  in  a  Sphere  or  Bowl,  The  MsiHet  is 
ordinarily  about  lix  Inches  long,  turn'd  round  ;  the  Cement 
they  ufe  iscompufed  of  Afhesand  Pitch.  ' 

MULSUM,  or  NluLSE,  is  a  Liquor  made  with  Honey 
and  Water.   See  Hydromel. 

MULTA,  or  MuLTURA  EpifcopS,  a  Fine,  or  final  Sa- 
tisfaftion  antiently  given  the  King  by  the  Bifliops,  that 
they  might  have  Power  to  make  their  laft  Wills  ;  and  that 
they  might  have  the  Probate  of  other  Mens,  and  the  gran- 
ting of  Adminillration.". 

MULTANGULAR,  any  Figuie,  or  Body  which  hath 
many  Angles,  or  pointed  Cornet>.    S.e  Angle, 

MULTILAI'ERAL,  in  Geometry,  is  apply'd  to  thofe 
Figures  ihat  have   more  than  four  Sides  or  Angles. 

MULTINOMIAL  iloonin  Mathematics,  arefuchasare 
compofcd  of  many  Names,  Parts,  or  Members,  asfl-f-i 
-j-  c-]-d,  J5c.    Slc  Root. 

For  the  Method  ^of  raifing  an  infinite  'Multinomial  to  any 
given  Power,  or  of  extrading  any  given  Root  out  of  fuch 
a  Power  i  fee  a  Method  of  M.  ds  Morjre  in  Fbilof.  Trai/faB. 

MUI/riPLE,  Multiplex,  in  Arithmetic,  a  Number 
which  comprehends  fome  other  Number  leveral  times. 
See  Number. 

Thus  is  a  Multifle  of  2  ;  or,  which  is  the  fame,  2  is  a 
quota  part  of  6  j  2  lieing  contained  in  6  three  times.  And 
thus  1 2  is  a  Mvlvple  of  (J,  4,  3  j  and  comprehends  the  ill 
twice,  the  id  thnce,  the  gd  four  times,  Jl^c. 

Multiple  K(jf/o,  or  Proportion,  is  that  which  is  be- 
tween fuch  Numbers. 

If  the  ieffer  Term  of  a  Ratio  be  an  Aliquot  Part  of  the 
greater  j  the  Ratio  of  the  greater  to  the  leis  is  call'd  MkI~ 
t/_p/e  :  And  that  of  the  lefs  to  the  greater  Sub-mult?^ le. 
See  Ratio. 

h  Suh-midtiple  Number  is  that  contained  in  the  MK/t/^/e. 
Thus  the  Number  i,  2,  and  5  are  Suh-muUif'lcs  of  6  and  9. 

Duple,  Triple,  ^c.  Ratios  ;  as  alfo  Sub-duplc5,  Sub- 
triples,  Sifc  arc  fo  many  Species  o(  Midtip!ea.nd  Sub-multiple 
Ratios.    See  Duple,  Triple,  S^c. 

MULTIPLICAND,  in  Arithmetic,  is  one  of  the  Faftors 
in  the  Rule  of  Multiplication^  being  thatNumbcr  given  to 
be  multiplied  by  another  call'd  the  Multiplicator,  or 
Multiplier.    See  Multiplicator. 

MULTIPLICATOR,  in  Arithmetic,  a  Number  multi- 
plied by  another  call'd  the  Multiplicand.  See  Multi- 
plicand. 

The  largeft  Number  is  ordinarily  made  the  Multipli- 
cand, and  placed  above  the  fmaller,  or  Midtiplicator  ,  but 
the  refult  is  the  fame  which  foever  of  the  Numbers  be 
made  MiiUip\ic3.nd  iiT  Multiplicator  j  4  times  5,  and  5  times 
4  making  the  fame  Sum.     See  Multiplication. 

MULTIPLICATION,  the  Aft  of  Maitiplyiiig  or  Increa- 
fing  the  Number  of  any  thing.   See  Multiplying. 

Thus  we  fay  the  Multiplication  of  the  Loaves  in  the  Wil- 
dernefs. 

The  Kcmaiiijis  hold  a  real  Multiplication  of  the  Body 
of  Jefus  Chrift  in  the  Euchatift  j  fo  that  every  Communi- 
cant has  a  whole  Body,  ^c. 

It  is  ordained  and  eftabliflied,  that  none  from  hence- 
forth fhall  ufe  to  mtdiiply  Gold  or  Silver,  nor  ufe  the  Craft 
of  Multiplication  ;  and  if  any  the  fame  do,  he  Jhall  incur 
the  Pain  of  Felony.    Stat.  5  He;/.  4. 

This  Statute  was  made  on  Prefumptlon  that  fome  F»r- 
fons  skilful  in  Chymillry,  zovildmuhiply  or  augment  thofe 
Metals  by  Elixirs,  or  other  Ingredients  ;  and  change  other 
Metals  into  very  Gold  and  Silver.  Vndcr  Henry  VI.  Letters 
Patent  were  granted  to  certain  Perlons  (who  undertook  to 
perform  the  fame,  and  to  find  the  Philofopher's  Stone)  to 
free  themfrmn  the  Penalty  in  thefaid  Statute. 

MULTIPLICATION,  in  Arithmetic,  the  Aft  or  Art  of 
mtdaplyin^  one  Number  by  another,  to  find  the  Product. 
See  Product. 

Mnltrphcatmz,  the  third  Rule  in  Arithmetic,  confiffs 
in  the  finding  of  fome  third  Number,  out  of  two  others 
given  i  wherein,  one  of  the  given  Numbers  is  contained  as 
often  as  Unity  isln  the  other. 

Or  Multiplication  is  the  finding  what  will  be  the  Sum  of 
any  Number  added  to  itfelf,  or  repeated  as  often  as  there 
ate  Units  in  another  :  that  Mt/np/icit/oK  of  Numbers 
:ndious  kind  of  Addition.  See  Addition, 


IS  a  compen 


Thus 


MU  L 


(  ^91  ) 


M  U  L 


Thus  the  MuUif'Uccium  of  4  by  5  makc5  20,  i.  e.  four 
times  five  amount  to  twenty  ;  which  Algebraitts  esprefs 
thus,  4X  5=20.    See  CharActek. 

In  WK/i/^/icfltiow,  the  firft  Faftor,  i.  e.  the  Number  to  be 
multiplied,  or  Muhiplicajid,  is  placed  over  that  whereby  it 
is  to  be  multiplied  ;  (ll-e  Multiplicand)  andthcFaelum 
or  Trodu^^  under  both.    An  Example  or  two  will  make 

the  I'roccfs       'MiUt'flicacion  eafy,  Suppofc  I  would 

know  the  Sum  of  24?  multiplied  by  S,  or  3  times  iij). 


Ojjeratioiji 


Multiplicand   

Multiplier   

Fadum,  or  Product 


269 
■  8 


2152 


Expllcamn. 

The  taftors  being  difpofed,  and  a  Line  drawn  under- 
neath, Cas  in  the  Examfk^  I  begin  with  the  Multiplicator 
thus  i  8  times}  inake  72,  fet  down  =,  and  carry  7  tens,  as 
in  Addition  ;  then  8  times  li  make  4.H ,  and  7  I  carried,  5  5  i 
fet  down  5,  and  carry  5  ;  laftly,  8  times  2  make  16,  and 
with  5  1  carried  21,  which  1  pur  down  ;  fo  as  coming  to 
number  the  feveral  Figures  placed  in  order  2,  i,  s,  2,  I 
find  the  I'rodufl  to  be  two  thoufand  one  hundred  htty 
two.  SeeNoMEEATiON. 

Now  fuppofing  the  Faftors  to  exprefs  things  ot  diftcrcnt 
Species,  luz.  the  Multiplicand  Men,  or  Yards,  and  the 
Multiplier  Pounds  5  the  Produdl  will  be  of  the  fame  Spe- 
cies with  the  Multiplicator.  ,  .  V  I  1. 

Thus  the  Produa  of  2fi9  Men  or  Yards  multiplied  by 
8  Founds  or  Pence,  is  21 57  Pounds  or  Pence;  fo  many  of 
thefc  going  to  the  2fi9  at  the  Rate  <.t  8  apiece.  Hence  the 
lall  ijfe  of  Mi'tt'lhcamn  in  Commerce,  ^c. 

If  the  Multiplicaior  cunfilis  ot  more  than  one  Figure, 
the  whole  Multiplicand  is  to  be  added  to  itfelf,  firft,  as  ohen 
as  the  tight-hand  Figure  of  rh.  Multiplicaior  ibcws,  then 
as  often  as  the  next  Figure  of  the  Multiplicator  fiiews,  and 
foon.  Thus  421  X2^  is  equal  to4iiX  ;  and  alfo  421  X  20. 
The  Produfl  ariCng  from  each  Figure  of  the  Multiplicator, 
Itiplied  into  the  whole  Multiplicand,  is  to  be  placed  by 


Where  the  Multiplicator  is  not  ccmpofed  wholly  of  Inte^ 
gets;  as  it  frequently  happens  in  Eufinels,  where  Pounds 
are  accompanied  with  Shillings  and  Pence  ;  Yards  with 
Feet  and  Inches ;  the  Methods  of  Proceedure  arc  as  fol- 
low : 

fir/rMeiW,  Suppofe  I  have  bought  57  Ells  of  Cloth  at 
15/.  ic>  J.  6  d.  per  Ell,  and  would  know  the  Amount  of  the 

whole,  1  firll  inultiply  37  Ells  by  15  /.  in  the  common 

Method  oiMultifl  iciUtoii  by  Integers,  leaving  the  two  Pro- 
duds  without  adding  'em  up  i  then  multiply  the  fiinc  37 
Ells  by  16  !•  leaving,  In  like  nraiiner,  the  two  Praduds 
without  adding  'em.  LalHy,  1  multiply  the  fame  ^7  by 
i\ic  6  d.  the  Produft  whereof  is  zz-l  d.  which  divided  by 
12,  (fee  Division)  gives  16  s.  6 d.  and  this  added  to  the 
Products  ot  the  i(S the  Sam  will  be  dio  j.  tf  r/.  the  A- 
mount  of  3-/EUsati5J.  6  d.  the  Ell,  Lailly,  the  i5ro  w 
6  d.  are  reduced  into  Pounds  by  dividing  'em  by  20  :  (Tee 
ReductionJ  upon  adding  the  whole,  the  Amount  of  57 
Ells  at  13  /.  16  !.  6d,  will  be  found  as  in  the  following 


37  Ells 
At  1 5  Pounds. 


37  Ells 
At  16  Shillings. 


37  Ells 
At  6  Pence. 


18  6 


Produtfl  5 1 J  10  (J 


610  6 


Second  Method.  Suppofc  the  fame  Queflinn  5  reduce  tlie 
13/.  1(5  I.  into  Shillings,  the  Amount  will  be  276^.  re- 
duce 2715  t.into  Pence,  adding  tf,  the  Amount  will  be  331?'^. 
Multipl)  the  37  Ellsby  331S,  the  Amountwill  be  iii'j66d, 
which  divided  by  125  and  the  Quotient  10130  s.  6  d.  re- 
duced inco  Pounds  by  cutting  cfF  the  lall:  Figure  on  the 
right,  and  taking  half  of  thofe  on  the  left,  yields  511  /. 
iQ  J.  6  d.  the  Price  of  the  57  Ells,  as  before. 

Tho  by  thefe  two  Methods  any  i/Lhiplicatiojis  of  this 
kind  may  be  effefted,  yet  the  Operations  being  long,  we 
fhall  add  a  third  much  fhurter,  by  Miquot  and  j^h<^iiijit 
Parts  :    Obferving  by  the  wav,  that  Aliquot  Parts  of  any 

 -   -.   .  .    ,  thing  are  thofe  contained  feviral  times  therein,  and  whicd 

thereof  m^y  rtand  under  that  Figure  of  the  Mulciplicator    divide 'em  without  any  remainder^  and  that  Aliquant  Parts 


itfelf  in  fuch  a  manner,  that  the  firft  or  right-hand  Figure 


from  which  the  faid  Produaarifes.    For  Inftance 


Multiplicand  —  — — 
Multiplicator  — ^ 

Particular  Frodufl  of  411  X  3 
Particular  Produa  of  ^zi  X  20 

The  Total  Produa   


421 
^5 


are  other  Parts  of  the  fame  thing  compofed  of  feveral  Ali- 
quot Parts  :    Both  as  in  the  following  Table. 


9683 


of  each  Fro- 
the  right- 


Thls  Difpofition  of  the  right-hand  Figure 
dua,  follows  from  the  firft  general  Rule  , 
hand  Figure  of  each  Produa  being  always  of  the  fame  De- 
nomination with  that  Figure  of  the  Multiplicator  from  which 

Thus  in  the  Example,  the  Figure  2  in  the  Produa  842, 
is  of  the  Denomination  of  tens,  as  well  as  the  f'S"^- 
the  Multiplicator-    For  i  X  20  (that  is  the  z  of  23)  — 
or  1  put  in  the  Place  of  tens,  or  fccond  Place.    Hence,  it 
either  of  the  Faaors  have  one  or  tiicre  Cyphers  on  the 
t-hand,  the  MtUuplicamn  may  be  performed  without 


Aliquot  Parts  of  a  Found  ofzos. 

lOJ.  mahe  half  of  20  I. 

5  /.  a  fourth. 

4  J,  a  fifth, 
a  J.  a  tenth. 

1  J.  a  twentieth. 

6  s.  S  d.  a  third. 

5  /.  4  i/.  a  fixch. 

2  J.  6  d.  an  Eighth. 
1  J.  8  rf.  a  twelfth. 

I  J.  4  f/.  a  fifteenth. 
1  /.  3  i/.  a  fixteenth- 

10  d.  a  twenty-fourth. 
5  (/.  a  forty-eighth. 


AHquatJt  Tavts  of  a  VoUtid  of  20  /* 

3  /.  an  Aliquant  Part  conipos'd 
of  a  loth  and  a  Ccth. 

6  I.  of  a  5th  and  a  loth. 

7  I.  of  a  4ch  and  a  10th. 

8  /.  of  two  5ths. 

9  f.  of  a  4th  and  a  5th. 

11  J.  of  a  half  and  a  ::och. 

12  J.  of  a  half  and  a  loch. 
i3.f.  of  a  half,  a  icth  and  2oth. 
141.  of  a  half  and  a  jth. 

1 5  J.  of  a  half  and  a  4th. 

16  s.  of  a  half,  a  5th,  and  loth, 
17/.  of  a  half,  a  4th,  and  loth. 
iS  J.  of  a  half  and  two  5ths. 

)i9j,  of  a  half,  a  4th,  and  jth. 


right- 


till  the  Produa  of  the  other  Fi- 


regarding  the  Cyphers, 

eures  be  found  :  To  which  they  are  to  be  then  affix  d  on 
the  right.  And  if  the  Multiplicator  have  Cyphers  inter_ 
mixed,  they  need  not  to  be  regarded  at  all.  Inftances  ot 
each  follow. 


To  M'duply  hy  Jllqmt  Farts  is  nothing  elfe  in  effeft  but  to 
divide  aNumber  by  3,  4,  5>  S^''-  which  is  effeded  by  taking 
a  5d,  4th,  or  5th, from  the  Number  to  be  multiplied. 

Example. 

To  Mdtiply,  V.  ^.  ly  6  s.  S  d.  Suppofe  I  have  347  Ells 
of  Ribbon  at6/.'3  d.  Per  Ell. 


1=  35M 
ilo  61000 


i\o 


12  O  2148000 


2400 

3  Id 


72  coo 


«oi3 

50C6 


Operation. 


4BC78 
40065 


Multiplicand 
Multiplicator 

Produa 


3+7  Ells. 

6  1.  S  J. 

II  j  L  1 3  I.  4  i/. 


Thus  much  foran  Idea  of  MultiflkatloH,  where  theMul- 
tiplicator  confifls  wholly  of  Integers  ;  in  the  Praxis  whereof 
'tis  fuppofed  the  Learner  is  apprized  of  the  Produa  ot  any 
of  the  nine  Digits  multiplied  by  one  another,  eafily  learnt 
from  the  common  Table,  (feeTiBLEj  or  otherwife. 

Note,  This  MMplicatian  is  render'd  ftiU  eaficr,  and  more 
expeditious  by  the  ufc  of  certain  Rods,  whereon  are  mark'd 
the  feveral  Pioprcfiions  of  Digits  in  the  Table,  and  which 
give  the  feveral  Multiples  of  any  Sum  by  inrpca.on,  call'd 
Nefmr's  Bonej  ;  lie  Defcriftim  mi  Ufe  whereof  Jce  under 
ihe  icjiti  NEPiiit's  Bones. 


The  Queftion  being  Stated  ;  take  the  Multiplicator, 
which  according  to  the  Table  of  Aliquot  Parts  is  the  third  9 
and  fay,  the  third  of  5  is  i,  fet  down  i  ;  thethird  of  4is  i, 
fet  down  i,  remains  i,  that  is,  one  ten,  which  added  toy, 
makes  17  ;  then  the  third  of  1  7  is  5  ;  remains  2  Units,  i.e. 
two  thirds,  or  13  J.  4c!.  which  place  after  the  Pounds. 
Upon  numbering  the  Figures  i,  i,  and  5,  Integers,  and 
131.  4d.  the  Aliquot  Part  remaining,  I  find  the  Sum 
1 1 5  4  ■ 

For  Multiplicunoji  hy  JUqttant  Farts:  Suppofe  I  would 
multiply  by  the  Aliquant  Part  19.'.  I  firft  take  for  10  s.  half 
the  Multiplicand  ;  then  for  5,  which  is  the  4th  ;  and, 
7  N  la;ily, 


M  U  L 


laftly,  for  4,  wh.ch  is  the  5th.  The  Frodafls  of  the  three 
Jihquot  farts  that  compofe  the  Aliquant  Part,  bei.15  added 
together,  the  Sumv,'iU  be  the  total  Produil:  of  cheMJiifli- 
calw,,  a.  in  the  following  Example  ;  which  may  ferve  as  a 
Model  tor  Mulnplkamn  by  any  Aliquant  Part  that  may 
occur. 

,-tf  Ells. 


C  ^P8  ) 


MUL 


Multiplicand   

Multiplier   


3)« 

191. 

for  ten  Shillings. 
89  /.  for  five  Shillings. 
7 1  /.  for  four  Shillings. 


Produa   


;8/.  4!. 


Light  iffuing  fron-  the  fame  Point  undergo  dilFerent  Re- 
frad.ons   foas  toentertheEye  from  ev?ry  Surfac.  in  a 
d,fterent  D,rea,on  ;  as  if  they  catne  from  federal  Points. 
And  thus    l,e  ^.me  Pent  ,s  feen  in  feveral  imat-inarv 

For  ,hc  „y  MULTIPLVING-Gfafe 

lee  Polyhedron.  ^'-^ej, 
rh,n.^V?''^il9'^^'!  ?':"-,arethe  fame „i,hCo.„;„/„. 
H   a    f  etde?   '  Fl.wer,  have  diversdi- 

H.nct,   Lender    and  frequently  crooked  or  Pods 

>vhere.n  the,r  Seed  .s  contain'd  ;  and  which  whl-n  they  ripe^' 
open  ofthen-ifelves,  and  let  the  S,edsdtop.  SeeCoaN, 
CULATE  and  Se.\i;nation. 

To  this  Clafs  belong  the  Kears-Foot,  Columbines,  Houfe- 
Leek,  IVlarigolds,  (Sc.  ■'luuie- 

MULTITUDE,  M..«,„„o,  an  Affet^blage,  or 
Coileflron  ol  a  great  dumber  of  Things,  or  Perfons  ; 


The  F',;rfof  M./tflkatm,,  is,  by  dividing  the  Produfl,  t;olktlion  of  a  great  Number  ofTh;  „  -"■"J-s-. 
crFaaum,  by  the  hrll  FacTor,  or  Multiplicand  ;  tf  the  more  ftr,aiy,  Ll"  fe  is  tife  AhLT^  't' ^'^"t'"  ' 
Quotient  be  equal  to  the  fecond  Paaor,  or  Multiplicator,    f,id  to  bc  »a,,y  "  ''""8^"= 

'''c,"f  MrTtVelcAxtoM,  otherwife  call'd  Duodecimal    S^^^^^'t^"  '^''""l'^- 
Arithmetic  ts  >.  very  _ expeditious  Method  of  Multiplying       HMl.Je  is  oppofed  to  Unity.   S-e  Unity 
things  of  feveral  Species,  or  Denominations,  by  others  like-       In  Law   fome  will  have  M,I  ,„j^  Unity. 
wife  of  different  Species,£?c.    j;.        Shillings  and  Pence    Ferfon  Tbu   S^il  cl^^^^^^^^^^^^^  "  "7  ^  "  '^^^  '™ 
by  Shillings  and  Pence;  Feet  and  Inches  by  Feet  and  In-    rellra  i, 'd  byth   commo,  Lart'  IV"  ^"'^  " 

ches,  much  ufed  in  Meafuting,  sic    The  Method  is  thus.      alwav"  eft  ,Vr/rr™:„„  Number,  but 

Suppofe  5  Feet  3  Inches  to  be  muliiolied  F.  I. 
by  2  Feet  4  Inches;  fay,  2  times  5  Feet  is  5  3 
10  Feet,  and  2  times  3  is  6  Inches  :    Again,        2  4 

4  times  5  is  20  Inches,  or  i  Foot  8  Inches,   ■  ^ 

and  4  timet  3  is  12  Parts,  or  one  Inch  ;  the  10  6 
whole  Sum  makes  12  Feet  3  Inches.  i  8 

In  the  fame  manner  may  you  manage  Shil-  i 
lings  and  Pence,  C^c,   


.ways  left  to  the  Difcretion  of  the  Tudpes 


A  MLLI  O  or  »  „„j        ^„  ^ 

ment  oitcn  ufed  by  Ln,lao„.  The  force  of  it  is  thus  •  If 
It  befoin  a  feoffment  pafllng  a  new  Right;  much  more 
m,  fbl  °*  ^"  ^ntifit  Right.    Cok  on  Liitlt 

MULTUM,  in  Arithmetic,  If  A  be  «ne,  B  one,  C  one 
Done.  t^c.  And  B,  C  and  D  be  not  the' fame  w^ith  A^' 
A,  B,       and  U  are  Miiin,  or  Flur.i,  many  Wo/fi,,! 

MU!\1,  a  vcrywholelome  Drink,  the  Receipt  of  which 
as  recorded  in  the  Town-Houfe  of /i™,,,,™^  fhe  Place  of 
mofl  Note  for  this  Liquor,  is  as  follows': 

Take  63  Gallons  of  Water  that  has  been  boiled  to  the 
Confumption  of  1  third  part  ;  brew  it  with  feven  Bu/liels  of 


12  3 

Multiplication,  in  Geometry,  or  ;«  Lines,  is  effec- 
ted by  fuppofing  a  Line  a  b  (Tab.  Geomet.  Fig.  9.)  cal- 
led the  Vefcnleni,  moving  perpendicularly  along  ano- 
ther h  c. 

For  by  this  means  the  Defcribent  forms  the  Reclanele    Wh-aten-Malt  one  K„'n„.|    en         T  1  

»  </  .  i  ;  and  if  it  be  divided  together  with  the  Diri^en,  into  of  g^nd       n's     when^ t  s  f  ""'f^^''  ^"'1  Bulliel 

any  Number  of  equal  Parts,  will  by  its  Motion  deftribe  as  beToo  full  a  firV  Tnd  as  bnn       t'     '  '''=,"o8l'«^'l 

many  little  Reaangles  as  the  Units  in  the  Defcribent  and  it  orthe  inner  Rind  of  F  iVr  -  P     T'-^           put  into 

DirigentwiU  produce  when  multiply'd  into  one  another  ;  krch  r  Pou    ,  Carduu?Bene  ic'        hIT^^  '"i 

tiiz.il.    See  Deschibent,  J^c.  R„r.,  c;„i;,  „„i  u,  jr  1              i  '  Handtuls,  Flower  of 

For  when  the  Line  a  h  hath  moved  over  one  part  of  .  J,  Av       Pe  "^R  Irji  M 'tk"""'  ^^'■j"" 

hwhl  by  its  three  patts  have  defcribed  the  three  little  f^and  rSf ;  o^EldT Flow  ^  " 

Reaangles  in  the  firll  Column  ;  when  it  comes  .0  2,  it  will  Seedfof  Ca  Lmt^irf  bruife  H  ri   "  °       "f     °'  "°"=  5 

have  defcribed  three  more.    And  this  is  the  Reaf™  why  one  OuierpuTr  Herhr!  'a  ^   7"'  B"'"^'""  biniifed 

fhe tCd t ^""v ^Tr  ■! "f^iiy -p-ff^d by  r l^uoV hi t^^^u' Tlf: 'Z 'afte^lt^'™ 

the  Word  drawn  :  (and  from  hence  alfo  comes  Pro-    added   let  the  Liounr  Lrk  „,-n,l,%;  J?i       ,    ,  ^ 

as  if  a  I,  were  muliiply'd  by  L  c,  they  fay  .  t  <(„».■,    be  then  fil  i  u  J  a,  1,  f  wh  a'  '"^V 

.,.  i  .  becaufe  the_Defcribent  is  le^d,  aJ  it  Jere ,\r  carried    ^l^grad'ten  ne" w-Uid'tg:  urbr'„'krn"o;'':Vark'd'"f°o; i? 

by  that    up  clofe,  and  drink  it  at  two  Years  end.  ' 

Our  Eii^l,fi  Brewers  ufe  Cardamum,  Ginger,  and  Saffa 
frafsmllead  of  the  inner  Rind  of  Firr  ;  and  add  Walnut- 
Rinds,  Madder,  Red  Sanders,  and  Alecampane 

MUMMY,  MuMiA,  aCarcafs,  or  Body^mbalmed  or 
dried  in  the  manner  ot  the  antient  Eiyfcimi.  See  Em- 
balming. ' 


,   ...^  ^^.^..v,^.,,     ,cu,  as  It  were,  or  carriea 

along  in  an  erea  Pollure  upon  the  Dirigent,  and  by  that 
means  defcribes  the  Reaangle  ;  fo  that  the  ReBaiigk  and 
Froiii'.Fl  arc  all  one  in  Geometry. 

Now  as  in  all  Mthiplic.mo,,  Unity  is  to  one  FaBor  as 
the  other  is  to  the  ProduB,  Midtiftication  in  Lines  may  be 
perfoimed  thus; 

Let  <i  i  (%  10.)  be  to  be  multiply'd  by  a  d:  make  any  balming 

on  the  oiher  Leg  of  the  Angle  ;   draw    i  and  naralTel  to       f  ;s  contain'd  ,s  of  Sycamore- Wood,  which 

it  through  rf,  draw  d («)     1  fa    "     „  "  is'^  the  Fro     "  '1^"'"^  ^""^       'c^'  ^P""  ^"^^  i  but 

j-.n      P      *         ,       '  i-"-^.-     *         "i^oro,  ]s  tnt.  iro-     It  IS  verydilf-Tent  from  our  Svcamore. 

7.,(   r  -J  .     I         I        '        .  . 


du6t  :    icr  a  ti  :  a  d  :  :  ah  zhi. 

Multiplication  of  Fimti,  fee  Foecvndity  of 
Flmts.  ■' 

MULTIPLYING,  the  producing  of  one's  like.  See 

FHODUCTION. 

Mankind  m„hifty\l  at  a  prodigious  Rate  before  the 
Flood,  (fee  Peopling.)  Rabbits,  Filh,  and  raoft  InfcSs 
iriultiply  incredibly.  I  he  fingle  Milt  of  a  Cod,  exam  in 'd 
with  M.  i-cc2»c;,W:  s  Microlcope,  was  found  to  contain 
more  Ova  than  there  are  Animals  on  the  Face  of  the 
Earth,    bee  Insect,  £5r. 

M.  Dodar,  has  feveral  Difcourfes  on  the  Multiplication  of 
Plants  m  the  Men,,,,-,  of, he  R„y,J  Men,y  ofSciJces.  He  has 
examm  d  the  Beech-Tree  particularly  with  this  view,  and 
toundittolurpalsall  Imagination.    See  Foecuneity 

Multiplying,  in  Arithmetic,  is  the  finding  a  Number 
which  contains  the  Uihflicand  as  often  as  there  are  Units 
in  the  Multiplier.   See  Multiplicand,  ^t-. 

TeTm  tJ^-V^^LTl'^Lj™!'"?.,:'.".  ''^^'>';!>''''^    'he  third 


the  third    Bethatas  irwill,  thefe  iW«mm,«ai 
by  the  lecond,  and  dividing  the  Produa  K..  j  i        r    .j     ^    ■  ^  ■ 

See  Rule  «fTW.  ^      =  I'odua  by  the    and  are  only  preferv  d  as  Cur.ofities 


firft.    See  Ruled/  TAree. 

Multiplying  Ghfs,  aLens,  or  Glafs  in  which  Obieas 
appear increafcd  in  Number.  SccLens. 

A  U'hiflyix^.Glafs,  call'd  alfo  Polyhedron,  is  a  Glafs 
form 'dor  ground  into  feveral  Planes,  or  Faces,  makin" 
Angles  with  one  another  ;  through  which  the  Rays  uf 


Kkmmy  is  faid  to  have  been  firll  brought  into  ufe  in  Me- 
dicine by  the  Malice  of  a  >a),/,  Phyfician,  who  wrote  that 
Fledi  thus  Embalmed  was  good  tbr  the  Cure  of  divers 
Difcafes,  and  pariicularly  Brulfes,  to  prevent  the  Blood's 
gathering  and  coagulating.  The  T/irXv  prevent  the  Export 
of  Mummy  into  Europe  as  much  as  polfible.  ■ 

Properly  fpeak ins,  Ihmmy  is  not  the  Flefli  of  the  De- 
ccafed,  but  the  Compofition  wherewith  it  is  embalmed  • 
but  incommon  ufe  Mummy  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Body.  ' 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Bodies  call'd  by  the  Teim 
Mummy. 

The  firfl  are  only  Carcatfcs,  dried  by  the  Heat  of  the 
Sun,  and  by  that  means  kept  from  Putrefaaion  ;  fre- 
quently found  in  the  dry  Sands  of  L^ti.i.  Some  fay  they 
arc  the  Bo  lies  of  deceafed  People  buried  there  onpurpofeto 
keep 'em  entire  without  Embalming  ;  others  that  thry  are 
the  Carcafles  of  Travellers,  iJc.  ove'r-whelm'd  withClouds 
of  Sand  rais'd  by  the  Hurricanes  frequent  in  thofc  Dcfarts 
Be  that  as  irwill,  thefe  Mtmmies  are  of  no  ufe  in  Medicine' 


The  fecond  kind  of  Mummies  are  Bodies  taken  out  of  the 
Pits,  or  Catacombs  ncarCan-n,  wherein  the  SjjWiajti  dcpo- 
fited  their  Dead  after  Embalming. 

_  '  Tis  this  makes  the  Mummy  fo  much  valtied,  and  to  which 
iuch  extraordinary  Virtues  are  afcribed. 

'Tis 


MUM 


(  ^99  ) 


M  U  N 


'Tisfaid,  that  all  the  M«?k»7j  fold  in  thV  ^jhops,  whether 
brought  from  Vemce  or  Lyons^  or  even  direftly  from  the 
Levant  by  Alexandria,  is  faditious,  and  the  Work  of  ccv- 
lain^cEPJ,  who  knowing  the  Value  the  Europeans  fet  on  the 
Eiyfuan  Mummy,  counterfeit  it  by  drying  CarcafTes  in 
Ovens,  after  having  prepared  'em  with  Duft  of  Myrrh, 
Caballin  Aloes,  3tia;y/j  Pirch,  bhck  Pitch,  and  other  cuarfc 
or  unwholefome  Drugs. 

The  Freficb  Ch^rleinns,  it  fcems,  have  likewifc  got  the 
Art  of  preparing  Mi'-mmies.  Their  Method  is  fiinple  enough  : 
Out  of  the  Carcafs  oi  a  Perfoii  hang'd,  they  rake  the  Brain 
and  Entrails,  dry  the  reft  in  an  Oven,  keeping  it  in  I'iich, 
and  other  Drugs.  And  this  they  fell  for  right  Egyptian 
IVii'.nimy. 

Kij-itMj  has  a  very  curious  Treitife  of  M'lmmies,  v/hcrci  n 
he  fhews  the  Ahuks  therof ;  and  makes  it  appear  that  they 
can  never  be  of  any  real  medicinal  ufe. 

Matthioltis  is  of  the  fame  Opinion,  after  Serapion.  Eoth 
thcfe  Authors  take  even  the  E-^ypUanMiomnksto  bene  more 
than  Bodies  embalmed  with  Piifalphaitum. 

Mummy,  Mumia,  is  particularly  u fed  for  the  Liquor,  or 
Juice  oo&ing  frotn  human  Bodies  Aromatized  and  Em- 
balmed ;  gather'd  in  the  Sepulchres.  This  is  the  l\ii:m-,7iy 
chiefly  fpokc  of  among  theaiitient  Writers. 

Mummy  is  alfo  a  Medicinal  Drug,  or  a  vifcous  Compofi- 
tion  partaking  of  Bitumen  and  Pitch  found  In  the  Mountains 
and  Forefts  of  and  other  hot  Countreys  of  the /Tiiyi^. 

Viofcoridsi  fpeaks  of aylfiiw»i_)' found  on  the  Sea-Coafts  near 
£^if^i.iK?-Ki,  brought  thither  by  the  Torrents  from  the  Cerainuan 
Mountains,  and  there  dried  by  the  Sun  into  huge  heaps'. 

It  fmells  like  Bitumen  mixt  with  Pitch.  The  People 
thereabouts  call  it  »i(«e''fl/ /rijx.  \x\  Lat'm^  or  tixthtx  Greek t 
it  is  call'd  T!^lfaj'fh.ihm.    See  Piss asph altus. 

Menage,  after  Bocharr,  derivesthe  Word  'Mummy  from  the 
ylrahic  Miimia  ;  of  Mtm,  Wax.  Salmajiits  from  -AmomOy  a 
kind  of  Perfume.   See  Amomum. 

Tho  others  hold,  that  in  the  Jrahic  Tongue,  the  Word 
l\'Uimia.  fignifiesa  Body  Embalmed,  or  Aromatized. 

Mummy  is  alfoufed  hy  fome  Phyficians  for  1  know  not 
what  implanted  Spirit,  found  chiefly  in  Carcaffes,  when  the 
infufed  Spirit  is  fled. 

The  infuled  Spirit  is  fometimes  alfo  call'd  IMnmmy  in 
living  Subjefls  ;  and  both  the  one  and  the  other  arc  fup- 
pofed  to  ferve  in  Tranfplantation. 

A  Plant,  for  inllance,  bringing  this  Mum'ta  from  one 
Subjefl  to  another,  the  Mumia  joins  and  unites  itfcif  im- 
iTiediatcly,  and  clofes  with  the  Mumia  or  Spirit  of  the  new 
Subject ;  and  from  this  Union  arifcs  a  natural  and  common 
Inclination  between  the  two  Subjefls. 

And  on  this  Principle  they  account  for  Sympathetic  or 
Magnetic  Cures.    See  Sympathetic,  Magnetic,  ^c. 

Mummy  is  alfo  ufed  among  Gardeners  for  a  fort  of /f^ax 
ufed  in  the  Planting  and  Grafting  of  Trees.  See  Graf- 
FING  Wax. 

Agrico/a  dire£ls  the  Preparation  thereof  as  follows  :  Take 
one  Pound  of  common  black  Pitch,  and  a  quarter  of  a 
Pound  of  conmion  Turpentine  ;  put  'em  together  in  an 
Earthen-Pot,  and  let  'em  on  the  fiie  in  the  open  Air,  having 
fomcthing  in  your  Hand  to  cover  and  quench  it  in  time  5 
the  Matter  to  be  thus  alternately  lighted  and  qucnch'd  till 
all  the  nitrous  and  volatile  Farts  be  evaporated.  To  this  a 
little  common  Wax  to  be  added  ;  and  the  Compofition  to 
be  fet  by  for  ufe. 

To  apply  it  in  the  drefting  of  the  Roots  of  Trees,  melt 
it,  and  dip  in  the  two  ends  of  the  Pieces  of  Root  one  after 
another  ;  then  put  'cm  in  Water,  and  plant  'em  in  the 
Earth,  the  fmall  end  downward,  fo  that  the  larger  may 
appear  a  little  way  out  of  the  Earth,  and  fo  have  the  bene- 
iitoftheAir;  then  prefs  the  Earth  hard  down  upon  'em 
that  they  may  not  receive  too  much  wet.  See  Planting. 

MUNDICK,  a  Marchafite,  or  Mineral  Glebe,  found  in 
the  T  in  Minesj,  fometimes  white,  fometimes  yellow,  and 
at  other  times  green.    See  Marchasite. 

It  is  frequently  call'd  Maxy ;  and  appears  to  be  nothing 
elfe  bur  a  kind  of  Sulphur;  Fire  alone  being  found  to  fe- 
parate  it  from  rhe  Tin,  in  which  cafe  it  evaporates  into 
Smoke.    See  Tin. 

The  Viiijjdkk  Ore  is  eafily  dillingui/li'd  by  its  brown, 
fad-colour'd  Glittering,  and  by  its  difcolouring  the  Fin- 
gers. Some  fay  it  feeds  the  Tin,  and  yet  allow  that  where 
there  is  much  Mii7id':ck,  there  is  little  or  no  Tin. 

MUNDIFJCATIVES,  in  Medicine,  Chcinfers--,  Medi- 
cines, or  Unguents,  that  deterge,  and  dry,  and'  thus  clcanfe 
Ulcers  of  two  kinds  of  Matter,  --Siz-  Fus  o.x\A  Saii-ei.  See 
Ulcer. 

The  chief  IngrecKents  in  thefe  Unguents,  are  Gentian, 
Arillolochia,  Enula  Campana,  and  Vulnerary  Herbs.  See 
Detergent. 

MUNDUS,  JVorld.    See  World. 

MUNICIPAL,  a  Term  in  the  Roman  Law,  fignifying 
the  having  the  Rights  and  Privileges  of  Roman  Citizens. 
This  Title  the  Ro>}!,i?ts  frequently  bcrtow'd  on  foreign 


Cities  and  People;  and  in  elfea,  it  was  littie  iTiore  than  a 
Title. 

MuNiCiPAL  Ciciei,  MuNiciPiA,  according  toMariana^ 
came^  fumewhat  fhert  of  the  Privileges  of  the  Colonies. 
See  Colonies. 

They  had  no^Suffrages  or  Votes  :Lt.  Rome.  They  were 
left  to  Lie  governed  by  their  own  Laws  and  Magiflrates. 

'Tis  true,  fome  few  Mtmia^al  Cities,  by  particular  Me- 
rit, ^t.  obtain'd  the  Liberty  uf  Votes;  which  occafion'd 
that  receiv'd  Diliintiion  of  Uunkipum  Jine  Sn-ffragio^  ^ 
lvli:rJcipiK>n  cam  Siijj-.  a^io. 

They  were  fo  call'd,  becaufe  Mtwem  hiijus  honoraris  pat- 
ticifcs ;  but  by  Mki/us  bomramtm,  was  meant  no  more  than 
the  bare  Appellanon  of  a  RoMun,  whereby  they  were  pri- 
vileged to  fight  in  a  Legion,  as  Denizens  ;  and  not  in  aux- 
iliary Bands,  as  Aflociatds.    See  Citizen. 

The  firlt  who  had  the  Honour,  were  the  Ccrhes. 

Municipal,  among  us,  is  now  underftood  of  rhe  Cuilo- 
mary  Laws  that  obtain  in  any  particular  City,  or  Province  5 
and  vyhich  have  no  Authority  in  the  neighbouring  Places. 
See  Custom. 

Municipal  Officers^  are  thofe  elefted  to  defend  the 
Intereits  of  Cities,  their  Plights  and  Privileges,  and  to  main- 
tain Order  and  Policy^  as  Mayors,  Sheriffs,  Confuls,  Bai- 
liffe,  £?c.  See  Office. 

In  Sp  aifi,  the  Mmticipal  Offices  are  bought.  In  Ejigland^ 
they  come  by  Eledlion. 

MUNIMENTS,  or  Miniments,  the  Evidences  or 
Writings,  whereby  a  Man  is  enabled  to  defend  the  Title  of 
his  Eilare.    Sec  MuNiMENT-^/oii^'fr. 

11  am: ford  fays f  the  word  Mi(«i?we«j  includes  all  manner  of 
Evidence. 

MuNiMENT-Hiy/c,  a  little,  (Irong  Apartment  in  Cathe- 
dral and  Collegiate  Cliurchcs,  CalUe."-,  Colleges,  or  the 
like,  dellined  for  keeping  the  Seal,  Evidences,  Charters, 
ti^c.  of  fuch  Church,  College,  l^c.  call'd  MunhnaitSy  or 
Mniimeii  ts. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  Mimio,  I  defend. 

MUNIMINA,  the  Grants,  or  Charters  of  Kings  atid 
Princes  to  Churches  ;  fo  call'd,  becaufe  cum  eu  muni  ant  iir 
againtt  all  thofe  who  would  deprive  them  of  thofe  Pri- 
vileges. 

MUNIONS,  in  Architefture,  are  the /hort  upright  Ports 
or  Bars  that  divide  the  feveral  Lights  in  a  Window-Frame. 
See  WiNEow. 

MUNITION,  or  Ammunition,  the  ProviHons  where- 
with any  Place  is  furni/lied  in  order  for  defence  5  or  where- 
with a  Veffel  is  flock'd  fora  Voyage  5  or  that  follow  a  Camp 
for  its  Subfiflence.    See  Ammunition. 

MuNiTiON-iii'e^if/ is  the  proportion  of  Bread  diftributed 
everyday  to  the  Soldiers  of  a  Garrifon  or  Army.  Each 
OiTicer  is  allow'd  fo  many  Rations  of  Mimition'Brcad.  Seq 
Ration. 

MUPHTI,  orMuFTi,  the  Chief,  or  Patriarch  of  the 
Mahometan  Religion,  reftding  at  Coiijlajttino^le.  See  Ma- 
hometans. 

The  Mif^bti  is  the  foverejgn  Interpreter  of  the  Alcoran^ 
and  decides  all  Quellionsof  the  Law.  See  Alcoran,  £j;c. 

He  takes  place  of  the  Bafhaws  '■,  and  his  Authority  is 
ofien  terrible  to  the  Grand  Signior  himfelf.  "I~is  begirds 
on  the  Sword  to  the  Grand  Signior's  fide  i  which  Ceremony 
anfwers  to  the  Coronation  of  our  Kings. 

MURAGE,  MuRAGiUM,  in  our  Cuiloms,  a  reafonabla 
Tidl  to  be  taken  of  every  Cart  or  Horfe  coming  laden  inta 
a  City  or  Town  for  the  Building  or  Repairing  the  Walls 
thereof. 

MURAL,  fomething  belonging  to  a  V/aH ;  which  the 
Latins  call  Murv.s.    See  Wall. 

Mural  Crozv^^,  among  the  antient  Romans^  Was  a  kind, 
of  Crown  indented  a  top,  like  the  Battlements  of  a  Wall. 
See  Crown, 

The  Mural Xrozsn  was  the  Reward  of  thofe  who  firtt 
mounted  the  Walls  of  the  Enemy  ;  whence  it  was  alfo 
call'd  Cwova  ohfidionalis. 

Mural  ^Vt/?  is  a  Wall,  or  walled  Arch  placed  exaftly 
in  the  Plane  of  the  Meridian,  /,  e.  upon  the  Meridian-Line  ; 
for  the  fixing  of  a  large  Quadrant,  Sextant,  or  other  Inftru  - 
menf,  to  obferve  the  Meridian  Altitudes,  ^c.  of  the  hea- 
venly Bodies.  See  MERiEiAN-JL/Meand  MeriCi  AN-^'Vifcrfe, 

Tycho  dii  Brahe  was  the  firlt  who  ufed  a  Mural-Arch  in  hi.*! 
Obfervations  i  after  him  Mr.  f"/(7)M/rf.in',  de  la  Hire,  Sec,  ufed 
the  lame  means.    See  Of.servations. 

MURENGERS,  two  Officers  of  great  Antiquity  in  the 
City  of  Chejier,  being  two  of  the  Principal  Aldermen  chofe 
yearly  to  fee  the  Walls  kept  in  good  Repair,  and  to  receive 
certain  Toll  and  Cufiom  for  the  Maintenance  thereof. 

MURING,  the  Walling,  orraifmg  the  Walls  of  a  Buil- 
ding.   See  Wall  and  Walling. 

MURRAIN,  Carrie,  a  Mortality,  or  contagious  DIfeafe 
among  Beafts.    See 'Mortality. 

A'fiiryains  are  occafion'd  various  ways,  but  principally  by- 
a  hot,  dry  Seafon  i  or  rather  by  a  general  Putrefaction  of 


M  U  R 


the  Air,  which  begtus  an  Inilammation  ih  the  Blood,  ^and 
a  Swelling  in  the  "^J  hroar,  which  foon  proves  Mortalj  and  is 
communicated  from  one  to  another. 

The  Symptoms  are  generally  a  hanging  down  and  fwel- 
llng  of  the  Head,  rattling  in  the  Throar,  fiiort  Breath, 
palpitation  of  the  Heart,  Staggering,  abundance  of  Gum 
in  the  Eyes,  ^c.  Breath  hot,  and  Tongue  ihining. 

The  nioll  remarkable  Miu-yr.m  we  hear  of,  is  that  men- 
tioned .in  the  Fhilof.  Traiif.   which  fpread  itfelf  through 

The  Contagion  feem'd  to  propagate  itfelf  in  form  of  a 
blue  Miil,  which  fell  on  the  Grafs  where  the  Cattel  grazed, 
infomuch  that  whole  Herds  return'd  home  iick,_and  being 
very  dull,  and  fcrbearing  their  Food,  niolt  of  'em  died 
away  in  twenty  four  Hours  time.  On  dific^lion  were  found 
large  corrupted  Spleens,  fphacelous  and  corroded  Tongues, 
^c.  Thufe  People  who  manag'd  them  without  a  due  re- 
gard to  their  own  Health,  were  infcfled  by  'em,  and  died 
like  the  Beails. 

Some  imagine  it  had  its  Rife  from  noxious  Vapours 
thrown  out  of  the  Earth  in  three  diilinfl  Earthquakes  per- 
ceiv'd  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  the  Place  where  it  began; 
Tho  Y)t.Slare  rather  thinks  it  owing  to  Swarms  of  volatile 
Infcfts.  The  Antidotefor  tiie  Sound,  andthe  Medicine  for 
the  Sick  were  the  fame,  -viz..  Equal  Parts  of  Soot,  Gun- 
fowder,  Brimltone,  and  Salt,  with  as  much  Water  as  would 
wa(h  it  down,  aSpooniul  in  a  Dofe. 

MURREY,  in  Heraldry,  a  purple  Colour,  call'd  alfo 
Saj^^tu}}.    See  Sanguin. 

MURTHEK,  ho-.wade,  the  A  (51  of  killing  another  with 
Violence,  Injuliicc,  and  Eftufion  of  Blood.  See  Homicide. 

Among  the  number  of  popular  Errors,  is  rhe  Notion 
which  has  obtain'd,  that  the  dead  Body  would  bleed  in  the 
Prefence,  or  upon  the  Touch  of  the  Murtherer. 

The  Crime  of  Murther  is  puni/h'd  with  Death  in  almofl  all 
Nations.    See  Punishment. 

In  our  Law,  Jlli-.nher  has  a  peculiar  import,  fo  as  to  de- 
note a  wilful  and  felonious  killing  another  upon  prepenfed 
Malice,  whether  fecretly  or  openly  ;  and  whether  E7i^l'f^ 
Man  or  Foreigner,  living  under  the  King's  Proteilion. 

This  prepenfed  Malice,  which  makes  the  Eflence  of 
Mtirther,  is  twofold  ;  J.  F^x^refs,  where  it  may  be  evi- 
dently proved  that  there  was  ill-will.  z.  When  one  kil- 
leth  another  fuddenly,  he  having  nothing  to  defend  himfelf, 
as  going  over  a  Stile,  or  the  like.  For  in  fuch  a  Cafe,  or 
when  a  Man  killetha  mere  Stranger,  the  Law  prefumeth 
he  had  Malice  againft  him,  or  elfe  that  he  would  not  do  it 
without  any  manner  of  Provocation. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Saxon  Monh,  which  fome 
will  have  to  lignify  a  violent  Death  j  whence  the  barba- 
rous Latin  Al'trdnm  and  Moriiritm.  Sometimes  the  Saxons 
exprefs'd  it  by  a  Word  which  imply'd  a  deadly  Work. 
In  the  Fraich  'tis  call'd  Afenrtre,  in  Sfamfj  MettmrCy  and  in 
£ri^/'fj  Murder. 

The  Word  was  ufed  long  before  the  Reign  of  K.  Caftutus^ 
tho  it  does  notappear  that  the6a.vo;;  il/oriiiignifies  a  violent 
Di;ath,  but  Death  in  general. 

Formerly,  indeed,  Mwther  was  reflrained  to  a  clandeftine 
killing.  Thus,  AU^'i'-dntus  homo  antiqu'itus  dicthatur,  cujus  Jn- 
terfcBor  iiefciehatar  ubicumque  zel  quomadocim'jue  ejjet  Invemus, 
Ni<7ic  adjtmBum  eft,  licet  faatitr  quis  Murdrum  fecerit,  homics- 
dtm  -per  froditionem.    Leges  Hen.  1. 

^rtburum  NepotEtn propi  tis  ma7iihui  fcr  f  roditionem  Interfecit^ 
fzjfniQ  Mortis  venere  quod  Jngli  Murdrum  apf>cllmr.  Matth. 
Paris,  An,  1216'. 

^l//-Murtheb,  is  othcrwife  call'd  Suicide.  See  Sul- 
ci pe, 

MURTHERERS,  or  Murt  herinc- P/etej,  are  fmcill 
Pieces  of  Ordnance,  either  of  Brafs  or  Iron,  having  Cham- 
bers, (that  is,  Charic^es  made  of  Brafs  or  Iron)  put  in  at  their 
Breeches.    See  Ordnance. 

They  are  mofily  ufed  at  Sea  at  the  Bulk-Heads  of  the 
Fore-Caftle,  Half  Deck,  4^"?.  in  order  to  clear  the  Decks 
when  an  Enemy  boards  the  Ship. 

MUSCADINE,  a  rich  white  Wine,  of  the  Growth  of 
Troience,  La?2guedoc,  Cfvidad,l^c.  SeeWiNE. 

The  way  of  nrxYing  Mttfcadtne  at /-Voiitr^j/iit:  is  as  follows: 
They  xhz  Mufcadijie  Grapes  grow  half  dry  on  the  Vine  ; 
as  foon  as  they  are  gathered,  they  tread  and  prefs  them  im- 
mediately, and  tunn  up  the  Liquor,  without  letting  it  Hand, 
and  work  in  the  Fat  j  the  Lee  occafioning  its  goudnels. 

The  Word,  as  well  as  the  Liquor,  is  French.  Some  fetch 
its  Original  from  l^htsk,  the  Wine  being  fuppofed  to  have 
a  little  of  the  fmell  of  that  Perfume  ;  others  from  Mufcits, 
a.  Fly,  becaufe  the  Flics  arc  extremely  fond  of  its  Grapes  ; 
as  the  Liit'ms  had  their  Vhium  Jpiafiitm,  io  call'd  ab  Jfibits, 
from  the  Bees  which  fed  on  it. 

MUSCLE,  MuscuLus,  in  Anatomy,  a  fiefliv,  fibrous 
Part  of  the  Body  of  an  Animal,  deltined  to  be  the  Organ 
of  Motion.    See  Motion. 

Th&MifcIe  is  a  bundle  of  thin,  parallel  Plates;  and  is 
divided  into  a  great  number  of  Fafciculi,  or  little  Mufdes, 


(  600  ) 


M  U  S 


each  inclofed  proper  Membrane,  from  the  interna!, 

Surface  where  ^  pals  an  infinite  number  oFtranfverfe  Fila- 
ments, which  interle£l  the  Mufcle  into  feveral  dilHnil  Areas, 
fiU'd  with  their  refpeftive  Falciculiof  Fibres.  See  Fibre, 

A  M^JcIe  is  ufually  divided  into  three  Parts,  the  Headt 
the  TiSj/,  and  rhe  Belly. 

The  h'ejjiVand  Ta-I,  w^hich  are  alfo  call'd  Feiidons,  are  the 
two  extremes  of  the  Miijcle  j  whereof  the  firit  is  fix'd  10 
the  liable  part,  and  the  latter  to  the  part  intended  to 
be  muvee.    See  Tendon. 

The  rc7:ter  or  Belly  is  the  body  of  the  Mufcle,  being  a 
thick,  flefhy  parr,  into  which  are  inferted  Arteries  and 
Nerves,  and  out  of  which  ilTue  Veins  and  i^ymphadu£ls. 

All  thefe  parts  ot  a  hi:<fcle,  rhe  Belly  and  the  Tendons,  ar6 
com^  ofcd  of  the  fame  Fibres  :  Their  only  ditfercnce  confids 
in  this,  that  the  Fibres  of  the  Tendons  are  mere  clofely  and 
firmly  bound  together  than  thofe  of  the  Belly,  whicn  are 
more  loole.  Hence  in  the  Belly  there  is  room  for  a  fudi- 
cienr  Quantity  of  Blood  to  give  'em  an  Appearance  of 
Rednels  i  and  the  Whitenefs  of  the  Tendons  only  pro- 
ceeds from  the  Hh-od's  being  in  fome  meafure  excluded 
by  the  tighuKfs  of  their  Contexture.  The  difference  then 
between  the  Belly  and  the  Tendons  feems  to  be  the  fame 
that  is  between  a  Skein  of  Thread,  and  a  Cord  made  of 
the  fame  Thread. 

Ail  the  a£l  by  having  their  Bellies  inflated  or 

fwell'd;  for  by  that  means  they  are  /horten'd, fo  as  to  draw, 
or  pri-'fs  the  folid  Hodii;s  to  which  they  are  fallen 'd, according 
to  the  direction  of  their  Fibres.  All  the  difficulty  then  in 
Mitjcular  Motion,  is,  to  affign  their  Fabric,  and  the  Caufe 
of  their  fwelliiig. 

Every  fimple  M'-ifcIe,  then.confills  of  one  flefhy  Belly,  and 
two  Tendons  5  but  may  be  again  divided  into  others  Similar 
tho  lefs  ;  and  ihofe  again  into  others  (Jill  lefs,  yet  flill  Si- 
milar to  the  great  one  :  Which  divifion  may  be  carried  on 
to  a  degree  ol  Subtility  that  exceeds  all  Imagination  ;  tho 
'tis  reasonable  to  think  it  mud  have  an  end.  That  laft 
therefore,  being  Similar  to  the  firll,  mull,  in  like  manner, 
ha.ve'ns  l  elly  and  Te7.';/o?;i  3  and  this  is  what  we  ordinarily 
call  a  Miijiiilar  Fihrt,  in  an  JilTembluge  or  Union  of  feveral 
whereof,  ^Mufcle,  properly  fo  call'd,  confilis. 

Some  take  the  M<Jcuhir  Fibres  to  be  Produdlions  of  the 
Arteries  and  Veins,  or  the  Capillaries  of  thofe  Veffcls  inof- 
culated  with,  and  continued  to  each  other  j  by  the  iniume- 
fcence  of  whofe  Contents,  the  Extremities  are  drawn  nearer 
each  other,  and  by  confequence,  the  Bone  to  which  the 
moveable  part  is  fixed,  approximated  to  the  other.  But 
that  they  arc,  in  truth,  neither  Venous,  nor  Arterious,  nor 
Lymphatic  VefftU,  is  evident  from  the  lalf  Obfervation. 
Whether  they  are  Veficular  j  or  whether  they  only  cbnfift 
of  fingle  Threads,  may  be  Itill  a  Quell  ion. 

Gt.  Boerbaz'e,  from  a  confideration  that  the  Nerves  enter 
every  Mufcle  along  with  its  Veins  and  Arteries,  and  that  there 
laying  afide  their  outer  Integument,  they  are  fo  diflributed 
thro  the  whole  Body  of  the  "Mufcle,  as  that  no  one  Point  can 
be  alTigned  w  herein  a  part  of 'em  is  not  found  j  that  thofe 
Nerves  terminate  here  ;  and  that  in  other  parts  of  the  Body 
the  Extremities  of  the  Nerves  are  expanded,  as  it  were, 
into  Membranes;  concludes,  that  the  Mifcuiar  Fibres  arc 
nothing  elfe  bur  extremely  llender  Expanfions  of  tho 
Nerves  flript  of  their  Integument,  hollow  within,  and  of 
the  Figure  of  a  M/(/Wr,  and  full  of  a  Spirit  communicated 
by  the  Nerve  from  its  Origin  in  the  Brain  or  CereheUmi^  by 
the  continual  AClion  of  the  Heart.  See  Nerve. 

Of  thefe  Fibres  united,  arc  form'd  Fafciculi  or  Bundles  ; 
which,  as^Liin,  have  each  their  feveral  Membrane,  wherein 
they  are  involved,  and  kept  didinfl  from  others.  This 
Membrane  is  extremely  flender  and  porous  within,  full  of 
Oil,  which  is  accumulated  in  time  ef  Red  and  fpent  in 
Motion,  furniflicd  by  the  Arteries;  and  this  Oil,  in  con- 
junction  with  afmnoth  mucous  Juice  fecrcted  by  I  mall  mu- 
cilaginous Glands,  interfperfed  among  thefe  Fafciculi,  fervcs 
to  lubricate  the  parts,  and  preferve  the  Fafciculi  from 
fretting  on  each  other. 

Now,  befides  the  Nerves,  there  arc  Arteries  al fn  carried 
into  the  'Mnfcles,  and  thofe  in  fuch  abundance,  and  of  fuch 
contexture,  that  a  Man  might  be  inclined  to  think  the 
whole  Body  of  the  Mufcle  compofed  of 'em.  Thefe  are 
principally  dillributed  among  the  Fafciculi,  and  the  Mem- 
branes that  feparate  'em,  and  perhaps  alfo  in  the  external 
Surface  of  each  f/if/'fl,  where  they  terminate  in  reticular 
Plexus's,  or  Folds,  in  little  oily  Secretories,  fmali  Lym- 
phatics, and  perhaps  in  hollow  F ilrill d;  Wkc  Nerves  ;  which 
Fibrille  may  againeithcr  terminate  in  iheCavity  of  the  Ner- 
vous Mufcular  Fibres,  or  make  others  like 'em.  This,  at 
leail,  is  clear,  that  every  Branch  of  an  Artery  in  the 
Mufcles  has  its  correfponding  little  Vein,  which  united  to 
the  other,  increafes  its  Bulk;  whence  the  Blood-Veffela 
of  thcMifc/es  are  alfo  Lymphatics. 

Of  two  fuch  Miifcles  as  have  been  defcrlbed,  faften'd  in 
oppofire  Situations  to  each  other,  moi\  of  the  Miifcles^  wc 
know  of,  confift. 

It 


MU  S 


(  ^01  ) 


MVS 


It  hi!  been  aIreadyobferved,thittheTendonofaM«/'/<;       Undcrtjie  firll  6f  thcle  Ur.ds  are  included  r..^Ml  . 
ccnfiftsof , he  fameN.niberof  fibres  with  .heM„y./.itrclfi    Species  ;  for,  firil.  Either,  eLftvrt^^^^^^^^ 
•with  this  d,fference,_,hat  the  Cav.ty  of^lie  mufcular  Fibres    one   Extren.e  to  the  other,  I,  ij,^  iTslZiJ^'^c 


dimini/hing ,  and  \olmg  of  their  former  Diameter,  form  one 
compa^l,  hard,  tough,  dry,  narrow  Bddy,  which  is  but  littie 
Vafcular  :  From  what  has  been  faid  then,  it  appears, 
that  the  Rednefs  of  a  M'fck  is  owing  to  the  Blood  ;  and  its 
Bulk  to  the  Fulnefs  of  rhe  Arteries,  Veins,  oily  Cells, 
and  L.ymphatics.  Hence  we  fee,  why 
Confumption. 


are  turn  d  mio  a  C.rc  e,  as  ,„  the  Si>l,i„g„;  „f  the  Bladder, 
and  Anus;  or  twdkd  into  a  Spiral,  as  in  the  Oe/iMa.«, : 
And  hen.e  they  come  to  be  call'd  RcS,,  Oriiah,  -  " 
Sfir.:les.    See  Kkctj,   ORoicnLAREs,  £^c. 

The  fecond  hind  allb  includes  various  Species.according  tij 


,  and 


There  are  divers  Species,  and  Divifions  of  M„files. 
Some  Authors  diilinguifh  them  into  M,~fcles  afFohmtary, 
nd  ot  Inixluiwy  or  NaMral  or  Kecejary  Motion. 
rhc^J/;^c/ei  0/ „,.,.^,  or  Nece[l.ny  Mmm,  have  their 


angi  fuppofed 


■      ,  mold  Age,  Leannefs,  the  various  Angles  which  the  oblique  Fitfres  mike  with  thn 

Atroph.es,   conilant  Heat,   and  hard  La-  I'endons  ;  fonrc  inciinioo  equally  to  eacli  Te^^  ,„  C 

hour,  their  Rednefs  as  well  as  Bulk  are  fo  ditnini/hcd ;  form  a  Rhombus,  or  acurean^led  Paralleioeram 'u/.'h  ■ 

and  yet  in  old  Age,  Lcannefs,  e^c.  the  Motion  remains,  the  Mufaes  are  hence  callM  RteW^j/ej-  oth.-ri  ris  l  r 

This  may  be  effcfled   when  the            have  no  Rednefs  two  parallel  Tendons,  ate  inler^d  owl^uely  n  otf  cl" 

left  ;  as  appearsin  Inkers,  whofe  Fle/h  is  not  perceivable.  mon  Tendon,  as  in  the  E,cep,  of  the  Hand  ;  others  UaZ 

The  Fibres,  Fafcculi,  Arteries,  and  Nerves  may  be  anfiug  from  the  Periphery   of  the  Circle,    concur  ir  a 

feparatcdtromeachotherinalivcoradeadBody,  without  Centre,  and  form  ^f.^i/a  call'd  .W.m.  SeeRnoMBOi  if,! 

breaking.    They  are  always  in  a  degree  of  Tenfion,  and  K.\mmvs,SSc.                               -  oeeitiioMBOilizs, 
endued  with  a  contradive  Force ;  fo  that  when  cut  afunder, 
the  Ends  fly  back  from  each  other  j  and  then  they  becinne 
Jhorter,  their  Bulk  is  leflen'd,  and  they  conttafl  themfelves 
into  a  wavy  undulating  kind  ot  Surface,  and  throw  oft*  their 

proper  Juices.  Flence  it  appears  they  are  always  in  a  Hate  of  contraaing  and' extending 'powers  within  thcmi'-Ives  and 

Violence,  are  ever  oppofing  then  Elongation,  ever  cnce.ivou-  haveno  Antagenilt  ;  fuch  are  the  Heiri  and  £<■  " 

ring  to  Jliorten  themfelves,  but  more  in  a  live  Body  than  a  to  be.    See  Hzirt  and  Lvngs 

dead  one  i  and  therefore  require  Antagonifls.    a.  If  the  'i  he^/ij'c/e, ;.W„„,„.j  ^/,,,„;,„h,vh  we  more  peculiarly 

Cetebrum  be  fhongly  comprefs  d,  or  have  any  violent  <i<:nominate  ^&;i/-Vnd  which  are  thofe  we  have  here  chief!* 

Contulion  ;  ,(  it  be  fupputaied,  oblfrudled   or  torn,  the  re-gatd  to,  have  each  of 'em  their  Antagonift  J«ite,whicfi 

voluntary  Aaionof  all  he  M»/cfc  immediately  ceafes,  as  aa  alternately  in  a   contrary  Direaio^  ;   the  one  b.  ng 

welUsallSenfe  and  Memory  ;  however  the  fpon.aneous  ffre.ched  andextended,  while  the  other  is  contrafled  at  thf 

ABion  of  the  Ma/c/es  ,n  the  Heart,  Lungs,  the  ri/«™,  Motion  of  the  Will     s'-e  Motion 

and   Vita!  Parts,   remains.    3-   Thefe   fame  Alterations  The  M„Jclcs  have  alfo  different  Names  from  their  diffe- 

being  made  ,n  the  Cerebellum   the  Aa.on  of  the  Heatt,  rent  Aaion,.,  Situations,  Forms,  l^c.    Thofe  which  fen^ 

Lungs    and  Life    itfelf,  ceafes;   when  yet  the  Vermi.  to  move  the  fame  !«.ml,ets  c™,tary  ways,  are  ca'd"L! 

cular  Motion  continues  a  long  tmie  after  m  tlie  Ventricle  ,a^o„,ji,  ■  and  ihofe  that  concur  to  the  fame  ABion  M.J 

and  Inteflines.     4.  The  IServe  ot  any  iMi|/cfe  being  com-  or  P.i,rj.    See  Antagonist  eiion, 

jV/iyc/c,  both  Vital  and  Voluniaiy,  immediately  ceafes  i  thofe  with  three.    Sec  Digastric  iJ"" 

and  ifa  nervous  Trunk  fending  Branches  to  fevera!  Tl/Vlfc,  .^imSm  are  thofe  defiined  to  fhut  fevera!  Apertures 

be  thus  bound  "P,  cut,  be.  they  ate  all  afFefled  in  the  and  PafTagesin  ,he  Body  ;   as  the  U.Jch  at  the  Neck  of 

fame  manner.    5.  1  he  fame  things  being  done  m  any  patt  the  Bladdet,  and  that  of  the  ^,„,,  which  have  the  fame 

of  the  fpina!  Marrow,  the  Aa™  of  a  U  the  71f„y.te  whofe  Effefl  with  the  Siting  of  a  Purfe  to  elofe  thofe  Pans 

Nerves  aiife  from  the  part  affcaed,  iSdellroy'd  ;    And,  6.  " 
The  fame  things  being  done  to  the  Attcry  which  carries 
Blood  to  one  or  more  MifcUs,  the  Efieais  the  fame.  7. 


See 


anil 


Sphincter, 

Some  Mi./c/sj  have  two  or  three  Heads,  cafl'd  Tucepi 
Trirefs.    See  Bi cEP s,  Tr  I  CEPs,  £^c. 

We  call£/eTi.itorj  thofe  which  lift  up  or  ralfe  the  Parts  ■ 
Defreffirs  thofe  which  move  'em  downwaid^.    See  Ele' 


IS  not  na-  tensor 


See  Deltoides,  Sca- 


The  Tendon  of  3.  Jl/ufcle  in  Aaion  does  nor  undergo  any 

fenlible  Alteration,  liut  the  Belly  f!ioitens,  becomes  hard, 

pale,  fwoln,   protuberant  ;  the  Tendons  are  approached 

nearer,  and  the  more  moveable  part  fatien'd  to  the  Ten- 
don, is  dtawn  towards  the  other  Icfs  moveable  ;  which 

Aaion  of  a  Mi^fck  is  call'd  its  Cojitrafftoji^  which  is  much 

greater  and  iironger  than  that  inherent  ContraSion  obfer- 

ved  under  the  firft  Phrenomenon  ;  and  therefore 

tural,  but  fupeiaddcd.    S.  The  Tendiin  of  a  Afiifck  not  m 

Aaion,  is  itili  the  fame;   but  the  Belly  fofter,  redder,         .  .  -       -  > 

laxer,  longer,  and  flatter;  and  this  ftate  nf  a  i/n/i;/e  is    and  fome'a  Turbet 

call'd  its  Rcjiitutim,   tho  it  is  ufually  owing  to  the  con-      '       "  ' 

trary  Aaion  of  its  Antagonift  ;   for  that  being  fruftrated, 

the  Contraaion  of  the  other  continues,  asnot  being  balan- 
ced by  the  Aaion  of  an  Antagoniff.    j.  If  one  Aniagonill 

remain  at  Ref!  while  the  other  is  In  Aaion,  the  M-jmber  in 

that  cafe  will  be  bent ;  if  both  aa  at  the  fame  time,  it 
will  be  fix'd  and  immoveable  ;  if  neither  aa,  it  will  be  in- 
different, and  ready  10  be  moved  whither  the  Icafi  excefs  fliall 
carry  it.    10.  Ail  thefe  Changes  mentioned  in  the  7th,  8th, 

tindsih  Articles,  are  performed  in  rhe  fraalleft  IMoment  of 
Time,  and  in  the  whole  Mi'Jds  at  once  ;  fo  that  they  can 
pafs  and  repafs  reciprocally  without  leaving  any  Trace  In 
the  Body  behind  them.  11.  By  injeaing  warm  Water  into 
the  Artery  of  a  quiefcent  Mk/c/c,  even  that  of  a  dead  Car- 
cafs  j  its  Conttaaion  is  reflored  ;  and  that  long  after  Death. 
12.  The  Bulk  of  a  j^f/c/e  is  increafed  rather  than  dlmlnl- 
flied  by  evety  Experiment  of  its  Contraaion.  13.  A  Limb 
being  bent,  by  fome  external  force,  againfl  the  Will, 
the  Flexor  ylA/c/e  of  that  Member  afTume's  a  flate  of  Con- 
traaion, as  If  It  aaed  by  its  proper  Motion  ;  tho  not  alto- 
gether fo  llrenuoully.  14.  The  Will  remaining  indifferent, 
all  the  voluntary  Mufcles,  and  all  their  Veffels  are  equally 
full,  and  moved  by  the  Blood  and  Spirits  equably  convcy'd 
to  'em,  and  that  throughout  the  whole  Body  at  once. 

for  iheJfflic.mm  of  this  Stn'.B,,re  of  the  Muscles,  in  ac.  A  TAB  L  E  of  the  Muscles  f, 

counting  for  the  great  Fbmomenon  of  Mtfcular  Motion,  fee 
M"scnL.«  M«i„„.  Frontale!,  they  pull  the  Skin  nf  the  Forehead  upwards 

As  the  M»JaJ„  F.bres  or,  which  comes  to  the  fame,  the  Occifitaie,,  pull  the  Skin  of  the  Hind-head  upwards.  ' 
Fafciculi  of  Mufcular  Fibres,  have  not  always  the  fame  Si-    Jmllens   7,   .  eau  upwaros. 

tuation  with  regard  10  each  other,  not  run  in  the  fame  di-    Defrimms  5  ^•"•"''""m'- 
reaion,  but  fometimes  run  parallel  to  themfelves  and  their   Immms  Malleoli,  diftends  the  Tynipamim. 
Tendons  ;  and  are  fometimes  difpofed  obliquely  both  to    Extemiis  Malleoli ,  relaxes  thcTympamm. 
their  Tendons  and  to  each  other:  hence  there  arifes  two    Obliqim -Malleoli 
different  kinds  of  M,/cfo  iW»/t«/„i  a«*,J,r,  moves  the  Stirrup. 

I  he  one  Dirett  and  Parallel,  which  fomc  call  Simple   Corrugaior  Supercilii. 

Ci"'   ,  ,.  LeHxi  Fnlpehr^e  ftiferioris,  lifts  up  the  upper  Eve  T  id 

The  other  Inclined,  or  Oblique ;  call'd  Compound  M„fc!e,.    Orl,ia,larl,  Falfehrart4m,  fliuts  both  Eye-Lids. 


thofe  \ 

VATOR,  ^C. 

flexors  thofe  who.  bend  'em  ;  Extenfers  thofe  which 
flretch  'em  out;  y/((i/«»oi-!  thofe  which  move  the  Pans  in- 
wards ;  Abdi(Hors  thofe  which  move  *em  outwards  ;  Rota- 
tors thofe  which  move  'em  round.    See  Flexor,  E.^-- 

NSOR,   AUDUCTOR,    AddUCTOR,   RoTATOR  ^r. 

I'he  Mujclei  have  alio  different  Names  from  their  dif- 
ferent Figure  i  fome  refembling  a  Bat;  fome  a  Lizard  ; 

Some  are  Triangular,  others  Square^ 
others  S-alenous,  others  Pentagonal,  others  Pyramidal 
Round,  fyc.  Whence  come  the  N'amesof  Deltoides,  Rbo'  ' 
bottles,  Scalenoiit,  Trapezius,  iye. 
LENUS,  Trapezius,  b^ff. 

Anaiomiiis  are  not  agreed  on  the  Number  of  Mitfcles  in 
the  human  Body  ;  fome  reckon  5:9  ;  fome  44(j  ;  and  o- 
thers  only  435.  The  Calculus,  according  to  thefe  lad  is 
as  follows :  * 

Two  of  the  Forehead;  two  of  the  Occiput  ;  fix  of  the 
Eye-Lids  ;  twelve  of  the  Eyes  ;  feven  of  the  Nofe  ;  eiohtof 
the  external  Eat;  four  of  the  internal  Ear  ;  thirteen  of  the 
Lips  ;  eight  of  the  Tongue  ;  four  of  the  Palate  ;  fourteen 
of  the  Larynx  ;  feven  of  the  Phatynx  ;  ten  of  the  Os  Hyoi- 
dei;  twelve  of  the  Under- Jaw  ;  fourteen  of  the  Head  ■ 
eight  of  the  Neck  ;  eight  of  the  Omoplates  ;  eighteen  of  ■ 
the  Arms;  twelve  of  the  Elbows;  eight  of  the  Radii  ; 
twelve  of  the  Carpi  ;  forty  eight  of  the  Fingers  ;  fifty  feven 
of  ufe  in  Refpiration  ;  fix  of  the  Loins  ;  ten  of  the  Abdo- 
men j  two  of  the  TeHlcles;  one  of  the  Bladder  ;  four  of 
thePOT.-i;  four  of  the  .-/m.i ;  thirty  of  the  Thighs ;  twenty 
two  of  the  Legs  ;  eighteen  of  the  Feet  ;  forty  four  of  the 
Toes.  The  following  Table  of  the  Names  and  Offices  of 
the  feverul  Mifcles  in  the  Body,  is  extraSed  from  Dr.  Ae/7. 

jOr.  Keil. 


O 


Jtlolet:, 


MUS 


C  6o%  ) 


MUS 


MduBor  3 


Obliqms  major,  puUs  the  Eye  forwardsj  and  obliquely  down- 
wards. 


j^ttellfHi   ^  Teres  major  -y 

Laujjmus  Dorfi  C  P^^^  '"^  downward* 
FeHorali,,  moves  the  Arm  forwards. 
Infra  Sp}iatii!-\ 

TranJvcrfaUs   ^draw  the  Arm  backwards. 

Suhj cafularis  J 

0%K«j  minor,  pulls  the  Eye  forwards,  and  obliquely  up-  'Bheps 

Dihtatis  CNares, 
Defnmcm  3 

IficifiTus,  pulls  the  upper  Li'p  upwards. 
T)-is?igH/a?-/j,  pulls  it  downwards. 

ElevaL  Lain  i^feriorh  }  P"'^  '^^  ^ip  upwards. 

Quadratits,  puUcth  it  duwnwards. 
Zygomatktts^  draws  both  Lips  obliquely  toeitherfide. 
Orbicularisj  draws  both  Lips  together. 
Buccinator,  thrulh  the  Meat  between  our  Teeth. 
Temporalis  y      n  i_    t  j 
M#TOr    I  P"ll  the  Jaw  upwards. 

TtErigoiditus  internm,  draws  the  Jaw  to  either  fide. 
Fteri^oidit'us  exierniiSy  draws  the  Jaw  forward  s. 
QHadraCus,  pulleth  the  Jaw  and  the  Cheeks  downwards. 
Dig(ifirict<s,  pulleih  the  Jaw  downwards. 
TeriJiafhUinm  ImerniiS-,  pulls  the  Uvula  forwards. 
TeriflcifhiliiiHs  Extertms,  pulls  the  Uvula  backwards. 
Styhglojfaf,  draws  the  Tongue  upwards. 
CenioghJJut,  pulls  it  out  of  the  Mouth. 
CeratoglaJJuSy  pulls  it  into  the  Mouth. 

Geniohyoid^us,  pulls  the  Os  Eyoidss  and  Tongue  upwards  and 
forwards 

Sternohynid'^iis^  pulls  the  Os  H_j(o;Vl-j  downwards. 
'Milohyoid<a<s,  pulls  it  obliquely  upwards. 
Coracohyoidam,  pulls  it  obliquely  downwards. 
Stylohyoiddtts,  pulls  it  to  either  fide,  and  fomcwhat  upwards. 
Stylopbaringmts,  pulleth  up,  and  dilateth  the  Fbarynx. 
OEjopbago'us,  ilreightens  the  Tharynx. 
StermotbyroidiCH!,  pulls  the  Tbyroidts  downwards. 
Hyothyroidaus,  pulls  the  Tbyt  aides  upwards. 
Cricothyroid<eus. 
Crtcoarytiemid^its  Tojiicus. 
Cricoaryt£imdieits  Lateralis. 
Thyroaryticnoidietis,  dilates  the  Glottis, 
ArytX7ioida:u!^  contrails  the  Glottis. 
Splenitis 
Compkxus  I 

sfZ  Z'Zl  "od  the  Head  backwards. 


^move  the  Head  backwards. 


Ohliquus  inferior ^  Semj-circuUr  Motlon  of  the 

Obliqttusju^erior 


Head, 


od  the  Head  forwards. 


MaftoidieHS 

ReHus  interntiS  major') 
ReBus  inremus  minor  3  ' 
ReHus  Lateral  s,  nods  the  Head  to  one  fide. 
Jntercojiales  tnterni  ^  extertii  -.. 

Suldavius  'pull  the  Ribs  upwards  in  In- 

fpiration. 


I  bend  the  Fore-Arm. 

LoHgus 

Brevis  J 

Bracbi^us  exterjius  >extend  the  Fore-Arm. 
Ancbomeus  j 

Kotundus     ^perform  the  Motion  of  Pronation,-  or  turn  thtt 

Quadratus    $    Paim  of  the  Hand  downwards. 
Longus  ^pertorm  the  Motion  of  Supination,  or  turn  the  Palm 
Brevis   >    oi  the  Hand  upwards. 
Cuh'itceus  interims'}  . 
Radians  imerniis  $  ^^"^ 
Cuh'it^Us  externus  f 
Radians  externtis  5extend  the  Wrift. 
Talmaris,  helps  the  Hand  to  grafp  any  thing  clofely. 
Falmans Brevis,  makes  the  Palin  of  the  Hand  concave. 
Suhlimis     7  k    J   I  T-,- 
FrofundHs  S^""^  the  Fingers. 
Exsenfor  Digitoriim  Commmis. 

Lumhricaks,  affifi  in  bending  the  firfi  Joint  of  the  Finger*. 

UteroJ/ei  interni,  draw  the  Fingers  to  the  Thumb. 
Internjei  exterm,  draw  the  Fingers  from  the  Thumb. 
Flexor  Fo'Mcis  lonius. 
Flexor  FoUi CIS  brevis. 
Extenfor  primi, 

 .  bectindi. 

 Tertii  Intenwd'ti  FolUcis. 

Tenar,  draws  the  Thumb  from  the  Fingers. 
Mdtenar^  draws  the  Thumb  to  the  Fingers. 
/ihduBor  Indicts. 
Extcnfor  Indicis. 

llyfotenar,  draws  the  little  Finger  from  the  reft. 

Extcnfor  ^uricularis. 
Ffoas  ^ 

lUacus     Cbend  the  Thigh. 
FeBin^us  j 
Gluttttts  major  "y 

Gluteus  medius  Cextend  the  Thigh. 
■ClutieUs  minor  3 

Tricefrs,  puUs  the  Thigh  inwards. 
Fynformis'y 

Gemini     Cthey  move  the  Thigh  outwards. 

^ndratu. 
Obturator  inter 
Obturator  extcrnus 
Seminer-vofus 


Serratus  ylniiciis  major 
Serratus  Fojiictts fuperior 
Triangularis  3 

SerratHS  Fofticus  ijjferior")  make  the  Motion  of  the  Ribs  do  wn- 
Sacroluinbaris  $     ward  in  Expiration  the  fwifter. 

Viafhragma,  ufed  in  Inlpiration  and  Expiration. 

Obhquus  externus  icomprefs  the  Parts  contained  in  the  lower    Feron^eus  Jnticu. 


MUS  ?help  to  move  the  Thigh  ojbliquely,  and 
■nus  S  circularly. 

Semimembrariofiisf ,      ,  , 
Bicefi  ^bendtheLeg. 

Gracilis  j 
ReHus 

Valius  externus  f         1  1  r 
7^  /1.,  ■  .     „    >extend  the  Leg. 
Vajtus  internes  c  ° 

Crureits  J 

Sartorius^  makes  the  Legs  crofs  one  another. 
Foplit^iis,  turns  the  Leg  fomewhat  inwards. 
jfus,  turns  it  a  little  outwards". 

bend  the  Foot. 


Tibialis  Anticus 


Ohltqmts  iftternHs  /    Belly  5  afliil  the  Motion  of  the  Rib 
Tranj-oerfalis      ?    downwards  in  Expiration  i   and  help 
ReUtis  (     to  bend  the  Vcrtcbrieof  the  Loins  for- 

Fyramidaln         J  wards. 
Lovgi^mus  Vorji,  keeps  the  Body  ereft. 
Tranlverfalis  Dorji,  moves  the  Body  obliquelybackwards, 
Inierfpinalis,  draws  the  acute  Proceffes  near  one  another. 
Quadratic  Lumborum,  draws  the  Vertebr.'E  of  the  Loins  to 
one  fide. 

{r^f I  bend  the  Vertebra:  of  the  Neck. 

Scaknus  3 

Ffoas  parvus,  helps  to  bend  the  Vertebra  of  the  Lo 


Grafiocnemii  ■ 
SoUus         Cextend  the  Foot, 
Flantaris  3 

Tibialis  Fofiicm,  moves  the  Foot  Inwards, 
Fcrometis  Fofiidis,  moves  the  Foot  outwards. 
Frofiindus 

SuUimis     Vbend  the  four  leflcr  Toes. 
LvmbricalisJ 

^""S."'?  extend  the  fourlefler  Toes. 

Brevis  j 

flexor  FcUicis. 
Extcnfor  FoUicis. 


Cremajler,  draws  up  the  Tellicles  in  the  A£tof  Generation,  Tenar,  draws  the  great  Toe  from  the  reft, 
Ere^ores  Fenis.  Jntitenar,  draws  it  to  the  reft. 

Tranfuerfalis  Fenis.  Flexor  Tollicis  Lojigtis. 

Mceleratores  Urin^^.  —  Brevis. 

EreBores  Clitoridis.  jibduBor  Mifiimi  Digiti  > 

SphinBerVefica,   contnas  the  Neck  of  the  Bladder,  [that  ■ 

the  Urine  may  not  run  continually, 
hevatores  Jni^  draw  up  the  Anus. 
SphifiBer  Jn'h  fhuts  the  Anus. 

Serraius  JnticHS  mijjor,  draws  the  Shoulder- Blade  forwards. 
Trapezius,  moves  it  upwards,  backwards, and  downwards. 
Rhomboides,  pulls  it  backwards. 
Levator  Scapula,  pulls  the  Shoulder-Blade  upwards. 

Deltoidts 

Su^ra-Splnatus  f  lift  the  Arm  upwards. 
Coracobraebialis  ^ 


,,„e,offei  w,erm         S  "^"^  """'"^       8'^=="  Toe. 

JftteroJJei  fMet-Hf,  draw  them  from  the  great  Toe. 
Trajifserfalis,  brings  all  the  Toes  clofe  to  one  another. 


The  word  Mufde  Is  derived  from  the  Gred  fit:,,  or  th» 
Lalin  Mm,  a  Moufe  ;  on  account  of  the  Rcfemblince  it  is 
fuppofcd  tobear  to  a  skin'd  Moufe.  The  i-ormj  alfo  call  it 
Lacertus.  Stem,  and  other  later  Authors,  reckon  the  Heart 
among  the  number  of  Uufdes,  in  regard  its  Compofition 


MUS 


(  603  ) 


MUS 


and  Aflion  don't  differ  in  any  thing  from  thofc  of  other 
Jvluf des. 

MUSCULAR,  or  MuscuLous,  fomething  that  relates 
totheMufclesj  or  that  partakes  of  the  nature  thereof. 
See  Muscle. 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay,  Wifcular  FilrCy  yiufcHlar  Coat,  Muf- 
Ci<kir  fiejh^  lAtifcular  t^eins^  Mufcular  Artcrte;^  ^c. 

Muscular  fiti-e;  are  the  fine  Threads,  or  Fibres,  al- 
ready defcribed,  whereof  the  Body  ofMulcles  is  compo- 
fed.   See  Muscle. 

Anatomifts  are  exceedingly  divided  as  to  the  nature  of 
thefe  Fibres.  Some  will  have  'em  iilood-Veffels,  z-iz,. 
Veins,  and  Arteries  j  others  Nerves,  ^c.    See  Auterv, 

Some  reltrain  J^ufcular  Fibres  to  the  longitudinal  red, 
cc^'d  alfo  t'icfiy  E'ibres :  The  tranfverfc,  and  fpiral  Ra- 
mifications wherewith  the  former  are  bound  abour,  they 
call  Nervous  Fibres.    See  Fibre. 

Dr.  Morgan  endeavours  to  prove,  that  all  the  Fibres  that 
enter  the  Struflure  and  Compofiiion  of  a  Mufcle,  are  en- 
dued with  an  intrinfic  Elallicity,  Spring,  or  Power  of  con- 
trafling  and  rciloring  thcmfelves,  as  a  given  Weight  or 
Force,  by  which  rhey  may  be  rtretch'd  j  and  that  this  Ela- 
Hicity,  or  contrailive  reltitutive  Power  being  a  natural  in- 
herent Property  of  the  Fibres  thcmfelves,  does  not  de- 
pend on  the  Mixture,  Rarefafiion,  or  Eff^rvefcence  of  any 
Fluids  or  Humours  whatfoever.    See  Muscular  Motion. 

Muscular  Membrane,  or  Membrana  Musculosa,  a 
Membrane  fuppofed  to  invefl:  tha  whole  Body,  immedi- 
ately under  the  Adipofe  Membrane  ;  call'd  alfo  Fanniculits 
Carmjus,  a.nd  l^embrana  Mufculoruin  Communis.  See  Panni- 
CULUS  Carnofus. 

Muscular  Arteries,  are  two  Arteries  proceeding  from 
the  Subclavian!,  and  diftributed  among  the  H/H^-Mw/c/ei  of 
the  Neck;  as  alfo  to  the  Arteries  of  the  Loins.  See  Ar- 
tery.   They  are  divided  into  L^^er  and  Under. 

The  Vf^tr-M"fcHlars  proceed  from  the  large  Artery,  and 
lofe  'emielves  in  the  Fle/h. 

The  'Jnder-MufcHlars  are  Branches  of  the  inner  Iliac  Ar- 
teries. 

The  Name  is  alfo  given  to  two  Arteries  of  the  Thigh, 
the  one  call'd  the  Inter nal-MuJctdar,  as  being  diliribuled  a- 
niong  the  inner  iV/Hjc^ej  of  the  Thigh;  the  other  the  Ex- 
tenial'Miifcttlary  becaufe  it  proceeds  to  the  outer  Part. 

MuscuLAB.-r£i7iJ,  is  alfo  aName  given  to  feveral  Veins  ; 
two  whereof  come  from  the  Skin  and  the  Hifid-Mufdes  of 
the  Thigh,  and  terminate  in  the  Subclavians.  See  Vein. 

There  are  three  others  alfo  call'd  JWa/cK/flf  j,  and  dillin- 
guilh'd  into  Vpfer,  Middle^  and  Under;  the  firll  terminates 
in  the  Trunk  of  the  Fena  Cava^  the  two  others  open  into 
the  external  Iliac  Vein. 

Muscular  f/e/£.    See  Uufcular  Flesh. 
Muscular  Motion,  is  the  fame  with  voluntary  or  fpon- 
lancous  Motion  ;  rhus  call'd,  becaufe  effeilsd  by  means  of 
the  Contraftion  and  Dilatation  of  the  Mufdes.    See  Mo- 
tion, Muscle,  ^c. 

The  Mechanifm  of  a  Mufcle  we  have  deliver'd  at  large  ; 
but  how  this  Mechanifm  is  employ'd  to  produce  Motion  in 
Animals,  is  matter  of  endlefs  doubt. 

The  generality  of  Writers  fuppofe  the  Belly  of  the  Mufcle 
to  be  fwell'd,  and  thus  its  Extremes  brought  nearer;  and 
confequently  the  Parts  it  is  fixed  to,  moved. 

The  Structure  of  a  we  have /hewn  to  be  fuch  as 

-renders  it  capable  of  being  fwell'd  and  cuntrailed,  and  by 
that  means  of  having  its  Extremities  brought  nearer  each 
■other, which  is  its  proper  Adion  :  But  how  the  Contraction  is 
effeded,  is  the  Point  in  difpute. 

The  generality  of  Authors  account  for  it  from  the  Influx 
of  fomc  Fluid  into  the  Mufcular  Fibres;  Others  folve  it 
from  the  natural  Eladicity  of  thofe  Fibres. 

The  Retainers  to  a  Fluid,  again,  are  divided  as  to  the 
particular  Fluid  employ'd  for  this  purpofe. 

From  the  Struilure  and  Phenomena  of  the  Mufdes  above 
kid  down  we  may  gather  the  Properties  of  the  hidden  Caule 
that  moves  the  Mufcks  i,  viz.  i/.  That  it  may  either  be 
prefent  or  abfent  in  a  Mc/t/e  ;  and  therefore,  id.'y,  May 
enter  into  it,  and  go  out  again  :  i.e.  t^dly.  It  is  derived  to  it 
from  fome  other  Place,  and  paffes  from  it  elfewhere.  And, 
4tWj,  All  this,  by  an  inllantaneous  Diretlion  of  the  Will. 
SrWj',  And  in  the  fame  Moment  of  Time,  wherein  the 
Mutde  is  contraited,  muft  pafs  from_  within  outwards  to 
every  Point  of  the  Surface  of  the  Mufcle  ;  that  is,  6tblyy  it 
snuft  be  at  once  equally  diftributed  throughout  the  whole 
Belly  of  the  Mufcle:  And  therefore,  7j/j/>',  fill  and  dilate 
*he  Membranes  of  the  Fibres,  change  'em  out  of  an  ob- 
long into  a  more  fpherical  Figure,  lengthen  their  lefs  Di- 
ameter, and  dimlnifii  their  longer,  and  fo  draw  the  Ten- 
dons nearer  each  other.  Laftlx,  that  it  muft  have  its  Rifj 
from  the  Cerebrum  and  Cerehdhon^  the  Origin  of  the  Nerves 
and  be  ftrong  enough  to  overcome  thofe  Obftacles  which 
here  flrongly  refill  it.    To  conclude  then,  it  muft  be  a  moft 


fluid,  fubtile,  a£ijve  iSody^  and  be  apply'd  with  fomo 
Energy  wthin  the  Mufcle. 

Now  all  the  Fluids  in  the  Bodythat  have  any  Preten- 
fions  to  thefe  Properties,  that  are  any  way  qualified  to  pro- 
duce the  Ph-Tnomena  above,  or  that  havp  been  alledged 
as  the  Caufe  of  Mufcular  Mmion,  are  the  Animal  Spirits, 
(or,  as  our  later  Writers  call  it,  the  Nervous  ^ulce)  and  the 
lilood  :  bur  as  each  of  thefe  fingly  fcarce  appears  adequate  to 
the  Effciff,  hence  Authors  have  fuppoied  'em  to  mix  in 
the  MUjcles^  and  each  to  contribute  to  the  Adion  of  the 
other.  But  the  Animal  Spirits  lecm  to  have  the  greatert 
number  of  Advocates,  rho'  their  Exiftence  was  never  yet 
fully  prov'd  3  belides  that  tlie  manner  of  their  Adion,  as 
allign  d  by  Authors,  feems  to  be  arbitrary  and  precarious. 

Some,  with  the  great  Dr.  WiUis,  make  the  Tendons  a 
Receptad:  for  the  Spirits,  which  are  rais'd  at  the  Jnftiga- 
tion  of  the  Will,  and  fent  thence  into  the  Belly  of  the  Mh/c/s, 
where  meeting  with  the  adive  Particles  of  the  Blood,  they 
ferment,  and  caufe  an  Iniumefcence,  and  fo  contrad  tho 
Mufcle. 

Others,  amongfl  whom  Des  Cartes  and  his  Followers,  al- 
low no  Receptacle  for  'em  but  the  Brain,  fend  *em  thence 
thro'  the  Nerves  like  Lightning  at  every  Summons  of  the 
Will  ;  becaufe  they  can't  allow  the  Tendons  to  be  a  pro- 
per Lodgment,  011  account  of  the  Clofenefs  of  their  Con- 
texture, nur  can  believe  that  the  Animal  Spirits  /hould  re- 
main there  unadive. 

Others,  among  whom  M.  duJ'^erjjey,  imagine  this  Intu- 
niefcencc  may  be  without  Fermentation  by  the  Animal  Spi- 
rit, and  a  Juice  from  the  Arteries  running  into  the  Tendons 
and  Fleiliy  Fibres,  and  extending  them,  as  Ropes,  t^c. 
fwell  in  moifl  Weather. 

Dr.  Chirac^  and  others,  maintain,  that  every  Mufcular 
Fibre,  befides  its  Vein,  Artery,  and  Nerve,  has  alfo  from 
Space  to  Space,  feveral  little  Cavities,  or  Pores  of  an  ob- 
long Figure,  when  the  Mufde  is  flack  or  flaccid  ;  but  the 
Bluud  circulating  thro' the  M/^/f/e,  is  continually  depofiting 
into  thofe  Pores  a  fulphurous  Recrement,  abounding  with. 
Alkaline  Salts,  which  meeting  with  the  Spirits  that  flow  by 
the  Nerves  into  thofe  fame  oval  Pores,  their  Nitro-Aerial 
Particles  ferment,  with  the  faline  ones  of  the  Sulphurous 
Recrement,  and,  by  a  kind  of  Explofion,  fo  diflend  the 
Pores,  as  ro  change  the  long  oval  Figure  into  a  round  one  5 
and  thus  the  Mufde  is  contracted. 

horelU  takes  the  Fibres  of  a  Mufde  to  confift  of  a  Chain 
of  divers  Rhombus's  or  Lozenges,whofe  Areas  are  enlarged 
or  contraded  as  the  Nervous  Juice,  with  the  Lympha  and 
Blood,  are  let  into,  or  forced  out  of  'em,  at  the  Inltance  of 
the  Soul. 

Dr.  Croon  fuppofes  every  Flefhy  Fibre,  to  confift  of  a 
Chain  of  little  Bladders,  or  Globules,  communicating  with 
each  other;  into  which  the  nutritious  Juice,  and  one  or 
two  more  Liquors  entering,  do,  by  means  of  the  natural 
Hear,  make  an  Effervefcence  j  by  which  the  Body  of  tho 
Mujcle  is  extended,  ^c. 

Dr.  C7xj«c  takes  the  (rnxW  FibrilU  of  the  'hiufdes  to  be 
fo  many  Herder  elaftic  Canals,  bound  about  by  fmall 
tranfverfe  parallel  Threads,  which  divide  the  hollow 
hrilU  into  fo  many  elaftic  Cyjies  or  VeficnU^  which  are  orbi- 
cular, being  formed  of  two  concave  Segments  of  a  Sphere  5 
into  every  one  of  which  VefcitU,  an  Artery,  Vein,  and 
Nerve  enter ;  the  two  fir  11  to  carry  and  bring  back  the  blooda 
the  laft  tu  CLirry  thither  the  Liquidam  Nervofum,  or  Nervous 
Juice,  which  mingling  in  the  f'eficnU  '>x\x\i  the  Blood,  does, 
by  its  acid  pointed  Particles,  prick  and  break  the  Globules 
of  the  Blood,  fo  as  to  let  out  the  imprifoncd  elaftic  Air 
(contained  in  the  Globules)  into  thole  little  Veficidx  j 
whereby  the  elaftic  Cells  of  the  Fibres  will  be  blown  up, 
and  thereby  their  Longitudinal  Diameters  from  Cell  to 
Cell  ftraitned  :  and  this  muft  contrad  the  Length  of  the 
whole  Fibre,  and  fo  move  that  Organ  to  which  one  of  tho 
Tendons  is  fix'd. 

Dr.  A>i/,  not  contented  with  this  Theory,  fets  up  an- 
other, wherein  the  fime  Strudure  of  the  Mujcle  is  fup- 
pofed, and  the  fame  Fluids;  -uiz,.  the  Blood  and  Nervous 
Juice,  the  Agents  or  Inllruments  of  Contradion  ;  but  in- 
liead  ol  the  pungent  Particles  of  the  Nervous  Juice  piercing 
the  Globules  of  Blood,  and  fetting  at  liberty  the  im- 
prifon'd  elaitic  Aura^  he  accounts  for  the  Whole  from  the 
Dcdrine  of  Attradion. 

He  endeavours  to  /hew,  that  the  Diftenfion  of  the  Ve- 
ficles  of  the  Fibres  is  not  owing  to  their  being  fill'd  with  a 
greater  Quantity  of  Blood  and  Animal  Spirits  than  before 
their  Contradion  ;  but  to  a  Rarefadion  arifing  from  the 
Mixture  of  thofe  two  Fluids,  by  means  whereof  they  come 
to  prffefs  a  greater  Space. 

To  account  for  this  Rarefadion  of  the  Blood  and  Spirits 
in  the  Veficles  of  the  Mufcular  Fibres,  he  fuppofes  a  fmall 
Globule  of  Air  between  the  Particles  of  a  Fluid,  which 
Particles  have  a  ftrong  attradive  Fnrce,  whereby  they  en- 
deavour to  come  together  :  By  prefling  every  way  equally 


M  U  S 


on  the  Globule  of  Air,  they  will  hinder  its  efcape  from  be- 
tween them.  But  the  Force  whereby  they  endeavour  to 
come  together  being  valtly  greater  than  that  of  Gravity, 
the  Globule  of  Air  mail  be  confiderably  condenfed  i  but 
the  Force  of  Elallicity  being  proportional  to  that  of  its 
Condenfaiion,  the  Force  wherewith  the  airy  Globule  en- 
deavours^to  expand  itfelf,  will  likewifc  be  valtly  great  >  fo 
that  if  the  Nifus  of  the  Particles  of  the  P'luid  to  come  to- 
gether fliould  be  taken  off,  the  Air  between  'em  would 
expand  itfelf  with  a  confiderable  Force.  Now,  if  upon 
the  mixing  of  another  Fluid,  the  Particles  of  the  UrA  Fluid 
Jhould  be  more  llrongly  attraded  to  the  Particles  of  this 
other- Fluid,  than  they  were  before  to  one  another,  their 
Nifus  to  one  another  would  then  ceafe,  and  give  the  in- 
clofed  Globule  of  Air  liberty  to  expand  itfelf  j  fo  that  the 
whole  Fluid  will  take  up  a  greater  Space  than  it  did  be- 
fore :  But  when  the  Particles  of  the  two  Globules  come  to 
be  united  together,  they  will  again  inclofe  the  Globule  of 
Air  that  lies  between  them,  and,  by  their  mutual  At- 
traftion,  foon  bring  it  to  its  former  State  of  Condenfa- 
tion. 

Now,  that  the  Biood  contains  a  great  number  of  Globules 
of  Air,  is  evident  from  the  great  Quantity  it  yields  in  the 
Air-Pump  ?  and  that  the  Particles  of  the  Klood  have  a 
Urong  attractive  Force,  cannot  well  be  dcnyM.  Upon  the 
meeting,  then,  of  thefe  two  Fluids  in  the  Veficlescf  the  Fi- 
bres, tlie  Nervous  Juice,  confilting  ot  fmaller  Particles  than 
the  Blood,  muft,  from  what  Sir  /.  Nez!}ton  has  proved  of 
the  Rays  ot  Light,  attradl:  the  Particles  whereof  they  arc 
compofcd  more  itrongly  than  thofe  do  one  another;  and 
confequently  the  NiJ'hs  of  thufe  Particles  to  one  another  cea- 
iing,  the  condcnfcd  Globule  of  Air  will  expand  itfelf  with 
a  confiderable  Force;  u  hereby  each  Vcficle  of  the  Fibre 
will  be  dittendcd,  and  confequently,  therefore,  fliorten'd  ; 
i.e.  the  whole  lAujck  will  be  contrailed  :  but  when  the 
Particles  ot  the  Globule  of  Blood  are  well  mixed  with  (he 
Nervous  Fluid,  they  will  both  together  inclofe  the  Glo- 
bule of  Air  again,  and  comprefs  it  into  as  filial!  a  Space  as 
it  was  before:  And  thusthe  Contra^lion  of  the  Mufde  mult 
immediately  ceafe,  till  frefli  Blood  and  Spirits,  fuc- 
ceeding  one  another,  continue  the  Inflation  of  the  Velicles. 
But  when  a  Miifcle  has  been  flrongly  attracted  for  fome 
time,  the  Quantity  of  Spirits  fpent  being  more  than  can 
be  prepared  in  the  Space  of  Time  by  the  Glands  which 
fupply  its  Nerves,  the  Inflation  of  the  Vcficlesrauft  fall, 
and  the  ^tijde  grow  feeble  and  weak.  And  thus  that 
ingenious  Author  conceives  the  Veficles  to  be  diftended 
without  any  Ebullition  or  EfFervefcence  ;  and  their  Diften- 
fion  to  ceaie  without  any  Precipitation,  or  flying-off  of  the 
Aerial  Globules  thro'  the  Pores  of  the  Mufclss. 

He  proceeds  to  Oiew  how  artfully  the  Mechanifm  of 
the  Fibres  is  contrived  for  Contraflion.  'Tis  a  known  Ex- 
periiTient,  that  a  Bladder  blown  up  and  dillended  as  to 
its  Capacity,  but  contrafled  as  to  Length,  will  raife  a 
Weight  to  fuine  determined  Height.  Two  Bladders,  there- 
fore, thus  blown  up,  and  communicating  with  each  other, 
he  argues,  wiU  raife  the  Weight  double  the  Height,  and 
three  Bladders  thrice  the  Height,  t£c.  So  that  if  there 
were  a  String  of  Bladders  iuin'd  together,  of  equal  Bulk, 
and  like  Figures,  the  Space  thro'  which  the  Weight  would 
rife,  would  be  proportionable  to  the  Number  of  Bladders, 
i.  e.  to  the  Length  of  the  String.  Now  each  Fibre  of  a 
7W;i/c/e  confitting  of  an  infinite  Number  of  fmall  Veficles, 
refemblcs  a  String  of  Bladders  ;  fo  that  the  Contradtion  of 
the  Mufcle  is  always  proportionable  to  the  Length  of  its 
Fibres. 

Farther,  the  Veficles  whereof  the  Fibres  confift  being 
veryfmall,  tho'  one  large  Bladder  might  raife  a  Weight  as 
high  as  feveral  fmall  ones,  yet  the- Quantity  of  elalb'c  Fluid 
ufed  in  the  Inflation  will  in  that  cafe  be  much  greater 
than  where  the  Weight  is  rais'd  by  a  String  of  fmall 
ones. 

For,  fuppofing  two  Bladders  of  fimllar  Figures,  but  the 
Diameter  of  the  one  triple  that  of  the  other  ;  then  will  the 
one  require  twenty-feven  times  the  Quantity  of  elalHc 
Fluid  to  expand  it  that  the  other  does,  and  will  alfo  expand 
to  twenty-feven  times  the  Space  ;  and  yet  three  of  the  lefs 
Bladders  join'd  together,  (he  goes  on)  will  raife  the  Weight 
to  the  fame  Height  that  the  bigger  one  does  i  butvvlth 
nine  times  lefs  Expence  of  elaflic  Fluid,  and  take  up 
but  a  ninth  part  of  the  Space.  By  diminifiiing,  therefore, 
theEignefsof  the  Veficles,  and  increafing  their  Number 
theTorce  retjuired  to  dillend  them,  and  the  DIftenfion  it- 
felf, may  be  diminifhed  in  any  given  proportion,  and  come 
at  laft  to  be  infenfible.  Suppofe  a  Bladder,  -v.  g.  of  a  de- 
terminate Eignefs,  can  raife  a  Weight  a  Foot  ;  a  hundred 
Bladders,  whofe  Diameters  are  each  a  hundredth  Part  of 
the  former,  being  blown  up,  will  raife  the  Weight  to  the 
fame  Height  ;  but  the  Force  -equlred  to  inflate  them,  and 
the  Swelling  of  all  put  together,  will  be  ten  thoufand 
times  lefs  than  the  large  one. 


(  604  ) 


MU  S 


Again,  if  a  Wcii^lit  of  a  determined  Bignefsean  be  riia'd 
to  a  certain  Heigiic  by  a  Bladder,  or  one  String  of  Blad- 
ders, to  which  the  Weight  is  tied  ;  twice  that  Weight  may 
be  rais'd  by  two  fuch  Bladders,  or  Strings  i  thrice  by  three 
S^c.  and,  confequently,  the  Weight  a  Mtifde  can  raife,  will 
be  always  as  the  Number  of  its  Fibres,  /.  e.  as  its  Thick- 
nefs,  I'uppoiing  the  Diilenfion  of  the  Veficles  equal,  and  the 
abfolute  Strength  of  one  i\kfdc  to  that  of  another,  as  their 
Bulks. 

Dr.  Boerha^ive  finding  ail  the  Rcquifites  before  laid 
down,  for  the  Action  of  the  Mufcles  in  the  nervous  Juice 
or  aninial  Spirits,  and  in  no  other  Fluid  in  the  Body,  thinks 
it  needlefs  to  have  recourfe  to  a  Mixture  of  ieveral  Li- 
quors where  one  will  do  ;  and  therefore  makes  no  fcruple 
to  attribute  the  whole  Bufinefs  to  it  alone.  The  manner 
of  Action  he  conceives  thus. 

Suppofe  the  Spirit,  from  any  Caufe,  to  be  moved  more 
fwittly  from  the  Origin  of  fome  one  Nerve,  than  thro  the 
relf  3  the  influx  will  here  be  greaterinro  the  Muj'cular  Fibre 
open  to  this  Nerve  than  into  another:  This  will  therefore 
be  more  dilated  ;  and  the  other  Phenomena,  mentioned  a- 
bove,  will  fucceed.  The  lame  Caufe  continuing,  the 
Eft'eil  will  be  increafed,  fo  that  in  a  Moment  of  Fime 
the  whole  will  be  fwell'd  up  5  and  while  the  fame  Deter- 
mination lalls,  will  remain  contradied  :  And  this  obtain- 
ing in  an  infinite  number  of  Fih-ilk  at  once,  the  whole 
Mufcle  will  be  inflated.  Hence  it  neceffarily  follows  that 
as  the  Celerity  is  increafed  in  one  Nerve,  the  Motion  will 
be  lefs  in  anntiier  ;  this  theretbre  being  relaxM,  the  Ef- 
fort in  contraftion  will  be  the  ilronger.  For  \vi]ich  Rea- 
fon,  all  the  turgid  Fibtcs  of  a  Mufcle  will  comprefs  the' 
intermediate  Spaces  and  Blood  with  a  great  Force  ;  whence 
the  Veins  will  be  emptied,  and  the  Arteries  being  com- 
prelled,  will  repel  the  groffer,  that  is,  the  red  parts  of 
the  Blood,  but  will  drive  the  more  fubtile  parrs  by  the 
force  of  the  Heart  and  their  own,  into  the  mod  ininute 
Canals ;  and  thus  the  Cruor  being  expell'd,  the  whole  Body 
of  the  Mufcle  will  be  found  to  aB  by  a  fubtile  Humour 
concurring  from  the  Nerves  and  Arteries. 

Thus  are  all  the  Phainomena  accounted  for  ;  without 
any  other  - Affumption  than  an  accelerating  Force  in  the 
Origin  of  the  Nerves  ;  which  is  common  to  all  Hypoihefes 
and  which  can't  be  traced  any  further.  * 

All  other  Hypothefes,  theiefbre,  Baerbaane  abfolutel* 
rejefls  i  nor  makes  the  lead  account  of  Galcx's  incorporeal 
Power  inflating  the  Mufcles ;  the  nitrous  Spirit  of  the 
Nerves  mixing  with  the  Oil  of  the  Blood,  and  forarifyina 
It  ;  the  acid  Parts  of  the  nervous  Juice  mixing  with  the 
alcalious  ones  of  the  Blood  ;  the  Ebullition  of  the  Air, 
and  the  artetious  Juice  ;  and  the  increafe  or  diminution  of 
attraclive  Force  of  the  minute  Corpufcles  of  the  Humours 
as  repugnant  to  Senfe,  Experience,  the  Laws  of  Matter! 
and  of  Mixture,  and  to  the  f  hajnoiiiena  of  the  Mufcles. 

Dr.  y/Jh:,c  h-as  gone  a  good  way  towards  proving  the 
nervous  Juice  alone  concern 'd  in  Mifcnlar  Mtiioii  i  and  that 
the  Blood  hasnn  (hare  in  it  ;  by  the  following  Experiment, 
which  he  tried  feveral  times  with  the  fame  fuccefs. 

Cuiting  open  the  AhJomsn  o( 3.  live  Dog,  and  removing 
the  Intelimes  oui  of  the  way,  he  bound  up  the  Ama  where 
it  divaricates  into  the  Iliac  Arteries,  with  a  Thread,  fo  as  to 
conllringe  each  line  and  the  Uyfogaftric  Artery  very'clofely  ; 
then  fewing  up  the  Ef  h^aflnc  Mufcles,  he  found  the  Senfa- 
tion  and  Motion  if  ill  as  brisk  and  vivid  in  the  Dog's  Fojh- 
riorj,  as  before.  So  that  when  once  fet  at  liberty,  he  Hood 
on  all  four,  and  walk'd  with  his  ufual  Eafe  and  Firmnefs ; 
tho^it  Is  cettain  there  could  not  be  one  drop  of  Blood  con- 
vey'd  to  thofe  hind  parts. 

Jliruc,  however,  differs  froin  Bosrhaatc  in  the  manner 
wherein  thisnervous  Juice  afls ;  nor  will  allow  that  Celerity, 
wherewith  the  Mufcles  acf  at  the  Command  of  the  Will,  til 
be  owing  to  the  Velocity  of  the  Juice  feni  thro  the  Nerve, 
but  to  an  ImptcHion  given  to  one  extremity  of  the  Thread| 
and  communicated  thro  all  the  Intermediate  Parts  to  the 
other  Extremity;  fuppofing  the  Nerves  in  their  natural 
State  to  be  turgid,  and  lull  of  Spirits  :  fo  that  if  the  Ex- 
tremity in  the  Senfory  be  ever  To  little  prefs'd  by  the 
Acceffioii  of  any  new  Spirir,  as  much  will  be  infiantly  ex- 
pell'd at  the  other  Extreme,  and  wee  -^crfa  ;  a  fmall  Im- 
prefTion  given  to  the  outer  Extremity  of  the  Nerve  will 
immediately  move  the  other  Extreme  open  to  the  Senfory, 
fo  that  part  of  it  will  drop  out  :  Which  accounts  (oc 
Senfation,  as  well  as  iVWt«/.7r  Mot/o?;. 

Laflly,  Dr.  Lozjcrand  m.Cowper,  and  after  them,  Dr. 
Morj<i»,  the  lateft  Writer  on  the  Subjecl,  fetiing  afide  all 
adventitious  Fluids,  account  for  IvUifciilcir  Mutton  from  the 
intrinfic  Elafiicity  of  the  nervous  EbrilU  contrafling  and 
reUoring  themfelves  againfl  the  ilretching  Force  of  th» 
Circulating  Blood. 

This  Syflem,  Tvkrgan  endeavours  to  evince  from  the  fol- 
lowing Cuniiderations  : 

J.  AJl 


MUS 


(  6q^  ) 


MUS 


I.  All  the  Veflels  in  an  Animal,  confifling  of  flexible, 
diftradile  Fibres,  arc  in  a  ftate  of  Tenfion  ;  i.  e.  are  both 
flretch'd  tranfverfly  and  longitudinaliy  by  their  contained 
Fluids  :  Thu5,  e.  ^r.  let  a  Vein,  or  Artery  be  cut,  and 
the  oppofite  Sides  of  the  Veflel  will  comrad,  and  come 
nearly  to  a  conta^l:  about  the  Axis  ;  while  the  two  ends  re- 
ceding both  ways,  leave  a  ChaI'm,  which  fliews  that  the 
VefTel,  while  in  its  natural  State,  was  diftended  both  ways  ; 
and  conftquently,  that  Contraflion  in  all. their  Dimenfions, 
is  the  natural  intrinfic  A£lionof  the  VelTels  or  Fibres. 

And  the  fame  might  be  deduced,  a  f'riori^  from  the 
Growth  of  Animals,  for  by  the  increafed  Quantity  of  the 
accumulated  Blood,  the  VefCels  mull  neceffarily  be  en- 
larged every  way.  Now,  againtt  this  diHending  Power  of 
the  Fluids,  the  folid  Mufcular  fihrilU'  continually  exert 


MUSEUM,  was  originally  ufed  to  fignify  a  Place  in 
the  Palace  ot  Jlcxandna^  which  (ook  up  at  teafl:  a  tburrh 
part  of  the  City  ;  io  call'd  as  being  deitin'd  and  fet  apart 
to  the  Miifesy  and  theScicnces.    S„-e  Muse. 

Here  were  lodged  and  entertaiiied  a  great  number  of 
learned  Men,  who  were  divided  into  Companies  or  Colle- 
ges, according  to  the  Sciences  or  Sedls  whereof  they  were 
ProfefTors. 

To  each  Houfeor  College,  was  allotted  a  h^ndfome  Re- 
venue. 

This  Ertabli/hmcnr  is  attributed  xoFtolemj  FbtLtdel^bus, 
who  here  fixed  his  Library.  See  Li  urary. 

Hence  the  word  'Mnf.-eiim  has  pafs'd  intu  a  general  Deno- 
miiiaticn,  and  is  now  apply 'd  to  any  Place  fet  apart  as  a  Repo- 
fitory  ot  Things  thai  have  fome  immediate  Relation  to  the 


contraflive,  or  reftitutive  Force,  by  which  they  are  kept  in  Arts  or  the  Mufes,  whence  the  Word  firfl  took  its  Rife.  S-e 
their  proper  State  of  Tenfion.  ^  " 

z.  That  this  contraaive  Power  of  the  Mufcular  Fibres  is 
a  natural  inirinfic  Property  of  the  Fibres  themfelves,  and_ 
does  not  depend  on  any  Mixture,  or  mutual  Aclion  of 
Fluids,  is  evident  from  hence,  that  thefe  Fibres  retain  the 
fame  Property,  after  they  are  taken  out  of  the  Body  and 
dried  j  as  we  fee  in  Thongs,  Cat-gut,  and  other  fuch  like 


ReI'ositorv,  ISc. 

I  hu-  Mus.TiUM  at  (u-fiirdtCxWA  the  ^/ijtnolean  Musxum, 
is  a  noble  Pile  ereiileif  at  the  Expence  of  the  Univerfity, 
for  the  promoting  and  carrying  on  fevera!  Parts  of  curiou.^; 
and  ufcful  Learning.  It  was  begun  in  167^,  and  finiflied 
in  1605  ;  at  which  liinc,  a  valuable  Collection  of  Curiofi- 
ties  was  prefented  to  the  Uni.erfiiy  by  Elias  JjJy>mh  Efq; 


Cords  or  Strings  cut  out  ofthe  Mufcular  Coats  and  Skins  of  and  the  fame  day  there  repofited,  and  afterwards  digefled 

Animals,  which  may  be  ftretched  out  to  a  confiderable  and  put  in  a  juil:  order  by  Dr.  Fhti^  who  was  coniUtuted 

length  beyond  their  natural  State  ;  and  when  the  ilretching  firll^Keeper  of  the 
Force  or  Weight  is  taken  off,  they  will  immediately  con-  ^ 


tra£l  again  by  their  native  Spring 

5.  While  a  Mufcle  contracts,  the  Blood  is  fqucezed  our, 
and  during  its  liato  of  Contradion,  it  is  more  hard  and 
folid  than  before  h   that  is,  it  contains  lefs  Blood  when 


olid  than  before  ;    that  is,  11  contams  leis   dlooq  wncn    us   j-uu  ui 
.onrra£lcd,  than  when  Qrctch'd  ;   which  (hews,  that  the    Lamps,  £t;c. 
Contradii-.n  cannot  be  by  the  addiiion  of  another  Fluid        Over  the  Entrance  of  th! 
from  the  Nerves  mixing  with  the  Blood  in  [he  Mufcles. 

4.  No  fuch  Fluid  in  the  Nervc^  could  ever  be  found,  as 
being  mixed  with  the  Blood,  would  occafion  fuch  Fermen- 
tation or  Expanfion.  But  fuppofing  the  Mufcular  Cells 
thus  inflated,  no  fuch  effei5l  could  follow  as  /hortning  the 
Mufcle  in  length,  and  fwelling  it  In  thicknefs  :  But  the 
Confequcnce  muft  be,  that  the  Mufcle  would  be  lengthned 
as  well  as  thickned  5  that  is,  it  mull  increafe  its  Dimcnfions 
proportionably  every  way,  which  is  [he  proper  A£lion  of  the 
Fluids  on  the  Solids. 

If  then  it  be  faid,  that  thefe  Bladders,  when  the  Mufcle 
isllretchcJ,  are  drawn  into  oblong  Spheroids:  and  when 
inflated  by  the  mixture  of  the  nervous  Fluid,  reduced  to  a 
fpherical  Figure  5  by  which  means  their  Axes  are  fiiort- 
ned,  and  their  conjugate  Diameters  enlarged  :  'Tis  an- 
fwer'd,  that  thofe  fmall  Veficles  are  foft,  flexible,  dillrac- 
tilc,  and  equally  yielding  every  way  ;  and  fmce  an  inclu 


Divers  confiderable  Acceffions  have  been  fince  made  to 
the  Uiifariim  ;  as  of  Hieroglyphics,  an,!  other  E/yptlan  An- 
tiquities by  Dr.  }iiimh7'idon  of  an  entire  Mummy  by  Mr. 
Goodyear  ;  of  a  Cabinet  of  natural  Rarities  by  Dr.  L'jier  i 
alfo  of  divers    Roman   Antiquities,    Altars,  Medals, 


l\'h'f.c:'.i:!  is  [his  Infcripnon  j 

MUStEUM  ASriMOLEANUM,  SCHOLA  NATU- 
RALIS  HiSTO.lLE,  OFFICINA  CHYMICA. 

MUSES,  Fabulous  Divinities  of  the  antient  Heathens, 
who  were  (uppofed  to  prefide  over  the  Arts,  and  Sciences 

The  Antients  admitted  nine  and  mad^-  ihem  the 

Daugthers  of  'Suf'ter  and  Mncmojyne^  or  Memory. 

Atfirli,  indeed,  their  Number  was  but  three,  viz.  Wci'tVe, 
Mneme,  and  Axdc  j  Gixck  Words  fignifying  Memory, 
Singing,  and  Meditation.  But  a  certain  Sculp'.or  of  Sicyoii 
having  Orders  to  make  three  Statues  ofthe  thtee  for 
the  Temple  of  v^/'o//o,  and  millaking  his  inllrudions,  made 
three  feveral  Statues  of  each  Mitj'e  ■>  thefe  however  were 
found  fo  beautiful,  that  they  were  all  fet  up  in  the  Temple, 
and  from  that  time  they  began  to  reckon  nine  jVWeJ :  To 

 }  J  o  J  -—J  ,    whom  Mtfiod  afterwards  gave  Names  ;   viz.  Cyilhope,  Clio^ 

ded  e'*xpaniive  Fluid  mSft  prcfs  its'containing  Yeffels  e-  Erato^  rhalta,  Ud^omene,  Tofjichore,  Euterpe,  Folhymma, 
qually  yielding  every  way,  and  equally  expanfive  i  a  Veffel,   ssid  Urajiia.  _ 

^      •  ■  •  -   •  "  -     -  ■    -.   1  Each  of  thefe  were  fuppofed  to  prefide  over  their  re- 

fpcdive  Art  i  Cailiopeovcr  Heroic  I'oetry  ;  C/;u  over  Hillo- 
ry  5  'Mcl-pomenc  over  Tragedy  j  Th.ilia  over  Cumedy  j  Ew 
terpc  over  Wind-Mufic  5  Vranki  over  Aftronomy  j  Terp- 


notwith'llanding  fuch  Diilenfion,  mult  retain  its  natural  Fi- 
gure, and  be  equally  flretch'd  in  all  Directions. 

Again,  fince  the  Blood  circulates  freely  thro  thefe  M«/- 
;n/a)- Cells,  it  is  plain,  that  as  foon  as  they  begin  to  inflate. 


They  arc  painted  Young,  Handfome,  and  Mudeft, 
grceably  drefs'd  and  crown'd  with  FloA-err.  Their  ufual 
Abodes  were  about  Mount  Helicon  in  i<;ejf^7,  and  Mount  Par- 
naffus  in  the  Thtdde.  Their  Bufinefs  was  to  celebrate  the 
"Vitloriesof  the  Gods,  andtoinfpire  an^J  afiii!:  the  Poets  ; 
and  hence  the  CuUom  of  Invoking  their  Aid  at  the  beg:n- 


it  muft  be  immediately  pufli'd  forward  with  an  increafed  y?t7jo!^e  over  the  Harp^  i  £r:iro  the^Lute  3  Rhetoric, 
"Velocity  in  the  Courfe  of  its  Circulation,  which  muft  pre-  "  ^  T:i-..Jr  m,. 

vent  any  fuch  Inflation  in  the  Mufcles.  Before  thefe  Ve- 
ficles, therefore,  can  be  didended  in  the  manner  fuppos'd, 
the  Exit  of  the  Fluid  mull:  be  hindred  5  that  is,  the  Cir- 
culation muft  be  ftopt.  If  any  one  doubt  of  this,  let  him 
try  whetherhc  can  blow  up  a  Bladder,  orother  Veffel,  that 

is  open  at  both  ends,  and  where  the  expanfive  Fluid  has  as    ningof  aPoem.    See  Invocation. 
free  an  Egrefsas  Ingrefs.  It  muft  not,  howeve_r,   be  imagined 

Thus  much  premifed,  the  natural  A£lion  of  a  Mufcle 
will  be  eafily  explain'd.  From  its  Struflure,  it  follows, 
that  on  the  Contraiflion  of  its  tranfvcrfe  and  fplral  Fibres, 
which  are  the  Ramifications  of  the  Nerves,  the  longitudi- 
nal, red,  and  fleftiy  Fibres,  or  Blood-VelTels,  which  con- 
ftiiute  the  Body  of  the  Mufcle,  muft  be  fqueezed  and 
drawn  together,  as  being  compell'd  to  follow  the  Motion 
of  thefe  e'laftic  Cords  ;  by  which  means  the  Blood-Veffels 
being  comprefs'd,  muft  be  forced,  with  foine  Impetuofity, 
ihro  the  Mufcie,  and  propell'd  forward  in  the  Courfe  of  its 
Circulation. 

New  if  the  Blood  ftiould  hereupon  ftop,  and  return  no 
more  to  the  Mufcle,  'tis  plain  the  Mufcle  muft  for  ever  re- 
main in  this  contrafted  S:ate,  as  its  proper  and  natural  State 
of  Quiefcence  to  which  it  tends,  and  where  it  would  reft  : 
But  the  Blood  having  received  afrefli  Impetus  by  the  Con- 
trafliun,  and  returning  upon  the  Mufcle  in  the  Courfe  of  its 
Circulation,  aciain  ruJlies  into  the  Blood-Veffels,  which 
being  inlarged  in  all  their  Dimcnfions  by  the  Force  of  the 

returning  Blood,  the  tranfverfe  and  fpiral  nervous  Fibre*    happy  as  that  of  this  Hlander. 
muft  be'hereby  ftrctch'd,  and  the  Mufcle  extended  j  by  this    _  'I  he  Mufa  of  the  Poet  Li!0-eni<!_  had 


means  the  Blood-Veffels  being  brought  to  their  natural 
extent,  and  confcquently  the  diftending  Force  ofthe  Blood 
ceafing,  the  contraaive  Power  of  the  Nerves  will  in  that 
ftate  begin  to  aft  again,  and  reftore  themfelves  with  the 
fame  Force  by  uhtch  they  were  extended,  till  the  return- 
ing Blood  re-enters  the  Mufcle,  and  ftretches  it  again. 


that  the  Deities 

thus  invoked,  are  confider'd  even  by  the  antient  Poets 
themfelves  as  Divine  Perfons,  from  whom  they  expeCl:  any 
real  Help.  Under  the  Name  of  Meye  they  wifti  for  the 
Genius  of  Poerry,  and  all  the  Conditions  and  Circum- 
ftances  neceflary  fur  a  happy  Execution  of  their  Under- 
taking. 

They  are  mere  Allegories  and  Manners  of  exprcffing  them- 
felves poetically  j  as  when  they  make  Gods  of  Sleep,  of 
Fame,  of  Revenge,  and  other  natural  and  moral  things/ 
See  Go  u. 

Accordingly,  the  A^f^'ci  are  of  all  Ages,  Countries,  and 
even  of  all  Religions.  There  are  Ghriuian  as  well  as 
Heathen M;(/ei,  Gred',  EugUfi^  Irench,  Sic  There 

are  alfo  ne-zuMufes,  which  appear  every  day  in  favour  of 
thofe  who,  difdaining  things  too  trite  and  common,  chufe 
to  ftrike  out  of  the  Road. 

When  rir^;/ wrote  his  Eclogues,  he  invoked  the 
Mitfes,   becaufe  he  imitated  Tbeocyirus  ^    and  the  Sicilian 
Poet  having  fucceeded  ;  the  Rom.i?i  begg'd  for  a  Genius  as 

  never  infpired  any 

Perfon  before  him.  'Tis  plain,  from  the  Duarine  of  his 
Book,  what  kind  of  Divinity  it  was  he  invoked,  lie  ad- 
dreffes  himfelf  to  renus,  but  at  the  fatne  time  tells  us, 
that  none  of  the  Gods  trouble  themfelves  wi[h  human 
Affairs.  His  Mufcs  therefore  muft  of  neccJuy  be  mere 
Allegories. 

7  f  Tha 


M  U  S 


(  606  ) 


M  U  S 


The  Word  M/(/e,  according  to  Fhrrjutus,  is  deriTed  from 
the  Greei  /u^^cti,  which  fignifies  the  fame  with  (n'leir,  to 
fearch.  Others  derive  it  from  o^msi'oi/on.,  fimilar,  or  ah'ke  i 
all  the  Sciences  being  bound  and  united  together.  Eiifcbius 
derives  it  from  jLiuiw,  to  initiate,  to  inftrutt.  Fiato  and 
Scaliger  from  (jj/Aa^Ai^  chjietricare,  bccaufe  to  them  are  at- 
tributed the  Invention  ot  the  Arts;  and  'tis  they  who  pro- 
duced them.  LaiUy,  He'mfitu  and  P'ojfus  derive  it  from  the 
Hebrew  "W^n  Mufar,  Science,  Difciplim. 

The  A?«7ej  are  call'd  by  various  Names;  Cam^}!^^  Hell- 
coTihdes,  Fania^da,  Jonides^  Tieride!^  Fegcijides^  Jgan72ifidesy 
Thefpiadef^  Lihahrides,  and  Caftaltde!. 

MUSHROOM,  or  Mushroon,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  a 


It  feems  paft  doubt  then,  that  hhfhroom!^  like  all  othef 
Plants,  have  theirOrigih  in  Seeds :  Now  we  know  that  the 
Seeds  of  Plants  cannot  vegetate  every  where  ;  there  are  firtt 
required  certain  Juices  proper  to  penetrate  their  Coats,  to 
excite  a  Fermentation,  and  to  join  ihemfclves  to  the  little 
parts  thereof,  and  increafe  them.  Hence  arifes  that  infinite 
Diverfuy  of  Places,  wherein  different  Species  of  this  Plant 
are  produced.  There  are  fome  which  will  only  grow  on 
feme  other  particular  Plants,  whofc  Trunk,  Bark,  or  Root?, 
alone  have  the  Juices  proper  for  them. 

What  M.Totirnefoyt  mentions  from  Meff.  Lemery  ami 
Werj',  is  Hill  more  furprizing  :  There  is  a  Species  of  Mitjh- 
roo/wj  which  grow  on  the  Fillets  and  Bandages  applv'd  to 


Plant,  of  a  Form  and  Struifiure  very  different  from  that  of  the  Fradfures,  l^c-  of  the  Patients  in  the  Hoiel-Diei'.  '  After 

all  other  Plants;  having  neither  Seeds,  nor  Flowers,  that  which,  it  will  not  be  at  all  furprizmg  that  Horfe-  Dun;i  pre- 

have  ever  yet  been  difcoverM.    See  Plant,  Seed,  t^c.  pared  in  the  manner  M.  Toumefort  mentions,  /hould  'be  a 

There  are  various  kinds  of  MK/ji  oomj ;  and  the  Vulgar  Soil  or  Matrix  capable   of  ihaking  common  MtJJjromt; 


call  by  this  Name  all  that  come  under  the  general  Head  of 
Fungui's.    See  Fungus. 

They  are  all  ufed  with  fome  fufplcion,  tho'  fome  are 
more  harmlefs,  as  well  as  more  delicious  than  others. 
Thofe  ufed  among  us,  are  Muprvomof  tks  Jl'^ood,  call'd 
'hioriis,  and  of  the  Meadow!,  call'd  CLinipign/ons,  which  are 
gathered  in  Autumn,  and  elteemed  tor  their  Whircnefs 
above,  their  Vermilion  underneath,  and  the  Sweetnefs  of 
their  Smell. 


grow. 

Henceit  feems  to  follow,  that  the  Seeds  of  A'w/Jj-oowi 
fhould  be  fpread  in  an  infinite  number  of  Places  where 
they  do  nor  vegetate,  and  in  a  word  throughout  the  whole 
Earth  J  and  the  lame  may  be  faid  of  a  great  number  of 
other  Plants. 

It  muft  be  own'd,  the  Imagination  is  /hock'd  at  fuch  a 
prodigious  Multitude  of  different  Seeds,  thrown  every 
where  at  random,  and  in  many  Places  to  no  purpufe  j  but 


Mr.  Bradley  mentions  ahundred  kinds  of  MjySroowj,  which    a  little  P^-eafoning  will  put  the  Matter  of  Viitt  pail  doubt, 


he  has  feen  in  Evglandy  befidcs  thofe  very  numerous  fmall 
ones,  which  conttitute  the  Muuldinefs  of  Liquors,  Fruits, 
tfc.  whiijh  lalt  are  fuch  quick  Growers,  that  they  arrive  at 
perffflion  in  lefs  than  12  Hours.    See  Mouldiness. 

The  Fungoides  only  differs  from  a  Mufiroom  in  its  ex- 
ternal Form  ;  the  Coralloidcs  are  of  the  fame  Species,  tho 
of  a  different  Name,  as  being  branch'd  like  Coral  ;  and 
Truces  come  under  the  fame  kind.    See  Coralloides, 

TrufFL  ES,  i$c. 

Mattbiohis  mentions 'Mitj'irooms  which  weigh 'd  50  Pounds 


Diofcoriiles  ttWs  us,  he  was  affurcd  that  Pieces  of  the  Bark 
of  the  Poplar-Trtc  being  laid  in  the  Ground  over  Horfe- 
Dung,  there  would  grow  out  of  them  very  good  MiJJjrboms. 
Rucl  fays,  that  by  boring  the  Trunk  of  a  white  Poplar- Tree 
near  the  Root,  and  wafhing  it  with  Levenfteep'd  in  Water, 
MitJJjrooms  fpring  out  of  it,  as  it  were,  inflantly.  He  adds 
that  the  Hillocks  produce  fevera!  kinds  M 11  fir  00ms,  if  the 
Stubble  be  burnt  on  'em  in  the  rainy  Seafon. 

M.  To!!r;?ryo>-r  tells  us,  on  hisown  Knowledge,  that  where 
the  Stubble  is  burnt  in -P/oT.'e?;ce,  Languedoc^  and  the  Iflands 


each,  and  were  as  yellow  as  Gold.  Fer.  Imperatm  tells  us  of  the  Jrchipelci^o^  there  arife  great  Quantities  of  black 
he  faw  fome  which  weigh'd  above  a  hundred  Pounds  j  and,  Poppies  in  the  firft  Autumnal  Rains,  Which  difappear  the 
to  add  no  more,  i  he  jojo  /w/ (i'cj  .JcacaMJ  furni  flies  us  With  an  Year  following  ;  fo  that  they  are  never  found  but  on  burnt 
account  of  fome  growing  on  th  J  Frontiersof  H««gary  which  Lands.  And  we  know  that  after  the  Burning  of  Loudon^ 
wcreafull  Chariot  Load.  the  Ground  as  far  as  the  Fire  reach'd,  /liot  up  with  valt 

The  Origin  and  Produd;ion  cf  this  Plant  has  extremely  Quantities  of  Eryjimum  Latifohum  hlajtis  Clabrnm.  One 
puzzled  the  Boranirs.  How  a  Plant  /hould  be  produced  of  the  chief  Reafons,  If  not  the  only  one,  why  Mountains 
without  a  Seed,  is  a  Myftcry-;  and  yet  thebeft  Microfcopes  produce  Plants  different  from  the  Plains  or  Va'Uys  ;  Pla- 
are  nor  able  to  difcover  any  appearance  of  a  Seed  i  and  the  ces  become  fenny,  from  the  fame  Places  when  they  were 
manner  of  cuUivating  this  Plant,  feems  to  make  it  flill  dry  ;  is  the  difference  in  the  nutricious  Juices  found  in  thofe 
more  probable  that  it  has  not  any.  Places.    Without  this,  how  /hall  wc  account  for  the  Origin 

M.  Tournefort  gives  a  very  curious  Account  of  their  CuL  of  Milletoe  or  Hypocyftus,  which  are  never  known  to  grow 
ture,  \x\  MovoiTs  of  ths.fr ench  Academy^  the  Subflance  of  in  the  Earth,  at  leall  without  adher.ng  to  "jme  other  Plant ; 
which  we  fliall  here  prelent  the  Reader  withal.  the  one  growing  on  Trees,  the  other  to  the  Root  of  thi 

All  the  Secret  of  bringing  up  Mufirooms  fpeedily  and  in  Cyflus  ?  Why  do  the  Ivy  and  Vine  of  Canada,  the  PeUitory, 
abundance,  conliils  in  ranging  Balls  of  Horfe-Dung  about  Polypody,  the  Species  of  Capillaries,  grow  only  on  the 
the  bignefs  of  the  Fill,  in  Lines,  at  thedillance  of  about  Trunks  of  Trees,  on  Walls,  and  in  the  Clefts  of  Rocks,  un- 
ihree  Feet  from  each  other,  and  at  the  depth  of  one  Foot  lefs  it  be  that  the  Juices  of  thofe  Places  are  the  bcil  adap- 
under  Ground,  and  covering  thefe  over  with  Mould,   and    ted  to  them  ? 

that  again  wirh  Horfe-Dung.  Thefe  and  other  inconteflable  Fa£ls  prove  plainly  both 

If  tills  be  done  m  Jpril  in  the  beginning  o£ yfngujl  the  the  vafl  Multitude  of  Seeds  dilperfed  every  where,  and 
pieces  of  Dung  will  begin  to  whiten,  and  grow  mouldy,  be-  the  Neceffity  of  certain  Circumllances  to  make  'em  ve- 
ing  ilrew'd  all  over  with  little  Hairs,  or  fine  white  Threads,  getate. 

branch'd,  and  woven  about  the  Straws  whereof  the  Dung  If  to  this  Speculation  on  the  invlfible  Seeds  of  Plants,  we 
is  compoled.  The  Dung  now  lofes  its  former  excrementi-  join  that  of  the  invifible  Eggs  of  infetSt?,  which  mull  be 
tious  Smell,  and  fpreads  an  admirable  Odour  of  Mifj-  allow'd  equal  thereto,  the  Earth  will  be  found  full  of  an 
rooms.  inconceivable  Infinity  of  Animals  and  Vegetables,  perfe6ily 

According  to  all  Appearance  thefe  white  Threads  are  no  form'd,  and  defigned,  as  it  were,  in  Miniature,  and  only 
other  than  the  opcn'd  Seeds  or  Buds  of  Mi</J:yooms,  which  waiting  for  certain  favourable  Circumrtanccs  to  trabie  them 
Seeds  wt-re  before  inclofed  in  the  Dung,  but  in  fo  fmall  a  to  make  their  Appearance  in  large.  How  rich  then  mull: 
compafs,  that  they  could  not  be  perceiv'd  till  after  they  the  Hand  be,  that  has  fown  wiih  fo  much  Profuficn  ? 
had  fliot  thcmleives  into  little  Hairs.  By  degrees  the  Ex-  We  have  been  the  more  particular  on  this  Head,  on  ac- 
trtmity  ot  thefe  Hairs  grows  round  Into  a  kind  of  Button,  count  of  the  Oddnefs  of  the  Ph^nomena^  and  bccaufe 
which  fwelling  by  little  and  little,  at  length  opens  itfelf  what  is  here  faid  of  yl/if/ji-oojwj  will  give  light  into  the  Gene- 
ration of  all  other  Vegetables,  ^c.  whofe  Seeds  are  yet 
undifcovetcd. 

Dr.  Lijicr,  indeed,  thinks  he  has  found  out  the  S'-eds  of 
"Mujhrmns.  He  inftanccs  particular!  y  in  t\\c  Fungus  Fvrofu;, 
Crajiis  magntis  1.  B.  the  Texture  of  whofe  Gills  is  like  a 
Paper  prick'd  full  of  Fin-holes.  Thefe  Gills,  he  makes 
no  doubr,  are  the  very  Flower  and  Seed  of  this  Plant  ; 
when  it  is  ripe,  the  Gills  are  eafily  feparable  from  the  reft 
of  the  Head,  each  Seed  being  diftinft  from  oiher,  and  ha- 
ving its  Impreffion  in  the  Head  of  the  Mulhronm,  jult  as  the 
Seed  of  an  Artichoke  hath  in  the  bottom  of  it  ;  the  big- 
ger end  of  the  Seed  is  full  and  round,  and  they  arc  difpo- 
fed  in  a  fplral  Order  like  thofe  of  the  Artichoke:  And 
the  fame  he  thinks  of  all  other  Mufiroomsy  however  diffe- 
rently figured.  If  it  happens  that  thefe,  when  fown,  prove 
fleril,  and  don't  produce  their  Kind,  it  is  no  wonder  ;  there 
being  whole  Genus's  of  Plants  that  come  up,  and  flower, 
and  iced,  yet  their  Seed  was  never  known  to  produce 
Plants  of  their  Kind,  being  no  more  than  a  barren  volatile 
Dull,  as  all  the  Orchides,  or  Bee-Flowers. 

MUSIC, 


into  a  A/ij/^ji-oom,  whereof  the  lower  part  is  a  kind  of  Pe- 
dicle bearded  in  the  place  where  it  enters  the  Ground,  and 
at  the  other  end  ioaden  with  a  kind  of  roundifh  Capital  or 
Head,  in  manner  of  a  Calotte,  which  expands  itfelf  with- 
out producing  either  Grains  or  Flowers  that  are  fenfible  ; 
the  bottom  isipread  with  Laminae,  which  proceeding  from 
the  Centre  to  the  Circumference,  may  be  call'd  the  Leaves 
of  the  Uifiroom, 

Ar  the  foot  of  each  Mifiroom  are  found  an  infinite  num- 
ber of  little  ones  not  bigger  than  the  Head  of  a  Pin,  when 
the  others  are  at  their  growth.  The  Buds  of  the  Mufj- 
ron?}!!^  or  the  white  Hairs  of  the  Dung,  preferve  themfelves 
along  time  without  rotting,  if  kept  dry  j  and  if  laid  again 
On  the  Ground,  will  produce. 

Ml  ftrcmi',  then,  are  nothing  elfe  but  the  Produce  of  what 
we  call  the  Mouldincfs  of  Horfe-Dung:  But  what  Analogy 
is  there  between  thefe  two  things?  Or  how  flinuld  fo  art- 
ful and  delicate  a  Stru£lure  as  this  of  a  Plant  refult  from 
the  mere  fortuitous  Concourfe  of  a  few  Juices,  differently 
agitattd  ? 


MU  S 


(  601  ) 


M  U  S 


as  under  cenain  regular  Mcafures  and  Proportinns,  by 
which  ir  aftc^ls  the  Senfes  in  an  agreeable  manner. 

Now  as  Motion  belongs  to  Bodies,  and  as  Sound  is  the 
EfFedt  ot  Motion,  and  cinnot  be  without  it,  but  all  Motion 
does  not  produce  Sjuiid  i  hence  ;hii  laPt  Branch  of  Mafic 
btcame  fubtiiv!d;:;d. 

Where  the  Motion  i::  without  Sound,  or  as  'tis  only  the 
Objeil  of  Sight,  it  was  either  call'd  M»j?fii  Orchsjiria  or 
Saltatoyia^  which  contains  the  Rules  for  the  regular  Mo- 
tions of  Dancing;  or  Mujica  Hyj>ocritica,  Which  refpeda  the 
Motion  and  Gellures  of  the  Pantomitttes. 

When  the  Morion  is  pcrceiv'd  only  by  the  Ear,  i.  p,  when 
Sound  is  the  Obje£l  of  Mnjrc^  there  were  three  Species  ; 
-viz.  Harmofiiciif  which  cmilidcrs  the  Differences  and  Pro- 


aiUSlC,  iKe  Science  of  Sounds  cohfider'd  as  capable  of 
producing  Melody,  or  Hirmony  :  or,  the  Art  of  difpofing 
and  conducing  Sounds,  conlider'd  as  grave  and  acute  i  and 
of  proportioning  them  among  themielves,  and  feparating 
them  by  juft  Intervals,  pleafing  to  the  Senfe.    See  Sound. 

Mr.  Wolm  better  defines  M</?c,  a  Science  that  teaches 
how  Sounds  under  certain  Meafures  of  Tune,  and  Time, 
rtiay  be  produc'd,  and  fo  order'd  or  difpos'd,  as  either  in 
Confonance  (i.  e.  joint  Sounding^  or  Succeffion,  or  both, 
as  they  may  raife  agreeable  Senfations. 

From  this  Definition,  the  Science  naturally  divides  itfelt 
into  two  general  Parts,  Specnlathe  and  FraBical. 

The  /iV/f,  the  Knowledge  of  the  Materia  Mi<fica^  or  how 
to  produce  Sounds  in  fuch  Relations  of  Tune,  and  Time,  ■  .     c     x  2  ^  17  ;,■  1. 

as  /hall  be  aereeable  in  Confonance,  or  Succeffion,  or  both  :  portions  with  relpect  to  Grave  and  Acute  Kythmca,  which 
Bv  which  we  don't  mean  the  adual  Produaion  of  thefe  refpefls  the  Proportion  of  the  Sounds  as  to  Jime,  or  the 
Sounds  by  an  InHrument  or  Voice,  which  is  meerly  the  Swiftncl.  and  Slownefs  of  their  Succeffions;  and  \ktrtca, 
mechanical  or  effeaive  Fart ;  but  the  Knowledge  of  the  which  belongs  propetly  to  the  Poets,  and  re(pe6ls  the  Arc 
various  Relations  of  Tune  and  Time,  which  are  the  Prin-  of  niakmg  Verfes. 
ciples,  out  of  which  the  Pleafure  fought  derives.  SeeTuNE.        Jnjuda  QjnnuhaT:us,_  Bacchus, 

The  liU  How  thefe  Principles  are  to  be  apply'd  ;  or  how 
Sounds,  in  the  Relations  they  bear  to  Mufic  (as  thofe  are  r  ,    c         ■  r  if      cn  1  , 

determin'd  in  the  firtt  part)  may  be  order'd,  and  variouily    the  Voice  and  Body:  as  it  the  Singing  itlelt  confined  only 
-aether  in  Succeffion  and  Confonance,  fo  as  to  anfwcr    in  the  different  Tones  of  the  Voice. 

*^  ....       -  ■        1-1.        ^Yhi^  fame  Author,  confidering  Mhjrc  in  the  largeit  fenle 

of  the  Word,  divides  it  into  Camemplathe  and  y^Bive.  The 
firft,  be  fays,  is  either  Njitm-al  or  yircijicial.  The  Natural 
is  either  Arithmetical ^  becaufe  it  confiders  the  Proportion  of 
Numbers  j  or  Fbyjica!'^  which  exatnincs  the  Order  of  the 
Things  of  Nature. 

The  artificial  he  divides,  a,^  above.  Into  Hanr.onica,  Ryth- 
mical Metric.i. 

The  aftive,  which  is  the  Application  of  the  art!ficT:d,  is 
either  Emmu-.nivt  (as  in  Oratory  ;)  Orgnnical  (or  inl^/umen- 
tal  Performance  ;)  Odicai  (for  Voice  and  finging  of  Pfalms  ;) 
'Hypocritical,  in  the  Motions  of  the  Pantomimes.  To  which 
fome  add  Hydra  ' lic.il,  tho'  in  reality  no  more  than  a  Spe- 
cies of  the  Organlcal  ;  In  which,  Water  is  ufed,  for  the  pro- 
ducing or  modifying  of  Sound. 

Tcrfhyry  makes  another  Diviflon  of  Mujic^  taking  it  in 
the  limited  Senfe,  as  having  Motion  both  dumb  and  fo- 
norous  fijr  its  Objefl  i  and  without  dillinguiniing  the  Spe- 
culative and  Fraf^ical,  he  makes  its  Pairs  thefe  fix,  viz,. 


and  other  antient  Wri- 
ters, define  Mufic  the  Knowledge  of  Singing,  and  of  the 
Things  belonaina  therero  ;  which  he  calls  the  Motions  of 


put  togcthe.  ...   - 

the  End  :  And  this  we  call  the  Art  of  Coinpofition,  which 
is  properly  the  praaical  Part  of  Mujic.   See  Composition. 


Sorne  add  a  third  Branch,  -jiz.  the  Knowledge  vf  Ifil'irt'.- 
meuis;  but  as  this  depends  altogether  on  the  firrt,  and  is 
only  an  Application  or  Expreffion  of  it,  it  cannot  come 
regularly  under  the  Definition,  and  confequently  is  no  part 
of  the  Divifion  of  the  Science. 

The  firft  Branch,  which  Is  the  contemplative  Part,  di- 
vides itfelf  into  thefe  two,  viz..  the  Knowledge  of  the 
Relations  and  Meafures  of  Time,  and  the  Doariue  of  Time 
itfelf.  ,  ^ 

The  former  is  properly  what  the  Antlents  call  d  Harmo- 
nica  or  the  Doctrine  of  Harmony  in  Sounds,  as  containing 
an  Explication  of  the  Grounds,  with  the  various  Meafures 
and  Degrees  of  the  Agreement  of  Sounds,  in  rcfped  of 
their  Tune.    See  Harmonica. 

The  latter  is  what  they  call'd  Rythnica^  bccaufc  it  treats 
of  the  Numbers  of  Sounds  or  Notes  with  refpe£l  to  Time  ; 
cental. iing  an  Explication  of  the  Meafures  of  long  and 


hVnrt  or"fwift  and' flow,  in  the  Succeffion  of  Soundsr  See  Rytbmka,  for  the  Motions  of  Dancing  ;   Metrica,  for  the 

Rythmica  Cadence  and  Recitation;  Or^anica,  for  the  Praflice  of  In- 

Thc  fccond  Branch,  which  is  the  praaical  part,  as  na-  ftruiUcnts ;  Toetica,  for  the  Numbers  and  Feet  of  Verfes  ; 

rurally  divides  into  two  parts,  anfwering  to  the  parts  of  Hypocritica,  for  the  Geftures  of  the  Pantomimes ;  and  Har- 

thc  firft.  monica,  for  Singing. 

That  "which  anfwers  to  x^^  Harmonica,  the  Anticnts  cal-  The  Mtfical  Faculties,  as  they  call  them,  arc  MeUpmia, 

led  Mslopccia,   becaufe  it  contains  the  Rules  of  making  which  gives  Rules  for  the  Tones  of  the  Voice  orlnltru- 

Songs,  with  refpea  to  Tune,  and  Harmony  of  Sounds  j  ment ;  Rythmopxia.  f"-  M^nnn.:  .,nd  Vn^fl,  fnr  r^.i-:^.. 

tho  we  have  no  reafon  to  think  the  Antients  had  any  thing  '^^"-C' 


for  Motions ;  and  Pofj?/,  for  making 

Verfes. 

Miijic  appears  to  have  been  one  of  the  mod:  ahtlent  of 
Arts.    And  of  all  others,  roc.tl  Mufic  mull  undoubtedly 
have  been  the  firlt  Kind.    For  Man  had  not  only  the  va- 
rious Tones  of  his  own  Voice  to  make  his  Obfervatioiis  on, 
We  'find  a^llrangc  Diverficy  in  the  antient  Writers,  as    before  any  other  Art  or  Inftrurnent  was  found  our,  but  had 
the  Nature,  Office,  Extent,  Divifion,  £^c.      Mufic.  the  various  natural  Strains  of  B;rds,  to  give  him  occafion 

The  Name  Is  fuppos'd  originally  form'd  from  Mufa,    to  improve  his  own  Voice,  and  the  Modulations  of  Sounds 
■  , .      .     .    .  .1    .      jj.  ^jjg  capable  of. 

Of  many  antient  Authors  who  agree  In  this  Conjeaure, 
we  /hall  only  mention  Lucretius^  who  fays, 


like  Compofitlon  in  Parts.   See  MelopoeiA. 

That  which  anfwers  to  the  Rythmica^  they  call'd  Ryth- 
mofxia,  containing  Rules  for  the  Application  of  the  Num- 
bers and  Time.    See  Rytiimopoeia 


Mufe  i  the  Mufcs  being  fuppos'd  to  be  the  Inventors  there- 
of. Kirchcr^  however,  will  have  it  take  its  Name  from  an 
Egyptian  Word,  as  fuppofing  its  Reftoration  after  the  Flood 
to  have  begun  there,  by  reafon  of  the  Reeds,  £i?c.  on  the 
Banks  of  the  Nj/e.  Hcjychius  tells  us,  the  Athenians  gave 
the  Name  Mufic  to  every  Art. 

Hertnes  Trifmegijius  defines  Mt^Jic  to  be  the  Knowledge  of 
the  Order  of  all  things ;  which  is  alfo  the  Doarine  of  the 
-Fytha?orean  Schoo],  3.nd      the  Flaionijls,   who  teach,  that    The  firft  Invention  of   (IringM  Inftruments  he  afcrlbe.^ 
everything  in  the  Unlverfe  Is  Mufic.  to  the  Obfcrvation  of  the  Winds  whiflhng  in  the  hollow 

Agreeable  to  which  wide  Senfe,  fome  divide  Mii/Jc  into  Reeds. 


Jt  Liqiiidas  Avlism  Voces  imitarier  Ore, 
Ants  fiiit  nndto  qunm  /fi'^i  Cami-na  (,'a7!tu, 
Concelehrare  Hmiifies  pi/J'^f',  ^'i-rer/qt'e  jwuare. 


Divine  and  Mundan^ 

The  firil  refpeaing  the  Order  and  Harmony  that  ob- 
tains among  the  Celeflial  Minds ;  the  other,  the  Relations 
and  C)rder  of  every  thing  elfe  in  the  Unlvcife.  Tlato, 
however,  by  the  Viviite  Mufic,  underflands  that  which  ex- 
iils  in  the  Divine  Mind,  viz.  thofe  Archetypal  Ideas  of  Oi 


As  for  other  kind  of  Inllruments,  there  were  fo  many 
Occafions  for  C/-D!-t/j  or  Strings,  that  Men  could  not  be  long 
in  obferving  their  various  Sounds,  which  might  give  Rife 
to  flring'd  bijhttmcnt!.    See  Chord. 

And  for  the  pulfatile  Inflruments,  as  Dnirin  and  Cymhnls^ 
they  might  anfc  from  the  Obfervation  of  the  hollow  Noife 


dcr  and  Symmetry,  according  to  which  God  formed  all  of  concave  Bed 
things  :    And  as  this  Order  exills  in  the  Mundane  Crea-       Thtarch,  in  one  place,  afcrlbes  the  firll  Invention  of  Mu* 

lures,  he  calls  it  Mimd-tKe  Mufic.  fic  to  the  God  ^puih,  and  in  another  to  Amphion,  the  Son 

Which  !art  Species  they  again  fubdivlded  into  four,  v'tz.  of  ^ffife*-  and  Antiofc.    This  lall,  however^  is  pretty  gene- 

I.  Elementary  Mufic,  or  the  Harmony  of  the  Elements  of  rally  allow'd  to  have  been  the  firll  who  brought  Mnfic  into 

Xhings.  Greece,  and  to  have  been  the  Inventor  of  the  Ly>'i--  The 

Celeftial  Mufic,  or  the  Mi'fic  of  the  Spheres  ;  compre-  Time  he  lived  in,  is  not  agreed  upon.    See  Lyra. 
bending  the  Order  and  Proportions  in  the  Magnitudes,  DI-       To  him  fucceeded  Chirorr^  the  Demi-God  ;  Demdocus 


flances  and  Motions  of  the  heavenly  Bodies,  and  the  Har- 
mony of  the  Sounds  refultlng  from  thofe  Motions. 


Hermes  Trifmevijhs  i  O'.ympus Orpheus,  whom  fome  make 
the  firft  Introducer  of  Mufic  into  Greece,   and  the  Inventor 


Human  Mific,  which  confiils  chiefly  in  the  Harmony  of   of  the  Z-_>t(I  i  Fhemius;  "'Cerfando;  who  was  Contemporary 
"  '  "        '  ■         .       -  ^j^j^  Lyctir^j'.s,  and  fet  his  Laws  to  Mafic.    To  him  fome 

attribute  the  firft  Inftitution  of  Mufical  Modes,  and  the  In- 
vention of  the  Lyre  i  Thales  j  and  Thamyris,  who  is  fald  to 
have  been  the  firll  Inventor  of  Inllrumental  Mufic  without 


the  Faculties  of  the  hun-.in  Soul,  and  its  various  Paffions  ; 
and  is  alfo  confidcr'd  in  the  Proportion,  Temperament  and 
mutual  Dependanceof  the  Parts  of  the  Body. 

4.  What,  in  the  proper  and  limited  fenfe  of  the  Word, 
iscail'd  W'i^'c  ;  which  has  for  Its  Objea,  Motion,  confider'd 


MVS 


(  m  ) 


MUS 


Thefe  were  the  eminent  Muficiam  hpfcr,.  Fr™. T'  tl 
Others  „f  a  later  Date,  were  "^^1^^  mTS:  rhe^WnLVIvTI  """"S  '"^  Learned,  whether 

vers  ot  Amjic.    LaJ,u  ,s  fa.d  to  have  been  the  firft  Aufhor   and  others   th,.    u  ,  .""""^  P''^  "f""!,  is  quite  loft  ; 

..ho  wrote  on  M,/,.  in  the  Time  of  Dari,.  Byile^^Epl   ?,ved  to  1 '  |f '  °f  Harmonv  .s  now  ar- 

Sir™?  """"y  S.ri„lfaU-dThe    iM  aL„g  helw^t'^^^''^"™'         was  known  or  prac- 

^sr;  rp;:::;:^^ eo:^^:^idi"?^  7^ 

by  add.ng  new  Holes  ;  Ind  T,».,fe„  the'^i;„,  by  ofThe  oLr                       ^ °^       ""^  thufe 

ttL,?™           ^       ^O^'''      was  .ned  by  thi  ij.  "is  ote  Theory  or  Principles  of  Harmonics,  .is  certain 

As  the  Accounts  „e  have  of  the  Inventors  of  Mujlc.l  rher^wlri                          ^ecaofe  „e  know  all  th  t 

loUruments  among  th,  Antients,  are  veryobfcure;  fo  are  daZns     The  1           ■'''"'I'' '^"^Foui.- 

alfo  the  Accounts  what  tbofe  Inflruments  were  ;  we  fcaJce  With  ri   /                             °"  '^<=  fr^Bkc. 

kno-.,ng  any  thing  of  them  befides  the  bare  Nam"  Anl"t   1/                "  "JV''^.                     -"""g  A= 

The  general  D.vifion  of  Inflruments,  is  into  S,ri„,ed  I^-  cludeS            'v  %  J                   ^^"'"'^     'l"^  ^ord.  in- 

l^r:;S-;:t5SSrf-lh^^  S^m'^;^^: -  ^.a 
;Sf'P^---h-^;t'^i-S?^  £H£:^^-'f  ^ 

<;™../,c  Org«„,  T.i,,,  C.r«,„.  and  Lnm.,.  '    '      '    •>  "nder  two  Heads,  -.h.  Mdody  and  Jv»- 

The  P./y«,/e  /„y/„»,..„,.,  were  the  rj.»,p«„™,  CyM.,n    Cm  fhe  r„'„  f  i-'  "J""'"^  "°''''"g  l-"'  ^hat  -"re- 

ae,w.,..       cv«...       which  cS5^'?^frt:he;':^;::irha:;:^^i±:,^ 

Mustc  has  even  been  in  the  higheft  Efteem  in  all  Ages,  rf  ,he"amienri^.J^?°"l°'  ,  ^'"^'^  ™  P«' 

=nd  among  a     People.    Nor  could  Authors  exprefs  their  °„  vvhich  we  ar    b^'l  I  '"vention, 

Op.nmn  ot  .tflrongly  enough,  but  by  inculcating,  that  it  IViar     wrin,  M         ^"  '°  GM,  J,m,n„,  a 

was  ufed  ,n  Heaven,  and  was  one  of  the  princi.nl  Ente  '  ,h  ^         A  be  underflood  to  mean, 

Gods,  and  the  Souls  of  the^Blcflld  *        ^  to" eti":  J?'"'"*  "c'"=  "  Inflrument 

Ihe  Eftefls  alcr.bfd  to  it  by  the  Antients,  are  almofl  never  "oinTfev/r  IV  SyrF'-'-y  ^  hut  that  they 

nmaculous ;   by  means  hereof,  Difeafcs  are  faid  ,„  have  and  pr^e-r  Me  odv  T  *"  ^ 

been  cured,  Lnchaliny  correfted,  Seditions  quell'd,  Paf-  of  vaSs  C^nS'      I    "''"'"■"""g  ^hem  a  Succeffion 

fions  ra.sd  and  calm'd,  and  even  Madnefs  occafion'd.    A.  c  at  the  km   IT  a  '  "'"^  Unifons. 

tlc,^,.,  affures  us   ,ha,  anriently  all  Laws  Divine  and  Civil.  Tail  indeed  npre     ,""  1,    ^  Odaves.  Thi 

Exhortations  to  Virtue,  the  Knowledge  of  Divine  and  Hu  fZjll         ^   ■  ■     ,  '^^  Definition  of  the  Word 

..an  lh,ngs.  Lives  and  Anions  of  illuflrious  Men    vvere  S/sZ  '  JV .U^^'lr  I"'^  bur 

wntten  m  Verfe.  and  pub  ickly  fung  by  a  Chorus  to  the  Meiodv  ^'liu   w  I  .t^^" 

Sound  ot   nftrui^nts;  which  was  found  the  trod  effeaual  hethole  h, I     t  ''''f"'  "'"^y  '^eTenfion  of 

.ea.  to  tmprefs  Morality,  and  a  right  Senfe  of  Duty  en  No^ettls  t^htVo^err/^^h^c^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

M,/?.  made  a  great  par,  of  the  Difcipline  of  the  antient  rhfad^annr.T  'K"'"/""  ^'"J'"  """^h 

ry,  ,icjcan,,  and  was  uled  by  them  to  3raw  over  the  Mind  21  Sub  eff^f-e        I  ""T''    F"'  f"i^f»aion  on 

to  laudable  A  a.ons   and  fettle  in  it  a  paffionate  Love  of  and  oth-'/rf'  tl  '  ^"n"'''       "'"«"'  Mr.M.,k.l.., 

Virtue     It  be.ng  their  DoSrine,  that  the  Soul  itfelf  co"  ™L  h  '  h.vr^v""'"'T°"''>' l'S'"'  ''f'"  ^e 

I^r^.^— -:j:^^:nnt;^:etift:stti  •       s^r^f^i--  -     -ts.  see 

Heaven.  See  P^tiiaooeean.           '                         "  ,  ^''5            ^"-J'"'  l^'«<:s  "e  very  myflerious  and  per- 

Dr.;r.i/&  has  cndeavour'd  to  account  for  the  furmlCna  P"''"^'' V                   Gre,«,y  , be  Grtat  Erli  put  'em  into  a 

Eftcas  afcribed  to  the  antien,  iVMc  r^nd  chLKs"^  hem  ^"'l h  was  in  ?!"e  Year  "  oa 

principally  on  the  Novelty  of  the  Art  and  the  Hv^erhnV  ^•'"''/"•■ne,  a  Benedi61ine  of  .frc„,„„  i„  T,,/i  firll 

of  the  aiitient  Writers  :  ^Nor  does  h'e  don            he  to  TltT'  'I'  ""^^  f  ^  u'"'^""''  Unes.lTS.witb 

dern  M,y?c   c,  ter,, would  produce  Effea"  a  leaft  as  tlT     '       ""''i^''               ''i'           ^  Point  up  and 

confiderable  as  the  antien,.    The  truth  is,  we  can  ,m  ch  rh„7-;T;         "''^'l°<'= '^'^'^'tc-^nA  FM  of  the  Voice; 

molt  of  the  anuent  Stories  of  this  kind  in  Ihe  modern  Hi  f!°  r  5  ■                'his  Artifice  to  have  been  in  ufe  be- 

flcr.es.    If  r,,„..7«„,  could  excite  ^/to^Wer's  Fury  with  the  f"'^  °«'*  =  ^ See  Note,  Staff,  igc. 

W-p...  Sound,  and  footh  him  into  Indolence^ith  fical  SvlklEr'^'r' °^  ^'^.'^f       "PP'^  "'^ 

iv:  'K'i^/f";r'  '"7'""M"''--  -  r-'l  to  have  driven  rh  f  ll^^^HyJ^'       ""'f^'f'''                he  took  out  of 
i.,cKi„gotiJ™,„„^  into  fuch  a  Rage,  as  to  kill  his  beft 

Servants.    Dr  N,m'e,tt;it  tells  us  of  an  7t.,W  who  by  va-  TIT           r     ■       ^  r 

rymg  h,s  ,V„/,-c  from  brisk  ,„  folemn,   and  fo  -y,ce  Io-fa  ^1/^""      l^f'''^'^  P"' 

ould  move  the  Soul,  fo  as  to  caufe  E)i(traaion  and  Mad  fn7  '^*T'' 

nefs.    And  Dr.. has  founded  his  Poem,  calPdMfc  SOL-.e  ^.fa,          LAi,,  rc.«,„. 

..an,  men,io„-d  by  the  faiL  'Au?hor,\t'^r„  d  burfl It'  ^"'seeToTV^r  ' 

in  Tears  at  the  hearine  nf  -i  r,'rro;„  t-  -l      ^  , cords,    oee  Jnote,  Gamut,  fjc' 

■her  People  were  but  little  aMed  ■    T„'  7        w     %  ,                confiderable  Improvement  was  in  i-,-o  when 

the  trite  Storv  of  the  tI„„,„,     'we           ^        ^"^  °^  ^"■"""^  *                      "           i"vem  J  the'diffrrenr 

the  Hillery  of  the  «-e„c/.  Ac:t  mv  of  a  M  L  m-rS^^  "^'"'r'  a"*',''''  ^^'^'^^^  '^"^  ^i'™ ^  o^  lt^w  D 

cured  ot  a  violent  Fever,  by  a  lit  Ic  cLre^        r     ,f  "".^          "  l^il  their  rrue  relative  Proriortions  to  one 

play'd  in  his  Room.             '              -oucert  occaiionally  another,   now  call'd  Lm^,, 

Nor  are  our  Minds  and  Bodies  ainnn  „ff  n  J  ■  k  R"'!''"'-''  S;c.  '  '  • 
Sounds,  but  even  inanimate  Bodies.  A°cL,  tel  us  of  a  T  "»tt^"<i™t  Writer  of M.yJc,  we  have  already  obfer- 
large  Stone,  that  would  tremble  at  the  So  „d  of  one  par  Jh  f  "  f  ""'"""T'-^i!  '  '^'^  W"''.  »^ 
ticular  Organ-pipe;  and  U.rUif  "lentionrte  Ze^  a  '5°^-=  °f  "^^V  ."hers  both  6>e..^  and  R.„„„,  are  lolt. 
I)«c4».,„  who  could  break  Rummer-Glaffes  w  th  the  ^^/rc'Pl'^  o/^ri^.t/e.  is  the  eldeft  Author  ex- 
Tone  of  his  Voice.  Mo-re^e  alfo  tells  u  of  n  r  ^  1  'T  °" '""^  S"''-''^'*  '  »f'" '>™  "me  £„c/,rf  Author  of  the 
Part  of  a  Pavement,  that' woul^  ftake  a"dtU  "t"  ^  fii""'V,'„„.  wrote  aft'er  o'ortime^ 
the  Earth  would  open,  when  the  Organs  play'J  M,'  Zl  Txr  ,  "  the  Philofopher, 
adds  that  Seats  will  tremble  at  the  Sound  of  Or.ans  ■  T  r'T^  1  and  Of  whici; 
that  he-  has  felt  his  Ha,  do  fo  underhis  Hand,  at  ce  "a|n  f"«7'  ^^'^ '^-i' Copy,  with  a  Tranflatinn 
Note,  both  of  Organs  and  Difcourfe  ;  and  that  he  was  "  eU  ^""1.^'°"='''  P,./™^.,  celebrated  Mathe- 
.nform  d  every  well-built  Vault  would  anfwer  fome  dete  Tn'lt'  T"'"  f  l"i  ''""^'P'"  Harmonics, 
imnateNote.  "Jou;  the  time  of  the  f_,mperor  ^/„tom«„  j.,.„     This  Au 

thor  keeps  a  Medium  between  >he  PjrH«r.»;Jand  '  J?„e- 


MUS 


(  ^op  ) 


M  U  T 


Hiflw;.    Hewa^  fucceeded  at  a  good  diflance      Manml   Believer ,  or  OrtMx. 

man,  and  Mo  o Imam. 

Of  the  Latins  we  have  Boethius^ 

and  one  Cn/fodoras  ;  about  the  fame 
Of  the 

Des 


In  /frahrc  they  call  ic  M"JIem,  VjoJIc- 
S:l;c  Mahometan. 
The  N  a  in  e  was  firli  given  iViC  Sarazens  h  as  is  obferved 
by  Lcmcla-viKS.  There  are  iwo  kinds  of  Mujjulmen,  very 
avcrfe  to  each  other  i  the  one  c-ll'd  S',n}:iy  and  the  other 
Chuy.  The  oOH/zi.  follow  the  Intcrprcratiun  of  the  Alcoran 
given  by  Omer  j  and  the  Chay  are  Follouxrs  of  Baly.  The 
Subjects  of  the  King  of-  I'C'jLi  are  Cbay  ;  and  thofe  of  tho 
Gru,nd  Signer,  Soiitu. 

Some  Authors  '.'.ill  have  it,  that  'Mfjfidman  ilgnifies  ^flCff^/, 
that  is,  Predeltinated  ;  and  tliat  the  yj/j/joijitt;??;!  give  them- 
felves  the  A^'pellaiion,  as  believing  tliemfelvts  all  Pre- 
dcllmate. 

J/j?-fi72!ni  is  more  particular  as  to  the  Origin  of  the  Name, 
he  dcnvfs  it  from  the  AT..h:c  Mujlilam^  Saved,  ta- 

It  is  found  in  a  kind  of  Bag,  or  Tumour  growing  about  1-"'  out  uf  Danger  ;  anu  oblervcs,  that  the  AUomaa^i 
thebignefs  of  a  Hen's  Egg  under  the  Belly  towards  the    eitabli/hN.g  the.r  Kelig^on  by  i'.rc  and  Sword,  majlacred 


who  wrote  in  the  time 

oiTheodoric  the  Gosh, 

time  Uixrtimui,  and  St.  Atgufiin  not  far  remote, 
Moderns   arc    Zarlin,    S.llim;,     Vtncaizo  Galileo, 
Kircber,  Merjhme,   r.iraii,  de  Cms,  Furault,  Waltis. 
Carter  Holdijworth,  Mikohi,  Ikc. 

MUSICAL  Sound,    -  ^SouND. 
MUSICAL  StriKi;    /  3     3  Chord. 
MUSlCALJ-iiaiiiicJ.r'  ^Music. 
MUSICAL  Noiei,    3  VNote. 
MUSK,  a  kind  ot  I'eifunie,  of  a  very  flrong  Scent; 
only  agreeable  when  moderated  by  the  Mixture  of  lume 
other  I'eriume.    Seel'ERFuME.  , 

m   -        growing  about 
'ards 

oenital  Farts  of  a  wild  Be"ad  of  the  fame  Name  ;  and  ap- 
pears to  be  noth  log  clfc  but  a  kind  of  bilious  Blood  mere 
cont-caled,  and  alniolt  corrupted. 

The  Animal  is  pretty  common  in  the  Kingdoms  ot  Tom 
tan,  Tonquh!,  and  fotne  other,  ixs  Cochin  China,  But 
the  moll  etieemed  are  thofe  in  the  Kingdom  ot  Tibet.  ^ 

They  inhabit  the  Worlds  and  Forells,  where  the  Natives 
hunt  'em  down  :  when  the  Beaft  is  kill'd,  they  cur  out 
the  Bladder  under  the  Belly,  fcparate  the  coagulated 
Blood,  and  dry  it  in  the  Sun,  where  it  is  reduced  into  a 
light  'friable  Subllance  almost  of  the  nature  of  a  Powder, 
of  a  dusky  reddilh  Colour  ;  and  acquires  a  very  ftrong  .nd 
difagreeabte  Smell.  It  is  then  tied  up  again  in  Veflels,  ;!nd 
exported  to  other  Countreys  j  and  this  is  the  Musk  which 

wt  ufc.  r  •     ■    r  I.  ^ 

What  the  Antients  have  wrote  of  it,  is  fabulous,  zuz. 
that  it  comes  from  the  Teilicles  of  a  Caltor,  which,  r<,  1-op 
the  purfuii  of  the  Hunter,  calhares  itfelf.  T  he  occiifion  ol 
their  Error  may  be  owing  to  this,  that  among  the  Indians 
the  Ui'sk  Animal  goes  by  the  name  of  o/. 

Vlusk  is  in  confidt-rable  ufe  among  rhePeriumers  and  Con- 
fedioners  ;  tho  much  lefs  row  than  formerly.  Ic  is  fup- 
pofed  to  furtify  the  Heart  andBnin  ;  and  is  goed  againll 
Deafnefs  ;  but  is  little  uf:.-d  in  Medicine,  as  being  apt  to 
cccafion  the  Vapours. 

The  Word  tomes  from  the  Jralic  Mofcba,  Musk: 
whence  was  form'd  \be  common  Greek  u-tx®'' 

MUSKET,  ot  MusQUET,  a  Fire-Arm  bore  on  the 
Shojider,  and  ufed  in  War  ;  robe  fired  by  the  Applica- 
tion of  a  lighted  Match.    See  Fibe-. 


all  lin.fe  wliu  Would  n^tt  embrace  ir,  and  granted  Life  i 
all  thuldid,  calling  thctn  Unjjidmans  ;  i.e.  Erepti  pcnciilo^ 
whence  th'  Wurd,  in  courlc  of  Time,  became  the  diilin- 
guilhing  Title  of -all  thuf,'  of  that  Sefl,  who  have  affixed 
lo  It  the  liguilicaisjn  of  Trite  liche'ver. 

ML'SL'LM  ANISM,  fee  Makometamsm. 
MU  i  A'l  ION,   the  h€t  ot  ('hanging  :   or,  fometinies 
theCliange  itielf.    See  Change  and  Permutation. 

"Tis  one  of  the  Laws  of  Nature,  that  rne  Muiatia7i  of 
Mot  on  is  ever  proportional  to  the  moving  Force  imprcfs'd, 
6t,  ^>A^  uRE. 

Mui''iTiuN,  in  the  anticnt  Mufic,  fignifies  the  Changes, 
or  Aiieidiions  th;u  happen  in  the  Order  of  the  Sounds  which 
compi-fe  (he  Melody. 

,  .ijio-^eniis  fays  it  is,  as  it  were,  a  kind  of  Paffion  in  the 
O'der  of  rht  Melody.  SecM:iLODY. 

Tlie  Cliangt  s  are,  firlt,  in  the  Ueneya^  when  the  Song  be- 
gins in  one,  as  ihe  Ch.omiutc,  and  paffes  into  another,  as 
the  Diatonic.  Secondly,  In  the  Syiiems  as  when  the  Song 
pafTcs  out  of  one  Terrachord,  as  Melon,  into  another,  aS 
Diaz(.i%r)'enoit  ;  or  more  generaliy,wUen  it  p^ffi  s  from  a  high 
place  of  the  Scale  to  a  lower,  or  conrrarity,  i.e.  piirt 
of  it  is  fung  high,  and  part  low.  Thirdly,  In  the  Mode  or 
Tone,  as  when  the  Song  begins  in  one,  as  the  Doric  ;  and 
pafTes  into  another,  as  the  Lydian,  Fourthly,  In  the  Me/o- 
fxia,  that  is,  when  the  Song  changes  the  very  Air,  fo  as 
from  Gay  and  Sprightly,  to  become  Soft  and  Langui/h- 
ing  j  or  frorn  a  Manner  that  exprcfles  one  Paffion  or  Sub- 
jciS,  to  the  Expreffion  of  fome  other. 

MUTE,  in  Grammar,  a  Letter  which  is  not  founded,  or 


The  length  of  toe  M^tshi  is  fix'.d  to  three  Feet  eight  heard  in  the  Pronunciation  j  or  a  Letter  which  yields  no 

Inches  horn  the  Muzzle  to  the  Touch-Pan,  and  its  Bore  is  Sound  of  itfelf  and  without  a  Vowel.    See  Letter, 

to  be  fuch  as  mJiy  receive  a  Ball  of  22  to  24  in  a  Pound.  The  Confonants  arc  ordinarily  d^ftmguiflicd  into  Mutes 

M<.'kets  were  anticnily  bore  in  the  Field  by  the  Infantry  5  and  Liq> 
at  prefentthey  an:  little  ufedfavein  the  Defence  of  Places. 


MUSKETbON,  a  intie  Mufjiet,  fliorcer,  tho  thicker 
than  the  ordinary  Mufqucr. 

It  is  fired  by  the  coUifion  of  a  Steel  and  Flint  in  the  Lock  ; 
whereas  the  Mufquet  is  fired  by  a  Match.  Its  Bore  is  a 
98th  part  of  its  Length  and  carries  five  Ounces  of  Iron, 
orfevenand  a  half  of  Lead,  with  an  equal  Quantity  ot 
Powder. 

MUSSLIN,  Muslin,  or  Mousselin,  a  fine  Cloth, 
wholly  of  Cotton  j  fo  call'd  as  nut  being  even,  but  having 
adounyNapon  its  Surface  refembling  Mofs,  which  the 
French  call'd  Moiiffe. 

There  are  various  kinds  of  Uufl'm^  brought  from  the  Eajl- 
Indies,  chiefly  Bengali  ;  Beielles,  Tarnatans,  Mallemolles,  Tan- 
jehs,,  Terindames,  Doreas,  &c. 

MUST,  fweet  Wine,  newly  preffed  from  the  Grape  j 
or  the  new  Liquor  prefs'd  from  the  Fruits  before  it  has 
work'd  or  fermented.    See  Wine. 

MUSTARD,  a  Preparation  of  a  Grain  of  that  Name, 
ground  or  beaten  up  with  Vinegar,  or  the  Uuji  of  Wins  5 
whence  its  Name. 

MUSTARD  SEED,  in  Latin  Sivapi,  gives  the  Deno- 
mination to  a  Species  of  Topical  Medicines  call'd  Si7iufijnis. 
Sec  Sin  AP  ism. 

UiJiard'Seed  ia  alfo  ufed  in  preparing  Chagrine.  See 

C«AGR  INE. 

MUSTER,  a  Review  of  Military  Forces,  in  order  to  take 
account  of  their  Numbers,  Condition,  Accoutrements, 
Arms,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  French  Moujire,  Specimen. 
See  Review. 

Muster  o/Kccdi-{^  (Stat.  iS  Ne.ti.6.)  is  to  be  enrolled  in 
the  Number  of  the  King's  Soldiers.    See  Roll. 

MusTER-M.i/fc)-  Genera/,  or  M.ijier  of  the  Kings  Mus- 
ters, is  an  Officer  in  an  Army,  who  takes  account  of 
every  Regiment,  their  Number,  Horfes,  Arms,  ^c. 

MusTER-Ko//j,  areLiflsof  the  Soldiers  in  every  Troop, 
Company,  Regiment,  ^'c. 

MUSULMAN,  a  Title  by  which  the  Mahometans  di- 
.flinguifh  themfelves  ;  fignifying,  in  their  Language,  True 


ds,  orhalf  Vowels.  See  Conson an t. 
The  Mutes  in  the  En<^ip  Alphabet  are  Eleven,  vl-z.  B, 
C,  D,  G,  H,  K,  P,  Q,  1'.  They  are  call'd  Mwrt-ibecaufa 
a  Liquid  can't  be  founded  in  the  fame  Syllable  before 
them,  as  r^o  j  but  a  Ayjire  iTiay  be  pronounced  in  the  fame 
Syllable  before  a  Liquid,  as^ri?,    See  Liq,uiD. 

Mute,  Dmih,  a  Perfon  that  cannot  fpeak,  or  has  not 
the  uie  of  Speech.    See  Dumrness. 

Jvluies  and  Divarfs  make  their  Fortune  in  the  Grand 
Signnr's  Seragin).  The  Mutes  lerve  as  Executioners  to  take 
oft'  IVrfons  uf  the  firft  Rank. 

Mute,  in  Law,  he  that  Hands  Dumb,  or  Speechlefs, 
A  Prifonerniay  itand  Mdte  two  manncrof  ways  j  i.When 
he  fj>eaks  not  at  all:  In  which  Cafe  it  i,s  enquired,  whe- 
ther he  Hand  Mae  of  Malice,  or  by  the  Aft  of  God  :  If 
by  the  latter,  then  the  Judge,  ex  Ojfido^  ought  to  enquire 
whether  he  be  the  fame  Perfon  j  and  of  all  other  Pleas, 
which  he  might  have  pleaded  if  he  had  not  flood  Mire. 
2.  He  is  faid  to  be  Mure  when  he  pleads  not  Guilty,  or 
does  not  dire£lly  anfwer,  or  will  not  put  himfelf  upon  the 
EnqueH  to  be  tried. 

MUTILATION,  the  retrenching,  or  cutting  away  of 
any  Member  of  ihe  Body. 

The  ufe  of  the  Word  is  alfo  extended  to  Statues  and 
Buildings,  where  any  part  is  wanting,  or  the  Projedure  of 
any  Member  is  broke  off. 

MuTiL  ATiON  is  fometimes  underflood  in  a  more  imme- 
diate manncrfor  Cajlration.    See  Castration. 

MUTUAL,  a  relative  Term,  denoting  fomething  that 
is  reciprocal  between  two  or  more  Perlbns.  See  Reci- 
procal. 

Thus  we  fay  Matitnl  J^JJance,  Mutual  Jverj207i,Scc. 

There  arc  Mutual^  or  reciprocal  Duties,  Offices,  ^c,  be- 
tween Superiors,  and  Inferiors  ;  the  Kingand  his  Subjefts  5 
the  Matter  and  his  Servants,  i^c. 

Vau^elas  makes  a  Diflinflion  between  Mutual  and  Reci- 
procal. Mutual,  according  to  him,  is  underHood  of  what  is 
between  two  only  j  and  Reciprocal  of  what  is  between 
more  than  two.  But  this  Decifion  is  little  regarded  in 
common  ufe. 

7  Q.  A 


M  Y  O 


(  6io  ) 


M  YR 


MUTULt  MuTBLu,,,  in  Architefturc,  an  Ornamem.    Conc/ve/  "  ""=^>='      ufeaconcave  Glaf..  S« 

oiherwile  call  i\  MvdilUoK.    S'-e  Mnmrr  t-i  _ 

latter  m  the  U,;mb,a,:.    See  Doric,  /«„,  to  cut ;  is  a  Diffec1,un  cCti.e  Mufcles 

Wh^''^?;  ''"-■'^''"^t'"°t  Ten  Ti,ou'ra„d. 
Thout^M^'"'-'^'  ^  ^^f'^-'  "  '^""'--■'i"  of  Ten 


'I  he  MuUih!  in  the  Doric  anfwcr  to  the  r.l%l,ph< ;  whence 

Mr^'r  "i  M  ''"8-    See  Gu^tje. 

MUILLM,  m  the  Civil  Law,  is  a  Loan  fimpiv  fo 
call  a  i  or  a  Contrafl  intrrduccd  by  the  Law  of  l^ations, 
whereby  a  thing  confining  in  Weight,  as  I'lippore  Bullion  ;  in 

Wmc,  £5i.  .s  given  to  another,  upon  Condition  that  he  /liall  and  narrow  at  ton 
return  another  thmo  of  the  fame  (5„anm„   v,„.„   „„J  v  d  >;,^V'°P; 


.e.tha„-tho.:-^,;M^--f^:^^:4^:,|;ri^^^3- 

cfw'/r^/'^'Pr^''  M--"™«s,  in  Antiquity.,  Peop], 
o\U,,piy,  tab.ed  to  havcarofe  troni  Ants. or f ir„;,,:,: 
a  Prayer  pu,  UD  to  tha.  purpofe  bv  k  J„  ,„  ,'"  "i'  "f"" 


  '  b"^"  ^o  aiioiiicr,  upon  v^ondition  that  he  ihall 

return  another  thing  of  the  fame  Quantity,  Nature,  and 
Value  on  demand. 

This,  therefore  is  a  ConiraB  without  Reward  ■  So  that 
where  Ufe  or  Intcrcll  arife,  there  muft  be  fonie  particular 
Article  m  the  Contiaft  whereon  it  is  founded. 

MUZZLE  of  a  Gun,  is  llriclly  the  Moulding  or  Circle 
which  incompafrcs,  and  llrtngihcns  the  Mouth  of  it 

MYLOGLOSSUM,  in  Anatomy,  a  Pair  of  Mufcles  thus 

call  d.  bccaule  nnfino  ihntir  fk..  _r.i_  .  -■  .  i  _ 


u       r           '      ^""fomy,  a  rairot  Mulcles  thus  MYRMIl. 
becaufe  anfing  about  tht;  buckfule  of  the  W.olare^,  or    call'd  aifo  M. 
ing-Iceth,  and  inrcrteH  inrn  thp   I  w..-..-^^^*  t.  j  .  . 


prayer;Vutup;;i,h;-;ofe^^::^-^:^--."^^^ 

^«  ^^s    Kingdotrr    had  Len  c^lpeo^ed' b;\^-- 

In  Horner^  ; 
diers. 

MYRMILLO,  a  kind 


and  VirgU,  the  Uyrmidm,  are  ^rJil'ej's 


Sol- 


i4l„. 


a.uo.g  auout  tne  Dacjtlide  otthe  Malares,  or 
Grind  ing-Feeih,  and  inferred  into  the  Lipament  of  the 
Tongue  ;  helping  to  pull  it  upwards.    See  Tongue. 

1  helc  are  the  lame  with  what  Mr.  Cowfey  calls  SlylKld. 
film.    S.-e  Stvi.oglossum. 

MiLOHl  Ol  DELM,  in  Anatomy,  abroad,  but  lliort 
Mukle  lying  immediately  under  theascMer  Mufcle  of  the 
Jaw,  and  which  fpringing  from  the  lower  Margin  on  each 
fide  the  under  Jaw,  is  infcrted  into  the  Eafis  of  the  Oi 
Hyalite!.  SeeHyoiDEs. 

^  Eefides  the  common  Ufe  afcribcd  to  this  Mufcle,  which 
IS  to  move  the  H,™*),  the  Tongue,  and  the  Larynit  both 
upwards,  inu'ards,   and  fide-ways ;  its  Series  of  tranfverfe 

iibrcs  have  a  further  ufe  when  it  is  at  red  ;  and  that  i,(  to    Bp/Im^-    !,„  j       >i  '  " 

compters  the  Glands  under  the  Tongue,  and  by  th!;,  means  S  iefs  antllr  r  1°""':. 
promote  .tne  dilcharge  of  Saliva  into  the  MoLh  from  the  ^L^^Itf^^^ftl'^?, 


of  Gladiator  in  antient  Rome  ; 
Sec  Gladiator.  ' 


.-..■r-....  ...V.  ^i.u„ii,uMucrnic  1  ongue,  and  by  that  means 

iromote  tne  dilcharge  of  Saliva  into  the  Mouth  from  the 

lower  falival  Dufls.    Whence  it  is  we  ufe  this  Mufcle  when 

we  want  Saliva  in  the  Mouth. 

MiOCEPHALE,  in  Anatomy,  a  little  part  of  theTii- 

^ira  Vz-ea  ;  fo  call'd,  as  refembling  the  Head  of  a  Fly. 

See  Uvea.  ^ 

The  Word  is  form'dof  the  Gretvf  Mwa  Fly,  and 
Head.  '  ' 

MYOLOGY,  in  Anatomy,  a  Defcription  of  the  Mufcles  : 
or  the  Knowledge  of  what  relates  to  the  Mufcles.  See 
Muscle. 

Anatomy  is  divided  into  Ofttalort.  Myoloai  &c  Ree 
Anatomv.  '-^ 

The  Word  is  form'd  ofuDt,  f,.Z3r,  a  Mufcle,  and 
Difcourfe. 

MYOMANCY,  a  lind  of  Divination,  or  Method  of  fore- 
telling Events  by  mean,  of  Mice.    See  Divination. 

Some  Authors  hold  Myy«ncy  on,:  of  ihe  moll  anticnt 
Kinds  (>f  Divination  j  and  thmk  it  is  on  this  account  that 

-rt'tf,''  ''"'"'""Mice  among  the  abominable  things 
of  the  Idolaters.  Eu,  bclidc  that  it  is  not  ccitain  that  the 
Hcfo-eta  Word  uled   by  the  Prophet,  fignifies  a 

A(.«/e  i  lis  evident  it  is  not  Divination  by  that  Animal 
bcitwhat  It  will,  IS  here  fpokeof ;  but  the  eatina  it 

MYOPES,  P.rfonswho  are  fl>ort-fighted  ;  orf  as'  wepo- 
pularlycalht,  PnrWiBrf.    ScoSioht.  " 

^lyotc,  are  properly  fuch  as  fee  remote  Obiefls  confu- 
ledly,  and  nearoncs  diHindly.    SeeMvortA  ' 

Thcdefefl  of  l-lyofe,  is  not  in  the  Optic  Nerve,  the  Pu- 
'''o^""' r  "i'tj^^"''?*'  the  Cryflalline,  or  the 


SyRr/oLAN^'  ""^'i  "-''^.Vr»*»r. 

s±^^r::^ii,;lr::r:xi^--s-- 

J  litre  are  five  kinds   o(  Mirahhtu  ■    TI,.  c  a  n>i 

me  bignefs  of  an  Acorn  wrinkled,  withoutStone  Th= 
r  w'n,";ttd'^^t't"'e^S=  '^^i^';  ^^^^ 
B.l>.:.,   hard,  yellow,   round,  the  fi.e  of  "n  ordi;ary 

•live,  and  A- 


each  kind  are  ilightly  Purga 


}>'!y>-abolans 
flringcnr. 

B  la^Vl""^  comes  from  the  Greei  uv  :y  U„,„,„, 
Me^lie^""'"  '  "  '""S  -d  ufed  in 

MYRRH,  a  kindofGum.orReiI„;iruin,  by  I„clfi„„ 
and  iometimesfpontancoufly  from  ••  e  T,m  t  1a  ,  • 
Br.nches  of  a  Treegrowina  ri  Tah^,  r  '  ""/"r  '"''S" 
^hf""-    See  Gum.      °  ^'^f'' -^rpecally 

thif  r'o^"  "■-t""'  "^""f      T^'^s  which  produces 

i;::^|^f;,ai:t'r-pt-[\;:t-r>'-'''>'^-^ 
...  0  -  -  i— edt  -s^i-^^^^s^s 

^^aifil  '  ^'•S,"!a">,  or 

broke,  containakind  of  unauous  Liauor  h  a' 
ouspart  of  theM,r,..  and  .he  ^ea^tS  o^^rtt^J^^l:  . 

This  Gun,  enters  a  great  number  of  Medicinal  Comoo 
fitions  Its  B.tternefs  renders  i,  good  for  the  Stomach.Td 
againll  Worms  ;  'tis  chew'd  to  prevent  Infeflion  frooico"  . 


diflance  ofthe  Retina  from  the  ntm'^.  The'&^i'iVlin";  hi  Sus  oSeV  Dr"  o  '  "  V'^-"'-^  "-"""n- 
>g  rounder,  or  more  convex  than  ordinary,  the  Rays  will    rndTrene  hen  he  W  ^""y [^"i'  '.'  "excellent  to  cleanfe 


-,"  -■>  -  ^  ^.j.ivtx  man  oroinary,  the  Kays  will 

be  render  d  more  Convergent  than  ordinary  in  paffing  thro 
the  fame  (fee  Rekkaction;  ;  byihis  means  tVy  will  ^e 
brougb  to  meet  or  concur  at  the  lefs  diliance  from  the 
Cryilallme;  fo  that  ,f  the  Retina  he  at  its  ufual  diliance 
they  will  concur  e'er  the,  reach  it.  'Tis  the  too  greaj 
nearnefs,  then,  of  the  Retina  to  the  Crvflalline,  that  cinfti 
tutes  the  7l/>o/i«.  '  '  coiuTi 

ATjD/cj  have  their  Sight  very  durable  ;  and 
to  needSpedlacles.    See  Spectacles 


a  good  Detergent  ;  and  as'  fuch  Swh  aJded  Ix  r„Tl  v 
Unguent,  for  theHea  ingof  Wounds  ;  and  makes  he 'rin? 
cipal  Ingredient  ufed  in  Embalming.    The  ChymiftT^jrw 
from  It  Oils.  Spiri,.,  Tinaures,  k'.  to  which  they  aT 
tribute  extraordinary  Virtues,  ' 
The  VVord  comes  from  ^uf.,  I  run,  or  trickle 
Ihe  Antients  had  VelTels  of  a  kind  of  Mw,/, 
rately  come  M„,-rJ,„»,  MynhUia  T,c«U,  i£c.  S„me7vl' 

made  of  what  we'now  call  others' oT  0,^0  LTfrf 


Thofe  who  labour  under  the  oppofite  Defeft  are  call M  r    ;r         a'  T  ""Z  "J.'  °f  0»j4  otL" 

Freslyt.,,    See  Presbyta.  '  ^'f"^'  ""'^  °f  ^  Gum  congealed  and  condenfe^l 

Tlfe  Word  is  form'd  of  .e',,  Fly  ;  by  .eafon  remot.  r  ^^^TIFORMES  %  Anatomy  "  i  t.  ^  fca- 

Objefls  appear  to  them  like  Flies  5  or   perh-n    hv      ?  'fi"'-"'  1=^5- Knots  adjoining  to.  or  rather  in  the  Placa 

The  ,s  owing  to  the  too  great  Convexitv  nf  ,1,  j  ., 

Ul  of  the  Eve.   and  n,rt,V„W„A,.         ...S  ?^'^^  .  "kt^^em  ^^^^^ 


Ball  of  the  Eye,  and  Particularly  of  the  CryflaU  '  .  "/''"JV  ""f  "'""^  P''°"'''''"i'y.  derive  them  from  ih. 
whence  it  happens  that  tiie  vifual  Rays  concur  before  hev  ^T^'"'         «r"''  F»gme"t  Zunk 

reach  the  Retina.    SceMvorEs.  "uore  they   up,  they  take  them  to  be.   SeeHvMEN.  ""'"nl' 


MY  S 


(  6n  ) 


Myrtle,  Myrtles,  thi;  Berries,  or  Frua  ofa Shrub 
*ell  inown  under  the  is ^mc  of  Myrtk,  growing  tommon 
in  SfM„,  efpecially  m  the  Mountains  of  Laficrra  Maretia 

There  are  two  linds  of  fc>n/f,  Male  and  Female  ;  the 
latter  whereof  produces  the  belt  Berries,  and  i.i  the  greatell 
Quantity. 

The  Fruit  is  at  firft  green,  but  becomes  black  infen- 
fibly  withm  ;  it  is  a  white  Seed  in  form  of  a  Cref.ent, 
folid,  hard,  and  of  an  afiringent  Tafle  ;  while  the  Fruit 
continues  on  the  Trees,  'tis  lucculont  and  Anooth,  and  only 
becomes  acid  and  wrinkled,  becaufe  dried  in  tiie  Sun  for 
the  convenience  of  Carriage.  I  j 

They  arc  much  ufcd  in  Medicine,  efpecially  in  traucCy    fide  aiii 
where  they  prepare  Ods,  Syrups,  iSc.  froin  'em.  mylUcal  internal 

The  Pertumcrs  jikewife  ufe  'cm  in  their  Perfumes,  and 
draw  an  Eflence  from  'cm.  The  German  Dyers  make  a 
blue  Colour  from  'ein.  In  England  the  Leaves  and  Bran- 
ches areufed  tor  Tanning  of  Leather. 

MiSTERY,  Mystekium,  foracthing  fecret,  or  hid- 
den ;  impolflble,  or  difficult  to  becomprehended. 

The  Word  IS  priiTiarily  ufed  in  fneaknig  ot  certain  Truths 
revealed  in  Scripture,  into  the  uii'derilanding  whereof  hu- 
man Reafon  cannot  penetrate  :  Such  are  the  Doclrinc  of 
theTnK/f_>',  the  Inc.minlioH,  l^c.    See  Trinity,  k^c. 

The  Word  comes  from  theGVee/E  ij.iiTmv  ;  a,,d  that,  ac- 
cording to  feme  Etymologills,  from  Claiido,  taceti,  I 
/hut,  I  am  fiient,  and  rou«.  Mouth  ;  but  then  whence 
comes  the  >•  ?    Mult  the  m  of  ropa  be  converted  into  an 


MVS 


.n  he  Gofpel.  Hoidmg  the  Myle;y  of  the  Fairh  in  a  purs 
t?™ld"r  -he  f^venth  Angel  begins 

Z  he  d  r^"." •  ""V^y  °f  G"''  I"'"  be  finilh'd, 
as  ^he  has  declared  to  hts  Servants  the  Prophets,  Revel. 

In  all  which  Paffages,  the  Word  Mv/?e.,,  is  „ken  for  ,1,, 
fecret  h,dde„  Things  which  God  has  dl^t"^  his  Mi! 

MYSTICAL,  Mystic,  fometh  ng  Allesorical        M  r 
term,.    See  Mystery,  Allegory        ^        '  "  ^^J' 
The  Comnientatois  on  the  Scriptures,  befides  a  literal 
find  alfo  a  my,ucal  and  a  moral  Meaning  * 
The  Bible  they  contend,  is  a  Book  written  both  within 
-   -Id  without  fide.    Within  fide,  with  regard  to  the 
^  -nternal,  fublime,  and  hidden  Senfe  =  and  with 

out  fide  with  regard  to  the  literal  and  grammatical  Senfe" 
immedutelyexprcfs'd  by  the  words.  a.  oenle, 

.h^rf""^). ']>=,^""'--n'  Fathers,  and  Doflors  of 
the  Church,  underiland  the  Books  trientioned  in  Ezech 
'•■  9-  aiid  i„  the  .Jfocalyffr.  v.  i.  ^hieh  were  i=r.,e  ho,h 
^'<h,i,fidei,ndw:tbo,a,  of  the  Scriptures 
.  The  literal  and  myjiical  Senfe  they  think  are  here  fairly 
intimated.  ^i^iauiy 

The  Senfe  of  Scripture,  fay  they,  is  either  that  imme- 
diately  (tgnified  by  the  Words  and  Expreffions  in  theXl 
mon  ule  of  Language:  or  it  is  mediate,  fublime,  tvpical 
and  ,»^y^r.,/  ;  wherein  the  thing.,  themfelves  fign  fied  arc 
made  to  fignify  fl.U  „,her  and  further  thing,,,  according  to 
the  particular  Defign,  and  Intention  of  God,  and  tlie  fro- 


The  Word,  then,  is  derived  with  more  Propriety  from  the  phetra,  Ap„.Tle^fr„r^^^ 

Hebrew  IPD  Sator,  to  hide,  whence  is  form'd  HnDQ  M.fiar,  The  1  teral  Senfe  r"^  C  ^YPtciL. 

a  hidden  thing.  ''"7  ^S^'"  J'«Ie  mtQ  literal  Proecr, 

We  have  an  Epitome  of  the  mfl,r,e,  of  FM,,  or  the  I'h                                ^ords  taken  fimply  and  pro^ 

iW)yft™jo/ari/(ia»,ij',  in  the  Symbols,  or  Creeds,  com-  And  literal  M«,«A«„v,;  ,,,1,        t.     „t  , 

piled  by  the  ApoUles.  the  Counil  of  dee,  and  St.i..„.-  unt^^t  T^H^:^        mJ^^hS^  ^fc*" 


Jins.    Si;e  Creed. 

In  all  thcle,  mention  is  made  of  tlie  Mj)7?e.jy  of  the  Tri- 
nity j  the  Myji  cries  of  the  Incamaiion  ot  the  Son  of  God, 
his  Deitth  and  FajJIon^^  and  his  Defcmt  into  Hell  for  the 
Redemption  of^Mankind.    Of  his  RefurreBion  the  third 


where  ,be  R,gi,-Eye  „  e„«,„a„ded  ,ohe  pUckd 

Wherever  the  proper  literal  Senfe  contains  an,  thing  abfutd 

phorkah""'       '  ''^'^  •"''-■li'eraf  Meta 

AH  Scripture  has  a  true  literal  Senfe,  but  not  alwavs  a 
laical  one.    We  m„ft  „l„™, ,  „„j..,i.,_j  ''Iwajs  i 


jvvu^iw^.j^.i      i.iaiiiviiiu.    \ji  Ills  t^sjurreeiion  tne  tnird  All  Script 

Day,  his  ^ce»/7ii7jto  Heaven,  hi5y;tt;Bi;n;t4e,-i5i,:  //anrfof  MvRical  one     Wpn,„ft„l,„                                      -  - 

Cod.  and  his  r.,„„,5          to  ),.d,e  the  World.    Of  the  Drl  si^  r  whe,;  it  fneak,  Imr,^'                 "  f  "'"^l 

m,y,  and  Co-equality  of  the  Holy  GhoU  with  the  Father  ^^[e  „f  Charkv   of  I      r          T  "-^  *"=  °^ 

and  the  Son:    Of  the  Unity  of  the   Church:    Of  the  flruTi  i  s        h"  L    ^>  "^^^^^^^^^ 


and  the  Son :  Of  the  Unity  of  the  Church  :  Of  the 
Community  of  Saints  ;  the  participation  of  the  Sacraments  ; 
and  the  general  Refurredion. 

Thefe  are  the  principal  Myfieries  of  Faith  ;  which  the 
Church  declares  ncceflary  to  be  known  and  believ'd,  in 
order  to  Salvation. 

From  theearliell  Ages  there  have  been  particular  Fefti- 
vals  inJiituted  by  the  Church  in  honour  of  thefe  Myftenes 

..^r.....  TI,„„1,„  I  ;  i„j  -1   1 


n     a-        r      1  ^JVJuu,    wnen  it  gives  us  In- 

flruaions  for  theCondua  of  Life,  for  the  Regulating  our 

rfHiftorV.""    "  °""y 

The  fame  Paffiige  of  Scripture  has  fometimes  feveral 
literal  Senfes,  exprefs'd  and  fignified  immediately  by  ths 
W  crds  taken  in  liieir  proper  and  their  figurative  Senfe,  and 
whi.h  appear  to  have  been  all  intended  by  the  infcir'd 
Perfon  wh,;  fpoke  them,  as  having  been  la  underftood  by 


n-r  V  "'^„^""';-"  o.  L..t    ,.,y,,er,e! ,  Merlon  who  Ipo] 

to  return  lhank,,  to  God  for  having  revealed  thctn,  and  to  ethers  of  them     A,  ,1,„V.  m'  \"°  "r",  ■".'""«:'""oa 

oblige  the  MiniHers  and  Pallors   to  inHru£t  the  People  Z  W  zi    ,     ,  u-  "■ 

therein.    See  Feasts.  ^  acc',.  L  i  T   a'-nr    "  '■  '"^"^       ^""^  ""J^Hjnds 

Such  are  the  Feail  of  the  M,ftery  of  the  hearna,io«,  call'd         Tefu,  ChW'»  '  »  ''  '^^ 

.i;oar,r:..,thofeofthe„C,.,,iAp.^,^^  ^IJ:^  ^^.;^o-^  SeX^^tl!^  ^t^'.^'Z 


^c.  See  Incarnation,  Circumcision,  Easter,  Ep 

PH  A  NY,  ^C. 

The  Heathens  too  had  their  V^yfterks :  The  Egyptian 
Prielis  concealed  the  Myief;«  of  their  Religion  and'  Philo- 
fophy  under  Hieroglyphics.    See  Hieroglyt nic. 

Thofe  U'ho  revealed  the  Myjieries  of  the  Botsa  Dea  were 
fcverely  punifhed  i  and  none  were  trufted  with  them  but 
ihofe  formerly  initiated,  and  fworn  to  fecrecy. 

But  thefe  were  not  call'd  Myfleyies,  as  being  incompre- 
henfible,  or  raifed  above  the  ken  of  Reafon;  but  becaufe 
they  were  covered,  and  difguifcd  under  Tjpes,  and  Fi- 
gures, to  raife  the  greater  Veneration  in  the  People. 

The  MyJ}eries  of  I'aganifm  were  celebrated  in  Grotto's, 
fitter  to  conceal  Crimes  than  to  hold  religious  Myjierks 
in. 

In  Scripture-Language,  the  Term  "Myiflery  is  ufed  with 
fome  Latitude.  He  that  reveals  Secrets,  (or  Myjieries) 
makes  known  to  thee  what  lhall  come  to  pafs  j  Dmt.H. 
29.   There  is  a  God  in  Heaven  that  reveals  My/hries^  ib.  v. 

Tn  which  Places,  'Myfiery  is  any  thing  not  to  be  known 
without  Divine  Revelation. 

\Vc  fpcak  the  Wifdom  of  God  in  a  Myjtery,  which  God 
had  refolved  before  all  Ages  to  reveal  for  our  Glory,  r  Car. 
il  7.  We  are  ro  be  accounted  (fays  St,  Paul)  as  Minifters 
of  Jefus  Chrift,  and  Difpenfers  of  the  Myfieries  of  God, 
I  Cor.  IV.  I.  The'  I  underhand  all  Myfieries,  and  have  the 
Knowledge  of  all  Things,   if  I  have  not  Charity,  I  am 

pothing,  1  Cor.  xili.  2.     Behold  1  ihew  you  a  ^yftery,  j  Cor.    v.'.is  J^^gi^t  ;  lignities,  according  to  t 

r'^'lVd.Jin^he  ^P;'J!?.r"  '"^^y  ""d^.'^ft^"'^  «y    I-'ghti   by  Allegory,  the  M?ffiah  ;  in  the  Tropolopical 

Knowledge     the^^erj,  of  Chrifl  i  ad  E^h  f  uu  4.    And    Senfe,  Grace  ;  and  Anagogically.  the  Light  of  Glory 
m  the  follow  ng  \erfcs  he  adds,  that  this  M^/rojy  ...  that       MISTICS,  Mystic!,  a  kind  of  Rellious  Seft  ^dlftin 
he  ^c^s  are  ^ ellow-He.rs.  and  make  but  one  Body  with    guiM  by  their  profeffing  pure,  fublime,  and  perfecl  0^ 
the  Vcv^s,  be.r^  Sharer*  wuh  them  in  the  Promifes  of  God    votion.  with  an  intire  dirfnterelled  Love  of  GodTfree  of 

all 


Saviour  s  Refurreaion.  Thus  in  Hofea  xi.  i.  the  Words  of 
tne  Prophecy,  1  b.t„e  c.,lkd  my  So„  „„t  0/ Egypt,  are  under- 
llood  literally  of  the  Children  of  Ifr.iel  whom  God  brought 
out  of  Efypt  under  the  ConduCl  of  Mofes ;  and  yet  in 
Marti  11.  ,5.  they  are  underftood  metaphorically  of  Jefus 
Cnrilf    See  Prophecy. 

The  Myjlical  Senfe  of  Scripture  is  that  which  the  thinas 
expref,  d  by  the  Wotds  fignify  further  ;  oritis  a  fecond  Sie- 
nihcation,  and  Expreffion  lignified  by  the  firll  ;  this  fe- 
cond being  exprefs'd  immediately  by  the  firfl,  and  medi- 
ately by  the  Words  themfelves.  Writers  allow  of  three 
kinds  of  l.!yjtlcal  Senfe  in  the  Wotd  of  God  •  The  firfl: 
correfponding  to  Faith,  and  call'd  Alegoricl  i  the  fecond 
to  Hope,  call  d  J„ag,gical ;  and  the  third  to  Charity  call'd 
the  TroiJolog/cal  Senfe. 

The  four  Senfes,  and  their  Applications  are  included  it, 
the  Latin  Dillich, 

Litera  gejiadocet,  i^uid  credas  Jlle^oria. 
Morctlii /jtiid  ilgas,  fitio  leiidas  Jnagogia. 

Sometinies  the  fame  Word  in  Scripture  is  taken  in  all  the 
(our  Senfes.  __Thus  the  word  Jerufalem  literally  fignifies  tha 
Capital  of  -juiea  ;  Allegoricallv,  the  Church  Militant  : 
Tropologically  and  Morally,  a  Believer  ;  and  Anagogicallv. 
Heaven. 

So,  that  Paffage  in  Genefn,  Let  there  be  Liijit,  and  there 
"  S-ight^  ;  fignifies,  according  to  the  Letter,  Corporeal 


M  Y  S 


(  ($12  ) 


M  Y  U 


all  felfifh  Confiderations.   See  Pietists,  Molinosists, 

^  The  to  excuTe  their  fanatic  Extafies,  and  a  mo 

reus  Extravagancies,  alltdge  thai  Taflage  of  Sr,  raul  ; 
■rhe  Spirit  Prays  in  us  by  Si^hs  and  Groans  that  are  tmtaierable. 
]Sow,  if  the  Spirit,  fay  t'hey,  pray  in  us  i  we  trnifi  reh^n 
ourfclves  to  its  Motions,  and  be  Iway'd,  and  guided  by  its 
Impulfe,  by  remaining  in  a  State  of  mere  Inaction.  6ec 

PaiUve  Conteniplation  is  that  State  of  Fcrfeaion  to 
tvhich  the  M;yi<c..  all  affaire.    See  C^ntemfl ation. 

M"^ST1C  T/'eo/oer,  isa  refined  and  iublime  kind  ot  Di- 
vinity, prufefs'd  b/the  Uyfucs.  It  confi0.s  in  a  Knowledge 
of  God  andDivitie  things,  not  acquir  d  in  tJie  common 
way,  butinfuled  imtticdi.tely  by  God,  and  which  has  the 
EffJa  to  move  the  Soul  in  an  cafy,  calm  devout  aftec- 
tivc  manner  J  to  unite  it  intimately  to  God  ^  to  d  umme 
the  Underflanding,  and  warm  and  enliven  the  Uiil  in  an 
extraordinary  manner. 


Among  the  Writings  attributed  to  Dion^Jius  the  Jreo^d^itCt 
is  a  Difcourfe  ofA(>;,7ic  T/jeo/o:y,  Several  others  hare  wrote 
on  the  famt  Subjed,  both  Antients  and  Modenw, 

MYTHOLOGY,  the  Kiilory  of  the  fabulous  Gods,  anj 
Heroes  of  Antiquiry  j  and  the  Explanation  of  their  Myfte- 
ries,  of  their  Religion,  their  Fables,  and  Metamorphofes. 
See  Gods,  Failles,  Metamorphoses, 
Natcihs  tomes  has  wrote  a  Mytholoiy. 

The  Word  isGi-ee^t,  andfignificsa  Difcourfe  or  Defcrlp- 
tion  of  Fables  j  from  ^u^f  rabnla,  and  \oyQ-  Sermo, 
Difcourfe. 

MYCRUS,  In  Medicine,  a  Pulfe  which  is  continually 
weakening  by  infenfiblc  Degrees  i  fo  that  the  fecond  Beat 
is  fainter  than  the  firit  ;  the  third  than  the  fecond,  ^c. 
See  Poi.SE, 

The  Word  is  formed  of  the  Gree^  nuuf©-,  like  a  Moufes 
TaU  \  which  is  compounded  of  u.t?f,  Moufe,  and  01^=?,  Tail  5 
the  Diminution  of  the  Pulfe  being  fuppofed  like  that  of  the 
thickncfsof  the  Tail  of  that  Animal,which  grows  lefs  from 
the  Root  to  the  Tip. 


N. 


N  AI 


(6n  ) 


N  AI 


N. 


NA  Liquid  Conronant,  and  the  1 5th  Letter  of 
the  Greek,  Lmthi^  Enilijlj^  Alphabets.  Sec 
%  Letter  and  Alphabet. 
The  N  is  a  </,  pafs'd  thro'  the  Nofe  5  fo 
that  when  the  Nofe  is  flopped  by  a  Cold,  or  the  like,  'tis 
uiual  10  pronounce  d  for  n.  M.  VAhht  He  Dangsau  obferves, 
that  in  the  Trench^  the  n  is  frequently  a  nicer  Nafal  Vowel, 
without  any  thing  of  the  Sound  of  a  Confonant  in  it.  He 
calls  it  the  Sdanomc  Vowel. 

The  Hehe-ws  call  their  N"  JVkk,  which  fignifies  Son^  as 
being  fuppofed  the  Offspring  of  ~M ;  partly  on  account  of 
the  refeniblancc  of  Sound,  and  partly  on  that  of  the  Fi- 
gure. Thus  from  the  M,  by  omitting  the  laft  Column,  is 
form'd  N;  and  thus  from  the  Capital  N,  by  omitting  the 
firfl  Column,  is  form'd  the  GreekMm'fcuIe  v.  Hence  for 
BicuJiiits,  l^c.  the  Latins  frequently  ufe  £;j«kj,  ijjc.  And 
ihe  Greek  v  at  the  end  of  a  Word,  they  convert  into  an  5 
as  P*ff^cX='^  Fharmaciim,  ^c. 

before i,  and  they  change  into  jk,  and  frequent- 
ly into  /  and  r,  as  in-ludo^  iUado ;  hi-rigo,  vrigo^  45fc,  In 
which  they  agree  with  the  Hebrews^  who,  in  lieu  of  Nii?i^ 
frequently  double  the  following Confonant  j  and  thsGreeJisy 
who  do  the  fame,  as  when  for  Manlius^  they  write  tuf/^ioij 
^c. 

The  Greeks  alio,  before  k,  yy  Xi  changed  the  y  into  y : 
in  which  they  were  followed  by  the  antient  Romans^  who 

The"  Lathis  retrench  the  n  from  Greek  Nouns  ending  in 
ejii  as  A;f'>i',  Leo ^Tg^^zaf,  Draco.  On  the  contrary,  the 
Greejisadd  it  to  the  Latin  ones  ending  in  0  ;  as  kat^v, 

N,  among  the  Antlcnis,  was  a  Numeral  Letter,  fignify- 
ing  5005  according  to  the  Verfe  in  Barojjius^ 

N,  quoque  Kotjgintos  numero  dejignat  hahendos. 

And  wher;  a  Line  was  flruck  07er  it,  /V,  Nine  Thoufand, 

Among  (he  antient  Lawyers,  N.  L.  flood  for  No»  X-i^wef, 
i.  E.  the  Caufe  is  not  clear  enough  to  pafs  Sentence  upon. 

N*,  in  Cnmmercc,  ^c.  is  ufed  as  an  Abbreviation  of 
Nmieroy  Number.  Thus  alfo  in  Medicine,  Caryophyllorum^ 
JV^  vi.  fignifics  fix  Cloves. 

NAEONASSAR,  in  Chronology.  The  ^ra  of  Nabo- 
NAssAR  is  famous.  We  know  but  little  of  the  Hiftory  of 
the  Man;  only  that  he  was  Kiiig  of  i>.fij/ow,  and  was  alfo 
call'd  Belffi-.s -J  tho' fome  will  have  fhim  the  Baladaji  men- 
tir.n'd  in  ifai-fih  xxalx.  1.  and  z  Kir,  .  kk.  n.  Some  even 
conjciflure  rhnt  he  was  a  Mcde  ;  and  that  he  was  fet  on  the 
Thione  by  the  Jiahyhiuans,  upon  their  rifing  and  ihaking  off 
the  SubjL(!:^ion  of  the  yxdes. 

The  Beginning  ot  iliis  Prince's  Reign  is  of  great  Impor- 
tance in  Chronology;  b)  rcafon  Pro/e»jy  afTures  us,  there 
were  Aftronomical  Obff;rvarions  made  by  the  Chaldeans 
from  Nttiowri/rflt- to  his  Time  :  and  Ttolemy,  and  the  other 
Aflronomers,  account  their  Years  fronj  that  Epocha. 

From  the  Obfcrvations  quoted  by  Ftalemy^  it  follows, 
that  the  firfl  Year  of  this  iEra  is  the  747th  Year  before 
Jefus  Chriil ;  and  the  of  the  '3idian  Period.  See 

ErocH A. 

The  Years  of  this  E^Docha  are  Egyptian  Years,  of  -^6$ 
Days  each  ;  commencing  on  the  affth  of  February,  and  rec- 
koii'd,  according  to  the  Camputation  of  Aftronomers,  from 
Koon.    See  Year. 

NADiP.,  in  Alirononiy,  the  Point  oppofite  to  the  Ze- 
nith 5  f.  that  Point  dircilly  under  our  feet  ;  or  a  Point  in 
a  right  Line  drawn  from  our  Feet  thro'  the  Center  of  the 
Earth,  and  terminating  in  the  Under-Hemifphere.  See 

ZkN  1  TI!. 

The  Zenith  and  Nadir  are  tlie  two  Poles  of  the  Horizon 
each  90"  dirtant  from  it,  ccofequcnily  each  in  the  Meri- 
di-jn.    See  Horizon. 

The  Word  Nadir  is  pure  Arabic. 

The  Sail's  Nadir,  is  the  Axis  of  the  Cone  projefled  by 
the  Shadow  of  the  Earth  ;  thus  caiTd,  in  regard  that  Axis 
being  prolonged,  gives  a  Point  in  the  Ecliptic  diametrically 
oppofite  to  the  Sun. 

N-S^VI,  In  the  Animal  Oeconomy,  Marks  made  on  the 
Tcctr.s  by  the  Imagination  of  the  Mother,  in  longing  for  any 
thing. 

Seethefe  accounted  for  under  the  Article  Monster.  See 
alfo  Foetus  and  Imagination. 

NAIANT,  or  Natant,  that  is,  Szoimming-,  aTerm  in 
Heraldry,  ufed  In  the  blazoning  of  Fi/Iies,  w'hen  drawn  in 
an  Horiz.onta!  Pofture,  Fefs-wife,  or  tranfverfely,  a-crofs 
the  Efcutcheon  ;  that  being  their  S-wimmitig  Pofture.  See 
Fishes. 


NAIDS,  or  Naites,  a  fort  of  Heathen  Divinities,  fuxj- 
pofed  to  prefide  over  Fountains  and  Rivers.  See  God.  Stra- 
Iq  fays,  the  Niids  were  Prieiteffes  of  Bacchus. 

The  Word  comes  from  ihe  Greek  va,uvj  to  ghde^  or  y^Lisiv 
to  ahttle,  inhahh. 

NAILING  of  CtiunoH,  the  ariving  of  a  Nnil,  or  Iron 
Spike,  by  force,  into  the  Touch-hole  of  a  Piece  of  Artil- 
lery  3  fo  as  to  render  it  ufclefs  to  the  Enemy.  Sec  Can- 
non, 

NAILS,  in  the  Animal  Body,  a  iind  of  horny  Excref- 
cences,  growing  over  the  Ends  of  the  Fingers  and  Toes  of 
Men,  and  feveral  other  Animals ;  much  of  the  fame  na- 
turx  with  the  Hoofs  of  others.  Hoofs  being  notliing  elfe 
but  a  Number  of  fmall  Husks,  anfwering  to  fo  many 
FafilU  of  the  Sliin  ;  it  may  be  concluded,  that  Nails  are 
no  more  but  the  Covers,  or  Slieaths  of  the  F.ipilU  Pyrami- 
dales  of  the  Skin,  on  the  Extremities  of  the  Fingers  and 
Toes,  which  dry,  harden,  and  lie  upon  one  another  See 

PAPlLLiE. 

Their  Ufe  is  to  defend  the  Ends  of  the  Fingers  in  hand- 
ling any  hard  and  rugged  Bodies ;  that  Part  being  exceed- 
ingly fenfible,  by  reafon  of  the  great  Number  of  Nerves 
which  terminate  here  foi  the  Senfation  of  Feeling.  See 
Feeling, 

The  N.^ih  are  form'd,  and  grow  after  the  fame  manner 
as  the  reft  of  the  Body  ;  their  Nourilhraent  ihcy  receive 
from  their  Roots,  as  is  ealily  oblervable  from  the  white 
Specks  fometimes  feen  on  them,  and  which  condantly  re- 
cede from  the  Root, 

The  RomaKs  were  very  curious  in  the  Cutting  of  their 
Naili,  and  had  it  done  by  Attills,  who  made  .in  Employ- 
ment of  it.  ^  •' 

The  ClMiefe  Doaors  and  LliKratl  pique  themfclves  on  the 
exceffive  Length  of  their  Nails.  F.  !e  Comfts  fays,  fome 
of  them  wear  Nails  near  as  long  as  their  Fingers.  See  Cir- 
cumcision. 

NAILS  ill  BiiiUing,  are  little  Metalline  Members 
ferving  to  bind  or  fallen  the  Parts  together,  ISc  ' 

The  feveral  Kinds  of  Nails  are  very  numerous.  As  Back 
&ni  Bottom  Nails  i  made  with  flat  Shanks  to  hold  fait,  and 
not  open  the  Wood  :  ClasnJJ  Nails,  thofe  proocr  to  falten 
the  Clamps  in  Buildings,  CSc  Clafp  Nails,  whu{e  Heads 
clafping  and  flicking  into  the  Wood,  render  the  Work 
fmooth,  fo  as  to  admit  a  Plane  over  it  :  They  arc  of  two 
Kinds,  tJis:,.  long,  proper  for  fine  Buildings  of  Fir,  i^c.  and 
firong,  fit  for  Oak,  and  other  hard  VVooil,  Clench  Nads 
thofe  ufed  by  Boat,  Barge,  iSc.  Builders  ;  proper  for  board- 
ed Buildings,  that  are  to  be  taken  down,  becaufc  they  will 
drive  without  fpliiting,  and  draw  without  breaking.  Clout 
Nails,  thofe  ordinarily  ufed  for  nailing  on  of  Clouts  to 
Axle-Trees.  VeckNails,  thofe  proper  for  falining  of  Decks 
m  Ships,  doubling  of  Shipping,  and  Floors  laid  with  Pknks. 
Dog  Nails,  proper  for  fattening  of  Hinges  to  Doors,  i^c. 
Bat  Toints  are  of  two  kinds,  -Jt,.  Longs,  much  ufed  in 
Shipping,  and  proper  where  thetc  is  occalion  to  draw,  and 
hold  fall,  yet  noneceffityofClendiing.  JoleiK  Nails,  thofe 
commonly  ufed  to  nail  thin  Plates  of  Irnn  to  Wood.'  Lead 
Nails,  ufed  to  nail  Lead,  Leather  and  Canvas  to  hard  Wood, 
fort  N(!<7j,commonlyufed  to  nail  Hinges  to  the  Ports  of  Ships', 
Poimrf  Nails,  are  four-fquare  in  the  Shank  j  much  ufed  in 
Norfolk,  Sufolk  and  EJlex,  tho' fcarcc  elfcwhere,  except  for 
paling.  Rilling  Nails,  ufed  to  fatten  the  Riboing,  to  keep 
the  Ribs  of  Ships  in  their  place  in  Building.  Rofe  Nails 
are  driwn  four-iquare  in  the  Shank,  and  commonly  in  a' 
round  Tool.  Rotber  Nails,  chiefly  ufed  to  fatten  Rother- 
Ifons  to  Ships.  Romd-bead  Nails,  proper  to  fatten  in  Hin- 
ges, or  other  Ufes,  where  a  neat  Head  is  required.  Sctipter 
Nails,  much  ufed  to  fatten  Leather  and  Canvas  to  Wood, 
Sbarf  Nads,  much  ufed,  cfpecially  in  the  M  efi-Indies,  made 
with  lharp  Points,  and  flat  Shanks.  Sheethixg  Nails,  ufed 
to  faflen  Sheething-Boards  to  Ships:  the  Rule  for  their 
Length,  is  10  have  them  full  three  times  as  long  as  the 
Board  is  thick.  Square  Nails,  of  the  fame  Shape  as  lharp 
Nails,  chiefly  ufed  for  hatd  Woods.  Tacks,  the  fmalleft  of 
Nails,  are  to  faflen  Paper  to  Wood  ;  Middling,  for  Wool- 
Cards  and  Oars ;  Larger,  for  Upholfterers,  and  Pumps. 

In  Lathing,  500  Nails  are  ordinarily  allowed  to  a  Bundle 
rf  five-foot  Laths.  In  Flooring,  200,  /.  e.  240  are  allowed 
for  a  .^quarc  of  Flooring. 

Nails  are  faid  to  be  toughened,  when  too  brittle,  by 
heating  them  in  a  Fire-Shovel,  and  putting  fome  Tallow  or 
Greafe  among  them. 

Nail  is  alfo  a  fort  of  Long  Meafure,  chiefly  ufed  in  the 
Commerce  of  Cloths;  containing  the  rffth  Part  of  a  Yard. 
See  YAitD  and  Measure. 

'  K  NA[. 


NAM 


NAIRANGIA,  a  kind  of  Divinltion,  in  uk  amone  the 
^yd«,  drawn  from  fevcral  Fkfuomaui  of  the  Sun  and  Moon. 
See  Divination. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Jrahic  Naira«,  the  Plural 
of  X'ff,  Lighr. 

NAlSSAhIT,  in  Heraldry,  is  applied  to  a  Lion,  or  other 
Aniinal,  ftew.ng  only  the  Head,  Shoulders,  Fore  feet,  and 
Legs,  with  the  Tip  of  the  Tail ;  the  reft  of  the  Body 
lyjng  hid  under  the  Shield,  or  fome  Charge,  or  Ordinary 
thereon  ;  from  which  it  appears  to  be  iffuing  or  ariftng. 

Naiffam  differs  from  Iffiant,  in  that  the  Animal  in  the 
former  Cafe  ifl'ues  out  at  the  middle,  and  in  the  latter, 
at  the  bottom,  of  the  Shield  or  Charge.   See  Issuan  t. 

I'.Meneflrier  hys,Naiffa!it  is  only  ufed  for  Animals,  which 

Uf^L^'r  ■'^"'^  '"■''"S  "f  'lis  Extremity  of 
the  Chief,  or  from  above  the  FelTe. 

NAKED,  in  Architcflurc.  The  Naked  of  a  iVall,  ^c. 
is  the  Surface,  or  Plain,  from  whence  the  Projeflures  arife  ; 
or  which  fervcs  as  a  Ground  to  the  Projeftures.    See  Pro- 

JECTURE. 


C  614  ) 


NAM 


dU^of  late,  baptised,  and  gave  the  Na,,,e  on  the  Birth- 
The  flrft  Impofition  of  Name,  was  founded  on  different 
^"T\hr"^^tT  'fP^'  Aemoft  common  was  to 
Children  to  the  good  Fortune  a  happy  Name  feem'd  to  pro- 

Accordingly  we  find  fuch  Name,,  by  0„™  call'd  B,„a 
ronT'  !5  J''"'«'.f'-»/i<.iV.»™:  were  fiiU  firflen- 
rolled,  and  ranged  ,n  the  X.»,a„  Muilcrs ;  firft  called  to 
ferve  at  the  firft  Sacrifice,  in  the  Foundation  of  "^01=,° 
Vc     And,  on  the  contrary,  Lhy  calls  UmLtr,  auj. 

Z^Jl'""  "n  j""^/^'"-"".  ™  "ccafion  of  a  Perfoi. 
named  ijco,  1.  e.  Greedy  Wclf,  fays ; 

Vofmet  nunc  facite  conjeBurdm  cmenm 
Quid  id  fit  haminii,  mi  Lyco  namen  Jiet. 

Hence,  PAito  recommends  it  to  Men  to  be  careful  in 
giving  happy  i  and  the  Pvt%™.  tauBht  excrellv 

that  the  Minds.  Aflin,,.  „„1  _,!"S"i  c^preiiy. 


'Thus,  we  fay,  a  Pilafter  ought  to  exceed  the  N.to  of  &e''£^ntlaioL'' t^^'f  "^^''^^iS,*''' ^ 
.^he_  Wall  by  fo  many  Inches  ;  Ld  that  the^Fo.iages  of  a    cordi„rto''their'  Nfl"' G^lf  ^nd"?,,::  "^^usT  P:;;! 


vv*ii  lu  many  incnes  5  ana  tnat  tne  foliages  01  a 
Capital  ought  to  anfwer  to  the  Naked  of  the  Column.  See 
Column,  ^c. 

NAiitD  Fire,  is  a  Term  ufed  by  the  Chymifls  for  an 
0/en  Brei  or  one  where  the  containing  Veffel  is  imme- 
diately expofed  to  the  Fire.    See  Fire  and  Heat. 

Naked  &e</!,  in  Botany,  are  fuch  Seedi  of  Plants  as  are 
not  inclofed  in  any  Pod,  or  Cafe.   See  Pt  ant  and  Seed. 

NAM,  orNAAM,  in  Law,  the  taking,  or  diftraining  an- 
other  Man's  moveable  Goods.  This  is  either  lawful,  or 
unlawtiil. 

Lawful  Naam, 


r     1  1    T^-n    r  '         throughout  ylmCTtca,  wl 

IS  a  rcafonable  Diftrefs,  proportionable  their  Children  GlMer.nz  U-h, 
tne  Inine  diltramed  for;  nnrl 


to  the  Value  ot  the  Thing  diltrained  for;  and  was  an 
tiently  call'd  either  I'if  or  Mmt,  as  it  was  made  of  quick 
or  dead  Chattel. 

Lavfut  Naam,  is  fo  either  by  the  Common  Law,  as 
when  a  Man  takes  another's  Hearts  doing  damage  in  his 
Ground  i  or  by  a  Man's  particular  Faft,  as  by  reafon  of 
fome  ContraS,  (5c.  And  hence  Namana,,,  the  Aft  of  di- 
flriining,  or  taking  a  Diftrefs.    See  Distress. 

In  Scotland,  ihe  *ord  is  particularly  ufed  for  Impounding. 
NAME,  a  Word,  whereby  Men  have  agreed  to  exprefs 
fome  Idea  ;  or  which  ferves  to  defign,  or  exprefs  a  Thing, 
or  Subjefl  fpoken  of  See  Word. 

This  rhe  Grammarians  ufually  call  a  Noun,  tho'  their 
Noun  is  ""t  I".-  «,..-u  f       .  „ 


Noun. 

Seneca,  Lib.  II.  de  Benefciis,  ohferves  that  there  are  a 
great  Number  of  Things  which  have  noN.TOie  :  and  which 
therefore,  we  are  forced  to  call  by  other  borrowed  Name,. 
Ingen,eft,  fays  he,  Renm  Cof.afine  Nomine  ma,  cum  tn-ofriis 
ytfftllattomka,  Jlgnare  non  fojumu,,  alieni,  Accommodati,  uti- 
mur:  Which  fhews  why  in  the  Courfe  of  this  Didionary, 
we  frequently  give  very  different  Scnfes  to  the  fame  Word! 

It  was  Mum  that  firll  gave  Things  their  Name,,  Gen.W.  ij. 
rcrm.it,;  iritur,  Dominu,  Deus,  de  hmo  cunBi,  Jnimantihus 
Terrr,  iy  Univerji,  Volatihhui  Cli,   y  „mwl>u,  Befiii,  Terw, 


o    -    ^jLiiiua,  rate. 

mttan,  e:c  bo„o  No,„,„e  or,tur  bona  Fr^fumft.o ;  and  the  com- 
inon  Proverb,  Bonum  Ncmen  lonam  Omen :  And  hence 
the  Foundation  of  the  Ommmtia.    See  Onomantia 

Hence  Camden  takes  it  for  granted,  that  the  Name,,  in  all 
Nations  and  Languages  are  fignificative,  and  not  fimplc 
Sounds  for  meer  diftina.on  fake.  This  holds  not  only  a- 
mong  the3cti«,  Greek,,  Latin,,  but  even  the  Tarhl  a- 
inongwhom,  ^W»SafignifiesG.«!'>&rw;,.;  Soliman,  Peace- 
able ;  Mahmei,  Glorified,  S£c.  And  the  Savages  of  Milpanio- 
la,  and  throughout  America,  who,  in  their  Language!,  name 
their  Children  Gli/ler.ns  L,.h,  Sun.Br.^bt,  line  Gold.  (£c. 
And  they  of  C»»50  by  the  Name,  of  Precious  Stones,  Flow- 
ers, (Sc.  ' 

To  fuppofe  Mime.,  jiven  without  any  Meaning,  however, 
by  the  A  leration  ot  Languages,  their  Significat'ion  may  be 
<oll,  that  learnedAuthor  thinks,  is  to  reproach  our  Ancellors; 
and  that  contrary  to  the  fenfe  of  all  antient  VV titers.  Thus 
totfliyy  notes,  that  the  Barkirous  N.rme,,  as  he  calls  them 
were  very  cmphatical,  and  very  concife  :  And  aceordingl 
ly,  It  was  efleemed  a  Duty  to  be  «;f  or  fui  Nominis 

Homtne, ;  as  Seven,,  Proteu,,  and  ^ureliu,,  are  called  fui 
Nomint,  Imperatore,. 

And  it  was  the  ufual  way  of  giving  Name,,  to  wifti  the 
Children  might  difcharge  their  Narnl, :    Thus  when  Gm- 


notof^r.-r^-;— 'Z;/----^^ 

T       .1    ,    _       ^  ..       ,  _  Crelcat  Fuer.  ff?  hiiius  (it  Kim>nie  c^^-..,,  


,uod  .oca.,  Adam  )^im.  V..eJ„  .J:7^.^n         y7.    ^^fc  °^?'^r:!,~rS.,?^  '^O.. 


 ■  )       -'-v.i,.  .jifu.  outcjtf  ca  J  om, 

quod  vocavit  Adam  Animx  V'roentis  iffum  efi  Nomen  ejus.  Ver. 
20.  AffcUa-aitq;  JJam  Nominihu,  fui,  cunBit  Animantia,  ^ 
univsrja  rolatilia  Catli,  (^  omne,  tejiia,  Terrce. 

Name,  are  diftingudied  into  Proper  and  Appellative. 
TioferName,,  are  thofe  which  reprefent  fome  individual 
Thing,  or  Pcrfin,   fo  as  to  diftinguilh  it  from  all  other 


Crejcat  Fuer,  (^  hujtt,  fit  Nommi,  Executor. 

The  antient  f!.it.!;»j,  the  fame  Author  adds,  generally 
took  their  Name,  from  Colours,  becaufe  they  painted  thcm- 
felves;  which  are  now  l„ft,  or  remain  hid  among  the 
Welch:  When  they  were  fub.lued  by  the  Reniw,.,' they 
took  Roman  N.tme,  i  fome  of  which  flill  remain,  corrup- 
ted; tho  the  greatcft  part  are  become  extina,  upon  the 
Adraiffion  of  the  EnghJ/j-Sasons,  who  introduced  ihe  Ger- 
man Name,,  as  Cudda,  Fenda,  Ofiaald,  Edward,  e?c.  The 
Daiicj,  too,  brought  with  them  their  ^,!»isi ;  as  Suayne 
Harrold,  Kntite,  ISc    And  the  j\'of,»,i„,,  at  the  Conqueft' 


rcpre 


;fents 


Things  of  the  fame  Species :  as  derate,,  which 
a  certain  Philofophcr. 

Affel'M,  or  Gc;;Er»/  Name,,  are  thofe  which  fignify 
common  dcas ;  or  which  are  common  to  fcveral  Indivi- 
duals ot  the  fame  Species,  as  Horfc.Animal,  Man,  Oak  £?c 
Frofer  Name,  are  either  call'd  Chrifi.an,  as  being  given  at 
Bapnim,  or  Strname,:  the  firft,  impofcd  for  diftinflion  of 
Perlons ;  aniwering  to  the  Roman  Frxnamen.     See  Prjl- 

NOMEN. 

The  fecond  for  the  Dlllinaionof  Families,  anfwering  to 
the  Ncmen  of  the  Roman,,  and  the  Fatronimicum  of  the 
Greefct.  SeeSiRNAME. 

Otiginally  every  Perfon  had  but  one  Name;  as  among 
theSpi'i,  Mc,.,,Bc.  among  rhe  B^yft.an,,  B.f.r., ;  amonS 
thcChaldee,,  Nini,!-,  the  Mede,,  A/lia^e, ;  the  Greefe,  Diome- 
dei;  the:  Romans,  Romulu,;  the  Gauh,  Di-jiiiacus-  'the  Ger 
mam,  Ariovijlt, ;  the  Britain,,  Cajfbelan  ;  the  EnrUfh,  HenriR 


 >u  r  V  ^"""t^,  as  originally  unng  the  Ger- 
man Tongue;  fuch  tis  Robert,  Wilii.tm,  Richard,  Henry,  Hu,b 
(Sc.  after  the  fame  manner  as  the  Gi-cfif  Names  Afpafiu,' 
Boethius,  Symmacbu,,  (Sc.  were  introduced  inro  Italy,  upon  the' 
Divifion  of  the  Empire.  After  the  Conqueft,  our  Nation 
which  had  ever  been  avcrle  10  foreign  Names,  as  deeming 
them  unlucky,  began  to  take  Hei/CT  toe.. ;  as  Mii.iea, 
David,  Samjfon,  Sic.  * 
The  various  A'awci  antient! y,  or  at  prefent  obtaining  a- 
mong  us,  from  what  Language  or  People  foever  borrowed 
are  explained  by  Camden  in  his  Remains.  * 
As  to  the  Period  when  Jvaiiiei  began  ro  be  multiplied 
and  ^'/vHmKci  introduced,  ^c.    SeeSiRNAME.  ' 

Of  late  Years,  it  has  obtained  among  us,  to  give  Sir- 
rtames  hr  Chrijiian  Names ;  which  fome  diftike,  on  account 
of  the  Confufion  it  may  introduce.  Camden  relates  it  as  an 
Opinion,  that  the  Pradice  firft  began  in  the  Time  of  W 
mir^  VI.  by  fuch  as  would  be  Godfathers,  when  they  were 
more  than  half  Fathers.  Upon  which,  fome  were  perfua- 
ded  to  change  their  A'.!»ici  at  Confirmation;  which  it 
feems,  is  ufual  in  other  Countries.  Thus,  two  Sons'  of 
Henry  II.  of  France,  chriften'd  Alexander  and  Hercules  chan- 
ged them  at  Confirmation  into  Henry  and  Francis.  ' 

In  Monaftcries,  the  Religious  alTume  fuch  Name,  at  their 


(Sc.    And  thu,l  of  oAer  Nati^s   exc  P   thTsa'v2rf  Ad'"  ^™"'*=™-''  ''''  ^c-Hgious  alTume  fuch  Name,  at  their 

Mount  .^whom  Fliny  and  .^rce.nl  .:^:.^Ta:^  ^e^l  ^d  th^^^t  It  ¥ 

Da'..  .0  Males  the  ninth;  a,  which  timeAey  held  a  F-T  ,    ,t  r^Tl    "    r^l  ^^<=''  Name  at  their  Exaltation 

call'd  N.»,„W,a  new  a  Feaft,  to  the  Foiitificate;  a  Cuftom  firft  introduced  by  Pope 

Since  Chridianity  has  obtained,  moft  Nations  have  fol  ,  r    ,   "r*""'  b''"  '"'"V  '"^"'"'^  ""' 

lowed  the  r™,  Baptizing,  and  gi;ing  the     J  the  eU/h  oT^'^    ,'  "      vTt"""  vm'  "J"  ^"^^ 

D.y  after  the  Birth;  except  our  £,W  Anceflors  tho  ^dTt'Tff  X"-  cr  XIII.  who,  at  the  fame  time, 

'         t  i,  J    "u'-e'iois.  Who,  adds  a  different  reafon  for  it  from  that  of  ?/oii;;,  viz..  that 


N  AR 


(  61^  ) 


N  AS 


'twas  done  in  Imitation  of  St.  Feter  and  St.  JPck/,  who  were 
firft  called  Simon  and  Saul.  Indeed  Pope  Narcclhts^  of  late, 
refufed  to  change  his  Name. 

In  lialy^  'tis  frequent  to  join  the  Name  of  fome  Saint,  in 
X  kind  of  Devotion,  to  the  Chriftian  Name  5  as  ^oajinss  Bap- 
tljia  Sphiofa,  &c. 

Among  the  Antients,  thofe  deified  by  the  Heathen  Con- 
fecrations,  had  new  Names  given  them  ;  as  Romulus  was  cal- 
led Quirimts^  MelicertHSy  portujius,  &c.  See  Consecra- 
tion. 

New  Names  were  alfo  given  in  Adoptions,  and  fometimes 
by  Teftament;  thus  L.  ^^milms,  adopted  by  Sciph^  took 
the  Nime  of  ScifioAfrica7ius-j  and  thus  Jugiijius,  who  was 
firft  called  Thureon,  took  the  Name  OUa-vian  by  Teflament. 
See  Adoption. 

Names  were  alfo  changed  at  Enfranchifements  into  new 
Cities.  Thus  Lucimo,  at  his  firil  being  made  free  of  Rome, 
took  the  Nil  me,  Litems  I'arqiiiJihts  Frijciis,  li^c.  and  Slaves, 
when  made  free,  ufually  aiTumed  their  JVIaflers  Names.  See 
I'REEnoM,  Slave,  ^c. 

Thofe  called  to  the  Equeflrian  Order,  if  they  had  bafc 
NflMses,  were  always  new  named,  Nomine  Ingenmmm  vete- 
mmq-yRomamrv.m.  And  among  the  Primitive  Chriflians,  it 
was  the  Praaice  to  change  the  N.tmes  of  the  Catechu- 
mens: thus  the  Renegado  Lttc'taims,  till  his  Baptifm,  was 
called  Lttchis. 

Of  the  Name,  a  Phrafe,  or  Diflion  frequent  among 
Hiitorians  and  Gcnealogifts,  to  denote  Ferfons  of  the  fame 
Quality,  and  Name.  'Tis  near  nine  hundred  Years  fince 
the  Emperors  of  the  Jfe/?  firrt  began  to  dillinguifh  them- 
felves  in  this  manner  by  their  Number;  and  in  the  Jfij/m 
Sacra  of  VgheHits,  wc  meet  with  a  Charter  of  the  Emperor 
LoH!s  le  Veboiwaire,  y/7i7;oSi8.  wherein  he  Giles  himfelf 
the  Fh-Ji  of  the  Name.  Lc  Blanc  mentions  a  Charter  of  the 
Year  1084.  wherein  the  Emperor  HemyXW.  ftiles  himfelf 
King  Italy,  the  fo«i-jfc  of  the  Name  ;  and  Emperor,  the 
Third  iif  the  Is'ame. 

Some  Frevch  Writers  obferve,  that  in  a  Manufcript  pre- 
fcrvcd  in  the  King's  Library,  their  Lonij  X[.  is  only  ftiled 
the  Ninth  of  the  Name  ^  Louis  the  Dehofjnaire,  and  Lotus  the 
Stammerer,  not  being  then  reckon'd  in  the  Number,  by  rea- 
fon  they  were  Emperors,  as  well  as  Kings  of  France:  On 
which  Footing,  the  prefent  King,  inftead  of  the  Fifteenth^ 
.  Jhould  only  be  the  Thirteenth  of  the  Name. 

NAMIUM  Vetitiim,  in  our  Law-Books,  an  unjufl  taking 
of  the  Cattle  of  another,  and  driving  them  to  an  unlaw- 
ful Place,  pretending  Damages  done  by  them.  In  fuch 
Cafe,  the  Owner  of  the  Cattle  may  demand  Satisfailion 
for  the  Injury,  which  is  caU'd  Tlac'tum  de  Namio  Vctito. 

NAPE,  is  ufcd  for  the  hind-part  of  the  Neck  ;  by  rea- 
fon  of  the  foft  fhort  Hair  growing  thereon,  like  the  Nap  of  a 
Cloth.   See  Neck. 

NAPHTA,  orNAPTHA,  a  kind  of  liquid  Sulphur  or 
Bitumen,  very  fnft,  and  inflammable,  exuding  our  of  the 
Earth  in  feveral  Places  in  C/j.iWefl  ;  particularly  the  Tlace 
where  flood  the  aniient  Bahyhn ;  and  flill  found  in  feveral 
Provinces  of  Italy  and  France,  particularly  in  Ai,-veyg7te^  and 
near  Raqiifa.   See  Sulphur  and  Bitumen.  _ 

That  of  France  is  foft  and  black,  like  liquid  Pitch,  and 
of  a  fcetid  Smell  ;  that  of  Italy  is  a  kind  of  Petrol,  or  a  clear 
Oil,  of  various  Colours,  oozing  out  of  a  Rock,  fituate  on  a 
Mountain  in  the  Dutchy  oiModena.    See  Petrol. 

Naphta  is  efleemed  penetrating,  rcfolutive,  and  vulnera- 
ry 5  but  its  Vcrtues  are  little  known  in  Medicine :  its  chief 
Ul'e  is  in  Lamps,  ^c.  on  account  of  its  Inflammability. 

The  Tur/is  call  the  N.iptha,  Carah  Sakiz^  black  Maflic, 
to  diflinguiHi  it  from  Pitch.  Vojfns  has  an  exprefs  Treatife 
on  Naptha,  Jiitieiit  and  Modern  :  He  fays,  'tis  a  Flower  of 
Bitumen,  of  more  force  than  any  other  Bitumen. 

The  Word,  in  the  original  Chaldee,  fignifles  JlUkre,  to 
ooze,  or  drop  ;  Nciptha,  according  to  Fliny^  running  like  a 
kind  of  Bitumen. 

NAFIERS,  or  Nepers  Bo77es.   See  Nepers  Bones. 
NARCOTICS,  in  Medicine,  Opiates,  or  Medicines,  that 
excite  Drowfinefs  and  Sleep.    See  OriATEs. 

Narcotics  afl,  by  calming  and  diminifliing  the  Motion  of 
the  Blond  and  Spirits. 

Authors  are  ot  various;  Opinion";,  as  to  the  Manner  where- 
in Narcotics  operate.  The  Antients  tell  us,  'tis  by  their 
being  cold  in  nature.  Etmiiller,  after  Willis,  takes  the  Ani- 
mal Spirits  to  be  compofed  of  a  fluid  volatile  Salt  ;  and 
thinks  they  are  dilTolved  by  the  Mixtures  of  Sulphurs  and 
Oils,  wherewith  N'.7>-coc;cj  abound.  M.  ^"f^'j's  Opinion  is, 
that  the  Salt  of  Narcotics,  diffolvcs  in  any  Liquor  whatever, 
and  that  their  ramous  Branches  becoming  thus  difengaged 
from  ihe  Salts,  are  embaraCfed  among  one  another,  and 
thus  flop  the  Courfe  of  the  Blood  and  Spirits.  Laflly,  o- 
thers  think,  that  Narcotics  c\i)[c  the  Orifices  of  the  Nerves 
and  thus  block  up  the  PafTage  of  the  Spirits.  ' 

Lijtder,  in  his  Treatife  f/e  rc7;e«;j,  thinks,  that  the  Opera- 
tion of  Narcotics  is  not  the  fame  in  all ;  Drowfinefs  being 


being  producible  from  a  great  Variety  of  different  Caufes 
See  Sleep. 

The  VVord  comes  from  the  Creel  vct^vjswMy  of  Prt^Kaj??, 
Droixifijtefs. 

NARRATION,  in  Oratory  and  HiOory,  a  Recital,  or 
Rchearfal  of  a  Fa£i:  as  it  happen'd,  or  us  icis  fuppofed  to 
have  happen'd. 

This  is  of  two  kinds,  cither  Simple  and  Hifiorical  ;  as 
where  the  Auditor  or  Reader  is  fuppofed  to  hear  or  read 
of  a  Tranfadion  at  fecond  hand:  or  Artifcial  and  FulmlouSy 
as  where  their  Imaginations  are  raifed,  and  the  Aflion,  as  it 
were,  re-afled  before  them. 

The  Narration,  according  to  the  Writers  of  Rlietoric, 
makes  the  fecond  part  of  a  jufl  Speech,  or  Harangue  ;  'j'.z,. 
that  immediately  following  the  E:  ordinm.  See  Oration. 
It  makes  the  whole  of  a  Hiftory  ;  abating  for  the  occ^fional 
Reflexions,  Epifodes,  and  DigrcfUons.    See  History, 

Ocero  requires  four  Virtues  in  a  Narration,  viz.  Perfpicui- 
ty,  Probability,  Brevity,  and  Sweetncfs. 

The  Narration  is  rcndred  perffictiom,  by  obferving  the 
Order  of  Time,  by  ufing  none  but  proper  and  known 
Terms,  and  by  reciting  the  Ailion  uninterruptedly. 

It  is  rendrcd  frolaUe,  by  the  Credibility  of  the  Narra- 
tor 5  by  the  Simplicity  and  Opennefs  of  x.\\t  Narration,  by 
avoiding  nothing  far  remote  from  the  common  Senfe  and 
Opinion  of  Mankind,  and  by  a  precife  Detail  of  Circura- 
flancts. 

It  is  rendred  Irief  by  taking  it  up  no  higher  than  is  jufl 
necefTary  ;  nor  fetching  it  back,  as  that  impertinent  Author 
in  Horace,  Qui  Gemino  Bellitm  Trojantvn  ordttiir  ah  o-so  :  And 
by  avoiding  trivial  Circumftances. 

Laflly,  it  is  rendred  fwcet,  by  ufing  fmooth,  numerous, 
and  well-founding  Words  ;  by  arranging  them.  To  as  to  avoid 
any  Hiatus,  or  Clafhing.  By  the  Greatnef:;,  Novelty,  and 
Unexpeflednefs  of  the  Things  related  5  and  by  enriching  it 
with  Tropes  and  Figures  5  as  frequent  Admirations,  Ex- 
clamations, Interrogations,  Expeilailons,  Sulpcnces,  fur- 
prizing  Events  ;  by  Gritf,  Joy,  Fear,  {^c.    See  Trope. 

Narration,  in  Pocrrv,  is  ufed  particularly  for  the 
Aflioti,  or  Event,  that  makes  the  Subjeil  of  an  Epic  Poem. 
See  Action. 

F.Bn^K  obferves,  that  the  Aclions  in  Poetry  are  equally 
fufceptible  of  the  two  kinds  of  Oratorlal  Narration^  and  that 
each  conflitutes  a  particular  Species  of  Poetry, 

Thofe  under  the  Artificial,  or  Aftive  Form,  are  now 
call'd  Dramatic.    See  Drama. 

And  thofe  only  related  by  the  Poet,  who  here  perfo- 
nates  an  Hiftorian,  are  call'd  Epc.    See  Epopea. 

In  the  Drama,  the  Narration  is  the  whole  of  the  Piece  5 
in  the  Epopea,  'tis  only  "a  Parr,  tho' in  effeft  it  is  the  prin- 
cipal Part,  and  the  Body  of  the  Poem.  'Tis  preceded  by 
the  Fropofitim  and  ln'jocatiot!,  which  Bojfit  calls  the  Frielttdes^ 
and  is  frequently  interrupted  by  the  Poet's  fpeaklng  in  Per- 
fon,  demanding  Pardon,  Favour,  £^c.    See  Invocation, 

The  Narration  includes  the  whole  Adion,  Epifodied,  with 
all  its  Circumfl  ances  and  its  Ornaments.    See  Episode. 

'Tis  in  this  Part  that  the  Aflion  is  to  be  begun,  carried  on, 
and  ended.  *Tis  this,  is  to  fliew  the  Caufes  ut  all  that  is 
related  :  in  this  the  Diflicu!ties  are  to  be  propofed  and  re- 
folved,  and  the  Perfons,  both  human  and  divine,  are  here 
to  fhew  their  Interefb,  their  Manners,  and  their  Qualities, 
by  their  Aftions  and  tlieir  Dircourfi: :  and  all  thts'  is  to  be 
defcribed  with  the  Beauty,  the  MaicOy,  and  Force  of 
Verfe,  Stile,  Sentiments,  romparifun,  and  other  Orna- 
ments proper  to  the  Sabje£l  in  general,  and  to  each  thing 
in  particular. 

The  Qualities  of  the  Epic  Narration  are,  that  it  be  agree- 
able, probable,  mr,ving,  furpriiing,  and  aflivc. 

Horace  fpeaks  of  the  Utile  and  D«/ee  as  on  the  fame  Foot- 
ing. Bojfu  looks  on  the  Utile  as  an  efl*cnrial  Property  ;  and 
the  Ditlce  as  no  more  than  an  additional  QuaJity. 

NASAL,  fomething  belonging  to  the  Nofe,  Nafiis.  As 
the  NofeT'iece  of  a  Helmet,  ^c. 

Nasal,  in  Grammar,  ?Jjc.  a  Term  applied  to  thofe 
Sounds,  or  Letters,  in  whofe  Forni-ition,  the  Nofe  is  the 
principal  Organ  ;  and  particularly  where  the  Sound  form'd 
is  pafled  thro  the  Nofe.    See  Letter. 

In  moft  Englifj  Words,  the  Sounds  expreffed  by  the 
Charafters  an,  en,  in,  on,  tin,  are  firnple  Sounds  5  and  pro- 
per A'-t/ij/ Vowel  s- 

NASALIA,  in  Medicine,  a  fort  of  Remedies  to  be  taken 
by  the  Nofe  5  call'd  alfo  ^r.-^iraef.    See  Errhines. 

NASI  Os,  in  Anatomy,  a  thin  Bone,  making  the  upper 
Part  of  the  Nofe.    See  Nose. 

NATALIS,Natalis  Die.',  orKATALiTiuM,  properly 
fignify  a  Man's  Rirrh-Day. 

The  Word  was  firil  ufed  among  the  Heathens,  to  fignify 
the  Feaft  held  on  the  Anniverfary  of  the  Birth  of  an  Em- 
peror ;  whence  it  came,  in  time,  to  fignify  any  fort  of  Feaf^. 
And  accordingly,  in  the  Fafri,  we  meet  with  Natalis 

Naiali; 


NAT 


>n«i/i!  InmBi,  &c.  The  Primitive  Cliriflians,  finding  it 
thus  cflabliJhed,  ufed  it  in  the  fame  manner  ;  and  hence 
wo  meet  in  the  antient  Martyrologifls  with  Namlis  Calycis, 
for  the  Fealt  of  the  Supper,  or  MM,iiday-rburfd.iy.  Natali! 
Cathedra,  for  the  Pontiflcare  of  St.  Teter  :  The  NataUs,  or 
Katalitmm  of  fuch  a  Church,  for  the  Feaft  of  the  Dedica- 
tion. 

The  Word  Ceyitthliw!  is  ufcd  by  the  Greeks  in  the  fame 
fcnfe  as  NmciUi,  or  Nutal.tnmi,  among  the  Latins. 

The  Ltid't  Nata/itii^  Natal  Games,  were  Games  intro- 
duced on  the  Anniverfaries  of  the  Kirth-Days  of  their  great 
Men. 

1  he  Natal  Ring,  ^nnnliis  Natalititts,  was  a  Ring  only 
wore  on  the  Birth  Day. 

NATES,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  expreffing  thofe  two 
fleiliy  Pans  of  the  Body,  popularly  called  the  Hips,  otSut- 

NATES  Cerebri,  are  two  Circular  Protuberances  of  the 
Brain,  fituate  on  the  back-fide  of  the  MediiUa  Ollongatt,  near 
the  Cerebelhm.    See  Brain. 

NATION,  a  Colleflive  Term,  ufed  for  a  confiderable 
People,  inhabiting  a  certain  Extent  of  Ground,  enclofed 
wiihin  certain  Limits,  and  under  the  fame  Government. 

Each  N.iiion  has  its  particular  Character  ;  'Tis  prover- 
bially faid.  Light  as  a  Bencbmai,,  Waggi/h  and  Silly  as  an 
Italian,  Grave  as  a  Sfaniard,  Wicked  and  Unlucky  as  an 
Englifiman,  Fierce  as  a  Scotchman,  Drunken  as  a  German 
Idle  as  tin  Irijjmai;,  Deceitful  as  a  Grce,f,  5Jc.  ' 

Natiow-Ts  alfo  ufed  in  forae  Univerfiries,  for  a  certain 
Diftintfion  of  the  Scholars,  or  Profeffors  of  Colleges :  Thus 
the  Faculty  of  Pans  confifls  of  four  NatioBj ;  ti/a.  that  of 
frartcc,  that  of  Normandy,  that  of  Ficardy,  and  that  of  Ger- 
matiy  ;  which  are  again,  excepting  that  of  Normandy,  diflin- 
guilhed  into  Triiesi  each  Tribe  has  its  Deacon. 

The  German  Nattoti  comprehends  all  foreign  Nations 
Envlijh,  Italian,  &c.  When  the  Procureur  of  the  French 
Nation  Ipeaks  in  publick,  his  Stile  is,  Uomranda  Gallorum 
Natio.  He  of  Ficardy  fays,  Fidelijfma  Ftcardonm  Hatio. 
He  of  Normandy,  Veneranda  Normamtoritm  Natio.  He  of  the 
Nation  of  Germany,  ConJUnti^ma  Germamntm  Natio. 
National  Syjiod.   See  Synod. 

NATIVE,  is  applied  to  a  Perfon  confider'd  as  born  in  a 
certain  Place;  or  tieriving  his  Origin  therefrom. 

The  more  accurate  Writers  diflingui/h  between  a  Natisie 
of  a  Place,  and  being  lorn  therein.  Born  lignifies  no  more 
than  the  having  been  there  produced,  or  brought  into  the 
World,  whether  that  were  the  proper  Country,  or  Habita- 
■  tion  of  the  Parents,  or  whether  they  were  there  only  by 
accident,  as  Strangers,  (£c.  Whereas  Native  refers  to  the 
proper  Manlion,  or  Refidence  of  the  Parents  and  the  Fa- 
mily; and  where  the  Perfon  has  his  Education.  And 
hence  a  Perfon  may  be  a  N.ilive  of  one  Place,  and  born  at 
another.  Thus  Jefus  Chrill  is  call'd  a  Nazarite,  and  Gali 
Z\%^  '        ""^  "^"^  ^""^     Bethlehem  in  3iida. 

NA  UV  E,Nativus,  in  our  antient Law-Books,iiBnified 
a  Perfon  who  was  born  a  Slave  ;  by  which  he  differ'd  from 
one  wno  had  fold  himfelf,  or  became  a  Slave  bv  his  own 

"'r'^^-  Bondos  dicimus  alios  Natives,  alios 

ViUanos.  Condtfunt  qtti  fallionis  Vinculo  [e  adjtrinxenm  De 
Kativii,  tnfra.  FtSani  frm  }«i  Glcb^  afcrifti  mam  colant 
Lomm:cain,  nec  CMre  licet  fine  Domini  Licentia.  Spelm. 

NATiViiL  TeucMci,  in  our  old  Law- Books,  are  Tenants 
who  hold  Native  Land;  i.e.  Land  fubjeif  to  the  Services 
ot  JS.it rues.  S^elman. 

Nativi  *  Siif  he,  were  Villains  or  Bond-men  by  Birth 

or  J'ami  y.-  -—There  were  alloMuim  Con-xntionarii,  who 

were  Villains  by  Contraa  or  Covenant.  Serv,  enim  aid  nc 
lara,  Mn  faih,  ah,  em f  time,  ain  redemftione,  alii  fm  iiel  al- 
ter.„s  datio,,,,  LL.  Hen.  I.  c.p.  j6.  In  Cornwall  it  4as  a  Cuf- 
lom  that  if  a  Freeman  married  Natinam,  and  brought  her 
ad  L.hermn  Tenementm,  Uberam  Thorum,  and  had  two 
Daughters  one  of  them  was  free,  and  the  other  a  Villain. 

N  ATl  VlTr,  Hini^-ay,  „,      Day  of  one's  Birth. 
Th    ^r,  l^'-Hi^l  '■poking  of  Saints,  £?c. 

The  Na  t'.:ty  01  St.  'John  Baftijl,  &c.  When  we  fay  abfo- 
lutely  the  N.>tm,ty,  n  ,s  undcrlbod  of  that  of  Tefus  Chrlft 
or  the  Fealt  of  Cbnjlmas.  See  Fe  ast  ' 
■Tis  commonly  held,  that  Pope  Telefplortis  was  the  firfl 
who  decreed  the  Feaft  of  the  M,r,™^ '.o  fc^ij  ,,,, 
Mlh  of  December.  John  Archbilhop  of  M„,  in  an  Epiftle 
upon  ihe  Nativity  of  Jefus  Chnft,  relates,  that  at  the  in 

ance  ot  St.  Cyril  of  Jerafaletn,  V.j, 
itritt  Inquiry  to  be  made  into  the  Day  of  our  Saviour's  N't/ 
^«J';  which  being  found  to  be  on  the  =;,h  af  December. 
thc>  began  thenceiorth  to  celebrate  the  Feafl  on  that  Dav' 
C5eeCHnisT-..jAs. 

In  antient  t.aw-Rooks,  Nativity,  Nativitas,  lienifie^  R„„ 
da?.;,  or  Servitude.  ^ 

NATiviTiT,  ;„  Aflrology,  the  fame  with  Wdro/c.*-.  See 

HOKOSCOPE.  ■*  " 


(  6i6  ) 


NAT 


Cafllni  t''^  Nativity,  or  by  Calculation  feeine  to  I 
how  long  the  Queen  /hould  live.        was  made  P  t  °* 
■^n. Eliz.  c.z.  ™-»ae  Felony. 

NATRON   or  AnAtron,  in  Natural  Hidorv  ,  l-  , 
of  black,  grejifh  Salt,  taken  out  of  a  Lake  of'rt  ""^ 
Water,  ,n  the  Territory  of  Terrana  i„  E,rP,    See  S 
'Tis  much  of  the  nature  of  Nifre.  wfencelus 
Elye'jan  Nitre,  and  is  even  fuppofed  o  ht  Ih^ 
tre  of  the  Antients.   See  Nure!         ^  '^^  P^P"  ^'i" 
■  ."r'l.=',P'',P"li'- Error,  that  all  Bones  nr  Stone, 

It  IS  ranked  as  of  the  Alkah  Kind,  ' 

'Tis  ufed  in  the  Whitening  of  Linnen  •  h„,  I,...  l 
if  not  correaed  by  alvlixtureof  An,  .    i  *5m. 

.J^^::v:ki5^£^  1- 

Sponge,  and  of  a  Lixivial  Taile*^  » 
Its  Principles,  Dr.iei^A  take,  to  be  chiefly  two  i  vi~  , 
Sea-Salt,  and  an  Urinous  Salt.    The  firif   he  tikes  i  "f 
gt^nted.  ,t,receives  from  the  Earth  3  the  fecoiUlrom  tt- 

Or.Himtinmtl,  who  was  on  the  fpot,  fays  the  N,,.:,  ■ 
thought  to  rife  from  the  bottom  of  theLake  „he 
theHea,  of  the  Sun,  it  is  condenfed,  ,a„/hardt  'd 'imj 
the  Form  we  fee  it  ,n  :    But  his  Opinion  is   that  'r"  T 
feparated  by  the  Sun  from  the  Water        '  """" 
M.,/e  A,Cfa,„/.rc  adds,  that  three  or  four  Days  before  the 
N/e  begins  to  overflow,  there  falls  a  certain  Dew  o,  ^fer 
nientative  Vertue,  infomuch  as  to  leaven  a  Pafte  e'xoof^d  1 
It,  and  that  at  the  fame  time  the  Natron  rifes  ^ 
Hiffocratei,  Galen,  Matthiolus,  DiofcoriJe, 

It  IS  of  lingular  Efficacy  in  fertilizing  of  Ground  ■  n,hi-l. 

heated  by  foine  fubterraneous  Fire,  or  by  the  Wir™  L  f 

Tubes  of  Plants,  and  carry  with  them  the  Juices  of  the 

Fliny  derives  the  Invention  of  Glafs  from  feme  of  thi= 
Natron  accidentally  melted  down  into  the  iT?  I 
run  into  Streams  of  Glafs.    See  Glass.  '  " 

This  Nitre  is  diflinguifhed  from  Salt  Petre    bv  f 
menting  w  th  Acids,  which  Sal,  Peter  wiflTor'do  by 

^^;^»'Vl^]ftSit;^4t:^^;i'Vr 

inoniac  than  Salt  Petre.  °See  Salt  Pe;"  "  ' 
Dr.  Li/iei-  conjcSures,  that  mofl  of  the  Salt  Water  of 
the  Lakes  of  Egyft,  having  pafs'd  thro'  the  Bodies  of  thofe 
vafl  Animals  wherewith  they  are  flocked,  as  O^codil  s  ^ 

silZl',         ""'l  M  be  rendred  Urinous,  {r 

Salmo-Urinous;   which  ,s  a  Compofition  of  Sal  Anno 
mac.   SeeSAL  Armoniac.  Jirmo- 
NATTA  or  Nata,  or  Nasa,  orNArTA,  in  Medicine 
a  Tumor  anfing  in  feveral  Parts  of  the  Body  ' 
£W,r,i  defines  it,  a  large,  foft,  reddift,  pa.i„f„l  Tumor 
anfing  ufually  on  the  Back,  fometimes  on  the  Shoulders -' 
Its  Root  IS  very  fmall,  yet  it  grows  fo  prodigioully  that  i't 
iometimes  equals  a  Melon,  or  Gourd.         ^  " 
Nat,.c   or,  as  feme  call  them.  Nates,  ofteneft  appear 
on  the  Neck,  much  after  the  manner  of  Tn//.*-.   See  Tal- 

They  are  of  the  Oedematous  Kind,  and  are  to  be  extir 
pared  by  Incifion,  and  their  Return  prevented  by  red  ore 
cipitate.  Vitriol,  or  burnt  Allom  ftrew'd  on  the  Place 

Bartholine  mentions  a  Lady,  who  cured  herfelf  of  a  Ntt 
la,  by  biting  it  off. 

NATURAL,  fomething  concerning  Nature,  belonoine 
to  Nttare,  arifing  from  a  Principle  of  Nature,  or  confo™- 
able  ro  the  ordinary  Courfe  and  Order  of  Nttiire    See  N  . 

TUBE, 

When  a  Stone  falls  downwards,  we  vulgarly  fay  it  does 
it  by  a  Natural  Motion  ;  but  if  it  be  thrown  upwards  its 
Motion  is  faid  to  be  violent.  So  Water  fufpcnded  i'n  a 
fucking  Pump,  is  faid  to  be  out  of  its  Natural  Place  ■  Cures 
wrought  by  Medicines,  are Operations;  but  the  mi 
raculous  ones  wrought  by  Chrift,  Supernatural.  See  Super- 

NATURAr,,  ^C. 

Natural  Children,  are  thofe  born  out  of  lawful  Wed- 
lock.   See  Bastard. 

Natural  Horizon,  is  the  fenfible  or  phyfical  Horizon 
See  Horizon. 

Natural -LuKi.   See  Ltiia  0/ Nature. 
Natural  Day,~)    „  CDav. 
Natural  2£i?), 5  di'EAR. 


NAT 


NAiualr,  ramhy,  is  that  Power,  arifing  from  tlie  Blood's 
Circulation   which .sconfplcuou,  in  all  the  Secretions  per- 


(  ^1/  ) 


NAT 


formed  within  the  Body  ;  that  Secrc;ion  alone  exceried 
which  IS  made  at  the  Origin  of  the  Nerves  See  Fa' 
cvLrv. 

NATUE  ALj-«„ff;«,,,  in  the  Animal  Oecnnomy,  are  thufe 
Aflions  whereby  things  taken  into  the  ljud,-,  are  changed 
and  aiiimilatcd,  fo  as  to  become  Fans  of  our  Bodv  S  c 
Junction.  ^' 

Thefe  are  the  ABions  of  the  F^ceri,  the  Veffels  that 
receive,  retain,  move,  change,  fecern,   apply,  cx- 

cern,  and  fpend  the  Humours  of  the  Body.  See  Di- 
gestion, Ni;tritkjn,c^£:. 

NATLiRAr  W;«aiie«i,  are  thofe  Tendencies,  or  Mo- 
tions ot  the  Mind,  towards  things  feemingly  good,  which 
are  common,  ,n  a  greater  or  lefs  degree,  to  all  Mankind. 

Kv«r.,n„d,Katm!,,  according  to  F.  Malkbnmch,  is  the 
lame  thing  wish  regard  to  Minds,  that  Motion  is  with  re- 
gard to  Bodies;  and  as  ail  the  Varieties  in  the  Material 
\>/otld  arile  from  the  fcveral  Motions  of  Bodies,  fo  do 
all  thofe  of  the  IntellcSual  World  from  Inclinations; 
and  as  all  Motions  arc  the  Refults  of  Imprcffions  imme- 
diately communicated  by  the  Finser  of  the  Creator  ;  fo  all 
inclinations  are  certainly  nothing  elle  but  continual  Im- 
prcffions ot  the  Will  of  the  Creator,  on  that  of  theCrea- 
tuie  ;  and  muH  thereforcof  neccffiiy  bo  apreeablc  to  his  ; 
and  therefore  can  naturally  have  no  principal  End,  but  his 
Olory  ;  nor  any  fecondary  one,  but  their  own  Prefervation, 
and  that  ot  others  ;  both  ilill-with  regard  m  his  Will  who 
gave  ihem  Being. 

Now,  as  properly  fpeaking,  there  is  but  one  Love  in 
God,  v,z.  that  of  himfelf ;  fo  he  only  impreffes  one  Love 
or  Dchre  m  us,  which  is  that  of  Good  in  the  general. 

lis  this  general  Love,  or  Delire,  is  the  Principle  olall  our 
particular  ones  ;  as,  in  etfefl,  'tis  the  Will  iifclf:  The 
VViU  being  defined  to  be  a  continual  Impn  ffion  of  the  Au- 
thor ot  Nature, «hich  carries  the  Mind  of  Man  to  Good  in 
general.    See  Will. 

Bui  the  Impr.ffi.n  towards  Good  in  the  general,  doih  not 
only  proceed  Irorn  God,  but  alfo  all  our  Inclinations  to 
pariicular  Goods;  as,  ».  ^.  Sclfprcfcrvation,  ££;c.  See 
Passion. 

Natural  Kft«ry,  a  Defcription  of  any  of  the  Natural 
Froduds  the  Earih,  Water,  or  Air;  o.  i;.  Bealls  Birds 
Finies,  Metals,  Minerals,  and  Foffils  ;  together  with  fuch 
exiriordinary  Phainomena,  as  at  any  time  appear  in  the 
Material  World;  fuch  as  Meteors,  and  Monfters,  See 
History. 

Belide  GcKetal  Knural  Hiftoij,  as  ihofo  of  Fliny  Sic. 
there  are  Fmiadar  ones  ;  and  that  of  two  kinds :  The 
firll,  thofe  which  only  confider  one  kind  of  I  hi'ngs,  fuch 
as  the  Kffory  nf  Shells,  of  Dr.  L/ffcr;  of  Fifies,  of  WdUmh- 
ly  ;  that  ot  Bmls,  of  the  fame  ;  that  of  Flams,  of  Kar,%r 
KalJiKcius  ;  thofe  of  iKjeSs,  of  Szis  mmerd.ini  and  Monifet  ; 
that  of  Jmmals,  o(Gef„ey ;  that  of  fofls,  of  Lockmmd,  Sic. 

The  fecond,  thofe  which  confider  the  fevcral  kinds  of 
natural  Things  found  in  particular  Countrcys,  or  Provinces  ; 
as  the  Himral  Hilhry  of  Djufbine,  by  Cbarkr  ;  the  Namral 
H,!f,ry  of  the  Jntilks,  by  F.  Tertrc,  and  M.  L,n-j,ll,eres ; 
thofe  of  0%frr,ljly,re  and  Staffo,djU-c,  by  Dr.  Flm  ;  that  of 
io»co/J-,«,  by  Lciij,  ;  of  ]<lmhampo„fiiK,  by  Mom»  ;  and 
that  ot  the  lame  County,  expedled  from  Mr.  JriAcj ;  that 
ot  the  Weftern  Illands,  by  Mariin  See 

Natural  Fhdojcphy  that  Science  which  ccnfiders  the 
I  owers  of  Nat„n,  the  Properties  ofNamr.il  Bodies  and 
their  mutual  Aftion  on  one  another  ;  otherwife  call'd  Mv- 
Jiiss.    See  Physics. 

Natural  //Ijpc  Is  that  which  onlymakes  ufeof  natural 
Cautes.   See  M  AGIO. 
Natural  Cizi/V,  fee  Cause. 

Natural,  in  Heraldry,  is  ufed  where  Animals,  Fruits 
Flowers,  fcc  are  blazon'd  with  the  Colours  they  naturally 
have,  tho  different  trom  the  common  Colours  of  Heraldry  ■ 
and  this  is  to  prevent  tho  Armories  being  accus'd  of  Fal 
fity,  when  blazon'd  with  the  Names  of  Colours  unknown 
m  Heraldry. 

^  Natural,  in  Mufic,  is  ufed  varloufly.  Sometimes  it 
IS  taken  for  Dlam.dc  ;  and  fometimes  for  Tbyfical,  in  which 
latter  Senfe,  N.itural  M.fic  is  that  performed  by  Naiuial 
Urgans,  e.  Vocal  Mufic,  in  contradiftinaion  to  Artificial, 
or  Inltrumenial. 

Natural  f&mo,y.  is  that  produced  by  As  Natural 
and  hUential  Chords  of  the  Mode.    See  H  ARMONY. 

Natural  Note  is  ufed  in  oppofition  to //«  txai  Sb.irp 
Notes,  which  are  call'd  Artificial  Notes.  See  Note 
Scale,  oc. 

Natural  is  alfo  ufed  for  fomethina  coming  Immediately 
out  ot  the  hands  of  Nature,  in  oppofition  to  FaHithiis,  or 
Artijictal,  which  fignifies  fomething  wrought  by  Art, 

Billiop  ;r;«in.. obferves,  that  there  appears  a  world  of 
diftercnce  between  N.it«.M/  and  Artificial  Things  when 
»iew  d  with  Microfcopes ;  the  firft  ever  fliews  adorn'd  with 


all  imaginable  Elegance  and  Beautv  ;  the  latter,  tho  the 
ThL  f?!,"  V  '"Af""  ■"'5""''y  '"de  and  Unhewn  , 

a  Mattock  or  Trowel  ''■"'"'H'nent,  as  it  done  with 

.4S^:f^^--z-^ttiSrt«ih;y^! 

into  abundance  of  Errors,  which  have  been  .      a  \  i 
.he  happy  Indullry  of  the  ModJ^^    ^7™^^  t 
motl  Copious  and  Compleat  of  the  modern  A^^^S     ■  his 
Work  IS  in  fcventeen  Volumes  in  Fol,o.  ' 
.  NATURALIZATION,  in  Law,  tho  Aft  of  Natural! 
..ng  any  one,  or  of  putting  any  Foreigner  into  the  Co„d  " 
oon  of  a  natural-born  Sub  ea,  and  entitling  himtott 
Rights  and  P  ivileges  thereof.    SceDE.sizEN  ° 

Infr^„«,  Natur.d,-z,,io„  is  the  King's  Prerogative;  In 
E„!_  a„d  tis  only  done  by  Aft  of  Parliament.  In  f™„  " 
S^.js,  Savoyards,  and  need  not  any  Mitt,,-.,/,^  t"" 

ing  reputed  Rei^mnks,  or  Natives  ' 

NATURALS,  Res  N.:t„r.-,lc,,  in  Medicine  :    In  everV 
Animal,  howfoever  fick  and  difeafed,  there  is  (Jill  remain 
ing  fome  degree  of  Life,  and  Sttenath  ;  and  tht  cT  r 
and  Effects  of  each:    Thefe  are  caif if  //'/j,"^  ^'^^ 

tfc»5.  .i.«S<  »cc.rrf;„x  ,,  K«„,e;  and  fometimes  barely 

N^n't  RF"'Af''''"^''°"'°^'"^^''''™''.  which  fee  ^ 
NAIURE,  Natura,   mr/f,   is  a  Term  very  variouflt, 
ufed.    .fr,ft,/c  hasa  whole  Chapter  wrote  e..prjllv  to  e™ 
merate  the  various  Acceptaiions'of  the  C-J  wird  »  ™ 

he  different  Acceptations  are  fo  many,  rhat  a  cert  in  Tu 
thor  reckons  up  foutteen  or  fif  een.  Mr.  Pcyk,  i„  a  pre- 
cre  Treatifeof  the  rece,,-d  N.n,.,  ,fk  j"  J'li 

us  eight  principal  ones.  ^  ^i-'tirt,  givej 

Nature,  then  is  ufed  for  the  Sjftem  of  the  World  ; 
*:a,tdBei:g:'''=  -  Affemblage^of'ii 

In  this  Senfe  we  fay,  the  Ati.r  of  Hmire ;  the  Sun  is 
call'd  the  £jc  becaufe  he  illumines  the  Uni' 

vcTfe,   and  the  fttfa.  oi   K,,„re,  becaufe  he  warms  the 
Earth,  and  makes  it  fruitful.    And  thus  we  fav  of  the  Phn- 
nix,  or  a  Ch,ma:ra,  that  thete  is  no  fuch  thing'in  Naiun 
in  le-ad  of  the  word  Nature  in  this  Senfe,'  Mr.  Hoyh  to 

;)«r/.y,  or  Umce./efubflituted.  SceWoRLn 

Nature,  in  a  more  confined  Senfe,  comprehends  the 
feveral  kinds  of  Beings,  Created  and  IncreateS  ;  Spiritual 
and  Corporeal.    See  Ens. 

In  this  Senfe  we  fay,  ?Iuma„  Katttre,  meaning  all  Men 
together  that  poffefs  the  lame  Spiritual,  Realonable  Soul 
Jii'gelical  Nature  ;  the  Tlh-'me  N.intr,-  &c 

And  in  this  Senfe,  the  School  Divines' fay,  Nwa  N.t„- 
rans,  £5  Niutra  N.itarata,  fpeaking  of  God,  who  is  the  Nt- 
r»rn /y<i(«r.™.s  as  giving  Being  and  2V;,T„,-c  ,o  all  others;  in 
oppofition  to  the  Creatures,  who  are  the  ,V.««.-.,  Natarata. 
as  receiving  their  Nature. 

.J^vr""'  1"  "  '■'•■« S=i-.re,  is  ufed  for 

L    „  "  '"""S  ;      that  uhich  the  Schoolmen  call 

theg«„«,(_y  thereof,  that  is,  the  Attribute  which  makes  it 
what  It  is. 

In  thi.s  Senfe,  the  Cartejl.ms  fay,  'tis  the  N,tt<re  of  the 
Soul  to  think. 

And  here  the  word  Elfence,  Mr.  Beyle  would  have  ob- 
tain, in  lieuof  ^.it/t;-e.    See  Essence. 

Nature  is  particularly  ufed  fur  the  eaablilh'd  Order 
and  Coutfe  of  material  Things,  theSjries  of  Second  Caufes' 
or  the  Laws  which  God  has  impofed  on  the  Motions  im- 
ptels  d  by  him.    See  Cause. 

In  this  Senfe  it  is  we  fay,  Phyfics  is  the  Study  of  N.itiire 
Nature  makes  the  Night  fuccccd  the  Day  ;  Nature  has  made 
Kelpirationneceffary  to  Life,  ^c. 

Thus  S.  T4o»;.ii defines  Nature  a  kind  of  divine  Art  given 
toEemgs,  which  carries  them  to  the  End  they  are'deter- 
niined  for  :  In  effect,  Nuure,  in  this  Senfe,  is  nothina 
elle  but  that  Concatenation  of  Ciufcs  and  Effects  or  thJt 
Order  and  Occonomy  which  God  has  eflabliflied  in  the 
Parts  ot  his  Creation. 

In  this  Senfe  too  we  fay,  that  Miracles  are  Effects  above 
the  Powers  of  N-,t„re  :  So  Art  forces  or  furpaffes  Nature,  by 
means  of  Machines,  and  moving  Powers,  by  resfon  thev 
produce  Efftcls  which  exceed  what  we  findin  the  common, 
Coutfe  of  Things.    Sec  Miracle,  £?c. 

Nature,  again,  is  taken  for  an  Aggregate  of  Powers 
belonging  to  any  Body,  efpecially  a  living  one. 

In  this  fenfc  Phyficians  fay,  that  Nm-.r:  is  ttrong,  weak 
or  pent  ;  or,  that  in  fuch  a  Difeafe,  Nature  left  to  herfelf 
will  perform  the  Cure. 

Nature,  dill  mote  flriaiy,  is  ufed  for  the  Aflion  of 
Providence,  the  Principle  of  all  things  ;  or,  that  fpirirual 
Being  which  is  diftufed  throughout  the  Creation,  and 
'  ^  mcves 


NAT 


hioves  anil  aSs  in  all  Bodies,  and  gives  them  certain  Pro- 
perties, and  procures  certain  Effefls.    See  Peovidence. 

In  this  which  Mr.  Eo)7e  confiders  as  the  molt  ufual 
Senfc,  J^jtitye  is  nothing  elfe  but  God,  afting  hirofclf,  and 
according  to  certain  Laws  he  himfelf  has  fix'd.  See  God. 

This  feems  pretty  agreeable  to  the  Opinion  of  many  of 
the  Antienii,  who  made  Nature  the  God  of  the  Univerle, 
the  To  llttr,  who  prefides  over,  and  governs  all  ;  thu  others 
own'd  this  an  imaginary  Being,  and  by  Nature  meant  no  more 
than  the  Qualities,  or  Vertues  which  God  has  given  his 
Creatures,  and  which  their  Poets  and  Orators  took  occa- 
fion  of  perfonifying.  ,     ,,  .j   r  •  i. 

F.M.i//£ir«;ictrays,  the  Niltiire  fo  much  talk  d  ot  in  the 
Schools  is  fit  for  nothing  but  to  lead  us  back  to  Idolatry  ; 
the  amient  Heathens  hereby  underdanding  fomeihwg, 
which,  whhout  being  God,  aas  continually  throughout  the 
Univerfc.  Thus  the  ]M  Nature  mull  be  an  acluaU'rinciple, 
which  with  the  concurrence  of  God,  is  the  next  and  im- 
mediate Caufe  of  all  the  Changes  which  befall  Matter. 
■Which  feems  to  fall  in  with  the  Opinion  of  the  yimma 
Mundi  ;  as \f  Nature  were  a  Subllitute  of  God, or  a  collateral 
Caufe  with  God,  or  a  middle  Being  between  God  and 
created  Things.    See  Anima  MtiNDi. 

Jrijlotk  defines  Nature,  Triuciflmi  b  Caiifa  melus  t 
ejus  m  quo  est  fnma  per  fe  «oit  ftr  acccdens.  A  Definition 
foobfcure,  that  none  of  his  Commentators,  with  all  their 
Gloffes,  have  been  able  to  render  it  intelligible. 

This  Principle,  which  the  Terifatetlcs  call'd  Nature,  they 
fuppofed  to  aa  neceffarily  ;  and  was  therefore  dcilitule  of 
Knowledge  or  Liberty.    See  Necessity. 

Thus  alio  the  5t«;c!  conceived  N:i(«re  as  a  certain  Spirit 
or  Virtue  diCfufed  throughout  the  Univerfe,  which  gave 
every  thing  its  Motion,  fo  that  all  mull  be  dragg'd  away 
by  the  invariable  Order  of  a  blind  Nature,  and  an  inevi- 
table Neceffny.    See  Fate.  . 

In  fpeaking  of  the  Action  oC Nature,  no  more  is  to  be 
underllood  but  that  Bodies  oH  on  one  another,  in  a  manner 
agreeable  to  tie  general  La-as  of  Motion  nibich  the  Creator  has 

"''ln'£  lies  the  Myflery  of  that  great  Word,  which  is 
only  a  compendious  way  of  expreffing  the  Aflion  of  all 
Bodies  :  But  the  Mechamj'm  o/JfoJiej, would,  perhaps,  better 
exprefs  what  is  here  meant  h^Nature.   See  Mechanism. 

Some  Mr.  Boyle  obferves,  will  have  the  Nature  of  a 
thing  to  be  only  the  Law  that  it  receives  from  the  Creator, 
and  according  to  which  it  ads  on  all  Occafions.  But  this 
is  an  improper,  and  figurative  Expreffion. 

The  fame  Author  propofes  a  Notion  of  Nature  as  more 
fit  than  any  yet  given  to  pafs  for  the  principa  one  ol 
tu,e;  with  regard  to  which  many  Axioms  and  Expreflions 
relating  to  that  Word,  may  be  conveniently  underftood. 
In  order  to  this,  he  dillinguilhes  between  General  and  Tar- 
titular  Nattire.  r   1.     -D  J- 

General  Nature  he  defines  the  Aggregate  of  the  Bodies 
that  make  up  the  World  in  its  prcfent  State,  confider  d  as  a 
Principle  by  virtue  whereof  they  aa  and  fuffcr  according  to 
the  Laws  of  Motion  prefcribed  by  the  Author  of  things. 

Particular  Nature  of  any  Subordinate  or  Individual  confiBs 
in  the  general  Nature  appl  y'd  to  a  dillind  Portion  of  the  Uni- 
verfe. Or  it  is  a  Convention  of  the  Mechanical  Properties 
fas  Magnitude,  Figure,  Order,  Situation,  and  Local  Mo- 
tion) of  Parts  convenient  and  fufficicnt  to  conftitute  of,  or 
enrhleto,  its  particular  Species  or  Denominations,  the  par- 
ticular Body  they  make  up  ;  the  Concourfe  of  all  thefe 
being  confidcr'd  as  the  Principle  of  Motion,  Reft,  be 

LaiBi  0/ Nature,  are  Axioms,  or  generalLaws,  and 
Rulesof  Motion,  and  Reft  obferved  by  natural  Bodies  m 
their  Aaions  on  one  another  ;  and  in  all  the  Changes 
which  befall  them  in  their  N.««rai  State.    See  Law. 

The  Latss  of  Nature,  and  of  Motion,  are,  incfFefl,  the 
fame;  CuKom,  indeed,  has  made  fome  difference,  and 
we  find  Authors  call  the  particular  Cafes  of  Motion,  Laws 
,f  Motion;  which  fee  under  Motion  ;  the  more  General, 
or  Catholic  ones,  and  thofe  from  which,  as  irom  Axioms, 
the  others  are  deduced,  they  call  L.rai  of  Nature. 

Of  thefe.  Six  Ifaac  A'cioiob  has  efiabliflied  three. 

Liiivs  of  Kature. 

1.  E'sery  Body  ferfcTeres  in  the  fame  State,  either  of  Rejl,  or 
imiform  reSlilinear  Motion ;  exceftfo  far  as  it  is  forced  to  change 
tint  Stately  fome  foreign  Force.  , 

Thus  Proiefliks  perfcvcre  in  their  Motions,  except  10 
far  as  they  are  retarded  by  the  Refiftance  of  the  Air,  and 
the  Caufe  of  Gravity  ;  and  thus  a  Top,  whofe  Parts  by 
their  Cohefion,  are  continually  drawing  one  another  out 
of  their  reftilinear  Motion,  only  ceales  to  run  round  be- 
caufe  refilled  by  the  Air,  and  the  Friflion  of  the  Plane 
whereon  it  moves.  And  thus  the  larger  Bodies  of  the 
Planets  and  Comets  prcfcrve  their  progreflive  and  circuL-ir 
Motions  a  long  time  undiminillicd  m  Regions  void  of  all 


(  ) 


N  A  V 


fc n fib le  Reft ftar.ce.  See  Vis /Kei-ii-e,  Resistance,  and 
Medium. 

2.  The  Change  of  'Motion  is  ever proportiorial  to  the  moving 
Force  vjhuTchy  it  is  tjfehjed,  ajid  ijithe  DireUioii  of  the  Ri^bt 
Line  wherein  that  £oyce  is  tniprefs^H. 

If  a  certain  Force  produce  a  certain  Motion  j  a  double 
Force  will  produce  double  the  Motion  ;  a  triple  Force 
triple  the  Motion,  whether  it  be  imprefs'd  all  at  once,  or 
fucceflively,  and  by  degrees.  And  this  Motion  (finceit  is 
ever  directed  to  the  fame  Point  with  the  generating  Force) 
if  the  Body  were  in  Motion  before,  is  either  to  be  added  to 
ir,  as  if  the  Motions  confpitc  i  or  fubllrafted  from  it,  as 
where  contrary  ;  or  added  obliquely,  as  where  oblique  j 
and  is  compounded  with  ir,  according  to  the  Determinations 
of  each. 

5.  Kcaclion  is  alvj.iys  cmtrary  and  equal  to  JlBian:,  or  ths 
Anions  of  Jwu  Bodies  upon  one  another  are  ahaays  mutually 
equal.,  and  direBed  contrary  ways. 

Whatever  prefles,  or  pulls  another,  is  equally  prefs'd  or 
puU'd  thereby.  Thus,  if  I  prcfs  a  Stone  with  my  Finger^ 
the  Finger  is  equally  prefi'd  by  the  Scone.  If  a  Horfc 
draw  a  Weight  by  a  Rope,  the  Horfc  is  equally  drawn 
back  towards  the  Weighty  for  the  Rope  being  equally 
flretch'd  each  way,  will  with  an  equal  Endeavour  to  relax 
itfelf,  drive  the  Horfe  toward  the  Stone,  and  the  Stone 
towards  the  Horfe,  and  will  hinder  the  Progrcfs  of  the 
one,  as  much  as  it  promotes  that  of  the  other. 

Again,  if  any  Body  by  llriking  on  another,  do  in  any 
manner  change  its  Motion,  it  will,  itfelf,  by  means  of  the 
other,  undergo  an  equal  Change  in  its  own  Motion,  by 
reafon  of  the  Kquality  of  iherrefTure. 

In  thefe  Aiiions  the  Changes  are  eq^ual  ;  not  thofe,  ws 
mean,  of  the  Velocities,  but  thofe  ot  the  Motions,  the 
Bodies  being  fuppofed  fr^e  of  any  other  Impediments.  For 
the  Changes  of  Velocities, which  are  likewife  made  contrary 
ways,  in  as  much  as  the  Motions  are  equally  changed,  are 
reciprocally  propoitional  to  the  Bodies.  See  REicrxoN. 

I'his  Law  alio  obtains  in  Atira^lions.  See  Attrac- 
tion. 

Nature,  inProfody:  A  Syllable  is  faid  to  be  long  or 
/hort  by  Kirj(j-e,  tofignify  that  it  is  fo  without  any  Rule  of 
Grammar,  to  render  it  fo  by  Pofition,  or  otherwife. 

NAVAL,  fomething  relating  to  Ships,  or  Navigation. 
See  Ship  and  Navigation. 

In  this  fenfewe  foraetimes  fay,  Na-^al  Strength^  a  JSfavai 
Comhaty  Sic. 

NAVALd-o^yM,  Corona  N-Toalis,  among  the antient Ro«a?/j-, 
a  Crown  adorn'd  with  Figures  of  Prows  of  Ships,  confer'd 
on  Ferfons  who  in  Sea-Engagements  firll  boarded  the  Ene- 
my's Veflel.  SeeCaowN. 

Tho  yf.  Gelliiis  feems  to  fpeak  generally,  where  he  fays, 
the  Naval  Crown  was  adorn'd  with  Prows  of  Ships  j  Lipjlus 
diftingui/hes  two  kinds  of  K-!w/  Crowns :  The  one  he  calls 
Simple,  the  other  Ro/?j-flti7. 

Thefirlt  he  fuppofes  plain,  and  given  to  the  common 
Soldiers,  ^c.  The  latter  much  more  Glorious,  adorn'd 
with  Prows  of  Ships,  and  only  given  to  Generals,  or 
Admirals,  who  had  gain'd  fume  important  Vic'lory  at 
Sea. 

NAVE,  in  Architeiflure,  Kivis  Ecclefi^,  the  Body  of  a 
Church  ;  or  the  Place  where  the  People  are  difpofed  ; 
reaching  from  the  Rail  or  Ballufter  of  the  Choir  to  the 
chief  Door.  The  Antient  Greeks  call'd  it  Pronaos.  See 
Church. 

The  Na-je  of  a  Church  belongs  to  the  PariJhioncrs  j  tis 
they  are  to  repair  it,  l^<^-  ,      ,    _  , 

Baldiis  derives  the  Word  from  the  (?)-ccX:  temple; 
which  Salmafm  brings  from  vav^,  va©-,  Ship  ;  by  reafon 
the  Vault  or  Roof  of  a  Church  bears  refemblance  to  a 

^'^N  AVEL,  a  Part  in  the  middle  of  the  Belly,  by  Anato 
mills  call'd UwWicMi.    See  Umbilicus. 
N'AVEL-^tnjjg,  by  Anato mifts is  call'd  f«;i;Viiii!j-L';Ki//;<:.i^'.-. 

SeeFuNtcuLus.  ,     i  •  ,         ■  t 

NAVICULARE  Oj,  in  Anatomy,  the  third  Bone  in  the 
Foot,  between  the  Jfiragahs,  and  the  Op  Cunriformia,  thus 
call'd  from  Navis,  a  Ship,  to  which  it  bears  fome  Refem- 
blance ;  for  which  reafon  likewife  it  is  fometimes  call'd 
Cymhiforme,  from  Cymha,  a  Boat,  and  Scaj:hoides,  from  a  Greek 
Word  of  the  like  import.    See  Foot.  .        ,  ^ 

It  has  behind  it  a  large  Smus,  which  receives  the  tore 
convex  Head  of  the  flrft  Bone ,  and  before  it,  is  convex  ;  'tis 
diftinguifiiedinto  three  Heads,  which  are  received  into  the 
Simis'fof  the  Ojfa  Cmeiformia.         ,  ^     ^  ,  r 

NAVIGATION,  the  Art,  or  Aa  of  Saihtig  ;  or  ot 
conducing  a  Veflel  from  one  Place  to  another,  thefafeft 
and  moft  commodious  way.    ,     ^  ,    „,    ,  ,  , 

This  Art,  in  thefuU  Latitude  of  the  Word,  comprehends 
three  parts  i  -.iz.  Firft.  the  Art  of  conftruaing  and  budding 
Ships,  (fee  Sm?.)  Second,  the  loading  of  Ships,  (lea 
Burden.)   And.  Third,  the  Direaion  and  Government 

ot 


N  A  V 


of  the  Ship  ;  which  is  in  a  peculiar  Senfc  cilVd  Na-jhatioji 
or  Sailing.    See  Sailing.  > 
In  this  rettrained  Scnfe  of  the  Word,  Kiu'igafmz  is  either 
Improper,  or  Fropci-. 

The/r/?,  ufually  call'd  Co<i/?i7j^,  is  where  the  Ports  are 
on  the  fame,  or  a  very  neighbouring  Coart  ;  and  where  the 
VefTel  is  fcldom  out  of  fight  of  Land,  or  out  of  reach  of 
Sounding.    See  Coasting. 

In  this,  little  elfe  is  required,  but  an  Acquaintance  with 
the  Lands,  the  Conipafs,  and  Sounding-Line;  each  of 
which  fee  in  its  Place,  Co,Mr  ASS  and  Sounding, 

The  laiter  is  where  the  Voyage  is  long,  and  out  in  the 
main  Ocean.  In  this,  befides  the  Requifites  in  the  former, 
are  likewife  required  the  ufe  of  Mercatoy's  Chart,  Jzinnuh^ 
and  Jm^lhude  Coinpafes,  Log-Lirte^  and  other  InOruments  for 
Celeftial  Obfervations,  as  Quadrants^  ^"rejiafs^  &c.  See 
each  Inflrumenr,  ^c.  in  its  Place.  * 

JV^iiv^tiiiojMurns  principally  on  four  things;  two  whereof 
being  known,  the  rett  are  eafily  found  from  them  by  the 
TablcF,  Scales,  and  Charts. 

Thefe  four  things  are,  the  Difference  in  Latitude, 
Difference  in  Longitude,  the  Reckoning  or  Diftance,  and 
the  Courfe  or  Runib  of  theWind. 

The  Latitudes  are  eafily  found,  and  with  fufficient  Ac- 
curacy.   Sec  Latitude. 

iNor  is  there  any  thing  wanting  to  the  Perfection  o{  Na- 
vigation, but  to  determine  the  Longitude. 

The  Mathematicians  of  many  Ages  have  applied  them- 
felvcs  with  the  utmoft  Afliduity  to  fupply  this  grand  Dsji- 
dcraitm,  but  hitherto  in  vain;  notwithilanding  the  magni- 
ficent Rewards  of  fever al  Princes  and  States  to  the  Dif- 


(  619  ) 


N  A  V 


covcrcr. 

lor  the  various  Methods  that  now  occafionally  obtain 
at  Sea,  fee  Longitude, 

The  C'onrj'e  and  Dijtante,  we  have  already  obferved,  are 
had  by  the  Log  Litie,  or  dead  Reciuning,  and  the  Conipafs. 

The  I'oets  refer  the  Iiivcniion  of  the  Art  o(  S^i-jigatimxo 
2^<-ftiijH\  fume  to  hciccbifi,  others  to  HerciJet,  others  to  ^afoTtj 
others  to  who  is  /aid  to  have  made  the  firft  Ship! 

SeeSHiF.  Hiflorians  to  the  JEg;n:Ks^  the.  FJxnidans,  Ty  '- 
tiaii-^,  and  the  antient  hihabitanis  of  Britain.  ' 

Some  ill  have  it,  the  £rft  hint  was  taken  from  the  flight 
oftheKite;  0theis,a5f5f/ij;!<ieP/c,lBj,  Lib.L  from  the  Fi/h 
call'd  A'oi.it/ni.  Cihcrs'afcribe  it  10  Accident ;  ButScripture 
refers  the  Origin  of  fo  ufeful  an  Invention  to  God  himfelf 
who  gave  the  fitfl  Specimen  thereof  in  the  Ark  built  by 
Jvooi  under  his  Direflion.  For  the  Raillery  the  good 
Man  underwent  on  account  of  his  Enierprize,  fhews  evi- 
demly  enough,  the  World  was  then  ignorant  of  any  thing 
like  ^/iiwgflt/o;?,  and  that  they  even  thought  it  impoffible. 

However,  Hillory  reprefents  the  Fhxmcmtts,  efpecially 
thofe  of  their  Capital  Tyre,  as  the  firtt  Nasiganrs  ;  being 
urged  to feek  a  foreign  Commerce  by  the  Narrownefs  and 
Poverty  of  the  Slip  of  Ground  they  polTefs'd  along  the 
Coafls  i  by  the  Convenicncy  of  two  or  three  good  Ports  • 
and  by  their  natural  Genius  to  Traffic.  ' 

Accordingly,  Lsham?,,  and  the  other  neighbouring  Moun- 
tains furni/liing  them  with  excellent  Wood  for  Shin-build- 
ing,  m  a  Hiort  time  they  were  Mailers  of  a  numerous  Fleet 
which  conftantly  hazarding  new  Nioijarion,,  and  fettling' 
new  Irades,  they  foon  arrived  at  an  incredible  Pitch  of 
Upulency  and  Populoufnefs  :  infomuch  as  to  be  in  a  Con- 
dition to  fend  out  Colonies  ;  the  Principal  of  which  was  that 
ot  Unhngc,  which  keeping  up  their  Fh^mdan  Spirit  of  Com- 
merce, m  time  iiot  only  equaPd  Tyre  itfelf,  butvaflly  fur- 
pa  s  d  it ;  fending  their  Merchant-Fleets  thro'  Heradc's 
Ftllan,  now  the  Straights  of  G.hahcr,  along  the  V/eflern 
Coafls  of  Jjrtca  and  Eitrofe  ;  and  even,  if  we  believe 
iome  Authors,  to  Jmerica  itfelf,  the  Difcovery  whereof 
ft  many  Ages  afterwards,  has  been  fo  glorious  to  the  Spa. 
nicirds.    See  Commerce.  ^ 

Tj'i  e,  whofe  immcnfe  Riches  and  Power  are  reprefented 
in  fuch  lofty  Terms  both  in  facred  and  profane  Authors 
being  dcflroy'd  by  Jhxatiier  the  Great  ;  its  Na-dmion  and 
Commerce  were  transfer 'd  by  the  Conqueror  to  Alexat.dria 
a  new  City,  admirably  fituated  for  thofc  purpofes,  proposed 
tor  the  Capital  of  the  Empire  of  Jfia,  which  ^lexaitder  then 
meditated  :  And  thus  arofe  the  Navigation  of  the  Er  yptians 
which  was  afterwards  fo  cultivated  by  the  FtoleiT,,  thai 
Tyre  :,nA  Carthage  (which  latt,  after  having  a  long  time  dif 
puted  Empire  with  the  Ramatis,  was  at  length  fubdued) 
were  quite  forgot.  ' 

£?Wt  being  reduced  into  a  Roma,,  Province  after  the 
Battel  rf/e.""!,  us  Trade  and  Nafigat.on  fell  into  the 
hands  of  Aj«/?,„  ;  ,n  whofe  time  Jlexa„dr,a  wasonly  infe- 
rior to  Rome  and  the  Magazines  of  the  Capital  of  the 
of  "jv^r  from  the  Capital 

At  length,  y)/cs-a„dria  itfelf  underwent  the  Fate  of  Tvrt 
and  Carthage  i  being  furpriz'd  by  the  Saracem,  who,  in 
fpite  of  the  Emperor  Hcr«r/;,„,  overfpread  the  Northern 
Coafls  of  4r,ca,  Sec.  whence  the  Merchants  being  driven, 


'  T^t  Fai?:f  t:::  s!' -^^^p^r'- ,  ? 
^^.:^^:^e'^=:,itSTS?^^ 

...ng^^.lveswithil4sp^ 

.ages  of  K,.i,„™,a„d  CommcL,  fnd'th  Me.  d^Jm"; 
nagmg  them  from  the  People  they  had  fubdued  ,  and  hS 
wiin  io  much  fuccen,  that  in  a  little  time  fome  of  th-m  be 
came  able  to  give  newLeflbns,  and  fet  on  foot  new  I„flt 
tuiions  ior  us  Advantage.  ° 

.v,'^''"  j^t'iV  ^'f"'^'  weufually  afcribe  the  Inven- 
t  on  and  Ufe  of  ■Book-keef„,gl  Exchange,  at^d le 

change,  !ke.    Sje  Bank,  Exchange  i  .  ^ira  Ke- 

It  does  not  appear  which  of  the  Earofean  People,  after 
Iv"  """";^  Matters,  fir'fl  ,00k  themfelv 

to  Jv.i„g„„„.,„d  Commerce  ;  fome  think  it  began  with  the 

and",  '  "°  I-"-  'hejuftefl^itlc  to  t  • 

fll'd  ,  „         f    "VP"'""^""'  ^^hi'hiiad  beenbani- 
■T  s  ?]    v'.'    r  n  ',"T       ^-'"P''^  -"^funder. 
lis  the  leople  of then,  elpecially,  and  particularly 
thofe  ot  ;  c,..,cc  and  Ge,,oa,  who  have  the  Glory  of  h," 
fioration;  anditistotheir  advantageous  Situation  Z  Na- 
'^igatm,,  they  in  great  mealure  owe  their  Glory 

J^rit\  rr  "  gfeat  number  of 

ma  %  lands,  only  feparated  by  natrow  Channels,  but 
thofe  well  fcreend,  and  almoll  inaccclTible,  the  Relidence 
of  fomeFilliermen,  who  here  fupported  t'hemfe^v  s  by " 
S  7a    A  "f^-'-V'^S^'''  •I'n'  found  in  fomeVf 

thefe  flands.  1  hither,  then,  the  I  e„e,i,  a  People  Inhabi' 
tmg  that  part  c(  Italy  along  the  Coafls  of  the  Gulph  re- 
ird,  when  JIar.e  King  of  the  Go,h,,  and  afterwards  Aula 
King  of  thcHiijM,  ravagcil  It.ily 

.hX^f^T^l^^"^"%a''^''T''"'''S  'l-"  this  was  ro  be 
thei  fixed  Refidence,  did  not  think  „f  compofing  any  Body 
Politic  but  each  of  thefevemy  two  lilands  of  this  little 
ArAifelago,  continued  a  long  time  under  its  fcveral  Matters 
and  each  made  a  diftinfl  Common-wealth  :  When  thcii 
Commerce  was  become  confiderable  enough  to  "ivc  Tea 
loufy  to  their  Keighbours,  they  began  to  think  of  Uniiino 
into  a  Body.  And  it  was  this  Union,  firtt  begun  in  thS 
£xth  Century,  but  not  complcated  till  the  Eighth  that 
laid  the  lure  Foundation  of  the  future  Grandeur  oYthc  State 
of  i  entce.  ^ 

From  the  time  of  this  Union,  their  Fleets  of  Merchant 
Men  were  font  to  all  the  Parts  of  the  Mcd,tcr,a„e.tr  and  ac 
latt  to  thole  ot  Egypt,  particularly  Cairo  ;  a  new  City  built 
by  the  Sar.tcen  Princes  on  the  Eaflern  Banks  of  thi  N.Ic  ■ 
where  they  traded  for  their  Spices,  and  other  Produfls 
of  the  Indies. 

Thus  they  flourini'd,  incrcas'd  their  Commerce,  their 
Na-j,gat,o„,  and  their  Conquetts  on  the  Terra  firm-,,  till  iho 
famous  League  of  C.w.'fc.i;,  in  150S,  when  a  numher  of  iea. 
lous  Princes  confpir'd  to  their  Ruin;  which  was  the  more 
ealily  efleitcd  by  the  Diminution  of  their  Eiy'-lndia 
Commerce  which  the  P.i-t«.,,s/i,  had  got  a  part  of,  and  the 
trench  another. 

Genoa,  which  had  appiy'd  itfelf  to  Na-i^ation  at  the 
fame  time  with  J  enice,  and  that  with  equal  fuccefs  was  1 
long  time  a  dangerous  Rival,  difputed  with  it  the  Empire 
of  the  Sea,  and  lliarcd  with  it  the  Trade  to  £rT,ot  and 
other  Parts  both  oF  the  Eatt  and  Weft.  ' 

Jealoufy  foon  began  to  break  out,  and  the  two  Republics 
coming  ,0  blows,  'twas  three  Centuries  almofi  continued 
War,  e  er  the  Superiority  was  afcertain'd  ;  when  towards 
the  end  of  the  fourteenth  Century,  the  fatal  Battel  of 
Cb.ozaenAed  the  noble  Strife  :  The  Genocfe,  who  till  then 
had  ufually  the  Advantage,  having  now  lofl  all  ;  and  the 
Fe„et,«„  altnoft  become  defpcrate,  at  one  happy  Blow, 
beyond  all  Expectation,  fccur'd  to  themfelves  theEmpire 
of  the  Sea,  and  Superiority  in  Commerce 

About  the  fame  time  that  Na7,igatio,^  was  retrieved  in 
the  Southern  Parts  of  E„rofe,  a  new  Society  of  Merchants 
wasformdmtheKor.h,  which  not  only  carried  Commerce 
to  the  greatefl  Perfcflion  it  was  capable  of  till  the  Difco- 
very of  the  one  and  other  India,  but  alfoform'd  a  new 
Scheme  of  Laws  for  the  Regulation  thereof,  which  fliU 
obtain  under  the  Name  of  Ufe  and  C/iom  of  the  Sea. 

i  his  Society  is  that  famous  Affociation  of  the  Hans  Towns 
commonly  fuppofed  to  have  begun  about  the  Tear  11^4 
Sec  Hans  To-ajns.  ^ 
The  modern  State  of  Navigation  in  Enrjand,  Holland 
France,  Sfain,  Forttigal,Sic.  is  too  popular  to  need  a  Dir- 
ticular Detail.    See  Commercs  and  CoMf  any.  ' 


N  A  V 


(  610  ) 


N  A  V 


We  Ihall  only  add,  that  in  exainining  the  Reafnns  of  and  other  Colonies  of  Spa'i?!  ;   and  the  Jzors'^  and 

Commerce's  paffing  fucceflively  from  the  Fcnethins^Gejiacft:,  other  Colonies  of  Fortitgal^  which  are  allow'd  tn  be  ihip'd, 

and  Hans-Towns^  to   the   Fortuguefe  and  Spaniards;   and  the  one  in  .Jp,7?/i^j  I'orrs,  the  other  in  PoriiiiTHeye.  * 

from  thofc  again  to  the             and  Dutch  ;  it  may  be  etta-  i;.  Theie  Penalties,  Prohibitions,  and  ^Confi  feat  ions  not 

bliflicd  as  a  Maxim,   That  the  Relation   of  Commerce  to  extcndto  Goods  taken  from  the  Enemies  of -iV.-e/iiL-i/,  nor 

and  Na-Lilgation,  or,  if  we  may  be  allow'd  to  fay  it,  their  tn  Fifli  caught  by  the  t^cots^  or  their  Corn,  and  Salt,  which 

Union,  is  fo  intimate,  that  the  Fall  of  the  one,  inevitably  may  be  imported  into  Ew;L'ind  by  the  Scotch  Veflels. 

draws  aiter  it  the  other;  and  that  they  will  always  either  5.  Five  Shillings  per  Ton   Duty  is  impofed  on  every 

flouriHi  or  dwindle  together.                                         _  Irttich   VdTel  arriving  in  any  Ptirt  of   Ejy^l.md^   fo  iona 

Hence  fo  many  Law;;,  Ordinances,  Statutes,  iSc-  for  Its  (and  even  three  Months  longer)  as  5c  Sols  per  Ton  lies  on 

Regulation  ;  and  hence  particularly  that  celebrated  ^ff  of  the  Endijh  Veflcls  in  Fruucc, 

2^a-^igario7i^    which  an  eminent  Author  calls  the  F^iHadium,  Eajjly,  That  Sugars,  Tobacco,  and  other  Commodities 

or  tutelary  Deity  of  the  Commerce  of  Enyjand  ;  which  is  of  the  Growth  of  the  En^iijh  Colonics,  ftiali  not  he  im- 

too  important  not  to  be  here  mentioned  j  as  it  is  theftanding  ported  into  any  other  Part  of  LuropCy  but  the  Dominions  of 

Rule,  not  only  of  the  £ji^^/i/Z>  among  themfelves,  but  alio  Eii^^Ltrd.    And  that  Veil'cis  goii.g  out  cf  the  Ports  of  ihc 

of  otherNations  with  whom  they  traffic.  fame  Crown  for  the  Envjip^  Coll)nie.^,  fliall  give  \czr- 1. 

of  En^l'iJJj  Navigation,  Is  a  Statute  whereby  the  Security,  if  under  one  hundred  l^or.?,  and  2OC0/.  ifabove 

parliament  of  England  have  fettled  every  thing  relating  to  e'er  they  ilepart,  that  they  will  import  their  Cargo  inro 

i^uvigation  and  Commerce.  fume  F'<rt  in  the  faid  Dominions  5  and  the  like,  e'er  they 


Till  this  A61,  all  Nations  were  at  liberty  to  import  all 
kinds  of  Merchandizes,  whether  of  their  own  Growth,  or 
loaden  elfewhere,  and  that  on  iheir  own  VefTels 


quit  thofe  Colonies,  that  they  wilt  land  their  whcie  Car"o 
iu  Eiigl.Zijd.  ^' 
NAVIS,  Jrgo  Navh,  or  the  Ship  y/r^o  m  Affronomy, 


Cromzvell  firit  perceiving  the  Prejudice  this  Liberty  did    Contlellarion  of  the  Sou:hern  Hcmifphere.    See  Arco. 
to  the  EnghJIj  Commerce,  which  was  ,now  almofi  wholly       NAIJMACHIA,  I^iAUMACiiY,  a  Sp'^;(;l:acle,   or  Shew 
in  the  hands  of  Foreigners,  chiefly  the  Dv.tch^  whom  he    among  the  anvient  Kn-Ji.ry/f,  reprclenting  a  S'.-a-Fi.ohr. 


bated  j  animated  the  £Hg/i/?i,  by  fevcrnl  Aclsofhis  Parli; 
ments,  to  refume  their  Trade  into  their  own  hands  ;  and 
particularly  paflTed  an  A£l:  prohibiting  the  l^utch  from  im- 
porting any  Merchandizes,  except  thole  of  their  own 
Growth  or  Manufacture,  which  were  very  few. 

Upon  the  Reftoration,  the  firil  Parliament  Charles  II. 
call'd,  diitinguifhing,  in  CromtvcH,  the  Politician  from  the 
Particide,  condemn'd  the  Memory  of  the  one,  and  foUow'd 
the  Plan  cf  the  other  with  regard  to  N-ivigation  and  Com- 
merce i  by  paffing  that  celebrated  /)';//  or  yJ8  of  Navigation, 
which  llill  fubfiiis  in  its  full  Latitude,  and  its  anticnt 
Vigour.  Its  Date  is  the  i^d  of  September  1660.  Its  chief 
Articles  follow. 


T  he  Word  is  alfo  ulcd  for  a  ('ircus  incoii-ipafTcd  with  Sears 
and  Porticos  ;  the  Pit  whereof,  ferving  as  an  y^.reiiu  was 
f-ird  wjth  Water  for  the  exniblting  of  Sea- Fights.'  See 
CiP-cus. 

There  were  fevcral  ofthefe  N.-ar'nachias  -xi  Rows  i  three 
built  by  .^w^if^'i'iJS  one  by  Claudius,  and  another  by  Do>ui(ia>!. 
Nero's  N.iiimMb' a  fervM  for  the  Reverie  cfhis  MedaU. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Gree/i  vetZf^  ^yj^l,  and_««-.^, 
pitgna,  fight. 

NAUSEA,  in  Medicine,  aRetchIng,  or  Propenfity  and 
Endeavour  to  Vomit  5  arifing  from  a  Loathing  of  Food, 
excited  by  fomevifcous  Humour  that  irritates  the  Stomach, 
and  urges  it  thus  to  difcharge  itfelf;  ov^Naufea  is  when 


I.  That  no  Merchandizes  fliall  be  imported  or  exported    the  ihoughts  or  fight  of  proper  Food  eremite  a  Sicknefs 


to  or  from  any  of  the  Ejiglijh  Colonies  in  ^'i,  Africa, 
America,   but  on  Veflels   built  within  the  Dominions  of 
England,  or  really  belonging  to  Englifjmen,  and  whofe 
Mailers,  and  atleall  three  fourths  of  the  Crew  are  of  that 
Nation,  on  pain  of  Forfeiture  of  the  Goods  and  Veflel. 
z.  That  no  Perfon  born  out  of  the  SuhjeClion  of  England^ 


:  not  naturaliz'd,  O^all  exercife  any  Commerce  in  thofe    in,  tS'c. 


the  Stomach,  or  a  Tendency  to  Vomit. 

The  ufual  Caufes  of  a  Naufea,  and  Jmrcxla,  arc  hard 
Drinking,  great  Heat,  a  Fever,  Confumptions,  Laxnefs  of 
the  Stomach  occaiion'dby  Tea,  Narcotics,  as  Tobacco, 
Paffions  of  the  Mind,  Suppreffion  of  Evacuations  inducing 
a  Plethora,  foul  Stomach,  tenacious  Humours  lodg'd  ihetc- 


Colonies  for  himfelf,  or  others. 

5.  T  hat  no  Merchandizes  of  the  Growth  of  Jjia  or  JmC' 
r'ica,  fliall  be  imported  into  any  of  the  Dominions  of  Eng- 
land  on  any  other  than  Engltjlj  VefTels. 

4.  That  none  of  the  Commodities  of  Europe  fhall  be 
imported  into  England  by  any  other  VefTels  than  thofe  of 
the  Parts,  Countries,  and  States  where  the  Commodities 
grew,  or  are  manufa(5lured. 

5.  That  all  Kinds  of  Filh,  and  Train-OUs  not  by 


Boerhaat-e  defines  a  Naufca  Anatomically,  to  be  a  retro- 
grade Spafmodic  Motion  of  the  Mufculous  Fibresof  the 
Oefopba-^HS,  Stomach,  and  Intellincs  ;  attended  w^iih  Con- 
vuliions  of  the  Abdominal  Mufclcs,  and  the  Septum  tranf- 
z'erfum.    See  Vomiting. 

Nutfea  and  Vomiting  only  difFer  from  one  another,  as 
more  or  lefs  Violent.   The  N.iufea  is  properly  the  Effort  the 
Stomach  makes  to  Vomit, which  has  not  always  theEffe^K 
The  Word  is  Latin,  form'd  from  the  Greek  vav-siA,  of 


Englifi  VefTels,  imported  into  Ejjgland,  Jhall  pay  double    vaZi,  Na-Sis,  Ship  :    In  regard,  People,  at  the  beginnin 


Duties 

6.  That  the  Conmicrce  from  Port  to  Port  in  Esiglajid  and 
Ireland  fliall  be  carried  on  wholly  by  Englifj  VelTels  and 
Merchant?-. 

7.  That  none  but  Englifj  VefTels  fhall  reap  the  Benefit 
of  the  Diminutions  made,  or  to  be  made  in  theCulloms. 

8.  AH  foreign  VefTels  are  prohibited  importing  into  Eng^^ 
/i2;;f/ and  Ireland  any  of  the  Commodities  o{  Mitfcoz-y,  or 
even  any  Mafls,  or  other  Wood?,  foreign  Salt,  Pitch,  Ro- 
fin,  Hemp,  Raifin:=,  Prunes,  Oils  of  Olive,  any  kind  of 
Corn,  or  Grain,  Sugars,  A/lies  and  Soap,  Wine,  Vinegar, 
Brandy,  Currants,  and  other  Commodities  the  Product  of 
theTurkS  States,  except  VefTels  built  in  the  Places  where 
theCommodities  grower  arc  manufaftured,  or  where 'tis 
ufual  to  take  them  up  j  and  unlefs  the  Mafier  and  three 


of  their  Voyages,  are  ufuallv  inclined  to  Vomiting.  ~ 

NAUTICAL  Flaniffbere,  a  Defcripricn  of  the  TerrcQrial 
Globe  upon  aPlane,  for  the  ufe  of  Mariners.  SeepLANi- 
SPHERE  and  iS'e.7-CnART. 

Nautical  Chart,  fee  ^i?n-CHARr. 
Nautical  Cow/-t/>,  the Sca-Compafs,  fee  Compass. 
MAUTICUS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle  j  call'd  alfo  Ti- 
bialis Fofiiciis.    Sec  Tibialis. 

NAUTILUS,  in  Natural  Hiltory,  a  petrified  Sht-II, 
found  in  the  Earth  ;  in  other  refpeds  tike  thofe  found  in  the 
Sea,  orinRivers.  See  Fossil,  Pete efaction,  Sn eli  , 
and  Stone. 

NAVY,  the  Fleet,  or  Shipping,  of  a  Prince,  orSraie. 
See  Fleet. 

The  Direflion  of  the  Nn-^y  Roy::!  of  England  is  in  th^ 


fourths  of  the  Crew  be  Natives  of  the  Country  where  they    Lord  High- Admiral,  and  under  him  in  the  Principal  QtHcers 


are loaden. 

9.  That  to  prevent  all  falfe  Declarations  to  favour  the 
Entry  of  foreign  Goods,  all  thofe  mention'd  in  the  lafl 
Article  fliall  be  deem'd  to  belong  to  Strangers  that  are 
rot  brought  in  Vefiels  of  the  Quality  mention'd  in  the  fir  11 
Article  ;  and  as  fuch  fliall  pay  the  Duties  ufed  to  be  paid 
by  other  Commodities. 

ic.  That  to  prevent  Frauds  In  buying  and  difguifing  fo- 


and  Commiffioners,  who  all  hold  their  Places  by  Parert. 
See  Admiral. 

Frinapal  Ojficcrs  of  the  K.i-^y  arc  four,  -S'z.  The  Tre^'fiv.-er, 
whofe  Bufinefs  is  to  receive  Moneys  tmt  of  the  Exchequer, 
and  to  pay  all  the  Charges  of  rhe  by  Warrant  from 

the  Principal  Officers.    TheCu;?;^ii-o//c;-,  who  attends,  and 
comptroUs  all  Payment  of  Wages,  is  to  know  the  Rates  of 
,    ^  t,       u    -     Stores,  to   Examine  and  Audit  all  Accounts,  The 

reign  VefTels,  the  Proprietors  /hall  take  an  Oath  that  they  Sur-veyor,  who  is  to  know  the  State  of  all  Stores,  and  fee 
really  belong  to  them,  and  that  no  Foreigner  has  any  part  Wants  fupply'd,  to  eliimate  Repairs,  charge  Hoatfwains, 
in  them.  ^c.  with  what  Scores  they  receive  i   and  at  the  End  of 

IX.  That  Englif  VefTels,  or  reputed  Englifj,  may  im-  each  Voyage,  to  State  and  Audit  Accounts.  And  l.aiUy, 
pon  into  the  Dominions  of  EngLind,  any  Merchandizes  of  ThsClerk  of  ihe  JBs,  whofe  Bufinefs  is  to  Record  allOr- 
ihe  Levant,  tho  not  taken  up  in  the  Places  where  they    ders,  Contrafls,  Rills,  Warrants,  ^r, 

grow,  or  are  manufaflured.  Provided  it  be  in  fome  Part  Commiffoners  of  the  K'.-^y,  are  five.  The  firll  Executes 
of  the  Ivtednerranean  beyond  the  Straights  of  Gihrahcr.  that  Part  of  the  Comptroller's  Duty  which  ;!;i-ues  to  the 
And  the  fame  is  underflood  of  Commodities  brought  from  ViiSluallers  A  ccounts.  T  he  fecor.d,  anothti"  I'art  of  the 
the  Eaf-Iiidiesj  provided  they  be  taken  up  in  fome  Fort  fald  Comptroller's  Duty  telating  to  the  Accounts  ofthe  Sfrc- 
fccyond  the  Cape  of  Good-Hope  :    And  thofe  from  the  C.i-    Keepers  of  the  Yards.    The  third  has  the  Direaion  of  the 

Kny 


NE  A 


(  6zi  ) 


NEC 


^flf_y  at  the  Port  of  Fortjmoutb.  The  fourth  has  the  fame 
at  Chatham,    And  the  fifth  at  Plymouth. 

The  Navy  was  antiently  Viftualled  by  Contraft  j  but  the 
Viftualling  is  now  under  Commiffioners,  who  keep  their 
Office  on  Tower-Hill.    See  Victualling  -  OJfice . 

The  ordinary  Expence  of  the  Na-jy  in  a  Year  of  Peace, 
continuing  in  Harbour,  is  fo  well  regulated,  that  it  amounts 
to  fcarce  130000  /.  ^cr  y/ntiHm. 

The  number  of  Ships  and  Veffels  in  the  N.ivy^  "Ss  it  flood 
In  the  Year  1710,  are  7  Firli- Rates,  15  Second-Rates,  48 
Third-Rates,  65  Fourth-Rates,  6%  Fifth-Rates,  40  Sixth- 
Rates,  5  Fire-Ships,  7  Bomb-VefTels,  i8  Yatchrs,  i  Ad- 
vice-Boat, 2  Brlgantines,  7  Sloops,  4  Score-Ships,  i3Huiks, 
z6  Hoys,  2  Smacks.    See  Rate. 

NAZAREATE,  the  State  and  Condition  oiaNazarue, 
0<c  Nuzarmn  among  the  ^eiyj.    See  Nazarite. 

The  NfTSsare.i^e  was  a  Separation  from  the  rcll  of  Man- 
kind j  particularly  in  three  thlng.^  j  i.  In  that  the  Pcr- 
fons  devoted  hereto  drank  no  Wine.  2.  In  that  they  did 
not /liave  their  Hair.  5.  In  avoiding  the  Touch  of  dead 
People,  which  they  held  a  Defilement. 

The  Nazarecitc  was  of  two  Kinds,  the  one  Temporary,  the 
other  for  Life.  The  Rabbins  enquire  what  the  Term  of 
the  Temporary  Nazatcitc  was,  and  determine  it  by  the 
Cabbala  ;  for  fince,  in  Scripture,  Numbers  vi.  5,  where  'lis 
faid,  Domino  janatus  srir,  the  Ikbictv  Verb,  niH^  f'f,  con- 
fifls  of  four  Letters  ;  thefirft  and  third  whereof  taken  as 
numeral  Letter:^,  do  each  make  10,  and  the  reft  each  5, 
.  all  together  50  i  the  Term  of  the  N.ic:-n-f.irt,  fay  they,  was 
30  Days.  SccCaueala. 

NAZARITE,  orNAzARivNE,  in  the  Old  Teflamenr, 
is  ufed  for  a  Perfon  diftinguiflied  and  feparated  from  the 
re  It,  by  fome  thing  extraordinary,  either  his  Sandiry, 
Dignity,  or  fome  Vow. 

In  the  Book  of  Numbers,  ch.  vi.  we  find  the  Vow  of  a 
Nii^ii'tnvic  defcribed  ;  i.e.  the  Vow  whereby  a  Man  or  \Vo- 
manye/j^irtire  themlclves  to  the  Lord  j  and  the  Conditions, 
or  Efteds  thereof  as  to   Abllinence,  S^c.    Sec  Naza- 

REATE. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Hehreza  ^\}  Nazar^  to  diftln- 
guifh,  feparate  i  in  which  it  differs  from  NazarciTjy  an  In- 
habitant of  the  Country  call'd  Naz-aretb,  which  comes  from 
*1U  Natzi^.r,  or  Nei^er,  tofnoe^  prejerne. 

Nazarites,  or  Nazarenes,  were  likewife  a  Kind  of 
Settaries  in  the  Church,  in  the  firll  Ages  thereof! 

S.  Efiphanius  tells  us  the  Na-zareans  were  the  fame  wi[h 
the  ^evui  in  every  thing  relating  to  the  Doi^frine  and  Cere- 
monies of  the  Old  Teftanient  5  and  only  differ'd  from 
them  in  this,  that  they  added  Chriflianicy  thereto,  pro- 
iefling  to  believe  that  Jefus  Chrift  was  the  Mefiiah. 

There  were  two  Kinds  of  Naz-ar'nes,  the  one  Pure,  who 
kept  the  Law  of  'Mofes  and  Chriftianity  together  j  the  other, 
real  Ehiomtcs.    See  Ebionites. 

Ecclefiaftical  Writers  tell  us,  that  St.  M-Jtri-tiy  preached 
the  Gofpel  to  the  '^ctvs  at  ^crufalem^  and  the  reil  of  Pale- 
Ji'niCj  in  their  own  Language  3  and  that  accordingly  they 
had  his  Gofpel  written  in  the  Hehrcv}  of  that  Time.  And 
S.  Ef'ph.mius  adds,  that  this  Gofpel  was  preferved  entire 
among  thcN-izareans  ;  only  he  doubts  whether  they  might 
not  have  retrench'd  the  Genealogy  of  Jefus  Clirifl,  which 
was  not  in  the  Copy  of  the  £iio?:ircj".  S.  Jerome,  who  tran- 
flated  it  out  of  Hcbrczu  into  Greek  and  Latin^  fays,  A  great 
many  People  took  the  Hehrew  Gofpel  ufed  by  the  Naza- 
reafis  and  Eblonhcs,  to  be  the  Original  of  S.Mflftieiy, 

Hence  Barmius  in  his  ^finals  fays,  if  the  Vulgate  Latin 
Verfion  were  to  be  reform'd,  it  fhould  rather  be  done  by 
the  I-lebrczv  Original,   than  by  the  Greek  j  which  is  but  a 

Cafauhon  treats  this  Opinion  of  Baromtis  as  impious,  as  not 
being  able  to  conceive  how  the  Authority  of  the  Greek 
Verfion  ihould  depend  on  a  Text  quite  loft.  He  adds. 
That  it  was  never  ufed  byany  but  the  Nazareans^  Ebiomtes^ 
and  fome  other  Heretics;  and  that  it  was  full  of  Fables 
as  having  been  alter'd  and  corrupted  by  thofe  Heretics. 

^:EALING>  or  rather  Annealing,  a  Term  ufed  for 
the  Preparing  of  feveral  Matters  by  heating  or  baking 
them  in  an  Oven,  or  the  like. 

K^ALiua  of  Glafs,  is  the  baking  of  Glafs  to  dry,  harden 
and  give  it  the  due  Confidence,  after  it  has  been  blown, 
and  fafhion'd  into  the  proper  Works.    See  Glass. 

This  is  ufually  pcrform'd  in  a  kind  of  Tower,  call'd  the 
Lcer^  built  over  the  Melting-Furnace.    See  Furnace. 

Nealing  of  Glafs  Is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Art  of  Staining 
Glafs  with  Metal  Colours.    See  Painting  0;;  G/.//. 

Nealing  of  Steely  is  the  hearing  it  in  the  Fire  to  a 
blood-red  Heat ;  and  then  taking  it  out,  and  letting  it  cool 
gently  of  itfelf.   See  Steel. 

This  is  done  to  make  it  fofcer,  in  order  to  Engrave  or 
Punch  upon  it.    See  Tempering. 

NEAP-TIDES,  the  Tides  in  thesd  and  4th  Quarters  of 
the  Moon  ;  which  are  low  Tides,  in  refpeil  of  the  Sprine- 
Tides.  SeeTiDEv. 


NEAT- WEIGHT,  the  Weight  of  a  Commodity  without 
the  Cask,  Bag.  or  Cafe.    See  Weight. 

NEBULOUS,  Cioitdy^  inALIrjnomy,  a  Term  apply 'd  to 
certain  of  the  fix'd  Stars,  wnich  fi-.ewadull,  hazy  Light, 
and  are  lefs  than  thofe  of  the  Jixth  Magnitude,  and  fo 
fcarce  vifiblc  to  the  naked  Ey^,  to  which,  at  bell,  they  only 
appear  like  little  dusky  Specks  or  Clouds. 

Through  a  moderate  Teiefcope,  thefe  NkJous  Star* 
plainly  appear  to  be  Congeries  or  Clufters  of  feveral  little 
Stars.   Sec  Star. 

In  the  Nebulous  Star  call'd  Pr^e^e,  in  the  Breaft  o£ Cancer 
there  are  reckon 'd  ;6  little  Stars  ;  three  cf  which,  Mr* 
riamfUad  gives  us  in  his  Catalogue,    See  Cancer. 

In  theAieiw/oK^Star  of  Orion  arereckon'd  zi.  F.leCompte 
adds,  that  in  the  Pleiades  are  40  ;  12  in  the  Star  in  the 
middle  of  OWok's  Sword  in  the  extent  of  two  Degrees  of 
the  fame  Conftellarion,  50a  3  and  2500  in  the  whoie  Con- 
flellation.    See  Orion. 

NEBULY,  Ne- 

charged  with  feveral 

little  Figures,  in  form  of  Clouds,  running  within  ont; 
another  ;  or  when  the  Out-line  of  a  Bordure,  Ordinary,  iSe 
IS  indented  or  waved,  after  the  manner  in  the  adjoininfc 
Figure. 

NECESSARY,  In  a  Philofophical  Senfe,  that  which 
cannot  but  be,  or  cannot  be  utherwife.    See  Nec  e.'-sit  v. 

The  Schoolmen  make  a  great  many  Kinds,  or  Divifions 
hereof :  As, 

Necessary  in  Caifui'^  when  there  is  a  Caufe  from 
which  an  Efieft  mult  /;tw/?.i/v/y  fallow.  Necessary  in 
Predicating.    And,  Necessary  in  filing. 

There  is  alfo  a  Logical  Necessary  :  Phyfical  Neces- 
sary :     Metafhyfical,  and  Necessaries, 

NECESSITY,  what  is  done  by  a  ;jetT^irjy  Caufe,  or  by 
an  irreiilliblc  Power  j  in  oppofirion  to  Liberty.  See  Li- 
berty and  Power. 

Necejjityis  ufually  confounded  with  Condraint  ;  yet,  in 
God,  the  NeceJ/hy  of  being  Good  is  not  any  Conitraint, 
but  a  Perfe^iion.  In  effeit,  Nccepy,  according  to  Rocbe- 
faucault^  difftrsfrom  Conftraint  in  this,  that  the  former  is 
join'd  with  the  Pleafure  and  Inclination  of  the  Will,  to 
which  Conflraint  is  contrary. 

Simflians,  from  Plato  and  EfiFletus^  diflingui/hes  two 
Kinds  of  Nccejfty  ;  tV.cone  Violent  or  CoaHite,  wnich  is  op- 
pofite to  Liberty  5  {nc  ox\\ct  S-pontaneoits  ox  Volintary^  very 
confifteni  with  ir ;  for  this,  adds  he,  it  is  that  necefftates 
all  things  to  aft  according  to  their  Nature,  as  being  con- 
natural to  them  ;  fince  a.L.vi.immv,  a  thing  that  movci  it- 
felf, mufl  Ncce fitly  be  moved  according  to  its  own  Nature 
I.  e.  the  Will  :  That  is,  fince  it  is  i^  o.vjt.iuu.^qv^  a  Self- 
mover,  it  murt  ncceffarily  move  according  to  its  own  Na- 
ture, /.  c.  fpontaneoully. 

This  DlliiniSiot*  is  admitted  by  many  of  the  Divines, 
particularly  S.  Jugiijiine,  who  urges  it  againft  the  Pelagians^ 
as  is  lliewn  by  janfe.nius. 

The  Schools  dii'tinguilh  a  Phyfual  Xece^ry^  and  a  Mot-a/ 
N^ce/Jity  j  a  Simple,  Jb''olitie  Neccfjiiy^  and  a  Kelati-ve 
one. 

^■l  Phyfical  Necessity  is  the  wane  of  a  Principle,  or  of  the 
natural  Means  neceffjry  to  ail,  which  is  otherwife  call'd  a 
Phyfical  or  Natural  Impotence.    See  Impotence. 

^AJoj-^-j/Necessity,  iir  Impotence,  is  only  a  great  Difli- 
culty,  fuch  as  that  arifing  from  a  long  Habitude,  a  ilrong 
Inclination,  or  violent  PaiTion. 

J  Simple,  or  ^-'A/oAi.*e  Necessity,  is  that  which  has  no 
dependanceon  any  State,  or  Coiijunflure,  or  any  particular 
Situation  of  things,  but  is  found  every  where,  and  in  all 
the  Gircumftantes  in  which  the  Agent  can  be fuppof:-d. 

Such  is  in  a  blind  Man  the  Necf^ity  he  is  under  of  noc  di- 
flinguifliing  Colours. 

KeA^n'z'f  Necessity,  is  that  which  places  him  in  a  real 
Incapacity  of  a£^:ing,  or  not  adling  in  thofe  Circumll-anccs, 
and  that  Situation  he  is  found  in  ;  tho  in  other  Circum- 
Ilances,  and  another  State  of  things,  he  might  aft,  or  not 
aft. 

Such,  in  the  Opinion  of  t\\& 'iJa?:fcniJ}s,  is  the  Nec€^iyo£ 
doing  Evil  in  a  Man,  who,  with  a  violent  Paffiori,  iiusonly 
a  feeble  Grace  torefift  ir  ;  or  the  Ncce/^ty  of  d'^ing  we'll  in 
a  Man,  who  having  Grace  of  fevcn  or  e-ghc  Degrees  of 
Strength,  has  only  Concupifccnce  of  two  or  three  Degrees 
to  withfland. 

All  thefe  Kinds  of  Necefjtty  are  oppofite  to  Llleny  5 
fince  even  in  the  laft,  'tis  as'iripoillhle  for  the  Man  to  aft, 
or  nor  aft,  as  if  he  were  in  a  Siar .  -f  'ute.  Simple^  and 
Phyfical  Nece^ty. 

The  Schoolmen  admit  other  Species  of  Necejfty  5  ^n- 
Tccedent^  Concomitant,  Coifequcnt,  ^c. 

-^«(e«rfe«iNECEssiTY,  is  that  arifing  from  an  antecedent 
7  T  Caufe, 


NEE 


(  ($22.  ) 


NEE 


Caufe,  neccffarily  operating.  Such  is  the  Nece^'ty  of  the 
Sun's  Rifing  to-morrow  Morning. 

Concomitant  Necessity  arifes  from  an  antecedent  and 
neceflary  Caule,  but  depends  on  the  Circumftanccs  of  the 
Effcfl  ;  the  Effed  all  the  while  being  free.  Thus  'tis  ne- 
ceflary Tern-  fhouldfir,  fuppofing  he  is  fitting. 

NECK,  a  Part  in  the  human  Body,  and  in  that  of  fe- 
veral  other  Animals,  between  the  Head  and  the  Trunk  of 
the  Body.    See  Body. 

All  Anitrals  have  jVec/is  except  thofe  without  Lungs  and 
Voice,  as  Fifhcs  and  Frug?. 

The  upper  Part  before  is  callM  the  Throat ;  and  the  lower 
Part  the  Vomum  Jdam}.  The  Hole  between  the  two  Cla- 
tifc/ej  is  call'd  the  ^n^uhon,  by  ihcGreeh  ffoa->,ii,  Murthcr; 
it  being  very  eafy  to  kill  in  this  Parr.  The  hind  Part 
of  the  Neck  is  call'd  Cervix  5  and  the  Hole  between 
the  firft  and  fecond  Vertehray  the  Nrt/e  j  that  underneath, 

Its  lateral  Parts  coinmence  from  the  bottom  of  the  Ears, 
and  are  call'd  T.ir-ivde'. 

The  inner  Parts  of  the  Nech  are  feven  Vertehr^^  the  Tra- 
ciEien,  Larynx,  ^tigukr  Veins,  Carotid  Arterief,  the  Inter- 
coftal  Kerve,  that  of  the  eighth  Pair,  with  the  Recurrent, 
and  fevcral  Mufcles.  See  each  Part  under  irs  proper 
Article. 

The  NECiis  of  Quadfufeds,  Ur.Verham  obfervcs,  are 
always  equal  to  the  Length  of  their  Legs  ;  to  enable  them 
to  reach  the  Ground  for  their  Food,  without  Hooping  the 
Body.    See  Quaprvped  and  Leg. 

Indeed,  the  Elephant  is  an  Exception  from  the  Rule  5 
itsJS'ec^  is  very  /liurt  ;  but  then  it  has  a  peculiar  Provifion 
by  a  Piobofcis,  or  Trunk.    See  Proboscis. 

Another  thing  rem^irkable  in  the  Necks  of  Graminivorous 
Quadrupeds,  is  a  llronp,  tendinous  and  mfcnCihlcJp^Jieiirofn, 
or  Ligament,  braced  from  the  Head  to  the  middle  of  the 
Back  j  by  means  whereof  they  are  enabled  conllantly  to 
hold  down  the  Head,  tho  very  heavy,  to  gather  their  Food 
without  Pain  or  Labour. 

Is'ECROLOGY,  a  Book,  antiently  kept  in  Churches 
and  Monalleries ;  wherein  were  regifter'd  the  Benefaflors  to 
the  fame,  theTimeof  their  Deaths,  and  the  Days  of  their 
Commemorations  as  alfo  the  Deaths  of  the  Priors,  Abbots, 
Religious  Canons,  l^c. 

This  was  otherwife  call'd  Calendar,  and  Ohhory.  See 
Calendar,  ^c. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  cixf^f,  Morr,  Death, 
and  a6>i&-. 

NECROMAKCY,  the  Art,  or  A£l  of  communicating 
with  Devils,  and  doing  furprifmg  Feats  by  their  Affiftance  ; 
particularly  calling  up  the  Dead  :  From  vs^;©".  Death, 
and  uf-VTua,  Euchanxnicnt.    See  Magic,  Sorcery, ^c. 

NECROSIS,  in  Medicine,  a  compleat  Mortification  of 
any  part  j  call'd  alfo  Sideratio  and  Sphacelus.  Sec 
Sphacelus, £i;c. 

The  Word  \i.Greek,  vUfusr;,  where  it  has  the  fame  Sig- 
nification. 

NECTAR,  among  the  antient  Poets,  the  Drink  of  the 
fabuluus  Deities  of  Antiquity. 

NEEDLE,  a  very  familiar  little  Iiiflrument,  or  Utenfil, 
made  of  Steel,  pointed  atone  end,  and  pierced  at  the 
oilier  5  ufed  in  Sewing,  Embroidery,  Tapillry-Work ,  C^c. 

Needles  make  a  very  cunliderabie  Article  in  Commerce  ; 
and  the  Confumption  thereof  is  almoil  incredible.  The 
Sizes  are  from  N«  I,  the  largefl  i  loN'aj,  thefmaUe!>. 

There  is  fcarce  any  Commodity  cheaper  than  Needles  j 
which  will  appear  fumething  extraordinary  to  the  Reader, 
after  he  h^is  been  fliewn  the  infinite  Number  of  Operations 
they  undergo  e'er  brought  to  Peffe£lion. 

Muiiifafltire  of  Needles. 

Gennan  anA  Hungary  Steel  is  of  moll  repute  for  Needles. 
The  firil  thing,  is  to  pafs  it  ihro' a  Coal-fire,  and  under  a 
Hammer,  to  bring  it  out  of  its  fquare  Figure  into  a  Cy- 
lindrical one.  This  dor.e,  'lis  drawn  thro' a  large  Hole  of 
a  Wire-ilrawing  Iron  5  return'd  into  the  Fire,  and  drawn 
thru'  a  fecond  Hole  of  the  Iron,  fmaller  than  the  firll  ;  and 
thus  fiiccefliveiy  from  Hole  to  Hole,  till  it  have  acquir'd 
the  degree  of  Finenefs  requlr'd  for  that  Species  of  Needles  5 
obfervir.g  every  time  it  is  to  be  drawn,  that  it  be  greas'd 
over  with  Lard  to  render  it  the  more  manageable.  See 

WlRE-D>-flIu/«g. 

The  Steel  thus  reduced  into  a  fine  Wire,  is  cut  in  Pieces 
of  the  length  of  the  NccMes  intended.  Thefe  Pieces  are 
flatted  at  one  end  on  the  Anvil,  in  order  to  form  the  Head 
and  Eye,  They  arc  then  put  in  the  Fire,  to  fofien  'em 
further,  and  thence  taken  out,  and  pierc'd  at  each  extreme 
of  the  flat  Part,  on  the  Anvil,  by  force  of  a  Punchion  of 
well  tcmper'd  Steel,  and  laid  on  a  leaden  Block,  to  bring 
our,  with  another  Punchion,  the  little  Pieces  of  Steel  re- 
maining in  the  Heads. 


The  Corners  are  then  filed  off  the  Squares  of  the  Heads, 
and  a  little  Cavity  filed  on  each  fide  the  flat  of  the  Head. 
This  done,  the  Point  is  form'd  with  a  File;  and  the  whole 
filed  over.  They  are  then  laid  to  heat  red-hot,  on  a  long, 
flat,  narrow  Iron,  crooked  at  one  end,  in  a  Charcual-firc  j 
and  when  taken  out  thence,  are  thrown  into  a  Bafon  of  cold 
Water  to  harden.  On  this  Operation,  a  good  deal  depends  j 
too  much  heat  burns  'em  5  and  too  little  leaves  'em  foft  j 
the  Medium  is  only  to  be  learnt  by  Experience. 

When  harden'd,  they  are  laid  in  an  Iron-Peel,  on  a  Fire 
more  or  lefs  brisk,  in  proportion  to  the  Thicknefs  of  the 
Needles,  taking  cate  to  move  'em  from  time  to  time  ;  this 
ferves  to  temper  'cm,  and  take  off  their  Brittlencfs  3  Care, 
here,  too,  mull  be  taken  of  the  degree  ot  Hear. 

They  are  then  flreightned  one  after  another  with  the 
Hammer  j  the  ColdneTs  of  the  Water  ufed  in  hardning 
'em  having  twilled  the  greatell  part  of  'em. 

The  next  Ptocefs  is  the  Polifliing.  I'o  do  thl.%  they 
take  twelve  or  fifteen  Thoufand  Needles,  and  ran£;c 'em  in 
little  Heaps  againll  each  other  on  a  Piece  of  new  Buckram, 
fprinkled  with  Emery  DulK  The  Needles  thus  difpofed, 
Emery  Dull  is  thrown  over  'em,  which  is  again  fprinkled 
over  with  Oil  of  Olives.  At  lall,  the  whole  is  made  up 
into  a  Roll,  well  bound  at  both  ends. 

This  Roll  is  then  laid  on  a  Foliihing  Table,  and  over  it 
a  thick  Plank  loaden  with  Sicnes,  which  two  Men  work 
backwards  and  forwards  a  day  and  half,  or  two  days  fuc- 
ceflively.  By  which  means,  the  Roll  thus  continually 
agitated  by  the  Weight  and  Motion  cf  the  Plank  over  ir, 
the  Needles  within  fide  being  rubb'd  againll  each  other  with 
the  Oil  and  Emery,  are  infcnfibiy  polilhed. 

In  Germtiny,  inflead  of  Hands,  they  polifli  with  Water- 
Mills. 

After  Polifliing,  they  are  taken  out,  and  the  Filth  wafli'd 
off  'ern  with  hot  Water  and  Soap  1  then  wiped  in  hot  Bran  a 
little  moillen'd,  placed,  uiih  the  Needle,  in  a  round  Bi  x 
fyfpended  in  the  Air  by  a  Cord,  which  is  kept  flirring  till 
the  Bran  and  the  Needles  be  dry.  The  Needles  thus  wiped 
in  two  or  three  different  Brans,  are  taken  out  and  put  in 
wooden  Veflels  to  have  the  good  feparated  from  thofe 
whofe  Points  or  Eyes  have  been  broke  either  in  polifliing 
or  wiping  5  the  Points  are  then  all  turn'd  the  fame  way, 
and  fmooth'd  with  an  Emery-flone  turn'd  with  a  Wheel. 

This  Operation  finiJhes 'em  i  and  there  remains  nothing 
but  to  make  'em  into  Packets  of  two  hundred  and  fifty 
each. 

Chintr^eons  Needles,  are  crooked,  and  their  Points  tri- 
angular. They  are  cf  different  Sizes,  and  bear  different 
Names  according  to  the  Purpofes  they  are  ufed  for. 

The  largeft  are  Needle^  for  y^m^ntaiion  ;  the  next,  Needles 
for  Woiads  j  the  finefl,  Needles  for  Sutti-.es.  They  have  others 
very  fiiort  and  flat,  for  Tendons  ;  others.  Hill  fliorttr,  and 
the  Eye  placed  in  the  middle,  for  the  tying  together  of 
Veffels,  ^c.    See  Suture,  ^c. 

Mi^«et;cj/ Needle,  in  Navigation,  ^c.  a,  Needle  touched 
with  a  Load-flone,  and  fufpended  on  a  Pivot  or  Centre,  on 
which,  playing  at  liberty,  it  direifls  itfelf  to  certain  Points 
in,  or  under  the  Horizon.    S:e  Magnet. 

Magneilcal  Needles  are  of  two  Kinds,  f /^i.  Horizontal  and 
Inclinatory. 

HorizoritalNK%'DLzs,  are  thofe  equally  balanced  on  each 
fide  the  Pivot  which  fuilains  'em  j  and  which,  playing  Ho- 
rizontally, with  their  two  extremes  point  out  the  North 
and  South  Points  of  the  Horizon.  For  their  Application 
and  Ufe,  fee  Compass. 

Co}ifr»Bioa  of  ajj  Horizo7ital  NzEVL-E..  A  Piece  of  pure 
Steel  is  provided,  of  a  length  not  exceeding  fix  Inches, 
left  its  Weight  impede  its  Volubility  ;  very  thin,  to  take  its 
Verticity  the  better  ;  not  perforated  with  any  Holes,  ^c. 
for  Ornament  fake,  which  prevent  the  equable  diffufion  of 
the  Magnetic  Virtue. 

A  Perforation  is  made  in  the  middle  of  its  Length,  and 
a  brafs  Cap  or  Head  folder'd  on,  whofe  inner  Cavity  is  Co- 
nical, fo  as  to  play  freely  on  a  Stile  or  Pivot,  headed  with 
a  fine  Steel  Point. 

The  North  Point  of  tHe  Needle  In  our  Hemlfphere  is  made 
a  little  lighter  than  the  Suuchcrn,  th.;  Touch  always  de- 
flroyingthe  Balance,  if  well  adjufled  before,  and  rendring 
the  North  End  heavier  than  the  South,  and  thus occafioning 
the  Needle  to  dip.    See  iNG-Needle. 

Now  to  give  the  Needle  its  Verticity,  or  direftlve  Fa- 
culty, 'tis  to  be  rubb'd  leifurely  on  each  Pole  of  a  Magnet, 
from  the  South  Pole  towards  the  North  ;  firlt  beginning 
with  the  Northern  End,  and  going  back  at  each  repeated 
rub,  towards  the  South.  A  Rub  In  a  contrary  Direction 
takes  away  the  Power  communicated  by  the  former.  See 
Pole  andToucniNc. 

If  after  Touching,  the  Needle  be  out  of  Its  EqtiilihrUim, 
fomethlng  muft  be  filed  off  from  the  heavier  Side,  till  it 
balance  evenly. 

Needles 


NEG 


(  ^25  ) 


NEM 


Ncerf/eiinSea-Compaffes  are  ufually  made  in  a  Rhom-   P"  Country,  which  arc  Rr,nH;«   T™  r- 

,idal,  or  oblong  Form.    Sec  thek  Srruflure  under  the    I'aper,  BraCs-Po.s,  &ro„;  Vc     B.Tth2  VaLe 


boidal,  or   ^ 

Article  Compass. 

A  NeeMe^  on  Occafion,  may  be  prep:irecl  without 
touching  it  on  a  Load-flone:  For  a  fine  Srecl  Needle, 
gently  laid  on  the  Water,  or  delicately  fufpended  in  the 
Air,  will  direfl  Itfelf  to  the  North  and  South. 

Thus,  alfo,  a  Needle  heated  in  the  Fire,  and  cooled 
again,  in  the  Direftion  of  the  Meridian,  or  even  only  in  an 
eretl;  Situation,  acquires  the  fame  Faculty.  See  Magne- 
tism ,FOLE,  (iiffc- 


-Iliey  Irtqucnrly  g.vt;  fevcn  or 


]>[egro  for  live  i'ounds. 
eight. 

There  are  various  ways  of  procuring  rhem  :  Son-..  ,  ,o 
avoid  Famine,  fell  themfelves,  their  W;.,,,,  .,„j  ri,  lj 
to  their  Princes,  or  great  Men,  who  ha  .^.i  h  u'to 
fubfUi  .hem.  Others  are  made  Prifonerr  i"n  u'lr  and 
great  numbers  Ici^'d  in  Excurflons,  made  for  ,ha  've^v 
purpole  by  the  petty  Princes  upon  one  another's  IVrritnti^s'^ 
HI  which  tis  ufua    rn  fyy.^.-^  .,11  u,  .L        ,       yyni.  s  , 


-rk  ■^,   S,--       .r     J         ■          -r,  P'"P°"=,''>'""=P=">'P'-i"':ss  upon  one  anothcr'slVrritof;,;. 

The  Needle  is  not  found  to  pent  precifely  to  the  North,  in  which  'tis  ufual  to  fweep  away  all  both  Old  \  Ja  %  ' 

except  in  very  few  Places  ;  but  deviates  from  it,  more  or  Male  and  Female.                                 wiu  ana  luung, 

Icfs,  in  different  Places,  and  that  too  at  different  Times  ;  The  Nerro's  make  a  frequent  PraSir^  ,  (  r.  ,„  ■  ■ 

,vl,ich  Deviation  i,s  call ',1  ,hp.                                         '  ,„„.l,..  ..%-A..  ,1.   t-  '             ir  ,             '"'ptiamg  one 


ha 


e  forne 
I.  Uut 

'  ■y  get 


which  Deviation  is  call'd  the 

Decliii.iuou  of  the  Needle,  the  Variation  of  the  Hori- 
zontal Needle  from  the  Meridian  j  or  the  Angle  it  makes 
with  the  Meridian,  when  freely  fufpended  in  a  Horizontal 
Plane.    See  Declination. 

hidlnaiory,  or  Dipfwg-Ncedie,  fee  Dipping  Needle. 

NEEP-T;*!,  feeNEAP-TiA. 

A  Ship  is  Paid  to  be  Benee^ed  when  /lie  wants  Water  to 
bear  her  off  the  Ground. 

NEFASTUS,  a  Lot/a  Term.  The  Kom.iM  ufed  the 
Term  Dki  I^eftjli,  for  rhofe  Days  wherein  it  was  not  allow'd 
to  adminiHerJuliice,^  or  hold  Courts  5  nor  for  the  Pretor  to 
pronounce  the  three  lolemn  Words  or  FormuL^'s  of  the  Law 
nil,  dico,  addieo^  I  give,  I  appoint,  I  adjudge.  See  Fas- 
■rus. 

Thcfe  Days  were  dirtingulfli'd  in  the  Calendar  by  the 
Letter  N,  or  by  N.  F.  N:fyii,s  Frhm  ^  as  when  the  Day 
was  only  Ncf.iJiKS,  for  the  firil  Part  thereof    Sjc  Day. 

NEGA'llON,  in  Logic,  an  Aft  whereby  the  Mind  fe- 
parates  one  Idea  from  another  ;  or  affirms  the  one  is  diffe- 
rent from  the  other.    As,  the  Soul  is  not  the  Body 

NEGATIVE,  aT  erm  that  denies,  or  implies  a  Denial, 
of  any  thing. 

Liigicians,  iic.  fay,  A  Ne^  itifc  cannot  be  ptoved  but  by 
converting  it  into  an  Aiifirmative. 

N  EOAi  ivE  Hereuci,  in  the  Language  of  the  Inquifition,  Antiently 
arc  thole,  who  being  accufed  of  Herefy,  by  Witneffes,    Nc,/,  and  Natives.    See  Slave,"  V^lTa-L-V-" 
whofe  Evidence  they  don't  deny,  ftiU  keep  on  the  ^e«.       jkt  of  Neiety  is  an  antLnt  W^i^     k'    ,      ,  r 
„o„   make  open  P.ofefKon  of  the  Catholic Wrine,  a'd    claim'd  ftch  a  tvomrn  f^irl"  l^,."^      "^"''"''^  ^""^ 
declare  ; heir  abhorrence  ot  Herefy.  "MF  i^^-..,  ^  \u  ■    '  l   c"',-     r  ^ 

There  are  alfo  Nc,,ni.e  and  ^.^.e  ones.    In    the\^„:d1  b  ddi:g\l''  iro,?'.:. ^S^"'-^ 

,he  Ne™.,,e,  'tis  fufficient  to  rcj.cl  the  Errors  of  a  Church    has  formerly  prejudiced  h  t^ife  f  b    Z,  ";/:""'' 
withoutfeparatingfromit,  orfettingupadiUinaSociety.       than  he  needecl.  y  °"">g  or  payin,  more 

Negative  -P.ii7M,  tne  Laws  whereby  certain  Perfons 
are  excluded  from  Honours,  Dignities,  ££fr.  without  in- 
flicting any  dite£l  and  pofitive  Pains. 

Negative  Qiip.viife,,  in  Algebra,  thofe  affeaed  with 
the  Sign -    See  (Quantity.  of  his  killing  tlie  Lion;  and  that  ir"  T  """" 

Quanmies  atethc  Effeas  of  pofitive  ones;    account  they  had  tlie.r  Na^  'as         t^l.  "pi:"  "cV^^^ 
where  Pehtive  e.id,  there  Wi.j;.tt™  ones  commence.    See    bration,  the  Forelf  of  to,.,,  Pla.e  of  Ceie- 

nIgItive  r,e^.,.,  in  Law,  a  ^,.i.  which  implies  ^C::i:t^ ^1:^: 2;;^K^  "n^l'T^  "1" 
:.ve:  As  if  a  Man  bein/im-  Journey  with  Thir^,  m^t  ZT^^  7i^:!„:  tZ 
had  in  her  Arms  Ofbchei  Son  of  Lymr-Ks,  Priri;  n(j'up;e- 
and  E»rydue  They  begging  her  to  Ihew  'em  fome  V(/"a! 
ter,  (he  laid  the  Child  down  on  the  Grafs,  and  cn  iJu ->  J 
'em  10  a  Well.  In  her  Abfence,  a  venomous  Serpent  knl'f 
the  Child  ;  upon  which  the  Nurfe,  oat  ot  an  excels  if 
Grief,  grew  deff-erate.    The  Chiefs,  at  their  return  with 

1  to 


,  .1  \ ■!  "  "i"^'"  ^'"'-"'-'^  'I  lurprizing  one 
anotlier  while  the  E,,rcfe„,  Veff  Is  .re  at  Anchort  and 
dragging  ihole  ihey  have  thus  caught  ,0  'em,  and  ll'w 
them  in  fpue  of  themlelves  ;  and  'tis  no  extraordinarv 
thnig  tofee  the  S- „  (M,  after  ihis  manner,  his  Fath' r  0^ 
Mc  ther  and  the  Fat  i.:,  his  uwn  Children,  lor  a  tc  w  koitlZ 
ot  Btandy,  or  a  Bar  of  Iron. 

As  loon  as  the  Ship  hasits  Complement,  it immedi.ielv 
inakes  off  ;  the  poor  Wretches,  wh.ie  yet  in  fight  of  ,lS 
Country,  falling  mto  fuch  deep  Grief  and  Defpair  in  ,he 
FafTage,  thata  gtcat  partof 'em  languim,  (M  into  Sictneft 
and  die  :  others  of  'em  difpatch  theirlVlves,  by  refufing  any' 
food  i  others  by  flopping  ..c-ir  Brcath,i„  a  manner  pe?u  ,/r 
to  ihenifelves  by  turning  and  folding  their  Tongue,  whi  h 
immediately  f  rangles  them;  otners  dafh  out  their  B„  s 
againll  the  Ship  ;  and  others  jump  over  board. 

iheonlyfure  means  to  prefcrvc  'em,  is  to 
Muhcal  Inlftumcnt  play  to  'em,  be  it  ever  fo  1 
this  cxceffivc  Love  for  their  Country  abates 
further  off. 

At  their  arrival  in  the  Colonics,  each  N.-rro  is  f 'd  f  x  -S 
or  40  lounds.    They  make  the  chief  H,cn,s  of  .;.e  fih  1 
bitantsof  the  Iflands,  [5?r.    A  Man,  o.      woo  ha,  tw  u'^ 
Negroes,  is  eflecm'd  a  rich  Man.  '  = 

NEIF,  Naf,  NM„a,  in  our  antient  Cuiioms,  a  Bond- 
Woman,  or  She-Villain.    S-icKathus  '  -Jona- 
Antiently,  Lords  of  Manorsfold,  gave,  or  afTt-iied    i-  ir 


NEIVliEAN  Games,  one  of  the  four  kinds  of  G  ,mes  or 
Combais,  celebrated  among  the  aniicnt  Greeks  's.-^ 
Games.  ' 

Some  fay,  they  were  inflituted  by  Hei-c.fo,  on  occafio 
ot  his  killing  the  Lion;  and  that  it  was  on  10 


brings  forth  an^Affirmative  :  As  if  a  Man  "beiug''im 
pleaded  to  have  done  a  thing  on  fuch  a  Day,  and  in  fuch  a 
Place,  denies  he  did  it,  JVWn  ^  forma  declarau:  ;  which 
implies  neverthelefs  that  he  did  it  in  fome  fort 

NEGATIVELY,  Negative,  in  the  Siliool-Philofo - 
phy,  IS  vatioufly  ufed  in  conttadiilindion  to  Pofitivcly.  See 

3i£-S£^me;-^'''-"-"---"=  £r^f  d^fc,  ^^S^:^;J!^;iz 

TheJV=.ro'.,  properly  call'd  Bfacfo  oriWo.rr  are  a  Peonle  "yf^fy'^J  "''^I'^'f '^^'^  ^'-'^^^^^^ 

cf^.„,-;who,|,cL,iyex.„dso   each  fid^'^:  th^i^Sol^t^^'ihet^f  0^1^^  '°  ''"^^ 

theretfom,  is  not  eahly  determined.     '  "  ^"g"^'^"'''  'he  Games   and  confecrated  them  to  - 

The  Origin  of  Ne.™'t,  and  the  Caufe  of  that  remarkable  f;X"-Sief;':?  T^.^h"  "  in'l! n '  ted  tm-^'t''  ^."'^ 

Difference  in  Complexion  from  the  reft  of  Mankind,  has  that  'twas  in  favour  of  P.-oirf  "  ' 

Theywercope„'dwithSacrifi-ingto^e„„„5«.e,ap- 

Th^y  are  bought  from  C.:„,e.,  and  other  CoaflS^f  .y„c„.  Culd  L'';naors 'ni  tl,:  G^a^s''"'"*^  - 

itl  lent  into  the  Colonics  in  Jinerica.  to  cultivate  «..,.„.   .„...  u  .ti   , 


,  and 


and  fent  into  the  Colonies  in  Jmerica,  to  cultivate  Suaar 
Tobacco,  Indigo,  £^c.  °  ■ 

This  Commerce,  which  is  fcarce  defenfible  on  the  foot 
either  of  Religion,  or  Humanity,  is  now  carried  on  by  all 
the  Nations  that  have  Settlements  in  the  Wefl-Indies ;  par- 
ticularly the  Et^yllfi,  Dnieb,  Sp.mmds,  and  Poi-tiii.«e/'c  ;  the 

.^,,w.,i„..ed/ha,cfewi.,via;f;rfihand  b^^^^^^  e;::^,::^  g^iJ.",?  xr^nXTr  " 

a^  waystreated  wuho.her  Nations,  to  futni/h  them  there-  thl  People,  and  otL  Kinds  in  roduced  '^ 

;         .HrJ^?ereI\lH™d"  t^G::f  tctC:,  Jth-ri  --^^^^•^^^O,-'^.       -He  time 

L,/in  rra„ee  ;  and  fi^^ce  the  Peace  of  Kre*  by^he  ,f             """'r'  '  u  'l'*'  '  "■"="' ^  ^low  they  receiv'd  in 

nfi  So.al.Se.C.mf,„y.    SeeAs;::rTAand  Co;:ip''Iii*  tl  ^^L^l      '  'tT                       "'^  ^ t^'"^'" 

The  befl  ^«,Vr  are  bni^ht^om  C,^,erd,  .nge,,,  Se-  l^^'o^i^;;'  ^l^:;]:^^;  ""T:^  t't^r" 


They  were  held  every  three  Years,  in  the  Month  call'd 
Panemos  by  the  Canmbians,  and  Boedromm,  by  the  Ashen]  i„s 
The  ^nv.ra<  were  the  Judges,  and  fat  clothed  in'bla'ck ' 
toexprefs  the  Origin  of  the  Games.    As  they  were  inltitul 
^^M^     ;;""''  "™""  admitted  to  'em  but 

Military  Men,  and   the  Games  themlelves   were  only 


the 


4..^,  L,^,.  '  .irc  urougnt  trom  L.t/'e  I'erd,  ylmoL 

iiegal,  the  Kingdom  of  that  of  Ga//a»</,  Dame! 

River  Gi7»ji/«,  ij,f. 
^  A  Neg.o  between  17  or  iS  and  30  Years  of  Age,  was  an- 
tiently only  valued  at  about  45 1.  in  the  Commodities  pro- 


  oiMaiiaye,    on    accuunr  or    tne    Ueath  of 

Ofbehes,  otherwifo  call'd  A-cbcmorm  ;  this  Plant  beinp  fup- 
pofed  to  have  receiv'd  the  Blood  which  run  from  the  Wound 
made  by  the  Serpent, 


NEMINE 


NEP 


(  624  ) 


NEP 


NEMINE  Co7;rr.7f;;ccHfe,  i.e.  None  comradiBijig  it,  a.''tcim  For  Example.  Suppofe  the  Multiplicand 
riiiefly  ufed  in  Parliament,  when  any  Matter  is  carried  with  yjl^,  and  the  Mukiplicator  ^57.  From  the 
univerfal  Confent.  outermoll:  Triangle  on  the  right-hand  (Tab. 

MENIA,orls'jENiA,intheantientPoctry,akindofVer-  Algebra,  Fig.  z.)  which  correfponds  to  the 
fes  fung  at  the  Obfequiesof  the  Dead.    See  Obsequies.      -"i-' ^-^--J   r,i__,i«  1  ■  ,■ 

Authors  reprefent  them  as  forty  Compofltions,  lung  by 
hired  Women-Mourners.  The  firlt  Rife  of  thefe  Nc/iia  is 
afcribed  to  the  Thry^ians. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  snvU,  on  which  Sc.iUier 
obfervcs  that  it  fhould  be  wrote  in  Lat'm  Nema^  not  Nti7ila, 

Guichart  notes  N^t'72ia  to  have  antiently  been  the  Name 
of  a  Song  to  lull  Children  a-fleep,  and  conjeftures  it  to 
come  from  the /^eireiy  pj  NiV:,  Child. 


931 


right-hand  Figure  of  the  Multiplicator  7,  write 
our  the  Figure  f,  placing  it  under  the  Line.  In 
the  next  Rhomb,  towards  the  Itft,  add  9  and 
5  ;  their  Sum  being  14,  write  the  right-hand 
Figure,  niz:  4,  againit  6  ;  carrying  the  left-  jtfoziStf 
hand  Figure,  r,  to  4  and  5,  which  are  found 
in  the  next  Rhomb.    The  Sum  8,  join  to  the  4^,  already 
put  down:  after  the  fame  manner,  in  the  lalt  Rhomb, 
add  6  and  ^,  the  latter  Figure  of  the  Sum  ij,  put  down  as 


41646 


In  the  Heathen  Antiquity,  the  Goddefs  of  Tears  and  before,  and  carry  1  to  the  3  found  in  the  leu-hand  Triangle  ; 
Funerals  was  call'd  N^fnia^  whom  fome  fuppofe  to  have  the  Sum  4  join  as  before  on  the  left  of  iS4tf  :  Thus 
given  that  Name  to  the  Funeral- Song  ;  and  others  to  have  will  you  have  the  Fa  Bum  of  7  into  59/8;  and  after  the 
taken  her  Name  from  it.  Some  will  have  the  one,  and  fame  manner  will  you  have  the  F.jFlum  of  the  Multipli- 
fome  the  other,  form'd  from  the  Sound  or  Voice  of  thofe  cand,  into  the  other  Figures  of  the  Multiplicator :  I'he 
that  weep.  ""^  -1 .  .  >  t_  1  .       ,       ■       1      ,   ,   ^    .  ^ 

NEOMENIA,  in  the  Schools,  ^c.  a  Term  ufed  for  the 
New  Vmf7.    See  Moon. 

Some  fay,  the  Jews  reckon'd  two  kinds  of  Neomenue,  or 
New  Moons  5  the  firii  on  the  Day  of  her  Conjunilion  v/ith 
the  Sun  ;  the  fecond  on  that  of  her  Apparition,  or  Thafis  , 


whole  added  together  gives  the  whole  Product. 

Vfe      Neper's  Bones i}2  Bivlfiou. 
Difpofe  the  LumelU  fo,  as  that  the  uppertnoft  Figures 
ay  exhibit  the  Divifor  ;  to  thefe,  on  the  left-hand,  join 
e  LamelLc  of  Units.    Defcend  under  the  Divifor,  till  you 


the 


and  add,  that  they  celebrated  two  Paffovcrs,  by  reafon  of  meet  thole  Figures  of  the  Dividend,  wherein  'tis  firll  re- 

the  uncertainty  which  of  thefe  Daysit  fliould  be  held  on.  quir'd,  how  ott  the  Divifor  is  found,  or  at  leaft  the  next 

F.  Hin-d'o;;/?/,  on  the  contrary,  maintains,  they  had  no  It^'s  Number,  which  is  to  be  fubflrafled from  the  Dividend  ; 

other  Neomenia  but  that  of  the  Moon's  Coniundion  with  the  Number  correfponding  to  this,  in  the  Place  of  Units 

the  Sun  ;  which  it  was  cafy  to  afcertain  by  Afironomical  write  down  for  a  Quotient.    By  determining  the  other  parts 


of  the  Quotient  atter  the  fame  manner,  the  Divifion  will 
be  compleated. 

For  Example.  Suppofe  the 
Dividend  5601381?,  and  the  Di- 
vifor 5578  i  fince  it  is  firlt  asked 
how  often  597815  found  in  56013, 
defcend  under  the  Divifor,  (Tab, 
AfiiTfi.  Fi^.    .)    till   in  the 


5978)560134(5  ('957 
17954 


Calculation  ;  whereas  the  other  was  liable  to  Miltakes  ; 
the  Moon  fometimes  not  /hewing  herfelf  till  four  or  five 
days  after  her  Conjunfiion.    Sec  Passover. 

NEOPHYTES,  NEopiivxiE,  I.e.  New  Plants,  In  the 
Primitive  Church,  were  new  Chriftians;  or  the  Heathens 
newly  converted  to  the  Faith. 

The  Fathers  never  difcover'd  the  Myfleries  of  their  Re- 
ligion to  the  Neophytes. 

The  Term  is  ftill  apply'd  to  the  Converts  which  the  loweft  Series  you  find  the  Num-  41846 
Miffionaries  make  among  the  Infidels.    The 'Japoneft  Neo~    ber  53802,   approaching  nearcll  4i'j46 

f  bytes  in  the  latter  end  of  the  i6th,  and  beginning  of  the   to  56013  ;  the  former  whereof  — .  , 

17th  Century,  are  fiid  to  have  /hewn  Prodigies  ofCourage   is  to  be  fubftrafled  out  of  the  00000 
and  Faith,  equal  to  any  in  the  Primitive  Church.  latter,   and  the   Figure  9  cor- 

The  Word  has  formerly  been  likewife  ufed  for  New  refponding  thereto  in  the  LamdLe  of  Units  write  down  for 
Prieft.S  or  thofe  firfl  admitted  into  Orders;  and  fometimes   theQuotient.    To  the  Remainder  join  the  following 

for  the  Novices  in  Monafteries.  Figure  of  the  Divifor  S  ;  and  the  Number  17934  being 

Originally  the  Word  fignifies  a  miv  Thnty  being  form'd  found,  as  before,  to  be  the  next  lefs  Number  thereto,  the 
of  the  Greek  re©-,  new,  and  ^y'w,  I  produce,  q.  H.  newly  correfponding  Number  in  the  La?ne!Le  of  Units,  5,  is  to  b^: 
born  ;  Eaptifm,  whereby  they  commenced  Neophytes,  be-  wrote  down  for  the  Quotient  ;  and  the  Subflraclion  to  b, 
ing  a  kind  of  new  Birth.  continued  as  before.    After  the  fame  manner  the  third  and. 

■KiTT-ui  xiT-uD  :^  Pharmacy,  a  Name  given  to  an  Opi-   laft  Figure  of  the  C2i.iotient  will  be  found  to  be  7  j  and  the 


NEPENTHE, 
ate,  or  Lauelaiiimy  by  Tbeo.Smn^erits,  from  the  great  Opi 
nion  he  had  of  its  giving  Eafe  in  all  manner  of  Pain  ;  the 
Word  importing  as  much,  from  the  Privative,       non,  or 
ahfque,  without  j  and  TifBoi,  LuBus,  Sorrow. 


whole  < 

NEPHEW,  a  Term  relative  to  Uncle  and  Aunt,  figni- 
fylng  a  Brother  or  Siller's  Son  ^  who,  according  tu  the  Ci- 
vil Law,  is  in  the  third  Degree  of  Confanguinity  ;  and  ac- 
rhe  Nepenthe  mention'd  in  antient  Authors,  was  a  Plant,   cording  to  the  Canon  Law,  in  the  fecond.   See  Acnatiom 
now  unknown.    Homer  fays,  it  was  a  Plant  of  Egypt  j   and    and  Cognation, 

adds,  that  Helem  made  ufe  of  It  to  charm  her  Hofls,  and  The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Lathi  Nepos  ;  which  in  the 
make  'em  forget  their  Pains,  corrupt  Ages  of  that  Language  fignified  the  fame  thing. 

Some  Authors  fay,  it  was  the  Plant  we  call  Helemim,  NEPHRITES,  or  Nephriticus  Dolor,  in  Medicine, 
and  others  J^nofia.  M.  Fcx'it  has  a  Differtation  on  the  an-  a  Name  given  to  a  painful  Difeafe  occafion'd  by  the  Stone 
licnt  Nepenthe^  or  Gravel  in  the  Kitineys,    See  Stone. 

neper's,  Naiper'e,  or  Napier's  Boim,  an  Inflru-  The  Word  is  borrow'd  from  the  Greek  n^p-zm-,  Difeafe 
ment,  whereby  Multiplication  and  Divifion  of  large  Num-  of  the  Kerns from  vspyj,  Rein.  SlcKipney. 


bers  are  much  facilitated  and  expedited  ;  fo  call'd  from  its 
Inventor  "3-  Nep'^r^  Earon  oiTvlcrchiflon  in  Scotland. 


The  Gj-ce^i  give  the  Name  vf^tmi,  to  the  firfl:  J'crtehra 
of  the  Loins,  from  its  neighbourhood  to  the  Kidneys.  See 
Vertehk A 

NEPHRITIC,  fotnething  that  relates  to  the  Kidneys. 
See  Kidney. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Creek  Rein,  Kidney. 

Nefhr  iTic  Co//c,  is  a  Colic  or  Pain  arifuig  from  a  Stone 
or  Gravel  in  the  Reins,  ££?c. 

This  is  the  mofl-  cruel  of  all  Colics.    See  Colic. 
NEPHRITICS,  Medicines  proper  for  DifVafcs  of  the 
Kidneys,  particularly  the  Srone.    See  Stone,  tS'c 

Such  particularly  are  the  Roots  of  Althaea,  Dug's  Grafs 


in  the  right-hand  Triangle  i  and  ™,^u,ur.,  a  c  ,,,„.,„■   

the  Tens  or  the  left-hand  Figures,  in  the  left-hand  Tri-   Sparagrafs  Sago  Pell.toryof -he  Wa  1^  ^ 
°  nella,  red  ChichT'eas, 


angle  :    As  in  the  Figure. 

Ly^o/NtPER's  Sojiesin  Multiplication. 


Turpei 


ConfiruRio?!  of  Neper's  Bojies. 

Five  Rods,  Plates,  or  La>jie!!.c,  are  provided  of  Wood, 
Metal,  Horn,  Paftboard,  or  other  Matter,  (Tab,  Algebra, 
Fi%.  I.)  of  an  oblong  Form,  and  divided  each  Into  nine  1  ittle 
Squares;  each  of  which  is  refolved  into  two  Triangles  by 
Diagonals. 

In  thefe  little  Squares  arc  wrote  the  Numbers  of  Multi- 
plication Table  ;  in  fuch  manner  as  that  the  Units,  or  right- 
hand  Figures,  are  found  in  the  i'  '    '      •  —  ■ 

X'each -Kernels, 

See  LiTHONTIIRIPTlC. 

NEPHRITICUMi/^;:«w,  a  kind  of  Medicinal  Wood 
growing  in  Nerj  Spain,  chiefly  in  the  Kingdom  of  Mexico; 
To  multiply  any  given  Number  by  another  ;  difpofe  the  call'd  by  the  hidians,  Coalt  Tiapalcypathy,  as  being  fovereign 
hamellee  in  fuch  manner,  as  that  the  top  Figures  may  ex-   againfl  Ke/Z-Jr/f/c  Pains.    See  Wood. 

bibit  the  Multiplicand  ;  and  to  thefe,  on  the  left-hand,  join  It  muA  be  chofen  well  clear 'd  of  its  Bark  and  Rind  ;  It 
the  Lflwc/Jrf  of  Units  ;  in  which  feek  the  right-hand  Figure  is  of  a  bitter  Tafte,  and  a  reddi/li  yellow  Colour  ;  but 
of  the  Multiplicator  ;  and  the  Numbers  correfponding  when  infufed  in  cold  Water,  gives  it  a  sky-blue  Tincture 
thereto,  in  the  Squares  of  the  other  LnnielU,  write  out,  when  view'd  by  a  falfe  Light,  and  a  gold  Colour,  by 
by  adding  the  fcvcral  Numbers  occurring  in  the  fame  a  true  one  :  A  little  of  any  Acid  being  mixed  with  the 
Rhomb  together,  and  their  Sums.  After  the  fame  man-  Tinfture,  both  Colours  difappear,  but  a  little  Oil  of  Tartar 
ner  write  out  the  Numbers  correfponding  to  the  other   reflores  Its  sky-blue.  See(>OLouEi, 

Figures  of  the  Multiplicator;  let  them  be  difpofcd  under  Some  fubrtitute  Ebony,  and  others  red  Bm,';/ Wood  for 
one  another  as  inthe  common  Multiplication;  and  laflly,   Lipium  Ncphriti  aim,  hut  the  Deceit  becomes"  apparent  by 

infufing  it  in  Water, 

NEPRHI- 


add  the  fcveral  Numbers  into  one  Sum, 


NER 


(  6Z';  ) 


NER 


NEPHRITICUS  Lafis,  a  precious  Stone,  fo  call'd  from 
Its  extraordinary  Virtues  againft  the  Stone  and  Gravel  in 
the  Kidneys.    Sec  S  i  ons. 

'Tis  a  kind  of  Jafpcr,  uf  a  greyifh  Colour,  mix'd  with  a 
little  blue,  fometimes  white  and  black  ;  and  only  differs 
from  Jafper,  in  its  being  harder,  and  always  without  any 
thing  of  red. 

"I'is  brought  chiefly  from  Nezu  S-paln^  where  it  is  fome- 
times found  in  Pieces  iar^e  enough  to  make  moderate  Cups. 
There  is  fome  likewife  found  in  OldSfa'ni  and  liohemia. 

This  Stone  is  very  dear,  by  reafon  of  the  wonderful  Vir- 
tues afcribed  to  it.  A  Cup  made  of  it  was  fold  for  i6co 
Crowns  in  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Kudolphus  11. 

The  bell  for  Medicinal  Ufe  is  of  a  bluifh  grcVj  fat  and 
uncluous,   as  Tcilc  oi Ven'tce, 

The  hjdiaiis  of  Ntiv  Spain,  who  firft  difcover'd  its  ufe, 
and  taught  it  the  Europeans,  wear  it  hung  about  their  Neck, 
after  having  cut  it  in  various  Figures,  chiefly  Beaks  of  Birds  : 
Whence  fome  C/jfli-^crflHr  take  occafion  to  counterfeit  ir,  by 
cutting  j^d'-ty  and  other  Stones,  into  like  P'igurcs  j  and  fell 
it  at  great  Frkes  to  thofc  who  h.ivc  an  Opinion  of  its  Ne- 
phr'nic  raculty. 

NEVOTISM,  aTcrmufcd  in/f.i/y,  In  fpeaking  of  the 
Authority  which  the  Pope's  Nephews,  i.  e,  his  Ballards, 
have  in  the  Adniiniltrition  of  Aftairs,  and  in  the  Care  the 
Popes  take  to  rajfe  and  enrich  them. 

Many  of  the  Pojies  have  endeavoured  to  reform  the 
Ahuf<is  of  JSrpotiJjn,  bat  hitherto  in  vain.  Let:  has  wrote 
exprefl)  on  the  Subject,  II  Nepotifmo. 

NEPTlINALiA,  Feafls  held  among  the  Anrients  in 
honour  of  iS'i-'/^tK;?e. 

The  Neptun-ilui  differ 'd  from  the  Confualia^  in  that  the 
latter  were  Feafls  of  Ncptme,  confider'd  as  preliding  over 
Hoifcsandthc  Manage.    Sec  Consualia. 

Whereas  the  former  were  Fcails  oi' Nrj/htfie  in  the  general, 
and  not  cnniidcr'd  under  any  particular  Quality.  They 
were  cclcbratctl  on  the  icth  of  the  Calends  of  Aignji: 

NEREIDS,  or  N  erei  des,  Fabulous  Deities  of  the  An- 
tients,  fuppofcd  to  inhabit  theSea.    See  God. 

The  Ncrsids  were  fifty  in  number  ;  all  the  Sons  of  h'ep- 
ii'.jie  by  the  Nympli  i^orjj.  Their  Name  and  Genealogies 
trc  defcribcd  by  Hejhd. 

NERVE,  in  Anatomy^  around,  white,  long  Body,  like 
a  Cord,  conipofcd  of  feveral  Threads,  or  Fibres  ;  deriving 
its  Origin  from  the  Brain,  or  the  Spinal  Marrow  5  and  di- 
ilributed  throughout  all  the  Parts  of  the  Body  ;  ferving 
fonhe  Conveyance  of  a  Juice  call'd  ^'wmal  Spirits,  for  the 
performance  of  Senfation  and  Motion.  See  Sensation, 
Muscular  Motio/.\  i^c. 

For  the  Origin  of  the  Nerz'es:  From  every  Point  of  the 
Cortex  of  the  Brain,  there  arife  minute  medullary  Fibres  ; 
which,  in  their  Progrefs  uniting  together,  at  length  be- 
come feniible,  and  thus  conllitute  the  Mei-/«//.2  of  the  Brain, 
and  the  Spine.    See  Coktex,  Medulla, Sjff. 

Hence  they  arc  continued,  and  in  their  farther  Progrefs, 
become  diUinguirti'd  or  fepararcd  by  Coats  which  are  dc- 
tach'd  to  them  from  the  Dimz  and  Piu  Mner,  into  feveral 
(\\i\in€t  Fdfcicu/i,  or  Nerves  i  refembling,  in  the  Pofition  of 
their  componentfi/"///.v,  fo  many  Horfes  Tails, wrapp'd  up  in 
a  double  Tunic.    See  Fir.RE. 

'Tis  probable  that  the  medullary  Fibres  of  the  Cere- 
heUiim,  rifingup  towards  the  fore-parts  of  the  'Medulla  Ohlon- 
g.ita,  do,  part  of  them,  join  the  Ncrz-cs  ariling  thence,  but  fb 
as  ftiil  to  retain  their  different  Origin,  Progrefs,  and  Fun- 
(^^ions.  The  rcil  of  the  Fibres  of  the  Cerebdhtm  are  fo  mix'd 
with  thofc  of  the  Brain,  as  that  there  is,  perhaps,  no  part 
of  thewhole  'McdttlLi  Oh/ong£it.z,or  Spimlis^wh^rc  there  are  not 
found  Fibres  of  each  k  ind  ;  and  thus,  to  conllitute  the  Body 
of  each  Na-z-e,  both  kinds  of  Fibres  contribute  j  tho  the 
end  and  effefl  of  each  be  quite  different.  Sec  Cerebel,^c, 

The  N'^y-~cs  thus  form'd,  and  fent  from  the  MednHa  Ob- 
longata and ^^(?;'-;/»  while  within  the  Cranittm^  are  ten  Fair  ^ 
tho  very  Improperly  fo  accounied  }  inafmuch  as  iiioft  of  them 
do  in  reality  confifl  of  feveral  diOinft,  very  large  Nerves. 

From  the  Spinal  Marrow,  continued  without  the  CVii- 
vinm^  there  arife,  after  the  like  manner,  thirty  Pair,  to 
which  may  be  added  another  Pair  fent  from  the  rcrtehrx  of 
the  Neck,  augmented  in  its  Progrefs  by  Branches  from  the 
fecund  and  third  Pair,  and  at  lall  join 'd  to  the  eighth  Pair. 

All  thefe,  while  within  the  Medulla^  are  pulpous  j  as  foon 
as  they  quit  it,  tliey  acquire  a  Sheath,  or  Cafe,  wherewith 
being  defended,  they  proceed  to  the  Dura.  Mater,  which  is 
perforated  into  an  open  farina,  reaching  as  far  as  the  Fora- 
mina of  theCciwaoK,  dellin'd  fcr  the  tranfiniiTion  of  Ner-aes ; 
where  the  nine  firfl:  Pair,  and  the  ^Scceffory  Pair,  affuming 
this  or  Cafe,  pafs  fafely  out  of  theCV«?;/i(jK, 

The  other  thirty  and  one  Pair  defcend  thro'  Spaces  be- 
tween the  CommifTures  of  the  Jpopbyfes  of  the  VerleLr^e  • 
whence,  firm,  hard,  and  well  cloath'd  as  they  are,  they 
are  dl  f per  fed  thro' all,  even  the  fmallefl  Pointsof  the  folid 
Parts  of  the  Body  yet  known.    See  Solid. 


The  Coats,  or  Covers  of  thefe  Nerves  are  every  where 
invef^ed  with  Blood-VefreU,Lymphatics,  and  other Veficles 
of  a  very  tight  Texture,  which  ferve  :o  colled,  firengthen, 
and  contraa  the  FibrilU  ^  and  from  which  many  of  the  Pha:- 
nomena  of  xhcNcrvcs,  and  of  Dlfeafcs,  are  accountable. 

As  foon  as  the  lall  Extremitiea  of  the  Ncr-jts  arc  About 
to  enter  the  Parts  to  which  they  belong,  they  again  lay 
afide  their  Coats,  and  become  expanded  either  into  a  kind 
of  thin  Mcmhmiiulay  or  Into  a  foft  Pulp.  See  Membrane 
and  Flesh. 

Now,  upon  confidering  firf^,  That  the  whole  vafcular 
Medulla  of  the  Brain  goes  to  the  conflituting  of  the  Fi- 
!>ri!U  of  the  Ncvjcs  i  nay,  is  wholly  continued  into,  and 
ends  in  them  j  Secondly,  7  hat  upon  cumptcfiion,  tearing 
difperiion,  putrefatlion,  i^e.  of  the  Medulla  of  the  Brain 
all  the  Aflions  ufed  to  be  perform'd  by  the  Ncn^as  arising 
thence,  arc  immediately  aboliflud,  evtn  iho  the  Nernes  con- 
tinue entire  and  untouch'd  ;  Thirdly,  That  the  Nerz^es 
themfclves  are  every  where  found  lax,' pendulous,  crooked 
retrograde,  and  oblique,  yet  eftl-a  Motion  and  StnfatiotI 
almolt  Inilantancouily  ;  Fourthly,  That  when  clofe  bound 
or  comprefs'd,  tho  in  all  other  refpects  entire,  they  lofe  all 
their  Faculty  in  thofc  Parts  between  the  Ligature  and  tho 
Extremes  to  which  they  tend,  without  iofing  any  in  thofe 
Parrs  between  the  Ligature  and  the  Medulla  of  the  Brain, 
or  Cc-ehelhim J  it  evidently  appears,  that  the  fiervotis  Fi- 
hville  do  continually  take  up  a  Humour  or  Juice  from  iho 
IViedutla  of  the  Br.^in,  and  tranfmit  it  by  fo  many  diftin£l 
Canals  in  every  Point  of  the  whole  Body  ;  and  by  means 
hereof  alorx  perform  all  their  Funaions  in  Senfacion,  Muf- 
cular  Motion,  ^c.    See  Sensation  and  Muscle. 

Which  Humour  is  what  we  popularly  call  yhr.mal  Spirits, 
or  the  Nervous  juice.    See  Animal  Spirit.  * 

Nor  docs  there  appe:ir  any  Probability  :n  that  Opinion 
maintain'd  by  fomc  j  -iu-z.  Thar  the  iVj);c,-  perform  all 
their  Aition  by  the  Vibration  of  a  tenfo  FiurHU  j  which  ia 
inconfiJlent  with  the  nature  of  a  (oft,  pulpous,  flaccid, 
crooked,  wavy  Nerve,  and  with  that  nice  ditiinftncfs 
wherewith  the  Ohjeili  of  our  Senfes  are  rcprefented, 
and  Mufcular  Motions  perform'd. 

Now,  after  the  fame  manner  as  the  Arterial  Blood 
is  perpetually  carried  into  all  the  Parts  of  the  Body 
fitrniJh'd  with  thofe  Veffels  j  fo  we  conceive  a  Juice  pre- 
par'd  in  the  Cortex  of  the  Brain  and  Ccrdc'.hini,  convey'd 
thenceevery  Moment  thro'  the  Nerves  ro  every  Point  of 
the  folid  Body.  The  fmallnefs  of  the  Vcffels  In  the  Cor- 
tex, as  exhibited  in  Ruyfch':  hi;c8io}:s,  which  yet  are  only 
Arterious,  and  therefore  incredibly  thicker  than  the  lalt 
EmifTury  derived  thence,  /licw  how  flender  thefe  holiovr 
Nervous  Staminz  mufl  he.  But  the  great  Bulk  of  the  Brain 
compared  with  the  exceeding  Smullnefs  of  each  Fihr-iHu 
/liews,  that  their  number  mufl  be  great  beyond  the  limits 
of  all  Imagination. 

And  again,  the  great  Quantity  of  Juice  conflantly  brought 
hither,  and  violentlyagitated,  will  occafiuna  conftant  Ple- 
nitude, OpenneA,  ami  A6}ion  of  thefe  little  Canals. 

But,  as  frelh  Juice  is  every  mnment  prepared,  and  the 
1  ait  Is  continually  protruding  thefcrmcrj  as  foon  as  It  has 
done  its  lali  Ot'h;:e,  it  fecms  to  be  driven  out  of  the  laft 
Filaments  into  the  fmallefl  Lymphatic  both  about 

the  Glands,  andclllwhere  i  thence  into  the  Lymphatics 
fomewhar  larger;  and  again  from  thefe  to  the  common 
Lymphatic  Vcffcis  with  the  Valves  of  Ve-ns,  and  at  length 
into  the  Veins  and  the  Hcait  j  ard  thus  like  the  othLt  Jukes 
of  the  Body,  docs  it  make  its  Circuit  round  the  Eody.  See 

CiRCULATiON  of  tl'C  Spirits. 

Upon  the  whole.  If  we  confider  the  great  Bulk  of  the 
Brain,  Cerehalkon^  hkd-iiy  OiJiotr^.-'.tii,  and  Medi-Jii  Spin>i/l'y 
with  regard  to  the/  Bulk  of  the  rell  of  rhe  SoHds 
of  the  Body  ;  the  great  number  of  Nerves  dlllributed 
hence  throughout  the  whole  Body  j  that  the  Brain  and 
Caiina,  that  is  the  Spinal  Marrow,  arc  the  Balls  in  an  Em- 
bryo, whence,  according  to  the  great  M^/p'rb/,  the  other 
parts  are  afterwards  form'd  ;  andlaitly,  that  thvre  is  fcarce 
anypartof  a  Hody,  but  what  feels  or  moves  5  it  will  ap- 
pear very  probable,  that  all  the  folid  parts  of  the  Body  arc 
wove  out  of  nervous  Fihrcj,  and  confiit  wholly  of  'em. '  See 
Stamen. 

TheAntients  only  allow'dof  fevcn   Tain  or  Conjurations 
of  Nervef,  proceeding  from   the  Brain  j  which,  with  their 
Functions,  they  com[rifedin  thefe  twoL.7rj«  Verfes ; 
Optica  prim.T^  octtlos  movct  altera,  tenia  ^ujlat, 
QjiRTtaq',  quinta  audit,  v--igafextaej},fcptirna  llngK^e, 

But  the  Moderns,  as  before  obferv'd,  reckon  ten,  which 
are  as  follow. 

Nerves  of  the  Brain,  or  Cerelrum. 

OlfaBory  Nerves,  Far  0/f(iPc>-/i(w,  or  the  Olfa£lory  Pair, 
arifes  in  the  fore-part  of  the  Brain,  juft  below  the  0; 
Froniis  ;  thefe  being  pretty  thick  near  the  Os  Crihrofv.m,  are 
7  U  rhere 


NER 


(  6z6) 


there  call'd  ProKjia  Fpfillare!,  which  Dr.  Drake  takes  to 
be  a  properer  Nume  in  that  Place,  than  that  of  Arose; ; 
they  appearing  rather  Produaions  of  the  MeW.a  OUonrata, 
whence  the  Olfamry  Ncms  arife,  than  diflinft  Weroei.  As 
foonas  they  have  made  their  way  thto  the OjCrifo-o/in!, they 
ire  diftributed  throughout  the  Membranes  of  the  Is'ofe. 
Their  Life  is  in  the  Senfationof  Smelling.  See  Smelling. 

0/iticNEKVEs.  Thefepafs  the  SkuU  thro  two  Perfoia- 
tions  m  Its  Bafis,  a  little  above  the  Sella  Eauina,  and  are 
thence  convey'd  to  the  Tunics  of  the  Eye  ;  whereof,  the 
Reihm,  fuppofed  to  receive  the  Objeas  of  Vifion,  is  an 
Extenfion  of  the  inner  or  medullary  part  alone.  See  Vi- 
sion and  Reti  NA. 

Nerves  that  mo-^-e  tie  Eyei,  Ocuhrum  MotorH,  arife  from 
the  Crura  of  the  Medulla  Oblongata,  near  the  Annular  Protu- 
berance ;  whence  they  march  out  between  two  Branches 
of  the  Cervical  Artery;  and  palGngout  of  the  Skull  at  an 
irregular  oblong  hole,  immediately  under  the  former,  are 
fpent  on  thofe  Mufclcs  of  the  Eyes  call'd  JttoUcm,  Detri- 
ment; Jditticent,  and  OllipMs  inferiar  5  except  fome  fmall 
Fibres  fpent  in  the  Mufclcs  of  the  upper  Tal[ithr::.  St-c  Ey  e  . 

Pathetic  Nerves,  arile  behind  the  Tejtc^,  and  paiTing 
out  of  the  SkuU  at  the  fame  Foramen  with  the  termer 
Pair,  fpend  themfelvcs  wholly  on  the  Trochlear  Mufcle. 

Fifth  Fairaf^  Nerves,  the  largefl  of  all  thofe  coming 
from  the  Brain,  has  its  ufe  as  well  as  diftribution  more 
extenfivc  ;  ferving  both  for  Senfe  and  Motion,  for  Touch 
and  Talie.  It  fends  Branches  not  only  to  the  Eyes,  Nofe, 
Palate,  Tongue,  Teeth,  and  mod  parts  of  the  Mouth  and' 
Face,  but  alfo  to  the  Bread,  lower  Venter,  J'riccorJia,  i£c. 
by  means  of  the  Intercoflals,  which  are  partly  comp'ofetl 
ofBranches  of  this  A'crie  ;  whence  arlfes  a  Confentor  Sym- 
pathy between  the  feveral  Parts  of  the  Body.  See  Con- 
sent of  Fart!. 

It  arifes  from  the  Annular  Protuberance,  near  the  Pro- 
cejjui  Cerelelli,  and  is  at  its  Origin  very  large,  but  before 
its  egrefs  from  the  I)ii>-.'iM.j;£r  is  divided  into  two  Branches, 
each  confifling  of  innumerable  nervous  Fibres,  whereof 
thofe  of  one  Branch  are  pretty  tough  and  firm  ;  the  other 
foft  and  lax.  A  little  beyond  the  Sella,  it  forms  a  Flexm 
call'd  GaugUafcrmis,  near  which,  each  Nerve  is  divided  into 
an  ijiterior  smdfojlerioy  Branch. 

The  Anterior  or  Fore-Branch,  after  a  few  Twigs  font  to 
the  Dura  Mater,  enters  the  Receptacle  on  each  fide  the 
Sella  i  whence  it  fends  off  one  or  two  Twigs  to  the  Inter- 
cottal  i  and  as  foon  as  it  emerges  thence,  is  again  fubdi- 
Tided  into  three  nearly  equal  Branches.  The  iiffenmfi 
paffing  the  Foramen  Lacentm  into  the  Orbit  of  the 
Eye,  is  immediately  fubdivided  into  three  lefs  Stanches  ; 
the  Srft  of  which,  after  fending  Twigs  to  the  Tunica  M- 
tiata,  Glanda'.it  Lacrymalis,  the  Mufclcs  that  draw  up  the 
Nofe,  and  the  orbicular  Mufclcs,  running  over  the  Mufcle 
which  draws  up  the  upper  Eye-lid,  is  fpent  on  the  Mufcles 
of  the  Forehead,  and  the  common  Integuments  of  the  fore- 
part of  the  Head. 

The  fecond  Br.inch  running  under  the  Pathetics  and 
Motorii,  is  divided  into  two  i  whereof  the  outer  and  fmaller 
fends  off  feveral  jSiri/fc  into  the  Fat  that  envelopes  the 
Optic  Jferte;  and  joining  with  others  from  the  third  Pair, 
fiirms  a  fort  of  Plexus  on  the  Trunk  of  the  Oft'icNer-nei 
whence  Tilrillx  are  detach'd  into  the  Mifcidus  Dcfriinens, 
yldducens,  at^dtheTunica  Sclerotica.  The  inner  and  bigger 
Slip  is  fubdivided  into  four  Twigs  ;  the  firll  running  over 
the  Optic  Ner-^e,  enters  the  Sclerotica,  and  is  fpent  in  that 
Membrane.  The  fecond,  returning  into  the  Skull  by  a 
peculiar  Perforation,  pierces  the  Dur.t  Mater,  and,  fome- 
times  turning  back  again,  paffes  out  of  the  Skull  thro  one 
ot  the  Holes  of  the  Qibriforme,  and  is  diftributed  into  the 
interior  Membrane  of  the  Nofe.  The  third  Twig  isfpent 
partly  on  the  Eye-lids  and  their  orbicular  Mufcles,  the  ex- 
ternal Integument  of  the  Nofe,  and  the  Mufcles  which 
draw  It  upwards.  The  fourth  is  diftributed  by  feveral 
Twigs  into  the  Eye-lids  and  orbicular  Mufcles.  The  third 
Slip  of  the  tipper  Branch  is  fpent  on  the  ClaiMa  Jnmmi- 
liata  and  Tk?i;c^i  Adnata. 

The  lefs  inferior  Branch,  e'er  it  leave  the  Skull,  enters 
the  Orbit  of  the  Eye,  and  running  along  the  outfidc  of  the 
Mifctiltis  Mucens,  goes  out  again'at  a  little  Perforation  pe- 
culiar to  it;  after  which  it  divides  into  feveral  Fibres,  fome 
of  whichgo  tothe  Integumentsof  the  Checks;  the  reft  to 
the  Mufcles  that  raife  the  upper  Lip.  As  foonas  it  quits 
the  Skull  at  the  third  Foramen ,  it  is  fubdivided  into  three 
little  Branches,  the  firft  of  which,  after  fome  I'wigw^hc- 
llov;'d  on  the  Irlajjeter,  the  Teguments  of  the  FaceJ  the 
Gums,  and  upper  Teeth  ;  enters  a  peculiar  Sinus  of  the 
Bone  making  the  lower  part  of  the  Orbit,  and  goes  out 
at  a  Hole  particular  to  it;  after  which  it  divides  into  feveral 
Fihrdl^' v.'hkh  goto  the  Teguments  of  the  Face,  the  upper 
t.ip,  the  Mufcle  that  dra-,vs  the  lower  part  of  the  Nofe 
lareratly,  and  the  inner  Mufcle  of  the  Nofe. 

The  jrcor?df?i!all  BreL^ch  running  downwards  behind  the 
Duils  which  go  from  the  Nofe  to  the  Fauces,  is  di\lded 


NER 


into  two  ;  the  upper  whereof  is  diHributcd  by  minv  Twiss 

into  the  Membrana  T,,unar.a.    The  lower  pafling  a  pf! 

P  I     "."'j^.™       I;'"'!  ^"ti  lateral  part  of  the  ijone  of  the 

P^U  e'  r  /  ;  u'",?  'i"'"Sy  Flefh  that  lines  the 
Palate,  and  the  tough  Membrane  that  covers  it. 

The  llnrd  Imle  Branch  is  fpent  on  rhat  part  of  the 
Memtr«M  P,,,,,„,.,.,  that  lines  the  Fauces  upon  the  U-Ma 
and  Mufclcs  thereabouts,  and  upon  the  Tonfils 

-The  freater  or  fofiertor  Branch,  after  fending  a  few 
iwigs  tothe  Dura  Mater,  paffes  the  Skull  thro  rhe  fifth 
Foramen  ;  and  having  fent  off  fome  Twigs  to  the  Buccinator, 
hLtJeter,  and  the  Mulcles  of  the  lower  Jaw,  is  divided  int<^ 
three  confidcrable  Branches. 

Thei,>:/(  paffes  tothe  Root  of  the  Tongue,  and  thence 
procerfing  forwards,  fends  feveral  Branches  to  the  Maxil- 
lary Glands.  It  fends  others  along  the  inner  Subilance  of 
the  fongue,  which  end  in  Capillaries  at  its  Extremity  and 
joining  every  where  with  the  Branches  of  the  ninth  Pair 
ferve  both  the  Mufclcs  and  Papillary  Glands,  and  contri- 
bute to  the  lafte,  as  well  as  the  Motion  of  the  Tongue 
^  rheyccoBrf,  or  middle  Branch,  after  diliributina  a  Twi'e 
into  the  Maxdlary  Glands,  and  the  Mufclcs  Stylo-lo/ru,  and 
Myloghffus,  enters  the  hollow  of  the  lower  Jaw,  afo^i  w'hich 
It  runs  accompanied  with  Branches  of  the  Carotid  Arteriei 
and  little  Veins  which  return  to  the  internal  Jugulars  i 
and  befides  fending  oft  a  Twig  to  each  Tooth,  with  the 
Membranes  of  the  forefaid  Veffels,  contributes  to  form  a 
Membrane  which  lines  the  whole  Sinus.  At  the  fourth 
Grmder  It  divides  into  two;  the  lefs  whereof  runs  to  the 
joining  of  the  Jaw  ;  the  bigger,  paflii.g  out  at  a  peculiar 
Perforation,  is  divided  into  feveral  Fibres,  which  ire  dif- 
pofed  into  the  Mufcles  of  the  lov/er  Up  and  Chin. 

■The  iti.vi or  exterior  Branch,  is  fpent  on  the  parotid  GI.mds. 
d„fl  r"- °'  ^^"Oufiasorti,  rife  from  the  Me- 

dulla y  Iraas  of  tne  Centrum  O'.ale,  below  the  annular 
iroceis,  and  proceeding  forwards,  enters  the  fame  Reccp- 
tac  e,  (It  Sinus  ol  the  Skull,  on  the  fide  of  the  Selb,  as  the 

the  fifth  Pair,  in  their  paffagc  to  the  Intcrcoilals,  k  goes 
ou.  of  theSkuU  at  the  fiime  Hole  with  the  Motor,,  Oclo- 
rum  and  ends  in  the  abducent  Mufcles  of  the  Eye  •  fcndilK. 
withal  fome  Twigs  to  the  Tongue.    SeeToscoE  ° 

Tit  Sc-.e,ub  Pair  «r Nerves,  arifing  from  the 
medullary  Traa  of  the  fourth  Ventricle,  and  paffing  out  of 
the  Skull  thro  a  Hole  of  the  Os  Fetrofim,  diviL  into 
two  Branches,  or  Poi  ri»„j,  a  kir,i  and  a  /»/>  one.  The  (.  -.<< 
entring  a  little  £»i.-.  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Bone  that 
conflitutesthe  Barrel  of  the  Ear  ;  fends  off  a  Twig  which 
diflr.butes  itfelf  into  the  Dura  Mater,  except  fome  tmall 
■Twigs  which  go  to  the  Membrane  that  lines  the  Ear,  to 
the  intetnal  Mufclcs  that  line  the  Ear,  and  the  fine  Mem- 
brane that  clothes  the  Infide  of  the  Cavity  of  ihe  Aco- 
phyjis  M,m:llar,s.  After  this,  the  hard  Branch'  feuds  off  two 
other  Twigs,  one  to  the  eighth  Pair,  the  other  to  the  Tym- 
fanum,  whofe  Chord  it  forms ;  whence  crecpino  over  the 
Malleolus^  It  goes  out  of  the  Ear,  and  fends  a  Ramification 
to  the  longue. 

The  fame  hard  Branch,  coming  out  of  the  Fi-occffiis  Ma- 
millaris,  fends  fome  Twigs  to  the  Maffeier,  and  o'thers  to 
the  Glands  about  the  Ear  ;  v.  here  it  divides  into  two  other 
Ramifications  ;  the  interior  beflowcd  on  the  Glands,  the 
Check,  and  the  upper  Lips,  the  reft  on  the  lower  p'alpe- 
Ira,  and  the  extctnal  part  of  the  Face.  The  exterior  Ra- 
mification, bellowing  fome  FilrilU  on  the  Glands,  out  of 
which  it  iffues,  divides  into  two  ;  the  upper  dift'ributed 
into  the  Quadratus  and  outer  parts  of  the  under  Lip  ;  the 
lower  fpent  on  the  Integuments  of  the  fore  and  lateral  pttrt 
of  the  Neck,  lower  Jaw,  and  the  Majioidal  Mufcle. 

The  foft  and  larger  Fortio?,  of  this  Pair  divides  into 
three  Ramifications,  the  upper  whereof  paffes  a  fmall  Fo- 
ramen into  the  Concha,  where  expanding,  it  forms  a  fine 
Membrane  which  lines  its  inner  Surface.  The  fecond  and 
third  Ramifications  are  alfo  fpent  on  the  inner  parts  of  the 
Concha  and  femicircular  Duas,  which  rhey  fumifli  with 
Membranes,  the  immediate  Organs  of  Hearing.  See 
Hearing. 

Eighth  Pair  of  Nerves,  or  the  P.;r  Fagum,  fprings  from 
the  Medidia  Oblongata,  a  little  above  the'  Oli-caria  Corpora 
and  paffes  out  of  the  Skull  thro  the  fame  Perforations  with 
the  lateral  Sinus's  of  theI3«m  Mater. 

This,  in  its  progrefs,  is  join'd  by  the  Par  AcceJ/hri,im,  and  1 
little  further  by  a  Twig  of  the  hardpartof  the  feventh  Pair 
and  at  the  fecond  Vertebra  of  the  Neck  by  the  Ner-jes  that  iffuo 
from  the  Cervical  Marrow  ;  and  detaches  feveral  Twigs  to 
the  Mufclcs  of  the  Larynx,  Gula,  Neck,  ^c.  particularly 
the  Canglioform  Fk-us,  form'd  by  its  Union  with  a  Branch 
of  the  Intercoftal.  Hence  defceiiding  10  the  Thorax,  it 
makes  another  P/c.vkj  under  the  Clavicle,  whence  arifes  the 
Recurrent  Ner-je  on  the  right  fide,  as  on  the  left  it  has  its 
Rife  from  the  Trunk  of  ihe  W  i  t  e  itfelf,  Tiie  right  Re- 
current is  reflcaed  at  the  Axillary  Artery,  the  left  at  the 
defcending  Branch  of  the  Aorta  ;   each  running  afidc  the 

Tr.,. 


NER 


(  ) 


NEU 


Trachea,  impart  fome  Twjgs  to  ir,  and  terminate  in  the 
Mufcles  of  the  Larynx.  Their  Ufe  is  in  ihe  Formation 
and  Modulation  of  the  Voice.    See  Voice. 

Againit  the  Origin  of  the  yjorta  it  lends  off  a  Branch  to- 
wards the  Heart  i  which  dividing  into  two,  the  lefTer  twiQs 
about  the  Pulmonary  Vein  j  the  bi«ger  proceeds  to  the 
Terkardium,  and  Heart,  after  having  fent  oiFaTwig,  which 
with  others  from  the  Intercoftals,  make  the  Flextfs  Car- 
diacus  fitperior  :  proceeding  fiill  further,  it  fends  out  fe- 
veral  Ramifications,  which,  meeting  together,  make  the 

£.VMJ  TnciQiisfitcttly  whence  uriTc  Fibres  thic  conftringe 
the  Veflels  and  Veficles  of  tJie  Lungs.  In  its  Pafliijje 
downwards,  it  dillributes  feveral  Branches  to  the  Oe/o- 
^/'.i^rj,  along  which  it  runs. 

About  the  lower  Vertelrx  of  the  Neck,  the  Trunk  di- 
vides into  two  Branches,  the  external  and  internal,  com- 
municating all  along  by  feveral  Ramifications,  and  at 
length  reuniting.  The  reft  of  this  Pair  joins  with  the 
Intercofials  in  the  fotmation  of  feveral  P/esits's  in  the  lower 
Venter,  and  in  them  feems  to  terminate.    See  Plexus. 

Along  with  thcfe,  and  wrapp'd  up  in  the  faiue  Coat  from 
the  Dura  M-.icr,  pafies  the 

^Cf^^or^y  Nerve,  ot  Far  A'crjoyjiim,  It  has  its  Origin 
from  the  lAedttlU  contain'd  in  tiie  Vertebra  of  the  Neck. 
Soon  alter  its  rc:turn  out  of  the  Skuli,  it  leaves  the  Far  Va- 
gvm  again,  and  is  diitributed  into  the  Mufcles  of  the  Neck 
and  Shoulders. 

l/iiercojtal '^jLRVlSy  confill  of  wei-TO;»  Filaments  derived 
partly  from  the  Brain,  z-iz.  Branches  of  the  fifth  and  fii;th 
Pair;  and  partly  from  the  Spinal  Marrow,  by  thofe  Branches 
they  feceive  from  the  Vertebral  Nsr-L-cs. 

In  each  Trunk  of  tliefe  Na-^es,  e'er  it  arrives  at  the 
Thorax,  are  two  Cervical  Fkxui's^  the  upper  whereof  re- 
ceives a  Branch  from  each  Trunk  of  the  Far  Vagnyn  ;  the 
under  fends  out  feveral  Ramifications  to  the  Oefopbagas  and 
yifl^era  y'rttria,  and  particularly  a  large  one  to  the  recurrent 
Aei^e.  From  the  fame  P/c.v;(5  defcend  two  other  Ramifi- 
cations to  the  Cardiac  F!c:ia!  ■  which  arejoin'd  a  little  lower 
by  a  third,  from  which  the  hnercofial  Nerve  defcending  to 
the  Clavicles,  divides  into  two,  and  embraces  and  con- 
ilringes  the  fubclavian  Artery  ;  thence  entring  theThoraXjit 
receives  three  or  four  Twigs  from  the  upper/'cj-IcW Nerve^ 
together  with  which  it  conftilutes  the  Inurcoftal  Flcxus ; 
and  thence  defcending  along  the  fides  of  the  Vcrtehm,  and 
receiving  a  mr-aiti  Twig  from  each  of  them  to  the  Or 
Sacrum,  and  entring  the  yUnhnien,  it  forms  feveral  confi. 
derable  P/cx«i'j,  -viz.  the  Lkiiaris,  Hepaticits,  the  two  Re 
nakr,  'Mcjenterictts  ma^mi!^  and  two  little  ones  in  the  Pehis. 
See  Plexus. 

J\';;jJ/!'  Fair  of  Nerves,  Volorll  Lwgua-,  arife  from  the 
middle  ol  the  Ce;;trHH(  O-jals,  by  three  or  four  fmall  Twigs, 
and  go  out  of  the  Skull  near  the  Procefs  of  the  Occiput  j 
and  fend  their  Branches  to  the  Tongue. 

They  may  belikewile  call'd  Gnjtaiorii,  as  they  contri- 
bute, together  with  the  Branches  of  the  fifth  and  fixth 
Fair,  tothe  ScnIaiion  of  Tafting.    See  Tasting. 

Temh  P.i<>  o/Nehvi.s,  arife^by  two  or  three  Branches 
from  the  XciiiiHa  oblojigata,  jull  below  the  Corpora  Fyraml- 
dalla  and  Olharla,  or  rather,  at  the  beginning  of  the  Me- 
didL  SflnalU  ;  whence  reflefiiiig  a  little  backwards,  it  "oes 
out  of  the  Skull  between  thefirll  Vertebra  of  the  Neck-lind 
the  Procefs  of  the  Occiput. 

It  is  fpent  on  the  external  Mufcles  of  the  Head  and  Eats 
SeeE.VR,E?c. 

Ne.rves  from  the  Sfmalh'iar  on: 
The  Sfhtal  Nerves,  (i.e.  thofe  fpringing  from  the 
Vedtdla  after  its  cgrefs  out  of  the  Skull,  where  it  lays  afide 
the  name  Oblongata,  and  affumes  that  of  i^/jino/j'!)  are  thirty 
Fair:  Of  which,  fome  are  reckoned  as  belonging  to  the 
Neck,  as  having  their  Origin  thence,  and  call'd  Cervical 
Nerves ;  others  to  the  Dorfum,  or  Back ,  and  call'd  Etrfal 
Nerves  i  others  to  the  Loins,  call'd  Ltmbal  Nerves,  and  the 
refl  to  the  0 s  Sacruifi. 

Ct;-';cfl?  Nerves.  Of  thcfe  there  are  fevcn  Pair :  The 
firft  Pair  arife  between  the  firft  and  fecond  rertehra  of  rhc 
Neck,  and,  contrary  to  the  relf,  come  out  before  and  be- 
hind ;  whereas  the  other  fix  Pair  come  out  laterally  from 
thejunftures  of  the /'eitr/ir.e,  thro  particular  Perforations 
near  the  tranfverfe  FrocelTes.  They  go  to  the  Mufcles  of 
the  Head  and  Ear. 

The  fecond  Pair  comtibutcs  the  main  Branch  towards 
the  formation  of  the  Diaphragmatic  Nerves,  which,  accor- 
ding to  Vleuffctis,tpmg  only  from  the  fourth  and  fixth 
Pair. 

The  three  lad  Pair  of  the  Neck  joining  with  the  two 
frft  of  the  Dorf,m,  or  Thorax,  make  the  Brachial 
Nerves. 

All  the  Cervical  Nerves  fend  innulTierable  Branches  to 
the  Mufcles,  and  other  parts  of  the  Head,  Neck,  and 
Shoulders. 

Dorfal  Nerves  are  in  number  twelve.  Thefo,  ex- 
cepting what  the  two  upper  pair  contribute  to  the  Braciial 


M;>jc..,  are  generally  dillributed  into  the  Intercofial  and 
ThorTx'""  ■  '^^  ^'"^  si'Krnal  parts  of  the 

i.«„4.i/  Nerves,  are  five  Pair  .-  The  firfl  of  which  fen.ls  " 
two  Branches  to  the  lower  fide  of  , he  Diaplirasm.  The 
fecond  fome  Twigs  to  the  Genital  Parts,  and  "others,  as 
well  as  the  three  tollowing,  to  give  the  firil  Roots  to  the 
Uurat  Nerve,  The  relt  of  the  Branches  of  the  Lsmbal 
Nerves  are  diftributcd  into  the  Mufcles  of  the  Loins  and 
adjacent  Patts. 

Nerves  of  the  Os  Sacrum,  are  fix  Pair  ;  the  firfl  three 
or  four  Pair  whereof  are  bellow'd  wholly  on  th-  Cru-al 
Nerves  ;  the  reft  on  the  Mufcles  of  the  yj,:,,s,  I'-JJca  and 
Genital  Parts.  ' 

iVacA.a;  Nerves,  are  the  Offspring,  partly  of  the  Cer 
ric.i/r,  and  partly  of  the  Dorfal,.  Thefe,  after  the  feveral 
Branches  wnereof  they  are  compofed  have  been  varioufly 
complicated  and  united,  run  but  a  little  way  in  a  Trunk 
e'er  they  divide  again  into  feveral  Branches,  varioufly  di- 
flributed  into  the  Mufcles  of  the  Skin  and  Arras. 

i)M/>Ar«^,».«i<:  Nerves,  are  likewife  i  he  Offspring  of  the 
Cervicals.  Thefe,  after  joining  in  a  Trunk,  run  thro  the 
M-rf/.!/?i;!«»,  undivided,  till  they  arriie  near  the  Diaphragm 
into  which  they  fend  off  feveral  Branches  ;  fome  into  the 
Mufcular,  others  into  the  Tendinous  fart  of  it. 

Crural  Nerves,  confift  of  an  Union  of  fix  or  feven 
Pair,  III.  the  three  taft  of  the  Lumbal,  and  three  or  four 
firll  of  the  Os  Sacrum.  Thefe,  after  having  fpent  their 
upper  Branches  on  tile  Mufcles  of  the  Thijhand  Skin,  as 
far  as  the  Knee,  proceed  in  a  Trunk  downwards,  which 
fends  Its  Branches  to  the  Extremities  of  the  Toes  fup- 
plying  as  It  goes,  the  Mufcles  and  Skin  of  the  Leg  and 
Foot.  This  IS  the  largell  and  firmeft  nervous  Trunk  'in  the 
Body. 

Nerves,  in  Botany,  are  long,  tough.  Strings  running 
either  a-crofs,  or  length-wife  of  the  Leaves  of  Plants! 
See  Leaves. 

Nerves,  in  ArchiteHure,  are  the  Moulding.^  of  the  Pro- 
jefling- Arches  of  Vaults  ;  or  thofe  arifing  from  the  Bran- 
ches of  Ogives,  and  croflTing  each  other  diagonally  in  Go- 
thic Vaults,  ferving  to  feparate  the  Fcndentives.  See 
Vault,  Ogive,  Sfc. 

NERVOSA  Corpora 
Corpora. 

NERVOUS  J/riV.-r,  or  ;'...'c>:,  is  a  pure,  fubtlle,  volatile 
Humour,  better  known  by  the  Name  of  Jiimal  Spirits  ■ 
fccreted  from  the  Arteiious  Blood  in  the  Conical  I'artof 
the  Brain,  coUeited  in  the  Medulla  Oblongata,  and  thence 
driven,  by  the  force  of  the  Heart,  into  th<-  Caviti.  s  the 
Nerves;  tobeconvey'd  by  them  throughout  the  Body,  for 
the  Purpofcs  of  Scnfation  and  Animal  Motion.  See 
Spirit. 

NEST,  fee  Nidus. 

NESTORIANS,  a  S-.a  of  antient  Heretics ;  ftill,a5'ti. 
faid,  fubtilling  in  feme  parts  of  the  Levam, 

They  take  their  Name  from  Nfiorlus,  who,  of  a  Monk, 
became  a  Prieft,andacelebrated  preacher,  am!  wasat  length, 
after  the  Death  of  Sftmtisis  in  428,  rais'd  by  Tbetid^Jws  10 
the  See  ofCoiijlaiithiople. 

Atfirft  he  lliew'd  a  world  of  Zeal  agaiiifl  Herefy  In  his 
Sermons  belore  the  Empcior  ;  but  at  length  takino  the 
liberty  to  fay,  thn  he  fuund  in  Scripture,  that  MoJ  iir.i( 


Anatomy.   See  Caver»os.\ 


the  Mother  of  Refits,  but  that  he  no  wliete  found,  that  M'.ry 
was  the  Mother  of  God,  his  Auditory  vjiis  (llock'd,  'and  a  great 
part  of 'em  retir'd  from  his  Communion. 

His  Wfitings  v.ere  foon  fpread  thro  Syria  and  E-ypt, 
where  he  made  many  Converts,  notwithilanding  the  vi"o- 
tous  Oppofition  of  St.  Cyril.  " 

His  dillinguifliing  Tenet  was,  that  there  are  two  Pcrfons 
in  Jcfus  Chrill  ;  and  that  the  Virgin  was  not  his  Mother  as 
God,  but  only  as  Man. 

TheDoftrine  was  condemn'd  in  the  Council  of  Ephefus, 
at  which  aflifled  above  aco  Bifhops  ;  and  Nejiorms  was 
anathematiz'd  and  depofed  from  his  See. 

Ni/7iiriB!  was  not  the  Author  of  this  Error  ;  butborrow'd 
it  at  Arract,  where  he  hail  {ludied.  Tbeedorus  Mopfuejlanus 
had  taught  the  fame  before  him. 

'Tis  fomething  difiicult  to  determine  whether  or  no  the 
CZ.g/*c Chriflians,  who  ilill  profefs  Neflorl.-.nlftn,  havepre- 
cifely  the  fame  Sentiments  with  Nefiorms,  whom  they  fliU 
efteem  as  their  Patriarch.  They  have  made  feveral  Re- 
unions with  the  Kouilfi  Church,  but  none  of  'etn  have  fub- 
fifled  long.  The  moll  confiderable  was  that  under  the 
Pontificate  of  TaulV. 

Till  the  time  of  Pope  ;;«/iio  III,  thev  acknowledg'd  none 
but  one  Patriarch,  who  alTumed  the  Qtiality  of  Patriarch 
o(  Babylon  j  but  a  divifien  arifing  among  'em,  the  Patti- 
archate  became  divided,at  hall  for'aTime  ;  and  anew  Patri- 
arch was  appointed  by  that  Pope,  who  made  his  Rcfidence 
At  Ctiremlta  in  Mefopotamla  ;  u  hu.fe  Succcffor,  however  un- 
able to  withfland  the  Power  of  the  Patriarch  of  liabylen, 
was  obliged  to  retire  within  the  Confines  of  Ferfia.  Thus 

Matter^ 


NEU 


(  6z8  ) 


NEW 


Matters  flood  liU  the  Pontificate  of  TanlV.  under  whom 
there  was  a  folemn  Re-union  with  the  Romrjl  Church, 
whom  their  Patriarch  folemnly  own'd  for  the  IVlother,  iSe. 
of  all  Churches  ;  fending  his  Minifters  to  Rome  to  negotiate 
the  Union,  and  compofing  an  Explication  of  the  Articles 
af  Religion,  where  their  Uifputes  with  the  R«mfi  Church 
were  reprefcnted  as  only  verbal,  Sf?c. 

NET,  NiAT,  in  Commerce,  fomething  pure,  and  un- 
adulterated with  any  foreign  Mixture. 

Thus,  Wine  isfaid  to  he  Net  when  not  filfify'd  or  balder- 
dafli'd  ;  and  Coffee,  Rice,  Pepper,  f^c.  are  Nit,  when  the 
Tilth  and  Ordures  are  fcparatcd  from  them. 

A  Diamond  is  faid  to  be  Net  when  it  has  no  Stains  or 
Flaws  ;  a  Cryllal,  when  tranfparent  throughout. 

Net  is  alfo  ufed  for  what  remains  after  the  Tare  has 
been  taken  out  of  the  Weight  of  any  Merchandize;  i.e. 
when  it  is  weigh'd  cleat  of  all  Package.    See  Tare. 

Thus  we  fay,  a  Barrel  of  Cochineal  weighs  450  Pounds  ; 
the  Tare  is  50  Pounds,  and  there  remains  Net  4C0  Pounds. 

NET  /'ioii'iiic,  a  Term  ufed  to  exprefs  whar  any  Corn- 
mod  ity  has  yielded, all  Tare  and  Charges  deduaed. 

The  Merchants  fometimes  ufe  the  Ic.ilid>i  Words,  Nctto 
^rocedido^  for  JVff- PrO(/nce. 

NET'Mii/owr)',  fee  Masonry. 

METE  Hyferlwkofi,  in  the  antient  Mufic,  the  nime  of 
the  Wighcil  and  moft  acute  of  the  Chords  of  the  Lyre,  or 
the  an'tient  Scale,  or  Diagratnma.    See  Di  agr  amma. 

It  anfftcr'd  to  the  v/,  mi,  la,  of  the  third  0£lave  of  the 
Organ,  or  the  modem  Syrtem. 

The  Word  is  compofed  of  theCcee^  ^H-n  inA  vrfJoMuVj 
i.  e.  The  laji  of  the  hghtft  Chords. 

Nete  Diazeu^matoti,  in  the  Antient  Mufic,  wis  one  of 
the  Chords  of  the  Lyre,  or  Syflem  of  the  Antients.  See 

DiAGRAMMA. 

Itanfwers  to  the  E,fi,  mi,  of  the  third  0£^ive  of  the 
Or!*in,  or  modern  Syflem. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  vtm  and  ^id-ii^yi^ivuf 
lap:  of  the  feparate  ones  ;  where  is  underftood  the  wurd 
Chord. 

l^tTE  Syjiemmenoft,  in  the  Antient  Mufic,  the  Name  of 
the  higheft  Chord  of  a  Tetrachord  of  the  Greek  Syllem, 
added  to  make  thchfofi  fall  between  the  Mefe  ^nd  Faramefe, 
i.e.  between /.[  and ^.    See  Diagramma. 

This  Chord  had  iho  fame  Sound  with  the  Faramte  Dia- 
zeu^fiefiofi,  or  our  ia  by  b  mollis. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Creek  vnn  and  siviuyAvoy^ 
the  laft  of  thofe  added  j  where  is  underftood  the  word 
Chord. 

IN'EURITICS,  or  Nervines,  in  Medicine,  Remedies 
proper  for  Difeafes  of  the  Nerves,  and  Joints. 

Such  are  Betony,  Lavender,  Rofcmary,  Sage,  Laurel, 
Marjoram,  and  other  among  the  Cephalics. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Gieek  vtv^f,  Ncr-vus. 
Hence  alfo 

NEUROGRAPHIA,  in  Anatomy,  a  Defcrlption  of  the 
.Nerves,    See  Nerve, 

Raim.  Vtcujfem^  a  Phyfician  of  Motiipellier,  has  an  excellent 
Trearile  in  Latin,  under  the  Title  Neuro^mphin  Cniverfalis, 
where  he  fhews,  that  there  are  more  Ramifications  of  the 
Nerves  in  the  Skin,  than  in  the  Mufcles,  and  all  the 
other  parts.    See  Skin. 

Duncan,  another  Phyfician  of  the  fame  Place,  has  a 
Treatife  call'd  Neuro^r.if>biaRiiiio>ia/is. 

]<leiiyo^raph:a  is  fomething  more  general  than 

NEUROLOGY,  which  implies  a  Difcourfe  of  the 
Nerves  i  in  as  much  as  the  former  may  be  underilood, 
not  only  of  Difcourfes  on  the  Nerves,  but  alfo  of  Figures 
and  Engravings,  reprefenting  them  5  whereas  the  latter  is 
retrained  to  difcourfing  alone. 

NEUTER,  a  Perfon  free  or  indifferent,  who  hasefpoufed 
neither  Party,  and  is  neither  Friend  nor  Foe, 

Thus  we  fay  a  Ju>5ge  is  to  be  Teenier  in  the  Ciufes  he 
judges;  and  thus,  we  fay,  in  Oueflions,  where  Reafon  ap- 
pears Neuter,  a  Man  mutt  ever  incline  to  the  Side  of  the 
Unhappy. 

Neuter,  in  Grammar,  is  ufed  for  a  fort  of  Genier  of 
Nouns  which  are  neither  Mafculinc,  nor  Feminine.  Ste 
Gender. 

The  Laiim  have  three  kinds  or  Genders,  Mafculine,  Fe- 
minine, and  Ne-Ater.  In  Efi^iifi,  and  other  modern  Tongues, 
there  is  no  fuch  thing  as  Neuter  Nouns.    See  Noun. 

Ferii Neuter,  by  tome  Grammarians  call'd  IntraJifi- 
tiz-e  Ver])!,  are  thofe  that  govern  nothing,  and  that  are 
neither  aftive  nnrpafiive.    See  Verb. 

When  the  Aftion  exprcfs'd  by  the  Verb  has  no  Objcfl  to 
fall  upon,  but. the  Verb  alone  fupplles  the  whole  Idea  of 
the  Adion,  the  Verb  is  faid  to  be  Neuter  ;  as  Ifleep,  tkoti 
ya-anej},  he  freezes,  we -walh,  ye  rttn,  they  ft  a?!  d  fill. 

Some  divide  M's  Neuter  into,  i/f,  Such  as  don't  fignify 
any  Aaion,  but  a  Quality  ;  as  aWet,  it  is  white  ;  or  a  Si- 
tuation, Sisfedst,  he  fits,  or  havefome  relation  to  Place,  as 


adeji,  he  is  prefent  ;  or  Come  other  State  or  Attribute,  as 
regJi^il,  he  rules,  ^f. 

And,  zdly,  ihofe  that  do  fignify  Anions,  the  thofe  fuch 
as  don't  pais  into  any  Subject  diflVrent  irwti  the  Ai5i:or  3  as 
to  dins,  to  Jtip,  to  play,  6ic. 

But  this  litter  kind  lometimea  ceafe  to  he  Neuter,  and 
commence  active  ;  efpecially  in  Gree^  and  Latin,  when  a 
Subjeit  is  given  them  j  as  -vivere  zitam,  amhulare  viam 
pugnare  pipiam.  Thus  the  old  Jtrench  Poets  fay,  Soupire]- 
foil  toiirmeiit  j  the  Englifh,  to  figh  his  Woes,  Sic. 

But  this  is  obferveil  only  to  obtain  where  fomething  par- 
ticular is  to  be  exprefs'd,  not  containM  in  the  Verb  j  as 
■vhere  "jitam  heat.im,  to  live  a  happy  Life  5  pugn.ire  bortam 
pi^mtm,  to  fight  a  good  fight,  ^c. 

According  to  the  Abbot  de  Dangeau,  Kerbs  Neuter  may  be 
divided  into  ailive  and  f-i^ve  ;  the  firit  thofe  that  form 
their  Tenfes  in  Enjltfh  by  the  auxiliaiy  Verb  to  b.wc  ■  in 
French  by  uToir.  The  fecond  thofe  that  form  rhem  in  Enzlif^ 
with  the  Verb  to  he  ;  in  ftench,  etre. 

Thus,  lo  f.eep  and  toy.iwii,  dormer  and  etermier^  are  Neu- 
ters active.    To  come,  and  ro  arriije,  are  Neuters  paftive. 

The  fame  Author  fubdivides  each  Kind  into  feveral 
Branches.    See  Verb. 

NEUI'RALITV,  the  State  of  a  Perfon  or  Thing  that 
isNeute};.    See  Neuter.. 

NEUTRAL  i'.i/(f,  among  Chymifts,  are  a  fort  of  inter- 
mediate S  ilis  between  AciJ^and  Alcaliesj  par'aking  of  the 
nature  of  both.    See  Salt,  Acid,  andAtcALY. 

Mr.  £oj>7^alib  gives  the  Appijllation  Neutral  to  a  fort  of 
Spirits,  differing  in  divers  Qualities  both  from  Vinous 
Acid,  and  Urinous  Spirits.  Tticfo  he  alfo  calls  Anony- 
mous and  ^-.'V^/.i^'l-oroKi  Spirits     See  Am  aphoro  us. 

NEWEL,  in  Architciflurc,  the  upright  Pijit,  which  a 
Pair  of  Winding  Srairs  turn  about  5  or  that  part  of  iho 
Stair-Cafe  which  futiains  the  Steps.    See  Stair. 

The  Nczvel  is  a  Cylinder  of  Stone,  which  bears  on  the 
Ground,  and  is  foi  m'd  by  the  ends  of  the  Stc|-s  of  the 
Winding-Stairs. 

There  are  al  fo  Miiie/j  o/Wood,  which  are  pieces  of  Wood 
placed  perpendicularly,  receiving  rhe  Tenants  of  the 
Steps  ot  Wooden  Srairs  into  their  Mortice.*,  and  wherein 
are  fitted  the  Shafts  and  Rells  of  the  Stair-Cafe,  and  the 
Flights  of  each  Story. 

NEW-Aieo;;,  that  State  of  the  Moon  a  little  before,  and 
a  little  after  her  Conjunftion  with  the  Sun.  Sec  Aloon  and 
Conjunction. 

NEWTONIAN  rhilofophy,  the  Doflrine  of  the  Unl- 
verfe,  and  particularly  of  the  heavenly  Bodies ;  their  Laws, 
Affeaions.Sif.  asdcliver'd  by  Sk  Ifaac Newu/!.  SeeFni- 

LOSOPHY. 

The  'I'erm  Newtonian  Thilofofhy,  is  applyVl  very  diffe- 
rently i   whencedivers  confuied  Notionsrclating  thereto. 

Some  Authors,  under  this  7Vjj/o/u//j_)',  include  all  the  Cor- 
pufcuiar  Phiiofopiiy  confidcr'd  as  it  now  tianus  correlated 
and  reform'djby  the  Difcoveries  andlmprovements  made  in 
feveral  parts  thereof,  by  I.  Newton,  [n  this  fenfe  it  is 
that  Grwvefande  calls  his  Elements  of  Fhyjia,  Intioduilio  ad 
Fhiloffbium  Newtotjiam. 

And  in  this  fenfe  the  Ntwtonian  is  the  fame  with  the 
NezD  Fhilnfofhy,  and  ftands  contradiitingui  fh'd  to  the  Car- 
tej.an,  the  Peripatetic,  'and  the  antient  Corpufcul.tr.  Scg 
Corpuscular,  Peripatetic,  Cartesian,  ^c. 

Othery,  by  JStzvtotitan  Thiloiopby^  mean  the  M-jrhod  or 
Order  which  Sir  /.  Ncwtan  obfcrvcs  iii  philufophizing  ; 
the  Reafuning,  and  drawing  of  ConcluGons  diret5tly  from 
Phenomena,  exclufive  of  all  previous  Hypothefcs  ;  the 
beginning  from  fimple  Principles;  deducing  the  firit  Powers 
and  Laws  of  Nature  from  a  few  felefi  Fhxnomena,  and  then 
applying  thofe  Laws,  ^c.  to  account  for  other  things.  To 
this  Purpofe,  the  fame  Gra-vefande  explains  himfelf  in  his 
Iftjiitia.  Ntmoii.  FhiioJ. 

And  in  this  fenfe,  the  NeTjiofiian  Tbilofophy  is  the  fame 
with  the  Exj^erimental  PhlK'fophy  ;  and  ilands  oppofcd  to 
the  Antient  Corpufcalar.    See  Exf  erimental,  (^c. 

Others,  by  JS'ezvtofi'-un  Th-hfofhy,  mean  that  wherein  Phy- 
fical  Bodies  are  confider'd  Mathematically  5  and  where 
Geometry  and  Mechanics  are  apply'd  to  the  Solution  of 
Phsenomena:  In  which  fenfe,  the  Newloninn  is  the  fame 
with  the  Mechanical  o.nd  Mathe,natical  Philufophy.  See  Me- 
chanical. 

Others,  again,  by  NeiviomiH  Thihfnfly,  underhand  that 
parr  of  Phyfical  Knowledge,  which  Sir  /.  New.on  has 
handled,  improved,  and  demonOrated,in  his  Frincipia. 

Others,  laflly,  N'.tvtonian  Fhthfofpy,  mean,  the  new 
Principles  which  Sir  /.  Newtoi  has  brought  in:o  Philofophy  ; 
the  new  Syitem  founded  thereon  ;  and  the  new  Solution  of 
Phenomena  thence  deduced  :  or  that  which  chara^Sterize?, 
and  diilinguifiies  his  Philofophy  from  all  others.  Which 
is  the  fenfe  wherein  we  {IvxW  her:  chiefly  confider  it. 

As  to  the  Illllory  of  tlds  Fhilofoply,  we  have  but  little  to 
fay:    It  was  firfl  made  public  in  itie  Year  to'Sfi,  by  the 

Author, 


NEW 


(  6z9  ) 


NEW 


Author,  then  a  Fellow  of  Tmn'ry- College,  Camh/t^de;  and 
in  the  Year  1715,  republirtied  with  coiifidcrable  Improve- 
rnents.  Several  other  Authors  have  lince  attempted  to 
make  it  plainer  ;  by  fctting  afide  many  of  the  more 
fublime  Mathematical  Reiearches,  and  fubftituting  either 


Hours,  43  Minutes ;  and 

i23z456oo  P^..jFcet  iSow,  iuppoiing  the  Moon  to  have 
loliallusMot.on,  and  to  be  let  d^op  to  .he  Karth,  with 
the  Power  wh.ch  retain,  her  in  her  Orbit  ;  m  the  (Wc  of 
one  Minute  ihc  will  fall  r        -P^^r,.  Feet  i  the  Arch  fhe 


the    Earth's  Circumrercnce 


more  obvious  Reafonings,  or  Experiments,  in  lieu  thereof;  defcribes  in  her  mean  Motion' at  the  diiiance  of  60  Semi 
particularly  Whijion  in  his  Pr<cleH.  Fh^f.  Uithcmat.  and  ^ii^niettrrs  of  the  Earth  being  the  verfcd  Sine  of  1 5 -i- ?im 
Gravefande  in  Element.     Injilt.  Feer.    Hence,  as  the  Power  as  it  apprcjachc-  the  EaVth  "in 

Notwithfianding  the  great  Merit  of  this  Philofophy,  and    creafts  m  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  the  diiiance  inverily  ■  fo  as 

"-''^^  iiurfaceof  the  Earth,  'tis  6c  X  60  greater  than" 'the 


the  univerfal  Reception  it  has  met  with  at  home,  it  gams 
ground  very  llowly  abroad  ;  Nezvtojnanifm  has  fcarce  two 
or  three  Adherents  in  a  Nation  j  but  Cartejianifm,  Huygs- 
nhnifm,  and  Leibnitz ianifm  remain  itill  in  poCfeflion. 

The  Fhilojofhy  itfelf  is  laid  down  chiefly  in  the  third 
Eook  of  the  Frincifia.  The  two  preceding  Books  are 
taken  up  in  preparing  the  way,  and  laying  down  fuch  Prin- 
ciples of  Mathematicksas  havethe  moft  relation  to  Fhih- 
j'ophy  :  Such  are  the  Laws  and  Conditionsof  Powers.  And 
thefe,  to  reniler  them  lefs  dry  and  geometrical,  the  Auth 


Moon_:  A  Body  falling  wiih  "that"Force'''in  our  Reaion 
mull,  ma  Minutes  time,  defcrlbe  the  fpace  of  5o  x  tfn  x 
Second""'"  '  15  Fans  Feet  in  the  fpace  of  one 
But  this  is  the  Rate  at  which  Bodies  fall,  by  their  Gra 
vity,  at  the  Surface  of  our  Earth  ;  as  hny^em  has  d.mon- 
lirated,  by  ExpL-riments  with  Pcmiaiums.  Confcquemly 
the  lower  whereby  theMoon  is  retain'd  in  her  Orbit  is  the 
■   .    ^  If']  ^^/"'^  G?-.™rj  ;    Forif  they  were  diffe'rcnt  % 

illuftrates  by  Scholia  in  Fhihjopby^  relating  chiefly  to  the  Body  failing  with  both  Powers  together  would  dcfce'nd 
Denfity  and  Refiflance  of  Bodies,  the  Motion  of  Light,  with  double  the  Velocity,  and  in  a  Second  of  Time  ^de- 
and  Sounds,   a  Vacuum,  ^c.  fcribe  30  ^  Feet.    See  Descent  of  Bodies. 

In  the  third  Book  he  proceeds  to  the  Vhilofophy  itfelf;  As  to  theother  fecund..ry  Planets,  their  Phenomena  with 
and  from  the  fame  Principles  deduces  the  Srrufture  of  the  refped  to  their  primary  ones,  being  of  the  fame  kind  with 
Univerfe  i   and  the  Powers  of  Gniviiy,  whereby  Bodies    thufe  of  the  Moon  about  the  Earth  :  " 


tend  towards  the  Sun  and  Planets  j  and  from  thefe  Powers^ 
the  Motions  of  the  Planets  and  Comets,  the  Theory  of  the 
Moon  and  the  Tides. 

This  Book,  which  he  calls  de  hUmdi  Syjlemaie^  he  tells  us, 
was  firft  wrote  in  the  popular  way  :  But  confidering,  that 
fuch  as  are  unacquainted  wiih  the  faid  Principles,  would  not 
conceive  the  Force  of  the  Confequenccs,  nor  be  induced  to 
lay  afide  their  antient  Prejudices;  for  this  Reafon,  and  to 
prevent  the  thing  from  being  in  continual  Difpute  ;  he  di 
gelled  the  Sum  of  tnai  Book  into  Proportions,  in  the  Mi' 


jnuu  or  rne  IVioon  about  the  Earth  ;  'tis  argued,  by  Ana- 
logy, they  depend  on  the  fame  Caufes:  h  being  a  Rule 
or  Axiom  all  Ph.lofophers  agree  to,  That  Effeas  of  the 
iame  kind,  have  the  fame  Caufes.  Attain,  Attraflion  is 
always  iTiutual,  I  e.  the  Reaftion  is  equal  to  the  Adion. 
Conlequenily,  the  primary  Planets  gravitate  towards  their 
lecundary  ones  ;  the  Earth  towards  the  Moon,  and  the  Sun 
towards  'em  all.  And  this  GVa^.vi^y,  with  regard  to  each  fe- 
verall  laner  IS  reciprocally  as  the  Square  of  its  diflance  from 
Its  Cenrreof  Gravity.  See  Attraction,  Reaction, 
IV.  All  Bodies  gravitate  towards  all  the  Planets  ;  and 


thematical manner  i  fo  as  it  mlp;ht  only  co;iie  to  be  read    their  Weights  towards  any  one  Planet,  at  equal  difta- 
by  fuch  ashad  firll  confider'd  the  Principles.    Not  that  it    from   the  Centre  of  the  Planer,  are  proportional  to'^the 
"  neceflary,  a  Man  (liould  mailer  them  all.  Many  of  them,    Q.uantity  of  Matter  in  each. 

,  ^""5  tjie  Law  the  Defcenr  of  heavy  Bodies  towards 
S'.^.-n"    '   ^^'I"^  afide  their  unequal  Retardation  from  the 


even  the  firfl-ratc  Mathematicians,  would  find  a  Difficulty 
in  getting  over.  'Tis  enough  to  have  read  the  Definitions, 
Laws  of  Motion,  and  the  three  firfl  Seflions  of  the  firfl; 
Book;  after  which,  the  Author  himfelf  direfls  us  to  pafs 
on  to  the  Book  de  Syjiemate  Mk7)(//. 

The  feveral  Jmcles  of  this  Fhihfophy^  are  delivered  under 
their  refpeBive  Heads  in  this  DiHionary  ;  as  SuN,  Moon, 
Planet,  Comet,  Earth,  Air,  Centripetal  Force^ 
Resistance,  Medium,  Matter,  Space,  Elasti- 
city, ^c.  A  general  Idea,  or  Abttraft  of  the  Whole, 
we  fliall  here  gratify  the  Reader  withal  ;  to  fliew  in  what 
Relation  the  fevetal  Parts  fland  to  each  other. 

The  great  Principle  on  which  the  whole  Philofophy  is 
founded,  is  the  Fozver  of  Gravity.  This  Principle  is  not 
new  :  Kepler,  long  ago,  hinted  it  in  his  JntrodtS.  ad  Mot. 
Martis. 
and  their 

But  the  Glory  of  bringing  it  to  a  Phyfical  Demonflration 
was  rcferved  to  the  Eizglijl  Fhllofo^her.  SeeGRAviTV. 

His  Proof  of  the  Principle  from  Phenomena  j  together 
with  the  Application  of  the  fame  Principle  to  the  various 
other  Appearances  of  Nature,  or  the  deducing  thofe  Ap 


Rehrtance  of  the  Air,  is  this  ;  that  all  Bodies  fall  equal 
ipacesm  equal  times  :  But  the  nature  of  Gravity  or  Weight 
no  doubt,  is  the  fame  on  the  other  Planets,  as  on  the 
Earth.  See  Weight.  * 
Suppofe,  e.-r,  fuch  Bodies  raifed  to  the  Surface  of  the 
Moon,  and  together  with  the  Moon  deprived  at  once  of  all 
Progreffive  Motion,  and  drop'd  towards  the  Earth  :  'Tis 
Ihewn,  that  in  equal  Times  they  will  defcribe  equal  Spaces 
with  the  Moon;  and,  therefore,  that  their  Quantity  of 
Matter  is  to  that  of  the  Moon,  as  their  Weights  to  its 
Weight. 

Add,  thatfince  5»^'fer's  Satellites  revolve  in  times  that 
are  m  a  fefquiplicate  liatio  of  their  diftances  from  the  Centre 


HeevendifcQvcred  fome  of  the  Properties  thereof,  of>^iter,  and  confequently  at  equal  dillances  from  Jupiter 
^Effefls  in_  the  Motions  of  the  primary  Planets  :    their  acceleraiing  Gravities  are  equal  ;  therefore,  falling 


equal  Altitudes  in  equal  Times,  they  will  defcribe  equal 
Spaces:  juftasin  heavy  Bodies  on  our  Earth.  And  the 
fame  Argument  will  hold  of  the  primary  Planets  with  re- 
gard to  the  Sun.  And  the  Powers  whereby  unequal  Bodies 
are  equally  accelerated,  are  as  the  Bodies;     e.  the  Weights 


pearances  from  that  Principle,    conllirute  the  Ne7s;toman    areas  the  Quantities  of  Matter  in  the  Planets.    And  the 


Syjiem  ;  which,  drawn  in  Miniature,  willftand  thus. 

I.  The  Phenomena  are,  i.  That  the  Satellites  of  ^K^iier 
do,  hy  Radii  drawn  to  the  Center  of  the  Planet,  defcribe 
Areas  proportional  to  theirTimes ;  and  that  their  Periodical 
Times  are  in  a  fefquiplicate  Ratio  of  their  Dillanccs  from 
its  Centre  :  in  whicli  all  Obfervations  of  all  Aflronomers 
agree.  2.  Tlie  fame  Phenomenon  holds  of  the  Satellites  of 
■Saturn,  with  regard  to  Saturn  ;  and  of  the  Moon  with  regard 


Weights  of  the  primary  and  fecundary  Planets  towards  the 
Sun,  are  as  the  Quantities  of  Matter  in  the  Planets  and  Sa- 
tellites. 

And  hence  are  feveral  Corollaries  drawn  relating  to  ths. 
Weigljtsoi  Bodies  on  the  Surface  of  the  Earth.  Magnetifm 
and^  the  Exijience  of  a  Vacuum.  Which  fee  under  the 
Articles  Vacuum,  W  EIGHT,  and  Magnetism, 

-       V.  Gravity  extends  itfelf  towards  all  Bodies,' and  is  in 

tothe^.arth,    5.  Ihe  periodical   limes  ol  tbe  primary  proportion  to  the  Quantity  of  Matter  in  each. 
Planets  about  the  Sun,  are  in  a  fefquiplicate  Ratio  of  their       That  all  the  Planets  gravitate  towards  each  other  has 

mean  diftances  from  the  Sun.    But,  4.  The  primary  Planets  been  already  fliewn  ;  liltewifc,  that  the  Gravity  r.nvards 

do  not  defcribe  Areas  any  way  proportional  to  their  periodi-  any  one  conlider'd  apart,  is  reciprocally  as  the  Stju'res  of 

cal  Times,  about  the  Earth  ;  as  being  fometimes  feen  Sta-  its  DiHance  from  the  Centre  of  the  Planet  :  Confetluentlv 

tionaty,  and  fometimes  Retrograde  with  regard  thereto.  See  Gravity  is  proportional  to  the  Matter  therein     Further  As 

ViLKio-D^   iic  Jll  the  Pans  of  any  Planet,  A,  gravitate  towards  ano'ther 

11.  Ihe  Powers  whereby  the  Satellites  of  Jiifiter  are  Planet,  B;  and  the  Gravity  of  any  partis  to  the  Gravity 

conftantly  drawn  out  of  their  rcflilinear  Courfe,  and  re-  of  the  whole,  as  the  Matter  of  the  part  to  the  Matter  of 

tain'd  in  their  Orbits,  do  rcfpefl  the  Center  of  3«/>i(cr,  and  the  whole  ;  and  Reaflion  equal  to  Aaion:    The  Planet  B 

are  reciprocally  as  the  Squares  of  their  dillances  from  the  will  gravitate  towards  all  the  Pans  of  the  Planet  A  ;  and 

fame  Centre,    a.  The  lame  holds  of  the  Satellites  of  Sa-  its  Gravity  towards  any  part,  will  be  to  its  Gr''vity  towards 

(nrw  with  regard  to  Saturn  ;  of  the  Moon  with  regard  to  the  whole,  as  the  Matter  of  the  part  to  the  Matter  of  the 

the  Earth  =    And  of  the  primary  Planets  with  regard  to  the  whole. 


Sun.    SccCentripetal  Force. 

III.  The  Moon  gravitates  towards  the  Earth,  and  by 
the  Power  of  that  Gravity  is  retain'd  in  her  Orbit  :  And 
the  fame  holds  of  the  other  Satellites  with  refped  to  their 
primary  Planets  ;  and  of  the  Primaries  whh  refpe6l  to  the 
Sun.    See  Moon. 

As  to  the  Moon,  the  Fropofition  is  thus  proved  :  The 
Moon's  mean  diiiance  is  60  Semidiameters  of  the  Earth  ; 
her  Pcri^a,  with  regard  to  the  fix'd  Stars,  is  27  Days,  7 


Hence,  we  derive  Methods  of  finding  and  comparing  the 
Weights  of  Bodies  towards  different  Planets  ;  of  finding  the 
Quam'ny  of  Matter  in  the  feveral  Planets  ;  and  their  Den- 
Jittes :  Since  the  Weights  of  equal  Bodie?  revolving  about 
Planets,  are  as  the  Dlamet,  rs  of  their  Orbits  direflly,  and 
as  the  Squares  of  the  Periodical  Times,  inverily  ;  and  the 
Weights  at  any  diOance  from  the  Centre  of  the  Planet 
are  greater  or  lefs  in  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  their  di- 
ftances, invcrfly :  And  fince  the  Quantities  of  Matter 
7  X 


NEW 


n  the  Planets  ire  as  their  Powers  at  equal  diftinces  from 
•heir  Centres:  And,  laftly,  fince  the  Weights  of  equal 
>nd  homogeneous  Bodies  towards  homogeneous  Spheres, 
are,  at  the  Suifaccs  of  the  Spheres,  as  the  Diameters  of 
thofe  Spheres ;  and.  confequently,  the  DenCties  of  hete- 
rogeneous Bodies  are  as  the  Weights  at  the  Diameters  of 
the  Spheres.    See  Density, 

VI.  The  common  Centre  of  Gravity  of  the  Sun,  and 
all  the  Planets,  is  at  reil  :  And  the  Sun,  tho  always  in  Mo- 
tion, yet  never  recedes  far  froin  the  common  Center 
of  all  the  Planets. 

For,  the  Matter  in  the  Sun  being  to  that  in  Jvpiter  as 
1033  to  I;  and  >p;ter's  diftance  from  the  Sun  to  the  Semi- 
diameter  of  the  Sun  in  a  Ratio  fomewhat  bigger  ;  the  com- 
mon Center  of  Gravity  of  Juflttr  and  the  Sun,  will  be  a 
Point  a  little  without  ihc  Sun's  Surface.  And  by  the  fame 
means  the  common  Centre  of  Sattirn  and  the  Sun  will  be  a 
Point  a  little  within  ihe  Sun's  Surface  :  And  the  common 
Centre  of  the  Earth,  and  all  the  Planets  will  be  fcarce 
one  Diameter  of  the  Sun  diflant  from  the  Centre  thereof. 
But  the  Centre  is  always  at  rell  :  Therefore,  tho  the  Sun 
will  have  a  Motion  this  and  that  way,  according  to  the 
various  Situations  of  the  Planets,  yet  it  can  never  recede 
far  from  the  Centre.  So  that  the  common  Centre  of  Gra- 
vity of  the  Earth,  Sun,  and  Planets  may  be  elleem'd  the 
Centre  of  the  whole  World.    See  Sun  and  Centre. 

VII.  The  Planets  move  in  Ellipfes  that  have  their  Foci  in 
the  Centre  of  the  Sun  ;  and  defcribe  Areas  proportional  to 
their  Times. 

This  we  have  already  laid  down  <i  fofleriori,  as  a  Phe- 
nomenon i  And  now,  that  the  Principle  of  the  heavenly  Mo- 
tions is  /hcwn,we  deduce  it  therefrom  a  frior!.  Thus  :  Since 
the  Weights  of  the  Planets  towards  the  Sun  are  reciprocally 
as  the  Squires  of  their  diftances  from  the  Centre  of  the 
Sun  ;  if  the  Sun  were  at  rell,  and  the  other  Planets  did 
not  aa  on  each  other;  their  Orbits  would  be  Elliptical, 
having  the  Sun  in  their  common  Umbilicus  ;  and  would' 
delcribe  Areas  proportional  to  the  Times  :  But  the  mutual 
Aflions  of  the  Planets  are  very  fmall,  and  may  be  well 
thrown  afide.  Therefore,  Cjc.  See  PLiNET  and  Or- 
bit. 

Indeed,  the  ABion  of  'Jufiier  on  Saturn  is  of  fome 
confequence  ;  .and  hence,  according  to  the  different  Situa- 
tions and  Diflanccs  of  thofe  two  Planets,  their  Orbits  will 
bea  little  difturbed.    See  Disturbing  Force. 

The  Sun's  Orbit  too,  is  ftnfibly  difturbed  by  the  Action 
ot  the  Moon  :  And  the  common  Centre  of  the  two  dc- 
Icribesan  Elliplis  round  the  Sun  placed  in  the  Umbilicus  ; 
and  with  a  Radius  drawn  to  the  Centre  of  the  Sun,  defcribes 

r'n^.P^.Su"'""?'  '°  'ke  Times.  See  Earth  andSATuRN. 

VIII.  Ihe  Aphelia  and  Nodes  of  the  Planets  are  at  rell 
Excepting  fir  fome  inconfiderable  Irregularities  arilino 

from  the  Aflions  of  the  revolving  Planets  and  Comets.  

Conlequent  y,  as  the  fix'd  Stars  retain  their  Pofition  to  the 
Aphelia  and  Nodes  ;  they,  too,  are  at  reft.  See  Node, 
Star,^c.  ' 

IX.  The  Axis,  or  Polar  Diameter  of  the  Planets,  is  lefs 
than  the  r;,quatorial  Diameter. 

The  Planets,  had  they  no  diurnal  Rotation,  would  be 
Spheres  ;  as  having  an  equal  Gravity  on  every  fide  •  But 
by  this  Rotation,  the  Parts  receding  from  the  Axis,  en- 
deavour to  rife  towards  the  Equator,  which,  if  the  Matter 
they  confifl  of  be  fluid,  will  be  affefled  very  fenfibly  Ac- 
cordingly 3i<fhsr,  whofe  Dcnfity  is  found  not  much  to  ex- 
ceed that  of  Water  on  pur  Globe,  is  obferved  by  the  Aftro- 
numers  to  be  confidcrably  lefs  between  the  Poles,  than 
from  Eaft  to  Weft.  And  on  the  fame  Principle,  unlefs  our 
Earth  were  higher  at  the  Equator  than  towards  the  Poles, 
the  Sea  would  r.fe  under  the  Equator,  and  over-flow  all 
near  It.    See  Spiieroio. 

,  But  this  Figure  of  the  Earth,  Sir  f/.  Ae«.„  proves  lihe- 
w.fe  ^  fojlmor.i  from  the  OfciUations  of  Pendulums  be- 
ing flower  and  fmaller,  m  the  Equatorial,  than  tho  Polar 
Parts  of  the  Globe.    See  Pendulum 

X.  All  the  Moon's  Motions,  and  all  the  Inequalities  in 
thofe  Motions,  follow  from  thefe  Principles  :  E.zr  Her 
unequal  Velocity,  and  that  of  her  Nodes,  and  Apogee  in 
theSyzygles  and  Quadratures  ;  the  differences  in  her  Ec- 
centricity, and  her  Variation,  £?c.  See  Moon,  Oua- 
dratuke,  Syzygy,  ^c.  ^ 

XI.  Froin  the  Inequalities  in  the  Lunar  Motions,  we  can 
deduce  the  feveral  Inequaltt.cs  m  the  Motions  of  the  Satel- 
lites.   See  Satellites. 

Xn.  From  thefe  Principles,  particularly  the  Affion  of 
the  Sun  and  Moon  upon  the  Earth,  it  follows,  that  we 
mull  have  Tides;  or  that  the  Sea  mull  fwell  and  fubfide 
twice  every  Day.   See  Tides. 

XIII.  Hence  likewife  follows,  the  whole  Theorv  of 
Comets  ;  as,  that  thev  are  above  the  Reaion  of  the  Moon 
ind  m  the  Planetary  Spaces  ;  that  they  ftine  by  the  Sun'J 
Light  refleSed  from  them;  that  they  move  in  Conie 
Seflions,  whofe  UwMUi  arc  in  the  Centre  of  the  Sun  ■ 


C  ) 


NIC 


andby  Radit  drawn  to  theSun,  defcribe  Areas  proportional 

^e^rlv  p""'k',  9''''"'  "  Trajeaories,  are  very 

nearly  Parabolas  i  that  their  Bodies  are  folid,  comoafl^ 
iyc.  like  thofe  ol  ,he  Planets,   and  mutt  therefore  acquire 

Exhalations  ariftng  from  them,  and  encompafljng  them 
like  Atmofphercs.  Sec  Comet.  5'"" 
.„'^''.i  °4=;«i''nsraisM  againft  this  PWo/.pJ^.,  are  chiefly 
againft  the  Principle  Gm^.,,^  ;  which  fonie  condemn  as  an 
ocam  Ujialny,  and  others  as  a  miraaJoas,  and  pra:tcr-natutal 

found  Philolophy    Others,  again,  fet  ifafide,  as  deflroy- 
ing  the  Notion  of  ;'.,■(,«,;  and  others,  as  fuppofing  a  f'.,- 
But  thefe  are  all  abundantly  obviated  undir  the 
Q^ri^TY  f^J""'  ^^'^'"^^'•"'■'l.  Vortex,  Vacuum, 
NEXUS  »/ Matter,  fee  Cohesion. 

T^i-'i*^"/'.-'"  tu' n'"'*"^'  ^  '^'"''5''  "  Sinking,  in  the 
Thicknefs  of  a  Wall ;  to  place  a  Figure,  or  Statue  in.  See 

£)T  ATUE. 

The  larger  N,Vi,«  ferve  for  Groups  of  Figures  ;  the 
imall  ones  tor  (ingle  Statues,  fometimes  only  for  Bufts 

1  he  Word  comes  from  the  ha:mi,  N,ccbk,  Sea-Shell  ;  in 
regard  the  Statue  is  here  inclofcd  as  in  a  Shell  ;  or,  per- 
haps, by  reafon  of  the  Shell  wherewith  the  Top  of  fome 
ot  them  is  adotn'd. 

Great  Care  muft  be  taken  to  proportion  the  Mc4«  to 
the  Figures  ;  and  that  the  Pedellals  of  the  Figures  be  pro- 
portion d  to  the  Nicbsi.  ^ 

Xo«..rfNiciiE,  is  that  whofe  Flan  and  Circumference  are 
Circular. 

Sfjit.irc  Niche,  That  where  they  are  Square. 
fig-lir  Niche,   Ihat  fotm'd  in  a  Corner   of  ths 
ciuilding. 

G™««<;  Niche,  That  which,  inflead  of  bearing  on  a 
Maffive,  has  Its  Rife  from  the  Ground  ;  as  the  NTchc,  of 
the  1  oriicii  of  the  Pantheon  at  Rome  ;  Thefe  ate  oihcrwile 
call  d  Iribunals.    See  Te muN  AL. 

Niches  are  fometimcs  made  with  Ruftic-work,  fometimes 
with  Shell-work,  and  fometimes  of  Crail'd,  or  Arbor- 
wotk. 

NICHOLAITANS,  or  Nicolaitans,  oncofthemoft 
antieni  Sefts  in  the  Chrlftian  Church.  It  had  its  Name 
from  huholas,  a  Perfon  ordain'd  a  Deacon  of  the  Church 
of  Oen,J.:lein  together  with  St.  Senior. 

The  .iilUnguifliing  Tenet  ot  the  JMIMaitm,,,  as  renre- 
fented  by  Ecclefiallical  Hifloiians,  is,  that  all  Married 
Women  (liould  be  common  ;  to  take  away  all  occafion  of 
Jealouiy. 

Other  Authors  tax  Nicbola,  with  other  Impurities  ;  but 
Cle,„e«>  >ifc:.-a„*,,,„,,nipuics  them  all  to  his  Difciples,  who 
he  fays,  abufed  their  Mailer's  Words.  N,cW.i,,  it  feems 
haying  a  very  beautiful  Wife,  was  rufpefted  by  the  Apoftles 
as  jealous  ot  her,  and  a?  being  a  lafcivious  Man. 

To  remove  this  fufpicion,  he  call'd  his  Wife;  and  to 
Jhew  he  was  not  at  all  attath'd  to  her,  offer'd  any  of  them 
the  libetty  of  efpouling  her.  This  is  confirm'd  by  &/e4„„ 
who  adds,  that  Nicholas  never  had  more  than  one  Wife.  ' 

Other  things  charg'd  on  the  NicbolaitaKs,  are,  That  they 
made  no  fcruple  ot  eating  Meats  offer'd  to  Idols  ■  That 
they  maintaio'd  that  the  Father  of  Jefus  Chrift  was  not 
the  Creator  :  That  fome  of  them  adored  one  BorWo,  who 
inhabited  the  eighth  Heaven,  and  who  proceeded  from  the 
Father,  and  was  the  Mother  of  ^Mahaoih ;  or,  accordina 
toothers,  of  Sabaoth,  who  had  forcibly  taken  pofl"cffion  of 
the  feventh  Heaven.  Others  of  thein  gave  the  Name 
Troimicos  to  the  Mother  of  the  heavenly  Powers  ;  hut  all 
afcribe  infamous  Aflions  to  her,  and  with  her  authorize 
their  own  Impurities.  Others  fliewed  Books,  and  pretended 
Revelations  under  the  Name  aiJaUabaoth. 

Jreiwui  and  Efifbanim  relate  thefe  and  other  Extrava- 
gancies ;  and  reprefent  the  Nicbolaimns  as  Authors  of  the 
Se£l  ot  G«o/iici.  ScoGnostics. 

Cocce'ms,  Hofrtim,  Vitrmga,  and  Miiij,  take  the  Name 
NlcioUitati  to  be  coin'd,  to  fignify  a  Man  .iddifled  to  Plca- 
fure  and  Debauchery  ;  adding,  that  it  h,as  nothing  to  do 
with  Nicholas  one  of  the  fcven  Deacons.  And," as  th* 
Doifrine  of  the  Nicbolaitajis  is  mention'd  in  the  Jpocaiypie 
immediately  after  mention  trade  of  Balaain,  and  his  Doc- 
trine, they  compare  the  two  Names  Balaam  and  Nicholas 
which,  in  their  Originals,  the  one  in  Greei,  the  other  We' 
brew,  have  nearly  the  fame  fignification,  t.j..  Pri,:c€  or 
Majicr  of  the  Teople.  * 

Mai„s  adds,  'twas  probable  enough  the  l.'cbolaitam 
might  value  themfelves  on  being  the  Difciples  of  one  of  the 
feven  Deacons  j  but  that  it  was  without  any  ground  ■  not- 
withftanding  what  the  Antients,  ever  too  ct^dulous,  have 
reprelented  to  the  contrary. 

NICOTIANA,  or  H;rba  Nicotiam,  a  Term  "iven  to 
Tobacco  ;  from  Nicat  the  French  Ambaffador  at  thetourt  of 
Fortiigal,  whofirft  fent  it  into  f,-a„ce  i„  and  gave  it 

his 


NIH 


hh  own  Name  ;  as  he  himfclf  tells  us  in  his  Dictionary, 
See  Tobacco, 

NICTITATING  Mcmhraney  in  Anatomy,  a  thin  Mem- 
brane which  covers  the  Eyes  of  fevcral  Creatures,  and 
ihehers  them  from  Durt,  or  too  much  Light ;  yet  is  fo 
thin,  that  they  can  fee  indifferently  well  through  it.  See 
Eye. 

The  NiHitating  Membrane  is  chiefly  found  in  the  Bird  and 
Fifh  Kind.    See  Bird  and  Fish. 

This  Men!bra7!e  in  the  Eagle's  Eye,  is  remarkably  clofe 
and  firm,  infomuch  as  to  be  accounted  as  a  fe^jond  Eye-lid  : 
And  hence  that  remarkable  Firmnefs  of  the  Eagle'sSight 
in  viewing  the  Sun.    See  Eagle. 

l-vlDUS,  Nejl,  a  Depofitory,  wherein  certain  Animals, 
Fowls  particularly,  Infefts,  and  Reptiles  lodge  their  Eggs, 
for  Incubation  i  and  wherein,  when  hatch'd,  they  nurfe 
their  Young  till  they  become  able  to  /hift  for  them- 
felves. 

The  Word  is  La!i}i,  and  fuppofed  to  be  derived  from 
JV/cior,  flrong,  or  ill  Smell ;  in  regard  the  Nefts  of  Animals 
ufually  rtink. 

Mr.  Derham  fays,  he  has  often  wonder'd  how  Wafps, 
Hornets,  and  other  InfttSls  that  gather  dry  Materials  (as 
the  Duit  of  Wood  fcraped  off  for  that  purpofe)  ihould  find 
a  proper  Matter  to  cement  and  glue  their  Combs,  and  line 
their  Cells  j  but  he  adds.  That  in  all  probability  'tis  in 
their  own  Bodies  :  as  in  the  Tmea  I'ejiivora,    the  Cad- 

Geoi^.^if  obferves  of  his  £rKCfl  that  fed  on  Leaves,  that  it 
made  its  Cell  on  Leaves  glued  together  with  its  own 
Spittle. 

NIECE,  a  Term  relative  to  Uncle  and  Aunt,  fignifying 
Brother  or  Sifter's  Daughter  ;  which,  in  the  Civil  Law,  is 
the  third  Degree  of  Confanguinity,  and  in  the  Canon 
Law,  the  fccond.    See  Agn  ati  and  Cogn  at  i. 

NIENT  Cow^n£-e,  in  Law,  an  Exception  taken  to  a  Pe- 
titionas  injult  j  becaufe  the  thing  dcfired  is  not  in  that  Afl, 
or  Deed  whereon  the  Petition  is  grounded. 

Thus,  a  Ferfon  dcfires  of  the  Court  to  be  put  inPoffeffion 
formerly  adjudg'd  to  him  among  other  Lands  :  The  ad- 
vcrfe  Party  pleads  that  this  Petition  is  not  to  be  granted,  by 
reafon  tho  the  Petitioner  had  a  Judgment  for  certain  Lands 
and  Houfes,  yet  this  Houfe  is  not  compn'z-ed  therein. 

NIEPE,  Nepe,  or  Neep  'Ti:ies,  are  thofe  Tides  which 
happen  when  the  Moon  is  in  the  middle  of  the  fecond  and 
latt  Quarters.    See  Tide. 

The  Niefe-Ticies  are  oppofite  to  the  Spring-Tides ;  and  as 
the  highelt  of  the  Spring-Tides  is  three  Days  after  the  Full 
or  Change,  fo  the  lowefl;  of  the  N/t^e  is  four  Days  before 
the  Full  or  Change  5  on  which  occafion  the  Seamen  fay, 
That  it  is  deep  Niep. 

When  a  Ship  w^ants  Water,  fo  that  fhe  cannot  get  out  of 
the  Harbour,  off  the  Ground,  or  out  of  the  Dock,  the 
Seamen  fay,  She  is  Nieped. 

NIGHT,  that  Part  of  a  Natural  Day,  during  which  the 
Sun  is  underneath  theHorizon.    See  Day. 

Or  JV/^/'f,  is  that  Space  of  Time  wherein  the  Sun  is  out 
oj  our  Hemifphere. 

Under  the  Equator,  the  Nkkts  are  always  equal  to  the 
Days.    Under  the  Poles,  the  kgbt  holds  half  the  Year. 

The  antientGWf  and  Go-?«fl7ii  divided  their  Time  not  by 
Days,  but  W/i^/jfj  ;  as  appears  from  T-icintj  and  C^/ar.  And 
the  People  of  Icel-md  and  the  ylrahs,  do  the  fame  at  this 
day.    The  fame  is  obfcrved  of  our  Saxon  Anceftors. 

Thus,  in  the  Council  of  Clo-jejhoe^  Anno  814,  we  read, 
Ih't  finlta  ^  profcripta  comentione  coram  Epifcopo  pofl  30 
Nodes,  ilhtm  Jul- amentum  ad  Wejim'mjler  deduiJum  e/f. Whence 
our  Cullom  of  faying,  Seve?:-iuf;ht,  fort-night,  &c. 

NIGHT-MiTj-e,  a  popular  Name  for  a  Difeafe  by  the 
Greek  Phyficians  call'd  Ephialtes,  and  the  Lathis,  Incubus  5 
to  which  People  lying  a-fleep  on  their  Backs,  and  having 
their  Stomach  charg'd  with  heavy  Food  difficult  of  Dj- 
geftion,  are  very  liable. .    See  Incubus. 

The  Difeafe  makes  the  fleeping  Patient  appear  as  if  op- 
prefs'd  with  a  huge  Weight  on  the  Breafi:  ;  whence  he  or- 
dinarily imagines  fome  Speflre  or  Fantom  flopping  his 
Breath. 

The  Difeafe  does  not  arife,  as  was  antiently  imagined, 
from  grofs  Vapours  filling  the  Ventricles  of  the  Brain; 
but  rather  from  a  too  great  repletion  of  theStomach  which 
prevents  the  Motion  of  the  Diaphragm,  and,  of  confe- 
quence,  the  Dilatation  of  the  Breaft  neceffary  to  Refpi- 
ration. 

Others  take  it  to  be  produced  by  a  Convulfion  of  the 
Mufcles  of  Refjiiration.    See  Epiiialtes. 

Etmulkr  obferyes,  That  the  Arabs  call  this  Difeafe  a 
NoBiirnal  Epikpfy  ;  fince  upon  its  prevailing  much,  it  de- 
generates into  an  Epilepfy  J  and  is  ineffea'the  Prodromus 
hereof  in  young  People,  as  in  old  ones  of  an  Apoplexy. 

NIHIL,  NiniLUM,  Nothins^  ;  among  the  School  Philo- 
fophers,  is  what  has  no  real  Effk,  and  is  only  conceived  ne- 
gatively, and  denominated  by  a  Negative.    See  Esse. 


(  6li  ) 


Nl  T 


Nihil  Cofic  per-B,,u,„,  o,  per  B,-e-.c.  is  Form  ufa! 
when  Judgment  ,s  given  againit  .he  Plainrirf,  io  as  to  bar 
his  Action,  or  overthrow  hi*  Writ 

,■I^''p,'^"'''u'  V  *""'''"8  '°  P"' h,  an  Anfwet  to  the  Plain- 
tift  s  Plea  by  the  Day  aflign'd. 

jS'lHILl  fee  FoMPHYLAx 

NIHILS,  or  NicHiis,  Iffucs,  which  the  SherifFthat  is 
cppolcd  lays  are  nothing  worth,  and  Illeviable  ;  for  ihs 
Inlufhciencyof  the  Parties  that  iliould  pay  them 

Cleri  «/  tic  NicniLs,  N:h,io„m  ae,-ia.,,  is  an  Officer  of 

t° 'f^""  °f  which  are 

AicW^/bytheSherift.    See  Exchequer. 
^  iNlLOMETRE,  an  Inrtrument   uled  amon?  the  An- 
t.ents,  to  meafurethe  height    of  tlic  Water  if  the  M/e- 
in  Its  over-flowing..  See  Overf  eow  inc. 

In  the  trench  King's  Library  is  an  y!rab:c  Treatife  on  M- 
hmetra,  entitled  Ne.liJ,  ahial  al  Nd  ;  wherein  are  defcribed 
a  1  the  overflowings  of  the  N.te  from  the  ift  Year  of  the 
Hegira  to  the  875th. 

HendotKi  mentions  a  Column  ereBed  in  a  Point  of  the 
lIland  Dt/m,  to  ferve  as  a  Nihmme :  And  there  is  fliU 
one  ot  the  fime  kind  in  a  Mofque  of  the  fame  Place. 

As  all  the  Riches  of  Egjft  arifc  from  the  over-flowinB 
ot  the  Nde  the  E,yp,,„m  ufed  to  fupplicatc  them  at  the 
hands  of  their  Scraf,,,  and  committed  ihe  mott  execrable 
Crimes,  as  AtSions,  forfooth,  of  Religion,  to  obtain  the 
iavour  rhts  occafion'd  C.fianur.t  expreny  to  prohibit 
thele  Sacrifices,  and  to  order  the  Kthmme  to  be  re- 
moved into  theChurch  ;  whereas  till  that  time  ithad  been 
in  the  Tcniple  of  3„/„„  ,he  Apoflate,  had  it  repla- 

ced in  the  Temple,  where  it  continued  till  the  Time  of  the 
Ljreat  T/K.rf«/;«...  See  on  the  Subject  of  mmetra,  the 
Atia  hrttdnorum  Lipftl^  Anno  leSc). 

The  Word  comes  from  the  GrccX-  rs7A©-,  M/e,  (and  that 
trom  K»  \xi,iy  New  Mud;  or,  as  otheis  will  have  it,  from 
n»,  7/o»,  and  Iaui,  m:,ddy)  and  udejt,  Me.ifrre. 

tSiLd'''  Nilomem,  Nihfcnp^ 

WIMBIS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Term  fignifying  a  Circle,  ob- 
ferved  on  certain  Medals,  around  the  Heads  of  fome  Em- 
perors ;  anfwcr.ng  to  the  Circles  of  Light,  or  A„re,U,  pla- 
ced around  the  Images  of  Saints. 

The  Nm,b,s\s  feen  on  the  Medals  of  Afcance,  Thocas,  and 
others,  even  of  the  upper  Empire 

NIMETULAHITE,  a  kind  of  Religious  among  tho 
Tarks ;  io  call'd  from  NimmilM  their  Inllitutor. 

When  a  Taryi  would  be  admitted  into  the  Order,  he  is  to 
fliut  himfelf  up  clofe  in  a  Chamber  forty  Days,  tied  down 
to  four  Ounces  of  Food  f  er  Day.  The  term  expired,  the 
UimemlMlc:  take  him  by  the  Hand,  and  lead  him  1 
UoKiJJ,  Dance  accompanied  with  an  infinity  of  ridiculous 
Aaions,  or  Geflures  ;  till  the  violence  of  the  Exercife, 
with  his  former  Regimen,  throw  him  down  on  the  Ground. 
This  Fall  is  conftrued  an  Extafy,  during  which  he  is  fup- 
poled  to  have  a  Vi  (ion. 

T:hc  Nmietid.ibites  meet  every  Monday  in  the  Is'ight-time, 
andfing  Hymns  to  God,£i?c, 

NIPPLE,  fee  Br  e  ASTS. 

NISI  Fr'ms,  in  Law,  a  Writ  Judicial, which  lieih  in  Cafes, 
where  the  Jury  being  impanel'd,  and  returned  before  the 
Juftices,  one  of  the  Parties  requells  to  have  fuch  Writ.for  the 
Eafc  of  the  Country,  whereby  to  will  the  SherilFto  caufe  the 
Inquell  to  come  before  the  Jullices  in  the  fame  Country. 

It  is  call'd  a  Writ  of  the  A";^  Friv.s,  and  its  EffeH  is,  that 
the  Sheriff  is  hereby  commanded  to  bring  to  W^ej'??»i;i/;er 
tlie  Men  impanell'd  at  a  certain  Day,  or  before  the  Jullices 
of  the  next  Affizcs,  Nifi  die  Lume  af„d  rakm  Locum  frius 
venerinty  &c. 

NITRE,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  a  fort  of  Salt,  thus  call'd 
by  the  Antients  ;  by  the  Moderns,  more  ufually,  Saltpetre. 

SeeS,\LTPETRE. 

Naturalitts  differ  as  to  the  Point  whether  our  Saltpetre 
be  the  Nitre  of  the  Antients,  G.  C.  Schelhamer  has  a  parti- 
cular Treatife  on  the  Subjefl,  *  Nitro  mm  vetertttn  tum  mfin 
Commetitariu!. 

Moll  other  Authors  hold  theantient  Mire  to  be  Mineral 
or  Foffil  i  whereas  our  Saltpetre  is  Artificial.  Seraf  'm 
fays,  their  Mines  of  ATm  e  were  like  thofe  of  common  Salt, 
and  that  it  was  form'd  out  of  running  Water  congeal'd 
in  us  Progrefs  into  a  fort  of  Stone.  He  tdds,  That  their 
Kitre  was  of  four  kinds,  diilinguifh'd  by  the  Countries 
whence  it  came  i  viz.  the  Jrmen'mi  i  Roman  ;  African  ; 
call  d  Jfhromtre,  and  by  A-jicenna,  Baiiracb  ;  and  the  -£w- 
'^hichwas  the  moft  famous,  giving  Name  toalfthe 
rell;  itfclf  denominated  from  Nitrta,  a  Province  in  Erypi, 
where  it  was  found  in  great  abundance.  He  aiTures  us, 
too,  that  their  Mire  was  of  divers  Colours,  -eiz.  white,  red, 
and  livid  ;  that  fome  was  cavernous,  like  a  Spunge  ;  others 
clofe  and  compafl  ;  others  tranfparcnt  like  Glafs  ;  and 
others  fcaly, 

atettamei- gives 3  different  Account:  The  Antients,  he 
obferves,  diftinguilli'd  between  Ni^jsp,  Mhre,  Af^,,'/!^,^ 
J^hnnitre,  and  'Afpji  lil;?,  Sfuma  Nitri,  or  Scum  of  Nitre 

H* 


NOB 


(  ^32^  ) 


NOB 


He  adds,  Ths-t  J^ricola,  ^c.  is  miflaken  in  afferting  that 
there  were  antienily  Mines  in  Lydta,y.agnejia^Caria^SAc,oxn 
ofwhichN/f^'e  was  dug  like  Scones  out  of  a  Quarry  :  And  that 
theMrreufed  by  theAntieiits  was  brought  out  of  feveral 
Countries  mentioned  hy  FliTty,  L.xxxi.  c.  10.  A  Lake  in 
M^icei^owffl,  whofe  Waters  were  N^rroKJ,  and  in  the  middle 
whereof,  however,  was  a  Spring  of  frclli  Water,  furnini'd 
the  greateft  Quantity,  and  ihe'"beft  :  It  was  call'd  Cal- 
Itijiricum  from  a  neighbouring  Cape  in  the  Gulf  of  Thejpi- 
iotitca,  andwasform'd  like  a  Cruft  on  the  Surface  of  the 
Water  during  the  Dog-days.  The  Waters  of  the  Lake 
Jjcamus  in  Btibynia,  and  thofe  of  certain  Springs  near 
Chalets^  were  fweet  and  potable  towards  the  Surface,  yet 
ftitmtsat  bottom. 

There  was  alfo  Nitre  gather'd  on  the  Ground  near  Fbi- 
li^pi,  in  Thrace  j  but  it  was  little,  and  of  no  great  value. 

The  Valleys  of  Media  alfo  furnifh'd  fomc.  And  there 
were  Nitre-Vits  in  Egy^t^  as  there  are  Salt-Pits  among  us. 
See  Natron  and  ^itki  L-i^Wnteru 

The  chief  Virtue  the  Antients  afcribe  to  their  N:fre,  is, 
that  of  drying,  deterging,  and  attenuating  ;  and,  as  fuch, 
itwasufed  in  Ulcers,'  Diforders  of  the  Eyes,  the  Itch,  the 
Bite  of  Serpents,  Gout,  ^c.  They  aifo  took  it  inwardly 
to  refolve  and  attenuate  vifcid  Humours  :  Eutiis  cooling 
Quality,  whereof  the  modern  Phyficians  make  fo  much 
ufe,  they  were  unacquainted  withalL 

'Tis  excellent  in  Difeafes  of  the  Heart,  accompanied 
with  a  propcnfity  to  vomit. 

Abundance  of  our  Phyficians  are  full  of  the  Notion  of  a 
?^&ii7i(/c  Ni/j^e  abounding  in  the  Air;  and  a  world  ofPha:no- 
mena  they  account  for  from  the  Operation  of  the  Particles 
thereof.   See  Air- 

That  the  Atmofphere  abounds  with  Saline  Particles,  is 
moft  certain  ;  for  being  filled  continually  with  Effluvia 
from  the  Earth  and  Sea,  ir  mutt  needs  have  from  both  a 
great  Quantity  of  Saline  Corpufcles  ;  and  thefe  will  be  of 
different  Kinds,  according  to  the  Variety  of  thofe  Salts  from 
whence  they  are  derived.    See  Salt. 

But  why  thefe  /liould  be  molUy  fuppofed  of  a  K'trous 
nature,  is  not  fo  eafy  to  prove  ;  for  Saltpetre  is  by  no 
means  found  in  greater  Quantity  than  the  other 
Salts,  efpecially  common  Salt  h  nor  is  it  of  a  much  more 
volatile  Nature  than  they,  nor  capable  of  being  railed  more 
cafily,  or  by  a  Icffer  heat.  But  iinceSoot,  and  that  which 
produces  it,  Smoak,  is  found  to  abound  very  much  with  a 
truly  volatile  Salt  ;  and  fince  fuch  a  kind  of  Salt  is  pro- 
duced frequently  by  the  Putrefadion  of  Animal  and  Ve- 
getable Bodies,  'tis  probable  the  Air  may  abound  wich 
Salts  of  this  kind,  among  many  other  decompounded  ones 
of  different  Natures  and  Names.   Sec  Atmosphere, 

^;V;t  ofNlTRE,  feeSPIRlT, 

NOBILIARY,  a  Colkaion,  or  Hiltorical  Account  of 
the  Noble  Families  of  a  Province,  orNation. 

Chorier  has  publifhed  a  Nobiliary  of  Daufhim  \  and 
Catimartij!,  another  of  Pro-vejice.  The  Germans  are  particu- 
larly careful  of  their  Nobiliaries,  to  keep  up  the  Purity  of 
their  Families. 

NOBILISSIMUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Title,  or  Quality 
given  to  the  Princes  of  the  imperial  Family.  See 
Title. 

F.  Vouane  advances,  That  the  Title  NolHijpmus  was  firft 
given  under  the  Emperor  ^itflin  ;  yet  we  find  the  Title, 
Nohlis  C^far,  or  Neb.  C.  that  is,  Nohili[fmu5  C<efar^  on  Medals 
long  before  that  Time,  even  as  early  as  Trajan.  So  that 
even  l^.Tillemont  is  mittaken  where  he  fays,  The  Quality 
of  Nobih^mus  is  not  to  be  found  in  Hiilory  before  the 
Time  of  Conjfantiue  the  Gre.n,  who  firrt  gave  it  to  his  two 
Brothers  ;  after  which  it  was  attributed  to  fuch  of  the  Em- 
peror's Children  as  were  not  Cefars. 

Trijian  adds,  That  the  C<tfars  bore  the  Title  of  NoUlifmi 
in  all  Ages;  but  that  the  NobiUfm.tte  firft  became  a  diftin6l 
independent  Dignity  in  the  Time  of  Conjiantine  the  Great. 

NOBILITY,  a  Quality  that  dignifies,  or  renders  a  Thing 
i^oblc  1  particularly,  that  raifes  a  Pcrfon  pofTefs'd  thereof 
above  a  Peafant,  or  Commoner.    Sec  Noble. 

In  Englaiiei,  indeed,  but  no  where  elfe,  the  Terin  No- 
hility  is  reftrain'd  to  Degrees  of  Dignity  above  Knighthood. 
See  Knight. 

Some  refer  the  Origin  of  Nobility  in  Europe  to  the  Goths ; 
who,  after  they  had  feiz'd  a  Part  of  ^Hro^e,  rewarded  their 
Captains  with  Titles  of  Honour,  and  call'd  them  iVoWcJ, 
Mobiles,  todiftinguifli  them  from  thccomnion  People. 

NoliiH'y,  m  E7igland,  is  only  confcr'd  by  the  King,  and 
that  by  Patent  ;  in  virtue  whereof,  it  becomes  Heredi- 
tary. In  other  Countries  there  are  other  ways  of  acquiring 
it. 

Thus,  \r\  France,  -v.V-  thtx&  are  fcveral  Offices  which 
convey  perfe£l  NcWftv,  and  fuch  as  dcfcends  to  Pofterity. 
Such  are  all  Offices  of  the  Crown,  thofe  of  Caimfd!or  of 
Eftate,  Sic. 

Others  they  have  which  only  communicate  an  Acceffory, 
or  Perfonal  Nobilr^y^  which  dies  with  the  Perfon.    Thus,  a 


CoiinfeHor  in  Farliament  enjoys  all  the  Rights  and  ^y.- 
emptions  of  iVoii/;fjy  ;  yet  his  Son  is  never  reputed  Noble  ; 
unlefs  there  have  been  a  Succeffion  of  them,  and  both 
Father  and  Grandfather  have  hecn  Noble  j  which  they  call 
Fatre   ^  A-VD  Confulibiis. 

They  have  a  third  Kind  of  Nohility,  call'd  NolUity  of 
the  Beil^de  la  Cloche which  is  what  the  Mayors  and  Sheriffs 
of  certain  Cities,  as  Lions,  Buurges,  Rochel^  Foitiers,  &c. 
acquire  in  virtue  of  their  Magilfracy, 

The  Nubility  oi^nglandis  call'd  the  Feerage  of  England. 
See  Peerage. 

Its  Degrees  are  only  five,  -viz.  That  of  a  D«^e,  'Marquifs^ 
Earl  or  County  Vfcotim^  and  Baron.  Seeeach  Degree  under 
its  proper  Article,  Duke,  Marqjjiss,  ^c. 

The  Privileges  of  the  FjigUJh  Nobility  are  very  confide- 
rable  :  They  are  all  elleem'd  as  the  King's  Hcredirary 
Counlellors  ;  and  are  privileged  from  all  Arrells,  unlefs  for 
Treafon,  Felony,  breach  of  Peace,  Condemnation  in  Par- 
liament, and  Contempt  of  the  King,  No  Supplicative  can 
be  granted  againff  them  ;  no  Capias,  or  Exigent,  fued  againft 
them  for  Aiiion  of  Debt,  or  Trefpafs  ;  no  Effoigne  lies 
againilthem:  In  Criminal  Cafes,  they  are  onlv  to  be 
tried  by  a  Jury  of  Peers,  who  are  not  put  to  their  Oath  ; 
but  their  Vcrdii5f  upon  their  Honour  fuffices.  In  their  Ab- 
fence  they  are  allow'd  a  Proxy  to  Vote  for  them  ;  and  in 
all  Places  of  Trull  are  allow'd  toconflirute  Deputies,  by 
reafon  of  the  Neceffity  the  Law  fuppofes  thexn  under  of 
attending  the  King's  Perfon. 

GiulHm  obfervcs,  That  if  an  Appeal  of  Murther  or  Fe- 
lony be  fucd  by  a  Commoner,  againft  a  Peer,  he  iliall  be 
tried  by  Commoners,  not  Peers. 

No  Peer  may  go  out  of  the  Kingdom  without  the  King*s 
leave  :  If  any  have  leave,  he  is  to  return  upon  the  King's 
Writ,  or  to  forfeit  Goods  and  Chattels. 

^uton.  Matthxus  obfervcs,  That  Nobility  among  the  Ro- 
ynans  was  a  quite  different  thing  from  what  it  is  among  us. 
The  Nobles  of  the  Romans  were  either  thofe  rais'd  to  the 
Magillrature,  or  defcendcd  from  Magiflratcs :  There  was 
noiuch  thing  as  Nobility  by  Parent. 

B.irioli  fays.  That  Doctors,  after  they  have  held  a 
Chair  in  an  Univerfity  for  twenty  Years,  became  Noble  ; 
and  are  entitled  to  all  the  Rights  of  Counts.  See 
Count. 

But  this  Claim  is  not  admitted  at  Court,  i^c.  tho  Bar- 
thulis\  Sentiments  be  back'd  with  thofe  of  feveral  other 
Authors,  particularly  ChaJJlweus  in  his  Confuetudin.  Btirguji- 
di'i:  5  boyer  fur  la  Contume  <k  Berry  ;  Fabcr  de  Dig.  def.  ^c. 
which  laft,  however,  rcflrains  BarthoUs's  Rule  to  Do£lors 
inLaw,  and  Princes  Phyficians.     See  Doctor. 

By  an  Edift  of  the  Benct  King,  in  1669,  'tis  declared. 
That  Trade  fliall  not  derogate  from  Nobility,  provided  the 
Pcrfon  don't  fell  by  retail.    See  Commerce. 

In  Bretagne,  by  antlent  Cuftom,  a.  Noble  lofes  nothing  by 
Trading  even  in  retail :  But  he  reaffumesall  his  Rights  as 
foon  as  he  ceafes  Trafiic  ;  his  Nobility  having  (left  nil  the  time. 

InGermaijy,  a  Woman  not  Noble  by  Birtfi  doth  not  be- 
come-y.  gr.  a  Countefs,  or  Baronefs,  by  marrying  a  Count, 
or  Baron.  A  Lady  of  the  higher  Degree,  indeed,  be- 
comes a  Princcfs  by  marrying  a  Prince  ,  but  this  doth  not 
hold  of  a  Lady  of  the  lower  Nobility.  See  Mar- 
riage. 

On  the  Coaft  of  Malabar,  Children  are  only  capable  of 
being  Noble  by  the  Mother's  fide  j  it  being  aliow'd  them 
to  take  as  many  Husbands  as  they  pleafe,  audio  quit  them 
when  they  think  good. 

NOBLE,  a  Perfon  v.ho  has  a  Privilege  which  ralfes 
him  above  a  Commoner,  or  Peafant  ;  either  by  Birth,  by 
Office,  or  by  Patent  from  his  Prince.    See  Nolility, 

In  Englajtd,  the  word  Nuhle  is  of  a  narrower  import, 
than  in  other  Countries,  being  confined  to  Perfons  above 
the  Degree  of  Knights  j  whereas,  abroad,  it  comprehends 
not  only  Knights,  butalfo  vvhat  we  fimply  call  Gentlemen. 
See  Knight,  Gentleman,  £5c. 

The  Nobles  of  £«^Aj?/:i' are  alfo  call'd  Farei  Regtii,  as  being 
Nohilitaie  Faresy  tho  Gradu  Irnpayes.  SeepEER. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin,  Nobilis,  form'd  from 
the  antient  Nofcihilis,  diftinguifhablc,  remarkable. 

ThG  T^enetian  NobleJ/e  is  hmous  :  'Tis  in  this  that  the 
Sovereignty  of  the  State  refides.  It  is  divided  into  three 
ClalTes  :    The  firft  only  comprehends  24  Families. 

The  fecond  includes  the  Defcendants  of  all  thofe  who 
were  wrote  in  the  golden  Book,  in  1-89,  and  deftined  to 
govern  the  State,  which  then  began  to  be  Arillocratic. 

The  third  coiilifts  of  fuch  as  have  bought  the  Dignity  of 
Noble  Venetians. 

This  laft  Clafs  is  only  admitted  to  the  inferior  Employs  ; 
The  two  former,  to  all  indifferently. 

The  Title  of  NoWe  re«£f/t!7M  is  fometimes  alfo  given  to 
foreign  Kings,  Princes,  £^c. 

NOBLE,  or  Rofe Noble,  a  Money  of  Account  containing 
6  s.  2d.    See  Money. 

The 


NOC 


The  Nolle  was  antiently  a  real  Coin,  under  the  Deno- 
mination of  Noble  f  or  Rojc  Noble.   See  Coin. 

Authors  obferve,  that  there  has  not  been  any  Piece  of 
Gold  or  Silver  of  this  Name,  coln'd  with  us,  fince  9  H.  V. 
They  were  firft  coln'd  hy  Eiho.  III.  in  1554. 

The  Noble  contain'd  So  d.  the  fame  with  the  prefent 
Money  of  Account:    Its  half  was  call'd  O/jo/hj,  containing 


C  6^5  )  NOD 

There  are  W.S,w,  „f  v..ri„„s  Contrivances  ;  fome  o 
them  Projcfl.ons  cf  the  Sphere  :  Thofe  ordinarily  ufe, 
are  adapted  enhcr  to  the  Pole  Star,  cr  the  twn  LJ,. 


40  d,  its  fourth  part  the  Quadrance^  or  Farthing 
days,  20  d. 

ISJOCTAMBULI,  a  Term  of  equal  import  with  Som- 
Kamhtdiy  applied  to  Perfons  who  have  a  Habit  of  rifing, 
and  walking  about  in  theirSleep.   See  Sleef. 

The  Word  is  a  compound  of  the  Latin  No 
amhilo,  I  walk. 


ConJiriiBkin  of  the  Nocturnal. 


The  Inflrument  confitts  of  two  Circular  Pbrs  fTah 
Navigation,  /^y.  15.)  applied  on   each   other!  The" 
greater,  which  has  a  Handle  to  hold  the  Inftrument  is 
Night,  and    about  2 t  Inches  Diameter,  and  is  divided  into  IVts 
agreeing  to  the  12  IMonths  ;  and  each  Munth  fubdivided 


ShJikiK!,  HorftiiiSy  Claudentst    and  HiUintis,   who  have   into  every  fifth  Day  :    Aud  To  as  that  the  middle  of  th 
Rl*.pn  aivf^  nnho™.  Ti;ft,„.;^c  „f  f.^-k    Handle  correfpontls  to  that  Day  of  the  Year  wherein  th'^ 

Star  here  regarded  has  thefamc  right  Afcenfion  with  theSun^ 
Ir  the  Initrument  be  fitted  for  two  Stars,  the  Handle  is 
made  moveable.  The  upper  left  Circle  is  divided  into 
24  equal  Parts,  for  the  .4  Hours  of  the  Day,  and  each 
iiour  lubdivided  into  Quarters,  as  in  the  Figure  Thefe  aj. 
Hours  are  noted  by  24  Teeth;  to  be  told  in  the  Nighr 
Ihofe  at  the  Hours  12,  are  dillingui/hed  bv  their  lenoth' 
In  tne  Centre  of  the  two  circular  Plates,  is  adiuftedalone 
Index  A,  moveable  upon  the  upper  Plate.  And  the  three 
l  ieces,  the  two  Circie.s  aad  Index,  are  join 'd  by  a 
Kivet  which  IS  pierced  thro  the  Centre,  with  a  Hole  two 
Inches  m  Diameter  for  theStar  to  be  obferv'd  thro. 


wrote  of  Sleep,  give  us  divers  unhappy  Hiflories  of  fuch 

Noitambuli. 

The  Diforder  confifls  in  this,  that  the  proper  Organs  of 
Mufcular  Motion  are  at  liberty,  while  the  Org:ins  deliined 
for  Senfation  are  bound  up,  or  in  a  State  of  inailion.  See 
Muscular  Motion  and  Sensation. 

To  conceive  the  Caufe,  it  is  to  be  obferv'd,  that  the 
Laws  of  the  Union  of  the  Soul  and  Body,  are  fuch,  as  that 
certain  Ideas  follow  upon  certain  Motions  of  the  Fibres  of 
the  Brain  ;  and  certain  Motions  of  thofe  Fibres  upon  cer- 
tain ideas.  Now,  by  much  thinking  on  any  one  thing,  the 
Fibres  acquire  fome  permanent  Situation,  which  gives  a 
freer  Paffage  to  the  Spirits  towards  a  certain  part  of  the 
Body  than  ordinary.  If  then  the  Animal  Spirits  become 
too  copious,  or  too  much  agitated,  or  confift  of  parts  too 
folid  ;  they  throw  themfelves  into  the  Paffages  they  find 

the  moft  open,  glide  into  the  Nerves  and  Mufcles  corre-  ^ ,    ^       .^^^  ^ 

fponding  to  thofe  Paffages,  and  there  produce  the  Motions    be  againft  the  Day  of  the  Momh  on  the  undi 


Vfe  of  the  NocTURNAi 
urn  the  upper  Plate  till  the  longed  Tooth 


proper  to  thofe  Mufcles, 

Accordingly,  the  Body  rifes  and  walks  ;  tho  the  Soul  be 
excluded  from  thinking  on  the  Objeils  that  ufe  to  employ 
it  on  fuch  occafions. 

The  Bilious,  according  to  Hori?iw;  the  Melancholic,  ac- 
cording to  ^'^/i/jj  p  and  the  Sanguine,  according  to  Liba'siits, 
arc  the  moft  fubjeel  to  thofe  noHiiynni  Vagaries. 

The  Remedies  are  all  fuch  things  as  temper  the  Agita- 
tion of  the  Spirits,  and  relax  the  Fibres  ;  as  Bleeding, 
and  all  Coolers,  either  internally  or  externally  :  Aperitives 
too,  have  a  good  effedl  j  but  the  beft  Remedy  is  Cold- 
Bathing. 

NOCTILUCA,  among  Naturalifls,  a  Species  of  Phof- 
phorus,  fo  call'd  becaufe  it  Ihines  in  the  Night,  and 


mark'd  12, 

1  .  ,     t  r,-'    ~   uuuer  Plate  ;  then 

bnng.ng  the  Inflruntem  near  the  Eye,  fufpend  i,  by  the 
Hand  e,  w-ith  the  I'lane  nearly  parallel  to  the  En„i. 
noctial;  and  y.ew.ng  the  Polc-Star  thro  the  Hole  of  the 
Centre  torn  the  indoK  about,  till,  by  the  Edge  coming 
rom  the  Centre  you  fee  the  bright  Star  or  Guard  of  thS 
littleBear;  ,f  thelnrtrumentbe  fitted  to  that  Star;  and 
that  Tooth  of  the  upper  Circle,  that  is  under  the  edge  of 
the  Index,is  "  the  Hour  of  the  Night  on  the  edge  of  the  Hour- 
theT'  *^"/"'^5;''ek„ovv,t  without  a  Light,  by  accounting 
the  Teeth  from  thelongefl,  which  is  for  the  Hour  12 

NODATED/f^^erW.,,  a  kind  of  Hyperbola,  which  in 
turning  round,  croffes  itfelf.    See  Curve  and  Hyper 

EOLA. 

NODE,  Nodus,  in  Chlrurgery,   a  Tumour  arifine  on 


without  any  Light  being  thrown  on  it;  as  that  made  of  the  Bones,  ufually  proceeding  from  fome  Venereal  Caufe" 

Urine,  £^c.  by  which  it  is  diflingui/hed  from  theotherSpe-  See  Tumor  and  Bone. 

cics  of  Phofphorus,  which,  e'er  they  fiiine,  muft  be  ex-  It  feetjis  generated  of  a  thick,  cold,  vifcid  Humour 

pofed  to  the  Sun-Beatns  ;  fuch  as  is  the  Bo/o«iy7?i-Stone,  S^c.  which  is  often  found  very  diificult  to  refolve  ' 

See  FitosEHORUsand  BoLoNiAN-So»e.  They  frequently  apply  to  it  a  leaden  Plate'  cover'd  with 

Mr.  Boye,  in  a  particular^Treatifejjn  the  Subjefl,  gives  Mercury.     The   Cure  is   firft    attempted  by  Emtlafl 

■  ■  de  Rmis  cum  iV/emira  ;   which  failmg,  fome  Mercurial 


and  after- 
ap- 


an  Account  of  three  NoBihidf.  The  firrt,  invented  by 
Kra^t,  he  calls  the  Co?iJiJ}eijr^  or  Gtimmoia  Nit&i/uca,  as  be- 
ing of  a  Texture  not  unlike  that  of  a  Cherry-Gum.  This, 
on  account  of  its  uninterrupted  Ai^ion,  is,  by  the  Ge>-»mjii, 
call'd  the  Caiftiint  Noihluca ;  among  us  it  is  now  known  un- 
der the  denomination  of  jalid  Phofpboru!. 

Thefecond,  Liquid^  invented  by  the  faid  A'rfljft ;  being 
only  a  Diffolution  of  the  former  in  a  convenient  Lit[uor. 

The  third  Kind  was  pteparcd  by  Mr.  Boyc  himfcif ;  and  of  Tcjihi.    See  Tophus, 

a  different  Nature  from  both  the  other  ;  for,  it  would  not       They  ate  fuppofed  to  be  tuiin'd  of  a  thick  crude 
ftiine  of  itfelf,  like  either  of  them,  but  retjuired  the  Con-    heavy,  vifcid  indigefted  Mattet  ;  mix'd  wiih  a  hot'  /Iiaro' 
taSof  the  Air  (tho  not  any  external  Rays  or  Heat)  to    bilious  Juice,   the  groCfcr  and  more  tcrrdlrial  I'art'wheteo'f 
make  it  produce  Light,  which  would  be  very  durable,  in    being  detain'd,  grows  into  a  Honv  fort  of  Co-.rr,-t;on  c. 
swell  flopp'd  Veffcl.    Add,   that  it  was  not  the  Body    Gout.  ^  .icretion.  bee 

that  (lionc,  but  an  Exhalation,  or  EfBuvium  inix'd  with  NODES,  in  Afironomy,  the  two  Points  wherein  the  Or 
the  Air  ;  on  which  accounts,  the  Inventor  gives  it  the  bit  of  a  Planet  interfefls  the  Ecliptic.  See  Orbit  antl 
Denomination  of       Aerial  NoBUiica.  Ecliptic. 

Thefame  Mr.Boye,  afterwards,  prepared  another  fort;  Such  are  the  two  Points  C  and  D,  (Tab  Astrom  Fir 
which,  from  the  little^  pellucid  Fragments,  or  Cryflals    5;.)  whereof  the  Mirfe  C,  where  the'pianet'afccnds  North- 


Unguent  is  now  and  then  rubb'd   on  the 
wards  Mercurial  Plaiilers    made   of  Cinnab; 
plied. 

Some  Phyllcians  call  it  Exoflnfa  ;  others  give  the  Name 
Nodus  to  all  Tumors  arifing  on  the  Joints,  and  Nerves. 

Node,  Nodus,  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Tumors,  or  Protube- 
rances itnfingon  the  Joints  of  jld  Gouty  People  ;  call'd  alfo 

fuim'd  of  a  thick, 
niix'd  with  a  hot. 


therein,  he  denominated  the  IcyNoBiluca. 

NOCTURNAL,  fomething  that  relates  to  Night,  Nox  ; 
in  contradiflinftion  to  Viitynal.  See  Night  and  Diur- 
nal. 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay,  NoBurnal  ^fjsmhlies ;  NoSuytial  Tol- 
lutiojis,  {So.    See  Pollutions,  ^c. 

Nocturnal  i'fliKS,  a  frequent  Concomitant  of  Venereal 
Diforders,  which  can  only  be  palliated  with  Narcoticks  ; 
nothing  but  a  Mercurial  Courfe,  or  a  long  continued  ufe  of 
Diet-Drinks  can  entirely  remove  them. 

NOCTURNAL  Jnb,  in  Aflronomy,  the  Arch  of  a 
Circle  defcribed  by  the  Sun,  or  a  Star,  in  the  Night. 

^emi-NoCTuRNAL  v-Zj-c/j  of  the  Sun,  is  that  Portion  of  a 
Circle  he  paffes  over  between  our  Meridian,  and  the  Point 


wards  above  the  Plane  of  the  Ecliptic,  is  call'd  the  Jfcendtm 
Node,  the  North-ward  Node,  and  the  Headofthe  Dragon  ;  and 
thus  mark'd  SI.  Tho  other  Nde  D,  where  the  Planet  de- 
fcends  to  the  South,  is  call'd  the  Vefcendtw!,  Node  the 
Southnmrd  Node,  or  the  Dragon's  Tu>l  ;  thus  mark'd  fj.'  See 
Dragon's  Head  and  Tail,^e. 

The  right  Line  D  C,  wherein  the  two  Circles  interfea,  is 
call  d  the  Line  of  the  Nodes.    See  Line. 

It  appears  from  Obfervation,  that  the  Line  of  the  M>*j 
of  all  the  Planets  conflantly  changes  its  Place,  and  ftifts  its 
Situation  ,n  confequentia  i  1.  e.  from  Eafl  to  Weft,  contrary 
to  the  Order  of  the  Signs. 

Thus,  by  a  retrograde  Motion,  the  Line  of  the  Moon's 
Nodes  finiihes  its_  Circuit  in  19  Years  ;  in  which  time,  after 


of  the  Horizon  wherein  he  rifes  ;  or,  between  the  Point  of  having  receded  from  any  Point  of  the  Ecliptic,  it  returns  to 

the  Horizon  where  he  fets,  and  our  Meridian.  the  fame.    See  Moon. 

NOCTURNAL,  is  particulatlv  ufed  for  a  Star-Dial,  or       When  the  Moon  is  in  the  NiAi,  (he  is  alfo  in  the  F 

an  Inftrument  ufed  to  determine  the  Hour  of  the  Night ;  diptic,  oiz.  twice  in  each  Period  ;    when  She  is  at  he'r 


7  y 


greateti 


OiSces,  and  prompted  them  tlie  Names  nf  ill  .l,„^-  ■ 
they  met,  that  they  might  foil  cite  thZ  and  ,,,  ^""T 
the. Names ;  wh,cham%„g  that  l'^  p";  ™  e  hlLhel^ 
piece  of  Cml.ty.   SeeCANDiDATE.  "  h.ghett 

The  Nomenchur  was  alfo  call'd  P,„,mllu, 

Au'die "Tn".";  r"r"°  '■■"-•'I '"".ore  wTc  tjjcl 
Card'ab/cJl^  .!^™:™"™'=""''°'^="™-«-'dby.he 
NOMENCLATURE,  a  Catalogue  of  fevera!  of  th. 
niore  ufual  Words  in  a,>y  Laoguage.with  their  Si.n  ficatiois ' 
compiled  in  order  to  facilitate  the  Ufe  of  fn  h  w  J  ' 
thofe  who  are  to  learn  the  Tongue  ^"'^^  •» 

up  by  the  feveral  Sheriffs,  at"tt  Ii'la^ce  on";"^'^;^ 


N  OM 


N  O  M  C  634  ) 

§,'■"."=''.^■''7'=?  f™"  'he  WbAf.  ,„j.  in  the  Points  E.  F, 
iheislaid  to  be  m  her  Limits.   See  Limit. 

The  Moon  imufl  be  in  one  of  the  Nodes  when  there  is  an 
Ecl.pfe  either  of  the  Sun  or  Moon.   See  Eclipse,  FtA- 

NET, 

Node  in  Dialling,  is  fometimes  ufed  for  the  Style,  In- 
dex, or  Gnomon  of  a  Dial.    See  Gnomon. 

Sometimesit  is  alfo ufed  for  a  Hole  in  the  Ceiling  of  a 
Room,  or  m  the  Window,  for  the  making  of  a  Dial  on  the 
Floor,  Wall,  or  the  like. 

NODUS,  or  Knot,  fee  Knot. 

NoDBsiB  ften-j,  EJc.  fee  Intrigue. 

MODULUS,  in  Ph.-irmacy,  a  Bag  of  Medicinal  Ingre- 
dients put  into  Beer  or  Wine,  the  tlnflure  whereof  the 
ratient  is  to  take. 

NOETlANS,  a  St&  of  antient  Heretics,  Dlfclples  of 
Kbetiiij,  an  Efhcfian,  the  Mailer  of  Saheltms. 

They  only  allowed  of  one  Perfon  in  the  Godhead  ;  viz. 
the  Father ;  and  accordingly  taught,  that  'twas  God  the 
Father  that  fuffered :    An  Error,   fays  Efifhaims^  who 

wrote  an  hundred  Years  after  iV"o«;«j,  never  heard  of  be-       NOMINALS    or  Nom 
fore;  tho  'tis  certain  there  had  been  other  P«r;/..i&iJ  in    FhilofoBhers  the  DirHnl^       j  ^''ii  "  ^"^^  "f  School- 
.he  Church  before  him.    See  Patkipass,  an.    ^  "  ^^^ro^Slit  in^l^ ^l^h  Century 

/"  words,  whence 


Being  reprehended  by  his  Superiors,  >/«eri«j  made  them 
this  Anfwer:    U'hat  harm  haxe  I  dojiei.    I  ndoye  me  only 
God  ;   1  oivti  none  but  him.    He         born,  fuffered,  md  is 
,  dead, 

NOLI  meranjere,  in  Medicine,  a  kind  of  Cancer,  era 
malignanr  Eruption  in  the  Face,  occafioned  by  an  ex- 
tremely fliarp,  corrofive  Humour.  'Tis  faid  to  be  very 
dangerous  touching  it ;  for,  frequently,  in  endeavouring  to 
cure  it,  'tis  irritated  the  more,  and  the  Patient's  Death 
haflened. 

Hence  its  Name,  which  literally  figniiies,  don^t  touch 
me. 

Noli  me  tangere,  is  chiefly  ufed  among  us  for  an  exter- 
nal Ulcer  in  the  ylU  of  the  Nofe ;  proceeding  often  from  a 
Venereal  Caufe,  tho  fometimes  the  Effeft  of  a  Scrophu- 
lous  Conilitution.    See  Ulcer. 

It  does  not  always  confine  itfelf  to  the  Ala:,  but  will 
fyread  and  corrode  the  very  Subflancc  of  the  Nofe.  The 
Cure  is  difficult,  efpecially  when  it  arifes  from  a  bad  Con- 
llitution. 

The  Botanifls  alfo  defcribe  a  Plant  under  this  denomi- 
nation, which  It  derives  from  a  fingular  Property  it  has, 
of  darting  out  its  Seed  when  ripe,  upon  the  firft  approach 
of  the  Hand  to  touch  its  Pods.    See  Semination. 

NOMADES,  a  Name  given,  in  Antiquity,  to  feveral 
Nations  or  People,  whofe  whole  Occupation  was  to  feed 
and  tend  their  Flocks ;  and  who  had  no  fix'd  Place  of 
Abode,  but  wereconflantly  Ihifting,  accotding  to  the  Con- 
veniences of  Paflurage. 

The  mod  celebrated  among  the  Nomades  were  thofe  of 
yifrica,  who  inhabited  between  Zanitania  to  the  Eafl,  and 
Maitritania  to  the  Well. 

Sahifi  fays,  they  were  a  Colony  of  Ferfu 
jijrica  with  Hercides, 

The  Nomades  o(  JJia  inhabited  theCoafls  of  th( 
Sea. 

The  Nomades  of  Scyihia  were,  and  fliU  are 
tantsof  Little  Tartary,  ' 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ri/ai,  I  feed. 

NOMANCIT,  the  Art  of  divining  the  Fates  of  Perfons 
by  means  of  the  Letters  that  form  their  Names.  See 
Name. 

Nomancy  is  more  ufually  call'd  Ommancy.    See  Ono- 

MANCV. 

The  Word  is  a  Compound  of  the  Latin,  Nomen,  Name, 
and  uavnta,  Dizination. 

Nomancy,  or,  as  it  fliould  rather  be  call'd,  Nominomaiicy, 
mOm,„.mmancy,  fcems  to  be  nothing  elfe  but  the  Cab- 
balntic  Gematna.    See  Cabbala. 

NOMARCHA,  inAntiquity.  E^yft  was  antiently  di- 
vided into  feveral  Regions,  or  Quarters,  call'd  Noma's 
{torn  the  Greet  taken  in  the  Senfe  of  a  Divifion  / 

and  the  Officer  who  had  the  Adminiftratlon  of  each  Noma 
from  the  King,  was  call'd  Noi,m,c4.,,  frorai-Su®  and  wyii 
Command.  ' 

NOMBRIL  Point,  in  Heraldry,  is  the  next  below  the 
Fefs-Pomt  ;  or  the  very  Centre  of  the  Efcutcheon.  Sup- 
ppofing  the  Efcutcheon  divided  into  two  equal  Parts  below 
theFefs;  the  firfl  of  thefe  Divifions  is  the  N.,„W  ;  and 
the  lower  the  id/e.    See  Point  and  Escutcheon 

NOME,  or  Name  in  Algebra,  is  any  Quantiiy  with  a 
Sign  prefixed  or  added  to  it,  whereby  it  isconnefted  with 
fome  other  Quantity  ;  upon  which  the  whole  becomes  a 
Binomial,  or  Trinomial,  ^c.    Sec  Quantity. 

Thijs.,  +4is  a  Binomial,  whofe  Names  ;re  »  and  J  ; 
and  a-f-  a  Irinomial,  whole  Names  are  a,  b  and  c 

£^c.    See  Binomial,  Trinomial.  '  '  ' 

NOMENCLATOR,  among  the  Romans,  was  ufuailv  a 
Slave,  who  attended  Perfons  that  flood  Candidates  for 


rjians  brought  into 
3  Caffian- 
the  Inhabi- 


they  were  vulgarly  denominated  Iford-Jellers 

They  had  the  denomination  NominaltJL  becaufe  in  on 
pofition  tothe  Rc.,i,A  ,hey  maintain'd,' tha^  wSds  „T 
Things,  were  the  Objea  of  Diakaics.*  See  Realists. 

This  Sefl  had  its  firflRife  towards  the 
Century,  and  pretended  1  ' 


u      ■  ■  •     .,,         o  follow  PovsJ™  and^r;7?o,;, 

but  It  was  not  till  Oci.,»,'s  time  fhat  th  ■ 
Name. 

The  Nominals  were  the 


c  end  of  the  Xlth 

'  -^riftotk  ; 
y  bore  this 


■  y  -  —  Founders  of  the  TTnivfipi:*,.  r 

Leiffio:    There  are  many  yet  abroad,    -  "'^ 


felves  on  being  Nom'mals. 

The,  Nom ni a/.',  wirh  the  Stoic,' 


:  who  pique  rhe 


wife. 


ceptions,  or  Ideas  of  Things  Z  ,he"s',h'''«  ^°'Ti 
tio^n  of  Univerfality  ,  CTt^:  'ty' ad^Nates'^w^Sfch 
reprefent  and  fignifjs  after  the  fame  univocal  manner  and 
without  any  diHinaion,  a  great  varietv  It  r    ,  I- 
alike  in  Genus  and  Species.  ^  ^  o(  f,„gU  things 

Whence  it  is  they  are  call'd  Nomimls .  as  pretendin, 
that  to  become  Learned,  'tis  not  enouph  t„  t,/^  -  ^  , 
of  things,  but 'tis  likeiife  requi^cTto  know  tl^e 
Names  of  the  Genera  and  of  Thin«  ^  A^'°T 

able  to  exprefs  them  clearlyid  precil  ?^Si,W.  Co'n' 
fulion,  or  Equivocation.  '    vviuiour  ^.^on- 

NOMINATION,  the  Aflion  of  Namins  and  ■  . 
inga  PetlonforfomeFunaion.  Employ  "f'B.n.fi?^  '" 

The  Word  is  chiefly  ufed  fo^theR'^^.h  of  Prefen,- 
Benefice,  (Sc.    See  Benefice,  ^'''™""g  '°  » 

In  Common  Law,  however,  there  is  a  difference  between 
N™„»r,.„  andPrefentation;  the  former  being  properly 
a  Power  whicha  Man  has,  by  virtue  of  a  Manor,  or  ojher 
to  appoint,  or  name  a  Clerk  to  a  Patron  of  a  Benefice 
be  by  him  prejentedto  the  Ordinary.  See  Presenta- 
TiON  and  Collation  -^i-*  j-  a 

NOMINATIVE,  i„  Grammar,  the  firfl  Cafe  of  Nouns 
which  are  declinable.    See  Case.  1=  01  i^ouns 

The  fimple  Pofition,  or  laying  down  of  a  Noun  or 
Name,  is  call  d  the  Nominative  Cafe  ;  yet  is  it  not  f 
perlyata/e,  as  the  Matter  or  Ground  whence  the 
Cafes  are  to  be  form  d,  by  'the  feveral  Changes  and  In 
flexions  given  to  this  firfl  Termination.    See  Noun 

Its  chief  ufe  is  to  be  placed  in  Difcourfe  before  all  Verb, 
as  the  Subjeft  of  the  Propofition,  or  Affirmation 
mmiis  regit  me,  the  Lord  governs  me  ;  Jje„s  exaudit 
hearkens  me. 

NOMINATOR,  he  who  names,  or  prefents  a  Perfon 
to  an  Office,  or  Benefice.  i^-nuu 

Hence  M»»;acc,  the  Perfon  named  orprefented 

Errard  obferves,  there  are  fome  Cuftoms  where  the  No 
mmator  is  refponfible  lor  the  Solvability  of  the  Nominee 

NOMOCANON,  a  Colleflion  of  Canons,  and  Tim 
perial  Laws,  relating  or  conformable  thereto.  See  Ca- 
non. 

_  The  firft  Nomocanon  was  made  by  Johannes  ScholaRicu, 
in  5  54.  J 

Fhoiius,  Patriarch  of  C.,|^«„;„.;>;e  in  88;,  compiled  ano- 
ther N«».c.™.;,,  or  Col  leaion  of  the  Civil  Law^  with  the 
Canons:    I  his  is  the  moft  celebrated.  made  a 

Commentary  on  It  in  1 1  So.  '  mjoc  a 

Nomocanon,  is  alfo  a  Colkaion  of  the  antlenf 
of  the  Apoflles,  Councils,  and  Fathers,  w.tLut  an  r1 
to  Imperial  Coiiflitutions ;  fuch  is  that  publifted  b#  M 
Colelier.  ^  • 

Nomocanon  again,  is  fometimes  ufed  for  a  Penitential 
Book  of  the  Greeks. 

The  Word  is  compofed  of  the  Greei  viu.®-.  Lex  Law  • 
and  miriif.  Canon,  Rule.  '  >     w  > 

NON- 


flo- 

God 


NON 


ithmtiS,  or  De 
commence  a  Sui 
fefs'd  in  Religii 
This  lafthol 
not  inperfonalji 
The  Civilian 
fiandi  in  judicio. 

^ON  admittas 
Plaintiff  in  a 
in  Trcfenimem 
the  BiHiop  will 


inLaw,  an  Exception  taken  agalnft  the 
(etidant,  upon  fome  Caufe,  why  he  cannot 
t  in  Law  i  as  Prarmunire,  Outlawry,  Pro- 
in,  Excoinmunicate,  or  a  Stranocr  born. 
As  only  in  Aflions  real,  and  mixed  ;  and 
:xcep  t  he  be  both  a  Stranger  and  an  Enemy . 
IS  fay,  that  fuch  Man  hath  not  Ferfanam 


(  ) 


NON 


Pleatoan  Affionoffrefp.r:  „h±'  .^'^l'  '\S<^'^'^^ 
folutely  denies  the  Fafl  charpT"  >■  ^^f''"^"'  ^t'" 
where/s  in  other  fpecuT  AnfwLl  hc'oHiL^;  '^'""''f ' 
Faa  to  be  done,  but  alledces  fome  Re  r  I  ^'^V  '^"^ 
why  he  lawfuli;  n,ight  do  it.  '■''^"^ O^'f^'"". 

As  this  IS  the  general  Anfwer  in  an  APInn  „(- T  r  /- 
.  a  Criminal  Aflion  civilly  profecuted  To  °[  ^''t^^? 
Afhons  cr,mu,aliy  follow'd,  either  at  the  Si^ltrf  the  7^  ' 

j^afd^i^'hi:!;:'^'" -^-'^  crt?'„t 


,  or  Ne  admittas,  a  Writ  which  lies  for  the 
tare  Imfedit,  or  him  that  has  Adion  of  Darre       „,..^..o  „„c 

depending  in  the  Common-Bench,  and  fears  jeflcd  to  him 

^^"^  "f  'he  Defendant  during       Noig  Pfo,„  M,„  ,  n^c.,  ■ 

,heSu,tbetwee  n  thcm^  S       Land  mdue't.me!^  '  Replevying 

]NoN-V/>f  a  Default  m  not  Appearing  in  a  Court      Hc-.^a,,,  writes.  That  the  Defendant  ftouM  h  r 

ot  Judicature.     Sec  A  ppearance.  reiilpvv       r         r'  -j  u    """i"?^"'  'nomd  be  fure  to 

^:o.-C&,»,  in  Law,  theomiffion,   or  neglea  of  him  And  tlL  it^e  "eglla:   theV  a't  ^h^^^^ 

who  ought  t.,  challenge  his  Right  within  alime  limited,  tiff  at  the  nex,  Court  my  he  fli^  11  lofe^^^^^ 


iefakamfoji  defaltam. 

By  Stat.  }Edw.;.  it  was  enafled.  That  no  Perfn,,  n,  u 
thenceforward  lofehis  Land  becaufe  of  If™  1712^°''^^' 
^ON-To,»r<.,  an  Exception  to  a  Count,whereby  the  Partv 
urges  that  he  holdeth  not  the  Land  mentioned  i„  , hi 
Count,  or  at  icaft  fome  part  of  it  "° 
diflinguidies  No„.Ten,,re  into  General  and  J«d»7 
Lhefirfl,  wncreone  denies  himfelf  ever  to  have  berTe: 


See  Cla  im- 

By  fuch  neglefl,  he  is  ,-ither  barr'd  of  his  Right ;  as  at 
this  day,  upon  Non-clai  m  within  five  Years  after  a 
time,  and  Right  to  him  accrued  ;  or  of  his  Entry  by 
Defcent,  for  want  of  C/.!;'i  »  within  five  Years  after  the 
Diffeifin. 

NoN  iv;o/e/?fl?i(/(j,  a  Writ  which  lies  for  him  who  is  ino- 

Icfled  contrary  to  the  King's  i  'roteclion  granted  him.   "  I  he  firfi,  where  one  denies 

NoN  Omntat,  a  Writ  which  lies  where  the  Sheriff  having  nam  to  the  Land  in  nueiiinr     Th  f  "  7  ■-,•""='=0  ic- 

delivet'd  a  former  Writ  to  a  B, ailiff  of  a  Franchife  in  which  alledges  tl'at  he  wa"  not  Ten'anrT?    n""'''u  ™'Y 

the  Party  it  is  to  be  ferved  on.  dwells;  and  the  Bailiff  was  p^rchafal  ^''"""''e  Kay  whereon  the  Writ 

having  ncgleftcd  to  do  It  ;   t'pon  the  Sheriff's  returning,       Non  Wt  ,t  doet  not  app^tr  ■    4   lr   j-a  ■ 

that  he  delivery  It  to  the  BailitF;  this  fecond  Writ  jhal  Jury ,when  a  Matter  l/o  ht-^rf  ''A      ^"J^"^  S^e"  by  1 

be  direfled  to  the  Sheriff,  char..ing  him  to  execute  the  &e  VeTd'ct  '°  ™'''"°''>' °f  Tria 

Kine's  Command  bimfelh  The  fuTif  PU-nr  r  i 

^o^T.„end.r,n.,lffu,      Jura.U,  a  Writ  granted  on  di-  hearing  the  ^0%^'^  of  tle'TuH"! ■  '  ^'''^ 

versOccafionsto  Men  for  the  freeing  them  from  ferving  fuiKci4ly  clear  toVo  ou    e   po{   Art  ^BalTof' T 

on  AfliKS  and  Junes  i  as  by  reafor.i  of  Old  Age,  ^c.    See  Urn  with  the  two  Letters  NL   for  A. '° 

King,  service,  ^c.  .,11  the  KingV  Pleaf^re  be  fitrther   i-r-«;di|y ^^^^ 

Nosfin.Men,orU,orNt,»faneMe,ncr!e.  is  an  Exception    See  DisEAst  '^'*  or  remote, 

taken  to  an  Aft  declared  by  the  Plaintiff  or  Demandant  to      Phyficians  have  digefled  all  the  Ciuf..  of  nr  r  • 
be  done  at  a  time  when  the  Party  that  did  t  was  Mad,  or   fix  Claffes  which         7,11  ,N    /-    >V    °^  Difeafes  into 
notin  his  Wits ;  as  to  a  lali  Will,  j;?c.  See  Non  ComZ.        are,  ^  Nm-n^turalt.  Thefe 

NoNJi..urn/i™a;«j,  feelNFOBMATosi/oK/'nm.  l'.  Air.    i   Meat  and  Drlr-V     ,   jii  • 

No.-Rei;&,,«,inLaw.,sappliedtofuch'spiri'"alPer-   The  Paff.ons  of  the  MM    ^  Ei^eSs"!^  R 
fonsasaienottefidenton,  but  do  abfent  ihemfelves,  for    tf.  Sleeoand  Wakini.     SpV      j^'^"""™'' ''nd  Retentions, 
one  Month  toge.het,  or  two  at  fevetal  times  of  the  Year'   Lk,  Meat  DR"Nit  &  P"?" 
from  their  Benefices.    See  Benefice.  Thev  ire  th,.«  ,-iilvl'  k  '     r  u     1   •  .- 

Regulaily,  Perfonal  Refidence  isrequired  ofEcdefiafii-  beJJ^^^Th  r  Gooi  J^^^orVw^^  "-^y 
calPerfons  upon  their  Cures.    See  Residence.  But  theDivlfinn   Ineff.A    '  r       '  ''"'"■'•-""'"rah. 

JNON-Sry;i„„„  f  ro  acr.c.  Rc^.s,  is  a  Writ  direfled  to  the    of  DifeafL  bla 'n^^^ch  mnr'^  "o  ' 

Ordinary,  charg4  him  not  tomoleft  a  Clerk  employ-di^    otherwifr  SerDirjsE  """""''"""y  laid  down 

the  Kini;  s  Service,  on  account  of  his  h'on-ReJidetice. 

JNON  Ai.i,  in  Law,  a  Renunciation  of  the  Suit,  by  the 
Plaintifl:  or  Demandant  ;  moll  commonly  upon  the  dif- 
covery  of  fome  Error,  or  Dcfcfl,  when  the  Matter  is  fo 
far  proceeded  in,  as  that  the  Jury  is  ready  at  the  Bar  to 
deliver  their  Verdiff. 

The  Civilians  term  it  i,<i/i  rentinciatiotism. 
T^onComfosment],,  a  Phrafe  denoting  a  Perfon  not  to  be 
of  lound  Memory,  or  Underflanding. 

Of  this,  in  common  Law,  there  are  faid  to  be  four 
Kinds  :  Firil,  an  Ideot  born  ;  Secondly,  Ho  that  by  Ac- 
cident lofcth  his  Memory  and  Underllanding  ;  Thirdly, 
a  Lunatic,  that  has  Ludda  inter^-alla,  fometimes  has  Under- 
Handing,  and  fometimes  not  ;  Foutthly,  He  that  by  his 
ownafl,  for  a  time,  deprivelh  himfelf  of  his  right  Senfes 
asaDrunkard:  But  this  lafl  kind  lhall  give  no  Privilege 
to  him  or  his  Heirs.  ^    „  ^  the  Aim 

r  A*-"",'  "'^<='',.='">y  'he  Entry  of  an  Ideot,  tho  the   the  Pole 
want  ot  Lnderuandmg  were  perpetual.  ■ 

Is'oN  olfiaiite,  notwitbftatidin^,  in  Law,  a  Term,  or  Claufe 
ufual  in  Statutes  and  Patents.  Jll  Cratns  of  fuch  Fenfwis 
and  t-jery  Non  obOante  tbersin  contained,  fiall  be  ■void. 
Henry  Ml.  took  up  the  Claufe  oJ/rn;ite,  (firfl  introduced' 
by  the  Pope)  in  liis  Grants. 

Tiau.ohjtancy,  in  the  Romlfi  Canon  Laws,  makes  the 
(liird  part  of  the  Provifions  of  the  Court  of  Rome  ;  beg' 
Mill  n/.A'^i.*;?.   ■  *  -  -  *  1  i~  1  .  ■  ^ 


ning  withWm  o;^'o«t,i„i    ..uiuiu^ions  ot 

Ccniures,  Rehabilitations,  and  neceffary  Dilpenfations  for 
the  Enjoyment  of  Benefices.  None  inferior  to  the  Pone 
can  ulc  the  Claufe  Nonobftaate.  ^ 

Non  Term,  the  Time  of  Vacation  between  Term  and 
Term.   See  Vacation. 

It  was  antiently  call'd  the  Times  or  Bay:  of  the  KimS 
Teace.    See  Pe Ac E  0/ Goi       lie  Q-iircJ. 

Among  the  Rii»..i„j  it  was  call'd  Feri^,  or  Dies  Nefalli. 
lieeFERijE  andNEFAsTi. 

Non  efl  ffton,  in  Law,  an  Anfwer  to  a  Declaration 
whereby  a  Man  denieth  that  to  be  his  Deed  whereupon  he 
IS  impleaded. 


,1,.  rh   'l^  f     /^"^f""*  Payments  antiently  made  to 

the  Church  by  thofe  who  were  Tenants  of  their  Farms 

The  M«*  were  the  Rent  or  Duty  claim'd  for  things  be- 
longing to  Husbandry  ;  thcDecim.e  were  claim'd  inRiaht 
of  theChurch.    See  Decimj:.  '  i^iguc 

NOiN  AGE,  in  Law,  an  Incapacity  of  doing  certain 
things  from  a  want  of  Age.    See  Age. 

The  Term  ofNo;Hi;e  is  different,  with  regard  todiff,-rent 
things.    In  Matters  of  Inheritance,  a  Man  is  m  his  NonT.e 

ti  1  twenty-one  Years;  for  Marriage  tiUfourteen,  efc  See 
Minority.  ' 

,  NONAGESIMAL,  in  Afironomy,  the  scth  Decree  of 
the  Ecliptic,  reckon'd  from  its  Eaftern  Point!"  See 
Ecliptic 

The  Altitude  of  the  No„agcfir,:al  is  equal  to  the  Angle  of 
the  Ecliptic,  andpaffes  thro  the  Poles  thereof:  wlence 

;l::pXlVa^ii&^"'"'-""''^"«" 

If  the  Altitude  of  the  Nona-^efimal  be  fubflrafled  from 
?he  Vmexf "  from 

NONAGIUM,  in  Law,  the  ninth  patt  of  moveable 
Goods  ;  antiently  paid  in  nature  of  a  Mort.mry;  being 
claim  d  by  the  Clergy  upon  the  Death  of  thofe  of  thei? 
rarilh.    bee  Mortuary. 

°f  'I>=  Goods,  and  was 


 .".  '  ."=S"''  't  was  a  third  Part  of  the  Goods    and  was 

comprising  Abfolutions  of  call'd  ;  ,iU  by  a  Bull  of  C/"L%i  it  was  ^e- 

leceffary  Dilpenfations,  for    duced  to  a  Ninth. 


duced  to  a  Ninth. 

NONAGON,  a  Figute  having  nine  Angles  and  Sides. 

Sec  rOLYGON,  ° 

NONCONFORMISTS,  the  Name  of  a  Religious  Seft 
orratherofa  number  of  SeBs,  m  England. 

The  Term  was  antiently  confin'd  to  the  Fmitam,  or 
rigid  Cahinijis  ;  at  prefent  it  extends  to  all  who  DiiTent 
from  theefiabli/Iied  Chutch,  the  Romanijis  alone  excepted. 
See  Dissenter. 

The  Word  had  its  Rife  from  a  Declaration  of  Kine 
Charles  I.  who  appointed  that  all  the  Churches  of  E„gla,ul 

and 


NOR 


(  6^6  ) 


NOS 


and  Scotland  fhould  have  the  fame  Ceremonies  and  Difci- 
pline  ;  the  Acqulefccnce  wherein,  or  Diflcnting  from  which, 
determined  Conjormity^  and  Nojicojiformity. 

NONCUPATIVE,  in  the  Schools,  a  Term  ufed  to  ex- 
prefsfomething  that  is  only  nominal,  or  has  no  Exiftence  but 
in  Name. 

Felix  of  Vrgel  maintain'd.  that  Jefus  Chrifi-,  as  Man,  was 
only  God  No7!Cupatiu£ly^  i.  e.  only  by  Name,  ^/cki;:,  in 
his  Anfwer  to  telix,  maintains,  that  'tis  to  fall  into  Ne/!o- 
rianifm  to  difiinguiili  two  Sons  of  God  in  Jefus  Chrift,  the 
one  Natural,  the  other  Adoptive;  and  two  Gods,  the  one 
Real,  the  other  N;r7;c;i^ijri'E'e. 

NoNcup ATivE,  or  NujiCH^athe  Willy  in  Law,  a  laft 
Will  or  Teflament  only  made  verbally,  or  foce,  and 
not  put  in  Writing.    See  Will  and  Testament. 

NONES,  NoNJE,  in  the  ilo»!fl7z  Calendar,  the  fifth  Day 
of  the  Months  Jami-iry^  February,  Jfril,  5»«e,  Atgtift,  Sep 
teniher,  November,  and  December  ^  and  the  feventh  o'i  March y 
Miyy  ^ulyy  and  O^oher  :  Thefe  four  lall  Months  having 
fix  Days  before  the  No«e;,  and  the  others  only  four.  See 
Calend. 

The  Word  apparently  'has  its  Rife  hence,  that  the  Day 
of  theATonej  was  nine  Days  before  the  Ides,  and  might  be 
call'd  Nofio-Utts.   See  Ides. 

TS/larch^  May,  3itly,  and  yitigtifi  had  fix  Days  in  their  Nonss ; 
by  reafon  thefc  alone  in  the  antienr  Conilitution  of  the  Year 
by  Ntma,  had  51  days  apiece  ;  the  rell  having  only  19,  and 
February  30.  But  when  CV/«)' veForm'd  the  Year,  and  made 
other  Months  contain  51  Days,  he  did  not  likcwiie  allot 
them  fix  Days  of  ND7!ej.  See  Calendar,  Year,  Month, 
^c. 

NONE,  is  alfo  one  of  the  fcven  Canonical  Hours,  in 
the  Romijh  Church. 

None  is  the  laft  of  the  IcfTer  Hours  that  comes  before 
Veffer^  and  anfwers  to  three  a-clock  in  the  Afternoon.  See 
Vesper. 

The  fingle  Office,  and  that  for  the  Dead,  end  at  Nones, 
which  Father  Ro/k't^v-;  obfcrves,  was  anticntly  the  Hour  for 
the  breaking  up  of  the  Synaxis,  or  ufual  Meetings  at  Church 
of  the  Primitive  Chrittians. 

The  Hour  of  No?2es  was  alfo  the  ufual  time  for  taking  the 
Rcpaft  on  Fail-days ;  the  fome  would  keep  the  Faft  till 
Night.    See  Fast. 

NONUS  Humeri  Flacent'mi,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle,  call'd 
alfo  Kotuncius  minor.    See  Rotundus. 

NORMAL  Lijie,  in  Geometry,  is  ufed  for  &  perpendicular 

Line.     SeePERPENDI  CULAR. 

NORROY,  or  North  Roy,  i.e.  Northern  King  5  the  Title 
of  the  third  of  the  three  Kings  at  Arms,  or  Provincial  He- 
ralds.   SceKiNG  alarms,  and  Herald. 

His  Jurifdidlion  lies  on  the  North  fide  of  Trent,  whence 
his  Name  ;   as  Clarencieux,  on  the  South.  SeeCLAREN- 

CI  EUX. 

NORTH,  in  Cofmography,  one  of  the  Cardinal  Points 
of  the  Horizon,  being  that  Interfeflion  of  the  Horizon  and 
Meridian  nearcll  the  Nortb-Fo/e.  See  Cardinal  Po/«;  and 
Horizon. 

NoRTH-^ffli-,  the  laft  in  the  Tail  of  the  little  Bear  i  call'd 
alfo  the  Fole-Star.    Sec  PoLE-^yMr. 

North  Witit!, 

North  Po/e', 

North  Sea, 

North  Sea  Company, 

North  Wall, 

North  Dial,  Sic. 

NuRTii  EaJ},  a  Rhumb,  or  Point,  in  the  middle  between 
theEaft,  and  the  North.    See  Rhumi; and  Point. 

North  U'eji,  is  a  Point  or  Rhumb  in  the  middle  between 
thcNorth  and  Weft.    See  West,  ^c. 

North  North  EaJ}, North  Eajiand  byEojl,  are  Subdivjfions 
of  the  Compafs  between  theNorf/^and  Eaft.  SceWiND. 

Northerni?/^/;/,  are  thofe  fix  on  the  North  fide  of  the 
Equator.    See  Sign. 

Northern  Light,  or  Aurora  Boreal:.',  fee  Aurora  Bo- 

EEALIS. 

Northern or  Ex^oftire,  fecExPosuRE. 

Northing,  in  Navigation,  the  difference  of  Latitude  a 
Ship  makes  in  failing  towards  the  No^r/^  Pole.  SeeSAiLiNG, 
Latitude,  t^c. 

NOSE,  the  external  Organ  of  Smelling  j  or  that  Part  in 
Men,  rais'd  in  the  middle  of  the  Face.    See  Face. 

The  Nofe  is  ufually  divided  by  Anatomies  into  external 
and  internal  j  a  divifion  of  very  little  fervice. 

It  is  farther  fubdivided  into  feverat  Parts  which  make  up 
Its  external  Figure:  Whereof  the  firft  is  the  Dorf urn,  or 
Ridge,  running  along  the  whole  length  of  it  5  one  part 
whereof,  about  the  middle,  more  prominent  than  the 
reft,  is  c?.\Vd  the  Sp/Jie  j  and  the  Extreme,  which  in  many  is 
tqrn'd  round,  the  Orbicidus :  The  Sides  are  call'd  the 
or  Feniit^, 

The  Teguments  of  the  Nofe  are  common  to  the  reft  of 
the  Face.  ■  Under  thefe  appear  the  Mufcles  of  the  Nofe, 


which  are  three  Pair,  niz,.  the  Ele'-jatores  '^U  Nafi,  rervjne 
to  pull  the  ^/tf  upwards,  and  turn  theih  outwards;  the 
Vilatores  AliC  Nifi,  which  draw  them  from  each  other,  and 
widen  the  external  Apertures  of  the  Nofti'jls;  and  the  Co«- 
ftrutlores  Alie  Naji,  which  draw  them  down  wards  nearer  each 
other;  and  at  the  fame  time  the  upper  Lip  alfo  downwards. 
See  each  Mufcle  defcribed  under  its  propor  head,  Eleva- 
TORES  Nafi,l^c. 

The  Frame  of  the  No/e  is  chiefly  fuppori:ed  by  two  Eones 
which  end  in  Cartilages,  of  a  triangular  F'igure  3  and  are 
divided  in  the  middle  by  a  third,  call'd  Septim,  into  two 
Partitions,  call'd  the  Mire;,  or  Noftrils. 

This  Septum  likewife  ends  in  a  Cartilage  ;   by  means  of 
which  Cartilages,  the  lower  part  of  the  NoJ'e  is  render'd  mo- 
veable, which  the  upper,   being  perfeilly  offcous,   is  nor. 
The  Cartilages  of  the  AU  are  tied  to  the  other  by  Ligaments 
which  loofe  Connexion  renders  thera  moveable.  ' 

The  Bones  of  the  Nofe  are  either  Proper^  ot  Common.  The 
firft  of  the  Troper,  are  the  two  cisternal  ones  that  conftitute 
the  Dorfum,  and  are  join'd  to  the  Ofa  frontis,  thefourth  Bone 
of  the  upper  Jaw,  and  to  each  other,  ufually^er  harmo;ziam. 
See  Dorsum  NaJi. 

In  the  Concave  of  the  Arch  of  thefe  two  Bones,  at  their 
Union  internally,  is  placed  thebony  part  of  the  Sej^tum.  Its 
upper  part  joins  the  OsEthmoides  ;  butin  Aduks  is  continued 
fo  as  the  Ethmoides,  and  its  Procefs,  call'd  Crifta  GalU,  ap- 
pear of  a  piece  with  the  Septum.  The  Septum  is  thinneft  in 
the  middle,  and  divides  the  right  Noftril  from  the  left  j 
tho  its  Pofition  is  feldom  perpendicular.  It  is  capp'd  with 
another  chin  Bone,  from  its  Figure  call'd  Fomer  A,  atri,  and  is 
join'd  to  thefourth  Bone  of  the  upper  Jaw,  and  to  the  0^ 
Falati.    See  Septum. 

The  other  proper  Bones  arc  the  Turhinata,  or  Sfongiofa, 
two  ot  which  are  ufually  found  in  each  Noftril,  fcmetimes 
three,  one  over  the  other.  The  middlemol},  when  theit 
are  three,  is  fo  placed  as  to  /heiter  the  Perforation  of  the 
Antrum  maxtlU  juferions  into  the  Noftril,  and  prevents  the 
fudden  ruftiing  in  of  Air  ii>im  the  Noftril  inro  the  Antrum. 
They  are  all  very  porous,  and  turn'd,  not  unlike  the  Shell 
Concha  Feneris.  In  Quadrupeds,  thefe  Bones  are  very  nu- 
merous. SeeSpoNGiosA. 

The  common  Bones  of  the  iVo/e  are  fuch  as  make  Fences 
for  theForamina  Narium,  and  help  to  compofe  the  Parts 
adjacent.  The  largcftof  thefe  is  the  fourth  Bone  of  the 
upper  Jaw,  which  has  the  greateft  fliare  in  framing  the 
Foramina.    See  Jaw. 

Thefe  fourth  Bones,  with  the  Septum  and  Ojfa  tmlinata^ 
chiefly  frame  the  internal  Parts  of^  the  Foramina.  In  the 
upper  part,  a  Portion  of  the  Oj  frontii,  the  infidc  of  the  Os 
Unguis,  the  Os  Crtbrofiim,  with  part  of  the  Spbenoides  ;  and 
backwards  towards  the  Fauces,  the  Ojfa  -Pa/flf;,  help  to  cotn- 
pofe  the  Foramina. 

Bcfide  the  Cavities  circumfcrlbed  by  the  Bones  now  men- 
tioned, the  Foramina  have  feveral  collateral  Cavities  rhatopen 
inro  them  :  The  largeft  is  that  call'd  Antrum  Gen's  ;  by  Dr.  ■ 
Htghmore,  Antrum  maxilie  jupenons,  frimcd  in  the  fourth 
Bone  of  the  upper  Jaw,  near  two  Inches  long,  and  rn  Inch 
broad  ;  the  bony  Parts  of  which,  with  the  Sphcnoides,  make 
the  Foramen  lacerum  externum.  Its  lower  Surface  makes  a 
thin  Covering  to  all  the  Roots  of  the  Molares,  and  Cajiini  ; 
which  frequently  upon  drawing  a  Tooth,  to  which  it  fticks 
is  taken  along  with  it,  whereby  this  Cavity  is  open'dinto  the 
Alueohis,  andconfequently  into  the  Mouth. 

Ail  thefe  Cavities  of  the  Nofe  and  Cheek,  as  alfo  the 
Olfa  turbinata.  Septum,  ^c.  are  invtrtcd  with  a  Membrane 
furnifti'd  with  large  Arteries  from  the  Carotides  ;  and  Veins, 
which  empty  the  mfelves  into  the  Jugulars  ;  and  Nerves,  from 
the  fifth  Pair,  as  well  as  the  Olfaehry  Nerves. 

In  this  Membrane  are  a  great  number  of  fmall  Glands, 
placed  very  near  each  other,  from  whence  flows  all  that 
Fituita,  commonly  difcharg'd  at  the  Noftrils. 

By  means  of  this  Mucus  or  Fituita  is  the  Membrane  kept 
foft,  and  defended  from  the  Injuries  ol  extraneous  Bodies, 
efpecially  thofe  of  the  Air,  which  muft  pafs  this  way  in 
Infpiration  when  the  Mouth  is  ftiut.    See  Mucus. 

By  this  means,  the  Olfactory  Nerves,  here  diffufed,  ai-e 
render'd  capable  of  the  Perception  of  odotiferous  Effluvia  5 
which  the  drynefs  of  the  Part  would  be  apt  to  deftroy.  Seo 
Smelling, 

Befides  this  ufe  of  the  Nofe,  which  is  the  principal. 
Nature  has  made  it,  as  it  were,  a.  Diverticulum  to  the  Eyes  j 
there  being  a  confidcrable  PaCTage  into  each  Noftril  that 
empties  itfelf  under  the  middle  05r«rii7mf«»2,  arifing  from 
two  Apertures  call'd  TimHa  LachrymaUa,2X  the  great  Canthus. 

By  this  way,  the  fuperfluous  Moiftureof  the  Eyes  is  car- 
ried off,  which  would  otherwife  incommode  the  Cheeks  5 
as  in  effeft  it  does,  when  thofe  Parts  are  affefted  with  any 
diforder;  as  in  the  JEgyhps^  and  Fiftula  Lacrymalis.  See 
Fistula,  CS^c. 

The  Difeafes  to  which  the  Nofe  is  fubjefl,  are  a  Coryza, 
Folypus,   Sarcoma,   and    Noli  me   tangere,  befide 
Sneezing,  and  a  lofs  of  Smelling.    See  each  in  its  Place . 

Ami, 


NOS 


(  631  ) 


NOT 


Jrnh.Tarce  in  his  25i^Book,  mentions  an  Itallm  Chirur- 
geoojwho  had  the  Art  of  refloring  \o{\  Nofes^  or  making  them 
come  again  after  they  were  cur  off.  His  Method  was  to 
make  an  Aperture  in  his  Patient's  Arm,  and  there  to  en- 
.graft  the  mutilated  Nofe  ;  the  Arm  being  bound  up  for  24 
days,  the  No/e  took  Root  in  the  Wound,  and  glued  itfelf 
with  the  Fle/h  of  the  Arm,  and  grew  to  its  Bulk  ; 
which  done,  he  cut  off  the  Flefh  of  the  Arm,  and 
fafhion'd  the  Wo/e  to  his  liking,  apply'd  it  in  its  piace,  and 
heal'd  the  Wounds  at  leifure 


The  firfl  of  thefe  Kinds,  which  the  RabbinS  call  Rafchs 
Theboih,  appears  very  anticnt  j  -jind  is  fuppofed  by  fume,  well 
verfed  in  the  Hebrew,  to  have  took  its  Origin  from  the 
Ffahu,  and  other  Places  of  Scripture^  proceeding  alphabe-  , 
tically,  i.  e.  the  firll  Verfe  beginning  with  l^,  tlie  firtt  Let- 
ter of  the  Alphabet  5  the  fecond  wi:h  3,  the  fecond  Letver, 
i^c.  See  an  Inllance  of  this  firil  Kind  of  Notaricon  under 
the  Head  Machabee. 

The  fecond  Kind  is  alfo  Very  common,  and  call'd  Snfhs 
ThcLoth,  L  e.  the  End  ol  Words.    For  inilance,  by  telling 


This  Operation  we  feeburlefqu'd  In  fMir;ij;   So  learmd  the  lall  Letters  of  the  Words,  'h^Q  \Cl^7\U->  Mquodnam 

Taliacotius,  ^c.    and  alfo  in  the   Jifa  Eri<clitorion  Lifjii^  noinen  eJL  Q^^odinvnl  they  find  the  Name  of  God  'Jehuvah. 

y'mno  M.pc.Lxxxii.  This  is  itill  more  puerile,  when  they  take  the  Letters  back- 

Hagarvp,  a  Dane,  maintains,  that  the  No/e  is  in  fome  wards, 

mcafure  fitted  for  an  Organ  of  Sight,  and  that  a  Man  may  The  third  Kind  is  more  modern,  more  grofs,  and  per- 

fee  thro  it  i    gtounding  his  Opinion  on  the  Authority  of  plexed.     Here  a  Letter  gives  a  whole  Word,  inttead  of  a 

SmeuKS,  who  in  his  'ith  Book  of  Med  dml  Mfcellavies,  relates  Word'sonly  giving  a  Letter  ;  fu  that  a  Word  ftall  furnifli  a 


of  his  own  Knowledge,  that  a  Youth,  quite  blind  in  other 
rt:rpe£ls,  could  fee  the  Light,  and  was  able  to  difcern  the 
Whitenels  of  Flowers  by  the  J\'o/e. 

But,  for  our  part,  wc  fliould  rather  account  for  thefe 
Senfationsfrom  the  Faculties  of  feeling  and  fnielling,  than 
thofe  of  feeing  :  Kot  but  there  is  a  very  great  Kefem- 
blance  between  the  various  Organs  of  Senfe,  enough  to 
give  ground  to  rlic  Opinion,  that  they  only  differ  as  more 
orlefs  delicate  ;  for  which  reafon  we  don't  abfotutely  re- 
ed the  Inllance  given  by  Gnmaldi,  of  a  Man  who  could    who  received,  ai,d  kept  Sentence?,  and  Contrails. 


whole  Phrafe. 

Thus,  for  an  example;  in  the  fird  Word  of  Gcnefis, 
ri''tiJi<"I!3,  /»  the  Bepnnin^^  is  found  he  created  the  Hea-oen 
and  the  Earth,  the  Sea,  the  Jhyfs,  &c. 

ISiOTARlt',  a  Scnhe,  or  Scrherjer or  one  who  takes 
Nors!,  and  ihort  Draughts  of  Contrails,  or  other  Inilru- 
mencs.    See  Note. 

NOTARY,  l\oi(iriti!,  among  the  Rom^jis^  was  a  Name 
common  to  all  who  wrote  undir  the  Direilion  of  others,  or 


diltingui/li  Colours  by  his  feeling. 

The  Nerves,  whofe  Texture  and  Conftitution,  far  any 
thinoweknow,  is  the  lame  throughout  the  whole  Body,  are 
confeffedly  the  Vehicles  of -all  Stnfations  from  v.  ithoutj 
and  thofe  are  all  depofited  in  the  iame  Senfory,  whether 
they  be  brought  from  the  Eye,  the  Ear,  the  A'o/c,  £5^. 
and  that  fingular  j-lfparatus,    obfcrvable  in  each  Org^^n. 


From  the  44.th  Novel  of  Jvjilrdan,  it  appeais,  that  Cnn- 
traifis  were  iirlt  wrote  in  Kute:-,  or  Abbreviation.';,  by  the 
Notaries  or  Clerks  ot  the  TabcUimes  y  ar;d  were  not  yci  ub- 
ligaiory.  Afterwards  they  were  wrote  at  length  by  the 
Tabtiib.o  himfelf,  then  lign'd  and  feal'd.    See  Taeellio. 

Notary,  is  particularly  ufed  for  an  Officer,  who  draws 
and  k:;eps  Notes  and  Mnutcs  of  Cnnirail,'--,  Obligations^ 


leems  rather  intended  for  theBewe  e(fe,  than  tlie  /://t-  of  that    and  other  Inllruments,  piflcd  before  him,  and  delivers 


Senfe  i  rather  to  Hop  and  detain  the  tranfient  EiHuvia,  to 
coUe£l  them  where  too  fcanty,  difpcrfe  them  where  too 
copious,  foften  them  where  tou  rude,  and  break  rheir  force 
where  too  violent,  and  by  this  means  to  proportion  them 
to  the  fevcral  degrees  of  Finenefs,  Tention,  Jjf'c.  of  the 
Nerves  of  the  rcfpeilive  Organs,  in  order  to  render  the 
Senfations  adequate  to  the  ends  j  than  to  produce  them. 

SeeSENSATlON. 

InTartary^  the  greatefl  Beauties  are  thofe  who  have  the 
leall  Kofes,    RHhruqus  mentions  the  Wife  of  the  Great 


authentic  Copies,  l^c.  thereof. 

Ra^tieait  diiiinguilhes  between  No.'.i!''/,  M/iir/e.' and  T.:ld- 
liones :  Notaries,  he  fa\s,  in  feveral  Citi'- s,  are  only  to  receive 
and  pafs  the  Minures  of  Conrrailr,  and  to  deliver  them  to 
the  Parties  in  briefs  being  obliged  to  carry  them  to  the 
Tabelliones  to  be  kept,  and  to  have  engroffed  Copies  deli- 
vered iiut  to  the  Parties. 

He  adds,  that  the  Notaries  were  anticntly  Clerks  of  the 
TabeHtones  j  and  that  feparating,  by  degrees,  from  their  Ma- 
tters, they  at  length  ereftcd  Offices  of  their  own  ;  and  at 


Ciiighis-caT!,  the  ivt other  otTiiwer/awe,  as  a  celebrated  Beauty,    lail  took  place  of  the  Tabellionei,  who  were  fupprefs'd 


becuufe  fhe  hac  only  two  Holes  for  a  Nofe.  In  moil  other 
Countre^s,  China  excepted,  great  Kojet  are  in  honuur. 

The  Cnni'Tartars  break  the  JVu/ej  ot  their  Children  while 
young,  as  thinking  it  a  great  piece  of  Folly  to  have  their 
>?ii/ej  llan--'.  before  their  Eyes, 

NOSOLOGY,  a  Difcuurfe,  or  Treatife,  of  See 
Disease. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  VDirof,  Malady,  Difeafe,  and 
K^y'itf..  Hence, 

NOSOCOMIUM,  an  HofpitaJ,  or  Infirmary,  for  the 
Reception  of  the  Difeafed.    SceFlospiTAL,  Lazar,  £i?c. 

NOSTRILS,  Na-ru,  the  two  Apertures  or  Cavities  of 
the  No/e,  thro'  which  the  Air  paCfes,  and  which  ferve  to 
convey  Odours,  and  to  carry  off  the  Tituita  feparcited  in 
the  Sm'.s  of  the  Bafe  of  the  Cranium.     See  Nose. 


I  hey  had  their  Name  Notam  from  IVof.v-  becaufe  ari- 
tiently  they  wrote  in  Notes,  or  Short-hand. 

Notaries  are  now  little  ufed  among  us,  except  in 
Mercantile  Affairs;  tho'  in  France  they  flill  fubfitl  in  their 
Legal  Capacity.  The  Notaries  of  the  Chatelct  arc  called  thb 
King's  Counfellors,  and  Note-Keepers. 

Thofe  among  us,  are  called  Notaries  Tahlic--)  anrl  have 
the  drawing,  paffing,  keeping,  iffuing,  of  all  the  Deeds, 
Contrails,  Charter-parties,  {^c.  in  the  Mercantile  World. 
In  their  Books  are  alfo  regiller'd  Protefls,  RemonClranceSj 

In  the  firft  Ages  of  the  Church,  there  were  Ecdcjiajttcal 
Notaries,  uhofe  Office  was  to  collect  and  preferve  the  Ails 
of  the  Martyrs.  They  were  fuppofed  to  have  been  firft  in- 
ftituted  by  St.  C/e»it;?;t. 


Iheir  Number  was  fcven,  and  they 
The  Nofirils  are  fcparated  by  a  Cartilage,  and  lined  with    were  difpofed  in  the  feven  Quarters  or  Regions  of  Rome. 
very  feniible  Membrane.    See  Smelling.  Pope  Fabian,  judging  the  Short-hand  of  the  Notaries  too 

Cicero  obferves,  that  the  Situation  of  the  Nofirils  fo  near    obfcure  for  common  Ufe,  added  feven  Sub-dcacnns  to 'em 


the  Mouth,  is  very  convenient  ^    as  the  judging  of  th 
Smells  of  Meats   and  Drinks,  is  a  great  part  of  their 
Office  :   he  adds,  that  rheir  ereil  Pofirion  argues  rhe  Crea- 
tor's Wifdom,  in  regard  ail  Odours  rife  from  below  up- 
wards.   See  OiiouR. 

NOT  Giuhy,  fee  Non  e/?  CuIpabiUs. 

NOTARICON,  the  third  Part,  or  Species  of  the  ^eioifi 
Cabbala.    See  Cabbala. 

Rabbi  Nalh.v?,  in  his  great  Jruch,  fays,  that  Notaricon  Is 
whena  finglc  Letter  is  taken  for  the  Sign  of  aThing,  i.^.for 
a  whole  Name. 

Latin  Notarius^  a  Perfon  who  writes  in  Notes,  or  Short- 
Hand.  R.  £//(TJ  Levita  gives  the  fame  Account  in  bis 
Thcsbcies,  except  that  In  lieu  of  on*Letter  for  a  Word,  he 
mentions  two  or  three. 

But  after  all,  neither  rhe  one  nor  the  other  Is  alone  fuffi- 
For  as  a  fmgle  Letter  frequently  makes  a  Word 


tranfcribe  at  length  what  the  Notaries  drew  in  fliort. 
At  length  thefe  Noiaiics  were  laid  afide,  and  two  other 
Kinds  ellablifli'd  in  their  {lead,  viz.  ^fofiolical  Notaries,  and 
Eptfcnpal  Notaries ;  whofc  Bufincfs  lies  in  Spiritual  and  Be* 
neficiary  Intfruments. 

NOTATION,  in  Arithmetic,  the  Art  of  Charailerizing 
Numbers,  or  of  dcfigning  them  by  proper  Figures.  Sec 
Character- 

The  Choice  of  Arithmetical  Chancers  is  arbitrafy  : 
Hence,  in  various  Nations,  they  are  various.  But  perhaps 
He  adds,  that  rhe  Word  comesfrom  the  there  are  none  fo  commodious  as  thofe  commonly  ufed  in 
" Europe,  ufually  faid  to  have  been  invented  by  the  Jrabs^ 
and  thence  call'd  Jrcibic  CharaBers  -■,  tho'Dr.  li'a/lis  obferves, 
that  Jliej^edi,  an  Jrab,  refers  the  Invention  to  the  India}is. 
See  Numeral  Character. 

The  Greeks,  Hebrews,  and  other  Eafiern  Nations,  as  alfo 
the  Romans,  exprefs'd  Numbers  by  the  Letters  of  their 


fo  in  Noiarico7i,  a  whole  Word  fometimes  ilands  for  a  fingle    common  Alphabet.    See  Litsr^l  Character. 


Letter. 

There  are  therefore  two  principal  Kinds  of  Not^^ricon  : 
The  firff  is,  when  by  Jphercfis,  or  Jpocope,  the  firfl  or  laft 
Letters  of  feveral  Words  are  join'd  to  make  a  fingle  Word 
or  Phrafe;  which  therefore  is  of  two  kinds,  the  one  Ini- 
tial, the  other  Final:  and  each  is  done  feveral  Ways,  ■vi;:^. 
either  by  taking  the  Letters  the  common  way,  or  back- 
wards. Tho,  there  is  alfo  a  third  kind  made,  as  the  Rab- 
bins call  it,  by  Leaps,  /.  e.  by  leaping  over  fome  Let- 
ters. 


Notation,  in  Algebra,  is  the  reprefenting  of  Quanti- 
ties by  Letters  of  the  Alphabet  5  or  calling  them  by  thofe 
Names.  See  Quantity,  CnARAtTER,  ^c. 
KOT^  Hvlaterna',  \!other's  Spots,  See  N^vus. 
NOTE,  Nota,  a  Mark  made  in  aBook  or  Writing,  where 
there  occurs  fomething  remarkable,  and  worthy  of  particu- 
lar Notice. 

Note,  is  alfo  ufed  for  an  Obfervation,  or  Explication  of 
fome  Paffage  in  an  Author,  added  in  the  Margin,  at  the 
bottom  of  the  Page,  or  elfewhere,  by  an  Editor, 

7  Z  U 


Not 


( 638 ) 


NOT 


In  this  fenfe,  Note  flands  contra-diflinguifhcd  to  Text. 
See  Text. 

The  Notes  itiake  the  principal  Differences  in  the  Edi- 
~  tions  ofClaffic,  ^c.  Authors.  We  have  J^irgi/,  ^orace^  7'e~ 
renc^t  l£c.  wiih  Kmui's  jCo;ei,  the  Vatcphms  Notes,  Da- 
chr's  Notes,  henthys  Notes ^  Hayc's  Notes  i  with  Notn  Va- 
riorum, iSr.    See  Variorvm. 

Note  is  alfo  a  minute,  or  iliort  Writing,  containing  fome 
Article  of  Bufinefs.  In  this  fcnfe  we  fay,  !i,Trom{[fnry  Note, 
a  Note  under  hand,  a  Bank  Note,  &c.  See  Peomissory, 
Bank,  ££?c. 

To  Note  a  Bill,  is  when  a  Public  Notary  goes  to  be  a 
Witnefs,  or  take  notice  that  a  Merchant  will  not  accept  or 
pay  it.    See  Bill. 

Note  of  a  Fme,  isa  Brii:f  of  a  Fine  made  by  the  Chiro- 
grapher,  before  it  be  ingrofled.    See  Pine  and  CiiiRO- 

GRAPBER. 

Note  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Charafter,  or  Abbreviature,  fcr- 
ving  to  denote,  or  exprcfs  fomething  in  a  little  compafs. 
See  CiiARAcrEE,  Sy.muol,  Abisreviature,  and  No- 
tation. 

The  antient  Notaries  wrote  all  in  Notes,  or  Short  hand  3 
whence  they  were  fometimes  dennminated  Oirjurts,  (^n-.a 
jiotis  Cttrfum  'verba  expediehant.    Sec  Notary. 

Notes  in  Mufic,  are  Charafters  which  mark  the  Tones, 
i.  e.  the  Elevations,  and  Fallings  of  ihe  Voice  ;  and  the  fwitt- 
nefs,  or  ilowncfs  of  iis  Motions.  SccSotind. 

In  the  general,  under  Notes  are  comprehended  all  the 
Signs,  or  Gharailers  ufed  in  Mufic,  for  the  making  Harmony 
of  Sounds.    See  Character. 

But,  in  Propriety,  the  Word  only  implies  the  Marks 
which  ^/<r?iore  the  degree  of  Gravity,  or  Acutenefs,  to  be  given 
each  Sound.    See  Gravity. 

The  6Vee^iufcd  the  common  Letters  of  the'r  Alphabet 
for  mufical  A"^o;ej  ;  and  in  regard  more  Notes  were  needed 
than  they  had  Letters,  the  dcfefl  was  fupply'd  by  the  dif- 
ferent Situation  of  the  Letters,  -orz.  by  placing  of  them 
upright,  inverted,  £^c.  and  by  cutting  off,  or  duubling 
fome  Strokes, 

Thus  the  fame  Letter  P/,  exprefs'd  different  A'orei  in  all 
the  following  forms,  n,  u,  C,  'P.-,  n,  '1.  For  every 
feveral  iVJof^e  they  had  18  Signs. 

Now,  Mpius  gives  us  Signs  for  15  different  lAodes,  which 
with  the  differences  of  the  Genera,  and  the  ditlindlion  be- 
tween Voice  and  Inflrument,  Mr.  Malcolm  obferves,  makes 
in  all  iCzoNotes.  Not  that  they  had  fo  many  diftinft  Cha 
rafters  ;  but  the  fame  Charailer  has  different  Significations, 
on  different  Occalions.  Thus  4  in  the  Diatonic  Genus  is 
Lycai-o!  hyfatoti  of  the  Lydia?t  Mode  i  and  Hyfatemejon  of 
the  Fbrygiafi, 

The  Latijis,  in  the  time  ofBoetbhts,  had  eafed  thcm- 
felves  of  fo  needlefs  a  Burthen  i  and  only  ufed  the  firft 
15  Lettersof  their  Alphabetfor  NotfJ.  Thefe,Pope  Gregory 
confidering  that  the  Octave  was  the  fame  in  effeft  with 
the  firft,  and  that  the  order  was  the  fame  in  the  upper  and 
lower  Qtlave  of  the  Gamut,  reduced  to  fevcn  i  which  were 
to  be  repeated  in  a  different  Charafier. 

At  length,  in  the  iirh  Century,  a  BcncdiBUie,  tine  Guido 
Cretin,  in  lieu  of  the  Letters,  fubftiruted  the  fix  Syllables 
Bf,  re,  mi,  fa,  fol,  la  ;  placing  them  on  different  Lines, 
itnd  marking  them  with  Points.  LalUy,  it  was  thought 
proper  to  add  Notes  likewife  in  the  Spaces.  See  Ga- 
mut. 

Of  the  fevcn  mufical  Nttes,  nt,  re,  mi^fa,  fo!,  la,  fi,  the 
lirfl:  fix  are  afcribed  to  ^retine,  who  is  laid  to  have  in- 
vented them  at  Fcmfofa  in  the  Dutchy  of  Ferrara.  The  fe- 
venthj  ■viz.  f,  was  added,  according  to  fome,  by  Vander 
Fatten  j  according  to  others,  by  Lelvliirc.  It  ferves  very 
good  purpofes,  in  avoiding  the  difficulty  of  the  Divifions  re- 
maining in  Guido's  Scale. 

Indeed  Fo^us  won't  allow  Guido  the  Honour  of  inventing 
any  of  them  5  but  fliews  that  the  Egyf>tia7is  had  ufed  them 
long  before  him  ;  in  which  he  is  confirmed  by  theTeflimony 
of  Halicarnaffeiis  :  However,  common  Fame  afcribes  to 
him  not  only  the  Notts,  but  alfo  the  Lines,  Letters,  or  Clefs, 
Flats,  and  Sharps. 

The  Notes  ut,  re,  ?b',  6cc.  he  is  faid  to  have  taken  from 
a  Hymn  in  the  Vefpers  of  S.  Baptisl,  Ut  queajit  taxis  re- 
fonarc  films,  ^c.    See  Mtjsic, 

Hitherto  the  Notes  only  ferved  to  exprefs  the  Degrees 
cfTune;  they  were  all  of  equal  value  as  to  time  ;  till 
about  the  Year  i  530,  ^John  de  Meurs,  a  Doflorof  Faris,  gave 
different  Figures  to  the  different  Points,  to  exprefs  the 
(Quantity  of' Time  each  was  to  be  dwelt  upon. 

There  are  three  things  to  be  confider'd  in  thefe  Notes. 

1.  The  Quantity,  i-^-  t^ie  ^^e  and  figure  of  the  head. 

2.  The  Quality,  i,  e. 

theColourof  the  head,  whether  it  be 
white  or  black,  full  or  open.  9.  The  Fropertics,  as  the 
Italians  exprefs  themfelves,  -viz.  whether  the  Note  is  ac- 
companied with  a  AHrgula,  or  Comma,  or  not.  It  muft 
likewife  be  confider'd  whether  the  NoteJ  be  feparate  and 
diftinfl,  or  bound  together. 


The  feveral  mufical  Ntes,  are,  the  Large,  which  con- 
tains 3  Meafures,  tho  Merfenmis  makes  it  11.  (fee  its  Figure 
underCiiARAcTER  ;)  theLo»^,  containing  4  Meafures; 
the  iJrese,  containing  1  ;  the  Sernibrtve,  containing  i  ;  the 
'M'mim  |  j  the  Oocbet  ^  ;  ,the  Quaver  ^  j  the  Ssmiqtaivcr  ^  5 
and  the  Demijemi/jmver  j-^- 

Ufually  we  only  dilbnguifii  fix  principal  Notes,  repre- 
fented  by  as  many  different  Charaiier?, -yis;.  the  Semihrei/e, 
equal  to  two  Minims  j  the  Minim,  equal  to  two  Crochets  ; 
the  Oochet,  equal  to  two  Q^uavers  ;  the  Quaver,  equal  to 
two  Demiquavers  ;  ixx\d.i\\e.  Semiqua-.-er,  equal  to  two  Demi- 
femiquavers.  See  each  under  its  proper  Article,  Semi- 
EREVE,  Minim,  Crochet,  ££fc. 

I'he  Mathematicians  compute,  that  one  may  make  72a 
Changes,  or  Varieties  with  fix  Notes,  without  ever  repeating 
the  lame  twice  ;  and  that  of  the  J^ore^of  each  Oilave,  one 
may  make  40310  different  Tunes,  or  Songs.  See  Ch-Ing  e, 
CoMBiNATion,  £f?c. 

NOTHING,  Nihil,  Nihilum,  ov  Non  Ens,  feeNiHiL. 

The  Schoolmen  diftinguifh  between  Nothing  taken 
f.y:t}ly,  which  is  what  is  impoffible,  or  implies  a  Contra- 
dii51inn  j  and  N'thmg  taken  mote  generally  ;  which  is  both 
poUibie,  and  inn-iuffibie  whjle  in  a  State  of  poffibility.  See 
Possible. 

Again,  they  diftinguifh  Nothing  into  Negative,  which  is 
the  abfence  uf  Reality  in  any  Subjefl  3  and  Pritjari7ie,vj}\\ch 
is  the  abfence  of  Reality  in  a  Subjeit  capable  thereof,  or 
wherein  it  oughc  to  be  found. 

N01  HUS,  a  Lann  Term,  properly  fignifying  BaHard, 
or  a  Pcrfon  of  fpurious  Birth.    See  Bastard. 

Hence  it  is  apply'd  figuratively  by  Phyficians,  ?^c.  to 
luch  Difeafes  as  tho,  in  refpeifl:  of  a  Similitude  of  Sympcoms, 
iSc.  they  have  the  lame  Denomination  as  fome  others  ; 
j-et  are  of  different  Origin,  Seat,  or  the  like,  from  the 
f'.imc.    See  Empyema,  i^c. 

NoTnus,  is  fometimes  alfo  ufjd  for  the  back  part  of  the 
Cheft. 

KOTHjE  Cfl/Jfl',  in  Anatomy,  the  five  loweft  Ribs  on 
each  fide  ;  tall'd  Ballard,  or  Spurious  Ribs,  in  regard  ihcy 
don't  j(;ii]  with  the  Breal}-Bone  as  the  other  Ribs  do,  nor 
are  tbey,  as  the  others  are,  bony,  bur  cartilaginous.  See 
Hi  ks. 

NOTION,  in  Logic,  an  Idea,  or  Reprefcntation  of  any 
thing,  in  the  Mind.    See  Idea. 

^.Leibnttz,  is  very  accurate  in  the  Diftin£tion  of  Nof/onj, 
in  the  AHu  Ertulit.  i-cipf.   Jinno  1684. 

A  cha/  Notion,  he  defines  to  be  fuch  a  one  as  fufifices 
us  to  rccolici."  the  Objeft  ;  "o.gy.  that  a  given  Figure  is 
reckon'd  iu  che  numb  i  of  Triangles. 

Anohfcure  NoTi'iN,  is  that  which  doth  not  fuffice  to  re- 
coiled the  Object:  i  fuch,  v.  gr.  is  that  of  a  Plant,  which 
upon  feeing,  you  are  in  doubt  whether  or  no  it  be  the  fame 
you  had  fee n  elfewhere,  and  which  is  call'd  by  this  or  that 
IS'ame. 

Diffmff  Notion  is  that  wherein  you  are  able  to  affign 
the  very  Marks,  or  Characters  by  which  you  recoUedl  the 
thing  -v.gr.  "^I  hat  a  Circle  isa  Figure  terminated  with  a 
curve  Line  returning  into  itfelf,  the  feveral  Points  whereof 
are  equally  diflant  from  one  and  the  fame  intermediate 
Point. 

A  confufcd  Notion  is  that  wherein  you  are  not  able  to 
aflign  the  Marks  or  Charafters  whereby  you  recoUe£l  the 
Obj-'Ct  ;  tho  it  be  refolvible  into  them.  Such,  gr.  is 
the  Notion  of  red  Colour. 

An  adequate  '[son oii,  that  wherein  you  have  diftin£i  TVa- 
tions  of  the  Marks  or  Charaflcrs  whereof  it  is  compofed  ; 
fuch,  -^-g''-  istheNono«  of  a  Circle  above  inftanccd,  where 
you  have  diftinfl  Notions  of  the  Curve  returning  into  itfelf, 
of  the  intermediate  Point,  and  of  the  equal  Diftance  and 
Termination. 

An  inadequate  Notion,  that  wherein  you  have  only  a 
confufed  iVor/on  of  Chara6icrs  that  enter  adiftindl  one- 

Soine  confufed  iVo£/o;2t  are  admitted  into  Mathematics  j 
a/a.  fuch  whofe  refolution  is  of  no  great  Confequence  to 
any  Demonftrations. 

Thus,  £kc//<^  does  not  refolve  the  Notion  of  Equalities, 
the  it  enter  the  Nor; m;;  of  iin equilateral  Triangle,  a  Rhom- 
bus, ^c.  inafmuch  as  the  Propofitions  for  whofe  Demonftra- 
tion  it  /hould  be  ufed,  are  eafily  granted  without  fuch  a 
detail  ;  as,  v.  gr.  that  things  equal  to  the  fame  third,  are 
equal  to  one  another,  iii'C.  But  no  Notions  are  admitted  into 
the  Number  of  Mathematical  Definitions,  except  diflin£l 
ones,  and  thofe  too  as  adequate  as  poffible,  or  as  occafion 
requires.    See  Definition. 

The  Schoolmen  diftinguifh  Notioyis  into  formal,  and  oh- 
jeHi-ve  j  and  each  of  thefe  they  fubdivide  into  firi7,  and  fe- 
cond. 

A  frf^  /oj-jKfl^NoTioN,  is  the  Knowledge  we  have  of  any 
thing  according  to  what  it  is,  or  has  in  itfelf  ;  as  the  Know; 
ledge  of  Fire,  quatems  Fire  j  of  a  light  Body,  qnatefuts 
light,  ^c. 


NOV 


(  ^39  ) 


NOV 


J fn-B  ohjeBlve  Notion,  is  the  thing  Itfelf  known^  ac- 
cording ro  what  it  io,  or  has  in  iifelf ;  as  the  Fire  known  as 
Fire,  ^^c. 

Secofidformal  NoTiotj,  is  the  Knowledge  of  a  thing  ac- 
cording 10  what  it  receives  from  the  L'ndcn'tanding  ^  as, 
cf  Fire,  that  it  is  the  Subjeft  ;  and  nor  the  Predicate. 

Second oh'jeBive  Notion,  is  what  agrees  to  the  thing  by 
means  of  the  Operation  of  the  InteUefl,  or  what  it  rcceites 
from  the  Intellefl, 

Common  Notions,  call'd  alio  Pi-a'aorions,  TfoA^-l^/f,  and 
jto/i'ct/ eiTc/a/,  are  certain  I'r  nciples  luppofcd  to  be  innate, 
and  which  therefore  are  fell-evident,  /.  e.  appear,  or  are 
known  by  their  own  Light,  without  the  Luervencion  of  any 
Medium,  or  Proof;  being  iniprcfs'd,  as  it  were,  by  the 
Finger  of  God  j  to  ferve  as  the  Ff;undations  of  all  our  Con- 
cluiions  in  the  Sciences,  which  are  to  be  demoniirated 
hereby.    See  !K7iate  Idea. 

Thej'e  cnMiJHOw  Noi'o;iJ,  confidcr'd  as  the  foundations  of 
Sciences,  are  call'd  yJxioms.    See  Axtom. 

They  are  call'd  conimoji,  not  as  if  fo  aclually  and  ne- 
ccfTarily  perceived  by  every  Perfon,  thar  no  bodycould  be 
ignorant  of,  or  deny  them  ;  but  becaufe  they  are  judged 
to  be  true,  and  certain  by  all  Perions  ct  fcund  Realon. 
For  the  fame  Rtafonaswe  fay,  Such  a  I-oo.i  is  zvbo!e;r,me  ; 
not  that  it  is  fo  to  all  Men,  but  to  all  that  arc.  of  a  found 
iiudy,  and  Conflitution.    .d}ijht.  I'ofic.  c.  4. 

I'here  are  two  kinds  of  cnnmon  Notions,  viz,  Tbeot  eucul, 
which  lay  tlie  Ground-works  for  Speculation  5  fuch  are, 
Every  thing  either  is,  or  is  not  j  nothing  can  be  tn-jde  by 
icfelf  j  the  whole  is  greater  than  a  part  ^  erjual  things  be- 
ing added  to  equal,  the  Sums  are  equal  :  And  Vrarllcal^ 
which  lay  the  tuundation  lor  Honelly,  and  good  Morals  ^ 
fuch  are,  God  is  to  be  loved  and  worfliipped  ■■>  our  Pa- 
rents to  be  honoured;  to  give  every  body  their  due  5  to  do 
as  we  would  be  done  by.   — 

Some  Philofophcrs,  huwi-ver,  and  thofe  of  befl  No;e, 
deny  the  Reality  ot  any  Innate,  or  Co»mcn  Xotiojn  ;  urging, 
that  the  Mind  does  not  need  any  ailual  A'otfowj  to  prepare 
it  to  think,  but  that  an  innate  Faculty  of  Thinking  may 
fufhce  j  as  appears  in  an  Infant,  from  its  petccption  of 
Fain,  Tafie,  Colour,  i^c.  They  add,  that  tlic  common 
Organs  of  Scnfc,  if  rhey  have  but  Objei5^s  prefented  to 
them,  and  the  Faculty  wc  have  of  reiicciing  on,  and  vari- 
oully  combining  or  ordering  the  Ideas  received  thereby,  are 
fufHcient  to  turnifh  us  with  all  the  Stock  of  Knowledge  we 
have.    See  Knowleece- 

NOTITIA,  No'iicE,  a  Term  ufed  for  fomething  that 
has  come  under  the  Knowledge  of  a  Perfon.  Hence  ^u- 
tijicatiofi^  the  Acfion  of  giving  Notice,  ^c. 

NoTiTiA  is  alfoufed  as  the  Title  of  certain  Books  com- 
pofed  for  giving  a  particular  Knowledge  of  the  Places, 
Roads,  £jc.  of  a  Province  or  Kingdom,  Diocefe,  i^c.  as  ap- 
pears by  the  Notitia  hn^erii^  £ifc. 

M.  Vahh  has  given  a  Notitta  CaHlartmi,  which  is  a  Col- 
letSion  of  the  feveral  Names  the  Cities  and  Provinces  of 
that  Kingdom  have  bore  at  different  times. 

The  Noutid-  Dh^nitatum  Imperii,  both  Eaflern  and  Wef- 
tern,  are  of  the  utmofi:  ufe  both  in  the  Romaji  and  in  Ec- 
clefiaftical  Hiflory  5  yet  are  they  of  little  Service,  at  lealt 
to  young  People,  without  good  Notes ;  fuch  are  ihofe  of 
Fancirothss,  Sic.  And  unlefs  the  Text,  which  Is  ilrangely 
corrupted  and  mutilated,  befupplied. 

NOTORIOUS,  fomething  known,  manifefl,  and 
public  k. 

Hence  ^>T_No(o''i«,  a  Chimerical  Science  or  Arr,  whereby 
it  is  pretended  a  Perfon  may  arrive  at  the  Knowledge  of 
all  Things,  all  Sciences,  ^c.  And  that  by  Infuiion,  with- 
out any  Labour,  or  Trouble,  belide  that  of  making  a 
few  Ceremonies. 

NOTRE  Dame,  Our  Lady,  a  Term  frequently  ufed  for 
the  Holy  Virgin. 

Hence  Feafts  of  Notre  Baine  ;  the  Office  of  Notre  Dame  ; 
Congregations,  Nunneries,  Orders  of  Notre  Dame.  See 
Virgin. 

NOVALE,  inourantient  Cuftoms,  Land  newly  plowed, 
and  converted  into  Tillage  ;  and  which  had  not  been  tiU'd 
within  the  Memory  of  Man,  before. 

 Quo,!  Novale_/cW(.7-/itif,  ffmfer  crit  Novate  <]uoad  decl- 

marum  yetentionem  z-d  fuhmittm.  What  was  once  Novals, 
will  ever  remain  fo,  as  to  the  paying,  or  non-paying  of 
Tythes.  Thus,  Excepts  decsma  Novalium  cujitfdam  Terr^c 
quam  de  jio-jo  excoltiemiit.  Pat.  6  Edrj. See  Frutec- 
T  u  M . 

NovALE  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  fallow  Land,  i.e. 
Land  which  has  been  plowed  for  two  Years,  and  refts,  or 
"'lies  fallow  one  more  ;  or  that  lies  fallow  every  other  Year. 
See  Fallow. 

NOVATIANS,  aSea  of  antient  Heretics,  fo  called 
from  Novatta,  an  ^ncaw  Bifhop  ;  and  Nov^tiaji  a  Pricft  of 
Rome. 

Novatiav  firft  fcparated  himfelf  from  the  Communion  of 
Tope  Cor«e/;Kj,on  pretence  of  his  being  too  eafyin  admitting 


to  Repentance  thofe  who  had  fallen  off  in  ti.ncs  of  Pef- 
lecuiion. 

Noz-atus  coming  to  Ron>e,  join'd  himfelf  to  rhc  FaSion  of 
Novatian:  and  both  mainiain'd.  That  there  was  no  other 
admtflion  mto  the  Church  but  by  the  Repentance  in  Bap- 
tilm  3  grounding  their  Opmjon  on  that  ofStiffii./:  'T,s 
imfjofbie  for  thojc  once  cnli2.htened^  and  who  have  tajied  the 
heaz-enly  Gift,  f  they  fall  avj^y,  to  retrieve  themfdves  hy  Re^ 
feutuiice,  J  J  . 

Not  that  they  denied  but  a  Perfon  fallen  into  any  Sin 
how  gnevoub  ioever,  migiir  obtain  Pardon  bv  Repentance  1 
for  they  themiavcs  recommended  Repentance  in  the 
iSrongclf  Terms.  But  their  Doarine  was^  That  the  Church 
had  it  not  in  its  power  to  receive  Sinners  into  its  Commu- 
nion 5  as  having  no  way  of  remitting  Sinfi  but  by  Baptifm 
which,  oncereceived,  could  not  be  repeated.  * 
In  procefsofTime,  t\i^Ko-vatiam  fuftened  and  moderated 
the  Rigour  of  their  Mailef  Do^rine  j  and  only  refufcd 
Abfoluiion  to  very  great  Sinners. 

_  The  two  Leaders  were  profcribed,  and  declared  Here- 
tics, not  for  excluding  Penitents  (lorn  Communion  ■  but  for 
denying  that  the  Church  had  a  Power  of  remitring  Sins 

'Witl^ovatiani  were  alfo  calFd  Calharets,  from  x«9^£^f 
fi:\-e^  q.  d.  Tuntaln.  ' 

NOVATION,  or/««o:i.tm«,intheCivilLaw.  a  change- 
or  alicratmn  ot  an  Obligation,  whereby  it  becomes  extineui- 
fliLi),  or  annihilated.  ° 

Thus  when  an  Obligation  is  difcharged  Without  re- 
ceiving any  Money  j  bur  a  fmple  Promife  is  accepted  in 
its  il^rad  3  this  occLtllons  a  Nofar.'O/;. 

There  are  iwu  kinds  of  2^/'u^>.-!n'o;i; ;  the  one  voluntary  tha 
other  neceffary  and  conftrained. 

A'^LVfy.nj  Novation  is  that  made  in  confequence  of  a 
S;;ntence,  or  Decree  of  JutHce. 

ro/io-jMrj' Novation  is  mads  three  ways,  z>iz.  by  chan- 
ging the  Caufe  of  the  Obligation  without  the  Intervention 
of  any  other  Perfon  i  by  changing  the  nature  of  the  Obli- 
gation j  and  by  Delegation,  as  when  the  Debtor  makes 
over  a  D^rbt  to  the  Creditor  for  his  Satisfail  ion. 

In  ail  thefe  Cafts  there  is  a  will  xo  Imiovate :  Accor- 
dingly ^njiniiiin  fays,  Voluntate  mn  Lege  novandum, 

NOVEL, -Ne-iij  5  leeRoMANct. 

Novel,  in  Jurifprud::ncc,  a  Term  ufed  for  the  Confii- 
tutions  of  feveral  Emperors,  -Siz.  ^itjiin,  Tiberius  Leo 
and  particularly  ^iijh}ii.iy!.  See  Constitution  and 
Law. 

Moft  of  ^ufii7iia}i's  Novels  were  originally  Greek  j  and 
afterwards,  tranllated  into  Latin.  Their  Number  105, 
comprized  in  nine  Collc£lion5,  or  Chapters.  See  Civir. 
Law. 

They  had  their  name  Novel,  either  from  their  making  a 
great  Alteration  in  the  Face  of  the  antient  Law  ;  or  as 
Clijas  rather  thinks,  becaufe  made  on  new  Cafes,  not  yet 
ccnfider'd,  and  after  the  revif.1I  of  the  Code,  compiled  by 
order  of  the  Emperor. 

Wherever  Jcan-f.:'..'  fpeaks  of  Novels,  he  means  thofe 
publiflied  in  Gree^  by  ^itjiijiian  j  the  L.iun  Yerfion  of  them 
made  in  the  time  of  Ihtharus,  he  calls  yltnhentics,  by  rea- 
fon  of  its  Exaifnefs  and  Fidel iiy.    See  Authentics. 

Novel  Ajftptmcnt,  in  an  A£i:ion  of  Trefpafs,  is  an  AfTi'^n- 
ment  of  Time,  Place,  or  fuch  like,  in  a  Declaration,  mors 
particularly  than  it  was  in  the  Wrir. 

Nov¥.L  D'fjeifin,  fee  Assize  nf  Novel  Dijjcifn. 

NOVEMBER,  the  eleventh  Month  in  the  Tear  ;  but 
the  ninth  in  the  Year  of  Kumnlv.s whence  its  Name.  See 
Month. 

NOVENDIAL,  or  Novondial,  in  Antiquity,  a  Sacrifice 
among  the hcldon  occaficm  of  any  Prodigy's  ap- 
pearing to  menace  them  with  ill  Fortune.  See  Sacri- 
fice. 

It  had  its  Name  from  the  Term  of  its  Celebration  vizi 
'Ni.vem  d:cs.  Nine  Days. 

NOVEMSILES,  in  Mythology,  a  Species  of  Gods  wor- 
fliipped among  the  antient  Komani. 

The  DnNovemfi la,  were  the  Gods  of  the  ^li^/wej  ;  adop- 
ted by  Romulus,  and  aTemple  built  to  rhem  in  confequence 
of  a  Vow  by  King  Tatius. 

Some  Antiquaries  take  the  Name  tohavebeen  given  to 
thofe  which  were  lafl  placed  among  the  Number  of  the 
Gods;  as  Hercules,  Vejia,  Sanflity,  Fortune,  i^c. 

NOVEMVIR,  aMagiarace  of  Jthens,  in  the  Number 
of  the  Nme. 

The  Niivemvirs  were  the  chief  Magiffratcs  of  the  City  : 
Their  Office  only  held  for  one  Year.  Their  Chief  was 
call'd  Jrchon,  whofe  Name  was  recorded  in  the  Athenian 
Feafls  5  as,  at  ilowie,  that  of  the  Confuls.  SeeAacHON, 

The  fecond  bore  the  Title  of  King,  the  third  that  of 
Tolemarcha,  i.  e.  Chief  of  the  Troops,  and  the  remaining 
fi-t,  Thefmotetes, 

NOVICE,  a  Perfon  not  yet  skill'd  or  experienced  in  an 
Art  or  Prufelfion. 


In 


N  O  U  (64 

Irt  the  flntient  Ro/«fl?r  Militia,  No-vicH,  oiNovitii,  were 
the  young  raw  Soldiers,  diflinguiilied  by  this  Appellation 
from  the  Veterans.    Sec  Veteran. 

In  the  antient  Orders  of  Knighthood,  there  were  Novices, 
or  Clerks  in  Arms,  who  went  thro  a  kind  of  Apprentice/hip 
e'er  they  were  admitted  Knights.    See  Knight. 

Is'oviCE  is  particularly  ufed  in  Monaftcrics  for  a  Religi- 
ous yet  in  h:.^,  or  her  Year  of  Probation,  and  who  has  not 
made  the  Vows.    See  Noviciate. 

In  fome  Convenrs  theSubprior  has  the  Direftion  of  the 
J^ovices.  In  Nunneries,  ihe  Novices  wear  a  white  Veil  j  the 
reft  a  black  one. 

A  Novice  is  noteftcemed  dead  m  LaWj  but  is  capable  of 
Inheriting  till  the  time  of  aftual  Proft^fTion  i  nor,  can  his 
JBeneficcs  be  given  away,  during  the  Year  of  Probation, 
without  his  confent. 

The  Council  of  Tre«f  prohibits  aNoziice  from  afTigning  over 
his  Benefices  rill  two  Months  before  the  Expiration  of  his 
Tear  of  Probation  ,  and  he  may  even  refume  them  if  the 
Profefljon  be  null. 

A  Novice  is  not  allow'd  to  make  any  Donation  to  his  Su- 
perior, by  reafon  of  the  Dependance  he  is  under. 

Novices  may  either  quit  the  Convent  during  their  No- 
viciatey  ormay  be  turn 'd  offby  the  Convent. 

NOVICIATE,  a  Year  of  Probation,  apptjinted  for  the 
Trial  of  Religious,  whether  or  no  they  have  a  Vocation, 
and  the  nectiflary  Qualities  for  living  in  the  Rule  i  the 
Obfervation  whereof  they  are  to  bind  themfclves  to  by 
Vow.    See  Probation. 

The  Noviciate  lalts  a  Tear  at  lead  ;  in  fome  Houfes  more. 
'Tis  citeem'd  the  Bed  of  the  Civil  Death  of  a  Novice,  who 
expires  to  the  World  by  ProfeAion.    See  Vow  and  Pko- 

FESSION. 

KoviciATE  isaifoufcd  for  the  Houfes,  or  Places  where 
Novices  are  inllrucfed. 

In  this  fenfc,  the  Noviciate  is  frequently  a  Cloifter  fepa- 
rated  from  the  grand  Dormitory. 

NOUN,  Nomejiy  in  Grammar,  a  N^me,  or  a  Word  that  ex- 
prelTes  the  SubjeiTt  fpoke  of;  orexprefTts  a  Subjc^l  whereof 
fbmething  is,  or  may  be,  affirmed  ;  as  Mi?;,  l-'ood,  JVbiteTieJs, 
Hemy,  £^c.    Sec  Word  and  Name, 

A  NoKn,  therefore,  in  Language,  anfwers  to  an  Idea  in 
Logic.    See  Idea. 

The  generality  of  Subjects  fpokc  of  have  particular 
>:ames  5  yet  there  are  others,  which,  without  being 
attach'd  to  the  fame  particular  Subjetft,  are  yci  reul 
Noitns. 

Thus,  befide  the  particular  Name,  which  each  Perfon 
tea:.*.,  y.nd  whereby  others  denote  him,  he  gives  himfelf 
another  when  he  fpealis  of  himfelf  j  as  I  and  My  Self. 

'Tis  only  the  more  particular  Names  that  Ii:  Grammar 
have  reiain'd  the  Qj-ialiiy  oi  Nouns:,  the  more  general  ones 
are  call'd  Pronouns.    S:;c  Pronoun. 

NounSy  agair-,  are  to  be  view'd  in  another  Light,  viz.  as 
divided  into  Kouiis  StthSiajiUve.,  and  Nouns  yidjciiive. 

They  are  call'd  Subjrantives  when  the  ObjeiSs  they  de- 
lign  areconiider'd  fimply,  in  themfelves,  and  without  any 
regard  to  their  Qualities.    See  Sudstantive. 

They  are  call'd  MjeHives  when  their  Objcfls  are  con- 
fidet'das  clothed  with  any  Qualities,    See  Adjective. 

Thus,  when  I  fay  fimply  the  Hearfj  the  word  Heart  is 
ctAVA  ii.  NoMi  Svhn^1}'n■■■..  ;  in.vfoiuch  as  it  does  not  exprels 
any  of  it?  Qf  .-;-t!t^  ;  Klii  jf  1  lay,  the  ^fn^'t  owf  He:(rr,  or 
the  f?'/;rii(ij  i/leorf,  I  then coHlIder  the  Heart  asaccompa- 
Ti\<?.<\  N\th  the  Quality  fCKCroji;,  or  the  Quality  perfidious. 
Tor  this  reafon,  the  Words  ^^ewerom  and^et-yitf/oKj  are  call'd 
Nott7js  jfd^cUives^  becaufe  they  add  a  Quality  to  the 
Objea. 

But  in  effect  the  Objtft  is  alone  defign'd  by  the  Noms 
Suhftaittiva  ■■,  which  in  this  view  are  alone  the  proper  Nouns. 

/}djeBives,  at  bottom,  aie  only  Mudificatives  of  Nouns  j 
tho  in  one  view  they  may  be  confider'd  as  'Nouns  j  viz.  as 
they  don't  fo  much  reprefent  a  Quality  or  Circumilance  of 
the  Objeft,  as  the  Objeft  itfclf,  clothed  with  that  Quality 
or  Circumftance.  Nor  muft  it  be  omitted,  that  a  Noun 
JdjefHve  frequently  becomes  a  Subltantive  :  For  as  its 
nature  is  to  exprefs  the  Quality  of  an  Objeft,  if  that  Qua- 
lity happen  to  be  the  Objedl  itfelf  fpoke  of,  then,  accor- 
ding to  our  firll  Definition,  it  becomes  a  Subflantive. 

Thus,  if  1  fay  a  ^lood  Intention,  the  word  ^ood  is  here  an 
MjeBtv^,  reprefenting  the  Intention  as  clothed  with  the 
Quality  of  Goodnefs  ;  butifl  fay  thcGood  is  to  he  chofen, 
'tis  evident  that  Good  is  here  the  Subjeii  fpoke  of,  and  of 
confequence  is  a  NouJt  Subjianthe.  Nor  are  there  Cafes 
wanting  wherein  Nouns  Sub  ft  aKti-je  hscom<i  MjeBhes, 

'Tis  true,  in  the  common  ufe  of  Grammar,  Noujjs  that 
are  really  JdjeBives,  are  notreckon'd  as  fuch  ;  none  being 
efteem'd'as  fuch,  but  thofe  which  without  any,  or  at  leaft 
any  confiderable  change  in  their  Inflexion  and  Termination, 
are  join'd  indifferently  to  Nouns  Sttbjiantives  of  different 
Genders. 


.0  )  N  U  M 

Nouns  are  again  divided  into  pyofcrand  JppeHative. 
Nouns  Praperare  thofe  which  exprefs  a  particular  Thing 
or  Perfon,  fo  as  to  diltinguifh  it  from  all  other  Things  of 
the  fame  Kind,  as  Socrara.    See  Proper. 

Noims  ylppelLithe^  are  thofe  common  to  feveral  Indivi- 
dualsof  the  fame  Kind,  as  Wj;;,  ^«^£/,  &c.  See  Appel- 
lative. 

NOURISHMENT,  fee  Nutrition, 
NOWED,  Nou-e,  i.e.  K}!otted,  in  Heraldry,  is  applied 
to  the  Tails  ot  iuc;i  Creatures  as  are  ver^y  long,  and  fome- 
times  reprefented  in  Coat-Armour  as  irticd  up  in  a  Knot. 
_  NUBECULA,  liideCloiJ,  in  Medicine,  a  Term  fome- 
times  ufed  tor  a  Difeafe  in  the  Eye,  wherein  Objefls  ap- 
pear as  thro  a  Cloud,  or  Mift. 

The  7V^iiiaH/i(  jeems  to  arife  from  certain  grofs  Particles 
detained  in  the  Pores  of  the  Corne.i,  01  fMimniing  in  the 
aqueous  Humour,  and  thus  intcrceptinc  the  Rays  of 
Light. 

Nubecula  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Matter,  in  form  of  a  Cloud, 
fulpended  in  the  middle  of  the  tlrinc.  '1  his  they  i^me- 
times  alio  call  Cnxortma,    See  Urine 

NUCHA,  the  hinder  Part,  or  Nape  cfthe  Neck  ;  call'd 
alloCo'iJfA;.   See  Cervix. 

NUCHTHEMERON,  feeDAv, 

NUCIFEROUS,  fn.mN'.  v.  a  Nur,  and  fe.o,  to  bear  ; 
Botaniiis  call  all  Trees  thus,  vs^iich  bearNut.''. 

NUCKIANiE  Glandul'e,  in  Anatomy,  a  Number  of 
fmall  Glands  firuate  in  that  part  ol  the  Skull  wherein  the 
Orbits  of  the  Eyes  are,  between  the  abducent  Mufcle  of 
the  Eye,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  Os  "si'-^ale.  See  Gland 
and  Cr  AN  I UM. 

They  were  thus  denominated  from  their  Inventor 
Dr.  Nuck 

Ihefame  Author  gave  h-s  Name  to  a  S-ilivary  Duifi, 
DuHus  Nuckianus.    See  Salivary,  iSc. 

NUCLEUS,  a  Latin  Word,  literal!)  denoting  the  Ker- 
nel of  a  Nut,  or  Stone-I'ruii  ^  or,  more  liriclly  the  edible 
Pan  contained  wirhin  theSkin  of  the  Kernel.  S^e  Fruit. 

Botanills  ufe  it  in  a  larger  fenle,  for  any  Fruit  or  Seed 
contained  within  a  Husk  or  Shell. 

Hcvelius.,  and  foiTie  other  Allronomcrs,  ufe  the  Word 
Nucleus  for  the  Body  of  a  Comet,  which  others  call  its 
Heady  m  contradiftinflion  to  its  Tail,  or  Beard.  See  Comet. 

Some  alfo  apply  the  Term  J/«c/e/(f  to  the  Ceniral-Patts 
of  the  Earth,  and  other  Plafieis  ;  asfuppofing  them  to  be 
looft.'  from  the  exterior  Part,  which  they  conlidcrasa  Cortex 
orShell.    See  Magnetism. 

'\ucLEus,  in  Architeiiure,  is  the  middle  Part  of  the 
i-  luoringof  tneAntients  j  confifting  of  Cement  which  they 
put  Sctwixt  a  Lay,  or  Bed  oi:  Pebbles,  cemented  with 
Mortar  made  of  Lime  and  Sand. 

NUDE  Co7itr.iff,  Nudutn  F.-iHum,  a  bare  Contra61,  or 
Promife  of  a  Thing  without  anv  Confideration  :  Ex  quf^ 
fay  the  Lawyers,  iioji  oritur  ntlio.  See  Contract  and 
Coven  AN 

Nude  M.itter,  fee  Matter. 

NUDITIES,  in  Painting,  and  Sculpture,  thofe  Parts  of 
a  human  Figure  not  cover 'd  with  any  Drapery  >  or  thofe 
Parts  where  the  Carnations  appear.    See  Carnation. 

NUEL,  or  rather  i^euJt/ of  a  Stair-Cafe,  feeNEWELand 
Stair-Cu/c. 

NULLITY,  the  Quality  of  a  thing  null,  i.  c.  void,  and 
of  no  cffe£l  ;  by  reafon  of  fomething  contrary  to  Law,  to 
Cullom,  or  to  Form, 

There  are  two  kinds  of  NulHttes  to  invalidate  a  Contract, 
Title,  £^t.  viz.  de  fif-lo,  and  de  jure.  The  former  where 
the  thing  commences  Null  ipjo  fa'elo^  as  foon  as  the  thing  is 
proved  :  In  the  latter,  the  Adi  does  not  immediately 
become  Ni;//,  but  a  handle  i.s  given  thereby  to  have  it  In- 
tirely  annulled  orfetafide.    See  De  Facto,  ^"c. 

NUMBER,  in  Arithmetic,  a  Colledion,  or  Affemblage 
of  feveral  Units.    Sec  Unit. 

i'rc'aittKJchufes  to  define  2V(!m/'e>' to  be  that  whereby  tlie 
Quantity  of  any  thing  is  exprefs'd.  Agreeably  to  which. 
Sir  /.  Newton  conceives  Number  to  confift,  not  in  a  Multi* 
tude  of  Units,  as  Euclid  defines  it,  but  in  the  abflrafl  Ratio 
of  a  Quantity  of  any  kind  to  another  Quantity  of  the  fame 
kind  which  is  accounted  as  Unity.  And  on  this  view  he 
divides  Nwnber  into  three  Kinds,  viz.  bite^^ers,  Fraaions., 
and^Ki-rfi.  See  each  under  it»  proper  Article,  Integer, 
Fraction,  andSuRD. 

J(''o//iHJ  defines  Kii^Hier  to  be  fomething  which  refers  to 
Unity  as  one  right  Line  refers  to  another.  Thus,  affumina 
a  right  Line  for  Unity,  a  Number  may  likewife  be  expreffed 
by  a  right  Line. 

A  lefs  general  Definition  of  Number,  that  Author  thinks 
won't  comprehend  the  feveral  kinds  of  whole  Numbers^ 
Fradlions,  Rationals,  and  Surds, 

The  Schoolmen,  keeping  to  Euclid^s  Definition,  hold 
Nimi/iG)- to  confifi  of  Matter  and  Form:  The  Matt  er  is  the 
things  number'd  j   e.  gr.   Coins  ;    The  furm,  the  Idea. 

whereby 


f 


NU  M 


C  6^1  ) 


NUM 


whereby  comparing  the  Teveral  Pieces,  we  bring  them  into 
one  Sum,  as  ten  :  So  that  Ki(m/ier  depends  altogether  on 
the  Mind  of  the  Perfon  that  numhen  ;  whence  changing  the 
Idea  at  pieafure,  an  hundred  Men  /liall  only  be  cali'd  one, 
ur  ii  fhall  be  two,  or  four,  £=?c. 

Hence,  fay  they,  the  Form  of  a  Nmiher^  is  not  any  thing 
added  to  the  things  number' d  j  for  the  Idea  is  a  mere  Mode 
of  the  Mind,  not  any  thing  fuperaddcd  to  the  things.  And 
hence,  tho  there  may  be  fome  Efficacy  in  Nioiibe-r,  coiifi- 
der'd  with  refpeft  to  the  Matter,  as  when  we  fay,  J  trifle 
Kope  iniot  eafily  broke  j  yet  there  is  none  in  refpefl  to  Form  : 
Tor  what  Alteration  fliould  my  Idea  make?  And  hence 
ithc  Folly  of  the  Philofophy  o(  Number i. 

The  fame  Philofophers  call  Number  a.  difcrete  QHarrtity  : 
Quantity,  asit  admits  of  more  and  lefs ,  and  difcrete,  fince 
ihe  feveral  Units  it  confifts  of  are  not  united,  but  remain 
dilHnft. 

for  the  Manner  of  defignin^,  or  charaBeriz'tng  Numbers^  fee 
Notation. 

tor  that  of  exfrejjiug  or  reading  thofe  already  charaHeriz'di 
fee  Numeration, 

Mathematicians,  confidering  Number  under  a  great  many 
Circumilances,  difFcrent  Relations,  and  Accidents,  make 
many  Kinds  of  Nmibers. 

J  determmate  Number,  is  that  refer'd  to  fome  given 
Unit  ;  asa  Ternary,  or  three  5  which  is  what  we  properly 
call  a  Number. 

An  indeterminate  Number,  that  refer'd  to  Unity  in  the 
general  j  which  is  what  we  call  Quantity.  See  Quan- 
tity. 

fio)wogeHe.a/ Nu^:BERs,  are  thofe  refer'd  to  the  fame 
Unit. 

Heterogerical  Numbers,  thofe  refer'd  to  different  ones. 
"For  every  Number  fuppofcs  fome  determinate  Unit,  which 
is  determined  by  the  Notion  to  which  we  have  regard  in 
Numberiw/^.  E.gr.  'tis  a  diftingui/liing  Property  of  a  Sphere, 
that  the  feveral  Points  of  iu  Surface  arc  cquidiibnt  frum  its 
Centre:  If  then,  this  be  laid  down  as  a  Note  of  Unity, 
all  Bodies  to  which  it  agrees  will  have  the  nature  of  Unity  ; 
and  are  the  fame  Units,  quatetms  contain'd  under  this  No- 
tion. But  if  Spheres  be  diftingui/hed,  e.  gr.  with  regard 
to  the  Matter  they  are  compofed  of;  then  thofe  which  be- 
fore were  the  fame  Units,  commence  different.  Thus,  fix 
golden  Spheres  and  three  golden  Spheres  are  homogejieal 
Nil  mien  among  them  felves  j  and  three  brafs  Spheres  and 
four  filver  ones,  are  heterogeneous  Numbers. 

T-fio/e  Numbers,  cali'd  alfo  Jiatural  Numbers,  and  Tme- 
^ers^  or  fimply  Njimterj,  are  all  the  various  Affemblages  of 
Unity,  or  the  Ideas  we  have  of  feveral  Multitudes  j  or, 
according  to  Woljius,  all  thofe  which,  in  the  manner  of 
expreffing,  refer  to  Unity,  as  a  Whole  does  to  a  Parr. 

Broken  Numbers,  or  Fra&ions^  are  thofe  confirting  of  fe- 
veral parts  of  Unity,  or  thofe  which  refer  to  Unity  as  a  Part 
to  the  Whole.    See  Fraction. 

Rational 'NvMB^R,  k  that  commenfurable  with  Unity. — 
Rational  whole  Number,  is  that  whereof  Unity  is  an  ysltquot 

part.  Rational  broken  Number ,  that  equal  to  fome  yUi- 

y«of  part  or  parts  of  Unity.  Ratio7tal  mixt  Number,  that 

confiiUng  of  a  whole  l^iumber  and  a  broken  one,  or  of  Unity 
and  a  Frailion.    See  Fraction. 

lmir;o?/fl/NuMiiER,  or  ^JM^rf,  &  Number  incommenfurable 
with  Unity.    See  Surd. 

£'2e«  Number,  that  which  may  be  divided  into  two 
equal  parts,  or  without  Remainder  or  Fraftion  ;  as  4,  rt",  8 
ic,  ^c.  The  Sum,  as  aifo  the  Difference,  and  the  Faflnm, 
or  Produce  of  any  Number  of  even  Numbers,  is  always  an 
even  Number, 

An  evejt  Number  multiply'd  by  an  even  Number,  produces 
an  evertly  eve?!  Number. 

An  ez'en  Number  is  faid  to  be  evenly  even,  when  it  mav  be 
meafur'd  or  divided  without  any  Remainder  by  another 

even  Number. 

Thus,  twice  four  being  eight,  eight  is  an  evcn/y  even 
Nu*f-her. 

A  Number  is  faid  to  be  tmevenly  even,  when  it  may  be 
equally  divided  by  an  uneven  Nutnberj  as  20,  which  may 
be  divided  by  5. 

Uneven  Number,  that  which  exceeds  an  even  Number  at 
leafl  by  Unity  ;  or  which  cannot  be  divided  into  two  equal 
Farts.    Such  are      5,  9,  ir,  ^e. 

The  Sum,  or  the  Difference,  of  two  uneven  Numbers^ 
makes  an  even  Number,  but  the  laEium  of  two  makes  an 
uneven  one. 

if  an  even  Number  be  added  to  an  tmeven  one,  or  if  the 
one  be  fubftraaed  from  the  other;  in  the  former  Cafe,  the 
Sum,  in  the  latter  rhe  Difference,  is  an  uneven  Number, 
But  the  FaHum  of  an  even  and  an  uneven  Number,  is  even. 

The  Sum  of  any  even  Number  of  uneven  Numbers^  is  an 
even  Number ;  and  the  Sum  of  any  uneven  Nttmher  of  uneven 
Numbers,  is  an  taicven  Number. 

Primitive  or frime  Number,  is  that  which  is  Only  divlfi- 
hle  by  Unity;  as,  j,  7,  11,  ^c. 


Trime  Numbers  among  themfehts,  are  thofe  which  have 
no  common  Meafure  befidc  Unity  ;  as  12  and  15). 

Compound  Number,  is  that  divifible  by  fome  other  Num- 
ierbelides  Unity  ;  as  8,  divifible  by  4,  and  by  z. 

Com^ojijii/ Numbers  among  themfehes,  rhofe  which  have 
fome  common  Meafure  befides  Unity  ;  as  iz  and  15. 

FerfeSl  NvMBER,  that  whofe  aliqtm  l^nrts  added  toge- 
ther, make  the  whole  Number  j  as  6,  zS,  £5c.  The  aliquot 
Parts  of  6,  being  1,  and  i  =  6.  And  thofe  of  2S,  being 
14,  7,4,  2,  I.    which  together  make  28.  * 

lmpe;-fea  Numbers,  thofe  whofe  aliquot  Parts  added  to- 
gether, make  either  more  or  lefs  than  the  Whole,  whereof 
they  are  Parts. 

ImperfeB  Numbers,  are  diflinguifli'd  into  ^uljidam  and 
Defetlive. 

Jbundant  Numbers,  are  thofe  whofe  fl%(of  Parts  added 
together,  make  more  than  the  Number  whereof  they  are 
Parts;  as  11,  whofe  aliquot  Parts,  ^,4,  g,  2,  i.  make  itf. 

hcfeHive  Numbers,  are  thofe  whofe  aliquot  Parts  added 
together,  make  lefs  than  the  Number  whole  Parts  ihey  are  j 
as  16,  whofe  aliquot  Parts,  8,4,2,  and  i.  only  make  15. 

Flane  Number,  that  ariiing  from  the  Multiplication  of 
two  Numbers;  ex.gr.  6,  which  is  the  Product  of  3  multiply'd 
by  2.  Ihe  Numbers  which  thus  multiply'd  produce  a  Flane 
Number,  as  here,  2  and  6,  are  cali'd  the  i^rfei  of  the  Plane. 

Squarc^  NuMBER,  the  Produa  of  any  Number  multiply'd 
byitfelt;  thus  4,  the  f-affMw  of  2,  by  2,  is  afquare  Number. 
See  Sq_u  AR  E. 

Every  fquare  Nimber  added  to  its  Root,  makes  an  even 
Number. 

C"i;c  Number,  the  Prod ud  of  a  fqtiare  Number,  multi- 
ply'd by  its  Root ;  tx.gr.  8,  rhe  Produd  of  the  fqit.ire Num- 
ber 4,  multiply'd  by  irs  Root  3.    See  Cube. 

All  Cubic  Numbers,  whofe  Root  is  lefs  rhan  CT,  v.  g,  8,27, 
64,  125,  being  divided  by  6,  the  Remainder  is  their  Root 
itfclf.  ^  Thus  8  being  divided  by  <J,  2,  the  Remainder  of 
the  Divifiun,  is  the  Cube  Root  of  8.  For  the  Cubic  Num- 
bers hcyond  125;  2i6,  the  Cube  of  6,  divided  by  5,  leaves 
no  Remainder;  545,  the  Cube  of  7,  leaves  a  Remainder 
I,  which  added  to  6,  gives  rhe  Cube  Root  of  345.  And 
512,  the  Cube  of  S,  divided  by  6,  leaves  z,  which  added 
to  tf,  makes  the  Cube  Root  of  512.  So  that  the  Remain- 
ders  of  the  Divifions  of  the  Cubes  above  216",  divided  by 
(T,  being  added  to  6,  always  give  the  Root  of  the  Cubic 
Number  divided  ;  till  that  Remainder  be  5,  and  of  confe- 
quence  r  i  the  Cube  Root  of  the  Number  divided :  But  the 
Cubic  Number  above  this,  being  divided  by  tf,  there  re- 
mains nothing,  the  Cube  Root  being  12.  Thus,  if  you 
continue  to  divide  the  higher  Cubes  by  6,  you  muff  not  add 
the  Remainder  of  the  Divifion  to  tf,  but  to  12,  the  firft 
Multiple  of  6  ;  and  thus  coming  to  the  Cube  of  i8,  the 
Remainder  of  the  Divifion  muft  not  be  added  to  tf,  nor  to 
12,  but  to  18  :  and  thus  in  i7fji}utum. 

Monf.  de  la  HirCj  from  confidering  this  Property  of  the 
Number  6,  with  regard  to  Cubic  Numbers,  found  that  all  o- 
ther  Numbers  rais'd  to  any  Power  wharfoever,  had  each 
their  Divifor,  which  had  the  fame  effeil  with  regard  to 
them,  that  6  has  with  regard  to  Cubes.  And  the  general 
Rule  he  has  difcover'd,  is  this  :  If  the  Exponent  of  the 
Power  of  a  Number  be  even,  /.  e.  if  that  Power  be  rais'd 
to  the  2d,  4th,  6th,  ^c.  Power,  it  mult  be  divided  by  z  j 
and  the  Remainder,  if  there  be  any,  added  to  2  or  to  a 
Multiple  of  2,  gives  the  Root  of  the  Number  correVponding 
to  its  Power,  /.  e.  the  2d  nr  6th  Roof,  ^c.  But  if  the  Ex- 
ponent of  the  Power  of  the  Number  be  uneven,  i.  e.  if  it  be 
rais'd  to  the  ^d,  5th,  7th,  ^c.  Power,  the  Duple  of  that  Ex- 
ponent will  be  the  Divilor  which  /hall  have  the  Property 
here  requir'd. 

Folygonous  Numbers,  the  Sums  of  Arithmetical  Progref- 
fions.  beginning  with  Unity.  Thefe,  where  the  Difference 
of  Terms  is  i,  are  cali'd  Triangular  Numbers  j  where  2 
Square  Numbers^  where  9,  Fsntagonal  Numbers  ;  where  4,* 
Hexagonal  Numbei  s  where  5,  Heftagonal,  ^c.  See  Polygon', 

Fyramidal  NuxMeers.  The  Sums of  Polygonous  Numbers, 
coUefted  after  the  fame  manner  as  the  Polygons  themfetves 
are  gather'd  out  of  Arithmetical  Progreffions,  are  cali'd 
firjl  Fyratnidal  Nt£»!l-:r<. 

The  Sums  of  the  firft  Pyramidals,  are  ciiVAfecond  Fyra. 
mtdals.  The  Sums  of  the  fecond  Pyramidals,  are  cali'd 
third  Fyramidals,  l^c. 

In  particular,  they  are  c^W&TrianquUr  Fyramidal  Num- 
bers, if  they  arife  out  of  Fnangtilar  Numbers.  Firft  Pentago- 
nal Fyramidals,  if  they  arife  out  of  Pentagons,  ^c.  See 
Pyramid. 

Cardinal  Numbers,  thofe  which  exprefs  the  Quantity  of 
Units  i  as  r,  2,  l^c. 

Ordinal  Numbers,  thofe  which  exprefs  the  Order  or 
Rank;  as  ift,  2d,  sd,  ^r. 

Golden  Number,  in  Chronology,  a  Period  of  19  Tears 
invented  by  Meton  the  ^4tht7iian  ;  at  the  end  whereof,  the 
fame  Lunations  return  in  the  fame  Days,  tho'  not  precifely  in 
the  fame  Hour  and  Minute  of  the  Day.  See  Psriod  and 
Lunation.  8  A  Hence 


N  U  M 


(  6^%  ) 


N  U  M 


Hence  this  Period,  call'd  by  \.\\cGYech  EiineadecaeteTh,  is 
not  perfectly  juft;  there  being  a  Froemf:ofis,  or  Leap,  at 
the  end  of  each  512  ^  earp,  i.  e.  in  that  time,  the  Lunations 
fall  out  a  Day  fooncr  than  iheG'cWe?;  Number  exprelTes  them. 
See  pROEMPTosis. 

This,  among  other  things,  was  what  cnqag'd  Pope  Gye- 
gory  .XIII.  to  reform  the  Calendar,  to  throw  out  the  Golden 
Number,  and  fubfiitute  the  Cycle  of  Epafts  inficad  of  it. 
For  the  Ufe  of  the  Gohkn  Nwrher,  which,  in  the  ^nhan 
Calendar,  ferves  to  find  the  New  Moons,  only  ferves  in 
the  Gre^ilor/fiH  to  find  the  Cycle  of  Epadis.  See  Epact  j 
fee  aifo  Cycle,  and  Calendar. 

This  hliimhsr  is  faid  to  have  had  its  Name,  Golden,  from 
the  Greatnefs  of  its  Ufe  i  or  becaufe  the  Jthenuuts  receiv'd 
it  with  fp  much  Applaufc,  that  they  had  it  wrote  in  the 
publick  Market  in  Letters  of  Gold. 

M.Cafjii  defines  the  Go/de?!  Ni^mler  after  a  new  manner. 
He  fays,  'tis  the  Number  of  Years  elaps'd  fince  that  which 
had  the' New  Moon  on  its  firft  Day;  as  that  of  the  Year 
I  5CO,  whafe  Colda:  Number  was  o  which  he  takes  for  his 
Epocha.   See  Metonic. 

NL'MBEK,  in  Grammar,  is  a  Mndificaiion  of  Nouns, 
Verbs,  to  accommodate  them  to  the  Varieties  in  their 
Ohjefls,  confider'd  with  regard  to  l^umier.  See  Koun,  ^c. 

Nouns  or  Karnes  agreeing  to  feveral  Thini's,  may  be 
confider'd  either  as  apply'd  to  one  of  thofeThings  fingu- 
larly,  or  to  a  Number  of  them  3  and  thofe  either  confider'd 
as  feveral,  or  as  united.  To  diliiiiguifli  thefe  Cafes,  two 
]<f!itnbers  have  been  invented,  the  Singular  and  Third. 

When  a  Noun  indicates  an  Objedl  confider'd  as  fingle,  or 
alone,  or  a  number  of  them  confider'd  as  united  together, 
'tis  faid  to  be  of  the  Siri^uLir  Number  ^  as  a  Tree,  a  Troop, 
a  Temple.  SeeSiNnoLAR. 

When  it  indicates  feveral  Objefis,  and  thofe  as  ditimtt, 
it  is  of  the  TUiral  Ni^jfibcr ;  as  Trees,  Temples.  Thus 
when  I  fpeak  of  mvfelf,  as  making  part  of  feveral  others, 
inftead  of  /,  I  fay  U'e,  Sffc   See  Plural. 

The  G---eeks  have  a  third  Number,  which  they  call  the 
Dual  NtLmha-y  as  fignifying  two.  The  Heiic^as  have  fome- 
thing  like  it;  but  then  it  only  rakes  place  when  the  Words 
fignify  a  thing  double  either  by  Nature,  as  the  Hands,  the 
Eyes,  S'c.  or  by  Art.  as  SciiTars,  Tongs,  C£jc. 

As  to  Common  and  Appellative  Names,  they  feem  all 
naturally  to  require  a  Tlural  Number,  yet  are  there  feveral 
which  have  none  j  as  the  Names  of  Gold,  Steel,  ^c. 

The  Difference  o{  Numbers  in  Nouns  is  exprefs'd  by  a 
Difference  of  Termination  or  Ending. 

In  Ejiilip,  the  Shi^'-'iar  is  ufually  converted  into  Tlural, 
by  addi'ngj;  Tree,  Trees ;  Hand,  Hands,  ^c.  Where 
the  Pronunciation  requires  it,  as  when  the  Sin^KLi-r  ends  in 
J,  or  X,  fj,  or  ch,  'tis  ufually  done  by  the  Addition  ef  es 
infiead  of  s. 

The  Tlurah  of  Adjcflives,  tho'  vary'd  from  the  Sm^^a- 
lars  in  moft  other  Languages  ;  yet  in  EngUJh  generally 
the  fame.    See  Verb. 

NUMBERS,  ill  Poetry,  Oratory,  Mufic,  £5?c.  are  certain 
Meafures,  Proportions,  or  Cadences,  which  render  an  Air, 
Verfe,  or  Period,  agreeable  to  the  Ear.  See  Verse,  Mea- 
sure, 

Foetical  and  Trofarc  Ni::!7bers,  are  fomewhat  difterent  : 
Toetical  Numbers  confift  in  a  certain  Harmony,  in  the  Or- 
der, Quantities,  lyc.  of  the  Feet  and  Syllables  i  which 
make  the  Piece  mufical  to  the  Ear,  and  fit  it  fur  Singing: 
for  which  all  the  Verfes  of  the  Anrients  were  intended. 
*Tis  of  thefe  Numbers  Virgil  fpeaks  in  his  IVth  Eclogue. 

Numeros  memijii  Jl  verba  icnsrem. 

And  again,  in  the  Vlth  Eclogue: 

Turn -vem  in  I^Kmcrum  F.imofij;  fera/qj  vidercs 
Ludere  ■  - 

The  Numbers  are  what  conflitute  the  Air  and  Charafler 
of  a  Verfe  j  and  denominate  it  fmoothj  or  f aft,  or /ozy,  or 
rough,  or  rafid^  or  fonorous.  The  following  Lines  of  M/to« 
furnifti  an  Inflance  of  fofr  eafy  Numbers. 

Then  feed  on  Thoughts,  which  •volmtary  move 
Harmonious  Numbers  5  as  the  tuneful  Bird 
Sin"S  darkl'ngt  ^iid  in  Jhadieji  Co-vert  hid^ 
'Tunes  her  Notlitrnal  Note  :  

How  different  from  the  Ntmhers  of  thefe  : 

Jrms  meet  ivith  ^rms,  Faucheorts  with  Faucheons  dafh, 
A^id  Spurh  of  F'l^c,  /™"*  Z'!/^- 

But  when  hud  Suf'^es  hp  the  founding  Shore, 
The  hoarfe  rough  Ferfe  fiouldlike  the  Torrent  roar. 

Rhetorical  or  Frofaic-NviA3i.KS,  are  a  fort  of  fimple  un- 
affcaed  Harmony,  lefs  glaritig  than  that  of  Verie;  yet 


fuch  as  is  perceivM,  and  afte6>s  the  Mind  with  Pleafure, 
llie  Numbers  are  that  by  which  the  Style  is  faid  to  be  e^ifyj 
fne,  ioujid,  fl'jwijig,  l^c.    See  Style. 

A  fine  Initance  of  NKwierj  we  have  in  that  Paflage  oiTuUy 
for  \Lircellus :  Nulla  eji  tanta 'vis^  tantaq^  co^ia  qU£  nan  ferro 
ac  %'iribus  debdit.iri  frang'qh  f'^JJ'f-  All  the  Beauty  of  which 
would  be  entirely  loli  10  any  tolerable  Ear,  if  the  Numbers 
were  a  little  inverted,  thus  :  N"!!»  eji  vis  tania,  £5?  cofia  tanta 
non  fajfit  debditari  frangiq;  viribus  ferro. 

Numbers  are  a  Thing  abfoluiely  neceflary  in  all  Writing, 
and  even  allSpeech.  Hence  Jrijiotle,  Tally,  Quiiitilian,  ^c. 
lay  down  abundance  of  Rules  as  to  the  hcii  manner  of  in- 
termixing D.iHyls,  Spondees,  yJnapejrs,  Iambus's,  Choraic  and 
Dicboraic  Molo^us's,  i^c.  in  order  to  haye  the  Numbers  per- 

fea. 

The  Subftance  of  what  they  have  done,  is  reducible  to 
what  follows  :  I,  The  Style  becomes  numerous,  by  the 
alternate  Difpolition  and  Temperature  of  long  and  fhort 
Syllables  i  fo,  as  that  the  Multitude  of  fiiort  ont;s  neither 
render  it  too  hall-y,  nor  that  of  long  ones  too  flow  and 
languid. 

Thus,  Tu'.ly  to  C'far:  DomulJ^i  Gentes  immanitate  barha- 
ros  ;  muhitudi7ie  iiinumeruhiles,  locls  injuuias,  omni  co^iarum 
genere  abundantes,  iSc. 

Sometimes,  indeed,  long  or  fhort  Syllables  are  defign- 
edly  thrown  together,  without  any  fuch  Mixture  j  to  paint 
the  Celerity  or  Slowncfs  of  a  Thing  by  that  of  the  JVani- 
bcrs  i  as, 

Qiiadruped.une  putrem  fonitu  quatil  iijiguLi  campum. 

-lEneid.  1.  8, 

LuBautes  Vemos,  Tcmpeflatefq;  Sonoras. 

Id,  1.  I. 

2.  The  The  Style  htcotncs  numerous  by  the  intermixing 
of  Words  of  one,  two,  and  more  Syllables  >  e.gr.  V.vts  ^ 
■011)15  j!on  ad  dcponsnd-im  jcd  ad  conjirmandcnn  audaciamr 
Whereas  the  too  frequent  repetition  uf  Monofyllables  ren- 
ders theStyle  pitiful,  and  grating  3  e.gr.  Jiac  in  Re  noshic 
7ion  jeret. 

5.  It  contributes  greatly  to  the  numeroufnefs  of  a  Period, 
to  have  it  doled  by  magnificent  and  well  founding  Words  ; 
as,  Qui  locus  qUictis  ac  tranqUilitatis  ple^i^mus  fore  -videbatur^ 
in  eo  maxima  moleftiarum,  ££?  iurbulenti^mie  tem-pejtates  ex- 
titerunt. 

4.  The  Numbers  depend  not  only  on  the  noblenefs  of  tho 
Words  in  the  Ciofe,  but  of  thofe  in  the  whole  renor  of  the 
Period  5  as  in  the  fine  Oration  of  Cicero  for  Fontem^  Brother 
of  one  of  the  Veital  Maids.  Nolite  pat  'i,  Jzidices,  aras  Beorum 
immortahum,  J'eji^qtie  matris,  qUot.Uiajits  Virgint'm  LamentO' 
tiombus  de  Vejho  judicio  commoveri . 

5.  To  have  the  Period  flow  eafily  and  equably,  the  har/h 
concurrence  of  Letters  and  Words  is  to  be  fludioufly  avoided, 
particularly  the  frequent  meeting  of  rough  Confonants  } 
as  Jrs Jtiidiortm,  Rex  Xerxes:  The  beginning  the  firft  Syl- 
lable of  a  Word  with  (be  la(t  of  the  preceding  i  as,  Res 
mihi  ini-if-e pint :  The  frequent  repetition  of  the  fame  Letter 
or  Syllable;  asin  that  Verfe  of  Jfrica  terribili  tre- 
nnt  borrida  terra  tumultu  :  And  the  froquent  ufe  of  like- 
ending  Words  ;  as  Amatriccs,  Adjutrices,  Trafiigiatrkes 
fuerunt. 

Laitly,  Theutmoft  Care  is  to  be  taken,  left  in  aiming 
at  Orato'rial  N'-tmbers,  you  fall  into  Poetical  ones  ;  and  inftead 
of  Profe,  write  Verfe  3  which  even  Cicero  himfelf  is  forae- 
times  guilty  of ;  witnefs.  Cum  hquitur  tantt fittus gemitufque 
jiebant.    See  Verse. 

NUMERAL  Letters,  thofe  Letters  of  the  Alphabet, 
which  are  generally  ufed  for  Figures;  as  I,V,X,C,  D. 

Numeral  CbaratJers.    See  Character. 

NUMERALS,  in  Grammar,  are  thofe  Words  which  es- 
prefs  Numbers;  3.sSix,  Eight,  Ten,  ^c.    See  Ordinals. 

NUMERATION,  in  Arithmetic,  the  Art  of  valuing, 
pronouncing,  or  reading,  any  Number,  or  Series  of  Numbers. 
See  Number. 

The  Charaaers  whereby  Numbers  are  ordinarily  ex- 
prefs'd, are  the  nine  following  ones,  ■uiz.i,^,  3,4,  5>^^,7i8,9. 
It  being  the  Law  of  the  common  Numeration,  that  when  you 
are  arrived  at  ten,  you  begin  again,  and  repeat  as  before  j 
only  expreflTing  the  Number  of  Tens. 

Weigs/ius,  indeed,  /hews  how  to  number  without  going 
beyond"  a  Quaternary,  i.  e.  by  beginning  to  repeat  at  each 
Fourth.  And  Leibititz,  in  what  he  calls  his  Binary  Arith- 
metic, begins  to  repeat  at  every  Second  ;  only  ufing  two 
Charaaers,  i  and  o.  But  thefe  are  rather  Matters  of  Cu- 
riofity  than  Ufe.    See  Binary:  Arithmetic, 

That  the  nine  Numerical  Notes  may  exprefs  not  only 
Units  but  alfo  Tens  or  Decads,  Hundreds  or  Centuries, 
Thoufands,  they  have  a  local  Value  given  ihein  ; 

fo,  as  that  when  either  alone,  or  when  placed  in  the  right- 
hand  place,  they  denote  Units ;  in  the  fecond  place.  Tens  ; 
in  the  third.  Hundreds  in  the  fourth,  Thoufands.  See 
Notation,  £^c. 

Now, 


NUN 


(  ^43  ) 


NUT 


Now,  To  exprefs  ajiy  written  Nuwher^  or  clJipi  the  proper 
Value  to  each  Cbarutler  j  Divide  the  propofcd  IS  umber  by 
Comma'i  into  Claffes,  allowing  three  Charadcrs  in  each 
Clafsj  beginning  at  the  right-iiand.  Over  the  right-hand 
figure  of  the  third  Clafs,  add  a  i'mall  Mark  or  tranfverfe 
Line  j  over  the  right-hand  Figure  of  the  fifth  Clafs,  add 
two  Marks  or  traniverfc  Lines i  over  that  of  the  feventhj 
three,  iSi-:  The  Number  to  the  left  of  the  firlt  Comma, 
exprefs  by  Thoufands,  that  which  has  over  it  the  firft 
iraiiverfe  Line,  exprefs  by  Millions;  that  with  two,  by 
BiLlitins  5  that  wiih  three,  by  Trillions,  ^c.  Lalily,  the 
left-hand  Chara6i:cr  of  each  CiaT^,  exprefs  by  Hundreds; 
the  middle  one,  by  Tens;  and  the  right-hand  one,  by  U- 
niis.    Thus  will  the  Numcraticii  be  effeiled. 

The  following  Numbers,  a'",  i  2 5 ,  47  5 ",  5  , 5 78', 
4;2,  51)7.  is  thus  expTels'd  or  read  :  'J  wo  Trillions,  one 
hundred  twenty  Millions  of  Billion.'^,  four  hundred  leventy 
three  Billions,  fix  hundred  thirteen  Thoufands  of  Millions, 
and  five  hundred  fcventy  eight  Millions,  four  hundred  and 
thirty  two  thoufand,  five  Hundred  and  ninety  feven. 

NUMERATOR,  in  Arithmetic,  aTermufed  in  fpeak- 
ing  of  Fradtions.  It  fignifies  the  Number  rhat  denotes  the 
Parts  of  the  Integer,  and  is  placed  over  the  litrle  Bar,  which 
fepuratcs  it  from  the  under  Number,caird  t^icDenortiiii^uor^ 
which  lliews  into  how  many  Parts  the  Integer  is  divided. 
See  Denominator. 

Thes,  -v.g.  expreffes  feven  Tenths;  where  7  is  the 
]<lnmerator^  and  10  the  Denominator.    See  Fraction. 

IslUMERlCAL,  fumething  that  relates  Number. 

Numerical  Algebra,  is  that  which  makes  ufe  of  Num- 
bers initead  of  Leiters  of  the  Aiphaliet.    See  Aigeera. 

N  uM  ERi  c  AL  Dfjfej-ewte,  is  the  difference  whereby  one 
Individual  is  dirtinguiflied  from  another.  See  Indivi- 
dual. 

Hence  a  thing  is  faid  to  be  NunzericiHy  the  fame,  idem  Nk- 
tnero  or  Jiunicrict,  when  It  is  the  fame  in  the  liri£leltSenfe  of 
the  Word.    See  Unity  and  Identity, 

IsJuMERO,  in  Commerce,  a  Term  prefixed  to  any 
Number  ot  things  j  marked,  or  abbreviated  thus,  N*' 

PeNuMERO,  i.e.  by  Tale,  is  uied  in  aniient  Authors 
for  the  payment,  e.  i^r.  of  a  Pound  in  a  certain  Nionbir  of 
Pieces,  2oShill!ngs;  in  contradiftinifion  to  a  Libra 

fc/ija,  or  pound  weighed  cut.    See  Pound. 

NUMlSMATOGRAPFlIA,  o-Greek  Term  ufed  for  the 
Defcription  and  Knowledge  of  antient  M.cdals  and  Coins, 
whether  of  Gold,  Silver,  or  Brafs.  Sec  Medal  and  Coin. 

Fiilvitis  Vrjifiiiiy  Jt(gi<Jiifie  Bi/liop  of  Teiracona,  Erizzo  a 
noble  Veimici7i,  and  Samhucus  a  Tnlijij  Gentleman,  have  all 
been  fuccefsful  in  ihtNttm'Jmato^raphni  :  ]Mor  mufl  the  more 
modern  Authors  on  the  fame  Subjedl  be  omitted  ;  niz.  the 
two  hkzzabarba's,  Tcitiji,  Spajiheint,  Hardoiim,  Morel^  Vail- 
lant,  Robert,  haudelot,  heger,  and  among  ourfelves,  Evelyn. 

KUMMUS,  a  Piece  of  antient  Roman  Money  ;  whereof 
there  were  two  Kinds:  the  one  Gold,  the  other  Silver.  See 

MoN  EY. 

The  Gold  Kummits^  call'd  Stater  and  J'lreus,  weigh'd  two 
Drachms,  and  was  worth,  according  to  Bud^^-us's  Computa- 
tion, about  I  (5  J.  Sterling. 

The  Silver  NwmJKiij  was  juft  the  Roman  Denarius^  which 
weigh'd  one  Drachm.    See  Coin. 

The  ^cwifj  Nummtis  was  their  Shekel.    See  Shekel. 

NUN,  NoNNE,  an  old  Word,  antiently  ufed  for  a  Fe- 
male Religious  ;  and  fiill  retain'd  in  that  fenfe  in  our 
Language  j  and  in  other  Languages,  particularly  the  French  j 
but  by  way  of  Ridicule  and  Burlefque.    See  Religious. 

Hence  alfo  Nunnery,  a  Monaliery  of  Female  Religious. 
See  Mon  asterv. 

The  Word  comes  from  Nojma,  Nonn^na,  or  Nonnanls  ^ 
all  Latin  Terms,  firft  ufed  for  Penitents,  then  for  Reli- 
gious. 

Borel  derives  it  from  Nonni^  ot  Nonn^e,  which  in  Italian 
{igr\]Bcs  Crajidfathers^  or  Grandmothers.  And  adiis,  that  it 
was  apply'd  by  way  of  Honour  to  the  Woman,  as  that  of 
Father  to  the  Man,  Religions.    See  Father. 

NUNDINAL,  a  Name  which  the  Roj^iJw;  gave  to  the 
eight  firlt  Letters  of  the  Alphabet,  ufed  in  their  Calendar. 
See  Letter. 

This  Series  of  eight  Letters,  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  is 
placed  and  repeated  fucceffively  from  the  firft  to  the  laft 
Day  of  the  Year  ;  one  of  thefc  always  exprefs 'd  the  Mar- 
ket-Days, or  the  Affemblies  call'd  Ntindin^e^  qtiafi  2>foz-endi~ 
M.c,  becaufe  they  returned  every  nine  Days. 

The  Country  People,  after  working  eight  Days  fucceffive- 
ly, came  to  Town  the  ninth,  to  fell  their  feveral  Commo- 
dities, and  to  inform  themfelves  of  what  related  to  Reli- 
gion and  Government. 

Thus  the  Nundinal  Day  being  under  the  Letter  A,  on  the 
ift,  9ih,  17th,  andijth  Days  of  !?,3;/k,^*-^',  ^c.  the  Letter  D 
will  be  the  Niindin.i!  Letter  of  the  Year  following. 

Thefe  Nnndinah  bear  a  good  deal  of  refemblance  to  the 
Dominical  Letters  5  which  return  every  eight  Days,  as  the 
3\f«?;iimii/j  did  every  nine.   See  Dominical  Letter. 


NUNTIO,  an  Ambaffa.ior  from  the  Pope,  to  Tothe  Ca^ 
tholic  Prnice  or  State  ;  or  a  Perfon  who  attends,  cn  the 
Pope's  behalf,  at  an  AlVembly  of  Teveral  Ambafladors.  See 
Embass.\dor. 

The  Word  NiDJtw  has  the  fame  Import  with  Embaffador, 
but  is  reilrAin'd_  in  its  Ufe  to  the  Embalfiidors  of  Popes  a- 
lone  j  as  that  o't  Internum  10  is  to  his  Envoy  Extraordinary. 

Hramom  informs  us,  that  when  he  firft  came  to  Courfi 
the  Niintio  had  only  the  Title  of  Emkiffador. 

IheA'if^/no  has  a  Jurifdidiion,  and'may  delegate  Judges 
in  all  the  States  he  refide.s,  except  in  'trainee,  where  he 
has  no  Authority  but  that  of  a  fimpie  Embaffador. 

NUPER  Ohit,  in  Law,  a  Writ  which  lies  for  a  Co-heir, 
being  ddorced  by  her  Co-partner,  of  Lands  or  Tenements 
whereof  their  common  Father  or  Ancefior  died  feiaed  in 
Fee  Simple. 

If  the  Anceftor  died  feized  in  Fee  Tail,  the  Co-heir  de- 
forced /lull  have  a  For^nedon.    See  Formetjcn. 

NUPTIAL,  famething  that  relates  to  Marriage.  See 
Marriage. 

NURSERY,  in  Gardening,  is  generally  ufed  in  the 
fame  fenfc  as  Semmary^  -jiz,.  tor  a  Seed-plot  for  the  raifing 
of  young  Trees,  or  Plants.    See  Seminary. 

Some  Authors,  however,  make  a  difference  between  the 
twoj  holding  A*jioV;;j',  properly,  not  to  be  a  place  wherein 
Plants  are  fown  5  bui  a  place  for  the  reception  and  rearing 
of  young  Plants,  which  are  removed,  or  tranfpianted  hither 
from  the  Seminary,  iSf. 

Mr.  La^orenc'^  recommends  the  having  T.-veral  2Vf!/ener, 
for  the  feveral  Kinds  of  Trees  :  One  for  tall  Standardsl 
-^■iz-.  Apples,  Afl-ies,  Elms,  Limes,  Oaks,  Pears,  Sycamores^ 
Another  for  jDffliir/r,  viz.  fuch  as  are  intended  for  A- 
pncocks.  Cherries,  Peaches,  Plumbs,  ^c.  And  a  third  for 
Ever-Gyeens. 

The  Narfery  far  Standards  fhould  be  in  a  rich,  light  Soil  ; 
fown,  with  the  proper  Seeds,  in  Ochiher,  or  Novtmber.  For 
Apples  aiu\  Fear;,  Crab- and  Wild-Pear  Kernels,  are  to  bs 
preferred  for  Stocks  :  Elms  and  Limes  are  to  be  raifed 
■from  planted  Suckers  :  Walmits  to  be  fown  with  the  green 
Shell  upon  'em,  to  preferve  them  from  Mice.  Tt\\s  Ni'.rfsry, 
if  it  be  well  managed  and  weeded  for  two  Years,  the  Crabs 
and  Pears  will  be  fit  for  Grafting  and  Inoculating  the  third 
Year.    See  Orchard. 

Firs  and  Pint  s  are  to  be  raifed  from  thofe  little  Seeds 
taken  out  of  their  large  Apples. 

The  Nstrjhy  for  Divarfs  does  beft  by  itfelf,  that  it  may 
not  be  over-top'd  by  taller  TreL:3.  Stones  of  Apricocks  and 
Peaches  are  not  proper  to  raifc  thofe  Trees ;  but  in  lieu 
thereof,  fow  the  Stones  of  the  Pear-Plumb,  Muffel  or  £^0- 
imm 'Magnum  VXxxmh  ;  which  prove  better  and  more  ij.fting 
than  the  former.  For  Stocks  fur  all  iorts  of  Cherries,  black 
Cherry-Stones  do  beft.    See  Stock. 

Mr. Moft(mer  direifls  ail  St^'ne- Fruit  to  be  fown  quickly 
after  ga;hcring;  for  that  if  they  be  kept,  they  wiil  be  two 
Years  e'er  they  come  up.  Add,  that  if  they  have  not  all 
the  Moifiure  of  the  Winter  to  rot  the  Shells,  the  Kernel 
will  fcarce  come  up  at  all. 

To  futni/h  the  Ni<rfery  of  Ez-er-Greens,  the  feveral  forta 
of  Seeds  or  Berries,  as  Yew,  Holly,  Juniper,  i^c.  are  to  be 
put  in  fo  many  diftinft  Pots  or  Boxes,  with  fine  Mould  o- 
ver  them,  and  thus  buried  for  a  year,  after  which,  they 
are  to  be  taken  out  and  fown. 

If  they  were  to  be  fown  when  gather'd  like  other  Seeds, 
they  would  not  come  up  the  firft  year,  nor  grow  fo  kind- 
.. 

NUSANCE,  in  Law,  is  ufed  not  only  for  a  thing  done 
to  the  annoyance  of  another  in  his  Fee  Lands  or  Tene- 
ments i  bur  alfo  the  Aflize  or  Writ  lying  for  the  fame. 

The  Writ  of  Nifance,  de  Nociimento^  is  either  fimply  de 
Nociimejito,  or  de  parvo  Nocumento. 

Majiwood  makes  three  Kinds  of  Nitfaiices  in  the  Forefl  j 
the  firft.  Common  Nujance  j  the  fecond.  Special  Nifance  j  the 
third.  General  Niif-i>!ce. 

Writs  oi'Nufinces  are  now  popularly  term'd  Treffafes^  and 
Aflions  upon  the  Cafe.    See  Trespass,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  French  NWe,  to  hurt. 

NUT,  Nur,  a  fort  of  Fruit,  inclofed  in  a  hard  Cortex 
or  Shell.    See  Fruit. 

Of  thefe  we  have  divers  Kinds  j  fmal!  Nuts,  Filberds, 
Chefnurs,  Walnuts,  £=?c.    See  Filberd  and  Nux, 

NUTATION,  in  Aflronomy,  a  kind  of  Trepidation,  op 
tremulous  Motion  of  the  Axis  of  the  Earth;  whereby, 
in  each  annual  Revolution,  it  is  twice  inclined  to  the  E- 
clipttc;  and  as  often  returns  to  its  former  Pofition,  See 
Earth. 

That  the  Moon  has  a  like  Motion,  is  fliewn  by  Sir  If. 
Newton,  in  the  firft  Book  of  hlsFrincipia  ■■,  but  he  obferves 
withal,  that  this  Motion  muft  be  very  fmall  5  and  fcarce 
fcnfible.    See  Motion  and  Axis. 

NUTMEG,  a  kind  of  Aromatic  Nut,  orSpice,  brought 
from  the  Eajl  Ir^dies ;  whereof  there  are  two  Kinds  Male 
and  Female.    See  Spice. 

The 


NUT 


(  644  ) 


NUT 


Female  is  that  chiefly  ufed  among  us;  its  Form  is  even  then,  the  Liquor  thus  given  to  the  Embrlo,  is  exceed- 
round,  its  Smell  agreeable,  and  its  Talte  hot  and  pun-  ingly  thick,  in  companion  with  what  it  is  to  be  when  con- 
gem.           ^  verted  into  its  Veffels  and  Vifcsra. 

Tho^Male  is  a  wild  Nut,  of  a  longifh  Form,  and  without        Now  the  lirlt  tender  Solids  arifing  from  this  fubtile  Hu- 

eithcr  Fatte  or  Smell ;  yet  fomctimes  put  off,  while  ycc  mour,  do  again  pafs  infinite  intermediate  Degrees,  e'er  they 

in  the  Fed,  for  the  Female.  arrive  at  their  utmoit  State  and  Cuniiltence  ;  as  is  /hewn 

'Fhe  l^utmegs  are  enclofed  in  three  different  Covers  :  The  by  Mi/figbi  in  Eggs^  and  by  Ruyjch  in  jEmlrio's  and  t'o^tiis's, 

firtt,  ihin,  rtddi/h,  of  an  agreeable  Smell  and   aromatic  Hence,  therefore,  it  follows,  that  the  Solids,  in  their  firlt 

TaUe,  call'd  l^ace  j  by  others,  tho'  improperly,  F/owcr  of  Formation  our  of  the  Liquids  whence  they  arlle,  only  differ 

I^utmeg.^   This  wraps  up  the  Snell,  and  opens  in  proportion  from 'cm  in  Relt,  Cohehon,  and  Figure.    Therefore  fuch  a 


as  the  Pod  grows.  '  'I'he  Shell,  which  makes  the  Vecond 
.Cover,  is  hat.d,  thin,  and  blacki/h.  Under  this,  is  a  green- 
WI1  Film  of  no  ufe  j  and  in  this  is  found  the  Nittmeg,  which 
properly  the  Kernel  of  the  Fruit.  Every  Nutmeg  has  a 
little  Hole  in  it,  which  fome  i"norantly  take  for  a  De- 

The  bed  Nittmegi  are  thofe  gather'd  !n  yfpriL  They  niuft 
be  chofen  heavy,  of  a  whitiili  brown  Colour,  well  marbled 
without  fide,  rcddifli  within,  having  a  fat  unttuous  Hu- 
mour, and  an  agreeable  Smell. 

As  to  the  Mace,  it  mull  be  chofen  in  large  Leaves  of  a 
high  Colour,  like  the  Nutmeg  in  Talle  and  Smell.  See  Mace. 

JViirmc^j  comfited  green,  are  excellent  to  forcity  theSto- 


Particle,  now  in  its  fluid  State,  will  become  a  part  of  the 
Solid  to  be  form'd  out  of  it,  as  foon  as  there  happens  to  be 
a  Power  to  elfc£l  its  Cohelion  with  the  other  lolid  Parts  5 
howioevet  that  Cohefion  is  effetSled. 

This  Cohelion  is  cafiiy  produced  in  a  Fibre  already 
furm'tl,  it  there  happen  to  he  a  proper  (Cavity  in  the  Solid, 
lett  oj  en  by  lome  loll  Particle,  and  at  the  fame  time  a 
Particle  in  the  Fluid,  anfwerable  thereto  in  Bulk,  Figure, 
and  Nature;  and  laltly,  a  Power  wherewithal  ro  intru'tle  it 
into  that  Place,  or  accommodate  it  thereto.  'Fhus  will  a- 
rife  a  real  hii-.trium  of  the  Solids  in  the  minute  Veflels,  by- 
whole  Union  the  large  ones  are  form'd  5  that  is,  in  the 
Nerves,  or  in  Veflels  fimilar  thereto.    Which  being  im- 


mach,  and  rellore  the  natural  Heat.  They  are  particularly  pradicable  by  any  other  Liquid  than  that  hrouuh"r  into 
eiieem'd  Carminative.  I  he  Powder,  JJh/t,  eflcjm'd  a  So-  iin:fe  YelTels  ;  it  appears  very  evident  that  the^nervous 
vereign  againft  Rheums,  is  only  Nuuncg  pulverized  with    Juice,  at  Icalt  a  Juice  perfeilly  like  it,  is  the  immediate 


Sugar,  and  a  little  Cinnamon 

Nutmegs^  by  Diflillatiun,  or  Exprcffion,  yield  an  Oil, 
faid  to  have  wonderful  Virtues. 

The  whole  Commerce  of  Nutmegs  is  in  the  hands  of  the 
Dutch  Eaji -India  Co/nfany. 

The  JVraweg-Tree  is  propagated  after  a  particular  man- 
ner. Tavernier  tells  us,  that  the  Birds  devouring  the  Nutmeg 
when  ripe,  give  it  back  whole  by  Stool  i  and  that  thus 
falling  down  to  the  Ground,  bti mear'd  with  a  vifcous 
Matter,  it  takes  Roor,  and  produces  a  Tree.  See  Misleto. 

NUTRITION,  in  the  Animal  Oeconomy,  the  Acceflion 
or  Appofition  of  new  Parts  in  the  Body,  fimilar  to  thofe 
it  already  confided  ofi  either  for  its  Augmentation,  or  for 
the  Reparation  of  fuch  as  are  wore  off. 

By  the  continual  Motion  of  the  Fluids  In  the  minute 
Veflels  of  the  Body,  and  the  Aflions  of  the  Mufcles,  ^c. 
fmall  Parcels  are  of  neceffity  wore  off  from  the  Solids,  be- 
come mix'd  with  the  Fluids,  move  with  them,  and  arc  at 
length  eliminated  and  exhaled  ihro'  the  Pores.  See  Pore 
and  Solid. 

And  at  the  fame  time,  the  Fluids,  diminilli'd  as  they  are 


by  a  confiant  Attrition,  apply  to  the  Orifices  of  the  per-    the  one  and  other  are,  by  different  Authors,  made  the  Nu- 


Matter  of  Nutinioj: :  \V  hence  Nutrition  appears  one  of  the 
lafl  and  molt  perfe£l  Adlions  in  the  Body  ;  fince  to  have 
this  laudable,  all  the  precedent  Aflions  mud  of  neceffity 
have  been  fo.    Se::  SfiRir. 

The  Chyle  therebre,  which  fome  make  the  immediate 
Matter  of  Nutrition,  is,  indeed,  fitted  to  fill  the  larger 
VellcL,  but  cannot  nouriJh  or  reilore  them.  This,  when 
attenuated,  chang'd,  more  intimately  mix'd  in  the  Lungs 
by  means  of  Rclpiration,  and  thus  fitted  for  the  Paffaoe 
ot  certain  Veffels,  is,  indeed,  rendred  fitter,  yet  far  from 
being  quite  fit,  to  be  the  Matter  of  A'nin.-;Dn,  See  Chyle. 

But,  by  the  repeated  A£iii;n  of  the  Lungs,  the  r'lfcera^ 
Veffels,  fiic.  there  is  form'd  out  of  this  Humour,  a  foft,  te- 
nacious, plaOic,  infipid  Serum,  which  thickening  by  the  Fire 
becomes  perfeiUy  hke  the  White  of  an  Egg.  This  Fluid 
therefore,  has  in  it  all  the  Conditions  found  in  that  from 
whence,  by  lure  Experience,  we  know  all  the  folid  Parts 
of  an  Animal,  arife,  by  meer  Incubation,  It  is  therefore  a 
Itep  nearer,  but  is  not  yet  quite  difpofed  for  Nutriment. 
Much  lefs  is  the  Cruor,  or  red,  globular  Part  of  the  Blood 
fo.    Neither  are  yet  fitted  to^  enter  the  Veffels  5  yet  both 


fpiring  Veffels,  and  vanifh  out  of  the  Body,    See  Perspi' 

KATION. 

Hence  the  Animal  Body,  by  the  very  Condition  of  its 
Frame,  becomes  foon  liable  to  Deflruflion. 

To  preferve  Life,  therefore,  'tis  necefi'ary  that  a  Refll- 
tution  be  made  to  the  Juices  and  Solids  of  the  Body  5  e- 
qual,  and  fimilar  to  thofe  loft  in  thofe  Motions  i  which  is 
what  we  call  the  Aftion  of  Nutrition. 

Now  the  loft  Juices  are  eafily  fupply'd  by  Meat,  Drink, 


ti-ttive  Juice.    See  Bloop,  Serum,  and  Cruor. 

But  as  the  Heal  of  Incubation,  fo  the  Aftion  of  thel^lf- 
cera  and  Veffels,  on  the  Serum,  introduces  various  Changes 
therein;  till  at  length  a  part  of  it  be  rendred  fubtile  e- 
nough  for  the  Purpofe  required.  This,  when  exhaufted,  js 
Iiiftantly  repaired  :  and  thus  we  have  the  true  immediate 
Matter  of  Ni'.tritioj:. 

Bur  this  fame  Humour  lofing  too  many  of  its  oily  Parts, 
by    many  repeated   Circulations,  is   rendred  too  ftarp 


Air,  ^c.  taken  into  the  Stomach,  digeUed,  convertL-d  into  and  being  likewife  ftrip'd  of  its  mofl:  liquid  Parts,  from  the 
Chyle,  then  into  Blood,  and  thence  fecreted  by  the  proper    fxme  Caufe,  becomes  too  denfe  j  and  is  thus  rendred 


Dufis,  and  carry'd  by  the  A£lIon  of  the  Bo(iy,  to  the  proper 
Receptacles  i  after  the  manner  laid  down  under  the  Articles 
Digestion,  Chylific ation.  Sanguification,  and 
Secretion. 

But  the  Nutrition  of  the  folid  Parts  is  much  more  ob- 
fcure.    This  indeed  has  proved  the  Si 
Doubts  and  Differer.ces  ai-nong  Authors  i  nor  had  we  any 
rational  or  faiisfadlory  Account  of  the  flime,  till  that  of  the 
accurate  Boerhaaz-e,  whofe  Doflrine  is  as  follows. 

Every  folid  Part  of  the  Body  cor.iifts  of  other  leffer  ones, 
in  all  refpefls  like  the  larger;  Veflels,  z:  g.  of  Veficles, 
and  thofe  of  others  fllU  fmaller;    Bones  of  O/fdes,  ^. 


fit  for  this  Secretion.  Hence  the  neceffity  of  new  Chyle, 
and  new  Food,  to  keep  up  Nmritiojj. 

The  Matter  of  Nutrition  thus  afcertaln'd  ;  the  A/.!«;je»' 
ivhsrei}!,  and  rhe  Onije  ZL-herchy  it  is  cffcBed,  are  as  follow. 
A  Juice  being  driven  directly  ihroafull,  conic  or  cylindric, 
bjed  ot  infinite  elaitic  or  rigid  Canal ;  if  its  Courfe  be  from  a  wider  10  a 
narrower  Parr,  or  if  it  have  any  thing  to  oppoic  its  Motion, 
will  endeavour  to  ftretch  the  Sides  of  its  Canal  according 
to  the  Axis  of  its  Length.  This  muft  be  the  Cafe,  every 
where  in  the  Body,  except,  perhaps,  in  tiie  Veins  and  Re- 
ceptacles. By  this  Nifm,  or  Endeavour,  how  weak  foever, 
continually  repeated,  the  Veffels  will  be  infenfibly  leng- 


Which  Struilure  goes  beyond  all  Limits  of  Senfe,  however    then'd  out  5  and  inlengthning,  will  be  made  more  and  more 


affifted  by  Art;  as  appears  by  the  Experiments  and  Ob- 
fervatlons  of  Maifigbi,  Rnyfcb,  Leezvcnhoech,  and  Hook.  Yet 
IS  it  fcarce  poffible  this  Divifion  and  Subdivifion  lliould  be 
infinite,  as  that  of  Foods  and  Juices  Is. 

Again,  it  appears  from  Mlcrofcopcp,  Injeftions,  fmall 
Wounds,  Exficcations,  t^c.  that  the  folid  Parts  of  the  Body 
are  very  fmall,  compared  with  the  Fluids ;  and  it  is  almoft 
demonftrable  from  confidering  the  Rife,  and  Generation, 
of  the  Veffels,  and  the  Refolution  of  the  greater  Veffels 
into  their  fmaller  conftitucnt  ones,  that  all  the  folid  Mafs 
in  the  Body  is  conflru6ted  of  mere  Nerves,  as  its  Ele- 
See  Nerve,  Stam  en,  £5?i 


llender.  Hence  the  laft  Extremities  of  the  Veffels,  which 
In  Man  are  extremely  fmall,  are  continually  ftretch'd  and 
rendred  lefs  and  lefs  coherent,  e.  ftlil  nearer  and  nearer 
to  Diffolutlon;  and  thus  at  length  will  they  cohere  fo 
weakly,  as  fcarce  to  differ  from  Fluids. 

While  fuch  Morion  goes  on,  therefore,  and  the  Propulfion 
Is  continued,  there  will,  of  neceffity,  happen  thefe  two 
things:  Firft,the  outmolt  Particles  of  the  minuteft  Tubes  be- 
ing torn  off,  will  again  be  converted  Into  a  kind  of  Humour, 
what  part  of  the  Body  foever  they  ftick  in.  Secondly,  the 
fmalleft  Particles,  which  by  their  Union  compofed  the 
ilendereft  FiiWf/.i',  will  be  fo  feparated  from  each  other. 


And  In  effe£l,  all  this  Mafs,  an  Incredibly  fmall  Parti-  toleave  open  Interftlces  in  thofe  Places,  where,  before,  they 

cleonly  excepted,  at  firft  arofe  out  of  what  was  a  very  cohered.    Both  thefe  EffedlswiUbe  produced  at  all  times, 

fmall  Colllquament,  much  like  the  nervous  Juice  itfelf ;  as  and  in  all  parts  of  the  Body,  fo  long  as  Life  continues  5 

is  abundantly  fhown  by  the  great  Mal^ighi  in  his  two  Trea-  efpecially  where  Nature  is  ftrong,  and  the  Anions  of  the 

tifes  on  incubated  Eggs.    For  neither  does  the  White  of  Body  violent.    But  the  fame  Humour  whereby  thefe  Ef- 

the  Egg  nourilh,  till,  by  means  of  the  Incubation,  it  have  fefls  are  produced,  containing  abundance  of  Particles  flmi- 

pafs'dinnumerable  degreesof  Fluidity,  from  Itsfirft  Thick-  lar  to  thofe  thus  f-parated  and  loft,  conveys  and  applies 

nefs  to  that  exceeding  Subtillty  wherein  it  terminates.    But  them  to  thofe  Interftlces,  by  that  very  Impetus  whereby  it 


NUX 


( 64^; ) 


N  Y  M 


endeavours  to  diflend  the  Canals;  and  thus  intercepted,  at 
length,  it  forms,  adapts,  and  fattens  them,  fo  as  to  adhere 
in  the  fartie  manner  as  the  former. 

The  Matter,  Preparation,  Application,  Energy  of  Mo- 
tion, ftill  remaining  the  fame  j  what  from  time  to  time  is 
loft,  is  thus  prefently  reiiored  ;  and  the  Solids  continue  in 
the  fame  State  as  before,  /.  e.  they  are  perpetually  nouriji/'d, 
and  rupply'd,and  preferv'd. 

In  this  the  Creator's  Wifdom  is  very  confpicuous  ;  in 
that  the  fame  Power  which  inevitably  deilroys,  does  repair 
again  at  the  fame  time,  and  by  the  fame  Aiiion  ;  and  that 
the  greater  the  Lofs  is,  the  mure  copious  is  the  Supply  : 
and  laiHy,  that  thofe  Parts,  fitfl:  fpent  in  the  A<ilion  of 
the  Body,  arc  the  firll  reftored. 

Further,  'tis  evident  that  the  newer,  the  more  tender, 
and  the  nearer  the  movino  Caufe  thefe  Veffels  are,  the 
more  cafily  will  they  be  lengthen'd,  diftended,  deiiroy'd 
and  repair'd  :  Our  Bodies,  therefore,  the  nearer  to  their 
Origin,  the  more  do  they  grow.  Fur,  the  A6lion  ftill  con- 
tinuing, the  greater  Veflels  become  more  extended  by 
their  Fluid;  and  at  the  fame  time  the  1  mailer,  whereof 
the  Membranes  or  Coats  of  the  larger  are  compofed,  are 
tompttfs'd,  dried,  and  at  lafl  concreted,  and  grow  up  ; 
whence  arifes  a  Firranefs,  indeed,  of  the  Fibres,  but  a 
Lofs  of  the  Veficles. 

Thus  what  were,  formerly,  VefTels,  commence  mere 
hard  Ligaments;  and  thus  the  Fluids  once  fix'd,  the  feve- 
rj.1  Veflels  coalcfcc  ;  from  the  Concurrence  of  thefe  Caufes 
arife  the  Strength,  Hardnefs,  Rigidity,  and  Thicknefs  of 
the  folid  Parts. 

Hence,  the  Number  of  Vcflels  is  greaicft  in  Embryo's, 
and  as  Age  comes  on,  fenfibly  ditnini/lies  ;  and  hence  it  is 
that  their  Weaknefs  conllantly  declines,  and  their  Strength 
tind  Firmnefs  increafes.  In  young  People,  therefore,  the 
Quantity  of  Humours  is  redundant,  and  greatly  exceeds  the 
Solids  :  In  old  Men,  tlie  Solids  exceed  the  Fluids.  And 
hence  we  fee  the  Reafon,  Manner,  and  Appearance  of 
Growth,  Stare,  Dccltnlion,  and  at  kngth  of  Death  from 
pure  old  Age.    See  Death. 

A  Perfon  who  cunfiders  this  Account,  and  compares  it 
with  u'hat  is  actually  obfervable  in  the  Body,  will  find  e- 
very  Circumflance  to  obtain  :  Thus  the  whole  CuticuU  is 
every  where,  and  at  all  times,  conltaiirly  defquaramating, 
peeling  off,  and  again  renewing;  and  thus  the  Hair,  Nails, 
Teeth,  continually  rubb'd,  torn,  and  wore  off,  come  again  i 
Parts  taken  off  from  the  V^:ffels,  and  the  Bones,  foon  grow 
again.  And  the  Sordes,  or  Filih,  rubb'd  off  from  the  Ex- 
tremities of  the  Veffels,  when  examiiiM  by  a  Microfcope, 
or  diluted  and  view'd  in  Water,  appear  plainly  to  confilt 
both  of  folid  and  fluid  Parrs ;  and  thofe  carry'd  off  by 
"WaAiing,  Shaving,  ^c.  are  the  fame, 

H^nce,  too,  we  Ice  that  a  general  Increafe  of  the  Bulk 
of  the  Body,  with  regard  to  Habir,  as  in  far,  flefhy,  braw- 
ny Pcrfons,  does  not  ariie  from  any  Increafe  of  the  Solids, 
but  by  their  Extenlion  into  larger  Cavities,  crowded  with 
Itagnani:  Humours.  And  hence  Fatncfs  becomes  hurtful, 
as  it  loads,  weakens,  and  fuffocates.    See  Fatness. 

Whence  arifes  a  very  confiderable  Dillindlion  between 
'timriuau  and  Reflet'mi ;  to  which  a  Phyfician  mull  have  e- 
fpccial  regard :  the  one  firengthening  and  condi:nfing  the 
Veffels,  ihc  other  weakening,  loofening,  and  extending  the 
fame.    See  Plenitude. 

Hence,  laOIy,  we  fee  why  the  Fabric  of  the  Solids  is 
not  dcllroy'd  by  the  contain'd  Fluids;  how  our  Machine 
comes  to  fublift  fo  long  j  why,  when  a  Nerve  is  corrupted, 
the  Nutrition  of  that  part  it  belongs  to,  ceafes  ;  and  why 
the  fame  obtains  in  an  Artery  :  Why  in  an  Embryo  there 
are  no  Solids,  in  a  Ictus  very  few,  in  old  Men  a  groatdeal  j 
and  why  even  the  Nerves,  Tendons,  Arteries,  and  Recep- 
tacles, become  firll  Cartilaginous,  then  Bony. 

Nutrition  of  Flanss.  See  Vegetation,  Sap,  Cir- 
culation,  J^c. 

Nutrition,  in  Pharmacy,  a  kind  of  Preparation,  con- 
fiding in  the  gradual  Mixture  of  Liquors  of  different  Na- 
tures, by  flirting  them  together  till  they  have  acquired  a 
thick  Confiflencej  as  in  making  Butter  of  Saturn^  or  Vn- 
gnentKm  Nniritum. 

Nutritious  I7H;Ve.    See  Nutrition. 
Nutritive  Faculty.    See  Faculty. 
NUTRITUM,  adeficcative,  cooling,  Unguent, prepared 
by  the  Agitation  and  Nutrition  of  fome  Preparation  of  Lead 
with  Oil  and  Vinegar,  or  the  Juice  of  Sohnum^  in  a  Mor- 
tar.   See  Unguent. 

KUX  Vomica^  the  Fruit,  or,  as  fome  will  have  it,  the 
Stone  of  the  Fruit  of  a  Tree,  growing  in  feveral  Parts  of 
£-^yf^,  or  in  the  lllands  Timor  and  Ceylon. 

It  is  round  and  flat,  of  a  grey  Moufe-colour  without,  and 
various  Colours  within;  fometimcs  yellow,  fometimes 
white,  fometimes  brown.  The  largeft,  whitefi,  newei^, 
and  clcancft,  are  the  befl. 

This  Drug  is  an  affured  Poifon  for  all  Animals  e:aept 
Men.   See  Poison. 


On  the  contrary,  Uermaitnus^  Botanic  Profeffor  at  Leyden^ 
who  has  wrote  exprefly  on  it,  fays  that  thole  of  T;w*or  and 
CeyloTi  are  excellent  Sudorifics,  and  to  bu  rank'd  anion" 
Diuretic  Medicines.  ^ 

Nux  Galla.    See  Galls. 

NuxMw,  the  Fruit  of  the  Tree  call'J  Cuai.  Sec 
Cacao. 

^  Ky  CTAGES,  !  Religious  Sea,  difli„5„ifl-,'d  by  their 
invejghmg  agamtt  the  Pradlice  of  waking  in  ,he  Night  to 
fing  the  trailes  of  God  ;  in  regard,  faid  thev,  the  Nioht 
was  made  for  Reft.  '  ° 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  vij'y  Nhht 

NyCTALOPlA,  or  NoHurna  C^citas,  Difeafe  of  the 
Eyes,  which  prevents  their  feeing,  when  the  San  is  fet 
and  the  Light  begins  to  dimini/h.  See  Blindness.  Cel- 
fits  calk  it  linhec'tli:.is  Octtlorttm. 

Others  will  have  the  NySalifia  to  be  properly  a  Difeafe 
that  prevents  the  feeing  by  Day,  not  by  Kjghl:  which  is' 
the  fenfc  Hifpocrcites  ufes  it  in;  and  in  wliich  fenfe  it  is 
fuppos'd  owing  to  the  Spirits  being  too  much  diffipated 
in  the  Day,  but  collcfled  by  Night.  '  Sec  Sicht. 

However,  in  the  general,  any  Difeafe  which  prevents  the 
feeing  at  any  particular  time,  when  othets  fee,  is  call'd 

Eoerkaa-je  fays,  the  NySiahfia  confifls  in  this,  that  the 
Vvea  is  immovable,  and  at  the  fame  time  very  open. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Grcel  n^,  Ni^hi,  and  nAsTttf, 
Fox  i  this  Animal  being  faid  to  fee  lefs  by  Diy  iha'n 
Night.  '  ' 

In  the  FbHofifblcalTranfaShiir,  we  have  an  Inflance  of 
aNyfl.,lop,a,  ot  NArai  Cxcisas,  in  a"Soaih  of  twenty  1  ears 
0*  Age  i  who  had  been  affi.;aed  with  it  as  long  as  he  could 
remember.  Dr.  F-irLim  affures  us  he  iiad  a  g„jd  Sight  all 
Day,  and  dift.nguilh'd  Objefls  at  all  Ditlances  as  well  as 
any  body  ;  but  when  Twilight  once  came,  he  was  ijuito 
blind,  and  faw  nothing  at  all  ;  nor  could  make  fcarce  any 
ufe  either  of  Fire,  Candle,  or  Glaffes.  Yet  his  Eyes,  ui:- 
on  Examination,  /liew'd  nothing  at  all  amifs ;  nor  had  lie 
any  Vertigo,  or  other  Difeafe  of  the  Head.  The  Cloudi- 
nefs,  as  he  himfelf  told  the  Duclor,  ufed  to  come  gradual- 
ly on  him  like  a  Mill,  as  Day-light  declined.  He  always 
faw  alike  in  all  Afpefts  of  the  IMoon,  fel;  no  Pain  by  Fire 
or  Candle-light,  and  was  the  fame  in  Summer  as  Winter. 

Dr.  Briggs  accounts  for  the  Cafe  thus  :  "As  Vapours  arc 
"  raifed  in  great  quantity  during  the  Day-time  ;  which  be- 
"  ing  condenfed  by  the  Coldnefs  of  the  Evening,  fall  a- 
"  gain,  and  render  the  Air,  near  the  Earth,  the  'thicker  - 
"  So,  perhaps,  the  Humours  in  the  Eyes  of  this  Youth  may 
"  beaffefled;  and,  in  the  Evening,  rendred  grolTer  and 
"  more  turbid.  As  we  fee  in  Urines,  which  frequently 
"  grow  clear,  or  turbid,  as  Heat  or  Cold  is  apply'd  to 
"  theni.  By  iuch  Thicknefs  orSpimtude  of  the  Humours 
"  me  R^s  being  either  reflctled,  or  too  much  refradcd  do 
"  not  reach  the  Rst/;i,i,  or  at  leall  Qrite  it  too  feebly."' 

NYCTELIA,  Orx'ya,  or  Fealls  in  honour  of  baccbus  ^  fo 
call'd,  becaufe  held  in  the  Night  time.    See  Ougyi. 

A  great  part  of  the  Ceremonv  conlllled  in  runniii"'thro' 
the  Streets,  with  Bottle  and  Giafsin  hanil,  drinking:  but 
there  was  no  Impurity  unpraflis'd  in  them. 

The  ^l^iemti;;! celebrated  the  Hy^rc/i.i  every  three  Years 
at  the  beginning  of  the  Spting.  ' 

NYMPH,  Nympha,  in  Mythology,  a  fort  of  Heathen 
Divinity,  fuppoled  to  prelide  over' Waters,  Rivers,  and 
Fountains.    See  Goddess. 

Some  extend  the  Word  further,  and  comprize  under  it 
the  GoddelTes  of  the  Fountains,  Forefts,  and  Trees;  call'd 
particularly  Ore^dcs.  Diyailei,  and  J-hmadryatles. 

jV)e«ry;«j  is  of  opinion,  the  Grecli  borrow'd  their  Notion 
of  thefe  Divinities  from  the -P^ja:n;"c.-i7;:j;  for  fv^w^/jj' in  their 
Language  fignifying  Soul,  the  Greefo  imagin'd,  that  the  Souls 
of  the  antient  Inhabitants  of  Greece  were  become  Nympb:. 
I'articulatly  the  Souls  of  thofe  who  had  inhabited  the' 
Woods,  weic  call'd  Vryades;  thofe  who  had  inhabited  the 
Mountains,  Oreades;  thofe  who  had  dwelt  on  the  Sea- 
Coalls,  NcvmAj  ;  and  laflly,  thofe  who  had  their  Place  of 
Abode  near  Rivers,  or  Fountains,  Mt.yc!.  See  DavADES, 
Oreades,  £sfc.  ' 

The  Word  Nymfb,  according  to  fome  other  Authors,  comes 
from  the  Creek  ki^^/^h,  a  Bnde,  or  Woman  newly  marry 'd  ; 
and  w.as  apply'd  to  thefe  Deities,  becaufe  rcprefented  un- 
der the  Figure  of  young  Maids. 

Others  derive  Nj™;-ifrom  LympLi,  Water;  in  regard  of 
their  inhabiting  near  the  Waters. 

NYMPHA,  among  Natutalifls,  a  Term  fometimes  ufed 
for  the  little  Skin  wherewith  Infefls  are  enclofed,  both 
while  they  are  in  the  Egg,  and  after  they  have  undergone 
an  apparent  Transformation.    See  Insect. 

Others  ufe  the  Word  I^ymj:ba  for  the  Change  itfelf  ot 
the  £?«c.i,  or  Worm,  into  a  flying  Animal,  after  having 
laid  afide  its  former  Skin  ;  which,  as  Sivammerdam  Iliews 
is  not  clfeifled  by  any  proper  Transformation,  but  by  fim- 
ple  Accretion,  or  Growth  of  the  Parts,  whence  the  Skin 


« 


N  Y  M 


(  64^  ) 


N  YM 


is  by  degrees  flretched,  and  at  Ull  burfts  •■,  as  !s  the  C-ife, 
Ilk  w  le,  in  Uiickens  and  Frogs.  But  the  generality  of 
Authors  ufe  Nyfiipha  lor  the  InfcCts  themrelvcs,  while  they 
h3\e  yi;t  only  the  torm  of  Vv'orms  or  Maggots. 

The  Woid  pr(ip*-rly  {igriidcs  Bride,  or  new-married  Jioma7i  i 
it  being  nuw,  when  it  has  laid  afide  its  former  Skin,  that 
it  begins  to  ibcw  all  i.s  Ruts  dilHnaiy.  In  this  Change  it 
loks  its  Motion  for  a  while,  as  when  in  the  Ee,g  i  To  that 
thcfe  Infects  are  twice  in  their  Nwifha  State  ;  firrt,  in  the 
Egg,  which  is  their  fint  Nyn'fha  j  and  again  in  this  Change, 
Wi>ii.h  is  their  fecond. 

The  only  difference  between  them  confifts  in  this,  that 
in  the  latter  the  Members  appear  mere  dillinflly.  Sivam- 
mt'dam  cails  this  latter  Njw/'^'^i -/"'■e-i  or  Aureha,  and  Chry- 
j'^iisi  and  the  other  fimply  Nympha.  The  Nymphs  are 
ot  erwifc  diilinguifh'd  into  J<lympha  Animal Vermtformls,  and 
Verm  LhlUi  Qvtjormi!. 

1  he  Egys  of  Bees  firfl  change  into  Maggots  ;  thefe  Mag- 
gi,i5,  indos'd  in  their  AheoU  or  Cells,  are  tranform'd  into 
yiu.elt^w  i^ymfhit,  and  twelve  Days  afterwards  come  out 

Bei.S.  r  c  r 

IsiyMPH^,  or  Atm,  in  Anatomy,  are  two  iott,  ipongy, 
red  Hodies,  dcfcendmg  from  the  Top  of  the  C//fori5  to  the 
S::ies  of  the  urinary  Paflagc  ;  thus  reaching  to  about  the 
middle  of  the  Orifice  of  the  Va^iija:  where  they  grow  lefs 
ard  lefs,  till  they  difappear.    See  Clitoris,  ^c. 

Their  lireadrh  is  uncertain,  ufually  in  Maids  half  a  finger: 
fnmeritnes  rhey  are  larger,  and  are  capable  of  being  dilten- 
ded  iv-  ■*  preai  degree;  fo  as  to  hang  a  good  way  out  of 
the  Pf.iH  r  w  hence,  in  fome,  thcfe,  as  well  as  the  Clitoris, 
have  been  forced  to  be  cut.    See  KvmphotomiA. 


The  Ufe  of  the  l^ymjihie  is,  by  fwelling  in  the  Ait  of 
Coiti(!n,  to  embrace  the  Pewjj,  and  by  their  Senfibility  to 
aftciSt  the  Woman,  and  mutually  invite  to  Procreation.  See 

GF-NERiTlON. 

Their  Subltance  is  very  fpongy,  compos'd  of  Mem- 
branes, and  Veffels  loofely  cohering,  and  therefore  diften' 
dible. 

NYMPHjEUM,  among  the  Antientsi  a  public  Hall, 
or  Building,  magnificently  adorn'd  and  difpos'd  for  Ban- 
queting and  Entertainment  j  where  ihofe  who  wanted  Con- 
vcniencics  at  home,  held  their  Murriage  Fealls,  ^c. 

Some  Authors  rachur  take  the  antient  If^mpha-iim  for  a 
Grotto,  adorn'd  wirh  Statues,  Jets,  and  other  ijrnjmcnfss 
and  that  it  had  its  Name,  by  Corruptior,  from  Lyynphicziw ^ 
of  Lympha,  Water  :  In  which  fenfe  it  niuft  have  been  a 
public  Hath. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  f^ree^.  vvfju^n,  Sp,y.<fE, 

NYMPHOMANIA,  in  Medicine,  the  fame  with  .%ror 
Vterifms.    See  Uterinus. 

Ni'MPHOTOMIA,  in  Chirureery,  a  Retrenchment  or 
Cutting  off  part  of  the  Nymfh<e,  when  they  are  fo  large  and 
tumid,  as  10  prevent  the  Conrummation  of  Marriage,  of 
render  it  very  difficult.   See  Nymphs, 

The  Egyptians,  Galen  obferves,  frequently  praflis'd  the 
Nymphoto-.nia  j  but  in  our  Parts  of  the  World,  it  is  rarely 
found  neceffary. 

When  it  happens  to  be  fo,  the  Cafulfts  give  thefr  Jiidg- 
ment,  that  the  Woman  is  oblig'd  to  undergo  ir 

The  Nymphotomia  is  p.operly  the  Circumcifiun  of  Women 
See  CiR.cuMcisioN. 


O. 


OAR 


(  I47  )        ^  QBE 


O. 


OTIie  fourteenth  Letter  of  the  Alphabet;  and 
the  fourth  Vowel.   See  Letter  and  Vowel. 
^      The  Grammarians  call  it  a  clofe  Vowel  ; 
becaufe  pronounced  in  Glutting  the  Mouth. 
Among  the  Laiini,  the  0  bore  fo  great  an  AtHnity  with 
the  U,  that  they  frequently  confounded  [hem  ;  writing  Co;;- 
foly  and  pronouncing  ConJ'ul.    See  Gruter's  ]nfo-ij3t. 

Thus,  alff ,  they  wrote  jlcquam  for  yEqtium,  Jorclius  for 
ylurelms,  Coir2paJcttn^,  Duomvn-,  i^c. 

The  Greeks  had  two  O';',  vi'Z.  Omhrnrty  0,  and  Oms^a  u  j 
the  fiift  pronounced  on  the  tip  of  the  Lips,  with  a  iliarper 
Sound  ;  the  fecond  in  the  middle  of  the  Mouth,  with  a  ful- 
ler Sound,  equal  to  00  in  our  Language.  The  long  and 
fhort  Pronunciation  of  our  0  are  an  Equivalent  to  the  two 
Greek  ones  ;  the  firft  as  in  obey  5  the  fecond  as  in  fup- 
pofe. 

C),  among  the  Antients,  was  a  Numetical  Letter,  figni- 
fying  Eleven  j  as  in  the  Verfe, 

O  NiimsrttrK  ^ejiat  qui  7tunc  tm^'ecimus  (Xt.^t, 

When  a  Dafh  was  added  at  top,  as  0,  it  lignify'd  eleven 
Millions. 

Among  the  Ir'/Jl,  the  Letter  0  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Name  of  a  Family,  is  a  Character  of  Dignity,  annexed  to 
great  Houfes.  Thus  in  the  Hidory  of  Ireland,  we  fre- 
quently meet  with  the  0  ^^eals,  0  Otrml.',  l^e.  conliderable 
Hou/es  in  that  Ifland. 

Camhden  obferves,  that  'tis  the  Cufiom  of  the  Lords  of 
Ireland,  to  prefix  an  O  to  their  Names,  to  dilfinguifh  them 
from  the  Commonalty. 

A  Majufcule  0,  in  Mufic,  is  a  Note  cali'd  by  ns  Semi- 
fcvezje;  by  the  Italia?i!,  Circulo i  making  what  they  call  Te»;- 
•po  pe'fctta.    See  IS  or  E. 

The  Antients  ufed  0  as  a  Mark  of  triple  Time  ;  from  a 
Notion  that  the  Ternary,  or  Number  5,  was  the  moll  per- 
feft  of  Numbers,  and  therefore  properly  exprefs'd  by  a 
Circle,  the  mofl  perfe£f  of  Figures. 

O  M.  in  the  Exchequer.  As  foon  as  a  Sheriff  entets  a 
Perfon  into  his  Account  for  IfTues,  Amerciaments,  and  inean 
Profits ;  the  Practice  is  to  matk  on  his  Head  0  A'j,  which 
fignifies,  Oneratiir  jjifi  haheat J'ujficienttm  Eyoneranonem :  and 
immediately  he  becomes  the  King's  Debtor,  and  a  Debet 
is  fet  on  his  Head. 

tjpon  this  the  Parties  become  Debtors  to  the  Sheriff,  and 
are  difcharg'd  to  the  King.    See  Sheriff. 

OAK-''.iffr,  OAit-y;^/'/e(,  or  Oak-(>j,-c;,  in  Natural  Hi- 
flory,  a  kind  of  Galls,  or  Excrefcencies  arifing  out  of  the 
Ouk. 

For  thi  ir  Generation  and  Ufe,  fee  Galls. 

OAKHAM,  OhKtM,  orOAKUM,  in  the  Sea-Languane, 
dent.tcsihe  IVlatter  of  old  Ropes  untwiHcd,  and  puli'd  out 
aga  n  .nto  loofe  Hemp,  like  Hutds  of  Flax,  to  be  ufed  in 
the  Calking  of  Ships.    See  Calking. 

OAR,  or  rather  Ore,  in  Natural  Hillory,  the  Mineral 
Glebe,  or  E.uth  dug  out  of  Mines,  to  be  purify'd,  and 
the  Meiall  ne  Hurts  [  rocured,  and  feparated  from  the  fame. 
Sec  Mime  and  Metal. 

The  0.ir  is  frequently  cali'd  the  V.iHeral ;  and  among  the 
Antients,  Ma  chajite  ;  tho' the  Moderns  aflix  anoiher'ldea 
to  that  Name.    See  Mineral  and  Marcjiasite. 

Oar,  in  Navigation,  an  Inflrument  whereby  a  Boat, 
Barge,  Galley,  tfc.  is  row'd,  or  advanc'd  along  the  Water! 
See  Rowing  5  fee  alfo  Boat.  Galley,  £5c. 

In  a  VefTcl  with  0.i>r,  the  Water  is  to  be  confider'd  as 
the  Point  of  Support,  or  Fulcrum  j  the  Oar  as  a  Lever  j  tho 
Boat  as  the  Burden  to  be  moved,  and  the  Rower's  Hand 
the  moving  Power.    See  Leveb. 

The  Burden  is  to  he  confider'd  as  spply'd  to  that  Point 
of  the  Lever,  where  the  Oar  refls  on  the  Boat  ;  The  •>rea- 
tcr  therefore  the  Diftance  of  the  Hand  irom  that  Point%nd 
the  lefs  the  Diftance  of  the  Water  from  that  Point,  the 
greater  Effefl  will  the  Oar  have. 

OARISTUS,  or  Oarystus,  a  Term  in  the  Greek  Po- 
Conifying  a  Dialogue  betwixt  a  Husband  and  his 
Wife;  fuch  as  that  in  the  Vlth  Book  of  the  Iliad,  between 
heHor  and  Andromache. 

Scanner  obferves,  that  the  Oarijlm,  properli',  Is  not  any 
particular  little  Poem,  or  any  entire  Piece  of  Poetry  ;  but 
a  part  of  a  great  one.  He  adds,  that  the  Paffage  now  ci- 
ted m  Homer,  is  the  only  proper  Oarijlas  extant  in  the  an- 
•lent  Poets.  '  r  r 

O  ATH,  1uf-i«randi,m,  is  ufually  defined  a  Religious  Af- 
iertion,  or  Affeveration  ;  wherein  a  Perfon  invokes  the  Al- 
rnighty  renounces  all  Claim  to  bis  Mercy,  or  even  calls 
lor  the  Umne  Vengeance  upon  himfclf,  if  he  fpeak  falfely. 


Some  Civilians  look  on  this  Definition  as  too  lax  flnca 
it  may  agree  to  Perjury;  and  would  have  this  eCP-n'tial  to 
an  Oath,  that  the  thing  affirm'd  be  true.  But  this  is  arbi- 
trary.   See  Perjury. 

An  Oat/j  is  eiteem'd  a  kind  of  Civil  Medium  between 
the  Perlon  that  gives  it,  and  him  to  whom  it 'is  given- 
whereby  fome  Coniroverfy,  or  other  Matter,  which  could 
not  olherwifc  be  determin'd,  is  brought  to  an  ICfuc. 

Its  Form,  and  the  Ceremonies  it  is  attended  Mthal,  are 
arbitrary,  and  various,  in  various  Countries. 

The  Oarh,  we  make  to  God  are  cali'd  P'oas,  and  in  fome 
Cafes  Sacraments.    See  Vow  and  Sacrament. 

Oath,  in  a  Legal  Senfe,  is  a  folcmn  Action,  whereby 
God  IS  caird  10  wiinefs  the  Truth  of  an  Affirmation  given 
before  one  or  more  Pcrlons,  impower'd  to  receive  the 
lame. 

Legal  Oaths  mi  with.  So  help  me  Cod  i  antiently  with,  Si 
help  me  God  at  his  U,ly  Dome,  i.e.  Jadgment.    See  Domes- 

DAY. 

Our  Law-Books  fay,  this  0.k4  is  cali'd  ^  Corporal  Oith  ; 
becaufe  the  Party,  when  he  fwear.!,  touches  the  Gofpelj 
witn  his  right  Hand.  Hut  in  fome  old  Cuftoms  of  ^»io» 
and  Main,  it  appears  that  Corporal  Oa:h  was  a  fimple  Affir- 
mation, or  Vow  of  Faith  and  Fidelity,  made  by  a  VaOfal 
who  was  no  Liege,  by  lifting  up  his  Hand  ;  in  contradi- 
ttinclion  to  that  made  by  a  Liege  Vaffal,  bv  laving  his 
Hand  on  the  Gofpel.    See  Homage,  Fealty,  Vassal, 

An  Oath  is  cill'd  Caiionica  Turgatio,  becaufe  aliow'd  by 
the  Canons  ;  to  diltinguKh  it  from  I'ul^ares  Piir^atione^,  -mL 
by  Bat^tle,  bite  Ordeal,  ^c.  which  the  Church  always  dif- 
allowd.  See  Furcation,  Ordeal,  Combat  Duel 
Champion,  ^c. 

in  fmall  Matters,  which  the  Plaintiff  could  not  prove, 
or  if  he  could,  if  his  Proof  were  fet  afide,  the  Defendant 
might  purge  himfelf  by  his  own  Oath  ;  which  was  cali'd 
Jurats  propria  Matin. 

But  in  Matters  of  more  weight,  he  was  to  bring  other 
credible  Pctfons,  ufually  of  the  fame  Quality  with  the 
Flainiiff,  to  fwear  that  they  believed  the  Defendant  had 
fwore  the  Truth. 

Thefe  were  cali'd  Jr7cr.micW(i/«;  and  their  Number  was 
greater  or  lefs,  according  to  the  Quality  of  the  Defendant 
and  the  Nature  of  the  Tiling  in  queftion.  Hence,  Jurare 
ditodecima  Manu. 

Oath  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  folemn  Fromife  faithfully  to  ex- 
ecute or  obferve  fomething.  Tryals  in  Common  Law  de- 
pend on  Twelve,  or  Twenty-tour  iMen,  who  take  their 
O.itij  to  declare  the  Truth,  as  it  (hall  appear  to  them.  Seo 
Jury. 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay  State  Oaths  ;  the  Oath  of  Supremacy 
Oath  of  Allegiance,  Oath  of  ylbjuration.    See  Allegiance, 

SuPREM.ACY,  Ci?C. 

At  the  meeting  of  a  new  Parliament,  the  Commons,  all, 
take  the  O.iiAj  of  Allegiance,  Supremacy,  and  Abjuration. 
See  Parli  AM  en  t. 

Kings  and  Princes  fwear  to  the  Performance  of  the  Trea- 
ties they  make  ;  Tho,  antiently,  they  did  not  fwear  of 
themfelves  ;  bat  others  fwate  in  their  Name. 

Thus  in  a  Treaty  in  1177,  between  the  Emperor  Frederic 
Barbcrofa,  Roirer  King  of  Sicily,  Pope  Alexander  lil.  and  the 
Cities  ofLomWjv;  the  Cntittt  de  Dieffe,  by  the  Emperor's 
Order,  fwore,  upon  the  Soul  of  that  Monarch,  that  ha 
would  faithfully  obfetve  the  Peace  ;  and,  at  the  fame  time 
Rii»i«.i«  Archbilliop  of  Salerna,  and  Count  Ro^er,  fwore,™ 
the  Gofpel,  that  when  the  Emperor's  Meffengers  /bo'uld 
arrive  in  Sicily,  King  Roger  fliould  procure  fome  of  his 
Lords  to  fwear  for  him. 

OAZY,  or  Oary  Ground  ;  fo  the  Seamen  call  foft,  (li- 
my, or  muddy  Ground.  ' 

OBEDIENCE,  Obedientia,  Canonical  Obe-dieuch. 
See  Canonical. 

Obedientia,  in  our  antient  Cuftoms,  was  ufed  in  the  gene- 
ral, for  every  thing  that  was  enjoyn'd  the  Monks  by  the 
Abbot.  ' 

In  a  more  reftrain'd  fenfe,  Obedientia  was  ufed  for  the 
Farms  which  belong'd  to  the  Abbey,  to  which  the  Monks 
were  fent  oi  ejufdem  Obeiiemi,r,  either  to  look  after  the  i 
Farms,  or  colleft  the  Rents.  3 

Hence,  alfo,  ihofe  Rents  themfelves  were  cali'd  Obe- 
dienti.r. 

OBELISK,  Obeliscus,  a  quadrangular  Pyramid,  very 
flender,  and  high  ;  rais'd  as  an  Ornament,  infome  public 
Place,  to  (liew  fome  Stone  of  enormous  Size,  and  frequentlv 

charg'd 


OBJ 


(  64S  ) 

See  MoNu- 


cliRrg'tl  with  Infcriptions  and  Hieroglyphics, 

MENT, 

Tlie  difference  between  Oldish  and  Pyramids,  according 
tbfomc,  confilts  in  this,  that  the  latter  have  large  Bafes,  and 
the  former  very  fmall  ones. 

'Yi-ioCardan  makes  the  difference  toconfift  in  this,  that  Ohe- 
Inks  are  to  be  all  cf  a  piece,  orconfirt  of  a  fingle  Stone,  and 
Pyramids  cf  fcveral.    See  Pyramid. 

The  Pf-i>portions  of  the  Hcighth  and  Thicknefi  a»-c  nearly 
the  fame  in  all  Obeliih;  that  is,  their  Height  is  nine,  or 
nineanda  haifjiomerimesten  times  their  Thicknefs ;  and  their 
Thicknefs,  or  Diameter  a-top  is  never  lefs  than  half,  nor 
greater  than  threefourths  of  that  at  bo:tom. 

This  kind  of  Monument  appeal's  very  antient ;  and  we 
are  told  was  firft  made  ufc  of  to  tr.infmlt  to  Pofterity  the 
principal  Precepts  cl  Philofophy,  which  were  engraven  in 
hieroglyphical  Charaifters  hereon. 

In  After-times  they  were  ufed  to  immortalize  the  A£Hons 
of  Heroes,  and  the  Memory  of  Perfons  beloved. 

The  firll  Obel'nk  we  know  of,  was  that  raifed  by  Ramrfes, 
King  of  B^ijft^  in  the  time  of  the  Trojan  War.  It  was  40 
Cubits  high,  and,  according  to  Heroi^otwi,  employ'd  zccoo 
Men  in  rhe  Building.  Fhius,  another  King  of  Egypt-,  raifed 
oneot45  Cubits;  and  Ftolemy  FbilnHelpbus  another  of  88 
Cubits,  in  memory  of  yJrf.jiQc. 

Jmitflui  ercilcd  one  at  Rome  in  the  Campus  Vlciruus,  which 
ferv  a  to  mark  the  Hours  on  a  horizontal  Dial  drawn  on  the 
Pavement.   See  Dial. 

F.Kircbtr  reckons  up  14  Ohdisks  celebrated  above  the 
ref^,  -i-iz.  that  of  ^Ikxandria^  that  of  the  Barberins,  thofe  of 
Gonjiantnwpk,  of  the  Mo/n  Efquilims,  of  the  Campus  Flami- 
nttts,  of  Florence,  o£  Hdiopnlis,  of  Ludo-vijio,  of  S.  M^bnt^  of 
the  Medici,  of  the  Fatica?!,  of  M.  CHius,  and  that  of  Fam- 
pb'da. 

The  Egyptian  Priefls  call'd  Obelisks  the  Sim's  Firt^ers,  be- 
caufe  lerving  as  Styles,  or  gnomons  to  mark  the  Hours  on 
the  Ground.  I'he  ylrabs  Hill  call  them  FbaraoFs  Needles  : 
whence  the  ItaJi,i?is  call  them  -^guglia  5  and  the  French, 
Jiguilles. 

Borel  derives  the  Word  from  the  Greek  IfiiKi^y  a  Broach, 
Spindle,  Point,  or  a  kind  of  long  Javelin. 

Flh;y  fays,  the  Egyptians  cut  their  Obelisks  in  form  of  Sun- 
Beams  ;  and  that  in  the  Fbxmcian  Language,  the  word 
Obdisk  lignifiesRi!_y. 

Oee-Lisk,  in  Grammar,  is  a  Characler,  in  form  of  a 
Dagger  (f)  ferving  to  rerer  the  Reader  to  fo me  Note,  or 
other  Matter  in  the  Margin.    See  Character. 

OBELUS,  in  Antiquity,  is  a  little  Line,  or  Stroke,  like 
s.  Kecdle  3  whence  its  Name,  o^«Aaf,  Needle. 

The  Word  is  chiefly  ufed  in  /peaking  of  Origefi's  Hexafla ; 
wlerein  he  diflinguifhes,  with  an  Afterisk,  or  Star,  the  Sup- 
]3lements  he  makes  to  the  Text  of  the  Septuagim,  where  it 
falls  fliort  of  the  Hebrezv  meaning  j  and  with  an  Obelus,  or 
little  Line  ( — )  thofe  Places  where  the  Septuagmt  had  any  thing 
not  in  the  Hchrezs.    See  Hexapla. 

St.3o-om  fays,  the  Obelus  was  only  ufed  in  thofe  Places 
where  fomethingwas  to  be  retrcnch'd  from  the  Septua^ijit,  as 
fuptrrflucua  ;  and  the  Aflerisk  in  thofe  that  wcrcdefeftive. 

Thefe  Marks  frequently  occur  in  antient  Manufcripts. 
Ufualiy  the  Obelus  is  accompanied  with  two  Dots;  the  one 
above,  the  other  underneath,  as  (~^)  ;  and  the  Afterisk, 
a  St.  y/ndrew'sCroCs,  canton'd  with  four  Points. 

OBESITY,  Fatners,  in  Medicine,  the  State  of  a  Perfon 
too  much  charged  with  Far,  and  I'lefh;  otherwife  call'd 
Corpulency.    See  Fat. 

EtmuHer  defines  it  to  be  fuch  an  increafe  both  of  the  Ven- 
ter and  Limbs,  as  impedes  the  Aflions  of  the  Body,  efpc- 
cially  Motion  and  Refpiration. 

Qbejity,  Boerhaave  obferves,  does  not  confift  in  the  Solids 
of  the  Body  being increafed,  but  by  their  being dillended  to 
a  greater  Pitch  by  the  abundance  of  Humours  collected  in 
them.    SeeSoLiD,  l^c. 

Hence,  Obcfny  occafions  feveral  Difeafes  ;  ufaally  Apo- 
plexies. 

It  was  held  Infamous  among  the  Lacedemonians.  Hiflory 
tells  us  of  a  Spaniard  who  had  bt;en  fo  exceedingly  Fat,  that 
when  he  became  lean  again,  his  Skin  would  make  feveral 
turns  or  folds  quite  around  him.  Semiertus  mentions  a  Man 
that  wcigh'd  600  Pounds. 

Etmidler  affirms,  that  there  is  no  better  Remedy  againft 
Obejiiy  than  ^'cetum  Sctlliticum.  Borel  recommends  the  Chew- 
ing of  Tobacco  J  which  EimuUer  diffuades,  left  it  induce  a 
Confumption. 

OBJECT,  in  Philofophy,  fomething  apprehended,  or 
prefcnred  to  the  Mind,  by  Senfation,  or  by  Imagination. 
£cc  Sensation  and  Im  aoination. 

Or, Object  is  fomething  that  affefts us  by  its  Prefence  • 
or  fu-nething  that  moves  the  Eye,  Ear,  or  fome  of  the  other 
Organs  of  Senfe  ;  or,  at  lead,  is  reprefented  to  us  by  the 
Im.iginatlon, 

Thus,  Ideas  a  e  theipniriediate  ObjeSso£ the  Mind  in  think- 
ing ;  BcdJcs,  their  Rslacians,  Attribucesj  ^e,  the  medi^tte. 


OBJ 


The  word  Oljetl  is  derived  from  the  Lalm,  Oljkere  to 
prefent  to  ,o  fe  before  i  which  is  compofed  cf  .1  and 
Uie  agamfl.    \Vhence  the  School-Philofophers  define  it  to 
be  that  about  wh.ch  a  Power,  Aft,  or  Habit,  is  emplov'd. 
Thus,  Good  ,s  the  Ol,ea  cf  the  Will  ;  Truth  of  the  Under- 

He"ri™  n'  "     '  of  Sight;  Sound  of 

lieanng,  £Jc,    See  Objective. 

There  are  feveral  Conditions  requifite  tc 
as,  that  it  be  Material  ;  that  it  be  withii 
of  a  competent  extent,  its  fenfible 
lenfe,  ^c. 


1  i.nOljec}i,fSe,,fe; 
hin  a  certain  difiance. 
Qualities  fufficicntly  hi- 


Tis  theOiyeS  that  refleas  or  emits  the  Rays  ofLi^ht 
wh.choccafion  Vifton.  Oi;eS.  of  themfelves  are  inviCble; 
we  on  y  eem  to  perceive  them  bccaufe  the  different  Tex- 
ture of  the.r  Surface  difpofing  them  to  refleft  differently 
colour  d  Rays,  occafion  in  us  feveral  Senfarions  of  Colour 
he-  which  we  attribute  to  them.  See  Coeoor,  Vision 
Oc.  ' 

The  OJyea  of  the  Eye,  orof  Vifion,  are  painted  on  the 
Retina  ;  tho  not  erefl,  but  inverted,  according  to  the  Laws 
of  Optics  This  IS  eafily  fliewn  from  Cirtei's  Experiment 
ot  laying  bare  the  vitreous  Humour  on  the  baclc  part  of  the 
Eye  ;  and  clapping  over  it  a  bit  of  white  Paper,  or  the  Skin 
ol  an  Egg,  and  then  placing  the  fore-part  of  the  Eye  to  the 
Hole  ot  a  darlined  Room. 

By  this  means  is  had  a  pretty  Landslip  of  the  Oi/effj  a- 
broad,  painted  invertedly  on  the  bacit  of  the  Eve  See 
Retina.  ^ 

How  in  this  Cafe,  the  OJ^ff.  which  are  painted  inverted 
Jhould  be  Icen  ere£i,  is  matter  of  Controvcrfy.  See  See- 
ing. 

The  Schoolmen  dittinguifli  Oljclh  into  i.sxr,  «,  „v„„.,  u  hicb 
arc  thofe  the  Power,  or  Habit  is  immediately  employ'd  on; 
in  which  fcnle.  Colour  is  the  next  OljeH  of  Sight  ■  And 
remote,  which  are  thofe  only  perceiv'd  by  means'of  the 
former  ;  in  which  fenfe,  the  Wall  is  the  remote  Objca  of 
Sight,  fincewconly  feeit  by  meansof  its  Colour  iyc. 

Hence  it  appears  that  there  is  a  fort  of  fubo'rdination  of 
OhjeHs.  But,  note,  that  a  next  OhjeB,  with  regard  to  a  re- 
mote one,  is  properly  a  Subjeft,  not  an  OJieS.  See  Sub- 
ject. 

They  alfo  diflingui/li  Objects /'Cr/e,which  are  what  pro- 
perly move  or  affeft  our  Senfes  ;  and  thefe  are  the  fenfible 
Qualities  :  And  Ohjeas  fer  Jnc'ulens,  which  are  Suhjiatices, 
and  only  affeSus  by  being  invefted  with  fenfible  Qualities. 
See  QuAEiTY  and  Substance. 

Again,  they  diftinguilh  betweenComnioB  Objects,  which 
are  fuch  as  affeft  divers  Scnfes,  as  are  Motion,  Fioure,  iyc. 
And  F™/>ctObjects,  which  only  affeft  one.    See  Sense.  ' 

Object-G/(i/i  of  aTelefcope,or  Microfcope,  is  the  Glafs 
placed  at  that  end  of  the  Tube  which  is  next  the  Oljell. 
See  Telescope,  Microscope,  and  Glass. 

To  froiie  the  Regularity  and  Gmdnefs  cf  an  Oeject-G/o/}. 

Strike  two  concenttic  Lines  on  a  Paper,  the  one  hivino 
its  diameter  the  fame  with  the  Breadth  of  the  Oi;cS-Gfc/!° 
the  other  half  that  Diameter :  Divide  the  inner  Circumfe- 
rence into  fix  equal  parts,  and  making  fix  fine  fmall  Holes 
therein  with  a  Needle  ;  cover  one  fide  of  the  Glafs  with 
thisPapcr.  Then  expofing  it  to  the  Sun,  receive  the  Rays  that 
pafs  thro  theie  fix  Holes,  on  a  Plane,  at  a  juildiftance  from 
the  Glafs  ;  and  by  withdrawing  or  approaching  this  PLme, 
fi-om  or  to  the  Glafs,  we  fhall  find  whether  the  Rays  that 
pafs  thio  thefe  fix  Holes,  unite  exaflly  together  at  any 
diflance  from  rhe  Glafs  ;  if  they  do,  we  may  be  alTured  of 
the  Regularity  of  the  Glafs;  that  is,  of  its  ju  ft  Form  -  and 
at  the  fame  time  we  obtain  exaflly  the  Glafs 's  Focal 
Length. 

Indeed,  there  is  fcarce  any  better  way  of  proving  the 
Excellency  of  an  Oi;eH-G/ii/i,  than  by  placing  it  in  a  Tube 
and  trying  it  with  fmall  Eye-Glaffes  at  feveral  diftant  Ob- 
jeSs  ;  for  that  ObjeS-Clafs  that  reprefents  Objefts  the 
brighteft,  and  moft  diftinft,  that  bears  the  greateft  Aper- 
ture, and  moll  convex,  and  concave  Eye-Glafs,  without 
colouring  or  hazinefs,  is  the  belt. 

Topro^e  zahether  Objca-GIaffes  he  viell  center' cl. 

Hold  the  Glafs  at  a  due  diflance  from  the  Eye  ;  and  ob- 
ferve  the  two  refleaed  Images  of  a  Candle  ;  where  thole 
Images  unite  or  coalefce,  there  is  the  true  Centre.  If  this 
be  in  the  middle,  or  Central- Point  of  the  Glafs,  'tis  truly 
centred.  ' 

Object  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Matter  of  an  Art  or  Sci- 
ence ;  or  that  about  which  it  is  employ'd  :  in  which  Senfe, 
the  Word  coincides  with  ^ii/'/eff.    See  Subject,  il>c,  ' 

The  School-Philofophers  dittingui/h  divers  kinds  of  01- 
;effi  in  the  fame  Science,  liz-. 

MaterialOr.jECT,  which  is  the  thing  itfelf  that  is  con- 
fider'd,  or  treated  of :  And  thus  it  is"the  human  Body  is 
the  Oljefl  of  Medicine. 

Torifial 


OBL 


(  649  ) 


OBL 


Brm.l  Object,  is  the  "^"ner  of  confidermg  it  :  And  Ma.,  ate  CAi  to  hire  take  their  firtt  R.fc  in  the  Eleventh 
thus  the  fame  human  Body  confider  d  with  a  Tiew  to  the    Century.  u  j^ii. 


healing  it,  is  the  fo)-m.;;oijcffof  iVledicine 

Oej  ECTUM  q^io^l  com^/e.v/iw,  of  an  Art,  is  the  aggregative 
Whole  5  or  it  Colleflion  of  all  the  objective  Concluiions,  or 
Confcquences  found  in  the  Science.  OhjeHitm  quad  iiicom- 
fUxion,  is  a  CoUecfion  of  all  the  Subjefts  of  the  ob- 
jective Concluiions.    Thus,  Thoefose  ySir  is  dajtic,  is  the 


In  the  earlier  Times  thofc  Only  were  call'd  OW.ili  ^hom 
theitParents  engaged  from  their  Infancy  to  the  Monallic: 
Lite.  Ilwfe  who  embraced  it  themfelves,  when  at  aa 
Age  capable  of  Choice,  were  call'd  Qwiscto 

The  Oifali  made  no   ProfefTlon,  Jet  kept' the  Celibate, 

,      ,,.„    r  -     ,     -   „.  -     ■  ">  '"e  Superiors,  and  did  the  drud»,TV 

complex  Ubie4I  of  one  Branch  ot  rhyfics;  and  Ar  itfelt,  of  the  iVlonaftery  ;  vet  thcv  differ'd  fmm  u 
...  .u.  c..u:-.a  ..r.u.  incomplex  Object  -"-•■•J  ■■■^  »ho 


or  the  Subicil  of  rhe  Conclulion 
of"  the  fame  Branch. 

Objlctum  quo  Co'i:p!exum,  is  a  CoUeflion  of  all  the  ob- 
jeflive  Antectrdents  ot  the  Science.  ObkBum  quo  incom- 
flcxiim,  isa  Gjlle£iion  oi  all  the  Mediums,  or  Arguments 
contain'd  in  thofe  Antecedents,  and  whereby  thofe'Conclu- 
fions  are  proved. 

In  theic  Cafes 

as  it  includes  both  an  Affirmation  and  Negation  ;  and 
cowj^lexy  as  it  includes  neirlier:  Quotl,  as  being  that  which 
(^qiiod)  is  fhewn  in  the  Science  i  and  qtta^  as  being  that 
whereby  ("/no),  the  Conclufions  therein  are  proved. 

They  have  here,  alfo,  an  (JhjeH per  /e,  and  per  accidem  ; 
Objetlum  .idxiquatum,   and  'madxqmnim  3    AttrihiiUoms^  and 

OBJECTION,  in  Reafoning,  fomjthing  urged  to  over- 
throw an  Opinion  i  or,  a  Difficulty  raifed  againlt  an  Alle- 
gation, or  l^rDpofition  of  a  Perfon  wc  are  difputing  withall. 

The  aniwcring  ot  OhjcUioKs  comes  under  that  Branch  of 
Oratory,  or  that  Part  of  an  Oration  call'd  the  Confirm.inon^ 
or  Cojifmaiion.    See  Confirm  ation  and  Confutation. 

OBJECTIVE,  OhjetH-vus^  is  ufed  in  the  Schools  in  DefunBo) 
fpeakingof  a  thing  which  exifts  no  otherwife  than  as  an    Chiirch  ; 


were  allow  d  to  marry.  'X'he  OhUu  and  Don.iu  were  Ser- 
vants ot  Devotion,  as  the  others  were  of  Conditio  n. 

inafmuch 


Hdyot  fays,  the  Obl.ni  differ'd  from  Converts, 
as  the  latter  made  the  Profeffion,  and  wore  the  Habit. 

Oblati  wereairoinf-,weakindofLly-Monk,santicr,t- 
ly  placed  by  the  King  in  all  the  Abbeys  and  Priories  in  his 

I     k  rr  r  n^-  a  •  r-j      u  ,      ■    r      ,     -^''"^'"^'^",5  f«  whom  the  Religious  were  obliged  to  give 

In  theIc  Cafes  the  Oi;eS  is  faid  toh^  complex,  mafmuch  a  Monk  s  Allowance,  on  account  of  their  ring-n'^  the  Bell-^ 
s  It  mcludes  both  an  Aftirmnrmn  imH  'SSt-n^rum  i  on^l  m?-    and  fweeping  the  Church  and  the  Court  * 

Thefe  Places  were  ufually  fili'd  with  lame  Soldiers  and 
Invalids,  fome  of  whom  had  Penfions  or  Benefices  without 
any  Duty  ;  but  thefe  Ohiau,  with  their  Penfions,  have  fines 
A^l'  removed  to  the  Hotel  of  the  Invalids  at  Farh. 
OBLATIONS,  Offerings, 
or  thingsoffer'd  to  God. 


properly  denote iVicn_/(cer, 
Sec  Sacrifice. 


In  the  Canon  Law,  Oi/.it,oni  are  defined'to  be  any  thm« 
L    .L_'  HrS',''^'^  ^t'"'!'^"^'  «  God  and  the  Church,  il 
they    be    moveable   cr  im- 


whether 


the  Priclls, 
moveable. 

Ohhttom  were  antientiv  of  various  kinds,  oiz.  Ohlatio„6i 
wh>cn  the  Prierts  had  for  faying  U■^(s  ^  Ohlationes 
«,  given  by  the  lalt  Wills  of  the  Faithlul  'O  the 
ObLiiioiies  MoYtnorum,  thofe  given  by  the  Kela- 


Objeaknown.  The  £^e,  or  ExiHence  of  fuch  thing  is  faid  tions  of  the  Dead,  at  Buria!s7oW^w7  thoft 
to  be  Ot;cff/^'e.    Others  call  it  Ratio  ObjeHrua.    See  Oe-   given  by  Penitents  j   and  ObU^amnes  Fenticoftales] 


JECT 

Ihe  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Power  or  Faculty  by 
which  any  thing  becomes  intelligible  -^  and  for  the  A£l 
itfelf,  whereby  any  thing  is  preftnted  to  the  Mind,  and 
known. 

Hence  a  thing  is  faid  to  exiji  Objectively,  Oiyfffizi^, 
when  it  exills  no  otherwife  than  in  being  known  j  or  in  be- 
ing an  Objeifi  of  theMind.    See  Ex  1  st  ence. 

This,  fome  will  have  to  be  a  real  Efft  j  others  deny  it. 
See  Esse. 

OBIT,  in  our  antient  Cufloms,  was  a  funeral  Solemnity, 
or  an  Office  fur  the  Dead  }  commonly  performed  when  the 
Corps  lay  uninterr'd  in  theChurch. 


Penticostales. 

Till  the  fuurth  Cenitury,  the  Church  had  no  other  fixed 
nor  any  other  means  of  Subfilknce,  but  OhU- 
Tythe. 


Revenues. 
tions.  Set 


Obit  is  alfo  an  Annivctfary-Office,  or  Mafs,  held  yearly    were  either  Ctz-il, 


OBLIGATION,  an  Aa  whereby  a  Perfon  enoages  or 
binds  himfelf,  or  is  bound  by  another,  to  do  fomething  ■ 
as  to  pay  a  Sum  of  Money,  to  be  Surety  for  any  one, 

The  Acceptance  of  a  Bill  of  Exchange  is  a  kind  of  Oi- 
ligatio}}.    See  f;iLt. 

Theexaaing  of  Intercft  on  a  Sum  due  byafimpTe  Oi- 
ligatio'!,  IS  accounted  Lyifj'.    See  Usvry, 

All  Ob/ignuom  arife  from  Contraas,  or  quafi  Contraas; 
from  Crimes,  or  quafi  Crimes  i   and  in  the  Ra>n.Tn  Law, 


in  the  RomiJIj  Church,  on  a  certain  day,  in  Memory  of  „ 
Perfon  deccafed.    See  Mass  and  Anniversary, 

One  of  the  moft  antient  Obits  in  Europe,  is  that  of  King 
Childehert^  founded  in  the  Abby  of  St.  Cermains  Defprez  ; 
and  faid  on  the  Eve  of  St.  Thomases  Day, 


or  Praior'iaji  ; 


either  approved  by 


the  Civil  Law,  or  introduced  by  the  Prietor. 

There  are  three  kinds  of  Olhfationsi  KaiurjiL  Gz'iL  and 
Mixed.  5  '  ' 

N^taral  OiiLicATioNs  are  founded  on  the  mere  Bond  of 
r^L    T  r  ^-L  r     T    ,  .  natural  Equity,  without  any  Civil  Neceffiry,  and  without 

Ihe  Tenure  of  Ot/t,  or  Chauntry  Lands  held  of  the  producing  any  Adion  of  Conifraint  :  Such  is  the  O^Wo« 
^"  -l^    '      "eciced  to  be  extina  with  us,  by  Stat,  i  Edw.6.   of  a  Minor. 

Cm/ Obligation,  is  that  fupported  on  Civil  Authority 
alone,  and  winch  induces  a  Conltraint,  without  any  Prin- 
ciple or  Foundation  in  natural  Equity  :  Such  is  the  Obli- 
gauo!io{ a  Man  condemn'd  unjuftly. 

Lartly,  a  mixed  Obligation,  or  an  Ohligation  both  Na- 
tural and  Civil,  is  that  which  being  founded  in  natural  E- 
quiry,  is  further  confirm'd  and  enforced  by  Civil  Au- 
thority. 

There  are  Perfonal  Ohligations,  Hypothecary  Ohligatiojit^ 
OUigatiojis  of  Goods,  others  by  Body,  Obligations  folidary^ 
others  for  a  Part  or  Portion.  * 
Ohligation,  In  a  more  llria  Senfe,  is  an  Inftrument, 
or  Bond,  containing  a  Penalty  with  a  Condition  annexed,  for 
payment  of  Money  at  a  certain  time  ;  ur  for  Performance 


,  by  : 

See  Tenure,  Service,  £5'c. 

OBITUARY,  a  Regilter,  wherein  are  wrote  the  Names 
of  the  Dead,  and  the  Days  of  their  Burial,  Sec  Re- 
gister. 

Thefe  in  fome  Places  are  call'd  Mortuaries.    See  Mor- 
tuary. 

The  Ter  m  IS  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  Book  containing 
the  Foundation,  or  Inilituiion  of  the  feveral  Oi/ri  5  but 
this  is  more  fretjucntly  call'd  iW.!rijrij/oj;j.    See  Martx- 

ROLOG  V. 

OBLATA  properly  lignifies  things  given,  or  ofFer'd, 
particularly  to  the  King,  by  any  of  his  Subjcfls.    See  Or- 

!■  £RtNG. 

In  the  Exchequer,  Oi/dta  fignifies  old  Debts  i  brouohr, 
as  it  were,  together,  from  preceding  Years,  and  put  to^the   of  Covenants,  i^c 
prelent  Sheriffs  Charge.  ,      .        ,  „^  .  A  Bill  is  commonly  without  a  Penalty,  and  without  Con- 

r   f  i       '•"'^T  '""o  Off"'"g»  diti™  ;  y"  ^  Bill  may  be  oUi^aury.    Ccke  „,  Lml. 

werc  fo  ffnaiy  look  d  to   m  the  Reigns  of  King  3.i„       Till  the  Conqueft,  Writings' were  render'd  OtW,™  bv 
A      k-T       n;;      -AC  -J      ''■=F'"'=-Koll,   certain  iVIarks  of  Gold  Crofres,£i?r.    The  N«r»«Ki  firtt  in- 

unde_t  the  Term  OhUta,  and  tf  not  paid,  put  in  charge  to   troduced  the  Cuftom  of  making  Bills  and  04%iio„,  with  a 

Print  or  Seal  in  Wax  fet  to  every  one's  Signet,  attcfted  by 
*'"—"'■—"'"     SeeSicNATURE,  Seal,  i£c. 


and  f/e?;rylll.  that  they  were  enrer'd  into  the  Fine- Roll, 
under  the  T 
the  Sheriff. 
OBLATI,  antiently,  were  fecular  Perfons, 


themfelves,  and  their  Eifates  to  fome  IVIonaiiery,  and  were 
admitted  as  Lay-Brothers.    See  Lay-Brother. 

There  were  fome  of  thefe  OhUtt^  properly  call'd  Donatio 
who  gave  their  Perfons,  their  Families,  and  Effefls  ;  and 
even  enter'dinto  a  kind  of  Servitude  themfelves  and  their 


who  refign'd   three  Witneffes. 


OBLIQUATION,  in  Catoptricks.  aiiherus  of  OMiqim- 
tion,  is  a  right  Line  drawn  perpendicular  to  a  iVlirror,  in 
the  Point  of  Incidence,  or  Reflexion  of  a  Ray.  See 
Cathetus,  Mirror,  ^c. 

OBLIQJJE,  in  Geometry,  fomething  a-flant,  hi-Mreil  ; 


Defcendants.  They  were  admitted  by  putting  the  Bell-  or  that  d^;ia:tcVfrom~'^hrFeVpendicular'^  "^^^^^^ 
Ropes  ot  the  Church  around  their  Neck,-  ""J       -  »'--i  - 


 ,  and,  as  a  Mark 

of  Servitude,  a  few  Pence  on  their  Heads. 

Thefe  B»«<ifi  took  Religious  Habits,  but  thofe  different 
from  the  Monks. 

In  the  Archives  of  the  Abby  of  St.  Faiil  ile  Ferdun,  is  a 
Permiffion  given  in  1560,  to  a  Man  of  that  Abby  to  marry 
aWife,  on  condition,  that  of  the  Children  ariiing  from  the 
Marriage,  one  half  Iliould  belong  to  the  Abby  in  quality 
of  OiV.iii  ;  the  other  half  to  the  Billiop.    This  kind  of 


CULAR . 

Oblique  ^«g/e,  in  Geometry,  is  an  Angle  that  is  either 
acute,  or  obtufe;  i.e.  any  Angle,  except  a  right  Angle. 

See  Angle. 

OuLiciv-E-aii^led  Triangle,  is  that  whofe  Angles  are 
Ohlique^  i.  e.  either  obtufe  or  acute.    See  Triangle. 

Oblic^ue  Li/je,  a  Line  which  falling  on  another,  makes 
an oWijtte  Angle.   Sec  Line. 

8  C  A 


OBL  (6 

A  Line  falling  ohUquely  on  another,  makes  the  Angle  on 
one  lldc  obtufe,  and  that  on  the  other,  acute. 

Obliq.ue  Flams,  in  Dialling,  are  fuch  as  decline  from 
the  Zienith,  or  incline  toward  'the  Horizon.    See  Dial- 

TUht. 

The  Obliquity,  or  Quantity,  of  this  Inclination,  or  Recli- 
nation,  is  eafily  found  by  a  Quadrant ;  it  being  an  Arch 
of  fome  Azimuth,  or  vertical  Circle,  intercepted  between 
the  Vertex  of  the  Place  and  of  that  Plane. 

This  Azimuth,  or  vertical  Circle,  is  always  perpendicular 
to  the  Plane.    See  Dialling. 

OKLKiuE  Ferciil/ion,  is  that  wherein  the  Direftion  of  the 
flriking  Body,  is  not  perpendicular  to  the  Body  fttuck  j 
or  is  not  in  a  Line  with  its  Center  of  Gravity.  See  Peb.- 
cx;ssiON. 

The  Ratio  an  oblique  Stroke  bears  to  a  perpendicular 
one,  is  dcmonttrated  to  be  as  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  In- 
cidence to  the  Radius. 

Obliq^ue  Foiaei-s.    See  Powers. 
,  Obliq^ue  FrojeHion,  in  Mechanicks,  is  that  where  a 
Body  is  impeird  in  a  Line  of  Direftion,  which  makes  an 
ohli'iae  Angle  with  the  Horizontal  Line.     See  Projec- 
tion. 

Oblicivk  Sfbsre^  in  Geometry,  is  that  whofe  Horizon 
cuts  the  Equator  obliquely  j  and  one  of  whofe  Poles  is 
rais'd  above  the  Horizon,  equal  to  the  Latitude  of  the  Place. 
See  Sphere. 

'Tis  this  Obliquity  that  occafions  the  Inequality  of  Days 
and  Nit^hts.    See  IM  ight  and  Day. 

Thofe  who  live  under  an  oblique  Sphere  (as  we,  and  all 
thofe  in  the  temperate  Zone,  doj  never  have  their  Days 
and  Nights  equal  i  except  in  the  Equinoxes.  See  Eq^ui- 
KOX. 

Obliq,ue  ^//t-e;;/o;/,  in  Agronomy,  an  Arch  of  the  E- 
quator  intercepted  between  thcfirll  Point  of  Jries,  and  that 
Point  of  the  Equator  which  rifes  together  with  a  Star,  ^c. 
in  an  chlique  Sphere.    See  Ascension. 

The  oblique  Afcenfion  is  numbred  from  Weft  to  Eafi ; 
and  is  more  or  lefs  according  to  the  different  Obliquity  of 
the  Sphere. 

OBLiQ.tJE  Defcenfion,  an  Arch  of  the  Equator,  intercep- 
ted between  the  firll  Point  of  ^ms^  and  that  Point  of  the 
Equator,  which  fets  with  a  Siar,  ^c.  in  an  ofc/if^ne  Sphere  ; 
and  reckon'd  from  Weft  to  Eaft.    See  Descension. 

The  Difference  between  the  right  and  oblique  Afcenfion, 
is  call'd  the  ^Ifcenfional  Dijfereiice.    See  Ascensional. 

To  fnd  the  O'lvi^vs.  Jfcenfion  andDefcenfion  by  the  Globe. 
See  Globe. 

OpLici.uE  Sailifn^  in  Kavigation,  is  when  the  Ship  is  in 
fome  intermediate  Rhumb,  between  the  four  Cardinal 
Points;  and  thus  makes  an  oWijife  Angle  with  the  Meri- 
dian, and  continually  changes  both  its  Latitude  and  Longi- 
tude.   See  Rhumb. 

Obliqite  Sailing  is  of  three  Kinds;  viz.  Flaln  Sailings 
Mercaior's  Sa'difi^,  and  Great  Circle  Sailing.    See  Sailing. 

The  Seamen  alfo  call  the  Application  of  the  Method  of 
calcuiaiing  the  Parts  of  oA/iij/ic  plane  Triangles,  in  order  to 
Bnd  the  Diftance  of  a  Ship  from  any  Cape,  Head-Land,  ^c. 
Oblique  S'.iiling. 

0bliq_ue,  Obliqiiiis,  in  Anatomy,  is  ufed,  fubftantively, 
for  feveral  Mufclea  of  the  Head  and  Eye;  particularly, 
the 

ObliQ,uos  Capitis  Majory  or  Far  Obliq^uum  Inferim^ 
the  fixth  Mufcle  of  the  Head  ;  fo  call'd,  becaufe  ferving 
to  turn  the  Head  afide :  tho'  it  has  neither  its  Origin  nor 
Infertion  in  the  Head.    See  Head. 

It  rifes  fiefliy  from  the  external  Parts  of  the  Spine  of  the 
fecond  Vertebra  of  the  Neck,  and  fwelling  into  a  fiefliy 
Belly,  runs  obliquely  to  the  tranfverfe  Procefs  of  the  firft 
Vertebra. 

This  fome  rank  among  the  Mufcles  of  the  Neck,  See 
Neck. 

OBLiq_uus  Capitis  Superior,  or  Mifior^  the  feventh  Mufcle 
of  the  Head,  which  fpringing  fle/hy  from  the  tranverfe 
Proceffes  of  the  fecond  Vertebra  of  the  Neck,  and  afcend- 
ing  obliquely,  is  inferred  laterally  into  rhe  Occiput. 

Others  will  have  its  Origin  to  be  in  the  Occiput,  where 
the  common  Opinion  places  its  Infertion  ;  its  Infertion  they 
make  in  the  tranfverfe  Proceffes  of  the  Grii.  Vertebra,  near 
that  of  the  fame  Side. 

The  two  oblique  Mufcles,  by  pulling  the  tranfverfe  Pro- 
cefs, give  the  Head  a  femi-circular  Motion.    See  Ver- 

'I  EBR  A. 

Obi.iq.uus  Ocuti  Stfferior,  ot  Major,  the  fifth  Mufcle  of 
the  Eve.   See  Eve. 

It  h:\s  its  Origin  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Orbit;  whence 
tending  upwards  towards  the  inward  Canthus  of  the  Eye,  it 
paffcs  'thro'  a  Cartilage  on  the  Bone  of  the  Forehead,  call'd 
Trochlea;  whence  alfo  the  Mufcle  itfelf  is  call'd  Trochlea- 
ris ;  thence  it  is  reftefl:ed  to  its  Termination  in  the  ScleroticSj 
9n  the  back  part  of  the  Ball  of  the  Eye. 


>o  )  O  B  O 

When  this  Mufcle  ads,  that  part  of  the  Ball  of  the  Eye 
is  drawn  downwards  towards  the  Trochlea,  whereby  the  Pu- 
pil IS  direaed  downwards,  towards  the  leffer  Cayithiis,  and 
at  the  fame  time  the  whole  Ball  of  the  Eye  fomewhat  out- 
wards. 

Obliq^uus  Oculi  Inferior,  or  M/«or,  rifes  from  the  exter- 
nal Margin  of  the  lower  part  of  the  Orbir,  near  the  inner 
Canthus  i  whence  rifing  towards  the  outward  Canthus,  it 
terminates  near  the  other. 

_  It  draws  the  Ball  of  the  Eye  outwards,  and  turns  its  Pu- 
pil upward,  contrary  to  the  former. 

OBLiq_uus  Defcendens,  or  Declivis,  a  very  broad  Pair  of 
Mufcles  of  the  Abdomen,  each  covering  one  half  ihereoi-i 
and  part  of  the  Thorax  ;  fo  call'd  from  the  oblique  Courfs 
of  its  Fibres.  It  arifes  from  the  two  laft  true  Ribs  and  five 
fpurious  ones  ;  and  is  indented  with  the  Serratns  iVlajor  ^n- 
licus  by  five  or  fix  Digitations,  each  whereof  receives  a 
Nerve  from  the  Interfticesof  the  Rib  :  It  fprings  likewifc 
from  the  Margin  of  the  I/ium ;  and  ends  in  a  broad  Tendon 
in  the  Linea  yllba. 

Befides  the  ordinary  Ufe  afcribed  to  it  by  all  Anatomifts, 
which  is  to  comprefs  the  Inteftincs  and  Bladderj  Covjj^er 
and  Gl[(fo7i  attribute  tu  it  another,  which  is  to  turn  the 
Trunk  of  the  Body  without  moving  the  Feet, 

Obliq^uus  Jfctiide?!^,  Qv  Accliz'is,  lies  under  the  lower 
part  of  the  former  j  running  with  a  Courfe  juft  contrary, 
from  the  lower  part  upwards.  Its  flefliy  Fibres  have  their 
Origin  from  the  Edge  of  the  lUnm,  and  end  at  the  fpurious 
Ribs.  It  terminates  with  a  large  double  Tendon  in  tho 
Linea  Jlb.i ;  the  upper  part  whereof  creeping  over  the  Mk/- 
cuhis  ReBuSj  and  the  other  creeping  under  it,  and  joininw 
together  at  the  Linea  Jlba  j  do,  as  it  were,  Iheath  the 
ReBus. 

Its  Ufe  is  to  fhut  and  compi-eTs  the  Belly,  as  alfo  the 
Cavity  of  the  Thorax  in  Refpiiation  ;  and  itaffiiis,  with  its 
Antagonifts,  the  Dejcefidenis,  in  turning  the  Body  without 
moving  the  Legs. 

Obliq^uus  Jtirii,  lies  in  the  external  Part  of  the 
Canal  of  the  Aquedudl  ;  whence  pafTing  upwards  and  back- 
wards, it  enters  the  Tym^atium,  by  a  very  oblique  Sinuofity 
immediately  above  the  Bony  Circle,  to  which  the  Tym- 
panum is  fix'd  j  and  is  inferted  into  the  Ilender  Procefs  of 
the  Malleus. 

Obliq_ue  Cafes,  in  Grammar,  are  all  the  Cafes  of 
the  Decleafions  of  Nouns,  befides  the  Nominative.  See 
Case. 

OBLIQUITY,  that  which  denominates  a  Thing  oi- 
lique.    See  OEH(i_UE. 

The  Obliquity  of  the  Sphere,  is  the  Caufe  of  the  Inequa- 
lity of  Seafons,  of  Nighis  and  Days.    See  Season,  £>c. 

OBLiQ.uirY  of  the  Ecliptic,  is  the  Angle  which  the  E- 
cliptic  makes  with  the  Equator.    See  Ecliptic. 

Meff.  Caffini  and  de  la  Hire,  make  the  Obliquity  of  the 
Ecliptic,  by  their  Obfervations,  25'',  29'.  M.  le  Che-jalier 
de  Lou-zjille,   from  later  Obfervations,  makes  it  23°,  28',  4.1". 

The  fame  Author,  giving  rhe  Hillory  of  the  fcveral  De- 
terminations of  this  Obliquity,  by  all  Ailronomers  in  all 
Ages,  obferves,  that  it  conUantly  diminifties;  and  thence 
takes  occaficn  to  fufpe^l,  that  the  real  Obliquity  of  the  E- 
cliptic  itfelf  may  have  been  diminifh'd  fince  the  time  of  the 
antient  Aftronomers. 

He  goes  fo  far,  as  even  to  fix  the  Proportion  of  the  Di- 
minution, W'hich  he  makes  to  be  at  the  rate  of  half  a  Mi- 
nute in  fifty  Years.  According  to  an  antient  Tradition  a- 
mong  the  E^yptiajis,  mention'd  by  Herodotm,  the  Ecliptic 
was  formerly  perpendicular  to  the  Equator. 

The  Libration  of  the  Sphere  makes  fome  Alterations  in 
the  Obliquity  of  the  Ecliptic  ;  fo  that  ^/^oZ/iftJ  reckons  a  great 
Obliquity  23*^,  53';  ^  mcxn  Obliquity  of  15'^,  41^;  and  a 
fmall  one  ot  25'',  50'. 

OBLONG,  in  Geometry,  a  Figure  longer  than  it  is 
broad.    See  Figure. 

Thus,  a  Reflangle,  or  Parallelogram,  is  an  Qbhug;  fee 
Parallelogram:  and  anEllipfis  an  Oblong  j  fee  El- 
lipsis. 

OBOLATA  Terrx,  in  our  antient  Law-Books,  is  a  cer- 
tain Quantity  of  Land,  which  fome  Authors  fix  at  half  an 
Acre;  tho'  others  make  it  but  half  a  Perch.  Thomafuts 
fays,  that  Obolum  Tenw  contains  ten  Feet  in  length,  and  five 
in  breadth.    See  Fardingdeal. 

OBOLUS,  an  antient  Silver  Money,  o£  Jthejis,  the  fixth 
part  of  a  Drachma  ;  worth  fomewhat  more  than  our  Penny. 
See  Drachma;  fee  alfo  Coin. 

The  Word  comes  from  thcGresk  0|3oAof,  o{o^ihii.  Needle^ 
either  becaufe  it  bore  the  Impreftion  of  a  Needle;  or  be- 
caufe, according  to  Ev.fiachius,  it  was  in  form  thereof.  But 
thofe  now  in  the  Cabinets  of  Antiquaries,  are  round. 

Obolus  was  alfo  ufed  among  our  Anceftors  for  half  a 
Noble,  or  Florin  ;  where  the  Noble  was  efteem'd  as  the 
Penny  ;  and  its  quarter  part  a  Farthing. 

In 


OBS 


In  effefl,  in  the  old  Hiftories  and  Accounts  of  Coins,  we 
are  to  underfland,  by  the  Word  Denarius,  the  whole  Coin, 
be  it  Angel,  Rial,  ^c.  by  the  Oholus  its  half ,  and  by 
Quadram  its  fourth  Part.    See  IVIoney. 

Obol'JS,  in  Medicine,  is  ufed  for  a  Weight  of  ten 
Grains;  or  half  a  Scruple.  Du  Caiige  fays  it  weighs  three 
Carats,  or  four  Grains  of  Wheat  :  Others  divide  the  Qho- 
hs  into  fix  Areola; ;  and  the  Areola  into  I'even  Minutes. 
Others  divide  it  into  three  Siliqu^,  each  Siliqua  into  four 
Grains,  and  each  Grain  into  a  Lentil  and  half.  See 
Grain,  ^c. 

Among  the  Sicilians^  Oholus  was  the  Weight  of  a  Found. 

OBREPTITIOUS,  a  Quality  of  a  Letter  Patent,  or 
other  Inftrument  bearing  fome  Favour,  Title,  or  Concef- 
fion  j  denoting  it  obtain'd  of  a  Superior  by  Surprize,  or  by 
concealing  from  him  the  Truth,  which  was  neceffary  to  have 
been  exprefs'd,  to  render  it  valid. 

In  this  fenfe  the  Word  flands  oppofed  to  Surreptitious^ 
where  fome  Fal/hood  has  been  exprefs'd,  in  order  to  pro- 
cure it  the  more  cafily. 

Obreption  annuls  the  Grant,  wherever  found. 

By  the  Canon  Law,  a  Pcrfon  demanding  a  Benefice, 
without  cxprcfTing  thofe  he  is  already  poflefs'd  of,  forfeits, 
^c.  by  the  Ohre^tion. 

OBRINES,  an  Order  of  Knights  Infiituted  in  the 
Xlllth  Century,  by  Conrade  Duke  of  Miizovia  and  Cujavia^ 
whom  fome  Authors  alfo  call  Duke  of  FoLmd. 

He  firli  gave  them  the  Name  of  Knights  of  Jefus  Chrijl, 
Their  firfl  Grand  Mafier  was  Brum.  Their  chief  End  was 
to  defend  the  Country  from  the  Trujfiam^  who  were  yet 
Idolaters,  and  committed  great  Cruelties, 

Duke  Conrade  putting  them  in  polfcffion  of  Fort  Ohrin  j 
they  hence  took  a  new  Name  :  and  it  was  agreed  between 
them,  that  whatever  Lands  they  conquer'd  from  the  7ruf 
fians^  Hinuld  be  equally  divided  with  liim. 

But  the  Truffums  blocking  up  the  Fort,  fo  that  none  of 
the  Knights  could  get  out ;  the  Order  became  ufelefs,  and 
was  foon  fupprefs'd.  Upon  this,  Co«r(J^e  call'd  in  the  Tea- 
toniQ  Knights.    See  Teutonic  Order* 

OBSCURA  Camera.    See  Camera  ohfcura. 

Oescura  Ciare.    See  Claro  ohfcura. 

OBSCURE,  fomething  that  is  or  that  only  admits 
a  little  Light.    See  Light  and  Shadow. 

Obscure  is  alfo  ufed  in  a  figurative  fenfe,  for  a  thing 
that  is  not  clear,  exprefs,  and  intelligible;  that  one  does 
not  fully  apprehend  ?  or  that  may  be  conilrued  in  divers 
Senfes. 

Clear  Notloji^  or  Jden.   See  Notion  and  Idea. 
OBSCURITY,  that  which  denominates  a  Thing  ohfcure. 

Objcurity  is  a  Fault  that  may  either  be  in  the  Percep- 
tion, or  Diftion, 

Ohfcurity  in  rhe  Ferce^tivTi,  arifes  chiefly  hence,  that  we 
do  not  conceive  Things  as  they  are,  or  as  we  find  them; 
but  as  we  judge  them  to  be,  e'er  we  know  them  :  fo  that 
our  Judgment  precedes  our  Knowledge,  and  is  made  the 
Hule,  or  Standard,  of  our  Conceptions.  Whereas  Nature 
and  Reafon  direft,  that  Things  Hiould  be  judged  of  ac- 
cording as  they  are  known  ;  and  that  they  are  to  be  known, 
not  as  they  are  in  themfelves,  but  only  in  fuch  manner  as 
God  was  pleas'd  to  have  them  known. 

Ohfcurity  in  the  DitTioji^  may  arlfe,  firft,  from  the  Ambi- 
guity of  theSenfe;  fecondly,  from  the  Figures  or  Orna- 
ments of  Rhetoric  ;  thirdly,  from  the  Novelty,  or  Obfo- 
lecenefs  of  the  Words. 

OBSECRATION,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Figure  whereby  the 
Orator  implores  the  Aflillance  of  fome  God,  or  Man.  See 
Figure. 

This  Figure  dcero  makes  admirable  ufe  of,  for  K.  Deio- 

tarits;  to  C^far  Fer  Dexteram  te  iflam  oro,  quam  Regi 

-  Deiotaro  hoffes,  hoffiti  forrexijii :  If  am  inqitam  dexteram  non 
tarn  in  befits  ^  iji  prteliis,  quam  inpromilfs  fdsm  frmiorem. 
 Thus  Virgil: 

Qjiod  te  fer  deli  jucmditm  lumen  yfuras 
Fer  Gemtorem  oro^  per  Spem  furgcjitis  luli 
Eri^e  me  his  inviUe  malis  — — 

OBSEQUIES,  Funeral  Solemnities,  or  Ceremonies  per- 
formed at  the  Burials  of  eminent  Perfonages.  See  Fu- 
neral. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Latin  Ohfequium,  Obedi- 
ence 5  thefeOi/e^Kiej  being  the  laft  Devoirs  we  can  render 
to  rhe  Deceafed. 

OBSERVANCE,  literally  denotes  the  Aft  of  ohferving 
a  Rule,  Law,  or  Ceremony. 

Hence  the  Term  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  Rule, 
Statute,  or  Ordonnance  to  be  ohferv'd. 

OBSERVANCE,  Observantia,  is  particularly  un- 
derflood,  in  a  Monaflic  Senfe,  of  a  Community  of  Reli- 
gious, who  are  tied  to  the  perpetual  Obfervation  of  the 
fame  Rule.  In  which  fenfe  the  Word  coincides  with  Co;:- 
gregatiom,  ot  Order.   See  Order,  ^e. 


(  6^1  ) 


OBS 


The  Cordeliers  denominate  themfelves  the  Religious  of 
the  Ohfervance ;   the  great  and  the  lejfer  Ohfer-jance.  Sec 

COREELI  ERS. 

Among  the  Bernard'mes,  there  are  Monks  of  the  friH 
Ohfervance,   who  eat  nothing  but  FiOi.    See  Bernar- 

EINE. 

OBSERVANTINES,  Religious  Cordeliers  of  the  Oi- 
fervance.    In  Sfain^  there  are  bare-footed  Olier-Jajicine' 

OBSERVATION,  in  the  Sea- language  :  The  Seamen 
callan  OhferDntion  the  taking  the  Sun's,  or  any  Star's  Me- 
ridian Altitude,  in  order  thereby  to  find  their  Latitude. 
See  MERiDiAN-yV/r/tKf/e.  4 

For  the  Method  of  making  an  Ohfcr-jation^  fee  Lati- 
tude. 

The  finding  of  a  Latitude  from  the  Meridian-Altitude 
obferved,  they  call  lyor^i?;^  of  an  Ohfer-vatioii. 

Observations  in  Aftronomy,  fee  Celestial  Oi/er- 
vatian^. 

OBSERVATORY,  a  Place  delllned  for  ohfer-uif}g  the 
Heavenly  Bodies  ;  or,  a  Building  ufually  in  form  of  a 
Tower,  raifed  on  fome  Eminence,  for  making  of  Ailrono- 
mical  Obfervations. 

The  more  celebrated  Obfervatorie?^  are,  i.  The  Greenzvicb 
Obfervatory,  built  in  i67(f,  by  Order  of  King  Ckarlesll.  at 
the  follcitation  of  Sir  ^onas  Moor  and  Sir  Chrijiofher  Wren  ; 
and  furnlflied  with  the  moi\  accurate  Initruments  by  the 
fame  ;  particularly  a  noble  Sextant  of  7  Feet  Radius,  with 
Telefcope-Sights. 

The  Pcrfon  to  whom  the  Province  of  Obfervlng  was 
firft  committed,  was  Mr.  J.  Flamjit.id  a  Man,  who,  as 
Dr.  ILdley  cxprcffes  it,  feem'd  born  for  the  Employm.ent.' 
For  the  fpace  of  fourteen  Years,  with  unwearied  Pains  he 
watch'd  the  Motions  of  the  Planets  5  chiefly  thofe  of  the 
Moon,  as  was  given  him  in  charge  ;  that  a  new  Theory  of 
that  Planet,  exhibiting  all  her  Irregularities,  being  found,- 
the  Longitude  might  thence  be  determined. 

In  the  Year  idpo,  having  provided  himfclf  of  a  Mural- 
Arch  of  7  feet  Diameter,  well  fix'd  in  the  Plane  of  the  Me- 
ridian, he  began  to  verify  his  Catalogue  of  rhe  fixed  Scars, 
which  hitherto  depended  altogether  on  the  Diilances  mea- 
fured  with  the  Sextant,  after  a  new  and  very  different 
Manner,  -viz.  by  taking  the  Meridian-Altitudes,  and  the 
Moments  of  Culmination,  or  the  right  Afcenfion  and  De- 
clination. 

This  Inftrument  he  was  fo  pleas'd  with,  that  he  laid  the 
ufe  of  the  Sextant  almoft  wholly  afide.  Thus  was  the 
Ailronomer  Royal  cmploy'd  for  thirty  Years;  in  the 
Courfe  of  which  Time,  nothing  had  appear'd  in  public, 
worthy  fo  much  Expcnce  and  Preparation  :  So  that  the 
Obferver  feem'd  rather  to  have  been  employ'd  for  his  own 
fake,  and  that  of  a  few  Friends,  than  for  tfie  Public;  ih» 
it  was  notorious,  the  Obfervations  that  had  been  made 
were  very  numerous,  and  the  Papers  fwell'd  to  a  great 
Bulk. 

Thisoccafion'd  Prince  George  of  Denmark,  in  the  Year 
1704,  to  appoint  certain  Members  of  the  Royal  Society^  viz. 
the  Honourable  Fr.  Roimj,  SirCTVreti,  Sir  L  J^ewtot?,  Dr. 
Gregory,  and  Dr.  Jrbnthnot,  to  infpeft  FlamBead'&  Papers, 
and  chufeout  of  them  fuch  as  they  ihould  think  fit  for  the 
Frefs  ;  purpofing  to  print  tliem  at  his  own  Expence  :  But 
the  Patron  of  the  Work  dying,  e'er  the  Impreflion  was'half 
finilhed,  it  lay  Hill  for  fome  time  ;  till  at  length  it  was 
refum'd  by  order  of  Queen  Jnne  ;  and  the  Care  of  the 
Prefs  committedto  Dr.  Arlmhnot ;  and  that  of  Corredllng,- 
and  fupplying  the  Copy,  to  Dr.  Halley. 

Such  was  the  Rife  and  Frogrefs  of  the  Hijhria  C<xle(iis  ; 
the  principal  Part  whereof  is  the  Catalogue  of  fixed  Stars, 
call'd  alfo  the  Greenwich  Catalogue.    See  Catalogue. 

ThQ  Gree7iwich  Obfervatory  js  found  by  very  accurate  Ob- 
fervation to  lie  in  51*^,  28',  ^o"',  North  Latitude. 

z.  The  Faris  Obfer-vatory  built  by  the  late  Louis  XIV= 
in  the  FauxhourgSt.  Jaques. 

It  is  a  very  fingular,  but  wlihall  a  very  magnificent 
Building  ;  the  Defign  of  M.  Ferrauh.  'Tis  80  feet  high, 
anda-top  is  a  Terras.  'Tis  here  M.delaHlre  has  been 
employ'd. 

The  Difference  in  Longitude  between  this  and  the 
Greefiwicb  Objervatoryis  1^ ,  zo'  Weft. 

In  it  is  a  Cave,  or  Cellar,  17c  feet  defcent,  for  Experi- 
ments that  are  to  be  made  far  from  the  Sun,  ^c.  particu- 
larly fuch  as  relate  to  Congelations,  Refrigerations,  Indu- 
rations, Confervatlons,  ^c. 

3.  Tycho  Brahe's  C)bfervatory  was  in  the  little  Ifiand  Weexg 
o'C  Scarlet  I  [land -J  between  the  Coafts  of  SchonenixaA  Ze- 
land,  in  the  Baltic. 

It  was  ereded  and  furnl/lied  with  Inrtruments  at  his  own 
Expence  ;  and  call'd  by  him  Uranihurg. 

Here  he  fpeni  twenty  Years  in  obferving  the  Stars.  Tbs 
Refult  is  his  Catalogue.    See  Cat  alogue. 

y\.T.  Gordon,  in  Fbil.  Tra>f.  obfcrves,  that  this  was  none  of 
the  fitted  Places  for  fome  kind  of  Obfervations,  particularly  ■ 
ihe  Rifingsand  Settings  ;  as  lying  too  low,  and  being  land- 

'inek'd 


OB  V 


C  ) 


occ 


■    lockM  on  all  the  Points  of  the  Compafs  but  three  }  and  the 
Lantl-Hcrizon  exceedingly  rugged  und  uneven. 

4.  Fch'm  Olja-iatory.  Fiihcr  Le  Comfte  dtjfcribes  ajvcry 
Titagmiiccm  Obfeivatory  created  and  furni/hcd  by  the  late 
Emperor  of  Chin.7,  in  his  Capiral,  at  the  Interceffion  of 
feme  Jefuit  Miffionaries,  chicHy  Father  Vcnb:cjl^  whom  he 
made  his  chief  Obferver. 

The  InUruments  are  exceedingly  large  ;  but  the  Divi- 
liOns  lefs  Accurate,  and  the  Contrivance,  in  fome  refpeiis, 
lefs  Commodious  than  ihoie  of  the  £ii?o/'ei^iH.<.  The  chief 
sre  anArmillary,  Zodiacal  Sphere  of  6  Tans  feet  Diameter, 
an  Equinociial  Sphere  6  feet  Diameter,  an  Azimuttial  Ho- 
rizon 6  feet  Diameter,  a  large  Q^uadrant  6  feet  Radius,  a 
Sextant  8  feet  Radius,  and  a  Celellial  Globe  6  feet 
Diameter. 

OBSESSION,  the  Aflion  of  being  befet  by  an  Evil 
Spirit  j  which,  without  entring  the  Body,  torments,  and, 
as  it  were,  bcfiegcs  the  Perfon  wirbout  :  In  which  it 
differs  from  TcJJeff'yn.    See  Possession. 

The  Marks  of  Obfe/J^ou^  according  to  fome,  are  a  being 
hoilled  into  the  Air,  and  thrown  violently  down  without 
being  hurt  ;  fpeaking  Languages  never  learnt  i  having  an 
Averlion  to  all  A£ls  and  Offices  of  Religion,  l^c. 

Some  Fhyficians  look  on  all  Cafes  of  Obj'eJioJi  as  Natu- 
ral, and  curable  by  natural  Medicines,  particularly  an  Un- 
guent eall'd  Cngttetitum  Carriohteri^  with  Purgatives,  or 
Vomirivep. 

Of  this  Opinion  is  Doflor  Gabriel  Claiider,  Meinber  of 
the Academy  i  which  he  ilrengthens  with  the 
Tcllimony  of  Fromaniius,  m  Wis  Tre:it](c  FufdnatioHihits  ^ 
G.vifius  de  Coralhis^  who  obferves,  that  it  has  been  confefs'd 
by  many  Witches  and  Sorcerers,  that  the  Plant  Milkfertins, 
hypericon^  and  other  Simples,  incommode  them  ter- 
ribly, and  prevent  their  Operations, 

He  confirms  this  Sentiment  hence,  that  the  Devil  in 
thofe  he  thus  befets.makesufe  of  the  iVlelanciiolic  Huir^our 
or  the  fl^rn  B'disy  and  the  grofler  Impurities  of  the  Biood, 
without  always  a£ling  immediately  of  himfelf.  For  which 
he  refers  to  the  Eocks  of  \klchior  Sebizins  and  ^ercm  "^ordan^ 
de  Dhi}:o  in  bcmhzc  5  and  c'v''^^i>  the  Procefs  rS  a  Cure  of  a 
manifeft  OA,.'e^;'o;/ of  a  Child  of  a  Year  old  r,i  Delnfchebourg^ 
three  Leasuesfrom  Lelpfic. 

OBSIDiON  ALIS,  an  Epithet  thi- xowiiaj  gave  to  a  fort 
of  Crown  wherewihi  they  homur'd  fuch  of  ihe-r  Generals 
as  had  delivered  a  Ronum  Armv  befieged  bv  'he  EiiPmv, 
and  had  obliged  them  to  decamp.    See  Cbuwn. 

It  was  alfo  call'd  f^»M?H'He.i,  bec-ufe  mi.lc  of  Grafs,  or 
Htrbs  found  on  the  Spot,  or  Soil. 

*  I'was  the  Soldiery  who  bellow 'd  this  Crown  ;  which, 
doubtlefs,  was  the  reafon  of  its  not  being  of  a  more  pre- 
cious Matter. 
The  Word  comes  from  the  L«f/«  Ohji.ilo^  Siege. 
OBSTRUCTION,  in  Medicine,  a  lett  or  iloppage  of 
the  Paffage  of  the  Humours  in  the  Body  of  an  Animal.  See 
Disease. 

Objhuffions  are  fuppofed  to  arife  from  the  grofs  Parts  of 
the  Blood,  detain'd  in  the  Extremities  of  the  Veflels,  and 
thus  blocking  them  up. 

Some  Phylicians  doubt  whether  there  be  any  fuch  thing 
as  OhfinS'ons  in  the  Vifccra  ;  and  rather  attribute  the  In- 
conveniencies  ufually  afcribed  to  ObJirnHioiis,  to  the  Acrimo- 
nies and  Crudities  of  the  Stomach  :  But  their  Reafons  are 
not  convincing.  'Tis  true,  Ohjlruftions  may  not  perhaps 
be  fo  frequent  as  is  ufually  fuppofed  ;  and  many  of  the 
Symptoms  afcribed  to  them,  are  doubtlefs  owing  to  Dif- 
orders  of  the  Stomach  i  but  then  there's  no  denying  that 
there  are  any  ObftmBions  at  all  in  the  Vifcera,  iSc.  Schir- 
rus's,  and  other  kinds  of  Tutnours  are  incontefiable  Proofs 
hereof.    See  Tumoue,  Sciiirrus,  ^f. 

ObJiniUions  frequently  prove  the  Caufes  of  Dropfies,  See 
Dropsy. 

OBTURATOR,  in  Anatomy,  a  Name  given  to  two 
Mufcles  of  the  Thigh  5  by  reafon  of  their  Hiutting,  or  co- 
vering up  the  Foramen  or  Aperture  between  the  Oi  Ftthis^ 
and  the  Hip-Bonc. 

The  OhturaxQi-  intermt;  and  marfufid'n  are  the  two  Parts, 
or  Divifions  that  make  x\iQ  Gemini.   See  Gemini  and  Mar- 

SUPIALIS. 

The  Obturator  exterjms  arifes  fle/liy  from  the  exterior  Mar- 
gin of  the  Os  Pubis  and  ifcbimn,  and  is  infcrted  tendinous  at 
the  Root  of  the  great  Trochanter. 

OBTUSE  literally  imports  W«?if,        &c.  in  oppofition 
toactite,  fiarf,  brisk.Scc.    See  Acute, 

Obtuse  v^'Hg/fi,  in  Geometry,  an  Angle  of  more  than 
90  Degrees,  i.  e.  more  than  a  Quadrant  of  a  Circle  j  or  an 
An"le  greater  than  a  right  Angle.   See  Angle. 

Obtuse-angled  TW.-!»g/e,  is  a  Triangle  one  of  whofe 
Angles  is  obiiife.    See  Triangle. 

OBVENTIONS,  Obventiones,  in  oup  antient  Law- 
•Eooks,  fignify  OJf:riiigs. 

Sometimes  the  Word  alfo  fignifies  Rents,  and  Revenues 
properly  of  Spiritual  Livings. 


Indies, 
Indies, 


which 


one  in 


OCCASIO,  in  OLT  antient  Law-writers,  is  taken  for  ^ 
Tribute  which  the  Lord  impofes  on  his  ValTaLs  or  Tenants 
Froficr  oi^cnjloues  beilorum      aliarum  Nece^iutum.  ' 

And  hence  Occ^i/ioncW  ligmfies  to  be  charged  or  loaded 
with  Payments. 

OCCASIONAL  Caufe,  ^c.  fee  Cause,  ^c. 
OCCIDENTAL,  aT  erm  ufed  chiefly  in  refpeiSl  of  Com- 
mercG,  to  diftingm/h  Commodities  brought  from  the  iVeJ}- 
'».e)ica,  horn  thcfc  brought   from    the  Eajl- 
arc   faid    to    be   Oriental.     See  Orien- 
tal 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay.  Occidental  Bezo.:-d  5  fee  Eezoard 
Ocadtjital  Fe.irl  i  fee  Pearl. 

OCCIPH  AL,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  applied  fo  the  Parts 
of  the  Occiput,  orof  the  hinder  Part  of  the  Head.  See 
Occiput. 

Occipital  hoyie,  fee  Occipitis  Os. 
OCCi  PIT  ALES,  or  Occipital  M;</c/et,  are  a  Pair  of 
Mufcles  of  the  Head,  whole  Origin  is  in  the  fame  Place 
with  that  of  the  tront.ilss,  i.e.  in  the  upper  Part  of  the  Head 
near  the  Vertex,  but  which  go  a  quire  oppolite  Courfe,  viz-. 
from  before,  hindwards,  and  are  inferted  into  rhe  lower 
Part  of  the  hairy  Scalp,  or  Skinof  the  Occiput^  which  they 
ferve  to  <  raw  upwards. 

Dr.  obferves,  that  the  Occipitalis  and  Frontalis  ara 

one  continued  dipaUric  Mufcle  oneacti  fidej  that  Partcall'd 
the  OccipitJis,  after  a  fmall  Afcent,  becomes  a  chin  Tendon 
and  marches  over  the  whole  Bra:m.ij  where  it  aivides  5  the 
one  Part  ^oing  onto  thi.  Oi  the  other,  growing  fle/hy 

acquues  the  Name  Frontalis.    S^e  Frontalis. 

OCCIPITIS  O:.,  or  Oj  /hi>-^,  in  Anatomy,  the  fourth 
Bone  of  the  ':t\viiuiti  j  fo  .:aird  frcmits  fituation  in  the  Oc 
ciput.    See  Occiput. 

'^lii  the  hardei'  and  thickeli:  of  allthc  Banes  of  thcCra- 
niu-n.  Its  Figure  is  rriangular.  In  new-horn  Children  it  is 
divided  into  fuur  i  but  grows  up,  and  becomes 
time. 

It  isjoin'd  to  the  Bones  ofihe  5iHC//>Mf,  at  the  Lambdoidal 
Suture  i  js  hkewife  to  (he  Peti-oj\  and  Qs  Sphenoides  at  the 
SpiJLUo.dui  Suture. 

Th'-  Parts  of  this  E^>ne  are  mUki  fulid,  or  hollow,  i.e. 
eirp  y.  The  folid  ate  :-.o  Proceffes,  call'd  Corona,  'xhe 
h'-'Hi.w  P^rts  are '"'rn>.r  l'ur.T»'v.:,  ni  .s'->ih>'s. 

The  foraminii  -Jta  ehhn  Cummon,  or  Proper;  The 
Common  art;  .  wo,  one  on  each  fide  common  with  the  0_ffli 
resroj'i\  afF.:..ang  a  PaCfagr.  to  the  Nerves,  Far  Fagum,  and 
to  the  int---iial  Jugular  Veins. 

The  ,  :;jper  toramni.1  are  five  :  The  firll  is  very  large, 
and  Kuo  this  it  is  that  the  fpinal  Marrow  paiTcs.  Twa 
others  give  paflage  to  the  Nerves  of  the  Tongue,  and  the 
tAO  laft  an  entrance  to  the  cervical  Arteries.  See 
Nerve,  £^c. 

It  has  two  large  Sinus's  witiiln-fide,  for  the  reception  of 
the  two  Hcmifpheres  of  the  CereheHmt.  See  Cerebel- 
lum. 

On  each  fide  the  Foramina  which  give  Paffage  to  the 
fpinai  Marrow,  is  ufually  a  Procefs  lined  with  a  Cartilage, 
articulated  with  the  fitft  f'er'.ebra  of  the  Neck.  In  lieu  of 
this,  is  fometimes  only  a  Prominence  of  the  Bone  ;  which, 
or  the  Procefs  where  'tis  found,  receives  the  Infertions  of 
the  Mufcles  of  the  Head,  whereof  there  are  ten,  -viz.thQ 
F.ir  fphnium,  F.'ir  complexum^  Far  reBitm  majus  externum. 
Far  reBum  mi?iui  exicynum,  F.ir  ohliqtuim  ftcperiusy  Obliquum 
tnterius.  Far  Maftoideum,  ReBum  internum  majus,  ReBum  /k- 
ternum  minus,  and  ReBum  laterals  j  each  of  which  fee  in 
its  proper  Place. 

OCCIPUT,  the  hinder  Part  of  the  Head,  or  SkuU  ;  or 
the  Part  wherein  is  the  Os  Occipitis.  See  Head,  Cra- 
nium, £5fc. 

i'cKyrefKs  ubferves,  that  the  Cauterization  of  the  Occ^hc 
is  very  frequent  in  many  Places. 

OCCULT,  fomething  fecret,  hidden,  or  invifible. 
The  Occult  Sciences  arc  Magic,  Necromancy,  Cabbala 
£^c.    See  Magic,  S^fc.  ' 

^grippa  has  feveral  Books  of  Occult  Fhilofophy,  full  of  the 
vaineii,  wildeft  Dreams  5  and  Fludd  nine  Volutnes  of  the 
Cabbala,  ot  Occult  Science,  wrapt  up  under  Figures,  or  Ht- 
breru  Charaflers. 

Weak  Philofophcrs,  when  unable  to  difcover  the  Caufe 
of  an  Effed,  and  unwilling  to  own  their  Ignorance,  fay  it 
arifes  from  an  occult  Virtue,  an  occult  Caufe,  an  occult  Qua- 
tity.   See  Quality,  iSc. 

Occult,  in  Geometry,  is  ufed  for  a  Line  that  is  fcarce 
perceivable,  drawn  with  the  Point  of  the  Compafles 
black-lead  Pencil.    See  Line. 

Occult^  or  dry  Lines,  are  ufed  in  feveral  Operations  ; 
as  theraifing  of  Plans,  Defigns  of  Building,  Pieces  of  Per- 
fpeaive,  £?c.    They  are  to  be  efFiced  when  the  WorJt  is  i 
finl/hed. 

GLl  OCCULTI,  of  Brc/ao,  in  /(.i/y,  are  the  Acailemlfls| 
ofthatCity.    See  Academy. 

OC- 


OCE 


C  6^3  ) 


OCT 


OCCtlLTATIONi  in  Aftronomy,  the  T!mc  a  Star,  or 
Planer,  is  hid  from  our  Sight  in  an  Ecliplc,   Sec  Eclipse. 

Circle  of  perpetual  Occultation,  h  a  Parallel  in  an 
oblique  Sphere,  as  far  dillanr  from  the  depreffcd  Pole,  as 
the  Pole  IS  from  the  Equator. 

Between  this  Line  and  rhe  Pole,  all  the  Stars  contain'd, 
do  never  rife;  but  lie  conilantly  hid  under  the  Horizon  of 
the  Place. 

GCCUPANCT,  in  the  Civil  Law,  is  the  PofTeffion  of 
fuch  things  as  at  prefent  belong  to  no  private  Perfons,  bur, 
bov/ever,  are  capable  to  be  made  fo  j  as  by  feiztng  or 
taking  of  Spoils  in  War ;  of  things  wild  _by  Nature,  as 
Birds,  and  Bearts  for  Game,  i^c.  or  by  finding  things  be- 
fore undifcovered,  or  truly  lolt,  or  loll  by  their  proper 
Owners. 

OCCUPANT,  in  Law.  If  a  Tenant  hold  Lands,  ^c. 
fortheTtrm  of  another's  Life  ;  and  (uch  Tenant  die  firil, 
leaving  that  other  to  furvive  ;  he  that  firft  enters  to  hold 
that  Term  our,  is  call'd  an  Otcw/J-inf,  by  reafon  his  Title 
comes  by  the  firlt  Occupation. 

So  if  a  Tenant  for  his  own  Life,  grant  over  Lis  Efiate  to 
another;  if  the  Grantee  dies,  there  fliall  be  an  Occupant. 

OCCUPATION,  in  Law,  the  putting  a  Man  out  of  his 
Freehold  in  rime  of  War. 

This  is  all  one  with  the  Dlffc/fin  in  time  of  Peace  ;  only 
that  the  former  is  deem'd  not  fo  great  an  Offence,  See 
Disseisin. 

1  he  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Holding, Tenure, ot  PofTef- 
fion ;  as  when  it  is  laid,  fuch  Land  is  in  the  Tenure  or  Oc 
ci.p.it'mt  of  fuch  a  Man,  that  is,  in  his  PofTeffion.  See  Pos- 
session. 

Occupations,  in  the  Statute  tie  B/^awM,  are  taken  for 
Ufurpanons  upon  the  King,  by  ufing  Liberties  or  Fran- 
chifcsa  Perfon  is  not  entitled  to. 

As  an  unjud  Entry  upon  the  King  into  Lands  and  Tene- 
nier.rs,  is  call'd  an  Intrufmi  j  fo  an  unlawful  ufing  of  Fran- 
chifes,   is  call'd  an  Occupation. 

OCCUPAVIT,  in  Law,  a  Writ  that  lies  for  him  who  is 
ejetted  cut  of  his  Land,  or  Tenement  in  time  of  War  j  as 
a.  No-vel  Di(fc:Ji7i  lies  for  one  ejcdled  in  time  of  Peace.  See 
Disseisin. 

OCEAN,  the  grand  Sea,  which  encompaffes  or  inverts 
the  whole  Earth,    See  Eart  h  and  Sea. 

The  Ocean  is  that  vail  Sea  wherein  the  two  grand  Con- 
tinents known  to  us,  the  new  and  old,  are  inclofed  like 
lllands.    See  Continent,  ^c. 

By  Computation  it  appears,  that  the  Ocean  takes  up  con- 
fiderably  more  of  what  we  know  of  the  terreflrial  Globe, 
than  the  dry  Land.    See  TERRAq.UEOUs-G/o/'e. 

Dr.  A'ef// computes  the  Surface  of  the  whole  Ocf.7K  to  be 
85490506  Square  Miles;  fo  that  fuppofing  the  Depth  of 
the  Ocean  at  a  Medium  to  be  |  of  a  Mile,  the  Quantity  of 
Water  in  the  whole  will  be  u  572626  4  Cubic  Miles. 

Yet  Dr.  Burntt  computes  that  all  the  Waters  in  the  Ocean 
were  nor  fufficient  to  drown  or  overflow  the  dry  Land  fu 
high  as  the  Scriptures  fay  it  was  at  the  Deluge  :  Seven  or 
eight  Occ>i7n,  according  to  him,  would  fcarce  have  fulSced. 
See  Delug e. 

The  Oceaii  penetrating  the  Land  at  feveral  Streights, 
quits  its  Name  of  Ocean^  and  affumes  that  oi Sea^  or  Gulf  5 
to  which  are  ufually  added  fome  Epithet  todiUinguiJh  it  ; 
'A&^kdherraman-Sea^  Terfian-Gulf^i^c.  See  Sea  andGuLF. 

In  very  narrow  Places  it  is  calfd  Streights,  Shius.  See 
Etreicht. 

The  Ocean  takes  diff'erent  Names  according  to  the  divers 
Cr.untreys  it  borders  on  ;  as  the  Brtujh  Ocean,  German  0- 
ce^ui,  ike. 

According  to  Maty,  the  Ocean  may  be  commodioufly  di- 
vided into  Superior^  or  Upper  ;  and  Inferior,  or  Lower. 

The  Upper  Ocean,  which  the  Anrienrs  call'd  the  Ex- 
terior, as  environing  all  the  known  Parts  of  the  World,  he 
fubdividcs,  according  to  the  four  Cardinal  Points,  into  the 
Northern,  Southern,  EaJ}ern,  an^JVeJierji. 

TUcKorthern  Ocea77,  call'd  alfo  GVjcia/,  Frozefi,  and  Scy- 
thian, is  that  Part  of  the  Upper  Ocean  next  rhe  North-Pole, 
bounded  on  the  South  with  the  Ar£^ic-Circle,  and  the 
Korthern  Cooi{\s  Europe  and  yff/a,  and  on  the  North  with 
the  unknown  Lands  about  the  Pole. 

'Tis  call'd  the /cj,  or  Frozen  Ocean,  becaufe  thoTe  who 
have  attempted  a  Faffage  thro  it  to  Cbi?ia,  8lc.  have  always 
been  ftop'd  with  the  Ice  j  and  Scythian^  becaufe  wafiiing 
the  Coails  of  Scythia. 

The  IVejiern,  or  Atlantic  Ocean,  is  that  Part  of  the  Grand 
Ocean  which  wafhcs  the  Weflern  Coafts  of  Europe  and  Jfrica, 
extending  from  the  Arflic  Circle  to  the-  Equinoflial. 

So^jthertj,  or  Europ>ean  Ocean  is  that  Part  reaching  from 
the  Equinoflial  to  the  unknown  Antarflic  Lands. 

Earfe^n,  or  JnSan  Ocean,  has  its  firft  Namefrom  its  Situa- 
tion to  the  Eaft  5  as  its  latter  from  India^  the  chief  Country 
it  waflies. 

It  reaches  from  the  Coafl  of  Jjan  to  the  Ifle  Aux  Larma, 
-  I.e.  ofXtirae;, 


1  he  Inferior,  or  American  Ccean,  is  that  vaftPartof  th« 
Grand  Oceun  which  waihcs  theCoalis  of  America  j  unknown, 
in  gicat  meafure  at  ieatl,  to  the  Anticnts..  It  is  divided 
into  three  Parts,  vis. 

I.  The  North  Sea^  which  waflies  the  Eaftern  Coafis  of 
America,  from  the  Arftic-Circle  to  the  T.opic  of  Ca- 
P>7  icorn. 

a.  The  UageHanic'Sea^  extending  from  the  Tropic  of  Ca- 
pricorn to  the  Terra  JttBraiis  IncQjnita. 

3.  The  South  Sea,  or  Faafc,  which  wafbes  the  Weflern 
Cualis  of  yimenca  to  ihe  Eall,  as  tar  as  the  ifle  of  Thie-aes  5 
and  from  South  ro  North  from  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  to 
the  Landof^e^o. 

For  the  Sahnsfs  of  the  Ocean,  feeSALTNESS. 

tor  the  Tides  obferved  ni  the  Ocean,  i'ee  Tiees, 

Fhi/.  Sacbfius,^  in  1664,  printed  a  Di.lertation  entitled| 
Oceanus  Microcofmictts,  dedicated,  to  liartholin  j  wherein  ha 
/hews  that  there  is  a  circular  Motion  in  the  Waters,  like 
that  of  the  Blood  in  the  human  Bouy  ;  'f  hat  the)  ail 
come  Irom  ,he  Oceat,,  and  return  rliirher  aga  ri.  The  Thought 
kholomon'',  EccUf.  ch.  7,    See  V  apour,  Sfeing,  J^c. 

I'lit;  word  Oce.m  comes  from  the  Lmih  Oce  \i:u<,  fthe 
Greek  u-^avat,  which  Eutcatb:us  fetches  from  eo;^.--^  yxuy, 
to  Ihde  f^iftly.  Others  fay,  tht- Grtejes  botrow'd  it  from 
the  Fhosniciuns,  who  call'd  vn-  Circunifercnce  of  the  Oceaji 
Og,  from  the  Hei.-ew        Hbog,  C  rjuit.  Ambit. 

OCHLOClxATIA,  a  Form  of  Government,  wherein  the 
Populace  has  the  whole  Puwer  and  Aiiminiilration  m  its  own 
hand. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  G)-ee^  Multitude,  and 

XC^^'^^  Power. 

CG  TAGON,  in  Geometry,  a  Figure  of  eight  Sides  and 
eignt  Angles.    See  Figure  and  Polygon. 

When  all  the  Sides  and  Angles  are  equal,  it  is  call'd  a 
Keiular  OtlAgon,  or  an  Oila^on  that  may  be  infcribed  in  a 
Circle. 

Octagon,  in  Fortification,  is  a  Place  that  has  eight 
Eaitii.ns.    Sec  Bastion 

OCTAHEDKOK,  in  Geometry,  one  of  the  five  Regu- 
lar Bodies,  confining  of  eiphr  equal  Faces,  or  eight  Equi- 
latt-ral  Triangles,    See  Regular  Body. 

ThcOFfahedron  may  be  conce'v'd  as  confiding  of  two 
Pyramids  put  together  at  their  Bafes.    See  Tyramid. 

Its  Solidity  therefore  is  had  by  multiplying  rhe  quadran- 
gular B;i!e  of  either,  by  one  third  of  the  perpct,  -icuiar 
Height  of  one  of  them  3  and  then  doubling  the  Produfl, 
See  SoLiniTY. 

Thi.  Square  of  the  Side  of  an  OHahedronis  in  a  fubduplo 
Ratio  ot  the  Diameter  of  the  circumfcribing  Sphi-r  . 

OCTAHETERiDES,  in  Chronology,  £;jc.  the  Space,  of 
Duration  of  eight  Years. 

1  he  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  oxmiTTfeif,  com- 
pofed  of  0K7W,  Eighr,  and  e?^.  Year. 

OCTANT,  or  Octile,  in  Ailronomy,  an  Afpe^^^  or 
Pofition  of  two  Planets,  ei:^'.  wherein  their  Places  tire  dillant 
an  eighth  Part  of  a  Crete,  or  45  Degrees,  from  one 
anothLr.    See  Aspect. 

GCTAFLA,  a'l  erm  in  the  facred  Learning,  ufed  fcr  a 
kind  uf  Folyjot  Bibles,  confining  of  eight  Culumns.  See 
Bible  and  Polyglot. 

In  the  ifi  Column  was  the  Hebrew  Texr  in  Hthre-w  G'la- 
raflers  ;  in  rhe  id^  the  fime  Text  in  Greek  Chataderi  j  in 
the  5£^the  Greek  Verfion  of  Aqmla  j  in  rhe  ^sb  that  of  Sym- 
machus;^  in  the  yh,  the  Septuugint  ;  in  the  6tb,  rhat  of  Tiqo- 
dotioK  5  in  the  7ry>,  that  call'd  the  fifth  j  the  latt  was  that 
call'd  rhe  iixth. 

Origen  was  the  Author  of  the  Ol.^ph,  as  well  as  of  tha 
Tetrapla,  and  Heyapla.     See  Hexapla.  l$c. 

The  Word  implies  fomething  with  eight  Rows,  or  Co- 
lumns. 

OCTATEUCH,  in  the  facred  Literature,  is  ufed  for 
the  eight  firil  Books  of  the  Old  Tefiament  ;  viz.  Gensfs^ 
Exodus,    Leviticus,    Nuwhers,    Deitieronomy^  "Sojauab,  and 

'judges. 

Frocop'ms  of  Gaza,  has  ten  Commentaries  on  the  OBa" 

tench. 

OCTAVE,  in  Mufic,  an  harmonical  Interval  confining 
ofS  Tones,  or  Degrees  of  Sound.  See  Interval  and 
Degree. 

The  moll  fimple  Perception  the  Soul  can  have  of  true 
Sounds,  is  that  of  Vynfon  5  in  regard  the  Vibrations  there  be- 
gin and  end  together.  The  next  to  this  is  the  Oclave  ■■>  where- 
in the  more  acute  Sound  makes  precifely  two  Vibrations, 
while  rhe  graver  or  deeper  makes  one  i  and  wherein,  by 
confequence,  the  Vibrations  of  the  two  meet  at  every  Vi- 
bration of  the  more  grave.    See  Tune,  Gravity^  i^c. 

Hence  Unifon  and  OBave  pafs  almoit  for  the  fame  Con- 
cord.   See  Unison. 

Hence  alfo  the  Proportion  of  the  Sounds  that  form  the 
OBave  are  in  Numbers,  or  in  Lines,  as  2  to  i  ;  fo  that  two 
Chords  or  Strings  of  the  fame  Matter,  Thicknefs,  and 
2  D  TenfioD, 


OCT 


(  ^^4  ) 


ODE 


Tetifioti,  one  whereof  is  double  the  length  of  the  othtr, 
iruduce  the  OBci-ue.    See  C110P.D. 

The  OSave  is  call' d  by  the  Antients  Blafafan,  becaufe 
containing  all  the  limple  Tones  and  Concords  j  allof  which 
derive  their  Swcetnels  from  it,  as  they  arile  more  or  Icfs 
direftly  out  of  it.    See  Concord. 

Tobejult,  itmuft  contain  diatonically  7  Degrees,  or  In- 
tervals j  andconfequently  8  Terms,  or  Sounds,  whence  its 
Uame,  Oclave, 

The  Off.ice  containing  in  it  all  the  other  fimple  Concords, 
and  the  Degrees  being  the  Differences  of  thefe  Concords  ^  it 
is  evident  the  Divifion  of  the  O^^i^-'c  comprehends  the  Divi- 
iion  of  all  the  reft.    See  System. 

By  joining,  therefore,  all  the  fimple  Concords  to  a  com- 
tnon  Fundamental,  we  have  the  following  Series  : 


Again,  theSyftem  of  OBave  containing  all  the  original 
Concords  j  and  the  compound  Concords  being  the  Sam  of 
Oilaz-e,  and  fome  leffer  Concord  ;  in  order  to  have  a  Series 
to  reach  beyond  an  0^?.^fe,  we  mull  continue  them  m  tiie 
fame  Order  thro  a  fecond  Of7;!te,  as  in  the  firft  i  and  fo  on 
thro  a  third  and  fourth  Ofi.'i'i'e.  Such  a  Series  is  cali'd  the 
Scale  of  Music.    See  Scale. 

Thu  the  Compofition  of  Ot;^?)ej  may  be  carried  on  infi- 
nitely, yet  three  or  four  OfJaves  is  the  grcateft  length  we  go 
in  ordinary  Practice.  The  old  Scales  went  no  fur[her  than 
two,  oral  moll  three  Offiires,  which  is  the  full  conipafs  of 
an  ordinary  Voice.  And,  notwithlbnding  the  Perfeciion  of 
the  OBa-ve^  yet  after  the  third,  the  Agreement  dimini/hes 
very  fait  j  nur  do  they  ever  go  fo  far  at  one  Movement,  as 
from  oneeKtreme  to  the  other  of  a  double  or  triple  OBnve  ^ 
feldom  beyond  a  fingle  OBa-ve  :  Nor  is  cither  Voici>  or  In- 
ilrument  well  able  to  go  beyond.  To  form  a  (ourth  Ocfave^ 
if  theacuter  String  be  half  a  Foot,  which  is  but  a  fmall 
Length  to  give  a  clear  Sounds  the  longer  mult  be  eight 
Feer,  If  then  we  go  beyond  the  fourth  Otfavs,  either  the 
acute  Term  will  be  too  Ihort,  or  the  grave  one  too  long. 

The  Ociave  is  not  only  the  greatelt  Interval  of  the  leven 
original  Concords,  but  the  firil  in  degree  of  Perfeciion. 
As  it  is  the  greatelt  Interval,  all  the  lefs  arecontain'd  in  it  : 
Indeed,  the  manner  wherein  the  lefs  Concords  are  found 
in  the  O^Tfl^'e,  is  fomewhat  extraordinary  j  -viz.  by  taking 
both  an  harmonical  and  arithmetical  Mean  between  the 
Extremes  of  the  Offtiw,  and  then  both  an  arithmetical  and 
harmonical  Mean  bwween  each  Extreme,  and  the  moil 
diftant  of  the  two  Means  laft  found  ;  i.  e.  between  the 
lefs  Ext/eme  and  the  firft  arithmetical,  and  between  the 
greater  Extreme  and  the  firft  harmonical  Mean,  we  ha^e 
all  the  leffer  Concords.    See  Concord. 

Mr.  Milcolm  obferves,  that  any  Wind-Inflrument  being 
over-blown,  the  Sound  will  rife  to  o^n  Otiuve,  and  no  other 
Concord  5  which  heafcribes  to  the  Perfe6lion  of  the  Ociute, 
and  its  being  next  to  Unifon. 

From  this  fimplc  and  perfedt  Form  of  the  Otfave,  arifes 
this  peculiar  Property,  that  it  may  bedoublcd,  tripled,  ^c. 
and  Itill  be  Concord  ;  i.e.  the  Sum  of  two  or  more  Otiaz-es 
are  Concord  ;  tho  the  more  Compound,  gradually,  the  lefs 
agreeable.  He  adds,  there  is  that  Agreement  between  its 
Extremes,  that  whatever  Sound  is  Concord  to  one  Extreme 
of  the  Otlavc,  is  fo  to  the  other. 

Des  Cartes^  from  an  Obfervation  of  the  like  kind,  viz. 
that  the  Sound  of  a  Whittle  or  Organ-Pipe,  will  rif^'  to  an 
OFiave,  if  forcibly  blown  ;  concludes,  that  no  Sound  is 
heard,  but  its  acute  Oiluve  feems  fomeway  to  echo  or  re- 
fund in  the  Ear. 

Octave.,  orOcTAEis,  in  Law,  the  Sth  day  after  any 
Feall,  inclufivcly. 

Among  the  Romanifis^  Ofla-jc  is  ufed  for  the  Space,  or  Pe- 
riod of  8  Days  allow 'd  for  the  Celebration  of  a  Feall,  or 
Service  in  commemoration  of  fome  Saint,  or  on  other  fo- 
Umn  Occafions. 

EaffCTy   li'bhfofitide,   S.  john  Baft}}?,   S.  Lawref2ce,  Ep'i- 
fhitajt  the  Deciicauouyikc.  are  celebrated  with  OBaves. 
The  Office  in  the  OBave  is  feini- double. 
OCTIL,  or  Octant,  in  Aftro'ogy,  an  Afpefl  of  two 
Planets  whtn  diilant  from  each  other  by  an  Sth  of  the 
Zodiac,     e.  aSignand  half,  or  45°. 

OCTOBER,  istheSth  Month  of  the  Year,  in  Romulus's 
Calendar;  tho  the  loth  in  that  of  Nmwa,  >i/»f  c<efar,  &c. 
See  Month,  Calendar,  £^c. 

It  hath  always  retain'd  ns  firltlName,  m  fpight  ef  all  the 
different  Karnes  the  Senate  and  Roman  Emperors  would 
have  given  it  :  For  the  Senate  order'd  this  Month  fhould 
be  cali'd  riJHi?.'«K-S  in  honour  oi  Fav.sTuia  the  Wife  of  /}n- 
foH(jj«rthe  Emperor.  Commodits  would  hiiye  had  it  bear 
the  Name  of  hrjM'n  ;  and  Domiuan  made  it  be  cali'd  Do- 
mitiajnts  according  to  his  own  Name. 

OCTOSTYLE,  in  the  aniient  Archite£lure,  the  Face  of 
a  Building  or  Ordonnance,  containing  8  Columns, 


The  S  Columns  of  the  OBofrylc  may  either  bcdlfpofeti 
in  a  right  Line,  as  in  the  PjendotOptere  TcTaX'ic  of  Fitru-v'.its 
and  in  the  fuHr/jeoj^i  orinaCirclf,  as  in  the  round  WowA^cere 
Temple  of  yl^ollo  Fy.hms  at  Delphi,  &c. 

OCTOT.1M,  fee  Tales. 

OCULARES  Denies,  or  Cynodcntes^  the  Eye-Teetb  ;  fee 
Tei^th. 

OCULI  Ci3?icj-/j  fee  CaABs-Sjej. 

OCL'LI,  Eyes,  in  Botany,  the  Gtmrn^e,  or  Buds  of  a 
PL'.nr  juit  putting  forth,  or  the  Knots  oui  oi  which  the  Budi 
ar;fe.    See  Bud  and  Germ,   fee  alfo  PauNiNc,  En- 

CB.AFTING,  4^t. 

OCLILUS,  in  Anatomy,  fee  Eye. 

OUA,  in  the  Turktp  i:cr^^lio^  figiiifies  a  Chifs,  Chamler, 
or  Ordtr.    See  Seraglio. 

The  Grand  Siijnor's  Pages  are  divided  into  five  ClafTcs  or 
Chambers,  c^U'd  Oda.    S-^e  Page. 

■"Ihc  firl^,  which  is  the  lowed  in  Dignity,  is  cali'd  the 
Great,  from  the  Number  of  Perfons  that  compole  it. 

Thefe  are  the  Juniors,  who  are  taught  to  read,  write. 
and  fpeak  the  Languages ;  which  are  the  'Tnrkijh  for  this 
World  ;  the  ^/rci/t  tor  Paradife  ;  and  the  Pe^fi-m  for  Hell, 
by  reafon  of  the  Hcrefy  of  the  People  who  fj.cak  it- 

The  fecund  is  cali'd  Little  j  where,  from  the  Age  of  14 
or  15  lears,  the  Youth  are  train'd  up  to  Arms,  and  the 
Study  ot  fuch  poiitc  Learning  as  the  Turks  are  acquainted 
wirhall;  VIZ-.  Logic,  Arithmetic,  Geon:ietry,  and  a  little 
Ailrology. 

In  each  of  thefe  Chambers,  is  a  Page  of  the  Privy  Cham- 
ber who  commands  them,  as  the  Prefers  in  the  Colleges 
of  the  Jcfuiif. 

I'he  third  Chamber  callM  K:Iar-Odii,  comprehends  two 
hundred  Pages  j  which,  beiide  their  other  Exercifes,  are 
commanded  by  the  Kikrd^i  !Bachi,  for  the  fervice  of  the 
Buttery  and  Ptuitery. 

The  fourth  only  c-nfiil  of  twenty-four,  which,  under  the 
KhiiztMcd.i'Bacht,  take  care  of  the  Treafure  in  the  Grand 
Signor's  Apartment,  where  they  never  enter  with  any 
Clothes  on  that  have  Pockets. 

'I he  fifth  is  cali'd  Kh-is-nd^i^  I.e.  Privy-Chamber,  and 
confilts  of  forty  Pages,  which  attend  the  Emperor's  Bed- 
Chamber.  The  firii  of  this  Chamber  is  cxW'd  Od-i-Bachi 
the  fecond  Sihhar^  Sic, 

Eight  of  thefe  Pages  keep  conftant  Guard  every  Night 
in  the  Emperor's  Bed  Chamber.  They  are  puiled  in  fe- 
veral  Places,  fome  nearer  him,  others  farther  (;ff,  according 
to  their  degrees  in  the  Chamber.  They  are  to  take  cars 
the  Light  kept  cunllantly  in  the  Chamber,  don't  glare  in 
his  Eyes,  and  awake  him  j  and  if  they  find  him  ditturb'd 
with  any  troublefome  D.eam,  to  take  care  he  be  awaked 
bv  one  of  the  Aga's. 

'ODABACHI,'  or  Oedoga;si,  an  O.ficer  in  ths.  Titrkip 
Soldiery,  equivalent  to  a  Seigeant,  or  Corporal  among 
us. 

The  common  Soldiers,  and  3-'^^izar;es  cali'd  Oldachis^ 
after  having  ferv'd  acertain  Term  of  Years,  are  preferr'd, 
and  made  Bi^i<elars  ;  and  of  Eicjuelars  in  time  bccotne  Oda~ 
hacht'.'y  i.e.  C*rporals  of  Companies,  or  Chiefs  ot  certain 
DiviUoi;S,  whole  Number  is  not  fix'd,  biding  fometime* 
ten,  and  fomeiimes  twenty. 

Tneir  Pay  is  0  Doubles^er  Month,  and  tliey  are  difiin- 
guiOi'd  by  a  large  Felt,  a  foot  broad,  and  above  a  foot 
lon,t!,  hanoing  on  the  Back  with  two  long  Or.rith  Feathers. 

ODE,  in  the  antient  Poetry,  a  Song  i  or  C'/mpuntion 
propur  to  be  fung,  and  compoled  for  that  purpofe  ;  'the 
finging  ufualiy  accompanied  with  fomemulital  Inurumenr, 
chiefly  the  Lyre  ^  whence  the  Ode  became  deiiominatcd 
Ly-'c.    See  Sung  and  Lvnic. 

Ode,  in  the  inodern  Poetry,  is  a  Lyric  Poem,  confiding  of 
long  and  fliurt  Verles,  diilinguiHi'd  into  Scirjz.i^ or 'St replies, 
wherein  the  fame  meafure  is  prefervcd  throughout. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  G^eek  fi^^^",  Simiji^. 

The  0  esoi  rhe  Anrients,  T^ofus  obferves,_^had  a  regular 
Return  of  the  .  fame  kind  <»f  Verfe,  and  the  fame  Quai;tity 
of  Syllables  in  the  lame  Place  of  every  fimilar  Verfe  : 
"  But  ihere  is  nothing  (fiys  he)  but  confufion  of  Quanii- 
"  ties  in  the  mod-rrnO/ff  7  fo  that  to  follow  the  ni^i^ial 
"  Quantity  of  our  SyllabUs, every  Stanza  v^ill  be  a  diffeient 
*'  Song." 

He  fhould  have  obferv'd,  however,  that  all  the  antient 
Od€<  were  not  of  fuch  kind.  Eur  be  proceeds:  '*  The 
"  Moderns  have  no  regard  to  the  natural  Q^iantity  of  the 
*'  Syllables,  and  have  introduced  an  unnatural  and  barba- 
"  rous  Variety  of  long  and  fho.t  Notes,  which  they  apply 
"  without  any  regard  to  the  natural  Quantity  of  the  Syl 
"  labh-s  :  fo  that  it  is  no  wonder  our  vocal  Mufic  has  no 
*'  eifcfl."  de  Ti.em.  Cantu.  See  Ves.se,  Vocal  Mufie^ 
Quantity, 

Among  the  Anticnfs,  Ode  fignified  no  more  than  a  Son^ 
with  us,  they  are  difTerent  things.  Their  Oiiaj  were  gene 
rally  in  honour  of  their  Gods  5  as  many  of  tbofeofrfw- 


O  D  O 


(  ) 


OEC 


'Jar  l.ni  Horace  :    fometimcs  on  other  Subjcfls ;  as  tliofc  of 
ym.icrcan,  Safbij,Sic.  , 
1  ne  £iitii/o  Oiiei  ara  generally  compoted  in  praile  ot 
Hero's  and"  great  Exploits  ;  >s  thofe  of -Prior,  ai Helped, 

^  The  difllnguiniing  diaraSer  of  the  O*  is  Ssiieelt:efs  ; 
Tiie  fuel  is  to  footh  the  Minds  of  his  Readers  by  the 
■variety  of  tiic  Verfe,  and  the  delicacy  of  Words,  the 
beauty  of  Numbers,  and  the  defcription  of  things  trioft  de- 
lightful in  thetnfelves.    "Variety  of  Numbers  is  cffentialto 

'^^'t'hrif,  indeed,  the  Yerfe  of  the  Ode  was  but  of  one 
kind  •  but  for  the  fake  of  Pleafure,  and  the  IMufic  to 
which  they  were  fung,  they  by  degrees  fo  varied  the  Num- 
bers and  J'eet,  that  their  Kinds  are  now  almoft  innumerable. 
One  of  the  molt  confidcrable  is  the  Tindirk,  dilliiiguidi'd 
by  the  Boldnefs  and  Rapidity  of  its  Flights.     See  FlN- 

^^heantient  Ode  had  originally  but  ox\(i  Stanza,  otStia- 
fie  i  but  was  at  lad  divided  into  three  Farts  :  The  Stro- 
phe Jmiftrofhe,  and  Efade  ;  the  Priefts  going  round  the 
Vllt'ar  finging  the  Triife  of  the  Gods,  call'd  their  firft 
Entrance  Strofhe,  •■  e.  turning  to  the  left  i  the  fecond, 
turning  to  the  right,  they  call'd  ytutiftrrfhej  i.  e.  return- 
ing. And  accordingly,  the  Sung,  in  thofe  different  Places, 
was  call'd  Ode  and  Epide.    See  SiaopiiE  and  Antistko- 

^"Laflly,  Handing  fiiU  before  the  Altar,  they  fung  the  re- 
mainder ;  which  they  alfo  call'd  Bf'de.    See  EronE. 

ODEUM,  atnong  the  Anticnts,  was  a  Place deltined  for 
the  Rehearfal  of  the  Mufic  to  be  fung  on  the  Theatre. 

Odeum  was  alfo  ufed  for  other  Buildings  that  had  no 
relation  to  the  Theatre  :  Ferities  built  an  Odettm  at  yithem, 
where  mufical  Friies  were  contended  for.  Taufaniai  fays, 
that  Herod  the  Athenian  built  a  magnificent  Odeitm  for  the 
Sepulchre  of  his  Wife.      ,,„,,-.      ,     .    r-,  • 

■The  J..itii:  Writers  alfo  ufe the  Word  0.*«i»tor  the  Lhoir 
of  a  Church.  Grammarians  are  exceedingly  in  the  darjc 
about  the  fignilication  of  the  Word  among  the  Antients. 

ODIO  yitia,  anticntly  call'd  Breve  de  bono  IS  malo,  is 
a  Writ  fent  to  the  Under-Sheriff,  to  enquire  whether  a 
Man,  being  committed  to  Frifon  on  fufpicion  of  Murder, 
beco'mmitted  on  Ualice,  or  llnVUI,  or  upon  juft  fufpicion. 

ODON'TALGIA,  in  Medicine,  the  Taolh-Jdi ;  one  of 
the  moft  common,  yet  moll  cruel  Pains  the  Body  is  fubjcfl 
to.   Sec  Tooth.  ,     „  , 

Its  Caufe  is  a  (harp  SeroUty,  thrown  on  the  Membrane 
that  lines  the  Sockets,  or  ^teo'i  of  the  Teeth.  The  Li 
qucr  is  fometimes  fo  very  (harp  and  corrofive,  that  it  eats 
away  the  Teeth  by  little  and  little,  and  makes 'em  fall 
piece-meal. 

Its  more  remote  Caufes  are  Sugars,  very  hot  things,  and 
very  cold  Acids,  £^c.  ,  ,    .  t.      t  n 

The  Difeafe  is  frequently  attended  with  an  InHammition, 
or  o:dematous  Tumor  of  the  Jaw.  It  is  fometimes  alio 
owing  to  a  Worm  found  in  the  Root  of  the  Tooth. 

The  Curiofi  Natm-x,  Decad  II.  inention  an  Orfoijto/y  cured 
by  a  Box  on  the  Ear  given  the  Patient  ;  and  add  an  Inliance 
of  Blindncfs  MAOdoatalfy  caufed  by  (having  a  Man's  Beard. 
The  very  fight  of  a  Remedy  frequently  drives  away  the 

The  Word  is form'd  from  the  Creek  s-f©",  Tooth,  and 
Pain. 

ODONTOIDES,  in  Anatomy,  an  Jfophyjii  in  the 
middle  of  the  fecond  Vertelra  ;  fo  call'd  (torn  its  refem- 
blance  toaTcoth.   See  Vertebra, 

Its  Surface  is  fomewhat  unequal,  that  the  Ligament 
which  comes  out  of  it  and  binds  it  to  the  Occ'fiit,  may 
take  the  better  hold. 

It  isalfoencompaifed  with  a  folid  Ligament,  contriv'd 
on  purpofe  to  ptevent  the  fpinal  Marrow  from  being  com- 
prefs'd  by  this  ^-Wopiyyii.         ,     ^     ,  _  , 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  tne  Greek  tJsJf,  looth,  and 
2//©-,  Form. 

ODOR,  orOnooK,  fee  Smell. 

ODORAMENTUM,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Medicine  apply'd 
for  the  benefit  of  its  fmell,  whether  it  be  fetid,  or  agreeable. 
See  Sni^riMENTuM. 

Such  are  frequently  ufed  in  Hyfteric  and  Hypocondnac 
Difordcrs  ;  e.  jr.  J][a  frtlda,  Camflor,  Sic, 

ODORATION,  fee  Smelling. 

ODOROUS  and  ODORIFEROUS  TJmjr,  are  fuch  as 
exhale  a  brisk,  agreeable  Smell,  fenfible  ata  dillance. 

Such  are  the  Jejamin,  Rofe,  Ttihe-Rafe,  &c. 

ODYSSEE,  an  Epic  Poem  of  Himier  ;  wherein  he  relates 
the  Adventures  that  hek\Uly([es  in  his  Return  to  Ital^  from 
the  Siege  of  Troy.   See  Epic. 

The"  De  fign  of  the  Iliad,  F.  Bo/«  obferves,  is  to  inflruS 
the  Slates  of  Greece  confider'd  as  united  in  one  Body,  or 
»s  Farts  of  the  Whole  ;  and  that  of  the  OJyJJie,  to  inflrua 
thofe  fame  States,  confidej'd  in  their  private  Capacities. 
See  Iliad. 


A  Siateconfiftsof  two  Parts:  The  Head  which  com^ 
mands,  is  the  firll  ;  and  tne  Members  that  obey,  the  fe- 
cond. Now,  Ini^ru£tions  are  required  both  for  the  one  and 
the  other  ;  bur  it  is  puffibie  to  have  them  both  convey'd 
under  the  fame  Perfon. 

The  f  able,  then,  of  the  Od^ffee  is  as  fullows  :  A  Princa 
had  been  obliged  to  quit  his  Country,  and  Ie;-.d  an  Army 
of  his  Subje-^s  upon  a  foreign  Expedition  :  afier  having  glo- 
riouUy  executed  this,  he  was  upon  his  Rerurn  home  ;  but 
in  fpite  of  all  his  Endeavours,  was  detained  for  fevcral 
Ye.irs  by  Tempelfs  which  threw  him  on  feveral  Countreys 
very  different  from  one  another  as  to  Manners,  Cufloms. 
Polity,  {^c. 

in  the  Dangers  he  had  to  (h-ugglc  withall,  his  Compa- 
nions, negle'ling  his  Advice,  all  perllh,  thro  their  own  de- 
fault. In  the  mean  time,  the  great  Men  of  his  Country, 
abufing  his  Abfencc,  commit  ftrange  Diforders  in  his  Pa- 
lace, fqiiander  his  Trcafure,  lay  Snares  for  his  Son,  and 
will  needs  furcehis  Wife  to  chuiea  Husband  among  them  ; 
all  this  frum  an  Opinion  he  was  entiie'y  loll.  But  at 
length  he  returns  ;  and  having  difcover'd  himfelf  to  his 
Son,  and  fome  others  of  his  Friends  who  had  pcrfilied  in 
their  Allegiance,  he  becomes  an  Eye-Witnefs  ol  their  info- 
lence  ;  puniflies  them  as  they  deferv'd,  and  refiores  that 
Peace  and  1  r.;nquiUity  to  his  Ifiand,  which  had  been  ba- 
nifhed  dating  his  Abfence.    See  Fable. 

The  Truih  or  Moral  whereon  this  Fable  is  founded,  is» 
that  a  Perfon's  Abfence  from  home,  fo  as  that  he  cannot 
have  an  Eye  to  his  Aff.iirs,  occafions  great  Diforders.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  Hero's  Abfence  is  the  principal  and  moll 
eilential  Adlion  of  the  Piece ;  and  takes  up  the  greatelt 
Part  of  the  Poem. 

This  Poem,  l^ojfti  adds,  is  more  calculated  for  the  People, 
than  the  Iliad  is,  where  the  Subjeds  are  rather  ill  ufed  out 
of  the  ill  Condudl  of  the  Princes,  than  by  their  own  fault. 
The  great  Names  of  Hero's,L7r//er,  &c.  don't  here  reprefent 
the  poorell  Peafants  lefs  than  Princes,  Ca^fan,  yjle^anders, 
&c.  The  meanelt  People  are  as  liable  to  ruin  rheir  Eilates 
and  Families  by  Negligence,  ^c,  as  the  greatell  5  ar.d 
accordingly  have  as  much  need  ot  Homer's  Le^fures,  and 
are  as  canable  of  profiring  by  them,  as  Kings  themfelves. 
See  ^NEiD. 

GerardCroefas,  a  Dutchman,  in  a  Book  Intitled  OVHPOS* 
EBPAIOS,  printed  at  Dort  in  1704,  endeavours  to  prove  that 
the  Subj^ifs  of  Homer's  two  Poems  are  taken  from  theScrip- 
tures  i  and  thatthat  of  the  Odyfjee,  in  particular,  is  nothing 
elfe  but  the  Adventures  of  the  i;raelitei  the  Death  of 
Mo/er  j  and  that  the  Odyffee  was  eompofed  before  rhe  Iliad, 
the  Subjeif  whereof  is  the  taking  of  jfejiVio.  What  Fan- 
cies .' 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  ^zGreek  Uvrncia,  oVoS'vsfiv?, 
Vlyfe,. 

OECONOMICS,  that  Fartof  Moral  Philofophy  which 
teaches  how  to  manage  the  Affairs  of  a  Family,  or  Coni- 
muniiy.    See  Morality  and  Oeconomy. 

OECONOMUS.a  Fetfon  appointed  todirea,and  manage 
a  vacant  Church  Revenue,  or  that  of  an  Hofpital  or  Com- 
munity. 

Oeconomus  was  alfo  antiently  ufed  for  a  Proteaor,  or 
Advocate,  who  defended  the  Rights  and  Effefts  of  Church- 
es, Monafteries,  £i?c.    See  Advocate  and  Avouee. 

The  Name  was  alfo  given  to  a  Church  Officer  who  took 
care  of  the  Buildings  and  Repairs  of  the  Church,  and  received 
and  diflributed  Alms  according  to  the  Diretfions  of  the 
Bifliop. 

In  this  fcnfe,  the  fixth  Council  appoints  that  every  Church 
have  its  Oeconomtis, 

OECONOMT,  the  prudent  Condufl,  or  difcrete,  frugal 
Management  of  a  Man's  Eftate,  or  that  of  another 

To  recommend  Occo?iDin_)',  a  modern  Author  obferves,  that 
Land  as  good  as  moft  in  En^Jand  is  let  at  20  5.  an  Acre  per 
yhi/jitm  ;  and  fold  at  20  Years  Furchafe,  or  fur  20  Pounds. 
Now,  in  an  Acre  of  Land  are  4^'i6o  fquare  feet,  and  in 
20  Pounds  are  4800  Pence  ;  by  which  dividing  435^0,  the 
Quotient  will  be  9,  and  360  remaining  ;  which  (hews  that 
one  Fenny  will  Furchafe  9  fquare  feet  and  almoft  i  5  Inches 
of  Land,  vi^,  a  Piece  3  feet  long  and  3  broad,  and  fome- 
thing  more. 

Whenceit  follows,  that  two  Shillings  purchafes  a  Piece  of 
Ground  of  2i5  Feet  ;  viz.  18  feet  long,  and  12  feet  broad  i 
enough  to  build  a  pretty  Houfe  upon,  and  room  for  a  little 
Garden. 

^kiWu/Oeconomy,  the  firft  Branch  of  the  Theory  of 
Medicine  5  or  that  which  explains  the  Farts  of  the  human 
Body,  their  Struaure  and  Ufe  ;  the  Nature  and  Caufes  of 
Life  and  Health,  and  the  EffeBs  or  Fha-nomena  arifing  from 
them.   See  Medicine.  _ 

This  is  orherwife  call'd  Fhypahfy  ;  and  its  Objefls  juft 
enumerated  are  call'd  Naturals,  or  ri's  jetuidum  Nitr.ram. 
See  Naturals. 

Legal,  or  3cioi/J  Oeconomy  or  Difbertfatioft,  is  the  man- 


(  6'^6 


O  E  S 


ner  wherein  God  thought  gootl  to  guide  and  govern  hi- 
People  underthe  Miniilr-,  of  Mo/e;. 

This  included  not  only  the  Political  and  Ceremonial 
Laws;  but  alio  the  Moral  Law,  inafmuch  as  it  pronounced 
a  Curie  on  all  thofe  who  did  not  fulfil  it  perteflly. 

Evangelical,  or  Chrljiian  Oeconomy  or  Dij'fcnfauatt,  is 
ufed  in  oppolition  to  the  Legal  i  and  comprehends  all  tliat 
relates  to  the  Covenant  of  Grace,  which  God  has  made  with 
Men  by  Jefus  ChriH. 

OECUMENICAL,  lignifiesas  much  asGeiieral,  or  Vjii- 

The  Word  is  fonn'd  of  the  Greek  htK<i^<ivt%a?^  of  o/K«,«tr)j, 
the  habitable  Earth  ;  or,  the  whole  Earth. 

In  this  fenfe  we  lay,  an  Oecumhiicjl  Council,  or  Synod  j 
meaning  one  at  which  the  whole  Chriitian  Church  affiiied, 
or  were  invited  to.    See  CouNcit. 

Du  Cange  obferves,  that  many  of  the  Patriarchs  of  Con- 
fiantmofle^  afTumedto  thcmfelvcs  the  Quality  aad  Denomi- 
nation of  Oecimsfiical  Patriarchs  j  particularly  ^obn  the  t'ajitr 
in  5yo,  and  Cyril  his  SucceflTor. 

Crs^^ory  the  Great  oi'  Rome,  was  exceedingly  enraged  at  it  j 
pretending  it  was  a  Title  of  Pride,  and  a  Charaftcr  of  Anti- 
chritt  j  as  fuppoling  the  Title  Oecwmewc  to  imply  Univerfal 
Bijliop,  or  biJhop  of  ail  the  World  ;  whereas,  in  cffcd,  it 
imply'd  no  more,  than  the  Quality  of  Chief  of  the  Eallern 
Church  5  in  like  mannt  r  as  the  firll  Do£lor  of  the  Church 
oiConjIantinople  was  call'd  DoBor  Oectmien,C:is. 

The  Title  Otcumeukal  Bifhop  was  firfl  i.ffcr'd  Lea  I.  hi.t 
herefufed  it  ;  nor  did  his  SucceCHirs  accept  of  it  for  a  l-ng 
time.  The  5th  Council  of  Conft.wTi}iople  gave  it  to 
patriarch  of  the  City  j  tho  fome  of  the  Romamfts  pretend 
that  the  Emperor  Fhocas  it,  by  way  of  Preference,  to 
the  Bifhop  o{  Rome. 

But  thofe  of  Co;//;ii«f;Mflp/e  have  preferv'd  it ;  and  fo  late 
as  the  Council  of  bufil^  that  Patriarch  ufed  the  Title.  But 
Qeciimeiiic.-il  here  is  only  to  be  underllood  as  of  the  Extent  of 
each  Patriarch.  See  Patriarch. 

OEDEMA,  or  Oedematous  T/iwor,  a  Tumor  which 
appears  whitifii,  foft,  and  lax,  without  any  notable  change 
of  Colour,  Heat,  Fain,  or  Fulfation  ;  and  which  yields  to 
the  Preflure  of  the  Finger  fo  as  for  fome  time  to  retain  the 
Dent  or  Impreirion  thereof    See  Tumor. 

The  general  Caufe  of  Oedem.itous  Tnmorsy  is  vulgarly  fup- 
pofed  to  be  zPituita,  as  it  is  call'd, or  a  phlegmy  Humour  in 
the  Body.  Contufions,  Fraftures,  Luxations,  H^c.  when  of 
long  Handing,  often  give  rife  to  Oedemas^  efpecially  in  Drop- 
fical  and  Aged  Perfons  ;  fo  do  irregular  Living,  want  of 
Exercife,  Ruptures,  Diforders  of  theLymphatics,  Defiuxions 
of  Humours,  Weaknefs  of  the  Joints,  iSc 

Its  chief  Seat  is  the  Legs  :  In  a  Let'-co^jhleginatia,  the 
whole  Body  is  Oedamatous.  It  frequently  comes  upon  other 
Difeafes,  efpecially  Clinics;  and  is  familiar  to  Women  with 
Child.  'Tis  dangerous  when  it  tends  to  an  ylhcefs  j  when  it 
hardens,  it  becomes  fchirrous.   See  Oedematous. 

Hffacrates  ufes  the  word  Oedema  for  any  Tumor  in 
general. 

There  are  alfo  S^tmoKs  Oedema's^  in  v/hich  cafe  the  pi- 
tuitous  Humour  is  mix'd  with  oiher  Humours  ;  whence  the 
Tumor  becomes  Eryfipela:ous^  Schirrous^  and  fometimes 
Cyffous ;  and  hence  Wens,  £Sff. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  oij'tiy,  whence  o;/tjw«, 
ft  Tumor  contrary  to  Nature. 

OEDEMATOUS,  in  Medicine,  fomething  that  is  of 
the  nature  of  an  Oedema  ;  fciz'd,  or  affliiied  with  an 
Oedema, 

Thus  we  fay  an  Oedematous  A-m,  Oedentatotis  Le^i,  &c. 

The  Phyficians  divide  Tumours  into  Ijifammatory,  Oede- 
matous, Scbirrotts,  Scro^hiilotts, Cancerous,    c.   See  Tumor. 

Oedematous  Tufuors  iesldom,  of  themfelves,  prove  dange- 
rous,  or  mortal;  but  when  they  are  of  long  continuance, 
the  effefl  of  old  Age,  or  a  dropfical  Habit  ;  when  they 
grow  hard,  fchirrous,  painful,  or  come  to  fuppurate,  the 
Cure  is  generally  tedious  and  uncertain.  Thofe  which  at- 
tend Wounds,  Fratlures,  or  the  like,  are  lefs  difficult  to 
cure.    See  Oedema. 

They  arc  eaCly  difcufs'd  in  their  firft  Formation  by  the 
external  Application  of  Solutions  of  Bay-Salt,  Nitre, 
crude  Sal  Armoniac,  SJc.  in  Stanifi  Wine,  Urine,'  Lime- 
Water,  or  other  lixivious  Fluias  ;  w  hile  the  Patient  fubmits 
to  a  Courfe  of  Purgatives,  to  difcharge  the  Matter  repell'd 
by  fuch  Applications. 

Under  the  Clafs  of  Oedemm  us  Tumors,  are  ranked  Condy- 
lomata, Criftx,  Rhagades,  Tbymi,  Talf^  and  Nates,  the  Ganglm 
and  TJydracmn.  See  each  under  its  proper  Article  Con- 
BifLoMA,  Crista,  £^c. 

OENEL.*;UM,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Mixture  comoofed  of 
thick  black  Wine  and  Oil  of  Rofes.  ^ 

In  FiafJures  with  Wounds,  where  the  Bone  is  not  bare 
(ScK/reriij  orders  that  the  Comprcfles,  to  make  them  Hick  be 
drench'd  with  OeneUtm,  to  iooth  the  P.iin,  and  prevent  an 
Inflammation  j  and  the  Bandages  to  be  every  day  moiilen'ii 


with  the  fame,  till  th^;  Inflammation  be  out  of  all  dan- 
ger. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creek  oifg-,  Wine,  and 

OEKESTERIA,  in  Antiquity,  Sacrifices,  held  by  tho 
louth  of  Athens,  before  the  firtl  time  of  cutiino  the  Hair 
and  (having  the  Beard. 

Thefc  Sacrifices  wereoffet'd  to  Hercules ;  and  the  Quan- 
tity of  what  was  offer'd  was  tegulaied  by  Law. 

The  Etymology  of  the  Word,  which  comes  from  %t,@- 
Wmc,  fl-.cws  that  the  Matter  thus  offer'd  was  Wine  * 

OENOPTES,  a  kind  of  Officer  or  Cenfor  at  who 
attended  at  their  Feaits,  regulated  tke  number  of  Cups  each 
was  todrnik,  and  took  care  that  none  drank  too  inuch  or 
too  little. 

Thole  who  would  not  be  kept  within  the  bounds  of  Tcm- 
peraiice,  were  prefented  by  the  Oempes  to  the  Areopagus. 
Thej  were. ",lfo  call'd  Ocn/;. 

OEaOi'HAG^EUS,  in  Anatomy,  one  of  the  Mufcles  of 
the  rbarynx,  which  it  encompaffes  round  like  a  Ring.  See 
Pharynx. 

"l  is  hngle,  and  fcrves  to  fijueeze  tho  Aliment  down,  by 
clofing  ttie  Pharynx  after  the  manner  of  a  SfbinBC'  ;  whence 
fome  Call  it  the  SfbuSer  GuU  ;  others  call  it  thcDe-Utmr 
orSwallower.    SccSphincter,  Deghjtitiiin,  jlc.  ' 

Dr.  Drake  will  have  it  no  muietlian  a  I'niduition  o't  the 
Fterynpharingms,  whofo  Fibres  furround  rhe  Fbarynx  from 
a  tendinous  Line  on  the  back  part  of  it  :  T.lo  rerbevi'n 
makes  it  a  difliiiil  Pair. 

OtiSOPHACLS,  in  Aoalomy,  the  G»/a,  or  Gullet;  a 
memoranous  Pipe  or  Paffage,  whereby  our  Food  and  Drink  is 
convey 'd  to  the  Stomach.    See  tooD,  ij^c. 

I'he  OefofbagHs  defcends  from  the  Mouth  to  the  Sto- 
mach, between  the  .^/^era  ^risria  and  the /''erteir*  of  the 
Neck  and  Back,  in  a  ilrait  Line,  excepting  for  a  fiitle  de- 
fleilion  about  the  fifth /•'e-tetra  of  the  TAiir<!.v,  where  it  turns 
a  little  to  the  righr,  to  make  wayfor  rhe  great  Artery,  which 
runs  along  wirh  it  to  the  ninth  ;  wnerc  turning  again  to- 
wards the  lafl,  it  croffes  the  Artery,  and  piercing  the  Dia- 
phragm, ends  at  the  left  Orifice  of  the  Stomach.  See 
SaOMACH. 

It  conftlls  of  fcveral  Coats  or  Membranes,  ufually  rec- 
koned three  ;  tho  fome  make  four,  otheis  five  or  fix,  allow- 
ing the  Crujta  Vi'hja  to  be  one  :  Which  lafl  divifion.  Dr. 
Drflie  follows  as  moll  accurate.  * 

The  firil  Coat  is  membranous,  and  only  delign'd  for  a  Co- 
vering for  rhe  rell  ;  and  fecms  only  a  contiiiuarion  of  tha 
outward  Membrane  of  the  Stomach,  derived  from  the  Te- 
r:ton.tum,  iho  fome  derive  it  from  thePlcura,  and  otherj 
from  the  D'.iphragm. 

The  feco  d  is  Mijcular,  confifling  of  firong,  flc/hy  Fi- 
bres, like  other  Mufcles  ;  fo  that  it  feems  to  make  the 
GuUe:  a  hollow  fillulous  Mufclc.  Aci-irdiiig  tc  Steno  and 
Wdlis,  itconfiflsof  two  Orders  of  Fibres,  going  from  l;'p  to 
bottom  in  fpiral  Lines,  contrary  to  and  decuffiting  each 
other.  Which  Defcription  is  very  cxaft  of  the  Gullet  of 
Ruminants,  but  not  lo  of  that  of  Men.  In  Men  it  con- 
fiils  of  two  flefhy  Lamelle,  like  two  diflinfi  Mufcles: 
The  outward  compofed  of  llrait  longitudinal  Fibres  •  the 
inner  of  annuiar  Fibres  without  any  obfervable  Angles. 
The  ufe  of  this  Coat  is  fo  promote  Deglutition  :  The  longi- 
tudinal Fibres,  when  in  contradion,  fhorrning  the  Oefopba- 
giti,  and  making  its  Capacity  larger  to  admit  of  the  Mat- 
ter to  be  fwallow'd  ;  and  the  annular,  on  the  contrary,  con- 
tra£ling  the  Capacity,  and  clofing  behind  the  dei'cending 
Aliment,  prefs  it  downward.  So  that  the  two  Orders  of 
Fibres  feem  to  ad  as  Antagonill -Mufcles  to  each  other.  Sec 
Deglutition. 

The  next  Coat,  call'd  the  Vafciilar,  confiSs  of  a  double 
Membrane  ;  the  outer  form'd  of  irregular  Fibres  and  in- 
numerable VefTels  interwoven  ;  the  inner,  of  flrait  lonaf- 
tudinal  Fibres  mix'd  with  little  Glands;  whence  fome 
call  it  the  Glandutous,  This  Membrane  adheres  clofely  to 
another  within,  call'd  the  Ner-^ous-Coat,  which  is  exceeding- 
ly fine,  and  made  up  of  exceffively  {lender  Fibres,  variouify 
difpofed.  It  is  continued  to  that  which  covers  the  Fauces 
Mouth,  and  Lips  ;  whence  it  happens,  that  tickling  the 
bottom  of  the  Fauces  by  vcUicating  this  Membrane  pro- 
vokes a  retching  to  "Vomit.    See  "Vomiting.  * 

This  Membrane  is  the  Organ  of  Senfation  ;  and  in  this 
Parr,  as  fome  think,  is  the  Seat  of  Thirfl,  or  the  Organ 
whereby  rhe  Apperile  of  Drinking  is  excited.  See  Tin  a  st. 
It  is  lined  inwardly  with  a  villous  Crufl,  which  Dr.  'Drah 
takes  to  be  the  excretory  DuSs  of  the  Glands,  and  nor  un- 
like the  Culicula  of  the  Cntij,  to  defend  the  fubjacent  Mem- 
brane. In  Excoriations,  this  is  fometimes  cafl  out  at  tha 
Mouth. 

The  upper  opening  of  the  Oefofhafiis,  (ituated  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  Fauces,  is  call'd  the  Fbarynx.  See  Pharynx. 

OESYPON,  akindof  fatty  Mucilage,  of  the  confiflenc'e 
of  an  Unguent  ;  of  a  greyi/h  Colour,  and  a  fickift  dif- 

agreeable 


OFF 


(  ^5:7  ) 


OFF 


ageeeable  fmell,  drawn  from  the  greafy  Wool  growing  on 
tiie  Throats  and  between  the  Buttocks  of  Sheep. 

This  Wool  they  wafh,  boil  it  in  Water  to  icower,  let 
the  Lotions  or  Deco£lions  fiand  for  fome  time,  and  from 
the  top  skim  off  a  fatty  Subliance,  whii,h  being  flrain'd 
thro' a  linen  Cloth,  and  fee  to  cool,  makes  thcOefy^vjj^ 
much  ufed  externally  to  refolve,  foften,  and  appeafe  fain. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Gyeck  ct<.  Sheep  ;  and 
cH7n5.j=t/,  to  be  corrupted  i  the  Oe/}'^o;i  being  a  £Uhy,  and, 
as  it  weie,  corrupted  Matter,  drawn  from  Sheep. 

OFF  A  yJlba,  a  Name  Pan  Helment  gives  to  the  white 
Coaguium  arifing  from  a  mixture  of  the  recliiy'd  Spirit  of 
Wine  with  Spirit  of  Urine. 

A'oic,  The  Spirit  of  Urir.e  muft  be  diftill'd  from  well  fer- 
mented Wine  and  that  muft  be  well  dephlegmated,  elie 
no  Ofj'ii  will  arife. 

OfiEKTORY,  an  Anthem  fung,  or  play'd  on  the 
Organ,  at  the  time  the  I'eople  are  making  an  Offering. 
See  Anthem  and  Offering. 

Antiently  the  (jfferio)y  confiiied  of  a  Pfalm  fung  with  its 
Anthem  j  the  it  is  fomewhat  dubious  whether  the  Pfalm 
was  fung  entire  ;  St.  Gregory  mentioning,  that  when  it  was 
time,  th"  I'upe  looking  at  the  Choir  who  fung  it,  gave  the 
Sign  when  they  ^hould  end. 

1  he  Kanie  Offertory  was  alfo  given  to  the  Linen  whereon 
tbeOff^Tings  were  laid.  Dr.  Harris  fays,  'twas  properly  a 
Piece  of  Silk  or  fine  Linen  wherein  the  Offerings  of  each 
Church  werewrapp'd  up. 

OtFICE,  OFFICIUM,  in  a  moral  Senfe,  Duty  ^  ot 
that  which  Virtue  and  right  Reafon  dire£ls  us  to  do. 

Virtue^  according  xoChai^'vln,  is  thcTwpofe  of  doing  well; 
the  thing  which  immediately  follows,  or  arifes  from  this 
Purpofe,  is  Obedience  ;  which  fame  is  alfo  denominated 
OJftcmn  j  fo  that  an  OJf'ce  is  the  Objea  of  an  Obedience  to 
Virtue-    See  Virtue. 

Ctctro,  in  bis  Dilcourfe  of  Ojfces,  cenfures  Paji^tms,  who 
had  wrote  before  him  on  the  fame,  for  omitting  to  define 
the  'I'hing  or  Subject  on  which  he  wrote  i  yet  does  he  him- 
felf  fall  under  the  fame  Cenfure,  He  infilb  much  on  the_ 
Divifion  of  O/^'cej  5  but  forgets  the  Definition.  In  other  oi 
his  Pieces  we  find  him  defining  an  0/fice  to  be  an  Aflion 
which  Realon  requires  to  be  done  :  Qjiod  autem  rations 
aBumfUy  /ffOfhcium  ci^^ellimit!.    De  Finib. 

The  Greeks,  he  obferves,  made  two  Species  of  ; 
TerfeBy  call'd  by  them  i^-ni-jT^ud ;  and  Common,  or  indiffe- 
rent, call'd  ya.^]rm  J  which  they  define  fo,  as,  that  what  is 
abfolutely  right,  makes  a  ferfeB  0§ce  ;  and  what  we  can 
only  give  a  probable  Reafon  for,  an  intermediate 
See  Reason. 

Office,  in  a  Civil  Senfe,  Is  the  mutual  Aid,  and  Af- 
firtance  which  Men  owe  10  one  another. 

Benevolence  infpires  a  Man  with  an  Endeavour  to  da 
good  OJJices  to  all  Mankind.    See  Common  Place. 

Office  is  alfo  a  particular  Charge,  or  Trull,  whereby  a 
Man  isauthoriz'd  to  do  fomething.    See  Officer. 

Loyfeaii  defines  it  a  Dignity  attended  with  a  public 
Function. 

The  Word  is  primarily  ufed  for  thofe  of  Judicature  and 
Policy  ;  as  the  Office  of  a  Secretary  of  State,  of  a  Jullice  of 
Peace,  of  a  Sheriff,  l£c. 

Op\-es  arc  either  Venal,  or  not  Venal  :  Fencil  Offices  are 
thofe  bought  with  Money.  Venal  Offices  are  alfo  dillinguifh'd 
into  two  kinds  j  -ii'i-Z:  Dmn'mml  and  Cafual  5  Vomtnial,  or 
Offices  ill  fee,  are  thofe  abfolutely  torn  off  and  feparated 
from  the  King's  Prerogative,  fo  as  not  to  become  Vacant  by 
death,  but  paffing  in  the  nature  of  a  Fee,  or  Inheritance. 
See  Fee. 

Of  thefe  we  have  but  few  Inilances  among  us,  which  go 
beyond  a  firit  Rcverfion. 

Cafual  Offices  are  thofe  given  for  Life,  by  Patent,  Com- 
miflton,  £5fc.  and  which  become  vacant,  by  the  Officer's 
death,  to  the  King's  profit;  unlefs  the  Officer  have  before 
refign'd,  or  difpofed  of  it. 

The  Venality  of  Of^ces  is  of  no  long  ftanding.   See  Ve- 

NAEITY. 

Office  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Place,  Apartment,  or  Board, 
appointed  for  the  Officers  to  attend  in,  for  the  difcharge  of 
their  refpedive  Of^as,  or  Employments. 

Such  are  "^e^'  Secretary  s  Of^ce^  the  Six  Clerh  Offce,  the 
Tafer-Ojf'ce,  Si^7iet-0ffi'ce,  the.  Frothojimr's  O^'ce^  Pife-O^'ce, 
Kinv'sSiher-O^ice,  Excife-O^'ce,  Office  of  the  Ordnance,  &c. 
See'each  in  its  Place,  Secretary,  Six  Clerk,  Paper, 
Signet,  Excise,  Ordn  ance,  £Sfc. 

Of  fuch  Offce^,  fome  are  aiftinguifh'd  by  the  Name  of 
Boards,  and'  others  of  Chambers  ;  as  the  Board  of  Green 
doth,  Sec.    See  Green  C/of-!-,  Chamber,  tS'c. 

Where  the  Inquifition  obtains,  the  Tribunal  thereof  is 
call'd  the  Boly-Qfce.    See  Inquisition. 

In  the  Canon-Law,  Office  is  ufed  for  a  Benefice  which  has 
no  Jurifdiclion  annex'd  to  it.    See  Benefice. 

Office  is  alfoufed,in  Law,foran  Inquifition  made  to  the 
King's  Ufe  of  any  thing  found  by  Inquifition  made  ex  Ofjido, 


Thus  to  traverfe  an  Ofiict,  is  to  traverfe  an  Inquifition  ta- 
ken of  O^tebefore  an  Efcheator. 

To  return  an  OJice,  is  to  return  that  which  is  found  by 
virtue  of  the  Office. 

In  this  fenfc  there  arc  two  forts  of  O^ces  iffuing  out  of 
the  Exchequer  by  Commiffion  ;  z-iz-.  an  OJfceto  intitle  the 
King  in  the  thing  inquir'd  into  ;  and  an  0^'ce  of  Inflruftion. 

Office  is  alfo  ufed  fcr  Divine  Service  celebrated  in 
public.    See  Liturgy. 

St.  Jerum  is  the  Perfon,  who,  at  the  Requcfl  of  Pope  Da- 
majusj  is  f aid  to  have  firil  diftributed  thePlalms,  Epifi-Ies, 
and  Gofpels  in  the  Order  they  are  now  found  in  the  Romi/j 
Office.  The  Popes  Gregorj  and  Gehifns  added  the  Prayers, 
Refponfes,  and  Verfes  ;  and  St.  yJmbr of e  the  Graduals 
Hallelujahs,  ^c.  ' 

In  the  Romifh  Church,  OJfce  is  particularly  ufed  for  the 
manner  of  performing  the  O^ce  ;  which  varies  every  Day. 
Thus  they  fay  the  Ofce  of  Sunday  ;  of  fuch  a  Saint,  Ij^c. 
The  0^'ce  is  either  fingle,  half  double,  or  double. 

Again,  Ojfice  isapply'd  to  the  particular  Prayer  which  is 
prefer'd  in  honour  of  a  Saint.  When  any  Perfon  is  Cano- 
niz'd,  a  particular  O^te  is  at  the  fame  time  affign'd  him 
out  of  the  common  Ojf'ce  of  the  Confeffors,  the  Virgin,  or 
the  like.    Sie  Saint  and  Canonization. 

Thus  we  fay,  the  0^'ce  of  the  Virgin  3  of  the  Holy  Spi- 
rit ;  of  the  Palfion  ;  the  Holy  Sacrament,  ^c.  The  O^ice 
of  the  Dead  is  rehears'd  every  day,  excepting  Feall-days, 
Among  the  Car  thufians.  The' Office  of  the  Holy  Virgin  is 
alio  added  to  the  Ojfice  of  the  Day,  in  the  Order  of  Ber- 
natdines. 

Offices,  with  regard  to  Architedlure,  are  all  theLodgcs 
and  Apartments  that  ferve  for  the  necefiary  Services  and 
Occafions  of  a  Great  Houfe  or  Palace  ;  particularly  ihofe 
which  have  a  relation  to  Eating  ;  as  Kitchens,  Parterres, 
Brcw-Houfcs,  Confeflionaries,  Fruiterie-S  Granaries,  l^c, 
asalfo  Wood-houfes,  Equerics,  £^c.  See  House,  Build- 
ing, ££f  c. 

The  O^^ces  arc  commonly  in  the  Eatft'cours  ;  fometimes 
they  are  tunk  under-ground,  and  well  vauUed,  £^c, 

OFFICER,  a  Perfon  provided  of  a  Charge,  or  Office. 
See  Offi  CE. 

Great  Officers  of  theCroivn^  or  State,  are  the  Lord  High 
Steward,  the  Lord  Chancellor,  the  L,ord  High  Treafurer, 
the  Lord  Frcfident  of  the  Council,  the  Lord  Priv; -Seal,  tne 
Lord  Great  Chamberlain,  the  Lord  High  Conllabb',  the 
Earl  Marfiial,  and  Lord  High  Admiral.  Sec  each  under 
its  proper  Article,  Chancellor.,  Treasurer,  Mar- 

SHAL, 

Officers  of  ^tifiice,  are  thofe  who  are  charg'dwith  thb 
Adminiflration  of  Equity  and  Jullice  in  the  Courts  thereof. 
See  Court. 

Royal  Officers  are  thofe  who  adminifier  Juflicein  the 
King's  Name  ;  as  the  fudges,  t^c.    See  Judge. 

^i(i«/(ertt  Officers,  thofe  whoadminiller  Jufrice  in  che 
name  of  Subjcfts  3  fuch  are  thofe  who  aft  under  the  Earl- 
Marfbal,  Admiral,  ^c. 

Officers  0/ PoZ/t^y,  are  thofe  in  whom  the  Government 
and  Dircilion  of  the  Affairs  of  a  Community  are  invcfled  ; 
as  Mayors,  Sheriffs,  ^c.    See  Policy. 

Officers  of  War,  are  thofe  who  have  Commandin  the 
Forces. 

Thefeare  either  General,  Field,  or  Subaltern  O^cevj. 

General  Officers  QlVC  fuch  whofe  Command  is  not  limited 
to  a  fingle  Troop,  Company,  or  Regiment  j  but  extends  to 
a  whole  Body  of  Forces  ;  fuch  are  the  General,  Lieuienant- 
Generals,  Major-Generals,  and  Brigadiers.  See  Gene- 
ral, £^c. 

JieW  O/^Verj  are  fuch  as  have  Command  over  a  whole 
Regiment ;  fuch  are  the  Maitres  de  Camp,  Colonels,  and 
Majors. 

Subaltern  Officers,  are  the  Lieutenants,  Cornets,  Enfigns, 
Sergeants,  and  Corporals.  Seeei,ch  Ofpcer  under  his  proper 
Article,  Captain,  Colon  et.,  £^c. 

Comw^o?!  Officers  are  fuch  as  are  appointed  by  the 
King's  Commiflion  ;  thus  call'd  in  contradiitintliion  to  hhlf 
Officers,  orWarrant  Officers,  who  are  appointed  by  the  Colo- 
nel's, or  Captain's  Warrant. 

^e.i-OFFicERs,  m  Officers  of  the  Mtriine,  are  thofe  who 
have  Command  in  Ships  of  War. 

f/fl^-OFFiCERs  are  the  Admirals,  Vice-Admirals,  and 
Rear-Admirals.    See  Flag,  Admiral,  £ifc. 

Officers  of  the  Houfhold,  are  the  Lord  Steward,  Trea- 
furer of  the  Houfhold,  Comptroller,  Cofi'.Tcr,  Mafler, 
Clerks  of  the  Green-Cloth,  ^c.  The  Lord  Chamberlain, 
Vicc-Chamberlain,  Gentlemen  of  the  Privy  and  Bed- 
chamber, Gentlcmen-UHiers,  Grooms,  Pages,  Mafter  of 
the  Wardrobe,  of  the  Ceremonies,  ^c.^  The  Mailer  of  the 
Horfe,  Avtnor,  Equeries,  Surveyors,  ii?''-  See  Houshold, 
fee  alfo  each  Off'cer  in  his  proper  Article. 

6"ffljf  Officers  arefuch  as  in  the  King's  Frefence  bear 
a  white  Staff;  and  at  other  times,  going  abroad,  have  a 
white  Staff  borne  before  them  by  a  Footman  bare-headed. 

8  E  Such 


OGI 


(  ) 


OIL 


Such  are  the  Lord  Steward,  Lord  Chamberlain,  Lord 
Treafurer,  i£c. 

The  white  Staff  is  taken  for  aCommlflion  5  and  at  the 
Death  of  the  King,  thu  Oj^'cers  break  their  Staff  over  the 
Hearfe  made  for  the  King's  Body,  and  thereby  difcharge 
their  inferior  OJp'cers. 

OFFICIAL,  in  the  Canon-Law,  the  Bifhop's  Deputy,  or 
Lieuteninc  J  or  an  Ecclelialtical  Judge  appointed  by  a  Bi- 
Ihop,  Chapter,  Abbot,  t£c.    See  Court. 

Ot  thefc  there  are  two  Kinds  ;  the  one,  as  it  were, 
Vicar-General  of  the  Church  j  exercifing  Jurifdiflion 
throughout  the  whole  Diocefe,  call'd  by  the  Canonills 
O/p'cialis  Frhrafalis -J  in  our  Statute-Law  theBi/hop's  Chan- 
cellor.   See  Chancellor, 

I'here  is  no  Appeal  from  his  Court  to  the  Bifhop  5  his 
being  elieem'd  the  Bifhop's  Court.    See  Bishop's  Court. 

The  other  kind,  call'd  OJfcialis  Foraneits,  as  having  his 
Jurifdii51:ionyo)-(j,  ^  extra  Civitatem,  is  erefled  by  the  Bifliop 
when  the  Diocefe  is  very  large;  having  a  certain  Extent  of 
Territory  alTign'd  him,  wherein  herefides. 

This  Of'cial  has  but  a  limited  Jurifdiilion,  tho  he  have 
limverficattm  Caufanini^  and  exercife  it  in  the  Bifhop's  Name. 
Our  Statute  Laws  call  him  Gommlffary.  See  Commis- 
sary. 

The  Bifliops,  efpecially  thofe  of  large  Sees,  finding 
themfelves  opprefs'd  with  a  multiplicity  of  Bulinefs  ;  at 
firlV,  difcharg'd  a  part  of  it  upon  their  Archdeacons  and 
I'riefts  ;  to  whom  they  gave  Commiffions  revocable  at 
pleafure.   Thefe  they  call'd  Ftcarii,  or  Offciahs. 

As  we  don't  meet  with  this  Term  any  where  before  the 
Conllitutions  of  Sextm^  'tis  pretty  apparent  the  Cuftom  had 
not  its  Rife  till  the  End  of  the  15th  Century. 

In  procefs  of  Time,  the  FumfHon  was  divided  into  two  j 
and  the  Title  Ojf'Cid  given  to  thofe  with  whom  the  Bifliop 
entrufted  the  Exercife  of  litigious  Juflice  ;  and  that  of 
Vicars  General,  or  Grand  Vicars,  to  thofe  who  had  the 
voluntary  Jurifdiftions. 

The  Number  of  OJficuils  was  foon  exceflively  multiply'd  j 
and  not  only  BiJhops,  but  Chapters  and  Archdeacons  would 
have  their  Officials, 

The  Officials,  by  degrees,  had  drawn  to  their  Cognizance 
and  Jurifdl£lion,  moft  of  the  Civil  Caufes  ;  till  they  were 
taken  out  of  their  hands  by  Appeals,  ^c. 

Official,  in  Common  Law,  is  a  Deputy  appointed  by 
an  Archdeacon  for  the  executing  of  his  Jurifdidion. 

OFFlCIALTy,  the  Court,  or  Jurifdiaion,  whereof  the 
Ojficial  is  Head. 

The  Praftice  of  0^'cialties  is  now  reduced  into  a  little 
Compafs  ;  and  A£lions  of  Proraifes,  and  Diflolutions  of 
Marriages,   are  the  principal  things  tranfafled  therein. 

OFFICINAL,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Term  apply'd  to  fuch 
Medicines,  whether  Simple  or  Compound,  as  the  College 
of  Phyficians  requires  to  be  conrtantly  kept  in  the  Apo- 
thecarys  Shops,  ready  to  be  made  up  in  extemporaneous 
Prefcription,    See  Prescrif  i  ion. 

The  officinal  Simj>les  are  appointed,  among  us,  by  the 
College  of  Phyficians  5  and  trie  manner  of  making  the 
Compofitions  dlrefted  in  their  Difpenfatory.  See  Dispen- 
satory, Composition,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  LatinOfficina,  Shop. 

Offing,  in  the  Sei-Language,  that  part  of  the  Sea  a 
good  diitance  from  Shore  ;  where  there  is  deep  Water,  and 
no  need  of  a  Pilot  to  conduft  the  Ship  into  Port. 

Thus  if  a  Ship  from  Shore  be  feen  failing  out  to  Sea- 
ward, they  fay  flie  (lands  for  the  j  and  if  a  Ship  ha- 
ving the  Shore  near  her,  have  another  a  good  way  without 
her,  or  towards   the  Sea,  they  fay,  that  Ship  is  in  the 

Of  7!^. 

OFF-SETS,  In  Gardening,  ^c.  are  young  Shoots  that 
fpring,  and  grow  from  Roots  that  are  round,  tuberous,  or 
bulbous. 

The  Word  Is  alfo  ufedfor  the  loofe,  outer,  brown  Skins 
in  Tulips,  Onions,  l^c. 

Off-Sets,  in  Surveying,  are  Perpendiculars  let  fall, 
and  meafur'd  from  the  Stationary-Lines,  or  the  Lines  be- 
tween one  Station  and  another,  to  the  Hedge,  Fence,  or 
Extremity  of  the  Inclofure.    See  Surveying. 

OGEE,  or  OG,  as  it  is  frequently  wrote,  or  OGIVE,  In 
Architeclure,  a  Moulding,  conlitting  of  two  Members,  the 
one  concave,  and  the  other  convex  j  the  fame  with  Cy- 
matitm.    See  Cy m  at i um. 

VitrwDliis  makes  each  Member  a  Quadrant  of  a  Circle  5 
ScamoZ'ZU  and  fome  others,  make  them  fomcwhat  flatter, 
and  ftrike  them  from  two  equilateral  Triangles. 

Its  Form  bears  fome  refemblance  to  that  of  an  S. 

Ogive  is  alfo  ufcd  for  an  Arch,  or  Branch  of  a  Gothic 
Vault,  which,  in  lieu  of  being  Circular,  paffes  diagonally 
from  one  Angle  to  another,  and  forms  a  Crofs  between  the 
other  Arches  which  makes  the  fide  of  the  Square,  whereof 
the  Arches  are  Diagonals.    See  Arch  and  Vault. 

The  middle,  where  the  Opves  cut  or  crofs  each  other, 
is  call'd  the  Key,  which  is  fometimes  cut  in  form  of  a 


Rofe,  or  a  C«/  de  Lam^c.  The  Members  or  Mouldings  of 
the  Os;z;ejare  call'd  Nerves,  Branches,  or  Reins  ;  and  the 
Arches  which  feparate  the  Onvcs^  double  Arches.  Sea 
Vault. 

OGRESSES,  or  Agresses,  in  Heraldry,  fee  Pel- 
lets. 

OIL,  a  fatty,  unauous,  inflammable  Matter,  drawn  from 
feveral  natural  Bodies.    See  Fat, 

The  word  Oil  is  fometimes  apply'd  to  the  Juices  which  difiil 
naturally  from  Plants  and  Trees  ;  as  Balm,  ^c.  but  more 
flriaiy  to  thofe  Juices  drawn  by  Expreffion  from  Plants 
Fruits,  Grains,  or  Seeds  ;  as  Oil  of  Oliw,  A'«r-0/7,&c.  See 
Expression, 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latiji  Oleum,  of  olea 
Olive-Tree,  the  Fruit  whereof  abounds  in  fuch  Juice.  See 
Olive. 

The  Kinds  of  Oils,  their  Properties,  Manners  of  Ex- 
preffion,  are  almoft  infinite:  For  the  generality  of 
them,  the  Reader  isrefer'd  to  the  proper  Articles  ;  fuch 
as  could  not  be  more  conveniently  infertcd,  are  as  follow. 

Oil  of  Olive;,  is  the  moft  popular,  and  mofl  unlverfal  of 
all  others;  being  that  chiefly  uled  in  Medicine,  in  Foods, 
Salads,  and  in  the  Manufaftures.    See  Salad,  £f?c. 

It  is  drawn  from  Olives  by  Preffes  or  Mills  madeVof  the 
purpofe.  The  Fruit  is  gathered  when  at  its  utmoft  Mixtu- 
rhy  in  Dece»3he>-Aud^a7u<ayy,  as  it  begins  to  redden  ;  when 
'tis  put  under  the  Mill,  as  foon  as  gathcr'd,  it  yields  that 
Oil  io  very  fweet,  and  of  fo  charming  an  Odour,  callM 
rirgin-OiL  But,  as  the  Olives  newly  gather'd  yield  but 
little  0;7,  thofe  who  rather  regard  Quantity  than  Goodnefs, 
leave  them  on  the  Ground  for  fome  time,  e'er  thev  prefs 
them.  ^ 

Neither  the  Smell  norTafle  of  this  fecond  OH  Is  very 
agreeable  ;  tho  there  is  a  third  Kind  flill  worfe,  which  is 
the  common  Oil  procured  by  throwing  boiling  Water  on  the 
Preffings,  and  rcprefHng  them  more  lirongly. 

The  confumption  of  this  Oil  is  incredible  ;  the  South 
Parts  of  rr37jce,  Trovence,  Lan^uedac,  &c.  as  alfo  Caytdia, 
fome  Parts  of  luily,  &c.  yield  vaft  Quantities.  Its  ufe 
every  body  knows  j  it  being  reputed  one  of  the  moft  uni- 
verfaily  uieful  things  in  the  whole  World. 

Oil  of  fiveet  yllmonds,  cold  drawn,  or  without  Fire,  is 
prepared  various  ways.  Some  peel  the  Almonds  as  they 
pound  'em  5  others  pound  'era  without  peeling.  Some 
warm  'em  in  luke-warm  Water  j  othcns  in  halneo  Marl-e  , 
fome  only  bruife  'em;  others  beat 'em  into  a  Pafte.  In 
effefl  there  are  as  many  different  ways  of  preparing  this 
0(7,  as  there  are  Perfons  who  make  it  their  bufinefs  to  prc- 
paie  it. 

In  this  diverfity,  Po??;e?  gives  us  a  Method  eafierandlefs 
expenfive  than  any  of  the  reft  3  which,  it  fhould  feem,  we 
cannot  do  better  than  follow. 

'hkthod  of  procuring  Oil  of  fweet  Almonds  ly  Exp-e^ojf^ 
ivithoitt  Fire, 

Take  a  Pound  and  a  half  of  peel'd  fweet  Almonds,  new 
and  dry  ;  after  pounding  'em  in  a  Mortar,  pafs  'em  thro'  a 
coarfe  Sieve,  lay  'em  in  a  Hair-Cloth,  and  put  'em  under 
the  Prefs  between  two  Plates  of  Copper,  Steel,  or  the  like  ; 
prefs  'em  gently  ;  and  when  all  the  unduous  and  fluid 
Part  isexprefs'd,  you  will  have  a  fwaet  Oil  without  any  Se- 
diments, which  is  fcarce  avoidable  in  any  of  the  other 
manners, 

Falm  Oil,  or  Oil  of  Senegal,  a  thick  unSuous  Liquor,  of 
a  yellow  Colour,  and  a  Vio!et-fmcll  ;  fo  call'd  becaufe 
drawn,  by  Ebullition  or  by  Expreflion,  from  the  Fruit  of  a 
kind  of  Palm- Tree,  growing  in  feveral  Places  oi'Jfrica,  efpe- 
cially in  Senegal. 

The  ylfricans  ufe  this  Oil  as  we  do  Butter  ;  and  burn  it 
when  old.  In  Europe  'ris  clleem'd  a  fovcreign  Remedy 
agalnft  cold  Humours  ;  and  even  fald  to  give  eafe  in  the 
Gout.  'Tis  fometimes  counterfeited  with  Wax,  Oil  of 
Olives,  Iris,  and  T  urmeric  ;  but  the  Trick  is  found  out 
either  by  Air  or  Fire.  The  Air  alters  the  Colour  of  the 
Genuine,  and  leaves  the  Counterfeit  unchanged  ;  and  on 
the  contrary.  Fire  changes  the  Counterfeit,  not  the  Ge- 
nuine. 

Oil  of  Camomile,  an  Oi/ made  with  the  Flowers  of  this 
Plant  fteep'd  in  OH  of  Olives,  and  expofed  to  the  Sun  in 
the  heat  Summer  :  Its  Colour  is  blueifli  ;  fome  add 
fine  Turpentine.  Ic  is  the  moft  eftcem'd  when  old.  'Tia 
ufed  for  the  cure  of  feveral  kinds  of  Wounds  5  and  is  re- 
puted a  kind  of  Balm. 

Oil  of  Petrol,  fee  Naphta. 

Oil  ofJmhery  fee  Amber. 

Oil  of  Jntimmiy,  or  Butter  of  Antimony,  feeANTiMoNY. 

Oil  ofJrfemc,  or  Butter  of  ^frfejiic,  fee  Arsenic. 

Oil  of  Jffic,  or  Spike,  an  Oil  drawn  from  the  Flowers  or 
little  Leaves  of  a  Plant  of  rhe  fame  Name,  growing  in  the 
South  Parts  of  France,  refembling  our  Lavender.  'Tis  of  a 
white  Colour,  and  an  aromatic  Smell  ;  and  is  the  only  OH 

difiolvable 


O  IL 


C  6^9  ) 


OLE 


tliflblvab  ein.Wfl)-*Jcii  whence  the  genuine  0/7  is  eafily 
diiiinguii''ea  from  the  counterfeit,  which  is  Oi/ of  Turpen- 
tine mixM  with  a  little  Fetro/.  It  is  ufed  by  Painters  and 
iarriers  j  and  is  of  fome  ufe  in  Medicine,  where  it  makes 
a  part  in  feveral  Galenical  Compofuions. 

Oil  of  Balm,  fee  Balm. 

Oil  of  S'en,  fee  Ben. 

V II.  of  Cacao,  fee  Cacao. 

Oil  of  Camphor,  fee  Camphor. 

Oir,  of  Cinnamm,  fee  CiNNAMOfj. 

OlLojCaJior^  fee  C  ASTOREV  M  . 

Oil  ofH'ax,  fee  Wax. 

Oil  of  Cumin,  fee  Cumin. 

Oil  of  fejwel,  fee  Fennel. 

Oil  of  Nut7Ne^y  fee  Nutmeg. 

Oil  of  Gtiaiacutn,  fee  Guaiacum. 

Oil  of  Chz-es,  fee  Cloves. 

Oi-L  of  Lanaido;  fee  Lavender. 

Oil  of  Lait'fc,  fee  Lentiscus. 

Oil  of  Lime,  fee  Lime. 

Oil  f  hqmd  yhiihe)-,  fee  Balm. 

Oil  o/W.ice,  fee  Nutmeg, 

Oil  of  y.Ukpcrtitis,  fee  Mi  llp e rtuis. 

Oil  cfMathtoIu!,  feeScoRPioN. 

Oil  of  Nero  li,  fee  Orange. 

Oil  of  Nuts,  fee  Nut. 

Oil  of  Orange,  fee  Orange. 

Oil  of  black  F'tcb,  fee  Pitch. 

Oil  ofRofcmary^  fee  Rosemary. 

Oil  of  S.iycl!7ic,  fee  Sardine. 

Oil  of  Sa^c,  fee  Sage. 

CJiL  ofi.Mtio}i,  fee  Cotton. 

Oil  if  Sitlphnr,  fee  Sulphur. 

Oil  cf'Ci'.;feT!t!7ie,  fee  Turpentine. 

OlL0/T%»Jf,  feeTHYME. 

Oil  r-f  Torioi/e,  feeToRToisE. 

Vir^hr  Oil,  is  unckrftood  of  Oils  exprefs'd  from  Olives, 
Kuts,  j;£fc.  frcfli  gather'd,  without  being  heated,  too  much 
prefs'd,  ^c.    S-e  Oil  of  Olives. 

G)-£i?/;//.Tiei^0iL  is  that  fix'd  in  little  Grains;  this  is  the 
belt,  and  inoft  eficem'd,  efpecially  of  OJs  of  Olives. 

o;/ frequently  takes  new  Names  from  the  Drugs  mix'd 
with  it  ;  as  Oil  of  Rcfs,  which  is  that  mix'd  with  Rofes  5 
Oil  of  ^afmiji,  that  perfumM  with  Jafmin. 

Tlaio  obferves,  that  Oil  is  deftrudlive  to  all  Plants  ;  and 
he  adds  too,  to  the  Life  of  all  Animals,  except  thofe  of 
Man,  to  which  it  is  agreeable,  as  alfo  to  the  reft  of  his 
Body.  He  adds  further,  that  'tis  very  ufeful  to  the  exter- 
nal parts  of  the  Body,  but  hurtful  to  the  internal.  Fer7ie- 
lins  obferves  that  Oil  foftens,  moiftens,  and  lubricates  the 
JJody,and  takes  off  the  fcnfc  of  Wearinefs  ;  for  which  reafon 
the  Gr^eh  call  it  Jcopim  5  and  renders  the  Body  prompt 
and  agile.    D/o/conVcs  fays  it  cufts  Lcprolie*,  ^c. 

On.,  among  the  ChymiRs,is  the  fecondof  the  Elements, 
or  Hypofiatical  Principles  i  otberwife  call'd  Sulphur.  See 
Element,  Principle,  and  Sulphur. 

All  natural  Bodies  yield  Oif  either  by  Diflillation  ;  Pu- 
trifaflion  ;  or  Liquation  call'd  fer  Deliqtiiam  :  And  hence 
the  Cliymifls  will  have  itarecellary  Ingredient  in  the  Com- 
pofition  of  all  Bodies.  They  make  it  the  Principle  of 
Odours  ;  and  to  the  Diverlities  thereof,  afcribe  ail  the 
diffL-rences  of  Bodies  in  refpctl  of  Smells.    See  Smell. 

All  riaiifs  yield  a  fetid  Oi/ at  the  end  of  Diflillation  ; 
but  Aromatic  ones  befide  this  yield  another  Oil,  which 
rifes  aficr  the  Phlegm,  and  at  the  beginning  of  the  Dillil- 
lation  :  This  they  call  an  E/feiitial  Oil,  becaufe  it  retains 
the  natural  fmell  of  rhe  Plant  5  whereas  the  fecond  0/!, 
even  that  of  Aromatic  Plants,  ftinks  intolerably.    See  Es- 

SENT  1  A  L. 

M.  Tlnmhery,  from  an  Obfervation  that  Plants  which 
yield  the  moll  Acid,  yield  likewlfe  the  moil  Oil  ;  took 
occafion  to  think  that  the  Acid  might  aififl:  the  Oil  to  dif- 
engage  itfelf  from  the  Body,  and  to  rife  in  Diflillation; 
which  he  found  to  anfwer  in  the  Experiment.  Mineral 
Acids  prov'd  to  have  more  force  on  the  Oils  cf  Plants,  and 
put  'em  in  a  condition  of  rifii;g  in  DiUillation,  and  in  greater 
Qiiantlty  by  the  i\£lion  of  Fire,  than  Vegetable  ones. 
Accordingly,  whereas  the  Perfumers  find  a  deal  of  diffi- 
culty in  railing  efTcnti:;!  Oil  of  Rofes  5  and  fcarce  get  an 
Ounce  out  of  an  hundred  Pounds  of  rhe  Flower :  M.  Hom- 
ieiy.  On  his  Principle,  got  at  leaft  one  third  mor^  j  viz.  by 
laying  the  Rofes  fifteen  days  in  Water  impregnated  with 
Spirit  of  Vitriol,  before  Diftillation. 

The  Chymiils  Do(3rine  of  Principles,  Mr.  Boyle  fliewsto 
be  very  deficient  in  the  Article  Oi^  :  For  the  Charafte- 
riflic  of  a  Sulphur,  or  that  which  denominates  a  thing  fuch, 
is  Inflammability  :  Now,  there  are  at  leafl:  three  Sub- 
flanccs  manifeflly  different  in  Confillence,  Texture,  or 
both  ;  which,  according  to  that  Notion,  ought  to  be  re- 
ferr'd  to  Sulphurs :  For  fometimes  the  inflammable 
Subftance  obtaln'd  from  a  mix'd  Body  by  means  of  Fire, 
appears  in  form  of  an  Oil  that  will  not  mix  with  Water  5 


fometimes  m  form  of  an  inflammable  Spirit,  which  will 
readdy  unite  with  that  Liquor  ;  and  fometimes  alfo  in  form 
of  a  confiilcnt  Body  almolt  like  common  Sulphur.  Froducik 
of  Cbym.  Trin. 

Dr.  Slare  in  FhilofTranfaSl.  gives  us  aScheme,  orAnaly- 
fis  of  Oils.  He  diflinguilhes  Ods  into  Vegetable  Animal 
and  Mineral.  '  * 

The  Vegetable  he  divides  into  ^/Te/W,  undnot  Ejential 

The  E/fenual  again,  arc  either  perfeft  StiUations  made 
by  the  Analyfis  of  the  Chymifl's  Fire ;  where  the  oleaginous 
Particles  are  truly  feparaied  from  all  other  ;  as  thofe^'from 
the  Seeds  of  Cummin,  Fennel,  and  Dill  :  or  light  and 
etherial,  ufually  drawn  from  the  Tops  of  Plants,  and  fpe 
cifically  lighter  than  Water,  fome  of 'em  than  Spirit  of 
Wine;  as  thofe  from  Thyme,  Wormwood,  Hyfop,  Laven- 
der, Rofcmary,  Penny-royal,  Rue,  Sage,  Savin,  ^c.  Or 
ponderous,  which  commonly  flnhin  Water. 

Thofe  not  E/femir.l,  are  imperfe^,   or  made  by  Ex- 
preffion  ;    which  are  decompounded  of  feveral  parts  of 
the  Plants  ;   as  of  Almonds,   Olives.  Wallnuts,  Lime 
Rape,£^c.  ' 

I'he  Jnimal  Oils  are  either  thofe  of  the  folid  Farts,  as 
Harts-horn,  Human-Skull,  Hoofs,  ^c.  Or  thofe  of  the 
Fluids,  as  of  Human-Blood. 

Laftly,  the  Mnieral  Oils  are  thofe  of  Amber,  Petro- 
leum, i^Aj^Woei  Tar,  and  Bees- Wax. 

Ofthefc  Oils,  there  are  twelve  that  by  a  Mixture  of 
compound  Spirit  of  Nitre,  make  an  Ebullition,  Explo- 
fion,  and  Flame.  Eighteen  that  make  an  Ebullition  and 
Explofion  without  Flame  :  And  four  that  produce  neither. 
See  Ebullition,  Flame,  kSc. 

OiL-Bag,  a  VelTcl  in  Birds,  replete  with  an  undluous 
Subftance,  fecreted  by  one,  fometimes  two,  Glands  for  the 
purpofe,  difpofed  among  the  Feathers ;  which  being  prefs'd 
by  the  Bill  or  Head,  emits  its  ody  Matter,  for  the  OrefTing 
and  Preening  the  Feathers.  See  Feather  and  Preening 

OINTMENT,  in  Pharmacy  and  Surgery,  ^c.  Se-s 
Unguent. 

OKER,  orOcHER,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  a  yellow,  dry, 
fat,  foft,  foflil  Earth  ;  found  in  Copper  and  Lead  Mines, 
fometimes  in  thofe  of  Silver,  and  fometimes  in  Mines  of 
its  own.   See  Earth. 

Others  feem  more  rightly  to  refer  to  the  Clafs  of 
Semi-metals,  than  of  Earths.  It  confifls,  according  to 
them,  of  Earth  and  a  Metal,  particularly  Iron,  com- 
bined.  See  Semi-metal. 

yit. Boyle  afliires  us  he  has  feen  a  Piece  of  O^er  richer 
in  Metal  than  mofl:  Iron-Ores  ;  and  which  was  even  ren- 
der'd  magnetlcal  by  heating  and  then  cooling  it  in  a  per- 
pendicular polition.    See  Magnet  and  Magn  etism. 

Some  Authors  efteem  0];er  proper  to  promote  the  melting 
of  Metals,  when  they  are  too  harfh  and  brittle;  but  its 
chief  tJfe  is  in  Painting, 

'Tis  only  the  yellow  Oker  is  natural  ;  the  red  is  prepared 
from  the  yellow  by  calcining  it  in  the  Fire  till  it  have  ac- 
quir'dits  rednefs. 

The  Beds  are  ufually  from  one  hundred  fifty  to  two 
hundred  foot  deep  ;  and  their  thicknefs  from  four  to  eight 
Inches,  between  a  white  Sand  which  covers  them  a-top,and 
a  yellow  argillous  Eanh  underneath. 

The  befl  Oksr  is  that  of  herry  in  France.  There  are  fe- 
veral Kinds  dug  up  in  En^lajid,  all  bordering  on  the  red  5 
fome  of  them  ufcd  in  puliOiing  Looking-Glafles. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  yellow  Earth. 

Oker,  in  effef}-,  is  always  impregnated  with  Iron,  and  Is 
what  generally  gives  to  the  Chaiybeat  Springs  their  medi- 
cinal Virtues  ;  many  of  which  we  fee,  upon  flanding  of 
the  Water,  will  dcpofitc  the  Ohr  at  the  bottom  of"  the 
Veflel. 

OLD  v^i;£,  fee  LoNGiEVITY. 

OLEAGINOLS,  fomething  that  partakes  of  the  na- 
ture of  Oil  ;  or  out  of  which  Oil  maybe  exprefs'd.  See 
Oil. 

Thus  Olives,  Nuts,  Almonds,  £5?c.  are  oleaginous  Fruits, 
or  Fruits  out  of  which  Oil  is  exprefs'd.  See  Fruit.  Fines, 
Firs,  iS^c  are  oleaginous  Woods,  yielding  Rofin,  Turpentine, 
^c.    See  Rosin,  £i?c. 

Of  all  Woods,  oleaginous  ones  burn  the  befl:.    See  Fuel. 

An  oleaginous  Urine  in  malignant  Fevers  is  a  fign  of 
Death.    See  Urine. 

OLECRANUM,  in  Anatomy,  an  Eminence  behind  the 
Bend  of  the  Elbow  ;  being  the  Part  wherecn  the  Arm 
bears  when  we  refl:  on  the  Elbow.    See  Arm. 

This  Eminence  is  nothing  elfe  but  the  pollerior  ^/lo^iy- 
fis  of  the  Head  of  the  Ulna,  which  flays  that  Bone,  and 
prevents  its  flipping  back  ;  fo  as  to  form  an  acute  Angle 
when  the  Arm  is  bent.    See  Ulna. 

The  Olecranum  is  received  into  the  hind  Sinus  of  the 
lower  end  of  the  Humerus  ;  and  with  the  fore  Protube- 
rance of  the  Ulna,  which  is  received  into  the  fore  Sinus 
of  the  Humerus,  forms  a  perfefl  Ginglymus,  whereby  the 
two  Bones  move  as  on  a  Hinge, 

OLE- 


OLI 


(  660  ) 


0MB 


OLERON-I.«i:'s,  or  the  Sea-La-Ks  o/Oleron,  area  Set 
of  antient  Laws,  relating  to  Maritime  Affairs,  made  by 
K.  Klckard  I.    See  Law. 

They  are  thus  callM,  becaufe  made  in  the  Oleroji,  an 
Ifland  in  the  Bay  of  Jquitaine,  at  the  Mouth  of  the  River 
Char  em. 

OLFACTORY  Ner-ses,  in  Anatomy,  the  firft  Fair  of 
Nerves  fpringing  out  of  the  Medulla  ohlongata  ;  fo  call'd  as 
being   the  immediate    Inltruments   of  Smelling.  See 

Sm  ELLING. 

The  Antients  call'd  them  TroceJJus  T^pilLira which  Dr. 
Drake  thinks  a  more  fuitable  ISiame,  till  their  arrival  at  the 
OsCrihroJim  ;  in  regard  they  rather  appear  Produflions 
of  the  MedHlh  ohlongaia,  than  dulinil  Nerves  ;  againftwhich, 
their  manifelf  Cavities,  and  their  Communication  with  the 
Ventricles,  argue.    See  Medulla  ot/t>«giitii. 

The  0//«flor_y  Nerves  have  their  Rife  juft  below  the  Os 
frontii,  and  are  dillributed  in  the  Membranes  of  the  Nofe. 
SeeNERVE.  ,    ^  ^  r.  ^ 

OLIBANUM,  in  Pharmacy,  a  kind  of  Gum,  or  Kefin, 
ufually  call'd  male  Frankinceiife.    See  Incense. 

It  has  its  name  O/it.JWKW,  quafi  oletm  Lihanl  i  becaufe  di- 
flilling  in  form  of  an  Oil,  from  a  Tree  on  Mount  Libanon. 

It  is  brought  to  us  in  large  white  Tears,  bordering  a 
little  on  the  yellow  ;  very  heavy,  of  a  fharp  bitter  Tatte, 
and  a  brisk  Smell. 

'Tis  diftinguifhM  from  the  female,  or  common  Incenfe, 
by  the  largenefs  of  the  Drops.  'Tis  very  glutinous,  con- 
fequeotlyltrengthening  j  and  partakes  enough  of  the  Tur- 
pentine to  render  it  fomewhat  detergent  j  'tis  more  ufed  in 
compound  flrengthening  Plaitters,  than  in  inward  Compo- 
iitions. 

OLIGARCHY,  a  Form  of  Government,  wherein  the 
Adminiftration  is  in  a  few  Ferfons  j  fuch  are  the  States  of 
Venice  and  Gejioa. 

The  Oligarchy  amounts  to  the  fame  thing  with  an  A- 
riftocracy.    See  Aristocracy. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ohiyQ-^  few  5  and 
af/ht  Command,  Government. 

OLIO,  or  Oglio,  a  favoury  Diflj,  or  Food,  compofed  of 
a  great  variety  of  Ingredients. 

The  Forms  of  Olio's  are  various ;  to  give  a  Notion  of 
the  flrange  Affemblage,  we  fhall  here  add  one  from  an 
approved  Author. 

Take  Rump  of  Beef,  Neat's  Tongues  boil'd  and  dry'd, 
and  Bo/osmSaufagesi  boil  'em  together,  and  after  boiling 
two  Hours,  add  'Mutton,  Pork,  Venifon,  and  Bacon,  cut 
in  bits  ;  as  alfo  Turnips,  Carrots,  Onions,  and  Cabbage, 
Borage,  Endive,  Marigolds,  Sorrel,  and  Spinage,  then 
Spices,  as  Saffron,  Cloves,  Mace,  Nutmeg,  ^c.  This 
done,  in  another  Pot  put  a  Turkey  or  Goofe,  with  Capons, 
Pheafants,  Widgeons,  and  Ducks,  Partridges,  Teals,  and 
Stock  doves,  Snipes,  Quails,  and  Larks,  and  boil  them 
in  Water  and  Salt.  In  a  third  Veffel,  prepare  a  Sauce 
of  white  Wine,  ftrong  Broth,  Butter,  Bottoms  of  Arti- 
chokes and  Chefnuts,  with  CoUiflowers,  Bread,  Marrow, 
Yolks  of  Eggs,  Mace  and  Siffron.  Laftly,  difli  the  0/iO, 
by  firft  laying  out  the  Beef  and  Veal,  then  the  Venifon, 
Mutton,  Tongues,  and  Saufages,  and  Roots  over  all ;  then 
the  large!!  Fowls,  then  .the  fmalleft,  and  laftly  pour  on 
the  Sauce. 

OLITORY,  a  Kitchen-Garden,  or  a  Garden  of  Herbs, 
Roots,  S^f.  for  Food.    See  Garden. 

OLIVARIA  Corpora,  in  Anatomy,  are  two  Protuberances 
in  the  under  part  of  the  Brain,  placed  on  each  fide  the 
Corpora  Fyramidalia,  towards  the  lower  end  i  having  their 
Name  from  their  Figure,  which  refembles  that  of  an 
Olive.    See  Brain. 

OLIVE,  a  Stone-Fruit,  which  yields  plenty  of  Oil  5 
the  Produce  of  the  Olive- Tree.    See  Oil. 

There  are  three  Kinds  of  Olives,  frequently  fold  ;  diffe- 
rent in  Size  and  Goodnefs  j  viz.  thofe  oiVerona,  which  are 
the  beft  ;  thofe  of  S^ant  ;  and  thofe  o{  Frove?2ce. 

ThtOli-ves,  while  on  the  Tree,  are  intolerably  bitter, 
without  any  thing  of  that  delicious  Tafte  which  procures 
them  admittance  at  the  richeft  Tables.  To  fit  'em  for 
that,  they  muft  be  prepared  as  follows. 

Majwer  of  Freparing^  or  FivkUng  Olives. 

In  the  Month  of  ^une  and  3tdy,  long  e'er  the  Olr^C!  are  fit 
to  yield  their  Oil,  they  are  gather'd,  and  laid  to  fleep  fome 
days  in  frefli  Water  ;  when  taken  out,  they  are  put  in 
another  Water  prepared  with  Barillia,  or  Kali,  with  Aflies 
of  Oi/'ire  Stones  calcined  ;   or  at  leaft  with  Lime. 

They  are  next  laid  in  a  Liquor  of  Water  and  Salt,  with 
which  they  are  put  in  thofe  little  Barrels,  wherein  they 
are  brought  to  us.  To  give  'em  the  Flavour,  they  throw 
over  'em  an  Effence  ufually  compofed  of  Cloves,  Cinna- 
mon, Coriander,  and  Ferinel.    This  Effence  is  a  kind  of 


Secret  among  thofe  who  deal  herein  ;  and,  in  effefl 
in  this  that  all  the  difficulty  of  the  Preparation  lies.  * 

Manner  of  Dra^iiijig  OilofOhiv^s. 

The  Oli-^es  being  gather'd,  are  laid  for  fume  time  on  the 
Ground  to  drain,  and  to  ripen  further ;  they  are  then  ground' 
into  a  Pafle  whh  a  MiU-licne  :  The  Palle  is  put  iif  large 
Frails,  and  boiling  Water  poured  over  them.  Laitly,  the 
whole  is  prefs'd  ;  by  means  whereof  the  Oil  is  eaiily  fe- 
parated,  and  fwims  a-top  of  the  Water. 

OLivE-Co/oiir,  is  a  yellow,  mingled  with  black.  The 
Term  is  chiefly  ufed  in  fpeaking  of  the  Teint  of  the  Com- 
plexion. The  Sfa!^,.^yds  and  Indians  are  rarely  white  ,  ge- 
nerally O/jt.'e-comple^ion'd, 

OESTRUM  7'e;:em,  Extafy  of  Defire,  or  Love  ;  a  Term 
fometimes  given  the  C7i>0f-;j,  from  the  Ufcivious  I'itillatian 
it  is  capable  of.    See  Clitoris. 

OLYMPIAD,  in  Chronology,  aSpace,  or  Period  of  four 
Years  j  whereby  the  Greeks  reckon'd  their  Time.  See 
Epocha. 

This  Method  of  Computation  had  its  Rife  from  the  Olym- 
pic Gamei^  which  were  celebrated  every  fourth  Year  near 
the  City  Pifa,  or  Olywfia,  in  Felo^ofi/iejus.  See  Olym- 
pic. 

The  firft  Olympiad  commenced,  according  to  fome  in 
the  Year  5958  ot  the  Julian  Period  ;  the  iear  from  the 
Creation  32o3  j  the  Year  before  Chriii  77^  i  and  23  Years 
before  the  Foundation  of  Rome  :  Or  ratiier,  as  others  will 
have  it,  in  the  Year  of  the  World,  3251  j  the  Year  of  the 
Julian  Period,  3941  ;  and  23  Years  before  the  Building  of 
Rome. 

The  Felopo7i?iefhm  War  begun  on  the  firft  Year  of  the 
87th  Olympiad.  Alexander  ibe  Great  died  the  iirft  Year  of 
the  ii4.th  5  and  Jefus  Chrilf  was  born  the  firit  Year  of  the 
J  I)  5  th  Olympiad. 

The  Olympiads  wetCflUo  cnWA  ^ntii  Ipihiti,  from  Iphitus, 
who  inftituted,  or  at  leafl  renewed  the  Solemnity  of  the 
Olympic  Games. 

We  don't  find  any  Computation  by  Olympiads  after  the 
3(J4th,  which  ended  with  the  Year  of  Chrift  440. 

In  a  Charter  of  our  K.Etbelbert^  the  Years  of  his  Reign 
are  reckoned  by  Olympiads. 

OLYMPICS,  orOLVMPic  Gawej,  were  folemn  Games 
famous  among  the  antient  G)ee^; ;  inftituted,  according  to 
fome,  by  Hercules  in  honour  of  IJupiter  i  and  held  every 
4th  Year,  or  every  49th  Month,  on  the  Banks  of  the -^Z- 
pbeuSf  near  Olympia  a  City  of  Eiis ;  to  exercife  their  Youth 
in  five  Kinds  of  Combats.    See  Games. 

Thefe  Games  became  fo  confiderabie,  that  the  Greeks 
made  'em  their  Epocha  j  diftinguiftiing  their  Years  by  the 
Returns  of  the  Olympics.    See  Olympiad. 

Thofe  who  were  Conquerors  in  ihuiii,  were  fo  honour'd 
by  their  Country-,men,  that  at  their  Return,  a  piece  of 
the  Wall  of  the  City  was  puli'd  down  to  give  palTage  to 
their  Chariot.  The  Prize  contended  for,  was  a  Crown  of 
Laurel.    See  Olvmp  ionics. 

Olympic  J/re,  is  fometimes  ufed  for  the  Fire  srifing 
from  the  Sun's  Rays  coUefled  in  the  Focus  of  a  Eurning- 
Glafs.    See  Fire  and  Burn  ing-G/^i/;. 

Gli  OLYMPICI,  the  Title  of  the  Acadcmifls  of  Ficenza, 
in  Italy.    See  Academy. 

OLYMPIONICI,  Olympio7iics,  in  Antiquity,  an  Ap- 
pellation given  to  thofe  who  came  off  Vi^iorious  in  the 
Olympic  Games.    See  Olympic. 

The  0^)wp;o7i/cj  were  infinitely  honour'd  in  their  Country, 
asbeing  ellcem'd  to  have  done  it  immortal  Honour.  The 
Athenians  particularly,  were  fo  lavifli  in  their  Prefents  to 
the  Olympionics  their  Country-men,  that  ^0/117;  found  it  ne- 
ceffary  to  reftrain  their  Liberality  by  a  fpecial  Law,  which 
imported  that  the  City  fliouldgive  500  Drachma's  to  the 
Olympionics ;  which  amounted  to  about  58  Ounces  of  Silver, 
our  Weight.    No  very  confiderabie  Sum. 

OMBRE,  a  celebrated  Court-Game  at  Cards  i  play'd 
by  two,  by  three,  or  by  five  Perfons  3  but  generally  by 
three. 

In  Omhre  by  three,  nine  Cards  are  dealt  to  each  Party  5 
the  whole  Ombre  Pack  being  only  40;  by  reafon  the  Eights, 
Nines,  and  Tens  are  thrown  afide:  He  that  wins,  muft  take 
five  Tricks,  or  four  when  the  other  five  are  divided ,  fo  as 
one  have  two,  and  the  other  three. 

The  Game  of  Omhre  is  borrow'd  from  the,  Spaniards  ^ 
and  requires  all  the  Phlegm  and  Gravity  of  that  People  in 
the  playing.  The  Name  fignifies  as  much  as  the  Game  of 
Man  5  Ombre,  or  Homhra,  in  Spunijh,  fignifying  Man,  in  al- 
lufion  to  the  Thought,  and  Attention  requir'd  herein.  We 
fhall  here  give  an  Idea  of  the  Oeconomy  thereof. 

In  Ombre  by  three  j  after  the  Cards  are  dealt,  if  none  of 
the  Parties  think  their  hand  ftrong  enough  to  attempt  for 
the  Stake  or  Game,  they  oXlpafs-,  and,  after  fomething 
put  down  to  the  former  Stake,  deal  over  again.    If  any 

will 


OMB 


C  66i  ) 


OMO 


\yiU  attempt  for  ir,  he  henceforth  Is  call'd  the  Ombre  j  and 
the  other  two  become  leagued  together,  like  two  Partners  at 
Whislt,  to  defend  it  againii  him.  Note,  each  has  the  re- 
iufal  of  being  Omhre,  according  to  his  Order  of  Seniority. 

I'here  are  two  ways  of  his  undertaking  for  the  Game  : 
In  the  firll,  which  is  the  moft  ufual,  after  chufing  what  he 


beaten,  are  to  be  feafon'd  with  Salt  and  Pepper,  and  rhes 
fried  in  Butter  made  boiling  hot .-  This  done,  Gravy  to 
be  poured  on,  and  the  whole  ftrew'd  with  Chives  and 
Faruey  /bred  fmall.  When  one  fide  is  fried  enough,  it  is 
to  be  turn'd  on  the  other. 

There        2X^0  Omelets  zohh  Sugar Tar ced  Omelets -j  Ome- 


will  have  Trumps,  he  difcards,  or  lays  afide  what  number    lets  the  Turhfj  way,  ^c. 
-■  ■    —  ■      •    -         ■  in  their  lieu  takes  an  equal       OMEN,  a  Sign,  or  Indication  of  fomethin 


Future,  ta- 


of  his  Cards  he  pleafes,  and  in  their  lieu  takes  an  equal  -  r 

Number  from  the  remainder  of  the  Pack ;  the  like  do  the  ten  from  the  Mouth  of  a  Perfon  fpeaking. 
other  two.    The  other  way  is,  when  he  dare  truft  to  his       ^'^Z-'"  derives  the  Word  Omm  from  Oremev,  qnod  fit  ore, 

own  Hand,  and  therefore  declines  to  difcard,  or  change  See  Augury. 

any  Cards,  but  leaves  that  to  the  others  i  which  is  call'd        Omen   Fr^rogathum,  among  the  Ro7najis,  was  the  Vote 

■pUy ma  favs  Prendre  :     If  he  gains  the  Point  in  this  latter  of"  ihefirft  Tribe  or  Century,  in  their  Comitia. 
Cafe,  he  reaps  fomewhat  extraordinary,  more  than  in  the       When  a  Law,  ^c.  was  propofed  or  an  Eleflion  to  be 

£j.j^^  made,  an  Urn  was  brought  in  to  the  Prlcrts  there  prefent. 

If  he  fail,  he  is  Hiid  to  be  heaJJed  j  and  the  Failure  is  into  which  were  call  the  Names  of  the  Tribes,  or  Centu- 

cali'd  a  Remife,  or  Re}.uejie  ;  and  if  one  of  the  Defenders  of  ries,  or  Curiae  5  as  the  Comhia  were  either  Trihuta,  or  Ceiitu- 

the  Stake  win  more  Tricks  than  he,  he  is  faid  to  win  Codiile,  riaia,  or  Curiam.    And  the  Lots  being  drawn,  that  Tribe, 


and  lakes  up  the  Stake  the  Omhre  play'd  for  :  And  in  both 
cafes,  the  (hnhre  is  to  forfeit  the  Value  of  the  Stake  play'd 
for  to  the  Board. 

If  the  Ofttire  win  all  the  nine  Tricks  j  it  is  call'd  win- 
ning the  Fole^  and  he  reaps  doubly  5  and  if  he  attempt  it, 
and"  mifcarry,  he  fuft'crs  proportionably.  The  Overfights, 
and  Irregularities  committed  in  the  courfe  of  the  Game, 
are  call'd  Beajies^  and  fubjeii  the  Perfons  chargeable 
iherewiih  to  Forfeirures- 

Laftly,  as  to  the  Order  and  Value  of  the  Cards  at  Ow/>re, 
it  is  to  be  obferv'd,  that  the  Ace  of  Spades,  call'd  Sj>adille, 
is  always  the  firrt  or  higheft  Trump,  in  whatever  Suit  the 
Trump  be  j  the  Duce  of  Trumps,  when  Trumps  is  of  either 
of  the  black  Colours  5  or  the  Seven,  ifof  the  black,  is  the  fe- 
cond  Trump,  and  call'd  A^.i«i//c  j  the  Ace  of  Clubs,  call'd 
Bajlo,  the  third  3  and  if  either  of  the  red  Suits  be  Trump, 
the  Ace  of  that  Suit,  call'd  Pi'jjw,  the  fourth.  The  reft  in  the 
blatkSuits  are  valued  according  to  the  following  Order,  -viz. 
K,ing,  Queen,  Knave,  Seven,  Six,  Five,  Four,  and  Three. 
In  the  red  Suits  they  follow  thus  5  King,  Queen,  Knave, 
Duce,  Three,  Four,  Five,  and  Six. 

The  three  firft,  or  principal  Trumps,  are  call'd  Maia- 
dores  i  which  have  this  Privilege,  that  they  are  not  obliged 
to  attend  an  inferior  Trump  when  it  leads  5  but  for  want  of 
another  fmall  Trump,  the  Perfon  may  renounce  Trumps, 
and  playany  other  Card.  Add,  that  if  the  three 'Matadores 
be  in  the  hands  of  the  Omhre,  in  cafe  he  be  beafted,  he  is 
to  forfeit  for  'cm  j  or,  if  he  gain  his  Point,  he  is  to  have  a 
confideration  for  'em  5  but  for  nothing  lefs  than  three. 
And  it  muft  be  further  noted,  that  the  Trumps  immediate- 
ly fucceedlng  thefe,  -viz.  Punto,  King,  Queen,  ^c.  if  they 
befound  in  the  fame  hand  with  the  former,  are  alfo  re- 
puted as  iWflf«(/(?m,  and  to  be  allowed,  or  forfeited  for  like 
the  reft  :  And  this  as  low  as  the  Sequence  reaches  with- 
out interruption. 

There  are  fome  Varieties  In  the  manner  of  playing  the 


Century,  ^c.  whofe  Name  came  up  firif,  was  call'd  Tri 
hus,  or  Ceutiirhi  Tr.erogativay  becaufc  their  Voices  were  ask'd 
firlt.  And  fo  much  did  the  Romans  depend  on  this  Prero- 
gative Century,  that  the  rell  generally  foUow'd  them. 
Hence  a  Pcrfun  who  had  the  Voices  of  the  Prerogative, 
was  faid  to  have  the  Frerogathe  Omcu. 

OMENTUM,  in  Anatomy,  :hc  Caul,  Epiploon,  Rete,  or 
Rcticidum^  a  fat,  thin  Membrane  fpread  over  the  In- 
teftlnes,  and  following  them  In  all  their  Sinuofities.  See 
Intestines. 

It  reaches  from  the  bottom  of  the  Stomach  (to  which  it 
is  connefted)  to  the  Navel,  at  which  it  ordinarily  termi- 
nates i  tho  in  fume  SubjeiSs  it  goes  further,  fo  as  upon  a 
Rupture  of  the  Perstaiiieum^  to  fall  into  the  Scrotum.  Be- 
fides  the  Stomach,  it  is  fallen'd  to  tlie  concave  Part  of  the 
Liver,  the  back-fide  of  the  Duodenum,  part  of  the  Colon^ 
the  Back,  and  the  Spleen  ;  its  other  Extremity  to  the  fmall 
Guts. 

Its  Form  refembles  that  of  a  Pouch,  or  Sachel,  which 
maybe  inflated  with  a  Blowpipe  to  the  Capacity  of  a 
Gallon. 

Its  Subftance  is  membranous,  confifiing  of  two  Leaves^ 
or  Coats,  between  which,  and  on  the  Surfaces  of  which, 
are  innumerable  Veins,  Arteries,  Nerves,  and  Fafa  Mt~ 
foj'a^  or  Pat  VelTels,  varioufly  interwove,  and  by  their  In- 
t£rfe£lions  dividing  the  Part  into  a  Multitude  of  little  JreoU 
refembling  the  Maflies  of  a  fine  Net  j  whence  its  Name, 
Ret-. 

The  Fat,  in  its  proper  Dac\s,  running  along  with  the 
other  Vefiels,  renders  thefe  yireol^e  very  obfcure ;  while 
the  intermediate  Spaces  are  fili'd  with  a  tranfparent  Mem- 
brane, full  of  fmall  Holes  ;  fo  that  the  whole  appears  a 
beautiful  kind  of  Net.  Its  Arteries  come  from  the  f>/;flc 
and  Mejhirerics,  and  its  Veins  run  to  the  Forta^  and  are  call'd 
£^ipIoiC'^  ;  its  Nerves  from  the  Intercuflals. 

The  Far,  heic,  as  in  the  Mernbr.im  Adifofa,  is  either 


GameofO.«Are;  Sometimes  he  who  htis>S^.ifi;//e,  is  cblig'd    broyght  by  the  Dufts  into  the  Jd'^foje  Cells,  or  deliver'd 


play,  let  his  Game  be  ever  fo  bad  ;  which  is  call'd 
Force  Sp.-'.diHs.  Sometimes,  when  all  have  pafs'd,  a  Perfon 
undercAt:s  the  Game  on  condition  of  difcarning,  and  ma- 
king up  his  hand  e'er  he  names  Trump ;  which  is  call'd 

G.{lcnrii!e. 

in  Omhn-  hyj\-je,  which  fome  even  prefer  to  that  hy  thxs, 
as  not  requiring  fo  much  Attention  ;  only  eight  Cards  a- 
plece  are  dealt ;  and  five  Tricks  muft  be  vt'on,  otherwife 
the  O'uheis  heajied. 

Here  the  I'erfon  who  undertakes  the  Game,  after  naming 
the  Trump,  calls  a  King  to  his  Affiftance  ;  upon  which, 
the  Pcn'oii  In  whofe  hand  the  KIngis,  without  difcovering 
himfelf,  Is  to  aflKl  him  as  a  Partner,  and  to  /hare  his  Fate. 
If  between  both,  they  can  m^ike  five  Tricks,  the  Ombre 
wins ;  and  then  the  auxiliary  King  Jhares  the  Spoil  j  and 
like  verfa. 

If  the  Omhre  venture  the  Game  without  calling  in  any 
King  i  this  too  Is  call'd  playing f>"e7i(/re  ;  in  which  cafe 
tlic  other  four  are  all  againrt  him,  and  he  muft  win  five 
Tricks  alone,  or  be  heajied.  The  reft  is  much  the  fame  as 
ly  three  ;  mutatis  mutajid'n. 

Ombr-e  de  Sole} I,  in  Heraldry,  Sh^dowof  the  Sun,  \s  when 
,  fo,  as  that  the  Eyes,  Nofc, 


from  rheCells  into  the  DuCls  5  for  the  Fineneis  of  the  Vef- 
fel:^,  £S?<:.  renders  their  Courfe  exceeding  difiicult  to  trace  : 
'Tiseven  doubted  whether  or  no  they  be  hollow.  M.i/pi^hi, 
and  many  others.  Incline  to  the  former  Opinion  ;  and  take 
the  Omentum  to  be  nothing  elfe  but  a  large  Pouch,  full  of 
innumerable  little  ones,  fiird  with  Fat;  they  add,  that  the 
DuBus  Jdipofi  are  real  Veff,'ls  arlfing  out  of  the  Omentttmy 
and  fpreading  thcmfelves,  by  means  of  the  Mcfuhrana  Adi- 
fofat  throughout  the  whole  Body  j  diftributing  Fat  to  every 
Part,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  Arteries  diftrlbute  Blood; 
See  Fat  and  Ductus  Jd'foji. 

The  particular  Ufe  of  the  Omentum  is  to  promote  the 
Periflaltic  Motion  of  the  Guts,  by  lubricating  them  with 
its  oily  Subftance,  which  tranfudes  thro'  itsPoresj  and  by 
following  them  in  their  Doublings  and  Windings,  to  fcrve 
as  a  BoUter  to  fllde  upon  ;  and  by  filling  up  their  Hollows, 
preventing  their  being  too  much  diftended  with  Flatulencies 
yet  giving  way  to  them  when  replete  with  Aliment.  ' 

Ttie  Omentum  is  fingle  in  all  Animals,  excepting  Mon- 
keys, in  which  it  is  triple  or  quadruple. 

OMOPHORIUM,  a  llule  Clo:,k,  antlently  wore  by  the 
Bifliops,  over  their  Shoulders  i  thereby  to  reprefent  the 
good  Shepherd  who  brings  home  the  ilray'd  Sheep  on  his 


the  Sun  Is  borne  in  Armoury,     .  ,    .  , 

and  Mouth,  which  at  other  times  are  reprefented,  do  not  Shoulde; 
appear.  For  this  reafon  it  was  put  off  at  the  opening  of  the  Gof- 

OMELET,  a  Fricaftee,  or  Preparation  of  Eggs,  with  pels,  becaufe  then  the  true  Shepherd  Jeius  Chrift,  wasfup- 


other  Ingredients  in  a  Pan  5  very  ufual  in  Spain. 

"Menage  derives  the  Word  from  the  Italian  Jmmella^ 
little  Soul  ;  which,  he  fays,  that  People  ufe  for  the  nice 
i^its  among  the  Entrails  of  Fowls,  £^c.  ufed  for  Fricaffees, 
as  Livers,  Heart?,  Kidneys,  Gizzards,  ^c.  From  whence, 
by  refemblance,  is  form 'd  Jmelene,  a  Frlcaffee  of  Eggs  ; 
Tho  Tripod  derives  the  Word  from  a.ua.,  together,  and 
},vii\.,  to  dilute,  moiften,  mix  ;  and  M.  de  la  "Motte  le 
Vaycr  ^rom  the  French  Oeuf,  Egg,  3.ndmelez^  mingled. 

The  Forms  of  Omelets  are  various  :  A  noted  Author  in 
this  way,  prefers  the  following  one. 


pofed  prefent  in  Perfon. 

Some  confound  the  Omophorium  with  the  FaUium  wore  by 
the  Patriarchs  ;  but  there  was  this  difference,  that  the 
Fallmn  was  a  long  Cloak,  of  Purple,  and  was  peculiarly  re- 
ferved  for  Patriarchs  j  tho  fince  given  to  fome  Biihops  by 
way  of  diftintlion.  SeePALLiuM. 

The  Word  is  pure  Greek,  form'd  from  ^T^uof,  Shoulder, 
and  ip^c-j,  I  carry. 

OMOPLATE,  in  Anatomy,  is  ufed  in  the  general  for 
the  Shoulder  ;  but,  particularly  for  two  Bones  fituate  on 
The  Eggs  being   the  hind  part  of  the  upper  Ribs,  one  on  each  fide, 

8  F  Thefe 


ONI 


(  66%  ) 


ONO 


Thefe  Bones  arc  broad,  and  efpecially  In  the  middle;  ONIROCRITIC, 

thick  in  their  Jpophyfcs  j  of  a  rriangular  Form,  concave  Dreams,  orthofewho 

within,  and  convex  without?  and  are  join'd  to  the  Cla-  flances  of  Dreams. 

vicies  and  Arms.  The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  m'tg^s.  Bream. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  uy.'^^  Shoulder,  and  Jtewf,  'Judgmens.  ' 


a  Title  given  to  Interpreters  of 
judge  of  Events  from  the  Circum- 

and 


'Ti-Ka.Tuiy  broad, 

OMPANORATE,  the  Title  bore  by  the  Priefis  of  the 
Ifland  of  Mada^afcar. 

Thefe  are  the  School-Mafters  of  the  Country,  and  teach 
■^iralac  and  Writing.  They  have  feveral  Books,  but  none 
of  them  contain  more  than  fome  Chapter  of  the  Jlcoraii, 
and  a  few  pbyfical  Recipes. 

They  are  divided  into  feveral  Orders,  bearing  fome  Re- 
fembiance  to  our  Ecclefiaftical  Dignities  :  As  Omhla(fe^ 
Secretary,  or  Phyfician  ;  Tibon,  Subdcacon  ;  Mouladzi, 
Deacon  ;  Faquihi,  Prielt  ;  Catibon^  BiJhop  ;  Lamiamaha^ 
■Archbi/Iiop;  Ompiifiijinli,  Prophets  or  Diviners ;  Sahaki 
Calif,  or  Chief  of  the  Religion. 

The  Ompanorates  deal  much  in  Talifmans,  and  other 
Charms,  which  they  call  Hitidzi,  and  which  they  fell  to 
the  Grandtes  of  the  Place.  They  alfo  make  little  Scatues 
or  Images,  call'd  Aidi.,  which  they  confult  as  Oracles  ; 
and  to  which  they  afcribe  various  Powers  ;  as  the  making 
rich,  deflroying  Enemies,  £^c.  They  have  public  Schools, 
where  ihey  teach  their  Superllitions  and  Sortileges.  The 


There  is  no  great  regard  to  be  had  to  thofe  Greek  Books 
call  d  Oairocriiics  ;  nor  do  we  know  why  the  Patriarch  of 
Cojjfiamimj>le  and  others  ihould  amufe  themfclves  with 
writing  on  fo  pitiful  a  Subjeit, 

Rigaiili  has  given  us  a  Colieaion  of  the  Greek  and  Latin 
Works  of  this  kind;  one  attributed  to  JJirampj}chiif,  ano- 
ther to  Mce/^Wj  Patriarch  of  Cmfianthio^le ;  to  which  are 
added  the  Treatifes  of  Anemidorm^  and  Jchmet.  But  the 
Books  themfeWes  are  little  elfe  but  Reveries  ;  a  kind  of 
waking  Dreams,  to  explain  and  account  for  lleeping  ones. 

The  Secret  of  Omrocriticifiit,  according  to  them  all,  con- 
fifls  in  the  Relation  fuppofed  to  be  between  the  Dream,  and 
the  Thing  fignify'd  ;  but  they  are  far  from  keeping  to  the 
Relations  of  Agreement  and  Similitude  ;  and  frequently 
have  recourfe  to  others  of  Dlffimilitude,  and  Contrariety. 

ONIX,  or  Onyx,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  a  precious  Stone 
accounted  a  Species  of  Opake  Agat.  See  Precious  Stone* 
Agat,  ^c.  ' 

Its  Colours  are  ufually  white  and  black,  which  appear 
as  diftina  as  if  laid  on  by  Art.    There  are  fome  brought 


Ompnfiquih  praitife  Neomancy,  and  are  moltly  confulted  from  Jrcibia^  mix'd  with  a  greyifli  Hue;   which,  after  ta- 

on  Difcafes,  and   the  Succefs  of  Affairs  ;    refolving  all  king  off  one  Lay  or  Zone,  fhew  another  underneath   of  a 

Quedions  by  Figutcs  drawn  on  a  little  Table,  cover'd  with  different  Colour.    Whence  it  takes  the  Name  Memphites  or 

Sand,  Camekiia,  q.  d.  another  Stone.    White  Zones  or  Girdles  are 

OMPHACIN,  in  Pharmacy,  akindofOil,  pretended  to  effential  to  an  Onix. 

be  drawn  from  Olives  while  yet  green,  and  four  ;  but  Fo-  The  Word  Ojiix,  m  the  Greek  Language,  fignifies  Nail; 

met  charges  it  as  an  Impoiture  ;  adding,  that  Olives  yield  the  Poets  making  this  Srone  to  have  l^een  form'd  by  the 

no  Oil  at  all  till  perfectly  ripe.    See  Oil  and  Olive  p--.--  f~ — „  n;!..,      r^.  >.t...i  ^.    „     .  ., 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  oi^-ps.^ 
Grapi 


Farc^,  from  a  Piece  of  Fe?:iis's  Nails,  cut  off  by  Cwp/rfwith 
one  of  his  Arrows. 

Diofcorides  and  Galen  rank  Alabafter  among  the  number 
of  Onix's  ;  tho'  this  is  very  remote  from  the  Sentiment  of 
the  Moderns.    See  Alabaster. 

ONKOIOMY,  in  Chirurgery,  the  Operation  of  open- 
ing a  Tumor,  nr  Abfcefs;  from  the  Greek  oyxof,  Tumors  and 
Tijwi'sj,  lent.    See  Tumor,  ^c. 

ONOMANCY,  or  NoMANCY,  rhe  Arc  of  divining  the 
good  ur  evil  Fortune  to  befall  a  Man,  from  the  Letters  of 
'Tis  otherwife  call'd  Exomfhalus,   See    which  is  his  Name.    See  Name. 

Ommajitia  was  a  very  popular  and  reputable  Praflice  a- 


unnpe 


OIVIPHALOCELE,  in  Medicine,  a  kind  of  Herma,  or 
Tumor,  in  the  Navel  5  arifing  like  other  Hernia's  from  a 
Relaxation  or  Rupture  of  the  Fsriton^tun.    See  Her- 

NZA. 

Its  remoter  Caufes  are  violent  Strains,  loud  Cries,  abun- 
dance of  ferous  Humuur,  difficult  Delivery,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  'o^^qtAhov^  Navel, 
and  xiAif,  Tumor. 

ExOMPlIALUS. 


OiWPHALO-Me/eKtcnV,   in   Anatomy.    All  Fxttis^s  are  mong  the  Anticnts  :  Fythagoreans  taught,  that  the 

wrap'd  in  at  leall  two  Coats,  or  Membranes  ;  mofl  of  Minds,  Aflions  and  Succeffes  of  Men,  were  according  ta 

them  have  a  third,  call'd  x/Z/cKfoff/e;,  or  Urinary.    Some,  as  their  Fate,  Genius,  and  Name  ;  and  Flata  himfclf  feems 

the  Dog,  Cat,  Hare,  t^c.  have  a  fourth,  which  has  two  fumewhat  inclinable  to  the  fame  Opinion.    ^(</o;;;»j  expref- 


Blood-Veffels,  W2-.  a  Vein  and  an  Artery,  call'd  Omfhalo- 
We/e;;imc(,  becaufe  paffing  along  the  String  to  the  Nave]» 
and  terminating  in  th&  Mejmtery.    See  Foetus,  Secun- 

DINE,  ^t. 

OMPHALOPTIC,  in  Optics,  a  Glafs  that  is  convex 
on  both  fides,  popularly  call'd  a  Convex-Lens,  See  Con- 
vex-Z.c;;j. 

ONANIA,  and  Onanism,  Terms  fome  late  Emperics 
have  framed  to  denote  the  Crime  of  S^'lf-pollution  ;  men- 
tioned in  Scripture  to  have  been  praftiftd  by  0/ia}:,  and 
puniflied  in  him  with  Death.  'Tis  the  fame  with  what  in 
other  places  of  Scripture,  particularly  Lei^ir.  ch.  xx.  is  call'd 
giving  of  Seed  to  Moloch -y  for  which  the  Puni/hment  allot- 
red  is  ironing  to  Death.    See  Pollution. 

ONDEE,  in  Heraldry,  fee  Wavy. 

ONERANDO  fro  rata  FortioTzis,  a  Writ  which  lies  for 
a  Joint-Tenant,  or  Tenant  in  Common,  when  diitrain'd  for 
more  K^iut  than  the  Proportion  of  his  Land  comes  to. 

ONGLEE,  is  ufed  by  the  French  Heralds  to  denote  the 
Tali;ns  or  Claws  of  Bealts  or  Birds,  when  of  Colours  diffe- 
rent from  the  Body. 

ONIROCRATIA,  in  Divination,  the  Art  of  Expound- 
ing Dreams.    See  Dream,  Divination,  i^c. 


fes  it  to  FrohuSf  thus ; 

Qualem  creavit  Morthics, 
^itj/it  vocari  Nomine, 
Mitndi  ftifre-inus  Jrhiter. 

Thus  he  plays  with  tippling  Meroe,  as  tho'  her  Name  told 
Ihc  would  drink  mere  Wine,  without  Water,  or,  as  he  calls 
it,  Merum  Mentm.  Thus  Hippohttts  was  oblerved  to  be  torn 
in  pieces  by  his  Coach-Horfes,  as  his  Name  imported ;  and 
thus  Agamemjioit  fignify'd  he  fhould  linger  long  before 
Troy.  Frlam^  that  he  Hiould  be  redeem 'd  uut  of  Bondage 
in  his  Childhood.  Hitherto  may  be  alfo  referred  that  of 
Claudius  Kutiliits: 

Nominihiis  certis  credam  decurrere  'Mores  ? 
l^hr.'btts  aut  potitts  Nomina  cejtiz  duri^. 

'Tis  a  frequent  Obfervation  in  Hiftory,  that  the  greateft 
Empires  and  States  have  been  founded  and  deliroy'd  by 
Men  of  the  fame  Name.  ThuiCyifs,  the  Son  of  Camhyfes^ 
begun  the  Terfan  Monarchy  ;  and  Cyrus^  the  Son  of  D.h7kj, 
ruin'd  it.    Darius^  Son  of  Hyfiaffes,  reflored  it;  and  again. 


it  appears  from  feveral  Puffages  o'  Scripture,  that  there    Darius,  Son  of  .■Jrca7ius,  utterlv  overthrew  it.     Fhilip  Son 


was,  under  the  ^e-aiJJj  Difpcnfation,  fuch  a  thing  as  fore- 
telling future  Events  by  Dreams  5  but  then  there  was  a 
particular  Gsfr,  or  Revelation  required  fur  that  purpofe. 

It  iliould  fecm  hence,  that  Dreams  are  really  fignifica- 
tive,  and  do  forebode  fomething  to  come  ;  and  all  that  is 
wanting  among  us  is  the  Onirocratia,  the  Art  ef  knowing 
what  :  yet  'tis  the  Opinion  of  many,  that  Dreams  are  mere 
Chimera's;  bearing,  indeed,  fome  Relation  to  what  has 
pafs'd,  but  none  to  what  is  to  come.  Ai.  to  the  Cafe  of 
^cfeph,  'twas  poflible  for  God,  who  knew  all  things,  to 
difcover  to  him  what  was  in  the  Womb  ofFate  ;  and'to  in- 
troduce that,  he  might  take  the  occafion  of  a  Dream  :  Not 
but  that  he  might  as  well  have  foretold  it  from  any  other 
Accident  or  Circumilance  whatever.  UnlefsGod,  to  give 
the  Matter  more  weight,  fiiould  purpofcly  communi'cave 
fuch  a  Dream  to  Fharaoh,  in  order  to  fall  in  with  the  popu- 
lar Notions  of  Dreams  and  Divination,  which  then  prevail'd 
among  the  Eiyfttans. 

The  word  Onirocratia  Is  form'd  from  the  Greek  he-^jt. 
Dream,  and  «fa,7^A',  I  poffefs. 


oi  Jtnintas,  exceedingly  enlarged  the  Kingdom  of  hlacedo- 
nia ;  and  FbiHf,  Son  of  Jntigonus,  wholly  loft  it.  Ai- 
gtijius  was  the  fini  Emperor  of  Rotne,  JugujiulHs  the  laft. 
Conjiantine  firil  fettled  the  Empire  of  Conjiantim^hi  and 
Conjtantine  \o{\  it  wholly  to  the  Turks. 

'Tis  an  Obfervation  of  the  like  kind,  that  fome  Names 
are  conllantiy  unfortunate  to  Princes  ;  As  Cji«j  among  the 
Romans  j  ^ohn  m  Fraiice,  England,  and  Scotland  j  and  Henry 
in  France. 

One  of  the  great  Rules  of  Onomancy  among  the  Fythago- 
reans,  was.  That  an  even  Number  of  Vowels  in  a  Name 
fignify'd  an  Imperfeflion  in  the  left  Side  of  the  Man  ;  and 
an  odd  Number,  in  the  right.  Another  Rule  was,  that 
thofe  Perfons  were  the  moft  happy,  in  whofe  Names  the 
Numeral  Letters,  added  together,  made  the  greateft  Sum  ; 
for  which  reafon,  fay  they,  it  was  that  y/cbi!les  vanqui/h'd 
BeBor-y  the  NuiTieral  Letters  in  the  former  Name  amount- 
ing, forfi^oth,  to  a  greater  Number  than  in  the  tatter. 

And  it  was  doubtlefs  from  a  Principle  much  of  the  fame 
kind,  that  the  young  Romzns  toafted  their  Miftreffes  at 

their 


OP  A 


their  Meetings,  as  often  as  there  were  Letters  in  their 
Names.    Thus  Martial, 

Niivia  fcx  Cyathis,  f extern  ^tijiina  hihatur, 

RhodeglntiS  defcribes  a  Angular  kind  of  ()nomantia  :  Thus 
Theodotus,  King  of  the  Coths,  being  curious  to  know  the 
Succefs  of  his  Wars  againil  the  RGmans-j  an  Onomantical 
^eza  order'd  him  to  fhut  up  a  Number  of  Swine  in  little 
Styes,  and  to  give  fome  of  them  Roman,  to  others,  Gothic 
NiimeS)  with  different  Marks  to  diilinguifh  them;  and 
there  to  keep  them  to  a  certain  Diy.  which  being  come, 
upon  infpeding  the  Styes,  they  found  thofcdcad,  to  whom 
the  Gothic,  and  ihofe  alive,  to  whom  the  Roman  Names  were 
given  :  Upon  which  the  ^e^"  foretold  the  Defeat  of  the 
Goths. 

The  Word  Onnmantia  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  Ivoua., 
Name,  and  fiavnia.,  Dt-v'matlon.  Indeed  there  is  fomcching 
fmgular  in  the  Etymology:  for,  in  ilricfnefs,  Onomancy 
ihould  fignify  Divination  by  Jjp:s  i  from  op©-,  Jfmus,  and 
M.vTita..  And  to  fignify  Diviiiatton  hy  l^amc!-,  it  fhould  be 
0-io»iatamancy. 

ONOMATOPjEA,  in  Grammar,  £^c.  a  Figure  of 
Speech,  wht-reby  Names  and  Words  are  form'd  to  the  Re- 
femblance  of  the  Din  or  Sound  made  by  the  Thing  figni- 
fy'd  3  o^sT-yicrjue-Track,  from  the  Noife  the  Ladies  make  at 
this  G-ime  :  And  from  the  fame  Source  arifes  the  Bu!z,z,i}ig 
of  Bees,  the  Grimting  of  Hogs,  the  Cackling  of  Hens,  the 
i>20f;7r^  of  People  alleep,  theCV-i/j;»^  of  Arms,  £5?c. 

The  furelt  Etymologies  are  thofe  deduced  by  the  Onotna- 
topyia.    See  Etymology. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  cvofm.  Name,  and 
'KTs/w,  fnvz^n,  1  make,  feign. 

ONONYCHITES,  fomething  that  has  the  Hoofs,  that 
is,  the  Feet  of  an  Jfs:  A  Name  the  Heathens,  in  the 
{iri\  Century,  gave  the  God  of  the  Chrillians,  becaufe  they 
owned  and  adored  the  fame  God  with  the  'Jezijs.  Now 
'twas  a  Notion,  (howloever  it  had  its  Riie)  as  appears  from 
Cor.TncituF,  f-Ji/L  lih.'j.  c.i6.  That  ihc  lfr.ielites,  much  af- 
fli£led  with  Thirii,  were  led  to  a  Spring  by  an  Afs  going  to 
drink  ;  and  that  in  gratitude  tor  the  Benefit,  they  wor/hip- 
pedan  Afs;  and  that  the  Chrifiians  did  fo  likewife.  See 
Terttill.  y^pol. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ov&y  yffs,  and  oW^, 
Hoof. 

ONTOLOGY,  orONTosoPHY,  the  Dotlrine,  or  Know- 
ledge de  EntCi  of  Beingy  in  the  General,  or  Abrirad.  See 
Ens. 

Ontology  coincides  with  what  in  the  Schools  we  more  u- 
fually  call  Metaphyficks.    See  Metaphysicks. 

ONYCOMANCY,  or  as  fome  have  it,  Onymancy,  a 
kind  of  Divination  by  means  of  the  Nails  of  the  Fingers. 
Sec  Nail, 

Thf  antient  Pra£lice  was  to  rub  the  Nails  of  a  Youth 
with  Oi!  :'nd  Soot,  or  Wax  ;  and  to  hold  up  the  Nails  thus 
rubbed  againil  the  Sun.  Upon  them  were  fuppofed  to  appear 
i'igurcs  or  Charaifer':,  which  fhew'd  the  Thing  requir'd. 

Hence,  our  modern  Ctiiromancers  call  that  Branch  of 
their  Art,  which  relates  to  the  Infpedion  of  Nails,  O/ryco- 
)>i.u!cy. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  hi/^.  Nail,  and 
f^MVTiia,  Divination. 

OPACITY,  in  Philofophy,  a  Quality  of  fome  Bodies, 
which  renders  them  Opake,  i.  e.  impervious  to  the  Rays 
oT  Light.    See  Light. 

The  Term  Opacity  is  ufed  inoppofition  to  Tranfparency, 
See  Transparkncy. 

OjHuity,  according  to  Cartejians,  confifls  in  this,  that 
the  Pores  of  the  Body  are  not  alt  iirait,  or  diredly  before 
each  other  i  or  rather,  not  pervious  every  way. 

But  this  Dodlrine  is  deficient;  for  tho'  it  mufl  be  al- 
low'd  that  to  have  a  Body  tranfparent,  its  Pores  muff  be 
ftraight,  or  rather,  open  every  way:  Yet  how  it  fhould 
happen,  that  not  only  Glals  and  Diamonds,  but  even 
Water,  whofe  Parts  are  fo  very  moveable,  fhould  have 
all  their  Pores  open  and  pervious  every  way  ;  and  at  the 
fame  time,  the  finefl  Paper,  or  the  thinned  Gold  Plate 
Jliould  exclude  the  Light  frir  want  of  fuch  Pores,  is  incon- 
ceivable. So  that  another  Caufe  of  Opacity  mufl  be 
found. 

Now,  all  Bndies  have  vaftly  more  Fores  or  Vacuities, 
than  are  neceffary  for  an  infinite  Number  of  Rays  to  find 
a  free  PafTage  thro  them  in  right  Lines,  without  flriking 
on  any  of  the  Parts  themfelves.  For  lince  Water  is  nineteen 
times  lighter,  i.  e.  rarer,  than  Gold;  and  yet  Gold  it/elf 
is  fo  very  rare,  that  Magnetic  Effluvia  pafs  freely  rhro'  it 
without  any  oppofition  ;  and  Quickfilver  is  readily  receiv'd 
within  its  Farts,  and  even  Water  itfelf  bv  ComprefTinn,  it 
mud  have  much  more  Pores  than  folid  Parts  :  Confe- 
quently.  Water  mufl  have  at  leaft  forty  limes  as  much  Va- 
cuity as  Solidity.    See  Pore. 


{663  ) 


OP  A 


The  Ciufc  therefore  why  fcme  Bodies  are  cfah,  does 
not  confift  II,  the  want  of  reflilinear  fores,  pervious  every 
way  ;  but,  either  m  the  unequal  D.nfity  of  the  Parts  ;  or  in 
the  Magnitude  of  the  Pores,  and  being  either  emptv,  or  fill'd 
with  a  different  Matter  ;  by  means  whereof  the  Rays  of 
Light,  in  their  Paffage,  are  arreiled  by  innumerable  Re- 
fradions  and  ReHexions;  till,  falling  at  length  on  fome 
folid  Part,  they  become  quite  extinCf,  and  are  utterly 
abforb'd.    See  Ray  and  Refraction. 

Hence  Cork,  Paper,  Wood,  iSc.  are  opake;  while  Glafs 
Diamonds,  are  pellucid.  For  in  the  Confines,  or  join- 
ing of  Parts  alike  in  Denfity,  fuch  as  thofe  of  Glafs,  Water 
Diamonds,  S?c.  among  themfelves ;  there  arifes  no' Refrac- 
tion or  Rcfleflion,  by  reafon  of  the  equal  Aitraflion  c- 
very  way.  So  that  fuch  of  the  Rays  of  Light  as  enter 
the  firft  Surface,  pafs  ilriight  thro'  the  Body;  excepting 
fuch  as  are  lott  and  abforb'd,  by  Hriking  on  folid  Parts. 
But  in  the  bordcting  of  Parts  unequal  in  Denfity ;  fuch  as 
thofe  of  Wood  and  Paper,  both  with  regard  to  themfelves, 
and  with  regard  to  the  Air  or  empty  Space  in  their  larger 
Pores,  the  Attraflion  being  unequal,  the  Refli-clions  and 
Refraftions  will  be  very  great;  thus  ihe  Kays  will  be 
unable  to  pafs  thro'  fuch  Bodies,  being  continually  bandied 
about,  till  they  become  extinfl.    See  Attraction,  Ji;c. 

That  this  Interruption,  or  Difcontinuity  of  Parts,  is  tha 
chief  Caufe  of  Opacity,  Sir  IJ.i.w  Nmto,,  argues  to  ap- 
pear hence,  that  all  opake  Bodies  immediately  begin  to  be 
tranfparent,  when  their  Pores  become  fill'd  with  a  Sub- 
flanceof  equal,  or  almoftequal  Denfity  with  their  Parts: 
Thus  Paper  dipt  in  Water  or  Oil,  the  Stone  call'd  OckIus 
MmJi  I'ecp'd  in  Water,  Linnen  Cloth  dipt  in  Oil  or  Vine- 
gar, and  other  Subftances  foak'd  in  fuch  Fluids  as  will  in- 
timately pervade  their  linle  Pores,  become  more  tranfpa- 
rent than  before.  On  the  contrary,  the  moil  tranfparent 
Subllances,  by  emptying  their  Pores,  or  feparating  their 
Parts,  may  be  render'd  very  opake  :  Thus  Salts,  or  wet 
Paper,  or  Ocnlus  M,<nJi,  by  drying  ;  Horn,  by  fcraping  ; 
Glafs,  by  pulverizing  or  flawing ;  and  Water  itfelf,  by 
being  beat  into  Bubbles  or  Froth,  are  render'd  npake. 

Indeed,  to  render  Bodies  opake  and  colour'd,  their  In- 
tcrllices  mull  not  he  lefs  than  of  fome  determinate  Size  : 
For  the  mod  opake  Bodies  that  are,  if  their  Parts  be  very 
minutely  divided,  as  when  Metals  are  divided  In  Acid 
Menftruums,  become  perfeflly  tranfparent.  See  Colour, 
Transparency,  ^c. 

OPAL,  a  precious  Stone,  of  various  Colours.  See  Pre- 
cious StoTie. 

In  it  are  feen  the  Red  of  the  Ruby,  the  Purple  of  tho 
Amethyfl,  the  Green  of  the  Emerald;  befides  Yellow, 
and  fometimcs  Black  and  White. 

When  the  Srone  is  broke,  moft  of  thefe  Colours  difap- 
pear;  which  Ihews  that  they  arife  by  Refleaion  from  one 
or  two  principal  ones. 

Its  Form  is  always  either  round  or  oval ;  its  prevailing 
Colour  white.  Its  Diverfity  of  Colours  makes  it  almoft  of 
equal  Value  with  a  Saphir  or  Ruby. 

Ta-Der}jie)-  fays,  perhaps  fomcwhat  too  pofitively,  that 
there  are  Mines  of  Oj>al  in  Turkey.  Other  Authors,  antient 
and  modern,  fay,  Cyprus,  Ar.^h'ia,  Egypt,  Bohemia,  and  Bun- 
^tiry,  produce  it;  whence  it  is  difiinguilh'd  into  two  kinds, 
Oriejttal  and  Occidcmal.  'Tis  too  k'{t  to  bear  poii/Iiing  with 
Pewter  or  Lead  ;  lb  that  they  arc  obliged  to  poli/li  it  with 
Tripoli. 

Tliny  among  the  Anrients,  and  Tma  and  Alhertus  "Mainui 
among  the  Moderns,  are  very  copious  on  the  Virtues  of  the 
0/--.1/;  forfooth,  becaufe  it  has  the  Colours  of  all  the  o- 
ther  precious  Stones,  it  mud  have  all  their  Virtues  too. 
The  Antients  call'd  it  Paiiicros,  from  its  promoting  Love 
and  Good-Will.  Tliny  and  Solinits  mention  a  Species  of 
Oftil,  call'd  E^ecmitahtha,  which  had  fixty  Colours. 

Artijkial  Or  lr>  xhc  Fbihfiph.TrmfaH.  Mr. Colefeffe 
gives  us  an  account  of  the  manner  of  counterfeiting  Opal, 
as  prafllfed  txt  Harlem.  He  fays,  the  Counterfeit  "is  very 
lively,  and  thinks  it  only  perform'd  by  the  Degrees  of 
Heat,  which  produce  the  Colours.  When  the  Compofition 
is  melted,  they  take  out  fome  on  the  Point  of  an  Iron 
Rod,  uhich  being  cool'd  either  in  the  Air  or  Water,  is  co- 
loutlefs  and  pellucid  ;  but  being  put  into  the  Mo'uth  of 
the  Furnace  on  the  fame  Rod,  and  there  turn'd  by  the 
Hand  for  a  little  fpace,  hath  its  little  Bodies  fo  varioufly 
pofited  in  various  Parts  of  the  fame  Piece,  that  the  Light 
falling  on  them,  being  varioufly  modify'd  thereby,  repre- 
fents  the  feveral  Colours  feen  in  the  natural  Opal.  He 
adds,  the  Colours  may  be  deflroy'd  and  rellored,  according 
to  the  vatious  Motions  of  Its  Particles  by  Heat. 

OPALIA,  or  Op  icoNsiVA,  Feafls  celebrated  at  Rome,  in 
honour  of  the  Goddefs  Ops.  Farro  fays,  they  were  held 
three  days  after  the  Expiration  of  the  Saturnalia. 

According  to  hsacrchius,  they  were  held  the  nineteenth  of 
December^  which  was  one  of  the  Days  of  the  Saturfialia.  He 

adds. 


OPE 


(  6^4  ) 


OPH 


adds,  that  thefe  two  Fealk  were  celebrated  in  the  fame  or  united,  are  feparated,  which  the  antlent  Chyinifls  caU'd 

Month, becauie  Sattmi  and  Ops  were  Husband  and  Wife  ;  and  Solution  j  and  fuch  whereby  the  Parts  before  dif-juined  are 

that  it  was  to  them  we  owe  the  Invention  of  Corn  and  Fruits  :  combined,  or  united,  call'd  Coa^nlatioj! .     See  Solution 

for  which  reafon,  the  Feaft  was  not  held  till  the  Harveft  and  Coagulation. 

and  Fruit-time  were  intirely  over.  Some,  however,  objed  Digeflion  as  a  third  Species  of 

Lal^ly,  he  obferves,  that  the  Vows  offer'd  to  the  God-  Operation,  not  reducible  to  either  of  'em  :    But  hoerhaaz-e 

defs,  were  made  fitting  on  the  Ground^  to /hew  that  IKe  fliews,  that  it  is  a  Compofition  of  both.  See  Digestion, 
wasEarth,  the  Mother  of  all  things.  Molt  Chymilis,  however,  look  on  this  Divifion  as  fcarce 

OPENING  a  Fe(?i,  fee  Bleeding,  accurate  and  minute  enough,  and  fubdivide  it  into  a  num- 

Opening  H«7i/',  in  Fortification,  is  that  part  of  the  ber  of  particular,  or  fubordinate  Of  erflrioHJ  j  a-s  Cahijiatioji^ 

Flank  which  iscover'd  by  the  OriUon,    See  Flank.  Vitri-^catmi.^'DijitUatioji^Snhlimation,  Cohohation,  ^malgamatioyty 

Opening  o/Tj-e«cZ'ej,  is  the  firll:  Breaking  of  Ground  Ferment atio^i ^TutrefaB ion,  ^c.  See  each  in  its  Place,  Cal- 
by  the  Befiegers,  in  order  to  carry  on  their  Approaches  to-  ^r^-.. 


wards  a  Place.  SeeTBENCii 

Opening  of  Gates,  in  Altrology,  is,  when  one  Plariet 
feparatcs  froiTi  another,  and  prefently  applies  to  a  third 
bearing  Rule  in  a  Sign  oppofiie  to  that  ruled  by  the  Planet 
with  which  it  was  join'd. 

OPERA,  aDriimatic  Compofition  fet  toMufic,  and  fung 
on  the  Stage;  accompanied  with  raufical  Inftruments  ;  and 
enrich'd  with  magnificent  Dreflings,  Machines,  and  other 
Decorations, 


CINATION,  Vitrification,  Sublimation,  Distil- 
lation, Fermentation, S^c. 

Operation,  in  Theology,  is  ufed  for  the  Adions  both 
of  the  Word,  and  the  Man,  in  Jefus  Chrirt. 

The  Orthodox  teach,  that  there  are  two  Operations  in 
Jefus  Chriil,  the  one  divine,  the  other  human  5  and  not 
one  Theajidric  Operation,  as  was  the  Doflrlne  of  the  'Mono- 
thelites  and  'Monophyfites.    See  Theandric,  ^c. 

OPERATOR,  in  Medicine,  ^c.  a  Ferfon  who  operates., 
or  works  with  the  Hand,  on  the  human  Body,  to  preferve. 


Brc^ere  fays,  that 'cis  effential  to  the  Oferfl  to  keep  the  or  reflorc,  its  Health. 

Mind,  the  Eye?,  and  Ears  in  an  Enchantment  :    S.  £zirsmond  Thus  we  fay  Operator  for  the  Stone,  meaning  a  Lithotomift, 

calls  the  Of c/.T  a  chimerical  Affemblage  of  Poetry  and  Mu-  or  a  Perfon  who  cuts.    See  Lithotomy.    Operator  for  the 

fic  i  where  the  Poet  and  Mufician  each  cramp  the  other.  -Ey^^,  a  Perfon  who  couches  Catarafls,  ^c.    See  Cata- 

Tht-- OfeiYi  we  derive  from  the  Fe7ietia7is,   among  whom  ract.     Operator  for  the  'teeth,  a  Tooth-Drawer.  Sec 

'tis  held  one  of  the  principal  Glories  of  their  Carneval.  Tooth. 

See  Comedy.  OPHITES,  in  Natural  Hiftory,   a  fort  of  variegated 

While  the  E;:^///?.  and  F?-e;ic/j  Comic  and  Tragic  Theatres  Marbles  otherwife  call'd  Ser^eiitine.    See  Marble  and 


were  forming,  the  invented  the  Of  erfl  ;    The  Ab 

bot  Terrin,  Introdu£lor  of  Embaffadors  to  Gfl/o«  Duke  of 
Orlcan',  was  the  firft  who  form'd  the  Defign  of  introducing 
'em  into  Faris  j  and  he  obtain'd  the  King's  Privilege  for  the 
fameini65y.  And  it  was  not  long  e'er  it  pafs'd  thence 
into  England.  The  Speifator  obferves,  that  the 
Mufic  agrees  with  their  Accent  and  Pronunciation, 
better  than  the  EiigUfi  h  and  are  at  thi 


Serpentine. 

It  is  thus  call'd  from  the  Gree^  oa.-f.  Serpent -j  by  reafon 
irs  Spots  refemble  thofe  of  that  Animal. 

Ophites  is  alfo  a  Seft  of  antient  Heretics,  who  fprung 
out  of  the  Gnojiics  fo  call'd  from  their  worihipping  the 
Serpent  that  feduced  Eve, 

This  Serpent,  they  taught,w3s  inftrui5led  thoroughly  in  all 

_       _  ^    Knowledge  5  and  make  it  the  Father  and  Author  of  all  the 

Iculated  for  the  gay  Humour  of  that  People.  See  Re-  Sciences.  On  which  Principle  they  built  a  thoufand  Chime- 
ciTATivE.  ra's  i  part  of  which  may  be  feen  in  St.  Epiphanlns.  See 

At  Rome  they  have  a  kind  of  Spiritual  Opera^s,  frequent  in  Gnostic. 
Lent ;   confining  of  Dialogues,  Duos,  Trios,  Ritornella's,       They  faid  this  Serpent  was  theChrift  ;  that  he  was  very 
Chorus's,  iii'c.    The  Subject  whereof  is  taken  out  of  the    different  from  Jefus  born  of  the  Virgin,  into  whom,  faid  they. 
Scripture,  the  Life  of  fome  Saint,  or  the  like.    The  Jta-    the  Chrift  defcended  5  and  that  'twas  this  Jefus,  not  the 


Frejich 
much 
fame  time  better 


liajt's  cxW  'em  Oratorio  :    The  Words  are  frequently  Latin  j 
and  fometimes  Italian. 

OPERATION,  in  the  general,  the  Aft  of  exerting,  or 
exercifing  fome  Power,  or  Faculty,  upon  which  an  Effe£l 
follows.    See  Power. 

The  nobleil  Of  of  Man,  is  thit  by  the  Schoolmen 

call'd  Vital,  or  Immanenr,  si^.  the  Of  sjatw;  of  the  Mind  i    Northern  Hemifphere  ;  call'd  alfo  Serpentarins.  SceSER- 
which,  with  regard  to  the  Underftanding,  is  threefold  ;  Ap- 
prehenfion  or  Perception,    Difcretion  or  Judgment,  and 


Chrifl,  that  fuffered.  Accordingly,  they  made  all  thofe 
of  their  Seft  renounce  Jefus. 

The  Setbians,  or  Setbites^  mentioned  by  'Theodoret^  were 
either  the  fame  with  the  Ophites,  or  very  little  different 
from  them. 

OPHIUCHUS,  in  Aflronomy,  a  Conflellation   of  the 


pentarius. 

OPHTHALMIA,  orOpTHALMiA,  in  Medicine,  a  Dif- 
eafc  of  the  Eyes  j  properly,  an  Inflammation  of  the  Tunica 
Jdn^ta,  or  ConjunSiva  ^  accompanied  with  ii  rednefs,  hear, 
and  pain.    See  Eye. 

The  Ophthalmia  is  either  moill,  or  dry  :    In  the  firfl-, 
which  are  refer'd  Loving  and  Ha-    there  is  a  fhedding  of   Tears;  in  the  fecond,  none  at 
all. 


Keafoningor  Difcourle.  See  Apprehension,  Judgmen 
and  DiscouESE.    The dire£ling  of  thefe  makes  the  Ob- 
jedt  of  Logic.    See  Logic. 

With  regard  to  the  Will,  the  immanent  Of ertji/owj  are 
Willing  and  Nill'  "  '  r.  , ,  r  .  ■  .  .   1  ,t. 

ting.    See  W  ill. 

Oteration,  in  Medicine,  amethodical  Aflion  of  the 
Hand,  on  the  human  Body  ;  to  re-ettablifli  Health.  Sec 

ClIJRURCERY. 

Bleeding  is  a  very  common,  but  at  the  fame  time  a  dan- 
gerous Operation.    See  Phlebotomy  and  Bleeding. 

Trepanning  is  one  of  the  fineft  Of  eratj'o/js  in  Chirurgery. 
See  Trepanning.  The  Cifarian  Operation  is  the  cutting 
a  Woman  with  Child,  and  drawing  out  the  Child  through 
one  fide.    See  Cjesari  an. 

The  other  Chirurgical  Operations,  are  Sutures,  Tapping, 
Cajiratingj  Cuttiiig  for  the  Fiftula,  Amputation,  Extirpation, 
Clipping^ Ike    See  each  in  its  Place  in  this  Work._ 

Operation  is  particularly  ufed  in  Medicine,  for  the 
Manner  wherein  any  Remedy  produces  its  falutary  Effefl  ; 
or  that  Series  of  A61ions,  mediate  and  immediate,  whereby 
the  remote  End  iseffeclcd.    See  Medicine. 


It  fometimes  happens  in  the  Ophthalmia,  that  the  two 
Eye-lids  arc  fo  difi:t)rred,  that  the  Eye  continues  conllantly 
open,  without  being  able  to  Hiut ;  which  is  call'd  X"!-'-<"t^'i  i 
fometimes  the  Eye-lids  are  fo  fallen'd  together,  that  the 
Eye  cannot  be  opcn'd,  which  is  call'd  ^ij/^tdJ/j,  y.  d.  clofure 
of  things  that  fliouid  be  open. 

The  immediate  Caufe  of  the  Ophthalmia,  is  the  Blood 
flowing  in  too  great  abundance  in  the  little  Veffcls  of  the 
Adn.tta,  fo  as  to  Itagnate  therein,  and  diftend  them.  The 
remote  Caufes  are  the  fame  with  thofe  of  other  Inflam- 
mations. 

Celfis  calls  the  Ophthalmia,  Lippitudo,  by  reafon  of  a 
Gum  flicking  to  the  Eye-lids  in  this  Difcafe,  which  the 
Latins  call  Lippa.  _        _  ^ 

In  Summer  'tis  frequent  to  have  Epidemic  Ophthalmia's. 
Snow  apply'd  to  the  affiifted  Eye,  is  reputed  a  good 


See  lie  Operatims  of  each  Kind  of  Medicines  ujider  the  proper  Remedy  for  the  Ophthalmia  :  The  Ephemerides  of  the  JLeo- 
Heads,  Specifics,  Purgatives,   Emetics,  Opiates,   po/ciijie  Academy  mention  an  Of  fci/Wwic  cured  by  applying 


''Op'^R'A.tions,  in  Chymiftry,  are  the  Procefles,  or  Ex-    n-yc.    /iauao  ...^  ... -„.^.  , 

prrimcnts,  by  means  whereof  the  proper  Changes  are  pro-    are  emperical  Pre fervati ves  againft  the  Of ifiaW. 
duced  in  Bodies ,  and  the  Effefts  of  the  Art  procured.    Sec       The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  h'p^a.huou  Eye. 


Cows-dung,  whiiehot,  between  two  linnen  Clothes,  to  the 
Eve.    A  Fox's  Tongue,  and  the  Fat  and  Gall  of  a  Viper, 


Chvmistry. 

Kow,  the  Changes  Chymiftry  produces  in  Bodies  are  re- 
ducible 10  two  Kinds,  -ziiz,.  an  Union  of  Parts,  and  a  Sepa- 
ration thereof:  Thus  Chymiliry  either  feparates  Spirits, 
Salts,  Oils,        or  compounds 'em  together. 

A  Chymicat  Operation,  then,  confifls  in  changing  the  Si- 


Titcairn,  and  fome  others,  diflingui/h  an  external  and 
internal  Of if/j«/'K'-'(  j  the  firfl  in  tht  Adnata,  which  is  that 
hitherto  (poke  of  i  the  fecond  in  the  Retina.  The  Symp- 
toms or  Indications  of  the  latter,  are  Mufcc  volitantes,  Dufl 
feeming  to  fly  in  theAir,  l^c.  SeeMuscjE, 

This,  .when  inveterate,  degenerates,  or  ends  in  a  Ciittti 


tuatlon  of  the  Parts  i  particularly,  either  in  mwing  fome  Seretia,  otJmaurofis.    See  Gutta  Serena,  &c. 
Parts,  but  not  the  Whole,  which  is  call'd  feparat,ng  j  or  in        The  Cure  oi Ophthalmia  s,  according  to  the  modern  Pra- 

adding  new  Partj,  which  is  call'd  umttng.  aice,  depends  chiefly  on  the  due  repetition  of  Purgatives. 

All  Cliyinical  Operations,  therefore,  are  reducible  to  two  If  thefe  fail,  recourfe  is  had  to  Veficataries,  IfTues,  Setons, 

Kinds        fuch  whereby  the  Parts  of  Bodies  before  join'd  £>c.   Tho' PiW*-"  prefers  Bleeding  ;  it  being  his  Obferva- 


DPI 


(66^  ) 


OPI 


tionj  that  no  Difeafe  requires  copious  bleeding  fo  much  as 

the  Ofhthalmia. 

OrHTHALMICS,  Medicines  proper  for  Difeafes  of  the 
Eyes }  as  O^hihalmlc  Waters,  Ophthalmic  Powders,  Oint- 
ments, ^c.    Sec  Eyes. 

There  is  an  excellent  Ophthalmic  prepared  of  Sugar  of 
Saturn. 

The  fifth  Fcilr  of  Nerves  of  the  Brain,  dividing  into 
three  Branches  ,  the  firft  is  call'd  Ophthalmic,  becaufe  it 
goes  to  the  Eye  ;  This  again  fubdivides  into  two  Branches, 
after  fending  tiut  fcvcral  Twigs  which  encoinpafs  the  Optic 
Nerves,  and  Lire  diffribiited  in  theC/jjroif/f's.    Sec  Nerve. 

OPHTHALMOGRAL'HIA,  that  Branch  of  Anatomy 
which  confiders  the  Strufture  and  Compofirion  of  the  Eye  h 
the  Ufe  of  its  Parrs,  and  the  principal  Effcfis  of  Vifion. 
Sec  Eye. 

Our  Countryman,  Dr.WUHam  Hriggs,  has  publiHied  an 
excellent  Ofhthalmographia,  and  Tkmfiu;  another. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  a^^^iA//©",  Eye; 
and  "j/frt?",  Dcfcriprion. 

OPHTHALWOSCGPIA,  that  Branch  of  Phyfiognnniy 
whicli  confiders  a  Perlon's  Eyes;  to  deduce  thence  the 
Knowledge  of  his  Temperament,  Humour,  and  Manners. 
See  Physiognomy. 

OPIAT'E,  in  Medicine,  any  Compofition  wherein  Opium 
is  an  Ingredient,    tiee  Opium. 

The  Word  is  frequently  alfo  apply'd  to  Confcflions,  Anti- 
dotes, snd  Elefluarics  j  tho  fome  fay  'tis  only  properly 
applicable  to  foft  Compofitions  :  In  which  fenfc  it  is  de- 
fined an  internal  Remedy,  varioufly  compofed  of  Powders, 
Pulps,  Liquors,  Sugar,  or  Honey,  reduced  into  a  foft  Con- 
filknce.    See  Confection,  Electuary,  ISlc. 

The  Opiate  of  A/owo;;  is  a  Compofition  of  great  Fame,  fo 
caird  from  OTIC  Solomo?/,  a  Phyfician,  its  Inventor  j  and  fii-it 
publiflied  by  Laurence  jouba-t. 

Inhere  are  a  particular  kind  of  Opiates,  call'd  hicaruatlies^ 
for  the  Teeth  and  Gums,  made  of  Alum,  Sumach,  Lig- 
num Aloef,  Myrrh,  Maliic,  ^c.  reduced  into  Powder. 

Opiates  is  alio  ufcd  in  the  general  for  all  Medicines 
given  with  an  Intention  to  procure  Sleep  j  in  which  fenfe 
the  Word  is  of  the  fame  Import  with  Nsircotics,  Hypnotics, 
Soporifics,  and  Pacifies.  See  Sleep,  Narcotic,  Hyp- 
notic, ^c. 

The  Operation  of  Opiates^  or  the  manner  wherein  they 
produce  their  Effefl  in  the  Body,  Dr.  Qu'mcy  thus  lays 
down : 

AU  Pain  is  a  Stimulus  on  the  Part  affefled,  and  is  at- 
tended with  Contraftions  of  the  pained  Membranes,  which 
cccafion  a  greater  Afflux  than  ordinary  of  the  nervous  Juice 
that  way  :  On  the  other  hand,  Pleafure,  or  a  delightful 
Scnfation  in  any  part,  is  accompanied  with  a  fmooth  Undu- 
lation, and  eafy  Reflux  of  the  nervous  Juice  towards  the 
Brain.  This  is,  as  it  were,  the  Entertainment  of  the  Mind; 
with  which  being  taken  up,  it  doth  not  determine  the  Spirits 
to  the  Organs  of  Moticn  :  that  is,  there  is  fuch  a  Relaxa- 
tion of  the  mufcular  Fibres,  and  fuch  a  Drfpofition  of  the 
nervous  Fluid,  as  is  ncccffary  to  Sleep.    See  Pai  n,  t^c. 

Now,  'tis  fliewn  that  an  agreeable  Senfation  produced  in 
the  Siomach,  together  with  adiflention  of  its  Membranes, 
is  the  immediate  Caufe  of  that  Slccpinefs,  to  which  we  are 
inclinable  atter  Eating  ;  the  one  engaging  the  Mind,  the 
other  ading  on  the  Body.  For  Pleafure  amufes  the  Soul, 
and  the  Fulnefs  of  the  Veffels  in  the  Brain,  checks  and 
hinders,  in  fome  mcafure,  the  derivation  of  the  nervous 
Juice  into  the  Organs. 

Now,  to  apply  this  ;  a  moderate  Dofc  of  an  Opiate, 
ufually  tranfports  People  with  a  pleafing  Senfation,  to  that 
degree,  that,  as  they  often  exprefs  thenifelves,  they  are  in 
Heaven  3  and  tho  they  do  not  always  ileep,  (which  pro- 
ceeds from  the  prefentarion  of  pleafing  Images  to  the  Mind 
fo  llrongly,  that,  like  Dreams,  they  do  over-engage  ilie 
Fancy,  and  fo  interrupt  the  State  of  Refl)  yet  they  enjoy 
fo  perfeft  an  Indolence  and  Quiet,  that  no  Happinefs  in  the 
World  can  furpafs  the  Charms  of  fo  agreeable  an  Exiafy. 

Thus  we  have  from  thefe  Medicines,  hut  in  a  far  more 
eminent  degree,  all  thofe  Effe£ts  which  are  obferved  to 
follow  upon  lhat  grateful  Senfe  in  the  Stomach,  which  a 
moderate  Fulnefs  produceth.  For  no  Bodies  arefo  fit  and 
able  pleafingly  fo  affe6t  our  fenfible  Membranes,  as  thofe 
which  confifi  of  volatilePartE,whofe  Activity  is  tempered  and 
allayM  by  the  Smoothnefs  of  fome  which  are  lubricating 
and  oily  5  for  they  lightly  ratify  the  Juices  of  the  Stomach, 
and  caufeapIeafantTitillaiion  of  its  nervousCoat,  whereby 
there  is  induced  an  agreeable  Plenitude,  and  the  Mind  is 
entertained  with  Ideas  of  Satisfaaion  and  Delight. 

And  thus,  we  eafily  fee  upon  what  Mechanifm  the  other 
Virtues  of  Oz-i^iier  depend  ;  for  their  eafing  Pains,  checking 
Evacuations,  Igc.  proceed  not  only  from  the  Mind's  being 
taken  up  with  a  pleafing  Senfe,  whereby  it  is  diverted  from 
a  difagrceable  one  ;  but  all  Pain  being  attended  with  a 
Contrailion  of  the  Part,  the  Relaxation  of  the  Fibres,  which 
they  caufe,  eludes  and  deftroys  the  Force  of  the  Stimulus. 


Opiates  are  found  to  abate  immoderate  Secretions  ar5 
Evacuations,  which  they  do  by  removing  that  Irritation  of 
the  Organs,  whereby  they  are  occafion'd.  And  herein  lies 
the  incraffating  Quality  of  thofe  Medicines,  in  that  the 
twitching  Senfe  upon  the  Membranes  of  the  Lungs,  Bowels, 
^c.  being  lefTen'd,  the  fiiarp  Humour  is  fuffer'd  to  lodge 
there  in  a  greater  Quantity,  before  it  is  fo  troublcfome  as  to 
be  thrown  off  and  expell'd ;  it  being  all  one  as  if  there  were 
no  Irritation  of  the  Part,  if  the  uneafy  Senfe  thereof  be 
not  regarded  by  the  Mind.  And  thefe  Effeds  will  all  be 
hcightned  by  the  Mixture  of  the  O/iare  Particles  with  the 
Blood;  which  is  hereupon  rarify'd,  and  diftends  its  VelTels, 
efpecially  thofe  of  the  Brain;  and  this  does  l^ill,  to -a 
greater  degree,  leflln  ihelnfiuxof  the  nervous  Fluid 'to  the 
Parts,  by  prefTing  upon  the  Tnhnli,  or  little  Canals,  through 
which  it  is  derived.  Whence  the  reafon  of  that  Difficulty  of 
breathing,  which  Opiates occafwn  ;  this  Symptom  beinp  in- 
feparablefrom  the  Rarefa£>ion  of  the  Blood  jn  the  Lun^s. 

OPINION,  aprobable  Belief;  or  a  doubtful,  and 'un- 
certain Judgment  of  the  Mind.  SeeBELiEF. 

Opinion  may  be  llriaiy  defined  the  Affent  of  the  Mind  to 
Propofltions  not  evidently  true  at  firll  fight  ;  nor  deduced, 
by  neccffary  Confequence,  from  others  that  are  fo;  but  fuch 
as  carry  the  Face  of  Truth.  S-^e  Truth,  and  Error, 
alfo  Faith,  ^c. 

The  Schools  define  it,  yf/^e/j/iiJ  r?;fe//c^7«j  cum  formldine  de 
oppofito ;  An  AfTeni  of  the  Underllanding,  with  fome  fear 
or  difkuft  on  the  contrary  part.  Thus  the  Logicians  fay, 
that  Demonflration  begets  Science,  or  Knowledge  ;  and 
probable  Arguments  beget  Oj^hiion.  See  Knowledge  and 
Probability. 

Wherever  the  Mind's  Acquiefcence  in  a  Truth  propofed 
to  it,  is  accompanied  with  any  Doubt,  this  is  what  we  call 
an  Opinion.    See  Dour.TfNo. 

J-'/fljo  makes  Op/mo77  a  Medium  between  Knowledge  and 
Ignorance  ;  clearer  and  more  exprefs  than  Ignorance;  yet 
more  obfcure  and  unfatisfying  than  Knowledge.  See  Ig- 
norance. 

OPISTHOTONOS,  In  Medicine,  a  kind  of  Convulfion, 
wherein  the  Body  js  bent  backwards,  fo  as  to  form,  as  it 
were,  a  Bow;  in  which  fenfe  the  Word  isufed  inoppofiiion 
to  EmfnJilMmai,  wherein  the  Body  is  bent  forwards.  See 
Convulsion. 

The  OpiJIlMom!  arifes  from  a  tonic  Motion  of  the  Mufcles 
of  the  polterior  Parts  of  the  JBody  ;  efpecially  thofe  on 
the  back  of  the  Head. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  the  Greek  oTiru,  backward, 
behind,  and  7t/i'=n',  iciidei-e^  to  flretch,  bend. 

OPIUM,  in  Fharm.icy,  i^c.  a  Juice  drawn  from  the 
Head  of  the  black  Poppy,  and  afterwards  infpiffated.  See 
Poppy. 

When  the  Jnice  flows  of  iifelf,  thro' Incifions  made  in  the 
Poppy  Heads,  it  is  properly  call'd  Opium  ;  when  drawn  by 
Expreflion,  it  affumes  the  Name  of  Mecomimi.    See  Me- 


conium. 


The  difference  between  the  Qualities  and  Virtues  of  the 
two  Juices,  is  very  confiderable  :  The  former  is  preferable 
on  r.11  accounts;  but  it  is  exceeding  rare;  the  Tiirh, 
among  whom  it  is  produced,  and  who  make  great  ufe  of  it, 
never  allowing  it  to  be  exported  :  fo  that  it  is  the  latter 
that  is  ordinarily  ufed  among  us,  and  fold  for  Opium. 

'Tis  moflly  brought  from  the  Lrj::m  and  Cairo  ;  gene- 
rally very  impure  ;  the  Le'jumincs,  to  fliorten  their  La- 
bour, and  to  have  the  more  Juice,  drawing  it  equally  from 
the  Heads  and  the  Leaves  of  Poppies,  by  ExprelTion,  and 
then  reducing  it  tothe  thicknefs  ofan  Extracf  by  Fire. 

It  muti  be  chofen  dry,  the  fmootheft,  and  blackeit 
pollible,  of  a  drowfy  fmell,  and  neither  rugged,  nor  fticky, 
nor  all  in  a  Mafs.  ' 

'Tis  a  popular  Error,  that  there  is  any  fuch  thing  as 
tMic  Of  iim  ;  for  tho'  the  Juice  as  it  runs  from  the  Heads 
of  the  Poppies  be  of  a  Milk-colour,  it  always  becomes  of  a 
very  deep  brown  as  it  thickens.  Wherever  it  is  found 
ycUowifli  or  ioft,  'tis  a  fign  the  Juice  has  not  had  lire 
enough. 

Tieparei  Opium  is  call'd  Laudanum  ;  of  which  there  are 
two  Kinds:  the  one,  Simple;  extraBed  by  means  of  Rain- 
Water,  and  Spirit  of  Wine  :  The  other  C«mfo„,d,  call'd 
LauJamm  Opiatim  ;  wherein  there  enter  feveral  other  In- 
gredients.   See  Laudanum. 

The  Ufes  of  Op;„m  are  to  footh  Pain,  to  excite  Sleep, 
to  flop  Vomiting  and  LoofeneCfes.  its  Dofe  is  from  half  a 
Grain  to  two  Grains.  Some  Perfons,  who  have  much  habi- 
tuated thenifelves  to  it,  can  take  50  or  60  Grains.  Ciaras 
fiys,  hehas  taken  la  Grains  himfelf;  and  adds,  he  knew 
one  who  made  no  fcruple  of  -,6.  And  in  rhe  Flyilof.  Trj„f. 
we  have  an  inftance  of  one  Mrs.  Lnce/oc/t-,  who,  in  a  Fever 
in  three  days  time,  took  102  Grains.  ' 

Itraifesthe  Spirits,  occafions  agreeable  Senfations,  and 
has  much  the  fame  effea  with  Wine  or  flrong  Spirits.  The 
Taris  ordinarily  take  to  the  quantity  of  a  Drachm  when 
S  G  they 


OPP 


( m ) 


OPP 


they  go  to  Battel,  or  undertake  any  Affair  that  requires  Points  A  and  B,  but  in  the  fatne  Direaion ;  the  Anale^' 
Vigour  and  Force.  «  and  _y,  as  alfo  z  and  ^,  hereby  fortn'd,  are  cali'd  opof/,>e 

flops,^for  a  time,  all  Overflowings  of  Humours,    Jngles  ^  particularly,  k  the  external  oppojite  ^Jivk  andz 
Fluxes,  Hemorrhages,  ^c.  probably  from  the  fmooth-    the  internal  o^^o^re  y/«|;/e  of  jy.  ' 
nefsand  roundnefs  of  its  Parts,  which  by  a  kind  of  Ti-       Opposite  Co;;ej,  or  a  double  Cone,  two  fimilar  Cones 
tillation,  oblige  the  Inteftines,  and  other  Veffels  to  con-    vertically  o^pofite^  and  having  the  fame  common  AvI^* 
traa  themfelves.   See  Opiates.  See  Cone. 

WiUis,  Sylvius^  and  MtUer  look  on  Opium  as  a  coagulating  Opposite  SeU'mu,  are  the  two  Hyperbola's  made  bvs 
Poifon,  which  fixes  the  Spirits  in  the  Nerves.  Wepfer  and  Plane  cutting  both  thofe  Cones.  "* 
Tttcairi^  on  the  contrary,  maintain  it  to  be  a  hot  diflblving  If*  Cone  be  cut  by  a  Plane  through  its  Vertex  and 
Poifon,  which  fubtilrzes  the  Blood,  exalts  and  reduces  it  afterwards  by  a  fecoml  Plane  parallel  to  the  former*  this 
into  Vapours,  which  bloat  up  the  Arteries  i  and  the  latter  Plane  produced  thro  the  o/j/>o/7;e  Cawe  will  there  make 
bloated  Arteries  comprefllng  the  Veins  and  Nerves,  ihut         oppojite StBhiis.    S^e  Sections. 

up  the  PalTage  of  the  Spirits.    See  Poison.  OPPOSITION,   in  Geometry,  the  Relation   of  two 

By  Analyfis,  it  is  found  to  contain  a  great  deal  of  vola-  Things,  between  which  a  Line  may  be  drawn  perpendicu 
tile  Salt.  lar  to  both. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greeh  otot.  Juice,  Opposition,  in  Logic,  a  Quality  of  Difagreement  be- 

OPOBALSAMUM,  in  Pharmacy,  a  whitifh  Juice,Gura,    tween  Fropofitions  that  have  the  fame  Subjeft,  and'  the 
or  Rcfin,  dillilling  from  the  Branches  of  a  Tree  call'd    fame  Attribute,    See  Proposition.  ' 
Balfamtm,  or  \\\t  Balm-Tree.    See  Balm.  Oppofnion,  is  faid  by  Logicians  to  be  either  Complex 

'Tis  whiti/h,  pretty  thick,  tranfparcnt,  of  a  Smell  ap-  or  Incomplex.  * 
preaching  Turpentine,  but  much  more  agreeable.  Ificompiexj  or  Simple  Ovtosir ion,  is  the  Difagreement  of 

'Tis  the  fame  with  the  celebrated  i'alfamum  %-enim,  or  two  things,  which  will  not  fufFer  each  other  lo  be  in  the 
Balm  of  the  Levant  j  at  leaft  the  difference  is  not  vifible,  fame  Subjefl  ;  Thus  Heat  is  oppofcd  to  Cold  5  S:ght  to 
nor  can  Authors  fix  it.    SeeBALM.  Blindnefs,  ^c.    Which  Oppofuion  has  already 'been  ob- 

it obtains  a  Place  among  the  Alexipharmics,  and  is  a  ferved  to  be  of  four  Kinds.  See  Opposite, 
good  Ingredient  in  the  Ther'taca  Andromachi,  and  Mithri-  Complex  Opposition,  is  defined  by  ^yijlot/e  to  be  the 
date  j  very  ill  fupply'd  with  the  exprelTed  Oil  of  Mace  affirming,  and  denying  the  fame  Predicate  of  the  fame 
for  a  Succedaneum,  which  does  not  at  all  come  up  to  the  Subjea,  not  taken  equivocally  for  the  iame,  according  to 
fubfilty  and  aftivity  of  its  Parts,  but  is  of  a  much  heavier  the  fame,  in  the  fame  manner,  and  at  the  fa'me  time  :  As 
Texture.  Socratesh  learned  j  :xnd  Socrates  is  not  learned. 

This,  as  all  other  Balfams,  is  Suppurative,  Dcterfive,  The  later  Schoolmen,  deviating  from  their  Mafler  de- 
and  Incarnating,  apply'd  outwardly  to  Tumorf,  Ulcers,  or  fine  Oppofition  an  Affe£iion  of  the  Enunciation,  whereby  two 
green  Wounds.    See  Balsam.  abfolute  Propofitlons,  the  fame  Extremes  being  fuppofed 

OPOPANAX,  or  Opoponax,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Gum,  in  the  fame  Order,  and  Number,  and  underflood,  wlihout 
yellow  without-fide,  white  within,  far,  brittle,  of  an  agree-  any  ambiguity,  of  the  fame  thing,  oppofe  each  other,  either 
able  Taffc,  and  a  very  flrons  Smell.    See  Gum.  in  refpeft  of  Quantity,  or  of  Qualitys  or  of  both. 

The  Latins  call  it  Fanacei  Hercu/eitm^  from  Hercules,  who  According  to  the  former  Definition,  there  are  three  Spe~ 
is  fuppos'd  to  have  invented  it,  or  rather  who  firft  difco-  ^--  z^.  --  .        .         <•  > 

ver'd  its  fpecific  Virtues.    'Tis  one  of  the  three  celebrated 


of  Oppofnioji  5  Contrary,  Suhcontrary,  and  ContradiBory  : 
According  to  the  fecond,  a  fourth  Species  is  admitted,  la/s;. 


Panacea,  or  univerfal  Medicines,   they  attributed  fuch  Suhahem. 
wonderful  Virtues  to.    The  two  others  are  the  Jfclep'mm       To  know  how  and  wherein,  Propofitions  are  oppofite, 

and  Cbironium  ;  the  firft  found  by  EfciUapms,  the  fecond  by  they  rauft  be  compared  in  Quantity  and  Quality,  all  the 

Chimu    See  Panacea.  ways  they  can  be  compared  in.    if  they  be  oppofite  in 

The  Gum  Opoponax  flows  by  Inclfion  from  a  Plant  grow-  Quality  and  Quantity  ;  /.  e.  if  the  one  be  Affirmative,  and 

ing  abundandy  in  Acbaia,  Beotia,  Fbocis,  and  Macedonia  :  the  other  Negative  5  the  one  Univerfal,  the  other  Particu- 

while  'tis  liquid,  'tis  white  j  but  as  it  dries  and  hardens,  it  lar,  they  are  faid  to  be  comradiBory        g'-  No  Pleafurc 

affumes  a  beautiful  golden  yellow.  is  allow'd  ;  fome  Pleafure  is  allow'd.    Sec  Contradic- 

There  are  three  Kinds  imported,  that  in  Tears;  that  tory. 
in  the  Mafs  j  and  that  counterfeited,  or  flatted.  If  they  be  only  oppofite  in  Quality,  and  not  in  Quantity, 

The  firft  is  the  beft,  and  the  fecond  is  the  better,  as  it  they  are  call'd  Co7itraTies,  if  Univerfal ;  o^nA  Suh-coijtraries, 

has  the  more  Tears  j  the  third  is  a  rank  Sophiftication,  and  if  Particular ;  v.  gr.  All  ufe  of  Wine  is  Evil  ;  no  ufe  of 

good  for  little.  Wine  is  Evil.    Some  Means  of  prcferving  Reputation  are 

It  is  little  ufed  internallv  ;  tho'  EtmuHer  ranks  it  amon"  allow'd  ;  fome  r       ^    ■  -r. 

Cath. 

whence  it  enters  the  Compofition  of  the  Unguentum  Divi- 
fium,  with  the  Galhanum,  Jmmoniac,  and  Bdellium 


It  is  little  ufed  internally  5  tho'  EtmuHer  ranks  it  among    allow'd  ;  fome  Means  of  preferving  Reputation   are  not 
"        Its  chief  Ufe  is  in  the  Cure  of  Wounds  j    allow'd.    See  Contrary,  iifc. 

"         "  '        "   ■      '  -  ■  ■         If  jjjg  Propofitions  be  only  oppofite  in  Quantity,  they 

are  call'd  Subalterns  ;   -v.  gr.  Every  Man  is  liable  to  Sin  j 


The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  wt©-,  ^nlce,  and    fome  Man  is  liable  to  Sin.    But  this  laft  i; 


,s  no  proper  Op- 

fofition  j  inafmuch  as  the  univerfal  Propofition  always  in- 
cludes the  particular  one. 

Singular  Propofitions,  which  can  only  be  oppofed  in  Qua- 
lity, are  reducible  to  ContradiBory  ones. 

The  cffential  Properties  of  Propofitions  confijer'd  with 
regard  to  their  0^^(y/n;o«;  are,  i.That  of  twocontradiaory 
Propofitions,  there  is  one  always  true,  and  another  falfe. 
2.  Two  contrary  Propofitions  can  never  be  both  true  j  but 
may  be  both  falfe.  5.  Sub-contrary  Propofitions  may  be 
all  true  at  the  fame  time  3  as  happens  when  the  Attribute 
s  accidental  to  the  Subjea  ;  but  when  it  isefiential  to  it. 


TOmf,  the  Name  of  the  Tree  which  yields  it. 

OPPILATION,  in  Medicine,  the  Aa  of  obftruaing,  or 
flopping  up  the  DuBs,  or  Pafliages  of  the  Body,  by  evil  or 
peccant  Humours.    See  Obstruction. 

The  Word  is  chiefly  ufed  for  Obftruaions  of  the  lower 
Belly. 

Vifcid,  heavy  Foods,  difficult  of  Digeftion,  are  oppila- 
the  ;  don't  pafs  off  well,  but  flop  in  the  Mouths  of  the 
VefTels. 

OPPONENT,  aPerfon  who  withflands,  or  oppofes  an- 
other.   See  Opposition. 

The  Term  is  chiefly  ufed  in  fpeaking  of  Scholaftic  or  the  one  is  true,  the  other  falfe.  4.  Subalterns  may  bu 
Academic  Difputes  or  Exercifes,  where  a  Perfon  who  op-  either  true  or  falfe  at  the  fame  time  i  or  the  one  may  be 
pofesaThefis,  or  impugns  it  by  his  Objeaions,  is  call'd  true,  the  other  falfe.  If  the  Attribute  be  eflential  to  the 
Opponem,  Opponent.  Subjea,  the  fubaltern  Affirmatives  are  true,  and  the  Ne- 

OPPOSITES,  O/J/fo/iMj^jB^/jyj  among  Logicians,  are  fuch    gatives  falfe  ;  but  if  the  Negatives  deny  the  Subjea  an 
Things  as  differ  among  themfelves  j  fo,  as  not  to  differ  in    Attribute  incompatible  with  theSubjca,  they  will  be  both 
like  manner  with  fome  third.    By  which  Circumitance,    true.    When  the  Attribute  is  accidental  to  the  Subjea,  the 
differ  from  Difparates.    ^  univerfal  Subaltern  is  ordinarily  falfe,  and  the  particularone 

The  Schoolmen  reckon  four  Kinds  ofOppoJites^  viz.  rela-  true. 
ti'jely,  contrarily,  ^rivatively,  and  cnjitradiBorily  Oppofites.  For       Opposition,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Figure,  whereby  two  things 
either,  fay  they,  the  Oppofition  is  between  Em  and  Em,    areaffembled  together,  which  appeared  incompatible  h  as 
or  between  Ens  and  Non  Ens  :    If  the  former,  it  is  either    when  Horace  fays,  awi/e  Folly. 

with  a  dependant  Etis,  which  makes  a  relative  Oppofition,  In  Bouhours's  Notion,  this  Figure,  which  feems  to  deny 
the  lowefl  of  all ;  or  an  in'lependent  one,  which  is  a  con-  what  it  effabliflies,  and  contradias  lifelf  in  Appearance,  is 
trary  one  :    If  with  a  Non  Ens,  it  is  either  with  a  Non  Ens   very  Elegant. 

fecmdum  quid,  which  is  privative  j  or  with  1  Non  Ens  {\\n-       Opposition,  in  Aflronomy,  isthat  Afpea,  or  Situation 


ply,  which  is  the  higheft  Oppofition.  See  Relative, 
Contrary,  Privative,  and  Contradictory. 

Opposites,  Oppifita,  complexly,  are  Propofuions  that 
clafh  with  each  other  :  As,  Man  is  an  Animal;  and  Man 
is  not  an  Animal.    See  Opposition. 

Opposite  yht^les.    If  a  Line  S  T  (Tab.  Geometry, 


of  two  Stars,  or  Planets,  wherein  they  are  diametrically 
oppofite  to  each  other,  or  iSo*^  a-part.  See  Conjunc- 
tion. 

When  the  Moon  is  diametrically  oppojite  to  the  Sun,  fo 
that  fhe  fhews  her  whole  illumined  f  ace  ;  /he  is  faid,  with 
regard  to  the  Sun,  to  be  In  Oppofaion  ;  and        is  then  fiid 


Fig.  45.)  meet  two  other  Lines,  A  P  and  B  R,  in  different   to  be  in  her  FuH^  and  ftiines  all  Night  long-   See  Pn 


Eclip. 


i 


Tab  ,  Op  TlCKi'. 


 .  5 . 


1 


OPT 


OPT 


Edipfes  of  the  Moon  never  happen  but  when  fhe  is  in 
Qppojhion  with  ihe  Sun,  and  when  they  both  meet  in  the 
Isiodes  oi  the  Ecliptic.  See  Eclifse.  Mars  in  his  Ofpoji- 
tion  to  rhe  Sun,  is  nearer  the  Earih  than  he  is  to  the  Sun. 

0P1*R.0BR1I  Lafts,  fee  Liijxi  Vituperii. 

OFSONOMUS,  in  Anriquicy,  a  Magiltrate  of  Jibens, 
whereof  there  were  two,  or  three  j  chofen  out  of  the  Senate, 
or  Councii.  Their  Office  was  to  infpeil  the  Fifli-Market, 
and  ro  take  care  that  every  thing  were  done  in  Order, 
and  according  to  the  Laws. 

OPTATIVE,  in  Grammiir,  the  third  Mood  of  the 
Conjugations  of  Verbs,  ferving  to  exprefs  an  ardent  Defire 
or  Wiih  for  any  thing.    See  Mood. 

Inlkad  of  a  particular  Mood,  or  a  particular  Set  of  In- 
flexions ro  exprefs  this  Defire,  the  Einlijh^  Launs^^z.  ex- 
prefs it  by  an  Adverb  of  Wlfliing  prefix'd  to  it.  The  Latins 
by  Vtiiumi  j  the  French  by  Fliit  a  Dieu  ;  and  the  En^Ufi  by 
ftoi(/(/fo  God,  Sic. 

In  thefc  Languages,  fetting  afide  the  Adverb,  the  Op- 
tative is  the  fame  with  the  Subjunflive  i  the  Inflexions  of 
the  Verb,  which  make  what  we  call  the  Moods,  are  the 
fame  in  both. 

Indeed,  in  the  Greeks  the  Wi/H  is  exprefs'd  by  a  par- 
ticular Inflexion,  thence  call'd  O/Tfltix-e  ;  and  in  the  f"j-e7!c/', 
S^!.mip,  Eind  Italian,  there  is  fomething  like  it  ;  their 
triple  Tcnfes  ferving  the  fame  purpofes.  But  the  Optative 
Mood  may  be  fafely  retrench'd  from  the  Latin  and  Enflijii. 
See  Subjunctive. 

OVTERIA,  among  the  Antients,  Prefents  made  to  a 
Child,  the  firfttime  a  Terfon  fawit. 

The  Word  was  alfo  ufed  for  the  Prefents  which  the 
Bridegroom  made  his  Bride  when  fhe  was  conduced  ro 
him;  this  being  the  firll  time  he  faw  her.  See  Bartkc/. 
rfe  TuerpJ'et. 

The  Word  isform'd  from  the  Greek  a'pi^/j.a.i,  I  fee. 
OPTICS,  is  properly  the  Science  of  direil  Vifion.  See 
V I  s  r  0  N . 

Tho',  fometimes,  the  Word  is  ufed  in  a  larger  Senfe  for 
the  Science  of  Vifion,  or  Vilibles  in  general :  In  which 
Senfeit  includes  Catoptrics,  and  Dioptrics  j  and  even  Per- 
fpe£live.  See  Catoptrics,  Dioptrics,  and  Perspec- 
tive. 

Optics  in  its  more  extenfive  Acceptation,  is  a  mixM  Ma- 
thematical Science,  which  explains  the  manner  wherein 
Vifion  is  perform'd  in  the  Eye  ;  treats  of  Sight  in  the  ge- 
neral 5  gives  the  Reafons  of  the  feveral  Modifications  or 
Alterations  which  the  Rays  of  Light  undergo  in  the  Eye  j 
and  fhcws  why  Objedls  appear  fometimes  greater,  feme- 
times  fmaller,  fometimes  more  diflinft,  fometimes  more 
coni'oftd,  fomeiimes  nearer,  fometimes  more  remote.  See 
Light,  Kye,  £5fc. 

In  rhisextenfive  Signification,  it  is  confider'd  by  Sir  If. 
Nczvton  in  his  admirable  Work  call'd  Optics. 

Optics  makes  a  c^.nfiderable  Branch  of  Natural  Fhilofo- 
phy  ;  both  as  it  exni.iins  thr  Laws  of  Nature,  according  to 
which  Vilion  is  perform'd  j  and  as  it  accounts  for  abun- 
dance o,f  Phyfical  Phenomena  ,  otherwife  inexplicable. 
For  what  can  be  determined  about  Lighr,  Colours,  Tranf- 
parcncy,  Opacity,  Brightnefs,  Meteors,  the  Rainbow, 
Parrheiia,  but  on  Principles  of  Oft'csl  What  about 
the  Natui-e  of  the  Stars  ?  TheStrudure  of  the  Mundane 
SyHcm  ?  The  Motions  of  the  Planets  ?  The  Eciipfes  of 
the  Luminaries  ?  t^c. 

Optia,  therefore,  make  a  confiderable  Part  of  AHro- 
nomy.    S^e  Astronomy. 

From  O^i.'fj  likewife  arifes  FerfpeBi-ve  ;  all  the  Rules 
whereof  haverheir  Reafon  or  Foundation  in  Optics.  Indeed 
Tacqiiet  makes  Perfpeflive  a  part  of  Optics ;  tho'5'oiK  Arch- 
bifhop  of  Canterbury,  in  his  FerJPeHiva  Communis^  calls  Op- 
tics, Catoptrics,  and  Dioptrics  by  the  Name  Pcrfpedive. 
See  Perspective. 

Euclid  has  wrote  on  the  antient  Optics  and  Catoptiics : 
Dioptrics  were  unknown  to  them.  F.  Honor  at.  Eahri  has  an 
Abridgment  of  Optics^  Catoptrics,  and  Dioptrics.  Father 
Efchijmrd  a  Century  of  Problems  in  Optics.  Vitellio,  and 
Mhaz-oii  have  done  well  on  the  Principles  oU)pt}cs.  Father 
Kirchcr  has  a  large  Volume  on  the  Secrets  of  Optics^  of 
Light,  and  Shadow  ;  and  its  furprizing  Effefts,  which 
pais  on  the  People  for  Magic.  We  have  alfo  VOptique  ^ 
Catoptriqi<e  of  F.  Ivkrfcnne^  Paris  HS51.  Dioptrique  Oculaire 
of  Fath.Cier«iiH,  Parit  1*571,  Fol.  CbriJ}.  ScheimriOftlca, 
Lojtd.  i6^z.  ^acohi  Gre^orii  Optica^  Lond.  ItStf;.  ^ oh.  Bap. 
Porta  deRefraEfiom  Optices.  barrovU  LeBiojies  Optica' ^  Lond. 
liJtfp.  Principe  Generale  de  I'Optiqtie,  by  Mr.  Leibnitz,  in 
the  Leipfic  Acts,  1682.  L'Occhiale  air  Occhioy  or  Dioptrica 
TraBica,  Carol.  Ant.  Mancifji,  Boulogne  IiJtfo,  4*^.  Phyfico- 
'Mathcji^  ds  Ltimine,  Colorihus  ^  Irldi,  per  F.  Mar.  Grimaldiy 
'Eononiie  i6"65,  4^.  Cagitationes  Phyfico-'Mecbanic<e  de  Natura 
Vijionis,  Yicr^obaij.  Ott.  Scaphtifam^Heidel.  1670,  4°.  And, 
who  ought  to  have  been  named  firft,  the  great  Sir  ).  Nezoton, 
in  his  Optics,  En-^lijh  and  Latin,  4^. 
OPTIG-Nert'cr,  the  fecond  Pair  of  Nerves,  fpn'ngingfrom 


the  Crura  of  the  Meddla  Oblongata,  and  paffing  thence  to  the 
Eye.   See  Nerve.  ^  ^ 

Thefe  Nerves  approach,  by  degrees,  in  their  recefs  from 
their  Origin  j  and  at  length  meet,  in  the  Eafis  of  the 
Brain,  near  the  Infundibulum.  Thence  they  again  fepa- 
rate,  but  without  decuffiting  ;  and  proceed,  one  to  each 
f-ye.   See  Eve, 

They  are  cover 'd  with  two  Coats,  which  they  take  from 
the  Dura  and  Fia  Mater  ;  and  which,  by  their  Expanfions, 
form  the  two  Membranes  of  the  Eye,  call'd  the  L'^ea  and 
Cornea.    See  Uvea,  C^c. 

/Ihn  Retina,  which  is  a  third  Membrane,  and  the  imme- 
diate Organ  of  Sighr,  is  only  an  Expanfion  of  the  fibrous 
or  inner,  and  medullary  Pare  of  thefc  Nerves.  Sie  Re- 
tina. 

The  Conflruflion  of  the  Optic-Ner-je  ^Qtms  to  be  different 
from  that  of  the  other  Nerves,  which  all  appear  to  confiit 
of  hard  Fibres :  For  this,  e'er  it  enters  the  Orbit  of  the 
Eye,  is  only  a  Coat  or  Cover  form'd  by  the  Pia  Uater,  and 
including  a  Produilion  of  thcMeduHi  of  the  Brain  5  which 
IS  eafily  feparated  from  ir.  At  its  entrance  into  the  Eye, 
It  takes  another  Coat  from  the  Dm-.:  M.ifer ;  which  two 
Coats  are  bound  together  by  exceedingly  fine  Filaments  : 
i'hat  from  the  P/a  M,jre>- is  continued  in  the  Choroides^  and 
that  from  the  Dura  Mater  in  the  Uz'ta. 

From  their  Entrance  within  the  Orbit,  to  the  Ball  of 
the  Eye,  the  Medulla^  enclofed  under  the  two  Coats,  is  fe- 
parated into  a  number  of  little  Cells  anfwering  to  each 
other.    See  V ision. 

0?ric.-PencU,  or  Pencil  of  Kays,  \s  that  Affemblage  of 
Rays  by  means  whereof  any  Point  or  Part  of  an  Oh'iSt  is 
feen.    Sec  Pencil  and  Radiant,  ^ 

Some  Optic  Writers  laugh  at  the  Notion  of  Optic-Pencils^ 
and  maintain  'em  mere  Chimera's. 

Ovric-Fyramid,  in  Perfpeflive,  is  the  Pyramid  A  ECO 
(Tab.  Perspective,  Fig.  12.)  whofe  Bafe  is  the  vifible 
Objea  A  B  C  ;  and  its  Vertex,  in  the  Eye  O  j  form'd  by 
Rays  drawn  from  the  feveral  Points  of  the  Perimeter  to 
the  Eye. 

Hence  alfo  appears,  what  is  meantby  O^tic  Triangle, 

Optic  Rays,  are  particularly  ufed  for  thofe  wherewith 

Optic-Pyramid,  Gt  Optic-Triangle,  is  terminated  ;  as  OA. 
O  C,  O  B.  ' 

Optic  Axis,  is  a  Ray  paffing  through  the  Centre  of  the 
Eye  j  or  the  middle  of  the  Optic- Pyramid,  &C4 

Optic  Chamber,  fee  Camera  Obscura. 

OvTic-GlaJfes,  are  Glaffes  ground  either  concave,  or 
convex,  fo  as  either  to  coUefl,  or  difperfe  the  Rays  of 
Light ;  by  means  whereof  Vifion  is  improved,  and  the 
Eye  ftrengthned,  preferved,£;fi:. 

For  the  manner  of  Grinding  and  Polifhing  Optic-Glaffes, 
fee  Grinding,  Polishing,  Glass,  ^c. 

For  their  Phenomena,  fee  Lens,  MiRR0R,£5fc. 

The  Principal  among  Optic-GlaJJes,  are  Telefcofss^  Micro- 
jcopes,  SpeFracles,  Ktadm^'GlaJJsi,  h4a?jc  La7itborns,  h.c.  See 
the  Conilrut^tion  and  Ufe  of  each  under  its  proper  Article, 
Telescope,  Microscope,  Spectacle,  Magic  Lant- 
horny  Sic. 

Optic  Place  of  a  S;ar,  ^c.  U  that  Point  of  its  Orbit  in 
which  it  appears  to  bt,',  to  our  Eye.    See  Place. 

This  is  either  true  ^  as  when  the  Eye  is  fuppofed  at  the 
Centre  the  Earth,  or  Planer  it  inhabits  ;  01  apparent,  as 
when  at  the  Circumference.  See  Apparent,  Planet, 
^c. 

The  difference  bctwc't-n  the  two,  Is  the  Fara'llax.  See 
Parallax. 

OPTICAL  Inequality,  in  AftiLinmiy,  is  an  apparent  Ir- 
regularity in  the  Morions  of  far  diiianr  Bodies  ;  fo  call'd, 
becauie  not  really  in  the  moving  Bodies,  but  arifmg  from 
the  Situation  of  the  Spectator's  Eye  :  So  that  were  the 
Eye  in  the  Centre,  it  would  always  fee  the  Motions  uni- 
form. 

The  Optical  hiequality  may  be  thus  illuflrated:  Siippofea 
Body  revolving  in  the  Periphery  of  a  Circle  A  B  D  E  F  GQ, 
(Tab.  Optics,  ?V;.  40.)  and  moving  through  equal 
Arches  AB,  BD,  DE,  EF^  in  e<]ual  Times;  and  fuppofe 
the  Eye  in  the  Plane  of  the  fame  Circle,  but  at  a  diifance 
fromit,  viewing  the  Motion  of  the  Body  from  O:  When 
the  Body  goes  from  A  to  B  j  its  apparent  Motion  is  mea- 
fured  by  the  Angle  A  OB,  or  the  Arch  H  L,  which  ir  will 
feem  to  defcribe.  But  in  an  equal  time,  while  it  moves 
thro' the  Arch  B  D,  its  apparent  Motion  will  be  determi- 
ned by  the  Angle  BOD,  or  the  Arch  L  M,  which  is  lefs 
than  the  former  Arch  H  L.  And  when  arrived  at  D,  it 
will  be  feen  at  the  Point  M  of  the  Line  N  L  M.  But  it 
fpends  the  fame  time  in  defcribing  D  E,  which  is  equal  to 
A  B  or  BD  ;  and  when  arrived  ^-t  E,  is  ftill  feen  at  M  j 
appearing  Stationary  in  all  the  Space  from  D  to  E.  When 
it  arrives  at  E,  the  Eye  will  fee  it  in  L  ;  and  at  G,  will 
appear  at  H  ;  fo  that  It  will  feem  to  have  gone  retrograde  : 
And,  laftly,  from  Q.  to  P,  it  will  again  appear  Statio- 
nary. 

OPTI^ 


OR  A 


(  668  )  OR  A 

1  hehalf  of  Chriflianity,  drawn  from  the 


OPTIMATES,  in  Antiquity.    One  of  the  Divlfions  of  by  many  Writers  ii 

the  Roman  People,  was  into  Opumaies  and  Topdare;.  ceafing  of  Oracles. 

According  to  Tully^  Defcription,  the  Oftmrne,  were  the  F.MMm,,  a  learned  Jefuit,  has  anfwcr'd  both  Va,,  D,7. 

heft  Citizens  ;  or  thole  who  defir'd  their  Aftions  might  be  and  tmteiiclle.  He  labours  to  ptovc  that  there  were  real  0 

approved  by  the  bettcrSort ;  and  the  Foj,„la-e,  thofe,  who,  cle,,  and  fuch  as  can  never  be  attributed  to  anv  Artifice /of 

out  of  a  Thirft  of  Vain-glory,  did  norfo  much  confiderwhat  the  Priefls  or  Priefteffes  ;  and  that  fevcral  of  thcfe  becanie 

was  right,  as  what  would  pleafe  the  Populace,  and  get  an  filent  in  the  firli  Ages  of  the  Church,  either  by  theComin' 

But  others  rather  ntake  the  Optiwtifcr  to  of  Jefus  Chrill,  or  by  the  Prayers  of  the  Saints  * 


Intereli  in  the 

be  the  vigorous  Affcrtors  of  the  Dignity  of  the  Chief  Ma 
gillrate,  and  the  Sticklers  for  the  Grandeur  of  the  State  i 
who  cared  not  if  the  inferior  Members  fuffcr'd,  if  it  were 
for  the  Advancement  of  the  Commanding  Powers  :  And 
the  To^ith-irss  thofe  who  courted  the  Favour  of  rhe  Popu- 
lace, and  encouraged  them  to  demand  larger  Privileges,  to 
bring  Matters  nearer  to  a  Level. 

OPTION,  the  Power,  or  Faculty  of  Wifhing,  or  Chu- 
fing  ;  or  rhe  Choice  a  Perfon  makes  of  any  thing!^ 

When  a  new  Suffragan  Biiliop  is  confecratcd,  the  Arch- 
bifliop  of  the  Province,  by  a  cufloinary  Prerogative, 
claims  the  Collation  of  the  firil  vacant  Benefice,  or  Dig' 
nity,  in  that  See, 

Choice  is  call'd  the  Archbilhop's  Option. 

OR,  in  Heraldry,  2elIo-iv,  or  the  Colour 
of  Gold.   See  Colour  and  Metal. 

Without  this,  or  Argenr,  there  can  be  no 
good  Armory. 

In  the  Coats  of  Nobles,  it  is  call'd  To- 
faz;  and  in  thofe  of  Sovereign  Princes,  Sol. 
Jr  is  rcprefunted  in  Engraving  by  fmall 
V  ^  '    Points,  or  Dots,  all  over  rhe  Field,  or  Bear- 
ing i  as  in  the  Figure. 
It  is  accounted  the  Symbol  of  Wifdom,  Temperance, 
Faith,  Force,  Conflancy,  ^c. 

ORACLE,  an  Anfwer,  ufually  couch 'd  in  very  dark 


ning 


rhis  Doanne  is  confirra'd  by  a  Letter  from  Father B«n- 
chct,  Miffionary,  to  Father  M.-,ltlm!;  wherein 'tis  declared 
that  what  Father  Malthus  fays  of  the  antient  Oracle^  is  en- 
pen  mcnted  every  day  in  the  Indies. 

^  It  feems,  according  to  -lie  Miffionary,  that  the  D-vil  lliil 
gives  Or«c/e.  in  the  and  that,  not  by  Idols,  which 

would  be  liable  to  ImpoHure;  but  by  the  Mouths  of  the 
1  riefls,  and  fometimes  of  the  By-ftanders :  'tis  added  that 
thefc  Oracles,  too,  ceafe,  and  the  Devil  becomes  mute  in 
proportion  as  the  Gofpcl  is  preach'd  among  them. 

■Twas  Eufchn:s  who  firft  endeavour'd  ro  perfuade  the 

'he  Coming  of  Jefus  Chrift  h.id  flruck  the 
according  as  he  iliall  chufe  ;  which  Owtfcidumb;  tho'it  appears  from  the  Laws  of  TieoA/7,,. 
Archbifhop's  OptioB.  GmUm,  sinA  I'alentman ,   that  the  Or.icles  were  Hill  con' 

fulted  as  low  as  the  Year  5S5.  Occ™  Lys,  the  Oracles  be- 
came dumb,  m  proportion  as  People,  growing  lefs  credu- 
lous, began  to  fufpefl  them  for  Frauds'. 

Fhtarch  alledges  two  Rcafons  fcr  the  cealins  of  Onicles  ■ 
I  he  one  was  ^folh;  Chagrin;  who,  it  feems;  took  it  in 
dudgeon  to  be  interrogated  about  fo  many  Trifles.  The 
other  was  that  in  proportion  as  the  Ge„ii,  or  Demons,  who 
had  the  Management  of  the  Or.ules,  died,  and  became  ex- 
tinft,  the  Oracles  mull  necelfarily  ceafe.  He  adds  a  third 
and  more  natural  Caufe  of  the  ceafing  of  Orades,  oia.  the 
forlorn  Srate  of  Greece,  ruin'd  and  defolated  by  Wars  For 
hence,  rhe  Smallnefs  of  rhe  Gains,  let  the  Prieils  fink  into' 


and  anibiguous  Terms,  fuppos'd  to  be  given  by  Da:mons  of  a  Poverty  and  Contempt,  too  bare'to  cover  the  Fraud 


old;  either  by  the  Mouth  of  their  Idols,  or  by  thofe  of 
their  Prieils,  to  the  People  who  confultcd  them  on  Things 
to  come. 

in  this  fenfe  we  faj',  the  Prieftefs  was  ever  in  a  Rage 
when  Ihe  gave  Oracles,  ylhlajiconrt  obferves,  that  the  Stu- 
dy or  Refearch  of  the  Meaning  of  Oracles,  was  but  a  heart- 
lefs  Thing;  and  that  they  wetc  never  underftood  till  after 
the  Accompliflimenr.  Hiflorians  relare,  that  Crafus  was 
trick'd  by  the  Ambiguity  and  Equivocation  of  the  Oracle : 

lists  refills  mnqmm  in  hello  ^erihis. 

Oracle  is  particularly  ufed  for  the  Diemon  who  gave 
the  Anfwer,  and   the  Place  where  it  was  given.  See 

DiEMON. 

The  principal  0,  achs  of  Antiquity  are,  that  of  ^l<i,inen- 
tion'd  by  Herodotits  ;  that  of  Amphiaraas ;  that  of  the  lirass- 
chydes  at  Didymiis ;  that  of  the  Camps  at  Lacedemon  ;  that 
ot  Vodosia  ;  that  of  Jupiter  Jmmoji ;  that  of  Nstharea,  in  the 
City  Ansirlaca,  near  the  Cafpian  S&s.;  that  o?  Tropbajiins, 
tnention'd  by  f/erof^of/ir ;  tho^i  o{  Chyfopolis  ^  that  of  C/.iros 
in  lojjia  ^  that  oi  Miletus;  that  of  iWdZ/ot;  that  o£  Patarea  ; 
that  of  Fella  in  Macedossia  ;  that  of  Fhafehdes  mCilicia  ;  that 
of  Sniope  in  Faphlagouia ;  that  of  Orpheus's  Head,  mention'd 
by  Flrrhjlrattis  in  his  Life  of  Ajsollowits. 

But  of  all  others,  the  Oracle  of  Apollo  Fyihiits:Lt  Delphos, 
was  the  molf  celebrated  ;  this  was  confultcd,  ess  derstier 
rcjjars,  by  moll  of  the  Princes  of  thofe  Ages.    See  Py- 

THIUS. 

M.  Bayle  obferves,  that  at  firft  it  gave  its  Anfwers  in 
Verfe;  and  that  it  fell  at  length  to  Profe,  upon  the  Peo- 
ple's beginning  to  laugh  at  the  Poornefs  of  irs  Verliiica- 
tion. 

'Tis  a  pretty  general  Opinion  among  the  more  Learned, 
thit  Oracles  vjcre  all  meet  Cheats  and  Impollurcs  ;  cither 
calculated  to  ferve  the  avaritious  Ends  of  the  Heathen 
Priefts,  or  the  political  Views  of  the  Princes. 

{A -Bayle  fays  pofitively,  they  were  meer  human  Artifices, 
in  which  the  Devil  had  no  hand.  He  is  ftrongly  back'd 
by  ran  Dale,  and  M.  Fontejielle,  who  have  wrote  exprelly  on 
the  Subjeft. 

There  are  two  Points  in  difpute  on  the  Subjeil  of  Ora- 
cles, Sissr.  whether  they  were  human,  or  diabolical  Ma- 
chines; and  whether  or  no  they  ceafed  upon  the  Publica- 
tion or  Preaching  of  the  Gofpel. 

Fhtarch  has  a  Treatife  on  the  ceafing  of  fome  Ora- 
cles ;  and  Van  Bale,  a  Dutch  Phyfician,  has  a  Volume  to 
prove  they  did  not  ceafe  at  the  Coming  of  Chrift;  but 
that  many  of  them  ceafed  long  before ;  and  that  others 
held  till  the  fall  of  Fafattifm,  under  rhe  Empire  of  T4e- 
odopus  the  Great;  when  Fa'^anifm  being  diffipared,  thcfe  In- 
liitutions  could  no  longer  fubfift. 

Fan  Dale  was  anfwer'd  by  a  German,  one  \klsi,is,  Profef- 
for  of  Theology  at  Lc/^'yii:,  in  1685.  M.  FosstencHe  efpouCcA 
Van  DaWa  Syftem,  and  improved  upon  it  in  his  HijUry  of 
Oracles ;  and  iliew'd  the  Weaknefs  of  the  Argii;rent  ufed 


Moll  of  the  Fathers  of  the  Chuich  took  it  to  be  the 
Devil  that  gave  Oracles ;  and  look'd  on  it  as  a  pleafure  he 
took  to  give  dubious  and  equivocal  Anfwers ;  to  have  a 
handle  ro  laugh  at  them.  Fo/,,;  allows,  that  'twas  the  De- 
vil who  fpoke  m  Oracles;  but  thinks  that  the  Obfcurity  of 
his  AnAvers,  was  owing  to  his  Ignorance  as  to  the  prccife 
Circumflances  of  Events.  That  artful  and  ftudied  Obfcu- 
rity, wherein  the  Anfwers  were  couch'd,  /hew'd  the  Em- 
barrafs  the  Devil  was  under;  as  thofe  double  Meanings 
they  ufually  bore,  provided  for  their  Accomplilhment. 
Where  the  Thing  foretold,  did  not  happen  accordingly,  the 
Oracle,  forfooth,  was  mifunderftood. 

Eufelmis  has  preferv'd  fome  Fragments  of  a  Philofopher 
cM'd  Oenemaus ;  who,  out  of  Refcntment  for  his  havin-' 
been  fo  often  fool'd  by  them,  wrote  an  ample  Confutation 
of  all  their  Impertinences  :  "  When  we  come  to  confult 
"  thee,  fays  he  to  ylfollo,  if  thou  feeft  what  is  in  Futurity, 
why  docll  thou  ufe  Expreflions  that  won't  be  underftood  ? 
"  Doeft  thou  not  know  that  they  won't  be  undcrllood  ' 
"  If  rhou  doeft,  thou  lakeft/pleafure  in  abufing  us;  if  thou 
"  doeft  not,  he  inform'd  of  us,  and  learn  ro  fpeaic  more  clcar- 
"  ly.  1  tell  thee,  that  if  thou  inicndcdft  an  Equivoque,  the 
"  Greek  Word  whereby  thou  affirm'd  rhat  Cnsfis  lliould 
"  overthrow  a  great  Empire,  was  ill  chofen  ;  and  that  it 
"  could  fignify  nothing  but  Cnej'ns'i  conquering  Cyras.  If 
"  Things  mutt  ncceCfarily  come  ro  pafs,  why  doeli  rhou 
"  amufe  us  with  thy  Ambiguities  i  what  doeft  thou,  Wretch 
"  as  thou  art,  at  Delphos ;  employ'd  in  mutteting  idle  Pro- 
"  phecies  I " 

But  Oenemaiis  is  flill  more  out  of  humour  with  the  Ora- 
cle, for  the  Anfwer  which  Apollo  gave  the  Athenians,  when 
Xcrxc!  was  about  to  attack  Greece  with  all  the  Strength  of 
Ali.i.  The  J'jtK.in  declar'd,  that  Miner'aa,  the  Proteflrefs  of 
Athens,  had  endeavour'd  in  vain  to  appeafc  the  Wrath  of 
Jupiter;  yet  that  Jupiter,  in  complaifance  to  his  Daughter, 
was  willing  the  ^yi4d;;,'fl7,;/liould  fave  themfelves  in  wooden 
Walls ;  and  that  S.ilamine  Ihould  behold  the  Lofs  of  a 
great  many  Children,  dear  to  their  Mothers,  cither  when 
Cerej  was  fprcad  abroad,  or  gathet'd  together. 

Here  Oenemaus  lofes  all  patience  with  the  God  of  Del- 
phos: "  This  Conteft,  fays  he,  between  Father  and  Daugh- 
"  ter,  is  very  becoming  rhe  God.5.  'Tis  excellent,  that 
"  there  fitould  be  contrary  Inclinations  and  Intetefts  in  Hea- 

"  ven.  Pure  Wizzard,  thou  art  ignorant  whofe  the  Chil- 

"  dren  are,  that  JaWne  fhall  fee 'perifli ;  whether  Gree/'s 
"  or  Ferjians.  'Tis  certain,  they  muft  be  either  one  or  the 
"  other  ;  but  thou  neededft  not  have  told  fo  openly,  that 
"  thou  kneweft  not  which.  Thou  conccaleft  the  'Time 
"  of  the  Battle  under_  thofe  fine  poetical  Expreffions, 
"  Either  when  Ceres  is  j'pread  abroad,  or  u^atber'd  tot^sther  ': 
"  And  wouldft  thou  bamboozle  us  with  fuch  pompoiis  Lan- 
"  giiage?  Who  knows  not  that  if  there  be  a  Sea-fight,  it 
"  mufl  either  be  in  Seed-time  or  Harveft  ?  'ris  certain  it 
"  cannot  be  in  Winter.  Let  Things  go  how  they  will, 
"  thou  wilt  fecure  thyfelf  by  this  Jupiter,  whom  U,ner~ja  is 
"  cndeavocring  to  appcafe.    If  the  Greeh  lofe  the  Battle, 

*'  Jupiter 


OR  A 


*'  jiif^ita-  prov'd  inexorable  to  the  lafl;   if  they  gain  it, 
why  then  Mjierva  at  length  prcvail'd."— ^ 
Oracles  of  the  Sihyis,  fee  Sibylline  Oracles. 
ORAL,  fomething  deliver'd  by  the  Mouth  or  Voice. 
In  this  fcnfe  we  fay,  Oral  Tradition,  Sec.    See  Tradi- 
tion. 

ORANGE,  a  Fruit,  too  well  known  to  need  a  particular 
Defcription  ;  yet  yielding  too  many  Kinds  of  Merchandize, 
to  be  pafs'd  over. 

The  Laiitis  call  it  Jurantinm  or  Mahmi  aureum^  Golden 
Apple,  from  its  Colour. 

Oranges  are  ordinarily  brought  from  Nice,  Ciouta,  the  Ifles 
of  the  Hieres^  Genoa,  Fro-veucCy  Portugal^  the  Jlmerican  I- 
ilaiids,  and  even  China  and  the  Coalls  of  India. 

They  were  ftrll:  brought  into  Europe  from  China,  hy  the 
Foyttiguefc  ;  and  'tis  faid  the  very  Tree,  whence  all  the  Eu- 
ropcan  OriiH^e-Trees  were  produc'd,  is  iHll  preferv'd  at  L;/- 
io;?,  in  the  Houfe  of  the  Count  .y.  Lfl;[!-e?;f. 

Thole  moll  ertecm'd,  and  that  are  madePrefents  of  as 
Rarities,  in  the  J7:f/;ei,  are  no  bigger  than  a  Billiard-Bail  ; 
when  fwcctcn'd  with  a  little  Sugar,  they  are  efleem'd  ex- 
cellent for  Diforders  of  the  Breall. 

Oranves  are  ordinarily  comfired  in  Halfs  and  Quarters. 
They  arc  firll  peel'd^  then  fcoop'd  and  dry'd  in  a  Stove. 

Orayi^ecit  is  the  Orajige-Vcd  cut  in  pieces  and  candied. 
haly  furni/Jies  a  great  deal  of  Flower  of  Orames^  either 
dry  or  liquid. 

The  Water  of  Flower  of  Oranges,  call'd  Water  ofNa^ha, 
comes  moftly  from  Frovence.  To  be  good,  it  muli  be  very 
bitter,  and  not  above  a  Year  old. 

There  are  various  Oils  drawn  from  OriiKgcr :  The  Oil 
of  Ncroit  is  the  Produce  of  the  Flowers  by  Diftiliation. 
That  drawn  from  the  Skin  by  Water  and  an  Alembic,  is 
altogether  as  good.  There  is  alfo  an  Oil  drawn  from  lit- 
tle Orangts,  or  Ora?igelcttes,  by  fiecping  them  five  or  fix 
Days  in  common  Water,  and  diflilling  them  with  the  fame 
Water  in  an  Alembic,  Thefe  Oils  are  all  efleem'd  good 
for  dcflroying  of  Worms  in  Children  ;  but  are  very  apt  to 
be  fiJphilHcatcd  with  Oil  of  Ben,  or  that  of  fweet  Al- 
monds, 

Orangeade,  a  Drink  made  of  0r3«ge- Juice,  Water, 
and  Sugar. 

Lemcry  fays,  it  may  be  given  to  People  in  the  height  of 
a  Fever. 

Orange  Co/o/o-,  is  a  Colour  that  partakes  equally  of 
Red  and  Yellow  5  oris  a  Medium  between  the  two.  See 
Colour. 

In  Heraldry,  the  Term  Ora7ige  is  given  in  Blazon  to  all 
Roundlcs  that  are  Tew«e  or  Ta-iu7tey. 

OHANGERY,  a  Gallery  in  a  Garden,  or  Parterre  5  ex- 
pcs'd  to  the  South  ;  but  well  clofed  with  a  Glafs  Window, 
to  preferve  the  Oranges  in,  during  the  Winter  Seafon. 

Orangery  is  alfo  ufcd  for  the  Parterre,  where  the  Oranges 
are  expos'd  in  kindly  Weather.  The  Ora7}gery  of  yerfailles 
is  the  mofl  magnificent  that  ever  was  built. 

ORATION,  a  Speech,  or  Harangue,  framed  according 
to  the  Rules  of  Oratory  ;  and  fpoke  in  public.  See  Ora- 
tory. 

All  the  Kinds  of  Orations  may  be  reduc'd  to  three  Heads: 
Diz.^  the  Demo}7jirathe,  the  Deliberative,  and  the  judicial. 

To  the  demonflrative  Kind  belong,  Fanegyrics^  Geneih- 
tiaca,  Efithalamia,  Ej>icedia,  EtichariJiU^  Efuiecia,  and  CoTi- 
gratiilatio77s.    See  Panegyric,  Genethliac,  £>c. 

To  the  deliberative  Kind  belong,  Ferfuafion,  vlffUafion ^ 
Exhortatio7i,  and  Cominendatio7i. 

To  the  judicial  Kind  belong,  Jccufation,  Conjlrtnat'ion,  Con- 
futation, die.  See  each  under  its  proper  Article,  Confirma- 
tion, ^c. 

ORATORY,  the  Art  of  fpeaking  well;  the  fame  with 
Rhetoric  :  the  difference  between  the  two  being  only  in 
the  Names;  the  firfl  of  which  is  Latin^  the  other  Greek. 
See  Rhetoric. 

Oratory  is  alfo  ufed  among  the  Romanijls,  for  a  CIo- 
fet,  or  little  Apartment,  in  a  large  Houfe,  near  a  Bed- 
chamber, furni/h'd  with  a  little  Altar,  or  an  Image,  for 
private  Devotion.  ' 

The  antient  Oratories  were  little  Chappels,  adjoining  to 
Monafteries,  wherein  the  Monks  faid  their  Prayers  e'er  they 
had  any  Churches.  Several  little  Councils  and  Synods  have 
condemn'd  the  Ufe  of  private  Oratories.  SeeCiiAppEL. 

In  the  "Vlth  and  Vllth  Centuries,  Oratories  were  little 
Churches,  frequently  built  in  Church- yards ;  without  either 
Baptiftery,  Cardinal  Priefl,  or  any  public  Office  5  the  Bi- 
Jliop  fending  a  Priefl  to  officiate  occafionally. 

Oratory  is  dfo  ufed  for  a  fort  of  Society,  or  Congre- 
gation of  devout  Perfons  ;  who  form  a  kind  of  Monaftery, 
and  live  in  Community  ;  but  without  being  oblig'd  to  make 
any  Vows  :  Thus, 

Priefls  of  the  Or  hroikY,  area  Community  of  Secular 
Pncils,  who  live  together  in  a  Monaflic  Manner,  but  with- 
out any  Vows;  tirfl  eftablifla'd  0.1  Rome,  about  the  Year 
1 5'jo,  by  S.  Fhilif  Ncrl,  a  Flore77tine,  under  the  Title  of  0- 
raiory  of  SanUa  Maria  hi  the  Valicella. 


(  669  ) 


ORB 


On  the  Model  of  this,  the  Cardinal  Eemlle  eflabll/Ii'd  i 
Congrcgafon  of  the  Or.,„y  „/  3e/,„  in  i6i.,  in  f„„„  - 
»h,ch  has  face  mcreas'd  h  that  there  are  now  60  Houfes 
of  Friefis  of  the  Oratory. 

There  is  fome  difference  however,  between  the 
and  Jt^A  Inlt.tuttons  :  S-  mnp  N.ri.  to  prevent  the 
Confufion  wh,ch  the  great  Number  of  Houfes  ufually  oc- 
cafion  in  Congregations;  would  have  his  to  be  a  finale 
Houfe.  And  tho- others  were  at  liberty  ,„  f„,„  ,he  if ]  « 
Congregations,  yet  they  Ihould  have  no  Dependance  on  one 
another.  "° 


For  this  reafon  the  Houfes  of  the  Oratory  in  and 
f/anrfers  are  all  Independent ;  whereas  thofe  in  have 
a  Relation  to  each  other,  and  all  depend  on  the  fame 
Chief  who  has  the  a^^Uty  of  Superior  General  ;  ^d 
with  three  Affiftants,  governs  the  whole  Congregation  S-^' 
Congregation. 

ORB,  Oxois,  in  Aflronomy,  a  Spherical  Body,  or  Space 
contain  d  under  two  Superficies  ;  the  one  Concave,  the  0-' 
ther  Convex.    See  Sphere. 

The  antient  Aflronomets  conceiv'd  the  Heavens,  as  con- 
fining of  feveral  vail,  azure,  tranfparent  Oyh,  inclos'd  in 
one  another  :  Or  va(l  Circles,  which  in  their  Area  include 
the  Bodies  of  the  Planets;  the  Radii  whereof  are  com- 
m.d  betw;een  the  Centre  of  the  Earth,  and  the  higheft 
romt  to  which  the  Planet  rifes  ;  fuppofing  the  Earth  to  bs 
in  the  Centre.    See  Heavens. 

There  are  0,-foC.Bcc.«r;c,  i.e.  having  the  fame  Centre  } 
Md  Orlis  Excenmc.    See  Concentric  [^c 
_  The  M^^„,«Orfc  orGrcn  Orb,  is  that  wherein  the  Sm 
IS  fuppos  d  to  revolve  ;  or  rather  that  wherein  the  Earth 
makes  its  annual  Circuit.    See  Oreit. 

Orb,  in  Aflrology.  An  Orb  of  Liglit  is  a  certain  Sphere 
or  txtent  of  Light,  which  the  Aftrologers  idlow  a  Planet 
beyond  its  Centre. 

They  fay,  that  provided  the  Afpefls  do  but  fall  within 
this  Orb,  they  have  almoU  the  fame  effefl,  as  if  they  poin- 
ted direflly  againft  the  Centre  of  the  Planet.  See  A- 
spect. 

The  Ort  of  Saturn's  Light  they  maie  to  be  to  Degrees; 
that  of  2„fiter  II.  that  a(Mars  y",  30'.  that  of  the  S,m  17° 
that  of  I  cms  8?.  that  of  Mermry  7°.  that  of  the  Momiz" 
30'.  » 

ORBICULARE  Oi,  Orbicular  Hone,  in  Anatomy,  is  one 
ot  the  Bones  of  the  mwatd  Ear  ;  tied  by  a  ncnderLioament 
to  the  Sides  of  the  Lobes  of  the  Ear  ;  and  named  from  its 
Figure,  which  is  round.    See  Ear. 

It  was  firft  difcover'd  by  Iran.  Syhius :  Its  Ufe  is  in  the 
Extenfion  and  Relaxation  of  the  Tympanum.  See  Tym- 
panum. 

ORBICULARIS,  or  CatiflriElor  Labionm,  in  Anatomy 
is  one  of  the  Mufcles  of  the  Lips.  See  Constric! 
tor. 

Thi:  Orbicularis  is  fingle;  its  Fibtes  make  a  Ring  about 
the  Mouth,  and  ferve  to  conllringe  and  draw  up  trie  Lips 
and  by  that  means  to  /hut  the  Mouth,  £Jc.  It  alfo  fcrves 
to  advance,  or  flretch  them  outwards  ;  and  has  the  chief 
part  in  the  Aflion  of  Killing.  Whence  it  is  alfo  call'd 
Ofcalatorius,  or  the  Kiffing  Mufclc. 

Verbcyen  will  not  have  it  one  Mufcle,  but  a  Pair,  whofe 
Fibres  meet,  and  join  at  both  Corners  of  the  Mouih  ; 
tho'  other  Authors  are  unanimous  in  making  it  fing'e,  and 
call  it  a  .S'p/jiViffej*.    See  Sphincter.  ' 

Orbicolahis,  at  Defriniens  Talftlrctrtim,  is  a  Mufcle 
fpringing  from  each  Corner  of  the  Eye,  and  anfwer'd  by 
another  of  like  Figute  and  Struflure  iii  the  lower  Eye-lid  5 
which  are  therefore  often  confider'd  as  one  Orbicular  Muf- 
cle.   See  Eye-lid. 

Its  Fibres  inviron  the  Eye-lids,  and  are  inferted  'nto  'cm, 
not  unlike  the  Sphinfters  of  other  Farts.  It  is  falicn'd  to 
that  part  of  the  Margin  of  the  Orbit,  towards  the  Nofe, 
made  by  the  fourth  Bone  of  the  upper  Jaw. 

ORBIT,  in  Aflronomy,  the  Tatb  of  a  PUnet  or  Comet  ; 
or  the  Line  defcrib'd  by  its  Centre  in  its  proper  Motion  in 
the  Heavens.   See  Planet,  l^c. 

The  Sun's,  or  rather  the  Earth's  Oiiit,  is  the  Cune 
which  it  paflcs  along  in  its  annual  Revolution  ;  call'd  the 
Ecliptic.    See  Ecliptic. 

The  Orbit  of  the  Earth,  and  that  of  all  the  primary 
Planets,  is  an  Ellipfis  ;  in  one  of  whofe  Foci,  the  Sun  is 
placed;  in  which  Ellipfis  they  move  according  to  this  Law, 
thataRadius  drawn  from  the  Centre  oftheSun  to  the  Centre 
of  the  Planet,  always  defcribes  Areas  proportional  to  the 
Times.   See  Earth,  Sun,  !gc. 

The  antient  Aflronoraers  made  the  Planets  dcfcribe  cir- 
cular Orii'tJ,  with  an  uniform  Velocity.  Copernicus  himfelf 
could  not  believe  they  fliould  do  otherwife  ;  Fieri  neqait^ 
fays  he,  ut  Cxlefte  corpis  jimplex  utio  Orhe  ifiequaliter  moveautr^ 
So  that  to  account  for  their  Inequalities,  they  were  obliged 
to  have  recourfe  to  Eccentrics  and  Epicycles  ;  from  the 
embarrafs  whereof,  Copernicus  himfelf  could  not  entirely  dif- 
intangle  himfelf.    See  Epicycle,  ^c. 


8  H 


6u» 


ORG 


(  670  ) 


ORD 


But  aficr  him  came  Aftronomers,  who,  With  a  lulls 
morei'hvfics,  have  made  no  difficulty  of  changing  thefe  cir- 
tular  0.4/1.  into  Elliptic  ones  ;  and  of  making  'em  mo^'- 
wiih  different  Velocities  in  different  Parts  thereof.  , 

Of  ihcfe  Elliptic  Oriin,  there  have  been  two  kinds 
ficn'd  :  Thefirfl,  that  ofKefler,  which  is  the  common  hnip- 
fis  ;  to  which  Seib  Ward,  tlio'  he  himfelf  keeps  to  'hmks 
one  mieht  venture  to  fubilituie  circular  Orto>,  by  ufingtwo 
I'oints  faken  ate.jual  Diftances  from  the  Centre  on  one  of 
their  Diameters,  as  they  do  in  the  Foci  of  the  Ell.pf.s. 
Thefecond  is  that  of  M.  C#«/  i  whofe  Characlet  is  this 
that  the  Produas  of  the  right  Lines  drawn  frotn  "ch  Po  nt 
of  its  Circumference  are  every  where  equal  ;  whereas  in  he 
common  Ellipfis,  'tis  the  Sum  of  thole  right  Lines  that  is 
always  the  fame.    See  Ellipsis.  ■    ■  <-  ,:„„„, 

M.  Vc,n,n,n  fliewshow  inconfiftent  eo;er„.c»i  s  Sentiment 
is  with  the  Mechanifm  of  the  Heavens  :  Since  the  Forces 
which  Planets  have  to  retain  em  m  their  Orku,  .L^uft  al- 
moft  always  confpire  to  make  "em  move  with  '"llv  ^  " 
fercnt  Velocities  ;  and  that  among  an  infinity  of  Ciles, 
there  is  but  one  wherein  they  can  move  ""^'mly- 

The  Semi-diameter  of  the  Earth  s  O.  J«,  Dr.  Grej.ij. 
makes  9^,696,969  M'l«  -Enj/i/Z, ;  and  the  Semi-d.ameterof 
&(»r>i'jO  .''.'t  about  10  times  as  great. 

The  0.  J'f  of  the  Planets  are  not  all  m  the  fame  Plane 
as  the  Ecliptic,  or  the  Earth's  Orh.t  round  the  Sun  ;  but 
Tatioully  itcl.ned  to  it,  and  to  one  another.  But  11  1 
Ihe  PI  n=  of  the  Ecliptic  interfefls  the  Plane  of  the  0,fa 
of  every  Planet  ,n  a  right  Line,  which  patfes  through  the 
Sun.    See  Inclination.  ,  ,    m         c  -l. 

The  Quantities  of  the  Inclinations  of  the  Planes  ot  the 
OAiu  o^he  ptimary  Planets  to  that  of  the  Ecliptic,  are 
as  follow  t  That  of  S.n»n,  is  an  Angle  of  x  Degrees  ,  = 
That  of  3»f;r«-,  an  Angle  of  I  Deg  =°  M'";,  J^"  °/ 
M«r,  is  almoll  a  Deg.  Ve,,.,!  is  a  little  more  *an  ,  Ueg. 
20  Min.  And  that  of  Mcrc...^  a  little  more  than  7  Degr. 
See  Saturn,  Mars,  Venus,  Cic.  .  v„_ 

The  0,b,t!  »/  Cc„:m,  Cafjm,  takes  to  be  Reflilinear  ,  but 
Dr  Wlei,  from  Sir  l/a.-ic  Ne»»ton's  Theory,  Dlews  them  to 
he  parabolical,  having  the  Sun  in  one  of  their  Foci.  See 

^  Oa"iTS,  in  Anatomy,  the  two  large  Cavities,  wherein 
the  Eyes  are  plac'd.    See  Eye.  .,    r  r  r 

Their  Figure  is  pyramidal  :  They  are  form  d  of  fix  le- 
vcral  Bones ;  and  are  perforated  at  bottom,  to  give  paflage 
to  the  Optic  Nerves.  .  . 

ORBITER,  in  Anatomy,  a  Name  foinetimes  given  to 
two  Holes  or  Cavities,  either  from  their  Refemblance  ot, 
or  Ncarnefs  to,  the  Orbits  of  the  Eyes. 

The  0,;.i<e.-  £«£™»...  is  the  Hole  in  the  Cheek-Bone  be- 

'°Tf,e'o°;-e.''l«.nn..,  is  a  Hole  in  the  Coronal-Bone  of 
of  the  Scull,  within  the  Orbit.    See  Coronal. 

ORCHARD,  a  Seminary  or  Plantation  of  Fruit-lrees, 
chieflv  Apples.    See  FRoiT-Tree.  ,  „   ,  , 

•l"Ja  Fule  among  Gardeners,  that  thofe  OM  m.m 
^.„-,t«.S  thrive  bell,  which  lie  open  to  theSouth,  South-Weft 
Tnd  South-Eall ;  and  are  fcreen'd  from  thelsorth  :  the  Soil 

'^'■';;X""afeflock'd  byTranfplantation^;  feldom  by  Se- 
mmaiion  See  Planting,  Nurserv,  lyC  ^  ,  , 
The  S^fon  for  tranfplanting  Apple-Trees  into  Orchard, 
U  il  the  Months  OB.k,-  Li  No.enAe,-  If  the  Leaves  be  n« 
■,U  off  at  the  time  they  are  removd,  they  mult  be  pull  d 
iff  They  are  likewife \o  be  prun'd.  Trees  may  be  tranf- 
ttanted  int^c  Orchard,  after  three  Years  Grafting  5  a"d  ought 
not  to  be  fet  at  alefs  dillance  than  eight  Yards,  nor  greater 
"hL  fourteen  =    And  the  richer  the  Land,  the  greater  the 

"^TreTrees  are  tranfplanted  to  bed  purpofe,  when  young  ; 
for  Trees  ten  or  twelve  Years  old,  a  narrow  Trench  mull 
be  dua  the  N.OTi»ier  before,  deep  enough  to  uncet  the 
fntcading  Roots,  at  fuch  adiftance  all  around  AeTree,  as 
Xe  Root^s  are  to' be  cut  off  at.  In  making  the  Trench,  the 
Roots  to  be  cut  off  clean,  and  without  fplitting  or  bruifing 
The  Bark,  and  the  Trench  fiU'd  up  again.  This  will  ena- 
ble the  Tree  upon  Removal,  to  draw  more  Nouriihment 
-ban  otherwife  it  would,  and  fo  thrive  better  in  its  new 
Manfion.    See  Transplantation,  Inoculation,  En- 

^'rtesTl'e' Blanches  of  all  tall  Orchard  Fmit-Trees,  are  to 
be  cut  off  till  the  Tree  be  arriv'd  at  the  height  defird. 
If  Tree  be  to  fpread  low,  fome  are  to  be  left  on  each 
^■J.     fo  as  to  form  a  kind  of  Balance.    For  the  firft 

,     'v  Ipitt   thev  muft  not  grow  thick  and  bufby-    mers  .am  f,-  -    -  - 

J"  Ai^tnuft 'be  prevented,  by  cutting  off  fome  of  Coverings,  ending  m  Pom 
'he  fnr.de  Shoots,  and  Lch  as  gtow^rofs  each  orher,  or    ./;....™..'s  Hvpothefis ,  whicl 
cenJant.     See  Prunino. 

^  The  Soil,  if  not  tich  enough,  is  to  he  amended  m  two 
or  three  Years ;  by  opening  it  around  the  Tree,  and  on  the 
^tfide  the  Ground  firft  dug.  when  the  Tree  was  fet ;  and 


in  a  Month's  time  filling  it  up  again  with  a  proper  Compod 
or  Manure.  See  M.'iNiJKE  i  fee  alfo  Prunin  o  and  Com- 
post. 

ORCHESTRA,  in  the  Drama,  the  lower  part  of  the 
antient  Theatre ;  made  in  form  of  a  Semi-Circle,  and 
furrounded  by  the  Seats.    See  Theatre. 

It  was  fo  call'd,  becaufe  in  the  Grecian  Theatres  it  was 
a  Place  where  they  kept  their  Balls  ;  from  i^x^^i^  which 
lignifies  CO  dance. 

The  Orcheftra  among  the  Greeh  made  a  part  of  the 
Scene  j  but  on  the  Reman  Theatres,  none  of  the  A^lors 
went  down  to  the  Orchejira^  w  hich  was  taken  up  with  S;ats 
for  the  Senators  ;  anfwering  nearly  to  the  Tit  in  our  Theatre. 
See  Scene,  £5jc. 

ORDEAL,  or  Ordael,  or  Ordel  Flotation,  a  Form 
of  Tryal,  i.  e..  of  evincing  Innocence  or  Guilt ;  praihs'd 
in  England  in  the  time  of  Edivard  the  ConfeJJor,  and  fiiicc, 
as  low  as  King  John  and  King  Henry  111.    See  Tryal. 

It  was  call'd  Tiirgatio  Vidgartt,  or  Judicium,  in  uppufition 
to  bellim,  or  Combat,  the  other  Form  of  Purgation.  See 
Purgation  and  Combat. 

The  PraSice  of  Ordeals  did  not  only  obtain  in  England, 
but  alfo  in  Erance  and  Germany  :  It  was  condemn'd  by 
Pope  Stephen  II.  and  abolilh'd  by  a  Declaration  of  Henry 

The  Ordeal  was  of  various  Kinds,  mz.  that  of  Fire,  that 
of  red  hot  Iron,  that  of  cold  Water,  rhat  of  judicial  Pot- 
tage, that  of  hallow'd  Cheefe,  that  of  boiling  Water,  that 
of  the  green  Crofs,  and  that  of  Dice  laid  on  Relicks,  covei'd 
with  a  woollen  Cloth.  ,   r     c     j  l  r 

But  the  more  popular  Kinds  were  thole  ot  red-hot  Iron 
and  Water:  the  firlt  for  Freemen,  and  People  of  fallllon  ; 
thefecond  tor  Peafants.  Sec  Judicium,  FiRE,WATER,i?t. 

■Tis  a  popular  Story  in  our  Hiiiorics,  that  Etnma,  iVlotner 
of  Edward  the  ConfeJJor,  being  accus'd  of  too  much  l-'amilia- 
rity  with  the  Bilhop  of  Leicejter,  demanded  the  Ordeal  of 
red-hot  Iron  ;  and  pafs'd  bare-tooted,  and  hood-wink'd,  over 
nine  red-hot  Plougli-Ihares,  without  touching  any  of  them. 

The  Woid.  in  the  original  Sason,  fignifies  a  peat  Judg- 
ment.   There  were  particular  Maffcs  lor  thefe  Ordeals. 

ORDEFF  or  Oredeff,  a  Word  frequently  uled  in 
Charters  of  Privileges,  for  a  Liberty  whereby  a  Man  daimsi 
the  Ore  found  in  his  own  Ground.    See  Ore. 

It  properly  fignifies  Ore  lying  under  ground  5  as,  a  Velj 
of  Coal,  is  Coal  lying  in  Veins  under  ground. 

ORDER,  in  Architeflure,  a  Syttem  of  the  feveral 
Members,  Ornaments,  and  Proportions  of  Columns,  and 
Pilallers  :  Or,  a  regular  Arrangement  of  the  projcfling 
Parts  of  a  Building;  efpecially  thofe  of  a  Column:  fo  as 
to  form  one  beautiful  Whole.    See  Column. 

Ferraidt  defines  an  Order  to  be  what  is  regulated  by  the 
Ordonnance,  when  it  prefcribes  the  Proportions  of  entire 
Column.^  and  determines  the  Figure  of  certain  Parts  proper 
to  them,  according  to  the  different  Charafters  their  diftereni: 
Ufes  and  Ends  require.    See  Ordonnance, 

M.  le  Clerc  defines  an  OrJcr  to  be  a  Culumn  charg  d  with 
an  Entablature,  and  fupported  on  a  Pedcftal.  ^ 

The  Definitions  Fitm-aiiis,  Barbaro,  Scamoz-z,i,  iSc.  give  ol 
Order,  are  fo  obfcure,  that  it  were  vain  to  repeat  them  : 
without  dwelling,  therefore,  on  the  Definition  ot  a  Word, 
which  Cuftom  has  eftablifli'd  ;  'tis  fufficient  to  obferve,  that 
there  are  five  Or*"  of  Columns;  three  whereof  are Grce*, 
'jiz.  the  Doric,  Ionic,  and  Corimhianh  and  two  Italic,  -via,. 
theTufcan,  mAComfofite. 

The  three  Greek  Orders  reprefent  the  three  different  Man- 
nets  of  Building,  '^iz.  the  Solid,  VeUca,e,^nA  Mean  i  the 
f^oltalic  ones  areimperfeft  Produaions  thereof.  The  lit- 
tle regard  the  Romans  had  for  thefe  laft,  appears  hence, 
that  we  don't  meet  with  one  InBance  in  the  Antique,  where 
they  are  intermix'd.  That  Abufe  the  Moderns  have  intro- 
duc'd,  by  the  Mixture  of  the  Greek  ,,nA  Latin  Orders,  Da- 
■„iler  obferves.  arifes  from  their  want  of  Refleaion  on  the 
Ufe  made  thereof  by  the  Antients.  ^ 

The  Origin  of  OrAi  i  is  alinoft  as  antient  human  So- 
ciety :  The  Rigour  of  the  Seafons  fir  1  led  Men  to  make 
littk  Cabins,  to  retire  into;  at  firft, halfunder  ground,  and 
he  half  abo've,cover'd  with  Stubble  :  A.  l-g'^  growing 
more  expert,  they  planted  Trunks  of  Trees  an^end,  laying 
mhetsa-Lof;,  to  Villain  the  Covering.  SeeARcHiTEC- 

Hence  they  took  the  Hint  of  a  more  regular  Architec- 
ture ;  for  the  Trunks  of  Trees,  upright,  reprefent  Columns: 
he  Girts,  or  Bands,  which  fcrv'd  to  ke.-p  the  Trunks 
from  burning,  exprefs'd  Bafes  and  Capitals ;  and  the  Sum- 
r^e«  laid  -a-Ws,  gave  the  Hint  of  Entablatures ;  as  the 
T>„;...„    jjjj  of  Pediments.  Ims 


r,™»?s  Hypothecs;  which  we  find  very  well  lUuflrated 
bvM.  See  Capital,  Pedestal  tJc. 

-  '^O  hers  take  it,  that  Columns  took  their  Rife  from  Pyra- 
mids v^hich  the  Antients  ereaed  over  their 'Tombs  ;  and 
S  .  the  Urns,  wherein  they  endos'd  their  Afhes.  rep^e^ 


O  R  D 


(  ^71  ) 


O  R  D 


IVntcd  the  Capitals,  \vhofe  Abacus  wis  a  BricI;,  laid  thereon  Snout :  that  Animal  belno  tKp  <;vml,„l  „r  c*,-  i 

;L"',:tu'ral.^'™=  ^--""-PP"-  P/„f  "8  ^-S'-SthrStjfalfi-lenct 

At  length,  the  G«efo  regulated  the  Height  of  their  Co-       Orvhr,  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  ri,r,  „.  n-n-  n-       r  l 

kmns  on  the  foot  of  the  Proportions  of  the  human  Body  :  Members  of  the  Body  of  a  State     »f,N         J  "  frr 

The  Doric  reprefented  a  IVlan  of  a  flrong,  robuft  Make  ;  blies.  Precedence,  (Sc.  '  ^"""^  to  AlTcm- 


K.itrtinul;  the  Camfcfitc,  the  Heroic;  and'  the  Cmin'thiiii 
tlic  rtri^iji.iL  Ses  each  Order  under  tts  fro^er  Arficle^  Tus- 
<  AN,  (i5'r. 

i  o  give  a  general  Idea  of  the  Oi-rfers ;  it  muft  be 
obfcrv'd,  that  the  whole  is  compos 'd  of  two  parts  at 
the  IcaK,  -j:z:  the  C^lumn^  and  EntaUature ;  and  of  four 
parts  at  the  inofl ;  when  there  is  a  Fedeflal  under  the  Co- 
lumn, and  one  Acroter,  or  little  Pedeflal,  a-top  of  the  En- 
tablature :  That  the  Column  has  three  parts,  ■a  s.  the 
Liaje,  the  >Jia/(,  and  the  Capiul;  the  Entablature  has  three 
lilcewife,  lis.  the  Architra-x,  the  fr/e,  and  Cntiich  :  Which 
Parts  are  all  different  in  the  fevcral  Orders.  See  each  Pan 
under  in  proper  Article. 

r«/c.iKORi)ER  is  the  firft,  moft  fimplc,  and  folid  ;  its  Co 

c  r....„„  T-i:  u:„!-  .  -.    ;t     -    1     ^  r 


blies.  Precedence,  (yc, 

0,I,"li',v\i"M'  of  Dignity,  or  honourable 

Quality,  which,  under  the  iame  Name   is  rommnn  ,„  r,- 
veral  Perfons;  and  which,  of  itfelf,  /ocj  n^t^rthet^^any 
particular  public  Authority,  but  onlyRa„Ca„d  a  Capa^ 
city  of  arriving  at  Honours  and  Employm-nts 
icier;  wnen  no  calls  rne 'ir^-       To  abridge  this  Definition  ;  Order  is  a  bi»^,itv  wi,!, 
the  Hern.iea;, ;  the  Ionic,  the    Aptitude  for  a  public  Employ;  by  which  it  Ts  diilin,    /l  u 


ihe  hnic  that  of  a  Woman  i  and  the  Corinthian  that  of  a 
Girl :  I'heir  Bafcs  and  Cj.pitals  were  their  Head-Drefs, 
their  Shoes,  ^c.    SeeB/.s!i,  ^c. 

'J  hcfc  Orders  took  their  Names  from  the  People,  among 
u'hom  they  were  invented  :  Scumozzi  ufes  fignificative 
l  ernis  to  exprefs  their  Character  i  when  he  calls  the  T;/- 
"        the  Gi;'«;:f/c  3  the.  Doric  ■  .      _    .  . 


public  Truft.  See  Office.  "n  01  a 

In  this  fenfe.  Nobility  is  an  Order,  ^c.  Clericature  an 
u,de.,  6vc.    See  Koeility,  ^c. 

Order  "^.alfo  the  Title  tif  certain  antient  Books,  con- 
taining the  D.vine  Oice,  with  theO,A.  and  Mant^er  of 
Its  Perlormance. 

RomanOrder,  that  wherein  are  laid  down  the  Ceremonies 
which  obtain  m  the  Roman  Church. 

,   Order   in  Aflronomy.    A  Planet  is  f.iid  to  go  accord- 

from  to  Tfflm«,  thence  to  G™,«,,  &c.  It  goes  con- 
traty  totheO,*,.  or  Succeffion  of  the  Signs,  whfn  ret  o- 

i^.'cr:;.:%vL^^. ^'1'/""'  ^r*'  sec 


j»/c.i«uRDER  is  tiie  tint,  molt  iimpic,  and  lolid  ;  us  Co-  grade,  i.e.  whei 

liimn  is  feven  Diameters  high;  and  its  Capital,  Bafe,  and  Uihection,  Reirocr  idation  fife 

^"u'sc  aT"'                     '«°""'"S^f"  Ornaments.    See  Order,  i„  War,  an  Arrangenmnt  of  the  Parts  of  an 

Vor,c  Order,  is  the  fecond,  and  the  moft  agreeable  to  tall^;  :nVs?uLr:"::  of ror'v?;^lf  ^ mL^hlng^; 

Ornament  on  its  Bafe,  or  on  its  Capi-  engaging.                                             '       '"-"i-mng  or 


Nature.  It  has  no  Ornament  on  its  Bafe,  or  on  its  Capi- 
tal. Its  height  is  eight  Diameters.  Its  Frife  is  diflinguilll'd 
by  Iriglypbs  and  Metopes.  Sec  Doric. 
^  lonfc  Order,  is  the  third ;  and  a  kind  of  mean  Propor- 
tiunal  between  the  folid  and  delicate  Manner.  Its  Capital 
IS  adorn'd  with  "Volutes,  and  its  Cornich  with  Denticles. 
See  Ionic 


engaging. 

An  U,dercfB.mel,  confifls  of  one,  two,  or  three  Lines. 
An  OrA,-o/AW>,is  dirpos-d  in  two  or  three  Column,, 
according  to  the  Ground.    The  Orders  and  Evolutions  make 
the  Science  of  Taflics.   See  Tactics 

Or*r  ,s  particularly  ufed  for  tlie  equal  Diflance  of  one 
Kank  or  I  lie  from  another.    The  ulual  Order  in  Files  is 


Mr/,.  We,,,  contrary  to  all  other  Authors,  gives  the  Ionic  thJee  Foot'-  in  ^MFlot  ^^The  ol^'ot 

alingle  Row  of  Leaves  at  the  bottom  of  the  CapitaL  as  much.           ^-""^      i^oot.     i  he  open  Or*,-  ,s  twice 

Cormtbian  Order,  invented  by  Callimachis,  is  the  fourth.  Orders,  by  wav  of  Emin<-ncv  or  H„;.,  n 

ther  chell,  and  moll  delicate.    Its  Capital  is  adorn'd  with  CharaBer  peculiar  m  EcclXa  f' whefebl^K  'r^ 

two  Rows  of  Leaves,  and  eight  VolutJs,  which  fuflain  the  a-part  for  tL  Miniilry     Sec  OrdIn  ation*^  ' 

nl  hk",''  M  J  ,V°'™"c"       D'»™<:'ers  high,  and  its  Cor-  This  the  K.,».„i,yi,  make  their  fixth  Sacrament.  SeeSA 

nich  has  ModiUions.    See  Corinthian.  Crament.                                    oaciaiuenr.  oeebA- 

Gjf.^e  ORDEJl,  the  fifth  and  lalt  (tho' and  In  the  Reformed  Cfa.rcJ^..,  there  are  but  three  Order,- 

le  Clerc  make  it  the  fourth)  _,s  fo  ca  Pd,  becaufe  its  Capital  ■viz-.  Billiops,  Priefis,  and  Deacons  :    In  the        I  Chur  ^ 

IS  compos'd  out  of  thofe  of  the  other  Or*rr;  having  the  there  are  feven,  exclufivc  of  the  EpifcopaL    T|  wh  ch 

-  Hows  of  Leaves  of  the  i^rmh.an,  and  the  Volutes  of  the  Council  of  Tr.,:t  enjoins  to  be  received  and  be  ev'd  on 


two  Rows  of  Leaves  of  the  Corinthian,  and  the  Volutes  of 
the  Ionic  It  is  alfo  call'd  the  Ktman,  becaufe  invented  a- 
mong  that  People.  Its  Column  is  ten  Diameters  high  ;  and 
Its  Cornich  has  Denticles,   or  fimple   ModiUions.  See 

ivOMPOSlTE. 


....   enjoins  to  oe  received  and  believ'd  on 

pain  of  Anathema. 

They  are  diflingui/h'd  into  Tetty,  or  Secttlar  Order,  ;  and 
Mi;or,  or  Sacred  Order,.  '    j  ana 

The  Psny,  orMn.r  Ort,m,  arefour;  -Stz.  thofe  of  Porter, 


i;  ;r  r,"  .    ,        ,  ,  i  or  JVln.r  Ori/crj,  are  four ;  ife.  th, 

R»i//c  Order,  IS  that  adorn'd  with  Ruflic  Quoins,  Bof-  of  Exorcift,  of  Reader,  and  of  Acolvthe.      Thnf^  • 

rages,  e^..    See  Rustic  ^""'^  Orrferr  may  marry  without  any^Kf^enf^^^^^^^ 

^/ii;c  Order,  is  a  little  Or*r  of  low  PiMers,   with  effeci,  thefe  Pmv  Or,fe/s  are  onlv  lonkll  ^;r,  rp       i'- • 

an  architrav'd  Cornich  for  its  Entablature;  as  that  of  the  and  as  Degrees  4ceffary  to  a  r^e  t  L  h  1°"^^^^^^^^ 

=  trx^^i ™  '''^  y""^  ^--'i  ovr-« i-"rr.ri:uVtLu?th"f';:;! 


den.    See  Attic. 

M.Blottdcl  calls  the  little  Pilaflers  of  Attics  and  Mezza- 
nines, f.dfe  Orders. 

Ferjian  Order,  is  that  which  has  Figures  of  FerfLtn 
Slaves,  inflead  of  Columns,  to  fupport  the  Entablature. 
See  Persi  an. 


Onyatic  Or'ber,  istha.  whofe  Entablature  is  fupported  ^me'L^  'and  e'dy  S^L  thtfirirpr/ro'l^th""/' '""^ 
wuh  Figures  of  Women,  inftead  of  Columns.    See  Cary-    of  Ordination        ^  ^  <-"'="'0"y 


J  ^    -   ^.  ^.^u.  iavt-ry  icrious  aoout  th 

joins  that  none  be  admitted  into  them,  withojt  und- rdandina 
Latin  ;  and  recommends  it  to  the  Bifliops  to  obfe  ve  the 
In^rvals  of  conferring  them,  that  the  Perfons  may  have  a 
iufhcier.t  time  to  exercife  ihe  Functions  of  each  Order  ■ 
let  It  leaves  the  Billiops  a  Power  of  dil,  Cnling  with  thof; 
Rules;  fo  that  the  four  Or*r,  are  ufually  conferr'd  the 
lame  oftv    mr)  f^.,^<T  ..  t 


ATIDES. 

Gothic  Order,  that  which  deviates  from  the  Ornaments 
and  Proportions  of  the  Antique  j  and  whofe  Culumns  are 
either  too  maffive,  in  manner  of  Pillars;  or  too  flendcr. 


1  he  a  erfr,  as  well  as  the  Rcform'd,  difavow  thefe  PeKy 

""S  iJ^^f  '"'"'='''«=ly  'o  the  Sub-diaconate. 
Their  £rlIR,re,  f/e„rjv  dates  in  the  time  of  the  Emperot 
Ji'J.tman.    There  is  no  Call  nor  Benefice  requir'd  for  the 


like  Poles:   its  Capitals  out  of  all  meafure"-;  -a-n-d-^arT'd    fciir'p^^y  ;"  aTd'^' ErflarTmt 

's:rGof;ir  -   ---'^rr  P'^p^r^^-  Bg-ii^^s^;"'- 

French  Order,  is  a  new  contriv'd  Order,  wherein  the  are  ttet"'  ;.°',hS.°of"n    '  ""p''"^  "''f 

Capital  confills  of  Attributes  agreeing  .0  that  People /aj  K^c^n^  PRr;st  td's"  Z' 
Cocks-Heads,  Flowcrs-de-Ly.s  be  The  rii.inrll  „fT-,, , 

.   Its  Proportions  are  Corinthian:  Such  is  that  of  M.,eBr„^  forbids  any  Prr„n  bete  admit;"?        ^ntient  Difcipline. 

tn  the  Grand  Gallery  of  rerfadle,  ;  and  that  of  M.  le  C  e^  Ms  Z  b  Jlu  peaceaWe  Doffel-       f  u 

M./eC/er.  gives  a  fecondV"^  n,*,-,  and  t^SfanifiOr.  fo  a  decen  SuSencl  ^al  W  ^      O  f.'='"=.fi'^'=  f"*™"' 

bcfides  his  Trench  Orderf  The  T,.fca„  he  ^anks  be-  monies  or  Penf  onT-  e'ce^t  wS  Z  r^^^^^ 

t,wecn  the  firli  Tafian  and  D.rir.    Its  height  he  makes  a,  the  Service  of  the'church  ^  ^  " 

rij^sr-  ;:d^r;?LbS:rf?;ann^t-;  .Ji::ti£^';^rr!:^^'dr^t"^ 
.4 .J^: f :trtr:h^Vorut  t^z^-  IXinttf:l,ls'"""= "—^^ 

air,,  Min     -The' h'"'^  ''^f '^.''a  T"*  f    „  "'""O'  Orders,  are  certain  Companies  of  Knights,  !n- 

Stle  Volute;-  theiSd.?  "f  the  Abacus  he  fufla.ns  with    fiituted  by  Kings  and  Princes ;  either  in  defence  of  tfe  kitb 
\olutes,  the  middle,  ,n  lieu  of  a  Rofe.  has  a  Lion's   or  on  other  Occafions,    as  to  confer  Marks  of  Honour.' 

and 


O  R  D 


(  ) 


ORD 


See 


And  make    diftinaions  among    their  Subjefts, 
Knight. 

There  have  been  five  Orders  purely  Military  in  Enghnd; 
viz-i  thofe  of  Knights  of  the  Garter,  Knights  Bannerets, 
Kniohtsof  the  Baih,  Knights  Batchelors,  and  Knights  Ba- 
ronets. See  the  Inllitutmn  of  each  under  its  proper  Ar- 
ticle, Garter,  Bath,  Baronet,  l^c. 

The  h-e7!ch  have  had  five  Military  Orders. 


for  all  forts  of  Gteat  Guns,  or  Ctnnon,  ufed  in  War.  Sec 
Gun  and  Can  non. 

The  feveral  Tarts  of  a  Piece  of  Ordnance  are  thus  nanri'd, 
•VIZ,  The  Outfide,  round  about  the  Piece,  is  call'd  the 
ferfcies  of  her  Metal,   The  Subllance,  or  whole  Mafs  of 
Metal  is  call'd  her  Body.    The  Part  next  us,  when  /lis 
fiands  ready  to  fire,  thotircechot  Coyle--,  and  the  Pummel, 

4.,,^  ^..v.   ~.j    ,  wa.  that  of   or  round  Knob  at  the  end  of  ir,  the  Cn/caie// ;  by  fome  the 

xhzGenetts  Intlituted  by  Charles  Martel  j  but  which  foon  Cafcahdl-Doch  The Tr«7i«j'oHJ  are  the  two  Knobs,  Spindles, 
fell.  The'oci^ei-  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  fince  call'd  the  Order  or  Ears,  which  hold  the  Piece  in  the  Carriage.  UanigUons 
of  ie  ^fflj-,  intt'itutedby  King  5o/j«ini35i.  TheO^-rfej-of  or  Dolfhim'mthQ  German  Cnm,  are  two  Handles  placed 
tir. Michael,  inftituted  in  14(^9,  by  Lewis  IX.  ThcOrderof  on  the  Back  of  the  Piece  near  the  Trunnions,  and  nearthe 
the  Holy  SPirity  or  the  blue  Ribbon  ;  the  Knights  of  the  Holy  Centre  of  Gravity,  to  mount  and  difmount  'em  more  eafily, 
Soirit  are  firll  to  be  Knights  of  St.  M/cW.    Order  of  St.    The  Rings  about  it  are  four  :    The  is  that  which 

Touis,  inftitutedbyLo«ijXIV.  in  ifjps-  ,    .     is  next  below  the  Touch-hole  :    The  nest   above  the 

The  Princes  of  the  Blood,  Marlhals  of  Fr^?ice,  Admi-  Touch-hole  is  call  d  the  Remforced  Ring:  The  next  to 
ral  and  General  become  Knights  of  St.  Lo«;i  by  their  that  forward,  the  Trunnion-Rmg:  The  next  to  that  the 
Q^^g'  '  Cornice-Rin^  :    That  at  the  Mouth,  x^q  Muzzile-Rmg, 

Reli'^ious  Military  Orders,  are  thofe  inftituted  in  defence  of  theFreeze:  All  the  Rings  near  the  Mouth  are  fomecimes 
the  Faith  and  privileged  to  fay  Mafs  5  and  withal  pro-  call'd  the  Jreese;.  As  to  the  internal  Parts  j  the  whole  Ca- 
hibited  Marriage,  '^''Y     Bore  of  the  Piece  is  call'd  her  Chafe.  That  part  of  the 

Of  this  kind  are  the  Knights  of  Malta,  or  of  St.  3ohn  of   Cavity  between  the  Trunnions  and  the  Muzzle  or  Mouth, 
^entfalem  ;  fuch  alfo  were  the  Knights  Temp/urj,  the  Knights   the  vacajit  Cylijtder  :    The  part  from  the  Trunnions  to  the 
Calatrava  Knighis  of  St- I«2i«"'',  TeKWi/c  Knights,  ts'c.    end  of  theCavity,  or  fo  much  of  it  as  containeth   (jr  is 
See  each  under  "its  proper  Article,  Malta,  Templar,   loaded  with)  the  Powder  and  Shot,  is  call'd  the  Chamber, 

The  Diameter  of  the  Mouth,  the  Calibre.    The  Space  be- 
Father  Tutignani  accounts  thofe  Military  Orders  where    twecn  the  Shot,  and  the  hollow  Superficies  of  the  Piece; 
M  irria"eis  not  allow'd,  rzsX  Religious  Orders.    F.  Ta^ehroch    within,  is  call'd  the  J'ent  ;  being  the  difft.Tence  betweea 
fays,  it^is  in  vain  to  fearch  iot  Military  Orders  before  the   the  Diameter  of  the  Shot,  and  of  the  Mouth  of  the 
Xllth  Century.  Piece. 

Re/ji'ioifj  Orders  are  Congregations  or  Societies  of  Re-  Ordnance  \n  England  is  diflingui/h'd  into  two  kinds,  -viz, 
lieious^  living  under  the  fame  Superior,  in  the  fame  Manner,  F;e/r?-Fifce;,which  are  from  the  fmallelt  to  twelve  Pounders; 
and  wearing  the  fame  Habit.  See  Religious  and  Con-  ^nA  Cannon  of  Battery ,  which  are  from  a  Culverin  to  a  whole 
gregAtion.  Can  non  I 

Ke/z'^ioiif  Orf/er-J  may  be  reduced  to  five  kinds,  viz.  Nonh,  Each  of  thefe  Divlfions  is  again  fubdivlded;  the  firft 
Canonsl  Knights  Mendicants,  and  Regular  Clerks •  See  each  into  Bafe,  Rabinet,  Falconet,  Falcon,  Minion  ordinary, 
under' its  proper  Article,  Monk,  Canon,  Ei^c.  Minion  largeft,  Saker  leart,  Saket  ordinary,  Deml-culverin 

Father  Hiews,  that  till  thelXth  Century,  almofl   lealf,  and  Demi-culverin  ordinary.    The  fecond  into  Cul- 

all  iheMonallcriesin-Ei'vofe  foUow'd  the  Rule  ofSt.iJeHe-   verin  leaft,  Culverin  ordinary,  Culverin  largeft,  Demi-can- 


W/ff  ■  and  that  the  diftinaion  of  Orders  did  not  co.nmence 
till 'upon  the  Reunion  of  feveral  Monafteries  into  one  Con- 
gregation, That  S.  Odo,  Abbot  of  Cluny,  began  firft  this  Re- 
union, bringing  feveral  under  the  Dependence  of  Clujiy  : 
That,  a  little  afterwards,  in  the  Xhh  Century,  ths  Carnal- 


nun  leaft,  Demi-cannon  ordinary,  Demi-cannon  large,  and 
Royal  whole  Cannon. 

The  Lengths  and  Jf'^eights  of  each  whereof ,  as  alfo  the  Weights 
of  the  BuUets  they  carry  j  fee  exfrefs'd  in  a  f  articular  Table 
under  the  Jrticle  Cannon,    See  alfo  each  Piece  under  its 


rfiJej  arofe  ;  then,  by  degrees,  the  Congregation  of  r(i//.'jJK-  proper  Head,  Cannon,  Demicannon,  Culverin,  Sa- 

hrofa  h  the^^Cijierclans,  Carthufians,  Aitgitjti7ies  ker,  ^c.               ,  ^     .     , ,      r    r  -n- 

in  the  XUIth  Century,  the  Mejidicants.    He  adds,  that  The  Strength  and  Serviceablenefs  of  a  Piece  oi  Ordjiance 

Li'pns  Sewam,  Abbot  of  Terrieres,  in  the  IXth  Century,  is  depends  very  much  on  the  thicknefs  of  the  Metal,  efpeci- 

thiffiril  that  feems  to  diftinguifli  the  Order  of  St.  Bened'B  ally  about  its  Chamber  and  Breech,  which  is  call'd  its 

from  tlie  reft,  and  to  fpeak  of  it  as  a  particular  OcWer.  See  Fortification 


Benedictine. 

White  O'-der  is  the  Order  of  Regular  Canons  of  St.  Ju- 
vukine.    See  Augustine.  ^  . 

Black  Order,  the  Order  of  BenediBines.  Thefe  Names 
were  firft  given  thefe  two  Orders  from  the  Colour  of  their 


Of  this  there  are  three  Degrees  both  for  Cannons  and 
Culvcrins  :  Such  as  are  ordinarily  fortify'd,  are  cail'd  Le- 
gitimate Pieces.  Thofe  whofe  Fortification  is  leffen'd,  are 
call'd  BaftarH  Tieces.  Thofe  doubly-fortify'd,  are  call'd 
Extraordinary  Tieces.    The  Fortification  of  a  Gun  is  rt;c- 


■Hahir  ■  but  are  difufed  fince  the  Inftitution  of  feveral    koned  from  the  thicknefs  of  the  Metal  at  the  Touch-hoi 


jther  Orders,  who  wear  the  fame  Colours. 

Grey  Order,  the  antient  Name  of  the  Ctflerclans;  but 
fince  the  change  of  the  Habit,  the  Name  fuits  'em  no 
more.    See  Cisterci  ans. 

OsEER,  in  the  Geometry  of  Curves,  fee  Line  and 
Curve. 

ORDINAL,  Ordinale,  in  our  Law-Books,  a  Book 
containing  the  Order,  or  Manner  of  performing  Divine  Offi- 
ces:    In  quo  ordinaiitr  Modiis^  Sic. 

Ordinal,  inGrammar,  anEpithet  given  to  fuchNum- 
bei-s  as  mark  the  Order  of  things,  or  in  what  Rank  they 
are  placed.    See  Numf.er 


at  the  Trunnions,  and  at  the  Muzzle,  in  proportion  to  the 
Diameter  of  the  Bore.  The  doubly-fortify'd  Pieces  area 
fall  Diameter  of  the  Bore  in  thicknefs  at  the  Touch- hole, 
^  of  it  at  the  Trunnions,  and  7^  at  the  Muzzle  :  The 
klten'd  Cannons  have  but  i,  or  \^  of  the  Diameter  of  their 
Bore,  in  thicknefs  at  the  Touch-liole,  rs  at  the  Trunnions, 
and  ,V  at  the  Muzzle.  All  the  double-fortify'd  Culverins, 
and  all  the  leffer  Pieces  of  that  kind,  have  a  Diameter 
and  l  at  the  Touch-hole,  Vr  Trunnions,  and  at 

the  Muzzle.  And  the  ordinary  fortify 'd  Cutverins,  are 
every  way  as  the  double-fortify'd  Cannon  ;  and  theleffen'd 
Culverlns  as  the  ordinary  Cannon,  in  all  refpeSs.    The  or- 


Thus   Firft,  Seconil,  Tenth,  Hundredth,  £S?c-  nieOrditml   dinary-fortify'd  Cannons  have  J  at  the  iouch-hole,  j  at 


ORDINANCE,  or  Ordonnance,  a  Law,  Statute,  or 
Command  of  a  Sovereign,  or  Superior.    See  Law,  ^c. 

Ordrnance  of  Farliamsnt,  is  ordinarily  ufed  in  the  fame 
Senfe  as  ^r-Wife,  or  Aa  of  Parliument.    See  Statute. 

In  the  Parliament  Rolls,  Aas  are  often  call'd  Ordinances 
of  Farliament  :  Tho'  in  fome  Cafes  we  find  a  difference 
made  between  the  two  5  OiY/i7i.i«cej  being  only  temporary 
thing,s,  and  capable  of  being  alter'd  by  the  Commons 
alone  ;  whereas  an  Aa  i.s  a  perpetual  Law,  and  cannot  be 
alicr'd  but  by  King,  Lords,  and  Commons.    See  Act. 

S\r  Ed-ivard  Coke,  however,  afTerts,  That  an  Ordinance  of 
I'liriiflJKewt  is  to  be  diftinguifti'd  from  an  Aa,  inafmuch  as 
the  latter  can  be  only  made  by  the  King,  and  the  threefold 
Confcnt  of  the  Eftates  ;  whereas  the  former  is  ordained 
with  or  by  two  of  them. 

Ordinance  of  the  Toreff,  !s  a  Statute  made  in  the  34th 
Tear  ofKe?/.  K  relating  to  Forcft  Matters.    See  Assise. 

In  i\\t  Trench  Jurlfprudence,  Ordonnances  are  fuch  Laws 
as  are  eftabliilied  by  the  King's  Authority  alone.  All  Or- 
donnances  begin  with  a  tons  Frefens  IS  a  ■'»e?ur  Salut. 

Ordinance,  orOaDNANGE,  isalfo  £i  general  Term 


the  Trunnions,  and  |  at  the  Muzzle. 

Ordinance,  in  Painting,  feeORCONNANCE. 
ORDINARY,  fomething  that  happens,  or  paffes  fre- 
quently, ufually.    See  Extraordinary. 

Thus  we  fay,  the  Ordinary  Courfe  of  Things  :  What- 
ever is  done  without  Miracle?,  isdone  hyordm^iry  Agents. 

Embaffador,  or  Ejiz-oy  in  Ordinary,  he  who  is  fent  to 
refide  ttatedly,  and  for  a  number  of  Years,  in  the  Court  of 
fome  Prince  or  State,  to  keep  up  a  good  Underftanding, 
and  fee  to  the  Interefts  of  his  Nation.  See  Embassador, 
Envoy,  Resident,  £5''^. 

Ordinary  isalfo  apply'd  to  feveral  Officers  and  Ser- 
vants belonging  to  the  Houfhold,  who  attend  on  common 
Occafions. 

Thus  we  fay,  Phyfictan  In  Ordinary,  &.c. 
Ordinary,  in  the  Civil  Law,  is  any  Judge  vefted  with 
Authority  to  take  cognizance  of  Caufes,  in  his  own  Right, 
as  he  is  aMagiftratc  5  and  not  by  Deputation.  See  Judge. 

Ordinary,  in  Common  and  Canon  Law,  is  the  Bifhop 
of  theDlocefe  5  or  he  who  has  Ordinary  EccIeGaftical  Ju- 
rlfdiaion  within  that  Territory  5  and  the  Collation  to  Bene- 
fices therein.  See  Bishop,  Couax,  Ecclesiastical,  i^c. 

There 


ORD 


There  are  Teveral  Chappels,  Chapters,  Abbeys,  £=?c.  ex' 
cmpted  from  the  Jurifdiillon  of  the  Ordinary.  S^e  Chap- 
jEL,  Abeey,  ^c. 

TUeRoii/ifj  Canoniflscall  thsVo-pQ  Or cli!:.^i^y  of  Ordniaries^ 
fince  by  v\c  Later  an  Council  he  has  ufurped  the  Right  of 
Collating,  by  Prevention,  to  all  Benefices;  in  exclufion 
of  the  Uriihiary  Collators.    See  Collation  . 

Ordinary  of  yJ^-zes  and  Sejfms^  was  a  Deputy  of  the 
Eifliop  oi  the  Dioccfe,  antiently  appointed  to  give  Male- 
faftors  their  Neck-Vcrfes,  and  judge  whether  they  read  or 
not  j  alfo  to  perform  Divine  Service  for  'em,  and  affilt  in 
preparing  them  for  Death. 

Okdinahv,  or  HoKOKrisi/eORDiNARY,  in  Htjraidry,  a 
Denomination  given  to  certain  Charges  properly  belonging 
to  that  Art.   See  Charge. 

I'he  Honoio-ahle  Ordinarki  are  ten  in  Number,  f/a,  the 
Ch':ef  FJe,  tend,  Fefje,  liar,  Crofs,  Saltier,  Chevroji^  Bor~ 
(/(ue,  and  Orle.   See  each  in  Its  Place,  CuiEf,  Pale,£;jc. 

1  he  Heralds  give  feveral  Reafons  fjr  their  being  cail'd 
I-/omurable  ■,  uiz^  I.  Their  great  Antiquity,  as  having  been 
ufed  ever  fmce  Armoury  was  fet  on  fuot.  And,  z.  for 
that  they  denote  the  Ornaments  molt  neceflary  for  noble 
and  generous  Men  :  Thus  the  Chief  reprefents  the  Hel- 
met, Wreath,  or  Crown,  covering  the  Head  :  The  Pale 
reptefcnis  his  Lance  or  Spear:  The  Bend  and  Bar,  his 
Belt:  The  leffc  his  Scarf  :  The  Crofs  and  Saltier,  his 
Sword:  The  Chevron,  his  Boots  and  Spurs;  And  the 
Bordure  and  Oi  le,  his  Coat  of  Mail, 

As  to  the  allotting  or  dilltibming  of  theCe  Or  dinar  ies^  fome 
Authors  v;rite,  that  when  a  Gentleman  hnving  behav'd 
himftlf  gallai.tly  in  I'i^ht,  was  prefented  to  the  Prince  or 
General,  and  a  fuitable  Coat- Armour  ordered  him  3  if  he 
were  wounded  on  the  Head,  they  gave  him  a  Chief  ;  if  in 
ihc  Legs,  he  had  a  Chevron  i  and  if  his  Sword  and  Ar- 
mour were  difcolourcd  with  the  Blood  of  Enemies,  a  Crofs 
or  Bordure, 

Some  Authors  hive  attempted  to  incrcafe  the  Number  of 
hiinnuyahh  Ordinaries  to  twenty  5  adding  to  thofe  above- 
mentioned,  the  plain  Quarter^  the  G/ro;;,  the  Efcutcheon, 
Oippe  dexter  and  finilter,  Emnianch  dexter  and  finillcr, 
C-i-ij/'//e  dexter  and  liniller,  and  the  Foijit.  But  thefe  are 
not  yet  authorized. 

OKDINARII,  in  Antiquity,  a  fort  of  Gladiators  ;  be- 
ing thofe  appointed  to  exhibit  Combats  on  certain  Hated 
days,  iSc-   See  Gladiator. 

ORDINATES,  jn  Geometry,  and  Conies,  are  Lines 
drawn  from  any  Point  ot  the  Circumference  of  an  Elliplis, 
or  other  conic  Section,  perpendicularly  a-crofs  the  Axis,  to 
the  other  fide.    See  Conic  ^cthon. 

The  Latijis  call  'em  Ordinatim  apfl'icat^e  :  Such  are  the 
Lines  M  M,  (Tab.  Cuni  cs,  F(g.  26.J  half  of  each  of  thefe, 
as  the  Lines  E  M,  ate  properly  only  Semi-ordmates^  tho' 
popularly  cail'd  Ordinate^.    St^SuMi -Ordinate. 

In  Curii^sof  the  fecond  Order  j  if  any  two  parallel  right 
Lines  be  dra.wn  fo  as  to  meet  the  Curve  in  three  Points  : 
aright  Line  which  cuts  thefe  Parallels  fo,  asthatthcSum 
of  two  Parts  terminating  atthe  Curve  on  one  fide  the  Se- 
cant, is  equal  to  the  third  part  terminated  at  the  Curve  on 
the  other  tide  ;  will  cut  all  other  right  Lines  parallel  to 
thefe,  and  that  mettthe  Curve  in  three  Points,  after  the 
fame  manner  5  i.e.  fo  as  that  the  Sum  of  the  two  Patts  on 
one  fide  will  be  always  equal  to  the  third  Part  on  the  other 
iide  ;  and  thefe  three  Parts  equal  on  either  fide.  Sir  JJaac 
Kcwfo;/  calls  Ord'matm  applicaitc,  or  Ordinates  af  Curves  of 
the  fecond  Order.    See  Curve. 

ORDINATE /^.^  Farahola,  p  cParabola. 
Orpin  ATE  m  an  Hyperbola,  fSee-s  Hyperbola. 
Ordinate  in  an  EiUfJi^y     J  ^.I^llifsis. 
ORDINATE  Kflno,  is  that  wherein  the  Antecedent  of 
the  firil  Ratio  is  to  its  Confequcnt  as  the   Antecedent  of 
the  ftcnnd  is  to  its  Confequenr.    See  Ratio. 

ORDINATION,  the  Aflion  of  conferring  Holy  Or- 
ders ;  or  of  initiating  a  Candidate  into  the  Diaconate,  or 
Prieflhood.    See  Orders. 

The  Ordin-itioH  of  Bifiiops  is  properly  cail'd  Confecmtion. 
See  Bishop  and  Consecration, 

Ordin.itiou  has  always  been  eileem'd  the  principal  Pre- 
rogative of  Bi/h.ops  ;  and  they  ilill  retain  the  Funilion  as 
a  Mark  of  Sovereignty  in  their  Diocefe.  In  theantient 
Difcipline,  there  was  no  fuch  thing  asa  vague  and  abfolute 
Ordination  ■■,  but  every  one  was  to  have  a  Church,  whereof 
he  was  10  be  ordained  Clerk  or  Prieft. 

In  the  11th  Century,  they  grew  more  remlfs,  and  or- 
dained without  any  Title  or  Benefice.    See  Benefice. 

The  Council  of  Trent  rellored  the  antient  Difcipline, 
and  appointed  that  none  /hould  be  ordained  but  thofe  who 
were  provided  of  a  Benefice  fufficient  to  fubfift  'em.  The 
Shadow  of  which  Practice  dill  obtains  among  us. 

The  Reformed  hold  the  Call  of  the  People  the  only 
thing  effential  to  the  Validity  of  the  Minittry  i  and  teach, 
that  Oi-filfmtio;/ is  only  a  Ceremony  which  renders  the  Gall 
more  Augulland  Authentic.    The  Coui>cil  of  Kotnc  in  744, 


(^1^  ) 


ORD 


orders  that  no  Oi-dlnattms  thM  beheld  except  on  ihefirfl, 
fourth,  feventh,  and  tenth  Months. 

With  us,  Orrfinatio»-D,T,.,are  the  lecond  Sunday  in  Lent. 
Tri«itj-Sunday,  and  the  Sunday  fallowing  the  iir(4  Wed- 
nefday  after  &^lemier  the  14th,  and  Decemlerxhe  I3:h. 

Pope  Alexander  II.  condemns  Ordinanm  per  Ja/tmi,  as 
they  call  it ;  i.  e.  the  Paffige  to  a  iuperior  Order  without 
having  pafs'd  the  inferior. 

ORDNANCE,  orOllDINANCE  t3#c<!,istheflanding, 
grand  Magazine  of  Arms,  Habiliments,  IndrumeniS  and 
Utcnfils  of  War,  as  well  by  Sea  as  Land  ;  not  only  lot 
thofe  lodged  in  the'I'ower,  but  in  all  the  Garifons,  Ciitles, 
Forts,  ^c.  in  Great  Britain^  from  whence,  as  occalion  re- 
quires, his  Majefly's  Armies,  i£c.  are  fupplyU  Sec  Of- 
fice and  Ordinance. 

The  Officers  of  the  Ordnance  are,  the  Uajier-Genera!, 
from  whom  are  derived  all  Orders  and  Difpatches  relating 
10  the  fame,  as  the  Service  fliall  beli  require.  ThisPolt 
has  of  hue  been  annexed  to  the  Office  of  Genctal  and 
Commander  in  Chief.    See  Master. 

Under  him  is  a  Lietuenam-Gejiei al  of  the  Ordn.mce-^  who 
receives  Orders  from  the  Mafter-Gencral,  and  the  rell  of 
the  Pri  me  Officers  at  the  Board  5  fees  'em  duly  executed  } 
orders  rhe  firing  of  the  Guns  on  Days  of  Rejoicing,  and  fees 
the  Train  of  Artillery  fitted  out,  when  ordcr'd  to  the  Field. 
See  Lieutenant. 

Next  to  him  is  the  Surveyor-General,  who  has  the  In- 
fpeftion  of  the  Ordnance,  Stores,  and  Provifions  of  War,  in 
theCuliody  of  the  Siote-keepcrs ;  he  allows  all  Bills  of 
Debt,  keeps  a  Checque  on  Labourers,  £>c.  See  Survevor. 

Under  thefe  is  a  C/eri  of  tie  Ordnance,  who  records  all 
Orders  and  Inftruftions  given  for  the  Government  of  the 
Office  ;  with  all  Patents,  Grants,  Names  of  Officers,  (£c. 
draws  all  Eftimates  for  Provifions,  and  fupplics  all  Let- 
ters, Inllrudiions,  Commiflions,  Deputations,  Contraifs, 
£i?c.  ferves  as  a  Checque  between  the  two  Accomptants  of 
the  Office,  the  one  for  Money,  the  other  for  Stores. 

This  Office  hath  alio  a  Store-Keeper,  who  takes  into  his 
Cullody  all  Ordnance,  Ammunition,  Stores,  iSc  thereto 
belonging ;  and  indents,  and  gives  in  legal  Security  for  the 
fafe  keeping  thereof;  and  renders  an  exad Account  from 
time  to  time. 

Here  is  alfo  a  Clerk  of  the  Delheriet,  whofe  Duty  is  to 
draw  up  all  Provifions,  cither  at  the  Tower,  or  any  other 
of  his  Majefty's  Magazines,  to  fee  them  duly  executed, 
gfjc.  And  a  Treafurer,  thro'  whofe  hinds  pafles  the  Money 
of  the  whole  Office,  as  well  for  payment  of  Salaries, 
as  Debentures. 

ORDONNANCE,  or  Ordinance,  in  Painting,  (he 
Difpofition  of  the  Parts  of  a  Painting,  either  with  regard  to 
the  whole  Piece,  or  to  the  feveral  Parts  ;  as  the  Groups, 
Maffcs,  Contrails,  Afpefls,  i^c.  SeePAiNTiNo. 

Tie  DoBrine  of  OauoN  nance  ii  compriz'd  in  the  folloniinr 
Rules. 

In  the  Ordonnance  there  are  three  things  regarded,  viz^ 
the  Place,  or  Scene,  where  5  the  Diitriburion,  how  j  and 
the  Contrail. 

In  the  firft,  regard  is  to  be  had  to  the  Diffafnion  of  things 
to  ferve  as  a  Ground- Work  3  and  to  the  Flan,  or  Pofition 
of  Bodies  :  Under  the  former  whereof,  come,  I.  The 
Landsk'^  ;  whether  an  uninhabited  Place,  where  there  is 
a  full  liberty  of  reprefenting  all  the  Extravagancies  of 
Nature;  or  inhabited,  where  the  Marks  of  Cultivation,  ^Ct 
mult  be  exhibited.  SeeLANDSitip. 

z.  Thz  Euildin^,  whether  Rullic;  wherein  the  Painter's 
Fancy  is  at  liberty  :  Or  Regular  ;  wherein  a  nice  Atten- 
tion is  required  to  the  Orders.    See  Order. 

g.  The  Mixture  of  both  ;  wherein  'lis  a  Maxim  to  com- 
pofe  in  great  Pieces,  and  make  the  Ground-Plot  big  enough  ; 
to  negletf  fome  little  Places,  in  order  to  bellow  more  on 
the  whole  Mafs  ;  and  to  (hew  the  more  confiderable  Places 
with  the  more  advantage ;  and  to  make  ibme  Agitation 
in  all  the  things  that  move. 

As  to  the  Plan  of  Bodies  ;  they  are  either  folid  ;  which 
again,  are  either  fo  by  Nature,  and  which  muft  be  pio- 
pottion'd  to  their  Places  ;  or  Artificial,  where  regard  muft 
be  had  to  the  Rules  of  Geometry,  Perfpedive,  Architec- 
ture,t?c-  Ortheymove;  which  they  do,  either  hyavo- 
luntary  Motion,  wherein  care  muft  be  had  to  proportion 
'em  to  theit  Situation,  and  tofirengthen  'em  by  the  re- 
garding Equilibriuin  ;  or  by  fome  extraordinary  Poweit, 
as  Machines,  where  the  Caufes  of  their  Motions  muft 
appear.  Or  they  are  things  at  a  diftance.  In  all  which,  an 
even  Plane  muft  flill  be  propofed  to  find  their  precife  Si- 
tuation, and  fettle  their  Place  by  fudden  breaks  and  dillan- 
ces  agreeable  to  their  Perfpeffive.  See  Ec^oilierium, 
Perspective,  ^c. 

In  placing  the  Figures,  regard  muft  be  had,  i.  To  the 
Group,  which  eonnefls  the  Subje£f,  and  flays  the  Sight, 
In  this  are  to  be  confider'd  the  Knot,  or  Nodtis,  which  binds 
the  Group  ;  and  the  Kearnefs  of  Figures,  which  we  may 
8  I  caU 


ORG 


(  ^74  ) 


ORG 


call  the  Chain,  as  it  holds  'em  together;  that  the  Group 
be  fuftain'ti  by  fomcthing  loofe  and  diftin6t  from  it;  and 
by  the  fame  join'd  and  continued  to  the  other  Groups  : 
And  that  the  Lights  and  Shadows  be  fo  difpofed,  as  that 
we  may  at  once  fee  the  Effeas  of  all  the  Parts  of  the 
Compofition.    See  Groui". 

2.  To  the  JEiians,  wherein  forced  Attitudes  are  to  be 
avoided  ;  and  fimple  Nature  fliewn  in  her  moft  advanta- 
geous Poftures.  In  weak  and  lean  Figures,  the  Nudities 
not  to  be  /hewn;  but  occafions  of  covering  'em  fought. 
In  all  human  Figures,  fpecial  Care  to  be  taken,  the  Head 
be  well  placed  between  the  Shoulders  ;  the  Trunk  on  the 
Haunches,  and  the  whole  on  the  Feet.  See  Atti- 
tude. 

5.  To  the  D-rapei-y,  which  is  to  be  adjufted  fo,  as  it 
may  appear  real  Garments,  and  not  Stuffs  loofely  thrown 
on.  The  Folds  to  be  fo  difpofed,  as  to  leave  the  great 
parts  wherein  the  Nudity  may  appear,  free  ;  ranging  the 
little  Folds  about  the  Joints,  and  avoiding  'em  on  the  Re- 
lievo of  the  Members.  And,  laftly,  to  difpofe  the  Dra- 
peries, by  ralfmg  the  Stuff,  and  letting  it  falUightly,  that 
the  Air  fuflaining  the  Folds,  may  let  'em  fall  fofr.  See 
Drapery. 

Lailly,  in  the  Contrajl^  are  to  be  confider'd  the  Anions, 
which  vary  infinitely  :  The  Afpe^ls,  which,  in  Anions  of 
the  fame  kind,  may,  by  their  difference,  make  a  Contrail  : 
The  Situation,  according  as  they  meet  above  or  under  ihe 
Sight,  fir  or  near.  And,  h-iftly,  the  Cuftom5  which  ex- 
tends, indeed,  to  all  parts  of  Painting,  but  is  particularly 
to  be  regarded  in  the  Onlo7t!iaJ!ce  ;  to  be  managed  difcretely, 
however,  and  fliffiiefs  and  formality  avoided.  SeeCow- 

TRAST. 

Ordonnance,  in  Architeflure,  is  nearly  the  fame  as 
in  Painting  ;  viz-,  the  Difpofition  of  the  Parts  of  a  Building, 
both  with  regard  to  the  whole,  and  to  one  another.  See 
Building. 

VitrtiViiiS  defines  Ordonnance  to  be  that  which  regulates 
the  Size  of  all  the  Paris  of  a  Building  with  refpea  to 
their  Ufe. 

This  Definition  Iscenfur'd  h-^M.Tcrrault^  who  takes  the 
Ordonnance  to  confifl:  in  the  Divifion  of  the  Plan  or  Spot  of 
Ground  whereon  the  Kuilding  is  to  be  rais'd  5  /.  e.  in  the 
apportioning  or  laying  it  out,  agreeable  with  the  intended 
Dimenlions  of  the  whole  Fabric  ;  which  Mr.  Evelyit  ex- 
prelfes  in  fewer  Words  by  the  determining  of  the  Meafures 
of  what  is  affign'd  to  compofe  thefeveral  Apartments. 

On  this  Foundation,  Ordomuviceh  the  judicious  Contri- 
vance of  the  Plan  or  Model  ;  as  when  the  Court,  Hall, 
Lodgings,  i£c.  arc  neither  too  large  nor  too  little  ;  But 
the  Court,  ''^.gr.  affords  convenient  Light  to  the  Apartments 
about  it,  and  is  large  enough  for  ufual  Accefs.  The  Hall 
of  fit  Capacity  to  receive  Company  ;  the  Bed-Chanibcrs 
accordingly,  i^c-  When  thcfc  Divifions  are  either  too  great 
or  too  fmall  with  refpcft  to  the  Place,  as  a  large  Court  to 
a  little  Houfe,  or  a  little  Chamber  in  a  magnificent  Palace  ; 
?he  fault  is  in  the  Ordonnance. 

This  the  Antients  calFdTnx^  ;  and  diftinguiflied  it  from 
Dtathcf.s,  Difpofition ;  which  is,  where  alt  the  Parts  and 
MembersofaBuildlng are aflign'd  their  jull  Place  andSirua- 
tiun  with  regard  to  their  Quality,  OfBce,  Rank,  iSc.  without 
any  regard  to  the  Dimenfions  or  Quantity  :  As,  that  the 
VeltibTc  or  Porch  precede  the  Hall,  the  Hall  the  Parlor, 
that  the  Withdrawing  Room,  ^c.  The  Bed-Chambers, 
aoain,  to  the  Sun-rifing  ;  Libraries,  Galleries  of  Paintings, 
and  Cibinetsof  Curiofities,£^c.  to  the  North. 

ORE,  fee  Oar. 

ORGAL,  the  Lees  of  Wine  dried,  and  ufed  by  Dyers 
to  prepare  the  Cloth  for  more  readily  taking  their  fcveral 
Colours.    See  Dying,  Cclour,  Tartar,  i^c. 

ORGAN,  in  Mufic,  the  largeft  and  molt  harmonious 
of  all  Wind-Inflruments.    See  Music. 

The  Invention  of  the  Orga7i  is  very  antlent,  tho'  it  Is 
agreed  it  was  very  little  ufed  till  the  Vlllth  Century.  It 
feems  to  have  been  borrow'd  from  the  Greeks.  Vitm-jiHs 
defcribes  one  in  his  tenth  Book.  The  Emperor  Julian 
has  an  Epigram  in  its  praife.  St.  Jerom  mentions  one  with 
twelve  Pair  of  Bellows,  which  might  be  heard  a  thouflind 
Paces,  or  a  Mile  ;  and  another  at  ^erufalem,  which  might 
be  heard  to  the  Mount  of  Olives.  The  Struflure  of  the 
modern  Organ  may  be  concelv'd  as  follows. 

The  Oi-gan  is  a  Buffet  containing  fevcral  Rows  of  Pipes. 
The  Size  of  the  Organ  is  ufually  exprefs'd  by  the  length 
of  its  largeft  Pipe  :  Thus  we  fay  an  Organ  of  32  Feet,  of 
]  6  Feet,  of  8  Feet,  and  of  z  Feet.  Church  Organs  confift 
of  two  Parts,  -viz.  the  maln^  Body  of  the  Organ,  call'd  the 
great  Or^an  j  and  the  Fojithe,  or  linle  Orga?i,  which  is  a 
fmall  Buffet  ufually  placed  before  the  great  Organ. 

The  Organ  has  at  leaft  one  Set  of  Keys,  when  it  has  only 
cnc  Body*";  and  two  or  three,  when  it  has  a  Pofitive.  The 
large  0'-.^<7Hj  have  four,  fometimes  five  Sets.  Bcfides,  the 
Pedals  or  largeft  Pipes  have  their  Key,  the  Stops  or  Touches 
whereof  are  play'd  by  the  Feet.   The  Keys  of  an  Orgai: 


are  ufually  divided  into  four  Graves  ;  -j^.  the  fecond 
Sub-Oaave,  firft  Sub-Oaave,  middle  Oftave,  and  firlt 
Oaave._  Each  Oaave  is  divided  into  twelve  Stops  or  Frets  i 
whereof  thefeven  black  mark  the  natural  Sounds,  and  the 
five  white  the  artificial  Sounds  ;  i.  e.  the  Flats  and  Sharps. 
So  that  the  Keys  ufually  contain  48  Stops,  or  Touches, 
Some  Organlfts  add  to  this  Number  one  or  more  Stops 
in  the  third  Sub-Oilave,  as  well  as  in  the  fecond.  Note 
in  Harpfichords  and  Spinets,  the  natural  Stops  or  Keys 
are  ufually  mark'd  white,  the  artificial  ones  black.  The 
Pedals  have  about  two  or  three  Oclaves  at  thcpleafure  of 
the  Organift:  So  that  the  number  of  Stops  is  undeter- 
minate. 

Each  KeyorStop  prefs'd  down,  opens  a  Valve  or  Plu-* 
which  correfponds,  lengthwife,  to  as  many  Holes  as  there 
are  Rows  of  Pipes  on  the  Sound-Board,  The  Holes  of 
each  Row  are  open'd  and  Iliut  by  a  Regifler  or  Ruler 
pierced  with  48  Holes.  By  drawing  the  Regiiler,  the 
Holes  of  one  Row  are  open'd,  becaufe  the  Holes  of  the 
Regiiler  correfpond  to  thofe  of  the  Sound-board.  So  that 
by  opening  a  Valve,  the  Wind  brought  into  ihe  Sound- 
board by  a  large  Pair  of  Bellows,  finds  a  Paffagc  Into  the 
Pipe  which  correfponds  to  the  open  Hole  of  the  Sound- 
board. Butby  pufliingthe  Regilter,  the  48  Holes  of  the 
Regifter,  not  anfwering  to  any  of  thufe  of  the  Sound- 
Board,  that  Row  of  Pipes  anfwering  to  the  pu/h'd  Regiiler 
are  fhut.  Whence  it  follows,  that  by  drawing  feveral  Re- 
gifters,  feveral  Rows  of  Pipes  are  open'd  5  and  the~  fame 
thing  happens,  if  the  fame  Regifter  correfpond  to  feveral 
Rows.  Hence  the  Rows  of  Pipes  become  either  Simple 
or  Compound  ;  Sim//e,  when  only  one  Row  anfwers  to 
one  Regifter  j  Comfound,  where  feveral.  The  Orga- 
nifts  fay,  a  Row  is  Co}vj>ou?!d,  when  fcveral  Pipes  play 
upon  preffingonc  Siop. 

ThcPipesof  the  Organ  are  of  two  kinds;  the  one  with 
Mouths,  like  our  Flutes  ;  the  other  with  Reeds.  The 
firft  call'd  Fi^es  of  'Mutation.,  confift, 

I.  Of  a  Foot  A  AB  B,  (Tab.  Music,  Fig.  i.)  which  Is 
a  hollow  Cone,  and  which  receives  the  Wind  that  is  to 
found  the  Pipe.  z.  To  this  Foot  is  faften'd  the  Body  of 
the  Pipe  BBDD.  Between  the  Foot  and  the  Body  of 
the  Pipe  is  a  Diaphragm,  or  Partition  EEF,  which  has  a 
little,  long,  narrow  Aperture  to  let  out  the  Wind.  Over  this 
Aperture  is  the  Mouth  B  B  C  C  ;  whofe  upper  Lip  CC, 
being  level,  cuts  the  Wind  as  it  comes  out  at  the  Aperture.* 
The  Pipes  are  of  Pewter,  Lead  mix'd  with  a  twelfth 
Part  of  Tin,  and  of  Wood.  Thofe  of  Tin  are  always 
open  at  their  Extremities;  their  Diameter  is  very  fmall 
their  Sound  very  clear  and  ftirill.  Thofe  of  Lead  mis'd*, 
are  larger;  the  ftiorteftopen,  the  longeft  are  quite  ftop'd  ; 
the  mean  ones  partly  ftop'd,  and  having  befides  a  little 
Ear  on  each  fide  the  Mouth,  to  be  drawn  clofer,  or  fet 
further  afunder,  in  order  to  raife  or  lower  the'Sound. 
The  wooden  Pipes  are  made  fquare,  and  their  Extremity 
ftop'd  with  a  Valve  or  Tampion  of  Leather.  The  Sound 
of  the  wooden  and  leaden  Pipes  is  very  fofc  ;  the  large 
ones  ftop'd,  are  ufually  of  Wood  3  the  fmall  ones  of  Lead. 
The  longeft  Pipes  give  the  greateft  Sound  ;  and  the  ftiorteft 
the  nioft  acute  :  Their  Lengths  and  Widths  arc  made  in  the 
reciprocal  Ratio's  of  their  Sounds  ;  and  the  Divifions  regu- 
lated by  their  Rule,  which  they  call  Diapafan.  But  the 
Pipes  that  are  fliut  only  have  the  Length  of 'thofe  that  arc 
open,  and  which  yield  the  fame  Sound.  Ufually,  the 
longeft  Pipe  is  16  Feet  ;  tho'  in  extraordinary  Organs  'tis 
qi.  The  pedal  Tubes  are  always  open,  tho'  made  of 
Wood  and  of  Lead. 

A  JW-P//cconfiftsof  a  Foot  A  A  B  B,  (Tab.  Music, 
Fig.  2.)  which  carries  the  Wind  into  the  Shalor,  or 
Reed  CD,  which  is  a  hoUow  Demi-cylinder,  fitted  at  its 
Extremity  D,  into  a  kind  of  Mould  I  J,  by  a  wooden 
Tampion  F  G.  The  Shalot  is  cover'd  with  a  Plate  of 
Copper  EEFF,  fitted  at  its  Extremity  FF  into  the  ^ 
Mould  by  the  fame  wooden  Tampion  :  Its  other  Extre- 
mity EE  is  at  liberty;  fo  that  the  Air  entring  the  Shalot, 
makes  it  tremble  or  ftiake  againft  the  Reed;  and  the 
longer  that  part  of  the  Tongue  which  Is  at  liberty  FL,  is 
made,  the  deeper  is  the  Sound,  The  Mould  [  [,  which 
ferves  to  fix  the  Shalot  or  Reed,  the  Tongue,  Tampion, 
S^c.  ferves  alfo  toftop  the  Foot  of  the  Pipe,  and  toobligs 
the  Wind  to  go  out  wholly  at  the  Reed.  Laftly,  in  the 
Mould  is  foider'd  the  part  H  H  K  K,  call'd  the  Tube, 
whofe  inward  opening  is  a  continuation  of  that  of  the 
Reed.  The  Form  of  this  Tube  is  different  in  the  different 
Ranks  of  Pipes. 

The  degree  of  Acutenefs  and  Gravity  in  the  Sound  of  a 
Reed-Pipe,  depends  on  the  Length  of  the  Tongue,  and 
that  of  the  Pipe  C  K,  talon  from  the  Extremity  C  of  the 
Shalor,  to  the  Extremity  K  of  the  Tube. 

TlieQuality  of  the  Sound  depends  on  the  Width  of  the 
Reed,  the  Tongue,  and  the  Tube;  as  alfo  on  the  Thick- 
nefs  of  the  Tongue,  the  Figure  of  the  Tube,  and  the 
Quantity  of  Wind. 

To 


O  R  1 


C  ^77  ) 


ORI 


To  diverfify  the  Sounds  of  the  Pipes,  they  add  a  Valve       ORIENTAL,  fomething  fituated  to-v&rd  the  F:: 
to  the  Port-vent,  which  lets  the  Wind   go  in   Fits  or   regard  to  us  j  in  oppofition  to  Ocdiemal 
Shakes.  In  this  lenfe  we  fay,  Oriental  Fearh' 

Hydraulic  Org Kti,  a  Mufical  Machine  that  plays  by  found  in  the  £rt/^/«f/,ej.  Sec  Pearl.  ' 
means  of  Water.  Oriental  Languages^   mcaninn  the 

Of  thefe  there  are  feverat  in  Italy  in  the  Grotto's  of  ChuIdsE,  andCophtic.    See  Language 
Vineyards.    Ccefebes      yllts.andria,  who  lived  in  the  Reign       Oriental  ^fso.ivf/,  fee  Bezoard] 
vl' Ftoiemy  Evergetes,  is  fa  id  to  have  {irl\  invented  0'"^.i?:f 
that  plaid  by  compreffing  the  Air  with  Water,  as  is  llill 
praflifed.    jrch'imedes  and  Fitrtivitis  have  left  us  Defcrip- 
lions  of  the  Organ.    Felib'ien,  ds  la  Fie  des  ylrdyn. 

In  the  Cabinet  of  Q_^Chriftina,  is  a  beautiful  and  large 
Medallion  of  Faleiit'mian,  on  the  reverfe  whereof  is  feen  one 
of  thefe  Hydraulic  Orgmis  J  with  two  Men,  'one  on  the 
riglit,  the  oiher  on  the  left,  fceming  to  pump  the  Water 
which  plays  it,  and  to  liflen  to  its  Sound.  It  has  only  eight 
Pipes,  placed  on  a 
PLACEA  SPETRI 

CJrcan,  or  Orgues,  In  War. 
of  ieveral  Harqucbuf^  or  Muskct-barrcIs,  bound  togeth' 
l^y  means  whereof  fuiveral  Exploilons  arc  made  at  the 
fame  time;  ufed  to  defend  breaches,  and  other  Places 
attack'il. 

Organ  is  alfo  ufed  in  the  general  for  any  thing  framed, 
and  dcl+ined  for  fome  certain  Adion,  tJfe,  or  Opera- 
tion.   Sec  Function. 

Hence,  Organ,  or  Org4nical  Ptirf,  in  Phyfiology, 
is  fuch  a  Part  of  the  Body  as  is  capable  of  the  performance 
of  fome  perfecl  Ai5f,  ot  Operation.  In  which  fenfe,  all 
the  Parts,  even  the  moft  £inplc,  might  be  denominated 
Org-aii'iccil. 

Thcfc  O'gans  arc  divided  into  Primary^  and  Secojidrry 


Wi';h 


5.  d.  fuch  as  r'.re- 
HebjCWj  SyriaCj 

In  Aitrunomy,  a  Planet  is  hid  to  he  v'h  V 

rifes  ni  the  Morning  before  the  Sun.    See  Ris/nV 

Hence  Ononing,  the  turning,  a  thing  towards  the  P^ft 
or  djlpoiingit  foas  It  may  look  tc-wards  the  Eali  ' 
Inmuit  liellgions,  particuhir  C.ire  has  been' taken  ta 
have  .heir  Temples  orkntcd.    Sx.  Gregory  Ti.m«.«f„,  "    ;  ■ 
laid  to  have  made  a  Mountain  give  way,  becaufc 
vented  the  oriejuiiigof  a  Church  he  was  building. 
.    ^         ORIFICE,  the  Mouth  or  Aperture  of  a  Tube  or  I- 
round  PedelUl.    The  Inlcnpuon  is    or  other  Civity.    See  Tube.  ' 

In  Anatomy,  Obifi  ce  is  particularlv  ufed  for  the  Mnu.!,, 
Machine  compofed  of  the  feveral  Duds,  Veflels,  and  other  Cavities'-  ..7  f 
■    ■       ■         ■  ihe  Bladder,  Uterus  Stomach,  ' 

The  upper  Or;;/(Veof  the  Stomach  isthe  part  where  JJun 
gens  hit  J   the  lower  0,7jVce  is  callM  the  Fyhy^^s.  See 


pre- 
ipe, 


Hunger  and  Pylorus 

There  are  fume  Operations  in  ChymlRry,  where  th^ 
Oripa  of  the  VeCfel  muil  be  feal'd  hermetically  s.^ 
Hemetically, 

The  word  O'-z/iVe  is  alio  ufed  by  Extenfion  for  the  Aner 
tureofa  Wound,  or  Ulcer.    See  Wou'nd  and  Ui,CEjt 

ORIGENLVNS,  a  S^a  ofaniient  Heretics,  who  even 
lurpals  d  the  Aboininations ot  the  Gmjiia. 

Sx.  Ep-.ph.miiii  fpcaks  of  'em  as   fiill  fuhfifling  in  his 
He  fecms  to  iix  their 


time  ;  but  in  very  fmall  Numbe 


The/r/if  are  thofe  compofed  of  fimilar Parts,  and  appointed  Rife  about  the  time  of  the  great  O.igaz  ; 
for  fome  one  finglc  Funillon  :    Such  as  confift  of  feveral    fay  they  took  their  Name  from  him.    He  di 


of  thefe,  tho'  appropriated  to  one  lingle  Adion,  are 
efleemed  of  the  fecaadary  kind. 

Thus  the  Veins,  Arteries,  Nerves,  and  Mufcles,  are 
F-nmary  Organs  5   and  Hands,  Fingers,  Secoiidary  Or- 

gans. 

Organ  of  Senfe^  is  that  part  of  an  animal  Body  by 
means  whereof  it  perceives  external  Objefls,  See  Sense. 


but  docs  not 
--  —  dirtingui/lies  'ein 
trom  the  Origemjis, v^hom  he  derives  from  Onzen  "^d.vna/ints  ■ 
adding,  indeed,  that  they  firft  took  their  Name  from  one 
Ongen  ;  by  which  he  Intimates,  that  it  was  not  the  Great^ 
And  St.  Aigiijiiue  fays  exprelly  it  was  another. 

AstotheirDodrine,  all  that  Modefly  will  allow  to  be 
faid,  IE,  chat  they  rejeaed  Marriage;  that  they  ufed  feve 
ral  Apocryphal  Books,  as  the  Ads  of  St.  ^vW.ezi;  &c  md 


was  that  Fart 


Thefe,  fome  divide  into  b^ernal  which  is  the  Brain  ;  that  to  excufe  their  open  Crimes,  they\accuf -d  ThrCathn 
and  Exjenml,^z.z.  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nofe,  ^c.  See  Brain,    lies  of  doing  the  fame  in  private. 

ORIGENISTS,  Followers  of  the  Errors  of  On>c;f.  St 
Epiphamus  infiils  very  largely  on  the  Errors  of  this  Father; 
but  as  he  declares  himfclf  too  warmly  againit  him,  there 
may  be  fomcwhat  of  Ejcaggf ration  in  what  he  fays!  Nor 
do  St.  or  'Thcophlha  of  Akxavdna^   (ccm  to  have 

kept  their_  Zeal  within  the  proper  bounds  In  fpeaklng  of 


Eye,  Ear,  Nose,^^^. 

ORGANICAL,  in  the  antlent  Mufic, 
performed  with  Inllruments.    See  Music, 

The  Organical  comprehended  three  Kinds  of  Inllru 
ments  ;  -v'-z.  Wind  htjiruments^  asthe  Trumpet,  Flute, 
Stringed  Injlrumenti^  as  the  Lute,  Lyre,  ^t.    And  Fidfraile 


„  '   ;   3 Monks  of  £er/'''- 

See  Oroan  anil  ART.  ORIGINAL,  a  firii  Drau»ht,  Deli^n,  or  Auto.ra^h  of 

O^oA^,CALV,JeaJc^0frc^rcm  an  .,™„„/  Part  of  anything;  ferving  as  a  Model   or  Exemplar,  to'beimi 

the  Body,  whereby  its  lunft.on  is  impedeJ,  fnfpended,  or  rated,  or  copied.  See  Design,  Modee  ' 
deftroyd.    See  Body,  Disease  £5?..  Scarce  any  of  the  amient  Titles,  Tenu'res,  kr.  are  now 

Organ, CAi.  Vcfcr.fmn  ot  Curves,  .s  the  Method  of  found  in  the  Onii.ul,.    They  are  only  V.dimus^,  or  Copies 

defcribing  them  on  a  Plane,  by  the  regular  Motion  of  a  collated  with  the  Ori^iWj. 

'n-flr^^SS"^V' r        •    „  j-  ■  t  Original        Is  that  Crime  we  become  ^uihy  of  at 

ORGASM,   O,.,,';,,,,,,  in  Medicine    an  Impetus,   or  our  Birth;  by  the  Imputation  of  .;rf.„,'s  Dffubcdicnce 

too  quick  Motion  oi  the  Elood,  or  Spirits  ;  whereby  the  See  Sin.  i^iioDtaicnce. 
Mufcles  are  c.mvulfed  or  moved  with    uncommon  Force.       lathed  M,<kh,nch  accounts  for  0,-i.mal  Sin  fron,  Natural 

w   J  Co>,v„.s,ON.  (3c.  Caufes,  thus  :  Men  at  this  diy  retail,  in  the  Brah,  aU  rh^ 

The  Word  is  GreeX.,  w^f,  denoting  violence,  force.  Traces  and  Impreflwns  of  , heir  firft  Parents,  Foi'as  Anr. 
°"riu/-r«    •    a               u   n        j  o             .  ,  P>'"dnee  their  like,  and  with  like  Traces  in  rhe  Rnin  ■ 

ORGIA,  in  Antiquity,  Feafls,  and  Sacrifices  In  honour  whence  it  is  that  Animd;i  of  die  fame  kind  hlve  .he  flme 


of  iiflcc/j((i,  Inllituted  by  Oi-^kiir,  and  chiefly  celebrated 
the  Mountains  by  wild,  diftrafled  Women,   call'd  huc- 
chames.   See  Bacchanalia. 

£ii/e/)inr  derives  the  Word  itsJ  -rat  i^yv;,  fury,  madncfs. 
Others  from  cfaf.  Mountain  ;  becaufe  Orjibeits  removed 
from  Tir.rce  to  Mount  Gtierou.  Others  from  »p>!it,  a 
Place  confecrated  to  fome  Divinity.  Others  from  e.fyar. 
to  remove,  rcpulfe  ;  in  regard  the  Prophane 
driven  away. 


all  kinds  of  Sacrifices  among  the  Gret/'j  ;  of  the  fame  im- 
port with  the  word  Cerejf/oHier  among  the  Romajn. 

The  Orgia  were  alfo  call'd  Orfbica,  from  their  Inlli- 
tutor. 

ORGUES,  or  Organ,  in  War,  fee  Organ. 
ORGYU,  an  antient  GVrf  Meafurc,  feeMEAsuRF 
ORIENT,  -  ■  - 


Sympathies  and  Antipathies,  and  do  the  fame  thinns  on 
the  fame  Occafions  :  So  our  fi-lt  Parents,  after  "their 
Tranfgrcffion,  received  fuch  deep  Traces  in  their  Brain 
by  the  Imprcflion  of  fenfible  Objefls,  that  'twas  very 
pofTible  they  might  communicate 'em  to  their  Children. 

Now,  as  'tis  ncceflary,  according  to  tlie  Order  eftablift- 
cd  by  Nature,  that  the  Thoughts  of  the  Soul  be  con- 
were  ro  be   formable  to  the  Traces  in  the  Brain  ;  it  may  be  faid  that 
as  foim  as  we  are  form'd  in  the  Womb,  we  are  infeflej 
For  having  Traces  in 


n    -    r        T         /..,..-  iij"ii  .1*      .iic  lui ui  u  in  tne  vvi 

Sc,yms  ray.s,  that  at  firll  Org.a  was  .a  common  Name  for  with  the  Corruption  of  our  Parents  : 

kinds  llf    .STrrifi(.*.c  OlTlflnfl  rU^  I^^u.,/..    -     ..I    ,1...  f   ■  ,    '    .      -  _  _ 


the  Brain  like  thofe  of  the  Perfuns  who  gave  us  being  ; 
'tis  ncccffary  we  have  the  fame  Th,,ughts,  and  the  fame 
Inclinations  with  regard  to  fenfible  OSjcfts. 

Thus,  of  courfe,  we  mutt  be  bora  with  Concupifcence, 
and  Original  Sal.    With  Concupifcence,  if  that  be  nothing 
n,.,„    in  r.        u      -J   »ii      " ,      '""'1''=  "^'"'■='1  EflTort  the  TraceKof  the  Brain  make  on  the 
»i„'  of  ,hP  ^/"S'^P'^y/"''  Attronomy,  the   Mind  to  attach  it  to  feniible  things  ;  and  wi,h  Or,an.,l  S,n. 

Po  nt  ot  the  Hor,-/nn      K..^.  P  s  r',.  :i-  .1.^.  c  .   i'  -  -  » 


Eajf,  or  Eaft-point  of  the  Horizon.  "See  East, 
^   It  IS  thus  call'd  from  the  L.rii„  Oriie,  to  arife  ;  becaufe 
It  ism  this  Point  the  Sun  rifes.    See  Rising. 

Orient  Eqummial,  is  particularly  ufed  for  that  Point 
ot  the  Horizon  wherein  the  Sun  rifes  when  it  enters  the 
Signs  Jnn  and  l.'tra.    See  Spring  and  Autumn 


if  that  be  nothing  but  the  Pr-valency  of  ConcupHcence  ; 
nothing  in  efi:ec%  but  thefe  I!ffeas  confider'd  as  Viaorious 
and  as  Mailers  of  the  Mind  and  Heart  of  the  Child. 

O^IpINALIA,   in  the  Exchequer,   are  Rfecords,  or 
Tranfcripts   fent  to  the  Remembrancer's  Office,  our  of 
Northward  of  this  is  d;„r"'"""jT  ""'Tfl'"",        ,    Chancery;    and  differ  from  Rem  i,   which  contain  the 
Southwardra  /Lrajte^r  '  '""^  J^-^E-n^nts  and  Pleadings  in  Suits  tried  before  the  Barons. 


O  RILLON 


ORI 


( 


O  R  P 


Nami  und  Situ.rlml  of  tie 
Start, 


ORILLON,  in  Fortification,  a  rmiU  rounding  of  Earth, 
lined  with  a  Wall  ;  raifed  on  the  ShoulJer  of  thofe  Ea- 
fi:ons  that  have  Cafcments  ;  to  cover  the  Cannon  in  the  re. 

tired  Flanlv,  and  ptevcnt  their  being  difmountcd  by  the    pfec.of  theSouthid  □  of  hindHand 

^  The're  ate  other  forts  olOrllhm,  properly  call'd  SbmUe- 
rlnr,!,  or  Efaidementi,  almoll  of  a  fquare  Figure.  See 

ORION,  in  Aftronomy,  one  of  the  Conftellations  ot 
the  Southern  Hemifphcre.    See  Constellation. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  Ipfi-,  to  ram  i  the  ^   ^.  ^ 

■     ■      J.J  Xcmpefts  at  its  rifing  and    ^orth  in  the  hmd  Ulna, 


Preccd.  of  the  North  in  the  Square. 
Laft  of  the  South  in  the  fame. 

Laft  of  the  North. 


Amients  fuppottng  th.it  it  rais' 
letting.  . 
Stars  in  the  Cmfiellaitori  Orion 


in  Ttolemy^^  Catalogue  are 


in  Tycki's  6:,  in  the  Britannic  Catalogue 
Names,  Situations,  IVlagnitudcs,  Longitudes, 
tudes  wTicreof  are  as  follow  : 

Stars  in  the  Ctmfle!latlen  Orion. 


The 
and  Lati- 


South  in  the  hind  Ulna. 


Informes  following  Orion  hetween^ 
Geniini  and  Cttnii  major,  ^ 
75 


^'.Longitude  Latitude 
a  1  South. 

■  "  '  "1°  '  " 
z6  59  00  19  19  i8 
27  31  17';  8  42  i5 
z8  50  25'  5  39  59 
tS  94  14  ;  19  50 
18  34  01    9  1449 

29  IS  10'  4  1602 

29  24  09!  7173' 

29  34  49  10  53  13 

29   45    iz\l  1  ID  30 

n  29  55  4a  29  42 05 

S  o  00  00  13  £825 
I  56  47]iS4S4i 
3  3?  13I-S  03  0S 
3   55  4S 


E^'.Loneitude  Latitude 
South. 


Uames  apd  Situations  of  the 
Start- 

Preced.  and  6th  the  Lion*sSkin. 
5th  in  the  Lion's  Skin. 
7th  in  the  Lion's  Skin, 
ift  and  North  in  the  Lion's  Skin, 
in  the  Lion's  Skin. 

4th  in  the  Lion's  Skin. 
Srh  in  the  Lion's  Skin, 
id  in  the  Lion's  Skin. 
Laft  and  South  in  the  Lion's  Skin, 
prcc.  of2  Inform.  towardsiheHorn of  Ciia  11  00 
10 

Korth  in  the  preced.  Arm.  12  20  45 

South  and  fubfeq.  in  the  Arm.  4o 
Subf.  of  the  Inform,  tow.  the  Horn  of  D  13  ^7  34 


.   7  3s  39 

8  00  5  3 

7  46  00 

9  09  15 

9  2Z  II 

9  H  57 

8  09 

10  00  34 

9  II  41 


.  13  4^ 

14  56  24 

12  ;o  00 

15  30  26 

14  46  4- 

15  13  46 

15  4S  42 

16  37  3 
16  12  z6 
15  55  49 
15  49  47 

»5  n  4 


16  50  50 

17  23  22 

18  02  50 
18  01  10 


18 

24  21  -9 

17  20  25 
20  00  09 
23  36  07 

30  35  12 

13  5>  ^9 
19  54  10 
15  25  02 

14  01  58 


iS  38  582845  24 


That  againftthe  preccd.  fide. 
That  agw.inlt  the  preced.  Arm. 
1  S 

Bright  one  in  prec.  Foot  call'd  Regal 
More  North  over  the  Heel. 

North  in  the  prec  fide  und.  theGirdle. 
Pixced.  and  North  in  the  fide. 
£0 

In  the  preced.  Shoulder. 
Preced.  and  South  in  the  Back.  _ 
S.  in  the  prec.  fide  under  the  Girdle. 
In  the  Hiit  of  the  Sword. 
In  the  Calf  of  the  preced.  Leg. 

preced.  o't  4  in  the  Back,  as  it  were, 

in  a  right  Line.) 
That  foil,  the  Shoulder  to  the  South, 
id  of  four  in  the  Back, 
Preccd.  in  the  Girdle. 
;o 

Under  the  Point  of  the  Sword.  I[i7  34  <^5 
Preced.  in  the  Head.  i9  »5  5' 

In  the  Back  the  3d-  5  ' 

In  the  Head  the  North  of  three.  19  22  lii 

South  and  fubfeq.  of  the  Head.  19  4^ 

Prec.  oFthe  contig-  in  the  middle? 

of  the  Sword.  3 
Preced  of  the  North  of  the  contig.  7 

in  the  middle  of  the  Sword.  5 
Subfeq-  in  the  middle  of  the  Sword. 
South  in  the  Sword. 
Laft  of  the  North  in  the  Sword. 
40 

Middle  of  three  in  the  Girdle. 
Laft  of  4  in  the  Line  of  the  Back. 
That  under  the  rhird  of  the  Girdle. 
Subf.  under  the  Point  of  the  Sword. 
Third  and  laft  in  the  Girdle. 
45 

preced.  in  the  hind-fide. 

In  the  bind  Knee, 
preced.  of  two  in  the  Club. 
Latter  of  two  in  the  hind  fide. 
5° 

Glittering  Star  in  the  hind  Shoulder. 

That  following  the  fide  out  of  form, 
preced.  of  thofe  following  the  Knee. 
55 

Tn  the  lower  part  of  the  hind  Arm, 
Subfeq.  in  the  Club. 

taft  of  the  two  fidifeq.  of  the  Knee. 
6m 


5  25  50 
3  31  20 

64S  55 

8  i6  o; 
n  09  ^7 

24  01 
20  02  515 

9  ofi  31 
20  53  5' 

7  25  06 

14  22  37 
13  04  00 
7  1'  ?i 
20  07  "4 
1  45  55 

I  10  n 

29  52  5^ 
20  30  01 
5  51  "9 
9  37  39 

iiS  51  50 
1  21  07 
1405  24 
'  5  34  4' 
JO  57  44 


4  09 


4  09  13 
6  02  1 1 


So 


7  4»  51 

8  27  II 
^15  II  4S 


18 

iS  1;  14 

15  54" 

13  13  14 

14  54 
20  ;j  38 

2  2  46  0  3 


6 

4  S 

6 
5 

4  S 

6 

6 
6 
6 

4  S 


4  S 
6 

4 
4 

4  5 
4  5 
S 

S 
6 
S 

4  5 


ORION'S  Kii^ej-,  in  Aflrofiomy, 
Eridanus,  SeeKRIDANUS. 

ORLE,  Orlet,  or  Orlo,  in  Architcfliire. 

or  Quarter-round  of  a  Capital. 


Conftellation  call'd 


a  Fillet 
See  FiL- 


18  42  II 

18  40  14 
18  39 
18  46  48 


19  07  44 
10  09  56 
19  45  41 

19  35  25 

2C  21  4S 

20  57  34 

21  32  37 

22  03  41 
24  22  23 

23  38  23 


28  10  17 

2845  02 

29  14  37 
28  II  4S 

H33  23 
19  16  03 

MSS47 
50  34  50 
25  20  17 

21  5()  o3 
i«  59  55 
C7  06 
1 1  44 
57  'o 


24  29  I 

24  25  00 

25  14  10 
25  20  41 
25  23  32 


26  29 

26  16  05 
26  36  07 
z6  21  38 
0.6  12  0VI3404  58 


54401 
16  04  26 

21  38  50 

22  56  c4 
350204 

3  47  3' 
13  50  01 
3  20  37 
18  01  56 


ider  the  Ufoh 

LET. 

When  'tis  at  the  Top  or  Bottom  of  the  Shaft,  'tis  call'd 
CinUure,    See  Cincture. 

Faltajio  alfo  ufes  the  Word  for  the  Plinth  of  the  Bafes 
of  Columns  and  Pedellals.    See  Plinth. 

The  Word  is  French;  form'd  from  the  Latin,  Orletiim,  or 
Orlmi  ;  of  Ora,  a  Border,  or  Lill. 

ORLE,  in  Heraldry,  an  Ordinary  in 
form  of  a  Fillet,  drawn  round  the  Shield, 
near  the  Edge  or  Extremity  thereof. 

Its  Breadth  is  but  half  that  of  the  Bor- 
dure,  which  contains  a  fixth  part  of  the 
Shield  i  the  Ode  only  a  twelfth :  Add,  that 
the  Orlc  is  its  own  breadth  diliant  from  the 
Edge  of  the  Shield;  wherei^.s  the  Bordure 
comes  to  the  Edge  itfelf.  See  Bordure. 
_  There  is  fometimcs  one  Orle^  fometlmcs  two,  and  fome- 
times  three  :  When  there  are  three  or  more,  they  take  up 
the  whole  Shield. 

The  form  of  the  OyJe  Is  the  fame  with  that  of  the 
Shield  ;  whence  it  rcfcmbles  an  Inefcutcheon  :  as  in  the 
Figure  adjoining. 

When  an  Orle  is  flowerM,  'tis  call'd  a  Treffure.  If  a 
Round  of  Martlets,  Cinquc-foils,  ^c.  be  placed  about  any 
Ordinary,  in  manner  of  an  Or/f,  they  are  faid  to  be  cn 
Ode,  &c. 

URLOPE,  in  the  Sea  Language,  rhe  uppennoft  Space 
or  Deck  in  a  great  Ship,  from  the  Ma-n-Mail:  to  the  Miz,;n. 

OilNAMENTS,  in  Archiieaurc,  cxprefs  all  the  Sculp- 
ture, or  Carved  Work,  wherewith  a  Piece  of  Architecture 
is  enrich'd.    See  Sculpture  and  Enr  i c hm ent. 

l-'itrimus  and  VigmU  alfo  ufe  the  Word  to  fignify  the 
Entahlaiure.    See  Ent AiiL at ue e. 

Ornaments,  in  Rdicz-o^  are  thofe  cut  in  the  Contours  of 
Mouldings  ;  as  Leai'es,  Shell-',  Scrolls,,  Flowers,  Sic.  Oma- 
menfs,  inCictiti,  thofe  cut  within  the  Mouldings  5  as  SggSj 
i'lutes,  &c.    See  Moulding. 

ORNITHOLOGY,  that  Branch  of  Natural  Hlftory. 
which  confidcrs  and  defcribes  iJiiv^j,  their  Natures,  Kinds, 
^c.    See  Bird. 

We  have  an  excellent  OrJilthoh^y  of  Fr.W^lloughhy  Efq, 
and  another  of  Mr.  R>n',  a  Folfhumous  Work,  which  is  on- 
ly an  Abridgment  of  the  former,  with  the  Addition  of  his 
IByiih'iy-,  and  feveral  Kinds  wanting  in  the  other. 

P/iUm highly,  herein,  fpeaks  with  affurance  of  a  Swan  that 
lived  5C0  iears ;  and  a  Goofe  that  they  were  obliged  to 
kill  at  80,  by  reafon  of  its  Mifchievoufnefs. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ejp/?,  Bird,  and 
hoy©-,  Difcourfe, 

ORNITHOMANCY,  a  kind  of  Divination,  or  of  ar- 
riving at  the  Knowledge  of  Futurity,  by  means  of  Birds.  Sea 
Divination. 

Ornitbomaizcy,  among  the  Greek-',  was  the  fame  with  Au- 
gury among  the  Romaiis.    See  Auourv. 

ORPHAN,  a  Child,  or  Minor,  deftitute  of  Father  j  or 
that  has  neither  Father,  nor  Mother. 

Hence   the  Tahorites,  or  Followers  of  7.:fch.-i,  finding 
themfelves,  at  his  Death,  without  Chief  or  CondutSor, 
g    took  the  Appellation  of  Orfhajis. 

Oa,  tn  ^Ns  y^ojiey,  or  Tax.   See  Dvtv. 

ORI'I- 


ORT 


DRPIMENT,  or  Orpin,  by  the  Latim,  Jm-ijiigmenlitm, 
a  Mineral,  or  Semi-Metal,  ufuilly  found  in  Copper  Mines  j 
and  fuppofcd  to  contain  Particles  of  Gold;  which  may  be 
extraded  by  Chymiftry,  but  which  were  never  found  to 
countervail  the  Expcnce.  See  Mineral  and  Semi- 
Metal. 

Orftment  is  found  in  Stones,  or  Glebes,  of  feveral  Sizes, 
and  Figures  :  Its  Cdour  is  always  yellow,  intermixed 
with  other  Shades  ;  as  green,  red,  orange,  ^c. 

Sometimes 'tis  found  almort  quite  red;  which  is  the  pro- 
XQ'c  SandavAch      the  Antients.    Sje  Sandarach. 

But  that  ufually  call'd  red  Orf:mem,  or  red  Jrfenic,  is 
only  the  yellow  Orfmeni  heated  to  a  great  degree,  and 


ORT 


What  is  alledgec)  for  the  new  Onhgr.fy,  ;„  i,s  being 
more  commodious,  natural,  eafy,  (liorr  (gc 

Some  Authors  take  a  middle  Courfe  between  the  two 
Extremes  ;  retrenching  the  Letters  where  they  ate  abfo- 
lutcly  ufelefs,  as  the  j  ,n  an  infinity  of  Words;  and  yet 
Hud.ouily  retaining  all  the  Letters  whereon  the  Etymoloav 
has  any  dependancCi  °- 


In  the  En^l^,  the  Orthography  Is  more  vague,  and  un- 
alcertain  d,  than  in  any  other  Language  we  know  of  E 
very  Author,  nay  almoll  every  Printer,  has  his  particular 
SyHem.  Nay,  'tis  fcarce  fo  well  v*ith  us  as  that-  We 
not  only  differ  from  one  anothet ;  but  there  is  ftarce  anv 
n     -1  1   -     -L^,    r  °-  ----    tnsi  confifls  ^"ith  himlelf    The  fame  Word  ftall  freouenf 

put  ,„  a  Crucible,  with  Oil  of  Hemp-Seed,  Ol.ves,  or    ly  appear  with  two  or  three  different  Faces  in  tt' fa"  = 

Work,    Sec  Enolisii.  " 

The  Antients  who  nave  wrote  Treatifes  of  Onhorj-apby 
are  fehus  Lciigui,  Marks  riHarmin,  flamtis  Caper  ciodorm 
fin.i  Among  the  Moderns,    Torelli,   LifCu  Bmf 


Painters,  Fatriers,  Jjc.  make  a  great  Confumption  of  this 
Mineral  ;  but  as  it  is  found  a  violent  Corrofivc,  and  a  dan- 
gerous Poilbn,  it  mull  be  ufed  with  a  great  deal  of  Precau- 
tion. 

Orpnnent  mud  be  chofcn  of  a  Golden  Yellow,  eafy  to 
fcale,  and  the  Scales  very  thin,  fmall,  and  fllinina  like 
Gold.  ^ 

Some  make  three  Kinds  of  Orp'ment^  Ji%te^  which  is  the 
fame  with  Arfenic;  See  Arsenic.  JH/ozo,  which  is  the 
proper  Orfirueiitj  and  Red,  nhich  h  Saiidjracb  ur  Rsalgal. 
^ee  Re-Algal. 

The  Indians  Orpiment,  correilcd  with  Juice  of  Le- 
mons, with  good  Succefs  againll  Fevers. 

ORT'EIL,  in  Fortification.   See  Berme. 

ORTHODORON,  an  antient  Creek  Mcafurc.  See 
Measure. 

ORIHODOXY,  aSoundiiefs  of  Doarine,  or  Opinion, 
with  regard  to  all  the  Points  and  Articles  of  Faith. 

Orthodoxy  is  ufed  in  oppolition  to  Heterodtixy,  or  Herefy. 
See  Heresy. 

The  Word  istorm'd  from  the  Greek  op,5cf,  Right,  and  /o^ee 
Opiu'mi,  ^I'.dgfnetit. 

ORTHODOXY,  or  Fe^y?  0/ Orthodoxy,  is  alfo  a  fo- 
lemn  Feall  in  the  Greek  Church,  inlliiuted  by  the  Emprefs 
Theodora  ;  ftill  held  on  the  Btil  Sunday  of  Letn,  in  memory 
of  the  Relloration  of  Images  in  Churches,  which  had  been 
taken  down  by  the  leoitodajiel.    See  Iconoclastes, 

ORTHOGONIAL,  in  Geometry,  Rr-ht-ai:~kd.  When 
the  Term  is  referred  to  a  plain  Figure,  it  fuppofeth  one 


and  Beda. 

qams,  Scjoppk,  ralla,  and  M.jmiti„j  'the  younger,  iiave  wrote 


the  fame  Subjeil 
Orthography  makes  one  of  the  great  Diviftons,  Or  Bran- 
ches  of  Grammar.    See  Grammar. 

Orthography,  in  Geometry,  the  Art  of  Drawine  or 
delineating  the  fore-right  Plan  ot  any  Objecf ,  and  of  cx- 
prefling  the  Heights  or  Elevations  of  each  Part. 

li  is  call'd  Orthography  from  its  determining  things  by 
perpendicular Lincsfalling  on  the  Geometrical  Plane. 

Orthography,  in  Architeflure,  is  the  Elevation  of  a 
Building.    See  Elevation. 

1  he  O  thography  is  either  External,  or  Internal. 
External  Orthography  is  a  Delineation  of  the  external  Face 
or  From  of  a  Building  ;  exhibiting  the  principal  Wall 
with  its  Apertures,  Rool,  Ornaments,  and  every  ihina  vi- 
fible  to  an  Eye  placed  before  the  Building. 

Internal  Orthography,  call'd  alfo  a  SeB'mi,  is  a  D;l 
or  Draught  of  a  Building,  fuch  as  it  would 
the  external  Wall  removed.    See  Section 


:lineatiorl, 
appear,  wer» 


To  lay  down  the  OrtiIograhpy  of  a  BMdm'r. 

Draw  a  right  Line  for  a  Balis  or  ground  Line  (Tab 
Perspective,  Hg.  15. J  A  B,  and  at  one  end  erefi  a  Per-' 
pcndicuiat  A  D.  Upon  A  B  fet  off  the  widths  and  diflan- 
ces  ot_the  Gates,  Windows,  fife    On  the  right  Line  A  D 


Leg  or  Side  to  Hand  perpendicular  to  rhe  other  :  \  When  fet  off  the  Heights  of  the  ievetal  Patts  vifible  in  the  Faca 
Ipoken  of  Solids,  ;t  luppoleth  their  Axis  to  be  perpendicu-  of  the  Building,  -a.  or.  of  the  Doors  Windows  the  R„  f 
iat  to  the  Plane  ol  the  Horizon.  ■  ,    uc  rvoor. 

ORTHOGRAPHY,  in  Grammar,  the  Art  of  Writing, 
or  Spelling  juflly,  and  with  all  the  neceffary  Letters.  See 
Writing  and  Spelling. 


The  Word  is  iorm'd  from  the  Greek  ye^^t),  and  0 
rcfia  fcriptio. 

That  Diverfity  found  in  moft  of  the  modern  Languages, 


.  .  -     ,       o  ,       ■   ,  the  Roof, 

Chimneys,  (Sic.  and  apply  a  Ruler  to  each  Point  of  Div-fion 
The  common  InterfefHons  ot  the  rigiit  Lines  drawn  from' 
three  Points  parallel  to  the  Lines  A  B  and  A  D,  determine 
the  external  Orthography  of  the  Building  ;  And  after  the 
fame  manner  is  the  internal  <)rthography  laid  down. 
Perspective. 


See 


Orthography,  in  Fortification,  is  the  Profile,  or  Re- 


cfpecially  the  trench,  between  the  Pronunciation  and  Or-   ptefentation  of  a  fortify 'd  Place  ;  or  a  Draupht  V„ 

•l-"""— I  n;ffl„,l,;,..  ...  j^g^j^  as  that  the  length,  breadth,  height,  and  thicknX 
of  the  feveral  Parts  ate  exprefs'd  ;  fuch  as  they  would  ap- 
pear, it  itwere  perpendicularly  cut  from  Top  to  Bottom. 
See  Profile  and  Fortification. 

■    Orthography,  in  Perfue6iive,  a  Delineation  of  th(» 

Fancy;    At  firft,  indeed    tis  ptobable  they  wrote  as  they    fore-right  Plane  of  any  Oiiea.    See  Perspectivf 
pronounced;  but    by  degrees,  finding  that  Words  pro-       ORTHOGRAPHIC  VrojeBion  of  the  Sphere  h  a 
nounced  with  all  their  Letters  lounded  harfli,  they  began    ptefentation  of  the  feveral  Points  of  the  Surface  of  X 
,0  pronounce  more  biioothly.    Thus   in  fpeaking,   they    Spbete,  as  they  would  appear  m  the  Eye,  placed  at  an  infi 
thought  fit  to  foften  that  Hatllinefs  tefulting  Irom  the  con-    niie  dillance  ;  lo  call'd,  becaafe  the  Perpendiculars  from 


tbo7i-aphy,   makes  one  of  the  principal  Difficulties  in 

quiring  'emi  yet  does  it  arife  from  the  fame  Source  as  the  of  the  feveral  Parts  are 
Languages  themfilv^s.    Sic  Language. 

ThcGauls,  e.  g:-.  forming  a  new  Language  from  the  an- 
tient LatiKy  took  the  Liberty  to  model  the  Words  to  their 


currciice  and  claihing  of  Confonants ;  but  a"s  the  Onbo?... 
j'hy,  or  Writing,  did  not  offend  the  Ear,  it  liilt  continued 
on  its  former  footing. 

Attemptt;  have  been  Hncc  made  to  reduce  the  Writing 
to  the  rronunciation,  or  to  make  us  write  as  we  fpeak  j 
which  has  occafion'd  great  Difputes.  Tel'teuer  of  iW^/jj- 
was  the  fii'ft  who  pleaded  for  the  Change  of  the  Orthography  • 
and  after  him  i^hiigret^  Feter  RamitSy  de  Hois^  Menage^  and 
others  ;  but  in  vain. 

They  have,  however,  occafion'J  a  Schifm  among  Wri- 
ters, which  bas  done  more  harm  than  the  evil  they  intended 
to  reform  :  The  Frcfich  Writers  being  now  divided  into 
two  Parries  ;  one  of  which  retains  to  the  old,  and  the  other 
to  the  iiezv  Onho^raphy.    The  latter,  F.  Bufp'er  obferves,  is 


Point  of  the  Sphere,  will  all  fall  in  the  common  "inte"^ 
fe^ion  o{  the  Sphere  with  the  Plane  of  the  Proieaion. 
Sec  Projection,  ^ 

ORTHOPiS'^A,  in  Medicine,  a  great  difficulty  of  Re- 
fpiration,  wherein  the  Patient  is  obliged  to  fit,  or  fiand  to 
be  able  to  breathe.    See  Respiration.  * 

An  Onhopruca,  is  a  Species,  or  Degree  of  an  Arthma. 
oee  Asthma. 

It  may  be  caufed  from  Pus,  thick,  or  mucilaginous 
Juices  or  Polypus's  in  the  B>-o?2dv.i  ;  mercurial,  and^  other 
Fumes,  hindering  rhe  playiug  of  the  Lungs  j  Stoppage  of 
Evacu.itions;  Cachexies,  ill  Digefiions,  or  whatever  affords 
vifcid  Chyle,  or  occafions  the  Blood  to  run  flower  throuah 
the  Lungs,  either  by  ffraitenii.g  the  Canals,  or  thickenir 


the  more  confiderable  Body,  yet  arc  thef^  divided  am'ong    tb^  Blood,'  or^hmd^rin^rhT Motio^TorthrAn'm'Jr^^^^^^ 
thcmrelvej;  fome  being  for  carrying  the  Reiormation    fo  that  they  cannot  elevate  the  Breaft ;  or  that  caufcs  the 
^"  Klood  to  be  more  rarefy 'd,  or  more  in  Quantity,,  fo  that 

there  is  nor  fufficient  room  to  receive  it  into  the  Veffels 
of  the  Lungs. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  ofSof,  right,  and  Tvwy,  to 
refpire,  breathe. 
ORTIVE, 


much  farther  than  others. 

The  chief  Matters  urged  in  behalf  of  the  antient  Ortho- 
p'cphy,  are,  that  by  changing  ir,  we  fliould  lofe  fight  of 
the  Origin  and  Etymology  of  Words  borrow'd  from  the 
Grcf^  and  l:ifi??,^c.  T'hat  it  does  not  matter  what  Chii- 
raflers  are  ufed  to  ej^prefs  Sounds  in  writing,  provided  one 
linow  the  relation  between  thofe  Charadters  and  the  Sounds 


,  Orthus,  in  Aflronomy.     Orthe  or  Eaftern 
,  r  TU     1  rr  r  V  r"  ","    ■'^ "^p'' ^ "^e,  is  an  Archof  the  Horizon  intercepted  between 

thcyreprefcn   :    That  by  a  neceffary  conf.quence  of  fuch    the  Point  where  a  Star  rifes,  and  the  Eaii  Point  of  the  Ho" 
Change  the  Language  would  in  time  be  ad  alter'd,  and    rizon,  or  the  Point  where  the  Horizon  and  Equaror  inter- 
we  n^ould  lofe  the  Ufe  of  our  old  Authors  ;  as  ours,  m   feft.    See  Amplitude.  ^ 
their  turn,  would  likewile  become  unintelligible. 


o  s  c 


( 678 ) 


OS  c 


ORVIETAN,  an  Antidote,  or  Countcr-po'ifon  ;  focall'd. 
•becaufe  invented  and  propagated  by  an  Ops="'°'/'"°" 
Icm  mU.ly  -,  who^ade  Exper.ments  th«eof  .n  h.s  own 
Perfon,  ontbe  public  Stage,  after  taking  feveral  Doles  ot 
Poifons.    See  Antidote  and  Poison. 

In  Chan.r,  FI,armacof«.,  is  a  Method  pf  making  Or'V.cmn  5 
where  it  appears  that  Treacle  is  one  ot  the  principal  Ingre- 
dients. SeeTHERIACA. 

OS,  in  Anatomy,  fee  Bone. 
OsPuto,         -)  -Pubis. 
Os  Saamn,       f  VSacruM. 
OsJr*™'.  J^SccWlscHiUM. 
OsHj.;&<,      V  JHyoides. 

SsCHEOcIlE,  in  Medici"e"'a  kind  of  ft,^;.^,  where- 
in S^ft^nes  defcend  into  the..r.».  .S-^Hek...^ 
The  Word  isform'dfrom  the  6rcc/i  .0 i>^^ot^^, 

'  OScSom"oRIA.  in  Antiquity,  Feafls  inftituted  by 
TWL  inarknowlcdgmcnt  for  his  having  deflroy  d  the 
S",:.  and  by  that  means  freed  his  Country,  ^.tej,Urom 
^rTrib'u.e  of  feven  young  Men,  which  were  to  be  fent 
e«ry  Yearinm  C>«e,  to  be"devoured  by  thatMonfler.  See 

^slX'thc  0/d«^i.ri<.  were  inftituted  in  honour  of 
mL".  01  dB«..i..,  wL  had  affilled  «c/=».  m  his  Enter^ 
pri"e.    Others,  that  they  were  in  honour  of  ba.ch.i  and 

'"''To'celebratetheO/riofi."",  the  young  People  who  had 
Fa  l°crs  and  Mothers  ali4,  run  to  the  Temple  of  B»«i.r 

«^K'v^l^f^rrir:::fS::-c«<.^..,Branchofa 

tf  •  ,A  .„  with  Grapes,  and  fsf",  1  bear.  VUtunh  fays, 
^brC^Sp;."*- filmed,  bcc'aufe  inllituted  by  Ke- 
/™  when  on  his  Return  to  AiUm  ;  and  the  Feaft  celebra- 

ffd  after  the  Vintage.  , 

n  ^riLLATION,  in  Mechanics,  r,lr/i(,o,!;  or  the  recipro- 
cal A  fccnt,  and  Defcent  of  a  Pendulum.    See  PEN  DtiLoM. 

A^T,f  Oscillation,  is  a  right  Line  perpendicular  to 
the  appaient  horizontal  one,  fA-R '^ro', he  Centre  ot 
the  Earth ;   about  which  the   Pendulum  «/citot".  See 

^k'I  fimple  Pendulum  be  fufpended  between  two  Semi- 
cvc  oids   whofe  generating  Circles  have  their  Diameter  e- 
;la    o  harf  the  Length  o/.he  Thread  ;  all  the  0^" 
howfoever  unequal,  will  be  Ifocbronal,  or  Equi-diurnal. 
See  Isochronal.  «    l  r 

The  Time  of  the  entire  O^cViami  thro'  any  Arch  of  a 
Cycloid,  is  to  the  Time  of  the  perpendicular  Defcent  thro 
,hl  Diameter  of  the  generating  Circle,  as  the  Periphery  of 
the  Circle  to  the  Diameter.   See  Cycloid. 

If  two  Pendulums  move  in  fimilar  Arches,  the  Times  of 
OW<«i«»s  are  in  a  fubduflicaie  Ratio  of  their  Lengths 
'  The  Numbers  of  Ifocbronal  Oicdlmons,  pei  jrm  d  by 
,wo  Pendulums  in  the  fame  Time,  are  reciprocally  as  the 
¥lmes  wLein  the  feveral  0/a7/.,t;.«  are  perform  d.  bee 

'^''MH.KeBi's  whole  Doctrine  of  0/atoi<.»,  is  founded  on 
this  Hyw.hefis  ;  That  the  common  Centre  of  Gravity  of 
feveral  Bodies,  connefled  together,  mull  return  precife^ly 
o  the  fame  height  whence  it  fel  i  whether  thofe  Weights 
"turn  conjointlf,  or,  whether  after  their  I  all,  they  retutn 
fcparatel,  i  each  with  the  Velocity  ,t  had  then  acquired. 

'^'ThirSuw^fi"™  '"W"^;''  fr^:^'-,.""^  very  much 
fufpeaed  by  others.  And  others  who  inclined  ,0  believe 
irtrue  vet  thought  it  too  daring  to  be  admitted  into  a 
Science',  which  demonltrates  every  thing. 

It  kngth  M.Ber»...n.  demonBrated  it  by  fine!  Gcome- 
„„  ;  by  rd-erring  the  Weights  to  a  Lever.    After  his  D=.i.h 

'  „  ,,rv  and  natural  Demonflrat.on  of  the  Centre  ot 
^,iXL:ls  adva"nVd  by  his  Brother.    The  SubtUnce 

™'rt;i:?i.^uiumof^ae?j;ir;teLe„g,ha,^w^^^^^^ 

tailea  to  ,  ^       employs,  in  that  Fall  or  Demi- 

,,c„ver  ■«'""';^  ,,tna  e  Space  of  Time,  which  cannot  be 
."'Tr'eater  or  Tefs  Which  Time  is  necelTarily  fuch, 
u'''''r.%he  4ita.ive  Force,  c.  the  Force  which  produ.es 
•'"„7  ■  „f  the  Pendulum,  is  determined  in  every  thing 
:h:tt;:urs  .o  AeVotmation  thereof:   fo  that  it  can  only 

caufe  onc  ,l,e  Pendulum  is  form'd  of  three 

The  agitat.ve  Force  of  the      Moment  of  the  Weigh,. 

^^Si  iheV  °'or  Body  tied  to  the  end  of  the  inflexible 
R^d  5°.  Of  the  Diflance  of  that  Body  from  the  Point  of 
SufpCTlion,  or,  which  is  the  fame,  of  the  Length  of  the  Rod 
sr  the  Pendulum. 


Now,  1^,  The  Power  of  the  Weight,  be  the  Caufe  what 
it  will,  is  that  Power  which  makes  a  Body  fall,  and  that, 
-J.  gr.  at  the  rate  of  fourteen  Foot,  in  the  flrlt  Second  ot 
Time.  'Tis  vifible,  then,  that  this  Force  is  the  Effect  of 
a  Quantity  which  determines  thofe  fourteen  Feet ;  and  that 
a  heavy  Body  would  pafs  more  or  lefs  Space  in  that  fame 
firll  Second,  if  the  Force  of  the  Weight  were  greater  or 
lefs. 

2°.  As  that  Force  is  apply'd  to  each  Point,  or  infinitely 
fmali  Part  of  a  Body,  the  greater  this  Body  is,  or  the  lar- 
ger its  Mafs,  the  greatei  Quantity  of  Motion  or  Force  it 

The  Ditlance  of  the  moving  Body  from  the  Point  of 
Sufpenfion,  or  the  Rod,  is  always  the  Radius  of  a  Circle, 
whereof  the  moving  Body  defcribes  an  Arch  :  And  t)t  con- 
feouence  rhc  greater  the  Radius  is,  ceteris  f.-irlhs,  the  lar- 
ger Arch  the 'Body  defcribes.  And  at  ttie  fame  time, 
the  greater  Height  it  falls  from,  the  greater  Velocity  it  ac- 

^  Now,  the  agitative  Force  of  the  Pendulum,  is  only  that  . 
of  the  Body  fa'llen'd  to  the  End  of  the  Rod .  So  that  it  is 
the  Product  of  the  Force  of  the  Weight,  of  the  Mais  of 
the  Body,  and  of  its  Dillance  from  the  Point  of  Sufpenfion. 
The  Fotce  of  the  Weight  therefore  being  always  the  lame  ; 
and  a  Body  or  Weight  faflcn'd  to  the  End  of  the  Rod,  al- 
ways the  fame;  'tis  iinpolTible  that  two  limplc  Pendulums 
of  a  diiferent  Length  Iliould  be  llbchronal,  or  Ihuuld  make 
their  Vibrations  in  the  fame  time.;  for  by  virtue  of  thofc_ 
diffetent  Lengths,  the  Velocities  will  be  unequal,  and  of 
confequence,  the  Times  of  their  Vibrations. 

But  if  it  be  fuppos'd  that  there  are  in  Nature  different 
Forces  of  Weight ;  it  will  then  be  pcffible  that  two  fimple 
Pendulums  ot° different  Lengths,  fliould  be  llbchronal  ; 
the  one  animated  by  the  natuial  Weight,  the  other  by  the 
imaginary  one,  If  the  imaginary  Weight  be  greater  than 
the  natural  one,  the  Pendulum  imagin'd  Ifocbronal  to  the 
natural  one,  will  neceffaiily  defcribe  a  larger  Space  or 
Arch  in  the  fame  time ;  and  of  confequence  the  Weight 
will  be  fallen'd  at  a  greater  Dillance  tiom  the  Point  of 
Sufpenfion.  Tho,  to  have  an  Ifochtonifm,  the  two  agita- 
tive  Fofces  of  the  two  Pendulums  mull  be  equal  ;  yet  of 
the  three  Things  which  compofe  thefe  Forces,  there  are 
already  two  greater  in  the  imaginary,  than  the  real  Pen- 
dulum :  the  thiid,  therefore,  :.e.  the  Mafs  of  its  Weight, 
mull  be  diminilh'd  in  the  neceffaty  Proportion.  As  the 
Space  or  Arch  dcfcrib'd  by  the  iinaginary  Penduluin,  is 
greater  than  that  by  the  natural  Pendulum,  in  the  fame 
Ratio  as  the  imaginary  Weight  is  greater  than  the  natural 
one  ;  and  a  Radius  of  that  Arch,  greater  in  the  fame  Ratio, 
are  two  Things  infeparable:  the  two  Weights  will  be  al- 
ways to  one 'another,  as  thofe  two  Radii,  or  the  two 
Lengths  of  the  two  Pendulums;  which  always  gives  ihe 
Expreffion  of  the  imaginary  Weight,  and  by  a  neceflary 
Confequence,  that  ot  the  dimmifli'd  Mafs  of  the  Weight 
O'  the  imaginary  Pendulum.  If  the  Weight  be  imagin'd 
lefs  th  in  that  of  the  natural  one,  'tis  eafy  to  obferve  how 
it  IS  to  be  taken ;  but  that  were  needlefs  in  our  Defign.  ^ 

If  now  there  be  a  compound  Pendulum,  chargd  with 
two  Weights  fallen'd  to  the  fame  Rod ;  M.  henmS  con- 
ceives each  of  thofe  Weights  removed  to  a  greater  Dillance 
from  the  Point  of  Sulpenfion,  than  it  was  betote  ;  but  both 
to  the  fame  ;  and,  diminilh'd  in  Mafs,  in  a  due  Propornon  : 
fo  as  that  both  together  only  make  one  fimple  Pendulum, 
animated  with  one  Weight  the  Exprcffion  whereof  is  had, 
and  Ifocbronal  to  the  natural  compound  Pendulum 

Thus  we  fliall  have  one  fimple  natural  Pendulum  Ilo- 
chronal  to  the  compound  natural  one,  by  having  a  fitnple 
natural  Pendulum  Ifocbronal  to  the  fimple  imaginary  Pen. 
dulum  before  found  ;  which  is  very  eafy  :  fince  as  the  ima- 
ginary Weight  is  to  the  natural,  fo  is  the  Length  of  the 
fimple  imaginary  Pendulum,  to  the  Length  of  th=  fimple 
natural  Pendulum ;  and  'tis  there  is  the  Centre  of  0/c,»ar,.« 

"^Te'Js'of  Oscillation,  in  a  fufpended  Body,  is  a  cer- 
tain Point  therein,  each  Vibration  whereof  is  perform  d  ,n 
the  fame  manner,  as  if  that  Point  alone  were  fufpended  at 
that  Diflance  from  the  Point  of  Sufpenfion 

Or  it  is  a  Point,  wherein,  if  the  whole  Length  ot  a  com- 
pound Pendulum  be  coUefled ;  the  feveral  Ofiilktioin  will 
be  perform'd  in  the  fame  time  as  before.    See  Fendu- 

'^"I'ls  Dillance,  therefore,  from  the  Point  of  Sufpenfion,  is 
equal  to  the  Length  of  a  fingle  Pendulum,  whofe  O/ri".!- 
ticns  are  Ifocbronal  with  thofe  of  the  compound  one.  See 
Centre  of  Ofcilkuoit. 

OSCITATION,  the  Aa  populatly  cal 
It  is  perform'd  by  expanding  almofl  all  the  Mufcles  of  vo- 
luntarv  Motion  at  the  fame  time  ;  but  moll  confiderably 
thofe  of  the  Lungs  :  by  infpirlngagreat  Quantity  of  Air,  very 
ilowly,and  after  retaining  it  fome  time,  and  rarilying  it,  by 


O  S  T 


(  619  ) 


OVA 


txpeli:ng  it  again  llowly,  and  refloting  the  Mufclcs  to 
their  natural  State. 

Hence,  its  Effcfls  are  to  move,  accelerate,  and  ddtnbutc 
all  the  Humours  of  the  Body,  equably  thro'  all  the  Vcf- 
fels;  thereby  difpoling  the  Organs  of  Senfation,  and  all  the 
Mufcks  of  the  Body,  for  the  Tcrformance  of  their  relpec- 
tive  Funftions, 

OSCULA,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  ufed  for  the  Orifices,  or 
Openings  of  the  lelfer  Veffcls.     See  Orifice,  Vessel, 

^OSCULUM,  in  the  new  Analyfis.  A  Circle  defcribed 
cntherointC,  as  a  Centre  (Tab.  Analysis,  fig.li.)  with 
the  Radius  of  the  Evolute  M  C,  is  faid  to  o/caAiie,  kifs, 
the  Curve  defcribcd  by  Evolution  in  M  ;  which  Point  M  is 
call'd  by  the  Inventor  Ht.ygcns,  the  Ofadm  of  the  Qtm. 
SeeEvoLtJTF. 

The  Line  M  C,  is  alfo  call'd  the  RaJias  of  the  Ojcnhm. 
See  Radius.  ,    ^  r  i, 

The  Evolute  BCE,  is  the  Place  of  the  Centres  ot  all 
the  Circles  that  o/cntee  the  Curve  AMI,  defcribed  by  Evo- 
lution.   See  Evolution.  ^  ^ 

The  DoSrinc  of  the  0/cn/a  »/  Cums,  is  owing  to  Monl. 
icitijii;.,  who  firil  fi-iew'd  the  Ufe  of  Hnweni's  Evolute  in 
mealuring  the  Curvatures  of  Curves.    See  Curve. 

OscuLUM  Tacii.  Antiently  it  was  a  CuUutn  in  the 
Church,  that  in  the  Celebration  of  Mafs,  after  the  Prieft 
had  confecrated  the  Wafer,  and  fpoke  the  Words,  V.  x  Do- 
mini '.wbfcim,  the  People  kifsi'd  each  other,  which  was  cal- 
led Giciditm  F.icij.  When  this  Cutiom  was  abrogated,  .mo- 
ther arofe  ;  and  while  the  Prielis  fpoke  the  Words,  a  Dea- 
con or  Sub-Deacon  offet'd  the  People  an  Image  to  kifs  ; 
which  they  call'd,  F.icem.  ^  „ 

OSIANDRIANS,  the  Name  of  a  Seel  among  the  Re- 
formed; fo  call'd  from  JnJrew  Oflander,  Father  of  J-i<&. 

Their  diftineuill-iing  Doflrine  was,  That  IMan  is  juftily'd 
formally,  not  by  the  Faith  and  the  Apprehenfion  of  the 
Jullice  of  Jefus  Chrift,  or  the  Imputation  of  our  Saviour's 
JuHice,  according  to  the  Opinion  of  Laier,  and  Cahm  ; 
but  by  the  elfential  Jullice  of  God. 

Demi-Ojimiiinans,  were  fuch  among  the  Ofiuudriam,  as 
held  the  Opinion  of  Linhcr  and  Cahin  with  regard  to  this 
Life  ;  and  that  of  Ofianier  with  regard  to  the  other:  aCfert- 
ing.  That  Man  is  juftify'd  here  by  Imputation,  and  here- 
alic'r  by  the  effeniial  Jullice  of  God. 

OSS  A,  in  Anatomy.    See  Hones. 

OSSICLE, /itt/e  Bone ;  a  Diminutive  of  0.',  Bone.  See 
Bone, 

In  this  fenfc,  the  Term  is  ufed  among  Anatomills. 

Eolanifts  alfo  ufe  it  for  the  Stone  of  a  Cherry,  Plumb, 
Apricot,  or  other  Stone- Fruit.    See  STONE-frnir. 

OSSIFICATION,  in  the  Animal  Oeconomy,  the  For- 
mation of  the  Bones.    See  Bone. 

Bones  ,  Dr.  Draie  argu  es,  are  form'd  out  of  the  mod  com- 
minu  ted  or  broken  p;ut  of  the  Blood  i^fince  we  fee  that  the 
Blood  of  old  Men,  which  by  a  long  Courfe  of  Circulation, 
becotiics  in  a  manner  unfit  for  the  common  Office  of  Nu- 
trition, will  however  ojffy,  and  converr  into  Bones,  many 
of  the  Tendons  and  Ligaments  and  even  the  Coats  of  the 
Veffels  themfelves;  whofc  Subliance  being  next  to  the 
Bones  the  moft  compadf,  admits  only  of  the  fmalleft  l^ar- 
ticles  of  the  Blood ;  which  therefore  foonell  become  o/- 
/co«j,    as  they  are  frer^uently  found.    S;;e  Nutrition, 

OSTENSIO,  wa.s  a  Tax  antiently  paid  by  Merchants, 
££■(;.  for  leave  to  ihew  or  expofe  their  Goods  to  S.ile  in 

Markets.  .    r     ■     r   i         i  ■  i 

OSTENSIVE  DemonJtratiQKSj  in  Logic,  juch  as  plainly 
anddireflly  demoniUate  the  Truth  of  any  Propoilcion  ;  in 
which  they  are  diliin^^uifhed  from  Apogogical  ones,  or  De- 
duaions  ad  ahfurdw!,  or  cid  im^ojJ^hUc,  which  prove  the 
Truth  propos'd,  by  demonttrating  the  Abfurdity  or  Im- 
pcffibility  of  theconirary.    See  Demonsteation. 

ThefeO/?ew/?t'e  ZJewo7J/^rmfo»^  are  of  two  forts;  fomeof 
which,  barely,  but  direflly,  prove  the  thing  to  be  ;  which 
they  call  077;  and  others  demonftratc  the  Thing  from  its 
Caufc,  Nature,  or  effcntial  Properties,  and  thefe  are  call'd 
in  the  Schools  Ji'^ri. 

OSTEGCOLLA,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  q.  d.  ghie-hojte, 
s.  white,  or  afli-colour'd  Stone,  fhaped  like  a  Bone,  and  by 
fome  fuppofed  to  have  a  quality  of  uniting  broken  Bones  ; 
on  which  account  it  is  ordcr'd  in  feme  Plailers  j  but  the 
prefcnt  Prafticchas  no  fuch  Dcpendance  on  if- 

OSTEOCOPE,  an  acute  Pain,  wherein  the  Patient  is 
affcfied  as  if  his  Bones  were  breaking. 

Itarifcs  from  a  fliarp  Humour  vellicating  the  Tcrlofuimj 
or  Membrane  wherewith  the  Bones  are  invefted. 

It  isparticularly  incident  to  fcorbutic  and  pocky  Perfons. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  sr'.oi',  Bone,  and 
KCTtT^.iv,  to  break. 

OSTEOLOGY,  that  Part  of  Anatomy  which  teaches 


the  nature  of  the  Bones  of  the  huinan  Body  i  their  Form, 
Difpofition,  Articulation,  Ufe,  ^c.    See  Bone. 

Dr.  Clopton  Havers  has  given  us  an  Ojleohgy  ;  in  good 
repute 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Grseh  l^'w.  Bone,  and 
h'cyQ-^  DiJcourfe. 

OSTIA,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  ufed  indiffcrentlv  with 
Qfcula^  OrifceSf  &c.  for  the  Mouths  or  Apenure.i  of  the 
Veffels  of  the  Body;  as  the  OjiiaVagini^^  &c.  See  Va- 
gi n  a- 

OSTRACISM,  a  kind  of  popular  Judgm  ent  orCondcm- 
nation  among  the  ylthefiians ;  ur  a  Sentence  of  Banilhmcnt 
againlt  Perfons  whofe  too  great  Power  render'd  them  fuf- 
pc^led  to  the  People  j  or,  whole  Merit  and  Credit  gava 
Umbrage lell  they  fhould  attempt  fomething  againlt  the 
public  Liberty,  and  their  Power  degenerate  into  Tyranny, 
See  Ban ishm unt. 

It  had  its  name  fJ/^r;ici/?»,  in  regard  the  People  gavctheir 
Votes,  by  writing  the  Name  of  the  Pcrfon  to  be  banifii'd 
in  a  Shell  cr^'.icaj',  and  catting  the  Shellsinto  an  Urn. 

This  kind  of  Banifhment  had  nothing  infamous  in  if, 
as  not  being  for  any  Crime;  but,  on  the  contrarv,  wis 
held  very  honourable,  as  it  was  a  Mark  of  Popularity. 

It  lalted  for  ten  ^ears,  but  the  bani/li'd  Petfon  had  the 
full  enj'iyment  of  his  Eifareall  the  time. 

Oiir.'.afm  was  null,  unlefs  there  were  6000  Citizens  in 
the  /'.ff  mbly of  the  People. 

OS  FRACITES,  in  Natural  Hittory,  a  kind  of  crufty 
Stone,  redtlifti,  and  in  lorm  of  an  O, Iter- /hell,  and,  like 
that,  feparable  into -LflJHi;^' j  found  in  feveral  Places  in 
Germ.-ivy  ■■,  and  held  of  good  Servicein  theGravel. 

Dr.  Ha>»e,  in  the  Fhihf.  T>-.i7if.'i>-}.  lays,  it  rather  diffolves 
the  litiie  Stones  than  forces  'em  our,  as  not  being  remar- 
kably Diuretic.  He  add. s  that  he  prefcribes  it  in  Powder 
with  a  third  part  o(  Flore;  Cbamomeii.  The  Dofe  is  from 
half  a  Drachm  toa  whole  one  in  white  Wine. 

OsTRACiTES  isalfo  the  Nameofa  kind  o\Cad>nii  found 
at  the  bottom  of  the  Furnaces  wher  Coppere  is  purify'd. 
'Tis  very  heavy,  and  refemblesan  Oiftei-fhell,  whence  its 
Name.  It  is  eikemed  ailringent  and  deterilve  j  and  is 
an  Ingredient  in  federal  Unguents.  SeeCADMiA. 

OTACOUSTIC,  a  Term  apply'd  to  Inttruments  which 
aid  or  improve  theSenfeof  Hearing.    Sjc  Hearing. 

The  \Vord  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^rtj.  Ear,  and 
etxas',  I  hear.    See  Acol'stic. 

OTALGIA,  in  Medicine,  a  Pain  in  the  Ear. 
The  0/'«/5^''T  ufually  arifes  from  an  Inflammation  ;  fome- 
times  from  a  fliarp  ferous  Humour,  which  vellicates  the 
Membrane  wherewith  the  Canalof  tbe  Ear  is  lined.  It  is 
foinetimes  alfo  Qccaiion'd  by  a  Wound  or  Uicer  in  that 
Parr,  or  trom  fome  pungent  Matter  gather'd  within  the 
Ear. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  »f  <yrof,  Ear,  and 
i*A>©-,  Pain. 

The  Smoke  of  Tobacco  convey'd  Into  the  E^r  through 
a  Pipe,  £t?«;i//£)- recommends  as  good  to  afTuage  this  Pain  5 
as  alfo  Millepedes  in  a  proper  Vehicle  of  Oil. 

The  Oul'.Ha.  fometimes  arifes  from  a  Worm  in  the  Ear  ; 
which  is  to  be  drawn  out  alive,  or  kill'd  within.  Warm 
Milk  tempts  the  Worm  to  come  forth  ;  Wormwood  Juice 
deltroys  iiwithin.    See  Worms. 

OTIOSl,  in  the  Hcbrezv  Cuttoms.  The  Learned  are  ex- 
ceedingly divided  about  the  Decern  Otioji^  ten  idle  Perfons 
in  the  ^ezvijh  Synagogues. 

Some  fay,  they  were  the  three  Frefidents  and  the  feven 
Readers  ;  others  that  they  were  ten  Perfons  hired  to  attend 
conftantly  at  the  Synagogue,  becaufe,  without  the  Number 
Ten,  it  could  be  no  regular  Synagogue,  nor  legal  Aflembly  j 
fo  thatthe  Decern  Ottofi  were  ten  idle  Folks  kept  inpay,  to 
form,  by  their  Prefence,  a  legal  Synagogue.  See  Syna- 
gogue. 

Kdri/ii^'J  in  his  Archi-Syiiagogue,  refutes  this  Opinion  i 
and  will  have  them  to  be  ten  Dire^^ors,  or  Officers  in  the 
Svnagogue.  He  fliews  that  each  Synagogue  had  its  Di- 
re^lors  ;  and  that  the  Number  was  greater  or  lefs  accor- 
dina  to  the  Dignity  of  the  Synagogue  ;  that  the  fmalleif 
had  at  leaf-t  two  ;  that,  from  the  firlt  times,  each  Syna- 
Eogue  had  its  Chief,  c-3i\Vdi.  Archi-Sy»ag(igi'.s,  who  had  tu'O 
Cidleagues,  to  be  prefent  at  the  Ceremonies,  and  other 
A£fs  of  Religion,  and  to  take  care  every  thing  were 
done  with  decency  ;  but  that  x\\(:  Archl-Synaiogus  rc^ctv  A 
to  himfelf  the  Power  of  Teaching  :  That  befides  thefe 
three,  the  A.-chi-Synagogusx\AraA  feveral  Readers,  who  read 
in  the  Synagogue  every  Saturday  ;  and  that  thefe  made  the 
Decern  Otwfi  of  the  Synagogue  ;  fo  call'd,  becaufe  being 
difengaged  from  all  other  Employment,  their  whole  At- 
tendance was  on  Divine  Service. 

OVA,  in  Natural  Hifiory,  fee  Egg, 

Ova,  in  Anaromy,  i^c.  are  little  fphefical  Bodies,  in 
form  of  Bladders,  or  Bubbles ;  connaing  of  two  concen- 


OVA 


(  6So 


OUN 


trie  MemViranuls,  replete  with  a  limpid  Humour  like  the 
White  of  an  Egg  ;  found  under  the  external  Membrane 
of  the  0-j.irieiot  Women,  and  connefled  to  the  minuteOri- 
fices  of  the  Vcficles  that  compofe  the  Subftance  of  the 
Oviincs  themfelves  by  a  Calix.    See  Ovary. 

After  the  ufe  of  Venery,  they  fwcll  fcnfibly,  become 
more  and  more  pellucid,  their  Membranes  grow  thicker, 
and  at  length  raife  that  of  the  Ovary,  in  form  of  FafilU  ; 
at  lafl,  breaking  the  Membrane  of  the  Omiry,  they  are 
detach'd  from  their  Calix,  taken  into  the  Cavities  o(  the 
rallofi.-,,,  Tubes,  and  thence  convey'd  into^  *\*ornb  ; 
where,  being  cherifli'd  and  impregnated  with  the  Male 
Seed,  tbey  commence  Embrio's;  or,  for  want  of  that  are 
again  ejefled.  See  Conception,  Fallopian  Ma- 
trix, Emerio,  £?c.  _ 

Ova  in  Architeflure,  are  Ornaments  in  form  of  Eggs, 
carved  'on  the  Contour  of  the  0»»/.,  or  Quarter-round  ; 
and  feparated  from  each  other  by  Anchors  or  Arrows  Heads. 
See  OvOLO  and  QiiAaTER-ro«7«/. 

The  Emjifi  ufually  call  ihefe  Ornaments  Eggs  and  An- 

"^'inilcad  of  Eggs,  the  Antients  fometimes  ufed  Hearts ; 
on  which  Foundation  it  was,  that  they  introduced  Arrows  ; 
to  fymbolize  with  Love. 

OVAL,  or  Elbffis,  is  an  oblong  curvibnear  Figure,  with 
two  unequal  Diameters  ;  or,  a  Figure  inclofcd  with  a  finglc 
curve  Line,  imperfcclly  round,  its  length  being  greater 
than  its  breadth  ;  like  an  Egg,  whence  its  Name.  See 
Oblong.  .        .        ,  t^. 

The  proper  Om/,  or  Egg-fliape,  is  an  irregular  Figure, 
licing  narrower  at  one  end  than  the  other  ;  m  which  it 
differs  from  an  EJIfJi:,  which  is  the  Mathematical  Oval, 
and  equally  broad  at  each  end. 

The  common  People  confound  the  two  together  ;  the 
Geometiicians  alfo  call  the  Oo«/,  a /<i;/e  Ell,ffis.    See  El- 

LIPSIS.  ,    ,  ■   n       r  1 

The  Method  of  defcribing  an  0™/ chicHy  ulcd  among 
Workmen,  is,  by  a  Cord,  or  Siring,  as  F  M  E, .  (Tab. 
Geometry,  Bg.  ^i.)  whole  length  is  equ.ll  to  the  greater 
Di  imetctof  theOs.7;,  -and  which  is  faflen'd  by  its  Extremes 
to  two  Points  or  Nails  E,/,  planted  in  its  longer  Diameter; 
by  which  means  the  Oval  is  made  as  much  longer,  as  the 
two  Points  or  Nails  are  further  a-part. 

OVALE  foramen,  in  Anatomy,  fee  For  amen  Osafc. 

OVALE  Cc/iii-ura,  fee  Centrum  Ovale. 

OVOLO,  0-Jiitn,  in  Architeaure,  a  round  Moulding, 
whofe  Profile,  or  Sweep,  in  the  Ionic  and  Comptfue  Capi- 
tals, is  ufually  a  Quadrant  of  a  Ciicle  ;  whence  it  n  .  llo 
popularly  call'd  the  Q«arier-Roiind.  SeeQjiARTER-Ronni;. 

It  is  ufually  enrich'd  wiih  Sculptures  among  the  Antients, 
inform  of  Chefnut-Shells  ;  whence  r(tr«m«s,  and  others 
of  the  Antients,  call  it  Echinus,  Cheftim-SheU.  See  Echi- 
nus. T,        r       ■  c 

Among  us,  it  is  ufually  cut  with  the  Reprelentation  ot 
Eggs,  and  Anchors,  or  Arrows-Heads,  placed  aliernately; 
whence  its  It»ii<i»  Name  Ovoh,  Latin  Ovm,  and  French 
Ocitf.    SeeOvi.  „       .  .     ,    ,  . 

OVARY,  in  Anatomy,  that  Part  of  an  Animal  wherein 
the  Ova  or  Eggs  are  form'd  and  lodg'd.    See  Ova. 

The  Oi.im-!  in  Women,  arc  alfo  csiVAreflaUiihelres, 
Female  Tefticles ;  from  their  Ufe,  which  the  Antients 
fuppofed  analogous  to  that  of  the  Tejte,  in  Men.  See 

They  ate  two  in  Number  ;  lying  near  the  ends  of  the 
fallopian  Tubes,  two  Fingers  dillance  from  the  L'rerm,  to 
which  they  are  connefled  by  a  (Irong  Ligament,  call'd  I'as 
deferem,  and  in  fome  meafute  by  the  Fallopian  Tubes,  and 
the  broad  Ligament  about  the  Region  of  the  J/iiira. 
They  are  fafteii'd  to  the  Feriton.mm  by  the  Spermatic  Vef- 
fels,  by  which  means  they  are  kept  fufpended  about  the 
fame  Height  with  the  Famliis  Uteri.    See  Uterus. 

Their  Figure  is  Semi  oval ;  their  Surface  fomewhat  un- 
even ;  their  Size  different  in  the  different  Stages  of  Life. 
Atthetimeof  Puberty,  whcnlaigclf,  they  ufually  weigh 
a  Drachm  and  half. 

They  are  cover'd  with  a  common  Membrane  trom  the 
Feritomtim ;  their  Subftance  is  whitidi,  compos'd  of  a 
number  of  little  thin  membranous  and  llcnder  Fibres,  in- 
terwoven with  Arteries,  Veins,  and  Nerves. 

Among  thefe  Fibres  and  Veffels  are  interfperfed  a 
number  of  little  round  Bodies,  like  Bladders  ;  full  of  a 
limpid  Subftance,  and  call'd  Ova,  or  Eggs,  of  great  Ufe 
in  Gcnetation.    See  Generation.         ,  ^    ^  .  , 

OVATION,  in  the  Roman  Hiltory,  a  lefler  I  riumph 
allow 'd  to  Commanders,  forViflories  won  without  rhe  Ef- 
fufionof  much  Blood;  or  for  the  defeating  Rebels,  Slaves, 
Pyrates,  or  other  unworthy  Enemie*  of  the  Republick. 
See  Triumph. 


Their  Entry  was  on  foot,  fometimes  on  horfebacjc ;  but 
never  in  a  Chariot :  and  they  wore  Crowns  ot  Myrtle,  call'd 
Ovaks,  having  all  the  Senate  attending  in  their  Retinue. 

The  Word  Ovatk,  according  to  Servif.s,  is  deriv'd  from 
Ovis,  Sheep;  becaufe  the  Conqueror  facrific'd  a  Sheep  on 
this  occalion  to  ^ii^itcr  ;  whereas  in  the  great  Triumph, 
they  facrific'd  a  Bull.  Others  derive  ir  from  the  Sountl 
or  Din  of  the  Acclamations  and  Shouts  of  Joy  made  by  the 
People  in  honour  of  the  Solemnity  ;  the  People  and  Soldiery, 
on  this  occafion,  tedoubling  the  Letter  0,  as  in  the  greater 
Triumph  they  did  the  Words  lo  Triomfhe. 

The  Ovation  was  firft  eflablifh'd  in  the  Tear  of  Rome 
2  50,  or  ;>!  ;  in  honour  of  the  Conful  Po/J/jmibikj  Tn£err«j, 
after  his  defeating  the  S.^hmes. 

OVELTY  of  Services,  in  our  Law-Books,  an  Equality 
of  Services;  as  when  the  Tenant  Paravail  owes  as  mucil 
to  the  Mefn,  as  the  Mefn  does  to  the  Lord  Paramount. 

OVER-RAKE,  in  the  Sea-Language.  When  a  Ship 
riding  at  Anchor,  doth  fo  over-beat  herfelf  into  an  Head- 
Sea,  that  file  is  wafla'd  by  the  Waves  breaking  in  upon 
her  ;  they  fay,  the  Waves  do  Over-rake  her. 

Over-reach,  in  the  Manage,  is  when  a  Hotfe  fttikcs 
his  hind  Feet  againll  his  fore  Legs. 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Strain,  or  painful  Swelling 
of  the  Mailer-Sinew  of  an  Horfe  ;  occafion'd  by  fuch  Ooer- 
reach. 

Over-flowing.   See  Inundation. 

The  Over-fowing  of  LaKds,  ufed  by  our  Husbandmen,  is 
chiefly  effcited  by  diverting  the  Streams  of  Rivers,  Brooks, 
Land-Floods,  or  Springs,  or  fome  part  of  them,  out  of 
their  natural  Channel. 

When  the  Stieams  lie  too  low  for  this,  they^  are  made 
life  of  to  turn  fuch  Engines  as  may  raife  a  fuibcient  Quan- 
tity of  Water  to  do  it.  The  mo!t  ufual  Engine,  on  this 
occafion,  is  the  Pf:.;^aii  Wheel.    See  Persian  It'hcel. 

OvER-RULiNo  anObjeBion,  in  Law,  is  the  rejeifing,  or 
fetting  it  aii  ie. 

Ovek-runnino  a  Page,  among  Printers,  is  the  running 
it  orcr  acjui,  -and  difpofing  the  Lines  in  a  different  manner. 
See  Printing,  Correcting,  iSc- 

OVEKSa.MESSA,  an  anti.  nt  Fine  or  Penalty,  im- 
pos'd,  beibre  the  Statute  of  Hue  and  Cry,  on  fuch  Perfons, 
as  hearing  of  a  Murder  or  Rubbery,  did  not  purfue  the 
Malefaftor. 

OVERT- ACT,  a  Term  in  Law  lignlfying  an  ofen  A3-, 
or  an  Afl  capable  of  being  manifcHed  and  proved;  m 
which  (cnft  i;  is  diltinguifh'd  from  an  intentional  Aft. 

Sj  an  Oiert  Word,  is  a  plain,  o^eit  Word ;  from  the 
French,  Oavert, 

OVICULUM,  in  theantient  Aichiteaure,  a  little  Ow>», 
or  Egg.  ^. 

Baldm  will  have  this  to  be  the  Leshi.vt  /Iftragal  of  ;  ilr«- 
vius.    See  Astragal. 

Some  ufe  tlie  Word  Oviciihm  for  Ovolo.    See  OvoLO. 

OVILIA,  or  Septa,  in  antient  Rome,  a  Place  m  the 
CimpKj  Martnis,  at  firll  rail'd  in,  like  a  Sheep's  Pen  ; 
whence  its  Name  ;  Afterwards  it  was  mounted  with  Mar- 
ble, beautify'd  with  Walks  and  Galleries  ;  as  aifo  with  a 
Tribunal,  or  Scat  of  Jufticc:  within  which  Frccina  the 
People  frequently  afl'embled,  to  give  their  Suffrages  for  the 
Eletlion  of  MagiHrates.    See  Campus. 

The  Afcent  'into  the  Ovilia  was  not  by  Stairs,  but  by 
Bridges  made  for  the  time  ;  every  Parilh,  Tribe,  and  Cen- 
tury, as  the  Affembly  was  Centurale  or  Tribute,  (ye.  ha- 
ving its  proper  Bridge.  Whence  the  Proverb,  *  Fome  Je- 
jieienJas,  where  a  Pcrfon  is  to  be  barred  from  giving  his 
Vote.    See  Comitia, 

OVIPAROUS,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  a  Term  apply  d  to 
fuch  Animals,  as  produce  their  Young  ab  Ovo,  from  Eggs  ; 
as  Biids,   Infeas,  £?e.     See  Ego,   Insect,  Animal, 

The  Oviparous  Kind  Hands  in  oppofition  to  thofe  which 
bring  forth  their  Young  alive,  call'd  Viv parous  Animals; 
as  Man,  Brutes,  Reptiles,  £Sc.    See  Generation ,  £Jc. 

Ov:pa>ous  Animals,  may  be  defined  to  be  fuch  as  conceive 
Eogs,  which  they  afterwards  bring  forth  ;  and  from  which, 
by  the  Incubation  of  the  Parent,  or  fome  other  Principle  of 
Warmih  and  fermentation,  at  length  arife  Animals ;  which 
after  they  have  fpcnt  the  Moiliure  or  Humour  they  were 
furrounded  withal,  and  are  grown  to  a  fuificient  Bulk, 
Firmnels,  and  Force  ;  break  their  Shell,  and  come  fotth. 

The  Oviparous  Kind,  befidc  Birds,  includes  divers  Spe- 
cies of  Terreftrial  Animals  ;  as  Serpents,  Lizzards,  Tor- 
toifes ;  Crabs,  Lobflers,  Frogs,  5^c.    See  Ovary. 

OUNCE,  L'»cia,  a  little  Weight,  the  fixtcenth  part  of  i 
Pound  Avoirdupois ;  and  the  twelfth  of  a  Found  Troy.  See 
Weioht  and  Pound. 


OUT 


(  6Si3 


OX  Y 


The  Ounce  Arnkdifois  is  divided  Into  eight  Drachms, 
and  the  Drachm  into  three  Scruples.  The  Ounce  Troy 
into  twenty  Penny  Weights,  and  the  Penny  Weight  into 
twenty-four  Grains.    See  DaACHM,  Penny-Weight 

The  Ounce  makes  the  eighth  Fart  of  the  French  Mark, 
and  is  divided  into  three  Gros,  or  Drachms ;  the  Drachm' 
into  three  Penny  Weights,  or  Scruples ;  and  the  Scru- 
ple into  twenty-four  Grains:  each  Grain  computed  to 
weigh  a  Grain  of  Wheat,    See  Grain,  ^c. 

AU  precious  Merchandizes,  as  Gold,  Silver,  Silk, 
C£fc.  are  fold  by  the  Ounce.  See  Gold,  Silver, 
Standard,  ^c. 

Ounce  Fearls,  are  thofe  too  fmall  to  be  fold  by  Tale  i 
ufually  call'd  Seeds  of  Pearl.    See  Pearl. 

Omce  Cottous^  are  certain  Cottons  brought  from  Da- 
mcifcus,  of  a  Quality  fuperior  to  the  rtfl.  See  Cot- 
ton. 

The  Word  Ounce  is  deriv'd  from  the  Latin  Uncia, 
the  twelfth  Part  of  any  Whole  ;  particularly  in  Geome- 
trical Meafurcs,  an  Inch,  or  the  twelfth  Fart  of  a  Foot. 
Si:e  Inch. 

Whence,  Uncial  Letters^  large  Letters  ufed  in  In- 
fcriptions,  fuppt>fed  to  be  an  Inch  high.  See  Un- 
cial. 

QURAN,  or  Ouhan  So&ngues;  the  Title  of  a 
Se£l:  of  Magicians,  in  the  Iliand  Gromhaccanoye,  in  the 
Eiifi-lndies. 

The  Word  implies  Men-Devils  ;  thefe  People,  it 
feems,  having  the  Art  of  rendring  themfelves  Inviiible 
and  puffing  where  they  pleafe,  and  by  that  means, 
doing  infinite  mifchief:  for  which  reafon  the  People 
hare  and  fear  them  mortally,  and  always  kill  them 
on  the  fpot,  when  they  can  take  them. 

In  the  Forru^nefe  Hiliory,  printed  i  5S1,  Volio  ;  mention 
is  made  of  a  Prefent  made  by  the  King  of  the  llland,  to 
IWhtio^  a  FoytHgHefe  Officer,  conlilling  of  twelve  of  thefe 
Oityans with  whom  he  made  Incurlions  on  the  People 
ot  Tidore^  kiU'u  great  Numbers,  ^c. 

To  try  whether,  in  cffe£i,  they  had  the  Faculty  a- 
fcribed  to  them,  one  of  them  was  tied  by  the  Neck 
with  a  Rope,  without  any  poflibility  of  difengaging 
himfeif  by  natural  means  j  yet  in  the  Morning  'twas 
found  he  had  flipp'd  his  Collar, 

That  the  King  of  Tidore  might  not  complain,  Brlttio 
made  war  on  him  with  Devils,  he  difmils'd  them  at 
length  into  their  own  Ifland. 

OUSTED,  in  our  anticnt  Law-Books,  a  beinp  re- 
moved, or  put  out  of  poffeffion.  From  the  French 
OJhr,  to  remove,  takeaway. 

Ouster  Ic  Mai}),  or  Oteb.  le  Mdm,  to  remove  or  take 
ojf  the  Hci7id,  in  Law,  denotes  a  Livery  of  Lands  out  of 
the  King's  Hands;  or  a  Judgment  given  for  him  that 
travcrfed  or  fued  aMojiJhans  leDroi:.  'Sec  Monstrans 
le  Droit. 

When  it  appear'd  upon  the  Matter  difcufs'd,  that  the 
King  had  no  Right  or  Title  to  the  Land  he  had  feia'd  3 
Judgment  was  given  in  Chancery,  that  the  King's  H.znds 
bs  amoved.  And  hereu]sor),  Jmoveas  Ma aum  wasawanled 
to  the  Efchearor  to  reftore  the  Land,  ^c. 

But  now  all  Wardfhips,  Liveries,  O'lfier  le  J^l.-t'ijit 
i^c.  are  taken  away  and  difcharg'd  by  Statute  12  Car.  z. 

Ouster  k  Mer,  in  Law,  a  CiuTe  of  Excufe  or  Ef- 
foini  where  a  Man  not  appearing  in  Court  upon  Sum- 
mons, it  is  alledg'd  that  he  was  then  beyond  the 
Seas, 

The  Term  is  compounded  of  the  Frejich  0«/fi-e,  and 
/e  Mr,  f],  d.  beyond  the  Sea. 

ODTFANGTHEF,  a  Privilege  whereby  a  Lord  is 
enabled  to  call  any  Man  (dwelling  in  his  Fee,  and  ta- 
ken for  Felony  in  another  place)  to  Judgment  in  his 
own  Court. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Saxsn  Hf,  extra,  with- 
out 5  f^^i^,  ca^io  vel  caftia  j  and  deof.  Thief:  q,  d.  fur 
extra-caflns, 

OUT-LA  W",  Utk^attts,  one  depriv'd  of  the  Benefit 
of  the  Law  ;  and  left  out  of  the  King's  Proteilion.  See 

OUT-LAWRY. 

BraHon  fays,  an  Otit-Law  forfeits  every  thing  he  has ; 
and  that  from  the  time  of  his  Otttla^vry,  he  wears  a 
Wolf's  Head ;  and  any  body  may  kill  him  Imp^ne  : 
el'pecially  if  he  defend  himfeif,  or  fly.  But  in  the  be- 
ginning of  King  Edward  the  Third's  Reign,  it  was  re- 
folv'd  by  the  Judges,  that  it  ihould  not  be  lawful  for 
any  Man,  but  the  Sheriff  alone  (having  lawful  Warrant 
therefore)  to  put  to  death  a  Man  mt4awed. 

OUTLAWRY,  or  Utlawrv,  the  Puni/Iiment  of 
him,  who  being  call'd  into  Law,  and  lawfully  fought, 
does  (after  an  Original  Writ  with  a  Nihil  babel,  three 
VVritsof  Cafias,  liiat  fUries,  return'd  by  the  Sheriff, 
wjth  a  Non  eft  Imemui,  and  an  Exigent  with  a  Procla- 


mation awarded  thereupon)  conteraptuouny  refufe  to 
appear.  ^ 

He  niuft  alfo  be  call'd  at  five  Cunty-Court-Days,  a 
Month  between  each  one;  and  it  he  appear  no,  ,n  that 
time,  P™  Ex-le^e  tmebttar,  ctm,  Fr:„cip,  „„  cbediat,  nec 
Leg,,  iSextum  exkgabimri  i.e.  he  ffiall  be  pronounced 
to  be  out  of  the  King  s  ProteSion,  and  deprived  of  the 
Benefit  of  the  Law. 

The  Effeft  of  which  is,  if  he  be  otit-law'd  at  the 
Suit  of  another,  in  a  Civil  Caufe,  he  /hall  forfeit  all  his 
Goods  and  Chattels  to  the  King  :  If  on  Felony,  all  his 
Lands  and  Tenements,  which  he  has  in  Fee,  or  for  Life 
and  all  his  Goods  and  Chattels.  And  then,  accordins 
to  gi-<iffo»,  he  may  pcri/h  without  Law,  i^c.  A  Minor 
or  a  Wom;in,  cannot  be  ota-law'd.  A  Woman  is  faid' 
to  be  Tjai"jd,  where  a  Man  is  oitt-Liw'd. 

OUT- Works,  in  f  ortification,  thofe  Wotks  made 
without  fide  the  Ditch  of  a  fortify'd  Place,  to  cover 
and  defend  it.    See  Works  and  For  riFiciTioN. 

The  mofl  ordinaty  of  thefe  are  Ravelins,  or  Half- 
Moons,  form'd  between  the  two  Ballions,  on  the  flan- 
quant  Angle  of  the  Counterfcarp,  and  before  the  Cur- 
tain, to  cover  the  Gates  and  Bridges.  SeeRAVEnn 

OUT-RIDERS,  are  Bailiffs  Errant,  employ'd  by 
Shcrifff,  or  their  Deputies,  to  fummons  People  in  the 
rcmoteil:  Parts  of  their  Hundreds,  to  the  County  or 
Hundred  Courts.    See  Bailiff. 

OU  r  PARTERS,  in  our  antient  Writers  were  a 
fort  of  Thieves,  or  Highway-men,  on  the  Frontiers  of 
Scotland,  who  rode  about  to  fetch  in  fuch  things  as  thev 
could  1-iy  hold  on.  SeelNTAitERs. 

OUVERTURE,  or  OVERTURE,  Opening  or 
Freh<dii7i ;  a  Term  ufed  for  the  Solemnities  at  the'  be- 
ginning of  a  public  Ai1,  or  Ceremony  ;  as  of  an  Opera 
Tragedy,  Concert  of  Mufic.^c. 

The  Ocei  mre  of  the  'I'heatre,  or  Scene,  is  a  piece  of 
Mufic,  ufually  ending  with  a  Fugue. 

The  Overture  of  the  Jubilee  is  a  general  Proceffion 

OVUM  Fbihfofhicim,  or  Chymicum,  is  a  glafs  Body, 
of  an  oval  Form,  and  refembling  an  Egg.    See  Body.' 

OWLER,  a  Mafter  of  a  Ship,  or  other  Perfon,  that 
conveys  Wool,  or  other  prohibited  Goods  in  the  Nighr, 
to  the  Sea-fide,  in  order  to  Jhip  them  off,  contrary  to 
Law. 

The  Naine  is  derived  hence,  that,  like  Oai/j,  they 
only  flir  abroad  in  the  Night-time.  ' 

0*SE,  among  Tanne'rs,  is  Oaken  Bark  beaten,  or 
ground  fmall  ;  to  ferve  in  the  Preparationof  Leather. 
See  Bark  andTANNiNG. 

OXGANG  of  Land,  is  ordinarily  taken,  in  our  old 
Law-books,  for  fifteen  Acres  ;  in  Latin,  Bov.itui  Terr* 
q.d.  rpanttm  fnjfcit  ad  iter  -xl  aBmn  unuts  Bovis  j  as 
much  as  an  Ox  will  plow.  In  Lincoliijiire  they  llill 
corruptly  call  it  Os/:in  of  Land. 

OXYCRATE,  in  Pharmacy,  E^c.  a  Mixture  of  Wa- 
ter and  Vinegar. 

The  ufual  Proportion  is  one  Spoonilil  of  Vinegar  to 
five  or  fix  of  Water. 

Oxycrate  is  proper  to  affuage  and  rcfre/li.  They 
make  Fomentations  of  Oxycrate,  Clyfters  of  Oxycrate, 
S<c. 

The  Word  Is  form'd  from  the  Gree/e  o^Cs,  fliarp,  four, 
and  y.i^avif^^i,  I  mix. 

OXYCj-IOCEUM,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Preparation  much 
ufed  In  Plaiiters,  for  Fractures,  and  to  form  Callus's  5 
compofcd  chiefly  of  Saffron,  with  Gums  diffolved  in 
Vinegar. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Cree/i  if,  fliarp,  four, 
and  r-dy.oe.  Saffron. 

OXVGALA,  So„r-MilL  The  Turh  ufe  this  as  a 
popular  Drink,  and  call  it  Igur.  Vtgemre  fays,  they 
drink  four  Milk  diluted  with  Water,  which  is  lound 
to  cool  and  nourllh,  much  better  than  the  Milk 
alone. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Gree^  ofi/t  and  ya.>,a., 
OXYGONOUS,  in  Geometry,  actae-angled  i  fome- 

thlng  with  an   Angle  lefs   than  90  Degrees.  See 

Acute. 

The  Word  is  chiefly  apply'd  to  Triangles,  where  the 
three  Angles  are  all  acute,  or  lefs  than  90  Degrees 
each.    See  Triangle. 

OXYMEL,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Mixture  of  Honey  and 
Vinegar. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Oxymeb;  the  one  fimple, 
the  other  compound. 

The  fmple  Oxymel  is  coinpofed  of  two  parts  of  good 
Honey,  and  one  of  White- Wine  Vinegar,  boil'd  into 
the  confiftence  of  a  Syrup  ,  proper  to  incide  and  fcout 
any  Phlegm  adhering  to  the  Throat  and  Brcall. 


S  L 


Com- 


O  YE 


(  682  )       O  Z  yE 


Comfotuid  Oxymel  only  differs  from  the  fimple,  in  that 
to  rhe  Honey  and  Vinegar,  they  add  the  Decoftion  of 
the  five  m^ijor  aperitive  Roots,  with  the  Seeds  of 
SnialUge,  Parfley,  and  Fennel.  It  is  ufed  to  open 
Obiiruitions  of  the  Liver  and  Spleen. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  o^iJf,  four,  and 
[/.ihi,    Mel,  Honey. 

OXYREGMIA,  in  Medicine,  a  Sournefs  or  Acidity 
of  the  Stomach-Liquor,  occafioning  Belches.  From 
l^vi  and  sfsf^f,  ruffo.    See  Ructation. 

OXYRRHUDON,  a  Mixture  of  two  Parts  of  Oil 
of  Rofes,  and  one  part  of  Vinegar  of  Rofes,  rtirr'd  to- 
gether for  fome  time. 

To  thefe  are  fometimes  added  diftill'd  Waters.  It 
is  ufed  for  Inflammations,  and  to  dry  up  Tetters. 

i'tw/w  prefcribes it  as  follows  i  TwoWhitesof  Eggs 
beaten,  one  Ounce  and  half  of  Vinegar  of  Rofes,  four 
Ounces  of  Rofe-Water,  and  two  Ounces  of  Oil  of 

Rofes.  r  r 

The  Word  is  compofed  of  the  GreeM  ogv(,  four,  and 
,  Rofe. 

OXYSACCHARUM,  a  Syrup  prepared  with  Vi- 
negar, the  Juice  of  fourPomegranuts,  and  Sugar  i  ufed 
to  cool,  refrefli,  and  refirt  the  malignity  of  peccant 
Humours.    From  o^Of,  four,  and  ffrfx.Ketpoi',  Sugar. 

OYER,  feems  to  have  been  antlently  ufed  for  what 
we  call  yifze.    See  Assize  of  Noz-el  Dlffeifm. 

Over  and  Terminer,  is  a  CommiiTion  efpecially 
granted  to  fome  eminent  Perfons,  for  the  hearing  and 
determining  one  or  more  Caufes. 

It  is  the  i\rl\  and  largeft  of  the  five  Commiffions, 


by  which  our  Judges  of  Affize  do  fit  in  their  feveral 
Circuits.    See  Justice. 

Antiently  it  was  only  in  ufe  upon  fome  fudden  Out- 
rage or  Infurreftion  in  any  Place.    See  Assize. 

The  Term  is  Frenchy  and  literally  denotes  to  hear  and 
determine.  In  our  Statutes  it  is  fometimes  wrote  Oyer 
and  Determiner. 

Oyer  de  Record,  is  a  Petition  made  in  Court, 
praying  that  the  Judges,  for  better  Proof  fake,  will  be 
pleafcd  to  hear,  or  look  upon  any  Record. 

In  the  like  Senfe  one  may  demand  Ojyej- of  Bond, 
Deed,  or  Covenant. 

OYES,  a  Corruption  of  the  French  Oyea,  hear  ye  ; 
being  a  Term,  or  Formula  whereby  the  Cryers,  in  our 
Courts,  enjoin  Silence,  or  Attention  e'er  they  make  Pro- 
clamation of  any  thing. 

OZjENA,  in  Medicine,  a  fetid  Ulcer,  in  one  or 
both  N  ortrils ;  wherein  the  Humour  is  very  acrid  or  cor- 
rofivG,  fanious,  and  fometimes  mixed  with  a  bloody 
Mucus.    See  Ulcer. 

It  fometimes  proceeds  from  negleflcd  or  ill-managed 
Wounds,  Contufions,  i^c.  in  the  Noftrils ;  efpecially 
in  Scorbutic,  Scrophulous,  or  Venereal  Habits  j  and 
fometimes  follows  the  Small-Pox. 

It  often  fpreads  and  eats  thro'  the  y^U  ;  and  at  other 
times  preys  into  the  Septum  Nafi,  Cartilage,  and  Os  Pa- 
lati  ■■,  efpecially  in  Venereal  Cafes.  Whence  the  great 
danger  of  the  Nofe  in  that  Diftemper.  See  Vene- 
real. 

The  Word  is  Greeh^  llfiim ,  which  fignifies  the  fame 
thing. 


(  733  ) 


P  A  C 

A  Confonant,  and  the  fifteenth  Letter  in  t\\e  Etlglip 
Alphabet.  Sec  Letter,  Consonant,  £5;t;. 
When  the  T  is  foljow'd  with  an  H  in  the  fame 
5  Word,  it  has  the  Sound  of  an  p;  thus,  'P'ailofipjy  is 
pronounced  Filofiphy. 
'P  and  B  arc  fo  iilce  each  other,  that  ^ihltiliela  declares, 
that  in  the  Word  obtiimit,  his  Rcafon  required  him  to  put  a  *, 
but  that  his  Ears  could  hear  nothing  but  a/,  optiiniit:  Hence 
in  ancient  Infcriptions,  and  old  GloiTaries,  it  appears,  thefe 
two  Letters  have  been  often  confounded.    See  H. 

Several  Nations  ftill  pronounce  one  for  the  other,  the  Ger- 
tmns  particularly,  who  fay,  pimm  "Miami  for  bmnm  mimm. 

Thnc.nb  obferves,  it  was  ufual  for  thofe  of  2>c^te  to  fay 
gmiii  lui-  mT.Jr,  'or  -nvd' ;  and  among  the  Latins,  as  of- 

ten as  an  I  followed.the  b  was  changed  into  a  /,  xifcribB,fcripfl. 

T  in  the  Italian  Mufic  frequently  rcprefents/;«o ;  which 
is  what  in  our  Mufic  we  call [ojt,  i.  e.  the  force  of  Voice,  or 
Inltrument,are  to  be  diminifli'd,fo  as  to  make  a  Kind  of  Eccho. 

'J  '?  fignifies  fiam,  i.  e.  more  [oft,  or  a  fecond  Eccho 
weaker  or  more  remote  than  the  former  :  and  T  VP  figni- 
tasfiamJlum  fofiell  of  all,  or  a  third  Eccho,  the  Voice  being, 
as  it  were,  loft  in  the  Air, 

'P.  M.  among  Afironomers  is  frequently  ufed  for  pojl  meri- 
diein,  or  Afternoon;  and  fometimes  fat pojt  mane,  after  the 
Morning,     e,  after  Midnight.    See  Morning, 

■P  was  alfo  ufed  among  the  Ancients  as  a  Numeral  Letter, 
fignifying  the  fame  \yith  theG,  viz.  3xt  hundred;  according 
to  the  Verfe  of  UgjLtion, 

'P  fimikm  mm  G  mimenm  monfiramr  habere. 
Tho'  tarmim  thinks  it  rather  flood  for  [even.    See  what 
has  been  obferv'd,  with  refpeS  to  thefe  Numeral  Letters  in 
general,  under  the  Letter  A. 

When  a  Dafli  was  added  a-top/,  it  flood  for  four  hun- 
dred 'i'houfand. 

St,  ym/B  obferres,  on  Daniel,  that  the  Hebrews  had  no  "P, 
but  that  the/A  ferv'd  'em  inliead  thereof.  Adding,  that  thcrcis 
but  one  Word  in  the  whole  Bible  read  with  a  'P,   viz,  apadno. 

'P,  in  Prefcription,  is  ufed  tor  Tagil,  or  the  eighth  Part  of  a 
Handful,    Sec  Pugil, 

y,  E.  fignify  Panes  Equaks,  equal  Parts  of  any  Ingre- 
dients ;  otherwifc  denoted  by  ^  otmm.    See  Ana, 

•P  P  fignify  P::his  'Patnim,  i.  e.  5%/»;'j  Tomdcr,  or  the 
Cortex  in  Powder ;  which  is  fo  callcd,bccaure  fird:  brousiht  into 
iV/ro/e  by  thofe  fathers.    See  Cortex, 

PABULUM  is  fomeumes  ufed  among  Naturalifls  for  Fuel ; 
or  that  Part  in  comburtible  Bodies,  wli'ich  the  Fire  immedi- 
ately feeds  oil,  or  is  fupporred  by.    See  Fire, 

The  oily  or  fujphurous  Part  of  Fuels  is  the  only  proper  Pa- 
illlim.   'Tis  that  alone,  wherein  Fire  can  inhere.    See  Fuel, 

SoLPflfR,  ^JC. 

PACALIA,  a  Feafl  held  among  the  ancient  Romans,  in 
Honour  of  the  Goddefs  Pax,  Peace, 

Aldbelmiis,  de  Laud.  Virgin,  and  mbl.  Pa/re/ff/.fpcaking  of 
the  impure  Fcfiivals  and  Ceremonies  of  the  Heatljem,  calls 
one  of  em  Poinalul,  which  Paffage  Grmovius  charges  as  faulty, 
allcdjjir.g,  that  there  was  no  Feaft  of  that  Name,  but  that  it 
ihould  have  been  •Vacaii.t. 

The  Ancients,  who  pctfonified,  and  even  deified  every 
Thing,  were  not  forgetful  of  Peace,  She  had  an  Altar  at  Rome, 
and  a  flately  Temple,  and  religious  Rites  were  paid  her  with 
great  Solemnity, 

PACE,  Pafftis,  Step,  a  Meafure,  taken  from  the  Space  be- 
tween the  two  Feet  of  a  Man,  in  walking.   See  Measure, 

The  ordinary  Pace  of  a  Man  is  two  Foot  and  a  Half  The 
Geometrical  oz  German  Tace  is  five  Feet.    See  Foot. 

The  Ancient,  Roman,  and  modern  Italic  Mile  confifts  of 
a  tboufind  Paces,  Milk  PaJJiis.  The  French  League  is  jt^oo 
Paces,  the  GerMB  4000.    See  Mile,  Leaoue,  t?c. 

PACE,m  the  Manage,  is  a  certain  Manner  of  iVIotionorPro- 
grcfiion  of  a  Horfe. 

The  Natur.tl  -Paces  of  a  Horfe  are  three,  tosj.  the  Wall:, 
uror,  and  Gallo/f,  to  which  may  be  added  an  Jimble  ;  becaufe 
fome  Horfes  have  it  naturally.  See  each  under  its  proper  Ar- 
ticle, Trot,  Gallop,  (yc. 

For  the  artificial -Pfjco,  fee  Airs. 

Horfes  that  mix  their  Paces,  /.  e.  fhufHe  betwixt  a  Walk  and 
Amble  are  feldom  of  any  Value.  The  DefcS  proceeds 
ttom  their  fretful,  fiery  Temper;  and  fometimes  froma  Weak- 
nefs  either  in  their  Reins  or  Legs. 

^  Pace  is  more  particularly  un'derflood  of  that  eafy  low  Mo- 
tion wherein  the  Horfe  raifcs  the  two  Feet  diametrically  op- 

^Ba?4rir  r™'        '  Amble. 

lACIflC,  tomething /Mcc/!/;,  or  free  from  Troubles,  Tu- 
mults, fc-f.  Si-e  Peaceable. 

Geographers  call  the  South  Sea,  Mare  'Pacificim,  the  Paci- 
ftc  Ucean .  being  Icfs  ipfeffed  with  Storms  than  the  Atlan- 
M.  lre%Krm.xtm,  it  does  not  deferve  that  Appellation, 


PAD 

and  that  he  has  feen  as  violent  Tempefls  therein  as  in  any  other 
fif  \  I  ^'"S'"""-  happening  to  have  a  very  favourable 
Wind.and  not  meeting  with  any  thing  to  rufaj  him.  when  he 
firfl  travcrfed  this  vafl  Ocean  in  1520.  gave  it  the  Name  which 
It  has  retained  ever  fince.  Maty,  however,  adds  that  -he 
Wind  is  fo  regular,  that  the  Veflels  wou'd  frequently  no  tram 
^M/ato  to  the 'P&////;Ke  Iflands,  without  Ihifting  a  Sail 

In  the  ancient  Church,  they  gave  tho  Name  -pacific  Letfrs 
to  all  Sorts  of  Letters  Teftimonial,  given  by  the  Bii'hop  or 
Chorepifcopus  to  their  I'riefls  when  they  had  occafion  to  tra- 
vel abroad,  certifying  that  the  Bearer  was  a  Catholic,  and  in 
Communion  with  the  Church.  The  Life  of  Pope  Sexto's  I 
taken  from  thePontifical  of  Pope  23fl«./r/;.«,  mentions  that  Pope 
as  the  firflwho  introduced  thofe  Letters  call'd  Format ce  i^x  tla- 
nomcg:,  Commendatitie,  Cammunicatorie,  Ecclefiajticf  K  'Pa- 
cifiers. ' 

PACIFICATION  the  Aft  of  Re-eflabhfhing  the  public 
Peace  and  Tranquillity. 

The  Word  is  particularly  appropriated  tothc  Periods  put  to 
the  Religious  Broils  rais'd  in  France,  in  the  Year  I5«i,  by  the 
Editt  otN«;fa;and  the  Civil  Commotions,  between  thep',;- 
glip  uni  Scots,  ended  in  1*55.  SeeEiiicT. 

PACIFICATOR  is  commonly  underftood  in  the  fame  Seme 
with  Mediator  -.  But rricfllejon  makes  a  Difference.  _ 

The  Peace  being  concluded  between  France  and  Englml 
in  iilii.  the  Inflrurnents  on  each  Side  were  put  in  the  Hands 
of  certain  Embaffadors,  who  had  been  employed  c^s  Pacifica- 
tors, not  as  Mediators  ;  to  bekept  till  fuch  Time  as  the  Rati- 
fications bad  been  exchanged.  So,  the  Archbifhop  of  'Pifa 
the  Duke  of  -Tufianfs  Embaffador  at  Madrid,  was  never' 
efleemcd  a  Mediator,  tho'  the  French  EmbalTadors  allow'tl 
him  to  be  prefent  at  the  Conferences  held  with  the  Commif- 
fioncrs  of  S}'am,  to  aft  as  a  Vacifoator  of  the  Differences  be- 
tween 'em.  The  Grand  Duke  had  not  offcr'd  his  Mediation  ; 
nor  vjou'd  France  have  accepted  it.    Wicqllefi-rt.  p.  2.  Suti.  2. 

PACK  in  Commerce.  Jl  'Pack  of  Wool  is  a  Horfe 's  Load, 
containing  1 7  Stone,  and  z  Pounds,  or  240  Pound  Weighr. 
See  Sarplar  and  Wool 

PACT,  PACTUM,  or  PACTION  in  Law,  a  Treaty,  Co- 
venant or  Convention  between  divers  Parties.  See  Cove- 
nant. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  facifci,  to  bargain,  a- 
gree,  ^c. 

The  Lawyers  fay.  Ex  nudo  faSo  mn  oritur  Lex.  See  Con- 

PACTUM,  PACTIO,  PACT  is  particularly  ufed  in  the 
Civil  Law,  for  the  Confent  of  two  or  more  Parties  to  the  fame 
Thing. 

Dm-nm  aiitfhrinm  in  idemconfenfiis.  L.III.  5.  z.ffde  faSis. 

There  arc  two  Species  of  Conventions,  'jiz.  the  TaS  antl 
Contraa.  A  'Pa.a  againft  good  Manners,  againft  publick  or 
natural  Equity.is  null. 

PACTA  Cmaenta,  in  'Poland,  are  the  Articles  agreed  on 
between  the  King  and  the  Republic  ;  and  which  they  mutu- 
ally oblige  each  other  to  obfcrve. 

PADDOCK  or  'Paddocli-Cowfi,  a  Piece  of  Ground,  conve- 
niently taken  out  of  a  Park,  ordinarily  a  Mile  long,  and  a 
Quarter  of  a  Mile  broad,  encompaflcd  with  Pales,  or"a  Wall, 
for  the  exhibiting  of  Races  with  Grevhounds  for  Wagers, 
Plates,  or  the  like.    See  Park. 

At  one  End  of  the  'Paddocli  is  a  little  Houfe, where  the  Dogs 
are  to  be  entcr'd,  and  whence  they  areflipp'd,  near  which  are 
Pennsto  inclofe  two  or  three  Deer  for  the  Sport. 

ThcDccr,  when  turn'd  loofe,  run  all  along  by  the  Pale  ;  and 
the  Speftators  are  placed  on  the  other  Side. 

Along  the  Courfc  are  feveral  Pofls,  tiK..  the  La-ji-pff,  iSo 
Xards  from  the  Dog-houfe  and  Penns.  The  Quarter  'of  Mils 
'Poft,  Halt  Mile 'Pojt,  Pmching-foft ;  and  the  a  Place 

made  to  receive  the  Deer,  and  preferve 'em  from  further  Pur- 
fuit. 

Near  the  Ditch,  arc  placed  Judges  or  Triers.  The  Keeper, 
to  flip  the  Dogs  fairly,  puts  0.  falling  Cellar  upon  each,  toflip 
thro'  a  Ring,  and  the  Deer  being  turned  loofe  and  put  for- 
ward by  a  Teazer,  as  foon  as  it  is  arrived  at  the  Law-poff, 
the  Dog-houfe  Door  is  thrown  open  and  the  Do<is  flipp'd. 

If,  now,  the  Deer  fwerve  fo  much,  as  that"  his  Head  is 
judg'd  nearer  the  Dog-houfe  than  the  Ditch,  before  he  arriv(3 
at  the  Pinching-pofl;  it  is  no  Match;  but  muft  be  run  over 
again  three  Days  after.  If  there  be  no  fuch  Swerve,  but  the 
Deer  runs  flraight  as  far  as  the  Pinching-poll,  then  the  Dog 
nearefthim,  if  he  chance  to  fwerve,  or  by  any  Accident, 
be  blanch 'd  ;  or  if  there  be  no  fuch  Swerve,  iSc  the  Doff 
that  leaps  the  Ditch  firft,  wins  the  Match. 
_  PADUAN,  among  Mcdallifts,  a  Modern  Medal  in  Imita- 
tion of  the  Antique ;  or  a  new  Medal  flruck  with  all  the 
Marks  and  Charaflers  of  Antiquity,    See  Medal, 

y  A  The 


PAG 


(  734  ) 


P  A  I 


The  Name  is  taken  from  ^adm?i,  a.  hmcus  Italian  Pain- 
ter, who  fucceeded  fo  well  in  the  Impofture,  if  it  may  be  fo 
called,  that  the  belt  Judges  are  at  a  Lofs  to  diflinguini  'em. 

'P.iduan  is,  properly,  applicable  to  thofe  Medals  only,  which 
are  ftruckon  the  Matrices  of  the  ^aditmij  which  arelHlI  pre- 
ferv'd ;  tho'  it  is  frequently  ufed  in  the  general  for  all  Medals  of 
this  Kind. 

yo/'erf  obferves,  that  there  have  been  a  ^ ad?! an  and  'Parme- 
fiiu  in  Italy,  and  a  Carteron  in  Holland^  who  had  the  Knack 
of  imitating  the  Antique  in  Perfection. 

This  Padiimi  was  thus  called,  from  the  Place  of  his  Birth, 
'Padua :  His  proper  Name  was  Ze-j-'is  Leo  j  he  flourifh'd  in  the 
Beginning  of  the  XVIIth  Century.  His  Son  Ottaviaj),  tho' 
born  at  Rome,  was  alfo  called  the  Paduan. 

P^AN,  in  Antiquity,  a  Hymn  in  Honour  of  Afclh,  or 
fome  ofthe  other  Godsj  chiefly  ufed  on  Occafions  of  Vi^Sory 
and  Triumph.    See  Hymn. 

The  Paan  took  its  Name  from  Apollo  himfelf ;  who  was 
denominated  Ptean^  bccaufe,  in  his  Combat  with  the  Serpent 
'Pytboi7,  his  Mother  Latona  incouraged  him  to  make  ufe  of 
hisArrows,  by  crying  frequently  iff  ^a\a.y  loPtsan^  i.  e.fmite, 
poor. 

Thus  Fejliis,  hut  Hefy chins  rather  takes  ^o//o  to  have  been 
denominated  Tiffan  from  Tafa,  ^s^jjoteu'sj,  I  beahj  in  Allufion 
to  his  being  the  Deity  of  Medicine, 

P^AN  or  Pj^iON  was  alfo  the  Name  of  a  Foot  in  the  an- 
cient Poetry  5  fo  called,  as  commonly  fuppofed,  becaufe  ap- 
propriated to  the  Hymn  Taan  5  tho'  ^lintilian  derives  the 
Name  from  its  Inventor  Pccon^  a  Phylician.    See  Foot. 

It  conliiied  offour  Syllables,  the  firfl  long,  the  reft  lliort  ;  as 
connnmis,  Jacillmins,  fiekratiis,  &g. 

VjEDOSapipn,  Infant-Baptifm,  or  that  conferr'd  on  Chil- 
dren.   See  Baptism. 

The  Word  is  a  Compound  of  the  Greek  'aeui  •ss-aiS'os  Infant, 
and  3.-!'5r'i 'ff Bapcifm. 

PAGAN,  a  Heathen,  Gentile,  or  Idolater^  one  who  adores 
the  falfe  Gods  of  Antiquity.  See  Idolater,  Gentile,  i^c. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  pagamis,  a  Pagis,  Villages. 
For  when  the  Chriliiansfirft  became  Matters  of  the  Cities,  they 
obliged  the  Heathens  to  go  and  live  in  the  Country,  where  they 
miglit  ferve  their  falfe  Gods  in  Safety. 

The  Abbot  fkiiry  gives  another  Etymology  of  the  Word 
Tagan.  He  obferves  that  the  Emperor  Cc77jiantine,  going 
from  Jntiocb  againft  Maxentim  in  350.  affembied  all  his 
Troops,  and  advis'd  fucb  as  had  not  receiv'd  Eaptifm  to  re- 
ceive it  immediately  ;  declaring  withal,  that  fucn  as  fhou'd 
be  found  unbaptiz'd  ffiou'd  quit  the  Service,  and  go  Home. 

Hence,  perhaps,  fays  the  Abbot,  the  Name  'Pagan  might 
be  given  to  thofe  who  chofe  the  latter  :  The  Zarin  Word,  Pa- 
ganus,  properly  fignifying  a  Perfon  who  does  not  bear  Arms  , 
in  Oppofiiion  to  Aliles. 

And  hence  it  might,  in  Time,  extend  to  all  Heathens.  Or, 
continues  he,  the  Word  might  come  from  Pagns,  Village, 
whence  the  Freiicb  Pais  Country,  in  regard  the  Peafants  were 
thofe  who  ftuck  longcft  to  the  Idolatry  of  the  Heathens. 

PAGANISM,  ti-ie  Religious  WorHiip  and  Difcipline  of 
(Pagam ;  or  the  Adoration  of  Idols  and  falfe  Gods. 

The  Gods  o^Paganij'm  were  either  Men,3.sy/i/'iter,I{e)ri/ks, 
Sacch!fs,&ic.  orfiftitious  Perfons,  as  ^:''/^7or>'.  Fame,  Fever,  occ. 
or  Beads,  as  in  Egypt,  Crocodiles,  Cats,  &c.  or  inanimate 
Things,  as  Onions,  Fire,  IVater,  Sec.  See  God. 

Saromis  derives  the  Word  Pagamis  a  Pagis  Villages,  be- 
caufe, when  the  Chriftians  became  Mafters  of  the  Cities,  the 
Heathens  were  obliged  by  the  Edifts  of  Conjtantine  and  his 
Children,  to  go  and  live  in  the  Country  Villages,  ^c.  Salma- 
Jius  will  have  the  Word  from  Pagns,  confidered  as  originally 
fignifying  Geizs  or  Nation:  Whence  we  fay  indifferently,  Pa- 
ganifi/t  or  Gentilifm. 

PAGANAI.IA,  an  ancient  rural  Feafl,  thus  call'd,  becaufe 
celebrated  in*the  Villages,  inPagis.  SeePAOAN. 

In  the  Paganalia,  the  Peafants  went  in  folemn  Proccffion 
all  around  the  Village,  making  Luftrarions  to  purify  it.  They 
had  alfo  their  Sacrifices,  wherein  they  offer'd  Cakes  on  the 
Altarsofthe  Gods.  SeepEAsr. 

HalkamaJJietis  and  St.  jferan  refer  the  Infiitution  of  the 
^aganalia  to  Scrvrtis  I'liihis.  They  were  held  in  the  Month 
cf  February. 

PAGARCHUS,  among  the  Ancients,  a  petty  Magiftrate 
of  a  pagns  or  little  Didrid,  in  the  Country ;  feveral  Times 
mentioned  in  the  Novels. 

The  Word  is  formMfrom?'flg2AVillage,and  tti^'/}  Command. 

PAGE,  a  Youth  of  State,  retain'd  in  the  Family  of  a  Prince, 
or  great  Perfonage,  as  an  honourable  Servant  to  attend  in  Vi- 
fits  of  Ceremony,  do  Meffages,  bear  up  Trains,  Robes,  ^c. 
and  at  the  fame  Time  to  have  a  genteel  Education,  and  learn 
his  Exercifes. 

The  Pages,  in  the  King  s  Houfhold,  are  various  and  have 
various  Provinces  affign'd  'em :  As 

pages  of  JfioJiolir,  Phages  of  the  Prefence-Chamber,  Pages 
of  the  Back-Stairs,  .n  ,  r 

pages  were  anciently  diftinguifii  d  from  the  other  Servants 
jn  Livery,  by  their  wearing  Drawers  in  lieu  of  Breeches  ;  and 


Sleeves  turn'd  up  with  Velvet. 

The  Word  is  tound  from  the  Greek,  Tscuf  Child. 

Cujas  and  Gothtfrid  obferve,  that  Pages,  in  the  Emperor's 
Families,  were  called  Pedagogiani  Pneri.  Fatichet  fays,  the 
Word  Page  was  firft  given  to  the  little  Boys  who  attend  I'ilcrs 
to  bring  'em  their  Tiles,  ^c.  That  till  the  Time  of  Charles  VL 
orVil,  the  Name  was  common  to  the  bafeft  Servants,and  that 
'tis  fince  then,  that  Page  is  become  a  Term  of  Honour  5  and 
the  meaner  Servants  dilUiiguiOi'd  from  'em  by  the  Name  of 
Lacqueys,  &c. 

PAGE  is  particularly  ufed  in  the  Seraglio,  for  the  Children 
of  Tribute^  or,  Slaves  who  wait  on  the  Grand  Signer.  They 
are  commanded  by  the  firlK-^^^^?  J  and  conilitute  four  Claffcs, 
call'd  Odd's.    See  Oda. 

PAGE  of  a  'Book.    See  Printing. 

PAGEANT,  a  Triumphal  Car,  Chariot,  Arch,  or  other  the 
like  pompous  Decoration,  varioully  adorn 'd  with  Colours,  Flags, 
^^c.  carried  about  in  public  Shews,  Proceffions,  ^c.  See  Deco- 
ration, Procession,  ^c. 

PAGOD,  a  Name  the  Portug-uefe  have  given  to  all  the 
Temples  of  the  Indians^  and  Idolaters  of  the  Eaft.  See 
Temple. 

The  Pagods  of  the  Chinefe  and  Sia?nefe  are  exceedingly  mag- 
nificent. Among  others,  there  is  one  at  Golconda,  whofe 
Niche,  that  they  pray  in,  confifts  of  a  fingle  Stone,  of  fuch 
prodigious  Bulk,  that  they  were  five  Years  in  bringing  it  to 
to  the  Place  j  tfoo  Men  being  conftantly  employ'd  at  it  all  that 
Time;  and  the  Machine,  that  brought  it,  drawn  by  1400 
Oxen. 

The  Revenues  ofthe  pagodoi  thejanigrate  are  fo  greatas 
to  fubfifl-,every  Day,  from  fifteen  tocwenty  Thoufand  Pilgrims. 

Pagod  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Idol  adored  in  the  Temple.  See 
Idol. 

Hence  the  Curious  give  the  Name  to  thofe  lltde  purcelairi 
Images  brought  from  China. 

Pagod  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  Gold  Coin  current  in  feve- 
ral Parts  ofthe  Indies  ^  on  the  footing  of  the  Piece  of  Eight. 
See  Coin,  ^c. 

The  Englip  coin  Pagods  at  Fort  St.  George-,  and  the  2)ntJh 
at  Palicate. 

There  are  alfo  filver  Pagods  flruck  at  Narfwgtia,  "Bifna- 
g&rg,  &c.  which  ufually  bear  the  Figure  of  fome  monftrous 
Idol,  whence  their  Names.    They  are  of  various  Values. 

PAIN,  anuneafy  Senfation,  arifing  from  a  fuddcn  and  vio- 
lent Solution  of  Continuity  in  the  Nerves,  Membranes,  Vef- 
fcls,  Mufcles,  ^c.  ofthe  Body.  See  Pleasure. 

pain,  according  to  fome,  refidcs  in  a  Motion  in  the  Ofgans 
of  Scnfe;  according  to  others,  it  is  an  Emotion  of  the  Sou!, 
occafioned  by  thofe  Organs.    See  Sense. 

If  it  be  inquired,  what  it  is  occafions  the  Pain  of  a  Pun£lure  ? 
One  may  anfwer,  that  the  PunClure  cannot  feparatethe  Fi- 
bres of  the  Flcfli,  without  fliaking  the  Nerves  which  proceed 
thence  to  the  Brain.  If  it  be  further  asked,  why  we  feel  Pain 
upon  a  fhakingof  that  Part  of  the  Erain  ?  we  are  at  a  Stand  ; 
there  being  no  necefTary  Connexion  between  Concuffions  of 
the  Brain,  and  the  Senfation  of  Pain  wherewith  the  Soul  is 
aficcted. 

To  account,  therefore,  for  Pain  ;  F.  Malkhrando  obferves, 
we  muft  have  Recourfe  to  a  fuperior  Being,  who  forms  an 
arbitrary  Connexion  between  the  Shakes  of  the  Brain, and  the 
Senfations  of  Pain.    See  Sensation. 

From  thePhyfical  Definition  of  Pain,  it  follows,  thatwhat- 
ever  may  diftraft  the  Parts  of  the  Nerves  or  Membranes  from 
one  another  may  caufe  Pain  5  but  there  is  nothing  in  the  Com- 
pafs  of  Nature,  which  may  not  do  that,  with  whatever  Figures, 
or  Properties,  it  be  endued:  For  fince  fomewhat  may  always 
be  apply'd  or  added  to  any  other  Eody,fuch  Body  may  at  length, 
incrcafe  into  a  Bulk  too  big  to  flow  through  a  Canal  of  a  oiven 
Diameter,  and  will  therefore  require  more  Room  :  Where- 
fore, while  the  Sides  of  a  Canal  are  thruft  outward,  beyond 
what  they  are  ufed  to  be,  that  is,  the  Parts  compofiiig  thofe 
Sides,  before  contiguous,  become  loofened  and  moved  away 
from  one  another  ^  'if  that  Body  ftrike  upon  thofe  Sides  with  a 
brisk  Impetus,  and  that  Impetus  be  continually  renew'd,  the 
Solution  will  be  confiderable,  or  the  Nifns  towards  a  Solution 
violent,  or  there  will  be  pain.  Wherefore  the  conftituent  Parts 
of  Fluids  being  fufficiently  augmented  in  Dimenfion,  and  pro- 
pell'd  with  a  continually  repeated  Impetus  againft  any  Canal 
of  our  Body,  may  occafion  that  Solution,  in  which  confifts  the 
Effence  of  Pain.  ,    ,  ^ 

For  it  comes  to  the  fame  Thmg,  whether  fome  Parts  are 
added  to  a  Body?  or  the  Parts  of  that  Body  are,  by  any  Caufe 
whatfoever,  feparated  to  fo  great  an  Interval,  near  the  Sides 
of  a  Canal,  as  toconftitute  a  Dimenfion  equal  to  that  whicli 
arofe  from  the  Addition  of  a  new  Part ;  for  the  Bulk  may  fo  far 
increafe  both  Ways,  as  that  the  natural  Capacity  of  the  Canal 
fhal!  not  be  big  enough  to  contain  it,  without  fome  violent  Di- 
latation, and  a  Diftraftion  of  the  Fibres  it  is  compofed  of : 
And  confequently  Pain  muft  enfue. 

Farther,  as  there  may  be  always  fomewhat  added  to  ano- 
ther Body  ;  fo  from  any  Body  may  fomewhat  be  always  taken 
away  j  a  Body  fo  diminiftied  in  Dimenfion,  and  impelled 


P  A  I 


(  735  ) 


P  A  I 


wirh  a  confi»ierable/;«/pmi  will  break  thro' the  Interftices  of 
the  Fibres,  where  it  is  lefs  than  the  Capacity  of  fuch  Interfti- 
ces, and  moved  obliquely  :  And  becaufe  the  Superficies  of  the 
Fibres  are  not  wont  to  be  contained  under  Geometrical  Right 
Lines,  but  to  have  Particles  flanding  out  and  prominent  3 
thefe  it  divides  from  one  another.  And  thus  any  Body,  of 
whatfocver  Figure,  may  occafion  in  us  Pain,  fo  it  be  big 
enough  to  dillend  the  Veflels  beyond  their  wonted  Meafure, 
or  fmall  enough  to  enter  the  Pores  in  the  Sides  of  a  Canal,  with 
an  linpetm  in  the  Manner  intimated. 

And  what  is  thus  advanced,  with  relation  to  Things  within 
the  VelTeis,  may  be  eafily  apply'd  to  others  outof  the  VelTeis. 

PAIN,  in  Medicine,  confider'd  as  a  Symptom  of  a  Difeafe, 
makes  a  confiderable  Article  in  a  Palliative  Cure.  See  Pal- 
liative. 

Pain  is  mitigated  or  affwaged  divers  Ways  ;  as  i.  by  dilu- 
ting and  foftening  of  Acrimonies,  with  warm  Water  mix'd  with 
FJower  apply'd  by  way  of  Drink,  Fomentation,  Clyfter  or 
Bath.  2.  By  refolving  and  wafliing  away  Obrtru6lions,  by 
the  fame  Means  and  Rcfolvcnts.  g.  By  relaxing  the  nervous 
YeHcls,  with  Drinks,  Fomentations,  Baths,  the  Species  of 
Relaxants,  Anodynes  and  A.perients.  4.  By  correcting  the 
Acrimony  itfelf  with  proper  Remedies.  5.  By  freeing  the  ob- 
liruent,  obltruffed,  and  acrimonious  Parts  from  the  too  much 
Preflure  of  the  vital  Humour  5  and  by  foftening,  and  fuppura- 
tiiig,  and  depurating  'em,  6.  By  rebating  or  deadening  the  Senfe 
by  Narcoticks,  either  internally  or  externally.  See  Narco- 
tic k,  c^c. 

PAIN  /orf,  £f?  Aiire^  in  Law,  an  efpecial  Punifhment 
for  one,  who  being  arraigned  of  Felony,  refufes  to  put  hlmfelf 
upon  the  ordinary  Trial  of  God  and  his  Country,  and  thereby 
ffands  mute  by  the  Interpretation  of  Law.    See  Mute. 

This  is  vulgarly  called  ^PreJJlng  to  Death.  The  Procefs 
whereof  is  thus  prefcribed  ; 

"  He  fhall  be  fent  back  to  the  Prifon,  whence  he  came, 
"  and  be  laid  infome  low  dark  Houfe;  where  he  fhall  lie  naked 
"  on  the  Earth,  without  any  Lifter,  RuOies,or  other  Cloathing, 
"  and  without  any  Raiment  about  him,  but  only  fomething  to 
"  cover  his  Privy-Members  j  and  he  fhall  lie  upon  his  Back 
"  with  his  Head  covered-,  and  his  Feet  5  and  one  Arm  Hiall 
"  be  drawn  to  one  Quarter  oi:  the  Houfe,  with  a  Cord,  and 
"  the  other  Arm  to  another  Quarter,  and  his  Legs  in  the  fame 
"  Manner :  Let  thfre  be  laid  upon  his  Body  Iron,  or  Stone,  as 
"  much  as  he  may  bear,or  more  ;  and  the  next  Dayfollowing, 
"  hefliall  have  three  Morfeis  of  Barley-Bread  withoutDrluk  ; 
"  and  the  fecond  Day  he  f^iall  have  Drink  three  Times,  as 
*'  much  at  each  Time  as  he  can  drink,  of  the  Water  next  un- 
"  to  the  Prifon,  except  it  be  running  Water  ;  without  any 
"  Bread:  And  thisfliall  be  his  Diet,  till  he  dies. 

PAINIM,  the  fame  with  'Pagan.    See  Pagan. 

PAINTING,  the  Art  of  reprefenting  natural  Bodies,  and 
giving 'em  a  Kind  of  Life,  by  the  Turn  of  Lines,  and  the 
Degrees  of  Colours. 

'painting  is  faid  to  have  had  its  Rife  among  the  'Egyftiam: 
AndtheGw^J,  who  learn 'd  it  of  em,  carried'^ittoitsPerfefti- 
on  ;  if  we  may  believe  the  Stories  related  of  their  .-^fZ/pj,  and 

The  Komdns  were  not  without  confiderable  Makers  in  this 
Art,  in  the  iarer  Times  of  the  Republic,  and  under  the  firft 
Bmperorsj  but  the  Inundation  of  'Barbarians^  who  ruin'd 
1taly\  proved  fatal  to  Painting,  and  almoft  reduced  it  to  its 
firft  Elements.  It  was  in  Italy^  however,  that  the  Art  re- 
turned to  its  ancient  Honour,  and  in  the  Beginning  of  theXVth 
Century  ;  when  Ctmahiie^  betaking  himfelf  to  the  Pencil,  tran- 
flated  the  poor  Remains  of  the  Art,  from  a  Greek  Painter  or 
two,  into  his  own  Country. 

He  was  feconded  by  fome  Fhrentinei :  The  firft  who  got  any 
Reputation  ^AsGhirlandaio,  Michael  Angelo's  Mafter  -^Pierro 
'Perugino,  Raphael  Urbin's  Mafler  j  and  Andrea  VeroahiOy 
Leonardo  Da  Vinnh  Mafter. 

But  the  Scholars  far  furpaffed  the  Mafters  ;  they  not  only 
effaced  all  that  had  been  done  before  'em,  but  carried  Painting 
to  a  Pitch  from  which  it  has  ever  fince  been  declining. 

'Twas  not  by  their  own  noble  Works  alone  that  they  advanc'd 
Painting  j  but  by  the  Number  of  Pupils  they  bred  up,  and  the 
Schools  they  form'd. 

Angeh^  in  particular,  founded  the  School  of  Florence  ;  Ra- 
phael, the  School  of  Rome  5  and  Leonardo,  the  School  of  Mi- 
lan  5  to  which  muftbe  added,  the  Z?i»2^i^>'-^  School,  eftablifh'd 
about  the  fame  time,  and  which  became  very  confiderable 
under  Georgian  and  T'itian.    See  School. 

Befides  the  Italian  Maftcrs,  there  were  others  on  this  Side  the 
Alf'^-,  who  had  no  Communication  with  thofe  of  Italy  ;  fuch 
were  Albert  Durer,  in  Germany  ^  Holbens,  in  Switzerland  5  Lu- 
cas, in  Holland ;  and  others  in  Francea.nd  Flanders:  but  TtaJy, 
and  particularly  Rome,  was  the  Place  where  the  Art  was  pra- 
flis'd  with  thegrcateft  Succefs  ;  and  where,  from  Time  to 
Time,  the  greatelf  Mafters  were  produced. 

To  Raphael's  School,  fucceeded  that  of  the  C^rfiJc/j^J,  which 
haslafled,in  its  Scholars,  almofl:  to  the  prefent  Time;  wherein 
the  B'encb  Painters,  by  the  Munificence  of  the  late  Zo?«'s  XIV. 
fcem  almofl:  in  Condition  to  vie  with  thofe  o{  Greece  or  Italy, 


In  ^P^m  they  have tv;o  confiderable  Bodiesof  Painters,  the  one, 
the  Royal  Academy  of  'Paintwg  and  Sculpture  the  o;hec 
the  Coramumty  oj  Majters  in  'Painting,  ScUpture  &c.  See 
Academy.  * 

The  Art  of  'Painting  is  divided,  by  Frefnoy,  into  three 
prmcipal  Parts,  /^^;e7;fm;,  Dejign,  and  Co/o^/nf/^;  to  which 
fome  add  a  fourth,  viz.  Difpoption, 

Felibien  divides  Painting  into  the  Comfofition  the  DeCign 
and  Coloiiring.  *  j  t 

Monf  TejHlng,  painter  to  the  late  King,  divides  it,  fome- 
what  more  accurately,  into  x^c  Defign' or  Draught  [he  'Pro- 
pm'tion,  the  ExpreJJion,  the  Clair-objcure,  the  Ordoimance  and 
the  Colottring  5  to  which  his  EngUpj  Tranilator  adds  tlae  'Per- 
[pedive.  tinder  each  of  thefe  Heads,  he  gives  us  the  Rules 
and  Sentiments  of  the  heil  Mafters,  which  fee  under  their 
proper  Articles  in  this  Didfionary,  Design,  Proportion 
Expression,  Clair-Obscure,  Ordonnance,  Colour' 

ING,  li^C. 

'Painting  is  of  various  Kinds,  with  regard  to  the  Mat-rials 
us'd  i  the  Matter  whereon  they  are  applied  ;  and  the  Manner 
of  applying  'em. 

Hence  come  'Painting  in  Oil;  'Painting  m  Water- Co  lours, 
or  Limning ;  'Painting  in  Fresco ;  'Painting  on  Gla^s  ;  'Paint- 
ing in  F.namel ;  and  'Painting  in  Miniature. 

Painting  in  Oil.  The  Art  of  Painting  in  Oil  was  un- 
known to  the  Ancients;  and  it  was  a  H£?//J?/7j  Painter,  one  Jobst 
uanEyck,  John  de 'Bruges,^  who  firft  difcover'd  and  putic 
inpra6fice  in  the  Beginning  of  the  XlVrh  Century:  'Tillhimj 
all  the  Painters  wrought  in  Fre[co^  or  in  M/ater-CoIours. 

This  was  an  Invention  of  the  utmoft  Advantage  to  the  Art  • 
fince,  by  means  hereof,  tlie  Colours  of  a  Painting  are  prefervU 
much  longer  and  better,  and  receive  a  Lufire  and  Sweetnefs 
which  the  Ancients  cou'd  never  attain  to,  what  VarniHi  foevec 
they  made  ufe  of  to  cover  their  Pieces. 

The  whole  Secret  only  confifls  in  grinding  the  Colours  with 
Nut-Oil  orLinfeedOil:  But  it  muft  beown'd,  the  Manner  of 
Working  is  very  different  from  that  in  Fresco,  or  in  Water ;  by 
reafon  the  Oil  does  not  dry  near  fofart ;  which  gives  the  Painter 
an  Opportunity  of  touching  and  retouchingalUhe  Parrs  of  his 
Figures,  as  often  as  he  pleafes:  Which,  in  the  other  Kinds,  is 
a  Thing  impraflicable. 

The  Figures  too  are  here  capable  of  more  Force  and  Bold- 
nefs  ;  in  as  much  as  the  Black  becomes  blacker,  when  <Tround 
with  Oil  than  with  Water ;  befides  that,  all  the  Colours,  mixina 
better  together,  make  the  Colouring  fweetcr,  more  delicate  and 
agreeable,  and  give  an  Union  an^  Tendernefs  to  the  whole 
Work,  inimitable  in  any  of  the  other  Manners. 

'Painting  in  Oil  is  perfbrm'd  on  Walls^  on  Wood,  Canvas 
Stones  and  all  Sorts  of  Metals. 

7t)  Paint  o?i  aJVall:  when  well  dry,they  give  it  twoor  three 
Wafhcs  of  boiling  Oil ;  till  the  Plainer  remain  quite  greafy.and 
will  imbibe  no  more.  Over  this  they  apply  dcfficcative  or  drying 
Colours,ws.white  Chalk,  red  Oker,  or  other  Chalks  beaten  pret- 
ty rtift^  This  Couch  or  Lay  being  well  dry,  they  sketch  out,  and 
defign  their  SubjecT: ;  and  at  laft  paincft  over.niixing  a  little Var- 
ni/li  with  their  Colours  ;  to  fave  the  Varnifhing  afterwards, 

Others.to  fortify  their  Wall  the  betteragainft  Moillure,cover 
it  with  a  Plafterof  Lime,  Marble  Duft,  or  a  Cement  made  of 
beaten  Tiles  foak'd  with  Linfeed  Oil  ;  and  at  laft  prepare  a 
Compofition  of  G^j^r^A  Pitch,  MalHc  and  thick  Varnifh  boil'd 
together,  which  they  apply  hot  over  the  former  Plafler  :  When 
dry,  they  lay  on  their  Colours  as  before. 

Others,  in  fine,  make  their  Plafterwith  Lime-Mortar,  Tile- 
Cement,  and  Sand  ;  and  this  dry,  apply  another  of  Lime, 
Cement,  and  Machefer  or  Iron  Scum  ;  which  being  well  beat- 
en and  incorporated  with  Whites  of  Eggs  and  Linfeed  Oil, 
makes  an  excellent  Couch  or  Plafter.  When  dry,  the  Colours 
arc  applied  as  before. 

To  Paint  on  Wood they  ufu ally  give  their  Ground  a 
Couch  or  Lay  ofWhite  temper'dwlth  Size;  or  they  apply  the 
Oil  abovementioned  :  The  reft,  as  in  Painting  on  Walls. 

2o  Paint  LJnnen  cr  Canvas  ;  the  Canvas  being  ftretch'd 
on  a  Frame,  they  give  it  a  Couch  or  Lay  of  Size  :  When  dry, 
they  go  over  it  with  a  Pumice-Stone,  to  fmooth  off  the  Knots. 
By  means  of  the  Size  the  little  Threads  and  Hairs  are  all  laid 
clofe  on  the  Cloth,  and  the  little  Holes  ftopp'd  up,  fo  as  no 
Colour  can  pafs  thro'. 

When  the  Cloth  is  dry,  they  lay  on  Oker,  which  is  a 
natural  Earth,  and  bears  a  Body;  fometimes,  mixing  with  it  z 
little  white  Lead  to  make  it  dry  the  fooner.  When  dry,  they 
go  over  it  with  the  Pumice-Stone  to  make  it  fmooth. 

After  this,  they  fometimes  add  a  fecond  Lay  compnfed  of 
white  Lead,  and  a  litde  Charcoal  Black,  to  renderthe  Ground 
of  an  Ani-Colour,obfervingin  eachMannerto  lay  on  as  little  Co- 
lour as  pofiible,  that  the  Cloth  may  not  break,  and  that  the  Co- 
lours,when  they  come  to  be  painted  over,may  prcferve  the  better. 

In  fome  Paintings  of  Titian  and  "Paolo  feronrje  we  find 
they  made  their  Ground  with  Water,  and  painted  over  it  with 
Oil ;  which  contributed  much  to  the  Vivacity  and  FreOir-i^fs 
of  their  Works;  Fot  the  Water  Ground,  by  imbibing  the  Oil 
of  the  Colours,  leaves  them  the  more  beautiful  5  theOilitfelf 
taking  awav  a  deal  of  their  Vivacity. 

As 


PAL               (  73<5  )  PAL 

As  little  Oil  therefore  is  to  be  ufed  as  polTible,  if  'tis  de-  which  forms  the  Fore-part  of  the  Palate.    See  Palate  £^ 

fired  to  have  the  Colours  keep  frefh  ;  For  this  Reafon  fome  Maxilla  fuperior.  ^ 

mix 'em  up  with  Oil  of  Afpic,  which  evaporates  immediately,  PALATINATB,   a  Province  or  Signory,  polTcfs'd  by  a 

yet  ferves  to  make  'em  manageable  with  the  Pencil.  palatine:,  and  from  which  betakes  hislicle,  andDienitv-  See 

ToPaint  mi  Stones  orMetak^'ns  notneceffary  roapply  Size,  Palatine. 

as  on  Cloth  i  it  fulfices  to  add  a  ilight  Couch  of  Colours,  be-  The  'Palatinates^  now  fubfllling,  are  either  thofe  of  Gc^fti;?- 

fore  you  draw  your  Defign  ^  nor  is  even  this  done,  on  Stones  ny  or  'Poland, 

where  'tis  defired  the  Ground  ihou'd  appear,  as  incertain  Mar-  Thofe  of  Germany  are  the  Principalities  of  the  Upper  and 

bles  of  extraordinary  Colours.  Lower  Khim^  i.  e.  of  Savaria  and  the  Rhine.    The  Palatl- 

All  the  Colours  ufed  in  Fresco  are  good  in  O//,  except  White  nates^  in  Poland^  are  the  Provinces  and  Dilkifts  of  the  PJip 

of  Lime  and  Marble-Duft.    Sec  CoLoua.  Grandees  or  Senators,  who  are  the  Governors  thereof. 

Thofe  chiefly  vS.e^  zxe  White  Lead      Ceri/fs,  yellow  and  PALATINE,  Cotwt  Palati?ie,  or  Comes  "Palatinns  in  the 

white  Mafficot,  Orpiment^  "Black  Lead.,  CimipMr  or  Vermil-  ancient  Cuftoms,  was  a  Tide  given  to  all  Perfons  who  had  any 

lion,  Lacca^  blue  and  green  Afies^  Indigo,  Lamp-Slack^  Burnt  Office  or  Employment  in  the  Prince's  Palace.    See  Coun  t. 

Ivory,  and  F'erdigreafe,  ^c.  See  the  Preparation,       of  each  MatJjceus  fiAys,  xhsit  Palatines  were  originally  thofe  who 

under  its  proper  Article,  Certjss,  Or  pi  men  t,  Vermillion,  had  the  Super-intendance  of  the  Palace the  fame  with  what 

Lacca,  Indigo,  ^c.              •  t\\t  Greeks  cdAYA  Curopolata;  and  the  Fre?tc!:i,  Muircs  De- 

As  to  Oils,  the  befl  are  thofe  of  Walnuts,  of  Linfeed,  Afpic,  palais  5  tho',  in  Time,  the  Name  became  more  pencrah 

and  Turpentine.  The  defTiccative  or  drying  Oils,  are  a  Nut-Oil  The  only  palatine  of  this  Kind,  now  fublilUng,  is  the  Pa- 

boil'd  with  Litharge  and  Sandarac,  others  with  Spirit  of  Wine,  latine  of  the  Rhine. 

Maftic  and  Gum-Lacca.    See  Varnish-  The  Title  ^Pd/ir/rae  was  afterwards  conferr'd  on  thofe  de- 
To  have  a  Varnifh  that  fiiall  dry  readily,  they  mix  Spirit  legated  by  the  Prince  to  hold  a  Court  of  Juftice  in  fome  Pro- 
of Wine  with  Turpentine.  vince  j  and  to  fuch  among  the  Lords  as  had  a  Palace^  i.  e.  a 
Paintings  Water-Colours.    See  Limning.  Court  of  Juftice  in  their  own  Houfes. 

V  }^itir  itiG  in  Frefcc.    SeepREsro.  The  Frenc/y  Writers  make  the  Palatinates  oi  Champagne 

Painting?!^  Miniature.    See  Miniature.  to  be  the  firft,  who  bore  the  Title  5  which,  they  will  [iaveit,the 

Painting  o«  G/i?yJ.    See  Glass.  Germans  and  other  People  borrowed  from  them  3  not  they 

Painting  inEiiajnel,    See  Enamel.  from  the  Gennam. 

Painting  in  Mofaic.    See  Mosaic-Work.  At  prefent  the  Word  Palatine  is  reftrained  to  a  Prince  of 

PAIR,  a  Colleaive  Term,  ufed  tor  two  equal  and  fimilar  Germany ,  or  a  Lord  of  Poland  poffefs'd  of  a  Palatinate.  See 

Things  ordinarily  joined  together;  tho'  more  frequently  for  ar-  Palatinate. 

tificial  Things,  than  for  natural  Ones.  The  Word  is  derived  hence,  that  anciently  the  Emperors 

Asa  y^/r  of  Gloves,  oi  Stockings,  of  Shoes,  ^r.    ^  fent  the  Judges  of  their  palace,  whom  the  j-  cali'd  Co/^^re-s 

It  is  alfo  ufed  in  compound  Things,  for  two  Parts  alike  each  ■^'Palatini,  or  Paltz-graves,  to  correft  the  Abufes  of  the  other 

other,   tho'  they  only  make  one  Whole;  as  a  Pairo^Scv^-  Judges  in  the  Provinces  of  Saxotty,  Savaria,  Franconia^  and 

fars,  £f?r.                                                  ^  the  Rhine.  See  Palsgrave. 

And  for  a  Set  or  Syftem  of  feveral  Things  join'd  to  make  In  the  Codes  we  find  a  Title,  ffle  Palatinis  Sacrarnm  Lar- 

another  compleat,  as  a  Pair  ofEag-pipes,  'ifjC.  and  ladly,  by  git/omim,  who  were  a  Kind  of  Treafurers  of  the  Empire. 

Extcnfion,  for  a  Thing  that  is  fiugle,  as  a  Pair  of  Tables,  ^c.  PALATINI  Ztfdi,  among  the  Romans,  were  Games  infti- 

PAIR,  Pf^y,  in  Anatomy,  an  AiTemblage  or  Conjugation  tuted  in  Honour  oi  Julius  Ctefar,  as  fome  will  have  it,  or  as 

of  two  Nerves,  having  their  Origin  together  in  the  Erain  or  others,  o{  Ar.'guflus.    See  Games. 

Spine,   and  thence  diUributed  into  the  fevera!  Parts  of  the  'Tispretended  that2>/r7?calls 'em  ^//g7j5/?^/5J ;  which  fliould 

Body,  one  on  the  one  Side,  and  the  other  on  the  other.    Sec  feem  to  confirm  the  fccond  Sentiment.    Indeed,  'tis  certain. 

Nerve.  that  he  fays  Z/y/ii  inflituted  particular  Games  on  the  Palatine 

Thus  we  fay  the  /r/?  Pair,  fecond  pair,  ^c.  the  Par  va-  Mount,  in  Honour  of  that  Prince ;  but  he  apparently  diftin- 

[nm,  par  quirttum.  Sec.  and  fometimes  the  OlfaBory  Pair^  guiflies  them  from  thofe  called  Augiiftales.     See  Augus- 

OphtMlmic  Pair,  t^c.  See  Vagum.  tales. 

PALACE,  Royal-Houfe,  a  Name  generally  given  to  the  The  i^ow^7^i  had  ^A^o  the'w  Jpcllo  palatiiius,  a  Surnama 

Dwelling- Houfes  of  Kings,  and  Princes.    Se:;  House.  of  that  Deity,  given  him  in  rcfpe^l  of  the  Temple  erected  to 

In  Courfc  of  Time  the  Name  has  alfo  been  applied  tothc  himh"^  Jingnft  us  on  the  PalatiiielAonM,   in  Confequcnce  of 

Houfes  of  other  Perfons  ;  taking  different  Epithefs,according  to  a  Report  of  the  Arufpices,  which  required  it  to  be  done  :  Jin- 

the  Quality  of  the  Inhabitants  ;  as  Imperialpalace,Riyalpa-  gu^us  enrich'd  it  with  a  noble  Library,  as  is  intimated  by  Hc- 

lace.  Pontifical,  Cardinal,  Episcopal,  Ducal  Palace,  Slc.  race.  Lib.  I.  Epift.  III.  v.  23. 

y"(?fo/'(7/i  derives  the  Origin  of  the  Word  Palace  ^i-qto.  a  The  '7*;7/^iri??e  Tr/^'f  was  one  of  the  four  Tribes,  info  which 

Greek,  called  Pallas,who  p^a.ve  his  own  Name  to  a  magnificent  Ro7ne  was  anciently  divided  by  Servius  'L^ullus.    See  Tribe. 

Houfe  he  had  built:  Adding,  that  Aiignfius  after  him,  gave  PALATO  Salpingieus,  called  alfo  Mtifculas  P'ub^  no-vns 

the  Name  palatinm  to  the  Houfe  of  the  Roman  Emperors  Val[alv-£,  and  Pterygofiaphilivus  Extermis,  A  MufcJe  arifing 

ontheHillj  which,  for  thatReafon,  wascalled  the  Palatine  broad  and  tendinous  from  the  Edge  of  the  lunatcd  Part  of 

Mount.    Otherstalceit  the  contrary  Way;  and  fay,  thatJ??-  xheOsPalati,  feveral  of  its  Fibres  being  fpread  on  the  Mein- 

milns's  Houfe,  wherein  Augufius  lived,  was  properly  called  brane  that  covers  the  Foramen  Isarimn  ;  whence  growing  into 

^Pfl/;7?r:;ff2,becaufc  fituateon  the  Palatine  Mount,  See  Pal  a-  a  fmall  thin  Tendon,  it  is  reflefted  about  the  Hook  like  the 

TINE.  Procefs  of  the  innerWing  of  the  Proce£usPterigoidc€?ts  intemus^ 

Be  this  as  it  will,  *tis  certain,  palatimn,  from  a  proper  and  is  inferted  carnous,  into  all  the  membranous,  fleOiy,  and 

Name,  in  Time,  became  common  to  all  Houfes  of  Kings,  cartilaginous  Parts  of  the  Tube  which  leads  from  the  Palate  to 

And  as  the  Kings  ufually  heard  and  determined  Caufes  in  the  Ear. 

their  Houfes,  in  what  Part  of  the  Realms  foever  fituate  ;  It  is  ufed  to  dilate  and  keep  open  this  Tube, 

hence  alfo  Palatinm  became  a  Name  for  a  Court  of  Juflice ;  Pi\LATO-STAPHILINUS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufclccail'd 

thus  the  Frrwr/i have  their  Palais,  !kc.    See  Court.  alfo  Pterygofiaphili?2iis  intermis.  See  Pterigostaphilinus. 

PALANQTJIN,  a  Kind  of  Chaife,  or  Chair  bore  by  Men  PALE  a  little  pointed  Stake,  or  Piece  of  Woo,-!,  ufed  in 

on  the  Shoulder  ;  much  ufed  by  the  People  of  China  and  the  making  Inclofures,  Separations,  J^r.  See  Palissade. 

Eaft,  as  a  Vehicle  for  their  Conveyance  from  Place  to  Place.  The  Pale  was  an  Internment  of  Punifhmcnt  and  Execution 

PALATE,  Palatum,  in  Anatomy,  the  Flefh  that  com-  among  the  ancient  i?o?72i?;;;,  &c.  flill  continues  fo  among  the 

pofes  the  Roof,  i.e.  the  upper  and  inner  Part  of  the  Mouth.  Tttrks.    Hence  Empaling:,  thepafllng  a  fliarp  Pale  tho'  the 

See  Mouth.  Fundament  up  the  Body.  See  Empaling. 

The  Palate  is  lined  with  a  glandulous  Coat,  under  which  The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  Palus,  which  fignifics  the 

are  great  Numbers  of  pretty  confpicuous  Glands,  fcatter'd  in  fame  Thing  ^  whence  PaliJ/ade,  ^c, 

the  Fore-part  of  it  like  Grains  of  Millet,  with  many  Interfaces,  PALES,  or  Piles,  in  Carpentry,  are  Rows  or  Files  of  Stakes 

whofe  excretory  Dufts,  piercing  the  Membrane,  open  into  the  drove  deep  into  the  Ground,  to  make  wooden  Bridges  over  Ri- 

Mouth  ;  but  towards  the  Hind-part,  they  lie  much  thicker  ;  vers.    See  Pallification. 

and  about  the  Root  of  the  Uvula  are  gathered  fo  clofe  togc-  They  ferve  to  fupport  the  Beams  which  are  laid  a-crofs  them, 

ther,  that  they  appear  to  form  one  pretty  large  conglomerate  from  one  Row  to  another;  and  are  ftrongly  bound  together 

Gland,  called  by  P^erheycn,  Glandula  Conglomerata  Palatina.  with  Crofs-Picces. 

Towards  the  Bottom  of  the  Palate,  behind  the  Uvula,  is  a  PALE,  in  Heraldry,  one  of  the  Honourable 
pretty  large  Perforation,  which, alittle  fromits  Orifice, divides    I'lj    pN||^^    Ordinaries  of  anEfcutcheon.  SeeORDiNARY. 

into  two,  each  whereof  goestoone  of  the  Noflrils,  li  I              i     '^^^  ^^^^      ^  Reprefcntation  of  a  Pale  or 

Many  take  the  Palate  to  be  the  Organ  of  Tailing.    See    III   v:::^''f  1 1  S^^J^^j  placed  upright,   and  comprehending 

Taste.                                                       '"^  111           P       whole  Height  of  the  Coat,  from  the  Top 

2)k  L{i/fre?ier Cays,  the  Palate  has  its  Name  from  the  La-  ofthe  Chieftothe  Point, 

tin  Pali ;  becaufe  enclofed  with  two  Rows  of  Teeth,  refem-  When  iingtc,  it  is  to  contain  one  Third  of  the 

bling  little  Stakes  which  the  Latins  call  Pali.  Breadth  ofthe  Shield.    When  there  are  feveral  they  are  pro- 

PALATl  0;,  a  fmall  fquare  Bone,  forming  the  Hind-part   portioned  fo,  as  that  two  take  up  two  Fifths  of  the  Shield  ;  and 
of  the  Palarej  and  join'd  to  that  Part  of  t^^Os  Alaxillare  three  take  up  three  Sevenths:  and  in  thofe  Cafes,  the  Num- 
ber 


PAL 


t  737  ) 


PAL 


ber  of  Pieces  is  fpecified  as  well  as  that  of  thofe  they  are  charged 

"^^^^ales^^te  bore  various  Ways,  as  Pf^avy^  Crendle,  Faillis, 
Jndented,  Iiigrailed,  Sec.  There  are  alfo  Co?neted  and  Flamwg 
<pales  which  are  Pointed,  fometimes  Waved,  ^c. 

The  Tal^  in  an  Armoury  is  a  Mark  of  Jurifdiftion.  See  the 
adjoining  Figure  ;  He  bears  Gules  a  ^'Pak  Or. 

A  Coat  is  faid  to  be  ^aled^  when  it  is  equally  charg'd  with 
Pales  of  Metal  and  Colour. 

It  isCo^/?^;'eJ' y^?'^'^^  when  it  is  cut  and  the  two  Demi-Pales 
of  the  Chief,  tho'  of  Colours  the  fame  with  thofe  of  the  Point, 
yet  differ  in  the  Place  where  they  meet;  fo  as  if  the  firft  of 
the  Chief  be  Metal,  that  correfponding  to  it,  underneath,  is  of 
Colour. 

The  Coat  is  faid  to  be  'Pdliffe,  when  the  Tales  are  pointed 
like  thofe  ufed  in  the  Defence  of  Places. 

'Dii  C^nge  derives  the  Word  from  the  Latin  Name  Talka, 
a  Piece  of  Tapiftry.  He  adds,  that  the  Ancients  gave  the  Name 
'iPales  to  the  Hangings  of  Walls.  Thus,  a  Chamber  was  faid 
to  be  Takd  with  Cloth  of  Gold,  with  Silk,  as  confifting  of 
Bands  or  Stuffs  of  two  Colours.  Hence  the  Origin  of  the  Word 
Pale  a  Stake,  ^c.  The  Arms  of  Jrragomve  Taled  with  Gold 
and  Guki. 

Temillian  obferves,  that  the  Romam  planted  Pales  to  fcrve 
as  Boundaries  of  Inheritances;  and  that  theyconfecrated  them 
to  the  God  'J'eyminm,  under  the  Name  o^TaJi  ^ermimks. 
O-vid  tells  us,  they  were  crowned  and  adorned  with  Floivers^ 
pefio7!S,  &c.    The  God  was  worfhipped  before  thefe  Tales. 

In  PALE,  is  applied  to  Things  born  one  above  another,  in 
Manner  of  a  Tale. 

Tarty  fer  PALE  is  where  the  Shield  is  divided  by  a 
fmgleLine  thro'  the  Middle,  from  Top  to  Bottom.  See  Par- 
ty and  Paly. 

PALED  F/owm,  in  Botany,  are  thofe  that  have  Leaves 
fet  about,  or  furiounding  a  Head,  or  Thrum  ;  as  in  Mari- 
golds, i$c. 

PALiESTRA,  among  the  antient  Grfe/;;,  a  publick  Euild- 
ing,where  the  Youth  exercifed  thenifelves  in  Wrellling,  Run- 
ping,  Quoits,  iSc.    See  Gymmasitjm. 

Some  fay  it  confided  of  a  College,  and  an  Academy  ;  the  one 
for  Exercifes  of  the  Mind,  the  other  of  the  Body,  But  mofl: 
Authors  rather  take  TaliPjlra  to  be  a  Xyflm  or  mere  Academy 
for  Bodily  Exercifes,  according  to  the  Etymology  of  the  Word 
OTtAa/,  Wrertling,  one  of  the  chief  Exercifes  amongfl:  the  An- 
cients.   See  Xystus. 

The  Length  of  the  ^Pij/af/??*;;;  was  mark'd  out  into  Stadia^ 
each  equal  to  125  Geometrical  Paces  ;  and  the  Name  Stadium 
Was  given  to  the  Arena  whereon  they  ran.    See  Stadium. 

PALiESTROPHYL AX,  amon^  the  Ancients,  was  the  Go- 
vernor of  the  Taltsjira  ;  and  of  the  Exercifes  perform'd  therein. 
See  Palestra. 

This  Officer  was  alfo  called  Xyjlarcha.    See  Xystarch. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  TJtAaiVgjfjSc  tpuha^  Guar- 
dian. 

PALILIA,  a  Feafl:  among  the  ancient  Romans  in  Honour 
of  the  GodJcfs  Tales.    Some  call  'em  Tarilia.    See  Feast. 

They  were  celebrated  by  the  Shepherds  on  the  firft  of  M^iy, 
to  befeech  thatGoddefs  to  take  care  of  their  Flocks,  and  pre- 
ferve  'em  from  Wolves,  and  Difeafes. 

Part  of  the  Ceremony  confifted  in  lighting  Heaps  of  Straw, 
artd  jumping  over  them. 

PALILICIUM,  in  Aflronomy,a  fix'd  Star  of  the  firft  Mag- 
nitude, in  the  ^itWs-Eye  ;  called  alfo  Aldebaran. 

Its  Longitude  in  Mr.  Flaraftead's  Catalogue  is  5°.  27'.  00". 
Its  Latitude  5°.  29'.  49  South. 

Tliny  gives  the  Name  Talilicium  to  the  Hyades.  See 

HVADES. 

PALINDROME,  a  Vcrfe,  or  Sentence,  which  runs  the 
fame,  read  either  backwards,  or  forwards. 

The  Word  is  Greel^^ ■TA\'n'J'a(^&,retro  currens^rxinning  back- 
wards :  Such  is  the  Verfe 

Roma  tihi  jtihito  jmtikis  ibit  amor. 

Some  People  of  Leifure  have  refined  upon  the  Talindrome^ 
and  compofed  Verfes,  each  Word  whereof  is  the  fame  back- 
wards as  forwards.    As  that  Inftance  in  Cainbden. 

Odo  te?iet  jmikim,  ?nadidain  mappam  tenet  Anna. 
Anna  tenet  mappam  raadidara^  milium  tenet  Odo, 

PALING,  in  Agriculture,  ^c.  a  Kind  of  Fence-work,  for 
Fruit-Trees,  ^c.  planted  in  Fields,  ^c.  See  Fence. 

It  confifts  of  three  fmall  Pofts  driven  into  the  Ground  at  a 
Foot  and  a  Half  Diftance  ;  with  Crofs-Bars  nail'd  to  each  other, 
near  the  Top. 

In  fixing  the  Tales  in  Form  of  a  TnaTTgIe,Room  is  to  be  left 
for  the  Tree  to  play  and  bow  by  the  high  Winds  without  gal- 
ling. 

The  Trees  to  be  bound  to  a  Stake  fora  Year  or  two  ;  after 
which.  Fern  or  Straw  may  be  fluffed  in  betwixt  the  Tree  and 
uppermoft  Rails  to  keep  it  upright. 

If  the  Place  be  open  to  Deer,  Rabbets,  or  the  like,  a  Poft 
*0  be  nailed  to  the  Bar  between  every  two  Pales. 


.  PALINGENESIA,  aTerm  fignifying  ^f-xff/W/;j  or  the 
Paffage  of  the  Soul  of  a  Dcfunft  into  another  Body. 

The  Talingenejia  is  almoit  the  fame  thing  with  the  Me- 
tempfycbofis  taught  by  Tytbagoras^  and  ifill  believed  by  the 
Srachmans,  'Banians  and  other  Philofophers  of  the  Eaft.  See 
Metempsychosis, 

The  Word  is  Gfeek^  form'd  of  tA/i'  over-again,  a-new,  and 
ym<ni  Genefi;. 

PALINODY,  a  Difcourfe  contrary  to  a  preceding  one. 

Hence  the  Phrafe  Talinodiafn  Cauere,  to  fing  'Palinody  5  td 
make  a  Recantation. 

The  Word,  in  the  original  Greek,  fignifies  to  Ji>!g  ct~frep: 
Hence  it  has  paffed  as  a  general  Name  for  Poems,  t5f,  which 
contain  a  Retradation  in  Favour  of  a  Perfon  the  Poet  had  be- 
fore offended. 

The  Poet  Steficlsorus  is  faid  to  be  the  firft  Author  of  the  Ta- 
linody.  The  fixth  Ode  of  the  I.  Book  oi Horace  beginning,  6 
Jifatre  pulchra,  is  a  true  Talinody.  , 

PALINTOCIA,  in  Antiquity,  a  Term  ufed  in  two  Senfes; 
I.  For  the  Delivery  of  a  Child  a  fecond  Time  :  Thus  the 
fecond  Birth  'Bacchus.,  proceeding  out  of  Jupiter's  Thigh; 
was  a  Talimocia. 

2.  Talintccia.wns  alfo  ufedforthe  Repetition  of  Ufury,  or 
the  refunding  of  Interefts.  The  Megariajzs,  having  expell'd 
their  Tyrant,  ordained  the  ^Pi^Z/wft^rw  ;  that  is,  they  made  a 
Law,  that  all  the  Creditors  (hould  return  to  their  Debtors  the 
Interefis  they  had  received  for  Monies  lent. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  7nt\ty  a-frefti,  a-ncw, 
and  TOfc©-  oi-TDLja,  I  bring  forth. 

PALISSADE  orPALISSADO,  inForufication.anlnclofurc 
with  Stakes  or  Tales  driven  into  the  Ground,  eight  or  nine 
Inches  thick  ;  and  nine  Foot  long,  three  whereof  are  hid  un- 
der Ground. 

It  is  ufed  to  fortify  the  Avenues  of  open  Forts,  Gorges,  Half- 
moons,  t'he  Bottoms  of  Ditches,  and  the  Parapets  ot  Covert- 
ways;  on  the  Talut  of  Ramparts;  the  Top  of  the  Out- 
works, ^c- 

There  are  ^^//^^ioej  made  perpendicular;  others  are  made 
inclining  to  the  Groundj  that  the  Ropes  caft  over  'em,  to 
tear  'em  up,  may  flip. 

Palissades  turning,  are  an  Invention  of  Mr.  Coehornes,  in 
order  to  preferve  the  Talifades  of  the  Parapet  from  the  Ee- 
fiegers  Shot. 

He  orders  them  fo,  that  as  many  of  theni,  as  ftarid  in  the 
Length  of  a  Rod,  or  in  about  ten  F'oot;  turn  up  and  down  like 
Traps  ;  fo  as  not  to  be  in  Sight  of  the  Enemy  till  they  juit 
bring  on  their  Attack ;  and  yet  arc  always  ready  to  do  the  pro- 
per Service  of  Tallifades. 

Pahssade,  in  Gardening,  an  Ornament  in  the  Allies  of 
Gardens  wherein  Trees  are  planted^  which  bear  Branches 
from  the  Bottom,  and  which  are  fpreadin  fuch  a  Manner, 
to  appear  like  a  Wall  covered,  with  Leaves. 

'Pali/fades  are  made  of  Jeffamin,  Filarea,  ££?c. 


PALISSE,  in  Heraldry,  a  Range  of 
TaliJJ'ades  before  a  Fortificationj  repre- 
fcnted  on  a  FeJJe,  fifing  up  a  confuier- 
able  Height  ;  with  the  Field  appearing 
thro'  them.  As  in  the  Figure  adjoin- 
ing. 


PALL,  in  Heraldrj-,  a  Kind  of  Crofs,  after 
the  Manner  of  the  adjoining  Figure  ;  blazoned 
thus :  He  beareih  Giiles^  a  Crofs  ^all  Argent. 


PALLA,  among  the  old  Romans.,  a  Mantle  which  Womefi 
woreoverthe  Gown,  z^-WA,  Stole.    See  Stola. 

It  was  bore  on  the  left  Shoulder,  whence  paffing  to  the  other- 
Side,  under  the  right  Arm,  the  two  Ends  were  bound  under 
the  left  Arm,  leaving  theEreaft  and  Arm  quite  bare. 

It  made  abundance  of  PlaiieS  or  Wrinkles;  whence,  accord- 
ing to  Varro^  it  had  its  Name,  viz.  from  -reMt',  Vibro.,  I  fiaake^ 
I  am  very  moveable. 

Among  the  Gaiils  there  was  alfo  a  Kind  of  Talla  wore  by 
the  Men,  call'd  GallicaTalla.  .  , 

PALLADIUM,  in  Antiquity,  a  Statue  of  the  Goddeis 
Tallas.  preferv'd  in  Ircy^  whereon  the  Fate  of  the  City  de^ 
pendea. 

The  Tradition  was,  that  in  building  a  Cittadel,  in  Honour 
oi  Tallas,  and  a  Temple  in  the  raoft  elevated  Parr  thereof; 
the  Talladmn  dropp'dfrom  Heaven,and  m:irk'd  outthePlace, 
which  the  Goddefs  was  pleas'd  topoffcfs.  After  this,  ^o/fo 
gave  an  Oracle,  importing,  that  ^Zl-'^V  Ihou'd  "ever  be  taken 
while  the  wasYound  within  its  Walls:  Which  oc- 

cafioned  ^iomii  and  Ulyjfes  to  undertake  the  fteahng  thereot. 


PAL 


'TIs  faid,  there  was  anciently  a  Statue  of  'Pallas  preferv'd 
at  Rome,  in  the  TempJe  of  f^ejii^ :  which  fome  pretended  to  be 
the  true  ^ttUadmm  oi  Iroy,  brought  into  Jf^^/y  by  It 
was  kept  among  the  facred  Things  of  the  Temple,  only  known 
to  the  Priefis  and  Veftals. 

I'his  Statue  was  eiieem'd  the  Dettiny  of  Ror/?e ;  and  there 
were  feveraJ  others  made  perfeiily  like  it,  to  fecure  it  from  be- 
ing ftolien.    See  Ancyle. 

There  was  alfo  a  'Palladinm  in  the  Citadel  of  Atlmn^  plac'd 
there  by  Nicias. 

Thefe  'Palkdmms,  in  all  Probability,  were  no  other  than 
a  Kind  of  T'aliffmjis.    See  Talisman. 

PALLET,  among  Painters,  a  little  oval  Table,  of  Wood, 
or  Ivory,  very  thin  and  fmooth  on;  and  around  which  the 
Painters  place  the  feveral  Colours  they  have  occafion  for,  ready 
for  the  Pencil.    See  Colour. 

The  Middle  ferves  to  mix  the  Colours  on,  and  to  make  the 
Teints  requir'd  in  the  Work.  It  has  no  Handle,  but  in  Lieu 
thereof,  a  Hole  at  one  End,  to  put  the  Thumb  through  to 
hold  it. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  'Pdcta. 

Pallet,  among  Potters,  Crucible-Makers,  is  a  wood- 
en Inftrumenr,  almofl:  theonly  one  they  ufe,  forformJhg,  beat- 
ing, androunding  their  Works.    See  Potter. 

They  have  feveral  ICinds;  the  largeft  are  oval,  with  a 
Handle  5  others  are  round,  or  hollow'd  triangularly  ;  others,  in 
fine,  in  manner  of  large  Knives,  fervlngtocut  oflr'what  is  fu- 
perfluous  on  the  Moulds  ol  their  Works. 

Pallet,  in  Gilding,  is  an  Jnftrumentmade  ofa  Squirrel's 
Tail  -J  ufed  to  take  up  the  Gold  Leaves  from  the  Pillow,  to 
apply  and  extend  'cm  on  the  Matter  to  be  gilt.  Sec  Gild- 
ing. 

pj-.LLET,  in  Heraldry,  is  the  Moiety  or  Half  of  the  Tale-, 
or  a  fmall  Tak^  half  the  Breadth  of  the  ufual  one.  See 
Pale. 

The  Talkt  muft  never  be  charg'd  with  any  thing,  either 
Quick  or  Dead  5  neither  can  it  be  divided  into  two  equal  Parts, 
but  it  may  be  into  four,  for  one  fourth  Part  of  the  TaUet,  or 
^  Part  of  the  'pale,  is  called  an  Endcrfe.    See  Endorse. 

IfthelPfl/e  be  upon  any  Beatt,  they  fay,  the  Beaft  is  IZJe- 
h-uifei  with  the  "Pak:  But  if  the  Beaft  be  upon  the  Tak^ihty 
fay,  be  i&jiippomd  by  the  ^I^ale. 

Pallet  is  alfo  a  Part  belonging  to  the  Eallanceof  a  Watch 
or  Movement.    See  Watch  and  Movement. 

PALLIATION,  the  Adion  of  mitigating,  foothing,  or 
difguifing  a  Thing. 

Hence,  in  Medicine,  'Palliation  is  ufed  for  the  quieting  and 
affiiaging  of  Pain,  and  providing  againft  the  feverer  Symp- 
toms of  a  Difeafe.when  nothing  can  be  direflly  levell'd  againlt 
the  Caufe.    See  Palliative. 

PALLIATIVE  Indication,  is  where  the  Symptoms  of  a 
Difeafe  give  too  much  Trouble,  and  Danger,  to  nave  their 
Cure  defcrr'd  till  the  Difeafe,  whereon  th'ey  depend,  is  re- 
moved.   See  Indication. 

Here,  the  Symptoms,  themfelves,  are  to  be  cured,  or  miti- 
gated a-part :  And  hence. 

Palliative  Cure,  is  the  Anfwering  ofa  PaUintim  Indi- 
cation ;  or  the  Removal,  or  Mitigation  of  the  Symptoms  of 
a  Difeafe;  the  Caufe  of  the  Difeafe  ftill  remaining.  See 
Cure. 

^oerhaave  obferves,  that  every  Mitigation  of  a  Symptom 
takes  away  fomewhat  from  the  Difeafe  itfelfj  fo  that  to  cure 
all  the  Symptoms  together,  isalraolltocure  the  whole  Difeafe. 
See  Symptom. 

The  principal  Symptoms  which  call  for  fuch  a  Cure  are 
Thirrt,  Pain,  too  much  Waking,  and  Paintings.  See  each  under 
its  proper  Article.    Pain,  ThiRST,  Waking,  t^c. 

PALLIER,  ovpaillier,  in  Building,  a  Landing-Place  in 
a  Stair-Cafe;  or  a  Step,  which,  being  broader  than  the  reft, 
ferves  to  rcil:  upon.    See  Stair-case. 

The  Term  is  pure  French,  and  not  much  ufed  in  EugUp. 
In  Perrons,  or  large  Stair-cafes,  where  there  are  fometimes  feve- 
ral Pdlien  in  the  fame  Range,  or  Line,  they  ought  ro  have 
at  leafl  the  Width  of  two  Steps. 

Thofe  in  theTums  of  Stair-cafes  ought  to  be  as  broad  as  long. 
Vitruvim  calls  the  Pallien  or  Landing-Places  of  Theatres 
^ia-wrMtci, 

PALLIFICATION,  in  Architeflure,  Is  thepiling  of  the 
Ground-work;  or  ftrengthening  it  with  Piles,or  Iimberdriven 
into  the  Ground;  which  is  praftifed,  when  they  build  upon  a 
jnoiilormarfiiySoil.  See  Foundation. 

PALLIO  cooprire.  It  was  an  ancient  Cuftom,  where 
Children  were  born  out  of  lawful  Wedlock,  and  their  Parents 
afterwards  intermarried;  that  thofe  Children,  together  with 
the  Father  and  Mother,  fhou'd  ftand  Pallio  cooperti  under  a 
Cloath  fpread  over  them,  while  the  Marriage  was  a  folem- 
nizing ;  which  was  a  Kind  of  Adoption,  and  had  the  Effeft 
of  a  Legitimation. 

Thus  Robert  Grqfl-head,  the  famous  Bifliop  of  Zincoh,  in 
one  of  his  Letters,  In  figmim  kgitimatioim  nati  ante  Mmi- 
rmniiim  confuevemnt  poni  fub  palllo  fttper  ^are/jtes  mum 


(  738  ) 


PAL 


yobu  «/ G«o«  Duke  of  by  C«A,„,«  S-zm„M 

tho  kgumated  by  Aft  of  Parliament  /  yet  were  cover'd  w  h 


CAT  r  r™    "n.fr*"  of  their  Parents. 

PALLIUM  or  PALL  a  Pontifical  Ornament  wore  by  Popes, 
Patriarchs,  Primates  and  Metropolitans  of  the  R,m,fi  Churclr 
over  their  other  Garments,  as  a  Sign  of  their  Jurifdiflion.  See 
Pontificalia,  Episcopalia,  Sgc 

^  ■Tisin  rormofaBand.orFillet,  three  Fingers  broad,  and 
incompalTes  the  Shoulder;  whencebyfome  Amhorsitiscallcd 
Sttfertam^f.  It  has  Pendants,  about  a  Palm  long,  both 
before  and  behind ;  with  little  Z&mM  of  Lead  rounded  at 
the  Extremes,  and  covered  with  black  Silk,  with  four  red 
Crolles. 

The  TaUiim  h  made  of  white  Wool,  Jliore  from  off  two 
Lambs  which  the  Nuns  of  St.  ^g,ie;  oSor  every  Year  on  the 
Day  ofherieaft,  at  the  finging  of  the  Mafs,  Jgmis  'Dei. 

Ihe  Lambs  are  received  by  the  two  Canons  of  the  Church 
of  St.  JohB  .ie  Uterm-,  who  deliver  em  into  the  Hands  of 
the  Apollohcal  Sub-deacons,  to  whom  belongs  the  fccdin'r 
and  Jhcaring  of  em  in  Scafon,  and  who  alone  have  the  Riohl 
of  making  thefe  'Pallmim ;  which,  when  made,  thev  lav 
oyer  the  Bodies  of  St.  -Feter  and  St.  Vmil  in  the  Grand  A  Itar 
ot  their  Chiu-ch,  making  Prayers  over  'em  all  Night,  according 
to  the  Form  prelcrib'd  for  that  Purpofe  in  the  Rommz  C»re  • 
monia). 

Some,  vkh  Eafebins,  will  have  the  to  have  been 

introduced  by  Pope  inzaj ;  adding,  that  as  the  EJ^ta.i  was  the 
Mark  of  the  Pontifical  Authority  in  the  yeinfi  Synagogue  fo 
IS  the  1,1  the  Cbrifl„m  Church.    See  Bphod.  "  ' 

Others  have  obfcrv'd,  that  there  is  noMention  made  hereof 
betore  the  lear  555. 

LalUy,  others  will  have  it  firft  granted  by  Coijlimitlne  the 
Great,  to  Pope  Sihepr  i  torn  whence  it  pafs'd  to  the  other 
Patriarchs  and  Archbilhops. 

The  Pope  pretends  to  thefole  Right  of  Conferring  the  Tal- 
liinu;  tho  iomePattiarchs  have  granted  it  to  their  Suffraoans 
having  hrlf  receiv'd  i  t  themfelves  from  the  Rc7nan  See    °  ' 

Anticntly  the  Pope  ufed  to  fend  the  Tallium,  to  certain  of 
his  Diocelan  Bifliops,  on  whom  he  laid  a  good  Part  of  his 
Authorir)',  and  who  were  a  Kind  of  a  Collaterals  to  him,  as 
the  \Pi'Jricn  were  to  the  Emperors. 

The  firit,  who  receiv'd  it  in  Frame,  vias  ris'dim,  Arch- 
biniopof_.*/fj,  in  order,  as  'P^_/;/?««- obferves,  to  give  hiiri 
the  Precedence  over  the  other  Bifliops. 

Anticntly  they  went  to  R(i!i7e  to  feek  it  in  Perfon  ;  after- 
wards, it  was  fent  by  the  Pope's  Legates.  At  laft  the  Qiftom 
was  introduced  offending  Perfons  cxprcfs  to  demand  it,  with 
this  Form,  Infiamer,  Jtiftantilts,  InfttlntiJJirae. 

A  Metropolitan,  till  he  have  received  the  TaUimil,  cannot 
confccrate  Bifliops,  or  Chuix:hes,  may  not  be  call'd  Archbi- 
fliop,  f^c.  Upon  a  Tranllation  he  muft  have  the  'Pallitim  a- 
frelh;  and  till  then  cannot  hold  a  Synod,  nor  perform  any  of 
his  Archiepifcopal  FuniSlions. 

The  'Pallium  was  anticntly  interr'd  with  the  Perfon. 

The  Ufe  of  the  Tallimn  is  reiirain'd  to  certain  Scafons  and 
Occafions  ;  none  but  the  Pope  having  the  Right  of  wearing  it 
always  and  in  all  Places.  The  Pope  fometimes  fends  it  to 
Bifliops  on  his  own  Accord  ;  and  has  fometimes  given  the 
Right  hereof  to  particular  Churches.  Among  the  Greeks  all 
the  Bifliops  wear  the  'RsUimil. 

In  ancient  Titles,  ^c.  we  find  mention  made  of  another 
'Pallium,  which  was  a  long  Garment  fpread  over  with  CrolTes. 
Termlliaa&ys,  itwasadiriinguifliing  Garment  of  the  Chrifli- 
ans  ;  that  oi^  the  Heathens  being  called  7c;5A 

PALM,  Talma,  span,  an  ancient  Rornan  long  Meafure, 
taken  from  the  Extent  of  the  Hand.    See  Measuj^e. 

The  antientiip?;?;?;^  'Palnta  was  of  two  Kinds  :  The  Great 
'Palm,  taken  from  the  Length  of  the  Hand,  contained  la  Fin- 
gers, Digits,  or  Finger 's-Ereadths;  equal,  according  to  Maggi, 
to  feven  Englip  Inches,  and  eight  Tenths.    See  Dioi  t.  " 

Tho  Small  'Palra,  taken  from  the  Breadth  of  the  Hand, 
contained  4  Digits  or  Fingers,  equal  to  two  Ef^glijb  Inches,  and 
two  Thirds. 

Yet  Tiamlcr  makes  the  ancient  Roinan  'Pahna  to  be  equal 
to  9  irc;2c/;  Inches,  equivalent  to  eight  E7!glijlj  Inches  fr- 

The  Greek 'Palm  or  Sfitba  was  of  twoKinds.  The  'snfall 
contained  four  Fingers,  equal  to  2  Inches  The  Great  contain- 
ed 5  Fingers.  Tlie  double  Greek  'palm,  call'd  'Sichas,  con- 
tained 8  Fingers. 

The  modern  'Palm  is  different  in  different  Places  where  it 
obtains. 

At  Rome  it  contains  7  Inches  rj  :  At  Naples,  according  to 
Riccicli,  8  Inches  :  At  Gema,  according  to  IVI.  'petit,  8  Inches 

:  At  Morocco  and  Fez,  7  Inches  :  In  Langueioc,  and 
fome  other  Parts  of  France,  the  Palm  is  S  Inches  \  . 

At  Leghorn  there  are  two  Kinds  of  'Palms,  the  one  for 
Woollens,  the  other  for  Silks.  The  firft  one  Third  fliortcr 
than  the  latter, 

PALMA,  in  Anatomy,  thelnfide  of  the  Hand.  Sec  Hand. 

PALMS, 


PAL 


PALMS,  among  Eotanifis,  white  Buds,  fliooting  out  of 
Willows,  or  Sallows,  before  the  Leaf ;  of  the  ExpanCons  where- 
of, the  Leaves  themfelves  are  form'd.  See  hvv  and  Ger- 
mination. 

Palm-Sunday,  the  Sunday  next  before  -E^Jler-Smiday  - 
or  the  lart  Sunday  in  See  Lent,  ' 

It  has  been  thus  called  from  the  primitive  Days,  on  Account 
of  a  pious  Ceremony  then  in  ufe,  of  bearing  ^alun  in  Me- 
mory of  the  Triumphant  Entry  oi  Jefm  Chrijl  into  Jernfaktn^ 
eight  Days  before  the  Fcail  of  the  Paflbver,  deicribed  by 
St.  jWflfrteOT  Chap.  XXI,  St.  yj/art  Chap.XI.  and  St.  Luke 
Chap.  XIX. 

1  lie  Ancients  had  alfo  other  Names  for  this  Day.  For  i. 
they  called  it  Dominica,  Comfetaitinm,  i.  e.  Smiday  of  the  Com- 
ptevts;  becaufe  on  that  Day  the  Catechumens  came  to  ask 
the  Bidiop  Leave  to  be  admitted  to  Baptifm,  which  was  con- 
fcrr'dthe  Saturday  following.  See  Baptism  and  Catechu- 
men. 

They  had  alfo,  then,  given  'em  the  SymM  or  Credo  to  get 
off  by  Heart,  to  be  repeated  to  the  Bi/liop  in  the  Ceremony  of 
Baptifm.    See  Symbol. 

z.  They  called  it  Ca]iitili'mi.m,  the  Sunday  0/  ivrijbiug  the 
Head ;  by  reafon  thofc,  who  were  to  be  baptized  the  tbllowing 
Sunday,  were  prepared  by  wafliing  their  Head  this  Sunday. 

Some  Time  alterwards  they  calkd  it  Indulgence  Sunday ;  by 
reafon  the  Emperors  and  Patriarchs  ufed  to  diftribute  Gifts  on 
that  Day.    See  Indulgence. 

PALMARIS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle  ferving  tocontraa  the 
zPalni  oi  the  Hand,  in  grafping. 

Ilarifesfrom  theinternal  Protuberance  of  the  Himienis,  and 
by  a  long  and  flender  Tendon,  paffes  above  the  annular  Li- 
gament to  the  Palm  of  the  Hand  ;  where  it  expands  itfclf 
into  alarge  Aponeurofis,  which  cleaves  clofc  to  the  Skin  above, 
and  to  the  Sides  of  the  MctacarJ-'Ui  below,  and  to  the  firll 
Phalanx  of  the  Fingers ;  by  which  means  it  makes  four  Cafes 
for  the  Tendons  of  the  Fingers  to  pafs  thro'. 

This  Mufcle  is  fometimes  wanting,  but  the  Aponeurofis  is  al- 
ways there. 

Palmaris  brevis  or  S^iadrnvs,  a  Mufcle  that  lies  under 
the  Aponcutofis  oF  the  firlt.  It  arifes  from  the  Bone  of  the 
^iMc-rr/ZH  that  fuftains  the  little  Fii-ger,  and  from  that  Bone 
of  the  0-'jyj?«which  lies  above  the  reit.  It  goes  tranfverfly, 
and  is  inferred  into  the  eighth  Bene  of  the  Carjm. 

It  ferves  to  draw  the  Palm  of  the  Hand  into  a  concave  Fi- 
gure. 

PALMER,  in  our  antient  Writers,  is  ufed  for  a  'Pilgrim; 
and  fometimes  for  a  Croife,  on  Account  of  a  Staff  made  of  the 
'Palm-lKs^  which  they  ever  afterwards  bore  as  a  Badge  of 
their  Devotion.    See  Pilgrim,  Croise,  Croisaue,  ^c. 

PALMISTRY,  a  Kind  of  Divination,  pcrform'd  by  in- 
fpefling  the  Tslm  of  the  Hand  ;  call'd  alfo  Chirormicy. 
See  Chiromancy. 

PALMUL.1-R1I,  more  properly  call'd  Parmularii,  in 
Antiquity,  a  Sort  ol  Gladiators,  who  fought,  atm'd  with  a 
Sort  of  a  little  Buckler,  call'd  Parma.  See  Gladiator  and 
Parma. 

PALPABLE,fomething  that  may  be  perceiv'd  by  the  Scnfes, 
efpccially  the  Scnfc  o{  Feeling. 

Hence  Impalpable-Powder.    See  Powder. 

PALPEBRjE,  in  Anatomy,  the  Eve-Lidi ;  or  thofe  move- 
able Covers  which  fcrve  to  fcreen,  and  defend  the  Eves.  Sec 
Eye.  ' 

They  confift  of  a  thin  mufcular  Membrane,  covered  without- 
fide  with  aftrong,  yet  flexible  Skin ;  and  lined  within-fide 
with  a  Produflion,  as  fome  think,  a{  t\,tPsricraniiira.  Their 
Edges  are  fortify'd  with  a  foft  Cartilage,  by  Means  whereof, 
they  are  enabled  to  elofe  the  better. 

Out  of  thefc  Cartilages  grow  a  Paliflade  of  fliff  Hairs  call'd 
Cilia  ;  of  great  Ufe  to  warn  the  Eye  of  the  Approach  of  Dan- 
ger, either  in  fleeping  or  waking  3  to  keep  off  Motes,  Flies, 
in  the  Air,  and  break  the  too  fierce  Impreffion  of  the  Rays  of 
Light.    See  Cilia. 

Thefe  Hairs,  it  is  obferv'd,  only  grow  to  a  certain  convenient 
Length,  and  never  need  cutting,  as  moll  others  do  ;  add  to  this, 
that  their  Points  Hand  out  of  the  way  ;  thofe  of  the  upper  Eye- 
lid being  bent  upwards,  as  thofe  of  the  lower  downwards;  fo 
nice  was  Nature,  in  fuch  fmall  Matters, 

At  the  Commiflure,  or  Joining  of  the  upper  and  under  Eye- 
lids are  formed  two  Angles  call'd  Cantbi.    See  Canthus. 

In  the  Inner  of  thefc  isa  Gland  call'd  Glandv.la  Lachrymalii, 
from  which  proceed  two  or  three  Dufls,  which,  opening  on  the 
inner  Surface  ot  the  Eye-lid,  ferve  to  moiflen  the  Ball  of  the 
Eye,  and  keep  its  Membranes  from  growing  har/h  and  dry. 
See  Glandula  Lachrymalis. 

Near  the  other  Angle,  is  a  Gland  call'd  Inmminata ;  which 
helping  by  ieveral  Branches  to  irrigate  the  Eye,  the  Over-plus 
IS  carried  tothegreater  Angle  and  tranfmitted  to  the  Nofe  thro' 
the 'Praif/^  Uchrymalia.    See  Lachrymalia  Poncta. 

By  thefc  Glands  it  is,  that  the  Humour,  call'd  Tears,  is 
iecernd.    See  Tears. 

The  Eye-lids  are  both  moveable,  efpecially  the  upper,which 
has  two  Mufdes  to  raife  and  deprefs  it,  call'd  Attolkm,  and 


(  ) 


PAL 


:crs,  and 
fuffici- 


Depriliiens  or  Orbicularis     <;.„  a 

gfc.  Attollens,  Defrimens, 

rmaL?;'l.:B^;fd:.t  ir^ftt'Th"  I     ^--^  t 

and  the  greater.  Animals  tha  We'h  i'  f""'  "  ™L';?™'''=' 
the  Generality  of  Fifhes  lit  no"|>'4t,S"'ar  bei  g 
ently  fccurcd  without.  "^,asDeing 

In  the  Generality  of  Brutes  is  a  Kiiir!  „f  ,1  •  j  t;     i  j 
which  is  drawn,  Uke  a  Ccirtain   ,0  wipe  „ff  ^  H  '''^^ 
which  mightincommodethe  Eye  -  it  i^calleH  ,1 
Membrane.    See  Nic  t,  tans    '  ■^'^"'"S 

The  Monkey  is  almolt  the  only  one  that  waiiK  if       i.  ■ 
fonilh'd,  like  Man.  with  HandLo  wipe  the  Eye  '0^0™? 

"palpitation,  in  Medicine,  a  preternatural  Beatin. 
or  Pulfation  of  the  Heart.    See  Pulse    S^c  -oeatrng, 
rh<,Palpitatl0,t  of  the  Heart,  is  an  Irregularity  in  theMo- 
tions  ot  th^ty,[cm,  whereby  ,t  is  driven  with  Violence  towards 

f'p^r  "c"  'H^™'"*"".  ^'tended  with  a  great  Feeblenel-s 
of  Pune.  See  Heart. 

There  are  fcveral  Degrees  of  yj//,V«,-o» Sometimes  'tis 
great,  iometimes  moderate,  fometimes  fmall  ;  'tis  fometimes 
fo  impetuous,  as  to  be  heard  and  feen 

The  rrefidation  or  Trembling  of  the  Heart  diffet^  from  th= 
Palprnw,,.  Inthe  former  the  Pulfations  arefaint,  flow,  and 
faltering;  in  the  latter  the  Shakes  are  immoderate,  violent, 
and  convulfive.    See  Trepidation. 

TheCanfeofthc-iV///;M/,W,accordingto2ofr&OTe,is  ufu- 
ally  an  inordinate  and  violent  Imfetm  of  the  vital  Spirits  into 

I  n   ■    Aff  cj!'"  '"^  P»1'°"^  fudden  Fear, 

hyfteric  Afteclions,  violent  and  fudden  Motions.  Sometimes 
It  IS  owing  to  an  Irritation  of  the  Fibres  of  the  Heart,  occifion'd 
by  lome  fliarp  Stimulus;  as  an  Inflammation  of  the  Heart  of 
Ptncarilim,  or  fome  other  Difordcr  thereof  from  a  Stone 
Worms,  Hairs,  an  Aiietlrifma^  dec.  ' 

Sometimes  it  arifes  from  a  thick,  copious,  polypous  Blood: 
and  fometimes  from  tne  Arteries,  being  become  cartilaginous 
or  bony  ;  or  their  Extremities  obilruae'd  therewith  " 

^.^ r^'r^f'-  '^l-evoilx,  an  Author,  himfel'f  afflifled 
with  this  Dileale,  makes  a  particular Difquifition  into  its  Na- 
ture, and  Cauie. 

Anatomy,  he  obferves,  fliews  us  a  great  Number  of  occa- 
fionalCaufcsofthisDifeafe  :  But  Phyficians  are  ftill  at  a  Lofs 
to  determine  the  efficient  Caufe. 

The  Moderns,  with  better  Reaf  in  than  the  Anticnts,  feek 
for  it  in  the  Blood  of  the  Pulmonary  Artery,  which  is  fup'pofod 
to  rebound  impetuoufly  towards  the  right  Ventricle  of  the 
Heart;  by  being  prevented  from  purfuing  its  Courfe  towards 
the  other  Veflels  of  the  Lungs,  flopp'd  by  fome  Obflruaion 
or  compreffed  from  various  Caufes.  ' 

In  opening  the  Caicaffes  of  People  dead  of  this  Difeafc 
or  fubjea  to  it  while  living,  V/orms  or  Polypus's  have  been 
foundin  the  Ventricles  of  the  Heart,  and  Droplies  or  Abfceffes 
in  the  Pericardium. 

In  fome  the  Heart  is  extraordinarily  big,  and  the  Pulmonary 
Artery  dilated  to  double,  or  quadruple  its  ordinary  Capacity 
with  Obftruaions  of  the  Pulmonary  Vein,  conlilling  of  cartila- 
ginous xMatters  which  cram  its  Cavity  fo  elofe,  that  as  Slan- 
chard  Ms  us,  m  his  Anatomy,  'tis  fometimes  difficult  even  to 
get  a  Pin  in. 

From  thefc  Obfervations,  fome  have  concluded,  that  the 
Capillary,  S.ic.  Vclfcls  of  the  Lungs,  oppoling  an  impalfable 
Dike  to  the  Courfe  of  the  thickeft  Part  of  the  Blood,  driven 
thither  by  the  Contraaion  of  the  Heart,  fo  as  only' a  fmall 
Quantity  can  find  a  Paffage  through  them ;  the  firft  mull  make 
an  Effort  agaiull  their  Sides,  and  oblige  them  to  give  way  and 
flrctch  them  out,  in  Proportion  to  the  Quantity  of  Blood  im- 
pelled againft  them  by  the  Contraaion  of  the  Heart. 

But  becaufe  the  Pulmonary  Artery  cannor  flrctch  wide  e- 
nough  to  receive  all  the  Blood  of  the  right  Ventricle  driven 
thither  at  a  Contraaion ;  and  fiuce  the  Blood,  by  reafon  of 
Obftruflions,  cannot  continue  its  progrcffive  Motion,  in  Propor- 
tion to  the  Velocity  wherewith  it  is  impelled,  by  the  Contra- 
aion of  the  Heart ;  the  Heart  at  each  Contraaion  fails  to  ex- 
prefs  into  the  Pulmonary  Artery,  all  the  Blood  it  contain'd  in 
its  right  Ventricle. 

Thus  that  Part  of  the  Blood  which  remains,  receiving  the 
whole  Shock  imprcffed  by  the  Contraaion,  returns  it  again  to 
the  Heart  by  Refleaion,  ftrikingimpeluoiifly  againfl;  its  Sides, 
and  making  it  bound  and  Ihoot  towards  the  Ribs. 

The  fame  Confequences  will  arife  from  Obflruaions  of  the 
Jorta,  preventing  the  entire  Evacuation  of  the  left  Ventricle  5 
and  generally,  from  all  Obllruflions  ot  Compreffions  of  the 
Veflels,  as  Poly/ius\  Abfceffes,  and  Dtopfies  in  the  Parts  near 
the  Heart.  As  to  Worms,  their  biting,  and  gnawing  of  the  fi- 
brous Parts  of  the  Heart,  mufloccafion  violent'Rcfluxes  of  Spi- 
rits towards  the  Brain,  follow'd  with  a  copious  Efifufion  of^o- 
ther  Spirits  into  the  Nerves  of  the  Lungs,  by  the  Confent  of 
Parts.  And  by  fuch  Means  violent  and  convulfive  Contraaions 
will  be  occafion'd  throughout  the  whole  Texture  of  the  Lungs, 
which  oppoling  the  free  Palfage  of  the  Blood  may  occafioii  a 
Taljiitatioa  rft/.v  Heart. 

The 


PAL 


(  74^  ) 


PAN 


The  Tame  Difeafe  may  arife  from  a  Compteffion  of  the 
Lungs,  occafionedby  the  extraordinary  Rarefaflion  of  vicious 
and  fermentative  Juices,  fojourning  in  the  Stomach  and  Inte- 
ihnes  5  which  dilate  thofe  Parts  to  that  Degree,  that  the  Dia- 
phragm and  Lungs,  being  extremely  llraightencd,  the  Eiood 
cannot  circulate  without  Abundance  of  Difficulty  ;  a  '^Palpita- 
tion therefore  murt  enfue  j  which  will  lait  as  long  as  that  Ra- 
refa£iion  in  the  firft  Paflages. 

Such,  according  to  modern  Phyficlans,  are  the  immediate 
Caufes  of  the  palpitation  of  the  Heart :  The  remote  or  occa- 
lional  Caufes  are  whatever  may  occafion  fuch  Obftru6:ion  of 
the  Pulmonary  Artery,  ^c. 

In  the  fame  Work,  another  PhyHcian  lays  down  Winds  or 
Flatus's,  as  a  Caufe  of  the  Palptation  ;  he  adds,that  the  An- 
cients, to  a  Man,  look'd  on  that  as  the  moft  ordinary  Occafion 
thereof;  InEffeft,  fays  he,  from  this  Source  may  be  deduced 
a  Multitude  of  Cmfes  of  fym pathetic  Palpiratiojz,  by  Means 
of  the  Veniricle,  tlie  Diaphragm,  Mediaflin,  i^c. 

Others  will  have  the  fole  Caufe  of  "palpitarion  to  be  a  vifcid 
Blood;  which,byits exfraordinaryRarefaia:ion,dilating  the  Pul- 
monary Artery,  and,  by  that  means,  openingthe  Cavity  of  its 
Capillary  Veffels  towards  their  Extremes  ;  or,  by  this  Dilata- 
tion, comprefling  the  other  little  Veffels  of  the  Lungs,  pre- 
vents the  Elood  from  continuing  its  circulating  Motion  with 
Freedom  :  and,  by  that  means,  opening  the  Cavity  of  its  Ca- 
pillary Veffels  towards  their  Extremes  5  or,  by  this  Dilatation, 
compreiTmg  the  other  little  Velfels  of  the  Lungs,  prevents  the 
Elood  from  continuing  its  circulating  Motion  with  Freedom  ; 
and  thus  occafions  a  Tcilfitation  of  the  Heart, 

All  thefe  Authors  hold  the  'Palpitation  a  dangerous  Difeafe, 
and  Galen  obfcrves,  that  thofe  troubled  with  it,  when  young, 
never  live  to  grow  old. 

According  to  M.  f  a  Do£lor  of  the  Faculty  of  Paris^ 
the  'palpitatmi  of  the  Heart  may  arife,  either  from  a  too  abun- 
dant Serofity,  fwellini;  the  proper  Membrance  of  the  Heart; 

Galen  found  to  be  the  Cafe  in  opening  a  Monkey;  or  from 
too  great  a  Quantity  of  Water  contained  in  the  fericar-'Umn ; 
by  which  means,  the  Heart  being  flraightcn'd,  and  difabled 
from  moving  with  its  ufual  Freedom,  is  obliged  to  make  fe- 
veral  Jerks  or  halfBeats,  inftead  of  the  regular  Motions  it  had 
before ;  or,  again,  from  a  Serofity  thrown  into  the  Ventricles  of 
the  Heart,  either  from,  the  grand  Veffels  which  furnifh  the 
Blood,  or  from  the  Lungs,  or  from  the  Brain. 

Of  thefe  three  Caufes,  the  moft  ordinary  feems  to  be  the 
two  great  Extenfion  of  the  Tericardinm,  by  Water,  as  it  is 
found  to  be  in  the  Bodies  of  moll  of  thofe  open'd  after  this 
Difeafe.    See  Pericardium. 

The-difFerent  Caufes  have  their  different  Symptoms.  The 
boiling  Serofity, thrown  out  of  the  Blood-Veffels  into  the  Heart, 
jTiews  itfelf  by  fudden  Beatings  of  the  Temples,  Whizzings  in 
■the  Ear,  dim  SigKt,  wandering  Pains  in  various  Parts  of  the 
Body. 

In  that  produced  by  the  Abundance  of  Water  in  the  Peri- 
car.iiti'n,  or  from  the  Humour  fwelling  the  proper  Membrane 
of  the  Heart ;  the  Heart  feems  as  if  fuffocated  in  Water  ;  the 
Pulfe  weak,  the  Paljfitaticn  continue],  or  nearly  fo,  together 
with  a  Feverifhnefs,and  a  Difficulty  of  breathing.  To  which 
may  be  added,  that  the  Difeafe  comes  by  little  and  little. 

The  palpitation  arifing  from  the  Serofity  is  cured  by  bleed- 
ing, the  other  by  purging. 

PALSGRAVE,  a  Term  ufed  among  the  Gm??^?;;,  of  the 
fame  Import  with  Palatine.    See  Palatine. 

It  is  compounded  of  the  Latin,  Palatitm^  and  the  Dutch, 
Grave,  Governor,  i.  e.  Governor  or  Superintendant  of  a  Prince's 
Palace.    See  Grave. 

PALSY,  Paraiyjis,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe,  wherein  the 
Body  or  fome  of  its  Parts,  lofe  their  Motion,  and  fometimcs 
their  Senfation. 

The  Caufes  of  the  'Palfy  are  an  impeded  Influx  of  nervous 
Spirits  into  the  Villi  of  the  Mufcles  ;  or  of  the  artcrious  Blood 
into  their  Veffels,  which  may  happen  from  fome  Fault,  either 
in  the  Brain,  the  Nerves,  Mufcles  or  their  Veffels. 

The  Palfy  is  faid  fo  be  perfect  or  compleat,  when  there  is  a 
Privation  of  Motion  and  Senfation  at  the  fame  Time. 

ImperfeB,  when  one  of  the  two  is  defiroy'd,  the  other  re- 
maining, 

TKe  Palfy  is  either  Univerfal,  Lateral,  or  Particular. 

The  firft:,  caM'd  Paraplegia  ov  Par aplcxi a,  is  a  general  Im- 
mobility of  all  the  Mufcles  that  receive  Nerves  from  the  Cere- 
hnirii  or  Cerehelhm,  except  thofe  of  the  Head :  Its  Caufe  is  u- 
fually  fuppofed  to  rcfide  in  the  Ventricles  of  the  Erain,  or  in  the 
Root  of  the  fpinal  Marrow. 

Etmnlkrmskts  this  a  different  Difeafe  from  the  Paralyp, 
which  he  fuppofes  to  confift  in  a  Relaxation  of  the  Ligaments 
and  Membranes  ferving  for  Motion;  but  the  paraplegia  in  a 
aiere  Obflruaion  of  the  Nerves. 

The  paraplegia  is  feldom  a  primary  Difeafe,  ufuaily  a  fe- 
condary  one,  attending  or  following  an  Apoplexy,  Scorbutus, 
Cams,  Jrthritis.   See  Paraplegia. 

The  fecond,  call'd  Hemiplegia  is  the  fame  Difeafe  with  the 
Paraplegia ;  only  that  it  aftefls  but  one  Side  of  the  Body :  Its 
Caufe  is  the  fame,  only  tcftrained  to  one  Side  of  the  Erain 
«r  fpinal  Marrow. 


The  thirdi  call'd  panimlar  Paralyfis  or  Palfy,  is  wJiere 
fome  particular  Part  or  Member  alone  is  alfciited ;  E.gr, 
where  the  Motion  of  the  Arm  or  Leg  is  deftroy'd. 

Dr.  ^mfjy  obferves,  that  a  ^'iT/-<^/iy?i  where  Motion  is  de- 
fl:roy'd, Senfation  remaining,  may  be  produccd,fii-fl,  by  too  much 
Humidity,  flretching  the  mufcnlar  Fibres  in  Length.  Secondly, 
from  cold  Things,  which  thicken  the  Juices.  Thirdly,  from 
external  Compreffion.  Fourthly,  from  hot  Things,  which 
ftraighten  the  fupple  Membranes  andVeffels.  All  thefe  Caufes 
affefl  either  the  Blood,  or  Mufcles;  the  former,  by  thicken- 
ing that  Tumour  fo  that  it  cannot  fuddenly  rarify ;  and  thclat- 
ter,  by  relaxing  the  Mufcles  into  too  great  a  Length,  by  too 
much  Moiffure,  orcontrafting  them  into  too  narrow  Dimcnfions 
by  too  much  Heat,  But  the  Senfation  may  yet  be  preferv'd,  be- 
caufe,  notwithffanding  all  thefe  Hindrances,  the  animal  Spi- 
rits and  Nerves  may  not  be  at  all  affeiSed. 

The  Caufes  of  the  Paralyfis  where  Senfation  is  dellroy'd. 
Motion  remaining,  he  obferves,  may  be  alt  thofe  Things 
which  fo  far  thicken  the  animal  Spirits  in  the  Nerves,  ariling 
below  the  Cerehelhtni,  that  tho'  indeed  they  may  flow  into  the 
Mufcles  thro'  the  Nerves,  and  there,  by  the  Occiirfion  of  fome 
Liquor  fecreted  from  the  Elood,  rarify  ;  yet  they  cannot  alone 
flow  In  fuch  Quantities  into  the  Nerves,  as  from  a  very  flight 
Caufe  to  be  made  to  undulate ;  whence  Senfation  will  ceafc 
without  lofing  the  Motion  of  the  Part. 

The  Caufes  of  this  Kind  are  alfo  whatfoever  render  thofe 
Nerves  more  lax  and  moift-,  and  fo  lefs  apt  for  lively  Vibra- 
tions; the  animal  Spirits  flowing  in  the  mean  time  into  the 
Mufcles,  from  whence  Motion  is  perform 'd  without  Senfa- 
tion. 

The  Cure  of  the  Palfy  ,  according  to  Walrifchmid,  docs  not 
differ  much  from  that  of  the  Venereal  Difeafe.  Internally, 
Mercurials,  Sudorifics,  and  Decoftions  of  the  Woods  are  good: 
Externally,  Unffions,  particularly  of  fpirituous  and  penetrating 
Things,  not  on  the  Part  affedled,  but  on  the  Spina  Dorfi. 

PALUDAMENTUM,  in  Antiquity,  a  Garment  wore  by 
the  Romans  in  Time  of  War;  being  the  Coatsf  Armsot  their 
principal  Men,  cfpccially  the  General;  who,  for  that  Reafon, 
were  diftinguifli'd  by  the  Name  Paliidati. 

The  Soldiers,  having  only  fhort  Coats,  were  therefore  named 
Sagati.    See  Saga. 

This  Garment  was  open  on  the  Sides,  with  fliort  Sleeves, 
like  Angels  Wings,  and  came  down  no  lower  than  the  Navel. 

It  was  either  white  or  red  5  and  Valerias  Maximiis  remarks 
it  was  an  ill  Omen  to  CraJJits,  that  they  gave  him  a  black  Pa- 
Itidamejztitm :  PuUim  ei  tradittm  efi  Paludamentnm,  aim  in 
prtelium  eiintibm  album  mt  purpureim  dari  foleret. 

CornuttiS  fays  they  wore  the  P'oga  in  Peace,  and  the  Palti- 
damentmn  in  War.   Hence  Togam  Pahidaniento  mimvit. 

PALY  ;  when  an  Efcutcheon  is  divided  into  fix,  eight,  or 
ten  even  Divifions  Pale-wife,  i.  e.  by  perpendicular  Lines  drawn 
from  the  Top  to  the  Bottom  :  It  is  blazoned  Paly,  of  fix,  eight, 
or  ten  ££;r.  Pieces.    See  Pale. 

If  the  Number  be  odd,  then  the  Field  is  firll  named,  and 
the  Number  of  the  Pales  fpecified. 

The  like  is  to  be  miderllood  a\Co  Sany  And  Sefjdy.  See 
Barry,  ^c. 

VTTTjTI 


Paly-Bendy  is,  when  a  Coat  is  dividctl, 
both  ^nk  and  !Bend-nnJe  5  as  here :  The  Field 


V&  MPINIFORME  Corf  in,  in  Anatomy,  a  Sort  of  Tlexm, 
or  Knot  of  Blood- Veffels,form'd  by  the  Spermatic  Veins ;  which, 
in  their  Progrefs  tbrousih  the  I'efles,  conflitute  a  Body,  call'd 
Corpus  Var'mbm'Pmnfmiforme,  or  •Pyrmizidak.  SccPyra- 
MiDALE  Corpus.  See  alio  Testicle,  Spermatic  Ve:n, 

PANACEA,  an  univerfal  Medicine  ;  or  a  Remedy  for  all 
Difeafes.    See  Elixir,  (Sc. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek        all,  ojcisf^a',  1 

"^"The  accurate  Soerhaave  overturns  the  Notion  of  'Pitiiacea's  ; 
and  /hews,  from  the  different  Caufes,  Natures,  Ei&as,^Seats, 
tic.  of  Difeafes,  that  feveral  may  be  cured  by  oneMealcme; 
but,  all,  by  none.  . 

He  obferves,  that  the  mod  univerfal  Remedies  known  are 
JVeter  Fire  Mercury  and  Ofnm;  and  adds,  that  by  thele 
alone,'  cant'ioufly  difguiftd,  fome  have  acquired  the  Re- 
putation of  univerfal  Phyficians.   See  Mercury,  Opium, 

^PANACES,  or  PANACEOUS,  a  Name  applied  to  feveral 
Plants,  by  reafon  of  the  extraordinary  Virtues  afcribed  to 

'"^  There  are  three  of  thefe  <PaB«cei ;  the  Berac/eaB,  Afikfem, 
and  Clnroman ;  fo  called  from  their  Inventors,  Hercules,  Jj- 

clepias,  and  Cbiroii.  ^  „  „    ,  ■     r  t. 

The  firftis  the5/Ao«A7/«;»  w«j«Jof  J.'Bmhin;  from  the 
Root  and  Stem  of  this  is  drawn,  by  tncifion,  the  Gum  0/o/«- 
nax.   See  Opoponax. 


PAN 


(  737  ) 


PAN 


The  JfckpiCn^  according  to  fome  Bt^tanifis,  is  a  Kind  of 
TervJa  which  Gn[.  'Bauhin.  cjIIs  Libamtn  Ferultefdio  ^fe- 

''''"rhe  Cbiroi-ikv,  accoi-ding  to  fomc  Is  a  Kind  of  Helianthe- 

^'^^PANADA,  OT  TftnfftelU,  a  Diet,  confiftingof  Breadboil'd 
in  Water,  to  the  Confidence  of  a  Puip  ;  given  to  fick  Perfons 
whofe  Digciiion  is  weak,  or  to  whom  fironger  Foods  would  be 
improper.    See  Diet. 

'  Pis  fomerimes  made  thin  ;  to  ferve  as  a  Dn'nkj  and  fome- 
times  likcwife  fweetened,  ^iC.  to  render  it  more  palatable. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  principal  Ingredient  ^anh 
Bread. 

PANAGE  or  PANNAGE  in  oi:r  ancient  Cuftoms.  See 
Pann  acE. 

PANARIS  or  PAYORYCHIA,  in  Medicine,  a  painful 
Tumour  or  Inflammation,  ariimg  on  the  Extremities  of  the 
Fingers  or  Toes,  popularly  called,  among  us,  JV/Jkloe. 

It  is  occafion'd  by  a  /harp  or  faline  Humour,  lodg'd  between 
the  Bone  and  Teriojleuuz,  and  the  Nerves  and  Tendons. 

An  infallible  Remedy  for  it,  is  to  open  it  either  with  the 
point  of  a  Lancet,  or  with  fame  Unguent,  and  then  to  dip  the 
Finder  in  a  Lixlvimn  of  Vine  A/lies. 

T^he  'Panarh  is  exceedingly  refllefs.  Bcfide  the  mild  Kind 
call'd  Wl^it^oc,  there  is  alfo  a  malignant  Kind,  called  a  Felloii. 
It  foraetimes  lends  to  an  Impofthume,  but  more  ufually  Gan- 
gre.nes.  ,  _ 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin  ^anaricmm,  which  we 
find  in  j^pt/kius  and  that  from  the  Greek  ra-^uwxi-j^  i.e.  an 
Abfcefs  at  the  Root  of  the  Nails. 

For  the  '■'Pcnaris^nitcv  bleeding,  and  the  univcrfal  Remedies, 
Dr.  gurnet  orders  the  Patient  to  hold  his  Finger  a  good  while 
in  a  rotten  Egg,  or  a  putrify'd  Moufe.  Hslmont  adds,  he  has 
feen  a  Finger  as  big  as  an  Arm,  by  means  of  a  Tajinris^c^ircA 
by  rubbing  it  with  Blood,  then  wrapping  it  up  in  a  Mole-Skin. 
S.i-verii/s  adds,  that  to  hold  the  Finr;er  affected  in  a  Cats  Ear, 
cures  a  'Panaris  in  two  Hours.    Objervai.  tf;.  Cent.  4. 

PANATHEN^A,  in  Antiquity,  a  Fcaft  celebrated  at  A- 
thens,  in  Honour  of  Min?rja,  whom  th^  Greeks  call'd  Jiben^. 

HnrpQcratic7i  and  Suiiiii'.s  refer  their  Infiitution  to  Ericloto- 
nitis  IV.  King  Athens  who  lived  before  T/jefetss.  Theo.ioret^ 
alone,  fays  the  Feaft  was  eflabli/h'd  by  Orpheus. 

Ee  diis  as  it  will,  till  'I'l'efeiis^  this  was  a  particular  Feaft  of 
the  City  o'l  Athens,  and  was  called  fimply  Alhen£^:  But  that 
Piince  uniting  all  the  People  of  ^/■r/r;^  into  one  Republic,  they 
all  aflified  at'the  Feaft  3  whence  the  Name  'Pamthen^a^  i.  e. 
Fcaft  of  all  Attica. 

In  EffetH:  all  Attka  was  prefent ;  and  each  People  fent  a 
Bullock  for  the  Sacrifices,  and  for  the  Entertainment  of  the  vafl: 
Multitude  of  People  afTembled. 

If  they  eat  a  great  deal,  it  appears  they  did  not  drink  lefs  ; 
wltnefs  the  Veffels  they  drunk  out  of,  which  were  called  'pa- 
ne, then  a]  ca,  each  of  which  held  two  Congius's  and  a  half.  See 
Con  CI  us. 

There  were  two  Kinds  of  Pe.nathen£ti  the  Great,  cele- 
brated every  five  Years  j  and  the  Little,  every  Year,  or  every 
three  Years  j  if  we  may  credit  the  Author  of  the  Argument 
of  'Demoflhenes's  Oration  againlt  Midias. 

In  the  Pajiathentsa.  was  held  one  of  the  Procefi!ions  which 
the  Antients  call'd  Pomj^ce,  compofed  of  the  briikeft  old  Men, 
each  whereof  bore,  in  his  Hand,  an  01ive-Branch3  whence  they 
were  called  'TbnlloplJori. 

This  was  to  do  honour  to  Minerva,  in  Quality  of  Inventrefs 
of  the  Olivc-Tree  ;  nn  which  Account  they  had  likewife  Com- 
bats, wherein  the  Vidlors  wer?  rewarded  with  Veffels  of  Oil, 
and  crown'd  with  Olive-Crowns.  It  was  a  Crime  in  any  of 
the  Speculators  robe  clad  in  black. 

Tiie  Ceremonies  were  the  fame  in  the  great,  and  the  little 
'panathsu(€a\  excepting  a  Banner  wherein  the  Affions  cf  the 
Goddefs  were  reprefented  in  Embroidery  perform 'd  by  Maids, 
with  the  Names  of  thofe  who  had  diftinguifli'd  themfelvesin 
the  Service  of  the  Republic  j  which  was  only  bore  at  the 
Greater. 

PANCARPUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  SortofSpeftacIc,  or  Show 
which  the  Roman  Emperors  frequently  exhibited  to  the  People. 
See  Spectacle. 

The  'Pnncarpus  was  a  Kind  of  Chace,  or  Hunt.  For  the 
Performance  hereof,  a  Number  of  Beads,  as  Hares,  Deer,  Bul- 
locks, ti)C.  were  flmt  up  in  the  0>r«^  or  Amphitheatre  ;  into 
which  Trees  were  frequently  tranfplantedj  fo  as  to  form  a  Kind 
oi"  Forert,  wherein  the  Beafls  were  let  loofe  5  whence  the  'pan- 
cTfpns        alfo  called  Sylva. 

The  Ecarts  were  thus  abandon'd  to  the  People,  /.  e.  to  all 
who  were  difpofed  to  fhare  in  the  Pleafurc  of  the  Chace;  who 
purfaed,  Hiot,  killed  and  cut  in  Pieces  ail  they  could  lay  hold 
ot 

Heliogahakis,  the  Gordimi's  and  Trobm^  gave  this  Diverfion 
verv  frequently. 

Capiiiboa,  Qijas,  Pit/mf,  Remake  the  7'ancarpus  and 
Syha  the  fame  thing  5  Salmafms  will  have  them  different. 
The  •Sylva,  according  to  him,  was  a  Diverfion,  as  that  above 
defcribed  j  but  the  'Pancarpus  a  Combat,  whereinrobufl  People, 


hired  for  thst  Purpofe,  fought  with  wild  Beails;  which  Os'" 
nion  he  confirms  from  Cajjum,  j^ufiitziaii,  Claudian^Firmicus^ 
Mam^'t^^i  and  CaJJiodonis. 

The  WW  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  7r£f  all  and  )[?fjTi?s 
Fruit. 

Hence  theName  was.alfo  given  by  the  vfrto'.^?:;  to  a  Sa- 
crifice, wherein  all  Kinds  o{  Fruits  were  offer'd 

PANCHREAS      ?  o      S  Pancreas. 

PANCHREATICS        ^PANCREATrc  Juice. 

PANCHREST,  "Pandreps,  in  Mcdizmc,  \  panacea,  os 
Remedy  for  all  Diilempers. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  zrav  all,  ;^^s;3f  Urilis, 
ufetul. 

PANCHTMAGOGUE,  in  Pharmacy,  an  Extraft  of  Aloes. 
Rhubarb,  Senna,  Scammony,  Jalap,  Agaric,  Coloquintida  and 
Black  Hellebore.    Sec  Extract;'. 

Its  Name  arifes  hence,  that  being  tCompofition  of  all  the 
Kinds  of  Purgatives,  it  has  the  Virtue  of  purging  all  the  Hu- 
mours of  the  Body  at  once.    See  Purgative. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  'sS.v  all,  Succus^ 
Juice  i  and  i,y^\  diicere,  to  draw  off. 

PANCRATIUM,  among  the  Antients,  a  Kind  ofinter- 
mix'd  Exercife,  confining  of  the  LiiBo,  orWreftling,  and  Box- 
ing or  'Piigilata. 

ThePancrariitm  was  the  third  (!ij7»7^s_/^;c  Exercife,  and  was 
not  introduced  till  long  afterthe  former.  See  Gymnastic. 
,  The  People,  who  engaged  in  theft  Exercifes,  were  called 
'Pamratiafles ;  which  Name  was  alfo  given  to  fuch  as  did  not 
confine  themfelves  to  one  Exercife,  but  fucceeded  iin  feveral 
different,  one?* 

The  V/ord  is  compounded  of  ^ai'  all,  and  K^.rzi  Force, 

PANCREAS,  in  Anatomy,  popularly  call'd  the  S-'t'eet- 
bread,  a  huge  conglomerate  Gland  5  or  a  Body  compofed  of  an 
infinite  Number  of  little  Glands,  tied  up  in  the  fame  common 
Membrane  5  firuate  at  the  Bottom  and  Hind-part  of  the  Sto- 
mach, and  reaching  from  the  2)//o./i?««/?3  to  the  Spleen.  See 
Gt-AND,  Stomach,  ^c. 

The  Gkmds  it  confifts  of  are  bound  together  both  by  the 
Veffels,  and  by  a  Membrane  proper  to  each  ot  them  3  and  all 
together  arc  loofely  cloath'd  with  a  thin  Membrane,  from  tho 
'Peritontfiim. 

Its  Colour  is  Carnation  ;  its  Form  like  that  of  a  Dog's  Tongue, 
8  or  9  Fingers  long,  2  j  broad,  and  one  thick  ;  its  Weight  4  or 
5  Ounces. 

Its  Arteries  come  from  the  deliac;  its  Veins  go  to  the  'Porta 5 
its  Nerves  come  from  the  Hepatic  plexus. 

Each  little  Gland  has  an  excretory  Du£l,  which  uniting 
form  one  common  excretory  Dudi,  call'd  DuHus  pancreati- 
cm  yirtfu/jgi,  ^rom  JVirtfungiis^  Profeffor  of  Anatomy  at  fPrf- 
dtia,  the  Difcovercr  thereof 

This  Duft,  running  along  the  Middle  of  the  'Pancreas,  o- 
pens  into  the  Cnvity  of  the  !Duodemm,  generally  by  two  Mouths, 
the  one  four  or  five  Fingers  below  the  Pylcrus,  fometimes  at 
the  fame  Orifice  with  the  2)u^i!S  CholidicttSi,  the  other  lower, 
'Tis  of  theBignefsof  a  Raven's  Quill,  near  the  Inteliines,  but 
lefs,  further  off.  X:e  Graafoh^krvcs,  that  it  is  frequently  double. 

The  'pancreas  ferves  to  feparate  a  peculiar  Humour  from 
the  Blood,  call'd  the  Pancreatic  Juice.  Sec  Panchreatig 
Juice.  -  .         ,         .     ^  ■ 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  -uxv  all,  and  xf4tff  Caro, 
Flelh. 

PANCREAs,-f£'//;7,inComparative  Anatoray,is  a  large  Gland 
in  theMiddle  of  the  Mcfenteryof  fome  Brutes,  efpccially  Dogs  5 
to  which,  mofi  of  the  Laifleals  refort  5  and  whence  the  Chyle  is 
conveyed,  by  large  Veffels,  that  have  their  Rife  immediately 
from  the  Inteftines,  and  call'd  LdBea  [ecim.fi  ,Generis.  '  See 
Mesentery. 

It  has  its  Name  from  the  Author  who  firft  took  notice  of  it 
Afellins.    See  Lacteal. 

M.  Perrav.lt  obferves,  that  the.  Fifli,  call'd  Place.,  has  44^0 
P'a72Creas's  ;  tho' it  has  but  five  Du£ts  opening  into  the  In- 
teftines,  each  of  which  correfpbnd  to  80  'Panchreas'&  and  % 
of  them  to  ico  a-piece. 

PANCREATIC  jfuice,  an  infipid^  limpid  Juice,  or  Hu- 
mour fep.irated  from  the  Blood,  and  prepared  in  the  'Pancreas* 
See  Pancreas. 

This  Juice  is  not  acid,  as  moft  Authors  hdvs  fuppolcd;  nor 
alcalinc,  as  fome  others  5  but,  a  little  faline,  and  much  re- 
fembling  the  Saliva  in  its  Origin,  Veffels,  and  Properties. 

'Tis  carried  by  the  Pancreatic  Du£l  into  the  "Timdenmn^ 
where  it  ferves  to  dilute  the  Chyle,  to  render  it  more  fluid  and 
fit  to  enter  the  Mouths  of  the  Lafteals ;  and  perhaps  to, temper 
and  dilute  the  -S*/7e,  to  change  its  Vifcidity,  Bitternefs,  Co- 
lour, ^0.  and  make  it  mix  with  the  Chyle,  in  order  to  reduce 
the  feveral  Taiies,  Odours,  and  Properties  of  the  feveral  Foods 
into  one  homogeneous  one.     See  Bile,  Chyle,  and  Chy- 

EIPICATIOtl. 

'theo.  Janffm  will  have  the  Tancreatic  Jt'.ice  to  have  been 
known  to  Hippocrates  2.-nd  Gak'n, 

"De  Graef,  a  Tiiitch  Phyfician,  has  found  ATeans  of  colleaing 
a  Quantity  of  it  for  Experiments}  and  has  publifli'd  a  Trea- 
tife  exprefa  de  Succo  'Pancreatico, 

o  C  'Prmi' 


P  AN 


C  342  ) 


P  A  N 


Snimier  relates,  that  the  Tancreatic  DuB,  in  feveral  Dogs 
having  been  tied,  and  cut ;  they  fiillcontinued  to  eat,  and  drink,^ 
and  perform  all  the  other  Functions  of  Life  as  ufual.  One  ot 
them  fccmed  only  to  have  the  better  Stomach  for  it. 

PANDECTS,  PANDECTA,  in  Jurif-prudcnce,  the  Dj- 
geft,  or  Colle£iion  made  by  Jitfliman''s  Order,  of  534  Deci- 
lions  or  Anfwers  of  the  antient  Lawyers,  on  fo  many  Queftions 
occurring  in  Law  5  to  which  that  limperor  gave  the  Force 
and  Authority  of  Laws  by  the  Epiftle  prefixed  to  them.  See 
Digest. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  7!ztyJix}cu,  i.  e.  Compi- 
ktion,  or  a  Book  containing  all  Things.  Others,  as  Sartoh^ 
■will  have  it  form'd  from  all  ,  as  if  thefe  Books  contained 
the  whole  Do£l:rine  of  the  Law. 

The  Taude^is  confift  of  fifty  Books,  and  make  the  firft  Part 
of  the  Body  of  the  Civil  Law.    See  Civil  Laiv. 

They  were  defign'd  by  two  5  but  the  Copifls  taking  thofe 
for  if,  the  Gulfom  arofe  of  quoting  them  by  ff. 

'^ajiai  extends  the  Signification  of  'PandeEis,  to  the  Old  and 
New  Teftament. 

The  t'krmtme  ^andeBs  are  thofe  printed  from  a  famous 
ancient  Manufcript  at  f/om^ce. 

Pandect,\  Medkina.  There  are  alfo  TandeBs  of  Medi- 
cine, a  Kind  ofDiflionary  of  Things  relating  to  Medicine, 
compiled  by  Matt.  Syhaticiis  of  Mmma^  who  lived  about  the 
Year  1297.  r  ^  t 

Zemclavius  has  alfo  puhVifWd  TdJideBs  of  Turkey  j  and 
Bifhop  7?evendge  ^ande6is  of  the  Canmii. 

PANDICULATION,  that  ReftlelTnefs,  Stretching,  and 
Uneafinefs,  which  ufualiy  accompany  the  cold  Fit  ofan  Inter- 
mitting Fever.    See  Intermitting  Fever. 

It  is  fuppofed  to  arife  from  a  convulfivc  Dilatation  of  tne 
Mufclcs,  whereby  Nature  endeavours  to  throw  off  fomething 
that  diflurbs  her. 

PANDORON,  a  muficallnftrument,  ufed  among  the  An- 
tients  ;  refembling  the  Lute.    See  Lute. 

It  has  the  fame  Number  of  Strings ;  but  they  are  of  Brafs, 
and  of  Confequence  give  a  more  agreeable  Sound. 

Its  Frets  are  of  Copper,  like  thofe  of  the  Ciftron  ;  its  Back 
fiat,  like  that  of  the  Guitarre5  and  the  Rims  of  its  Table,  as 
well  as  its  Ribs,  cut  in  Semi-circles. 

T)n  Ccirige  obferves,  that  Varro,  Ifidore,  and  others  of  the  An- 
tients,  mention  it  as  having  only  three  Strings. 

The  Word,  according  to  fome,  is  form'd  from  the  Greek 
vr£v  and  /.  e.all  Gift,  or  all  Sorts  of  Gifts.    Jfidore  derives 

the  Name  from  its  Inventor '?'cr72^om ;  others  from  y^w,  to 
whom  they  attribute  its  Invention,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
Flute. 

PANEGYRIC,  an  Oration  in  Praife  of  fome  extraordinary 
Pcrfon,  or  Virtue.    See  Oration. 

The  Tanegyric  is  rank'd  among  the  demonflrative  Kinds  of 
Orations.    See  Demonstrative. 

It  has  its  Name  from  -^'^v  all,  and  dyt^.^u  I  affcmble,  becaufe 
it  was  anciently  held  in  public,  and  folemn  ACfemblies  of  the 
Greeks,  either  at  their  Games,  their  Feafts,  Fairs,  or  religious 
Meetings. 

To  make  them  the  more  folemn,  they  ufed  to  begin  with 
the  Praifes  of  the  Deity,  in  whofe  Honour  the  Games,  £^r. 
were  celebrated^  then  they  defcended  to  the  Praife  of  the 
People  or  Country  where  they  were  celebrated  3  then  to  the 
Princes  or  Magittrates  who  prefided  at  them  ;  and  at  length, 
to  the  Champions,  efpecially  the  Conquerors  who  had  gain'd 
the  Prize. 

F.  de  Ccknia  lays  down  two  Methods,  or  Series's  obfcrv'd  in 
^a^iegyricks. 

'Wic  Artificial,  where,  without  any  Regard  to  the  Order  of 
Time,  every  Thingis  reduc'd  to  certain  Heads.  Thus, 
refers  the  whole  Praife  of  Tcmfey  to  his  Skill  in  War,  his  Vir- 
tue, Authority,  and  Felicity. 

The  other  Natnral,  wherein  the  Order  and  Time  of  Hifto- 
ry  are  obfcrv'd.  This  Series  he  divides  into  three  Periods,  the 
Space  before  the  Perfon's  Birth,  that  wherein  he  lived,  and  if 
he  be  dead,  that  which  follow'd  his  Death.  This  Natural  Se- 
ries requires  much  lefs  Art,  Genius,  ^,c.  than  the  other. 

The  Places  or  Sources  of  Panegyric  are  chiefly  the  Family, 
Country,  Jagnries  at  his  Birth,  his  Virtues,  the  Talents  of 
his  Body  and  Mind,  Honours,  Riches,  Manner  of  his  Death, 
and  the  Confequenccs  thereof. 

Panegyric,  is  alfo  the  Name  of  a  Church-Book,  in  ufe 
among  the  Greeks;  fo  call'd,  as  confifting  of  'Panegyrics  or 
Difcourfcs  in  Praife  of  Jefus  Cbrifl  and  the  Saints.  See 
Greek. 

'Tis  found  in  MS.  in  moft  Churches ;  but  is  not  the  fame  in 
all;  each  Church  having  its  particular  Saints;  and  the  Com- 
pilers of  this  Kind  of  Books,  ufualiy  fuiting  their  Colleftions 
to  the  Tafle  of  their  own  Devotion. 

They  aredlfpofed  according  to  the  Order  of  Months,  and 
frcquentlyconfiflof  12  Volumes,  anfwering  to  the  12  Months 
of  the  Year. 

PANEL  or  PANNEL,  in  Law,  is  deriv'd  by  Spelmm, 
from  Tagella  a  Schedule,  or  Page  ;  in  which  Senfc  we  fay  a 
y^ljre/ of  Parchment,  a  ComX.tt'Tane  of  an  Indenture,  ^jC. 


But  it  is  more  commonly  ufed  for  a  Schedule  or  Roll,  con- 
taining the^Names  of  fuch  Jurors,  as  the  Sherilf  returns  to  pafs 
upon  the  Trial. 

Hence  the  Emj^melling  of  a  Jury  is  the  Entering  of  their 
Names,  by  the  Sheriff,  into  a  panel,  or  little  Schedule  of 
Parchment.    See  Jury.    In  Panello  AffmrS,  &c, 

Coke  on  Littleton -wiW  h^ve  ^Pa?zel  to  he  an  M'/^gl/p  Word, 
fignifying  a  httle  Part;  as  being  a  Diminutive  of  the  Word 
P^a?ie,  Part.    But  Spelman  takes  this  for  an  Over-fight. 

Panel,  in  Joinery,  ^c.  See  Pannel. 

PANES,  in  the  aniient Theology.    Sec  Satyr. 

PANIC,  ox  Panic-Fear,  a  Term  ufed  for  a  necdiefs,  or  ill- 
grounded  Fright. 

Polyemis  fetches  the  Origin  of  the  Phrafe  from  Pi!77,  one 
of  the  Captains  of  S;rfi:/j;;j,  who,  with  a  few  Men,  put  a  nu- 
merous  Enemy  to  rout,  by  a  Noife  which  his  Soldiers  railed  in 
a  rocky  Valley,  favour'd  with  a  great  Number  of  Eccho's.  This 
Stratagem  making  their  Number  appear  much  greater  than  it 
really  was,  the  Enemy  quitted  a  very  commodious  Encamp- 
ment, and  fled. 

Hence  all  ill-grounded  Fears  have  been  call'd  Panicks  or 
'panic  Fears  ;  and  'twas  this  gave  Occafion  to  the  Fable  of  the 
Nymph  Eccho's  being  belov'd  by  that  God. 

Others  derive  the  Origin  of  the  Exprefiion  hence,  that  in 
the  V/ars  of  the  againfi  the  Gods,-y,^72  wasthefirilwho 

rtruck  Terror  into  the  Hearts  of  the  Giants.  'I'/jeon  on  Jratiis 
fays,  he  did  it  by  means  of  a  Sea-Shell  which  ferv'd  him  for 
a  Trumpet,  whereof  he  was  the  Inventor. 

PANICULA,  PANICLE,  in  Botany,  called  alfo  f/ubo- 
a  fofr  woolly  Beard,  or  String,  whereon  the  Seeds  of  "fome 
Plants  hang,  pendulous,  as  in  Reeds,  Millet,  ^c. 

Such  arehence called  pavicjlntsd Plants.    See  Pl int 

PANNAGE,  PANAGE,  or  PAWNAGE,  are  ufed  in 
our  Law-Books,  ^'C.  for  the  Mafl:  of  Woods;  as  of  Beech, 
Acorns,  ^)C. 

As  alfo  for  the  running  and  feeding  of  Swine  or  other  Cartel 
in  Forefl:s,  and  the  Monies  taken  by  Agiflors  for  the  fame. 

Pannagjinn  Ubertiin,  or  free  Pannage,  was  a  Liberty  of  free 
running  of  Swine  in  certain  Forefls  and  Woods ;  which  was  a 
Privilege,  granted  to  certain  private  Perfons,  and  feveral  reli- 
gious Houles.  Linimod  defines  'Pamiagiimi  Pajliis  Pecoriira 
1)1  Nemoribns^  £i?  in  Sihis,  tit  pote  ds  Gkndibus  ^  aliisfru- 
Bit'S  arbonmz  fyhejlrinm,  qiianunfniBiis  aliter  nec  folent  coUigi. 

It  is  alfo  mentioned  20  Car-  II.  ^lifqiie  viliamis  hahens 
decern  Porcos,dat  unnm  Porctim  de  'pajzagio^  by  which  it  ap- 
pears, that  one  Hog  in  lo  was  given  to  Pannage. 

PANNEL,  in  Law.    See  Panel. 

Pannel,  or  Panel,  in  Joinery,  ^c.  a  Tympanum  or 
fquare  Piece  of  thinWood,  fometimes  carv'd,  fram'd,or  groov'd 
in  a  larger  Piece  between  two  Montants  or  upright  Pieces,  and 
two  Travcrfes  or  Crofs-Picccs. 

Hence  panels  or  Panes  of  Giafs,  are  Compartiments  or  Pieces 
of  Glafs  of  various  Forms,  Square,  Hexagonal, 

Panned,  in  Mafonrj',.  one  of  the  Faces  of  a  hewn  Stone. 
See  Stone. 

Pannel  of  a  Saddle,  two  Cufliions  full  of  Hair  or  Flocks, 
placed  on  each  Side  the  Saddle  to  prevent  the  Bow  from  hurting 
the  Horfe.    See  Saddle. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  French^  ^anneaii  of  Pan, 

pt^fide. 

PANNIGULUS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  frequently  ufed 
for  a  Membrane.    See  Membrane. 

Hence,  Panniculus  adipofus,  &Li:.  is  the  fame  with  il/e;/?^n;- 
na  adipofa,  &c.    SeeAniPosA,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  Latin,  form'd  by  Diminution,  from  'Panmts^ 
Cloth,  q.d.  a  little  Cloth  or  fine  Web. 

pANNicuLus  Car-nofiis,  is  a  fiefliy  Membrane,  which  the 
antient  Anatomiils  fuppofed  to  be  common  to  the  whole  Body; 
and  to  be  the  fourth  integument  or  Covering  thereof,  after  the 
Epidermis,  Cutis,  and      Jdipofns.   See  Skin. 

This  fiefhy  pannicle^  according  to  them,  is  a  thick  Mem- 
brane, which  covers  the  whole  Body  ;  and  even  becomes  muf- 
culous  in  fome  Parts  :  But  the  latefl:  Anatomifts  deny  any  fuch 
Membrane  in  the  human  Body ;  maintaining,  that  what  the 
Antients  call'd  xhc^c\\\y  Pannicle,  isouly  the  fat  or  adipofc 
one.    Dr.  makes  it  a  double  Membrane,  one  Half  of 

which  forms  the  Merrihrana  adipofa,  the  other  Half  the  Merri- 
brana  comrminis  of  the  Mufcles.  The  Ufe  the  Antients  afcrib'd 
to  the  flefhy  Pannicle  was  to  wrinkle  and  contraft  the  Skin  ; 
but  the  Truth  is,  where-ever  the  Skin  wrinkles,  there  are  par- 
ticular Mufcles  for  the  Purpofe,  call'd  Cutaneous  Mufcles.  See 
Cutaneous. 

Thefe  Mufcles  the  Antients  own'd;  but  faid  their  Office  was 
confined  to  particular  Motions ;  adding,  that  there  arc  Places 
where  no  Fat  is  found  between  the  Catii  and  the  fis/liy  'Paii- 
nicle  ;  which  is  falfe. 

Further,  even  in  Animals  which  do  move  the  Skin  ;  this  Pan- 
nicle is  no  more  than  a  cutaneous  Mufcle,  as  well  as  the  'Dartos, 

Some  of  the  modern  Anatomifis,  however,  admit  theflefliy 
Pannicle,  and  deny  the  adipofe  one  ;  fuppofing  the  latter,  in 
reality,  only  a  Part  of  the  former.    See  Fat  and  Flesh. 

PANNIER,  in  Architeaure.    See  Corbel. 

PANNUS, 


PAP 


(  343  ) 


P  A  P 


PANNUS,  in  Medicine,  ^c.  a  Difeafe  of  the  Eye,  popu- 
larly call'd  ihe/Fe^;  and  by  t\\p.  Arabs,  ZebeL 

'i'he  ^Minm  is  an  Excrefcence  arifing  on  the  Adnatu  or 
CmpnBi'va  ;  lefs  hard  and  membranous  than  the  Ungtiis ; 
and  reprefenting  a  Web,  or  TiflTue  of  iittle  Veins  fwell'd  with 
Eiood.    See  Conjunctiva. 

Its  Caufe  is  an  Obllruflien  of  the  Elood  in  the  minute  Vef- 
fels  of  that  Tunic.  Its  Cure  is  almoft  the  fame  with  that  of  the 
'^terigiiir/i  or  Unguis  5  between  which,  and  the  'Fannns^  there 
is  a  great  Affinity.    Sec  Pterigium. 

Ihc  chief  Difference  is,  that  in  theUnguis^  the  membra- 
nous Excrcfcencc  only  covers  Part  of  the  Eye,  after  the  man- 
ner of  a  ]^ail ;  whereas  in  the  ^ annus  it  covers  the  whole. 

PANTALOON  or  PANTALON,  the  Name  of  an  an- 
ticnt  Garment,  frequent  among  our  Fore -fathers,  confifting  of 
Breeches  and  Stockings  all  of  a  Piece. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Jtalims,  who  firft  introduced 
this  Habit,  and  who  are  called  ^Pmitaknt  from  St.  ^antakon^ 
who  was  formerly  their  Patron. 

Pantaloon,  on  the  Theatre,  is  a  Buffoon  or  Mafk  who 
performs  High  and  Grotefque  Dances,  and  fliews  violent  and 
extravagant  Poflurcsand  Airs. 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Habit  or  Drefs  thefe  Buffoons 
ufually  wear  j  which  is  made  precifely  to  thePorm  of  their  Bo- 
dy, and  all  of  a-piecefrom  Head  to  Foot.  Flence  thofe  who 
wear  a  Habit  of  this  Kind,  for  Conveniency,  under  their  other 
Cloaths  are  cali'd  'Pantnloc^u  of  Fmkc. 

PANl'HEA,  among  the  Romam,  were  lingle  Statues,  com- 
pofed  of  the  Figures  or  Symbols  of  feveral  different  Divinities. 
See  Statue. 

Father  Joiihert,  who  calls  them  ■'Pantheons,  and  who  has 
obfervcd  them  on  feveral  Medals,  fays  their  Heads  are  mofi 
commonly  adorn'd  with  Symbols  belonging  to  feveral  Gods. 

An  Inltance  hereof  we  have  in  a  Medal  oi  Amonimis  'Phis ; 
which  at  the  fame  timereprefcntsi'era/2J,by  the  Bu/liel  it  bears; 
the  Sii'?^  by  the  Crown  of  Rays ,  Jupiter  Ammon^  by  the  Ram's 
Horns ;  Pliito,  by  the  large  Beard^  and  £jculapiiis,hy  the  Ser- 
pent twifted  in  his  Hand.    See  Statue. 

M.  'Bandelet,  in  a  DiiTertation  on  the  Z^rcs,  will  have  the 
^mrbccnsto  have  had  theirRife  from  the  Superffition  of  thofe, 
who,  taking  feveral  Gods  for  the  Protectors  of  their  Houfes, 
united  them  all  in  the  fame  Statue,  by  adorning  it  with  the  fe- 
veral Symbols,  proper  to  each  of  thofe  Deities.    See  Lares. 

PANTHEON,  in  Architeaurc,is  a  Temple,  or  Church  of 
a  circular  Form  ;  dedicated  to  all  the  Gods,  or  all  the  Saints. 
See  Temple  and  Church. 

It  is  thus  named  from  the  Greek  txv  all,  and  God. 

The  Pa7itbeo7i  of  anticnt  Rome^  is,  of  all  others,  the  mofl 
celebrated,  and  that  whence  they  all  take  their  Name.  It  was 
built  by  Jgrippa,  Son-in-law  oiAiiguftm,  in  his  third  Confu- 
lare,  25  Years  before  Chrift.  It  was  dedicated  by  him  to  //i- 
fiter  Ulta\  Juf  iter  t\\c  Revenger;  and  hid  the  Name  Pan- 
lljeov,  by  reafon  of  the  great  Number  of  Statues  of  the  Gods 
ranged  in  Niches  all  around  ;  and  becaufe  built  round,  to  re- 
prefent  Heaven,  the  Refidencc  ofall  the  Gods.  It  had  but  one 
Door,  and  one  Window;  receiving  all  its  Light  from  the  Top 
of  its  Dome. 

The  Pope,  obtaining  it  of  the  Emperor  ^P/WiTj,  converted  it 
into  a  Church,  without  any  Alteration  in  the  Building,  and  de- 
dicated it  to  the  Virgin  and  all  the  Martyrs.  And  it  fiill  fub- 
fifls  at  Rome  under  the  T'ltiG  of  Notre  fDa7ne  della  Roto?zda. 

Sec  ROTOND  A. 

The  Pantheon  of  Nifnrn,  was  a  Temple  in  that  City,  where- 
in were  12  Niches  or  Statues,  fuppofed  to  have  beendeflin'd 
for  the  i:  great  Gods. 

In  the  Elcurial  is  a  magnificent  Chapel,  cali'd  Pantheon, 
Feet  in  Diameter,  and  38  high,  from  the  Pavement  which 
is  of  Marble  and  jafper  inlay'd.  The  w  hole  Infide  of  the 
Chapel  is  of  black  Marble,  excepting  the  Luthern  and  fome 
Ornaments  of  Jafper  and  red  Marble. 

In  this  Chapei  arc  depofited  the  Bodies  of  the  Kings  and 
Queens  :  there  are  only  Places  made  for  z6  ;  eight  of  which 
are  already  fill'd.    See  Escuriae. 

PAPAL  Crrr-m  is  a  deep  Cap,  or  Mitre  of  Cloth  of  Gold, 
encompafted  with  three  Coronets  or  Circles  of  Gold,  adorn'd 
with  Flowers  ;  and  the  Whole  enrich'd  with  precious  Stones; 
having  a  Globe  at  top,  fini/lied  with  a  Crofs.    Sec  Crown. 

PAPILLA,  in  Anatomy,  Kifple  or  ""I'eat,  a  Prominence 
arifing  from  the  Middle  of  the  Breaft,  or  Mamma,  See 
Breast. 

The  Colour  of  the  Papilla  is  various  ;  in  different  States, 
and  Stages  of  Life,  it  is  reddifli,  blui/li,  blackiili.  They  are 
encompaffed  with  a  pale  brownifli  Circle,  cali'd  the  Areola. 

The  laflcal  Tubes,  coming  from  the  feveral  Parts  of  the 
Brcaffs,  terminate  in  the  Papilla,  with  feveral  nervous,  or 
fpongious  Emiflarics  which  communicate  with  each  other  by 
Anafton?a[cs^  thro'  which,  in  fucking,  the  Milk  is  drawn.  See 
Mile- 

Papiei.-'e  Pyrajnidales,  are  little  Emminences  arifing  from 
the  fubcutaneous  Nerves. 

LTnder  the  Cutis  lies  a  thick  Congeries  of  Nerves,  wove  into 
a  Kind  of  Membrane ;  together  with  Arteries,  Veins,  and 


obferv'd  by  ^/^^/ftivfh  hc  F^",  „^?"'  mmhre,  folt 
r  n  u  n  ^J'f  ,  ^  -^^^^  Hands,  and  Ton"ue  ■  nnA 
l"::"'  "^'™s!>ou.  t.=  whole  EoJy."°s;c'rvr! 

Thcfe  'PitpiUiO  are  flill  moft  niim»„,       j      /•  • 
Ae  Places  of  acute  Senfe,  aT°4  Cl™  Pi  ""f*i,'"S'' 

Tipsof  the  FingcrsandToi,  wh  e  he  C«  Lr''''""'  ""^ 
witLl  is  extremely  thin.    See  Cutis     ^"■"'^"y^"'  "'«ed 

In  the  other  Parts  of  the  Body  the  Cutis  is  rh j  i. 
TapiU^mnA  fewer,  fmaller,  he    See  RhS'  or  i    p  *° 

Thefey.^/fc  ate  fuppofed  to  be  the  i^^Xl'S,^^:^^ 
teeling.    See  Feeling.  '^rgan  ot 

PAPILL.E  of  the  Tongue,  are  littleEminenccs  of  theTon,,,, 
fo  caHed  from  their  Refbmblance  to  the  !P^/;7/^  of  the  Ei?aft' 

See  lONGUE.  .Liicdic. 

From  the  papillary  Tunic  of  the  Tongue  arife  numcm 
nervous  TafUl^,  which,  penetrating  the  vircousSubftincen„„ 
them,  terminate  under  the  Surface  of  the  Tongue    See  P , 
PIL1.ARY.  &    ■    u  c  rA- 

■Tis  by  means  of  thefe  that  the  Tongue  is  fuppofed 

to  have  its  Faculty  of  Tajimg.    See  T  istinc  '"PP°im 

Papill;e,  orCmca/tf  T^t'&rei  of  the  Kidnies  are 
Bundles  of  little  urmary  Pipes,  join'd  together  in  the  inner  Sub- 
ftance  oi  the  Kidnies.     See  Kidney. 

■  Tbey  end  in  ftorttubulous  Bodies,  or  larger  Pipes,  anfwer- 
ing  in  Number  to  the  VafiUa,  which  are  ufually  i-  •  and  irp 
c^lM  Bfttd^Membramce^.  being  only  Produfflons  of  the 
membranous  Cell,  called  the  ye/mj.    See  Pelvis 

The  Taping  ferve  to  dilliil  the  Urine  feparated  from  the 
Arteries,  and  brought  them  by  the  m-inary  Pipes,  into  the  Tel- 
V!S.    See  Urine.  ^     r  j 

PAPILLARY  in  Anatomy,  an  Epithet  given  to  a  Tunic 
or  Membrane  of  the  Tongue,  cali'd  y^////,,,^  r^mc  Tnpil- 
lary  Membrane,  or  'Papillary  Scdy.  ■'  '  ^"J:" 

thiTafillary  'TmmmSodyh  the  third  Tegument  piac'd 
beneath  the  exterior  Membrane  which  lines  the  Ton.n,'e  and 
the  vifcous  Subftance  next  under  the  ftme.    See  TonI-he 

The  'Papillary  r?/;«i;isfull  of  Nerves  derived  from  the  fifth 
and  ninth  Pair.  From  this  Tunic  arife  little  Eminences  cali'd 
Papiiy  or  Papillary  Enmieiicm.   See  Papilla 

The  Salts  andjuices  of  Bodics.flriking  againtt  thefe  Promi- 
nences, occafion  Undulations  therein,  which  are  immediately 
communicated  to  the  Spirits  contained  in  the  Nerves,  which 
carry  them  to  the  Brain,        See  Tasting 
,M?n""vT''''  =1, Name  the  Antients  gave  to  the 

Oltattory  Nerves,  from  the  Place  of  their  Origin  to  the  Oj  Cri 
brofiim.    See  Nerve.  ' 

Dr.  I)rake  thinks  this  Name  becomes  them  better  in  this 
Place  than  that  of  Nerves  :  in  regard  they  rather  appear  Pro- 
duftions  of  the  Medulla  Oblongata-,  whence  the  Olfaftorr 
Nerves  arife,  than  diflinft  Nerves ;  againfl:  which  their  ma- 
niteft  Cavities,  and  their  Communication  with  the  Ventricles 
argue.  ' 

PAPILIONACEOUS,  in  Botany,  the  Flowers  of  fome 
Plants  are  thus  called,  by  Botanifls.  as  reprefentin»  fomcthino 
of  the  Figure  of  a  Papilw  or  Butterfly,  with  itsWings  difplav'd" 
See  Plant.  ^      '  ' 

They  have  four  fuch  Leaves,  joined  together  at  the  Extre- 
mities ;  one  in  the  Middle  of  the  Flower  i's  larger  than  the  reft 
and  by  fome  called  Vexillim.  * 

The  Plants,  that  have  this  Flower.are  of  the  leguminousKind 
as  Peafe,  Vetches,  l^c.  * 

PAPPUS,  in  Botany,  that  foft  light  Down,  which  grows 
out  ot  the  Seeds  of  fome  Plants,  as Thiflles.  Dandelion,  Hawk- 
weed,  e?c.  and  which  buoys  them  up  fo  in  the  Air,  that  they 
may  be  blown  any  where  about  with  the  Wind.  See' Semina- 
tion. 

This  diflinguifhcs  a  Clafs  orKind  of  Plants,  which  are  hence 
denominated  Pappcfa,  or  Pappi  Fkre. 

PAR,  in  Commerce  a  Kind  of  Equality  among  Monies  - 
or  how  much  a  Perfon  muft  give  of  one  Kind  of  Species  to 
render  it  juft  equivalent  to  a  certain  Quantity  of  another  ' 

The  'Pa.r  differs  from  the  Comfe  oF  Exchanpe  in  this  that 
the  Par  oj  Exchange  ftews  what  other  Nations  (liou'd  allow 
in  Exchange;  which  is  certain  and  fix'd  :  But  the  Courfe  fliews 
what  they  will  allow  in  Exchange;  which  is  uncertain  and 
coiitingent, iometimes more,  fometimes  lefs.  SeeExciiANOE. 

5736  Par  0/  ExclMnge  of  tlx  French  Cro-'jcn  of  60  Soli  or 
if.s.  6  d.  Sterl.  with  Foreign  Monies,  both  real  and  imaginary, 
of  moll  of  the  Trading  Cities  of  iVra/e.  follows  ;  whence  al- 
fo the  Relation  or  Parity  of  thofe  other  Monies  among  them- 
felves.  appears. 

T\xz  FremJo  Crowns  of  60  Sols  is  equivalent  to  ;4-  Venco 
Sterl.  a  England;  la  too  Denier s  Grofs  of  Hilland ;  and  to 
lol.  of  thofe  of  CcAjizs.  To  4S  Sok-Lllbs  of  Germany  wi, 
Harabmrg.  To  88  Creim  of  Jusbowg  and  90  of  Francfort, 
85  of  Solzai?l,  and  84  of  Switzerland.  To  8  fitlio'i  and  an 
h^\f  of  Rome,  and  as  many  of  Jncona;  to  three  lejlom  of 
Florence,  58  Soldi  of  Leghorn,  S3  of  Geneva,  94  of  Milan,  60 
i  of 


PAR 


(  74°  ) 


PAR 


of  Nova  ;  to  5  Zires  or  Zhres  of  Gmo^,  4  Zires  and  10  SolJi 
of  Ziicca,  8  Z/rw  of  Sergarm,  3  Z/>f  J  and  1 5  Scl^i  of  Ar^Jov  i 
to  9  Car Ims  oi  Naples ^  and  as  many  of  ^^c/Zyj  21  Groats  and 
three  Fifths  of  Fenice,  za.  o[ Neimibonrg  j  to  ^-jz  Afuraveiies 
oiSpaiVi  to  (Joa  i?4yi  of  'Pormgal,  to  4  T^rriKJ  and  1 5  Gr^?/!i5 
cfMaira,  to  iiQj^Jpers  Conjiayziwopk,  to  a  2)e/m-hongre 
cf  Gold  of  Hrmgmy,  to  2  Florins  of  Z?f^p,  ;  of  Strasbourg 
and  20  dt  Kacoms,  to  <jo  Groats  or  Groch's  of  ■Roland,  and  14 
of  Se?'//??,  to  80  Marks  of  Copper  of  S'-s.'eden^  to  50  Grives  or 
Gr//)  of  Copper  of  Mtifccvy,  and  laftly  to  4  //on  of  2)sm>iark. 
Pae,  in  Anatomy.    See  Pair. 

Par  P'^^guw^crthe  fourth  'Pair,is  a  very  notable  Conjugation 
of  Nerves,of  the  Medulla- oblongata ,  rhuscall'd  fromtheir  wide 
Dil^ribution  throughout  the  feveral  Parts  of  the  Body. 

See  the  Origin,  Courfe,  Diflribution,  ^^fc.  of  the  ^ar  vagum 
under  Nerve. 

Par,  a  Term  of  Nobility.  SeePEER. 

PARABLE,  a  Fable,  or  Allegorical  Inftruftion  founded  on 
fomethingreal,  or  apparent  in  Nature  orHilWy^  from  which 
fome  Moral  is  drawn,  by  comparing  it  with  fomeother  Thing, 
wherein  the  People  are  more  immediately  concerned. 

Such  are  thofe  Parables  of  the  'Ten  P'lrgins^  of  ^hes  and 
Zaz-arns^  of  the  'Prodigal  Son,  &c.  in  the  New  Teflamenr. 
St.  Matthew  fays  our  Saviour  never  fpoke  to  the  People  but  by 
^ar^bles. 

^.deCokniacdWsthz'ParabkyZ  Rational  Fable.  SeePABLE. 

The  Word  is  form'd  {romthz  Greek  •jra^SciKhuv  to  compare. 
Whence  Jlrifiotle  defines  it  a  Similitude  drawn  from  Form  to 
Form.    C/t^ro  calls  it  a  Collaiio7T,  others  Simile. 

In  the  New  Teflament  it  is  ufed  varioufly.  In  Znke  IV. 
15.  foxd.'Pro'verb  or  Jdage.  In  Matth.XW.  15.  for  aThing 
dark^  and  ji'gurafively  exj/refs'd.  In  Heb.  IX.  p.  ^c.  for  a 
7j/;c  In/.7/;^eXIV.  7.  ^c.  tor3.Jpccial  InJhiiBion.  Mattb. 
XXIV.  52.  fora  Similitude  or Cornfari[on.  The  //e^rewJ call 
it  "1\L?D  from  TJi'Q  to  predominate,  to  aCfimilate ;  whence  the 
proverbs  oi Solomon  are  call'd  I'  -?.'-  Parables  or  'Proverbs. 

jiqinnas  defines  Parable  a  fiinilitudinary  Difcourfe  ;  or  a 
Speech  which  fays  one  thing  and  means  another,  Glajptis 
more  accurately  defines  it  a  Suaile  wherein  a  fidiitious  Thing  is 
related  as  real,  and  compared  with  fome  Spiritual  Thing,  or 
accommodated  to  fignify  it. 

Some  make  Parable  differ  from  Fable  ;  Grotivs  and  others 
will  have  them  the  fame.  Kircher  derives  the  Ufe  of  Parables 
from  the  Egyptians. 

^  PARABOLA,  in  Geometry,  a  Figure  arifing  from  the  Se- 
ftion  of  a  Cone,  when  cut  by  a  Plane  parallel  to  one  of  its  Sides. 
See  Section 

From  the  fame  Point  of  a  Curve,  thereforc,onIy  one  P^arabcla 
can  be  drawn  :  All  the  other  Sedions  within  thofe  Parallels 
being  EUipfes  ;  and  all  without.  Hyperbola's.  SceCoNE. 

IVolpUi  defines  the  Parabola  to  be  a  Curve  wherein  the  Square 
of  the  Semi-ordinateis  equal  to  the  Reftan::'le  of  the  Ablctflc, 
and  a  given  right  Line  call'd  the  'Parameter  oith.^  Axis,  ox  Za- 
tiis  rett-um. 

Hence,  a  'parabola  is  a  Curve  of  the  firll:  Orderj  and  as 
the  Abfciffes  increafe,  the  Semi-ordinates  increafe  likewife  ; 
confequently  the  Curve  never  returns  into  itfelf.  Hence  alfo 
the  Abfciffe  is  a  third  Proportional  to  the  Parameter  and  Sc- 
xni-ordinate  ;  and  the  Parameter  a  third  Proportional  to  the 
A-bfciiTe  and  Semi-ordinate ;  and  the  Semi-ordinate  a  mean 
ProportiMial  between  the  Parameter  and  Abicifle. 

f/o  defcribe  a  'p.irabola.  The  Parameter  A  B  "Tab.  Conicks. 
Fig-  S.  being  given  5  continue  it  to  C,  and  tromB  let  fall  a  Per- 
pendicular,'to  N.  From  Centres  taken  at  Pleafure,  with  the 
CompaiTcs  open  to  A,  defcribe  Arches  cutting  the  right  Line 
E  V  in  I,  II,  III,  IV,  V,  ^c.  And  the  tight  Line  B  C  in  i,  z, 
=!  4,  5,  Then  will  Br,  B2,  B  ^,  B4,  B5,  be  Ab- 
fciffes,  B  I,  Ell,  Bill,  BIV,  BV,  Semi-ordi nates. 
Wherefore  if  the  Lines  B  i,  B  2,  B  5,  i^c.  betransferr  d  from 
the  Line  BC  to  that  EN,  and  in  the  Points  i,  3,  4,  £if^. 
Perpendiculars  be  raifed,  i  I  =:BI,2lI  -B  II,  3  IIL=  B  III, 
£sfc.  The  Curve  paffing  thro'  the  Points  1, 11,  III,  i$c.  is  a  Pa- 
rabola ;  and  P  N  its  Axis. 

Every  Point  of  the  Parabola  may  alfo  be  determined  geo- 
metrically. F.gr.  If  it  isinquired  whether  thePointM  be  in  the 
^Parabola  or  not  ?  From  M  to  EN  let  fall  a  Perpendicular  M  P. 
i\nd  let  P  N  be  equal  to  the  Parameter  AB  5  upon  BN  de- 
fcribe a  Semicircle.  For  if  that  pafs  thro'  M,  the  Point  M  is 
in  the  'parabola. 

In  a  Parabda  the  Diftancc  of  the  Fccus  from  the  Vertex  is 
to  the  Parameter  in  a  fubquadruple  Ratio  :  And  the  Square 
of  the  Semi-ordinate  is  quadruple  the  Reflangle  of  theDi- 
fiance  of  the  Focus  from  the  Vertex,  into  the  Abfciffe. 

To  defcribe  a  Parabola  by  a  co?2tiniied  Motiov.  AfTuming  a 
right  Linefor  an  Axis,Iet/A/7^.  9.- A  V=^a.  In  A  fix  a  Ruler 
DE  cutting  the  A>:is/D  at  right  Angles.  To  the  Extremity 
of  another  Ruler  E  C,  faften  a  Thread  fix'd  at  its  other  Ex- 
treme in  the  fca'5F  which  is  to  be  —  A  D-f  A  F.  If  then  a  Style 
or  Point  be  fix'd  to  the  Ruler  E  C,  and  the  Ruler  be  carried 
firft  to  the  Right  then  to  the  Left,  according  to  the  Dircflion 
of  the  other  D  B  ;  the  Style  will  mark  out  a  parabola  :  For 
F  M  will  be  conftantly  =7  E  M  —  Vf—x-y^a^  and  confe- 
quently the  Point  M  is  in  a  Parakla. 


properties  of th  Parabola. 

The  Squares  of  the  Semi-ordinates  are  to  each  other  as  tfie 
Abfciffes;  and  the  Semi-ordit^ates,  themfelves,  in  a  fubtri- 
plicatc  Ratio  of  the  Abfcilles. 

The  R_e6fangle  of  the  Sum  of  the  two  Semi-ordinates  into 
their  Difference,  is  equal  to  the  Redangle  of  the  Paramctrt- 
into  the  Difference  of  the  Abfciffes:  The  Parameter  therefore  " 
is  to  the  Sum  of  the  two  Semi-ordinates,  as  their  Difference  ta 
the  Difference  of  the  Abfcifl*es. 

In  a. 'Parabola  the  Red-angle  of  the  Semi-ordinate  into  the 
Abfctffe,  is  to  the  Square  of  the  Abfcifl'e,  as  the  Parameter  ta 
the  Semi-ordinate. 

In  a  'Parabola  the  Square  of  the  Parameter  is  to  the  Square 
of  one  Semi-ordinate,  as  the  Square  ot  the  other  Semi-ordinate 
to  the  Reftangle  of  the  Abfcilles. 

In  a  Parabola  the  Subtangent  is  double  the  Abfciffe,  and 
the  Siibternal  fubduple  the  Parameter. 

Quadrature  of  the  paradpcla.    See  Quadrature. 

R edification  of  the  Parabola.    See  Rectification. 

Centre  ofGravity  of  a  p.iraboh.    See  Centre  of  Gra- 
vity. 

Centre  of  Ofcillationof  the  Parabola.    See  Oscileation. 

P  ARABOL  .k's  of  the  higher jKi7ids  arc  Algebraic  Curves,defin'il 
by  m  —  I  — jm.  Z.gr.  by  a'  X  :^y>j  x  —y*,  a'*  x^y\ 
a^x=  y*" ,  l^c.    Sec  Curve. 

Some  call  thefe  Paraboloides:  ^zxtic\x\^x\y,.\f  a^  x—y^  ^ 
they  call  it  a  Cubical  paraboloid.  If  x=  5*,  ^c.  They 
call  it  a  'Siqiiadratical  paraboloid,  or  a  SiirdefolidalParaboloid. 
And  in  refpeffcof  thefe,  the  Parabola  of  the  firjl  Kind,  abova 
explained,  they  call  the  Apollonian  or  ^ladratic  Parabola. 

Thofe  Curves  are  likewifc  ufed  to  be  referred  to  'parabola's 
wherein  a  x'^~'^  r=  y^.  as  Ji.  gr.  a  x'  ~jV%  '^x'  ~  jy*, 
which  fome  crU  Serm-pa7'abola's.  They  are  all  comprehended 
under  one  common  Equation  a^x^y^,  which  alfo  extends  to 
other  Curves,  v.  g.  to  thofe  wherein  a'  x^  —  y"^  x^  —  y^^ 
a*  a;*  =y''. 

Since  in  parabola's  of  the  higher  Kinds,  jj  m  ~  ^  m  ~  i  ; 
If  any  other  Semi-ordinate  becalledi',  the  AbfciiTe  correfpond- 
ing  toS',wi]l  be  v^  .  -  a^  —  ^  2; confequently :  "j^:  z  — t  le 
.  ipn  -  io;,_  That  IS  X  :z.  'Tis  a  common  Property,  thereforen. 
of  thefe  Parabola\thnt  the  Powers  of  the  Ordinates  are  in  the 
Ratio  of  the  AbfciCfes. 

But  in  Semi-parabola's  y^  :v^::  ax'^  —  '^ :  t      —   :  ~ 
Or  the  Powers  of  the  Semi-ordinates  are  as  the  Powers  of  the 
Abfciffcs,   one  Degree  lower.  Z.  gr.  In  Cubical  Semi-para- 
bola'sy  the  Cubes  of  the  Ordinates     and      areas  the  Squares 
of  the  Abfciffes  .r'  and  a*. 

Apollonian  Parabola, is  the  Common,  or ^/adratic  Para- 
bola or  Paraboia  oi  the  firit  Kind  ;  focalled  by  way  of  Diflin- 
£lion  from  ^P:^r/r^£i/i7's  of  the  higher  Kinils  :  Which  fee. 

Quadratic  Vh&K-RO'L A ^  is  the  fame  with  the  Apollonian 
Which  fee. 

PARABOLAN,  PARABOLANUS,  among  the  Antients, 
was  a  Sort  of  Gladiator  ^  called  alfo  Coiifedor,  Sec  Con- 
fector. 

The  Name  was  given  them  from  tht  Greek  nsrdifiif$Q?y.iQ- o^ 
QcLkxu  to  throw,  precipitate  ;  in  regard  they  threw  themfelves 
on  Danger  and  Death. 

Paraeolan  is  alfo  ufed  in  Church-Hiflory,  for  a  Sot  of 
People,  efpecially  in  Alexandria,  who  devoted  themfelves  to 
the  Service  of  Churches,  and  Hofpitals.  The  Parabolans  v.'cra 
not  allowed  to  withdraw  themfelves  from  their  Funcfion, 
which  was  the  Service  of  the  Sick.  They  made  a  Kind  of 
Friary,  amounting  fometimes  to  600  Perfons  j  depending  on 
the  Bifhop, 

The  Defign  of  their  Inflitution  was,  that  the  difeafed,  e- 
fpecially  thofe  infeded  with  the  Plague,  might  not  be  without 
Atttendance. 

PARABOLIC  Space,  the  Space  or  Area  contained  between 
any  entire  Ordinate  as  V  V  iT lb.  Co7iicks  Fig.  8.  and  the  Curve 
of  the  incumbent  Parabola. 

The  Parabolic  Space  is  to  the  Reclangle  of  the  Semi-ordi- 
nate into  the  AbfciCfe,  as  2  to  9  ;  to  a  Triangle  infcribed  on  the 
Ordinate  as  a  Bafe,  the  parabolic  Space  is  as  4  to  5.. 

Every  Parabolical  and  parabcloidical  Space  is  to  the  Refl- 
angle  of  the  Semi-  ordinate  into  the  Abfcifle  3.srxy:  (»»+!■) 
to  AT      that  is,  as  r  tom~^r. 

Segment  of  a  'Pamhlic  Space,  is  that  Space  included  be- 
tween two  Ordinates.  SeeSEGMENT. 

^uadmtitreef  a  ^tiraholkd SegmtnK.  See  Quadrature. 

Parabolic  •PsraniiMd,  a  folid  Figure,  generated  by  Tup- 
pofin^  all  the  Squares  of  the  ordinate  Applicatcs  in  the  Tara- 
bclr.,  ^fo  placed,  as  that  the  Axis  fliall  pafs  thro'  all  their  Cen- 
trcs'at  Right  Angles ;  in  which  Cafe  the  Aggregate  of  the 
Planes  will  be  arithmeticallv  proportional. 

The  Solidity  hereof  is  had  by  multiplying  the  Bafe,  by  halt 
the  Altitude;  the  Reafon  whereof  is  obvious :  for  the  compo- 
nent Planes  being  a  Series  of  Arithmetical  Proportionals  begiii- 
ning  from  c,  their  Sum  will  be  equal  to  the  Extremes  multi- 
ply'd  by  half  the  Number  of  Terms,  that  is,  in  the  prefent 
Cafe,  equal  to  the  Bafe  multiply'd  by  half  the  Height. 

Para^ 


PAR 


(  745  ) 


PAR 


Parabolic  Cnneus^z  folid  Figure  form'd  by  multiplying 
all  the  DB's  2l^^.  Cojiics  hg.  ro.  into  the  D  S's  :  or  which  a- 
mounts  to  the  fame,  on  the  Bale  A  P  B  erei^  a  Prilm,  whofe 
Altitude  fhall  be  A  S  or  P  S  ;  this  wilJ  be  a  T'arabrMcal  Cu- 
neiiSj  which  ofneceflity  will  be  equal  to  the  'Parabclical'Pyra- 
imdoid  -J  inafmuch  as  the  component  Rectangles,  in  onc,are  Te- 
verally  equal  to  all  the  component  Squaies  in  the  other. 

Parxbolic  Conoid^  a  folid  Figure  generated  by  the  Rota- 
tion of  a  Semi-farabola  about  its  Axis,  and  is  =z  j  of  its  cir- 
cumfcribing  Cylinder. 

The  Circles  conceived  to  be  the  Elements  of  this  Figure,  are 
in  an  arithmetical  Proportion,  tlecreafing  towards  the  Ver- 
tex. 

A  'Parabolic  Conoid  is  to  a  Cylinder  of  the  fame  Bafe  and 
Height,  as  I  to  2  j  and  to  a  Coneot  the  fame  Bafe  and  Height, 
as  I  ^  to  I. 

Parabolic  Spindle.    See  PvRAMiDOin. 

Parabolic  Spccnliimox  Mirroiir.    See  Mirp-oub. 

PARABOLOIDES,  in  Geometry,  'Parabola's  of  the  higher 
Kinds.    See  Parabola  cf  the  Ijigbcr Kinds. 

^ladracure  <f  a  Paraeqloid.    See  Quadrature. 

Re£iijk'arion  of  a  Par  aeoloid.    See  Rec  txfic  ation. 

Ceuire  ofGranity  of  a  Paraboloid.    See  Centre. 

^^wir^r^u  Paraboloid,  Cubical  St'rfefclidal 
'Paraboloids.    See  Parabola';  of  the  higher  Kinr.s. 

PARACENTESIS,  in  Chirurgery,  an  Operation  in  Chi- 
rurgery,  popularly  caU'd  'rappwg. 

It  confills  in  the  opening  a  little  Hole  in  the  lower  Fenter  or 
Belly,  to  let  out  Waters  coliefted  in  the  Capacity  thereof,  or 
between  the  Teguments,  in  an  j^fcites  or  J'Vi'.ter-JJroJ-fy.  See 
Dropsy. 

The  Antients  cut  the  Aperture  with  a  Lancet;  but  the  Mo- 
derns punch  it  with  a  Kind  of  Stillet  or  Bodkin  j  chipping  a 
CiT?i?/?//iJ  or  Tap  into  the  Hole  when  made,to  carry  off  the  Wa- 
ter.   See  Cannula. 

The  Operation  is  ufually  perform'd  two  or  three  Fingers 
Breadth  on  one  Side  the  Navel,  fometimes  a  little  lower,  but 
always  fo  as  to  avoid  the  Linea  Alha. 

The  Water  is  ufually  drawn  off  at  feveral  Times,  as  the  Pa- 
tient's Strent^th  will  allow  j  and  a  new  Pundurc  is  made,  every 
Time  the  Belly  is  thus  to  be  emptied. 

The  paracentejis  Aots  not  often  fucceed,  tho'ufren  repeated  j 
becaufe  rhe  Root  or  the  Difeafe,  notwirhitanding  the  carrying 
off  the  Water  by  this  Means,  is  liill  left  behind. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  wstas  with,  and  lacTHc 
fmigere  to  prick. 

Some  Authors  give  the  Name  Taracentefls  to  2A\  Operations 
either  with  the  Lancet,  the  Needle,  or  Punch  j  not  excepting 
the  Operation  of  Couching  for  Catarails;  founded  on  the  Ety- 
mology of  the  Word  :  others  rellrain  it  to  Apertures  made  in 
the  Head,  Breaft,  Belly  and  Scrotum  j  and  others  tothefingle 
Opera  aon  of  Tapping  in  'Dropfies. 

VAKACE'STKICK  Motion  cfT/npclui,  in  Artronomy,  a 
Term  ufed  for  fo  much  as  a  revolving  Planetapproaches  nearer 
to,  or  recedes  farther  from  the  Sun,  or  Cenire  of  Attraction. 
Sec  Attraction. 

Thus  if  a  Planet  in  A  Tdb.AftronomyFig.  z  5 .  move  to  B,  then 
is  S  B  T  —  S  A  B,  the  "Paracentric  Motion  of  that  Pla- 
net. 

Paracentric  SoUicitatioti  of  Gravity  or  Levity  amounts 
to  the  fame  with  the  Vis  Ceutripeta^  and,  in  Aitronomy,  is  ex- 
prefTed  by  the  Line  AL  Fig.  26.  drawn  from  the  Point  A  pa- 
rallel to  the  Ray  S  B  ^infinitely  near  S  A^  till  it  interfcft  the 
Tangent  B  L. 

PARACLET,  a  Name  the  Church  has  given  to  the  Holy 
Spirit;  from  -a'-aicAn r-^^- ,  Comforter,  Advocate. 

PARACYNANCHE,  in  Medicine.    See  Parasynan- 

CHE. 

PARADE,  the  Shew,  or  Expofal  of  any  Thing  to  view, 
in  all  its  Advantages  and  Ornaments. 

Bed     Parade,  is  that  wherein  a  Perfon  lies  in  State. 

Parade,  in  War,  is  the  Appearance  of  the  Officers  and  Sol- 
diery at  a  Poft  affign'd  them,  to  put  themfelves  under  Arms, 
in  the  beft  Order  they  can  5  cither  to  mount,  or  break  up  the 
Guard  5  or  to  form  a  Battalion,  or  on  fome  other  Occafion. 

Parade,  in  Fencing.the  AdHon  of  Parrying,  or  Turning  off 
any  Pufli,  or  Srroke. 

There  arc  as  many  Kinds  of  Parades  as  of  Strokes  and  At- 
tacks,   'pirr/rye  inward,  outward,  above,  below,  feign'd,  ^r. 

PARADIGMA  or  PARADIGM,  an  Example,  orlnrtance 
of  fomething  faid,or  done.    Sec  Example. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  TaQ!d^«'>f^  Exemplar,  of 
•jTctf^''  ^'iJ  ^H-^vufj.a.i  cfendo,  q.d.jnxtaofie^ido. 

PARADISE,  a  Garden  of  ^Delights ;  a  Term  primarily  ufed 
for  the  Place  wherein  Adam  was  feated,  during  his  Innocence  ; 
and  from  which  he  was  expell'd  fordifobeying^God  5  call'd  in 
a  ftritler  manner,  the  T rreftrial  Paradife. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  ■ua-aj'^av!  Orchard,  a  Place 
fiored  with  Apples,  and  all  Kinds  of  Fruit.  Mofes  calls  it  the 
Garden  of  Eden. 

The  Critics  are  in  difpute  about  the  precife  Place  of  P>ara- 
dife.    Some  will  have  it  in  Judea^  in  the  Place  where  now  is 


the  Lake  Genefareth^  others,  in  Syria,  toward  the  Springs  oL 
tht  Orontei,mdChryforrlJoes:  But,  in  neither  of  thole  Places 
do  we  difcover  any  Track  of  the  Rivers  wherewith  paradife, 
in  .4/c/es's  Defcription,  was  water'd.  Others  place  it  in  the 
greater  Armenia  near  the  Mountain  Ararat,  where  Noah's 
Ark  was  left;  and  imagine  they  there  difcover  the  Sources  of 
the  four  Rivers  which  water'd  the  Garden  o'i  Eden  viz. 
pbrates^  Hiddekel,  now  the  Trgre  j  Gibon,  now  Araxes;  and 
Pifon,  nbw  'Pha-zzo.  But  Sir  y.  Cbardin  affhres  us,  in  his 
Travels,  that  the  "Phazzo  fprings  out  of  the  Mountains  of  C^Jr^- 
cafm.  Northward  of  the  Kingdom  of aud  far  enough 
from  Mount  Ararat:  Befide  that  in  Armenia,  we  have  no 
Signs  of  the  Countries  of  HavHab  and  Jitbiopia,  which  thofe 
Rivers  walh'd  after  their  departing  from  Eden. 

Thcte  are  various  other  Opinions,  as  to  this  Point ;  poflellns 
will  have  P^arddifc  placed  under  the  North-Pole;  grounding  his 
Notion  upon  an  anticnt  Tradition  of  the  Egyptians  and  'Baby- 
loniani,  that  the  Ecliptic  or  Sun's  Way  was  at  firlf  at  Ri£<ht 
Angles  to  the  Equator ;  and  fo  palVd  direftly  over  the  North- 
Pole.  Others  are  agalnlt  limiting  it  to  any  one  Place,  and 
contend,  that  it  included  the  whole  Face  of  the  Earth,  which 
was,  asirucr?,  one  continued  Scene  of  Pleafures,  tillakcr'd  up- 
on Adtmi's  Tianfgreffion, 

But  the  molt  v;ommon,and  witha),  mofl:  probable  Opinion  is 
tinio't  Hopkinf<jn,Hiiet,  Socbar[,i^'C.  whopLice  it  between  the 
Confluence  of  the  ^/z/Zj;-!?/?;,  and  T^'^e?-,  and  their  Separation. 
Thele  Rivers  are  two  of  thofe  wherewith  the  Garden  of  Eden 
was  water'd  :  Pifon  was  a  Branch  arifing  out  of  one  of  them 
after  their  Separation;  and  Gihon  another  Branch  ariling  from 
the  other,  on  the  Side  o^  Armenia  or  the  Welf  :  Accordingly 
Ethiopia,  one  of  the  Countries  which  thefe  Rivers  wafh'd  was, 
inconteftably,  Arabia  fDeferta,  for  Mofes  calls  his  Wire,  who 
was  of  this  Country,  an  Ethiopia:: ;  and  Ji.ivilab,  rhe  other 
Country,  mutl  be  the  Cbifjijhin,  in  Perfia ;  where  there  were 
anciently  found  Gt/^,  'Bdellium,  x\\eOnyx,  Sic.  mentioned  in 
3Io[es's  Dcfcription. 

PARADISUS,  among antient  Church-Writers,  was  a  fquare 
Court,  before  Cathedrals,  furrounded  with  Piazza's,  or  Por 
tico's  for  walking  under,  fupported  by  Pillars.  Alattbc-zv-  y,r- 
7'is  calls  it  Parvifi/s. 

PARADOX,  in  Philofophy,  a  Propofltlon  fecmingly  ab- 
furd,  becaufe  contrary  to  the  receiv'd  Opiniolisj  but  yet 
true. 

The  Copernican  Syftem  is  a  Paradox  to  the  People  3  the 
Learned  are  all  agreed  of  Its  Truth. 

There  are  even  Paradoxes  in  Geometry;  a  Number  where- 
of arc  collefled  by  the  Jefuit  Mario  Bethio :  among  others  is 
this,  that  the  Contain'd  is  greater  than  the  Containing. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  tsa.^.,  ro?;rr^,againfl:,  and 
Opinion. 

PARADOXI,  or  PARADOXOLOGI,  among  the  An- 
tients, were  a  Kind  of  Mimes  or  Buffoons,  who  diverted  the 
People  with  their  Drolling.    Sec  Pantomime. 

They  were  alfo  call'd  Ordinarii  for  this  Rcafon  apparently, 
that,  as  they  fpoke  without  Study  or  Preparation,  they  were 
always  ready. 

They  had  another  Denomination,  viz.  NiaMcokgi  q.  d.  Tel- 
lers of  Children's  Talcs  :  And,  befide,  were  call'd  Aretalogi,  of 
wpsT?,  Virtue  as  talking. much  of  their  own  rare  Talents  and 
Qualifications. 

PAR^NESIS,  -Trac^hicK,  aGreekTerm,  fignifying  Ad- 
monition, Inllruifion,  Precept,  or  Exhortation, 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  'j^eA  ^"'^  fwi'?*-,  Laiido. 

PARAGE,  in  Law,  andCuftoms,  an  Equality  of  Name, 
Blood,  or  Dignity,  but  more  cfpecially  of  Land,  in  the  Parti- 
tion of  an  Inheritance  between  Co-heirs.    See  Peerage. 

Parage,  Paragimn,  was  particularly  ufed  in  antient  Cu- 
ftoms,  for  an  Equality  of  Condition  among  Nobles,  or  Perfons 
holding  Nobly :  Thus,  when  a  Fief  is  divided  among  Bro- 
thers; in  this  Cafc,the  younger  hold  their  Part  of  the  Elder  by 
Parage,  i.e.  without  any  Homage  or  Service. 

This  if  ill  obtains,  in  fome  Meafure,  m  Scotland,  where  the 
Husbands  of  the  younger  Sifters  are  nor  oblifjed  to  any  Faith  or 
Homage  to  the  Husband  of  the  Elder;  nor  their  Children,  to 
the  fecond  Degree. 

This  Parage  being  an  Equality  of  Duty  or  Service  among 
Brothers  and  Sifters,  fome  have  call'd  it  Fratrage  and  Paren- 
tage.  The  Cuflomary  of  Nor7nandy  defines  rheTenure  by  'pa- 
rage to  be,  when,  a  noble  Fief  being  divided  among  Daughters, 
the  Eldeft  does  Homage  to  the  chief  Lord  for  all  the  red,  and 
the  youngcllhold  their  Parts  oftheEldeU  by  y^r^^r, i.e.  with- 
out any  Homage  or  Fealty,  parage  ct\^fL^  at  the  fixth  De- 
gree inclufivcly.  It  likewife  ceafes,  when  any  of  the  Sharers 
fell  their  Part.    See  Homage. 

PARAGOGE,  in  Grammar,  a  Figure,  whereby  a  Word  is 
lengthen'd  out,  by  adding  a  Syllable  at  the  End  thereof: 
as  in  dicier ibr  did.    See  F'igure.  Or 

PARAGOGIC,  in  Grammar,  fomething  abided  to  a  V/ord 
without  adding  any  thing  to  the  Senfe  thereof.  In  the  Us- 
bre-w,  the  n  is  frequently  Paragogic  3  as  rT.3"l2i't  for  "Ti:ii;  I 
will  praife. 


9  D 


The 


PAR 


C  342  ) 


PAR 


The  Uie  of  'Paragogk  Letters  is  only  to  give  a  more  full  and 
agreeable  Sound  to  Words,  either  for  the  Sake  of  the  Verfe,  or 
tfie  Period.  ,  ,  ,  , 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  ^rfe?.>«I  add  j  compounded 
of  roKfj*  and  ^yeo  1      ■  t.  t 

PARAGORICKS,  Medicines  prefcrib'd  with  an  Inten- 
tion to  aflvvase  Pain.    See  Pain. 

They  arc  thus  call'd,  from  theGreefc  »£?>«f6»  I  m.tigate, 
abate;    but  are  more  ordinarily  dcnomma.ed  Orates.  See 

°  PARAGRAPH,  a  Term  originally  in  Jurlf-prudencc  fig- 
nifying  a  Seaion,  or  Divifion  of  the  Text  of  a  Law  ;  other- 
wife  call'd  an  Articie.  r        .,  m  ,■-,< 

Thus  fuch  a  Law  isfaid  to  be  divided  into  many  TaA- 
grapln.  The  Charafterof  a  'Pangrap  in  a  Quoiation  is,}. 
See  Character.  i 

The  Greek  Poets  alfo  ufed  TangrapM  to  mark  the  Couplets 
Strophes,   and  other  Divifions  of  Odes,  and  other  poetical 

WnrVs 

PARAGUAY,  orPARAGOUE,  in  Nat.  Hiftory,  a  ee- 
lebrated  Plant,  of  the  Shrub  Kind,  growing  in  lome  Provinces 

Somb  Am-nu.,  efpccially  at  Tar^xaa^,  wlience  its>.ame  ; 
tho'  better  known,  ot  late,  among  us,  under  the  Denomination 

°^S's  Plant'  which  does  not  rife  above  a  Foot  and  half  high, 
has  very  flender  Branches,  and  Leaves  like  thofe  of  Senna  ;  it 
may  be  look'd  on  as  a  Ki,.d  of  Occidental  Tea,  which,  like 
the'^Uriental,  is  tAen  iniufed  in  hot  Water,  to  which  it  com- 
municates a  Colour  and  Smell  nearly  like  tliofe  of  the  belt  i  ea 
fe-n  in  Evrofe.  ,  , ,  ^„„|„ 

There  are  two  Kinds  of  Tmguay,  the  one  cai,  d  fimply 
'Parmn.iv:,  the  other  Cawiiw,  by  S/n,u„rds  I.rM-La- 
mim  \  which  lalHsmoft  etteem'd,  andloldlor  a  Ihird  more 

'''The  fir°Hh;  Sf«nM:b  call  Tcm-Conf^os  {.  f.  Herb  with 
little Sticks,bccaufe  t.,11  of  broken  Branches,  and  is  chiefly  ufed 
by  Domefticks  and  Slaves  :  The  latter  is  the  Drink  o  me 
richeft.  But  bo,h  are  of  fo  much  UI^=e"'^D  'ji^ilt  will 
Jbhifp  'Ncccflitv  that  nobody  m  that  Part  ot  will 
Hvewirhout  1  he  Work /of  the  Mines  of  'Tc,f  wou'd 

ftand  flill,  but  that  the  Walters  take  care  to  fupply  the  poor 
Slaves  that  labour  therein,  wiih  •Pdr-p-my.  >.or  will  a  Ser- 
vant engage  himfelf  with  siiy  Mafier,  but  upon  this  among 
other  Conditions,  that  he  have  nothing  but  'runxgmy  for 

''^"rhe  •Pmeuey  makes  one  of  the  moil  confiderable  Arti- 
cles of  the  South  A,fnM«  Commerce.  Atysm, 
Baraol  Am,  there  are  above  two  Millions  Worth  fold /fr 
Jnntir,! ;  which  paCfes  almoft  altogether  thro  the  Hands  ot 
the  Tefuits.  1  he  life  of  Tantgrniy  began  lately  to  obtain  in 
Emk'l-J ;  where  many  People  liiem'd  to  like  it  as  well  as  1  ea 
But  Foreigners  fay,  that  their  Approbation  flow  d  as  much 
from  their'intcrcfl  as  their  Taftc  ;  in  regard  they  come  io  cali- 
)v  by  it  by  rcafon  of  their  Commerce  with  the  Spamarii  ot 
i.  Ali:eriui[  and  Suenos  Ami,  fince  the  Treaty  of  Utreca 

The'  Preparation  of  the  Plant,  and  the  making  it  into  a 
Drink  is  much  the  fame  with  that  of  Tea,  except  that  they 
infufe  both  Leases  and  Wood,  that  they  drink  it  immediately 
outoftheVeffel'tismadein;  without  letting  it  have  lime  to 
infu'^c,  by  reafon  of  the  black  Tinaure  it  gives  ;  and  that,  to 
prevent  Leaies  and  all  from  coming,  they  fuck  it  thro  a  iil- 
ver,  or  glafs  Pipe,  which  goes  round  the  Company  one  alter 
another.    Fre^^ier.  r  -l  - 

Eefide  all  the  Virtues  which  the  Eaflem  People  alcribe  to 
their  Tea;  as  robe  good  in  Difeafesofthe  Head,  Breaft,  Sto- 
mach, aglinft  Phlegm,  and  to  reftore  Sleep;  the  Amncan^ 
attribute  to  theirs  this  further  of  purifying  all  Kinds  ot  Water, 
how  foul  and  corrupted  focver,  by  only  infufing  it  therein, 
either  hot  or  cold.  Thus,  having  always  fome  of  it  with  em, 
if  they  meet  with  none  but  the  word  Waters  in  the  valt  Delarts 
to  be  crofs'd  in  going  from  Slievoi  Aim  to  Veru  and  ClMly, 
they  are  not  afraid  to  drink  it,  after  fieeping  fome  ot  the  Plant 
a  little  wliile  therein.  It  is  alfo  held  fijvereign  againft  the 
Scurvy,  and  putrid  Fevers. 

PARALEPSIS,in  Rhetoric,  a  Feint,  or  Pretence  ot  omit- 
ting or  pafling  over  a  Thing,  and  yet  exprefllng  it.    Sec  Fi- 

*^^When  the  Imagination  is  warm'd,  and  Reafons  and^Argu- 
ments  prefent  thernfelves  in  abundance  ;  the  Orator  wou'd  wil- 
lingly lay  'em  all  down,  in  Form  ;  but,  for  Fear  of  wearying  his 
Audience  only  produces  fomeof'em  eti  fag'ant,  and  without 
dwelling  on  them  :  andthisis  call'da  Tm"*/*  ;  forlnftance, 
I  pah  mxr  in  Stkmt  the  many  lajanes  I  have  recem'd.  Sic. 
I'JnthfiHetiHihliO.'m^e  ^ 

P  ARA'LIPOMENA,-  ?  Supplement  of  Things  omitted,  or 
forgot  in  fome  preceding  Work  or  Treatife. 

In  the  Canon  of  Scripture,  there  are  two  Books  offarah- 
fomena,  call'd  alfo  Chmiicles  ;  beinga  Supplement  to  the  four 
■jBooks  of  Kings,  the  two  firft  whereof  are  alto  called  Books  of 

^""g'lintus  Cakier  has  a  Work  entituled,  the  Teralifmieua 
af  Sillier, 


The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^a^-i.ilv&;  iTtetcrmittc, 
I  pafs  by. 

Some  Authors  uCe  the  Word  Subrel'iLlorum  Inflead  of  ^ara- 
lipomeuuu. 

PARALLAX,  in  Aflronomy,  an  Arch  of  the  Heavens  in- 
tercepted between  the  true  Place  of  a  Star,  and  its  apparent 
Place.    See  Place. 

The  true  Place  of  a  Star  is  that  Point  of  the  Heavens,  B, 
1'ah.  Alhonorny  Eg.  27.  wherein  it  wou'd  be  feen  by  an  Eye 
placed  in  the  Centre  of  the  Earth,  as  at  T.  I'he  apparent 
Place  is  that  Point  of  the  Heavens  C,  wherein  the  Star  appears 
to  an  Eye  on  the  Surface  of  the  Earth,  as  at  E. 

Now,  as  in  EtfcC"t,  we  view  the  Celellial  Bodies  not  ftom 
the  Centre  but  from  the  Surface  of  our  Earth,  which  is  a  Se- 
mi-diameter diftantfrom  the  Centre  ;  we  fee  it  by  a  viliial 
Ray,  which  palTing  thro'  the  Centre  ol  the  Star,  and  proceed- 
ing thence  to  the  Surface  of  the  Mundane  Sphere,  marks  out 
another  Point  C,  which  is  its  apparent  Place. 

This  Dift'erencc  of  Places,  is  what  we  call  abfolutely  the  Ta- 
raUnx,  ^a^^^ha'M,  or  the  ^ParalLi.v  of  Altinkie ;  by  Copernwui 
call'd  the  Coimuntaticn  ;  which, ther.'foi-e,is  an  Angle  form'd  by 
two  vlfual  Rays,  drawn,  the  one  from  the  Centre,  the  other 
from  the  Circumfeience  of  ihe  Earth,  and  traverfiiig  the  Botly 
of  the  Star ;  and  is  rneafured  by  an  Arch  of  a  great  Circle  inter- 
cepted between  the  two  Points  ot  true  and  apparent  Place 
C  and  B. 

Par  ALL  AX  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Angle  made  in  the  Centre 
of  the  Star,  by  two  right  Lines,  drawn,  the  one  from  the  Cen- 
tre  the  other  from  riie  Surface  ot  the  Earth. 

■The  Angle  is  alfo  caJl'd  TarallaSie  Aiigle.  Sec  Paral- 
lactic Jiigle. 

Hence  the  parallax  diminilhes  the  Altitude  ot  a  Star,  or 
increafes  its  Diitance  from  rhe  Zenith, and  has,  theretore,  a  con- 
trary Eftea  to  the  Refraaion.  Sec  Refraction. 

The  ParaUa:c  of  the  Altitude,  C  B  is,  ilriaiy,  the  DilTe- 
reace  between  the  true  Di  (lance  from  the  Zenith  C  A,  and  the 
apparent  Diftance  B  A.  See  Par  allactic 

The  'TaraUax  is  gieatefl  in  the  Horizon  ;  in  the  Zenith,  or 
Meridian,  a  Star  has  no  'Parallax  at  all,  the  true  and  apparent 
Places,  rhen  co-inciding. 

The  Horizontal  •Parallax  is  the  flime,  whether  the  Star  be 
in  the  true  or  apparent  Horizon. 

The  fix'd  Stars  have  no  fenflble  'Parallax,  by  reafon  of 
their  immeiife  Diitance  to  which  the  Semi-diameter  of  the 
Earthisbuta  mere  Point.    See  Star. 

Hence  alfo  the  nearer  a  Star  is  to  the  Earth,  the  greater  is 
its  Parallax,  at  an  equal  Elevation  above  the  Horizon ;  Samnz 
is  fo  "high,  that  we  have  much  ado  to  obferve  any  Parallax  at 
all. 

The  Parallax  increafes  the  right  and  oblic^ue  Afcenfion, 
diminifbcs  the  Defcenfion,  diminidies  the  Northern  Declina- 
tion, and  Latitude  in  the  Ealtern  Parr,  increafes  it  in  the 
Weltern  ;  Increafes  the  Southern  in  the  Ealtern  and  Weflern 
Part;  diminiflics  the  Longitude  in  the  Weliem  Parr,  increafes 
it  in  the  Ealtern.  The 'Parallax,  therefore,  has  julf  oppofite 
Effcfls  to  the  Retraaion.    See  Refraction. 

p  ,»..!  I  «x  «/Z)prf»M«w;,  is  an  Arch  of  a  Citde  of  Dccbna- 
tion  S  I.  Fig.  28.  whereby  the  Parallax  of  the  Altitude  increafes 
or  diminiflics  the  Declination  of  a  Star.     See  Declina- 

'^'priiAiisx  of  Afienfwn  mi'Sefcenfw',:^^  an  Arch  of  the  Equa- 
tor D.-l,Fig.  29.  whereby  the  Parallax  of  the  Altitude  increafes 
the  Afcenfion,  and  diminiflies  the  Defcenfion.  See  Ascension 
and  Descension.  ,ti     r-  c 

PaRJti  A\  of  ZcugimJe,is!xn  Arch  of  the  Ecliptic  I  t,  J'ig.  iS. 
whereby  the  'Parallax  of  the  Altitude  increafes  or  diminidies 
the  Longitude.    See  Longitude. 

\'^My.-L„y,of  Latitude,  is  an  Archofa  Circle  01  Latitudes,, 
whereby  the  'Parallax  of  Altitude  increafes  or  dimininies  tho 
Latitude.    See  Latitude. 

PARALLACTIC  A!!,le,  called  alfo  Empty  'Parallax,  is 
the  Angle  made  in  the  Cmtre  of  the  Star  by  two  rkdit  Lines, 
drawn,  the  one  from  the  Centre  ot  the  Earth  T  B,  Tab.  Jpo- 
nomy,  Fii^.  27.  the  other  from  its  Surface  EB. 

Or,  which  amounts  to  the  fame,  the  ParallaBjc  Angle  is 
the  Difference  of  the  Angles  CE  A,  and  BT  A,  under  which 
the  real  and  apparent  Didancestrom  the  Zenith  arc  feen.  See 

PAKALI AX. 

The  Sines  of  the  ParallaHlic  Angles  ALT  and  AST, 
T'ab.  AJiroii.  Fig.  ^o.  at  the  fame  or  equal  Diftances  from  the 
Zenith  SZ;  are  in  a  reciprocal  P..atio  of  the  Diftances  of  the 
Stars  from  the  Centre  of  Earth  T  L  and  T  S.  Hence  the  Pa- 
rallax of  the  remoter  Star  S,  is  lets  than  the  'Parallax  of  the 
nearer  L,  at  the  fame  Diftance  from  the  Zenith ;  as  before  ob- 

''^'rhe  Sines  of  the  Parallactic  .Angles  M  and  S,  of  Stars 
equally  diftant  from  the  Centre  of  the  Earth  T,  arc  as  the 
Sines  of  the  Diftances  feen  from  the  Vertex  Z  M  and  Z  S. 

Hence,  as  the  Diftances  from  the  Vertex  decrcafc,  e.  as 
the  Altitudes  decreafe,  the  -ysra/fcA-decreafes  ;  and  lience, 
alfo  the  Pnralkx  afFeSs  the  Altitude  oi  the  Star,  from  the 
Horizon  to  the  Zenith. 


PAR 


(  343  ) 


PAR 


The  Do£lrine  of  ^crdlaxes  is  of  the  utmofl:  Importance 
ill  Aitronomy  j  both  for  the  determining  of  the  DitUnces  of  the 
Planets,  Comets,  and  other  !P/v?iC»/fHii  of  the  Heavens^  for  the 
Calculation  of  Eclipfes  ;  and  fur  determining  ^he  Longitude. 
See  Planet,  Distance,  Longitude,  and  licLipsE. 

Methods  of  finding  t\ie'Ps:rallaxes  of  tlie  Ccleltial  'Pheno- 
mena are  various  :  Some  of  the  principal  and  eaficr  follow. 
To  obferie  the  Parallax  of  a  Cp/f///i?/ Pheenomenon. 

Obfcrve  when  the  'phiencwmion  is  in  the  fame  Vertical  wit^ 
a  fix'ti  Star  which  is  near  it  5  andmcafureits  apparent  Diftance 
from  this  Star.  Obferve,  again,  when  the  ^Pbammemn  and 
fix'.i  Star  are  in  equal  Altitudes  ironi  the  Horizon  j  and  again 
meafure  their  Dii+ance  :  the  Difference  of  thofe  DiUances  will 
be,  very  nearly,  the  'ParcUax  of  the  Star. 

The  'Paratlax  of  a  ^PbauQnmiQnmd.-^  be  likewife  foimd  by 
obierving  its  Azimuth  and  Altitude  5  and  by  marking  the 
Time,  between  the  Obfervation  and  its  Arrival  at tbeMeridian. 

All,  rcquir'd  to  find  the  'Parallax  of  the  Moon,  is  the  'Pa- 
rallax of  right  Afcenfion  :  ?.  1:.  to  find  the  Lfteftof  the  Magni- 
tude of  the  Semi- diameter  of  the  Barth,  with  regard  to  the 
'Pbsmmena  of  its  Motion,  'tis  fufficient  to  know  how  far  the 
Meridian,  to  which  the  Eye  refers  it,  deviates  from  the  true 
Meridian.  This  is  what  M.  Ca{]]ni  found  and  pradifed,  with 
regard  to  Alan  ;  and  which  M.  Atardl.ii  has  fince  praftifed, 
with  regard  to  the  Moon.  The  whole  Myllery  here  confiftsin 
having  the  Moon's  true  Motion,  which  refers  to  the  Centre  of 
the  Earth  ;  and  its  apparenr  Motion,  which  refers  to  the  Place 
of  Obfervation.  I'he  Difference  of  thefe,  which  is  greatefUn 
the  Horizon,  or  Horary  Circle  ot  6  o'  Clock,  gi  vcs  the  Horizon- 
tal -parallax^  for  that  Latitude  whence  the  general 'jpiirrt//^,r, 
or  that  under  the  Equator  is  eafily  found  :  The  Parallax  of  any 
Parallel  being  to  that  of  the  Equator,as  the  Semi-diameter  of 
this  Parallel  is  to  that  of  the  Equator,  Sec  the  'Pra^ice  of  this 
Method  exemfliffA  in  finding  the  Parallax  oj  Mars. 

The  popular  Method  for  that  of  the  Mocn^  WolfiiiS  gives  us 
as  follows ; 

To  obferve  the  Mooji'i  Parallax. 

Obferve  the  Moon's  Meridian  Altitude,  with  the  greateftAc- 
curacy,(>S'fe  ALTiTUUEjand  mark  the  Moment  of 'I'ime :  This 
Time  being  equated  ;  (^See  Eq_uation )  compute  her  true  Lon- 
gitude and  Latitude  j  and  trom  thefe  find  her  Dcchn  irion,  ( j'ff 
Declination )  and  trom  her  Declination  and  the  Elevation 
of  theEquator  find  her  true  Meridian  Altitude.  If  the  obferv'd 
Altitude  be  not  meridian,  reduce  it  to  the  true  Altitude  for  the 
Time  of  Obfervation.  Take  the  Refraction  from  the  obferv'd 
Altitude,  and  fubtraft  the  Remainder  from  the  true  Altitude  : 
the  Remainder  is  the  Moon's  Parallax. 

By  this  means  Tycho  \ni^'i'~,j.OH.  12.  Hor.  5'.  ip".fromthe 
Moon's  Meridian  Altitude  obferv'd,  13°.  38''  'Piiralkx 
54  Minutes.    See  Moon. 

To  ohferve  the  Moon's  Parallax     an  Ecliffe. 

In  an  Eclipfeof  the  Moon,  obferve  when  both  Horns  are  in 
the  fame  Vertical  Circle;  in  that  Moment  take  the  Altitudes 
of  both  Horns;  the  Difference  oi-  the  two  being  halved  and 
added  to  the  leart,  or  fubtrafted  h-om  the  greateit,  gives 
nearly  the  vifible  Altitude  ot  the, Moon's  Centre.  But  the  true 
Altitude  is  nearly  equal  to  the  Altitude  of  the  Centre  of  the 
Shadow  at  that  Time.  Now  we  know  the  Altitude  of  the 
Centre  of  the  Shadow  ;  becaufe  we  know  the  Sun's  Place  in  the 
Ecliptic,  and  its  Dcpreffion  under  the  Horizon,  which  is  equal 
to  the  Altitude  of  the  oppofite  Point  of  the  Ecliptic  in  which 
the  Centre  of  the  Shadow  is.  Thus  have  wc  both  the  true  and 
apparent  Aintude  ;  the  Difference  whereof  is  the  'Parallax. 

From  the  Moon^s  Parallax  A S  T Fig.  30.  and  Jlltitude  SR^  to 
find  her  'Difiance  from  the  Earth. 

By  her  apparent  JVltitude  given,  we  have  her  apparent  Di- 
fiance  from  the  Zenith,  i.  e.  the  Angle  Z  A  S  ;  or  by  her  true 
Altitude  the  Angle  A  T  S.  Wherefore,  fince,  at  the  fameTime, 
we  have  the'Paralla^iic  Angle  S  ;  and  the  Semi-diameter  of 
the  Earth  is  reputed.  By  plain  Trigonometry  we  fliall  have  the 
Moon's  Diilance  in  Semi-diameters  of  the  Earth  ;  thus  :  as  the 
Sine  of  the  Angle  S  is  to  rhc  oppofite  Side  given,  fo  is  the  Sine 
the  other  Angle  T,  to  the  Side  required  T  S. 

Hence,  according  to  Tycho's  Obfervation,  the  Moon's  Di- 
ftance  at  that  Time  from  the  Earrh  was  6z  Semi-diameters  of 
the  Earrh.  Hence  alio,  fince,  from  the  Moon's  Theory,  wc 
have  the  Ratio  of  her  Dirtances  from  the  Earth  in  the  feveral 
Degrees  of  her  Anomaly  5  thofe  Ditlances  being  found  by  the 
RuIeofThree  in  Semi-diameters  of  rhe  Earth,  x\\c: 'Parallax 
is  thence  determined  to  the  feverai  Degrees  of  the  true  Ano- 
maly. 

'Jje  leHire  makes  the  greatefl  Horizontal  'parallax  1°.  i'. 
25".  the  fmalleft  54'  5".  The  Moon's Dittance,  therefore,  when 
in  her  Perigee  is  5  5f|3  thac  is,  almoit  jtf  Semi-diameters;  in 
her  Apogee  ^Sf.^-,  that  is,  tfji  Semi-diameters. 

To  obferve  the  Parallax  o/Mars. 

I.  Su^poCe  Mars  in  the  Meridian  and  Equator,in  H.  'Tab.J- 
firommy  Fig,  ^i.  and  that  the  Obferver  under  th e Equator  in  A, 


obferves  him  culminating  with  fomefix'd  Star,  a .  If  now  the 
Obferver  were  m  the  Centre  of  the  Earth,  he  wou'd^^e  Mars 
conttantly  in  the  tame  Point  of  the  Heaven  with  the  Star:and 
therefore,together  with  it  m  rhe  Plane  of  the  Honzon,orof  the 
fixth  Horary.  But  fince  Mars,  here,  has  fome  fenfible  'Paral^ 
lax,  and  the  fix  d  Star  none  Mars  will  be  feen  in  the  Hori- 
zon, when  m  P  the  Plane  of  the  ienfible  Horizon  ;  and  the  Star, 
when  mthe  Plane  ot  the  true  Horizon  :  obicrve,therc,W  the 
l  ime  between  the  Tranfiis  oiMars  and  of  the  Star  thro'  the 
Plane  of  the  fixth  Hour.  3.  Convert  this  Time  into  Minutes 
ot  the  Equator  ;  by  this  means  we  flial]  have  thf  Arch  PM 
to  which  the  Angle  PAM,andconrequent;y  theA'ie'e  AMD 
is  nearly  equal,  which  is  the  Horizontiil  Pc.raUax  oiM-rs 

If  the  Obferver  were  not  under  the  Equator,  butin  a  Pa- 
rallel, I Q^,  that  Difference  will  be  a  Jefs  Arch  Q_M.  Where- 
fore, fince  the  little  Arches,  Q^M  and  P  M,  are  ss  their  Sines 
A  D  and  I  D  ;  and  fince  A  D  G  is  equal  to  the  Diltance  of  the 
Place  from  the  Equator,  i.e.  to  theElcvation  of  the  Pole ;  and 
therefore,  AD  to  i  D,  as  the  whole  Sine  to  rhe  Cc-fine  of  the 
Elevation  ot  the  Pole  ;  fay,  as  the  Co-fine  of  the  ElcvMrion  of 
the  Pole  I D  is  to  the  whole  Sine  AD;  fo  is  the  P:jra^Mx  ob- 
ferv'd in  I,  to  the  ^Parallax  to  be  obferv'd  under  the  Equator. 

Since  and  rhe  fix'd  Star  cannot  be  commodiouliy  ob- 

ferv'd in  the  Horizon;  let  'em  be  obferv'd  in  the  Circle  of  the 
third  Hour :  And  fince  rhe  parnllax  there  obferv 'd,  T  O, \v,  to 
the  Horizontal  one,  P M,  as  IS  to  ID  ;  Say,  as  the  Sine  of 
the  Angle  I  D  S,  or  45  °  (fince  the  Plane  D  O  is  in  the  Middle 
between  the  Meridian  D  H  and  the  true  Horizon  D  MJ  to  the 
whole  Sine,  fo  is  the  Parallax  T  O  to  the.  Horizontal  'Paral- 
lax P  M. 

If  Man  be  likewife  out  of  the  Plane  of  the  Equator  ;  the 
'Parallax  tound  will  be  an  Arch  of  a  Parallel;  which  muft, 
therefore,  be  reduced,  as  above,  to  an  Arch  of  the  Equator. 

Laflly,  if  Mars  be  notftationary,  but  cither  dirc»it,  or  retro- 
grade; by  Obfervations  for  feveral  Days,  find  out  what  iiis  Mo- 
tion is  every  Hour,  that  his  true  Place  from  the  Centre  may- 
be afilgn'd  for  any  given  Time, 

By  this  Method,  Caffini,  to  whom  we  owe  this  noble  Inven- 
tion, obferv'd  the  greatefi  Horizontal  Parallax  of  Atnrs  to  be 
25  Seconds,  ox  a  little  lefs.  By  the  fame  Method  Mr.  Flam- 
ftead  found  it  near  thirty  Seconds, 

By  the  fame  Method  the  fame  Author  Caff.ni  obferv'd  the 
parallax  of  Venus. 

It  mud  be  here  noted,  that  the  Obfervation  is  to  be  made 
with  a  Telefcope,  in  whofeiic^/j'  are  firain'd  A  B 
four  Threads  cutting  each  other  at  right  Angles 
A,  B,  C,  D.  The  Telefcope  to  be  turn'd  about, 
till  fome  Star  near  Mars  be  feen  to  p.tfs  over 


fome  of  the  Threads;  ABandCD  bein  _ 
rallel  to  the  Equator;  and  therefore,  AC  and  B  D  reprefentlng 
Circles  of  Declination.  Thus,  by  means  of  the  pcrpendicula^ 
Threads,  the  Situations  of  the  Star,  and  of  Man  in  the  Me- 
ridian, will  be  determined. 

To  find  theStinS  Parallax. 

The  great  Diflance  of  the  Sun  renders  its  Parallax  too  fmall 
to  fall  under  even  the  niceil  immediate  C)bfervation  :  Indeed, 
many  Attempts  have  been  made  both  by  the  Antienrs  and  Mo- 
derns ;and  many  Methods  invented  for  that  Purpofe.  Thefirff, 
thsit  oi'  h'i/JfarchifS,  follow'd  by  'Ptolomy,  t^c.  was  founded  on 
the  Obfervation  ot  Lunar  Eclipfes  ;  the  fecond,  was  that  of  A- 
riftarchtis^  whereby  the  Angle  fubrended  by  the  Scmi-diametcr 
of  the  Moon's  Orbit,  feen  trom  the  Sun,  was  fought  from  the 
Lunar Phafes:  But,  thefe  both  proving  deficient,  Altronomers 
are  forced  to  have  Recourfe  to  rhc  Parallaxes  of  the  Planets 
nearer  us,  as  .Mars  and  Venus  ;  for  from  their 'parallaxes  known 
that  of  the  Sun,  which  is  inacceflible  by  any  direfl  Obferva- 
tion, is  eafily  deduced. 

For  from  the  Theory  of  the  Motions  of  the  Earth  and  Pla- 
nets, we  know  at  any  Time  rhe  Proportion  of  the  Diftances  of 
the  Sun  and  Planets  from  us ;  and  rhe  Horizontal  'Parallaxes 
are  in  a  reciprocal  Proportion  to  thofe  Diftances  :  Knowing, 
therefore,  the  Parallax  of  a  Planet,  that  of  the  Sun  may  be 
found  from  it. 

Thus,  Mars,  when  oppofite  to  the  Sun,  is  twice  as  near  as 
the  Sun  is,hisyi3:ra//iTj?;rherefore,wijlbetwiceas  great  as  that 
of  the  Sun  :  and  Vemis,  when  in  her  interior  Con)un£tion  with 
the  Sun;  is  fometimes  nearer  us  than  he  is;  her  parallax,thcre- 
fore,  is  greater  in  the  fame  Proportion. 

Thus,  from  the  'Parallaxes  of  Afars  and  Ve^ins,  the  fame 
Caffini  found  the  Sun's  'Parallax  to  be  ten  Seconds,  which  im- 
plies his  Diflancc  to  be  2230^2  Semi-diameters. 

In  an  Obfervation  of  the  Tranfit  of  Veitus  over  the  Sun, 
which  will  be  feen  in  May,  1161.  Dr.  Halkv  has  Hiewn  a  Me-, 
thod  of  finding  the  Sun's  'parallax  and  Diflance  to  a  great 
Kicety,  viz,,  to  a  five  hundredth  Part  of  the  Whole.  See  Sun. 

I'he  Parallax  0/  the  Stars,  ivith  regard  to  the  Earth'' s  annual 
Orbit. 

The  Stars  have  no  Parallax,  with  regard  to  the  Earths  Se- 
mi-diameter ;  yet,  with  regard  to  the  Earth's  annual  Orbit, 
tis  juftiy  expeded  that  fome  'Parallax  be  found.  See  Okbit. 

3  Ths 


PAR 


(  748  ) 


PAR 


The  Axis  cf  the  Earth  in  its  annual  Morion  dcfcribcs  a 
Kind  of  Cylinder,  which  being  prolong'd  to  the  Heaver,  of  the 
fix'd  Stars,  there  forms  a  circular  Circumference  j  each  Point 
whereof  is  the  Pole  oi  the  World  tor  its  refpedlive  Day  :  fo  that 
the  Situation  of  the  apparent  Pole,  with  regard  to  any  of  the 
lix'd  Stars  chanfies  very  confiderably  in  the  Courfe  of  a  Tear. 

Could  this  be  found  by  Obfcrvation,  it  wou'd  irrefragably 
evince  ihe  annual  Motion  of  the  Earth  round  the  Sun,  and  re- 
move that  only  Objection  which  lies  againil:  it,  urg'd  by  Ric- 
ciclnSy  from  no  fuch  '•'ParcilU'.x  being  obfcrv'd.  See  Earth. 

Accordingly  Dr.  Hook  attempted  to  find  it  by  obferving  the 
various  Diliance  of  a  iix'd  Star  from  the  Zenith,  in  different 
Parrsofthe  E:u-uh's Orbit ;  and  Mr.  Flampa.i^  from  the  Ac- 
tefs  and  Recefs  of  a  fix'd  Star  from  the  Equator  at  different 
Times  of  the  Year,  and  with  SucceTs :  The  Refult  of  his  Ob- 
fervations  being,  chat  the  Biiknce  of  a  fix'd  Star,  near  the  Pole, 
wasfnuud  40  or  4)  Seconds  nearer  it  at  the  Winter  Soiftice 
than  at  the  Sumrn.-'r  one,  for  feven  Years  fucceffivcly. 

M.  CaJJhii  the  Younger  allows  the  Obfervarions  of  Fkmfledd 
to  agree  with  thofe  made  at  the  Royal  Obfervatory  j  but  he 
denies  the  Confetjuences :  he  fays  the  Variations  in  the  Di- 
iUnce  of  the  Pole  Star  are  not  fuch  as  they  Ihou'd  be,  fuppo- 
fing  the  Motion  of  the  Earth  j  and  accounts  for  them  from  a 
Suppofifion  that  the  Stars,  like  the  Sun,  turn  or  revolve  on  their 
Centres,  and' that  fume  of  'em  have  their  Hemifphercs  une- 
qually luminous  :  Whence,  when  the  more  Ihining  Hemifphere 
is  turn'd  towards  us,the  Stars  appears  bigger,  confequcntly  more 
remote  than  when  the  darker  is  towards  us.  See  Star. 

Parallax  is  aifoufedin  levelling,  for  rhe  Angle  contain'd 
betw  een  the  Line  ot  true  Level,  and  that  of  apparent  Level. 
See  Levelling. 

PARALLELjin  Geometry,from  ihtGreek  raf^'AAs^.o?, equi- 
diftant;  is  a  I'crm  applied  toLines,  Figures  and  Bodies,  which, 
being  prolongM,  are  (fill  at  equal  Diliance  from  one  another. 

Parallel  Right  Lines^  are  thofe  which,  cho' infinitely 
produced,  would  never  meet. 

Thus,  the  Line  OP,  'Tab.  Geometry^  Fig.  -^6.  is  parallel  to 
Q  R.  See  Line. 

'P^ndlelJAvit  is  ufcd  inOppofition  to  Lines  converging  and 
diverging.    See  Converging. 

Some  define  an  inclining  or  mivergivg  Line^  that  which 
will  meet  another  at  a  finite  Diflance  5  ^nA  d.  ■Parallel  ihat 
which  wou'd  only  meet  at  2svinfinite  2)ijlance. 

Others  define  a  Perpendicular  the  fhorteft  of  all  Lines  that 
can  be  drawn  to  another  ;  and  a  ^araUeltht  longeft.  Por  the 
Orthodoxy  of  thefe  Definitions  of  Parallelifm  we  don't  under- 
take. 

Geometricians  demonfirate,  that  two  Lines,  parallel  to  the 
fame  third  Line,  are  alfo  parallel  to  one  another  ;  and  that  if 
two  'parallels  O  P  and  QJR-,  Tab.  Geotnetry  Fig.  55.  be  cut 
by  a  tranfverfc  Line,  ST.  in  A  and  E,  i.  1  he  alternate 
Angles  .vandjV  are  equal.  2.  The  external  Angle  «  is  equal  to 
the  internal  oppofite  one^'  ;  and  thirdly,  That  rhe  two  internal 
oppofite  ones  -z  andj>'  are  alfo  equal  to  two  right  ones. 

It  is  fhcwn  on  the  Principles  of  Opticks,  that  if  the  Eye  be 
placed  between  two  Parallel  Lines,  they  will  appear  to  con- 
verge towards  a  Point  oppofite  to  the  Eye.  And  if  they  run 
to  fuch  a  Length, as  that  the  Diliance  between  them  be  but  as  a 
Point  thereto,  they  will  there  appear  to  co-incidc. 

'parallel  Lines  are  defcribed  by  letting  fel!  equal  Per- 
pendiculars, and  drawing  Lines  through  their  Extremes,  by 
Hiding  the  Compafles  open  to  the  defir'd  Width  along  a  Line, 
^c.  or  by  a 

Parallel  Rnkr,cdXCA  alfo  Parallelism^  an  Infirument  con- 
fiding of  two  wooden,  brafs,  or  flreel  Rulers  A  E,  and  CD  ; 
Fig.  37.  equally  broad  evcry-where,  and  fo  join'd  together  by 
the  Crofs-blades  EF  and  GH,  as  to  open  to  different  Inter- 
vals, accede  and  recede,  yet  ftill  retain  their  Parallelism. 

The  life  of  this  Inilrument  is  obvious;  for  one  of  the  Rulers 
being  applied  to  P  S,  and  the  other  drawn  to  a  given  Point  V  ; 
aright  Line  AE,drawnby  its  Edge,  thro'V,  is  a/vJi'^/Ze/ro  RS. 

Parallel  Rays,  in  Opticks,  are  thofe  which  keep  at  an 
equal  Diliance  to  each  other,  from  the  vifible  Objeil:  to  the 
Eye,  which  is  fuppofed  to  be  infinitely  remote  Irom  the  Object. 
See  Ray. 

Parallel  Planes  are  thofe  Planes,  which  have  all  thePer- 
pencJiculars  drawn  betwixt  them  equal  to  each  other.  See 
Plane. 

Parallels,  or  Parallll  Circles,  in  Geography,cali'd  alfo  Pa- 
ralUh  of  Latitude,  and  Circles  of  Latitude,  are  leffer  Circles  of 
the  Sphere,  conceived  to  be  drawn  from  Weft  to  Eaft  thro'  all  rhe 
the  Points  of  Meridian  ;  commencing  from  thcEquator,to  which 
thev  2St  parallel^  and  ending  with  the  Poles.  SeeCiRCLE. 

They  are  call'd  Paralleh  of  Latitude,  ^c.  becaufe  all  Places 
lying  under  the  fame  Parallel^  have  the  fame  Latitude.  See 

LATITUDE. 

Paralleiso/ Latitude,  in  Aftronomy,are  lefler  Circles  of  the 
Sphere  parallel  to  the  Ecliptic,  imagined  to  pafs  thro'  every 
Degree  and  Minute  of  the  Colures.    See  Latitutie. 

They  are  reprefented  on  the  Globe  by  the  Divifions  of  the 
Quadrant  of  Altitude,  in  its  Motion  round  the  Globe,  when 
fcfcw'd  over  the  Poles  of  the  Ecliptic.   See  Globe. 
5 


Pakallels  of  Jltitude  cr  Jlmaca-ircrs,  are  Circles  parallel 
to  the  Horizon,  imagined  to  pafs  thro'  every  Degree  and  Mi- 
nute of  the  Meridian  bctA'een  the  Horizon,  and  Zenith  j  having 
their  Poles  in  the  Zeni:h.    See  Altitude. 

On  rhe  Globes  they  are  reprefented  by  h^  Divifions  on  ihe 
Qiiadrant  of  Altitude,  in  its  Motion  abo^it  the  Eou) -ji' the 
Globe,  when  fcrew'd  to  the  Zenith.  SeeGLOEE. 

I'AiiALLiiLs  of  Declination ,  in  Allronomy,  are  the  fame  with 
Paralleh  of  Latitude  in  Aitronomy.    See  Declination. 

P.'RALLfL  Sphtre,  that  Situation  of  the  Sphere,  wherein  the 
Equator  co-incides  with  the  Horizon,  and  the  Poles  with  the 
Zenith  and  Nadir.    See  Sphere. 

In  thisSphere  all  the  Parallels  of  the  Equator  become  P^a- 
rallsls  of  the  Horizon,  confcqucntly  no  Stars  ever  rife  or  fer ; 
but  all  turn  round  in  Circles  parallel  to  the  Horizon  ;  and  the 
Sun,  when  in  die  Equinoilial,  vvhcels  round  the  Horizon  the 
whole  Day,  After  his  rifing  to  the  elevated  Pole,  he  never  fcts 
for  fix  Months;  and,  alter  his  retiring  again  to  the  other  Side  of 
the  Line,  never  rifes  tor  fix  Months  longer. 

This  Pofition  of  the  Sphere  is  theirs  who  live  under  the  Poles  ; 
ifanyfuch  there  be.    TheirSun  isneverabove23°.  go'.high. 

P.^RALLKL  Sailing,  in  Navigation,  is  the  Saihng  under  a  Pa- 
rallel of  Latitude.    See  Sailing. 

Of  this  there  are  but  three  Cafes,  i.  Given,  the  Departure, 
and  Diftance  ;  required  the  Latitude.  The  Canon  is,  As  I3iffe- 
rence  of  Longitude  is  to  Radius:  :  So  is  Diitance,  to  Co-fine 
of  the  Latitude. 

2.  Given  Diff".  of  Longitude  between  two  Places  under  the 
fame  parallel,  required  their  Diflancc.  The  Canon  is,  As 
Rad.  to  Difi".  of  Longitude  :  :  So  is  Co-  fine  of  Latitude  to  Di- 
ftance. 

5.  Given  the  Diftance  between  two  Places  in  the  fame  La- 
titude ;  required  their  Difference  of  Longitude.  The  Canon 
is,  As  the  Co-fine  of  Lat.  to  Diftance  :  :  So  is  Rad.  to  Diff",  of 
Loneifude. 

P'ARALLELOPIPED,in  Geometry,Gne  of  the  regular  Bo- 
dies, or  Solids,  comprehended  under  fix  Reil:angukir  and  Pa- 
rallel Surfeccs,  rhe  oppofite  ones  wliereof  are  equal:  As  in  the 
Figure  Tab.  Geometry  Fig.  3S.  See  Regular. 

Two  Cubes,  laid  togerher,Side  by  Side,conffitute  a  P^aralkh-  ' 
piped  ;    And  the  fame  may  be  faid  of  a  fquare  Beam,  whofe 
two  Extremes  are  fquare,  and  Sides  long  Squares. 

Properties  of  the  P a b  a l l e l  ii> i  p e d . 

AW  Parallelopipeds,  Prifms,  and  Cylinders,  whofe  Eafes  and 
Heights  are  equal,  are,  themfelves,  equal. 

A  diagonal  Plane  divides  the  P>arallelopiped  into  two  equal 
Prifms :  A  Triangular  Prlfm,  therefore,  is  half  a  P^arallelo- 
piped  upon  the  fame  Bafc  and  of  the  fame  Altitude.  See 
Prism. 

All  Paralkhpifeds,  Prifms,  Cylinders,  ££?c.  are  in  a  Ratio 
compounded  of  their  Eafes  and  Altitudes  :  Wherefore,  if  their 
Bafes  he  equal,  they  are  in  Proportion  to  their  Altitudes  ;  and 
converfly. 

All  'Parallelopipeds,  Cylinders,  Cones,  ^c.  are  in  a  tripli- 
cate Ratio  of  their  homologous  Sides  ;  and  alfo  of  their  Alti- 
tudes. 

Equal  P>arallelopifeds,  Prifms,  Cones,  Cylinders,  ^c.  re- 
ciprocate their  Bafes  and  Altitudes. 

To  7neafire  the  Surface  and  Solidity  of  a  Parallelepiped. 

Find  the  Areas  of  the  Parallelograms  I  L  M  K,  L  M  O  N. 
See  Parallelogram.  Add  thefe  into  one  Sum,  and  mul- 
tiply that  Sum  by  2  :  The  faffi/m  will  be  the  Surface  of  the 
P>arallelopiped.  If  then  the  Safe  I  LMK  be  multiplied  by 
the  Altitude  L  N,  the  Product  will  be  the  Solidity. 

Suppofe  -u.^.  LM  =  56MK  =  i5  M  O  ^  12.  Then, 

LM  =  3tf  tM  — 3<^MK  =  i5 
MK^^ijMO  — i2MO  =  i2 


5tf 


7- 


LIKM540  LMOK43i  MOKP  180 
LIKM  540 
MOKP  180 


2304 
MO  iz 


2304 

27548  Solidity. 


1151 

1304  Superficies. 


PARALLELISM,  the  Quality  of  a  "Parallel ;  or  that  which 
denominates  it  fuch  :  Otitis  that  whereby  two  Things,  v.g. 
Lines,  or  Rays  become  equi-diftant  from  one  another.  See 
Parallel. 

Thus,  we  fay  remote  Objeils  are  fcarce  perceptible,  by  reafon 
of  the  'ParalkUpn  of  the  Rays. 

?t.KALL£LisMoftbcFarth'sAxis,  in  A^^ronomy,  or,  Mctiou 
of  parallelifm  ;  is  that  Situation  or  Motion  of  the  Earth's 


) 


PAR 


(  749  ) 


PAR 


Axis,  in  itsProgrefs  thro'  its  Orbit,  whereby  it  flill  looks  to  the 
fame  Point  of  the  Heavens,  mz-.  towards  the  Pole  Star  5  fo  that 
if  a  Line  be  drawn  parallel  to  itsAxis,  while  in  any  one  Poiition ; 
the  Axis,  in  all  other  Pofitions  or  Parrs  of  the  Orbit  will  al- 
ways be  parallel  to  the  fame  Line.    See  Axis. 

This  'ParaUelifin  is  the  nccelfary  Refult  of  the  Earth 's  double 
Motion  5  the  one  round  the  Sun,  the  other  round  its  own  Axis. 
Kor  is  there  any  Neceifity  to  imagine  a  third  Motion,  as  fome 
have  done,  to  account  for  this  TaraUckfra.    See  Earth. 

'Tis  to  this  'Taralkli[in  that  we  owe  the  Viciffitude  of  Sea- 
fons,  and  the  Inequality  of  Day  and  Night.  See  Season.  See 
:ilfoDAY,  ^^f. 

PARAij-hLisM  ofRo-zvs  of  Trees.-  TheE^'e  placed  at  the  End 
of  an  Alley  of  two  Rows  of  Trees,  planted  in  parallel  Lines, 
never  fees  'em  parallel,  but  always  inclining  to  each  other,  to- 
wards the  funher  Extreme. 

Hence  the  Mathematicians  have  taken  Occafion  to  enquire 
in  what  Lines,  the  Trees  mult  be  difpofed,  to  correi^l  this  Ef- 
itil  of  the  Perfpcftive,  and  make  the  Rows  iiill  appear  paral- 
lel ^  parallel  they  mutt  not  be,  but  diverging  ^  but  according 
to  what  Law  niuil:  they  diverge  :  The  two  Rowsmuft  be  fuch, 
as  that  the  unequal  Intervals  of  any  two  oppofite  or  correfpond- 
ing  Trees  may  be  fcen  under  equal  vifual  Angles. 

On  this  Principle,  F.  Fnbry  has  alferted,  without  any  De- 
mon Itrati  on,  and  F.  'T£!Cquct,vSicv\iiTn^  demonllrated  by  a  long 
and  intricate  Synthefis,  th;it  the  two  Rows  of  Trees  mull:  be 
two  oppofite  Semi-Hyperbola's. 

M.  l--7irignon  has  fmce,  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  French  Aca- 
demy, ,^iino  1717,  found  the  fame  Solucion  by  an  eafy  and 
funple  Analyfis.  But  he  renders  the  Problem  much  more  gene 
ral,  and  requires  not  only  that  tlie  vifual  Angles  be  equal,  but 
tn  have  them  increafe  or  decreafe  in  any  given  Ratio  ;  provi- 
ded ihc  grcareil  do  not  exceed  a  right  Angle.  The  Eye,  he 
requires  to  be  placed  in  any  Point,  either  jult  at  the  Beginning 
of  the  Ranges,  or  beyond,  oron  this  Side. 

All  this  laid  down,  he  fuppofes  the  tirtt  Row  to  be  a  right 
Line,  and  feeks  what  Line  the  other  muft  be,  which  he  calls 
the  Curve  of  the  Range.  This  he  finds  mull  be  an  Hyperbola, 
to  have  the  vifual  Angles  equal,  The  rtraight  and  hyperbo- 
lical Rows  will  be  feen  parallel  to  Infinity;  and  if  the  oppofite 
Semi-hyperbola  be  added,  we/lialihave  three  Rows  of  Trees, 
(the  liraight  one  in  the  Middle)  and  all  three  parallel. 

Nor  is  it  required  this  fecond  Hyperbola  be  the  Oppofite  of 
the  firlV,  /  e.  of  the  fame  Kind,  or  have  the  fame  tranfvcrfe 
Axis :  'Tis  enough  if  it  have  the  fame  Centre,  its  Vertex  in 
the  fame  right  Line,  and  the  fame  conjugate  Axis.  Thus  the 
two  Hyperbola's  may  be  of  all  the  different  Kinds  poflible  ;  yet 
all  have  the  fame  EfFcft. 

Again,  the  flraight  Row  being  laid  down  as  before;  if  it  be 
required  to  have  the  Trees  appear  under  decreafing  Angles; 
M.  I'ivnpion  fhcws,  that  if  the  Decreafe  be  in  a  certain  Ratio, 
which  he  determines ;  the  other  Line  mufl  be  a  parallel  ftraight 
Line.  But  he  goes  yet  farther  ;  and  fuppofing  the  firft  Row 
any  Curve  whatever,  he  fecks  for  another  that  lhall  make  the 
Rows  have  any  EffeiTt  defired,  i.  e.  be  feen  under  any  Angles 
equ.il,  increafing,  or  decreafing. 

PARALLELOGRAM,  in  Geometry,  a  Quadrilateral  Fi- 
gure, whofe  oppofite  Sides  are  pardkl^  and  confcquently 
equal  to  each  other.    See  Quadrilateral. 

A  'FaralklrgTR'n  is  generated  by  the  equable  Motion  of  a 
right  Line  always  parallel  to  itfelf.  SeeFicuRE. 

When  the  'Parnlielograra  has  all  its  four  Angles  right,  and 
only  its  oppofite  Sides  equal,  it  is  call'd  a  Reclajigle  or  olilong. 
See  Rectangle. 

When  the  Angles  arc  all  right,  and  the  Sides  equal,  it  is 
called  a  Sqiic.re.  Sec  Sq^uare.  If  all  the  Sides  be  equal,  and 
tlie  Angles  unequal,  it  is  call'd  Rhorabus 01  Lozmzge.  See 
Rhombus. 

If  both  the  Sides,  and  Angles  be  unequal,  it  is  call'd  a 
Rhcrabnidei.    See  Rhomboides. 
Properties  oftte  PAUALi-fcLoGKAM. 

In  every  Parallehgram^  what  Kind  foever  it  be  of,  F.  gr. 
that  AECD  Tab.Geormry  Fig.  59.  A  Diagonal  D  A  divides  it 
into  two  equal  Parts  ;  the  Angles  diagonally  oppofite  EC,  and 
A  D,  are  equal,  the  oppofite  Angles  of  the  fame  Side  G  D,  and 
A  B,  ^.c.  are,  together,  equal  to  two  right  Angles ;  and  each 
two  Sides,  together,  greater  than  the  Diagonal. 

Two  'Pnr.nlleiograms  AECD,  and  E CD  F on  the  fame  or 
equal  Bafe  C  D,  and  of  the  fame  Height  A  C,  or  between  the 
fame  Parallels  AF,  CH  are  equal.  Hence  two  Triangles 
C  D  A  and  C  D  F  on  the  fame  Bafe,  and  of  the  fame  Height, 
are  alfoequal.  Hence,  alfo,  every  Triangle  CFD  is  half  a 
^arallehgram  A  CD  B,  upon  the  fame  or  an  equal  Bafe  C  D, 
and  of  the  fame  Altitude,  or  between  the  fame  Parallels. 
Hence  alfo  a  Triangle  is  equal  to  a  'Parallelogrsjn,  having  the 
fame  Bafe,  and  half  the  Altitude,  or  half  the  Bafe  and  the 
fame  Altitude.    See  Triangle. 

'P^Tra//f/ox^;7;??i,  therefore,  are  in  a  given  Ratio,  compounded 
of  their  Bafes  and  Altitudes.  If  then  the  Altitudes  be  equal, 
they  arc  as  the  Bafes,  and  converfly. 

In  fimilar  Tarallelrgrarm  and  Triangles,  the  Altitudes  are 
proportional  to  the  homologous  Sides ;  and  the  Bafes  are  cut 


proportionably  thereby.  Hence,  fimilar  "ParaUehgUTM  and 
Triangles  are  m  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  their  homologous  Sid^s, 
as  alio  ot  their  Altitudes,  and  the  Segments  of  their  Bafes: 
They  are,  therefore,  as  the  Squares  of  the  Sides, Altitudes,  and 
homologous  Segments  of  the  Bafes. 

In  every  Parallelogram,  t/je  Smn  of  die  Squares  of  the  t-joa 
Tiiagomh^  ts  equal  to  the  Sum  of  the  Square  of  the  four  Sides 

This  Propofition,  M.  de  Lagny,  takes  to  be  one  of  the  moft 
important  in  all  Geometry  ;  he  even  ranks  it  with  the  celebrated 
47th  of  Euclid^  and  with  that  of  the  Similitude  of  Triangles- 
and  adds,  that  the  whole  firll  Book  o{  Euclid  is  only  a  parti- 
cular Cafe  hereof  For,  if  the  'Farallekgrara  be  not  r&an- 
gular,  it  follows  that  the  two  Diagonals  are  equal;  and  of 
confequence,  the  Square  of  a  Diagonal,  or  which  comes'  to 
the  fame  Thing,  the  Square  of  the  Hypothenufe  of  a  riphc 
Angle,  is  equal  to  the  Squares  of  the  two  Sides.  If  the  Taral- 
kkgram  be  not  reiStangular,  and,  of  confe*]uence,  the  two 
Diagonals  be  not  equal  ;  which  is  the  moli  general  Cafe  ■  the 
Propofition  becomes  of  \'a(t  Extent.  It  may  ferve,  forlnliance, 
in  the  whole  I'heory  of  compound  Motions,  ?S-C. 

There  are  three  Manners  of  demonilrating  this  Problem  ; 
The  firfl  by  Trigonometry,  which  requires  z  i  Operations ;  the 
fecond  Geometrical  and  Analytical ;  which  requires  1 5.  M.  de 
Lc-gny  gives  a  more  concifc  one,  in  the  Mer/.oirs,de  I' j^cad. 
which  only  requires  7.    See  Diagonal. 

Tofnd  theJrcacfa  r£^at!gledV^T^\\e\ogtAm,  AECD. 

Find  the  Length  of  the  Sides  A B,  andA  C;  multiply  AB 
into  AC ;  the  Produce  will  be  the  Area  of  the  'Parallelogram, 
Suppofe  gr.  A  B  to  be  345  i  AG  123.  The  Area  will 
be  42455. 

Hence  I.  Rectangles  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  their 
Sides  AB  and  AC.  z.  If,  therefore,  there  be  three  Lines  con- 
tinually proportional  ;  the  Square  of  the  middle  one  is  equal  to 
the  Reiftangle  of  the  two  Extremes:  and  if  there  be  four  pro- 
portional Lines;  the  Reifangle  under  the  two  Extremes  is 
equal  to  that  under  the  two  middle  Terms.  See  Rect- 
angle. 

Other  Parallehgrams,  not  re^angular,  have  their  Areas 
found  by  refolving  them, by  Diagonals,  into  two  Triangles  ;  and 
adding  the  Areas  of  the  feparate  Triangles  into  one  Sum.  See 
Triangle, 

Centre  of  Gramty  oi s.ParaUehgram.  See  Centre  of 
Gravity.    See  alfo  Centrobaryc  Method. 

P  A  K  AL  L  E  LO  G  H  A  M,    Or    P  A  K  AL  LHLliM,    Or    P  AR  A  L I ELO  G  R  A  MIC 

ProtraSior,  is  a  Machine  ufed  for  the  ready  and  cxadt  Redufti- 
on  or  Copying  of  Defigns,  Schemes,  Prints,  ^c.  in  any  Propor- 
tion ;  which  is  done  hereby  without  any  any  Knowledge  or 
Habit  of  Defigning. 

The  parallelogram  is  alfo  called  Pentagrafh.  See  its  De- 
fcription  and  Ufe  under  the  Article  Pentagraph. 

PARALOGISM,  in  Logic,  a  falfe  Reafoning  ;  ora  Fault 
committed  in  a  Demonftraiion,  when  a  Confequence  is  drawn 
from  Principles  that  are  falfe,  or  not  proved;  or  when  a  Pro- 
pofition is  pafs'd  over,  which  Ihou'd  have  been  proved  by  the 
Way. 

A  Parakgifm  differs  from  a  Sofhifm,  in  this,  tha-t  the  So- 
fhifm  is  made  out  of  Defign  and  Subtlety;  and  the  Paralo- 
gifin  out  of  Miltake,  and  for  Want  of  a  fufficient  Light  and 
Application.    See  Sophism. 

Yet  the  l:AcB.t\ix&  de  Port-Rcyal  Aon\  feem  to  make  any 
Difference  between  them.  None  of  the  Pretenders  to  the  Qua- 
drature of  the  Circle  but  have  made  Paralogifms.    See  Qu.i.- 

DR  ATURE. 

PARALYSIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  popularly  call'd 
palfy.    See  Palsy. 

The  Paralyjis  only  differs  from  the  Parejis  as  the  greater 
from  the  lefs.    See  Paresis. 

Authors  diftingui/h  the  Paralyfis  into  a  Paraflegia^  orpa- 
raflexia.  Hemiplegia^  and,  pariicular  Paralyfis. 

The  firil  is  a  Palfy  of  the  whole  Body.  See  Paraplegia. 
Thefecond,  of  one  Side  of  the  Body.  See  Hemiplegia. 
The  third  of  fome  particular  Member,  which  is  the  proper 
Palfy.  ^  ^ 

The  Word  is  form 'd  from  the  Greek 

unbind  5  This  Difeafe  being  fuppofed  to  unbend  the  Nerves, 
and  Mufcles.  Hence 

PARALYTIC,  a  Perfon  afFeaed  with  the  TmMs  or 
<Pal[y.    See  Palsy,  (^c. 

PARAMETER,  in  Geometry,  a  conflant  right  Line,  in 
fcveral  of  the  Conic  Sedions ;  cail'd  alfo  Zatm  reBum.  See 
Latus  Rectum. 

In  a  'Parabola  VB  V  Tab.  Ccnics  Fig,  9.  the  Reftangle  of 
the  'Parameter  A  B,  and  any  Abfciffe,  E.gr.  B  3,  and  Semi- 
ordinate3lII.    See  Parabola. 

If  all  the  Sides,  and  Angles  of  a  Quadrilateral  Figure  be  c- 
qual,  it  is  called  a  Square  j  whichfbme  make  a  Species  of 
'Paralkl'.gram,  others  not.   See  S^uar  r. 

In  an  Ellipfis  and  Hyperbola,  l\it^'Parameter  \i  a  third  Pro- 
portional to  to  the  conjugate  and  tranfverfe  Axis.  See  Ellip- 
sis, Hyperbola. 

PARAMOUNT,  in  our  Law,  fignifics  the  fupreme  Lord 
of  the  Fee.   See  Lord  and  Fee. 

9  E  There 


P  A  R 


C  35<^  ) 


PAR 


There  may  be  a  Tenant  to  a  Lord,  that  holdeth  hlmfelf  of  ano- 
ther Lord  ;  the  former  Lord  is  called  Lord3/f/»e;  and  the 
other,  Lord  'Parmnomit.  But  even  the  Term  Lord  'Para- 
mount^ is  only  comparative :  for  as  one  Man  may  be  great,  com- 
pared to  a  lefs,  and  litde,  being  compared  with  a  greater ;  So 
none  limply  feemsto  be  Lord  farammmthw:  the  King,  who  is 
Patron  y<ir«)»ti»!f  to  all  theBeneficesin£!i5&!J//.  See  Kino. 
Patron,  ^c.  -.,.^1,1 

PARAMESE,  in  the  antient  Mufic,  the  ninth  l^hora  or 
Sound   in  the  2Jiagramma  or  Scale  of  Mufic.    See  DiA- 

OR.^MMA.  , 

The  Word  is  Grcrf',  and  {ignMcs  jlixta  mediam,  next  to  the 
Middle ;  its  Situation  in  the  firll  State  of  the  Scales,  being 
>  next  the  Mefe  or  middle  Chord.    See  Chord.  ' 

PARANYMPH,  PARANYMPHUS,  among  the  Anti- 
ents,  the  Perfon  who  waited  on  the  Bride,  and  direBed  the 
Nuptial  Solemnities  ;  called  alfo  Jllfpx,  becaufe  the  Cere- 
mony begun  with  tailing  ylaffms.  ,    _  .     ,  , 

In  ftrianefs,  however,  the  SPare;!}";!?*  only  officiated  on  the 
Part  of  the  Bridegroom ;  on  the  Part  of  the  Bride,  'twas  a 
Woman  officiated,  call'd  the  Tmmlm. 

The  Veia  had  likewife  a  Kind  of  Tmnymph!,  which  the 
1'dmui  and  the  Rabbins  call  DOIilW  Schiifihebim,  q.d. 
Companions  of  the  Spoufe.  The  IVth  Council  f  Can b age 
appoints,  that.when  the  married  Couple cometoasit  thePrieit  s 
Elcffing,  they  be  prcfented,  either  by  their  Fathers  and  Mo- 
thers, ot  by  the¥.2«»j'»?iJ. 

PARAPET,  in  Fortification,  a  Defence  or  Skreen,  on  the 
Outfide  of  a  Rampart,  raifed  fix  or  feven  Foot  high,  tocovcr 
the  Soldiers  and  the  Cannon  from  the  Enemy's  Fire.  See  De- 

""^yani/efS  are  raifed  on  all  Works,  both  within  and  without 
the  Place  ;  and  even  on  the  Approaches.    See  Work. 

The  'Parapet  Koial,  or  that  of  the  Rampart,  is  to  be  of 
Earth  Cannon-proof,  from  18  to  20  Foot  thick.  See  Ram- 
part. Before  the  parafet\s3.Saiirjl!etle,  or  little  Eminence, 
a  Foot  and  half  high,  for  the  Soldiers  to  Hand  on.    See  Ban- 

'^"'•rlitparafct  of  the  Wall  is  of  Stone.  The  Tarafet  ofthe 
Trenches  is  either  made  of  the  Earth  dug  up,  Gabions,  Faf- 
cines.  Sacks  of  Earth,  or  the  like. 

The  Parafet  of  the  Corridor  is  the  Glacis  or  Efpusiade.  See 

EsPLAN.VDE.  n  I      ,  •  .1  1 

Parapet,  is  alfo  a  little  Wall,  brcall-high,  rais  d  on  the 
Brinks  of  Bridges,  Keys,  or  high  Buildings;  to  ferve  as  a 
Stay  ;  and  prevent  People's  tumbling  oyer 

Sorel  gives  us,  from  Jof.  Maria  SllbrefilS,  a  curious  Col- 
leflion  of  Names,  which  the  Antients  and  Moderns  have  gi  ven 
to  this  Kind  of  Parapets :  The  Latins  called  them  Snb- 
arra  and  whence  the  Names  Sajlion  and  Eafiile. 

They  i\(oai\\tAt\tfmPagimiirnataLoricf,  and  Annmuralia. 
The  Spaniards  called  them  Sarbacanes ;  the  Italians,  Para- 
pelri,  becaufe  of  their  defending  the  Breaft,  pello  ;  whence 

""paraph, a  particular Charaflcr,  Knot.orFlourifli,  which 
People  habituate  ihemfelves  to  make  always  in  the  fame  Man- 
ner at  the  End  of  their  Name,  to  prevent  their  Signature  from 
being  counterfeited.    See  Cypher.  ,    ,  , 

The  Paraph  ofthe  Kings  of  France  is  a  Grate,  which  the 
Secretaries  always  place  before  their  own,  in  all  Letters,  £?c. 
Mcnaxc  derives  rhe  Word  from  Paragraplms. 

PARAPHERNALIA,  or  PARAPHERNA,  m  the  Ci- 
vil Law  thofe  Goods  which  a  Wife  broughther  Husband,  he- 
fides  her  Dower,  and  which  were  flill  to  remain  at  her  Dif- 
poia  exclufive  of  her  Husband  ;  unlefs  there  were  feme  par- 
ticular Provifion  made  to  the  contrary,  in  the  Marriage  Con- 
traft.    See  Dower.  ,     ,  ,     j        ^  ■ 

In  his  Rebus  quas  extra  'Dmem  Miiher  habet  &  quas  bnm 
«e?Mei«  vccant,  niittam,Uxcre prohibente,  Virbaheat comnm- 
monem.  Cod.  depatlis. 

The  grand  Cuflomary  of  Normandy,  gives  a  ditterent  Senle 
to  the  Word  ;  It  calls  Paraphernalia  the  Moveables,  Linnen, 
and  other  Female  NeceCTaries,  which  are  adjudged  to  the 
Wife,  in  prejudice  of  the  Creditors,  when  fho  renounces  the 
Succeffion  ot  bet  Husband. 

The  Word  is  foim'd  from  the  Greek  beyond.or  over,and 
fflgftfl  'Los,  Dower.  .  ,    ^  . 

PARAPHIMOSIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Diforder  of  the  "Pejas, 
wberein  rhe  Prepuce  is  flirunk,  and  withdrawn  behind  the 
Clans  fo  as  not  to  be  capable  of  being  brought  to  cover  the 
fame.'  See  Prepuce  and  Geans. 

This  happens  ofteneft  in  venereal  Diforders,  where  the  Hu- 
mours of  a  Gleet  frequently  prove  fo  fharp,  as  to  caufc  this  Re- 
traffion.  There  fometimes  arifes  a  NccclTity  in  this  Cafe  to 
fnip  or  cut  thePrepuce  open.otherwife  the  Humours  will  be  pent 
up  underit,  anddo  agrcat  deal  of  Mifchief  SeePniMosi!. 

PARAp'hRASE,  an  Explication  of  fomeText  in  clearer 
and  more  ample  Terms,  whereby  we  fupply  what  the  Author 
might  have  faid  or  thought  on  the  Subjeft. 

Cohmetiiis  looks  on  Erasmus's  Paraftrap  on  the  NewTe- 
flament,  as  fuch  extraordinary  Works,  that  he  makes  no 
ftruple  to  declare,  he  thinks  the  Author  to  have  been  divinely 
infpited,  when  he  penn'd  'em, 


Cbaldee  Paraphrase,  is  a  Phrafe  frequent  among  the 
Critics  and  Divines.  There  are  three  Cbaldee  Parapbraj'cs  on 
the  Pentateuch.  That  of  Oniielos,  which  fome  take  to  be  the 
fame  ^\th  Aqilila :  And  which  others  take  to  have  been  that 
Oiikehs  which  the  Talmiidifls,  in  the  Treatife  Gittin,  make  a 
Nephew  ot  the  Emperor  'Titus.    See  Pentateuch. 

The  fecund  is  a  Paraplrafe  o{  Jonatican  ;  the  third  is  called 
the  Targum  of  Jeriifahn.    See  1'argwm. 

The  ChaUee  Parapbrafe  on  the  Prophets  is  of  Jonathan 
Son  ol  Uziel,  whom  Ibme  confound  witii  'Theodotion. 

The  Author  of  the  Cbaldee  Paraphrase  on  the  Haglogta- 
phic  Books  is  unknown.  Some  attribute  it  to  one  Joj'eph,  fur- 
named  rhe  Squinter  ;  others  to  Rabbi  Akilas.  Others  I'av, 
there  is  fo  much  Difference  in  the  Style,  that  no  one  Perfon 
can  have  been  the  Author. 

PARAPHRENESIS,  or  PARAPHRENETIS,  or  PA- 
RAPHREKllIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Kind  of  Phrenzy,  the 
Caufc  whereof  v/as  attributed,  by  the  Antients,  to  an  Inflam- 
mation of  the  Ventricle,  the  Liver,  and  efpecially  the  Dia- 
phragm.   See  Phrenzy. 

They  alfo  called  it  a  Pjjiudo  Pbrenefis,h\k  Phrenzy,  to  di- 
flinguifh  it  from  the  true  one,  which  they  made  to  conuif  in  an 
Inflammation  of  the  Brain  and  its  Meninges. 

The  Moderns  don't  make  any  fuch  Diliindfion  in  Phrenzies  : 
They  all  come  from  the  fame  Caufe  ;  but  that  Caufe  is  neither 
an  Inflammation  of  the  Brain,  nor  of  the  Diaphragm.  See 
Mania,  Melancholly,  i^c. 

Parapbrenitis,  among  the  modern  Phyficians,  is  an  Inflam- 
mation of  the  Mediapnum,  or  'Pleura,  about  the  Diaphragm, 
attended  with  a  continual  Fever,  and  exquifitc  Pain  in  the 
Parts  affected,  on  conrradling  the  abdominal  Veffcls,  as  alfo  a 
delirium  and  arifing  ofthe  Hypochondria. 

PARAPLEGIA,  or  PARAPLEXIA,  in  Medicine,  a  Spe- 
cies of  Paralyfis,  or  Palfy,  ufually  fucceeding  an  Apoplexy. 
See  P-ALSY  and  A.foplexy. 

The  paraplegia  is  a  general  Palfy,  aflcfling  the  whole  Bo- 
dy, the  Head  alone  excepted.  ^Soerbaave  izfincs  it  an  Immo- 
bility of  all  the  Mufcles  below  the  Head,  that  have  Nerves 
from  the  Cerebrum  and  Cerebellunt. 

Sometimes,  Senfation  as  well  as  Motion  are  deflroyed  hereby  5 
fometimes  only  one  of  them. 

Its  Original  is  ufually  fuppofed  to  be  fome  Difoider,  or  Ob- 
flruilion  in  the  fourth  Ventricle  of  the  Brain,  or  in  the  Begin- 
ning of  the  fpinal  Matrow. 

Btntuller  diftinguifhes  the  Paraplegia  from  the  Paralyjis. 
The  Paralyfis,  according  to  him,  is  a  Relaxation  and  Refo- 
lution  of  the  Ligaments  and  Members  miniflring  to  Motion ; 
notffom  any  Obllruftion  of  theNcrves,  but  from  a  Refolution 
of  the  nervous  Parts  :  Whereas  the  Paraplegia  arifes  from 
fome  Obftru^iion  of  the  Nerves. 

The  latter  ufually  fucceeds  an  Apoplexy,  Epilepfy,  Con- 
vulfions.  Vertigo's ;  the  former,  the  Scorbutus,  Hypochondri- 
cal  Difeafe,  Colic,  £?c. 

The  Woid  comes  from  the  Greek  ■'■nei  much,  and  nnhf 
to  flrike. 

PARAPLEXIA,  in  Medicine.    See  Paraplegia. 

PARASANG,  an  antient  Perjian  Meafure,  different  at 
diffetent  Times,  and  in  different  Places  ;  fometimes  it  is  qo, 
fometimes  4.0,  and  fometimes  50  Stadia  or  Furlongs.  See 
Measure  andSTAnioM. 

The  Word,  according  to  Littletcn,  has  its  Rife  from  Pa- 
rafcb  Angaria s,  q.  d.  the  Space  a  Polf-man  rides  from  one  Sra- 
tion,  Angaria,  to  another. 

PARASCENIUM,  or  Pojlfieniun?,  among  the  Romans, 
was  a  Place  behind  the  Theatre,  whither  the  Aflors  withdtew 
todrefs,  undrefs,  L^r.    See  Theatre. 

PARASCEVE,  the  fixth  Day  of  the  lafl  Week  of  Zeiit, 
popularly,  Good-Friday.  ,    ^     r  r 

St  fobn  fays  our  Saviour  was  crucified  on  the  Parajce'je  ot 
the  Paffovcr,  /.  e.  on  the  Eve  or  'Say  of  Preparation  of  the 
PafTover :  For  IJi.dore  and  Papias  obferve,  that  the  Word  in 
the  orioinal  Greek  fignifies  Preparation,  and  was  applied 
among  the  feirs  to  Fri.day,  becaufe  on  that  Day  they  ufed  to 
prepare  what  was  neceffary  for  the  Celebration  of  the  Sabbath. 
See  Passover. 

Hence  what  our  Tranflation  of  the  new  Teflamcnt  renders 
Preparation  of  the  Sabbath,  M.  Simon,  and  fome  others  call 
Parafceve.    See  Preparation. 

PARASELENE,  in  Phyfiology,  Mock- Moon,  3.  Meteoe,  or 
Phatnomenon,  cnconipaffing  the  Moon,  in  form  of  a  luminous 
Ring  ;  wherein  is  fometimes  obferv'd  one,  fometi.mes  two  ap- 
parent'lmages  of  the  Mooon.       ^      ,    .  , 

The  parafelenes  are  form  d  alter  the  lame  Manner  as  the 
Parhelia,  or  Mock-Suns.    See  Parhelion. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  near,  and  ai^m 
Moon. 

PARASITE,  PARASITUS,  among  the  Greeks,  was  cn- 
einally  a  very  reputable  Title  ;  the  Par.ifltes  being  a  King  of 
Priefls,  or  at  leaft  Minifters  of  the  Gods  ;  in  the  fame  manner, 
as  at  Rowe  were  the -E/«fe2M.  SeeEpuLONES. 

They  took  care  of  the  [acred  Ccrn  ;  ot  the  Corn  deHined  tor 
the  Service  of  the  Temples  and  the  Gods,  ma.  Sacrifices,. 

J  Feails, 


PAR 


(  351  )  PAR 


Feafls  They  had  even  the  Intendance  over  Sacrifices,  and 
took  care  they  were  duly  performed. 

XtJthens  there  was  a  Kind  of  College  of  twelve  ^iir^Z-fj; 
each  people  of  Attica  furnilhing  one  5  who  was  always  chofen 
out  of  the  beil:  Families^ 


We  have  Tamltks  of  Cujas,  Afaran,  &c.  Chaffanev, 
has  a  lecond  Comment  on  the  Taratirks  of  Ctijas. 

PARAVAIL,  in  Law,  the  loweft  Tenant^  or  he  that  is 
immediate  Tenanttothe  Land.  SeeTENANT 

nti^caiXcd  'Temm^ara-vaH;  becaufe  it  is  prefumed  he 


'Polyhhis  adds,  that  'P^rafite  was  alfo  an  honourable  Name  hath  Profit  and  A-vailhy  the  Land, 

amon«  the  antient  Gmls  ^  and  was  given  to  their  Poets,  PARAZONIUM,  or  Sdpio^  among  MedalHfls,  a  Scepter, 

PARASITES,or  Parasitaical  Plants.in  Botany,aKind  rounded  at  the  two  Ends  in  Manner  of  a  Truncheon  orCom- 

of  diminutive  Plants,  growing  on  Trees,  and  fo  called  from  mander's  Staff ;  or  a  Kind  of  Poniard  or  (hoit  Sword  ;  repre- 

their  Manner  of  living  and  feeding,  which  is  altogether  on  fented  as  wore  at  the  Girdle,  on  fevcral  antient  Medals, 

others.    SeePr-ANT.  Antiquaries  are  much  divided  on  the  Explication  of  the 

Such  is  Mofs,  which  was  antiently  fuppofed  the  Effeft  of  a  'Parazoniiim  j  as,  indeed,  the  Form  and  Manner  of  bearing  ir 

Deranpement  of  the  Texture  of  the  Bark;  or  a  Kind  of  Rull;  are  very  different.  Ir  is  fometimes  thrown  a-crofs  the  Should- 

or   at  moft,  little  Filaments  arifing  from  the  Bark  :  But  from  ers  in  Manner  of  a  Qi^iivcr. 


PARBOILING,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Term  applied  to 
Fruits,  Flerbs,  ^c.  which  are  boiled  a  lirtle  while,  to  draw 
out  the  firii  Juices,  to  be  afterwards  infpilTaced  or  thickened. 
Sec  Boiling. 

PARCiE,  Tjefiinks,  Goddcflcs,  who,  according,  to  the  an- 
tient Pagm  Theology,  prciideover  the  Lives  of  Men. 

Thefe  the  Antients  frequently  confounded  with  the  Fates^ 

^  ^  ,  or  Dej}i72iei;  and,  in  effed,  xhe  parc^e^  according  to 'P/sro, 

,d  Miileto's,  make  the  Gmz/J  of  the  Parafite  Plants.  See  were  the  Daughters  of  JVffi?/^/)',  andDeJiwy.  SegFate  and 
MisL£TO,  tic.  Destiny. 

The  molt  pernicious  of  thefe  Pamfites^  to  the  Trees  that  The  'Parc/e  were  three,  Clotho.Lfl.cheJis^  and  Jltrofoi-^  be- 
fupport  'em,  are  the  Lichens  ;  which  appear  on  the  Barks  of  caufc,  forfooth,  all  Things  have  their  Beginning,  Progrefs, 
Trees    in  Form  of  a  Cruff,  mix'd  with  Yellow  and  a  dirty   and  End. 

White.  See  Disease  of  Plants.  Hence  the  Poets  tell  us,  the  'Pares  fpun  Men's  Lives  ;  that 

M. ' Rejfoni  gives  us  a  Remedy  fur  this  Difcafe,  in  the  Clotbo  held  the  Dillaff,  and  fpun  the  1  bread  ;  JLacbefismmcd 
French  Memoirs  of  the  Acad.  Roy.   It  confifts  in  making  an   the  Wheel ;  and  Atropos  cut  ir. 

Incifion  thro' the  Bark  to  the  veryWood,from  the  firll  Branches      The  Anticnts  reprefcnt  the  Dedinies  divers  Ways :  Lncia;i._ 


many  Obfervations  of  the  Moderns,  it  appears,  that  MolTcs  are 
realPlants,  whofeSeed  is  exceedingly  fine,  and  inclofed  in  very 
Ijttle  Cfjftjh'/^if ;  which  burfcing  of  themfelves,  the  Seed  is  dri- 
ven by  the  Wind,  and,  at  length,  detained  in  the  Inequalities 
of  the  Barks  of  Trees;  where  it  takes  Root  and  is  fed  at  the 
Expence  thereof.    See  Moss. 

Of  thefe  Moffes  M.  FaiUant  reckons  no  lefs  than  137  Species, 
all  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  'Paris ;  which,  with  the  Lichens 


to  the  Earth;  the  Bark  ciofes  again  in  a  little  Time  ;  and  al- 
ways preferves  itfelf  clean  and  free  from  Moffes  for  the  fu- 
ture, r     r  1     r.  C  J 

This  Aperture  renders  the  Courfe  ot  the  Sap  more  tree,  and 


the  Shape  of  three  poor  old  Women,  having  large  Locks  of 
Wool,  mix'd  with  Daftodils  on  thcirFIeadsjoneof  which  holds 
a  Diilaff,  the  other  a  Wheel,  and  the  third  a  Pair  of  Sciifars, 
wherewith  to  cut  off  the  Thread  of  Life.  Others  reprefcnt 
prevents  the  Forming  of  thofe  Inequalities  fo 'favourable  to  the  them  otherwife;  Clotbo  appearing  111  a  long  Robe  of  divers 
Produftion  of  Moffes.  The  Incifion,  he  adds,  is  to  be  made  Colours,  wearing  a  Crown  upon  her  Head,  adorned  with  feven 
from  ^/«rc/3  to  the  End  of  ^n7;  and  on  that  Side  turn'd  moll         -  — J  T^-n./ir._L_  tt_._  1     t..,-.c.-..t.  . 


from  the  Sun. 

PARASOL,  a  little  Moveable,  m  manner  ot  a  Canopy, 
bore  in  the  Hand  to  fcreen  the  Head  from  the  Sun,  Rain, 
mor-  ufually  called  Umbrella. 


Stars,  and  holding  a  Diftaft  in  her  Hand  ;  Lachejii  in  a  Robe 
full  of  Stars,  widi  feveral  Spindles  inher  Flands;  ^vid  Atropol 
ciad  in  black,  cutting  the  Thread  with  large  Sciffars. 

The  Antients  imagined  that  the  'Parc^e  ufcd  white  Wool  for 
ilong  and  happy  Life  ;  and  black,  for  a  fliort  and  unfortunate 


Tis  made  of  Leather,  Taffety,  Oil-Cloth,  ^c.  mounted  one. 

on  a  Stick,  and  open'd  or  Hiut  at  Pleafure,  by  Means  uf  Pieces  PARCEL-MAKERS,  twoOfficers  intheExchequer,  that 
of  Whale-bone  that  fuilain  it.                                            ■  make  the  Parcels  of  the  Efcheator's  Accounts,  wherein,  they 

The  Eaft  Indians  never  ftir  out  without  a  'Parajbl.  charge  them  with  every  Thing  they  have  levied  for  the  King's 

The  Word  is  French ;  that  ufed  againft  Rains  is  fometimes  Ufe,  within  the  Time  of  their  Office,  and  deliver  the  fame  to 

called  "Paraphiie,  one  of  their  Auditors  of  the  Court  to  make  an  Accompt  witli 

PARASTATA,  in  the  antient  Architefture, an Impoft,  or  the  Efcheator thereof.    See  Escheator. 

Kind  of  Anta  or  Pilafler,  built  for  the  Support  of  an  Arch,  PARCENERS,  qiiafi  "Parcelkrs.    See  Co-Parceners. 

SccAnta.  PARCHMENl',  in  Commerce,  £f?c.  Sheep's  or  Goat's 

Mr.  Fvelyn  makes  theParaflata  exprefly  the  fame  with  Skin  prepared  after  a  peculiar  Manner,  which  renders  it  propi 


for  feveral  Ufes;  particularly  tor  writing  on  and  covering  of 
Books,  l^c. 

^^^^.-^^  ,  ^        .  The  Word  comes  from  the  Zflfm 'Pt-r^^TW^KWff?,  the  antient 

berous  varicofe  Bodies,  lying  upon,  and  adhering  to,  the  up-  Title  of  this  Manufafture  ;  which  'tis  faid  to  have  took  from 
per  Part  of  the  Teflicles ;  whereof  they  properly  appear  to  be   the  City  Pergainos,  to  one  of  the  Kings  whereof  its  Invention 


Pilaller.  See  Pilaster.  Tiaviler,  the  fame  with  Lnpojt.  See 
Impost.  , 

PARASTATA,  or  Fpidi/iynndtc^  in  Anatomy,  are  two  tu- 


iPart;  tho' different  from  the  reft,  in  Form  and  Confiftence. 
See  Testicle.  ,    .  r 

The  ParafiatdG  confift,  like  the  Tefticles,of  a  Convolution  of 
feminalT/.'Wi,  mix'd  with  Blood- Veffels ;  the  Difference  be- 
tween 'em  lying  only  in  this,  that,  in  the  Parafiatte^  the 
hull  are  united  into  one  ;  the  various  Convolutions  of  which, 
bein"  more  firmly  bound  together  by  a  ftrong  Membrane,  2.n- 
GngTrom  the  T'i/nica  Albiiginea,  it  feels  more  compad  than 
theTefticIes.    See  Seed,  Spermatic,  i^c. 

The  ^arc.flatte  and  Tefticles  are  faid  to  be  enclofcd  in  three 
proper  Membranes  ;  the  firft  derived  from  the  Cre- 

mafter  Mufcle  ;  the  fecond,  called  the  Vagijialis  :^  the  third, 
the  Albv-ginea.    See  each  under  its  proper  Article. 

PARASYNANCHE,  in  Medicine,  a  Kind  of  Angina  or 
Squinancy,  wherein  the  exterior  Mufcles  of  the  Throat  are 
inflamed.    See  Sq,uinancy. 

The  Word  comes  from  -^^^3'      ^j""^  fuffocate. 

PARATHESIS,  in  the  Greek  Church,  the  Prayer  which 


is  afcribed. 

Parchment  is  begun  by  the  Skinner,  and  ended  by  the  Parch- 
772mr-Maker.  It  makes  a  very  conliderable  Ar::cle  in  the 
Fre?!ch  Commerce  :  'Tis  made  in  moft  of  their  Cities  ;  and,  be- 
fides  the  Confumption  at  Home,  they  fend  vaft  Quantities  a- 
broad  ;  particularly  to  England^  Flanders,  Holland,  Spain,  and 
Portugal. 

That  call'd  Virgi}i  parchment,  and  which  fuperfiitious 
People  believe  to  be  made  of  a  Kind  of  Caul,  wherein  fome 
Children  are  inclofed  in  the  Womb  ;  is  nothing  bur  a  fome- 
what  thinner  and  finer  Sort  than  the  reft,  proper  for  certain 
Purpofes,  as  Fans,  ^c.  and  made  of  the  Skin  of  an  abortive 
Lamb,  or  Kid. 

ManiifaBnre  0/  P a  r  c  h m e  n  t. 
The  Skin  having  been  ftripp'd  ol  iis  Wool,  and  pafs'd  the 
Lime-Pit ;  {after  the  Manner  defcrihed  under  the  Article  Cn  a- 
MOis.)    The  Skinner  ftretches  it  on  a  Kind  of  Frame,  confift- 
g  of  four  Pieces  of  Wood,  mortais'd  into  each  other  at 


the  Bifiiop  rehcarfes  over  the  Catechumens,  flretching  his  the  four  Angles,  and  perforated  lengthways  from  Diftar.ce  to 


Hands  over  'cm  to  give  'em  Bencdiaion  ;  which  they  receive, 
bowing  the  Head  under  his  Hands. 

Parathesis,  in  Grammar,  a  Figure  whereby  two  or  more 
Subftantives  are  put  in  the  fame  Cafe.  SeeFicuRE. 

PARATILMUS,  in  the  antient  Greek  Jurif prudence,  a 


Diftance,  with  Holes,  furniftied  with  wooden  Pins  that  may 
be  turned  at  Pleafure,  like  thofe  of  a  Violin. 

To  firetch  the  Skin  on  thisFramc,  they  make  little  Holes  alt 
around  it,  and  thro'  every  two  Holes  draw  a  little  Skewer  ;  to 
this  Skewer  they  tie  a  Piece   of  finall  Packthread,   and  tie 


Name  given  to  the'puniftiment  impofed  on 'Adulterers  who  that  over  the  Pins;  fo  that  coming  to  turn  the  Pins  equally, 
were  poor  and  unable  toftand  the  common  Penalty.  the  Skin  is  ftrained  tight  every  Way,  like  that  of  a  Drum. 

It  confiftedcitherinmaking 'em  run  a  Horfe-Radifli  upthe       The  Skin  being  th'us  fufficiently  ftretch'd  on  the  Franie; 
^j^«J;which  they  called  a.Tnea.pai/iJ'uaniOtm  tearing  up  the  by   theFleftiis  par'd  off  with  a  ftiarp  Infirumcnt  for  the  Purpoie  ; 
Roots  the  Hair  about  the  Fundament,  ^c.  which  they  called   this  done,  'tis  moiftened  with  a  Rag,  and  a  Kind  ot  white 
'  Stone  orChalk,  reduced  to  a  fine  Duft,  ftrcw'd  over  it;  then 

with  a  large  Pumice-Stone,  flat  at  Bottom,  much  after  the  Man- 
ner ofa  Mullet  for  grinding  Colours,  they  rub  overtn-  Skin  as 
ifabouttoprind  the  Chalk;  and  thus  fcoiveroff  the  Remains 
pare," and  examine  the  Gonncaion  of\he  feveral  Parts  with   of  the  Flclh.    Thev  then  go  over  it  again  with  the  iron  In- 
one  another  ftrument ;  apain  nioiften  it  as  before,  aud  agam  rub  it  with 


•3-a^'a'.7-/A,«o<     ^rt-^ariWar,  to  tear,  pluck  up. 

PARATITLES,  PARATITLA,  in  Jurifprudence,  fhort 
Notes,  or  Summaries  of  the  Titles  of  the  Digefl,  and  Code ; 
which  have  been  made  by  feveral  Lawyers,   in  onler  to  com- 


PAR 


( 752 ) 


PAR 


tlitPumice-Stone  without  any  Chalk  imderaeath;  this  finooths  Term  ufed  for  the  peculiar  Subfiancc  of  fevcral  Part?  nf  M,- 
andfoftens  the  Flefh-Side  very  confiderably.  They  drain  it  Bodies  of  Animals,  as  the  Heart,  Lunes  Liver  Solcen  Kid 
."ain,  by  pafGng  over  It  the  iron  Inllrument  as  before.  nies.e;c.  thus  called  from  the  Grfrt  ^w-^v,  J  fff„lL 


.,      „  ,,  „.     "lieGrcrt  ^f»f!>;^^,  Effuiion,^.  ,•/. 
generared  by  a  Collea.on  and  Condenfation  of  Juice.  See  Flesh 
I^afiftrnms  firft  gave  the  Name ; 


The  Fleft-Side  thusdrain'd,  they  pafs  the  Iron  on  the  Wool, 

or  Hair-Side  ;  then,  firetch  it  tight  on  the  Frame  by  means  of  ^rajijirmis  hrlt  gave  the  Name ;  as  imaainint;  the  Sub 

the  P,ns,  and  go  over  the  Flefh-Side  again  with  the  Iron  ;  this  fianceof  thefe  Parts  not  to  be  Vafcular  like  the  reft  but  to  con 

hrafhes  Its  draining ;  and  the  more  rhc  Skin  is  drained,  the  £(1  of  a  Mafs  or  Coapikm  of  Blood,  ftaenated  in  the  Vefl^U 

whiter  it  ever  becomes.                           _             .  of  the  Parts:  But  the  Moderns  rejedUhif  Opinion  :TheOb 

Iheynow  throw  on  more  Chalk  fweeping  it  over  with  a  fervat.ons  made  by  Microfcopes,Injec1ions,e;.:clearly  /hewing 

a  Piece  of  Lamb-ftm  that  has  the  Wool  on ;  this  fmooths  it  Ihll  that  the  Heart  is  a  true  Mufcic,  (Sen  He  ar  t  )  the  I  unw  inA 

turther,  and  gives  it  a  white  Down  or  Nap.    'Tis  now  left  Spleen,   Clutters  of  membranous  Velicles,  and  Vcffels  f 

to  dry,  and  when  dried,  taken  oft  the  Frame,  by  cutting  it  nil  T.7Tur.s       y„r               .l.  t       _   it^  \  .  ,> 
round. 


The  Skin,  thus  far  prepared  by  the  Skinner,  is  taken  out  of 
his  Hands  by  the  Parchment-Maker;  whofirlt  fcrapes  or  pares 
it  dry  on  the  Summer,  with  an  iron  Inlfrumcnt  like  that  above- 
mentioned,  only  finer  .^nd  Iharper ;  with  this,  work'd  with  the 
Arm  from  Top  to  Bottom  of  the  Skin,  he  takes  away  about 

one  Half  01  its  Thickncfs.  The  Skin,  thus,  etiuallv  pared  — - 
,     1  n'        .1  r„       n  o   ,     I   r- .  , 


it  all   Lungs  a„d  Si  leen)  and  the  Liver  and  Kidnic-s,  Compolitions 
01  Clauds,  thro  which  the  Bile  and  Urine  are  filtrated.  See 


T  ,„      ...filtrated.  See 

Liver  and  Kidnies. 

l'»Kr»ci(Y„Ao/«5>to.   Dr.  Gre-jti  gives  the  Name 
reuc/yma  to  the         or         ;  or  that  inner  Partof  the  Plant 
thro  whichtheJuiceisfuppofedtobcdiHributed.  See  Plant' 
Pith,  ^Sc. 

This,  when  viewM  with  t 


bothSidcs,  they  pafs  the  Pumice-Slone  ore/ both  Side.s  to  Mamw^'  or'ratherrSpTngefwnfTporoS^^ 

fmoothit.This  laft  Preparation  is  pertorm'd  on  a  Kind  of  Form  Subftance.  See  MedullI  "'"S^P°"''-"™We  dilatable 
or  Bench  cover'd  with  a  Sack  ftntted  with  Flocks,  and  leaves  Its  Pores  are  innumerable,  and  cxceedinoly  ftnall  •  receiving 
the  Parchmentin  a  Condition  for  writing  on.  '?"ch  Humour  as  is  requifite  to  fill  and  eStend  them  :  whicS 

Ihe  paring  ot  the  Skin  dry  on  the  Summer,  ,s  the  moft  Difpofition  of  Pores  it  is,  that  is  fuppofed  to  fit  the  Plant  for 

difficultPreparationinthewholeProcefso(ya;Tfe,e!«-making,  Vegetation  and  Growth.    See  ViGiAnoN 
for  which  Reafon  the  Skinners  feldom  dare  meddle  with  it;      the  f.rmidyma  is  white,  at  firfl,  but'chanses  its  Colour 

but  uiually  leave  it  to  thole  rnore  experienced  in  ir  ;  The  Sum-  in  Proportion  as  the  Root  grows  thicker    Thus  it  bp-nmpj 

mer,  whereon  it  is  perlormcd,  is  a  Calt-Skin  well  llretch'd  on  yellow  in  the  Root  of  the  Baflard  Rhubarb  and  red  in  that 

^  Frame,  ferving  as  a  Support  to  the  Skin  which  is  faften'd  of  the  Snake-wced.    Sec  Plant. 
a-top  of  it  with  a  w  ooden  Inltrument,  that  has  a  Notch  cut  in  '  ' 

it.  Laitly,  that  the  iron  Knife  may  pafs  the  eafier,  between 
the  Summer  and  the  Skin  to  be  pared,  they  pur  another  Skin 


PARENT,  a  Term  of  Relation,  applicable  to  thofe  from 
whom  we  immediately  receive  our  Being.  Sec  Father  and 
Mother. 


PARENTALE,  lie  -Tarentale fe  allele,  in  the  antient  Cu- 
ftoms,  fignified  a  Renunciation  of  one's  Kindred,  and  Family 
This  was  done  in  open  Court,  before  the  Judge  and  in  the 
Prefence  of  twelve  Men,  who  made  Oath,  they  believed  it  was 


which  they  call  the  Counter-Summer.    Tlie  Parings  thus 
taken  off  the  Leather,  are  ufed  in  making  Glue,  Size 
See  Glue,  £^c. 

What  we  call  Vellom  is  only  parchment  made  of  the  Skins   ^ 

of  abortive  Calves,  or  at  leaft  of  fucking  Calves  ;  'tis  finer,  done  for  a  juft  Caufc 

whiter,  and  fmoothcr  than  the  common  ■Tanhir.cnt ;  but  is  We  read  of  it  in  the  Laws  ai  Hen.  I.  after  fuch  Abiuration 

prepared  in  the  lame  manner  as  that,  abating  that 'tis  not  pafs 'd  the  Perfon  was  incapable  of  inheriting  any  Thins  from  anv 

thro'  the  Lime-Pit.  of  his  Relations,  tSc                       "     1         h  1 

PARCO/ra£?o,  in  Law,  a  V/rit  that  lies  againtt  him  who  PARENTALIA,  in  Antiquity,  funeral  Obfequies ;  or  the 

violently  breaks  open  a  Pound,  and  takes  out  Beafts  thence,  laft  Duties  paid  by  Children  to  their  deceafed  Parents.  Sec 

which,  tor  lome   Irefpals  done,  were  lawfully  impounded.  Obseq^tiies. 

S"P<"5,"-^.^  .    ^          ^                  ^     .       ,    ,     ,  PARENTHESIS,  in  Grammar,  a  Number  of  Intercalary 

PARDON,  in  Law,  a  Remiffion  or  Forgivenefs  of  a  fe-  Words,  infertcd  in  a  Difcourfe;  which  interrupt  the  Senfe  or 

ionious,  or  other  Offence  againft  the  King.  Thread,  but  which  fecm  neceffary  for  the  fuller  underftandin" 

This  our  Lawyers  make  twofold  ;  the  one,  ea:  ffWMi^p^/i,  of  the  Subjecf. 

the  other,  per  Com  de  Ley.  The  firft  is  that,  which  the  King  The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  waei  inter  between  and 

out  of  fomefpecial  Regard  to  the  Perfon,  or  fome  other  Cir-  ifM(7tiVoiiuou,  q.ii.pit  berieeeti.                   '  ' 

cumttance,  grants  by  his  abfolpte  Perogative  or  Power.    The  The  politcft  of  our  modern  Writers  avoid  all  'Piirentlxfes  ■ 

other  is  that  he  grants,  as  the  Law  and  Equity  perfuades,  for  as  keeping  the  Mind  in  fufpence.embarraffine  it  and  rendering 

a  flight  Offence ;  as  Homicide  Cafual,  5.=^c.  .1,.  T%:::.:....r.  i„n.           •       '        ,        s  '  1 

Pardon,  in  the  Canon  Law,  is  an  Indulgence  which  th. 
Pope  grants  to  fuppofed  Penitents,  for  Remiffion  of  the  Pain: 


of  Purgatory,  which  they  have  merited  for  the  Satlsfailion  of 
their  Sins.    See  Indulgence. 

The  grand  Time  for  the  Difpenfation  of  TarJom  is  they^i- 
biUe.    See  Jubilee. 

In  this  Senfe,  Taric7l  is  properly  the  Angelic  Salutation, 
faid  to  the  Virgin  at  the  Sound  of  three  little  Strokes  of  a' 
Bell,  rung  in  the  Morning,  Noon,  and  Night,  in  order  for  the 
Perfon  to  be  entitled  to  Indulgences. 

PARDONERS,  in  our  antient  Cufloms,  were  Perfons  who 
carried  about  the  Pope's  Indulgences,  and  fold  'em  to  the 
highctt  Bidders.    See  Indulgence. 

P  APvEGORICKS,  in  Medicine,  Remedies  which  affwage 
Pain  ;  the  fame  with  what  we  otherwife  call  Aneiynei^^x^i.  O- 
^iatsi.  See  Anodyne  and  Opiate. 
The  Word  is  Greek  ■^a^.^yieivt. 


the  Difcourfe  lefs  clean,  uniform  and  agreeable :  Long  an3 
frequent  <Pmmbefes  arc  intolerable  ;  efpecially  in  Verfe, 
which  they  everrender  dull,  and  languid,  and  liketoProfe. 

The  proper  Charafleriftic  of  a  'Parenthefis^  is  that  it  may 
be  either  taken  in,  or  left  out,  the  Senfe  and  Grammar  remain- 
ing entire. 

in  Speaking,  Tm-evthefes  are  to  be  pronounced  with  a  diffe- 
rent Tone  ;  and  in  writing,  are  inclofed  between  (  )  i  to  diliin- 
guifli  them  from  the  reft 'of  the  Difcourfe. 

The  Charaaeritfelf  is  alfo  called  a  "Parenthefis.  Sbe Cha- 
racter. 

PARERE,  in  Commerce,  an  Italian  Term  which  begins 
to  be  naturalized.  It  fignifies  the  v^-^ww  or  Cctmfel  of  a  Mer- 
chant or  Negotiant  3  for  that  fuch  a  Perfon,  being  confulted  on 
any  Point,  introduces  his  Anfwer,  in  Jtaliany  with  Mi  fare^ 
i.  e.  /  thi7!k^  it  [eenn  to  me. 

The  Method  of  Negotiating,  efpecially,  that  of  Bills  of  Ex- 
change, being  borrowed  from  the  Italians^  moll  trading  Cities, 


PARELCON,  in  Grammar,  a  Figure,  whereby  aWord,  or   efpecially  J.yojn,  retain  the  Ufc  of  'Pdreres-,  which^'are  th. 


See  Parhe- 


Syllable,  is  added  to  theEnd  of  another. 
PARELIA,.  or  Tcrhelia,  in  Phyfiology. 

tiA. 

PAREIRA  BRAVA,  the  Root  of  a  Plant  growing  in  the 
Weft-Jiidies  f  chiefly  Mexico  and  'Smzil-^  eftecm'd  a  Specific 
for  the  Cure  of  the  Stone  and  Gravel. 

The  Name,  which  in  the  original  Tortngnsze,  fignifies  JViU- 
Vine,  or  Safiard  Fif:e,  be-nrsagood  deal  of  Analogy  to  th^ 
Plant,  which  bears  Branches  loaden  with  Leaves  perfedly  liki 


Advices  or  Opinions  of  Merchants  and  Negotiants  5  and  which 
ferve  as  Afts  before  Notaries,  when  given  by  Authority  of  a 
Judge-Converfator,  or  at  a  particular  Confultation,  for  main- 
taining the  Right  of  the  Confulter. 

M.  Savary  has  an  excellent  Treatife,  intitled,  Tarere^  on 
j^vis  ^  Co'iifeils  [iir  les  pkisjmportavtes  Marieres     Cormntrce  5 
Containing  the  Refolution  of  the  niofl:  difficult  Qiiefiions  re- 
lating to  Bankrupts  and  Failures,    Bills  of  Exchange,  Orders 
.  ^  .  without  Dates  or  ExpreiTion  of  Value,  Eknk-fipnings,  Renew- 

thofe  of  the  Vine  ;  and  which,  like  them,  creep  along  Wails  jng  of  Bills  of  Exchange,  thofe  drawn  or  accepted  by  Women 
and  Trees.  ,  in  Behalf  of  their  Husbands,  or  during  the  Minority  of  the 

The  Tortiigneze  value  this  Root  on  an  equal  footing  with   Drawer,  £5^c 
the  Jpecacnanha.    Some  Druggifis  call  it,  by  Corruption,  "Pa-       PARERGA,  a  Term  fometlmes  ufed  in  Archireaure,  for 
rada  'Bfova.  Additions,  or  Appendages,  made,  by  way  of  Ornament,  to 

M.  Geofm  attributes  the  Efficacy  of  this  Root.in  Nephritic   a  principal  Work. 
Cafes,  to  itsdiffolving  the  vifcid  Matters,  whereby  the  Par-      Itisfometimcsalfoufed  in  Painting  for  little  Pieces,  or  Com- 
ticles  of  the  Sand,        were  cemented  together:  And  hence,  partiments  on  the  Sides,   or  in  the  Corners  of  the  principal 
,  T_._-.        T      1.       ,  r,,      ,   -J  Piece. 


he  gives  it  with  the  fame  Intention  in  Jaundices,  Aflhma's,  ^c. 
It  is'given  in  Decoftion. 

The  Tortiigueze  hold  it  alfo  a  Remedy  for  Dyfenteries, 
Qiiinzies,  Bites  of  venomous  Beafls,  ^c. 

PARENCHYMA,  or  P'MiiNCHYMou*  Fkp^  in  Anatomy,  a 


PARESIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafccall'dalfo  y^^r^r/jy^;  and 
'iPalfy.    See  Paralysis,  ££fr. 

PARGETING,  in  Building,  is  ufed  for  the  PlaiRering  pf 
Walls;  fometimesfor  the  Plaifter  itfelf.    See  Plaister. 

5  the 


PAR 


(  753  ) 


'Pm-geting  is  of  various  Kinds ;  as,  r.  Wliite  Lime  and  Hair 
Mortar  laid  on  bare  Walls.  2.  On  bare  Laths,  as  in  partitioning 
and  plain  Cicling.  g.  Rendringthe  Inlidcs  of  Walls  or  double 
Partidon-Walis.  4.  Rough-caftiiig  on  Hearth-Laths.  j.Plaifter- 
iiig  on  Brick- work,  in  Imitation  of  Stone-work  5  and  the  like 
upon  Hearth-Laths. 

PARHELIUM,  PARHELION,  or  PARELION,  in 
PhyIiology,ylicf:/i-^//f;,  a  Meteor,  in  Porm  of  a  very  brightLight, 
appearing  a-lide  ot  the  Simj  form'd  by  the  Reflexion  of  his 
Bcamsin  a  Cloud  properly  pofitcd.    See  Meteor. 

The  'Parbika  ufually  accompany  the  Corona^  or  large 
Crowns-;  are  placed  in  the  fame  Circumference,  and  at  the 
fame  Height.  Trieir  Colours  refemble  rhofe  of  the  Rain-bow  ; 
the  Red  and  Yellow  on  the  Side  towards  the  Sun  ;  and  the 
Blue  and  Violet  on  the  other.    See  Raineow. 

Tho'  there  are  Orrona  fometimes  feen  entire,  without  any 
^Parhelia  f  and  '■Tarbelid  without  Ccroua.   See  Corojja. 

In  the  Year  1629.  was  fcenat  i?owea  ^Pi7)7>/:e;;ofliveSuns; 
and  in  ifidfJ.  another  at -^/-/fj  of  fix. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ]iixUi^  near,  and 
i\hi'&  Sol,  Sun. 

M.  Aliiriotte  accounts  lor  the  Appearance  of  'Parhelia^  from 
an  Infinity  of  littte  Parcels  of  Ice  floating  in  the  Air,  which  mul- 
tiply the  image  ot  the  Sun,  either  by  rcfrading  and  breaking 
hiy  Rays,  and  thus  making  him  appear  uhcrehe  is  not;  or 
by  reflcc'ting  'em,  and  ferving  as  Mirrors.    See  Mirror,  ^c. 

The  known  Laws  of  Retiexion  and  Refr.^£tion  have  given 
a  Handle  for  Gcomctrizingon  i\iG£c'Phceiiom€?m  and  M. 
rtotie  has  determined  the  precife  Pigure  of  the  little  Icicles, 
and  their  Situation  in  the  Air,  the  Sizeof  the  Corojiaox  Circles 
which  accompany  the  'Parhelia^  and  the  Colours  wherewith 
they  are  painted,  by  a  Geometrical  Calculm. 

Mr.  Hiiygens  accounts  for  the  Pormation  of  a  P^arhelion,  in 
the  fame  Manner,  as  ior  thofe  ot  the  Halo^  vtz.  by  fuppoflng  a 
Xumber  of  fmall  icy  Cylinders,with  opaque  Kirnels,carriedin 
the  Air,  neirherin  a  perpendicular  nor  parallel  Dirc£i:ion,  but  in- 
clined to  the  Horizon  in  acertaiu  Anglc,nearly  half  a  right  one. 

To  make  the  Efteit  of  thefe  Cylinders  manifeft,  M.  Huy- 
gem  produced  to  the  Academy  0"!  Paris,  a  glafs  Cylinder  a 
Eoot  long,  with  an  opaque  Cylinder  of  Wood  in  the  Middle,  and 
the  ambient  Space  fill'd  with  Water  and  tranfparent  Ice;  which 
Cylinder  being  expofed  to  the  Sun,  and  the  Eye  put  in  the  re- 
quifitc  Situation,  there  were  fucceflively  fecn  all  the  Refraifli- 
ons  and  Refl?61:ions,  necefiary  for  the  Pb£immna  of  the  Par- 
hclia.    See  Halo. 

PARIE  l  ALIA  OJfa,  in  Anatomy,  the  third,  and  fourth 
Bones  of  the  Cranium  ;  fo  called,  becaufe  they  form  the  'Pa  - 
i'ieteSy  or  Sides  ot  the  Head.    See  Cranium. 

Their  Subliance  is  finer  and  thir;ner  than  that  of  the  Coto- 
and  Occifntal.  Their  Pigure  is  fquarc;  their  Size  furpafles 
that  of  the  other  Bones  ot  the  Head  ;  and  tlieir  Situation,  in 
the  lateral  Parts,  which  thcypoflefs  entirely. 

The  Sagittal  Suture  connetHis  them  at  the  upper  Part  ;  the 
Coronal ]o\n&  their  Fore-part  to  the  Oi  Proiitii  ;  the  Lambdoidal 
joins  them  by  the  Hind-part  to  the  Occifnal  Bone ;  and,  lartly, 
the  fquammcus  Suture  joins  them  by  the  Lower-part  to  the 
O^a  Perrofa. 

The  outer  Surface  of  thefe  Eoncs  is  very  fmooth  and  po- 
lifli'd  ;  the  inner,  rough  and  uneven  ;  full  of  Iinprcffions,  which 
the  Arteries  of  the  'Jjnra  jMattr  ha\emade  by  their  continual 
Pulfation  before  they  were  oflified. 

PARIETES,  Sides,  in  Anatomy,  a  Term  ufed  for  the  Tn- 
clofures,  or  Meuibranej,  that  ilop  up  or  clofe  the  hollow  Parts 
ofEodies,  efpeci;jlly  thofe,  of  the  Heart,  the  ^fborax,  and  the 
riis.    See  HiiART,  Thorax,  l-ic. 

The  'Parietcs  of  the  iwo  Ventricles  of  the  Heart  are  of  un- 
equal Strength  and  Thiclaiefs,  ihe  left  exceeding  the  right, 
becaufe  of  its  Office,  which  is  to  force  t)ie  Blood  thro'  all  Parts 
of"  the  Body  ;  whereas  the  right  only  drives  it  thro'  the  Lungs. 
See  Ventricle,  ^c. 

PARISH,  the  Prccir.61  or  Territory  of  a  "Parip  Church. 
See  Cni-'Rcn.    See  alfo  Parochial. 

In  the  antient  Church,  there  was  one  large  Building  in  each 
City,  for  the  People  to  meet  in  ;  and  this  they  call'd  Pa- 
rilh.  But  the  Signification  of  the  Word  was  afterwards  en- 
Ja'rged,  and  by  'Parijh  was  meant  a  Diocefe,  or  the  Jurifdifli- 
on  of  a  Bifliop,  confining  of  feveral  Churches;  unlelis  we  will 
fuppofe,  as  fume  do,  that  thofe  LiOiops  were  only  Paftorsof 
fingle  Churches.    SccDiocese  and  Bishop. 

At  lealt,  the  Word  now  retains  its  original  Meaning. 

Un-pin  obfcrvrs,  that  Country  Pnrijbes  had  not  their  Ori- 
gin before  the  I  Vth  Century  ;  but  thofe  ot  Cities  are  more  an- 
lient.  The  City  of  Alexnvdria  is  faid  to  have  been  the  firll 
that  was  divided  into  ^P^r^/jpj.  S;rrt)OT7,'J  fays,  that  in  the 
Time  of  Pope  Cornelius,  there  were  46"  'paripes  in  Roine. 

The  Divifion  of  England  into  'Paripes,  is  attributed  to  Ho- 
Archbifhop  Ca7iterbury,  in  63^.  CiTW^ie??  reckons 
9184  paripes  in  England.  Chamberlayn  makes,  at  prefent, 
9915. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  parccbia,  of  the  Greek 
iDti  Cctpge  obferves,  that  the  Name  ■^ae^mx  was  antiently 


PAR 


given  to  the  whole  Temtory  of  a  Biniop,  and  derives  It  from 
Ne.ghbomhood ;  becaufe  the  Primitive  Chriftiam,  not  daring 
to  alfemble  openly  in  Cties,  were  forced  to  meet  fecretJy  in 
Neighbour-houfcs.  ^ 

PARisn-yr/f/;  the  Parfon,  or  Minifter  who  holds  a  3=«- 
rip  as  a  Benefice.    See  Parson. 

If  the  predial  Tythes  be  appropriated,  the  Parfon  is  called 
Reaor.  See  Rec  tor.  If  they  be  impropriated,  he  is  call'd 
l^icar.    See  Vicar. 

PARISIS,  a  Money  of  Account ;  formerly  a  real  Money  • 
ftruck  ^t'paris  at  the  fame  Time  with  the  Tottrmis  i\tiL 
atPhiirs.    See  Money  and  Coin.  ' 

I'he  Tar/Jis  exceeded  the  •fourmis  by  one  Fourth  ■  fo  that 
the  Livre  or  Pound  P^an/is  was  25  Sols ^  and  the  Livre  Pour- 
mis  20.  The  Sols  and  Demen,  'Parifis,  ^c.  in  Proportion 
SeeLivRE,  Sol,  ^c.  ^ 

PARK;  an  Inclofure  flock'd  with  wild  Eeafis,  ram  S\l- 
veftres,  quam  Cam^'cjlres ;  iay  our  old  Lawyers. 

Crampon  obferves,  that  a  Subjeft  may  hold  a  P^ark  by  Pre- 
fcription,  or  the  King's  Grant,  which  hecan't  do  a  Forelh  See 
Forest. 

A  PiVk  differs  from  a  Chafe  or  IV^.rren ;  for  that  a  'P^vk  ' 
muft  be  enclofed  ;  if  it  lie  open,  it  is  a  good  Caufe  offeizing 
it  into  the  King's  Hand  ;  as  a  free  Chafe  may  be,  if  it  be  en- 
clofed.    Nor  can  the  Owner  have  any  A£iion  againii  fuch  as 
hunt  in  his  'Park,  if  it  lie  open.    See  Chase. 

ffl?/ 6>?;£t' refers  the  Invention  of  ^^'/rr/::  to  K'mg  Ue72ry  I. 
of  Euglnnd  -.  But  Sj-chnan  fhews,  'tis  much  more  antient  ■  and 
was  in  ufe  among  the  Anglo  Saxcf.'S.  ' 

Zgz!?,21's  afiurcs  us,  the  antient  Kings  of  P>erjia  had  'Parks. 

The  Word  is  originally  Celric,  where  it  fignifies  an  Inclofure" 
or  Place  fluit  up  with  Walls.  ' 

Park  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  moveable  Paiiffade  fet  up  in  the 
Fields  to  inclofe  Sheep  in  to  feed,  during  the  Ninhr. 

The  Shepherds  fliift  their  Pai-k,fromTimc  to*l''ime,todun2 
the  Ground,  one  Part  after  another.  ' 

Park  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  very  large  Net,  difpofed  on  the 
Brink  of  the  Sea,  with  only  one  Hole  which  looks  towards 
the  Shore  ;  and  which  becomes  dry,  after  the  Flood  is  gone 
off ;  fo  that  the  Fifli  has  no  Way  left  to  efcape. 

Paris  i"  War,  or  Park  of  the  Artillery,  a  Poft  in  aCamp, 
out  of  Cannon  Shot ;  where  the  Cannon,  artificial  Fires,  Pow- 
der, and  other  warlike  Ammunition  are  kept,  and  guarded,  by 
Pike-men  only,  to  avoid  all  Cafualtles  that  might  happen  by 
Fire.    Every  Attack,  at  a  Siege,  hath  its  Park  of  Artilieiy. 

Park  of  Provifions,  is  another  Place  in  a  Camp,  on  the 
Rear  of  every  Regiment,  which  is  taken  up  by  the  Sutlers, 
who  fellow  the  Army  with  all  Sorts  of  Provifions,  and  feU  them 
to  the  Soldiers. 

PARLEY,  a  Conference  with  an  Enemy,  ££?c.  of  the  Fre?icb 
Parkr  to  fpeak,  talk. 

Hence  to  beat  or  found  a  'Parley,  is  to  give  a  Signal  for  the 
holding  of  fuch  a  Conference  by  Beat  of  Drum,  or  Sound  of 
Trumpet. 

PARLIAMENT,  a  Grand  AfTembly,  or  Convocation,  of 
the  Three  Eftates  of  the  Kingdom,  1)1%,  Lords  Spiritual,  Lordi 
'P'onforal,  and  Comrnons,  fummoncd  to  meet  the  King,  to  con- 
fult  of  Matters  relating  to  the  Common-weal ;  and  pariicularly 
to  ena£l  and  repeal  Laws.    See  Estate. 

The  two  Houfes  of  ParUament  are  the  King'sGrand  Coun- 
cil.   See  Council. 

'Till  theConquelf,  the  great  Council,  confifting  only  of  the 
great  Men  of  the  Kingdom,  was  call'd  Magnctiim  Conventus^ 
and  Prelatoniin prccerwnque  Concilium,  1'he  Saxons,  in  their 
<mx\'VQZi^Xi&,zA\\'A\iWittencgemtte,  i.  c.  Aflembly of theWife. 

After  the  Conquett,  about  the  Beginning  of  the  Reiwn  of 
K.  Edw.  l.Some  fay,  i,i  the  Time  oi  flen.i.  it  was  called 'Pitr- 
leraeiitum^  q.d.  Sfeed:me??t,  from  the  French,  Pearler,  to  fpeak; 
tho'  it  ftill  only  confifted  t-f  the  great  Men  of  the  Nation  :  Till 
in  the  Reign  ot  Hen.  III.  the  Commons  were  alfo  called  to  fit 
\aParlia7nent :  Thefirfl:  Writs  fent  out  tofummon  them  bore 
Date  49  Hen.  lU.  Anno  121:7, 

Parliamems  are  to  be  fummoned,  prorogued,  anddiflblved 
by  the  King  alone  :  Nor  can  a  'Parhc.Hitii  begin  without  the 
King's  Pretence.    See  King. 

At  liril:  new  Parliaments  were  call'd  every  Year :  Ey 
degrees  their  Term  grew  longer.  In  the  Time  of  King 
Charles  II.  they  were  held  a  long  Time  with  long  Interrup- 
tions between.  Both  which  were  found  of  fo  ill  Confequence, 
that  in  the  Beginning  of  the  Reign  of  K.  Jfilliam,  an  Aft  was 
pafi*ed,  whereby  the  Term  of  all  'Parliatner.ts  was  reftrained 
to  three  Sefltons,  or  three  Years  ;  hence  caU'd  the  Triennial 
AEi.  Since  that,  from  other  Views,  the  Period  of  P arhaMent^ 
is  again,  5  Gecrgii,  lengthen'd  to  feven  Years. 

A  Parliajnent  \sc?i\Vd  by  the  King'sWrir,orLet-rer,dire£led 
to  each  Zori,  commanding  them  to  appear  ;  and,  by  other 
Writs,  direfted  to  the  Sheritfs  of  each  County,  to  funimon  the 
People  to  ele£l  two  Kuigbts  for  each  County,  and  one  or  two 
'Burgefjes  for  each  Borough,  ^c. 

Antiently,  all  the  People  had  Votes  in  theElcffions ;  till  it 
was  ena£ted  by  Hen.  VI.  That  none  but  Freeholders,  refiding 
in  the  County,  and  who  had  a  yearly  Revenue  of  40  s.  Ihould 
S  F  be 


PAR 


(  354  ) 


PAR 


I  .  „l.c%»l  -Int  oipre  un-  certain  ;  as  incrcanna  at  the  King's  Plcafure.    The  Members 

be  aJmitluUo  vote;  nor  were  any  tobecleaed.hatwereun  (>„„ons,   v4cn  tall,   are  ^y.,  'o,z.. 

dcr  21  Years  of  Age.                        r7)-,7,v,™„,  m;th  more  Knishts  of  Sliires;  52  Deputies  for  the  15  Cities,  Xo;;.™  hav- 

That  tlie  Members  miglrt  attend  m  'P*'''''''"™' d  inc.  4 ;  i  S  for  the  S  Cinque  Ports  ;  2  for  each  IJniverfity ;  and,  f;- 

Freedom,  they,  and  all  tl>e.r  mental  Servants,  were  F  =  - '                Boroughs,  befide  i.  Eoroughs  for  kaks,  and 

from  all  Arrclis,  Al..achmen,s  taP"^""'"™',';.^ .  :J°'bu  S  I]  ^iembers  for  SccriJi 

Trcfpaffes,        c^ov^fc              <riM-/J«il..i^^^^^^^^^  ^Parliament  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  other  AfTcmblies 

fromArredsforlreafon,  felony,  and  Breach  otlea^^^^^^^  befide  thofe  of  the  States  of  the  Realm.    Thus  we  read  that 

ThePbcev..here  '^e  i''7J-/«f  "^^^^^^^^^^  ,he  Abbot  of  Crg'to.^  was  ui'cd  to  call                    of  hi. 

King  pleafcs  ;  oflate,,t  '^'''^'j^^"  "V^fJt  a"  "L^et^^^s   In  the  Monks,  to  con&lt  of  the  Affairsof  the  Monaliery :  And.at  this 

,heLor_ds  and  .Commons  ead,  m  d  11  ncl  Ap^t^  „  ^,  ,    ,  . 


Day,  an  Afl'embly  of  the  two  Temples,  called  to  confult  of 
their  common  Aftairs,  is  called  a  ^J'm'lidr/mit.  SeelEMPLE.' 

pAKDl  AMENTS  c/J'rc^'ce,  are  Courts  or  Aflemblies  eiia- 
blilh'd  by  the  King,  to  judge  of  the  Differences  between  par- 
ticular Perfons,  and  to  pronounce  on  Appeals  from  Sentences 


Lord's  Honfe  the  Princes  of  the  Blood  are  P'^^'^'' ^  "'"^ 
Seats;  the  great  Officers  ot  State,  Dttkes^  Marqmffes.a.^^^^ 
Bitbops  on  Fonr.s ;  and  the  Vilconnts  •''"d  Karons  on  others  a 

crofs, "ire  Honfe;  'all  according  to  the.r  Order  of  Creat.on.  ^  

tlace,  ES&    Sec  Precedency.              fi,.  03,3^  has  a  riven  by  inferior  Judges.  SeeCooRT. 

The  Commons  fit  nrom,rcuoufly  ;  only  the  8?=^^^  "     ^  §                          "f,  p„l,aments  in  Frame.    That  of  Tbo- 

Chairatthe  upper  tnd;              ^^^^^^^        ^         Mem-  k,,fi,  eftabhfh'din  1505:  That  of  2,',y«;,  in  ,47^:  That  of 

Table  near  h,n.     Eetore  »5'M-.tte.  be  done,  a  Gr«;eW.,in  r„,  :Thatofiic«o;,  in,4„  :  Thatof in 

bets  of  the  Houfe  of  Commons  t.ike  the  '-'"ns  a„n  Jjntatnl  in  I5i-,  :  That  of  Sourdmux,  in  1502  :  That  ct 

theirOpinionsagainftTramubla,»«^^^^^^  X  If,;". !  T^tof          in         =  T^tof  k»  m  2^^^^^^ 

Lords  too,  tho  they  don.  t  al,„  tno  uaLn.,jre      b  in  i  s  to  :  And  that  of  TuriS. 

Thelloufe  of  Lords  ,s  the          f          °J  J™^',"^  i\  ,  Wri,«,«e,,t  of  y.risis  the  Principal,  and  that  whofe 

Realm,  and  the  Dern.er  ^ffjj^^  "gee  Peers  a"dCc«^^  Tnrifdiaion  is  of  the  grcateft  E.'.tent.    fhis  is  the  chief  Court 

grandlnqueft,  but  no  Court  of  Juface.    SceFEERsana^  if  Juflice  throughout  the  Realm.  It  confifts  of  fix  Chambers  = 

MONS.                 -        ,,„,v„w  *«/S)!(>-ffi//j»7  Parliament;  the  grand  Chamber,  W'here  Caufes  of  Audience  are  pleaded; 

ArfV^n  b^ra^mt'to'afeTB^fig^^^^  and  L  Chambers  of  Inquefi,  where  Proceffes  are  adjudged 

e£L'::  ona"'gnea,on  put,  ^^i-g  agreed  t^  by  a  M,^^^^  S"-the  rfecordR:^- of  Kings,  the  ^..W.,  like 

that  Perron  wuh  o.het.  are  ord  r  d  to  |   pate^^^^^^  ri«t  of              was  the  King's  Cou-ncil ;  gave  Audience  to 

'fti"r"'dm»  k  V;rhJ'ae7k  tleS^Sreads  the  Abttrall  AmbaffadJrs,  and  confulted  of  the  Affairs  of  War  and  Govern- 

rhcrcof.  and°puts  the  Q.vettion  wliether  or  no  >t  ftaU  hajje  a  mc;nr  ^^^^^^^ 

S::^tui;S'lt^«— twh^^  MaftersoftfelrRelpluti^;,.  But,  in  after  Times,. heir  Autho 


mi.tee  of  the  whole  Houfe,  if  it  be  of  Importance  ;  or  to  a  pri 
vate  Committee,  any  Member  nammg  rhe  Petfons.  See  Com 

"Th^Committee  appointed,  and  a  Chairman  chofen,  the 


rity  has  been  abridg'd,  the  Kinr^s  having  referv'd  the  Dec:- 
fion  of  the  grand  Affairs  of  the  Public  to^  their  own  Councils  3 
leaving  none  but  private  ones  to  the  TctrHnmejits. 

VA^J-.lMAEi^TU'M.  Tndc£iom7n^  a  Denomination  given 


"Th;  Committee  jTfcinted  -d  ^^^^^^^^  „       i;;;t^^^«»;:7'/^ ^^ff  w^ris!  b; 

Chairman  reacktI,e  Edl,  f  ...agraph  o   Para^^^^^^^  ^          to  the  Sheriffs  of  the  feveral  Counties,  .to 
Clanfe  to  the  Queh.on,  hlU  up  i^™';'-^"?        "'n?^   p^;,!  Petfon  ftill'd  in  the  Law  was  to  be  called, 
ments,  according  to  the  Opinion  of  the  M^-J™'  Y-   i fg^"  p™   ,  amentum  J„finlim,  was  a  ■P^r/zOTfMheld  at  O^- 
ihns  gone  thro  ,  the  Chairman  ma^^^^^^^  /.r^  ^^.  4,  H™.  III.  thus  cail'd,  fay  our  Chronicles,  he- 
bar  of  the  Houfe,  reads  all  the  Addi™"^^"^  A^^rdme^^^^^^^  ^  J     ,          4                             Retinues  of  armed  Men  to 

^^'^^^^  puts  the  Ciieflion,  ^'K^her^heyHiaU  Jj^^^Ji:-^:'^^^^]^rS:^1i 

be  read  atecond  Time ;  and,  if  agreed  to,  ead^      ^'^  3"„„„  Lrward  K  nl,  and  feveral  others,  were  attainted.    The  AS. 

To  fo  many  as  the  Houfe  acqniefces  ,n    he  ti: ^ L V^^^  pafs'd  he^in  '^;er  annull'd  by  the  fucceeding  rcrluvmnt. 

pnt,whe,herthe£ill,thusamended  nrall  beengrols  d  a  idw^  ^  PareiTmentom      &            was  a  Tarliammt  in  Ed- 

in  Parchment,  andread  a  third  Tj  ? Jl^^"  Ei  1  ,c"y^^  \^  J,,^'^,, Time,  u  hereto  the  Barons  came  armed  againtl  the 

,he.Speaker  holds  .tm  his  Hand          >sk    *  ^^J^^f^^  ^^^^  spme^Mh  colour'dBands on theirSleeves for  DiIH„a,on, 

the  Majority  be  for  it,  the  Clerk  writes  on  r    c«a  PARLOIR,  PARLOUR,  in  Nunneries,  a  little  Room, 

Seis'Jrs.    Or,  in  the  Honfe  ot  Lords,  Sou  UMo  aux  Urn-  _^/(,'j^J^';Xre  People  talk  to  the  Nuns,  thro'  a  Kind  of 

""if  aEill  be  r.:Jeaed,it  cannot  be  any  more  more  propofed  du-  8--^  TOndow.  ^^^^^^  ^^^^       ^^^^^^^  _ 

^"Z^^t^^  allb  I'arUnn  in  the  Convents  of 

C..mnue.    A/-t."/*=,,^7rrp;  ker„  i  f fthS  Monks,  wliere  the  Novices  ufed  to  converfe  together,  at  the 

uncovets,  ar.d  direflshisSpcecli  otnebpeaEcrinii).    1  ti„„„  „f  Rrcreation  ■  but  there  were    ftenlng  Places  over, 

be  lays  be  an-^vercd  by  -odier  he  is  not  ^1^- WY  •  >=  "^Z^^.^^T^l.Z  cou'd  hear  what  the^  laid  ;  fuch 

fame  Day,  unlefs  perfonally              °":    j-^^h,")?^'  fcay.  a  one  there  flill  fubfills  in  the  Abbey  St.  GmiBtn  dl  Trm. 

fon  fpeak  more  than  once  to  the  fi.me  Bill  m  tne  "         g  j    of  f  ««Vfa«5,  the  farlour  is  a  little  Room  open 

In'the  Lord's  Houic  'Y^.^tV^e             e  ve  V  on    an-  on  all  Sides,  placed  at  eachEnd  of  the  Dormitory  w'nere  the 

rZL'':  paJt^ctL^orX'r,:'!  'ii;  the  H^ufc^Tcom-  Monks  talk'tlgether,  it  nor  being  allo.v'd  them  to  fpeak  in  the 

^T^i'^^iLS^t]^  "2^^:^  pSrSa,  among  Antiquari^,  a  Kind  ofanticnt  Buckler. 

Qucflion  be  atout  bringing  f  Thn^  i«o  the  Houfe   Ae  ^^l^^^^^^^^^,,,,,  as  very  flrong,  round,  rhr.e 

'Zf^^^^^:^^^^  ^^ISrfA^our;  inCompariihnofthe  See 


V  divide  oy  ci-.hi.Kn:u  oiut.-,  .  ...„...„  o  . 

^  ^-st'"-  left  of  the  Chair,  and  then  there  arc  but  two  lellers. 

If  a  EiU  pafs  one  Houfe,  and  the  other  demur  at  it,  a  Con- 
ference is  demanded  in  the  Painted  Chamber  where  certain 
Members  are  deputed  from  each  Houfe  ;  and  here  the  Lords 
finii'"  cover'd,  the  Commons  flanding  bare,  the  Cafe  is  de- 
bated If  they  difagrce,  the  Affair  is  null ;  if  they  agree,  thi., 
with  tiie  other  Bills  Aat  have  pafC-d  both  Houfes,  is  brought 
down  to  SieKina,  in  the  Hoife  of  Lords,  who  comes  thither 


Shield. 

PARMESAN.    SecPADoiN.      ^  „    ■„  o 

PAROCHIAL,  fomething  belonging  to  a  Tcrtp.  Sec 

^^Every  Church  is  either  Cathedral,  Collegiate,  ot-Panchittl. 

^'cS/S«7i's  where  there  is  a  Bi  (hop's  See,  or  Seat,  cail'd 
Cathedra.    Collegiate,  confifls  cither  of  regular  Clerks,  pro- 
"  *  _   .._i":,.:.,t.r  Dr.l..). .  rir  ^rriflin  and  Chanter.  See 


„B,  in  the  Houfe  of  Lords,  who  comes  thither  „  ,',  Order;  or  of  Dean  aSd  Chapter.'  'See 

r";i,'J  in  the  Roval  Robes  and  with  the  Crown  on,  before  fefflng  fome  reJ^ious  uruer    or  01  ucx  p 

;^^tm^he"rthe^^.V,«^^^^^^^  ^-VT.Stchu'^r  h^i    hat  m^^ 

?ill  and  as  he  reads,  the  Clerk  of  the  Crown  pronounces  the  ^.  ^''g™*;^^  p,„pi,  „t„  „uhifi  a  certain  Com- 

y^rt^S'^^^^^U^^^^  ^l^^apopularMa^im,  Adage  orProverb.  SeePao- 

ij^lte^^'^- 'hJt^^^^t'l:^^;^^  ^  Th;  Word  is  ,o.m:d  iVom  the  G...        .a.  ...  Way, 

.^•^^^itJ  ^r^fSiS^tAef^iui^^s^t-  ,KjVcrfooV.bmePe?(bn,byWayofRidicn.,toanother;c. 


P  A 


11 


in  turning  a  Terious  Work  into  Eurieffjite,  by  affefting  to  ob- 
fervc  as  nearly  aspoflible,  the  fame  Khimes,  Words,  and  Ca- 
dences. Sec  B0Rl.liSQ.tIE. 

Tht  'P^ro.'iy  wasfirit  fet  on  foot  by  the  Greeks  5  from  whom 
we  burrow  the  Name.  It  comes  near  to  what  Tome  of  our  late 
Writers  call  "Trnvcfty.  See  Tkavks 


(  355  ;  PAR 

PARRYiKG  in  Fencing,  the  Afiion  of  defending  a  Man's 
felf,  or  o*  Having  off  the  Strokes,  gfc,  offci-'d  him  by  another. 
See  Fencing. 

Good  Fencers  puili  and  parry  at  the  fame  Time.  See 
Guard. 

The  Spanif-rdj  parry  With  th_e  Poniard.    The  Anticnts  par- 


PARODICAL  ii^'gy^n^'Wi  an  E<]uation,  the  feveral  regular   ried  with  their  Bucitlets.    See  Paradil 
Terms  in  a  Quadratic,  Cubic.or  Biquadratic  Equation.SSr.Tho       PA.RSON,the  Incumbent  of  aParifli  Church.  SeePARisH. 


Indices  of  whoTe  Pov/ers  afccnd  or  defcend  orderly  in  an  arith- 
metical Progrcffion.    See  Eq_uation. 

Thu.s,  Z  '  M  ■+  Z  r  S  is  a  Cubic  Equation  where 
no  Term  is  wanting,  bat  having  all  its  Tmdic  Degrees  ;  the 
Indices  of  the  Terms  regularly  defcending  thus  5,  i,  o- 
JJdrns.  r 

PAROL,  in  Law,  is  fomctimes  ufedin  antient  Writers  tor 
a  yicr.  in  Court.  SeePt,KA. 

j^f.'t/e-PAiioi.,  or  /fr  'Pf.nl^  is  a  Lcafe  by  Word  of  Mouth  ; 
ihiis  caird  to  diliinguifll  it  from  one  in  Writing.    See  Lease. 
PAROLE,  in  War,  £?c.  when  a  Prifoncr  of  War  is  allow'd 


He  is  laid,  bylomc,to  be  thus  called  by  Way  of  £minenc^  , 
the  Revenues  ot  a  Church  being  defined  to  ij.aintain  niRgnam 
^erfcncrd;  or,  as  ronie  will  have  in,  becaufe  he  is  bound  by 
Virtue  of  his  Oiixce^in propria  "Perfona  firvire  ®^o,whence  im- 
perfonare^'m  old  Charters,  is  to  put  in  Pofleffion  of  a  Parfonage, 

Or  as  others,  becaufe  the  original  'Parfom^  ^Perfoi^d?,  were 
in  reality,  only  Dignitaries,  anQ  pofTefi'd  Benefices  which. 7ave 
them  fome  T'erjciial  Pre-eminence  in  the  Church  or  Chapter, 
but  no  Power.    See  Parsonage. 

Or,  laftly,  as  others,  becanfc  the  "P.^?}^;?,  foi-hisTime,  re- 


and  Promifc  to  return  a 

he  is  faid  to  be  out  upon  'Purcie^  L  e.  upon  his  P/ord. 

P AROLI,  in  Gaming,  the  double  of  what  was  laid  at  Stake 
before  ;  hence,  fo  cf'cr  tbe  Taroli,  Sic. 

PAROEMIA,  a  Proverb.    ScepROVERs.  ^ 
The  Word  is  form 'd  from  the  Greek  at  quctfi 
6i,uhjj  \uxta  viam,  i.  e.  tr  'itahi  ^  or  from  o',<*ti  Word, 


nto  his  own  Country,  or  to  his  own  Party,  upon  his  WorA   prefents  his  Church,  and  fuftaincth  the  Perj'on  thereof,  as  well 
t  a  Time  appointed,  if  not  exchang'd,       fuing,  as  being  fued  in  any  Aclion  touching  the  fame. 

"  "  Some  diftinguifh  between  a  Renter  and  a  P/rrfoji ;  The 

Re5ior,  i'i\y  they,  is  where  the  Vicaridgeis  endow'd  5  and  the 
'Parfon^  'Pcrfima,  where  the  Parfonage  iswlthouc  a  Vicaridgc: 
But  the  Kiftindicn  fcemsnewand  fubtlcj  -i9M(5?0/7  appareutiy 
ufes  Reflorand  Parfon,  as  fynonymous.    See  Rector. 

  ,  -  --  ,  Formerly  he  who  had  a  Church  by  Inftitution  andlnduftion 

'  PARONOMASIA,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Figure  whereby  Words  p^iy  for  his  own  Life,  was  calfd  -Tarfo/^  Mortal:  But  any  Col- 
tiearly  alike  in  Sou.nd,  but  of  very  different  Scnfes  are  afFefted-  ]egiate,  or  Conventual  Body,  to  whom  the  Church  was  for 
Jy  ufcd.  ever  appropriated,  was  call'd  'Parfvn  Jr/miortal. 

As,  not  Trwds  but  I-k.idi  were  here  :  So  Tiilly  to  Anthony^  Some  again  make  a  Diftinciinu  between  'perfona^  Pardon 
CUhi  m  Gremo  Mimarum  mcctcm  ci?  mentum  depnerei:  And  fimply,and  Par[on,Ir/2pnrfc?2ec,  iyaperjmatedi  TheParfouJm' 
to  Jtnciis,  Coiifulipfi  parvo  Amrao^  pravo,  hc'ic  Nzsgisqua/'^  perjmice  is  the  Reacr  in  Poffcffion  ofa  PariHiChurch,  whether 
faceriis  ridiailus.  And  that  of  P.  Chryjvkgus-^Monachonnn  Cel-  Prefentative  or  Impropriate,  and  with  whom  the  Church  is  full. 
lvJ(e  jam  iim  Ererneiicx  fed  Aromatic^.  And  in  another  Place,  cpar[on^  Perfujsa,  limply,  they  contend,  is  properly  the  Patron" 
Hoc  cigmc  inC^\\\s  qitoi  AngelimC':p.Y\^.  or  he  that  has  the  Right  of  Prefentation  j  caJl'd  Parjon  by 

Among  the  G;-ff?/;j  the  "Pi^mjc?/?;:/?;?  was  very  familiar.  Thus  j-eafon,  before  the  Lateran  Council,  he  had  a  Right  to'the 
Hercdotih  ^QiiuarjijputSmyAnt^  qus  nocent^  docent.  _         Tithes,  in  refpe^'i  oFhis  Liberality,  in  erecting  or^'endowins 

And  thus  that  Infcription  of  Jpallocorm  a  celebrated  Painter,        Church,  qunfi  fajlincret  "Perfonam  Ecck[i<£. 


on  one  of  his  Pieces.  _ 

^Ti'-'ill  be  eafier  to  deride^  than  to  imitate. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  near,  and  oVo;/« 
i^ame,  q.  d.  Proximity  or  Refemblance  of  two  Najnes. 

PARONYCHIA,  IP^hitlce,  \n  Medicine,  a  painful  Kind 
of  Tumor,  or  Inflammation,  ariiing  on  the  Ends  of  the  Fin 
gers,  and  the  Roots  of  the  Nails  5  otherwife  called  •Pa?2i'.ris, 
See  Panaris. 

The  Humour  ,or  Matter  of  the  'paronychia  is  Ibmetimes  fo 
Hiarp  as  to  corrode  the  Tendons,  Nerves,  Ptriojleiim^  and 
even  the  Eonc  itfelf. 

It  is  lodged  cither  between  the  Integuments,  cr  between  the 
'pcnojleum  and  Bone.    The  deeper  the  more  dangerous. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  and  uvu^  Unguis^ 
NaiL 

PAROTIDES,  in  Anatomy,  two  big  Glands,  fituate  be- 
hind the  two  Ears  ;  and  filling  all  the  Space  between  the 
pofterior  Angle  ot  the  under  Jaw,  and  the  niaftoidaly>/'c//y'- 
Jis.    See  Gland  and  Ear. 

They  arc  the  Conglomerate  Kind,  and  by  divers  excretory 
"Du^^s,  which,  at  lafl-,  coalefce  into  one  Trunk,  difcharge  u 


But  'tis  certain,  that  in  the  Regijler  ofTVritS,  'perfona  im- 
perfonate  is  ufed  for  the  Redor  of  a  Benefice  Prcfentarive  : 
And  in  'Dyer,  a  Dean  and  Ciiapter  are  faid  to  be  Parfins  im~ 
perfonee^s  of  a  Benefice  appropriated  to  them.  So  that  Pcrfo- 
nata  fcems  only  chang'd  into  Imperjhiata^  in  rcfpeflof  thePof- 
feffion  of  the  Benefice.    See  Coke  on  Litt.  fol.  300. 

PARSONAGE,  in  its  Original,  among  us,  and  at  this 
Day,  in  other  Countries,  is  a  Benefice  which  gives  feme  Pre- 
rogative or  Pre-eminence  in  a  Church  or  Chapter,  but  without 
any  Jurifdi£}ion.    Sec  Benefick. 

The  ancient 'i*j;/o/;-T^^ej gave  a  httJc  Hondurand  Dignity  as  to 
the  Pcrfon,  bur  no  Power:  Whence,  apparently,  the  Name„ 
intimating  the  Effefl:  of  the  Dignity  to  bi;  reftrain'd  to  the 
Perfon,  'Perfona,  Pdrfcn.  Such  arc  flill  the  Chanteries  in  fe- 
veral Churches,  and  the  Sub-Chanteries  in  others. 

Some  as  Olrade^  ^,c.  extend  the  Word  parfcnc.ge  loTiiguity^ 
and  comprehend  under  it  the  Archdeacons,  Deans,  ^f>c.  in  Ca- 
thedrals 5  but  this  feems  draining  the  Scnfe  of  the  VVord. 

In  cffcff,  the  Doctors  ufe  the  Term  very  differently  :  Some 
applying  it  to  all  who  have  any  Prerogative  in  the  Choir,  or 
the  Chapter,  over  theothcr  Canons,cither  in  Options,  Suffra; 


ons,  bultrages, 

Eleflions,  or  barely  in  Place  and  Proceffions  thus  confounding 
Humour  fcparated  in  \m  from  the  arterious  Blood,  called  Sa~  ][  with  Dignity ;  while  others  apply  it  to  fimple  Renters,  ^c, 
/i-j^r,  into  the  Mouth,by  two  Vcffcls  formed  of  feveral  Branches   g^e  Dignity. 

uniting  at  the  Iflue  of  thcfe  Glands,  and  which  run  along  the  PART,  a  Portion  of  fome  Whole,  confidered  as  divided,  or 
Cheek  to  the  third  Grinder.    See  Saliva  ^  Salival.  as  divifible.    See  Whole  and  Division. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^^e?!  near,  and  ks  Ear.       Quantity  is  divifible  into  an  infinite  Number  of  ^P^im.-  Not 


Parotides,  inMedicine,  Tumors  or  Inflammations  ari- 
£ng  behind  the  Ears,  on  the  'Parotid  Glands.  , 

'^Parotides  are  very  frcrjuent  after  malignant  and  peftilcntial 
Fevers:  Children  are  particuiady  liable  to  'era.  Ihcy  are  to 
be  treated  like  Snbo^s,    See  Bubo. 

PAROXYSM,  in  Medicine,  the  fcvere  Fit  of  a  Difeafe 
which  grows  higher,  or  cxafpcrates  as  the  Gout,  ^c. 

It  is  fomctimes  alio  ufcd  for  the  Accefs  or  Return  of  a  Dif- 
fcafe  that  intermits,  as  an  Ague.    See  Access. 

TheWord  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ira^  much,  and  o^i-'f  acute. 

PARRICIDE,  in  Striitnefs,  is  the  Murther,  or  the  Mur- 
therer  of  a  Father  5  as  Matricide  is  of  a  Mother. 

The  Word  Parricide  is  alfo  ordinarily  extended  to  both.  See 

M  U  R  T  h 


equai  Parts,  but  proportional  ones.    See  Divisibility. 

Philofophy  is  divided  into  four -IPam, W2i,Logicks,Ethicks, 
Phyficks  and  Metaphyficks.    Sec  pHitosoPHV,  ^c. 

The  Schoolmen  ufually  diflinguifh  ^Piim  into  Zflg/cii/ and 
Phyfical.  _ 

A  Logical  pan,  is  that  referring  to  Come  univerfal  as  its 
Whole  ;  in  which  Senfe  the  Species  are  the  Parts  of  a  Ge7iui  5 
and  Individuals,  or  Singulars,  'i'mi  of  the  Species.  See  Gen  tis. 
^c. 

A  P^hyficalPart  is  that,  which, the'  it  enter  the  Compofition 
of  a  Whole,  may  yet  be  confider'd  a-part,  and  under  its  own 
difiinft  Idea :  And,  in  this  Senfc,  a  Continuum  is  faid  to  confill 
of  Parts. 

'Tis  controverted  in  the  Schools, whether  the  T/rm  of  a  ^^f'^- 


t\\&Romans,^ov  a  long  Time,had  no  Law  againft  parricide} ;   tinuum  or  PhyficalWhole,  E.  ^r. Water,  do  exift  adualiy  before 


from  an  Opinion,nobodycould  be  fo  wicked  as  to  kill  his  Parents, 
X.  was  the  firi>,  who  killed  his  Father,  500  Years  after 

iv'/VJ'A^i^'s  Death;  and  then  the  pompeian  Law  was  made,  which 
crdain'd,  that  the  Perfon, con vifled  of  this  Crime,  after  he  had 
been  firft  whipp'd  till  the  Blood  came,  fhould  be  tied  up  in  a 
leathern  Sack,  together  with  a  Dog,  an  Ape,  a  Cock,  and  a 
Viper,  and  fo  thrown  into  the  Sea,  or  the  next  River. 

Parricide  is  alfo  uf?d  in  the  General  for  the  Murther  of 
Einy  near  Relation,  as  a  Husband,  Wife,  Brother,  Sifter,  Child, 
Grandchild,  and  even  to  that  of  great  facrcd  Perfons,  tho' 
no  Way  dlied  in  Blcod,  as  a  King,         See  Treason. 


the  Divifion  be  made,  or  only  potentially. 

P*hyfical  parts,  again,  are  of  two  Kinds  5  Homcgeneotis,  and 
Hetercgcneovs  i  the  firfl:  are  thofe  of  tiie  fame  Denomination 
with  fome  other  j  the  fecond  of  a  different  one.  See  Homo- 
geneous, ^,c, 

^arts,  again,  are  diflinguifh'd  into  Snbje^ive,  EJential,  and 
Integrant. 

A  Siibjenive  or  Potential  Part,  is  the  fame  with  a  Lrgkal 
one,  'VIZ.  that  contain'd  in  fome  univerfal  Whole,  not  in  Ait^ 
but  only  in  Power  ;  as  Man  and  Horfe  are  in  Animal  5  ^'eter 
and  'Paul  in  Man, 

An 


PAR 


(  75<5  ) 


P  4  R 


An  cghitiid  Tart  is  that,  whereby,  with  the  Concurrence  of  the  Sun  Is  in  the  afccnding  Point  of  the  Eafl 
fome  other  an  eflcntial  Whole  is  conlHtutcd.    Thus  Eody  and       The  Sun  in  the  Afccndam  is  liippofed  to  give  Life  ■  and 

Soui  are  effentiai  "P^jm  of  Man.  the  Moon  difpofcs  the  radical  Moilture,  and  is  one  of  the 

An  mtegraju  or  integrai  "part  is  that  which  is  neceffary  to  Caufes  of  Fortune,    in  Horofcopes  the  'Pi'rt  of  Forw 

the  Integrity  ot  the  Whole  j  as  a  Head  is  of  a  Man,  prefentcd  by  a  Circle  divided  by  a  Crofs 


PARTtRRii,  in  Gardening,  that  open  Partofa  Garden 
into  which  we  enter,  coming  out  of  the  Houfe;  ufuajly,  fee 
with  Flowers,  or  divided  into  Beds,  incompaired  with  Plat- 
bands, ^,c.  See  Garden. 

The  ^Parterre  is  a  level  Divifion  of  Ground,  whicli,  for  the 
molt  Parr^  faces  the  South  and  befi  Front  of  a  Houfc   and  is 


In  Anatomy,  we  divide  t\\^'Parts  of  the  human  Eody  into 
CmtainwgzxiA  Contaimd-^  \x\to  S'mtikr  s-nA  "Dijjimilar ;  the 
Smikr,  again,  into  SJ>enimic  and  Sai;giU72,  ^c.  See  Simi- 
lar, ^c. 

I'tiey  alfo  cajl  NoMe  or  Effrnticl  Parn^  thofe  abfolutely 

ncccflary  to  Life,  as  the  Heart,  Lungs,  Liver,  Brain,  l^^f.  ,     _   „  

I'he  Nir?/.T^/or(7e?;/Vi7/yrtm,  popularly  call'dyr/i')'  TartS^  generally  furniHied  with  Greens,  Flowers,  f^f. 

are  thofe  mmillrirg  to  Gcncnition.    See  Generation.  I'hcre  are  divers  Kinds  of 'Parnrrei,  as  'Boidiw^-Gresn  or 

The  fincfi  Eooks  of  Phyficians  are  thofe  treating  of  the  Tlje  f  lain  Parterres  ;  Parrerres  of  EmbroiMry    cut  m  Shell "  and 

cf  tpje  Parts.    Nature,  we  fay,  always  difcharges  itfelf  on  the  Scroll-ifork,  oic.  with  Sand-Allii-s  between  them  ' 

iveak  Parr,  the  difc^e.^  Pm,  the  Part  ajfeaed^  Sic  An  oblong,  or  long  Square  is  accounted  the  moft  proper 

In  Chymii!ry,  Bodies  are  faid  to  be  refolved  into  their  mi-  Figure  for  a  Parterre^  the  Sides  whereof^  to  be  as  two  or  two 

mite  Parts,   their  Co/fjJ'oaent  Parts,  ike.    See  Chvmisrty,  and  a  half  to  one.                               '  ' 

Analysis,  Element,  ^c.  PART/,  PARTIE  or  PARTY  or  PARTED  in  Heraldiy. 

That  Art  is  laid  to  feparate  the  Hoifiogeneotis  Parts  from  is  applied  to  a  Shield,  or  Efcutcheon,  denoting  it  lii-vidcd  ot 

the  Heteixgeneoi/s  5  Volatile,  fubtile,fulphureous,  mercurial  ^c.  marked  out  into  Partitions.   SeeSniELij.  ' 

Parts,  from  the  fix'd,  crafs,  earthy,  vifcid        Parts.    See  The /-)'e?^;V;Heralds,  from  whom  we  borrow  the  Word  hava 

Volatile,  Fix'n.  but  one  Kind      Parti,  the  fame  with  om  Parti  te/ Pale 

\n  Geometry  and  Jf  ro7!omy,  'Pm  is  applied  to  the  Divifions  which  they  call  fimply 'P.-im' 5  but,  with  us,  the  Word  is  a p- 

of  Lines,  and  Circles:  The  Semi-diameier  of  the  Circle,  call'd  plied  to  all  the  Sorts  of  Partitioning  5  and  is' never  ufed  with- 

alfo  the  Radius  and  whole  Sine  is  divided  into  an  hundred  out  fome  Addition  to  fpccify  the  particular  one  intended, 

thoufaiid  Parts\   the  Circumference  of  the  Circle  into  ^tfo  Thus  we  have  Parti  or  Parted  J:er  Crcfs  per  Chief  per 

Pans,  or  Degrees i  on  which  two  Divifions  all  the  Celettiai  Pale,  fer  Fefs,  fer  'Bend  Dexter,  pr  Send  Similiter  per 

Computations  are  made.    SccDecree,  £5^r.  tScc."'Sec  Quartering.  ' 

Jiiqiict  V.\y.r,  is  a  Qiiantity  which,  being  repeated  any  TheHunumr  ofour  Anceftors,  C'(7/(3«'2Z'/>3-f  obferves,  turning 
Kumber  ot  Times,  becomes  equal  to  an  Integer;  lhus6isan  much  upon  Exploits  of  Arms  and  Chivalry  ;  they  ufed  to  pre- 
aliquct  Part  of  245  and  5  an  aliquot  Part  of  50,  if>c.    See  ferve  their  batter'd  and  hack'd  Armouras  honourable  Symbols 
Aliquot.    See  alfo  a  Table  of  Mquet  and  Aliquant  parts,  of  their  hardy  Deeds ;  and  thofe  who,  had  been  in  the  hotte!!: 
under  the  Article  Multiplication.  Service,  were  diilinguifli'd  by  the  many  Cuts  and  Eruifes  that 
^Aliquant  Part, is  a  Qiianiity  which,  being  repeated  any  appear'd  on  their  Shields.    To  perpetuate  the  Memory  hereof, 
Kumber  of  Times  becomes  always  either  greater  or  lefs,  than  fays  the  fame  Author,  they  caufcd  them  to  be  painted  on  their 
the  Whole.  Thus  5  is  an  aliquant  Part  of  17  ;  and  9  an  ali-  Shields,  and  thus  handed  down  to  Poflcrity.    And  when  He- 
quant  part  of  10,  ^c.  See  Aliq.uant.  raldry  grew  into  an  Art,  and  Officers  were  appointed  to  direct 
The  aliquant  Part  is  refolvable  into  aliquot  Pans.    Thus  the  Manner  of  Bearing,  and  Blazoning  ;  they  cave  Names  to 
15,  an  aliquant  Part  ot  ;o,  is  refolvable  into  10  a  half  and  5  a  thofe  Cuts,  anfwerableto  the  Nature  thereof ;  appointing  four, 
fourth  Part  of  the  fame.    See  a  Table  of  the  aliquant  Parts  from  which  all  the  others  proceed  ;  Thefe  are  Parti  (in  _E'.-;- 
of  a  Pound  under  Multiplication.  glip.  Parti  per  Pale')  Couple  (\rx  En^Up,  Parti  per  Fed) 
Proportional  VhKr  is  a  Part  or  Number  agreeable  and  PraiKhe  {\r^  Englifj,  Party  per  'Bend  Dexter)  s^uA  Taille  (\n 
analogous  to  fome  other  Part  or  Number;  or  a  Medium  to  BngUp  Party  per  Bend  Simper).    See  Coui-e,  Tranche: 
find  out  fome  Number  or  Pa,rt  unknown  by  Proportion  and  ^c.  ' 
Equality  of  Reafon.    See  Proportion.  Party  per  pale,  is  when  the  Shield  has  received  a  perpen- 
Similar  Parts  are  thofe  which  are  to  one  another,  as  their  dicular  Cut  in  the  Middle,  from  Top  to  Bottom.    Sec  Pale 
Wholes  are  to  one  another.    See  Similitude.  ^c.  * 
Part,  in  Mufic,  a  Piece  of  the  Score  or  Partition,  wrote  Party  ^er         is  when  the  Cut  is  a-crofs  the  Middle,  from 


by  itfelf,  for  the  Convenience  of  tlie  Mufician  ;  or  it  is  one 
or  more  of  the  Succeffions  of  Sounds  wliich  make  the  Har- 
mony, wrote  a-part.    See  Partition. 

Or,  the  Paris  are  the  Sounds  n^adc  by  feveral  Perfons  fing-  to  the  oppofite  lower  Corner.  See  Bend, 
ing,  or  playing  in  Concert.    See  Concert.  "         ,     t  .       ,  _ 

Mufic  in  Parts  WAS  unknown  to  the  Antients ;  they  had 
but  one  Part  ;  all  their  Harmony  conlilled  in  the  Succeflion  of 
Notes;  none  in  the  Confonance.  See  Music  and  Symphony. 

There  are  four  principal  Parts-,  the  Preble,  Bafs,  P'emr, 
and  Counter-tenor.    See  Fkeele,  Bass,  Tenor,  ^c. 


Side  to  Side.    See  Fessf. 

Partv  per  bend  Dexter,  is  when  the  Cut  falls  on  the  upper 
Corner  of  the  Shield  on  the  right  Fland,  and  defcends  a-thwarc 
poiite  lower  Corner.    See  Bend. 
Par-]  V  per  bend  Sinijler,  is  when  the  Cut,  falling  on  the  up- 
per left  Corner,  defcends  a-crofs  to  the  oppcfite  lower  one. 

From  thefe  four  Partitions  have  proceeded  an  infinite  Num- 
ber of  others  of  various  and  extravagant  Forms. 

Spelman  in  his  Afpilogia  obferves,  that  the  prefentDivifions 
,  _  of  Eicutchcons  were  unkr.ov.'u  in  the  Reign  of  the  Empcrar 

Some  compare  the  four  'P,'?m  in  Muiic,  to  the  lour  Elc-  PlJecdofms were  brought  up  in  the  Time  o*f  Cbarlemaign,  or 
ments:  The  Bajl  reprefents  the  Earth  ;  the -Jejior,  Water;  later ;  little  ufed  among  thc-f/;^/?/;  in  the  Days  of  K.//f;i;;3^II. 
Counter  tenor.  Air  ;  and  the  Treble,  Fire.  bur  more  frequently  under  Ed'.v.  HI. 

Part,  in  Trigonometiy.  In  a  rcdtangular  fpherical  Tri-  The  ereft  or  upright  Set^lion,  he  obferves,  is  called,  in  Latin, 
angle  ABC.  Tab.  Trigonometry  Fig.  22.  that  Part  lying  be-  Pnla.ris,  from  its  Refemblance  to  a  Pal?!s,  or  Stake ;  and  t^vo 
twecn  two  others,  coniidered  as  Extremes,  is  call'd  by  fome  Coats  are  often  entire  on  the  Sides,  the  Husbands  on  rheRi?,hr, 
Authors,  the  middle  Part.  and  the  Wives  on  the  Left.    The  diredtSeition  a-crofs,  beliij^ 

Thus,  if  A  B  and  B  C  be  the  extreme  Parts,  the  Angle  B   in  the  Place  of  a  Belt,  is  call'd  Baltica,  ike. 


will  be  the  middle  Part- 
is the  Parts,  confidered  as  Extremes,  be  contiguous  to  the 
middle  Part  and  one  ot  the  Extremes ;  thofe  are  call'd  am- 
jiin£i  Pms. 

Thus,  if  B  be  the  middle  Part,  A B  and  EC  will  be  the 
,  co72junti  Pnrts. 

If  between  the  Extremes,  and  the  m\dd\ePart,  there  lie 
another,  belide  a  Right  Angle;  then  the  Parts  ^re  faid  to  be 


When  the  Shield  is  Parti,  and  Covpe,  it  is  faid  to  be  Ecar- 
tele.    See  Ecartele. 

It  is  faid  to  be  parti  prom-  the  one  to  the  other  ;«\\ev\  the  whole 
Shield  is  charg'd  with  fume  honourableEearing  divided  by  the 
fame  Line  that  parts  the  Shield;  here,  'tis  a  Rule,  that  one 
Side  be  of  Metal,  and  the  other  of  Colour.  Thus  he  bears  Sable 
parti  d'  /Urgent,  Spread  Eagle  Parti  from  one  to  the  other. 
PARTICIPATION,  that  which  gives  us  a  Part,  or  Shars 


feparflte  or  a-part,  E.  gr.  If  B  be  the  middle  Term,  A  C  and  in  any  thing,  either  of  Right  or  of  Grace. 
C  will  be  feparate  Parts ;  becaufe,  between  the  middle  Part      In  Italy  they  diitinguifli  Participation  Officers,  as  Protho- 

B  and  the  extreme  C,  there  lies  the  Hypothenufe  B  C  ;  and  nataries,  ^c.  which  have  a  real  Funflion  ;  'ixomhonoraryonzs'^ 

between  the  middle  Part  B,  and  the  other  Extreme  A  C,  be-  which  have  only  a  Tiilc,  without  any  Duty  or  Employ. 
r,de  the  Right  Angle,  there  lies  the  Leg  A,.B.    See  Tri-      PARTICIPLE,  in  Grammar,  an  Adjcaive  form'd  of  a 

angle.  _  >  Verb;   fo  called,  becaufe  it  participates  of  fome  ofthePro- 

I'nofe  parts,  either  join'd  to  the  middle  Part  or  feparated  perries  of  the  Verb  ;  Itiil  retaining  the  Regimen  and  Significa- 

from  it,  are  call'd  Lateral  Parts.  j-jon  thereof:  Whence  moft  Authors  coniound  'em  with /''cr^i. 

Parts  of  Speech,  in  Grammar,  are  all  the  Sorts  of  Words  See  Verb. 
which  enter  the  Compofition  of  a  Difcourfe.    See  Word  and      There  are  two  Kinds  of  Participles,  the  one  call'd  Jflive, 

Speech.  ■  becaufe  expreffing  the  Subjcfl:  which  makes  the  Aflionof  the 

TheGrammarians  ufually  admit  of  eight  ?^^im  of  Speech,  Verb;  as  legem,  audiens,  reading,  hearing:  Theother  call'd 

viz.  'Noun,  Pronoun,  Verb,  Participle,  Ainerb,  Conpm^ion,  ^P^/?;^",  becaufe  expreffing  the  Silbjea  that  receives  the  Aflion 

prepofmon  and  MerjeBion.   See  each  i?i  its  proper  Place,  of  the  Verb,  as /ef?//^?,  aiiditnm,  read,  heard. 
KouN,  Pronoun,                                  _    ^  As  our  Adjeftives  are  not  declined,  the  Participles,  being 

Part  o/fc?v;i;?e,  in  judiciary  Aflrology,  is  the  Lunar  Ho-  real  Adjedives,  are  not  declined  neither:  In  the  I.am?,  ^c. 

rofcope5  or  the  Point  wherein  the  Moon  is,  at  the  Time  when  where  the  Adjectives  are  declined,  the  Pronouns  Afiive  are 

3  declined 


PAR 


(  757  ) 


PAR 


tleclined  likewife  ;  thus  they  fay  audienS^  midientis,  audte7iti^ 
c-ic.  and  in  the  French  the  Pronouns  PaiFive  are  declinable  like 
ihcir  other  Adjectives,  asyViji/w,  eile  a,  lue^  nomawnsiuSy 

We  take  this  Occafion  to  obferve,  that  Declenfion  is  a  Thing 
perfcdly  accidental  to  the  fcveral  Kinds  of  Words,  e.  the 
changing  or  not  changing  the  Termination :  ''[^\\&  Latins^ E.  gr. 
have  indeclinable  >*ouns,  Comu  and  N^qu^m,  yet  both 
Z,ativs  and  Italians  decline  their  Adverbs  as  fomter,  Jortif- 
Jiwe  j  bene,  bemjjimo.  Sec.  and  fome  Nations  fcarce  conjugate 
their  Verbs  at  all.Indeed  the  Jivgkp  do  it  very  littlein  Com- 
parifon  with  the  Latim^  Greeks,  Jrrcuth,  &c. 

In  our  Language  the  ^artici^ie  and  Gerunds,  are  not  at  all 
diftingui/l-iable.    See  Gerund. 

PARTICLE,  inPhyficks,  the  minute  Part  of  a  Eody  ;  of 
an  Alfcmbliige  or  Coalition  of  fcveral  whereof  Natural  Eodies 
are  compos'd.    See  Eody. 

'pdrtjde  in  the  new  Philofophy,  is  frequently  ufed  in  the 
fame  tienfc  with  JJt07/i  in  the  antient  jt/^^aw-ei??^  Philofophy  3 
and  Corpu^c/e  in  the  later.    See  Atom  and  Corpuscle. 

Some  of  the  more  accurate  Writers,  however,diltinguifii 'em  5 
making  'pnntclti  an  Aifemblage  or  Compoiition,  of  two  or 
more  primitive,  and  phyfically  indivifibie  Corpuftles  or  Atoms  ; 
Aud^ody,  an  Affemblagc  or  Miils  of  feveral  'Particles  or  fe- 
condary  Corpufcks.    See  Element. 

Indeed,  the  Dillinflion  is  ot  no  great  Moment;  and,  as  to  moft 
Purpofcs  ot  Phjficks,  particle  may  be  understood  as  fynony- 
mous  with  Ccrj-ifjck.  'Pdrncd,  then,  are,  as  it  were,  the  Ele- 
ments of  Bodies ;  'Tis  the  various  Arrangement,  and  Texture 
of  thefe,  with  the  Diiierence  of  the  Cuheiion,  ^c.  that  confii- 
tute  the  various  Kinds  of  Bodies,  hard^  foft^  liquid,  dry, 
heavy,  light,  &c. 

The  fmalleft  'Particles  or  Corpufcles  cohere  with  the  ftrong- 
eft  Attractions,  and  compofe  bigger  'Pariicies  of  weaker  Co- 
hefion  5  and  many  of  thefe  cohering  compofe  bigger  Particles 
whofe  Vigour  is  ilill  weaker;  and  thus  on  for  divers  Succef- 
fions  till  the  Progrctfion  end  in  the  biggeft  Particles,  whereon 
the  Op'?ratjon  in  Chyiiiilby,  and  the  Colours  of  natural  Eo- 
dies  depend,  and  which,  by  cohering  compofe  Bodies  of  fen- 
fible  Buiks.  SeeMATXER. 

yi'e  CoUfion  of  the  Particles  of  Matter,  the  Epicureans 
imagined  was  eiiedled  by  Means  ot  hooked  Atoms  ;  the  Jri- 
Jlctelians  hy  Refl,  that  is,  by  norhing  at  all.  But  Sii  Ifaac 
2^e-zvtou  /hews  it  is  done  by  means  of  a  certain  Power  whereby 
the  particles  mutually  attrati:  or  tend  to  each  other.  See  C  o- 

H  E  S  I  ON. 

By  this  Attraftion  of  the  Particles  he  flicv/s  thatmoflofthe 
^ham  iuenao?  the  leifer  Bodies  are  eftefted  ;  as  thofe  of  the 
heavenly  Eodicsareby  th::  AcrraCtion  of  Gravitv. 

For  the  La-zi:s  of  this  Attraiiion  of  the  Particles.  See  At- 
traction. 

All  Bodies,  the  fame  great  Author  Hiews,  confift  of  the 
fame  folid  perfectly  hard  Particles  or  Corpufcles. 

PARTicLi-.,  in  Grammar,  a  little  indeciinable  Word,  conMing 
of  one  or  two  Syllables  at  the  moll.    See  Word,  i^c. 

1  hole  alone  are  properly -yiimc/ei  which  are  not  declined 
nor  conjugated.  'Brigbtlan.i  c&lls  Particles,  Alanncrs  of  fVor.is, 
becaufe  rather  ferving  to  exprefs  the  Circumrtances  and  Man- 
ners, of  other  Ideas  and  Objefts  ot  the  Mind,  than  to  feprefent 
any  ditUnif  Objects  of  their  own. 

Particles  may  be  reduced  under  three  Heads :  The  firff 
fhew  the  Manners  or  Qiialities  of  Words,  by  being  added  to 
them  ;  call'd  Jdverbs.    See  Adverb. 

The  fecond  denote  fome  Circumltances  of  Actions  and 
join  Words  to  Words,  Sentence  to  Sentence,  i^c.  See  Con- 
junction. 

The  third  exprefs  the  Emotions  of  the  Soul.  See  Inter- 
jection. 

'Tis  in  therightUfeof  ^Pmzc/ej,  Mr.  Zcc/:(?  obferves,  that 
more  particularly  confifts  the  Clearnefs  and  Beauty  of  a  good 
Style.  To  exprefs  the  Lependance  of  his  Thoughts  and  Rea- 
fonings  one  upon  anothor,  a  Man  mull  have  Words  to  Jliew 
■what  Connection,  Refiridion,  DiftinCtion,  Oppofition,  Em- 
phafis,  ^^L.  he  gives  to  each  refpcClive  Part  of  his  Dif- 
courfe.  This  cannot  be  rightly  underllood,  without  a  clear 
View  of  the  Poitures,  Stands,  Turns,  Limitations,  Exceptions, 
and  feveral  other  Thoughts  of  the  Mind.  Of  thefe  there  are  a 
great  Variety  niuch  exceeding  the  Number  of  Particles,  that 
moft  Languages  have  to  exprefs  them  by ;  for  which  Reafon  it 
happens  that  moft  of  thefe  PartickshsiVt  div  ers,  and  fometimes 
almoil  oppofire  Significations. 

Thus  the  Particle  Sm  in  Euglip,  has  fcveral  very  different 
Significations  ;  as  in,  ^7.it  to  liiy  no  more  ;  where  it  intimates 
a  Stop  of  the  Mind  in  the  Courfe  ii  was  going,  before  it  came 
to  the  End  of  it.  I  faw  but  two  Planers  Y  Here  it  /liews  that 
the  Mind  limits  the  Scnfe  to  what  is  exprefs'd  with  a  Nega- 


tion of  all  other.  You 


pray, 


but  it  is  not  that  God  would 


bring  you  to  the  true  Religion,  but  that  he  would  confirm  you 
in  your  own.  The  former  of  thefe  intimates  a  Suppo/ition  in 
the  Mind,  of  fomething  otherwife,  than  itfliould  be  ;  the  lat- 
ter fhcws  that  the  Mind  makes  a  direCt  Oppofition  between  that 
and  what  goes  before.    All  Animals  have  Senfe,  but  a  Do^  is 


an  Animal :  Here  it  fignifies  the  Conneaion  of  the  latter  Prc.- 
pofition  with  the  tormer. 

•  ^  -^r?"'?  rf''^  '^u  Theology,  and  panicularly 

in  the  Gr^f/:  Church  where  'tis  cali'd^ee.?.*.  In  the  Lat'a 
Church  the  Name  Particles  is  given  to  the  Crums  or  little 
Pieces  of  Conlecrated  Bread  In^the  Greek  Church  they  have 
a  particular  Ceremony,  call  d  t*.c  (■^sei;^^,^,  of  the  particles 
wherein  certain  Crums  ofBread  not  confecrated  are  oifer'd  up 
in  Honour  of  the  Virgin,  St.  yo/^«,S^/f,y/,  and  feveral  othe? 
Saints.  1  hey  alto  give  the  Name  ■^r^oarpo^,  Oolanoii  tothefe 
Particles.  Gabriel,  Archbilliop  of  Philadeij^hm,  has  a  little 
Treatife  exprefs  ■7^^si  -iZv  t^di^s^v,  wherein  he  endeavours  to 
ihew  the  Antiquity  of  this  Ceremony,  in  that  it  is  mentioned 
in  the  Liturgies  of  St.  Chryfojlom,  and  'Bafil, 

There  has  been  a  confiderable  Difpute  on  this  Head,  between 
the  Retbrmed  and  the  Cathoiick  Divines.  Aubertin  and  S/ok- 
ie/ explain  a  Patfagein  the  Theory  of  Germain,  Patriarch  of 
Conftaminofle,  where  he  mentions  the  Ceremony  of  the  Par- 
ticles as  in  ufe  in  his  Time  ;  in  Favour  of  the  tormer :  Mef- 
fienrs  de  fort  Royale  conteft  the  Explanation  :  But  M.  Simon 
in  his  'fsotes  on  Gabriel  oi  PhiladelJ-hia,  endeavours  to  fliew, 
that  the  Pat5age  is  an  Interpolation;  not  being  found  in  the 
anticnt  Copies  ot  Germain  -.  And  confequenily  that  the  Dif- 
pute  is  from  the  Purpofe. 

Particle,  out  of  Share,  in  Aftronomy.  See  Particula  ex- 
fors. 

PARTICULA  exfors,  in  Aftronomy,  the  Difference  be- 
tween thejEquatorialTriangleLAC,f'y'iTZ'..^?-£;;;o///,  fig,  52. 
and  its  Fellow,  BLZ.    See  Equation. 

To  find  the  partictila  exfors,  the  Mcnfirual  Eccentricity 
AC,  and  the  Annual  Augment  of  Longitude  HAD,  being 
given;  from  the2;i:/^in  the  Triangle  BC  A,  find  iheHypothe- 
nufe  A  B  to  the  Angle  C ;  and  to  the  Angle  CAB  h!>d  C  B. 
Multiply  C  B  into  half  the  Menllruai  Eccentricity  AC;  the 
Product  is  the  Area  ofthe  Triangle  AC B.  Find  likewife  the 
Area  ot  a  Circle  defcribed  by  the  Radius  of  the  Eccentric 
B  L.  Then  as  the  Area  ot  the  Circle  is  to  560"  or  izydoo"  •  fo 
is  the  Area  of  the  Triangle  ACB  to  its  Value  in  thote  Se- 
conds :  which  Value  is  the  Particula  exjbrs. 

PARTICULAR,  a  relative  Term, referring  to  Species,  or 
Individual ;  and  oppofed  to  General,  or  Univerfai.  See  Gene- 
ral, tSc 

In  the  Schools,  Particular  is  defined  to  be  fomething  in- 
cluded under  an  Univerfai  ;  as  Man  under  Anunal.  Some- 
times it  is  taken  tor  an  Individual,  as  ?*wer.  See  Individual. 

I'here  is  this  Difference  between  Po.rticnutr,  and  Sivgtuar 
that  Parucnlar  denotes  a  Thing  taken  as  a  Part as  Peter 
in  refpett  of  Mankind  :  Whereas  Singular  denotes  the  Part 
taken  after  the  Manner  of  a  Whole^  as  Peter  confidered  in 
himfelf 

PARTICULARIST,  among  Polemical  Divines,  a  Perfon 
who  holds  for  Particular  Grace,  /.  e.  who  teaches  or  believes 
that  Urnjt  died  for  the  £le£t  only,  and  not  tor  Mankind  in 
general.  See  Grace. 

PARTIES,  in  Law,  are  thofe  who  are  named  in  a  Deed, . 
or  Fine,  as  parties  to  it;  as  thofe  that  levy  the  Fine,  and  to 
whom  the  Fine  is  levied.    See  Fine. 

So  rhofe  that  make  any  Deed,  and  they  to  whom  it  is  made, 
are  called  P-rnes  in  the  ^eed.     See  Deed. 

PARTILE  Afj^eB,  in  Altrology,  the  moil  exa<ft  and  full 
Afpci^l  that  can  be.    See  Aspect  . 

PARTI>;G,  or  DEPARTING,  a  Method  of  fepararing 
Gold  and  Silver  by  Means  of  Aqttafortis.    See  Gold  and  Sil- 

"VER. 

'J^he  Method  hereof  fee  under  the  Articles  Dep a.p.t  and 
Refining. 

PA_RTfFION,  the  Aft  of  parting,  or  dividing,  or  diflri- 
butinga  Thing.    See  Division  and  Distribution. 

The  Name  Partitiones  Oraterite,  is  alfo  given  to  a  Dialogue 
of  Ciceroh  between  him  and  his  Son  ;  in  regard  the  Difcourie 
is,  as  it  were,  parted  or  divided  betweeen  'em. 

Pariitjon,  in  Law,  a  dividing  of  Lands,  defcended  by  the 
Common-Law,  or  Cuflom,  among  Co-heirs,  where  there  are 
two  at  leaft. 

This  Partition  is  made  four  Ways, -whereof  three  are  by 
Agreement,  the  fourth  by  Comfulfmi. 

The  firft  Partition  by  Agreement  is,  when  they  divide  the 
Land  equally  themfelves  into  fb  many  Parts  as  there  are  Co- 
heirs ;  the  fecond,  when  each  chufcs  fbme  of  their  Friends  to 
make  Divifion  for  them. 

The  third  is  by  drawing  Lots,  thus:  Having  firft  divided 
the  Land  into  as  many  Parts,  as  there  are  Perfons,  rhey  write 
every  Part  feverally  in  a  diltinft  Scroll,  and  wrapping  it  up, 
throw  each  into  a  Hat,  or  fuch  hke  Thing  ;  out  of  which  (=acb 
one  draws  according  to  his  Superiority  ;  and  fo  the  Land  is  fe- 
verally allotted. 

The  fourth  Partition,  which  is  byConipuIfion  is,  when  one 
or  more  of  the  Heirs,  by  Reafon  of  the  Relufal  of  fame  other, 
fues  out  a  Writ  of  Partitione  facienda  ;  by  Force  whereof  they 
lliall  be  compelled  to  divide. 

ItxKent,  where  Land  is  of  Gavel-kind  Nature,  they  call 
their  Partiticn,  Shijting. 

9  G  ^ar~ 


PAS 


C  7^8  ) 


PAS 


,         J   L   T  •    T       *o -n  rnmmon  menc'ing  from  the  left  Foot  out  of  Meafufe  of  the  firm  Foot ; 

'P^itmcwalfomaybe  niadebyjojnt-len^ntsmci.         ,  ^^en  the  Enemy  is  not  expefted.    Others  necejjary,  made 

by  Affent,  by  Deed  or  by  Writ.                                      .  f^^j.  ^  p^jj^  f^^^^j^       j.j      p^^^    ^j,^^.^               prefs'd  by 

'pMrrnioN,  in  Mufjc,  the  Diff-ofitmn  of  the  ^^^^-^^^  ^^^^^^  ^he  Enemy,  as  not  to  have  Time  to  retire,  ySu  endeavour  ti 

a  Song,  fet  on  the  fame  Leat;  fo  as  ^V^lf^^Jll^^^^  feize  the  Guard  of  his  Sword.  ^ 

Ranges  of  Lines  are  found  the  /reWg;  m  a"otiK.^          j^^  The  Meafureofthey^T/iis,when  the  two  Smalls  of  the  Swords 

in  another  the  ^emr,  dec.  that  they  may  be  all  lui  ^      ^  ?  ^^^^^       ^^^^  ^^^^        ^^^^^^       another.    I'herc  arc 

jointly  or  feparately.    Sec  Part,           '      ;       rpmriitcs  Taffes,  -mtbin,  above,  henectb,  to  the  rigbr,  the  kit,  'Pa/Jcs 

PAK■^.Tio^,  in  Architeaute,  that  which  duides  or  leparatc  ^^j^^  .^^^  ^^^^^^             ^.^^^                          j  ,  jj 

one  Room  or  Apartment  from  anotner 

-r,   _   V      TT  IJ„,.  C^o  OUAH 


x^it^ytj,  •ujiiijc/ij  f.uu'ui:,  i/v/itc'.iij,  i>j  I'-'t 

under  the  Sword,  over  the  Line,  ^c. 

Pass  of  Jrms^  in  Chivalry,  a  Place  which  the  antientKnights 
undertook  to  defend,  E.gr.  a  Bridge  Road,  ^c.  not  to  be 
paffed  without  fighting  the  Pcrfons  who  kept  them. 

The  Knights  who  held  the  'P^fi  hung  up  their  Arms  on 


Trees, 
were  d 


;  JS-nignts  wno  tieia  tne  nung  up  tneir  ^rms 

Pales,  Columns,  IBc.  erefted  for  the  Purpofe  j  fuch 
lifpofed  to  difpute  the  y^?/},  touched  one  of  thele  i 

_  -^L  L:,  O  „J  .     .,.l,;-L  „  r-U^  II  .1  .. 


Ar- 
was 


Hthout  paying  the  JJuties. 

Merchants  fometimes  procure  fuch  'Pafi-'Ports  for  certain 
Kinds  of  Commodities  5  and  they  are  always  given  to  Em- 
bafladors  and  Miniikrs,  for  their  Baggage,  Equipage,  (L^c, 

Pass- !Po;Y  is  alfo  a  Licence  obtain'd  for  the  importing  or 
Exporting  of  Merchandizes  deem'd  Contraband,  and  declared 
fuch  by  Tariffs,         as  Gold,  Silver,  pretious  Stones,  Am- 

m.nnifinn       urai-    TJfirrp';    Cnrn    Wnnl.  unnn  Tiavino  Dll- 


PAKTni..N,  in  Heraldry.    See  Qy«>i""*"=-  ^ 
PARTNER,  and  PARTNERSHIP.    See  P««cr>,.«, 

PARTURITION,  the  Aft  of  bringing  forth,  or  being 

delivered  of  Young.  .^^^'^  ^''^Vt        rbp  ffle/it'erf  of  a  Wo-  were  uii^uicu  to  ujipuie  lu^  i-^u^ncii  uut;  ui  lh-.^^. 

PARTUS,  E„  and  Bi»-rH.  mories  with  his  Sword;  which  was  a  Challenge  the  other  w 

man,  or  the  Birth  of  a  '^''j'';,-,         ^  „t  open,  and  obliged  to  accept.   The  Vanquifh'd  gave  the  Viclor  fuch  Prize 

Car/flf««  1  c„eC-s»Kius  as  was  before  agreed  on. 

the  Child  taken  oiit  "  ^   ,   '„  ^       Power,  con-       VK^s-'Pm,  a  Licence,  or  Letterfrom  a  Prince,  or  Governor, 

PARTY  or  PART  IE,  a  l-achon   Interclt,  ,  ^^^^^^^       Safe-Conduft  to  travel,  enter,  and  go  out 

Cdered  as  oppoCte  to  another.         f -^"^'^V  '     fl,.  qD„„,(,j .  of  his  Territories,  freely  and  withoutMolellation. 

The  FraU',  and  Spmards^r,  '''^^y^  °'jP°^'f The  y.fi-iP„«  is,  properly,  given  to  Friends,  and  the  Safe- 

£nglmd  has,  for  upwards  ot  a  Century,  been  divided       two  ^^^^^^  ^  gee  Sa  A-Conduct. 

Tarties.    See  Whig  and  loRV.  'Pafquier  takes  'PaJfe-'Ptrt  to  be  ufed  kx  Tdjfe-par-tmt. 

Party,  in  Law.    See  ■  r       p„Jv  of  Men  ®/7^fer  mentions  a  very  honourable  yiz/i- yon  given  by  an  Em- 

PAKTv,  in  the  military  Senfe    'V'^f^^'^JTl^^  peror  to  a  Philofopher;  in  thefeTe^ms:  if'thmle  any  cm 

whether  Cavalry,  Infantry  or  both,  commanded  out^on  a^iy  P  1  ,o^rdymo„gh  ,o  mokft La^x>n  ;  Ut  hira 

Expedition.    A  ■P-rn^  (hould  have  an  Or-  cc,:fukr  Mm  he  'be  ftm,gej,gb  to  -.^e  War  -mM  Ca=far. 

of  Cattle.    Thofe  who  go  out  on  Ta,  tm  |hould  ba^ve  an  u^^      Jp^^^.y,„  ^.f-.j  f„  ^  ^a„,,d  i,y  ,  pHncc  for 

derinwritmgfromthe  comm.ndn^^U^^^^^^     otherwife they  the  importing  or  exporting  Mcrchanfi.es,  Moveables. 

twenty  m  Number,  it  I'oot,  or  niieen,    none  ,  without  paying  the  Dutir- 
are  reputed  as  Brigands.  »^     i     .  r 

Paktv  Jury,  inlaw.    See  Medietas  LinZU£. 

Pahtv  '  in  Heraldry.    See  .      ^   ,  r- 

PARULIS  in  Medicine,  an  Inflammation  of  the  Cums, 
attended  with 'a  violent  Pain,  and  an  ApoUhnme  ;  fornetimes 

ending  inan  Ulcer,  and  fometimes  in  a  Cancct,  Ultula,  uan-  ^y^^  (,y  Tariff's,  iSc  as  Gold,  Silver,  pretious  Stones,  Am- 

^'l^'unenm  orders  it  to  be  cured  by  Revulfion,  Derivation,  munition  of  War,  Horfes,  Corn.  Wool.  i^o.  upon  paying  Da- 

and  proper  Gargarifms.    Care  is  to  be  taken  in  the  Beginning  "='p^^^_y^^^^_  ^  Command  given  in  the  Head  of  an  Army, 

of..c^,near,  ..,l..Gn,g,.c.,  atid^thence^ommunicated  to  the  Rear^   by  paffing  it  frotn 

Gum.                      ,.     ,  ,      .      ^          f/fi-j.;/??  PafTnvpr  V Lh%-var-tQin.  a  Mafler-Jcey  5  or  Key  that  opens  indiffe- 
PASCHAL,  fomethmg  belonging  to  the  .("f  '^f ft-^,,,,  L«ks  belonging  to  the  rime  Lodge  or  Apart- 

h  Chrittian  i?<^/?e?*    See  Passover,  bee  alio  Piaster.  ^    c                                                    o  ^ 

"The  y./fM/Lamb'is  a  Lamb       y^'?;'  "  p"ass  ^^^.^/^a  Fagot,  or  a  pretended  Soldier,  not  cnroll'd. 

of  Ceremony,  in  Memory  f  t'^^iniai  SinrtS  Loin  whom  the  CapLin  or'co'lonel  m'akespafs  in  Review.  orMufter, 

Slavery  in  fgyi't.    It  Ihou  J  be  eaten  ilandmg.  their  l.oin  ^^^^^  ^^^^  ^r.^  Company  is  complear.  or  to  receive  the  Pay 

girt,  the  Stall  in  the  Hand.  b'l.      „„„  ■  n,„:„  .^iJ  bv  th-  thereof  to  his  own  Profit.    See  F-icoT,  E^c. 

Paschal  Renn  are  Rents  or            D"";;  "^^^Xter  In  f««c.the  TaJJe-.dmt,  arecondemn'd  to  be  mark'd  on 

inferior  Clergy  to  the  Bintop,  ^V^^^ J-l^l^^J.  "'s^^'^'^-^^f;'  the  Cheek  with  a  i*ar-.*-fe, 

Yifitations  :  They  are  alfo  called  SymM^.  ^«  pASSA,  or  r.lj}a  Uva,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Term  applied  to 

Pascal  Lcmv,  ^\f^''^'t^'^rS'\\lti^TvZ.^^  ^ofe  dried  Grapei^  which  we  call  Ra.fim.    See  Raisin. 

which  the  Patriarcli  >,'i  Akxa„im,          -^^  v„  J^J/d  '  Uve  Taj],.  isVometimes  alfo  ufed,  with  lefs  Propriery.  for 

cntlv  wrote  to  all  the  Metropolitans,  to  inform  em  ot  theJJay  c„if  ,g 

whereon  the  Feall  of  Eajter  was  to  be  celebraied.      See  '^'^^ ^^^^l^^^' ^,  PASSADO,  in  Fencing,  a  Thruft  or  Pafs. 

^  PASQUIN,  a  mutilated  Stame,  feen  at  Rome,  in  a  Comer  See^PAss.^^^     ^^^^  ^  Benevolence  or  Alms  given  to  poor  Paf- 

"^'"ak«Tts°Na;^o;t                               called  5P./  fengers.                ,  ,g„ifc  ,  Turn,  or  Courfe  of  a  Horfe 

famous  for  his  Sneers  and  his  Gibes  ;         "^of  S  op  ^^°Jjf^„jf„;,,^,,,.j=  „„  ,,,e  fame  Plot  ol  Ground. 

4as  the  Refort  of  a  Number  of  idle  Pe°pl^.          ''""''^'l  PASSAGE,  in  Commerce,  R.ght  of  'P.pge  is  an  Impofi- 

therofelves  with  bantering  Folks  as  they  Pji.l»  d  by-  fo„,e  Princes  exacT  by  thc-r  Officers  or  Farmers,  in 

After  T4v,m's  Death,  as  they  were  digging  »P  ^=  P^^^"  J'™                      Places  of  their  Territories,  either  at  Land 

men,  before  his  Shop,  they  found  a  Statue  ol  an  a,  lent  Gla-  cetum  na        ^          ^           ^^^^                       ^.^^^^  _ 

diator,  well  cut,  but  maim  d  >?d  half  rpoil       This  they  let  ^^^^     ,^                „n  Pcrfons,  and  Paffengers  coming  in  ot 

^iJltl^tS^rfrt^^—  Confent,   E-l-^^-^.^Sound,  .hat  famous  Streigh.  which  c^ 

this  Figure,  are  put  in  its  Mouth,  or  pafted  again.l  it ,  as  if  kbm.ed^^y  i^^      .^r  £lf,nore%rO-oner,bmrrg. 
they  came  from  Tapium  ndmmis.  . ,,  vt,,,:  '  .  „l,o  triffic  into  tills  Part  of  the  North,  are  fub- 

T4qmn  ufually  addreflis  himfelf  to  W»n«,  another  Sta-  .   A" ™"„h     ,he™«f  *J,  indeed,  wete  exempted  from  it 

tue  init«/»s;  oiMa,i«rio  to  rafjum,    whom  they  make  [f,^'°  ^^^f' ^f^J^X  i^y  rheir  fei.ing  the  o:hetfedeof  the 

j£ply_  .      .     .  ^-^    ■  I  .    1    .  L..  .L 'X'..-.^*,..-,^-"  T  T?r>  flipv  nrf  f  vrliifird  the  Pri- 


The  Anfwets  are  ufually  vei?  fliort,  poign.ant  and  unlucky : 
When  Marferio  is  attacked,  Tajqum  comes  to  his  Affilfance  ; 
and  y«f««iB  is  affifledby  Mn-firio  in  his  Turn,  i.  e.  the  Peo- 
pk  make  the  two  Statues  fpeak  jud  what  they  pleafe.  See 

"pasquinade,  or  PASQUIL,  is,  properly,  a  fatyrical 
Libelfaftened  to  the  Statue  of  y^,,™.  SeePAsi^mN 

Hence  bvExtenfion,  the  Term  becomes  ufed  toi  any  Sa- 
tire, Lampoon,  or  Sneer  upon  the  Public,  or  the  ruling 
Powers. 


Streioht;  but  by  the  Treaty  of  l7»o,  they  are  excluded  the  Pn- 
vileee;  and  put  on  the  fame  Footing  with  their  Neighbours. 
CroSm'ell  was  bent  on  extorting  this  "PaJJage  from  the  -limies  ; 
and  had,  doubtlefs,  effbSed  it,  but  that  'ere  the  Fleet  he  fent 
for  the  Purpofe  arriv'drhere,  he  died.  ^ 

!Biris  r/  Passage,  are  fuch  as  only  come  at  certain  Sealons, 
and  then  difappeat  again  ;  being  fuppofcd  m  pfs  the  Sea  to 
fome  other  Climate.    See  Migration. 

2lii;  Sirds  cfTaffnge  are  the  Stork,  Swallow,  Nightingale, 
Martin  Woodcock,  Quail,  fSc  There  are  alfo  Fifies  of'Paf- 


'Xe  is  this  Difference  between  a and  a  Satire-  Z''.?^  -^";j™f;;f/;,^:7.i^;-,„kablelnflance  of  InflinS. 

that  the  End  of  the  latter  is  to  correft  and  reform  ;  whereas  M'l-^  »";P™^^^^                         „er  afprnted  times, 

thatofthe  former  is  only  to  fcott  and  e>jole.  „,S,he  uJh  and  the  crane,mid  the  C'Mllo'X  obfirje  tletime 

The have  pubhlh'dfeveral  Books  which  they  call  "'f/J^  J^'X^"y„.  viii. No  doubt,  the  Temperature  of 

^15^^^  PA^IIdE,  in  Fencing,  a  Leap  or  Advance  upon  i^^^^:::^^:^^:^^^^, 

''Ofrfrthereare  feveral  Kinds;  ...elmar^T.Jfe.......  untfinking  Creatures,  fliouldto  exaftly  know  the  beft  and  on^ 


FAS 


(  759  )  PAS 

uld  ob-  immetliately,  or  material  One,<i  hv 


ly  proper  Scafons  to  go  and  come  from  a  Place  that  would  ob-  immediately,  or  material  Ones,  by  the  Mediation  of  the  dr= 
itruct  [heir  Generation,  or  not  afford  convenient  Food  for  them   gans  ot  the  Body. 

and  their  Young;  or  how  they  fliou'd  know  which  Way  totteer       The  a72mal 'Taffiom  he  defines  by  thofe  EfFeas  produced 

their  Courfc,  and  whither  to  go  3  is  a  difficult  Gonfideration.   by  Spirits  or  Bodies,  immediately  on  the  Body 

^;..yf.n>eoL  L.  VII.  c.  5.  ,  ,  ^"^^"'^^  as  outward  Objeas  may  be confider'd  either  as  Goods 

Passage,  or  ^FcJJegs,  in  the  Manage,  an  A(5tion  wherem  orEvilsj  the  molt  natural  Diviiion  q'c  the  "PnJJioiis,  whether 
the  Horfe  raifes  two  Legs  together,  a  hind  and  a  fore  Leg,  in  Spiritual,  or  Animal,  as  they  regard  thofe  Objeds,  is  into 
I'oi-m  of  St.  Jii-ire-w's  Crofs  3  when,  fetting  thofe  two  on  the  'Plenfurable  and  ^ainfiiL  And  in  this  Senfe  all  the'  'Paffion^ 
Gujund  again,  he  raifes  the  other  two  3  and  thus  alternately  ;  may  be  reduced  to  LOve  And  Hatred^  of  which  and^or- 
ncv^rr  aaining  above  a  Foot  of  Ground  at  a  Time.  ro-zv,  HoJ^e  and  Fear,  are  only  fo  many  Modifications*  or  Com- 

The  Beauty  of  the  'PdJJnge  confilis  in  keeping  the  Legs  a   plexions,  according  to  the  various  Appearances,  Pofitions  ^C. 
oood  while  in  theAir;  fetting  that  afide,  the  Motion  ot  the   oftheObjedl.  ' 
Lc"s  in  the  'TciJJhge  is  the  fame  as  in  pacing  and  trotting.  In  EfFetl,  all  the  'p^JJioizs  may  not  only  be  reduced  to  two 

Fassagi,  HiMufic,a  Portion  of  an  Air,  or  Tune,  confiliing  viz,.  Love  And  Hatred but,  perhaps,  to  one,  Love-^  and  even 
cf  feveral  litrle  Notes,  as  Quavers,  Demi-cjuavers,  i^c.  lalling  that  may  be  all  refolved  into  Self-hve ;  and  that  into  a  Prin- 
one,  two,  or  at  moll,  three  Meafurcs.  _  _       ciple     Self-J^refervntion,  or  neceCfary  invincible  Defire  ofPlea- 

'Xh\if^'«hAttheJtalianSQA\\covirapuntod'un  fol ^(tJJo,isd.  fure  or  Happincfs.  The  Reft  are  only  Rivulets  from  this 
Portion  in  the  Beginning  of  the  Song,  confiflingof  one,  two,  or  Source;  or  fpeciai  Applications  of  this  Principle  to  particular 
three  Meafures,  which  is  to  be  imitated  in  other  Notes  3  not  Occafions. 

v.'ith  the  fame  Strings  or  Tones,  but  only  obferving  the  Thus  the  Defire  of  any  Thing  under  the  Appearance  of  its 
fame  Motion,  Number,  and  Figure  as  in  the  Notes  of  the  firft  Goodnefs,  Suitablenefs,  or  Ncceffity  to  our  Happinefs  conlU- 
<paj}'agej  which  is  one  xke  YJ\nd%  contra  pinto  ^erfi-  twtcs  the  "Pajfioii  of  Love the  Defire  of  efchewing  or  avoiding 
C,ia!0.  any  Thing  apprehended  to  be  mifchievous,  hurtful,  or  deftruc- 

PASSALORHYNCHITES,  a  Seft  of  Montanifls  in  the  tive,  QoniYimt^s  Hatred  or  Averfwn  :  The  Defire  of  a  Good, 
fecond  Century  3  who  made  Profeffion  of  perpetual  Silence,  which  appears  at  the  fame  Time  probable,  and  in  our  Power 
and,  the  better  to  maintain  it,  kept  the  Thumb  continually  on  conftitutes  Ho^e ;  but  if  the  Good  appear  improbable,  ditficult^ 
their  Lips;  founding  their  Practice  on  that  of  the  'Pfalimfi,  or  impofiible,  it  conflitutes  Fear  or  Defpair :  The  unexpec- 
Set  agnard,  O  J^ord,  on  my  Moutb.  St.  Jerom  mentions  his  ted  Gratification  of  defire  is  Joy .-  The  Defire  of  Happincfs 
having  met  with  fome  of  'em  in  his  Time.  See  Mont  a-  to  another  under  Pain,  or  SnSonng^^'isCompaffion;  and  the  De- 
NisTS.  fire  of  another's  PuniOiment,  Revenge  ov  Malice,  8ic. 

PASSANT,  in  Heraldry,  a  Term  applied  to  an  Animal  in  The  fingle  Defire  ofHappinefs,  then,  is  the  Spring  or  Mo- 
a  Shield,  appearing  to -zM/fe ;  or,  to  the  ordinary  Potfure  of  tive  of  all  our  ?»^_//?£;j;j;  as  thofe  are  of  all  our  Anions.  Some 
terrellrial  Animals.  wife  and  reafonablc  Motive,  or  End  of  Adtion,  fays  Dr.  Afor- 

Thuswe  fay,  he  bears  Gn/es  two  Lio72S  Tajfajzis  over  one  gai?,  is  certainly  neceffary  to  all  wife  and  reafonabie  A£lion  ; 
another.  to  aft  without  a  Motive,  wou'd  be  the  fame  Thing  as  not  to 

In  moftBeafls,  e-Kce^t  Lions,  they  frequently  ufe  Tripping^  atl  at  all,  that  is,  fuch  an  Adion  cou'd  anfwer  no  firther  or 
inlf  ead  of  'Pajjavt.  '  better  End  than  not  acting  ;  and  confequently  the  Adion,  as 

PASSION,  a  Term  undcrllood  of  the  different  Motions,  and  well  as  the  Agent,  wou'd  be  fo  far  infignificant  and  ufelefs. 
Agitations  of  the  Soul,  according  to  the  different  Objefts  that  He  who  fhou'd  have  no  Objefl  at  all  of  his  Love  or  Averfion, 
prefcnt  themfelves  to  the  Scnfes.  Sec  Soul.  _        _       Hope  or  Fear,  Joy  or  Grief,  mull  be  fimply  and  purely  indif- 

In  Propriety,  all  thofe  Motions  whereby  the  Soul  is  carried  ferent  to  all  Aftion  3  and  confequently  mull  either  be  in  a 
towards  any  Thing  3  as  Love,  Ambition,  Revenge,  ^c.  are  ra-  State  of  perfed  Reft  and  Inaftion,  or  in  a  State,  equivalent 
thcr- Actions  th-An^aJfiouS:,  and  on  the  contrary,  thofe  Motions  thereto  5  wherein  the  Anions  of  fuch  a  Being  cou'd  be  of  no 
whereby  the  Soulfindsitfelf  interrupted  in  its  Aiffion,  as  Grief,  more  Significancy,  than  the  uncertain  Fluctuation  of  an  Atom, 
£ffjr.  are  the  only  real  '•'Paffiom.  See  Action.  or  the  Whivering  ofa  Feather  in  the  Air. 

Wc  find  various  Modifications  and  ImprelTions  ofPleafure  The  natural,  or  occafional  Caufe  of  all  the  ^iT/^o;;;,  Male- 
and  Pain,  infeparably  annex'd  by  an  eftabliHi'd  LawofNa-  ^r(7;;c/7  makes  to  be  the  Motion  of  the  animal  Spirits,  which 
ture,  to  the  feveral  Judgments  wc  form  concerning  Good  and  are  dilfufed  thro' the  Body  to  produce,  and  preferve  a  Difpo- 
Evil :  Thefe  Judgments,  with  their  refpeiftive  Modifications  fition  therein,  fuitable  to  the  Objefl:  perceiv'd  ;  to  the  End, 
of  Plcafurc  or  Pain  annex'd,  according  to  the  various  Appear-  the  Body  and  Mind  may  mutually  alfift  each  other  on  thisOc- 
ances  and  ReSations  of  the  Objeil  confidered,  either  as  good  cafion  3  it  being  the  Order  of  the  Creator,  that  our  Wilis  be 
or  evil,  prefent  or  abfent,  certain  or  uncertain,  probable  orim-  followed  by  Motions  of  the  Body  proper  to  execute  them  3  and 


probable,  polfible  or  impoflible,  and  aifefiing  the  Machinein  a 
certain  Manner  peculiar  to  the  Modifications ;  make  what  we 
call  the -T ajfions. 

How,  or  by  what  Means,  this  mutual  Allien  and  Commu- 
nication between  Soul  and  Body  is  effcded,  we  are,  in  a  great 
Meafure,  ignorant:  We  have  but  very  obfcure  and  faint  No- 
tions of  any  Thing  prior,  or  more  fimple  to  rcfolve  it  into  3 


that^.the  Motions  ot  the  Body  mechanically  excited  in  us  by  the 
View  of  external  Qbjei51s,  be  accompanied  with  a  Tajfion  xha 
Soul  which  inclines  us  to  will  or  nill  what  appears  fervicca- 
ble  or  noxious  to  the  Body. 

'Tis  a  continual  Impreflionof  the  Will  of  the  Creator,  that 
unites  us  thus  intimately  to  a  Piece  of  Matter,  and  occafions 
this  Reciprocation  of  Motions  and  Senfations  :  Were  this  Im- 


cept  the  immediate  Will  and  Agency  of  the  firft  Caufe  itfelf.  preffion  ot  the  Creator's  Will  fufpended  a  Moment,  we/hould 

See  Communication,  Cau,se,  c^f.  be  delivered  from  all  Dependance,  all  y^T^flMi,        For,  what 

J\Ialcbrancb  defines  the  Pajfons  to  be  all  thofe  Emotions  people  ufually  imagine  ofa  necefl'ary  Connexion  between  the 

naturally  arifing  in  the  Soul,  on  occafion  of  extraordinary  Mo-  Motions  ofthc  Spirits  and  Blood,  and  the  Emotions  of  the  Soul, 

lions  of  the  animal  Spirits,  and  the  Blood  ;  In  Oppcfition  to  is  inconceivable, 

thofe  Motions  of  the  Soul  which  arc  common  to  us  with  pure  Some  little  Parts  of  the  Eile,  fay  they,  move  with  fome 

Intelligences,  and  which  he  calls  Natural  Incliiiatiom.    See  Violence  among  the  Fibres  of  the  Brain:  Therefore  the  Soul 

1>1atuh.al  Jnclinatlov.  niuft  necelfarily  be  agitated  with  fome  ^ajjion  ;  and  this  Paf- 

Tho'  the  'Paffiom  be  infeparable  from  Inclinations ;  and  tho'  fmi  be  Anger,  rather  than  Love.    What  Relation  can  we  con- 

a  Man  be  only  capable  of  fcnfible  Love  or  Hatred,  becaufe  he  ceive  between  the  Faults  of  an  Enemy,  a  'Pafjion  of  Contempt 

is  capable  of  fpiritual  Ones  ;yct  does  it  appear  juft  in  that  Au-  or  Hatred,  and  a  bodily  Motion  of  the  Parts  of  the  Blood, 

thor  to  diftinguifti  between  them.  ^n(J:ons  are  much  ftrongcr  ftriking  againft  certain  Parrs  of  the  Brain  ?  How  can  the  Uni- 

and  warmer  than  Inclinations  ;  their  Objects  are  different,  and  on  or  Alliance  of  two  Things  fo  diftercnt  as  Spirit  or  Matter 

fo  are  their  Gaufes :  Pafficus  and  Inclinations  differ  juft  as  becffeftcd,  but  by  the  omnipotent  Will  of  the  Author  of  Na- 

much  as  Senfe  and  Imagination.  ture  ? 

In  Effeft,  the  ^ajjmis  of  the  Soul  are  Imprefiions  ofthc  'Tis  a  Point,  about  which  the  Divines  and  Philofophers  can 

Author  ofNature,which  incline  us  to  our  Eodics,and  all  Things  never  agree  3  whether  this  Relation  and  Connection  of  Thoughts 

that  may  be  of  Ufe  to  their  Prefervation  :  Natural  Inclinations  of  the  Mind,  and  Motions  of  the  Body,  be  the  Gift  of  Nature, 

are  Impreffions  of  the  Author  of  Nature,  which  determine  us  or  the  Punifhment  of  the  firft  Sin  ?  And  whether  the  T'aJJlons 

primarily  to  love  him,  as  our  fupreme  Good.  be  the  Inftitucion  of  Nature,  or  the  Corruption  thereof.  In- 

The  Philofophers  are  not  agreed  about  the  Number  and  Di-  deed,  confidering  the  good  and  wife  Purpofesthe  PaJJicns^crse^ 

vifion  of  the  'PaJJlcns    The  ordinary  Divifion  is  thus ;  the  'Paf-  and  that  abfolute  Neceffiry  they  are  cf ;  'tis  furprizing  it 

fi07!.s  of  the  Concupifcible  Appetite,  are  Tleafare  and  pa/n,  Ihou'd  ever  be  doubted,  that  they  are  elfential  to  human  Na- 

fDcfve  and  Averfion,  Love  and  Hatred   Thofe  of  the  Irafcible  ture. 

Appetite,  are  Anger,  Cotirage,  Fear,  Hope,  and  defpair.  See  This  Union  or  Relation  is  found  in  all  Men;  but  in  diffe- 

the  Authors  on  the  Subjeft  of  the  Paffions;  ^es  Cartes,  who  rent  Degrees,  and  of  different  Extent,  according  to  the  diffe- 

confiders  them  phyfically  ;    Coeffctean    who  gives  us  the  rent  Temperaments,  Conditions,  Ages,  Sexes,  Occafions,  Ob- 

•L'ableaii,Vi^m^  o^'the 'PaJfw72S La  Cbajnbre,  theCharafters  jefls,  ^c.  E.  gr.  Thus,  our  Union  or  Relation  to  fenfible 

of  the  'Pafftons-j   and  Fatb.  Se?midt,  the  Ufe  of  the  1>af  Obje(5fs  we  have  ftcn,  is  ftrons^er  than  that  to  Things  we  have 

fions.  only  heatd  talk  of    And  thus  the  Great  have  a  Relation  to 

Dr.  Cheyne  confiders  the  Taffions  as  ewhex  Spiritual  q\- Ani-  many  more  Things,  than  others,  their  Slavery  is  more  exten- 

raal:  The  Spiritnal  "Paffiom  he  defines  to  be  thofe  Sentiments  five.    A  General,  E.  gr.  retains  or  has  a  Relation  to  all  his 

produced  in  the  Soul  by  external  Objeib,  either  fpiritual  Ones  Soldiers,  as  they  all  refped  him  j  and  'tis  this  Slavery  that  u- 

fually 


PAS  (  7^0  )  PAS 

fually  occafionshis  Generofity  :  The  Defire  of  being  cfteem'd  So  tKe  Gratification  moderates  the  Fain  of  Delire,  creates  a 
by  ail  in  whofc  Sight  he  is  frequently,  obliges  him  to  lacrifice  Pieafurc  at  firft,  and  then  terminates  in  the  former  Indolence 
more  realbnable  Plealures.  and  Inaaion  ;  till  frcflT  Defircs  returning,  Simulate  to  farther 

'Tis  thus  thrGughout  the  World  :  Vanity  animates  Virtue,  Aftion,  and  continue  the  fame  i^6;«;//, 
otherwife  we  fiiould  never  have  fuch  Lengths  gone.    Again,      Dr.  Clxym  divides  the  Paifion,  into  Amte  and  Chronical;  af- 
Children  don't  mind  the  fame  Things  with  grown  People,  ter  the  fame  Manner,  and  for  the  fame  Reafon  as  Difeafes 
Women  look' no  farther  than  their  Pamilics  and  Keighbour-  are  fo  divided. 

hood  :  But  Men  retain  to  their  whole  Country  3  'ris  for  them  The  Jchte  "Paff.oni^  whether  pleafurcable  or  painful,  he 
to  defend  it;  they  mind  Honours,  Offices,  t-^f.  Nor  is  there  a  obferves,  have  much  the  fame  lifted,  and  operate  after  the 
lefs  Variety  refulting  from  the  diiferent  Circumllances  and  fame  Manner  as  ^?l7//c  ffl?/£ir/t5  do.  They  e±ic6t  a  brisk  Cir- 
Employments  of  People.  culation  of  the  Fluids,  and  conflringe  the  Solids  for  fome 

The  Difpofition  of  _Mind  in  a  married  Man  diifers  much  fliort  Time.  Thus,  fudden  gufis  of  Joy  or  Grief  Simulate 
fromthatofaEatchelor.  The  Peoplein  Monartcries  have  both  the  Nervous  Fibres,  and  the  Coats  of  the  Animal  Tubes 
the  Mind  and  Heart  turn'd  very  diilerently  from  People  who  and  thereby  give  a  greater  Celerity  to  their  included  Fluids  j 
live  in  the  World.  They  are  united  to  much  tewer  Tilings  ;  and  the  Fun^iions  of  the  Heart  and  Lungs  being  involuntary, 
but  then  the  Attachment  is  much  clofer  and  itronger.  Iheir  they  have  their  more  neceffary  and  immediate  Eftefts  on 
y;r/7;072l  move  in  a  little  Sphere  ;  and  like  the  Sun's  Rays,  in  them.  Thus,  both  fudden  Joy  and  Grief  make  us  Breath, 
a  convex  Lens,  are  aCfembied,  ,as  it  were,  in  a.  Fociis.  Jliort  and  quick,  and  render  the  Pulfe  fmall  and  frequent. 

In  every  'Pajfrni  there  may  feven  Things  be  di.tinguifh'd  :  Tho'  retaining  our  Breath  fomtime  torcfleft  more  intenlely  on 
The  firjl,  the  Judgement  the  Mind  makes  of  an  Object ;  or  the  any  painful  Objefl,  forces  at  leii£;fh  a  llrcng  Expiration,  which 
View  of  the  Relation  the  Objcds  bears  to  us.  "V\ii:  jecoad,  a  becomes  a  Sigh.  Thus  a  fudden  painful  Idea,  making  a 
new  Determination  of  the  Motion  of  the  Will  towards  that  Ob-  quick  Circulation,  and  thereby  throwing  a  great  quantity  of 
je£i;;  fuppofing  it  to  appear  a  good.  The  third,  the  peculiar  Blood  upward,  makes  it  appear  in  the  fuperficial  Veflcls  of 
Senfations  or  Modifications  which  accompany  them  ;  as  the  the  Face,  Neck,  and  Ercalt,  and  fo  produces  a  The 
Senfation  of  Love,  Hatred,  Delire,  or  Joy  j  which  Senfations  fame  Principles  will  account  for  the  effeOs  of  Fear  and  Anger, 
are  always  different  in  the  different  PalTions,  and,  as  it  were,  which  make  us  change  Colour,  and  look  Red  or  Tale  as  the 
the  CharafterilHcks  thereof.  The /om/?,  a  new  Determination  Blood  is  accelerated  or  retarded  in  its  Courfe.  Sudden,  and 
of  the  Courfc  of  the  Blood  and  Spirits,  towards  the  feveral  Parts  great:  fear  do  fo  convulfc  the  Nervous  Syflem,  that  they 
of  the  Body  :  Before  the  Sight  of  the  Obje6l  of  the  Tajjicn,  iometimes  alter  the  Poiiiionof  the  Parts  :  Thus  the  Hair  Ihall 
the  animal  Spirits  were  pretty  equally  diffufed  throughout  the  l}and  an  end  in  a  Fright,  and  the  Nerves  be  render'd  fo  fliff 
Eodyi  but  the  Prcfence  of  the  new  Objedf  difkrbs  the  whole  and  rigid,  as  to  llop^'ar  once  the  Animal  Fundlions,  whence 
OEconomy  ;  and  the  greatefl  Parr  of  the  Spirits  are  fent  into  Fainting,  and  fomerimes  Death. 

the  Mufcles  of  the  Arms,  Legs,  Face,  t^f.  The  fifth  is  t\ic  Cl  rcmcal  ^afficm,  waile  the  Nervous  Syftem  gradually, 
fenfible  Emotion  of  the  SouJ,  which  finds  itielf  fliaken  by  this  Thofe  Nerves  employ'dinconfidering,  brooding  over,  and  fix- 
fudden  Over-Howing  of  Spirits.  The  fixth,  is  the  different  ing  fuch  a  Set  of  Ideas  in  the  Imagination,  mult  be  worn  out 
Senfations  of  Love,  Hatred, tf'c.  caus'd,  not  by  the  inteileflual  and  impair'd  ;  and  the  reit,  by  difufe,  render'd  refly  and  un- 
View  of  Good  or  Evil,  but  by  the  different  Shakes  or  Pulfes,  aSive,  lifclcfs  and  deftitute  of  a  fufficient  Flux  of  warm  Blood 
the  animal  Spirits  occafion  in  the  Brain.  The  lalHs  a  certain  and  due  Nouriflimenc.  Thus  does  long  Grief,  dark  Melan- 
Senfation  of  Joy,  orinward  Satisfadlion,  which  detains  the  Sou!  cholly,  hopelcfs  Love,  over  Weening,  Pride,  ^c.  impair  the 
in  its  Tajfion^  and  attcfts  its  being  in  the  State  it  ought  to  be  Habit  ;  and  fometimcs  when  long  indulged,  terminate  in  Mad- 
with  Regard  to  that  Objca.       _  _  nefs^  the  Reafon  is,  that  a  confiant  Habit  of  fixing  one 

Passions,  in  a  View  to  Medicine,  make  one  of  the  fix  Thing  in  the  Imagination,  besets  a  ready  Difpofition  in  the 
t^cn-varuraU^^GS.  the  utmofl  Confequence,  with  refpeft  to  Nerves,  to  produce  again  the  lame  Image,  till  the  Thought 
Heahh  or  Difeafe.   _See  Non-n  atur.il.  of  it  become  Spontaneous  and  Natural,  hke  Breathing,  ot  the 

In  Confequence  of  the  feveral  Judgements  we  form  concern-    Motion  of  the  Heart.    Thus  the  Faquirs  in  India  fix  one  or 
ing  Objefts,  as  cither  Good  or  Evil,  the  Organs  of  Senfation    both  Hands  by  long  holding  'em  up,  fo  as  that  they  cannot 
and  Motion,  'uiz.  the  iieruutis  Fibres,  are  variouily  imprefs'd    bring  them  down  again.  1~-J]ay  of  Health,  ^c. 
or  Irimulared;   whence  arife  certain  Senfations,  and  certain       But  Dr.  Ao-g^j;  feems  to  have  gone  almoft  beyond  any 
Modifications  of  Motion,  which,  'tis  apparent,  are  rccipr.xal,  Body  in  explair.iiig  the  Orgin,  and  effef^s  of  the  Paffions. 
and  tollow  mutually  from  each  other,  whether  the  In.pr  ffion      From  a  Courfe  of  ailual  Obfervatiors  of  the  feveral  'F'heeno- 
be  fuppofed  fjiif  made  on  the  Body,  or  on  the  Mind  :  th..t  is,  inei^a  in  the  Bod^,  which  attend  the  feveral  Tajfions,  viz.  The 
any  itrong  violent  Motion  made  on  the  Orgaiis,  will  excite  a    Stare  of  the  PuH'e,  Refpiraiion,  V'annth,  Digeltion,  ^c.  that 
painful  Senfation  in  the  Mind  3  or  any  inch  painful  Senfation   ingenious  Author  thefe  general  Conclufions : 
lirll:  excited  in  the  Mind  from  the  bareConlideration  of  an  Ob- 
ject will  imprefs  a  violent  Motion  on  the  Organs.    And,  on       I.  That  all  the  grateful,  or  pleafurable  TtfJl07?S  taiCe  the 
the  contrary,  an  eafyand  placid  Undulation,  imprefs'd  origi-    vital  Tide,  fircngrhen  and  quicken  the  Pulfe,  diffufe  the  na- 
nally  by  the  aftual  Impulfe  of  Objects,  willexciteapleafurable    tural  Heat,  and  take  off  any  antecedent  J!r///i'///7/i,  or  Preffure 
Senfation  in  the  Mind  j  or  a  pleafiu-abie  Senfation  excited  in    upon  the  Abdomen  and  inferior  Organs :  And,  on  the  con- 
the  Mind,  from  the  mere  Contemplation  of  an  Objccf,  will  be   traiy,  the  painful  'Paf/ions  fmk  and  deprefs  the  Blood,  weaken 
followed  with  a  like  eafy,  placid  Undulation  of  the  Organs.        the  Pulfe,  recall  and  concenter  the  natural  Heat,  and  fix  a  Sti- 

The  painful  '■Pajfons,  then,  as  well  as  bodily  Pain,  imprcfs  iKlilm  or  Gompreffion  on  the  inferior  Organs, 
the  nervous  Fibres  with  a  violent  Motion  which  brings  'em 

alternately  into  forcible  Contraftions,   and  Dilatations,   or      II.  KWthz'Paffwns  imprefs  their  chara£leri flick  Senfations, 
flrengthens  and  increafes  their  mufcular  Force,  and  Ailion.    or  Modifications  of  Pieafurc  and  Pain,  efpecially  upon  the 
While  then  this  Pain  or  Uneafinefs  of  Defire,  annex'd  to  the   Oefofhagiss,  and  upper  Orifice  of  the  Stomach. 
Paifions,  and  imprefs'd  on  the  Nerves,  is  moderate  and  re- 

ftrain'd  within  the  Bounds  of  Nature;  Such  Simulating  De-      III.  That  they  imprefs  their  different  Modifications  on  the 
fires  have  a  good  Effcfl ;  as  they  flrengrhen  mufcular  Motion,    Mufcles  of  the  Larynx,  and  thus  difcoverthemfelves  by  the  dif- 
keep  up  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood,  promote  the  natural  Se-  ferent  Modulation  and  Tone  of  the  Voice, 
cretions,  and  excite  a  Man  to  fuch  Adions  and  Excrcifes, 

wherein  animal  Life,  Health,  and  Vigour  confifl-.  But  where  And  hence  he  infers,  that  the  Nerves  of  the  eighth  Conju- 
tbe  Uneafinefs  annex'd  to  the  Paffion  is  too  violent,  fuch  a  gation,  or  Tar  Vagum,  are  the  principal  Inflruments  of  the 
continual  will  gradually  derive  a  too  great  Proportion   TaffionSj  by  means  whereof,  they  are  varioufly  imprefs'd, 

of  Blood  to  the  Simulated  Organs,  by  which  the  Veflcls  will  modified,  and  organized:  Thefei  therefore,  which  are  dif- 
be  over-Hrctch'd,  and  dirtended,  their  mufcular  Force  gradu-  perfed  to  all  Parts  of  theBreafl  and  Abdomen,  particularly  the 
ally  impair'd)  and  the  Fquilibrmm  of  the  Blood  and  Juices  be  Heart,  Lungs,  Stomach,  Liver,  Oefopbagns,  Diaphragm,  In- 
interrupted.  And  hence,  from  a  mere  painful  Senfation,  will  tefiines,  the  Organs  of  Generarion,  ^f.  heconfiders  nsTathe- 
arife  a  complicated  Train  of  bodily  Illneffcs  and  Pains,  in  Con-  ticks  of  the  firjl  Order  the  Intercofial,  which  accompanies  all 
fequence  of  the  eftabUfh'd  Laws  of  the  Union  and  Commmii-  the  Divifions  of  t\^c  Tar  Vagmn,  he  calls  Tatheticks  of  the 
cation  of  Soul  and  Body.  fecond  Order :  The  Nerves  which  ierve  the  Mufcles  employ'd 

Again,  while  we  are  wearing  off  the  Uneafinefs  of  Defire,  in  Refpiration,  and  have  the  neareft  Communication  with  thofe 
annex'd  to  any  Tafficn,  we  feel  a  fenfible  Pleafure,  or  agree-  of  the  Tar  Vagnm,  by  means  of  the  Intercofial,  he  calls  T^- 
ablc  Emotion;  and  the  Organs,  hereupon  falling  into  eafy,  /AmVfes  c/f/'ff /■/■/V^jJ  Or^er  ;  and,  the  Nerves  which  immediately 
uniform,  placid  Undulations,  the  too  great  Current  of  the  difpenfe  Senfe  and  Motion  to  the  feveral  Parts  ofthe  Head,  and 
Blood  toward  them  is  diverted,  and  the  Eqiiilibriinn  re-  have  a  remoter  Communication  with  the  Tar  Vagur/^^  the  Ta- 
florcd.  Asfoon  as  the  Uneafinefs  is  all  gone,  the  Pleafure  theticks  of  the  fourth  Order.  See  Nerve. 
ceafcs,  and  terminates  in  meer  Indolence,  which  difpofes  the  According  to  this  Gradation,  then,  the  Organs  which  are 
Perfon  to  Reft  and  Inaflion ;  till  the  Return  of  fome  frefh  immediately  fupplled  with  Nerves  from  the  Tar  Vagiim,  or 
Defire,  fiimulating  to  farther  Aflion,  renew  the  fame  Succcf-  Tatheticks  ofthe  firft  Order  will  be  firft  affefled  in  the  Taf- 
lion,  and  interchangeable  Series  of  Pains  and  Pieafurc.  JionS,  and  with  the  fmalleft  Degree  of  imprefs'd  Motion,  with 

And  this  is  the  Circle  of  animal  Life:  as  the  Stimalv.s,  of  which  the  Parts  communicating  immediarely  with  the  inter- 
Defirc  throws  off  the  Indolence  of  Reflj  and  excites  to  Aaion;  coflal,  or  [e^ond  Order  of  Ta.theticks,  keep  Pace  and  are  af- 

fefted 


PAS 


C 1^^  ) 


PAS 


fcfted  almoft  at  the  fame  Time,  and  with  the  fame  Motion  ; 
Then  the  Organs  fuppiied  with  the  thiid  Order  of  -Tatpjcticks, 
or  the  Nerves  employ'd  in  the  Mufcles  of  Refpiration,  are  af- 
fefted.  And  laftly,  the  Organs  of  Scnfe  and  Morion  in  the 
Brain  itfelf,  by  which  Seiifation  and  Imagination  are  per- 
formed, are  put  in  a  forcible  Emocion  ;  by  which  the  ordinary 
Operations  of  Senfe,  Judgement,  ^c.  are  much  dil^urbed. 

This  gradual  Rife  and  Progrefs  of  the  'PaJJions  is  confirm'd 
byFaiS}  Obfcr\ation  and  Experience  5  but  how  they  are  ge- 
nerated, and  by  what  Steps  they  make  thcfe  Advances,  re- 
quires fome  farther  Confideration. 

It  may  be  obferv'd,  then,  that  the  Quantity  of  Motion  im- 
prefs'd  on  the  pathetic  Nerves  in  any  '^PnJJlo}}.^  is  always  propor- 
tional to  the  Strength  of  theDelirej  but  fuch  imprefs'd  Mo- 
tion is  not  always  unifornj  or  equably  diffufed  thro'  the  whole 
pathetic  Sy  Item  ;  for  as  the  largelland  moft  numerous  Branches 
of  the  Pathecick  Ner\es  are  fpent  on  thofc  Parts  which  de- 
rive their  Elood  from  the  dcfcending  Trunk  of  the^orW,  "-^'i^' 
the  Stomach,  Spleen,  Kidncjs,  ^r.  upon  any  Motion  too  for- 
cibly an prefs'd  or  too  long  continued,  thefe  inferior  Organs  are 
the  Jirll  and  greatelt  Sufterers;  whence  the  Blood  flowing 
impetuoufly  and  irregularly  to  the  Parts  thus  flimulated,  they 
become  ovcr-llrstch'd;  and  hence  a  Scnfe  of  Pain,  Weight  and 
Oopreflion. 

""By  this  means  the  Head  and  fuperior  Parts  being  deprived 
of  their  due  Share  of  Blood,  the  Pulfe  mult  link,  the  natural 
Heat  dimiiiifh  and  rcdre,  and  a  Scnfe  ol  Cold  and  ConftriiSion 
be  telt  about  xhtOejhp!  c.gus^^-h.Qic  the  Branches  of  the  'Par  I^C.- 
gum  are  very  numerous  :  And  hence  the  Patient  will  be  excited 
tofiTh,  groan,  moan,  cry  out,  and  complain,  and  difcover  in 
the  Tone  of  the  Voice,  and  Modulation  of  the  Mufcles  of  the 
Larynx,  the  CharaCteriiticks  of  the  prevailing  Paffmi. 

Such  is  the  State  of  Nature  under  the  painful  'Pajjions, 
where  the  flrong  Uelire  of  Good  is  attended  with  an  Appear- 
ance ol  Difficulty,  or  Improbability  :  where  the  fame  Di  fire  is 
attended  with  a  ieeming  Probability  of  obtaining,  or  efl-'eiling 
it  ■  this  Appearance,  by  moderating  the  Intenfenefs  of  the  Pain 
of  the  Deiire,  and  taking  orf  the  too  violent  A£lion  ot  the  pa- 
thetic Nerves  on  the  inferior  Organs,  puts  the  pathetic  Syllem 
in  an  eafy,  natural,  unitorm  Unikiiation5  by  which  the  Equ'i- 
&/7//iof  the  Blood  being  reftored,  the  pleafurabie  ^affiom 
of  Lov-,  Joy,  Hope,  i5c.  will  be  rais'd:  And  in  this  Cafe  the 
Pulfe  wiJl  rife,  and  the  natural  Heat  be  diftufcd,  and  by  the 
A£iionofthe  Pacheiic  Nerves  on  their  proper  Organs  the  feve- 
ral  Symproms  be  produced  which  difcover  their  placid  Em,o- 
tions.  \Vh?re  theDefire  is  very  Keen, and  Intenfe,  we  fee  what 
a  prodigious  Force  It  willimprc's  on  the  Nerves,  by  the  Actions 
ofM<td-m(:n,  and  Men  in  atright.In  this  Cafe^  the  Stimulus 
of  Defire  being  exceeding  {lroiig,and  mc  imprefled  Motion  uni- 
verfaljthe  pathetic  Nerves  ot  the  fourth  or  laii  Order  come  to 
be  afteif  ed  j  that  is,  the  Organsof  Senfation  and  Imagination 
in  the  Brain  arc  brought  into  fuch  violent  Vibrations,  as  to 
difturb  the  Operations  ofReafon. 

And  ironi  this  violent  Perturbation  of  the  pathetic  Nerves 
in  the  Brain,  Mad-men  have  their  Imagination  as  ftrong  and 
■vivid  as  Senfation  itfclf.    See  Im  agination. 

Hence,  alfo,  we  mayobferve  the  Heights,  or  Extremes  of 
the  two  contrary  paintul  and  pleafureablc  Pajjlom  j  the  one 
rifing  at  length  into  a  Mania  or  raving  Madnefs,  and  the  other 
linkinji  into  a  hypocondriacal  Melancholy.  The  principal 
Seat  ot  the  one  is  the  Brain ;  and  of  the  other,  the  Vifcera  of 
the  Abdomen,  efpecially  the  Spleen  and  Mefentery.  The 
one  inflames  and  over-heats,  the  other  chills  and  freezes  the 
Iiraginacion  :  The  one  hangs  over  the  Undcrllanding  like  a 
nlari'ng,  dazling  Light,  which  animates  and  leads  us  on  with 
2ieal  and  Vehemence ;  the  other  like  a  thick,  black,  and  dif- 
inal  Cloud,  that  finks  all  the  Powers  of  Nature  unto  the  Depths 
of  Mifery  and  Difpair.    See  Mania  and  Melancholly. 

PASSIONS  in  Poetry,  the  pajjionate  Sentiments,  Gcf- 
tures,  Actions,  £^r.  which  the  Poet  gives  his  Perfons. 

The  'Paffiovs  are,  as  it  were,  the  Lite  and  Spirit  of  the 
longer  Poems.  Their  Necelliiy  in  Trac^edy  and  Comedy  is 
obvious ;  nor  can  the  Epopea  (Ubfift  without  'em.  See  Tk  a- 

GETJY,  COMEPV,  ^C. 

'Tis  not  enough,  the  Epic  Narration  be  furprizing ;  itmuft 
likewife  be  moving,  and  paffionate  ;  hurrying  away  the  Rea- 
der's Mind,  and  filling  it  with  Anxiety,  Joy,  Terror,  or 
fome  other -violent  y^i/l^c?;,  and  this  for  Subjeds  it  knows  are 
feign 'd.    See  Narration. 

The' 53rtj^o?;5  be  always  neceffary,  yet,  all  are  not  equally 
necelfary,  or  fuitable  to  all.  Comedy  has  Joy,  and  agreeable 
Surprizes  for  its  part :  Tragedy  on  the  contrary,  has  Terror, 
and  CompalTion.  The  proper  'Pafjici?  of  the  Epopea  is  Ad- 
miration 5  tho'  the  Epopea,  as  a  Medium  between  the  two 
others,  takes  in  both  their  Kinds  of 'Prt^cWJ;  aswefeein  the 
Griefs  of  the  fourth  Bonk  of  the  JEneii,  and  the  Games  andDi  - 
vcrfions  of  the  fifth.  Admiration  in  cffed,  is  confident  with 
each,  we  admire  with  Joy  the  Things  that  furprize  us  agree- 
ably, and  withTerror  and  Grief  thofe  that  amaze  and  affiift  us. 

Befidcs  the  general  Pajficn,  which  diftinguifhes  the  Epic 
from  Dramatic  Poems  5  each  Epopea  has  its  peculiar  Pafjimi^ 
■which  diffinguiflies  it  from  other  Epic  Poems.  This  peculiar 


'Pajji07z{m  follows  the  Charader  of  the  Hero.  Thus  Wrath 
and  Terror  reign  m  the  Iliad,  becaufe  Jclnlki  is  wrathful, 
and  mc^v  fK'^c.yK.rar'  ^y^^tiy  the  mort  terrible  of  Men. 
The^^^^^^isa  l  inthe  tender,  fofer  PaJJions  ;  fuch  being 
the  Charaaer  oi  Emas  The  Prudence  Jui^ps,  not  allow- 
ing thefe  Exceffes  we  find  noiie  ot  'em  reign  m  the  OdyflTee. 

A-^U  the  midiiawgoj  the  Paffiom,  to  make  'em  have  their 
Effea,  there  are  two  Things  required,  -om.  that  the  Audi- 
ence be  prepared  or  dilpoted  -o  receive  'em  ;  and  that  feveral 
incompatible  Pajjimi  be  not  mix'd  together. 

The  Neceffity  of  difpofing  the  Audience,  is  founded  on  the 
natural  Neceffity  of  taking  up  Things  where  they  ar'?,  in  order 
to  remove  'em  elfewhere.  The  Application  of  this  Maxim 
is  eafy  ;  a  Man  is  calm,  and  at  Eafe,  and  you  wou'd  put  him 
in  a  Pajjlon  by  a  Difcourfe  made  on  purpofe.  You  mui^  be- 
gin, then,  in  a  calm  Manner  ;  by  this  Means  you  join  your  felf 
to  him ;  and  afterwards,  walking  together,  he  wont  fail  to 
follow  you  in  ail  the  Tajfwjis  to  which  you  lead  him  infen- 
fibly. 

if  you  fiiew  your  Anger  at  firff,  you'll  be  as  ridiculous,  and 
will  have  as  little  Effeft,  as  Ajax  in  the  Metamorphofes;  in 
whom  the  ingenious  Ovid  gives  a  fine  Example  of  this  failing. 
He  begins  his  Harangue  in  the  Height  of  Pdffmi,  and  with 
the  molt  violent  Figures,  before  his  Judges,  in  the  decpeft 
Tranquillity. 

■  — ^ — —  •  Sigeia  torvo^ 

Zittora  profpxit^  clajfemqiie  in  Littore^  viiku^ 
'Prote72denjq  w^nas,  Jgimtis  prob  jupiieri  mquit 
Ante  rates  canfam,  £5  j/wam  mijtrtv.r  Uiyjjes. 
The  neceflary  Difpofitions  arife  from  fome  preceeding 
Difcourfe  ;  or,  at  leait  from  fome  Adion,  wh  ich  has  already- 
begun  to  raift  the  Pajfions  'ere  they  arc  mention'd.    The  Ora- 
tors themfelves,  fometimes  ufc  this  laft  Means :    For  tho'* 
ordinarily,  they  don't  raife  the  Pajjiom  till  the  End  of  their 
Difcourlc  j   yet,  when  they  find  their  Audience  already 
moved,  'twou'd  be  ridiculous  in 'em,  by  an  unfeafonable  Tran- 
quillity, to  lay 'em  again. 

Thus,  the  lall  time  Catiline  came  to  the  Senate,  the  Fa- 
thers were  fo  Ihock'd  at  his  Prefencc,  that  thofe  near  the 
Place  where  he  fat  down,  rofe  up,  retired,  and  left  him  alone. 
On  this  Occafion,  Cicero  had  too  much  Scnie  to  begin  his  Ora- 
tion with  theufual  Tranqiiillity  and  Coolnefs  of  Exordiums. 
By  this  Means  he'd  have  palled  and  abated  the  Indignation 
of  the  Senators  againrt  Catikne-^  which  it  Wiis  his  Bufinefs 
to  fpirit  up,  and  inflame  ;  and  wou'd  have  eas'd  the  Parricide 
of  that  Conflernation,  the  Behaviour  of  the  Senators  had 
given  him  5  and  which  it  was  his  Defign  to  aggravate.  Omit- 
ting therefore,  the  firft  Part  of  his  Oration,  he  takes  his  Au- 
ditors in  the  Condition  he  finds  'em  5  continues  and  augments 
their  Paflions.  ^mijqiie  tcmdpn  abutere,  Catiiiua,  paimnia 
mjfra'i  f^iiar/td'm  nos  etiam  juror  ifie  iuus  ekUci\  ^ziem 
ad  finera  ft-je  ejjrenata  '^aEiabit  audacia  \  l^ibilnete  noBurmim 
prtffiditim  paiatii^  nihil  ztrhis  Vigiliiff^  nihil  timer  popnli^ 
nihil,  '^c. 

The  Poets  are  full  of  Inflances  of  this  Kind  ;  where  the 
PaJ]icu  isprepar'd  or  kept  up  by  Actions.  U^-ido  in  f^agil  be- 
gins a  Difcourfe  like  Ajeix  :  proh  Jupiter !  tkt  hie,  air,  'iSc. 
But  then  the  Motions  are  here  well  difpofed  5  ^ido  is  before  ■ 
reprefented  under  terrible  apprehenfions  of  Jl^/ieas's  quitting 
her,  £5?r. 

iieneca's  Condufl,  indeed,  is  quite  oppofite  to  this  Rule. 
If  he  has  a  Pasfion  to  raife,  he  is  fure  firll  to  take  from  his 
Audience  any  Difpofition  they  might  huve  to  be  afftcttd.  If 
they  be  in  Grief,  Fear,  orthe  Expctcation  ot  fomethlng  horri- 
ble, £^c.Hc'll  beginwith  fome  fine  Dcfcription  of  the  Place,  S^t:. 
In  the  'Troades,  Hecuba  and  Jndromache^  being  prepared  to 
hear  the  violent  and  barbarous  Death  of  their  Son  j-ijfyanaXy 
whom  the  G;T£/;iprecipitared  from  the  Top  of  a  Tower ;  what 
booted  it  to  tell  them, _  that  of  the  Spectators  who  crouded 
from  all  Qiiarters  to  fee  the  Execution,  fome  placed  them- 
felves on  Stones,  which  the  Ruins  of  the  Walls  occafion'd  to 
ProjcCl ;  that  others  fiiook  their  Legs,  as  being  placed  too 
high,  ^c.  JltaRupes^  cujm  eCammme  ere6ta  jun^rrics  tur- 
ha  lihravit  pedes.  &c. 

The  fecond  Thing  required  in  the  Management  of  the  Paf- 
fions,  is,  that  they  be  found  pure  and  difengaged  from  any 
Thing  that  might  prevent  their  Efteft. 

"Pclymrhy,  _therefore,  /.  e.  a  Multiplicity  of  Fables,  Ac- 
tions, or  Hiiiorics,  muft  be  avoided :  Al)  Adventures  much, 
broken,  and  hard  to  beretain'd;  and  all  Intrigues  intricate 
and  difficult  to  conceive,  are  at  once  excluded."'  Thefe  em- 
barrafs  the  Mind,  and  require  fo  much  Attention,  that  there 
is  none  to  fpare  for  the  PaJJions.  The  Soul  mufl  be  free  and 
difengaged  to  feel ;  and  we  divert  our  felves  even  from  our 
real  Sorrows,  by  an  Application  to  other  Things. 

But  of  all  others,  the  greatefl  Enemies  to  the  PuJJions^  are 
the  Pajficns  them  felves:'  They  oppofe  and  defiioy  one  ano- 
ther; and  if  two  oppofite  ones  F.gr.  Joy  and  Sorrow  meet  in 
the  fame  Objeft;  they  will  neither  of  'em  ftand  it.  'Tis  the 
Nature  of  thefe  Habitudes  that  impofes  this  Law  :  The 
Blood  and  Spirits  cannot  move  gently  and  equally,  as  in  a 
State  of  Tranquillity,  and  at  the  fame  Time  be  ftopp'd,  and 
9  H     '  fufpended 


PAS  C  7^2  ) 

iurpcndcd  With  fome  Viol  ence,  occafionedby  Admiration.  I>or 
can  tliey  be  in  either  of  thofe  Situations,  while  Fear  calls  cm 
fom  the  outer  Parts  of  the  Body,  to  affemble  'em  about  the 
Heart50rRage  fends  'em  into  the  Mufcles,  and  makes  em  act 
there  with  Violences  very  oppofite  to  the  Operations  of  Fear. 

The  Caufes  and  EffeSs,  therefore,  of  the  Paffions  m  the 
Soul,  are  to  be  fludied,  to  be  able  to  manage  'em  with  all  their 
Force,  jt'/rgj/furninies  two  Examples,  of  what  we  have  laid 
about  the  Simplicity  and  Difenga!»ement  of  each  Paffion,  in 
the  Deaths  of  CmmUa  and  Tdlas.    Sec  the  jEneid. 

PASSION  in  Heraldry,  or  the  Crofl  ej  Tdsfion,  a  Crols 
thus  called,  becaufe,  in  Shape  of  that  wherein  our  Saviour 
fitfer'd,  i.  e.  not  crofs'd  in  the  Middle,  but  nearer  the  1  op ; 
with  Arms  fhort  in  proprotion  to  the  Length  of  the  Shatt.  See 
Cross.  « 

PASSION-WEEK,  the  Week  next  preceeding  J:.djter. 

See  Easter.  ,  ^  n.      ■     i  ■  ^ 

It  is  thus  call'd  from  our  Saviour's  Taffio?!,  !.  e.  his  Lruci- 
fixion,  which  happcn'd  on  the  FriJey  of  this  Week,  now  call  (i 
Good-Friday. 

J/mc  PASSION.   Sec  Iliac  T^o;;. 

PASSIVE,  a  term  of  Relation,  implying  a  Thing  to  lutter, 
or  undergo  the  Aflion  of  fome  other ;  which  in  refpeft  here- 
of isdenominated  See  Active. 

In  all  Generations,  the  School  Philofophers  conceive  an 
aflive  Power  and  a  'paj]?je.    See  Power. 

In  civil  Life,  we  fay  fuch  a  Perfon  in  fuch  an  ElcfVion,  has_ 
both  an  aaive  Voice,  and  a  Tasfive,  i.  e.  be  is  both  capable  ol 
Eleclina  and  being  Eiefted.    See  Voice. 

Some  alfo  ufe  the  teim  •PajJ'r-'e  Hcbt,  for  a  Debt  which 
we  owe  another;  in  contradillinflion to  an  Aftivc  Debt,  which 
is  owing  us,    See  Debt. 

The'ChymiBs  divide  their  Principles  or  Elements  into  Ac- 
tive and  Taifme.  The  'Paifi-^e  are  fuch  as  have  no  affivc  Force 
inherent  in  themfelves;  and  only  ail  by  being  join'd  with 
fome  of  the  other.    See  Principle.  _ 

Such  are  Phlegm,  and  Earth;  fome  fay  alfo.  Salt,  and,  in 
efieft,  all  but  Sulphur,  or  Fire,  which  they  wiU  have  the  only 
principle  of  Acfion  and  Motion  in  the  Univerfe.  See  Earth, 
SuLi-HuR,  Fire,  'iyc. 

'P/isflvc  Prayer,  in  the  Language  of  the  Myftick  Divines,  is 
a  total  Sufpeniion  or  Ligature  of  "me  intclleaual  Faculties,  in 
■virtue  whereof  the  Soul  remains,  of  it  felf  and  its  own 
Power,  impotent  as  to  the  producing  of  any  Eftias.  l  he 
•Paftz'S  State,  fays,  Bncton,  is  only  TiKfm  in  the  fame 
Senfe  as  Contemplation  is  fo,  r.  e.  It  does  not  exclude  peace- 
able, dil'mterefled  Aas,  but  only  ungnict  ones,  or  fuch  as 
tend' to  our  own  IntcrelK  In  the  \Pasfim  State,  the  Soul  has 
rot  pioperly  any  Aaivity,  any  Siluaiion  of  its  own  :  'Tis  a 
mere  iniinite  flexibility  of  the  Soul,  which  the  feeblell  im- 
pulfe  of  Grace  gives  Motion  to.  Id. 

Passive  in  Grammar,  is  a  fecond  Voice,  or  Inflexion  ot 
■Verbs;  which  of  Aftive become  Taifive,  by  an"uming,in  the 
modern  Languages,  new  auxiliary  Verbs ;  in  the  Ancient,  by 
new  Terminations.    See  Verb,  Voice,  fI;C. 

The  Eiigliji  Verbs  become  <PiisJhe,  by  taking  the  auxiliary 
Verb  /  a«,  in  lieu  of  /  iMve,  wherewith  the  Aftive  are  con- 
juratcd  ;  Thd-'renrb  hy  :'/ejhis,  in  lieu  of  jf'ay ;  the  Jta- 
by  fifi,  for  yo  I'O,  (yc.  ^ 

The  Zdt?H  Verbs  become  'Paffi'je,  by  changing  their  1  er- 
minations;  as  Jimr  for  Jim,  lie.  Jmari  for  Jimre,_  (Sc. 

The  Eiigl'P  'Paifrje  are  nothing  elfe,  in  eftea,  but 

the  Verb  lam,  in  all  its  Infleaions  join'd  to  the  Parnciple 
3>fl/!-JC  ;  as,  /  am  J-rah'd ;  in  Latin  lauior,  in  French  j'sjrns 
loili;  I  have  been  prais'd,  fay  fti  kui,  kiudatuip.mi,  iSc. 

l^eunr  PASSIVE,  is  a  Verb  that  has  a  Taspe  Con- 
jugation, but  a  Neuter  Signification.    See  Neuter. 

Of  thefc,  there  are  a  very  fmall  Number  in  Lativ,  more 
in  French,  fewer  in  Englip  ■  As,  I  am  enter'd,  wgrejjmfimp 
je  fids  sum,  f£c.  But  Grammarians  are  flequently  Mif- 
taken  here  ;  taking  Verbs  for  Neuters  Tmfwes,  which  in  ef- 
fefl  are  Aflives,  and  only  diftcr  in  that  they  afl  on  thcm- 
felves,  by  adding  the  Pronoun  Perfonal ;  and  which  on  that 
footing  fliou'd  ra'ther  be  Neuters-Aaive,  than  Neuters-y.-!/- 

^  Some  admit  of  no  genuine  'Pasfive  Verbs  in  the  modern 
Tongues ;  fuch  we  mean  as  anfwcr  to  the  Notion  ot  Pmjives 
in  the  Ancient,  where  all  is  done  by  different  Terminations. 
On  which  footing,  there  fliou'd  be  none  but  Aflives  Tajfive 
and  Neuters  'Piljii'Je. 

PASSOVER,  a  folemn  Feafl,  celebrated  among  the  fe'M, 
on  the  fourteenth  Day  of  the  Moon  next  after  the  vernal 
Equinox.   See  Feast. 

This  Feafl  was  call'd  by  the  Ancient  Latins  and  Greeks 
'PafclKt;  not  from  'sa.syt.'X  fuffer,  as  Ta^^antius  weakly  ima- 
gines •' but  from  the  JSire-TO ''■03  Pefahh,  PafTage,  Leap; 
the  Dcfign  ot  the  Feafl  being  to  commemorate  the  dcftroying 
Ar.s>.cls  J'ssjing  cuerthe  Houfes  of  the  Jfrae/ites,  when  he  en- 
ter'ti  in,  and  deftroy'd  the  firft  born  in  thofe  of  the  Egyptians. 

Tet,  'many  weakly  imagine  that  it  was  in  Memory  of  their 
fnsfwi,  the  Red  Sea,  that  this  Tajfover  was  inftitutcd  ;  tho' 
'tis  certain  the  Feaft  was  held,  and  had  its  Name  before  the 


PAS 


Jfralites  took  a  Step  of  their  Way  out  of  IigyJ^t ;  and  confe- 
quently  feveral  Days  before  their  paiTing  the  Red  Sea. 

Eefide  the  TaJJo'JCr  celebrated  on  the  fourteenth  of  the  firft 
Month  5  there  was  a  fecond  'PaJJ'o-ver  held  on  the  fourteenth 
of  the  fecond  Month  after  the  Equinox,  inftituted  by  God  in 
favour  of  Travellers  and  Sick  Perfons  who  cou'd  not  attend 
at  the  firH  ;  nor  be  at  Jmi[o.km  on  the  Day. 

The  Gree/;j,  and  even  fome  of  the  Catholic  Doi5^:ors  from 
the  XVIII  Chapter  of  St.  Jobn^  take  occaiion  to  conclude 
that  Je^m  anticipated  the  Day  mark'd  for  the  'J'iJ^oyerinthe 
Law  i  but  the  Authority  of  three  Evangelifts  fecms  to  evince 
the  contrary. 

F.Lnmy^  is  of  Opinion,  he  did  not  attend  at  the  l^afjo'ver 
the  lall  Year  of  his  Life;  which  Sentiment  has  drawn  upon 
him  Abundance  of  Oppofers. 

F.  Hardouin  maintains,  that  the  Galikam  celebrated  the 
TaJ]o-ver  on  one  Day,  andtheye'-wjon  another.  See  Samari- 
tan. 

PAST-EOARD,  a  kind  of  thick  Paper,  form'd  of  feveral 
Sheets  palled  together.    See  Paper. 

There  is  alfo  a  coarfe  kind  of  ^afi-bcard^  made  of  old  Pa- 
per and  old  ^a^-board^  beaten  in  a  Mortar  with  Water 
and  reduced  into  a  kind  of  Pulp  ;  to  which  is  added  a  little 
Parte,  to  give  the  Mafs  a  Confiflence  ;  after  which  it  is  form'd. 
in  a  Mould  ;  and  vo  finifli  it,  laid  in  a  Prefs,  lo  fqueeze  oat 
ail  the  Water,  and  reduce  it  to  its  proper  Thickncfs. 

Each  Kind  is  diltinguifh'd  by  Numero'.,,  wtiich  cxprefs  its 
Finenefsand  Value:  I'hc  fineit  is  tover'd  on  both  Sides  with 
a  very  white  fmooth  Paper,  others  only  on  one  Side;  and 
others  on  both  Sides  with  common  Paper. 

The  chief  Ufe  of  Tafi-board  is  in  the  Binding  of  Ecoks, 
Lettcr-Cales,  Hat-Cafes,  Gloves,  £5c.  See  Eook-Binding. 

PAST'E,  in  Cookery,  a  foft  Compofition  of  Flower, 
wrouE^ht  up  with  proper  l-!uids,  as  Water,  Milk,  or  the  like, 
to  firrve  as  a  Cafe  or  Coffin,  therein  to  bake  Meats,  Fruits, 

'Pixjle^  is  the  Eafis,  or  Foundation  of  Pyes,  Tarts,  Patties, 
Pallies,  and  other  Works  of  Paftry.    See  Pastry,  i$c. 

Paste,  isalfous'd  in Confedionry,  ^c.  fora  Preparation  of 
fome  fruit,  made  by  beating  the  Pulp  thereof,  with  fome 
Fluid  or  other  admixture,  into  a  foft  pappy  Confiflence, 
fpreading  it  into  a  Difli,  and  drying  it  with  Sugar,  till  it  be- 
come as  plyable  as  an  ordinary  Parte.    See  Comfect. 

It  is  us'd  occalionally  for  making  the  Crufis-,  and  Bottoms 
of  Pyes,  £f;f. 

Thus  they  make  Almond  Partes,  Apple  Tajles,  Apricock 
•J>ajks,  Cherry,  Curran,  Lemon,  Plum,  Peach,  Pear  ^ajies. 
Paste,  is  alfo  us'd  tor  a  Preparation  of  Wheaten  Flower, 
boil'd  up,  and  incorporated  with  Water ;  us'd  by  various  Ar- 
tificers, as  Upholilerers,  Sadlers,  Bookbinders,  ^c.  inflead 
of  Glue  or  Size,  to  fallen  or  cement  their  Cloths,  Leathers,  Pa- 
pers, ^c. 

PASTERN  of  a  Horfc,  the^Diflance  between  the  Joint 
next  the  Foot,  and  the  Ccronet  of  the  Hoof. 

This  Part  rtiould  be  rtiort,  efpccially  in  middle  fiz'd 
Horfes ;  becaufe  long  Teifierm  are  weak,  and  cannot  fo  well 
endure  Travel. 

The  y^^er/^-Joint,  after  travelling,  is  apt  to  be  crowned, 
/*,  P.  to  have  a  Swelling  round  it  beneath  the  Skin,  in  form  of 
a  Circle  j  an  Inch  broad. 

PASl'IL,  among  Painters,  ^r,  a  Sort  of  Parte,  made  of 
feveral  Colours,  ground  up  with  Gum-Water,  either  together 
or  feparately  ;  in  order  to  make  Crayons  to  paint  with  on  Pa- 
per or  Parchment.    See  Crayon. 

Pastil,  is  alfo  us'd  for  a  dry  Compofition,  yielding  a 
fragrant  Smell  when  burnt  in  a  perfuming  Pan,  to  clear  and 
fcent  the  Air  of  a  Chamber. 

It  is  compofcd  of  odorous  Refins,  mixt  with  Aromatic 
Woods,  or  Drugs  pulveriz'd,  and  incorporated  with  Mucilages 
of  Gum  Tragacauth. 

Some  call  'em  OJJlkts  of  Q'J>riis. 

There  are  alfo  '■pdfiHs^or  the  Mouth,  eaten  to  procure  a 
fweat  Breath. 

Thefe  have  feveral  Names,  and  confifl  of  feveral  Prepara- 
tions, as  Mufcadines,  Confcrves,  pc. 

Pastii.,  is  fometimcs  alfo  us'd  for  the  Plant  otherwlfa 
call'd  Woad  or  Glafs-wort.     See  Woad. 

Pastil  in  Confeftionry,  is  a  Preparation  of  Sugar  with 
Lemon-Water,  ^c,  boii'd  up  with  Gum- Water,  rtrain'd,  beat 
up,  and  by  the  Addition  of  more  dry  Sugar  ,  work'd  into  a 
plyahle  Parte,  and  thus  form'd  into  round  or  oblong  Figures, 
and  dry'd  in  the  Stove.  .      ,     .  , 

PASTINATION,  a  Term  fometimes  us  d  m  Agriculture, 
for  the  A£l  of  opening,  loofening,  and  preparing  the  Bartli 
for  plantin?.    Sec  Earth  and  Planting. 

PASTORAL,  fomething  that  relates  to  Shepherds,  ^sf- 
trrcL  The  Poets  repcefcnr  the  fafloral  Life,  and  papral 
Manners  in  the  moft  agreeable  Light.  We  murt  not  imagine 
'em  fo  agreeable  in  Nature  as  in  their  Defcriptions. 

Pastoral,  in  Poetry,   a  poetical  Piece,   the  Subject 
whereof  is  fomething  in  the  Tajtoral,  at  leaft  the  rural  Life, 
and  the  Perfons  Shepherds,  at  le.ift  Rurtick?.    See  Poem. 
„  Molt 


I 


p  ^ 


Mod:  Authors,  except  the  EngUp},  cflecm  ^aftornl  of  th. 
Dramatic  Kindj  and  define  it  a  Dramatic  Piece,  the  Perfons 
whereof  are  clad  like  Nymphs  and  Shepherds,  and  a£t  their 
own  Amours. 

I'he  Scene  is  always  in  the  Fields  or  the  Woodsy  whence 
T^/rj/o  calls  Pattoral,  Fable  "Bocagere. 

Kuch  are  the  ^^a^or  Fido  of  Gtiarini^  the  Jm'mta  'l'^JP>t 
the  Sylvia  of  Maizet  the  French  Poet  j  the  Coimii  of  MUton^ 

Tajfo  aCTumes  to  himfelf  the  Honour  of  having  invented  '^ap- 
torf.lj  but  the  firft  idea  of  this  kind  of  ^mfna  feerns  to  be 
Seccan's  Due,  who  made  the  firlt  Attempt  of  this  Kind  in 
1552,.  But  T'ajfo's  Jminto,  which  did  not  appear  till  the 
year  1575,  effacing  what  had  been  done  by  Seccari  ,  the  firit 
Author  was  forgot,  and  7;r^oleft  the  Inventor. 

'Tis  certain  this  Kind  of  ''Pnjloral  Fable,  compofed  accord- 
ing to  the  Rules  of  the  Stage,  was  unknown  among  the  An- 
cients. The  Greeks  and  Zatins  have  indeed  introduced 
Shepherds  in  their  Eclogues;  but  thefc  Eclogues  had  nothing 
Theatrical  in  'em  5  nor  were  the  Shepherds  ever  brought 
upon  the  Stage.   See  Eclogue. 

This  Kind  of  Dramatic  ^Paflornl  is  ftili  but  little  known 
among  us ;  nor  have  we  any  Thing  conliderable  under  the 
Title  of  'paftornh,  but  Country-pieces  after  the  manner  of  the 
Eclogues  or  Idyllions  of  the  Ancients.    Sec  Idyllion. 

Every  ^aftoral^  however,  even  in  this  laft  View,  iliou'd  have 
a  little  Plot,  or  Fable, 
Sceiie.    It  mull  be  S:  _ 

fufe  all  Digreffions,  provided  they  be  but  fmail. 
of  the  Plotis  every  where  obfcrv'd  by  VirgiL 

PASTORAL-STAFP.    See  Crosier. 

PASTRY,  the  Branch  ^of  Cookery,  which  teaches  the 
Preparation  ot  ^I'^tjle  with  fevcrai  favoury  Ingredients  of  Flelh, 
Fruits,  Spices,  Sugar,  Butter,        See  Paste. 

Pastry,  ischiefly  converfant  in  the  making  of  Pics,  Paf- 
ties,  Patties,  Cakes,  Eilcuits,  ^c.  See  Pye,  Pasty. 

PASTURA,  in  our  Law-Books,  is  any  Place  where  Cattle 
are  occal]onalIy  ted  ;  by  which  it  differs  from  'Pnfaui,  which 
is  a  Place  fet  wholly  a-part  for  feeding,  and  never  plough'd. 

•Tiijinr^^j  fays  Fhidenmdc,  Oram  Genus  fafiendi  fignif.caTy 
five  in  p-atis^  Jive  tiifiipiila^  Jive  in  j^gris^  Jive  171  Campts:  fed 
Pafcua  ejt  locus  frinapaliter  dej)utatus pecoribus  J/afcendis  itt 
pit  a  171  Montibus^  Moris^  MariJ'cis  ^panis  noncitltisnec 
arctis. 

PASTURE  Ground  is  that  not  cultivated  ^  that  is, 
neither  Meadow,  nor  Arable  5  but  referved  for  the  feeding  of 
Cattle. 

The  befi  Domains  are  thofe  confifling  in  ^aji.nre,  they 
need  no  Tilling.  Holland  is  a  Country  abounding  much  in 
'jpp.Jhire. 

PASTUS,  the  Procuration,  or  Provifion  which  the  King's, 
or  Lords  Tenants,  are  bound  to  make  for  'em  at  certain  Days, 
or  Seafons,  or  as  often  as  they  make  a  Progrefs  to  their  Lands. 
This,  in  many  Places,  has  been  converted  into 


T 


(7^3  )  PA 

PATB  in  Fortification,  a  kind  of  Platform,  lite  what  the? 

iWays  regular,  but  generally  Oval. 
1  arapct,  and  having  nothing  to  flank 

JVIarfty  Ground, 


call  an  Horfcftoe  ;  not  alway.  reguIarr'buTynmnTbvai; 
encompafled  only  with  a  Paranpr  °„J  !,„,.;_.  J,  _ 

it.    See  Horse-Shoe. 

It  is  ufuaily  ere^led 
a  Town. 

PATEE,  orPATTEE 


to  cover  a  Gate  of 


for  a  Cro4  fmallln  ,i;:c»'j;ra.i" 
TCf  S°    ?  K,""'*";  i"  theF.gure  adjoining. 

This  Form  ot  a  Crofs  is  called  alfo  Formce. 
oee  FoRMEE. 

PATELLA,  in  Anatomy,  a  Bone  which  covers  the  Fore 
part  of  the  Joynt  of  tlieKnec;  call'd  alfo  il/ofe  i{„„/. 
and  popularly,  itiG  Knec-Tmi.    SeeMot,A.  "  ' 

•Fhe  Patella  is  roundift  on  the  Out-fide,'  fomewhat  of  the 
Figure  ot  a  Shield,  cover 'd  with  a  fmooth  Cartilaoe  and  a 
bout  two  Inches  in  Diameter;  over  it  Hide  the  Tendons  of  the 
Mafcles  which  extend  the  Leg,  as  on  a  Trochlea  or  Pulicv 
But  its  more  immediate  Ufc  is  to  hinder  the  Leg  from  be- 
ing bent  forwards  in  Extcnlion  i  which  wou'd  of  neceifitv  be 
the  Cafe  in  this  Articulation,  did  not  this  Bone,  like  a  Bolf- 
ter,  check  its  rolling  forwards;  as  the  Olecramim  docs  the 
fwingot  the  Cubitus  backwards.   See  Olecranum. 
I  ■  L        J  r       L    T-'  1    r       n     /      In  an  creCt  Polfure,  when  one  Foot  is  fet  forw^rdi  t\^^ 
which  may  defcrve  the  Title  of  aT^/««/  whole  Weight  of  the  Body  bears  on  the  ySi"  wh^^ 
.imple,  and  but  one  ;  yet,  not  fo  as  to  re-   ,1,:.  Ci,,,aH„„  K;„,l„„  ,1,/  v       r       l     , wnicn  in 
,„,1i:j  »u.„k.  k.,;(L,n     This  Rule   'his  Situation,  binders  the  Knee  from  bending  backwards, 
ims  Jiuic   and  flraining  the  Mufcles  that  infle^^  it  behind. 

Hence  it  was  that  Gfl/m  Wreltler,  who  had  dinocated  his 
Tatclla,  tound  lo  much  Pain  in  going  down  Hill. 

rATENA,in  the  Church,  the  Cover"  or  Lid  of  the 

Chahce,  made  of  the  fame  Metal  therewith,  fervino  to  hold 
the  Patticlesof  the  Hofi  ;  and  given  the  People  tokifswhen 
they  make  an  Otfcring.  It  has  its  Name  'Patena,  11  Tmenia  ■ 
and  IS  a  general  Name  in  Columella  for  any  broad  flat  Vefl'cl  ' 
PATENT,  or  Lemn  Tatmi,  in  Law,  the  Kino's  Let, 
ters,  feal'd  with  the  Great-Seal;  forving  to  convey  the  TitI  • 
or  Property  of  fome  Grant,  Favour,  -Privilege  of  a  new  Ella- 
blidimcnt,  or  the  like.    See  Letters  'Pdleuls. 

They  have  their  Name  in  oppofition  to  Letters',*  Cacbet  ■ 
becaufe  dehvcr'd  open,  nt  ^Meant  omnibm ;  whereas  the  o- 
ther  are  feal'd.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  Tatems  differ  from 
Writs ;  and  that  a  Coroner  is  made  by  Writ,  not  by  'Patent, 
See  Writ. 

Patentee, 
latent. 


he,  to  whom  the  King  grants  his  Letters 

PATERA,  among  Antiquaries  a  Goblet,  or  Veffel,  ufed 
"ti»«5  in  their  S.lcrifices;  wherein  they  offer'd  their 
:d  Meats  to  the  God,s;_and  wherewith  they  made  Li- 


by  the 
conl'ccrated 

bations.    See  Sacrifice  and  Libation. 

On  Medals,  the  Patera  is  feen  in  the  Hands  of  feveral  Dei- 
ties; and  frequently  in  riic  Hands  of  Princes,  to  mark  the  Sa- 


T-         "  ■„  ,1    i)  ■        c  c    ^,  ^  P'^'^Bnary   cjraotjil  Authority,  join'd  with  the  Imnerial  tic 

Fee;  as  in  the  Procurations  of  ihe  Clergy.    See  Procura-      Hcucc,  F.  Joubert  obferves,  that  befide  thY 


TION 

PA-STT,  in  Cookery,  a  Work  of  Paflry;  being  a  Prepara- 
ti  on  of  fome  proper  Mear,  as  Beef,  Venifon,  Lamb,  or  the  like, 
well  boned,  beaten  up  to  a  Pulp,  and  highly  feafon'd;  put  up 
^jn  a  Pafle,  and  then  baked  in  an  Oven. 

They  aifo  make  Veal-/ii/?/ei,  Umble-/(i/?/e^,  Kidney-/;?/- 
iics^  lAajxa^N'^aJties,  £f^c, 

PATAVINITY,  PATIVINITAS,  among  Criticks  and 
Philofophcrs,  a  Fault  objeaed  to  'J^itus  Livy^  which  he  de- 
rived from  his  Country  ^adaa^  'Patavinm. 

Jjfinius  '■'Poilio,  as  we  are  inform'd  by  ^nntillim^  tax'd 
Zivy  of  Ta.uvimty :  What  this  Patavinity  confilted  in, 
has  given  the  Criticks  a  World  of  Pain. 

^Paolo  Sevi^^  Profeffor  of  Eloquence  in  the  Univerfity  of  ^PiJ- 
is  of  Opinion,  it  mull:  be  underliood  of  the  Inclination 
of  that  Hiflorian  to  \PomJ'cy's  Party  :  But  wou'd  Pollio  have 
reproach'd  him  with  an  Inclination  from  which  he  himfelf 
was  not  exempt? 

'Pigmrias  will  have  the  Patavinity  to  confifl  in  Zivy's  re- 
taining the  vicious  Orthography  of  his  Country-men  of  Padua^  Sval' 
who  wrote  Jibe  and  quiif^  for  Jii'i  and  quaji^  which  he  proves 
from  feveral  ancient  Infcriptions. 

F.i.  Rapiv,  takes  the  patavinity  to  be  only  a  faulty  Pro- 
nunciation, which  Aiock'd  the  delicate  Ears  of  the  People  in 
the  Court  of  Angujfus  j  and  favour'd  a  little  of  that  Country. 

Mcrbojiiis  believes  it  to  be  a  certain  Turn  of  Expreffion, 
and  fome  Phrafes  peculiar  to  the  Paduefe. 

All  we  know  for  certain,  is,  that  it  was  a  Fault  in  the  Lan- 
guage of  Livy^  not  in  the  Sentiments  or  Manners,  In  all  pro- 
bability, 'tis  one  of  the  Delicacies  that  are  lofi:  in  a  dead  Lan- 
guage, -li^-  Salzac  cou'd  not  ridicule  his  Dotard  better  than 
by  fuppofing  he  valued  himfelf  on  having  difcover'd  the  Pa- 
tavinity  objei^ed  by  Pollio  to  Livy. 

"Dan.  Georg.  Morbojms^  has  an  exprefs  Treatife,  2)?  Z^- 
tavinitate  Zi-viana,  Printed  at  Kiel  in  1685  ;  where  he  ex- 
plainsj  very  learnedly,  the  Urbanity  and  Peregrinity  of  the  Za- 


,      -  ,       ^  -  e  patera^  there 

IS  frequently  an  Altar  upon  which  the  Patera  feems  to  be  a 
pouring. 

The  Patera  was  of  Gold,  Silver,  Marble.  Erafs,  Glafs, 
or  Earth  ;  and  they  us'd  to  enclofe  it  in  Urns  with  the  Allies 
of  the  Deccas'd,  auer  it  had  fcrv'd  for  the  Libations  of  Wine 
and  other  Liquors  at  the  Funeral. 

The  patera  is  an  Ornament  in  Architeifiure,  frequently 
feen  in  the  'Dorick  Freeze and  the  Tympans  of  Arches. 

The  Word  is  forni'd  from  the  Zatin  Patera,  of  Pateo  I  am 
opeti;  quod  pateat,  becaufe  it  has  a  great  Aperture;  in  con- 
trad  ifiinfti  on  to  Bottles,  £^(7,  which  have  only  narrow  Necks 
or  whofe  Aperture  is  lefs  than  the  Body  of  the  VefTel  * 
PATER-KOSTER,  the  ZordsPrayer;  a Form'fo  call'd 
from  the  two  Initial  Words  thereof. 

Pater-nostes  is  alfo  us'd  for  a  Chapelet  or  firing  of 
Beads;  becaufe,  ferving  to  Number  the  Rehearfals  of  fhac 
Prayer.    See  Chaplet. 

Pater-nosters,  in  Architeflure,  are  certain  Ornaments 
placed  underneath  Ovolos,  cut  in  form  of  Beads    round  or 
See  Bead.  '  ' 


PATER-NOSTREE  in  Heraldry.  A  CrofP^ater-nopree 
is  a  Crofs,  made  up  of  Beads,  as  in  the  Figure  adjoining.  See 
Cross. 


This  Crofs  Is  to  be  fo  /hadowed 
in  drawing,  as  that  the,  Sphericity  of 
the  Beads  mayappearjto  diliinguiOi  'enr 


from  Befants' 


PATERNITY,  the  Quality  of  a  SeeFATHER. 
There  is  an  immediate  Relation  b(-!'vecn   the  Paternity 
of  the  Father,  and  the  Filiation  of  the  6jn,  in  theMyftery  of 
theTrijiity,  See  TjM.Nii  XY. 

Th« 


PAT 


(  7<54  ) 


PAT 


The  Divines  have  a  long  lime  difputcd,  whether  Taterni-  wards  the  Beginning  of  rhe  World  ;  and  who  became  famous 

ty  be  a  rear  ana  i^ir      ,  >  ,  „/„  r  ela-      Jbrahar,:.  Ifaac,  Jamb,  and  his  twelve  Sons  are  the  'Patri- 

(i.iinipstlie  Father  irom  theoonior  wnethent  be  a  mere  jvcia       ^  Vi,  j  rr  n       \.    t^l  xt  ™u      r^u-u      -  i. 

guunestne -1  auici  ,i  „       Hand  if  ^rr/Ji  of  the  Old  1  ellament ;  The  Number  of  Children  ts  the 

Son  of  Oeconomy  and  Subordination.    On  the  one  iiana,  ii  "i-    ,  ,  ,    ^,     .  o  _  ^ 

?cn2/«f  be  fuPTofed  incommunicable  to  the  Son,  and  it  it 

conftifute  a  real  and  pofitive  Diflinflion;  this  amounts  to 

^Jntbeijm.  SeeTRiTHEisM 


_  HtlSM. 

'  On  the  other  Hand,  if  "Paternity  be  only  regarded  as  a 
Mode,  or  a  term  of  Order  and  Oeconomy ;  there  is  no  eflen- 
tial  and  intrinfic  Difference  between  the  Father  and  Son  ; 
which  is  nothing  lefs  than  Sabellianifm.   See  Sabellian. 


^cnediftion,  and  the  Character  of  a  Patriarch. 

Patriarch,  is  alfo  us'd  in  Chriftendom  for  the  BiHiops 
in  Pofleffion  of  fome  of  the  grand  Sees,  independant  of  the  pa- 
pal Jurifdi^iioD.    See  Eisnor. 

The  Patriarchate  has  been  always  efteem'd  the  fupreme 
Dignity  in  the  Church ;  So  that  to  rife  by  Degrees,  the  Bifiiop 
I,  "--r"^  .,y-r  SArriTTAN       had  Only  under  him  thc  TerHtory  of  the  City,  whercof  hc  was 

"tlrat'lr^^/aTim  Einjop/the»««co^^^^^^^ 

^^i'^'J"  A-  ,'  A.&r\h^A  hvanv  Point  of  the  Earth's  Suffrasans  the  Eiftopsof  his  Province;  the  Primate  was  the 
padi  fignitying  a  Circle,  defcnbed  by  any  1  omt  ot  the  tartn  ^  ^  ^^^^^^^  MempllUm  under  him  ; 

^  ™: 'P0intfsi'"fid  ?rarv^^^^^^^^^^           Earth's  Centre  ;  and  the  -P.rnara  had  under  him  feve^l  Diocefes,  and  Pri- 

J  .  the  fame  wkh  what  is  call'd  the  Vertex  or  Zenith  in  mates  'emfelves  were  under  him.    Sec  Metropolita,,. 

and  IS  the  lame  witn  vvn.1  But  this  Order  was  not  always  obferv'd.  SeePEiM.iTE. 

the  Ptolemaick  Projection                nftheVmex  is  always  Vagi,  de  Mana  and  Morin,  attribute  the  Efta- 

TheSemiJJiameter  rf  thi.  R.th  of  he^««^^^^^^^  bldhment  of  the  Grand  'Pmurcin  to  three  Apoflles.  They 

equal  to  the  Complement  ol  the  Latitude  oltbe  i  o.nt  o^^^  Apcftles,  acccording  to  the  Defctiption  of 

that  defcribes  it;  that  is,  to  that  Place  s  Ditlance  from  the  ^JPP^J^^,^''^;^  ^^^^  ^y  Geographerl,  pitch'd  on  the  three 

Pole  of  the  Worm,  ,      ^    /r  J  ■  z^:-:--  i-V.^  fki-oo  TJ^i-fc  <\f  flip  Ifnmiin  l^fni-M 

PA  I  HBTIC,  fomething  that  relates  to  the  PajfionS'^  and 


larticularly,  that  is  proper  to  awake,  or  excite  them, 

The  'Pathetic,  and  the  SuUime  have  a  near  Affinity. 
Sublime.    See  alfo  Style. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ■'i^H  •Pasfmi. 
Pathetic,  in  Mufic,  fomething  very  moving,  exprefflve 
n-'.^^  ^^^  -\,\^  nf  pvritina  Pitv.  Comoalfion.  Anperj  oi 


la  rnen  given  oy  vjcuj^id^ncio,  ^m-n  u  tju  n 
principal  Cities  in  the  three  Parts  of  the  known  World,  ilia. 
Rome  in  Europe ;  Jntiocb  in  Jfia ;  and  Jkxandria  in  Jfri- 
ca  ;  and  thus  form'd  a  Trinity  of  patriarchs. 

Others,  far  from  attributing  this  Inftitution  to  St.  ^Peter^ 
maintain  that  the  Name  yiimirrcj^  was  unknown  at  the  Time 
of  the  Council  of  N;re;  and  that  for  a  long  Time  afterwards, 
patriarchs  arii  ?';7;//rti'ej"  were  confounded  together:  as  being 


X,,-  „  r„„.,l,;„„„,,.vmnvino   pxore(Eve     5>«m«ras  ana  '^TOMm  were  ccnrounueu  luf^cijici .  »o  uciug 

Pathetic,  in  Muhc,  fomething  very  mov  ng,  exprelllve     ^  j-    f  i3i„,,fo;  and  equally  fuperior  to  Me- 

paffionate,  capable  ot  exciting  Pity.  Compaffion,  Anger,  or  who  wereonly  Chiefs  of  Prminces. 

'^'„  Sfs  S^erfe"  we  fay  a  -Pathetic  B.gae,  Pathetic  Song,  &.  Hence  it  is  that  J««r«  gave  the  Title              to  all  the 

In  this  aenie,  /'^^'^>      ■  .  ■        •      \a          Qpmi  tnnp^  Chiefs  of  Dioceffes,  and  reckons  ten  ot  em. 

The  Chromatic  Genus,  with  its  major  and          f^^'^J'^'',  ^  i„  pffea,  it  does  not  appear  that  the  Dignity  of  Tatr.arch 

either  afcendingordefcending  IS  very  proper  for.^^^  ^/^af  Svi  and  affected  to  the  five  grand  Sees  of 

as  is  alfo  an  arltul  Management  of  Dilcords  ;  ^J^'l^  ^  aMmmmvIe,  Mexandna,  Mtkch,  and  yerttfalem,  till  at- 

tions,  now  brisk,  now  langu,niing,  now  fwilt,  now  flow.  tr   u  "  Council  of  Cakedm  in  451.    For  when  the  Council 

V,e.un,nt,  tells  us  of  a  Muiician  at  ^"''''•-^^^'^'l^  regulad  the  Limits  aid  Prerogatives  of  the  three 

inthe'P«/.'mc;  tothatDegree,that  he  was  ab  e  to  pk^  °l,^^„^^^„f^f                         ,„a  jieSandna,  it  did  not 

of  his  Auditors  into  ;^^^'4;^j''^j'!'^^'''^f"'         'cm  the  Tide  o(Patr,arc'hs,  tho'  it  allow'd  'em  the  Pre- 

Means  he  made  Ufe  of,  was       .^"'"J,"^,  '  ten  Da  r  of  Linence  and  Privileges  thereof    Thus,  when  the  Council  of 
PATHETICI,  in  Anatomy  the  fourth  of  ^^^^^^^^  C«#««/»./&  adjudg'd  the  fecond  Place  to  the  Eilhop  of 

Nerves,  which  ame  out  01  tne  i..teuu„>  .......a--.  — 

then,   was  only  a  £>uttragan  ot  lie- 

Nerve.         _  n  a  vt  ,„„  „f  fh„  Prsin  ■  thev   i-ariM  ;  it  faid  nothing  of  his  yumarc/wre. 

The  y«rf««^are  the  fmalleft  Nerves  rf^^^^^^  >  ^^^^  found  in  the  Decree  of  the 

have  their  Origin  ,n  the  lower  part  ot  the  Medulla  Oblongata,   ^^^^^      ^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^^ 

'''Sev'havfthe"NamtV..r/ri,  from  their  ferving  to  Ein^op  of  ;  nor  did  thefe  five  ff.rr^rcto  govern 

„ove  t>he  Eyes  in  'l>\various  Palf^ns  ;  an^^^^^^^^^  ^''^h«e  wSeflill  many  Indenendant  Chiefs  of  Dioceffes. 

call'd  ^;««n;,  from  the  great  Ufe  made  thereot  by  Lovers,  ^^^^^^^  owning  the  Jurifaiaion  of  the  gtand  Patr,- 

in  Ogling,  &■                  .         ,.        „„  pn-pniial  Sien  or  archi,  call'd  'emfelves  Patriarchs  ;  fuch  as  that  of  Jqtaka  ; 

PATHOGNOMONIC,  in  Medicme,  an  EAc"  la^^ign  arc,                      ^               ^airtarch  ot  Mexmdrm. 

Charaacrihic;  or  a  Symptom  peculiar  to    and  ■Separable  ^^,^„^|>     f.^e  5>i,W.rrfe  grew  by  infenfible  Degrees 

from  fome  Difeafe;  ""^  ^^^^tage  hereot  See  bYj™^^^  all  Affairs  of  Moment  within  the  Compafs  of 

ThusS,te;d,.>-.<,  and  afterhimJ*)rH,  to-  But  the  1^  Leir  T^rmarfcre,  came  before  them  ;  either  at  firlt  hand, 

is,  there  is  ""^ing  in  al  Medicine  that  AnfweK  by  Appeal  ftom  the  ^*f™/.//M«s. 

of  a  Patl  cgnmwmc;  Diieafe  and  Symptoms  are  too  comph  ^.^^    Pi;^^.^^^,^^  Biftops,  appointed  the  Time  of  Eltfter 

cated.    See  Di.vonostic.            ^,,3;  ■„.  _,i,:,b  confiders  i3c.    Nothing  in  niort  was  done  without  confulting 'em  ;  and 

JM^Z^^^i.  ftkltJl  a'^d'ihrZ'if  th°eir''N:!  Lit  Decrees  were  executed  with  the  fame  Refpea  as  thofe 

"Sets?  iS'ftitf  ^eSSo^^affion,  Su<.r-  jfll^Chu.h  was  ut^quainted  witt. 

ing,  and  Kiy>u  nifcourfe.         ,       fi„„;r  ■„„  cp„,r,o„  .  ^s'd   were  never  fubjea  to  the  Authority  of  the  Patriarch  of  Rome, 

PATHOS,  a  G«fc  Word,  fign.fy.ng  y^^^^^^^  ^^bofe  Authoriiy  only  extended  tothe  fuburbicary  Proy.nces. 

nfpeaking  of  the  Movements,  which  the  Orator  excites  m  „s  no  Primalty,  no  Exarch,  or  Patriarch  own 


hole  Autnority  only  exrenueu  lu  l.ic  iul/u.u.v-.j  -   

There  was  no  Primalty,  no  Exarch,  or  Patriarch  own  d 
here;  but  the  Eifliops,  with  the  Metnplitam,  governed  the 
Church  in  Common.  .  , 

Indeed,  after  the  name  Patriarch  becalne  popular  in  the 
Weft  ;  it  was  attributed  to  the  Bifhops  of  So«r£«  and  Zl- 
»„s;  butitwasonlyinthefirllfignification:  viz.  as  Chiets  ot 

^'viiCaiige  adds,  that  there  have  been  fome  Abbots,  who 

PATONCE,inHeraldry,a  Crofs  Patonce  ^  '^^/.^^SIitRCH  tT'^^-f^'l^'^^^  "f  feveral 

CrofsoftheFigute  adjoining  He  bears  Gules,  g                       of  Communion  with  the 

a  Crofs  Patcice,  Argent,  by  the  Name  of  Za-  Chnrches  m  the  Ea  .  who                   Jmiam,  refiding 

timer.    It  comes  near  to  the  Crofs  Flory  and  wwaK  Church  .  as  the  Patri^,    ^. ..........  M.,m.,:^,„ 

.   -     .     c.        ^.  t-Vi,.  ;n  M  Mnnalterv  o 


his  Audience.  .  ,  .  ^.^  r 

There.saWorldof  TiTtiioJ.nhisD.fcourle. 

We  fometimes  alfo  Ufe  the  Word  for  Energy  or  Strels. 

PATIENT,  among  Phyficians,  a  Perfon  >l"^«;'}=  ^.r  c- 
tion  of  a  Phyfician,  or  Surgeon,  to  be  cured  f°»l"''f 

PATIENTIjE  Mlifctllus,  in  Anatomy.  See  levator 
Scapula 


in  a  M 
called 


■J  Church:  as  the  'rmrmiuJ'JL  „..,.—..,  ■-.-o 

[onaftery  of  St.  &W;The  y«;nOT*  cfthtMvlfmans, 
c^ma  Abtim;  the  Patriafch  of  the  C»//.«,  the  Jacobin,  &c. 
<iee  Armenians,  Cophti,  Jacobins,  Sic.  ,  ,.  „ 

pItrTaRCHAL,  in  Heraldry  A  Crofs  Patriarchal  fo 
call'd  be  caufe  the  Shaft  is  twice  crofs'd ;  the  lower  Arms  being 

'°XVa"crof:  lYfUd  toTelong  to  Patriarchs,  as  the  Triple 
"^'u  Crft  hundred  Senators  appomtea  by  Koiraiiiis,  wcic       tiucn  a o 

calM  totly  '^"?'  rlr- t  t:-l"-|el  e'  ^'SlCliN^  n^:-ncient  Rome,  a  Title  given  .0  the  Def- 

500  thetwo  attcrClaffeswere  calia  i-d.jescoqcn/n,  DC       ■"i.-      'y^cpiebeiam.    See  Plebeian.  . 

-Knights,  were  '^£^9^::^^^^^^^'^ 
call'd  Patres/Ueai.  ^^^^^^^  f,,^,,„t  changes  in  the  Empire  ;  a  new  Kind  of 


mer.    it  cuuics  utai  hj  i..^  ^   j- 

jly  differs  in  fome  Circumflances  ot  the 
Ends.   See  Flory. 

PATRES  Confiripti,  in  Antiquity,  a  Denomination 
given  the   Senators  of  Rome.   See  Senator,  Patri- 

'"■Th'efirft  bnndred  Senators  appointed  by  Romtlllis,  were 

_  .  -  ,         ..1...  CTi/ifVP^  ■Ratln^rf;-  annther   hundred  bems  adaca 


ri-  lies  oeiiiji  iji""^"-  — 

"pI-FrTa/cH,  one  of  thofe  firfl  Fathers  who  Uv'd  to-  Tears,  and  frequent  changes  i 


Patricians 


PAT 


(  7^5  ) 


P  V  T 


qi^j)-}ciilnS  were  fet  on  Footj  who  had  no  pretenfions  from 
Birth  •  but  iheir  Title  depended  wholly  on  the  iimperor's 
Pavour. 

This  new  ^dtriciate^  Zazi/ms  tells  us,  was  erected  by 
Con-ilantlns  who  attributed  the  Quality  to  his  Counceliors; 
calling  'em  ^atricii^  not  becaule  defcended  from  the 
ancient  Pathers  of  the  Senate,  but  becaule  they  were  the 
Fathers  of  the  Republic,  or  of  the  Prince. 

This  Dignity  in  time,  became  the  higheil:  of  the  Empire 
JuftinWi  calls  it  Siimmara  dignitatem^  in  effecl,  the  '^Fatri- 
clans  had  the  Precedence  .of  Co7i[i!lariii  and  took  Place  be- 
fore 'em  in  the  Senate. 

This  Dignity  was  only  conferr'd  on  thofe  who  had  gone 
thro'  the  firlt  OiHces  of  the  Empire  ;  or  had  been  Confuls. 

We  frequently  read  of  Tamcians  among  the  Unglijh 
SnxQUS. 

Pope  Airiiin  made  Charhmaign  take  the  Title  ot'Pdtn- 
ciaii  'ere  he  took  the  Quality  of  Emperor;  other  Popes  have 
given  the  Title  to  other  Kings  and  Princes,  by  reafon  of  its 
Eminence. 

PATRICIANS,  or  PATERNIANS  ancient  Seaaries, 
who  difturbed  the  Church  in  the  Beginning  of  the  third 
Century. 

They  had  their  Name  from  their  Founder  Vatrichis^  Pre- 
ceptor of  a  Marcionite,  call'd  Symmachus. 

His  dillinguiOiing  Tenet,  was  that  the  Subftance  of  the 
Flefla  is  not  the  Work  of  God,  but  that  of  the  Devil;  on 
which  Account,  his  Adherents  bore  an  implacable  Hatred  to 
their  own  FlcHi ;  which  fometimes  carried  'em  fo  tar  as  to 
kill  'emfelvcs. 

They  were  aifo  called  I'atiani.    See  Tatian. 

PATRIMONY,  a  Right,  or  Eftate,  which  a  Pcrfon  in- 
herits from  his  Anceftors. 

The  Name  was  alfo  antiently  given  to  the  Effeifls,  or  Re- 
venues wherewith  a  Church  or  religious  Houfe  was  endowed. 
In  this  Senfe,  we  fay  the  'Patrimony  of  the  Church  oi  Rirm- 

The  Dutchies  o^Urbino  and  Spohto^  are  called  St.  'Peter's 
'Patrbiioiiy.  The  Church  of  Roi'ae  h^Apntrmmnes'iii  feve- 
ral  Countries,  in  France^  .^jnai^  the  Jlpi,  Sicily^  q^c. 

To  make  what  belong'd  to  the  Churches  the  more  refpeft- 
edjthey  ufually  gave  their 'P(JiTO«c?^if5  the  Name  of  the  Saints 
they  held  in  the  higheil  Veneration. 

I'hus  the  Church  of  Ravcniiir^  called  its  Inheritance  the 
patrimony  of  St.  M^oUinarins ;  that  of  Milan  the  'patrimmy 
of  St.  A:dbfo\e^  ^c.  as  is  obferved  by  Fra.  Paolo, 

PAl'RIPASSIANS,  a  Name  given  to  the  SabelUmi-j  be- 
caule they  did  nor  believe  'twas  the  Son,  but  the  Father  hini- 
fclf  that  was  Crucified.    See  Sabellian. 

The  Council  of  y^,-;r/DC^^  held  by  Bu[ehiani\xi  545) 
that  thofe  whom  the  Komam  call  Patnpsfiani^  the  Eefieyn 
People  caird  Sabelliaiis-^  it  adds  the  Reafon  of  the  Name 
PiiiriJJiisJia7iS  in  their  Condemnation;  viz.  fuppofing  that  by 
the  Incarnaiion  ot  the  Father,  they  render'd  him  Ct-mprehen- 
fible  and  PaJJibk. 

PATROLL,  or  PATROUE,  antiently  P.itoul,  in  War, 
a  Round,  or  March  made  by  the  Guards,  or  Watch  in  the 
Night-time;  to  obferve  what  paCfes  in  the  Streets,  andtofe- 
cure  the  Peace  and  Tranquillity  of  the  City  or  Camp. 

The  Patroll  confifls  of  a  Body  of  five  or  fix  Men  detach'd 
from  a  Corpi  de  Guards  and  commanded  by  a  Serjeant. 

PATRON,  aTermus'd  in  various  Acceptations,  tho'  all 
reducible  to  the  Relation  of  a  Proteftor  aiid  Guardian. 

Particularly,  in  the  Church  of  fic/V^f,  a  Saint,  whofe  Name 
a  Perfon  bears,  or  under  whofe  Protection  he  is  put,  and  whom 
he  takes  particular  Care  to  invoke ;  or  a  Saint  in  whofe  Name 
a  Church  or  Order  is  founded  ;  or  a  Perfon  who  firfl  ella- 
blifh'd  it,  and  who  is  chofen  Protc£torj  are  call'd  Patrom 
thereof. 

St.  peter  and  St.  PlIuI  are  the  Patrons  of  the  Church  of 
St.  Genevieve,  St.  2)ems  the  Patron  of  the  City  Pans,  St. 
George  England,  St.  Semdi£it\\e.Vdxvoxi  of  the  ^enedic- 
tines,  St.  Michael  of  the  Armorers,  St.  Ignatius  of  the  Jefmts, 

Patron,  Pa'ironus,  among  the  Romans,  was  ufed  for 
two  different  Perfons. 

They  call'd  Patron  the  Maftcr,  who  had  freed  his  Slave. 
And  hence,  as  the  Right,  and  Relation  of  Maimer  expir'd, 
that  of  patron  commcnc'd. 

For  the  Romans,  in  giving  their  Slaves  their  Freedom,  did 
not  defpoil 'emfelves  of  all  Rights  and  Privileges  in  'em: 
The  Law  ffill  fubjefted  the  freed  Men  to  confiderabie  Services 
and  Devoirs  to  their  Patrons,  the  Negleft  whereof  waafevere- 
lypuniHi'd.  SccSlave. 

The  principal  Right  which  Patrons  had,  was  that  of  being 
the  lepal  Heirs  of  theeir  freed  Men,  if  they  died  without  law 
ful  IfTue  born  after  their  Enlranchiicmcnt  and  Inteflate. 

By  the  Papian  Law  it  was  furrher  provided,  that  if  the 
Ef}ate  of  the  freed  Men  were  looooo  Sellerces,  and  he  had 
three  Children,  the  Patrm(hon'd  have  a  Child's  Portion. 
See  Freed-jian,    Libertus,  Enfranchisement, 


Patron,  was  alfo  a  Name  which  the  People  of iJc??;?  gav« 
to  the  Perfon,  under  whofe  Proteaion  they  put  themfcives. 

The  common  People  ufually  chofe  fome  Perfon  of  Emi- 
nence and  Authority  to  whom  they  paid  all  Kinds  of  Honouf 
and  Refpea;  denomuiatmg  'cmiblves  his  Ckems:  And  the 
patron  on  his  Side  owed  them  his  Credit  and  Prote£fion. 
.  By  this  reciprocal  Relation  was  tiie  pjiron  bound  to  his 
Client, and  the  Client  to  hispatrojj.    See  Client. 

Patron,  in  Navigation,  a  Name  given  in  the  Meditera- 
nean,  to  the  Perfon  who  commands  the  Veffel  and  Seamen  - 
fometimes  to  the  Perfon  who  fleers  it;  the  former  in  other 
Places  call'd  Majiery  the  fecond  Pilot.  See  Master  and 
Pilot. 

Patron,  in  the  Canon  and  Common  Law,  a  Perfjn  wh6 
founds,  or  endows  a  Church  or  Benefice,  and  referves  to  him- 
felf  the  Right  of  Patronage.    Sec  Patronage. 

The  King  is  pntron  Parawoimt  of  all  Ecclefiaftical  Bene- 
fices in  fi/s/i^f?-!^.    SeeKiNG,  Paramount,  '^c. 

PATRONAGE,  the  Right  belonging  to  the  Founder  of 
a  Church  or  Benefice.  This  Right  confilis  in  having  the  No- 
mination or  Prefentation  to  the^Benefice  by  him  founded  or 
endow'd;  in  having  the  honourable  Rights  of  the  Church, 
in  being  enterr'd  in  the  Chancel,  '^jC.  See  Benefice. 

Q{  Patroncges,  fome  are  Lay,  others  Ecckjiajii ca I. 

Zay-patrcnage  is  a  Right  attach'd  to  the  Perfon,  either  as 
Founder,  or  as  Heir  of  the  Founder ;  or  as  Poireffor  of  a  Fee 
to  which  the  Patronage  is  anncx'd. 

Jicciejlaftwal  Patronage  is  that  a  Perfon  is  entitled  to  by 
Virtue  of  fome  Benefice  which  he  holds. 

If  an  Eclefiaffic  have  a  Right  oi  Patronage  on  his  own  Bot- 
tom, independant  of  his  Ecclefiaftie  Capacity;  this  is  ftiU 
Lay-patro72age. 

Eay-Piiironage  is  either  real  or  J'S^fonal :  Real  is  that  at- 
tach'd to  the  Glebe,  or  to  a  certain  Inheritance. 

perfonai  is  that  belonging  immediately  to  the  Founder  of 
the  Church,  and  tranfmittible  to  his  Children  and  Family, 
without  being  annex'd  to  any  Fee. 

Perfonai  ^''?/'Wzi7^£' cannot  be  alienated  or  fold  ;  Realmayj 
together  with  the  Glebe  to  which  it  is  annex'd.  There  muft 
ever  be  fome  Body  or  Matter  to  fix  it  to;  in  order  to  its  being 
transfer'd  to  another. 

The  Origin  of  the  Right  of  Patronage,  we  find  in  theioth 
Canon  of  the  Council  of  Orange  ;  wheie  it  is  exprefs'd  that  a 
Founder  may  prefent  to  the  Diocefan  the  Clerks  he  thinks 
proper  for  his  Church.  By  a  Law  oi.  jfujtinian  it  is  ordain'd, 
that  the  Founders  of  Churches  may  not  put  Clerl;s  in 'em  on 
their  own  Authority  ;  but  only  prefent  them  to  the  Eifhop. 

Some  Canonifis  look  on  the  Right  of  Patronage,  as  a 
Kind  of  Ecclefiaf^ic  Servitude.    See  Service. 

1  he  Right  of  ^^i.^rc/zr^c  fleeps,  but  is  not  loft,  while  a 
Perfon  is  out  of  the  Communion  of  the  Church, 

ArinS  oj  patronage,  in  Heraldry,  arc  thofe,  a  Top  where- 
of are  fome  Marks  of  Subjeifion  and  Dependence:  Thus  the 
City  of  Paris  bears  three  I-lo-wer-de-liS  in  chief,  to  fliew  her 
Subjection  to  the  King. 

1  he  Cardinals  on  the  Top  of  their  Arms  bear  thofe  of  the 
Pope,  who  gave  'em  the  Hat,  to  iliew  that  they  arc  his  Crea- 
tures. 

PATTES,  in  Heraldry,  the  Paws  of  a  Beafl.    See  Paw. 

PAVAGE,  in  our  old  Law-Books,  Money  psy'd  towards 
the  paving  ot  Streets  orHigh-ways.    See  Pavement. 

PATRONIMIC,  al  ermwhich  Gram.narians  ufe  ;  for 
thofe  Names,  which  the  Greeks  ga\e  to  the  Race,  or  Li- 
neage ;  and  which  were  form'd  fi-om  him  who  was  Chiefs 
or  louiider  thereof.    See  Name. 

Thus  the  Defcendants  of  JEacus  ^  were  called  ^iTc/^^fi;  and 
thofe  of  U^rctiles,  Heraclides. 

I'hcfe  Patronywnc-'Names  the  Romans  call'd  Gentilitia^ 
which  amounts  to  our  Sur-names.    See  Sur-name. 

I'hus,  thofe  of  the  prefent  reigning  Family  in  France,  we 
call  the  bourbons ;  thofe  of  the  late  in  England,  the  Stewarts^ 
^c.  The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  warHf  Father^ 
and  oi'-'ji^a.  Name. 

PA  VAN,  or  PA  VANE,  a  Grave  Dance,  derived  froth  the 
Spaniards ;  wherein  the  Dancers  make  a  kind  of  Wheel,  or 
Tail  before  each  other,  like  that  of  a  Peacock,  whence  the 
Name.  See  Dance. 

The  pavane  was  antiently  in  great  repute  ;  and  was  danced 
by  Gentlemen  with  Cap  and  Sword;  by  thofe  of  the  Long 
Robe, 'with  their  Gowns;  by  Princes  with  their  MantlcSj 
and  by  the  LadieS  with  their  Gown-tails  trailing  on  the 
Ground. 

It  was  called  the  Grand  Sail  ^from  the  Solemnity,  where- 
with it  was  pcrform'd. 

To  moderate  its  Gravity,  'twas  ufual  to  introduce  feveral 
Flouriflies,  Paffades,  Capers,^?,  by  w^y  of  Ep'fides. 

Its  Tablature  or  Score  is  given  at  large  by  'I^/JOf^ot  Jrheau 
in  his  Orchefcgraphia. 

PAVEMENT,  a  Lay  of  Stone,  or  other  Matter,  ferving 
to  cover  and  ffrengchen  the  Ground  of  divers  Places,  for  the 
more  commodious  walking  on,  or  the  Paffage  of  Carriagefl. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latm  Pammentnm,  of  PU" 
9  1  'i^ire 


P  A  V 


vire,  to  beat  down  the  Earth,  in  order  to  make  it  firm  and 

''"n  the  T,rMi>!e?!ts  oi  the  Grand  Streets,  £^'^  are 

ufually  Mint,  or  Pebble;  Courts,  Equeries,  Kitchms,  Halls, 
Chnrches,  efc.  Tiles,  Bricks,  Elags,  or  Firc-Stone ;  iome- 
times  a  Kind  of  Free-Stone,  and  Rag-Stnnc.  See  Stone.  ^ 
In  fome  Cities,  E.  gr.  ^eff;ce,the  Streets,  IS^-  arc  paved 
with  Brick;  Churches  fometimes  with  Marble  and  iomc- 
times  with  Mofaic-Work,  as  the  Churches  ot  St.  Mark  at 

^"in  Frame,  the  public  Roads,  Streets,  Courts,  are 
uaved  with  Gres,  a  Kind  of  Free-Stone. 

In  ^;»/?er^ffi»,  and  the  chief  Cities  of  Holland,  they  call 
their  Brick  ^mimit  the  Somber  Mafters  Tamnt  to 
diftinouim  it  from  the  Stone  or  Flint  Temem  which  ulnal- 
ly  takes  up  the  Middle  of  the  Street,  and  wh.ch  fcrves  for 
Carriages;  the  Brick  which  borders  it  being  deftined  tor  the 
FaffaBcofPeopleonFoot.  . 

Tmeun  £f  Free-Stone,  Flint,  and  Flags,  in  Streets 
fSc  arc  laid  dry,  /.  e.  are  retained  ina  Bed  of  Sand ;  thole  ot 
Courts,  Equcries,  Ground  Rooms,  are  laid  in  a  Mortar 
of  Lime  and  Sand;  or  in  Lime  and  C.ment,  efpecially  it 
there  be  Vaults  or  Cellars  underneath.  .  „  .   r  t,  ■  i 

Some  Mafons,  after  laying  a  Floor  dry,  efpecially  ot  Brick, 
fpread  a  thin  Mortar  over  it;  fwecpingit  backwards  and  tor- 
wards  to  fill  up  the  Joints. 

I'hirty  two  Statute  Bricks  laid  flat  pave  a  Yard  fquare  ;  (>4 
of  Edge  wife.  ,,, ,      .     ,  ■  1 

Thi  Square  Tiles  us'd  in  Paving,  call'd  Paving-bricks,  are 
of  variousSizes,  from  6  to  li  Inches  Square.  SeeBRicKS. 

Tavemems   of  Churches,  frequently    confill  ot 

Stones  of  feveral  Colours;  chieHy  black  and  white,  and  m  le- 
veral  forms,  chiefly  Square,  and  Lozange,  artfully  difpoled 

Indeed  there  needs  no  great  variery  ot  Colours  to  iMke 
a  furprizing  variety  of  Figures  and  Arrangements.  M.  Trn- 
cket  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Frewb  Academy,  has  ihewn  by 
tlie  Rules  of  Combination,  that  two  Square-Stones  divided 
diagonally  into  two  Colours,  may  be  join'd  together  Chccqucr- 
wif?  tf4  different  Wavs;  which  appears  furpnfmg  enough; 
fince  two  Letters  or  Figures  arc  only  combined  two  Ways.  ^ 

The  Reafon  is,  that  Letters  only  change  their  Situation 
with  regard  to  firft  and  fccond  ;  the  Top  and  Bottom  rcmain- 
inotbe'famc:  But  in  the  Arrangement  of  thefe  Stones,  each 
adlnits  of  four  feveral  Situations,  in  each  whereof  the  other 
Square  may  be  chang'd  iS  Times,  which  gives  1S4  Combina- 
tions. ^  ,    r        ^  L- 

Indeed,  from  a  further  Examination  of  thefe  6^  Combina- 
tions, he  found  there  were  only  r-  different  Figures;  each 
Figure  being  repeated  twice  in  the  fame  Situation,  tho  in  a 
different  Combination  ;  fo  that  the  two  only  differ'd  from  each 
other  by  the  Tranfpofition  of '  the  darker  or  higher  Squares. 

SCCCOMEINATION.  ,      ,      -  r  t 

tpavement  of  a  Terrafs  ,  is  that  which  ferves  tor  the 
covering  of  a  Plat-form;  whether  it  be  over  a  Vault,  or  on  a 
Wooden  Floor.    See  Terrass.  ,  .  j,  i 

Thofc  over  Vaults  are  ufually  Stones  fquared,  and  bedded 
in  Lead. 

Thofe  on  Wood,  call'd  by  the  Zatins  Tavnneiita  coMigna- 
ta  are  either  Stones  with  Beds  for  Bridges;  Tiles  for  Ceilings 
in'  Rooms,  or  Lays  of  Mortar,  made  of  Ciment  and  Lime, 
with  Flints  or  Bricks  laid  flat,  as  is  lUU  praflis'd  by  the  Eaf- 
tcrn  and  Southern  People  a  Top  of  their  Houfes.  See  Plat- 

°A11  thofe  74!;E»2rafs  which  lye  open,  are  call'd  by  the  La- 
tins ^avimmta  [ttbdwlia. 

Mohk  Pavement.  Sec  Mosaic  fFort. 

Trojeaioii,  or  'Perfteffive  of  a  PAVEMENT,  See 
Perspective.  ,      -r  t  m 

PAVILLION,  in  Architeflure,  from  the  Italian  'tatti- 
ulionl  Tent,  of  the  Latin  'Pafilio  ;  fignifies  a  Turret,  or 
Building  ufually  infulatcd,  and  under  a  fingle  Root;  iome- 
timcs  Square;  and  fometimes  in  form  ot  a  Dome.  ^ 

tpa'jillions  are  fometimes  alfo  projeaing  Pieces,  in  the  Fa- 
cade of  a  Building,  marking  the  Middle  thereof;  fometimes 
the  •Pavillion  flanks  a  Corner,  in  which  Cafe  'tis  call'd^JZ- 
milar  ■Pavillio?!.  The  'Louvre  is  flank'd  with  four  'Pavilhons. 
'PavilUomiK  ufually  higher  than  the  reft  of  the  Building. 

There  are  yafi&'M  built  in  Gardens;  popularly  call'd 
Summer-houfes,  Pleafure-houfes,  ESr. 

There  are  Caflles  or  Forts  which  only  confill  in  a  tingle 
<pamUmi. 

Pavillion,  in  War,  a  Tent,  rais'd  on  Pofts,  to  lodge 
under  in  the  Summer-time.    See  Tent. 

Pavillion,  is  alfo  us'd  in  the  General,  for  Flags,  Colours, 
Enfigns  Standards,  Banners,  150.  all  which.  Authors  ufually 
confound  with  one  another.    See  Flao,  Ensign,  Stand- 

ARp,  Banner.         .        .     ,  m..   n  .      1-  . 

The  Cuftom  of  bearing  pointed  Tlmllmis,  as  at  preient, 
Brft  came  from  the  Mahometan  Arabs,  at  the  Time  they  firft 

feiz'd  on  Spain.  n      i  >j  r   t,-  ,-i 

Till  then  all  Colours  were  flretch  d  on  crols  Pieces  like 
Thurch  Banners;  whence  they  were  call'd  In  Latin,  1/exllla 
rjiiaji  Felilla,  a  Diminutive  of  Te/a,  Sails. 


(  ) 


P  A  U 


The  Pirates  all  along  the  Coaft  of  the  Jtlantic  and  Sarl^a- 
ry,  bear  Hexagonal  'Pavillions.  'Tis  Gules,  cJiarg'd  with  a 
little  1'itrk,  drefs'd  In  his  'Turban ;  tho'  contrary  to  their  Law, 
which  prohibits  the  mating  any  Image  ofa  Man  ;  from  an 
Opinion  that  thofe  who  make  the  Figure  here,  will  be  obli«'d 
to  furnilh  a  Soul  to  the  Figure  at  the  Day  of  Judgement,  or^in 
Default, thereof  be  damn'd. 

But  this  Portrait  it  fecms  is  that  of  Ha^i  Suljcar,  Mabo- 
mefs  Stin  in-law,  to  whofe  Party  the  Africans  adhere;  and 
who  appointed  his  Pifture  to  be  reprefented  on  their  Banners  ; 
imagining  himfelf  fo  terrible  to  tlie  Chriltians,  that  a  mere 
View  of  his  Image  wou'd  put  'em  to  flight ;  as  we  are  told  by 
Leimckvm. 

Pavillion,  in  Heraldry,  a  Covering  inform  of  a  Tent, 
which  invells,  or  wraps  up  the  Armories  of  divers  Kings 
and  Soveraigns,  depending  onJy  on  God  and  their  Sword. 
The  French  Heralds  hold,-  that  none  but  Soveraign  Monarchs 
may  bear  the  pavillion  intire,  and  in  all  it?  parts. 

It  coniifts  of  two  Parts,  the  Top,'  which,  is  the  Chapeau, 
or  Coronet,  and  the  Curtain  which  makesthe  Cloak.  '1  hofe 
whoare  Eleftive,  or  have  any  Dep'^ndance,  fay  the  Heralds, 
muft  take  off  the  Head,  and  retain  nothing  but  the  Curtains. 

The  life  of  ^avillioas  and  Cloaks  in  Armories  is  derived 
from  the  ancient  Larabreqidm  ^  which  are  fometimes  found 
Iketch'd  out  in  form  of  Coverings ;  and  tuck'd  back  on  either 
Side. 

Others  will  have  it  derived  from  the  ancient  Tournaments, 
wherein  were  expofed  the  Arms  of  the  Knight  in  rich  Ta- 
pellry  Work,  on  Tents  and  'Pa-viilhns,  which  the  Chiefs  of 
the  Quadrils  rais'd  to  llielter  'emfelvcs,  till  the  Time  of  en- 
tring  the  Lilis. 

PAULIANISTS,  a  Sea  ofHereticts,  fo  call'd  from  their 
Founder  ^Milm  Samofatmiti^  a  Native  of  Samofata^  elefted 
Eifliop  of  Antioch  in  stfi. 

This  Ilereliarch  denied  the  Diflinflion  of  Perfons  in  the 
Trinity,  with  SahdUm-^^n^  taught  with  Jrteyaon  that  theWord 
defcended  into  Jefus  ;  and  tliat  after  having  perform'd  by 
him  what  he  delir'd  to  do,  he  re-afcended  to  his  Father. 

He  deftinguifh'd  two  Perfons  in  J.  C.  the  Word  and  the 
Chrill:  The  latter,  according  to  him,  was  only  God  in  re- 
gard of  hi.s  Holinefs  5  accordingly  he  did  not  baptize  in  the 
Name  of  the  Father  and  Son,  ^c.  For  which  Reafon  the 
Council  of  3>{ice  order'd  thofe  baptized  by  him  to  be  re- 
baptized. 

Being  condemned  by  Dionyjius  j^kxajidriims^  ina  Council  5 
he  abjured  his  Errors  to  avoid  Depofition  j  but  foon  after  re- 
fum'd  'em, and  was  ailually  depos'd  by  another  Council  in  270. 

PAULICIANS,  a  Branch  of  the  sjnzi^nt  Manichees ;  i^o 
call'd  from  their  Chieftain,  one  'PatilusQ.n  j^rme72ian^nit\iQ 
Yllth  Century.    See  Manichee. 

The  '■Pankcians  by  their  Number,  and  the  Countenance  of 
the  Emperor  NiceJ'/jorus,  became  formidable  to  all  the  Eaft. 

To  the  other  Opinions  of  the  Matiichees,  they  are  faid  to 
have  added  an  Abhorrence  of  the  Crofs  ;  and  to  have  em- 
ploy'd  it  in  the  moft  fervile  Offices, our  of  defpight. 

The  Emprefs  TL'Codi  ra,  Tutrefs  ot  the  Emperor  Michael m 
84.5,  wou'd  oblige  'em  either  to  be  convertetf,  or  to  quit  the 
Empire  ;  Upon  which  feveral  of  'em  were  put  to  Death,  and 
more  retired  among  the  SarazenSj  but  they  were  not  all  ex- 
terminated. 

Towards  the  End  of  the  ninth  Century,  they  were  able  to 
maintain  Waragainfl:  the  Emperor  Safil-^  and  even  prcach'd 
long  after  this  in  'Bulgaria  ^  whence  they  fpread  into  feveral 
other  Parts  of  Eiirop. 

The  "Paulicians  were  alfo  call'd  Tliblicans,  and  To^icans. 
See  Publican.  ?3c. 

PAVO,  in  Aflronomy.    See  Peacock. 

PAUPER,  in  Law,  See  Form  a  ^Prr?;/m'5 

PAUSARY,  PAUSARIUS,  in  ancient  Ro7?2e,  an  Of- 
ficer, who  in  the  folemn  Pomps  or  Proceffions  of  the  Goddefs 
Ifis,  'direaed  the  Stops  or  Taufes. 

In  thefe  Ceremonies,  there  were  frequent  Stands  at  Places 
prepared  for  the  Purpofe  ;  wherein  the  Statues  of  Ifis  and 
Anlihii  were  fet  down,  much  after  the  Manner  of  the  refting 
Places  in  the  Proceffion  of  the  Holy  Sacrament  in  the  Romip 
Church. 

Thefe  Refls  were  call'd  Maiifiones -j  Vlxq  Regulation  where- 
of was  the  Office  of  the  'Paiifmi. 

From  an  Infcription  quoted  by  Sahnafim^  it  appears  that 
the  Ron2-i72.i  had  a  kind  of  College  or  Corporation  of  Tmfa- 
ries.    Sec  College.  _  r^n-      •  1 

The  Name  Paufary  was  alio  given  to  an  Omcer  in  the 
Roman  Gallies,  who  gave  the  Signal  to  the  Rowers,  and 
marh'd  the  Times  and  Paufcs ;  to  the  End  they  might  a^ 
in  concert,  and  row  all  together. 

This  was  done  with  a  Mufical  Inftrument.  Hygmus  fays, 
that  in  the  Ship  Jrgo,  Orfhens,  did  the  Office  with  his  Lute. 

PAUSE,  a  Stop,  or  Ceffation  of  fpeaking,  finging,  play- 

"^T^he'ufe  of  Pointing  in  Grammar^  is  to  make  proper  Paufes 
in  certain  Places.    See  Pointing.  „  -r 

There  isa  Paufeinthe  Middle  of  each  Verfe;  m  a  Hemil- 
tic,  'tis  call'd  the  Re^  or  Repfe.  The 


PEA 


T!ie  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin.  Tatifa,  which 
in  i.vxrethis  and  'Plmitus  in  the  fame  Senfe. 

PAUSE,  in  Mufic,  a  Character  of  Silence  and  Repofe  ; 
call'd  alfo  by  feme,  a.  Mure  figure becaufc  it  /hews  that 
feme  of  rhe  Parts  are  to  be  Silent,  while  the  others  continue 
the  Song  \  either  for  the  fake  of  fame  Fagure  or  Imitation,  or 
to  give  a  breathing  Time,  or  to  give  room  for  another  Voice, 
^c.  to  anfwer  what  this  Partfung,  as  in  Dialogues,  Echoes, 

The  Ancicnts  had  two  kinds  of  Paufes  5  the  r>ne  call'd,  by 
the  Italians.,  Initial  Taiifes  5  becaufe,  firtt  placed  at  the  Be- 
ginning of  the  Piece,  the' fometimes  after,  and  regularly  be- 
tbre  the  Circle  O,  or  the  Semi-circle  C. 

They  had  alfo  Paufes  after  the  Charadlers  of  the  Meafurc, 
and  in  the  Courfe  of  the  Piece. 

A  gmeral  'paufe  is  a  general  CefTation  or  Silence  of  all  the 
Parts. 

^emi-fanfe  is  a  CefTation  for  the  Time  of  half  a  Mea- 
fure. 

We  alfo  fay  Tatifeofa  Minim,  1>azife  of  a  Semibrem^  long 
^aiife,  Tai/jes  of  Croma,  and  Semi -Croma ;  which  are  Names 
given  by  the  Italians,  to  exprefs  the  dliferent 
Paufes.    For  the  Signs  or  Charafters  of  Paufes.  S> 

RACTER. 

PAW,  'Pme, 

fhort.    Ifthe  whole  Leg  be  retain'd,  it  iscall'd  Gambe. 
Lyons-paws  are  much  us'd  in  Armoury. 
PAWN-^ro-i^er.    See  Broker. 
PAWNAGE.    See  Pannage. 
PAX  2Je'.    See  Peace  of  God. 
Pax  Ecclefite.    See  Sanctuary. 

Pax  Regis,  See  Peace  of  the  King.  Zonge  debet  efje 
Pax  Regis  d  fartefua,  ubi  rejldens  fiiem,  a  quatnor  farri(;2is 


( 767 ; 

/e  find 


PEA 

have  faen  an  hundred  a  d  ff,;  i^^|"'l"f^'r> ,  P^"?"?^  " 
afferent  Degrees  of  Perf-a        'ti,  "  ,fl  v'S'^'^,"? 
firfl;  the  reft  remaining  at  ,he  Bottl       f"*??  t^^ 
Formation  of!P.«r/shaJp„z'ledSh  A  "f*^  ^^f-  ? 
Naturalifls;  and  given  Jccafion  ,o  \tt  Nums"  f™''"" 
thefes,  many  of  'em  wild  and  extfav"e^t  1  K 

Ancicnts,  'P/iny,  Sohms,  iSc  will  hav  W  Tk''^  '  f 
Dew.    The  Vifh   (i„  A.„  ,;r.  ™     be  to™  d  ot 


of  Heav™  .  ;  T  ;„,.:  J  ?,     ,  '      ""bibe  the  Dew 


n(c  every  Mornir 
^  :n  their  Shells, 
like  a  Ljqnid  Pearl,  infinnating  ,he 


of  Heaven  5  which. 

Body  of  the  Oifler,  fixes  its  Salts,  and  their  ;fn,n,«  i  ^ 
lonr  Hardnefs  and  Form  of  Ve.ri'tcome  uZl  ' 
verted  into  Cryrtals  in  the  Earth;  or  theTuice  of  Pl„ 
Honey  and  Wax  in  the  Bee-hive.  How^s  mto 

But  this,  how  plaufible  focver,  is  apparently  falfe  ■  For 
the  O.flers  grow  faU  to  the  Rocks,  anff  no  Zy  y" 
faw  any  of 'em  appear  on  the  Sarfaceof  the  ^Vater  ^ 

are  fmmdT^  r7  ^'f'?  >'= 'h<=  Eggs  of  the  iifltes  they 
are  found  m:  But  neither  docs  this  confift  with  the  Pha:no 

£  Cha  7Z  oZ'"-''i''l,°^i  throughout  the  whole  Subfta  o 
bee  Lha-  ot  the  O.fter,  ,n  the  Head,  the  Coat  that  covers  it  the  cir- 

Heraldry,  the  Fore-foot_  of  a  Beaft  cut  of  ^  St 

Appearance  that  S>™;-A  Ihou'd  be  in  the  O  lie  s  wha  the 
Eggs  and  Sperm  are  in  Fo^vls  and  Fiftes.  For  befidc  that 
there  ts  no  particular  Place  deflincd  for  their  Fo  niat  on  ■  th  j 
Anatomjlls  have  not  been  able  to  find  any  Thing  that  faeTrs 
any  Reianontowhatpaflis  in  this  Re/pedi      other  An 


kci  iMins,  boceflqnmm  milliaria  ^  tres  j^imiten£,       and  ripen,  whilll  th 


This,  indeed  may  be  faid,  that  as  in  a  Hen  there  is  an  I 
finity  of  httle  Eggs,  in  form  of  Seed;  fome  wh  jreof  griw 


I  In- 


e  Reft 


continue  nearly  in  the  fame  State; 


Novem       Latitudine,  £^  mvem  fedes,  iS  nmiem  ^alin^s,  fo 
novemGrmia  hordei,         See  Edo.  Confess. 

Tacem  redire,  to  reftore  to  the  Peace,  is  to  rcverfe  an 

Out-lawry ;  whereby  a  Perfon  is  rcftored  to  the  Benefit  of  the  cafe  the  Fidi  rots  and  dies* 
King's  Peace     See  OuT-LAWRY  Others,  with  M.  Grfr™  the 

R,x  pteffi  dan  quod  fmim  eft,  boo  ejt  p.com[nam,  qmm  theBozoards;  as  comprehendinr„":i,°;Vrrrf  r"n 

Mkgatm  ami  fit.  Brafton.  Lib.  3.  form'd  in  Lavs  nr  9^,.       ,1^  d  j        .  '^^"^'^  ^"  Atones 

pIyMENT,  the  DifchargeVaDebt,  either  by  Money  B^oIkb  ' 


)  in  each  Oifter  is  ufuaily  found  one  Te/rl  much  larpcr  and 
thatripens  much  fafter,  than  the  Reft.  This^Jr/fometimes 
grows  big  enough  to  hindcrthe  Oifler  from  fliutting.^  whkh 

younger,  rank  Vearls  among 


feallytold,  or  by  Bills  of  Exchange,  ^c.    Sec  Debt,  £5?r. 

TnraJ-e  Payment,  a  popular  Icrm  in  i>«foi;i!  and  i;;/-   „,  .„ 

prdtim,  IS,  when  a  Debtor  acquits  what  he  owes  before  the  moirs  of  the  French  Aeadcmv    /!„  ,  7 , 

Expiration  of  the  Term  granted  by  the  Creditor.  tPearh^rr-  f„™'j  1:1..  " 


M.  ii™/w/,-  has  a  very  curious  Piece  on  the  Subieft  of 
the^  Formation  both  of  the  Shells  and  Teark,  in  the  Me- 
moirs ot  the  irme*  Academy,  4n  171 7  He  obfcrves  that 
the  Difcountfory™^^ff«^,»««onmoft  Merchandices  fnln  the  Slf  kt"  in  Animals,  as  thofe  E. 


3S  ufually  i See  Discount. 

PAT,  in  the  Sea  Language.  The  Seamen,  fay,  ]>ay  more 
Cable,  i.  e.  let  out  more  Cable;  and  fay  cheap  that  is,  at  the 
turning  the  Anchor  out  of  the  Boat,  to  turn  it  out  fafter. 

PEACE,  in  its  general  Signification,  ftandsin  oppofidon  to 
War.    See  War. 

In  our  Law-Books,  tSc  'Peace  is  reftrain'd  to  a  quiet,  and 
inoffenfive  Carriage  towards  the  King,  and  his  People.  Lamb. 
Eirenarcb. 

Where  any  Man  ftands  in  danger  of  Harm  from  another, 
and  makes  Oath  thereof  before  a  Juftice  of  the  Peace ;  he 
muft  be  fecur'd  by  good  Bond,  which  is  call'd  tindhig  to  tile 
^eace,  &c.  Sec  Frank-pledge,  See  alfo  Conservator, 
andJusTicE  of  the  'Peace. 

'firac  of  Peace  is  when  the  Courts  of  Juftice  are  open,  and 
the  Judge  and  Miniftcrs  of  the  fame  may  by  Law  proteft 
Men  from  Wrong  and  Violence,  and  diftribute  Juftice  to  all. 
See  Coke  on  Link.  Sec  alfo  Term. 

Peace  of  the  King,  mcntion'd  in  the  Stat.  ff.  B/c*.  »d.  &e. 
is  that  Security  that  the  King  promifes  his  Subjeas,  and  others 
taken  into  Proteaion ;  both  for  Life  and  Goods.  See  Sun 
oj  the  King's  'Peace. 

Peace  0}  God  and  the  Church,  mention'd  in  our  ancient 
Law  Books,  is  that  Refi  andCeflation  which  the  King's  Sub- 
jeas had  from  Trouble  and  Suit  of  Law,  between  the  Terms. 
See  Vacation. 

Peace  of  the  Plough,  that  whereby  the  Plough,  Plough- 
Tackle,  and  Plough-Catde  are  fecured  from  DiftrefTes.  See 
Mtzh.  Nat.  Srev. 

Thus  Fairs  may  be  faid  to  have  their  "Peace,  becaufe  no 
Man  may  be  troubled  in  them,  for  any  Debt  contraaed  elfe- 
where. 

Clerk  of  the  PEACE.   See  Ciekk  of  the  'Peace. 

PEACOCK,  'Pavo,  in  Aftronomy,  a  Conftellation  of  the 
Soatkerii  Hemifphere;  unknown  to  the  Ancients  ;  not  vifible 
in  our  »j«AerB  Parts  of  the  World.  See  Constellation. 
_  PEAN,  in  Heraldry,  is  when  the  Field  of  a  Coat  of  Arms 
IS  Sable,   and  the  Powdcrings,  Or 

PEARL,  innaturalHiftory,  a  hard,  white,  clear Subftance, 
ufuaily  roundilh,  found  in  a  teftaceous  Fifti,  refembhng  an 
Oifler;  and  rank'dinthe  Number  of /reCOTS  Stones. 
^  The  Fidi  wherein  the  'Pearls  are  found,  is  three  or  four 
times  the  Size  of  the  common  Oiflers ;  and  is  ufuaily  call'd 
•Pearl,  or  Mother  of  Pearl,  by  the  Naturalifls,  Pinna  Ma- 
rttta. 


T  u  Tjn-  n  r  „-'i"'=>'^'  =""1  ^at  they  are  appa- 
rently the  Effeftsof  a  Difcafe  of  the  Filh 

In  E&a  they  are  all  form'd  of  a  Juice  extravafated  ottt 
of  fome  broken  Veffcls,  detain'd,  and  fix'd  among  the  Mem- 

To  evince  the  pofibility  of  this,  he  /hews  that  the  Shells 
ot  Sea-Fiflies  as  well  as  thofe  of  Snails,  &c.  are  wholly 
form  d  of  a  glutinous,  ftony  Matter,  ouzing  out  of  the  Body 
of  the  Anmal  (See  shell.)  Now  'tis  no  wonder  that  an 
Animal  which  has  VelTels  wherein  circulates  a  fufficient 
Quantity  of  ftony  Juice  to  build,  thicken,  and  extend  a 
Shell  ;  liiou  d  have  enough  to  form  Stones,  in  cafe  the  Tuice 
dellined  for  the  Growth  of  the  Shell  fliall  chance  to  overflow 
and  burfl  forth  in  any  Cavity  of  the  Body,  or  among  the 
Membranes.  ^ 

To  confirm  this  Syftem,  he  obferves,  that  the  inner  Surface 
ot  the  common  yearAMufcle,  found  on  the  Coafts  of  Pro- 
vence is  of  a  'Pearl,  or  Mother  of  -Pearl  Colour,  from  one 
part  of  Its  Extent,  which  he  determines,  to  another;  after 
which  It  becomes  reddifh  ;  Now  there  are  year/j  of  two  Co- 
louts  found  in  the  Shcii;  and  the  Colours  of  the  5=e«*  are 
precifely  the  fame  with  thofe  of  the  Shell ;  nay,  more,  each 
Kind  of  colour  d  'Pearl  is  found  in  the  correfponding  colour'd 
Part  of  the  Shell,  which  ftiews,  that  in  the  fame  Place 
wherein  the  Tranfpiration  of  a  certain  Juice  had  form'd  and 
wou  d  have  contmu  d  to  form  a  Couch,  or  Lay  of  Shell  of  a 
certain  Colour;  the  VciTels  which  convey'd  that  Tuicc  bein» 
broke  there  is  made  a  litde  Mafs  or  Colfcaion  of  the  Tuicei 
which  hardening  becomes  a  'Pearl  of  the  fame  Colour  with 
the  part  ot  the  Shell  to  which  it  corrcfponds 
^  Add  to  this  that  the  Silver.or  g>effi-/-colour'd  part  of  the  Shell 
istotmdofStrataor  Lays  over  one  another,  like  an  Onion; 
and  the  reddifl,  Part  ot  little  cylindrical,  (liort  Fibres  ap- 
plied againft  one  another.  The  Pearls  of  the  two  Coioars 
have  th.s  Difference  of  Texture;  not  but  thev  are  both  com- 
pos d  of  concentric  Couches ;  but  thofe  of  the'reddint  'Pearls 
are  much  Icfs  fenfible  ;  and,  bcfides,  have  Threads,  whieh 
like  Kadil,  proceed  from  their  Centre  to  their  Circumfe- 
rence. 

Thefe  Circumftances  feem  effeaually  to  determine  the 
Formation  oi'Pearls,  and  to  eftablifh  the  new  Syftem  beyond 
Contradiaion. 

As  to  the  Formation  of  the  -Pearl  Fifli  ;  tho'  'tis  the  moft 
natural  Opinion,  that  this  Fifli,  like  all  others,  produces  E?gs 
or  Spawn,  whofe  exterior  Surface  at  lirit  is  foft  and  vifcous, 
but  changes  and  hardens  by  degrees  into  Shell;  yet,  we  nutfl 

noE 


(  768  ) 


E  A 


like  lirrle  liifefts.    jl  ut  ±  im^-.   ■-  7-  , 

rjafsbv:  but  fcon  abandon  cm.  By  degrees  their  Skin  t  . 
ening  and  hardcniDl.,  they  at  length  become  heavy  enough  to  of  em. 
'"ilVp\^fcarktJ.t  wVe';LVr:^'°g^^^  I.  The  Pinteiy  of  <^...,;.  »  Ifland  five  Leagues  fto„ 

or  Oiiveror  irreaular,  cor.lifls  chiefly  in  the  Luftre  and  new  ,n  ,0  2)«.  i- N.  Z<l?. 

r  ieS   fs  of  the  CoCr  which  they  call  the  IVam:  There  arc      II.  That  of  the  Illand  Alarguerues,  or  ■Pem-l  Wand. 
Clearuels  ot  he  '-o'""  '         ,    ^'       ^  j-     ^  eftecm'd,      lU.  That  of  OlMgote  near  the  Terra-fmxa. 
fome  whofe  Wa  cr  is  white    which  a^e  thole  mo    e  ^.^^^         ^^^^^^  ^^^^^^  ii,„,i,f„«. 

;^^^?i,^•e/^  "/ana  Atre"^^                    Others  are  V.  That  of  St.               fety  Leagues  from  the  River 

rfa  Lead  colour,  others  border  on  Black;  and  others  are  quite  A  Umc/JC. 

^'xhiv  are  all  liable  to  change  with  wearing  ;  in  80  or  too  The  -Pearls  of  thefe  three  laft  Filheries  are  ufually  of  a 

Ihepreaii  laoiei          5               efoiciallv  the  white  good  Weight;  but  ill  form 'd,  andofa  Livid-ftater.  Thole 

Tears  they  ulually  become  ''f '^"^  "^-^^Z  If  aH'?>  fcWom  exceed  5  C.nr.'S;  but  are  found  in  abun- 

^Thetiftcrerc  of  Cdourf  dt  t  ffarifc                dif-  dance.  ^Eut  the  grea.eft  Quantity,  and  thefinett  bolh  wWt 

fcrent  pSlfof  the  OilVer  wherein  they  are  form'd  When  the  regard  to  Weight  and  Water,  are  thofe  ol  the  Illand  Ar<i r- 

l:l^sl;:g"^:!r™:2^         "T;..  i?/..^/.  c./«^     isn^r  .he  ci^^- 

Parts  coirelponomg  u       ,  r  ferroa,  fituaie  on  a  Lake  of  the  fame  Name  :  The  Tcaris 

^f^»^ri:^;^:if\^^i:--weigh^^  ^Hec.«. 

lor  are  difent.  in  di.   ^^e.  jhe 

•^T^rplp-ysoniy^^c^r^a^^^ 

indcpendattt  ot  the  Shel     l     i'^'"  "l^'t  ^"'^''^  p„i,„i,,  j/the  but  they 

^sarl    See  Mother  ft/  ^r^i^i".  ,        ,  ■^"^*  . 

'ri^nfr  Pieces  which  have  erown  thereto,  and  have  been   are  very  inconfiderable. 

IS^^:  ;trB^c  U^Shell;  tho.lrelientlyus.dfor  j^/^^^^- 
tM^'n^'^'ia^'^^,    have    this   Advantage   foli  fometimes  for  a  thoufand  Crowns  and  upwards. 

s^!i:r;::s^retr|r-:hr'S^^ 

rk'b;flit:f\i^'s:a;^tei:T^juff i^e^  ry^'^^^^^   ^"^"^ ^''-''"'^^^ 

'em  'ere  they  arc  fcparated  from  the  Mother.  'he             ;  ;      (■       s,,fi,„    ,i,„e  are  found  fomctimes 

of  unufual  Figures,        neither  round,   nor  in  ^''^^j^Pj™,,,^  gf    Barks  in  the  Banks,    in  the  larger 

Pear-form,  are  caird  S,»W  or  W^ffMrA  :  Thole  otu^  '^^^               Di,„,/i„  the  fmaller,  one.    Each  Bark  puts 

urualSi.es,  arecall'd  ff.™«.«;   '''"'"'"'"h  fbrou"ht  off  t>om  Shore  "ere  Sun-rife,  by  a  Land-bree.e,  uhich  never 

,4400  Ducats;  .hat  of  the  Emperor  memion  d  by  ^bowNoon  ^^^^         ^^^^^^  ^ 

Z.finh  Uimgrnm,  or  the  ■»':°"P'"'''^;„,f '(f/^  each  Diver  bnds  a  Stone  fix  Inches  thick,  and  a  Foot  long 

SizeofaMulcade  Pear,  and  3- =    oel   of  Tnder  h  is  B^t  w  hich  is  to  ferve  him  as  Ballaft,  and  pre- 

mention'd  by  I.^mtr  m  the  Hands  of        i-P"°^  ™nt  his  b^^ng  ^^"V  ''5'       Motion  of  the  Water  ;  and 

Trffia,  in     ,5,  bought  ot  an  Jr,b  tor  3.000  Tomans,  which  vent      bcmg  ^_^y^  y^^^  ^^^^^^^ 

at  3  A  pS-  the  Toman,  amounts  to  .  I  C400/.  Sternvg.  to  enab  e  hin  ^  ^^^^  ^  j  ^^^^^  ^^^^^ 

hark,  are  of  fome  Ufe  in  Medicine;  but    tis  only       Bel.de  this,  they  y  ,       ^^^^^        in  a  Mo- 

tlie  fmalleft  Sort,  call'd  See.i  cj  'Pjarls  that  is  there  ufed  ^^"'^'^^^X'S  flcrs  are  ufually  flronglyfaften'd  to  the 

The  Quality  lequircd,  is,  that  they  be  white,  ^l^^^;.  m  nt    And^^  'f  ^J;^  y  Leafhern  Mit.ons,  to 

,ranrp^ent;%nd  truly  orietital     They  1^''=  » ^ordia  Ro  ks  ''^  ;„  f„    ;  viole.itly  off ; 

Potions,  formerly  much  valued    but  now  fall  1   much  front  P'^^^^^f^  .L  carry  an  Iron  Rake  for  the  Purpofc. 

their  ancient  Reputation  ;  and  fcarce  own  d  by  any  but  Clar-  and  iome  c^en  c^a_^y^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^         ^^.^^  ^ 

'"S;LadiesaIlbul.c«tai.a.reparationsof5=..^,.,.^  -^^L 
arcmade.obelieve.for.heir  Complexion;  fuchasthe  Whites  E.i<i  »h  ^^^^^  ^^^^  ^  .  .j 

„f  TMrts  Flowers,  Effences,  Spmts,    Imaures,   «c.  of  'J J^'fj  "^Jj       Cor^d  to  pull  up  the  Diver  when  his 

yefl,-/;  but  they  arc  all  apparently  Deceits.  from  tne  i^ock, 

PEAB.L  hijbiria.  ■    ,  r  ir 

'Pearl  is  fifh'd  in  the  Seas  of  the  Eafl-Itsdies  ;  in  thofe  ol 
Jmerka;  and  in  fome  parts  of  Eunp. 

fzKRi.-Bfieriesif  the  Eajl,  are 


is  del  ined  tor  the  K.cccpuou  ui  ...^  wj.^ —  u- 
fron^  the  Rock,  and  theCor^d  to  pull  up  the  Diver  when  his 
Eap  is  full,  or  he  wants  Air.  ,  .    ^  ,r  /•       •  - 

In  this  Equipage  he  precipitates  himfelf,  fomctimes  above 
do  Foot  u,d?r  Water.  As'  he  has  no  Time  to  lofe  there,  he  has 
no  fooner  arrived  at  the  Bottom,  than  he  bc.yns  to  run  troni 
Sulc  to  Side,  fometimes  on  a  Sand,  fometimes  on  a  Clayey 
I.  The  Itlandof  or  in  .hcj..>.  Earth  Sid  fometiu^es  a,^^^^^^ 

Ci  lph     This  the  ?>or»g!(eae  were  Mailers  of  while  they   oft  the  Cjltcrs  he  mccis  v. 

held  oVwm  and  Af^/-MM;  but  it  has  been  returned  to  the^^^^^  ^"«f ''hatever  Depth  they  be,  the  Light  is  fo  great,  that 
*j>.iof  -Perfia,  fince  the  Time  that  Prince,  with  the  Afff-  At  whatever  ^  P  'g..^  ^^^^  ^  ^j^^  the  fame 
Ce  of  the  EngUfi.  took  from  .em  Onmis  ,  and  the  Jmis.   'b'y  Land.  And  .0  their  Conllernation,  they  fome- 


Clearnefs  as  on  Land.  And  .0  their  Conllernat.on,  the,,  fome- 
times ft- monftrous  Filhes,  from  which,  all.he.r  Addrefs.n 
mudding  the  Water,  (gc.  won't  {live  'en,  ;  but  they  become 
tTicir  Pr?y;  and  of  all  the  Perils  of  the  Filhery,  th.s  is  one 
of'the  sreateft  and  muft  ufual.  r    i    r      xr  tin 

a  Sea-port  in  the  Ifle  of  Ceyhn.    The      The  beft  "■^"J,  J-PQ-tr^urS  vh  ch^t^e; 
5>™rA  h^r;-fimM,  ai.'the  finely  in  all  theEafl  for  their  Water  -A  don't  ftay     s  th    a  .-vh  ^^^V 

„  J  c  n„n^npr^  hut  thcv  fe  dom  exceed  four  CmfS.  hold  their  eh-ii"  • 

^"IX  tS:':  are  PelrkUm  on  the  Coa.  of  :  but  Liquors^    Sec  D.ot.o 

they  are  colrfeand  irregular,  and  little  minded,  ™  ch  thcV'g  is  &flcned,  and  hold  fall  by  it  with^bo^h 


Mafcata. 

II  The  Filhery  of  O.tifi,  on  the  Coall  of  Felix:, 
over^againft  Sahre'i. 

IIT  That  of  .Afa'..'"'.  ^  Sea-port  in  the  Ide  of  Cey/o!/.  The 
.        ^n,^   *t,^Cprt  .T,  oil        Fatl  f^r  rlipii- Water 


PEA 


(  1(>9  ) 


PEC 


Hands  when  the  People  in  the  Bark,^  taking  the  Signal, 
heave 'cm  up  into  Air  and  unluad  'em  ot"  their  h'lfh,  which  is 
fometimes  five  hundred  Oyfters,  fonietimes  not  above  fifty. 

Some  of  the  Divers  need  a  Moment's  Refpite  to  recover 
Breath  ;  others  jump  in  again  inrtantly,  continuing  this  vio- 
lent Exercifc  without  intcrmiffion,  for  many  Hours. 

On  the  Shore  they  unload  their  Barks,  and  lay  their  Oyf- 
ters in  an  infinite  Number  of  little  Pitts,  dug  four  or  five  Foot 
fquare  in  the  Sand ;  raifing  heaps  of  Sand  over  'cm  to  the 
Height  of  a  Man,  which,  at  a  Diilancc,  look  like  an  Army 
rans'd  in  Battle. 

In  this  Condition  they  are  left,  till  the  Rain,  Wind,  and  Sun 
have  obiig'd  'em  to  open,  which  foon  kills  'em.  Upon  this 
the  Flclh  rots  and  drys,  and  the  ^Pearls,  thus  difengaged, 
tuinble  into  the  Pit  upon  taking  the  Qyflers  out. 

The  Flelh  of  the  Fiflr  is  excellent,  and  if  what  fome  Natu- 
ralills  maintain  be  true,  viz.  that  the  Tearh  are  Stones, 
form'd  there  by  the  ill  Conllitution  of  the  Body,  as  fometimes 
happens  in  Men,  and  in  the  Seooar4;  this  Difeafe  does  not 
alter  the  Humours  ;  at  leaft,  the  Totmi,  who  eat  'em,  don't 
find  any  Diflerence  between  thofe  that  have  •pearls  and  thofe 

AfteTclearing  the  Pitts  of  the  grofler  Filth,  they  fift  the 
Sand  feveral  times,  to  feparate  the  Tearls.  But  what  Care 
foeverthey  take  herein,  they  always  lofe  a  great  many.  Af- 
ter cleaning  and  drying  the  Vearh,  they  are  pafs'd  thro  a 
Kind  of  Sieves,  according  to  their  Sizes.  The  fmallell  are 
fold  for  Seed  of  Tearli ;  tlic  reft  are  put  up  by  Auflion,  and 
fold  to  the  higheft  Bidder. 

MiiuKer  of  Fipwgfcr  Pearl    t/:e  Weft-Indies. 

The  Seafon  for  Filhing  is  ufually  from  OSiolier  to  March 
In  this  Time  there  fet  out  from  CartjMgem  ten  or  twelve 
Earks,  under  the  Convoy  of  a  Man  of  War,  call'd  Larimiel- 
la.  Ea'ch  Bark  has  two  or  three  Slaves,  Divers, 

Amono  the  Barks,  there  is  one  call'd  Ca^ita-M  ;  to  which 
all  the  ?eft  are  obiig'd  to  bring  at  Night  what  they  have 
caught  in  the  Day,  to  prevent  Frauds.  The  Divers  never 
lattlong,  by  rcafon  of  the  great  Hardfliips  they  fuftain  ;  con- 
tinuing fometimos  under   Water  above  a  Quarter  of  an 

The  reft  is  the  fame,  as  in  the  Eaft-India  Fillieries. 

The  Iiidimii  knew  the  Value  of  their  Tec.rh  before  the  Dif- 
covery  of  America ;  and  when  the  Spaniards  arriv'd  there, 
they  found  great  Quantities  ftor'd  up,  which  the  Jliwricans 
fet  great  Value  on.  But  they  were  almoft  all  imperfe£l,  and 
their  Water  yellow  and  fmoaky ;  by  reafon  they  us'd  Fire  in 
opening  the  Fillies.  ^  ,    „  , 

In  the  DiEiimaire  ie  Commerce,  is  aTable  ot  the  Value  ot 
pearls,  communicated  to  the  Author  by  an  able  Hand.  As 
'Peark  make  a  very  curious  Article  in  Commerce,  and  as  their 
Value  is  a  Thing  htde  known  among  us ;  we  Hiall  here  give 
the  Reader  an  Abridgement  of  the  fame,  reduced  to  our 
Money,  on  the  Foot  of  i  J.  6d.  Sterling  the  French  Livre, 
or  4.S,  6d.  the  Frencli  Crown. 

Falue  of  all  kinds  of  Pearls,  with  regard  to  their  dif- 
ferent fl^eight. 


I. 

J. 

09 

1 5 

00 

I  ^ 

05 

CO 

21 

00 

CO 

^7 

10 

00 

37 

10 

CO 

5i 

10 

00 

82 

10 

00 

99 

CO 

00 

150 

CO 

CO 

225 

00 

00 

i6z 

10 

GO 

500 

00 

00 

Seeds  of  PEARLS. 


/.     s.    d.  fef  Oz. 


Seeds  of  {PciJ^'A  not  perforated,  fit  for? 

grinding,  are  worth  j 
Fine  Seed  of  "Pearls  perforated  for  ^ 

fmall  Necklace  or  Embroidery,  S 
tDitto  a  little  larger,  01  16" 

Raggedj,  or  Irregular  P  E  A  R  L  S. 
Of  500  to  the  Ounce  are  worth 


150 
100 
60 
30 


c6  00 
II  01 


33  15 

75  00 


Regular  ROUND 

PEARLS. 

One  of  1  a  Grain  is  worth 

00 

00 

25 

Of  a  Grain 

00 

00 

44 

OfaGrain and  half 

00 

01 

0 

Of  two  Grains 

CO 

01 

0 

Of  z  Grains  and  half 

00 

04 

6 

Of  5  Grains 

CO 

07 

6 

Of  4.  Grains,  or  i  Car^B 

CO 

18 

0 

Of  5  Grains 

01 

10 

0 

Of  6  Grains 

02 

05 

0 

Of  7  Grains 

03 

01 

0 

Of  8  Grains,  or  two  Cara^ls 

04 

10 

0 

Of  9  Grains 

06 

00 

0 

Of  10  Grains 

08 

05 

Q 

Of  11  Grains 
Of  I  5  Grains 
Of  I)  Grains 
Of  1 7  Grains 

Of  20  Grains,  or  5  Cara&s 
Of  22  Grains 
Of  24  Grains,  or  6  Cmr.ds 
Of  2  5  Grains 

Of  28  Grains,  or  7  CaraBs 
Of  52  Grains,  or  8  Cara£ii 
Of  5^  Grains,  or  9  CaraHs 
Of  40  Grains,  or  i  o  Carci6is 

As  to  'pearls  in  form  of  Pears,  the'  equally  perfect,  and  of 
equal  Weight  with  the  round  Ones,  their  Value  is  much  in- 
ferior: However,  when  two  are  found  that  match  well,  their 
Value  is  but  Icfs  by  one  third. 

F^lje  Pearls,  are  counterfeit,  or  faflitious  Pearls,  re- 
fembling  the  true  Ones  in  Water  or  Colour.  Thefe  anciently 
were  only  made  of  Glafs  j  with  a  Kind  of  Tincture  of  Quick- 
filver  Withinlide,  afterwards  they  us'd  Wax,  cover'd  over 
with  a  fine  Erillant  Fi{li  Glue. 

There  has  fince  been  invented  in  France^  another  manner 
of  making  'em,  fo  near  the  natural  Ones  in  Luflre  and  Water, 
that  they  deceive  a  go'T'^  Eve.  Tliefe  arc  wha/  the  Ladies 
now  generally  wear  in  de't-d  of  true  ^earl ;  little  Necklaces 
whereof  they  defpife  5  and  the  great  ones  being  generally  too 
dear. 

Method  of  making  Falfe  Pearls. 

This  curious  Invention  is  owing  to  the  SietiT  jfanin^  and  is 
the  more  to  be  valued,  in  that,  'tis  not  only  very  fimple,  but 
prevents  the  ill  Efteiis  of  faife  \Pearky  made  with  Quick- 
lilver  within,  or  i'ifh  Glue  without. 

That  ingenious  Artilt  having  obferv'd,  that  the  Shell  of  a 
little  Filh  call'd  ^i'/?,  found  plentifully  in  the  River  Mame^ 
had  not  only  all  the  Luftrc  of  the  real  'Pearl ;  but  that  after 
diffolvingit  in  Water,  it  retiirn'dto  its  former  Brilliant  upon 
drying  ;  he  bethought  himfelf  of  fetting  a  Piece  thereof  in  the 
Cavity  of  a  Bead,  or  Grain  of  Girajcl^  which  is  a  kind  ot 
Opal  or  Glafs,  bordering  much  on  the  Colour  of  Tearl.  The 
Ditficulty  was  to  get  it  in  there,  and  when  in,  to  fpread  it 
equally  throughout  the  Bead. 

A  little  Glafs  Tube  fix  ot  feven  Inches  long,  and  a  Line  and 
half  in  Diameter,  but  very  lharp  at  one  End,  and  a  little 
crooked,  ferv'd  for  the  introducing  of  the  Matter,  by  blowing 
it  with  the  Mouth,  after  having  taken  up  a  Drop  with  the 
pointed  Extremity  of  the  Ti/ie;  and  to  fpread  it  throughottt 
the  inner  Circumference,  he  contented  himfelf  to  fhaKe  it 
gently  a  long  Time,  in  a  little  Ofiei-Easkct  lined  with 
Paper. 

The  dilTolved  Shell,  faden'd  by  this  Motion  in  the  Infide  of 
the  Cryftallin,  tefumes  'its  Lullre  as  it  dries.  To  increafe 
this  Lulire,  in  Winter,  they  lay  the  Beads  in  a  Hair  Sieve,  or 
a  Bolting-cloath,  which  they  fufpend  to  the  Ceiling,  and  un- 
der it,  at  d  Foot  Diflance,  lay  heaps  of  hot  Aflies.  In  Sum- 
mer they  fufpend  'em  in  the  fame  Manner,  but  without  any 
Fire. 

The  'Pearls,  thus  well  dried,  become  very  Brilliant ;  and 
nothing  remains  but  to  Hop  up  the  Aperture,  which  is  done 
by  melted  Wax,  convey'd  .into  it  with  a  I'tlbe  like  that  us'd 
in  introuducing  the  dilTolved  Shell. 

After  clearing  off  the  fuperfluous  Wax,  they  perforate  the 
•Pearls  with  a  Needle,  and  firing  'cm  ;  and  thus  they  com- 
mence l<!ecklace. 

Mother  of  Pearl,  is  the  Shell  of  the  Tearl-Oy&er,  or 
Filh  wherein  the  !PM!-/j  are  form'd.    See  Pearl. 

•The  Shell  within-fide  is  very  fmooth,  and  polillt'd,  and 
of  the  Whitencfs  and  Water  of  Pearl  itfelf ;  and  it  has  the 
fame  Luflre  without-fide,  aftei  the  firft  Laming,  or  Leaves 
which  make  the  outer  Coat  of  this  rich  Shell  Fifh,  have  been 
cleared  off  with  Aquafortis  and  the  Lapidaries  Drill. 

Mother  of  Pearl  is  us'd  in  inlay'd  Works,  in  China  Ver- 
nifli,  and  in  feveral  Toys,  as  SnulF-boxes,  ^c. 

Wens  of  Pearl,  are  certain  Excrecenfces,  or  prominent 
Places,  in  form  of  half  Pearls;  fometimes  found  in  the  Bot- 
tom of  the  Pearl  Shells. 

The  Lafiiaries  have  the  Addtefs  to  Saw  off" thefe  Protube- 
rances, to  join  'em  together,  and  to  Ufe  'em  in  feveral  Works 
of  Je^iKClry,  as  if  they  were  really  Pearls.  .  " 

Pearl,  in  Heraldry,  is  us'd  by  fuch  as  Hazotl  with 
precious  Stones,  inflead  of  Colour  and  Metals,  iot  Argent,  at 
White.    See  Argent. 

Pjarl,  Pin,  or  Weh  in  Medicine,  an  unnatural  Speck, 
or  thick  Film  over  the  Eye.    See  Pannus.   See  alio  Un- 

°PECCANT  in  Medicine,  an  Epithet  given  to  the  Humours 
of  the  Body,  when  they  ofiind  either  in  Quantity  or  Quality, 
i.  e.  when  they  are  either  Morbid,  or  in  too  great  Abun- 
dance. SeeHtTMOuR. 

Moll  Difeafes  arife  from  Teccant  Humours,  which  are 
9  K  either 


PEG 


e-tliertobe  corrcfled  by  Alteratives  and  Specificks,  or  evacu- 
atc6.    See  Disease,  ^c. 

P£CK,  a  Meafure,  or  Vcffel  us'd  in  meafuring  Grains, 
Pulle,  and  the  like  dry  Matters.    See  Measure. 

The  Standard,  or  Wiiicheilier  (Peck^  contains  two  Gallons  ; 
each  Gallon  weighing  about  eight  Pound  Troyi  See  Gal- 
lon. 

Four  'pecks  make  a  Eufhel;  four  Bufhels  a  Comb  or  Car- 
nock,  See  Bushel. 

Eelides  the  general,  or  Winchefter  Peck,  there  are  Zccal 
^eckSy  contdining  fome  more,  fome  lefs,  as  the  Lmcafier 
^cck  containing  fix  G^illons,  ^f. 

PECQUETS  iDu6t,  in  Anatomy,  the  "Tborack  2)/;£? ; 
thus  call'd  trom  its  Difcoverer  Tecqiiet.  Sec  Thoracic 
Duct. 

PECTEN  j^/'i'oW.t,  in  Botany,  is  the  Grain  of  the  Wood 
of  any  Tree.    See  Wood. 

Pecten,  in  Anatomy,  is  us'd  by  fome  Authors  for  the 
Regio  fulhSy  or  lower  Part  of  the  By}ogafirinm.    Sec  Hyto- 

CASTRIUM. 

PECI'INIS  Os  in  Anatomy,'  the  fame  with  Os  Pubis.  See 
Os  Pums. 

PECllNEUS,  in  Anatomy,  the  third  of  the  fifteen  Muf- 
cics  of  the  Thigh  j  fo  call'd,  becaufe  it  has  its  Origin  in  the 
Foie-part  of  the  Os  PeBinis. 

'its  Infertion  is  in  the  Thigh,  under  the  left  I'mhanter: 
the  PcCh/ieiis,  with  the  Pfcas  and  iliacuSj  draw  the  Thigh 
forwards,  and  of  Confcquence  bend  it. 

PECTORAL,  fomething  ralating  to  the  Pectus. 
See  Breast, 

In  the  Rof/iip  Church,  Bifhops  and  regular  Abbots  wear  a 
Tefioral  Crofs,  i.e.  a  lime  Crols  of  Gold,  hanging  from  the 
Xeck  down  the  ErcaU. 

Pectoral  Aiedicin-rs^  or  fimply  pc6lorals,  are  Remedies 
proper  to  iircngthen  and  relieve  the  isrcalt  and  Stomach  3  or 
HE^ainit  Difeafes  of  fhe  Ereall  and  Stomach. 
"Tiieir  ordinary  lnten:ions  are  cither  ro  attenuate,  or  thicken 
the  Humours  01  thofe  Part.%  which  caufc  Coughing,  iSc 
and  render  'cm  fit  to  be  expctlorared,  or  fpit  our. 

PEC'lORALE,  or  i  ECTORAL,  in  the  Je-u-ip  Law. 
Sec  Rationale. 

PECTORAL  iS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle  which  moves  the 
Arm  forwards.  It  arifes  by  a  fiefliy  and  femicircular  Begin- 
ning, from  the  CUrjiCukt^Sterniirn^  and  Cartilages  ot  the  fix 
fupcrior  Ribs;  and  covcrcth  a  great  Part  ot  tiie  Ereait, 
and  is  inferted  by  afiiort,  but  ftrong  and  broad  Tendon  into 
the  upper  and  inner  Part  of  the  Hwiimts^  between  the  'Bi- 
ceps and  'Deltoides. 

Its  Fibres,  near  their  Infertion,  dccuCfate  one  another. 
Thofe  which  come  from  ihe  C/avicle,  or  firlt  Ribs,  are  on  the 
Lower-fide  of  the  Tendon,  and  thofe  trom  the  inferior  Ribs 
on  the  Uppcr-fide  of  the  Tendon. 

Naturalirts  obferve  a  fpecial  Mark  of  Providence  in  the 
Size  and  Strength  of  the  PeB(irclM.u^c\c  in  dittcrcnt  Animals. 
'Tis  by  the  Aftion  of  this  Mufcic,  that  the  flying  of  Birds  is 
chiefly  pcrform'd:  Accordingly  it  is  much  larger  and  ilronger 
in  Birds  than  in  any  Animals  not  made  for  fiighr. 

^oreili  obferves,  that  in  Men  the  pctiijral  Mufcles  are 
fmall ;  fcarce  the  50ih  or  yorh  Part  of  all  the  other  Mufcles : 
But  in  Birds  they  arc  vaftly  large,  equalling,  nay,  exceeding 
in  Bulk  and  Weight  all  the  other  Mufcles  of  the  Birds  toge- 
ther.   See  Flying. 

PECTORALIS  /yVfem/J.     ScC  TRIANGULARIS. 

PECTORIS  (Jj,  the  fame  as  Stcrmiin.    Si;e  Sternum. 

PECULATE,  PECULATUS,  in  the  Civil  Law,  the 
Crime  of  pilfering  the  Public  Money,  by  a  Perfon  who  is  the 
Manager,  DepoGtary,  or  Receiver  thereofs  fo  call'd,  qiiafi 
fecmiw  ablatio. 

The  Civil  Lawyers  ufe  ^Pratefor  any  Theft  of  a  Thins 
Sacred,  Religious,  Public,  or  Fifcal.  'Peculate  is  profecuted 
even  on  the  Criminals  Heir. 

PECULIUM,  the  Stock  which  a  Perfon  in  the  Power 
of  another,  as  a  Slave,  a  Minor,  ^c.  may  acquire  by  his  own 
Indufiry,  without  any  Advance  or  Afliftance  trom  his  Father 
or  Maftcr  4  but  merely  by  their  Permiffion. 

The  i?fr/2rt?.'ihad  a  Cidl  and  a  Military  Peciilinm. 

The  Word  is  ufually  derived  a  pmmia  i$  Percrihis, 
becaufe  the  whole  Eftate  anticntly  confit'led  in  Money  and  Cat- 
tle. 

Hence  peciiUtim  comes  to  be  us'd  among  the  Romanijls^  for 
what  each  Monk  or  Religious  referves  ani  polfeffes  to  him- 
felf. 

Some  fay  that  the  peculinm  of  a  Religious,  when  prefer'd 
to  a  Cure,  does  not  ceafc  to  belong  to  the  Monaitery  5  and 
that  the  Property  thereof  never  abfolutely  refides  in  the  Re- 
ligious. 

PECULIAR  in  the  Canon  Law,  a  particular  Parilh  or 
Church,  that  hath  Jurifdidtion  within  it  felf,  for  Probate  of 
Wills,  ^c.  Exempt  from  the  Ordinary,  and  the  Bifhops 
Courts,  zxA  ■peculiarly  belonging  to  the  Archbifhop.  See 
Arch-Bishop. 
In  the  Province  of  Canterhury  ate  57  fuch  Peculiars. 


( 770 ; 


P  E  D 


The  King's  Chapel  is  a  Royal  Peculiar,  eicempt  froma'l 
fpiritual  Jurifdi6tion,  and  referved  to  the  Vifitaiion  and  im- 
mediate Government  of  the  King  himfelf,  who  is  fupremc 
Ordinary.    See  Chapel. 

It  is  an  ancient  Privilege  of  the  Sec  of  Cantcrbtny^  that 
wherefoeverany  Mannors  or  Advowfons  do  belong  to  ir,  they 
forthwich  become  exempt  from  the  Ordinary,  and^are  reputed 
peculiars. 

Court  of  Peculiars,  is  a  Court  where  the  Affairs  of  Pe~ 
ciiliars  arc  tranfaited.    See  Court. 

_  PECUNIA,  Money,  in  our  old  Law  Books,  ^jc.  is  fome- 
tlmes  us'd  for  Catde,  and  fometimes  tor  other  Goods,  as  well 
as  Money.    See  Money,  £^f. 

In  the  Emendat.  of  die  Laws  of  Ed-zmrd  the  ConfelTor, 
by  I'Vill.  the  lit,  'tisordered  that  no  l/iva  Peciinia,  living  Pe- 
Clinia,  i.  e.Chattk  be  bought  or  fold,  except  within  Cities; 
and  that  before  three  fufticient  Witncifes.    6ee  Chattel. 

Again,  ^ui  habet  30  ^emriatus  viv£  PeaivAes,  &c.  Jn 
2)o//^ef'Uy\  pec II a i a  IS  ireqnemly  us'd,  propecude^  as,  Pafiure 
ad  peci/v/am  VilU' ;  ^  peciinia  Ecatfite,  was  antiendy  u.s'd 
for  the  Eitate  ot  the  Church. 

'PecMiia  Sepiilcbralis,  was  Money  antirntly  paid  to  the 
Prieft  at  the  opening  of  the  Grave,  tor  the  Good  and  Behoof 
of  the  deceafed's  Soul,  and  which  our  Saxon  Anceltors  call'd 
Soiil-ScGt,  and  Anima  Symbolum. 

PEDAGE,  yc//,  or  a  Local  Right  exafled  on  Perfons, 
Goods,  and  Carriages  paflir,g  thro'  certain  Places.  See 
Toll. 

Pcd:'.ge  is  ufually  levied  for  the  Repairing  of  Roads, 
Bridges,  Caufeways,  the  Paving  of  Streets,  ^c. 

Aiirienrly,  thofe  who  had  the  Right  of  P^cdage,  were  to 
keep  the  Roads  fecure,  and  Anfwer  for  all  Robberies  com- 
mirtcd  on  Paifengers  between  Sun  and  Sun;  which  is  flill  ob- 
fervcd  in  fome  Parts  of  Euglaiid,  and  in  Italy,  where  there  are 
Guards  call'd  Staticnaries,  eftablifti'd  for  the  Securiry  of 
Merchants,  particularly  at  'Terracina^  on  the  Road  between 
Rcwp  and  Naples. 

I EDAGOGUE,  a  Term  of  Reproach,  us'd  for  a  Tutor, 
or  Mailer,  ro  whom  is  committed  the  Difcipiine  and  Direc- 
tion of  a  Scholar ;  to  be  inllruffed  in  Grahimar  and  other 
Arts. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  'tzo.i^uv  ctyayot,  pnero- 
nim  dHQo}\  leader  of  Eoys.  M.  Flmry  obferves,  that  the 
Gi'eeks  gave  the  Name  Pedagcgne  to  their  Slaves,  appointed 
to  attend  their  Children,  lead  'em,  and  teach  'em  to  walk, 
^c. 

Pedagogues,  among  the  i?0P2;???5  were  likewife  Slaves, 
to  whom  was  committed  the  Care  and  Inllruflion  of  Chil- 
dren. 

PEDALS,  the  large  Pipes  of  an  Oigan,  fo  call'd,  becaufe 
play'd  and  nop'd  with  the  Poot.    See  Organ. 

The  Pedals  are  the  largcft  Pipes  in  the  Machine,  they  are 
made  Square,  of  Wood  ;ufuailv  tnirteen  in  Kumbcr. 

They  are  of  modern  Invention,  and  ferve  to  carry  the 
Sounds  an  O^ave  deeper  than  the  reft. 

PEDA!SEUS,  in  the  Civil  Law,  a  petty  Judge;  who  has 
no  formal  Seat  of  juiiice,  but  hears  Caufes  Ihmding,  and  with- 
out any  Tribunal. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  Sta??s  in  Pedibiis ,  and  is  us'd 
among  the  Ancients  in  oppofition  to  the  Roman  Magiflrates^ 
who  were  feared  on  Chariots,  in  Sella  Curuliy  or  had  a  Tri- 
bunal or  Bench  rais'd  on  high. 

The  Roman  pcdanei,  therefore,  were  fuch  as  had  no  Tri- 
bunal, nor  Pretoriura^  but  render'd  Jufticc //^  IP/^ij^o,  otPla- 
m  pede. 

From  the  82  Novel,  it  appears  that  the  Emperor Ze??o  efta- 
blifli'dthefe'i'e(2'^2r;e.',  in  the  See  of  evety  Province;  and  that 
yu^inian  ereifled  feven  of  'em  at  Couptantimple,  in  manner 
of  an  Olfice;  granting  'em  Power  to  judge  in  any  Sum  as  high 
as  ;oc  Crowns. 

PEDANT,  a  School-Mafler,  ov  pedagogue,  who  profefTes 
to  indrudf  and  govern  Youth,  teach  'cm  the  Humanities  and 
the  Arts.    See  Pedagogue. 

Pedant  isalfo  us'd  foracoarfc,  unpoiifh'd,  fliff,  Man  of 
Learning,  who  makes  an  impertinent  Ufeofthe  Sciences,  and 
abounds  in  vile,  unfeafonabie  Criticifms  and  Obfervations. 
Racier  defines  a  Pedant,  a  Perfon  who  has  more  Reading  than 
good  Senfe. 

Pedants,  are  People  ever  arm'd  with  Points  and  Syllo- 
gifms;  breathe  nothing  but  Difpute  and  Chicanery,  and  pur- 
fue  a  Propofition  to  the  laft  Limits  of  Logic .-  Malbranche  de- 
fcribes  a  ^P^'j'i^?^?  asa  Man  full  of  falfe  Erudition,  who  makes 
a  Parade  of  his  Knowledge,  and  is  ever  quoting  fome  Greek 
or  La/in  Author,  or  hunting  back  to  a  remote  Etymology. 

St  E^rem-mt  fays,  that  to  paint  the  Folly  of  a  pedant,  we 
muft  reprefent  him  turning  all  Converfations  to  fome  one 
Science  he  is  beft  acquainted  withal. 

There  are  Pedants  of  all  Conditions,  and  of  all  Robes:  and 
Wicqiiefort  fays,  an  Embaffador  always  attentive  to  Formali- 
ties and  Decorums,  is  nothing  elfe  but  a  Political  pendant. 

PEDAN- 


I 


FED 


C  771  ) 


FED 


PEDAKTRY,  or  PEDANTISM,  the  Quality  or  Manner  which  fuflair.s  the  fluted  Ionic  Columns  of  the  V^Uc^  nfth^ 

of  a  'pedant.  T uilkeres  on  the  Side  of  the  Garden.  ^^'•"I'-c 

To  fwcll  up  little  and  low  Things,  ta  make  a  vain  Show  of      Pedestals  of  Sterwes^    are   ihofe  fr-"  <t  t    f  r* 

Science,  to  heap  up  Greek  and  Larm  without  Judgement,  to  Figures  orStatues.    See  Statue.  '  ^  °  "^-^^ 

pull  and  tear  thofe  who  differ  from  us  about  a  Paflagc  in  S^is-      yignola  obfervcs,  there  is  no  Part  of  j^lrchitefli  A 

lOuinSt  or  the  EtymoJo:>y  of  a  Word,  to  ftir  up  ail  the  World  bitrary,  and  wherein  more  Liberty  may  be  t  t  "  t  "^''■^^ 

againit  a  Man  for  nor  admiring  C7«ro  enough,  to  be  interelled  Tedejtf.ls  of  Statues;    there  being  no  Laws  n   f  "b  d  1 

fot  the  Reputation  of  an  Ancient  as  if  he  were  our  next  of  Antiquity  ;  nor  any  even  fettled  by"the  Moderns  ^ 
Kin,  is  what  we  properly  call  'Pedantry.            '  There  is  no  fettled  Proportion  for  thefe  'PeieLh    I  „*•  t'Uf 

PEDESTAL,  in  Arcliiteaure,  the  lowcft  Part  of  an  order  Height  depends  on  the  Situation,  and  thePipure  th     r  a  ■ 

of  Columns  5  being  that  which  fuftains  the  Column  j  and  Xet,  when  on  the  Ground,   the  ?>d/p/?;i^is  ufually  t^o  If^d"' 

fetves  it  as  a  Foot  or  Stand.   See  Column,  or  two  filths  of  that  of  the  Statue  :  Eut  the  more  Maff"*^ 

'1  he  Word  is  form 'd  from  the  Matin 'Pes  Foot  and  Sratue,  the  I'cronger  the  ^Peify^fi/.  mve  tne 

Column.  Their  Form,  Charaaer,  l3c.  are  to  beExtraordinarvand  Tn 

The  Pedep.l,  call'd  by  the  Greeki,  Styhbates  and  Stereo-  gcnious,  far  from  the  Regularity  and  Simplicity  of  the  Te 

bates,  confids  ot  three  principal  Parts;   "Jia.  a  Iquare  Irunk  dejfais  of  Columns.     The  fame  Author  pivesus  a  Treat  Va 

cr'Jjye,  which  makes  tlieBody;  a  Cora/c/je,  the  Head;  and  -c  r:   ■       .  ,  o    _  .t> 

a  ^afa  the  Foot  of  the  Pedelkl.    See  Dye  ,  Corniche,  and 


riety  of  Forms,  Oval,  Triangular,  Multangular," 

PEDICLE,  in  Botany,  the  little  Stalk  or  Tail,  whereby 


The  'Pedejialls  properly  an  Appendage  to  a  Column  ;  not 
an  eflential  Part  thereof;  tho'  A/,  k  Ckrc  thinks  'tis  Eflen- 
tial  to  a  compleat  Order.    See  Order. 

The  Proportions  and  Ornaments  of  the  Tedejial,  are  dif- 


[  in  the  different  Orders;  l^igiwla,  indeed,  and  moll  of  feal up  their  'Pedicles Wax 


the  Leat,  Fruit,  or  Slower  is  connerted  to  its  Branch  or  Stem. 
SeepLowEn,  Leaf,  ^c. 

Flowers  willJceepfrcIha  long  Time  after  ratherir 
merging  their  Veiicki  in  Water. 

The  great  Secret  of  prcferving  Fruits  for  the  Winter,  is  to 


,  by  i 


tlie  Moderns  mal^e  the  ^t.iejtal  and  its  Ornaments  in  all  the 
Orders,  one  ihird  of  the  Height  of  the  Column,  including  the 
Eafe  and  Capital  ;  but  fome  deviate  from  this  ji<.ule. 

M.  'Perrauk  makesthe  Proportions  of  the  three  conflituent 
Parts  of  'Tedejiah  the  fame  in  all  the  Orders,  ^uiz:  the  Eafe  or 
Socle  one  fourth  of  the  ^edtjlal-^  the  Corniche  an  ciphth  Pa 


Cherries  with  the  (liortell  'Peiicks,  are  efleem'dthe  bell. 
The  Piflil  of  theFlower  freciuently  becomes  the  Tiiiok  of 
the  Fruit.  SccPistil. 

The  Word  is  a  Dimmutive  of  the  X/tth!,  !PejFoot 
PEDIMENT,   in  An  '^iretlnre,  a  Kind  of  low  Pinnacle; 
iervingto  crown  an  Ordinance,  or  finift  a  Frontifpiece;  and 


and  the  Socle  or  Plinth  of  the  Eafe  two  thirds  of  ihe  Eafe  it   placed  as  an  Ornamenr  over  Gates,  Doors  Windows  Niches 


fclf.  The  Hei£;lu  of  the  Dye  is  what  remains  ot  the  whol 
Hci"ht  of  the  TeJepl. 

Ttlpnii  Pedestal,  is  the  fimplefl,  and  the  loweft. 

'PdlldJio  and  SctnmZ'^i,  make  it  three  Modules  high; 
gnc/a  ^.  SeePROPORTio 


Its  Members  in  Vignclii,  are  only  a  T'lhiil-J  for  a  Eafe,  Corwche^ 


Altars,  55;f.    Sec  Crowning,  E£;r. 

1  he  Pinnacles  of  the  plained  Houfes,  Viiruvm  obferves, 
gave  AichitcSs  the  firll  Idea  of  this  noble  Part  =  which  ftiU 
retains  the  Appeaiance  ot  its  Original.    See  Pinnacle. 
The  Parts  ot  the  Tedmieiic  are,  the  'rya}auum,  and  its 


the  Tjys,  and  a  ^alon  crowned,  for  a  Corniche, 

The  'Aifccln  Column  has  rarely  any  Eafe.    See  Tuscan. 
Doric  Pedestal,  ^allndio  makes  four  Modules,  five 
Minutes  high,  Vigaola  jVtodules  four  Minutes. 

In  the  Antique,  we  not  only  don't  meet  with  any 
/a/j;  but  even,  not  with  any  Eafe  in  the  Dorw  Order. 

The  Members  in  VignoUi  'Dork  Tedejlal,  are  the  fame 
with  thofe  in  the  [v[can^  with  the  Addition  of  a  Mouchette 
in  its  Corniche.    See  Doric. 

Jmic  Pedestal,  in  Vig7iola  and  Serlio^  is  6  Modules 
high  ;  in  Scmnozzi  5  ;  in  the  Temple  of  Fortmia  Virdis  'ns 
7  Mod.  12  Min. 

Its  Members  and  Ornaments  are  moftly  the  fame  with  thofe 
of  the  Doric,  only  a  little  richer. 


The  firft  is  the  Pannel  naked,  or  Area  of  rhe  'Pediment 
enclos  d  between  the  Corniche,  which  clowns  it  and  the  En- 
tablature, which  fetvcs  It  .-,s  a  Eafeor Socio.  See  Tympa- 
num, i^c. 

Architcas  have  taken  a  deal  of  Liberty  in  the  Form  of  this 
Member:  Nor  do  they  vary  Icfs  as  to  the  Proportion  of  the 

'Pediment. 

The  moft  beautiful,  according  to  Davikr,  is  that  where  its 
Height  IS  about  one  fifth  of  the  Length  of  its  Eafe 

It  is  derctibcd  thus  :  divide  the  Line*  /.,fTab.  Architecture 
Fig.  II.)  which  IS  the  Length  of  the  Eafe.into  two  equal  Parts, 
in  the  Point  f,  by  means  of  the  Perpendicular  f  j-  in  this 
Perpetidicular,  take  the  Part  e  d,  equal  tone-  and  from  the 
Point  d,  as  a  Centre,  defcribe  the  Arch    e  b.    The  Point  of 


The  Pedeftal  now  ufually  follow'd,  is  that  of  Fitruiiim  ;   the  Peipendicular  cut  in  c,  will  be  the  Top  of  the  'Pediment 

and  the  Inangular  Space  incJuded 


tho' wc  don't  find  it  in  any  Work  of  the  Antique. 

Some  in  lieu  hereof  Ufe  the  ^itic-  Bafc,  in  imitation  of  the 
Ancients,    See  Attic. 

Corinthiaii  Pedestal  is  the  richeft  and  moft  delicate. 
In  Vig7iola  'tis  7  Mod.  high  ;  in  'palladia  y  Mod.  i  Min.  in 
Seri-io  6  Mod.  15  Min.  in  the  Colifeum  4  Mod,  2,  Min. 

Its  Members  in  P'ignola  are  as  follows  :  in  the  Bafc  are  a 


ae  b;  and  the  Corniche, 
rherein,  the  'Tympanti,m\ 


_  Vitnmns  calls  the  Pediments,  F.-ifiigia-^  a  Word  which  fi?- 
nifies  a  Roof  rais'd,  or  pointed  in  rhe  Middle,  which  Form 
among  the  Komam  was  peculiar  to  Temples.  All  their 
Dwelling-houfes  are  cover'd  in  the  Plat-form  manner ;  and 
Salmnfim  on  Solin  cbferves,  that  Cafar  was  the  firif  who 
'P'iinth  tor  a  Socle,  over  that  a  Tore  carved  ;  than  a  Regkt^  obtain'd  leave  to  Roof  his  Houfe  with  a  Rid-^e  or  Defcenr 
.  n.,U  ;n...r.,4  ..^A  'J         „_  ^f^g^  ^1^^  manner  of  Temples,    See  Pl  a  t-form. 

'Plivy  tells  us,  that  Pediments  were  Firft  made  to  place 
Statues  upon,  whence  they  were  call'd  'plaJleC. 

The  'Pedment  is  ufually  Triangular,  and  fometimes  an 
equilateral  Triangle,  call'd  alfo  a  pointed  'Pediment  ^  fome- 
times it  is  ;  tho'  Felibien  oblcrves,  that  we  have  no 


I  Quia  inverted  and  inrich'd,  and  an  j^Jiragal. 

In  the  'Dye  are  a  Regler,  with  the  Conge  over  it,  and  near 
the  Corniche  a  Reglet  with  a  Co77ge  underneath. 

In  the  Corniche  is  an  j^jlragal  a  Fne-zc^  Fillet,  j^ftragal. 
Gorge,  Tak?2^  and  a  Fillet.  See  each  tmder  its  proper  j^r- 
ticle. 


Co?npofite  VnTiiLsr  K-L,  inVigncla,  is  of  the  fame  Height  Inftance  of  roundyeV/>mirj  in  the  Aiitiquc/befide  thofe  in  the 

with  the  Corinthan,  vrz.  7  Mod.  in  Scainoz^-zi  6  Mod.  2  Min,  Chapels  of  the  Rotondo. 

in  paikdio  6  Mod,  7  Min.  in  the  Gddfmitbs  Arch  7  Mod.  Sometimes  its  upper  Corniche  is  divided  into  three  or  four 

^        r     ,      .   ^r.     y          .    r         ■  ^    ^    r    r  .  S\Acs^  Ot  tight  Liucs.  Sometimes  the  Corniche  is  cut,  or  open 

Its  Members  in  T- ignola,  are  the  fame  With  thofe  of  the  Co-  a  Top;  which  is  an  Abufe  introduced  by  the  Moderns  parri- 

rinthian-y  with  this  Difference,  that  whereas  thefe  are  moft  of  cularly  Michael Angelo  ;  for  the  Dci;"n  of  this  Part  at  Icaff 


'cm  enrich'd  with  Carvings  in  the  Corintbisn,  they  ate  all 
plain  in  the  Co}ap,fire. 

Not  mull  it  be  omitted,  that  thete  is  a  Difference  in  the 
Profiles  of  the  Bafe  and  Corniche  in  the  two  Orders. 


Doors,  Windows,  £^c.  being  chiefiy  to  fhelte  r  thofe  .... 
deincath  from  the  Rain  j  to  leave  it  open  in  the  Middle,  is  to 
fruttrate  its  End. 

Sometimes  the  'Pediment  is  form'd  of  a  couple  of  Rolls,  or 


The  Generality  of  Architefts,  Davikr  obfervcs,  ufe  Tables  Wreathes,  like  two  Confolesjoin'd  together.  See  Console 
or  Pannels,  either  in  Reliem  or  Creux,  in  the  Dyes  of  PeJef-  Sometimes  the  Pediment  is  without  Baft,  or  its  lower  Cor- 
ids ;  without  any  regard  to  the  Charaflcr  of  the  Order.  Thofe  niche  is  cut  out,  all  but  what  is  bcltow'd  on  two  Columns  or 
in  Rdievo,  he  obfervcs,  only  fit  the  T'lljcan  and  Doric;  Pilaftcrs,  and  on  thefe  an  Arch  or  Sweep  rais'd,  in  lieu  of  an 
the  thiee  othets  muft  be  indented;  which  he  adds,  is  a  Entablature;  of  which  Seriio  gives  an  Inflance  in  the  Anti- 
Thing  the  Ancients  never  praftis'd,  as  being  contrary  to  the  que,  in  a  Coraf&aa  Gate  at  i-W/jjKy,  in  Umhria;  sxA'Da- 
Rnlrs  of  Solidity.  to7er,  a  more  Modern  one,  in  the' Church  of  St  Peter  lit 

Sjuare  Pedestal,   is  that    whofe   Hcisht  and  Width  Rome. 

are  equal  ;   as  that  of  the  Arch  of  the  Lyons  at  Verona,  of  Under  this  kind  of  Peditmits,  come  thofe  little  arch'd 

the  O  rinthitln  Order ;  and  fuch,  fome  Followers  of  Vitril-  Corniches,  which  form  Pediments  over  Doors  and  Windows, 

vim,  as  Seriio,  Philander,  &c.  have  given  to  their  Ttifcm  fupported  by  two  Confoles,  in  lieu  eithei  of  Entablature  or 

Orders.  Columns. 

2)o!/We  Pedestal,  is  that  which  fupports  two  Co-  Sometimes  the  !Pei^/rae!tf  is  made  double,  r.  e.  a  lefs  "Pei/- 

lumns,  and  is  mote  in  Width  than  Height.  ment  is  made  in  the  'tympanum  of  a  larger,  on  account  of 

Continued  Pedestal,   that  which  fupports  a  Row  of  fome  Projeaure  in  the  Middle;  as  in  the  Frontifpiece  of  the 

Columns  without  any  Break  or  Intterruption  j  fuch  is  that  Church  of  the  Great  ye/t/s  at  Rome;  but  this  Repetition  is 


p  E  D 


(  772-  ) 


PEE 


an  abufc  in  Arcliiteaure  jtho'authoriz'd  by  very  goodBuild-  nance,  chiefly  us'il  onboard  Ships;  for  the  difchargir.g  of 

ines-  as  the  large  Pavillion  of  the  Zoiwre,  where  the  Carya-  Nails,  brolcen  Iron,  or  Partridge  Shot  on  an  Enemy  attcmpt- 

?(ffj  fupport  three  TsUmmts  one  in  another.  i"g  «>  ^^•'i-    See  Ordnance  andJVIoRiAR. 

Sometimes  the  Tpnjtamim  of  the  'Pedimsnt  is  cut  out,  or      They  are  generally  open  at  the  Ercccb,  and  their  Chsm- 

Kt  open,  to  let  in  light ;  as  we  fee  raider  the  Portico  of  the  her  made  to  take  out,  to  be  loaded  that  Way,  in  lieu  of 

Capitol  at  ifo.w.  ,  the  Muzzle.    Sec  Chameer.  ,.  -  . 

Laftly,  this  open  yez/OTTOf  is  fometimes  triangular,  and      Pi;tK,  in  the  Sea  Language,  a  Term  usd  in  various 

enrich'd  with  Sculpture,  as  Rofes,  Leaves,  £jc.  as  we  find  Senfes.   

it  in  mofi  of  the  Gcz/fac  Churches.  £.  ^r.  an  Anchons  faid  to  be  a-feel,  when  the  Ship  be- 

M.  le  Ckrc  obferves,  that  the  Modillions  in  the  Cornichc  of  ing  about  to  weigh,  comes  over  her  Anchor,  fo  as  the  Cable 

the  ieiimeia  (hou'd  always  anfwer  cxaftly  over  thofe  of  the  hangs  perpendicularly  between  the  Hawfo  and  the  Anchor  j 

Entablature.    Indeed,  Vimmii  fays,  the  Ancients  did  not  the  bringing  of  a  Ship  into  which  Pofition  they  call  heomg  a- 


Jieek. 

A  Ship  is  faid  to  ride  a-^eek  when  fhe  lies  with  her  Main 
and  Fore-yards  hoifed  up  ;  having  one  End  of  her  Yards 
brought  down  to  the  Shrouds,  and  the  other  rais'd  up  an  End  j 
which  is  chiefly  done  when  file  lies  at  relt  in  Rivers,  left  o- 
ther  Ships  falling  foul  on  her,  fhou'd  break  her  Yards. 

 ^   ^   ^0  ride  a  broad  Teek,  denotes  the  fame,  excepting  that 

the  Turn  of  the  An^le.    To  remedy'  whfch,  the  Architefls   the  Yards  here  are  only  rais'd  to  half  the  Height, 
have  recourfe  to  fev?ral  Expedients.  2 "  'Peek  the  Miffei?,  is  to  put  the  Miffen-yard  perpendicu- 

to»rf.4Tf'iw™' may  crown  three  Arches;  but  a  am;-  lar  by  the  Maa  ,         r      j     i  o 

larWiraem  can  only  crown  one  agreeably.  The  Room  in  the  Hold,  from  the  B.tts  forward  to  the  Stern, 

One  wou'd  never  ulc  above  two  Tymfana  over  each  other  wherc_ftlen  of  War  keep  Aeir  Powder,  and  Merchant  Men 
in  the  fame  Frontifpiece ;  and  even  where  there  are  two,    '   "  '        '"      ■■•  ■   ■  ™  ■ 


allow  any  Modillions  at  all  in  'Pedments.  See  Moeillion, 

The  fame  M.  le  Ckrc  obferves,  that  the  Corniche  which 
ferves  the  fedinmut  as  a  Eafe,  lliou'd  have  no  Cymathnn ; 
by  reafon  the  Cyimtium  of  the  reft  ot  the  Entablature,  when 
it  meets  the  pediment,  paffes  over  it.  ,     ,  ,  „.r 

This  Change  of  Determination  occafionsa  confiderable  Uit- 
ficultv;  the  Cf/Mrim'',  in  this  Cafe,  appearing  too  broad  in 


I  a  be  proper  to  have  the  lower  Circular,  the  upper 


'^°Tlie  Word  is  form'd  of  the  French  Tere  and  degree,  q.  d. 
Beirec  of  Fathers  or  Anccftors. 

PEDIGREE,  2)efceiit  OT  Genealogy. 
Genealogy. 


Sec  Descent  and 


their  Vifluals,  isalfo  call'd  Ibe'Peek. 

PEER,  Tilr^  denotes  an  equal,  or  one  of  the  fame  Rank 
and  Condition. 

Hence,  in  fome  Councils  or  Aflemblies,  we  find,  ivitbilJS 
Confent  oj  cur  'Peers,  SiJ/jop,  Abbots,  &c. 

Afterwards,  'peer  was  applied  to  the  Vaflals  or  Tjenants  of 
the  fame  Lord,  who  were  oblig'd  to  ferve  and  affift  him  in 
PEDICULARIS  Morbus,  in  Medicine,  t}ie  lolify  Hif-  his  Courts  ;  They  were  call'd  yam,  becaufe  equal  in  Func- 
temter-  a  Difeafc  arifing  from  fome  uncommon  Corruption  in  tion,  and  "Peers  ?n  Fiefs  m  fei;  becaufe,  holding  Fees  ol 
the  Body  which  generates  infinite  Quantities  of  Lice  on  the  the  Lord;  or  becaufe  their  Bufinefs  m  Court  was  to  ht  and 
Skin  •  '^'^'^  Difputes  arifing  on  Fees.  See 

H'ere.'^died  of  thc/cA'«/fa|-Difeafe  Vassal.      ,  .    ,      r   .   o  i  /i 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin  'Peiiculus,  Loufe.  The  Numberof  Peersrequired  to  fit  in  Court,  was  at  leafl 

PEDIiiAN  in  Antiquity.  The  City  of  ^!/WiJ  was  an-  four;  and  when  there  happen'd  to  be  too  many  Peers  in  th 
tlpMlv  divided' into  three  difterent  Quarters;  one  on  the  De-  fame  Lordfliip,  the  Lord  ufually  chofe  out  l:  who  had  th: 
fcent  of  a  Hill;  another  on  the  Sea-lhore  ;  and  a  third  Title  of  Teers  by  way  of  Diflinaion  and  Eminence.  Se 
in  a  Plain  between  the  two.  Vassal. 

The  Inhabitants  of  the  middle  Region  were  call'd  niJ>«it      There  are  Inflances  of  Women, 


he 


who  have  allificd  at 

g3e*#«!r'"oV"a«o7ding^o  '.^n>f^,"TeA"««;  thofe  of  the  Judgements,  on  account  of  their  Tenements,  not  of  their  be- 
"  ■'mans;  and  thofe  of  the  (hore,  'Paralians.  ing  V/ives  of  Peers. 


Hill  ^iacrians;2.nA.  tVo^c  -    -  . 

Thefe  Quarters  ufually  compofcd  fo  many  differentFaflions; 
tpifiiiratiis  made  ufe  of  the  Pedieans  againft  the  Diacrians. 

In  the  time  of  Solon,  when  a  Form  of  Government  was  to 
be  chofen,  the  'Diacrians  wou'd  have  it  Democratic ;  the  Pe- 
di^ans  demanded  an  jlrifiocracy ;  and  the  'Paralum  a  mixt 
Governmenr.  ,    ^     ,  ,  •     a  . 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  trs/nf  plain,  flat. 

PEDI^US,  in  Anatomy,  is  the  fecond  ot  the  Extenfor 
Mufclesof  the  Foot,  <?«;  whence  its  Name.   See  Foot. 

It  has  its  Origin  in  the  lower  Part  ot  the  'Peroti£um,  and 
annular  Ligament;  and  is  divided  into  four  Tendons,  which_ 


'The  Origin  of  thefe  Peers  of  Fees  is  as  ancient  as  that  of 
the  Fees  they  were  appointed  to  judge  of  ;  from  thefe  we  de- 
rive our  common  jftlries,  and  our  Peers  of  the  Realm.  See 
TuRV       "Peer  cj  the  Realm. 

Peer  of  the  Realm,  a  noble  Lord,  or  aPcrfon  who  has 
a  Seat,  and  Vote  in  the  Upper-houfe  of  Parliament;  hence 
call'd  the  Hcvfi  of  "Peers.    See  Noble  and  Parliament. 

There  are  five  Degrees  of  Peerage,  or  Nobility,  vm.  That 
of  a  Duke,  Marquefs,  Earl,  Vifcount,  and  "Baron.    See  each 
under  its  proper  Article  Duke,  Makhoess,  Earl,  E^C. 
'Tisthe  King  confers  the  "Peerage,  by  honouring  the  Per- 


,,;'.-nferted  into  the  extemal  Part  of  the  firft  Articulation  of  fon  with  fome  of  thefe  Titles  by  Patent.    See  Nobili  ,  .  . 
T  four  'Toes  Peers,  Pairs  of  France,  are  the  twelve  grand  Lords  of 

"uf  I  Iff.  k  to  extend  the  Foot  together  with  the  firft  of  the  France  . 
pi  ™rJ   call'd  ComrJui.    See  Extensor.  The  Inftitution  of  thefe  'Peers  is  very  uncertain  ;  fome  r=- 

So  BAPTISM.    See  Piebo  "BaM"'-  fet  it  to  Hugo  Capet,=t  the  Time  when  theDukes  and  Counts 

P^nnNrULI  in  Anatomy,  two  medullary  ProcelTes  of  chang'd  the  Offices  they  then  held  of  the  King  into  perpetual 
the  wh  «by  that^'Partisjoin'd  to' the  Fielf   But  this  is  impofflile  ;   Cta»  not  being  then 

^In^a  a    &  Cerebellum  and  Medulla.  erefted  into  a  County     Indeed  Pafqmer  obferves,  that  tis  an 

Srwhofirftgave  'em  the  Name,  obferved  in 'em  three   old  Tradition  there  has  beeni=  in  all  Ages. 

diSptoeeffe  "neither  Side,  the  two  firft  whereof  go  to  Of  thefe  Peers,  fix  are  Dukes  and  fix  Counts,  Comptes  ; 
fb.  rete  he  fecond  direfliy  from  the  Cerebellum  t?  the  of  thefe  again,  fix  are  Ecclefiafticks,  and  fix  Lay-men.  The 
MeMobhTiatTi^n«^^^^^  former,  and  faftning  the  Archbifliops  o{  Rbeims,  Bin,ops  of  Zot,7,  and  Z«S«i  are 
frtls  S^^^^^  third,fpri;gingfrom  ,hfhind  Dt.kes  anS  Peers;  .the  Eifliops  of  W  Chalou  o.  ,h» 

rocef  of  the  C.„.*»   is  infttted  in^^       Medulla  oblcn-  Marn^  ^^TS'^gl^^'m^'t^^ 
^tiit'l)#rcu«in  Lay-pee?s  and  Dukes/ an/'the  Counts  of  f/«...„,C/..^ 

i,L"fliaeda44  s..a|p.rsby.,ieLaw^ 


Conqueror,  by  Ingulf  bus  and  other  Authors. 

jaterdictmas  ne  qtiis  occidatur,  vel  fuffendamr,  fro  all  qua 
Culpa,  fed  emamtir  Ocnli,  Abfcindaiitur  Pedes,  vel  Tepciili, 
wl  minus,  &c.  Leg.  Will.  Caf.i.  ■  r  ■  ^  ,■  <, 

So  Jrgtilfhus,  [lib  fsva  ferditicms  dextri  jm  fedis,  Sc. 
PEDOMETER, or PODOMETER,  or  my--mfer,3.Ue- 
chanical  Inftrumcnt,  in  form  of  a  Watch  ;  confifting  of  various 
Wheels  with  Teeth,  catching  in  one  another;  all  difpofed  in 
,l,»ramel?lane;  which  by  means  of  a  Chain  or  String  faftned 
I!;'  Man's  Foot,  -  "  -  ' 


in  Ceremony,  and  by  way  of  Reprefentdtlves  ;  where  each 
performs  the  Funftionsattach'd  to  his  refpcaiyc  Dignity,  tho 
fhe  Peerlhips  be  in  reality  all,  except  f landers  reunited  to 
the  Crown.  Six  Lords  of  the  firft  Quality  are  chofe  toreprc- 

The'ljcclefiaflic  "Peers  ufually  aflift  in  Perfon. 
At  prefent  the  Title  Peer  in  France  is  beftowed  as,  in  I^ng- 
land,  on  every  Lord  or  Perfon,  whofe  Fee  is  ereaed  into  a 
th'c  Wheel  of  a  Chariot,  advance  a  Lordfliip  or  Peerfiiip.  .    j   •    j  r  „  mMri 

■Tj.^ch  each  Step,  or  each  Revolution  of  the  Wheel ;  fo  that      The  Word  according  to  "Pafjwer,  is  derived  from  Pam- 
Number  bin?  i-ark'd  on  the  Edge  of  each  Wheel,  one  eius,  the  firft  Digmty  m  the  Enipire,.  ™ 

y  number  the  Paces,  or  Mcafure  exaffly  the  Diftance  from   whereof  he  fuppofes  thefe  "Peers  to  have  been  mftituted. 


one  Place  to  another.    See  Way-wiser. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  irst,  "Pes,  Foot ;  and 
ukn"'  Meafure. 

Pomeriter,  is  fometimes,  alio,  usd  for  a  Surveying 
Wheel,  an  Inflrument  chiefly  us'd  in  meafuring  Roads ; 
popularlv  call'd  the  Wat-'xifer.    Which  fee 

PEDRERO,  or  PETTERERO,  afmall  Piece  of  Ord- 


But  others  with  more  probability  derive  the  Title  from  the 
"Pares  Cuiin,  or  of  Fees,  becaufe  of  their  being  equal  to  eacli 

°*Thefe  Pares  Cvriff,  on  whofe  Model  they  fuppofe  'em  to 
have  been  ereBcd,  were  a  Kind  of  Vaifals  depending  on  the 
all  fame  Lord,  whom  they  were  obliged  to  attend  and  ailUt  m 
Court. 


PEG 


(  773  ) 


PEG 


AH  Feodal  Matters  or  Difputes  among  Vaflals  relating  to 
their  Fees  or  Dependanccs,  were  terminated  by  the  fuperior 
Lord  of  the  two  contending  Parties,  and  by  their  Teers  in 
Fee. 

if  the  Procefs  were  between  the  Lord  and  the  Vaffa!,  the 
Lord  took  no  Cognizance  of  it,  and  the  Teen  alone  judg'd  it. 
See  Pel.r. 

Hence,  ail  Lords  or  Nobles  being  T^-rei  Nobilitate^  i.  e. 
all  equally  entitled  to  the  Privileges  of  NobiHty,  are  denomi- 
nated 'Pares  Rcg7!,i^  'peers  of  the  Realm. 

Some  Authors  atmbute  the  firfl:  Inftitution  of^Pecnofthe 
Realm  to  Chiirkmaign-^  but  with  little  probability  ;  fince 
moft  of  the  Fiefs  which  bear  the  Names  ofDutchies,  ^c.  or 
give  Titles  to  the  -Pecis^  were  not  erected  Into  Dutcbies,  ii^'f. 
till  long  after.  The  Dukes,  ^c,  in  thole  Days  being  no 
more  than  fimple  Governors  of  Provinces,  without  any  other 
Title  or  Privileges.  See  Duke. 

The  more  probable  Opinion  is,  that  ^ccrs  were  firft  in- 
fticuted  by  'Phdiji  the  yoiii.g,  of  France^  about  the  "icar 
1719  ;  and  that  they  firltaded  in  Capacity  of  iP^-(?J'i  at  the 
Coronation  of  his  Son. 

PEERAGE,  the  Dignity  of  a 'Peer,  attach'd  to  a  Dutchy, 
Earldom,  or  the  like.    See  Peer. 

The  Kings  of  Ei?^lmdz7A  Frcivce  confer  'Pcernge  at  Plea- 
fure.  His  prefent  Majefty  of  £v5-/i7«<^  offer'd  bis  Parliament 
to  reilgn  that  Branch  ut  his  Prerogative,  and  to  have  the 
Number  oT^prfn  Hinted. 

The  Rcafon  inflitc-d  on,  was  the  Inconveniences  accruing 
to  the  State  from  an  Ai  w  r:;)  tnd  immoderate  Ufe  thcreot. 
The  Priiice  haviiig  it  her.by  ia  li  s  Power  to  throw  what 
Number  of  his  Creatures  he  pleaies  i.ito  the  Upper- houfe  ot 
Parliament. 

The  twelve  IPeen  created  at  cncein  the  late  Reign,  was  a 
main  Argument  in  behalf  of  the  'Peerage  Sill. 

'Tis  r  cord-^d  as  a  popular  Saying  of  King  Cb^trk'Sy  that  if 
his  Friends  cou'd  but  fecure  him  a  Houfe  of"  Commons,  he'd 
throw  his  whole  Troop  of  Guards  into  the  Upper-houfc,  but 
he'd  have  the  'Peers. 

To  hold  Land  in  1>perGge,  in  the  ancient  Cuftoms, 
was  a  Tenure  which  obliged  the  Pcrfon  to  afTiit  the  Lord's 
Bailiff  in  his  Judgements^  as  all  the  ancient  Vaffals,  call'd 
'peers  did.    Sec  Peer  and  Vassal.     SeeaHb  Tenure. 

Peer,  or  Pier,  in  Building,  a  Maflive  of  Stone,  ^c.  op- 
pofed,  by  way  of  ForJ:re{s,againlt  the  Force  of  the  Sea,  or  a  great 
River  i  for  the  Security  of  Ships,  thatlyc  at  Harbour  in  any 
Haven. 

Such  is  the  'Peer  of  Dover  defcribed  by  Cmnbden^  Sr  'it. 
The  Haven  and  ^eer  of  great  Tarmoutb^  mention'd  azd. 
Car.M. 

The  Word  in  this  Senfe,  is  form'dfrom  the  French  ^ierre^ 
Stone.    See  Piedroit. 

Peers  arealfo  ufedin  Architedure  for  a  Kindof  Pilafters 
or  Euttreires,  raifed  for  fupport,  flrength,  and  fomething  for 
Ornament. 

PEG  ftSUS,  among  the  Poets,  a  Horfe  imagin'd  to  have 
Wings  ^  being  that  whereon  'BellerojJhon  was  fabled  to  be 
mounted  whenhe  engaged  the  f/'mzerfl.  SeeCniMERA. 

The  opening  of  the  Fountain  /S/^c/frcwe,  on  Mount  Uelicov^ 
is  afcribed  to  a  blow  of  'Pcgafiis's  Hoof. 

It  was  feign'd  to  have  flown  away  to  Heaven;  where  it  be- 
came a  Conflellation.  Hence 

Pegasus,  in  Aftronomy,  a  Conflellation  of  the  Nor- 
thern Hemifphere,  in  form  of  a  flying  Horfe.  See  Constel- 
lation. 

The  Stars  in  this  Conflellation  in  'Ptolemy's  Catalogue  are 
£0,  in  'fyc/jo's  19,  in  the  Sritannic  Catalogue  53,  The 
Longitudes,  Latitudes,  Magnitudes,  £5?c.  whereof  are  as 
follow. 

Stars  in  the  ConfteUatioJz  Pegasus. 


Kawes  and  Siiuatlcm  of 
the  Slurs. 


Soiuli.  of  tv;o  in  the  Heai 
In  tlie  prcced.Knee 

Ncrth.  in  the  Head 


la  the  Heel  of  the  hind  Foot 


Smal!  one  againft  the  Ear. 
Notih.  in  the  Ear,  or  rather  iufcm. 


In  the  Top  of  the  Main,  prcced.  of 
3  5  ,  linleA) 

Noiali,  of  tlie  Triangle 

Poller,  and  South,  in  the  Time 


Preced.  of  the  Conti;;.  Stars  In  tiie 
Neck) 

South,  in  the  hind  Knee 
Nurth.  in  the  fame  Knee 
45 

L;ift  of  the  Contig.  in  the  Neck 
Preced. of  two  in  the  Hreaft: 
Subfeq. 

Norih.  oi  two  in  the  Main 
Souti;.  of  the  fame 


In  the  rife  of  the  hind  Leg,  Scheat 
la  the  Shoulder  of  the  W ing,  Ma;  kalr 
5S 

Preced.  of  the  North  in  the  fiuall  □ 
Thai  under  Scheat        (of  [lie  Neck 
Preced.  of  South,  in  Q  Neck 
Laft  ot  N^rdi. 
Lart  ot  South. 


North,  of  two  under  the  Wing  In  the 
JJody) 

Pieced,  of  5  in  the  Belly 

Preced.  of  two  behind  Markah 
Second  and  North,  in  the  Belly 
South,  of  two  under  the  Wing 


That  behind  Markah 
That  in  a  right  Line  with  the  69ch 
(and  Ojd, 
Third  and  Middle  in  the  Belly 

75 

Preced.  in  middle  of  ihc  Wnig 


l^ames  and  Situation  of 
the  Stars. 

Preceed7In  the  Triangle  over  Pe- 
North.  3  gaftis's  Mouth. 


Pe^afas's  Mouth 

Pofter.and  South,  in  the  Triangle 
In  the  Heel  of  the  Preced.  Foot 


Longit. 

LatituJe. 

Da' 

South. 

oa 

? 

^5  58  39 

33  iS  39 

4 

29  49  57 

36  09  30 

4  5 

14  43  41 

19  38  14 

6 

24  36  55 

18  46  05 

6 

Z9  49  31 

31  28  35 

6  7 

13  37  56 

tS  21  40 

6 

ly  11  30 

1%  1^  36 

6 

^7  33  5^ 

22  07  16 

3 

29  02  49 

4  S 

4  37  10 

36  39  OS 

4 

as  39  3-1 

15  06  59 

6 

3  34  17 

34  05  10 

6 

2  04  04 

28  28  58 

6 

8  25  '3 

40  I  5  40 

6 

S  ]()  10 

38  46  07 

6 

Fourth  in  the  Belly 
South,  of  five  in  the  Belly 


Middle,  in  the  mid.  Wing 

North,  in  the  mid.  Wing 
S5 

North,  in  the  E.vtrera.  of  the  Wing 
In  the  Naveh  Andromeda's  Head 


Tip  of  the  Wing,  Al^cmb 
South.  inExtrem,  ofthe  Wing^ 


Longitd, 


•  54  27 
3  5  20 


o  S3  QQ 
II  39  57 
10  04  09 


2  28  45 
15  °4  1  5 
8  48  SI 

15  15(3 
19  42  07 

,    4  4S  30 

7  37  5^ 
IS  10  56 
II  5  5  26 

5  42  45 

6  oS  5s 

8  1 1  58 

6  33  16 
19  41  5' 
13  4843 


15 


•  29 


II  5906; 
20  3  5  43 

2!  24  ^2 

16  29  36 

13  37  '9 
lE  43  4S 
20  03  20 

13  57  o' 

14  14  06 
19  56  37 
1621  59 
25  02  13 
19  09  13 

17  14  16  13  S3  52 
24  18  48  28  23  30 
•7  31  19  .  12  sS  'O 

18  06  39 ;  J3  57  5' 
i  03  32    J  2  47  24 


16  16  3s 

27  53  40 
26  44  08 

y  01038 
I  II  13 


yi  25  so  os 

22  10  23 

Y  oz  C9  zS 
X  ^7  3S  ,5 
29  01  51 

23  4S  oG 
29  04  Cl 

T  03  35  42 

4  56  3  r 
K  ^7  =5  39 

28  12  34 
28  23  5s 
26  00  19 
T    4  46  00 

5  45  M 

K  27  2445 

2  57  24 

r  49  s9 
K  28  22  33 

3  03  ol 

545  50 
7  37  33 
2  22  00 
9  S8  50 
5  09  '7 


4  49  5° 
Y  7174^ 


PEGMATES 


PEN 


PEGMATES,  or  PEGMARES,  in  Antiquity,  a  Name 
^iven  to  certain  Giadiators,  as  well  as  Artificers,  among  th-j 
Row  ens. 

The  Ancients  fometimes  exhibited  Shews  of  certain  Ma- 
chines, caird  "Pepnata.  Thefe  were  a  Kind  of  Scaffolds, 
varioully  adorn'd,  fomewhat  after  the  Manner  of  thofe  now 
rais'd  tor  Fire-works. 


(  774  ) 


PEN 


PELICOIBES, 


Geomei 


^,    ,         ,        -  try,  a  Pigure,   in  form  of  S. 

Hatcfm  j  whence  its  Name;  from  the  Greek  wiMKut  Hatchet 
and  «tfo(  form. 

Such  is  the  Figure  SC2)  Tab.  Geometry  Fig  45.  contain- 
ed under  the  two  inverted  Quadrantal  Aries  ^  S  and  ^fO, 
and  the  Semi-circle  S  C  2). 

.-  __     _  _.  The  Area  of  the  'Pclkoides  is  demonflrated  to  be  equal  to 

Thcfc  Scaffolds  being  made  to  play,  either  threw  up  into   the  Square  A  C;  and  that,  again,  to  the  Reftanole  £  Z'  ■  Ir  is 

_   1_   J  .     equal  to  the  Square  ^Cbecaufe  it  wants  of  the  Square  on  the 

Ictt-hancI,  the  two  Segments  AS  and^C,  which  are  equal  to 
the  two  Segments  5  C' and  C  2?,  by  which  it  exceeds  on  the 
Right-hand. 


the  Air  the  Matters  wherewith  they  were  charg'd;  and  a 
mong  the  red,  Mcnj  who  were  thus  facrificed  to  afford  the 
People  Diverfion  5  or  they  precipitated  'em  into  Holes  dug  in 
the  Ground,  where  they  Ughted  their  Funeral  Piles  ;  or  into 
the  Dens  of  wild  Beafts. 

Now,  both  the  iniferablc  People  thus  facrificed,  and  the 
Workmen  that  made  and  play 'd  the  Machinesj  werecall'd 
'Pegi/iares, 


According  to  Cafmihon,  Fire   was  fet  to  the  Scaffold,  JJj'me  tiro' 


PELLUCID,  a  Term  of  the  fame  Import  as  DiapbanQiii 
or  Trav^fmrent,  See  Transparent,  £^r. 

pellucid,  flands  oppofed  to  O^jake.    See  Opake. 
The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  Tellnceo  or  Perlmeo.  I 


and  the  pegmates  were  to  fave  'cmfelves  thro'  the  Flames, 
and  the  Wrack  of  the  Machine. 

Lij'fim  fays  flmply,  that  the  Pegwntes  were  fuch  Gladia- 
tors as  fought  on  Scaffolds  ereOed  for  that  purpofc. 

They  were  alfo  call'd  ^etaiirifies.    Sec  Gladiator. 
PEIRCED,  inHeraldry;  when  an  ordinary,  or  Charge  in 
Heraldry  hath  a  Hole  in  it,  fo  that  the  Field  appears  through  j 
they  fay  fhat  ordinary,  or  charge,  is  iPf/m',/.  See  Pierced. 

PELAGIANS,  ancient  Hereticks,  well  known  in  the 
Church  by  the  Writings  oiSt.Anguftin.    Sec  Heretic. 

The  Author  of  this  Se£f,  Pehigius,  properly  call'd  Morgn?!^ 
was  an  Jrifo  Monk,  Cotemporary  with  St-  Jerom^  and  St.  Au- 
gnjlin.  He  quitted  his  Country  to  go  and  live  in  the  Eart  ;  ac- 
rnrdinf  to  the  Cuftom  of  the  Monks  of  thofe  Days,  who 
f'  1  11     ._    .  -rr-,.r_.  1:1, _  ..L_r_  _f   


See 


PELLUCIDITT,   diaphaneity  or  1'ranfparency. 
Transparency, 

PEI.TA,  in  Antiquity;  a  kind  of  Eucklcr,  ufed  among 
the  A^icients.    See  Buckler. 

The  Pdia  wasfmall,  light,  and  more  manageable  than  the 
'Panne..    See  Parma. 

It  appears  from  f^?>^i/,  and  other  Authors,  that  t\ie 'Peka. 
was  the  Buckler  ufed  by  the  Arnazmi ;  And  Xetiophm  ob- 
ferves  that  the  "Pelta  of  the  Aimzom  was  like  a  Leaf  of 
Ivy. 

"Pliny  fpeaking  of  the  I^idian  Pig-tree,  fays  its  Leaves  are 
the  Width  of  the  Ainamnian  "pelra.  Servnis  on  the  Aineid 
fays,  the  Pelta  rcfembled  the  Moon  in  herfirfl:  Qiiarter. 

PELVIS,  in  Anatomy,  the  lower-part  of  the  Cavity  of  the 
'idoiiwn-^   thus  call'd  from  its  refemblance 
Ewer,  call'd  in  I.ativ,  Pelvis.  Sec  Abdomen. 


were  not  attach'd  10  particular  Houfes  like  thofe  of  our  Abdomen-^  thus  call'd  from  its  refemblance  to  a  Eafon  or 
j);^;ys.  Ewer,  call'd  in  I.ativ,  Pelvis.  Sec  Abdomen. 

He  abfolutcly  denied  all  original  Sin,  which  he  held  to  be  the       The  ^'dvis  is  always  much  larger  in  Women  than  Men,  to 
mere  Invention  of  St.  Aiigiipn-,  and  taught  that  Men  are  entire  give  Room  for  the  Growth,  ^c.  of  the  Lo^tiis. 
M afters  of  their  A£tions,  perfeilly  free  Creatures,  in  oppofi-      'Tis  wel  l  fortified  with  Bones,  toakreen  the  Contents  from 
tion  to  all  Prcdcflination,  Reprobation,  EJeiSlion,  if;C.    See  external  Injuries 


Original  Sw,  Predestination 


Pelvis,  oj  the  Kidneys,  a  large  Membranous  Sinus,  or 


He  own'd  indeed  that  the  natural  Power  of  Man  needed   Cell,  in  the  concave  Part  of  the  Kidneys.    See  Kidney 


to  be  affil-ted  by  the  Grace  of  God,  to  enable  him  to  work 
out  his  own  Salvation  i  but  by  this  Grace,  he  only  meant 
outward  Affiftance,  viz-.xkit  Dotlrines  of  the  Law  and  of  the 
Gofpel.    See  Grace, 


From  the  twelve  Papilla  of  the  Kidneys^  arife  twelve  Ca- 
nals, call'd  Fifiiil^  Meyabranacete.  Thefe  at  length  arc  col- 
leiled  into  three  large  Branches,  which  being  at  laft  united  in- 
to one,  form  the  Pelvis:,  and  this  again,  contraftingit  feif. 


Tho',  when  prefs'd  by  thofe  Words  of  St.  P^aul^  ^eits  ejl  emm  terminates  in  a  Membranaceous  Pipe,  call'd  the  Ureter.  See 
qui  oJ-erat2ir  in  nobis,  &c.  he  own'd  that 'tis  God,  in  effecl,   Papilla  and  Ureter. 


that  makes  us  will  what  is  good,  when  he  warns  and  excites 
us  by  the  Greatnefs  of  the  Glory  we  are  to  obtain,  and  by  the 
Promifcs  of  Rewards;  when  he  makes  us  love  him,  by  re- 
vealing his  Wifdom,  €5?r. 

Thefe  are  Pdagiiis's  own  Words,  as  cited  by  St.  Aiig?iftm  ; 
who  confutes  him,  and  fliews  that  befide  thefe  exterior  Graces, 
there  arc  required  other  real  and  interior  ones. 

"Pelagitis  own'd  further,that  the  Will  of  Man  is  indeed  aided 
by  a  real  Grace  ;  but  added  that  this  Grace  is  not  abfolutely 
tieceffary  in  order  to  live  well  5  but  only  helps  us  to  do  well 
with  the  more  eafe. 

Jiiliav,  one  of  his  Adherents  went  further  yet ;  and  own'd 
that  the  Affiitance  of  Grace  was  abfolutely  neceffary  to  enable 
us  to  do  perfeft  Works. 


la  effec>,  the  grand  Doctrine  of  the  'Pelagians.,  was,  that  a   ture  thereof.    Sec  Quill 


The  Urine,  then,  feparated  from  the  Blood  by  the  Urinary 
Pipes  5  conveyed  by  them  into  the  ^apilU,  and  taken  up  by 
the  Fiftidce  Memhranacea  ;  is  brought  into  the  'Pelvis,  and 
thence  difcharg'd  into  the  Ureter,  thence  into  the  Bladder^ 
^c.  See  Urine. 

PEN,  according  to  Camhden,  originally  fignifies  a  high 
Mountain  j  which  was  thus  call'd  among  rhe.ancient  Sr  'itains^ 
and  even  Gaiils. 

And  hence  that  tall  Range,  which  parts  Italy  and  Fra?!ce,  is 
call'd  Apemiines.  See  Mountain. 

Pen,  is  alfo  a  little  Inftninient,  ufually  form'd  of  a  Quill, 
and  ferving  to  write  withal.    See  Writing. 

'DuidJ  Pens,  are  thofe  made  of  Qiiills  which  have  been 
paffed  thro'  hot  Afl-.cs,  to  rake  off  the  groffer  Fat  and  Moif- 


Man  might  accompliOi  all  the  Commands  of  God  by  th 
mere  force  of  Nature  ;  and  that  the  Gifts  of  Grace  were  only 
neccffaiy  to  enable  him  to  ad  more  eafily,  and  more  per- 
fectly. 

PELAGI.^,  in  natural  Hifliory,  a  Term  ufed  to  exprefs 
fuch  Se.i-SheliS3.nAFipes,  as  never,  or  very  rare]y,are  found  near 
the  Shores ;  but  always  refide  in  the  Deep,  or  in  thofe  parts 
of  the  Bottom  of  the  Sea,  which  arc  moU  remote  from  Land. 
See  Shell. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  -ssAajo,-,  Marine,  be- 
longing to  the  Sea.  ,  ^ 

PELLS,  Clerk  of  the  Pells.    See  Clerk  of  thepclls. 

PELLICAN,  among  Chymilts,  a  Kind  of  double  Veffel ; 
ordinarily  of  Glafs  ;  ufed  in  dil^illing  Liquors  by  Circulation. 
SecDovBL-E  Ve£el,  and  Circulation. 

Pellican,  is  alfo  an  Inftrument  ufed  by  Chirurgeon.';,  {fc. 
to  draw  Teeth 


Pellican,  agam, 


Fcnntain-Vz^.    See  Fount AiN-^Pt'?;. 
V^H-Stock,  a  fort  of  j'/zi/ce  orFlood-gate,    placed  in  the 
Water  of  a  Mill-pond,  or  the  like,  to  retain  or  let  go  the  Water 
at  Plcafure.  See  Sluice. 

PENANCE,  is  properly  the  Exercife  of  penitence:,  and  may 
be  defined  a  Punilhment,  either  voluntary,  or  impofed  by  a 
legal  Authority,  for  the  Faults  a  Pcrfon  has  committed.  See 
Punishment. 

In  this  Senfe  the  i?o;/?ir??//?J  define  it  a  Sacrament,  where- 
in a  Perlon,  who  has  the  requifite  Difpofitions,  receives  Abfo- 
lution  at  the  Hand  of  the  Prieft,  of  all  Sins  committed 
fince  Eaptifm.    See  Sacrament. 

Toa  Legitimate  penance  they  require  three  Things,  Con- 
trition, Abiolution,  andSatisfa£l:ion. 

Their  Priells  receive  a  Power  of  adminiftring  the  Sacra- 
ment of  P>cnance,  when  they  receive  the  Prieilhood  5  but  to 
exercife  this  Powder,  'ds  required  they  have  the  Jurifdiftion  of 


the  Name  of  an  ancient  Piece  of  an  Ordinary,  7.  r.  that  they  have  a  Benefice,  cither  Original 


and  carrying  a  Ball 


Ordinance,  equal  to  a  Quarter-Culvcnn, 
of  fix  Pounds.   See  Culverin. 

PELLICLE,   PELLICULA,  a  Diminutive  of  PelUs, 
Skin-  a  thin  Film,  or  Fragment  of  a  Membrane  or  Skin. 

The  Hpiderriia  or  CuticiUa,  is  a  little  pellicle  covering  the 
derma,  Qiris,  or  Skin.   See  Cuticle. 

The  Valves  of  the  Veins  and  Arteries  are  infenflble  Pelli- 
cles   which  open  and  Ihut  to  promote  the  Circulation.  See  on  the  Head  of  ■yff?:^?.^.    For  great  Crimes  People  wi 
Valve.  eluded  the  Communion  of  the  Church,  expell'd  the  I 

Wheii  any  Chymical  Solution  is  evaporated  in  a  gentle  Heat  blies  of  the  Faithful,  obliged  to  faii,  and  to  mortify  'ein- 
till  a  thin  Skin  or  Film  arife  a  Top,  'tis  call'd  an  j^vaporation  felves  publickly,  even  at  the  Church  Door,  cut  their  Hair, 
to  a  Pellicle,  wherein  there  is  but  jufl  Liquor  enough  left  to  go  always  on  Foot, 

keep  the  Salts  intufion.    See  Evaporation.  ^  He  adds,  that  thofe  who  had  done  publick  'Pendnce.,  were 

PELLETS,  in  Heraldry,  a  Name  given  thofe  Roundles  never  admitted  into  the  Clergy  ;and  that  public  Penance  was 
which  are  Black  5  call'd  alfo  Ogr^Jfe^  and  Gm-ftf?^es.  never 


or  Delegated;  with  the  Approbation  of  the  Bifhop  to  hear 
Confcffions. 

Penance, is  particularly  ufed  in  the  Kowifi  Church, for  the 
Penalty  which  aConfcfforimpofes,  for  the  Satisfadtion  of  the 
Sins  whereof  a  Perfon  is  abfolved.  See  Confession  and 
Absolution. 

The  ancient  Difciplinc,   1>n-pin  obfer\'es,  was  very  fevere 

AfTem- 


PEN 


never  granted  more  than  once,  ThoFe  U'lio  fell  a  fccond 
Time  were  never  ro  be  reconciled  to  the  Church,  and  were  to 
look  for  Pardon  only  at  ihe  Hands  of  God. 

Penance,  in  our  Canon-Law,  is  an  Ecclefiaftical  Punlfii- 
mcnt,  chiefly  adjudg'd  to  the  Sin  of  Fornication.  The  Pu- 
niHiincnt  is  thus  prcfcribed  by  the  Canons  :  The  Delinquent 


C  775  ) 


PEN 


The  TenJams  of  tlic  Fiirr,i-i;  r  j-  i  .-  ■■: 

compariftn  with  thofc  wore  bvfhn  F  r  /'''  '"T  Tt'''^ 
Women;  among  whonT't  s  ,T  iJ       '  "i''  ^"'1 
r  I  »  '?ngtl«n  out  the 


Ears,  andtoenrargetheHal7Vvm','Z  "  '^"g"«"  " 
Si.e  of  Saucers,  fctwith  Stones. 


of  the 


to  fland  in  the  Church  Porch  on  fomeSunday  bare  Head  and  of  her  Court,  have  their  Ears  by  this  Itr!,',  ."''j^LadteS 

bare  foot,  m  a  wjite  Sheet,  with  a  white  Wand  in  the  Hand  ;  low  as  their  BreaJis,  and  even  lower  im?',"^'"S'V' 

here  bewailing  himfcl  ,  and  begging  every  one  to  pray  for  point  of  Beauty ;  and  the  Holes  lari^e'enoulh  J,"®    r  I  "^-l 

T^hpn  m  „„f„, I,.  Church,  falhng  down,  and  kiffing  ihro'.                                      "  o<=  ™ough  to  pafs  the  Fill 


him.    Then  to  enter  t):  _  ^ 

the  Ground;  and  at  lafl,  placed  on  anEm'inence  in  the  Middk 
of  the  Church,  againfl  the  MiniOer,  to  declare  the  Foulncfs 
of  the  Crime,  odious  to  God,  and  fcandabus  to  the  Congre- 
gation. 

If  the  Crime  be  not  notorious,  the  Canons  allow  the  Pu- 
nifliment  to  be  commuted  at  the  Parties  Requeft,  for  a  pecu- 
niary Mulct,  tor  the  Benefit  of  the  Poor,  ^c. 

PENATES,  in  the  ancient  Mythology,  a  Term  applied  to 
all  the  Domeilic  Gods,  whom  the  Ancients  adored'  ■.  their  Teiidauts  at  'em 
Houfcs;  whence  they  are  ordinarily  confounded  with  the  other  Nations 
Zcires.    See  Lares. 

Authors  are  not  at  all  agreed  about  the  Origin  oftheS/;' 
fenates,  who  were  properly  rhe  Turelary  Gods  of  the  Tro- 
.jaus,  and  were  only  adopted  by  the  Romans^vjho  gave  cm  the 
Title  of  y»,-<l/fl. 

ae  Mezjiix,  in  his  Notes  on  Si.&'s  Epifllc  to  jEtieas,  re- 
lates at  large  what  he  has  met  withal  in  the  ancient  Writers 


e  Holes  large  enough  t 

The  Momis,  who  are  the  common  People  are  nnf  ,ll„„ 
ea  to  wear  their  Ears  ft  long  as  the  Na„-ef,  who  a  the 
PormeV      '  ^"^  ^l'™'d 

la  the  IK  Iniks  Colmbm  named  a  certain  Coaft  Ore« 
by  reafon  he  found  People  with  Holes  in  their  Ears  big  enoueh 
to  pals  an  Egg  thro  .  ^  ^'"ouj^n 

They  make  Holes  too, in  their  Lips  and  Noflrils,  and  hana 
"~ '  "''"=1'  is  alft  praffis'd  by  the  Mcxkam  and 


PENDANT,  m  Heraldry,  a  Term  applied  to  the  Parts 
hanging  down  from  the  Label,  to  the  NuSber  of  ,  4  ,  or 
eat  moll:  Thcfe  muii  be  fpecified  in  Blazoning,"  ihcn 
tnerc  are  more  than  three.  See  LauET.. 
_  Thcyrefemble  the  Drops  at  the  Bottoih  oFthe  TrisjvDhs 
in  the  Doric  Freeze.  -  * 

tif^^\^'f'"Tr'f"'  ""--h-r^^^  w'^^o^Beh^jr^i^T^f^i^™^^^ 

firlUodg  d  thefe  Gods  in  the  City  Lamnmm;         that  his      Pund.vnts    ^,  S  ,»     an_riawK.  c>ee  i'EA  i-her. 


Son  afterwards,  upon  building  the  City  tranf- 

kted  'em  thither  ;  but  that  they  return'd  twice  miracuioully  to 
Lavhimn.  The  fame  Author  adds,  that  in  Rome  is  iiill 
feen  a  dark  Temple,  fliaded  by  the  adjacent  Buildings,  where- 
in are  the  Images  oi  the  'frojan  Gods,  with  the  Infcripdon 
tDenas^  which  ligiiifies  'Penates.    See  Denates. 


holds  a  Lance.  I  have  feen,  adds  'J)ionyJiits^  feveral  other 
Statues  of  the  fame  Gods  in  ancient  TcDiples  3  who  all  ap- 
pear likc  young  Men  drefs'd  in  a  Habit  of  War. 

Varro  fetches  thefc  Teuates  from  Samothrace  to  'phrygic.^ 
to  be  afterwards  tranfported  by  JEiieas  into  Italy. 

Macrcbms^  who  relates  this  from  Varro,  adds,  that  they 
were  call'd  'Senates  from  the  Latin  Words  ^PtT  quoi  femtm 
^pTcmii^  which  feems  a  mere  Subtilty.  The  real  Etymolo- 
gy rauft  be  fought  in  the  'Phrygian,  not  the  Zalif?  Tonpue. 


among  Florifls,  a  Kind  of 


.  ,    Seeds,  grow- 

mg  on  Statnina,  or  Chives  ;  fuch  are  tbofc  m  the  middle  of 
1  nlips,  Lilhes,  f^c. 
P'-NDANTS  of  a  Ship,  are  of  two  Kinds. 

I.  Thole  long  Colours  or  Streamers,  cut  pointinrr  our  to- 
wards the  End,  and  there  divided  into  two  Parts,  anii  huna 

rr,   i-  ,  -    ,■  ,T     r  ■  r  Heads  of  the  Malls,  or  at  the  Yard-arm  Ends  pr? 

„  a  and  ufedfjrflrew,  and  fome'tii-nfs"t  dl" 

tinLtion  ot Squadrons.    See  Colour,  Flag,  (gc, 

II.  That  Ihort  Rope  is  called  a  'Pcu.-ijit,  which  atone 
End  IS  tadened  to  the  Head  of  the  Maft,  or  to  the  Yard  or 
to  the  Clew  of  the  Sail,  and  at  the  other  End,  hath  a  Block 
and  Shiver,  to  reeve  fome  running  Rope  into. 

Thus.the  Tai.iain  of  the  Tackle  is  madefaft  to  tlie  Head 
ol  tiie  Mall;  and  the  Tcn.imn  of  the  Eack-ftays  are  faflencd 
to,  and  hang  down  on  the  infide  of  the  Shrouds. 

D  /7       j-ir"     -n  ■  1     ^   ^  All  the  Yard-arms,  except  the  Miflen  have  of  thefe 'P,'?^- 

Rcfmm  diftinguinies   among  _;he  Tmates:   He  makes  dmts,  into  which  the  Bracks  are  reev'd. 


Order  of  'Pcvaffs  of  the  Heavens  ;  fuch  as  TiiUes 
in  the  Etherial  Region,  Jufiter  in  the  middle  Region, 
and  Jlim  in  the  lowelt;  ^Pemites  ofCines^  Senates  of  p-ivare 
Families ,  &c. 

So  that  in  effefl,  the  Dii  fienates  were  the  Guardian  or 
tutelary  Gods  ot  every  Thing.    See  God. 

Cicen,  in  Aiilus  Gelllus,  derives  the  Word  hence,  qmi pe- 
rns lies  nali  fmn.  Yet,  in  his  Book  lie  J&f.  jSeor.  he  fays 
'tis  form 'd  from 'Pf »'(.!,  Provifion;  or,  perhaps,  adds  he,  qmi 
penims  infident.    Others  fay,  qma  coiuuuir  tn  fenetralibiis. 

'Tis  a  popular  Qiieftion  among  the  Learned,  who  were  the 
Tenates  of  Rmmf  Some  fay  Fcfla,  otiiers  Neftunc  and  Jlpul- 
lo  ;  Vives  fays  Ccfior  and  'Pollux,  with  whom  agrees  Fofliiis, 
who  adds  that  the  Reafon  of  their  chufing  Cdfior  and  PoL 
Itlx  in  quality  of  Penates,  might  be  the  important  Service 
they  did  the  Romans  in  the  War  againft  the  Latins. 

Kor  are  Authorsmorc  unanimous  on  theSubjecf  of  the  Pc- 
fUltes,  which  JEneas  broughr  into  Italy,  Some  fay  they  were 
Neptune  and  Jpolh  who  built  the  Walls  of  j'ny  ;  others  7h- 
fiter,  Juno,  and  Miuer'ja ;  others  Ceelus  and  'I'em, 

PENCIL,  an  Inflrumcnt  ufed  by  Painters,  for  the  Applica- 
tion of  their  Colours.    See  Colour. 

There  are  Pencils  of  various  kinds,  and  made  of  various 
Matters;  The  moft  ufual  are  of  Badgers  and  Squirrels  Hair, 
thofe  of  Swans-down,  and  thofe  of  Boars  Eriftles  ;  which  kit 
are  bound  on  to  a  Stick  bigger,  or  lefs, 


PENDENTIVE,  in  Architeaure,  the  whole  Body  of  i 
Vault,  fufpended  out  of  the  Perpendicular  of  the  Walls,  and 
bearing  againft  the  Arc-boutants.    See  Vault. 

Daviler  defctibes  it  as  a  Portion  of  a  Vault  between  the 
Arches  of  a  Dome,  ufually  eiirich'd  with  Sculpture:  And 
Felibien,  as  the  Plain  of  the  Vault,  cont.iiu'd  between  the 
double  Arches,  the  forming  Arches  and  the  Ogives.  See 
Ogive. 

The  Pendenti-MS  are  ufually  of  Brick,  or  foft  Sioiie ;  but 
Care  mufl:  be  taken  that  the  Couches  or  Beds  of  Ma- 
fonry  be  always  laid  level,  and  in  right  Lines  proceeding  from 
the  Sweep  whence  the  Rife  is  taken. 

The  Joints  too  rnuft  be  made  as  f.iiall  as  poflible,  to  favo 
ihc  Ncccflity  of  filling  'em  up  with  Wood,  orof  ulinw  much 
Mortar.  " 

PENDULOUS,  ba-rging  do-xn ;  a  Name  Eotanifts  give 
to  thofe  Flowers  which  hang  downwards;  the  Stalk  not  bcino 
able  to  fufiain  'em  upright.    See  Flower.  "' 

PENDULUM,  in  Mechanicks,  any  heavy  Body  ft  fuf- 
pended as  that  it  may  vibrare,  or  fwing  backwards  and  for- 
wards, about  fome  fix'd  Point,  by  the  foree  of  Gravity.  See 

\  lERATlON. 

The  Vibrations,  or  alternate  Afcent  and  Defcent,  of  the  Pen- 
dulum, are  call'd  its  Ofcillatians.    Sec  Oscill.ition. 

The  Point  on  which  it  vibrates,  iscall'd  the  Centre  ot  Su''- 


SION. 

parallel  to 


they  are 
The  orhi 
Th. 

fies  the  fame  Thing.  The  Ancients,  M.  Felibien-  obferves,  had 
^PeHC/7j"  made  of  little  Pieces  of  Spunge;    whence  doubtlefs, 
the  Story  of  the  Painter,  who  not  able  to  exprefs  the  Foam 
of  a  Dog,  fucceeded  by  throwing  his  Spunge  at  the  Picture. 
PENciL-Ca/e.    See  Porte-Ctom. 

Pencil  o/ ilffj.j,  in  Opticks,  is  a  double  Cone  of  Rays 
joined  together  at  the  Baft;  one  of  which  hath  its  Vertex  in   and  univerfal  Meafure  of  L^ngths^r  the  moft  dife/it'Coun: 
foine  point  of  the  Objecl,  and  has  the  Glafs  G  L  J,  ^Tab  Op-   tries  and  Ages.    See  Me  i  s  ur  e 

ftmt  ri^r/bntTt'v^f    '  ^t'^"-  °"Tr!"'      ^"''^  ""^^      F"--?  Jibi-ation  being  once  found  preciftly  eqhal  to  a  fe- 
lame  Glais,  but  iK  Verrex  in  the  point  of  Convergence  ;  as  at   cond  of  Time  of  the  Suns  mean  Motion ;  if  a  g-  the  Horary 
»  r'^'tA^"'  ^7,  ,,  toot  (as  M.  iSgjeajcaUs  the  third  Part  of  his  fecond-ycK- 

i,.;™  I     /;3-^;^T    °f,^''y'-   and  the  Line  S/,C   ^'fe^O  compared  to  the  I»  St.indard  Foot,  be  as  39.  to- 
ts call  d  the  Jxis  of  that  Peneil.  ,50;  'twill  te  eafy,  by  Calculation,  to  reduce  all  the  other 
-J-iH^,  or  Ornament,  of  fome  precious   Meafures  of  the  World  to  thefe  Feet;  the  Lengths  of  PenJii- 


of  Ofcillation. 

TheVibrarions  of  a  Pendiaiiit,  are  all  Ifxhronal,  or  elFeaed 
in  fpaces  of  Time  perfeaiy  equal.    See  Isochronal. 

And  hence  the  Pendidum  becomes  the  molt  accurate  Chro- 
nometer, or  Inllrument  for  meafuring  Time,  in  the  V.'orid. 
See  Time  and  Chronometer. 

And  hence  alft  its  Vibrations  are  propofcdasan  invariable 


Matter,  wore  by  the  Ladies ;  hung  by  a  Hole  made  for  that  Imm,  reckon'dfrom  the  Point  ofSufpenfion,  to  theCentre  of 

purpoie  thro    the  Ear  ;  and  frequently  enriched  with  Dia-   the  Ball,  being  to  each  other.        '    "        —  •  - 
monds,  Pearls,  and  other  precious  Stones.  ^ 


,  as  the  Squares  of  the  I'ime; 

^vlierciu 


PEN 


(  77^  ) 


PEN 


v-licrein  the  feveral  Ofcillations  are  performM ;  nnd  therefore 
reciprocally  as  the  Squares  of  the  Numbers  of  Ofcillations 
pretorm'd  in  the  fame  Time. 

On  this  fame  Principle,  M.  Motmi,  Canon  of  /jl  W'S,  has  a 
pretty  Treatile,  As  jmnfiira  pojler/s  ri-dnj'mtteudi!. 

Mr.  Hllygens  lays  down  the  Length  of  a  'Peiidulnm  that 
ftiall  fwing  Seconds,  to  be  5  Feet,  ;  Inches,  and  2  Tcnihs  ol  an 
Inch  ;  according  to  Sir  7.  Mar's  Redutfion ;  uhich  agrees 
pcrfcftly  with  M.  Momon\  •Peiiduhtm  8  Inches  i  Tenth  long, 
to  Vibrate  152  times  inaMinute:  fothat  this  may  be  relied 
on  as  a  liire  Meafure. 

tlots,  the  Lengths  of  'Pendulums  are  ufullly  meafur'd  from 
the  Centre  of  Motion. 

The  Firft  who  obferv'd  this  noble  Property,  the  Jj'ockromfm  ot 
^euduUiliii,  and  made  Uie  thereol  in  mcafuring  Time,  Siur- 
mhls  tells  us,  was  Riccictm ;  after  him  Twho,  LniiS''""'h 
Wendslinl,  Me/J'-me,  Kinher  and  others  hit  on  the  fame 
Thing  ;  the'  without  any  Intimation  of  what  Riaiolus  had 
done. 

J£:\<!n-s  firft  applied  the  'pfudaliiia  to  Clocks.  See  Ten- 
duh-i'ic  Clock. 

•Fendulmus  are  either  or  Cmfomid. 

Pendulum,  is  that  conlilting  of  a  fingle  Weight,  as 
J,  coniidcr'd  as  a  Point  5  and  an  indexible  right  Line,  as  Jl C, 
confider'd  as  void  of  Gravity,  fufpended  on  a  Centre  C,  and 
voluble  about  it.  fTab.  Mechanicks  Fig.  ;(S;  e  r  \ 

Coriijnmid  Pendulum,  is  that  which  confifls  ot  jcveral 
Weights,  fo  fix'd  as  to  retain  the  fame  Dillanco  both  from 
one  another,  and  from  the  Centre  about  which  they  vibrate. 

'the  ^eBrine  and  i^i-ifi  0/  Pendulums. 

J  Tendiihmz  rats' d  to  S,  thro'  tie  Arcb  of  the  Circle  59  A  ; 
-dill  fell,  and  again  rife,  thro'  an  equal  Jrch,  to  a  •Ponil 
equally  high,  X)  ;  and  thence  fall  to  J,  and  again  ri^  'e  10  S  ; 
aid  thus  aintimie  rifing  and  falling  recifrocaUy,  for  ecf  r. 

lor  fuppofc  H/a  horizontal  Line,  and  SZ)  parallel 
thereto;  if^ the  Ball  which  wc  here  confidcr  as  a  Point  be 
rais'd  to  B ;  the  Line  of  Direction  S  //,  being  Perpendicu- 
lar from  the  Centre  of  Gravity  S  to  the  Horizontal  Line  HI, 
falls  without  the  'Bafe,  which  is  in  the  Point  C. 

The  Ball  therefore  cannot  refl,  but  muft  defcend.  Sec 
Descent. 

But  bcingretain'd  by  the  Thread  S  C,  from  falling  perpen- 
dicularly thro'  3  H;  it  will  fall  thro'  the  Arch  S  Con- 
fequently,  when  the  Centre  ot  Gravity  arrives  at  the  Bottom  j 
A  has  the  fame  force,  it  wou'd  have  acquired  in  falling  from 
K-  and  will  therefore  be  able  to  rife  equally  high  as  if  it 
had  i.e.  in  defcending  thro' the  firif  hall  of  its  Vibration,  it 
acquires  a  Velocity  by  the  continual  Acceleration  ot  its  Fall ; 
and  as  this  Velocity  is  always  proportionable  to  the  Height 
whence  it  falls,  as  being  in  fome  meafure  the  EiFjft  thereof  ; 
it  is  ftill  able  to  make  it  remount  to  the  fame  Height,  fup- 
pofing  according  to  the  Syllem  of  Galilee,  that  the  Veloci- 
ties arc  always  the  fquarc  Roots  of  the  Heights.    See  Acce- 


Since  then  the  Thread  prevents  the  Tendlllum  going  off 
in  the  Tangent  A  I,  it  muft  afcend  thro'  the  Arch  ^  25, 
equal  to  that  ^?3'.  .    j  i_  r  ir 

All  the  Force  therefore  which  it  had  acquired  by  tailing, 
hcineexhaullcd;  it  will  return  by  the  force  of  Gravity  ihro' 
the  lame  Arch  AD,  and  again  rife  from  AtoS  ;  and  thus 
for  ever.  <^  £.  2^'-    See  Gravity. 

Experience  confirms  this  Theorm ,  in  any  finite  Number 
of  Ofcillations;  but  if  they  be  fuppofed  infinitely  continued, 
there  will  arife  a  Difference.  For  the  Refiflcnce  of  the  Air, 
and  the  Friftion  about  the  Centre  C,  will  take  off  part  of  the 
Force  acquired  in  falling ;  whence  it  will  not  rife  precifely  to 
the  fame  Point  whence  it  fell. 

Thus  the  Afcent  continually  diminifhing;  the  Ofcillalion 
will  be  at  laft  flopp'd,  and  the  'Pendulum  hang  at  reft.  Sec 
Resistance  and  Friction. 

II  Jf  a  fimple  'Pendulum  he  ftiff  ended  liet'xeen  t'M  Seim-cy- 
ckid's  C  B  and  C  D.fTab  Mechanicks  Fig. ;  T)JVbo{e generating 
Circles  have  their  Hiameters  C  F  equal  to  half  the  length  of  the 
tflread  C  A  i  fo  as  the 'thread  in  Ofcillating  be  imimd  abcnlt 
'em  -  all  the  Ofcillations,  bciicener  tmequal  in  Sface,  •inill  he 
jfochronal,  or  ferforrn'd  in  equal  times;  even  in  a  rejifting 

Porfoce  the  Thread  of  the  'Pendulum  C  E,  is  wound  about 
the  Semi-cycloid  'B  C  ;  the  Centre  of  Gravity  of  the  Bait  E, 

hich  is  here  confider'd  as  a  Point,  by  its  £volution,  will 
deicribe  a  Cycloid  3  ^..^  25;  as  is  ihewn  from  the  Doc- 
trine of  Infinites;  but  all  Afcents  and  Defccnts  in  a  Cycloid 

re  Ifochronal,  or  equal  in  Time  :  Therefore  the  Ofcillations 
of  the  'Pendulum  are  alfo  equal  in  Time  ^  E.  D.    See  Cy- 

'^''Hmce  if  with  the  length  of  the  'Pendulum  CA,a.  Circle  be 
defcribed  from  the  Centre  C ;  fince  a  Portion  „f  ,he  Cycloid 
near  the  Vertex  A,  is  almoft  defcribed  by  the  fame  Motion; 
a  fniall  Arch  of  the  Circle  will  almoft  coincide  wiih  the 
Cycloid. 


In  little  -Arches  of  a  Circle,  therefore,  the  Ofcillations  of 
yf;/.'T.7/;//.:'j  will  be  Ifochronal  as  to  Senfe  ;  however,  unequal 
in  'emfelves  ;  and  their  Ratio  to  the  Time  of  perpendicular 
Defcent  thro'  half  the  length  of  the  'pendulum,  is  the  fame 
with  that  of  the  Circumference  of  a  Circle  to  its  Diameter. 

Hence  alfo,  the  longer  the  5^c?;.i'?//?///^^  are,  that  ofcillate  in 
Arches  of  a  Circle ;  the  more  Ofcillations  are  Ifochronal  5 
which  agrees  with  Experiment ;  for  in  two  'Pendulums  of 
equal  lengths,  but  ofciUaling  in  unequal  Arches,  provided 
neither  Arch  be  very  great,  you'll  fcarce  difiiern  any  inequa- 
lity in  an  hundred  Ofcillations. 

Hence  alfo,  we  have  a  Method  of  determining  the  Space 
which  a  heavy  Body,  falling  perpendicularly,  pailcs  over  in 
a  given  Time.  For  ihe  Rario  which  the  Time  of  one  Ofcilla- 
tion  has  to  the  Time  of  the  Fall  thro'  half  the  Length  of  the 
PendiuulU,  being  thus  had  ;  and  the  Time  wherein  the  feveral 
V^ibrations  of  any  given  Pendulum  being  found  ;  we  have  the 
Time  ot  the  Fall  thro'  half  the  length  of  the  Pendulum. 
And  hciwc  may  colled  the  Space  it  will  pafa  over  in  any 
other  "l>n)\ 

'I  he  whole  Eoflrine  of  Pendulums  ofcillating  between  two 
Semi  cycloids,  both  Theory  and  PratTtice,  we  owe  to  the 
great  Huygons  who  firft  publifli'd  the  fame  in  his  Herd. 
Ofcillau  r.  five  tUnienflratioiies  de  Jilotu  Pendnlornrn,  &c. 

III  the  MRion  of  Gravity  is  lefs  in  thofe  Parts  of  the 
Earth  -xhere  u^  e  Ofcillations  of  the  jams  Pendulum  are  fmver, 
and  gre<;ier  n-bere  they  arefsifter. 

For  the  Tr.ne  of  Ofcillation  in  a  Cycloid,  is  to  the  Time 
of  Perpendicular  Defcent  thro'  the  Diameter  of  the  generating 
Circle,  as  the  Periphery  of  the  Circle  to  the  Diameter. 

It  then,  the  Ofcillation  of  the  {Amc  Pendulum  be  flower; 
the  Perpendicular  Defcent  of  heavy  Bodies  islikewife  llower  ; 
I.  e.  the  Motion  is  lefs  accelerated,  or  the  Force  of  Gravity  is 
lefs;  and converfcly.    See  Gravity. 

Hence,  as  'tis  found  by  Experiment,  that  the  Ofcillations 
of  rhe  fame  Pendulum  arc  iiower  near  the  Equator,  than  in 
Places  lefs  remote  from  the  Pole ;  the  force  of  Gravity  is 
leis  towards  the  Equator  than  towards  the  Poles.  And  con- 
Icquentiy  the  Figure  of  the  Earth  is  not  a  juft  Sphere,  but 
aSpheroid.    See  Earth  and  Spheroid. 

This  M.  Rithicr  found  by  an  Experiment  made  in  the  If- 
land  Cayenna,  about  four  Degrees  from  the  Equator ;  where 
a  Pendulum  3  Foot,  8  Lines'";  long,  which  at  Paris  Vibrates 
feconds,  was  to  be  ftiorten'd  a  Line  and  a  Quarter  ro  reduce 
its  Vibrations  to  Seconds. 

M.  des  HayCi,  in  a  Voyage  to  America,  confirms  the  Ob- 
fervatioi!  of  Rici.  icr  ;  but  adds,  that  the  Diminution  eflab- 
lifli'd  by  that  ,\uthor,  appears  too  little. 

M.CoUj'llt  the  younger,  upon  his  return  from  a  Voyage  to 
Srafil  and  Portugal,  tails  in  with  Jit.  des  Hayes,  as  to  the  Ne- 
ccffit)  of  (I'.orteniug  the  Pendulum  towards  the  Equator  more 
than  i?;  hier  has  done.  He  obferv'd,  that  even  at  Lisbcu  the 
Penduwiil  which  beats  Seconds,  muft  be  two  LinesA 
fliorter  than  that  ot  Paris;  which  is  fliortcr  rhan  that  of  Ca- 
yenna, as  fix'd  by  Ricbier  ;  tho"  Cayenna  be  in  14  Degrees 
lefs  Latitude  than  ZiiioK.  . 

The  I  ruth  is,  this  Diminution  docs  not  proceed  regularly  : 
Mefs.  'Pict.rl  and  de  la  Hire,  found  the  Length  of  the  'Pes.itt- 
imn  which  beats  Seconds  exaaiy  the  fame  at  Sayonne,  at  'Pt^ 
ris,  and  at  Urcnisbourg  in  Hcnrnark ;  tho'  the  firft  be  in  43'* 
3  of  Latitude,  and  the  lafl  in  the  Latitude  55°  5'.  ^ 
'  Hence  M-  de  la  Hire  takes  occafion  to  fufpciS  that  tne  Di- 
minution is  only  Apparent;  and  that  E.  gr  the  Iron  Yard, 
wherewith  M.  Richicr  meafur'd  his  Pendulum,  might  be 
lengthen'd  by  the  great  Heats  of  the  Hie  of  Cayenna ;  not  the 
'Pendulum  Ihottcn'd  by  the  approach  towardsthe  Line. 

To  confirm  this,  he  tells  us  he  found,  by  very  careful  Expe- 
riments, that  an  Iron  Bar,  which  expofed  ro  rhc  Froft  was 
6  Foot  long;  was  lengthen'd  {  of  a  Line  by  the  Summer  s  Sun. 
See  Dilatation,  Heat,  Thermometer. 

IV  Jf  two  'Pendulums  vibrate  in  fimilar  Arches,  the  times 
of  the  Ofcillations  are  in  the  Stiiduflicate  Ratio  of  their 

Hence  the  Lengths  of  Pendulums  vibrating  in  fimilar  Arch- 
es, are  in  a  Duplicate  Ratio  of  the  Times  wherein  the  Ol- 
ciUations  are  perform 'd. 

V  the  T^umbers  rf  Jfcchronal  Ofcillations  ferfcrrA'd  in  the 
fame  time  by  fxo  Pendulums,  are  recifrocally  as  the  times 
ii'herein  the  feveral  Ofcillations  are perfcrm'd. 

Hence  the  Lengths  of  Pendultms  vibrating  in  fimilar  and 
fmall  Arches.are  in  the  Duplicate  Ratio  of  the  Numbers  of  Of- 
cillations perform'd  in  the  fame  Time,  but  reciprocally  taken. 

VI.  tlx  lengths  of  Pendulums  fiiff  ended  bepween  Cycloids 
are  in  a  ttuplicate  Ratio  of  tbetimes -wherein  the  feveral  Ofcil- 
lations are  ferfonn'd.  , 

And  hence  they  arc  in  a  Duplicate  Ratio  ot  th« 
Numbers  of  Ofcillations  pcrform-d  in  the  fame  Time,  tat  re- 
ciprocally taken  :  and  the  Times  of  Ofcillations  m  different 
Cycloids  are  in  a  Subduplicate  Ratio  of  the  Lengths  ot  the 
'Pendulmr.s. 


PEN 


(  777  ) 


PEN 


"  VII.  ^ofiniths  Length  of  a  "Pendtilmn,  ivhichpall  make  But  the  Difficulty '.yas  to  make  the  ^enMvm  defcribe 

unv  a^igu'd  Number  oj  Vibrations  in  any  given  T'nne.  .  Arches  of  a  Cycloid  ^  for,  naturally,  the 'i^e,v.-?',7/z;/;i  being  tied 

Let  the  Number  of  Vibrations  requir'd,  be  50  in  a  Min.  to  a  fix'd  Point,  can  only  defcribe  Arches  of  Circles  about  the 

and  the  Lcneth  of  the  String,  counted  from  the  Point  of  Suf-  fame. 

penfion,  to  the  Centre  of  Ofcillation,   or  round  Ball  at  the  Here  K -H^W^^  hit  on  a  Secret  which  all  the  World  is  now 

Bnd  of  it  be  requir'd  :  'Tis  a  fix'd  Rule  that  the  Leiigibs  of  tCr  of:  The  Iron  Rod  or  ^  Wiar  which  bears  the  Bob  at  Bct- 

'pendukims  are  to  each  other^as  the  Squares  of  tbeir  Vibrations  torn,  he  tied  a  Top  to  a  Silken  Thread,  placed  between  two 

and  Contrary^'oife    Now  'tis  agreed  that  a  'Peiiduhm  vibrat-  Cycloidal  Checks,  or  two  iitrle  Arches  of  a  Cycloid,  madeof 

ina  Seconds  (or  60  times  in  a  MinutcJ  is  39  Inches,  and     of  Metal.    Hence  the  Motion  ot  Vibration,  appiyir.g  inceffantly 

an  Inch;  fay  therefore  as  the  Square  of  50  (which  is  2500)  to  from  one  to  t'other  of  thole  Arches, the  Thread,  which  is  ex- 

the  Square  of  60,  (which  is  gSooj  fo  is  59,  2.  to  the  Length  tremely  flexible,  eafily  affumes  the  Figure  thcrcofi  and  by 

o<i  the  'Pendulum  requir'd;  which  will  be  found  to  be  56  In-  Means  hereof  tis  demonlirated,  that  the  Weight  fuipended 


the  other  End  of  the  Rod,  will  defcribe  a  juH  Arch  of  a 
Cycloid. 

This  is  doubtlefs  one  of  the  moft  ufeful  and  ingenious  In- 
ventions many  Ages  have  produced  ;  By  means  whereof,  we 
have  Clocks  which  won't  err  a  linglc  Second  in  fevcral  Days. 

'Tis  true,  the  yf?;.'7'i;//?/?»  is  lyable  to  its  Irregularities  5  how- 
minute  focvcr  they  may  bej  AI.de  la  Hire  thinks  there  is 


ches 

Isoie^  In  Praftice,  fince  the  ProduiSt  of  the  mean  Time,^ 
will  always  be  1411200  (that  is  the  Produil  of  the  Square  of 
60,  multiplied  by  59,  2.J  that  is  5500  -f-  39,  1.  you  need  on- 
ly divide  that  Number  by  the  Square  of  the  Number  of  Vi- 
bartions  aiTign'd  ;  and  the  C^otient  will  give  the  Length  of  a 
^Pendulum,  that  fliall  vibrate  juft  fo  many  times  in  a  Min. 

VII  T'he  length  of  a 'Pendulimi  being  k720-iV!!,Tofindthe  Nitm-  Itiii  room  to  improve  it. 
her  of  Vibratw/is  it  -.till  make  in  a  gimn  Time.  The  Silk  Thread  by  which  it  is  fufpended,  he  obferves 

This  being  the  Reverfeofthe  Former;  fay,  As  the  Length  /liorrens  in  moill  Weather,  and  lengthens  in  dry;  by  which 
given,  fuppofe  56, 4,  is  to  the  Length  of  the  Standard  ^endu-  nieans  the  Length  of  the  whole  Ten.iulum,  and  confeqiiently 

ium  fwinging  Seconds,  'oiz,.  59,  %  ;  lo  is  the  Square  of  the    '  -i-.t__   

Vibrations  of  the  Standard  Pevdulwn  in  the  given  Time,  -v. 
gr.  a  Minute,  to  the  Square  of  the  Vibrations  fought :  that 
is,  as  56:  4  :  39  =  ^'   Sf'-o  :  2500. 

And  the  Square  Root  of  2500,  will  be  50,  the  Number  of 
Vibrations  fought. 

But  for  Ufe,  here,  (as  in  the  former  Problem  Wou  need  on- 
ly divide  1411^00  by  the  Length  ;  and  it  gives  the  Square  of 
the  Vibrations;  as  there  you  divided  by  the  Square  of  the  Vi- 
brations, to  find  the  Length. 


On  thcfe  Principles,  Mr.  Derham  has  conllrufled  a  Table 
of  the  Vibrations  of  '^Pendulums  of  different  Lengths  in  the 
Space  of  a  Minute. 


the  times  of  the  Vibrations  arc  varied. 

To  obviate  this  Inconvenience,  M.  de  la  Hire,  in  lieu  of  a 
Silk  Thread,  ufed  a  little  fine  Spring  ;  which  was  notindeed 
fubjeft  to  Hiortcn  and  lengthen ;  but  which  he  teund  grew 
IHfter  in  cold  Weather,  and  made  its  Vibrations  faller  th;in 
in  warm. 

He  had  therefore  rccourfe  to  a  {liiV  Wiar  or  Rod,  Firm 
from  one  End  to  t'other.  Indeed,  by  this  means  he  renounced 
the  Advantages  of  the  Cycloid;  but  he  tound,  as  he  i'ays,  by 
Experience,  that  the  Vibrations  in  Arches  of  Circles  are  per- 
formed in  Times  as  equal,  provided  they  bcn't  of  too  great 
Extent,  as  thofe  in  Cycloids.  But  the  Experiments  of  Sir 
•y.  Moor  and  others,  h^ve  demonllratcd  ot  the  conirary. 

The  ordinary  Caufes  of  the  Irregularities  oh  'Pmduhms^ 
Mr.  Derham  afcribcsto  the  Alterations  in  the  Gravity,  and 
Temperature  of  the  Air;  which  increafe  and  diminilh  the 
Weioht  of  the  Ball,  and  by  that  means  make  the  Vibr.itions 
greater  and  lefs  :  An  Accelfion  of  Weight  in  the  Ball  being 
iound  by  Experiment  to  accelerate  the  Motion  of  the  Pen- 
dulum. 

A  Weight  of  Six  Pound  added  to  the  Ball,  Mr.  Derham 
found,  made  his  Clock  gain  15  Seconds  every  Day. 

A  general  Remedy  agLiinit  tbefe  Inconveniences  of  Pc7ldu- 
liirns^  is  to  make  'cm  long,  the  Bob  heavy,  and  to  vibrate 
but  a  little  way :  this  is  the  ufual  means  in  England  5  the  Cy- 
cloidel  Checks  being  generally  overlook'd. 

To  correal  the  Moticn  (f  Pendulum-  decks  ;  the  ufual  Me- 
thod is  to  fcrew  and  let  down  the  Bail  ;but  a  very  fmall  Alter- 
ation here  having  a  very  great  Eficfl  ;  Mr.  Derham  prefers 
Hiiygens's  Method,  which  is  to  have  a  fmall  Weight  or  Bob 
to  Hide  up  and  down  the  Rod  above  the  Ball,  which  is  to  be 
immoveable:  tho'  he  improves  on  the  Method,  and  recom- 
mends having  the  Ball  to  fcrew  up  and  down,  to  bring  the 
pendulum  near  its  Gage  ;  and  the  little  Bob  to  ferve  for  the 
nicer  Corre61:ions ,  as  the  Alteration  of  a  Second,  i^c. 

Mr.  llnrgtns  orders  rhe  Weight  of  this  little  Correflor  to  be 
equal  to  that  of  the  Wiar,  or  5  0'  of  that  of  the  great  Ball  -. 
He  adds  a  Table  of  the  Alterations,  the  fcvera!  flriihings  there- 
of will  occafion  in  the  Motion  of  the  pendulum  ;  Wherein  it 
is  obfervablc,  that  a  fmall  Alteration  towards  the  lower  End 
of  the  pendnhtm,  makes  as  great  an  Alteration  in  Time,  as 
a  greater  rifingor  falling  does  when  higher. 

Pendulum  Royal,  a  Name  given  among  us  to  a 
Clock  wbofe  pendulum  fwings  Seconds,  and  goes  eight 
Days  ;  {licwing  the  Hour,  Minutes,  and  Seconds.  See 
Clock. 

The  Numbers  of  fuch  a  Piece  are  thus  calculated  ;  firu  cait 
up  the  Seconds  in  11  Hours,  and  you  will  find  them  to  be 
43200—  12X  ^o~'  6c.  Thefwing  Wheel niufl  be  50  to  f^'ing 
60  Seconds  in  one  of  its  Revolutions :  Now  let  4  43200  ~ 
2i6cc,  be  divided  by  30,  and  you  will  have  720  in  the  Quo- 
tient, which  mufl:  be  broken  into  Quotients ;  the  firll-  of  them 
mull:  be  12  for  the  great  Wheel  which  moves  round  once  in 
Hnurs.    720  divided  by   12,   gives  60, 


Note,  Thefe  Laws,  £^c.  of  the  Motion  of  ^rndnh/ms,  will 
fcarce  hold  ilriflly,  unlefs  the  Thread  that  fuflains  the 
Ball,  be  void  of  Weight,  and  the  Gravity  of  the  whole 
Weight  be  collefted  in  a  Point. 

In  practice,  therefore,  a  very  fine  Thread,  and  a  fmall 
Ball,  but  of  a  very  heavy  Matter,  arc  to  be  ufed.  A  thick 
Thread,  and  a  bulky  Ball  difturb  the  Motion  ilrangely ;  for  in 
that  Caic,  the  P.'ndllkan,  o?  Simple,  becomes  compound  ;  it 
being  much  the  fame  as  if  feveral  Weights  were  applied  to 
the  lame  inflexible  Rod  in  fevcral  Places. 

The  Ufe  o^i  Pendulums  in  meafuring  Time  in  Aftronomi- 
cal  Obfervations,  and  on  other  Occafions  where  a  great  De- 
gree of  Precifenefs  is  requir'd  ;  is  too  obvious  to  need  a  De- 
fcription.  Either  the  Length  of  the  Pendulumm^y  be  adjutt- 
ed  before  its  Application,  and  made  to  vibrate  the  dciired 
Time,  1".  g.  Seconds,  half  Seconds,  ^c.  by  Article  VI,  or 
it  maybe  taken  at  Random,  and  the  Times  of  the  Vibra- 
tions afterwards  determined  from  Article  VIII. 

For  the  Ufe  of  the  Pendulum  in  meafuring  remote  in- 
acceflible  Diftances,  CP'f.  by  means  of  Sound,  ^c.  See  Sound. 

Pendulum  Clock,   a  Clock,   which  derives  its  Motion 
from  the  Vibration  of  a  ^ra;/7//f/w.  ,.,    ^  which  may  al'fo  be  conveniently  broken  into 

'Tis  controverted  between  G^to  and  which  of  .^.^  Quotients,  as  10  and  6,  or  5  and  12,  or  8 

the  the  two  firll  applied  the 'Pendulum  10  a  Clock;  y&r  ^/je  '     ^  v  —  . 

'Pretenfions  rf  each.    See  Clock, 

After  Huyg_ens.\\2.A  difcover'd  that  the  Vibrations  made  in 
Arches  of  a  Cycloid,  however,  unequal  they  were  in  extent, 
were  all  equal  in  Time;  he  foon  perceiv'd  that  a  Pendulum 
applied  to  a  Clock,  fo  as  to  make  it  defcribe  Arches  of  a  Cy- 
cloid, would  reflify  the  otherwife  unavoidable  Irregularities  Wheel  once  in  an  Hour,  to  fhew  the  Minutes  , 
of  the  Motion  of  the  Clock ;  fince,  tho*  the  feveral  Caufes  of  fwing  Wheel  once  in  a  Minute,  to  fhew  the  Seconds,  bee 
thofe  Irregularities  fliou'd  occafion  the  pendulupt  to  make  Movement  and  Clock-work. 

preater  or  lefs  Vibrations;  yet,  in  virtue  of  the  Cycloid,  it  PENECILLA,  in  Pharmacy,  Lozenge  made  round  by 
wou'd  fiill  make  'em  perfeaiy  equal ;  and  thus  the  Morion  of  r-lling ;  the  fame  as  T'^ru  liula ;  thus  call  d  trom  PeneciUus  a 
the  Clock  crovern'd  thereby,  wou'd  be  preferved  perfeflly   Pcnc  1,  which  it  refembics  in  fhape.  -     r  i  c  -n 

equable.  SeeCvcLOiD.  PENECILLUS,  among  Chirurgeons,  is  ulcd  tor  a  Tent, 

to  be  put  in  Wounds  or  Ulcers. 


8  ;  ptf  (  la 

8  J  6-4  f  8 

s ;  60  (  7  ^ 


two  Quo       ,  ... 
and  7  I  ;  which  lafl:  is  molt  convenient;  and 

if  you  take  all  vour  Pinnions  8,  the  Work  will    ■  ■    •  ■  — 

fland  thus.  5^ 

According  to  this  Computation,  the  great  Wheel  will  go 
about  once  in  12  Hours,  to  fhew   the   Hour;  the  fecond 

and  the 


See  Tent. 


^  M 


PENE-, 


PEN  (  778  )  PEN 

PEKETRATION,  the  Aaion  whereby  one  Thing  enters  pafiing  that  way;  whereby  the  Co^wrn  Cavertiofa  hecomc  d\C- 
another,  or  tukcs  up  the  fume  PJace,    See  Place.       _         icrulcd.    See  Erectores  Tems. 


''I'hc  School-men  define  '■J^e-detraticn,  the  Co-exiflence 
of  two  or  njore  Botlies  5  fo,  as  one  is  prefenr,  or  has 
its  Extenlion  in  the  fame  Place  as  the  other.  6ec  Existence 
and  Body.    Seealfo  Matter,  Solidity,  ii'vC. 

In  phjficks,  the  real  ^Tcmtration  cfBodieii^  held  abfurd, 
'%.  e.  ihat  two  todies  fliou'd  be  at  the  Time  in  the  lame  Place; 
accordingly  Iif'pimrabUity  is  laid  down  as  one  of  the  eficntial 
Properties  of  Matter.    See  Impenetraeility. 
lopularly 

Matter  of  one  Body's  being  admitted  into  the  Vacuity  of  ano- 
ther.   See  Vacuity,  Dimension. 


The  iaft  pair  ot  Miifclcs  are  the  I'rmifverfrJes  ^enis,  which 
vary  jn  various  Subje6^s,  and  are  fomenmcs  wanting:  Their 
Vic  is  to  dilate  that  Part  of  the  Cavernous  Body  of  the  Ure- 
thra, to  which  they  are  tailen'd.  See  Tr ansversales 
IP  evts. 

Tht'Penh  has  alfo  three  Glands,  firft  dircovcr'd  by  Mr. 
Co-xJ-er  5  thefe  all  empty  'emfelvcs  into  the  Umbra,  and 
^  trom  the  Tenacity  of  the  Liquor  they  fcperate,  are  call'd  riie 

What  we  popularly  call  '■l^cnetraricn,  only  amounts  to  the  Alucous  Gldndi.    See  Mucous  Gkn.i. 

.  „_  .,^.j.'„L,.:  -ir..,.;...  ^^^qJ^  Compages  of  the  'Pmn  is  invefJed  with  a  Ccl- 

lulofe  Membrane,  of  admirable  Texture  ;  which  again  is  co- 
Such  is        'Psmtrnt'im  of  Water  thro'  the  Subftance  of  ver'd  with  a  firm  nervous  Coat;  and  thar  with  a  6V//-;i7W  and 


Gold.    See  Wa-i 


,  GoEiJ,  ^c.    See  alio  Hardness. 


Ouh:  The  Duplicature  of  theC/.'^/i  un  the  GJans,  makes  the 


PENIDIUM,  in  Pharmacy,                   ;  a  Preparation  prepuce.    See  Preputiu__. 

of  Sugar,  made  by  boiling  it  up  with  a  Decodlion  ot  Barley,  h  is  tyed  to  the  lower  Part  of  the  GJans  by  a  Ligament, 

till  it  become  Brittle  5  which  done,  it  is  turn'd  out  upon  a  call'd  the SscFRmNUM.  ° 

Marble,  anointed  with  Oil  of  Sweet  Almonds,  kneaded  with  By  another  Ligament,  call'd  Sn^pev^iriiim^  the  'Penii'i^ 

the  Hands  like  pall  ;  and  while  yet  hot,  drawn  out  into  held  up  to  the                   See  Lioamentum  jiifpnjormi/t 


Sticks  twiftcd  like  Cords.    Sec  S_ugar 

ye^/zV/zJ  are  veiy  good  again!!:  Colds,  to  moderate  the  Acri- 
monies of  the  Erealt,  promote  Expcftoration,  ^C. 

Cr.  ^iivcy  ufes  the  term  'Penidimn^  for  a  kind  of  clarified 
Sugar,  with  a  Mixture  of  Starch,  made  up  into  Bolus's. 

PPININSULA,  in  Geography,  a  Portion,  or  Extent  of 
Land,  joining  tothe  Coniincnt  hy  a  narrow  >seck,  iftbmitSj 
the  rclt  encompaifed  with  Water.    Sec  Isthmus. 

Such  is^f/c/t7.'p/wj,  orthe  AVm,  JJrica,  ifc. 

'Pi'iiwfuin  is  the  lame  wiih  Cl.trjuiejns.  See  Cherso- 
K  E  s  u  s. 

I  hc  Word  is  compounded  of  the  Latin,  Tene,  znd  I/;fi/Ia ;  q. 
almoft  Ifland,  which  the  irm-y^  pertinently  enough  render 

PENIS,  in  Anatomy,  a  part  of  the  Body,  from  its  form, 
call'd  alfo  the  27/^  5  and  by  way  of  Eminence  the  Member^ 
or  'vmk  Monbtrzz  being  one  of  the  principal  Organs  of  Gene- 
ration in  the  Male  Kind.    See  Generation,  and  Male. 

It  isfallen'd  to  the  lower  Part  of  the  Os  'PilbiS^  and  the  up- 
per Part  of  ihe  Jjilkn  :  its  Body  confdls  of  the  two  CorJ-ora 
Vaz-ernvfa^  the  CorJ-m  Cavermpau  Unthree^  and  the  Urethra 
itfelf. 

The  Corl'orn  Crrjerwfa  of  the  Penis,  call'd  alio  CorJ^cr^r, 
J^ervofa  ^  SpOJ^giofi,  &c.  have  two  diUinil  Origins  in  the  Oj" 
Alibis  J  whence  they  proceed,  growing  both  m   bulk  and 


thickncfs,  till  they  meet  the  Cor} m  ca-ver?!ojmn-  oithe_Ure~  p^rts,  and  flopping  th( 


penis. 

The  Ufe  of  the  Penis  is  for  the  Evacuating  of  the  Seed 
and  Urine.    See  Seed  and  Urine. 

Indeed,  Dr.  ^Drnke,  trom  a  View  of  its  Structure,  thinks 
it  originally  intended  fur  the  former  only  ;  and  that  the  Con- 
veyance of  the  Urine  was  not  coniidcr'd  by  Nature  in  the 
Mcchanifm  of  this  Parr. 

He  adds  another  Ufe,  viz.  the  Incitement  to  the  propaga- 
tion of  the  Species. 

In  Ef^ieft,  without  fuch  an  Infirument,  tlie  Seed  of  the 
molt  perfect  Animals  cou'd  not  be  conve) 'd  tothe  Place  of 
Prolific  ation  ;  Add  to  this,that  an  A.itcrnaiion  of  Erection  and 
Flaccidity  is  abfolutely  necclTary  5  the  firll  for  the  Perfor- 
mance ot  its  Oifice,  the  fecond  tor  the  Security  of  the  Part. 

Without  an  Ereftion,  it  were  impoflible  to  emir  and  lodge 
the  Seed  where  it  ought  to  be  ;  and  with  a  conliant  one,  al- 
moft  as  impoifible  to  fecure  the  Part  from  Injuries ;  not  to 
mention  the  Lois  of  Inltigation,  v/hich  wou'd  be  the  Confe- 
qucnce  of conltant  Ere6fion.    See  Satyriasis,  ^r. 

The  Cmife  of  rbe  Jirctiion  of  the  Pmn  is  the  Blood  dif- 
tending  the  Cofoni  Cavcniofa  ;  as  is  evident  from  many  Ex- 
periments ;  among  the  reft,  from  tying  the  Penis  of  a  Dog  in 
CoilU,  in  which  nothing  is  found  but  Blood.  And  hence,  in 
the  Bodies  of  Criminals  ihat  hang  long  after  death,  the  Pe- 
nii  becomes  erected,  by  the  Blood's  falling  to  the  inferior 


ibrei -J  where  they  join;  leaving  an  Interftice  or  Channel  for  its 
Paflagealong  'em  j  and  thus  continue  their  Progrefs,  connec- 
ted tooethet  by  a  mcinbranous  Body  call'd  tlie  Septum,  and 
termiiiating  at  Icns'h  in  the  Glans.  See  Cavernosa  Cor- 
■pira  Pcp/s. 

The  Cavernous  Body  of  the  Urethra,  includes  the  Uretbr.2 
or  Urinary  Paflage.  its  form  contrary  to  that  of  the  other 
Cavernous  Bodies,  is  largeft  at  the  two  Extremes,  and  fmall- 
cft  in  the  Middle. 

That  Part  included  between  the  two  Origins  of  the  Caver- 
nous Bodies  of  the  Penis,  Mr.  Co-zvper  calls  the  Sulb  of  the 
Unlhra-.  Its  other  Extremity  being  dilated,  forms  the  Body 
call'd  the  Glnns.    See  Urethra,  Bulb  and  Glans. 

The  Penis  receives  Arteries  from  the  internal  Iliac  Branch- 
es, and  Umbilical  Arteries;  and  ihefe  at  Length  fubdividing 
into  innumerable  Branches,  from  the  capillary  Extremities 


The  Cavernous  Body  of  the  Urethra  is  ereiled  by  the  Muf- 
cvli  jiaeieratores^  embracing  the  Veins  of  its  Bulb.  See: 
Erection. 

PENITENCE,  Panitentia,  isfometimes  ufed  for  a  State 
of  Repentance,  and  fometimes  for  the  Aii  of  Repenting.  See 
Repentance. 

Penitence  is  alfo u fed  for  a  Difcipline  or  Piinifliment 
attending  Repentance,  more  ufually  call'd  Penance.  See 
Penance. 

Penitence,  is  alfo  the  Title  of  feveral  religious  Orders, 
confiding  of  converted  Debauchees,  and  reform 'd  Prottitutcsj 
orofPerfons  who  devote  'emfelves  to  the  Otiice  ot  reclaim- 
ing 'em. 

Of  this  latter  Kind  is  the  Order  of  ymVej^ce  of  St.  Jlf^rg- 
^rt/m,  eftablifli'd  about  the  Year  1272,  by  one  i^^erW;^,  a 
Cittizcn  of  Alarfeilles-^  who  devoted  himlelt  to  the  work 


thereof  ariie  fo  many  Veins;  in  whole  Chancis  are  Apertures  converting  the  Courtezans  of  that  City, 

correfpcnding  to  fo  many  Cells,  which  communicaring  with  Sen:^ri  was  fecondcd  by  feveral  others ;  who  making  a 

each  other,  empty  'emfelves  into  larger  Venous  dufls,  running  y^^^      Society,  were  at  length  erected  into  a  religious  Order 

on  the  fupcrior  Surface  of  the  pems  ;  feme  whereof  join  the  pop^  Jsicboias  III.  under  the  Rule  of  St.  A'pijli?;. 

Veins  of  the  Prepuce;  others  make  one  large  Trunk,  call'd  j:  (^ejvay  adds,  that  they  alfo  made  a  religious  Order  of 


Vena  Penis,  which  marching  on  the  Dcrfum  Penis  to  the 
Projfatie,  there  divides  and  enters  the  internal  Iliac  on  either 

The  penis  has  Nerves  from  a  Trunk  compofcd  of  a  Coal- 
cfcence  of  ihe  third  of  the  Os  Sncriim,  and  a  Branch  of  the 
preat  Crura! ;  I'hcfc  afcending  the  Cavernous  Bo:hcs,  expand 
'emfelves  o'er  the  upper  Surface  thereof,  and  are  thence 
diftributed  10  all  Parts  of  the  Penis. 

It  has  Lymph:edu£fs  very  numerous  on  its  SurQicc  under 
the  Skin,  which  difcharge  'emfelves  Into  the  GlandulLc  Ingui- 
nales.    See  Sehd  and  Urine. 

The  ^Pe?//5  has  two  pair  of  Mufcles,  and  an  odd  one;  the 
odd  Mufcle  is  call'd  ^fce/f ?■/?;■(:;/■  Urin(C  -.  its  upper  Part,  which 
covers  the  Bulb,  fcrves  to  flreighten  the  Veins  palling  thro' 
it  from  the  Corpus  Cavernofnm  of  the  Urethra,  and  thus 
hinders  the  Reflux  of  the  Blood  in  Ereflion  ;  and  by  repeat- 
ed Contractions,  drives  the  Blood  into  the  Bulb  towards  the 
Glans,  Its  Elongation  ferves  to  comprefs  the  Channel  of  the 
X/retbra  and  to  force  out  the  contaiu'd  Seed  or  Urine.  See 
Accelerator  Uine. 

The  firft  pair  of  Mufcles  is  call  d  the  EreEfores  Penis.  By 


the  Penitents,  or  Women  they  converted,  giving  'em  the  fame 
Rules  and  Obfervances  which  they  themielvea  kept. 

The  Congregation  of  penitence  of  the  Magdalen  Paris, 
owed  its  Rife  to  the  preaching  of  p.  Tifferan,  a  Francifcan  ; 
who  converted  a  great  Number  of  Courtezans  about  tha 
Year  1492. 

Lcnis,  Duke  Orleans,  gave  'em  his  Houfc  for  a  Monaf- 
tery ;  or  rather,  as  appears  by  their  Conltitutions,  Charles  VIII. 
pave  'em  the  Hotel,  call'd  Bochaigne^  whence  they  were  re- 
moved to  St.  George's  Chapei  in  15  72.  By  Virtue  of  a  Brief 
of  Pope  Jlexandcr^  Simon,  Bifhop  oi' Paris,  in  1497,  drew 
'cm  up  a  Body  of  Statutes,  and  gave  'em  the  Rule  of  St. 
j^iigitjlin. 

To  qualify  a  Woman  for  Adiniflion,  it  was  required  that 
fliehad  committed  the  Sin  of  the  Flelli  :  None  were  admit- 
ted above  55  Tears  of  Age. 

Till  the  Beginning  of  the  lafl  Century,  none  but  Penitents 
were  admitted  ;  but  fince  its  Reformation  by  Mary  Jllveptin^ 
in  1616,  none  have  been  admitted  but  Maids;  who,  how- 
ever,itill  retain  theancientName  Penitents.  See  Penitents. 

Penitents,  are  certain  peculiar  Friaries,  or  Societies  of 
Pcrfons  who  afTemble  together  for  Prayers,  make  Proceffions 
'    ~ '  '    ■  'em- 


their  Ailion  the  Penis  is  fulfain'd,  and  drawn  towards  thi  wi.u  - 

;  and  by  the  AlTiftance  of  th  ■  fufpenfory  Ligament  of  baJg^'footeT their  Faces  cover'd  with  Linnen,  and  give 
the  Penis,  this  Vena  Penis  is  applied  to  the  tranfverfe  Legi-  £>g.  Difcipline. 
>went  of  the  Offa.  PuhiSy  and  the  refluent^Bleod  hinder 'd  frgm  ^ 


There 


PEN 


There  "are  icDite  'Penitents  in  Italy,  at  Juignon,  and  at 
I,yms :  There  are  alio  blue  Tenitmts,  and  black  Temtents, 
wflich  lafl  affiit  Criminals  at  their  Death,  and  give  'em 
Burial. 

MMlhnKWiws,  that  at  TfOTK  there  are  a  Set  of  "PotVebK 
kept  in  pay,  to  walk  thro'  the  Streets  in  Proceffion,  cut  their 
Shoulders  with  Whips,  ^c. 

Penitents,  orCmmrtsof  thcNmnecf  Jefiis,  a  Congre- 
gation of  Religious  in  Sevil  ^  confiiling  of  Women,  who  have 
red  a  licentious  Lite  ;  founded  in  1550. 

'Ihis  Monailery  is  divided  into  three  Quarters  ;  one  for  pro- 
fefs'd  Religious  5  another  for  Novices  5  a  third  for  thofe  un- 
der Correction. 


C  779  ) 


PEN 


Healfo  reducM  the  Weight  of  the  ymi-  to  a  Standard, 
ordering  that  itlhou'd  weifh  3,  r,,-  f  ivi.  . 
of  the  Middleof  the  EaT.^  ' 

^  This  Tenny  was  call'd  the  'Penny  Sterling.    See  SxEa- 
Twenty  of  thefe  Pence  were  to  weigh  an  Ounce  •  whence 
™'  '  "^"S*"-'^       -a  Coin    See  Penn" 
Ihe  Sterling,  isnow  nigh  difufed  as  a  Cc^n,  and 

karce  iubfi  ts,  but  as  a  Money  ot  Account  =  comaiiiina  tlie 
r.th  Partola  Shilling  See  SHtlEtNo.  Ordtctri  ufd  d 
and  fortieth  Partot  a  Pound.    See  Podnd. 

The  Courfe  of  Exchange  between  England  and  Fran, 


When  thete  kft  give  Signs  o^a  real  Repentance. .  they  are  ftttled  on  V;^^''^:;^^,^^:^^^!^,:^ 


Crown  of  three  Livres. 
The  French  P^nny 


removed  into  the  Qiiarter  ofthe  Novices;  where,if  they  don't 
behave  'cmfelves  well,  they  are  remanded  to  their  Correilion. 
They  obferve  the  Rule  ot"  St.  Ailgiijlui. 

Penitents  of  OrJiera,  are  an  Order  of  Nuns,  inftituted 
by  Anthony  Sumncelli^  a  Gentleman  oF  Orviera. 

The  Monattery  he  buiit,  was  at  fird:  delUned  for  the  Re- 
ception of  poor  Girls,  abandoned  by  their  Parents,  and  in 
diinger  of  lufing  their  Virtue.  _ 
In  itffiz,  it  was  crefled  into  a  Monaftery  for  the  Reception   tt^^Ta'm-d'^"^  twenty  'J>ataris  the  Plor.n.    See  Florin. 
otfuch  as  having  abandoned  emfelves  to  the  Fleft,  were  will-  Hambmrg,  Nnrcuberg,  &c.  the  'Penin  of  Accomtt ,  is 

ing  to  tike  up  and  conlecrate  emlelves  to  God  by  folemn   put  equal  to  the  f™e*  y^'OTj.  Eight  of 'em  make 

^°rK>  ,V'7\K-"'="''''«°f 'he&r^fafj  theAm«;  and  So  the  W,  of  thofe  Citres;  and  00  the 

1  hcfe  Religious  have  tnis  in  peculiar,  that  they  undergo  no   French  Crown,  or  4 1.  6d.  Sterli?.v 
Koviciate.  All  they  require  is,  that  they  continue  a  few  Months      PiiNNY-^/^?/jr/;f  a  ^rr^  W^eipiit 
in  the  Monatlcry  in  a  fccular  Habit;  after  which  they  are   each  Grain  weighing  a  Grain  ot'Wh 


See  Exchange. 
.  cr'Uenier,  is  ofiwo  Kinds ;  the  yjj- 
ns  'Penny,  call'd  -Denier  'Pan/is  ;  and  the  Penny  of  'Tours 
Denier 'J otmiois.  SeeDiNiER. 

The  'Dutch  Penny,  call'd  Peuing,  is  a  real  Money,  worth 
about  one  fifth  more  than  the  French  Penny  ■fmirnoii. 

'ChcPcnm  is  alfo  ufed  as  a  Money  of  Account,  in  keeping 
ijooks  by  Pounds,  Ftmns  and  PatardSi  twelve  Penins  mako 


containing  24  Grains  ; 

.       o  -  o  -   —  ...  Wheat  gathcr'd  out  of  the 

Middle  of  the  Ear,  well  dried.    See  Weight  andGR.iiK. 

1  wenty  of  ihefe  Peuny--jje:ghts  make  an  Ounce  'I'roy.  See 
Ounce. 

A  Peuny-seight  of  Gold  Bullion  Standard,  i:  worth  four 
Shillings  ;  andot  Silver  Bullion,  Three-pence.  See  Gold  and 
Silver. 


admitted  to  the  Vows. 

PENITENTIAL,  PENITENTIATE,  an  Ecclefiaflical 
Book,  recain'd  among  t\\ts  Roman ijts  wherein  is  prcfcribed 
what  relates  to  the  Impofition  of  'Penance,  and  the  Reconci- 
liation ot  Penitents.  Sec  Pen.vnce  and  Penitent. 

In  the  Capitularies  ot  Cbarlenzaign,  thcPriefisare  enjoin'd 
to  lludy  well  their  Penilennal.  a,    ■      •  ,        The  Name  took  its  rife  hence,  that  this  was  ac=lually  the 

Ihereare  various  Penilemials ;  the  Roman  Penitential;  Weight  of  one  of  our  ancient  Silver  (Pemiej.    See  PennI 

"  PENNv-yo/.    See  Pentty-Vo^y. 

PENS  A  Libra,  in  our  ancient  Culloms,  a  Pound  of  .Money 
paid  by  Weight,  not  by  Tale.    See  Pound  and  Libr.i. 
PENSION,  a  yearly  Appointment,  or  Sum  of  Money  paid 


that  of  Venerable  'Bede  ,  that  of  Pofe  Gregory  III.  i^c. 

PENITENCIARI:  ,  an  Office,  or  Tribunal  in  the  Court 
of  Rome  ;  wherein  are  examined  and  deliver 'd  out  the  fecrct 
Bulls,  Graces,  or  Difpenfations  relating  to  Confcicnce,  Con- 
fchion,  i^c.    See  Bull,  £5c. 

The  Expeditions  of  the  Penitentiary  are  feal'd  up  with  red 
^^^^u'v?^.''^,"'>        '  r°      Confeflbrs.        ^  That  which  in  the  two  Temples  is  call'd  a  Parliament, 

PENNAIA/a//«,  '^'inged  Lea'jes;c,rnoc^^<^  Botan4s,^rt  mi  £mcoln's-Jnn    Council,  h  if,  Gray's^Tnn  termed  a 
fach  Leaves  ot  Plants,  as  grow  directly  one  againft  another,  on  Jlon  ;  that  is,  an  ACfembly  ofth:  Members  of  the  Society 


any  one  for  Services,  or  Coiifiderations  alreatiy  t 
sionarv. 


SeePi 


Walnut  Trees,  ^c. 


the  flime  Rib,  or  Stalk  as  :  thofe  of  Afb, 
See  Leaves,  Plant,  ^c. 

Penitentiary,  isalfoan  Officer,  or  Dignitary  in  fome 
Carhedrals,  veiled  with  Power  from  the  Eiuiop  to  abfolve 
Cafes  referv'd  to  him  5  on  which  Account  he  is  call'd  the 
'JJipofs  Ear. 

In  fome  Places  there  is  a  Grand  'J'evjicnciry,  and  a  Snh- 
^mhmiiary.  JmJUJms  fays,  that  Pope  SimpUmis  chafe 
fome  among  rhe  liomau  Priefts  to  prefide  over  'Penances.  At 
prefcnt  the  Pope  has  his  Grand  Penitentiary ;  who  is  a  Car- 
dinal, and  the  Chief  of  the  other  'Penitentiary  Priefls  eliab- 
lilh'd  in  the  Patriarchal  Churches  of  Rome,  who  confult  him 
in  diScult  Cafes. 

He  prefides  in  the  Penitentiary,  difpatehes  Difpenfations, 
Abfoliitions,  ^c.  and  has  under  him  a  Regent,  and  twenty  four 
Pro61:ors  or  Advocates  of  the  facred  penitentiary. 

PENNON,  a  Standard  with  a  long  Tail;  antiently  belong- 
ing to  a  fimple  Gentleman  ;  properly  us'd  as  a  Guidon  to 
place  over  a  Tent.    See  Guidon,  ^c. 

It  is  oppos'd  to  the  'Banner^  which  was  fquare  ;  and  hence, 
when  any  one  was  to  be  made  a  Banneret,  the  Ceremony  con - 
illied  in  Cutting  oft' rhe  Tail  of  his  pennon^  and  thus  con- 
verting it  into  a  'Banner,  SeeBANNER,  or  Banneret. 

The  word  conies  {rom  the  Latiii^  Panniis,  Cloath. 

PENNY,  or  PEN  Y,  in  Commerce,  an  ancient  Englip  Coin, 


See  Parliament, 


to  confuk  of  the  A&irs  of  the  Houfe. 

Penfioin,  are  alfo  certain  annual  Payments  of  each  Mem- 
ber to  the  Houfe,  for  certain  Occafions. 

When  a  PenJlm-JVrit  is  iffued,  none  fucd  thereby  in  th? 
Innsot  Court,  mall  be  difcharged,  or  permitted  to  come  into 
Commons,  till  all  Duties  be  paid. 

Hence  a  penfion^Order  in  rhe  fame  Inn,  is  a  peremptory 
Order  againlt  fuch  of  the  Society  as  are  in  Arrcarfor  Penjions^ 
and  other  Duties. 

PENSIONARY,  or  PENSIONER,  a  Perfon  who  has  a 
?'e;{/;o;,',  Appointment,  or  yearly  Sum,  payable  during  Life,  by 
way  of  Acknowledgement;  charg'd  on  the  Ellate  of  a  Prince, 
Company,  particidar  Perfon,  ^c. 

In  the  Koraijh  Countries,  'tis  frequent  to  have  PenJionS  on 
SiCniflccs :  Thefe  were  antiently  granted  with  a  great  deal  of 
Eafe,  under  pretence  of  Infirmities,  Poverty,  ^c.  But  fince 
the  XII.  Century,  thefe  Pretences  were  carried  fo  tar,  that 
the  Incumbents,  or  Titularies  ot  Benefices  were  little  more 
than  Farmers. 

This  oblig'd  the  fpiritual  Powers  to  fix  the  Caufes,  and  the 
quantities  of -pCf/yzw;!.  Pen/ions  are  now  only  creatable  by  the 
Pope  5  and  are  never  to  exceed  one  third  of  the  Revenue;  two 
thirds  being  ftill  to  remain  to  the  Incumbent. 

Pensionary,  is  alfo  the  fird  Miniilcr  of  the  States  of  the 


which  had  formerly  confiderable  Courfe  ;  but  is  now  generally   Province  of  Holland.    See  State 


dwindled  into  an  imaginary  Money,  or  Mony  of  Account.  See 
MoNY  and  Coin. 

The  ancient  Englip  Penny.,  Penigot  Pening.,  isthefirfl: 
Silver  Coin  llruck  in  Eiigland-^  nay,  and  the  only  one  Cur- 
rent among  our  Saxon  Anceflors,  as  is  agreed  by  Cambden 
SJ-elman,  Dr.  Hicks,  &c. 

Hence,  Peny,  in  ancient  Statutes,  t^jC.  Is  ufed  for  all 
Silver  Money.  Cambden  derives  the  Word  from  the  Latin, 
Pecimia^  Money,  in  rhe  general ;  and  hence  the  H^nrd-Peny^ 
^■ver-feny,  Hundred-peny,  P'ithing-'peny,  and  Brothal-peny. 

The  Pe72vy  was  equal  in  Weight  to  our  Three-/e;/("£";  five   States ;  and 
of  'em  made  one  Stilling,  or  Selling  Saxon  j  thirty  a  Mark   United  Provinces. 

ovMancufe,  equal  to  our  7  j.  6d..  See  Marh,  Mancuse  His  Commiffion  is  only  given  for  five  Tears;  after  whicK 
^^.„  ,    rr-       r  T^.  1  r  m,    ^  „  *tis  deliberated  whcther  or  no  it  /hall  be  renew'd.  Indeed, 

Tdl  the  Tinie  of  Kmg  Edzvar.i  I.  The  penny  was  flruck   there  is  no  Inftance  of  its  having  been  revoked.    Death  only 
with  a  Crols  lo  deeply  mdented  m  if,  that  it  might  becafily    puts  a  Period  to  the  Functions  of  this  important  Minifter. 
broke,  and  parted,  on  occafion,  mto  two  parts ;  thence  call'd       Formerly,  he  was  call'd  the  Mvccate  cf  the  Province :  The 
Halj -penny  s or  mto  iour,  thence  call'd  Foitrthingi,  ot  Far-  Title  Penfwimry  was  onlv  eiven  at  the  Time  SamveldUd 
thmgs.    See  .Farthing.  (j^g  Office. 

But  that  Prince  coin'd  it  without  Indenture  j  in  lieu  of 
which  he  firftftruck  round  Uftlf-peme  and  Farthings,  Qfotini 


The  Penfionary  is  Chairman  in  Aflemblies  of  the  States  of 
that  Province  5  he  propofes  the  Marters  to  be  confulted  on, 
collefls  the  Votes,  forms  and  pronounces  the  Refolutions  of 
the  States,  opens  Letters,  confers  with  foreign  Minifters,  ^,c. 

He  is  charg'd  with  infpeiting  the  Finances,  preferving  the 
Rights  of  the  Province,  maintaining  the  Authority  of  the 
States,  and  feeing  to  the  Obfcrvation  of  Laws,  ^c.  for  th« 
good  of  the  State. 

He  affiiis  in  the  College  of  Depnty-Councellors  of  the  Pro- 
vince, who  reprefei^t  the  Sovcraignty  in  the  Abfence  of  the 
States;  and  is  perpetual  Deputy  of  the  States  General  of  the 


PEN 


(  780) 


PEN 


Grotkn  calls  him  in  Lnt'w,  J^pJJbr  ^mfj>eriws;  Merul^t,  M~ 
meatus  Getieriilis;  Math^-us,  ProfcHbr  ac  Xc/V^e"??,  Covfihamis 
^Eujionariiis  j  which  is  the  Quality  the  States  give  him  in  their 
JnJIruments. 

Pensionary,  is  alfo  the  firlt  Miniilcr  of  the  Regency  of 
each  City,  in  the  Province  diUotiand.    See  Province. 

His  CJiiice  is  to  give  his  Advice  in  Matters  relating  to  the 
Government,  either  of  the  City  in  particular,  or  of  the  State 
in  General ;  and  in  Aflemblies  of  the  States  of  the  Province  is 
Speaker  in  behalf  of  his  City.  _  _ 

let  the  Fmidfions  of  thefe  Tenfionarm  is  not  alike  every 
where':  In  fome  Cities  they  only  give  their  Advice  5  and  are 
never  found  in  Aifemblies  of  the  Magillrates,  except  when 
exprefly  call'd  thither:  1 11  others  they  attend  conflantly;  and 
in  others  they  even  make  the  Propofitions  on  the  Part  of  the 
Eourouer  Matters,  draw  up  their  Conclufions,  ^c. 

They  are  call'd  Tsnfmiaries^  becaufe  they  receive  an  Ap- 
pointment or  ^ev[mii.  -n     ,    r  ,  .  r 

Gtvtkmm-V'^^^x^^'^'^^-,  a  Band  ot  Ocntiemen,  whole 
Bufinefs  is  to  Guard  the  King's  Perfon  in  hisownHoufej 
and  who  for  that  End  wait  in  the  prefence  Chamber. 

They  were  firil  let  on  Toot  by  K.  H€my  VII.  The  Num- 
ber is  Forty  5  and  each  obliged  to  keep  three  double  Horfcs 
and  a  Servant,  who  is  to  be  arm'd :  fo  that  they  properly 
make  a  Troop  of  Guards;  and  have  accordingly  been  mul- 
ter'd  by  their  own  Officers  :  but  this  part  of  Duty,  to  which 
ihey  are  fwore,  the  King  ufually  difpenfcs  with. 

Their  Officers  are  a  Captai.!,  Lieutenant,  Standard-bearer, 
and  Clerk  of  the  Cheque.  ^  ,    ^  1 

Their  ordinary  Arms  are  guilt  Polc-Axes,  with  which  they 
attend  the  King  to  and  Irom  the  Chapel  Royal  ;  receiving 
him  in  the  Prefence  Chamber,  or  coming  out  of  his  private 
Lodging;  as  alfo  at  all  great  Solemnities.  'Penfion 
10^  L  })ir  Ammm.  _  ^   1  r  n  ■  i. 

PENTACHORD,  an  ancient  mulical  Inltrument,  with 
five  Strings;  whence  the  Name,  of  wim,  five,  and  X'^"'^'* 
Chord  ,S(rmg.  _       ,  .  ,  „ 

The  Invention  of  the  pentachord  is  referr  d  to  the  Scytlmni: 
The  Strings  were  of  Bullocks  Leather,  and  were  Ihuck  with 
a  'Pktimyi  made  of  Goats  Florn. 

PENTACROSTICK,  a  Set  or  Scries  of  Verfes  fo  dif- 


s'd  as  that  there  are  always  found  five  AcrolHcks  ot  the 


faine  Kame,  in  five  Divifions  of  each  Verfe.  See  Acrostic. 

PENTAGON,,  in  Geometry,  a  Figure  with  five  Sides, 
and  five  Angles ;  whence  its  Name ;  from  the  Greek  nmy  irt ! 
0ui,igiiatgnlus.  SccPolycon. 

If  the  five  Sides  be  equal,  the  Angles  are  fo  too  ;  and  the 
Figure  is  call'd  a  resalar  'Pentegon :  As  Eg.  47-  Tab.  Geo- 

"  Moa  Cittadcls  arc  regular  tpeimgcm.    Sec  Cittadei. 

The  moft  confidcrable  Property  ot  a  Ventagan  is,  that  one 
of  its  Sides,  v.g.  'DE,  is  equal  in  Power  to  the  Sides  ot  a 
HexeW!  and  a  Xecagaii  inliribed  in  the  fame  Circle  A  JiC 
D  it:  that  is,  the  Square  of  the  Side  S  £  is  equal  to  the 
Sum  ofthe  Squares  of  the  Sides  iO<!  and  a*. 
cpaftUi  has  alfo  dcmonllrated  that  twelve  regular  'PenUgom 
contain  more  than  twenty  Triangles  infcribed  in  the  fame 
Circle    Lib.  j.prob. 45. 

The'DodecalMimi,  which  is  the  fourth  regular  Body,  con- 
fiflsof  twelve  yoiMgOBS.    See  Dodecahedron. 

'PnWion  cr  TerQeShe  oj  a  Pentagon.   See  Per- 

'^'pENTAGRAPH,  an  Inftrument  whereby  Dcligns , 
Prints  £?c.  "f  any  Kind,  may  be  copied  in  any  Pro- 
portion ;  without  a  Pcrfon's  being  skill'd  m  drawing.  See  De- 
sign  Reduction,  £^c. 

The  Inftrument  is  other.wife  call'd  a  •Parallekgram.  See 
Parallelogram.  t-.   ^  > 

The  common  Pcmgrafll  (reprefented  Tab.j1///"«/fow  F.g.t;.) 
confifls  of  four  Erafs  or  Wooden  Rulers,  two  of  em  from  15 
to  18  Inches  long,  the  other  two  hall  that  length.  At  the 
Ends  and  in  the  Middle  of  the  longer  Rulers,  as  alfo  at  the 
Ends'of  the  tliorter  are  Holes;  upon  the  exaft  fixing  whercot 
the  Perfcaion  of  the  Inftrument  chiefly  depends.  Thole  in 
the  Middle  of  the  long  Rulers  arc  to  be  at  the  fame  diftance 
from  thofeat  the  endsV  the  long  ones,  and  thotb  of  the  ftiort 
ones  ;  fo  that  when  put  together  they  may  always  make  a 
cptraUehgrmn.  r  i   r      1  v..i 

The  Inftrument  is  fitted  together  for  iilc,  by  leveral  little 
Pieces  particularly.a  hitlc  Pillar,  Fig.  i.  having  at  one  End  a 
Screw 'aSd  Nut,  whereby  the  two  long  Rulers  are  joined ;  and 
at  the  other  a  little  Knot  for  the  Inftrument  to  Aide  on.  The 
Piece  1  is  a  Rivet  with  a  Screw  and  Nut,  wherewith  each 
Iliort  Ruler  is  faften'd  to  the  Middle  of  each  long  one.  ^  The 
Piece  -  is  a  Pf'ar,  one  E"''  whereof  being  hoUow'd  into  a 
Screw  has  a  Nut  to  fit  it. 

At  the  other  End  is  a  Worm  to  fcrew  into  the  Tabic  :  when 
the  Inflrument  is  to  be  ufcd,  it  joins  the  Ends  of  the  two 
ftort  Rulers.  The  Piece  4  is  a  Pen,  Portecraion,  or  Pencil, 
fcrew'd  into  a  little  Pillar.   mh\  5  is  a  Brafs- 

point,  moderately  blunt,  fcrew  d  hkewifo  into  a  littls 
.Pillar. 


Vfe  of  the  PENTAGRJPH  or  Parallelogram. 

1.  To  Copy  a  Defign  in  the  fame  Scale  or  Eignefs  as  the 
Original :  Screw  the  Worm  3  into  the  Table  5  lay  a  Paper 
under  the  Pencil 4,  and  the  Defign  under  the  Point  5.  This 
done,  conducting  the  Point  over  the  feveral  Lines  and  Parts 
of  the  Deiign,  the  Pencil  will  draw  or  repeat  the  fame  on  the 
Paper. 

2.  If  the  Defign  be  to  be  reduced  E.  gr.  into  half  the 
Space;  the  Worm  muff  be  placed  at  the  End  of  the  long 
Ruler  4;  and  the  Paper  and  Pencil  in  the  Middle,  in  this_ 
Situation  conduit  the  Erafs-point  over  the  feveral  Lines  ot 
the  Defign  as  before  ;  and  the  Pencil  at  the  fame  Time  will 
draw  its  Copy  in  the  Proportion  required ;  the  Pencil  here 
only  moving  half  the  Lengths  that  the  Point  moves. 

ticnce,  on  the  contrary,  if  the  Defign  be  to  be  enlarged  by 
one  half.  The  Erafs-point,  with  theDclign,  muft  be  placed  in 
the  Middle,  at  Fig.  5.  the  Pencil  and  Paper  at  the  End  of  the 
long  Ruler,  and  the  Worm  at  the  other. 

3.  To  enlarge  or  reduce  in  other  Proportions,  there  are 
Holes  drill'd  at  equal  Diltances  on  each  Ruler,  vrz.  all  along 
the  fhort  ones,  and  halfway  the  long  ones  ;  in  otder  for  plac- 
ing the  Erafs  Point,  Pencil,  and  Worm  in  a  right  Line  therein; 
i.  e.  if  the  Piece  carrying  the  Point  be  put  in  the  third  Hole, 
the  two  othet  Pieces  muft  be  put  each  in  its  ihird  Hole. 

If  then,  the  Point  and  Defign  be  placed  at  any  Hole  of  the_ 
great  Rulers,  and  the  Pencil  with  the  Paper  at  any  Hole  ot 
the  Hiort  Ruler,  which  forms  the  Angle  therewith  ;  the  Copy 
will  be  lefs  than  half  the  Original.  On  thecontrary,  it  it  be  - 
placed  at  one  of  the  Holes  ot  ihatlliorr  Ruler,  which  is  pa- 
rallel to  the  long  Ruler,  the  Copy  will  be  greater  than  halt 
the  Original. 

The  Conftru£tion  of  this  Inltrument  requires  a  Degree  ot 
Accuracy,  which  moft  of  our  Inflrument  Makers  arc  Strangers 
to  ■  for  which  reafon  there  are  very  few  of  the  Infiruments  that 
fucceed.  Few  will  do  any  Thing  tolerably  but  ftraight 
Lines ;  and  many  of  'em  not  thofe. 

PENTAMETER,  in  Poetry,  a  kind  of  Verfe,  confifting 
of  five  Fcer.    See  Verse  and  Foot. 

Thetwo  firll  Feet  of  a  ^enlttmeter^  may  be  either  Dactyls, 
or  Spondees ;  the  third  always  a  Spondee  ;  and  the  two  laft 
Anapelts. 

It  is  ufually  join'd  to  Hexameters,  in  Elegies,  Epiitles, 
Epigrams,  and  other  little  Pieces.  There  is  no  work  ot  'Pen- 
Tam:lers  a\onz.    See  Hexameter. 

The  Word  isform'dfrorathe  Tsira^^re?)-,  l.d.fSJS  Mae- 

''""'pENTAPETALOUS  Plants,  are  fuch  whofe  Flower 
confifls  of  five  Leaves.    See  Plaet. 

PENTAPOLIS,  in  Geography,  l£c.  a  Country  wherein 
are  five  Cities. 

The  Name  has  been  given  to  feveral  Countries,  particular- 
ly the  Valley  wherein  flood  the  five  infamous  Cities  delfroy'd 
by  the  Shower  of  Fire  and  Brlmftonc,  in  ths  Time  of  Jbra- 

"Tis  commonly  fuppofed,  this  Country  was  the  Place  where 
now  flands  the  Lake  Jfpbaltites,  or  dead  Sea:  Siwfin  places 
it  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  this  Lake,  but  without  any 
Proof   3'  Herbeht  calls  this  the  •Pemafolis  oj  the  Sodomites. 

the  Pemafolis  of  Egyp  was  in  the  Cyreiiaici ,  on  the  Sea 
oiLih'"  ■■>  "'^  Cities  were  2er.'f2icc,  Jrfiaof,  Ttolemais, 
drene,  md. /IpUonia.  , 

Amon'i  the  ancient  Geographers  and  Hiftorians,  we  like- 
wife  read  of  the  Pemepohs  A  Libya,  now  call'd  J/e/Jrafa  ; 

The  Pentaplis  of  Italy;  and  the  Pemajichs  of  Jpa 

^^PENTAPTOTON,  in  Grammar,  a  Koun  which  has 
only  five  Cafes.    See  Jlptote  and  Cask. 

PENTASTICH,  in  Poetry,  a  Stanza,  or  Divifion  ot  a 
Poem,  confifting  of  five  Verfes.    See  Stanza.  ^ 

PENTASTYLE,  in  Architcaure,  a  Work  wherein  are 
five  Rowsof  Columns. 

Such  was  the  ycmco  begun  by  the  Emperor  Gai/MK,  and 
which  was  to  have  been  continued  from  the  Flanmuan-Gate 
To  the  Bridge  Mtlvius,  i.  c.  from  the  Porto  del  Popilo,  to 

the  Ponte-mole.  .       ,    c    t,  j 

PFNTATEUCH,  in  the  facred  Learning,  the  hve  Hooks 
of  W«r«  at  the  Head  of  the  Old  Teftament;  vr..  Genefis, 
Exodus  Zevitiais,  Numbers,  and  'Demeromiiiy.^Sn  Bible. 
The  Word  is  form 'd  from  the  Greek  •x'.na.mx®'' 
Pere  Snion,  inhis  Hift.  Crit.d,H'.  tejl.  produces  agood Num- 
ber of  PaCfages  to  prove  that  Mefcs  was  not  wholly  the  Au- 
thor of  the  Pentateuch,  as  we  now  have  it.  Indeed,  thole  ap- 
mrent  Interpolations  at  the  End,  are  fufficienr  to  determine 
fhe  Point;  it  being  abfur'd  to  fuppofe  Mofei  the  Author  of  the 
Account  of  his  own  Death  and  Burial,  and  of  the  Compan- 
fon  between  him  and  the  fucceeding  Prophets  m  jjrael 

Thefe  interpolated  PaCfages  are  ufually  attributed  to  Ef- 
rfr/j   who,  on  hisB.st«n  frwnthe  Sabylomp  Captivity  is 


PEN 


(  7B1  ) 


PEN 


Tuppoftd  to  have  pubhfli'dthc  Old  Tedamc.-it:,  or  at  lca.i\  a 
Parrot  it  corrcfted  and  enlarg'd.    See  Canon. 

There  are  two  famous  'Pentatenchs^  or  Editions  of  the 
'Pmic.teucb^  which  have  a  long  Time  dilputed  the  Prefe- 
rence, both  as  to  Antiq^uity,  and  as  to  Character,  'u'm.  that  of 
the  ye-:t'5,  call'd  the  ^'-r^t'/p  or  Heh-e-zv  ^Pentatmch^  wrote  in 
CloMdean  or  JlJJyriatz  Characters ;  and  that  of  the  Sainaritans 
wrote  in  the  Samarhaii  mThmiidan  Charafler. 

Each  is  maintain'd  to  be  the  ancient  Hebrew  ;  the'  the  Ge- 
nerahty  of  the  Criticksgivc  it  in  behalf  of  the  latter.  See  He- 
is  re  w. 

Indeed,  as  to  the  Point  of  Matter^  they  are  generally  pretty 


nd  one  to  the  Eifhop.  fce 


pair  of  the  PanJli  Church 
Whitson-Farthings. 

PENTECONTORE,  a  VclTcl  with  fifty  Oars. 

PENTESYRINGUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Sort  of  Kllorvj 
with  five  Holes;  wherein  were  taftcncd  the  Legs.  Arms, 
and  Heads  ot  Criminals,  to  prevent  their  flii-rin^ 

PENTHEMIMERIS,  in  the  Gieck  and  Z^^/V;  Poetry, 
part  of  a  Verfe  conhlhng  of  two  Feet,  and  a  long  Syllable. 

The  Word  is  Greek  ^rei'-S-Hft/^^ep/f, 

PENULTIMA,  or  PENULTIMATE,  in  Grammar, 
iSc.  a  Syllable,  or  Foot,  immediately  before  the  laft. 
Hence  Antepeimlthmm  is  that  before  the  TemUtmate^  at 


conformable  to  each  orher ;  each  has  all  the  interpolated  Paf-  the  laii  but  two. 
fagcs  abovc-mention'd,  tho'  the  SaiuaYitmi  has  one  or  two      The  Wotd  is  form'd  from  the  Lat'in^  'Pene  ^  ultijmis  al- 
more,  not  in  the  Jrkbre-iv.    The  firf?:  a  Paflage  in  ^em.  27.4.  mofl:  lail.  * 
where  an  Altar  is  enjoin'd  to  be  builr,  and  Sacrifices  to  be  of-      Penultimate,  in  Mufic.    M.  Srojfard  will  have  it  the 
fer'd  at  Mount  or  rather  Mount  Gerizzm^  which  Paf-   fame  with  what  the  Greeks  c-aW A 'Parana e;  iho'  others 

fage  was  doubtlefs  foiftcd  in  to  countenance  the  Samaritan  won't  allow  the  'paraime  to  bd  the  'peinUtimate  Chord,  bur 
Worfl-ip,  and  reprefent  it  ot  eq^uai  Antiquity  with  that  of  the  next  thereto. 

the  Temple  ot  'Jeni^akm.    See  Samaritans.  The  Psmdtirmte  of  the  [eparate^  'Paranete  Diezeiigramm 

Indeed,  yS-x/Whifion  declares  he  fees  no  Reafon  to  accufe  is  a  Name  the  Ancients  gave  to  one  of  the  Chords  of  their  Lyre 
the  Sariuintcn  of  Corruption,  in  thcfe  Points,  but  rather  the  or  Syftem  5  correfponding  to  the  D  la-  re  of  the  ttiird. 
Jb--X!p ;  and  earncflly  concludes  that  the  Former  is  an  uncor-   Odave  of  the  modern  Sylkm.  '     '  ' 

ruptcd  Copy  of  the  Booics  ot  Alojei,  originally  derived  from  'pmiilumate  of  the  Acme^  Or  fciramte  Bypsyboleon^  a 
the  firfl:  Separation  of  the  ten  Tribes  'emlelves,  in  the  Days  of  Chord  of  the  ancient  Syftem,  anfwcring  to  the  G,  re^  /o/,  of 
Jeroboam  ■■,  the  contrary  whereof  is  apparent  from  the  mere   the  third  06iave  of  the  modern  Syftem.  *     '  * 

confellcd  Interpolations  afcribed  to  iy.^raj-,  who  hved  feveral  PENUMBRA,  in  Aftronomy,  a  taint  or  partial  Shade, 
hundred  Years  after  the  time     Jeroboam.  obferv'd  between  the  peifcft  Shadow  and  the  tull  Light,  ia 

But  the  grand  Difference  is  in  the  Character:  The  Je-ixip  an  Eclipfe.  Sec  Shadow. 
hcingm  t\\^  Clmldem  ot  JJjyrian  Charafler,  and  t\ie  Saraa-  The  Pmumbra  arifcs  from  the  Magnitude  of  the  Sun's 
rhan  in  the  Plmnicici72^  i.  e.  the  Canaanitip  Chara^^ers  this  Body:  were  he  only  a  luminous  Point,  the  Shadow  wou'd  bd 
iatter  feems  to  have  an  Advantage  over  the  vulgar  yrw//^  all  perfeil;  but  by  reafon  of  the  ])iameter  of  tue  Sun,  ic 
'Pentatetich  •■,  yet  is  Prikdtix  of  Opinion,  the  Latter  is  only  a  happens  that  a  Place  which  is  not  illuminated  by  the  whole 
Tranfcript  from  the  Former,  out  of  the  Chaldean  into  the  old  Eudy  of  the  Sun,  does  yet  receive  Rays  from  a  Part  thereof. 
MebrQ^x  Character.  One  great  Reafon  he  gives,  is,  that  there  Thus  fuppofc  .5' the  Sun  (Tab  Aftronomy  Fig.47.j  and  :/'the 
are  many  Variations  in  the  Samaritan^  manifeltly  occafioned  by  Moon,  and  the  Shadow  of  the  latter  to  be  projeiled  on  a  Pland 
niiftaking  the  fimilar  Letters  in  ihe  Hebre-zv  Alphabet;  which  as  G  H.  The  true  proper  Shadow  ot"  7~,  vi-z.  G  i/,  will  be 
Letters  having  no  Similitude  in  the  *S'<^.Wflnfi772  Character,  'tis  incompafs'd  with  an  jmpcrteiH:  Shadow  ox'Pemimbra  HL 
evident  the  Variations  mull  have  a-rifen  in  tranfctibing  from  and  G  each  Portion  whereof  is  illuminated  by  an  entire 
the  vulgar  Jiebrezv  into  the  Sarmritan -j  not  the  contrary   Hcmifphere  of  the  Sun. 

wau  _  _  _  The  Degree  of  Light  or  Shadow  of  the  will  be 

Add  to  this,  that  Simon,  Jllix,  and  many  other  learned  different  in  difFerenr  Parts,  as  thofe  Parts  lye  open  to  the 
Men  take  the  Cha^er.n  or  JJJyria7t  Charader  to  have  been  Rays  of  a  greater  or  ieller  Pare  of  the  Sun's  Body:  Thus 
the  Character  always  ip  ufc  among  the  yeivs ;  and  the  Sama-  from  L  to  and  from  E  to  G  the  Light  continually  dimi- 
ritan  or  C&naanitifh.,  or  as  it  is  alfo  call'd  the  old  Hbbre'W  nifhesjand  in  the  Confines  of  Gand  H^thtpenmnbra  becomes 
Charafter,  to  have  never  been  ufed  by  \he  Jeivs  before  the  loll  and  confounded  with  the  total  Shadej  as,  near£  andX,  it 
Captivity,  in  any  manner,  either  in  Books  or  on  Medals.    See  is  confounded  with  the  total  Light. 

Character.  The  Penumbra  muft  be  found  In  all  Eclipfes,  whether 

Hence  the  Pentateuch  muft  have  been  tranfcribcd  into  that  of  the  Sun,  the  Moon,  or  the  other  Planets,  primary,  of 
Charaflerjand  that,  probably,  to  render  it  legible  to  the  Inha-  fecundary  ;  but  it  is  moft  confiderable  with  us  in  Eclipfea 
bitants  Samaria^  who  upon  the  firlt  Introduction  of  the  of  the  Sun  5  as  in  the  Cafe  here  rcfcrr'd  to. 
'Pcntatmch  might  probably  be  verfed  in  no  other  CharatSer.  In  Eclipfes  of  the  Moon,  the  Earth  is  incompafs'd  indeed 
Uper  takes  the  Sumantan  pentateiichto  have  been  compiled  with  a  Penumbra  t,  but  'tis  only  fenfiblc  to  us  on  the  Earth 
hy  'Dcfitheus  ^  Samaritan,  mention'd  by  0;-,^^??^  tohaveadul-  near  the  total  Shadow:  An  Obferver  placed  on  a  Plane^ 
terared  the  Pentatetich.  TUhpin  fuppofes  it  the  Work  of  fome  whereon  the  Shadow  falls,  might  obferve  the  whole 
modern  Samaritan,  whom  he  imagines  to  have  compiled  it  pmumbra,  as  in  Eclipfes  of  the  Sun.  Thus  an  Eye  placed 
chiefly  out  of  the  diiferent  Copies  of  the  Paleftiman  and  Sa-  at  /or  p,  will  only  fee  the  Semi-diameter  of  the  Sun^  the 
bykman  Je'ws,  and  the  Sc^tuagint ;  becaufe  it  fometlmes  reft  being  hid  behind  the  Moon.  Going  from  /  towards //, 
agrees  with  one,  and  fomctimes  with  another.  the  more  and  more  of  the  Sun  is  hid,  rill  it  be  loft  in  the 

PENTATHLON,  in  Antiquity,  the  five  Exercifes  per-  Shadow  itfelf,  ^r. 
formed  in  the  Grecian  Games,  and  for  which  Prizes  were      Hence  we  have  Eclipfes  of  the  Sun  when  the  Shadow  ne^ 


prop! 


loftd.    See  Exercises,  Game,  ct-c. 


ver  touches  the  Earth,  provided  the  Penumbra  doth  but 


I'hcle  Exercifes  were  Wrefiling,  Boxing,  Leaping,  Run-  reach  itj  and  hence  tlierc  is  a  Difference  obferv'd  in 
ning  and  Quoit-pIaying.  Eclipfes  of  the  Sun,  as  the  Shadow  itfelf,  or  a  greater  or  lefs 

He  wiio  bore  away  the  Prize  in 'em  all,  was  call'd  pe-atathhis-^  Degree  of  the  Penumbra,  pafles  over  a  Place.  See  Sun. 


by  the  Latins,  ^uinciirtio  5  as  the  five  Exercifes  themfelves 
were  by  thofe  latter  People  call'd  ^linqiiertium. 

PENTATONON,  in  the  ancient  Mufic,  a  Concord,  by 
us  call'd  the  greater  Sixth,   See  Sixth. 

It  confifts  of  tour  Tones,  and  a  major  and  minor  Semi- 
tone 5  whence  the  Name  Pentatonon,  q.  d.  five  Tones. 

PENTECOST,   Whitfuntide,   a  folemn   Feaft  of  the 


But  Eclipfes  of  the  Moon  appear  the  fame  in  all  Places 
where  they  are  vifible.    See  Moon. 

When  the  Shadow  itfelf  falls  on  the  Earth,  the  Eclipfe  is 
faid  to  be  P'otal  of  Central  j  when  only  the  Penumbra  falls  on 
it,  the  Eclipfe  is  faid  to  \it partial.    See  Eclipse. 

The  Penumbra  extends  infinitely  in  length,  inafmuch  as 
to  each  point  of  the  Diameter  of  the  Sun,  there  anfwei 


Church,  held  in  Commemoration  of  the  Defcent  of  the  Holy  fpace  infuiite  in  length  into  which  no  Ray's  enter  from  that 

Ghoft  on  the  Apoftles  ;   as  defcrlbed   in  the  Afts,    See  Point,  tho'  there  do  from  others.    Two  Rays  drawn  from  the 

I'east.  two  Extremities  of  the  Earth's  Diameter,  and  which  proceed 

It  has  its  Name  from  the  Greek  Ttvlmo^U,^  ^mquagefimus  diverging,  make  the  two  Edges  of  the  pemimbra  ;  which, 


50th,  becaufe  held  on  the  fiftieth  Day  after  Eafler,  See 
Easter 

In  the  ancient  Church,  pentecofi£.m^\^  the  Pafchal  Time, 
or  £;^y?e?--Seafon  5  wherein,  as  TertuUiaii,  St.  Jerom^  £5V. 
obferve,  Ualkhjah  was  fung  every  where,  the  Office  cele- 
brated ftanding,  no  Fafting  allowed,  ^c. 

The  Jews  likewife  had  a  Feaft,  they  call'd  Penteccf, 


of  Confequence,  is  continually  growing  in  Width,  and  is  infi- 
nite, alfo  in  this  Senfe. 

AH  that  infinite  Space  is  the  Pemmbra^  except  the  Trian- 
gle of  the  Shadow  included  in  it. 

The  Figure  of  this  Space  comprehending  the  Shadow,  is  a 
Trapezium,  one  of  whofe  Sides  is  the  Diameter  ot  the  Earth  5 
the  oppofite  Side  parallel  thereto  is  an  infinite  Line,  i-  e.  the 


^iiinqiiagefivmi fotemnized  in  Memory  of  the  Laws  being   Width  Penumbra  projefted  to  infinity,  and  the 


given  to  I^Iofes  5  a  Days  after  their  Departure  out  of  Egypt. 

PENTECOSTALS,  anriendy,  were  pious  Oblations 
made  at  the  Feaft  of  Pentecofl,  by  the  Pari fhi oners,  to  their 
Parifh  Prieft;  and  fometimes  by  inferior  Churches  or  Parifties, 
to  the  principal  Mother  Church.    See  Oelation. 

Thefe  Parifti  Pentecoftah  were  alfo  call'd  f^hirfm-Far-  of  tl^e  penumbra, 
things ;  and  their  Sum  was  divided  into  tour  Parts,  of  which      Now  the  Pmumbra  will  be  the  greater  as  this  Angl^,  or, 
one  went  to  the  Prieft,  one  to  the  Poor,  one  towards  the  Re-  which  is  the  fame  Thing,  as  the  Star  is  greater,  the  Planet  re 

ji  N  maininj 


other  Sides  the  two  Rays  drawn  from  the  two  E-vtremities  of 
the  Diameter  of  the  Sun,  by  thofe  of  the  Diameter  ot  the 
Earth,  and  which  prolouCT'd  back  beyond  the  Sun,  will  inter- 
fe£t  in  a  certain  Point,  making  an  An^-ilc  equal  to  the  apparent 
Diameter  of  the  Sun;  which  Angle  may  hz  z^W'd^xSxz  Jingle 


PEP 


Diaining 


the  fame  :  And  if  the  Diameter  of  the  Planet  be  in- 


(  782  ) 


PER 


creas'd  "the  Star  remaining  the  fame,  'twill  be  the  fame  as  if 
the  Diameter  Itill  receeded  from  the  Angie  of  the  'Peimmbra. 

M.  ds  le  H/reexamins  the  different  Degrees  ot  the  'Pemim- 
hra^  and  reprefcnts  'em  Geometrically  by  the  Ordinates  of  a 
Curve,  which  fhall  be  among  'emfelves,  as  the  difterent  Parts 
of  the  Sun's  Disk,  wherewith  a  Body  placed  in  the  penum- 
bra is  enlighten'd. 

PEPPER,  an  Aromatic  Fruit,  or  Grain  of  a  hot,  dry  Qua- 
lityj  chiefiyufed  in  the  feafoning  of  Meats.  See  Spice. 

It  is  the  Produci:  of  a  Shrub  growing  in  feveral  Parts  of  the 
Eajf-lndies^  chichy  yam,  Stnmtra,  jMakcca,  and  the  Coaih 
of  Mnlabar.  The  Plant  is  very  weak  and  of  the  re;gt!le  Kind, 
and  for  that  Reafon  ufualiy  jiianted  at  the  Foot  of  the  larger 
Trees,  as  the  Jreca,  Cacoa,  bic. 

The  Pij'J>e}-  gro-ws  in  Grapes  or  Clufters  j  at  firft  green,  as 
they  ripen  they  grow  red  j  and  at  Lift,  after  being  expofcd  a 
■While  to  the  Sun,  become  black,  in  the  Condition  we  fee  'em. 

The  Fruit  is  gather'd  in  November.  It  murt  be  chofen  large, 
well  fed,  not  wrinkled,  without  Dult,  with  a  good  many 
white  Grains  in  it;  and  Care  be  taken  the  largeft  Grains 
han't  been  pick'd  out  to  make  white  Tej^/er. 

White  Pei-ter  is  the  Fruit  of  the  fame  Plant  with  the 
Black,  and  is  prepared  from  it  by  moiftening  it  with  Sea- 
Water,  and  then  expofing  ittotheSun,  and  calling  away  the 
outer  Bark,  which  abandoning  the  Grain,  leaves  it  white. 

Indeed,  M.  ^elloji,  a  late  Traveller,  fays,  they  ilrip  off 
the  Skin,  by  beating  it  before  it  be  quite  dry ;  or  by  foaking 
it  in  Water  after  it  has  dried,  and  then  beating  it. 

Many  Authors,  and  among  the  rert  Tomet,  will  have  the 
white  'Pep^^er  to  be  natural,  and  the  Fruit  of  a  different 
Plant  from  the  Black ;  but  M.  "Jj^llov^  who  exprefsly  declares 
the  contrary  from  his  own  long  Experience,  feems  to  put  the 
Matter  pull:  doubt. 

White  Pvvper  muft  be  chofen  after  the  fame  manner  as 
black;  with  "this  further  Care,  that  it  han't  been  whiten'd. 

pc-t-Per  that  is  fold  ground,  is  very  apt  to  be  fophilhcated  ; 
the  Black  with  burnt  Cruft  of  Bread,  il^c.  the  White  with 
beaten  Rice. 

Long  Pepper  is  a  kind  of  'J^eppcr  denommated  from  its 
form,  which  in  Length  and  Thicknefs  etjuals  a  Child's  Finger; 
it  conlifts  of  an  aflcmblage  of  grains  join'-.i  clofe  to  one  ano- 
ther, of  a  brownifli  Colour,  bordering  without  on  red,  and 
within  on  black ;  and  grows  by  a  long  Pedicle  to  a  Plant,  like 
that  of  the  black  'PeJ^er,  but  lower,  and  its  Leaves  fmailer 
and  greener. 

Its  Tafle  refembles  that  of  the  former,  but  lels  (harp. 
There  are  three  kinds  of  this  'Pepper,  that  of  the  Eaft-Tii- 
dies,  that  oi' Jmerkr.^  and  that  of  Ethiopia.,  call'd  alfo  Grain 
of  'hikn ;  Tho'  the  firil  alone  is  the  proper  long  Pejiper ;  the 
reft  refembling  it  but  little. 

It  mult  be  chofen  new,  large,  heavy,  well  fed,  hard  to 
break,  without  Duft  or  Mixture;  its  chief  Ufe  is  in  Medi- 
cine where  it  enters  feveral  Galenical  Compofitions,  among 
the  reft  Treacle. 

Guinea  Pepper,  is  a  red  ?*^//e?",  of  aCoral  Colour,  much 
efteem'd  by  the  Armricani^i  from  among  whom  'tis  brought, 
and  by  them  call'd  Chile,  by  the  Spaniards  Pimenta,  and  the 
Err'icl.',  Garden  Coral. 

'Tis  now  cultivated  pretty  commonly  in  France,  efpccially 
xx\  Lavgliedoc  J  nfed  in  making  Vinegar,  and  likewife  confec- 
ted  with  Sugar.  It  mult  be  chofen  new,  in  large  Pods,  dry, 
entire,  and  red. 

There  are  four  Kinds,  the  firft  call  d  by  the  Mmericans  Ch\\- 
chotesjthe  fccond  very  fmallChilterpin,  both  of  a  very  pungent 
Tarte  ;  the  third  Tonalchiles,  modcratly  hot,  and  eaten  by 
the  Katives  like  other  Fruit  with  Bread  ;  the  fourth  Chilpela- 
gua,  moderately  pungent,  much  ufedbythe  Spaniards  in  the 
Preparation  of  Chocolate  ;  there  is  alio  a  fifth  Kind  call'd 
Asy,  growing  in  'pern. 

"Jamaica  Pepper,  call'd  by  the  Tiutch  Jmomi,  is  the  Fruit 
of  the  Tree  that  yields  the  Indian  Wood,  growing  plentifully 
in  Jamaica  and  other  American  Iflands. 

It  is  a  real  Aromatic.,  and  may  fupply  the  Defe£l  both  of 
Cloves,  Nutmeg,  and  Cinnamon;  the  French  call  it  the 
TQimd  Clcve,  from  its  Tafte  refembling  that  Spice. 

PERACUTUM  Menfinmm.   See  Menstruum. 

PENT.    See  Penny. 

PEPASMUS,  in  Medicine,  the  digefting  and  ripening  of 
morbid  Humours.    See  Maturation,  Digestion. 
The  Word  is  Greek  mi^ahi^^s. 

PEPASTIC,  or  PEPTIC,  in  Medicine,  a  kind  of  Medi- 
cament of  the  Confiftence  of  an  Emplafter;  proper  to  bring 
vitious  and  corrupt  Humours  to  a  Head,  and  difpofe  'em  for 


Suppuration. 


See  Rjpener  and  Digestive. 


Butter  Roots  of  Mallows,  of  Flowers-dc-lis,  Onions  and 
Leaves  of  O^^ylapathum  are  efteem'd  good  pepafticks,  or 
Maturatives.  1    ^    »  < 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  •m^^Aivsiy  to  digeft  or 
ripen. 

PepiA,  popularly  PEP  or  PIP,  a  Difeafe  of  Fowls ;  con- 
fifting  in  a  little  white  dry  Pellicle,  arifing  on  the  Tongue, 
from'their  having  thirfted  much. 


Among  Fakoners,  the  Pepia  Is  a  Difeafe  an'fing  in  the 
Tongues  of  their  Birds,  trom  eating  Salt  and  ftinking  Fiefti. 

PEPSIS,  in  Medicine,  the  Coflion,  or  digciling  of  Foods, 
or  Humoursinthe  Body.    See  Coction  and  Digestion.  ' 
I'he  Word  is  Greek,  ws^'f,  boiling. 
PFPTIG,  in  Medicine.    See  Pepastic. 
PEPUZIANS,  a  Se^t  of  ancient  Hereticks,  otherwife 
caird  Thrygians,  or  Cataphrygiam. 

They  had  their  Name  pepimans  from  a  Pretence  that 
J.  C.  appear'd  to  one  of  their  Propheteffcs  in  the  City  Pepzi- 
za  in  Phrygia,  which  was  their  holy  City.    See  Quinti- 

LI ANS, 

PER  2Je/ce?ifii»z,  by  2)efient,  in  Chymiflry,  a  particular 
manner  of  Diltillation.    See  Descknt. 

PER  SJeli^umm.    See  Deliquium. 

Salt  of  Tartar,  diffolved  by  the  coldnefs  or  moiflure  of  the 
Air,  is  call'd  Oil  of  lartar  per  2)eliqtiium,  ^c.  See 
Tartar. 

PER  Jrjiu,  PER  "thejin.    Terms  in  Mufic.    per  is  a 
Prepofition,  fignifying  by,  during^  ArJisa.T]d  2  bejis  are 
Greefc  Words,  the  firft  whereof  lignifies  iVey^iJ/o/i  ;  thefecond 
poJitio?2. 

Per  7'ljefin,  fignifies  in  beating  or  during  the  firft  time  of 
the  Meafure ;  Per  Arfm^  in  fifing^  or  in  the  laft  Time  of 
the  Meafure. 

A  Song,  Counter-point,  Fugue,  £5?^.  are  faid  to  be  /er 
I'hefm.,  wlien  the  Notes  defcend  from  the  Acute  to  the 
Gtjve;  and  on  the  contrary,  that  they  axe  per  Arfin,  when 
the  Notes  afcend  from  Grave  to  Acute. 

PERAMBULATION  ofthe  Forejl,  the  Surveying  or 
Walking  about  the  Foreft,  or  the  Limits  of  it,  by  Jnftices  or 
other  Olhcers  thereto  appointed,  to  fet  down  the  Metes  and 
Bounds  thereof,  and  what  is  -.vithin  the  Foreft,  and  what 
without.    See  Purlieu  and  Forest. 

PERAMBULATIONE  facienda,  is  a  Writ  comanding 
the  Sheriffs  to  make  perambulation,  and  fet  down  the 
Bounds  of  two  or  more  Manours,  whofe  Limits  are  not  fo 
well  known. 

PERAMEULATOR,  in  Surveying,  an  Inftrument  for 
the  meafuringof  Diftances,  call'd  3.\{q  Pedometer,  PFay-tvifer^ 
■dxxd  Siirveyi?;g  Wheel,  See  Pedomlter  and  SurveyiNg- 
WiJeel. 

Its  Advantages  are  its  Handinefs,  and  Expedidon  ;  its  con- 
trivance is  fucb,  as  that  it  may  be  fitted  to  the  Wheel  of  a 
Coach;  in  which  it  preforms  its  Office,  and  meafures  the 
Road  without  any  Trouble  at  all. 

1  here  is  fome  Diflercnce  in  its  make  :  That  now  mofi 
ufual,  as  molt  Convenient,  is  as  follows. 

Confiru^ion  of  the  Perambulator  or  JVay-imfet. 

The  perambulator  (reprefentcd  Tab. -ywrifyw^:  Fig.  15.) 
confifts  of  a  Wheel  2  Foot  7  Inches  and  an  half  in  Dia- 
meter ;  confequently  half  a  Pole,  or  eight  Foot  and  5  Inches 
in  Circumference.  On  one  End  of  the  Axis  is  a  Nut  '  of 
an  Inch  in  Diameter,  divided  into  8  Teeth,  which  upon 
moving  the  Wheel  round,  fall  into  the  8  Teeth  of  another 
Nut  c,  fix'd  on  one  End  of  an  Iron  Rod  and  thus  turn 
the  Rod  once  round,  in  the  Time  the  Wheel  makes  one  Re- 
volution. This  Rod  lying  along  a  Groove  in  the  Side  of  the 
Carriage  of  the  Inftrument,  has  at  its  other  End  a  fquare 
Hole,  into  which  firs  the  F^nd  6  of  the  little  Cylinder  P.  This 
Cylinder  is  difpofed  under  the  Diahplate  of  a  Movement,  at 
the  End  of  the  Carriage  ff,  in  fuch  manner  as  to  be  moveable 
about  its  Axis.  Its  End  a  is  cut  into  a  perpetual  Screw, 
which  falling  into  the  32  Teeth  of  a  Wheel  perpendicular 
thereto;  upon  driving  the  Inftrument  forward,  that  Wheel 
makes  a  Revolution,  each  \6  Pole.  On  the  Axis  of  this 
\Vheel  is  a  Pinion  with  fix  Teeth,  which  falling  into  tho 
Teeth  of  another  Wheel  of  60  Teeth,  carries  it  round  every 
iSoth  Pole,  or  half  Mile. 

This  laft  Wheel  then  carrying  a  Hand  or  Index  round 
with  it,  over  the  Divifions  of  the  Dial-plate  whofe  outer 
Limb  is  divided  into  \6o  Parts,  correfponding  to  the  160 
Poles  ;  points  out  the  Numbersof  Poles  pafs'd  over. 

A^ain  on  the  Axis  of  this  laft  Wheel,  is  a  Pinion  con  tain- 
ino  20  Teeth,  which  falling  into  the  Teeth  of  a  third  Wheel 
that  has  40  Teeth,  drives  it  once  round  in  ;zo  Poles,  ora 
Mile.  On  the  Axis  of  this  Wheel  is  a  Pinion  of  iz  Teeth, 
which  falling  into  the  Teeth  of  a  fourth  Wheel  that  has  7z 
Teeth,  drives  it  once  round  in  12  Miles. 

This  fourth  Wheel  carrying  another  Index,  over  the  in- 
ner Limb  of  the  Dial-plate,  divided  into  12,  for  Miles,  and 
each  Mile  fubdivided  into  Halves,  Quarters,  and  Furlongs, 
ferves  to  Regifter  the  Revolutions  of  the  other  Hand,  and  to 
keep  Account  of  the  half  Miles  and  Miles  pafs'd  over  as  far 
as  12  Miles. 

XJfe  of  the  Perambulator  or  IFay-wifcr. 

The  Application  of  this  Inftrument  is  obvious  from  its 
Conftruftion.   Its  proper  Office  is  in  the  Surveying  of  Roads, 

and 


PER 


C783) 


PER 


and  large  Diftances,  where  a  great  deal  of  Expedition,  and 
nor  over  much.  Accuracy  is  required.  'Tis  evident  the  driv- 
Ine,  it  along,  and  obferving  the  Hands  j  has  the  fame  Efieil 
as  dragging  the  Chain,  and  taking  account  ot  the  Chains  and 
Links.    See  therefore  the  Article  Chain. 

pj;,RCEi''i'10N,in  Philofophy,  a  fimple  Comprehenfion  ; 
or  that  iimple  Idea  of  a  Thing,  which  we  conceive  without 
rmaking  any  Affirmation  or  Negation.    See  Idea. 

Xt  that  idea  exhibit  any  Image  to  the  Mind,  it  is  call'd 
Imagination  j  if  it  exhibit  none,  it  retains  the  general  Kame 
lii  '^ticepiOri.    See  Imagination. 

Ihus  when  we  hear  the  Word  Tree  j  the  Idea  we  then  form 
in  the  Mind,  is  call'd  an  jmi,:gmatmi.  But  when  we  hear  of 
a  Thing,  wnereuf  no  Image  can  be  framed  as  of  dottbtingy 
the  Idea  we  then  have  is  a  mere  Tercej^thn.  See  Sensa- 
tion. 

It  may  be  obferv'd,  that  tne  Idea*s  we  receive  by  ^erce- 
■ptiQu  are  often  alter'd  by  the  Judgement,  without  our  taking 
notice  of  it  j  thus  a  Globe  being  fet  before  our  Eyes,  the 
Idea  thereby  imprioLed,  is  a  flat  Circle,  varioufly  fliadow'd  : 
But  being  accultom'd  to  perceive  what  kind  of  Appearances 
convex  Bodies  are  wont  to  make  in  us  j  the  Judgement  alters 
the  Appearances  into  their  Caufesj  and  from  that  Variety  of 
Shadow  or  Colour  n  ames  to  itfelf  the  Terception  of  a  convex 
Figure  of  one  uniform  Colour.    See  Judgement. 

This  in  many  Cafes,  by  a  fettled  Habit,  is  perform'd  fo  rea- 
dily, that  we  take  that  tur  the  -j  encj/trnz  ot  our  Senfation, 
which  is  but  an  Idea  form'd  by  the  Judgement ;  fo  that  one 
ferves  only  to  excite  the  other,  and  is  Icarce  tak,=n  iiorice  of  it- 
felf :  as  a  Man  who  rcadi  or  hears  with  Artendon,  takes  little 
notice  of  the  Caaca61:ers  or  Soundsj  but  of  the  Idea's  which 
are  excited  in  him  thereby. 

The  Faculty  of  'prnsj'tion,  feems  to  be  that  which  puts 
the  Dilliiudiou  between  the  animate  and  inanimate  Parts  of 
the  Creation.  Vegtui^^ies,  fome  of  them,  have  lome  degree 
of  Morion,  and  upon  diflrercnt  Application  of  oiher  Bodies, 
alter  their  Figures  and  Motions  j  and  have  hence  obtained  the 
i^amcoi  jl'vjicive  'PU'.nti:  Which,  however,  Is  theRefultof 
mere  Mechanifm,  and  no  otherwife  produced,  ihan  the 
Ihortcning  of  a  Rope  by  the  Affulion  of  Water.  But  ^Per- 
ception  is  a  Metaphyfical  Principle,  and  found  in  fome  De- 
gree in  all  Animals  3  and  in  them  alone. 

PER  MivuUCi.^  in  Pharmacy,  an  intimate  and  perfc£l 
Mixture  of  narural  Bodies  5  whi-rein  their  very  Minima,  i.  e. 
their  Atoms,  or  fii'tt  component  Particles  are  fuppofed  to  be 
accurately  blended  together.    See  Mixtion. 

If  Silver  and  Lead  be  melted  together,  they  will  mingle 
together  ^n  minviiia. 

PER  SE,  in  Chymiftry.  When  a  Body  is  dilUlld  fingly, 
and  without  the  ufual  addition  of  any  otticr  Matter  to  raife 
it;  it  isfaidto  be  MpWA  "Per-fe.    See  Distillation. 

The  genuine  Spirits  of  Harts- horn,  are  thofe  rais'd  'Per-fe, 
in  oppolition  to  thofe  diltill'd  by  the  addition  of  Chalk. 

Per-se,  in  Logic.  A  Thing  isfaidto  be  confidered  "Per-fe^ 
when  it  is  taken  in  the  Abltrail.  See  Abstract. 

PERCH ,  Pole  or  Rod,  a  long  Meafure,  much  ufed  in 
furveying  andmcafuring  of  Land.    See  Measure. 

Among  the  old  Romans^  and  IHll  among  Geometricians, 
the  Pertica,  ^Pcrc/?,  is  ten  foot;  and  they  otherwife  call  it  the 
Catena^  funis,  and  2)ecem;peda.  See  Decempeda. 

In  i'.nglnnd,  the  Statute  'percb  contains  16  Foot  and  I,  and 
for  Coppice-woods,  ^c.  18  Foot:  40  fquare  Perches  make  a 
Rood,  and  160  an  ..-^cre.    See  Rood  and  Acre. 

The  Ctifio77iary  "perch  is  various  in  various  Counties :  In 
Stafordpire 'tis  14  Foot;  in  the  Forelf  of  Sber-wood  zi,  the 
Foot  there  beinp  8  Inches,  the  Meafure  whereof  was  mark'd 
on  the  ChancelAVall  Edo?2p-'r,  and  in  the  Church  of  St. 
Mary  in  ]<lctW2gbam.  See  foot. 

In  HerefordJIJire,  a  "Perch  of  'VL-cUing  is  iS  ^  Foot ;  a  ^erch 
cf^itcLnvg  21  Foot,  ££?r. 

In  France^  the  'perch  is  from  18  to  23,  and  even  27  of 
their  Feet.  ,    ,  , 

PERCHANT,  among  Fowlers  a  Decoy-bird,  which  the 
Fowler  has  faften'd  by  the  Foot,  and  which  flutters  about  the 
Place  where  'tis  tied,  to  draw  other  Birds  to  it,  and  give  the 
Fowlrr  an  Occafion  of  catching  'em. 

PERCOLATION,  in  Medicine,  ^c.  the  Aaion  of  Fil- 
trating.   See  Filtration. 

PERCUSSION,  inPhyficks,  the  Impreflion  a  Body  makes 
in  falling  or  flriking  upon  another ;  or  the  Shock  or  CoUifion 
of  two  Bodies,  which  concurring,  alter  each  others  Motion, 
See  Motion  and  Collision. 

^eraifficn  is  either  direftor  oblique. 

^ire&:  'Percufjlon,  is  where  the  Impulfe  is  given  in  the 
DirciSion  of  a  right  Line  perpendicular  to  the  point  of  Con- 
taa. 

In  Spheres,  therefore,  the  ^ercnjjion  is  direB,  when  the 
Line  of  Direflion  paflTes  thro' both  their  Centres.  See  Di- 
rect. 

Oblique  "percnffioji^  is  where  the  Impulfe  is  given  in  the 
Direaion  of  a  Line  Oblique  to  the  Point  of  Contaa.  See 
Obliq,ve, 


DoCirine  of  Percussion,  or  the  LaiOs  of  Motion^ 
fiiUmgfrom  the  Percussion  of  Bodies. 

In  Bodies  either  perfeaiy  hard^  or  perfeflly  foft,  and  fd 
void  of  all  Elaflicity  5  the  Laws  of  'percuffion  are  e'afily  de- 
termin'd  :  but  fince,  even  the  hardeft  Bodies  have  their  /hare 
of  Elaflicity;  and  in  Elaflic  Bodies,  the  Laws  are  very  dif- 
ferent, and  much  more  intricate  ;  having  been  firfl  afcertain'd 
in  the  Philofoph.  Tranfaa.  by  Sir  Ch.  Wren^  Dr.  Walli^.  and 
Mr.  Huygens  ;  we  fhall  lay  down  each  a-part. 

Laws  of  Percussion  in  Bodies  not  Elaflic. 

I.  If  a  Body  in  Motion  as  ^,(Tab.  Mechanicks  Fig.40.;  ftrike 
direaiy  agamrt  another  at  rell  B :  the  firfl  will  lofp  juft  as 
much  of  its  Motion  as  it  communicates  to  the  2d;  fothacthe 
two  will  proceed  thence  with  an  equal  Velocity,  as  if  coUeaed 
into  one  Mafs. 

If  j1  therefore  be  triple  of  'B,  it  will  lofe  one  fourth  of  its 
Motion;  fo,  that  if  bciore,  it  moved  thro' a  Line  of  24  Foot 
in  a  Minute,  it  will  now  only  move  18. 

II.  If  a  moving  Body,  v^,  ilrike  againfl  another  already  in 
Motion,  S;  the  flrit  will  increafe  tlic  Velocity  of  the  latter; 
but  will  lofe  iels  of  its  own  Motion  than  If  the  latter  had  been 
at  reii :  Since  all  here  requir'd,  is  that  fome  Degrees  of  Mo- 
tion be  added  to  thofe  it  already  has,  to  make  'em  both  pro- 
ceed with  an  equal  Velocity. 

Suppofe  E.  gr.  the  Body  with  12  Degrees  of  Motion,  to 
ftrike  againlt  the  other  B,  lefs  by  half,  andatrefl:  The 
firft  will  transfer  4  Degrees  of  its  Motion  to  the  latter,  and  re- 
tain S  to  itfelf :  But  if  it  flrike  with  12  Degrees  of  Motion  oH 
the  other  already  moving  with  three  Degrees,  it  will  com- 
municate two  Degrees ;  for  ^  being  double  of  this  need  only 
halt  the  Motion  to  make  it  proceed  with  the  fame  Velocity. 

III.  it  a  moving  Body  y^,  itrike  on  another  B,  either  at  refl; 
or  moving  more  ilowly,  and  either  in  the  fame  Direaion,  or 
in  a  contrary  one,  the  Sum  of  the  Momenta,  if  the  Bodies 
move  in  the  fame  Direaion  ;  or  their  Diflerence,  if  they  move 
in  a  contrary  one,  will  be  the  fame  after  the  'Percuffion  as 
before. 

IV.  If  two  equal  Bodies  .^and  S  meet  each  other  with 
equal  Velocities;  after  the  Congrefs,  they  well  both  remaiii 
at  refl:, 

V.  If  a  Body  ^,  flrike  direaiy  on  another  at  reft  its 
Celerity  after  the  Stroke,  is  to  its  Celerity  before  it ;  as  the 
Weight  J  is  to  the  Sum  of  the  Weights  W  and  B :  if  there- 
fore the  Weights  were  equal,  the  Celerity  after  the  Shock  wiU 
be  hah  ot  that  before  it, 

VI.  If  a  Body  in  Motion,  ^  flrike  direaiy  on  another 
moving  more  ilowly,  but  in  the  fame  Direction  ;  the  Velocity 
after  the  Shock,  will  be  equal  to  the  Sum  ot  the  Momenta, 
divided  by  the  Sum  of  the  Weights. 

VII.  If  two  equal  Bodies  moving  with  different  Velocities, 
ftrike  direaiy  againfl  each  other ;  after  the  Conflia,  they 
will  proceed  with  the  Semi-difterence  of  the  Velocities,- 
wherewith  they  were  moved  before  it. 

Via.  If  two  Bodies  ^  and  B  meet  direaiy  with  Veloci- 
ties that  are  reciprocally  as  their  Weights;  after  the  Conflia,; 
they  will  both  remain  at  refl. 

IX.  If  two  Bodies  A  and  B  meet  direaiy  with  the  fame 
Velocity,  the  Celerity  after  the  Impulfe  will  be  to  that  be- 
fore it,  as  the  DiftcrenCe  of  the  Weights  to  their  Sum, 

X.  If  two  Bodies  meet  direaiy  with  any  Velocity  what- 
ever, the  Celerity  after  the  Stroak  will  be  equal  to  the  Semi- 
diflerence  of  the  Momenta,  divided  by  the  Sum  of  the 
Weights. 

To  determine  tbe  Momentum  loji  by  the  ConfliB:  multi- 
ply the  Celerity  which  the  Body  had  before  the  Conflia,  into 
its  Mafs  :  Thus  have  you  the  Momentum  before  the  Conflia. 
In  like  manner,  multiply  the  Celerity  after  the  Conflia  into 
the  Mafs:  Thus  have  you  the  Momentum  after  the  Conflia. 
The  latter  Moment  therefore  being  fubtraaed  from  the  for- 
mer Leaves  the  Lofs.  Hence  may  the  Magnitudes  of  the 
Strokes  be  eflimated. 

XL  A  direa  or  perpendicular  Stroke  is  to  an  Oblique 
one;  as  the  whole  Sine  is  to  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inci- 
dence. 

Lavjs  of  Percussion  in  Elnjiic  Bodies. 

In  Bodies  perfeaiy  Elaftic,  the  Force  of  Elaflicity  is  equal 
to  the  force  wherewith  they  are  comprefs'di  ?•  ^-  at 
of  two  fuch  Bodies  on  each  other,  is  equivalent  m  the  Motion 
which  cither  of  'em  wou'd  acquire,  or  lofe,  by  mere  flmplts 
Impulfe.  This  Force  exerting  icfelf  contrary  wavs ;  _ a  Motion 
equivalent  thereto  muft  be  fubtraaedfromthe  Motion  m  the 
impelling  Body,  and  added  to  that  in  the  Body  impelld  by 
mere  Iinpulfe,  to  find  their  Velocities  after  'Percuffm.  See 
Elasticity, 

Xil.  U 


PER 


(  78+) 


PER. 


Xn.  If  a  Body  flriie  direaiy  on  an  immoveable  Oblkclc,  from  the  Velocily  of  .4  before   the  ImDnlfo 
either  o,,e,  or  both  of  em  being  £l,ffie.  ,he  Body  will  be   Cafe  added  to  „j  leaves Te  VeJo  itv  o?*  ' 
rcflcacd  with  the  fame  Velocity  wherewith  it  Uruck,  and  in   otefs.  ' 


leity  \ 

the  fame  Line, 

Por  if  the  Elafiicity  were  away,  the  whole  force  of  the 
Body  woii'd  bo  fpent  in  breaking  the  Obltacle,  and  its  Mo- 
tion wou'dbe  ttopp'd  :  7"hc  whole  Force  therefore  is  fpent  in 


atier  the  Con- 

If  the  two  Elaflic  Bodies^  and  a  meet  each  other;  ths 
Velocity  ot  ^  after  tne  Impulfe  is  found  thus:  As  the  Sum 
ot  the  Weights,  is  to  the  double  of  either  of  'em,  fuppofc 
°lf  •  '°  Sum  of  the  Velocities  before  Collifion 


as  double  the 
ty  of  ^  is  to  the  Ve- 


compteffing  the  £laflic  Body;  by  which  means  it  acquires   Velocity  which  fubtraaed  from  the  Velocity  of  J  before 
anLlafiic  Force  equal  thereto:  fince  then,   the  Elalticity,  Collifion,  leaves  its  Celerity  after  Collifion 
when  the  compreilmg  Force  is  fpeitt,  reduces  the  Body  into      XX.  If  an  Elaliic  Body  yl  llrike  direaiy  on  another  at 
tts  former  ifate  ;  it  repells  the  other  with  the  fame  Force  rett  S  ;  its  Velocity  after  will  be  to'^its  Veloc  fv  b 

wherewith  ,t  flruck  ;  ^conlequently  , t  will  rebotind  with  the  fore  it,  as  the  Diftience  of  Weights  is  to  their  Sum    b2  th, 
fame  Velocity.    And  becaule  an  hlaftic  Body  reflores  itfelf  Velocity  it  communicates  to  3  is  the  fame 
in  the  fame  Direaion  wherein  it  was  comprefs'd  ;  (-there   Weight  of  ^  to  the  Sum  of  the  Weishts 
being  no  reafon  why^  it  Jhou'd  change  its  Direaion;  the  Body      Atter  'PmufJioB,  therefore,  the  Velocin  ol         .„       , , 
will  teboiind  in  the  lame  right  Line  lociry  of  2,  as  the  diilWe  of  Weights,  tLhe  d^uWe  ot  ^ 

XII  .  If  an  ilart.c  Body  (Irike  obliquely  on  an  inmoveable  XXI.  If  two  Elaliic  Bodies,  J  a\d 's,  Urike  direfl  V  on 
Obdacle,  It  will  rebound  in  fuch  manner  as  to  make  the   eaelr  other  with  Velocities  that  are  reciprocally  pr™^^^ 

to  their  Weights;  atter  Collifion,  they  will  rebound  with  the 
fame  Velocity  wherewith  they  met. 

XXII.  In  the  direa  Collifion  of  Bodies,  the  fame  re- 
fpeclivc  Velocity  is  preferv'd,  /.  e.  in  a  direcT Concurrence .  the 
Uiftercnce  of  Velocities  is  the  fame  before  and  alter  the 
Shock  ;  and  in  a  direct  mutual  Encounter,  the  difference  of 
Velocities  aftcrthc  Shock  is  the  fame  with  their  Sum  before  it. 

Hence  they  retire  from  each  other  after  the  Impulfe,  with 
the  fame  Velocity  wherewith  they  met. 

XXIII.  In  the  Collifion  of  Elaliic  Bodies,  tbere  is  not  al- 
ways preferv'd  the  fame  Momentum,  or  s 


See 


Angle  ot  Reflexion  equal  to  the  Angle  of  Incidence. 
Reft^exion. 

XIV.  If  anElafiic  Body  J,  flrike  direSIy  againft  another 
atreilff  ;  zitiii^snilffion^  ^will  remain  at  relt,  and  B  pro- 
ceed with  the  fame  Velocity  which  A  liad  before  the  Shock, 
and  in  the  fame  Direaion. 

For  if  the  Bodies  were  not  Elaflic,  each  wou'd  proceed 
after  the  Stroke  in  the  fame  Direaion,  and  with  half  the  Ve- 
locity ;  but  fince  the  Elaftic  Force  aas  in  the  fame  Direaion 
wherein  the  ConiprclflGn  is  made,  and  is  equal  to  the  com- 

preflmg  Force;  it  repelk^  with  half  its  Velocity,  and  there-  ways  preiervcl  the  fame  Momentum  or  as  the  CTOfi-m  ex- 
tore  flops  us  Motion ;  but  itdnvesS  further,  with  half  i.s  Ve-  prefs  it,  the  fame  Qtiantity  of  Mo&n  ;  but  it  i  fXeSiJes 
locity,  and  therefore  accelerates  its  Motion.  Tis  therefore  car-  Lreas'd,  and  i-omeiTmes  diminim"  lometimes 
tied  a  ter  the  Shock  with  the  whole  Celerity  wherewith  was  -Tis  a  Mil  lake,  therefote  of  &««  and  his  Followers,  that 
earned  before  It.  and     r  emams  at  reft  the  fame  Quantity  of  Motion  is  ilill  preferv'd  in  the  World. 

Hence,  fince  V-/ (  I  ab  Mechanicks  Fig.  41.;  tnmsfers  all  its  SccCirtesian 
^°n\  '  wl  ■° ''^i  ^  ff™  "      XXIV.  If  two  Elaflic  Bodies,  ^and  S,  meet,  or  overtake 

A  and  Z)  to  E  Whereiore,  ,f  there  be  feveral  equal  Elaftic  each  other  directly ;  the  Sum  of  the  Factum  of  thi  Malfes  into 
Bodies  mutua  ly  touching  each  other;  and  ^  be  firuck  the  Squares  of  the  Velocities,  remains  the  &me  before  and 
againft  S  ;  all  the  intermediate  ones  remaining  at  reft,  the  af.cr  the  Congrels. 


lalt  alone,  E  will  be  mov'd  ;  and  that  with  the  Velocity  where- 
with A  itruck  againfl  'B. 

XV.  If  two  cqujl  Elaftic  Bodies  A  and  S  meet  di- 
reaiy, and  with  equal  Velocity;  each  will  rebound  with 
the  lame  Velocity  wherewith  it  Itruck,  and  in  the  fame  Di- 
reaion. 


Hence  the  fame  Quantity  of  Force  is  likewife  preferv'd  in 
the  Congrefs. 

XXV.  '■To  deterimne  the  Motion  of  tivo  So^^ies  A  aiiii  E, 
(Fig.  41  .Jfirikiug  o'duijiely  ugamjt eub  other,  -nlxtber  they  bi 
Elajlic^  tr  vot  EMrjhc. 
I'he  Motion  of  ihe  Body  A,  along  A C,  is  refolnble  into  two 


For  letting  afidc  the  Elaflicity,  both  wou'd  remain  at  reft  :  others,  in  the  Directions  JE  and  A D i  and  the  Motion  ofS 

1  heir  wnolc  Jwe  therefore  is  fpent  in  the  Compreffion ;  but  along  B  C  into  two  others  according  to  S  F  and  3  G  ■  and  the 

their  Elaitic  Force  whereby  they  rebound  in  the  lormer  Di-  Velociries  thro'  AT)  and  H  F  are  to  the  Velocities  thio'.-iC 

reaion,  is  equal  thereto:  Tins  Force  therefore  aBing  equally  and  »  Cas  the  right  Lines  ^2.  S  F,AC,I1C;  now,  fince 

on  each  Body^andS  will  produce  the  fame  Celerity  in  each;  the  right  Lines  A  E  and  B  G  ate  parallel,  the  Forces  acting 

and  that,  equal  to  the  lormer.  So  that  they  will  rebound  with  accorcfing  to  thefe  Directions  arc  not  mutually  opnofite  an3 

the  Celerity  wherewith  they  ilruck.  n,„rt  theV  efore  be  confider'd  in  the  Congrefs.    But  fince  the 

XVI.  If  two  equal  Eljli.c  Bodies  A  and  S  flrike  direffly  Lines  ^Z)  and  »  F,  or  which  is  the  ftme,  E  C  and  G  C  con- 

againlf  each  other  witn  nnetiual  Velocities  ;  after  the  Shock  ffitute  the  fame  right  Line  perpendicular  to  Z)  C;   'tis  the 

they  will  rebound  w^iih  intercliangedVefocities.  fame  as  if  the  Bodies  A  and  i  Ihou'd  meet  directly  with' 

Ftjr  luppolc  the  Bodies  to  concur  with  the  Velocities  C  +  Velocities  that  are  as  E  C  and  G  C.    f  ind  therefore  theVe- 

c  and  C  :  It  they  nieet  wuh  the  fame  Velocity  C;   aftet  the  locity  of  A  and  S  according  to  the  Rules  above  laid  down. 

Shock,  they  won  d  both  move  with  the  Velocity  6'.    If  J?  Suppofc  £  gr.  the  Velocity  of  the  rebounding  Body  ^to 

w-ere  at  relt  and  A  Ihou  d  fltike  upon  it  with  the  Celerity  c  ;  be  as  6'  i/;  fince  the  Motion  .along  AE  is  not  chang'd  by  the 

a.ter  toe  Shock,^  woii  d  remain  at  reft,  and  She  mov'd  Congrefs,  make  C  K  =  AE,  and  compleat  the  Parallelo- 


with  the  Celerity  c.    Therefore  the  Excefs  of  Celetity 
wherewith  A  is  carried,  is  transferr'd  wholly  by  the  Conflia 
to       ./^ therefore  is  mov'd  with  the  Celerity  6',  and  'B  with 
the  Celerity  C-f-f. 

Ikncs,  after  'Percttjjion,  they  recede  from  each  other  with 
the  fame  Velocity  as,  before,  they  concnrr'd. 

XVII.  If  an  Elaliic  Body  A,  llrike  011  another  equal  one, 
indued  with  a  lelii  Degree  of  Motion,      after  'Penilljioa,  both 

will  proceed  in  the  fame,  viz.    . 

with  interchanged  Velocities. 

For  fuppofe  A  to  (irike  with  the  Velocity  C  +  c,  upon  S 
moving  with  the  Velocity  C.  Since  by  realbn  of  the  equal 
Velocities C  and  C.  there  arifes  no  Impulfe;  'tis  the  fame 
thing  as  if  A  flruck  on  'B  with  the  fole  Celerity  f,  on  B  at  relt. 


^mmHCKT;  the  Diagonal  C  /  will  reprefent  the  Motion  of 
Rafter  Congrefs;  for  after  ^ercujjion,  the  Body  will  move 
according  to  the  Diteaion  C  7,  and  with  a  Velocity  as  C  I. 
In  the  fame  manner  it  will  be  found  that  the  rebounding 
Body  2  will  move  along  the  Diagonal  of  the  ParcJlelograni 
C  M;  in  which  L  M  =  S  G.  The  Velocities  therefore  af- 
ter ^Fercujfion  are  as  /to  C  M. 
.  ...     -  Conlre   of   Percussion  that  Point  wherein  the  Shock 

the  former,  Direaion.  and  or  Impulfe  of  the  percudent  Bodies  is  the  grcatefl.  See 
Centee. 

I'he  Cem7-e  of  ^emijjion  is  the  fame  with  the  Centre  of 
Ofcillation.  if  the  percutient  Body  revolve  round  a  fix'd  Axis. 
See  Oscillation. 

If  all  the  Parts  of  the  percutient  Body  be  carried  with  : 


,  ^     ^         ,  ,        -   J  -)       —    1.   till  Liic  xaiia  ui  iiic  iicicuLjtiit  4JU11JI  ui^  L:tirito  wmi  d. 

Butm  that  cafe  -^woud  remain  at  telt,  and  S  move  with  parallel  Motion,  or  with  the  fame  Velocity;  the  Centre  of 
the  Velocity  c:   Therefore,  after  Tercnflicn,   A  viWl  move  -    -    ■     -         ..   .  „ 

with  the  fole  Celetity  C;  and  S  with  the  Celerity  C  +  c,  both 
according  to  the  fotmer  Direaion,  there  being  nothing  to 
change  that  Direaion, 

XVIII.  If  a  Body     flrike  on  another  »,  the  Stroke  is  tt 


yem/^o?^  is  the  fame  with  the  Centre  of  Gravity.  See  Gra- 
vity. 

PERDONATIO  Utkgeriie,   in  Law.  a  Pardon  for  one 
who  is  out-Uiw'd.    See  Pajidon  and  Out-lawry. 

,  'J  i_    -   J    L     ,    ^  ,    PERDUE,  a  Soldier  placed  in  a  dangerous,  and  almoft 

fame  as  won  d  be  made  by  the  Body     (Iriking  on  2  at  reft,  dcfperate  Poft. 
with  the  Difference  of  then-  Velocities.  f     Word  is  Frencl,,  and  lirterally  fignifies  hft. 

Hence  finciitheElaftic  Force  is  equal  to  the  1>cmiffKn;\l       Thus  we  fay  for  thi  Forlorn  Hope  of  an 

aasontheBodies^andawith  theDiifbrenceoftheVeloci-   Army.    See  Forlorn.  ' 
ties  they  had  before  the  Congrefs.^  To  lie  Ter.iue,  is  to  lie  flat  on  the  Belly,  to  lie  ctofely  in 

X\X.  To. Henmiw  the  reloaties  of  any       Elaflic  ■Bodies  wait 
A  and  B,  piking  direSly  on  each  otlier  -with  any  Vekci-     PEREMPTORY,  in  Law,  an  Epithet  applied  to  an  Ac- 
^'"■r  ,    T->  n.  T>  J    li  yi  -1        o>    .  ,  Exception,    SfJf.  fignifying  'em  to  be  abfolnte,  final. 

It  the  Elaflic  Body  j^  ftrike  on  2.  either  at  reft,  or  moving  and  determinate  ;  not  to  be  alter'd,  renew'd  or  reflrain'd 
flower  than  A;  the  Velocuy  'O.  g.  of  A  after  Vennflion,  is      Thus  in  our  Law-Books  we  find  Teremptory  ASlion,  'Pe- 
mundthus:  as  the  Sum  ot  the  Weights  is  to  double  of  either  of  remftorv  Konfm,  Teremptory  Ex-emttion 
'eiri,fuppofe,inthisCafe,ofB;foistneDi(FerenceofthcVe-      PERENNIAL,  in  Botany,  is  apphed'to  £-Der-mcm,  or 
locitics  before  the  Congrefs,  to  a  Velocity,  which  fubtraaed  Plants,  which  preferve  their  Leaves  and  Verdure  all  the  Year. 

See  EvER-^resn.  1  PEREGRINE, 


PER 


(  785  ) 


PER 


PBREGRINE,  foreign,  otttla7idiJli  a  Term  applied  a- 
mon"  AtUologei's,  to  a  Planer,  when  t'ound  in  a  Sign  where 
it  ha"  none  oAts  Effcntial  Dignities. 

PERFECT,  fomcthing  to  which  nothing  is  wanting  j  or 
that  has  all  the  Rcquifites.    See  Perfection. 

Perfect,  in  Arithmetic.  'I'erfi3  Nmilber  is  that,  all 
whofe  aliquot  Parts  added  together,  make  the  fame  Number 
with  the  Number  whereof  tfiey  are  fuch  Parts.    See  Num- 


PERFORATUS  JlfeKKj,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufclecf  the 
Fingers,  thus  call'd  from  the  ^erj'oratmii  of  its  Tendons  by 
thofe  of  the  yf/;/o?'i7;;j  ^  fometimes  Fkxo'i'  Secilmii  Imernodu^ 
from  its  Action  i  and  fomctimes  Sublhnis. 

It  arifes  tendinous  from  the  internal  Protuberance  of  the 
Humerus,  and  [he  Upper- part  of  the  Radius  before  ;  and  be- 
ing parted  into  four,  palles  under  the  annular  Ligament  j 
whence  it  fends  feveral  Tendons  into  the  Upper-part  of  the 
Phalanx  of  each  Finger :  Every  Tendon  having  at  the  firll  In- 
^Verfect  inGrammar.  Trcter-orTmerit-ferfea  T'eafe/is  ternode,  a  Slit  or  Terfcration  for  the  Admiffion  of  the  Ten- 
=n  Infleaion,  marking  a  Time  perfeftlypatt;  as  1  have  heard,  dons  of  tlie  Perforans.  „r,  , 

^plufammH-rm  ifw  Infleaion,  expreiflng  a  Time  more  PEREoRATtis  ffe.*!,  in  Anatolliy.  a  Mufcle  of  the 
than  petfeaiy  P^'tt.  as/faite,-^,  isl    See  Tense.       _      Foot,  call'd  alfo  f/s.^r/.i/s  pfJ«W»«» 

PERFECT  in  Mufic,  fomething  that  fills  and  fatisfies  the  It  arifes  from  the  mner  and  lower  Part  ot  the  Ca  caneum  ; 
M    1     d  thc  Ear  and  fends  a  Tendon  to  evey  Bone  of  the  fecond  Phalanx  of 

In'this  Senfe  we  hy,  Terfia  Ci:de!ice,  'Perj'eS  Concord,  each  of  the  four  lefs  Toes.  In  this,  as  the  !Pw>r«m.i  of  the 
&c.    See  Concord,  Cadence,  ^c. 


The  Ancients  had  two  kindes  of  Modes,  the  Major  and 
Minor ;  and  each  of  thcfe  again  was  either  'PorfiS  or  Jw/er- 
aa.    See  Mode.  ,         .  . 

The  Word  'PerfeB  when  join'd  with  the  Words  Mode  and 
^ime  ufually  exprefs  triple  Time  or  Meafurc  ;  in  oppofition 
to  double  Time,  which  they  call'd  imperfca.    Sec  Time, 

VERFEi'vlfn  Phyfiology.  A /er/fff  Animal,  is  ufed  by  feme 
Writers  for  that  which  is  born  fay  uiiivocal  Generation,  m  oppo- 
fition to  Infeas,  which  they  pretend  to  be  born  by  equivocal 
Generation.  See  Generation,  Univocal,  EqnivocAL,l5c. 

Pereect  Ko-iren,  arc  fuch  as  have  Petala,  Piftil,  Stami- 
na and  Apices.  See  Flower. 

PER  Action  is  divided  mto  Tl-yfical,  MonUni  Me- 

Of  I'ttur'il  TerfeBioii,  is  that  whereby  a  Thing 
has  ail  its  Powers  or  Faculties,  and  thofe  too,  in,  their  tull 
Vigour;  all  its  Parts  both  Principal  and  Sccundary,  and 
thofe  in' their  due  Proportion,  Confiitution,  iSc. 

In  this  Senfe  a  Man  is  faid  to  be  TtrJeS  when  he  has  a 
found  Mind  in  a  found  Body.  ,  „,j 

This  'PerJe£tion  is  by  the  Schoolmen,  frequently  calld 
iKp>»Ti«»,  by  reafon  a  Thing  is  hereby  enabled  to  perform 
all  its  Operations. 

Mora(  'PerfeBion,  is  an  eminent  Degree  ot  Virtue,  or 
moral  Goodncfs ;  to  which  Men  arrive  by  often  repeated 
aSs  of  Piety,  Beneficence,  ESfr. 

This  fome  fubdividc  into  Jifolare  or  Ijihemit,  which  is 
aHually  in  him  to  whom  we  attribute  it;  and  hnfmative  which 
exifts  in  fome  other,  and  not  in  him  it  is  attributed  to. 

Merapkyjical,  or  Trmfietideiiial  or  Bffential  perjeaionis 
the  Poffeffion  of  all  the  effential  Attributes,  or  of  all  the 
Parts  nece(rary  to  the  Integrity  of  a  Subttance :  Or  it  is  that 
whereby  a  Thing  has,  or  is  provided  of  every  thing  belonging 
to  its  Nature.  ScoEssence.  ,       ,  .  j 

This  is  either  Jiifohue,  where  all  Imperfeaion  is  excluded  ; 
fuch  is  the  PerfeBioii  of  God:  Or  Secundum  quid,  and  in 
See  Good. 


Hand,  there  is  a  Slit  in  each  Tendon  about  the  firft  Joint, 
which  lets  thro'  the  Tendon  of  the  Perjorans. 

PERFUME,  an  agreeable  Odour,  ftriking  the  Senfe  of 
Smelling.    See  Odour  and  Smell. 

The  generality  of  Porjunm  are  made  or  compos'd 
with  Musk,  Amber-greece,  Civet,  Rofe,  and  Cedar-woods, 
Iris,  Orange-Flowers,  Jallemin,  Jonquills,  Tuberofes,  and 
other  odoriferous  Flowers. 

Therein  alfo  enter  Storax,  Frankincenfe,  Benjoin,  Cloves, 
Mace,  and  other  like  Drugs,  commonly  call'd  Aromatics.  See 
Aromatic. 

Some  perfumes  are  alfo  compofed  with  Aromatic  Herbs, 
as  Lavender,  Marjoram,  Sage,  Thyme,  HylTop,  ^c. 

Pcrfmws  were  anciently  much  in  Ufe  5  particularly  thofe 
wherein  Musk,  Ambergteefe,  and  Civet,  enter  j  they  are  now 
generally  difufed,  fince  People  have  become  fenfible  of  the 
Harm  they  do  the  Head.  In  SJiain  and  Italy  they  are  ftill 
Alamode. 

Perfumes,  ^'^/^J^Z/.'i,  in  Pharmacy,  ^c.  are  Topic,  or  ex- 
ternal Medicines,  compofed  of  certain  Powders  and  Gums, 
which  being  mix'd  together,  and  thrown  on  the  Coals,  pro- 
duce a  Vapour  or  Smoak,  Salutary  in  feveral  Difeafes.  See 
Suffitus  and  Suffimentum. 

Fits  of  the  Mother  are  cured  by  a  Perfume  of  Partridge 
Feathers,  old  Leather,  ^c.  burnt.  Mercury  is  fometimes  ap- 
plied by  way  of  Perfume,  call'd  Perfume  of  Cinnabar. 

For  thofe  whofe  Brain  is  too  humid,  Tobacco  is  prefcribed 
by  way  of  Perfume. 

There  are  dry  Perfumes  made  up  in  Troches,  Pills,  ^c. 
of  Olibanum,  Maftic,  Aloes,  ^c.  and  moilt  vifcous  ones  of 
the  Juices  of  Herbs,  lie 

PERIANTHEUMjin  Botany  the  little  green  Leaveswhich 
compafs  the  Bottom  of  a  Flower ;  call'd  by  Dr.  Gre*'  the 
Ibnfo.lernent,  and  by  others  the  Calyx.  See  Calyx.  See 
alfo  Flower.  .  . 

The  Ufe  of  the  Penantlietm  is  to  be  a  Support,  Security, 
and  as  it  were  Bands,  to  the  other  Parts  of  the  Flower. 

Mr.  Ray  obferves,  that  Flowers,  whofe  Leaves  or  Petala 
flrong,  as  Tulips,  have  no  Penanthium,  as  needing  none. 


'"pERFECTISSiWe,  a  Quality  or  Dignity  whereof  we   &rna"tioSs,  t^c.  whofe  Petala  are  long  and  flenderr  have 
Fi.B.fJi'-riMiii^i-j^  ,^      '  '  jheir  TEn«2rte"»  of  one  piece ;  others,  as  the  Knap-weed, 

£.?<;.  have  it  of  feveral  Pieces,  and  in  divers  rounds,  and  all 
with  a  counterchangeablc  RefpeB  to  each  other,  for  the 
greater  Strength  and  Security  of 'cmfelves,  and  the  Petala, 
^c.  they  include. 


find  mention  made  in  the  Code. 

'perfeBiffmi  were  thofe  with  whom  the  Emperors  intrutted 
any  Office,  Adminillration  or  Government.  Jlaat  imagind 
the  Name  had  been  only  given  to  the  Governors  of  Hijjania 
i'arragonenfis,  and  Norica  ;  but  Cahin  has  (liewn  the  con- 
trary in  his  Lexicon  Juridicmn.    The  PerfeBipi'l  were  m- 


'  'The  V/ord  is  form'd  from  the  Geeek  mfl  about  and  ttr3tf 


feriir  to  the  ClavJJimi,  the'  that  Word  imply  mojl  ferfea.   Ftower  ^^^^^    ^  Medicines,  otherwife  call'd  PE- 

®'pERnDlA"in  Mnfic,  a  Term  borrowed  from  the  Italian^  RIAMMA,  Jffenfa  ^uA  Amulen  ;  which  being  tied  about 
figXingan  Affectation  of  doing  always  the  fame  Thing,  of  ,he  Neck,  are  fuppofcd  "  P^"™. 
folTowi'n?  the  fame  Defign,  continuing  the  fame  Motion,  the  Amulet.  _See  ?lto,P«VLAC  r_iRV 
fame  S?ng,  the  fame  Pafiage,  and  the  fame  Figures  of 
Notes. 


or  cure  Difeafes.  See 


^  Such  are  the  fliff  Baffes  of  Chacones,  iSc  becaufe  depend- 
ing wholly  on  the  Caprice  of  the  Compofer. 

PERFORANS  Manus,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mulcle  ot  tlie 
Hand  ;  call'd  alfo,  from  its  Action,  Flexor  pii  Iiiternodii  di- 

It  arifes  flelhy  from  the  fore  and  upper  Part  of  the  Ulna, 
and  the  Ligament  which  joins  that  and  the  Radius  ;  and  al- 
ter forming  a  pretty  thick  flelhy  Body,  is  fplit  into  four 
round  Tendons ;  which  paffing  under  the  annular  Ligament 
and  thio'  the  Slits  in  the  Tendons  of  the  former,  are  inferred 
into  the  third  Bone  of  each  Finger.    See  Fingers. 

Perforans  ye.fo,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufcle  ot  the  Foot, 
call'd  alfo  ProfuiiduSi  and  from  its  Aaion,  Flexor  Inter- 
nodii  digitorura fedis,     Flexor  Magnus. 

It  rifes  from  the  Upper  and  Back-part  of  the  Tibia, 
and  pafling  under  the  inner  Ancle  and  Ligament,  that  ties 
the  'fibia  and  Os  Cakis  together,  divides  into  four  Tendons, 
which  paffing  the  Holes  of  the  Perforatus,  are  inferred  into 
the  third  Phalanx  of  the  lelfer  Toes. 

There  is  a  Maffa  Carnea,  or  flelliy  Subftance  that  ariles 
from  the  Os  Cakis,  and  which  joins  the  Tendons  of  this  Muf- 
cle where  the  Lumbricales  begin. 


PERICARDIARY,  an  Epithet  given  to  Worms  generated 
in  the  Pericardium,  or  Capfula  of  the  Heart.  See  Worms 
and  Pericardium.  ,  ,  r„r 

M.  Andry  makes  thefe  one  ot  the  twelve  Kinds  ot  Worms 
engeiidcr'd  in  the  human  Body ;  They  fometimes  occafion 
Cotivulfions ;  the  Paroxyfms  whereof  laft  but  a  little  while, 
but  return  incelfantly.  r.,r,T,i     r  f 

Thefe  Worms  are  accompanied  with  a  trightiut  Palenels  ot 
the  Face  a  low  Pulfe,  violent  Pains  of  the  Stomach  and  Ereaf}. 

They  fometimes  occafion  a  Palpitation  of  the  Heart.  See 
Palfitaticn.  M.  AndrysAis,  that  they  have  been  known 
to  occafion  fuddcn  Death. 

PEl^ICARDIUM,  in  Anatomy,  a  Capfula,  or  Pooch, 
which  includes  the  HeatL    See  Heart. 

It  confifis  of  a  double  Membrane ;  rhe  Inner  arifing  troni 
the  Coats  of  the  Veflels  of  the  Heart,  and  the  Outer  from  the 
Mediaflinum.  Its  Figure  refembles  that  of  the  Heart,  Conoi- 
dal;  and  it  embraces  the  Heart  laxly,  allowing  Room  tor  its 

^"■ris  connefled  either  immediately,  or  by  Veficute  emitted 
from  it,  to  the  Sternum,  Back,  J"g"'""'„=."''/" 
diestoJhe  tendinous  Part,  or  Centre  ofthe  Diaphragm;  where- 
as in  Brutes  it  is  loofe.  jf   4  ,\,,-an„.  a. 

Its  Ufe  is  fuppofed  to  be  to  defend  "  >  f 

wife  to  contain  a  foft  ferous  Humour,  which  ferves  to  lubri- 
9  O 


PER 


cnte  and  moifien  the  Heart,  and  prevent  any  Inflammation  that 
xnight  probably  arife  from  the  dry  Friftion  ot  the  Heart  and 
its  Capiula.  But  this  latter  Ufe  is  controverted  ;  for  fome  take 
the  Humour  found  in  it  to  be  unnatural,  and  wiil  have  it 
forcibly  feparated  by  the  convulfive  Agonies  fupervening  in 
the  Article  of  Death.  In  elfecl,  Anatomilis  are  puzzled  to 
find  whence  it  Ihou'd  come,  or  from  what  Veffels  it  is  fecreted. 

The  word  ^encardmm  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  Trsfl 
about  and  KapJ'ia,  Heart. 

Dr.  Kcii,  inhis  Trfj^tiCc  0^  ^^jnm.Secretio7i  fhcws  that  the 
Liquor  in  the  'Perican^ium  muft  be  the  moil  Fluid  of  any 
Separated  from  the  Blood,  becaufe  its  Particles  unite  firil, 
and  are  fecreted  firfl-.  For  thofe  Particles  which  unite  firft, 
will  have  the  greateft  attra^five  Force,  confequently  their  Par- 
ticles muil  be  the  mofi:  Spherical  and  moft  Solid  5  and  there- 
fore their  Contadt  the  leafi  of  any,  therefore  the  mofl:  Fluid. 
See  Fluidity. 

In  the  Memoirs  of  the  Fre7icb  Academy,  M.  de  Mortal 
cives  an  Inftance  of  a  Tcrkardiurd,  which  being  open'd,  ihe 
Liquor  contain'd  therein,  was'  found  congeal'd  into  a  Confif- 
tence  fit  to  be  cut  with  a  Knife,  and  two  fquare  Fingers 
thick  abuut  the  Heart. 

pERlCARf'lA,  from  •^rjpi,  circum,  about,  and  C^trJ'tis 
the  Wrift  arc  Medicines  that  arc  applied  to  the  Wrift. 

PERI  CARPUS,  in  Botany,  a  Pellicle,  or  thin  Mem- 
brane incompaffing  the  Friiit  or  Grain  of  a.  Plant.  See 
Fii-uir,  Seed, 

Xhc  Wordis  form'd  of  the  Greek  Tifi  ahont  and  xsrpTof  Fruit. 

PERICHORUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Name  given  by  the 
Greeks  to  their  profane  Games  and  Combats;  /.  e.  to  fuch  as 
were  notconfccrated  to  any  of  the  Gods.    See  Games. 

The  Word  in  the  Original,  figniiies  near  or  neighbouring  ; 
apparently,  bccaufc  none  but  the  People  of  the  Neighbour- 
hood attended  at  thefc  obfcurc  Excrcifes. 

The  Champions  did  not  fight  in  Honour  of  any  God  or 
Heroe    as  in  the  others  j  but  only  for  the  prize  Sake. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  'ntfi  about  and  -x/^a. 

*^°PERi  CRANIUM,  in  Anatomy  a  thick  folid  Coat  or 
Membrane,  covering  the  out  Side  of  the  Cmii%im  or  Skull. 

SeeCRANluM.  rrr,    ■  fl        L       r  r 

Some  call  it  by  the  general  Nameot  TeriQfienra-^  becaule  ot 
its  adherin"  to  the  Bone:  others  divide  it  into  two  Mem- 
branes the  under  whereof  immediately  invefting  the  Skull,  they 
call  Periolkum  ;  und  the  upper  the  'Pericranium,  But  in  effeit, 
'tis  but  one  double  Membrane,  confining,  as  mofl  others  do 
of  two  Coats.  'Tis  fuppofed  to  have  its  Origin  from  the  dura 
Mater  ■  which  paffing  thro'  the  Sutures  of  the  Skull,  by 
means 'of  feveral  Filaments  forms  this  thick  Membrane  :  At 
leafl  'tis  fliil  found  connected  to  the  dura  Mater  by  Fi- 
bres'tranfmittcd  from  it  to  the  Membrane,  thro'  the  Sutures. 

About  the  Origin  of  the  temporal  Mufcles,  the  two  Coats  of 
tlie  'Pcricriiniim  part;  the  Outer  paffing  over  thofe  Mufcles, 
and  the  Inner  flill  adhering  clofe  to  the  Cranium.   Sec  Pe- 
riosteum.      ,  _        ,    ^    ,      .  ,  , 
The  Word  is  torm  d  from  the  Greek  -^ift  about  and  Kfuviov 

^"eRIDROME,  PERIDROMUS,in  the  ancient  Archi- 
tccfure,  the  Space,  Gallery,  Alley,  or  the  like,  in  a  Peripte- 
re  between  the  Columns  and  the  Wall.  Sahmfvm  obferves 
that  the  \Pfndrmcs  ferved  for  Walks  among  the  Greeks. 

PERIOECI,  in  Geography,  fuch  Inhabitants  of  the  Globe 
as  have  the  fame  Latitudes,  but  oppofite  Longitudes ;  or  live 
under  the  fame  Parallel,  and  t!ie  ilime  Meridian,  but  in  dif- 
ferent Scmi'Circles  of  that  Meridian.    Sec  Globe. 

Thcfe  have  the  fame  common  Seafons  throughout  the 
Year  -  and  the  fame  Phenomena  of  the  heavenly  Bodies;  but 
their  Hours,  or  times  of  the  Day,  are  oppofite  to  each  other. 
When  V.  g.  with  tlie  one  'tis  Mid-day ;  with  the  otiier  'tis 
Mid-night.    See  Day  and  Season. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  mfi  about  and  o/xsw 

^  'pERlEGETES,  a  Greek  Term,  fignifying  a  Perfon  who 
conducts  another  about  a  Thing,  to  fliow  it  him,  ££?f. 

It  is  applied  in  Antiquity  to  Geographers ;  efpccially  to 
thofe  who  defcribed  the  Sea-Coafls ;  Thus  2)?0f;j)y;w  is  ftiled 
cpericgetes,  for  publiOiing  a  Geography  in  Hexameter  Verfes  3 
which  Eufiatlnin  has  commented  on,  both,  in  Greek. 

The  Name  'perlegetes  was  alfo  given  to  thofe  who  con- 
duiled  Strangers  about  in  Cities,  to  Ihew  'em  the  Antiqui- 
ties Monuments,  Curlofities,  thereof. 

Thcfe  'periegetei  were  the  fame  with  what  they  now  call 
Antiquaries  in/w/y.    See  Antiq.u ary. 

PERlG^^iUM,  PERIGEE,  in  Aftronomy,  that  point  ot 
the  Heavens,  wherein  the  Sun  and  Planets  are  at  their  leall 
Piflancefrom  the  Earth. _  See  Excentrxc. 

The  Moon  in  \\Gt 'Perigee  is  53  or  54.  Semi-dameters  of  the 
Earth  diftant  from  us.    See  MOON.  .     ^  '     ,  . 

The  Term  is  but  little  uied,  except  m  the  Ptolomaic 
Svftem  ■  where  the  Earth  is  placed  in  the  Centre  of  the 
World  and  the  Diflances  of  the  Planets  chiefly  confider'd 
with  regard  thereto;  being  form'd  of  the  Grcefe  -rsfj,  about 
and  yii  Terra,  Earth. 


(  78^  ) 


PER 


The  Co/m;?V/rj?j  ufe  the  W'otA  Periheliiir,^  Inlieuof!??-  ' 
rigetim  ;  becaufe  they  place  the  Sun  in  the  Centre.    Sec  Pe- 

RltlELIUM. 

PERIHELIUM,  in  Aftronomy,  that  point  of  the  Orbit 
of  a  planet,  or  Comet,  wherein  it  is  at  im  leafi  Diflance 
from  the  Sun.    See  Planet,  Comet,  Sun,  ^c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  -^rsfi,  and  A/O-t'' 
So/,  Sun.    .  ' 

The  ancient  Aflronomers,  in  lieu  hereof  ufed  PerigtEum- 
becaufe  they  placed  the  Earth  in  the  Centre.    See  Peri' 

GvEUM. 

PEREGRINARY,  PEREGRINARIUS,in  the  ancient 
Monafl:erics,  a  Monk  to  whom  was  committed  the  Care  of 
receiving,  and  entertaining  Strangers,  or  Vifitors. 

PERIMETER,  in  Geometry,  the  Ambit,  or  extent,  that 
bounds  a  Figure  or  Body,    Sec  Figure.  * 

The  Perimeters  of  Surfaces,  or  Figures,  arc  Linesj  thofe  of 
Bodies  are  Surfaces.  See  Superficies. 

In  circular  Figures,  ^c.  inftead  of  Perimeter  we  fay  Cir- 
amference  ot  periphery.^  Sec  PeripheIiy. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ■safi  and  ^AiTsov  Mea- 
fure. 

PERINj^^UM,  in  Anatomy,  the  Space  between  the  Ve- 
iiis  or  Scroimn^  and  the  Fundament  5  properly  the  Ligamen- 
tous Seam  ;  call'd  by  the  Latins^  Femen,  and  Interefemineum. 

The  \^oT:APerinc€um  is  form'd  from  the  Oreek  ^rsj i  and 
vahtv  to  inhabit. 

PERIKDE  Valere,  in  the  Canon  Law,  a  Difpenfation 
granted  a  Clerk,  who  being  legally  incapable  of  a  Benefice, 
or  other  ecclefiaflical  Funffion,  is,  dejaCfo,  admitted  to  it. 
See  Dispensation. 

The  Perinde  Valere,  is  a  kind  of  Writ ;  thus  call'd  from 
two  Words  therein,  fignifying  the  Difpenfation  to  be  equiva- 
lent or  tantamount  to  a  legal  Capacity. 

PERIOCHA,  an  Argument  containing  the  Sum  of  a  Dif- 
courfe. 

PERIOD,  in  Aftronomy,  the  Time  taken  up  by  a  Star  or 
Planet,  in  making  a  Revolution;  or  the  Duration  of  its 
Courfe,  till  it  return  to  the  flime  Point  of  the  Heavens,  Sec 
Revolution. 

The  Sun's,  or  rather  the  Earth's  Period,  is  3tf5  Days,  five 
Hours,  4.9  Min.  That  ol  the  Moon  2  7  Days,  1 3  flours,  9  Min. 
See  Sun,  Moon,  ££fc. 

The  Periods  of  the  Comets  are  now  many  of  'em  pretty 
well  afcertain'd.    See  Comet. 

There  is  a  wonderful  Harmony  between  the  Diflances  of  the 
Planets  from  the  Sun,  and  their  Periods  round  him ;  the 
great  Law  whereof  is,  tlm  the  Squares  of  tbe  Periodic  Times 
are  emr  proportional  to  the  Cubes  of  their  meanHifiances  from 
tht  Siin.    See  Planet. 

The  feveral  Pericds  and  mean  Diftanccs  of  the  feveral 
Planets  are  as  follow. 


PERIODS. 

Days     h.  - 

// 

mean  Dift. 

Saturn 

10579      6"  gtf 

%6 

5153800 

Jupiter 

4332    \z  20 

35 

5Z0110 

Mars 

6%G    23  17 

30 

1523^9 

Earth 

5^5      6  <j 

30 

JQOOOO 

Venus 

224.    l5  49 

24. 

7^335 

Mercury 

87    23  15 

53 

58710 

Period,  in  Chronology,  an  Epocha  or  interval  of  Time, 
by  which  the  Years  are  accounted ;  or  a  Series  of  Years, 
whereby,  in  difterent  Nations,  and  on  different  Occafions 
Time  is  mcafur'd.    See  Time. 

Such  are  tlie  Callipic^  and  Metomc  Periods,  two  different 
CorreiSlions  of  the  Greek  Calendar ;  the  Julian  Period,  in- 
vented by  Jof  Scaliger -J  the  ViBorian  Period,  ^c. 

Metojxic  Period,  or  Cycle,  cail'd  aifo  the  -Cycle  of  the 
Moon,  is  a  Series  of  151  Years,  which  eiaps'd  the  new  and  full 
Moons,  are  fuppofed  to  return  to  the  fame  Day  of  the  folar 
Year  :  It  was  thus  call'd  from  its  Inventor  Meton.  See  Me- 
TONic,  See  alfo  Cycle. 

Cdlipic  Period,  is  a  Series  of  7^  Years,  returning  in  a 
perpetual  Circle  ;  which  eiaps'd  the  new  and  full  Moons,  are 
fuppofed  to  return  to  the  fame  Day  of  the  folar  Year.  The 
Collipic  period  is  an  improvement  on  the  Metonic  of  19  Years, 
which  proving  inaccurate,  CalippUS  the  Athenian  multiplied 
it  by  4,  and  thus  arofe  the  Califpic  period.  See  Calippic. 

Hipparchus's  Period,  is  a  Series  of  304  folar  Years,  re- 
turning in  a  conflant  round;  and  reftoring  the  new  and  full 
Moons  to  the  fame  Day  of  the  folar  Year ;  according  to  the 
Sentiment  of  Hipparchus. 

This  Period  arifes  by  multiplying  the  Calippic  period  by  4, 
Hipparchus  afllimed  the  Qiiantity  of  the  folar  Tear  to  be 
3S'5  Days,  5  Hours,  55'  i:".  And  hence  concluded  that  in 
104  Years,  Callippns's  period  wou'd  Err  a  whole  Day.  He 
therefore  multiplied  the  Period  by  4,  and  from  the  ProduiS, 
cafl  away  an  entire  Day.  But  even  this  docs  not  reftore  the 
new  and  full  Moons  to  the  fame  Day  throughout  the  whole 

'Period 


PER 


'pcrh 


:  the 


;  for 


letimes  anticipated  i  Day  8  Hours, 


C  787  ), 


PER 


t/ithnan  Period,  an  Interval  of  53Z  Julian  Years,  which 
claps'd,  the  new  and  full  Moons,  rernrn  on  the  lame  Day  of 
the  Jmian  Year^  according  to  the  Sentiment  ViBorinui 
or  yi£lorii'.s,  who  lived  in  the  Time  of  Pope  Hilary. 

Some  ufcribc  this  'T^Tiid  to  Diouyfui-i  exigum-^  and  hence 
call  it  tlic  Dioiiyjinn  'Paivd:  others  call  it  rlic  great  'Pafchal 
Cycle -J  bccaufe  in\  enicd  lor  computing  the  Time  of  Eafier. 

The  yi£torian  ■^Pcrivd,  is  produced  by  multiplying  the 
LunarCycle  191  by  thL- foiar  Cycle  iS  j  the  Produi.'i:  of  which 
is  552.  But  neither  does  this  reltorc  the  new  and  full  Moons 
to  the  fame  Day^ throughout  its  whole  Duration  ;  by  i  Day, 
16  Hours,  58'  5(j'4o'". 
UJioayjian  Period.  See  ViBorian  Period. 
J'p.iian  Period,  a  Series  of  yjjSo  Julian  Years  3  arifing  by 
the  Multiplication  of  the  Cycles  of  the  Moon,  the  Sun,  and 
Indidions  into  one  another  3  commencing  from  the  firit  Day 
di  'January^  in  the  Julian  Year,    See  Julian. 

The  Julian  I'enod  is  alfo  produced  by  multiplying  the 
ViHoria?!  Teriod  hy  15.  Since  every  Year  in  the  Julian  'Pe- 
riod has  its  particular  Cycles  of  the  Moon,  Sun,  and  Induc- 
tions; £.5?'.  only  the  firit  has  the  Moon's  Cycle  l,  the  Sun's 
Cycle  I,  and  the  Cycle  of  Indiftions  i  j  all  the  Years  of  this 
'period  are  accurately  diftinguifh'd  from  each  other. 

This  'period  was  invented  by  Scaligcr,  as  a  common  re- 
ceptacle of  Epocha's,  to  facilitate  the  redudion  of  Years  of  a 
given  Epocha,  to  rhofe  of  another  Epocha  likewife  given.  It 
agrees  with  the  Conjtanriyzopolitan  Epocha,  ov  period,  ufed 
by  the  Greeks,  except  in  this  that  rhe  Cycles  oftheSnn, 
Moon,  and  Indiftions,  arereckon'ddififerently;  and  in  that  the 
firlt  Year  oi  rhe  Conftantino^olitan  Period  differs  from  that 
of  the  Jttlian  Period. 
Cmj'ianli?ioJ'oliran  Period.  Sec  Jiilian 'Pekiod. 
Period,  in  Grammar,  a  little  Compafs  of  Difcourfe,  con- 
taining a  pcrteif  Senfe^  difUnguifli'd  at  the  End  by  a  Point 
or  full  Stop  (.)  and  its  Members  or  Divifions  mark'd  by  Com- 
ma's, Colons,  t^c.    Sec  Sentence,  Point,  ^c. 

tDe  Cologne  defines  Period  a  fiiort,  but  perfeft  Sentence, 
confiiiing  of  certain  Parts  or  Members,  depending  one  on  ano- 
ther, and  connected  together  by  Ibme  common  Vinculum. 

That  celebrated  Difinition  oi'  j^rijlorlc  is  j  a  period  is  a 
Difcourfe  which  has  a  Beginning,  a  Middle,  and  an  End, 
all  vifible  at  one  View. 

A  -period  of  two  Members,  Cicero  fupplies  us  with  :  iErgo 
^  mihi  mese  frifiinse  vit<s  Co7ifnetudinem,  C.  defar^  i'aterclu- 
fam  aperiiijii  5  his  omnibus  ad  bene  de  repiblxca  [^era.n~ 
diim  qiiafijignum  aliqitod  fii/fnlijfi. 

A 'iPeno.^  of  three  Members,  the  fame  C/cero  gives  us  in 
the  Exordium  of  his  Afanilian  Oration  :  Na7n  cum  antea  j>er 
<etatem  hups  AiiBoriiatein  loci  contingeye  mn  auderem ; 
meremque  nihil  hue  niji  Jicrfe£ium  ingejiio^  elaboramm  Indujlria 
afferri  o^OYters:  Omne  tneum  temptiS  amicorum  tem^poribus 
tranfmittejidiim  futam. 

A  period  of  four  Members  he  gives  us  in  that  admirable 
Defcriprion  of  the  Punilliment  or  Parricides.  Ita  vimnt  itt 
ducere  animam  de  Ccslo  non  qiteant :  Ita  Morimtur  nt  eorum 
ojja  terra  non  ta^igat:  Ita  jaUa^itur  flu6tibus  mmmq%iam  ab- 
luantur:  Ita  pfirerao  e^icitrntur  titneadSaxa  qtiidemmormi 
conquie^cant . 

The  Laws  and  Meafures  of  Periods  are  pretty  flriflly  re- 
garded by  Orators  ;  at  lead  by  the  ancient  ones  :  In  ordinary 
Difcourfe,  and  in  the  modern  Tongues,  Authors  are  much 
lefs  fevere. 

In  Oratory,  the  Members  of  Periods  are  to  be  equal  or   a  Period, 


ifto  l?'/'^'"""'  Omtcr,  fays,  C,/- 

p.  tile  Aabitm  if,  i>le„a  comfnbcfw  e  qttatmrkrefm.bti^ 

O  ation  he  gives  u.  m  the  Opening  of  his  Oration  Ir  Jnh,- 
rmthe  Poet.   Siqmdm  mefu  l„ge,ui,  Jndice,,  qmilhttio 

ai,q,m  ab  .tumarum  aynvm  Jludiis  (S  difcipliiL/orea" " 
qua  ego  cmijMor  milium  J£tatis  mee  tempm  L,irvike  ■ 

me  repetwe  pnpefm  jure  debet.  ■'  ' 

IPmoA  are  raid  to  be  either  mundi,  round,  ox  qmimti. 
Square,  according  to  their  diSerent  Oeconomy  and  Cadences 
AfquareTemd  is  that  confilHng  of  3  or  4  equal  Members 
totmally  d,ihngu,m  d  trorn  each  other;  as  that  of  Cicero  on 
tiie  PuniOimem  of  Parricides.  A  round  'Period  is  that  whofe 
Members  or  Parts  ate  io  connefled,  and  fitted  into  each  other 
as  that  the  J  unaures  or  Commiffures  are  fcarcc  fccn ;  but  the' 
whole  ilides  equally  lound  ;  without  any  notable  Stops  or  Ine- 
qualities Such  are  the  Dicolos  and  Tricalos  of  Cicero  above- 
mention  d. 


i%^'*''>'!''='ifor  the  CharaSer  f.;  wherewith  th= 
ffmoil  of  Difcourfe  are  terminated  and  exprcfs'd  ;  popularly 
cill  A  a.  I-illl-JloJ>  o!  ¥01,11.    See  Pointing  '  i"  f  ' 

Father  Sllff.cr  obfervcs  two  Difficulties  in  the  Ufe  of  ths 
Teriod  or  Ponit,  ,.  e  in  the  diflinguiming  it  from  the  Colon, 
or  double  Point;  and  in  determining  juflly  the  End  of  a  'Pe- 
riod, or  pertea  Sentence. 

"Tis  obferv'd  that  the  Supernumerary  Members  of  a  Pe- 
riod, ieparated  from  the  reft  by  Colons  and  Semicolons,  ufuallv 
commence  with  a  Conjunaion.  (See  Colon.)  iTet  'tis  certaii 
thelc  lame  Conjunflions  lometimcs  rather  begin  new  Periods 
than  lupern  umerary  Members  of  old  ones,  'tis  the  Senli  of 
1  hings,  and  the  Authors  own  Difcretion  that  mull  make  the 
proper  Dittinaion  which  of  the  two  in  effed  it  is  No 
Rules  will  here  be  of  any  Service,  unlefs  this  be  admitted  as 
one  ;  that  when  what  follows  the  Conjuiiflion  is  of  as  much 
extent  as  what  precedes  it,  'tis  ufually  a  new  Period  ;  other- 
wile  not. 

•The  fccond  Difficulty  arifcshencc,  that  the  Senfe  appears  per- 
tca  in  feveral  /Imrt  detached  phrafes,  wherein  it  does  not 
feem  there  Ihoud  be  'Periods:  A  ThingfrequentinfteeDif- 
courle ;  as,  'we  are  all  m  Stijpsnce ;  make  mm  Propofcls  im- 
mediately ;  you'll  be  to  blame  fir  detaining  us  longer.  Where 
'tis  evident  that  ITmpIc  Phrafcs  have  perfeft  Senfes  like  pe- 
riods ;  and  ought  to  be  marlc'd  accordingly  ;  but  that  the 
Shortnefs  of  the  Difcourfe  making  'em  eafily  comprehended, 
the  Pointing  is  neglected. 

■The  Word  Period  in  the  original  Greek  .siiiaj',!  fionifies 
ambit,  circuit.  ^ 
Period,  in  Numbers,  is  a  Diflinaion  made  by  a  Point  or 


after  every  fixth  Place,  or  Figure;  and' is  ufed  in 
,  for  the  readier  diftinguifhing  ar 


nearly  equal ;  that  the  Paufes  or  Refts  of  the  Voice"  at  th' 
clofe  of  each  Member  may  be  nearly  equal ;  but  in  Writing 
no  ways  intended  for  rehearfal,  this  is  difreguarded.  Com- 
mon Difcourfe  allows  of  Periods  both  longer  and  rtiorter  than 
Oratory  ;  which  admits  of  none  lefs  than  two  Members,  nor 
greater  than  four.  Short,  mutilated  Periods  break  the  Stream, 
and  check  the  Courfe  of  the  Sublime  ;  and  long  ones  era- 
barrafs  and  keep  the  Mind  too  long  in  Sufpenfe  ;  and  even 
ftrain  the  Voice  which  is  never  to  ftop  but  at  the  Ends  of'Pe- 
riods. 

The  Periods  allow'd  in  Oratory  are  three;  A  Period  0? 
two  Members,  CRlVd  by  the  Greeks,  2)icclos,  3.nd  the  Zalins, 
'Bimembris :  A  Period  of  three  Members,  1'ricelos,  trimem- 
bris ;  and  a  Peno/i' of  four,  ^adrimembris,  "Tetracohs.  See 
Member. 

A  ilria  Oratorial  Period  does  not  allow  of  either  more  or  fewer 
than  thefe  .■  'Tis  poffible  indeed  to  introduce  a  Period  of  one 
Member,  call'd  by  Aristotle  jVonocolos,  or  fimplc  Period ;  but 
'twill  be  reputed  a  Flaw  ;  and  is  a  Thing  never  to  be  praflis'd 
by  the  Matters.  The  yrivW  may  be  likewife  prolonged  to  five 
or  fix  Members,  but  then  it  changes  its  Name  ;  and  inftead  of 
'Period  commences  what  they  call  3.  feritdiail  Speecb. 

Pbalareus,  llerimgenes,  Terence,  Sic.  confine  the  juft 
Period  (call'd  by  the  Latins,  Ambitus  and  Circtiitus,]  to  four 
Members;  agreeably  to  the  Diflich 

^latuor  e  inembris  plenum  fortmre  videbis 
Rhtora  Circuitum,  jive  Ambitus  ilk  vccetur. 


Comma, 

Numeration,  tor  the  readier  diftinguiffing  and  naminp  the 
feveral  Figures  or  Places :  which  fee  under  Numeration. 

Period,  in  Medicine,  the  Space  of  Time  a  Dillcmper  con- 
tinues, from  its  Beginning  to  its  Dcclenfion.    See  Disease. 

Hence,  fuch  as  return  after  a  certain  Space,  with  like  Symp- 
toms, 2iK  cM' A  periodical  XSiflempcrS;  fuch  are  Agues,  in- 
termitting Fevets,  ^c.    See  Fever. 

In  the  Phil.  Tran&a.  Dr.  Jl/nJ'gra'je  gives  us  an  Inftance  of 
aperiodic  Paify;  Dr.  Cole  in  Inliance  of  aperiodic  Convul- 
fion.    Sec  Convulsion,  P.^lsy,  ^c. 

PERIODIC,  fomething  that  terminates  and  comprehends 
Sec  Period, 


A  periodic  Month,  is  the  Space  of  Time  wherein  the 
Moon  difpatches  her  Period,  or  periodic  Motion,  viz.  27  Days, 
7  Hours,  43  Minutes ;  in  which  Time  Ihe  returns  to  the  fame 
Point  of  the  Zodiac,  wherein  ilic  was  when  file  left  the  Sun. 
See  Month. 

Periodic  •Uifeafes,  arc  fuch  as  decline  and  rife  again  with 
fimilar  Symptoms  alternately. 

Periodic,  in  Grammar,  is  applied  to  a  Stile  or  Difcourfe 
that  has  Numbers ;  or  which  confifts  of  juft,  and  artful 
Periods.    See  Numbers. 

PERIODUS  Sanguinis,  the  Circle  of  the  Blood,  or  the 
Tour  it  makes lound  the  Body,  for  theSupport  ofLife.  See 
Circulation. 

PERIODEUTA,  a  Church  Officer  among  the  Greeks^ 
efiablifli'd  by  the  Council  of  Laodieea,  in  Towns,  where 
there  were  no  Bilhops. 

The  Periodeutg  were  a  Kind  of  rural  Deans,  fo  call'd,  ac- 
cording to  Zonaras,  becaufe  always  on  the  Road,  going  from 
one  Quarter  to  another  to  keep  the  People  in  their  Duty.  See 
Rural. 

Hence,  Gregory  of  Theffaloniea  calls  'em  Aiabiilantes, 
Walkers.  'Salfaraon  calls  'em  Exarcb£,  by  which  Name 
they  are  ftiU  known  among  the  Greeks  at  this  Day.  See 

ExARCHA. 

PERIOPHTHALMIUM,  in  natural  Hiflory,  a  thin  Skin, 
which  Birds  can  draw  over  their  Eyes,  to  defend  'em  without 
fhutting  their  Eyc-lids :  The  fame  with  the  'SiStitating  Mem- 
brane.   See  Nictitatino  jlffwtaie.  The 


PER 


(  7B8  ) 


PER 


The  Word  is  compounded  of  the  Greek  ^ift  aboi 


cajia  whom  he  had  then  to  Wife,  were  his  Futhcr  and  Motherj 

t;  and  throws  him  into  the  dcepelt  Diftrcfs.    See  DiscoveRV. 

''  piTrIoFtEUM.  in  Anatomy,  a  Membrane,  pretty  tough,  This  Mlance            calls  a  «/f 'Pe^^^^^^^     ,  u,   ,  h 

and  e«  cmelyfenfible,  covering  the  whole  exterior  Surface  The  Quahfes  of  the  5>m/«M  arc  that.t  be  probable  and 

c  alUhe  Eonesofthe  Body;  the  Teeth  alone  excepted.  See  ncceflary;m  order  to  wh.ch  ttmuft  be  the  natural  Refu  It  at 

z:                                  ^  '  Icali  the  Bffect,  ot  the  toregomg  Actions,  or  of  the  Subject  Jt- 

Ttls  derived  from  the  Dura  Mater,  and  confids  principally  felf ;  not  ftart  out  from  any  foreign,  or  collateral  Caufc. 

of  Fibres  detach'd  thence  ;  befides  which  it  receives  other  Sometimes  the  ¥«v^fr,^.  is  occa&n  d  without  any  Difco- 

F  bres  from  the  Membrana  Communis  of  the  Mufcles,  or  as  very;  asm  the  Am.gone  cf  SPj>bcc/c5,  wherethe  Change  in 

Dr  K«-°i.«  imagines,  fVom  the  flefhy  Fibres  of  the  Belly  of  Cre««'j  Fortune  is  produced  by  the  Eflect  of  h.s  pn  Obit  na; 

he  Mufcles  whkh  interfea  the  Former.  cy ;  and  fomctimes  by  a  mete  Change  of  the  Will,  which,  tho 

That  Part  of  it  which  covers  the  Cranium  or  Skull,  is  by  the  leail  artful,  yet,  Mr.  2}ryden  obferves,  may  be  fo  ma- 

,  npcuHar  Name  calM  the 'PcraTfflma.  Sec  Pericranium,  iiag'd  as  to  become  exceedingly  bea^ 

"T'he        J««  i   very  thin  every  where ;  tho'  not  every  Thefe  two  Cafes  Jnprk  c^lls  fimfk  Tcr.p^tm ;  in  thefe, 

whle  a^^ke     I   a^^^^^             '=>  *e  Bone;  and  in  fome  the  Change  only  confills  in  a  Paffage  out  of  Trouble  and  he, 

where             '          j.  ^  ^-^^^^  ;„„  ,i,e  very  Subllance  tion,  into  Tranquillity  and  Reft.  See  Fable,  Action, 

oDlerv  a  lu    c  ^^^^^  'Jierifam  is  form  d  from  the  Grsek  minri- 


Mufcles  and  Tendons  rk,  jbmah'wgfattmg  into  a  different  State. 


J  the  attrition  of  the  hard 


Places  is 

thereof.  ^  .        ,  r    i  1 

Its  principal  Ufe  is  to  defend  the 
from  being  fretted  in  their  Aflion  by  t  .    .  ^ 

Subllance  of  the  Bones ;  and  to  give  Notice,  by  its  lenfibility, 
of  any  Thing  that  might  annoy  the  Bones.  -  ,     ,  „ 

Indeed    this  lad  Ufe  is  controverted  ;  Tome  ot  the  latelt 
Anatomills  maintaining  that  the  Teriojielim  is  infenfible. 
The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  -Tiifi  about  and  o^'uv. 
PPR  TPATETICKS,  a  Sefl  of  Phiiofophers,  the  Followers  Minute,  SSc  . 
(Male-  or  the  Maintaincrs  of  the  -Perifatetic  Philofo-      The  Divifions  of  Degrees,  therefore,  are  Fractions,^  whoft 


PERIPHERY,  in  Geometty,  the  Circumference,  or 
Bounding-Line  of  a  Circle,  Ellipfis,  Parabola,  and  other  fimi- 
lar  Figures.    See  Circumference,  Circle, 

The  'Periphery  of  every  Circle  is  fuppofcd  to  be  divided 
into  3(10  Degrees,  whicit  are  again  fubdivided,  each  into 
So  Minutes,  the  Minutes  into  Seconds,         See  Decree, 


of  Jriliotle ; 

ohv  "U'd  alfo  Jripti/ittns.    See  Aristotelian. 

Bcero  tells  us  that  •jPiiilo  left  two  c-icellent  Difciples,  Xeno- 

„«(ct  and  Jriliorle,  who  founded  two  Scfls,  which  only  dif-       „  —      -  ,-ur. 

Wd  in  Name -  The  Former  taking  the  Appellation  of  Jcade-  are  ufed  the  Indices  of  their  Z«««r&,«  ;  hence  the  Degree 

Sis  who  we're  thofe  that  continued  to^Lld  their  Confer-  being  the  Integer,  or  Urn t,  ismark'd  by  o,  the  Minute  by, 


Denominators  proceed  in  a  fexaciiple  Ratio;  As,  the  Minute 
,  Second  js-^z>  Third Ti45-?^r.    See  Sexagesimal. 
But  thefe  Denominators  being  troublefome  ;  in  thcjr  ftead 


ences  in  the  Acadany^  as'y&^o'had'done  before  ;  theother  Second  by  •  SSc    Sec  M>nute,  Second,  55c. 

l  Sl  owM  /?r//o  fc  were  call'd  Teripatelicks;  from  Geometricians  demonftrate  that  a  Circle  is  equal  to  a  in 
:!';.|^^arbecaufe  they  difputcd^walking  in  the  J^^^  -o.Ba.  is  equal       the  ..^^^^^^^^ 

*SJS/Jetches  the  Name  ^.^...tiom  ^^»hhn-  ^ 

are 

.f 


felf  "who  only  taught  walking  ;  and  adds  that  the  Difciples  of  their  Peripheries  and  Radii.    But  they  are  ^1^° '"/„'^"P'''=f = 

frkZt  and  thofe  of  ^e,^me,  were  equally  call'd  -Pen-  Ratio  of  the  Radii ;  therefore  the  'P;"tbl"''f,,'^  f^^,;'^i 

Zttek  ■  the  one  g>m>Kr;VAj  of  the  Academy,  theother  to  each  other  as  their  Radii :  and  fince  the  P'''"r'f'yf 

'ferifaeuhof  ,heZ*-«/;»;  but  that  at  length,' the  Former  one  Circle  is  to  ts  Radius,  as  the  ya-^Aerj^  of  ''"7°*;'™ 

quit  ed    'e  T°t  e  Teriptet/c  for  that  of  Academic,  on  occa-  its  Radius  ;  The  Ratio  of  the  ym/fery  »  the  Diameter  is 


Son  of  tlie  Place  where  they  alfembled;  and  the  Latter  re-  the  fame  in  all  Circles.           ,      „     ,         ,  rirrnmfpm 

tainM  r.mply  thatofyt7;>«r«       See  Academic.  The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  G^cct  ^f-fifo.  0«»/OT. 

Tt,p  orMteliand  bellPart  of  7^«/!«iesPhilolophy,  he  bor-  I  furround.               .      ,       .    ^.        ,  n- 

.o3d  ffom  hi  Maftcl^i^^    :  sJranm  affirms^onfidently,  PERIPHRASIS  in  Rhetor  c,  Cncumloamn,  ^^-''TZ. 

rowd  "?"^."if/'^^''^';j_a„.„      .v..             r,n.l.;nr.  Tn„r  nf  Words,  much  aftefled  bv  Orators,  to  avoid  common 

See  ClB.CUMLOCDTION, 


fluifite  inanypartof^ny!of/MPhilofophy,  Dialectics,  Ethics    and  trite  manners  of  ExprelTion, 

Politics  Phvfics,  or  Metaph\tics,  but  is  found  in  y/are.  And- Figure.  .  „  „„J 

of  iS  Opinion  are  many\Khe  ancient  Authors,  Ckmns      The  js  of  good  ufe  on  many  occalions;  and  we 

Ak^'nirmm  Sec  Platonism.  are  frequently  forced  to  have  recourfe  to  it,  to  make  Things 

■^^gafe  entavours  to  flicw  that  Mptle  borrow'd  a  good   beconcciv'd,  which  it  is  not  proper  to  name 
ded  of  hTphilofophy  both  Phyfical  about  the  fir}  Matter  ;      "Tis  a  Piece  of  Politenels  to  fupprefs  the  Nat^e^,  and  o  d^ 
1  Mrt,Xfical  about   the   /i>/?  his  Affections,  imimate,  or  defign 'em.    Thefe  Tutiis  ot  Expreffion  arc  parti- 

Titth  Un[ty  G  odnrf:    ^e.  H  tt  if  J  red  Books;  and   cularly  fer>Tceable  in  Oratory ;  for  the  Sublime  admitt,n|; 
adds  fron^  one  of  his  ^Jrifietle's)  Scholars,  that  he   no  direil  C  rations  there  mull  be  a  Compafs  taken  to  mfira 

made  uf^of  a  certaii  7e:f,  who  affiiled  him  therein.  ate  the  Authors,  whofe  Authority  is  borrowed.  AJPm|*m 

maae  uie  01  .i^cci       ./     ,  ..  i-_,r  .,-,.,,»;,'„„        l„,  turnin"  round  a  proper  Name  to  make  it  undcritood, 

"  '    "ifcourfe;  but  Care  muft  be  taken 

 _  'd,  nor  extended  malapropos,  in 

which  Cafe  it  becomes  flat  and  languid. 
The  Word  in  the  original  Greek  mtif!'' 


JriHotle's  Philofopfiy  preferv'd  itfelf  in  fllris  natnrallbm,  fi  by  turning  round  a  prop 
-1  lone  Time ;  none  of  his  Followers  or  Commentators  having  amplifies  and  railes  the  JJil 
■j,„J%„„„l-eanv  Innovations  therein:  Till  the  Beginning  of  it  be  not  too  much  Iwell , 


daretTto  make  any  Innovations  therein  :  Till  the  Beg: 
the  Xllltb  Century  ;  when  it  began  to  be  new  mod 


'g 

d.  A 

3  the 


,  fignifies  Ciraim- 


reform'd  Syllem  of  'Perifateticipn  was  lirfl  introduc'd  into  the  The 

in  the  TJniverfitv  of  Paris  ;  from  whence  it  foon  locution.                                .it    -                 j  .-^.-foin 

teai  tl-"'hout  i^r^^^^    and  has  fibfiaed  in  the  Schools  PERIPLUS,  a  Voyage  or  Navigation  round  a  certain 

this  Da^.,^  under  the  N.mo  o(  Scbcol 'Phtlofipy.   See  Sea,^.™  Se.i  Coafls.,^^  ^^^^ 

^  Thc°Fo^ndarion  hereof  is  JrifiotkS  Doctrine,  frequently  ter  having  infpec^ed 'em  in  C^aUty  of  M 

mifundetftood;  oftener  mifappUed:  Whence  the  Retainers  ror  ^-ira«,  to  whom  he  dedicates  the  Delcription  under  tne 
thereto  may  be  denominated  reformed  'Perifateticks. 

Out  of  thefe  h-ave  fprung  at  feveral  rimes  feveral  Branches,  i'iii^ii-iNiiui>iwi..i.,  ...            F -'c^  t         .  „,„„,\ci 

the  chief  arc  the  rimnip,  Scotip,  and  Noaixalip  ^^Sce  each  fome  Patt  ot  the  ITiorax,  jroperl>_o  ^ 

undcritsproper  Article,  TnOMisT,ScoTisT,  and  Nominal,  with  an  acute  Fever, 

Perieatetic  'Phikfofby,  the  Syllem   of  Philofophy,  Lungs,  &■ 

taupht  and  eftablilh'd  by  Jriptle,  and  maintain'd  by  his  ^'^'^ 


PERIPNEUMONIA,  in  Medicine,  an  Inflammation  ot 
-  -  Mrrly  of  the  Lungs  ;  attended 

DilBculty  of  breathing.  See 

"The'^'ipi^'iimnia  is  dillinguifh'd  into  'jem,  true  ;  and 
F„Twer"s'rheT.ni;;«ri;ftl''Se^^  frffisrVeallnflammatlon  of  the  Lungs,  attended  with 

"J^-^i^amen  of  the  'Periftuetto  Philotbphy,    Sec  under  ^^^.^^t;^^  ^^^IJ^ 


A  Spi 

""prRrPETIA,  in  the  Drama,  that  part  of  a  Tragedy  ^m;  Pleu;|;^Jee  Ast,,m..^ 

therein  the  Action  is  tutn'd,  the  Plot  unravel'd.  and  the  "^^^^^^^^^ 

"¥he'™;^^      is'pTop'ej;;traangeof  Condition  whether  nrn^'it'arifes.from  a  Phlegmon    the  Patient  fpi.  pure 

ha^v  oSappy,  which  Ihe  principal  Perfon  or  Perfons  un-  Blood ;  when  it  is^  Eref.nelatous  'Vft  C  Brcaft  "  not  & 

;°arif.ng&5nieDifclvery^„r,„cidenr,  which  gives  „„r much  tmged  w.th  r«f;^^I„  t 


a  new  turn  to^the  Action.  ^     n  l 

The  ^Veripetid  therefore  coincides  with  the  Catafirophe, 


The  ^eripnemmnia  is  more  danf^erous,  tho  lels  pa^ntui 

Un^^^lli^gt -l^'we -ke  the               »  depend  on  the  than  ^^'J^^J^^^^^^^l^:;. 

rataftroDhe  ftjc.  as  an  eftect  on  Its  Caufc.  SeeCATASTRO-  tion  ot  well  concocica  rcuumi,  »  '      '  ,  j^- 

v^ataltropne,  c^o.  nphe  flowing  of  the  Menfes,  or  any  Hemorrhage,  a  uiarrnj;*, 

PHE  and  Unravelling.           ,      ,,    „         ,  J  c?                thr  Ears  or  other  Parts  are  a  fo  good  Prog- 

The  Verifetia  is  fometimes  induced  bv  Remembrance  or  Abfccffes  about  the  Ears,  or  otner  rarts,  arc  s 

^Zi;:^d^:fS'^::^^r^S:'^t  ™SMedicinesnrelcribedare,.,^,y  .he  fUme  that  obtain 

to  a"d             were  not  his  Father  and  Mother ;  which  be-  in  Afthmatick  ani  Pleurmck  Cafes. 
gins  a  Difcovery,  that  Zitilis,  whom  he  had  kiU'd,  and  Jo- 


PER 


(  789  ; 


PER 


=*n,,  «?„i-aisform'dfromlhe  Greek  ^s.i  about,  and  ™f<OT,  to  the  Mufdeof  the  Uvula,  more  properly  denominated  ?'«0' 

goflirj'f^nmm.    See  Uvula  and  Pterygostaphilinus. 
PERISTYLE, 


LuriRs. 


Not/jii  or  Sptlricl  ■ 
Lungs,  arifing  from  a  _  heavy  jpituitous 


PcrRirNEfMONiA  ISOZB!,  OT            .»  a  Difcafo  of  the  PERISIYLE    in  the  anaent  Archucaure,  a  Place  or 

„„»;    arifinafrom  a   heavy  pituitous   Matter  generated  Building,  incompa  s  d  with  a  Row  ot  Cohimns  on  the  Inlides 

rhroSehout  the  whole  Mafs  of  Blood,  and  difcharged  upon  by  which  it  is  diliinguimd  ttom  the  (Pm/OTf,  where  the 

throiignout  iiic  w>                          .or  Columns  are  dlfpoicd  wuhout-fide.    Sec  PEHifrEaE. 

id  Slownefs  of  the  Such  was  the  Hypetre  Temple  of  Vitrimiis ;  and  fuch  are 


the  Lungs.  t,  ,  r 

'Tis  known  bv  the  Viicidity,  Palencis,        «.^v.,.v.u.  ...  — -  -----                    •     t,     *  r       \  t.  ,     ^.     "   :  , 

Blood  Ropinefs  of  the  Saliva,  Palenefs  and  Want  of  Scent  of  now  fome^  Bafihques  in  Rome,  fevcral  Palaces  in /fa/,-,  and 

the  Urine,  Swellings  and  Ohftruaions  in  the  minuter  Veffels,  - 


moll  Cloifters  of  Religious. 

Yet,  the  Word  'Periflyk  is  fliU  ufed  indifferently  for  a 
Range  of  Columns,  either  within  or  without  a  Building  :  As 
the  Corinthian  Terijtyle  of  the  Portail  of  the  Louvre, 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  msi  about  and  s-uAsf; 


lliort  Breath,  OppreiTlon  in  the  Thorax,  £^c.  worn  out,  phleg- 
matic, cold,  plithifical,  catarrhous,  Conflitutions,  are  molt 
liable 'to  it  It  begins  with  a  Feeblenefs,  Indolence,  Weari- 
nefs,  DiSEculty  of  Breathing,  Opprefllon  of  the  Ereatt,  Fever- 

ifhnefs-  and  noes  on  without  any  great  Appearance  of  danger  Column.  1,   n    r  i 

t^Death  felf  without  any  Prognollic  thereof  in  the  Urine,  PERISYSTOLE,  in  Medjcine,  the  Paufe  or  Interval  be. 
Pu  fe  Sc  Itiscured  by  Biood-letting,  CJyfters,  thin  Diet,  tween  the  two  Motions  of  the  Heart,  or  PuUe  ;  that  of 
Sluen^r  AWer^ents  and  Aperients.  ^       the  Syftole  or  Con,rac%on  and  that  ot  the  Diatlole  or  D.la- 

PERIPTERE   in  the  ancient  Architeaure,  a  Building  ration.    See  Systole  and  Diastole.    See  alfo  Pulse  and 

SfidSfllalnd.^"^^^"^"''"'^  "^PERiTON^UM,  in  Anatomy    a  thin,  foft  Membran, 

S  were  the  Bafilic  o(  Jutomre,  the  Septizon  of  Se'Je-  covering  and  containing  all  the  Vifcera  ot  the  lower  Belly, 

m  the  Portico  of  Tws/O',         The  ym/reres  were  pro-  See  Viscira  and  Abdomen. 

Sriv  Temples  which  h.id  Columns  on  all  the  four  Sides;      Its  Figure  and  Size  anlwer  to  thofc  ol  the  lower  Bellyj 

E,,  which  thev 'were  diUinouidi'd  from  the  TroWes  and  .^»-  which  it  lines  throughout ;   its  internal  Surface  is  fmooth^ 

**,M.ft*s  the  one  of  w?hich  had  no  Columns  before,  and  and   lin'd  with  an  ..nauous  Humour,  ierving  to  prevent 

■fhe  other  none  on  the  Sides.    See  Prostyle,  ^  its  wounding  the  InteHines,  and  other  Parts  ,t  touches,  as 

M  'Perravlt  obferves,  rhat  Teriptere  in  its  general  Senfe,  well  as  to  lubricate  and  facilitate  their  iVIotion  ;  when  the 

;s  the  Kame  of  a  Genus,  including  all  the  Species  of  Tern-  Glands  which  turnilh  it  are  ob  iruaed,  the  'Pcnronmit 

1,1«  which  have  Portico's  of  Columns  all  around;   whether  grows  thick,  as  tis  trequently  found  in  Dropfics. 
Sie  Columns  be  Diptere,  or  Pfeudo  diptere,  or  fimply  Ve-      The  external  Surface  is  hbrous  and  unequal   that  it  may 

riptere,  which  is  a  Species  that  bears  the  Name  of  the  Ge-  adhere  more  hrmly  to  the  Murclcs^ot  rhe  Abdomen,  Linca 
tius,  and  which  has  its  Columns  dilbnt 


from  the  Wall  by  Alba,  Offa  pubis,  Ifchium,  Ilium,  Sacrum,  and  the  Vertebra 


Lumbares,  to  which  it  is  taften'd  ;  and  from  the  lad  where- 
of, many  itippofe  it  to  have  its  Origin. 

It  is  alfo  conneaed  to  the  inferior  or  convex  Surface  of  the 
Liver,  which  it  fuipends;  and  the  Part  employ 'd  in  this 
Aaion,  is  call'd  the  Uganienmiit  Sufjimforhmi  Hefmh. 


The  ^eritontgUTii  is  double  every  where,  but  moit 


appa- 


the  Breadth  of  an  Intercolumniation.  See  Temple. 

For  the  •Difference  benceen  Teripere  and  'Perijlyle.  See 

Peristyle.  ,    „     ,       ,     ■  u    ^  j 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  ■npi,  arcmiT,  about  and 
^TT£eo^  ^li^.  Wing. 

PERISCII,  in   Geography,    thofe  Inhabitants  ol  the  ,    „     1      i    r,   '  i  ■       j         u  r*- 

Panh   whofe  Shadows  do,  in  one  and  the  fame  Day,  fuc-  rently  fo  from  the  Navel  to  the  Os  pubis,  and  near  the  Lum- 
frffive'lv  turn  to  all  the  Points  of  the  Horizon.    See  Shadow,  bar  Vertebra:,as  appears  not  only  from  its  extraordinary  Thick- 
Such  are  the  Inhabitants  of  the  frozen  Zones,  or  thofe  nefs  in  both,  bat  trom  its  Spontaneous  parting  m  the  latter, 
wholive  within  thecompafsofthcArilicandAntaraicCircles  to  receive  theKidmes.  „      .      ■      d  <r  1. 

for  as  rhe  Sun  never  goes  down  to  them  after  he  is  once  up,  Ir  is  perforated  in  the  upper  Part  to  give  Paffage  to  the 
buJ  always  round  about,  fo  do  their  Shadows  ;  in  fo  much,  Oefophagus  Aorta  and  Cava  ;  in  the  under  for  the  Funda- 
th«  in  the  fame  Day  they  have  their  Shadows  on  all  Sides,  ment,  the  Neck  of  the  Matrix,  and  the  Veffels  that  go  to 
See  Zone     '  '      '  the  Thighs ;  and  in  the  Fore-part  to  give  Paflage  to  the  Um- 

And  hence  the  Name,  from  the  Greek  trseafxi'o/,  Circtm  bilical  Veffels. 
mnbres. 


Its  exterior  Coat  has  two  Proceffes  ;  which  in  Men  fall  down 


the'Corinai  Suture,  reaching  from  one  Temple' a-crofs  to  the  The  Terian^um  receives  Veins  and  Artries  from  the 

other  and  penctraring  to  the  Bone  of  the  Cranium:  its  In-  MammariK,  Diaphragmatica:,  EpigaflricK,  Sacra:,  andLum- 

tpntio'n  was  to  feparate  the  Pericranium  fiom  the  Skull.    See  bares :  Nerves  from  the  Os  Sacrum  and  Loins.  01.  Rudbeckius 

Pericranium  pretends  to  have  hkewife  difcoverd  Lymphaticks,  which  be- 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  «f  I  and            to  flea,  ing  fcarce  vifible,  except  in  Hydropic  Cafes,  an't  much  taken 

PERISSACHOREGIA,   a  Term  found  in  the  Code,  notice  of.                         „       .  .       r  o  it 

about  the  Meaning  whereof  Authors  are  much  divided.  In  morbid  Cafes,  great  Quantities  ot  Serum  have  been 

Ak  'mt  and  feme  others  will  have  it  to  be  the  Name  of  an  found  between  the  Duplicatures  of  this  Membrane,  when 

Office  im  that  of  Curator  of  the  Jnmna  or  Provifions;  there  was  none  in  the  Cavity  of  the  Abdomen;  which  con- 

from  ^'tiV"'*  Abundance  and  M»>.^«  to  bring.  Others  take  Hitutes  the  true  2j7»/>«/)'.    See  Tympany.  ^ 

it  to  be  the  Office  of  a  Magiftrate  who  was  t'o  look  to  the  The  Ufe  of  rhe  'Pertton£Um  is  to  contain,  and  keep  m 

Auomcntation  of  the  Mnnona,  and  the  Diflribudon  of  the  their  Place  the  Vifcera  of  the  Abdomen  :  This  is  fo  manifeft, 

^  that  when  ever  this  Membrane  happens  to  be  broke,  or  ex- 

^  Sob?  Meeri  will  have  it  to  fignify  a  Donative  or  Diflribu-  traordinarily  dilated,  feme  of  the  Parts  are  apt  to  fall  down, 

tion  made  to  the  Soldiers  over  and  above  their  Pay.    See  and  to  form  thofe  Tumors  call  d  Hcrma  s  or  Rupures.  See 

Donative.  Hernia.                        .  ^     ,       j-    j   •    j  r  u 

PERISTALTIC,  in  Medicine,  a  Motion  proper  to  the  The  Term  Tentoil^mil  is  Greek,  and  is  derived  from  the 

Inteflincs  wherein  the  feveral  Parts  are  fucccffively  contraacd  Verb    «miif  circumtendo,  I  flretch  all  a-round. 

from  above  downwards,  in  a  manner  rcfembling  the  creep-  PERITROCHIUM,  in  Mechanicks,  a  Wheel  or  Circ  e, 

inr-  of  a  Worm:  whence  it  is  alfo  aU'd  the  l^ermctller  Jla-  as  ^  S,  (Tab.  Mechanicks,  Fig.  44.)  concentric  with  the 

tmn.    See  Intestines.  Bafe  of  a  Cylinder,  and  moveable  together  with  it,  about  an 

The  Penjialtic  Motion  is  perform 'd  by  the  Contraaion  of  Axis  E  F. 
the  circular  and  longitudinal  Fibres,  whereof  the  flefliy  Coat 


of  the  Inteftines  is  compofcd.  'Tis  by  Means  hereof,  th, 
the  Chyle  is  driven  into  the  Orifices  of  the  Uaeal  Veins, 
and  the  Excrements  prefs'd  downwards,  and  at  lafl  expell'd. 
See  Chyle  and  Excrement. 

When  this  Motion  comes  to  be  depraved,  and  its  Direaion 
changed,  fo  as  to  proceed  from  below  upwards,  it  produces 
-what  we  call  the  Iliac  TaJfiCii.^  See  Iliac  'PaJJion. 
M.  perrmdt. 


The  Axis,  with  the  Wheel,  and  Levers  fix'd  therein  to 
move  it,  make  that  mechanical  Power,  call'd  Jlxis  in  Peri- 
irochio.    See  Jlxii  in  Peritrociiio. 

Axii  in  PtRiTROCHio,  in  Mechanicks,  one  of  the 
fix  mechanical  Powers,  or  fimpie  Machines,  contriv'd  for 
the  raifino  of  Weights.  See  its  Struaure,  Doarine,  Applica- 
tion, '^c.  under  the  Article  Axis  in  peritrcchio. 

PERJURY,  in  Law,  the  Crime  of  fwearing  falfcly  in  : 


i.i  .i-w, ......    ...        .xprefs  Treatife  on  the  'Perifialtk  lawful  Oath,  adminifler'd  by  one  who  has  Authority,  in  any 

Motkn,  obi^erves,  that  tho'  'ris  ordinarily,  only  attributed  to  Matter  relating  to  an  IlTue,  or  Caufe  in  Queflion  ;  whether 

the  Inteftines ;  yet,  it  is  really  an  Aaion  common  to  all  the  it  be  of  the  Perfons  own  accord,  or  by  Subornation  ot  anotner. 
Parts  of  the  Body  which  alter,   prepare,  concoa  the  feveral 


Humours  and  Spirits,  which  are  the  Matter  and  Inffruments 
of  animal  Aaion.  In  effca,  he  gives  the  Name  to  all 
the  Motions  whereby  the  Cavities  of  the  Body  arc  prefs'd 
and  comprefs'd. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  'sreicMn  ;  and  hterally 
implies  fomething  fent  all  a-roilnd. 

PER13TAPHILINUS;  '- 


See  Oath. 

If  a  Man  call  me  perjtlr'd,  I  have  my  Aflion  upon  the 
Cafe.  If  he  calls  mefirefu-orn  no  Aaion  lies,  becaufe  the 
Forfwearing  may  be  extra-judicial. 

•Pcriury  isutually  excepted  out  of  general  Acts  of  Grace. 
The  Punifhmcnt  of  Perjury  is  CoUifirigium,  the  Pilloiy, 
or  burning  the  Criminal  in  the  Forehead  with  a  P,  rooting 
Anatomy,  a  Name  feme  give  up  his  Trees,  and  confifctting  bis  Goods,  bee  Pillory,  iSc 
9  p  PER- 


PER 


(  790  ) 


PER 


PERMEABLE,  denotes  a  Body  confukVd  as  its  Pores  are  and  Lamentation.  He  adds,  that  where  there  wiH-e  f'-i  en' 

capable  of  letting  fomewhat  pafs  thro"em.    Sec  Pore.  Orators  to  fpeak  for  the  fame  Pcrfon    the  'Peronuior  was 

PERMIKIMA,  in  Medicine,  denotes  a  pcrfea  Mixture  always  referv'd  to  Qcero-j  and  fubioins,  that  if  he  cxceirtL 

of  the  fmallelt  Particles  of  feveral  Bodies,  or  Ingredients.  See  herein,  'twas  not  owing  to  Genius,  but  to  the  Grief  he  h'm- 

MixTURE  and  Minima.  felt  Iliew'd.  This  is  abundantly  evident  in  his  Miionian  IP-r- 

PERMllTimON,    the  Truck,  or  Exchange  of  one  oratioji;  where  he  fays  fed  j^ms Jit :  neque  miw  fra  Lachr's 

Thing  tor  another.    See  Exchange.               ,    ,    ,   .  ^''^^ k-i''^  ^oqm pjfum;  B  tie  fe  Lacrymis  dejendi  vetat~~-^nA 

The  Commerce  of  the  Ancients,  was  perform  d  wholly  by  in  that  for  Rabmm  'Pofi/jjuims:  fed  jam,  qiicmmn  zit  fpero 

way  of  Permutation.   Sec  Commerce.                  _  fidem  qiiam  ptiii^  tibip^ftiti,  Tofihime,  reddam  etiamj/- 

Permutation,  in  the  Canon  Law,  a  real  and  aflive  Ex-    j-'--      ^.  ,  .  . 

change  of  two  Benefices.    See  Benefices, 

'Fermmation,    is  a    Means   of  bringing  Benefices  into 
Commerce  without  Simony.    See  Simony. 

The  Conditions  requir'd  to  a  canonical  ^enmitatkn  are  ; 
1°.  That  there  be  Benefices  permuted  on  either  Side;  tho' 
the  Revenues  be  unequal;  and  in  Cafeof  Inequality,  no  Com- 

penfation  to  be  made  in  Money ;  but  only  a  Pcnfion  charged  therewith 

^11.                  D  nrL_.  1-    ,.C  .1.  _    n                                  l:,  ^ 


on  the  bigger.  2.°  That  each  of  the  Permutants  quit  his 
Benefice,  and  make  a  Procuration  nd  refignauiitm.  5^  That 
the  ^Permutation  be  followed  by  a  Collation  of  the  Ordina- 
ry. 4"  That  the  Ordinary  be  inform 'd  of  the  Caufe  of  the 
'Perr/Hitation.  s*^  That  thofe  to  whom  the  Prefentation  or 
Elcftion  to  the  Benefices  belongs,  give  their  Confent;  or  in 
Cafeof  their  Refufal,that  the  Confent  oixht^iocefan  behad, 


crymas  quas  debeo  -  Ja}?t  indicat  tot  homimim  fietm  quam  fn 
arms  tins,  ^     dclor  debihtat,  mckidhqiie  vocej-a 

PERPEKDICULAR,  in  Geometry,  a  Line  failina  di- 
reaiy  on  another  Line,  or  lo  as  to  make  equal  Angles  on°  acli 
Side  ;  call'd  alfo  a  normal  Line.    See  Line. 

Thus  the  Line  IG.  (Tab.  Geometry  Pig.  5  7  J  is  TerpeniL 
cular  to  the  Line  X  //.  L  e.  makes  right  and  equal  Angles 
erewith :  " 
From  the  very  Notion  of  "Perjiendknlars^  it  follows  - 
I.  That  the  Terpiiiicukr'uy  is  mutual,  i.  e.  if  a  line 
as  /  G  be  ^>ff7;^£-;;.i^i:///;ir  to  another,  S  ^  that  other  is  allb 
'■Fsr^endkiUar  to  the  firft.  ' 

3.  Thar  only  one  "PerpendkiiUr  can  be  drawn  from  one 
Point  in  the  fame  Place. 

3.  That  if  a  'Perpendkiikr  be  continu'd  thro'  the  Line  i 


The  chief  Rules  o't  "Penmitatw?:  are,  that  if  one  of  the   ^as  drawn  'Pcrpiidicularly  to;  the  Continuation  will  alfo 


Compc-rmutantK  cannot  enjoy,  he  re-enters  with  full  right  in- 
to the  Benefice  he  has  quitted  ;  and  that  if  he  die  'ere  he  have 
accomplilli'd  the  '^Pernmiatitu  on  his  Part  by  the  taking  of 
Poffeilion,  the  Com^ermutant  who  has  accomplifli'd,  retains 
both  Benefices,  unlels  they       into  the  Regale. 

Permutations  c/  ^nmUnkSy  in  Algebra,  the 
Changes,  Alternations,  or  difterent  Combinations  of  any 
ISfumberof  Quantities.    See  Combination  and  Chance. 

pERMU'I^A'TlONEJrcMdiacoKnt^n  ^  Eccltfia  eidem an- 
nexe? cum  ]-.cckJiai<^  prebenda,  is  a  Writiflued  to  an  Ordinary, 
commanding  him  to  admit  a  Clerk  to  a  Beiiefice  upon  Ex- 
change made  with  another.    Reg.  ot  Writs. 


be  ^erj>endkti/ar  to  the  fame. 

4..  That  if  there  be  two  Points  of  a  right  Line,  each  of 
which  is  at  an  equal  Diftance  from  two  Points  of  another 
right  Line ;   that  Line  is  Terpmdicular  to  the  other. 

5.  I'hat  a  Line  which  is  TerJ)endkiilar  to  another,  is  alfo 
TtrJ^endkukr  to  all  the  Parallels  of  the  other.  See  Pa- 
rallel. 

6.  That  a  Terpendkukr  Line  is  the  fliorteft  of  all  thofe 
which  can  be  drawn  from  the  fame  Point  to  the  fame  right 
Line. 

Hence  the  Diftance  of  a  Point  fi-om  a  Line,  is  a  rjoht  Line 
drawn  from  the  Vo\m'Perpe7idkular  to  the  Line  or  Plane ;  and 


PER  MY  &  PER  TOUT,  a  joint  Tenant  is  faid  to  be  hence  the  Altitude  of  a  Figure  is  a  Perpendicular  \zt  falltrom 

feiz'd  oi  the  Land  he  holds  jomtly  ^t?"  r,:y  ^  Per  tout,  u  e.  the  Vertex  to  the  Bafe.    Sec  Distance. 
he  is  feiz'd  by  every  Parcel,  and  by  the  whole,    I'otimi  teiiet,      ^j'q  ereH  a  'perpendkuiar  G  /  on  any  given  Point  G  in  a 

^mhnteii?.t,fc.totumconjimair.i^mhnfejmratm.'Bracton.  right  Line  M  Z;  one  Foot  of  the  Compaffes  bein<''in  G 

PERNAKCY,_in   Law,  the  taking  or  receiving  any  with  any  interval  at  Plcafure,  cut  off  equal  Parts  on  eac"h  Side 


Thing;  from  the  French  Preitdre,  to  taki 

1'ithes  in  Pernancy  are  Tithes  taken  in  kind.  Sec  Tithes. 
PERNIO,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  aftlifling  the  Hands 
and  Feet  in  Winter-time,  popularly  call'd  a  Kibe  or  Gniblain. 
See  Chilblain. 

The  Parts  afiecled  fwell,  inclining  from  a  white  to  a  blue- 
ifli  Colour,  itch  and  ake  ;  yet,  the  Tumour  vaniflies  without 
any  Exulccration,  upon  anointing  the  Part  with  Petrol. 

PERNOR  oj  Profits,  he  who  takes,  or  receives  the  Pro- 
fits of  any  Thing ;  from  the  French  Prenenr,  1  aker. 

PERONE,  in  Anatomy,  a  Bone  of  the  Leg,  more  ufually 
call'd  Fibida.    See  Fibula.  Flence 
PERON.£US  Jnticiis,  Jovgas  orprinms,  a  Mufcle  of  tl: 


G  H  and  G  K  ;  from  the  Points  A'  and  //,  with  an  Interval 
greater  by  half  than  A'i/llrike  two  Arches  interfeiling  in  I; 
the  right  Line  G  i  is  pcYfendktilar  to  AI L. 

Perpendkuhrs  are  beft  defcrib'd  in  Praflice  by  means 
of  a  Square ;  one  of  whofe  Legs  is  applied  along  that  Line  to, 
or  from  which  the  PerpendkiUar  is  to  be  let  fall  or  rais'd.  See 

SQ.UARE. 

To  ereB.  a  Perpendkukr  on  the  End  of  a  given  Line ,  fup- 
pofe  at  P-j  open  your  Compaflcs  to  any  convenient  Dittance, 
and  Petting  one  Foot  in  C,  defciibc  the  Arch  RP  S ;  lay  a 
Ruler  from  S  through  it  will  find  the  Point  R  in  the 
Arch,  whence  draw  P  R,  which  is  PerJ-mdkukr  to  P  M. 
P'o  hi  fall  a  Perpciidki'Jar  on  a  given  Line  MP, 


.  ^  ,  ^ ,  ...  J          -  --J    —  •■  ^11.^      J.  ,  from  a 

Leg,  arifing  flelhy  and  tendinous  from  the  Head  to  the  Mid-  pjven  Point  L;  fctone  Foot  of  the  Compaffes  in  Z,  and  with 

die  of  the  Perone;  whence  running  as  in  a  Pulley,  thro"  the  the  other  crofs  the  given  Line  in  the  Points  tI/  and  G.  Then 

Channel  on  the  hind  Part  of  the  outer  Ankle  Bone,  it  is  in-  fetting  the  Compafles  in  G  and  M,  llrike  two  Anrhes  inter- 

ferted  into  the  Upper-end  of  the  Bone  of  the  Metatarfus,  fefling  each  other  below  in  S  :  Then  lay  a  Ruler  from  Z 

which  joins  the  great  Toe  :  The  OiKce  of  this  Mufcle  is  to  to  8,  and  the  Line  A'  Z  defcrib'd  thereby  is  the  Perpcnikukr 


draw  the  Foot  upwards. 

Peron^hius  Pofikiis,  brevis,  ov  fecundits,  a  Mufcle  fome- 
timcs  alfo  call'd  Seniifbiilcens,  arifing  flefhyand  Ifiarp  in  the 
Back-part  of  the  Perone;  whence,  continuing  down  the  Outer- 
fide  of  the  Bone  till  below  the  Middle,  it  forms  a  fmooth, 
ftrong,  fiat  Tendon,  which  runs  thro'  the  fame  Channel 


requir'd. 

Perpendicular  to  aparahok,  is  a  right  Line  cut- 
ting the  Parabola  in  the  Point  in  which  any  other  right  Lino 
touches  it,  and  is  alfo  itfelf  PerpendkiUar    to  that  Tan- 
gent.   See  Parabola. 
A  Line  is  iiiid  10  be  Perpeiidkiikr  to  a  Plane,  when  it  is 


lie  Bottom  of  the  Malleolus  externus,  with  the  Longus,  to  perpwdkukr  to  all  the  Lines  it  meets  with  in  that  Plane  5 

he  Out-fide  of  the  Os  Metatarfi  of  the  little  Toe ;  Its  Office  and  a  Plane  is  Pirpendkuhr  to  another  Plane,  when  a  Line 

is  to  pull  the  Foot  upwards.  one  Plane  is  perpendkukr  to  the  other  Plane.  See  Plane. 

PERORATION,  in  Rhetoric,  the  Fpikgue,  or  laft  PERPENDICULARITY  c/'y/j?;?^,  is  a  curious  y/  tf?/!?- 

Part  of  an  Oration;  wherein,  what  the  Orator  had  infifled  mencn,  in  Nat.  Hiftory,  firit  obferv'd  by  M.  ^cdart,  and 

on  thro' his  whole  Difcourfe  is  urg'd  a-lreJh,  with  greater  publifh'd  in  an  exprefs  Eflay  on  the  Jffe£fatw?2  0/ Perpendi- 

Vehemencc  and  PalTion  :  Thus  ^luntiUan.    See  Oration,  cularity,  obfer-vabie  in  the  Stems  or  Stalks  of  all  Plants;  of  the 

The  perorathn  confiftsof  ',wo  Parts,  i.Recapkulatkn,  where-  Roots  of  many,  mid  even  of  theSranchesas  much  asfoffble. 

in  the  Subrtance  of  what  is,  diftiifed  throughout  the  whole  The  Matter  of  Faft  is,  that  tho'   almoft   all  Plants 

Speech,  is  collcaed  brieHy,   and  curforily  ;  and  fum'd  up  rife  a   little  crooked;  yet,  the  Stems  flioot  up  perpen- 

with  new  Force  and  Weight.    See  Recapitulation.  dicularly,  and  the  Roots  fink  down  Perpendkularly  :  Ever 

And,  z.  The  Mcvhig  oj  the  PaJJkns ;  which  is  fo  peculiar  to  fnch  as  by  the  Dec 


the  peroration,  that  the  Mailers  of  the  Art  call  this  Part/e. 
dcs  affeciunm.    See  Passions. 

The  Pafllons  to  be  rais'd  in  the  Peroration  are  vatious, 
according  to  the  various  Kinds  of  Orations:  In  aPanegyric^ 
Love,  Admiration,  Emulation,  Joy,  ^c.  In  an  Invc£iive, 
Hatred,  Contempt,  ^c-  t.,  -  T-..nL....-  ^  . 

deuce  or  Fear. 

The  Qiialities  required  in  the  Peroration  are, 


irly  :  Even 

ity  of  the  Soil  come  out  inchn'd,  or  fuch 


as  are  diverted  out  of  the  Perpendicular  by  any  violent  Means; 
again  Hreighten  themfelves,  and  recover  their  perpsndkiikri- 
iy,  by  making  a  fecond  and  contrary  Bend  or  Elbow,  without 
rectifying  the  firft. 

.  .  ..  _  _    .       ,      A  common  Eye  looks  on  this  AfFc^lation  without  any  Sur- 

In  a  Deliberation,  Hope,  Confi-   prize;  but  a  Man  thatknows  what  a  Plant  is,  and  how  iorm'd, 
finds  it  a  Subject  of  Allonifhment. 

In  efFcft,  each  Seed  contains  a  little  Plant,  already  form'd. 


,  thai 


vehement  and  paflionate;  and  that  it  be  Hiort :  Eecaufc,  as  and  needing  nothing  but  to  be  unfolded  ;  The  little  Plant  hai 

Cmro  obferves,  Tears  foon  dry  up.  ..  -   _  -  .    ^  „ 

The  peroration  was  Cicero's  Mafter-piece :  Here  that  great 
Orator  not  only  fet  his  Judges  and  Auditors  on  Fire,""' but 
even  feem'd  to  burn  hlmfelf ;  efpecialiy  when  he  was  to  raife 
Pity  and  Commiferation  towards  the  accufed ;  where,  as  he 
himfelf  tells  us,  he  frequently  fill'd  the  Forum  with  Weeping 


its  little  Root  ;  and  the  Pulp,  which  is  ufually  feparated  into 
two  Lobes,  is  the  Foundation  of  the  firft  Food  the  Plantule 
draws,  by  its  Root,  when  it  begins  to  germinate.  See  Seed, 

RAJilCLK,  ^^jC 

Now,  if  a  Seed  in  the  Earth,  be  fo  difpofed,  as  that  the 

Root 


PER 


P.out  of  the  little  Plant  be  turn'd  downwards,  and  the  Stem 
upwards,  and  even  'PerJ'endictil-arly  upwards  ;  'tis  eafy  to 
cunccive  that  the  little  Plant  coming  to  unfold  itfelf,  'its  Stalk 
and  Root  need  oniy  follow  the  Uiredion  they  have,  to  grow 
'JierjfendiciUariy.  Eut  'tis  known  the  Seeds  of  Plants  whe- 
ther fown  of  themfelves,  or  by  the  Help  of  Man,  fall  in  the 
Ground  at  random  ;  and  among  an  infinite  Nimiber  of  Situa- 
tions with  regard  to  the  Stalk  of  their  Plant,  the  Ter^endictl- 
lar  one  upwards  is  but  one.    See  Semination. 

In  all  the  reit  therefore,  'tis  neceffury  the  Stalk  redrefs  or 
rectify  itfelf,  in  order  to  get  out  of  the  Ground:  But  what 
Force  is  it,  that  efte^b  this  change,  which  is  certainly  a  violent 
Ailion  ?  is  it  that  the  Stalk  finding  a  lefsLoad  of  Barth  above 
it,  goes  naturally  that  way  where  it  finds  the  lealt  ObJtacle  ? 
Were  this  fo,  the  little  Root  when  it  happens  to  be  uppermofl, 
mull  for  the  fame  Realbn  follow  the  fame  Direction,  and 
mount  on  high. 

M.  iJOiiart^  therefore,  to  account  for  two  fuch  diiferent 
Actions ;  has  recourfe  to  another  Syllem  ;  He  fuppofes  that 
the  l-ibres  of  the  Stallis  are  of  fuch  a  Nature,  as  that  they 
contrail  and  fhortcn  by  the  Heat  ot  the  Sun,  and  lengthen 
out  by  the  Moilture  of  ihe  Earth ;  And  on  the  contrary,  that 
the  i-ibres  ot  the  Roots  contrafl  by  the  Moiriure  of  the  Earth, 
and  lengthen  by  the  Heat  ot  the  Sun. 

When,  then,  the  Plantulc  is  inverted,  and  the  Root  a- 
Topi  the  fibres  which  compofe  one  of  the  Branches  of  the 
Root  are  not  ccj^ually  expofed  to  the  Moilture  of  the  Earth  j 
the  lower  Part  is  more  expofed  han  the  Upper.  The  Lower 
therefore  muft  contrail  the  moll  5  which  Contraction  is  again 
promoted  by  the  lengthening  ot  the  Upper,  whereon  the  Sun 
ails  with  the  greatell  Borce.  Of  Confcquence,  therefore, 
this  Branch  of  the  Root  mult  recoil  towards  the  Earth,  and 
infinuating  thro'  the  Pores  t)iereof  get  underneath  the  Buib,t^(:. 

By  inverting  this  rcafoning,  'tis  eafy  to  fliew  how  the  Stalk 
comes  to  get  uppcrmolK 

In  a  Word,  we  may  imagine  that  the  Earth  attracts 
the  Root  to  itfelf^  and  that  the  Sun  contributes  to  its  De- 
fcent ;  and  on  the  contrary,  that  the  Sun  attrails  the  Stem, 
and  the  Earth,  in  fome  meafure,  fends  it  towards  the  fame. 

As  to  the  fccond  Streightning,  Ms.  that  of  the  Stalks  in 
the  open  Air;  betakes  it  toarifcfrom  the  ImprcHion  of  ex- 
ternal Caufes,'  particularly  the  Sun  and  Rain.  For  the  up- 
per Part  ot  a£(.alk  that  is  bent,  is  more  expofed  to  the  Rain, 
Dew,  and  even  Sun,  ^c.  than  the  under.  Now  both  thefe 
Caules,  in  a  certain  Strudlure  of  the  Fibres,  tend  equally  to 
ftteighten  the  Part  moll  expofed,  by  the  Shortening  they  fuc- 
ce^flvely  occafion  it  3  for  MoiUure  fliortens  by  fwelling,  and 
Heat  by  Dilfvpating.  Indeed,  what  that  Strudlure  is  whiiji 
gives  the  Fibres  fuch  different  Qualities  j  or  whereon  it  de- 
pends, is  Hill  a  My  lie  ry. 

M.  de  la  Hire  Accounts  for  the  Terpe^idiciilcirity  of  the 
Stems  or  Stalks  of  Plants  thus  :  He  imagines  that  in  Plants, 
the  Root  draws  a  coarfcr  and  heavier  Juice  ;  and  the  Stem 
and  its  Branches  a  finer  and  more  volatile  one.  And,  in  ef- 
feft,  mofl:  Naturaliils  conceive  the  Root  as  the  Stomach  of 
the  Plant,  where  the  Juices  of  the  Earth  are  fubrilix'u,  fo  as 
to  become  able  to  rife  thro'  the  Stem  to  the  Extremity  of  the 
Branches.  This  Dilierence  of  Juices  fuppofes  larger  Pores 
in  the  Roots  than  the  Stalk,  ^c,  and  in  a  Word,  a  different 
Contexture  5  which  Difference  mull  be  found  even  in  the  lit- 
tle invifible  Plant  inclofed  in  the  Seed :  In  this  Planfule, 
therefore,  we  may  conceive  a  point  of  Separation  ;  fuch,  as 
that  all  on  one  Side  E.gr.  the  Root,  fliall  be  unfolded  by  the 
groifer  Juices,  and  all  on  the  other  Side  by  the  more  fubtile 
Juices. 

Suppofe,  now,  the  Plantule  when  its  Parts  begin  to  unfold, 
to  be  entirely  over-turn'd  j  the  Root  a  Top,  and  the  Stalk 
below  :  the  Juices  which  enter  the  Root  will  ftill  be  coarfell, 
and  when  they  have  open'd  and  enlarg'd  the  Pores,  fo  as  to 
admit  Juices  of  a  determinate  Weight,  thofe  Juices  flill  pref- 
fing  the  Root  more  and  more,  will  drive  it  downwards,  and 
this  ths  more,  as  the  Root  more  extended  or  enlarged: 
For  the  Point  of  Separation  being  conceived  as  the  fixed  Point 
of  a  Lever,  they  will  afl  by  the  longer  Arm.  At  the  fame 
Time  the  volatile  Juices  having  penetrated  the  Stalk,  will  tend 
to  give  it  a  Direilion  from  below  upwards;  and  by  reafon  of 
the  Lever,  will  give  it  more  and  more  every  Day.  Thus  is 
the  little  Plant  turn'd  on  its  fix'd  Point  of  Separation  ;  till  it 
be  perfeilly  ereil. 

I'he  Plant  thus  ere£led;  the  Stalk,  we  know,  fliou'd  con- 
tinue to  rife  ^crpndknlarly^  to  give  it  the  m.ore  firm  Biding 
and  enable  it  to  withltand  the  Effort  of  Wind  and  Weather. 

The  Manner  wherein  this  is  effefled,  M.  Tnrent  lays 
down  thus :  The  nutritious  Juice  being  arriv'd  at  the  Extre- 
mity of  a  rifing  Stalk;  if  it  evaporate,  the  Weight  of  the  Air 
which  encornpalTes  it  on  al!  Sides,  will  make  it  afcend  verti- 
cally; ant!  it  it  do  not  evaporate,  but  congeal,  and  remain 
fix'd  to  that  Extremity  whence  it  was  ready  to  go  off;  the 
Weight  of  the  Air  w-ill  give  it  the  fame  Direflion  :  fo  that 
the  Stalk  will  have  acquir'd  a  very  little  new  Part,  vertically 
laid  over  it :  Juil  as  in  a  Candle  held  any  how  obliquely  to 
the  Horizon,  the  Flame  ftill  continues  Vertical,  by  the  Prefture 
of  the  Atmofphcrc.  The  new  Drops  of  Juice  that  fucceed,  will 


C  79i  ) 


PER 


that  muft  ot  courle  be  Vertical,  ^nl.ti'tom.  particular  Or- 
cumilance  mterveiie.  ^ 

As  to  the  Bratjches.  which  arc  at  fitft  fuppoftd  to  proceed 
atetally  out  ot  the  Slalk  ,n  ,l>e  firll  „f  ^j,  Pp|,„, 

tho  theylhoud  even  come  out  in  a  horiMntal  Direflion,  ver; 
mull  they  ra.fc  emfelves  upwards  by  the  conft.nt  Direaion 
of  the  nutritious  Jmce  ;  which  at  firit  fcarce  meets  any  Rc- 
fiflance  in  a  tender,  fupple  Branch ;  and  even  afterwards, 
tho  the  Blanch  grow  more  firm,  yet  will  it  aft  with  the 
more  Advantage.-  fince  the  Branch  being  become  longer 
furmftcs  It  with  a  longer  Arm  ot  a  Lever.  The  iiender  Afiiort 
ol  a  Iirtle  Drop  becomes  very  confiderabk,  by  its  Continuity  ; 
and  by  the  Afliftance  ot  fuch  favorable  Circumftances.  Hence 
inay  be  accounted  for,  that  regular  Situation  and  DireitHin  of 
the  Branches,  which  all,  and  always,  nearly,  make  the  fame 
conftant  Angle  of  45"  with  the  Stem  and  one  another.  See 
Branch. 

M.  Jftrm,  accounts  for  the  'Perpendktikriry  of  the  Stem? 
and  their  Rcdteffing  themfelves  ;  on  thefe  two  Principles; 
1°.  That  the  nutritious  Juice  arifes  from  the  Circum- 
ference of  the  Plant,  and  terminates  in  the  Pith.  z".  That 
Fluids  contained  in  Tubes  cither  parallel  or  oblique  to  the 
Horizon,  gravitate  on  the  lower  Part  of  the  Tubes,  and  not 
at  all  on  the  Upper. 

For  hence  it  cafily  follows,  that  in  a  Plant  pofited  either 
obliquely  or  parallel  to  the  Horizon,  the  nutritious  Juice 
aa  more  on  the  lower  Parr  of  the  Canals  than  the  upper,  d 
by  this  Means,  infinuate  more  into  the  Canals  communicati.  f 
therewith,  and  be  collcded  more  copioully  therein ;  thus  the 
Pans  on  the  lowerSide  will  receive  more  Accretion,and  be  more 
ntjurilh'd  than  thofc  on  the  upper;  the  Confecmences  where- 
of mull  be,  that  the  Extremity  of  the  Plant  will  be  obllg'd 
to  bend  upwards. 

^  The  fame  Principle  brings  the  Seed  into  its  due  Situa- 
tion atfirfl:  In  a  Bean  planted  upfide  down,  the  Plume  and 
Radicle  are  eafily  perceiv'd  with  the  naked  Eye,  to  Ihoot,  at 
firft,  direaiy  for  about  an  Inch ;  but  thence  forth  they  begin 
to  bend,  the  one  downward,  and  the  other  upward.  The 
like  is  feen  in  a  heap  of  Barley,  to  be  made  into  Malt;  in  a 
Quantity  of  Acorns,  laid  to  fpiout  inamoili  Place,  iSc  each 
Grain  of  Baricy  in  the  firit  Cafe,  and  each  Acorn'in  the  fe- 
cond,  has  a  ditterent  Si  tuation ;  and  yet,  all  the  Sprouts  tend 
dire£tly  upward,  and  the  Roots  downward,  and  me  Curvity 
or  Bend  they  make  is  greater  or  iefs  as  their  Situation  ap- 
pro.iches  more  or  lefs  to  the  dircftion  wherein  no  Curvature 
at  all  wou'd  be  neccflary.  Now,  two  fuch  oppofitc  Motions 
cannot  arife  without  fuppofing  fome  confiderable  Difference 
between  the  two  Parts;  The  only  one  we  know  of,  is,  that 
the  Plume  is  ted  by  a  Juice,  imported  to  it  by  Tubes  parallel 
to  its  Sides,  whereas  the  Radicle  imbibes  its  Nourifhment  at 
all  the  Potcs  in  its  Sutface.  As  oft,  thetefore,  as  the  Plume  is 
cither  parallel,  orinclin'd  to  the  Horizon,  the  nutritious  Juice 
feeding  the  lower  Parts  more  than  the  upper,  will  determine 
its  extremes  to  turn  upwatd,  for  the  Reafbns  already  aflign'd. 
On  the  contrary,  when  the  Radicle  is  in  the  like  Situation, 
the  nuttiiious  Juice  penetrating  more  copioutly  thto'  the  upper 
Part  than  the  under;  there  will  be  a  greater  Accretion  of  the 
former,  than  the  latt^ ;  and  confequcntly  the  Radicle  will 
be  bent  downwards.  And  this  jnutual  Curvity  of  the  Plume 
and  Radicle  muft  continue,  till  fuch  Time  as  their  Sides  are 
nourifti'd  alike,  which  cannot  be  till  they  are  Perpendiculari 
Memoirs  dg  L  Acad.  Royrde  des  fciea.  An.  i  ycS. 

PERPETUAL,  fomething  that  endures  always,  that 
lafts  for  ever.    See  Eternity. 

The  Term  is  fometimes  ajfo  ufcd  for  a  Thing  that  lafisj 
or  holds,  during  a  Perfon's  Life. 

Thus  Offices,  ^c.  held  dmante  vitu,  are  fometimes  call'd 
<Perpmial  Offices:  In  this  Senfe  M.Foutemlk  is  faid  to  be 
'Perpstiul  Secretary,  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences. 
Hence  the  Fnucb  call  him  abfolutely  M.  k  Tsrpmiel. 

ViiB.fKT:vKL  JlMioij,  in  Mechanicks,  is  a  Motion  which 
is  fupplied  and  rcnew'd  from  itfelf,  without  the  Interven- 
tion ot  any  external  Caufe  ;  or  it  is  an  uninterrupted  Commu- 
nication of  the  fame  Degree  of  Motion  from  one  Part  of  Mat- 
ter to  another,  in  a  Circle,  (or  other  Curve  returning  into  it- 
felfj  fo  as  the  fame  Momentum  fti  11  returns  perpetually  undi- 
minifhed  upon  the  fifff  mover.    See  Motion. 

To  find  a  ferfmwd  Motion,  or  to  conftrua  an  Engine,- 
£^1-.  which  fliall  have  fuch  a  Motion,  is  a  famous  Ptoblem 
that  has  cmploy'd  the  MaTlematidam  of  two  thoufand  Tears  5 
tho'  none  perhaps  have  profecuted  it  with  Attention  and 
Earneflncfs  equal  to  thofc  of  the  prefent  Age. 

Infinite  are  rhc  Schemes,  Defigns,  Plans, '"Engines,  ^Vheelsj 
to  which  this  long'd  for  ferpctml  Motion  has  given. 
Birth  ;  'Twere  as  endlefs  as  impertinent  to  give  a  Detail  of 
'em  al). 

Nor  does  any  of 'cmdeferve  particular  Mention,  Iince  they 
have  all  equally  prov'd  Abortive.  It  wou'd  rather  be  of  the 
Nature  of  an  Affront  than  a  Complem_ent,  to  dillinguifh  the 
Pretenders  hereto  ;  when  the  very  Thing  they  are  commemo- 
rated for  carries  with  it  fo  difagreable  an  Idea, 


PER 


(  792  ) 


P  E  Pv. 


In  cffcfl,  there  Teems  but  little  in  Nature  to  countenance 
all  this  Affiduity  and  Expeiiarion  :  Among  all  the  Laws  of 
Matter  and  Motion,  we  know  of  none  yer,  which  feems  to 
lay  any  Principle  or  Foundation  for  fuch  an  Jt£fe£l.  See  Na- 
ture. 

Aftion  and  Re-aftion  arc  allow'd  to  be  ever  equal ;  and  a 
Body  which  gives  any  Qiiantity  of  Motion  to  another,  lofes 
iull  fo  much  of  its  own:  But  under  the  prefent  State  ot 
Things  ;  the  Refiflancc  of  the  Air,  the  Friftion  of  the  Parts 
of  Machines,  eJc.  do  neceffarily  retard  every  Motion.  See 

Resistance.  ,       ,      r         t--  i     i.  n 

To  keep  the  Motion  on  foot,  therctore,  i.  Bither  there  mult 
be  a  Supply  from  feme  foreign  Caufe  ;  which  in  s.ferfemill 
Motion  is  excluded.  r  1  c 

Or,  1°  all  Refinance  from  the  Fnflion  ot  the  Parts  ot 
Matter,  mutt  be  removed ;  which  implies  a  Change  in  the 
Nature  of  Things.    See  Mattek. 

For  by  the  fccond  Law  of  Nature,  the  Changes  made  m 
the  Motions  of  Bodies,  arc  always  proportional  to  the  im- 
prefs'd  moving  Force,  and  are  produc'd  in  the  fame  Direftion 
with  it  -  no  Motion,  then,  can  be  cornmunicated  to  any  En- 
gine, greater  than  that  of  the  firft  Force  imprefs'd.  See  Com- 
munication and  Pekcussion. 

But  on  our  Earth,  all  Motion  is  perform  d  in  a  refitting 
Fluid  ■  and  mull  therefore  of  ncccffity  be  retarded ;  confe- 
quently  a  confiderable  Quantity  of  its  Motion  will  be  fpent  on 
the  Medium.    See  Medium. 

Nor  is  there  any  Engine  or  Machine  wherein  all  Friflion 
can  be  avoided  5  there  being  in  Nature  no  fuch  Thing  as  exaft 
Smoothnefs,  or  perfetl  Congruity  ;  The  Manner  of  the  Co- 
hefion  of  the  Parts  of  Bodies,  the  fmall  Proportion  the  folid 
Matter  bears  to  the  Vacuities  between  them,  and  the  Nature 
of  thofe  conllituent  Particles  not  admitting  it.  See  Friction. 

This  Fri6f  ion,  therefore,  will  alfo  in  Time  fenfibly  diminilh 
the  impreffed,  or  communicated  Force  ;  fo  that  a  ferpenwl 
Motion  can  never  follow,  milefs  the  communicated  Force  be 
fo  much  greater  than  the  generating  Force,  as  to  recompenfe 
the  Diminution  made  therein  by  all  thcfe  Caufes:  but  ml  dat 
qmd  lion  liabet,  the  generating  Force  cannot  communicate  a 
greater  Degree  of  Motion  than  it  hath  itfelf. 

The  whole  Bulinefs  of  finding  TLfcrfenml  Motion,  there- 
fore, comes  to  this,  viz,  to  make  a  Weight  heavier  than  itfelf, 
or  an  claftic  Force  greater  than  itfelf  Sec  Machine. 

Or  3°.  and  laPy,  there  muft  be  fome  Method  of  gainitig  a 
Force  equivalent  to  what  is  loff,  by  the  artful  Difpofition  and 
Combination  of  Mechanic  Powers ;  To  which  laft  Point, 
then,  all  Endeavours  are  direfled ;  but  how,  or  by  what 
Means  fuch  Force  fliou'd  be  gain'd,  is  flill  a  Myflery. 

The  Multiplication  of  Forces,  'tis  certain  avails  nought  ; 
for  what  is  gain'd  in  Force  is  flill  lofi  in  Time,  fo  that 
the  Quantity  of  Motion ftill  remains  the  fame. 

All  Mcchanicks  cannot  really  make  a  little  Force  equal,  or 
fuperior  to  a  larger ;  and  wherever  a  lefs  Force  is  found  in 
Jiqiiilibrio  with  a  larger  "J.  g.  1 5  Pounds  with  100,  'tis  a  Kind 
of  Deception  of  the  Senfe  j  the  Equilibrium  is  not  llri6f  ly  be- 
tween ICO  Pounds  and25  ;  but  between  icoPounds,  and  25 
moving,  or  difpofed  to  move  four  times  asfaftas  the  100. 

To  confider  the  Weights  1 00  and  1 5  as  fix'd,  and  immoveable; 
thezj  wou'd  fcem,  fome  how,  rais'd  beyond  'emfelvesjwhich^is 
one  of  the  Sham-miracles  of  Mcchanicks,  that  has  deceiv'd 
Millions  5  but  which  is  ealily  diflipated  by  confidering  the  four 
Degrees  of  Velocity,  which  are  to  be  given  to  the  25  Pounds, 
and  which  require  a  Force  equal  to  the  Excefs  of  100  above 
£5  Pounds. 

A  Force  of  10  Pounds  moved  with  ten  times  the  Velocity 
of  the  100  Pounds,  wou'd  have  equafd  'em  in  the  like  Man- 
ner; and  the  fame  may  be  faid  of  all  the  poffible  Produfts 
equal  to  ICO.  But  in  fine,  there  muft  flill  be  100  Pounds  of 
Force  on  each  Side,  what  way  foever  they  be  taken ;  whether 
in  the  Matter,  or  in  the  Velocity. 

This  is  an  inviolable  Law  of  Nature  ;  by  which  nothing  is 
left  to  Art,  but  the  Choice  of  the  feveral  Combinations  that 
may  produce  the  fame  Effect.    See  Li'-'W  o/'Nature. 

PERPETUAL,  or endkfs  Screiv.    See  Screw. 

Perpetual  1P;7/;,  'pih'Jte  J/e/peWie^  among  Phyficjans, 
are  Pills  made  of  Regiihis  of  y^lntbnony ;  which  being  fwal- 
low'd,  and  voided  50  Times,  will  purge  every  Time,  with 
undiminiffi'd  Force.  See  Antimony. 

Perpetual  Glaadttks,  in  Anatomy,  are  thofe  which  are 
Katural  ;  thus  diffinguifli'd  ffom  the  adventitious  ones.  See 
Gland. 

PERPETUITT,  in  the  Canon  Law,  the  Quality  of  a 
Benefice  that  is  irrevocable,  or  whofe  Incumbent  cannot  be 
deprived  ;  except  in  certain  Cafes  dctcrmin'd  by  Law.  See 
Benefice. 

■Tis  aCfcrted  with  Reafon,  that  the  'Perpetuity  of  Benefi- 
ces is  cffabliib'd  by  the  ancient  Canons,  and  that  the  Prietts 
are  infeparably  attach'd  to  their  Churches,  as  by  a  fpiritual 
Marriage.  'Tis  true,  by  the  Corruption  of  the  Times,  the 
fccular  Priefts  being  fallen  into  great  diforder,  and  even 
Contempt ;  the  Bifbops  antiently  call'd  the  Religions  to  their 
Affiftance,  and  committed  to  them  the  Cure  of  Souls,  and 


the  Adminiftration  of  Parifiies;  flill  remanding  'em  back 
again  to  their  Cloifters,  when  they  thought  fit,  and  revoking 
them  ad  Nutum. 

But  this  vague  and  uncertain  Adminiflration  only  lafled 
to  the  XII  Century,  when  Benefices  return 'd  ro  their  efTential 
Terpemity. 

PERQUISITE,  any  Thing  gotten  by  a  Man's  own  In- 
dulfry,  or  purchafcd  with  his  own  Money ;  in  contradif- 
tinflion  to  that  which  defcends  ro  him  from  his  Father,  or 
Anceftors. 

Perq_uisitfs  of  Court  arc  thofe  Profits  which  arife  to  a 
Lord  of  a  Manner,  by  Virtue  of  his  Court-Baron,  over  and 
above  the  certain  yearly  Profits  of  his  Land ;  as  Fines  of 
Copy-holds,  Harriots,  Amerciaments,  Waifes,  Strays,  ^c. 

PER  QUjE  fcrvitia,  is  a  Writ  judicial,  iffuing  from  the 
Note  of  a  Fine,  and  lies  for  the  Cognizee  of  a  Manor,  Seig- 
nory,  chief  Rent,  or  other  Services,  to  compel  him  that  is 
Tenant  of  the  Land  at  the  Time  of  the  Note  of  the  Fine  le- 
vied, to  attcrn  to  him. 

PERRON,  in  ArchiteiSfure,  a  Stair-Cafe  lying  open,  or 
without-fide  the  Building;  properly,  the  Steps  in  the  Front  of 
a  Building,  which  lead  into  the  firfl  Story  when  rais'd  a  lit- 
tle above  the  Level  of  the  Ground.    See  Stair-Case. 

Terro7!i  are  made  of  different  Forms  antf  Sizes,  with  re- 
gard to  the  Space  and  Height  they  are  to  lead  to. 

Sometimes  the  Steps  are  round,  or  Oval;  more  ufually 
Square. 

PERRUKE,  was  anciently  ufed  for  a  long  Head  of  natu- 
ral Hair,  fuch,  particularly,  as  there  was  care  taken  in 
the  Adjuffing  and  Trimming  of.  The  Latins  call'd  it  CoWi?, 
whence  parr  ot  GlIuI  took  the  Denomination  of  Gallia  Coraa- 
tn ;  from  the  long  Hair  which  the  Natives  wore  as  a  Sign  of 
Freedom.  SccHair. 

An  ancient  Author  fays,  that  Jlbfokm's  'Penuke  weigh'd 
20c  Shekels. 

Perruke,  is  now  ufed  for  a  Set  of  falfe,  or  borrow'd  Hair  j 
curl'd,  buckled,  and  few'd  together  on  a  Frame  or  Cawl ; 
anciently  call'd  afa/fe  'Perruke. 

Menage  derives  the  Word  from  the  Greek  iryf-fiyji  which 
fignifics  the  fame  Thing. 

"'Tis  doubted  whether  or  no  the  Ufe  of  'Perrukes  was  known 
among  the  Ancients.  'Tis  true,  they  ufed  filfe  Hair ;  Mar- 
tial and  Juvenal  make  merry  with  the  Women  ot  their 
Time,  for  making  'emfelves  look  young  with  their  borrow'd 
Hair;  with  the  Men  who  chang'd  their  Colours  according  to 
the  Seafons ;  and  the-  Dotards  who  hoped  to  deceive  the  Def- 
tinies  by  their  white  Hair. 

But  rhefe  feem  to  have  fcarce  had  any  Thing  in  common 
with  our  Perrukei-j  and  were  at  befl  compofed  of  Hair 
painted,  and  glu'd  together :  Nothing  can  be  more  ridiculous 
than  the  Defcription  Lampridius  gives  of  the  Emperor  Coin- 
modus' s  'Perruke :  'Twas  powder'd  with  fcrapings  of  Gold, 
and  oil'd  (\(  we  may  ufe  the  Expreffion;  with  glutinous  Per- 
fumes for  the  Powder  to  hang  by. 

In  effefl,  the  ufe  of  Perrukes,  at  leaf!  on  their  prefent 
footing,  is  not  an  bundled  Years  old:  The  Year  i52<)  is 
reckon'd  the  Epocha  of  long  Perrukes  ^  at  which  time  they 
began  to  appear  in  Paris ;  whence  they  fpread  by  degrees 
thr°ouphout  the  relf  of  Europe. 

At'iirU  it  was  reputed  a  Scandal  for  young  People  to  wear 
'em ;  by  reafon  the  Lofs  of  the  Hair  at  that  Age  was  attributed 
to  a  Difcafe,  the  very  Name  whereof  is  a  Reproach  ;  but  at 
length  the  Mode  prevail'd  over  the  Scruple;  and  now  all 
Ages  and  Conditions  wear  'em  ;  foregoing,  without  any  Ne- 
ceflity  the  Conveniences  of  their  natural  Hair. 

'Twas  fometime,  though,  'ere  Ecclefiaflicks  came  into  the 
Falhion  :  The  fitll  who  atfum'd  the  Pemke  were  fome  ot 
the  Frencb  Clergy,  in  the  Year  1660;  nor  is  the  Pratlicc  y'et 
well  authoriz'd.  The  Cardinal  GrmaUi  m  i/8|,  and  the 
Bifliop  of  Laiwir  in  1688,  prohibited  the  Ufe  ot  the  'Per- 
ruke to  all  Priefts  without  a  Difpenfation  and  Neceffity. 
M.  Thiers  has  a  Treatife  exprefs,  ro  prove  the  Perruke  in- 
decent in  an  Ecclefiaflic,  and  direaiy  contrary  to  the  Decrees 
and  Canons  of  Councils.  A  Priefts  Head  embellifli  cl  with 
an  artificial  Hair  curioufly  adjufted,  he  efteems  a  Monfter 
in  the  Church  ;  nor  can  he  conceive  any  Thing  fo  fcandalous 
as  an  Abbot  with  a  florid  Countenance,  heighten  d  with  a 

jolly  Perruke.  ,     r  „        r      t  1-1 

PERRY  a  Drink  made  of  Pears,  after  the  like  manner 

as  Cyder  from  Apples- 

The  bell  Fruit  for  this  Ufe  are  fuch  as  are  leaft  fit  for  eat- 
ing -  £.  <;>"-  the  Borberry-Pear,  Horfe-Pear,  Boreland-Pcar, 
and  Cho-ik-Pear  ;  and  ftill  the  redder  they  are  the  bctter- 

The  Method  of  preparing  Perry  is  perfeflly  the  fame  with 
that  of  preparing  Cyder.  See  Cyder.  Only  Note,  that  the 
Fruit  muft  be  perfeftly  ripe-  Some  mix  Crabs  with  em  to 
mend  the  Liquor. 

PER  SE  in  the  Schools,  is  fometimes  oppofed  to  per  ac- 
aieus;  in  which  Senfe  a  Thing  is  faid  to  agree  with  ano- 
ther Perfe,  when  the  Agreement  is  not  owing  to  any  acci- 
dental Event,  but  that  is  found  in  the  intrinfic  Principles  ot 

the  Things  themfclves. 

"  Sometimes 


(  793  ) 


PER 

It  at  :.Kcr  but  haviog  it  nec&rily  and  of  himfelf. 

Sometimes  again,  Terfi  iigmfics  as  much  as,  of  its  own  Na- 
ture or  in  virtue  of  its  own  Entity:  Thus  the  Sun  .s  faid  to 

"  !'  Hoht  Ter  fe ;  and  Qiiantity  is  extended  "Perje. 
^'IS  Logicians,  a  Thing  is  faM  to  be  known  /e, 
yjrft  ««««rwhcn  we  immediately  perceive  it  upon  the 
firft  propofing  of  the  Terns:   As  that  the  Whole  is  greater 

^  ThTpMlSopheTs  go 'fo  far  as  to  confider  the  Mode  of  a 
TW  a  c-Mnn  'Per  fi  or  that  which  conilltutcs  its  isxittence 
Lh   which  they  call  Terfeiry,  'Pcrfims.    See  Existence. 

pVrSFCUTION,  a  Word  which  literally  imports  any 
Pain,  Affliftion,  or  Inconvenience,  which  a  Pcrlon  defigned- 

'U'"*!'"/,  aTe"m"perf=cution  is  rertrain'd  to  the  Sufferings 
rfrhrimans,  iu  Behalf  of  their  Religion;  particularly  to 
thofc  of  the  primitive  Chriftians,  under  the  Heathen  Empe- 

T^lv  ^e^on  t  nof  thefe  Perfccu.ions;  ^-fra  lighted  the 
Firft  VJs«m«  has  wrote  the  H.ftory  of  the  Deaths  of 
Swtofors;  tho-  fome  queftion  whether  that  Work  be 
^3y  his  or  not.    Bilhop  mrrmt,  who  has  turn'd  it  into  £»S- 

n-Elis^rEltKCE,'?"  Theology,  a  Chriflian  Virtue, 
wherch;  weare  enabled  to  perfhtin  the  way  of  Salvation  to 

'''The"'final  'PcrfcXYmce  of  the  Saints  is  an  Article  much 
hrtwcen  the  Amnmam  and  Calvtmp  :  The 
whom  maintain  it  impoffihle  for  Grace  to  be  loll ; 
J  .wfore  make  'Perfiwrame  to  the  End,  a  ncceffary 
and  'here'ore  maKe       J  ^^^^^^  Micv.r^g  the 

^"I'Srm'd  Bdiev'er:  never  out  of  a  PoffibUity  of  falling 

^"piRSEUS,  in  Aflronomy,  a  Conflellation  of  the  North- 

"^nSt^i^tl^^cSSudor^^"^-/^  Catalogue 
are  -  9  •  tn  "o's  as  many  ;  in  the  Bnr«»rc  Catalogue  6-,. 
The  Longitudes,  Latitudes,  Magnitudes,  ^c.  whereot  are 
as  ibltow : 


PER 


Naf?!es  and  Situation  of 
the  atari. 

Over  the  Heei  of  iNe  inner  Foot 
In  the  lowei'  Th'S'^ 
In  the  Heel  of  tUe  ioutli.  Foot 
In  ihe  Heel  of  the  fame  fojt 
in  the  upper  Thigh 

In  extrem.  of  Souih.  Foot 

In  Souili.  Knee 

In  Swuth  Leg  50 

Preced.  againft  North  Knee 
Preced.  in  the  upper  Leg 


Subfcq.  in  upper  Leg 

Infoim.  over  Korih  Knee 
Tliai  f^jUuwing  South  Knee 
That  loUowiiig  North.  Knee 
South,  ot  thole  contiguous  ihetctt 
Novtii.  60 

In  the  CaU  of  the  upper  Leg 


In  the  Hee!  of  upper  Foot. 
In  the  3o!e  of  the  fame  Foot 


Longit,  Latitude. 

North. 


f5  zt.  4»  20 
19  ;o  16 
16  49  11 

2S  C-S  ?! 

3  46  5" 
^  zS  47  44 
31  .  2s 

o    39  'S 

5    16  14 

5  i'^  54 

3  03  45 

6  28  fS 

7  S4  4I 

4  49  50 
7  30  01 
7  37  09 
7  iS"  ^3 

7  1748 

4  S'  'O 

5  37  li 
S  37  >9 


9  lO  10 
3X  "0  4S  i9 


13  53  i« 
Z2  07  &5 

I  i  08  36 

I I  40  2  5 
16  20  3  D 
2.9  3  3  04 
II  1?  H! 

^  19  04  13 
1  14  H  1-6 


z6  1 1  08  j 

4  5 

l(  i6  27 

6 

16  44  15 

6  7 

20  40  09 

5 

J  1  27  20 

6 

,s  5j  20 

S 

28  24  l6 

S 

28  08  30 

6 

3%  58  II 

7 

J4  3S  00 

12  il  48 

6  S 

12  17  47 

7 

la  07  4+ 

7 

20  49  " 

6 

18  fS  00 

S 

20  S2  59 

6 

i'ian  !>i  J/Je  Conjlellitm  P 


ERSEUS. 


Uijwfi  i""^  Shu.itms  of 
the  Ssari. 

\i,  Atirmein'i  Foot,  according? 
to  PioUmy  snd  Tycho  ;  accoiJinuJ^ 

to  Eayir  in  ysrj^us- 
In  ilie  Middle  of  the  Sword 
5 


South  in  the  Hilt  oftlitSword  againft 
Notth. 

10 

Small  one  under  the  Hand 


North,  of  the  Informes  before  Me- 
In  the  prccccd.Shoalder  {dufa's  Head 

In  the^upper  Arm  ,  ,  . .  „  , 
{dufa  s  Head 
South,  of  the  Informes  befoie  Ale. 
Preced  of  Inform,  undet  Aie-'iifu's 
JnPerfeus'sHc^d  [Head 

Subfeq"  and  lefs.  before  McM'^'s 
'  (Head 
Preced.  in  Mediifa's  Head 
Laft  ot  Inform.  und.>Wa/4's  Head 
In  the  hind  Shoulder 

In  thc\ipper  Part  of  the  Arm 
South,  in  M.'i^^'sHcad 
In  the  Middle  of  the  Back  Mgsl 
Bright  one  in  Media's  Head 
In  the  lower  Part  ol  the  Arm 
30 

That  under  ^  i,ol 

Affainft  the  Preceed.  and  South.  Side 

A  Lucid  one  againft  the  hind  Part 

Preced.  the  Lucida  of  the  hind  Pai  t 

Middle  of  three  in  the  Side 

Another  following  thefe  againft  the 
f.  Hip 


Longit.  , 

L,atliiidc. 

tia' 

1 

North. 

e     1  ti 

a  o!>  36 

35  i3  45 

10  1^  13 

36  49  13 

1+  19  14 

40  1 3  '5 

II  5i  01 

36  IS  3, 

II  09  ^6 

34  26  CI 

If  39  '° 

38  57  37 

19  Ci  06 

41  '3  15 

15  4!  3S 

35  oy  iS 

19  56  48 

40  43  20 

20  11-3  + 

4I  03  10 

19  44  4- 

58  57  41 

20  39^3 

59  49 

2i  47  39 

57  c6  25 

16  32  !; 

i3  13  10 

20  19  '■S 

31  S('  C7 

iS  15  56 

26  57  i(> 

24  ^5  ^7 

37  ^'^  50 

17  19  11 

20  ^5  32 

16  36  35 

17  4O 

23  3  5  30 

34 

1  g  08  09 

10  44  41 

16  51  09 

14  24  47 

19  3+  36 

21  41  15 

18  13  18 

17  24  46 

25  41  iO 

34  OS 

27  '0  38 

37  ^7  41 

20  J4  30 

20  3  3  13 

24  49  ^° 

30  3S  35 

21  5041 

22  23  47 

23  21  11 

26  04  21 

22  01  3S 

20  55  56 

26  5i  43 

30  4^  10 

J4  38  4li    24  49  51 

26-  54  54 

30  33  41 

25  ^7  54 

13  S8  OS 

27  46  04 

30  05  20 

28  35  i5 

29  ;o  00 

zS  17  42 

28  00  24 

2S  01  15 

26  03  ^1 

29  ' 

27  56  OS 

27  'S  21 


PERSIAN,  or  the  Persian  Tcffgr/c,  one  of  the  living  ori- 
eniial  Languages;  fpoke  in  the  Empire  of  relfu.  See 
Language.  .  ^  t 

The  ^erftan  has  two  Particularities  not  tound  in  any  ot  the 
other  Eallcrn  Tongues,  The  one  that  it  has  an  auxiliary 
Verb,  anfweiing  to  the  Verb  ot  rheGm/ii;  the  ou.cr, 
that  it  has  an  Aorillus;  Both  thefe  it  borrow'd  trom  the  Ma- 
cedanians,  after  the  Conquelt  of  Akxanier.  Sec  GRiEK. 

Persian  WleiK  in  Agriculture,  is  a  Machine  lor  raihng  a 
Quantity  of  Water  fufficient  to  ovei-flow  Lands  bordering 
OTthe  Banks  of  Rivers,  tSc.  where  the  Stream  is  too  low  to 
do  it  alone.    See  Wheel.  .    ,  .  ^ 

Persian  or  Persic,  in  Architeflure,  aNamc  common  to 
all  Statues  of  Men,  ferving  inftcad  of  Columns,  to  fuppott 
Entablatures.    Sec  Statue. 

They  only  differ  from  Caryatides,  in  that  thole  reprelent 

Statues  of  Women.    S«  J'^^rr^  ,  fin    ..r  ' 

The  'Perfir.u  is  a  Kind  of  Order  ot  Columns,  firtl  prac- 
tiz'd  among  the  Abmmm;  on  occafion  of  a  Viaory  their 
General  yOTf««s  obtain'd  over  the  TJf/!^!;!.  Asalrophy 
of  this  Viaory,  the  Figures  of  Men  drefsM  in  the  ycjyMK 
Mode  with  their  Hands  bound  before  them,  and  other  Um- 
raaers  ol  Slavery,  were  charg'd  with  the  Weight  of  Doric  En- 
tablatures ;  and  made  to  do  the  Oftice  o  Done  Columns.  See 

^"fr^sK  Columns,  M.  k  Clen  obferves,  are  not  always 
made  with  the  Marks  of  Slavery;  but  are  frequently  ufed  as 
Symbols  of  Virtues,  Vices,  of  Joy,  Strength,  Valour,  (Sc  as 
when  made  in  the  Rgure  of  Hen  tiki  to  reprefent  Strength,  ot 
Mf.n  Memin,  Fainis,  Safjres,  (Sc. 

Persian  AW  and  Year.    Sec  EpoCHA  and  Tear. 

Pebson  an  individual  Subftance,  of  a  rational  or  intelli- 
Ecnt  Nature.    See  Substance,  and  iNDivirtiAL. 

The  Father  and  Son  are  reputed,  in  Law,  as  the  fame 
Perfon;  an  Embaffador  reprefents  the  Perfon  of  his  Prince. 

^'^''^Theology  the  Godhead  is  divided  into  three  Perfons  ; 

but  here  the  Word  Terjoa  carries  a  peculiar  Idea  very  dit- 
^  ferentfromrhatattach'd  to  it  every  where  elfe;  being  only 
'  ttfed  for  want  of  a  Term  more  pertinent  and  expreiEve.  See 

'^'I'he'vVord  Perfii!,  Terfillit  is  faid  to  be  borrow'd  a  Ver- 
ronmiio,  from  perlbnating,  or  countetfeiting  ;  and  is  ^ppofed 
'  {o  have  firft  a'' Mask:  By  Reafon,  faysa«rf«^, 

in  Larva  Cmcamfmm  mlvamr,  and  hence  the  Attors  who 
appear'd  mask'd  on  the  Stage,  were  fometimes  call'dZarM- 
!    ,i   and  fometimes -PeffoMrt. 

Hmce    adds  Soetbius,   as  the   feveral   Aflots  repre- 
fented   each  their  fingle  individual  Man,  I'm.  Oldipis,  or 
'    rbremes  ov  Hecuba,  or  Medea;  for  this  Reafon,  other  Peo- 
'    pie  who  were  alfo  diflinguifll'd  by  fomcthing  in  their  Form 
fcharaaer  &■  whereby  they  might  be  known  ;  came  alto  to 
6  be  call'd  by  the  T.atms  Terfim;  and  by  the  Greefoj  ■ 
Again,  as  thefe  Aaors  rarely  reprelented  ''j^V  b"'  g  ^at 
and  illufirious  Charaaers;  the  Wo'-d  came  at  length  to  im- 
port the  Mmd,^.  being  a  Thing  °f '^-^ g'"''^'^^;^  a„„X 
Dignity  among  human  Matters.    And  thus  Men,  Angels, 
an?  even  God  liimfelf  were  caird/«>f°«-  ^ 

Things  merely  corporeal,  as  a  Stone, 
were  callM  Hyf  iftafis,  or  J  but  never  P erjcss.  See 

Hypostasis  f^c. 
9  Q. 


PER 


(  7P4  )         PER  ' 

Hence  dfo    the  Learned  imagine,  the  fame  Name       Pei^sonal  Krta,  are  Tithes  BaW  D  c 

^£ryo..came  .obc  ufcdto  ligmfy  feme  Dignity,  whereby  a  by  the  Labour  of  a  ManVpX?  as  h„t  ?  r',v™' 

?T'  '^/'fiifS'^nif  ™"  """her;  as  a  Fatlier,  Husband,  gi„s  cf  Merchandize,  Handkraft'  II   ^^  ^'■^^  ""^  '^''"^  *  ' 

Judge,  Magiflrate,  !5f.    In  which  Senfe  we  are  rounder-  ^  ffrraas  Personal  or  ?>,Spp         See  Tithes. 

iiand  that  of  C;«fo.-  C<<f«(-  never  fpealcs  of  ycw^er,  but  in  Verb,  or  Prn„„„„  :.^  ;!";'"^';>      Grammar,  a 


Terms  of  Honour  and  Rerpca,b.uh;'LtsmT/yTardld   Y^t.^/iZl^i^T^:!:'^  '^^  ^^'^  ^i^.  See 

Vhis  forth?  K^me:  as  forihe  Thing,  we  have  already  PerL  ^'SS  Jm"  ^^0^^^ "  ""'^ 
Ae£niTerjcn,m!m4i'JidtialSubftameof  arear<mal/k]<ic!tnrei     PERSONA  r  ITV  i„  ,1,1,  o-l,    .  , 

which  is  the  fame  3o«te«'s  Definition.  '  or  th^Tv^Kil  tnlW       l  A  }''!^^^ 

Now  a  Thing  may  be  two  ways ;  i.  Logically,  ke  pLson  '"'''"'^'"'^         Qs^«'y  "f  i^r- 

as  ir  cannot  be  predicated  oi  any  other;  as  Cicero^  ^laio  ^c.       Thp  Ph;ir,rf>r,i,A.  i-  -  pa 

Phyficallv,  in  which  Senfe  a  Drop  of  Water  feparated  frotS  in  ev  „  otherTh  I  'c  '°  Matter,  and  Porta 

theoJean  ilay  be  call'd  an  individual.  3>.r/«  fs  anTnd™  Perfon^ according, The^^Mrof 

dual  Nature  in  each  of  thefe  Scnfes.  Log,cW  (J,  IZl  It^^iSof         i}^:      ^  ^'''■'^^  Subflance,  endued 

nn.   fince  Vernon  is  not  fpoke  of  univerfalsf  bu\  only  of  d  her  be  o^  no.  be  a  Pe^^^^^^^^ 

Singulars  and  Individuals  ;  we  don't  fay  the  Tf/'fos  of  an  ture  in  rhrift  i,  „™     D  ?'      fS^^'^S'      '^e  human  Na- 

Animal  or  a  Man,  but  of  cW»  and  fL :  Atfd  phyfica«y,  W  call  ilSZl^^^f"" 

lince  J-««r«'s  Hand  or  foot  are  never  confider'd  I  Wi  bv^hkh  thXS  stLff         '""^  .3'/'-y«»%,  is  that 

This  laft  Kind  of  Individual  is  denominated  two  ways  •  ''^"'""'i' '5"='""' S""*"""  t"""""  "idividud. 
pofitively,  as  when  the  ^erfm  is  faid  to  be  the  whole  Princi- 
Ijle  of  Afling  ;  for,  to  whatever  Thing  Aftion  is  attributed. 


that  do  the  Philofophers  call  a  TerfoH  :  And  negatively, 
when  wc  fay,  with  the  Thomiils,  (£c.  that  a  Perfon  confift  s 
in  this,  that  it  does  not  exitt  in  another  as  a  more  perfefl 
Being. 

Thus,  a  Man,  tho'  confifii 


The  School  Divines  are  divided  about  what  it  is  thatdiflin- 
gutfhes  the  feveral  ^erfinaliue,  in  ,he  Trinity  =  feme  wtU 
have  ,t  to  be  only  the  d.fferenr  Relations;  others,  as  Bor,.ven. 
?ias  contend  for  feme  incommunicable  Subflance  :  S  Sotul- 
and  S.  riJomas  take  it  ,o  be  the  diiFerent  Orfgint 
that  diflingui/h  the  Tcrfcnalma  i  which  Opinion  is  the  moft 
toiiowd.    face  Identity. 


ing  ot  two  very  different  Thinss,     PER50N-.rTTv  inTa,,,  fl„an'     •  r-i     ,    ■  „ 
two  y.r/-»,«/fi„ce  neither  pfr!         "'Xn'  irv^lu^i^/.f'^Al'^^  ?  beiny.r/»«. 


Bodyand  spirit.™^  '^^S^!}^^^^^^^^^^'^^. 


alone  is  a  whole 

the  Manner  of  his  conliliing  of  Body'  and  SpiriVis  "fuch 
conllitutcs  one  whole  Principle  of  A6lion  :  nor  does  he  exiil ... 
any  other  as  a  more  perfefl  Being,  as  £.  gr.  Sacrales's  Foot 
does  in  Somles,  or  a  Drop  of  Water  in  the  Ocean. 

So  Chrift,  tho'  confiUing  of  two  different  Natures,  viz. 
the  Divine  and  Humane,  is  not  two  'pcrfom,  but  one  Divine 
^I>erfii;j  the  human  Nature,  in  him,  not  being  a  whole  Priu. 
tiple  of  Ailion  J  but  exilHng  in  the  other 


PER  SON  ATI,  "among  EotaniHl',  are  fuch  Flowers  as 
^"Ivt  cnF.Kf  ^""'^^  ''""g  Creatures. 

PERSONIFIING,  or  Personalisi^o,  the  feigninfi 
a  Perlon  ;  or  attributing  a  Perfon  ,o  an  inanimate  BeinP  -  or 
givung  It  the  Figure,  Sentiments,  and  Language  of  a  Pef/on 

^  I  he  Poets  have>er/ti?i;>^  all  the  Paffions and  made  Di- 
vmities  of  them,  which  were  worlhip'd  by  the  Heather"  ■  — 


r  £1  ''^'^  Goddcfs  Perfuafion,  the  God'sieen  theFurrei  Fnvv' 

Bythellnion  of  the  Divine  and  human-^-t^rVo^fndi:?:  Sit^'J.''''''  GoTsefalS 


dual,  or  Whole  is  conilitutcj  ;  that  is  one  principle  of  afling : 
for  whatever  Chrift's  Humanity  does,  that  does  his  Divinity 
join'd  therewith  ;  So  that  there  is  but  one  'Perfon  in  Chrift,  and 
one  Operation,  which  is  call'd  Tljenndric.  SeeTBKANDRic. 

Person,  in  Grammar,  a  Term  applied  to  Verbs  and  Pro- 
nouns, which  being  conjugated,  are  applkable  to  three  dif- 
ferent ytr/om.    See  Veee,  if,c. 

I  lone  is  a  Verb  ufed  in  the  firft  Terfin  ;  timi  huefi  dclipns 
the  fecond  'Perfon  i  l:e  liivelb  marks  the  Third:  And  thus 
in  the  Plural  Number.  SeeNuMcEE. 

J,  thou,  be,  are  Pronouns  of  the  firft,  fecond,  and  third 
'perfons.    See  Pronoun. 

Verbs  agree  with  their  Nouns  in  Tenfe,  Number,  and 
'Perfon.   See  Construction,  and  Concord. 

Person,  Terfiiia,  in  duimatic  Poetry,  the  Name  and 
Part  of  an  Acior;  or  of  him  reprelented  by  the  Comedian. 

At  the  Head  of  dramatic  Pieces  come  the  'Dra?i7alis  'Per- 
fond!,  the  Lift  of  Aftors,  and  CharaScrs  that  are  to  appear 
on  the  Stage. 

The  ancient  Tragedy  was  only  a  (imple  Chorus:  1'hefpis 
was  the  firft  who  introduced  a  Perfon  to  relieve  the  Chorus; 
JEfcljylas  added  a  fecond.  See  Tragedy.  See  alfo  Cho- 
rus, f^c. 

E  ohferves,  that  in  theEpk  and  Dramatic  Poem,  the 

fame  'Pirfon  muft  reign  throughout,  i.  e.  muft  fuftain  the 
chief  Part  thro'  the  whole  Piece,  and  the  Charaflers  of  all 
the  other  'Perfom  be  fubordinate  to  him.  See  Character. 
See  alfo  Hero. 

PERSONA,  in  Law.    See  Parson 


'Perfonifying  is  effential  to  Poetry,  efpecially  the  Epo- 
pea.    See  Poetry  and  Epic.  '       c       i  pu 

PERSPECTIVE  the  Arr  of  Delineating  vifible  Ohieas 
on  a  plane  Surface,  fuch  as  they  appear  at  a  given  Diflance 
or  Height,  upon  a  tranfparent  Plane,  placed  perpendicular 
to  the  Horizon,  between  the  Eye  and  the  Oblea.    See  Del- 

MEATING. 

This  we  particularly  call  linear  'PerfpeBive,  as  reeardina 
the  Pofition,  Magnitude,  Form,  He.  of  the  feveral  Lines  or 
Contours  ot  Objefls;  and  exprcffing  their  Diminution ;  In 
Uppofition  to  the  Menal  PerfpeSive,  which  regards  the 
Culoiir,  Lufire,  Strength,  Boldnefs,  e?f.  of  diflant  Objefls 
confider  d  as  ften  thro'  a  Column  of  Air  j  and  expreffcs  the 
Diminutions  thereof. 

The  former  is  a  Branch  of  Mathematicks:  Some  make  it 
a  Member  of  Opticks;  others  a  Rivulet  therefrom;  and  its 
Operations,  are  all  Geometrical.  See  Opticrs. 

The  latter  is  a  Part  of  Painting ,  and  confifts  wholly  in  the 
Condufl  of  the  Colours,  their  different  Teints,  or  Degrees, 
Force,  Weaknefs,  See  Colour  and  Colouring. 

Some  make  a  third  Kind  of  PerfpeSive,  viz-.  Specular 
TerfpeSive;  which  reprefents  the  Objefls  in  Conical,  Sphe- 
rical, or  other  Mirrors,  ereft,  and  clear ;  whereas  on  Lawn 
and  other  Planes  appear  confufed  and  irregular.  See  Mik«or. 

To  conceive  the  Nature  of  'PerfpeSive  ;  i.  e.  Linear  Per- 
ffeSive:  Suppofe  a  Glafs-plane  H  I,  (Tab.  PerffeSi-js 
Fig.  1.)  rais'd  perpendicularly  on  a  horizontal  Plane  ;  and  the 
Spettator  S,  direfling  his  Eye  O,  to  the  Triangle  JSC:  If 


PERSONABLE,  in  Law,  implies  the  being  able  to  hold,  MgTthro" rh" ^^^^  ^ ^Ct^c.  in  ,h, 


maintain,  a  Plea  in  Court. 

That  is,  as  the  Civilians  wou'd  exprefs  it,  })alere  per fonam 
in  Judicio. 


ge  thro-  the  Plane,  to  leave  their  Traces  or  Veftigia,  ... 
«,  »,  c,  lie.  On  the  Plane  ;  there  will  appear  the  Triangla 
ah  c;  which,  as  it  ftrikes  the  Eye  by  the  lame  Rays  a"0 
Thus  they  fay,  the  Defendant  was  judg'd  TerronaUe  to   *  j'/S,'      '"'>''^'?''>':,fP'™^.''fAe  Triangle  ^  »  C  is  car- 
maintain  thisAflion:  OldJ/.r.  mevlAdhI  Z         t1  Je  iTc' JL^' h  '  n^^ 
The  Tenant  pleaded  that  the  Wife  was  an  born  in   r       K-n  '/^  •  i.   Ol);ea/hou  d  be  remov'd  ;  tha 

^PortvgaK  with'out  the  Ligeance  of  the  K  ngf  and  Judg  -  v^J  "'"p""'   P^?^  '  ?        ^Tr  ^""^ 
ment  was  ask'd  whether  fliefliou'd  be  anfwer'd  ?  The  PiaL  ^  4l™fc  r'V'r^^^  „  , 

tiff  faid  he  was  made  Perfonaile  by  Parliament.  ,         ^^"f  v  ^"'f^'f''"  'I  "l™  ^y  what  cer- 

Personable,  is  alfo  ufed  to  fignify  a  Capacity  to  take  ? '  ^"T^' " ^ 

sny  Thing  granted  or  given.    See  Capacity       ^  =•  ^""^  ''^1'.'  f°'  "mechanical  Method  of  de- 

feRSONAL,  femething  that  concerns  o^ 'is  reftrain'd  to  °^i''\'"y  'T^f-^ '  , 

the  ferfon.   See  Person.  Verfpeaweis  either  employy  in  reprefenting  the  Ichno- 

In  Difputes  among  the  Learned,  there  is  ever  femething  %:^t7vL?s'°7ifcl:oc^^^^^^        po]e&.d  on  Per- 

■yCTfaa/ intermix'd  ;  in  Ethicks 'tis  a  Maxim  that  all  Fadtl  ■''^  A    ■    c               "^"N"'"'*''"/-  . 

^ e  Perfonal,  ,.  e.  don't  pafs  to  our  Defcendants  .  °'r  T  Scenographies,  or  Reprefentations  of  the  Bodies 

A  PERSOt^AL  ..*ff,  J,  in  Law,  is  that  Tevied  direaiv  Se=  Scenocraphv 

and  folely  againft  the  Perfon,  in  oppofition  to Treal  or  Sx'd  ■  ^              Laws  of  each  are  fubjoiu'd  ;  in  order  to  whkh 

Aaion    SeeAcTioM                       "°"     =1  ■^"'"'^        <1  Jt  is  neceffary  to  premifc  the  following  Lemmas  in  yer/M?™. 

Personal  Goods,  or  <Perfonal  Eftate,  is  thatconfiftin?  of  J''^' *%APP=''™"  °f  ^'ig^' Line  is  ever  a  n 

•    „,l,;Vi,  ....i.  Ti!."    ,     .™.  .  8  °'  whencc,the  twoExtremesbeinggiven,thewholeLineisgiven. 

.  That  if  a  Line  be  Perpendicular  to  any  right  Line 


Money,  Moveables,        which  every  Perfon  has  in  his  own 

Difporal;  in  oppofition  to  Lands  and  Tenements    which  are   j  ni        ■      -n  t.  "  t,  .  ' 

clwArealFftaVe.    See  EsTATE,  and  Goons     '  "''^  _tlYr?r/Zi'.'!''i'..™'"i'  ^l^P^'''^'^'-  ""^ 


Theft  is  dcfin'd  a  fek 
nmvsdble  'Perfoml  Gocdi 


ious  taking  a  way  another  ManV 
See  Theft. 


right  Line  drawn  on  the  fame  Plane. 


g.  And 


I 


I  ^'      "        ^'^J  tundamental  Line  in  i;  and  drawr 
PERSPECTIVE;  c?- Z^a-i     r^e  y;-^.  tlZT^r^'^''r^^^^  then  v.iU  , /.^  ^/be  the 

t;/-  lPtei7^2/r«.  Reprerentation  of  the  infcnb'd  Square  I H G  M, 

Hence  is  eafily  conceiv  d  the  Projcaion  of  any  Figures  in- 


Pcrfps5lhe  of  a  Point. 

70  exhibit  the  Appearance  h.  of  an  objeElive  ^oint^  H.  (Fig. 
2.  )From  the  given  point,  draw  a  Perpendicular  to  the  tun- 
damental  Line  D  K  from  the  fundamentaJ  2J  E  cut  off  /  K 
—  I H -J  thro'  the  Point  of  Sight  /- draw  a  horizontal  Line 
MfPj  and  make  f^P  equal  to  the  Diliance  ot  theEyeAjZ; 
Laliiy  from  the  Point  /  to  the  Poiiit  of  Sight draw  i*  /; 
and  from  j^to  the  Point  of  Diitance  the  Line  1>  K.  1  he 
Interfe£i:ion  h  is  the  Appearance  of  the  objedivc  Point.  See 
Point. 

Hence^  i.  Since,  the  Appearance  of  the  exfreme  Points  of 
a  right  Line  being  given,  the  Appearance  of  the  whole  Line 
is  given  ;  the  Ichnographic  Projedtion  of  any  Reflihnear  Fi- 
gure may  be  had  by  this  Method.  See  Rectif.inear. 

And,  2.  Since  any  Number  of  Points  of  a  Cui've  Line  may 
by  this  means  be  projedled  on  the  'Perfpt6iwe  Plane  3  the 
Projediion  of  Curve  Lines  may  likewife  be  e£fei3ed  after  the 
fame  manner.   See  Curve. 

3.  Therefore,  this  Method  will  likewife  fufftce  for  Mixtili- 
near  Fi^iures ;  and  is  confequentiy  unlverfal. 

There  are  indeed  other  Methods  deliver 'd  by  othc^r  Authors, 
but  this  is  the  moft  ufual.  To  conceive  its  force  an>d  eftefl:,  it 
will  be  proper  to  illuftrate  it  with  fome  Examples. 

PerfpSlive  of  a  Triangle. 

To  find  the  Mppearance  of  a  Triangle^  ABC,  (''Fig.  3.) 
whofe  Eafe  ^  is  parallel  to  the  fundamental  Lini?  iD  £. 
To  the  fundamental  Line  'D  £  draw  a  Paralle)  at  an  ,\nterval 
equal  to  the  Altitude  of  the  Eye.  Aflume  a  fundamental 
Point  f^,  oppofite  to  this  either  direftly  or  obliquely,  as  the 
Cafe  requires.  Transfer  the  Diliance  of  the  Eye  from  ^to 
jK'  1-rom  the  fevcral  Angles  of  the  Triangle^  CS,  Icf  fall 
Perpend icuLirs  ^  i ,  C  2,  ^  5  :  fet  off  thefe  PcrpendicUi^ars 
upon  the  tundamental  Line  iZJ£oppolite  to  the  Point  of 
Diitance  K.  From  i,  2,  3,  draw  right  Lines  to  the  fundii- 
mental  or  principal  Point  1^ i,  ^^2,  /^g.  From  the  Points 
S  and  6  of  the  fundamental  Line  2)  E  draw  other  right 
Lines  S  A,  C  K,  to  the  Point  or  Diflance  K. 

Since  (3,  i^,  and  are  the  Appearances  of  the  Points  S 
and  Cc^  The  right  Lines  ca,  ab  and  bc^  being  drawn,  a  c  b 
will  be  the  Appearance  of  the  Triangle  A  C  S. 

After  the  fame  Manner  is  a  Triangle  projedled  on  a  Plane, 
where  the  Vertex  C  is  oppofed  to  the  Eye:  All  here  requir'd, 
is,  that  its  Situation  on  the  Geometrical  Plane  be  changed, 
and  the  Vertex  C  tura'd  towards  the  fundamental  Line  tD. 

Perfpeblive  of  a  Sq^iiare, 

To  exhibit  the  Appearance  cf  a  Sqmre,  A  B  D  C  CFig4-i 
feen  obliquely,  and  having  one  of  its  Sides  A  S  in  the 
fundamental  Line.  The  Square  being  view'd  obliquely  af- 
ume  the  principal  Point  in  the  horizontal  Line  H  in 
I'uch  manner  as  that  a  Perpendicular  to  the  fundamental 
Line  may  fall  without  the  Side  of  the  Square  A  2?,  at 
leait,  may  not  biiredl  it  3  and  make  V  K  the  Diitance 
of  the  Eye.  Transfer  the  Perpendiculars  AC  and  S  2J  to 
the  fundamental  Line  D  E-^  and  draw  the  right  Lines  K 
KtD,  as  alfo  Ar,  VC.  Then  will  ^and  'B  be  their  own  Ap- 
pearances 5  and  c  and  d  the  Appearances  of  the  Points  C  and 
2).    Confequentiy  Acd'Bi^  the  Appearance  of  the  Square 

If  the  Square  C  2  23  Hiou'd  be  at  a  Diftance  from  the 
fundamental  Line  D  E-^  which  yet  rarely  happens  in  Pradlice ; 
the  Diftances  of  the  Angles  and  'B  muft  likewife  be  tranf- 
fer'd  to  the  fundamental  Line  :  As  is  evident  from  the  pre- 
ceeding  Problem.  And  fince,  even  the  oblique  View  is  not 
very  common;  in  what  follows,  we  fliall  always  fuppofe  the 
Figure  to  be  pofited  direflly  oppofite  to  the  Eye  3  unlefs, 
where  the  contrary  is  exprefsly  mention'd. 

4.  To  exhibit  the  Appearance  of  a  Square  A  B  C  D  (Fig. 
^,')-zvhoJe  Tiiagonal  A  Qis  'perpefiiicalar  to  the  fundamen- 
tal. Line.  Continue  the  Sides  C  and  C  S  till  they  meet 
the  fundamental  Line  in  r  and  2.  From  the  principal  Point 
V.  fet  off  the  Diftance  of  the  Eye  to  K  and  L.  From  Kto 
A  and  I  draw  right  Lines  K  A  and  AT  i  ;  and  from  Eta  A 
and  z,  the  right  Lines  Z  A,  L  1.  The  Intcrfedlions  of  thefe 
Lines  will  exhibit  the  Appearance  of  the  Square  ABCD 
view'd  Angle-wife. 

5 .  To  exhibit  the  Appearance  cf  a  Square  A  B  C  D  Fig.  6. 
uoherein  another^  I  M  G  H  i??fcribed  5  the  Side  of  the 
greater,  A  B,  being  in  the  fundamental  Line ;  and  the  Diago- 
nal of  the  lefs.  Perpendicular  to  the  Fundamental.  From 
the  principal  Point      fee  off,  each  way,  on  the  horizontal 


fcrib'd  in  others. 


PerfpeElive  of  a  Pavement. 

5  .To  projeaa  lavement  confijting  cffquare  Stones,  vieiv'4 
dtrea/y.  Divide  the  Side  AS  transfer 'd  to  the  fundamen- 
tal LineFig.  7.  into  as  many  equal  Pa:ts  as  there  are  fquare 
Stones  m  one  row.  From  the  feveraJ  points  of  Divifion  draw 
right  Lines  to  the  principal  Point  and  from  A  to  the  Point  of 
Diftance  a;  draw  a  right  Line  AK;  and  from  E  to  thcs 
orher  Point  of  Diftance  Z,  draw  another  Z  B.  Thro'  the 
Points  of  the  Literfeaions  of  the  corrcfponding  Lines,  draw 
right  Lines  ^  on  each  Side,  to  be  produced  to  the  right 
L:nes  //  AndS.  Then  will  AfgS  be  the  Appearance  of 
the  Tavement  AEG  B. 

Pcrjpe£live  of  a  Circle. 

6.  To  exhibit  the  Appear  ame  of  a  Circle,  i.  If  the  Cir- 
cle be  fmati,  circumfcribe  a  Square  about  it.  Draw  Diago- 
nals and  Diameters  ha  and  de  (Fig.  8  J  interfeaing  each 
other  at  right  Angles  j  and  draw  the  right  Lines  j  g  and  b  c 
parallel  to  the  Diameter  4  e  thro'  b  and/ ;  as  alfo  thro'  c  and 
g  draw  right  Lines  meeting  the  fundamental  Line  Z*  £  in 
the  Points  5  and  4.  To  the  principal  Point  draw  ri^ht 
Lmcsf^  i,  ^'3,  V^,  Vi-,  and  to  the  Points  of  Dilfance°Z 
and  if,  draw  the  right  Lines  Lz  and  if  r.  Laftly  connett 
the  Points  ot  Interiettion,  a,  b^  d^f  h  g,  e,  c  with  the 
Arches  a  b,  b  d  y,  ^c.  Thus  will  a  b  d/h  g  e  c  a, 
be  the  Appearance  ot  the  Circle. 

If  the  Circle  be  large,  on  the  Middle  of  the  Fundamental 
^ S  (Fig.  9.j  dekube  a  Semicircle;  and  from  the  feveral 
Points  ot  the  Periphery,  C,  i-,  G,  if,  /,  ^c.  to  the  funda- 
mental Line,  let  fall  perpendiculars  C  l,  Za,  G  3.  i^4,  /  5, 
^c.  From  the  Poinis  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  Sec.  of  AS  draw'right 
Lines  to  the  principal  Point  as  alfo  a  right  Line  from  B 
to  the  Point  ot  Diliance  X;and  another  fromy^to  the  Point  of 
Difl:ance  K.  Thro'  thecommon  Interfeifions,  draw  right  Lines 
as  in  the  preceeding  Problem ;  thus  ihall  we  have  the  Points  c, 
f,&,  I'^yh  which  are  the  Reprefentations  of  thefe  A.  C,  E,  G,  H 
/,  which  being  coimeiied  as  before,  give  the  Proieihon  of  the 
.Circle. 

Hence  appears,  not  only  how  any  curvilinear  Figure  may  be 
pl-oje^^ed  on  a  Plane;  but  alfo  how  any  Pavement,  conluiing 
of  any  kind  of  Stones,  may  be  delineated  in  Perjj-etlwe. 

Hence  alfo,  appears  what  Ufe  the  Scjuare  is  of  in  'perfpec- 
tivt%  for  even  in  the  fecond  Cafe  we  ufe  a  Square  divided  in- 
to certain  Areola,  and  circumfcribed  about  the  Circle;  tho' 
it  be  not  delineated  on  the  geometrical  Plane  in  the  Diagram. 

Pe*fpe£li've  of  a  regular  Pentagon. 

7.  2o  represent  a  regular  -Pentagon,  having  abroad  Lirah^ 
terminai-ed  by  Eines  parallel  thereto  :  \°.  From  the  feveral 
Angles  o^"  the  exterior  Pentagon  A,B,C,D,Ey  Fig.  10.  to  the 
fundamental  Line 'Z^,  let  fall  Perpendiculars  Ao,  Si,  Cz, 
ZJ  3,  Z  4  ;  which,  as  in  the  former,  transfer  to  the  fundament- 
al Line.  Conned  the  Points  i,  2,  3,  4  to  the  principal 
Point  K;  and  the  Points  i,  2,  3,  4  to  the  Point  of  Dif- 
tance K.  Thus  will  the  common  Interfeflions  reprefent  the 
Appearance  of  the  exterior  Pentagon.  2.  If  now,  from  the 
inner  Angles  G  H L  I,  the  Perpendiculars  Go,  *H^,K6, 
J  7,  i  8,  be  in  the  like  manner  let  fall ;  and  the  reft  be  done 
as  in  the  fornaer  ;  we  fhall  have  the  Reprefcntauon  of  the 
inner  Pentagon.  The  Pentagon  A  S  C  'D  E^  therefore, 
with  its  Limb,,  is  reprefented  in  perfpe^iive. 

This  Problem  is  added  for  the  fake  of  an  Inflance  of  the 
Projeffion  of  a  .Figure  that  has  a  broad  Limb,  or  Edge. 

It  muftbehereobferv'd,  that  if  the  Magnitudes  of  the  feve- 
ral Parts  of  an  Objeft,  be  given  in  Numbers,  together  with 
the  Height  and  Diftance  of  the  Eye  ;  its  Figure  is  to  be  firft 
conflrudedby  a  geometrical  Scale  ;and  the  fundamental  Point 
with  the  Point  of  Diftance  i,  to  be  determin'd  by  the  fame. 

Nor  is  it  always  neceflary,  that  the  Objed  be  delineated 
under  the  fundamental  Line  .  in  the  ProjetSiion  of  Squares  and 
Pavements  'tis  beff  let  alone.  But  where  'tis  necefiary,  and 
Space  is  wanrintj;  draw  it  a-part ;  find  the  Divifions  in  it,  and 
transfer  'em  to  the  fundamental  Line  in  the  Plane. 

Threads  being  hung  in  the  principal  Point,  and  the  Point 
of  Diftance,  and  flretch'd  to  the  Points  of  the  Divifions  of  the 
fundamental  Line  ;  the  common  Interfeflion  of  the  Threads 
will  give  the  Projedion  of  the  feveral  Points  without  Confufionj 
a  Thing  much  to  be  fear'd  from  the  Multiplicity  of  Lines  to 
be  drawn* 

Scenegm^hic 


P  E  Pv 


(  19^  ) 


PER 


Scem^i-c-fVtc  Pcrffcctiii ;   or  the  Projeclion  of  Bodies 
on  ct  Plane. 

On  tie  given  Teint  C,  (Fig.  ii.)  to  raife  a  Perfpeftive  Jl- 
tit'ude,  a/ij'weralple  to  l/je  given  obp£tive  Altitude  ^  On 
the  fundamental  Line,  raife  a  Perpendicular  y  ^,  equal  to 
the  given  objeaive  Alritude.  From  T  and  ^  to  any  Point, 
as  'f,  draw  right  Lines  T"  and  ^  1'.  From  the  given 
Point  C  draw  a  right  Line  C  K,  parallel  to  the  fundamental 
Line  a  £;  and  meeting  the  right  Dine  ^ ST,  in  K.  In  K, 
erea  a  Perpendicular 'to  A' 6,  /A';  this  /A'isthe 

fcenographic  Altitude  reijuir'd. 

PerffcUivs  of  a  Solid 

lo  exhibit  the  Sccmgrclfliy  of  any  Solid.  Find  the  Projec- 
tion of  its  Bafe  in  the  Ichnographic  <Prefjl>eaive ;  and  in  the 
feveral  Pomis  thereof  erea  the  'Pre//eS/'JE  Altitude ;  Thus 
will  the  Scenography  of  the  Solid  be  finidi'd,  except  foi  what 
relates  to  the  tihadow;whichmult  be  fuperaddcd  from  the  Laws 
of  Shadows,  deliver 'd  under  the  Article  SfJado-w.    For  an  Ex- 

^^Po^xbiiittbcfcenograpfjicPciCftSi'm  of  a  Cube  view'd  An- 
gle-wife :  Since  the  bafe  of  a  Cube  vicw'd  Angle-wife,  and 
Itandingon  a  geometrical  Plane  is  a  Square  view'd  Angle-wife j 
draw  a  Square  on  the  ferfpeclrje  Plane,  after  the  manner  laid 
down  above,  raife  the  Side  of  ihe  Square  H  I  (Fig.  ii.)  per- 
pendicularly in  fomc  Point  of  the  fundamental  Line  •£)£■, 
and  to  any  Point       of  the  horizontal  Line  draw  right 

Lines  V  /and  H.  From  the  Angles  ^,  and  c  3  draw 
CI  .^2  parallel  to  the  fundamental  Line  E.  From  the 
Points  1  and  2  raife  Z  I  and  M  2  Perpendicular  to  the  fame. 
Laftly,  Since  i//is  the  Altitude  to  be  tais'd  in  ^,  Z  i  inc 
and  h  'and  M 2  in  i  ^  in  a  raife  J^,  Perpendicular  to  ^t  i?  ; 
and  in  i  and  c,  raife  tjf  and  c  e  Perpendicular  to  ^>  c  i ;  and 
lallly  raife  d  h  Perpendicular  to  i  2  ;  and  let  rt/be  equal  to 
HI,  bg  and  e  c  to  L  l  auihd  to  yl/2  ;  If  then  the  Points 
g,  i',  e,  /be  conneaed  by  right  Lines,  the  Scenography  will 
be  finilh'd. 

This  Method  is  general ;  but  its  Application  is  not  equal- 
ly obvious  in  every  tiafes  fee  it  further  iliudraced  under  the 
Article  SciNOGRAruY. 

P  E  R  s  r  E  c  T  I  V  E  of  Bi'.ildiii^,  Sec. 

In  the  Praaice  of  the  TerffSLiivc  of  Building,  &c.  Great 
regard  is  had  to  the  Height  of  the  horizontal  Line;  all  a- 
bove  the  horizontal,  being  feen  in  the  upper  Pan,  and  all 
above  it  in  the  under  Part,  whence  •PerfUiJive  becomes  di- 
vided into  the  fti'*  and /om  Sight ;  both  which  will  be  well 
illultrated  by  what  follows. 

Jo  rejirefent  a  Uml.img  (v.  g.  Palace,  College,  tfc)  in_ 
yerJpeCiive.  I.  Take  the  Ichnography,  or  Ground-plat  ot 
the  Building  i  its  Lengths,  Breadths,  and  Depths ;  by  afiual 
meafuring.  See  Ichnoor.^piiy  ;  and  take  its  Altitude  with 
a  Quadrant.    See  Altitude  and  QuAnRANT. 

2.  Makea  Scale  divided  into  two  or  rhree  hundred  equal 
Parts,  either  aBually,  or  fo  as  that  each  divifion  fignifie  ten 
Parts:  By  this  Scale  lay  down  theffre««.i-//(!t,  as  in  Figure  13. 

This  done,  having  a  long  Ruic,  and  a  Square,  which  by  Aid- 
ing on  the  Rule  helps  you  to  draw  your  Perpendiculars  eafiher, 
reduce  it  into  Teiffeaive,  in  its  Scemgra]iljiA  Appearance. 

Then  having  drawn  a  Line  towards  thd  Bottom  of  the  Pa- 
per for  the  Front  or  Bafc  Lineas;  Fig.  14.  divide  it  into  as 
many  equal  Parts  as  you  find  the  Building  has  in  the  Ichno- 
graphy, or  more  if  you  pleafe  ;  This  will  fcrve  for  a  Scale  to 
def^mine  the  feveral  Heights,  £5c.  and  to  thcfe  Divifions, 
with  a  black  Lead  Pencil  draw  Lines  from  the  Centre,  when 
you  have  chofen  it ;  which  Choice  requires  Judgement  on  two 
accounts. 

For,  if  the  Centre  be  too  nigh  the  Front-line,  then  the 
Depth  of  the  whole  BuildingwiU  fote-Hiorten  too  much;  if  too 
far  off,  it  will  not  fore-niortcn  enough.  This  may  be  iUuf- 
trated  thus  ;  fet  an  open  Tankard,  or  the  like  on  a  Stand,  fo 
as  that  it  be  a  little  lower  than  your  Eye ;  if  you  be  a  great 
Dillance  from  it,  you  can  fee  very  little  or  nothing  into  it ;  if 
you  come  nigher  to  it  by  degrees,  you  will  perceive  the  far- 
ther Edge  fccm  to  be  rais'd  a  little  higher  than  that  next 
you  fo  that  you  may  fee  a  little  Way  into  it ;  if  you  come 
vety  nigh  it,  you  fee  too  deep  into  it  more  than  can  well  be 
expreft  in  Piaure.  We  Jliall  therefore  find  fome  one  Place, 
which  we  muft  conclude  the  moft  convenient  for  the  Draught, 
and  which  may  be  in  general  determin'd  to  be  i^s  far  off  the 
Front-lire  as  the  Front  line  is  long :  This  Rule,  tho"  it  has 
tuft  orounds,  yet  we  fomctimes  dilpence  with  it  pro  re  nata  ; 
that  we  mav'exprcfs  Things  with  the  better  Appearance. 

4.  Conficler  how  to  place  this  Centre  with  fuch  Advantage 
as  that  we  may  exprefs  thofe  Things  moft,  which  we 
chiefly  defign  to  do  ;  for  as  to  the  bottom  and  top  Lines  of 
the  Sides  of  the  Building  that  run  from  us  in  or  nigh  the  di- 
rtfl  Line  to  the  Centre,  tho'  you  fee  the  upper  Part  very  well, 


yet  the  Sides  that  fall  between  the  Ground  line  and  Top,  fall 
ib  very  near  one  another,  that  'twould  be  very  diiiicult  to  ex- 
prefs Particulars  in  them  ;  fo  that  the  Centre  muif  be  well 
chofen  in  reference  to  this. 

Thofe  Buildings  therefore,  you  would  fee  moft  of,  muft 
be  plac'd  as  far  off' as  you  think  convenient  from  the  direct 
Line  that  runs  to  the  Centre  ;  and  the  farther  they  are,  the 
plainer  they  are. 

Place  then  thofe  Things  you  would  fee  leaft  of,  nigheftthe 
ditect  Line;  and  fee  whether  the  others  fall  according  10  your 
Mind ;  but  this  muft  be  done  after  you  have  drawn  your  Lia  - 
gonal,  which  is  the  next  I  hing. 

5.  Having  pitch'd  on  your  Centre,  and  having  from  it 
drawn  Lines  to  every  Divifion  of  the  Front-line,  jou  are  to  de- 
termine your  Diagonal, ^iv,thus:Having  with  ;(  pair  of  Com- 
paffes  meafur'd  rhe  Length  ol  the  Ftont-iiiif,  lake  your  Com- 
palTcs,  and  putting  one  Foot  in  the  Centre,  fee  where  the 
other  will  reach  in  the  Horizon :  (on  both  Sides  if  yoii 
pleafe)  where  it  rcfts,  from  that  Point  draw  a  thwart  Line 
ftom  it  to  the  laft  Divifion  of  the  Front;  and  this  will  be  truely 
drawn,  or  pretty  nigh  to  the  I'tuth.  lhat  this  is  fo,  you 
may  confider  how  it  falls  in  refpea  of  the  two  laft  Centre- 
lines :  For  if  where  rhe  next  Line  from  rhe  laft  is  interfeaed 
by  the  Diagonal,  you  draw  a  Parallel  to  the  Fiont  betw-ecn 
them,  as  at  yl  to  you  will  have  a  Rhon.bliSj  it  then  allthe 
Sides  be  pretty  equal,  you  may  be  fure  you  are  nigh  the 
right;  but  if  the  Sides  that  run  roward  the  Centre  be  too 
long,  then  Things  wili  not  fore- fliorten  enough  ;  if  rhe  Sides 
be  not  long  enough,  then  they  will  lore-fhorten  too  much. 

6.  After  the  Fronr-line  is  thus  divided,  the  Centre  fixr,  and 
the  Diagonal  placed,  take  the  Eteadth  of  the  Chappel 
Jl.  21.  which  in  the  Ichjcgrajby  is  fliewn  to  he  twenty 
Parts ;  becaufe  this  Line  is  Perpendicular,  it  muft  run 
roward  the  Centre,  therefore  reckon  Twenty  in  the  Dia- 
gonal, and  the  Rule  laid  parallel  ro  the  I  ronr  in  that 
Point,  will  give  you  a  Point  in  the  Centfe-line  which  w  ill 
give  the  Breadth  of  the  Chappel ;  Cnnfcquently  a  I  ine 
drawn  from  Ji.  to  ff.  puts  it  into  the  Ichnogniphick  Terf-tec- 
tive.  The  Length  of  the  Chappel  bLlng  feveniy  Fivifions 
in  the  Front  line;  reckon  feventy  from  'B.  parallel  to  the 
Front-line,  and  there  you  will  have  a  Poinr  atC, — 

The  Depth  of  the  Building  fiom  the  Chappel  Korth- 
ward,  being  115  from  the  Chappel,  I  reckon  from  D  ; 
(where  it  cuts  the  Diagonal  at  tcn^  onwards  in  the  Dia- 
gonal; and  at  115.  in  the  Diagonal,  with  my  Rule  as  before 
parallel  in  this  Place  in  the  Front,  1  have  the  Point  2.  in  the 
Central-line.  Its  Breadth  being  thirty,  I  reckon  three  Divi- 
fions, and  there  is  the  jufl  Breadth  there;  and  fo  on  in 
every  particular  Part. 

Having  placed  the  Ichnography  into  •PerJpeSive,  you  may 
then  give  every  Thing  its  proper  Height  thus  : 

7.  The  Height  of  the  Chappel  being  50,  I  teckon  30  on 
the  Front-line,  and  with  this  Length  by  a  Square  clapt  to 
the  Front-line,  I  drop  a  Perpendicular  to  that  Height, 
and  fo  where  rhe  other  Side  of  the  Chappel  is  plac'd,  having 
reckon 'd  the  Height  upon  a  fuppofed  Parallel,  there  1  draw 
another  Line  in  that  Height;  then  joining  thcfe  leveral 
Heights  by  feveral  Lines,  yoii  have  the  Profiles  ot  each  Building. 

Now  to  diverfifie  thefe  feveral  Lines,  rhat  they  confound 
you  not,  make  the  Ichnography,  when  you  lay  it  into  'Psr- 
CpeElive,  in  difcontinued  crooked  Lines,  the  Heights  in  prick  t 
Lines,  and  the  Tops  of  each  Building  in  continued  Lines,  as 
the  Centre-lines  are,  in  the  Table.  You  will  likewife  find_ 
the  Centre,  tho'  'tis  not  here  exprefl,  as  likewife  the  Point  ot 
Dillance,  by  continuing  the  Diagonal  up  to  the  luppofcd 
Horizon  where  it  and  the  Eye  is  placed.  , 

Having  done  thus,  your  Art  muft  be  employ  d  for  the  parti- 
cular Expreffions  of  Things,  by  drawing  and  fh.tdowing, 
which  is  the  Life  of  this  half-form 'd  Figure,  and  which  we 
leave  to  the  Painter.  ,  ,    „  r  r 

It  remains  that  we  fpcak  of  the  Low- fight:  Here  we  fuppofe 
the  Horizontal  juft  the  Height  of  the  Eye,  about  5  Foot 
from  the  Bafis;  tho'  'tis  generally  plac'd  higher,  even  to  a 
third  Part  of  the  Height  of  the  Building,  that  the  Side 
Buildings  may  be  exprcfs'd  more  gracefully.       ,  „.^.  .. 

The  Diagonal  is  heft  determined  by  dividmgthe  laft  Divifion 
of  the  Bafis-lineinto  5  Patts  at  &  Fig.  1 4  taking  4  of  thefe  fomc- 
times the  whole  s.becaufe  we  determin'd  before,  that  the  Length 
of  the  Front-line  was  the  Diftance  of  the  Eye  in  the  Hotizon 
to  the  Point  of  Diftance  :  But  here  I  take  4,  and  then  make 
this  the  Diftance  in  the  Hotizon  between  the  Eye  and  the 
Point  of  Diftance.  Ton  may  then  either  graduate  the  Plan 
at  the  feveral  Interfeaions  of  the  Diagonal  with  the  Centre- 
lines or  elfe  fuppofe  it  fo;  and  then  raife  the  Building, 
as  you  will  find  by  'Perfpeaives  enough  of  this  Sort  eveiy 
where  to  be  met  with.  „.  ,     ,  n-a 

PiRsPECTivE,  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Kind  of  Pitture 
or  Painting,  frequently  feen  in  Gardens,  and  at  the  Ends 
of  Galleries ;  deCgn'd  exprefsly  to  deceive  the  Sight  by  tepre- 
fenting  the  Continuation  of  an  Alley,  a  Building,  Landskip, 


r  the  hke. 


Perspective 


PER 


(  797  ) 


PET 


Perspective  ^lane,  is  a  Glafs,  or  other  tranfparent  Sur- 
face, fuppos'd  to  be  placed  between  the  Eye  and  the  Ob- 
jei5t,'  perpendicular  to  the  Horizon,  unlefs  the  contrary  be  ex- 
prefsly  mention'd.    See  Plane. 

Such  is  the  Plane,  i/ /(Fig.  ij. J  between  the  Eye  0  and 
the  Object  JSC,  cutting  the  optic  Rays  in  a,  c. 

This,  fome  call  the  Sedicn-,  fome  the  '^/able^  and  others 
the  Giafi.    See  Section. 

PERSPIRATIONj  in  Medicine,  the  Aflion  of  evacuat- 
ing the  Juices  of  the  Body,  through  the  Pores  of  the  Skin.  See 
Evacuation,  Pore,  and  Skin. 

When  this  Evacuation  is  copious  enough  to  be  perceiv'd  by 
the  Senfes,  as  in  fweat,  the  '■Terfpiration  is  faid  to  be  fii^ji- 
bk 'y  where  it  efcapesthe  Notice  of  the  Senfes,  as  is  the  Cafe 
in  the  ordinary  State  of  the  Body,  the  Terfjnmtiou  is  faid  to 
ht  infeiijibie.   Sec  Sweat. 

I'h.zV^otd'Perfpiratwn  uied  fimply,  and  without  any  Ad- 
jetSlive,  is  underilood  of  infenfible  '}^erfpra!iun.  SanStoriui^ 
the  great  'Paduan  Phyfician,  was  the  Firft  who  took  Notice 
of  this  Evacuation  :  To  him  we  owe  borh  the  Invention  and 
Perfeftion  of  the  no(5irine  of  mfenjihle  ^Perj'piramn. 

The  Veilels  thro'  which  the  'Ptrfpirmon  is  perform'd,  lye 
obliquely  open  under  the  oquamic  or  Scales  ot  the  Cudcle 
or  Scart-skin.  They  are  inconceivably  fmall :  From  a  Calcu- 
lation of  Lee-wejihoecky  it  appears  that  the  Mouths  of  125000 
of  'era  may  be  cover 'd  with  a  common  Grain  of  Sand.  See 
Cuticle,  Mili.iry  Glavd. 

Thro'  thefe  Veffels  is  continually  tranfuding  a  fubtile 
Humour,  from  every  Point  of  the  Body,  and  throughout  the 
whole  Expanfc  of  the  Cuticle. 

The  Matter  evacuated  this  way,  is  found  by  fure  Expe- 
rience to  be  more  than  equal  to  that  evacuated  all  the  other 
Ways,  i.e.  by  Stool,  Urine,  ^c.  SanBoma  found  in  Italy,  un- 
der the  Circumliances  of  a  moderate  Diet,  middle  Age,  and 
eafy  Life,  that  the  Matter  infeniibly  perfpired  was  \  of  that 
taken  in  for  Food  :  fo  that  there  only  remain'd  \  for  Nutri- 
tion, and  the  Excrements  of  the  Nofe,  Ears,  Inteifines, 
Bladder,  ^c.    See  Excrement. 

The  fame  Author  fliews,  that  as  much  is  evacuated  by 
fenfibleyer/^/rari07zin  one  Day,  ashy  Stool  in  fourteen  Days  f 
particularly,  that  in  a  Night's  Time,  about  fixteen  Ounces  is 
ordinarily  fent  out  by  Urine,  four  Ounces  by  Stool  j  and 
above  forty  Ounces  by  iis^enfibk  Perf^iration. 

He  alfo  obfervcs,  that  if  a  Man  eat  and  drink  %l.  in  a 
Day,  5  /.  of  it  is  fpent  in  infenfible  perfpirafion  ;  and  adds  as 
to  the  Times,  t|iat  within  5  Hours  after  eating  there  is  per- 
fpired about  i/.  from  the  5th  to  the  isth  Hour  about  3/.  and 
from  the  12th  to  the  i6"th  fcarce  half  a  Pound. 

The  Benefits  of  infenfible  Perfpiratmi  are  fo  great,  that 
without  it ,  SoreUi  fays,  animal  Life  cou'd  not  be  pre- 
fer v'd. 

ThegreatSubtility,  EquabiHLy,and  Plenty  of  the  Matterthus 
perfpired,  its  Incrcafc  after  Sleep,  ^c,  conftitute  the  grand 
Symptoms  of  a  perfcft  State  of  Healthy  and  the  chief  Means 
of  preferving  the  fame.    See  Health. 

On  the  contrary,  the  departing  from  thefe  is  the  firfl:  fure 
Sign,  and  perhaps  Caufe,  of  Difeafes.    See  Disease. 

'perfpirc.Tion  is  performed,  prefcrved,  and  encreafed  by  the 
Vifcera,  Veffels,  Fibres  j  by  Motion  or  Exercife  as  far  as  the 
firll:  Appearance  of  Sweat,  by  moderate  Ufe  of  Venery  5 
Sleep  ot  7  or  8  Hours,  the  Body  well  cover'd  yet  not  loaden 
with  Bed- deaths,  Chearfulnefs,  light  fermented  yet  folid 
Pood,  not  Fat  5  pure,  cold,  heavy  Air,  ^c. 

The  contraries  of  all  thefe,  as  alfo  thelncreafe  of  the  other 
Excretions,  diminifh,  prevent,  deprave  it. 

Hence  we  fee  the  Caufe,  Effc^f,  ^c.  of  this  perfpirablc 
Matter,  its  Ufe  is  preferving  the  Parrs  foft  and  flexible,  in 
fupplying  what's  loit,  but  chiefly  in  preferving  the  nervous 
Papillx  moid-,  frerti,  lively,  fit  to  be  atfeiSed  by  Objeds,  and 
to  tranfmit  their  Impreffions.  See  Nerve,  Sensation, 

Too  much  'Perspiration  occafions  weaknefs,  fwconings, 
fudden  Death  j  roo  little  or  none  at  all  occafions  the  Veficles 
to  dry,  wither,  and  perifh.  Hence  alfo  the  larger  Emunc- 
tories,  come  to  be  obllructcd  j  hence  the  Circulation  is  dif- 
turb'd,  /liarp  Humours  rerain'd  5  hence  Putridity,  Crudity, 
Fevers,  Infiammations,  Impofihumes.    See  Disease. 

To  determine  the  State  and  Conditions  of  the  Terfpiration^ 
fo  necclTary  for  judging  of  thofe  of  the  Body,  SanBorim  in- 
vented a  ■'irighwg  Chair,  whereby  he  cxamin'd  the  Quanti- 
ty, Degree,  ^c.  of  Perfpiration  in  feveral  Circumftances  of 
the  Body,  under  feveral  Temperatures  of  the  Air,  in  the  fe- 
veral intervals  of  eating,  drinking,  fleeping,  ^c.  See  Weigh- 
ing Chair. 

Some  of  the  more  extraordinary  Phenomena  obferv'd  here- 
with, are;  that  for  fome  time  after  eating  the  'Perfpiration 
is  leafl:  of  all.  That  between  the  5th  and  12th  Hour  after 
Meals  'perfpiration  is  greateft.  That  riding  either  on  Horfe- 
back,  in  a  Coach,  or'Ship,  ^c.  brisk  Motion  on  the  Ice, 
€f?f.  but  above  all,  a  brisk  Friction  of  the  Skin  5  promote 
Perfpiration  furpritingly.  That  in  fweating  the  Perfpiration  is 
much  lefs  than  at  other  Times :  And  that  perfpiration  is  al- 
ways much  Icfs  in  Wgmen  than  Men, 


PERTICA  or  Perticata  terree,  in  our  old  Law 
Books,  is  the  fourth  Part  of  an  Acre.    See  Roop. 

Continet  in  intfgra  ftiperpcw  40  perticai.    Sec  Perch. 

PERVISEor  Parvise,  a  Term  in  our  oid  Law  Books. 
Fortefcue  fays,  Placitantes  {fed pofi  meridiem Jfe  divemmt  ad 
pervifum  £5  alibi  cum  fervimiibm  ad  kg^n  ^  aliis.  Selden 
in  his  Notes  on  Fortejciie,  defines  this  to  be  an  Afternoon's 
Exercife,  or  Moot,  which  the  Pleaders  held  for  the  Initruction 
of  the  younger  Students  5  bearing  originally  the  lame  Name 
with  the  Parvifia:  in  Oxford.    See  Moot, 

M.  Somner  fays,  that  Per-vife  fignifies  palatii  Jtriim  vel 
area  ilia  n  fronte  aiiliS  Wi^fimonafterienfiSy  hodie  xh^palace- 
Tard,    See  Paradisus. 

Spelman  obfervcs,  that  the  Lawyers  turn'd  thiiher  to  meet 
their  Clients  not  to  hold  Moots. 

PERVIGILIUM,  in  Medecine.    See  Vigilia. 

PERUVIAN-Eark.    See  Cortex  Peruvianus. 

PES,  a  long  Meafure,  in  Fnglip,  better  call'd  a  Foot. 
See  Foot. 

Pes  Forejitf.  Notandim  efl  qiioi  pes  forefts  ufitatm  tem- 
pore Ric.  Oyfell  in  Jrrcntatione  vajJ'aUorum,  JaEins  ej},f^na- 
tns  £5  fculpTus  in  pariete  Cancdke  Ecclefite  de  Hdwynflone  ^ 
in  Ecclefia  S.  3Iari<e  de  ]<[otti7igbara,  di6tiis  pes  Ci.'}iiinei 
in  longitndine  oEiodeciin  pollices,  ^  in  arrentatione  qiiarun- 
dam  l/'ajfalknim  Pertica  20,  21,  ^  z/^pedzm  vfa  fiiit,  Sic. 

Pes  A'Io7}etee,  in  ancient  Records,  fignifies  a  true  and  rea- 
fonable  Adjufiment  of  the  real  Value  of  all  current  Coin. 
Sec  Standard  and  Coin. 

PESA,  an  old  Law  Term,  for  a  Wey,  or  certain  weight 
of  Cheefe,  Wool,  See  Wey. 

PESADE,  in  the  Manage,  that  Affion  taught  a  Horfe, 
wherein  he  rifes  with  his  fore  Feet,  and  bends  em  up  to  his 
Body,    without  ftirring  the  hind  Feet. 

The  Pefadc  is  the  firif  Lelfon  taught  a  Horfe,  in  order  to 
bring  him  to  Curvetts,  ^c.  unlefs  he  perform  this  well, 
he'll  never  go  well  in  any  Air,  yet  is  he  not  to  be  taught  it  at 
thefirft  Riding. 

PESAGE,  a  Cuftom  or  Duty  paid  in  certain  Markets, 
^c.  for  weighing  of  Merchandices,  or  Wares.  See  Weigh- 
ing. 

PESSARY,  in  Medicine,  a  fohd  Medicament,  of  the 
Length  and  Thickncfs  of  the  Finger,  but  a  Pyramidal  Form; 
convey'd  into  the  natural  Parts  of  a  Woman  to  provoke,  or  put 
a  Stop  to  the  Menfes,  or  to  prevent  a  Defcent  of  the  Matrix, 
or  on  other  Occafions  of  thofe  Parts. 

At  one  End  'tis  falfen'd  to  a  little  Ribbon,  by  which  it 
may  be  drawn  out  at  pieafure. 

It  confifts  of  Cork,  or  other  light  Wood,  or  of  a  httle  Lln- 
nen  Bag,  full  of  Ponders,  incorporared  with  Wax,  Oil,  and 
Cotton;  cram'd  clofe  together  to  make  it  fohd  enough  for  in- 
tromiffion. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  Greek  iriani,  which  fignifies  the 
the  fame  Thing 

PESTILENCE,  in  Medicine,  a  contagious  Difeafe,  ufual- 
ly  mortal;  popularly  known  under  the  Name  of  Plague.  See 
Plague. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin  Peps. 
PEST-Z^owJe,  a  Lazaretto  or  Infirmary,  where  Goods,  Perfons, 
£f?c.  infected,  or  fufpefled  to  be  infefted  with  fome  contagious 
Diieafe,  are  difpoied  and  provided  for.    See  Lazaretto. 

PESTILENTIAL  fp-jm,  among Phyficians,  arc  fuch  as 
do  not  only  afEicl:  the  Patient  with  a  vehement  Heat,  but 
alfo  a  malignant  and  venomous  Quality.    See  Fever. 

PESTIS.    See  Plague. 

PETALA,  in  Botany,  the  Leaves  of  a  Flower;  lo  call  d 
to  diftinguifli  'em  from  the  Leaves  of  the  Plant.  See  Leaf. 

By  Flower  is  properly  meant.  That  affcmblage  of  Parts 
cd\V A  Stamina  ^ni^  Pijiil,  which  fcrve  for  propagation  of  the 
Kind.    See  Flower. 

The  colour'd  Leaves  which  incompafs  thofe  Parts,  are  in 
reality  no  more  than  Cafes  or  Covers  to  fecure  and  fcreen  the 
generative  Parts;  unlefs,  as  Mr.  Sradlcy  conjeftures,  they 
may  ferve  to  fccrete  fome  fine  Juice  for  the  Nourifliment  of 
the  Seed.    See  Generation  of  Plants. 

The  moft  eafy  Divifion  of  Flowers  is  into  firaple  Flowers, 
i.  e.  thofe  form'd  of  Stamina  and  Pifllls  only ;  and  compound 
Flowers  whofc  Stamina  and  Pijiils  are  incompafs'd  with 
Petala  'call'd  by  Dr.  Greiv  the  Foliation^  and  by  Mr.  Ray 
Folia.  '  See  Foliation. 

Compound  Flowers  again,  are  either  incompafs'd  with  a 
finale  Petalum,  or  Piece  ;  or  with  feveral  Pieces ;  the  firft  of 
which  are  call'd  Monopetalous,  the  fecond  Polypetalous 
Flowers,    See  Monopet  ALous,  ^c. 

Again,  from  the  regular  or  irregular  Configuration  ot  the 
Petala,  M.  Jiifjieu  makes  another  Divifion  of  Flowers  into 
Claifes;  as  regular  and  'mtg\i\?.T  Menopataloiis regular  and 
'mtQx{[3.r  PolypetalotiSy  ^c.    See  Polypetalous. 

Nature  ihews  a  World  of  Art  in  the  folding  up  of  the  Peta- 
la, in  the  Perianthium,  before  they  begin  to  blow  or  expand  : 
Of  thefe  Foldings  Dr.  Grew  notes  the  following  Varieties. 
viz.  the  clofe  Couch  as  in  Rofesj  the  concave  Couch  as  m 
^  Blattaria 
5 


PET 


(  798  ) 


PET 


Blatfaria  flore  albo^  the  fingle  Plait  as  in  Peafe-blofToms  j 
the  double  Flair  as  in  Blue-bottles.  The  Couch  and  Plait 
together  as  in  Marigolds,  TheRowIasin  Ladies  Bow- 
erj  the  Spire  as  in  Mallows;  and  hiWy  the  Plait  and  Spite 
rcgcther  as  in  Convchzikts  Doronm  Fclio. 

The  Calyx  or  Perianthium  fometimes  ferves  in  lieu  of  Te- 
tala.   See  Calyx. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  -seTtf-^or  a  Leaf;  And 
in  that  Language  ferves  indifferently  for  the  Leaves  of  the 
Plant  and  the!  lower. 

PETALISM,  Petalismug  in  Antiquity,  a  Kind  of  Exile, 
or  BanifVjinent  for  the  Term  of  five  Years,  See  Banishment. 

The  'Petalijm  at  Syrna/fi  was  nearly  the  lame  Thing  as 
the  Oliracifm  at  j^tbem  except  that  the  latter  was  for  i  a 
Years,  and  theformeronly  forfive.    Sec  Ostracism. 

The  Tetnlijm  was  peitorm'd  by  the  Peoples  writing  the 
Name  of  the  Pcrfon  condemn'd,  on  a  Leaf;  whence  the 
Name,  from  rriraxtv,  Leaf, 

PETALOIDES,  a  Name  fometimes  given  to  Urine, 
when  it  feems  to  have  little  Leaves  or  Scales  in  it.  See 
UriN£. 

PETAMINARIUS,  in  Antiquity,  a  Name  given  to  cer- 
tain Perfons  who  perform 'd  extraordinary  Feats  of  Aftivity  ; 
took  perillous  Leaps,  Vaults,  ^}C. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  -TrWctf/en,,  I  fly. 

Some  Authors  write  it  ^etimimrmSt  and  derive  it  from 
^ethizei}^  which  according  to  Servms  fignilies  the  Bunch  of 
a  Camel,  in  Allufion  to  the  Manner  wherein  they  bent  the 
Body  in  exhibiting  Poftures,  ^c. 

PETARD,  in  War,  a  Kind  of  Cannon,  very  fhort,  narrow 
at  the  Ereech,  and  wide  at  the  Muzzel;  made  of  Copper 
mix'd  with  a  little  Erafs  ;  or  of  Lead  with  Tin ;  ufually 
about  II  Inches  long,  and  fevcn  and  an  half  Broad  at  the 
Mouth  ;  weighing  from  50  to  60  Pound.  SecCANNON  and 
Ortin  ance. 

its  Charge  is  from  five  to  fix  Pounds  of  Powder,  which 
reaches  to  within  three  Fingers  of  the  Mouth  :  The  Vacancy 
is  fiil'd  with  Tow,  and  itepp'd  with  a  Wooden  Tampion  ; 
the  Mouth  being  firongly  bound  up  with  Cloth  tied  very 
tight  with  Ropes. 

'Tis  fitted  into  a  Wooden  Plank  that  has  a  Cavity  cut  into 
it  to  receive  the  Mcuth  of  tiie  Gun  ;  after  the  manner  ex- 
prefs'd  in  the  Fig.  10.  Tab.  Fortification. 

Its  Ufe  is  in  a  claiidcitin  Attack,  to  break  down  Gates, 
Bridges,  Barriers,  ^c.  to  which  it  is  hung,  which  it  does  by 
means  of  the  Wooden  Plank. 

'Tis  alfo  ufed  in  Countermines  to  break  thro'  the  Enemies 
Galleries,  and  give  vent  to  their  Mines. 

Some,  inftead  of  Gun-powder  for  the  Charge  ufe  one  of  the 
following  Compofitions,  viz-.  Gun-powder  7  Pounds,  Mercur, 
Sublimat.  r  Ounce,  Champhor  8  Ounces;  or  Gun-powder 
6  Pound,  Mercur.  Sublimat.  5  Ounces,  and  Sulphur  3  ;  or 
Gun-powder     beaten  Glafs  4  an  Ounce,  and  Camphor  ». 

^etardi  are  fometimes  alfo  made  of  Wood,  bound  round 
with  Iron  Hoops. 

The  Invention  of  'petards  is  afcribed  to  the  French  Hugo- 
mis  in  the  Year  1579:  their  moil  fignal  Exploit  was  the  tak- 
ing the  City  Cahors  by  their  Means,  as  we  are  told  by  d'^ih 
bime. 

PETECHIjE,  are  Spots  in  the  Skin,  Uke  Floa-Bites,  which 
come  out  in  fome  Fevers. 

Hence  petechial  Fever  is  the  fpotted  Fever,  commonly  fo 
called.    See  Fever. 

V^T'BK-J>ej2ce^  an  ancient  Levy,  or  Tax  of  a  Penny  on 
each  Houfe  throughout  England.    See  Tax. 

It  was  cail'd  'Peter-fence,  bccatife  collected  on  the  Day  of 
St.  "peter  ad  vhicala  ;  by  the  Saxons  it  was  cail'd  Rome 
Feoh  7.  e.  the  Fee  of  Roine^  and  alfo  Rome-fcot,  and  Roi/ie- 
femyngy  becaufe  coilefled  and  fent  to  Ro?ne ;  and  lalHy  it 
was  cail'd  Hearth-A'o^iey,  becaufe  every  Dwelling-houfe 
was  liable  to  it,  provided  there  were  50  Pence  mvce pcunitS 
belonging  to  it;  nay,  and  every  religious  Houfe;  the  Abby 
of  St.  j^wmis  alone  excepted. 

This  '■Peter-fence  was  at  firfi  gii'en  as  a  Penfion,  or  Alms, 
by  "^fna  Kingof  the  Well  in  the  Year  725,  being  then 

in  Pilgrimage  at  Rdine :  And  tlie  like  was  done  by  O^'a  King 
of  the  Mercians,  throughout  his  Dominions  in  794. 

It  was  not  intended  as  a  Tiibute  to  the  Pope,  but  chiefly 
for  the  Support  of  the  Englip  School  or  College  at  i?t)?/ze;  the 
Pope,  however,  went  halves  with  the  College  ;  and  at  lenth 
fwallow'd  almoll  the  Whole. 

At  fiiil  it  was  only  an  occafional  Contribution  ;  but  became 
at  laft  a  Handing  Tax;  being  eftablifh'd  by  the  Laws  of 
King  Catime,  Ed-vcnrd  the  Confeffor,  the  Conqueror,  ^c. 

Tne  Bilhops  who  were  charg'd  with  the  Colleding  it,  em- 
ploy'd  the  rural  Deans  and  Archdeacons  therein.  Ednxsard 
the  III.  firft  forbad  the  Payment,  but  it  foon  return'd  and  con- 
tinuM  till  the  Time  of  King  Henry  VIII,  when  Tolydure 
F;>g?/refided  there  as  the  Popes  Receiver- General. 

PETIT  Cti/e.   See  Cape. 

Pet-it  Serjemty^  in  Law.   See  Serjeanty. 

PETlTIO  indiicio.rmn,  in  the  civil  I-aw,  the  fame  as 
Imparlance  in  common  Law.   Sec  Imparlance, 


Petitio  ^rrncifii,  in  Logic,  a  besging  of  Principles; 
or  a  precarious  fuppofing  a  Thing  to  £e  true,  or  taking  ic 
for  granted,  when  it  really  remains  either  dubious,  or  elic  is 
cxprefsly  denied. 

This  we  popularly  call  heggmg  the  ^lefiion. 

PETITION,  a  Supplication  in  form,  made  by  an  Inferiour 
to  his  Superiour;  efpecialiy  to  one  having  Jurildiftion.  See 
Supplication. 

PETRA  k?i^^  in  our  ancient  Cuft|fes,  a  Stone  ot  Wool. 
See  Stone. 

PETRARIA,  in  ancient  Writers,  is  fometimes  taken  for  a 
Quarry  of  Stones  ;  and  in  other  Places  for  a  great  Gun,  cail'd 
a  Petard ;  'tis  often  mention'd  in  old  Records  and  Hiitorians 
in  both  Senfes. 

PETRE  Oil,  the  fame  as  Petroleum.    See  Petroleum. 

PETRIFACTION,  or  Petrifcation,  in  Phyfiology, 
the  Aftion  ot  converting  Fluids,  Woods,  and  other  Mat- 
ters into  Stone.    See  Stone. 

The  Faculty  o'l  petrifying  Wood  is  afcribed  to  feveral 
Springs,  Lakes,  ^c.  The  ancient  Naturalifls  mention  a  River 
whofe  Waters  turn'd  Bodies  into  Marble,  by  mere  contact  5 
nay,  which  being  drunk  fetrified  the  Vifcera  of  the  Driidcer. 

Fliimen  hahent  Ckones,  qmd  fotmn  faxea  reddis 
Vifcera^  quod  ta^iis  inducit  Marmora  rebus. 

Seneca  relates,  that  the  Mud  of  this  Riveris  of  fiich  a  Nature 
as  to  harden  and  glue  together  the  Parts  of  Bodies.  As,  fays 
he,  the  Duft  of  Puzzuoli,  by  barely  touching  Water  becomes 
Stone ;  fo  this  Water,  by  touching  any  Solid,  flicks,  and  grows 
to  it:  Whence  Things  cattinto  it,  are  immediately  taken  out 
Stones.  ^Iwy  adds  very  well,  that  Wood  caft  into  this  Ri- 
ver, is  prcfently  found  cover 'd  with  a  ftony  Bark  or  Rind  5 
and  fubjoins  the  Names  of  feveral  other  Rivers  which  do  the 
fame ;  particularly  the  River  Silarus  near  I'arentum^  whofe 
Waters  arc  yet  found  very  wholefome. 

To  'P/i}?y's  Lift  we  might  add  many  more  among  our- 
felvcs;  ^a.i:ucnht\y  the  La.ke  Lo/jmmd  in  Scotland,  ^c. 

But,  in  effect,  there  does  not  feem  any  real  Tranfrautation  of 
the  woody  Nature  into  the  Nature  of  Stone,  in  any  of  thefe 
Cafes;  all  that  is  done  is  this,  the  Stony  Particles  which  be- 
fore floated  in  the  Liquor  are  now  lodged,  and  depofited  in 
the  Pores  of  thefe  Subllances,  in  fuch  manner,  and  in  fuch 
Plenty  as  to  leave  Httle  elfe  bur  the  Appearance  of  a  Stone. 

'PetrtfaEiions  too,  are  frequently  nothing  elfe  but  incrurta- 
tions  of  llony  Particles,  which  furround  the  Bodies  immerg'd, 
as  Salts  Ihoot  upon  and  adhere  to  them.  SccIncrustation. 

Varenms  has  a  Conjedture  that  Waters  only  petrify  Woods 
by  means  of  certain  minute,  fharp,  and  pointed  Particles 
lodg'd  therein,  which  cut  the  longicudnal  Fibres  of  the  Wood 
in  an  infinite  Number  of  Points,  and  thus  defiroy  the  Form 
they  were  diftinguifii'd  from  Stone, 

Near  Nacjivan  is  a  little  River,  whofe  Water  the  People 
turn  off  into  little  Canals;  where,  in  a  little  Time  it  fetrifies  5 
and  of  this  fetri/ied  V/ater  is  built  a  large  Caravsnfera  in  the 
Neighbourhood. 

Petrifications  of  Waters,  or  Juices  of  the  Earthare  in- 
conteftable.  In  the  Place  cail'd  ks  Caves  Gotitieres  in  France, 
the  Water  falling  from  the  Upper-parts  of  the  Cave  to  the 
Ground,  immediately  hardens  into  little  Stones,  of  fuch 
Figures  as  the  Drops  falling  either  fingly,  or  upon  one  ano- 
ther chance  to  exhibit. 

Of  this  Kind  of  Caves  we  have  feveral  in  England  ^  Mr. 
^erham  mentions  one  on  the  Top  of  :9rfi^o«  hill  in  JVorcef 
terpire ;  to  which  we  may  add  an  other  cail'd  the  Ehe- 
hole  in  Witherjlack  in  Wepmrelatid  ;  lin'd  a-top  with  thefe 
flalaftical  Stones,  hanging  like  Icicles  ;  which  are  manifeftly 
nothing  elfe  but  Exfudations  or  Extillations  of  fome  fetrijy- 
/7;5  Juices  out  of  the  rocky  Earth  there.  See  Stalactites. 
See  alfo  Labyrinth. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  vWfA  Stone,  and  the 
Zafin  f.o  or  facto  to  become,  to  do. 

PETROERUSSIANS,  a  religious  Sefl,  which  arofe  in 
France^  and  the  Netherlands,  about  the  Year  1126;  fo  cail'd 
from  their  Leader  Peter  Srtfys  a  Provincial. 

The  chief  of  Srnys's  Adherents  was  a  Monk,  one  Henrys 
from  whom  the  Terrcbruffmns  were  alfo  cail'd  Henricians, 

peter  the  venerable  Abbot  of  Clvgny,  has  an  cxprefa 
Treatife  againft  the  'petrobnijfians ;  in  the  Preface  to  which 
he  reduces  their  Opinions  to  five  Heads,  i.  They  denied 
that  Children  before  the  Age  of  Reafon  can  be  juftified  by 
Baptifm  ;  In  regard,  'tis  our  own  Faith  that  faves  by  Bap- 
tifm. 2.  That  no  Churclies  are  to  be  built,  but  thofe  that 
already  are,  to  be  puU'd  down ;  an  Inn  being  as  proper  for 
Prayer  as  a  Temple,  and  a  Stable  as  an  Altar.  3.  Tnat  the 
Crofs  oupht  to  be  puU'd  down  and  burnt,  in  regard  we  ought 
to  abhor  the  Inftruments  of  our  Saviour's  PafTion.  4.  That  Je- 
fus  Chrift  is  not  in  the  Eucharift,  and  that  this  Sacrament  is 
vain.  5.That  Sacrifices,Alms,  Prayers,  ^c.  don't  avail  the  Dead. 

F,  i;;J?;^/oii  objects  Manicheifm  to  the  P>etrohnif[ians and 
fays  they  maintain'd  two  Gods,  the  one  Good,  the  other 
Evil  •  but  this  we  rather  efteem  an  Effei.^  of  his  Zeal  for  the 
'  Catholick 


PET 


C  799  ) 


P  H  A 


f  'tl.olick  Caufe,  which  determin'J  him  to  blacken  the  Advcr-  The  Mclopoeia,  i.  e.  the  Art  of  arranging  Sounds  in  Siic- 
I'lic's  thereof,  than  anv  real  Sentiment  of  the  3'efl-oi'n(//Fa;«.  ceffron  fo  as  to  make  Melody,  is  divided  into  three  Parts, 
PETROJOANNITES,  the  Followers  of  Teter  yo)m,  or   which  the  Greeki  call  T.epfis,  Mixis,  and  Chrefis,  the  Latini 


<pe!er"'fii^nnii,t.  c. 'Pster  the  Son  of  yote,  who  liv'd  in  the 
XII.  Century.  ■  u- 

His  Dodrine  was  not  known  till  after  his  Death  5  when  his 
Eody  was  taken  cut  ot  his  Grave  and  burnt. 

His  Opinions  were,  that  he  alone  had  the  Underflandin." 


Sumjitio,  Mixtw,  and  Ujus ;  and  the  Iielieus  'Prefa,  Mefala- 
r/ie?JtOj  and  UJb. 

The  laftis  alfo  call'd  by  the  Grcks  nsrla'a,  'Petleia,  and 
by  the  Italians  Tetria. 

  _  _      ffare/a  or  yeH«,  then  is  the  Art  of  making  a  juft  Dif- 

of  the  true  Senfe  whcreia  the  Apoftles  preached  the  Gofpcl  j  cernment  of  all  the  Manners  of  ranging,  or  combining 
that  the  reafonablc  Soul  is  not  the  Form  of  the  Man  ;  that  Sounds  among  thcmfclves,  fo  as  they  may  produce  their  Ef- 
thcre  is  no  Grace  infufed  by  Baptifm  ;  that  Jefus  Chrift  was  fefl,  e.  fo  as  they  may  exprcfs  the  fevcral  Paffions  intended 
piciced  with  a  Launce  on  the  Crofs  'ere  he  expir'd.  to  be  rais'd  ;  thus,  £  gr.  it  fhews  what  Sounds  arc  to  be  us'd, 

PETROL, Petroleum, 2>eer(«'-(ite™,Oilof  Rock;  and  whatnot,  how  often  any  ot  'cm  arc  to  be  repeated,  with 
an  Oleaginous  Juice,  iffuing  out  of  the  Clefts  of  Rocks,  which  to  begin,  and  with  which  to  end,  whether  with  a  grave 
See  OiL^  ^  Sound  to  rile,  or  an  Acute  one  totall,  i^c. 

Bcfide  artificial  and  vegetable  Oils,  e.  thofe  drawn  from  'Tis  the  'Petteia  that  makes  the  Manners  of  the  Mulick  ;  it 
plants  iic.  by  ExprefTlon  ;  theie  are  alfo  natural  and  mineral  being  this  that  chufcs  out  this  or  that  Paffion,  this  that  or  Mo- 
Oils  ifluing  of  themfclves  from  the  Entrails  of  the  Earth  5  tion  of  the  Soul  to  be  awaken'd,  and  whether  it  be  proper  to 
call'd  by  a  common  Name  Temls,  or  'Petroka.  excite  it  in  this  or  that  occafion. 

Thefe,  according  to  all  Appearance,  mufl  be  the  Work  of  The  Petteia  therefore  is  in  Mufick  what  the  Manners  arc  in 
fubterran'eous  Fires,  which  raifo,  or  fublime  the  more  fubtile  Poetry.    See  Manners. 

Parts  of  certain  bituminous  Matters  that  lie  in  their  Way.  We  don't  fee  whence  the  Word  fliou'd  have  been  taken  by 
Thefe  Parts  being  condens'd  into  a  Liquor  by  the  Cold  of  the  the  Greeks  unlefs  from  nerlna  their  Game  of  Chefs  5  the 
Vaults  of  Rocks,  arc  there  colleffed,  and  Ooze  thence  mufical  Petteia  being  a  Combination  and  Arrangement  of 
through  Clefts  and  Apertures,  which  the  Difpofition  of  the  Sounds,  as  Chefs  is  of  Pieces  call'd  OTirrs',  Calculi,  Chefs- 
Ground  furniflies  'cm  withal.  Men. 

PETROt,  then  is  a  Liquid  Bitumen;  only  differing  by  its  VETVY-Sag,  an  Office  in  Chancery^  the  three  Clerks 
Liquiditvfrom  other  Bitumens,  as  Afphaltum,  Jet,  &■  See  whereof  Record  the  Return  of  all  Inquilitions  out  of  every 
Eitumen.  Shire,  make  all  Patents  of  Cuftomers,  Gaugers,  Controllers, 

The  Naphtha,  which  is  cithcra  Liquid,  or  at  Icaft  a  very  jcjc.    See  Chancery. 
foft  Bitumen,  is  much  the  (iime  with  the  Petrol.     See     Vt.TTi-Fogger,  from  the  French  Petite,  little,  and  the 
Naphtha.  '  Sclxon  po^epe  Wooer,  Suiter,  ^c.  A  little.  Suckling,  So- 

Hitherto  there  has  been  little  ^P^/ro/ found,  except  in  hot  jicitor,  or  Jobber  in  Law-difputes,  without  either  Skill  or 
Oluntries.    Ok/lrilis  fays  he  faw  above  50  Splings  of  it  near  Confcience. 

Scamaclsia  in  perjia  :  There  are  Petrels  in  the  Southern  Pro-      Ps-Trv-Zarceity,  in  Law,  fmall  Theft ;  or  the  Healing  of 
vinces  oiFrtlnce  ;  but  the  bell  are  thofe  in  the  Dutchy  of  Things  under  the  "Value  of  izi.    See  Larceny. 
Modena  firff  difcover'd  by  Arioftc  a  Phyfician,   in  ltf40,  in      The  Punirnmenr,  antiently,  was  fomctimcs  the  Lofsof  an 
very  'barren  Valley,       Leagues  from  the  City  of  Mq~  Ear;  fometimes  Cudgelling;  After  Ed'.iiard  III.  It  was  for 


dena. 


■f  here  are  three  Canals  dug  with  great  Expence  in  the 
Rock;  by  which  three  different  Kinds  of 'Petrol  are  difcharg'd 
into  little  Bafons  or  Refcrvoirs :  The  firft,  as  white,  clear, 
and  fluid  as  Water,  of  a  brisk  penetrating  Smell,  and  not  dif- 

aptceable  ;  the  fccond  of  a  clear  ydlovv,  lefs  fluid,  and  a   

IcTs  brisk  Smell  than  the  White ;  the  thiid  a  blackilli  Red  jn^e  of  Vitlual; 
of  thicker  Confiftence,  and  a  Smell  more  approaching  that  ot  Company. 


along  Time  V/hipping,  but  is  now  Tranfportation. 

Petty  Patess,  among  Confeftioners,  a  fort  of  fmall  Pies, 
made  of  March  Pane,  and  fill'd  with  fweat  Meats. 

VEiri-Singles,  among  Faulconers,  are  the  Toes  of  a 
Hawk.  SeeHAwn. 

Vnrrx-'TaUy,  in  the  Sea  Language,  a  competent  Allow- 
according  to  the  Number  of  the  Ships 


Eitumen.  j 
M  Sonldltc  has  made  feveral  Experiments  on  the  Petrol, 
dcfcrib'd  in  the  Hift.  of  Acad,  of  Sciences  M.  DCC.  XV.  He 
obfcrvcs,  that  he  cou'd  not  raifc  any  Phlegm  or  faline  Spirit 
by  any  Dillillation,  either  in  Salneo  Marice,  or  in  a  Sand 
heat:  All  that  wou'd  rife  was  Oil ;  at  the  Bottom  of  the 
I^ellican  remain'd  an  exceeding  fmall  Quantity  of  a  thickilh, 
brownirii  Matter. 

Hence,   to  ufe  Petrcleitm  in  Medicine,  it  muft  be  pre- 


fcrib'd  juft  as  it  is.  'Tis  a  Remedy  Nature  has  prepar'd  to  our  gee  Punishment. 


VzTTY -I'reafon,  in  Law,  the  Crime  of  a  Servant's  killing 
his  Mailer,  a  Wife's  killing  her  Husband,  a  Child's  killing 
his  Parenr,  or  a  Clergyman's  killing  bis  Prelate  to  whom  ho 
owes  Obetiience.    Sec  Treason. 

The  Punifliment  of  petty-'Ireafoii  is,  that  the  Criminal 
(hall  be  drawn  on  a  Sledge,  or  Hurdle  to  the  Gallows,  and 
there  hanged. 

The  Puuifhment  of  Petty-Treafon  in  a  Woman  is  the  lame 
th  that  of  High-Treafon,  viz.  drawing  and  burning  alive. 


Hands;  it  is  found  very  warm  and  penetrating  ;  and  commend' 
ed  in  many  outward  Complaints,  Rheumatick  and  Arthritick 
Pains,  and  paralytick  Limbs. 

PETRONEL,  a  Sort  of  Harquebufs  or  Hand-gi 
Harc^ukbuss. 

PETROSA  OJ]a,  in  Anatomy,  two  Bones  of  the  Cra- 
nium. Sec  Cranium. 

The  fifth  and  fixth  Bones  of  the  Skull  are  thofe  of  the 
Temples ;   fo  call'd  a  Temporihtis,  becaufe  they  Ihcw  th( 


PETUM.    See  NicotiANA. 

PEVETTS,  the  Ends  of  the  Spindle  of  a  Wheel  In  a 
Watch,   The  Holes  into  which  they  run,  are  call'd  pevett- 
See  Holes.    See  Watch. 

PEWTER,  a  faflitious  Metal,  ufed  in  domellick  Utenfils. 
The  Bafis  of  Pe'Xteris  Tin,  which  is  converted  into  Pe'ji- 
ter  by  the  Mixture  of  fix  Pounds  of  Brafs,  and  fifteen  Pounds 
of  Lead,  with  an  hundred  Weight  ot  Tin. 

icmi'.co;  ^  ....^    ,    —       Eefide  this  Compofition  which  makes  the  OTSWJJ  {Pectwr, 

Aee  of  Man  ;  the  Hairs  hereon  turning  grey  before  any  of  there  are  others  for  other  Occafions ;  compounded  of  Tin. 
therefl.    See  Temiees.  mix'd  with  Regulus  of  Antimony,   Tin-Glafs  and  Copper, 


fquamous  or  Scaly,  the  lower  Pe- 
,y,  and  hence  they  come  here  to  be 


.  Their  Upper-parr 
troliS,  i.  e.  hard  or  ffc 
denominated  pctrofa. 

The  Of  a  Petrojd  are  the  fmallell  proper  Bones  of  the  Cra- 


in  feveral  Proportions.    See  Tin. 

Pewter  has  occafionally  fcrv'd  for  Money.  In  the  Philo- 
foph.  TranKifl.  M.  Ptltlaiid  informs  us,  that  K.  yames  II. 
turn'd  all  the  Pewter  Veffels,  £#c.  of  the  Proteflants  in  Ire- 


mum  :  ¥heir  Upper-part  is  Semi-circular,  and  their  Lower  he  could  feizc,  into  Money;  Halt-Crowns  were  feme 

of  a  Rocky  Make.    They  are  fituatcd  in  the  lateral  and  ^vhat  bigger  than  Half -pence,  and  other  Pieces  in  proportion, 

lower  Parts  of  the  Head  ;  bounded  a-top  by  the  fquammous  See  Money  and  Com. 

Suture   which  joins  'em  to  the  Parietalia  ;  behind  by  the  He  order'd  ir  to  be  Current  in  all  Payments  :  Whence,  our 

Lambdoides  w'hich  joins  them  to  the  Occipital,  and  conncfls  Author  obfcrvcs,  People  abfcondcd  for  fear  of  being  paid 

them  to  Oi  Sphenoides.  their  Debts  :  He  mentions  Crown-pieces  of  this  Metal,  vvitli 

Each  has  two  Sinus's  before  and  behind  the  Sphenoidal :  ,his  Legend  on  the  Rim,  MELIORIS  TESSARlA  tAfl. 

the  Exterior  lin'd  with  a  Cartilage,  receiving  the  Procefs  of  pHJENOMENON,  in  Phyftcks,  an  extraordinary  EffeH, 

the  lower  Jaw;  the  Interior  receives  the  Lower-part  of  the  or  Appearance  in  the  Heavens,  or  on  Earth;  difcoverdby 

Sinns  Lateralis  of  the  Dura  Mater.  Obfervation  of  the  Ca:leftial  Bodies,  or  by  phyfical  Experi- 

Each  again  has  four  ProccCfes ;  three  External,  and  one  In-  ments ;  and  whofe  Caufc  is  not  obvious.  See  Observation, 

ternal  ;  of  the  External,  the  firft  is  call'd  ZygorMttctls  or  Os  Experiment,  ^c. 

•ytigale;  the  teeor.d  Meftoides  or  Mammillaris  jthethiiA  Sty-  Such  arc  Meteofs,  Comets,  uncommon  Appearances  ot 

hides,  each  whereof  fee  under  its  proper  Article.  Zyoo-  Stars,_and  PLliiets,  Earthquakes ;  fuch  alfo  are  the  Ettetts  ot 
MATicus,  5rc. 

The  internal  Procefs  is  properly  caU'd  the  Os  fetrcfnm 


This  is  pretty  long  and  large,  containing  the  whole  Meatus 
Ail iitori US  wiCmty  oi  the 'Tympanum.  See  Tympanum 
and  Ear. 

PETTEIA  or  Pettia,  in  the  ancient  Mufick,  a  Greek 
Term,  to  which  we  have  no  correfponding  one  in  our  Lan- 
guage. 


the  Magnet,  Phofphotus,  ££fc.  See  Metoers,  Comet,  StAk, 
Planet,  EARTnQ_uAKE,  Magnet.  ,  .  ,  j-  .  /r. 

'Tis  a  Maxim,  that  Hypothefis  is  belt,  which  lolves  molt 
Phtenomcna.  See  Hypothesis.  .  t,  i.  p  v 

The  Phawmena  of  Comets  are  inconfiftent  with  the  Soli- 
dity of  the  Heavens,  fuppos'd  in  the  Ptolomaic  Hypothefis 

f  ilnd 


P  H  A 


(  800  ) 


P  H  A 


snd  with  the  Plenitude  of  the  Heavens  aflerted  by  the  Car- 
tefians.    SeePxOLOMMc,  Plenitude, 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  aaivu^  Iclpfear. 

Sir  If.  Neiaon  fhews,  that  all  the  Th^mmem  of  the  hea- 
venly Bodies,  follow  ftom  the  Attrai^ion  of  Gravity,  which 
intercedes  thofe  Eodiesj  and  almort  all  the  'Pbcem7m7ia  of  the 

leflir  Bodiesjrom  the  Attraction  and  Repulfion  between  their  framing  itslmage's  as  lively°as  thofe~of  Scnfation  •  whmc'e'the 

-    Viftons  and  Deceptions  thofe  Perfons  are  liable  to'.    See  Pas- 
sion, Delirium,  i^f. 


The  Organ  of  this  Senfe  is  vulgarly  fuppos'd  to  be  the 
m,ddle  Part  ot  the  Brain  ;  and  its  objefls,  all  the  Species  com-  ■■ 
municatedtoit  by  the  common  Senfe,  by  the  comparing  of 
which  It  frames  inhnite  others  to  itfclf.  SeelM\0E 

In  Melancholic,  and  mad  Men  this  Faculty  is 'very  flrong 
;eprelenting  many  extravagant  and  monllrous  Things;  and 


Particles:  So  limple  is  Nature.    See  Gravitation ,  At- 
traction, Cohesion,  Particle,  ^c. 

PHAGEDENA,  in  Chirurgery,  (Sc.  a  deep,  bloated  Ul-  In  Poets  and  Painters,  that  fame  Faculty  is  to  be  the  Pre 

cer,  which  eats  and  corrodes  the  neighbouring  Parts  ;  fo  call'd  dominant  one ;  to  enable  'em  to  feign,  and  purfuc  and  execute 

from  the  &K(t                of  ««>.„«,I  cat.    See  Ulcer.  their  Fiaions  or  Fables  with  more  Strengrh,  Confiflency 

Hence,  'J'0;7i^M(ffi/c  Medicines;  iuch  as  are  ufed  to  eat  oft  ^c.    See  Fable,  Poetry  (Se 

fungous,   or  proud  Flefli.    particularly.  In  Men  it  is  'fuppos'd  to  be'fubiea  to  Reafon    h„t  in 

PHAGEDENIC  mm,in  Chymiflry,  a  Wa^er  drawn  from  Brutes  it  has  no^SupSor ;  this  beirig  the  RuhSnlnrm., 


quick  Lime  ,  fo  call'd  from  its  Efficacy  in  the  Cure  of  'Pbage- 
danic  Ulcers.    See  Lime. 

To  prepare  this  Water  5  they  put  two  Pounds  offre/Ta  quick- 
Lime  in  a  large  Earthern-pan,  and  pour  upon  it  about  t 


or  what  we  call  Reafon  in  Brutes.  See  Reason  and  Erutk 

The  Thantafy  is  free  from  the  Ligature  or  Sufpenfion  of 
Sleep,  witnefs  our  Dreams,  Be    See  Sleep  and  Dream. 

Some  Philofopcrs  ufe  the  Word  'Fha72tafy,  in  a  more  gene- 
ral Signification,  viz.  for  what  we  ufually  call  Se7}his  Commu- 
nis, thecommon  Senfe.    See  Comram  Sense. 

PHAKTASTIC,  in  Mufick.  Piiantastic  Styk^  is  a 
Style  proper  for  Inflruments ;  or  a  free,  eafy  manner  of  Com- 


pounds of  rain  Water ;  thefe  they  let  Itand  together  two  Days, 
iHrring  'em  frequently;  At^ai^,  leaving  the  Lime  to  fet- 
tle well,  they  pouroff  the  Water  by  Inclination,  filtrate  it  and 
put  it  up  in  a  Glafs  Eottle,  adding  to  it  an  Ounce  of  Corro- 

live  Sublimate  inPowderj  which,  of  white  becomcsyellow,  pofition.  *  SeeSxvLE 

and  finks  to  the  Bottom  of  the  Vefl-el             ,      ,     ^      r  Phantastical                is  a  Denomination  fiven  by 

The  Water  bemg  lettled,  is  fit  torUle,  in  the  cleanfing  of  the  Peripateticks  to  thofe  Colours  exhibited  by  the  Rainbow 

Wounds  and  Ulcers,  and  to  eat  oft  fuperfluous  Ple(h:  Efpc-  or  a  Prjfm  5  as  fuppofing  'em  not  to  be  real  Colours  but  onlv 

cially  in  Gangrenes  ^  in  which  Cafe  may  be  added  a  third  or  ^lianmu  or  Deceptions  of  the  Sight    See  Colour 

See  Gangrene.  _  .  But  many  Experiments  of  the  Moderns,  and  particularly 

The  Ephemendesof^the  Academy  of  the  Curiofi  Namr,f,  thofe  of  Sir  Jfaac  Ne-wion  demonfirate  the  contrary  ;  and 

'                        '                 ,         ,      ,  prove  themasrealasanyotherCoJours  ioNature.  See  Prism- 


relate  that  'Phagedcemc  Ulcers  have  been  frequently  cured  wich 
Sheeps  Dung. 

PHALANX,  in  Antiquity,  a  huge,  fquare,  compaift  Bat- 
talion, form'd  of  Infantry  fet  clofe  to  one  another,  with  their 
Shields  join'd,  and  Pikes  turn'd  crofs  ways;  infomuch  that  it 
was  almolt  impoffible  to  break  them. 

It  confificd  of  80C0  Men  :  Livy  fays,  that  this  fort  of  Bat- 
talion was  invented  by  the  Macedonian^,  and  that  it  was  pe- 
culiar to  them  ;  whence,  among  Writers,  it  is  fomecimes  call'd 
the  Macedoniati  'Phalanx. 


and  Rain-'^'ow. 

PHARISEES,  a  celebrated  Seft  amon^  the  ancient  yeia  ; 
fo  call'd,  fay  fome,  hcci^nile  fiparated  from  the  refi  by  the 
Aurterity  of  their  Life,  by  their  profeffing  a  greater  Degree 
of  Holinefs,  and  a  more  religious  Obfervation  of  the  Law, 

This  is  the  Import  of  the  Word  'Pharii  in  the  Uebreii\  or 
rather  _^the  Chaldee  Tongue;  whence  is  form'd  the  Greek 
^atLff<i'i&  and  the  Latin  Pbarifceiis. 

St.  Jerom,^  and  feveral  of  the  maintain  this  Ety- 


St.  Evremond  obfervea,  that  the  Macedonian  Phalanx  had  mology  ;  which  is  very  agreeable  to  the  Stare  and  CharaflL. 
the  Advantage  of  Valour  and  Strength  over  the  Roman  Le-   of  the  phanfees ;  who  were  not  only  diilinguifli'd  from  the 

reft  by  their  manner  of  Life,  but  by  their  Habit. 


gion.    See  Legion. 

Phalanx,  is  alfo  applied  by  Anatomifts,  to  the  Rows  of 
the  fmall  Bones  of  the  Fingers,  as  if  rang'd  in  order  of  Battle. 
See  Finger. 

PHALEUCUS,  in  Poetry,  a  kind  of  Verfe,  in  Ufe  among 


'Tis  very  difficult  to  fix  the  precife  Origin  of  the  Pfjarifies. 
The  Jejiiiie  Serrarim  places  tlieir  firfl:  Rife  about  the  Time 
of  Ejdras-j  becaufe  'twas  then  the  ^ens  firft  began  to  have 
Interpreters  of  their  Traditions.    Maldonat,  on  the  othe: 


the  Grefb-  and  XiT?/M;  confiffing,  like  the  Sapphic,  of  five  Hand,  will  not  have  this  Se£t  to  have  rofe  among  the  7e-:E-f, 
Feer,_  the  fitft  a^  Spondee,  the  fccond  a  Dadyl,  the  three  lafl:  till  a  little  before  the  Time  of  Chrifl.    Others,  perhaps  with 

more  probability,  refer  the  Origin  of  the  Pharifecs  to  the 


Trochees.    See  Verse,  Foot,  Spondee. 

The  Pbalencus  is  very  proper  for  Epigrams.  Catullus  ex- 
teird  in  it.    See  Epigram. 

PHALLOPHORI,  in  Antiquity,  a  Name  given  at  5;Vvc;z 
to  certain  Mimes,  who  ran  about  the  Streets  fmutted  with 
black,  cloathcd  in  Sheeps  Skins,  bearing  Baskets  full  of 
various  Herbs,  as  Chervil,  Branca  Urfina,  Violet,  "Ivy,  ^c. 

They  danced  in  Cadence  and  were  crown'd  with  Ivy,  in 
honour  of  'Bacchus. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ipawk  Skin  and  ^spai 
I  tear. 


Time  of  the  Maccabees. 

Be  this  as  it  will  Pharifaiffn  is  flill  the  prevailing  Doctrine 
in  the  ye-iv/fj  Religion  ;  that  huge  Number  of  Traditions  in 
the  'Talmud  which  bear  fo  great  a  Sway  among  the  Jeivs^ 
coming  all  from  the  Pharifees.  See  Tradition  and  Tal- 
mud. 

yofeJ>/jm,  who  defcribes  their  Dogmata,  fays,  that  they  at- 
tributed all  to  Deifiny,  and  to  God;  fo,  however,  as  not  to 
deprive  Man  of  his  free  Agency  ;  which  Sixtus  of  Sienna  thus 
explains :  The  Pharifees  believ'd  that  all  Things  were  done  by 


PHALLICA,  m  Antiquity,  Feafts,  or  Sacrifices  celebrated  Delliny,  /.  e.  with  Gods  forcknowledpe,  and  in  Confequence 


at  -Athens,  in  honour  of  llacchus.    See  Feast. 

The  Phallica  were  inflituted  on  the  following  Occa- 
fion  .■  One  Pegafus,  a  Citizen  of  Elutheris,  having  carried 
fome  Statues  o'iSacchitS  toJthenS;  drew  the  Laughter  and 
Contempt  ot  the  Athenians.    Soon  after  this  they  were  feiz'd 

with  an  Epidemic  Difcafe,  and  upon  confulting  the  Oracle  ^        

how  to  get  free  of  it,  they  were  anfwer'd  that  there  was  no  pfychofis,  or  Tranfmigration  of  Souls. 
Way  but  to  receive  Sacchus  in  Pomp :  They  did  it,  and  thus 
inflituted  the  Phallica;  wherein,   befides  the  Statues  and 
Trophies  of  the  God,  they  bore  Figures  of  the  Parts  affefled 
tied  to  Thyrfi. 

PHANATIC,  Phanaticus,  SLViJionary  ^  one  who/a?^- 


of  his  immutable  Decree ;  the  Will  of  Man  iiill  remaining  free 
and  unaffeSied  ;  Fato,  hoc  efi  Dei  frefcientia  ^  immcbyi  de- 
creto  ofmiageri;  manente  tameji  libera  himianis  libertatis  af- 
fenju. 

They  own'd  the  Immortality  of  the  Soul,  and  a  future 
State;  but  admitted  at  the  fame  Time  a  kind  of  Metcm- 

See  Metempsy- 
chosis. 

The  Pharifees  were  great  Sticklers  for  the  allegorical  or 
myflical  Senfe  of  the  Scriptures  ;  whence  moft  of  Converts 
made  to  Chriflianicy  among  the  f/e-zvs  were  of  the  Pharifees. 
'   effeif,  the  Pharifees  were  in  every  Thing  diredlly  op- 


cies,  or  thinks,  he  fees  Speiires,  Spirits,  Apparitions,^  or  pofite  to  the  ^^r.-^/^cm-.  SeeSADucEES. 


other  imaginary  Objefts,  even  when  awake;  antl  takes  'em 
to  be  real.    See  Phantasy. 

Such  are  Phrenetics,  Necromancer,  Hypocondriac  Perfons, 
and Lycanthropi.  See  Phrenetic,  Hypochondriac, Ly- 
canthropos  ^c.  See  alfo  Witchcraft,  Imagination, 


PHARMACEUTICA,  that  part  of  Phyfick  which  dire^s 
the  Ufe,  Preparation,  ^c.  of  Medicines.    See  Pharmacy. 

PHARMACOLOGY,  a  Treatife  of  Medicines ;  of  the 
Art  of  preparing  'em,  judging  of 'cm,  £f?c.  See  Pharmacy. 

PHARMACOPOEIA,  ^  2)iffenfary  ;  or  a  Treatife  con- 
taining the  Preparations  of  the  feveral  Kindsof  Medicines,  with 


Hence  the  Word  IS  alfo  applied  to  Enthufiafis,  Pretenders  their  Ufes,  manner  of  Application,  ^c.  See  Dispensary. 
to  Revelation,  new  Lights,  Prophecies,  We  have  various  Pharntacofceia' s ;  as  thofe  of  Saiideron^ 

PHANTASM,  Phantasma,  Phantom,  a  Species  of  (^ufrcetan,  Z'ltelfer,  Cbarras,  'Bates,  Salmon,  Lemery  &c. 
an  Objed  pcrceiv'd  by  an  external  Senfe,  and  retain'd  in  the  '     "      i  -      .  _  ■_ .  ,       i    .      .        „  ' 

Phantafy.    See  Species  and  Phantasy. 

PHANTASY,  or  Fancy,  the  Imagination ;  the  Second 
of  the  Powers,  or  Faculties  of  the  fenfitive  or  rational  Soul, 


The  lateft:  and  mofl:  rational,  and  that  in  mofl  Efteem, 
^uincy's  Pharmacopma  officinalis  ^  extempcranea. 
^The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^dpi^aKov,  Remedy,  and 
•aam' facere,  to  make, 


by  which  the  Species  of  Objeds  receiv'd  in  by  the  common 
Senfe,  are  retain'd,  recall'd,  further  examin'd,  and  either 
compounded  or  divided.    See  Imagination. 

Others  define  the  Pba^itafy  to  be  that  internal  Senfe  or  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^aff^am  an^  ^11^ f  ve/idere,  to  fell. 
Power,  whereby  the  Idea's  of  abfent  Things  are  form'd,  and 

•prefented  to  the  Mind,  as  if  they  were  prefent.   See  Sense.  PHAR.- 


PHARMACOPOLA,  Apothecary  ^  or  a  Perfon  who 
prepares  and  fells  Medicines.    See  Apothecary. 

The  Word  is  ff-ldom  ufed  but  by  way  of  ridicule.    It  is 


P  H  A 


(  8di  ) 


PHI 


PH  iVRMACUM,  a  Medicament,  or  Medicine.   See  Me-  of  the  Sun  defcribe  another  Circle :  The  Interfei{ioh  of  the 
M  E    Hence,  two  Circles  fiiews  the  3>*/i/«  of  the  Eclipfe,  the  Quantity  of 

PHAR.MACT,  that  Branch  of  Medicine  which  teaches  Obfcuration,  and  the  Pofition  of  the  Cufps  or  Horns.  Sec 
the  Choice,  Preparation,  and  Mi-xture  of  Medicines.  See  Me-  Eclipse. 

^%kanmcy  is  divided  into  Gakmcal  and  Chymkat.  PHEONS,  in  Heraldry,  the  Barbed  Heads  I 

Galenical  Pharmacy,  call'd  alfo  (imply  'Pharmacy,  is   of  Darts  and  Arrows;  ufually  reprefented  of 
that  deriv'd  to  us  from  the  Ancients ;  confiliing  in   the   the  adjoining  Figure.  Sable,  a  Fdle  Ermine  | 
Knowletlge  and  Management  of  the  feveral  Parts  of  the  Ma-   between  three  theoni^-^  the  Name  ot  Eger- 
ter'ia  Medica^  now  in  the  Hands  of  the  Apothecaries.   See  ton. 
Galenic.m.. 

The  chief  Obftacle  in  the  Way  of  the  Improvement  of  Phy- 
fic  is  the  Phyiicians  negleding  of 'P/:'f?r7/?i7cy. 

C/.wicWl^ABMAcY,  call'd  alfo  .S)*i755ricrf  and  Herw^^^^  PHIAL,  Phiala,  a  little  Glafs-bottle,  popularly  call'd 
ra/  is  that  introduced  by  SPmce^'m',  who  calls  it  ^«  (^t/!'V'a-  ^Via.. 

toria  ■  confiding  in  the  refolving  of  mixed  Bodies,  into  their  The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  fiaM  which  iignifies  ths 
comi>oncnt  Parts,  in  order  to  feparare  the  ufelcfs  and  111,  and   fame  Thing. 

coUetl  and  exalt  the  Good.    See  CfiYMisTRV.  PHIDITIA  ,  or  Philitia  ,  in  Antiquity,  Feafls  cele- 

The  Word  is  deriv'd  from  the  Greek  ^dfu^M  Remedy.         bratcd  with  great  Frugality  at  Lacedemo?i. 

 Simples,  vulgar,  familiar,  ealily  prepar'd,  readily  pro-       The  'Pbldltia  were  held  in  public  Places,  and  in  the  open 

cur'd  Simples,  ''Plmy  well  obfcrves,  were  the  only  Remedies   Air ;  Rich  and  Poor  aflifted  at  'em  a  lite  ;  and  on  the  fame  ■ 
intended  by  Natuie  :  fo  foon  as  Fraud  was  got  into  the  World,   footing  5  their  Defign  being  to  keep  up  Peace,  FriendOiip, 
'■     '      '   ■  '^i  r..„„  n..   and  a  good  linderlfanding,  and  Etjuality  among  all  the  Citi- 

zens great  and  fniall. 

Hernegger  fays,  they  who  attended  at  this  Feaft,  each 
brought  a  Bulhel  of  Flower,  eight  Meafures  of  Wine,  call'd 
Corns,  and  five  MinEe  of  Cheefe,  and  as  much  Figs. 

The  Thiditia  of  the  Greeks  were  much  the  fame  with  th6 
Chariilia  at  Rome.    See  Charistia. 

PHILADELPHUS,  in  Anticjuity,  a  Title,  or  Sur-name, 


and  Men  began  to  live  by  their  Witts;  Shops  were  foon  fet 
up  •  and  Life  ojfer'd  every  Man  to  Sale.  Straight,  innume- 
rable Compofitions ;  endlefs,  inenplicable  Mixtures,  are  cri'd 
up  -  Jrabia  and  India  are  crouded  into  a  Draught ;  and  a 
Plailler  for  a  little  Ulcer  fetch'd  from  the  red  Sea.  When  as 
the  proper  Remedies  are  thofe  the  Poor  every  Day  feed  on. 
 Hift.  l^at.  lib.  24.  c.  I. 

PHAROS,  Phare,  or  PwANAt,  3.  Ligbt-houfe  ;  a  Pile 


rais'd  near  a  Port,  where  a  Fire  is  kept  burning  in  the  Night  bore  by  feveral  ancienr  Kings  ;  torm'd  from  the  Greek  it  Am 

to  tsuide  and  direft  VeCfels  near  at  Hand.  Friend,  loving  and  «Js>.fJ,  Brother,  q.  d.  who  loves  his  Brother. 

The  'Pharos  of  Jloxandria  was  antiently  very  famous,  in  'Prolomy  'Philodeljihlls  erefled  a  Library  at  Alexandria, 

fo  much  as  to  communicate  its  Name  to  all  the  rell ;  the  and  fiirnillied  it  with  50C00  Volumes,  by  the  Advice,  and 

Co/o//«5of  il*0'iei  ferv'd  as  a  y/WM.  with  the  Care  of  2eKfra!J  !P/3tf&re«l.    See  Library. 

Oaanaril  fays  'Pliaros  antiently  fignificd  a  Strcight,  as  the  It  was  the  fame  'Pbiladelpl-tis,  that  procur'd  the  Greek 

tpiims  or  fharo  of  Meffma.    SeeSTREioHT.  Verfion  of  the  Books  of  jMo/es,  caU'd  the  .ye/JMS"2f-  See 

PHARSANG,  or  Parasang,  a  'Perjian  Meafure  of  ^a,  Septvaoint 


50,  or  6q  Furlongs, 

PHARYNX,  in  Anatomy. 


Sec  Parasang. 

^  ^^^^^          ^  the  upper  Opening  of  the  Oe- 

foohagus  or  Gullet,  fitu.itc  at'the  Bottom  of  the  Fauces.  See 
Oesophagus. 

The  'P;jarynx  is  that  Part  particularly  call  d  the  G2lla  or 
the  'Throat.  It  being  in  this  Part  of  the  Gullet  the  Aaion 
of  Deglutition  commences,  and  where  'tis  chiefly  perform 'd. 
It  is  aifufed  by  three  Pair  of  Mufcles  which  compofe  the 
'Pharynx.    See  Deglutition. 

■The  firft  call'd  the  StylopharyngettsfezvK  to  draw  up  and 


Father  Chainillart  has  a  Medal  of  the  Queen  of  Comagenes, 
which  bears  the  Tide  of  'Philadelpha ;  without  any  other 
Name.  M.  Vaillant  alfo  tells  us  that  "Phllif  King  of  SyriA 
had  the  Title  of  Phxladelphus. 

PHILANTHROPT,  a  Love  of  Mankind  ;  3  general  Be- 
nevolence toward  the  Species.    See  Benevolence. 

PHILAUTIA,  Philautv,  in  the  Schools,  (elf  LvuC} 
a  vicious  Complaifance  for  a  Man's  felf.  From  the  Greek 
(pUoi,  araicus,  and  dinU,  ipfe. 

PHILIPPICKS,  in  Literature,  a  Name  given  to  the  Ora- 


dilate  the   'Pljarynx  ;  the  fe'cond  the  Pterygopbaryngteus  tions  o{ 'Demojihenes  againft  IPii/t^  King  of  iVtoeio?;.  SeS 

ferves  to  conllringc  it  ;  the  third,  which  is  call'd  the  Oefo-  Oration. 

*taj;#«jf  rtestoclofeit;  fee  each  under  its  proper  Article.  The  'Pbilippicks  are  efteem'd  the  Maftcr-pieces  of  that 

Stylopharynct.os,  iSc.  great  Orator:  Lmgmns  quotes  Abundance  of  Inftances  of  tha 

The  Word  in  the  original  Greek  liiuy^  fignifies  the  fame.  Sublime  from  'em ;  _  and  points  out  a  thoufand  latent  Beau- 

PHASES,  in  Autonomy,   the  fevcral   Appearances,   or  ties  theiein.    In  effea,  that  Pathetic  wherein  'Demoftheues 

Oumtities  of  Illumination  of  the  Moon,  Venus,  Mercury  and  cxcell'd,  the  frequent  Interrogations  and  Apoftrophe's  where- 

the  'other  Planets  ;  or  the  feveral  manners  wherein  they  ap-  with  he  attack 'd  the  Indolence  of  the  Athenians,  where  cou'd 

pear  illuminated  by  the  Sun.    See  Planet.  they  be  better  employ'd  ?  How  much  Delicacy  foever  there  bo 

The  Variety  of  'Phajes  in  the  Moon  is  very  remarkable,  in  the  Oration  againlt  Xe/««/s,  the  yM///;cf:s  have  yet  the 

Sometimes  fhe  Increafes,   fometimes  Wanes,   fometimes  is  Advantage  over  it,  were  it  only  on  account  of  the  Subjeft, 

bent  into  Herns,  and  again  appeats  like  a  Semi-circle,  at  which  gives  Dermf  henes  fo  fair  a  Field  to  difplay  his  chief 

other  Times  is  GjWons,  and  prelently  refumes  a  full  circular  Talent,  we  mean  with  Longinus,  that  of  moving  and  afto- 

Face.   See  Crescent,  Falcated,  Gibbous,  EjJc.  niftiing.                              ,     ,    „               ,    ti-  ;  r 

For  the  Theory  of  the  Lllnar-'PhaJls.    Sec  Moon.  Diony/ilis  Hahcanajfeiis  ranks  the  Oration  on  the  Ualoxeje 

As  to  the  'Pbajis  of  Venus,  the  naked  Eye  docs  not  difco-  among  the  'Pbtlippicks,  and  places  it  the  8th  in  Order ;  but 

ver  any  •  but  the  Telefcope  does.    Copernicus  antiently  pro-  tho'the  Authority  of  that  great  Critic  be  of  no  fmall  Weight  j 

phcfied  'that  after  Ages  wou'd  find  that  Venus  underwent  all  yet,  that  Force  and  Majelly  whereby  Craro  Charafterifcs  the 

tli'e  Changes  of  the  Moon;  which  Prophecy  was  firll  fulfili'd  'Phillppicks  of  'Deniofbenes  feems  to  exclude  the  Oration  on 

by  Galtiko,  who  dircfling  his  Telefcope  to  Venus,  obferv'd  the  Hahnefe  out  of  the  Number  ;  and  authorife  the  almofl: 

her  'Pbafes  to  emulate  thofe  of  the  Moon  ;  being  fometimes  univerfal  Opinion  of  the  Learned,  who  rejed  it  as  fpurious. 

full  fonietiroes  horn'd,  fometimes  gibbous.    See  Venus.  Zibanius,  ■y/joMJ  and  others ;  and  above  all  the  Languid- 

And  Mercury  does  the  fame  'all  the  Difference  between  nefs  of  the  Style,  and  the  Lownefs  of  the  Expreffions  which 

thefe,  and  thofeofthe  Moon;  is,  that  when  thefe  are  full 


the  s'un  is  between  them  and  us;  whereas,  when  the  Moon 
is  full,  we  are  between  her  and  the  Sun.    See  Mercury. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  $xil'-',  afpareo,  I  ap- 
pear. ,        _,.         .  ,  ,  . 

Saturn  puzzled  the  Aftronomers  a  long  1  ime  with  his 
flrange  Variety  of  'Phases.    Hevelius  and  otheis  found  him. 

Mcmofpherical.  z.  'frifpberical.  3.  Spherico-anfatei.  4.  El- 

.  r....-..'  r.-.-J-.^J.      P,..      tr,,.Tnn,.r  n  


reign  throughout  the  Whole,  father  it  on  Hegejippus. 

1" -lUrreil  has  given  an  excellent  French  Tranflation  of 
the  'Philippicks. 

*Tis  an  extraordinary  Thing  to  fee  fo  much  Spirit  in  a  Tran.* 
flation  :  fo  much  of  the  Strength  and  Energy  o^'MemoJlbeneSyin 
a  modern  Tongue  ;  and  that  too  fo  weak  a  one  as  the  French. 

Phillipicic  is  alfo  applied  to  the  fourteen  Orations  of  Cfc^- 
ro  againif  Afarc  Anthony.—   'Twas  Cicero  himfelt  that  gavo 


li'ttico  anCated     5   Spherico-cufpitlatcd :  But  Hiirgens  fhevis,  'em  this  Title  in  his  Epiftlcs  to  ftvm.'J ;  and  Pofterity 


that  thofe  monflrous  'Phafis  are  all  owing  to  the  Imperfeflion 
of  their  Telcfcopes.  That  grear  Author  aflifted  by  the  bed 
Telcfcopes  noted  three  principal  5>/MjeJ  ;  TOS.  jfan.  16 ,16^6 . 
he  was  round,  oaob.  15,  Sracbiated,  and  Decemb.ii,  1557. 
Anfaled.   See  Saturn. 

?o  dtterniine  the  Phafes  of  an  Bclipfe  for  any  gi'Jen  'time. 

Find  the  Moon's  Place  in  her  vifible  W^ay  for  that  Moment  ; 
and  thence,  as  a  Centre,  with  the  Interval  of  rhe  Moons  Se- 
mi-diameter, defcribe  a  Circle.  Find  in  like  manner  the  Sun's 
Place  in  the  Ecliptic,  and  thence,  with  the  Semi-diameter 


found  it  fo  juft  that  it  has  been  petpetuatpd  to  our  Times. 

fuvenalzt^\h  the  Second  the  -fji-vme  Phiiippiek,  and  wit- 
neifes  it  to  be  of  great  Fame,  Canfpicux  Di'jina  ■Phiuppica 
Farnie.  That  Orator's  enritling  his  laft  and  moft  valued  Ora- 
tions after  the  'Philippicks  of  Demoflhenes,  fhews  the  high 
Opinion  he  had  of 'em. 

Cicero's  'Phillppicks  cofl  him  his  Life;  M.  Anthony  hn' 
ing  been  fo  irritated  with  'em,  that  when  he  was  arriv'd  at 
the  Triumvirate,  he  procur'd  his  Murther,  cut  off  his  Head, 
and  fluck  t  up  in  the  very  Place  whence  rhe  Orator  had  de- 
iiver'd  rhe  'Philippicks. 
PHILIPPISTS,  the  Followers  of  <Pbtlit  MelcmWxn. 

9  S  That 


P  H  I 


(  802  ) 


P  H  I 


afri 


That  Rrformer  having  ftrenuoufly  cppos'd  A^mipifis,  Now  Mercury  Has  ever  fome  Impurities  in  if  a..)  ,1,  f 

who  arofe  m  his  Time ;  and  the  Difpute  Browing  Hill  hotter  Impurities  are  lir.nter  than  Mercurv     r™  -J  ,1   r'  f  ^""^ 

after  his  Death:  The  Univeriityof  wWl^  who  efpoufed  ^uSe  out,  as    "doe    not  appear  fmooffih'   K     °1  °  P^S^'' 

Melamhthon'i  Opinion,  werecall'd  by  the  Balaam,  who  at-  iVIereury  ^ouM  be  as  hav^as  G„T  ^  /   T  >' 

tacked  it,  rmptip.    See  Ubk^^.st.  as  Gold  is  Gold  or  a  kai    ifvS  1'^^^^^^^^ 

PHILlZEP.S,orFiLAzERs,OScersintheV//!?'™/iOf-  Gor.p.             '                    »"y  eafily  made  Gold  See 

fice,  who  make  out  all  Proccls  upon  Original  Writs,  (which  are  __The  third  Method  is,  that  of  Tranfm 


made  out  by  the  Cutlitors,  fuch  as  Ciijuai,  alius,  ^  plures^ 
^c.)  and  to  whom  the  original  Writs  are  bron^^ht  after  returned 


by  the  Sherift",  as  well  for  their  Warrants  in  fuing  out  fuch  to  thcfufed  Matter  •  unnn  which 
Catm^  f.  on  then,,  as  fo.  them  to  £11  with  the lufio^  Sre-  tire,  are  volatiii//  iThJn^X^l^t^^^ 
vinm.    See  Filacers.        _  refl  ot  the  Mafs  turnM  inrn  L..  n.u  x 


It  isto  be  obferved,  that  the  Subjefl  cannot  bring  any  Ac-  works  this  ch; 

tion  in  this  Court  by  original  in  Debt,  but  muft  proceed  by  Jfo}7e. 

^"\*'^A'''/"/''^r"it^''°"^'''  i"  ■^Vhcther  this  third  Method'be  poffible  or 

gmal,  lithe  Jjeiendant  tor  Delay,  or  thro  any  Mil-entry,  or  to  fay.    We  have  ^"  n^-m...  *^  ■ 

miftaki  "     '    "        "  -~ 


h  Metals  readily  in»  pure  Goidr-^ll^Sitig^J^  'mtf 
■  e^teij'!!^?'!^  <'?;^--i„,I^epatat,oni„- 

re- 

Mais  turnd  into  pure  Gold.  Now,  that  which 
change  m  the  Metals  is  call'd  the  Thuo'Msn- 

oeep  iRANSMUTATION. 


Defendant  for  Delay, "or  thro'  any  Mif-en'try,  or  to  fay7''we  hlv^  fe  mfnv  Teilim?ni  T     I"'  "^"t 

:  in  the  Proceedings  or  Return  of  Procets,  is  advised  to  othej  Occafi^n  fpeak  perfS  Crthat^^^^^^^  C  "l  'i' 
br„,ga  Writ  of  Error,  the  Wtit  of  Error  mufl  be  returnable  in  to  fay  they  lye  in^his,X  thl  h^.et™  mXIoM  ^ 


Parliament,  and  not  in  the  Exchequer  chamber,  as  are  other 
■Writs  of  Error  upon  Adions  which  are  brought  in  this  Court 
by  Bill. 

PHILO,  a  Term  originally  Grecli^  form'd  of  ^(Ad?,  amicm. 
Friend,  Lover  5  ufcd  in  Compofition  in  feveral  Words  in  our 
Lan^ua^e.  As, 

PHILO-ELUTHERUS,  a  Lover  of  Liberty  ;  of  p/A.(  and 
iXfu'-3-  pc!,  liOer^  free. 

PHILOLOGY,  a  Science,  or  rather  Aflemblage  of  feve- 
rai  Sciences,  confifting  of  Grammar,  Rhetorick,  Poetry,  An- 

'^'S^f°:^k^^,S'^'Sniveria,  Literature,  conver-  ^^^'^f^ 

«  makes  what  Ae  call  the  mleskur..  T^^^l^e^f^t^t::^  t^^^^^^ 

Anttetuly,  ThbLgy  was  only  apart  of  Grammar.  See  as  nothing  fi4ll  remat'n  but  the  pure  mercurVarMy  and  vou 
l,RiMMAB.  can  fix  and  coagulate  this,  by  means  of  Sulphur ;  out  of  i  o 

Ounces  ot  Lead  you  will  have  ii  of  Gold     Or,  if  you  re- 


Secret.  All  requtred  ,s  to  do  that  by  Art  which  Nature  does 
m  maiiy  Years  and  Ages.  For  Load  and  Gold  do  but  differ  lit- 
tle ,n  Weight,  Therefore  there  is  not  much  in  Lead  befide 
Mercury  atid  Gold.  Now,  if  I  had  any  Body  which  wou'd 
io  agitate  all  the  Parts  of  Lead,  as  to  burn  all  that  is  not  Mer- 
cury therein  i  and  had  fome  Sulphur  to  fi.x  the  Mercury  ; 
wou  d  nor  the  Mafs  remaining  be  converted  into  Gold  )  There 
IS  nothing  HI  Natute  fo  heavy  as  Lead ;  Gold  and  Mercury 
only  excepted.  'Tis  evident,  therefore,  thereis  fomethinp  in 
Lead  that  comes  very  near  to  Gold.    But  in  Lead  there  is 


Eratojlbenes,  Libtary  Keeper  at  Alexandria,  was  the  firft 
who  bore  the  gay  Title  of  ^hikhgm,  according  to  Suetonius ; 
or  that  of  Critick,  according  to  Clemens  Alexandfmus,  He 
lived  under '/'ro/owjv  'Pbiladdphus,  and  died  in  the  J4(ith 
Olympiad,    See  Criticism 


t  ^^Aof,  and  Ao^of,  Lover  of 


The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  j 
of  Difcourfe,  or  Words. 

PHILOMATH,  Pkilomathcs,  a  Lover  of  the  Mathe- 
anaticks,  i^c.    See  Mathkmaticks. 


ducethe  Lead  from  ii  to  14,  you  will  then  have  converted  it 
into  Mercmy;  and  it  you  furdier  purify  this  Mercury  from 
14  to  19  you  will  have  Gold  ;  provided  you  have  but  a  Sul- 
phtir  to^fix  and  coagulate  it  withal.    Such  is  the  Foundation 


tK  Phdefiphers-fione^  ^hich  the  Alchymills  contend  to  b= 
a  uioHlubtile,  fixd,  concentrated  Fire,  which  affoon  as  it 
melts  with  any  Metal,  does  by  a  magnetick  Virtue  immediately 
PHILONIUM,  in  Pharmacy,  an  Opiate,  whereof  there  cTe'anfc  ff  a°lUh™,™r!  th' °*  ^ 
are.woKinds,theii««a„d''the^«yL.y*,/.»™.    See  a  Safic^  pul^^  Gold  STi'x^^^^^ 

The"i.««,  calPd,  alfo  the  great                 took  its  Jbl^iTaZ^i.^:"^^^^^^  ""'"^ 

Name  from  the  Phylieian  Thdo  who  invented  it.    It  confitls  PHILOSOPHICAL  fomethinc  tha 

of  the  Seeds  of  Juliiujamus,  Poppy,  and  other  Ingredients,  PniLosorHy  and  Philosopi?er 

Tis  ufed  to  promote  Sleep,  againll  Cokls,  Colicks  iSc  Thus  we  fiy  a  Thihfipbicai             a  'PbiMotUcal  Prin- 

The  Terjim  Philonium  confitts  ot  feveral  Ingredients,  eiple,  a  y/.l/o/J/fofa/ Definition 


t  relates  to  ^hil-fopby. 


Philosophical  Montb. 
Philosophical  Tree, 
Philosophical  TranfaBio7ls. 


•J  r  Menstruum. 
(.See^TftEE. 


It. 


ANSACTIONS. 


among  which  are  Opium,  Terra  figillata.  Lapis  Hematites, 
Caftor,  and  SatFron.  'Tis  ufed  to  ttop  Hemorrhages,  Dy- 
fenreries,  ifjc. 

PHILOPATOR,  in  Antiquity,  a  Tide,  or  Sur  name,  af- 
fumed  by  feveral  of  the  Kings  of  Egypt  and  Syria. 

'Ptdmiy  'Phikfater  i'uaeded  Ttokmty  Evergeles ;  and  had  Philosophical  Egg,  among  the  Chymifts,  is  a  thin  Glafs 
fot  his  Succeflor  -PKhray  'pljihmeler.    See  Everoetes.         Vellcl,  or  Bubble,  of  the  Shape  of  an  Eaa  ;  with  a  long  Neck 

The  ^iTMKJ  had  their  &/eiiCBJ  y/j/Zo/aW,  Jlnliocbns  •phi-  orStem;  ufed  in  Digellions.    See  Digestion. 
htmr,Uc  PHILOSOPHIZING,  the  Aftofconfidering  fome  Objea 

PHILOSOPHER,  a  Perfon  well  verfed  in  'Pbik^ofby;  of  our  Knowledge ;  examining  its  Properties,  and  the  Phieno- 

and 


r  who  makes  Proteflion  of,  or  applies  himfelf  to  the  Study  mena  it  exhibits';  ennuirine  into  their  Caufc's  or  Eft'ei 


of  Nature  and  Molality.    See  Philosophy. 

The  Sefls  of  ^bilojopbers  are  very  numerous  ;  and  their 
Dogmata,  or  Tenets  very  contraditfory.    See  Sect. 

}{el!iW'itt  and  fome  of  the  Chymilts  denominate  themfclves 
^htlofopkers  by  Fire.    See  Chymistry. 


the  Laws  thereof:  the  whole  condui^ted  according  to  the  Na- 
ture and  Reafon  of  Things  and  direfted  to  the  Improvement 
of  Knowledge. 

Tile  Rules  of  'Tbilofopbizjing,  Regula  ^bilofol'ban.ii,  as 
cftablifh'd  Jiy  Sir  ^ffaac  Ne-ii-ton,  arc  ;  i.  That  no  more  Caufes 


The  Alchymifts  and  Adepti  are  frequently  denominated  of  a  naturalEffea  be  admitted  than  are  true,  and  fuSc  ,„ 

tbe  Tbihfopbers  by  way  of  Eminence.  See  Alchymist,  tfc  account  for  the  Phainomena  thereof—    This  agrees  with  the 

PHILOSOPHERS  Stone,  the  grear  Objefl  of  Alchy-  Senriments  of  mo/1  Philofophers,  who  hold  that  Nature  does 

my,  is  a  long  fought-for  Pieparation,  which  (hall  tranf-  nothing  in  vain;  and  that  it  were  vain  to  do  that  by  many 

mute  impurer  Merals,  as  Tin,  Lead,  and  Copper  into  Gold  things  which  might  be  done  by  fewer. 

and  Silver.  See  Transmutation.  2.  Natural  Effects,  therefore,  of  the  fame  Kind,  proceed 
There  are  three  ways  whereby  the  Alchymifls  have  at-  from  the  fame  Caufes.  Thus  £  ijr.  the  Caufe  of  Refpira- 
tempted  to  arrive  at  the  making  of  Gold  :  The  firll  by  Sepa-  tion  is  one  and  the  fame  in  Man  and  Brute  ;  the  Caufe  of 
ratli  n  ;  for  every  Metal  yet  known,  contains  fome  Qiiantity  of  the  Defcent  of  a  Stone,  the  fame  in  Europe  as  in  Arnenca  ■ 
Gold  :  Only,  m  mofl,  the  Quantity  is  lb  little  that  it  wont  the  Caufe  of  Lipht  the  lame  in  Culinary  Fire,  and  in  the  Sun  - 
defray  rhe  Expence  ot  getting  it  out..-  The  fecond  by  Matu-  the  caufe  of  Rcflcaion  the  fame  in  the  Planets  as  the  Earth. 
rmv  n  ;  for  the  Alchymills  hold  Mercury  to  be  the  Bafis  and  5.  Thofe  Qualities  of  Bodies  which  are  not  capable  of  he- 
Matter  of  all  Metals  ,  that  Quickfilver  purg'd  from  all  hetero-  ing  heighten'd,  and  remitted,  and  which  are  found  in  all  Bo- 
geueous  Bodies  wou'd  be  much  heav.er,  denfer  and  fimpler  dies  where  Experiments  can  be  made;  mutt  be  look'd  on  as 
than  the  Native  Qiiickfilver ;  And  that  by  fubtillzing,  and  univerfal  Qualities  of  all  Bodies.  See  Qoality. 
purifying  and  digefting  it  with  much  Labour,  and  long  Ope-  Thus  the  Extenfion  of  Body  is  only  percciv'd  by  our  Soiifes, 
rations,  it  may  be  converted  into  pure  Gold.  This  Method  nor  is  it  perceiv'd  in  all  Bodies:  But  fince  it  is  found  in  all 
of  Maturation  is  only  for  Mercury.  The  orher  Metals  it  is  in-  that  we  have  Petception  of,  it  may  be  affirm 'd  of  all.  So  we 
effeaual  for,  on  two  accounts  ;  1°,  Becaufe  their  Matter  is  find  that  feveral  Bodies  are  hard  ;  and  argue  that  the  Hard- 
not  pure  Mercury,  but  has  other  heterogeneous  Bodies  adher-  nefs  of  the  Whole  only  arifes  from  the  Ha'rdnefs  of  the  Parts; 
ing  to  it.  And  x".  by  reafon  the  Digettion  wheteby  Mercury  Whence  we  infer  that  the  Particles,  not  only  of  thofe  Bodies 
is  turn'd  into  Gold  wou'd  not  fucceed  in  other  Metals,  in  which  ate  fenfible,  but  of  all  others,  arc  likewife  hard.  Laftly, 
regard  they  had  not  been  long  enough  in  the  Mines.  Weight  If  all  the  Bodies  about  the  Earth  gravitate  towards  the  Earth, 
is  the  individual  and  inimitable  Charafter  of  Gold,  igc.  and  this  according  to  die  Quantity  of  Matter  in  each  ;  and  the 

Moon 


P  H  I 


C  803 ) 


P  H  I 


Moon  gravitates  towards  the  Earth,  alfo,  according  to  itS      theoretical  or  SUailatke  Vi,-,,  ■    1.  .       i  .1 

Qimntuy  of  Matter,  and  the  Sea  again  gravitates  towards  the  in  mere  Contemplation  ard  wht^  .         '       1  , 
Moon;  and  all  the  Planets  and  Comets  gravitate  toward  each  i^'Phyfloks,  which  is  a' bare  Co^fe^T'^^'V  vt"'"' 
other:  It  may  be  aalrm'd  nniverfally,  that  all  Bodies  gravitate  natural  Things.    See  Puysici™  ^      "  '''^^ 
toward  each  other  in  the  Creation.    This  Rule  is  the  Foun-      Theoretical  -TIjlhlbl'lM    aeain'  11    j- 1  j-  -j  j  • 

dation  of  all  ThMofhy.  three,  mz.  -Pne.mJich-'PMkks  of^fl^^^'^'^MT 

PHILOSOPHY,  Philosophiji,  the  Knowlege  or  Study  f/yficks,  or  Outokgia.  "Oniaticks ;  and  Meta- 

of  Nature  and  Morality,  founded  on  Rea&n  and  Experience.      The  Firft  conlldets  Beings  abffrafled  from  =11  \T  „ 
See  Knowiege.  Objeft  are  Spirits,  their  Nature    Pronert^p,    Pfl-fl  ''c^. 

'Pmiojothy  owes  its  Name  to  the  Modeftv  of  Tythagorai,  See  Sfirit  a!id  Pneumaticks 
who  refuted  the  Title  ^ji,,  -A  given  to  his  Predeceffors      The  Second  conSders  Matterand  material  Thinss-  it,  Ob 
1haki,'Phmcjdei,fSc.  as  too  aflummg  ;  and  contented  him-  jeSs  are  Bodies,  their  Properties  Laws  i£c    ^fv  ^ 
felf  with  the  Apellation  of  p/Aosnjyos,  quaji  ipihli  7?;  off  j«f,  a  Physicks  '  oee  ijuDY 

FnevicrLcverof  M--,fiom                       .     „    ,       .  .  The  'mrd  extends  to  each  indifferently :  i,s  Obiefls  are 

C/mOT!  rather  derives  the  Name  from  ?(A!a,  Study,  and  either  Body  or  Spiri*    Q..,  »t   '      --'uji-i.is  arc 

(7B?)ia,  q.  d.  Sui-dium  fapientiie.    I'ythagoras^  Giys  he,  con-  Jn  the  Order  of  c 

"  ■     '  '  "ind,  ought  ra-   of  'em,  Phyficits  is  „ 

ther  to  be  call'd  Stmiy  than  Science ;  fet_aride^the  Appellation  from  the  two  confidcr'd  toRether  :  After  an  Acquaintance  with 


£  and 


r  Spirit.    See  METAPHYSictis. 

ceiving  that  the  Applicarion  of  the  human  Mind^  ought  ra-  of  'em,  pTivficis  i°firlt'^h™"Meranf,rfiri''/'  'itf '^l,™'?'''^'??' 

ther  t?  be  call'd  Stmiy  than  Science^  fet  af.de  the  Appellation  from  the  twVcorfJdcr'd^o'eTher  IfS  ■ 

^•f^/E,  and  in  lieu  thereof  took  that  of  ■Philofojiher  ■.  Por  ha-  G„d,  ourfelves,  and  natural  Bodies, '  we  come  to  confider 

ving  difcourfed  with  great  Judgment  and  Learning  before  what  is  common  to 'cm  all,  the  Attributes  that  aoree  to  all 

Leantms  King  or  the  'PUmJu  ;        Prince  ask  d  him  what  a„d  thus  term  a  Sort  of  univerfal  TbUcfithy,  or  Doflrine 

Art  he  profelSd  ;  or  in  what  Points  his  W.fdom  chiefly  lay  ?  Hme  m  general.  See  Ontosophy,  Ens,  Essence  k" 
lo  which  he  anlwer d,  that  he  neither  uiideritood  any  Art,      But  in  teaching    ni-  lavino  ^r,,,-.    }  r  r       i  V-  *i 

nor  was  he  a  but  a  p....   Which  Title  St.  J^lfiii  to  others,  if^^tj.  cJ.lSry  O*  ,t^T  tgt"^  ^hh"  h" 

obfervcs,  took  fo  well  wuh  other  Authors  ;  that  whoever  ex-  mo  I  Un  verfal  and  de(;-p„dl„n Vn  ,t        "tgii.niug  wuii  mo 

celled  in  any  thing  relating  to  Wifdom  or  Knowledge  had  hence  ^i  tl^fS^M^^^^^ 

no  other  Appellation.  Accordingly,  Socrate^  Tlato,        ever  Cartefiam  Pneumaticts,  the/WM  mihrcllT  ' 
refrain  d  fronr  the  fwehmg  Title  ot  J»/to    See  Sophist.         Others  prefer  the  Diitribution  of  Thi  /ophymto  four  Parts 

The  VJord  TlMhppy  IS  tifed  in  various  Significations  viZ:  u  Tiieiiiiiaticks,  which  confiders,  indmatrof  SiSits 
nmong  ancient  and  modern  Writers:  In  its   axer  Senfe,  it  iia-       Somatkki  of  Rodie,    Tl„  ,i,-„A  j  j  r  I  ^f'F'" 

nifies^he  Lcve  of  Truth;  Avi.  Ttato  frequently  calls  it  y&vf-  rto/C  illh  ciniid™  M^^  ^"i 

ktheia.-    In  other  Places  it  fignifies  the  KnLledge  of  many  Spirit  are  omVj    The  1  u°*  1"'' 

-    Thus  zeno  calls  Thflofofhy  ..rd.„i„  CoJ}rehel  is'^common  to  all  the  othe?  ht{  '^^''^  ""^'^  °^ 


fic7i  j  bccaufe  comprehending  all  Truth:  Agreeable  to  which 
is  Cicero's  Definition  of  Thiiojbphcr^  viz-.  He  who  ftudies  to 
know  the  Natures  and  Caufes  of  all  Things  human  and  di- 
vine, and  to  attain  to  every  good  Rule  and  Method  of 
Life. 

In  a  flricler  Senfe,  Tbilojopby  is  frequently  confin'd  to 
feme  Science,  or  Branch  of  Science,  i^.g-  to  Logic,  as  we  find 
it  in  'Plato  and  Jrijlorkj  to  'Plryficks,  or  the  Knowledge  of 
Nature,  in  which  Senfe  '  '  '  '  ■     '     ~  ' 

School  5  and  to  Ethicks,  or  the  Rules  of  Morality  j  Thu. 
Clemens  Akxmd.  relates,  that  among  the  Greeks  then  are 
Philofophers  Ttii&u  hold  Di^ptitei  nbozit  Virtue. 

Agreeably  hereto  Tytbagoras  defines  'Philofopby,  a  Meiita- 
tion  tf\Det%tb  j  by  which,  according  to  'Plato  and  Clemens  is 
meant  an  Abftraclion  or  Retirement  from  the  Body ;  which 
j^fr/leiiii  thus  explains:  JPbikfi^ber  is  to  piJy  not/mig  fo 


Traaical  PHicosopHy,  is  that  which  lays  down  the  Rules 
thereof'''''''"'^  happy  Life  3  and  excites  us  to  the  Pradico 


alone. 


the 


JPraaicalpdoM'by,  Is  properly  Ztbicks  .... 

Method  ot  ieadmg  a  virtuous  and  happy  Life :  Yet,  moft 

Authors  divide  it  into  two,  anfwerably  to  the  two  Soits  of 

human  Adhons  to  be  direded  thereby,  wz.  Zogicks  which 

a      r  .  ■     -     ^^   -  ilie  Operations  of  the  Underlianding.  SeeLociCKS 

C  was  chiefly  uied^  m_ the  yc;7^c  and  Understanding.  occ a^uun^j^s 

And  ^f/:7r^i  properly  fo  caJl'd,  which  direa  thofe  of  the 
Vvill.    See  Ltbicks  and  Will, 


Nattiral  pHiLosopin 
Mora/  Philosophy 


|See^ 


Naturae. 
Moral. 


■    ^  ^r-,       -.^  .P"i^o^ofHY  is  alfo  frequently  ufed  for  the  particular  Doc- 

mtich  as  to  jet  bis  Soul  at  Liberty  jrom  its  Correfpoiidence  mtb  mne,  or  Syliem  of  Opinions,  broach'd  by  fome  confiderablc 

theWy:  Thus  Cicero  culls  Tbilofo^by  Jrsvit^,  aK.4  ScnecA^  Philofopher,  and  efpoufed  and  adhered  to  by  his  followers. 

kxvita-;  and  thus  T/ntarcb—  Conjlamy^  Fidelity,  and  a  found  See  System  and  Hypothesis. 

Mind,  are  the  real  'Pbilofophy ;  aU  the  other  'Parts  of  Wif~  In  this  Senfe  we  fay  the 


dom,  tending  any  other  fVay,  are  'PrettineJJ'es  and  Curiofities . 

And  in  this  Senfe  it  was,  that  PMlofophy  chiefly  flourifh'd  in  Mcfaic 

the  School  ot  Socrates,  afterwards  call'd  the  Academick  School,  Epicurean 

and  among  the  Srokks.    See  Academick  and  Stoick.  j^rijlotelian 

Lafl-ly,  Pi'ilofopby  is  frequently  ufed  by  'Pytbagcras  an.d  'Platonic 

'Plato  for  Metaphyficks,  or  the  Knowledge  of  God  ;  which  Cartefian 

'Plato  calls  the  true  Philofophy,  others  the  'Prima  'Phikfophia  ■  Ne-wtonian 

p.nd  in  refpecl  whereof,  the  Platonijls  call  all  other  'pbilofopby  Hermetical 

Gale  includes  all  the  feveral  Ideas  hitherto  deliver'd,  under  Ph 


PniLCaoPHY.  See, 


Mosaic 

Epicurean 

Peripatetic. 

Platonic, 

Cartesian, 

Newtonian. 

Hermetical. 


ILOSOPHY 


In  this  Senfe  we  fay 
Cerpiifcnlar     Atomical  Phil 

SOPHY. 

Mechanical  Philosophy. 
Experime7iial  Philosophtt. 


>Scc 


CoRPUSCULARi 

Mechanical. 
Experimental. 


--  - ,    IS  alfo  ufed  for  a  certain  Manner  of  Philofo- 

thisone  general  Delinition  :  'Pbilofopby  is  the  Knowledge  of  phizing;  or  certain  Principles,  upon  which  ail  the  Enquiries 
things  Notional,  Natural,  Moral,   and  Supernatural,  firft   thereby  made,  do  turn, 
granted  by  God  to  ourfirll  Parents,  and  traniinitted  to  usfor 
the  Honour  ol  the  Creator,  and  the  Good  of  the  Univerfe, 

That  Definition  of is  prcity  comprehenfive  :  y/:*/- 
/ojo//^  confifts  in  three  Things  5  thePra£l:ice  of  Precepts,  the 
Reafon  of  Precepts,  aud  the  Proof  of  Precepts. 

Some  have  given  the  following  Epithets  to  the  ancient 
■Ufopby,  under  its  feveral  Stages:  Pbilofophy,  fay  they,  be- 
came Impious  under  Diagoras,  Vicious  under  Epicurus  5  Hy- 
pocritical  under  Zeno Impudent  nndtv 'Diogenes Covetous 
xxndtv  Demochares -J  Volnptums  under  MetrodoniS;  Fa7itajli- 
cal  under  Crates ;  Scurrilous  under  Alenippits ;  Licentious 
under  Pyrrho ;  ^narrelfcme  under  Ckantbes,  Sec. 

The  feveral  Dogmata  maintain'd  by  the  feveral  'Pbilofo- 
pbcrs,  are  infinite :  Cicero  makes  no  fcruple  to  aver,  that  There 
is  nothing  in  the  World,  how  abfurd  foever,  but  has  been 
maintain'd  by  one  'Pbilofipjer  or  other. —  From  the  firll: 
Broachers  of  new  Opinions,  and  the  Hril  Founders  of  Schools, 
'Phtlofipby  is  become  divided  into  innumerable  Se^ts fome 
Ancient,  and  others  Modern;  fuch  are  the  Platonifts,  'Peri- 
pateticks,  Epicureans,  Stoicks,  ^Pyrrbonians  and  j^cademifis ; 
and  fuch  are  the  Cartefians,  Ne-izio?na?2S,  &c.  See  the  Rife, 
Doctrines;  ^c.  of  each  Se61:  under  its  proper  Article  Pla- 

TONIST,   PERIPATETICK,  EpiCUREAN,  StOICK,  PyRRH- 

ONiAN,  Academic,  Cartesian,  Newtonian,  ^c. 

Philosophy  may  be  divided  into  two  Branches,  or  conii- 
der'd  under  two  Habitudes,  'theoretical  and  'PraUicak 


Philosophy,  again,  is  confider 'd  with  regard  to  the  Age, 
or  the  Place  wherein  it  was  taught. 
In  this  Senfe  we  fay 

Schclaffick  or  ^f^oo/PHiLosopHT.    See  Scholastick. 
New  Philosophy,  ^c. 

PHILTRATION,  or  Filtration,  the  Separation  of 
the  finer  Part  of  a  Fluid,  from  the  Coarfer  ;  by  paffing  it 
through  a  liitre,  viz.  a  Linnen  Cloth,  Shammy  Skin,  Brown 
Paper,  or  the  hkc.    See  Filtration. 

PHILTER,   Philtre,  Philtrum,  in  Pharmacy, 
a  Strainer,  or  Filtre.    See  Filtre. 

Philter,  or  Filtre,  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Drug,  or  Prepa- 
ration, which  'tis  pretended  will  excite  Love.  See  Charm, 
'Philters,  are  diftinguilh'd  into  true  and  fpurious:  The 
Spurious  are  SpelJs  or  Charms,  fuppofed  to  have  an  Effeft 
beyond  the  ordinary  Laws  of  Nature,  by  fome  magick  Virtue  ; 
fuch  are  thofe  faid  to  be  given  by  old  Women,  Witches,  ^c. 
See  Magick  and  Witchcraft. 

The 


P"  H  L 


(  804) 


P  H  L 


by. 


The  true  Wdtres  sre  thofc  fuppofed  to  work  their  Effect  greateft  Velocity  will  be  in  the  thoracic  Artery  or  ScapUU- 

fome  natural  and  magnetical  Power.  _  ry  of  the  fame  Side,  going  out  from  the  axillary  Artery„ 

There  are  many  grave  Authors  who  believe  the  Reality  of  But  the  Velocity  of  the  Blood  will  be  far  lefs  in  the  brachial 

thefe  'philtres ;  and  alledge  matter  of  Fa6l  in  Confirmation  Axillary,  and  thoracic  Artery  on  the  left  and  oppofue  Side  - 

of  their  Sentiments:  among  the  reft,  Vmi-Hehnont^  who  fays,  and  leaft  of  all  in  the  Arteries  arifing  from  the  defcendinp' 

that  upon  holding  a  certain  Herb  in  his  Hand  for  fome  time,  Trunk  of  the  Aorta.  ^ 
and  taking  afterwards  a  little  Dog  by  the  Poot  with  the  fame      On  this  View  it  may  eafily  be  gathered,  what  is  to  be  done 

Hand  3  the  Dog  follow'd  him  wherever  he  went,  and  quite  in  the  feveral  Circumflances  of  'Blood-letting:  For  inftancc, 

deferted  his  former  Mafter.  if  we  would  prevent  the  Increafe  of  any  Humour  from  the 

He  adds  that  Tbiitm  only  demand  a  Conformation  of  Blood  ftagnating  in  the  left  Leg,  or  bring  it  about,  that  as 

Mumia  ^  and  on  this  Principle  accounts  for  the  Phacnomena  little  Blood  as  po{rib]e,  fliould  flow  to  that  Leg  in  any  given 

of  Love  tranfplanted  by  the  Touch  of  an  Herb ;  for,  fays  he,  fpace  of  Time  5  firft,  Blood  is  to  be  taken  from  the  Arm  or 

the  Heat  communicated  to  the  Herb,  not  coming  alone,  but  Leg  of  the  right  Side,  becaufe  this  is  truly  making  what  is 

animated  by  the  Emanations  of  the  natural  Spirits;  deter-  cail'd  s.  Kemdjion. 

mines  the  Herb  towards  the  Man,  and  identities  it  to  him-.       Again,  if  Blood  be  drawn  away  on  the  fame  Side,  and 

Having,  then  received  this  Ferment,  it  attracts  the  Spirit  of  from  fome  Vein  that  receives  the  Blood  from  a  Branch  of 

the  other  Objedt  magnetically,  and  gives  it  an  amorous  Mo-  that  Trunk  which  tranfmits  it  to  the  fwell'd  Part  3  it  will  oc- 

tion.    See  Mumia  and  Transplantation.  cafion  a  greater  Derivation  of  Blood  to  that  Limb. 

But  this  is  mere  Cant;  and  ail 'P/jHters^  whatever  Fa£ls       As  to  what  relates  to  the  whole  Habit;  in  all  Lentors  and 

may  be  alledg'd,  are  mere  Chimera's.  Vifcidities,  if  there  be  a  due  Strength  and  Elafticity  remain- 

Kaiuralifts  afcribe  an  Effefl  fomewhat  of  Kin  to  that  of  a  ing  in  the  Solids,  Phlebotomy  will  make  the  remaining  Blood 

Philtre  to  Cautharides,  taken  inwardly ;  thefe,  'tis  true,  tend  circulate  the  fafter,  and  become  thinner  and  warmer  ;  but  In 


excite  love,  or  rather  Luft;  but  'tis  Luft  in  the  General 
not  determin'd  to  any  particular  Objeft;  and  they  do  it  no 
otherwife  than  by  irritating  the  Fibres  of  the  Nerves  and  Muf- 
cles,  by  whofe  A^llon  the  EraiJJio  Seminis  is  eftcded.  See 

CANTHARinES. 

The  Word  Thiltre  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^ihUiy  to  love. 
PHIMOSIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe  of  the  ^eiiis,  where- 


a  Plethora,  from  Debauch,  and  top  large  Qiiantities  of  fpirituous 
Kourifhment,  or  trcm  a  Diminution  of  Perfpiration,  where  the 
Blood  yet  retains  its  natural  Fluxility,  'phlebotomy  will  make 
the  remaining  Mafs  circulate  llower,  and  become  cooler. 

In  the  former  Cafe,  a  Diminution  of  the  Refiftance  in  the 
Blood- Veflcls,  will  increafe  the  contraflile  Powers  of  thofe 
^    ,  .  Velfels,  and  make  them  beat  fafter,  and  circulate  their  Con- 

in  the  Preputium  is  glued  ,  or  ftrongly  conftringed  upon  the  tents  with  greater  Velocity  ^  but  in  the  latter  Cafe  a  Diminu- 
Glans  ;  fo  as  not  to  be  capable  of  being  drawn  back,  to  un-  tion  of  the  Quantity  of  a  fpirituous  Blood  will  leiTen  the 
cover  the  Glans.    See  Glans  and  Prepuce.  _      Quantity  of  Spirit  lecreted  in  the  Brain,  the  Confequence  of 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Difeafe  of  the  Eyes,  wherein  which  will  be  that  the  Heart  and  Arteries  will  not  contrad 
the  Eye-lids  are  fo  bound  together  by  the  Mediation  of  fome   fo  often  nor  fo  ftrongly  as  before,  and  therefore  the  Blood  will 


aiutinous  Matter,  as  not  to  be  open'd. 

The  Word  is  Greeks  and  properly  fignifies  a  Ligature  with 
Packthread,  %\\i^^'<,  denoting  Packthread. 

Sometimes  a  Plninojii  conceals  Shankers  on,  or  about  the 
Glans  ■  and  fometimes  is  fo  violent  as  to  prevent  the  flowing 
out  of  the  Matter,  whence  it  caufes  an  Inflammation  or  Mor- 
fication  of  the  Part, 


move  ilower,  and  become  cooler.  See  Heart  and  Artery. 

And  on  thefe  Things  depend  the  whole  Doctrine  of  Slood- 
ktung.    See  E  v  a  c  u  .\  t  i  on  . 

PHLEGM,  in  Chymiftry,  is  an  aqueous  andinfipid  Fluid, 
fuppofed  to  be  found  in  all  natural  Bodies ;  coinciding  with 
what  the  other  Philofoph-.rs call  fVater.    See  Water. 

'phlegm  makes  the  4th  of  the  Chymical  Elements,  or  Ele- 


The  Cure  of  a  Paraphimofis  in  no  ways  differs  from  that  of  mentary  Principles.    See  Principle  and  Element, 


a  ^timcfis^  except  in  the  life  ot  Injeftions ;  and  in  both  Cafes, 
!f'  they  ftill  prove  obftinate,  the  Prepuce  muft  be  cut,  in  or- 
der to  reduce  it  to  its  natural  State  or  Situation. 

PHLEBOTOMY,  in  Medicine  and  Chirurgery,  Bleeding  ; 
r  the  Art  or  Operation  of  letting  Blood.    See  Blood, 


In  the  Diftillation  of  Vinegar,  as  alfo  of  all  Minerals  and 
inodorous  Vegetables*  'Phlegm  comes  out  firft  5  in  that  of 
Wine  laft.    See  Distillation. 

This  'Phkgiu  is  fuppofed  to  be  the  common  Vehicle  and 

   ^  _  Diluter  ot  all  fulid  Bodies ;  and  in  proportion  to  its  Quantity 

ThcWord  is  compounded  ot  theGVeefe  ipAi4,  Vein,  and  Tii^vnv,  in  the  Mixture,  are  the  other  Parts  more  languid  and  difabled 
to  cut.  their  Attractions ;  yet,  on  the  Chymifts  Principles,  Phlegm 

'Phiebototny  is  a  Manner  of  Evacuation  of  the  utmoft  Im-  ft-iou'd  be  a  Principle  of  Aftion;  as  being  neceflary  to  the 
portancein  Medicine,  an  Idea  of  its  Effefts,  with  the  Reafon  Diftblution  of  the  Salt  in  Bodies,  without  which  the  Salt 
of  its  Life  may  be  ccnceiv'd  from  what  follows.  _    muft  remain  inaftive.    See  Salt. 

'Tis  evident  the  Blood  thrown  out  of  the  Heart,  while  it  It  is  much  to  be  queftion'd  whether  this  P>hlcg7)7  can  ever 
ftrikcs  upon  the  antecedent  Blood,  and  drives  it  forwards,  be  procured  without  any  Mixture  of  other  Matters;  that 
transfers  to  it  Part  of  its  own  Motion,  and  is  therefore  fo  which  has  the  leaft  muft  come  neareft  to  the  Nature  of  a  Prin- 
much  retarded  in  its  own  Motion.  Jlence,  if  Blood  be  drawn  ^ipie  ;  and  on  that  account  Rain  water  ftiou'd  aftbrd  it  moft. 
out  of  the  Eaiilic  Vein  of  the  right  Arm ;  the  fucceed-  Thlegi'a,  Boerhaa'ue  obferves,  drawn  by  Diftillation  from 
ing  Blood,  or  that  carried  by  the  axillary  Artery,  or  right  Vegetables,  does  always  carry  wirh  it  fome  what  of  the  Smell 
Subclavian,  will  be  lefs  hinder'd  in  its  Motion,  than  it  was  of  the  Vegetable,  which  it  derives  pardy  from  the  Oil,  and 
before  that  Vein  was  open'd;  for  Part  of  the  Blood  being  parrly  from  the  Spirit  refiding  therein.  The  fame  Phlegm^ 
taken  away  by  the  opening  of  that  Vein,  there  remains  be-  by  frequently  reiterated  Diftillations,  lays  afide  moft  of  this 
hind  a  icffer  Quantity  in  the  axillary  Vein,  or  lefs  is  contain-  Smell,  and  approaches  nearer  to  pure  Water,  but  never  be- 
cd  between  the  farther  Extremity  of  the  axillary  Artery  and  comes  perfectly  luch.  Add,  that  the  pureft  diftill'd  Water, 
the  Heart,  than  was  before ;  therefore  the  Blood  being  let  if  expofed  a  few  Days  to  the  Sun,  is  much  changed,  and 
out  by  the  Vein,  the  Remainder  in  the  Artery  will  be  lefs  render'd  turbid. 

impeded  in  its  Motion  than  before.    See  Pulse.  That  Phlegm  is  not  an  elementary  Body,  Mr.  Boyle  argues 

Hence  the  Blood  of  that  Artery  which  communicates  with  from  its  different  Powers  and  Properties  ;  the  Phlegm  of 
the  Vein  that  is  opened,  will  flow  with  a  greater  Velocity  after  Wine,  and  moft  Liquors,  have  Qualities  that  make  them  dif- 
the  Aperture  is  made  than  before.  Confequently,  while  the  fer  from  mere  Water,  and  from  one  another;  the  Phlegm  of 
Blood  is  flowing  out  of  the  Vein  in  the  Arm,  that  thrown  Vitriol  that  Author  obferves  is  an  effeiSual  Remedy  againft 
out  of  the  Heart  into  the  Aorta,  will  find  lefs  Refiftance  in  Burns;  and  a  valuable  Noftrum  for  difcufling  hard  Tumours  ; 
the  afcending  Trunk,  than  in  the  Defcending;  and  wili  there-  that  of  Vinegar  will  extraft  a  Saccharine  Sweernefs  out  ot 
fore  flow  fafter  in  the  Afcending,  than  in  the  defcending  Lead,  and  even  diflolve  Corals  with  long  Digeftion  ;  and  that 
Trunk:  And  thence  too  it  will  find  lefs  Refiftance  in  the  cf  Sugar  of  Lead,  is  faid  to  diftblve  Pearls, 
right  Subclavian  Artery  than  in  the  left.  In  Eife£l,  the  Charaders  which  ferve  to  denominate  a  FIu- 

Laftly,  it  hence  appears,  that  the  Blood  being  let  out  of  a  id.  Phlegm^  or  Water,  among  the  Chymifts,  are  Infipidityand 
Vein  in  the  right  Arm,  the  remaining  Blood  in  the  right  ax-  Volatility  ;  yet,  Quick-filver  has  all  thefe,  which  no  Body  pre- 
illary  Artery  runs  with  a  greater  Velocity  into  the  Artery  of  tends  to  be  IP/ /dg-?//.  Add,  that  it  appears  from  feveral  Expe- 
that  Arm  that  is  contiguous  to  it,  than  through  the  thoracic  riments,  that  Water  itfelf,  by  repeated  Diftillations,  may  be 
Artery,  or  the  right  Scapulary,  which  is  Hkewife  contiguous  converted  into  Earth.  Yet  Water,  the  fame  Author  obferves, 
to  it  -  becaufe,  when  the  Blood  is  not  fuppofed  to  be  drawn  has  a  much  fairer  Pretence  to  be  an  Element,  than  any  of  the 
'  "  '  r      ^■     .    ^j^^  thoracic  Artery,  or  tria prima. 

Add,  that  as  to  the  Qualities  which  occafion  that  Name  to 
be  given  any  vifible  Subftance,  "J/2i.  its  being  Fluid,  Infipid, 


ftom  any  Vein  correfponding  to  the  thoracic  Artery._ 
into  which  this  dfcharges  itfelf,  there  is  proportionally  a 
greater  Impediment  to  the  Motion  of  the  Blood  in  the  thora- 


Artery  than  in  that  of  the  Arm.    But  becaufe  the  Velo-  and  inodorous ;  we  have  never  yet  feen  any  of  thefe  fepara 
_  .J'-..    .  ■    .1  .  r_.u, ^  A„.....  _..  A  Subftances,  which  the  Chymifts  call  Phlegm^  perfectly 

deftitute  both  of  Tafte  and  Smell. 
Common  Salt,  and  feveral  other  faline  Bodies  diftillcd 
fo  dry,  will  each  yield  a  large  Quantity  of  Phlegm 


city  of  the  Blood  in  the  fubclavian  Artery,  or  the  right  Axilla- 
ry, is  greater  than  in  the  Left ;  the  Velocity  in  the  right  Tho- 
racic will  alfo  be  greater  than  in  the  left  thoracic  Artery. 

Hence  it  is  manifeft,  that  the  Blood  being  let  out  of  a  Vein  in     ^,  ^  ^       .  -  - 

the  right  Arm  ;  the  greateft  Velocity  of  the  remaining  Blood   which  can  no  other  way  be  accounted  for,  but  from  this,  that 
will  b'e  in  the  Artery  of  that  Arm,  becaufe  it  immediately  among  the  various  Operations  of  the  Fire,  on  the  Matter  of  a 
empties  its  Blood  into  the  Vein  that  is  opened  5  and  the  next  Concrete,  feveral  Particles  of  that  Matter  are  reduc*d^  *"  " 
4 


Shape 


PH  OE 


(805) 


PHO 


Shape  and  Size,  requSrite  to  compofe  fuch  a  Liquor  as  the 
Chymifts  call  Phlegm,  or  Water. 

Phlegm,  in  the  Animal  OecOiomy,  is  one  of  the  four 
Humours,  whereof  the  Ancients  fuppofed  the  Mafs  of 
Biood  to  confift.  See  Humour,  and  Blood. 

Phlegm  is  the  fame  that  is  otherwife  called  Pttuita.  See 

P  H  LEGM  AGOGU  E,  a  Medicine  proper  to  purge, 
phlegm  or  Pituiti.    See  Purgative. 

Agaric,  Hennodatflyls,  Turbith,  Sjc.  are  Phlegmagogues. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  t\icGreek  ?\if;x«,  pituita,  and 
Etfeic  to  drive. 

PHLEGMATIC,  a  Temperament  wherein  Phlegmj  or 
Pituita,  is  the  prevailing  Humour-  SeeTE_MPERAMHNr  and 
Phlegm. 

Phlegmatic  Conftitutions  are  fubjeft  to  Rheums,  Deflu- 
xions,  0"c.    See  Constitution. 

PHLEGMON,  in  Medicine,  a  general  Name  for  all  Tu- 
mors form'd  of  the  Blood.  SeeTuMOK, 

An  lnflamm>ition,  attended  with  a  confiderable  fwelling 
of  the  Part,  conltitutes  a  Phlegmon.  See  Lntflammation. 

If  the  Blood  be  good,  and  laudable,  and  only  peccant  in 
Quantity,  'tis  call'd  a  trus  Phlegmon. 

When  corrupted  and  adulterated  with  Bile,  or  Pituita, 
'lis  call'd  a  hnjlard  Phlegmon;  in  which  cafe  it  participates 
of  the  Erefypel.i^  Oedema,  or  Schirrus. 

The  Blood  here  extravafated  produces  a  Heat,  Rednefs, 
Tenfion,  Keniteucy,  Pulfation,  and  great  Pain. 

The  Bubo,  Carbuncle,  Furuncle,  Puftlcs,  and  other  Tu- 
bercles ariling  from  the  Blood,  are  all  reducible  to  the  Phleg- 
7non.    See. Bubo,  Carbuncle,  C^-c. 

The  Ophthalmia,  [Parotides,  Squinancy,  and  even  Pleu- 
rify  and  Peripneumony,  are  Species  of  the  Phlegmon.  See 
each  under  its  proper  Article. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  G reek  ^Kxym^  to  caufe  an 
Inflammation. 

PHLOGOSIS,  in  Medicine,  a  Degree  of  th^ Ophthalmia. 

When  the  Inflammation  of  the  Eye  is  light  and  gentle  it 
is  calt'd  a  Phlogofis-^  when  very  levere,  Chemofis.  See  Oph- 
thalmia. 

PHLyACOGRAPHlA,among  the  Ancients,  a  merry  and 
burlefque  Imitation  offome  grave  and  ferious  Piece  parti- 
cularly a  Tragedy  travcllied  into  a  Comedy.  See  Travesty. 

The  Phlyacogmphy  was  the  fame  thing  with  theHilarody, 
or  Hilarotragedy.  See  Hilarody. 

There  were  feveral  Kinds  of  Phlyacographyj  which,  had 
their  feveral  Names.    See  Salmafius  on  Solin. 

The  Parodies  which  have  been  made  of  fome  Parts  of  the 
beft  Poets,  as  the  Virgil  Travcfly  of  Scarron  and  Cotton'^ 
the  Rival  Queans  of  Ctbher^  from  the  Rival  Queens  oi  Lee  ^ 
fome  Pieces  of  Opera's,  the  Mufick  whereor  :s  applied  to 
low  and  ridiculous  Words,  come  under  the  Notion  of  PUy- 
acographies. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  GrccJ:  t^wi^HVi  nugari^  to 
trifle. 

PHLYCT^NiE  or  Phlyct  ENES,little  white  itching 
\''eficultE,  arifing  on  the  Skin,  chiefly  between  the  Fingers, 
and  about  the  Wrill,  and  full  of  a  limpid  Seuiin. 

They  fometimes  degenerate  into  the  Itch,  and  lometimes 
into  Tetters.    See  Itch,  &c. 

They  are  cured  like  other  cutaneous  Eruptions.  See 
Psora  and  Pustle. 

P  H  L  Y  c  T  JE.  N  ^  are  alfo  little  ulcerous  Veficles,  arifing 
fometimes  on  the  Adnata,  liimetinies  on  the  Cornea,  of 
the  Eye,  like  fo  many  little  Bladders  full  of  Water  j  po- 
pularly call'd  Blifiers  in  the  Eyes. 

They  fliew  like  Grains  of  Millet,  and  when  produced 
by  a  fharp  corroding  Humour,  occafion  violent  Pain  :  The 
Puftles  on  the  Adnata  are  red  i  thofe  on  the  Curucii 
blackiih,  if  near  to  the  Surface,  but  whiter  if  deeper. 

They  are  cured  by  Excutients  and  Exficcants. 

PHLYSTENEor  P  H  ly  s  TjEn  a,  in  Medicine,  aDifeafe 
which  produces  Bubo's,  full  of  a  ferous  Humour.  See  Bubo. 

The  Phlyftcne  is  a  kind  of  Pox.— The  Bubo's  it  occafions 
are  fometimes  big,  livid,  pale,  black,  or  any  Colour  diffe- 
rent from  that  of  the  natural  Flefh— When  pierc'd,  the 
Flefh  frequently  appears  ulcerated  under  'cm. 

They  are  ufually  occafion'd  by  a  hot,  fharp  Humour,  and 
arife  on  all  Parts  of  the  Body  j  but  are  mofl  dangerous  on 
the  Cornea  of  the  Eye. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  thcGreek  fAo'^w  of^M/oja, 
ehullioy  1  boil,  bubble,  &c. 

PHOENIGMA,  a  Medicine  which  raifes  Rednefs,  with 
Blifiers,  on  the  Places  it  is  applied  to.    SeeBLisTER,  Crc. 

Such  are  Muftard-Seed,  Pepper,  Veficatories,  &c.  See 
Vbsicatoky,  Sinapism,  &c. 

Thcenigma's  are  applied  to  draw  the  Humour  to  the  Part 
they  are  applied  on,  and  divert  it  from  the  Part  affeded. 
See  Revulsion. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Cred  ^nnl^  red. 


PHOENIX,  in  AflronomyaConftellatlon  of  the  South- 
ern Hemifpherei  unknown  to  the  Ancients,  and  invifible 
in  our  Northern  Parts.    See  Constellation. 

The  Conftellation  took  its  Nam-j,  and  Form  from  that 
of  a  Bird  famous  among  the  Antients-,  but  generally  look'd 
upon  the  by  Moderns  as  flibulous, 

TheNaturalifls  rpeakof  itasfingle,  or  the  only  one  of 
its  Kind:  They  defcribe  it  as  of  the  Size  of  an  Eagle:,  its 
Head  finely  crefled,  with  a  beautiful  Plumage  \  its  Neck 
cover'd  with  Feathers  of  a  Gold  Colour,  and  the  reft  of  its 
Body  Purple,  only  the  Tail  white  intermix'd  with  Carna- 
tion;, and  its  Eyes  fparkle  like  Stars. — They  hold  that 
it  lives  five  or  fix  hundred  Years,  in  the  Wildernefs:  That 
when  thus  advanced  in  Age,  it  raifes  itfelf  a  funeral  Pile  of 
Wood  and  Aromatic  Gums  j  then  it  lights  it  with  the  waf- 
ting of  its  Wings,  and  thus  burns  itfelf  ^  and  from  its  Athes 
arifes  a  Worm,  which  in  time  grows  up  to  be  a  Phani.x. 

Hence  the  P/3tr;7iart;?j  gave  the  Name  Phcenix  to  the  Palm- 
Tree,  by  reafijn  when  burnt  down  to  the  very  Root,  it 
rifes  again  fairer  than  ever. 

PHONASCIA,  the  Art  of  forming  the  human  Voice. 
See  Voice. 

In  ancient  Greece^  there  were  Combats,  or  Contefls, 
eflablifh'd  for  the  Voice,  as  well  as  other  Parts  of  theCym^ 
naftice.    See  Gymnastick. 

Thefe  Combats  were  flill  held  in  the  Time  Galen 
and  it  was  thefe  that  brought  the  Phonafcia  into  Vogue. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creek  fm^i  Voice. 

Hence  the  Mafters  of  this  Art,  or  thofe  who  t.?ught  the 
Art  of  managing  the  ^'oice,  were  call'd  Phonafci-^  undef 
vvhofe  Tutorage  were  put  all  thofe  deftin'd  to  be  Orators, 
Singers  Comedians,  ©-c, 

PHONICKS,  the  Doftrine,or  Science,  of  Sounds  j  other- 
wile  call'd  ^co^/?ii:^j.    See  Acousticks. 

The  Word  is  deriv'd  from  the  Creek  pmh  Sound. 

Phonicks  may  be  confidered  as  an  Art,  analogous  to 
Opticks  i  and  may  be  divided,  like  that,  into  dire^,  re- 
frnBed  and  reflc£led. 

Thefe  Branches  the  Bifhop  of  Ferns,  in  allufion  to  the 
Parts  of  Opticks,  denominates  Phonicks-,  Viaphonicks,  and 
Cataphonicks. 

Phonicks  is  improvable  both  with  regard  to  the  Object  \ 
and  with  regard  to  the  Medium  or  Organ. 

As  to  the  Objed,  So^md,  it  may  be  improved  both  with 
regard  to  the  begetting,  and  the  propagating  of  Sounds  j 

The  firft,  infpeaking,  or  pronouncing,  in  whlftling,  or 
fmging,  or  hollowing,  or  luring,  which  are  all  diftintft  Arts 
and  all  improvable. — The  fecond  by  the  Pofition  of  the  fo-. 
noroLis  Body. 

With  regard  to  the  Medium,  Phonicks  may  be  improved 
by  the  Thinnefs  and  Qiiiefcency  thereof,  and  by  the  fono- 
roLis  Body  being  placed  near  a  fmooth  Wail,  either  plain 
or  arch'd,  efpeclally  cycloidally  or  elliptically  *,  licnce  the 
Theory  of  Whifpering-PLices.    Sec  Whispering. 

Add  to  thefe,  that  by  placing  the  fonorous  Body  near 
Water,  its  Sound  is  mollified  ^  that  by  placing  it  on  a 
Plain,  the  Sound  is  convey 'd  to  a  greater  Diftance  than  on 
uneven  Gi'ound,  Cj-c.    See  Sound. 

As  to  the  Organ,  the  Ear  :  It  is  help'd  by  placing  it 
near  a  Wallj  (efpecially  at  one  End  of  an  Arch,  the  Sound 
beginning  at  the  other  ^)  or  near  the  Surface  of  Water, 
or  of  the  Earth. 

And  by  Inftruments,  as  the  StcntorophomconjOi:  Speaking- 
Trumper.    See  Speaking-Trumpet. 

By  an  Inflrument  to  help  weak  Ears,  as  Speflades  do 
Eyes  by  an  Inft:rument  to  take  in  vaftly  remote  Sounds, 
as  Telefcopes  do  Objei^^is by  a  Microphone,  or  magnify- 
ing Ear-Inftrunient  •,  by  a  Polyplione  or  multiplying  Ear- 
Inftrument.    See  Ear,  0~c. 

C.itaphonicks,  or  Reflefted  Hearing,  may  be  impreved  by 
feveral  Kinds  of  artificial  Ecchoes',  for  in  general,  any 
Sound  falling  either  directly  or  obliquely,  on  any  denfe 
Body,  of  a  fmooth  Surface,  whether  plain  or  arch'd,  is 
beat  back  again,  or  reflected,  i.  e.  doe;i  cccho  more  or  lefs. 
See  EccHo, 

PHOSPHORUS,  a  Matter  which  fhines,  or  even  burns,' 
fpontaneoufly,  and  without  the  Application  of  any  fenlible 
Fire.   See  Fire  and  Light. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ipSt,  Light,  and 
ipifdj  I  carry. 

Phofpharus  is  either  Natural  or  Artificial. 

Natural  P  h  o  s  p  h  o  R  i  are  Matters  which  become  lu- 
minous at  certain  Times,  without  the  Affiftance  of  any 
Art,  or  Preparation. 

Such  are  the  Glow-Worms,  frequent  in  cold  Countries  j 
Flies,  and  other  ftiining  Infefts,  in  hot  Countries  ^  rotten 
Wood,  the  Eyes,  Blood,  Scales,  Flefh,  Sweat,  Feathers, 
Ci-c.  of  feveral  Animals^  Diamonds  when  rubb'd  after  a 
certain  manner^  Sugar  and  Sulphur  when  pounded  in  a 
dark  Place  Sei-Water,  and  fome  Mineral- Waters  when 
9  T  briskly 


P  H  O  (  8o(5  0  p  H  O 

rubbing  h,s  own  Body  briskly  with  a  well  warm'd  Shirt,      It  may  b=  ground  in  all  kinds  of  fat  Pomatums;  in  which 

he  has  frequently  made  both  to  ftime;  and  Dr.  SWe  adds,  Cafe  :t  makes  a  WW  t^nraraf  "nn,i,i 
L\'J,ri'i!;"l,''"'               G.«"tleman  and  his  Son,  both      So  thlt  th^  rh,fph,ms  Mur.m,  Smarasd!mu  Solid  ^nd 

All  Natural  ffejpter;  have  this  m  common,  that  they  Drug,  under  different  Circumftances 
don't  (hinc  always,  and  that  they  never  give  any  Heat.      It  was  invented  by  Mr.  Kimhl,  Chymift  of  the  Eleftor 

But  that  which  of  al  Natural  Fhofphon  has  occafioned  ZIreJde,;,  bywhom  it  was  communicated  to  Mr.BovU 
the  moit  Speculation  IS  tht  BanmemMl  or  Mcmnat  Phof-      In  1676,  M.  Eldiolz.  publilh'd  a  Treatife  exprefsly  on 

'  „  ■       ■   ,     ,r      •  /o  „■     ,  ^"dm  '680,  Mr.&v/c  publift'd  knother  ill 

^«™ffnc.^/or/l/crra™i!PHOsPHO  Rus,..-M.ftM^^  £»^/,/,  under  the  Title  of  NamuL.    See  Noctiluci 
fii-(l  obferved  that  the  Mercury  of  his  Barometer,  when      M  Homherg  firft  made  of  it  at  P.rHs  in  ,679,  and  cora- 

ftaken  in  a  dark  Place,  emitted  Ligot;  with  this  Circum-  municated  the  Method  of  Preparation  to  the  Publick 
fiance,  that  in  fhaking  the  Mercury  with  Rapidity,  fome-         Frcpamim  ,fth  Solid  Phofphorus,  or  Phohoms  of 
times  above  and  lometimes  below  Its  Equilibrium  with  the  Vrine 

Air,  the  Light  is  only  feen  when  below  it,  where  it  ap-      Evaporate  a  good  Quantity  of'Urine  of  Beer-Drinkers  to 

pears  as  if  adiienng  to  the  upper  Surface.  the  Confiftence  of  Honey.    Cover  it  up  in  an  Earthen  Vef- 

But  this  Light  .s  not  found  in  the  Mercury  of  all  Baro-  fel,  and  fet  it  three  or  four  Months  in  a  Cellar  to  ferment 

meters,  whicn  occafions  a  great  Difficulty.  and  putrify.  Mix  a  double  quantity  of  Sand,  or  Powder 

.M.  Bermulh,  upon  exaraiiuiig  the  Circumlbnces  of  this  of  Pot-fliards  with  one  Part  of  this  Urine ;  put  it  into  1 

PhEuomenoii,  invented  a  Solution  of  the  fame  :  He  ima-  Retort,  fitted  to  a  long-neckVl  Receiver,  with  two  or  three 

gmes  that  upon  the  Mercury  s  delcending,  the  f^Muum  in  quarts  of  Water.  Diftil  it  in  a  naked  Fir-  in  a  r-verhen 

the  Tube  increaring,  there  ilTues  out  of  the  Mercury  to  fill  tory  Furnace ;  at  firft  gently ;  after  two  Hours,  augliient  the 

up  this  Ex-cefs  ol  Vacuity,  a  very  fine  fubtile  Matter  before  Fire  gradually,  till  all  the  black  fetid  Oil  be  drawq,  off-  - 

dilpersd  throughout  the  Pores  of  this  Mineral;  and  that  Raife  the  Fire  to  the  hi?heft  deeree;  upon  which  whits 

at  the  fame  time  there  enters  thro  the  Pores  of  the  Tube  Clouds  will  come  into  the  Receiver  and  fix  by  little  and  little 

another  finer  Matter  -.  Thus  the  firft  Matter  emitted  out  of  on  one  (ide,  in  form  ofa  yellowilh  Skin ;  and  another  part  will 

the  Mercury  and  colleded  over  its  Surface  ftnking  in,-  precipitate  to  the  Bottom  in  Powder.-ixeep  the  Fire  thus  vi. 

petuoufly  aga.nft  that  received  from  without,  has  the  fame  olent  forthree  Hours  till  no  more  Fumes  arife.-Lec  all  cool, 

Effea  witn  s  firft  Element  againft  the  fecond;  and  unloofe  the  N'effels;  and  throwing  more  Water  into 

that  ,s,  produces  the  Motion  of  Light,    bee  Light.  the  Receiver  (hake  all  well  about  to  loofen  what  flicks  to 

But  why,  then,  is  not  the  Phenomenon  common  to  all  the  Sides.—Pour  the  whole  into  a  Ghfs-VeCr-l  to  fettle 
Barometers?  To  this  he  anfwers.  That  the  Motion  of  the      The  Volatile  Salt  will  now  diffolve  in  the  Water,  'and  ' 

fubtile  Matter  out  of  the  Mercurv  may  be  weaken'd,  and  the  Phoffhorus  and  Oil  fink  to  the  Bottom  1  pour  off  the 

prevented  by  any  heterogeneous  Matter  colleaed  on  its  Water,  and  gathering  the  remaining  Matter  together  nut 

upper  Surface  into  a  Kind  of  Pellicle  ;  fo  that  the  Light  it  into  a  Glafs-Veffel  with  a  little  frSlh  Water  ."and  d'igeft 

ftiould  never  appear  but  when  the  Mercury  was  perfecTly  it  in  a  Sand-Heat  ftirring  it  from  Time  to  Time  with  » 

pure.  ^  ^  wooden  Spatula. 


This  Reafoning  was  confirm'd  from  the  Experinrents  of  By  this  means  tht  Phofphm-us  will  feparate  from  the  Oil, 

feveial  Barometers  which  he  made  accordmg  to  this  Plan  ;  and  fink  to  the  Bottom  :  Pour  off  the  Oil,  and  make  uo 

but  the  Royd  Academy  oj  Sciences,  who  repeated  the  Ex-  the  Phofphons,  while  hot,  into  Sticks  for  Ufe 

periments  with  Barometers  made  after  the  fame  manner,  Soerkmve  gives  us  other  Ways  of  preparing  PIM 

did  not  meet  w  rh  thii  fjmR  Siirr^rs  •        T        !,„,•„„  R»™,  ii..:„„  L.  .cn  ,.    W        P'ep-" ' '5  a  "W< 


P 


vs  in  a 


.                            ,    V                                ..-11..,  i.ic.i...^..,  givk,,      uLuei  ways  01  preparing  i'/j' 

did  not  meet  with  the  fame  Succefs  ;  the  Light  being  found  Recent  Urine,  he  obferves,  digefted  three  or  four  D.ys  m  n 

"'M"^"1"\h'T        -A     ^    u      ^.    r.-^  t^lGLafs,  with  a  Heat  no  greater  th.an  that  of  a  health; 

ro„M^                                      ^"^^^^  Difference  Man,  grows  reddy,  fetid,  and  cadaverous :  This  digefted 

fZl   U  V    -A   T                                          !"  U'-ine  being  put  to  diftil  in  a  Retort,  yields  a  clear  fetid 

nrW    L  i  c  i!^'  ^^ijl^d^-U'^Lmie  to  purify  It;  in  Liquor,  then  a  yellow  volatile  Salt,  which  evaporated  to 

othe  ,  Steel-Filings    The  Mercury,  then,  raifing  in  the  the  Confiftence  ofa  Sapa,  and  mix'd  with  four  times  its 


-  /  may  produce  this  Luftre.  and  h  thtfitid  Pho/pkons. 
Mr  H.,uiJL-e.  has  feveral  Experiments  of  the  Mercuri.il  To  make  it  more  direflly,  and  to  the  beft  Advantage,  it 
/'fo/pi..«.--pali,ng  Air  forcibly  thro'  the  Body  of  Quick-  may  be  proper  to  take  a  fufficient  Quantity  of  human  U- 
filver  placed  in  an  hxhaufted  Receiver,  the  Parts  were  vio-  rine,  afforded  by  a  Perfon  not  muclTgiven  to  drink  Wine, 
kntly  dnven  ngainft  the  Side  of  the  Receiver,  and  gave  all  and  exhale  it  away  in  an  open  Veffel  to  a  Rob,  or  the  Con- 
around  the  Appear.,ncc  of  hre;  continuing  thus  till  the  Re-  fiftence  of  Honey  ;  then  fet  it  to  putrify  for  half  a  Year,  and 
ceiver  was  half  full  as.aa  of  Air  upon  Diftillation  it  will  afford  a  large  Proportion  of  Salt : 
From  other  Experiments  he  found,  that  tho'  the  Ap-  after  which,  if  fix  times  its  own  Quantity  of  Sand,  ol 
pearance  of  I^ght  was  not  producible  by  agitating  the  Mer-  Brick-Duft,  be  added  to  the  Remainder,  and  the  Diftilla- 
cury  in  the  ame  Manner  in  the  common  Air;  yet  that  tion  be  continued,  as  in  the  Cafe  laft  mentioned,  the  PAo/"- 
a  very  fine  Medium  nearly  approaching  to  a  racaum  was  phoy„s  will  fall  into  the  Water -Or  it  miy  commodi- 

""And                     M,     F      ■          u    .     .     .  ouly  be  prepared,  by  fufferiiig  the  Rob  of  Urine  to  digeft 

And,  lalt  y,_froni  other  Experiments  he  found,  that  for  two  Years  in  an  open  Veffel  in  the  open  Air ;  during 

^ZTa^  I                      "tiirh  communicated  with  the  which  time  a  fliniy,  feculent,  unauous,  earthy  .Matter  will 

Tr^Jl'  ^-^  To"'  l^;'*""!          ^'^'^            "^"'^  bottom  ;  which  being  frequently  wafti'd  with 

encloled,  emitted  Particles  of  Light  in  great  plenty,  like  pure  Water,  wherein  it  will  notdiflblve,  will  leave  a  white 

R!,;nrh!j-     ,i.^r,r,    CK.            ^  Mittcr  behind  it,  neither  of  an  Alkaline,  Acid,  Saline,  or 

'"'^'"^'"S  *<=  ^f'=^  of  Mercury,  d-c.  in  a  Receiver,  Terreftrial,  nor  fcarce  of  an  unBuons  Nature  ;  and  this  is 

nnX,  n,'"t^-    \  1}        .Plis """ifnon  was  chang'di  ot  it  felf  a  proper  Matter  for  the  making  of  Fhofphoru!  by 

and,  Liponfliaking  the  Veffel,  inftead  of  Sparkles  of  Light  Diftillation  with  Smd                                    II'  '"y 

the  w^hole  Mafs  appear'd  one  continued  Circle  of  Light.  Propenic's  of  the  folid  Phofihom. 

nl^VttTo  rJ°T,°^'  T         "  ""^  '^"'^  With  this  Phofphoriis  one  may  write  on  Paper,  as 

7v,  r   r  '^"\'"  P'-'=P='-«">"-  with  a  Pencil,  and  the  Letters  appear  like  Flime  in  the 

Of  thefe  thereare  three  Kinds:  The  firft  burns  and  con-  dark  ;  yet  in  the  Light  nothing  appears  but  a  d  m  Smoak 

fumes  every  combuftibleit  touches;  the  other  two  have  zdly  A  little  Piece  rubb'd  betL-en  two  Paper  trices 

no  fenfibk  Heat  Fire  .nftant.meouny._-lf  Crre  be  not  takVn  in  ?&n7ge- 

1  ne  nrlt,  or  Bmmg  Phofporus,  may  be  made  of  Urine,  ment  of  it,  there  is  danger  of  burning  the  Fingers  the  Pho- 

V  Tds'an  ™'bt"n-7f-H  '^l       of  ^"  V"""  '"^'"B  exceedingly  inflammable.    See  fTee 

yields  an  Oil  by  Diftillation.-— The  Matter  it  is  moft  eafi-      ^dly.  Its  burning  is  very  vehement,  and  penetrates  deep- 
ly drawn  from  is  human  Urine.  imn  thr  FIfft,  rLn  ,-„,;,„,„   i.    >       pe'ieLiaics  aecp 
'-r-,  f    ,.,11    -/L      ,          .                              er  into  tne  fiem  tnan  common  Fire ;  and  ris  very  difficult 
Tis  of  a  yellowift.  Colour,  and  of  the  Confiftence  of  to  be  extinguifii'd.  '  veryaimcuic 

hJ^Jhis  's"tate^s  cdrH J/S,'''''  H  1^^  Difti-lLition  ;  M.  C#„,  happening  to  prefs  a  Piece  in  a  Cloth  betwee,, 
C^m  rr,fion<  ,nH  Pt  Tif  ^T^""--" , from  its  his  Fingets,  the  Cloth  immediately  took  Fire  ;  he  endea- 
li  trZnZTjJI^L  u^^^^^^^  vour'dtoput  it  out  with  his  Foot,  but  his  Shoe  caught  the 

verXT^.^fr/!i>Ar!l  'H™">'.">  "«es  that  are  not  Flame,andhe  wasobliged  toextinguilhit  withaBrafs  Ruler, 
very  dark ;  and  fil,d  Phofphoms  from  its  Confiftence.         which  caft  forth  Rays  in  the  Dark  for  two  Months  after. 

The 


P  H  O  (  807  )  P  H  O 

Th^  folid  rhofpborui  never  (^oWs^  provided  it  be  kept  in  goes  divers  Coaious,  Torrefaaions,  Calcinations,  Dlftll- 
a  Phiol  fuM  of  Water;  that  in  form  of  an  Unguent  does  lations,  &c.  in  the  Courfe  v;  hereof  a  confiderabie  Qiun- 
not  keep  fo  well ;  and  the  liquid  Phofphorm  worft  of  all.    tity  of  Fire  muft  necelTdrily  be  imbibed,  and  may  pollibly 

The  Liquid  Phofphoriuis  nydidthy  d\^c{\\n%,m  Horfe-Dang,  be  retain'd  therein, 
a  Uale  Bit  or  fome  Scrapings  of  the  Solidy  for  two  Days,      In  that  e.  gr.  prepared  of  the  Fecal  Matter,  M.  Hom- 
in  Oil,  or  EfTence,  of  Cloves,  Oil  of  Turpentine,  or  the  like,  ^^rg  obferves,  the  aqueous  Part  of  the  Sabftance  muft  ne- 

After  DifTolurion  the  Oil  will  be  To  impregnated  with  it,  cefTirily  have  all  been  evaporated,  with  the  greateft  Part  of 
that  upon  opening  the  Bottle,  the  Matter  will  appear  on  a  the  Oil  and  volatile  Salt,  leaving  Pores  or  \^4cuities  in  the 
Flame.  Places  they  polTjfs'd',  fo  th^t  wh.it  remains,  is  a  fpongeous 

Experiments  with  the  Liquid  Fhofphorits.  Tiflue  of  Earth  and  fix'd  Salt,  having  nothing  in  its  Loculi, 

By  wafliing  the  Face,  Hands,  or  the  like,  with  the  Li-  or  Cavities,  but  fome  of  the  M-itter  of  the  Fire  which  has 
^uid  Phofphorfu^  Dr.Slare  tells  us,  they  will  be  made  to  beenarreftedanddetain'd  therein ;  much  as  in  Qaitk-Lime. 
fhine  very  confiderably  in  the  Dark,  and  the  Laiftre  thereof  Thisbeing  fuppofed,  we  know  that  the  fix'd  Salt,  which 
be  communicated  to  adjacent  Objefts,  yet  without  any  Of- .  is  here  pretty  copious,  will  readily  abforb  theMoiflure  of 
fence  to  the  Skin.  the  contiguoas  Air;  and  the  fudden  Introduaion  of  ilich 

As  foon  as  a  Candle  is  brought  in,  the  Shining difappears,  Moifture  into  the  Pores  of  the  Powder  muft  produce  a 
and  no  Change  perceivable.  Friaion,  which  may  excite  a  finall  Degree  of  Heat and 

This  Phofpbortu  emits  frequent  Flafhes  like  Lightning,  this  join'd  with  whit  Fire  w;.s  there  already  L-iid  up,  msy 
even  when  clofe  ftopp'd;  efpecially  in  warm  Weather,  make  a  Heat  fufficient  to  give  Fire  to  the  fmall  Remains 
Hence  Mr.  Boyle  takes  occafion  to  draw  a  Parallel  between  of  Oil  too  clolely  Hnk'd  wich  the  Salt  to  have  been  carried 
Lightning  and  Phojphori-is,  ofFby  the  Calcining  Fire  :  So  that  we  havehere every  thing 

neceiTary  to  Heat  and  Light.    See  Heat, 

The  fecond  Kind  of  Artificial  Phofphorui,  is  a  Prepara-  What  confirms  this  Doarine  is,  that  if  the  Powder  be 
tion  of  a  Stone  call'd  the  Bolonian  Stone,  from  a  City  of  ^^^pt  in  a  VelTe!  not  fufliciently  clofe ;  the  Air,  infinuating 
that  Name  in /f.^/y  nigh  which  it  is  found.  by  Degrees,  nioillens  and  (iuurates  the  Powder,  but  fo 

The  firft  who  undertook  to  make  this  Stone  luminous,  flowly,  as  not  to  produce  Friaion  enough  to  fct  it  on  Fire; 
was  a  Chymiftof  that  City  call'd  Vincenz^o  Cafciarolo.         fo  that  it  is  fpoilt,  and  diftbled  from  taking  Fire  ever 

Potcrusj  Licctus^  &c.  have  defcribed  the  Proccfs,  but  mi-  after :  much  as  Quick-Lime,  which  after  it  has  lain  fome 
ftakenly :  M.  Hambcrg^  who  made  a  Journey  to  Italy  ex-  time  in  the  Air,  ceafcs  to  grow  hot  even  by  the  Aifufion  of 
prefsly  to  learn  the  Preparation,  firft  communicated  the  Water. 

fame  to  M.  Lemery^  who  pablilh'd  it  in  the  7th  Edition  of  The  Re.ifon  why  Quick-Lime,  which  contains  a  deal  of 
his  Chymillry.  bee  the  Method  under  the  Article  Bolo-  Particles  of  Fire,  as  well  as  our  Powder,  does  not  conceive 
NiAN  Stone,  Heat  by  the  Accefs  of  the  Air,  or  the  IngreFs  of  its  Moi- 

This  Pie/p/jorm  has  not  any  fen fible  Heat;  and  only  be-  fture  into  the  Pores  thereof,  but  that  Water  muft  be 
comes  luminous  after  being  expos'd  to  the  Snn,  or  the  Day-  thrown  thereon,  is,  that  the  Quick-Lime  being  more 
light,  when  it  refembles  a  burning  Coal,  and  prefcrves  its  throughlv  calcined  retains  too  little  fix'd  Salt  to  imbibe 
Light  five  or  fix  Minutes  in  the  dark,  during  ^vhich  Time  the  Moiflure  readily  and  copioufiy  enough  to  excite  the  ne- 
it  dwindles ;  and  to  recover  its  Light  muft  be  expofed  a-  ceflary  Friaion. 

freft)  to  the  Air.  And  the  Reafon  why  Qiiick-Lime  does  not  produce  a 

The  third  Kind  of  Phofphorm  call'd  t\is  Hermetic  Pro-  Flame,  as  the  Powder  does,  even  when  Water  is  caft  on  it, 

spHOKus  or  Phosphorus  Buldumi^  is  a  Preparation  of  'S,  thatitdid  not  retain  enough  of  the  Oily  Matter  toaf- 

Er{c,lilhCh3Xk,  with  _/t/f«ij/(?«tf  or  Spirit  of  Nitre  by  the  Fire,  ford  Flame:  For  if  Oil  be  mix'd  with  it,  a  Flame  will  rea- 
This  nukes  a  Body  confiderably  fofter  than  the  Bolonim  diiy  enfue.    Ale m.  dc  C Acad.  An.  171 1. 

Stone;  but  it  has  all  the  Qualities  thereof.  PHOSPHORUS  in  Aftronomy,  is  the  Morning-Star,  or 

It  has  its  Name  from  its  Inventor  Balduitjj  i  German  the  Planet  when  fhe  goes  before  the  Sun.  SeeVfiNus. 

Chymift,  call'd  Hermes^  in  the  Society  of  the  Nature  Cu-      The  Latins  call  it  Lucifer.    The  French,  Etoile  d?  Berger. 

riojhrimt  whence  its  other  Name  Hermetic.  The  Creeks-,  Phofphorm,  from        Light,  and        1  bear, 

bring. 

Some  of  the  late  Chymifts  have  hit  on  other  Sorts  of  PidOTASCIATERICA,  a  Term  fome  Authors  ufe  for 
Thofphori.  the  Art  of  Dialling.    See  Dialling. 

Moni;  Hombcrg^  in  a  Procefs  upon  the  Fecal  Matter,  The  Names  is  derived  hence,  that  the  Art  not  only 
happening  to  calcine  it  with  Alum,  accidentally  produced  fhews  the  Honrs  by  the  Shadows  ol  a  Gnomon,  \vheiice 
a  new  Phofphoriis,  in  form  of  a  Powder,  the  leaft  quantity  it  is  call'd  Sciaterica^  Irom  Shadow ;  Hut  fbmetimcs 
of  which  taken  out  of  a  clofe  VelTel,  and  expofed  to  the  alfo  by  means  of  the  Sun's  Light,  as  in  Sppt- Dials,  Refiea- 
Air  upon  a  Piece  of  Paper,  in  a  Moment's  Time  would  ing-Dir.ls,  &c.  from  <p«f,  Lux^  Light.  See  Dial. 
take  Fire,  and  fet  the  Paper  a  fmoaking,  and  prefenily  PHOTINIANS,  a  Sea  of  ancient  Hcrcticks,  who  de- 
burn  it  or  any  conibuftible  Matter  it  came  near.  nied  the  Divinity  of         Cbrifl.   See  Hlrhtick. 

This  it  would  do,  eciually  by  Night  and  Day  ;  and  with-  They  took,  their  Name  from  Photinus  their  Chief,  Bifhop 
out  rubbing  or  heating,  or  mixing  it  with  any  other  thing  of  Sirmium,  and  Difciple  ot  A-hrcellus. 
to  promote  the  Infiimmation;  in  which  he  obferves,  it  He  maintained,  as  Leo  tells  us  in  one  of  his  Sermons, 
ditfer'd  from  all  the  artificial  Phofphori  hitherto  known,  that  >y^j  C/jr//?  was  true  Man,  but  not  true  God,  nor  born 
For  that  e.  ^r.  of  Urine,  reqnit^s  afmall  Degree  of  Warmth  b,ifore  all  Ages;  that  he  only  began  to  be  Chrifl  when  the 
to  enable  it  to  ftiine,  or  take  Fire ;  and  the  Boloniiin  Stone,  Holy  Ghofl  defcended  upon  him  ;  and  that  he  was  call'd 
and  Phofphorus  BJdui-in  only  ftiine  by  Day-Light.  only  Son.^  for  no  other  Reafon  but  becaufe  the  Virgin  had  no 

In  Effea,  M.  Lemery  theyounger  has  at  length  difcover'd  other, 
that  there  is  fcarce  any  Animal  or  Vegetable  Matter  but      He  was  conviaed  of  his  Error,  and  depofed  by  a  Synod 
will  afford  Phofphona. — This  he  experienced  in  the  Seeds  of  Arims  held  at  Sirmium  in  551. 

Farinoe,  Honey,  Sugar,  Leaves,  Flowers,  Woods,  Roots  PHRASE,  Ph  r.  a  s  i  s,  in  Grammar,  a  certain  elegant 
and  Oils  of  divers  Plants;  the  Blood  and  Flefti  of  Calves,  Falhion  or  Manner  of  Speech,  peculiarly  belonging  to  this 
Sheep,  Flies,  Worms;  the  Yolks  of  Eggs,crc.  The  human  or  thatOccafion,  this  or  that  Art,  or  this  or  that  Language. 
Scnll,  Bones,  Fat,  Nails;  and  the  Dung  of  all  Animals,        Thus  we  ftv  an  Italian  Phrafe,  an  Raftern  Phrafe;  a 

The  principal  thing  added  to  all  thefe  Matters  to  make  Poetical  Phrafe,  or  Rhetorical  Phrafe.    See  Idiom. 
Phofphoriis  of  them,  is  Alum,  which  is  indifpenfibly  re-     A  few  elegant  Phrafes,  pertinently  applied,  are  an  Or- 
quiiite;  nor  can  any  other  Salt  how  near  a-kin  foever  here-  nament  of  Difcourfe  ;  but  if  they  come  too  thick  they 
to,  even  tho'  it  yield  the  very  fame  Principles,  be  fubftitu-  have  an  ill  EfFea,  and  make  the  Style  favour  of  Affeaation. 
ted  hereto.    As  to  the  Means,  or  the  Operation  whereby  it  See  Style. 

is  to  be  made.  Calcination  appears  to  be  the  effential  Part.      The  Word  Phrafe  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  ftiortSen- 
PhyficalCaufe  of  the  Ph^noncna  of  Pho^^hoxm.  tence,  orfmall  Set  or  Circuit  of  Words  conftruaed  toge- 

As  to  the  Rationale  the  Effeas,  it  may  be  obferv'd,  ther.  See  Sentence. 
that  in  moft  of  the  Natural  Phofphori,  there  is  a  brisk  At-  In  this  Senle  Father  Bujfier  divides  Phrafes  into  Coi/:ple.tt 
irition  or  Friaion  concern'd  ;  which  we  may  fuppofe  ei-  and  Inconipleat.  ^ 
ther  to  give  the  minute  Parts  of  the  Subftance  the  proper  Phrafes  are  Compleat  where  there  is  a  Noun  and  a  ^  ctN 
Motion  and  Agitation  neceftary  to  convert  them  into  Fire,  each  in  its  proper  Funaiun,  i.  e.  where  the  Noun  txpreiies 
if  Fire  be  fo  producible,  ('as  Bacon,  Boyle,  Newton,  and  the  a  Subjea,  and  the  Verb  the  thing  affirm'd  of  it.  ,^  , 
generality  of  the  Englijb  Philofophers  have  fuppofed  it  i=)  Incompleat  Phrafes  are  thofe  where  the  Nnun  and  Verb 
or  to  expel  and  emit  the  Particles  of  Fire  naturally  con-  together  only  do  the  Office  of  a  Noun  ;  conlillms  otjeveral 
tained  in  them.  See  Fire,  Flame,  Friction,  Attri-  Words  without  affirming  any  thing,  and  whicn  might  be 
TioM,  &c.  cxprefs'd  in  a  fingle  Word.  pi,   r  1-7 

In  the  FaElitious  Sorts,  we  may  note,  that  a  long  Pro-  Thus,  that  which  is  trus,  is  an  incnmpleat  Phrale,  whicli 
cefs  by  Fire  is  ufually  required,  vvherein  the  Matter  under-  might  be  cxprefled  in  one  Word,  Truth:  as,  that  which 


PHTHI 


(  808  ) 


PHY 


5S  true  fitisfies  the  Mind  5  of  Truth  fatisficS  tTie  Mind. 

PHRASEOLOGY,  Phraseologia,  a  Golleaion 
cf  the  PJiraftfs,  or  elegant  ExprelTions,  in  any  Language. 
See  Phkase. 

PHRENES)  in  Anatomy,  the  Dmphragtn.  See  Dia- 
phragm. 

It  was  thus  call'd  by  the  Ancients,  from  ^ftuJ,  Mind^ 
as  imagining  this  the  Seat  of  tlie  rational  Soul.  Hence 
PHRENESIS,  Phrensy,  01  DijlraBion.  SeepHRS- 

NITfS. 

PHRENEiTIC  Nerves,  call'd  z.\^o  Di^iphragmmc  and  Sto- 
machic Nerves,  are  nervous  Brancht^s  derived  from  the  Cer- 
vical Nerves,  which  joyuins:  in  a  Trunk,  run  through  the 
Mediaftinum  undivided,  till  arriving  near  the  Diaphragm, 
they  ag.iin  divide,  and  fend  oif  divers  Branches,  fome  into 
the  niafcuhr,  others  into  the  tendinous  Part  thereof.  See 

NeHVE  .md  DlAPHI'AGM. 

PHRENIC  Ke[fels^  is  a  Term  applied  to  a  Vein,  and  fome 
Arteries  of  the  human  Body  j  from  their  pafliag  through 
the  Diiiphragm. 

The  Phrenic  A'tery  arifes  out  of  the  defcending  yiorta^ 
and  diftributes  itfelf  into  the  Diaphragm  and  Pericardium. 
See  Artery,  Aorta,  c^c. 

The  Fhrsnic  f^eins  are  two  Veins  which  the  Defcending 
Cav:i  receives  immediately  after  its  piercing  the  Diaphragm. 
See  r'eiiJ  Cava. 

PHRENITIS,  Phrenesis,  Phrensy,  in  Medi- 
cine, a  conrtant  and  vehement  Delirium,  or  Diftrailion 
accompanied  w'ith  an  acute  Fever,  raving,  waking,  Crc.  Sec 
Delirium. 

It  differs  from  the  A-fatjia,  and  Melancholly,  in  that 
ihcfe  are  without  Fevers.  See  Mania,  0"c. 

It  has  its  Name  from  A^cf?Sj  the  Underftanding  j  or 
as  fome  will  have  it  from  »flw,  the  Diiphragm,  in  regard 
the  Ancients  fuppofed  it  to  hLwe  its  Seat  in  that  Part.  See 
Diaphragm. 

Phyficlans  generally  make  the  Vhrenitis  to  connft  in  an 
Inflimmation  of  the  Meninges  of  the  Brain  ^  and  diftinguifh 
it  from  the  Paraphre?7ltis.,  which  they  fuppofe  to  be  an  In- 
fiammation  of  the  Diaphragm.    See  Pakaphkenitis, 

U''f/lis  will  have  them  the  fame  Difeafe,  and  both  to  con- 
fifl:  in  an  InHammation  of  the  Animal  Spirits.  He  onlydi- 
flin^uifhes  them  as  the  Inflammation  arifes  from  the  Cere- 
brum  alone,  or  from  the  Cerebrum  undCereheUum  together  i 
and  concludes,  that  they  both  arife  after  a  Fever,  from 
the  boiling  Blood's  throwing  its  adult  Recrements  into  the 
Brain, 

Bocrhaave  makes  the  Threnitis  either  true^  wherein  the 
Cerebrum,  or  Meninges,  or  both,  are  inflamed  |,  o'cfympto- 
matic^  where  the  Matter  of  a  Fever  is  tranflated  into  the 
Cerchrvm. 

The  true  one  either  kills  on  the  third,  fourth, or  fifth,  or 
feventh  Day  ^  or  changes  into  a  Mania,  Lethargy,  Comus, 
C^c.  Tremors,  Gnafhing  of  the  Teeth,  grumous  Blood  di- 
ftilling  from  theNofe,  are  Prognofticks  of  Death. 

The  Difeafe  is  ofteneft  the  Effeft  of  Inflammatory  or 
Malignant  Fevers  j  tho' it  fometimes  alfo  arifes  from  a  Sup- 
prelllon  of  the  natural  Evacuations,  as  the //tv;_/«-r,  &c. 

The  Care  is  the  fame  as  of  an  A'  Oplexy  ^  but  where 
the  Evacuations  are  concern'd,  they  muftfirfl:  be  redified. 
See  Apoplexy. 

PHRYGIAN  Mode,  in  Mufic.  See  Mode. 

PHRYGIANS,  P  H  R  Y  G  e  s,  or  P 11  r  y  s  a  s  t  e  s,  as 
S.  Epiphmius  calls  'em,  were  ancient  Hereticks,  a  Branch 
olxhc  A-Iufttanills-^  To  calt'd  from  Phryi^ia  a  Place  where 
they  abounded, — They  efteem'd  Montanus  their  Prophet  \ 
and  look'd  on  Maximilia  and  Prifcilla  as  great  Prophe- 
tefTes.    See  Montanists. 

This  Spirit  of  Prophecy,  or  rather  Enthufiafm,  was  their 
diftinguifhing  Charafter.  In  the  Biifmefs  of  the  Trinity 
they  were  orthodox. 

PHTHIRIASIS,  in  Medicine,  the  Morbus  Pedicularis^ 
or  Louzy  Difeafe,  wherewith  Children,  and  even  fome- 
times Adults  are  afflifted.  See  Pedicularis. 

Its  Caufe  is  in  the  Seeds  of  that  \^ermin  laid  in  the  Cu- 
ticle, which  here  happening  to  prove  a  proper  Nidus,  che- 
rifhes  and  forters  the  Seed  fo  as  to  hatch  it.    See  Worms, 

The  Linnen  Cloths  ufed  by  Goldfmiths  to  wipe  their 
\^efrels  with  after  gilding,  are  excellent  againft:  the  Phthi- 
rinfis  by  reafon  of  the  Mercury  they  contain,  when  ap- 
plied by  rubbing  the  Child's  Head. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creel  fOwfj  IxMJfe. 

PHTHISIS,  in  Medicine,  in  its  general  Senfe,  is  any 
Kind  of  Confumption  of  the  Body,  in  what  part  foever  it 
be  feated,  or  from  what  Caufe  foever  it  arife.  See  Con- 
sumption. 

Thus  we  have  a  Nervous  Tkhifis^  Renal  PhtbifiSi  Dorfd 
Fhthifi:-,  Fuimonary  Phthifis,  &c. 

But.  in  its  proper  Senfe,  Pkhifis  is  reftrain'd  to  a  Put- 
mon.try  Confumption-,  or  a  Confumption  arifing  from  an  Ul- 


cer or  other  Diforde?  of  the  Lungs,  accompanied  with  a 
flow  hedlic  Fever,  which  waftes,  extenuates,  and  confumes 
the  luuicular  Flelli.   See  Lungs,  &c. 

Sydenham  ahkivts,  that  the  heflic  Pkhifis  ufually  has  its 
Origm  in  the  Winter's  Cold ;  from  a  fiiarp  Humour  trickling 
down  upon  the  Lungs,  where,  like  a  Catarrh,  it  irritates 
them  fo  as  to  raifea  Cough.  See  Cough. 
-  '^'^'c^J  ^r^'^^'^^  brings  on  other  Symptoms  ^  as  a  fpit- 
tmg,  firit  of  a  vifcid  Pitmta,  then  a  heavy  fetid  Pus,  then 
of  pure  Blood,  and  fometimes  of  the  very  Snbftance  of  the 
Lungs  rotted  by  a  long  Exulceration  ;  with  Night-Sweats, 
fallmg  of  the  Hair,  and  a  colliquative  Flux  which  is  foon  fol- 
lowed by  Death. 

The  iame  Author  adds,  that  Pkhifis  kills  two  thii-ds  of 
thofe  that  die  of  Chronic  Difeafes.    See  Chronic. 

In  the  Lft  Stage  of  the  Pkhifiis  the  Nofe  appears  fharp, 
the  Eyes  hollow,  the  Temples  fallen,  the  Ears  cold  and 
contraaed,  the  Si^in  about  the  Foreheid  hard  and  dry, 
and  the  Complexion  greenifh,  or  livid,  crc.  which  is  call'd 
the  Fades  Hippocratica. 

Among  the  Caufrs  of  the  Difeafe  may  alfo  be  reckon'd 
Inten-.perance  as  it  iv;jngs  on  a  Plethora  or  Cacochvmia, 
Peripneumonies,  Afthma's,  Pleurifies,  Circ.  Mmon  adds, 
thst  the  P/jr/j/y/j  freqaently  .u'ifes  from  an  ill  Conformation 
oi  the  Brcaft  ^  which  is  either  AVar^/,  as  when  theBreaft  is 
too  narrow,  the  Neck  too  long,  &c.  or  Accidental,  where 
there  happens  a  Curvity  or  Diftortion  of  the  Breaft  — ..mong 
the  Symptoms  he  reckons  a  N.mfea,  or  Reaching,  with  a 
Heat  in  the  Palms  of  the  Hinds,  and  Rednefs  in  the  Cheeks, 
all  after  Eating. 

For  the  Cure  ^— Sydenham  orders  the  Deflnxion  on  the 
Lungs,  in  the  firft  Stage,  to  be  abated  by  Blood-letting,  gV. 
and  Peftorals  to  be  ufed,  accommodated  to  the  various 
States  of  the  Difeafes,  viz..  IncrafTatives,  Artenuit!"'S.  to 
affwage  the  Heaic,  &c.  with  Emulfions,  Affes-Milk,  ere. 
and  Balfimicks,  to  cure  the  Ulcer, 

But  the  chief  Aftifta  nee  in  ihis  Difeale  is  from  riding 
conlbntly  on  Horfeback,  where  the  Patient  need  not  con- 
fine himfelf  to  any  Laws  of  Diet,  &c.  This  alone,  he  adds, 
is  almoft  as  fure  a  Cure  for  a  Pkhifisy  as  the  Cortex  for  an 
Intermitting  Fever.  See  Exercise, 

Dr.  B.-iynard  recommends  Butter-Milk  as  an  admirable 
Siiccedaneum  to  Afres-Milk.— fays,  he  knows  of  no 
Medicine,  either  internil  or  externa],  fo  good  againft  frefh 
Ulcers  of  the  Lungs,  as  Balm  of  Sulphur,  efpecially  when 
prepared  with  Oil  of  Anife.   See  Sulphur. 

Etmuller  obferves,  that  the  Cough  of  Phth'ifical  People 
is  at  firft  only  Stomachal  at  length  it  becomes  Pul-non^rr. 
He  adds,  tlut  Vomitaries  are  good  in  a  beginning /'k/j.'/Fr, 
Purgatives  by  all  means  to  be  avoided;  and  commends  the 
Ufe  (if  Medicines  made  of  Tobacco,  not  only  as  they  pro- 
mote Expeaoration',  but  as  \'ulnerary. 

'Tis  a  common  Obfervation,  that  in  thofe  Countries 
where  they  burn  Turf,  People  are  rarely  affbaed  with 
the  Pkh'fu-^  which  Willis  afcribes  to  the  Sulphur  abound- 
ing therein,  and  recommends  Tinaure  of  Sulphur  as  the 
bell:  Remedy  he  knows  of  in  any  Cough  without  a  Fever  % 
adding,  that  a  Suliumigation,  or  Smother,  of  SHlp!iur  and 
Arfenic  has  frequently  proved  a  Cure  in  the  mofl:  defperate 
Pkhifis.  ■ 

Boncius  holds  the  Phthfis  to  be  contagious;  and  that 
there  are  frequently  Inftancesof  its  being  communicated  by 
Cloaths,  Linnen,  Beds,  Crc. 

Pitcaini  recommends  Mercurius  Dulcii,  in  the  Beginning 
of  a  Pkhifis.  And  Barbette  and  Colbatch  a0crt,  tliat,  con- 
trary to  the  Opinion  of  mofl:  Authors,  they  have  frequent- 
ly ufed  Acids  with  Succefs  in  Pkhlfics.  See  Hectic,  cV, 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ?9i'fff$,  Corruption, 
Attenuation,  &c, 

PHYGETHLON,  in  Medicine,  is  defined  by  Celfus,  a 
hard  flat  Tumor,  fomewhat  refembling  aPuitle;  occafion- 
ing  an  intenfe  Pain,  and  fometimes  a  Fever.    See  Tqmor. 

The  Phygethlon  only  differs  from  the  Pljyma,  in  that  it 
does  not  rife  fo  high;  it  ripens  very  fiowly,  and  produces 
but  little  Pus.  See  Phyma- 

The  Latins  call  it  Panii,  or  Pams.,  and  fometimes  Panl- 
cula.—Gorraus  defines  the  Phygethlon,  ;i  Phlegmon  arifing  on 
the  glandulous  Parts,  efpecially  about  the  Neck,  Armpits, 
and  Inguen  ;  which  laft  is  call'd  a  Bubo.  See  Phlegmon, 
&c. 

The  Phygethlon  has  the  fanie  Caufes,  and  the  lame  Sym- 
ptoms with  the  common  Bubo.    See  Bubo. 

It  frequently  arifes  after  Fevers,  and  Pains  of  the  Belly, 
and  is  cured  like  other  Inflammations. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  fuw,  I  engender. 

PHYLACTERY,  in  Church-Hiftory,  a  Slip  of  Parch- 
ment, wherein  was  wrote  fome  Text  of  Holy  Scripture, 
particularly  of  the  Decalogue;  which  the  more  devout 
People  among  the  Jews  wore  on  the  t-orehead,  the  Breaft, 
or  the  Neck,  as  a  Mark  of  their  Religion. 

1^. 


PHY 


(  8op 


PHY 


V  .-^-neral,  the  Ancients  gave  the  Name  ThyUUery  to 
[.  ^jf  Charms,  Spells,  or  Chancers  which  they  wore 

a'  ont  rh,r:i,  as  Amulets,  to  preferve  'em  from  Dangers  cr 
Ijii-i-aies.    See  Cuarm,  Amulet,  C^c. 

The  Primitive  Chriftians  alfo  gave  the  Name  VhylaBerics 
to  the  Frames  wherein  they  indofed  the  Relicks  of  their 
de3d. 

PHYMA,  or  Phtmus,  in  Medicine,  a  roundiOi  pointed 
Tumor,  arifing  oa  the  Glandular  Parts,  elpecialiy  under  the 
lower  Jaw,   See  Tumor. 

The  Phyma  is  fmaller  and  fnoother,  lefs  red  and  painful, 
than  the  Phvgethlon.    See  Phygethlon. 

It  is  eafily  cured  in  Children  more  difficultly  in  Adults, 
but  in  thofe  it  is  more  rare.  It  is  remedied  hy  affifting  Na- 
ture in  the  Work  of  Maturation  ^  as,  by  a  fuppurating  Ca- 
taplafm,  &c. — It  is  fuppofed  to  have  its  Rife  from  a  pitui- 
tous  Blood  ■■,  and  is  moft:  common  in  Children,  where  it  fre- 
quently arifes  from  too  tight  Band.iges. 

G^orriziJ  obfcrves,  that  fome  make  Phym.i  a  general  Name 
for  all  Tumors,  or  Apofthumes,  that  maturate  and  fuppu- 
rate  readily,  of  what  kind  foever,  or  in  whatfoever  glandu- 
lous  Part  they  arife.    See  Aposthume. 

PHYSIC,  or  Physick,  the  Art  of  Healing  ^  properly  cal- 
led  Aiedicine. 

For  the  Rife,  Progrefs,  Divifion,  &c.  of  Vhyfic ;  See  Me- 
dicine. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ^Ctrn,  Nature  *,  in  re- 
gard Medicine  confifts  principally  in  the  Obfervation  of  Na- 
ture.   See  Physicks. 

PHYSICAL,  fomething  belonging  to,  or  really  exifting  in 
Nature.   See  Phvsicks. 

In  this  Senfe  we  fay  a  Fhyjical  Point,  in  oppofition  to  a 
Mathematical  one  which  only  exifts  in  the  Imagination.  See 
Point. 

A  Phyjical  Subftance,  or  Body,  in  oppofition  to  Spirit,  or 
Wetiphyfical  Subftance,  &c.    See  Substav*-!.-,  c^c. 

Physical,  or  fenfileie  Hotiion.    See  Horizon. 

PHYSICIAN,  a  Perfoii  who  profefTes  Medicine,  or  the 
Art  of  Healing.    See  Medicine. 

The  Ancients  diftinguilhed  their  Pbyficians  into  various 

ClalTes  or  Se8:s  :  ^As,  Methodical  Phyficians^  thofe  who 

proceeded  in  a  certain  regular  Method,  founded  upon  Reafon ; 
deducing  Confequences  therefrom,  to  particular  Cafes.  See 
Methodical. 

Dogmatical  Pbyficians^  thole  who  laid  down  Principles,  and 
reafon'd  from  thofe  Principles,  and  from  Experience.  See 
Dogmatic. 

Empirical  Phyjiciam,  thofe  who  kept  wholly  to  Experience, 

and  excluded  ail  Ufe  of  Reafon  in  Medicine.  Such  was  Se- 

rapif}7j  ^polloniusy  Glaucusj  &c.    See  Emperical. 

Again,  Clinicd  Pljyjiciatis  were  thofe  who  vifited  their  Pa- 
tients a-bed,  to  examine  their  Cafes.   See  Clinic. 

In  oppofition  to  the  Emperifts,  who  fold  their  Medicines 
ill  the  Streets,  c^c. 

They  had  alfo  their  Aftrological  Phyjicians,  Botanic  Phy- 
ficiunSf  Anatomical  Phyficiansy  Chirurgeons,  latraliptes, 
or  thofe  who  applied  external  Unftions  and  Friftions, 
O-c. 

Co^mzxSck  Phyficians  for  the  Complexions;  Ophthalmic 
r/y'/if;-(?jj  for  the  Eyes Vulnerary P/jj/Zaanj  for  Wounds,  (crc. 

Among  the  Moderns,  2.  general  Phyfwian  includes  almoftall 
thete  feveral  Kinds :  Regular  Phyficians^xt  contra-diftinguifbed 
from  Emperical  Ployficiatjs,  who  prefcribe  at  random  ^  having 
one  or  two  Remedies  which  ferve  in  all  Dileafes.  See  Em- 
perical. 

Galenical  Phyjicians  are  thofe  who  prefcribe  gentle,  na- 
tural and  ordinary  Medicines,    See  Galenical. 

Spagyrical  or  Chymical  Ph,ificians  are  thofe  who  prefcribe 
violent  Medicines  drawn  from  Minerals,  C^c.  by  Fire.  See 
Spagyrical  and  Chymical. 

-  PHYSICKS,  by  the  Latins  call'd  Physic  a,  the  Greeh 
fpvffijtn,  and  by  us  frequently  Phy'siology,  or  Natural  Phi- 
lofophy'^  is  theDoflrine  of  Natural  Bodies,  their  Phgenomena, 
Caufes,  and  Effefts;  their  various  Affeftions,  Motions,  Ope- 
rations, &c.   See  Philosophy  and  Nature. 

Mr.  Locke  would  likewife  have  God,  Angels,  and  Spirits, 
come  under  Phyficksy  which  more  ufually  are  referr'd  to  Me- 
taphyficks.    See  Metafhysicks. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  juV/f,  Nature.  See  Physio- 
logy. 

The  Origin  of  Ph^fich^  referr'd  by  the  Greeh-t  to  the 
Barbarians,  vItl,  the  Brachmans,  Magi,  and  the  Hehrexv  and 
Egyptian  Piiefts,   See Brachmans,  Magi,  ^c. 

From  thefe  it  was  derived  to  the  Greek  Sages  or  Sophi, 
particularly  Thales,  who  is  faid  to  have  firft  profefs'd  the 
Study  of  Nature  in  Greece.    See  Sophi. 

Hence  it  defcended  info  the  Pythagoric,  Platonic,  and 
Peripatetic  Schools-,  whence  it  was  propagated  into/rrt/y,  and 
thence  thro'  the  reft  of  Europe  \  tho'  the  Druids,  Bards,  &c, 
had  Phyficks  of  their  own.  See  P  y  x  h  a  g  o  r  e  a  n,  P  l  a- 
T  ON  1  c,  and  Peripatetic",  fee  alfo  Dr  u  i  d,  B  a  r  d, 


Phy/icksmry  be  divided,  with  j-egard  to  the  maitnef  wBer?" 
in  it  has  been  handled,  and  the  Perfons  by  whom,  into 

l*^  Symhl icalj  (uch  was  that  of  the  old  Bgyptia?is^  PytlJgO^ 
reans  and  PlatoniJls,  who  delivered  the  Pronerties  oi  NatU'^ 
ral  Bodies  under  Arithmetical  and  Geometrical  Charafters, 
and  Hieroglyphics.   See  Symbol,  Geometry,  HieroglY' 

PHIC,  Ctt. 

2^  Penpatetical^  or  that  of  the  Ariftotelians,  Who  ex- 
plain'd  the  Nature  of  things  by  Matter,  Form,  and  Priva" 
tion.  Elementary  and  Occult  Qualities,  Sympathies;  Anti- 
pathies, Attraftions,  t^c.  See  Aristotelian,  &c. 

3°  Experimental,  which  enquires  into  the  Reafans  and 
Natures  of  Things  from  Experiments  %  fuch  as  thofe  in  Chy- 
miftry,  Hydroftaticks,  Pneumaticks,  Opticks,  d-c.  See 
Experiment,  <^c,  ,  .  - 

This  has  been  much  cultivated  fince  the  Time  df  Riy  Lord 
Bacon  ^  and  continues  to  be  foj  with  good  Succeft. 

The  Experiments  of  the  Academifts  of  Cimcnto^  of  the 
Royal  Society,  of  the  Royal  Academy,  and  even  of  private 
Perfons,  particularly  Mr.  Boyle,  Sir  //  Nemon,  Mr.  l-Jtukj- 
bee^  &c.  have  been  of  infinite  Service  in  Phyfich,  and  'tis  to 
thefe,  in  great  meafure,  that  the  Advantage  of  the  modern 
Philofophy  above  the  ancient  is  due.  .  , 

4°  The  Alechanical  or  Corpufcular^  which  e^pljins  the  Ap- 
pearances of  Nature  from  the  Matter,  Motion,  Sirufture^, 
and  Figure  of  the  Bodies,  and  their  P.Tt',  all  acmrdiiig 
to  the  fettled  Laws  of  Nature  and  Mechanicks.  See  Cor- 
puscular and  Mechanical, 

PHYSIOGNOMICKS,  a  Term  u fed  by  fome  PhyfiJan^ 
and  Naturalifts,  for  fuch  Signs  as  are  taken  from  the  Cou:i* 
tenance  to  judge  of  the  Stati  ,  Difpofition,  &c.  of  the  Bo- 
dy and  Mind.    See  Sign  and  Physiognomy. 

PHYSIOGNOMY,  the  Art  of  kno-,viiig  theHumour, Tem- 
perament, or  Difpoflilor.  of  a  Perfon,  from  OHfervation  of 
the  Lines  of  the  Face,  and  the  CK=r.naers  of  its  Members, 
or  Features, 

Bapttfia  porta  and  Robert  Eludd  are  the  top  modern  Au« 

thors  on  Phyfiognomy.  The  ancient  ones  are  the  Sophift 

u^damantius,  and  Ariflotle,  the  Phyfiogmmy  of  which  laft  yve 
have  tranflated  into  Latin  by  de  Lacuna. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ?uVif,  Nature,  and 
iiyJna,  I  know. 

There  feems  to  be  fomething  in  Phyfiognomy  \  and  It  may 
perhaps  bear  a  much  purer  Philofophy  than  what  thefe  Au- 
thors were  acquainted  withal  This,  at  leaft,  we  dare  fay, 

that  of  all  the  fanciful  Arts  of  the  Ancients>  difufid  among 
the  Moderns,  there  is  none  has  fo  much  Foundation  in  Na- 
ture as  this. 

There  is  an  apparent  Correfpondence  between  the  Face 
and  the  Mind  the  Features  and  Lineaments  of  the  one  are 
directed  by  the  Motions  and  AfPfdions  of  the  other  :  tht^re 
is  even  a  peculiar  Arrangement  of  the  Members  of  the  Face, 
a  peculiar  Difpofition  of  the  Countenance,  to  each  particular 
Afieftion  ^  perhaps  to  each  particular  Idea  of  the  Mind,  Ses 
Passion. 

In  eifeft,  the  Language  of  the  Face,  PbyJiognof7;y,  is  as 
copious,  nay,  perhaps,  as  diftinct  and  intelligible,  as  that 
of  the  Tongue,  ipccc/j — .Thanks  to  bounteous  Nature,  ihe 
has  not  confined  us  to  one  only  Method  of  converfing  witli 
each  other,  and  of  learning  each  other's  Thoughts;  we  have 
leveral :  We  don't  wholly  depend  on  the  Tongue,  which  may 
happen  to  be  bound  \  and  the  Ear,  which  may  be  deaf:^  but  in 
thofe  Cafes  we  have  another  Recourfe,  the  Countenance 
and  the  Eye  ;  which  afford  us  this  further  Advantage,  th:'.t 
by  comparing  the  Reports  of  the  Tongue,  (a  Member  ex- 
ceedingly liable  to  deceive)  with  thofe  of  the  Face,  the  Pre- 
varications of  the  former  may  be  detefted. 

The  Foundation  Phyfiognomy  Uihis'.  The  different  Ob- 
jefts  that  prefent  themfelves  to  ,the  Senf^s,  nay,  tfie  diffe- 
rent Ideas  that  arife  in  the  Mind,  do  each  make  fbme  I:n- 
prefiion  on  the  Spirits  and  each  an  Impreftion  correfpoi^ 
dent  or  adequate  to  it's  Caufe^  therefore  each  a  diiferent 
Impreffion. 

If  it  be  ask'd  how  fuch  an  Impreffion  Ibould  be  effjL^ed^ 
'tis  eafy  to  anfwer,  that  it  follows  from  the  Oecononiy  of 
the  Creator,  who  has  fix'd  fuch  a  Relation  between  the  fe- 
veral Parts  of  the  Creation  \  to  tlie  end  we  m.iy  be  appri- 
zed of  the  Approach  or  Recefs  of  things  ufeful  or  hurtful 
to  us. 

If  this  be'nt  philofophical  enough,  take  the  manner  in  rhe 
Canefian  Language,  thus  :  The  Animal  Spi  rits  moved  in  the 
Organ  by  an  Objeft,  continue  their  Motion  to  th;  Brain; 
whence  that  Motion  is  propagated  to  this,  or  th.ir,  particiiUc 
part  of  the  Body,  as  is  moft  ftitabls  to  the  Defign  of  Na- 
ture-, having  firft  made  a  proper  Altention  in  the  Face, 
by  means  of  its  Nerves,  efpecially  the  Pathstici  and  Ocu- 
lorum  Aiotorn. 

The  Face,  here,  does  the  Office  of  a  Dial-Plate;  the 
Wheels  and  Springs  within-fide  the  Machine  adnaring  its 
Mufcles,  fhcwwhat  is  next  to  be  expefted  from  the  ftriking 
Part.  Not  that  tlie  Motion  of  the  Spirits  is  continu'd  ail  the 
Way  by  the  Inipredion  oftheObjeft;  the  Imprcliion  pro- 
'9  U  bably 


P  I  c 


bably  terminates  in  the  Medulla  of  the  Brain;  the  common 
Fnnd  of  Spirits  i  the  reft  Dr.  Gmithcr  imagines  may  be  ef- 
fefled  much  after  the  fame  manner  as  the  Air  is  convey'd 
into  the  Pipes  of  an  Organ,  which  being  uncover'd,  the  Air 
rulhes  in,  and  when  the  Keys  are  let  go  fliopp'd  again.  See 
Consent  of  Parts, 

Now  if  by  repeated  Arts,  or  the  fiequent  entertaining  of 
a  favourite  Pafiion,  or  Vice,  which  natural  Temperament 
has  hurried  one  to,  or  Cuftora  dragg'd  i  the  Face  is  often 
put  in  that  Pofture  which  attends  fuch  Afts ;  the  Animal  Spi- 
rits will  malte  fuch  patent  Piflages  thro'  the  Nerves,  (in 
which  the  Elfence  of  a  Habit  conlifls  ■■,  fee  H  a  b  i  r  u  d  e  •,) 
that  the  Face  is  foraetiraes  unalterably  let  in  that  Pofture  -,  (as 
^tlndiaTi  Religious  are  by  a  long  continued  fitting  in  ftrange 
Poftures  in  their  Pagods)  or  at  Icaft  falls  infenfibly  and  me- 
chanically into  that  Pofture,  unlefs  fome  prefent  Objeft  di- 
ftort  it  therefrom,  or  DiHimulition  hide  it.  See  FAt^uiR. 

This  Reafoning  is  confirm'd  by  Obfervation  :  Tfius  we  fte 
great  Drinliers,  with  Eyes  generally  fet  to  theNofe  ;  the  ad- 
ducent IVlufcles  being  oft  eniploy'd  to  put  'em  in  that  Pofture, 
to  view  their  lov'd  Liquor  in  the  Glafs  in  the  time  of  Drinli- 
ing;  whence  thofe  Mufcles  are  alfo  denominated  the  hibi- 
tory  Mufcles. 

Thus  alfolafcivious  Perfonsare  remarliable  for  the  Oculo- 
rum  mBriiUis pctulantia^  as  Petromm  calls  it. 

Hence  we  may  account  for  the  OuAers  expefting  Face, 
waiting  the  Spirit;  the  melinchoIlyT^ace  of  moft  Seaaries; 
the  ftudious  Face  of  Men  of  great  Application  of  Mind,  &c. 

Were  our  Obfervation  a  little  more  ftrift  and  delicate, 
we  might  doubtlefs  not  only  diftinguifh  Habits,  and  Tem- 
pers but  even  Profeflions— In  elTeft  does  there  need  much 
Penetration  to  diftinguilh  the  fierce  Look  of  the  veteran 
Soldier,  the  contentious  Look  of  the  priais'd  Pleader,  the 
folemn  Look  of  the  Minifter  of  state,  c^c. 

PHYSIOLOGY,  the  Doctrine  of  Nature,  or  Natural  Bo- 
dies ,  call'd  alfo  Phy/icis,  and  Natural  Philafophy.   See  Phy- 

51CKS,  &c. 

TheWordisform'dof»i/V«,  Nature,  andiSJig-,  Difcourfe, 
Reafon. 

It  is  to  be  obferv'd,  that  the  Word  Fhyfiology  properly  de- 
notes only  an  internal  reafoning  or  difcourfing,  which  flops 
or  terminates  in  the  Speculation,  or  abftraft  Contemplation 
of  its  Objeft,  mz.  Natural  Appearances,  their  Caufes,  crc. 
and  does  not  direft  or  prefcribe  Rules  for  the  making  of  natu- 
ral things,  e.  gr.  Stones,  Plants,  ei-c. 

In  this  View  Chymiftry  does  not  properly  belong  to  Fhy/ia- 
logy,  but  is  a  kind  of  a  counter-part  thereto,  as  imitating  or 
nuraicking  Nature,  rather  than  confidcring  and  explaining 
her.    See  Chymistry. 

Physioiogy  is  particularly  ufed  for  a  Branch  of  Medi- 
cine, which  confiders  Nature  with  Resard  to  the  Cure  of 
Difeafcs  ;  particularly  the  human  Body,"i[s  Parts,  Strufture, 
Health,  Life,  Funftions,  Oeconomy,  &c.  See  Medi- 
cine. 

Phyfiology,  in  this  Senfe,  is  the  &me  with  wh.at  we  other- 
wile  call  the  Doftrine  of  Ammd  Occommy.   See  O  E  c  o- 

N  O  M  Y. 

PHYTOLOGYa  Difcourfe  upon  Plants;  or  a  De- 
fcription  of  their  Forms,  Kinds,  Properties,  &c.  See 
Plant. 

_  The  Word  is  compounded  of  the  Creek  fu-rir.  Plant,  and 
*Sr®-,  Difcourfe,  or  Aifai, /irjfo,  I  defcribe,  rehearfe. 

VI  A  Mater,  in  Anatomy,  cM'd  Mo  M.ner  tenuis,  and 
Men'mx  tenuis,  a  fine  Coat,  or  Membrane,  immediately  in- 
vefting  the  Brain.   See  Mater,  Meninx  and  Brain. 

PiACHE,  Piazza,  a  cover'd  arched  Walk,  or  Portico 
See  Portico  and  Piazza. 

PIASTER,  a  Sfdnijh  Money,  more  ordinarily  call'd  Vieee 
ej  Eight.    See  P I  EC  E  0/  Eight. 

PIAZZA,  in  Building  popularly  call'd  Piacbe,  an  Italian 
Name  for  a  Portico.   See  Portico. 

The  Word  literally  fignifies  a  broad  open  Place,  or  Square ; 
whence  it  became  applied  to  the  Walks,  or  Portico's  around 
them. 

PICA,  in  Medicine,  call'd  alfo  Malacia,  a  Deprava- 
tion of  Appetite,  which  makes  the  Patient  abfurdly  covet 
things  unfit  for  Food,  or  incapable  of  uourilhing;  as,  Coils, 
Alhes,  Plaifter,  Salt,  Lime,  Chalk,  Vinegar,  Pepper,  &c 
See  Appetite. 

The  Pica  is  frequent  in  Girls,  and  Women  with  Child  ; 

Men  are  more  rarely  affeaed  with  it  The  Diforder  is  fel- 

dom  original  ;  but  ufually  an  Effea  of  an  Hypochondraical 
Infirmity  in  Men ;  and  a  Chlorofis,  Stoppage  of  the  Menfcs 
or  their  Eruption  about  the  fecond  Month  of  Pregnancy,  in 
Women  :  Sometimes  it  is  hereditary  in  Children,  from  fome 
Caufe  alfeaing  the  Mother.  See  Monster. 
^  The  Difeafe  is  ufually  fuppofed  to  have  its  Rife  from  a  vi- 
tious  Ferment  of  the  Stomach  \  to  which  may  be  added  Dif- 
orders  of  the  Imagination,  occafioned  by  ill  Examples  .and 
ridiculous  Prejudices.  See  Imagination. 

In  the  Pbilofophical  TranfaUiens,  Dr.  Fairfax  gives  us  an 
laftance  of  a  Woman  in  5«ui  Market,  who  was  invited  by 


(  ) 


P  I  G 


her  K«  to  fuck  the -Wind  out  of  Bellows-,  which  as  often 
as  Ihe  cou  d  fte  took  into  her  Body  with  open  Mouth,  for- 
cing It  in  by  blowing  with  both  Hands,  the  Beliows  inver- 
ted.—He  adds,  he  knew  another  in  the  fame  Circumftances 
whom  nothing  would  fatisfy  but  cr.ackling  Cinders  under  her 
Feet. 

Something  like  this  has  alfo  been  found  ui  Erntes._The 
lalt  mentioned  Author  mention?  a  Greyhound  Bitch,  who< 
or  6  Days  be  ore  cafting  her  Whelps,  long'd  for  another  Bitch^ 
c   r  ,f  "P'       "0"^  have  eat  the  Bitch 

herlelf  Thus  it  is  that  Sows  are  fometimes  kno-.vn  to  eat 
up  whole  Litters  of  Pigs. 

The  ulual  Remedies  in  the  Pica  are  Bleeding,  Pursine 
Vomiting,  and  Chalybeats.  " 

Pica,  in  Printing.   See  Printing  Letter, 
y,?,]^^^^^'  *  Sea,  who  arofe  in  Bohemia,  in  the 

-XVIth  Century  ;  fo  call'd  from  their  Author,  one  Picard 

He  drew  after  him  a  great  Number  of  Men  and  Wo- 
men, pretending  he  would  reftore  them  to  the  primitive 
State  of  Innocence  wherein  Adam  was  created;  and  accord- 
ingly himfelf  afiumed  the  Title  of  the  New  Adam 

Under  this  Pretence  he  taught  his  Followers  to  abandon 
themldves  to  all  Impiitity;  making  them  believe  that  there- 
in confifted  the  Liberty  of  the  Sons  of  God;  and  that  all 
thofe  not  of  their  Seft  were  in  Bondage. 

He  firft  began  in  Germany,  and  the  Law  Countries;  p-r- 
finding  many  to  go  naked,  and  giving  them  the  Name  of 
vfrf,wwcj._Afterthis,feizinganinand,  he  fix'd  himfelf  and 
his  Followers  therein  ;  appointed  his  Women  to  be  com- 
mon, but  allowed  none  to  enjoy  them  without  iiis  Pcr- 
million.  So  that  when  any  Man  defired  a  Woman  he  car- 
ried her  to  P<card,  who  gave  him  leave  in  thefe  Words, 
Go,  mcreaje,  multiply  and  fill  the  Earth. 

At  length,  Zifca,  the  Great  General  of  the  Hulfkcs,  fo 
lamons  for  Ins  Viaories  over  the  Emperor  Sigifmund,  ftrucl; 
with  thoir  Abominations,  march'd  againft  them  ;  and  ma- 
king himfelf  Mafter  of  their  Ifland,  put  them  all  to  Death 
except  two,  whom  he  fpared  to  inform  himfelf  of  their 
Doarine. 

PICKAGE,  or  Picage,  from  the  Latin  Pica  ;  an  ancient 
Cuftom,  or  Duty,  paid  at  Fairs  and  Markets,  lor  breakin" 
the  Ground  and  pitching  up  Stalls,  or  Standings.  ° 
This  Profit  of  Picage  was  ufually  given  or  granted  in 
Charters  for  holding  a  Fair,  or  Market. 

PICKET,  or  PicQuET,  or  Piq^det,  in  Fortification,  a 
Stake  ftiarp  at  one  End,  and  ufually  fhod  with  Iron ;  ufed 
in  laying  out  the  Ground,  to  mark  the  feveral  Meifures 
and  Angles  thereof. 

There  are  alfo  larger  Pickets,  drove  into  the  Earth  to 
hold  together  Fafcines,  or  Faegots,  in  any  Worlc  caft  no  in 
ha  fte. 

Pickets  are  .alfo  Stakes  drove  into  the  Ground  by  the 
Tents  of  the  Horfe,  in  a  Camp,  to  tie  their  Horfes  to;  and 
before  the  Tents  of  the  Foot,  where  they  reft  their  Mus- 
kets or  Pikes  round  about  them  in  a  Ring. 

When  an  Morleman  liath  committed  any  confiderabL- 
OfTcnce,  he  is  often  fentented  to  fl.mdon  the  Picket ;  which 
is  to  have  one  hand  drawn  up  as 'high  as  it  can  be  Itretcli'd, 
and  thus  to  ftand  on  the  Point  of  a  Picket,  or  Stake,  only 
with  the  Toe  of  his  oppofite  Foot;  fo  that  he  can  neitlier 
ft.ind  or  hang  well,  nor  cafe  himlelf  by  changing  Feet. 
Pickets  are  alfo  Stakes  with  Notches  towards  the  Top 

to  which  are  faftened  the  Cordages  of  Tents  Thus,  to 

plant  the  Picket,  is  to  encamp. 

Picket  in  Gaming.    See  Picc^^uet. 
PICKLE,  a  Brine,  or  Liquor,  ordinarily  compos'd  of 
Salt,  Vinegar,  &c.  fometimes  with  the  Addition  of  Spices, 
O'c.  wherein  Meats,  Fruirs,  &c.  areprefsrv'd  and  feafon'd. 

Pickle  is  alfo  ufed  fubftantively  for  a  Fruit,  Root,  Leat; 
or  other  Vegetable  Matter,  prepared  in  Pickle,  to  be  ufed 
by  way  of  Sauce,  &c. 

pickle  Artichokes,  Mufhroonis,  Aften-Keys,  Bar- 
berries, Afparagus,  Beans,  Broom-Buds,  &c. 

I'lCQUEERlNG,  Picxeering,  or  Pickerooning, 
a  little  flying  War,  or  Skirrailli,  which  the  Soldi^^rs  make 
when  detach'd  from  their  Bodies,  for  Pillage,  or  before  a 
main  Battle  begins. 

PICQUET,  or  Picket,  a  celebrated  Game  at  Cards,  in 
Ufe  throughout  the  polite  World.    See  Game  and  Cakus. 

It  is  play'd  between  two  Perfons,  with  only  thirty  two 
Cards;  all  the  Duces,  Threes,  Fours,  Fives,  and  Sixes, 
being  fet  afide. 

In  reckoning  at  this  Game  every  Card  goes  for  the  Num- 
ber it  bears,  as  a  Ten  for  ten  ;  only  all  Court-Cirds  go  for 
eleven,  and  the  Ace  for  ten :  And  the  ufual  Game  is  100 

up.  But  in  playing,  the  Ace  wins  the  King,  the  King  tht; 

Queen,  and  fo  down. 

Twelve  Cards  are  dealt  around,  ufually  by  two  and  two  ; 
which  done,  the  Remainder  are  laid  in  the  middle :  If  one 
of  the  Gamefters  find  he  has  not  a  Courl-Card  in  his  Hand, 
he  is  to  declare  he  has  Carte  Uanche,  and  tell  how  many 
Cards  he  will  lay  out,  and  difire  the  other  to  difcard,  that 

he 


PIE 


(  Bu  ) 


P  I  E 


tie  may  fliew  his  Game,  and  Tatisfy  his  Antagonift  that  the 
Carte  Uanche  is  real ;  for  which  he  reckons  ten. 

Each  Perfon  difcards  i.  e.  lays  adde  a  certain  Number  of 
his  Cards,  and  taltes  in  a  like  Number  from  the  Stock.—The 
firft,  of  the  8  Cards,  may  take  5,  6,  or  7 ;  the  Dealer,  all  tlie 
Remainder  if  he  picates. 

After  difcarding,  the  eldeft  Hand  examines  what  Suit  he 
has  moft  Cards  of ;  and  reckoning  how  many  Points  he  has 
in  that  Suit;  if  the  other  have  not  fo  many  in  that  or  any 
other  Suit  he  tells  one  for  every  Ten  of  that  Suit.—He  who 
thus  reckons  moil  is  faid  to  win  the  Point. 

The  Point  being  over,  each  examines  what  Sequences  he 
has  of  the  fame  Suit,  viz..  how  many  Tierces,  or  Sequences 
of  three,  Quartes  or  fours,  Ouintts  or  fives,  Sixieines  or  Tixs, 
&c.  For  a  Tierce  they  reckon  three  Points,  for  a  Qmrt 
four,  for  a  Quinte  fifteen,  and  for  a  Sixieme  fixteen,  &c. 
And  the  feveral  Sequences  are  diftiiiguillied  in  Dignity  by  the 
Cards  they  begin  from:  Thus;  Ace,  King,  and  Qusen,  are 
call'd  Tierce  major;  King,  Queen,  and  Knave,  Tierce  to  a 
King;  Knave,  Ten,  and  Nine,  Tierce  to  a  Knave,  d-c.  a,id 
the  beft  Tierce,  Quarte,  or  Quint,  i.  e.  that  which  takes 
its  Defcent  from  the  beft  Card,  prevails;  fo  as  to  make  all 
the  others  in  that  hand  good,  and  dellroy  all  thofe  in  the 
other  hand.— In  like  manner  a  Quarte  in  one  hand  fets  afide 
a  Tierce  in  the  other. 

The  Sequences  over,  thev  proceed  to  examine  how  raa- 
nay  Aces,  Kings,  Queens,  Knaves,  and  Tens,  each  holds ; 
reckoning  for  every  three  of  any  fort,  three :  But  here, 
too,  as  in  Sequences,  he  that  with  tlie  firae  Number  of 
Three's,  has  one  that  is  higher  than  any  the  other  iias,  e.  er. 
5  Aces,  has  all  his  others  made  good  hereby,  and  his  Advet- 
fary's  all  fet  afide.— But  four  of  any  fort  always  fet  afide  three. 

All  the  Game  in  Hand  being  thus  reckoned,  the  Eldeft 
proceeds  to  play ;  reckoning  one  for  every  Card  he  plays 
above  a  Nine ;  and  the  other  follows  hira  in  the  Suit ;  and 
the  higheft  Card  of  the  Suit  wins  the  Trick.— Note,  unlefs 
a  Trick  be  v;on  with  a  Card  .above  a  Nine,  (except  the 
laft  Trick)  nothing  is  reckon'd  for  it ;  tho' the  Trick  fcrves 
afterwards  towards  winning  the  Cards :  And  that  he  who 
plays  laft  does  not  reckon  for  his  Cards  unlefs  he  wins  the 
Trick. 

The  Cards  being  pUy'd  out,  he  that  has  moft  Tricks  rec- 
kons ten  for  winning  the  Cards.  If  they  hiveTiicks  .Uike 

neither  reckons  any  thing.— The  Deal  being  finiih'd,  and  each 
having  mark'd  up  his  Game,  they  proceed  to  deal  again  as 
before,  cutting  afrelh  each  time  for  the  Deal. 

If  both  Parties  be  within  a  few  Points  of  being  up,  the 
Carte  bUmehe  is  the  firft  thing  that  reckons;  then  the  Point; 
then  the  Sequences;  then  the  Threes;  then  the  tenth 
Cards. 

He  that  can  reckon  30  in  hand,  by  Carte  blanche.  Points, 
Quintes,  &c.  without  playing,  e'er  the  other  lias  reckon'd 
any  thing;  reckons  ninety  for  them;— and  this  is  c.ili'd  a 
&pij8c;— if  he  reckons  above  30,  he  reckons  fo  many  above 
90. 

If  he  can  make  up  30,  part  in  hand  and  part  by  play,  e'er 

the  other  has  told  any  thing,  he  reckons  for  them  60  And 

this  IS  call'd  a  Ficgue.    Whence  the  Name  of  the  Game 

He  that  wins  all  the  Tricks,  inftead  of  10,  which  is  his 
Kiglit  Jor  winning  the  Cards,  reckons  40,— and  this  is  call'd 
a  Citpot. 

PiCTSlVkll,  inAntiquity,  a  famed  Piece  of  Work, 
begun  by  Mn,m  the  Emperor,  on  the  Northern  Bounds  of 
England,  to  prevent  the  Incurflons  of  the  PiSs  and  <kals 
See  W.iLL. 

At  firft  it  was  made  only  of  Turf,  ftrengthened  witli  Pal- 
hfadocs;  till  the  Emperor  &i,£r«j,  coming  in  Perfon  into 
Erttam,  built  it  with  folid  Stone,  reaching  eighty  Miles  in 
Lengtli,  from  the  InOj  to  the  C?c™.w  Sea,  or  from  Carline  to 
NewcaJHe;  with  Watch-Towers  garrifon'd  at  the  Diftance  of 
a  Mile  from  each  other. 

It  was  ruined  feveral  Times  by  the  PiSs,  and  often  re- 
paired by  the  Ramans.— At  laft  jletius,  a  Roman  Genera!,  re- 
built it  of  Brick;  and  the  TiSs  ruining  it  the  Year  follow- 
ing, it  was  no  longer  regarded,  but  as  a  Boundary  between 
the  two  Nations. 

The  Wall  was  eight  foot  thick,  and  twelve  high  from  the 
Ground ;  it  run  on  the  Northfidc  of  the  Rivers  Tyne  and 
Jrthmg,  up  and  down  feveral  Hills;  the  Traft  or  Remains 
ot  It  is  to  be  feen  this  Day  in  many  Places  both  in  Cumhir- 
land  and  Northumberland. 

PICTURE,  a  Piece  of  Painting;  or  a  Subjeft,  reprefent- 
cd  Ml  Colours,  on  Canvas,  Wood,  or  the  like,  and  inclo- 
led  m  a  Frame.   See  P.^inting. 

PIE-POUDER-Coart,  an  ancient  Court,  raention'd  in 
many  ot  our  Statutes,  to  be  held  in  Fairs ;  for  the  rendering 
of  Juftice  to  Buyers  and  Sellers;  and  the  Iledrefs  of  Griev- 
ances arillng  therein.    See  Fair. 

It  had  its  Name  either  becaufe  moft  ordinarily  held  in 


proper  tliereto,  e'er  the  Dufi  went  off  the  Plaintiff  and 
Delendant's  Feet. 

The Savoni  called  it  ceaJHins-t;emot  c.  a  Coart  of  Mer- 
chandile;  or  for  the  Decillon  of  Difputes  relating  to  buving 
and  relling._Z)oa)-  and  Student  oblerve  that  it  Is  only  held 
during  the  Continuance  of  the  Fairs,  e^c. 

PIECE,inCommerce,  fignifies,  fometin-.es,  awhole;  and 
fometimes,  only  a  Part  of  a  whole. 

In  the  firft  Senfe,  we  fay,  a  I'iece  of  Cloth,  of  f^clvet.  Sic. 
meaning  a  certain  Quantity  of  Yards,  regulated  by  Cuftonv; 
being  yet  entire  and  not  cut.    See  Cloth. 

In  the  other  Signification  we  fay,  a  Piece  ofTapeflry,  mean- 
ing a  diftinft  Member  wrought  a-part,  which  witn  (iveral 
others  make  one  Hanging.   See  Tapestry. 

A  Piece  of  Wine,  of  Cyder,  &c.  is  a  Cask  full  of  thofe 
Liquors. 

Piece,  in  matters  of  .Money,  fignifies,  fometimes,  the 
fame  thing  with  Species;  as  when  we  fay  this  Piecs  is  too 
light,  ^c.   See  Species. 

Sometimes,  by  adding  the  Value  of  the  Species,  'tis  ufed 
to  exprefs  fuch  as  have  no  other  particular  Name ;  as,  a  Piece 
ofS  Rials,  a  J'iece  of  z$  Sols,  &c. 

In  England  the  Piece  is  fometimes  ufed  for  twenty  Sliil- 
Iings  Sterling;  and  fometimes  for  a  Guinea.  See  Guine.(, 
and  Pou.ND,  and  Sterling. 

_  Piece  of  Eight,  or  Pia/ter,  is  a  Silver  Money,  firft  ftruck 
m  Spain,  afterwards  in  other  Countries;  and  now  current 
in  moft  Parts  of  the  World.   See  Coin. 

It  has  its  Name  Piece  of  Eight,  or  Rial  of  Eight,  becaufe 
equal  to  8  Silver  Rials.   See  Rial. 

Its  Value  is  nearly  on  the  lame  Foot  w'th  the  tretich 
Crown  ;  viz..  4s.  6d.  Sterling.— hi  itiij,  the  Proportion  of 
the  fimple  Rial  to  the  Piafier  was  changed ;  and  in  lieu  of 

8  Rials  they  gave  10.  At  prefent  the  Reduaion  is  on  its 

ancient  Standatd. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Piaftar s  or  SpaniJIi  Crowns ;  the 
one  ftruck  at  Pofo/;,  the  other  at  yj/cv/ra  .■  Thefe  latter  are 
a  little  Matter  heavier  tiian  the  former,  but  in  return  they 
are  not  quite  fo  fine. 

The  Piece  of  Eight  has  its  Diminutions;  viz..  the  Demi- 
Piafter,  ot  Piece oi  4  Rials;  the  Quarter,  or  Piece  of  2; 
the  h,alf  Quarter,  and  the  Sixteenth.  The  Exchange  be- 
tween Spain  and  England  is  made  in  Pieces  of  Eight.  See  Ex- 
change. 

Piece,  is  alfo  a  kind  of  Money  of  Account,  or  rather  a' 
manner,  of  accounting  ufed  among  the  Negroes  of  the  Coafl 
of  Angola  in  Africa.  See  Money. 
_  The  Price  of  Slaves,  and  other  Commodities,  here  nego- 
tiated, as  alfo  the  Duties  paid  the  petty  Kings,  are  eftima- 
ted  on  both  fides  in  Pieces. 

Thus,  thefe  Barbarians  requiring  10  Pieces  for  a  Slave ;  the 
Europeans  in  like  manner  value  the  Money,  of  Merchandize, 
to  begiveniii  Exchange,  in  Pieces.    See  Commeecc. 

Ten  Anabaftes,  e.g.  are  1  Piece;  a  Barrel  of  Powder  of 
ten  Pounds,  I  Piece;  a  Piece  of  blue  Salerapouris,  4 
ten  brafs  Bafons,  I  Piece. 

Piece,  in  Heraldry,  is  an  Ordinary,  or  Charge.  See  Or- 
dinary. 

The  honourable  Pieces  of  the  Shield  are  the  Chief,  fels, 
bend,  pal,  bar,  Crofs,  Saltier  Chevron  ;  and  in  general  all 
thofe  which  may  take  up  one  third  of  the  Field,  vvhen  alone, 
in  what  manner  foever  it  be. 

Pieces,  in  tlie  .Military  Art,  are  Cannons,  or  areatGuns, 
ufed  at  Sieges,  ^c.  call'd  Pieces  of  Ordnance,  battering  Pieces, 
&c.   See  Ordnance,  Cannon,  ct*;:. 

Ficld-Pieces  are  thofe  placed  in  the  Front  of  an  Army' 
&c.    See  Field-Pieces. 

PIEDOUCH,  in  Architefture,  a  little  Stand,  or  Pede- 
ftal,  either  long  orfquare,  enrich'd  with  Mou'.dincis;  fcrvin^ 
to  fupport  a  Buft,  or  other  little  Figure.  See  P  e'd  e  s  t  1  l. 
Bust,  &c. 

The  Word  is  French ;  form'd  from  the  Italian,  teduccia, 
little  foot. 

PIEDROIT,  in  Architefture,  a  Peer;  or  a  kind  of  fqaare 
Pillar,  part  whereof  is  hid  within  a  Wall.  See  P  e  E  R  and 
Pillar. 

The  only  thing  wherein  it  differs  from  a  Pilafter,  is,  that 
the  latter  h.is  a  regular  Bafe  and  Capital,  wliich  the  other 
wants.    See  Pilaster. 

PiEDROiT  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Peer,  or  Jaumb  of  a  Door, 
or  Window  ;  comprehending  the  Chambranle,  Chamfering, 
Leaf,  &c.    Sec  Door,  Window,  &c. 

PIERCED,  in  Heraldry,  is  when  an  Ordinary  is  perfo- 
rated, or  ftruck  through,  (hewing,  as  it  were,  a  Hole  in  it. 

This  Piercing  is  to  be  exprelTed  in  Blazon,  as  to  its  Shape : 
Thus  if  a.Crofs  have  a  fquare  Hole,  or  Perforation  in  the  Cen- 
ter, it  is  blazon'd,  Stiuare  pierced,  which'is  more  proper  than 
quarterly  pierced,  as  ici^gt  exprelTes  it ;  and  accordinplv  the 
Freiich  call  it  Percee  cn  fiiarre-WlKa  the  Hole,  or  Perfo- 
ration, is  round,  it  inuft  be  exprelTed  Round  Pierced;  which 
Gibbon,  in  Latin  calls  Perforation,  becaufe  all  Holes  made 
with  Piercers,  or  Auaers,  are  round.— !f  the  Hole  in  the 

Center 


PI  K 


(  8l2  ) 


P  I  L 


Center  be  ia  the  Shape  of  a  Lozenge,  it  is  fispreffed  Pierced 
LoZ^enge  ways. 

Al!  Piercings  mull  be  of  the  Colour  of  the  Field,  be- 
caufe  the  piercing  implies  the  fhowing  of  that  which  is  un- 
der the  Ordinary,  or  Bearing.— Tho'  when  fuch  Figures  ap- 
pear on  the  Center  of  a  Crofs,  &c.  of  another  Colour,  the 
Crofs  is  not  to  be  fuppofed  pierced,  but  that  the  Figure  on 
it  is  a  Charge*  and  muft  be  accordingly  blazoned.  See 
Cross,  &t: 

PIERCED,  among  Farriers,  to  pierce  <i  Horfes  Shoe  lean-, 
is  to  pierce  it  too  near  the  Edge  of  the  Iron.— To  pierce  it 
fat,  is  to  pierce  it  further  in. 

['lES,  in  our  ancient  Law  Books.  FreresPies,  were  a  fort 
of  Moiiiis,  fo  called  becEiufc  they  worebhck  and  white  Gar- 
ments, like  Magpies  They  are  mentioned  by  Wnifingham^ 

p- 124,  Ifi  quodam  veteri  ceemeterioj  quod  fuernt  quondam 
-frairum,  quos  Frercs  pics  veteres  appeilabant, 

PiESTRUM,  THiTSfy,  an  Inftrument  wherewithal  to  beat 
in  pieces  the  Bones  of  the  Head,  in  drawing  a  Child  out  of 
the  Womb. 

Vl'ETA^TlAji  Pittance-,  or  Portion  of  Viauals  diftribu- 
ted  to  the  Members  of  a  College,  upon  fome  great  Feflivals. 
See  PiTANCE. 

PIETISTS,  a  Religious  Seft  lately  fprung  up  among  the 
Proteftants  of  Germany. 

The  Pitrijh  feemto  be  a  kind  of  mean,  between  the  Qua- 
Icers  of  England-,  and  the  Quietifts  of  the  Rotnijh  Church. 
See  QuiETisT  and  Quaker. 

Their  .'Author  was  Spencrus^  from  whom  they  learnt  to 
defpileall  Ecclefiafticai  Polity,all  School  Theology,  all  Forms 
^"d  Ceremonies  j  and  to  give  themfelves  up  to  Contempla- 
tion and  the  myfl-ir  Thpolnsv    See  Mrsnr. 

The  Pietijls  are  efteemed  Adiaphorilts,  or  IndiiTerentifts, 
i.  e.  in  the  German  way  of  txlking,  they  receive  and  allow 
of  all  Sefts  among  Prottftants,  particularly  the  Calvinijhj 
contrary  to  the  Praftice  of  other  Luther  an  s.~^Htnce  a  Lu- 
theran of  Dantz,ick  defines  Pietifm  an  AffembUge  of  the  Hy- 
pothefes,  or  Syftems,  of  AnabaptifistSchwecnekfeldians,  Wei- 
f.eUansy  Ratbmanmansj  Labtidijis^  Quakers,  &;c.  who  under 
Pretence  of  a  new  Reformation,  and  in  hopes  of  better 
Times,  fet  afide  the  Augsburg  ConfefRon. 

The  fame  Author  charges  them  not  only  with  Schifm,  but 
with  Herely  ^  in  that  they  believe  with  the  Vomti/ls,  that 
the  Effect  of  the  Sacraments  depends  on  the  Piety  and  Vir- 
tue of  the  Minifter  j  that  Creatures  are  Emanations  from  the 
Subflance  of  God  y  that  a  State  of  Grace  is  a  real  PoiTeffion 
of  the  Divine  Attributes,  and  a  true  Deification  ^  that  one 
may  be  united  to  God,  tho"  he  deny  the  Divinity  of  Jefiis 
Chrift',  that  all  Error  is  innocent,  provided  the  Will  be  but 
fincere;  that  Preven ting-Grace  is  natural,  and  that  the  Will 
begins  the  Work  of  Salvation  \  that  one  may  have  Faith 
without  any  Supernatural  Affiftancei  that  all  Love  of  the 
Creature  is  original  j  that  a  Chriftian  may  avoid  all  Sin  ^ 
that  one  may  enjoy  the  Kingdom  of  God  in  this  World. 

Thele  things  we  find  charg'd  on  the  Pietifisy  in  a  Book 
intituled,  A^anipuli  Obfervationum  Antipietifticarum.—lndced 
this  looks  like  polemical  Exaggeration,  at  leaft  'tis  certainly 
fo  with  regard  to  a  good  part  of  them. 

In  efFeft  there  are  Pictifis  of  feveral  kinds ;  fome  are  in 
grofs  Illufions,  and  carry  their  Errors  to  the  overturning  a 
good  part  of  thcChriftian  Doftrlnej  others  are  only  vilio- 
nariesi  and  others  very  honeft  good  People,  who  difgufted 
with  the  Coldnefs  and  Formality  of  other  ■  Churches,  and 
charm'd  with  the  fL^vent  Piety  of  the  Ptctijhj  are  attach'd  to 
their  Party,  without  giving  into  the  groITeft  of  their  Errors. 

PlG(j/ Lead.    See  Fother  and  Lead. 
.     P I  G  E  R  Henriciis,  Siotfjful  Henry,  a  flow  diftilling  Chy- 
mical  Furnace  ^  cali'd  a.Ko  Athanor.    See  At  h  a  n  o  r  and 
Furnace. 

PIGMENTS,  PiGMENTA,  Preparations  ufed  by  Painters, 
Dyers,  &c.  to  impart  Colours  to  Bodies,  or  to  imitate  par- 
ticular Colours.    See  Colour. 

When  Glafs  is  fiained,  or  coloured,  as  in  Painting  on 
Glafs,  or  for  the  counterfeiting  of  Gemy,  or  Precious  Stones^ 
the  Pigment  is  ufaiily  of  a  Metalline,  or  a  Mineral  Nature. 
See  Enamel  ;  fee  alfo  Painting  on  Glafs. 

PIGMY,  orPvoMY,  TruffAw.  the  Length,  or  Extent,  be- 
tween the  Elbow  and  the  Extremity  of  the  Hand  j  the  Fiil 
being  ftiuf,  popularly  cali'd  Cubit.   See  Cubit. 

Hence  the  Name  has  pafs'd  to  a  diminutive  People  of 
Thrace,  much  talk'd  of  in  old  Authors^  laid  to  have  genera- 
ted at  five  Years  of  Age,  and  to  have  i>een  old  at  eight ,  fa- 
mous for  their  War  with  the  Cranes,  which  makes  the  Sub- 
ject of  a  fine  Latin  Poem  of  Mr.  Addifon. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  -Tvffxn,  Cubit. 

PIKE,  an  offenfive  Weapon,  confilting  of  a  Shaft  of 
Wood,  twelve  or  fourteen  Foot  long;  headed  with  a  fiat, 
pointed  Steel. 

The  Pike  was  a  long  time  in  ufe  in  the  Infantry,  to  en- 
able them  to  fuftain  the  Attack  of  the  Cavalry  ■,  but  is  now 
t.iken  from  them,  and  the  Bayonet,  which  fcrews  on  at  the 
End  of  the  Carabine,  fubfliituted  in  its  Place. 


Yet  the  Tih  flill  continues  the  Weapon  of  Foot-Officci'?^ 
who  fight  Pike  in  hand,  falute  with  t\\Qpike,  Sec, 

Plmy  fays  the  Lacedemonians  were  the  Inventors  of  the 
P,ke.~.l\iQ  Macedonian  Phalanx  was  aB;ittaIlion  of  Pikemen. 
See  Phalanx. 

The  Name  Pike  is  faid  to  be  derived  from  a  Bird  cali'd  by 
the  French  Pie.,  by  us  Wood-Pecker,  whofe  Bill  is  fo  iharp 
as  to  pierce  Wood  like  an  Auger.— Dir  Catige  derives  it  from 
the  bafe  Latin  Pica,  or  Picca,  which  Turnebius  fuppofes  to 
have  been  fo  cali'd  quafi  Spica,  becaufe  refcmbling  a  kind  of 
Ear  of  Corn.    OElaviiis  Ferrarienfis  derives  it  k  fpiculo. 

M.  Fauchet  fays,  'tis  the  Pike  gaVe  Name  to  the  Picards,  and 
Picardy,  which  he  will  have  to  be  modern,  and  to  have  been 
given  on  occafion  of  th:(t  People's  renewing  the  ufe  of  the 
Pike,  the  Etymology  whereof  he  fetches  from  the  French 
p.-quer,  to  prick  ;  others  will  have  the  Nanie  Picard  to  have 
been  given  that  People  by  reafon  of  their  Readinefs  to  pick 
Qtcirrels,  cali'd  in  French  Piques. 

Pike,  in  Commerce  -To  treat  with  the  Pike,  a  la  pique, 

is  a  kind  of  Commerce  which  the  Europeans  hold  with  certain 
favage  Nations,  wherein  they  are  to  keep  on  their  Guard, 
and  as  it  were  Sword  in  Hand.— Thus  it  is  we  treat  with  the 
Savages  of  Canaduj  &c.  and  fome  Negroe  Nations  on  the 
Coaft  of  Africa. 

Treating  with  the  Pike,  is  alfo  a  kind  of  prohibited  Traffic: 
which  the  EngUjb  md.  Dutch  maintain  in  feveral  Parts  of  the 
SpaniJJj  Weft  Indies,  near  the  Colonies  which  thofe  two  Na- 
tions have  in  the  Caribbee  Iflands. 

Perhaps  it  lliould  be  cali'd  Treating  at  the  Pike^  i.  e.  the 
VefT^l  at  Anchor:,  in  regard  this  Commerce,  which  is  pro- 
hibited on  Pain  ot  Death,  is  only  praftifed  in  Roads  wLn-e 
\'cfrels  lie  at  Anchor,  waiting  for  the  Spanijb  Merchants,  who 
fometimes  by  Stealth,  more  frequently  with  the  Connivance 
of  the  Governors,  &c.  come  to  exchange  their  Gold  Pieces 
of  Eight,  Cochineal,  c^c.  for  the  jErji-opM??  Merchandize?. 

Some  will  have  it  treating  at  the  Pike,  i.  e.  at  Pike's 
Length,  or  Diftance by  reafon  of  the  Diftance  Strangers  are 
obliged  to  keep  at.    See  CommeivCe. 

P  I  L  A  or  PiL  H,  among  our  ancient  Writers,  denotes  the 
Arms-fide  of  a  Piece  of  Money..  The  Denomination  arofi 
hence,  that  anciently  this  Side  bore  an  Impreilion  of  i 
Church  built  on  Piles,  Fleta  lib.  1.  cap.-^g.  He  who  brings 
an  Appeal  of  Robbery  or  Theft  rtgainji  another,  muft  p:ew  the 
certain  Quantity,  Quality,  Price,  Weight,  Number,  MeafurCf 
Valorem  &  Pilum  ;  where  Pilu'm  ^%ni'ass  figuram  Aitmtiz. 

PiLA,  Peer,  m  Building,  a  MafTive  of  Mafons  Work  ia 
manner  of  a  Pillar-,  ufually  hexagonal,    See  Peer. 

Such  are  thofe  ferving  as  Fulcra,  to  feparate  and  fupport 
the  Arches  of  3  Stone  Bridge,  or  the  Beams  of  a  wooden 
Bridge. 

The  Peers  of  a  Stone  Bridge  are  not  to  be  lefs  than  one 
fixth  Part  of  the  Arch,  nor  more  than  a  fourth.    See  Bridge. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latin,  Pila,  ufed  in  the  fame 
Senfe  by  Vitruvius;  and  this,  probably,  from  miMw,  cogoy 
voarlho. 

Evelyn  obferves,  that  PiU  and  their  Quadras,  as  we  fee 
them  in  ancient  Altars  and  Monuments,  were  ufed  for  In- 
fcriptions but  the  ITiorter  and  more  ma0y  ferve  for  Arches 
and  ButtrefTes  to  folid  Work.— They  were  fometimes  made 
half  circular:  But  the  Ancients  preferr'd  thofe  pointed  at 
right  Angles,  as  beft  able  to  refift  the  Current. 

PILASTER,  in  Architecture,  a fquare Column,  fome- 
times infulated,  but  more  frequently  let  within  a  Wall,  and 
only  Ihewing  a  fourth  or  fifth  Part  of  its  Thicknefs.  See 
Column, 

The  Pilafler  is  different  in  different  Orders;  it  borrows 
the  Name  of  each  Order,  and  has  the  fame  Proportions  and 
the  fame  Capitals,  Members,  and  Ornaments,  with  the  Co- 
lumns themfeWes.    See  Order. 

Pilajlers  are  ufually  without  either  Swelling  or  .Diminu- 
tion, as  broad  at  top  as  at  the  bottom  tho'  fooie  of  the 
modern  Architefts,  as  M.  A'fnnfard,  &c,  diminiih  them  at 
top,  and  even  make  ihem  fwell  in  the  middle,  like  Columns  ^ 
particularly  when  placed  behind  Columns.   See  Di  u  i  n  u- 

"1'  !  o  N. 

Pilafters,  M.  Perrault  obferves,  like  Columns,  become  of 
different  Kinds,  according  to  the  different  Manner  wherein 

they  are  applied  to  the  Wall.  Some  are  wholly  detach'd, 

cali'd  by  f^itrwvius,  Paraftat^;  others  have  three  Faces  clear 
out  of  the  Wall  i  others  twoi  and  others  only  one  j  all 
cali'd  by  Vitruvlm,  Ant£.    SeeANTA  and  PaRastata. 

Infnlate  Pilafters  are  but  rarely  found  in  the  Antique— The 
chief  Ufe  they  made  of  Pilajlers  was  at  the  Extremities  of 
Portico's,  to  give  the  greater  Strength  to  the  Corners. 

There  are  four  principal  Things  to  be  regarded  in  Pila- 
fters: i;/j„  their  Projefture  out  of  the  Wall,  their  Diminu- 
tion, the  Difpofition  of  the  Entabl-iture  when  it  happens 
to  be  common  to  them  and  to  a  Column, -and  their  Flutings 
and  Capitals. 

1"  Then,  the  Projefture  o'l  Pilnfiers  which  have  only  one 
Face  out  of  the  Wall,  is  to  be  one  eighth  of  their  Breadth^ 
at  moft  not  above  one  fixth.    When  they  receive  Impofrs 

a*:iinlL 


P  I  L 


(813) 


jcaihfl:  tlieir  Sides,  the  Projefture  may  be  a  Quarter  of  their 
Diimeter.   See  Projectuke. 

2°  PfUliers  are  but  feldom  diminifli'd,  when  they  have  on- 
ly one  Face  oat  of  the  Wall. — Indeed  where  they  ftand  in 
the  fame  Line  with  Columns,  and  the  Entablature  is  con- 
tinued over  both,  without  any  Break,  the  PiUjiers  are  to 
'javt;  the  fame  Diminution  with  the  Columns ;  that  is  to 
!ay,  on  the  Face  refpeifting  the  Column  ^  the  Sides  being 
left  without  any  Diminution. 

5^  ntajtai  are  fometiraes  fluted,  tho'  the  Columns  they 
accompany  be  nor-,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Columns 
are  fometimeb  fluted,  when  the  F'tUJlers  that  accompany 
them  are  not. 

■The  Flutin§sof  T'rY.'j/rm  are  always  odd  in  Number,  ex- 
cept in  hAt'PU-iJhrs-,  meeting  at  inward  Angles^  where  four 
Flutings  are  made  for  three,  t^c.    See  Fluting. 

4°  The  Proportions  of  the  Capitals  of  Pilafleri,  are  the 
fame  as  tn  Height  with  thnfe  of  Columns,  hut  differ  in 
Width,  the  Leaves  of  the  former  being  much  wider,  be- 
caufe  piUjlcrs-,  tho'  ot  equal  Extent,  have  only  the  lame 

Number  of  Leaves  for  their  Girt,  viz..  Eight  Their  ulhal 

Difpofition  is  to  have  two  in  each  Face,  in  the  lower  Row, 
and  in  the  upper  Row  one  in  the  middle,  aiid  two  halves 
in  the  Angles,  in  the  Turns  wjiereof  they  meet.— Add  to 
this,  that  the  Rim  of  the  Vafe  or  Tambour  is  not  ftrait  as  the 
lower  Part  is,  but  a  little  circular  and  prominent  in  the 
middle.    See  Caimtai,  Crc. 

In  Filacers  that  fupport  Arches,  the  Proportions,  Fatla- 
dh  fhews,  mull  be  regulated  by  the  Light  they  let  in  *,  and 
at  Angles,  by  the  Weight  they  are  to  fuflain.  For  which 
Realbn,  lays  Sir  M»;y  Wwra,  a  tullic  Superficies  bell  be- 
comes them. 

P  i  I.  A  s  T  E  Yi.-Brick.   See  Brick. 

PILCHARD  FiJUng.   See  Pilchard  Fishing. 

PILE,  in  Antiquity,  a  Pyramid  built  of  Wood,  where- 
on were  laid  the  Bodies  of  the  deceafed,  to  be  burnt.  See 
BuSTu-'.r,  fee  alio  Funeral,  Burning,  &c. 

Pile  is  alfo  ufed  in  Building,  for  great  Stakes  ramm'd  in- 
to the  Earth  for  a  FoundatiOB  to  build  upon  in  marihy 
Ground.  See  Foundation  ;  fee  alfo  Pallification. 

jimjleretim-,  and  fome  other  Cities  are  wholly  built  upon 
Piles.  The  Stoppage  of  iJi^gewWi-Breach  is  efFefted  by 
Dove-tail  Pile!^  i,  e.  Piles  mortais'd  into  one  another,  by  a 
Dove-tail  Joint.   See  Dove-Tail. 

Pile  is  alio  ufed,  among  Architefls,  for  a  Mafs,  or  Body, 
of  Building. 

Pile,  Pi  l  a,  in  Coinage,  is  the  Punchion,  or  Matrice, 
whiih,  in  the  old  w.ay  of  coining  with  the  Hammer,  con- 
tained the  Ai  ms,  Crofs, or  other  Figures  and  Infcriptions,  to  be 
ftiucli  for  the  Reverfe  of  the  Species.    SeeCoiN  and  Species. 

Accordingly  we  ftill  call  the  Arms  Side  of  a  Piece  of 
Money,  the  Pile,  and  the  Head  the  Crofs  ;  becaufe  in  the 
ancient  Moni«s,  a  Crofs  ufually  took  the  Place  of  the  1  lad 
in  ours.    See  Coining. 

Mence  the  Game  of  Civfs  and  Pile. 
Sorje  will  have  it  call'd  Pile,  PiLi,  becaufe  on  this  fide, 
in  our  ancient  Coins,  there  was  an  Imprellion  of  a  Church 

hulk  on  Piles.  -In  fome  ancient  Writings  Pila  is  uled  to 

figiiify  the  particular  Figure  or  Impreffion  of  Money.  . 

Thus  Fleu:,  He  who  bring  An  A^^eal  of  Rohhery,  or  Tljcft, 
againjl  mother,  muft  Jttw  ihe  certnin  Quimtity,  Ouitlity,  Price, 
Weight,  Nurnher,  Meafure,  Falue,  and  Pile. 

Pile,  in  Heraldry,  an  Ordinary,  in  form  of  a  Point  in- 
verted, or  a  Stake  fbarpen'd  ;  contraaing  from  the  Chief, 
and  terminating  in  ,1  Point  towards  the  Bottom  of  the 
Shield,  foaiewhat  in  manner  of  a  Wedge, 

It  is  form'd  probably  in  Imitation  of  the  Roman  pllum, 
which  was  a  tapering  Dart  about  five  Feet  long,  and  Ihar- 
cened  at  the  Point  with  Steel. 

The  Pile  is  born  inverted,  engrailed,  G^c. 
like  other  Ordinaries,  and  iffues  indifferently 
from  any  Point  of  the  Verge  of  the  Efcut- 
cheon.- — Fie  heareth  a  Pile  Gules,  hy  the 
Name  o/Chandois. 

Piles,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe,  by  Phyfi- 
cians,  call'd  Hx'morrhoids.   See  H  ;e  m  o  r- 

R  H  O  I  D  S. 

PILETTUS,  in  our  ancient  Forelt  Laws,  Et  quod  Fore- 
flarii  fai  non  portahmt  j\zgittas  harhatas  fed  pilettos.  Chartit 
Rogeri  dc  Quincy:  where  the  Word  imports  fnch  Arrows  as 
had  a  round  Knob  a  little  above  the  Head,  to  hinder  them 
from  going  far  into  the  Mark  -,  from  the  Latin  Pilit,  which 
fignifies  any  round  thing  like  a  Ball. 

PILGRIM,  P  E  L  g  E !  M,  of  the  Teutonic  Pilgram,  tlie 
trench  Pelcrin,  or  the  Italinn  Pelerigno,  of  the  Latin  Pere- 
griatts,  one  who  travels  thro'  foreign  Countries  tovilit  holy 
Places,  and  to  pay  his  Devotion  to  the  Reliques  of  de.ad  Saints. 

The  Humour  of  going  on  Pilgrimage  anciently  prevail'd 
exceedingly,  particularly  about  the  Time  of  the  Croilades, 
See  Croisade  andCRoisE. 

Several  of  the  principal  Orders  of  Knighthood  were  efta- 
blilh'd  in  Favour  of  Pilgrims  going  to  the  Holy  Laud,  to  fc; 


cure  them  from  the  Violences  and  InfuItS  of  the  Saracen! 
and  >^fa,&c.  fuch  as  the  Order  of  the  Knights  Templars, 
the  Knights //KjpK^&rj,  Knights  of /1i-3/M,&c.  SeeORDER, 
Templar,  Malta,  crc. 

PILLAGE,  among  Builders,  is  foraetimeS  ii led  for  9 
fquire  Pillar,  Handing  behind  a  Column  to  bear  up  the 
Arches;  having  a  Bafe  and  Capital  as  a  Pillar  has.  See 
Pillar. 

PILLAR,  in  Architcaure,  a  kind  of  irregular  Column; 
round  and  infulAted;  deviating  from  the  Proportions  of  1 
juft  Column.   See  Column. 

Pillars  are  always  either  too  maflive  or  too  [lender  for  1 
regular  Architefture.  In  efFeft,  Pillars  are  not  refl:rained  to 
any  Rules ;  their  Parts  and  Proportions  are  arbitrary. 

Such  e.gr.  are  the  Pillars  which  fupport Co»fcic  Vaults  and 
Buildings,  c^c. 

A  fquare  Pillar  is  a  raafijve  Work,  call'd  alfo  a  Peer  or 
Piedroit,  ferving  to  fupport  Arches,  &c.   See  Peer  and 

P  I  E  D  R  O  1  T. 

Sating  pillar  is  a  Buttrefi,  or  Body  of  Mafonry,  raifed  to 
prop  or  fullain  the  Shooting  of  1  Vault,  Arch,  or  other 
Work.    See  Buttress. 

P I  L  L  a  R ,  in  the  Manage,  fignifies  the  Centre  of  the  Vol- 
ta.  Ring,  or  Manage-Ground,  round  which  a  Horfe  turns; 
whether  there  be  1  wooden  Pillar  placed  therein  or  not. 

There  are  alfo  other  Pillars  in  Manages  on  the  Circumfe- 
rence or  Side  -,  placed  at  certain  Diflances  by  two  and  two. 
— -To  difl:inguilh  thefe  from  that  of  the  Center,  they  are 
called  the  two  Pillars. 

When  thefe  latter  are  fpoken  of,  it  is  ufual  to  fay,  IFori 

the  Harfc  between  the  two  Pillars.  When  the  former,  it  is 

call'd,  working  round  the  Pillar. 

The  Ufc  of  the  Pillar  in  the  Center,  is  for  regulating 
the  Extent  of  Ground,  that  the  Manage  upon  the  Volts 
may  be  perform'd  with  Method  and  Juftnels  -,  and  that  they 
may  work  in  a  Square  by  Rule  and  meafure  upon  the  four 
Lines  ot  the  Volts;  and  alfo  to  break  unruly  high  mettled 
Horfes,  without  endangering  the  Rider. 

The  lao  Pillars  are  placed  at  the  Diftance  of  2  or  3  Pa- 
ces the  one  from  the  other.  The  Horfe  is  put  between 

thefe,  to  teach  him  to  raife  before,  and  yerk  out  behind ; 
and  put  himfelf  upon  rais'd  Airs,  &c.  either  by  the  Aids  or 
Chaftifement. 

P\Ll.E  ef  Foddray,  orPiLL  of  Fauldrey,  in  the  County 
of  Lancaster,  a  Defence  built  on  a  Creek  of  the  Sea,  call'd 
Pille,  by  the  Idiom  of  the  County,  for  a  Pile  or  Fort  built 
for  the  Safe-Guard  or  Proteftion  of  any  Place. 

This  Pile  was  erefted  there  by  the  Abbot  of  Farneffe,  in 
the  firft  Vear  of  Edw.  III.  Camb.  Brit.  Rex  Dedimits  Hen- 
rico Co  mitt  Northumb.  Infulam,  Cajirutti,  Pelani  Cr  Dominium 
de  Mm,  &c.    Rot.  Pat.  I  Hen.  IV. 

PILLORY  wasanciently  a  Poftereftedin  a  crofs  Road, 
by  the  lord,  as  a  Mark  of  his  Seigniory,  with  his  Arms  on 
if,  and  fometinies  a  Collar  to  tie  Criminals  to. 

At  prefenr,  Pillory  is  a  wooden  Machine,  whereon  certain 
Criminals,  as  Perjurors,  (j-c.  are  fallened,  and  expofed  to 
the  publick  Deiifion.  See  P  u  N  I  s  i!  m  e  N  T,  P  e  R  j  u  R  y, 
0-c. 

In  the  Laws  of  Cinutm  'tis  called  Healfehan,%.  Sir  Hen- 
ry Spelman  fays  'tis  fupplicii  machina  ad  litdih-rium,  magis  quai-i 
pcejiaitt. 

'Twas  peculiarly  intended  for  the  Pnnilhment  of  Bikers 
who  fliould  be  caught  tripping  in  the  Weight  or  Finenefs  of 

their  Bread  In  old  Charters  it  is  called  Collijirigium.  See 

Coll  r  s  t  r  i  g  i  u  m. 

The  Pillory  in  Paris  is  in  the  middle  of  a  round  Tower, 

with  Openings  on  every  fide  'Tis  moveable  on  an  Axis, 

or  Arbor;  round  which  the  Executioner  gives  the  Criminal 
the  Number  of  Turns  appointed  in  Court ;  flopping  him 
at  each  (jpening  to  fnew  him  to  the  People.  'Twas  in- 
tended for  feveral  Kinds  of  Criminals,  particularly  frau- 
dulent Bankrupts;  and  all  who  made  a  Ceftion,  or  Sur- 
render of  their  EfFefts  to  their  Creditors,  were  obliged  to 
make  fome  Turns  round  the  Pillory  on  Foot  with  a  green 
Cap  on.    See  B  A  N  K  R  u  p  T,  C  E  s  s  1  0  N,  d'c. 

PiLLULA,  Pill,  in  Pharmacy,  a  Form  of  Medicine, 
taken  dry ;  refembling  a  little  Bali ;  in-ented  in  favour  of 
fuch  as  cannot  a-way  with  Medicinal  Draughts ;  as  alfo  to 
keep  in  Reldinefs  for  occafional  Ufe  without  decavliie. 

Pills  are  of  various  Kinds,  Anodyne,  Somniferous,"  Laxa- 
tive, Aperitive,  Hyfleric,  Aniinephritic,  ef-c.  but  principally 
Cathartic. 

The  Bafisof  Pills  is  ufually  Aloes;  with  which  are  rais'd 
Agaric,  Turbith,  Hermodaclyls,  Senna,  Rhubarb,  Mercu: 
ry,  Storax,  d-c. 

Perpetual  Pills,  PilluU  perpetun,  areRegulus  of  Antimony 
made  up  into  Pills;  thus  call'd,  becaufe  being  fwallowed  .and 
voided  JO  times,  they  will  purge  every  Time  with  undinii- 
nilh'd  Force.   See  Antimony. 

The  Aloephangine  or  Arotnatic  Pills  of  Mefue,  are  ufually 
call'd  Polychrefles,  as  being  fuppoled  to  colleft  the  Humours 
from  all  Parts,  to  enable  Nature  to  caft  'em  out  more  eafilv. 

9  X  Btchit: 


PIN 


(  §14  ) 


iicUc  Tit!,  are  a  Tort  of  nils  good  againft  Coughs,  fo 

call'd  from  the  Greel  jSJf ,  Cough  They  are  alfo  call'd  fly- 

poglottides,  becaufe  left  to  diflblve  under  the  Tongue. 

Pills  are  ufually  wrapp'd  up  in  Leaf  Gold,  in  Sugar,  or 
the  like,  to  prevent  the  ill  Tails  being  perceived. 

They  take  their  Name  from  the  Latiti,  PiU,  Ball. 

PILOT,  PiLOTE,  by  the  Dutch  call'd  Piloot,  the 
Pi  L  o  T  A,  the  5^d7/7(jri^j  PiL  OTO,  in  Navigation, 
an  Officer  on  board  a  Ship,  who  watches  her  Courfe,  and 
direfls  it.   See  Codrse,  Saiiinc,  &c. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Pilots;  the  one  a  Caafting  Pilot, 
well  acquainted  with  the  Coafts,  Ports,  Roads,  Bars,  Sands, 
£^c.  and  who  commands  in  Sight  thereof.   See  Coasting. 

The  other  an  Officer  who  makes  Obfcrvations  and  takes 
Altitudes  out  at  Sea,  ufes  the  Quadrant,  Fore-Staff,  watches 
the  Compafs,  &c.  See  Observation,  Altitude,  &c. 

There  are  alfo  Pilots  of  Havens,  Rivers,  &c.  call'd  Lecb- 
mans.   See  Lochman. 

The  Pilot  is  always  the  fecond  Perfon  in  the  Ship  •,  whe- 
ther it  be  a  Man  of  War,  or  a  Merchant-Man.^ln  the  for- 
mer the  Captaifl  is  the  firft,  the  Pilot  the  fecond.  In  a  Mer- 
chant-Ship, the  Matter  is  the  firft,  the  Pi/of  after  him.  The 
Pilot  is  alio  the  Steerfman,  who  ftands  at  the  Helm,  and  ma- 
nages the  Rudder.   See  Steerage,  Helm,  and  Rudder. 

Memgf  derives  the  Word  Pilot  from  Proritn,  q.  d.  he 
who  governs  the  Prow,  or  Head.  Others  fetch  it  from  the 
old  Prcmhi  Pile,  Ship. 

PIMENTO,  PiMBNTA,  or  all-Spice •,  an  Aromatic 
Grain-,  call'd  alfo  Guitiea-Pepper,   See  Pepper. 

PIN,  in  Commerce,  a  little  necelTary  Utenfil,  chiefly  nfed 
by  the  Women  in  adiufting  of  their  Drefs. 

The  Form  and  Application  of  this  little  Moveable  need  no 
Defcription  •,  but  its  Confnraption,  and  the  Number  of 
Hands  it  employs,  are  too  confiderable  to  be  pafs'd  by  un- 
noted. 

Pins  are  now  altogether  made  of  BraPs-Wiar  blanch'd : 
Formerly  they  likewife  made  them  of  Iron-Wiar,  which 
being  blanch'd  like  the  others  pafs'd,  for  Brafs;  but  the  ill 
Effefts  of  thofe  Pirn  has  quite  difcarded  their  Ufe.— The 
French  however  could  not  be  driven  off  from  'em,  without 
Teveral  Arrets  of  Parliament.  By  »  Sentence  of  the  Lieu- 
tenant de  Police,  July  1695,  Seizure  of  fome  Millions  of 
thofe  Pins  was  confirm'd,  and  the  Pins  condemn'd  to  be 
burnt  by  the  common  Executioner. 

The  Pins  raoft  efteemed  in  Commerce  are  thofe  of  Eng- 
land; thok  of  Sourdeaux  are  next,  then  thole  made  at 
Kugle,  Naigle,  and  forae  Places  in  Normandy. 

The  Perleflion  of  Pins  conlifts  in  the  Stiffnefs  of  the 
Wiar,  and  its  blanching,  in  the  Heads  being  wellturn'd,  and 
the  Points  filed. 

The  /.owiios  pointing  and  blanching  are  the  moft  efteemed ; 
becaufe  after  forming  the  Points  on  the  Stone,  they  fmooth 
them  again  on  the  Polilher ;  and  in  blanching  ufe  fine  Tin 
well  calcin'd,  and  fometimes  Silver-Lcaves  prepared  by  the 
Gold-Beaters-,  whereas  in  other  Parts  they  ufe  a  Mixture  of 
Tin,  Lead,  and  Quickfilver,  which  not  only  blanches  worfe 
than  the  former,  but  is  alfo  dangerous,  by  reafon  of  the  ill 
Quality  of  that  Mineral,  which  renders  a  Punflure  with  a 
Pin  thus  blanch'd  very  difficult  to  cure. 

The  Confumption  of  Pins,  and  the  Number  of  Artificers 
employ'd  in  the  Manufafture  thereof  are  incredible.  In  Pa- 
ris alone  there  were  anciently  above  1000  People  employ'd 
in  it,  at  prefent  there  are  none ;  yet  is  there  every  Year 
fold  above  5oocx3  Crowns  worth  of  the  Pin-U^tar,  to  the 
Pinmakers  of  the  neighbouring  Places,  all  brought  thither 
from  Stockholm. — In  the  little  Town  of  Rugls  in  Normandy, 
there  are  computed  at  leafl  Joo  Workmen  employ'd  in  the 
PiTi-Manufa[ture  ;  the  whole  Gty  being  peopled  there- 
with. 

NotwithHanding  that  there  is  fcarce  any  Commodity  cheap- 
er than  Pins,  there  is  none  that  paffes  thro'  more  Hands  e'er 

they  come  to  be  fold.  They  reckon  25  Workmen  fuc- 

ceffivdy  employ'd  in  each  Fin,  between  the  drawing  of  the 
Brafs- Wiar,  and  the  flicking  of  the  Pin  in  the  Paper. 

Pins  are  diftinguilhed  by  Numero's,  the  fmallell  call'd 
from  N°  3, 4,  5.  thence  to  the  14th  -,  whence  they  are  on- 
ly accounted  by  two  to  two,  wx,.  N"  16, 18,  and  20,  which 
is  the  largeft  Size. 

Befide  the  white  Pins,  there  are  alfo  black  ones  made  for 
Mourning,  from  N°  4,  to  W  10.— Thefe  are  ufually  of  Iron- 
Wiar. 

Laftly,  there  are  Pins  with  double  Heads,  of  feveral  Nu- 
mro\  ufed  by  the  Ladies  to  fix  the  Bucklns  of  their  Hair 
for  the  Night,  without  Danger  of  being  diflurb'd  by  their 
pricking,  &c. 

One  of  the  Article  of  the  Statutes  of  the  ancient  Pin- 
makers  of  Paris,  was.  That  no  Mailer  fhould  open  more 
than  one  Shop  for  the  Sale  of  his  Wares,  except  on  jVeip- 
Tear's-Day,  and  the  Eve  thereof:  This  we  mention  in  an  Age 
of  luxury  and  Profufion,  to  recolleft  the  agreeable  Sim- 
plicity of  our  Forefathers,  who  contented  themfelves  with 
giving  Pms  fpr  Jvlew-Years-Qifis. 


Hence  the  Cuflom  of  ftiU  giving  the  Name  Tim,  or  Vin  '* 
Money,  to  certain  Prefents  which  accompany  the  moll  con", 
liderable  Bargains;  in  which  'tis  ufuil  to  give  fomething  to- 
wands  the  Pins  of  the  Wife,  or  Children,  of  the  Perfon  with 
whom  the  Bargain  is  flruck. 

.^d  PiNNAs  hUere,  is  a  Method  of  drinking,  ufed  among 

Danes  in  England.  The  Cuflom  was  to  fix  a  Fin  in 

the  Side  of  a  wooden  Cup  or  Bowl  -,  which  Fw,  each  Gueft 
was  to  drink  bare,  upon  Penalty  of  forfeiting. 

ViK-and-Web,  a  horny  Induration  of  the  Membranes  of 

TL  ^'  ""^  ""'■''^  ^  Cataraft.   See  Cata  ract. 

The  Fm  and  Web  is  the  fame  with  what  we  otherwife 
call  Fannus,  Unguis,  Pterygium,  &c.  See  Pannus,  Pte- 
RVGIUM,  d-c. 

Piti-Wheel,  of  a  Clock,  the  fame  with  theftriking  Wheel. 
See  Wheee  and  Clock. 

P I N  D  A  R I C,  in  Poetry,  an  Ode  forra'd  in  Imitation  of 
the  manner  of  Pmt^ar.   See  Ode. 

The  Pindaric  Manner  is  diflinguifh'd  by  the  Boldnefs  and 
Height  of  the  Flights,  the  Suddennefs  and  Surprizingnefs 
of  the  Tranlitions,  and  the  feeming  Irregularity,  Wildnefs, 
and  Enthuliafni  of  the  whole. 

Pindar,  whence  the  manner  takes  its  Name,  was  olThehcs. 
He  flourilh'd  about  478  Years  before  Chrijl;  and  was  co- 
temporary  with  t^jihylit! :  What  we  have  remaining  of  his 
IS  a  Book  of  Odes,  all  in  Praife  of  the  Viftors  at  the  Olym- 
pian, Pythian,  Nemiean,  and  JJtlmian  Games ;  whence  the 
firfl  is  entitled  the  Olympians,  the  fecond  the  Pythians,  the 
third  the  Nemsans,  and  the  fourth  the  Jjlhmians, 

Findar  is  full  of  Force  and  Fire  ;  his  Thoughts  fenten- 
tious,  his  Style  impetuous  ;  his  S,>II'es  daring,  and  frequent- 
ly running  as  it  were  at  random  :  he  affifts  a  beautiful  Dif- 
order,  which  is  the  Effea  of  the  grestefb  Art. 

The  fuppofed  Irregularity  of  his  Numbers  has  made  fe- 
veral of  his  Imitators  imagine  themfelves  Pindaric  Poets,  by 

the  meet  Wildnefs  and  Irregularity  of  their  'Verfes  None 

of  our  Writers  feem  to  hsive  fucceeded  in  the  Pindaric  Cha- 
rafter,  but  Mr.  Cotoley. 

In  a  Pindaric  Ode,  the  Plan  of  the  whole  is  to  be  drawn 
firft,  and  the  Places  mark'd  out  where  the  elegant  Sallies 
and  Wandrings  may  befl  be,  and  how  the  Returns  may  be 
jullly  made  to  the  Subjeft. 

PINCHING,  in  Gardening,  a  fort  of  pruning-,  per- 
form'd  by  nipping  or  breaking  off  the  Branches,  or  Sprigs 
of  a  Plant,  or  Tree,  between  the  Nails  of  two  Fingers. 
See  Pruning. 

Mofl  Gardeners  hold,  that  pinching  contributes  to  the 
Abundance  of  the  Fruit,  as  well  as  of  the  Branches ;  and 
fay,  that  young  Shoots,  thus  lopp'd,  are  lefs  apt  to  grow 
black  and  die,  than  when  cut  v.'ith  a  pruning  Knife. 

The  Seafon  for  pinching  is  chiefly  in  ylpril  01:  May,  fome- 
times 'tis  alfo  praftis'd  in  June  and  July. 

Pinching  is  mofl  ufual  in  Melons,  Cucumbers,  cJ-t.  Ouin- 
tinye  alfo  prefcribes  it  for  Fruit-Trees.  ~" 

It  is  chiefly  to  be  praftifed  on  the  large  Branches  towards 
the  Top  of  the  Tree,  which  are  ufelefs  and  yet  confnme  a 
great  Quantity  of  good  Sap.  It  mnfl  rarely  be  praflifed  on 
the  large  Branches  below  ;  which  ought  always  to  be  pre- 
ferv'd  for  the  Winter's  pruning,  that  they  may  yield  others, 

the  following  Year,  fit  to  fill  the  empty  Places.  Nor  muft 

the  Operation  of  pinching  be  perfsrm'd  on  the  tender 
Shoots;  becaufe  having  only  niflSap  enough  foy  t-hemfeives, 
when  they  come  to  put  forth  more  Branches  in  the  Place 
where  they  are  pinch'd,  Ch:  fmall  Stock  of  Sap  allotted  them 

being  divided,  will  flarve  them  The  Operation  is  psrform'd 

within  two  or  three  Eyes  of  the  Branch  they  grow  out 
of. 

The  Effeft  of  pinching  is,  that  inflead  of  one  ufilefs,  per- 
haps hurtful,  Wood-Branch,  a  vigorous  Tree  will  put  forth 
two  or  three  at  the  Eyes  remaining;  and  the  Sap  being 
thus  divided,  the  Branches  may  be  lefs,  and  fit  for  Wood 
and  Fruit. 

Pinching,  in  the  Manage,  is  when,  the  Horfe  (landing, 
the  Rider  holds  him  fall  with  the  Bridle-hand,  and  applies" 
the  Spurs  jufl  to  the  Hairs  of  his  Sides,  without  pricking  him. 

Pinching  is  accounted  an  Aid,  fpurring  a  Correftion.  See 
Aid. 

PINE  A,  orPiGNE,  in  Commerce,  a  Terin  ufed  in  Peru 
and  Chili,  for  a  kind  of  light,  porous  MafTes,  or  Lumps, 
form'd  of  a  Mixture  of  Mercury  and  Silver-UuH  from  the 
Mines.    See  Silver. 

The  Ore,  or  Mineral  of  Silver,  being  dug  out  of  the 
Veins  of  the  Mine,  is  firft  broke,  then  ground  in  Mills 
for  the  Purpofe,  driven  by  Water  vjith  Iron  Pellles  of  200 
Pound-Weight.— The  Mineral  thus  pulveriz'd,  is  next  fifted,- 
then  work'd  up  with  Water  into  a  Pafle,  which  when  half 
dry,  is  cut  into  Pieces,  call'd  Cuerpo's,  a  Foot  long ;  weighing 
each  about  2500  Pound. 

Each  Cuerpo  is  again  kneaded  up  with  Sea-Salt,  which 

diflblving  incorporates  with  it  They  then  add  .Mercury, 

from  to  to  20  Pound  for  each  Cuerpo,  kneading  the  Palle 
a-frelh  "till  the  Mercury  be  incorporated  therewith.  This 

Office 


#  I  N 


Office  being  exceedingly  dangerous,  by  reafon  of  the  illdsi- 
lities  of  the  Mercury,  is  the  Lot  of  the  poor  ImUam.  See 
Mercurv. 

This  Amalgamation  is  continued  for  8  or  9  Days :  Some 
add  Lime,  Lead,  or  Tin  Ore,  &c.  to  forward  it;  and  in 
(ome  Mines  they  are  obliged  to  ufe  Fire — To  try  whether 
or  no  the  Mixture  and  Amalgamation  be  fufficient  they 
walh  a  Piece  in  Water,  and  if  the  Mercury  be  white,  it  has 
had  Its  ttteft,  it  black  it  mult  be  further  work'd. 
_  When  enough,  it  is  fent  to  the  Lavatories,  which  are  large 

Batons  that  emgty  fucceffively  into  one  another  The  Paife 

&c.  being  laid  in  the  uppermoft,  the  Earth  is  then  wafhM 
from  It  into  the  reft  by  a  Rivulet  turn'd  upon  it:  an  Mian 
all  the  while  ftimng  it  up  with  his  Feet,  and  two  other  hdi- 
ms  doing  the  like  in  the  other  Bafons.   See  Lavadero 

When  the  Water  runs  quite  clear  out  of  the  Bafons,  they 
find  the  Mercury  and  Silver  at  Bottom,  incorporated.— This 
Matter  they  call  Pella,  and  of  this  they  form  the  Pimm's  by 
expreding  as  much  of  the  Mercury  as  they  can ;  firft  by  put- 
ting it  in  woolen  Bags  and  preffing  and  beating  it  ftrongly : 
then  by  Itampmg  it  in  a  kind  of  wooden  Mould  of  an  Ofta- 
gonal  Form  at  bottom  whereof  is  a  Brafs-Plate  pierced  full 
of  little  Holes. 

The  Matter  being  taken  out  of  the  Mould  is  laid  on  a  Tri- 
vet, under  which  is  a  large  VelTel  full  of  Water;  and  the 
whole  being  cover'd  with  an  earthen  Head,  a  Fire  is  made 
around  it, 

.  The  Mercury  ftill  remaining  in  the  Mafs  is  thus  reduc'd 
into  braoak,  and  at  length  condenfing  is  precipitated  into 
the  Water,  leaving  behind  it  a  Mafs  of  SUver  Grains  of  dif 
terent  Figures,  which  only  joining  or  touching  at  the  Ex- 
tremes render  the  Matter  very  porous  artd  light. 
.  This,  then,  is  the  Tinea's  or  Figfie',  which  the  Workmen 
endeavour  to  fell  fecretly  to  the  VefTels  trading  to  South 
iea  ;  and  from  which  thofe  who  have  ventur'd  to  engage  in 

to  dangerous  a  Commerce  have  made  fuch  vafl  Gains  

Indeed  the  Traders  herein  muft  be  very  careful,  for  the  Spa- 
mp>  Miners  are  errant  Knaves,  and  to  make  the  Vignes  weigh 
the  more,  make  a  Praftice  of  filling  the  middle  with  Said 
or  iron.  See  Commerce,  Pike,  (?■£■. 

PINEAL,  Pr  NBA  I  IS,  in  Anatomy,  a  Name  which 
Ves  Canes  gives  to  a  ©land  in  the  third  Ventricle  of  the 
Brain;  from  its Refemblance  to  a  Pine-Apple.  See  Gland 
and  Brain. 

This  Gland  he  makes  the  Seafmm,  or  Seat  of  the  reafon- 
able  S»ul.   See  Sensorium. 
Other  Authors  call  it  CmiJes  and  toiurium.  See  Cona- 

PINGUEDO,  among  Anatomifts,  that  fort  of  Fat  of 
Animals  lying  next  under  the  Skin.   See  Fat. 

P I N I O  N,  in  Mechanicks,  an  Arbor,  or  Spindle,  in  the 
Body  whereof  are  feveral  or  Notches,  into  which  catch 
the  Teeth  of  a  Wheel  that  ferves  to  turn  it  round  Or  a 
Fimonis  a  Icffer  Wheel,  which  plays  in  the  Teeth  of  a  larger, 
oee  Wheel.  ^ 

In  a  Watch,  &c.  its  Notches  (which  are  commonly  4, 

t^'Xt^^  not  Teeth  as  in  other 

Wheels.  See  Watch. 

Pinim  ofRepm,h  that  Pinion  in  a  Watch  whichis  common- 
lyjixi  on  the  Arbor  of  the  great  Wheel,  and  which  in  old 
Watches  ufedto  have  but  four  Leaves;  it  drives  the  Diai- 
.Wheel,  and  carries  about  the  Hand.  See  Watchwork. 
I  he  Quotient,  or  Number  of  Turns  to  be  laid  upon  the  Pi- 
of  Report,  is  found  by  this  Proportion:  AstheBeatsin 
one  Turn  of  the  great  Wheel,  ire  to  the  Beats  in  an  Hour ; 
lo  are  the  Hours  of  the  Face  of  the  Clock,  CviT..  t>  or 
to  the  Quotient  of  the  Hour-Wheel,  or  Diil-Wheei  divided 
by  the  Pmion  of  Report,  that  is,  by  the  Number  of  Turns 
Which  the  Pimon  of  Report  hath  in  one  Turn  of  the  Dial- 
Wheel  :  which  in  Numbers  is  26928  :  20T96  : :  f  •  o 

Or  rather  thus;  as  the  Hours  of  the  Watches  goins  are 
to  the  Numbers  of  the  Turns  of  the  Fufy  ;  fo  are  the  Hours 
of  the  Face,  to  the  Quotient  of  the  Pinion  of  Report  — 
If  the  Hours  be  12,  then  16  :  12  : :  12  :  9.  But  if  24,  the 
Proportion  is  16  : 12  : :  24  :  18. 

This  Rule  may  ferve  to  lay  the  Pinion  of  Report  on  any 
other  Wheel,  thus :  As  the  Beats  in  one  Turn  of  any  Wheel 
are  to  the  Beats  in  an  Hour ;  So  are  the  Hours  of  the  Face  or 
Dial-Plate  of  the  Watch,  to  the  Quotient  of  the  Dial-Wheel 
divided  by  the  Pinion  of  Report,  fixed  on  the  Spindle  of  the 
aforefaid  Wheel.    See  Calculation. 

?  '^'o?''  ^  Veffel  ufed  at  Sea,  mafted  and  rigged 
like  other  Ships;  only  that  (be  is  built  with  a  round  Stern ; 
the  Bends  and  Ribs  compafRng  fo,  as  that  her  Sides  bulge 
out  very  much.   See  Vessel. 

This  Difpolltion  renders  the  Pinks  difKcult  to  be  boarded; 
thers  '°  "^""^  Bardms  than  0- 


th^FlMt"^  """^  Store-ships  and  Hofpital-Ships  in 

Pink  am«ng  Painters,  a  fort  of  yellow  Colour,  See 
lEiiow  and  Painting. 


^J^mNA,  a  Latin  Word  (ignifying  a  Feather.   Sec  FeI- 

J-rif""!^"^  figutativelyin  divers  Arts,  to  exprefs  things 

^,        ^'1™''^'"''^' ^'>™'  I"  F«*ers;  as  the 
Fms  ol  Filhes,  s^c.   See  Fin, 

P I  N  N  A  viarK,  in  Anatomy,   See  Ear 
Pinna  Nafi,  the  fame  as  AU  Nafi.   See  Nosi! 
<:,v     I'o*^'^'  '.•'"■'".Vera,  with  a  fq.ure  Stern,' having 
Sails  and  Oars,  and  carrying  three  Mails;  chiefly  nVed  as  a 
Scout  tor  Intelligence,  and  for  landing  of  Men,   See  Ves- 

One  of  the  Boats  belonging  to  a  great  Man  of  War  fer- 
ving  to  carry  the  Officers  to  and  from  the  Shore,  is  alfo  cal- 
led the  Pinnace.    See  Boat. 

PINNACLE,  in  Architefture,  the  Top,  or  Roof,  of  a 
Houfe,  terminating  in  a  Point.    See  Roop. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Latm  Pinna,  or  Pinnacutum 
—-This  kind  of  Roof  among  the  Ancients  was  approprial 

PI  i"  wP^"'  ■S'"''''  "'■'''"afy  Roofs  were  all  fiat,  or  in  the 
Platform  Way.   See  Platform. 

'Twas  from  the  Pinnacle,  that  the  Pediment  took  its  Rife, 
aee  Pediment. 

,.frlt^i*'^*  f'nf'  »F«*er,  in  Botany, 

PINNING,  in  Building,  the  ftllening  of  Tiles  toee- 
Hou're"^^  '  f  f  H-^^"";  Oak;  for  the'  Covering  o?  a 
Hoiile,  cS-c.   See  Tyles  and  Covering. 
tifv  nf      ^7'"'^' ,<"•  Meafure  ufed  in  eflimating  the  Quan- 
Measor  J.'"'*'  fonietimes  of  dry  things.^  See 

The  Endifli  Tint  is  twofold  ;  the  one  for  Wine-Meanirp- 
the  other  for  Beer  and  Ale-Meafure  Mealure, 
The  IVwe  Tint  contains  a  full  Pound,  Avoirdu  pois,  of 
common  running  Water;  two  T.nts  make  a  Quart,  h™ 
qSarV'  d°"  '  '™  '  S=?Gallok° 

The  Paris  Tim  is  eftimated  at  one  fixth  of  the  ancient 
COT^m;  and  contains  two  Pounds  of  common  Water-  It 
IS  divided  into  Chopines,  which  fome  call  Septiers  1  the'seo- 
her  into  two  Demi-Septiers,  the  Demi-Septier  into  two 
Poiflons,  each  Poiflbn  containing  6  Cubic  Inche.^  -Two  Tints 
S'^'n  ^"  e?™",  which  fome  call  a  Po't :  The  Pint 
of  S.  Dents  is  almoil  double  that  of  Paris. 

Budms  derives  the  Word  Pint  from  the  Creek  .mhU,  Me- 
ftgf,  from  xk^Cerman  Pinte,  a  little  Meafure  of  Wine; 
Mcod  from  the  Greek  »lrw,  to  drink,  ' 
tn'tL'iJy),^?-'  ^'"""S  ^  Iron  Pin  which  ferves 

N.«r  '^  p  Cannon  from  recoiling.  See  Cannon,  Ord- 
nance, Recoil,  c^c.  —"v" 
Pintles,  in  a  Ship,  are  Hooks  by  which  the  Rudder 
^'m^,.'?l'^f""-P°<i-  See  Rudder, en  tue  Kudder 
f  I U  N  E  E  R,  m  War,  a  Labourer  employ'd  in  an  Armv 
o  finooth  the  Roads,  pafs  the  Artillery  a-tong"  dig  S 
and  Trenches,  Mines,  and  the  other  Works 

derives  the  Word  from  the  Ut.nPediiones,  and 
rinTp''  i"'  a  People  of         whnii  prin- 

'S  I  n  R  '-^  Earth  in  Mines  &c. 

'f  Y.'  •"'.P"  '  '  Difeafe  among  Poultry  ;  con- 
fift  ngofawhite  thin  Skin  or  Film,  that  grows  under  the  Tip 
01  the  Tongue,  and  hinders  their  feeding. 

off  rl  '^'*>'  '^'^'"-'t  is  cured  bv  pullinl 

ott  the  Film  with  the  Fingers,  and  rubbing  the  Tongue  with 

pf^  p™'  'p'",?- ""S"''^'  Difeafe.  See  Ha  wk 

E'ln  Building,  &c.  a  Canal  or  Conduit  for  the  Con- 
veyance of  Water,  and  other  Liquids.  SeeCANAi 
T    f,  ^"'^  W^^l''  Water-Engines,  &c.   are  ufually  of 
,n;'''>l™"'n?"'''A,7  Wopd.-.Thore  of  Timber  are  ufu- 
ally  either  Oak  or  Alder.    See  Time er 

Thofe  of  Iron  are  caft  in  the  Forges;'their  Lenirth  nhnnf 
two  Foot  and  a  half;  feveral  of  which' are  piec'd  fogether 
by  means  of  four  Screws  at  each  End,  with  Leather,  or  old 
Hat  between  them  to  (lop  the  Water 
Thofe  of  Earth  are  made  by  the  Potters.-Thefe  are  fit- 

rtl'"ti?  "™$"'.'  E"''  '"='■"8  ■■•'"'^y'  wider 
than  the  othel,_To  jom  them  the  clofer,  and  prevent  their 

leaking,  they  are  cover'd  with  Pitch  and  Tow.  ^Their 

Length  IS  ufually  about  the  fame  with  that  of  the  Iron 
iipes. 

The  Wooden  P,pcs  are  bored  with  large  Iron  Augers  of 
amerent  Siz.es,  fucceeding  one  another  from  left  to  larger; 
the  lirlt  pointed,  the  reft  form'd  like  Spoons,  increafing  in 
Diameter  trora  one  Inch  to  fix.— They  are  fitted  into  the 
Extremities  of  each  other,  and  are  fold  by  the  Foot. 

r  ,  J  ^'f"  °f  '"0  kinds  the  one  foider'd,  the  othir 
not  lolderd:  For  the  Conftruaion  of  each  Kind  whereof, 
lee  Plumbery. 
For  the  Pipes  of  Organs :  See  Organ. 
Pipe  is  alfo  a  popular  Machine  ulid  in  the  fmoaking  of 
Tobacco ;  confifting  of  a  Itng  llender  Tube,  made  of  Earth 
or  Clay;  having  at  one  End  a  little  Vafe,  or  Furnace,  call'd 

the 


PI  s 


(  8r($  ) 


P  I  S 


the  Bmt,  for  the  Reception  of  the  Tobacco",  tlie  Fumes 
whereof  are  drawn  by  the  Mouth  thro'  the  other  End.  See 
Tobacco, 

Pipis  are  iiride  of  various  Falliions,  long,  fhort,  plain, 
work'd,  white,  varnilh'd,  unvarnifii'd,  of  various  Colours, 

ej-c  The  Turh  ufe  Tipu  three  or  lour  f  oot  long,  made 

of  RuOies,  or  of  Wood  bor'd ;  at  the  End  whereof  they  fix  a 
kind  Nut,  of  bak'd  Earth,  which  ferves  as  a  Boiil,  and  wtach 
they  take  off  after  fmoaking. 

The  Word  is  borrowed  from  the  Latin  Pip". 

P I  r  E  is  alfo  a  Veflil,  or  Meafure,  for  Wine,  and  Things 
meafiired  by  Wine-Meafure.   See  Measure. 

The  Pipe,  or  Butt,  contains  two  Hoglbeads,  four  Barrels, 
or  126  Gallons-,  and  is  computed  to  weigh  about  9  Hundred, 
J.  Qilarters,  and  17  Pound.    See  Hogshead, 

The  Pipe  i'  little  ufed  in  Frmce,  except  in  Aiijou  and  Pot- 
'hu,  where  it  confirts  of  two  Boifleaux,  equal  to  a  Muid  and 
half  of  Paris  ;  the  Muid  conGfting  of  36  Septiers,  and  the 
Septier  of  8  Pints.  .      ,        ,  ,„, 

Pips,  P  i  p  a,  in  Law,  is  a  Roll  in  the  Exchequer,  call  d 
alfo  the  Grat  M.   See  Roll  and  Exchequer. 

P  I  p  E-Officf,  is  an  Office  wherein  a  Perlbn  ca.l'd  the  Clerk 
of  the  Pipe  makes  out  the  Leafes  of  Crown-Lands,  by  War- 
rant from  the  Lotd-Treafurer,  or  Comraillioners  of  the 
Treafury,  or  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer.  See  Clerk  of 
the  Pipe.  ,     ,     ^  , 

All  Accounts  of  Sheriffs,  &c.  are  made  up  by  the  Clerk 
of  the  Pipe,  and  he  gives  the  Accomptants  their  Quietus  e/l. 
To  this  Office  are  brought  all  Accompts  which  pafs  the  Re- 
membrancer's Office,  and  Remain  there;  that  if  any  ftated 
Debt  be  due  from  any  Perfon,  the  fame  may  be  drawn  down 
into  the  great  Roll  of  the  Pipe;  upon  which  the  Comptrol- 
ler ilTues  out  a  Writ,  call'd.  The  Summons  of  the  Pipe  for 
Recovery  thereof   See  Remembrancer. 

All  Tallies  which  vouch  the  Payment  of  any  Sum  con- 
tained in  fuch  Accompts,  are  examined,  and  allowed  by  the 
chief  Secondary  of  the  Pipe.   See  Taliy. 

Befides  the  Clerk,  in  this  Office  are  eight  Attornies,  or 
fworn  Clerks,  and  a  Comptroller. 

PIRATE,  a  Perfon,  or  Veffel,  that  robs  on  the  high 
Seas,  or  makes  Defcents  on  the  Coafts)  &c.  without  the 
Permidion  or  Authority  of  any  Prince  or  State.  See  Pri- 
vateer. 

When  Pirates  are  caught  they  are  ufually  hang'd  up  with- 
out Remiffion,  or  any  formal  Trial;  fonietimes  in  the  next 
Port ;  fometimes  on  board  the  VelTel  that  takes  them. 

In  different  Parts  they  ire  differently  denominated;  as  in 
the  IVeH  ludies,  Euccmeers,  Free  booters,  &c._-ln  the  Medi- 
terranedn,  Corfairs,  &c.  See  Buccaneer,  Corsair,  Ci-c. 

Alexander  reproaching  a  Pirate  with  his  Condition ;  was 
anfwered,  Ifl  am  a  Pirate,  'tis  becanfe  I  have  only  a  (ingle 
Veifel  ;  had  I  a  Fleet  I  fliould  be  a  mighty  Conqueror. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  ■»"[>  Fire,  becsufe  they 
ufe  to  burn  the  Ships,  Houres,erc.  of  the  Iflands  where  they 
make  Defcents. 

P 1  K  A  T  E  was  alfo  .anciently  ufed  for  the  Perfon  to  whofo 
Care  the  Mole,  or  Peer,  of  a  Haven,  in  Latin  Pera,  was  in- 
truded.  See  Peer. 

Sometimes,  too,  according  to  Spelmm,  it  was  ufedp™ 
lite  mtntimo  ;  for  a  Sea-Captain  or  Soldier. 

Affer  in  the  Life  of  King  Alfred,  tells  us,  jujjit  naves  lorigas 
fihricari,  impofitls  quA  piratis  in  illis  vias  maris  cujhdiendas 
comnsifit. 

PIRETHRA,  orPyRETHRA,  or  Pirette,  orPELn- 
torv,  aMedicinal  Root. brought  from  Tunis,  of  a  hot,  dif 
cutient  Quality,  ufed  as  an  Alexipharmic  and  Phlegmaeogue; 
as  alfo  to  affwage  the  Toothach  ;  and  in  the  Compofition  of 
Vinegar. 

'Tis  of  a  moderate  Length,  the  Thicknefs  of  the  little 
Finger,  greyilh  without,  whitilb  within,  and  of  a  Iharp, 
burning  Tafte. 

'Tis  pretended  it  took  its  Name  from  Pyrrhus  King  of  £- 
inrtu ;  but  there  is  no  great  Occalion  for  having  recourfe  to 
1  Myftery  ;  its  burning  Qjality  being  fufficient  to  give  it 
the  Name  Pirethra,  from  the  Greei  -ml,  Fire.  It  mull  be 
chofen  new,  dry,  hard  to  break,  &c. 

It  is  call'd  a  Salivary  Root,  becaufe  being  held  in  the  Mouth 
its  Pungency  promotes  the  Evacuation  of  Saliva, 

PIROUETTE,  or  Pi  R  OBT,  in  the  Manage,  a  Turn 
or  Circumvolution  which  a  Horfe  makes,  without  changing 
his  Ground.         ,      ,       _     ,        „  - 

Pirouettes  are  either  of  one  Tread  or  Piite,  or  ot  two— 
The  6rll  is  an  entire  Ihort  Turn  which  the  Horfe  makes 
upon  one  Tread,  and  almoft  in  one  Time  ;  in  fuch  manner  as 
that  his  Head  comes  to  the  place  where  his  Tail  was,  with- 
out putting  out  his  Haunches,  In  the  Pirouette  of  two 

Treads,  or  Plftes,  he  takes  a  fmall  Compafs  of  Ground,  al- 
nioll  his  Length ;  and  marks  both  with  the  fore  part  and 
the  hind.   See  Piste. 

The  Word  is  French,  and  literally  figmhes  iVh,rl,g,g. 

PIS-AspHALTuM,  a  Compounii  ol  Bitumen  and  Pitch.' 
See  Bitumen,  fVe. 


There  are  two  Kinds  •,  the  one  Natural,  the  other  Artifi. 
cial. 

The  Natural  is  the  fime  with  what  we  otherwife  call 
Afpbaltum,  estfnoijli  Pitch.    See  Asphaltum. 

The  Artificial  is  prepared  with  equal  Parts  of  the  ^eTX)lfh~ 
Pitch  and  common  Black-Pitch  melted  together.  Sec 
Pitch. 

This  latter  Kind  is  what  is  ufually  fold  in  the  Shops  for 
the  former. — The  Coarfenefs  of  the  black  Colour,  and  the 
Fetidnefs  of  the  Smell  fervts  to  diftinguilb  it. 

The  Ancients  ufed  both  kinds  in  embalming  their  Dead* 
See  Embalming. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  iriaio.  Pitch;  and 
ajfoLXlit,  Bitumen, 

P 1  S  C  A  RY,  in  our  ancient  Statutes,  the  Liberty  of  Filh- 
ing  in  another  Man's  W.iters.    See  Fish  i  no, 

PISCES,  in  Aftronomy,  the  twelfth  Sign,  or  Conftel- 
lation  of  the  Zodiac,    See  Sign  and  Constellatic^v, 

The  Stars  in  Pifces,  in  Ptolomy's  Catalogue,  are  38,  fn 

Tycho's,  3;,    In  the  Britannic  C^tAo^Mi,  109.  The  Lou* 

gitudes.  Latitudes,  Magnitudes,  &c.  whereof  are  as  follow. 
Stars  in  the  Sign  P  I  s  c  E  s. 
Names  mid  Situations  of         ^.   Longit.  LatituJ. 
ib:  Stars, 


In  the  Mouth  of  the  South.  Fi(h. 

■;. 

Soutli.oftivo  in  the  hind  part ofthc  Head 
Noi  th,  in  the  hind  part  of  the  Head. 
Preced,  of  two  in  the  Bellv. 
A  fmaii  one  contigurus  to  it, 
Prcccd.  in  the  Back. 


Subfeq,  in  the  Bick. 
Subfeq.  of  two  in  the  Belly. 


ift.  of  thofe  preced.  the  Square 
under  the  South.  Filh.) 

Second. 


Preced. of  North,  in  theSquafC. 
In  the  Tail  of  the  South.  Filh. 
Siibleq,  of  the  North  in  the  Square. 
Preced,  of  the  South,  in  the  Square. 

30 

That  nliich  follows  over  the  Tail. 
Slibleq,  the  South,  ofthore  in  the 
Square  under  I'ifies) 


In  the  Line  next  tlie  Tail  of  Pifes. 
40 


41 


Second  from  the  Tail  in  the  Ltire. 
50 


11  06  22  7  22  4y 

1 2  06  I s  6  5  I  40 
12  04  48 !  6  01  09 
14  15  16  9  03  I'g 

14  41  iSj  7  01  31 

17  03  44'  1  r«  43 

15  42  17)  S  32  36 

18  34  33  I  4  26  26 
18  35  20  4  16  40 
20  52  27  9  01 


17  47 

iS  16  05 
iS  4S  28 

19  13  58 

20  34  43 

21  0$  46 
23  18  33 

22  16  36 
26  00  II 

23  5«  51 


2:  - 


i  21 


23  41  07 

24  59  44 
22  47  44 
2?  22 


1  22  54 

2  04  20 
I  46  36 
I  24  53 

3  37  54 

4  15  34 
7  12 

3  2«  07 
1 1  07  22 

4  3a  43 

1  19  43 

2  01  47 

3  28  57 
21139 
6  58  13 


23  57  34i  3  07  49 
2Sj  1455'  6  22  1$ 

24  ^3  04I  2  57  45 
23  .[2  36  5  42  3' 
29  49  la  7  57  50 


29  38  45 
24  3'  38 
2  26  23 
2  37  16 

2  45  oS 

5  04  06 

3  35 

6  iS  45 
6  46  18 

3  39  i^ 

6  09  48 

7  01  ,3 
2  10  10 

4  3<S  55 
9  57  40 

9  43 

8  43  31 


1  08 


47 


Pieced,  of  tiie  brightStars  in  the  Line 


7  31  43 

5  4S  55 
9  12  37 

6  36  03 

5  54  2* 

11  05  3* 

6  24  02 
13  12  04 

12  ss  o 

5  27  3« 

10  09  oS 

ID  41  48 

o  44  49 
4  30  42 
15  06  45 


13  37  31  B 
12  iS  56, B 


B  6 
B  4 
6 

B  4 
B  5  S 


5  49  42 

11  iS  56 
8  50 

10  c-S  47 

13  ^5  40 

12  26  42 
J 1  08  49  ^ 

14  16  36  13  19  58 


I  39 
3  10  38 
■5  23  53 

O  ID 
10  21  41 

15  43  24 
9  38  42 
6  22  25 


14  57  33 
9  37  31 
9  49  17 

13  34  02 


I  31  48 
14  30  43 

1  37  28 

2  09  44 
10  44  49 


5 
«  7 
5 

6 
6 
6 
6 


6 
5 
1 
7 

3  « 

6  7 

6 
6 

<  7 

6 

5 
5 
5 

<S 

5  a 

5  4 
6 


PIS 


P  I  S 


l^ttmet  and  Situations  of  i 
tbs  Stan,  <t 

«0 

Preccd.  of  3  in  the  Head  of  the 

North.  Fifli.) 
Middle  of  thofe  in  the  Head. 
Laft  of  3  in  the  Head  of  the  North.  Fill]. 
Preced.  of  2  againil  the  Eye  of  the 

North.  Vilh.)  6^; 
Middle  of  the  bright  Stars  in  the 
South.  Line.; 

Freced.  of  3  In  the  Fin  of  the  Baclt. 

70 

Subfeq,  againft  the  Fve  of  the  North. 
Fiih.) 

Middle,  in  the  Fin  of  the  Back. 

Upper,  in  the  Fold  of  South.  Line, 
l-aft  of  3  in  the  Fin  of  the  Tail. 
North,  of  2  aa^inft  the  Month  of 
North.  Filii.}   Sonth.  of  the  fime. 

So 

Tliat  follow  the  Fin  of  the  Baclj. 

South,  of  2  in  the  Belly, 
r.afl  of  3  bright  ones  in  the  South. 
Line.J 

South.  of2  in  the  Fold  of  South.  Line. 
North,  in  the  Belly. 
Another  following' it. 

90 

Preced.  of  the  contiguous  in  the  bend- 
ingoftheLine)  Subfeq-ofthefame. 
to  the  Tail  of; 
the  North.  Filh.J 

P5  Knot.) 
9dof  thofe  in  North.Linebeforethe 
North,  of  3  in  North.  Line. 

Middle  of  thofe  in  the  North.  Line. 


Longif. 


Latiiud. 


2d  of  thofe  in  South.  Line  before  the 
Knot.) 

That  next  thcKnot  in  thcNorth. Line, 
ift  before  the  Knot  in  South.  Line. 

In  the  Knot  of  each  the  two  Lines.  Y 


18  r;  46  20  30  43 
!?  43  29 ' 12  17  13 

19  23  22  : 19  29  38 

20  33  53  20  57  08 

22  53  41,23  03  47 

'3  '2  II j  I  04  07 
16  23  36!  7  23  22 
12  46  09 '  I  10  40 
19  06  00 '  13  21 
15  11  21 1  5  31  '3 

23  46  30^23  06  23 
12  41  48 i  15532 

24  04  i3  i  22  47  51 
19  18  25  12  23  46 

12  o«  37    4  49  08 

13  37  12I  I  30  24 

19  17  471 1 1  18  09 
24  27  32:21  59  06 

23  58  26120  42  19 

12  52  27j  4  40  45 

20  II  43 ' 12  25  29 

13  21  16  j  4  50  30 
22  08  31 ! 15  29  02 

M  32  13  o  13  25 
18  53  15    7  39  27 


15  32  53 
15  00  04 

24  27  10 

25  25  21 

21  40  54 

22  45  12 

22  52  27 

17  56  CO 

iS  5«  45 

23  14  23 

18  46  40 

22  29  20 

23  II  35 

22  35  18 

24  41  39 

23  50  06 

24  42  55 
21  10  37 
2(5  47  42 
27  14  27 

23  24  40 

23  II  iB 

24  42  05 

25  °2  33 


& 

m 
? 

B 

6 

B 

6 

B 

S 

B 

6 

B 

5 

B 
B 

4 

6 

A 

B 

5 

B 

6 

0  51  50 

4  17  13 

17  26  56 

18  39  53 

8  20  43 

9  22  03 
9  23  58 
3  34  52 
'  57  39 
8  17  49 

3  04  25 

5  21  07 

4  20  47 

1  52  05 

5  51  46 

3  40  32 
5  38  07 

4  4 


B  7 

b|6  7 
Al  5 


9  01  34'  B  7 
"  36  2o;B  8 


I  38  58;  A 

7  55  45' A 

8  35  05 ! A 
905  10 '  A 


PISCIS  pedant,  in  Aftronomv,  i5  a  Conftellatioaofthe 
Southern  Heraifphere,  luiknown  to  the  Ancients,  and  invi- 
lil)le  to  us  m  thcfe  Northern  Regions.    See  C  o  n  s  r  n  l  l  a- 

T  T  O  N. 

PISCINA,  in  Antiquity,  a  large  Bafon,  in 

an  open  pubhcii  Place,  or  Square  ;  where  the  Jioma:?  Youth 
learnt  to  fwim  ;  and  which  was  furroimded  with  a  hi-h  Wall 
to  prevent  the  cafting  of  Filth  into  it.    See  Swimming.  ' 

Piscina  was  alTo  the  Iquare  Bafon  in  the  middle  of  a 
Bath.   See  Bath. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin  Pifcis,  Fifh  ;  becaufe 
Men  here  imitated  Fiilies  in  fwimming  j  and  becaule  Filhes 
were  aftuilly  kept  in  fome  of  them. 

Piscina  Prohntica,  was  a  Fool,  or  Refervoir  of  Water, 
near  the  ^Court  of  Sclomon's  Temple  fo  cali'd  from  the 
Greek  •wsfCd'-nv^  Sheep,  becaufe  they  here  walh'd  the  Bealls 
deftin'd  for  Sacrifice.    See  Sacrifice- 

By  this  Pifcim  it  was  that  our  Saviour  wrought  the  mira- 
culous Cure  of  the  Paralytic. 

■Daviler  obferves,  there  are  ftill  remaining  five  Arches  of 
the  Portico,  and  part  of  the  Bafon  of  this  Pifcim. 

Piscina,  or  Lav:itoryy  among  the  Turh,  is  a  large 
Bafon  in  the  middle  of  the  Court  of  a  Mofque,  or  under  the 
Portico's  that  encompafs  it.   See  Mosq^ue. 

Its  Form  is  ufually  a  long  Square,  built  of  Stone  or  Marble, 
furnifli'd  with  a  great  Number  of  Cocks ;  wherein  the  Muf- 
fulmen  waft  themfclves  before  they  make  their  Prayers; 
as  being  perfuaded  that  Ablution  efSices  Sin.  See  Ae- 
].  u  T  1  o  N. 

PISSEL^UM  Indicum  {esmi  to  be  what  palTes  in  the 
Shops  for  Barbadnes  Tar. — It  has  a  ftrong  Smell  not  unlike 
the  common  Tar,  and  is  not  very  pleafant  to  Sight  or  Tafte. 
l£  is  accounted  a  good  Balfimick,  and  where  the  Stomach 


can  dirpenfe  with  it  will  do  great  Service  in  miny  Diforders 
ot  the  Breaft,  which  has  alfo  been  experienced  of  comtnon 
Tar.   See  Tar. 

PISTACHO,  or  PiSTAcii  Nut,  a  Fruit  bronahC 
from  fevera  Parts  of  J/ia,  chiefly  Aleppo  Fcrfi.i.-\mis:n 
wrapt  in  all  its  Co.its,  'tis  of  the  Size  of  a  green  Almond; 
blit  when  ftript  of  all  but  its  Shell  it  refcmbles  a  fmall-Nat 
The  Kernel  is  red  without  and  green  within,  its  Tafte  v-ry 
agreeable.  -  ' 

The  Tree  that  produces  it  is  a  kind  of  Turpentine- Tree  - 
The  Nuls  are  to  be  chofen  new,  heavy,  and  full;  as  to  thoF- 
that  are  broken,  fuch  as  have  kept  their  Colours  beft  are 
to  be  preferr'd ;  for  as  to  the  Size  'tis  a  Fancy. 

Tiltaclns  are  apertive,  proper  to  give  Vigour,  and  arc  ofed 
in  Emulfions,  &c.  in  Phthifical  and  Nephritical  Cafes.  They 
alfo  enter  feveral  Ragoufts ;  are  comfited,  made  intoCon- 
ferves,  &c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Ltitin  Piflaclum,  of  the 
Greek  oi!u'ii»» ;  whence  according  to  Menage  the  City  pfy- 
tacm  took  its  Name. 

_  There  is  likewife  a  kind  of  filfe  Pi/lncho,  brought  from 
tne  Canbbee  Iflinds,  which  fome  confound  with  the  real 
ones,  tho'  very  different,  both  with  regard  to  the  Plant 
that  produce  them,  and  their  Quality.  The  Plant  does  not 
grow  above  a  Foot  high.  Nor  does  the  Frnit  grow  on  the 
Branches,  but  is  found  in  Pods  adhering  to  the  Root  —The 
lod  fometimes  only  contains  a  fingle  Nut,  which  it  re- 
lerablesan  Olive;  but  ufually,  feveral;  and  in  that  Cafe 
heavy "'^  The  Subftance  is  white,  compaa  and 

This  Fruit  is  rarely  eat  raw,  becaufe  of  the  ill  EfFefts  ir 
produces;  'tis  ufually  roafted  or  comfited;  is  ufed  in  Ra- 
gouts ;  and  to  make  Ratifia's. 

PISTE,  in  the  .Manage,  the  Track,  or  Tread,  which  a 
I lorle  mikes  upon  the  Ground  he  goes  over;  and  which 
mav  be  either  fingle  or  double. 

If  the  Rider  makes  him  go  but  an  ordinary  Gallop,  in  a 
Circle,  or  rather  Square,  he  will  make  but  one ;  if  he  ei- 
ther makes  him  gallop  with  his  Haunches  in,  or  ioTerra  i 
Terra,  he  will  make  two  Tifles,  one  with  the  fore-part 

another  with  the  hind  And  the  f<me  if  the  Rider  raak-s 

him  pallage,  or  go  fide  w.iys,  either  in  a  (Irait  Line,  or  no- 
on a  Circle.  ' 

The  Word  is  French,  and  literally  flgnilies  a  Track. 

r  I  ST  I  L,  in  Botany,  a  little  upright  Part  in  the  middle 
See  St  '""^  ^^'"'^^^  of  Flowers ;  cali'd  alfo  the  Style. 

The  Finn  is  an  eflenti.^1  Part  of  a  Flower ;  and  the  prin- 
cipal female  Organ  of  Generation  ;  it  being  in  this  that  the 
Seeds  or  young  Plants  are  form'd.    See  FtowlR. 

It  arifes  from  the  Pedicle  of  the  Flower,  or  the  Center  of 
the  Calyx,  and  at  length  becomes  the  young  Fruit,  which  is 
lomctniies  hid  in  the  Calyx,  and  fometimes  quite  out.  See 
Fruit,  Calvx,  C'c. 

The  Figure  of  the  PiPU  is  very  different  in  difFerent  Flow- 
ers:  Sometimes  'tis  a  little  Stalk,  which  enlarges  at  the  two 
Ends  like  a  Peftle ;  fometimes  'tis  a  mere  Stamen  or  Thread : 
Sometimes  'tis  .'ound,  fometimes  fquare,  triangular,  oval,  c^r. 

Almoft  all  Piflils  are  fnrnifh'd  at  top,  either  with  fine 
Hairs,  which  make  a  kind  of  Velveting;  or  with  little  Fila- 
ments difpofed  in  Plumes ;  or  are  be  fet  with  little  Veficles 
full  of  a  glutinous  Juice. 

Some  Flowers  have  feveral  TiHils ;  or  rather  the  Fijtils  ter- 
minate in  feveral  Branches,  or  Horns,  which  have  their  Rife 
from  as  many  young  Fruits,  or  as  many  different  Capful^, 
containing  Seeds. 

All  thefe  Pljlils,  or  whatever  Form  they  be  in,  have  certain 
Apertures  at  their  Tops,  or  certain  Clefts  continued  the 
whole  Length,  to  the  Bafe  or  Embryo's  of  the  Frui'— This 
is^Vd-y  vifiblein  the  Lilly,  Daffodil,  and  Melon,  by  cleaving 
the  FifHls  length-wife,  or  rutting  them  tranfverfely.—If  af- 
ter cutting  the  Pijlil  of  the  Lilly,  you  immerge  one  Extre- 
mity in  Water,  and  fuck  thro'  the  other  End,  the  Water 
will  rife  thro'  it,  as  through  a  Pipe. 

By  opening  the  Piflils  in  their  different  States  or  Growths, 
It  appears  evidently,  tliat  'tis  theie  form  the  young  Fruits; 
and  contain  within  them  the  Embryo's  of  the  Seeds;  whe- 
ther thofe  Seeds  be  diffufcd  thro'  the  whole  Length  of  the 
PiJiU ;  or  whether  they  be  all  indofed  in  its  Bafe  :  And  tjiat 
they  are  always  open  a-top,  and  perforated,  either  more  ot 
lefs  fenfibly,  to  the  Bottom  :  Though  this  Cavity  is  frequent- 
ly effaced  as  the  young  Fruit  grows;  and  fometimes  a  Part 
of  the  Pilld,  which  Malpighi  caJIs  the  Style,  or  Needle,  drys 
and  falls  off. 

The  Pipil,  we  have  obferved,  is  the  Female  Organ  of 
Generation;  its  Bafe  does  the  Office  of  the  Vteriu,  or 
Womb,  in  Women ;  and  its  Length  that  of  the  Fagina. 
See  Uterus  and  Vagina. 

It  is  encoiiipafTed  with  the  Stamina,  the  Apices  whereof 
are  full  of  a  fine  Duft,  cali'd  the  Farina  Facundans;  which 
burfting  its  Veflcnte,  or  Apices,  when  mature,  is  flied  on 
the  upper  Part  of  the  Pifiil,  and  thence  convey'd  by  the 
9  V.  Cavity 


(  8i8  ) 


PIT 


Cavity  thereof  to  the  Bife  or  Uterus;  where  beingjfed  with 
a  fine  Juice,  feparated  by  the  Flowers,  it  grows,  expands, 
and  thus  forms  the  Embryo  of  a  young  Fruit.  See  Stamina, 
Farina,  c?'tr. 

For  a  more  diftinft  Accouiit  of  the  Procefs  of  Generation 
of  Plants.   See  Plant. 

PISTOL,  a  little  Fire- Arm,  bore  at  the  Saddle-Bow, 
the  Girdle,  or  in  the  Pocket.   See  Fire-Arm. 

The  Pijicl  is  faid  to  have  taken  its  Name  from  Pifioya  a 
City  in  Italy;  where,  as  Fauchet  tells  us,  they  were  firfl: 
made.— Swe/  derives  the  Word  from  FitluU,  Pipe,  the  Bar- 
rel of  this  Piece  bearing  fome  Refemblance  to  a  Flute,  (^-c. 

Pistole,  or  Douhlm,  in  Commerce,  a  Gold  Coin, 
itruck  in  Spain,  and  (everal  Parts  of  Italy,  Switz.erland,  &c. 
See  Coin. 

It  has  its  Augmentations,  and  Diminutions  i  which  are 
Quadruple  Filioles,  Double  Fl/ioles,  and  Half  Fijloles. 

l"he  Pifiole  is  about  the  fame  Weight,  Finenefs,  and  Va- 
lue, with  the  Fremh  Louis  d'ors,  viz..  equal  to  Sixteen  Shil- 
lings and  Six  Pence,  Sterling. 

In  Spain  the  Fifiole  is  accounted  equal  to  four  Pieces  of 
Eight,  32  Rials,  1088  Maravedis,  old  Money  i  i;6o  Mara- 
Vedis,  new  MoBey ;  and  2040  Maravedis  of  Billon,  the  old 
Money  current  at  Seville,  Cadiz.,  in  Andalufia,  &c.  being 
25  per  Cent,  better  than  the  imaginary  Money  they  reckon 
by  at  Madrid,  Bilboa,  &c.  which  Augmentation  was  made 
by  Charles  II.  in  1686.  to  prevent  the  Exportation  of  Mo- 
ney out  of  the  Kingdom.    See  Money. 

Moft:  of  the  Exchanges  in  Italy  are  made  on  the  Foot  of 
thcFi/tole.   See  Exchange. 

PISTON,  a  P.irt,  or  .Member  in  fever.al Machines,  par- 
ticularly Pumps,  Air-Pumps,  Syringes,  &c.  call'd  alfo  Em- 
holus,  and  popularly  the  5OTifr.    See  Embolus. 

The  Fijian  of  a  Pump  is  a  Oiort  Cylinder  of  Metal,  fitted 
exaftly  to  the  Cavity  of  the  Barrel  or  Body ;  and  which  be- 
ing work'd  up  and  down  alternately  therein,  raifes  the  Water  ; 
and  when  rais'd  prefTes  it  again,  foas  to  make  it  force  up 
a  Valve,  wherewith  it  is  fnrniftied,  and  fo  efcape  thro'  the 
Nofe  of  the  Pump.    See  Pump. 

The  of  Air-Pumps,  Syringes,  (^c.  See  defcribed  un- 
der AiR-PuHP,  and  Syringe, 

PIT  and  Gallms,  in  our  ancient  Cuftoms.   See  Furca 

Fossa. 

PITANCIARIUS,  an  Oificer  in  the  ancient  Mona- 
fteries,  whole  Bufinefs  it  was  to  provide  and  diftribute  the 
Pitances  of  Herbs  and  Meat,  amongft  the  Monks.  See  Pit- 
tance. 

P I T  C  H,  P I X,  a  kind  of  tenacious  Juice,  or  Gum,  drawn 
from  fatty  Woods,  chiefly  Pines  and  Firs  ufed  in  Ship- 
ping, in  Medicine,  and  various  other  Arts. 

Pitch  is  properly  a  Juice  of  the  Bark  ;  and  is  conceived  to 
be  no  other  than  the  Oil  thereof  infpilTated  and  turned  black, 
farther  than  in  the  Balm,    See  Bark  and  Balm. 

The  Method  of  drawing,  or  procuring,  it,  is  by  cleaving 
the  Tree  into  little  Billets,  which  they  lay  in  a  Furnace 
having  two  Apertures,  thro'  one  of  which  the  Fire  is  put, 
and  thro'  the  other  the  Fitch  is  gathered  ;  which  oozing  from 
the  Wood  runs  along  the  bottom  of  the  Furnace  into  Bifons 

or  Receptacles  for  the  Purpofe  The  Smoak  which  is  here 

very  thick,  gives  it  the  black  Colour  we  find  it  withal.. — - 
Some  will  only  have  our  common  Puch  to  be  the  laft  Run- 
ning, and  Tar  to  be  the  firft.    See  Tar, 

Wheeler  gives  us  another  Manner  of  drawing  Fitch,  ufed 
in  the  Levant. — A  Pit  is  dug  in  the  Ground  two  Ells  in  Dia- 
meter a-top,  but  contrafting  as  it  goes  deeper:  This  they 
fill  with  Branches  of  Pine,  cloven  into  Shivers — The  top  of 
the  Pit  is  then  covered  over  with  Fire,  which  burning 
down  to  the  bottom,  the  Fitch  diftilsand  runs  out  at  a  Hole 
made  therein. 

Pitch  acquires  different  Names  according  to  its  different 
Preparations,  Colours,  and  Qualities.  As  it  diflils  from  the 
Wood  it  is  called  Barras,  but  afterwards  aflumes  a  double 
Name,  the  fineft  and  deareft  being  called  Galipot,  and  the 
coarfer,  marbled  Barras. 

Of  the  Galipot  is  made  what  we  call  white  Fitch,  or  Bur- 
gmdy  Pitch,  which  is  notliing  but  the  Galipot  melted  with 
Oil  of  Turpentine -,  tho'  fome  will  have  it  a  native  Fitch, 
diltilling  from  a  RefinousTree  growing  in  the  Mountains  of 
the  Franche-Compte. 

Ot  the  fame  Galipot  is  likewife  prepared  what  we  call  Ro- 
fm ;  by  boiling  the  Fitch  to  a  certain  Confiftence,  and  ma- 
king it  up  in  Cakes,    See  Rosin. 

The  black  Fitch,  which  is  what  we  properly  call  Fitch, 
is  the  liquid  Galipot  burnt  and  reduced  into  the  Form  and 
Confiftence  we  fee  it  in  by  mixing  Tar  with  it  while  hot. 

The  bell  is  that  brought  from  Sweden  and  Norway.— \K 
Goodnefs  confifts  in  its  being  of  a  Ihining  black,  dry,  and 
brittle. 

Naval  Fitch,  Fix  Navalil,  is  that  drawn  from  old  Pines, 
rang'd  and  burnt  like  Charcoal,— This,  with  the  Mixture  of 
Tow  or  beaten  Cables,  ferves  for  the  pitching  of  VefTels. 

Nnvd  Fitch  is  alfo  that  fcraped  from  off  the  Sides  of  old 


Veffels  ;  and  which  is  fuppofed  to  have  acquired  an  aCtfin.. 
gent  Virtue,  by  means  of  the  Sa!t-Water.-!r  ferves  to  mate 
Plalters ;  tho  tis  certain  the  Apothecaries  ufuaily  fubftl- 
tute  the  common  hlack  Pitch  in  its  (lead. 
_  Creek-Pitch,  or  Spanijh  Pitch,  is  that  boil'd  in  Water  till 
It  have  loft  its  natural  Smell  •,  upon  which  it  becomes  drv 
and  pliable.  ' 

The  Ancients  call'd  it  Colophony,  from  Colophon  a  City  in 
Greece,  whence  great  Qjiantitics  were  brought.  See  Colo- 
phony. 

O//0/P1TCH,  Oleum  Ficirmm,  is  an  Oil  procured  frohi 
I  Itch,  by  feparating  the  aqueous  Matter  that  fwims  a-top 
ot  the  melted  Pitch.— This  for  the  great  Virtues  attributed 
to  it  alfo  call'd  Balm  of  Pitch. 

Pitch,  in  Building,  is  the  jingle,  a  Ga'lMe  End,  and 
confequently  the  whole  Roof  of  a  Building,  is  fet  to.  See 
Gable. 

If  the  Length  of  each  Rafter  be  i  of  the  Breadth  of  the 
Building ;  the  Roof  is  faid  to  be  true  pitch. 

If  the  R.iftsrs  are  longer,  'tis  fiid  to  be  a  high  or  fliara 
pitch'd  Roof;  if  Ihorter,  which  feldom  happens,  it  is  faid 
to  be  a  law  or  flat  pitch'd  Roof.    See  Roof,  Rafter, 

Pitch  is  alfo  a  Sea-Term.  When  a  Ship  fills  witli 

her  Head  too  much  into  the  Sea,  or  beats  againft  it  fo  as  to 
endanger  her  Top-Mafts,  they  fay,  flie  will  pitch  her  Matii 
hy  the  board. 

P 1  TC  H I  N  Qs'Fence,  a  Duty,  commonly  of  one  Penny, 
paid  for  pitching  or  letting  down  every  Sack  of  Corn,  or 
Pack  of  Merchandize,  in  a  Fair  or  Market, 

P I T  H,  P  I  T,  or  P  I  T  t  e,  the  inward,  central  Part  of  a 
Tree,  or  Plant;  anfwering  to  the  Medulla,  or  Marrow,  of  an 
Animal.    See  Plant,  Tree,  c^f. 

Some  will  have  the  Circulation  of  the  Sap  to  be  effefled 
by  means  of  the  Fith;  others  by  the  Bark;  and  others  by 
the  Wood.    See  Sap,  Circulation,  crc. 

PITHIA,  and  Pithian.   See  P  Y  t  Fi  I  A  and  P  Y- 

T  H  I  A  N. 

PITT,  Cavea,  of  a  Theatre,  all  that  Space  between  the 
Amphitheatre,  or  Galleries,  and  Theatre  or  Stage;  call'd  by 
the  Ancients  Orcheflra,  and  by  the  French  Parterre.  See 
Theatre,  &c. 

This  being  the  moft  commodious  Part,  it  was  here  the 
Roman  Senate  was  placed.    See  Orchestra. 

It  has  its  Name  Pitt,  in  Latin  Cavea,  from  its  being  funk 
below  the  Level  of  the  Stage.    See  Stage. 

PITTACIUM,  ttntTSiun,  in  Chirurgery,  a  Name  which 
fome  Authors  give  to  a  little  Cloth  fpread  with  a  Salve,  to 
be  laid  on  a  Part  affefted, 

PITTANCE,  orPiTANCE,  Pietance,  Pita- 
N  I  c  a,  the  Commons,  or  Allowance  of  Meat,  be  it  Fifh, 
Flelh,  or  the  like,  ftatedly  eaten  at  Meals,  befides  Bread. 

The  W/ ord  is  not  much  ufed  except  among  Religious,  and 
thofe  who  live  in  College  or  Community.  DuCange  de- 
rives it  from  PinBantia,  ufed  in  the  lower  Latin  for  a  Mo- 
nachal Portion  given  to  two  .Monks  in  the  fame  Dilh,  con- 
fiding of  foniething  better  than  Pulfe. 

Hence  we  fometimes  alfo  find  it  denote  a  Meal,  or  Com- 
mons, better  than  ordinary  ;  fuch  as  is  allowed  in  Commu- 
nities on  Feaft  Days. 

Others  derive  the  Word  ,i  pietate  ;  and  others,  with  Salma- 
fms,  from  Fittacia,  a  Mefs,  or  Portion,  allowed  the  Soldiers, 
mentioned  in  feveral  Laws  of  the  Theodofian  Code.— Tis  ad- 
ded, that  the  Word  Fittacia  properly  fianified  a  Tiile,  or 
written  Label,  added  a-top  of  the  Veffels,  to  Ihew  what 
was  within.fide,  or  how  it  was  intended. 

P I T  U 1 T  A,  one  of  the  four  Humours  found  in  the  Bo- 
dies of  Animals,  on  which  their  Temperament  is  commonly 
fuppofed  to  depend.   See  Humour  and  Tempera- 

M  e  N  T. 

The  Pituita,  call'd  alfi)  Phlegm,  is  properly  the  moft  viP 
cid,  and  glutinous  Part  of  the  Blood,  feparated  in  the  l.ir- 
geft  Glands,  where  the  Contortions  of  tjie  .Arteries  are  great- 
eft,  and  give  the  greateft  Retardation  to  the  Blood's  Veloci- 
ty ;  as  in  the  Glands  about  the  Month  and  He.ad.  See  Se- 
cretion and  Phlegm. 

The  Clafs  of  Phlegmagogues,  as  Manna,  &c.  are  fuppofed 
to  purge  ft>«iM,  See  Phleg.maoogue,  Purgative,  Man- 
na, G.V. 

The  Phyficians  give  feveral  Epithets  to  the  Fituita,  ac- 
cording to  its  Condition  or  Qiuilities,  as  Saline,  yitreousj 
Gypfous,  Acid,  &c. 

The  Pituita  is  fuppofed  to  be  the  prevailing  Humour  in 
cold,  heavy,  llow  People,  inclined  to  Serioufnefs  and  Study  ; 
as  the  Bile  in  thofe  inclined  to  War,  ^-c.  SeePHLEG- 

M  A  T  I  C. 

The  Fituita  difcharged  at  the  Noftrils,  is  feparated  in  the 
Membrane  that  lines  the  Cavities  of  the  Nofe,  Cheeks,  cj-c. 
See  Nose. 

Its  Ufe  is  to  keep  the  Membrane  foft,  and  defend  it  from 
Injuries  of  [extraneous  Bodies,  efpecially  thofe  of  the  Air, 
which  paffes  this  Way  in  Infpiration  when  the  Mouth  is  ihut, 

PITUITARY 


P  LA 


(819 


B  L  1 


PITUITARY  Gland  is  a  Gland  in  the  Brain,  Tomewhat 
difficult  to  be  feen  without  removing  it  out  of  its  Place.  See 
Brain. 

It  is  of  the  Size  of  a  very  large  Pea,  in  the  Sella  of  the 
Os  Sphenoides,  under  the  Infundibulum,  wherewith  it  com- 
municates J  receiving  from  it  a  Lympha,  or  Juice,  which 
the  Infundibulum  derives  from  the  Plexus  Choroides  and  pi- 
neal Gland  ■-,  and  from  this  Lympha  does  the  Gland  take  its 
Name.   See  Infundibulum,  C^c. 

It  alfo  filtrates  a  Juice  itfelf ;  feparating  from  the  Blood, 
a  white  Liquor  very  fubtile,  and  apparently  very  fpirituous. 
See  Spirits, 

M.  Z,/f(re  obferves  a  Sinus,  or  Refervoir,  of  Blood,  which 
touches  tills  Gland  ^  and  which  is  open  to  it  in  the  Place 
of  Contaft,  fo  tliat  the  Gla"nd  lies  partly  in  the  Blood. 
"This,  tljat  Author  takestodothe  Office  of  a  Edneum  Aia- 
Yi<£f  in  keeping  the  Gland  in  the  Degree  of  Warmth  necef- 
fary  for  the  Difcharge  of  its  Funftions. 

This  Gland  is  found  in  all  Qiiadrupeds,  Fifhes,  and  Fowls, 
as  well  as  in  Men. 

M.  hinrs  gives  an  Inllance  of  a  tedious  Difeale,  and  at 
length  Death,  arifing  from  an  Obflruftion  and  Inflammation  of 
this  Gland. 

PIVOT,  a  Foot,  or  Shoe  of  Iron,  or  other  Metal,  ufu- 
ally  conical,  or  terminating  in  a  Point  ^  whereby  a  Body, 
intended  to  turn  round,  bears  on  another  fix'd  at  Reft,  and 
performs  its  Circumvolutions. 

Large  Gates,  &c.  ufually  turn  on  Pivots. — The  Ancients 
tell  us,  they  had  Theatres  in  Rome  that  held  Eighty  thoufind 
People  j  which  yet  turn'd  on  afingle  Pivot.  See  Theatre 
and  Ami'hitheatre. 

PLACARD,  or  P  i.  a  c  a  R  t,  or  Pi  a  c  a  e  R  t,  a  fo- 
reign Term,  frequent  in  Gazettes,  tho'  fcarce  yet  natura- 
liz'd. 

It  figniftes  a  Leaf,  or  Sheet  of  Paper,  ftretch'd  and  ap- 
plied upon  a  Wall,  or  Poft.  -Ediffs,  Regulations,  0-c.  are 

to  be  made  publick  in  Placards. 

The  Word  Placard  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Libel,  or  Lampoon. 
—At  Rome,  Placards  againft  the  Pope  are  frequently  fix'd  in 
the  Ni^t-time,  to  the  Statue  of  Pafquin.  See  Pasq^ui- 
N  A  D  E.  , 

Placard,  in  Architefture,  the  Decoration  of  the  Door 
of  an  Apartment  •,  confifting  of  a  Chambranle,  crown 'd 
with  its  Frieze  or  Gorge  ^  and  its  Corniche  fometimes  fup- 
ported  by  Conibles.   See  Door. 

Placard,  In  our  Cuftoms,  a  licence  whereby  a  Per- 
fon  is  permitred  to  ihoot  in  a  Gun,  or  to  ufe  unlawful  Game. 
See  Game. 

PLACE,  Locus.,  in  Philofophy,  that  Part  of  immovable 
Space  which  any  Body  pofleffes.   See  Body  and  Space. 

.Arifiotle  and  his  Followers,  divide  Place  into  External  and 
Internal. 

Internal  Place  is  that  Space  or  Room  which  the  Body  fills 

or  contains.  External  is  that  which  includes  or  contains 

the  Body ;  call'd  by  ^riflotle,  the  firft  or  concave  and  im- 
movable Surface  of  the  ambient  Body. 

'Tis  controverted  in  the  Schools,  whether  Internal  Place 
be  a  real  Entity,  or  only  an  imaginary  Being*,  i.  e.  whether  it 
be  anything  intrinfically  i  or  only  an  Aptitude  andCap,acity 
of  receiving  Bodies. 

Some  maintain  it  a  pofitive  Being,  Incorporeal,  Eternal, 
Independant,  and  Infinite-,  and  afiert  it  to  be  no  other  than 
the  Inimenfity  of  the  Godhead. 

The  Cartefians,  on  the  contrary,  hold  Internd  Place.,  ab- 
flraflly  coniider'd,  to  be  no  other  than  the  very  Extenfion 
of  the  Bodies  contained  therein^  and  therefore  in  no  wife 
different  Irom  the  Bodies  themfelves. 

The  Schoolmen  likewife  difpute  whether  External  Place 
be  movable  or  immovable.  Its  Immobility  is  argued  from 
this  Confideration,  that  what  moves  muft  neceflariiy  leave 
Its  Place,  which  it  cannot  do  if  it  go  along  with  the  movable. 
Others  charge  an  Abfurdity  on  this  Opinion  of  Ariflotle, 
viz..  That  hence  it  follows,  that  a  Body  really  at  reft  is 
continually  Ihifting  Place  ;  A  Tower,  for  inftance,  on  a 
Plain,  or  a  Rock  iii  the  middle  of  the  Sea,  in  regard  the 
one  and  the  other  arc  continually  inclofed  with  new  Air 
or  new  Water,  niuft  be  faid  to  be  in  Motion,  or  to  change 
Place. 

To  lalve  this  Difficulty,  and  ward  oil"  the  Abfurdity  which 
follows  from  Arifiotles  laying  down  External  Space  as  im- 
movable i  infinite  Expedients  have  been  had  recnurfe  to — 
The  Scotifls  contend  for  Place'?,  being  immovable,  by  Mqm- 
valence.  Thus,  when  the  Wind  blows,  the  Air  which  in- 
verted the  Surface  of  the  Tower  does  indeed  recede,  but 

then  other  fimilar  and  equivalent  Air  takes  place  TheTJo- 

imjlscha(e  to  deduce  the  Immobility  of  External  Place,  from 
Sleeping  the  fame  Diftance  from  the  Center,  and  the  Car- 
dinal Points  of  the  World.  The  Nomwalifis,  from  aCor- 

refpondence  with  certain  virtual  Parts  of  the  Divine  Immen- 
fity. 

The  Cartejians  deny  External  Place  to  be  either  a  fur- 
lounding  Surface,  or  a  Body  forrounded,  or  a  mean  Term 


between  the  two;  and  conceive  it  to  be  the  Situation  ofi 

Body  among  adjacent  Bodies  confider'd  as  at  reft  .Thus 

the  Tower  ihaU  be  deemed  to  remain  in  the  fame  Plxe, 
tho  the  ambient  Air  be  changed,  fince  it  retains  the  fame 
Situation,  with  regard  to  the  neighbouring  Hills,  Trees,  and 
other  Parts  of  the  Earth.  ' 

Sir  Ifaac  Newton  better  and  more  intelligibly  d!ftirteui(h-s 
Place  into  Abfolute  and  Relative. 

Abfolute  and  Primary  Place  is  that  Part  of  infinite  and  im- 
movable Space  which  a  Body  pofleflTes.    See  Absolute.  ' 

Relative  or  Secundary  Place  is  the  Space  it  polTciTes  confi- 

dered  with  regard  to  other  adjacent  Objefts  Dr.  Clarke 

adds  another  kind  of  relative  Place,  which  he  calls  relative- 
ly common  Place,  and  defines  it  that  part  of  any  movable  or 
meafurable  Space  which  a  Body  pofTeffd!,  which  Place  moves 
together  with  the  Body.   See  Motion. 

Place,  Mr.  Locke  obferves,  is  fometimes  likewife  taken 
for  that  Portion  of  Infinite  Space  pofl^  fs'd  by  the  material 
World ;  tho'  this,  he  .idds,  were  more  properly  call'd  Ex- 
teiilion.    See  Extension. 

The  proper  Idea  of  Place,  he  fays,  is  the  rehtive  Pofi- 
tion  of  any  thing,  with  regard  to  its  Diftance  from  certain 
fixd  Points  i  whence  we  lay,  a  thing  has  or  has  not  chan-'d 
Place,  when  its  Diftance  is  notalter'd  with  refpeft  to  thofe 
Bodies. 

For  the  ftfioit  of  Place.   See  Vision. 

P  L  A  c  E,  in  Opticks,  or  Optic  Place,  is  the  Point  to 
which  the  Eve  refers  an  Objeft.   See  Optic 

Thus  the  Points  Dand  E  C^.  Optics,  68.)  to  which 
nvo  Speftators  in  D  and  E  refer  the  Objeft  C,  are  call'd 
Optic  Places.    See  Vision. 

Here,  if  aright  Line  joining  the  Optic  Places  D  and  E,  bs 
parallel  to  a  right  Line  pafting  thro'  the  Eyes  of  the  Spefti- 
tors  A,  B ;  the  Diftance  of  the  Opt,c  Places  D,  E  will  be 
to  the  Diftance  of  the  Speftators  A  and  B,  as  the  Diftance 
of  one  of  the  Optic  Places  from  the  PUce  of  the  Objeft  F  C 
to^he  Diftance  of  the  other  Speftator  from  the  fame  Objeft 

OpKcPLACEofaStar,  is  a  Point  in  the  Surface  of  the 
Mundane  Sphere,  as  C  or  B,  {Tab.  Aftronomy  Fie.  27  )  where- 
in a  Speftator  in  E,  or  T,  fees  the  Center  of  the  Star  S 
See  Star  and  Planet. 

Tills  is  divided  into  true  and  apparent. 

Truem  real  Optic  P  L  A  c  E  is  that  Point  of  the  Surface  of 
the  Sphere,  B,  wherein  a  Speftator,  placed  in  the  Center 
of  the  Earth  C,  fees  the  Center  of  the  Star  or  Phrenome- 

non  Or  a  Point  among  the  fix'd  Stars,  determined  by  a 

Line  drawn  from  the  Center  of  the  Earth,  throush  that  of 
the  Star,  and  terminated  in  C  among  the  Stars.    See  Sphere 

Apparent  or  vifible  Optic  Place  is  the  Point  of  the  Sur- 
face of  the  Sphere,  wherein  a  Speftator,  placed  on  the  Sur- 
face of  the  Earth  E,  fees  the  Center  of  the  Star  S  Or  a 

Point  found  by  a  Line  parting  from  the  Speftator's  Eye 
Stars"  ""^  t^r^'nated  in  the  Sphere  of  the 

The  Diftance  between  the  two  Optic  Places  is  what  we  call 
the  Parallax.   See  Parallax. 

P  L  AC  E  of  the  Sm,  a  Star,  or  Planet,  fimplv,  denotes,  the 
Sign  and  Degree  of  the  Zodiack,  which  the  Body  is  in.  See 
Sun,  Star,  c^-c. 

Or,  it  is  that  Degree  of  the  Ecliptic,  reckoned  from  the 
Beginning  of  Aries,  which  the  Planet's,  or  Star's  Circle  of 
Longitude  cuts ;  and  therefore  coincides  with  the  Longi- 
tude of  the  Sun,  Planet,  or  Star.   See  Longitude. 

As  the  Sine  of  the  Sun's  greateft  Declination,  23°.  30' : 
to  the  Sine  of  any  prefent  Declination  given  or  obferved, 

tf'  o'5',  •  •  f". '?  ^J"\'"''  '■  '°'  Sine  of  his  Lon- 

gitude 81°  52';  which  if  the  Declination  were  North,  would 
ofG«,B«,,  If  South  20°  52'  o(  Capricorn,  for 
the  Sun s  Place.   See  Planet. 

Moon's  Place  is  that  Point  of  her  Orbit  wherein  ftie 
IS  found  at  any  Lime.    See  Moon  and  Okbit 

This,  byreafon  of  the  great  Inequalities  in  the  I  unir  Mo- 
tions, which  render  a  Number  of  Equations  and  Redoftions 
necelfiry  e  er  the  )uft  Point  be  found,  is  of  various  kinds  ; 
VIZ..  her  fithtious  Place,  which  is  the  Moon's  Place  once  e- 
quatedi  her  Place  nearly  true,  which  is  her  Place  twice  e- 
quated ;  and  the  Moon's  true  Place,  which  is  her«<s«  thrice 
equated.   See  Eciuation. 

Eccentric  P  l  a  c  e  0/  3  PUnet  in  its  Orbit,  is  the  Place, 
or  1  oint  of  Its  Orbit,  wherein  a  Planet  would  appear  if  feen 
fiom  the  Sun. 

•Thus  fuppofc  N  E  O  R  the  Ecliptic,  N  P  O  Qthe  Planet's 
Orbit,  the  Sun  in  S,  the  Earth  in  T,  and  rhe  Planet  in  P  ; 
the  right  Line  S  P  exprefies  the  £cc£«to in  the  Orbit. 

Heliocentric  Pi.  A  en,  of  a  Planet,  or  its  P  L  a  c  e  redu- 
ced to  the  Ecliptic,  or  the  Eccentric  Place  in  the  Ecliptic,  is 
that  Point  of  the  Ecliptic  to  which  a  Planet,  view'd  from 
the  Sun,  is  referr'd.   See  Heliocentric. 

This  coincides  with  the  Longitude  of  a  Planet  view'd 
from  the  Sun.   See  Longitude. 

Thus 


P  L  A 


(  820  ) 


P  L  A 


Thus  the  right  Line  R  S  {fame  Fig.)  defigns  the  Heliocentric 
Place,  or  Place  re,duc'd  to  the  Ecliptic. 

Geocentric  Pi.  ace  is  that  Point  of  the  Ecliptic,  to  which 
a  Planet  view'd  Irom  the  Earth  is  referr'd.  See  Geocen- 
tric. 

Thus,  N  E  O  R  {fame  Fig.')  reprefenting  the  Ecliptic,  &c. 
T  R  will  repiefent  the  the  Geocentric  Place. 
_  P  L  A  c  E  ot  Radiation,  in  Optics,  is  the  Interval,  or  Space 
m  a  Medium  or  tranfparent  Body,  thro'  which  any  vilible 
Objeft  radiates.    See  Radiation, 

Place,  in  Geometry,  is  a  Line  ufed  in  the  Solution  of 
Problems ;  more  ufually  call'd  by  the  Latin  Name  Locus. 

See  the  Doflrine  of  Geometrical  Places,  under  the  Article 
Locus, 

Place,  in  War,  is  a  generjl  Name  for  all  kinds  of  For- 
trelTes,  where  a  Party  m.iy  defend  themfelves  ;  and  may  be 
defined  to  be  a  Place  fo  difpofed,  as  that  the  Parts  which 
encompjfs,  it  defend  and  Hani;  one  another.    See  Fout  and 

FORTU-ICATION. 

hjlrong  Place,  is  a  Place  flank'd  and  cover 'd  with  B.ifti- 
ons.    See  Bastion. 

Regiiltr  Place,  is  that  whofe  Angles,  Sides,  Baflions,  and 
other  Parts  are  equal;  and  is  ufually  denominated  from  the 
Number  of  its  Angles,  as  a  Pentagon,  a  Hexagon,  &c.  See 
Pentagon,  Hexagon,  0-c. 

Palma  nova,  built  by  the  f^enetians,  is  a  Dodecagon.  See 
Dodecagon. 

Irregular  Place  is  that  whofe  Sides  and  Angles  are  un- 
equal. 

Places/  ^rms,  in  Fortification,  is  a  ftrong  City,  or 
^  own,  pitch'd  upon  for  the  chief  Magazine  of  an  Army. 
■  See  Ar.ms. 

Placed/  Jrms  in  a  City,  is  a  large  open  Spot  of  Ground, 
where  the  Garrifon  holds  its  Rendezvous  at  Reviews,  and 
in  Cafes  of  Alarm,  to  receive  Orders  from  the  Governor.  See 
Garrison. 

Place  of  Arms  in  a  Siege  is  1  fpations  Place  cover'd 
from  the  Enemy,  where  the  Soldiers  are  kept  ready  to  fu- 
ftain  thofe  at  work  in  the  Trenches,  and  to  be  commanded 
to  the  Places  where  they  are  wanted. 

Place  of  jlrms  particular,  in  a  Garrifon,  is  a  Place 
near  every  Baftion,  where  the  Soldiers,  fent  from  the  grand 
Place  to  the  Quarters  affigned  them,  relieve  thofe  that  are 
•  either  upon  the  Guard,  or  in  fight. 

P  L  A  c     ^  ' 
vert  Way. 

advance  in  their  Approaches  to  retir 

P  L  4  c  E  0/  ylrms  in  a  Camp,  is  a  large  Space  at  the  Head 
of  the  Camp,  for  the  Army  to  be  rang'd  in  and  drawn  up 
in  Battalia.  ^ 

There  is  alfo  a  Place  for  each  particular  Body  to  afferable 
in.    See  Camp. 

P  L  A  c  E  »/■  .^rOTj  of  a  Troop,  or  Company,  is  the  Spot 
of  Ground  on  which  the  Troop,  or  Company,  is  drawn  up 
SeeTROop,  c?c. 

Place,  among  Logicians,  Orators,  cJ-r.  is  the  Scat  of 
an  Argument,  or  that  from  which  it  is  taken.  See  Arou- 
.MENT  and  Topic. 

There  are  two  forts  of  Places,  viz.  Inartificial  and  Arti- 
ficial.—The  firft,  the  Place  of  Teftimony,  Authority,  cs-c. 
The  fecond,  that  of  Reafoii ;  as  when  we  argue  from  Uni- 
verfals,  r.  gr.  from  Genus,  Species  -,  from  Cauies,  as  the  End, 
Efficient,  Matter,  Form,  &c. 

Common  Place.    See  Common  Place. 

Place  ofVnits,  Tens,  <?r.    See  Unit  and  Numer  i- 

TiON. 

PLACENTA,  in  Anatomy,  a  foftilh  Mafs,  found  in 
the  W'omb  of  a  pregnant  Woman ;  wherein  the  Ancients 
fiippoled,  the  Blood  was  purified  and  prepared  for  the  Nou- 
rilhment  of  the  Fcetus.    See  Foetus. 

Hence  they  alfo  call'd  \t  Hepar  Vtcrhnan,  the  liver  of 
the  Womb;  as  if  it  did  the  Office  of  a  Liver  in  preparing 
the  Blood.    See  Liver. 

It  is  call'd  by  the  Moderns  Placenta,  q.  d.  Cake  or  Clierfe- 
Cake ;  becaufe  in  Form  of  a  Cake. 

The  Placenta  is  fuppofed  by  forae  to  be  only  a  Mafs  of  co- 
agulated Blood  ;  for  in  the  preftine,  or  wafhing  it,  it  dif- 
folves  ;  and  its  real  Ufe  to  be,  to  fervc  as  a  Pillow  for  the 
Umbilical  Vctlels  to  reft  on.    See  Umbilical 

Its  Figure  is  not  unlike  that  of  a  Plate  without  Brims; 
three  quarters  of  a  Foot  over,  and  fonietinies  a  Foot.  It  is 
round,  generally  Concave  or  Convex.  The  Concave  Side 
adheres  to  the  Uterus,  and  is  uneven,  having  divers  Protube- 
rances and  Pits,  by  which  it  makes  IraprelTions  upon,  and 

receives  them  from,  the  Uterus  -Its  Place  in  the  Uterus 

whatever  fome  pretend,  is  not  certain.  ' 

In  Women,  unlefs  in  cafe  of  Twins,  i^c.  there  is  but 
one :  However,  the  Number  generally  anfwers  the  Num- 
ber of  the  Foetus  In  fome  Brutes,  efpecially  Oxen  or 

Sheep,  they  are  vere  numerous,  fometimes  near  an  hundred 
even  for  one  Fcetus,  fmall,  and  refemblingpretty  large  condo- 
merate  Glands. 


ZE  of  Arms  without,  is  a  Place  allowed  to  the  Co- 
y-,  for  the  planting  of  Cannon,  to  oblige  thofe  who 


From  the  external  or  concave  Side,  which  likewife  has  its 

Twi  ,'^"''"J<',™'*  ^  f™"*  Membrane,  flie 

the  Umbihcal  Veffels,  which  are  in  great  Plenty  diftributed 
thro  thewholeSubftance  of  it.  See  UmeiliCai. 
PI  ™  cT  j?"Sin=  this  Part  to  be  nothing  elfe  but  a 
Plexus  of  the  Vein  and. Arteries,  by  whofe  Extremities  o- 
penmg  injo  the  Sides  ot  the  Hypogaftrick  VelTels,  the  Cir- 
culatjon  IS  perform'd  between  the  Mother  and  the  Fcetus- 
lor  that  fide  of  the  Placmta,  which  adheres  to  the  Womb 
appears  to  be  nothing  but  the  Extremities  of  an  infinite' 
Number  of  fmall  Threads,  which,  in  Labour,  dropping  ou? 
of  the  Pore,  m  the  fides  of  tlie  Hypogaftrick  BloodA'cfTels. 
into  wlnc.i  they  had  infinuated  themfelves.  is  the  occafion 
of  the  flowuig  of  the  Lochia,  'till  the  Ut'erus  collapfes,  or 
the  Pores,  by  the  natural  Elafiicity  of  the  VefiTels,  Contraft 
Dy  uegrees.    See  Lochia. 

'Tis  a  great  Difpute  among  the  Anatomifts  of  the  Royal 
Academv  of  Parti,  whether  the  Placenta  h,ave  any  external 
Coat,  whereby  it  is  connefted  to  the  Womb._M.  Men 
nfT'"'M  f  none;  and  that  nothing  hinders  the  Blood 
ot  the  Mother  from  paffiiig  oat  of  the  Womb  into  the  Pla- 
cent.x  and  thence  to  the  Foetus :  In  which  Opinion  he  is  fe- 
conded  by  M.  Rohault.  M  f.  r.eufcns  ,n/mn/lo,,  n.  JL 
tain  the  contrary;  in  a  fubfequent  Memoir  M,  Rohiult  en- 
deavours to  Ihew,  that  the  Placenta  is  no  pirticiiiar  P^rt 
but  only  a  Portion  of  the  Chorion  condens'd  or  thicken'd' 
See  Chorion. 

PL  AC  IT  A,  Ple.ts,  a  Terra  frequent  in  our  Laws  and 
(..ultoras.    See  Plea. 

Oi  iginally,  P/acM  fignified  certain  piiblick  AfTemhlies,  of 
all  Degrees  of  Men,  wherein  the  King  prefided,  and  where 
the  great  Afturs  of  the  Kingdom  wer,-  ronfulted  upon. 

thee  AHemblies  were  caii'd  Plactageneralia ;  becaufe 
beneraht.ts  mirjer/oriim  maprum  tarn  Clericorum  mam  Laico- 
rum  tbtdem  conveniehat — And,  hence,  the  Decrees  Ordi- 
nances, Sentences,  O-c.  of  the  Affembly  were  alfo  call'd 
Plaetta. 

Sim.  Eunelmnifis  tells  ns  they  were  held  in  the  open  Fields  • 
tor,  (ays  he,  Nullamoportet  Regem  in  Uteris  ajfignare  curiam 
<lUM  tti,i  rexjudicM  in  aperto,  iii  elf  Curia  fua.  '  See  Court 
and  Curia. 

Some  will  have  thefe  Placita generalia,  and  Curi^  Re.-is,  to 
be  much  the  larae  with  what  we  now  call  a  Parliament  See 

1  ARE  IAMENT. 

The  Lords  Courts  came  hence  alfo  to  be  call'd  Placita  ge- 
neralia, tho' ofttina  Curia  generales;  becaufe  all  their  Te- 
mnts  and  ValTals  were  obliged  to  appear  in  them.  See  Lord 
Vassal,  e-c. 

We  alfo  meet  with  Placitum  nominaturn,  for  the  Day  ap- 
pointed a  Criminal  to  appear  in  and  make  his  Defence, 

Ben.  I.  And  Placitum  fraUum,  i.  e.  when  the  Day  is 

lapsd. 

.  My  Lord  Coif  derives  the  Word  a  placenio,  quia  bene  pla- 
citare  fiiper  omnia  placet.  Indeed  this  feems  a  very  finciful 
Deiinition;  and  others  have  more  Reafon  in  deriving  it 
Irom  the  ijerman  Plats,  or  the  Latin  Plateis,  Fields,  or 
Streets,  where  thefe  AflTeniblies  were  originally  held 

PLACITA  RE,  in  the  old  Law-Books,  fignities  to 
plead  Cauies.    See  Pleading. 

yl/ai  pl.m'.indi  ante  conj  ejtum,  fuit  cor.tm  aUermanno,  &■ 
proceribiis,  0-  eorum  Hundredariis,  fc.  Baronibus,  Alajoribui, 
Meliorihus,  Senionbus  &  Vrkmis.  Mf.  in  Bibl.  Cott.  fiib 
Tit.  Vitellins. 

Hence,  Placitator,  a  P\aiiT.~RalphFlambard  is  recorded 
to  be  totius  Regni  Placitator,  in  IVilliam  the  fecond's  Time. 

P  L  A  C I  T  U  .M,  in  Law,  a  Sentence  of  the  Court ;  or  an 
Opinion,  Ordinance,  or  Decree.  See  Sentence,  Decree, 
Canon,  o-c. 

PLAFOND,  orPLATFOuND,  in  Architefture, 
the  Ceiling  of  a  Room,  whether  it  be  flat  or  arched  ;  lin'd 
(vith  Plalfer,  or  Joiners- Work,  and  frequently  enriched 
With  Paintings,  £?•£■.    See  ClELING. 

P  L  A  F  o  N  D  is  alfo  more  particularly  ufed  for  the  Bottom 
of  the  Projefture  of  the  Larmier  of  theCorniche;  call'd  al- 
fo S'jfit.    See  SoFiT  and  Larmier. 

PLAGIARY,  in  Philology,  Author-Theft ;  or  the  Pra- 
ftice  ot  purloining  other  Peoples  Works,  and  putting  them 
oft  for  a  Man's  own. 

Among  the  Romans,  Flagiarius  was  properly  a  Perfon  who 
bought,  lold,  or  retain'd,  a  free  Man  for  a  Slave;  fo  call'd,  . 
beca  ufe  the  Flavian  Law  condemned  fuch  a  Perfon  to  be 
Viln^^'d,  adplagai.    See  Slave. 

Thomafms  has  an  exprefs  Treatife  de  plagio  Utterario  ; 
wherem  he  lays  down  the  Laws  and  Meafures  of  the  Right 
which  Authors  have  to  one  anothers  Commodities.— Dirfio- 
nary- Writers,  at  lead  fuch  as  meddle  with  Arts  and  Scien- 
ces, feem  exempted  from  the  common  Laws  of  Meum  and 
Tuum ;  they  don't  pretend  to  fet  up  on  their  own  bottom, 
nor  to  treat  you  at  their  ownCoft. 

Their  Works  arc  fuppofed,  in  great  Meafure,  AfiTemblages 
of  other  Peoples  ;  and  what  they  take  from  others  they  do 
It  avowedly,  and  in  the  open  Sun.~ln  effeft,  their  Quality 


P  L  A 


(  821  ) 


!»  L  A 


it  any  otowUV,        as  the  Bee  do«7 WSe-puE's^i:   K^^T  ther™;^™?S^^^?Sthl^^ 
vice.    Ihcir  Occupation  isnot  pillaging,  but  collefting Con-       ir.tLr^  d.;„  .u„.,.  .l-V,       '  *V'.  \™i;"'!SS> 


tributions  i  and  ifyoa  asl<  theni  their  Authority,  they'll  pro- 
duce you  the  l^raftice  of  their  Predeceffors  ot  all  Aees  and 
Nations.    See  Diction  iRV 


,  i  '-i^.'^  "  P  E  s  T  I  s,  P  E  s  T  I  L  E  N  c  E,  a  Very  acute, 
deltruitivc,  niahgnant,  and  contagious  Difeafe  ;  uPually  pro- 
ving mortal.    See  Disease. 

The  Fiague  is  commonly  defined  by  a  malignant  Fever 


^  intenfe  Pain  about  the  Region  of  the  Heart,  as  if  pinch'd' 
in  a  I  refs,  and  a  burning  Fever,  which  continuilly  preys 
on  the  Patient,  'till  either  Death,  or  the  Eruption  of 
lome  Bubo,  Parotis,  or  other  Tumor,  in  tlie  Inguina  or 
AxiIIe,  or  behind  the  Ears,  relieve  him,  snd  difch.irge  the 
Matter  of  the  Difeafe.  Sometimes,  indeed,  it  attaclis'with- 
out  any  Fever;  purple  Spots  appearing  all  at  once,  the  cer- 


but  7),>J;f'  I  TrT  P  "  "^"S""'  Ft™'-  i  Signs  of  pref=„t  Dcith,  but  this  rarely  hanp'n  except 

the  ?eve7l7  he  r  ,1  ^-,r""  "'t' f^"'sni!h<^'^  i  at  the  beginning  of  fome  teVible  Pl..g„,.  It  has  alfo  b"  „ 
Effcft  nf  the  PI         ?  '  ^>'™P»™.  «    ''""wn  to  make  its  firll  Appearance  in  Tuators,  „  hout™ 

The  P,T  \  ^"1  t'-'A"-  ,  „        a  .  other  violent  Symptom. 

asL  EKotf  Diirr   Zl>  _,.Heavinels,  Pain  in  the  Stomach  Head  and  Back,  Car- 

bat  alwavsi^™!^^^^^^  broken  Sleep,  Anxiety,  Alteration  in  the  Look 

/  .1^  r'the  Co      Tm   T^       P^u-ticularly  from  the    Difficulty  of  breathing  Hiccough,  Syncope,  Delirium,  con- 
is  t^mhiar  4fr      ^  X-"""™  Twitchines,  biarrh4    Eyes  or  infliraed, 
in    neTThtfon  ^if '""'tr"^^  ■"Jk'^L^"^-    l°T'         ^''^                        brought,  fetid  Breath 
of  Go  d  'tis  „nu°rto  Y    ''".-^"'■'i  but,  thro  the  Mercy    Carbuncles,  Spots  livid  purple  green,         are  alfo  Sym- 
'4^1,°?;  .'^.'"0™  ^  Years  hnce  we  have  been  vifited.          Ptoms  ufually  attendine  this  Difeife 
The  Origin,  and  Caufe  of  th_e  Hpj.  has  been  a  celebrated       A  great  d/al  de^nS^'oJ  the  GrJumftances  of  the  Tumors, 

or  FUguc  Sores:  as  they  appear,  and  increife,  the  Fevir  a- 
bates ;  and  as  they  link,  or  diminilh,  renews  again.  Whi 
they  happen  about  the  Time  of  the  Crifis,  and  llippura.v 
kindly,  they  are  good  Prognofticks  of  a  happy  Recovery 
See  Ck  ISIS. 

In  Acute  Difeafes,  fays  Hippocraui,  Prognofticks  are  ever 
tallacious.  However,  in  the  terrible  rlal'je  at  NimcfMen, 
JJiemerbroek,  who  attended  the  Sick  through  the  whole  Pro- 
gre  s  thereof,  relates.  That  thofe  taken  ill  about  New  and 
Full  Moon  rarely  efcaped ;  that  paintings,  Swoonings,  and 
1  alpitationj  of  the  Heart,  were  ufually  deadly  Signs;  an  in- 
termitting Pulfe  always  mortal  ;  Drowfinels,  Sneezines, 
tremulous  Motions,  Doting,  fore  Throat,  &~c.  were  ill  O- 
mens :  Pleurifies,  alv/ays  mortal ;  Coftivencfs  a  good  Sign  ; 
a  Diarrhrea  almoft  conftantly  fatal :  Bloody  Stools  or  Urines 
always  prefaged  ill. 

As  to  the  Cure,  Phyficians  are  much  divided.  It  is  gene- 
rally attempted  with  Alexipharmachicks  and  Cardiacs,  with 
the  AfTlIiancc  either  of  Sudorifics,  or  Phlebotomy,  or  both. 

 Many  eminent  Phyficians,  both  ancient  and  modern, 

highly  commend  Blood-letting;  Siiiicn&am,  particularly,  lays, 
that  if  ufed  copioufiy,  and  in  time,  it  never  yet  did  harm  ; 
but  that  Sudorifics  often  prove  pernicious ;  Bicmcrhrotk-,  on 


Jjubjeft  of  Controverfy  among  Phyficians.  The  Diforder  is 

generally  luppoliid  to  be  communicated  by  the  Air ;  but 

fes^ors^;4:ifi';?-i^ts^tcs^fsl^^-:  -^.^j^j^^w^,-^^ 

of  Blights  ;  which  being  brought  in  Swarms  from  other  Parts 
by  the  \Vinds,  are  taken  into  the  Lunes  in  Refpiration, 
niii;  with  the  Blood  and  Juices,  and  attack  and  corrode  the 
Vilcera,    See  Height. 

Mr.  Briyle  attributes  it  principally  to  the  Effluvia  or  Exha- 
lations breathed  into  the  Atraofphere,  from  noxious  Mine- 
rals.  See  Exhalation,  &c. 

_  The  Airj  in  efFeft,  is  depraved  in  far  more  Places  than 
iniproved,  by  being  impregnated  with  fubterrancous  Expira- 
tions— Indeed  among  the  Minerals  known  to  us,  there  are 
many  more  noxious  than  wholefonie;  and  the  Power  of  the 
iormertodo  Mifchief,  is  more  efficacious  than  of  the  latter 
to  do  good,  asweguefs  by  the  fmall  Benefit  Men  receive  in 
point  of  Health,  by  the  Effluvia  of  any  Mineral  or  other 
known  FofBI,  in  comparilbn  of  the  great  and  fndden  Da- 
mage often  done  by  the  Expirations  of  Orpiment,  Saiida- 
rack,  and  white  Arfenic.   See  Poison. 

Aniongft  the  various  forts  of  Particles  wherewith  the  At- 
molphere  is  replete,  fome  may  be  fo  fma!l,and  folid,  or  fo  con- 
veniently fhaped,  as  to  enter  many  of  the  numerous  Orifices  of 
the  minute  (jlandules  of  the  Ski 


Thus,  tho'  neither  Paper,  norBI 

Parts  of  the  Air;  yet  may  eithe.  „,  .,.v,„  u,^  wu.,y  ^cucuaicu  tmetics  and  l^ure 

prepared  a  dTrBodt  wh  Vh^K™'"''-''";' ^T'  '""^"^  ""^  fo™"'         S""''  S^^cefs,  in  the  beginning 

}^y^'^^^^^^  o4e0.a.eintj...,.at....,...t.,o.    See  ^ 

at  ferae  Diilance  beyond  them.  - 
This  is  confirmed  from  the  fudden  Check  almoft  every 


'  in  the  Plague^  and  peftilential  Fevers. 


Simimer  given  to  the  Plagm  at  Grand  Ciiro ;  for  fince  mor 
bific  Cauk-s  operate  more  effeflualiy  than  curative  ones, 
It  leems  more  than  probable,  that  Exiialations  afcending 
irom  under  Oround,  may  produce  peftilential  Fevers,  and 
the  Jlagaj:  ittelt  ;  fines  the  Corpufcles  which  inipreg- 
iiate  the  Egyptum  Air  upon  the  fwelling  of  the  Nile,  put  a 
Jpecdy  nop  not  only  to  the  Contagion,  but  to  the  Malignity 
«t  the  Pl.!gue,  afiifted  even  by  the  Summer's  Heat,  wdiich 
there  IS  exceliive.  See  Inundation. 
^  Tis  pofiible  the.-e  may  be  noxiflus  Minerals  in  a  Country 
tnat  are  not  often  able  to  produce  Pefl:ilences ;  they  may 
be  in  Strata,  or  Beds,  fo  deep,  that  even  a  fmall  Earth- 
ciuake  (hall  not  affeft  them,  tho'  a  more  violent  Shock  may 
See  Strata,  EARTHcyjAKE,  ci-c. 

And^  hence  may  we  account  for  the  Plague's  raging  in 
fome  Parts  of  Afrka  once  in  thirty,  or  once  in  a  hundred 
Years ;  (nice  there  may  be  periodical  Paroxyfms,  or  grand 
and  vehement  Commotions  in  fubterraneal  Parts,  tho'  not 
yet  obferved  in  them. 

'Tis  probable  peculiar  kinds  of  venomous  Exhalations  may 
fometiraes  be  emitted,  elpccially  after  Earthquakes;  and 
thus  ciccafion  mortal  Dii'cafes  in  Animals  of  one  kind  and 
not  of  another,  and  in  this  or  that  Place,  and  not  elfe- 
wherc.  Fendius  gives  us  an  Account  of  a  Plague,  or  Mur- 
rain, in  1 5 14,  which  invaded  none  but  Cats.  Dimiyfrns  Ha- 
licarmjfeus  mentions  a  Plague  which  attacked  none  but  Maids : 
And  that  which  raged  in  the  Time  of  Ccmilis  tilled  fcarce 
any  Women,  and  very  few  but  lufty  Men.  Boterus  men- 
tions another  Plague,  which  affaulted  none  but  the  younger 
lort;  and  we  have  Inftances  of  the  lime  kind  of  a  later 
fianding. 


^   .       .  jP//^  relates  that 

It  is  the  principal  Remedy  of  the  Indians,  and  protefts  he 
never  knew  any  thing  come  up  to  it.  Dr.  Harris  obferves 
that  the  fame  is  what  the  Turks  have  principallv  Recourfe 

to  Camphor  is  alfo  much  extoll'd.    Thi;,  Bmuller  af- 

filres  us,  was  the  Bafis  of  /yc/K/ia/'s  Antipeftilential  Oil,  who 
had  a  Statue  erefted  to  him  when  dead,  in  the  City  of  F'e- 

rofia,  for  the  Service  he  had  done  hereby  It  was  prepared 

of  equal  Quantities  of  Camphor,  Citron  Bark,  and  Amber. 
—The  \'iperinc  Salt  and  Rob  of  Elder-Berries  are  alfo  com- 
mended. 

For  Prefervatives  againft  this  Difeafe,  they  are  Hfually 
fumm'd  np  in  the  popular  Difiich  ; 


£fec  tr. 
Mox,  I 


:  Uhifieam  Isllunt  ahverhia  pefiem^ 
igi,  tarde,  cede,  recede,  redi. 


Cauteries,  and  efpecialiv  IITues,  and  Setons  in  the  Tnguina 
are  found  of  great  Service  in  preferving  fioni  Infeftion  A 
Piece  of  Myrrh  held  in  the  Mouth  in  contagions  Places,  is 
alio  commended.  But  Diemerhroek  allures,  that  there  is  no- 
thing better  in  this  Intention,  than  finoaking  Tobacco  ;  but 
he  adds,  that  it  was  only  fo  to  filch  as  had  not  made  the 
Fraftice  familiar  to  them.  The  other  Prefervatives  ufed  by 
that  great  Author,  were  the  Rad.  Helemi,  Cardomnms'; 
White-Wine  Vinegar,  and  Chearfulnefs  ;  and  avhen  he 
found  his  Spirits  low,  as  if  the  Difeafe  were  taking  PofTef- 
hoii,  a  Cup  of  generous  Wine,  fometimes  to  a  Degree  of 
Diunkeniiefs. 

Pe  a  gob  Water,  Aqua  Epidemica,  is  one  of  the  Com- 
pound Waters  of  the  Shops.    See  Watch. 

P  L  A  I  N,  _  an  Epithet  applied  to  various  Things,  gene- 


r-„J,„  r^„,i,     r     T,     '  '    „  r)          "  L-T  '"porting  them  to  hi fmoaih,  even,  level,  or'  Kne'r- 

c              T  *  I  "l    '^'"i"'  "  ^"^'^          .""^'^^  o""  fi'¥h  ov  eb-Mus,  or  tlie  like.  ' 

nfeftH^?'' -1                      G^"'"'-"'  «^  fr.^c/a  were  In  this  Se,4  the  Words  ftaiid  oppofed  to  rough,  fdid.  la- 

mtettcd;  ana  Jo/a,  t/'f£»W/aj  takes  notice  of  a  cruel  bour'd  eiirich'd  Sec  iiji^'u.ia 

>t  Copenhagen,  which,  tho'  it  raged  among  the  Arm  fpared  It  is  a  Maxim  in'  Heraldry,  that  the  plainer  the  Coat  the 

dom  and    'v,""'/*!  "J''  S't^''^  "^^^  "I"  S'^'"  I'T  ^0  Antiquity  W«;>; Coats  are  fuch  as  are  leall  en 

inf?fted                                    "       Hoalesofthe  cumber'd.   Sec  Coat,  &-c.                          e 'eaii  en 

gZ  Plain 


P  L  A 


(  822  ) 


P  L  A 


P  L  A  i  r;  Figurci  in  Geometry,  is  an  uniform  Surface, 
fi-ora  every  Point  of  whofe  Perunietera,  right  Lines  may  be 
drawn  to  every  other  Point  in  the  fame.  See  FioaRE;  fee 
alfo  I'la.ne  and  Surface. 

Plain  jungle  is  an  Angle  contain'd  under  two  Luies,  or 
Surfaces.   See  Angle.  ^, 

It  is  fo  call'd  in  contridiftinaion  to  a  fold  Angle,  bee 

^°p'l  'a  I  N  Triangle  is  a  Triansle  included  under  three  right 
Lines,  or  Surfaces;  in  oppolition  to  a  fpherical,  and  amixt 
Trianale.    See  Triangle.  ,  ,.   _.  , 

P  L  1 1  N  TrigoimiMry  is  the  Doftrine  of  plain  Triangles, 
their  Meafures,  Proportions,  &c.    See  Trigonometry. 

Plain  tthfs,  M,rnr,  &c.  in  (Optics,  is  a  Glafs  or  Mirro- , 
whofe  Surface  is  Hat  or  even.  See  the  Plisnomena  Laws  or 
pUln  Mirron,  under  the  Article  MiRROR. 

FWn  Mlmrs  are  what  we  popularly  call  Looking-Glaljes ; 
fee  the  manner  of  grinding,  polilliing,  and  prcpinng  them, 
under  the  Article  Looking-CUfs  Grinding. 
Plain  7]//f.   SeeTvLE.  j   ,  j  ,1,. 

Plain  Scale,  is  a  thin  Ruler,  whereon  are  graduated  the 
1  ines  of  Chords,  Sines,  Tangents,  Secants,  Leagues,  Rhumbs, 
h-c.  of  ready  Uli  in  moft  Parts  of  the  Mathematicks,  chief- 
ly in  Navigation.    See  Line, (i-c.  ,   ■  ,  c 
See  its  Defcription  and  Ufe  under  the  Article  Scale. 

N  Chni  t,  in  Navigation,  is  a  Sea-Chart,  wherein  the 


and  'p'lrallcls  are  reprefented  bv  parallel  flrait    tion  by  mrans  thei-eof and  then  fixing  for  good  by 


Plai 

Meridians      ,  •  , 

Lines  -,  and  where,  ot  Confequence,  the  Degrees  are  tne 
Crae  in  all  the  Parallels  of  Latiturle. 

See  the  Fnpcrlies,  Coiiltruamn,  &c.  of  this  Chm  t  under  the 
Article  Chart.  .   ,    .      c      1  ■ 

Plain  S.uUt!g,  in  Navigation,  is  the  Art  of  working  the 
feveral  Cafes  and  Varieties  in  a  Ship's  Motion,  on  a  plam 


indefinitely.  After  the  fame  manner  turn  about  the  IndeJ!J 
on  the  fame  Point,  'till  thro'  the  Sights  you  fee  the  Point  A  ; 

and  draw  the  right  Line  c  d  indefinitely  Thus  have  you 

the  Quantity  of  the  Angle  laid  down. 

.Meafure  the  Lines  r  A,  c  B,  with  a  Chain;  (fee  Chai.n.} 
and  fromaScale,  fet off the.Meafuresthusfound, (fee Scale) 
on  the  refpeftive  Lines  ;  which  fuppofe  to  reach  from  ctob-t 

and  from  c  to  (2,  Thus  will  cb  and  d  be  proportional  toi 

t  B  and  t:  A. 

Transfer  the  Diftance  ai^  to  the  firae  Scale,  and  find  its 
Length  the  Length  thus  found,  will  be  the  Length,  or  Di- 
itaiice,  of  A  B  required. 

z°  To  find  the  Diflatice  of  two  Places,  one  whereof  is  inac- 

ccjjiblc,  by  the  Plain  Table  Suppofe  the  Diftance  required 

AB;  (f.g.  33.)  and  A  the  accellible  Point  1°  Place  the 
Plain  T-ihle  in  C  ;  look  thro'  the  Sights  'till  you  fee  A  and 
B;  and  draw  and  ck  Meafure  the  Diftance  from  your 
Station  to  A;  and  fet  it  off  from  the  Scale,  upon  ca.  -2^ 
Remove  the  Table  to  A,  where  place  it  fo,  as  that  the  Point 
ci  reprefenting  A,  and  the  Index  Liid  along  the  Line  *ic,  you 
fee,  backwards,  the  former  Station  C.  {Note,  in  this  fix- 
ing the  Inftrument,  lies  the  Ufe  of  the  Compafs;  for  the 
Needle  will  hang  over  the  fime  Degree  of  the  Card  in  the 
firlf  and  the  I'econd  Cafe  •,  fo  that  Ibme  fet  the  Inftruraent 
by  the  Needle  alone ;  others  only  ufe  it  to  ftiorten  the 
'Trouble,  by  bringing  the  Inftrunient  nearly  to  its  due  Pofi- 


.  the 

Back-Sight.)  3"  The  Inftrunient  fix'd,  turn  the  Sights  to  B  ; 
and  dr.iw  the  Line  ab.  4°  On  the  Scale,  meafure  the  In- 
terval !i  b',  which  will  be  the  Diftance  of  A  B  required. 

3^  To  find  the  Diftance  of  two  inaccejfible  Flftccs  by  the  Plain 
TiiWf..— Suppofe  the  Diftance  of  A  B  (7'<i,  Surveying,  Fig.  34,) 
required.  1°  Chufmg  two  Stations  in  C  and  D;  in  the  tirll 
C,  place  the  Plain  Table ;  and  thro'  the  Sights  look  to  D,  B 
twiiig  by  the  — 
Meafin  e  the  Diftance  of  the  Stations  C  D  ;  and 


durt   SiS  Plain  Chart.  c„nnnr,tlon  of  ttie  Earth    and  A;  drawing  by  the'Edge  of  the  Index,  the  Lines  cd. 

Plat,,  1  ^^hirt    tho'Tor.oufly  falfe,  yet    cb,  cl-z-  Meafu.^;  the  Diftance  of  the  StationsCD;  and 

ptrc^sle^gl  id  downlcfely' and  a  1^5"^^^^^  i>t  thi.  all,  from  a  Scale,  on  c  ^.-3"  Removing  the  Table 

Places  oeingiaia  Qow  1  .,  | ' '  ,  .„i_.„),ly  perform'd  Irora  C,  hx  it  111  D •,  fo  as  the  Point  d  hanging  over  the 
intomany  '1-°"  ""f ' may  be  tolerably  pei.oi         ^^^^^^^  ^  ^^j^^  iyi„galong  the  Line  cd,  thro'  the 

by  It,  near  the  fime  ,     ,     .    Rh„„,h.Line,    Sights  you  fee  the  former  Station  C.    The  Inftroment  thus 

M'"/'-''\^^j/'liallei  yLatta^^^^  S^'d,  direc-f  the  Sights  to  A  and  B,  and  draw  the  right 

formed  aRf^t-LgledVln'^ler^^^^^  tttfo  poflt'ed,  as  that  Line's  d  a  .nidb.  Laftly,  find  the  I)iftance  of  .  b,  on  the 
tlie  Perpendicular  may  reprefent  Part  of  the  Meridian,  or 
North  and  South  Line,  containing  the  Difference  ot  Lati- 
tude :  The  Bafe  of  the  Triangle,  reprefents  the  Departure; 
and  the  Hypothenufe  the  Diftance  failed—The  Angle  at  the 
Top  i5  the  Courfe,  and  the  Angle  at  the  Bafe  the  Comple- 
ment of  the  Courfe  ;  any  two  of  which,  with  l:he  Right- 
Angle  being  given,  the  Triangle  may  be  protrafted,  and  the 
other  three  Parts  found.    See  Triangle. 

Fortk  XloSriOT  0/ Plain  Sailing, /ce  Sailing.  ^ 
Plum  Table,  in  Geometry,  0~c.  an  Inftrument  uled  in 


Lines  d  a  and  d  b. 

Scale;  this  will  be  the  Diftance  of  A  B  required. 

After  the  fame  Manner,  may  the  Diftance  of  any  Num- 
ber of  Places  be  found  from  two  Stations ;  and  thus  may  a 
Field,  part  of  a  Country,  &c.  be  futvey'd. 

4°  To  take  the  Plot  of  a  Field  from  one  Station,   whence  all 

the  Angles  may  he  fecn;  with  the  Plain  Table.  Placing  the 

Inftrument  in  the  Station,  affume  a  Point  in  the  Paper,  to 
reprefent  the  fime,  v.g.C.  (Fig.  zi.)  Laying  the  Edge  of  the 
Index  tothis  Point  ;direft  it  to  the  feveral  Angles  ot  the  Field, 
A  BCD  EF,  ei-f.  and  draw  indefinite  Lines  by  its  Edge,  to- 
the  Surveying  o?Land"rwhe;Sy^heDrrnght,'  or  Plan,  is  wards  every  Angle  viz..  Ca  C  b,  Cc,  &c  meafure  the  Di- 
laLn  on  tlie  Spot,  without  any  future  Protraftion  or  plot-    ftance  ot  each  Angle  from  the  Station,  vr^.  C  A,  C  B,  C  C, 


See  Surveying,  Plotting,  cjc. 
The  plain  Table,  reprefented  Tab.  Surveying,  Fig.  31.  con- 
fifts  of  a  Parallelogram  of  Wood,  about  15  Inches  long  and 
1 2  broad;  round  this  goes  a  Boxen  jointed  Frame,  by  means 
whereof  a  Sheet  of  Paper  is  faften'd  tight  to  the  Table,  fo  as 
Lines  may  be  conveniently  drawn  upon  it. 


CD,  V-c.  and  ftom  a  Scale  fet  it  off  from  C  on  its  corre- 
fponding  Line;  the  Extremities  hereof  will  give  Points, 
which  being  connefted  by  Lines  will  reprefent  the  Field. 

5°  To  take  the  Plot  of  a  Field,  Wood,  or  the  like,  by  going 
round  the  fame;  with  the  Plain  Ttble  Place  the  Inftru- 
ment horizont.ally  at  the  fitft  Angle,  v.g.  A.    The  Needle 


may  oe  coi,,eu,.,,u^^  on  the  Meridian  of  the  Card  ;  and  affuming  aPoint  on  the 

On  each  iiJe  the  /X^iward  Fh"!  ar^  sS les  of  Inches,  Paper,  to  reprefent  it,  to  thit  Point  lay  the  Index,  direft- 
'^S:^'^rt:tZ:^It(^:i^t!i:^-^    4^'^  ^^.^^S^^y^^^^  a  Mark  in  the  Angle  R 


Cir-    And  draw  an  indefinite  Line  along  it ;  mealure  the  Diftance 


«hich,  on  one         «^  P™  """'^^^^^^  cf  A  and  B,  and  from  a  Scale  fet  it  off  on  the  Line  thus 

de,  from  a  Brafs  9="^ '  "^^^  "  'f  =  °  ™  lo'h  De\;',S    drawn-,  the  Extremity  of  this  Diftance  will  reprefent  the 
,^:'t'r„^™^fothei  t"L^^  PointB    Remove  the  Inftrument  to    where  fet  it  lo  as  that 


fubdivided,  for  the  ready  drawing  of  Parallel 
which,  on  one  fide  are  projected  the  360  Degrees  ot  ; 
cle,  ' 

ty^m<r^'^IS^'^i^  the  other  ^Cinjpl^mjj    -^'^^         -~  the 'Meridian  of  the  Card  ;  and  fo  as 

To  one 
the  Inftrument  by 
on  a  three  legg'd 

round,  or  faften'd  by  a  Screw,  as  occafion  requires, 
to  the  Table  beh 
Inches  long,  and  _  - 

O-c.  :.nd  having  two  Sights  perpendicularly  placed 
tremities.   See  Sight,  Staff,  Ball,  and  Socket,  ore, 


faften'd  by  a  Screw,  as  occafion  requires.-Liftly,  Index  on  the  Point  C,  till  you  lee  the  next  rtngle  U;  draw 

bte  belonel  an  Index,  which  is  a  Ruler  at  Itaft  ,6  the  Line,  meafure,  and  let  off  the  Diftance  C  D  as  before  and 

g,  and  z  broad;  and  ufuiilv  graduated  with  Scales,  remove  the  Plam  Table  to  E  ;  where  fix  it,  as  be.ore,  look 

hiving  two  Sights  perpendicularly  placed  on  its  Ex-  to  the  next  Angle  F,  draw  the  Line,  meafure,  a.nd  fet  oft 


Vfe  of  the  Plai  s-Table. 

To  t.ih  an  Angle  by  the  Plain  Table  :  Or  to  find  the  Dt- 
llaice  of  two  Places  accefible  from  the  fame  third.— Saffok 
D  A,  D  S  (Tab.  Surveying,  fig.  32.)  the  (ides  of  the  Angle  requi- 
red ■  or  A  B  the  Diftance  required.  Place  the  Inftrument 
horizontally  as  near  the  Angle  as  pofllble;  and  afliime  a  Point 
in  the  Paper  on  the  Table,  f.  «.  C.  To  tms  Pomt  apply 
the  Edge  of  the  Index,  turning  it  about  this  and  that 
wav,  'till  thro'  the  Sights  you  fee  the  Pointy  B,  and  in  this 
Situation  of  the  Ruler, 


the  Diftance,  &c. 

In  this  manner  having  compafs'd  the  whole  Field,  you'll 
have  its  whole  Perimeter  plotted  on  the  Table  ;  which  may 
be  now  caft  up  and  its  Contents  found,  as  in  the  Article  of 
Surveying. 

Manner  of  fbifting  P.tper  on  the  Plain  Table. 

When  in  large  Parcels  of  Ground,  the  Plot  is  found  to 
exceed  the  Dimenfions  of  tlie  Plain  Table,  and  to  run  off 
from  the  Paper;  the  Sheet  muft  be  taken  off  the  Table,  and, 
frefti  one  put  on  ,  The  way  of  managing  which  ftiifting,  is 


draw  by  its  Edge  the  Line  G  E   as  follows.— Suppofe  H,K,M,Z,  («£•  3  5-)  the  Limits  of  jhe  , 


PL  A 


(  823  ) 


P  L  A 


FlM?iTahle ,  fo  that  having  laid  down  the  Field  from  A  to  B, 
thence  to  C  and  D  ^  you  want  room,  the  Line  D  E  running 
ofF the  Paper  :  Draw  as  much  of  the  Line  D  E  as  the  Paper 
will  well  hold,  viz..  DO.  And  by  means  of  the  Divifions 
on  the  Edge  of  the  Frame,  draw  the  Line  PQ^  thro' O,  pa- 
rallel to  the  Edge  of  the  Table  H  M  i  and  thro'  the  Point 
of  Interfeflion  0,  draw  ON  parallel  to  MZ.  This  done, 
take  off  the  Frame,  remove  the  Sheer,  and  clap  a  frcfh  one 
{Fig.  36.)  in  its  ftead  drawing  on  it  a  Line  R3  near  the 
other  Edge  parallel  thereto.  Then  lay  the  fir  ft  Sheet  on  the 
Table,  To  as  the  Line  PQ^lie  exaftly  on  the  Line  R  S,  to 
the  beft  Advant^ige,  as  at  O,  LaAly,  draw  as  much  of  the 
Line  OD,  on  the  frelh  Sheet,  as  the  Table  will  hold  j  and 
from  O  continue  the  Remainder  of  the  Line  D,  to  E. 
From  E  proceed  witii  the  Work  as  before  to  F,G,  and  A. 

TJfe  of  the  Plain  Table,  as  a  Theodolite,  Scfnicirclsy  or 
Circumfereritor, 

The  great  Inconveniency  of  the  Pln'm  TMc  is,  that  its 
Paper  renders  it  imprafticable  in  moift  Weather,  Even  the 
Dew  of  the  Morning  and  Evening  is  found  to  fvvell  the  Pa- 
per confiderably,  and  of  confequence  to  ftr^^tch  and  diftort 

the  Work.  -To  avoid  this  Inconvenience,  and  render  the 

Inftrument  iifefu!  in  all  Weathers:,  by  leaving  off  the  Paper, 
and  fetling  up  a  Pin  in  the  Centre,  it  becomes  a  Theodo- 
fitCf  a  Sc7nicircley  or  a  Ctrcicmferentor,  and  practicable  like 
them. 

The  Thin  Table  ftripp'd  of  its  Paper,  becomes  either  a 
Theodolite-,  or  a  Semicircle,  or  as  that  (ide  of  the  Frame  which 
hr>s  the  Projection  of  the  Degrees  of  a  Circle,  or  a  Semicircle, 
js  turn'd  upwards.  If  it  be  to  ferve  for  a  Theodolite  \  the  In- 
dex, which  as  a  Plain  Table  turns  on  any  Point  as  a  Center, 
is  conftantly  to  turn  about  the  Brafs  Center  Hole  in  the 
Mddle  of  the  Table. 

If  for  a  Semicircle^  it  muft  turn  on  the  other  Brafs  Center 
Mole  in  both  Cafes  'tis  done  by  means  of  a  Pin  rais'd  in 
the  Holes. 

Wiien  the  Plain  Table  is  to  ferve  as  a  Circumferemor  \ 
Tcrew  the  Compafs  to  the  Index,  and  both  of  them  to  the 
Head  of  the  Staff,  with  a  Brafs  Screw-Pin  fitted  for  the 
Purpofe  ;  fo  as  the  Staff  and  Table  ftanding  fix'd,  the  Index, 
Sights,  <3'c.  may  be  turn'd  about  and  vice  verfa. 

To  take  an  Angle  by  the  Plain  Table.,  confidered  as  a  Theo- 
dolite. Suppofe  the  Quantity  of  the  Angle  E  KG  (^1^.  20.) 

required.  Place  the  Inftrument  at  K,  the  Theodolite  Side 
of  the  Frame  upwards,  laying  the  Index  on  the  Diameter. 
Turn  the  whole  Inftrument  about,  the  Index  remaining  on 
ihe  Diameter,  'till  thro'  the  Sights  you  fpy  E.  Screw  the 
Inftrument  faft  there,  and  turn  the  Index  on  its  Center,  'till 
thro'  the  Sights  you  fpy  G, 

The  Degree  here  cut  on  the  Frame  by  the  Index,  is  the 
Quantity  of  the  Angle  fought  which  may  be  laid  down  on  Pa- 
per by  the  R^ules  of  common  Protraction.  See  Protract  I  ON. 

Thus  may  you  proceed  to  do  every  thing  with  the  Plain 
Table,  as  with  the  common  Theodolite.  See  Theodo- 
lite. 

To  take  an  Angle  with  a  Plain  Table.,  confidered  as  a  Semi- 

rircle.  Proceed  in  the  fame  manner  with  the  Inftrument 

confider'd  as  a  Semicircle,  as  when  confidered  as  a  Theodo- 
iite  ^  only  laying  the  Semicircular  Side  upwards,  and  turn- 
ing the  Index  on  the  other  Center  Hole  in  the  middle  of 
the  Length,  and  at  about  i  of  the  Breadth  of  the  Table.  See 

SrMICIRCI-E. 

To   take  an  Angle  with  the  Plain  Table,   confidered  as  a 

Circtipifcrentor.  Suppofe  the  former  Angle  E  K  G  required. 

Place  the  Inftrument  at  K,  the  Flower-de-luce  towards  you. 
DireCf  the  Sights  to  E,  and  obferve  tlie  Degree  cat  by  the 
South  End  of  the  Needle  which  fuppofc  296.  Turn  the  In- 
ftrument about,  the  Flower-de-luce  ftill  towards  you,  aod 
direCl  the  Sight  to  G,  noting  the  Degree  cut  by  the  otiier 
Jind  of  the  Needle,  which  fuppofe  182.  Subtraft  the  lefs 
from  the  greater,  the  Remainder  114*^  is  the  Q;iantity  of 
the  Angle  Ibught.  If  the  Remainder  chance  to  be  more  than 
iSo^  then  it  muft  be  again  fubtraCied  from  360.  This  fe- 
cond  Remainder  will  be  the  Angle  required  which  may  be 
protracted,  &c.  as  under  the  Article  Protract  ion. 

Thus  may  you  proceed  to  do  every  thing  with  the  Plain 
Table,  as  with  the  common  Circumferentor.    See  Ci  kcum- 

rHRENTOR, 

Plain  Number,  is  a  Number  that  may  be  produced  by 

the  Mult'plication  of  two  Numbers  into  one  another,  

Thus  20  is  a  plain  Number.,  produced  by  the  Multiplication 
of  5  into  4.    See  NuMEiiR- 

Pl  AiN  Problem,  in  Mathematicks,  is  fuch  an  one,  as 
cannot  be  folved  Geometrically,  but  by  the  InterfeCtlon  ei- 
ther of  a  Right  Line  and  a  Circle  j  or  of  Ihe  Circumferences 
of  two  Circles.    See  Proelem. 

Such  is  the  Problem  following  Given,  the.greateft  Side, 

and  the  Sum  of  the  other  two  Sides,  of  a  Right-angled  Tri- 
angle^ to  find  the  Triangle.  -Such  alfo  is  this.  To  defcribe 

a  Trapezium  that  ftiall  make  a  given  Area  of  four  given 


Lines.  Such  Problems  can  only  hive  two  Solutions,  in  re- 
gard  a  Right  Line  can  only  cut  a  Circle,  or  one  Circle  cut 
another  in  two  Points. 

Plain  Place,  in  Geometry,  Locus  plam.^,  or  Locus  ad 
planmn,  a  Term  which  the  ancient  Geometricians  uied  for  a 
Geometrical  locus,  when  it  was  a  right  Line,  or  a  Circle- 
in  oppolitioii  to  a  folid  Place,  which""  was  an  Eiliplis,  Para- 
bola, or  Hyperbola.  ' 

Thefe  Loci  the  Modern? diftinguifh  into  Loci  adre- 
claaiif  and  Loci  ad  Circulum.    See  Locus. 

P  l  A  1  n,  in  Heraldry,  is  fometimes  ufed  for  the  Point  of 
the  Shield,  when  couped  fquare  j  a  part  remaining  u/uicr 
the  Square,  of  a  difterent  Colour,  or  Metal,  from  the 
Shield. 

This  has  been  fometimes  ufed  as  a  Mark  of  Baflardy  and 
c^Wd  Champague :  For  when  the  legitimate  Drfcendants  of 
Baftards  have  taken  away  the  Barr,  Filler,  or  Traverfe  bore 
by  their  Fathers,  they  are  to  cut  the  Point  of  the  Shield 
with  a  different  Colour  cali'd  Plain.  See  Bastard,  Dimi- 
nution. 

P  L  A  I  N,  or  P  I.  a  n  r,  in  Perfpsaive,  in  Mechanics.  A- 
ftronomy,  &c.    See  Plan  e. 

PLAINT,  in  Law,  is  the  propounding  or  exhibiting  any 
Action,  real  or  perfonal,  in  Writing.    See  Action. 

Hence,  the  Party  making  this  Plaint,  is  call'd  Plaintiif. 
See  Plaintiff. 

PLAINTE,  in  the  ancient  Cuftoms  of  France,  was  a 
Requeft,  or  Petition,  prefented  to  the  King,  agalnft  the 
Judges  of  the  Provinces,  and  afterwards  agiinft  B"iiliffs  and 
Senefchalsi  for  denying  Juftice,  or  for  rendering  Judgment 
contrary  to  the  Laws  of  the  Reahn. 

For  in  thofe  Days  there  was  no  Appeal  from  their  Deci- 
fions  ■,  but  they  all  pronounced  at  the  lalt  hand  :  So  that  the 
Plaime  was  not  directed  againft  the  Partv,  but  aaainlt  the 
Judge-,  who  wasajourn'd  to  fee  his  own' Sentence  declared 
null. 

This  was  a  kind  of  Supplement  to  the  Way  of  App-als, 
which  was  then  ftiut  up.— Thefe  Plaintesj  in  the  Capitula- 
ries o{  Charlei?iaign,  are  call'd  Blafphemi<£. 

PLAINTIFF,  in  Law,  he  that  fues,  or  complains,  in 
an  Aflize,  or  in  an  AC^ion  perfonal ;  as,  in  an  ACtion  of 
Debt,  Trefpafs,  Deceit,  Detinue, and  the  like.  See  Action 

PLAISTER,  in  Building.  See  Plaster,  Mor- 
tar, &c. 

Plaister,  in  Medicine.    See  E  m  p  l  a  s  t  e  r 
PLAIT.   See  Fold. 

P  L  A  N,  a  Reprefentation  of  fomething  drawn  on  a  Plane. 
See  Planer  fee  alfo  Map,  Chart,  C^c. 

Such  are  Maps,  Charts,  Ichnographies,  (^c.  See  Pla- 
nisphere. 

Plan,  in  i'^rchiteC^urc,  c^c.  is  particularly  ufed  for  a 
Draught  of  a  Building,  fuch  as  it  appears,  or  is  intended  to 
appear,  on  the  Ground  ;  (hewing  the  Extent,  Divifion,  and 
Diftribution  of  its  Area  into  Apartments,  Rooms,  P.injges 
See  Building. 

The  Plan  is  the  firfl  Device  or  Sketch  the  ArchiteCl:  makes ; 
it  is  alfo  c?.!!'d  ihn  Gromid-Plot^  Plat-Form,  and  Ichno^raphy 
of  the  Building.    See  Iciinqgraphv,  gV. 

The  Gco7netrical  Plan  is  that  wherein  tlie  folid  and  vacant 
Parts  Pire  reprefented  in  their  natural  Proportion. 

Raisd  Plan  is  that  where  the  Elevation,  or  Upright,  is 
ftiewn  upon  the  Geometrical  Plan,  lb  as  to  hide  the  Diftri- 
bution.    See  Elevation. 

Perfped-ive  Plan  is  that  conduCtcd  and  exhibited  by  Degra- 
d.itioiis,  or  Diminutions,  according  to  the  Rules  of  Perfpe- 
Clive.    See  Pehspective. 

To  render  the  Pirns  intelligible,  'tis  ufual  to  diftinguifh 
the  Miflives  with  a  black  Walh,  The  ProjeClures  on  the 
Ground  are  drawn  in  full  Lines,  and  ihofe  fuppofed  over 
them  in  dotted  Lines.  I'lie  Ant^rnentations  or  Alterations 
to  be  made,  are  diftingnifhed  by  a  Colour  dilTerent  from 
what  is  already  built and  the  Feints  of  each  Pl.m  made 
lighter  as  the  Stories  are  xx\'-,\i. 

In  large  Buildings  'tis  ufu.ii  to  have  fo  many  feveral  Plans 
for  the  firft  three  Stories. 

For  the  PerfpeFlive  of  a  Pr  A  N.    See  Perseective. 

PLAN  CERE,  in  ArchiieClure,  the  under  Part  of  the 
Corona,  or  Drip",  making  the  fuperior  Part  of  the  Cornice, 
between  two  Cymatiums.    See  Corona,  Cornice, C^y. 

PLANE,  or  Plan-,  Plain,  Planum,  in  Geo- 
metry, a/'Ai/V;  Figure;  or  a  Surface,  lying  evenly  between  its 
bounding  Lines.    See  Plain. 

IVolfius  defines  it  a  Surface,  from  every  Point  nf  whofe 
Perimeter  a  Right  Line  may  be  drawn  to.every  other  Point 
in  the  fame. 

As  the  right  Line  is  the  fhorteft  Extent  from  one  Point 
to  another-,  fo  is  a  P/^He  the  fhorteft  Extenfion  between 
one  Line  and  another.    See  LiNEand  Space. 

Planes  are  frequently  ufed  in  Aftronomy,  c3-c.  for 
imaginary  Surfaces,  fuppofed  to  cut,  and  pafs  thro'  fblid  Bo- 
dies;  and  on  this  Foundation  it  is  that  tlie  whole  DoCtrine 
of  Conic  SeCiions  and  of  the  Sphere  turn.   Sec  Section. 

When 


P  L  A 


(824) 


P  L  A 


When  1  Pbne  cuts  a  Cone  parallel  to  one  of  its  (ides, 
it  makes  a  Parabola  ;  when  it  cuts  the  Cone  parallel  to  its 
Bafe,  it  makes  a  Circle.    See  Conicks. 

The  Sphere  is  wholly  explained  by  PUiies,  imagin'd  to 
cut  the  Celellial  Luminaries,  and  to  fill  the  Areas  or  Cir- 
cumferences of  their  Orbits.    See  Sphere. 

Aftronomers  Ihew,  that  the  Tlane  of  the  Moon's  Orbit  is 
inclined  to  the  Plane  of  the  Earth's  Orbit,  or  the  Ecliptic, 
ty  an  Angle  of  .about  j  Deg.  and  paflis  thro'  the  Center  of 
the  Earth.   See  Oreit. 

The  Interfdftion  of  this  Pl.me  with  that  of  the  Ecliptic, 
has  a  proper  Motion  of  3'  11"  each  Day,  from  Eaft  to 
Weft  ;  (0  that  the  Nodes  anfwer  fuccefflvely  to  all  the  De- 
grees of  the  Ecliptic,  and  make  a  Revolution  round  the 
Earth  in  about  19  Years.    See  Node. 

The  Plnrjcs  of  the  Orbits  of  the  other  Planets,  like  that 

of  the  Ecliptic,  pifs  thro'  the  Center  of  the  Sun.  The 

Plane  of  the  Orbit  of  Saturn^  is  inclined  to  the  Ecliptic  by 
2"  30",  and  cuts  it,  at  prefent,  in  the  22d  Degree  of 
Omcer  and  Capricorn.     See  Inclinatio.n  j  fcealfo  Moon 

and  PX..^NET. 

The  Centre  of  the  Earth,  then,  being  in  the  Plane  of  the 
Moon's  Orbit,  the  Circular  Seftion  of  that  Flan  in  the  Moon's 
Disk,  is  reprefented  to  us  in  Form  of  a  Right  Line  pafting 
thro'  the  Center  of  the  Moon. — This  Line  is  inclined  to  the 
Plane  of  the  Ecliptic  by  5"  when  the  Moon  is  in  her  Nodes: 
But  this  Inclination  diminifhes  as  that  Planet  recedes  from 
the  Nodes;  and  at  three  Degrees  diftance,  the  Seftion  of 
the  Moon's  Orbit  in  its  Disk-  becomes  parallel  to  the  Plane 
of  the  Ecliptic.  The  fame  Appearances  attend  the  primary 
Planets,  with  regard  to  the  Sun. 

But  the  Cafe  is  very  different  in  the  Planets  feen  from 
one  another,  efpecially  from  the  Earth— The  Planes  of 
their  Orbits  only  pals  thro'  the  Center  of  the  Earth  when 
they  are  in  their  Nodes  :  In  every  other  Situation,  the  Plane 
is  rals'd  above  the  Orbit  of  the  Planet, either  to  the  North  or 
the  South.  And  the  Circular  Seftion  of  the  Plane  of  the 
Orbit  on  its  Disk,  or  in  the  Orbit  of  one  of  its  Satellites, 
does  not  appear  a  Right  Line,  but  an  Ellipfis,  broader  or 
narrower  as  the  Earth  is  more  or  lefs  elevated  above  the  Plane 
of  the  Orbit  of  the  Planet. 

Plan  E,in  Mechanicks — A  Hor^z^ontal  Plane,  is  a  Plane 
level  or  parallel  to  the  Horizon.  SeeHoRi7.0N. 

The  determining  how  far  any  given  Plane^  &c,  deviates 
from  a  Horizontal  one,  makes  the  whole  Bufinefs  of  Level- 
ling.   See  Levelling. 

hidined  Plane,  in  Mechanicks,  is  a  Plane  which  makes 
an  oblique  Angle  with  an  Horizontal  Plant.    See  Obliq^ue. 

The  Doftrine  of  the  Motion  of  Bodies  on  Inclined  Planes 
makes  a  very  conliderable  Article  in  Mechanicks-,  the  Snb- 
iiance  whereof  is  as  follows  : 

haws  cf  the  Dcfcent  of  Bodies  on  an  Inclined  Plane. 

If  a  Body  be  placed  on  an  inclined  Plane,  its  relative  Gra- 
vity wilt  be  to  its  abfolute  Gravity,  as  the  Length  of  tlie 
plane,  e.  gr.  AC  (Tah.  Mechanicks,  Fig.  5S.)  to  Its  Height 
A  B.    See  Gravity. 

Hence,  l"  fiiice  the  Ball  D  only  gravitates  on  the  inclined 
Plane,  with  its  relative  Gravity  *,  the  Weight  L,  applied  in 
a  Direfiion,  parallel  to  the  Length  of  the  Plane,  will  re- 
tain Or  fufpend  it,  provided  its  Weight  be  to  that  of  the 
Ball,  as  the  Altitude  of  the  Plane  BA  is  to  its  Length 
AC.  ^ 

2"  If  the  Length  of  the  Plane  C  A  be  taken  for  the  whole 
Sine;  A  B  willbe  theSineof  the  Angle  of  Inclination  ACB. 
—The  abfolute  Gravity  of  the  Body,  therefore,  is  to  its  re- 
fpeftive  Gravity  applied  on  the  inclined  Plane  ;  and  there- 
fore, si  To,  the  Weight  Dto  the  Weight  L  afting  according 
to  the  Direftion  D  A  which  fnftains  it ;  as  the  whole  Sine 
to  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inclination. 

5°  Hence  the  refpeftive  Gravities  of  the  fame  Body  on 
different  inclined  Planes^,  are  to  each  other  as  the  Sines  of  the 
Angle  of  Inclination. 

4"  The  greater  therefore  the  refpeftive  Gravity  is,  the 
greater  is  the  Angle  of  Inclination. 

5°  As,  therefore,  in  a  vertical  Plane,  where  the  Inclina- 
tion is  greateft,  viz.,  perpendicular,  the  refpeftive  Gravity 
degenerates  into  abfolute;  fo  in  a  horizontal  Plane,  where 
there  is  no  Inclination,  tne  refpeftive  Gravity  vanifhes. 

II.  To  find  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inclination'  of  a 
Plane,  on  which  a  given  Power  will  be  able  to  fuftain  a 

given  Weight  Say,  as  the  given  Weight,  is  to  the  given 

Power,  fo  is  the  whole  Sine  to  the  Sine  of  the  Angle 
of  Inclination  of  the  Plane.  Thus,  fuppofe  a  Weight  of 
1000  be  to  be  fuftained  by  a  Force  of  50;  the  Angle  of 
Inclination  will  be  found  Z°  52'. 

III.  If  the  Weight  L  defcend  according  to  the  perpendi- 
cular Direfton  A  B,  and  ralfe  up  the  Weight  D  in  a  Dire- 
flion  parallel  to  the  inclined  Plane;  the  Height  of  the 
Alcent  of  D  will  be  to  that  of  the  Defcent  of  L,  as  the  Sine 
of  the  Angle  of  Inclination  C,  to  the  whole  Sine. 


Hence,  i  °  The  Height  of  the  Defcent  C  D  of  the  Weight 
L  IS  to  the  Height  of  Afcent  D  H  of  the  Weight  D  ;  -  recipro- 
cally as  the  Weight  D  to  the  equivalent  Weight  I 

2  Since  then  CDL  =  DHD,  and  the  Aftions  of  the 
equiponderating  Bodies  D  and  L  are  equal;  the  Moments 
™  Weights  D  and  L  are  in  a  Ratio  compounded  of  their 
Malles,  and  Altitudes,  thro'  which  they  afcend  or  defcend 
in  a.  Plane,  either  inclined  or  perpendicular. 

i''  The  Powers  that  raife  Weights  thro'  Altitudes  recipro- 
cally proportional  to  them,  are  equal  ^This  Bes  Cartes 

.".'">  "  ^  Principle  whereby  to  demonftrate  the  Powers 
ot^  iVJachines.  ^  Hence  we  fee  why  a  loaden  Waggon  is  drawn 
with  more  Difficulty  on  an  inclined  than  an  horizontal  Plane ; 
as  being  prels'd  with  a  Part  of  the  Weight  which  is  to 

lu  ?jr  y{"f'^'- '  R^'O  of      Altitude  to  the  Length. 

I\.  Weights  E  and  F,  equiponderating  upon  inclined 
Planes  AC  and  C  B  of  the  fame  Height  CD,  are  to  each 
other  as  the  Lengths  of  the  Planes  ACandCB. 

S.  Stevinus  gives  a  very  pretty  Demonfiiration  of  this  Theo- 
rem, which,  for  its  Eafinefs  and  Ingenuity,  we  fnall  here 
add._Put  a  Chain,  whofe  Parts  do  all  exiftly  weigh  in  Pro- 
portion to  their  Length,  over  a  Triangle,  G  I  H  :  (Fig.  59.) 
p^t^^'dent  the  Parts  GK  and  K  H  do  bal  .nee  each  other. 
It  then  I  H  did  not  balance  G  I,  the  preponderating  Part, 
would  prevail;  and  there  would  arife  a  perpere'il  Motion  of^ 
the  Chain  about  GIH  ;  but  this  being  abfurd,  it  follows, 
that  the  Parts  of  the  Chain  I H  and  G  1 ;  and  confequently 
all  other  Bodies  which  are  as  the  Lengths  of  the  Planes  I  H 
and  I,  G  will  balance  each  other. 

V.  A  heavy  Body  defcends  on  an  inclined  Plane,  with  a 
Motion  uniformly  acceler.ated.    See  Acceleration. 

Hence,  1°  The  Spaces  of  Defcent  are  in  a  duplicate  Ratio 
of  the  Sines,  and  likewife  of  the  Velocities ;  and  therefore 
in  equal  times  increafe  according  to  the  unequal  Numbers  i, 
3>  5>  7j9;  &c. 

2°  The  Space  pafs'd  over  by  a  heavy  Body  defcending  on 
an  inclined  Plane,  is  fabduple  of  that  which  it  would  pafs 
over  in  the  lame  Time,  with  the  'Velocity  it  has  acquired  at 
the  End  of  its  Fall. 

3°  Heavy  Bodies,  therefore,  defcend  by  the  fame  Laws  on 
inclined  Planes,  as  in  perpendicular  Planes.  Hence  it  was, 
that  Galhlea,  to  find  the  Laws  of  perpendicular  Defcent, 
made  his  Experiments  on  inclined  Planes,  in  regard  of  the 
Motions  being  (lower  in  the  latter  than  the  former;  as  in  the 
following  Theorem. 

VI.  The  Velocity  ofa  heavy  Body  defcending  on  an  in- 
clined Plane,  at  the  End  of  any  given  Time  ;  is  to  the  Vc-, 
locitv  which  it  would  acquire  in  falling  perpendicularly,  in 
the  fime  Time  ;  as  the  Height  of  the  inclined  Fl.ine  is  to  its 
Length. 

VII.  The  Sp.ace  pafs'd  over  by  a  heavy  Body  on  an  inclined 
Plane  AD,  (Fig.  60.)  Is  to  the  Space  A  B,  it  wonld  pafs 
over  in  the  lame  time  in  a  perpendicular  PLine  :  As  its  Ve- 
locity on  the  inclined  Plane  is  to  its  Velocity  in  the  perpen^ 
diciilar  D.-fcent,  at  the  End  of  any  given  time. 

Hence,  1°  The  Space  pafs'd  over  in  the  inclined  Plane,  is 
to  the  Space  it  would  defcend  in  the  fame  time  in  the  per- 
pendicular ri  ane,  as  the  .Altitude  of  the  PLme  A  B  to  its 
Length  AC  ;  and  therefore  as  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  In- 
clin:!tionto  the  whole  Sine. 

2°  If,  then,  from  the  Right  Angle  B,  a  Perpendicular  be 
letfall  to  AC;  AC  :  AB  ::  AB  :  AD.  So  that  in  the 
(ame  time  wherein  the  Body  would  fall  perpendicularly 
from  A  to  B ;  in  an  inclined  Plane  it  will  defcend  from  A 
to  D. 

3'^  The  Space,  therefore,  of  perpendicular  Defcent  bein^ 
given  in  the  Altitude  of  the  Plane  A  B  ;  by  letting  fall  a  Per- 
pendicular from  B  to  A C,  we  have  the  Space  AD  to  be 
pafs'd  over  in  the  fame  time  on  the  inclined  Plane. 

4^^  In  like  manner,  the  Space  AD,  pafs'd  over  on  the  i?;- 
clmed  Plane,  being  given  ;  we  have  the  Space  A  B,  thro' 
which  it  wonld  defcend  perpendicularly  in  the  (ame  time, 
by  railing  a  Perpendicular  meeting  the  Side  of  the  PLme  in 
B. 

S°  Hence  in  the  Semicircle  ADEFB,  the  Body  will  de- 
fcend thro'  all  the  Planes  A  D,  A  E,  A  F,  A  C,  in  the  fame 
time ;  viz.  in  that  time  wherein  it  would  fall  thro'  the 
Diameter  A  B,  fuppofing  that  perpendicular  to  the  horizon- 
tal Plane  L  M. 

^'II1.  The  Sp.ice  AD,  pafs'd  over  in  an  inclined  Plane  A 
C,  being  given;  to  determine  the  Space  which  would  be 
pals'd  over  in  any  other  incined  Plane  in  the  fame  time. 

From  the  Point  D  ereft  a  Perpendicular  D  B,  meeting  the 
Altitude  A  B  in  B  ;  then  will  A  B  be  the  Space,  thro" 
which  the  Body  would  fall  perp-ndicularly  in  that  time. 
Wherefore  if  from  B  a  Perpendicular  B  E  be  let  fall  to  ths 
Plane  A  F ;  A  E  will  be  the  Space  in  the  inclined  Plane  which 
the  Body  will  pafs  over,  in  the  fame  time  wherein  it  falls 
perpendicularly  from  A  to  B  ;  and  confequently  A  D  will 
be  the  Space  in  the  other  inclined  Plane  A  C,  which  it  palTes 
thro'  in  the  fame  time, 

Hence, 


PL  A 


(  825  ) 


PL  A 


Hence,  finS  AB  is  M  Ad,  as  the  whole  Sine  to  the  Whence,  the  Times  of  Afcent      Dcfcent  th-o' eainl  S',r.. 

Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inclination  G.   And  A  B  is  to  A  E  as  are  eqnal                                                  ^     ^  ^ 

the  whole  Sine  to  the  Sine  of  the  Angle  of  Inclination  F;  On  this  Principle  is  founded  the  ronilnifl;™.  mr)  Ufe  of 

the  Spaces  A  D  and  A  E,  which  the  Body  will  pafs  over  in  Pendalums.   See  PENDULoMa^^orcfL  ™  x  o" 

the  fame  Tniie  on  different  ,>,clm,d  Flams,  areas  the  Sinesof  Plane  ofGntviiy,  or  Cya-J^^,,Ym  \i,pif.^(^^^^^  ,„ 

the  Angles_^of  Inclination,  C  and_^F,  and  reciprocally  as  the  plfs  thro'  thi  Center  of  Gravity  of 'tlie  Body    '  nTi.r  the 

And  confequently,  Diredlion  of  its  Tendency  •,  that  is,  perpendicular  to  the 


refpeftive  Gravities  on  the  fame  Planes, 
alfo,  reciprocally  as  the  Lengths  of  Planes  equally  "high 
AC  and  A  F.— Whence  the  Problem  may  be  relblved  vari- 
ous Ways  by  Calculation. 

IX.  The  Velocities  acquiredin  the  ftnie  time  on  different 
imlrned  Tlanes,  are  as  the  Spaces  pafs'd  over  in  the  fame 
Time — Hence,  alio,  thev  are  as  the  Sines  of  the  Angles  of 
Inclination  C  and  F;  reciprocally  as  therefpeftive  Gravities 
on  the  Cime  Planes;  and  reciprocally  as  the  Lengths  of  e- 
qnally  high  Planes,  AC  and  AF; 

X.  A  Body  defcending  on  an  inclined  Plane  A  C,  when  it 
arrives  at  the  horizontal  Line  C  B,  has  acquired  the  fame 
\'eIocity  which  it  would  have  acquired  in  a  perpendicular 
Defcent  A  B,  to  the  time  horizontal  Line  C  F. 

Hence,  i"  A  heavy  Body  defcending  thro'  difTerent  in- 
clined Planes,  A  C,  A  G,  A  F,  has  acquired  the  fame  Velocity 
when  it  arrives  at  the  fame  horizontal  Line  C  F. 

Hence  alfo  a  Body  continuing  its  Defcent  thro'  feveral 
contiguous  inclined  Planes  acquires  the  lame  Velocity  which 
it  would  acquire  in  defcending  perpendicularly  to  the  fame 
horizontal  Plane. 

XI.  The  Time  of  Defcent  along  an  inclined  Plane  A  C, 


ncident 


Horizon.    Sec  GR.iviTy  and  Gravitatjon 

Plane  0/  Rtfleaion,  in  Catoptrics,  is  a'  Plane  which 
palles  through  the  Point  of  Refcleaioii ;  and  is  perpendicular 
to  the  Plane  of  the  Glafs,  or  reHefting  Bodv.   See  Kr- 

ELECTION. 

Planes/  Refraction  is  a  Plane  drawn  thro'  the 
and  refrafted  Ray.    See  REritAcrioN. 

Perjpen-m  \' L  A  N  E,  is  a  plain  pellucid  Surface,  ordinari- 
ly perpendicular  to  the  Horizon,  and  placed  between  the 
Speftator's  Eye  and  the  Object  he  views-,  thro'  which  tiie 
optic  Rays,  emitted  from  the  feveral  Points  of  the  .Obieft^ 
arc  fuppofed  to  pafs  to  the  Eye,  and  in  their  PalTjgc  to  leave 
Marks  that  reprefent  them  on  the  faid  Plane.  See  Per- 
spective. 

Such  is  the  Plane  H 1  ;  (Tit.  Perfpeaive  Fi;;.  I.)  fonie 
call  It  th,:  Table,  becaufe  the  Drauaht,  or  Perfpiflive  of  the 
Objeft,  IS  fuppofed  to  be  thereon ;  others,  the  Seclm,,  from 
Its  cutting  the  vifual  Raysj  and  others,  the  Clafs,  from 
Its  fuppofed  Tranfparency. 

Ceonictricai  \' L  i  s  E,  in  PerfpeftiVe,  is  a  Plane  parallel 
to  the  Horizon,  whereon  the  Objea  to  be  delineated  is 


is  to  the  Ti  ne  of  perpendicular  Defcent  thro'  A  B,  as  the  fuppofed  to  be  placed! 

Length  of  tiie  Plane  A  C,  to  its  Altitude  A  B  :    But  Times       Such  is  the  Plane  L  M.  (Fig.  i.  Tab.  Perri,eSi^e)-Tbh 

of  Defcents  thro  different  inclined  Planes  ennallv  hiVI,  A  r  P/^„.  „n.,ii.,  ..-:_u-  .f.:.L  .r  „  1  "'S 
and  A  G,^  are  as  the  Lengths  of  the  Planes. 


tPfr"V}'l"  .i^'^ll""^^  ^iT'  '^''S'"  A  C    Plane  is  ufually  at  right  Angle's  viith  the  Perlp^SiviPhne: 

Hm-it.mtal  Plane,  in  Perfpeftive,  is  a  Pl.me  palling 
'k  "1,  ?  Sp^ftstor's  Eyej  parallel  to  the  Horizon,  cutting 
the  1  erfpeftive  Plane  when  that  is  perpendicular  to  the  Geo- 
metrical one,  at  right  Angles. 
/^m/V,;/ P  l  A  N  E,  in  PerfpecbVe,  a  P/.i»t  paffing  thro' 
■vni   -T-L       r  c'  ^ne  Speftator's   Eye,    perpendicular  to   the  Geometrinl 

A°f""'"      '.^"(^'^""r  SeniicydoidDEF,    Plane;  and  ufually  parallel  to  the  Petibeftive  //"r  See 
61.)  and  thro  any  Arch  thereof  B  A  K,  .are  always  Vertical. 


XII.  If  the  Diameter  of  a  Circle  A  B,  {Fig.  60.)  be  paral- 
lel to  the  horizontal  Line  LM;  a  Body  will  defcend  from 
any  Point  of  the  Periphery  D,  E,  or  C  to  B,  along  an  in- 
clined Plane  DC,  E  B,  and  C  B,  in  the  liimeTime  wherein 
vill  defcend  thro' the  Diameter  A  B.  Hence, 


equidiurnal,  or  perforra'd  in  the  Came  Time';  on  which 
Principle  is  built  the  Doftrine  of  Pendulums  vibrating  in  a 
Cycloid.    See  Cycloid  and  Pendulum. 

Laws  of  the  Afceni  of  Bodies  on  Inclined-Planes. 

I.  If  a  Body  afcend  in  a  Medium  void  of  Refiftance,  in  any 
Direftion,  whether  perpendicular,  or  along  an  inclined 
Plane  ;  its  Motion  will  be  uniformly  retarded.  See  Retar- 
dation. 

Hence,  1°  A  Body  afccnding  either  petpendiciihrly  or 
obliquely,  in  fuch  a  Medium  paffes  over  a  Space  which  is 
fubdnple  of  that  it  would  pafs  over  in  the  fame  Time  on  a 
horizontal  Plane,  with  an  uniform  Celerity  equal  to  that  it 
has  at  the  Beginning  of  its  Motion. 

2°  Such  Spaces,  therefore,  perform'd  in  equal  Times,  de- 
treafe  in  a  retrograde  Order,  as  the  uneven  Numbers  7,  5 

3,  I  :  and  therefore  the  Afrent  is  fo  much  impeded  ;  confe-       .    .  „  ,u.ut,  ,, 

quently,  when  the  imprefsd  Force  is  exhauffed,  the  Body    pare  or  ftiave  Woods  fhiooth. 


^  ObjeHive  Plane,  in  Perfjieaive,  is  any  Plane  fltnate 
in  the  horizontal  Pl.mc,  whofe  Reprefentation  in  Perlpe- 
Ctive  is  required.    See  Object. 

P  L  A  N  E  0/  the  Horopter,  in  Optics,  is  a  Plane  that  paf- 
les  thro'  the  Horopter,  A  B,  (Tab.  Optics  Fi..  67.)  and  is 
perpendicular  to  a  Plane  pafllng  thro'  the  Optic  Axes  I  GH. 
See  HoRopTEK. 

P  l  a  n  l  0/  the  ProjeEiion,  in  the  Stereographic  Projeftiort 
of  the  Sphere,  is  the  fime  with  the  perfpeftive  Plane,  which 
lee.    See  alfo  Projection,  &c. 

P  L  A  N  E  0/  «  Dial,  or  Dial  1^  L  A  N  E,  the  Surfice  where- 
on a  Dial  is  drawn.    See  Dial. 

We  have  Horizontal,  Vertical,  Inclinine,  Dedinini:,  Re- 
clining, Deinclining,  Direft,  c~c.  Dial  "pi.mts.  See  In- 
ciiNiNO,  Decli.vino,  Reclining,  Direct,  h-c. 

Plane  Glafs,  Atirror,  Sic.  See  Plain  Gla/s,  Mir- 
ror, &:c. 

Plane,  in  Joinery,  c5-c.  an  Edge-Inllrument,  ufed  to 


will  defcend  again  by  the  Force  of  Gravity. 

5°  They  are  therefore,  inverfely,  as  the  Spaces  defcrib'd 
in  the  fame  Times  by  a  Body  defcending  thro'  the  fime  Al- 
titude.—For,  fuppofc  the  Time  divided  into  four  Parts;  In 
the  firft  Moment,  the  Body  A  defcend?  thro'  the  Space  1, 
and  B  afcends  thio'  7  ;  in  the  fecond,  A  defcends  thro'  3, 
B  afcends  thro'  5,  &-c. 


It  confills  of  a  Piece  of  Wood,  very  liiiooth  at  bottom, 
ferving  as  a  Stock,  or  Shaft  ;  in  the  middle  whereof  is 
an  Aperture,  thro'  which  paffes  a  Steel  Edge,  or  rjhifTcl, 
obliquely  placed,  and  very  fharp,  which  takes  off  the  Ine, 
qualities  of  the  Wood  it  is  Hid  along. 

The  Plane  acquires  various  Names  according  to  its  various 
.V.  u     .     \i  J     -r       -r     ■       r,,-  Forms,  Sizes  and  Ufes :  as,  1°  The  Fort-P/.wf,  which  is 

,„fh,^  Au  ;  H  rifing  w..th  an,mprers'd  Force,  afcends    very  long,  and  is  that  commonly  firll  ufed.    -fhe  Edge  of 

to  that  Alt, tide,  from  which  it  muf  fill  to  acquire  that  its  Iron  is  not  around  ftrelaht,  but  rifes  with  a  Convex 
%  eloc.ty  in  falhng  wherewith  ,t  afcended.  Arch  in  the  middle,  to  bear'be  ng  fet  the  r  nker  -  its  Ufe 

the'  Hetl?r";bej;rl""t^l,"  '^""T"  "  ^""^      "'^  '^'"^  ">  ""^  i'''"'  Irregularities  of  the  S  and 

the  Height  whence  It  fell.    See  Pendulum.  to  prepare  it  for  the  Smoothing  Plane 

II.  The  Time  wherein  a  Body  afcends  to  a  given  Altitude,  z"  The  Smoothing  Plane  is  !hon  and  fraall,  its  Iron  fine  - 
men?  t/^n  f^'^.        ''^^J"^"-  off        greater  Irregularities  lef    by   he'  f  m-e-' 

T~    tP°  r  Body  to  defcend  from  the  fame  Plane,  and  prepares  the  Wood  for  the  lointer 

f  ['"ll'.'Ll'l'^  ^'AVm'  »"V"Th'r'  P^'"''''  i°J'"'  'J'"""  '""g^'t      -^11;  very  fine, 

(See  Motion.)  ^Thefe,  taken  inverfely,    not  (landing  out  .above  a  Hair's  Breadth  i  it  comes  after  the 

Smoothing-Pkne,^  and  is  chiefly  intended  to  fhoot  the  Edge 


each  Moment    ^  _    ^   , 

are  the  Cirae  with^the  Spaces  of  Afcent  required. 

Suppofe,  v.g.  a  Body  projefled  perpendicularly,  to  afcend 
thro'  a  Space  of  240  Feet  in  4  Seconds;  and  the 
Spaces  of  Afcent  perform'd  in  the  feveral  Times  required? 
If,  now,  the  Body  had  defcended,  the  Defcent  in  the  firii 
Minute  had  been  15  Feet,  in  the  fecond  45,  in  the  third  75, 
in  the  fourth  io^,c>-c.  The  Defcent  therefore  will  be  in  the 
firft  Moment  105,  in  the  fecond  75,  ti~c. 
■  III.  If  a  Body  defcend  either  perpendicularly  thro' D  A, 
(Fig.  61.)  or  in  any  other  Surface  FED,  aiid  with  the 
Velocity  it  has  there  acquired,       •     -     ■  - 


Velocity  It  has  there  acquired,  again  afcend  along  another  lilte  the  others,  at  the  Too 
Surface  DC,  at  1  oints  equally  high,  e.  gr.  atG  and  H,  and  Q.  6°  The  Plom,  a  narrow' 
and  D,  it  will  have  the  fame  Force  and  the  fame  Velocity,    tion  of  two  Staves  whert 


of  .a  Board  perfeftly  llreight  for  jointing  fiiooth  Tables,  G'-c. 

4  The  Strike- Block  is  like  the  Jointer,  but  lliorter;  its 
Ule,  to  flioot  fhort  Joints,  crc. 

5°  Rabbet-Plane,  ufed  to  cut  the  upper  Edge  of  a  Board, 
ftrait  or  fi]uare,  down  into  the  Stuff;  fii  as  the  Edge'of  an- 
other, cut  after  the  fime  manner,  may  join  in  with  it  on 
the  Square  -,  it  is  alfo  ufed  to  ilrike  Fafcia's  in  Mouldings. 
Its  Iron  is  full  as  broad  as  its  Stock,  that  the  Angle  may 
cutftrait;    and  it  delivers  its  Shavings  at  the  Sides,  not. 


Hence,  it  a  Body  defcend  along  any  Surface,  FEE), 
•  and  again  afcend  along  another  finiilar  and  equal  Surface 
DGC;  'tis  the  feme  as  if  it  pafs'd  over  the  feveral  Parts  of 
the  fame  Line  twice. 


Rabbet-Plane,  with  tlie  Adcli- 
two  Staves,  whereon  are  Shoulders,  and  on  tiie 
Shoulders  a  Fence — Its  Ufe  is  to  plow  a  narrow  fquare 
Groove  on  the  Edge  of  a  Board,  O-c. 
7°  Moulding-Planes;  of  thefe  there  are  various  Kinds, 
10  A  accommo- 


P  L  A  (8i 

atcommodated  to  the  various  FojrrMS  and  Profiles  of  the 
Moiildint^s  i  (See  Moulding)  as  the  Round  Plane,  the 
f/allow,  the  oa,  the  Snipe's  Bill,  &c.  which  are  all  of  fe- 
veral  Sizes,  from  half  an  Inch  to  an  Inch  and  half.  See 
Moulding,  &c. 

To  ufe  the  Mauliing  Planes  on  foft  Wood,  as  Deal, 
Pear-Tree,  O-c.  they  fet  the  Iron  to  an  Angle  of  45°  with 
the  Bafe  or  Sole  of  the  Plane.  On  hard  Wood,  v.  gr.  Ebo- 
ny, Box,  ©-C.  they  fet  to  an  Angle  of  80°  ;  fometiraes  quite 
Upright.  To  work  on  hard  Wood,  the  Edge  or  Bafil  is  ground 
to  an  Angle  of  18  or  20  Deg  :  on  foft  Wood,  to  an  Angle 
of  about  1 2"^.  For  the  more  acute  the  Bafil,  the  fmoother 
the  Iron  cuts ;  but  the  more  obtufe,  the  ftronger. 

Plane,  among  Fowlers.— To  plane,  is  to  By  or  hover 
as  a  Bird  does,  without  moving  its  Wings.  See  Flying, 
Hawk  and  Hawking. 

P  L  A  N  E  T,  P  L  A  N  E  r  A,  in  Aftronomy,  a  Celeftial  Body, 
revolving  round  the  Sun  as  a  Centre,  and  continually  chang- 
ing its  Pofition,  with  refpeft  to  the  other  Stars ;  whence  its 
Name  I'liLVmi,  Wanderer;  in  oppofition  to  a  fix'd  Star. 
St^G  St ^  R 

The  Planets  are  ufually  diftinguilhed  into  Primary  and 
Seciinddry.  ^    ^     ,      „,  , 

The  Primary  Planets,  call'd  alfo,  fimply.  Planets,  by 
vtay  of  Eminence,  «e  thofe  which  move  round  the  Sun  as 
their  proper  Center.— Such  are  Saturn,  Jupit/er,  Mars,  the 
Earth,  Venus,  and  Mtruiry. 

Secmdary  Planets  are  luch  as  move  round  hme  Primary 
Planet,  as  their  refpeftive  Center,  in  the  fame  manner  as 
the  Planets  do  round  the  Sun.—Such  are  the  Meon  moving 
toHnd  our  Earth  ;  and  thofe  others  moving  round  Saturn 
and  Jupiter,  properly  call'd  Satellites.  See  the  Doilrine  oj  Se- 
cundary  Planets,  under  the  Article  Satellites. 

The  Planets,  or  Primary  Planets,  are  in  Number  fix; 
which  are  again  diftinguifhed  into  Superior  and  Inferior. 

The  Superior  Planets  are  thofe  further  off  the  Sun  than 
cur  Earth  is.— Such  are  Mars,  Jupiter,  and  Saturn. 

The  Inferior  Planets  are  thofe  nearer  the  Sun  than  our 
Earth,  and  fituate  between  the  Eirth  and  Sun — Such 
are  Venus  and  Mercury.  See  the  Order,  Pofition,  &ic.  oj  the 
tlanets  reprefented  to  the  Eye,  Tab.  Allronomy,  Fig  44. 

The  Planets  are  reprefented  by  the  fime  Charifters  as  the_ 
Chymifts  ufe  to  reprefent  their  Metals  by,  on  account  ot 
fome  fuppofed  Analogy  between  thofe  celeftial  and  fubterra- 
neous  Bodies.  See  Metal  and  Character. 

Situr/i  is  reprefented  by  the  Charaaer  Tj — This  Planet, 
by  reafon  of  its  great  Diftance  appears  to  the  Eye  with  a 
feeble  Light.— It  performs  its  Revolution  round  the  Sun  in 
about  30  Ye.irs.   See  Saturn. 

Jupiter,  mirk'd  V,  is  a  bright  refulgent  Star,  finilhing 
its  Courfe  round  the  Sun  in  about  1 2  Years.    See  J  up  i  t  e  R. 

Mars,  charafteris'd  <J ,  is  a  ruddy  fiery  colour'd  Planet,  fi- 
nilhing its  Courfe  in  about  two  Years.    See  Mars. 

Vents,  s ,  is  the  bnghteft  of  all  the  Planets,  conltantly 
attending  the  Sun,  and  never  diftant  from  him  above  47 
Degrees— It  linilhes  its  Courfe  in  about  leven  Months.  See 
Ve.nus. 

When  it  goes  before  the  Sun,  'tis  call'd  Phafphorus,  and 
Lucifer;  and  when  it  follows  him /A/pcraj.  SeePHOsPHO- 

^^^Mmury,  a  little  bright  Planet,  the  Sun's  conftant 
Companion,  from  whole  fide  it  never  departs  above  28°, 
and  by  that  means  ufuallv  hid  in  his  Splendor.— It  performs 
its  Courfe  in  about  three  Months.    See  Mercury. 

To  which  we  now  add,  Tellus,  the  Earth,  niark'd 
or  f ,  performing  its  Courfe  about  the  Sun,  between 
Mars  and  Venus,  in  the  Space  of  a  Year.    See  Earth. 

From  thefe  Definitions,  a  Perfon  may  eafily  diflimguilh 

all  the  Planets  For  if  after  Sun-fct  he  fee  a  Planet  nearer 

the  Eaft  than  the  Weft,  he  may  conclude  'tis  neither  Mer- 
cury nor  Venus ;  and  may  determine  whether  'tis  Saturn,  Ju- 
piter, or  Atars,  by  the  Colour  and  Light:  By  which  alfo  he 
may  diilinguifti  between  Mercury  and  V :nus. 

Nature  0/  (te  P  L  A  N  E  T  s. 

From  the  feveral  Phafes  and  Appearances  of  the  Planets, 
they  are  found  to  be  all  perfeflly  like  the  Moon;  which, 
■we  have  Ihcwn  to  be  perfeftly  like  our  Earth;  whence  it 
follows,  that  the  Planets,  too,  are  dark,  opake,  fpherical, 
C^c.  Bodies,  like  our  Earth.  See  Moon. 

"This  may  be  fhewn  almofta  toDemonftration — Venus, 
obferv'd  with  a  Teleftope,  is  rarely  found  full,  but  with  va- 
riable Phafes  like  thofe  of  the  Moon ;  her  illumined  Part 
ftill  turn'd  towards  the  Sun,  viz.  toward  the  Eaft  when  flie 
is  the  Morning-Star,  and  the  Weft  when  the  Evening-Star. 
—And  the  like  Phafes  are  are  obferv'd  in  Mercury  and  Mars. 

z"  Calfendus  firft,  and  after  him  others,  have  obferved 
Mercury  on  the  Face  of  the  Sun,  a-crofs  which  he  appeared 
to  pals  like  a  black  round  Spot.  See  Transit.— WorwA:  in 
i6_?g,  alfo  obferv'd Kemt  in  the  Sun-,  where  (he  m.ade  the 
faiae  Appearance. 


i6)         P  L  A 

3°  De  la  Hire,  in  1700,  with  a  Telefcope  of  16  Foot, 
dilcover'd  Mountains  in  Venus,  larger  than  thofe  of  the  Moon, 
See  Mountain. 

4°  Cajfini  obferv'd  two  Spots  in  Venus ;  four  in  Mars^ 
likewife  obferv'd  by  Camp.ani ;  and  feveral,  at  feveral  times, 
in  Jupiter  :  and  from  his  Obfervations  of  thefe  Spots  found 
that  they  had  a  Rotation  round  their  Axes  ;  and  even  deter- 
min'd  the  Velocity  of  that  Rotation,  or  the  Period  wherein 
it  was  effefted,  v.  That  of  Jupiter,  9  Hours  0'.  That  of 
Mars  24  Hours  40'.  And  that  of  Venuf,  24  Hours.  See 
Spot — And  lince  the  Sun,  Moon,  Jupiter,  Mar's,  Venus,  and 
the  Earth,  are  found  to  revolve  on  their  Axes,  e.  to  have 
a  diurnal  Rotation;  no  doubt  Aiercury  and  Saturn  have  the 
fime ;  tho'  the  great  Nearnijls  of  the  former  to  the  San, 
and  the  great  Diifance  of  the  latter,  prevent  any  Spots  from 
being  obferv'd  on  them,  whence  that  Rotation  might  be 
demonftrated. 

5^  In  Jupiter  are  obferv'd  two  Swaths,  or  Belts,  brighter 
than  the  reft  of  his  Disk,  and  moveable  ;  fometinies  found 
in  one  part  fometimes  inanot'ner,  fometimes  bro.ider  fome- 
tinies narrower.    See  Bel  t. 

6°  In  1609  were  firft  obferv'd  three  little  Stars,  or  .MoonSj 
moving  about  Jupiter  by  Sim.  Marius ;  and  in  1610  the  fime 
were  obferv'd  by  GalliUo:  Thefe  are  now  frequently  obfer- 
ved to  difappear  in  a  clear  Sky,  when  Jupiter  happens  to  be 

diametrically  intcrpofed  between  them  and  the  Sun.  . 

Whence  it  appears  they  are  void  of  Light,  at  fuch  Time 
when  the  Sun's  Rays,  intercepted  by  Jupiter,  cannot  be 
propagated  to  them  in  right  Lines ;  and  hence  alfo,  that, 
like  the  Moon  they  are  opake  Bodies,  illumined  by  the 
Sun  ;  and  hence,  again,  fiiice  Jupiter  does  not  illumine  his 
Satellites  when  found  behind  him,  he  himfelf,  in  that  Part 
turn'd  from  the  Sun,  may  be  argu'd  to  be  void  of  Light. 

7^  When  Jupiter's  Mnons  are  diametrically  interpofed  be- 
tween Jupiter  and  the  Sun,  there  is  feen  a  round  Spot  on 
Jupiter's  Disk,  which  is  fometimes  larger  than  the  Satellite 
itfelf.— Whence  it  appears,  that  the  Satellites  are  opake 
Bodies,  illumined  by  the  Sun,  that  they  projeft  a  Shadow 
upon  the  Sun,  and  that  the  round  Spots  feen  '\n  Jupiter  are 
the  Shadows  of  the  Satellites.  Whence,  alfo,  the  Interfe- 
ftion  of  the  Shadow  being  found  to  be  a  Circle,  the  Shadow 
muft  be  conical ;  and  therefore  the  Figure  of  the  Satellites, 
at  leaft  as  to  Senfe,  is  fphericil. 

8°  The  Earth  being  between  Jupiter  and  the  Sun  ;  if,  at 
the  tune  time,  any  of  the  Satellites  happen  to  be  between 
Jupiter  and  the  Sun,  it  is  loft  in  Jupiter's  Light;  tho'  fome- 
times appearing  like  a  black  Spot.— This  Phtenomenon  has 
been  frequently  obferved  by  Caffini  and  Maraldi,  who  have 
likewife  noted  very  confiderable  Alterations  in  the  apparent 
Magnitudes  of  the  Satellites;  for  which  no  Reafon  could 
be  given  from  the  Diftance  oi  Jupiter,  the  Sun,  or  the  Earth: 
e.  gr.  That  the  fourth,  which  is  ufually  feen  the  fmalleft,  is 
fometimes  the  lirgeft;  and  the  third,  which  is  ufually  the 
largeft,  fometiraes  the  fmalleft — Hence,  as  the  Satellites  are 
illumined  by  the  Sun,  even  then  when  iraraerg'd  in  Jiipi- 
ter's  Light,  yet  do  appear  obfcure,  there  muft  be  fome  Alte- 
rations in  their  Atraofpheres,  to  prevent  the  Sun's  Rays  be- 
ing equally  reflefted  from  every  fart  of  their  Surface ;  which 
muft  likewife  be  the  Caufe  why  their  Shadow  is  fometimes 
larger  than  themfelves. 

Now,  to  fum  up  the  Evidence,— 1°  Since  in  Venus,  Mer- 
cury, and  Atars,  only  that  Part  of  the  Disk  illumined  by  the 
Sun,  is  found  to  ftiine;  and,  again,  Venus  and  Mercury, 
when  between  the  Earth  and  the  Sun,  appear  like  dark  Spots 
or  Macule,  on  the  Sun's  Disk  ;  'tis  evident,  that  Aiars,  Ju- 
piter, and  /l/frrary,  are  opake  Bodies,  illumined  with  the  bor- 
row'd  Light  of  the  Sun.  And  the  lame  appears  of  Jupiter, 
from  its  being  void  of  Light  in  that  Part  to  which  the  Sha- 
dow of  the  Satellites  reaches,  as  well  as  in  that  Part  turn'd 
from  the  Sun  ;  and  that  his  Satellites  are  opake,  and  re- 
fleft  the  Sun's  Light,  is  abundantly  ftiewn.  Wherefore  Imce 
Saturn,  with  his  Ring  and  Satellites,  do  only  yield  a  faint 
Light,  fainter  confiderablv  than  that  of  the  fix'd  Stars;  tho' 
thefe  be  vaftly  more  remote ;  and  than  that  of  the  reft  of 
the  Planets  :  'tis  p.ift  doubt,  he,  too,  with  his  Attendants, 
are  opake  Bodies. 

1°  Again,  fince  the  Sun's  Light  is  not  tranfmitted  thro' 
Aiercury  and  Venus,  when  placed  aeainft  iiira  ;  'tis  plain 
they  are  denfe  opike  Bodi  es ;  which  is  likewife  evident  of 
Jupker,  from  his  hiding  the  Satellites  in  his  Shadow;  and, 
therefore,  by  Analogy,  the  fame  may  be  concluded  of  sa- 

^  1°  From  the  variable  Spots  in  Venus,  Mars,  and  Jupiter, 
'tis  evident  thofe  Planets  have  a  changeable  Atmofphere ; 
which  changeable  Atmofphere  may,  by  a  like  Argument,  be 
inferr'dof  the  Satellites  of  Jupiter;  and  therefore,  by  fimi- 
litude  the  Time  may  be  concluded  of  the  other  Planets. 

40  In  like  manner,  from  the  Mountains  obferved  in  Ve- 
nus; the  fame  may  be  fuppofed  in  the  other  Planets. 

50  Since  then  Saturn,  Jupiter,  both  their  Satellites,  /ffer;, 
Venus,  and  Aiercury,  are  opake  Bodies,  ftiining  with  the 
Sun's  borrow'd  Light,  .are  furnilh'd  with  Mountains,  and 

encompafs  a 


I*  L  A 


(827) 


P  L  A 


tncompars'd  with  i  chmgeable  Atmofphere ;  they  have,  of 
tont'equence.  Waters,  Seas,  &c,  as  well  as  dry  Land,  and 
are  Bodies  like  the  Moon,  and  therefore  like  the  Earth. 
O.  E.  D. 

And  hence,  nothing  hinders  but  that  the  Planets  may  be 
concluded  to  be  inhabited. 

As  to  the  Tlmetarji  Inhabitants  ■,  Hm/gmi  in  his  Cofmotheo- 
ros  argues  very  plaulibly  for  their  Exiftence,  from  the  fimi- 
litadeof  the  VUnets  with  our  Earth-,  thofe,  like  this,  being 
Dpake,  denfe,  uneven,  round,  heavy,  illumiaed  and  warni'd 
by  the  Sun  i  having  Night  and  Day,  Summer  and  Winter,  C^T. 

M  oZ/iaj deduces  foniething  relating  hereto  from  Arguments 
of  another  kind.— Thus  e.  gr.  'Tis  fcarce  to  be  doubted,  that 
the  Inhabitants  Jupiter  are  much  larger  than  thofe  of  the 
Earth and  in  efFeft  of  the  Giant  Kind.  For  it  is  flrewn  in 
Optics,  that  the  Pupil  of  the  Eye  dilates  in  a  ftrong 
Light,  and  contrads  in  a  weak  one  ^  wherefore,  fince  in  Ju- 
piter the  Sun's  Meridian  Light  is  much  feebler  than  on  the 
Earth,  by  reafon  of  Jupiter  i  greater  Diftance  from  the  Sun 
the  Pupil  will  need  to  be  much  more  dilatable  in  the  Inha- 
bitants of  Jupiter^  than  in  thofe  of  the  Earth.  But  the  Pu- 
pil is  obferv'd  to  have  a  conftant  Proportion  to  the  B'.il  of 
the  Eye-,  and  the  Eye  to  tlie  reft  of  the  Body  fo  that  in 
Animals,  the  larger  the  Pupil  the  larger  the  Eye^  and  the 
larger  the  Body. 

To  afcertain  the  Size  of  thefe  jovial  Inhabitants,  it  may 
be  obferv'd  that  the  Dirtance  of  Jupiter  from  the  Sun,  is 
to  the  Earth's  Diftance  from  the  fame,  as  26  to  5  ;  the  In- 
tenfity  of  the  Sun's  Light  in  Jupiter  is  to  its  Intenfity  on  the 
Earth,  in  a  duplicate  Ratio  of  5  to  26  ;  but  'tis  found  by 
Experience,  that  the  Pupil  dilates  in  a  Ratio  greater  than 
that  wherein  the  Intenfity  of  Light  decreafes-,  otherwife,  a 
Body  at  a  great  Diftance  might  be  feen  as  clearly  as  a  nearer  r 
The  Diameter,  therefore,  of  the  Pupil  in  its  greatefl  Dil.ita- 
tion,  in  Jupiter.,  is  to  its  Diameter  in  the  like  ftate  in  the 

Earth,  in  a  Ratio  greater  than  that  of  5  to  26.  If  then 

we  put  it,  as  10  to  26,  or  as  5  to  13 :  fince  the  ordinary 
Stature  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Earth  is  computed  at  5 
ErigliJIj  Feet,  4  Inches  and  -^h-,  (which  Wolfius  tells  us  is  his 
own  Height)  the  ordinary  Stature  of  J/'piter's  Inhabitants 
will  be  found  14  Feet  ?,  which  is  very  nearly  the  fize  of 
the  Giant  Og,  mention'd  by  Mofis,  whofe  Iron  Bed  was  9 
Cubits  long  and  its  Breadth  4.  See  Giant. 

The  Motion  of  theV  L  Mi  et;  s. 

That  the  Planets  do  all  revolve  round  the  Sun  as  their 
Center,  and  not  round  the  Earth,  is  evident  from  a  thoufand 

Phlnumena.  1°  The  Orbit  wherein  c.  gr.  moves, 

does  certainly  encompafs  the  Sun,  and  therefore  in  defcribing 
that  Orbit,  the  Planet  niuft  turn  round  the  Sun.   See  O  r- 

E  I  T. 

That  her  Orbit  includes  the  Sun,  appears  hence  that  fhe 
is  fometimes  above  the  Sun,  fometimes  below  it,  fometimes 
beyond  it,  andfometimes  on  this  fide  i  all  which  are  evident 
from  the  Circumftances  of  her  Phafes.    See  Phases. 

That  fhe  does  not  move  round  the  Earth  is  no  lefs  appa- 
rent from  her  being  ever  obferved  in  the  fameQiiarter  with 

the  Sun,  never  receding  from  him  above  45°  She  never 

therefore  comes  to  be  in  oppofition  to  the  Sun  ^  no,  not  to 
be  in  a  Qiiartile  Afpeft,  or  to  have  a  Quarter  of  the  Heavens 
between  them  both  which,  like  the  Earth,  fhe  muft  fre- 
quently have,  did  ihe  attend  and  move  round  the  Earth. 

2"  That  Mercury  revolves  round  the  Sun  appears  in  like 
manner  from  his  Phafes,  which  refemble  thofe  of  l-^cnus  md 
the  Moon  i  and  from  its  Neighbourhood  to  the  Sun,  from 
whom  Mercury  never  recedes  fo  far  as  Venus  does. 

3"  That  the  Orbit  of  Mars  includes  the  Sun,  is  evident 
from  that  Planet\  being  found  both  in  Conjunftion  and  Op- 
pofition with  the  Sun  \  and  in  both  Cal'es  fhining  with  a 

full  Face.  Indeed,  from  the  frme  Circumftances  it  appears, 

that  the  Orbit  of  A4ars  encnmpafTes  the  Earth  -,  but  then, 
it  follows,  likewife,  from  M.rrs's  Diameter  appearing  f^ven 
times  as  big  when  in  Oppofition,  as  when  in  Conjunction, 
that  he  is  feven  times  nearer  the  Earth,  in  the  latter  thin 
the  former  Pofition.  The  Earth  therefore  is  far  from  being 
the  Center  of  Aiars\  Motion  i  but  Adars  is  ever  nearly  at 

the  f:,me  Diftance  from  the  Sun.  ^Again,  Mars  view'd 

from  the  Earth  moves  very  irregularly  -,  is  fometimes  feen 
to  proceed  flower,  fometimes  fafter-,  fometimes  ftands  ftill, 
liimetimes  goes  backward  ;  (the  Reafons  whereof,  fee  under 
the  Article  Optic  Irregularity)  but  view'd  from  the  Sun, 
will  ever  appear  to  move  with  the  fame  conftant  uniform 
Tenor;  whence  'tis  evident,  he  refpefts  the  Sun,  not  the 
Earth,  as  the  Center  of  his  Motion. 

4°  The  fame  Appearances  whence  Mars  is  fhewn  to  re- 
volve round  the  Sun  as  a  Center,  are  likewife  obferv'd  in 
Jupiter  and  Saturn:,  whence  the  fame  ConcluQtn  may  be 
made  of  them. 

Laftly,  that  the  Earth  revolves  round  the  Sun,  as  a  Cen- 
ter, is  evident  from  her  Place  which  we  have  ohfe'-v'd  to  be 
between  the  Orbits  of  Mars  and  Fenus ;  and  from  the  Phe- 


nomena of  the  fuperior  Planets  view'd  therefrom.  If  the 

Earth  Itood  lliU  we  fhould  never  fee  thofe  Planets  either 
Itationary  or  retrograde;  the  Earth  therefore  moves,  but 
It  is  iiill  found  between  the  Orbits  of  Afan  and  Venus  which 
encompals  the  Sun ;  therefore  the  Earth  too  encompalTes 
the  Sun. 

To  this  Aftronomical  Demonftration,  may  be  added  a 
PhyficalDemonftration,  of  the  Earth's  Motion  from  Sir  /faac 
Netvten.—\t  appears  from  abundant  OSfervation,  that  either 
the  Earth  turns  round  the  Sun,  or  the  Sun  round  the  Earth 
fo  as  to  defcrihe  equal  Area's  in  equjl  times:  But  he  demon- 
ftrates,  that  Bodies  revolving  about  one  another  by  fuch 
Law,  do  of  NecefTitv  gravitate  towards  each  other.  (See 
Gravitation.  Whence  if  the  Sun  gravitate  to  the  Earth 
Aftion  and  Re-aftion  being  ftill  equal,  the  Earth  will  like- 
wife  gravitate  toward  the  Sun.  (See  Re-action.)  But 
he  proves,  further,  th.it  two  Bodies  gravitaling  towards  each 
other,  without  direftly  approaching  one  another  in  ri"ht 
Lines,  muft  both  of  them  turn  round  the  common  Center 
of  Gravity  of  both,— The  Sun  and  Earth,  tlierefore,  do 
both  revolve  round  one  common  Center.— But  the  Earth 
being  but  a  Point  in  comp-nifon  of  the  Sun,  the  common 
Center  of  Graviry  of  the  two,  w-ill  be  within  the  Sun's 
Body,  and  not  far  from  its  Center.— Tfc  Earth,  therefore, 
revolves  round  a  Point,  within  the  Body  of  the  Sun ;  and  there- 
fore round  the  Sun.    See  Eari-h  and  Su.m. 

The  Orbits  of  the  Flanrts  its  !.\\  Ellipfes;  one  of  whofe 
Foci  is  in  the  Sun.— This,  Kepler  firft  found  from  TycAo's 
Obfervitions;  before  him  all  Aftronomers  took  the  Plane- 
tary Orbits  tor  eccentric  Circles.  See  Okeit,  EiLtPSis, 
Eccentric. 

The  Planes  of  thefe  Orbits  do  all  interfea  in  the  Sun  ■ 
nor  are  their  Extremities  fir  a-part.— In  effea,  they  .are  but 
little  inclined  to  one  another;  and  the  greateft  Angle  any 
of  r'nvm  makes  with  the  Plane  of  the  Earth's  Orbit,  c.  of  - 
th  ■  'iptic,  is  that  oi  Mercury,  which  lies  at  an  Angle  of 
6°  J  a';  that  of  Venus  is  3'^  23';  that  of  Mars  L°  52'- 
thatof  Japiifr  i'-'  20';  and  thatofS.irera2°  30'.  ' 

The  Line  wherein  the  Plane  of  each  Orbit  cuts  thit  of  the 
Earth,  iscali'd  the  Line  of  the  Nodes;  and  the  two  Points 
wherein  the  Orbits  themfelves  touch  that  Plane,  the  Nodes 
See  Node. 

The  Diftance  between  the  Center  of  the  Sun,  and  the 
Center  of  each  Orbit,  is  cail'd  the  Eccentricity  of  the  Planet. 
See  Eccentricity. 

And  the  Angle  at  which  each  Plane  cuts  that  of  the  Ecli- 
ptic, the  Inclination  of  the  FUne.  See  Plane,  Inclina- 
Tio.^j,  and  Eci.ii'Tic. 

To  account  for  the  Motion  of  the  Planets  about  the  Sun  1 
there  needs  nothing  but  to  fuppofe  an  uniform  projeftile 
Motion,  in  ftrait  Lines,  at  firft  given  them  ;  and  a  Power  of 
Attraftion  or  Gravitation,  fuch  as  we  obferve  in  all  the  "rear 
Bodies  in  our  Syftem.— For  a  Body  A,  (Tab.  Jjiromniy, 
Fig.  6.)  proceeding  uniformly  alone  the  Line  AB;  will, 
by  the  Intervention  of  the  attrafting  Bodv  C,  be  every  Mo- 
ment diverted  out  of  its  reftilinear,''  and  bent  into  a  curvi- 
linear. Path  ;  according  to  the  Laws  of  Central  Forces.  See 
Central  Force. 

If,  then,  the  projeftile  Motion  be  perpendicular  to  a  Line 
C  A,  drawn  from  the  attradfing  Bodv  C;  and  its\'eIocity  fb 
proportion'd  to  the  Force  of  Attrailion  of  A,  as  that  the 
centripetal  and  centrifugal  Forces  are  equal,  l.  e.  that  the 
Conatus  to  fall  to  the  central  BodyC,  in  a  right  Line,  AC- 
and  that  to  proceed  in  the  Direction  of  the  Tangent,  A  B^ 
balance  each  other  ;  The  Body  will  revolve  in  a  circular  Or- 
bit A^.^., &c.    SeeCENTRiPETAL  and  Centrieugal. 

'Tis  not  improbable,  that  at  the  Beginning,  this  was  the 
State  of  things;  and  that  the  Velocities  imprefs'd  on  the  fe- 
veral  Planets  were  fo  combin'd  with  their  refpettive  MafTes 
and  Diftances  fi-oin  the  Sun  at  which  they  were  to  roll  ■  as 
that  their  Momenta  fhould  counter-balance  the  Sun's  a^ttra- 
ftive  Force,  and  be  precifcly  counter-balanced  thereby; 
whence  the  primitive  Orbits  muft  have  been  perfeft  Circles' 
from  whicfi  they  don't  even  now  deviate  very  far  -  the  Fc-^ 
centrity  of  the  Earth's  Orbit  being  only  of  its'semidia- 
meter.    See  Eccentricity. 

If  the  Flanet'i  projeaile  Motion  be  not  perfeftly  adju- 
fted  to  the  Sun's  Attraftion  ;  the  Orbit  defcribed  will  be  an 

Ellipfis.  If  it  be  too  fwift,  the  Orbit  will  be  ereater  than 

a  Circle,  and  the  nearer  Focus  coincide  with  the'central  Bo- 
dy ;  if  too  flow,  the  Orbit  will  be  lefs  than  a  Circle,  and 
the  further  Focus  coincide  with  the  central  Bodv. 

Indeed  the  Form  of  the  Planetary  Orbits,  does  not  only 
depend  on  the  Adjuflment  of  the  hrft  proieflile  Velocity 
with  the  Sun's  Attraftion,  but  alio  on  the  Direftion  wherein 

that  Motion  was  originilly  imprefs'd  If  thit  Direftion 

were  according  to  the  Tangent  A  B,  as  above  fnppofed,  and 
the  central  Forces  exaftiv  balanced,  the  Orbit  would  be  cir- 
cular ;  but  if  that  Direftion  were  oblique,  in  any  manner, 
whether  afrendingto  or  defcending  from  the  Sun,  the  Pl.t- 
net,  notwithftanding  any  Adiuftment  of  its  \'elocity  to 
the  Attraftion,  would  be  an  Ellipfis.   See  Projectile. 

The 


PL  A 


(  828  ) 


PL  A 


The  Motions  of  the  Tlmets  in  their  elliptic  Orbits  are  not 
equable,  by  reifon  the  Sun  is  not  in  their  Centers  but  their 

Focus.  Hence  they  move,  fometimes  ("after  and  fometimes 

(lower,  as  they  are  nearer  or  farther  from  the  Sun  ■,  but  yet 
thcfe  Irregularities  are  all  certain,  and  follow  according  to 

an  mimntable  Law.  Thus;  fuppofe  the  Elliplis  BEP, 

u-c.  (Tah.  y^Jlronomyi  Fij^,  61.)  the  Orbit  of  a  Planet  ■,  and 
the  Focus  S,  the  Sun's  Place  ;  A  P  the  Axis  of  the  Elliplis, 
is  called  the  Line  of  the  Affides  ;  the  Point  A  the  hkkr  Ap- 
fii  or  Aphelimi  ;  P  the  lower  Apfis  or  Perihelion ;  S  C  the 
Lcccmritity  ;  and  E  S  the  mean  Diftance  of  the  Planet  from 
the  Sun.  See  A  p^s  1  s,  A  p  H  e  L  I  o  N,  P  f.r  I  H  E  l  i  o  N,  ci-c. 

Now  the  Motion  of  the  PLraet  in  its  Perihelion,  is  fwift- 
eft;  in  its  Aphelion,  flowefi:',  at  E  the  Motion  as  well  as 
the  Diftance  is  mean,  i.  e.  fuch  as  would  defcribe  the  whole 
Orbit  in  the  fame  time  it  is  really  defcribed  in. 

The  Law  whereby  the  Motion  is  regulated  in  every  Point 
of  the  Orbit,  is,  that  a  Linct  or  RuAius^  dramti  from  the  Cen- 
ter of  the  Sun  to  the  Center  of  the  Planet-,  and  thus  carried 
along,  with  an  migular  Motion,  does  always  defcribe  an  Elliptic 

Area  proportional  to  the  Time.-  Suppofe,  e.  gr.  the  Planet 

in  A,  and  thence  in  a  certain  Time  to  proceed  to  the 
Space  or  Area  the  [<ay  S  A  defcribes,  is  the  Triangle  A  S  B ; 
when,  at  length  the  Planet  arrives  at  P,  if  from  the  Center 
of  the  Sun  S  there  ^e  drawn  SD,  in  fuch  manner  as  that 
the  elliptic  Area  PSD  is  equal  to  that  A  SB;  the  Planet 
will  here  move  thro'  the  Arch  P  D,  in  the  lame  time  where- 
in it  moved  thro'  the  Arch  A  B  -,  which  Arches  are  unequal, 
and  nearly  in  a  reciprocal  Proportion  to  their  Diftance  from 
the  Sun,  For  from  the  Equalities  of  the  Areas  it  follows, 
that  the  Arch  P  D  muft  exceed  A  B  as  much  as  S  A  exceeds 
S  1'. 

This  Law  was  firft  demonftrated  by  Kepler,  from  Ob- 
fervation;  and  is  fmce  accounted  for  from  Phyficks;  And  to 
this  all  Aftronomers,  now,  fubfcribe,  as  of  all  others  that 
which  beft  folves  the  Planetary  Pho^nomena, 

Computation  of    P  L  a  N  e  r' j  Alotion  and  Place. 

As,  to  the  Periods  and  Velocities  of  the  Planets,  or  the 
Times  wherein  they  perform  their  Courfes ;  they  are  found 
to  hive  a  wonderful  Harmony  with  their  Diftances  from 
the  Sun,  and  with  one  another.  The  nearer  each  Planet 
is  to  the  Sun,  the  quicker  ftiU  being  its  Motion  ;  and  its 
Pen'od  the  fhorter  The  great  Law  they  here  all  immu- 
tably obferve  is,  that  the  Squares  of  their  periodical  Times  are 
as  the  Cubes  of  their  Dillunces  from  the  Centre  of  their  Orbits, 

See  I^ERIOD,  UlSTA.VCE,  &c. 

This  Law  we  owe  to  the  Sagacity  Kepler,  who  found 
it  to  obtain  in  all  the  primary  Planets;  as  Aftronomers 
have  fince  found  it  to  do  in  the  fecundary  ones.  See  Sa- 
tellite. 

Kepler  deduced  this  Law,  meerly  from  Obfervation  and 
Coitiparilbn  of  the  feveral  Diftances  of  the  Pi,mi-f j  with  their 
Periods :  The  Glory  of  inveftigating  it  from  Phyfical  Prin- 
ciples, is  due  to  Sir  Ifaac  Newton,  who  has  demonftrated 
that,  in  the  prefent  ftate  of  things,  fuch  a  Law  was  inevi- 
table.   See  Gravitation, 

A  Planet's  Motion  or  Diftance  from  it  Apogee,  is  call'd 
the  mean  Anomaly  of  the  Planet ;  and  is  meafur'd  by  the 
Arch,  or  Area,  it  dclci  ibes  in  the  Time.— When  the  Planet 
arrives  at  the  middle  of  its  Orbit,  or  the  Point  G,  the  Di- 
ftance or  Time  is  call'd  the  true  Anomaly..  When  the 

Pl.inet\  Motion  is  reckon'd  from  the  firft  Point  of  Aries,  'tis 
cail'd  its  Amotion  in  Longitude,  which  is  either  mean,  viz.. 
fuch  as  the  Planet  would  have  avere  it  to  move  uniformly 
in  a  Circle  ■,  or  true,  which  is  that  wherewith  the  Planet 
aLTually  defcribes  its  Orbit,  and  meafur'd  by  the  Arch  of 
the  Ecliptic  itdetribc!.    See  Anomali',  Longitude,  (J-c. 

Hence  may  the  Plmei's  Place  in  its  Orbit  for  any  siven 

Time  after  it  has  left  the  Aphelion,  be  found  For  fuppofe 

the  Area  of  the  Elliplis  fo  divided  by  the  Line  S  G,  that  the 
whole  elliptic  Area  may  h.tve  the  fame  Proportion  to  the 
Area  ASG  as  the  wdaole  periodical  Time  whereir:  the  Pla- 
net, defcribes  its  Orbit,  has  to  the  Tijiie  given  :  In  this  Cale 
G  will  be  the  Pl.inet\  Place  in  its  Orbit.   See  Place. 

The  Phenomena  of  the  inferior  Planets,  are  their  Coiijun- 
flions.  Elongations,  Stations,  Retrogradations,  i'iiales,  and 
Eclipfes.  See  Conjunction,  Elo~ngation,  Station, 
RETROGF.AUaTiON,  G~c.  Under  their  rcfpeHive  Articles. 

The  Phcenumena  of  the  fuperior  Planets  are  the  lame  with 
thofe  of  the  inferior  ■,  with  an  Additional  one,  mz,.  Oppofition. 
See  Opposition,  0?'c. 

The  particular  Phmmena,  Cirumfances,  &c.  of  each  TU- 
net,  fee  under  the  Name  of  the  refpeftive  Flanet,  &c. 

The  general  Proportions,  Diameters,  Surfaces,  Solidities, 
Diftances,  Gravities,  Degrees  of  Light.,  &;c,  of  the  feveral  Pla- 
nets ;  fee  under  the  Articles  So/^r  System,  Diameter,  Se- 

MIDIAMETER,  &c. 

PLANETARY,  fomething  that  relates  to  the  Planets. 
In  this  Senfe  wc  fay  Planetary  Worlds,  Planetary  Inhabi- 
tants, &c.   See  Pl,4Net. 


Planstarv  Syliem,\s  the  Syftem,  or  Affemblage  of 
the  1  lanets,  primary  and  fecundary,  moving  in  their  r'elpe- 
aive  Orbits,  round  their  common  Center,  the  Sun.  See 
Solar  System. 

Planetary  Hours  in  Chronology.   See  Hour. 

PLANIMETRY,  Planimetria,  that  Part  of 
Geometry  which  conliders  Lines  and  plain  Figures;  with- 
out any  Confideration  of  Heights  or  Depths.  See  Geome- 
try; fee  alfo  Line  and  Figure. 

The  Word  is  particularly  reftrained  to  the  Menfuration 
oil  lanes,  orSurfices;  in  oppofition  to  Sfireome/n-,  or  the 
Menfuration  of  Solids.   See  Me4suri.ng. 

PLANISPHERE,  a  Projeaion  of  the  Sphere  and 
the  feveral  Circles  thereof,  on  a  Plane  ;  as,  upon  Paper,  c-c- 
See  Plane,  Sphere,  and  Projection. 

In  this  Scnfe,  .Maps  of  the  Heavens  and  the  Earth,  where- 
in are  exhibited  the  Meridians,  and  other  Circles  of  the 
Sphere,  are  called  Planifpheres.    See  Map. 

Planisphere  is  fometimes  conlider'd  as  an  Aftrono- 
mical  Inftrument,  ufed  in  obferving  the  Motions  of  the  hea- 
venly Bodies;  confifting  of  a  Projeftion  of  the  Celeftiat 
Sphere  upon  a  Plane,  reprelenting  the  Stars,  Cnnftella- 
tions,  rj-c.  in  their  proper  Situations,  Diftances,  &c.  See 
Star  and  Constellation. 

Such  is  the  Aftrolabe,  which  is  a  common  Name  for  all 
fuch  ProjecTions.    See  Asi  rolaee. 

In  all  Planifpheres,  the  Eye  is  fuppofed  to  be  a  Point 
viewing  all  the  Circles  of  the  Sphere,  and  referring  them  to 
a  Plane  whereon  the  Sphere  is  as  it  were  flatten'd  —This 
Plane  is  call'd  the  Plane  of  the  ProjeBion. 

A  Perl'peftive  Plane  is  only  a  Plane  of  Projeflion  placed  be- 
tween the  Eye  and  the  Objea,  fo  as  to  contain  all  the  Points 
which  the  leveral  Rays  drawn  from  the  Objeft  to  the  Eye 
imprels  thereon.  (See  Perspect!vf.  Planef)—Qnt  in  Plani- 
fpheres, or  Aftrnlabes,  the  Plane  of  the  Projecfion  is  placecf 
beyond  theObjeft;  which  is  the  Sphere, 

The  Plane  of  the  Projeftion  is  always  fome  of  the  Circles 
of  the  Sphere.  SeeCiRCLE. 

Among  the  infinite  Number  of  Planifpheres,  which  the 
different  Planes  of  Pmiettiju,  and  the  different  Pofilions 
ol  the  Eye,  would  furnilli;  there  are  two  or  three  thit 
have  been  preferr'd  to  the  reft.-Such  are  that  of  Ptolom-j, 
where  the  Plane  of  Projeftion  is  parallel  to  the  Equitor,— 
That  ol  Gemma  Frifiui,.  where  the  Plane  of  Projeftion  is  the 
Cfilure,  or  SoWlitial  Meridian,  and  the  Eye  the  Pole  of  the 
Meridian.—That  of  John  de  Koyas,  a  Sianiard,  whofe  Plane 
of  Projeftion  is  a  IMeridian,  and  the  Eye  placed  on  the 
Axis  of  that  Meridian,  at  an  infinite  Diftance.  This  laft  is 
call'd  the  An.tlemma.    See  Analemma. 

The  common  Defeft  of  all  thcle  Projeftions  is,  th  « 
they  diftort  and  alter  the  Figures  of  the  Conftellations,  fo 
as  it  is  not  eafy  to  compare  tliem  with  the  Heavens;  and 
that  the  Degrees  in  fome  Places  are  fo  fmall,  that  they  af- 
ford no  Room  for  Operation, 

All  thele  Faults  M.  de  la  Hire  has  provided  againft  in  a  new 
Projeftion,  or  Pl.inifpherr ;  wdiere  'tis  propofed  the  Eye 
fhall  be  fo  placed,  as  that  the  Divifions  of  the  Circles  pro- 
jefted  ftiall  be  fenfibly  equil  in  every  Part  of  the  Inftru- 
ment The  Plane  of  his  Projeftion  is  that  of  a  Meridian. 

VL  K'HO-Concave  Glafs,  or  Lens,  is  tliat,  one  of  whofe 
Surfaces  is  concave,  and  the  other  plain.  SceGr.iss. 

The  Concavity  is  here  fuppofed  to  be  fpherical,  unlefs  the 

contrary  be  exprefs'd.  -For  the  Properties,  Grinding,  &c. 

of  Piano-Concave  Lens's,  fee  Les  s ;  fee  alfo  G  R  I  n  d  I  n  g, 
G~c. 

Ph  .1,  >io-Conve.v  Glafs,  or  Lens,  is  that,  one  of  whofe 
Surfaces  is  convex,  and  the  other  plain.    See  Convex. 

TheConvexity  is  luppofed  to  be  fpherical,  unlefs  the  con- 
trary be  exprefs'd.  For  the  Properties,  Grinding,  &c.  of 
Planc-Ciinv^x  Ten's.    See  L  e  n  s,  Cfrc. 

PLANT,  P  L  a  X  T  a,  an  Oi  ganicjl  Body,  confifting  of 
a  Root,  effentially,  and  probably  too,  a  Seed;  and  produ- 
cing ufually  Leaves,  a  Stem,  Branches,  and  Flowers.  See 
Root,  &c. 

Or,  a  PLnit  may  be  defined,  in  Boerh-i-ivei  nianner,  to 
be  an  Organical  Body  compofed  of^'el^els  and  Juices ;  to 
which  Body  belongs  a  Root  or  Part  whereby  it  adheres  to 
fome  other  Body,  and  particularly  the  Earth,  from  which  it 
dei-ives  the  Matter  of  its  life,  and  Growth.  See  Vegetable. 

A  Plant  is  diftingnilhed  from  a  FofUby  its  beine organical, 
and  confifting  of  VelTcls  and  Juices;  (See  Fossil.)  and 
from  an  Aninial,  by  its  adhering  to  another  Body,  and  de- 
riving its  Nourilbment  therefrom.    See  Ani.mal. 

Plant  is  a  general  Name,  under  which  are  comprized  all 
vegetable  Bodies,  is  Trees,  Shrubs,  and  Herbs.  See  Tree, 
Shrub,  and  HeiIb. 

From  the  Obl'ervations  of  M.ilpighi,  Dr.  Crew,  M.  Re- 
nemme,  Bradley,  and  others,  there  appears  a  great  Simili- 
tude between  the  Mechanifiii  of  Plants,  and' Animals;  the 
Parts  of  the  former  feeni  to  bear  a  conftant  Analogy  to  thofe 
of  the  latter;  and  the  'Vegetable  and  Animal  fjeconomy  ap- 
pear both  form'd  on  the  fame  Model  To  give  an  Idea 

hereof 


P  L  A 


P  L  A 


hereof,  it  will  be  neceffjry  to  defcribc  the  Pitts  whereof 
Hams  con  fill. 

StruBure  Anii  Oecmomy  0/  Pl  A  N  T  s. 

The  hrts  of  tlmts  are  1"  The  Root,  1  fpongy  Bodyj 

whofe  Pores  are  dirpofed  to  admit  certain  humid  Particles 
brepjred  in  the  Ground :  On  the  Size  of  the  VefTels  and 
Pores  of  the  Root,  the  Quality  of  the  Root  is  found  much 

to  depend.  Boerliititve  confiders  the  Root  as  compos'd  of 

a  Number  of  abforbent  Veflels,  analogous  to  the  Lafteals  in 
Animals.  And  M.  Rimaume  talcs  it  to  do  the  Office  of  all 
the  Parts  in  the  Abdomen  which  minifter  to  Nutrition  ;  as 
the  Stomach,  Inteftines,  <^c.   See  Root. 

z''  The  KW,  which  confifts  of  Capillary  Tubes,  run- 
ning parallel  from  the  Root  throughout  the  Stalki  The 

Apertures  of  thefe  Tubules  are  ordinarily  too  minute  to  come 
under  the  cognizance  of  the  Eye,  unlefs  in  a  Piece  of  Char- 
coal, Cane,  or  the  lil(e.  Thefe  Tubes  Mr.  Bradley  calls  Ar- 
terial VefTtls ;  it  being  thro'  thefe  that  the  Sap  rifes  from 
the  Root.    See  VVoor). 

3°  Befide  thefe,  are  other  larger  VelTels,  difpofed  on  the 
out  fide  of  the  Arterial  Veffels  between  the  Wood  and  the  in- 
ner Bark,  and  leading  down  to  the  Covering  of  the  Root. 
— Thele  the  fame  Author  calls  the  Fend  Veffels,  and  iup- 
pofes  them  to  contain  the  liquid  Sap  found  in  Plants  in  tlie 
Spriiig,  c^tr.    See  Vein,  Sap,  &€. 

4°  The  A/ri,  which  is  of  a  fpongy  Texture,  and,  by 
(iiany  little  Strings  palling  between  the  Arteries,  communi- 
cates with  the  Pith.    See  Bark. 

5°  The  rhh,  or  TiUcn,  which  conflflrs  of  little  tranfpa- 
rent  Globules,  chain'd  together  fomewhat  like  the  Bubbles 
that  compofe  the  Froth  of  Liquor.    See  Pith. 

Add,  that  the  Trunk  and  Branches  of  a  Tree  bear  a  Re- 
feniblance  to  the  exterior  Members  or  Limbs  of  an  Animal, 
whicli  it  may  fublift  without,  tho'  their  rotting  and  Morti- 
fication frequently  occafion  a  total  Deifruftion  thereof.— Ac- 
cordingly, we  find  thelike  Effefts  from  the  woundingor  lop- 
pti;gof  a  Tree,  as  that  of  a  Limb,  viz..  an  Extravafation, 
C.illiis,  Oc. 

Now,  for  the  Oeconomy  or  Ufe  of  thefe  Parts.— The 
Root  having  imbibed  the  faline  and  aqueous  Juices  of  the 
Fatth,  and  fill'd  itfelf  therewith  for  the  Nourifliment  of 
the  Tree  ;  thofe  are  put  in  Motion  by  Heat,  i.  c.  are  made  to 
tvaporate  into  Steam,  which  from  the  Root  enters  the 
Mouths  of  the  Arterial  Veffels,  and  mounts  to  the  top  with 
a  force  anfwerable  to  the  Heat  that  puts  it  in  Motion.— By 
this  means  it  gradually  opens  the  minute  Vafcules  roU'd  up 

in  the  Buds,  and  expands  them  into  Leaves  Now,  as  all 

Vapours,  upon  feeling  the  Cold,  naturally  condenfe  i  fo  this, 
when  arrived  at  the  extreme  Parts  of  the  Arteries,  i.  e. 
the  Bi;ds  of  the  Tree,  meeting  the  cold  Air  condenfes 
into  a  Liquor,  in  which  Form  it  returns  by  its  own  Weight, 
ihro'  tlie  Venal  Veffels,  to  the  Root ;  leaving  behind  it  fuch 
Parts  o(  its  Juice,  as  the  Texture  of  the  Bark  will  receive, 
and  requires  for  its  Suftenance. 

Thus  does  the  Juice  continue  to  circulate;  till  the  Win- 
ter's Cold  congealing  it  into  the  Confiftency  of  a  Gum,  it 
ftagnates  in  the  VefTels;  in  which  State  it  remains  till  the 
frelh  Warmth  of  tlie  (ucceeding  Spring  puts  it  in  Motion  a- 
gain:  upon  which  it  renews  its  former  S'igour,  pulhes  forth 
Branches,  Leaves,  &c. 

This  Ihort  View  of  the  Vegetable  Oeconomy  will  bear 
fome  further  Illuftration  ;  there  being  feveral  curious  Points 

here  couched,  and,  as  it  were,  folded      in  Semine.  The 

Principle,  then,  whereby  the  Root,  after  imbibing  its  Food, 
determines  it  to  mount  upward,  contrary  to  its  natural 
Gravity,  is  fomewhat  obfcure :  Some  will  have  it  effeited 
by  means  of  the  Preffurc  of  the  Atmofphere,  in  the  fame 
manner  as  Water  is  rais'd  in  Pumps :  But  this  is  precarious, 
as  being  founded  on  a  Suppofition  that  the  abforbent  Tu- 
bules are  void  of  Air  -,  belides,  that  the  Atmofphere  could 
not  raife  the  Juice  32  Foot  high,  whereas  there  are  Trees 

much  higher.    See  Atmosphhkh.  Others  have  recourfe 

to  the  Principle  of  Attraiffion,  and  fuppofe  the  Power  that 
raifes  the  Sap  inVegetables  to  be  the  fime  with  that  whereby 
Water  afceiids  in  Capillary  Tubes,  or  in  Heaps  of  Sand, 
Alhes,  or  the  like  ;  but  neither  will  this  alone  fuifice  to  raife 
Water  to  the  Tops  of  Trees.  See  Attraction,  Ascent, 
Capii-Lary,  &c. 

One  would  fufpeft,  therefore,  that  the  firfi:  Reception  of 
the  Food,  and  its  Propagation  thro'  the  Body,  were  effcfted 
by  different  Means;  which  is  confirmed  by  the  Analogy  of 
Animals.    See  Food,  Hear  r,  &c. 

The  Motion  of  the  Nutricious  Juices  of  Tlants  is  produced 
much  like  t  hat  of  the  Blood  in  Animals,  by  the  Anion  of  the 
Air  ;  in  effeft,  there  is  fomething  equivalent  to  Refpiration 
throughout  the  whole  Vlant.    See  Respiration. 

The  Difcovery  of  this  we  owe  to  the  admirable  Mdpi^hi, 
who  firft  obferved  that  Vegetables  confift  of  two  Series  or 
Orders  of  Veffels..- — 1°  Thofe  abovementioned,  which  re- 
ceive and  convey  the  alimental  Juices ;  anfwering  to  theAr- 


Air-Veffc  s,  which  are  long  hollow  Pipes,  wherein  Air  is 
continually  received  and  expelled,  ....  infpired  and  expired; 
withm  which  Tracheae,  the  fame  Author  ftews,  all  thelbr^ 
mer  Series  of  Veffels  are  contained.   See  T  r  4  c  h  e  a 

Hence  it  follows,  that  the  He.it  of  the  Year,  nav,  ofl 
Day,  of  a  fingle  Hour,  or  Minute,  muft  have  an  effeft  on 
the  Air  included  in  thefe  Trachea;,  ,.e.  muff  rarify  it  and 
confequently  dilate  the  Tracheae;  whence  alfo  mull  atife  a 
perpetual  Spring,  or  Source  of  Aftion,  to  promote  the  Cir 
culation  in  See  Heat,  Rarefaction,  e-c 

For,  by  the  Espanlion  of  the  Trachen;,  the  Veffels  con 
taming  the  Juices,  are  pieffed  ;  and  by  that  Means  the  Juice 
contained  is  continually  propelled  and  fo  accelerated  ■  bv 
which  fame  Propulfion,  the  Juice  is  continually  comminuted 
and  rendred  more  and  more  fubtile,  and  fo  enabled  to  enter 
VelTels  ftill  finer  and  finer;  the  thickeff  Part  of  it  being  at 
the  fame  time  ferreted  and  depofited  into  the  lateral  Cells 
or  Loculi  of  the  Bark,  to  defend  the  Plant  from  Cold, 'and 
other  external  Injuries.    See  Bark. 

The  Juice  having  thus  gone  its  Stage,  from  the  Root  to 
the  remote  Branches,  and  even  the  Flower ;  and  having  in 
every  Part  of  its  Progrefs  depofited  fomething  both  for  Ali- 
ment and  Defence ;  what  is  redundant  paffes  out  into  the 
Bark,  the  Veffels  whereof  are  inofculated  with  thofe  where- 
in the  Sap  mounted ;  and  thro'  thefe  it  redefcends  to  the 
Root,  and  thence  to  the  Earth  again.—And  thus  is  a  Circu- 
lation eltefted.    See  Cl  RcmATioN  of  the  Sap 

Thus  is  every  Vegetable  aftcd  on  by  Heat  during  the  Day- 
time, elpecuiUy  while  the  Sun's  Force  is  confiderable  1  and 
the  Sap- VefTels  thus  fqueez'd  and  preffed,  and  the  Sap  pro- 
truded, and  raifed,  and  at  length  evacuated,  and  the  Veffels 
exhaufted;  And  in  the  Night  aaain,  the  fame  TracheiE  bcine 
contrafted  by  the  Cold  of  the  Air,  the  other  Veffels  arl 
ealcd  and  relaxed,  and  fo  difpofed  to  receive  frelh  Food  for 
the  next  Days  Digeflion,  and  Excretion.— And  thus  Plants 
may  be  faid  to  eat  and  drink  in  the  Night-time.    See  Nu- 

TR  ITION. 

The  Veffels  or  containing  Parts  of  Tlams,  confift  of  meet 
Earth,  bound  or  connefted  together  by  Oil,  as  a  Gluten  ; 
which  being  exhaufted  by  Fire,  Air,  Aae,  or  thelike,  thl 
Plant  moulders,  or  returns  again  into  its  Earth,  or  Duff 
—Thus  in  Vegetables  burnt  by  the  intenfeli  Fire,  the  Matter 
of  the  Veffels  is  left  entire,  and  indiffoluble  by  its  utmoft 
Force;  and,  confequently,  is  neither  Water,  nor  Air,  nor 
Salt,  nor  Sulphur,  but  Earth  alone.    See  Earth 

The  Juice,  or  Sap,  of  a  Plant,  is  a  Humour  furnifhed  by 
the  Earth,  and  changed  in  the  Plant ;  conlifting  of  fome 
foffll  Parts,  other  Parts  derived  from  the  Air,  and  Rain  ■ 
and  others  from  putrified  Animals,  Plants,  &c.  confequent- 
ly, inVegetables  are  contained  all  kind  of  Salts,  Oil  Wa- 
ter, Etrth;  and  probably  all  kinds  of  Metals  too,  ina'fmuch 
as  the  Alhes  ot  Vegetables,  always  yield  fomewhat  which 
the  Loadftoneattrafts.    See  Iron,  .Magnet,  d-c 

This  Juice  enters  the  Plant  in  Form  of  a  fine  and  fubtile 
Water,  which  the  nearer  it  is  to  the  Root,  the  more  it  re- 
tains of  its  proper  Nature;  and  the  further  from  the  Root, 
the  more  aftion  it  has  luftained,  and  the  nearer  it  approaches 
to  the  Nature  of  tlie  Vegetable.    See  Digestion. 

Confequently,  when  the  Juice  enters  the  Root,  the  Bark 
whereof  is  furnifhed  with  excretory  Veffels  fitted  to  dif- 
charge  the  excrementitious  Part;  it  is  earthy,  watry,  poor, 
acid,  and  fcarce  oleaginous  at  all.  See  Sap.  * 
In  the  Trunk  and  Branches  it  is  further  prepared;  tho' it 
flill  continues  acid,  as  we  fee  by  the  tapping  or  perforating 
of  a  Tree  in  the  Month  of  February,  when  it  diftils  a  wa- 
try Juice  apparently  acid.    See  Tapping. 

The  Juice  being  hence  carried  to  the  Germs,  or  Buds,  is 
more  concoiled;  and  here  hiving  unfolded  the  Leaves, 
thefe  come  to  ferve  as  Lungs  for  the  Circulation  and  further 

Preparation  of  the  Juice.  -For  thofe  tender  Leaves  being 

expofed  to  the  alternate  Aftion  of  Heat  and  Cold,  moiff 
Nights  and  hot  fcorching  Days,  are  alternately  expanded 
and  contracted  ;  and  the  more  on  the  account  of  their  reti- 
cular Texture.    See  Leaves. 

By  fuch  means  the  Juice  is  ftill  further  altered  and  dige- 
fted ;  as  it  is  further  yet  in  the  Pstala,  or  Leaves  of  the 
Flowers,  which  tranfmit  the  Juice,  now  brought  to  a  fur- 
ther Subtility,  to  the  Stamina.  Thefe  communicate  it  to 

the  Fanna,  or  Duft  in  the  Apices ;  where  having  under- 
gone a  further  Maturation,  it  is  (bed  into  the  Pifiil ;  and 
here  having  acquired  its  laft  Perfection,it  give  Rifes  to  a  new 
Fruit  or  Plant.   See  Petaia,  Stamina,  Apices,  F.irina, 

PlSTU,  (S-c, 

Generation  of  Plants. 

The  Generation  of  Plants  does  alfo  bear  a  clofe  Analogy 
to  that  of  fome  Animals ;  particularly  fuch  as  want  Local 
Motion ;  as  Muffels,  and  other  immoveable  Shell-Filh, 
which  are  Hermaphrodites,  and  contain  both  the  Male  and 
Female  Organs  of  Generation.   See  Hermaphrodite 

10  B  The, 


P  I.  A 


(  830  ) 


P  L  A 


The  Rower  of  the  Plant,  for  all  its  Finery,  is  found  to 
be  the  Pudendum,  or  principal  Organ  of  Generation  but 
the  Life  of  fo  much  Mechanifm,  and  fo  many  Parts  has  been 

but  little  Itnown.  We  fhall  inftance  in  a  Tulip. 

Its  Flower  confifts  of  fix  Petnla,  or  Leaves  ;  frmn  the  Bot- 
tom whereof,  at  the  middle,  arifes  a  kind  of  Tube  called  the 
P:l>il,mi  around  this  aredifpofed  pretty  fine  Threads  called 
SMmijM,  arifing  likewife  from  the  Bottom  of  the  Flower,  and 
terrainatingin  little  Bunchesa-top,  alVd^pices,  replete  with 
a  fine  Duftcall'd  For  the  further  Explanation  of  the 

Parts  of  Generation  fee  Pistil,  Stamen,  Farina,  &c. 

This  is  the  general  Structure  of  the  Flowers  of  Plants, 
tho'  diverfified  infinite  Ways,  and  to  fuch  degree,  that  fome 
have  no  fenfible  Piftil,  others  no  Stamina  ;  others  have 
Stamina  without  any  Apices  i  and  what  exceeds  all  the  reft 
fome  Plants  have  no  Flowers.— But,  allowing  the  Strufture 
now  reprefented  to  be,  as  in  effca  it  is,  the  moft  common  i 
and  that  thefe  Parts  which  feem  wanting  are  ufually  only 
lefs  apparent :  The  Generation  of  Plants,  in  general,  may 
be  well  accounted  for. 

The  Fruit  is  ufually  at  the  Bifisof  the  Piftil,  fo  that  when 
the  Piftil  falls,  with  the  reft  of  the  Flower,  the  Fruit  ap- 
pears in  its  fteid.— Indeed,  frequently,  the  Piftil  is  the  Fruit 
itfelf  i  but  ftill  they  have  both  the  &me  Situation  in  the 
Center  of  the  Flower,  whole  Leaves  difpofcd  around  the 
little  Embryo,  only  feem  deftined  to  prepare  a  fine  Juice  in 
their  little  VelTels,  for  its  Support,  during  the  little  Time 
they  laft,  and  it  requires :  tho'  Mr.  Bradley  takes  their  chief 
Ufe  to  be  to  defend  the  Piftil,  &c. 

The  Apices  of  the  Stamina  are  little  Capfulae,  or  Bags  full 
of  a  Farina  or  Buft,  which  upon  the  CapfulcE  growing  ripe 
and  burfting,  fall  out. 

M,  Tournejm  t  took  this  Duft  to  be  only  an  Excrement  01 
the  Food  of  the  Fruit,  and  the  Stamina  to  be  no  more  than 
a  kind  of  excretory  Dufts,  which  filtrated  this  ufelefs  Mat- 
ter, and  thus  difcharg'd  the  Embryo- P/aiit.  But  Mr.  Mm- 
land,  M.  Gcoffroy,  and  others,  find  nobler  Ufes  for  this  Duft. 

 According  to  their  Syftem,  'tis  this  Duft  that  falling  on 

the  Piftil  fecundifies  the  Grain  or  Fruit  inclofed  therein ;  and 
hence  they  call  it  the  Farina  fmcimdans—Jhai  the  Farina 
fhould  be  the  Male  Part  of  the  Plant,  and  the  Piftil  the  Female. 

Mr.  Bradley,  at  the  bottom  of  the  Piftil  of  the  Lilly,  ob- 
ferves  a  Veilel  which  he  calls  the  Uterus,  or  Womb,  where- 
in are  three  Ovaries  fill'd  with  little  Eggs,  or  Rudiments  of 
Seed,  like  thofe  found  in  the  Ovaria  of  Animals;  which,  he 
adds,  always  decay  and  come  to  nothing,  unlefs  impregnated 
hv  the  Farina  of  the  fame  Plant,  or  fome  other  of  the  fime 
Kind.— The  Stamina,  he  fiys,  ferve  for  the  Conveyance  of 
the  Male  Seed  of  the  Plant,  to  be  perfefted  in  the  Apices ; 
which  when  ripe,  burfting  forth  in  little  Particles  like  Duft, 
fome  of  them  fill  into  the  Orifice  of  the  Piftil,  and  are 
either  conveyed  thence  into  the  Utricle,  to  fecundify  the  fe- 
male Ova,  or  lodg'd  in  the  Piftil,  where,  by  their  magnetic 
Virtue,  they  draw  the  Nourifhment  from  the  other  Parts  of 
the  Plant  into  the  Embryo's  of  the  Fruit,  making 'em  fwell, 
grow,  &c. 

The  Difpofition  of  the  Piftil,  and  the  Apices  about  it,  is 
always  fuch,  as  that  the  Farina  may  fall  on  its  Orifice.— 'Tis 
ufually  lower  than  the  Apices ',  and  when  we  obferve  it  to 
be  grown  higher,  we  may  conjefture  the  Fruit  has  begun  to 
form  itfelf,  and  has  no  further  occafion  for  the  Male  Duft. 
Add  to  this,  that  as  foon  as  the  Work  of  Generation  is  over, 
the  Male  Parts,  tosether  with  the  Leaves,  fall  off,  and  the 
Tube  leading  to  the  Uterus  begins  to  ftirink.  Nor  muft  it 
be  omitted,  that  the  top  of  the  Piftil  is  always  either  co- 
ver'd  with  a  fort  of  Velvet  Tunicle,  or  emits  a  gummy  Li- 
quor, the  better  to  catch  the  Duft  of  the  Apices — In  Flowers 
that  turn  down,  as  the  Acanthus,  Cyclamen,  and  the  Im- 
perial Crown,  the  Piftil  is  much  longer  than  the  Stamina  ; 
that  the  Duft  may  fall  from  their  Apices  in  fufficient  Qiian- 
tity  on  the  Piftil. 

This  Syftem  favours  much  of  that  admirable  Uniformity 
found  in  the  Works  of  Nature  ;  and  carries  with  it  all  the 
feemingChararterifticks  of  Truth  ;  but 'tis  Experience  alone 
laiuft  determine  for  it — Accordingly,  M.  Geofroy  tells  us,  that 
all  the  Obfervations  he  had  ever  made,  the  Plant  was  ren- 
dred  barren,  and  the  Fruits  became  abortive,  by  cutting  oiF 
the  Piftils  before  the  Duft  could  impregnate  them  ;  which  is 
fince  confirm'd  by  other  Experiments  of  Mr.  Bradley. 

In  many  kinds  of  Plants,  as  the  Willow,  Oak,  Pine,  Cy- 
prefs,  Mulberry-Tree,  &c.  the  Flowers  are  fterile,  and  fepa- 
rate  from  the  Fruit.  But  thefe  Flowers,  M.  Geofroy  obferves, 
have  their  Stamina  and  Apices,  whofe  Farina  may  eafily  im- 
pregnate the  Fruits,  which  are  not  far  off. 

indeed  there  is  fome  Difficulty  in  reconciling  this  Syftem 
to  a  Species  of  Plants  which  bear  Flowers  without  Fruits, 
and  another  Species  of  the  lame  Kind  and  Name  which  bear 
Fruits  without  Flowers  j  hence  diftinguilh'd  into  Aials  and 
Female:  of  which  kind  are  the  Palm-Tree,  Poplar,  Hemp, 
Hops,  <#-c,— For  how  fliould  the  Farina  of  the  Male,  here 
come  to  impregnate  the  Seed  of  the  Female  ? 


M.  Tournij'ort  conjeftures,  that  the  fine  Filaments,  To- 
mentum,  or  Down,  always  found  on  the  Fruits  of  thefe 
Plants,  may  ferve  inftead  of  Flowers,  and  do  the  Office  of 
Impregnation.— But  M.  Geofroy  rather  takes  it,  that  the 
Wind,  doing  the  Office  of  a  Vehicle,  brings  the  Farini  of 
the  Males  to  the  Females, 

In  this  opinion  he  is  confirm'd  by  a  Story  in  Jrralanui 
Pontanus;  who  relates.  That  in  his  Time  there  \vere  two 
Palm-Trees,  the  one  Male,  cultivated  at  Brlndes,  t!ie  other 
Female,  in  the  Wood  of  Oitrmtum,  15  Leagues  a-part; 
that  this  latter  was  feveral  Years  without  bearing  any  Fruit  ^ 
till  at  Length  rifing  above  the  other  Trees  of  the  Foreft,  fo 
as  it  might  fee  (fays  the  Poet)  the  Male  Palm-Tree  at 
Brindes,  it  then  began  to  bear  Fruit  in  abundance. 

Here,  M.  Geofroy  makes  no  doubt,  the  Tree  then  only  be- 
gan to  bear  Fruit,  becaufe  in  a  Condition  to  catch  on  its 
Branches  the  Farina  of  the  Male,  brought  thither  by  the 
Wind. 

F(H-  the  manner  wherein  the  Farina  fecundifies-,  M. Geof- 
frey advances  two  Opinions,-  That  the  Farina  beingal- 

ways  found  of  a  fulphurous  Compofition,  and  full  of  fubtile 
penetrating  Parts,  (as  appears  from  its  fprightly  Odour)  fall- 
ing on  the  Piftils  of  the  Flowers;  there  refolves,  and  the 
fubtileftof  its  Parts  penetrating  the  Subftance  of  the  Piftil 
and  the  young  Fruit,  excite  a  Fermentation  liilficient  to  open 
and  unfold  the  young  Plant  inclofed  in  the  Embryo  of  the 
Seed. — In  this  Hypothefis  the  Seed  is  fuppofed  to  contain 
the  Plant  in  Miniature,  and  only  to  want  a  proper  Juice  to 
unfold  its  Parts  and  make  them  grow. 

The  id  Opinion  is,  that  the  Farina  of  the  Flower  is  the 
firft  Germ,  or  Bud  of  the  new  Plant,  and  needs  nothiiig  to 
unfold  it  and  enable  it  to  grow,  but  the  juice  it  finds  pre- 
pared in  the  Embryo's  of  the  Seed, 

Thefe  two  Theories  of  Vegetable  Generation,  the  Reader 
will  obferve,  bear  a  ftrict  Analogy  to  thofe  two  of  Animal 
Generation :  viz.-  either  that  the  young  Animal  is  in  the 
Semen  MafcuUnum,  and  only  needs  the  Juice  of  the  Matrix  to 
cherifli  and  bring  it  forth",  or  that  the  Animal  is  contained 
in  the  FemaleOvum,  and  needs  only  the  Male  Seed  to  excite 
a  Fermentation,  &c.  See  Co  N  c  £  p  r  i  o  n,  Ge.nera-  ^ 
T  I  o  N,  crc. 

M.  Geofroy  rather  takes  the  proper  Seed  to  he  in  the  Fa- 
rina-, inafnuch  as  the  heft  Microfcopes  don't  difcover  the 
leaft  Appearance  of  any  Bud  in  the  little  Embryo's  of  the 
Grains,  when  examined  before  the  Apices  have  Ihed  their 
Duft.— In  leguminous  Plants,  if  the  Leaves  and  Stamina  be 
removed,  and  the  Piftil,  or  that  Part  which  becomes  the 
Pod,  be  viewed  with  the  Microfcope,  e'er  yet  the  Flower 
be  opened;  the  little  green  tranfparent  \'ericul:E,  which  are 
to  become  the  Grains,  will  appear  in  their  natural  Order  ; 
but  ftill  Ihewing  nothing  elfe  but  the  mere  Coat;  or  Skin  of 
the  Grain.  If  the  Ohfervation  be  continued  for  levei-al  Days 
fuccelliv^-lv,  in  other  Flowers,  as  they  advance,  the  Veficulx 
will  be  found  to  fwell,  and  by  degrees  to  become  replete  with 
a  limpid  Liquor ;  wherein,  when  the  Farina  comes  to  be  Ihed, 
and  the  Leaves  of  the  Flower  to  fall,  we  obferve  a  little 
greenilh  Speck,  or  Globule,  floating  about  at  large.— 
At  firft  there  is  not  any  Appearance  of  Orgmizrtion  in  this 
little  Body;  but  in  time,  as  it  grows,  we  begin  to  diftin- 
guifh  two  little  Leaves  like  two  Horns.  The  Liquor  dimi- 
nilhes  infenfibly,  as  the  little  Body  grows,  till  at  length  the 
Grain  becomes  quite  opake  ;  when,  upon  opening  it,  we  find 
its  Cavity  fill'd  with  a  young  Plant  in  Miniature;  confilling 
of  a  little  Germ  or  Pluwuia,  a  little  Root,  and  the  Lobes  of 
the  Bean  or  Pea. 

The  manner  wherein  this  Germ  of  the  Apex  enters  the 
Veficula  of  the  Grain,  is  not  very  difficult  to  determine — . 
For,  befides  that  the  Cavitv  of  the  Piftil  re  iches  from  the  top, 
to  the  Embryo's  of  the  Grains,  thofe  Grains,  or  Veficul.-e, 
have  a  little  Aperture  correfponding  to  the  Extremity  of  the 
Cavity  of  the  Piftil,  fo  that  the  fmall  Duft,  or  Farina,  may 
eafily  fall  thro'  the  Aperture  into  the  Mouth  of  the  Vefiels, 
which  is  the  Embryo  of  the  Grain — This  Cavity,  or  Cica- 
tricula,  is  much  the  fame  in  moft  Grains,  and  'tis  eafily  ob- 
ferved  in  Peafe,  Beans,  o-c.  without  the  Microfcope.  The 
Root  of  the  little  Germ  is  juft  againft  this  Aperture,  and 
'tis  thro'  this  it  palTes  out  when  the  little  Grain  comes  to 
germinate. 

The  Procefs  of  Nature  in  the  Generation  of  Vegetables, 
and  the  Apparatus  Die  has  contrived  for  that  Purpofe  are  fo 
curious,  and  withal  fo  little  and  lb  lately  known  among  us, 
that  we  fhall  illuftrate  them  further  with  Figures  ;  taking 
the  Melon  for  our  Example,  in  regard  the  Parts  of  Genera- 
tion are  here  very  diftinift. 

By  the  way  it  muft  be  obferved,  that  tho'  the  Meloa 
contains  both  Sexes,  yet  the  Difpofition  of  the  Organs  dif- 
fers, here,  from  the  general  one  above  rehears'd  in  the  Inftance 
of  the  Tulip  :  In  efFe6l,  in  the  Melon  are  two  diftindl 
Flowers,  or  Bloflbms,  the  one  doing  the  Male  Office,  the 
other  the  Female;  which  we  ftiall  therefore  call  the  Malt 
and  Fmale  Flower. 


P  LA 


831  ) 


P  L  A 


P'K'  ^3'  (T^^-  ^^fl^°^y)  reprefents  the  Male  Flower, 
orBlofTom,  of  the  Melon,  the  Leaves  being  ftripp'd  from  off 
the  Circle  FF', — -A  B  E  reprefent  the  Head,  placed  in  the 
Center  of  the  Flower,  and  form'd  of  the  Circumvolutions  of 
the  Apices  B,  and  fuftained  by  four  CoUimns  GGGG. 

 The  Part  B  of  the  Head  reprefents  the  Circumvolutions 

of  the  Apices  while  yet  fliut  ^  and  the  Part  E  reprefents 
them  open,  and  covered  with  the  Farina,  which  they  be- 
fore contained,  but  which  is  diffufed  on  the  outfide  when 
the  Vlmt  arrives  at  Maturity.  Each  Apex  forms  a  kind  of 
Canal  feparate  by  a  Partition  into  two.    A  Grain  of  the 

Farina  is  reprefented  by  D.   Fig.  14.  H,  in  the  former 

Figure,  reprerents  the  Pedicle  that  fuftains  the  Flower,  and 
which  in  the  Male-Flower  produces  nothing. 

Fig.i'y.  reprefents  the  temale  Flower  or  Blofibm  of  the 

Melon,  or  that  which  bears  the  Fruit.  The  Leaves  are 

ftripp'd  off  the  Circle  F  F,  as  before,  the  better  to  ftiew  the 
other  Parts,  The  Knot  of  the  Flower,  or  the  Embryo  of 
the  Fruit  is  reprefented  by  A.  The  Piftilis  reprefented  by  B  B^ 
and  is  only  a  Continuation  of  the  Embryo  of  the  Fruic  A. 
The  top  of  the  Piftil  fpreads,  in  B  B,  into  feveral  oblong  Bo- 
dies, each  feparabte  into  two  Lobes.  Thcfe  Bodies  are  ve- 
l"yrough,furnifh'd  with  Hairs  and  little Veficles  proper  to  catch 
the  Dufi:  of  the  Male  Flower,  and  to  conduft  them  to  the 
Mouths  of  the  Canals,  which  communicate  as  far  as  the 
Cells  of  the  Grains  contained  in  the  young  Fi'uit.  Upon 
cutting  the  Piflil  tranfverfdy  in  its  fmalleft  Part,  we  find  as 
many  Canals  as  there  are  Divifions  in  its  Head  '■,  which  Ca- 
nals correfpond  to  as  many  little  Cells,  each  including  two 
Orders  of  Grains,  or  Seeds,  ranged  in  a  fpongy  Placenta. 

This  Doclrine  of  Generation,  affords  us  a  Hint  how  to  al- 
ter, improve,  c^c.  the  Tafte,  Form,  Flowers,  QiuHty 
of  Fruits,  (^c.  viz.,  by  impregnating  the  Flower  of  one,  with 
the  Farina  of  another  of  the  fame  Clafs. 

To  this  accidental  coupling  and  intermixing  it  is,  that  the 
ntimberleis  Varieties  of  new  Fruits,  Flowers,  &c.  produced 
every  Day  with  many  other  Phenomena  in  the  vegetable 
Kingdom",  are  to  be  afcribed.    See  Mule. 

The  Afftclation  of  Perpendicularity  obferved  in  the  Stalks 
or  Stems  o{ Flams,  as  well  as  in  their  Branches  and  Roots 
makes  a  fine  Speculation.  'Tis  a  Phccnomenon  never  at- 
tended to  tilt  very  lately.  The  Caufe  is  very  fubtile,  and 
has  employ'd  the  Wits  of  feveral  of  the  prefent  Set  of  Phi- 
iofophers,  particularly  jiftruc,  de  la  Hire^  Dodart^  and  Fa- 
rcnt  \  fee  their  feveral  Syftcras  under  the  Article  Perpen- 

DICLiLARtTY. 

Nor  is  that  conftant  Parallelifm  obferved  in  the  Tufts  of 
Trees,  to  the  Soil  or  Ground  they  grow  upon  j  a  Circum- 
ftance  to  be  over-look 'd.    See  Parallelism. 

For  the  Fecundity  of  Plants^  &c.  See  Fecundity, 
SiC. 

Diflrthution  d/  P  L  a  N  T  s. 

Tlants  may  be  divided,  with  regard  to  the  manner  of  their 
generating,  into  1°  Mule-^  or  fuch  as  bear  no  Fruit  or  Seed, 
and  have  only  the  Male  Organ  of  Generation,  viz..  the  Fa- 
rina.— Of  this  kind  are  the  Male  Palm-Tree,  Willow,  Po- 
plar, Hemp,  Nettle,  and  Hop-Tree. 

2*^  Female^  or  fuch  as  bear  Fruit,  and  have  the  female  Organ, 
viz..  the  Piftil,  or  Uterus,  but  want  the  Farina. — Such  are 
the  female  Palm,  Willow,  Poplar,  cS^c. 

3°  flcrmizphrodites^  or  fuch  as  have  both  male  and  female 
Parts,  the  Farina  and  Piftil. 

Thefe  are  again  fubdivided  into  thofe  in  whofe  Flower 
both  Sjxes  are  united,  as  the  Lilly,  Gilliflower,  Tulip,  and 
mucii  the  greater  Part  of  the  vegetable  Species ,  whofe  Piftil  is 

iurrounded  by  the  Stamina.  And  thofe  whofe  male  and 

female  Parts  are  diftinO,  and  at  a  Diftance  from  each  other  j 
fuch  is  the  Rofe,  whofe  Uterus  is  beneath  the  Petala  ^  the  Me- 
lon, and  all  of  the  Cucumber  Kind,  which  have  their  male 
and  female  Flowers  a-part and  all  Fruit,  Nut,  and  Maft-bear- 
ing  Trees,  as  the  Apple,  Plum,  Goofberry ,  the  Walnut, 
Hazle,  PlulbudjOak,  Beech,  Pine,  Cyprefs,  Cedar,  Juniper, 
Mulberry,  Plantane,  &c.  which  have  Catkins. 

Plants  may  be  again  diftinguifhed,  with  regard  to  their 
Food,  and  the  Element  they  live  in  ^  into— 1°  Terrene-, 
which  are  thofe  that  live  only  on  Land  i  as  Oaks,  Beech, 
C-c, 

2°  yl^uatic,  which  live  only  in  Watery  either  in  Rivers, 
as  the  Water-Lilly,  Water-Plantane,  &c.  or  in  the  Sea,  as 
the  Fucus,  Coral,  Coralline,  &c. 

■^^  jimphibicus.y  which  live  indifferently  either  in  Land  or 
Water:,  as  the  Willow,  Alder,  Minths,  C^c. 

Pla7itJ9.rc  again  diftributed,  with  regard  to  their  Age  or  Pe- 
riod, into  1°  Amiml-i  which  are  thofe  whofe  Root  is  fo'm'd 
and  dies  in  the  fame  Year  ^  fuch  are  the  leguminous  Plnms^ 
Wheat,  Rye,Crf.  Bifamuals,v;}iich  only  produce  Flowers 
and  Seeds,  the  fecond  or  even  third  Year  after  their  being  rais'd, 
and  then  die  fuch  are  Fennel,  Mint,  c^c.  3*^  Peremial, 
which  are  thofe  that  never  die  after  they  have  once  bore 
Seed  i  of  rhefc  fonie  are  Ever-Greens,  as  the  Afarabacca,  Vio- 


let, &c.  others  lofe  their  Leaves  one  Part  of  the  Year,  as 
Fern,  Colts-foot,  0-c. 

Plants  again  are  diftinguifhed  with  regard  to  their  Mag- 
nitude, Crc.  into,  l^' Trees,  Arborcs",  as  the  Oak,  Pine,  Fir, 
Elm,  Sycamore,  C^c.--2^  Shrubs,  Suffrutices",  as  the  Holly, 
Box,  Ivy,  Juniper,  &c.  and_3°  Herbs,  as  Mint,  Saee,  Sor- 
rel, Thyme,  &c.    See  Tree,  Shrub,  md  Herb.^  But 

this  Dtvifion  is  rather  popular,  than  jufl  and  philofophical. 

The  Botanifts  give  us  more  accurate  and  minute  Arrange- 
ments, or  Dillributions,  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,  into 
ClafTes,  Genera,  Species,  c$-c.  with  regard  to  their  Nature 
Characters,  c$"c.  'Tis  a  Point  they  are  not  well  agreed  upon 
from  what  Confideration  tlie  Divifion  into  Genera  is  beft 
taken  fome,  as  G(jmer,  Columtia,  Tournefort,  &*c.  chufing  the 
Flower  and  Fruit ;  and  others  taking  in  the  Roots,  Ltf.i.ves 
Stems,         See  farther  under  the  Article  Genus.  ' 

Our  ingenious  Mr.  Ray  diftributes  PLmu  into  25  Genera, 
or  ClafTes,  under  the  iollowing  Denominations. 

1*^  ImperfeU:  Plants  wlilch  are  fuch  as  appear  to  want  the 
Flower  and  Seed — Such  are,  Corals,  Sponges,  Fungus's, 
Truffles,  Mofs,  See  Coral,  Spunoe,  Mushroom,  Truf- 
fle, and  Moss. 

2"  Plants  producing  an  iniperfc^  Flower,  and  whofe  Seed 
ts  too  pm/l  to  be  difceriied  by  the  naked  Eye  i— fuch  are  Fern, 
Polypody,  ct-c.    See  Flower. 

3°  Thofe  whofe  Flowers  want  PctaLi;  fuch  are  Hops, 

Hemp,  Nettles,  Docks.    See  Petala,  Hofs,  Ct-c. 

4*^  Thofe  witJi  a  compound  Flower,  and  which  emit  a  mil- 
ky Juice  when  cut  or  broke  ^  as  Lettuce,  Dandelion,  Suc- 
cory, €^c.    See  Compound  Flower. 

5°  Thofe  with  a  compj  -nd  Flower  of  a  difcous  Form,  and 
whofe  Seed  is  winged  with  Down  ;  as  Colts-foot,  Flea-bane, 
<^c.    See  Winged. 

6^  Herb<£  capitate,  or  thofe  whofe  Flower  is  compofrd  of 
long  fiftulous  Flowers  gathered  into  a  round  Head,  and  co- 
vered wirhafcalyCoat;  astheThiftle,  great  Burdock,  Blue- 
bottle, &c. 

7°  Ccrymbiferous  PLwts  with  a  difcous  Flower,  but  no 
Down    as  the  Daify,  Yarrow,  Corn-Marygold,  &c.  See 

CORYMBUS, 

S*^  Plants  with  a  perfect  Flower,  but  only  one  Seed  tJ 
each  Flower,  as  Valerian,  Agrimony,  Burnet,  &c. 

9°  Vmbelliferous  Plants,  with  a  Flower  of  five  Petala, 

and  two  Seeds  to  each  Flower,   See  U  m  e  e  l  l  ie.  This 

being  a  large  Genus  is  fubdivided  into  feven  Species,  viz^. 
thofe  with  a  broad  flat  Seed  like  a  Leaf,  as  wild  Garden 
Parfiiip:  with  a  longiih  and  larger  Seed,  fwelling  in  the 
middle,  as  Cow-weed,  and  wild  Chervil:  with  a  fhorter 
Seed,  as  Angelica  :  with  a  tuberous  Root,  as  the  Earth-nut : 
with  a  linall  rtriated  Seed,  as  Caraways,  Saxifrage,  and  Bur- 
net: with  a  rough  hairy  Seed,  as  Parfly,  and  wild  Carrot: 
with  intire  Leaves  lubdivided  into  Jags,  as  Senicle,  and 
Thoro-Wax. 

10*^  Stellate  Plants,  whofe  Leaves  grow  round  the  Stalks, 
at  certain  Intervals,  in  form  of  Stars  j  as  Mug- Weed,  Mad- 
der, &c.    See  Stellate. 

11^  Rough  leaved  Plants,  which  have  their  Leaves  placed 
alternately,  or  in  no  certain  Order  along  the  Stalks  i  as 
Hounds-Tongue,  Moufc-Ear,  &c. 

14*^  Suffrutices,  or  f^erticiliate  Plants,  whofe  Leaves  grow 
by  pairs,  on  tlieir  Stalks,  one  Leaf  right  againft  another, 
the  Flower  being  monopetalous,  and  ufually  in  form  of  a 
Helmetj  as  Thyme,  Mint,  Pennyroyal,  Vervain,  Cfc,  See 

VERTiCILLA'rE, 

13°  Polyfpermous,  or  thofe  with  many  naked  Seed?, 
at  leafl:  tive,  fucceeding  their  Flower  \  .  as  Crows-foot, 
Marfh-Mallows,  Cinquefoil,  Strawberries,  &c.    See  Poly- 

SPERMOUS. 

14*^  Bacciferous  Plants,  or  fuch  as  bear  Berries  as  Brio- 
ny,  Honeyfuckle,  Solomon's-Seal,  Lilly  of  the  Valley, 
Nightlhade,  Afparagus,  &c.  See  B  a  c  c  i  f  e  r  o  11  s,  Berry, 
&c. 

15°  Multifdiquous,  or  ComicaUte  Flants,  which  after  each 
Flower  produce  feveral  long  (lender  Siliquoe,  or  Cafes  where- 
in their  Seed  is  contained  ;  as  Orpine,  Navel-wort,  Bears- 
foot,  Columbines,  &c.    See  M  u  L  t  i  s  t  l  1  q^u  o  u  Sy&c. 

16^  yafculiferous  Plants,  or  thofe  with  a  A/onopetaloui 
Flower,  and  which,  after  each  Flower,  have  a  VelTel  befide 
the  Calyx,  containing  the  Seed ;  as  Henbane,  Bindweed, 
Rampions,  Fox-Glove,  Eye-Bright,  &c.    See  Vasculife- 

KOUS,  &c. 

ly^  Thofe  with  an  vniform  tetmpetalous  Flower,  bearing 
their  Seeds  in  oblong  filiquous  Cafes:,  as  Stockgilly-Flower, 
Muftard,  Radilh,  &c. 

18°  Yafculiferous  Plants,  with  a  fceming  tetrapetalous 
Flower,  but  of  an  anomalous  or  uncertain  kind,  and  in  rea- 
lity only  monopetalous,  filling  off  altogether  in  one",  as 
Speedwell,  Flueliin,  Plantane,  yellow  and  wild  Poppy,  &c. 

19°  Leguminous  Plants,  or  fuch  as  bear  Pulle,  with  a 
Papilionaceous  Flower,  confiding  of  four  Parts  joined  at  the 
Edges  ^  as  Peafe,  Beans,  Vetches,  Tares,  Lentils,  Liquo- 
rice, Trefoil,  &c.    See  Leguminous, 

PUnt$ 


PL  A 


(  ) 


P  L  A 


20*'  y,ifculiferous  VUms^  with  a  pe»tapetatous  or  five  head- 
ed flower:,  as  Maiden-Pinlts,  Campions,  Chickweed,  St. 
Jo!in:n-Worr,  Hax,  Primrofe,  Wood-Sorrel,  &c. 

zi'^  riants  with  a  true  bulbous  Root  \  as  Garlick,  DafFodil^ 
Kyacintfi,  Saffron,  (^c.    See  Bulb. 

22°  Thofe  whofe  Roots  approach  nearly  to  the  bulbous  Form 
as  Flnwer-de-luce,  Cuckoo-pint,  Battard  Hellebore,  &c. 

2^"  Culiniferous  Pl.wts-,  with  a  graffy  Leaf,  and  an  im- 
perfect Flower,  havinc  a  finooth  hollow  jointed  Stalk,  with 
a  long  fharp  pointed  Leaf  at  each  Joint,  and  the  Seeds  con- 
tiined  in  a  chaffy  Husk  ^  as  Wheat,  Barley,  Rye,  Oats,  and 
moft  kinds  of  Grafs.    See  Culmiferous. 

24°  Plants  with  a  grajfy  Leaf,  but  not  Culmiferous,  with 
an  imperfeft  or  ftamineous  Flower*,  as  Rufhes,  Cats-Tail, 

25°  plants  whofe  Place  of  Growth  is  uncertain^  chiefly 
Water-Pknts,  as  the  Water-Lilly,  Milk-Wort,  Moufe-Tail, 

For  the  Tranffnutation  of  one  Species  of  Plants  into  another. 
See  Transmutation,  Df generation,  &c. 

The  Properties  and  ^'irtues  of  Plants  have  been  obferved 
hy  foine  Naturalifts  to  bear  an  Analogy  to  their  Forms. — ^ 
In  the  Phihfophical  TranfiBior/s^  we  have  a  Difcourfe  of 
Mr.  Jcimes  Pcitii/cr,  to  (hew,  That  Plants  of  the  fame  or 

like  Figure,  hive  the  ftme  or  like  Virtues  and  Ufes.  -Thus, 

the  Unibcniferons  Tribe,  he  obferves,  have  all  a  Carminative 
Tafle  and  Snurll,  are  powerful  Expellers  of  Wind,  and 

liiercfore  good  in  all  flatulent  Diforders.  ^The  Galieate  or 

\'erticiltati^  Kind  are  a  Degree  warmer,  and  more  powerful 
than  the  bft,  and  therefore  may  be  reputed  Aromatick,  be- 
ing proper  for  Nervous  Diforders.  The  Tetrapetalous 

Kind  are  hot  like  the  two  former,  but  exert  thtir  Power  in 
a  di'ferent  W.  y,  viz,,  by  a  Diuretick  Volatile  Salt,  which 
tiiakirs  rhem  ( f  Ufe  in  Chronical  Difeafes,  Obftruflions,  Ca- 
cochvnii;?,  0~c. 

PL  A  NT  A,  in  Anatomy,  the  loweftPart,  or  Sole  of  the 
Font  of  Man.    See  FooTand  Sole. 

P  L  A  N  T  A  G  E  N  E  T,  in  Hirtory,  an  Addition,  or  Sur- 
Nanie,  bore  bv  many  of  our  ancientKings.  See  Surname, 
C-c. 

The  Term  Plamagenet  has  given  infinite  Perplexity  to  the 
Criticks  and  Anticfu^ries,  who  could  never  fettle  its  Origin 

and  Etymology  'Tis  allowed  it  firft  belonged   to  the 

Houfe  of  yirijou,  and  was  brought  to  tlie  Throne  of  England 
bv  Henry  II.  where  hii  Male  Pofterity  preferved  it  till  the 
Time  of  Hemy  VII.  a  Space  of  above  40oYears. 

Tisdifputed  who  it  was  that  firft  bore  the  Name.  Moft 
ofour  Authors  conclude,  that  our  Henry  II.  inherited 

it  from  his  Father  Geoffrey  V-  Earl  o(  ylnjou.  Son  ofFulkW. 

King  of  Jerufalem^  who  died  in  1 144  This  Geoffrey  they 

^^■i!l  have  the  firft  of  the  Name-,  and  oar  Henry  11.  the  Iffue 
of  Geoffrey  by  A4aud  only  Daughter  of  Henry  I.  the  fecoiid. 

Yet  Menage  will  not  allow  Geoffrey  to  have  bore  the  Name  j 
and  in  effert  the  old  Annalift  of  ^??jou,  J.  Bourdigne,  never 
calls  him  fo.— The  fu  ft,  Aien.ige  :yMs,  to  whom  he  gives  the 
Appellation,  isCeofrey  third  Son  of  this  Geoffrey  V. 

Yet  mu!t  the  Niime  be  much  more  ancient  than  either  of 
thcfe  Piinces,  if  what  Sklmier  fays  of  »ts  Origin  and  Ety- 
mology be  trut' — That  Author  tells  us,  that  the  Houfe  of 
derived  the  Name  from  a  Prince  thereof,  who  having 
kill'd  his  Brother  to  enjoy  his  Principality,  took  to  Repen- 
tance, and  made  a  ^'oyage  to  the  Holy  Land  to  expiate  his 
Crime*,  dikiplinin^  himielf  every  Night  with  a  Rod  made 
of  the  Plant  Gcf  l-tj  Genifia,  Broom  j  whence  he  became 
iiiLk-named  Pianci-genet. 

Now,  'tis  certiin  that  our  Geoffrey  made  the  Tour  of  Je- 
tvfilem-j  but  then  he  did  not  kill  his  Brother  *,  nor  did  he 
go  there  out  of  Penance,  but  to  ?fllft  King  j^mnuris  his  Bro- 
ther—Who then  f}iould  this  Prince  of  the  Houfe  o{ ^njou 
he?  Wlis  it  Fulk  IV  ?  'Tis  true  he  difpoffefs'd  his  elder  Bro- 
ther Geoffrey^  and  clapt  him  in  Prifon,  but  did  not  kill  him  *, 
nay,  Bonrdifne  obferves, he  was  even  releafed  out  of  the  lame 
by  his  Son  Geoffrey  V.  already  mentioned. 

Further,  this  Fulk  did  make  a  Journey  to  Jenfulem,  and 
that,  too,  partly  out  of  a  penitential  View,  we  are  affuredby 
Bourdie^ne-t  he  did  it  oat  of  Apprelienfinn  of  the  Judgments 
of  God  and  eternal  Damnation,  for  the  great  Eifufion  of 
Chriftian  Blood,  in  the  many  mortal  Battles  he  had  been  in. 

.  The  Annalift  adds,  that  he  made  a  fccond  Voyage",  but 

'twas  to  return  God  Thanks  for  his  Mercies,  &c.  To  which 
we  mav  add,  that  Fulk  was  never  call'd  Plantagemt  \  fo  that 
whir  Skinner  advances  appears  to  be  a  Fable, 

There  is  another  common  Opinion  which  appears  no  bet- 
ter founded",  and  'tis  this,  that  the  Name  P/««f(j^cffef  was 
common  to  all  the  Princes  of  the  Houfe  of  Anjou,  after  Geof- 
frey \  \  whereas  in  Faft  the  Name  was  only  given  to  a  few  j 
and  that,  as  itfhoold  feem,  to  diftinguifb  them  from  the  reft. 
Thus  Bourdigne  never  applies  it  to  any  but  the  third  Son  of 
Geoffrey  V^  and  diftinguifhes  him  by  this  Appellation  from 

the  other  Princes  of  the  fame  Family.  Tho'  'tis  certain 

it  waslikewife  given  lo  the  elder  Brother,  Henry  of  England, 
as  before  obferved. 


P  L  A  N  T  A  R  T  S,  in  Anatomy,  a  Mufde  which  has  a  flefliy 
Begmnmg,  from  the  back  part  of  the  external  Protuberance  of 
the  Thigh-bone,  and  defcending  a  little  way  between  the 
Gemellus  and  Soleus,  becoircs  a  lonr;  and  flender  Tendon, 
which  marches  by  the  infidc  of  the  great  Tendon  over  the  Os 
Calcis  to  the  bottom  of  the  Foot:,  and  expands  itfelf  under 
the  Sole,  upon  the  Mufculiis  perforatus,  to  which  it  adheres 
clofely,  as  the  Palmaris  docS  in  the  Hand.  See  Foot, 
Palmaris,  &c. 

Some  reckon  this  among  the  Extenders  of  the  Foot.  See 
Extensor. 

PLANTATION,  in  the  Colonies,  a  Spot  of  Ground 
which  fome  Plailter  or  Perfon  arrived  in  a  new  Colony, 
pitches  on  to  cultivite  and  till  for  his  own  Ufe.  See  Co- 
lony- 

_  PLANTING,  in  Agriculture  and  Gardening,  the  fet- 
tingof  a  Tree,  or  Plant,  taken  up  from  its  former  Place,  in 
a  new  Holecr  Pit  proportionable  to  its  Bulk  ^  throwing  frefh 
Earth  over  its  Root,  and  filling  up  the  Hole  to  the  Level 
of  the  other  Ground.  See  Plant,  Trasnsplanting, 
Gardening, ^c. 

Planting  an  Orchard.    See  Orchard. 

Planting  of  Forejl-Trees.    Sec  Seminary,  Tr  ee,  c^c. 

Planting  of  Wall-Fruit-Trces.  After  2  Years  Growth 

in  the  Nurfery,  Stone-Fruit,  beifig  tirft  inoculated  or  grafted, 
are  ready  for  Removal  i  which  is  bcft  done  in  O^oher  or  No- 
vember. 

To  prepare  the  Soil  for  its  new  Gueft^  a  Hole  is  dug  2 
foot  deep-,  or  if  the  Soil  be  not  very  good,  the  Pit  is  made 
fliallower,  and  Earth  rais'd  above  it.— With  the  Soil  dug  up, 
they  frequently  mix  either  a  rich  Soil  from  elfewhcre;  or  a 
Manure^  fo  as  the  Mixture  be  at  leaft  as  rich  as  the  Soil  ou: 
of  which  the  Plant  came. 

The  Hole  being  half  fill'd  up  with  this  Compoft,  it  js 
trodden  down,,  to  afford  a  firm  Relt  to  the  Root,  all  the 
Extremities  whereof  are  cut  off,  and  the  Tree  fitted  to  the 
Wall  by  cutting  off  fuch  Branches  as  crow  direiflly  either 
towards  or  from-wards  the  Wall,  and  leaving  only  the  fide 
Branches,  which  are  to  be  nailed  to  it. 

This  done,  the  Tree  is  fet  in  its  Hole,  as  far  from  the 
Wall  as  is  confiftent  with  the  Heads  fpreading  thereon  ^  that 
the  Root  may  have  the  more  room  backwards,  and  the 
Hole  then  fjll'd  up  with  the  Couipoft. 

If  the  Soil  be  poor  'tis  proper  to  manure  round  the  Tree*, 
and  in  the  end  of  February,  ro  cover  it  with  Fern  or  Straw. 
—'Twill  be  necefTary  to  prune  and  nail  the  Tree  to  the 
Wall,  at  leaft  twice  or  thrice  every  Year.  See  WALt- 
Fruit, 

^fwr/e-pLANTiNG,  is  a  Method  of  Planting  wherein  the 
ordinary  Polition  of  the  Plant  ,  or  Shoor,  is  inverted  ^  the 
Branches  being  fet  in  the  Earth,  and  the  Roots  rear'd  into 
the  Air. 

Agricola  mentions  this  nionflrous  Way  of  planting,  which 
he  affures  us  fucceeds  very  well  in  mofl,  or  all  Ibrts  of 
Fruit- Trees,  Timber-Trees,  ore.  foreign  and  domeftick. 

Bradley  z^n\-\s,  US  to  have  feen  a  Lime-Tree  in  Holland 
growing  with  its  firft  Roots  in  the  Air,  which  had  ftiot  out 
Branches  in  great  Plenty,  at  the  fime  time  that  its  firft 
Branches  were  turned  into  Roots  and  fed  the  Tree. 

The  induftrious  Mr.  F.archild  has  praftifed  the  fame  at 
home-,  and  gives  us  the  following  Directions  for  the  Per- 
formance thereof. 

Chufea  young  Tree  of  one  Shoot,  of  Alder,  Elm,  Wil- 
low, or  any  other  Tree  that  takes  root  readily  by  laying. 
Bend  the  Shoot  gently  down  till  the  extreme  Part  be  in  the 

Earth,  and  fo  let  it  remain  till  it  has  taken  good  Root.  

This  done,  dig  about  the  firft  Root,  and  gently  take  it  up 
out  of  the  Ground  till  the  Stem  be  nearly  upright ,  in  which 
ftate  ftake  it  up 

Then  prune  the  Roots,  now  erected  in  the  Air,  from  the 
Bruifes  andWounds  they  received  in  being  dug  up  *,  and  anoint 
the  pruned  Part  with  aCompofition  of  4  Parts  of  Bees- Was, 
2  of  Rofin,  and  2  of  Turpentine,  melted  together  and  ap- 
plied pretty  warm— Then  prune  off  all  the  Buds  or  Shoots 
upon  the  Stem,  and  drefs  the  Wounds  with  the  fame  Compo- 
fition,  to  prevent  any  collateral  Shootings-,  andleave  the  reft 
to  Nature.    See  Fecundity. 

Planting,  in  Architecture,  denotes  the  difpofing  of 
the  firft  Courfes  of  folid  Stone  on  theMafonry  of  the  Four^- 
dation,  laid  level  according  to  the  Meafures,  with  all  the 
Exaiflnefs  pofiible.  Sec  Foundation,  Building,  House, 
Cp-c. 

PLASM,  Plasma,  a  yJ-foifW,  wherein  any  Metal,  or 
fuch  like  running  Matter,  which  will  afterward  harden,  is 
caft.    See  Mould  ;  fee  alfo  Plastic, 

PLASTER,  orPLAisTER,  in  Building,  aCompo- 
fition of  Lime,  fometimes  with  Hair,  fometimes  with  Sand, 
C^c.  to  parget  or  cover  the  Nudities  of  a  Building.  See 
Pargeting, 

Plaster  of  Parisy  is  a  Foftil-Stone,  of  the  Nature  of  a 
Lime-ftone",  ferving  many  Purpofes  in  building;  and  ufed 
likewife  in  Sculpture,  to  mould  and  maJte  Statues,  BalTo 

Relievo's 


^  lli  A 


S^'N^'s'T^TlHrSS  ArcUtefture.  See 

'i"^''^"''''*  Q."?"'".  in  feveral  Farts  of  the  Neieh- 
boorhoodofP.™-,  whence  iti  Name.-The  fineft  S  hat 

This  P/3#er  isof  twoJiinds,  viz..Cnde,  or  in  the  Stone- 
and  burnt,  or  beaten.  atone, 
The  OTj/e  is  the  native  FUfler  as  it  comes  out  of  the 

U  mto  Powder,  and  dilnting  and  working  i  .  Sef  W  dv 
See  Mol  ";:'  "  ""^^      ^""^  °^  ^''"^"^  -  B"MiS 

PowdS-"''ir,,i5:H''/'''''^'"i-'''''''^^''  '"'o  »n  impalpable 
iowder,  is  nfed  to  mike  Figures  and  other  Works  of 
ScLdpture:  .nd  is  befides  of  fomeiUfe  in  taking  out  Spo^ 

,,,1,'"  ""r/'f  "-Qun-ries  is  alfo  found  a  kind  of  falfe  Talc 
Wherewith  they  comilerfeit  all  kinds  of  Marble.  See  M  k- 
^"\G/i'i.""STuc,d--c,    See  alfo  PtAsriCE. 

anv  4""'  '  off^mins.  or  falhioning 

any  tning.    See  Faculty,  ° 

I  rS'  "^^f 'T''  of  fingo, 

/  j.ijhion^  jonn-,  dec.  °  ' 

-inu';'! -"""i""'  Eficurea„s,  and  perhaps  the  Peripate- 
or  at  e?(f'i;;f '  '--^'f'"  ^T"  to  refide  in  the  Earth ; 
or  at  leatt  to  have  anciently  refided  therein  i  and  tliat  -twas 
by  means  hereof  and  without  any  extraordinary  nterve,"! 

„„?'"!',''™"'°^*™>  whst'-si-  fenouny  or  not  we  don't 
EffeA  n*;';  J""! ''j  M^'"'  were  the 

T,C,  C^l      '  P"TONIST,  P£R,PATE- 

nt.rri'.'^^^'^F'  *^P;  *STICK  a  Branch  of  Scul- 
&  r  S;"^       ^'V^  P'S'f"  of  Men,  Bird  , 

lieatts,  Fifhes,  Plants.  &c.  m  Plafter,  Clay,  Stuc,  &c.  See 
Sculpture,  Plaster, 05-c.  '       '     '  ^"^"^ 

The  Workmen  concerned  herein  are  called  KayJ^r. 

r,JJf<^"  '^f"'"S'  in  that  here  the  Figures  are 

made  by  Addition  of  what  wants:  But  in  Carving  alway? 
by  Subtraaion  of  what  is  fuperHuous.   See  Carving. 
wJ^r  f"  ^1  "  "'"^^'^^''^(iy  "fed  among  us  in  Fret- 
Work-Cielings;  but  the  Italians  apply  it  to  the  Mantlings 
rf  Chimnies  with  great  Figures.  See  Fret-work,  Ciel  no 


(833) 


f*  L  A 


Cw'^S^'e  cSt"  '^'™ 

■r'-^^J,^'  '^t-ATE,  in  Commerce,  a  Soam/i  Term  fiir 
mfy.ng  Sj^vcr;  as  Vellon,  which  they  pronie  Vdllon 
fignifies  G.^p£r.    See  Silver,  Coin,  iS-/  ^  °"' 

r.f  rhT  17"  T'a''  V"-  ""'y  "fe^  to  exprefs  the  Species 
of  thofe  Metals  ftruck  ,n  Sf.,m,  but  alfo  to  diftinguilh  be- 

K  rfP/  n™'«  ofAccount.-Thus  they  Cy  a 

uiicat  ot  PIm^,  and  a  Ducat  of  Vellon  ■  i  Rhi  m 

mini^h  lh  °vy^"r  '  ^''■^  0-»"^«ions  aug    nf  a^d  df 
ninilh  the  Value  by  almoft  one  half;  34  Maravedis  of 
being  equa  to  63  of  Vellon ;  and  th'e  Piece  of  &h  £ 
only  272  Maravedjs  of  Plata,  but  510  of  Vellon    Sp,  n?° 
CAT,  Piece  ./£,,4r,  Ri,r,  and'MAR.IvEDis.  " 
.  '  'n  Commerce,  denotes  Gold  or  Silver  w,-n„„l., 

.nto  Veffels  for  domeflick  Ufes.  See  GoLE,rSuyHR,  Ma|k 

PUNCHION,  eJ'C.  "-"in,  IHARk, 

J^':tl\' ^'^"''''■y'  »  fOMd-  fl^t  Piece  of  Silver,  with- 
out any  Impreflion ;  but  as  it  were  form'd  ready  to  receive 

The  Term  is  ufed  only  by  E„gliffj  Heralds  :  for  in  other 
Nations  they  are  known  by  the  Name  of  Bezants,  Argent 
oee  Bezants.  '  ■'"scui. 

PLAT-BAND,  in  Giirdening,  a  Border,  or  Bed  of 
Fowe«,  a  ong  a  Wall,  or  the  fide  of  a  Patter,^;  frequent 
Lt^&r  '       •  Ebo- 

ini"  w^^r'^^-'u"  Af^itefture,  is  any  flat  fquare  Mould- 
ing, whofe  Height  much  exceeds  its  Projefture.  SeeMouL- 

Such  are  the  Faces  or  Fafcis  of  an  Architrave,  and  the 
W«-fcW  of  the  Modillions  of  a  Cornich.   See  Arch. 

TRAVE,  CoRNICH,  eJ-c.  JiiicHl 

wIm/f  r'"''''t''  "^""'j''  ^"^"■^'"'^  and  others,  by  the 
Words  Fajau,  Tma,  and  Corfa.   See  Fascia,  Taenia, 

M^'Vi!'"''? •  Door  or  Window,  is  ufed  for  the  Lin- 
tel, where  that  is  made  fquare,  or  not  much  arched.  See 

J-INTEL. 

wJn'It  rifi'^ni!  ufually  crofs'd  with  Bars  of  Iron, 
eife  them  ht'^A  f  nxT « '^"t  'tis  much  better  to 

nnr,»  ^"""'J  °^  13ifcharge  built  over  thera.  See 

uooK,  Window,  &c. 


It  IS  made  by  the  heaping  up  of  Earth  on  the  Ramnarr- 
or  by  an  Arrangement  of  Madriers,  rifing  infenfib  y  fo?  t| 
.?roS-frkT^  -herinaCafemate!  or  on  itlik 

fti5>nrT^,;Lf^?:;:^^^^!^l^n^  r^n 

'\T-t"t^''  the  Entablature  ou  ht  m  be  raiiet  '"^ 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  kind  of  Terraii-Will,  „ 
even  Floor,  on  the  top  of  a  Building,  fro,     vhe^  e\ 
n>ay  take  a  fair  Profpeft  of  the  adjacent  Country     "  "  * 

Moft/ff?  A" l^'^S^-  See  Roof.  ^  ' 
all  lh„r.  f%.' °/'".'t''  Buildings  are  thus  cover'd ,  as  were  " 
«  I  ,  wL    the  Ancie„ts.-C*y:,.  was  the  firft  among  th71. 

rtrf""?,"'  '^'.''P'  in  M.in  of  W.ir,  is  a  Pl,ce  on 
tinclXn''  t*'  ^^M-'n.Maft,  and  round  .ioi^Z 
main  Cap  tan;  where  Provifion  is  made  for  the  woundM 
CoTkpi';:  t"-otService.-itis  between  the  MaiS  a„1 

Srho^l'^  'i;''i"'tinS  'li^'t  relates  to  Plm,  hig 

N  i  s  °,  ""'°'°P''>''  Opinions,  or  the  like.   S,e  Pl.ato! 

Pl  atonic  are  the  fime  with  what  we  otherwife 

CM  Regular  B,d,es.  See  Regular  j5W,«.  "'"-'"'15 
rn-  V°'""'^  ^"^'i  denotes  a  pure  foiritual  Aff.-ft;nn  ri 
filling  between  the  different  Sexes  abT.  ft  d  fi^  'rafl  ?*" 
™' ^PP^tites,  and  regarding  no  other  Ob  "ft  bu°'  he  mS' 
and  Its  Beiuties;  or  a  fincere  difinterelled  Friendn,inTh' 
fift.ng  between  the  fame  Sex,  abftrafted  from  anVfelfili: 
Views,  and  regarding  no  other  Objeft  but  the  PeS 

5^iS|f^e^f^v'&^iE- 

Passion  ^"'^  """""'^'^  '"to.  See 

^™^e^j;^S^^t^xJr^q^^™I:-t 

Precession  of  the  Ef^mxes,  crc  '  ' 

cordiV  to'f f  '«ording  to  Tychc  Brake,  is  2,8,6;  ac- 
cording to  Rimolus  25920  i  according  to  affmi  -4800  Years 
the  Wn  H™^'  more  than  "five  ties  the  Age  of 

the  World   once  accomplifti'd  ■,  it  was  an  Opinion  among 

fmie  Se;ie"s  oV^  ^'^'"^'''^        "         -n^«',  and  the 

P  I  A  x^l ,  c",?        ""^^  See  Period. 

L     r  1,'^'^'^'  tbe  Doftrine  and  Sentiments  nf  p/.^ 
and  his  Followers,  with  regard  to  Philofophy,  &c  See 

1  HILOSOPHT. 

„r^i"^/T"''"  ol'thisSyftem  of  Philofophv,  Pto„,  ,i,e  Son 
t^?fi"'  w»l»n^,to,«„  ;  born  aboui 'the  Yea  of  the 
dls  of  'P="t  his  Youth  in  Exer- 

cilesof  the  tody,  Pamting,  and  Poetry,  became  a  DifcMe 
of  &™„  After  his  Mailer's  Death,  he  applied  hiniBf'^to 
C  aylus^nd  Hmmgces;  'till  being  a  Mafier  of  the  Gr.J" 
Philofophy,  he  travelled  into /,./j,,  -'where  he  learnt  tfu  of 
Ihs  Pytkigarea,,;.  See  Pythagorein 
Refidenre  t  ftoceeded  into  Egypt;  where,  in  thirty  Years 
Relldence  he  became  fully  acquainted  with  the  Secrets  of 
the  Pnefts.    See  Symeol  ecrcts  or 

At  his  Return  to  ylihem  he  began  to  retale  the  Stock  of 
foZ:"^  ;  .had.collefted,  .amoni  his  Countrymen-  phil"- 
bphizing  daily  m  the  Academy,  a  delicious  \'illa'i„  the 
Neighbourhood  of  that  City    See  ArAncv     >  /I 
his  Difciples  were  called  J^Je^ncks  ^^'"'^  ""^"^ 

ard VK?''.''"''''''^^  '"JJ""'^''  //..<.c/,>«-,   in  Ethicis 
and  loliticks  inMetaphyficks,  Pyth'i.ra,. 

Afle  his  Death,  two  ot  the  principal  ^f  his  Difciples, 
rt"nn  -'".V  f continuing  his  Office,  and  teaching 
t.VJk'"  '^".'fe™>''  'f-e  other  in  the  Lyceum  ;  hnJd 
two  Sefts,  under  different  Names,  tho'  in  other  relpefts  the 
iame,  the  one  retaining  the  Denomination  of  Jcad.m.ch  ; 
.ee  c  a  D  E  M  I  c  K.  The  other  aflaiming  that  of  PeripM- 
ticis.   See  Peripatetick 

In  after-times,  about  the  firft  Ages  of  the  Chrifliiti 
cnurcli  -,  the  Followers  of  PUo  quitted  the  Title  of  ^m- 
<im,Jii,  md  took  that  of  Pteo»,/h. 

lis  fuppofcd  to  have  been  at  jilexandr'm  in  Egypt  that 
tney  firft  affuraed  the  new  Title ;  after  having  reftored  the 
ancient  Academy,  and  re-eftablifli'd  P/«io's  Sentiments  -,  which 
>n  procefs  of  Time  had  many  of  them  been  laid  afide. 


10  C 


Fl:rphyry 


PL  A 


(  834  ) 


P  L  A 


thoWo' acquired  the  ^'-'eft  Reputanon  am  ^g  the 
Creel  Platonifts.    And  among  the  i.t.OT,  ^ 
CMr,A-,»._Among  the  Hebrews,  Phdo  Jud^^^^  ' 
dern  Phtonifts  own  Plotm  the  Founder,  at  lean 
nier,  of  their  Seft.  mnfiftent  with  the 

The  Tlntonk  TUbfophy  mf^L'^ZSTv^L,  follow 
Mohic  ;  and  a  great  Party  of  the  f  !"''!'^„,;"y„  Chri- 
theVjpinions  of  that  Phnoropher,a5  bemg    vourable  to 

iliani,^,  7.yf,„  is  of  Opinion,  P/-«       N.tur  Re"  on , 

things  he  has  raid  in  his  Works,  ''X^rf  om  the  Books  of 
but  thinks  he  might  have  karnt  them  trom 

Mofes  which  he  read  when  in  £^;>pt.           |- ,  „  p;^„ 

Hence  Numenlus,  the  P;'tK»«''"'."P^^^^^^^^  that 

the  Anic  M.fes  ;  and  upbra.ds  1™  ^H^'^nd  God  ftom  the 
he  ftole  his  Doatine  about  the  World  ana  uo  , 

"t£l^Urday,thaae|.snotWr^ 

calls  him  the  Hebrew  Flnhfipher  ^^^^ 
Gale  is  very  pitt.cu  ar  in        ^       °i '"„,„,.es,  either 
PLuo  borrowed  his  Philofophy  fronv  th=  ^"'P™^;- j^u- 
iarmediately,  or  by  means  tT/^ffo^VArg™™  ffrom  the 

this  Author  finds  in  every  one,  evident  Lhaiatters  01 

:'FrB^VitS™:r'sixsnii;s 

"  fuppofes  ce.  ta  n  '  ,fere  may  be  various 

L'i^^ofolot  an  eternal-Effence  -  to  occarK>,i  the 
!SS^:^^illM^Sr^^r;i.i^^.'the 

Produ'lion    and  the  World  is  the  Refult  of  a  Cora- 
^  of  Neefiity  and  Underftanding,  i.e.  of  Matter, 
'■''■   i.  h/Lk  lice  ffity,  and  the  Divine  Wifdora 
""^?r  tt  ^3;,  or  Soul  of  the  World  •,  fee  Ah.- 

"  Vte  Pnnciples  or  Elements,  which  FUo  lays  down,  are 

H  s )  hylicks,  o    -~  r      Properties  of  Body, 

'jS:"rLri!^-i  ^^h4V#«/.  ^kes  occaSon  to 
.  oreK^S  in  Mo,.— His'Doclrine  de  Mem  is  delivered  m 
l-'  ,^tli  Rnnit  fl/'  Laws-,  and  his  Parmemdes, 
''"S   A X  omm  nds  the  Pi»,  »nd.<=ven 

r„r  to  the  Phnomlis  were  not  far  from  Chr.ftian.ty  :  He 
-Ihat  the  Generality  of  the  new  Platonifts  of  h,s  Time 

"  7k'itvfp™feffes,  that  W.,.'s  Doarine  was  of  the 
Advlnt-ge  tohim,  in  helping  him  to  believe  the  My- 
n--*  of  the  Chriftian  Faith,-To  which  it  may  be  added, 
fhat  it  was  in  good  Meafure  by  P;.«»s  Help  that  Or,««,  con- 

^"Tntofthe  teA^uthor  Sf  pS««r»^  devmle,  carries  things 
.  \,:  P-?travigint  Length  when  he  contends,  that  the  Dog- 
'  .f  cm  R  lion  are  only  the  Opinions  of  mo;  tha 
X^athers  giv  n"  nothing  of  the  .Myfteries  thereof  but 
t  ,  ;Sv  lf  n  from  him;  and  that  Chriftiany  is  only  a 
;J;:,S%iS1Uto  ^^^^  Secure 


"  o''i'^aVTr)nN   in  War,  a  fmall,  fqoire  Body  of  40 
P1.ATTUUN,      „y";,,„,iiion  of  Foot,  and  placed 


for  whole  Bittallions,  ot  Regiments.-Ptoww  are  ufcd 
when  they  form  the  hollow  Square  to  ftrengthen  the  Angles. 
See  MosciUETiiER,  Hotiow  Sqmre,  Battaluon,  &c. 
The  Grenadiers  are  generally  polled  m  Platmm.   See  ^ 

The  Word  is  form'd,  by  Corruption,  of  the  fremh  Pe- 

laton,  a  Bottom,  or  Clue  of  Thread.  : 

PLATTS,  on  board  a  Ship,  are  flat  Ropes,  made  of  | 

Rope-yarn,  and  woven  one  in  another.    See  Rope,  crc.  I 

Their  Ufe  is  to  Civc  the  Cable  from  galling  in  the  Haule  ;  i 

or  to  wind  about  the  Flukes  of  the  Anchors,  to  lave  the  Pen-  | 

dant  of  the  Fore-lheet  from  galling  againft  them.  I 

PLATYSMA, /l:/i>oyw,  in  Anatomy.   See  Qiiadra-  J 

TUS  Geaie.  * 

PLAY,  Lrfw.   See  Game,  and  Gaming.  , 

FiAy,  in  Poetry,  &c.   See  Drama,  Tragedy,  Come-  | 

'^^PLiY-Houfe.    See  Theatre,  Ampitiieatre.&c.     _  j 

PLEA,  Plaeitim,  in  Law,  that  which  either  Party  in  a  , 

Caafe  alledgeth  for  liimfelf  in  Court.    See  P  l  a  c  1  T  u  «i,  | 

Cinst,  and  CooRT  ■,  fee  alfo  PttADiNO,  &c.  \ 

Pleas    are  either  of  the  Crown,  or  Common  Pleas.  | 

Pleas  of  the  Crown,  are  all  Suits  in  the  King's  Name,,  for  I 
Olfences  committed  againft  his  Crown  and  Dignity,  or  a- 

gainft  his  Crown  and  Peace.— Such  are  Trealons,  Felonies,  j 

Mifprilions  of  either,  and  Mayhem.    See  Treason,  Felo-  i 

''^kdmard  \.  enfeoffed  Walter  de  Sufgo  in  the  Land  oSVlfter 
in  irelaud.  Sic.  excepting  the  Pleas  of  the  Crown,  viz..  ; 
Rapeftal,  willful  Firing,  and  Treafiire-trove.     Cam.  tit. 
Ireland.  ,  ,  ,-, 

Oimmou  rieas  are  thofe  agitated  between  common  Per- 
fons;  tho'  by  the  Definition  above  laid  down,  they  Ihoiild 
comprife  all  other  except  thofe  there  enumerated,  notwith-  | 
(landing  the  King  be  a  Party.  ! 

Plea  may  farther  be  divided  into  as  many  Branches  as 
yiaion;  in  as  much  as  they  are  in  reality  the  fame  thing.  I 
See  Action.  ,    ^ ,        .    „  .    .  . 

There  is  alfo  Foreign  Pie.'.,  whereby  Matter  is  alledged  in  ; 
any  Court,  that  ought  to  be  tried  by  another.— As  it  one  lay  , 
Ballardy  to  another  in  a  Court-Baron.    See  Foreign. 

Pl  EA  s  0/  the  Sword.-Ranulph  Earl  of  Chefter  2  Hen.  li  1. 
granted  to  his  Barons  of  Chtlliire,  an  ample  Charter  ot  Li- 
berties, e.neptis  plaUtis  ad  gladium  mexni  pertmentibus. 

The  Rcafon  of  the  Exception  was,  that  William  the  Conq.  , 
gave  the  Earldom  of  Chefter  to  his  half- Brother  Hagfc,  cony 
Tiionly  called  Lupus,  Anceftor  of  this  Raaulph,  Tmere  itn  It-  ■ 
here  ad  Ciidium,  ficut  ipfe  Re.v  temilt  Anglum  ad  Coronam.  j 
Accordingly  in  all  Indiaments  for  Felony,  Mnrther,  a-c._  ^ 
in  the  County  Palatine,  the  Form  was,  Contra  pacem  Dommt,  \ 
Comitis,  dadlum  &  dignitatem  fuam;  (re  contra  dignitatem  I 
Gladi,  Crfw.-Such  were  the  Pleas  of  the  Dignity  of  the  | 
Earl  of  CWer.    SeeGiADius.  „    ;     c  : 

Court  of  Common  Pleas,  cali'd  alfo  Common  Bench.  Se..  , 
Common  Pleas.  ,    „     ■    r>  r  ■ 

PLEADING,  a  Difcourfe  fpoke  at  the  Bar,  m  Defence  , 
ot  the  Caufe  of  a  Party.    See  Plea  and,  Bar 

From  the  Time  of  the  Cnnquaft,  all  r/f.<^'^«  was  per- 
form'din  French,  'till  the  Time  of  £W  HI  when  it  was  , 
appointed  that  the  Pleas  Iboald  be  pleaded  ^a  Englifi,  but  to  , 
be  enter'd,  or  recorded,  in  Latin.    See  Latin.^ 

ht  Athens,  and  even  in  F««  and  EngUmd,  it  was  p-o-  ; 
hibited  to  have  any  form'd  or  prepared  Pleading,  or  to  a-  1 
mufe  the  Court  with  long  artificial  Harangues  1  only,  .11  ma-  ; 
portant  Matters,  'twas  the  fettled  Cullom  to  begin  t.ie  Plea-  , 
dsng  with  a  Paffige  in  holy  Scripture.    See  1  e^t- 

'  Lis  but  of  Lite  Years  that  Eloquence  was  admitted  to  the 
Bar ;  and  it  may  be  laid  there  is  fcarce  any  Nation  in  Eu- 
where  it  is  lefs  praaiced  or  encouraged  than  among 
us._The  Elocution  of  the  Bar,  like  that  ot  the  Pulpit,  de-  ; 
fpifes  the  Rules  of  Rhetoric.   See  Action,  Eloq.oence, 

"  p""";  it  G  s  are  properly  the  Allegations  of  the  Parties : 
to  the  Suits,  made  after  the  Count,  or  Declaration.    See  De-  ; 

''"n^tMsTenfc  the  p/M<i«,»J  exprefs  what  is  contained  in! 
the  Bar,  Replication,  and  Rejoinder and  not  what  is  m; 
the  Declaration  itfelf-idence  Defa»lts  in  the  Myterof  Oe-. 
claration,  are  not  comprized  withm  the  Mifpleadmg,  01  in 
fufficient'p;..A:««,  which  only  extends  to  that  conm  it  ed^ 
in  the  Bar,  Replication,  or  Rejoinder.  See  Bar,  K.epl  .  ; 
CATioM,  and  Rejoinder.  . 

PLe\sURE,  the  ElTea  of  a  Senfat.on  or  Percept.o^v 
agreeable  to  the  Mind,  or  of  the  Gratification  of  lome  Ap^ 
petite.  See  Appetite,  Sensation,  d-c.  J 
^ Pleafures  m^v  be  diftinguilhed  two  Kinds,— -I  hs 
firft,  thofe  which  anticipate,  or  go  before,  the  R-a »" ' 
S  are  all  agreeable  Se„&tions.--Thefe  are  popularly 
called  rieafures  of  Senfe,  or  of  the  Body.    See  Sense 

The  fecond  are  thofe  which  do  not  precede  or  antic.p  t 
eirhpr  the  Scnfes  or  Reafon.-Thefe  we  call  Pleafures  oj  the 
%?S,lsuch  U  the  Joy  ariling  from  a  clear  Perception  .al 


PLE 


(  ) 


P  L  E 


forae  future  Goodj  or  confrfed  Senfition  of  a  prefent  one.,  feb,  or  cut  the  Throats  of  the  Natives  while  they  Were 

See  MiND  drinking. 

For  an  inftance  of  either.  A  Man  frequently  finds  Wm-  PLEGE  RY,  or  Pl  egg  li  r  y,  Snretilhip,  or  an  Un- 

fure  \u  eating  a  Fruit  he  was  before  unacquainted  withal  :  dertaking,  or  anfwerins,  tor  another.   See  Surety  and 

This  IS  muctpiuing  Fleafure,  which  he  feels  e'er  he  knows  P"o°'=' 

t\i^  tTi-ii'^       I^p  pnnri  Ine 


the  Fruit  to  be  good. 

On  the  other  hand,  1  hungry  Hunter  expefts,  or  perhaps 
aaujilv  finds,  Viftuals  ;  wherej  the  Joy  he  conceives,  is 
a  PUafiim  that  follows  from  the  Knowledge  of  his  prelent 
or  future  Good.    See  Pain. 

PU.  fiirc  and  Fain  feem  to  be  no  other  than  Engines  in 
Nature's  Handj  whereby  we  are  direfted  to  conlult  our 


:  Appellant  (hall  require  the  Condabl:  and  Marefthll 
to  deliver  his  Pieegs,  and  to  difcharge  them  of  their  Pleggs- 
ry;  and  the  Conliable  and  Mirefchal  IhiU  ask  leave  of  the 
King  to  acquit  his  Pleggs,  after  that  the  Appellant  is  come 
into  the  Lilts  to  do  his  Devoir.  Orlg.  Jur.  ex  Fet.  Cod.  MS, 
in  BibL  SetdciJ. 

P  L  E  G  II  S  acjai«,m(i;j,   a  Writ  that  ILs  for  a  Suretv, 


own  Pn-fei-vation,  and  .avoid  our  Ruin.-To  things  that  may    againft  him  for  whom  he  is  Surety,  in  cafe  he  pay  not  the 


Species  or  not-,  but,  as  it  were,  conftrains  us  to  both -.Were  andWou.TO                                   jfr  , „!,,,„  „f  r 

there  no  Pleaflre  in  eating,  nor  Pain  in  Hunger,  what  Num-  PLEIADES   ni  Aftronotny,  an  Afiemblage  of  feven 

bevs  would  be  ftarved,  thro'  Negligence,  Forgetfulnefs,  or  Stars,    m  the  Neck  of  the  Conftellation  TTarw.  See 

Slothfulnefs,    What  is  it  induces  People  to  the  Office  of  Star.                             ,    _    ,              .       .  , ., 

Generation,  but  PUafure  ?  without  this  the  World  had  fcarce  They  are  thus  call  a  from  tne  Grcd  ^K^,,  mmgare^to  fail  ; 

fubiilf-d  to  this  Tims.  as  being  ternnle  to  Manners,^  by  re.ilon  of  the  Rains  and 


avoii 
we 
for 

ly  Spin  s,  to  urge  us  on 

ther  we  are  to  go.    W   ,^      -  , 

we  may  take  it  for  granted,  (he  there  en)oins  a  Duty,  and 
fomething  is  to  be  there  done,  either  for  the  Individuiil  or 
the  Species.  . 

Hence  it  is  that  our  Plcafms  vary  at  different  Stages  ot 
Life  -,  the  PItajum,  c.  gr.  of  a  Child,  a  Youth,  a  grown 
Man,  an  old  Man,  Crc.  all  tending  to  thofe  particular  things 
required  by  Nature  in  that  p.irticular  State  of  Life,  either  for 
the  Prefervation,  fimply,  or  for  that  and  Propagation,  &c. 

Hence,  from  the  different  Conftitutions  of  the  Body,  at 
diSerent  Ages,  it  were  very  eafy  to  account  for  all  the  pir- 
rici'.'r  Tafles  and  Plcafares  thereof :  Not  by  deducing  the 
IlcMvres  mechanically  from  the  Difpohtion  of  the  Organs 
in  that  Sf.nei  but  by  confldering  what  is  necefliry  for  the 
Pcrf^ttioii,  and  well-being  of  the  Individual  in  that  State, 

and  what  it  is  to  contribute  to  that  of  the  Species  In  a 

Child,  e  F/.  mere  Prefervation  in  the  prefent  State  is  not 
enon^ii ;  it  mufl:  likewile  grow  :  to  bring  this  to  pafs.  Nature 
has  liiade  the  Returns  of  Hunger,  &c.  more  frequent,  as 
well  as  more  acute;  and  the  Plcafurcs  of  feeding  more  ex- 
qaifite  And  that  the  Excefs  of  Aliment  in  Proportion  to 
the  Bulk  of  the  Body  may  be  difpens'd  withal,  llie  has  made 
one  of  the  ereat  Pleafures  of  that  State,  to  conlill  in  a  Series 
of  f"ortive  Exercifes,  by  means  whereof  the  Parts  of  the  Bo- 
dv  come  to  be  opened  and  expanded,  and  arrive  at  Maturity. 
This  dons,  the  Plcafurcs  that  conduced  thereto  difappear 
and  others  fuited  to  the  new  State,  fucceed.  See  Natural 
/bc/hi.ium;;  fee  a!fo  Passion. 

Br  the  Pleafures  of  Beauty,  Mufic,  &c.    See  Beauty,Mu- 

'"pLe'^BEIAN,  Plebeius,  a  Perfon  of  the  Rank  of  Lmm. 
the  Populace,  or  Common  People.    See  Populace,  and 

^"tIi"  Term  is  chiefly  ufed  infpeaking  of  the  maml  Romans, 
who  were  divided  into  Senators,  Knights,  and  Plebeians.  See 
Senator,  Knight,  cj-r. 

P  L  E  I!  a  N  u  s,  was  anciently  the  Title  of  a  Rur.al  Dean. 
See  Run  al  Dean.  ,  ,  „ 

The  Denomination  arofe  hence,  that  thefe  Deaneries  were 
then  affixed  to  the  Pltbania,  or  chief  Mother-Church  with- 
in fuch  a  Dilfria,  which  at  firft  was  ufually  ten  1  •"ilhes 
The  Term  feems  alio  to  have  been  uled  for  a  I  avilh- 
Mother-Church,  as  v.'3s  exempt  from 


u..,  but  alfo  Guides  to  direft  us  whi-  Fleiadum.  Sec  their  feveral  Longitudes,  Latitudes,  M.tgni. 
Wherever  Nature  has  fix'd  a  P/m/wc,    tudes,  l'.c.  under  the  y3rt,cle  T xuKui. 

~  ~       Pocf/cf?/ Pleiades,  is  a  Name  which  the  Greeks  gave  to 

feven  celebrated  Poits,  flouriihing  under  the  Reign  of  Ptolo- 
wy  Philadelphus. 

In  Imitation  of  theCreeh,  Ranfird  form'd  a  Pleiades  of  the 

French  Poets,  under  the  Reign  of  Henry  1!  It  confifted 

of  Daurat,  Rnnfard,  du  Beliay,  Beilca:i,  Baif,  Tyard,  and 
Jodclle. 

On  the  fame  Modsl,  fome  of  their  Authors  are  proiecling 
a  new  Pleiades  of  the  Latin  Poets  of  the  prelent  time  ;  But 
they  are  not  yet  agreed  about  the  Names  of  thofe  that  are 
tocompofe  it  much  lefs  on  him  who  fbail  be  the  Lucid.x 
Pleiadum. — M.  Baillet  has  named  F.  Rapin,  F.  Commire,  F.  de 
la  Rue,  M.  de  Santeuil,  M.  Menage,  M.  du  Perier,  and  M. 
Petit. 

P  L  E  N  A  R  T  Y,  in  Law,  a  Term  ufed  in  Matters  of 
Benefices,  in  oppofition  to  Vacancy.  See  Vacancy,  'Va- 
cation, &c. 

Inflitution  is  a  good  Plenarly  againft  a  common  Perfoa, 
but  not  againft  the  King,  without  liiduaion.  See  Institu- 
tion.   Coke  on  Litt. 

PL  EN  ARY,  foraething  compleat,  or  full.— Thuswe  fay 
the  Pope  grants  Plenary  Indulgences, e.  full  and  entire  Re- 
milfions  of  the  Penalties  due  to  all  Sins.  See  Indul- 
gence. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  plinarius,  of  plenus 
full. 

PLENILUNIUM,  in  Aftronomy,  thatPhafis  or  ftate 
of  the  Moon  popufaily  call'd  the  Full-Moon.    See  Moon. 
The  Word  is  a  Compound  of  the  Latin  plenus,  and 


PLEN  IPOTENT  I  AP.Y,  a  Perfon  who  has  full 
Power  and  Coramilfion  to  do  any  thing. 

The  Word  is  chiefly  underfliood  of  the  Minilters  or  Embaf- 
fadors  fent  from  Princes  or  States,  to  treat  of  Peace,  Marri- 
ages, and  other  important  Matters.  See  Minister,  Em- 
bassador, &c. 

The  firft  thing  done  in  Conferences  of  Peace,  r,  to  exa- 
mine the  Powers  of  the  Plenipotentiaries.    See  Treaty. 

■Phe  Word  is  compounded  of  plenus  fall,  and  Pateniia 
Power.  . 

PLENITUDE,  the  Quality  of  a  thing  that  is  tall ;  or 
that  fills  another. 

In  Phyfic,  it  is  chiefly  ufed  for  a  Redundancy  ot  Blood  and 


Prieft,  of  fuch  a  large  

thp  T.ir;rfii.'>!on  of  the  Ordinary,  fo  that  he  had  the  Autho  .  . 

P  L  E  B 1  S  C  I  T  U  M,  among  the  Rontans,  a  Law  enadted 
by  the  Common  People,  at  the-Jlequeft  of  the  Tribune,  or 
fome  other  Plebeian  Magiftrate.  "See  Law. 

The  Word  PUbifcitum  is  particularly  applied  to  tn=  Law 
wliich  the  People  made,  when  upon  a  Mirundcrilanding  with 
the  Senate,  they  retired  to  the  Jvemine  Mount.    See  Civil 

■'^TlEDGE,  Plegius,  or  Pleggs,  in  Common- 
law,  a  Surety,  or  Gage,  either  real  or  perlonal,  which  the 
Plaintiff  finds  to  profecule  his  Suit.   See  Gage  and  Sure- 

^"irhe  Word  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  Frank  Pledge,  which 
fee    See  alfo  Pledoery.  ,  j. 

To  Pledee,  in  Drinkinu,  denotes  to  warrant,  or  be  bnre.y 
to  one  that  he  IhSU  receive  no  harm  while  he  is  taking  his 

^Th^PhraP;  isreferr'dby  onr  Antiquaries,  to  the  Pr-rffice 
of  the  Dottss,  heretofore  in  England,  who  frequently  ufed  to 


^  ^  _  _    .The  one  call'd 

ad  Fires,  when  the  Abundance  of  the  Blood  opprelTes  the 
Patient's  Strength. 

The  other  ad  Fafa,  when  it  fills  the  Vefiels  too  much; 
fwelling  to  a  Degree  of  burfting.    See  Plethora. 

PLENUM,  in  Phyfics,  a  1  erm  ufed  to  fignily  that  ftate 
of  thiniis,  wherein  every  Parr  of  Space,  or  Extenlion,  is  lup- 

pofed  to  be  full  of  Mitter.  In  oppofition  to  a  Ficuum, 

which  is  a  Space  luppofed  devoid  of  all  Matter.      See  Va- 
cuum, r  ,p 
The  Carteians  adhere  firmly  to  the  Doarne  ot  an  ablo- 

lute  Plenum.  This  they  do  on  this  Principle,    tnat  the 

Effence  of  Matter  confifts  in  Extenfion  ;  from  whence,  in- 
deed, the  Confequence  is  very  eafy,  that  svherewr  there  is 
Space  or  Extenfion,  there  is  Matter.    See  Extension 

But  this  Principle  we  have  fhewn  to  be  fade ;  and  there- 
fore  the  Confequence  drawn  from  it  falls  to  the  Ground.  See 
Matter. 


P  L  E 


(835) 


E  L  I 


.        tfiJt  there  is  a  real  Vacuum  in  the  Nature  of  thing?,  ,  This  makes  what  we  call  the  Fkurkis  vtra   nr  „ 

PLEONASM,  Pl.onasm«s,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Fi-  ver  ™d  feq"^*^,;"^^^^ 

gure  of  Speech,  whereby  „e  n,ake  «fe  of  Word,  fee'mingly  arife  from  aftarp^Serofi?"  lodld  0^^^^^^^^ 

iieedlefs  and  fuperfluotis,  in  order  to  exprefs  a  Thought  with  among  the  intercoftal  Mufcles  ' 

D.    ^  .     ,  ..    .  ^.  .    _   .  .  ^P>^°™'"i"g  Ihlebotomv  the  Patient  is  frpn„.„H„  r.m. 


X  4--      u  41  u  rt      i„  1  , 

Pleonasm,  in  Grammar,  is  ufually  defined  a  Fault  in  Di- 

fcomie,  wherein  we  fay  more  than  needs,  As,  he  heard  it 

mth  bis  Ears. 

M.  FiageUs  will  not  allow  the  Phrafc,  /  f.iw  it  with  my 
own  Eyes,  to  be  a  Pleonafm  ;  inaihiuch  as  there  are  no  faper- 
Haous  Words  in  it ;  none  but  what  are  neceffiirv  to  five  a 

itronger  AITurance  of  the  thing  affirmed.  'Tis  fufficient 

that  one  of  the  Phrafes  fay  fomewhat  more  than  the  other, 
to  avoid  the  Imputation  of  a  Pleomfm 


T     O-  X    '  "V"'"""'      '  i-iemajm.                              lerves,  tnjt  much  more  Regird  is  to  be 
n  effefl,  tho  we  g,ve  the  Name  Fleo-mfm  to  any  thing    that  attends  the  Cough  thin  the  Urine 
hat  IS  not  necoffary,  or  that  enters  the  D  fcoiirfe  indenpn-    that  T>hi,r;r,„      C-,.„„.,,....   ,. 


that  IS  not  necoflary,  or  that  enters  the  Difcourfe  indepen- 
dently of  the  Stnl'e,  or  Conllruflion  ;  yet  there  are  frequent- 
ly Words  which  in  that  View  would  be  impertinent  vet 
are  ud-d  to  good  purpofe  to  give  a  greater  Force,  or  Grace 
to  Difcourfe. 

I-Jeffoke  with  his  Mouth,  is  a  Pleonafm  in   EngUPi  ;  'tis 

none  in  Latin ;   l^irgil  fiys,  fic  ore  locutus.  Some  French 

Authors  deny  iinir  enjernfls,  to  unite  together,  to  be  a  Plsa- 
nafni. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creek  m'.awtilf,  Super- 

j4bundancy. 

PLEROTtCKS,   in  IMedicine,  a  kind  of  Remedies, 
otherwile  cali'd  Inc.irnal ives.    See  iNCAltNATivE. 
The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creei  Mign,  I  fill. 
PLETHORA,  in  Medicine,  llich  an  Abundance  of  any 


Functions.    See  Humouk,  &c. 

Pkthora\i  chiefly  underftood  of  the  Blood;  tho'  fometimes 
of  the  other  Hujiionrs.   See  Blood. 

The  Pletkra  is  the  Conli:qucjice  of  a  good  Chylification, 
.Sanguification,  <S~c.  attended  with  a  too  fparing  Difcharge 
by  Perfpiration,  &c.  s 

It  is  ufually  dcl'cribed  as  eithe'r  ad  vires,  or  ad  vafa.  See 

Pl-FNiTUDh 


^^jyo„,ittingPh.eb<;i;;,r;;th;^a;;^[iXj^°yS; 

The  P/Mr,^,  fometimes  fucceeds  another  Fever;  occafion'd 
by  a  Precpttat.on  of  the  Febrile  Matter  upon  the  P  eu  a 
See7»:rrlf  ^ '°  an  ImpoMume,  it  iLall'd  £,4S>.. 

■  "(''™l^'''FP™''"'''"^'=<''='ft'"™i>  or  Diaphra-m,  it 
IS  called  Par^pkenitis.   See  Paraphrenias 

£W/fr  recommends  Suclorifics  in  theJVmv/v  and  ob- 
[t7f'„*'i  "r''^'°^l'^'S-«dis  to  be  had  to' he  Sputum 

that  attends  the  Cough  than  the  Urine.  Baelivi  no^^ 

thn  Pleur.fies^,-,  frequently  occuft;  and  givesX  Method 
of  d.li.overing  them._Make  the  Patient  lie  on  rXor 
left  Side,  and  bid  him  breath  ftrongly  and  Cough  :  If  he  feel 
any  Panr  or  Heavinefs  after  it,  he's  certainly^leu  iti  k  1 
J^^l/^i::^  "^^  ^  -^""-^  i^'certllfAt- 
HeSP^^^^^an^t^^^^^r'^"^  C„res  perform. 

P,rrr;„  fi.'^^'tJ  ^"'VT^'  'V'"''""^  common  to  feveral 
1  arts  m  the  Body,  confifling  of  little  VelTels  interwove  i^I 
form  of  Net-work.    See  \'essei  '"-crwove  in 

<.jyi}^''T\  '"„*'^''^  ''™Sf^rs,  fornr  feveral  «f.v,„'s  • 

'^Ts:^m:  '^^efc "  "^"^  ---ft^'^: 

It  ^^,IT"!„!L''^"'^^'!«-"  -"'I  *e  intercofial 


See  Gangliofokmis  A  Branch  of  this  Nerve  joining 

near  the  Heart,  with  others  fron,  the  Intercoflals,  forn" 
Plexus  Card,acusfipertor.    See  Card.acus.  4  little  fur- 
ther ,t  fends  off  feveral  Branches,  which  reuniting,  hrm  the 

Plexus  Pneumomcus.    See  Pneumonicos  In  ewh  Tlunk 

of  the  Intercollai,  before  it  arrives  at  the  Thorax^  are  two 

Plexus  Ganghof„mes,  cali'd  Plexus  Ccrvscales.  -When  ar 

rTAi?Ji!,S-.-'.i^  "ceives.three  or  four  T^s 


The  P^,/...  is  chiefly  produced  in  a  Body  whofe  Or-   tlte^%rVbnlN    «  ^^^^^^^^^^ 
gans  01  pgefl.on  are  ftrong,  Blood- Veffels  lax.  Diet  full    ^'^^'^ /«^™jf.</<V,  wl.l„ce  deftendw  into  T  AM^^^^ 
of  good  Ju.ce,  Temperament  fmguine,  Mind  at  eafe  and    it  forms  that  fimous  Piece  of  Net.™? 
indolent,  at  a  middle  Age,  and  in  a  raoift  Air.  It  ren- 
ders Heat  and  .Motion  intolerable  •,  firetches  the  great  ^'ef- 
L-ls,  and  comprtflis  the  finaller.    And  hence  StifFnef;-,  and 
Heavinefs,  and  on  the  L-aft  occafion.  Ruptures  in  the  VefTcls 
Suitocations,  lire.    See  Disease.  ' 
^t.  Freind  makes  the  Cataracnia,or  Menfes,  the  mere  Re 


r  forme  fi^r  f  '  n  "Jl'-enoing  into  the  Abdomen, 
S  de  p/„  w  "  ^'^^"f  Network,  cali'd  on  the  Righ 
Side  Plexus  Hepaltcus,  and  on  the  Left  PU-.ns  Sdenicufl 
Fron,  the  Hepat  c  Ple.xus  arife  a  Number  of  Branaes,  p^^^ 

re  cllfulTofr/''?         °'r',  P>-h«-,o?hej;» 
nev    &  1    '''t?/  ''"'l"";^'^  larger  ones  to  the  Right  Kid- 
ney._The  Splenic  Ple.xus  fends  out  Branches  to  the  left  Pirr  of 
>-'ataracnia,orlvienles,  themereRe-    the  Ventricle  and  Panchreas,  the  Sol-en  rhp  l  "fr  A  ,  VT 
fil  of  aP/.^„;-,,;  and  will  have  them  only  an  Evacuation  for    Capfula  and  left  Kidney.  !lLaftlv  I"' LlR^^^^^^ 
Rc  lef  againfl  the  Quantity  of  the  Blood,  which  he  foppofes    fro  n  the  Hepatic  and  Splenic  P^v .^,',,1  n?     i  l^L 
to  be  natural  to  Women,  from  the  Jiumidity  of  the.rTet,!    teric  Arteries';  e^ied^ll'/l;:' uJ^^:^-''JP\!^|,';fiX^f^^ 

kind  of  Cover,  form  the  Afefenteric  Ple.xus,  ihich  bears 
fome  rurembkince  to  a  Sun,  from  the  Circuraference 
wiiereof  proceed  feveral  little  Branches  or  Threads  in  man- 
nei  of  Rays,  continued  thence  to  the  Inteftines;  tho'  ftifl 
accompanying  the  Arteries,    Sec  Mesenteric  b-c 

1  1  EX  OS  Chorcides  is  a  wonderful  Contexture  of  fmall 
Aiteriesand  Veins,  and,  as  fome  Cay,  Lymphaticks,  in  the 
Brain,  on  each  fide  of  the  Thalami  Nervorum  Opt  corura, 
and  mft  over  the  Pi„.,,  See  Choro.des  and 


to  be  natural  to  Women,  from  the  Humidity  of  their  Tem 
perature,  the  Smallnefs  of  their  Veffels,  &c.  Hence  a  Coa- 
cervation  in  the  Blood- VefTefs,  of  a  Superfluity  of  Aliment 
remaining  over  and  above  what  is  excreted  by  the  common 
Ways.    See  Menses. 

i'LEVlN,  in  Law,  a  Warrant,  orAfTurance.  See  Re- 
plevin, Warrant,  drc. 

PLEURA,  in  Anitomv,  a  Membrane  which  lines  the 

fh.  A  ^  r'"'''  "^'r'*''  ^''"S  of  orain,  on  each  hde  of  the  Thalar 
the  fime  Figm-e  and  Extent  with  the  Thorax  itfelf,  and  of  and  jult  over  the  Pine.l  GU  d 
the  lime Subft.ince  w  th  the  Per  mnspiim.         t.,„   n„.,.,  ■  "c.u  uuiiu. 


the  fimeSubftance  with  the  Peritoiiceum.    See  Tho  rax 

Tis  yeiT  fine  and  thin,  yet  manifeilly  double;  thick'efl 
about  the  Back,  where  it  is  faftened  to  the  Lieam-nts  of 

tlie  Vertebra  In  the  middle  of  the  Thorax  it  is  doubled, 

which  puplicature  forms  what  we  call  the  Aiediaflinum, 
which  divides  the  Thorax  longitudinally  into  two  Parts  See 
Mediastinum.  ' 
The  Ufe  of  the  Pleura  is  to  defend  the  Infide  of  the  Tho 


in  tlieir  Motion.    See  Lungs. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  mmei,  Side.  The 
Latins  call  it  Sztccingens. 

PLEURITIS,  Pleurisy,  in  Medicine,  a  violent 
Pam  in  the  Side,  attended  with  an  acute  Fever,  a  Cou^h 
and  a  Difficulty  of  breathing. 


V  ^t^l^^'^"  ^^'i'™<'->  a  Difeafe  of  the  Hair,  peculiar  to 
l  oland,  and  hence  denominated  Polonica;  tho'  there  .are  In- 
itances  of  it  in  Hungary,  yjljatia,  Smt-^land,  &c.  See 

The  Plica  is  a  fevere,  malignant,  and  dangerous  Dif-ife 


Vl   D     V     -c    f           TO         .                           geroiis;   nor  is  there  any 
The  Pleurily  arifes  fron,  an  Inflammation  of  fome  Part  of   the  Difeafe  yet  difcover'd 
he  Pleura,  to  which  is  freauentlv  lomeH  t\,r  r.r  i-l,»  ui  ir-_Lj  -r   


the  Pleura,  to  which  is  frequently  joined  tliat'of 'the^xte' 
nor  and  fuperficial  Part  of  the  Lungs.  See  Inflammation 
and  Pleura. 

It  ufually  arifes  upon  cooling  too  haftily,  after  violent 
Heat  i  as  by  drinking  cold  Water,  lying  open  to  the  Air,  <£-c 
This  Inflammation  feizes  any  part  of  the  Integuments  of 
the  Thorax,  vi:..  either  the  Pleura  or  Mediaftinum ;  and 
therefore  the  pricking  Pain  may  be  felt  in  any  Part  of  the 


L  i  ,,  r,  >,-.  .,  -  '"=-1^'^  iiiaiicu  ana  gina  tOEether 
beyond  ali  Pof^ibitity  of  being  extricated  ;  attended  with  a 
grievous  Diforder  of  a  II  the  Limbs  of  the  Body;  and  before 
the  Hair  become  complicated,  a  violent  Pain  ;  a  Sweat  ufu- 
ally attending  it. 

An  unfeafonable  cutting  off  of  the  Hair  in  this  Cafe  is  dan- 
geroiis;_  nor  is  there  any  proper  and  adequate  Remedy  for 


PLIGfIT,  in  our  old  Lavv-Books,  a  Term  which  fig- 
nihes  lometimes,  the  Eflate  with  the  Habitude  and  Quaiitv 
°  i    d'o-i,'-,*"  "tends  to  the  Rent-Charge, 

and  a  Poflibility  of  a  Dower.    Cokei  Infi  fol  zzl 

PLINTH,  in  Ardiitefture,  a  flat  fquare  Member,  in 
form  of  a  Brick ;  whence  its  Name. 
The  'Word  comes  from  the  Greek  Brick. 
The  Flmh  is  tifed  as  the  Foot,  or  Foundation  of  Co- 

mno  ■     htJinir  »-ln  f  ^-t.l^  ,  T-.  Ll  i  ......  - 


Thorax^teterpiSitmoft^rcil^^iy  i;,fe(g;s1Ls^^^^   lum^  S  ^ tht  W  "^7 
fometimes  the  rigkt,  fometimes  the  left,  fometimes  higher    t™  Bafe  a?d  f  ed  llal  at  the  R^  ?  "'"^f,^' 
fomet  mes  lower.  '        oa'^  ana  i  eaeitai,  at  the  Bottom  of  the  whole  Order ; 

f^ni'ns  to  have  been  oiisinally  intendetl  to  keep  thi 

bottoip 


P  L  O 


(837) 


P  L  O 


bdttom  of  the  primitive  wooden  Pillars  from  rotting.  See 
Base,  Pedestal,  Column,  G^c. 

The  FUnlh  is  alfo  called  Orlo,    See  Orio. 

Vttruviui  calls  the  Tufcun  Abacui,  Plmth^  from  its  re- 
fembling  a  fquare  Brick,    See  Abacus, 

Ftimh  of  a  Statuey  &;c.  is  a  Bafe,  or  Stand,  either  flat, 
round,  or  fquare-,  ferving  to  fupport  a  Statue,  o-c.  See 
Status,  &c. 

P  L  1  N  T  H  0/  (J  Wall-,  is  a  Term  ufed  for  two  or  three 
Rows  of  Bricks  advancing  out  from  the  Wall ;  or,  in  the  ge- 
neral, for  any  fiat  high  Moulding,  ferving  in  a  front  Wall  to 
mark  the  Floors*,  or  to  fuftain  the  Eaves  of  a  Wall,  and  the 
Larmier  of  a  Chimney.    See  Wall,  &c. 

P  L  O  C  E,  in  Rhetoric,  a  Figure  whereby  a  Word  is  re- 
peated, by  way  of  Emphafis  -,  in  fuch  manner  as  not  only 
to  exprefs  the  fubjefV,  but  the  Quality  thereof. 

Cruelty  !  yes.  Cruelty  beyond  all  Example.   See  Rtpe- 

TITION. 

PLOK-Pfm'ff,  a  Term  ufed  in  the  puhlick  Sales  at  j4m- 
ficrdanij  or  a  little  Sum  given  to  the  laft  Bidder, 

The  PLok-Penin  is  a  kind  of  Earneft,  whereby  'tis  flgni- 
fied,  that  the  Commodity  is  adjudg'd  to  him.  See  Earnest. 

The  Phk-Pctira  differs  according  to  the  Quality  of  the 
Commodity,  and  the  Price  of  the  Lot..— Sometimes  it  is 
arbitrary,  and  depends  on  the  Pleafure  of  the  Buyer  j  and 
fometimes  regulated  by  the  Ordinances  of  the  Burgo- 
mafters. 

For  inftance,  the  Plok-Petims  of  French  Wines  are  fix'd  at 
two  Florins  i  thofe  of  Frmtignac  at  20  Sols  \  thofe  of  Rhe- 
vip  at  two  Florins  -,  thofe  of  Vinegar  at  20  Sols,  and  thole 
of  Brandy  at  30. 

There  are  alfo  Merchandizes  where  there  are  no  Pbk- 
Feniruj  and  others  where  'tis  double  to  what  we  have 
mentioned, 

PLOT,  or  Pl  o  T  T,  in  Gardening,  See  GREEN-P^of, 
GSAss-Wcr,  &c. 

Plott,  in  Dramatic  Poetry,  the  Fable  of  a  Tragedy 
or  Comedy  \  or  the  Adion  reprefented  therein.  See  Fable 
and  Action. 

Plot  is  more  particularly  ufed  for  the  Knot  or  Intrigue 
which  makes  the  Difficulty,  and  Embarrafs  of  a  Piece.  See 
Knot  and  Intrigue. 

The  unravelling  puts  an  end  to  the  P/of.  SeeUNRAVELLiNG. 

Plott,  in  Surveying,  the  Plan,  or  Draught,  of  any 
Parcel  of  Ground,  e.  gr.  a  Field,  Farm,  or  Manor,  furvey'd 
with  an  Inftrument,  and  laid  down  in  the  proper  Figure 
and  Dimenfions.  SeeProTTlNO. 

PLOTTING,  among  Surveyors,  the  Art  of  defcribing, 
or  laying  down  on  Paper,  &c.  the  feveral  Angles  and  Lines 
of  a  Trail  of  Ground  furvey'd  by  a  Theodolite,  or  the  like 
Inftrument,  and  a  Chain.    See  Surveying. 

In  futveying  with  the  Plain-Table,  the  Platting  is  (aved  ; 
the  feveral  Angles  and  Diftances  being  laid  down  on  the  Spot 
as  faft  as  they  are  taken.   See  PhAiti-Tahle. 

But  in  working  with  the  Theodolite,  Semicircle,  or  Cir- 
cumferentor,  the  Angles  are  taken  in  Degrees;  and  the  Di- 
ftancesin  Chains  and  Links.   See  Theodolite,  Circum- 

FERENTOR,  &€. 

So  that  there  remains  an  After-Operation,  to  reduce  thofe 
Numbers  into  Lines',  and  fo  to  form  a  Draught,  Plan,  or 
Map.   See  Map.  This  Operation  is  call'd  Plotting, 

Plotting,  then,  is  perform'd  by  means  of  two  Inftru- 
nients,  the  Protraftor,  and  P/o(f;»^-Scale.— By  the  firft,  the 
leveral  Angles  obferved  in  the  Field  with  a  Theodolite,  or 
the  like,  and  entred  down  in  Degrees  in  the  Field- Book,  are 
protrafted  on  Paper  in  their  juft  Quantity,  See  Protra- 
ctor. 

By  the  latter,  the  feveral  Diftances  meafured  with  the 
Chain,  and  entered  down,  in  like  manner  in  the  Field-Book, 
are  laid  down  in  their  juft  Proportion.  See  Flotting-5i:<:/c. 

Under  thofe  two  Articles,  are  found,  feverally,  the  Ufe 
of  thofe  refpeftive  Inftruments  in  the  laying  of  Angles  and 
Diftances :  We  ftiall  here  give  their^  Ufe  conjointly,  in  the 
Plotting  of  a  Field,  furvey'd  either  with  the  Circumferentor, 
or  Theodolite. 

APcthod  0/ Plotting,  from  the  Circumferentor, 

Suppofe  an  Inclofiare,  «.  ^r.  A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  K  (Tai,  Sur- 
veying Fig.2J.')  to  have  been  furvey'd  :  And  the  feveral  Angles, 
as  taken  by  a  Circumferentor  in  going  round  the  Field,  and 
the  Diftances  as  meafured  by  a  Chain,  to  be  found  entered 
in  the  Field-Book,  as  in  the  following  Table : 


Tf^.    Mn.  Ch^.  I'nA, 

191  00  10  75 
297  00  6  83 
216  30  7  82 
325  00  6  96 
12    00     9  71 


Z>^.  Mln,  di^t.  lint. 

F  30    7  54 

G    98  30   7  i4 

H      71  00     7  78 

K    161  30     8  22 


1  On  a  Paper  of  the  proper  Dimenfions;  as  LMNOj 
{Fig.  31.)  draw  a  Number  of  parallel  and  equidiftant  Lines, 
reprerent)ng  Meridians,  exprefs'd  in  dotted  Lines. — -Their 
Ule  IS,  to  direft  the  Pofition  of  the  Protrador;  the  Dia- 
meter whereof  muft  always  be  laid  either  upon  one  of 
them,  or  parallel  thereto;  the  Semicircular  Limb  down- 
w.ards  tor  Angles  greater  than  180",  and  upwards  for  thofe 
lefs  than  180°. 

^  The  Paper  thus  prepared;  alTume  a  Point  on  fome  Me- 
ridian, as  A,  whereon  lay  the  Centre  of  the  Protraftor; 
and  the  Diameter  along  the  Line — Confult  the  Field-BooK 
lor  the  fiift  Angle,  i.  e,  far  the  D;gr-e  cut  by  the  Needle 
at  A,  which  the  Table  gives  you,  191°. 

Now,  fince  191"  is  more  than  a  Semicircle  or  180°,  the 
Semicircle  of  the  Protraftor  is  to  be  laid  downwards;  wherej 
keeping  it  to  the  Point,  with  a  ProtraBing-Pin,  make  a 
Mark  againft  191 ;  thro' which  Mark,  from  A,  draw  an 
indefinire  Line  Ab. 

The  firft  Angle  thus  protrafted,  again  confult  the  Book, 
for  the  length  of  the  firft  Line  A  B.— This  you  find  10  Chains 
75  Links.— From  a  convenient  Scale,  therefore,  on  theWo(- 
tmg  Scale,  take  the  Extent  of  loChains,  75  Links,  'oetwcL-n 
the  CompalTes;  and  letting  one  Point  in  A,  mark  wheiethe 
other  falls  in  the  Line  Ai,  which  foppofe  in  B:  draw  there- 
fore the  full  Line  A  B,  for  the  6rft  fide  of  the  Indofure. 

Proceed  then  to  the  (l-cond  Angle :  and  laving  the  Center 
of  the  Protraftor  on  the  Point  B,  with  the  Diameter  as  be- 
fore dircdf  cd,  make  a  Mark,  as  c,  againft  297°,.  the  Degrees 
cut  at  B  ;  and  draw  the  indefinite  Line  Bc—O'-.  this  Line, 
from  the  Plotting  Scale,  as  btfore,  fetoff  the  l-.igth  of  vour 
fecond  Line,  uix..  6  Chains  83  Links;  which  extending  from 
B  to  the  Point  C,  draw  the  Line  B  C  ;  for  the  fecond 
Side. 

Proceed  now  to  the  third  Angle  or  Station ;  Lay  then  the 
Center  of  the  Protraftor,  as  before,  on  the  Point  C,  make 
a  Mark  as  d  againft  the  Number  of  Degrees  cut  at  C,  viz. 
216.  draw  the  indefinite  Line  Cd,  and  rhereon  fet  off  thel 
third  diftance,  viz.  7 Chains  82  Links;  which  terminating 
r.  gr.  at  D,  draw  the  full  Line  C  D,  for  the  third  Side. 

Proceed  now  to  the  fourth  Angle,  D;  and  layingthe  Cen- 
ter of  the  Protraftor,  over  the  Point  D,  agiinft  325° 
the  Degree  cut  by  the  Needle,  make  a  Mark  e  ;  draw  the 
dry  LineDf,  and  thereon  fet  off  the  Diftance  6  Chains  9S 
Links,  which  terminating  in  E  draw  D  E  for  the  fourth 
Line  :  And  proceed  to  the  fifth  Angle,  viz..  E. 

Here  the  Degrees  cut  by  the  Needle,  being  10°  24', 
(which  is  lefs  than  a  Semicircle)  the  Center  of  the  Protra- 
ftor  muft  be  laid  on  the  Point  E,  and  the  Diameter  on  the 

Meridian,  with  the  feniicircular  Limb  turn'd  upwards  

In  tliis  fitnation  make  a  Mark,  as  before,  againft  the  Num- 
ber of  Degrees,  viz.  12°  24',  cut  by  the  Needle  at  E  ;  draw 
the  dry  Line  E  /,  on  which  fet  off  the  fifth  Diftance,  viz.  g 
Chains,  7  Links,  which  extending  from  E  to  F  draw^he 
full  Line  FF  for  the  fifth  fide  of  the  Indofure, 

After  the  fame  manner  proceeding  orderly  to  the  Angles 
F,  G,  H,  and  K  ;  placing  the  Protraftor,  making  Marks, 
againft  the  refiaeaive  Digrees,  drawing  indefinite  dry  Lines, 
and  fetting  off  the  refpeflive  Diftances,  as  above,  you'fl 
have  the  Plott  of  the  whole  Indofure  ABC,  &c. 

Method  0/  P  L  o  T  T  I  N  G  from  the  Theodolite  '. 

It  muft  be  obferv'd,  that  in  this  Procels,  the  ftationary 
Lines,  /.  e.  the  Lines  wherein  the  Circumferentor  is  placed 
to  take  the  Angles,  and  wherein  the  Chain  is  run  to  niea- 
fure  the  Diftances,  are,  properly,  the  Lines  here  plotted. 

 When,  therefore,  in  furveying,  the  fbtionary  Lines 

are  at  any  diftance  from  the  Fence  or  Boundaries  of  the 
Field,  (j-c.  Off-fets  are  taken,  i.  e.  the  diftance  of  the  Fence 
from  the  ftationary  Line  is  meafured  at  each  Station  ■  and 
even  at  intermediate  Places,  if  there  prove  any  conlid'erable 
Bends  in  the  Fence.  ' 

In  Plotting,  therefore,  the  ftationary  Lines  being  laid 
down,  as  above;  the  Off-fets  muft  be  laid  down  from  them, 
i.  e.  Perpendiculars  of  the  proper  Lengths  let  fall  at  the 
proper  Places  from  the  ftationary  Lines.  The  Extremes  of 
which  Perpendiculars  being  connefted  by  Lines,  give  the 
Plott  defired. 

If  inftead  of  going  round  the  Field,  the  Angles  and  Di- 
ftances have  been  all  taken  from  one  Station ;  the  Procels 
of  WsmB^  is  obvious,  from  the  Example  above:  All  here 
required,  being  to  protraft,  after  the  manner  already  de- 
fcnbed,  the  feveral  Angles,  and  Diftances,  taken  from  the 
fame  ftationary  Point  in  the  Field ;  ftom  the  fame  Point 

or  Center  on  the  Paper  The  Extremities  of  the  Lines 

thus  determined,  being  thus  connefted  by  Lines  ;  will  give 
the  Plott  required. 

If  the  Field  have  been  furvev'd  from  two  Stations;  the 
ftationary  line,  to  be  firft  plotted,  as  above;  then,  the 
Angles  and  Diftances  taken  from  each,  to  be  laid  down 
from  each  refpeftively. 


10  D 


.the 


P  L  O 


(838  ) 


?  L  O 


The  Method  of  Plotting,  where  the  Angles  are  take"  by 

the  Theodolite,  i.  e.hy  Back-fight  ^nd  Pore-Jight-,  (as  'tis  call'dj 
fee  Backsight,  Ctc.)  is  foniewhat  different.— To  prepare 
the  Angles  tor  plotting^  the  Quantity  of  each  miifl:  firfl:  be 
foLind  ^  by  fubtrafting  the  Degrees  of  the  Forefight  and  Back- 
fight  from  each  other:  The  Remainder  is  the  Angle  to  be 
protraifled.    See  Theodolite. 

The  Ufe  of  parallel  Lines  is  here  excluded,  and  inftead  of 
laying  the  Protrartor  conftantly  on,  or  parallel  to,  Meridi- 
ans i  its  Direftion  is  varied  at  every  Angle.  The  Practice 

is  t:ius :  Suppofe  the  former  Inclofure  to  have  been  furvey'd 
with  the  Theodolite,  after  the  manner  of  Backfight  and 
Forefight and  luppofc  the  Quantity  of  each  Angle  to  be 
found  by  Subtraftion.  An  indefinite  Line  is  drawn  at  ran- 
dom as  AK  Fig.  21  and  on  this  the  meafured  Diftance, 
e.gr.  8  Chains,  22  Links,  Tetoff,  as  in  the  former  Example  If 
now  the  Quantity  of  the  Angle  A  have  been  found  140°, 
the  Di.imetcr  of  the  Protractor  is  to  belaid  on  the  Line  A  K, 
with  the  Center  over  A,  and  againfl:  the  Number  of  Degrees, 
viz..  140,  a  Mark  made,  an  indeterminate  dry  Line  drawn 
thro'  it,  and  the  Diflance  of  the  Line  AB  laid  down  from 
the  Scale  thereupon. 

Thus  we  gain  the  Point  upon  which  laying  the  Cen- 
ter of  the  Protractor,  the  Diameter,  along  the  Line  A  B  i 
the  Angle  B  is  protracted,  by  making  a  Mark  againil  its 
Number  of  Degrees,  drawing  a  dry  Line  and  fctting  off  the 
Dilknce  BC  as  before. 

Then  proceed  to  C  \  laying  the  Diameter  of  the  Protra- 
ftor  on  B  C,  the  Center  on  C  protrafts  the  Angle  C,  and 
draw  the  Line  CD:  Thus  proceeding,  orderly,  to  all  the 
Angles  and  Sides,  you'll  have  the  Plot  of  the  whole  Inclo- 
fure ABC,  &c.  as  before, 

Pl  o  T  T  I  N  G  Sc/z/f,  a  Mathematical  Inftrument  ufually 
of  Wood,  fometimes  of  Brafs,  or  other  Mattery  and  either 
a  Foot,  or  half  a  Foot  long.    See  Scale. 

It  is  denominated  from  its  Ufe  in  plotting  of  Grounds, 
&c.  See  Plotting. 

On  one  fide  of  the  Inftrument  (reprefented  Tab.  Survcy- 
^^g->  Fig.  32.)  are    feven  feveral  Scales,  or  Lines,  divided 

into  equal  Parts.  Thi  ftrft  Divifion  of  the  firft  Scale  is 

fubdivided  into  ten  equal  Parts,  to  which  is  prefix'd  the  Num- 
ber 10,  fignifying  that  loof  thofe  Subdivifions  make  an  Inch  \ 
or  that  the  Divifions  of  that  Scale  are  Decimals  of  Inches. 

The  firfl  Divifion  of  the  fecond  Scale  is  likewife  fubdivi- 
ded into  10,  to  which  is  prefix'd  the  Number  16,  denoting 
that  16  of  thof^  Subdivifions  make  an  Inch. — The  firll  Divi- 
fion of  the  third  Scale  is  fubdivided  in  like  manner  into  10, 

to  which  are  prefix'd  the  Number  20  To   that  of 

the  fourth  Scale  is  prefix'd  the  Number  24:,  to  that  of 
the  fifth  32  j  that  of  the  fixth  40',  that  of  the  feventh  48  i 
denoting  the  Number  of  Subdivifions  equal  to  an  Inch,  in 
each,  refpeCtively. 

The  two  laft  Scales  are  broke  off  before  the  end,  to  give 
room  for  two  Lines  of  Chords  mark'd  by  the  Letters  cc. 
See  Chord. 

On  the  back  fide  of  the  Inftrument  is  a  Diagonal  Scale, 
the  firft  of  whofe  Divifions,  which  is  an  Inch  long  if  the 
Scale  be  a  Foot,  and  half  an  Inch,  if  half  a  Foot,  is  fubdi- 
vided, diagonally,  into  100  equal  Parts.  A:  the  other 

end  of  the  Scale  is  another  Diagonal  Subdivifion,  of  half  the 
length  of  the  former,  into  the  fame  Number  of  Parts,  viz., 
100.    See  Diagonal. 

Next  the  Scales,  is  a  Line  divided  into  hundredth  Parts  of 
a  Foot,  number'd  10,  20,  30,  c^c  and  a  Line  of  Inches  fub- 
divided into  tenth  Parts  mark'd  i,  2,  3,  &c. 

Vfe  of  ?k  P  L  0  t  T  I  N  G  Scale. 

I.  Any  Difiance  being  meafured  with  the  Chain,  to  lay  it 

down  on  Paper.  Suppofe  the  Diftance  to  be  6  Chains  50 

Links.    Draw  an  indefinite  Line^  fet  one  foot  ot  the  Com- 

faffes  at  Figure  6  on  the  Scale,  e.g.  the  Scale  of  20  in  an 
nch,  and  extend  the  other  to  5  of  the  Subdivifions,  for  the 
50  Links:  This  Diftance  being transferr'd  to  the  Line,  will 
exhibit  the  6  Chains,  50  Links,  required. 

If  'tis  defired  to  have  6  Chains  50  Links  take  up  more 
or  lefs  Space,  fake  'em  off  from  a  greater  or  lefler  Scale, 
1.  e.  from  a  Scale  that  has  more  or  fewer  Divifions  in  an 
Inch. 

To  find  the  Chains  wd  Links  contain  d  in  a  right  Line,  e.  gr. 
that  jiifl  drarpn-,  according  to  any  Scale^  e.  gr.  that  of  20  in  an 
Inch.— Take  the  Length  of  the  Line  in  the  CompafTes;  and 
applying  it  to  tlte  given  Scale,  you'll  find  it  extend  from 
the  Number  6  of  the  great  Divifions,  to  5  of  the  fmall  ones : 
hence  the  given  Line  contains  6  Chains  50  Links. 

PLOUGH,  or  Plow,  in  Agriculture,  a  popular  Ma- 
chine for  the  breaking  up  of  Ground^  confifting  of  a  Train 
or  Carriage,  with  two  large  Irons  ;  the  one  pointed  the  0- 
ther  edg'd  ^  ferving  to  cut  and  open  the  Ground,  and  draw 
Farrows  therein.  See  Ac  R  i  c  u  lt u  R  EjPl  o  u  g  h  i  n  G, 
&c. 

The  Parts  of  the  Plough  arc,  the  Plough-Beam,  thq 


Handle,  Tail,  Stihsy  Hales  or  Staves,  Ned  or  Shars-Beam, 
E'lrth-boardj  Mould-hoard,  Breaji-board,  Furrow-board,  Shield- 
board,  &LC.  The  Sheath,  Share-Iron,  Coulter,  Plough-Pin  and 
Collar-Links,  Plough-Pillow  and  Bolfler,  and  fometimes 
Wheels. 

The  Structure  and  Contrivance  of  the  Plough  is  various  in 
various  Kinds  of  Grounds :  A  particular  Dcfcription  of  all 
would  be  endlefs.—The  moft  ufua!  are 

1°  The  double  whcel'd  Plough  ufed  throughout  Hertford^ 

flnre,^z.  This  is  apparently  one  of  the  beft,  ftrongeft^ 

and  of  eafieft  Draught,  of  any  and  fcits  ail  kinds  of  Lands 
except  miry  Clays  in  Winter-,  which  are  apt  to  clog  the 
Wheels,  which  are  about  18  or  20  Inches  high,  and  the 
Furrow-Wheel  fometimes  larger  than  the  other. 

2°  The  Lmcolnfinre  Plough  is  fingular  in  its  Shape,  and 
very  good  for  Marfii  or  Fenny  Lands,  IlibjeCt  to  Weeds  and 
Sedges,  but  free  from  Stones ;  by  reafon  of  its  Coulter  and 
the  L;irgenefs  of  its  Share,  wjiich  is  often  a  Foot  broad  and 
very  fharp. 

The  Sujfex  fmgle  Wheel  Plough  is  of  a  clumfy  Make, 
very  wide  in  the  Breach  ^  fo  that  the  Draught  of  it  muft  be 
very  hard  It  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  its  Shape. 

4^  The  Caxton  (yi  Trenching  P lough ,  invented  to  cut  Drains 
about  Caxton  in  Camhrtdgelhire,  in  flifr  miry  Ci:iy-Grounds. 

 It  is  larger  than  ordinary,  and  has  two  Coulters  one 

before  the  other  ;  which  bending  inwards  cut  each  Side  of  the 
Trench — The  Mould-board  is  three  times  the  ufual  Length, 
tocaft  the  Turf  a  great  way  ofFfroni  the  Trench. 

It  cuts  a  Trench  a  Foot  wide  at  bottom,  a  Foot  and  half 
at  top,  and  a  Foot  deep^  and  is  drawn  with  twenty  Horfes. 

5*^  fhe  BrayViough  is  the  moft  common.  It  is  made 

without  either  Wheel  or  Footj  of  an  eafy  Draught^  beft 
in  Winter,  for  miry  Clays,  where  the  Land  is  foft. 

6^*  The  Spanifl)  Plough  varies  much  in  its  make  from  our 
common  Ploughs.  'Tis  a  kind  of  Semicircle,  pitch'd  on  one 
End,  with  the  convex  Side  tuni'd  to  the  Plowman,  and  the 
concave  Side  (a  little  inclined)  to  the  Horfe.  Its  Tail  is  in 
a  ri^ht  Line  with  the  Share. 

With  this  Plough  and  one  Horfe  the  Spaniards 'g\Qi\^  tw3 
or  three  Acres  of  their  light  Ground  in  a  Day. 

The  Colchefler  Plough  is  a  fine  light  Wheel  Plough,  with 
which  two  Horfes  will  cut  up  two  Acres  of  their  light  Land 

in  a  Day.  It  is  peculiar  for  its  Iron  Earth-board  made 

rounding,  which  turns  the  Turf  better  th-in  any  oihar  Plough 
yet  invented, 

8^^  One  Wheel  Plough  may  be  ufed  in  ahnoft  any  kind  of 
Ground  ;  being  lighter  and  nimbler  than  other  Wheel- 


9°  The  Double  Plough.  In  this,  there  is  one  Plough  fix'd 
to  the  fide  of  another  ^  fo  that  by  means  of  four  Horfes  and 
two  Men  a  double  Furrow  is  plough'd,  the  one  by  the  fide 
of  the  other. 

10"  Add  to  thcfe  another  kind  of  Double  Plough,  where- 
by two  Furrows  are  plough'd  at  once,  one  under  another, 
by  which  the  Earth  is  ftirr'd  up  12  or  14  Inches  Depth, 
which  is  of  great  Benefit. 

Plough,  among  Bookbinders,  is  a  Tool  wherewith  they 
cut  the  Leaves  of  Books  fmooth.    See  ^oo/'-Binding. 

P  L  o  u  G  n-Monday,  the  next  Monday  after  Twelfth-day, 
when  the  Plough-men  in  the  North  Country  draw  a  Plough 
from  Door  to  Door,  and  beg  Plough-Money  to  drink. 

Ploughing,  one  of  the  principal  Operations  in  Agri- 
culture, perform'd  with  the  Plough.    See  Plough. 

Ploughing  is  principally  either  that  of  Layes,  or  of  Fat- 
lows.-  Ploughing  of  Layes  is  the  firft  cutting  up  of  Grafs- 
Ground  for  Corn  ;  which  is  ufiully  done  m  January,  when 
the  Earth  is  wet  and  the  Turf  tough,  fo  as  to  hold  turning 
without  breaking-,  in  which  the  Perfection  of  this  kind  of 
ploughing  confifts. 

Ploughing  of  Fallows,  call'd  alfo  fallowing-,  is  a  Preparing 
of  Land  by  ploughing,  long  before  it  be  ploughed  for  Seed. — 
This  is  a  confiderable  Benefit  to  Lands,  few  of  which  will 
bear  above  two  Crops  fuccetfively  without  fuch  Refpite. 
Hence  Landlords  ufe  to  bind  their  Tenants  to  it  once  in  5 
Years. 

When  this  is  done  twice,  'tis  call'd  twi f allowing j  when 
thrice  trifallowing,  &c. 

The  firft  is  as  foon  as  the  Husbandman  has  done  fowing 
his  Corn ;  and  this  is  to  be  very  lhallow,  well  turn'd,  and 
clapp'd  clofe  together.—The  fecond  is  in  June ;  when  they 
go  the  full  Depth— The  third,  about  the  beginning  of  Au- 

guji  If  it  rife  full  of  Clods  they  harrow  it  down-,  but  foon 

jlrrick  Siz.e,  or  plough  it  up  again  into  Ridges, 

in  StaffbrdJJjire,  befide  the  three  Summer  Rillowings,  they 
ufually  give  their  Land  a  Winter  fallowing.  Pliny  com- 
mends the  ploughi}7g  of  Lands  four  times  j  and  fo  does  f^ir- 

Ilia  demum  feges  votis  r:fpondet  avari 
AgricQlte  his  qufi  foUmj  bis  frigora  fenfit. 

Georg.  lib,  r." 

This 


PLU 


This  is  an 


PLU 


7  of  Husbandry,  Xfmj>hm,  Vindar,   on  a  Treftle  fomewliat  lower  than  the  Tahip  —If-  nr  - 

.nd         recommend      wunefs  thofe  Verfes  of  r^rgil.       in  coiiveyins  the  Metal  J''^  '5 


in  conveying  the  Metal  into  the  Mould  ;  and  the  Defign  of 
.ts  Ob  .que  Difpofit,on  is  that  it  mayby'that  means  be  able 
to  retain  the  Meta  ,  and  keep  it  f^m  running  off  at  thi 

fore.fide,  where  it  has  no  Ledge  Someofthefe  Peels  are 

big  enough  to  hold  hfteen  or  listeen  hundred  VVeiirlit  of 
r.trvTir       n  •   it  •    •  Lead,  and  ertn  more. 

■  , .  P    °      '"Navigation,  an  ancient  Mathe-       Things  being  thus  difpofed,  with  a  lar-e  Iron  T 

niatical  lnftrmiient  made  of  Box,  or  Pear-tree,  ufed  to  take    take  out  the  nTelted  Lead"  CoalTand  al   out  of  thll 
the  Height  of  the  Sun  or  Stars,  m  order  to  Hnd  the  Lati-    and  with  this,  mix'd  as  it  i^rfill  the  i  on  P.^  '^^^'ul"'r",^ 


jilternis  idem  tonfas,  ceffttre  NoT)aleis^ 
Etfcgnem  patiere  fitu  durefcere  campum. 

Georg.  lib. 


.  ""■^>     '  eai-iree,  ulea  to  tak< 

the  Height  ot  the  Sun  or  Stars,  in  order  to  find  the  Lati 
tude.    See  Height,  Latitude,  C^c. 

It  admits  of  the  Degrees  to  be  very  large,  and  is  much 
efteemed  by  many  Artifts ;  tho'  now  generally  difufed  a- 
mong  us.    See  Altitude. 

P  L  o  vi-Lmd,  or  P  L  o  u  G  a-Land.    See  C  a  k  u  c  a  r  a 

?Lov-Alms,  a  Duty  anciently  of  a  Perniy,  paid  to  the 
Church  for  every  Tlough-Land,  or  Hide  of  Land.  See 
Hide. 

Be  qudiktCarucat.ijmtla  inter  Fafchar^  Femchofiim  umm 
demrtumj  qui  dicitur  PLou-AImes.    Monnfl.  Atjg. 

PLUG,  a  large  wooden  Peg  wherewith  to  flop  the  Bot- 
tom of  a  Ciftern,  Cask,  Pipe,  or  the  like. 

PLUMAGE,  tke  Feathers,  or  Covering  of  Birds;  For 
the  Mcihamjm^  Sic.  whereof,  fee  Feather 

In    Uil^nr,.-..        P/  — ^  ,V   


11.  iniLuin;.,  J  tu/ziii^e  13  ^vrtinLuidiiy  unaeritood  01  the 
Feathers  under  a  Hawk's  Wing.  See  Hawk  and  Hawk- 
ing, 

The  Falconers  alfo  give  their  Hawks  Parcels  of  fmall  Fea- 
thers to  make  them  call ;  and  thefe  they  call  Plumage.  See 
Casting. 

PLUMB,  in  Matters  of  Spicery.  See  Cukkants  and 
IIaisins. 

P  L  U  M  B-iiOT ,  a  Term  among  Artificers  for  a  Ferpeitdi- 
cuUr  Line.    See  Perpendicular. 

It  is  thus  call'd  becaufe  ufiially  defcribed  by  means  of - 
Plummet.  SeePA^uKMET 


,     .  ,     ,    '"^'^^^  iuiu  an,  oiu  ot  the  l-nrnqrp  ■ 

and  with  this,  mix'd  as  it  is,  fill  the  Iron  Peel._Vv1,e„  fu  l' 
hey  take  out  the  Coals,  and  dear  the  Lead  with  aiio  her 
Iron  Spoon  pierced  after  the  manner  of  a  Scuramer 

I  his  done,  they  hoift  up  the  lower  Part  of  the  Peel  bv 
Its  Handle  i  upon  which  the  liquid  Matter  running  off  and 
ipreading  it  felf  on  the  Mould,  the  Plumber  condufts  and 
drives  It  to  the  Enremity  of  the  Table  by  means  of  the 
Kake,  which  the  Workman  pafTes  along  the  Ledges,  and  th,„ 
renders  the  Sheet  of  an  eqiml  Thicknefs.-The  Sheets  Ihu 
calt  there  remains  nothing  but  to  edge  them,  i.  e.  to  take 

fmoo'th  aTd^ftia"         '  '^"^^ 

Methad  ofcafling  thin  Sheet!  of  Lead. 

The  Table  or  Mould  here  ufed  is  of  a  Lensth  and  Breadth 


In  Falconry,'  Flu.nage  is  'particularly  u'derftood  of  the    at  Ifcet  o    ^nly  et^  on  offfid»°^  I^ 
:athers  under  a  Hawk's  Wing.    See  Hawk  and  Hawk-    cover  it  with  a  Piece  of  woolen  SnS'l  '/l^L"!*.?': 


cover  it  with  a">iece°  of  wo"oi;n  Suff^raled'dovv  ""at  "the 

nen  Uoth._The  Feet  of  the  Tabic  are  uneven,  fo  ihit  it 
does  not  Itand  horizontal,  but  moderately  inclined 
1„,?'?L     T'.^  /"       Lead  ,vhile  melting,  that  ii 

have  the  )u(l  Degree  of  Heat,  fo  as  it  may  run  well,  vet 

Panei"™f„*T,l'""n"'-™^j'^^^  '^i^'  V  a  pS'"f 
Papei ,  tor  ,f  the  Paper  take  fire  m  the  liquid  Lead,  'tis  too 
hot,  and  if  It  be  not  ftrunk  and  fcorch'd  a  little  '  Z 
not  enough.  ' 

Bting  then  in  its  juij  degree,  they  have  a  Ralce,  hut  dif- 


bSk^Lea'd''^'      '"""'  '^""'^      '^"^"'"^'  "^'^  =^"'1.  R^ke,  to  con?a!°™"  fj'il'uft  rte  Ti! 

To„.u  adds,  that  FlunAago  was  the  Sea-Lead  of  the  An-  ?om,  only  dold  on  t I  rt  sXt  i,  or°  tt           ^^l  Y 

c  ents  ;  who,  he  notes,  took  that  Drug  for  a  Produftion  of  the  two  fides,  like  t  v^acute  Andef  ft  h  \" 

the  Sea,  not  a  Mineral,  as  it  really  is;  but  this  is  fcarce  ere-  tip,  from  The  PhcS  ;rere"rey''a"rfj;ined'  ^rthe^thi^d'o? 


mli^li  D-        r     T  are  joinea  to  the  third  or 

middle  Piece  where  they  are  of  the  fame  Height  therewith 

th^;  •  fT.^  p""?"  ^t-r^"^^  ^'^"^  of  middle  makel 
that  ot  the  Rake,  which  again  makes  that  of  the  Sheet  to 
be  call. 

The  Rake  is  placed  a-top  of  the  Table,  which  is,  before: 
cover  d  m  that  Part,  with  a  Pafte-board  that  ferves  as  a  hot 
torn  to  the  Box,  and  prevents  the  Linnen  from  being  burnt 

win  e  the  llOnlH  Teid  is  nnnrint.  I'n       Tk..  D,.l,, 


dible. 

PLUMBERY,  the  Art  of  calling,  preparing,  and  work- 
ling  Lead  ;  and  ot  ufing  it  in  Buildings,  &c.   See  Lead. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  Plumbum,  Lead. 

The  Lead  ufed  in  Plumbery  is  furnini'd  from  the  Lead- 
Works  in  large  Ingots,  or  Blocks,  call'd  Pigs  of  Lead,  or- 
dinarily weighing  about  an  hundred  Pounds  a-piece.  torn  to  the  Box  and  orevents  rh^ 

But  the  chief  Article  in  PW.ij,  "  the  Sheets  and   End  ""f'^  ^'Si^<^' 

*  piioii  ui  the  Table,  let  the  Rake  defcend  down  the  Table,  n-  .-Ife 

draw  It  down  with  a  Velocity  greater  or  lefs,  as  the  5  i--t 
IS  to  be  more  or  lefs  thick;  the  Thicknefs  of  the  Sheet  ftfl! 
depending  on  the  Promptitude  wherewith  the  Rake  flidea 
down  the  Inclinine  Mold. 


¥*W1JV    111  UUtlUlllg,  III' 

give  a  Dcfcription  of: 

Method  of  cafling  large  Sheets  of  Lead. 


The  Lead  deftined  for  this  ufe  is  melted  in  a  large  Caul- 
dron or  Furnace,  ufually  built  with  free-Stone  and  Earth 
fortified  on  the  ont-fide  with  a  Maflive  of  Shards  and  Pla 
fler.  At  the  bottom  hereof  is  a  Place  funk  lower  than  the 
leR,  wherein  is  difpofed  an  Iron  Pot,  or  Peel,  to  receive 
what  may  remain  ot  the  Metal  after  the  Sheet  is  run  The 
Furnace  is  fo  rais'd  above  the  Area  of  the  Floor  as  that  the 
Iron  Pot  juft  refts  thereon. 

To  Ufe  the  Furnace  they  heat  it  with  Wood  laid  within 
it ;  that  done  they  throw  in  the  Lead,  pell-mell  with  the 

hnrninf  Cn;ilc.   rn  mplf-  XTpai-  ttia  Cn.-.n.-a      .L-  Tr-_L. 


■  Mould,  wliereon  the  Lead  is  to  be  caft  It  confilis'  of 

large  pieces  of  Wood,  well  jointed,  and  bound  with  Bars 
of  Iron  at  the  ends.  Around  it  runs  a  Frame,  confifting  of 
a  Ledge  or  Border  of  Wood  two  or  three  Inches  thick,  and 
one  or  two  high  from  the  Table.  The  ordinary  Width  of 
tlie  Tables  is  from  three  to  four  Foot;  and  their  Length 
tVom  18  to  20  Foot. 

The  Table  is  cover'd  with  fine  Sand ;  prepared,  by  moiften- 


down  the  Inclining  Mold. 

Thefe  fine  fmooth  Sheets  of  Lead  are  foraetimes  ufed  be- 
tween the  Joints  of  large  Stones  in  great  Buildings,  &c\ 

Method  of  making  Pipes  without  foldering. 

To  make  thefe  Pipes  they  have  a  kind  of  Furnace,  confi 
fling  of  a  large  Iron  Furnace  or  Cauldron,  fupported  on  a 
pretty  high  Iron  Stand.  The  Cauldron  is  encompiffed  with 
a  Maflive  of  Brjcls  and  Loam ;  only  leaving  a  Mouth  or 


:  ^"'"^/""i-v  y,i  Yvuuu  uiiuerneatn,  and  light- 
ing the  Fire;  and  another  little  Aperture  behind,  to  ferve 
as  a  Vent-hole. 

In  this  Furnace  they  melt  the  Lead,  after  firfi:  heating  it 
with  a  Fire  underneath  :  To  forward  the  Fufion  they  put  in 
burning  Faggots  along  with  the  Metal.—The  Metal  is  skim- 
med and  laden  off  with  the  Inftruments  mentioned  .ibove 
Near  the  Furnace  is  a  Bench,  furnilh'd  at  one  End  with 
little  Mill,  with  Aims  or  Levers  to  turn  it  withal— A 

-nn»  r^irr.  ^i-mM  wlfk         T  ti..i.  — 


 -        ,  ^i^pa.^u,  L.;.  liiuuien-  a  iiuie  .vjin,  with  Atms  or  Levels  to  rnrn  .>  ,«:tl..i  A 

ing  It  witha  Watering-Pot,  then  wor&ng  it  with  a  Stick;  ftrons  Girt.'arm'd  with  an  Iron  Hook  at  ™e  Ex  re 

•1      h  1°  ''""i''                              ''"■■'""S  i=  f''ft^"':d  by  the  other  to  the  Axirof  the  Mm  around 

with  a  Mallet,  and  planing  it  with  a  Ruler  or  Slip  of  which  it  turns  when  in  Morion    o^  i,"            '  w. 


.'ith  a  Mallet,  and  planing 
Brafs. 

Over  the  Table  is  a  kind  of  Rake  of  Wood,  which  bears 
and  plays  on  the  Edges  of  the  Frame  by  means  of  a  Notch 
cut  m  either  End  thereof;  and  fo  placed,  .as  that  between  it 
and  the  Sand  is  a  Space  proportionable  to  the  intended 
Thicknefs  of  the  Sheet  -The  Ufe  of  this  Rake  is  to  drive 


with  a  Ruler  or  Slip  of   which  it  turns  wrenTrModon"' On  this' Be^crtfe 

ot  the  Pipes  are  placed  horizontally;  and  the  Mill  and  the 
Girt  lerve  to  draw  out  the  Iron  Core  after  the  Pipe  is 
caft. 

The  Moulds  of  thefe  Tubes  are  of  Brafs,  and  conSft  of 
two  Pieces  which  open  and  (hut  by  means  of  Hooks  and  Hin- 
ges their  inner  Calliber,  or  Diameter,  is  according  to  the  Size 

01     the    Pin(»   tn    ko  n^tAa-      ,<U.}.-..     T  .....rrli  I'c  IllTllll..   - 


1  iinRiicis  01  tiie  aiieet  1  he  Ule  Ot  this  Rake  is  to  drive    ges  their  inner  Calliber 

the^  Matter,  while  yet  liquid,  to  the  Extremity  of  the    of^the  Hpe  to  be  made  ;"\h;ir  Lengih  UuftaiirtwrFoot 

mthfhl'^^lJf^vT.  ?f J??/*""? 'it"":  "'^  •"■■'i'"^  !5  Pl!'"^  a  Core,  or  round  Piece  of  Brafs  or 

mg,  before,  on  the  Edge  of  the  Table  itfelf,  and  behind    Iron,  fomewhat  longer  than  the  Mould,  and  of  the  Thick- 
nefs 


PLU  (  8-^ 

iiefs  of  tlie  inner  Diameter  of  the  Pipe.— This  Core  is  pifs'tl 
thro'  two  Copper  Rundles,  one  at  each  end  of  the  Mould, 
which  they  ferve  to  clofe,  and  to  theft;  Rundles  is  ioin'd  a  little 
Coppiir  Tube  about  two  Inches  long,  and  of  the  Thicknefs  the 
leaden  Pipe  is  intended  to  be  of— 8y  means  of  thefe  Tubes 
the  Core  is  retained  In  the  middle  of  the  Cavity  of  the 
Would, 

The  Core  being  in  the  Mould,  with  the  Randies  at  its  two 
Ends,  and  the  Lead  melted  in  the  Furnacei  they  take  it  up 
in  a  Ladle  and  pour  it  into  tlie'  Mould  by  a  little  Aperture 
at  Ofie  End,  made  in  form  of  a  Funnel. 

When  the  Mould  is  full,  and  the  Metal  cold,  they  pafs 
the  Hook  of  the  Oii't  iito  a  Hole  at  the  End  of  the  Core, 
and  turnifig  the  Mill  with  the  Hand,  draw  out  the  Core.— 
They  then  open  the  Mould,  and  take  out  the  Pipe. 

If  they  defire  to  have  the  Pipe  lengthened they  put  one 
End  thereof  in  the  lower  End  of  the  Mould,  and  pafs  the 
End  of  t^te  Core  into  it^  then  Oiut  the  Mould  ag.iin  and  ap- 
ply itsRundle  and  Tube  as  before,  the  Pipe  jufl;  caft  ferving 
for  R  undies,  G^r.  at  the  other  End. 

Things  thus  repltced,  they  pour  in  frefh  Metal  into  the 
Mould  j  thus  repe-Uing  the  Operation  till  they  have  got  a 
Pipe  of  the  Length  required. 

Pipes  made  of  Sheet-Lead  foldcred. 

The  have  wooden  Cylinders,  or  Rollers,  of  the 

Length  and  Thicknefs  required  and  on  thefe  they  form 
their  Pipes,  by  wrapping  the  Sheet  around  'em  \  foldering  up 

the  Edges  all  along,  thus  After  grating  the  Lead  well 

■with  a  Grater,  they  rub  Rofin  over  the  Part  thus  grated  ^ 
then  pour  on  it  fome  Solder  melted  in  a  Ladle,  or  elfe  melt 
it  with  a  hot  foldering  Iron,  fmeering  thofe  Parts  where 
they  ■would  not  have  the  Solder  catch  with  Chalk,  or  the 
Soil  of  the  Hand. 

The  Solder  which  the  Plumbers  ufe,  is  a  Mixture  of  two 
Pounds  of  Lead  with  one  of  Tin.  See  Solder,  fee  alfo 
Tin  and  Tinning. 

PLUMBUM.    See  Lead. 

P  L  u  M  B  u  lA'Ufium^  among  Chymifiis,  a  Conipofition 
made  of  two  Parts  of  Lead,  and  one  Part  of  Sulphur.  See 
Lead. 

PLUME  Allum-,  Alumen  Plumofum.  See  Alum. 

Plumes,  a  Set  or  Bunch  of  Oftriih-Feathers,  puM'd 
out  of  the  Tail  and  Wings,  and  made  up  to  lerve  for  Or- 
nament in  Funerals,  (^c. 

Plume,  in  Falconry,  is  the  general  Colour  or  Mixture 
of  the  Feathers  of  a  Hawk  \  which  fhews  her  Conftitution. 
See  Hawk, 

Wiien  a  Hawk  feizes  her  Prey  and  difinantles  it  of  its 
Feathers,  (he  is  faid  to  plume  it. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Latin  P/awd,  Feather. 

Plume,  or  P  l  u  m  u  l  e,  in  Botany,  a  little  Member 
of  the  Gr.iin,  or  Seed  of  a  Plant  \  being  that  which  in  the 
Growth  of  the  Plant  becomes  the  Stem  or  Trunk  thereof. 
See  Seed  and  Stem. 

The  Plume  is  inclofed  in  a  Cavity  form'd  in  the  Lobes 

on  Purpofe  for  its  Reception  'Tis  almofi:  of  the  fime 

Colour  with  the  Radicle^  or  little  Root,  on  the  Bafis  where- 
of it  is  fuftain'd.    See  Radicle. 

The  Plume  is  the  firft  Part  that  appears  out  of  the  Earth  ; 
as,  in  efFeil,  'tis  the  Part  that  firfl  appears  out  of  the  Mem- 
brane or  Cover  of  the  Seed  ^  there  being  a  Hole  over  agiinfl: 
it  in  the  Membrane,  thro'  which  it  makes  its  Efcape," 

'Tis  the  Appearance  of  the  Plume  without  the  Cavity  of 
the  Grain,  that  makes  what  we  call  the  Bud  or  Germ  of  a 
Plant,    See  Germination  ■,  fee  alfo  Plant. 

The  Plume  is  fo  cali'd,  becaufe  confifting  of  ftiveral  Pieces 

bound  together  in  manner  of  a  Feather.  In  Corn,  the 

Plume  is  that  which  after  the  Radicle  is  fhot  forth,  fhoots 
nut  towards  the  fmaller  End  of  the  Seed ;  whence  fome  call 
it  the  Acrofpire.    See  Acrospire,  Malt,  crc. 

PLUMMET,  Plum  e-RuU^  or  P  l  u  m  ji-Llnej  an  In- 
ftrument  ufed  by  Mafons,  Carpenters,  &c.  to  draw  Perpen- 
diculars withal^  in  order  to  judge  whether  Walls,  c^f,  be 
upright.  Planes,  horizontal,  and  the  like. 

It  is  thus  cali'd  from  a  Piece  of  Lead,  Plumbum-,  faftcned 
to  the  End  of  a  Thread  or  Cord,  which  ufually  conliitutes 
this  Inftrimient. 

Sometimes  the  String  defcends  along  a  Ruler  of  Wood  or 
Metal  rais'd  perpendiculiirly  on  another ;  in  which  Cafe  it 
becomes  a  Level.    See  Level. 

At  Sea  the  Plummet  is  ufcd  by  the  Pilot  to  found  the  Depth 
of  the  Sea.    See  Soundino. 

PLURAL,  in  Grammar,  a  particular  Inflexion  of  Nouns, 
and  Verbs,  whereby  they  come  to  exprefs  a  Plurality  or 
Number  of  things.    See  Number. 

The  L^rtwj,  £«g//A  ,&c.  have  only  two  Numbers,  Singu- 
lar and  Plural ;  the  Greeks  and  Hebrews  have  three,  Singular-, 
Dual.,  and  Plural    See  Dual. 

In  Latin-,  &c.  both  Nouns  and  Verbs  have  ufually  diftinft 
Terminations  to  their  different  Numbsrs  ^  in  Englifl}^  Nouns 


Lo  )  P  N  E 

Subftantives  ufually  become  phrd  by  the  Addition  of  an  s 
or  es  to  the  Singular.  SeeSiNGuLAR. 

Nouns  Adjeftives  are  the  lame  in  both  Numbers - 
and  in  Verbs,  the  Number  is  diftinguilh'd  by  that  of  the 
Pronouns.  See  Nomeer,  Adjective,  Verb,  Pronoun 
&c.  ' 

PLURALITY,  a  difcrete  Quantity,  confifting  of  two 
or  a  greater  Number. 

A  Plurality  of  Worlds  is  a  thing  which  Mr.  Haygens  has  en- 
deavoured to  prove  in  his  Cofimthcoros  The  lame  is  like- 
wife  contended  for  in  a  very  pretty  Treatife  of  M.  FcntLnelk 
under  that  Title.  ' 

See  the  chief  Arguments  for  a  Tlurdily  of  Worlds,  under 
the  Articles  Moon,  PEANtr,and  Earih. 

The  greatell  Abfuraity  in  the  Pagan  Theology,  is,  tlie 
Tlurd'uy  of  Gads.    See  God. 

The  Plurality  of  Benefices  is  a  thing  tol  -rated  in  the  Church, 
but  never  approved  of.    See  BENEricE. 

'Twas  the  Smallnefs  of  fome  BeneBces  that  firft  gave  oc- 
cafion  to  rluralities:,  for  an  Eccleiiailic  not  beina  able  to 
fubfiil  on  a  fingle  one,  was  allowed  to  hold  two :  at  leniith 
the  Number  increafed  without  Bounds. 

The  Abufe  was  endeavoured  to  be  remedied  at  the  Coun- 
cil of  Lateran  under  Alexander  III.  and  Imocent  Hi. 
when  the  liolding  more  than  one  Benefice  was  exprefsly  for- 
bid by  a  Canon  but  the  f\me  Canon  granting  the  Pope  a 
Power  to  difpenfe  with  it  in  Favour  of  Perfons  of  diftin- 
guilh'd Merit,  there  were  fo  many  found  a  Title  to  this 
Merit,  that  the  Prohibition  became  ufelefs. 

In  Germany^  the  Pope  grants  Diipenfuions  for  poffeHing 
a  Plurality  of  Benefices-,  on  Pretence  that  the  EcclefiafHc 
Princes  there,  need  large  Revenues  to  bear  up  agaiuft  the 
Proteftant  Princes. 

PLUS,  m  Algebra-,  a  Term  commonly  ufed  ibr  /najus, 
more. 

Its  Charafter  is  +.  SeeCaARACTER. 
Thus  4+  10  r=  14  is  read,  four,  plus.,  or  more,  10,  is  equ-sl 
to  14,    See  Quantity  i  fee  alfo  Addition',  ct-c. 

PLUSH,  ia  Commerce,  c^t.  a  Kind  of  Stuff,  having  a 
Sort  of  Velvet  Nap  or  Shag  on  one  Side^  compofed  of  a 
Woof  of  a  fingle  woolen  Thread,  and  a  double  Warp,  the 
one  Wool,  of  two  Threads  twiftcd,  the  other  Goats-hair. 
Plu//j  is  manufaftured  like  Velvet,  on  a  Loom  with  three 

three  Steps  or  Treddles.  Two  of  thefe  feparate  and  de- 

prefs  the  woolen  Warp,  and  the  third  raifes  the  Hair- Warp  ^ 
upon  which  the  Workman  throwing  the  Shuttle,  paffes  the 
Woof  between  the  woolen  and  Hair-V^arp  j  and,  afterwards, 
laying  a  brafs  Broach  under  that  of  the  Hair,  he  cuts  it 
thereon  with  a  Knife  deflined  for  that  Ufe,  conducing  the 
Knife  on  the  Broach  which  is  made  a  little  hollow,  all  its 
Length  j  and  thus  gives  the  Surfice  of  the  Plu//j  an  Appea- 
rance of  Velvet.    See  Velvet. 

Some  afcribe  the  Invention  of  Plu/j  to  the  Englifl)\  others 
f^y  it  was  firll:  made  in  Holland^  and  particLilarly  at  Haer- 

km.  Be  this  as  it  will  \  'tis  certain,  the  French  are  the 

People  who  make  the  molt  of  it  j  there  being  feveral  very 
confiderable  Plujh  AdanuftUures  at  Afniens-,  Abbeville-,  and 
Compiegtie. 

There  are  other  Kinds  of  PluJJ}.,  all  of  Silk  ^  fome  of  which 
have  a  pretty  long  Nap  on  one  Side,  fome  on  both. 

Plush,  among  Botanifts,  a  Name  given  to  the  middle 
of  Rofes,  Anemonies,  &c.  cali'd  Thrum-,  or  Thrummy  Heads  j 
by  others,  hairy  Heads-,  Buttons^  Bofs^  Tufc,  or  iVorc. 

PLUVIAL,  L  u  V  I  a  L  E,  anciently  fignihed  a  Hood, 
or  Cloak,  which  Ecclefiafticks,  chiefly  Religious,  wore  in 
the  Country  to  Ihelter  themfelves  from  the  Rain:  by  the 
Latins  cali'd  Pluviali^  Lacuna. 

The  Word  is  now  ufed  in  the  Roimjl)  Church,  for  .1  large 
Hood  wore  by  the  Chantor  and  Sub-Deacon,  at  Mais  and 
Vefpers,  &c.  It  covers  the  whole  Man,  and  is  fixed  be- 
fore with  two  Clafps. 

PLUVIUS,  in  Antiquity,  an  Attribute  of  ^i'/j/fer-,  im- 
plying him  the  Author  of  Rain  :  q.  t^.he  that  fends  Rain.  See 
Rain. 

Among  the  BaflTo  Relievo's  of  the  Anthonim  Column,  in 
the  Place  where  the  Miracle  of  the  Thundering  Legion  isre- 
prefented;  we  fee  a  Hying  Man  in  the  Air,  his  Arms  fpread 
out,  and  with  a  very  long  Beard,  which  leems  to  difTolve 

into  Rain  The  Learned  t:ike  this  to  be  a  Reprefentation, 

of  Jupiter  Pluvlus.    See  Fulminating  Legion. 

P  N  E  U  M  A  T I C  K  S,    P  n  e  u  m  a  t  i  c  e,   call'J  alfo 

P  N  E  U  M  A  T  O  L  O  G  Y    and     P  N  E  U  M  A  T  O  S  O  P  H  Y,  the 

Doctrine  and  Contemplation  of  Spirits  and  Spiritual  Subftan- 
ces.    See  Spirit. 

The  Word  is  form'd  of  the  Greek  miiij-A,  Spititus,  Breath:, 
whence,  from  the  different  Acceptations  of  that  Word,  ei- 
ther as  an  incorporeal  Subftance,  or  as  Air,  there  arife  two 
forts  of  Pneumaticks. 

P  N  E  u  M  A  t  I  c  K  s,  in  the  Schools,  is  frequently  ufed  for 
the  Doftrine  of  Spirits  i  as  God,  Angels,  the  human  Mind, 
See  Spirit,  God,  Angel,  Soul,  cfc. 

In 


P  O  E 


(841  ) 


P  O  E 


tn  tills  Senfe  the  Word  coincides  with  what  we  other- 
Wife  call  Metaphyfichs.    See  Metaphysicks, 

Pne  umaticks  is  more  commonly  ufed  among  us, 
for  the  Doftrine  of  the  Air  ^  or  the  Laws  wherein  that 
Fluid  is  condens'd,  rarified,  gravitates,  c3-c.    See  Air. 

Some  make  Pmumaticks  a  Branch  of  Mechanicks  ^  becaule 
it  confiders  the  Air  in  Motion,  with  the  Effefts  thereof.— 
'Tis  certainly  a  Sifter  of  Hydroftaticks ;  the  one  confidering 
Air  in  the  fime  manner  that  the  other  does  Water.  See 
Mechanicks,  and  Hvdrostaticks. 

Wolfius-i  in  lieu  of  Pneumaticks^  uies  the  Word  Aerometry) 
q.d.  the  Doftrine  of  Measuring  the  Air,    See  AtROMETRY. 

The  Doftrine  and  Laws  of  Pneumaticks  will  be  found  un- 
der the  Articles,  Air,  Atmosphere,  Elasticity,  Gra- 
vity, Compression,  Condensation,  Rarefaction, 
Expansion,  &c. 

Pneumatick  Engine,  A'fachim  Pneumatica-y  the  Alr- 
Tump.    See  Air-Pump, 

PNEUMATOCELE,  in  Medicine,  a  flatulent  or 
Windy  Hernia'-y  or  a  Tumor  of  the  Membranes  of  the  Te- 
fticles,  proceeding  from  pent  up  Vapours^  and  attended  with 
a  tenfivepain.  See  Hernia, 

Sometimes,  one  of  the  Tefles  QvAy  is  tlius  inflated,  fome- 
times  both,  and  fom-ctiaies  likewife  the  Scrotum.  See  Te- 
sticle, 

This  Hernia  is  of  all  others  the  lighteft,  and  leafl:  dange- 
rous.—It  is  cured  by  Difcucients  internally,  and  Fomenta- 
tions and  CatapUfms  e::ternally. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ir*eyi«5  Wind,  and 
yii\%,  Tumor. 

PNEUMATOMACIII,  ancient  Hereticks  fo  call'd 
becaufe  they  oppofed  the  Divinity  of  the  Holy  Spirit;  pla- 
cing him  in  the  Number  of  Creatures.    See  Epiphar/lus. 

PNEUiMATOSIS,  a  Term  which  fome  Authors  ufe 
for  the  Generation  or  Formation  of  Animal  Spirits,  in  the 
Brain,    See  Spirit  and  Brain. 

PNEUMO  NICKS,  Medicines  proper  in  Difeafes  of  the 
Lungs,  where  Rerpiraiion  is  affefted.  See  Lungs,  Respi- 
ration, c^c. 

Of  this  Number  are  Sulphur,  Lung-wort,  Hyflc)p,  Ground- 
Ivy,  and  Cats  foot;  ufed  in  Phthifes,  Afthnia's,  Peripneumo- 
nies,  Pleurifies,  G^c.   See  Asthmatic,  Antiphthisic,  &c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  mdffMr,  Lungs,  or 
TtrdiiM,  SpirituSf  Breath. 

POCK.   See  Pox. 

POCKET  of  mol,  ishalfaSack.    See  Pack  ^00/. 

POD,  probably  of  the  Butch  Boede  or  Bode,  an  Habita- 
tion   the  Husk  of  any  Pulfe.    See  Pulse, 

PODAGRA,  in  Medicine,  the  Gout  in  the  Feet.  See 
Gout, 

It  is  thus  called  from  the  Gw^qrif,  Foot,  And  tifttva,  Ifeiz,e. 

Podagra  dtntium,  fometimes,  the'  with  Impropriety 
enough,  is  ufed  for  the  Tooth-ach.  See  O  d  o  n  t  a  l  G  i  a 
and  Toothach. 

PODESTATE,  orPoDEST,  a  Magiftrate,  or  Officer 
of  Juflicc  and  Policy,  in  a  free  City. 

The  Word  is  originally  Italian,  Podefla;  and  is  cliiefly  u- 
fed  for  certain  Magiftrates  of  f-^enice  undGenoa,  whole  Fun- 
ction is  toadminifter  Juftice  in  thofe  RcpuHicks. 

The  Fodefiate  in  Kemce  correfponds  to  'iis  l-'ra'tor  in  an- 
cient Rc}?2e;  tho'  Appeals  lie  from  his  Deciiions,  to  the 
New  Auditors,  or  the  new  Civil  Qitaranty.    See  Q_u  a- 

J{  AN  T  I  A. 

PODEX,  in  Anatomy,  C^f.  the  fame  as  the  Anus,  or 
Fundinient.    See  Anus, 

PODOMETER,  or  Pedometer.  St;e  Pedo- 
meter. 

POEM,  PoEMA,  a  Compofition  in  Verfe,  of  a  due 
Length  and  Mcafnre.    See  Verse. 

Poems  are  of  as  many  kinds  as  there  are  Branches  of  Poe- 
try.  See  Poetry. 

We  have  Epic-Poems,  Dramatic-Poems,  0-c.  See  Epic, 
Dramatic,  Lyric,  &c, 

P  O  E  S  Y,  P  o  E  s  I  s.    See  Poetry. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  tnmit^  of  -s-o/ss,  fi- 
cio,  fabricor,  fin  go,  1  ?nake,  J  frame,  I  invmt. 

Hence,  Alchymy,  or  the  Art  of  making  Gold,  was  anci- 
ently call'd  Poefy,  Chryfopocfy^  &c.    See  Alchymy,  &c. 

POETICAL,  fomething  that  relates  to  Poetry  or 
Poets.    See  Poetry  and  Foet. 

In  this  fenfe  we  lay,  a  Poetical  Genius,  a  Poetical  Phrafe, 
Poetical  Licence,  Poetical  Fury,  &c. 

Poetical  J-uftice,  is  chiefly  ufed  in  refpeft  of  the  Dra- 
ma, to  denote  a  Diftribution  of  Rewards  and  Punilhments 
to  the  feveral  Perfons,  at  the  Cataftrophe  or  clofe  of  the 
Piece,  anfwerable  to  the  feveral  Characters  they  have  ap- 
peared in. 

Whatever  Difficulties  and  Diftrefifes  the  Virtuous  and  In- 
nocent may  labour  under,  and  how  profperoufly  foever  it 
niay  go  with  the  wicked,  in  the  Courfe  of  the  Piece ;  the  Poet 
ufually  takes  care  to  give  each  of  'em  their  due  e'er  he  parts 
with  them.— 'Tis  controverted  whether  this  Piece  of  Juftice 


be  indifpenfiblci  and  whether  it  mayn't  he  aUoWed  to  Hva 
Virtue  opprefs'd  and  Vice  flourilliing  ?   See  Tragedy, 

Moft  Languages  have  their  Poetical  Words,  which  are 
never  ufed  on  other  Occafions.— Thefe  proveof  great  Advan- 
tage to-the  Poets  ■,  who  are  hereby  enabled  to  raife  the  Style 
and  Diftion  into  the  Poetical  Charafter,  with  the  greater  Eafe. 

The  French  lament  the  Want  of  a  Set  of  fuch  Words  in 
their  Language  ;  for  want  hereof  their  Poetry  appears  in  a 
too  familiar  Garb,  not  fufficiently  diftinguilhed  from  the 
common  Language.  Tis  toorefervedi  not  being  allowed 
any  BoldnefTes,  or  Flights,  but  what  might  pafs  in  Profe. 
To  this,  in  good  meafure,  is  attributed  the  little  Succ^G  their 
Authors  have  met  withal  in  the  Epic  Way.  See  French. 
Epic,  &c. 

Poetical  Rijing  and  Setting.  See  Rising  and  S  e  t- 

TJNG. 

The  ancient  Poet?  referring  the  rifing,  &c.  of  the  Stars  td 
that  of  the  Sun ;  make  three  kinds  of  lifing  and  fitting  ;  vir^u 
Cijfmical,  Acrci/yca/,  and  Heliacal.  See  each  under  its  pro- 
per Article  CosMicAL,  &c. 

P  0  E  T I C  K  S,  P  o  E  T  I C  E,  the  Doftrine  of  Poetry ,  or 
the  Laws  and  Rules  of  condufting  Pi^es  or  Conip'-''!nons 
of  Poetry.    See  Poetry. 

Ariflotle's  Poeticks  is  a  V\''ork  infinitely  valued  ^  and  M.  Da- 

cier's  Comment  thereon  is  one  of  his  beft  pir-ce':  H'rxce^ 

yieta,  Viffius  and  Scdigcr^  have  lik.-wifj  publifhed  Poeticks  ■ 
in  Latin.  '  The  Duk^      Buchngl}am,\w  hngUjh  :  And  Me- 
nardicrc,  Hedelin,  and  Defpreaux  in  French. 

POET,  Poet  A,  an  Author  who  compofes  Poems,  or 
Difcourfes  in  Verfe.    See  Poetry  .md  Verse. 

Cictro  relates  it  as  a  Saying  of  Vemixritus  and  PlatOi  that 
there  could  be  no  good  Poet  fi^e  affiatu  furorls,  withotit  a 
Tinfture  of  Madnefs ;  and  Arij}utle  calls  Poets  exprefsly,' 
A-faniaci,  Maniacs,  Madmen.    See  Enthusiasm. 

M.  5/i<tK^;f;>;;  tells  us,  that  the  Arab-Authors  are  more  poe- 
tically given  than  thofe  of  any  other  Ptople  and  adds,  that 
that  there  are  more  Verfes  among  the  Arabians  thm  uxion^ 
all  the  other  Nations  put  together. 

The  Word  nQinm,  Poet,  fignifies  Ahker  ;  whence  the 
Poets  were  anciently  call'd  Fatijls. — -The  Name  they  were 
properly  denoted  by  ap.iong  the  Romans,  was  f^ates,  which 
fignifies  Prophet.    See  Prophet. 

By  a  Law  of  the  Emperor  Philip,  inferred  in  the  Code 
L.  10.  T.  52.  Poets  are  exprefsly  excluded  from  the  Immu- 
nities granted  the  ProfefTors  of  all  other  Sciences. 

Homer,  Virgil,  A-filton,  and  Talfo,  are  the  chief,  almoft 

the  only  juft,  Epic  Poets  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Shahfpeary 

Otivay,  and  Racine,  Tragic  Poets. — -Ari/tophanes,  Adenan- 
der,  Plautus,  Terence,  Fletcher,  Johnfon,  A4oUere,  &c.  Comic 

Poets.  Horace,  Cowley,   and  Malherb,  Lyric  Poets.  ■ 

Juvennl-,  Perfius,  Regnier^  Boileau,  Dryden,  and  Oldham,  Sa- 
lyrick  Poets.    See  Epic,  Tragic,  Comic,  &c. 

POETRY,  Poesy,  the  Art  of  compofing  Poems,  or 
Pieces  in  Verfe.   See  Poem  and  Vkrse. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  thcGreek  flciHTW*  i  of  iro/s»,  fa- 
cio.    See  I^oesy. 

If  a  Verfe  he  confider'd  as  a  mere  Ssries  of  juft  Hs  Feet 
following  one  after  another  in  the  fame  Line,  Poetry  And 
Verfification  will  appear  two  very  different  Things :  But 
Bofu,  in  his  Idea  of  Verfe,  includes  Cadenc.-s,  peculiar  Con- 
ftruftiojs  Arrangements  and  ExpretTious,  unknown  in  com- 
mon Difcourfei  and  above  all,  a  certain  noble,  bold,  eleva- 
ted, metaphorical  Turn  and  manner  of  Diiflion.— Thefe,  he 
obferves,  are  fo  efT^ntial  to  Poetry,  th.M  without  them  the- 
moft  exaft  Arrangement  of  long  and  fhort  Syllables,  makes 
little  elfe  but  a  kind  of  meafur'd  Profe  :  whereas  thefe,  in  a 
Difcourfe  that  has  no  poetical  Feet  or  Meafures,  do  yet  give 
it  the  poetical  Characfler,  and  make  it  a  kind  oi  unrr.e.tfurcd 
Poetry. 

The  Rules  of  P.:ctry  and  Verlifying  are  taught  hv  Art,  and 
acquired  by  Study  j  but  this  Force  and  Elevation  of  Though:,, 
which  Horace  calls  fomething  diiine^  and  which  alone  makfS 
the  Poetry  o(  Any  Value,  mufl:  be  derived  from  Nature^  or, 
according  to  Arifiotle,  from  fome  happy  Tranfports  to  which 
that  Author  gives  the  Name  of  M.idncfb  EyfySs  11  noitmx-n 
Utv,  n  M«*mS.— But  there  muft  ever  be  conceived  a  juft  folid 
Judgment  at  the  Head  of  this  Fury  of  the  Poets  Imagina- 
tion. 

Hence,  the  Critic  concludes  that,  the  End  of  Poetry  is  to 
pleafe  ;  its  Caufe,  either  the  Excellence  of  the  Poet's  Genius, 
or  a  poetical  Fury,  and  Tranfport  of  the  Soul  manageable  by 
the  Judgment its  Afatter,  long  and  fliort  Syllables,  and 
Feet  compofed  hereof,  with  Words  furnifh'd  by  Grammar  ; 
and  iff  For/fi,  the  Arrangement  of  all  thefe  things  in  juft  and 
agreeable  Verfe,  exprefling  the  Thoughts  and  Sentiments  of 
the  Author  after  the  manner  already  mentioned. 

But,  after  all,  how  narrow  are  ihslc  Bounds,  if  we  con- 
fider  poetry  in  the  Light  wherein  the  Works  of  Homer  and 
Virgil  have  fet  it  ?  What  is  here  laid  down  pretends  to  na 
Praife  which  a  mere  Tranflator  oiay  pot  rife  to,  and  which 
the  War  ofCataline  might  not  merit  if  turn'd  out  of  the  Profe 
of  Saliefi.—'Jii  with  reafon,  therefore,  that  we  diftinguiffe 


POE 


(842  ) 


P  O  I 


the  /ore  and  Jiinplc,  from  the  grand  Poetry ;  by  giving  the  for- 
mer the  Title  of  rcriftcmion:  and  that  we  make  Toetrv  and 
rerfiiicawn  two  diftinft  Arts.  In  effia,  there  is  not  more 
ditterence  between  Grammar  and  Rhetoric,  than  between 
the  Art  of  nuking  Verfcs  and  that  of  inventing  Poems.  See 

\  £RSIMCATION. 

The  Grand  Poetry,  then,  confills  p'-incipally  in  Fiaion,  or 
the  Inventions  of  Fable  ;  in  the  exprelliiig  of  things  by 
Allegories  and  Metaphors;  and  in  the  inventing  of  Aaions 
under  which  the  Truths  which  the  Poet  has  to  teach,  may 
be  agreably  dilguis'd.    See  Faile. 

In  this  view,  fcarce  any  Poems  retain  the  Nature  and  Ef- 
lence  of  the  grand  Poc/ry,  but  the  Epopea,  Tragedy  mi  Come- 
dy  -,  tlie  reft,  be  they  Elegies,  Satires,  Song,  or  what  they 
will,  come  under  Ferfif.uitwn. 
_  The  antient  Eloquence,  'tis  obferv'd,   was  full  of  Myfte- 

ries  and  Allegories  The  Truth  was  by  them  ufually 

dilgus'd  under  t/.ofe  ingenious  Inventions  cali'd  Fables,  q.  d. 
Words;  as  it  raere  ivere  as  much  difference  between  tlicfe 
l.ibulous  DirtoLirfcs  of  the  Learned,  and  the  common  Lan- 
guage ;  as  between  the  Speech  peculiar  to  Man,  and  the 
\  oicc_of  Brnres.    See  Fable. 

At  firi>,  Fables  were  chiefly  ufed  in  treating  of  the  Divine 
Nature,  atrer  tlie  manner  they  then  conceived  of  it:  This 
occalroneJ  the  firft  Poets  to  be  called  Divines,  and  Poetry 
the  Language  oj  the  6W1— The  divine  Attributes  they  fepa- 
rated  into  a  Number  of  Perfons;  by  reafon  the  Weak'nefs  of 
the  human  .Mind  conld  not  conceive  fo  much  Power,  and 
fo  much  Aaion,  in  a  fimplicity  lb  ftrid  and  indivifible  as 
that  of  God.    See  God. 

Nor  could  they  fpeak  of  the  Operation  of  this  almiehty 
Caufe,  without  Ipeaking  likewife  of  its  EfFeas.— They  there- 
fore added  Phylicks  to  their  Theology,  handling  both  after 
tiie  Ume  Manner,  without  quitting  their  Veils  or  Alleeo- 
ries.    See  ALLiiCoiiy. 

Now,  Man  being  the  mod  confiderable  of  all  the  Works 
of  the  Deity;  and  there  being  nothing  fo  proper  for  Poets, 
or  ot  fuch  general  Ufe  to  Mankind,  as  fuch  a  Subjea;  they 
therefore  added  Ethicks  to  the  former,  and  treated  the  Do- 
ftrine  of  Manners  in  the  firae  way  as  they  had  done  Divi- 
nity and  Phyliology — And  hence  arole  the  Epopea,  or  Epic 
Poem.   See  Einc.  r  r   j  r 

The  Epic  Poets  have  done,  with  regard  to  Morality,  jnfl: 
the  contrary  of  what  the  Divine  Poets  did  for  their  Theo- 
'06y--A5  the  too  great  Diverfity  of  Divine  Aftions  and 
Perfeaions,  fo  little  proportionate  to  our  Underftanding,  oc- 
casioned the  latter  to  divide  the  fingle  Idea  of  the  fimple 
Elicnce  ofGod  into  feveral  Perfons  under  different  Names ; 
as  Junacr,  Juno,  Neptune,  Sic.  So,  on  the  contrary, 
the  N.iture  of  Moral  Philofophy,  which  never  gives  any 
Rules  (or  particular  things,  occalioned  the  Epic  Poets  to 
unite  in  one  fingle  Idea,  in  the  fime  Perfon,  and  even  in  a 
/ingle  Aaion,  whatever  of  the  like  kind  occurs  in  difFerent 
Pei  lons,  and  diiFerent  Aaions. 

Thus,  [lys  yjriftoile,  /"ocfrj.  teaches  Moral  Philofophv,  not 
by  reciting  hiftorically  \i\at  Alcihiades  has  done,  or  fiilFeredi 
but  by  propofing  what  fuch  a  Perlon,  whom  the  Poet  calls 
by  any  Name  he  pleafes,  would  neceffirilv  or  probably  hav- 
donc  or  fiid  on  the  like  occafion — Tis  "in  this  manner,  it 
reprefents  eitlicr  the  unhappy  Confequences  of  DeCgns  ill 
concerted,  of  wicked  Aaions,  &c.  or  the  Reward  of  cood 
Aaions,  and  the  Pleafnre  reap'd  from  a  Defign  laid  in 
Virtue,  and  conduaed  by  Prudence. 

Thus,  according  to  our  Critic,  the  poetical  Aaions  and 
Perfons  are  all  feign 'd,  allegorical,  and  univerfal ;  not  hifto- 
rical  and  fingular.— This  is  likewife  the  Sentiment  of  Ho- 
race, who  adds,  that  Poets  teach  Morality  as  well  as  Philo- 
fophy; but  the  Preference  herein  he  gives  to  Homer.  See 
Manners. 

This  Advantage  of  the  Poets  over  nierePhilofophers  arifes 
hence,  that  all  roe:ry  is  an  lmitation._Now  Imitation  is  a 
thing  extremely  n  itural;  and  hence  this  manner  of  pro- 
pofing things  becomes  better  fitted  to  engage  the  Au- 
ditors. Agai.n,  Imitation  is  an  Inftruaion  riven  by  Ex- 
amples ;  and  Examples  are  the  more  proper" to  perlinde, 
in  regard  they  prove  the  thing  polFlble. — -In  effea 
Imitation  is  fo  much  the  Nature  of  Poetry,  that  Ari- 
ftotle  tells  us  'tis  to  this  the  Art  owes  its  Rjfe.  See  Imi- 
tation. 

But  the  Poets  by  becoming  Philofophers  did  not  ceafe  to 
be  Divines;  on  the  contrary,  the  Morality  they  taught  obli- 
ged them  frequently  to  introduce  the  Deity  in  their  Works- 
and  the  Share  lo  augufl:  a  Being  had  in  the  Aftion,  obliged' 
the  i'oet  to  make  it  grand,  important,  and  condufted  by 
Perfons  of  Kings  and  l^rinces.    See- Machin'e. 

Add  to  this,  that  it  likeivife  obliged  the  Poets  to  think 
and  fpeak  after  a  manner  elevated  above  the  common  Pitch 
of  Men,  and  to  equal,  in  fome  meafure,  the  divine  Perfons 
iie  introduced  ;  and  to  this  purpofe  ferv'd  the  poetical,  figu- 
rative Language,  and  the  Majelty  of  Heroic  Verli. 

To  convey  tlieir  Truths  to  the  bed  Advantage,  and  adapt 
them  to  the  particular  Purpofes  they  were  intended  for ; 


Drama  ""'""^  •""rms.-Hence  the  Epopea  and 

tU^K-""^  'f  T'"'!"''  Manners  and  Habitudes,  than 
the  Padlons;  thefi  lad  rife  all  at  once,  and  their  Viilenc" 
IS  but  ot  a  Ihort  Duration ;  but  the  Habitudes  are  cooler 
and  more  gentle,  and  rife  .and  fill  more  flowly.  See  Ha- 
bitude. 

The  Epic  Aaion,  therefore,  could  not  be  redrained  to  a 
Uay,  or  two,  as  that  of  the  Drama  ;  a  longer  and  a  iuftcr 
Space  was  required  for  this,  than  for  Tragedy,  which  is 
only  for  the  Paflions.-And  hence  arofe  a  dill  greater  diffe- 
rence between  Tragedy  and  the  Epopea. 

For  the  Tragic  \'iolence  required  a  dronger  and  more 
lively  Reprelentation  than  the  Epic;  and  .accordingly  it  con- 
lilts  who  ly  m  the  Aftion,  the  Poet  never  fpeakini';  as  he 
does  in  the  Epopea,  where  there  are  no  Aaors. 

y  be  Laws  oj  Epic  and  Dramatic  Poetry ;  See  under  E- 
P  I  c.  Character,  I  n  v  o  c  a  t  i  o  .n,  D  k  1  m  a  t  i  c 

iHEATRH,  TraGEDV,    ComEDY,  A  C  T,    S  C  E  N  «' 

Character,  Sentiment.  For  the  lower  Powrv' 
lee  each  under  its  proper  Article,  Ode,  Sono,  Epi' 
o  K  a  .M,  Elegy,  Satire,  <irc. 

POINT,  PuNCTuM,  in  Geometry,  is  defined  by 
tucUd  to  be,  that  which  has  no  Parts,  or  is  indivifible  Se- 
Part,  Indi\-isicle,  oV. 

Woijius  defines  it,  that  which  terminates  itfelf  on  every 
lide  ;  or  wmchhas  no  Terms  or  Boundaries  didinft  from 
itleU.    See  Term. 

This  is  what  we  otherwife  call  the  Mathematical  Point- 
and  is  only  conceived  by  the  Imagination ;  yet  is  it  in  this 
that  all  Qiiantity  begins  and  ends;  the  Flux  or  Motion 
of  the  Pomt  generating  a  Line,  that  of  a  Line  a  Surfice,  n-c 
See  Quantity;  fee  alfo  Li xe,  eJ-c. 

Hence  fonie  define  a  Point  to  be  Inceptive  of  Magnitude 
See  Inceptive  and  Magnitude. 

A  Line  can  only  cut  another  in  a  Point.  Any  three  Points 
being  given,  out  of  a  right  Line,  a  Circle,  or  part  of  a 
Circle,  may  be  drawn  that  fhall  pals  thro'  them  all.  See 
Circle. 

To  draw  a  parallel  Line,  a  Perpendicula;;  a  Tangent 
&c.  to  a  gnen  Point,  are  popular  Problems  in  Geometry. 
See  Pehpendicuiar,  Parallel,  &c. 


Proportion  of  Mathematical  Points. 

'Tis  a  current  Maxim,  that  all  Infinites,  whether  infinite- 
ly great  or  infinitely  fmall,  are  equal;  yet  is  the  IMaxim 
talfe  in  both  Cafes.— Dr.  Halley  fhews  feveral  infinite  Quan- 
tities which  are  in  a  finite  Proportion  to  one  another  ;  and 
fome  infinitely  greater  than  others.  See  Jnf.nite  Qiianti- 
ty The  like,  the  Honourable  Mr.  Robartes  fhews  of  in- 
finitely fmall  Qiiantities,  viz..  Matlx-malical  Points. 

Hedemonftrates,  for  indance,  that  the  Points  of  Contaft 
between  Circles,  and  their  Tangents,  are  in  a  fubdupl'cate 
Proportion  to  the  Diameters  of  the  Circles.  That  the 
Po;«  of  Contaa  between  a  Sphere  and  a  Plane  is  infinitely 
greater  than  that  between  a  Circle  and  a  Tangent ;  and  that 
the  Points  of  Contaft  in  Spheres  of  dilferent  Magnitude  are 
to  one  another  as  the  Diameters  of  the  Spheres.  See  Con- 
tact, &c. 

P  o  I  N  T  0/  con;ra-ry  Flexure,  in  the  higher  Geometry,  is 
a  Point  of  a  Curve,  wherein  it  is  bent,  or  inflefted  to  a  Part 
contrary  to  that  it  before  tended  to :  fo,  e.  gr.  as  to  turn  its 
Convexity  towards  its  Axis,  or  any  other  fix'd  Point  which 
before  it  turn'd  its  Concavity  towards.    See  Curve. 

If  the  Curve  turn  back  again  towards  the  Point  whence  it 
fird  fet  out,  the  Point  of  the  Flexure  is  particularly  cali'd  the 
Point  of  Regreljion,  or  Retrogradalien.  See  Retuogsad^- 
TION  of  Curves. 

Wolfius  illuftrates  the  Ufe  of  the  Calculus  differentialis 
in  finding  t^*i  Point  of  Contrary  Flexion  in  various  kinds  of 
Curves.    See  Flexion. 

Point,  P  unit  urn,  in  Phyficks,  is  the  fmalled,  or  lead 
fenfible  Objeft  ot  Sight,  mark'd  with  a  Pen,  Point  of  a 
Compafs,  or  the  like.    See  Object. 

This  is  what  we  popularly  call  a  Pbyfical  Point;  which  in 

reality  has  Parts;  tho'  thofe  Parts  are  not  here  regarded  

Of  fuch  Poi-ats  does  all  Phyfical  Magnitude  confid.  See 
Magnitude. 

This  Phyfical  Point  coincides  with  what  Mi".  Z.oche  calls 
the  Point  fenfible,  and  which  he  defines  to  be  the  lead  Par- 
ticle of  Matter,  or  Space,  we  can  difcern  He  adds,  that 

to  the  ftiarpeft  Eye  this  is  feldom  lefs  than  30  Seconds  of  a 
Circle,  whereof  the  Eye  is  the  Centre.    See  Vision. 

P  o  I  N  T,  in  Grammar,  is  a  Char-after  ufed  to  mark  the 
Divifions  of  a  Difcourfe.   See  Chahacter. 

The  Point  proper,  is  what  we  otherwife  call  a  Full-Stop, 
or  Period .,  and  ferves  to  denote  the  Senfe  conipleat,  and  the 
Period  ended.    See  Period. 

Two  Points  ufially  mark  the  middle  of  a  Period,  and 
fliew  a  Coiiftriiaion  compleat,  and  the  Senfe  to  be  perfeff, 

yet 


yet  intimating  foraething  to  come  after  it this  we  all  a 
Colon.   See  Coj.oN. 

A  Poim  with  a  Virgula,  call'd  a  Semicolon,  marks  aSenTe 
lefs  compleat  than  the  Colon ;  tho'  Authors  feem  to  ufe 
them  indiiferently  nor  are  Grammarians  agreed  about  their 
precire  Difference.    See  Semicolon. 

The  Virgula,  call'd  Commit,  marks  a  Sub-divifion  of  a 
Member  of  a  Period.    See  Comma. 

A  Point  of  Interrogation,  as  ?  marks  fomething  to  be  pro- 
nounced in  a  higher  Tone,  as  intimating  a  Q_aeftion  ask'd. 
See  Interrogation. 

A  Voint  of  AdmirMion  !  marks  a  fudden  Surprize  and 
Wonderment.    See  Ad.miration. 

Our  Foimi  and  Accents  were  entirely  unknown  to  the 
Ancients.  And  in  the  ancient  Creek  Mannfcripts,  the 
whole  feenis  wrote  with  the  fame  ftroke  of  the  Pen ;  the 
Words  and  Letters  being  join'd  throughout. 

In  after-times,  Poiow  were  invented  and  added  a-topof  the 
tetters,to  fhew  when  the  Senfe  was  fiiiilh'dihence  the  Gram- 
marians coming  to  retouch  the  old  Mannfcripts  thought  fit 

to  add  the  I'oints  and  Accents.  S.ilmafi>is  affirms,  that  he 

has  even  obferved,  plainly,  where  they  h.ave  been  added,  by 
the  difference  of  Hands.    See  Accent. 

Points,  in  the  /^c^rtrp  Learning,  are  certain  Cha- 
rafters,  which,  in  the  Writings  of  that  Language,  ferve  to 
mark  the  Vowels  ;  which,  in  effeft,  are  only  Poiats.  See 
Vowel. 

The  Antiquity  of  the  Points  in  the  Hebrew  Tongue  makes 
the  Subjeft  of  a  celebrated  Controverfy  among  theXearned; 
Tome  maintaining  their  Origin  to  be  the  fame  with  that  of 
the  Hebrew  Language  ;  and  others  afferting  tliem  to  have 
been  firfl:  introduced  by  Efdmi,  after  the  A<V»n')* Captivi- 
ty, when  he  compiled  the  Canon,  tranfcribed  the  Books  in- 
to the  prefent  ChaUee  Charafter,  and  reftored  the  Purity  of 
the  Hebrew  Text. 

Others  will  have  them  invented  by  the  Doflors  of  the 
School  of  Tiberias,  ufually  called  the  Mafforetes,  five  or  fix 

hundred  Years  after  Chrift  The  Rabbin  Elias  Levita 

was  the  firft  who  ftarted  this  queftion  in  the  lafl  Centurv; 
and  raaintiin'd  them  to  have  been  an  Invention  of  the  Mago- 
retes,  for  the  Eafe  of  thofe  who  were  to  learn  the  Hebrew 
Tongue.  See  Massoketes. 

This  Sentiment  was  efpous'd  hy  Capella,  to  whom  adher'd 
Luther,  Calvin,  Cafauhon,  ScaUger,^c — S«.vf£jr/ attack'd  Ca- 
pella violently  on  this  Article,  and  gain'd  a  great  Number  of 
Divines  on  his  Side,  who  took  the  Alarm ;  imagining  it  a 
grievous  Wound  to  the  holy  Text,  to  allow  the  Vowel- 
Points  to  have  been  added  by  the  Alafforetes,  and  not  to  have 
been  found  inthe  ancient  Text ;  becaufe  without  thefe  'tis  ve- 
ry difficult  to  fix  the  reading  thereof.— Yet  in  the  Samaritan 
Text  there  is  no  Point  or  Vowel,  nor  in  many  of  the  moft 
ancient /fft^-cre  Mannfcripts.    See  Hebrew, Cj'c. 

Point,  in  Mufick,  a  Mark  or  Note  anciently  ufed 
to  diftinguifh  the  Tones.    See  Note. 

Hence  we  ftill  call  it  Simple  Counter-Point,  when  a  Note 
oftheBafs,  anfwers  precifely  to  that  of  the  Treble  ;  and  Fi- 
gurative Counter-Point,  when  a  Note  is  fyncopeed,  and  one 
of  the  Parts  makes  feveral  Inflexions  of  the  Voice  or  Tone, 
while  the  other  only  makes  one.  See  Counter-point, 
We  ftill  ufe  a  Point  to  raife  the  Value  of  a  Note,  and 
rolong  its  Time  by  one  half,  e.gr,  a  Pomt  added  to  a  Semi^ 
reve,  inftead  ot  two  Minims,  makes  it  equal  to  three.  See 
Time,  and  Characters  in  Mufick. 

Point,  in  Aftronomy,  is  a  Term  applied  to  certain 
Parts  or  Places  raark'd  in  the  Heavens;  and  dillinguifhed  by 
proper  Epithets, 

The  four  Grand  Points  or  Divifions  of  the  Horizon,  viz. 
the  Eafi,  IVefl,  North,  and  Sotuh,  are  call'd  Cardinal  Poin7s. 
See  Cardinal  ;  fee  alio  East,  West,  &c.  each  under  its 
proper  Article. 

■The  Zenith  and  Nadir  are  the  Vertical  Points.  See  Ver- 
tical, Zenith  and  Nadir. 

The wherein  the  Orbits  of  the  Planets  cut  tlie  Plane 
of  the  Ecliptic,  are  call'd  the  Nodes.    See  Node, 
The  Points  wherein  the  Equator  and  Ecliptic  interfeft, 

are  call'd  the  Equinoctial  Points.    See  Equinoctial  . 

Particularly,  that  whence  the  Sun  afcends  towards  the 
North-Pole,  the  p'enal  Point  ;  fee  Vernal  :  And  that  by 
which  he  defcends  to  the  South-Pole,  the  Autumnal  Pomt. 
See  Autumnal, 

The  Points  of  the  Ecliptic,  where  the  Sun's  Afcent 
above  the  Equator,  and  Defcent  below  it,  terminate,  are 
call'd  the  Solftituil  Points:,  fee  So  l  sT  I  T  i  al.— Parti- 
cularly, the  former  of  them  the  Eflival  or  Summer  Point, 
fee  S  u  M  M  E  R  ;  the  Latter  the  Srumal  or  H^inter  Point, 
fee  Win  te  R,e;--c, 

Point,  in  Navigation  and  Geography,— Pomij  of  the 
Horizon,  or  of  the  Compafs,  are  certain  Points  form'd  by  the 
Interfeftions  of  the  Horizon,  with  Vertical  Circles,  See 
Horizon. 

The  Number  of  thefe  Points,  therefore,  is  really  the  fame 
with  fhit  pf  the  Points  conceiv'd  in  the  Horizon,     i.  iufi- 


43  )        P  I 

nite:  Tho'  in  Praftice  we  only  diftinguifh  32  of  them.  See 
Compass. 

Some  ufe  Point,  for  the  Interfeftion  of  a  'Verticai  Circle,' 
with  a  Circle  parallel  to  the  Horizon  •,  and  even  fome,  for 
the  Segment  of  a  Vertical  intercepted  between  the  Meridian 
and  Horizon,  or  a  Circle  parallel  thereto. 

The  Points  are  Ihewn  by  right  Lines  drawn  from  a  Point 
afTunied  in  a  horizontal  Plant. 

So  that  a  Point  of  the  Compafs,  is  popularly  taken  for  i  ■ 
32d  Part  of  the  whole  ;  or  for  an  Arch  of  11  Dearees  15 
Minutes;  half  of  which,  viz..  %°  38'  is  call'd  a  half'a  Point -j 
and  halt'of  thit,  or  2°  49' Quarter  Point.    See  Comjass. 

Thele  Points  of  the  Compafs  are  divided  into  Cardinal  and 
Collateral. 

Cardinal  Points  are  the  Interfeftions  of  the  Horizon  and 
Meridian,  OiWd  the  North  ii\d  South  Poims;  and  the  Inter- 
fcclions  of  the  Horizon  with  the  Prime  Vertical,  call'd  the 
Eafl  and  Wejl.    See  North,  South,  &c. 

Thefe  coincide  witli  what  the  Latins  call  Cardmes  Man- 
di;  and  are  a  Quadrant,  or  90  Degrees, .  diftant  from  eacli 
other.    See  Cardinal. 

Collateral  or  Intermeditite  Points,  are  thole  lying  between 
the  Cardinal  /"iijBf/— Which  are  either  Primary,  viz..  thofo 
equi-diftant  from  the  two  Cardinals,  as  North-Eaft,  South- 
Weft,  (j-C. 

Or  Secundary,  which  are  again,  either  of  tikzfirfl  Order., 
VIZ..  fuch  as  are  equidiftant  from  a  Cardinal  and  the  next 
Primary,  as  North-North- Erdl  ;  or  of  the  fecond  Order, 
1.  e.  equidiftant  between  a  Cardinal  or  Pri.mary,  and  firft 
Secundary,  as  North-Eaft  by  North. 

The  Primary^  Collaterd  Points,  therefore,  are  45^  diftant 
from  the  Cardinals;  the  firft  Secnndaries  22"  30'  from  the 
Cardinal  and  next  Primary  Collateral;  and  the  Secund.iries 
of  the  fecond  Order  11°  15'  from  a  Cardinal,  or  firft  Colla- 
teral, and  a  Second.    See  Collateral. 

Point,  among  Seamen,  is  alio  ufed  foir  a  Cape,  or 
Head-Land,  jetting  out  into  the  Sea.    See  CaPe. 

Thcyfiy,  two  Points  ofLandareone  in  another,  when 
they  are  fo  in  a  right  Line  againft  each  other,  as  that  the 
innemioft  is  hindered  from  being  feen  by  the  outerraoft. 

Point,  in  Perfpeftive,  is  a  Term  ufed  for  various 
Parts  or  Places,  with  regard  to-the  Perfpeftive  Plane.  See 
Perspective  Pltinc  Such  are,  the 

Point  of  Sight,  ot  Vieiv,  or  of  the  Eye,  is  a  Point  on  the 
Plane,  as  F,  (T.ib.  Perfpeilive  Fig.  12.)  mark'd  out  by  a 
right  Line  B  F,  drawn  from  the  Eye,  perpendicular  to  the 
Plane,  call'd  alfo  the  Principal  point.  See  Vision;  fee  alfo 
Principal. 

This  Point  is  in  the  Interfeftion  of  the  Horizontal  and 
Vertical  Planes.   See  Plane. 

Some  Authors  call  the  Point  wherein  the  Eye  is  aftually 
placed,  and  where  all  the  Rays  terminate,  as  O,  the  Point 
of  Sight  or  Fijion  ;  and  define  the  Principal  Point  to  be  that 
wherein  all  the  Lines  drawn  from  the  horizontal  Plane  to 
the  Line  of  View  or  Diftance,  terminate.    See  Principal. 

P  0  I  N  t  0/  Dijiancc  is  a  Point,  V,  gr.  P  or  Q.,  in  the  ho- 
rizontal Line  PQ,  at  the  ftrae  Diftance  from  the  principal 
Point  Y,  as  the  Eye  O,  is  from  the  fame.    See  Distance, 

Third  Point  is  a  Point  taken  at  Difcretion  in  the  Line 
of  Diftance,  wherein  all  the  Diagonals  drawn  from  the  Divi- 
fions of  the  Geometrical  Plane,  concur. 

ObjeSive  Point,  a  Point  on  a  Geometrical  Plane,  whofe 
Reprefeniation  is  required  on  the  Perfpeftive  Plane. 

Point,  in  Opticks— The  Po  i  n  t  0/  Concaurfe,  or  Con- 
currence, is  that  wherein  converging  Rays  meet ;  more  ufu- 
ally call'd  the  Focus.    See  Focus. 

Vait^T  of  Difperfion,  is  that  wherein  the  Rays  beain  to  di- 
diverge;  uliially  call'd  the  Virtual  Focus.     See  VTrtual. 

Point  of  Incidence,  is  a  Point  on  the  Surface  of  a  Glafs, 
or  other  Body,  wherein  a  Ray  falls.    See  Lmcidi^s-ce, 

P  0  I  N  T  0/  View,  with  regard  to  Building,  Painting, '  cJr. 
is  ,1  Point  at  a  certain  Diftance  from  a  Building,  or  othec 
Objeft,  wherein  the  Eye  has  the  moft  Jdvantageous  View, 
or  Profpeft  of  the  lame. 

This  Point  is  ufually  at  a  Diftance  equal  to  the  Height  of 
the  Building — For  an  inftanre,— To  conlider  with  Judgment, 
the  whole  of  the  famous  Church  of  the  Invalidcs  at  Paris  ; 
we  mnft  not  ftand  at  above  340  Foot  diftance  from  it, 
which  is  nearly  its  Height.  To  be  able  to  judge  of  the  Or- 
donnanceof  its  Facade  or  Frontifpiecc,  and  the  Resolarity 
of  its  Order,  the  Eye  fhonld  be  as  ftr  off  as  the  Frontifpiece 
is  high,  viz..  100  Foot. 

But  to  examine  the  Correftnefs  of  its  Profiles,  and  the 
Spirit  of  its  Ornaments;  the  Eye  ftionld  only  be  diftant  the 
Height  of  the  7Jo(v'c  Order,  which  is  ahout  40  Foot ;  if  it 
be  nearer,  the  Parts  too  much  fhortened  will  appear  out  of 
Proportion. 

A  Vague  or  indeterminate  Point  has  a  different  Effeft 
from  the  Point  of  View;  in  tluit,  in  looking  at  a  Building 
from  an  indeterminate  Point ;  the  Eye  can  only  form  afi 
Idea  of  the  Magnitude  of  its  Mafs,  by  comparing  it  with 
other  Buildings  adjacent  to  it, 

fcitit 


PO  I 


'( 844 ) 


P  O  I 


Point  0/  Reflexion^  is  a  Point  on  the  Surface  of  a  Glafs 
or  other  Body  whence  a  Ray  is  reflefted.  See  Refle- 
xion. 

Point  of  RefraBion^  is  a  Pom  in  the  Surface  of  a  Glafs  or 
other  refraaiiig  Surface,  wherein  the  Refraftion  is  effcfted. 
See  Refractioi^. 

^Points,  in  Heraldry,  Divifions  of  the  Efcutcheon 
into  feveral  Squares,  fometimes  to  the  Number  of  9,  fome- 
times  to  15  j  fome  whi^reof  are  of  one  Colour  or  Mt;tal,  the 
others  of  another  j  ca!lt;d  alfo  Equipollent  Points. 

There  is  alfo  another  Divlfioii  of  the  Efcutcheon  into 
Points,  which  hiv;;  ftveral  Names  and  N'alues,  according  to 
their  feveral  PUices, 

There  are  nine  Principal  Pointsin  an  E- 
fcutcheon  as  mark'd  in  the  Figure  adjoin- 
ir.? — ■  A  reprefents  tiie  dexter  Chief  Feint. 
—  Bthe  middle  Chief  Point. — C  xhtfmijier 
Chief.~X)  the  Homur  Point^'E  the  Fefs 
Pom^csWd  alfo  the  Center.— F  the  No m- 
■il  or  Nii-vel  Point.— the  Dexter  Safe. 
I  the  Sinifier  B.ife.—H  the  precife  middle 
Bafe.  See  each  further  defcribed  in  its  Place. 
Cohnibiere  makes  the  Points  and  their 

Situations  fymbolic;il  As  the  feveral 

Bearings  in  nn  Efcutcheon  are  To  many  Types  reprefenting 
the  commendAblc  A^^ions  of  the  Perron  they  are  given  to^ 
fo  the  Efcutclicon  itfelf  reprefents  th-^  Body  of  the  Man  that 
perform'd  them,  and  the  Points^  or  Parts,  fignified  by  thefe 
Letters,  the  principal  Parts  of  his  Body.— Thus,  A,  B,  C  re- 
prefent  the  Head,  in  \'>'hich  the  three  great  Faculties  refide  ; 
D,  the  Neck  where  Ornaments  arc  chit:fiy  bore  :  E,  the 
Heart,  &c.    See  Escutcheon. 

Pol  NT  is  alfo  an  Ordinary, fomething like  the  Pile,  rifing 
from  the  bottom  of  the  Efcutcheon  to  the  Top  very  nar- 
row, and  only  taking  up  two  Thirds  of  the  Point  of  the 
Efcutcheon. — When  it  thus  rif^s  from  the  Bafe,  it  is  peculi- 
arly cali'd  Point-in- ppint. 

Point  inverted.,  is  when  it  defcends  from  the  Chief  down- 
wards; polTeffing  two  thirds  of  the  Chief,  but  diminilhing 
as  it  approaches  the  Point  of  the  Efcutcheon,  tho'  without 
touching  it. 

^^oint  en  Bind^ot  Point  en  Barre,  is  when  the  Point  U  placed 

tranfverfe,  in  the  Situition  of  a  Bend  or  Bar.  When  it 

comes  from  the  Sides  of  the  Efcutcheon,  it  is  Afo  call'd  a 
Point  Dexter  or  S/nifier,  according  to  its  Situation. 

The  Poitit  Dexter  is  commonly  reputed  an  Abatement 
due  to  a  Br.iggidocio. — Point-Champion-Ten  due  for  killing  a 
Prifoner  after  Qicdter  demanded.  Point  in  Point-,  a  Di- 
minution b"longing  to  a  Coward,  Point  plain,  an  Abate- 
ment bdoni;ing  to  a  Lyar,  &c.  See  Abatement,  Dimi- 
nution, &c. 

Point  is  alfo  uR^d  in  Heraldry,  for  the  lower  part  of 
the  Efcutcheon,  which  iifuiUy  terminates  in  a  Point.  See 
Escutcheon. 

In  the  French  Arms  the  Flower  de  Lys's  are  two  in  Chief 
and  one  in  Pcint. 

Point,  is  alio  an  Iron  or  Steel  Inftrument,  ufed  with 
Ibme  \'ariety  in  feveral  Arts. 

Engravers,  Etchers,  Wooden  Cutters,  Stone  Cutters 
life  Points  to  trace  their  Defigns  on  the  Copper,  Wood, 
Stone,  &c.    See  Eng  k  av  1  ng,  Etchi  ng,  &c. 

Statuaries,  &l:  have  likewilc  Points  in  manner  of  little 
ChiHlds,  ufcd  in  the  firfl:  forming  or  sketching  out  their 
Works.    See  Statue,  Foundery,  &c. 

Turners  work  or  faihion  their  common  Works  between 

two  Points  faftened  to  the  Puppets.  .Lapidaries  have  Iron 

Points,  to  the  Ends  whereof  are  faftened  Pit;cesof  Diamonds, 
Terving  to  pierce  the  precious  Stones  withal.  Sec  Turning, 

LAriDARY,  &C. 

Point,  in  the  Manufaftories,  is  a  general  Term  ufed 
for  all  kinds  of  Laccs  wrought  with  the  Needle  j—Such  are 
point  de  Kcnice,  Feint  de  France,  Point  deCe?init^  &c.  which 
are  diftinguifh'd  by  the  particular  OEconomy  and  Arrange- 
ment of  their J. 

The  Word  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  Lace  wove  with 
Bobbins  i  as,  En^lijh  Point,  Point  de  Malines,  Point  de 
H.avre,  Sec. 

Point,  in  Poetry,  is  a  brisk  lively  Turn,  or  Conceit, 
nfually  found  or  cxpefted,  at  theClofe  of  an  Epigram.  See 
Epigram. 

P o  J  r-Blnnk,  in  Gunnery,  denotes  a  Shot  or  Bullet 
to  go  direftly  forward,  in  a  ftrait  Line,  to  the  Mark  ■,  and 
doth  not  move  in  a  Curve,  as  Bombs  and  highly  elevated 
random  Shots  do:  See  Mortar,  Projectile,  Gunnery, 
t^c. 

PO I N  T  E  D—  A  Ciofs  pointed,  is  that  which  has  the  Ex- 
tremities turn'd  off  into  Points  by  ftrait  Lities.  CoUmbiere 
calls  it  aiguifee   See  Cross. 

P  O  I  N  T 1 N  G  f/jf  Cf&/e,  is  a  Sea-Term,  denoting  the  un- 
twifting  it  at  the  End,  and  leflening  the  Yarn,  and  twifting 
them  again,  making  all  faft  with  a  Piece  of  Marline,  to  keep 
it  from  ravelling  out.  See  Cabl  e. 


Pointing,  in  Grammar,  the  Art  of  dividing  a  Dip 
courfe,  by  Points,  into  Periods  and  Members  of  Periods* 
to  facilitate  the  Pronunciation  and  Uuderftanding  thereof 
See  Punctuation. 

Pointing,  among  Seamen,  the  marking  on  the  Chart 
in  what  Point  or  Place  theVelTcl  is.   See  Chart,  Rhumej 

All  the  DifHculty  in  pointing  a  Chart  arifes  from  our  Igno- 
rance of  the  Longitude.— The  Pilot  eafily  finds  the  Latitude 
by  taking  the  Height  of  the  Pole  i  but  for  the  Longitude 
there  is  no  coming  at  it  but  by  Computation  which  is  ever 
uncertain.    Sec  Lomgitude,  Latitude,  Sailing,  c^rc. 

Pointing,  in  War,  the  levelling  or  direding  of  the 
Cannon  or  Mortar-Piece,  fo  as  to  play  againfi:  any  certain 
Point.  See  Levelling,  Cannon,  Ordnanci;,  Mortar, 
Projectile,  &c. 

This  is  done  by  means  of  a  Quadrant  with  a  Plummet.  See 
GuKNERS  Quadrant. 

POISON,  in  Medicine,  a  malignant  Quality  in  fome 
Animal,  Vegetable  or  Mineral  Body,  which  renders  it  hurt- 
fid,  and  even  mortal  to  thole  who  take  it. 

Some  de.fine  a  Poifon  to  be  any  thing  taken  inwardly, 
whof;  Properties  are  contrary  to  thofe  of  a  Food,  or  to 
what  they  ihould  be  in  order  to  Nutrition.    See  Food. 

Poifons  are  of  various  kinds  ^  and  operate  in  various 
manners:  fome  by  dilTiilving  the  Blood,  others  by  coagula- 
ting it-,  and  others  by  corroding  and  dcftroying  the  folid 
Parts.  See  Blood,  Dissolution,  Coagulation,  Cor- 
rosion, err. 

Some  attack,  equally,  all  the  Parts  ^  fome  only  a  particu- 
lar one  Thus  the  Lepus  Aiarinus  is  an  Enemy  to  the 

Lungs,  Camharidcs  to  the  Bladder,  &i. 

Some  again,  which  prove  Poifon  to  Man  ferve  for  Food  to 

other  Animals.  Thus  Mandrngora  and  Jufquiamnus  feed 

Hogs,  kill  Man  ■,  and  thus  that  deadly  Poifon  Hemlock  is 
wholefome  for  Goats,  Bultards,  and,  as  6WeH  fays,  for  Star- 
lings too.  The  Ca(jad.i  Plant,  Sir  H.ms  Sloane  tells  us,  poi- 
fons, unprepared  \  but  prepared  is  the  very  Bread  of  the 
Weji  Indies:,  particularly  Jamaica  and  the  hotter  Parts;  and 
is  ufed  to  victual  Ships. 

Nay,  what  is  more,  fome  Poifons  are  not  only  Food,  but 

even  Phyfick  to  other  Animals  -In  the  PhiL  Tranfa^.  we 

have  an  Inftance  of  a  Horfe  troubled  with  the  Farcy,  which 
could  not  be  cured  by  the  moft  firaed  P^emedies,  which  yet 
cured  himfelf  in  a  fhort  time,  by  feedinggreedilv  on  Hemlock. 
—Fontanus  tells  us  of?.  Woman  who  eat  Hemlock  for  fome 
time  to  procure  Sleep;  and  with  very  good  Effetl",  tho'  re- 
peated Dofes  of  Opium  had  no  Operation. 

Dr.  Tanc.  Robinfon,  in  a  Letter  to  Mr.  Ray,  gives  an  Ac- 
count of  feveral  poifonous  Plants,  which  if  truly  correfted, 
or  exaftly  dofed,  he  fiys,  may  prove  the  moft  powerful  Re- 
medies known,— —Thus  the  Hellebores  incorporated  with  a 
Sapo,  or  Alkaly- Salts  alone,  are  fuccefsful  in  Epilepiies,  Ver- 
tigo's, Palffes,  Lethargies,  and  Mania's.  Dofe  from  gr-  to  5/}, 
The  Roots  of  Cicuta,  jf\}'arum,  and  Napellus,  in  Agues  and 
periudica!  Pains:  Dofe  6>  to  The  Hyofcyamus  in  Hce- 
morrhagies,  violent  Heats  and  Inflammations;  Dole  e,'-  to 
if.  The  Semen  StramoniA  is  a  good  Anodyne,  uf;ful  in 
Vigilia's,  RheumaEifms,  Hyfteric  Cafes,  &c.  Dofe  e;.  to  3/}. 
EUtcrium,  Sold.weli.i  &  Cratiola,  in  Hydropic  Cafes.  Opium 
corrected  lofes  its  Narcotic  Qiiality,  and  is  fafely  given  in 
great  Dofes  in  convullive  Cafes,  Fluxes,  Cartarrhs,  d-c. 

The  Word  Poifon  is  derived  from  the  Latin  Potio-,  Draught, 
and  was  antiently  ufed  in  an  innocent  Senfe.  See  Potion. 

Phyficians  diftinguilb  three  Kinds  Poifons:  Animal  Poi- 
fons'^ i.e.  thofe  drawn  from  Animals;  as  the  F'lper^  -^fp'C, 
Scorpion,  Lepus  Aiarinus,  Sic.    See  Vi  per. 

Vegetable  Poifons,  AS  Aconite,  Cicuta,  or  Hemlock,  f:Idlleb<jref 
Napellus,  Sic.    See  Aconite,  Cicuta,  Hellebore,  &c. 

And  Ailnernl  Poifons,  as  Arjhnc,  Corrofwe  Sublirnute-,  Cc- 
rujfe,  Orpiment,  ReatgaU  &c.    See  AusENiC,  &c. 

The  Theory  of  the  EfFeifis,  Operations,  &c.  of  Animal 
Poifons,  is  very  accurately  and  mechanically  delivered  by 
Dr.  Mead-^  in  thofe  remarkable  Cafes,  the  Bites  of  a  Kipcr, 
Tarantula,  and  a  tnad  Dog.  See  his  Doftrine  under  the  re- 
fpeftive  Articles, Tarantula,  Viper,  and  Hydrophobia. 

The  Operation  of  vegetable  Poifons,  fee  deliver'd  under 
the  Article  Opiates. 

As  to  A/ineral Poifons,  they  all  bear  fo  much  Analogy  to  that 
made  of  Quickfilver  in  the  common  Sublimate,  that  their  O- 
peration  will  eafily  be  conceiv'd  from  what  we  have  already 
hid  down  under  the  Heads,  Mercury  and  Sublimate. 

They  are  all  more  or  lefs  dangerous,  as  tlieir  Silts  receive 
a  greater  or  lefs  Force  from  the  metallick  Particles',  and 
hence,  as  the  mofl  virulent  may  be  mitigated  by  break- 
ing the  Points  of  the  Ciline  Cryftals ;  the  moll  innocent 
Minerals  may  become  corrofive  by  combining  them  with 
Silts,  as  is  feen  in  the  Preparations  of  Silver,  Antimony,  Iron, 
^c.    See  Mephites,  Grotto,  c^c. 

The  general  Remedii;s  againft  Poifons  are  known  by  the 
Name  of  Antidotes,  Alexipharmtcksj  Alexiterialsy  &c.  See 
Antidotb,  Alexiph.armic,  &c. 


PO  L 


(  845 


p  o  ii 


Comey-?oiAO:ij  See  Covsfi'VE-B.'Poifo-/. 

70  Poison  a  Piece,  antong  Gunners,  is  the  fame  as  to 
clog  and  nail  it  up, 

POISONING,  in  Law,  the  Crime  of  adminiftring 
Poifon  to  a  Perfon. 

This,  by  a  Law  of  Nenry  VIII.  was  made  High-Treafon 
but  that  Law  was  afterwards  repealed  \  and  the  Punifhrnent 
made  for  it  was  to  be  put  alive  into  a  Cauldron  of  Water,  and 

boil'd  to  Death.  At  prefent  it  is  only  Felony  without 

Benefit  of  Clergy.   See  Punishment. 

POLAR,  fomething  belonging  to  the  Poles  of  the 
World.    See  Pole. 

In  this  Senfe  we  fay.  Volar  Virtue,  Polar  Tendency,  &c. 
See  Polarity. 

Polar  Circles^  are  two  Circles  parallel  to  the  Equa- 
tor, at  the  Diftance  of  23  Deg.  from  each  Pole;  ferving  to 
mark  the  beginning  of  the  Frigid  Zone,  See  Circle  and 
Zone. 

The  Polar  Circles  are  particularly  denominated  from  their 
refpe^live  neighbouring  Poles,  the  ArUk  and  AntartHc. 
See  Arctic  and  Antarctic, 

Polar  Dials  are  thofe  whofe  Planes  are  parallel  to  fome 
great  Circle  parting  through  the  Poles,  or  to  fome  one  of 
the  Hour-Circks  \  ib  that  the  Pole  is  neither  elevated  above, 
nor  depreffed  below  tlie  Plane. 

Such  Dial  therefore  can  have  no  Center,  and  confequent- 
ly  its  Style,  Subftyle,  and  Hour-Lines  are  parallel.  See 
Pl  a  n  e. 

This  therefore  will  be  an  Horizontal  Dial  to  thofe  who 
live  under  the  Equator  or  Line. 

To  conjlruB  a  Polar  Dial.   See  Dial. 

Polar  Projeclion  is  a  Reprefentation  of  the  Earth  or 
Heavens,  projeifted  on  the  Plane  of  one  of  the  Polar  Cir- 
cles.   See  Projection. 

POLARITY,  theQiiality  of  a  Thing  confidered  as  ha- 
ving Poles.    See  Pole. 

By  heating  an  Iron  Bar,  and  letting  it  cool  in  a  vertical 

Pofture,  it  acquires  a  Polarity.  The  lower  End  becomes 

the  North  Endi^  the  upper  the  South.    See  Iron. 

Iron  Bars  acquire  a  Polarity^  by  being  kept  a  long 

time  in  an  ereifl  Pofture,  even  without  Heating.  Thus 

fhe  Bars  of  Windows,  Grc,  are  frequently  found  to  have 
Poles,  Nay  a  Rod  of  Iron  acquires  a  Polarity,  by  the 
anere  holding  it  ereil ;  the  lower  End  in  that  Cafe  attraft- 
ing  the  South  End  of  a  magnetic  Needle ;  and  the  upper 

the  North  End.  But  thefe  Poles  are  mutable,  and  ihift 

with  the  Situation:  of  the  Rod.  See  Magnet  and  Mag- 
netism. 

POLE,  PoLus,  in  Aftronomy,  the  Extremity  of  the 
Axis  whereon  the  Sphere  revolves.  See  Axis  and  Sphere. 

Thefe  two  Points  are  called,  by  way  of  Excellence,  the 
Poles  of  the  World.    See  World. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  m>^uVi  vertere,  to 
turn. 

IVolfius  defines  the  Poles,  thofe  Points  on  the  Surface  of 
the  Sphere  through  which  the  Axis  pafies:  fuch  are  the 

Points  P  Q,  (Tab.  Agronomy,  Fig.  52.)  whereof,  that  vi- 

fible  to  us,  or  raib'd  above  otir  Horizon  P,  is  called  the 
Ar^lc  or  North  Pole-,  and  itsOppofite  Q,  the  Amar^iic  or 
South  Pole.    See  Arctic  and  Antarctic. 

Pole  in  Geography,  is  the  Extremity  of  the  Earth's  Axis; 
or  the  Points  on  the  Surface  of  our  Globe,  thro'  which  the 
Axis  pafK-s.    See  Earth. 

Such  are  the  Points  P  Qj  (Tah.  Geography,  Fig.  7.)  where- 
of that  Elevated  above  our  Horizon  P,  is  called  the  Arftic 
or  North  Pole ;  and  its  Oppofite  the  AmarStic  or  South 
Pole.    See  Globe. 

Dr.  Halley  fhews,  that  the  foUftitial  Day,  under  the  Pole, 
is  as  hot  as  under  the  Equinoctial,  when  the  Sun  is  in  the 
Zenith ;  in  regard  all  the  24  Hours  of  that  Day  under  the 
Pole,  the  Sun's  Beams  are  inclined  to  the  Horizon  with  an 
Angle  of  25!  Degrees-,  wliereas,  under  the  Equinoftial,  tho' 
he  becomes  vertical,  yet  he  fhiiies  no  more  than  12  Hours, 
and  is  abfent  12  Hours,  befides,  that  for  3  Hours  8  Mi- 
nutes of  that  12  Hours  he  is  above  the  Horizon  there,  he 
is  not  fo  much  elevated  as  under  the  Pole.    See  Heat. 

The  Altitude  or  Elevation  of  the  Pole,  is  an  Arch  of  the 
Meridian,  intercepted  between  the  Pole  and  the  Horizon. 
See  Altitude. 

To  find  this  Elevation  is  a  very  popular  Problem  in  Aftro- 
nomy,  Geography,  and  Navigation-,  This  and  the  Latitude 
of  the  Place  being  ever  the  fame.   See  Latitude. 

To  obferve  the  Altitude  of  the  Pole. 

With  a  QLiadrant,  obferve  both  the  greateft  and  leaft  Me- 
ridian Altitude  of  the  Po/t-Star.    See  Meridian. 

Subftradt  the  leaft  from  the  greateft,  and  divide  the  Dif- 
ference by  two  *,  the  Quotient  is  the  Star's  Diftance  from 
the  Pole ;  which  added  to  the  leffer  Altitude  found,  gives 
jhe  Elevation  of  the  Pole  required. 

Jh"§  M.  ffja^j^^  |he  ypunger,  at  Vl^fypp^i  '^^  V^97-> 


End  of  September,  obferv'd  the  greateft  Meridian  Altitude 
40^  5' 4o"»  The  fmalleft,  36°  28'  o".  The  Difference 
whereof  is  4^"  37*  40'^  one  half  whereof,  18*  50",  added 
tothe  lefs,  gives  38^  46'  50",  The  Altitude  of  the  Pole  of 
Vlyjfippo.  See  Altitude. 

The  Altitude  of  the  Pole,  together  with  the  Meridian 
Line,  being  the  Bafis  of  all  Aftronomical  Obfervations  ^  to 
determine  it  with  the  greater  Accuracy,  the  Meridian  Alti- 
tudes muft  be  corrected  from  the  Doftrine  of  Refraftions, 
herij.ifter  delivered.  See  Reeraction,  Meridian,  &c. 

By  Means  hereof,  M.  Couplet  fubftradting  1'  25"  in  the 
propoftd  Example,  leaves  the  corrected  Altitude  38"^  45'  25'', 

Hence  1.  The  Altitude  of  the  Pole  being  fubftraaed  from 
90*^,  leaves  the  Altitude  of  the  Equator.    See  Equator. 

2.  If  the  greateft  Meridian  Altitude  of  this  Star  exceed 
the  Altitude  of  the  Equator,  the  latter  fubftrafted  from  the 
former,  leaves  the  Declination  of  the  Star  Northward  ;  If 
the  Altitude  of  the  Star  be  lefs  than  that  of  the  Equator, 
the  foriT.er  fubftrafted  from  the  Utter  leaves  the  Star's  De- 
clination Southward.    See  Declination. 

Dr.  HooJi,  and  fcime  others,  imagined,  the  Height  of  the 
Pole,  and  the  Pofition  of  the  Circles  of  the  Heavens,  in 
refpeft  of  thofe  on  the  Earth,  to  be  rh-.nged  irom  what 
they  ancien:!/  were:  But  M.  C^jfini  thinks  there  is  nq 
Ground  for  fuch  Surmife^  hut  that  .tII  the  Difference  we 
now  find  in  the  Latitudes  of  Places,  0-c.  in  refpedt  of  the 
ancient  Accounts,  a.rifes  from  the  Inaccuracies  of  the  an- 
cient Obfervations. 

Indeed  'tis  no  wonder  they  ftiould  err  in  their  Obferva- 
tions, confidering  what  Inftruments  they  ufed :  H'^  adds,: 
'tis  probable  there  may  be  fome  Variation  in  the  Height  of 
the  Pole;  but  thinks  this  never  exceeds  two  Minutes*,  and 
that  even  this  will  v.inilh,  after  it  is  arrived  to  its  higheft 
Difference.    See  Eq^uator,  &c. 

Pole,  in  Sphericks,  is  a  Point  equally  difl.int  from  every 
Part  of  the  Circumfeience  of  a  greater  Circle  of  the  Sphere  ^ 
as  the  Center  is  in  a  plain  Figure,    See  Center. 

Or,  Pole  is  a  Point  90°  diftant  from  the  Plane  of  a 
Circle,  and  in  a  Line  pafiing  perpendicularly  thro'  the  Cen- 
ter, called  the  Axis.    See  Circle. 

The  Zenith  and  Nadir  are  the  Poles  of  the  Horizon  

The  Poles  of  the  Equator  are  the  fame,  with  thofe  of  the 
Sphere  or  Globe.    See  Zenith,  Nadir,  &c. 

Poles  of  the  Ecliptic  are  Points  in  the  Solftltial  Colure 
23°  30'  diftant  from  the  Poles  of  the  World.  See 
Sphere,  Equator,  Horizon,  &c. 

Poles  in  Magneticks,  are  two  Points  in  a  Loadftone, 
correfponding  to  the  Poles  of  the  World ;  the  one  pointing 
to  the  North,  the  other  to  the  South,    See  Magnet. 

If  the  Stone  be  broke  in  ever  fo  many  Pieces,  each  Frag- 
ment will  have  its  two  Poles.  If  a  Magnet  be  biff^fted 

by  a  Line  perpendicular  to  the  Axis-,  the  two  Points  before 
join'd  will  become  oppofite  Poles,  one  in  each  Segment. 

To  touch  a  Needle,  &c.  that  Part  intended  for  the  North 
End  istouch'd  with  the  South  Poleoi  the  M^ignet,  and  thatin- 
tended  ibr  the  South  End  with  the  North  Pole.  See  Needlej 

A  Piece  of  Iron  acquires  a  Polarity,  by  only  holding  it 
upright,  &c.  SeePoLARiTv.   But  its  Poles  are  not  Hx'd  ^ 

but  fhilt,  and  are  inverted  as  the  Iron  is  A  fix'd  North 

Pole  may  be  made  all  the  Ways  a  fix'd  South  Pole  is  made^ 
but  not  vice  verfct;  and  whatever  Way  we  get  a  fix'd  South 
Pole,  'tis  always  weaker  than  a  fix'd  North  Pole  got  the 
fame  Way. 

Fire  deftroys  all  fix'd  Poles ;  but  ftrengthens  the  mutable 
ones.    See  Fire. 

The  End  of  a  Rod  being  heated,  and  left  to  cool  North- 
ward, Dr.  Gilbert  liiys,  becomes  a  fix'd  North  Pole;  if 
Southward,  a  fix'd  South  Pole:  yet  this  does  not  hold  in 

all  Cafes  If  the  End  be  cool'd  held  downward  or  to  the 

Nadir,  it  acquires  fomewhat  more  Magnetifiii,  than  if  cool'd 
horizontally  towards  the  North.  But  the  beft  Way  is  to 
coo!  it  a  little  inclined  to  the  North.  Repeated  Ignitions 
don't  avail  more  than  a  tingle  one. 

Dr.  Power  fays,  that  if  we  hold  a  Rod  Northwards,  and 
hammer  the  North  End  in  that  Pofition  j  it  will  become  a 
fix'd  Noi  th  Pole;  and,  contrarily,  if  you  hammer  the  South 

End  What  is  faid  of  Hammering  is  to  be  likewife  un- 

derftood  of  Filing,  Grinding,  Sawing  j  nay,  a  gentle  rub- 
bing, provided  it  be  continued  long,  will  produce  Poles.  See 
Friction. 

The  more  heavy  the  Blows  are,  c^cteris  paribus,  the  Mag- 

netifm  is  the  ftronger.  A  few  hard  Blows  do  as  much  as 

many.  Old  Drills  and  Punches  are  fix'd  North  Poles,  be- 
caufe  almoft  conftantly  ufed  downwards.  New  Drills  are 
either  mutable  Poles  or  weak  North  Poles.  Drilling  with 
fuch  a  one  Southward  horizontally,  'tis  a  Chance  if  you 
produce  a  fix'd  South  Pole,  much  lels  if  you  drill  South 
downwards-,  but  if  you  drill  South  upwards,  you  make  a 
fix'd  South  Pole. 

A  weak  fix'd  Pole  may  degenerate  into  a  mutable  one  in 
a  Day,  nay  in  a  few  Minutes,  by  holding  it  in  a  Pofition 
contrary  to  its  Pole,  The  Loidftone  itfelf  will  not  make  a 
-  10  F  fix'd 


POL 


(845) 


POL 


fix'd  We  in  any  Iron.  'Tis  required  the  Iron  hiVe  a  length, 
if  it  be  thick.  Mr.  Ballard  tells  us,  that  in  (ix  or  feven 
Drills  made  before  his  Face,  the  Bit  of  each  became  a  North 
tole,  merely  by  hardening. 

Pole  of  a  Glafs  in  Opticks,  is  the  thickeft  Part  of  a  Con- 
vex, or  the  thinneft  of  a  Concave  Glafs.  See  Convex  and 
Concave. 

If  the  Glifs  be  truly  ground,  the  Tole  will  be  exaftly  in 
the  Middle  of  its  Surface.  See  Optic,  Giass,  Grind- 
ing, &c. 

This  is  fometimes  alfo  called  the  fertcx  of  the  Glafs.  See 
Vertex. 

Pole  in  Surveying,  is  a  Meafnre,  containing  16  Foot  and 
an  half;  called  alfo  Perch.    Sec  Perch. 

PoLE-Sfi^/-,  or  PoLAR.-5r<Jr,  is  a  Star  of  the  fccond  Magni- 
tude ;  the  laft  in  the  Tail  of  Urfa  Minor,  or  little  Bear. 
See  Ubsa  Minor. 

Its  Longitude  Mr.  Flamflead  makes  2^°  14'  41 its  Lati- 
tude, 66°  64'  II". 

The  Nearnefs  of  this  Star  to  the  Pole,  whence  it  happens 
that  it  never  fets;  renders  it  of  vaft  Service  in  Navigation, 
f^c,  for  determining  the  Meridian  Line,  the  Elevation  of 
the  Pole,  and  confequently  the  Latitude  of  the  Place,  &c. 
See  Pole;  fee  alfo  Meridian  and  Latitude. 

P  O  L  E  M,  ^mia  4,  Edtv.  IV.  cap.  7.  was  a  Iharp  or 
picked  Top,  fet  in  the  Fore-part  of  the  Shoe  or  Boot.  This 
Falhion  was  firft  taken  up  in  the  Time  of  King  William  Ru- 
fui  ;  the  Picks  being  made  lb  long,  that  they  v;ere  tied  up  to 
the  Knees  with  Silver  or  Golden  Chains :  Th:y  were  forbidden 
by  Edw.  IV.  Turn  jiuxm  Criniuin.,  tunc  luxus  f^efiiuffi,  Imc 
ufus  Calceorum  cum  arcuatis  aculeis  inventus  el}.  Malmf.  in 
Will  II. 

POLEMICAL,  an  Epithet  applied  to  Books  of  Con- 
troverfy,  efpecially  thole  in  Divinity. 

Hence  alfo  we  fay  Polemicd  Bivinityy  for  Controverfial, 
&c.  See  Divinity. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  mxijiMt,  War,  Battle. 
 -Scciliger's  Exercitations  againfl  Cardan  make  a  pure  po- 
lemical Book. 

POLEMOSCOPE,  in  Opticks,  a  kind  of  crooked  or 
oblique  Profpcitive  Glafs,  contrived  for  the  feeing  of  Objefts 
that  don't  lie  direftly  before  the  Eye. 

It  was  invented  by  Hevelius,  in  1637,  ^^^o  gave  it  this 
Name  from  the  Greek  «om^{,  pu^na  ;  becaufe  it  may  be  of 
Ufe  in  War,  in  Engagements,  Duels,  &c. 

Something  of  this  Kind  are  thofe  now  known  among  ns 
under  the  Name  of  Ogling  Glalfcs,  or  Opera-Glaffes,  thro' 
Which  one  fees  a  Perfon  in  appearing  to  look  at  another. 

Cotiflru^lion  of  the  Polemofcope. 

Any  Telefcope  will  be  a  Polemofcope,  if  the  Tube  be  but 
crooked,  like  a  reftangular  Syphon  A  B  D  M  {Tab.  Opiicis, 
Fig.jo.)  And  between  the  Objeft  Glafi,  AB,and  firft  Eye- 
Glafs  G  H  (if  there  be  fevera!)  be  placed  a  plain  Mirror,  in 
fuch  manner  as  that  the  Mirror  is  inclined  to  the  Horizon, 
at  an  Angle  of  45°,  and  its  reflefted  Image  found  in  the  Fo- 
cus of  the  Eye-Glafs  G  H. 

For,  by  this  means,  Objects  fituate  over  againft  the  Lens 
A  B  will  appear  the  fame  as  if  the  Mirror  K  were  away, 
and  the  Oojeft-Glafs  with  the  Objefts  were  directly  oppo- 
flte  to  the  Eye-GlalTes. 

If  'tis  defired  to  look  in  at  O,  not  at  M,  another  plain 
Mirror,  N  muft  be  added.    See  Telescope. 

POLETA,  in  our  ancient  Law-Books,  fignifiesthe  Ball  of 

the  Foot  Tres  ortilli  fcindamur  de  pede  anterior!  fine  Pole- 

ta.    Mat.  Par.  Anno  1215.   See  Expeditate. 
^  POLICY,  or  Polity,  the  Laws,  Orders,  and  Regula- 
tions prefcribed  for  the  Conduct  and  Government  of  States 
and  Communities.    See  Government. 

In  the  general.  Policy  is  ufed  in  oppofltion  to  Barbarilin. 

.  Different  States  have  different  Kinds  of  Policy ;  thus 

the  Policy  of  Athens  difFer'd  from  that  of  Sparta. 

Lcyfeau  obfervcs,  that  Policy  properly  fignifies  the  Courfe 

and  Adminillfation  of  Juftice  in  a  City.  The  Direction 

of  the  Policy  of  London  is  in  the  Hands  of  the  Lord-Mayor. 
See  Mayor. 

At  Paris  they  have  a  Chamber  of  Policy,  where  People 
are  verbally  accufed  for  Contraventions  of  Policy. 

Some  divide  Policy  into  two  Parts,  Agaronomy,  that  re- 
lating to  the  Affairs  of  Merchandife  ■,  and  A/tinomy,  that 
concerning  the  Civil  and  Judiciary  Government  of  the  Ci- 
tizens: Some  add  a  third  Branch,  via.  what  relates  to  the 
Eccledaftical  Government.    See  Ecclesiastical. 

Bilhop  Hooker  has  a  fine  Treatife  of  the  Laws  of  Ecclefi- 
aftical  Polity. 

The  Word  is  of  Greek  Original ;  being  derived  from  the 
Greek  waAif,  Civitas,  City. 

Policy  of  Affurance,  or  Infurancs  of  Ships,  is  a  Contract 
or  Convention  whereby  a  Perfon  takes  upon  himfelf  the 
Rifques  of  a  Sea- Voyage;  obliging  himfelf  to  make  good 
the  LolTes  and  Damages  that  may  befal  the  Veffel,  its  E- 
quipage.  Tackle,  Victualling,  Lading,  C[e,  either  from  Tem- 


pells.  Shipwrecks,  Pirates,  Fire,  War,  Reprizals,  &e.  iii 
Part  or  in  whole;  in  Confideration  of  a  certain  Sum  of  Se- 
ven, Eight,  or  Ten  per  Cent,  more  or  lefs,  according  to  the 
Risk  run  ;  which  Sum  is  paid  down  to  the  Aflurer  by  the 
Afluree,  upon  his  figning  the  Policy.    See  Assurance. 

There  are  fonie  ACfurances  for  the  Going,  fome  for  the 
Returning,  and  fome  for  both;  or  for  a  limited  Time ;  though 
jome  maintain,  that  the  Time  ought  never  to  be  limited, 
in  that  the  Contraft  thereby  becomes  Uforary. 

The  Policy  is  to  contain  the  Name  and  Dwelling  of  the 
Perfon  allured  ;  his  Qiialitr,  whether  as  Proprietor  or  A- 
gent;  the  Effects,  Name  of  the  Vefel,  and  of  the  M.ifter  ; 
thofe  of  the  Place  where  the  Goods  ate  to  be  loaden  or  un- 
loaden;  the  Port  whence  and  whither,  the  Time,  the 
Rifques,  and  the  Conditions. 

If  the  VelTel  or  Merchandizes  alTured  be  loft,  the  AITuree 
muft  notify  the  fame  by  an  Aft  in  form;  declaring  he  I'ur- 
renders  the  whole  to  the  AfTurer,  on  his  paying  the  Sums 
allured  in  the  Time  exprelTed. 

The  Origin  of  thefe  Af&rances  is  afcribed  to  the  Jews, 
at  the  Time  they  were  expelled  Prance,  in  1182;  who  are 
faid  to  have  ufed  this  as  a  Means  to  facilitate  the  tranfport- 
ing  of  their  Effefts. 

The  Terra  Policy  is  SpanlUi,  and  conies  from  Polica,  Sche- 
dule; but  the  Praflice  comes  from  the  Italians  and  the 
Lombards,  who,  again,  derived  it  originally  from  the  Latin 
Policitatio,  Promife.— Some  lay,  the  Merchants  of  Marfeilles 
wxre  the  firft  who  fet  on  Foot  this  Kind  of  Commerce. 

Anciently,  Policies  were  given  by  Word  of  Mouth,  called 
Policies  of  Credit;  it  being  fuppofed  the  AfTurer  would  en- 
ter them  in  his  Leidger :  but  of  late  that  Honefty  is  be- 
come lefs  frequent  among  Traders,  they  have  been  con- 
ftantly  in  Writing. 

The  Grand  Mart  for  the  Affurance  of  Ships  is  the  City 
of  Amiierdam.  'Tis  here  not  only  the  Dutch  Traders  alTure 
their  Veffcls,  bur,  wh.itisinfinitelymore  confiderable,  fuch  is 
the  Riches,  Reputation,  &c.  oi  the  Iiihabituus,  as  to  en- 
gage the  Generality  of  Merchants  of  other  Countries  to  pre- 
fer them  to  their  own  Countrymen,  and  to  alTure  with  the 
Dutch,  when  it  would  be  much  eafier  for  them  to  find  Af- 
furers  at  Home,  or  in  the  Ports  where  the  \'efrels  are  laden. 

The  Number  of  AfTurers  at  Amiierdam  is  not  above  Fifty 
or  Sixty  Perfons;  yet  is  their  Wealth  and  Charafter  fuch, 
that  a  Man  never  fails  of  an  ACfurer,  be  the  Conntries  or 
Ports  what  they  will,  the  Cargo  ever  fo  rich,  or  the  Dangers 
ever  fo  imminent. 

Policy  of  Affurance,  or  Infurance  of  Houfes,  is  an  In- 
ftrunient  form'd  on  the  Model  of  that  for  Veffcls;  whereby 
a  Perfon,  or  Community  of  Perfons,  take  on  themfclves 
the  Rifques  and  Damages  that  may  befal  Houfes,  their  Fur- 
niture,  in  whole  or  in  Part,  &c.  from  Fire;  on  Confi- 
deration of  a  certain  Sum  or  Sums,  to  be  paid  by  the  Al'- 
furer,  according  to  the  Terras  of  the  Agreement.  See  As- 
surance. 

The  AfTurance  frora  Fire  is  now  a  popular  Piece  of  Com- 
merce ;  and  we  have  a  Number  of  Societies  eredted  into  Cor- 
porations, for  that  very  Purpofe.    See  Fire-Office. 

Poll  CY  of  Alfurance  of  Lives,  is  an  Inflrument  whereby  a 
Society  of  Perfons  erefted  into  a  Corporation,  Cs-c.  oblige 
thenifelves  to  pay  a  certain  Sum  of  Money,  e.g.  an  Hun- 
dred Pounds  upon  the  Death  of  a  Perfon  vvhofe  Lifi;  they 
afTure;  in  Confideration  of  a  Sum  of  Money,  e.  g.  one  Gui- 
nea, paid  Qiiarterly,  to  the  AfTurers  during  the  Life  of  the 
faid  Perfon  afTured. 

The  Policy  is  under  the  Seal  of  the  Office,  and  entitles  the 
Perfon,  in  whofe  Favour  'tis  granted,  to  make  good  his  Claim, 
according  to  the  Tenor  of  the  Articles,  or  By-Laws  of  the  So- 
ciety. 

There  have  alfo  been  lately  fet  on  Foot,  Policies  of  A  f- 
fuvance  of  Horfes,  from  Death,  Damages  in  Travelling,  Dif- 
eafes,  being  ftolen,  ore.  In  whicfi  Cafes  the  AfTurers  are  to 
make  them  good  to  the  AfTurees,  &c. 

Policy  in  Letter-Fouadery,  is  fometimes  ufed,  for  a 
Rule  that  regulates  the  Number  of  Letters  of  each  Kind  in  a 
compleat  Font;  i.e.  to  determine  how  rnan,,  in  Propor- 
tion to  the  whole  Set,  there  are  to  be  of  each  particuLar 
Kind.    See  Letter,  &c. 

For  inftance,  in  a  Font  of  an  hundred  thouland  Charac- 
ters, there  are  to  be  a  thoufand  for  the  e,  five  thoufmd  for 
a,  three  thoufand  for  the  m,  thirty  only  for  k,  as  manv  or 
a  little  more  for  the  x,  t\isy,  and  z.;  and  in  Proportion 
for  the  other  Letters,  the  great  and  little  Capitals,  the  ini- 
tial Letters,  Points,  Comma's,  double  Letteis,  &c.  See 

/.fffCr-FOUNDERY. 

P  O  L I O  P  T  R  U  M,  or  PoLYOPTRO  N,  in  Opicks.  Ses 

POLYOPTRON. 

POLISHER,  an  Inftrument  call'd  alfo  a  BurniUser, 
ufed  for  polilhing  and  burnifliing  Gold,  Silver,  and  other  M?- 
tals,  when  gilt  or  filver'd ;  and  Matters  of  other  Kinds  proper 
to  take  a  Polifh.   See  Burnisher  and  Polishing. 

The  Polijher  is  different  in  the  different  Arts  and  Manu-' 
faftories,— ^The  Gilders  ufe  an  Iron  PcUJIier  to  prepare 

their 


ion           (Hf  )  POL 

their  Metals  oefore  Gilding,  and  the  Blood  Stone  tb  giVe  60000  Tun  of  Shipping ;  which  is  worth  about  V&di 

Sheni  the  bright  Polifh  after  Gilding.    See  Gilding.  i\4illions  and  a  half  in  Money  Tliat  the  Sei-Line  round 

The  Falijber  ufed  by  the  Mdliers  of  Spurs,  Bits,  eJ-c.  is  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  and  tlie  adjicent  Ifles,  is  a" 

parr  Iron,  part  Steel,  and  part  Wood  The  Inftrument  bout  3800  Miies.— That  in  the  whole  World  are  about  300 

cor.nft-  of  an  Iron  Bjr,  with  a  wooden  Handle  at  one  End,  Millions  of  People  5  whereof  thofe  with  whom  the  Erigliffi 

and  ,1  Hook  at  the  other,  to  fallen  it  to  another  Piece  of  ^nd  Dutch  have  any  Commerce,  are  not  above  80  Millions. 

Wood  held  in  the  Vice,  while  the  Operator  is  at  Work.   That  the  Valae  of  Commodities  tr.ided  for  in  the  whole 

In  the  Middle  of  the  Bow,  within  fide,  is  what  they  pro-  not  above  4500000O.  That  the  Manufaftures  exported  out 

perly  call  the  Tolijlicr,  which  is  a  triangular  Piece  of  Steel  England  amount  to  about  5000000/.  per  Annum.  Lead, 

with  a  Tail,  whereby  it  is  riveted  to  the  Bow.  Tin,  and  Coals  to  500000  /.  per  Ann.  That  the  Value 

What  the  Cutlers  all  their  PoUJhers,  are  a  kind  of  wood-  of  the  French  Commodities  (then)  brought  into  England  did 

en  Grindftones  fif  we  may  be  allow'd  the  Word)  made  of  "ot  exceed  1200000/.  per  Ann — That  the  whole  Cafh  of 

Willnut-tree,  an  Inch  thick,  and  of  a  Diameter  at  Plea-  England,  in  current  Money,  was  then  about  6000000 /.  Ster. 

fure.    They  are  turn'd  by  the  Great  Wheel;  and  'tis  on  L)r.  Davenant  gives  Ibme  good  P.eafons,  why  imny  of  Sir 

thele  they  polilh  and  fmooth  their  Works  with  Emery  and  Vctty's  Numbers  are  not  to  be  entirely  dcipended  up- 

Putty.  ton;  and  therefore  advances  others  of  his  own,  founded  on 

The  Foiifim  ufed  in  the  Manufaftures  of  Glafs  are  very  Obfervations  of  Mr.  Grig.  King. 

different  from  all  thefe  They  conlift  of  two  Pieces  of  .  Some  of  the  Particulars  are,— That  the  Land  of  England 

Wood,  the  one  flat,  cover'd  with  old  Hat;  the  other  long  59  Millions  of  Acres.— That  the  Number  of  People,  ac- 

and  half  round,  is  faften'd  on  the  former,  whofe  Edge  it  fording  to  his  Account,  is  about  5545000  Souls,  they 

exceeds  on  both  Sides  by  fome  Inches,  which  fcrve  the  increaling  about  9000  every  Year,  Allowances  being  made 

Workman  to  take  hold  of,  and  to  work  it  backwards  and  Plagues,  &c.  Wars,  Shipping,  and  the  Plantations.— 

forwards  by.    See  Glass.  The  People  of  Z.o?;t/o?7  he  reckons  at  5^0000.    Thofe  in  the 

The  Polilhers  ufed  by  Speftarle-Makers  are  Pieces  of  "^^'^  Cities  and  Market-Towns  in  England  870000,  and 

Wood  a  Foot  long,  feven  or  eight  Inches  broad,  and  an  Inch    ^^o*"^     the  Villages  and  Hamlets  at  4100C00  The  year- 

and  half  thick,  cover'd  with  old  Caftor-Hat,  whereon  they  'y  Kent  of  the  Land  he  accounts  to  be  10,000000/.— Tha; 

polifh  the  Shell  and  Horn  Frames  their  Spe£tacle  Gkfies  are        ^'^^  Houtes  and  Buildings  2,000000/.  per  Ann.  The 

to  be  fet  in.    See  Spectacle.  Produce  of  ail  Kinds  of  Grain  he  reckons  to  be  worth 

POLISHING,  the  Art  of  giving  a  Glofs,  Lullre,  or    91O75000/.  in  a  Year  moderately  plenty.  The  Rent  of 

Brillant  to  a  thing,  particularly  a  precious  Stone,  Marble,  ^be  Corn  Ijinds  annually,  2,000000 /.  and  the  neat  Produce 

Glafs,  Mirror,  or  the  like.    See  Lustre,  &c.  »bove  9,000000/  The  Rent  of  the  Pidhire,  Meadows, 

PoiisHiNO  o/C/(i]J«, /.En/.',  CT-c.  fucceeds  the  Grinding    Woods,  Fortfts,  Commons,  He.iths,  (S'c.  7,000000/  - 

thereof.    See  Grinding  ;  fee  alfo  Glass,  Lens,  &c.  The  annual  Produce  by  Cattle,  in  Butter,  Cheefe,  and  Milk, 

The  Volifiting  of  a  Mirror  is  the  laft  Preparation  given  it,        thinks,  is  about  2,500000/.  The  "i'alue  of  the  Wool 

with  Emery  or  Putty.    See  Mirror.  yeatly  fliorn  about  2,000000/.— 01  Horles  yearly  bred  about 

For  the  Volifiing  of  Diamonds, CJ"!:.  fee  Diamond,  CJ'ir.  250000/.— Of  the  Flelh  yearly  fpent  as  Food,about  3,350000/. 

POLITICAL,  fomething  that  relates  to  Policy  or  Ci-  —Of  the  Tallow  and  Hides  about  600000  / — Of  the  Hay 
vil  Government.    See  Policy  and  Government.  yearly  confumed  by  Horfes  about  1,500000/.  Of  Hay  con- 
In  this  Senfe  we  fay,  Politicai  Interejls,  Political  View,  fumed  by  other  Cattle  1,000000/.— Of  the  Timber  yearly 
Political  Difcourfes,  &c.  fe'l'd  for  Building,  500000/.  Of  the  Wood  yearly  fpent  in 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  tmk,  Civttits,  City.    Firing,  &c.  about  500000/  The  Land  of  Engjand  to  its 

Political  Arithmetici  is  the  Application  of  arithmeti-    Inhabitants  is  now  about  7  i  Acres  per  Head  The  '\'alue 

cil  Calculations  to  Political  Ufes ;  as,  the  publick  Revenues)  of  the  Wheat,  Rye,  and  Barley,  neceflary  for  the  Suftenance 

Number  of  People,  Extent  and  Value  of  Lands,  Taxes,  of  England,  amounts  to  at  leaft  6,000000  /.  Stcrl.  per  Annum. 

Trade,  Commerce,  Manufactures,  or  whatever  relates  to  the  — The  Value  of  the  Woollen  Manufafture  mj.de  here  is  a- 

Power,  Strength,  Riches,  crt>.  of  any  Nation,  or  Common-  bout  8,000000 /.  per  Annum;  and  our  Exports  of  all  Kinds  of 

wealth.    See  Ariihmetick.  the  Woollen  Manufafture  amount  to  above  2,000000/. /,er 

The  chief  Authors  who  have  attempted  Calculations  of  Ann.—  lht  annual  Income  of  England,  on  which  the  whole 

this  Kind,  are  Sir  William  Petty,  Major  Grant,  Dr.  H.tlley,  People  live  and  fubfift,  and  out  of  which  Taxes  of  all  Kinds 

ViT.  Davenant,  d.niiAt.  King;        the  principal  Points  fet-    are  paid,  is  now  about  43,000000/.  that  Frame 

lied  by  each  hereof  are  as  follows.  81,000000/.  and  that  of //(3//««(^  18,250000/. 

According  to  Sir  William  Petty's  Computations,  tho'  the  Major  Grant,  in  his  Obiervations  on  the  Bills  of  Morta- 

Land  of  Holland  and  Zealand  be  not  above  1000000  Acres,  lity,  computes  that  there  are  39000  fquare  Miles  of  Land 

nor  that  of  France  lefs  than  80,00000,    yet  the  former  in  England.— Ikn  in  England  and  M'ales  there  are  4,600000 

are  near  a  third  Part  as  rich  and  ftrong  as  the  latter.   Souls. — That  the  People  of  London  are  about  640000  ;  one 

That  the  Rents  of  Lands  in  Holland  are  to  thofe  in  France,    fourteenth  Part  of  the  People  of  England.  That  in  Eng- 

as  7  or  8  to  i.-  That  the  People  o{  Anijierdam  are  '  of  land  ^nd  Wales  are  about  10,000  Pariihes,— That  there  arc 

thofe  of  Paris  or  London;  which,  according  to  him  do  not  25  Millions  of  Acres  in  England  and  il  ii/ef ;  vi:^.  about  4 

differ  above  a  20th  Part  from  one  another  That  the  Va-  Acres  to  every  Head. — That  but  64  out  of  roo  of  the  Chil- 

lue  of  the  Sliipping  of  Europe  is  about  Two  Millions  of  dren  born,  are  living  at  6  Years  old. — That  but  40  of  100, 

Tuns,  whereof  the  EngUP)  have  500000,  the  Dutch  900000,  are  alive  at  16  Years  End.— That  but  25  of  1 00  at  26  Years 

the  French  looooo",  the  Hamhurghers,  Danes,  Swedes,  and  End.— That  but  16  at  36  Y'ears  End. — That  but  10  out  of 

Dantsjckers  have  25CXD00;  and  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  die.  100  at  46  Years  End. — That  but  6  out  of  100  at  56  Years 

about  as  much, — That  the  Value  of  Goods  exported  yearly  End. — That  but  3  out  of  100  at  66  Years  End.  And  that 

from  France  into  all  Parts,  is  quadruple  of  that  exported  but  i  out  of  100  at  76  Years  End.— And  that  London  dou- 

into  England  alone,  and  confequently  in  all  about  5000000;  bles  itfelf  in  about  64  Y'ears. 

What  is  exported  out  of  Holland  into  England  is  worth  Sir  William  Petty,  in  his  Difcourle  about  Duplicate  pro- 

300000  /.  and  what  is  exported  thence  into  all  the  World  portion,  further  tells  us,_  that  it  is  found  by  Experience, 

18000000/. — That  the  Money  yearly  raifed  by  the  French  that  there  are  more  Peribns  living  between  16  and  z6  than 

King,  in  Time  of  Peace,  is  about  6  4  Millions  Sterling;  of  any  other  Age;  and  laying  down  that  as  a  Suppofition,  he 

And  that  the  Monies  raifed  in  Holland  and  Zealand  are  a-  infers.  That  the  fquare  Roots  of  every  Number  of  Mens  A- 

bout  2100CC0/.  And  in  all  the  Provinces  together  about  ges  under  16  (whofe  Root  is  4)  ihews  the  Proportion  of 

3000000/  That  the  People  of  f/^^/'iMf^ are  about 60C0000,  the  Probability  of  fuch  Perfons  reaching  the  Age  of  70 

and  their  Expences  at  7  /.  per  Annum  a  Head,  42000000  /.  or  Years. 

800000/.  aWeek.—ThattheRentoftheLandsisabout8Mil-  Thus,  It  is  4  times  more  likely,  that  one  of  i6Years  Age 

ions,  and  the  Interefts  and  Profits  of  the  perfonal  Eftites  as  lives  to  be  70,  than  a  Child  of  one  Year  old.— It  is  thrice  as 

much.— The  Rent  of  Houfes  in  England  ^oonooo I.  That  the  probable,  that  one  of  9  Years  lives  to  be  70,  as  fuch  a 

Profits  of  the  Labour  of  all  the  People  is  26000000/.  yearly—  new-born  Child,  (J-c— That  the  Odds  is  5  to  4,  that  one  of 

That  in/re/OT</ tlie  People  amount  to  about  1200000— That  the  25  dies  before  one  of  16  Years.— That  it  is  6  to  5,  (dill  as 

Corn  fpent  in  England,  at  51.  the  Bufhel  for  Wheat,  and  2  s.  the  fquare  Roots  of  the  Ages)  that  one  of  36  Years  old  dies 

6  d.  for  Barley,  amounts  to  Ten  Millions  per  Annum.— Thit  before  one  but  of  25  Years  of  Age .  And  fo  on  according  to 

the  Navy  of  England  (then)  required  36000  Men  to  man  «ny  declining  Age  to  70,  compared  with  4.  6:  which  is 

it,  and  other  Trade  and  Shipping  about  48000. — That  in  nearly  the  Root  of  21,  the  Law-A&e.  * 

France,  to  manage  the  whole  Shipping  Trade,  there  are  re-  Dr.  Halley  has  made  a  very  exa£t^flimate  of  the  Degrees 

quired  15000  Men.   That  the  whole  People  of  France  are  of  the  Mortality  of  Mankind,  from  curious  Tables  of  the 

about  Thirteen  Millions  and  a  half;  and  thofe  of  England,  Births  and  Burials,  at  the  City  of  Brefl-m,  the  Capital  of 

Scotland,  and  Ireland,  together,  about  Nine  MiUons  and  a  Silefia;  with  an  Attempt  to  afcertainthe  Price  of  Annuities 

half._That  in  the  three  Kingdoms  are  about  20000  Church-  upon  Lives.  —  From  a  Table  which  he  has  calculated  thence, 

men;  and  in  France  above  270000.  That  in  the  Domi-  pnblilh'd  in  the  Phil.  Tranf.  he  derives  the  following  Ufes. 

Dions  of  England  above  are  40000  Seamen,  and  in  France  i".  To  find  in  any  Multitude  or  Body  of  People,  the  Propor- 

not  above  loooo.-— That  in  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  tion  of  Men  able  to  bear  Arms ;  which  he  reckons  from  1 8  to 

t^i  all  other  Dominions  depending  thereon,  there  was  then  jsYearsoldiandaccountsaboutjofthewhole,— 1°.  Toftiew 


POL 


(848) 


POL 


the  different  Degrees  of  Mortihty,  or  rather  Vitality,  m  that  they  break  all  the  Veffels  which  thofe  of  another  Re^ 
all  Ages  ;  by  which  means  he  finds  the  Odds  there  is,  that  ligion  have  drunk  out  of,  or  even  touch'd  ;  and  drain  all  th^ 
any  Perfon  of  any  Age  doth  not  die  in  a  Year's  Time,  or  Water  out  of  a  Pond  a  Stranger  has  bath'd  in 
before  he  attains  fuch  an  Age,_;°  To  (hew  of  what  Num-  "  - 
ber  of  Years  it  is  an  even  Lay  that  fach  a  Perfon  lhall  die; 
and  finds,  for  iiiftance,  that  it  is  an  even  Lay,  that  a  Man 
of  thirty  Years  of  Age  lives  between  twenty  feven  and  twen- 
ty eight  Years,— 4°.  To  regulate  the  Price  of  Infurance  up- 
on Lives.  5°.  And  the  Valuation  of  Annuities  upon  Lives. 
6^^.  How  to  value  two  or  three  Lives  after  the  lame  Man- 
ner. See  Annuity. 

From  the  whole,  he  makes  two  very  good  Obferva- 


u         -  111  r  ,  ■-    r  1  r     »rr,    -jme.ate  /^oWiirv,  othets  InvoUntan,  and 

tions.  I.  How  uniullly  we  ufe  to  complain  ot  the  Shortncfs   NaSurml.  -imary,  ana 


PonuriON,  or  &//-Polhjtion,  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  a- 
buhng  or  defihng  of  one's  own  Body,  by  Means  of  lafcivi- 
Fmimf '""I  '"r  Titillations,  rais-d  by  Art,  to  produce  an 
iimiHion.    See  Emission. 

We  read  in  Scripiure,  that  Err  and  Onm  were  fevrely 
punifh  d  for  having  polluted  themfclves  by  fpilling  th-ir  S»ed 
on  the  Ground;  whence  the  Crime  has  been  denominated 
by  lome  Emperics,  Oiiam'a.  See  Onania. 
Of  Pollutions  fon 


of  our  Lives;  for  that  it  appears,  that  one  half  of  thofc 
that  are  born,  do  not  live  above  feventeen  Years. 

2.  That  the  Growth  and  Increafe  of  Mankind  is  not  fo 
much  ftinted  by  any  thing  in  the  Nature  of  the  Species, 
as  it  is  from  the  curious  Difficulty  mofi:  People  make  of 
venturing  on  the  State  of  Marriage :  And  therefore  that 
Celibacy  ought  to  be  every  way  difcouraged  by  all  wife 
Governments;  and  thofe  who  have  numerous  Families  of 
Children  to  be  countenanced  and  encouraged  by  good  Laws ; 
fuch  as  the  Jus  trium  liberorum-,  c^c,  among  the  Rmnms. 


Noaurml-PoiLvriON  isan  involuntary  Emidion  of  Seed 
from  a  too  great  Turgefcency  of  the  Seminal  Vefll-ls  or 
Irom  the  Seed's  being  too  lharp  and  irritating,  or  from  a 
Weaknefs  of  the  Parts.    See  Sued. 

The  Romilh  Church  puts  up  Prayers  in  the  Clofs  of 
the  Evening  Office,  to  be  preferved  from  Noftunial  Pollu- 
tions. 

P,r/"'M'"/^'  ^"..'^^'•''"oray.  t^e  Hind  Twin;  or  Hind 
Pair  of  the  ConflielLuion  Ge/miii.    See  Gemini. 
I  OLLux  is  alfo  a  Star  of  the  2d  Magnitude  in  the  Con- 


Farther  Particulars  relating  to  the  Number  of  Births,   ftellation  Gemini,  or  the  Twins."  See  Gemini 


and  Burids,  the  Proportion  if  Males  and  Females,  &c.  See 
-under  the  Article  Marriaq^,  Bikth,  Male,  &c, 

POLITICKS,  PoLiTi-E,  the  fii-ft  Part  of  Oeconomy 
or  Ethicks,  conlifting  in  the  governing  and  regulating  of 
States,  for  the  Maintenance  of  the  Publick  Safety,  Order, 
Tranquility,  and  good  Morals.  See  Ethicks,  Philosophy, 
Government,  (y'c. 

My  Lord  Bacon  divides  Politicks  into  three  Parts ;  with 
regard  to  the  three  grand  Ends  thereof,  or  the  three  Offices 
incumbent  on  thofe  who  have  the  Adminiflration ;  viz..  the 
Prefcrvation  of  the  State,  the  Happinefs  and  Flourij/jing  of 
the  State,  and  the  Enlargement  of  its  Bounds,  G~£. 

The  two  firft  Parts  he  obferves  are  well  handled  by  feve- 
ral  Authors;  but  about  the  third  there  is  a  deep  Silence.— 
He  ranks  this  therefore  in  the  Number  of  the  Defiderata, 
and  gives  us  a  Specimen  of  an  EfTay  to  fupply  it. 


Its  Place  is  in  the  Head  of  the  Hind-Twin,  named  Po'luv 

 Its  Longitude  18"  56'  09".  Its  Latitude  6°  39'  -,7"  n' 

Pollux  is  alfo  ufed  in  .Meteorology.    See  Castor 
POLTROON,  or  Poltron,  a  Coward,  or  Dallard  • 
wanting  Courage  to  perform  any  thing  great,  or  noble.  Se' 
Coward. 

The  Word  we  borrow  from  the  French,  who,  according 
to  balmafius,  derive  it  a  Pollice  tmncnto;  becaufe  aatientlv 
thole  who  would  avoid  going  to  the  Wars,  cut  ofF  their 
Ihnrabs.    See  Thumbs. 

But  Menage,  with  more  Probability,  derives  it  from  the 
Italian,  Poltrone,  and  Paltro,  a  Bed ;  becaufe  timerous,  pu- 
hllaniraous  People  take  Pleafure  in  lying  a  Bed.-Headds 
that  the  Italian,  Pottra,  is  again  derived  from  the  German, 
PolJJer,  a  Pillow  or  Culhion. 


r  ■    ,  ^  „             ■         ..•  ,  'Others  derive  the  Word  from  the  Italian,  Poltra,  Colt  - 

We  have  Icveral  Syltems  of  Politicks  by  Ariffotle,  Ma-  becaufe  of  that  Creature's  Re-adinefs  to  run  away  ' 

chiauel,  Lipfius,  &c.  In  which  laft  we  have  nothingbut  Par-  P  o  l  t  r  o  n,  in  Faulconry,  is  a  Name  given  to  a  Bird  of 

tides,  and  Conjunaions  of  the  Author's  own;  the  Body  of  Prey,  when  the  Nails  and  Talons  of  his  Idind-Toes  are  cut 


the  Book  being  all  Quotations. 
The  Word  is  forra'd  from  the  Greek  mm,  Civitas. 
POLITY,  or  Policy.   See  Policy. 
FOLIUM,  a  medicinal  Plant,  which  makes  an  Ingre- 
dient in  the  Treacle  of  Andromachus.    See  Treacle. 

It  grows  in  mountainous  Places,  and  is  thence  denonaina- 
ted  Montctmim. — The  Tops  of  its  Flowers  are  efteem'd  Ce- 
phalick,  proper  to  promote  Urine  and  the  Menfes,  and  to 
prevent  Corruption. 

It  has  its  Name  from  the  Greek  mhiit.  White  ;  in  regard 


off,  wherein  liis  chief  Force  and  Armour  l.iy ;  in  order 
intimidate  him,  and  prevent  his  flying  at  great  Game.  Sec 
Hawk  and  Hawking 

,POLYACOUSTlCKS,  Inftruments  contrived  to  mul- 
tiply Sounds;  as  multiplying  GlalTes,  or  Polyfcopes  do  Ima- 
ges of  Objeas.    See  Phonicks,  Sound,  0-c. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  the  Greek         much,  and 

audio,  1  hear.    See  Acousticks. 
POLYANTHEA,  a  fimous  Colleaion  of  Common- 
Placts,  in  Alphabetical  Order ;  of  great  Service  to  Orators 


the  Heads  of  the  Polium  of  the  Ancients,  according  to  Di-    Preachers,  &c.  of  the  lower  Clafs-    See  Common-Pl  4ce. 

p/corxVcj,  and  the  Leaves  according  to  i'Z/V.^,  were  white,  1-- n  ,    ,  ^    .  .  .  .   

POLL,  a  Term  ufed  in  ancient  Writings  for  the  Head, 
See  Head. 

The  Word  is  doubtlefs  forni'd  from  Pole;  this  Part  being 
as  it  were  the  Pole  of  the  Microcofm,    See  Pole. 

Hence,  to  poll,  is  to  enter  down  the  Names  of  Pertbns, 
who  give  their  Votes  or  Voices  at  an  Eleftion.  See  Vote, 
Voice,  Suffrage,  Election,  &c. 

POLLARD,  among  Hunters,  a  Stag  or  M.de  Deer, 
which  has  caft  its  Head.    See  Head,  Hunting,  &c. 

Pollard,  or  Pollenger,  in  Agriculture,  an  old  Treewhich 
has  been  often  lopp'd.    See  Tree, 


Its  firft  Author  was  Diiminic  Nanni  dc  Mlraklla. 
The  Word  is  forni'd  from  the  Greek,  vokxi,  mueh,  and 
tt>9©-,  Flower. —  And  is  of  much  the  fame  Significancy  with 
Anthulo:^y,  Florilege,        See  Anthology. 

Polyanthus,  or  Pclyanthium,  is  alfo  ufed  to  de- 
note a  Plant,  which  bears  or  produces  fevcral  or  many 
Flowers.   See  Plant  and  Flower. 
^  The  Word  is  compounded  of         multus,  much,  and 
«*9©-,  Flos,  Flower. 

The  Word  is  more  particularly  ufed  for  a  Species  of  the 
Hyacinth. 

POLYGA.MY,  a  Plurality  of  Wives,  or  of  Husbands, 


?OU.-Money,  or  Capitation,  a  Tax  impofed  bv  Authority  held  by  the  fimc  Man  or  Woman,  at  the  fame  time.  See 

of  Parliament,  on  the  Perfon  or  Head;  either  on  all  indif-  Wife  and  Husband. 

ferently,  or  according  to  fome  known  Mark  of  Diftinftion,       Polygamy  is  proliibited  among  Chriftians,  but  was  alloiv'd 

as  Quality,  Calling,  O-c.    See  Tax  and  Capitation.  by  divine  Appointment  among  the  Jews  ;  as  it  fl;ill  is  among 

Thus,  by  the  Statute  18  Car.  \\.  every  Subjeft  in  the  the  Mahometans. 
Kingdom  was  aCfefs'd  by  the  Head  or  Poll,  according  to  his       Maj.  Grant  obferves,  that  the  Males  and  Fera,ales  brought 

Degree;  every  Duke  100/.   M.arquis  80/.  Baronet  30/.  into  the  World  are  nearly  on  a  Balance ;  only  abating  for 

Knight  20/.  Efquire  10/.  c^-c,  and  every  Tingle  private  i-*er-  a  little  Estefs  on  the  Side  of  the  Males,  to  make  up  for 

fon  \zd.  .  the  extraordinary  Expence  thereof  in  War,  and  at  Sea: 

This  was  no  new  Tax;  as  appears  by  former  Afts  of  whence  it  follows,  that  Nature  onlv  intends  one  Wife,  or 

Parliament,  particularly  that  Anno  1380,  where.  Qui  lihet  one  Husband  for  the  fame  Perfon ;  lince,  if  they  have  more, 

tarn  conjugatus  quam  filutus,  utriufq;  [exits,  pro  Capite  fuo  fol-  fome  others  muff  go  without  any  at  all  —  Hence  he  con- 


■vere  cogebatiir.  Walfingh, 

Camden,  in  his  Remains,  of  Coins,  fays  there  was  ancient- 
ly a  perfonal  Tribute,  call'd  Captitatio,  Po/;-Silver,  impofed 
on  the  Poll,  or  Perfon  of  every  one  ;  on  Women  from  the 
Age  of  12  Years,  and  on  Men  from  14. 


dudes,  that  the  Chriftian  Law,  which  prohibits,  is  more 
agreeable  to  the  Law  of  Nature  than  the  Mahometan,  and 
we  may  add,  than  the  Jewifh  Law,  which  tolerates,  Poly- 
gamy.  See  Marriage. 

Yet  Selden  has  proved,  in  his  V.vor  Ehraica,  that  Plura- 


POLLUTION,  PoLLurio,  the  Aft  of  profaning  a  lity  of  Wives  was  allow'd  of,  not  only  among  the  ttirewj-, 

Temple  or  Holy  Place.   See  Profanation.  but  almoft  among  all  other  Nations,  and  in  all  Ages  

The  Romanifts  hold  a  Church  to  be  polluted  by  the  Ef-  'Tis  true,  the  ancient  Romans  viete  more  fevere  in  their 

fufion  of  Blood,  or  of  Seed  therein  ;  and  require  its  being  Morals ;  and  never  praftis'd  it,  tho'  'twas  not  forbid  among 

confecrated  a-new.  them :  And  Mar\  Anthony  is  mentioned  as  the  firft  who  took 

The  Jews  were  held  polluted  by  the  touching  of  a  dead  the  Liberty  of  two  Wives,   See  Concubine. 
Body,  or  of  the  Menfes  of  Women ;  and  were  to  be  puri-      From  that  Time  it  became  pretty  frequent  in  the  Empire,' 

fied  in  From,   See  the  Laws  hereof  in  Leviticus.  till  the  Reigns  of  Tlieudofius,  Hanorius,  and  Arcadius,  who 

The  Mimt  ar?  fo  fuperftitious  on  the  Head  of  PoUutitm,  firft  prohibited  it  by  exprefs  Law  in  393.—— After  this  the 

Emperor 


POL 


(  H9  ) 


feiwperof  rdentinimi  by  an  Edift,  permitted  all  the  Sab- 
lefts  of  the  Empite  to  marry  feyeral  WWei  5  nor  does  it  ap- 
pear from  the  Ecclefiaftical  Hiftory  of  thofe  Times  that  the 
Biftiops  made  any  Oppofition  to  this  Introduftion  of  Pot^' 

^  In  efFeft,  there  are  fome  even  among  the  Chriftian  Ca- 
fuifts  who  don't  look  on  Polygamy  as  in  itfelf  criminal.— Ja- 
ma obferves,  that  the  Prohibition  oi  Polygamy  is  a  pofidve 
Law,  from  which  a  Man  may  be  exempted  by  foveraign 
Neceffity.— 5;i;i^ef  adds,  that  the  Example  of  the  Patriarchs 
is  the  mo'ft  preffing  Argument  in  favour  Polygaiiiy. 

At  London  we  had  fome  Years  ago  an  artful  Treatife  pub- 
lifh'd  in  behalf  of  a  Plurality  of  Wives,  under  the  Title  of  i'o- 
lygamiaTriumphatrix  \  the  Author  whereof  affumes  the  Name 
%}{ 7 heophilus  Aletheus\  but  his  true  Name  was  Lyjirus  a 
Native  of  Saxony  It  has  been  anfwered  by  feveral. 

Polygamy  is  alfo  ufed  in  the  Canon  Law,  for  a  Plu- 
rality of  Wives,  tho'  only  had  fuccellively,  or  one  at  a 
Time.   Sec  Wife. 

In  the  Romijl}  Church  this  ftill  difqualifies  a  Man  for  the 
Epifcopate.   See  Bigamy. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  multum^  and 
3«M»*  Vxor^  Wife. 

POLYCHRESTON,  Polychrest,  in  Pharma- 
cy, a  Medicine  that  ferves  for  many  Ufcs,  or  cures  many 
Difeafes.    See  Panacea. 

The  Word  is  compounded  of  the  GrEeh  ctoAu,  multum^ 
much,  and  ^ti^U,  utilk-,  ufeful. 

Sal-V ohYcn  rest  is  a  compound  Salt,  made  of  equal 
Parts  of  Salt-Petre  and  Sulphur,  laid  on  a  Crucible  firft  heat- 
ed red  hot  for  the  Purpofe.   See  Salt. 

POLYEDRON.   See  Polyhedron. 

Polyglot  T,  orPoLYOLOTTE,  among  Divines 
and  Criticks,  a  Bible  printed  in  feveral  Languages.  See 
Bible. 

It  is  thuscall'd  from  the  Grf 'S-oXi?)  and  yha^a.,  Tongue. 

The  firft  P(?/vg/off- Bible  is  that  of  C^ndhui  Jii/nenes^  print- 
ed in  1515,  2X  Alcala  de  Henares-^  and  commonly  ciU'd 
the  Bible  of  Complutum^  or  Complutenfian  £:ble. 

It  contains  the  Hebrew  Text,  the  Chaldee  Paraphrafc  on 
the  Pentateuch,  the  Greek  Verfion  of  the  LXX.  and  the 
ancient  Latin  Edition.  See  Pentatluch,  Paka- 
PHRASE,  &;c. 

In  this  Polyglott  there  is  no  other  Latin  Verfion  from  the 
//e^reipbefide  this  laft,  but  there  is  added  another  lireral  one 
from  the  Greek  Septuagint.— — The  Greek  T"Xt  of  the  New 
Teftament  ishere  printed  without  Accents,  to  bivr^  it  near- 
er to  the  Original  of  the  Apoftles,  or  at  leaft  to  the  molt 
ancient  Copies,  wherein  there  are  no  Accents  found.  See 
Accent. 

At  the  End  IS  added  an  Apparatus  of  Grammar^,  Ditftio- 

naries,  and  Indices  orTables.  The  chief  Autliur,  Jtimines 

de  Cinerosj  Cardinal  and  Archbiftiop  of  Toledo-,  in  his  Dedi- 
cation to  Pope  L£o')i.  obferve?,  that  it  was  neceHlir"  '.0  give 
the  Holy  Scriptuies  in  their  Originals;  there  being  noTran- 
fljtion,  how  perfed  foever,  that  can  render  thtm  psr- 
feaiy. 

The  fccond  Polyglott  is  that  of  Philip  11.  printed  by  Plan- 
tin  at  Antwerp,  in  1572.  and  the  Care  of  the  Edition  im- 
pofed  on  Arias  Montanus. 

In  this,  befides  every  thing  in  the  Bible  of  Complutum, 
are  added  the  Chaldee  Paraphrafes  on  the  reft  of  tiie  Old 
Teltament  befide  the  Pentateuch-,  with  a  Latin  Tranflition 
of  thofe  Parapbrafes.  In  this  Polyglott  is  likewife  a  very  literal 
Latin  Vevfiou  of  the  Htbrero  Text,  for  the  Ufe  of  thofe  who 
have  a  mind  to  learn  the  Hebrew  Language. 

As  to  the  New  Teftament,  befide  the  Greek  and  Latin  of 
the  Bible  of  Alcala^  in  this  Edition  is  added  an  antient  Syriac 
Verfion,  both  in  Syi-iflcand /^eiti-cw  Charafters,  with  Points, 
to  facilitate  the  reading  thereof  to  thofe  acculiomed  to  read 
Hebrav. — To  the  Syriac  is  likewife  added  a  Latin  one,  com- 
pofed  by  Guy  U  Fezre,  who  had  the  Care  of  the  Syriac  Ver- 
fion of  the  New  Teftament. 

L3ftly,in  the  Polyglott  of  Antmrp  is  added  a  more  copious 
Apparatus  of  Grammars,  Di£lionaries_,  Crc.  than  in  that  of 
Compliitum  ■■,  with  feveral  little  Treatifes  judg'd  neceflfary  for 
clearing  up  the  more  difficult  PaiTages  in  the  Text. 

The  third  Polyglott  is  that  of  M.  Jay,  printed  at  Paris  in 
1645.  which  has  this  Advantage  over  that  of  Philip  li.  that 
it  has  the  Syriac  and  Arabic  Verfions  of  the  Old  Teftament 
with  Latin  Interpretations.  In  the  Pentateuch  it  has  like- 
wife  the  PJebrew  and  Samaritan  Text,  and  the  Samaritan 
Verfion  in  Samaritan  Charafters- 

As  to  the  New  Teftament,  befide  every  thing  in  the  Voly 
glott  o(  Ajitwerp here  is  added  Arabic  Tranflition,  with 
a  Latin  Interpretation,— But  here  wants  the  Apparatus,  and 
the  Grammars  and  Diflionaries,  which  are  in  both  the  for- 
mer Polyglots,  which  renders  this  great  Work  very  iniper- 
feft. 

The  fourth  Polyglott  is  that  of  London-t  printed  in  1657, 
call'd  Waltoris  Polyglott.,  from  t!ie  Author  of  the  Edition 
X)u  Brian  Walton  afterwards  Bilhop  of  Winchejier- 


This  is  iadeed  lefs  magnificent  than  that  of  M.  Jc^'-^  'MtU 
regard  both  t6  the  Size  of  thePaper^  and  the  Beauty  of  the 
Charafters  ^  but  is  in  all  other  refpefts  iireferable ;  being 
both  much  more  ample  and  more  commocfious. 

In  this,  the  Vulgate  is  printed  according  to  the  revifed  and 
correfted  Edition  of  C/e;«mfVin.  which  is  not  done  in  that 
of  Paris,  where  the  Vulgate  is  printed  as  it  ftands  in  that 
oi  Antwerp  before  the  Correction.   See  Vulgate. 

It  likewife  contain?  an  interlineary  Latin  Verfion  of  the 
Hebrew  Text;  whereas  the  Pdw  Edition  has  no  other  La- 
tin Verfion  from  the  Hebrew  befide  the  common  Vulgate  : 
again,  the  Creek  Septuagint  printed  in  this  Polyglott  is  not 
the  fame  with  that  printed  in  the  Bible  of  Complutum.,  which 
was  retained  in  the  Editions  of  Antwerp  and  Paris  but  the 
Creek  Text  of  the  Edition  of  Rome:  to  which  are  added  the 
various  Readings  of  another  very  anrient  Cree-i  Copy  call'd 
the  Alexandrian-,  becaufe  brought  from  Alexandria.  See 
Septuagint. 

Lhe  Latin  Verfion  of  thsGreek  of  the  Seventy  is  thatpub- 
lilh'd  by  Flaminius  Nobilius,  by  Authority  of  Pope  Sixtus  V. 
Add,  th.it  in  this  Polyglott  are  found  fome  Parts  of  the 
Bible  in  Ethiopian  and  Perfian,  nothing  whereof  appears  in 
any  of  the  relt. 

Laftly,  this  Edition  has  the  Advantage  of  Preliminary 
Dilcourfes  (.Alt'd  Prolegofmna.^  on  the  Text  both  of  the  Ori- 
ginal?, and  Verfions;,  witti  a  V(  lume  ot  various  Readings  of 
all  the  dilFererit  Eduions. 

To  th-;  Number  of  Polyglotis  may  likewife  be  added  the 
two  Penc^teuch'b  pri.ited  by  the  Jews  of  Conjtantinople,  in 
four  Languages  ■,  but  all  in  Hebrew  Characters. 

In  one  of  thele  Pentateuch's,  printed  in  1551,  is  found 
the  hiebrew  Text  in  large  Charafters",  on  one  fide  whereof 
is  the  Chaldee  Paraphrafe  of  Onkelos  in  moderate  Characters; 
and  on  the  other  iide  a  Paraphralc  in  the  Per/ian,  compofed 
by  a  Jew,  one  Jacob  df  Tuns-,  lb  cdl'd  from  the  City  where 
he  lived  -Befide  rJi  Je  three  Columns,  the  Arabic  Para- 
phrafe of  Saadias  Gxon  is  printed  in  imali  Characters  a-top 
of  the  Pages  i  and  ±1  bottom  is  added  the  Commentary  of 
Rajei. 

The  other  Polyglott  is  printed  at  Confiantinople  in  1547, 
in  three  Ci'lumns  like  the  former.— — The  Hebrew  Text  of 
the  Law  is  in  the  middle,  a  Tranflation  into  the  Vulgar  Greek 
on  ont  fide,  and  a  Spanijh  Tranflation  on  the  other.  Theie 
Verfions  are  both  in  Hebrew  Characters,  with  Points  to 
determine  the  Pronunciation.  A-top  of  the  Page  is  added 
ih^  Chaldee  Paraphrafe  of  Onkelos,  and  at  the  bottom  the 
Commentaries  of  Rafei, 

To  thtfe  may  be  added  as  a  feventh  Polyglott,  the  Pfalter 
puMilhed  bv  Aug.  Jujl-inian,  a  Dominican,  and  Biftiop  of 
Nebio-,  at  Ge-noa  i$i6,  containing  the  Hebrew,  Crcek^  A' 
nihk,  and  Chaldee,  with  Latin  Interpretations  and  Glofles. 
See  Psalter. 

There  are  various  other  Editions  of  the  Bible  either  in 
whole  or  in  part,  which  might  be  rang'd  under  the  Article 
of  Psiyglotts'-y  tho'  they  are  not  fo denominated — fuch  are  the 
Hexapla,  and  OUapla,  o^Origen.    See  Hexapla  and  Octa- 

PLA. 

And  the  Bible  of  Hutter  printed  at  Hamhourg-,  in  He- 
brew, Chaldee.^  Greek-,  Latin,  German,  Saxoti,  Italian,  French^ 
ScL-vonic,  D-imjh,  &c.    See  Bible. 

POLYGON,  in  Geometry,  a  multilateral  Figure  i  or 
a  Figure  whofe  Permeter  confifts  of  more  than  four  Sides, 
and  Angles.    See  Figure,  Perimeter,  &e. 

If  the  Sides  and  Angles  be  equal,  the  Figure  is  call'd  a^c- 
gular  Polygon.    See  Regular. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  and  yivv.  Knee, 
Angle. 

Polygons  are  diftinguifh'd  according  to  the  Number  of  their 

Sides.  ^Thofe  of  fives  Sides  are  call'd  Pentagons;  thofe  of 

fix,  Hexagons;  thofe  of  feven.  Heptagons;  thofe  of  eight,  OHa- 
gons,  &c.  1  he  particular  Properties,  C^c.  of  each  where- 
of, fee  under  its  proper  Article,  Pentagon,  Hexagon,  c^c. 

General  Properties  Polygons, 

Euclid  demonftrates  thefe  which  follow.  1  °  That  every 

Polygon  may  be  divided  into  as  many  Triangles  as  it  hath 
Sides.   See  Triangle. 

This  is  done  by  alfaulting  a  Point  as  F,  (Tab.  Geometry^ 
Fig.  29.)  any  where  within  the  Polygon,  and  thence  draw- 
ing Lines  to  every  Angle  F11,  ^b,  i  c,  V  d,  &c. 

2°  The  Angles  of  any  Polygon  taken  together,  make  twice 
as  many  right  ones,  abating  four,  as  the  Figure  hath  Sides. 
See  Angle. 

Thus,  if  the  Polygon  have  five  Sides;  the  double  of  that  iS 
10  ;  whence  fubtraCting  4  there  remains  6  right  ones. 

30  Every  circumfcribed  about  a  Circle  is  equal  to 

a  reCtaneled  Triangle,  one  of  whofe  Legs  is  the  Radius  of 
the  Circle,  and  the  other  the  Perimeter  or  Sum  of  all  the 
Sides  of  the  Polygon. 

Hence,  every  Regular  Polygon  is  equal  to  a  RcCtangle  Tri- 
angle, one  of  whofe  Legs  is  the  Petimcter  of  the  Potygm, 
10  G  an4 


POL 


(  ^5^'  ) 


POL 


and  the  other  a  Perpendicular  drawn  from  the  Centre  to 
one  of  the  Sides  of  the  Polygon.  See  Triangle, 

Hence  alfo  every  Polygon  circumfcribed  about  a  Circle  is 
bigger  than  it  i  and  every  Polygon  inlcribed,  lefs  than  the 
Circle — The  fame  likewife  appears  hence,  that  the  thing 
containing  is  ever  greater  than  the  thing  contain'd. 

And  hence  again,  the  Perimeter  of  every  Polygon  circum- 
fcribed about  a  Circle,  is  greater  than  the  Circumference 
of  that  Circle  ^  and  the  Perimeter  of  every  Polygon  in- 
fcribed, lefs:  whence  it  follows,  that  a  Circle  is  equal  to 
a  Right  Angle  Triangle,  whofe  Bafe  is  the  Circumference 
of  the  Circle,  and  its  Hciight  the  Radius ',  fince  this  Triangle 
is  lefs  thiin  any  Polygon  circumfcribed,  and  greater  than  any 
infcribed.    See  Circumscribing. 

Nothing  therefore  is  wanted  to  the  Quadrature  of  the  Circle, 
but  to  find  a  right  Line  equal  to  the  Circumference  of  a 
Circle.   See  Circle,  Circumference,  Quadrature, 

Tafijid  the  Area  of  a  Regular  Polygon.  Multiply  a  Side 

of  the  Polygon^  as  A  B,  by  half  the  N  umber  of  the  Sides,  e.  gr. 
the  Side  of  a  Hexagon  by  5.  Again,  multiply  the  ProduiS: 
by  a  Perpendicular  let  fall  from  the  Centre  of  the  circum- 
fcribing  Circle  to  the  Side  A  B  j  the  Prodtift  is  the  Area  re- 
quired.   See  Area. 

Thus,  fuppofe  A  B,  5;4^  and  half  the  Number  of  Sides  2  3  j 
the  Produft  or  Semiperimeter  is  135.  Suppofing  then  the 
Perpendicular  F^,29-,  the  Produ£l  ofthefe  two,  3915,  is  the 
Area  of  the  Pentagon  required. 

To  find  the  Area  of  an  irregular  Polygon,  or  Trapez.ium.  . 

Refolve  it  into  Triangles  i  find  the  feveral  Areas  of  the  feve- 
ral Triangles,  fee  Triangle  j  the  Sum  of  thefe  is  the  Area 
of  the  Polygon  required.    See  Trapehqm. 

To  find  the  Sum  of  nil  the  Angles  in  my  Polygon. — Multiply 
the  Number  of  Sides  by  iSo'^:  From  the  Produft  fubtraft 
360',  the  Remainder  is  the  Sum  required. 

Thus  in  a  Pentagon,  iSo  being  multiplied  by  5  gives  poo*, 
whence  fubtrafting  360  there  remains  540  j  the  Sum  of  the 
Angles  of  a  Pentagon. 

_  Hence,  if  the  Sum  found  be  divided  by  the  Number  of 
Sides  ^  the  Quotient  will  be  the  Angle  of  a  regular  Poly- 
gon. 

Or,  the  Sum  of  the  Angles  is  more  fpeedily  found  thus: 
Multiply  1 80  by  a  Number  lefs  by  two  than  theNumber  of  Sides 
of  the  Polygon^  the  Produft  is  the  Qimntity  of  the  Angles 
required:  thus  iSo  being  multiplied  by  5,  a  Number  lefs^by 
2,  than  that  of  its  Sides-,  the  Produft  is  540,  the  Quantity 
of  Angles  as  before. 

The  following  Table  exhibits  the  Sums  of  the  Angles  in 
all  re£lilmear  Figures,  from  a  Triangle  to  a  Dodecagon  j  and 
is  of  good  ufe  both  for  the  defcribing  of  regular  Figures,  and 
for  proving  whether  or  no  the  Quantity  of  Angles  havebeen 
truly  taken  with  an  Inftrument.  See  R  e  g  u  l  a,  Fi- 
gure, C^c, 


Numb. 
Sides. 

Sum. 
Aug. 

Ang.  of 
Reg.  Fig 

Numh. 

Sides 

Numb 
Angl. 

Ill 

180° 

60° 

VIII 

1080° 

IV 

360 

90 

IX 

1260 

V 

540 

loS 

X 

1440 

VI 

720 

120 

XI 

1620 

VII 

900 

128  * 

XII 

iSoo 

Atig.  of 
Reg.  Fig 


I3S 
140 
144 
147  1 
150 


To  infcrihe  a  regular  Polygon  in  ft  Circle.  Divide  360  V 

the  Number  of  Sides  in  the  Polygon  required,  to  find  the 
Quintity  of  the  Angle  EFD.  Set  off  the  Angle  at  the 
Centre,  and  apply  the  Chord  thereof  E  D,  to  the  Periphery, 

as  often  as  'twill  go  Thus  will  the  Polygon  be  infcribed 

in  the  Circle. 

The  Refolution  of  this  Problem,  tho'  it  be  Mechanical ; 

yet  is  not  to  be  defpis'd,  becaufe  both  eafy  and  univerlal  

Euclid,  indeed,  gives  us  the  Conftruaion  of  the  Pentagon, 
Decagon,  and  Qtiindecagon  ;  and  other  Authors  give  us 
thofe  of  the  Heptagon,  Enneagon,  and  Hendecagon ;  but 
they  are  far  from  Geometrical  Striftnefs. 

Renaldinus  lays  down  a  Catholic  Rule  for  the  defcribing 
of  all  Polygons,  which  many  other  Geometricians  have  bor- 
row'd  from  him  ■,  but  Wngnems  and  Woljius  have  both  demon- 
ftrated  the  Falfity  thereof. 

On  rt  Regular  Polygon  to  circumfcrihe  a  Circle:  or  to  circum- 
fcrihe  a  regular  Polygonupon  a  QVc/f.— BifTeft  two  of  the  Angles 
of  the  given  Polygon  A  and  E,  by  the  right  Lines  A  F  ^  and 
E  F,  concurring  in  F.  And  from  the  Point  of  Concourfe 
with  the  Radius  EF  defcribe  a  Circle. 

To  circumfcribe  a  Polygon,  &c.  Divide  360  by  the  Number 
of  Sides  required,  to  find  ef  d^  which  fet  off  from  the 
Centre  F,  and  draw  the  Line  cd;  on  this  Conftruft  the  Po- 
lygon as  in  the  following  Problem : 

On  a  given  Line,  E  D,  to  defcribe  My  given  regular  Poly- 
gon. Find  an  Angle  of  the  Polygon  in  the  Table ;  and  in  E 

fet  off  an  Angle  equal  thereto,  drawing  E  A  =  g  D.  Thro" 


the  three  Points  AED  defcribe  a  Circle.  See  Circle  U 
this  apply  the  given  right  Line  as  often  as  It  will  go.— Thus 
will  the  required  Figure  be  defcribed. 

To  infcrihe  or  circumfcribe  a  Regular  Polygon,  Trieono- 

metncally.  Find  the  Sine  of  the  Arch  produced  by  divi 

ding  the  Serai-Periphery  ]8o  by  the  Number  of  Sides  of 
tht  Polygon  :  the  double  of  this  is  the  Chord  of  the  double 
Arch,  and  therefore  the  Side  A  E  to  be  infcribed  in  the 
Urcle. — -If  then  the  Radius  of  a  Circle  wherein,  c.  gr,  1 
1  entagon  is  to  be  infcribed,  be  given  in  any  certain  Mea- 
lure  e  gr.  34;.  the  Side  of  the  Pentagon  is  found  in  the 
lame  Meafure  by  the  Rule  of  Three,  Thus  as  Radius  10300 
"  I"*,  ■'■^"'^  3450.  to  4057-  The  Side  of  the  Pentagon. 
—With  the  given  Radius  therefore  defcribe  a  Circle ;  and 
therein  fet  off  the  Side  of  the  Polygon  as  often  as  'twill  go- 
thus  will  a  Polygon  be  infcribed  in  the  Circle.  ' 

To  fave  the  trouble  of  finding  the  Ratio  of  the  Side  of 
the  Polygon  to  radius,  by  the  Canon  of  Sines;  we  (liall  add 
a  Table  expreffing  the  Sides  of  Polygons  in  fuch  Parts 
whereof  Radius  contains  100000000,  In  praftice,  as  many 
Figures  are  cut  off  from  the  Right-Hand,  as  the  Circunl- 
ftances  of  the  Cife  render  needlefs. 


Numb. 
Sides 

Quantity 
Side 

Numb. 
Sides 

Quantity 
Side 

III 
IV 
V 
VI 
Vll 

17320508 
1414213; 
1175570; 
10000000 
S677674 

VIII 
!X 
X 
XI 
XI! 

7653S68 
6S40402 
6180339 
5634651 
5176380 

To  defcribe  a  Regular  Polygon,  on  a  given  right  Line,  and  to 
circumfcribe  a  Circle  about  a  given  Polygon,  Trigonometricalk  ~ 
Taking  the  Ratio  of  the  Side  to  the  Radius  out  of  the'fa- 
ble  3  find  the  Radius  in  the  fame  Meafure  wherein  the  Side 
IS  given.  For  the  Side  and  Radius  being  had,  a  Polygon  may 
be  defcribed  by  the  lafl:  Pro'olem.  And  if  with  the  Interval 
of  the  Radius,  Arches  be  ftruck  from  the  two  Extremes  of 
the  given  Line  the  Point  of  Interfeftion  will  be  the  Centre 
of  the  circum  fcribing  Circle. 

Polygon,  in  Fortilicition,  is  the  Fisure  or  Perimeter 
of  a  Fortrefs  or  fortified  Place,    See  Fortificvtion 

E.xterior-? OLYGON  is  a  right  Line  drawn  from  the 
Fertcv  or  Point  of  a  Baftion,  to  the^crfcv  OE  Point  of  the 
next  adjacent  Baftion.    See  Bastio.'J. 

Such  is  the  Line  C  F,  Fab.  Fortification,  Fig.  1. 

Imeriar-V  o  L  Y  o  o  N  is  a  right  Line  drav.'ii  from  the  Cen- 
ter of  one  Billion  to  the  Centre  of  another,  fach  is  the 
Line  G  H. 

Line  o/PoiYOONS,  is  a  Line  on  the  French  Seftors, 
containing  the  homologous  Sides  of  the  firft  pregularPo/jgonj 
infcribed  in  the  fime  Circle,  i.e.  from  an  Equilateral  Tri- 
angle to  a  Dodecagon.    See  Secto.^. 

Polygonal  Numbers,  in  Algebra,  are  the  Suras  of 
Arithmetical  Progrellions,  beginning  from  Unity.  See  Se- 
ries, Number,  Progression,  t^c. 

Polygonal  Numbers  are  divided-,  with  refpeft  to  the  Num^ 
ber  of  their  Terms,  intoTriangular,  which  are  thole  who'.i; 
difference  of  Terms  is  i ;  quadrangular  or  fquare,  where  'tis  2  ; 
Pentagon.!l,  where  3 ;  Hexagonal,  where  4  ;  Heptagonal, 
where  J  ;  OSagon.il,  where  6,  &c. 

They  have  their  Names  from  the  Geometrical  Figures  in- 
to which  Points  correfponding  to  their  Units,  may  be  dif- 
pofed e,gr.  three  Points  correfponding  to  the  three  Units 
of  a  triangular  Nnmber  may  be  difpofed  into  a  Triangle  ; 
and  fo  of  the  refl:.    See  Triangular,  rj-c. 

The  GeneOs  of  the  feveral  kinds  of  Polygonal  Numbers 
from  the  feveral  Arithmetical  Progreffions,  may  be  conceived 
from  the  following  Examples. 


Arithmetical  Progrellion 
Triangular  Numbers 
Arithmetical  Progreliion 
Square  Numbers 
Arithmetical  Progrellion 
Pentagonal  Numbers 
Arithmetical  ProgrcllGon 
Hexagonal  Numbers 


ii  2)  3,  4,  6,  7,  8 
I,  3>  6,  10,  I5>  21,  28,  35 
')  3'  5i  7)  9.  II,  I3j  is 
45  9j  16,  25,  36,  49,  64 
I)  4.  7.  lOi  13)  >6,  ig,  21 
1,  S,  12,  22,  35,  51,  ^o,  gi 
i>  S>  9,  137  i7>  2,1,  25,  29 
I.  6,  15,  28,  45;  66,  91,  120 


The  Side  of  a  Polygonal  Number  is  the  Number  of  Terms  of 
the  Arithmetical  Ptogreffion  that  are  fumm'd  up  to  confli- 
tute  it :  And  the  Number  of  Angles  is  that  which  fliews  how 
many  Angles  that  Figure  has  whence  the  Polygonal  Number 
takes  its  Name. 

The  Number  of  Angles,  therefore,  in  Triangular  Numbers 
is  3.  In  Tetragonal  4.  In  Pentagonal  5;,  &c.  confequently 
the  Number  of  Angles  exceeds  the  difference  of  Terms 
fumm'd  up,  by  two  Units. 

To  find  a  Polygonal  Number,  the  Side  and  Number  of  its 
An^^S  hi"^  given-   The  Canon  is  this.— —The  Polygonal 

Number 


PoL         ( 8i 

Nmnfcer  is  the  Semi-difference  of  the  Faftunis  of  the  Square 
o'  the  Side  into  the  Number  of  Angles,  diniinilhed  by  two 
Units;  and  of  the  Side  itfelf  into  the  Number  of  Angles  di- 
niiniih'd  by  four  Units. 

The  Sums  of  Tolygoml  Numbers  collefted  in  the  iame 
manner  as  the  Polygmd  Numbers  themfelves  are  out  of  A- 
rithmetical  Progrellions  i  i.n  aWed  Pyramidal  Numbers.  See 
Pyramidai. 

POl-VGRAPHY,  PoiYGRAPHij,  Polygra- 
ph I  c  E,  the  Art  of  writing  in  various  unufual,  Manners  or 
Cyphers;  as  alio  of  decyphering  the  fame.    See  WRiriNO. 

The  Word  is  iifually  confounded  with  Stegamgraphy  and 
Cryptography.   See  Steganography  and  Cryptography. 

TheAntlents  ieem  to  have  been  very  little  acquainted  with 
this  Art ;  nor  is  there  any  Mark  of  their  having  gone  beyond 
the  Lacedemonim  Scytala.   See  Scytala. 

Trilhemms.,  PGrt£i,Vigenere^^n<\  Father  Nkeron^  have  wrote 
On  the  fubjeft  of  Voiygraphy  or  Cyphers.  SeeCyPHER. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Cree\  9reA«\  multum,  and 
y^n^  fcriptura,  writmg. 

POLYHEDRON,  F o l y e d R o n,  in  Geometry,  a 
Eody  comprehended  under  feveral  Faces  or  Sides.  See  Bo- 
dy and  Solid. 

Such  are  all  the  live  regular  Bodies;  niz.  the  Tetrahedron, 
Oftahedron,  Cube  or  Exahedron,  Dodecahedron,  and  Ico- 
flhedron.    See  each  under  its  proper  Article. 

If  the  Sides  of  the  Polyhedron  be  regular  Polygons,  all  fi- 
niilar  and  equal ;  the  Polyhedron  becomes  a  regular  Body^t  and 
may  be  infcribed  in  a  Circle.   See  Regular  Body^  &:c. 

Cnomofiic  Polyhedron,  is  a  Stone  with  feveral  Fa- 
ces, whereon  are  projefted  various  kinds  of  Dials.  See 
Dial. 

Of  this  kind  that  in  the  Privy-Gdrden.,  London,  now  gone 
to  ruin,  was  anciently  the  finell  in  the  World. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  woAy,  much,  and 
iff}.,  Seat. 

Polyhedron,  or  Polyscope,  in  Opticks,  is  a 
Glafs  or  Lens  confifting  of  feveral  plain  Surfaces,  difpofed  in- 
to a  Convex  Form  ;  popularly  call'd  a  Multiplying-Glafs. 
See  Lens  and  Multiplying  Glafs. 

The  Phxnomena  of  the  Polyhedron  are  as  follow. 

X)oB:rine  o/fjj'e  P  0  L  Y  H  E  D  R  0  N,  or  Multiplying-Glafs. 

If  feveral  Rays,  as  EF,  AB,  CD,  (Tab.  Optichs,  F,g.  71.) 
fall  parallel  on  the  Surface  of  a  Polyhedron  ;  they  will  conti- 
nue parallel  after  Refradtion.  See  Ray  and  Refraction. 

If  then  the  Polyhedron  be  fuppofed  regular  ;  LH,  HI, 
I M,  will  be  as  Tangents  cutting  the  Spherical  Convex  Lens 
in  F,B  and  D;  confequently  Rays  falling  on  the  Points  of 

Contaft  interfeft  the  Axis.  Wherefore,  fince  the  reft  are 

parallel  to  thefe ;  they  alfo  will  mutually  interfeft  each  other 
in  G. 

Hence,  if  the  Eye  be  placed  where  the  parallel  Raysde- 
culTite;  Rays  of  the  lame  Objeift  will  be  propagated  to  it 
dill  parallel  from  the  feveral  Sides  of  the  Glafs.  Wherefore 
fmce  the  Cryftallinc  Humour,  by  its  Convexity,  unites  pa- 
rallel Rays;  the  Rays  will  be  united  in  as  many  different 
Points  of  the  Retina,  a,b,  c,  as  the  Glafs  has  Sides. 

Confiqiiently,  the  Eye,  thro'  a  Polyhedron,  fees  tlie  Ob- 
jeft  repeated  as  many  times  as  there  are  Sides. — And  hence, 
fince  Rays,  coming  from  remote  Obiefts,  are  parallel ;  a  re- 
mote O'  jeft  is  feen  as  often  repeated  thro'  a  Polyhedron  as 
that  has  Sides. 

3.  If  Rays,  A  B,  AC,  AD,  (F/g. 72.)  proceeding  from  a 
Radiant  Point  A,  fall  on  feveral  Sides  of  a  regular  Polyhedron; 
»fter  Refraftion  they  will  deculTate  in  G  ;  and  proceed  on  a 
little  diverging. 

Hence,  if  the  Eye  be  placed  where  the  Rays  coming  from 
the  feveral  Planes,  decuffue;  the  Rays  will  be  propagated 
to  it  from  the  feveral  Planes  a  little  diverging,  i.  e.  as  if  they 
proceeded  from  different  Points.  But  fince  the  Cryftalline 
Humour  by  its  Convexity,  coliefts  Rays  from  feveral  Points 
into  the  fame  Point;  the  Rays  will  be  united  in  as  many 
different  Points  of  the  Retina,  a,  b,  c,  as  the  Glafs  has 
Sides.  Confequentlv  the  Eye  being  placed  in  the  Focus  G, 
will  fee  even  a  near  Objeft  repeated  as  often  thro'  the  Po- 
lyhedron as  that  has  Sides. 

Thus  may  the  Imaees  of  Objefts  be  multiplied  in  a  Ca- 
mera obfcura;  by  placing  a  Polydron  at  its  Aperture,  and 

adding  a  Convex- Lens  at  a  due  Diftance  therefrom  And 

it  really  makes  a  very  pleafant  Appearance,  if  a  Prifm  be  ap- 
plied fo  as  the  colour'd  Ravs  of  the  Sun  refrafted  therefrom 
fce  received  on  the  Polyhedron.  Form  by  this  means  they 
will  be  thrown  on  a  Paper,  or  Wall  near  at  hand  in  little 
lucid  Specks,  much  exceeding  the  brightnefs  of  any  pi  eci- 
ous  Stone;  and  in  the  Focus  of  the  Polyhedron,  where  the 
Rays  deculTate,  (for  in  this  Experiment  they  are  received 
on  the  convex  Side)  will  he  a  Star  of  furpiizing  l  lllti  e. 

If  Images  be  painted  in  Water-Colonrs  in  the  Areolse  or 
little  Squares  of  a  Polyhedron,  inti  the  Glafs  applied  to  the 


,i  )  P  5  L 

Aperture  of  aCamera  obfct^ra;  the  Sun's  Rays  pafting  t/iro" 
it  will  carry  with  them  the  Images  thereof,  and  project 
them  on  the  oppoiite  Wall. 

This  Artifice  bears  a  Refcmblance  to  that  other,  whereby 
an  Image  on  Paper  is  projeaed  on  the  Camera,  viz..  by 
wetting  the  Paper  with  Oil,  and  ftraining  it  tight  on  a 
Frame  j  then  applying  it  to  the  Aperture  of  the  Camera  ob- 
fcura, fo  as  the  ilays  of  a  Candle  may  pafs  through  it  upon 
the  Polyhedron.    See  Camera. 

To  make  an  An/imorphofu  or  deform  d  Image ^  which  thro'  a  Fo- 
lyhedronor  A  fultiplying  Glafs  /ball  appear  regular  and  bcmaiful. 

At  one  End  of  a  Horizontal  Table  eredt  another  at  right 
Angles,  whereon  a  Figure  may  be  defign'd  \  and  on  the 
other  End  ereft  another  \  to  ferve  as  a  Fulcrum  or  Sup- 
port, moveable  on  the  horizontal  one.  To  the  Fulcrum 

apply  a  Piano  Convex  Polyhedron^  confifting  e.^r.  of  24  plain 
Triangles-,  let  the  Polyhedron  be  fitted  in  a  Draw  Tube, 
whereof  that  End  towards  the  Eye  to  have  only  a  very 
fiiiall  Aperture,  and  a  little  further  off  than  the  Focus.— 
Remove  the  Fulcrum  from  the  other  perpendicular  Table, 
till  it  be  out  of  tiie  Diftance  of  the  Focn? ,  and  that  more,  as 
the  Image  is  to  be  greater— B^ifore  the  little  Aperture  place 
a  Lamp  i  and  trace  the  Luiiii  ioas  Arc:olx  proj^cUd  from  the 
Sides  ol  the  Polyhedron-,  with  a  black  Li;:td  P^ruil,  on  the 
vertical  Plane,  or  a  Paper  apply'd  thereon. 

In  thefe  feveral  Areolce,  delign  the  feveral  Pjrts  of  :m  I- 
mage,  in  fuch  manner  as  that  when  join'd  togettier  they  may 
make  one  whole  ilookinga-ftv-fh,  every  now  and  then  thio't.he 
Tube,  to  guide,  correft,  cj-c.  the  Colours,  and  to  fee  thiC 
the  feveral  Parts  match  aptly  together. 

The  intermediate  Space  fill  up  with  any  Figures  or  De- 
figns  at  Pleafure:,  contriving  it  To  as  that  to  the  naked  Eye 
the  whole  may  exhibit  fome  Appearance  very  different  from 
that  intended  to  appear  thioncii  the  Polyhedron. 

The  Eye,  now,  looking  thro'  the  little  /\ pertun- nf  ths 
Tube,  will  fee  the  feveral  Farts  and  Members  dilpers'd  a- 
mong  the  Areolce  to  exhibit  one  continued  Image-,  all  the 
intenii'^^diate  ones  difippearing.  See  Anamorphosis. 

POLYHiSTOKES.  See  History,  Polyma- 
th y,  &c. 

POLYM  A  T  HY,PoLYMATHiA,  the  Knowledge  of  ma- 
ny Arts  and  Sciences  j  or  an  Acquaintance  with  a  great  Num-. 
ber  of  different  Subjefts.    See  Encyclop.sd[a. 

The  Word  comes  fiom  the  Creek  iroAt),  multum,  and  ft*'-. 
flnff«,  Knowledge,  Learning. 

LipfiuSj  Scaliger,  Idrcher,  Petavius^  Politian-,  Sdtnafius^ 
&c.  were  fimous  for  Polymath)/. 

Among  the  Ancients,  fuch  as  were  eminent  this  Way; 
were  called  Polyhiftores.    See  History. 

Polymathy  is  frequently  Httle  more  than  a  confufed  Heap 
of  ufelefs  Knowledge  occafionally  detail'd,  eitlier  pertinently 
or  impertinently,  for  Parade.— The  genuine  Polymathy  is  an 
exteniive  Erudition  ,  or  a  Knowle^ri^e  of  a  great  Number  of 
Things,  well  digefted,  and  applied  to  the  Purpofe,  and  ne- 
ver but  out  of  Neceiiity. 

POLYMYTHY,  Polymythia,  in  Poetry,  a  Alulti- 
plicity  of  Fables,  in  an  Epic  or  Dramatic  Poem  j  in  lieu  of 
an  Unity,  or  a  fingle  one.    See  Fable,  Unity,  C^c. 

Polymythia  is  a  very  great  Fault.-— It  confiits  in  a0em- 
bling  a  Number  of  diftinft  Adionsor  Fables  into  one  com- 
plex Body.  See  Action. 

Such  a  Work  Boffu  compares  to  the  Batrachomymachiao; 
or  one  of  the  Fables  of  Efop :  and  fuch  would  be  the  Idea  of  a 
Thefeid,  an  Hcracleid,  an  Achilleid,  or  the  like  PoemSj 
which  Ibould  comprehend  all  the  Adtions  of  thofe  Heroes  j 
compared  with  the  Iliad,  or  iEneid.  See  Hkro,  Epic,  &c, 
P  0  I.  Y  N  O  M I  A  E,  or  rather  Multinomial^  Roots jin  Ma- 
thematicks.    See  Moltino.mial  and  Root. 

P  O  L  Y  O  P  T  R  U  M,  in  Opiicks,  a  Glafs  through  which 
Objefts  appear  multiplied,  but  diminiftied.    See  Molti-', 

PLICATION. 

The  Polyoptrum  differs  both  in  Strufture  and  Phenome- 
na from  the  common  Mulriplyiiig-Glaffcs,  call'd  Polyhedra. 
See  Polyhedron, 

The  Word  Polyoptrum  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  m}\vj 
much,  many,  and  o-ns^y  I  fee. 

Confir!i£lian  of  the  Polyoptrum. 

In  a  Gk\fs,  plain  on  both  Sides,  A  B,  (Tab,  Opt.  Flg-y^.') 
and  about  three  Fingers  thic];,  cut  out  fpherical  Segments, 
fcarce  a  fifth  Part  of  a  Digit  in  Diameter. 

if  then  the  Glaft  be  removed  from  the  Eye,  till  you  can 
take  in  all  the  Cavities  at  one  View,  you  will  fee  the  fame 
Objedt  as  if  thro'  fo  many  feveral  concave  GlaifLS,  as  there 
are  Cavities,  andal!  exceedingly  imall. 

Fit  this,  as  an  Objea  Glals,  in  a  Tube  A  B  C  D,  whofe 
Aperture  A  B  is  equal  to  the  Diameter  of  the  Glafs,  and  the 
other  C  D  equal  to  that  of  an  Eye  Olds ;  e.  gr.  about  a 
Finger's  Breadth.  The  Length  of  the  Tube  A  C  to  be  ac- 
commoda-ted  to  the  Objeft  and  Eye-Glafs,  by  Trial. 


POL 


m2 ) 


Pol 


Tn  C  D  fit  a  Convex  Eye-Gkfs,  or  in  lien  thereof  a  Me- 
nifcus,  having  the  Diftance  of  its  principal  Focus  a  little  lar- 
ger than  the  Length  of  the  Tube',  fo  that  the  Point,  from 
which  the  Rays  diverge  after  Refraftion  in  the  Objeft-Glafs 
may  be  in  the  Focus — If  then  the  Eye  be  applied  near  to 
the  Eye-Glafs,  a  fingle  Objeft  will  be  Teen  repeated  as  often 
as  there  are  Cavities  in  the  Objea  Olafs,  but  ftill  dimi- 
nilhed. 

POLYPETALOUS,  in  Botany,  a  Flower  confiftins 
of  feveral  Petala  or  Leaves.    See  Petala. 

The  Covers  or  Defences  of  Flowers  confift  either  of  a  fin- 
gle continued  Petalon,  thence  call'd  mompetalous  \  or  of  feve- 
ral diftinft  Pieces,  call'd  Polypetalous,   See  Flower  and 

MONOPETALOUS. 

The  Word  comes  from  wtf^Jt  wiK/faw,  and  wiJaAeF,  Tetalum, 

TolypEtalous  Flowers  are  either  regular  or  irregular.  

The  Regular^  according  to  fome  Botaniils,  are  either  thofe 
confifting  of  two  Pieces,  as  the  Cercea  ^  or  of  four,  thence 
called  Crofs-FloTverSy  as  the  Clove  Tree^  or  of  five,  called 
VmbelUferouSf  as  Fennel  ^  or  of  fix,  as  the  Wiaite  Lilly t 
thence  call'd  the  Lilly-kind.    See  Umbelliferous,  Crc. 

Thofe  exceeding  this  Number,  in  any  Quantity,  equal  or 
unequal,  form  a  new  Clafs  of  polypetdous  Flowers,  called  the 
Rofe  Kind;  among  which  are  rank'd  all  thofe  of  three,  four, 
five,  or  fix  Pieces,  whofe  Fruits  differ  fo  from  the  rell,  that 
'tis  required  they  be  diftinguilh'd  from  them. 

Siich  is  the  Flower  of  the  Water  PUntane,  which  tho' 
it  has  only  three  Leaves,  yet  by  the  Relation  of  its  Seed 

with  that  of  the  Ranuncula,  is  ranged  in  this  laft  Clafs.  

Such,  alfo,  is  the  Flower  of  Tormentille;  whichby  Reafbn  of 
the  Difference  of  its  Fruit  from  the  Siliqus  or  Siliculx  of 

the  Crofs-FIowers,  cannot  be  ranged  among  them.  Such 

alfo  is  the  Pink,  which  tho'  confifting  of  five  Pieces,  yet  is 
excluded  the  Clafs  of  umbelliferous  Plants,  becaufe  its  Fruit 
is  not  divided  into  two  Parts. — Such,  liftly,  are  the  Flowers 
of  fome  Ranuncula's,  Honfe-leek,  and  Anemonies ;  which 
though  they  have  fix  Petala,  yet  never  produce  Fruits  divi- 
ded into  three  Lodges,  as  thofe  of  the  Lilly  Kind,  and  there- 
fore cannot  belong  to  their  Clafs. 

The  irregular  palypetnlcus  Flowers  are  fo  called  from  the 
odd  Figure  and  Difpofition  of  their  Petala,  what  Number 
of  them  fo  ever  they  have. 

Such  are  thofe  of  two  Pieces  refembling  two  Chaps,  as  in 
Fumitory ;  or  thofe  of  five  Pieces  refembling  Butterflies, 
common  to  all  leauminous  Plants. 

POLYPODY,  in  Botany,  a  Plant  of  the  parafitaical 
Kind,  pupnUrly  called  Mtny-feet;  of  confiderable  Ufe  in 
Medicine,^-     See  Parasite. 

There  aie  two  Kinis,  Common  Polypody,  and  Polypody 

of  the  O  ik.  The  firft  ufually  grows  on  old  Walls  in  the 
Country,  among  Mofs,  &c.  the  latter  call'd  alfo  Oak-fern 
from  the  Ref'mM.ince  it  bears  to  Fern,  grows  on  the  Kran- 
ches  of  th;tt  Tree,  in  the  Places  where  they  fhoot  or  fpread 
out,  feedi'ig  on  a  little  Earth  collected  there  from  the  Dull 
blown  about  wirh  the  Wind,  and  water'd  with  the  Rain. 

Polypody  of  the  Oik  is  much  the  better  of  the  two.»--It 
miift  He  chofen  new,  well-fed,  dry,  brittle,  of  a  Tan-red 
without,  green  within,  of  a  iweet  Tafte  refembling  Li- 
quorice. 

The  Root  is  what  is  chiefly  ufed  in  Medicine,  being  e- 
fteem'd  Cathartic  j  tho'  Dr.  Quincy  fays  'tis  no  more  fo  than 
a  common  Detergent  ^  in  which  Capacity  it  is  much  pre- 
fer! bed  i  in  Medicated  Ales  againll  the  Jaundice,  Scurvy, 
Obllru^^ions  of  the  Vifcera,  Hypochondriacks,  c^c. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  ♦sAv',  and  otit.  Foot, 
in  regard  the  Root  of  the  Plant  clings  to  Walls  and  Trees, 
by  a  great  Number  of  little  Fibres  like  Claws. 

POLYPTOTON,in  Rhetorick,  a  Figure  wherein  the 
fame  Word  is  repeated  in  different  Cafes,  Genders  or  Num- 
bers, i.f.  with  different  Terminations.   See  Figure. 

Such  is  that  of  Cicero,  p-ro  Arch.  Sed  plem  fum  omnes  li- 
bri-t  plena  fapientum  voces,  plena  exemplorum  vetuflas. 

POLYPUS,in  Medicine,  a  flelhy  Tumor  or  Excrefcence 
arifing  on  the  infide  of  the  Noftrils,  prejudicial  to  Refpira- 
tion  and  Speech;  call'd  alfo,  by  way  of  Diftiftinon,  Polypus 
N'lrtmn.    See  Nose,  Excrescence,  &e. 

This  Pilypus  arifes  by  feveral  Roots  from  the  Os  Crihofum, 
and  hangs  down,  fometimes,  as  low  as  the  Lip ;  growing, 
likewife,  backwards,  fo  as  to  fi:op  the  Hole  of  the  Palate, 
whereby  the  Air  and  Pltuita  dcl'cend  out  of  the  Nofe  down 
into  the  Throat;  and  by  this  means  ftrangles  the  Patient. 

It  has  it  Name  from  the  refemblance  it  bears  to  the  Filh 
Tolypus,  call'd  in  EngliJlj,Pourcomrel,  or  many-feet.— Tho'  fome 
derive  the  Name  from  the  Refemblance  its  Subftance  bears 
to  that  of  the  Polypus ;  and  others,  from  the  refemblance  its 
many  roots  bear  to  the  many  feet  of  the  Filh,  (S'l-. 

If  it  have  no  Roots,  or  only  one  continued  Root,  it  is 
tdXVi  d.  Sareoma-j  which  is  only  a  beginning  Polypus,  See 
Sarcoma. 

Polypus's  are  chiefly  found  in  fcrophulons  or  cancerous 
Conftitutions,  along  with  Venereal  Cafes,  Ulcers,  Ozsnas 
(^■ii— Caaftics,  Caufticks,  eniOlUsnt  Fomentations,  Extirpa- 


nKd'ies"''  ^''^^^"^  Powders  and  Lotions  are  the  ufaal  Re- 
PoLVPos  is  alfo  nfed  for  a  morbid  Excrefcence  in  the 

^rS-JW^.  '"l"^ t^""^^  Concretion  of  grumous  Blood 
lodgd  therein.    See  Heart. 

Malpighi  gives  a  very  accurate  Defcription  of  this  Polyous. 
n  the  nght  Ventricle  of  the  Heart,  he  obferves,  'tis  uffilny- 

blacblh  Streaks;  ,n  the  left  Ventricle  it  is  fmaller,  blacker 

and  denfer  He  adds,  that  it  feems  to  have  a  fort  of  On;i- 

mlm,  .and  appears  like  a  Congeries  of  Pellicles  llretch'd  over 
one  another,  which  form  a  kind  <lf  nervous  Compages 

/o(y/iw  J  are  frequently  found  upon  opening  the  Bodies  of 
Perfons  dying  apopkaic;  and  are  doubtlefs  frequently  the 

occafion  of  fudden  Death  -They  are  feldom  difcover'd 

till  they  have  difpatch'd  the  Patient 

'Tis  a  difpute  among  Phyficians,  whether  Polypus's  be  pro- 
duced  any  confiderable  time  before,  or  always  immed.'ati. 
ly  after  Death.  Mr.  Gould  has  an 'expreft^Soi*  „  the 
Phdofoph.  TranfaB.  to  evince  the  former 

ons  Dr.  Roh.  Clarke  gives  us  a  very  odd  Inftance  o(  a  Patient 
xX™"^     "P.  "  "lies,  feveral  hundred  Polypus's  of  the 

n  Tnf  '^''i'"'''  TL  """"'^  Orpnizition,  and  were  all 
perfeaiy  alike.-The  Patient  faid,  tho'  they  had  no  Life  he 
had  frequently  prefs'd  a  fiimy  matter  out  of  the  Body 

Dr.  Lifier  obferves,  that  fuch  Polypus's  are  form'd  in  the 
remoter  and  deeper  Branches  o{  the  Afpera  Arteria,  whence 
they  are  very  difficult  to  get  up.-The  Patient  abovemen- 
tiond  never  brought  them  up  till  after  a  continued  coughine 
ot  halt  a  Day  and  Night.  ° 

He  adds,  that  they  are  nothing  but  vifcous  Excretions  of 
the  fmall  Glands,  hard  bak'd  in  thofe  Glands  whofe  Form 
they  receive._-M.  Bujfie-re  obferves,  they  are  frequently  mi- 
Itaken  for  pieces  of  the  Blood-Vefl"els  or  Lungs 

POI  YPYRENEOUS  Fruits,  in  Botany;  are  fuch  as 
contain  feveral  Kernels,  or  Seeds.   See  Fruit 

They  are  thus  call'd  from  the  Creek  ■wih.i,  much,  and 
■^pn.  Nucleus,  Kernel.    See  Polvspermous. 

1  OLyscOPE,aMultiplying-Ghfs,     e.  aGlafs  which 

Mo  Polyhedron    See  Multipl  iriNO  Clafs  and  Polyhedron. 

1  U  L  Y  S  P  A  S  T  O  N,  P  o  L  Y  s  P  A  s  T,  in  Mechanicks,  a 
machine  lo  denominated  'by  Fkruvlus ;  confifting  of  an  Af- 
fembhge  of  feveral  Pullies ;  ufed  for  rafiing  of  huge  Weights 
in  a  little  time.    See  Machine.  ^ 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  mm,  and  msj;;  o  i 
'  bat  may  lie  tu-rn'd  many  ways. 

The  Multiplication  of  Pullies  in  the  Pelyfpafian  is  to  very 
good  purpofe;  it  being  demonftrated  in  Mechanicks,  that  the 
1-orce  required  to  fufiiain  a  WJght  by  means  of  a  PolvfMlhn 
15  to  the  Weight  itfelf,  as  Unity  to  the  Number  of  Ropes 
or  0  the  Pullies;  thofe  Ropes  or  Pullies  being  fuppofed  pa- 
rallel to  each  other.    See  Pulley.  ^ 

Hence,  the  Number  of  Pullies,  and  the  Power  being  given  ■ 
the  Weight  that  will  be  fuft.iined  thereby  is  eafily  found  • 
via.  by  multiplying  the  Poiver  by  the  Weight. 

E.gr.  Suppol'e  the  Power  50  Pounds,  and  the  Number  of 
Pullies  5.    The  Weight  they  will  balance  is  ^50. 

In  like  manner  the  Number  of  Pulli.;s  being  given,  toge- 
ther with  the  Weight  fuftain'd  ;  the  Power  is  found  bv  di- 
viding the  Weight  by  the  number  of  Pullies;  Thus,  if  the 
Weight  be  900  Pounds,  and  the  Number  of  Pullies  6,  the 
Power  will  be  150. 

Vechales  obferves,  that  'tis  found  by  experience,  that  a 
moderate  Man  (landing  barely  en  the  Ground  will  lift  ijo 
I  ound ;  whence  the  fame  Man  by  means  of  a  Poly/haiha 
confifting  of  6  Pullies,  will  be  able  to  fuftaiii  900  Pounds. 

The  Power  of  the  Pullies  will  be  ftill  exceedingly  increas'd 
by  mining  feveral  Polyfpafions. 

To  find  the  Number  of  Pullies  a  Polypaflon  is  is  to  confi  l: 
of  to  raife  a  given  Power — Divide  the  Weight  by  the  Power  ■ 
the  Quotient  is  the  Number  required.  ' 

Suppofe,  e.  gr.  the  Weight  600  Pounds,  and  t^e  Power 
150;  the  Pullies  will  be  4,  whofe  Diameters  are  to  be  all 
equal,  fuppofing  two  of  them  upper  and  two  lower,  moveable 
on  the  fame  common  Axes. 

POLYSPERMOUS,  in  Botany,  is  applied  to  fuch 
Plants  as  have  more  than  tour  Seeds  fucceeding  each  Flower, 
without  any  cerrain  Order  or  Number.    See  Plant 

Thefe,  Mr.  Ray  makes  a  diftina  kind  of  Herbs, 'calling 
thmi  f/erUfemmenudo  poly fperms;  where,  by  Semine  nudo, 
is  meant  fuch  Seeds  as  do  not  put  off  fpontanenully  the  Inte- 
guments or  Coverings,  which  they  either  have,  or  appear  to 
have,  but  fall  off  cover'd  from  the  Mother-Plant.   See  S.;ed. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Creek  mtKil,  much,  and 
ATtpiM,  Seed. 

Potyfpermms  Herbs  are  fubdivided  into  1°  Such  as  hive  a  Ca- 
lyx or  Perianthium,  confifting  either  firft  oUhree  Leaves,  and 
the  Flower  Tripetalous,  as  the  Plantago  Aquatica,  and  theSa- 
gittaria,  both  Water-Plants ;  or  the  Flower  Polypetalous,  and 


PO  M 


(85^  ) 


P  ON 


the  Calyx  falling  with  it.as  the  Chelidoniura  minus;  of  rema!n-i 
ing  after  the  Flower  is  dropp'd,  as  in  the  Hepatica  Mo- 
bilis.  2°  Of  five  Leams,  in  ibme  deciduous  with  the  Flow- 
er, as  in  the  lianunculus  j  in  others  Perennial,  as  in  the  Hel- 
leborus  niger  ferulaceus;  or  annual,  as  in  the  Flos  Adonis. 
3°  Of  eight  Leavti,  as  the  Malva  and  Alcea.  4°  Oftca  Leaves 
as  the  Carrophylla,  Fragrarius,  Pentiphyllum,  Torraentilla, 
Argentina,  Althea,  and  Pentaphylloides. 

2°  Such  ashave  no  Calyx,  or  Periinthium  -,55  theCIenutis, 
Filipendula,  Ulniaria,  Anemone  Nemorum,  PulfatiUa,  &c. 

POLYSYLLABICAL  Ecclms,  thofe  which  repeat 
many  Syllables,  or  Words.    See  Eccho. 

POLYSYLLABLE,  in  Grammar,  a  Word  conlifting 
of  more  than  three  Syllables.  See  Word  and  Syllable. 

A  Word  of  one  Syllable  is  called  a  MomfyllMe\  one  of 
two,  DifylUhle  •,  one  of  three,  Trifyllahlc'^  one  of  four  or  more, 
TolyfylkbU.    See  MoNOSYLLAELE,  cJ-c. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  tkm,  muhum,  and 
nH^C&i  SyUable, 

POLYSYNDETON,  in  Rhstoric,  a  Figure  confilt- 
ing  in  an  abundance  of  Conjunftions  Copulative.  See  Fi- 
gure and  Copulative. 

Such  is.  Me,  prt  ceteris  &  colit  &  ahfervat  &  diligit.  

In  oppofition  to  this  (lands  yifyiideton.    See  Asyndeton. 

P  O  L  Y  T  H  E I S  .M,  the  Doilrine  or  Belief  of  a  Plurality  of 
Crods.  See  God. 

The  Word  comes  from  the  Greek  mMi,  multum,  and  9i><, 
Deus.    See  lD0LATRY,C7*(r. 

P  O  M  A  D  A,  an  Exercife  of  vaulting  the  wooden  Horfe, 
by  layingone  Hand  over  the  Pommel  of  the  Saddle. 

POMATUM,  or  Pomado,  a  Compofition  of  Apples, 
with  Lard  and  other  fatty  Subftance  -,  ufed  by  way  of  Un- 
guent on  many  Occafions,  particularly  for  Difeaies  of  the  Skin, 
Pimples,  Scurfs,  6~c.  to  ioften  the  Hands,  render  the  Skin 
fmooth,  the  Complexion  frefh,  &c.   See  Unouen-t. 

TorMtums  are  occafionally  made  with  Jefnimincs,  Oran- 
gts,  jonquills,  Tuberofes,  &c.  i.  e.  they  are  perfumed  with 
the  Odours  of  thofe  Flowers. 

The  bell  is  faid  to  be  that  prepared  of  Kid's  Greafe,  Pip- 
pins, an  Orange  llic'd,  with  a  Glafs  of  Rofe-Water,  and 
half  a  Glafs  of  White-wine,  boil'd  and  ftrain'd,  and  at  lad 
Iprinkled  with  Oil  of  fweet  Almonds. 

The  Unguentum  Pomatum  prefcribed  in  the  College  Difpen- 
fary  confifts  of  Hog's  Lard,Shcep's  Suet,  the  Apple  cali'd  Pome- 
water,  Rofe  Water,  and  Orrice  Root,  boil'd  til!  the  Apples 
are  foft,  ftrain'd  and  perfumed  with  Oil  of  Rhodium. 

Dr.  Quincy  obferves,  that  the  Apple  is  of  no  Significancy 
tx.  all  in  the  Recipe;  and  that  the  common  T'omatum  fold 
in  the  Shops  is  only  Lard  beat  into  a  Cream,  with  Rofe- 
VV'ater,  and  fcented  with  Lemons,  Thyme,  or  the  like. 

POME,  anions  Gardeners  To  Toyiie  is  to  grow  or 

Iinit  into  a  round  Head,  foraewhat  like  an  Apple. 

Thus,  they  fay  a  Cabbage  begins  to  Tome,  Sic.  They 

fometimes  ufe  the  Term  to  cabbage  in  the  fame  Senfe. 

POMEGRANATE,  Granatum,  a  medicinal  Fruit,  in 
Form  of  an  Apple  or  Quince  •,  full  of  Seeds  or  Kernels,  en- 
clos'd  within  a  reddilh  Pulp,  fometimes  Iweet,  fomerimes 
acid.   See  Fruit. 

It  is  denominated  from  its  Abundance  of  Grains  or  Ker- 
nels ;  f.d.  Pomum  Granatum,  a  Kernel' d  Affle ;  or  from  the 
Country  where  it  was  anciently  produced,  viz..  Granada. 

The  CrmindaTKit  is  of  two  Kinds  ,  the  one  wild,  which 
produces  a  Kind  of  Flowers  ufed  in  Pharmacy,  called  Ba- 
laujlia.   See  Balaustia. 

The  other  cultivated  in  Gardens;  whereof  ttiere  are  a- 
gain  two  Kinds;  the  one  only  bearing  Flowers;  the  other, 

both  Flowers  and  Fruit.  The  Flowers  of  each  are  in- 

clofed  in  an  oblong  purple  Calyx,  refembling  a  Bell. 

The  Trees  never  grow  high ;  their  Branches  are  a  little 
prickly  ;  their  Leaves  refemble  thofe  of  the  greater  Myrtle, 
and  their  Fruit,  which  is  compofed  of  a  great  Number  of 
red  angular  Grains,  fometimes  fweet,  fometimes  four,  and 
fometimes  vinous,  according  to  the  Quality  of  the  Tree,  are 
all  indos'd  in  little  diftinft  Cells,  and  cover'd,  in  common, 
with  a  thick  brownilh  Rind  ;  over  this  grows  a  Kind  of 
Crowning,  of  the  fame  Nature  with  the  Rind,  form'd  of  a 
Production  of  the  Calyx. 

In  the  general,  Pomegranates  are  not  only  agreeable  to  the 
Talle,  but  good  for  the  Stomach;  and  of  confiderable  Ufe 
in  Medicine. 

Of  the  Grains  are  made  Syrups  and  Conferves;  and  the 
Rind,  which  is  held  very  aftringent,  is  an  Ingredient  m 
feveral  Remedies  and  Ptifans,  for  Dyfenteries,  Diarrhea's, 
Lienteries,  HEmorrhagies,  and  Relaxations  of  the  Gums. 

 .The  Ancients  ufed  the  Rind  as  the  Moderns  do  Sumac, 

in  the  Preparation  of  Leather, 

The  Rind  ought  always  to  be  dry'd,  after  the  Grains  are 
taken  out ;  that  dry'd  without  fcouping  always  tifting  mufty, 
«nd  more  likely  to  increafe  the  Diftcrapers  than  cure  them. 

As  to  the  Conferve,  there  is  but  little  of  the  true  fold ;  bemg 
»ery  difficult  to  make.— That  which  ordinarily  paffes  for  it  is 
only  Sugar  melted  down;  to  which  they  give  the  Colour  and 
iharp  Tafte,  with  Cochineal,  Cream  of  Tartar,  and  Alumn. 

POMEI  S,ia  Hetaldrj',  are  grsen  Rouadlss ;  fo  called  bjr 


the  Englijli  Heralds,  who  exprefs  different  colonr'd  RoundleS 
by  diftinft  Names.  The  Bench,  who  content  therafelves  to 
denote  the  different  Colour  of  the  Roundle,  call  them  Tor- 
j'eaux  Vert.    See  Torteaux. 

POMIFEROUS;?.  li.  Jpple4earing,  in  Botany,  t 
Name  given  to  thofe  Plants  which  have  tire  largeft  Fruit, 
and  are  cover'd  with  a  thick  hard  Rind;  by  which  they 
are  diftingiiilh'd  from  the  Bacciferoas,  which  have  only  a 
thin  Skin  over  the  Fruit.  See  Plant  and  Bacciferous. 

The  Pomifcroiis  Kind  have  a  naked  monopeta'ous  Flower, 
divided  into'tive  Partitions,  and  growing  on  the  Top  of  the 

fiicceeding  Fruit.  They  are  divided  into  l*^.  Capreolate,  or 

thofe  creeping  along  tlie  Ground,  &c.  by  means  ol  Ten- 
drills;  as  the  Ciicurbita,  Melo  Cucumis,  Cepo,  BelCimina, 
Anguria,  and  Colocynthis.    See  Capheoli. 

And,  2".  without  Capreoli,  or  Tendrils,  as  the  Cucurbi- 
ta  Ctypetea,  or  MelD-Cepo  Clypeiforn-iis. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  Pomhm,  Apple,  and  fero,  I  bear. 

POMMEE,  or  PoMMETTE  in  Heraldry.^!  Crafs-Pom- 
mee  or  Pommcttc,  cali'd  alio  a  Trophee,  is  a  Crofs  with  a 
Ball  or  Knob  at  each  End.    See  Cross. 

POMMEL,  or  Pum.mel  in  the  Manage,  a  Piece  of  Brafs 
or  other  Matter  a-top  and  in  the  .Middle  of  the  Siddle-Bow, 
to  which  are  faften'd  the  Holffers,  Stirrup  Leathers,  Crc.  Sec 
Saddle. 

Pommel  is  alio  a  round  Ball  of  Silver,  Steel,  or  the  like, 
fix'd  at  the  End  of  the  Guard  and  Grafp  of  a  Sword ;  to  fervc 
ill  fome  meafure  as  a  Counterpoife. 

BaUac  obferves,  that  there  are  ftill  estant  Charters  and 
Privileges  granted  by  CharUmaign,  and  fealed  with  the  Pom- 
met  of  his  Sword,  which,  ordinarily,  he  proinifes  to  defend 
with  the  fime  Sword.    See  Seal,  Signature,  &c. 

POMP,    See  Circus,  Cavalcade,  cJ-c. 

PO  M  P  H  O  L  Y  X,  or  ithits  Calamine,  in  Pharmacy,  the 
Flowers  of  Brafs ;  or  a  white,  light  and  friable  Subftance, 
found  adhering  to  tlie  Lid  or  Coverde  of  the  Crucibles  or 
Furnaces,  wliercin  Copper  is  melted  with  Calamine  Stone, 
for  the  making  of  Brafs,    See  Brass,  Calamine,  crc. 

It  is  efteeni'd  deterfive  and  deficcative,  tho'  only  apply'd 
externally ;  and  much  ufed  in  divers  Kinds  of  Fevers  ;  tho' 
its  Violence  requires  its  being  ufed  With  great  Precaution. 

The  Apothecaries  fometimes  call  it  Nil  or  Nihlli  Album, 
and  fometimes  white  T'utty,  in  regard  of  its  ReferabUnce 
thereto  in  Virtue.    See  Tutty. 

The  Word  is  form'd  froni  the  Greek  tty^iM^,  q.  d.  Bub-, 
ble  artfnig  on  Water. 

POMUM  Adami,  ih  Anatomy,  a  Protuberance  in  thi 
Fore-part  of  the  Throat.    See  Throat, 

Some  fancy  it  thus  called  upon  a  ftrange  Conceit,  that  a 
Piece  of  the  forbidden  Apple,  which  Adam  eat,  ftuck  by  the 
Way,  and  was  the  Occafion  of  it. 

In  reality,  it  is  only  the  Convex  Part  of  the  firfl  Carti- 
lage of  the  Larynx,  called  Sciaijormis.   See  Larynx  and 

SCUTIFORMIS. 

POND,  in  Geography,  a  little  Lake,  which  neither  re- 
ceives nor  emits  any  River.    See  Lake  and  River. 

PONDER  A  RE,  in  our  ancient  Culloms,  a  Method 
of  curing  fick  Children. 

The  Praftice  vi^ts,  ponderare,  to  weigh,  the  fick  Child,  at; 
the  Tomb  of  fome  Saint,  counterpoifing,  or  ballancuig  the  Scale 
with  Money,  Wheat-Bread,  or  any  other  thing  the  Parents 
were  willing  to  offer  to  God,  his  Siints,  or  the  Church — _ 
But  a  Sum  of  Money  was  always  to  make  Part  of  the  Coun- 
ter-balance. By  this  Means  the  Cure  was  effefted  Ad  fe- 

pulchrum  SanUi,  Nummo  fe  poudsrabat. — - 
PONDUS,  K'f/gfe.   See  Weight. 
Pond  us,  in  ancient  Records,  is  a  Duty  paid  to  the  King  ac- 
cording to  the  Weight  of  Merchandizes.    See  Poundage. 

P  o  N  D  u  s  Regis,  the  Standard-Weight,  anciently  appoint- 
ed by  the  King.    See  Standard. 

PONE,  a  Writ,  whereby  a  Caufe  depending  in  the 
County,  or  other  inferior  Court,  is  removed  to  the  Com- 
mon Ple.ss.    See  Writ,  &c.  Court,  ct-c 

Pone  per  Vadivm,  is  a  Writ  commanding  the  Sheriff  to 
take  Surety  of  one  for  his  Appearance  at  a  Day  afiign'd. 
See  SuRBTY,  Vadium,  &c. 

PONIARD,  a  littl:  pointed  D.igger,  very  fbarp-cdg'd  ; 
bore  in  the  Hand,  or  at  the  Girdle,  or  hid  in  the  Pocket. 

The  Poniard  was  anciently  in  very  great  Ufe,  but  is  now  in 
good  meafure  fet  ahde, except  among  Affaftlns.  See  Assassin, 
Sword  and  Poniard  were  the  ancient  Arms  of  Duelifts  ; 
and  are  faid  to  continue  ftill  fo  among  the  Spaniards.-— lai 
Praaice  of  Sword  and  Poniard  ftill  make  a  part  of  the  Ex- 
ercife taught  by  the  Mifters  of  Defence, 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Frtmh  Poign.ird,  and  that 
from  Poignee,  Handful, 

PONS  Vmli,  or  rarolii,  or  Pons  Cerebri,  in  Anatomy, 
the  upper  Part  of  a  Dnft  in  the  third  Ventricle  of  the  Brain; 
fituate  in  the  Cerebellum,  and  leading  to  the  Infundibulum. 
See  Brain,  Ventricle,  Infundibulum,  (J-c. 

It  is  thus  called  from  its  Dilcoverer  rarohus,  an  Italian 
Phyfician,  who  flourilh'd  in  the  Uuiverfity  of  Padua  about. 
thete.57=-  ^^jj  PONTAGE, 


I 


POP 


P  OR 


PONTAGE,  a  Contribution  towards  the  Maintenance 
Remiring,  and  Rebuilding  of  Bridges.    See  Bridoe. 

This  was,  antientlv  j  one  of  three  general  National  Charges, 
whence  no  Perfon  of  any  Degree  whatever  was  exempted. 

The  three  Things  call'd  Trimda  Necefitat,  whence,  In- 
gdfus  tells  us,  Nulli  pajfunt  laxari,  were,  the  Expedition  to 
the  Wars,  the  Building  of  Caftles,  and  the  Building  and 
Repairing  of  Bridges.    See  Trinoda. 

Mr.  Sclden,  in  his  Notes  on  Eadmerus,  obferves,  that  ne 

quiiem  Epifcopi,  ^kbatcl,  &  Mmiachi  immmes  erant.  And 

Mat.  Pans  adds,  u4nm  I244,tl«t  in  all  Grants  of  Privileges 
to  the  Monjfteries,  thofe  three  Things  were  always  except- 
ed, for  the  Publiclf  Good,  and  that  the  people  might  be 
better  able  to  refift  an  Enemy. 

Pontage  is  alfo  a  Due  anciently  belonging  to  the  Lord 
of  the  Fee,  for  Perfons  or  Merchandizes,  that  pafs  over  Ri- 
vers, Bridges,  &c.  call'd  in  the  later  Latin  Pontaglum,  or 
Vontom^ium.,  Pontage. 

PON  Tl  BUS  rtparandis,  a  Writ  direfted  to  the  She- 
riff, willing  him  to  charge  one  or  more  to  repair  a  Bridge, 
to  whom  it  belongs. 

PONTIFICAL,  PoNTiFiCALE,  a  Book  of  the  Rites 
and  Ceremonies  belonging  to  Pontiffs,  Bifhops,  Popes,  &c. 
See  Ritual  and  Ceremonial. 

P  O  N  T I  F  I  C  A  L 1  A,  the  Robes  and  Ornaments,  where- 
in a  Biihop  performs  Divine  Service.    See  Episcopal. 
PONTIFICAL,  the  St-ate  or  Dignity  of  a  Pontiff. 
Cxfar  reform'd  the  Calendar  in  the  Time  of  his  Pontifi- 
cate,   See  Calendar. 

The  Concordat  was  pafs'd  in  the  Tontificati  of  Leo  X. 
See  Concordat. 
There  was  a  Pomificate  that  only  lafted  twenty  four  Hours. 
PONTIFEX,  Pontiff,  High-Priefl ;  a  Perfon  who 
has  the  Intendence  and  Direftion  of  divine  Worfhip,  as 
the  offering  Sacrifices  and  other  Religious  Solemnities.  See 
Priest,  Sacrifice,  &c. 

The  Romans  had  a  College  of  Pontiff,  and  over  thofe  a 
Soveraign  Pontiff,  or  Pontijex  Maximus,  inftituted  by  Nu- 
tna-^  whofe  Function  it  was  to  prefcribe  the  Ceremonies 
each  God  was  to  be  worlhipped  withal,  compofe  the  Ri- 
tuals, direft  the  Veftals,  and  for  a  good  while  to  preform 
the  Bufinefs  of  Augury;  till  on  fome  fuperftitious  OccaCon 
he  was  prohibited  intermeddling  therewith.    See  Augur. 

He  confecrated  the  Statues  of  the  Gods,  e're  they  were 
put  up  in  Temples  i  blefs'd  the  Figures  of  fome  of -Jove's 
ThuiHerbolts,  toprefcrve  the  People  from  Harms  \  and  com- 
piled their  Statutes.    See  Annals. 

The  Jews  too  had  their  Pontiff  nr  High-Pried  •,  and  among 
the  Romanifls  the  Pope  is  ftill  ftiled  the  Sovcrmgn  Pontiff. 
See  Pope. 

Au;hors  differ  about  the  Etymology  of  this  Word  :  Some 
derive  it  from  poffc  facere,  that  is,  from  the  Authority 
the  Pontiffs  had  to  ficrifice;  others,  as  farro,  from  Pons, 
becaule  they  built  the  Suhlicml  Bridge,  that  they  might  go 
and  offer  Sacrifice  on  the  other  fide  of  the  Tiber. 

PON  TON,  or  Pontoon  in  War,  a  little  floating 
EnJje,  nude  of  Boats  and  Planks.    See  Bridge. 

The  Ponton  is  a  Machine  confiding  of  two  Veffcls,  at  a 
lii'le  Ditonce,  join'd  by  Beams;  with  Planks  laid  rrofs  for 
the  Paffage  of  the  Cavalry,  the  Canon,  Infantry,  &c.  over 
a  River,  an  Arm  of  the  Sea,  &c. 

The  late  invented  Ponton  is  of  Latten,  furnilh'd  with  an 

Anchor,  a-c.  to  fix  it  To  make  a  Bridge  fevcral  of  thefe 

arc  difpofed  two  Yards  afundir,  with  Beams  a-crofs  them, 
and  over  thofe.  Boards. 

They  are  alfo  link'd  to  each  other,  and  faften'd  on  each 
Side  the  Rjver,  by  a  Rope  rung  thro'  a  Ring  in  each  of 
their  Heads,  and  fix'd  to  a  Tree  or  Stake  on  either  Shore. 
- — The  whole  makes  one  firm,  uniform  Bridge,  over  which 
a  Train  of  Artillery  may  pafs. 

Cs/ir  and  Aulas  Gellius  both  mention  Pontons;  but  theirs 
were  no  more  thin  a  Kind  of  fquare  flat  'Veffcls,  proper  for  the 
carrying  overof  Horre,,c?-c.  Ours  however  take  their  Names 
trom  them  ;  thofe  Authors  call  them  Pontones,  of  Ponto. 

PON  T-Filant,  q.  d.  Ffying  Bridge  ;  a  Kind  of  Bridge  ufed 
in  Sieges;  made  of  two  fmall  Bridges  laid  one  over  another, 
and  fo  contrived  by  means  of  Cords  and  Pullies  placed  along 
the  Sides  ot  the  under  Bridge,  that  the  upper  may  be  pufti'd 
forwards,  till  it  joins  the  Place  where  it  is  fix'd:  the  whole 
Length  of  both  however  not  to  be  above  five  Fathom  long, 
leaft  they  fhould  break  with  the  Weight  of  the  Men.  See 
Bridge. 

POOL,  is  properly  a  Refervoir  of  Water,  fupply'd  with 
Springs,  and  difcharging  the  Overplus  by  Sluices,  Defenders, 
Wears,  and  other  Caufe-ways.    See  Sluice,  c^c. 

Aliil-PooL  is  a  Stock  of  Water,  by  whofe  Force,  &c  the 
Motion  of  a  Mill  is  effefted.    See  Mill. 

P.O  O  P,  Puppis,  the  Stern  or  upperinoft  Part  of  a  Ship's 
Hull.    See  Puppis  and  Stern. 

POPE,  Papa,  the  Chief  ot  Head  of  the  Roman  Ca- 
■tholick  Church.   See  Papa. 

Father  le  Cointe  in  his  Annals  obferves,  fcpm  St.  Jtnmy 


St.  Cyprian,  St.  Gregory,  St.  AugujUn,  and  Sidonius  Apottina^ 
ris;  that  the  Title  Pope  was  anciently  given  to  all  Bilhops. 
See  Bishop.  ^ 

They  were  alfo  addrefs'd  under  the  Term  Holinefs,  and 
Beatitude ;  and  their  Churches  call'd  Apsfiolicat  Sees.  See 
Holiness,  Apostolical,  &c. 

He  adds,  that  'twas  only  in  the  Eleventh  Century,  that 
Gregory  VII.  firft  appointed,  in  a  Synod  held  at  Rome,  that 
the  Title  Pope  Ihould  be  reftrain'd  to  the  Biihop  of  Rome 
as  a  particular  Diftinftion  and  Prerogative.  * 

In  the  Council  of  the  Lateran,  held  under  Innocent  in.  the 
Popems  dedlKd  Ordinary  of  Ordinaries.    See  Ordinarv. 

The  Pope  is  chofe  by  the  Cardinals,  out  of  their  o  wn  Body 
See  Election,  Cardinal,  (tc. 

His  See  is  at  Rome,  whence  he  iffues  out  his  Orders  ■ 
call'd  Briefs  and  Bulls,  throughout  the  Catholic  World.  See 
Bull,  arc. 

Hillory  mentions  a  Popefs,  Joan.  -The  Reality  hereof 

nas  been  oppoled  and  defended  by  m.my  learned  Men  . 

The  Tradition  might  poliibly  take  its  Kife  from  the  Weak- 
nefs  of  Pope  John  VUl.  in  reftoring  FbMus  to  his  Commu- 
nion, and  owning  him  .is  true  Patriarch:  For  he  hence  got 
the  Appellation  of  Woman  ;  as  that  Prince  calFd  King  M.f 
ry  Old,  by  leaving  liimfelf  to  be  govern'd  by  Q  Mary  his 
Wife.    See  Kino  and  Queen. 

M.  Spanheim,  Profcffor  of  Theology  at  Leiden,  has  lately 
wrote  very  amply  on  the  Subjeft;  and  (hews  it  to  be  a 
Qleltion  deJaSo,  fcarce  determinable  at  this  Time  gi  Qjy 

Pope,  Papa,  among  the  Rornms,  was  the  Name  of  cer- 
tain Inferior  Officers,  or  Minifters  of  S.icrifice.    See  Sa- 

C  R  I  F  I  c  E. 

The  Bufinefs  of  the  Papa  was  to  whet  the  facrificing 
Knife,  to  bind  the  Viaim,  prepare  the  Water,  and  other 
Neceflaries,  to  fmite  the  Viftim,  &c. 

They  did  their  Office  naked  to  the  Girdle,  and  crowned 
with  Laurel. 

POPLES  in  Anatomy,  that  Part  where  the  Thkh  is 
)Oined  to  the  Tibia.    See  Thigh  and  Tieia. 

'^pPLICANI,  Populicani,  or  PuiiLtcANs,  a  Name  gi- 
ven in  the  Weft  to  the  Manichees;  or  to  a  particular  Branch 
thereof,  called  in  the  Eatt  Paullcsans.    See  Paulician. 

POP  LI  TEA,  in  An.atomy,  is  the  third  Vein  of  the 
Leg.   See  Vein. 

It  arifes  from  the  Heel,  where  it  is  form'd  out  of  feveral 
Branches,  coming  both  from  the  Heel  and  Ankle. 

It  lyes  pretty  deep  in  the  Flefh  ;  and  afcending  up  to  the 
Ham,  terminates  in  the  Crural  Vein.    See  Crural,  &t.. 

POPLITiUS,  or  Sat-PoPLlT.-Eus,  a  Mufde,' wnich 
arilcs  from  the  exiernal  and  inferior  Protuberance  of  th? 
Thigh-Bone,  and  parting  over  the  Joint  obliquely,  is  infc' red 
into  the  fuperior  and  inrernal  Part  of  the  Tibia._It  alfift^ 
in  bending  of  the  Leg,  and  turns  it  inwards.    See  Leg.  ■ 

POPPY,  Papaver,  a  medicinal  Plant,  famed  for  its  Nar- 
cotic Qiiality.    See  Narcotic. 

There  are  divers  Kinds  ■,  fome  wild,  fome  cultivated,  white, 
pnrplejfcarlct ;  f!rc.  But  thofe  moft  uled  are  the  fi\i\u,P.tpavir 
Hortenfe  femine  albo;  \t\<i  Papaver  Hortenfe  iemine Ttigro. 

The  Heads  of  thefe  Plants  are  of  lingular  Virtue  to  pro- 
mote Sleep,  affwage  Pain,  c^rc.  they  Itop  Diarrh,T;a's,  H.t;- 
morrhages,  oV. 

Of  the  Juice  of  thefe  is  prepared  the  Meconium  fold  ia 
the  Shops.    See  Meconium. 

The  Opium  brought  from  Turly  is  an  Extraft  of  the 
Juice  of 'Tar^y  Poppies.    See  Opium. 

POPULAR,  PopuLARis,  fomething  relating  to  the 
People. 

The  Romm  Nobility  was  diftinguiHi'd  into  two  Faftions  j 
the  Optimates,  who  adhered  ftrenuonfiy  to  the  Miniftry,the 
Senate,  &c.  in  oppofition  to  the  People. 

And  the  Populares,  who  favour'd  the  Rights  and  Preten- 
fions  of  the  People,  in  oppofition  to  the  Nableffe. 

Popular  Difeafes,  are  fuch  as  become  common,  and 
run  thro'  the  Body  of  the  People,  call'd  alfo  Epidemic  Dif- 
eafes.  See  Epidemic. 

Hippocrates  has  wrote  exprefsly  de  Aforbis  Popularibus. 
See  Disease. 

Popular  Errors,  are  fuch  as  People  imbibe  from  o.ie 
another,  by  Cuffom,  Educalion,  and  Tradition,  without 
having  conlider'd  the  Realbns  or  Foundations  thereof.  See 

E  R  R  0  R. 

POPULEUM,  or  PopuLNEuM,  in  Pharmacy,  an  Un- 
guent prepared  of  the  Buds  of  black  Poplar,  Violet  Le.iv  s. 
Navel-wort,  and  Lard,  bruis'd  and  macerated;  to  whir:i  are 
added  Bramble-tops,  Leaves  of  black  Poppies,  Mandragori, 
Henbane,  Nightfhide,  Lettice,  and  Burdock,  boil'd  in  Rofe- 
water,  and  ftrain'd. 

It  is  much  ufed  as  a  Cooler,  in  Burns,  Scalds,  and  all  Sorts 
of  Inflammations ;  and  to  affuage  arthritic  Pains. 

PORRACEOUS,  in  Medicine,  a  Term  applied  to  the 
Bile,  when  its  Colour  is  green,  approaching  that  of  a  Leek. 
See  Bile. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin,  Ptrrum,  Leak. 
■     —  PGR- 


P  OR 


PORCELAIN,   or  PURCELAIN, 


(  ) 


POR 


deli- 


cate fort  of  Earthen- Ware,  chiefly  manufaaurcd' in  a/;.^,  of  fhe  firft  •  When  the"\v  ^^^^^^^  S..mm:ngs 
and  thence,  alfo.   c.WA  China,    or  Chn^a-llarc  ,   but*  qui  e  cl  th^^^^^^ 

brough^into  Europe  from  other  ^arts^  of  the  Eaft.  efpe-  Led  at  bottom'^in^?"m  o?!paftt  fill  a  4d1f  m"' ilSs 

r......  .  J  m   c„„  T.  whence,  whenalmoft  dry,  they  take  it  out,  and  cunt  into 

iquare  Pieces.which  are  what  they  properly  call  Tettcnja'sz 
referving  'em  to  be  mix*d  with  the  Kaoli/i  in  the  Pronor' 
tion  hereafter  affign'd. 

Thefe  Squares  are  fold  by  the  hundred,  but  'tis  ?cry  rard 
to  meet  with  'em  un-fiiifif>  'd  :  The  Workmen,  who,  like 
the  reft  of  the  Cbinefe,  are  errant  Knaves  in  their  Dcalin-Js 
rp,  -  ,  T^.■^l.r^••^-      i/-     ^  ^    "^"^"y  "fifing  Refufc  along  with  'em  1  fo  that  thcv  are' 

Uis  may  be  true  :    But  :f  the  Ommon  be  only  founded    ufually  obliged  to  purify  'cm  e'er  they  can  be  employ'3 

Defcnption  of  thefe  Veffels,  one  would  rather       The  X^t.//;;,  which  is  the  fccond  Earth  ufed  in  Wce- 


cially  Japany  Siam,  Siirat^  and  ^erfia.  See  Potters- 
Ware. 

Scdliger,  and  Cardan,  tho*  generally  of  contrary  Sen- 
timents, are  yet  agreed,  that  what  thQ  Romm^s  czll'd  P^afa 
Myrr/Jnm,  which  were  firft  feen  at  Rome  in  '/'ompey's 
Triumph,  and  which  afterwards  became  fo  very  precious; 
were  the  fame  with  the  'Porcelain  of  our  Times.  See 
Myrrfiine, 


t>n  (Pliny's 

take 'cm  for  a  kind  of  precious  Stones,  of  a  whitifh  Co- 
lour, but  varioufly  vein'd  and  variegated  ;  found  in  fome 
Parts  oF  'Perfia. 

Be  this  as  it  will,  'tis  certain  both  thofc  Authors  are 
miltaken,  when  they  tell  us,  that  'Porcelain  is  made  of 
Egg  r,nd  O.fter-Shflls  beaten  fmail,  and  buried  under 
ground  for  80  or  i  >o  Years.  The  Account  wc  Ilia U  here 
give,  will  put  that  out  of  queflion. 

'Tis  not  known  who  was  the  Inventor  of  Porcelain  ;  the 
Chiiieje  Annals,  which  ufe  to  contain  every  thing  in  any 
wiie  memorable,  are  perfectly  filent  about  it  ;  nor  do  we 
inow  much  more  of  the  Time  of  its  Invention.  Only,  'tis 
certain  it  muH  have  been  before  the  beginning  of  the  fitth 
Century  :  I'hc  Annals  of  T-eoiddant  relating,  that  from  the 
fLxond  Year  of  the  Reign  of  the  Emperor  'I'am,  about  the 
Ycnr  of  Chrifi:  44:,  the  Workers  in  Porcelain  of  thar  Pro- 
vince had  alone  furnifli'd  the  Emoerors  therewith. 

There  is  'Porcelain  mz^^  in  fcvcral  Provinces  of  China  ; 
particularly  thcfc  of /t5?/- AVc;;,  Canton^  and  Kimtetchim -j 
but  that  of  the  laft  is  moff  efleem'd. 

The  Cbimfe  call  the  Porcdain,  'itlul-i :   The  word 


laifz,  is  much  fbfter  than  the  Penmfa,  when  dug  out  of 
the  Quarry  5  yet  is  it  this,  which,  by  its  mixture  with  the 
other,  gives  the  Strength  and  Firmncfs  to  rhc  Work.  V.En- 
trecolles  obCcrves,  that  ihmc  £nglij/j  or  2)iitc/j^  having  pro- 
cured fome  Pet7i!?fa's  to  be  bought,  privately  j  upon  their 
attempting  to  make  Porcelain  at  their  Return  into  their 
own  Country,  could  not  fuccced  for  want  of  taking  Kaolin 
along  with  it.  Which  the  C/jinefe  being  apprifed  of,  faid, 
drolling,  '*  That  the  Eiiropeam  were  wonderful  People  tcJ 
"  go  about  to  make  a  Body,  whofc  Plefii  was  to  fuihin 
"  itfelf  without  Bones." 

The  Mountains  whence  the  Kaolin  is  dug,  are  cover'd 
without  iide  with  a  reddiffi  Earth;  the  Mines  are  deep, 
and  the  Matter  is  found  in  Glebes,  or  Clods,  like  the  Chalk 
in  ours,  The  Author  is  of  opinion,  that  the  white  Earth 
Malta  is  not  much  different  from  the  Kaolin,  except 
that  it  wants  the  filver'd  Particles.  The  Preparation  of 
Kaolin  is  the  fame  with  that  of  the  Pctunfa's,  except  that 
the  Matter  being  lefs  hard,  lefsLab  our  is  required. 

The  Qilar  l^cirnljli^  which  makes  the  third  Ingredient  in 
'Porcelain,  is  a  whitiih,  liquid  SuUlance,  drawn  from  the 


'Pmdam  is  but  !i„le  known  there,  except  among  a  few  hard  Stone  whereof  the'  PetunfiS  are  form'd  ;  that  which 
Workmen  and  Merchants^  and  fecms  denvcd  from  the   i,  whitcft,  and  whofc  Stains  are  the  greened,  being  alwaj" 


^ornignefe  PorcellanCy  a  Cup,  or  Porringer. 

Porcelain  makes  a  very  curious  Article  in  Commerce, 
and  even  in  Natural  Hilfory.  Its  Manufafture  has  hitherto 
p:ifs'd  ffir  a  Myffcry  in  Europe:  and  that  in  fpitc  of  all 


chofen  tor  this  purpofe. 

The  M  -:nner  of  preparing  the  Oil,  is  thus  :  The  Petun- 
fa's  being  wafli'd,  undergo  the  fame  Preparations  as  for 
making  the  Squares ;  excepting  that  the  Matter  of  tho 


the  Endeavours  ot  the  jefuit-  Miffionaries  to  penetrate  into  f,,^^^  Urn  is  not  put  in  Moulds,  but  the  fineil  Part  of  it 
the  Secret.    J  he  Ve.l,  however,  _.s  at  length  drawn  ;  and    ^aken  to  compofc  the  Oil.    To  an  hundred  Pounds  of  this 

Matter  they  caft  a  Mineral  Stone  calFd  Cbekao,  refembling 


Letter  of  F.  Entrecolles  to  P.  Orry,  from  JaotchcoUy 
dated  September  the  iff,  1712,  and  lately  pubiiflicd  in 
French,  the  whole  Procefs  is  defcribed  in  all  its  Circum- 
{fances  ;  v^ith  an  Extrai^l  whereof  we  fliall  here  gratiiy 
the  curious  Reader. 


The  An  of  inaking  Porcelain,  or  Chi7ia-Wcire\ 
from  a  Letter  of  F.  d'EntrecoUes,  a  Jefttit- 
Milfi07zary  i7i  China. 

In  the  Manufaflure  of  ^Purre/;?/?;,  there  arc  four  effential 
thint/s  to  be  confidcr'd  ;  viz.  The  Matter  ii  is  made  of. 
The  Art  of  forming  the  Veffels,  and  other  Works.  The 
Colours  wherewith  it  is  painted.  And,  laffly,  the  Baking, 
or  giving  it  the  proper  degree  of  Fire.  Each  of  which  will 
make  the  Subjecf  of  a  feveral  Article. 

Matter,  ivhereof  Porcelain,  or  Chi^ia-Ware,  is  made. 


There  are  two  kinds  of  Earths,  and  as  many  kindi 
Oils  or  Varniflics  ufed  in  rhc  Coni^oiition  of  'Porcelain. 
The  firft  Earth,  call'd  Xrto//?;,  is  belet  with  glittering  Cor- 
pufcles  ;  the  fecond,  call'd  yf;7i?;y}r,  is  a  plain  white,  but 
exceedingly  fine,  and  foft  to  the  Touch.  They  arc  both 
found  in  Quarries  twenty  or  thirty  Leagues  from  Kiintet- 


our  Alum  :  this  Scone  is  firft  heated  red^-hot,  and  thus  re- 
duced in  a  Mortar  into  an  impalpable  Powder  ;  and  ferves 
to  give  the  Oil  n  Coniiftence  ;  which,  however,  is  ffill  to 
be  kept  liquid. 

The  Oil  of  Lime  makes  the  fourth  Ingredient ;  the 
Preparation  whereof  is  much  more  tedious  and  circumftan- 
tial.  They  firfl:  dilfolvc  large  Pieces  of  quick  Lin. e,  and 
reduce  it  to  a  Powder  by  fprinkling  Water  on  it ;  on  this 
Powder  they  lay  a  Couch  of  dry  Fern,  and  on  the  Fern 
another  of  the  ilack'd  Lime,  and  thus  alternately,  till  they  . 
have  got  a  moderate  Pile;  which  done,  rhey  fet  fire  to  the 
Fern  :  the  whole  being  confumed,  they  divide  the  A/hes 
that  remain  on  new  Couches  of  dry  Fern  ;  fecring  'em  on 
fire  as  before.  And  this  rhey  repeat  five  or  fix  rimes  fuc- 
ccffively,  or  even  more  5  the  Oil  being  ftiil  the  better  as 
the  Alhes  are  ottner  burnt. 

In  the  Anmhoi Feouldar^i  'tis  faid,  inflead  of  Fern  they 
antientiy  u fed  the  Wood  of  a  kind  of  Medlar-Tree  ;  and 
rhat 'twas  this  gave  the  aniient  Porcelains  that  admirable 
Hue,  which  the  Moderns  cannot  come  up  to  for  want  of 
thar  Wood.  'Tis  certain,  however,  the  Quality  of  the  Fern 
and  Lime  contribute  very  much  to  the  goodnefs  of  the 
Oil. 

A  Quantity  of  thefe  Afhes  of  Fern  and  Lime  are  now 


chim,  a  City  which  produces  the  incll  Porcelaiji-Il  orks  in  tl^ro^^  "              "Lh""  ^^}\  "f  Water  ;  and  to  an  hundred 

aWC/jji/a  ;  and  hither  thefe  Earths,  or  rather  Stones,  arc  Pounds  of  Afhes  is  added  a  Pound  of  Cbekao.  which 

brought  in  an  infinite  Number  of  little  Barks,  incefl'antly  diifolves  therein.    The  reft  being  performed  after  the  fame 

paffing  up  and  down  the  River  Joatcheou  for  thatpurpofc.  manner  as  in  preparing  the  Earth  f  fn^^Petunfa's  ;  the 


The  pHiinfa''s  are  brought  in  form  of  Bricks  ;  having  been 
fo  cut  out  of  the  Quarries,  where  they  are  naturally  Pieces 
of  a  very  hard  Rock.  The  white  of  the  beft  Pettmfa  is 
to  bonier  a  little  on  green. 

Tlie  firft  Preparation  of  thefe  Bricks,  is  to  break  and 
pound  'em,  firft  into  a  coarfe  Powder  with  Iron-Mallets  ; 
then  in  Mortars  withPcftles  that  have  Stone-Heads,  arm'd 
with  Iron,  and  wroucht  either  with  the  Hand,  or  with 
Mills. 

When  the  Powder  is  almoft  render'd  impalpable,  they  thick, 
throw  it  in  a  large  Urn  full  of  Water,  ffirring  it  briskly 
about  withanlron  Ir.ftrument,  After  the  Water  has  refted 
a  litile  while,  they  skim  off"  from  the  Top  a  white  Sub- 
ftancc  form'd  there,  of  the  thicknefs  of  four  or  five  Fingers  ; 
and  difpof  c  of  this  Scum  or  Cream  in  another  Veflel  of 
Water.  They  then  ftir  again  the  Water  of  the  firft  Urn, 
2nd  again  skim  it,  and  thus  alternately  till  there  remain 
nothing  but  the  Gr.'-vel  of  the  lPem;;/i;'i  at  bottom;  which 
they  lay  a-freih  under  the  Mill,  for  a  new  Powder. 


Sediment  found  at  the  bottom  of  the  fccond  Urn,  and 
which  is  to  be  kept  liquid,  is  what  they  call  the  Oil  of 
Lime  ;  which  the  Cl'Jincfe  efteemas  the  Soul  of  the  former 
Oil,  and  which  gives  the  Porcelain  all  irs  Luftre.  This 
Oil  is  eafily  fophifticated  by  adding  Water  to  increafe  the 
Quantity  ;  adding  at  the  fame  time  proportioiiably  of 
the  fame  Cbekao  to  maintain  the  Confiftcnce.  Ten  Mea- 
fures  of  Oil  of  Peimifa  ufually  go  to  one  of  Lime.  To 
have  the  Mixture  juft,  the  two  Oils  ftaould  be  equally 


Manner  of  forming  the  Vejfeh,  and  other  Works  of 
Porcelain. 

The  firft  thing  is  to  purify  the  Petilnfa  and  Kaolin  ; 
which,  for  the  firft,  is  done  after  the  manner  already  defcribed 
in  preparing  the  Squares.  For  the  fecond,  as  its  foftnefs  makes 
it  diflolve  eafily,  'tis  fufficient,  without  breaking  it,  to 
plunge  it  in  an  Urn  full  of  Water  in  an  open  Basket.  The 
20  B  Dregs 


(  842  ) 


POR 


Drct^s  that  temaln  are  perfedly  ufelefs,  and  aro  emptied 
out  of  t.ie  Work-houfe  when  aquantity  is  got  together. 

TheTc  Work-Houfcs  are  properly  vatt  Yards  wall'd 
round,  with  Sheds,  and  other  Conveniencies  for  the  Work - 
men  to  work  under ;  as  well  as  other  Buildings  for  'em  to 
live  in  :  It  is  almoll  inconceivable  what  number  of  Fer- 
fons  are  employ'd  in  thefe  Works  5  there  being  fcarce  a 
Piece  of  Porcelain  but  paffes  thro'  above  twenty  hands, 
e'er  it  come  10  the  Painter's  Work-Houfe  j  and  above 
iixtye'er  itbebrouE^ht  to  Perfe£lion. 

To  niakeajuft  Mixture  of  ^etimfa  anA  Kaolin,  regard 
muft  he  had  to  the  Finenefs  of  the  'Porcelain  to  be  made  : 
For  the  finer  ^p£)w/(im,  they  ufe  equal  Quantities  j  four 
Parts  of  Kaoli7i  to  fix  of  'Pettrnfa,  for  moderate  ones ; 
and  never  lefi  than  one  of  Kaolin  to  three  oi^Petunfa,  for 
tbccoarfeft. 

The  hardeft  Fart  of  the  Work  is  the  Kneading  and 
Tewing  the  two  Earths  together  j  which  is  done  in  a  kind 
of  large  Bafons,  or  Piis,  well  paved  and  cemented, wherein 
the  Workmen  trample  continually  with  their  Feet,  re- 
lieving one  another,  till  the  Mafs  be  well  mixed,  grow 
hard,  andbecomeof  the  Confidence  required  tobeufed  by 
the  Potter. 

The  Earth,  when  taken  out  of  the  Bafons,  is  kneaded 
a  fecond  time,  but  piece  meal,  and  with  the  Hands,  on 
large  Slates  for  the  purpofc  f  and  on  this  Preparation,  in 
efFcc},  it  is,  that  the  Perfe£lion  of  the  Work  depends  5  the 
leait  heterogeneous  Body  remaining  in  the  Matter,  or  the 
lead:  Vacuity  that  may  be  found  in  it,  being  enough  to 
fpnilthc  whole.  The  fmalleft  Grain  of  Sand,  nay,  fome- 
times  a  lingle  Hair, /hall  make  the  ^'o/'ce/irm  crack,  fplin- 
ter,  run,  or  warp. 

The  Porcelain  is  fafliion'd  or  form'd  either  with  the 
Whet],  like  EurthcnAVare  i  or  in  Moulds.  SeePoTXERV. 
Smr.oth  Pieces,  as  Cups,  Urns,  Difhes,  £5'c.  are  made  with 
the  Uhecl.  The  nit,  i.e.  fuch  as  are  in  Relievo,  as 
Figures  of  Men,  Animals,  ^c.  arc  form'd  in  Moulds,  but 
finifh'd  with  theChifTcl. 

The  large  Pieces  are  made  at  twice ;  one  half  of  the  Piece 
is  raifed  on  the  Wheel  by  three  or  four  Workmen,  who 
hold  it  till  ir  have  acquired  its  Figure  which  done,  they 
apply  it  to  the  other  half,  which  has  been  form'd  in  the 
fame  manner  ,  uniting  the  two  with  Porcelain- EartlJ, 
made  liquid  by  adding  Water  to  it,  and  polilhing  the 
Junflupj  with  a  kind  of  Iron  Spatula. 

After  the  fame  Manner  it  is  that  they  join  the  feveral 
Pieces  of  Porcelain  formed  in  Moulds,  or  by  the  Hand  ; 
and  after  the  fame  Manner  they  add  Handles,  SJ'c.  to  the 
Cups  and  other  Worksforra'd  with  the  Wheel. 

The  Moulds  are  made  after  the  Manner  of  thofe  of  our 
Sculptors,  'uiz.  of  divers  Pieces  which  feverally  give  their 
refpedivc  Figure  to  the  feveral  Parts  of  the  Model  to  be 
reprefented  j  and  which  are  afterwards  united  to  form  a 
Mould  for  an  entire  Figure.  The  Earth  they  are  made  of 
is  yellow  and  far,  dug  out  of  its  proper  Quarries,  whereof 
there  arc  abundance  about  Kiintetchim.  It  is  kneaded  like 
glaz'd  Earth,  and  when  fufHciently  mellow,  fine,  and  mo- 
derately dry,  beating  it  Itoutly,  they  form  it  into  Moulds, 
according  to  the  Works  required,  either  by  Hand,  or  on 
the  Wheel.  Thefe  Moulds  are  fold  very  dear,  but  laft  a 
longtime.    See  Mould.  ^  . 

All  the  Works  made  in  Moulds  are  finiJhd  by  the 
Hand,  with  feveral  Infiruments  proper  to  dig,  fmooth, 
poli/h.  and  to  touch  up  the  Strokes  that  efcape  the  Mould  ; 
fo  that  'tis  rather  a  Work  of  Sculpture  than  of  Pottery. 
There  are  fome  Works  whereon  Relievo's  are  added, 
ready  made,  as  Dragons,  Flowers,  £^c.  Others  that  have 
Impreffions  in  Creux  ;  which  laft  are  engraven  with  a  kind 
of  Puncheons.  In  the  general,  all  "Porcelain  Works  are  to 
be  Aielter'd  from  the  Cold  j  their  natural  Humidity  ma- 
king 'em  liable  to  break  when  they  dry  unequally. 

"To  conceive  the  Number  of  Hands  each  Piece  of  Porce- 
lain paffes  thro'  e'er  perfe£l  i  we  fliall  clofe  this  Article 
with  what  F.  EntrecoHcs  inftances  of  a  common  Cup,  e'er 
it  be  fir  for  the  Painter ;  The  Cup  begins  with  the  Potter, 
who  has  the  Management  of  the  Wheel,  where  it  acquires 
its  Form,  Height,  and  Diameter.  This  Operator  has  not 
above  a  Farthing  Sterli-jg  for  a  Plate  furnifh'd  with 
twenty  fix  Cups  ;  accordingly,  they  go  out  of  his  Hands 
exceedingly  imperfect,  efpecially  towards  the  Feet,  which 
are  only  unform'd  Lumps  of  Earth,  to  be  afterwards  cut 
with  the  Chiffel  when  the  Cup  is  dry.  When  it  comes 
from  the  Wheel,  the  Cup  is  received  by  a  fecond  Workman, 
who  fits  it  on  its  Bafe.  A  third  takes  it  immediately  from 
him  and  applies  it  on  a  Mould  to  bring  it  to  its  true  Form. 
This  Mould  is  on  a  kind  of  Lathe.  A  fourth  Workman 
policies  the  Cup  with  a  Chiffel,  efpecially  about  the 
Edges  ;  and  brings  it  to  the  thinnefs  neceffary  to  make  it 
tranfparent  i  in  doing  which,  he  moiftens  it  from  lime  to 
time,  left  its  drynefslhould  make  it  break.  When  of  its 
proper  thicknefs,  another  Workman  turns  it  gently  on  a 
Mould,  to  fmooth  its  infidej  taking  a  deal  of  Care  it  be 


done  equably,  lefl  any  Cavitj  be  form'd,  or  it  warp,  Other 
Workmen  add,  fome,  Ornaments  in  Relievo;  others,  Im- 
preffions in  Creux  ;  others,  only  Handles,  as  the  quality  of 
the  Cup  requires.  At  laft,  they  round  and  hollow  the 
Foot  on  the  infide  with  a  Chiffel  ;  which  is  the  Fundion  of 
a  particular  Arrift,  who  does  nothing  elfe. 

This  Multiplicity  of  Workmen,  fo  far  is  it  from  re- 
tarding the  Work,  that  it  is  found,  by  Experience,  to  go 
on  the  tafter  for  it  5  as  well  as  to  be  the  better  done  ;  each 
Workman,  by  a  continual  Attention  to  the  fame  thing,  be- 
coming very  dextrous  at  it  :  befides  faving  the  time  of 
changing  Inilruments,  ^c. 

Tainfmg  of  Porcelain,  end  the  Colours  tifed  therein. 

The  C!&/«e/?  Painters,  efpecially  thofe  that  meddle  with 
human  Figures,  our  Author  obferves,  are  all  forry  Work- 
men: He  adds,  that  the  defeft  is  fcarce  any  where  fo 
fenfible  as  in  the  Hoapei,  or  'Porcelai?i-Pai77ters,  among 
whom,  fctting  afide  l-'lowers  and  Landskips,  which  are 
fometimes  tolerable,  the  greatclt  Mailers  are  not  to  be 
comp:ired  to  ordinary  Apprentices  among  the  Europeans 
for  the  Beauty  and  Juflnels  of  Defign.  But  it  is  otherwifc 
with  the  Colours  thcfc  Hoapei  ufe;  which  are  fo  exceed- 
ingly lively  and  brillant,  that  there  is  but  little  hopes  our 
Workmen  /hould  ever  come  tovye  with  'em. 

The  Painting  Work  is  diftributed  among  a  great  Nurn- 
ber  of  Workmen,  in  the  fame  Laboratory  :  To  one  it 
belongs  to  form  the  colour'd  Circle  about  the  Edges  of  tho 
Porcelain  ;  another  traces  out  Flowers,  which  another 
paints:  This  is  for  Waters,  and  Mountains  alone;  that 
for  Birds,  and  other  Animals;  and  a  third  for  human 
Figures. 

There  arc  Porcelains  made  of  all  Colours;  both  with, 
regard  to  the  Grounds,  and  to  the  Reprefentatjons  thereon- 
As  to  the  Colours  of  Landskipi^,  ^c.  fonic  are  fimple  ; 
fuch  are  all  Blues,  which  are  thofe  moft  ufually  feen  in 
Europe  ;  others  are  mixed  up  of  feveral  Teints  ;  and 
others,  again,  heighten'd  with  Gold. 

The  Slue  is  made  of  Lapis  Lazuli ^  prepared  by  burning 
it  the  fpace  of  twenty  four  Hours,  in  a  Furnace,  where  it  ii 
buried  up  in  Gravel,  to  the  height  of  half  a  foot  ;  when 
burnt,  they  reduce  it  into  an  impalpable  Powder  in  Perce- 
iai?i  Mottdrs,  not  varnifli'd,  and  Vvith  Peilles  of  the  fame 
Matter, 

For  thcRed,  they  ufe  Copperas,  which  they  ca.U Haofan ^ 
a  Pound  of  this  they  put  in  a  cover'd  Crucible,  in  the  Lid 
whereof  is  left  a  little  Aperture,  thro' which  the  Matteron 
occafion  may  be  feen.  The  Crucible  is  heated  with  a  Re- 
verberatory  Fire,  till  the  black  Smoke  ceafe  to  afcend,  and 
a  fine  red  one  fucceeds  it.  A  Pound  of  Copperas  yields  four 
Ounces  of  red  Liquor,  which  is  found  at  the  bottom  of  the 
Crucible,  tho'  the  fineft  part  is  that  ufually  adhering  to 
the  Lid  and  the  Sides  of  the  Crucible. 

Befide  the  natural  Whitenefs  of  the  Porcelain,  which  is 
fiill  improved  by  the  Oil  wherewith  they  cover  ir,  rhcy 
have  an  artificial  White,  ferving  for  theGrounds  of  Porce- 
lains of  feveral  Colours  ;  and  made  of  a  tranfparent  Flint 
calcined  like  the  Lapis  LaznU,  and  mixed  with  pulverized 
Cerufs:  The  Proportion  is  an  Ounce  of  the  latter  to  half 
an  Ounce  of  the  former. 

This  Powder  of  Flint  is  likewife  an  Ingredient  in  moll 
of  the  other  Colours  ;  e.gr.  CorGreen,  to  three  Ounces  of 
lomhoapieu,  or  Scoria  of  beaten  Copper,  they  ufe  half  an 
Ounce  of  Powder  of  Flint,  and  an  Ounce  of  Cerufs.  I'io- 
let  is  made  by  adding  a  Dofe  of  White  to  the  Green  al- 
ready prepared  ;  the  more  Green  is  added,  the  deeper  is 
the  Violet.  For  Tellow,  they  ufe fevcn  Drachms  of  W^hite, 
and  three  of  the  Copperas-Red. 

Moft  of  thefe  Colours  are  mixed  up  with  Gum- Water, 
for  Application  ;  a  little  Saltpetre,  fometimes  Cerufs  or 
Copperas,  but  more  ufually  Copperas  alone,  being  firll 
diflolved  in  the  Water.  Indeed  for  Porcelains  that  are  to 
be  quite  red,  the  Colour  is  ufually  applied  with  Oil  ;  e. 
with  the  common  Oil  of  the  Porcelaifi,  or  another  made 
of  the  white  Flints. 

There  is  alfo  another  Red,  call'd  hlo-vn  Red,  becaufe 
in  reality  applied  by  blowing  with  a  Pipe,  one  of  whofe 
Orifices  is  cover'd  with  a  very  fine  Gauze.  The  bottom 
of  this  Tube  is  lightly  applied  to  the  Colour  wherewith 
the  Gauze  is  fmear'd  ;  when,  blowing  againft  the  Perec- 
lain  it  becomes  all  fprlnkled  over  with  little  Points.  This 
Porcelain  is  very  rare,  and  of  great  Price. 

Slack  Porcelain,  which  they  call  Oumian,  has  likewife 
its  beauty  :  This  Colour  has  a  leady  Caft,  like  our  Me- 
tal-burning Mirrors  ;  and  is  ufually  heighten'd  with  Gold. 
It  is  made  of  three  Ounces  of  Lapis  Laz7i!i,  with  fevenof 
the  common  Oil  of  Stone  ;  tho'  that  Proportion  is  varied, 
as  the  Colour  is  defigned  to  be  more  or  lefs  deep.  The 
Black  is  not  given  the  Porcelain  till  it  be  dry,  nor 
muft  the  W^ork  be  put  to  the  Fire  till  the  Colour  be 

^•^y-  The 


PO  R 


(  84?  ) 


The  Gold  is  not  app!y'd  till  after  the  blV:ing,  and  is  re- 
baked  in  a  Furnace  for  the  purpofe  :  To  apply  the  Gold, 
they  break  and  diffolve  it  in  Water  at  the  bottorh  of  a 
^orceWrdf  till  a  thin  gilded  Cloud  arife  on  the  Sutface  ; 
it  is  ufed  with  Gum-Water,  and  to  give  it  a  Body,  they 
add  three  parts  of  Cerufs  to  thirty  of  Gold. 

There  is  likewifc  a  kind  of  marbled  Tonelain^  which 
is  not  made  by  applying  the  Marblings  with  the  Pencil  ; 
but  for  Oil  to  varniHi  it  withal,  ufing  that  of  white  Flints, 
which  hatches  and  cuts  the  Work  with  a  thoufand  humou- 
rous Strokes,  in  manner  of  Mofaic  Work.  The  Colour  this 
Oil  gives,  is  a  white,  fomewhat  afhy  :  The  Torcekhi  is 
call'd  ^yoniki. 

There  are  feveral  other  kinds  'Parcel ain  ;  but  they 
arc  fuch  as  are  rather  for  Curiofity  than  Ufe  ;  The  pret- 
tied are  the  Magic  TorcelnjnSt  whofe  Colours  only  appear 
when  fill'd  with  fome  Liquor.  Thefe  are  made  double  : 
The  outfidc  is  white,  and  all  laid  out  in  Compartiments  ; 
the  infide  is  a  folid  Cup,  of  colour'd  Torcelahi  ;  iho' the 
Cupis  fomeilmcs  of  Glafs,  which  has  abetter  Effedl  than 
^Porcelain.  The  Secret  of  thcfe  yio.gxcTorcelaim,  which 
the  Chi?icfe  call  Kiafjiu?,  is  almoft  loll  ;  yet  F.  Entrecolles 
has  furnUh'd  us  with  the  following  A  ccount. 

The  'Porcelain  to  be  painted  thus,  mui\  be  very  thin  ; 
and  the  Colours,  which  in  other  Porcelah/s  are  appiy'd  on 
the  Oucfidc,  are  here  appiy'd  on  the  Infide  :  When  the 
Colour  Is  dry,  they  lay  over  it  alight  Couch  of  a  Size 
made  of  the  Porceldin  Earth  ;  by  which  means  the  Colour 
is  inclos'd  between  two  earthen  Lamin£.  When  tlie  Size 
is  drv,  they  throw  Oil  within  thePorcelaiii ;  and  when  it 
has  e'nough,  they  return  it  to  the  Mould,  and  the  Wheel, 
to  render  it  as  thin  and  tranfparent  as  pofllhle.  When  dry, 
'ris  baked  in  the  Common  Furnace.  The  Colojrs  here  ufed 
are  always  the  finell,  and  the  Figures  painted  are  FiHies; 
as  the  moft  fuitable  to  the  Liquor  put  within  them,  and  in 
which  they  feem  to  fwim. 

The  feveral  Rinds  of  Porcelains  above-nientlon'd,  being 
quite  paintL-d,  vi^ith  th^  ir  feveral  Culours,  and  all  the  Co- 
lours dry,  are  to  be  poUHi'd,  to  prepare  them  to  receive 
the  Oil  or  Varnilli  i  which  is  done  with  a  Pencil  of  very 
fine  Fearhers,  moillenM  with  Water,  and  pafs'd  lightly  o- 
ver,  to  take  uff  even  the  fmalleil  Inequalities. 

The  Oilliig  or  Varnipiiig,  is  the  lalt  Preparation  of  the 
^crcelai^iy  before  it  be  curry'd  to  the  Furnace  :  This  is 
appiy'd  more  or  Icfs  thick,  and  feldomer  or  oftencr  repeat- 
ed according  10  the  Quality  of  the  Work.  For  thin,  fine 
^orcclainS)  they  give  two  very  thin  Couches;  to  others 
OLA"  ,  i-iut  that  one  equivalent  to  the  other  two.  There  Is  a 
deal  of  Art  in  applying  the  VarniHi ;  both  that  it  be  done 
equ  ily,  and  not  in  too  great  quantity.  The  Couches  on 
the  Inhde  are  given  by  Afperiion,  i.  e.  by  calling  In  as 
much  VarniHi  as  is  neceffary  :  Thofe  on  the  Ourfidc,  by 
Immerfion,  or  by  plunging  rhe  Pieces  in  a  VelTel  of  Oil. 

If  iTiul^  be  obferv'd,  that  the  Foot  is  not  yet  form'd,  but 
continues  in  a  mere  Mafs,  till  the  Work  has  been  var- 
nlfh'd  :  'Tis  at  length  finifii'd  on  the  Wheel  ;  and  when 
hollow'd,  a  little  Circle  is  painted  in  it,  and  fometimes  a 
Chincfe  Letter.  This  Fainting  being  dry,  the  Foot  Is  var- 
TiIHi'd,  and  the  Work  now  carry'd  to  the  Furnace  to  be 
bilked. 

Our  curious  Author  omits  nothing  ;  not  even  the  Dexterity 
of  the  People,  who  carry  the  Porcebiu  to  the  Bake-houfe  ; 
He  has  been  fretjuently  furpriz'd,  he  tells  us,  to  fee  a  Man 
pafs  thro'  f  veral  Streets  full  of  People,  with  two  very 
long,  narrow  Boards,  rang'd  with  Porcelains  on  his  Shoul- 
ders ;  ftill  preferving  the  Equilibrium  fo  accurately,  as  not 
to  do  any  damage  to  fo  frail  a  Commodity. 

Marnier  of  Saki7?g  Porcelain. 

There  are  two  Kinds  of  Ovens  ufed  In  baking  of  Porire/:^/;^: 
Large  ones,  for  Works  that  are  only  to  come  to  the  Fire 
once,  which  is  the  common  way  ;  and  fmall  ones,  for  fuch 
as  require  a  double  baking.  Ibe  large  ones  are  two  Qji- 
urfe  Fathoms  deep,  and  almoft  four  wide.  They  are 
form'd  of  a  Mixture  of  three  Earths ;  one  whereof,  Tellow 
and  Common,  makes  the  Bafis  j  the  two  others  are  fcarcer, 
and  dug  out  of  deep  Mines,  wherein  People  can  only  work 
in  Winter.  One  of  them,  call'd  Lnoton,  is  a  very  flrong, 
,  IliffEarthj  the  other  Teoutou,  oily. 

The  Sides  and  Roof  of  the  Ovens  are  fo  thick,  that  one 
may  lay  the  Hand  on  them,  when  the  Fire  is  at  its  height, 
without  danger  of  burning.  At  the  Top  of  the  Vault, 
which  is  in  form  of  a  Tunnel,  is  a  large  Aperture  to  give 
vent  to  the  Flames  and  Smoke,  which  mount  up  incefHint- 
ly,  as  foon  as  Fire  is  once  fet  to  the  Furnace.  Befide  the 
principal  Aperture,  there  are  four  or  five  fmall  ones  a- 
round ;  which,  by  being  open'd  and  fhur,  ferve  to  aug- 
ment or  dimlniili  the  Heat:  like  the  Holes  in  the  Chy- 
mifls  Furnaces,  call'd  Regifters.  The  Hearth,  which  takes 
up  the  whole  Breadth  of  rhe  Furnace,  Is  placed  in  Front, 
precifely  againft  the  opening  of  the  Door,  and  is  two  or 


three  Foot  deep,  and  two  broad;  People  paffing  over  it  oii 
a  Plank,  to  go  into  the  Furnace  to  d.fpofe  the  J'orcdain. 

As  foon  as  the  Fire  is  lighted,  the  Djor  is  wiH'd  up  =,  cti- 
ly  leaving  an  Aperture  for  the  Conveyance  of  Wood.  Laft- 
ly,  the  Bottoni  of  the  Oven  is  cover'd  with  Sand;  wherein 
part  of  the  firft  I'crcdam  Cafes  are  buried.  The  Furnace 
itfelf  IS  ufually  placed  at  the  Extremity  of  a  long,  narrow 
Veftible,  which  ferves  in  lieu  of  Bellows ;  the  cold  Air 
and  Wind  being  thus  driven  direflly  in  the  face  of  ciich 
P'urnace. 

Each  Piece  of  Porcelain  of  any  Note,  is  dlfpofed,  in  the 
Furnace,  in  its  fcparate  Cafe,  or  Coffin.  Indeed,  as  to  Tea- 
Difhes,  ££?c.  the  iame  Cafe  ferves  for  feveral.  The  Cafes 
are  all  of  the  fame  Matter  with  the  Furnace  :  They  have 
no  Lids;  but  ferve  each  other  mutually,  the  Bottom  of  a 
fecond  Cafe  fitting  into  the  Aperture  of  the  fird  ;  and  thu^ 
fuccefTively,  ro  the  Top  of  each  Column.  Each  Cuffin 
which  is  ulually  of  a  Cylindrical  Form,  that  the  Fire  may 
communicate  icfelf  more  equably  to  the  Forcelains  in- 
clofed,  has,  at  bot  torn,  a  little  Lay  of  very  fine  Sand,  co- 
ver'd over  with  Dull  of  Kaolin,  that  the  Sand  may  not 
flick  to  the  Work;  and  care  is  raken  that  the  Forcelain 
may  not  touch  the  Sides  of  the  Cafe.  In  the  larger  Cafes 
which  hold  the  fmall  Pieces;  they  leave  the  Middle  va- 
cant ;  in  regard  Forcelai}is  placed  there  would  want  the  ne~ 
ceiTary  Hear.  Each  of  thefe  little  Pieces  is  mounted  on  a 
little  Maflive  of  Earth,  the  thicknefs  of  two  Crowns,  co- 
ver'd with  Powder  of  Kaolin, 

F.  Eiurecolles  obfervcs,  that  the  Porcelains  are  put  in 
Cafes,  to  prevent  any  Diminution  of  Lufire  from  the  too 
violent  Effcdl  of  a  naked  Fire;  adding,  that  'tis  owing  to 
thefe  thick  Veils,  that  the  Beauty,  or",  as  he  calls  it,  the 
Completion  of  the  Porcelains,  is  not  tann'd  by  the  Heat  of 
the  Fire. 

As  fad-  as  the  Cafes  are  fiU'd,  a  Workman  ranges  them 
in  the  Cavity  of  the  Furnace;  forming  them  into  Piles  or 
Columns ;  whereof  thofe  in  the  middle  are  ac  lead  feven 
Foot  high  :  The  two  Cafes  at  the  bottom  of  each  Coluinn 
are  left  empty  ;  bccaufe  being  partly  funk  in  the  Sand,  the 
Fire  has  the  Icfs  effefl  on  them  ;  and  fur  the  fame  reafon, 
the  uppcrmofl:  one  is  left  empty.  In  this  manner  is  the 
whole  Cavity  of  the  Furnace  fill'd  with  Columns,  except- 
ing that  part  precifely  under  the  grand  Aperture. 

In  ranging  the  Cnics,  they  obfcrve  always  to  place  the 
fined  Piles  of  Forcelain  In  the  Centre  ;  the  coarfeit  at  Bot- 
tom ;  and  thofe  rhat  are  hlgh-colour'd,  and  confilt  of  as 
much  Fetitnfa  as  Kaolin,  and  wherein  the  woril  Oil  is  ufed, 
at  the  Mourh. 

Thefe  Piles  arc  all  placed  very  near  one  another,  and 
arc  bound  together  at  top,  at  bottom,  and  in  the  middle, 
by  Pieces  of  Earth  ;  in  fuch  manner,  as  that  rhe  Flame 
may  have  a  free  PafTage  among  them,  and  infinuate  equal- 
ly on  all  fides:  in  which  a  great  part  of  the  Workman's 
Art  lies,  and  on  which  the  Ferfedljon  of  the  Forcelain 
much  depends.  Another  thing  to  be  obferv'd,  is,  that  a 
Furnace  muft  never  be  fet  altogether  with  new  Coffins; 
but  half  one,  half  t'other  :  the  old  ones  at  the  bottoms 
and  tops  of  the  Pile,  and  the  new  ones  in  the  middle.  In- 
deed 'twere  better  to  have  them  all  burnt  in  a  Furnace 
a-part,  e'er  they  come  to  be  ufed  for  Forcelain  ;  as  was 
antiently  done.  The  Cafes,  our  Author  obfervcs,  are 
brought  ready  prepared  from  a  large  Village  on  the  River, 
a  League  dlOant  tnmi  Kimtetchim.  E'er  burnt,  they  are 
yellow  ;  and  afterwards  of  a  dark  red. 

When  the  Furnace  is  fill'd,  they  wall  uptheDoorj  on- 
ly leaving  a  little  Aperture  for  the  throwing  in  of  little 
Pieces  of  Wood,  a  Foot  long,  but  very  flcnder,  to  keep  up 
the  Fire.  'Tis  then  heated,  by  degrees,  tor  the  fpace  of  a 
Day  and  Night ;  after  which  two  Men,  who  relieve  one  an- 
other, continue  to  throw  in  Wood  without  any  interruption. 
To  know  when  the  T'ords/zr;?/ is  baked  enough,  they  open 
one  of  the  lefler  Holes  of  the  p'urnace,  and  with  a  pair  of 
Tongs  take  off  the  Lid  of  one  of  the  Piles.  If  the  Fire 
appear  very  brisk  and  clear,  and  the  Piles  equally  inflam'd  j 
and  efpecially  if  the  Colours  of  the  Forceiaim  that  are 
uncover'd,  dart  forth  anobleLuftre;  the  Coiiion  is  fulfi- 
clent,  tliey  difconrinue  the  Fire,  and  wall  up  what  re- 
main'd  of  the  Door  of  the  Furnace. 

If  the  Furnace  be  only  fill'd  with  fmall  Torcshim,  they 
take  them  out  twelve  or  fifteen  Hours  after  the  Fire  is  cx- 
tin61:  ;  If  it  be  fiU'd  with  larger,  they  defer  opening  it 
for  two  or  three  Dayf.  In  this  the  modern  Prailice  differs 
from  the  antlent ;  wherein  the  Door  was  not  open'd  till 
after  ten  Days  for  the  large  Pieces,  and  five  for  the  fmall 
ones. 

One  thing  very  furprlzing,  and  almoft  inconceivable, 
F.  EntrecolleS  obferves,  is,  that  there  are  never  found  any 
Afhes  on  the  Hearth  of  the  Furnace  ;  what  Quantity  of 
Wood  foever  is  confum'd.  He  adds  another  thing,  which 
with  him  paiTes  for  equally  f^ranc;e,  that  the  Work  men  em- 
ploy'd  about  the  Furnaces,  flake  their  Thirft,  by  conti- 
nually drinking  hot  Tea,  with  S  dt  diffolv'd  in  it, 

The 


P  O  R  C  844  )  P  O  R 

The  Olincfi  make  another  Kind  oiToraUin,  which  they  Tafle,  nor  for  their  Ufe,  is  forc'd  to  charge  the  Torcelaili 
paint  anti  D-ise  twice;  and  tor  this  fecond  Baking  they  he  delivers,  the  higher,  to  pay  himfelf  for  thofe  retixs'd, 
iiave  a  kind  of  little  Ovens  on  purpofe.  When  very  fmall,  ^  The  Frejich  have  been  thefe  fifteen  Years  attempting  ro 
they  are  made  of  Iron  ;  otherwile,  of  a  kind  of  Bricks  an  iniitatc  Torcelain  :  The  firft  Effays  made  at  Rouen,  are 
Inch  thick,  a  Foot  high,  and  half  a  Foot  broad ;  made  of  faid  to  have  fucceeded  tolerably  well  j  and  M.  Savary 
the  fame  Earth  with  the  Porcelain  Cafes.  The  biggeft  of  tells  us,  are  now  carry'd  to  fuch  a  point  in  the  Manufac- 
thefe  Furnaces  docs  not  exceed  five  Foot  in  Height,  and  turies  of  Fafft,  and  S.  Clotld,  that  the  French  Forcelams 
three  in  Diameter;  and  being  made  much  in  form  of  Bee-  want  nothing  to  make  them  of  equal  Value  with  the 
Hives,  the  Bricks  are  arch'd  a  little,  to  form  the  Curvity  CMncfs,  but  to  be  brought  five  Or  fix  thoufand  Leaguei^ 
the  better.  The  Hearth  is  of  Earth  half  a  Foot  high.  In  effed,  for  the  Fineneis  of  the  Grain  of  the  Matter,  the 
form'd  of  two  or  three  Ranges  of  Bricks ;  and  on  this  Maf-  Beauty  and  Form  of  the  VefTels,  the  Exactitude  of  the 
five  is  the  Furnace  builr.  Around  the  Furnace,  at  the  Defign,  and  the  Luftre  of  the  Colours,  at  leaft  the  Blues; 
dillance  of  about  half  a  Foot,  is  rais'd  a  Shell  of  common  the  French  are  not  much  behind  the  Chinefe.  But  their 
Bricks,  join'd  to  the  Furnace  itfelf,  by  a  kind  of  Arcbou-  grand  Defeat  is  in  the  White  of  the  Ground,  which  is  u- 
tant  of  Earth,  v  liich  ferve  to  firengthen  it.  They  ufual-  fually  dingy  and  dull  ;  and  eafily  diftinguifiies  itfelf  from 
ly  build  four  or  five  of  thefe  Furnaces  at  equal  Diftances  the  pure  Iprightly  White  of  the  Chinefe. 
from  each  other.  At  the  bottom  of  the  Shell  are  Holes  Porcelain,  is  alfo  a  kind  of  little  white  Sea-/hcli, 
to  give  Air  to  the  Fife  when  lighted  :  A-top  is  an  Aper-  found  along  with  the  Sponges;  and  current  in  feveral  Parts 
ture,  which  they  cover  up  with  a  piece  of  the  baked  Earth,  of  Jljia,  Africa,  and  Ariierka-t  by  way  of  Money.  See 
when  the  Pej'ce/il/?;;  are  laid  in  the  Furnace.  Coin. 

The  Forceldi'/iS,  h^rii,  are  not  inclos'd  in  Coffins,  as  in  Authors  hare  hitherto  been  of  opinion,  that  thefe  Shell.? 
the  common  Furnaces;  rhe  Furnace,  itfelf,  fetving  that  were  the  Matter  whereof  the  Poratofi,  or  Ctoa- Ware,  was 
purpofe;  and  being  fo  exaftly  clos'd,  that  they  receive  no  made.  They  are  of  fome  ufe  in  Medicine,  and  are  pre- 
other  Imprefiion  of  the  Fire,  but  that  of  the  Heat  of  the  fcribed  pounded  or  broken,  in  manner  of  Pearls.  See 
Cliarcoal  difpos'd  in  the  Hearth,  at  the  bottom  of  the  Fur-  Pearl. 

nace,  as  well  as  a-top  of  the  Vault,  and  in  the  Interval  PORCH,  a  kind  of  Veftible  fupported  by  Columns; 
between  the  Furnace  and  the  Shell,  or  Brick-Wall.  much  ufed  at  the  Entrance  of  the  antient  Churches,  I'em- 

To  prepare  the  Torcelaim  for  a  fecond  Baking,   they    pies,  (Sc.    See  Vestible. 
mud  have  had  their  Varnifii  in  the  common  manner,  and       In  the  antient  Architeilure,  Tcrch  was  a  Veftible,  or  a 
have  paff'd  the  great  Furnace  :    In  this  State  they  are    Hifpolition  of  infulated  Columns,  ufually  ctown'd  with  a 
painted  with  various  Colours,  after  which,   without  gi-    Pediment,  forming  a  Covert  Place  before  the  principal  Door 
ving  them  any  new  Varnifh,  they  are  rang'd  in  Piles  in  the    of  a  Temple  or  Palace. 

little  Furnace  ;  felling  the  little  ones  over  the  larger,  in  When  it  had  iour  Columns  in  Front,  it  was  call'd  a  "te- 
form  of  Pyramids.  trajlyle  j  when  fix,  Exapyie;  when  eighr,  0»?ZtJ/;)'/£? ;  when 

This  fecond  Baking  is  fomctimes  intended  to  preferve   ten,  Decaftyle,  (Sc. 
the  Ludrc  of  the  Colours  the  better,  and  at  the  fame  time       VitnrJius  calls  it  Tronm  and  Frodcmcs.    When  it  has 
to  give  them  a  kind  of  Rt'lie'jo.    But  more  ufually,  its    Iron  Gates,  it  is  call'd  TroJiyUtim. 

Defign  is  to  hide  defeflive  Places,  by  coveting  them  over  PORE,  a  little  Intetflice,  between  the  Faiticles  of  Mat- 
with  Colours  :  But  the  Artifice  is  eafily  found  out,  by  paf-  'er  which  conffitutc  Bodies;  either  empty,  or  fill'd  wiih 
fing  the  Hand  over  them.  fomo  infenfible  Medium.    See  Body  and  Matter. 

When  the  Workman  judges  his -FoTOto;!  enough  baked,  Condenfation,  and  Rarefaflion,  are  only  perform'd  by 
he  takes  off  the  Piece  that  covers  the  Aperture  ;  and  if  the  clofing  and  opening  the  J'OCfS.  See  Rarefactio.n  and 
Works  appear  glittering,  and  the  Colours  glowing,  betakes  Condensation. 

out  the  Charcoal ;  and  when  the  Furnace  is  cold,  the  Tor-  The  Tranfparency  of  Bodies  is  ufually  fuppos'd  to  arife 
cslain  too.  from  their  Torcl  being  diredily  oppofite  to  one  another. 

How  beautiful  foever  the  maitm 'Porcelain  may  be;   See  Transparency. 
the  Tacll  for  Antiquity,  which  reigns  in  China,  as  well  as  in       The  Matter  of  infenfible  Pcrfpirition  is  convey'd  thio' 
Europe,  gives  the  antient  Porcelain  a  Value  far  above  that   the  Fores  of  the  Cutis.    See  Persi'iration. 
of  the  'modem  :    It  mutt  be  own'd,  the  Antient  feems       The  Word  Fore  is  form'd  froin  the  Greek  1515©-,  j^Jier- 
finer  as  to  the  Matter,  more  perfeft  as  to  the  Baking,  and    'lire,  or  2)iiB,  thro'  which  a  Thing  paflcs. 
of  a  more  picafant   Call,  both  as  to  the  White  of  the       Sir  Ifaac  Ne-irtoa  IhcKs,  that  Botlies  are  much  more  rare. 
Ground,  antf  the  other  Colours;  yet 'tis  certain  the  moll    and  forotis,  than  is  commonly  believ'd  :    Water,  e.gr.  is 
able  and  difcevning  may  be  dcceiv'd  herein  ;    And  thete    i?  times  tighter,  and  confequentlf  rarer  than  Gold;  and 
are  Workinen  who  make  it  their  buGnefs  to  counterfeit  the    Gold  itfelf  is  fo  rare,   as  very  readily,  and  without  the 
antient  Forcelain,  call'd  Kotltom,  in  the  modern.  lead  oppofition,  to  tranfmit  Magnetic  Effluvia,  an.l  ea- 

Thc  Matter  of  ihefe  falfe  Koutoms  is  a  yellowilh  Earth,  fily  to  ailniit  Quickfilver  into  its  Fores,  and  to  let  Water 
found  near  AVwm'c^;>?2 :  There  is  nothing  particular  in  the  pafs  thro' it  ;  for  a  concave  Sphere  of  Gold  liath,  when 
firll  part  of  the  Piocefs,  except  that  they  ate  made  thicker,  fill'd  with  Water,  and  folder'd  up,  upon  prcfling  vJirh  a 
and  that  they  arc  varnifli'd  with  an  Oil  drawn  from  the  great  Force,  ler  the  Water  fqueeze  thro'  ir,  and  itand  all 
yellow  Stone,  mix'd  with  the  common  Oil,  which  gives  over  its  outfide,  in  multitudes  of  fmall  Drops  like  Dew, 
them  a  kind  of  Sea-green  Hue.  When  raken  out  of  the  without  burfting  or  cracking  the  Gold :  whence  it  may  be 
Furnace,  they  th  tow  it  into  a  fatty  Broth,  made  of  Capons,  concluded,  that  Gold  hath  more  PcrfS  than  folid  Pans  ; 
iSc-  'o  w'hich  they  boil  it  a  fecond  time;  they  then  bury  and  by  confequence  rhat  Water  hath  above  forty  times 
it  in  the  fihliieft  Sink  they  can  find  for  a  Month  or  fix    more  Fores  than  Parts.    See  Gold. 

W^eks,  or  inore,  a.-cording  as  they  would  give  ir  the  gtea-  The  Magnet  tranfmits  its  Virtues  without  any  Diminution 
ter  api  earaoce  of  Anviquity.  Bcfides  their  Thicknefs  and  or  Alteration,  thro' all  cold  Bodies  that  are  not  magnetic; 
their  Colour,  thefe  falfe  Antiques  referable  the  ttue  ones  as  Gold,  Silver,  Brafs,  Glafs,  Water,  (Sc.  See  Maq- 
ir.  this;  that  they  do  not  refound  when  llruck,  nor  even  net. 

Give  ihc  lead  buz,  when  held  ro  the  Ear,  The  Rays  of  Light,  let  them  be  cither  Bodies  aflually 

Nolwithftanding  the  vaft  C^iiantity  of  Porcelains  made  in  coming  to  us  from  the  Sun,  or  only  Motions  or  Impreffions 
almofl  all  the  Provinces  of  the  Empire  of  China  i  they  upon  the  Medium,  move  in  right  Lines,  and  are  hardly  e- 
flill  continue  very  dear  ;  tho'  not  near  fo  dear,  as  antiently.  ver,  unlefs  by  great  chance,  reflefled  back  again  in  the 
1'he  C/jMf/a  Annals  tell  us  of  Times  wherein  a  fingle  Urn  fame  righr  Line,  after  their  Impingcnce  upon  Objefls  ; 
coft  ninety  or  an  hundred  Crowns  on  the  fpot.  What  chief-  and  yet  we  fee  that  Light  is  tianfmitted  to  the  greateft 
ly  occafions  the  extraordinary  Price  of  this  Commodity,  Dillances  thro'  pellucid  Bodies,  and  that  in  right  Lines, 
efpecially  in  Europe,  is,  befide  the  grear  Profirs  of  the    See  Ray,  (Sc. 

Merchants  in  Europe,  and  their  Faflors  in  China  ;  that  it  Now  how  Bodies  /hould  have  Fores  fufficlent  for  thefe 
rarely  happens  a  Furnace  fuccceds  throughout;  that  it  is  Effefts,  may  be  difficult  to  conceive,  but  not  impoffible  ; 
frequently  quite  fpoilt,  fo  that  upon  opening  it,  in  lieu  of  For  Sir //^iie  fiiews,  that  the  Colours  of  all  Bodies  arife 
fine  Tercdains,  is  found  a  hard  unform'd  Mafs,  into  which  from  their  Particles  being  of  fuch  a  determinate  Siie  or 
both  the  Forcelains,  and  their  Coffins,  ate  converted  either  Magnitude.  Wherefore,  if  we  conceive  thofe  Patticles  to 
by  Excefs  of  Heat,  or  fome  ill  Qualities  in  the  Matter.  be  fo  difpos'd,  as  rhat  there  is  as  inuch  Forofity,  as  there  is 
Anothet  reafon  of  the  Dearnefs  of  Forcelain,  is,  that  the  of  Matter;  and  in  like  manner  thofe  Particles  to  be  com- 
Ingredlcnls  it  is  inade  of,  and  the  Wood  wherewith  it  is  pos'd  of  others  much  lefs,  and  that  have  as  much  io- 
btirnt,  grow  more  and  iTiore  fcatce  :  One  may  add  a  terfpers'd  Vacuity  or  Space,  as  their  Quantity  of  Matter 
third  reafon  for  the  exccffive  Price  of  Forcelains  to  the  amounts  to  ;  and  fo  on,  till  we  come  to  folid  Particles  with - 
F.uroieans  ;  and  'tis  this,  that  mod  of  thofe  fent  to  Europe  out  Fores :  then,  if  in  any  Body  there  be  Cfor  inftance) 
are  form'd  on  new  Models,  frequently  very  odd,  and  dif-  three  of  thefe  Sizes  of  Particles,  and  that  the  lafl  be  of 
ficult  to  fucceed  in  ;  which,  yet,  for  the  fmalleft  Defedls,  the  folid,  or  leafl  fort ;  that  Body  will  have  feven  times  as 
are  turn'd  on  the  Manufaflurer's  hands:  and  he  not  being  much  Vacuity  as  folid  Matter.  If  four  fuch  Degrees,  and 
able  to  difpofe  of  them  to  the  Chinefe,  becaufc  not  to  their   the  lall  be  leall,  and  folid,  that  Body  will  have  fifteen 


jPO  R 


times  as  much  Forolity  as  Solidity :  If  five  fucli  Degrees,  it 
will  have  thirty-one  times  as  much  Space  as  Solidity  :  And 
if  fix  Degrees,  then  it  will  have  fixty-three  times  as  much 
Vacuity,  as  folid  Matter. 

And  perhaps  in  the  wonderful  Conformation  and  Fabrick 
of  natural  Bodies,  there  may  be  other  Proportions  of  Space 
to  Matter,  to  us  wholly  unknown  ;  whence  it  is  poflible, 
there  may  be  yet  farther  great  Quantities  of  interfpers'd' 
Vacuity.    See  Vacuum. 

Fores,  in  Anatomy,  are  certain  permeable  Spaces,  be- 
tween the  Parts  of  theSkin  ;  whereby  we  fweat,  or  perfpire, 
£^C.    See  Cutis  and  Peespiration. 

The  Fores  are  mcll  remarkable  in  the  Hands  and  Feet : 
By  viewing  the  Palm  of  the  Hand  with  a  inodcrate  Glafs, 
after  wafhing  it  well,  we  perceive  innumerable  little 
Ridges,  of  equal  Size  and  Diflance,  running  parallel  to 
each  other ;  efpecially  on  the  Tips  and  Joints  of  the  Fin- 
gers, (ic.  where  they  are  regularly  difpos'd  into  fpherical 
'li-iangtes  and  Ellipfes. 

On  thefe  Ridges  Hand  the  Fores,  in  even  Rows,  big 
enough  to  be  feen  by  a  good  Eye  without  a  Glafs ;  but 
with  one,  every  Pore  looks  like  a  little  Fountain;  and  the 
Sweat  may  be  feen  to  fiand  therein,  clear  as  Rock- \V  aier  ; 
aud  as  orten  as  it  is  wiped  off,  fprings  up  again.  See 

SWE.\T. 

The  Fores  are  plac'd  on  the  Ridges,  not  in  the  Furrows 
between  them  ;  that  they  might  be  lefs  liable  to  be  Hop 
ped  by  Compreffion  :  For  the  fame  reafon,  the  Fores  of 
the  Hands  and  Feet  arc  larger  than  the  refl  ;  thofe  Parts 
being  more  ufed  and  prel's'd  than  the  reft  ;  and  hence  a- 
gaiti,  there  are  no  Ridges  on  other  Parrs. 

1  hefe  Pores  are  a  very  convenient  Out-let  for  the  more 
no.\ious  Parts  of  the  Blood,  which  by  the  continual  Ufe  of 
the  Hands,  and  Feet,  are  plentifully  btought  into  them  : 
Whence  in  Hypochondriac  and  Hyileric  People,  there  is  a 
continual  Burning  in  the  Palms  and  Soles. 

In  the  Stoppage  or  Conftriflion  of  the  Fores  of  the  Skin, 
confills  that  Difeafe  wo  populatly  call  a  Cold.    See  CoLn. 

In  the  Fh'ilofaphkal  ^/ranfaBions,  we  have  an  Inftance 
of  a  Student  near  Leyden,  much  addifled  to  Aflronomy, 
who  fpending  many  Nights  in  Star-gazing,  had  by  the 
roclurnal  Wer,  and  Cold,  fo  obflruflcd  the  Fores  of  his 
Skin,  that  little  or  nothing  exhaled  from  his  Body  ;  as  ap- 
peat'd  hence,  that  the  Shirt  he  had  wore  five  or  fix  Weeks, 
was  then  as  white  as  if  it  had  only  been  wore  one  Day'. 
In  the  mean  while,  a  Water  was  coUeflcd  under  the  Skin,' 
whereof  he  was  afterwards  cured.  ' 

FORIMA  ,  in  Geometry,  a  Theorem,  or  Propofition,  fo 
eafily  demonftratcd,  that  it  is  almoll  fclfevidcnt.  See 

Ax  IQM. 

Such,  e.gr.  is  this.  That  a  Chord  is  wholly  within  the 
Circle. 

On  the  contrary,  an  Aporirm,  is  a  Propofition  fo  diffi- 
cult, as  to  be  almoft  inipoffible  to  be  demonUratcd;  as 
the  Quadrature  of  the  Circle  is  now,  and  as  the  Squariiig 
of  any  afhgn'd  Portion  of  Hijifocrates's  Limes  formerly 

WIS.  ^ 


(  ) 


POR 


"'■asrom^'-'T^'  of  tempering  Steel  better  than 

ivir.  jianijon  tells  us,  he  faiv  a  \^7m-i  .0 
ploy'd  in  the  cutting  of  P»r/Sn,    h'^  r?A d 
exceedingly  flow,  and  almoit  mStfibh- 

All  the  way  the  ImlUn  Sculptors  have  to  work  the 
Pteces  of  old  Forfhyrs  Columns  UiU  rema  ning  ("for  he 
P»r//.j-o.Q,,arries  are  long  fince  loft)  Is  withTIrafs  Saw 
without  any  Teeth.  With  this,  together  with  Emerv  and 
M  ERv  ^      '      """^  *'*  '"''"''^  F^'ier>ce     See  E- 

Yet  have  many  excellent  Perfons  endeavour'd  to  retrieve 
the  ant.ent  Art,  particularly  Leon  Sapifi^  Jllkrti  ]  who 
pro^Tf  rn""?  "=«"«y  Temper,  fays,  he  found  G^ats 
Blood  the  bed  of  any  :  yet  even  this  avail'd  but  l.ttle  ;  fur  in 
working  with  Chiflels  temper'd  herein.  Sparks  of  Fire  can  e 
much  more  pleniitully,  than  Pieces  of  the  Stone  By 
means  hereof  the  Sculptors  were  able  to  make  a  Hat  or 

Fli^ur.  "V         ""'"^  ^iny  tiling  like  a 

figure.    See  Temper. 

fl-l'Ti'"T'  •  '^"f"'"  deMedki  is  fald  to  have  di- 

pl.!,,„r   V^'"//™"  H"!".  whcrewiih  his  Sculptor 

Frmcefco  'Tadia,  gave  his  Tools  fuch  an  admirable  Hatd- 
ne  s  and  Temper,  .as  that  he  petform-d  fome  fine  Works 
rrL,oTr'   P""'"'''-"')';  Saviour's  Head  in  -Demi- 

rel.em,  Cofm.n^^A,  and  his  Dutchels's.  Even  the  very 
Hair,  and  Beard,  how  difficult  foever,  are  here  well  con- 
\v  I  r  c  .™  "°*'"g  "f  the  Kind,  better  in  all  the 
vAh  him!  '■  """""^  ^'"^ 

The  Fremh  have  lately  found  another  Method  of  cut- 
Mg  Forjjhyry  mz.  with  an  Iron  Sa»  without  Teeth,  and 
or  .a  kind  of  Free-Stone  pulverl,.'d,  and  Water.  The 
Authors  of  this  Invention  pretend,  they  could  form  the 
work  on      °"      "  "^""^r-.  had  they  Matter  to 

PORPHTRIANS.  a  Name  given  m  the  in  tho 

aTs  ''>■  ^"tl-ofity  oSConftmthie.    See  Ari- 

That  Prince  puhliming  an  Edifl  again  ft  and  his 

Writings,  declares,  That  as.,'7TO;  has  imitated  Torthm  in 


The  Forima  coincides  nearly  with  the  Lcinnii'.,  or  Af- 
fumption.    See  Lemma. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  Tttfi/w®-,  a  Thing 
caly  to  conceive;  and  which  opens  the  way  to  fomethino 
more  dlfficulr.  ^ 
PORISMA,  in  Malhematick.s  a  general  Theorem,  or 
Canon,  deduc'd  from  a  local  Problem.    See  Theorem 

Froelns  derives  it  from  rhe  Greek  v^exn;  to  eftabliiTi,  and 
conclude,  from  fomething  already  done  and  demonllrated'; 
and  accordingly  defines  Forifma,  a  Theorem  drawn  occa- 
fionally  from  fome  other  Theorem  already  demonflrated 

FORISTICK  Method,  in  Mathematicks,  is  that  which 
determines  when,  by  what  means,  and  how  many  diffe- 
rent ways,  a  Problem  may  be  folved.  See  Problem  and 
Resolution. 

FORFHYRT,  in  Ivatui-al  Hiftory,  (ic.  a  precious  Kind 
of  Marble,  of  a  brownifli  red  Colour;  frctjuently  inter- 
fpers'd with  white  Stains ;  antiently  brought  from  Ejiypt 
and  exceeding  all  others  in  Hardnefs.  See  Marcle. 
^  The  Art  of  cutting  Forpliyry,  prafHs'd  among  the  An- 
ticnts,  is  loft.  In  efft-a,  'tis  hard  to  conceive  what  kind 
of  Tools  they  muft  have  ufed  for  the  fadiioning  of  thefe 
huge  Columns,  and  other  Poj'/^jrj'- Works  found  in  fome 
of  the  antique  Buildings  In  Rome. 

One  of  the  moft  confiderable  Pieces,  now  remaining  en- 
tire, is  a  Tomb  of  Covflantia,  Daughter  of  the  Emperor 
Conflcmtme,  in  the  Church  of  J/.^iVm  without  the  Walls- 
nrdmanly  call'd.  The  Tomb  of  •Bacchus,  becaufe  of  feveral 
Keys  reprefented  herein,  playing  among  the  Vine-Leaves. 
Add  to  this  JfoUo's,  and  the  Bulls  of  twelve  Emperors,  all 
in  Torphyry,  in  the  Palace  of  the  Tiiilleries. 

Some  of  the  antient  Pieces  appear  to  have  been  wrought 
wiin  the  Chlffel,  others  with  the  Saw,  othets  with  Wheels, 
and  others  ground  by  degrees  with  Emery.  Yet  the  modern 
loois  will  fcarce  touch  Forphyry:   either  the  Antients, 


cotnpofing  Books  agamft  Religion,  he  defervestobe  noted 
With  his  Infamy  ;  and  that  as  -Porfhyry  is  become  the 
Reproach  of  Poftcrity,  and  his  Writings  fupprefs'd  ;  fo 
hewdls,  that.?r«;jand  his  Followers  be  call'd  To^-Wjv- 
nans,  cLc.  ^ 

The  Propriety  ofthe  Name  feems  to  conlift  in  this,  that 
the  Brians  endcavour'd  to  refiore  Idolatry  :  For  in  faylno 
that  the  Son,  whom  they  call  a  begotten  God.  Is  a  Crea° 
ture  ;  they  piit  a  Creature  in  the  Rank  of  God  :  And  only 
differ  from  tlie  Heathens  in  this,  that  the  one  give  the 
Quality  of  God  to  one  Creature,  the  other  to  a  »reat 
many.  ^ 

FORPHXROGENETES,  in  Antiquity,  a  Name  jiven 
J&Sr/fe!"  E-'«™E"P=rors;  implying,  Hr,,i„ 

Cedremis  will  have  rhe  Word  to  fionify  born  in  the  'Pa- 
lace of  Porphyry,  a  Palace  fo  call'd  in  Co}ifi.a?nmopk. 

PORRETANS,  a  Religious  Sea,  the  Followers  of  G/V- 
ien  de  la  Torres,  BIfhop  of  Foiakrs,  condcmn'd  in  the 
Xllth  Century,  for  admitting  a  Phyfical  DilHnaion  be- 
tween God  and  his  Attributes ;  or,  as  Marfoam  fays  for 
having  wrote  too  curlouily  on  the  Subjea  of  the  Trinity  : 
For  his  real  Sentiments,  we  are  not  over  well  acquainted 
Withal.  ^ 

However,  he  gave  occafion  for  thofe  Sufpicions,  by 
inaintaining  that  this  Propofition,  D;us  eft  iouitas,  is  not 
true  ;  unleO  reduc'd  to  this,  Deus  eft  bonus.  And  there 
are  fome  P  -flages  noted  by  St.  Sermrd,  who  wrote  warm- 
ly again!}  him,  wherein  he  fecms  to  admit  a  realDlftinaion 
between  the  Nature  of  God,  and  his  Attributes. 
The  Forrerans  are  fet  in  oppofition  to  t'uc  Nominals.  See 

NOM  IN  AL. 

PORRIDGE,  of  Forreau,  French,  of  Torrum,  Latin, 
a  Leek  or  Herb  frequently  put  in  Broth ;  a  liquid  Food 
of  Herbs,  Flefli, 

PORT,  or  Ha-J€7i,  a  commodious  Place  fituatc  on  the 
Sea-Coall,  or  at  the  Mouth  of  a  River,  with  depth  of  Water 
fufRcicnt  tor  Ships  of  Kupthen,  and  convenient  Bottom  for 
Anchorage  ;  where Veffels  lie  by,  to  load  or  unload  ;  icreen'd 
from  the  Wind,  and  fafe  from  any  Enrerpri^e  of  Enemies; 
either  by  rhe  difpofitlon  of  the  Place,  or  by  means  of  a 
Mole,  a  Dike,  or  the  like,  with  a  Chain  and  Light-Houfe. 
Ports  are  eii'atir  Natural  or  Jriijlcial. 
Natural  are  rhofe  which  Providence  feems  to  have 
form'd,  for  the  Communication  of  Commerce, 

Artificial  Ports  are  thofe  form'd  with  Moles  or  Pro- 
jeaures  into  the  Sea.    See  Mole. 

The  E7!.gliJIj  Coafls  are  exceedingly  thin  of  Ports.  Fraitcs 
has  the  Advantage  of  all  other  Countries  in  the  Nuaiber 
10  F 


POR 


(  84'^  ) 


POR 


and  Excellence  of  Ports  ;  that  of  Sreji  is  the  finefi  natural 
IPorf  in  the  World,  as  th<kt  of  2)U72kirk  was  lately  the 
Itrongell:  artificial  one. 

Vo P.TS  de  Sayre  are  fuch  as  can  only  be  enter'd  with 
the  Tide  ;  as  that  of  Gaa.  Clofe  'Torts  arc  thofe  within  the 
Body  of  a  City  ;  as  ;tbofe  of  Rhodes,  of  l/'micBy  Amjler- 
dam,  Rachel,  Sc^yonne^  and  <S>.  John  de  Luz. 

J-iree  I'oRT,  in  Commerce,  a  'port  open  and  free  for 
Merchants  of  all  Nations  to  load  and  unload  their  Veffels 
in,  without  paying  any  Duties  or  Culloms.  See  Free 
and  Duty. 

Such  is  the  Tort  of  Genoa.  The  Etnperor,  fince  his 
being  in  polTeffion  of  the  States  in  Italyy  formerly  be- 
longing to  Spahiy  has  feem'd  determined  to  eftablifh  a 
Free-Ton  in  forae  of  the  Cities  he  pofTcffcson  Adriatic 
Sea. 

Marseilles  was  declared  a  FreeTort  by  an  Edi£l  of 
Louis  XIV.  bearing  Date  5  March,  1669. 

Free  Tort  is  ^.Ifo  ufed  for  a  total  Exemption,  and  Fran- 
chife,which  anySett  of  Merchants  enjoy, for  Goods  impor- 
ted into  a  State,  or  thofc  of  the  Growth  of  the  Country, 
exported. 

Such  was  the  Privilege  the  Englip  enjoy'd  for  feveral 
years  after  their  Dlfcovery  of  the  Tort  of  Archa?2gel ;  and 
which  was  taken  from  'em  on  account  of  the  Regicide 
in  1(548. 

Fort  is  alfoufcd  for  the  Burthen  of  a  Ship.  See  Bur- 
then. 

Tht:  Capacity  of  a  Veffel  is  efiimated  In  Tuns  ;  each 
whereof  may  contain  about  two  thoufand  Founds  Weight 
of  Sea-Water.  When,  then,  we  fay  a  VefTel  is  of  the 
fPorf  or  Burthen  of  a  thoufand  Tuns  ;  it  is  not  meant,  as 
fomc  imagine,  that  it  beiirs  fo  many  Casks  full  of  Mer- 
chandize ;  but  that  the  Sea-Water,  which  would  be  con- 
tained in  the  Space  which  the  Capacity  of  the  VefTcl  pof- 
feffes  in  the  Sea,  weighs  a  thoufand  Tuns  fiU'd  therewith, 
which  at  the  rate  of  2C00  Founds  each,  is  as  much  as  to  fay, 
it  bears  a  Burthen  of  two  Millions  Weight. 

Fort  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Court  of  the  Grand  Seignor, 
cr  Emperor  of  the  2l/r/i5. 

Port  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  ftrong  Wine  brought  from  Oprto, 
or  Tort-a-prt  in  Tortugalj  whence  its  Name.  See 
Wine. 

FORT  of  the  Voice,  in  Mufic,  the  Faculty  and  Habi- 
tude of  making  the  Shakes,  Paffages,  and  Diminutions  ; 
wherein  the  Beauty  of  a  Song,  or  piece  of  Mulic  confills, 
and  which  the  Italians  comprehend  under  the  Terms 
Trim,  Gioppi,  Sirafcini. 

bacilli  tails  Tort  of  the  Voice,  the  tranflating  or  paffing 
of  a  lower  to  a  higher  Note.  It  confifts  in  three  things: 
The  lower  Note,  which  is  to  be  fuftain'd  j  the  doubling 
made  on  the  higher  Note,  and  the  fuftainlng  of  that  fame 
Note  after  it  has  been  doubled.  Some  c^W  it  Anticipa- 
tion. 

PORT,  among  Sailors,  the  Larboard,  or  left  Side  of 
the  Ship.    See  La.rboard. 

'To  Fort  the  Helm,  is  to  put  the  Helm  on  the  left  Side 
the  Ship.    See  Helm. 

PORT-GREVE,  was  antiently  the  principal  Magifirate 
in  feveral  Maritime  Towns  ;  thus  called  from  the  S:iX0ii, 
Tort,  City  ;  and  Greve,  a  Collector  of  Rents  in  divers 
Lordfliips  at  this  day. 

Cajnbden  obfervesithat  the  chief  Maglftrate  0^ London  was 
antiently  co.\VATort~greve  ^  inltead  o't  \!.\iun\,  Richard \. 
ordained  two  Bailifts  5  and  foon  afterwards  King  '^ohn 
granted  them  a  Mayor  for  their  yearly  Magiftrate.  See 
Mayor, 

The  Charter  of  jVilliara  the  Conqueror  to  the  City  of 
Xo;;io;;  run  thus  :  "  Willia?n  King,  gr^tc  iViUi am  Biiho^, 
"  and  Godfrey  Tort-greve,  and  all  the  Burgeis  within 
*'  London,  French  and  Englip.  I  grant  you  that  I  will 
"  that  ye  be  all  your  Law-worth  that  ye  were  \n  Ed-ivard\ 
*'  day  the  King.  And  I  will  that  each  Child  be  his 
"  Fader's  Eyer,  and  I  will  not  fuffer  that  ony  Man  you  any 
'*  wrongs  breed,  and  God  you  keepe." 

PORTA,  in  Anatomy,  or  Ve72a  Porta,  a  very  confi- 
derable  Vein,  employ'd  in  bringing  the  Blood  from  feve- 
ral Parts,  by  an  infinite  number  of  Branches  which  it  is 
divided  into,  to  the  Liver,  thro'  the  whole  Subllance 
whereof  it  is  diffeminated.    See  Vein  and  Liver. 

The  Vena  Torta  is  form'd  of  two  large  Veins ;  the  Me- 
fmteric  o.nA  Splenica  which  are  again  form'd  of  feveral 
other  minuter  Veins  coming  from  the  Stomach,  Inteftines, 
Spleen,  Epiploon,  ^c.    Sec  Mesenteri  c  and  Splenic. 

The  Antients  gave  it  the  Name  Torta,  as  imagining  it 
to  bring  the  Chyle,  by  its  Mefenteric  Branch,  from  thc^In- 
tellines  to  the  Liver  j  but  fome  of  the  Moderns  have  found 
another  ufe  for  it. 

It  is  remarkable  of  t\\&Torta,  that,  after  the  manner 
of  the  Artt  ries,  it  /hoots  itfelf  from  aTrunk  into  Branches, 
and  being  at  lall  loll  in  Capillaries,  it  delivers  the  Blood 


into  the  Cava,  by  which  it  is  immediately  reconfey'd  to 
the  Heart.    See  Cava. 

The  Torta  is  formed  out  of  the  concurrence  of  divers 
Veins,  which,  meeting  together,  make  one  of  the  moii 
confiderable  Venous  I  runks  of  the  Body,  as  to  its  Bulk  5 
tho',  contrary  to  the  Courle  of  other  Veins,  it  runs  not 
far  in  a  Trunk,  but  is,  as  before  obferved,  foon  dillributed 
again,  by  Ramifications,  into  the  Liver. 

This  Vein  is  vulgarly  divided  into  branches  imhout  ths 
Liver,  OiTiASranchcs  within,  and  a  Trunk  intermediate: 
But  this  Divifion  is  not  very  clear,  the  Branches,  as  they 
are  call'd,  without  the  Liver,  not  being  fo  properiy  Bran- 
chesas  Rootsj  which  have,  by  Anatomiils,  been  dignifv'd 
with  diftinfl  Names  from  the  Parts  whence  they  come.  ' 

'Fhe  Veins  which  confpire  towards  the  Formation  of  this 
Trunk,  which  having  been  defcribed  in  their  proper  Flaces, 
or  being  to  be  defcribed  there,  we  /hall  not  here  enlarge 
upon  3  are,  from  the  Tlacenra  Uterina,  in  a  I'cetus,  the 
Vena  Umbilicalis  j  from  the  Gall-Bladder  the  C>7?;r<f  G^- 
melU  5  from  the  upper  Fartof  the  Stomach  the  Tylorica^ 
or  Gaftrica  dextra,  which  goes  to  the  Trunk  5  t\\cGaJlrick 
?najor,  and  jninor  Siniftra  from  the  Stomach,  (0/  whicli 
the  major  is  formed  our  of  the  Coronaria  Ventrictili  the 
Epiplois  finijlra,  and  Tofiica  from  the  Omentum  ;  the 
Vas,  or  Vafabrevi  a  from  the  Stomach;  the  Splenic  a' from 
the  Spleen  :  All  which  join  to  form  the  left,  or  Splenic 
branch  of  the  Porta. 

The  right,  or  Mefenteric  Sranch,  confi{\s  o{  ihc  Gafrica 
and  Epiploica  dextra,  from  the  Siomach  and  Omentum  - 
the  Duodena  irom  the  Duodenum  and  Jejunum  ^  the  hJ- 
rnorrhoidalis  inter7ia  from  the  Inteiiinum  liciilum  and 
Colon  J  the  Mefaraics  from  the  Mefentery. 

By  means  of  all  rhcfe  VeiTels,  the  l^'or/'^?  receives  the 
Blood  from  moll  of  the  Vifccra  of  the  AbJomcn  ;  and 
after  the  coalefcence  of  its  Branches,  enters  the  Liver  in  a 
Trunk  immediately  under  the  Surface  whereof,  havin» 
firll  form'd  a  kind  of  a  Sinus,  it  is  divided  into  two  princi- 
p:il  Branches,  and  thofe  again  into  five,  which  fcatter  in- 
numerable Ramifications  thro'  the  whole  Subllance  of  the 
Liver. 

The  true  Ufe  of  this  Vein,  hitherto  unknown.  Dr.  Keil 
thinks  he  has  difcover'd.  And  'tis  this:  The  Bile,  fays 
he,  being  to  be  mix'd  with  the  Chyle,  as  it  comes  out  of 
the  Stomach  into  the  Duodenum,  could  no  where  be  fa 
conveniently  fecerned  from  the  Blood  as  where  the  Liver  Is 
placed.  But  if  all  the  Branches  of  the  Cceliac  Artery  car- 
ried all  the  Blood  to  the  Liver  from  whith  the  Gall  was  to 
be  feparated  ;  'tis  evident,  confidering  the  Nearnefs  of  the 
Liver  to  the  Heart,  a:id  the  inteftine  Motion  of  the  Blood 
that  fo  vifcid  a  Secretion  as  the  Gall  is,  could  never  have 
beenformed.    See  Gall. 

Nature,  therefore,  is  forced  to  alter  her  con/lant  Method 
of  fending  the  Blood  to  ail  Parts  of  the  Body  by  Arteries  : 
She  here  forms  a  Vein,  by  which  /he  fends  the  Blood  fiom 
the  Branches  of  the  Mefenteric  and  Ccellac  Arteries  to  the 
Liver. 

By  this  means  the  Blood  is  brought  a  great  way  about 
e'er  it  arrive  at  the  Liver;  fo  that  its  Celerity  being  dimi- 
ni/hed,  all  the  Corpufcles  that  are  to  form,  may  have  rime 
to  attract  one  another,  and  unite  e'er  they  come  to  their  fe- 
cerning  VefTel.  Kel's  Anira.  Secret,  p.  5(5',  S>ic.  See 
Secretion  . 

FORl'ABLE,  fomething  eafy  of  Carriage. 
Books  in  12°  are  valued  for  their  being  Tortahle  ;  eaijly 
put  in  the  Pocket.    This  Machine  Is  the  better,  as  being 
^Portable.    Armies  carry  with  'em  Tortahle  Bridges,  Tor- 
table  Mills,  Boats,  Ovens,  Forgt:s,  ^c. 

Portable  Sarometer,  a  Barometer  fo  contrived  as 
that  it  may  be  carried  from  Place  to  Place  without  bein" 
difordercd.    See  Barometer. 

A  Tortable  Barometer  was  an  extraordinary  thing  a  little 
while  ago:  At  prefent  the  common  Barometers  are 
Tortabk  5  being  fo  made  as  that  the  Mercury  may  ho 
fcrevif'd  quite  up  to  the  feal'd  end  of  the  Tube  ;  by  which 
means  it  is  fecured  from  fwagging,  and  fo  endangering 
the  breaking  of  the  Tube.  A  Contrivance  for  which  wc 
are  indebted  to  Mr.  Tatrich 

FORTAL,  in  Architcclure,  a  Term  ufed  for  a  llrtte 
fquare  Corner  of  a  Room,  cut  off  from  the  reft  of  the 
Room, by  the  Wainfcot ;  frequent  in  thcantient  Buildings, 
but  now  difufed. 

The  Word  feems  a  Diminutive  of  the  French,  Tort^ 
Door,  Gates  it  being  thro'  this  that  they  tnter'd  into  the 
Room. 

Portal  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for  a  little  Gate,  Tor- 
tella-y  where  there  are  two  Gates  of  a  different  bignefs.  See 
Gate, 

The  Word  fometimes  alfo  /lands  for  a  kind  of  Arch  of 
Joiner's  Work,  before  a  Door. 

PORTAIL,  in  Archltedlure,  the  Face  or  Froni-lfplece  of 
a  Church,  view'd  on  the  fids  wherein  is  the  great  Door. 

Tor- 


P  O  R 


rS47) 


POR 


^ortaUis  alfo  ufed  for  the  great  Door  itfelf  of  a  Palace 
CaWk,  ^c.  ' 

PORTATE,  in  Heraldry,  aCrq/J-FoRTATE  !s  a  Crofs 
which  does  not  fland  upright,  as  CroiTcs  generally  do  ;  buf 
lies  athwart  the  Efcutchcon,  in  Bend,  as  if  it  were  carry'd 
on  a  Man's  Shoulder.    See  Cross, 

Coiombicre  tells  us,  it  is  by  fome  call'd  ^ortle^  that  is, 
carried  j  becaufe  when  our  Saviour  went  to  fuffer  Death, 
he  was  obliged  to  carry  his  Crofs,  which  is  always  thus 
reprefcnted  Hoping,  and  inclin'd  afier  this  manner. 

rORTCULLlCE,  Herfe,  ot  Sarazine^  in  Fortification, 
an  AfTemblagc  of  feveral  great  Pieces  of  Wood  Liid,  or 
joined  a-crofs  one  another,  like  an  Harrow  ;  and  the 
bottom  pointed  at  the  end  of  each  Bar  with  Iron. 

Ihefc  formerly  ufed  to  hang  over  the  Gate-ways  of 
fortify'd  Places,  to  be  ready  to  let  down  in  cafe  of  a  Sur- 
jTizf,  when  the  Enemy  Jhould  come  fo  Toon,  as  that  there 
was  not  time  to  /hut  up  the  Gates. 

Eutnow  a-days  the  Orgues  are  more  generally  ufed,  as 
being  found  much  better.  SeeOacuEs. 

V0^T-2)im,  among  the  French,  is  a  Parifh-Prieft, 
wliofe  Bufinefa  is  to  carry  the  Viaticum,  or  Sacrament,  to 
fick  People.    See  Viaticum, 

PORT-i?oj'ij/,  a  Term  that  makes  a  confiderable  Fi- 
gure in  the  Republic  of  Learning.    Its  Origin  is  this : 

Tbilip  Aiigujlus  from  his  Company  in  Hunt- 

ing near  Cbevrenje^  Wellwards  of  Tsirii,  found  a  liitls 
Chappel,  where  he  put  up,  expelling  fome  of  his  Atten- 
dants might  meet  him.  This  happt;ning  accordingly,  he 
g.ive  the  Place  theNanic  of  the  King^ s  ^ort y  'Port/iulioi, 
or  Ton  Roy<:il  j  and  to  give  thanks  for  his  Deliverance, 
refolved  to  ere£l  a  Monaftery  there. 

OdOy  Bifhop  of  'Faris,  apprized  of  his  Intention,  pre- 
vented him  J  and,  with  the  concurrence  MatbUda^  Wife 
(ji  Mattb.  Mmrmorenci,  firlt  Lord  o{ Marly\  builtaNun- 
ni-  ryin  1:^04,  filling  it  with  C//?ejrM?/i,  who  continued  un- 
der the  Jurifdi£lion  of  the  General  of  that  Order  till  the 
"Year  16:7  when  they  were  removed  toaHoufe  given  'em 
in  the  Fauxbottrg  St.  Jacqiia  at  'Paris. 

In  164;;,  they  quitted  the  Habit  of  CiJlerciafiS,  and  em- 
braced ihe  Inflitution  of  the  perpetual  Adoration  of  the  Sa- 
crament. In  1647,  the  ArchbiJliop  of  Paris  allowed  'em 
to  remand  fome  of  their  Religious  to  their  tormer  Abbey, 
and  to  re-ellablifli  the  fame.  \ 

Some  time  after,  the  Formulary  of  ^^/c.v^?/;^^-  VII.  be- 
ing appointed  to  be  fuhfcribed  throughout  the  Kingdom  5 
the  Religious  of  Fort  Royal  in  the  City  lign'd  it  5  thole  re- 
mitted to  the  former  Abbey  fcrupled  it  extremely,  and  at 
lail  only  lign'd  it  with  great  Rcftriitions. 

Still  perfilling  in  the  J\ime  Sentiments,  the  King  finding 
no  way  to  reduce  'em  but  by  difperfing  'em  ;  that  was 
executed  in  17051,  and  the  Revenues  given  to  the  other 
Ivl  nnailcry. 

Dpon  this  Evacuation,  feveral  Ecclefiaftics,  and  others, 
who  had  the  like  Sentiments  with  regard  to  the  Sublcription, 
as  the  Religious  i  retir'd  to  Tort  Royal,  and  had  Apart- 
ments there  ;  and  there  publiHitd  feveral  Books  both  on 
the  Subjcflof  this  Difputc,  and  other  Topics  5  whence  all 
who  adhered  to  that  Parry,  took  the  Name  of  Tort  Roya- 
lifts,  and  their  Books,  Soohs  of  Tort  Royal- 

Hence  we  fay  the  Wriiers  of  Tort  Royal,  Mefficurs  de 
Tort  Royal,  the  Tranilations  of  Tort  Royal,  the  G/T£?A  and 
J./r^'//;  Methods  of  Tort  Royal,  which  are  Grammars  of 
that  Language. 

rORT-GLAlVE,  (\.  A.  Siwrd  Nearer,  an  Order  of 
Knights  in  Tola72d,  call'd  by  the  Latins  Enflferi.  See 
Kniciit. 

It  wr.s  confirm'd  by  Pope  Innocent  III.  and  by  him  fent 
hto  IJvoaia  to  defend  the  Preachers  of  the  Gofpels  againft 
the  Infidels  at  the  flrtt  Converlion  of  ihatCountry.  Being 
too  weak  to  effe£l  that  Bufincfs,  they  united  themfelves 
with  the  '•Teutonic,  or  3faria?i  Knights,  by  the  Pope's  Au- 
thority ;  and  inflead  of  Knights  of  the  Sword,  were  call'd 
Knights  of  the  Crofs. 

'1  hey  feparated  again  in  the  time  of  U'/iviis,  their  Great 
M^iilcr,  ^^?£?w  1 541. 

The 'iaz/oj/ic  Knights  being  then  difpoffcfAl  of  Trnffia, 
and  the  Tort-glaivcs  going  into  Lutber's  Opinions,  joon 
dwindled  away  5  for  in  the  Year  1557.  iliey  fell  out  with 
the  Eifhcp  g{  Riga,  of  the  Houfe  oi  Sraiidenkirgh,  be- 
caafe  he  would  not  embrace  their  Notions  ;  and  he,  to  fe- 
cure  his  own  Ellate,  put  Riga  into  the  hands  ot  the  To- 
ianders. 

Afterwards,  the  Knights  having  moll:  of  Zivonia  taken 
from  them  by  the  Mufcovitts,  they  put  themfelves  under 
the  Protefllon  of  Sigifrmnd  Jngufiiis,  YJmgof  Toland,  Jn. 
1559;  hMt  William  of  Fiirjiembourg,  their  Great  Mafter, 
bein£j  betray'd  by  his  own  Mercenaries  into  the  hands  of  the 
Mi'fovites,  Gorbar dh'isSnccc^cr,  following  the  Example 
of  /Jibert,  thcGri-at  Mailer  of  Trv.ffia,  traiifafled  with  the 
aforefaid  Sigifmond  for  the  whole  Eilate,  which  he  fur- 
render'd  to  his  own  ufe  in  the  Calile  of  K'^tr,  together 


with  his  Crofs,  the  Seal  of  the  Order,  the  Charters  ant? 
Grants  of  the  feveral  Popes  and  Emperors,  which  con- 
cerned the  fame  ;  as  alfo  the  Keys  of  the  City  and  Caftle 
of  the  Office  of  Great  Ma{lcr,the  Rights  of  Coinage, 

and  all  the  Powers  and  Privileges  appertaining  to  it ;  re- 
ceiving back  again  WomRatfivil,  the  King's Commlffioner, 
the  Dukedom  of  Courland  to  him  and  his  iicirs  fur  ever. 

FORT-FIRE,  a  Paper-Tube,  about  ten  inches  long, 
fill'd  with  a  Compofition  of  Meal-PowL'er,  Sulphur,  and 
Saltpetre,  ramm'd  moderately  hard  ;  ufed  to  fire  Guns 
and  Mortars  inllead  of  Match.    See  Match. 

PORT-MANTEAU,  a  piece  of  Joiner's  Work,  fafien'd 
to  the  Wall,  in  a  Wardrobe,  Armory,  ^c.  proper  for  the 
hanging  on  of  Cloaks,  Hats,  gfc. 

Tort-mantmn  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  C!oak-Bag,  of  Cloth, 
Leather,  or  the  like,  wherein  the  Cloak  and  other  Habili- 
ments of  Travellers  are  difpofcd,  and  laid  on  the  Horfc's 
Crupper. 

Tort-mantea^l  is  alfo  an  Officer  under  the  King  of 
France,  whereof  there  are  twelve:  Their  Bufinefs  is  to 
keep  the  King's  Hat,  Gloves,  Cane,  Sword,  iiirV.  to  take 
'em  from  him,  and  to  bnn;^  'em  to  him  again  when  wan- 
ted. 

The  has  alfo  his  Von-raantcan.  Anfwerable 

to  thefe  are  the  Q^T^xwoX'^CatiditariBS,  or  'Jail- Bearers. 

The  Romip3  Bi/hops  have  their  Tort  Croix,  Tort-Mitres 
&c. 

PORT-VENT,  in  an  Organ,  is  a  wooden  Pipe,  well 
clofed,  which  ferves  to  convey  the  Wind  from  the  Bellows 
to  the  Sound-Bnard  of  the  Organ.    See  Organ. 

PORT-CRAION,  1  Tcncil-Cafe ;  an  Inllrument  fer- 
ving  to  inclofe  aPcncil,  and  to  lcr\e  both  as  a  Handle 
for  holding  it,  and  a  Cuver  to  make  i:  portable. 

'Tis  ufually  four  nrfive  Inches  long,  and  contrived  fo  as 
the  Pencil  may  be  fiid  up  and  down  it  by  means  of  a  Spring 
and  Button.  Its  outfide  is  filed  into  eight  Sides  or  Faces 
whereon  are  drawn  the  Sj£ior-Lines  :  Irs  infide,  round  j 
fomalmes  it  Is  made  round  or  cylindrical  both  without- 
fide  and  within,  and  has  Its  length  divided  into  Inches  and 
parts  of  Inches. 

PORT-LAST,  in  a  Ship,  the  Gun-wale.  Hence  when 
a  Yard  is  down  on  the  Deck,  they  fay,  the  Yard  Is  down  a 
Tort-lafi. 

PORTMANNIMOTE,  in  old  Records,  the  Portm:n's 
Court,  held  in  any  City  or  Town. 

PORT-ilf/fJ,  inaShip,  thofe  which  ferve  to  haul  up 
the  Torts  of  the  Ordnance. 

FORT-.?^;/f,  Ann."^^  Hen.%.  cap.  ■].  is  the  SaJe  of 
Fifliprefently  upon  Ira  Arrival  in  the  Port  or  Haven,  See 
Port  1^1  EN. 

P0RT-iV^;/7j,  in  a  Ship,  fuch  as  are  ufed  to  f.tften  the 
Hingesto  the  Ports.    Sec  Nail. 

PORT-i/o/fJ,  in  a  Ship,  aie  the  Embrafares,  or  Holes  In 
the  fides  of  the  Vefl'el,  ihro'  which  the  Muzzles  of  the  Can- 
nons are  put.    Sea  Emkrasure. 

Large  Ships  have  three  Rovis,  o( Tor t- Holes,  or  Batteries  5 
each  ufually  confiiling  ot  fifteen  Tort-  Holes. 

In  Storms,  they  ufe  to  ihut  up  the  Tort-Holes,  to  prevent 
the  Water's  driving  thro'  them. 

In  Englip,  Dutch,  and  French  Ships,  their  Valves  or 
Cafements  are  faften'd  a-top  of  the  Aperture  ;  in  Spanidi 
Veffels  a-fide  of  'em. 

PORTER,  in  the  Circuit  of  Juflices,  is  an  Officrr  that 
carries  a  Verge,  or  white  Rod  before  the  Jufiice  in  Fyrc  j 
fo  call'd  it  portando  Virgara.    See  Verger. 

Porter  of  the  2}oor  of  the  Tarliame7it  Houfe,  is  a 
necefTary  Othcer  belonging  to  that  High  Court;  who  en- 
jovs  the  Privileges  accordingly.  Crorap.Jurifd. 

PORTICO,  in  Archite61ure,  a  kind  of  Gallery  built  on 
the  Ground  5  or  a  Piazza  incompafs'd  with  Arches,  fupported 
by  Columns  ;  where  People  walk  under  Covert.  Sea 
Pi  AzzA. 

The  Roof  Is  ufually  vaulted,  fomctimes  flat.  The  An- 
tienfs  call'd  it  Lacunar.    See  Lacunar. 

Tho'  the  Word  TorticQ  be  derived  from  Torta,  Gate, 
Door  ;  yet  is  it  apply'd  to  anydifpofition  of  Columns  which 
form  a  Gallery  j  without  any  immediate  relation  to 
Doors,  or  Gates. 

The  moft  celebrated  Tortico''sof  Antiquity  were  thofe  of 
Solomon^  Temple,  which  form'd  the  Atrium,  and  encom- 
pafs'd  the  Sanduary  :  That  of  Athens,  built  for  the  People 
to  divert  themfelves  In  5  and  wherein  the  Philofophers  held 
their  Dlfputes  and  Converfations  ■■,  which  occafion'd  the 
Difclples  of  Zmo  to  be  call'd  Stoicks,  fcom  the  Greek,  roct, 
TorticiiS  :  And  that  of  Tompey  at  Rome,  raifed  merely 
for  Magnificence ;  confiiling  of  feveral  Rows  of  Co- 
lumns fupporting  a  Plat-Form  of  vaft  Extent :  a  Defiga 
whereof,  Scrlio  gives  us  in  his  Antique  Buildings, 

Among  the  modern  Torticd's,  the  moll  celebrated  is 
the  Piazza  of  St.  Teter  of  the  I'^ntican.  That  of  Covent- 
Garden,  London,  the  Work  of  F^igo  Jones,  is  alfo  inuch 
admired. 

PORT 


P  o  s 


( 848 ) 


P  o  s 


PORT- the  twelve  Eurgefles  o^Ipfwich  are  thus 
call'ti  in  ihe  Stat.  13  £liz^  Cambdeu  adds,  that  the  Name 
was  common  to  the  Inhabiiants  of  all  the  Ciniue-Ports. 
6ce  QuiNQ_uE  Tortus. 

FOKTiMOTE,  fignifies  a  Court  kept  in  Fort  or  Haven- 
Towns  J  as  Snvaiii-Mctc  in  the  Forelh  It  is  call'd  the 
Tcrtmote-Coun.    See  Port  and  Court. 

Fortimtes  vii^o  held  in  fome  Inland-Towns;  as  at 
Knolfi  in  Chejhire. 

The  Word  is  f'orm'd  from  the  Saxoji,  FortSy  Port,  and 
Gemot,  CcnventTis,  Meeting. 

POH'l  -bUKA,  the  Suburbs  of  a  City,  or  a  Place  within 
the  Liberties  and  Jurifdiiiion  thereof. 

The  Word  is  form 'd  from  the  Saxon,  Port,  City  ;  and  . 
Soka,  Jurifdiflion.  Co?2ce(Ji  quod  miUus  deCivitate^  vel  Port- 
Soka  Jiia  caj>ttis.  Sic.   Somner^s  Gavelkind. 

POK-TIU  Dura,  and  Mdlh^  in  Anatomy,  a  Partition 
of  the  iifrh  Fair  of  Nerves  of  the  Brain  i  which,  before  irs 
egrcfs  our  of  x\\iz'J)ura  Mcitcr  is  apparently  divided  into 
two  Branches  y  the  one  pretty  touj^h  and  firm,  Cidl'd 
Tortio  Dura  ;  the  other  fofc  and  lax,  call'd  Tortio  MoU 
Ik.    Sec  Nerve. 

P0K.T10,  Tortio;i^  a  Parr,  or  Divifion  of  any  thing. 
See  Part  and  Division. 

Portion,  in  the  Canon-Law,  is  that  Allowance,  or 
Proportion,  which  a  Vicar  ordinarily  has  out  of  a  Reftory  or 
impropriation,  be  it  cerrain,  or  uncertain.  See  Vicar  and 
Impropriation. 


Position,  in  Arithmetic,  a  Rule  fo  cali'd,  for  SuJ>pfi~ 

Hule  q(  falfe  Popion,  or  FalJImd,  confifts  in  the  cal- 
culating on  feveral  falfc  Numbers,  taken  ar  random  as  if 
they  were  the  true  ones;  and  from  the  Differences  found 
therein,  determining  the  Number  fought. 

Pofition  is  either  [ingle  or  doitble. 
_  J^zv^/f  Position  is,  when  there  happens  in  the  Propofi- 
tjon,  lome  l  artiticn  of  Numbers  into  Parts  proportionaU 
in  which  Cafe,  the  Queflion  may  be  refolv'd  at  one  Opera- 
tion by  this  Rule  : 

Imagine  a  Number  at  plcafure.  and  work  therewith  ac- 
coming  to  theTenour  of  the  Queftion,  as  if  it  were  the 
trueNumocr;  and  what  Proportion  there  is  between  the 
tal/e  Conclufion,  and  the  falfe  Po/?//(3m  ;  fuch  Proportion 
the  given  Number,  has  to  the  Number  foueht. 

Therefore,  the  Number  found  by  Argumentation,  /liall 
be  the  firinerm  of  the  Rule  of  Three;  the  Number  fup- 
pos'd,  the  fecond  Term,  and  the  given  Number,  the 
third.    See  Golden  Rxile. 

Position  is,  when  there  cao  be  no  Piiriition  in 

the  Numbers  to  make  a  Proportion. 

In  this  Cafe,  therefore,  you  muft  make  a  Suppofition 
twice ;  proceeding  therein  according  to  the  Tenour  of  the 
Q^ueftion. 

If  neither  of  the  fuppos'd  Numbers  folve  the  Propofi- 
tion,  obfervc  the  Errors,  and  whether  they  be  greater  or 
leffer  than  the  Refolution  requireth  ;  and  mark  the  Errors 


PORTIONER.  Where  a  Parfonage  is  ferved  fometimes  accordingly,  with  the  Signs  ■\-  and 
by  two,   fometimes  by  three  Minilters,  alternately;   as       Multiplj',  confrariwife,  the  one  Ptf/Jrw^  by  the  other  Er- 

^roinyard,  ^nrford,  &c.   in  Shrof^Jlnre  ;    the  Vicars  or  ror;  and  if  the  Errors  be  both  too  great,  or  both  too  lit- 

Incumbents  are  call'd  Portmiers  ;  becaufe  they  have  but  tie,  fubttra^l  the  one  Produfi:  from%he  other   and  divide; 

their  Portion,  or  Proportion  of  Tyihes,  or  Profits  of  the  the  Difference  of  the  Produ61s  by  the  Difference  of  the 

Livint^.  Errors. 

rdSTLAND  ^fp;;?,  feeSTONE,  If  the  Errors  be  unlike,  as  the  one -4-,  and  the  other  

PORTRAIT,  or  PORTRAITURE,  in  Painting,  the  add  the  Produ£h,  and  divide  the  Sum  thereof,  by  the  Si  ' 


Reprcfenratlon  of  a  Perfon,  and  elpecially  a  Face,  done 
from  rhe  Life.    See  Painting. 

In  this  fenfe  we  fay,  Portrait-Paintings  in  oppofition 
to  HiOory-Painting,  where  all  Refembtance  of  Perfon  is 
difregarded. 

Portraits  are  ufually  painted  in  Oil-Colours,  fometimes 
in  Water  ;  fometimes  in  Miniature,  with  Crayons,  Pens, 
Paiiels,  ^c.    See  Limning,  Miniature, 

It  was  faid  of  a  great  Painter,  who  never  fuccecded  in 
the  Likencfs,  (Sir  Peter  Lely,  if  we  miitake  not)  that  he 
made  a  great  many  fine  Pictures,  but  all  poor  Portraits. 

PORUS  Silarius,  Silary  Pore,  or  Hepatic  Dufl,  in  A- 
natomy,  a  Du£t,  which,  v/itli  the  C^i  ic,  or  Cholcidic, 
forms  the  common  Canal  of  the  Bile.    See  Bile. 

Falldpius  was  miftaken  in  imagining  rhat  the  Porus  Si- 
larius  carried  the  Bile  into  the  Gali-Bla.^cr,  Irs  Office  is 
to  convey  it  into  the  Intefiines,  by  the  Ductus  Conrmunis; 
for  in  blowing  into  it,  that  Inteftine  is  found  to  fwell.  See 
Eilarv  and  Ductus  Co/mminis. 

POt)E,  in  Heraldry,  denotes  a  Lion,  Horfe,  or  other 
Bt-alt  lian^iing  iViW,  with  all  four  Feet  on  the  Grounds  to 
denote  thereby  that  it  is  not  in  a  moving  Pniture. 

POSITION,  in  Phyfics,  Site,  cr  Situation;  an  Affec- 
tion of  Place,  which  exprcffcs  the  Manner  of  any  Body's 
being  therein.    See  Botiy,  Place,  ^c. 

Position,  in  Architecture,  the  Situation  of  a  Building, 
wiih  regsrd  to  the  Points  of  the  Horizon.    See  Builting. 

Vitruviui  diretls  the  Tofltion  of  a  Building  to  be  luch, 
as  that  the  four  Corners  point  direCily  to  the  four  Winds, 


of  the  Errors  added  together.  For  the  Proportion  of  the 
Errors,^  is  the  flune  with  the  Proportion  of  the  Exceffes 
or  Dctc£ls  of  the  Numbers  fuppos'd,  to  the  Numbers 
fought. 

Position,  in  Geometry,  ££=c.  a  Term  ufed  in  contra- 
diftinaion  to  Magnitude,  ij^c.  Thus,  a  Line  is  faid  to  be 
gimn  in  Pofition,  Pofitione  data,  when  its  Situation,  Bear- 
ing, or  Diredtion,  with  regard  to  fome  other  Line,  is  given  : 
On  the  contrary,  a  Line  is  given  in  Magnitude,  when  its 
Length  is  given,  but  not  its  Situation. 

Sir  Jfaac  J^ewton  /hews  how  to  find  a  Point,  from  which 
three  twines,  perpendicularly  let  fall  to  three  other  Lines 
given  in  Pofition,  have  any  given  Ratio,  ^c. 

Position,  is  alfo  ufed  for  aThefis,  or  Propofition,  main- 
tained in  the  Schools.    See  Thesis. 

POSlliVE,  a  Term  of  Relation;  fometimes  oppos'd 
to  Negative. 

Thus,  we  fay,  the  Commandments  are  fome  of  them  Pfl- 
fitivSy  others  Negative.    See  Negative. 

Poptive  is  alfo  ufed  \n  oppoiitiun  to  Relative,  Qt  Arbi- 
trary. 

Thus,  we  fay,  Beauty  is  no  fofuive  Thing,  but  depends 
on  the  different  I'ai^es  of  the  People.    See  Relative. 

Pofitive  IS  aICq  ufed  in  oppofition  to  Natural :  Thus  we 
fay,  a  Thing  is  of  pofitive  Right ;  meaning,  it  is  founded 
on  a  Law,  which  depends  abfolutely  on  the  Authority  of 
him  who  gave  it. 

Thus,  c.  gr.  the  Prohibition  of  eating  certain  Beafts,  un- 
der the  0,d  Law,  was  of  Pofiitive  Right  ;   the  Command 


Position,  in  Aftronomy.    The  Pofition  of  the  Sphere    to  honour  Father,  and  Mother,  of  Natural  Right.  See 


is  either  right,  parallel,  or  oblicjue;  whence  arifes  the  In- 
equality of  our  Days,  Difference  of  Seafons,  ^c.  See 
Sphere. 

Circ/ei  0/ Position,  are  fix  great  Circles  paffing  thro' 
the  Interfedlion  of  the  Meridian  and  Horizon,  and  dividing 
the  Equator  Into  twelve  equal  Parts.    See  Circle. 

The  Spaces  included  between  thefe  Circles,  are  what 
the  Aftrologers  call  the  fwelve  Houfes  ;  and  which  they  re- 
fer to  the  twelve  Triangles  mark'd  in  their  Themes,  See 
Theme. 

Thefc  Circles  are  reprefented  on  the  Globe  by  the  Semi- 
circle of  Pofition.  SecGLOcE. 

Position,  in  Dancing,  the  Manner  of  difpofing  the 
Feet,  with  regard  to  each  other. 


Right. 

Positive  ^^/ijw//^^',  in  Algebra,  a  real,  or  affirmative 
Quantity  ;  or  a  Q^iantity  greater  than  nothing  :  thus  cal- 
led, in  oppofition  to  a  privative  or  negative  Quantity,  which 
is  lefs  than  nothing.    See  Quantity. 

Pofiitive  ^!a7ztities  are  dtfign'd  by  the  Charafler  -f-, 
prefix'd  to  them,  or  fuppos'd  to  be  prefix'd.    See  Cha- 

KACTER. 

Positive  Degree,  in  Grammar,  is  the  Adje£tive  in  its 
fimple  Signification  ;  without  any  Comparifon.  See  De- 
gree. 

Or,  Pofitive  Degree,  is  that  Termination  of  an  Adjec- 
tive, which  expreUt,'S  its  Subje£l  fimply,  and  abfolutely  ; 
without  comparing  it  with  any  other.    Thus,  good,  bonuSy 


There  are  four  regular  Pofiitims :    The  firft,  when  the  fair,  pulcher,  ^c.  are  in  the  pofitive  Degree ;  better,  fairer^ 

Feet  are  join'd  in  a  Line  parallel  to  the  Shoulders  :    The  in  the  Comparative.    See  C:)Mparative. 
fecond,  when  the  Heels  are  perpendicularly  under  the        Vositive  Theology,  is  that  which  confiils  in  the  fimple 

Shoulders;  and  of  confequence,  the  width  of  the  Shoulder  underliandlng,  or  expounding  of  the  Dogma's,  and  Articles 

a-part  :    The  third,  when  one  Foot  is  before  the  other,  in  of  Faith  ;  a.s  contain'd  in  the  Holy  Scriptures,  or  expiain'd 

fuch  manner,  as  that  the  Heel  is  in  the  Cavity  form'd  by  by  the  Fathers  and  Councils;  clear  of  all  Difputcs  and  Con- 

the  Rotiila  and  Carpus  of  the  Foot:    I'he  fourth,  when  troverfies.    See  Theology. 

one  Ff)ot  is  the  width  of  the  Shoulders  a-part  from  the  o-        In  this  fenfe,  Pofitive  Theology  Ilands  oppos'd  to  Sc/JO- 

ther;  the  HecHlill  anfwering  to  the  Cavity  of  the  former  ;  lajiic,  and  PotoVd^  Theology,     See  Scholastic  and 

which  Is  the  onlyregular  manner  of  Walking.  Polemical. 


Fosi- 


POS 


Positive  in  Mulic,  thelmle  Organ  ufually  behind,  or 
at  the  foot  of  the  Organift,  play'd  with  the  fame  Wind, 
and  the  fime  Bellows,  and  confiding  of  the  fame  Number 
i.f  I.pe,.  with  the  large  one  i  the,  thofe  much  fmaller,  and 
in  a  certain  Proportion.    See  Organ. 

Bo'dV''^  °^  '^^  J'^'^^'"'      ■^'i/'"'™  "  '1  'I'c  grand 

Positive  ZraiV^.    See  Levity. 
Positive  Cold.    See  Cold. 

VOSSF.  Cmmiatns,  Po-jier  of  the  Comity,  a  Phrafe  in 
Law  fignifymg  the  Aid,  and  Attendance  of  all  Knights 
Gemkmen  Yeomen,  Labourers,  Servants,  Apprentices,' 
Villains  and  others  above  the  Age  of  fifteen  Tears,  with 


(  84P  ) 


POS 


us  Non-Repugnance  to  exift  ;  ZTt  l  \l°}i"^t'''''" 


its  Non-Repugnance  to  exiF  bur"  l'"  'M"=ibi'''y.  « 

B^?^::^d:°=;  ^tizM^hi:;! 


;i,  7-  \,  t,  r  ,,  c  '^Se  01  (ifteen  Xears,  within  iSxiftence,  and  underllooH  r  "'""•''■"'■■^oppos  d 
the  County  ;  becaufe  all  above  that  Age  are  bound  to  hive  which  h  A  """""o?".  m  the  Schools,  „f  a 
Harnefs  by  the  Statute  of  ;F.«c*.y?„-  ^  Only  WoZX^    ne'w  Star  "a    th    Vo^rld  f"^"^  f^'l'  -""^ 


are  excus  d.  I-or  the  Statute  of  ^  Hcii.  fays.  That  Fer- 
foiis  able  to  travel,  fiall  be  ajjiflant  to  this  Service.  See 
Service. 

It  is  ufed,  where  a  PolTcffion  is  kept  upon  a  forcible  En- 
try, or  any  Force  of  Rcfcue  ufed,  contrary  to  the  Com- 
mand ot  the  King  £  Writ,  or  in  oppofitiun  to  the  Execution 
or  Juince. 

POSSESSION,  in  Law,  quaf,  fedis  fofi  io ;  an  Aflion 
wh.reby  we  hold,  or  occupy,  any  thing,  either  a-e  y««,  or 
de  Fatlo.    See  Occupancy. 

Togiffwn  deFaBo,  is  when  there  is  an  aaual,  and  effec 
tual  Enjoyment  of  the  Thing.    Sec  De  Facto.  and  afcertaio'd  •    J- "LTt -■"'^  '  " 

ToJfeSfion  de  Jure,  or  in  Law,  is  ihe  Title  a  Man  has  to    fix'd  bT  he  nimuT^W;  n    ^"'""'-r  ,"f      'hofe  Events 
enjoy  a  thing,  tho'  ,t  be  fometimes  ufurp'd,  and  in  the  ac-    the  Almilhtv  '"">'"^We  Will  of 

tual  Po/Te/Z/o;;  of  another.    See  De  Jure.  v^t.  ,-,  ■ 

Unay  of  FoMon   is  what  the  Civilians  call  ConfoUia-  lies  h  d      itrcTuferarth'T  "  ^^'t  <" 
T  f  ^  "5  ^"'^  ^"'i^^^"     ■r™^'«=5'.  held  of  him-    in  the  Tree  '        '  ^""^  ^eed,  the  Fruit 

^i^^S^r^;.  *  '----.^ch  might  e...  .ho..  „ever 

coming  to  the  lame  hand.    See  CoNSOLiDATrnw  j-/v  -n 

A  of  three  Years,  in  Matters  perfonarbegets  a    ^.AFo'iJe    ^"'^  ^^""f'Sf'^^K  TMfcal, 

Pri^-:^-^?-  Berf^:;r^"    rr  ^-a^. 

P»##o«;  which  is  perform'd  wirh  certain  Form  i^ies^  l^^ZCl  d^fc  'T  " '^"''.'''-'"'^If  ^  ^»  a  crooie^d 
whereby  a  Perfon  is  juHify'd  to  be  in  the  EnjoymenTof  "ny   r^rtal  Goi^  '"'^""^'^  ^"^'^  feature, 

^n-^-  se^^iT -i-  ^--^  -  -----  tSe  sr^.  -"-^"^ 

rojfejponofase.efice,  in  fome  Cufloms,  is  talen,  by    dcm  p^rfo^s"  utfalUh'""  "^^^  by  Pm- 

iwB^n!^'-       "''^"^  ^'-'-^  'J -^^'i^^n^tHfdLt^::^!^ 

^^ni  .meCai^s,  is  taken  by  the  Sight  of  the   ^^^f  ^it ^-^^^^^^Sj^L^t^  f^^^,,^ 

The  Emperors  antienlly  put  Prelates  in  Foffinio,,,  bv  ei  /iifr  "  '  "'''«=>'='  "  "ght  and  jult.  is 

ving  them  a  Ring  and  a  Stafi^.  ^         /  S'-  J  - 

PosESSlON  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Title,  or  Prefcrlntfnn  rif^J      '      ™f  ™"i»ty  Art,  any  Ground,  or  Place  for 

gives  a  Right  ,0  hold  any  thing  :  Annual  iSlis  the  tlttl::\:\"' Body  of  Mc-n  make  1  Stand,  tor'"; 
Ufucaftic,  which  gives  a  Right  to  IWoveables  :  A     ennM      H  nee  th'ev  VTv    L"  '""Condition  to  fight  an  Enemy.  ^ 

and  peaceable  Fomon  of  a  Benefice,  is  fuffici  nt  to  'ed   .he  S^w^'^^ak^n  sIT  ^'"-^  ^^i'- 

maintain  it  ;  provided  it  be  founded  on  a  plaufible  Title  A  <h,,„  ,f  r       j  r  .T,"^ 

A  Poffefficz  of  an  Eflate  for  ten  Years  L  a  Perfon  pre  of  an  Srm.    .  7  "  ''"'>'  Front 

fenr  and  of  twenty  Years  byoneabfent,  with  a  T  iro  call  an  SJ^j  S^r'^A '5'  f^.that  are  behind,  they 

"f*-:!};?^"' -^^s'--f''"R'Bht.  seePR:-  Ri"hrofir;™£t„frAt,;^^3!"-G"«'.,«j'>= 


SCRIPTION. 

Centenary  Pe^>jr  conflltutes  P#jjiira  Immemorial  : 
the  belt  and  moll  indifputable  of  all  Titles. 

Possession,  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  State  of  a  Perfon  tor. 
JeJ/ed  by  thQ  DcvU.  ^' 

It  differs  from  Oifejffioa;  in  that  in  the  former,  the  De 
vil  afls  inwardly ;  and  in  the  latter,  outwardly.  'See  On 

SESSION. 

POSSESSIVE,  in  Grammar,  a  Term  apply'd  to  Pro 
nouns,  which  denote  the  Enjoyment  or  PolTcffion  of  anv' 
thing,  either  in  particular,  orincommon.    See  Pronoun 

Thus,  mme,  thine,  his,  oars,  ($e.  are  Pronouns  Fo/frr. 
Jive.  ^  ^ 

POSSIBILITAS,  in  our  old  Law-Eooks,  is  ufed  for  a 
thmg  done  wilfully,  or  wittingly;  in  oppofition  to 

.pf///fai,  a  thing  done  agamft  the  will.  Simitemn,;,    Hnnfr.  ,,,1,  i    'c-'-,'"  '"^  icrnm  mm 

^:.:ff&:^X.  tgaif    --:S  ^^'^^^r^z:^^'^! 
.S^^Il-hHoJ^^i; snSSii?^  - - 

MBi.E.  '      ^  oeefos    ™=  Pre'en' Eftahlilliment,  and  were  only  public  Horfes 

This  Non-Repugnance  of  Exifling  is  no  other  than  the  g  rs  fl^.Ta'nl  H^faXl'  -l-f  Time,  the  Meffen: 
Producibi  ity  of  any  thing  ;  which  confifls  in  this,  that  there      ZonisHor-Lh  t  '  '""r 

are  fufficcnt  Caufes  aflually  exiiling,  or  at  leaft  poffible  he  t^akef  fo;  .  L^' exprefs  Treatife  on  y.^Jj,  whereof 
.'Jihereby  the  thing  may  be  producM,  or  be  brought  to  ex-  SmsTjZp^^  \Ti  ™ 
■» ;  principally  as  there  i.  a  God,  or  an  Almighiy  Caufe.    key,i^i^ent°' ''  "  '°  ' 

G  Uera- 


•o-  L     r  ^      .    mm  LUC  rtavance  Uuard  or 

'™  ^■"^ ^"        ">'y  ""A-"?/? 

derlt=rfrl^':;^:t'rw:^^"'*^  Pl^ed,  fom. 
upngl,^'^H^'"tJ™'>'  Timber,  plac'd 

^'^^f.^^d  2  B^eff^'^iiets^frl:'  frt^^  TV^= 

^;-i 'I'?!;';""*^  ^--'■^  °f caM 

byggf^Sfet^-le^S^ 


p  o  s 


(  8<J0  ) 


pos 


Ho.acm  afcr'.bes  .he  Origin  of  Fojl!  to  Cyrm  or 
buVth"  J  ofis  mliituted  by  thofc  Princes  were  no  more  tban 

advertis  d  of  whir  pifs  d  in  his  own  r^ing  > 

grees,  rhro-  rl.o  feveral  orher  Parts  °*,^f7/J,,a'L  ,he 
Count  de  'faxis  it  his  own  txpcnce ,  r 
thereof,  the  E,T,peror^/«(A:«        \ 'dCsu  reCs. 
the  Charge  of  <Pofl^mii«  ""f f^^/-,         J Ta  of  Far- 
,i.;^;e^?^li.fSer:ih;ed'';;!^tng.I...lea.^- 

fioners,  who  have  "."'J"  '^""^'''Jl  f  J„°  „!  and  give  Secu- 

of  their  own  ^P.P-"™^^^ ° e  1??  as  the  RecaSer.  Com^- 
rity  tor  their  faithful  Dilcharpe  o  ^  ^ 

Hen.        every      W  »  "  >  • 

every  T-lmrfday  jo  all  "  .  f„^^v  pi„,ders 

,^  f„„  all  Farts  of 

,.°;.n7S^.^^h:4rr"^^^^^^^^^^^         .''^i'  S'^^^'^. 

ni?rrhS'y^;f2?i:^:^^:="^ 

very  inconliderable  ;  yet  is  '\       ^^J^^p^j^,,  h.rn'i 
Office,  before  the  Addition  ot  the  feiiny  ^"J', 
at  ioooo  /.  fer  Ami.  .  p  g 

■  ?"^Sh  ets  ^bovrSo  Miles!  a  Sheet  4  ^. 

rwl'sl^An'our^e'of  £t;rs  for  80  Miles.  ...  for  a- 

'"^^¥'';:tx:i:i^tr^^--^-^H? 

"r.^  re!dVaf:h:R::e  of  ,  m.,        4^.  -  .he 

**°4^rr\^M' Mosul  perforttis  nart  of  his  FoM<: 

The  Grea  Mogul  J  ^^^^  Conveyance  of  Le.- 

gcons,  kept  in  l^>eral  p  , 

fers  on  extraordinary  O.cato  .   ^"^  r^^^  f^„e 

f,„„i  one  end  of  J^^'^  "rfjt  sieges.    And  a. 

Vehicles  have  "fj^f^^^  f ',^7  C  nful  of  i/<.«K^«n« 
this  day,  l-^venuer  "^r"-  by  means 

i;?'/;g^oi:;  t^h^off  rp[a"ce:;re  three  Days  Journey 
on  ho'irebiclv  a-part.  j^,^  f  Benefit  of  Zo»- 

3>.„Y^PosT    a         fl^'"^^^,,;,    any  Letter  or  Parcel, 
doil,  and  the  Parts  aa)a«nt '  n     i         ^  .^^j^ 

'.^'^"'dVfeW  co^ve/d   o'and  fim  all  Farts  within 
'Zm,  rfM^»lL;r.o  -oft  Towns  and  Villages  within 

'■"■^         „d  above  an  hundred  Meffengers. 
Sorters,  and  abo^""  Ornaments  fortn'd  after  .he 

^InneTof  Rout^or  Wre.things ;  thus  call'd.  becaufe  they 
fcetn  to  run  after  one  an">her. 

Some  atf  fi"P^=|:„  ^  ^„,;„  Prepofi.ion,  ufed,  in  Cornpofi- 

''°"'vTve'rri  W''}Z' Words;  and  generally  implying  a 
tion,  withleveraii-'S  J 

Relation  of  J''P"''"/p,,„r  which  the  Prieft  recites  after 
the  Communion,   see  penalty,  on  a  Slieriff,  for 

the  cnps  2-'- 


Perfons  as  were  born  in  Scotland,  after  the  Aeceflion  of  King 
7ams  I.  to  the  Crown  of  England.  j  .j 

r%c.l.  it  was  by  all  the  Judges  folemnly  adjudg  d, 
Thai  fuch  Perfons  were  no  Aliens  in  inglanJi  as  on  th= 
com  a  y,  the  Ante-Nau,  or  thofe  born  i„&»/'«»^  before 
?harAc«fr.on,  were  Aliens  here  in  refpeft  to  the  lime  of 

'^i'on'mu!  is  alfo  ufed  by  SraSon,  TktaGlmmlle  S£c 
for  the  fecond  Son  =  Thus  in  Srcmfton,  lib.  a.  Efi  con- 

f-^^anS,  .be  putting  any  thing  after,  or  behint,  an- 
other ;  with  regard  either  to  the  Order  of  Tinie  or  Phce 

Sometimes  it  is  taken  in  an  P"' '/^  "'.^""o'^^k"'^' 
The  Book-binder  has  pSi-f"''*  ^  Sheet,  SS.:.  of  a  Book. 

PcsT-&«W,  an  After- Ihoughr,  or  Article  adoed  to  a 
Letter  o.  Memoir;  containing  fomething  1=?™,  - 
leaed  after  the  Subfaip™n,,,r  Conduf,on^^^^^e  P^^^ 

thrtrWoMindt^e'r-betterlearft  from  her  5>... 
than  her  Letter. 

F°or.  %1S-e,£l  Srirgiven  by  the  Statute  of  Wefinun- 
nel  Z  I  m  who  having"  recover'd  Lands  or  Tenements, 
C'/«4  ?»i«^rf«t,  "P"n  Default  or  Reddltion  IS  a- 
gL^d.ffet.'d  by  the  former  Diffei.or.  D.ss.isiN 

Post  Fine,  a  Duty  belonging  to  the  King  tor  a  Ims 
formerly  acknowledged  before  him  in  '^fhings 
the  Cogni^ee  after  the  Fine  is  fully  pafs  d,  and  all  thmgs 

'°the\ttr  ITtd '^^.f  fo  much  as  was  paid  to 

him  into  the  Exchequer.    See  Fine. 

Post  Term,  a  Fee,  or  Penalty,  taken  by  the  cnjrw 
of  the  Court-  of  Commonjleas  c„,y,Jor  rhe  fij 
ling  any  Writ  by  an  Attorney,  after  the  1=  ™  °'  "'"^ 
Time  in  which  fuch  Wriis  are  returnable,  for  which 

'^tos"  L:rr'^e  ^n^or  Crrtl*^;:  of  the  Pro. 
cee'd'^S  by  P";.  into  the  Court  of  Common-Pieas  , 
afteraVerdia    and  there  afterwards  r""rded. 

POSTSCENIUM.  inthe  antient  Iheatre.   See  Paea 

'Toirrr^dieamenn,  in  Logic,  are  certain  .pe-ral  Affec- 

=;-j:;Kho£forso5efs;;;r^?^- 

and  habere;  the  three  firft  ol  whicn  are  ,n  ail  tr^- 

*  ro'^^TERIGR,  aTerm  of  Relation,  impl,;ing  romething 
beiiml  or  that  comes  after  another     In  whtch  fenfe  >t  is 
uredinoppofitiontoyn.rand^>^ri^^^^^^^ 
The  Back  and  Hips  are  the  rojtenor  rar, 

Ar,p<ie  gives  -tf-^tTlatef  o  freL"  Se^ 

Fofierior  to  another,  when  it  is  later, 

°  POSTERIORITT,  in  Law,  a  Term  of  Comparifon  and 

Relation  in  Tenure,  "PP°«'Vv  fnlfntfof  two  Lords,  holds 

mrhe  Angle  ot  .    for  the  Convenience  of 

OriUon;  defcending  into  the  Uitcn,  lor 

private  Sallies.  peneral  for  any  private  or 

Mean.,  -'fed  umcusfi  /'^-/'"•f  ^chHd  born  after 
POS  1  HUMUS,  or  P»=-f"""7';^Mo;h= 
,he  Death  of  his  F-^er,  or  even  Mother^      ^  ^^.^^ 

Among  the  R«"'"'Jf4'"l^l,Z,  which  occafion'd  the 
horn  after  the  making  of  a  leltameu., 

Tellator  to  alter  it.      ^  ,         .  ,  .„■,.  5>„ff,  md  Hmnui, 
The  Word  s  compofed  ol  the  Lcnm,  r^,  .  , 

r"''krwro.e  o  fn^  ?iher  Book  potterior  to  the  Text. 
'"'^Z     Tn    sChron'icle,  fpeakin^  of  ^.  Unpen^  MA- 
ynwr,  1  Super  mH'am  Po'hUis  fee:' , 

forward,  from  one  Book  to  another.   See  Book  ^ 


POS 


(  8^1  ) 


Pot 

n:outh  odd  Faces  of  a 


POSTIQUE,  orPosTic,  in  Arcliiteaure,  K'c  An  Or    Mf  ■  ,j    ,  " 

A  Tablo  „f  Marble,  or  o.hcr  Matter.  Is  alfo  faid  ,o  be   uf/d  in  tif™^     /JP^'^      A  ftes  of  certain  Vegetable, 
lated  tn  a  Decorat.on  „f  Archi-       Such  are  the  a1,^ of    ^Xrbt^  , 


»>  x-Liii-  iiiaruie,  or  otner 
Tofiique,  when  it  is  incrullated  i 


forra'd  from   the  Iialian,  'PoflUdo, 


tecture,  ^c. 

The  Word 
added. 

the  Return  of  one  who  had  gone  to  fojourn  elfewhere,  had 

been  banifhd   or  been  talien  by  the  Enemy;  to  his  own 

Country  and  State.    Thus  call'd,  according  to^«.  G.fe 

from  Pon  ^^Ahmen  q.  d.  a  Return  to  the  fame  Ltmen 

1.  e.  the  latne  Bounds  or  Threftold  -^""e'l, 

Sotne    f:om  ^mm.  Mlarcdl.  will  have  ft  thus  callM,  Cl'oths°'S 

becaulePetfuns  were  teitored  to  the  Houfe  thro'  a  Hole  in  '  ^' 

the  Wall,  'Peflbmen,  not  by  going  over  the  Threfllold 

which  was  eltecmed  ominous.  ' 

yo/i/w2«»V««wasairoaLaw  whereby  one  recovered  an 
Inheritance  or  other  Matterthat  had  been  loft. 

POSTULATE,  in  Mathematics,  a  clear  evident  xj'  i        t.,  ■ -,    ^ 

pofition;  wherein  it  is  affirm'd  or  deny'd,  that  fomethin;    "'f  '  "'^ 

niay  or  may  not  be  done.    See  Fropos,  Ttott  """^       POTA  p'r      r^"'-^*  '^' 

o„e*fi'''jr^\T-'"'V^  .d<=d"«'l/™m  the  Confideration  of  by  wayof  Dttt  T'''n«'''""'>'  orfwallow'd 
one  fingle  Defimtion,  ,f  ,t  exprefs  fomething  to  agree   or       The  rh,    '  o  DaiNK. 

d.fagree  to  another,  is  call'd  an  Axiom :    If  it  affirm  that   ratilc     S..  A      '""^  """'^  °*  'P"""'^"  Amm  To 

gn,e.h,ng   may  or   may  not   be   done,  it  is  c"  I'd  a       POTFNT       p"  ^'""^ 
"Poplkte.  "11  a  a  i^NT,  or  Poience,  in  Heraldry 

Thus,  e.gr.  from  the  Gcnefis  of  a  Circle,  'tis  e-idenr    „„.    j"  ■      "  ^'"^  "f  a  Crofs  in  the  Fi- 
thatalUightLines  drawn  from  the  Centre  o  the  Gr  um     8"^=  a'fjo'ning.  SeeCRo.ss. 
ference,  arc  equal  ;  Jnce  they  only  repreft  t  one  a "dX    bv^he  Name  V^,''  '  "'"^^ 
fame  Lme,  m   a  different  Situation  ^This   Fropofition     "^^V  p 

therefore,  is  eftcem'd  an  Axiom.    SeeAxioM  '   »  reprelents  the  upper  end  of 

But  fince  it  is  evident  from  the  fame  Definition,  that    caH'd"?„L7    ""''""^  ''"^ 
a  Circle  may  be  defcribed  with  any  Interval,  and  from  any       POTENTIA   Vr.  v       ,  , 

Point  ;  this  ,,sarrn„nre,1  n  <B„/)„;^,„  '      ■  ,  "  '  f^' ' ">  Or  that  whercbv  a  thinii  is  r, n,1,l, 

therofaains.  or  b -,no  „-     c.„'d_       *=  " '^"P^'"^ 


wott,  Grafs/w;;d' wrftL","''  S»if- 

See  GL..SS.         '  "     Sreat  ule  i„  Glafs-making. 

ufing  great  Quantities  thereof  in  the  ,  i 
Cloths,  STc.  fhofe  All, I  k  '=raration  ot  their 

wi.hal.'   SeeFoTLiNr  ^"^ 

to  fcuur 

-I^fSr^^iiMr'^rij:!^^^ 

Highway-Thiti;  tho'  al'f  ^^it^  a;^^;!::^"^^^ X 


e»her  of  aaing,  or  b.-ing  afled  on.  See'FowEa" 
Hence,  Power  ,s  of  two  kinds,  ABhe,  and  'Pa/Tlvf 
m,veV0'xe.,  call'dalfo  by  a  barbarous,  buflf  Scant 
School-Term,  Ofcrat,v,ty,  is 'the  Efficacy   or  St  of 


Point  ;  this  is  accounted  a  Tojlnlate. 

Axioms,  and  "Poflulates,  therefore,  feem  to  have  nearly 
the  faille  relation  to  each  other,  that  Theorems  and  Pro- 
blems have.  SeeTHEOREM,e:c. 

^./'i'.^T'JLATlON,  in  the  Canon-Law,  the  Nomination  anytJem! 

of  alerfontoa  Dignity  ,n  the  Church;  to  which,  by  the  ccd  bv  i^r     t.rh''  uT"'  -"-"""B  anus,  or  i 

Canons,  he  cannot  be  elecled  ;   as,  for' wan,  of  Age  of  %1  "f  rp"ki„g,  i„  iVlan. 

Bit,.,  becaufe  already  polTefs-d  of  a  Benefice  incompa  dile  fonTef fl  ■'  ."VfT'c  '^"P""''  -"'-"g 

therewith,  or  thelikc  Impediment.                       ^  TJ?*  .  '^-S' ■  the  Cipacity  of  Knowing  a  Man. 

Thus  the  formal  Eleftion  of  fuch  a  Perfon  being  faulty,  ^7^1','! pi  Subjective  Posver. 

they  are  obliged  to  proceed  by  vay  of  Tohilat ion  ■  tha  ,                             "  "'^^'^  "'"""S  the  School-Wri- 

theChapierbefecxhesthe  Pctfon  to  whom  ,he  Co^fir  c           T'f"''  E>-;"lencc  which  a  thing  has  in  a  Caufc 

.nation  of  the  Ekaion  belongs,  to  approve  of  it'  tho'  t  died  !     1™'^^"?^- '"i"'*'''''  '"^       "flually  pro! 

be  not  Canonical.                  "          ^'^         i      mo  it  duced  it .    In  which  it  Hands  oppofed  to  Exi.ience  jLa/ 

The  Perfon  ,0  whom  the  Supplication  is  made  by  the  POT^Tl'Ir'  ^■"■,'^>^-«- 

Pio^fentsniG.™,,^.  is  the  Empetor  ;  by  the  Papifls.  ^^^^1^ S ^J^l^l^^C^^ 

I,  icqmfirt  obferves,  that  when  a  part  of  the  Chapter  'n  f     '^"''^      rotemm  only  ;  by  which  theV  are  capible 

clefls  and.  another                 ihe  Number  of  1>„^X  ffuc^OuXr'  ^V'?"''°V"','"';"«''"«°'"'"''= 'J  S 

niuft  be  twice  asgri„i  as  that  of  theEleflors,  to  brino  the  In  rh^   f        C    """''"^''y  inherent  inthemf  -lve 


muft  be  twice  as  gria/as  that'of  theEleflors 
Matter  to  a  Poflulatiou. 

POSTURE,  ;n  Painting,  Sculpture,  Jjc.  the  Situation  of 
a  Figure,  wiih  regard  to  the  Eje  ;  and  of  the  fevcral  prin- 
cipal Members  thereof,  w  ith  regard  to  one  another  • 
whereby  r,s  Aflion  is  exprcfs'd.    See  Attitude  ' 

A  good  part  of  the  Painter's  Art  confifls  in  adiufling  the 
'Pcjlnrcs  ;  in  aivi.in  rU..  .,,..11  1-1    ,  p 


1„  -f   (-    r         r  -^'"-^''y 'iioerent  intneml-lves 

Brand,  and  Pepper,  tho'cold  to  the  Touch,  are  Fote,niMy 

Fo  T  EN  T 1 A  L  CM  is  a  relative  Term,  by  wh  ich  we  mean 

Its  EftecTs  and  Opetations,  it  taken  inwardly.  S.e  Cold 
Phis  Quality  IS  fuppofed  to  atife  frou,  the  Si^e  Shane 
*.  ot  ita  component  Parrirles   ,i,k;.-k         r...-    \     .  t^  ' 


giving  the  moll  agreeable  'Poflarcs  to  his  Fi-  e^r  'f  ^"""'^  ''"Pj™'^'^.'',"'  "'Te  frou,  the  Si^e,  Shai 
commodating  them  to  the  Charafters  of  the   „Zf.,lTT"lV  'f.""'"^  "'^'''1'  Sive  feme  check' 


J  -c   ..tii^tJDic  jrujuift;i   to  niS  ti- 

gures;  m  accommodating  them  to  the  Charafters  of  the 
relpeflivc  Figures,  and  the  part  each  has  in  the  Aflion  ; 
and  in  condufling   them  and  purfuiiig   them  through- 

Poyit/ra  are  either  Natural,  or  Artificial.    The  form,. r 

ate  )uch  as  Nature  feems  to  have  had  a  View  to  in  the 

Mechanifm  of  the  Body  ;  or  rathet  fuch  as  the  ordinarv 

Aflions  and  Occafions  of  Life  lead  us  to  exhibit  while 

young,  and  the  Joints,  Mufcles,  Ligaments,  efc.  flexible 
Artificial  are  thofe  which  feme  exttaordinary  Views  or 

Occafions  lead  us  to  exhibit  :    Such,  e.gr-  are  thofe  of 

ou  r  Tcftnre-AUJlers. 

A  Painter  would  be  flrangely  puzzled  with  the  Figure 

•if Clark,  (the  late  famous  Tofiure^Mafter  of  Talljifall) 

in  a  Hiflory-piece.    This  Man,  as  we  find  in  the  Fbilor. 

'J'ranfaB.  had  fuch  an  abfolute  Command  of  his  Muf^cles 
S?c.  that  he  could  disjoint  almofl  his  whole  Body  ;  fo  that' 
he  impos'd  on  that  gteat  Suigeon,  Mullens ;  who  look'd 
on  him  in  fuch  a  mifetable  Condition,  he  would  not  un- 
dertake his  Cure.  Tho'  a  well-made  Man,  he  would  ap- 
pear with  all  the  Deformities  imaginable :  Hunch-back'd  rrrth^fXea-vrp""" 
Pot-belly'd,  Sharpbreafled,!Sc.  He  disjointed  his  Arms  For  in  K  l! 
Shoulders,  Legs,  and  Thighs  ;  and  rend  r'S  bimfelf  fu  h    itsPa  ts  old  %  "^"'T"'  '^^"^'^ 

an  ObjccT  of  Pity,  that  he  has  frequently  extorted  iilo  ey,       fLm  a"  A  flu'    Wh  f  ""1^^,;"  ^^'t"'  }"  imug.ifh 
m  quality   of  a  Cripnle,  from 'the  fame  Company  he    Ldv^ot^poreH  'f        '  ■^'^'fj'^"'^  ^.ns     nfcXf ;  as  a 
had  the  Minute  befote  Len  in,  in  quality  of  a  Comrade.       Glo^m^°  '\  °^  '"T"  f  ?  l^T      ■  ,1 
He  would  make  his  Hips  fland  a  conCdcrable  way  out    andTnZifiM  *l ^""^  ^=  ™e 

from  his  Loins  ;  and  fo  high  as  to  invade  the  place  of  his    For  as  „' I    »  f"'''-       I   "'l"^  Parts  . 

Back.    Yet  his  Face  was  the  mofl  changeable  part  abou  He  /  T"''  two  Po- 

him  ;  and  fliew'tl  more  1'ojlures  than  all  the  reft  of  him    w  n         1"' ,     ""V^   1?       '  "'l^er  in  the 

J        man      me       01  mm-    Well;  ye,  the  Imperial  Authotity  all  the  while  fingle  and 


retatdation  to  the  Blood's  .Motion,  whereby  it  is  lefs  j.: 
tated,  and  upon  which  the  feiifible  ,.atts  of  the  Body  uVe 
not  fo  briskly  flruck  by  it  ;  the  petcept.on  of  whici,  diniT 
cTl""c»«  ""^  °f  Feeling,  is 

Hence  every  thing  that lefTens  the  Blood's  Motion  with 
relation  to  the  Senlation  before  made  is  cold  •  a„d' 
thmg^which  increafcsit,  may  be  cM-d-Pacnal Hea  sll 

Lime,  .ndotherCauflic  DrSg.'-'sJ^clo^Efr'""'  =^ 

Potential,  in  the  Schools  is  alfo  nf..^  c  r  l- 
that  has  the  Quality  of  a  GenL'.    s'Igenos  '"""^ 

GniillS  ulcs  the  Phrafe  Potential  Tart,  rf  ,  o,  .  • 
oppofitiontoihe«iffej=a„;        ^'"^  "^^  >" 
By  Fote-ntial,  he  means  thole  Parts  which  have  the  So- 
vereign Power:    By  Subjeflive,    thofe  fubjefl  'herero; 
^ever  iT  1"?"''  Sovereign  Power  tha 

ZltPw'S-  "^g"''  "       Genus:  whereof  they 

are  thelubieftivp  P.^^f..  '  > 


POT 


C  s^t ) 


1>0U 


!  J  „Y,Wei    So  is  itpoffible  the  Subjeaive  Parts  com- 
l    „„^o  dve  aw'v  their  Savereignty/.i.ay  not  giv=  ,t  m- 
?;:ri;°r?fovra  part  of  .t  for  «rtain  E..erger,c.=s  In 
^hich  Cafe  the  Suhjcawe  part  becomes 
Thus  there  are  two  ^MeuUnl  parts,  Sovereignty 

,  .       ,    pjr.oromation  to 

PoTENTiAi,,  inGrairmar,  gives  tne  i^^" 
on- of  the  Moods.    See  Mood.  „,;,i,  Sub- 

°"The  roW„M  Mood  is  the  fame  in  F"^-  "^'^  ^Jit", 
junaive  i  but  differs  from  it  m  his  "  ^f^'^^,",  .^t 

implied  in  it,  either "fcvVTrNCTTvE. 
,Jogareto,efl,  "  ^an  may  ast.  J- S-^J-^  t,„„re  it 

li  ,s  ft""-"  STeffion  to  do  a  thing  ;  as. 

often  implies  a  I'ermillion,  oi  v. 

if«fc/w,  OT/Mf.  oiMf,  «'f ' ,   „  f"  „  of  1  draught, 
rOTION,  a  liquid  Medicine,  in  form  ot  a  s 

to  be  taken  at  one  time.        t,™.,:,  PoCiraJ  Diaphoretic, 

pj;t"t"c?;fj^^ici;diess;^srriyflc^c,v^ 

nerary,  Carminaiive.'Sc.  ™f ,  ■  Earthen-Pots,  and 
vS'"'o^VLrfaaty™or%-Hen.Ware.  See 

Erd-^rfmi'l  -'VboJ'n  realiiy,  they  are  ttiuch  the 

r«"Tl^etflot°tolf      — .^^^^^^^^^^ 

'["Ih^M  oes  cf  a  Coach-Wheel,  except  that  it  has 
l;^- h^!;  A^^'lTRadii  ,  and  is  c^pmM  to^;^^. 
.vhich  ferves  it         ^.^^li/^'igte  and  a  foot  in  diameter 

The  Wheel  thus  difpofed,  is  encompaffed  with  four 
The  Wheel    nus       t  „f  \Vo„d    fullara  d  on  a 

Sides  of  four  different  P  ^hich  is  that  whereon 

"■""Iv  VmTn  fits  U  ntade-  Tlirtle  inclining  towards  the 
,ne  Worta^"  fi"^^^^^^^  placed  the  pieces  of  pre- 

Earth    tf^rthe  fi'lc-pi-"  the  Worlcman 

^"".TuTnM  B  hTsVide  s'  a  trough  of  Water,  where- 
^hh  fr'me'^LiLhe  wets  his  Hands,  to  prevem  the 

w/lt'fK/.S.'' The  Potter  having  prepared  his  Earth, 
and  laid  a  F^-^f  '^I^^'f  ^„,„  ;  his  Thighs  and  Legs 
tcS^e'xpalded,  fii dhlsVect  refled  on  the  f.de-p.eces.  as 

Is  moll  convenient.  ,he  Wheel  round,  till  it  has 

1„  this  Situatiun  he  turns  tne  i,;^  Hands  in  the 

got  iheproperVelocity  .J^^hen  we  g  „ 
Ivater,  he  bores  the  Cavity  o  tl  e  V  ^^^^^  . 

ru:ti:g;henvUti:fre;h,'antettinghis  Hands,  from 

'"-?iSUr™S:n?c!::^x;;^ 

£:^e^^Sff:^|^^^:-t!el,bu.nmpler 

Diameir     a  M    wooden  Whed'all  of  a 
Inches  m  Di  m^  «  'f^^^^  ;„  Diameter,  pla- 

Inch  thicK,  g^^^^  f 


viece,  a..  Up  Ream   and  terving  to  luim 

Ia  horizontally  a_  op  0  the  B'^^-  ,„  f 

h°ee  TncL  itk  and^woor  three  Foot  broad, 
"  Ti"m  ,o  the  l*ame  Beam  at  bottom,  parallel  to  the  Ho- 
fallen  ^  "  f^^'J^  ^,  Axis  turns  by  a  Pivot  at  bottom,  in 
riion. 

Iron  Stand^  ,^        Lathe  with  his 

The  W"''S^he  'rear  Wheel  alternately  with  each 

^"'•.''linW  n|  It  a  greater  or  lefs  degree  of  Motion,  as 

l  oot  )  ti'i'  f'  .  ° 

l,is  Workrcquires.    ,    .    j^e,  with  the  fame  Inftruments, 

They  ■^"'^.^"^"'cr,  as  the  Wheel, 
and  after  the  fap-^""""  ;  ,he  other  ferve  fo,  any  more 
-  Bur  neither  the  ""J^^  „f  ,he  VelTel,  ESc.  The 
than  ti>=f'>F,™"S°  n°  ents,  if  there  be  any,  befide 
Feet,  Handles,  and  0.na^=  'j_,  fet  on  by  Hand  ; 
,he  Mouldings,  being  o  ^^^^ 
|;:;S  o^^^'od:nCulds,  prepared  by  a  Sculptor,  un- 


lefs  the  Potter  have  Skill  enough  to  do  it  himfelf,  which  I's 

™As'tr'the  Glazing,  or  Varnifhing  of  the  Work"  /.is 
ufually  done  with  mineral  Lead,  i.e.  Lead  puvetiz  d  by 
throwing  Charcoal-Duft  into  the  melted  Lead,  and  rhe 
Allies  of  Lead  ;  which,  in  effcft,  are  only  its  bcum  and 
Scoria.  See  LUiD. 
For  rhe  Chimfe  Pottery,  fee  Porceljin. 
POTTLE,  an  EHg,liJb  Meafure.  containing  two  Quarts. 
See  Measure.  ,        ^  ,, 

Two  of  thefe  Tottles,  in  the  Liquids,  make  a  Gallon  , 
but  in  dry  Meafure  three  go  to  a  Gallon.    See  Gaelon. 

POUDER  or  Powder,  in  Pharmacy,  a  dry  Met^icnie 
pulveriz'd,  or  prepared  by  being  broken  and  reduced  rata 
almoft  imperceptible  Atoms,  either  in  a  Mortar,  or  by 
ChymicalOperanons,S5c.    See  PnEvERizATioN. 

PonDER  ofVlter,  Viperine  Ponder,   has  of  late  days 

"?.;pT'.i:st«^^^^^^^^^^^ 

'T::::f:&r,      Flower  of  Whe.t,  or  Bean,, 
well  fiftedand  prepared,  to  give  it  an  agreeable  Odour. 
That  wherein  Starch  Grounds  is  mixed,  is  the  worth  S.o 

^^yeMsPouDEE.  Mvhmrwn.   See  Cortex  Tern- 

vianus.  ..    „      .r,    J  . 

G«i;  PoDDEB,  fee  GtJN-Pon*r  ,  •  ■ 

PouDER  Cbep,  in  the  Sea-Language,  are  Boards  join  d 
in  form  of  a  Triangle,  and  fiU'd  wim  Gun-powder,  Pebbks, 
S'  which  they  fet  fire  to  when  the  Ship  is  boarded  by  «i. 
Enemy,  and  foon  make  all  clear  before  em.  , 

POUDERINGS,  in  Building,  a  Term  fometimes  ufed 
for  Devices  ferving  to  fill  up  vacant  Spaces,  in  carv  d  W  otks : 
As  alfo,  in  Efcutcheons,  Writings,  L-f. 
PouDERiNGS,  in  Heraldry,  fee  luR. 
POULTICE,  or  PonLTis,  a  Form  of  Medicine  call  d 
slh  Cataflafii.  SeeCATAfLAsii. 

PCKJLTlty,  fee  Fowe.  , 
TOUNCE,  imong  Ar.ificers,  a  little  Heap  of  Cnarcoal- 
Duft,inclofed  in  feme  open  Stuff;  to  be  Pj'f;;':' "'"p""' 
prick'd  ih  a  Work,  in  order  to  mark  the  Lines  or  D„.igns 
Kof  on  a  Pape;  placed  underneaih  i  to  be  aherwards  , 
finilli'd  with  a  Pencil,  a  Needle,  or  the  like. 

'Pounce  is  much  ufed  by  Embroiderers  to  "anrfer  their 
Patterns  upon  iheir  Stuffs  ;  by  Lace-Makers,  and  fome- 
timesalfo  by  Engravers,  and  Wrinng-Mallers. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  FrfM*,.  'Po'«'ce,  Pumice- 
flone  •  in  regard  they  anliemly  ufed  Pumice-llone  powoer  i 

%'oir:f  b  Falconry,  the  Talons,  or  Claws  of  a  Bird 

°^  POUND  a  Weight,  of  a  certain  Proporfion.  much  ufed 
as  a  Standard  for  determining  the  Gravuies  and  Quaniitics 

"^'he  word's  le^i^rfrom  the  Sa..o.,  5>»M 

*'wfhave  two  different  -Poimds     England;  .he  ffoa«i 

The  -r«:yconfifls  of  iz  Ounces  each  Ounce  of 

-o  Penny-weiiihts,  and  each  Penny-weight  of  .4  Grams  , 
fo  that  4Sa  Grains  make  an  Ounce,  and  57S0  Grams  ^ 
'Povnd.    See  Ounce,  Ej;f.  „  ,, 

This  Tmmd  is  ufed  in  the  weighing  of  Silver,  Gold,  pre- 
cious Stones,  all  kinds  of  Grains,  ETC.  . 

Uislfoufed  by  the  Apothecaries,  tho'  differently  di- 
vided -Among  them  A  Grains  make  a  Scrap  e,  , 
Scruples  ^Drachm,  8  Drachms  an  Ounce,  and  12  Ounces 
aPound.    See  Scruple,  E^c  r,,rn„rres.  Knf 

The  'Toiind  A-M-dlipis  conCfls  of  id  Ounces,  but- 
then  the  Avoirdupois  Ounce  is  lefs  by  4^  Grains  than  the 
Trcn-  Ounce,  which  amounts  .0  nearly  a  t.th  part  of  the 
whole"  fo  that  .he  Ounce  Avoirdupois  only  contains  438 
Grains  and  the  Troy  Ounce  48c.  f..„o,. 
The  difference  w'hereof  is  nearly  as  that  of  75  to  80  , 
/  Ounces  Troy  make  So  Ounce.  Avoirdupois,  ii. 
;  •  1  '  tT>r,,„Jt  make  the  Hundred  Weight,  or 
Avoirdupois   ronml  maxe 

'^;^t^.S^ar::;gh;d^narge  a^-^Com- 
modlties,  Flefh,   Butter,  Cheefe,   Iron,   Hemp,  Lead. 

^' An  fv'oirdupois  Tomd  is  equal  to  T  4  Ounces  ^  of  a  TarU 
lP»»"i.    Sothatiooofthe  former<Pc«a,<5  make  9.  ofihe 

^"The  Fre«ci''Pon»<; contains  lO"  Ounces  ;>ut  onefrCBrA 
<Pmnd  fequal  to  one  Vound  one  Ounce  i  of  an  Avoirdupois 
?3  ■  fo  that  .00  farhTound.  make  ,c,  Engkjh  Avoir- 

''%te"T»«»-iisdivLled  in  two  manners;  the  firft 
^•v  fion  is  into  two  Marcs,  the  Marc  into  eight  Ounces,  the. 
oin  e  in  0  eight  Grofs,  the  Grofs  into  .hree  Deniers.  the 
Senier'intonvsn.y  four  Grains,  each  weighing  a  Gram  of 
Wheat,  The 


POU 


C  8^5  ) 


POtJ 


Thc  rccondDivifionoftheycWJs  mto  twoh^  The  fWj  frequently  call  it  r -l    u      r  i. 

the  halt  Tonud  into  two  Qnarters ;  the  Quarter  into  two  Helni,  here  apply'd,  ferv-s,  ' 

"it?.T"'tied"'°T"-  "s-h.\"':.'''"^'°'"-^  ^"^p 

The  firll  Divifion  i.  ufually  follow'd  in  weighing  Gold,  the  bono rff'he  I  ed,  I  'the'  Bi'C'^R 

Sdver^^and  otherprecous  Wares  ;  and  the  latter  in^hofe  of  cond  in  the  firll  Deck  is  for  the  Gullncry  '  h   H  1 

^i:z;;«the  T«.,r.s,,  Ounces.    One  hundred  'Pari,  a^d'^^r^  h  ^y'V  Bar 'ptft'drhro"  THof  ^^^^^^ 

'P«»iAmake,,SX>»»y»««^.^-_A,r„„^^^^        Found  Captain's  Apanment,  Sore  which  is"he  Arm" 

equaUo  e,gh.  Ounces,  three  Quarters  of  the  rn,^cb  istSeCompks.  .he  Hour-Glarlt-rovert^ls  "'.'h  "pT''" 


For  thcfeveral  Pounds  of  the  fevsralCities  andComitries. 
iheir  'Pnfortion,  ReduCiion,  2)ivtj!ou,  S<c.  fecW-EioHT.' 

Pound  is  alfo  an  imaginary  Money,  ufed  in  accounting  ; 
con!a:ning  more  or  lels,  according  to  the  feveral  Names 
added  to  it,  and  the  feveral  Countries  it  is  ufed  in.  See 

MONEV. 

Thus  in  England  wc  fay  a  Toimd  Sterling  ;  in  Frajice,  a 
Toimd,  or  Lime  Tmiruois  and  'Parifis  ;  in  Holland  and 
Flanders  a  'Pound,  or  Zivre  dc  Grofi,  &c. 
'I'he  Tcrm_  took  its  rife  hence,   that  the  aniient  Pound 


  'ne  anuent  -Jr-oimii    Ueck  over  the  Round-Houfe  or  I\ 

Slerhng,  tho  rt  only  contam'd  .40  Ponce  as  ours  does,  ye.  the  hisheft  part  of  her  Hull  a*(krn 
each  Penny  beina  equal  to  five  of  ours,  the ,,f  Q;i,...       tJi-irio  t/,....-        '  -''"i' a  iiera. 


iiiw  II  i.uiiiam  UZ40  rence,  as  ours  does,  ye. 
each  Penny  being  equal  to  five  of  ours,  the  Tomid  of  Silver 
weigh'd  a  'Pound'Troy.   Sec  Penny. 

'l\ic  Pound  Sterling,  or  Englifi  'Potmd,  contains  twenty 
Shillings,  the  Shilling  twelve  I'ence,  and  the  Penny  four 
Farthings.    See  Siullino,  Penny,  e:c,  SeealfoCoiN. 

Antiently  there  were  three  ways  of  paying  a  'Pound  of 


or  I.anthorn,  with  the  Flag. 

All  thefe  together  form  the  'Pou^Caftle,  or  Plind-Caflle  - 
the  ou.fide  whereof  ,s  richly  adorned  with  Balconies,  Galf 
leries,  lilafters.  Trophies,  the  Arms  of  the  Prince  (So 

■lo  have  the  Wind  in  Fou},  is  to  have  it  behind,  o'r  fa- 
vourable.    See  Wind.  ' 
Some  VclTcls  have  their  •Pott}  fquare,  others  round. 
1  he  Word  is  form  d  from  the  Latin,  •pufpis 
In  the  Sea-Language,  xh<:'Poufis  Uricliy  the  Floor,  or 
Deck  over  the  Round-Houfe,  or  Mailer's  Cabbin  j  being 


70VS.-Fartie,  or  Foitr-Party^ in  Law,  a  Term  ufed  ia 

to  fro  Indivifi.    Ste  i'lLo  ludivifa. 
To  Wikc  Four-partie,  k  to  divide  and  i-ever  the  Lands 
that  fallto  larcencrs;  which  before  Partition,  they  held 
jointly  and /ro /»y/D;/o.  '  ' 

Vo:^-FreJlure,  in  Law,  is  defined  by  Glamille  to  be. 


Money  into  the  Exchequer.    I'-^'XhepavmentVayTw  „C"^'?'"''''     -"T"                  hy  G/^aOTte  to  be, 

de  nlero,  which  was  ?uil  twenty  Sh.^  n'g?,^  l^a  e  To  he  Kini    fs  "n""^'"'*'  1"°?"'^ 

Mfialam,  which  was  S rf.  over' and  above  the  .o  J  the  Kin^L  H1„I   " '"T        °" 'll  *? 

which  was  giving  the  fuU  We.ht  of  twe^e  ^o.^'S^S  tt^d^l^-^^ttr^e  ^ 

which  was  the  ValueofanantientPreac/j  Coin  call'd/TO/c,  Cromtton  in  hi,  '■/„^:rj  r       t,      ^  r 

a  Term  ftilUynonomous  with  Livre.    SeeF«ANC.          '  wheuTMan  take/    {    ['JP  ^""-ff'""  P^pdy 

Thei-W.v^.  or  Z™-.r«™/, contains,  in  like  manner,  She  ou»h  not  .  wh- t'her  f'h°  •  T""n-' 

:o  Sols  or  Shillings,  and  the  Sol  i.  Den iers  or  Pence  Tin  Franchife    and            I           -f""-'"'"-™.  L^nd, 

nfis.   Each  Sol  Panfi  is  equal  to  ,  ,  Deniers  Tournois  ■  fo  °o  he  Nu  f       of  l°ir"'  " 

that  a  Tound  'Parlfls  is  equal  to  2  ;  Sols  'TmrmiS  Thirteen  Some  TnlZ    A  -  -a         '  ^  """T"-  ■ 

lird  Deniers               is  P„„,l  ,„ /p.„„re,,i-!;r.""  Some  Authors  divide  Four-f  refture  mto  three  kinds: 

he  hrll  aeainll  the  Kino  rh^  r^™J  .l  .  r     1  .l^ 


....iL  .V  J  L/iwu.-  J  Li,  io  i.ijurti  10  3  J  ools  X  mrnois.  1  nii 
one  third  Deniers  'lollriiois  is  equal  to  a  Fenny  Sterling  ;  fo 
that  the  'Pound  Sterling  is  equal  to  1 3  'Pounds  or  Livres,  a 
Sols,  and  >)  Deniers  of  Frene/j  Money ;  and  the  'Pound  French 
to  lid.EngliJli ;  which  is  to  be  underHood  when  the  £.-1- 
chaiige  is  on  the  foot  of  fifty  four  Pence  Sterling  for  a 
French  Crown,  or  Ecu  of  Co  Sols  Tournois  ;  which  is  the 
Par  between  France  and  England.    See  Livre  and  Par. 

.,  'f.'."^'^""''     H""'?  *  Hollandh  divided  into  2 

into 


n    i:  ii      ■  „   ,  j: our-j^rejmre  mto  three  .ki 

The  firll  againll  the  King,  the  fecond  againll  the  Lord,  tho 
third  againit  a  Neighbour. 

_  rmr-frepire  againjl  the  King,  lib.Nig.  in  Schac  fol.'^. 
IS  that  happening  thro'  the  Negligence  of  the  Sheriff 'or 
the  long  Continuance  of  Wars,  iSc.  when  thofe  that  have 
Lands  near  the  Crown-Lands,  inclofe  part  of  them,  or  lav 
them  to  their  own. 

Four-p-efture  againfl  the  Lord,  is  when  the  Tenant  neg 


Shillings  Gros,  and  the  ShiUina  into  12  Pence  GrnV       ie  1  a"7      "i-"'  ^  -^""'J';  "■'^  f-^"*.     "nen  tne  lenant  neg. 

p,ua,.?fixFl..lns.theFlorin^.alued:t^^^Sols?i^^^^^^^^^^^  'ti:;^^^^:^-'''^''"-^^^^^^^' 

'^^f^^^^°;^:r'^--'^t^Z  ^°%'-^-'^-'</^.'?*«^^-.I-NuiWagainft 

Totrnd  Gros  amounts  to  ,1  Shill"gf  ;rd  ,"pen  °e  F-ltht  '  ?Sf;RSUl  VANT  ""m            ^"^"^'i  \ 

Sterling.    The  'Pound  Gros  of  Flanders  and  Srtd^nll  Kine   ii  his  Waf,  oT'  ^  Jl'-^T^^g".  ,=',""=n'l.y  ='.;'="d'"g  the 

divided  hke  that  of  ifc/W;  and  like  that  too,  is  equll  to  nuSf-   o  be  d if.       'd                 A^^^^  lYJ'^'^""- 

three  Florins  :  but  the  Florin  iseoual  to  -  s  So L  'rSHi  T    I     i     m'"c'a  i  upon  any  Occahon  or  Mcffage:  as 

lo  that  the  H«W.„y„»^ireral  to  "/Livres  rrsl'  %       ^PP-l>-fi°"  of  a  Perfon  fufpec^led.  or  accufed. 


lo  that  the  Flandsrs  'Pound  is  equal  to 
'I'ournois,  urns.  ^  d.  Sierling. 

Merchants,  FaBors,  Bankers,  iSc.  ufc  Charaaers  or 
initial  Letters  to  cxprefs  the  feveral  kinds  of  'Pounds  of 
Account,  as  L.  or  Z.  St.  'Pounds  Sterling.  Z.  G.  'Pounds 
Gros  ;  and  Z.  or  IS.  'Pounds  'Tournois, 

PouNois  alfoan  Inclofure,  or  ttrong  Place,  where  Cattle 
diUrained,  or  caught  in  any  Trefpafs,  are  put  till  they  are 
replevied  or  redeemed.    See  Trespass,  Replevy  i£c. 
The  'Pound  is  either  overt  or  clofe 


Pound  Overt,  or 


Lord's  Walle  ;  and  rhcnce  alfo  cal'l'd  tiie  Lord's 'Powid), 
becaufc  he  provides  it  for  the  ufe  of  himfelfand  his  Te- 
nants. 

Tound  Overt  alfo  includes  Back-fides,  Court-Yards 
Failure-Grounds,  or  any  Place  whatever,  ' 

To  this  'Pound  the  Owner  of  the  Bealls  impounded 
may  come  to  give  them  Meat  and  Drink,  without  Offence 
of  their  being  there,  or  his  coming  thither. 

Pound  Clcfl,  on  the  contrary,  isfuch  an  one  as  the  Owner 
cannot  come  to  for  the  Hiid  purpofe  without  Offence  ;  as 
fomeclnle  Houfe,  Calile,  Forlrefs,  e^c. 

POUNDAGE,  a  Subfidy  granted  to  the  King  upon  all 
manner  of  Merchandize,  and  of  all  Merchants,  Denizens 
aiid  Strangers;  whether  imported,  or  exported.  See 
Duty. 

It  iscall'dPwniA^jf,  becaufe  fixed  at  the  Rate  of  fo 
much  fer  Tound  j  viz.  one  '^^■"'  ~  -  -  - 


Many  of  the  Nobility,  too,  had  their 'Pourfuivaitts :  A 
Knight  Banneret  was  allow'd  a  Fourfttivant,  with  the  Con- 
fent  of  a  Herald. 

The  Word  is  form'dfroin  the  French  fourfuivre,  to  fur' 
fue.  There  were  alfo  Foitrftlivants  particularly  emplov'd 
in  Martial  Caufes,  calPd  '      f  J 

FouRsuivANTS  at  Arms;  a  Term  antiently  apply'd  t3 
Gentlemen,  who  attended  the  Heralds,  and  afpir'd  to  their 
Office  ;  to  which  they  could  not  rife,  till  after  feven  Years 


,      ^  ,      ,   .  vjince;  to  which  tney  could  not  ri  e 

u""''^rA\'  ^""'"PO"  ApprenticeA,ppars'dinthisQ°uaity 
:nce  alfo  call  d  the  Zd)-/^',- 'P^„„v  -       - ru   '^.'^■..i..   ,  V,"-"") 


J  .  ^....^  J,.  v^aiiL).    See  Herald. 

i  hey  were  entirely  dependant  on  the  Heralds,  and  af- 
filled  at  their  Chapter;  officiating  for  them  in  preparing 
and  alhgning  'I'ournaments,  and  all  other  parts  of  their 
Miniliry. 

They  were  baptis'J  at  folemn  Feafls  with  fome  gallant 
Name;     Jclicceur,  Verluifaiit,  Sanjiiicr.tir,  lie. 

Their  Coats  of  Arms  were  different  from  thofe  of  the 
Heralds,  and  they  bore  plain  Staffs  without  Ornament. 

Of  the  great  Number  of  Po?«y?«j;aarj  antiently  on  foor, 
there  are  now  only  four  remaining;  viz..  'Bltie-Mantle, 
Rouge-Crofs,  Roiige^Hragon,  and  Fortcullice. 

■Their  Bufinefs  is  to  attend  with  the  H£r.aldsin  mar/Iialling 
and  ordering  public  Solemnities,  Funerals,  Interviews,  Ca- 
valcades, efc.    See  College  of  jirms. 

Ufton,  de  Re  Militari,  calls  the  Fonrfnivants,  Milites 
.  „       „    ,„    Zinguares;  becaufe,  fays  he,  their  chief  Honour  was  ;a 

Shilling  in  every  Found,  or    Cuftodia  Lingua. 

He  divides  them  into  Foot  and  Horfe  Fourfuivants,  Cur- 
fires  Equitantes  iS  'Profccutores.  Stow,  fpcakin"  of  Ri- 
chard the  Third's  End,  has  thefe  Words  :  "  His  Body  was 
"  naked  to  the  Skin  ;  not  fo  much  as  one  Clout  about'hiin 
"  and  was  trufs'd  behind  a  Pourfuivant  at  Jlrms,  like  a 
"  ifog.  or  a  Calf. 

H  POUR- 


It  was  firll  granted  to  Henry  VI.  for  Term  of  his  Life; 
and  aftctwards  to  K.  Charles  11.  Anno  12  Car.  2. 

POLIP  'Puffis,  in  Navigation,  the  iiind-partofa  Vcf- 
lel,  or  that  where  the  Helm  is  fixed  ;  call'd  alfo  Stern 

Dee  OTLRN. 


po  w 


(  8^4  ) 


POW 


Fuel,  and  other  Neceflaries,  for  the  King's  Houfe. 

Bv  a  Stat.  ilCar.  i.  no  Perfon  under  colour  of  Toumy- 
ancs  JliaU  take  any  Timber,  Cattle,  Corn,  or  other  Mat- 
ter from  any  Subjetf,  without  his  free  Confent.  beerouR- 

^"fOURVETOR,  an  Officer  of  the  Houfhold,^  who  pro- 
tides  Corn  and  other  ViSuals,  for  the  King  s  Houfe  j 
niention'd  in  Mf.gna  Cljarta,  and  feveral  Statutes. 

The  Name  of  rmimnr  became  fo  odious  m  times  palt, 
that  by  Stat.  ^6  Edw.  the  heinous  Name  P««™yw  was 
chang'd  into  [hat  of  Stiyer.  The  Office  itfelf  was  much 
retoiin-d  by  the  Stat.  12  Car.  =.    See  Poorveyance  and 

^POCZZOL,  or  PozzoLANE,  a  reddifli  Earth,  ufed  in 
Italv  for  Sand.    See  Sand.  .  ^  ^  . 

The  bell  is  found  about  Fm=^zol,,  Saj£,  and  Ql?-M,  m 
the  Kingdom  of  A'fl//fi.  >.    i  o.  ,«    .„•„  ,1,, 

MixM  with  Lime,  it  makes  the  beft  Mortar  in  the 
World.  SeeMoRTAK. 

It  hardens  and  petrifies  in  Water  :  It  penetrates  black 
Flints,  and  whitens  them.  It  is  of  particular  fervice  in 
making  Moles,  and  other  Buildings,  m  Maritime  Places. 
Jmccia  takes  it  to  be  of  an  aluminous  and  fulphurous  na- 
ture.  See  Vitruvim,  Flmy.  de  Lorm.  ISc.  who  fet  a  great 

V alue  on  it.  ,  ti     t       r  j 

POWER,  Tolcutia,  in  Phyfics,  a  natural  Faculty  ot  do- 
inq  or  fuffcring  any  thing.    See  PorENTiA. 

Nr.  Locke  explains  the  Origin  of  our  Idea  of  Po-ltw  to 
the  following  effea  ;  The  Mind  being  daily  inform  d  by 
the  Senfcs,  of  the  Alteration  of  the  (imple  Ideas  of  things 
without  i  and  rcfleaing  on  what  paCTcs  within  itfelf ;  and 


are  two  Faculties  or  Powers  of  the  Mind.  A  Word^  proper 
enough,  if  ufed  fo,  as  not  to  breed  any  Confufion  in  Mens 
Thoughts,  by  being  fuppos'd  (as  there  is  room  to  fufpeil 
it  has  been)  for  fome  real  Beings  in  the  Soul,  that  pertorm 
thofe  Aftions  of  Underftanding  and  Volition.  See  Fa- 
culty. 

From  the  Confideration  of  the  Extent  of  the  Teller  of 
the  Mind  over  the  ASions  of  the  Man,  which  every  one 
finds  in  himfelf,  arife  the  Ideas  of  Liberty  and  Ncccffity. 

So  far  as  a  Man  has  a  J'oirer  to  think,  or  not  to  think  ; 
to  move  or  not  to  move,  according  to  the  Preference  or 
Direflion  of  his  own  Mind  ;  fo  far  is  a  Man  free.  See 
Liberty. 

Wherever  any  Performance  or  Forbearance  are  not  e- 
qually  in  a  Man's  Fo'Jier  ;  wherever  doing  or  not  doing  will 
not  equally  follow  upon  the  preference  of  his  Mind  i  there 
he  is  nor  Free,  tho'  perhaps  the  Aflion  may  be  Voluntary. 
See  Necessity, 

So  that  the  Idea  of  Liberty,  is  the  Idea  of  a  Pow  in  any 
Agent,  to  do  or  forbear  any  Aflion  according  to  theDetermi- 
nation  or  Thought  of  the  Mind  whereby  either  of  them  is 
preferred  to  the  other  ;  where  either  of  them  is  not  in  ihs 
Fonver  of  the  Agent  to  be  produced  by  him  according  to 
his  Volition,  there  he  is  not  at  Liberty  ;  that  Agent  is  un- 
der Neceffity.  So  that  Liberty  cannot  be  where  there  is 
no  Thought,  no  Volition,  no  Will  :  But  there  may  bii 
Thought,  there  may  be  Will,  there  may  be  Volition, 
where  there  is  no  Liberty.  Thus  a  Tennis-Bali,  whether 
in  motion  by  the  Stroke  of  a  Racker,  or  lylngfliU  at  relf, 
is  not  by  any  one  taken  to  be  a  free  Agent ;  becaufe  we 
conceive  not  a  Tennis-Bali  to  think,  and  confequcntly  not 


obfcrvmg  a  conllant  <-h»"g=  ?f 'f  "j^^'  "t^'s^fo  "  and  v,ce  'jerfi.  So  a  Man  flriking  himfelf  or  his  Friend  by  a 
Impieffions  of  outward  "''J^''';  "P°"  ch^^^^^^^^  and  convulf/ve  Motion  of  his  Arm,  which  is  not  in  his  Fo-xer 
fometimes  by        P""™""'™^^^ ^  /^^^^^^^  by  Volition,  or  the  Direaion  of  his  Mind,  to  ifop  or  for- 

concluaing  from  what  it  has  lo  conltantly  oDlerv  a  " '  J    _        ■       .  ^    ^  Liberty  n  th  s  ;  every  one 

been,  that' the  like  Changes  will  for  the  ^'^^be  made  in    °f  7^^° ''"f^^'^j^^^^^^^  and^Conftraint.  Again, 

the  fame  Things,  by  the  fame  Ag=n  s   and  by  the  like    ^'^  f  ".^-^t-S  ^''/y,  ^j,,,!  f,a  alleep,  into  a  Ro^om'. 
Ways ;  confiders  in       Tbng  'he  I^o",W  ty  ot  hav  ing       ^^^l  p^  ^^^^^^     ^  ^^^^J^^  ^^^^ 
ny  of  Its  (imple  Ideas  changd,  .md  in  anotncr,        F  '  ,     ^  his  (Power  to  get  out;  he  awakes,  and 

bility  of  making  that  Change  :  and  fo  comes  by  that  Idea,  faH  ^in,  ^^^^"''f^.^^J'';^^  j^^'^^,^  ^o^pany,  which  he 
which  we  call  PdOTr.         _  ._j  „„i,„    (tays  willingly  in  ;   that  is,  he  prefers  his  flaying  to  go- 

ing away  :  Is  not  this  Stay  voluntary  ?  No  body  will  doubt 
it  i  and  yet  being  lock'd  fall  in,  he  is  not  at  liberty  to  flay, 
he  has  not  freedom  to  be  gone.  ,.  . 

Liberty,  therefore,  is  not  an  Idea  belonging  to  Volition, 


'all  ±cx?f' 

Thus  we  fay.  Fire  has  a  To'Jier  to  melt  Gold,  and  make 
it  fluid  ;  and  Gold  a  Tow  to  be  melted. 

Fo-ver  thus  confider'd,  is  two-fold,  mz.  as  able  to  M3^f, 
or  able  to  reccm  any  Change  :  the  one  may  be  calld  ac- 
li'je,  the  other Fo-xer 


0{  pofjlve 


.    n-       -n  A-lOeriy,  lliereiuit,        uui  ....    — —  -- 

'pSr'aU  Mble  Things  abundantly  furnifh  or  Preferring ;  but  to  the  Perfon  having  the  To'^l^  f^^- 
Fo'J.er  all  lenliD.e  ^  "  "g  /  ■  forbearing  to  do,  according  as  the  Mind  fhall  chufa 


us  w^th'iJeas  ;  nor  have  we  of  aaive  Po-ieer  fewer  Inftan 
ces  :  fince  whatever  Change  is  obferv  d,  the  Mind  muff 
i'uppofe  a  Fo'xer  fomewhcre  able  to  make  that  Change.  , 
But  yet  if  we  attentively  confider  it.  Bodies,  by  our 
Senfes,  do  not  afford  us  fo  clear  and  diflina  an  Idea  of 
aaive  Fo'xer,  as  we  have  from  Refleflion  on  the  Opera- 
tions ol  our  Minds.  For  all  PoOT  relating  to  ABion  ;  and 
there  being  but  two  forts  of  Aftion,  viz.  Thmking  and 
Motion  ;  it  may  be  confider'd  whence  we  have  tho  cleareft 
Ideas  of  the  'Po'xcrs,  which  produce  thefe  Aitions.  ^ 

Of  Thinking,  Body  affords  us  no  Ideas  at  all  i  it  is  only 
from  Refleaion  that  we  have  that:  neither  have  we  from 
Body  anv  Idea  of  the  beginning  of  Motion.  A  Body,  at 
reft,  affords  us  no  Idea  of  any  aBive  Tomr  to  triove  ;  and 
when  it  is  fet  in  motion  itfelf,  that  Molion  is  rather  a  Paf- 


or  ircierriiig,  uul       i"^  x^..---  ,   n    n    t  r 

ing,  or  forbearing  to  do,  according  as  the  Mind  ihall  chufs 
or  direa.  -   .    .    .  , 

As  it  is  in  the  Motions  of  the  Body,  lo  it  is  in  the 
Thoughts  of  our  Minds :  Where  any  one  is  fuch,  that  we 
have  Foiiwr  to  take  it  up,  or  lay  it  by,  according  to  the 
Preference  of  the  Mind,  there  we  are  at  liberty. 

A  waking  Man  is  not  at  liberty  to  think,  or  not  to  think, 
no  more  than  he  is  at  liberty,  whether  his  Body  fliall 
touch  any  other  or  no  :  but  whether  he  will  remove  his 
Conremplation  from  one  Idea  to  another,  is  many  times  in 
his  choice  ;  and  then  he  is,  in  refpea  of  his  Ideas,  as  much 
at  liberty,  as  he  is  in  refpea  of  Bodies  he  tells  on.  He 
can  at  pleafure  remove  himfelf  from  one  to  another. 

Yet,  fome  Ideas  to  the  Mind,  like  fome  Motions  to  the 
Body  'arc  fuch,  as  in  certain  Circumllances  it  cannot  avoid 


«o„;-.han  anAaion      ./'^^l^Tf^^^i^  ^^11^^^^ ^^^^  ^^^""^^'^  I^^Vl; 

Motion,  we  have  only  by  Refleaion  on  what  paffes  in  our-  I  has  a  Man             ^^     ^  Contemplations, 

reives  /where  we  find  by  E=<P"ience,  that  barely  by  wi  , °^f^f  a   '  ?n^4",f  j^Uolly  wan.ing.'or  the  Fo^.er  to 

ling  it,  we  can  move  the  parts  of  our  Bodies,  which  before  ^^''l^'/J^^l^^  according  to  theDireaion  of  Thought,  there 

wereatrefl.                                ,     ■       r  \-             •  Kipc-fflrv  tikes  olace  ■    This,  in  an  Agent  capable  of  Vo- 

We  find  in  outfclves  a  'Po'Xcr  to  begin  or  forbear,  eonti-  i^"^*^7hen  the  Be<-inning  or  Coniinu'ation  o'f  any  ASIon 

nue  or  end,  fevetal  Aaions  of  our  Minds,  and  Motions  of  fj,^^  5re1erence  of  his  Mi.d,  is  call'd  Co«^»/- 

our  Bodies,  barely  by  a  Thought  or  Preference  of  the  '^^                    hbdSnS  or  flopping  any  ABion  is  fon- 

Mlndi    This  r..:t«-,  which  the  Mind  has,  thus  to  order  ("''ll'^^^^^^^                               Agents  that  have 

the  ConCder.,tion  of  any  Idea,  or  the  forbearing  to  confider  ^'^/^^'^Vo^i  .o^at  all,  are  in  every  thing  necefTary 

it ;  ot  to  prefer  the  Motion  of  any  part  of  the  Body  to  Its  no  1  bought,  no  volition  a 

Reft,  and  vice  verfi.  In  any  particular  Inftance,  is  what  we  Agents           „   ,,j„|„  a  Force,  which  being  apply'd  fo 

call  the  im.    The  aaual  Exercfe  of  'hat  f  "^r.  ,s  that  Po w  «   -  M  ch-.s,^^_^            ^  ^^^^^^  ^  P  ^^^^^^ 

which  we  call  Fo/zno;;,  or  See  Will.  a  inaimne,  lemi    _^  r^,  _ 


/nicn  we  can /-i/i^ti^-",  '<''"A-  f 

The  Foibearance  or  Perfoririance  of  that  Aaion,  conle- 
quent  to  fuch  Order  or  Command  of  the  Mind,  is  called 
I'cluiiim-i  and  whaifcever  Aalon  is  perform 'd  without 
fuch  a  Thought  of  the  Mind,  is  call  Involuntary.  See  Vo- 

LUNTARY,  ti^C.  .         ,  ,,     i_  J  „ 

The  Foxer  of  Perception,  is  what  we  call  the  Umer- 
R&udin"    See  Uni>erstandi!«c. 

Perception  which  we  make  the  Aa  of  the  Underftand- 
ing is  of  three  forts  ;  firft,  the  Perception  of  Ideas  in  our 
Minds-  the  Perception  of  the  Signihcation  of  Signs;  and 
the  Perception  of  the  Agreement  or  Difagreement  of  any 
diflina  Ideas.   See  Perception. 

T  hefe  Fo-xers  of  the  Mini,  via.  of  perceiving,  and  pre- 
ferring, are  ufually  cali'd  by  another  Name  ;  and  the  or- 


1  the 


produce  it  or  not.    See  Machine-  . 

In  the  former  Cafe,  it  is  call'd  a  taovnig  Tomr  ; 
Wxitt,  ifiifiaimng'Po-wer.  ^  , 

If  rhe  Vo-xer  be  a  Man,  or  a  Brute,  it  is  call  d  an  ani- 
mate Fo-xer;  if  the  Air,  Water,  FIte,  Gravity,  or  Elalli- 
citv,  and /MOTMl-c  Po'.t'f.    See  Mechanics. 

Power  is  alfo  ufed  in  Mechanics,  for  one  of  the  fix 
fimple  Machines ;  -Jra.  the  Lemr,  Sahjice,  Scre'.v,  Axis 
in  Feritrocbio,  Wed^e,  and  Fully;  which  are  particularly 
call'd  the  Mechanic  Poms.    See  Mechanic  P»«er. 
See  alfo  each  Fo'Xer  under  its  proper  Article,  Levee, 

^Pot'l?s',  if  Pharmacy,  the  Refult  of  a  Combination  or 
Union  of  the  etreniial  Oils  with  .he  Spirit  of  a  Plant^, 


PO  w 


vvherein,  It  is  fuppofed,  are  contained  all  the  principal  Vir- 
tues thereof:  whence  the  Name. 

fowER,  in  the  Feodal  Jurifprudence,  a  Right  which  the 
Lord  has  to  rc-unitc  to  his  Fief,  a  Dependant  Fee  held  of 
him;  when  the  YafTal  has  alienAted  it  j  upon  reimburfing 
the  Money  given  for  ir,  with  the  Legal  Coils.    See  Fee. 

The  Lord  is  to  exercife  his  ro'J.rr  over  ths  Fee,  v;ithin  a 
I'car  after  he  has  notice  of  the  Fall ;  otherwife  he  lofes  it. 

The  Word  is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Right  a  Lord  has  to  feize 
a  Dependant  Fee,  to  compel  the  Payment  of  all  Dues,  Ser- 
YiceSj  liSc. 

PowEas,  in  Theology,  a  Term  ufed  among  the  Fathers, 
^f.  for  [he  lixrh  Order  in  the  Hierarchy  of  Angels  5  com- 
mencing from  Seraphim.    See  Seraphim. 

Theie  they  fuppofe  to  be  the  Spirits  who  bridle  and  re- 
train the  Fciver  of  the  Devils;  prclide  over  inferior  Cau- 
fes;  and  prevent  contrary  Qualities  from  diliurbing  the 
Oeconomy  of  the  World.    See  Hierarchy. 

Power,  in  Optics.  The  Tvwcr  of  a  Glafs,  is  the  Di- 
Itance  of  the  Convexity,  from  its  folar  Focus.    S.'e  Focus. 

Power,  in  Arithmetic,  the  Produce  of  a  Number  muL- 
tiply'd  intoitfelf.    Sec  Number. 

Thus  the  Produce  of  the  Number  raultiply'd  by  itfelf, 
viz.  9,  is  the  fecond  Foiver  of  5  ;  the  Factum  of  9,  raul- 
tiply'd by  3,  viz..  zj,  is  the  third  Poiver,  and  the  Produdt 
of  i7,  again  multiply'd  by  5,  viz.  81,  is  the  fourth  Fo-iver  ; 
and  fo  on  to  Infiniiy.  In  refpeft  hereof,  the  firll  Number, 
5,  is  called  the  Root,  or  fii'Jl  Fo-zver.    See  Root. 

The  fecond  Fciver  is  catl'd  the  Square ,  with  refped  to 
which,  3  is  the  Square-Root.    See  Sq.uare. 

The  third  Foiver,  27,  is  call'd  the  Cul^e;  with  rcfpefl  to 
which,  the  3  is  the  Cube- Root,    See  Cure. 

The  fourth  Po-Twer,  Br,  is  co.\Vd  the  Si  quadrate,  or  J^ia- 
drato-^iddrat2im ;  with  refpedl  to  which,  g  is  the  Bi(jua- 
dratic  Root.    See  Biqjiadraiic. 

The  Number  which  fliews  how  oft  the  Root  is  multi- 
ply'd into  itfelf,  to  form  the  Fo-iver  ;  or  how  oft  the  Po-zver 
is  to  be  divided  by  its  Root,  to  come  at  the  Root,  is  call'd 
the  Exponent  of  tbe  Fo-iver.    See  Exponent. 

The  Moderns,  3.her  2)es  Cartes,  are  contented  to  difiin- 
gui/K  moil  of  thcii  Fozvcrs  by  the  Exponents ;  as,  j?r/?,  ye- 
coiid,  third,  £fV. 

The  particular  Names  of  the  feveral  Fo-zvers  were  intro- 
cluced  by  the  Jlrabs^  viz.  Square,  Cube,  ^ladrato-^ia- 
dratuni  or  Siquadrate,  Surdefolid,  Square  of  the  Cube,  fe- 
cond Surdcfolid,  ^ladrato-quadrato-qiiadratura.  Cube  of 
the  Cube,  S-^uare  of  tbe  Surdefolid,  third  Surdefolid,  8<c. 

The  Names  given  by  Diofhantm,  foUowM  by  Vieta,  and 
Oifghtred,  are,  the  Side  or  Root,  Square,  Cube,  ^ladrato- 
quadratmn,  S^tadrato-cubus,  Cuho-cubm,  ^ladrsto-qua- 
drato-ciihus,  ^ladrato-cubo-cubtis,  Cubo-aibo-cubus,  &.c. 

The  Characters  wherewith  the  feveral  Fo-ivcrs  are  de- 
noted, both  in  the  j^rabic  and  Cartefian  Notation,  arc  as 
follow. 

4.   8    itf    52  iz8    255    512  J024, 

q    c    bq    s  ff     tq      be  fr 


POX 

Number  6,  that^nU  the  natural  cubic  Numbers, 


d4,  iM,  whofe  Root  is  lefs  than  ff,  "being "divided  h{ 6, 
the  Remainder  of  the  Divii^on  is  the  Root     "  "     -    ■  ■  • 


we  go  further,  ziG, 
leaves  no  Remainder 


Arab,  R 
Cartef. 

Hence,  to  raife  a  Quantity  to  a  given  1^o-zx:er,  or  Digni- 
ty, is  the  fame  as  to  find  the  Faflum  ariiing  upon  its  be- 
ing multiply'd  a  given  Number  of  Times  into  itfelf :  E. 
^r.  to  raife  2  to  the  3d  Fo-zver,  is  the  fame  as  to  find  the 
Fatlum  8  ;  whofe  Fatlors  are  2,  2,  2.  Sec  Sq^uare, 
Cube, 

Fcxeri  of  the  fame  Degree,  arc  to  one  another  in  a 
Ratio  of  the  Roofs  as  manifold  as  their  Exponent  contains 
Units  :  ThuF,  Squares  are  in  a  duplicate  Ratio  ;  Cubes  in 
a  triplicate  Ratio;  Quadratc-quadrata,  or  fourth  Fczvcrs, 
in  a  quadruple  Ratio.    See  Ratio. 

The  Foifcrs  of  proportional  Quantities,  are  alfo  propor- 
tional to  one  another.    See  Proportion. 

From  agivcn  Fo-zver  to  extra^  the  Root,  or  Side;  is  the 
fame  as  to  find  a  Number,  e.gr.  2,  which  multiply'd  any 
Number  of  times,  e.gr.  twice,  produces  the  given  Fo-zver 
e.  gr.  the  3d  Fewer,  or  8.   See  Root. 

To  imdtiply  or  divide  any  Foz^er  by  another  of  the  faine 
Root.  i"^.  For  Multiplicaricn,  add  the  Exponents  of  the 
Tailors  j  the  Sunn  is  the  Exponent  of  the  Failum.  Thus: 


Fa£lors 


Prod. 


aw-\~y  xn-^K 


2".  For  Divifion,  fubflracl  the  Exponent  of  the  Fozver  of 
the  Divifor,  from  the  Exponent  of  the  Dividend  ;  the  Re- 
mainder is  the  Exponent  of  the  Quotient.    Thus  : 


D!vid.,v7/^A;jLl 
Divif.  '  J* 


'^^""jjd".!-"  1^  a"- 


^.de  laHire  gives  us  a  very  odd  Property  common  to 
aWTo'xers:   M.  Cam  had  obferv'd,  with  regard  to  the 


,     „  ,         -   tfelf :  And  it' 

the  Cube  n{  6,  being  divided  bv  6, 
L       ,  is  itfelf  the  Root. 

Jig^in,  54.5,  tlieCubeof  7,  being  divided  by  c  le-v-s  i  - 
which,  added  to  the  Divifor  S,  makes  7  the  Ro„J  jr^ '  ' 
M.  /le  la  Hire,  on  confidcring  this,  has  found  liiit  all 
Numbers,  rais'd  to  any  Voiver  whatever,  hive  Divifor- 
which  have  the  fame  cffeft  with  regard  thereto,  that  5  has 
with  regard  to  Cubic  Numbers. 

For  the  finding  of  thefc  Divifors,  he  difcovcr'd  the  ftl- 
lowing  general  Rule  : 

^  If  tlic  Exponent  of  the  To'Ser  of  a  Number  be  even 
I.e.  if  the  Number  be  rais'd  to  the  ;d,  i^th,  ■Sih  T'otrer' 
it  muff  be  divided  by  2  ;  the  Remainder  of  the  Di- 
vifion, in  cafe  there  beany,  added  to  2,  or  to  a  Multi- 
ple ot  2,  gives  the  Root  of  this  Number,  correfpondi".. 
to  irs  I'o'xei;  i.e.  the  2d,  sth,  (Sc.  Root.  ° 
If  the  Exponent  of  the  J'oto- be  an  uneven  Number, 
t.  e.  if  the  Number  be  rais'd  to  the  ^ti,  5:11  -th 
ro-ver-,  the  Double  of  this  Exponent  will  be' the  Di'vilor 
which  has  the  Property  mention 'd. 

Thus  is  it  found  in  6.  double  of  tbe  Exponent  of  the 
Fo-ver  of  all  the  Cubes  :  Thus,  alfo,  to  is  the  Divifor  of 
all  Numbers  rais'd  to  the  5th  rower,  Ivc. 

FowEE,  of  an  Hyperbola,  in  Conies,  is  the  Square  of  the 
right  LineCI,  or  A  B  (Tab.  Conics,  fig.aT.) 

The  Few  of  the  Hyperbola,  is  the  (Ixtecnth  part  of 
the  Squares  of  the  coniagate  Semi-Axes;   or  the  firarth 
part  of  the  Squares  of  the  conjugate  Axes.  See  Hypeeeol  \ 
VovTiK  of  tie  County.    See  Posse  Cte/vM!?/!. 
POX,  in  Medicine,  a  Difeafe,  whereof  the  Phyl^cians 
admit  feveral  kinds;    as  the  Smull  Fox,  French  Fox- 
Chicken  Fox,  and  S-'jeine  Fox.  '  ' 
Smalll'OX,  Fariola,  is  a  comaoious  Difeafe  appearing 
on  the  C;;?/s,  which  it  covers  wiih  Puflles  or  Ulcerous 
Eruptions,  that  leave  Efchars  behind  'cm.    Or,  it  is  a  Ge- 
neral Eruption  of  particular  PulHcs  tending  to  Suppuration; 
SeePiJSTLE  and  Suppuration. 

The  Origin  of  the  Difeafe  is  uncertain  :  We  find  no 
itiention  of  it  before  the  yS'rflfo'c  Phyficians.  See  Dise.ise. 

The  Small  Fox  bear  a  great  refemblance  to  the  MeailLS  ; 
fo  that  for  the  two  or  three  firft  days  'tis  diflicult  to  diilin- 
guilh 'em  :  They  both  atife  from  an  impure  Blood,  and 
corrupt  Humours  ;  with  this  difference,  that  in  the  Small 
Fox,  the  peccant  Matter  is  more  thick  and  vifcid  ;  in  the 
Meafles  more  fubtile,  hot,  and  bilious  j  and  neither  of 
'em  are  known  to  return  after  having  pafs'd  'em  once.  Sec 
Measles. 

HoUui  fays,  that  the  Caufe  of  the  Small  Fox  is  brought 
into  the  World  with  us  ;  and  lies  hid  tdl  it  find  an  oppor- 
tunity of  buriling forth  :  He  add,-;,  that  there isfcarce  one  in 
many  thoulands  that  efcapes  it  all  his  Life. 

Dr.  Drake  obferves,  that  the  Small  Fox  not  being  founded 
in  any  perm.inent  habitual  Difpoiition,  has  its  Period  withirt 
a  limited  time  neccflary  for  the  extrufion  of  the  peccant 
Matter  out  of  the  Pores  of  the  Skin.  For  the  fait  Serum 
of  the  Blond  being  in  this  Difeafe,  by  an  accidental  Fever, 
thrown  out  in  great  quantities  on  the  Glands  of  the  Skin, 
a6is  much  aitcr  the  manner  of  the  Lepra  Arabum  ;  bur 
when  the  Blood  is  defpumated,  the  Scales  dry,  and  fall  off. 
So  that  he  thinks  it  would  be  no  great  Irnpropriciy  to  call 
the  Am// yo.v,  a  temporary  critical  Ze/r^r.    See  Lepra. 

The  Small  Fox  are  of  two  kinds  ;  the  Dijiin5i,  where 
the  PuiHes  Hand  a-part  ;  and  the  Confluent,  where  they 
run  into  one  continued  Cake. 

I'hcdijlin^t,  or  regular  Smallpox,  Syde^^ham  ohfcrves, 
begin  witha  Shuddering  and  Chiltrnefs,  which  isfuccecded 
by  an  intenle  Heat,  violent  Pain  of  the  Head  and  Kack^ 
Vomiting,  Drowfinefs,  efpecially  in  Cliildren,  and  fn;ne- 
tines  Epileptic  Fits;  which  jflicw  the  Fox  to  be  ready  to 
buritforth,  and  that  they  will  be  mild. 

The  Eruptions  are  ufually  on  the  fourth  day  ;  upon 
which  the  fevcrifii  Symptoms  vani/li,  except  that  Adults 
are  prone  to  fwear.  The  PuiUes  firit  appear  in  the  Face, 
then  the  Neck,  They  are  at  firft  rfddiili,  by  degrees 

fwell  and  grow  whiter  ;  on  the  eleventh  day  theSwelling 
and  Inflammation  of  the  Face  vanifli  ;  and  the  PuilJes  be- 
gin to  wither.    If  ever  this  kind  kill,  'tis  on  the  fourteentli  . 
or  fifteenth  day. 

The  Symptoms  of  the  difi?z^  Small  Fox,  as  enumerated 
hy  Dr.  Sha-zv,  are,  i.  A  Pain  in  the  Head,  Back,  and  ^c^-o- 
bicuUmz  Cordis.  2.  A  Fever,  which  decreafes  as  the  Erup- 
tions increafc,  with  rednefs  of  the  Eyes.  3.  Naufea  and 
Retchings.  4.  Little  reddi/ii  Spots,  or  beginning  Puilules, 
appearing  on  the  Neck,  Face,  Bread,  about  the  third 
or  fourth  day  incluiive,  from  the  beginning  of  the  lllnefs. 
5.  Refileffnefs.  6.  About  the  fcventh  or  eighth  day,  other 
little  red  Spots  ufually  appear  between  the  growin'^ 
Pufiules.  7,  The  Puflules  about  the  ninth  day  are  at  their 
State  *  being  then  generally  as  big  as  a  large  Pea,  the 

Mat- 


POX 


(  8^6  ) 


POX 


Matter  in  them  well  concofled,  of  a  whicifli  Colour  in- 
clined to  yellow ;  at  which  time,  8.  The  Patient  is  ufualiy 
light-headed  and  feverifh.  9.  About  the  tenth  day  the 
Pullules  begin  to  dry  on  the  Face.  ic.  And  about  the 
fifteenth  they  appear  fhrunk,  and  begin  to  fcale  off  5  and 
now  the  danger  is  efteem'd  to  be  over. 

The  rtijlifi^t  kind  is  here  confidcr'd  unattended  with  a 
Loofenels,  and  other  Symptoms,  which  fa metitnes  happen 
inir,  as  well  as  in  the  other. 

it/x  Conflimit,  or  Fhix  S/mli  Pox  have  the  fame  Symp- 
toms with  the  dijliu^j  only  in  a  more  violent  degree  : 
They  ufualiy  come  out  on  the  third  day  ;  not  feparate,  as 
in  the  dijiinh  kind,  but  fpread  into  one  another  j  and  at 
length  appear  all  like  one  whitifii  Pellicle,  over  the  whole 
Skin.  Atter  the  eighth  day,  the  Pellicle  darkens.  In 
Adults  this  kind  is  attended  with  a  Salivation  ;  in  Chil- 
dren with  a  Diarrhica.  The  Salivation  frequently  fucceeds 
immediately  after  Eruption  j  the  Diarrh.-ea  later.  The 
Confltient  kind  ufualiy  kill  on  theeleventh  day, 

'i'he  Symptoms  of  the  Gonfluent  kind,  according  to  Dr. 
Sha'jc,  are,  i.  Violent  Pain  in  the  Head,  Back,  and  Scro- 
Lnculum  Cordh.  1.  Naufea  and  Retching,  with  a  Fever, 
whieh  rather  increafes  than  decreafes  after  the  Eruption. 
5.  In  Children  a  Diarrha-a,  which  ufualiy  precedes  the 
Eruption,  and  attends  the  Di{lemper  throughout.  4.  A 
Tiyaiifmin  inAdults,  and  but  feldom  aDiarrha:a.  5.  Deliria, 
Convulfions,  Hoarfenefs,  Difficulty  of  Breathing,  Fixednefs 
of  the  Eyes,  and  Reftlcffnefs  3  which  may  alfo  in  a  leffer 
degree  attend  the  difiintl  fort.  6.  The  Spots  are  here  more 
red,  thick,  and  dole  than  in  the  dtjiind  j  and  the  Spaces 
between  them  more  inflamed  and  Iwell'd  ;  purple  or  livid 
Spots  alfo  often  appear  in  thefe  Spaces;  whence  the 
Small  Tox -with 'Purples.  At  other  times  in  thefe  Spaces, 
or  on  the  Heads  of  the  Eruptions,  appear  Bladders  tull  of 
clear  Water,  vulgarly  call'd  the  ii-hite  Hives.  Laftly, 
thefe  Eruptions  are  frequently  deprefs'd  in  the  middle  ; 
and  there  turn  black  ;  v:hcx\ce.  the  black  S7/2all^OX. 

The  Eruptions  often  rife  and  fink  in  the  Frogrefs  of  the 
Didemper.  They  ufualiy  iirft  appear  about  the  fourth  or 
iSfth  day,  and  come  to  their  State  about  the  fifteenth. 

,l/o?Vow  divides  the  Difeafe  into  four  Stages:  The 
f  arasus  or  Preparation,   from   the  time  of  the  firft  In- 
fedion  to  the  Eruption  of  the  Furtles.    The  Emption^ 
which  comprehends  three  States  :  Eruption  ;  Maturati07i 
and  'Declc7iJio7t,  wherein  the  Puftles  are  firft  incruliated 
with  a  Scab,  then  wither  and  dry  off. 

When  the  Eruptions  arc  very  round,  dlftinifl,  encompafs'd 
with  u  red  Margin,  ^c.  they  are  faid  to  be  beni^Ji  5  other- 
wife  maliguant. 

There  are  four  degrees  of  Malignancy  :  viz.  when  they 
are  univerfally  confluent  i  particularly  confluent  3  diftin£l:, 
but  very  fmall  and  coherent  3  and  diftin£l,  with  Petechia; 
and  miliary  Eruptions.    See  Petechia,  ^c. 

Dr.  Friend,  Dr.  Cade,  Sic.  recommend  Purging  and  Phle- 
botomy after  an  imperfcd  Crifis  of  the  Small  Tox  j  i.e. 
where  the  Fever  remains  after  the  Puftles  decline.  Many 
oppole  it  :  Indeed  Reafon  feems  on  its  fide;  but  Pre- 
fcription  is  againll  it.  JlfaharavitlS.,  in  the  firil  Stage  of 
thQ  Sinall^ox,  prcfcribes  Phlebotomy,  even  to  a  Swoon- 
ing, and  great  Quantities  of  cold  Water  to  be  drunk.  In 
the  malignant  ^/wW/iPD.r,  Dr.  iZ/Jer  found  the  Blood,when 
cold,  excflfively  tender  and  friable,  fo  as  the  foftert  Feather 
would  eafilydivide  its  Globules.  £'r;;w//tT  fays  there  is  no- 
thing to  be  more  regarded  than  the  Breath  and  Voice; 
where  thefe  are  good,  'tis  an  excellent  Sign.  He  adds  that 
Horfe-Dung  is  an  admirable  Medicine,  in  that  it  promotes 
Sweat,  (aves  the  Throat,  Si'f. 

A  Method  of  managing  the  *S>/;rt// ^Pf.v,  lately  introduced 
from  abroad,  is  by  Inoculating  them.  For  the  Reafon, 
Trocefs,  and  Advantages --ivhereof.,  feelNocoLATioN. 

Why  the  Sr/iall'Pox  fcarce  ever  vifit  a  Perfon  above 
once,  is  a  famous  Problem  5  long  canvafs'd,  and  with  little 
fucccfs.  Dr.  2)rake  accounts  for  it  very  plaufibly  from  the 
Alteration  made  in  the  Skin  by  that  Difeafe.  For  the 
Diftcnfion  the  Glands  and  Pores  of  the  Skin  futfer  therein 
is  fo  great,  that  they  fcarce  ever  recover  their  Tone  again, 
fo  as  to  be  able  any  more  to  arrelt  the  Matter  in  its  Courfe 
outwards  long  enough,  or  in  quantity  enough,  to  create  thofe 
Ulcerous  Puflles  which  are  the  Diagnoliics  of  the  Difeafe. 
For  iho  the  fame  feverifli  Difpofition  fhould  arife  again  in 
the  Blood,  yet  the Paffages  thro'  the  Skin  being  more  open, 
the  Matter^will  nercr  be  lUp'd,  fo  as  to  exhibit  the  Ap- 
pearance of  the  Sf/^aU'Tox. 

Accordingly  we  find  that  in  Perfons  feverely  handled  with 
this  Difeafe,  the  Face  (which  is  ufualiy  the  fullefl,  from 
the  extraordinary  obflruilion  the  Matter  meets  with  by 
the  great  Conllipation  of  the  Pores^  feldom  returns  to  its 
former  Dimenfions  ;  which  Enlargement  he  accounts  for 
from  the  Dilatation  of  the  Areoiie  of  the  Glands  and  Pores 
of  the  Skin,  not  from  any  Augmentation  of  the  Subllance 
itfelf. 

What  confirms  ibis  Hypothefis,  if,  that  Nurfes, 


who  attend  Perfons  fick  of  the  S-mll  ^ox,  are  frequently  a 
Imle  affeaed  with  .t ;  and  have  now  and  then  two^r 
three  Eruptions  :  That  they  have  no  more,  feems  to  fol- 
low from  the  free  Courfe  of  the  Matter  thro'  the  Skin. 
With  this,  too  agrees  that  conflant  Obfcrvation,  That 
People  ot  coarfe  Skins,  in  whom  the  Fores  are  hrgca,  ato 
always  more  favourably  treated  by  this  Dillcmper  than 
others;  and  that  it  conftantly  leaves  fine  Skins  coarfcr 
than  It  touiicl  em. 

This  Solution  viouU  fecm  more  probable,  were  it  not 
that  fome  have  fo  very  few  of  thefe  Eruptions,  perhaps 
nor  above  twenty  or  thirty  ;  which  cannot  fairly  be  allow'J 
io  far  to  enlarge  the  I'orcs  of  the  Skin. 

Others  hold,  That  in  a  genuine  Eruption,  the  Caufe  of 
the  DiHcmpcr  is  fo  far  evacuated,  as  fcarce  to  leave  a  poffi- 
b.luy  ot  a  Return  i  and  that  if  part  of  the  original  Caufe 
did  remain  behmd,  it  might,  when  the  Air  favours  it,  or 
when  by  other  Accidents  'tis  fecrcted  from  the  Blood,  ap- 
If"  jI"  °^  Eruptions,  and  fo  prove  to  be  the 

Mealies,  Chicken-Pox,  (ic. 

It  may,  indeed,  be  objeaed,  that  thefe  laf!  mention 'd 
often  happen  before  the  Small  Tex :  But  whatever  be  the 
Caufe  of  the  Small  Tax;  the  feparating  Power  mutt  be  in 
luch  a  determined  Proportion,  or  it  will  fail  to  caufe  a  re- 
gular ■/'oar  ;  and  foaaing  proportionably,  may  pro- 
duce any  of  the  other  Diflempers  juft  mentioned. 

The  occaftoml  Callfis  of  the  Small  Tex  may  be,  i.  Some 
Alteration  m  the  Air  ;  lince  they  happen  molt  frequently 
about  the  Spring  Scafon  ;  and  both  in  Eunfe,  and  elfe- 
where,  are  more  Epidemical  and  Mortal  at  particular  times, 
a.  From  Fear;  which  appears  more  evident  than  cafy  to 
explain.    -   c.._r„:.,       .         •  ,  .  ^ 


From  Surfeits,  as  by  eating 


any  thing  too 


i  J-   — --.w...,,     ....      L,j     ..Jiiiig      iiiij  mill 

chilling  to  the  Blood,  as  Cucumbers,  Oranges,  l^c.  m  hoc 
Seafons,  or  when  the  Body  is  healed  by  Molion,  the 
drinking  of  cold  Liquors.  4.  From  too  plentiful  feeding. 
5.  From  any  over-heating  the  Blood,  or  too  fuddenly  cool- 
ing it  after  it  is  heated,  whereby  a  fudden  Check  is  given 
to  Perfpiralion  ;  and  this  more  efpecially  if  the  Air  favours 
luch  an  Eruption. 

As  to  ihe  pDgmJlk  Signs  of  the  Small  Tex;  i.  The 
fooncr  they  appear  in  the  Spring,  and  the  more  the  Air  is 
difpofcd  to  favour  the  Djifemper,  the  more  fatal  they 
prove.  2.  The  confluent  Species  both  in  Adults  and  Chil- 
dren, is  dangerous  ;  and  the  more  fo,  if  attended  with  a 
fuppreffion  of  Urine,  Naufea,  Retching,  Delirium, purple 
Spots,  Cryftallincs,  bloody  Urine,  S^c.  after  the  Eruption  i 
but  the  blacknefs  of  'em  is  notdangcrous  before  the  Crifis. 
;.  Diarrha:a's  in  the  confluent  kind,  ate  not  fo  bad  in  Chil- 
dren as  in  Adults.  4.  A  Ttyalifmus  is  a  regular  Attendant 
of  the  confluent  kind  in  Adults  from  the  fixth  or  feventh 
day  till  after  the  Crifis  ;  and  is  fo  neceffary,  that  if  it  ftop 
fuddenly,  and  return  not  for  twenty  four  Hours,  the  Patient 
is  fuppofed  to  be  in  great  danger.  5.  A  Quincy  here  is 
highly  dangerous.  (5.  The  Eruptions  fwelling,  and  finking 
fuddenly,  are  bad  Signs.  7.  'I'he  danger  is  not  over  till 
about  the  twentieth  day  in  the  confluent  Species.  But  If 
the  Eruptions  be  diflina,  few,  round,  plump,  rife  full 
and  grow  up  fliarp  at  the  top  ;  if  the  Sicknefs,  Vomiting,' 
Sic.  go  off,  or  remit  upon  the  appearance  of  the  Eruptions) 
and  the  Patient  be  under  no  dteadful  Apprehenfions  ;  the 
danger  is  ufualiy  over  about  the  tenth  day  in  the  dittinil 
kind.  Convulfions  attending  the  firlf  Symptoms  of  the 
SmallTox  in  Children,  are  laid  to  forelhew  the  appearance 
of  Eruptions  within  twelve  Hours ;  which  then  generally 
prove  diftinS,  and  the  Patient  does  well.  ThcSmall  Tex 
fucceeding  a  Debauch  in  Liquors,  or  happening  upon  an 
irregular  Courfe  of  Life,  is  ufualiy  mortal. 

Chkkca  POX,  a  cutaneous  Difeafe,  frequent  in  Children 
wherein  the  Skin  is  cover'd  with  Fuftles  like  thofe  of  the 
Small  Pox,  as  to  Figure  and  Magnitude  ;  and  onlydiflin- 
guifliable  therefrom,  in  that  thofe  of  the  Small  Pox  appear 
with  a  rednefs  and  inflammation  ;  and  thofe  of  the  Clnckcn 
Tex  whiter,  refembling  Vejlenlce  full  of  a  fcrous  Humour  - 
which  in  three  days  time  bufft,  and  dry  away,  without  any 
danger,  and  ufualiy  without  any  Fever. 

The  Chicken  Tex  and  Swine  Tex  feem  to  be  the  Small 
Pox  in  a  lefs  degree,  tho'  they  fome  times  precede,  and 
fometimes  fucceed  the  Small  Pox.  The  Puftles  appear  to 
be  of  the  fame  kind,  only  in  the  Swine  Pox  they  are  much 
larger,  and  in  the  Chicken  Tex  fomewhat  lefs  'than  in  the 
Small  Pox.  There  commonly  appear  five  or  fix,  fome- 
times twenty  or  thirty  on  the  Face,  and  but  very  few  on 
the  Body. 

The  Patient  is  very  little  iodifpofed,  either  before,  at,  or 
after  their  appearance  ;  tho'  the  fudden  finking  of  them 
often  caufes  fome  diforder;  but  'tis  prefently  relieved  by 
a  little  Sack  and  Saffron,  or  a  Dofe  of  Treacle-Water. 

Grown  Perfons  feldom  keep  wiihin  Doors  for  either ; 
and  upon  that  account  the  Ktuptions  may  continue  the  lon- 
ger, bccaufe  the  cold  Air  is  fuppofed  ro  hinder  their  ripe- 
ning ;  fo  that  'lis  fometimes  three  Weeks  ot  a  Month  be- 
fore they  totally  difappear. 

French 


PR  A 


French  POX,  a  contagious  Difeafe  contrafled  by  a  poi 
ionous  Humour,  ufually  in  Coition;  and  manifeftine  itlclf 
m  Ulcers  and  Pains.    SeeVENEREAL  Syea/e 

ThefracAcall  it  ATaUe Napes,  theNeapolitanVUknk 
becaufe  firtt  obferyed  among  ttte  Soldiery  at  the  Sieee  of 
hapes  under  Charles  VIII.   The  Iialiatis  call  it  Mai  Fran 

Cefc    — J        -I.  -  r.'.  ,       ■  „    „    ,  „    -  _ 


C  897  } 


PRtE 


J  u    t       ,  -U-  """■^■MJTCB-    increa  ed  byaCvphcr  visz  ~/:r  a 

^wlT""V'^'f-'  1'"="''^=/^'*  ""gl"  by  the    the  Remainder  'd^=\is'sTt% 


The  call  it  Sar-M  das  India's,  becaufe 

firlt  brought  from  the  IVeft-Lidies. 

POYNlNCs  Zaa,  an  AS  of  Parliament  made  !n  Ire- 
laud,  hyHehry^n.  whereby  all  the  Statutes  of  force  in 
J:.-aglaild  were  made  of  force  in  Ireland ;  which  before  that 
linie  they  were  nor, 

Kor  are  any  now  in  force  there,  made  inS/yWCnce 
that  tune. 

The  Law  took  its  Name  from  Sir  B/OTar/^yoTOKo-  Lord 
Lieutenant  at  the  time  of  its  making. 

PRACTICE,  in  Arithmetic,  Practica or/fa- 
lianUfages  h  certain  compendious  ways  of  working  the 
Rule  ot  Proportion,  or  Golden  Rule.  See  Golden 
Klile. 

They  were  thus  call'd  from  their  expediting  of  FraSice 
and  Bufinefs  ;  and  becaufe  firft  introduced  by  the  Mer- 
chants, and  ^Jegotiants  of/fa/y.  See  Rule. 
The  moll  ufeful  of  thefc  FraBices  are  as  follow  • 
1".  S:nce  the  Ufe  of  the  Rule  of  Three  is  to  find  a  fourth 
Iroporttonal,  to  three  given  Numbers  ;  divide  the  firft  and 
fccond,  or  the  fird  and  third  by  fome  common  Number  if 
that  can  be  done  exaaiy  ;  and  work  with  the  Quotient^  in 
their  dead  :    As  in  the  following  Example. 

Price  of  5  lb  is  <,  Shil.  What's  the  Price  of  -  lb  ' 
5)  t  3  _3__  " 

Fecit  a  I  Shil. 

Pticeof  i  +  tb  isatrShil.  What's  the  Price  of  7  lb! 

7)  •-      0   I  ' 

Facit  13  Shil. 
i".  If  the  firft  l  erm  be  j,  and  the  fecond  an  aliquot 
paitotaPound,  SniUing,  or  Penny  ;  divide  the  third  by 
the  aliquGt  Part  :  TheQuoiienristhe  Anfwer.  To 
faiid  the  aliquot  part ;  thofe  who  cannot  do  it  oiherwife, 
may  iee  the  J  able  of  alitjuot  parts  of  a  Pound  under  the 

iiriKle  MULTlFUCATiON. 

E.gr.  If  I  Ell  cofl  10  Shil.    Whatcoft  557  Ells. 

O     TC     1-      r    r,  ,  .  -P""'       478;  lOi. 

5  .  It  the  firft  or  third  Number  be  i  ;  the  other  not  ex- 
ceeding large  ;  and  the  middle  Term  a  Compound,  i.  e. 
conh.l  of  feveral  Denominations  ;  it  may  be  wrought  with- 
out Reduction  thus  : 

Price  of  I  lb  is  3  5,  S  ^.  5  q.  What's  the  price  of  5  lb? 
5 

Facit  i%s.  -d.  -,q. 
For  4 Farthings  making  aPenny, 
3  ^.  and  1 2  Pence  making 


Again  :    If  5  lb  coft  54  shillings,  What  cofls  i  lb! 
Since  5  IS  ha  f  of  10,  the  H„„'  1    V  k  c  >  i 

given  price,  ^i^.  ,os?'o^  ,h   <;     tenth  part  of  the 

Again  :    It  1  lb  coft  iS  d.  What  will  ,5  ffi'coft, 
increyed  by  a  Cypher,         5^0,  fubftfaa  the  f.mpk  ,  8 1 


,u  lf  „,""T"  "rT""^''  t"=Sura  required. 
7  -  If  two  Terms  of  the  fame  Dcominatlun  differ  by 
an  Unit,  we  have  a  peculiar  kind  of  Compend  ;  which 
will  be  clear  from  the  following  Examples.'  E  ■■r  xl^ 
lb  coftsos.  What  will  4  lb  coft!  "  ' 

Since  the  price  of  41b  is  one  fifth  part  ftort  of  that  of 
fnwi  t^'^V     S"-^"  .F!-i'^=  30  by  5  i  the  Quotient  6  bei.g 
fubftraftcd  from  the  DiviJiind  ;  the  Remainder,  mz,.  -4  s. 
IS  the  bum  required. 

Again  :    If  S  ft  coft  24  i.    What  coft  9  lb  ! 
Since  the  price  of  j  ft  exceeds  that  of  8  by  one  eighth 
part;  divide  the  given  Price  24  by 8  ;  and  add  the  Quo- 
tient 3  to  the  Dividend  ;  the  Sum  27  is  the  Anfwer. 

b  .  Sometimes  one  ,nav  ufe  fevetal  of  thefc  Compounds 
or?r«ara  in  the  fame  Queftion.   E.gr.Uio'c  Xb  coll 
3CJ.  4^.    Whatcofts  50  16  ! 
50):. 


Again 


Facit  1;  s.  2  d. 
60  lb  coft  4  s. 


What  colls : 


'4- 
7 


i(iS/. 


5  times  3  Farthings  make 
Shilling,  five  times  eight 


r  ,  A  "  "i"'  P'spofition.  literally  fignifying  iefere  ; 
ufed  in  CompoCtion,  with  feveral  Words  in  our  Laneuiae 
Composition °^  ^•''^■"'""tion  Sid 

Of  late  our  Writers,  in  Words  thorouchly  anglicized, 
for/M  ufually  write /re,  reliraining  the Onhogra- 
phy  to  Words  that  are  ftill  Zatin.  Hence,  for 
PRjEADAMITE, 
PRECESSION, 
PRyECIPE, 
PRECONTRACT, 
PRjECEPTORY, 
PRjEDECESSOR 
PRjEDETERMINA- 

TION, 
PREDESTINA- 
TION, 
FRjEDICTION, 
PRJEDOMINANT, 
PREEXISTENCE, 
PRjEFECTUS, 
PREEMPTION, 
PRETOR, 
PRETORIAN, 


PPreadamite, 

II  Precession. 
Precipe. 

i  1  Pr  !?  contract. 

Ij  Preclptory. 
1  Pr  edecfssor. 
j        j  Predetermination, 

>3ee  <i  Predestination. 


1 


Prediction. 
Predominant. 

Pr);.  EXISTENCE. 

Fr  efect. 
prhemption. 
^  Pretor. 
-Pretorian,  ^c. 


Penccmake  3  S.'4  Z;;hTcrwith'';7f;„?JV"''r'^"f       PRJECORDIA,    the  parts  about   the  Heart  ;    e.  gr. 

Farthings,  make  3  sf  7  7  I  afl  f  'I^' P";""!'"™.  'Je  Diaphragm,  the  Hypochondria,  and 

makes  f /shillings',  anl,:ith\fe  I'sMUIiigTf™;  tf  l^^^  hIV':  '"^^'^^  ^-S'' 

cf^lcnce,   IS.,    ihe  ptice  required   therefore  is  185.     .  The  Word  is  ordinarily  ufed  for  the  fore-part  of  the  Re- 

A°   \fth(-  rr,;AA]^  T       L  g'on  of  the  Thorax.    See  Thor  k-k 

quL  part  ;^eT„t'  hl:,'^u  StTIrtlntf  ?rt-  '"r "  "  "'^  Vifcera, 

divide  the  middle  Term  by  "he^^ve  a  a  lo,?°,h''"<[" '  "'Entrails.    P«c»,W«  «m  mmne  exta  i„  Ho' 

of  the  Quotieius  is  the  Anfwer     ■rrfi  'd^  K^^^  ""'J^-  S=<=yiscEKA. 

containVin  an  aliquant  •  fer.he  Table  i  l     ^^       ^"'r  ^  '""^   P""'^'?"'  Differences   between  Men  and 

a  Pound  under  the\rticl'e  MoLTiPLir       'T'"'  f™'^''  ".""V?'      '^'^ '  -  -  Correfpo 


I  Pound  under  the  Article  MoltiplicatiVn" 
ior  an  Inftance  of  this  Rule  : 

If  I  Ell  coft  uShil.  What  coft  124  Ells  J 
i)<Sz  ' 


o    r  Facit  93  /. 

5  •  If  the  firft,  or  fecond  Term  be  i  ;  and  in  the  for- 
mer cale,  the  fecond,  or  third,  in  the  latter  the  firft  be 
resolvable  into  Faflors  ;  the  whole  Operation  may  be'per- 
fonned  in  the  Mind  without  writing  down  any  Figures  -  As 
in  the  following  Example.  ^  " 

Price  of  I     is  24  Shil.  What  is  the  price  of  20  lb ' 

-1 

6 

-  ,  Facit /^Hlas. — 24/. 

,  Where  one  of  the  given  Numbers  is  i  ;    we  have 


,  ,   ...      g.^aLcr  vjurreipon- 

dence  and  Conmiunication  between  the  Head  and  Heart 

"L'a     c"'"  =  Correfpondence  is 

effected  by  means  of  a  greater  Number  of  Nerves  fent 
from  the  Brain  to  the  Heart  and  Trdicordia  ;  Brutes'only 
receiving  Nerves  to  the  Tr^cordia  by  the  Branches  of  the 
Tarjagmii  and  Man,  likewife,  by  the  Intcrcoftal  Pair 

The  Reafon,  Dr.  mills  well  obferves,  is,  that  Brutes 
being  void  of  Difcretion,  and  but  little  fubieft  to  Paflions, 
need  not  hke  Man,  a  double  PaCTage  for  the  Spirits,  the 
one  for  the  Service  of  the  vital  Funflions,  the  other  for 
the  reciprocal  Impreffion  of  the  Affeflions.  See  Nerve, 
Spirit,  Brain,  ^c. 

PREMIUM,  literally  denotes  a  Reward,  or  Recora- 
pence. 

Among  Merchants,  it  is  taken  for  that  Sum  of  Money, 
■VIZ.  H  or  lofer  Cent,  which  is  given  to  an  Infurcr,  for  in- 
juring the  fafe  Return  of  any  Ship,  or  Merchandize.  See 
Policy  0/ /;;/»r«»re. 

The  fame  Term  is  alfo  ufed  in  the  Money  and  Paper- 


^      '  ,       i"e  given  iN'umoers  is  i  ;    we  have  Tl 

Di>i;:;!„."Z4  '™  ^'"^S"'  Multiplication,  and    Trade,  for  wh-aTi;  given  for  a  thing  above  y.^. 

Thus,  Lottery-Tickets,  efc.  are  faid  to  bear  fo  much,  cgr. 
10  or  2C  J.  Pr£m.  when  they  are  fold  for  fo  much  beyond 
the  prime  Coft  at  which  the  Government  vended  them 

PRENOMEN,  among  the  Romans,  a  proper  Name  • 
or  Name  prefixed  to  the  general  Name  of  the  Family  ; 
as,  Cains,  Lucius,  Marcus,  Sic.   See  Name. 

'=  I  The 


L  9  1  ounds  coft  20  s.    What  does  i  Pound  coft  ? 
f  IS  obvious  the  Sum  required  is  had  by  adding  to  the 
tenth  part  of  20  J.  viz.  2  j.  the  ninth  part  of  that  tenth, 
■VIZ.  q  rf.  5,  and  i.  of  a  Penny  :    The  Anfwer  therefore  is 
2  i.  3  ii.  ^  ana  ^. 


\ 


VRJE  (8s 

The  Franomcn  OL.xi[vJcrs  to  our  Cbriftian  Name,  ^eter^ 

It  was  not  introduced  among  the  Romans  till  long  time 
after  the  Nomen.    See  Nomen. 

The  Name  of  the  Family  was  ^iven  their  Children  the 
Day  after  their  Birth  ;  but  the  'Frismmen  was  not  given 
'em  till  they  took  the  Virile  Habit.    See  Virile. 

Varro  reckons  up  thirty  ^r£mmina,  .among  the  Kowan%. 
Tht;ufual  ones  may  be  reduced  to  eighteen. 

The  Grecki  had  no  'Fr£noniina  ;  they  had  but  one 
Kame. 

PxRjEPARANTIA  rafa,  in  Anatomy,  the  Spermatic 
Vcjfels  ;  or  two  Arteries,  and  as  many  Veinsof  thel'elHcles5 
thuscall'd  by  the  Antients,  from  an  Opinion  that  the  Seed 
began  to  be  prepared  herein.  See  Spermatic  Tej/eA", 
Seed,  and  Generation. 

PRjEPOSITUS,  a  Term  frequently  ufed  in  our  Law- 
Books  :  Trdfofitiis  Vill£  is  fometimes  ufed  for  the  Chief 
Oftker  of  the  King  in  a  Town,  Manor,  Village,  or  Reeve. 
Sec  Prefect. 

Tnepfitus  fiilte  is  fometimes  alfoufed  for  the  Conflable 
of  a  Town,  or  petty  Conftable.  SeeCoNSTABLE. 

'Pr^pojinis  £cclejiec,  fee  CnvRcu-Reve. 

(^naimr  /so?mnes  VRHLPOsni^  mCrompon,  &c.  Four 
Men  of  each  Town  which  are  to  appear  before  the  Juftices 
of  the  Foreft,  in  their  Circuit. 

PR^FUTIUM,  Prepuce,  in  Anatomy,  the  Fon- 
Skiu^  a  prolongation  of  the  Cutis  of  the  yew'i,  covering 
the  Balanus,  Glans,  or  Extremity  of  the  Yard.  See  Pe- 
nis and  GlAns. 

Dr.  Sr^i^f  obferves,  that  Nature  does  not  feem  more 
various  in  any  part  of  her  Works  than  in  the  prepuce  ^  for 
the  Figure  and  Proportion  whereof,  there  does  not  feem  any 
Standard. 

Hence,  probihly,  arofe  the  neceffity  of  Circumcifion,  fo 
generally  pratlifed  throughout  the  Oriental  parts  5  not  out 
of  a  view  to  Religion,  but  to  Cleanlinefs,  and  to  prevent 
Difeafes  which  a  detention  of  the  Mucus  of  the  Sub-prc- 
futial  Glands  might  breed  in  thofe  hot  Countries.  For 
even  here  the  fame  Author  adds,  he  has  known  fome,  who, 
having  large  Frcptices,  call'd  FiWert-1>repiices,  have  been 
frighted  at  the  appearance  of  a  Mucus  oozing  out  upon  a 
mere  plenitude,  from  between  xht  ^repice  and  Glans; 
which  'tis  probable  the  great  Legiflator  of  the  ye-TVS  might 
have  a  view  to  in  the  firil  Inftitution  of  Circumcilion.  See 
Circumcision'. 

The  Skin  of  the  'Prepuce  is  double  ;  at  the  connexion 
of  the  internal  Skin,  to  the  other  part,  are  feveral  oval  and 
roundi/h  Glandules  placed  irregularly  about  the  joining  of 
the  Glans  to  the  Corpora  CavermfHt  and  on  the  Glans 
itfelf. 

Their  ufe  is  to  feparatc  aLiquor  to  render  the  agitation  of 
the  ^rcepiitkp'ii  on  the  Glans  eafy.  When  this  Liquor 
becomes  rancid,  as  upon  old  Age,  or  Venereal  Conta£ls,  it 
excoriates  the  Glans  auA'Fr^puiium ;  and  even  fometimes 
contrails  the  Utter,  and  renders  it  neceffary  to  be  divided 
to  afford  a  pafTage  to  the  Glans.  See  Phimosis  and  Pa- 
raphimosis. 

PRiESEPE,  in  Aflronomy,  three  Nebulous  Stars,  in  the 
Sign  Cancer,  or  the  Crab  ;  two  of 'em  of  the  7th,  the  third 
of  the  6th  Magnitude.  Their  Longitudes,  Latitudes,  ^c. 
lee  among  thofc  of  the  other  Stars  in  Cancer. 

VRMYY.V^Haturara,  in  Medicine,  feeNATURE. 

PRAGMATIC  Sm^!07i,  in  the  Civil  Law,  is  defined 
by  ILottoman,  a  Refcript.or  Anfwer  of  the  Prince,  deliver'd 
by  Advice  of  his  Council,  to  fome  College,  Order,  or  Body 
of  People,  upon  their  confulting  him  on  fome  Cafe  of  their 
Community. 

Such  an  Anfwer  to  a  particluar  Perfon,  is  call'd  limply 
Refcript.    See  Rescript. 

I'he  Word  is  forra'd  froqi  the  Greek  '^e3-y^->  Negotium, 
Euf^nefs. 

T\\t  Term  ^ragrmtic  San^ion  is  chiefly  ufed  among 
the  Modern  Writers,  for  that  famous  Ordonnance  ofCbarles 
VII.  0^ France,  publiflied  in  iz6S  ;  containing  a  Regula- 
tion of  Ecclefiallical  Difcipline,  conforinahle  to  the  Canons 
of  the  Council  of  Sajilj  and  fince  ufed  by  the  Gallica?t 
Church,  as  a  Barrier  againftthe  Enterprizes  and  Encroach- 
ments of  the  Court  g{  Ror/ie. 

The  Scope  of  the  'Fragraatic  SanEiion,  was  to  regulate 
the  form  of  Ele£lions  made  by  the  Clergy  i  to  declare 
the  Collations  to  belong  to  Ordinaries,  the  Prevention 
alone  referv'd  to  the  Pope  ;  to  eftabli/li  Prebends ;  to  affign 
a  Third  of  the  Benefices  to  Graduates ;  to  abolifh  Refer- 
vations,  Annates,  and  other  like  Charges. 

Popc'Pi;/j  11-  ohtain'd  an  abrogation  of  this  SanBion  of 
Louis'^]..  On  which  occafion  the  Court  Ro?}ie,  tranf- 
ported  with  Joy,  dragg'd  the  Tragraatic  thro'  the  Streets, 
whipping  It  all  the  way,  as  Xerxes  anti_enc\y  did  the  Hcllef- 
font.  But  the  Parliament  oppofed  this  Abrogation  with  a 
oreit  deal  of  Vigour,  and  refufed  its  Confent  to  the  laft. 
So  that  maugre  all  the  Efforts  of  Rome,  the  San^ion  ftiU 


;8  )  PRE 

held  in  force;  till  the  Concordat  pafs'd  between  Pope 
ieoX,  and  Francis  I.  in  1515,  when  the  ^ragfnatic  Sanc- 
tion was  aboli/hed.    See  Concordat. 

The  P&rliament  of  y^j^-^i  again  oppofed  the  Innovation, 
and  refufed  to  confirm  the  Concordar,  and  was  not  broughc 
to  give  its  Confent  till  after  repeated  Orders  of  the  King  j 
together  with  a  fecret  Refolution  taken  always  to  judge 
conformably  to  the  Tenor  of  the  Fragjnatic  Sanction. 

PRAGMATICAL,  aTerm  fometimes  ufed  in  the  fame 
fenfe  as  FraBical,  Mechanical,  or  Frobleinatical. 

Thus  StevimiSt  in  W\s  Hydroftatical  Eiemeiits,  calls  cer- 
tain Mechanical,  or  Praflical  Experiments,  which  he  under- 
takes to  infl:ru£l  his  Reader  how  ro  make,  by  the  Name  of 
Pragmatical  Examples  5  and  in  the  fame  fenfe  it  is  fome- 
times ufed  by  other  Naturalirts. 

PRATIQUE,. or PRATTICK,  in  Commerce,  a  Nego- 
tiation or  Communication  of  Commerce,  which  a  Merchant- 
VelTel  obtains  in  the  forts  It  arrives  in,  and  the  Countries  it 
dilcovers. 

Hence  to  ohtMn  "F  rat  I  qiie,  is  to  obtain  a  Liberty  to  fre- 
quent a  Port,  to  go  a-ihore,  buy  and  fell,  ^c.  We  could 
never  have  any  Fratique  with  the  Inhabitants  Nova 
Zembla. 

The  Word  is  French^  and  fignifies,  literally,  Praflice. 

pRATiqjiE  is  particularly  ufed  for  a  Licence  to  traffic, 
granted  to  the  Mailer  of  a  Ship  in  the  Ports  of  Xr^/jy,  upon 
a  Bill  of  Health  ;  that  is,  a  Certificate  that  the  Place 
whence  he  came  is  not  annoy'd  with  any  infeftious  Difeafe. 

PRAX^AKS,  aSed  of  Heretics,  fo  call'd  from  their 
Author  Fraxeas. 

This  Herefiarch  was  of  j^JIa^  and  lived  in  the  feconi 
Century.  He  was  at  firft  a  Difciple  of  Montanus,  but 
quitted  him,  and  foon  after  fet  up  a  Se£i  of  his  own  ; 
teaching,  that  there  was  no  Plurality  of  Pcrfons  in  the  God- 
head and  that  it  was  the  Father  himfelf  that  fuffer'd  on 
the  Crofs.  Which  Sentiment  was  afterui^ards  adopted  by  the 
Monarchies,  Sabeliians,   and  Patripaflians.     See  Sakel- 

LIAN,  PaTRIPASSI  AN,  SiJ^. 

PRAlcER,  in  'Fheology,  a  Petition  put  up  to  God, 
either  for  the  obtaining  of  fome  future  Favour,  or  the  re- 
turning of  Thanks  for  a  paft  one. 

Divines  diflinguifl:  three  kinds  of  Prayer;  Vocal,  which 
is  cloth'd  in  Words  and  Sounds  to  be  utter'd  with  the 
Mouth  ;  Mental,  which  is  only  forra'd  or  conceiv'd  in  the 
Mind,  and  not  deliver'd  in  Words ;  and  Fjaculatory, which 
is  a  fhort,  fudden  flight  without  Study,  Order,  or  Method, 
See  Vocal,  Mental,  £5*^. 

The  Myllic  Divines,  again,  diftingulfh  Frayer  into 
J^i-veand.  FaJJive    See  Active  and_PAssivE. 

Among  us.  Prayer  is  frequently  conlider'd  under  the  di- 
vifions  of  Freconceiv'd  and  Extemporary.  Under  the  firll 
come  all  fet  Forms,  whether  public  or  private,  by  which 
the  Mind  Is  directed  in  the  Order,  Manner,  Expreflion, 
^c.  of  its  Petitions,  Thefecond  is  that  where  the  Mind  is 
left  to  itfelf,  its  own  Conduil',  both  as  to  Matter,  Manner, 
Words,  t^c. 

Common  Prayer,  feeLiTURcY. 

TheRo/zianiJfs  alfu  prefer  Frayers  to  Saints,  theVirgin,  the 
Axig,e\  Gabriel,  &.C.   SccSaint,  Offic e,  Ave  ^^^jry, &c. 

PREACHING,  In  Theology,  the  Declaration,  or  Pro- 
mulgation of  the  Word  of  God,  in  public  ;  by  a  Perfon 
authorized,  and  in  a  Place  dellined,  for  that  purpofe.  Sec 
Sermon,  Priest,  Gospel,  t^'c. 

Aiitiently,  none  but  Bifhops  were  allow'd  to  preach. 
Now,  not  only  Frlells,  but  Deacons  are  qualify'd.  See 
Bishop  andDEAcoN. 

BiHiop  IViikins  has  deliver'd  the  Art  cf  Freaching  in  a 
Treatife  call'd  Ecclefiafies,  or  the  Preacher.    See  Eccle- 

Sl  ASTES. 

The  Word  is  derived  from  the  Hehre^iv,  Farafcb,  exfo- 
fuit,  he  expounded. 

The  Religious  of  the  Order  ofSt.^omifzic  alTume  the 
Quality  oiFreachi-agSrotbers,  Friars-predicant  or  predi- 
cants.  See  Dominican. 

PRE  AD  AMITE,  Fnsadamita,  a  Term  given  to  the  In- 
habitants of  the  Earth  conceived,  by  fome  People,  to  have 
lived  before  Adara. 

Jfaac  de  la  Fereyra  in  1^55,  publiHied  a  Book  to  evince 
the  Reality  of  Freadamites,  by  which  he  gain'd  a  confide- 
rable  number  of  Profelytes  to  the  Opinion  ;  but  the  Kn^ 
Cwcr  of  !ZJemarets,  Profeffor  of  Theology  at  Groningueri^ 
publi/hed  the  Year  following,  put  a  Hop  to  its  Progrefs  j 
tho'  Fereyra  made  a  Reply. 

His  Syftem  was  this :  The  jfews  he  calls  Adamites,  and 
fuppofes  'em  to  have  iffued  from  Adam  ;  and  gives  the 
Title  Freadamites  to  the  Gentiles,  whom  he  fuppofes  to 
have  been  a  long  time  before  Adam. 

But  this  being  exprefly  contrary  to  the  firft  Words  of 
Ge72eJIs,  Fereyra  had  recourfe  to  the  fabulous  Antiquities 
of  the  Egyptians  and  Chaldeans,  and  to  fome  idle  Rabbins, 
who  imagined  there  had  been  another  World  before  that 
deftribed  Mofes. 


PRE 


He  was  apprehended  by  the  Inqulfitors  in  Flanders  and 
very  roughly  ufcd  ;  thu'  in  the  Service  of  th^  2)aufhm. 
hm  he  appealed  from  their  Sentence  to  Rome  ;  whither  he 
went  in  the  time  ot  Alexander  VII.  and  where  he  printed 
a  Retradlation  of  his  Booli  of  Treadamites. 

f  RE  AMBLE,  in  Law,  the  beginning  of  an  Aft  of  Par- 
liaroent.efc.  ferving,  as  it  were,  for  a  K'ey,  to  open  the  In- 
tent of  the  Makers  of  the  Afls,  and  the  Mifchicfs  de- 
figned  to  be  prevented  or  remedied  thereby.    See  Act. 

PREBEND,  'Priebenda,  the  Portion  a  Prebendary  re- 
ceives out  of  the  Ettate  of  a  Cathedral,  or  Collegiate 
Church.    See  Prebendary. 

The  Terin  'Prebend  is  ufually  confounded  with  Camni- 
cate,  Canoiiate,  or  Cmioniea  ;  yet  there  is  a  real  difference. 
A  "Prebend  is  properly  a  Right  which  an  Eccleiiallic  has  in 
a  Cathedral  or  Collegiate  Church  where  he  officiates,  to 
receive  certain  Eccleiiiltical  Revenues,  and  to  enjoy  certain 
Dues,  either  in  Money  or  in  kind;  (lo  call'd  a  Frebendo 
5-  d.  afforded,  or  aUo'sied  him  ;  not  a  Prcdbendo  Alixilhm, 
or  Conaliwn  Efifiop')  whereas  a  Canonica  is  a  mere  Title, 
or  fpirirual  Quality,  which  a  Ferfon  enjoys  independent  of 
m-j  Pr£fiation,  or  any  temporal  Revenue:  So  that  the 
Prebend  may  fubfift  without  the  Canonicate  ;  but  the 
Canonicate  isinfeparable  from  the'Prcbend. 

For  it  is  not  to  the  Prebend  that  the  Right  of  Suffrage, 
tlnd  other  fpirituil  Rights  are  annexed,  but  to  the  Canoni- 
cate ;  and  when  the  ffrrtra^il  is  join'd  to  the  Canonicate,  it 
becomes  Spiritual  by  virtue  of  the  Canonicate  to  which  it  is 
attach'd.    See  Cano.nica. 

Anticntly  the  Pope  created  Canons  with  a  Right  of  taking 
place  in  the  Choir,  a  deliberative  Voice  in  the  Chapter, 
and  an  expcQition  of  the  firll  Frebend  that  fhould  become 
vacant  :  But  this  was  prohibited  by  ihc  Council  oi'Irent. 
Yet  the  Pope  ftiU  confers  the  Canonicate  without  any  Fre- 
bend, when  he  would  confer  a  Dignity  In  a  Church,  for  the 
obtaining  whereof,  'tis  required  the  Candidate  be  a  Canon. 

This  they  call  a  Canunatc  ad  effeEttm,  and  fometimes 
jus  licntofmn,  which  is' no  more  than  an  empty  Title  con- 
ter'd  purely  to  qualify  a  Man  for  a  Dignity  afFefled  to  the 
Capacity  of  Canon. 

In  fome  Churches  there  are  doubts  Prebends  ;  and  in 
Dtheis  Semi-Prebends. 

Originally  the  '/)-etoi,i!  was  only  a  Livery,  or  Portion  of 
things  neceflary  to  Life,  given  daily  ;  at  prefent  the  Rents 
and  Profits  of  the  Church  arc  divided  into  fixed  Portions 
call'd  Prebends,  which  are  enjoy'd  independently.  The 
nomination  to  Frebends  is  in  the  King,  in  France  'tis  one 
of  the  honorary  Rights  of  the  King,  on  his  joyful  Acccffion 
to  the  Crown,  to  nominate  to  the  firll  Prebends  vacant  by 
death  in  the  Cathedral  and  Collegiate  Churches. 

Prebends  are  either  Sirafle,  or  with  Tiignity  :  The  lat- 
ter are  fuch,  as,  btfide  their  Prebends,  have  fome  Jurif- 
diifion  annexed  to  'em. 

'Tbeokgical,  ot  Dhinity  Prebend,  is  a  yj-eieaiaffeaed 
to  a  Dodlor  in  Divinity,  in  each  Cathedral  and  Collegiate 
Church  throughout  France,  for  preaching  on  Sundays,  and 
making  a  public  Le£lure  thrice  a  Week. 

'preceptorial  Prebend,  a  Prebend,  the  Revenues  whereof 
are  deilined  for  rhc  Support  of  a  Preceptor  or  Mailer,  who 
is  obliged  to  inflrufl  the  Youth  of  the  Place  gratis. '  The 
Canonate  is  not  here  neceflary  to  the  Prebend. 

Famrmus  obferves,  that  in  the  Cathedral-Church  of 
Cbartres,  there  are  Frebends  referv'd  to  Laj  men,  and  for 
the  Sublillence  of  fome  Perfons  of  Birth  and'DiIlin£lion 

PREBENDARY,  an  EcdcfiaHic,who  enjoys  a  Prebend. 
See  Pregend. 

'Prebendaries,  and  Canons  of  Cathedral  and  Collegiate 
Chutches,  have  this  incominon,  that  they  have  each  a  Por- 
tion of  the  Revenues  of  the  Church  for  their  Subfiftence; 
the  one  under  the  Title  of  Friebenda,  Frebend  ;  the  other 
under  the  Title  of  Can07iica,  or  Canonicate  ;  and  have  each 
Places,  and  Voices  in  the  Chapter  :  Bur  they  differ  in  this 
that  the  fotmer  receives  his  Portion  or  Prebend  in  Confi- 
deration  of  his  officiating  and  ferving  in  the  Church  ;  but 
the  latter  wiihout  any  fuch  Confideratior,  merely  by  his 
being  received  into  the  Cathedral  or  College,  per  ajjigna- 
tmnfialiiimin  Cboro,  e?  locmii  in  Capimlo.  See  Canon 
^c.  ' 

Goldcn'?t.i.n%u-DKRi  of  Hereford,  call'd  alfo  Frehenda- 
rins  Epifcop,  is  one  of  the  twenty-eight  minor  Frebenda- 
ries,  who  has,  ex  officio,  the  firll  Canon's  Place  that  falls. 

He  was  antiently  Confcflbr  of  the  Bi/hop  and  Cathedral, 
and  had  the  Altarages  ;  on  which  account  he  was  call'ci 
the  Golden  Prebendary. 

PRECARIjE,  or  Freces,  in  our  antlent  Law- Books, 
Day's-works,  which  the  Tenants  of  certain  Manors  are 
bound  to  give  their  Lords,  in  Harvell-time  ;  and  which,  in 
fome  places,  are  corruptly  call'd  Sind-days,  foi  Siden- 
days,  from  the  Saxon,  "Bidan,  to  pray. 
Said-sinus  una  bovata  fro  ii  s.  ifi  dimid.  iS  ii  Gallinas 
XX  ova  iiii  Precarias  in  Amtitmio  ;  nm  ciun  Imiine, 
Ins  arare,f^c.   Monaft.  Angl. 


(  8^9  ) 


PRE 


ThfTofd'^of^htV"'^  S'eat  or  general  Reaping-day ' 
aViJ/.r-   a  r  fl        T  ?'  ^^""O-^  ">  Middle/ex  had. 

rgf„':ti  Reapi7't£  cLf'd"r' '^'"'^  r 

Te^iantsftould'^do  o^e  bund  ed  „i„e,f^"  f '"""'v 
him  ;  every  Tenant  that  had  a Vh     *        'J-"*'  ^"^ 

PRFrARinriq  ^  t-n'mncy  fending  a  Man. 

IKtCAKlOUS,  in  Commerce,  is  properly  a  kind  of 
Tr.ade  carried  on  between  two  Nations  at  W  r  bv  theln- 
tervention  of  a  third  at  Peace  with  'em  both      '  ^ 

Thus  the  hold  nfrecariotts  Commerce  with  the 

Spamards  by  means  of  the  Fortngttefe  ^  when  X  two 
ormer  Nations  being  at  War,  the  Ihird  lends  its  VelTeTs 
us  Colours,  and  Name,  to  continue  their  Trade  ' 

iRECARions,  injurifprudence,  aTerm  uled  for  a  Fund 
or  Stock    whereof  a  Perfon  has  not  the  full  P,opriet,, 

b'^J^Tk:'^'^'         ""—^^  °f  ^  Suit 
PRECEDENCE,  Precebency,  a  Place  of  Ho- 

nour, which  a  Perfon  is  entitled  to  in  Companies  i  either  for 
iittJiig  or  walking.  ^ 

Pmc^eare  is  either  of  Counefy,  or  of  Right,  deitire. 
The  former  IS  that  due  to  Age,  to  EiiaFe,  e?c.  which  is 
regulated  byCuHom  and  Civility';  the  lattert  fettled  by 

"s'e';  No.TE'rv. "f™-   -  - 

If,er'',r'l-  ^'""*fy    'h"'  o'dered  by  the  Heralds. 
After  the  King,  the  Princes  of  the  Blood,  wa.  the  Sons 
Grandfoi^,  Brothers,  and  Nephews  of  the  King  take  place  ;' 


ABp  o[  Canrerbltry,  then  the  Lord  Chancellor   or  Lord 
Keeper  of  the  Great  Seal;  next  the  ABp  of  Tork^Z 
Lord  High  Ireafurer  ;   the  Lord  Prefident  of  the  Pr  vy 
Council  i  the  Ltjrd  Privy-Seal :    Next,  Du kes,  then  Mar- 
queffes,  Dukes  eldeft  Sons,  Earl.,,  Marqueffes'eldellS  ^, 
Dukes  younger  Sons,  Vifcounts,  Earls  eldell  Sons  Mar 
quefles  younger  Sons,   Ei/bops,  Barons,  Vifcounts' eldS  l 
ions.  Earls  younger  Sons,  Barons  cldell  Sons,  Privy-Coun- 
fellors   Judges,  Mailers  in  Chancery,  Vifcounts  youn"er 
Sons  Barons  younger  Sons,  Knights  Bannerets,  Baron«s 
Knights  of  the  Bath    Knights  Batchelors,  Colonds,  Se - 
jean.s  a.  Law,  D.aors,   Efquires,  Lieutenant-Colonels. 
M  ajors,  Captains,  Batchelors  of  Divinity,  Law,  igc.  Mailer 
of  Arts,  Gentlemen,  Yeomen,  Tradefmen,  Mechaniiks 

JSote,  That  gtcatOftcets  of  Court,  of  what  degree  fo- 
evcr  they  are,  take  place  above  all  others  of  the  fame  De- 
gree or  Order  of  Nobility  ;  viz.  the  Mailer  of  the  Horfe, 
Lord  Great  Ctamberla.n  of  England,  Lord  High  Callable 
of  England,  Lord  Marftal  of  England,  Lord  Admiral  of 
England  Lord  Steward,and  Lord  Chamberlain  of  his  Ma- 
jelly  s  HouHiold. 

So  the  Secretaries  of  State,  if  Peers,  take  place  of  all 
ot  that  Degree,  except  the  Great  Officers  aforefliid 
,h    ?^"ni'"'1'"'*r''^,"'''''^"™'''^^-  "O'l-^vingany  of 
Sheir  Cre^bn"'  '  according  to  the  Seniority  of 

The  Ladie;  take  place,  or  Frecedency,  according  to  the 
Degree  of  Quality  of  their  Husbands. 

PRECEDENT,  in  Law,  an  orieinal,  authentic  Inflru- 
nient,  or  Wtiting  ;  ferving  as  a  Form  to  draw  others  bv. 
See  Okiginae,  ilc.  ' 

Hence  Frec.'dsnt  Books,  CJ'c.  full  of  Draughts  of  Deeds 
Conveyances,  SSc.  for  Attorneys. 

PRECENTOR,  or  Pr^icentor,  a  Dignitary  in  Cathe- 
dral l,hurches,  popularly  call'd  the  Chanter,  or  jMallsr  of 
tbe^  Choir.  See  Chanter.  ■' 
The  Frmcentor  i.s  fo  call'd,  from  the  Latin  *w  and 
cano  i  becaufe  he  is  fuppofed  to  lead  the  Choir,  and  iim 
bejore  the  red.  ^  ^ 

rv^^T''',v'-''^'T'"r /.Cfrntnand  in  Writing,  fent  by  a 
Chief  Juflice,  Jullice  of  Peace,  or  other  like  Officer,  for 
the  bringing  ot  a  lerfon,  Records,  or  other  Matters  be- 
lore  hira. 

Precept  Is  alfo  ufed  for  the  Command  ,  or  Incitement 
whereby  one  Man  flirs  up  another  to  commit  Felonv  Theft' 
£?c.  Sraaon  hb.^.  Traa.  i.  caf.  ig.  whence  we  may  ob- 
ietve  three  Diverfities  of  offending  in  Murthcr;  Fr£cep- 
tion,  l-ortia,  Concthttrn. 

Freceftion,  is  the  Inlligation  ufed  before-hand;  Fcrtia, 
the  Aflidance  ,n  the  Faft;  Concilium,  the  Advice  either 
before  or  after.  SeeMuRTHER. 

PRECESSION,  Prjecessio,  in  Aflronomy,  a  Term 
apply  d  to  the  Equinoxes,  which,  by  a  very  How  infcnfible 
Motion,  change  their  place  ;  going  backwards,  or  wcllw.ard. 
I.e.  mantecedmtia  as  the  Allronomers  call  it,  or  contrary 
to  the  Order  of  the  Signs.    See  Ecjdinox. 

It  IS  Jhewn,  in  the  new  Aflronomy,  that  the  Pole,  the 
Solflices,  the  Equinoxes,  and  all  the  other  Points  of  the 
Ecliptic,  have  a  retrograde  Motion ;  and  are  continually 
movinfJ  from  Eaft  to  Well,  or  from  Aries  towards  Fifces 
ere  by  mefliis  whereof,  the  £)c^uino^^ial  Points  are  canyM 

further 


PRE 


(  S6o  ) 


PRE 


futther  anfl  farther  back,  among  the  preceding  Signs  of  For  the  Art  of  engraving  on  jireciais  Stones,  fee  Es- 

tirars  3  at  the  rate  of  about  50  Seconds  each  Year  :  which  craving. 

reiro^rade  Motion  is  call'd  the  Frecejfieii,  Recejfion,  01  Re-  '//oe  Jin  of  cutting  t?xin,  fee  binder  Lapibary. 

trocejfionof  the  Equinoxes.  PRECIPE,  or  FRiEciPE  quod  reddat,  a  Writ  of  great 

Hi-nce,  as  the  fixed  Stars  remain  immovable,  and  the  Diverfity,  both  as  to  Form  and  Ufe,    See  Entry  and 

Equinoxes  go  bacliward  ;  the  Stars  will  feem  to  move  more  Ingressus. 

and  more  Eaflward  with  refpefl  thereto  ;  whence  the  Lon-  It  extends  as  well  to  a  Writ  of  Right,  as  to  other  Writs 

gitudes  of  the  Stars,  which  are  reckon'd  from  the  firft  of  Entry  and  Poffeffion  ;  and  is  fometimes  call'd  a  ^K^// 0/ 


i'oint  of  Aries,  or  the  Vernal  Equinox,  are  continually  in- 
crcafing.    Sec  Longitude  and  Star. 

Hence  it  is  that  the  Conllellaiions  have  all  chang'd  the 


Right,  clofe,  as  when  it  iflues  out  of  the  Court  of  Chancery, 
dole  j  fometimcs  a  Writ  of  Right,  patent,  as  when  it  ii- 
fues  out  of  Chancery,  patent  or  open,  to  any  Lord's  Court, 


Places  aflign'd  them  by  the  anticnt  Afttonomers :  In  the  for  any  of  his  Tenants  deforced,  againft  his  Deforcer.  See 
Time  of  kiffarchus  and  the  oldeft  Alltonotners,  the  E-  Right. 


quinofllal  Points  were  fix'd  to  the  firll  Stars  of  £ries  and 
Libra ;  but  the  Signs  are  now  no  longer  in  the  fame 
Points  ;  and  the  Stats  which  were  then  in  Conjunflion  with 
the  Sun  when  he  was  in  the  Equinox,  are  now  a  whole 
Sign,  or  ;o  Degrees,  to  the  Eaft  thereof :  Thus  the  firll 
Stat  Aries,  is  now  In  the  Portion  of  the  Eclipti 
'Taunts ;  and  the  firll  Star  of  Taurus  now  rcfidcs  in  Ge- 
nnni;  and  Gir«^^7.!/ is  advanced  into  Cir?/cer,  Sic.  See  Sign 
and  Constellation. 

The  Equinoxes  will  have  made  their  Revolution  Weft- 
ward,  and  will  be  return'd  to  Aries  again  ;  or  the  Conftel 


PRECIPITANT,  in  Chymiflry,  a  Term  apply'd  to  any 
Liquor  which,  being  pour'd  on  a  Diirolution,  feparites 
what  is  there  diffolved,  and  moikts  h  precipitate,  i.e.  fall 
to  the  bottom  of  the  Vefie!.    See  Dissolution. 

Thus  Oil  of  Tartar,  and  the  Vol'^tile  Spirit  of  S.il  Ar- 
call'd    moniac,  is.rt  Precipitant with  reg;\rd  to  the  Diffolution  of 
"      Gold  in  Aqua  Regalisj  and  common  Water  is  a  Yrecipi- 
rant,  with  regard  to  the  Diflolution  of  Jalap  in  Spirit  of 
Wine.    See  Precipitation. 

Precipitant,  is  alfo  ufed  in  Medicine,  for  a  Remedy 
which  feparates  and  precipitates  any  heterogeneous  Matter 


Utiuns  will  have  made  theirs  Eallward,  and  will  again  fall  contain 'd  in  the  Mafs  of  the  Blood  ;  and  by  this  means 

into  their  former  places,  with  regard  to  the  Equinoxes,  in  abates  any  irregular  Fermentations,  EfFervefcences,  or  the 

i58i6yt:ars,  according  to  j'ycboh  in  25910,  according  to  like  Diforders,  which  that  Matter  had  excited. 

liicciolni  j  and  in  24800,  according  to  C^^?;?'.  Among  the  Number  of  Fredpitants,  are  rank'd  Harts- 

The  Antients,  and  even  fome  among  the  Moderns,  have  Horn,  Crabs-Eyes,  Ivory,   Bezoai'd,  Barks  of  Oak,  and 

taken  the  Equinoxes  to  be  immoveable  j  and  afcribed  that  Guaiacum,  Iron,  (Quinquina,  Ciialk,  ^c. 


Change  of  Diftance  of  the  Stars  here-from,  to  a  real  Mo- 
tion of  the  Orb  of  the  fixed  Stars  i  which  they  fuppofe  to 
have  a  ilow  Revolution  about  the  Poles  cf  the  Ecliptic  : 
fo  as  that  all  the  Stars  perfomi  their  Circuits  in  the  Eclip- 
tic, or  its  Parallels,  in  the  fpace  of  25920  Years  i  after 
which,  they  fliould  ailreturn  again  to  their  former  places. 

This  Period  the  Antients  call'd  the  Tlato'aic^  or  great 
^earh  and  imagin'd  that  at  its  Completion,  every  thing 
would  begin  again  as  at  firft:  and  all  things  come  round 
in  the  fame  Order  they  have  already  done.  See  Flctouic 
Year. 

The  Phyfical  Caufe  of  the  Trecejfion  of  the  Equinoxes, 
Sir  Ifaac  Nezttou  demonftrates,  does  arife  from  the  broad 
fpheroidal  Figure  of  the  Earth  5  which  again  arifes  from  the 
Earth's  Rotation  a-round  its  Axis,    See  Earth. 

PRECIOUS,  or  Pretious  Stone,  call'd  alfo  Ge?iz,  and 
ye'JL'Cl,  is  a  Srone  extraordinarily  hard,  durable,  tranfpa- 
renr,  and  of  a  beautiful  Colour,  or  Water.  See  Ston  e  and 
Gem. 

Of  thefe  we  may  diftinguifli  three  Kinds  :    1°.  Such  as 


PRECIPITATE,  in  Chymiltry,  aSubftance  which  ha- 
ving been  diflolvcdin  a  proper  Menftruum,  is  again  fepa- 
rated  from  its  DilTolvent,  and  thrown  down  to  the  bottom 
of  the  Yeffel,  by  the  pouring  in  of  fome  other  Liquor.  See 
Precipitant. 

"^l  he  Chymiils  make  various  Precipitates  of  Mercury, 
which  are  of  various  Colours,  as  the  Precipitants  vary  j 
viz.  Wbite,  Red,  Tellow,  Gree?i,  !kc.    See  Mehcury. 

I'he  "Jiijiie  Precipitate,  is  prepared  of  Mercury  diflulved 
in  Spirit  of  Nitre,  and  precipitated  with  Salt-Water,  or  Spi- 
rit of  Salt,  into  a  white  Powder. 

If  in  lieu  of  the  former  Precipitants,  hot  Urine  be  pour'd 
on  the  DilToiution,  v.'t  h^vQ  1  pale  Rofe-CoJottr. 

To  make  the  red  Precipitate,  they  take  the  Diflalution 
of  Mercury  made  in  Spirit  of  Nitre,  evaporate  all  the  Hu- 
midity over  a  gentle  Fire,  till  nothing  remains  but  a  white 
Mafs  ■■,  which  by  increafing  the  Fire,  they  rubify  or  raife  to 
a  red  Colour.  Green  Precipitate  is  made  with  Mer- 
cury, Copper,  and  acid  Spirits  -Tellow  'Precipitate  v/ith 

Mercury,  and  Oil  of  Vitriol  ;    But  thefe  three  laft  areim- 


are  entirely  tranfparent;  which  again  may  be  divided  into  properly  call'd  Precipitates ;  becaufe  not  procured  by  Pre- 

fuch  as  arc  ci:her  colour-lefs,  as  the  2)ianwnd  ^  or  colour'd,  cipitation.    See  Precipitation. 

as  the  Emerald  :    Which  Divilion  of  colour'd  Gems  may       PRECIPITATION,  an  Operation  in  Chymiflry,  being 

be  fubdivided  into  thofe  of  one  Colour,  as  the  Ruby;  and  a  kind  of  Separation,  whereby  a  Body  diflblv'd  in  any  Li- 

thofe  with  feveral,  as  the  An/etbyjl.    z° .  Brilliani,  or  Ihi-  quor,  isdetach'd  there-from,  and  falls  down  to  the  bottom 

nin2,  as  t\\c  Sohcfiiiaii  Grauate.    3°.  Semi-tranfparent,  as  of  the  Veffel.    See  Operation. 
Qjj'al.  Precipitation  is  either  Spoutaneoiis  ov  Artificial. 

B\^o-^Wilki7is  divides /r?c?07/J  Stones  into  7Kore  and /i?/s       Spontaneous  Precipitation,  \s,  when  the  Particles  of  the 

transparent.    The /f/s /m^z/T'are/if  he  diltinguifhcs  by  their  diffolved  Body,  feparate  of  themfelves  from  their  Dif- 

Colours:   into  red,  as  the  Sr/dius  and  Cornelian;  pale,  folvent. 

flefliv  Colour,  like  that  of  a  Man's  Nail,  as  the  Onyx  ;       ^mjfc/rt/ Freci^if^rricj;?,  is  when  fome  other  Body,  call'd 

bluci'fli,  as  the  Turquois  j  pale  purple,  as  the  Chalcedony  ;  a  'precipitant,  is  added  to  procure  this  Separation.  Sec 

and  thofe  of  various  Colours,  as  Opal  and  Cat's  Eye.  Precipitant. 

The  raore  tranfparent  he  diflingui  flies  into  fuch  as  are      There  is  alfo  a  total  Precipitation,  wherein  the  diffolv'd 

cohmrlefs,  as  the  Diamond  and  white  Saphir ,  and  colour'd,  Parts  are  all  feparated,  and  funk  to  the  bottom  ;   and  a. 

which  are  either  red,  as  the  Ruby,  Carbuncle,  and  Gra-  partial  Precipitation,  wherein  the  Parts  diCfoIv'd  areftill 

nate  -  yellrjw,  as  the  Chryfolite,  and  Topaz  ;  green,  as  the  fufpended  in  the  Fluid  ;  and  don't  fall  down. 
Emerald,  Smaragd,  and  Beryl  i  blueifh,  as  the  Saphir; 
and  purple  or  violaceous,  as  the  Amethiit  and  Hyacinth. 
Dv.Woo(i-.i\ird  divides  frecitiis  Stones  fomewhat  mote 

precifely,  \mq  opake^  fe7',2i-opake,  o,r\A  tranfparent.    Again,    -rir  -i. 

ift   the  opake  are  either  of  one  Colour,  as  the  Turquois  ;  tain  a  Body  fpecifically  heavier  than  itleil,  either  by 

or  of  various  Colours,  as  Lazuli  and  Jafper.   id,  Semi^opake,  king  the  Refinance,  arifing  from  the  Cohefion  of  the  Parts 

either  have  their  Colours  permanent,   as  the  Agar,  Chal-  of  the  Fluid,  equal  to  the  Excefs  offpecific  Gravity  of 

ccdony,  Onyv,  Sardonix,  Cornelian,  and  Beryl;  or  their  thofe  Bodies  above  that  of  the  Menttruum.    See  Men- 

Cokurs^ars,  according  to  the  Pofition  of  the  Light,  as  the  struum.  .   ■  ■ 

OciihisCaii,  andOpal._;d,  "Tranf parent  Stones  are  either  ^He  heavy  Body's  being  jom'd  to  fome  lighter 


Theory  of  Precipitation. 
To  account  for  the  Operation  of  Precipitation  :    It  may 
be  ohfcrv'd,  that  a  fluid  Menflruum  may  be  made  to  fuf- 


ivitb  CobtirSj  as  the  Topaz  and  Jacinth,  yellow,  or  par- 
takin?  thereof;  Granate,  Ruby  and  Amethyft,  red  ;  Sa- 
phire,  "Water  Saphire,  and  Aquemarine,  blue;  and  Eme- 
rald, orCryfolite,  green,  or  partaking  thereof:  or  ivithont 
Colours,  as  the  Cryilal,  Pfeudo-Diamond,  white  Saphire, 
and  Diamond. 

The  natural  Hiflory,  CharaEfers,  Properties,  Sic.  of  each 
Stcncj  fee  under  its  proper  Article :  Diamond,  Corne- 
lian, Ruby,  Turc^uois,  Onyx,  Emerald,  Cryso- 
I.ITE,  ^c. 

The  Medicinal  Virtues  of  precious  Stones,  or  Gems.,  in  the 
general ;  fesimder  Gem 


one ;  fo  that  the  two  together  only  make  one  whole,  equal 
in  weight  to  the  Fluid. 

In  the  firll- cafe,  the  Refinance,  we  know,  is  (lill  propor- 
tional to  the  Surface  of  the  Corpufcles  ;  fo  that  the  Sur- 
face being  diminifli'd,  the  Refiitance  is  weaken'd:  the 
I'roporrion  therefore  of  the  Tenacity  of  the  Mcnftruum,  to 
the  Gravity  of  the  Corpufcles  being  thus  deftroy'd,  a  Pre- 
cipitation muft:  enfue. 

Precipitation,  then,  may  be  effefled  two  ways,  on  this 
Foundation  ;  viz,,  either  by  the  dropping  in  a  Liquor  fpe^ 
cifically  lighter,  or  fpeciflcaliy  heavier  ;  in  the  former  Cafe, 
the  Gravity  of  the  Menfiruum,  which  is  always  proportional 


The  Origin  and  Fcrrmtion  of  precious  Stones,  fee  under  to  the  compound  Gravities  of  both,  will  by  this  Mixture  be- 
g^Qjqa,  comelighter:  Thus,  the  Menflruum  being  diluted,  the  Force 


of 


PRE 


of  Cohefion  is  alfo  weaken'd,  fo  as  to  become  unable  any 
longer  to  fuftain  the  Bodies;  fo  Hydrometers,  which  are 
calily  fullain'd  in  Water,  upon  pouring  in  a  good  deal  of 
any  burning  Spirits  fink  to  the  bottom  of  the  Glafs. 

And  this  agrees  not  only  with  the  Laws  of  Mechanics, 
but  with  Experiments  :  Thus  Spirit  of  Sil  Armoniac  does 
very  plentifully  precipitate  the  Filings  of  Metals,  diflblved 
in  acid  Menftruums  3  tho'  it  be  abundantly  lighter  than  any 
oi  them. 

The  fame  thing  Is  done  quicker  by  Spirit  of  Wine,  whofe 
Gravity  is  known  to  be  almoll  the  leaft  of  any  Liquor. 

By  this  Spirit  alfo,  all  Salts,  which  are  fufpended  in 
Water,  are  precipitared,  and  fo  unite  into  Cryftals.  So  if 
you  drop  in  difiiiled  Vinegar,  the  Drofs  of  Antimony  dif- 
fufed  in  Water,  it  falls  to  the  bottom,  and  affords  the  Gol- 
den Sulphur. 

After  the  fame  manner,  Water,  Vinegar,  ^c.  make  a 
FrcciJ/iratiou  from  Acids,  tho' more  fparingly  :  Nay,  A- 
cids  themfolves  being  pouc'd  upon  others  which  arc  hea- 
vier, will  precipitate  whatever  islwimming  in  them.  Thus 
Spirit  of  Salt  precipitates  either  Lead,  Copper,  or  Tin, 
diflolv'd  in  Oil  of  Vitriol  :  fo  little  need  is  there  ot  Alka- 
lies in  this  Bufinefs,  tho'  the  Chymifts  have  unanimouily 
contended  for  them  as  abfolutely  necelfary. 

In  the  id  Cafe,  Freciptatic-a  will  fucceed  by  the  Addi- 
tion of  a  heavier  Liquor  to  the  Menflruum.  For  the  Parti- 
cles of  this  Liquor,  what  with  their  Weight,  and  what  with 
the  Impetus  they  acquire  in  their  Defcent,  carry  down  and 
fink  all  the  folid  Curpufcles  they  meet  with  in  their  way  ; 
fo  that  the  Corpufcles  being  thus  forced  down,  and  kept 
there  by  this  adventitious  Liquor,  cannot  mount  up  into 
their  former  Situation. 

To  try  the  Truth  of  this  Reafoning  by  Experiments  j 
not  only  acid  Spirits,  but  even  mere  Water,  will  be  found 
to  precipitate  Tiniiures  of  Vegetables  extradled  by  Spi- 
rit of  Wine  :  And  the  very  fame  Tinilures,  extracted 
with  Water,  or  Wine,  are  precipitated  Yery  copioulty  by 
acid  Spirits,  which  are  heavier, 

Metals,  when  dlffolved  in  Spirit  of  Sal  Armoniac,  are 
precipitated  with  Oil  of  Vitriol,  or  Spirit  of  Nitre.  When 
fufpended  in  jlqua  Fortis,  they  are  precipitated  with  Oil  of 
Vitriol,  or  Bezoartic  Spirit  of  Nitre. 

As  to  Bodies  fufpended  by  means  of  their  Union  with  o- 
thcr  lighter  ones  :  This  is  properly  the  Cafe  of  diflolved 
Metals  i  and  to  this  may  the  lail  Cafe  of  ^Trccifitation  be 
reduced.  Here,  the  Particles  of  a  Metal  being  feparated 
by  a  Diffolvent,  and  rendred  imperceptible  by  their  ex- 
treme Littlenefs,  only  float,  becaufe  united  to  very  light 
Particles  of  the  acid  Spirit,  which  keeps  them  fufpended  : 
Tho'  the  great  Surface  they  have,  both  on  account  of  their 
Smallnefs,  and  of  their  Union  with  the  Acids,  frequently 
contribute  to  theEffcil:. 

Now,  as  they  are  in  a  forced  Equilibrium  with  the  Fluid 
wherein  they  fwim  5  and  as  the  Caufcs  that  fufiain  them, 
are  only  accidental ;  they  ir.ufl  of  courfe  be  precipitated  to 
the  bottom,  when  the  Acid  or  Menllruum  abandons  them  ; 
from  whatever  Caufe  it  be  :  It  is  even  fometimes  fuffi- 
cient,  that  the  Quantity  of  the  Fluid,  wherein  they  are  fuf- 
tain'd,  be  dlminifii'd.  For  then,  feveral  of  the  Metallic 
Particles,  tho  flill  join'd  to  their  AciJ,  coming  to  meet,  and 
unite,  afiume  a  fmaller  Surface,  with  regard  to  the't  Mals; 
thus,  being  no  longer  held  up  by  the  Largenefs  of  their 
Surfaces,  ihcy  fubfitie  to  the  bottom. 

W'hen  the  Menitruum  abandons  a  dlffolved  Body;  if 
that  Body  be  lighter  than  the  Menflruum,  the  contrary  to 
^precipitation  will  enfuc,  ^.e.  the  Body  will  rife:  Thus 
Camphor  being  mixed  in  OilofOlives,  and  the  whole  dlf- 
folved, the  Camphor  rifes  firli,  ^c. 

If  It  happen  that  the  Particles,  when  abandon'd  by  the 
Di{rolvent,  are  equally  heavy  with  the  fuflaining  Fluid  5 
they  will  neither  rife  nor  fall;  only  feveral  of  them  now 
'  re-uniting,  form  little  MaCfes,  fufficient  to  fpoil  the  Limpld- 
nefs  and  Tranfparency  of  the  Fluid  ;  as  Is  the  Cafe  In  Re- 
fins  diflblved  in  Spirit  of  Wine,  and  Water  pour'd  over 
them  :  where  the  Water  uniting  clofely  with  the  Spirit  of 
Wine,  makes  it  let  go  the  greateft  part  of  the  refinous  Par- 
ticles. 

Thus  Is  efifecled  what  we  call  ^■alinfeYfeBTrecifita- 
tion ;  which,  in  reality,  is  no  more  than  a  Difpofition  to 
precipitate. 

If  in  this  Cafe,  the  Aqueous  Particles  of  the  Fluid  be 
bid,  and  as  it  were,  abforb'd  among  the  groCs  Molectdce  of 
the  dlffolved  Matter ;  it  forms  what  they  call  a  Coagtthm. 
See  Coagulation.  ' 

Sometimes,  when  the  Liquors  are  pour'd  on  one  ano- 
ther, the  Salts  with  which  they  abound,  being  put  into 
Motion,  by  their  attraflive  Force,  theyrun  mutually  to  em- 
brace one  another ;  and  becaufe  they  don't  recoil  far  back 
after  the  Congrefs,  they  are  at  length  fo  united,  as  to  be- 
come like  a  Solid,  there  being  very  little  Phlegm  remain- 
ing, as  is  very  obfervable  in  lartarwa  Vitriclc.tm;. 


(  Ui  ) 


PRE 


In  thefe  Experiments  there  happens  fuch  a  Conflia  an,l 
Eftcrvelcence  as  evaporates  almoll  all  the  Moifture,  witli 
which  the  Salts  are  dautcd.  And  upon  this  depends  the 
Rationale  ot  Chyniical  Coagulation,  a  thine  of  very  great 
confequeiicc  in  the  Bufinefs  of  'Pn-cipltatian.  Nor  ciin  we 
account  for  Oil  of  Tartar's  precipitating  Bodies  diffijlv'd  in 
Acid  f,  any  otherwife  than  from  its  making  a  kind  of  Co- 
fi^^/ta  with  thefe  Corpufcles,  and  thereby  becoming  too 
heavy  for,  and  exceeding  the  Tenacity  of,  the  Mcnlbuum. 

Such  are  the  general  Principles  of  'Precljiitation. 

PREGEPTORY,  Preceptoria,  or  Co.nrmndry^  a 
kind  of  Benefice  held  by  the  more  Eminent  amon^  the 
antient  Knights-Templars }  who  were  created  by  the  Grand- 
Mafier,  with  the  Title  of  1>r<£ceJ)tores  'I'em^li^' i.e.  AMcrs 
of  the  I'emfk.    See  Templar. 

Stephens  de  yurifA.  lib.  4.  fays,  the  Pracepories  were 
only  a  kind  of  Cells,  all  fubordinate  to  their  principal  Man- 
fion,  the  •j'efiiple  in  London.    See  Temple. 

Of  thefe  Pr<ffcepories,  Diigdalc  fays,  he  finds  fi  xteen 
recorded,  as  antiently  helonging  to  the  Tempers  in  Eng- 
land h  viz.  Creffing-l'dnple,  Salflal,  Shangey^  Ise-ivland^ 
Tevelaizd,  Withamy  'Temple-Sriiere,  WUHngton,  Rothdey^ 
Ovenm^07i,  I'einple  Comb,  Trebigh,  Ribfane,  Motint  St. 
John,  Temple-lsfe-zvfum,  and  'Temple  Hurft,  But  there  were 
more.    See  Commandry. 

PRECIPUT,  in  Jurifprudence,  an  Advantage  belonging 
to  any  one,  in  a  thing  to  be  divided  ;  or  a  Portion  taken 
off,  and  fet  by,  in  his  favour,  e'er  the  Dlvifion  be  made. 

In  noble  Partition,  the  Eldell  has  always  the  principal 
Fief,  or  Mannor,  for  his  'Precipiit. 

The  Precipiit  coincides  with  the  Right  of  Primogeni- 
ture.   See  Primogeniture. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Latin  Trdiciptm,  Chief, 
Principal. 

PRECISION,  FRiECisio,  In  the  Schools,  the  fame 
with  JbjfraSiion.    See  Abstraction. 

PRECONISATION,  aPropofition  or  Declaration,  which 
the  Cardinal  Patron  makes  in  the  Confiltory  atRo/fie,  of 
a  Perfon  nominated  by  fome  Prince  to  a  Frelature  ;  by  vir- 
tue of  Letters,  whereof  he  is  the  Bearer:  which  the  Pops 
complying  with,  gives  his  C'ollation. 

The  Date  of  the  Bulls  is  difpatch'd  on  the  fame  Day 
with  the  Freconifation. 

PRECONTRACT,  a  Contraa  made  before,  or  prior 
to  another;  chiefly  yfed  in  relation  to  Marriages.  See 
Contract. 

PRECURSOR,  V R jECv RsoR,  Fore-rnn72er,  in  Theolo- 
gy, a  Perfon  who  goes  before  any  one  to  notify  his  com- 
ing. 

The  Term  is  peculiarly  apply'd  to  St.Jobn  Saptijf,  who 
is  filled  the  'Preczirfor  of  Jefus  Chrill,  from  what  is  Hiid 
of  him  by  St.  Luke,  Thou,  Child,  palt  go  before  the  face 
of  the  Lord,  to  prepare  his -ivay. 

PREDECESSOR,  a  Perfon  who  has  preceded  another 
in  the  fame  Office,  or  Employ. 

PREDESTINARIAN,  a  Perfon  who  adheres  to  the 
Doilrinc  of  abfolute  Predeflinaiion.  See  Predestina- 
tion. 

Sr.  At/guftin  is  look'd  on  as  the  Founder  of  the  Se£l  of 
'Predeftinarians;  he  being  the  firfl  of  the  Fathers  that 
ieems  to  have  allerted  the  Doflrine  in  fuch  exprefs Terms; 
tho'  the  Janfenills  and  Jefults  are  Hill  greatly  divided  about 
the  real  Doflrir.e  of  ^t.Augiifttn,  in  this  Article  ;  each  in- 
terpreting him  confiflently  with  their  own  Scheme.  Sec 
Jansenist,  ^c. 

Yo.ih.ci:  Sir mond  contends  for  an  ^r^utnt  Stdi  o{ Predejli- 
narians,  cotemporary  with  St.  Attgufiin  himfelf,  and  who 
had  their  Rife  in  Africa,  in  the  Monallery  of  Afdnmzet  ; 
from  a  Mifunderftanding  of  St.  Aiigtiftne's  Doflrine.  'Tis 
added,  that  the  Opinion  fpread  thence  throughout  the 
Gatils  j  where  one  of  them,  a  Prieft  na.mQd  Lucidzis,  was 
condemn'd  by  Faupts  Eifhop  of  Rhegio  3  and  his  Sentence 
confirm'd  by  two  Councils. 

The  Doftrlne  was  again  broach'd  in  the  ninth  Century 
by  Godefchalcbiii  a  ScnediBine;  who,  Hinci-mr  in  a 
Letter  to  Pope  Nicholas,  fays,  maintaln'd  with  the  anticnt 
Predeftinarians  who  had  been  already  anathematized, 
that  God  predeflinated  fome  to  eternal  L,ife,  and  others  to 
eternal  Death  ;  that  God  did  not  will  all  People  to  be 
faved  ;  that  Jefus  Chrift  did  not  die  for  all,  but  only  the 
Ele£l  or  thofe  that  are  faved,  KS'C.    See  Grace,  ^c. 

This  Dodrine  was  again  condemn'd  In  a  Synod  held  at 
Msntz :  But  the  Janfenifts^  particularly  the  Friends  of 
MelT.  de  Port-Royal,  and  among  the  rell',  the  Prefident 
Manquin,  have  refuted  F,  Simond;  and  /liewn,  that  the 
Herefy  of  the  Predefiimrians  is  a  mere  Chima;ra  i  adding, 
that  S.  Fi!lge?2tius,  S.  Frofper,  and  the  ,or!ier  Difciples  of 
S.  Aiigiifin,  only  look'd  on  it  as  an  imaginary  Herefy,  in- 
vented by  the  Enemies  of  S.Avgnfine'i.  Doftrine,  to  tra- 
duce it.  In  cffetS,  the  chief  Evidence  Y:xi\\qt  Sirn:ond 
produces  to  the  contrary,  is  iheVxK^^^  Marfeilles,  who 
10  K  as 


PRE 


(  862  ) 


PRE 


arc  fufpefled  of  Semi-'Pekgiamfm.  See  Semi-Pela- 
gian. 

PREDESTINATIOK,  in  Theology,  a  Judgment,  or 
Decree  of  God,  whereby  he  has  refolved,  from  all  Eter- 
nity, to  fave  a  certain  Number  of  Perfons,  hence  named 
EkB-   See  Elect. 

Other  Divines  define  TredepnatioJi,  a  Decree  to  give 
Faith  in  Jefus  Chrill,  to  a  certaio  Number  of  Men  ;  and  to 
leave  the  reft  to  their  own  Malice,  and  Hardnefs  of  Heart. 
See  Decree. 

The  Remonflrants  define  it  more  laxly,  and  generally, 
the  Decree  of  faving  Believers,  and  damning  Unbelievers. 
See  Remonstrants. 

The  Difficulties  wherewith  the  modern  Theology  is 
clogg'd,  turn  on  the  Article  of  Fredeflination;  both  the 
Ro'mip  and  Reformed  Churches  are  divided  about  it  :  The 
Lutherans  fpeak  of  it  with  Horrour ;  the  Calviuifls  con- 
tend for  it  with  the  greateit  Zeal  j  the  Molinip  and  yefiiin 
preach  it  down  as  a  moft  dangerous  Dudrine  5  the  Janfe- 
mfis  affert  it  as  an  Article  of  Faith  :  The  Arminiani,  Re- 
ino7!p-ants,  and  Telagiaus,  are  all  avowed  Enemies  of  'Fre- 
defiination.  See  Arminian,  Jansenist,  Molinist, 
Jesuit,  Pelagian,  l^c, 

Thofe  ftrenuDus  Patrons  of  Janfenifm,  the  Fort-Royalip, 
teach,  that  God  predeftinates  thofe  who  he  forefees 
will  co-operate  with  his  Grace  to  the  End.  iZJw  Fin  adds, 
that  Men  don't  fall  into  Sin,  becaufe  not  predel+lnatcd_i 
but  they  are  noi  predeftinated,  becaufe  God  forefaw  their 
Sins.    See  Election,  Reprobation,  ^c. 

Predestination,  is  alfo  ufed  for  a  Concatenation  of 
fccond  Caufes,  appointed  by  Providence  ;  in  virtue  where- 
of, things  are  brought  to  pafs  by  a  fatal  Necctfiiy  j  con- 
trary to  all  appearances  maugre  all  oppofition.  See 
I'A^  E  and  Destiny. 

The  Tiirks  are  great  Tredefiinarians  they  efteem  the 
liohteft  Acc:^;- nt  predetermin'd  ^  and  on  this  account,  are 
i-iiuch  more  daring  in  Barrel,  and  run  greater  rilques  of 
.their  Lives,  than  they  would  otherwife  do.  See  Mahome- 
tans. ,         ,  ^, 

PREDETERMINATION,  in  Philofophy  and  Theo- 
logy. The  Schoolmen  call  that  Concurrence  of  God, 
which  makes  Men  aft,  and  determines  fhcm  in  :iU  their 
Aaions,  both  Good  and  Evil,  Thyfical  Fredstenmmion^ 
or  Tremmon.    Sec  Premotion. 

Divines  hold,  that  God  has  no  part  in  Sin  ;  inafmuch  as 
he  only  affords  his  Concurrence  to  the  fhyfical  part  of  hu- 
man Actions,  not  to  the  part.  See  Liberty  and 
Necessity. 

^/jvfical  ^Determination,  or  Premotion,  if  there  be  any 
fuch  thing,  is  that  Allien  of  God,  whereby  he  e>:clie5  a  fe- 
cond  CauTe  to  afl  j  or  by  which,  antecedently  to  all  Ope- 
ration of  the  Creature,  or  bei'bre  it  could  operate  m  con- 
ft-quence  either  of  the  Order  of  Nature  or  Rcafon,  he  re- 
ally and  effi:6tually  moves,  and  occafions  it  to  produce  all 
itsAdtions:  that  is,  whatever  the  Creature  does,  or  ails,  is 
really  done,  and  ailed,  by  the  Agency  of  God  on  the  Crea- 
ture, who  is  all  the  time  paflive.  So  that  without  fuch 
(Predetermination  of  God,  all  Creatures  mull  remain  in  an 
eternal  State  of  Inaflivity  i  and  with  fuch  Tredetermina- 
tio?2,  it  is  imp.;ffible  but  they  /hould  do  what  they  are  thus 
put  upon  doing. 

'Tis  rtrongly  controverted,  whether  orno  fuch  a  Thyfical 
Fredeterinination  be  neceflary  to  the  Action  of  Natural 
Caufes.    The  maintain  the  Negative  j  urging,  that 

all  Natural  Caufes  are,  of  their  own  Nature,  determin'd  to 
a  certain  Aflion  ;  whence  it  fliould  feem  needlefs  to  call 
in  a  new  'Predetermination  of  God,  e.gr.  to  Fire,  to  make 
it  warm  the  hand.  For  if  an  Objea  be,  by  the  Courfe  of 
Divine  Providence,  apply'd  to  Fire  j  what  need  a  fecond 
Application  of  the  Fire,  to  make  it  warm  the  Objca 
apply'd  thereto  ?  fince  Beings  are  nor  to  be  multiply'd  un- 
neceffarily.   See  Cause. 

And  fuch  Predetermination  fome  Philofophers  hold  flill 
lefs  requifite  to  produce  the  Ails  of  the  WUl  :  At  lead, 
fay  they,  the  human  Mind  muft  be  allow'd  the  common 
Power  and  Privilege  of  a  fecond  Caufe  ;  and  therefore  be 
entitled  to  produce  its  own  Afts,  as  well  as  other  flriflly 
natural  Agents. 

The  ThoinifiSy  on  the  other  hand,  ftand  up  ilrenuoufly 
for  xhtPhyficalPredeterrmnation:  One  of  their  principal 
Arguments  is  drawn  from  the  Subordination  of  fecond 
Caufes  to  the  firfl.  Where  there  are  feveral  fubordinate 
Agents,  fay  they,  the  lower  Agents  do  not  aft,  unlefs  firft 
moved  and  determined  thereto  by  the  firft;  this  being  the 
very  E{fence  of  Subordination. 

Again,  the  like  they  argue  from  the  Dominion  of  God 
over  all  his  Creatures  :  'Tis  of  the  Eflence  of  Dominion, 
fay  they,  to  apply  and  direfl:  Things  lubjecl:  thereto,  to  Its 
own  Operations;  and  this,  if  the  Dominion  be  only  moral, 
morally;  but  if  it  be  alfo  phyfical,  phylically.  And  that 
this  is  the  Cafe  in  rcfpe£l  of  God,  and  his  Creatures,  is 
ccnfefs'd.   See  Gon. 


PREDIAL  fithes,  are  Tithes  paid  of  Things,  which 
grow  from  the  Ground  only  ;  as  Corn,  Hay,  Fmitj  ^c. 
See  Tithes. 

PREDICAELE,  PREricABi le,  in  Logic,  a  general 
Quality,  or  an  Epithet  which  may  he  predicated  of,  or  ap- 
plied to  feveral  Subjeds.  Thus  Animal  is  predicable  both 
of  Man  and  Beall :  Man  hpredicahle  oi  Peter,  and  James: 
Triangle  \s, predicable  of  an  hundred  different  Kinds  of  Fi- 
gures ;  as  right  Angles,  Scalenes,  Ifofceles's,  See 
Predicate. 

The  Schoolmen  reduce  the  Predicates  to  five  C/aJ/es, 
VIZ.  Genus,  Species,  Prophum,  'Differentia,  ar\d  Accide?2S ^ 
under  one  or  other  of  which,  all  that  can  be  predicated  uf 
any  Subje^l,  is  included.    See  Genus,  Species,  Pro- 

PRIUM,  i$C. 

A  Predicahle  is  alfo  call'd  an  Uniuerfale  Logicum,  as 
having  refpeil  to  other  particular,  and  interior,  or  fubjeit 
Things  :  Thus  Animal  is  an  Univerfal,  with  regard  to 
Man  and  Beaft. 

'Tis  call'd  a  Logical  Univerfal,  to  diftingul/h  It  from  a 
Metaphyjical  one  i  which  is  a  common  Being,  confider'd  in 
itfclf,  and  therefore  denominated  univerfal  in  Ejfendo  5 
whereas  the  Logical  one  is  only  univerfal  as  to  our  Concep- 
tion and  Application.    Sec  Universal. 

Among  the  Schoolmen,  Predicahle  is  ufually  defined 
imuniy  aptiim  Pr<^dicari  de  rmiltis,  tmimce,  ^  divipjn  ;  or, 
fomewhat  more  clearly,  a  Fredicable  is  a  Nature  which 
may  be  predicated  univocally  of  ali  things  to  which  it  is 
common  j  and  which,  as  it  is  dividualiy  muliiply'J  In  all 
its  Subordinates,  may  be  aptly  predicared  of  them  all. 

'J'hus,  when  the  Appellation  of  Virtue  is  attributed  to 
Jullice,  Prudence,  Temperance,  Forrittide,  Charity,  £^£7. 
the  fame  Reafon  may  be  given  why  each  is  dillinguifh'd 
byfuchName;  as  being  all  founded  in  a  Mediocrity,  and 
being  agreeable  to  right  Reafon,  which  is  the  Charadcr  of 
Virtue. 

Hence,  if  there  be  feveral  things  call'd  by  Tome  common 
Name  5  but  the  Reafon  of  fuch  Name  is  not  the  fame  in 
all,  but  different ;  thefe  do  not  come  und':r  the  Number 
of  Predicables.  As  In  the  Initance,  Canis,  Do;.;,  which  Is  both 
apply'd  to  a  Domeftic  Animai,  dirtinguifli'd  by  its  barking  ; 
to  a  Conltellacion  of  the  Heavens  ;  and  to  a  Sea-Filh. 

The  way  t>y  which  the  Mind  comes  to  form  fuch  Predi- 
C^i/w,  or  Univerfils,  is  thus  :  Arnong  thofe  things  which  fall 
under  our  Obfervation,  we  find  fome  Charadlers  and  Pro- 
perties common  to  feveral  J  and  others  peculiar  to  each: 
What  v;e  find  common,  we  confider  a-part  j  and  thus  form 
an  Univerfal  equally  applicable  to  all.    See  General. 

PREDICAhLY,  PRErrcABiLiTER,  is  ufed  in  the 
Schools  in  oppolition  in predica^/wntally.  Thus,  Matter  is 
fald  10  be  united  \.o  "PaTm  predicably,  or  per  accidens ,  to 
excluiie  the  Notion  of  a  predicamenral  Accident. 

PREDICAMENT,  Prjedicamentum,  In  Logic,  a 
Clafs,  or  Order  of  Beings,  or  Subftances  rang'd  according 
to  their  Natures;  call'd  3.\fo  Category,  or  rather  Catego- 
rema.    See  Category. 

The  Word  Pradicamentum  was  firft  introduced  by  Soe- 
thius,  in  lieu  of  the  Greek  Categoria  ;  and  is  ufed  among 
the  School-Writers  with  a  good  deal  of  Latitude  and  Va- 
riety :  For  it  either  fignifies  the  A£f  of  predicating  ;  or,  a 
common  Predicate  itfelf ;  or,  the  Genus  or  Bafis  of  any  Ca- 
tegory ;  or,  tnc  CoUeftion  of  feveral  common  Predicates 
di'fpofed  in  a  ..ertain  Order.  Which  laft  is  its  moft  ufual 
Acceptation. 

Hence  fome  define  it  a  Series  of  Predicates  drawn  from 
the  Genus,  or  higheft  Term,  thro' all  the  inferior  Genera, 
and  Species.  Thus,  a  Series  of  Suh^ance  drawn  from  Sub- 
fiance  thro'  Sody,  Living,  Jnimal,  Man,  to  Peter,  is  cal- 
led the  Trcdicament  of  Subfiance. 

But  the  ufual  Definition  of  predicamejit  among  Logi- 
cians, is,  That  it  is  a  natural  Order,  or  Scheme,  of  fome 
moft  general  or  univerfal  Thing,  and  all  that  Is  contain'd 
under  'the  fame,  that  is,  all  the  fubordinate  Genera,  Spe- 
cies, and  Individuals. 

The  Properties  of  a  Tredicament,  ex  parte  vocis,  i.e.  of 
the  Term,  or  Word  whereby  the  Predicaraent  or  predi- 
camental  Series  Is  denoted,  the  Logicians  hold,  are,  that  it 
be  one,  fmple,  precife,  and  concinmus. 

Vox  una,  ^  pnplex,  rehts  concinna  locandis. 

The  Conditions  requifite  ex  parte  rei,  or  of  the  Thing  to 
be  ranged  in  a  Fredicament,  are  contain'd  in  the  following 
Verfe : 

Entia  per  fefe^  Finita,  Realiti,  tota. 

i.e.  it  rauft  be  ^  pofitive  Seing,  In  exclufion  of  Non-Enti- 
ties, Negations,  Privations,  Impoffibilities,  Jif'C.^  and  a  Bc- 
\u%ferfe,  to  exclude  accidental  Things,  faflitious  Things, 
^c.  And  finite,  that  is,  of  a  limited  Nature  and  Extent, 
to  exclude  God  and  other  Tranfcendentals;  Real,  fmce  its 

In- 


PRE 


Intention  is  for  the  better  and  more  commodious  dlfpofing 
of  Things  in  their  places  to  be  the  more  diilinitly  known 
and  conceiv'd  ;  and  "jchole,  or  compleat,  as  not  being  in  the 
relation  of  a  component  Parr,  or  as  only  acceffary  to  feme 
other. 

PREDICATE,  pRjEDj  CATUM,  in  Logic,  that  part  of 
a  Propofition  which  affirms  or  denies  fomething  of  the  Sub- 
je£l.   See  Proposition. 

Thus,  in  God  made  the  World  ;  made  the  World,  is  the 
Predicate--,  God,  the  Subject.  SeeSuiijECT. 

A  'Predicate,  fay  the  Schooimcn,  is  properly  a  Name 
^redicatedi  or  fpoke,  of  anuthcr,  as  its  Subject,  K%  Matiy 
m  the  Propofuion  Feter  is  a  Man. 

It  is  a  celebrated  Rule  or  Law  of  'Predicates,  That  no- 
thing is  efteem'd  to  be  abfolutely  fpoke  or  aihrm'd  of  an- 
other, unlefs  it  be  affirm'd  thereof  in  fuch  manner,  or  by 
fuch  an  Affirmation,  as  wants  nothing  either  in  the  Subje£I, 
Predicate,  orCopila,  to  make  it  true. 

This  alfo  is  a  noted  Property  of  a  Predicate,  That  it 
contains,  in  fome  meafurc,  its  own  Subject.  Thus  Metal 
contains  Gold,  Copper,  Iron,  of  which  it  is  predi- 

cated. 

The  Word  Predicate  is  fometimes  ufcd  indifferently  with 
Attribute  ;  bur  the  more  accurate  Writers  make  a  diliinc- 
_tion.  Every  Tredicate  is  indeed  an  Attribute,  fincc  what- 
ever is  predicated  of  a  Thing,  is  attributed  to  it:  So,  if 
Animated  be  predicated  of  Man,  it  is  alfo  attributed  to 
him.    But  every  Attribute  is  not  a  Thus  Soul, 

Learning,  ^c.  are  attributed  to  Man,  hut  not  predicated  oi' 
him.    See  Attribute. 

Predicating,  in  Logic,  is  properly  the  A£l  of  afRrm- 
ing  or  denying  fomewhatof  fomething  :  As,  Man  is  not  a 
Stone,  Body  is  Subflance.  The  Thing  thus  predicated,  is 
caird  Predicate.   See  Predicate. 

In  the  Dofirine  of  Univerfals,  or  Predlcables,  to  predi- 
cate is  to  fpeak  or  declare  a  Thing  truly,  direfliy,  and  af- 
firmatively. Thus  Man  is  predicated  of  feveral,  i.  e.  it  is 
truly,  and  direfily  affirm'd  that  thefe  feveral  are  Men  i  as 
when  I  fay,  Socrates  is  Man,  Plato  Is  Man,  jSriJlotle  is 
Man,  ^c.    See  Predicaele. 

The  Things  predicated  of  others,  are  reducible  to  three 
Claflcs.  Ge72era,  as  Animal,  of  Man,  ^c.  For7ns,  is  White- 
nefs,  of  a  Swan,  ^c.  and  Equals,  of  Things  of  equal  Ex- 
tent, as  Species,  DitFerence,  Proprlum,  SJ'c. 

The  Schoolmen  diflingui/b  feveral  ways  of  Predicating; 
_  as,  i*^.  /;/  ^iiod  tantimi,  which  is  xq  predicate  eflentiaily, 
,  both  as  to  the  thing  and  the  manner  ;  as  Juftice  is  a  Virtue. 
2^.  In  quale  tajitum,  which  is  to  predicate  accidentally, 
both  as  to  the  thing  and  the  manner  ;  as  Peter  is  Learned. 
Jind,  3°.  I7z  quale  quid,  or  iii  quale  poft  quid,  which  is  to 
predicate  both  elfentially  and  accidentally  j  as  Man  is  ra- 
tionaL 

PREDICTION,  Prjedictio,  Divination,  Prophecy,  or 
Foretelling  of  what  Is  to  come  3  either  by  divine  Revela- 
tion, by  Art  and  human  Invention,  or  by  Conjecture.  See 
Divination,  Revelation,  £5fc. 

Divines  labour  hard  to  make  the  'PrediBions  in  the  Old 
Teflament  tally  with  the  Events  in  the  New,  See  Pro- 
phecy. 

The  'PrediBions  of  Oracles  were  all  dark  and  ambiguous. 
See  Oracle. 

PREDOMINANT,  Reigmng,  that  which  prevails,  ap- 
pears molt,  or  has  fome  Superiority,  or  Afcendance  over 
another  thing. 

Thus  we  fay,  Bitternefs  is  the predomi?ia72t  QaaWty  amor)g 
Tafles,  or  that  which  is  moft  percelv'd.  'TisaRule,  that 
Sugar  never  predomiiiate  in  Confection;,  nor  Pepper  in 
Ragoufis. 

PRE-EXISTENCE,  the  State  of  a  thing  adually  in 
being  belore  another.    See  Existence. 

The  antient  "Pythagoreans  and  Platojiijis  ^.W  aCfcrted  the 
^re-exiftenceofh\xxr\3.x\  Souls,  i.e.  that  they  were  in  being 
before  their  being  join*d  to  our  Bodies.  See  Metempsy- 
chosis and  Transmigration. 

Orige?i  held  the  eternal  Pre-exijlence  of  Souls.  See 
Soul. 

We  believe  that  God  created  the  World  out  of  nothing  ; 
and  noiii^fre-exijlent  Matter.    See  Creation. 

Some  Pfffuns  have  held  Mankind /re  exijlent  to  Adam. 
See  Pre-ahamite. 

PREFACE,  Pr^efatio,  a  Note,  or  Advertifement  in 
the  beainnrng  of  a  Book,  to  Inform  the  Reader  of  the  Or- 
der, Difpolition,  £Jc.  obferved  therein;  of  what  is  ntcctfary 
to  receive, its  full  cffefl  ;  and  facilitate  the  undcrllanding 
thereof. 

The  VV ltd  is  form'd  from  the  Lmin,  friS  and/;:/';,  rj.  d. 
to  fpeak  before. 

There  is  no  part  of  Writing  that  requires  more  Art,  or 
tbatfcwet  Authors  fucceed  'in,  than  Vrefaces.  'Prefacing 
is,  in  effedl,  a  particular  Species  of  Writing,  and  has  its 
Charaaer  and  Tafle  to  dillinguifh  it  from  all  others.  It 


(  8(^5  ) 


PRE 


.Wither  Argumentation,  Difcourfe.  Narration,  nor  Apo- 


Jhc  Rmmmjls  call  that  part  of  their  Mafs  vhcS  pre- 
cedes the  Conlecratton,  and  which  is  to  be  rehearfed  in  a 
peculiar  J  one,  y«/afS.    See  M  ass 

The  Ufe  ofyre/icM  in  the  Church,  they  contend,  is  very 
ant,ent;  and  conject  ure,  from  fome  p.,irages  of  St.  ClTMS, 
"^l °f  the  Apollles. 
The  Jre/M  to  the  Mafsanliently  had,  and  iliU  has, 
very  different  Names  m  differeiu  Ch  jrches.    In  the  GoMc, 
or  6allica,iR>a,  it  is  call'd  Immolation  ;  in  the  Uozaram- 
,,,V"^'  ■'T'."^'  ^"tiently  among  the  French,  it  was 
!:MiLontejtation;    in  the  .Sowra  Church,  alone    it  is 
caird  'Prejace.  * 

J^^F^'?;'^'  P'^V'"^^""'  '""nt'cntiJo»»,  one  of  their 
chiefMig.Ilrares,  who  govern'd  in  the  Abfence  of  theic 
Kings,  Conluis,  and  Emperors. 

H  s  Power  was  Ibracwhat  diffetcnt  at  different  times ;  but 
was  always  greateft  under  the  Emperors.  His  principal 
Care  was  tne  Government  and  Adminillration  of  the  City 
of  Rome.  ' 

He  took  cognizance  of  all  Crimes  committed  in  the  City 
orwitli.n  an  hundred  Miles  thereof  He  jadeed  capit  dly 
and  finally,  no  Appeal  lying  from  him  ;  and  even  by  "the 
62d  Novel,  he  prefidcd  in  the  Senate  ;  taking  place  before 
all  the  'Patricn  and  Confularez,  &c. 

He  had  the  Superintendance  of  the  Proviiions,  Policy, 
Buddings  and  Navigation.  There  is  ItiU  a  Tnfea  of 
Rome,  who  IS  a  kind  of  Governour  ;  dificring  little  from 
the  antient  'PrefeB,  except  that  his  Authority  only  extends 
to  40  Miles  wirhout  Rome. 

^^t.YY.CT  of  the  Pretorinm,  PnaiFECTus  Trmor'ii 
was  the  Chief,  or  Leader  of  the  Ptowm  iiands  or  Co- 
horts, dellinedfor  the  Emperor's  Guard.  Sje  Feetoriak. 

The  Tretonan  Legion,  according  to  Hion,  confiHrd  of 
teii  thoufand  Men.  Saelonius  refers  the  Inituution  of'Rr£- 
feBus  Tr^torii  to  Ausnftus.  'Tis  added,  that  he  was 
ufually  taken  Irom  among  the  Roman  Knight!. 

By  the  Favour  of  the  Emperors,  his  Authority  grew  very 
confiderably ;  infomuch  that  he  became  the  Arbiter  and 
fuprenie  Judge  of  all  Affairs. 

To  reduce  this  extravagant  Authotity,  Confantine  divi- 
ded  the  FrejeBure  of  the  Tretorium  into  four  rrefeBtires  ; 
and  each  of  thefe  he  again  fubdivided  into  Civil  and  Mi- 
litary ;  tho'  the  Name  was  only  referved  to  him  who  was 
mvelled  with  the  Civil  Authority  ;  and  ihatofCowJ  Selli 
given  hira  who  had  the  Command  of  the  Cohoits.  See 
Count. 

Thus  the  Office  of  TrefeB  of  the  Tretorium,  which,  in 
its  Origin,  and  till  the  time  ofConJIantine,  was  Military, 
and  fuccecded  to  that  of  Magi/ter  Eqiihum  ;  now  commen- 
ced a  purely  Civil  Magiftrature  ;  and  at  length  became  the 
ptime  Dignity  of  the  Empire. 

The  fucceeding  Emperors  following  Co;!/?OT?Me's  Divi- 
fion,  divided  the  Empire  into  four  FrefeBlires  Fr^torii,  as 
into  four  Diocefes  ;  ma.  the  Gaals,  Illyria,  Italy,  and  the 
£aji.    See  Diocese. 

The  Provinces  whereof  thefe  Diocefes  confided,  had 
their  particular  Governours  ;  at  the  Head  of  whom  was 
the  TrefeB,  who,  tho'  he  had  not  the  Command  of  Arms, 
yet  had  the  Power  of  the  Sword  ;  decided  ultimately  ofall 
Affairs,  and  had  all  the  Marks  and  Honours  of  Sovereignty. 

Juftinian  created  a  fit>h  TrefeB  of  the  Tretorium  for 
the  Government  of  Egypt,  whicn  had  been  torn  off  from 
the  Diocefe  of  the  Eafi,  by  the  Invafion  of  the  Vandals, 
during  the  Empire  of  that  Prince. 

Under  Jugujltis,  the  Officer  fent  to  govern  Egypt  with  a 
proconfular  Authority,  was  call'd  TrcefeBus  MuKUllalis 

PRE  EMPTION,  a  Privilege  antiently  alliw'd  '  the 
King's  Purveyor,  of  having  the  Choice,  and  firfi  buying  of 
Corn,  and  other  Proviiions  for  the  King's  Houfe  ;  but  taken 
away  by  the  Stat,  jp  Car.  z.    See  Pourveyor. 

PREENING,  in  Natural  Hiftory,  the  Adion  of  Bitds 
cleaning,  compoling,  and  dieffing  their  Feathers,  to  enabla 
'em  to  glide  more  eafily  thro'  the  Air.    See  Feather. 

^  For  their  ufe  herein.  Nature  has  given  'em  an  admirable 
piece  of  Furniture  ;  viz.  two  peculiar  Glands  which  fecrcte 
an  unfluous  Matter  into  an  Oil-bag,  perforared  ;  out  of 
which  the  Bird,  onoccafion,  draws  it  with  its  Bill.  Sec 
Oii.-l'ag. 

PREGNANCY,  the  State  of  a  Woman  when  /lie  has 
conceiv'd.  or  is  wirh  Child.  SeeCoNcEPTioN. 

The  fame  State  with  a  View  to  the  bearing  of  the  Child 
in  the  Womb,  is  call'd  Gejlation.    See  Gestation. 

Hence  alfo  the  Afl  of  Imjiregnaling.    See  Genera- 
tion, P'eower,  Seee,  (gc. 
PREJUDICE,  Pr 

EjuDiciuM,  a  falfe  Notion,  or  Opi- 
nion of  any  thing,  conceiv'd  without  a  due  previous  Exa- 
mination thereof.    See  Falshood,  Opinion,  ^c. 

Prejudicey  q.  d.  Pre-judgment,  does  not  import  a  Judg- 
ment merely  as  prior  to  another  in  refpeiftof  Time,  but  a^ 


beio; 


PRE  (8^4)  PI^E 

r    £1    r  T'„„„,1^J„»        nf  fufS-       PREMOTION,  in   the  Schools,  the  Aflion  of  Coi 
being  P'■°^*"""/"  ,'='^P=^,J"^X3^  co-operating  with  theCrea.ure,  .nd  determining  hi,r>  .0  acl. 

cien.  Attcm.on  .0  the  thmg;       ^."■■■ef"°'' ^['^/■^^^^^  Seet'KEDETEttMiNATXoN. 

an  Anticipation,  not  fo  much  of  lime,  as  ot  Knowlenge,    "  „  ,  

and  due  Attention.    SeeERROR.  ,     o  u    1  „ 

Hence  'Prejudice  is  a\fo  call'd  among  the  Schoolmen 
AntiatatioiS  mventa  agnitio,  a  pre-conceiv  d  Upinion, 
fjf.    See  Judgment,  TRtiTH,  FiLLacY,  Sense,  (Sc. 

PRELATE,  an  Ecclefiattical  Superior,  conft.tuted  in 
feme  eminent  and  fuperior  Dignity  of  the  Church,  bee 

^t^lh,t^^'','Vnmo.Ks,  Archbifliops,  Bifltops  Generals  of 
Reliuious  Orders,  certain  Crofier'd  and  Mitred  Abbots,  and 
even  Deans  and  Archdeacons  arc  ranked  among  the  Number 

Prelates.  .    _    ,        rj ......  a 

The  Word  comes  from  AeZati,,,  TrMatuh  of /f*  and 

■^Treeatil  of  the  Garter,  is  the  firft  Mcer  of  that 
Noble  Order,  and  aniient  as  the  Inftitution  itfelf.  See 

^miimideEdmton,  then  Bifhop  of  JTiMic/s*-,  was  the 
firft  Trelate  at  the  ercflion  of  the  Order  ;  and  it  has  been 
continued  in  that  See  ever  fince.  ..  ci 

■Tis  an  Office  of  great  Honour,  but  has  neither  Salary 
nor  Fees ;  only  a  convenient  Lodging  allow  d  in  Windfor- 
C  iflle,  and  as  oft  as  the  'Prelate  comes  thither  (by  the 
Sovereign's  Command)  he  is  to  have  Court-Livery  allow  d 
for  himfelf  ami  Servants.  .    .  j-r 

PRELIMINARY,  fomething  to  be  examined,  dil- 
patch'd,  or  determined,  e'er  an  Affair  can  be  decided,  or 
treated  of  thoroughly,   and  to  putpofe. 

'PreUiainanes  of  Peace  take  up  the  grealeft  part  ot 
Treaties.  They  confift  in  examining  of  Powers,  equalities 
of  Princes,  Ranks  of  Ambaffadors,  fic. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  As  Latm,  p<e,  and  hmeii, 
Threflmld.  .  .        ,  s- 

PRELUDE,  in  Mufic,  a.  Floiinjl!,  or  an  irregular  Air 
which  the  Mufician  plays  off-hand,  ro  fee  if  his  Innrumcnt 
be  in  Tune  ;  and  to  lead  him  into  the  piece  to  be  play  d. 

PREMISES,  Premisses,  Prjemissje,  in  Logic,  the 
two  firll  Propofiiions  of  a  Syllogifm.    See  Syllogism.  ^ 

When  a  Syllogifm  is  in  form  ;  the  two  'Premifes  being 
Erantcd,  the  Conclufion  cannot  be  Jeny'd.  SeeCoNcmsioN. 

The  Fremifes,  fays  Chaimn,  are  properly  the  parts  ot 
the  Antecedent  of  an  Argument,  when  complex  ;  and  are 
call'd  Pr£mijf<e,  becaufe  premifed  to  the  Conclufion.  See 
Antecedent,  £ifc.  ,       ,  .     1  m 

Thus  in  the  Argument,  Every  Man  is  an  Animal,  Peter 
is  a  Man,  therefore  Peter  is  an  Animal  i  the  Propofitions, 
Every  Man,  iSc.  and  Teter,  &c.  are  the  Fremifes.  See 
Proposition.  „    r   ■  1  ■ 

Fremifis  are  the  Principles  of  our  Reafonwgs ;  as  being 
clear,  evident,  and  demonllrative  Propofitions,  from  the 
relations  whereof  to  one  another,  we  draw  or  infer  new 
Truths,  Propofitions,  tS'c.  See  Reasoning,  Principle, 
Maxim,  .  l      r  a: 

The  Tremifes  are  either  equal,  where  neither  luthces 
alone  for  the  drawing  a  Conclufion,  as  in  the  Inftance  above  : 
or  ilnemal,  the  one  major,  greater,  from  wliich  alone  the 
Conclufion  is  drawn  ;  the  other  minor,  or  lefs,  which  only 
ferves  in  applying  the  Antecedent  to  the  Confequent.  See 

C0NSEt>.UENT.  1 

In  ihe  common  Prafliceof  the  Schools,  however,  every 
Syllooifm,  or  formal  Argument,  of  what  kind  foever,  is 
faid  to  have  a  Major  and  a  Minor  ;  how  equal  foever  the 
Tremifes  may  be.    See  M  a  j  or  and  M  i  nor  . 

Premises,  in  Law,  the  Lands,  before  mentioned  in 
aLeafe,  Conveyance,  or  the  like. 

PREMONSTRANTES,  or  Premonstratenses,  a 
Religious  Order  of  Regular  Canons  inftituted  in  1120.  by  S. 
Noriert ;  and  thence  alfo  call'd  Norliertiaes. 

The  firll  Monaftery  of  this  Order  was  built  by  ^OJ■fc« 
in  the  Ule  of  France,  three  Leagues  to  the  Welt  of  Laoil  ; 
and  by  him  call'd  Fremonfre,  TremonftratWil,  whence  the 
Order  itfelf  was  denominated  ;  tho'  as  to  the  occafion  of 
that  Name,  the  Writers  of  that  Order  are  divided. 

The  Order  was  approved  HofioriusW.  in  llz6.  and 
a"ain  by  feveral  fucceeding  Popes.  At  firifthe  Abflinence 
from  I'lcfl-i  was  rigidly  obferved  ;  in  1145,  Imiocmt  IV. 
complain'd  of  its  being  neglefled,  to  a  general  Chapter  ; 
in  :s83,  their  General ,  7r/7//a/»,  procured  leave  of  Pope 
Nicholas  IV.  for  thofe  of  the  Order  to  eat  Flelh  on  Jout- 
nies.  In  n6o.  Fins  II.  granted  "em  a  general  Permiffion 
to  eat  Meat,  excepting  from  Septuagejima  to  Eafter. 

The  Religious  of  this  Ofder  are  clothed  in  white,  with  a 
Scapulary  before  the  Caffock.  Our  of  Doors,  they  wear  a 
while Chak  and  white  Hat;  within,  a  little  Camail,  and 
at  Church  a  Surplice,  E^C.  .    „  ,  , 

Inihe  firft  Monafteries  built  by  Jftmrt,  there  were  one 
for  Mcn.andanotherfor  Women,  only  a-parated  by  a  Wall. 
In  11;  7,  by  a  Decree  of  a  General  Chapter,  this  PraSrce 
was  prohibited,  and  the  Women  removed  out  of  thofe  al- 
ready built,  10  a  greater  diilauce  from  thofe  of  the  Men. 


Ihyfical  Fremotion,  according  to  Jlvarex,  Zemcs,  &c.  is 
a  Complement  of  the  aftivc  Power,  whereby  it  paffes  from 
the  firlt  Aa  to  the  fecond  ;  i.  e.  from  a  compleat,  and 
next  Power,  to  the  Aftion.  'Tis  an  Infiuence  or  participa- 
tion of  the  Virtue  of  the  firft  Caufe  which  makes  the  fe- 
cond Caufe  aflually  atfive.    See  Cause. 

PREMUNIENTES,  in  Law,  Writs  difpatch'd  to  each 
Bilhop  to  call  'em  to  Pailiament,and  warning  them  to  bring 
with  them  the  Deans,  and  Archdeacons,  one  Procfor  for 
each  Chapter,  and  two  for  the  Clergy  of  his  Diocefs.  See 
Convocation. 

PREMUNIRE,  Frummiire,  a  Term  ufed  both  for  an 
Offence  ;  for  a  Writ  granted  thereupon  j  and  for  the 
Puniflimcnt  thereof. 

Thefe  will  all  be  underftood  from  one  ;  Anticntly,  then, 
the  Church  of  Rome,  on  pretence  of  her  Supremacy  and 
the  Dignity  of  St.  Peer's  Chair,  took  upon  her  rhe  dilpolal 
of  moil  of  the  Bifliopticks,  Abbies,  and  other  Eccleliafti- 
cal  Benefices  of  Worrh,  by  Mandates,  or  Bulls  call'd  E.v- 
feEiative  Graces,  and  Provifiones,  before  they  became  void. 
See  Provision  and  Expectative. 

Ed'Mrd\ll.  not  brooking  fo  intolerable  an  Incroachment, 
made  feveral  Statutes  againft  thofe  who  drew  the  King's 
People  out  of  the  Realm,  to  anfwer  to  things  properly  be- 
longing to  the  King's  Court ;  and  another  to  rettrain  the 
Privilege  of  the  Pope. 

The  Pontiff,  however,  fliU  perfidcd  in  his  Preventions; 
and  the  flux  of  People  from  England  to  Rome,  to  fue  for 
them,  was  as  great  as  ever. 

This  occafion'd  Richard  U.  to  make  feveral  Statutes  of 
the  like  Import  with  thofe  of  Ed-mard  III.  particularly  one, 
where  he  aflign'd  their  Punifliment  to  be  this  ;  -That  they 
fmild  be  out  of  the  King's  FroteHion,  attach'd  by  tbcir 
•Bodies,  i.e.  imfrifon  d  during  Life  ;  and  loje  their  Lands, 
Goods,  and  Chattels  i  which  is  fince  call'd  ihe  Tenalty  of  a 
Premunire. 

Henry  IN.  made  new  Statutes  againft  other  Abules  ot 
this  kind,  not  fully,obviated  in  thofe  of  his  Predeccffors  ; 
adding  certain  new  Cafes,  and  laying  on  'em  the  fame  Pe- 
nalty. 

By  later  Sratutes,  the  fame  Penalty  is  laid  on  fome  other 
Offenders  ;  as,  e.gr.  by  that  i  Eliz.  on  him  vvho  denies 
the  King's  Supremacy  a  fecond  time.    By  13  on  thofe 

who  affert  the  Pope's  Authority,  or  refufe  the  Oath  of  Su- 
premacy ;  on  fcditious  Talkers  of  the  Inheritance  of  the 
Crown  ;  and  Ihch  as  affirm  the  King  or  Queen  to  be  a 
Heretic.  And  by  Statute  \%Car  z.  on  thofe  who  affirm 
that  the  Parliament  begun  Novemlier  1640,  is  not  yet  diffol- 
ved  ;  or  that  there  is  any  Obligation  in  an  Oath  or  Cove- 
nant, iSc.  to  endeavour  a  Change  of  Government  either  in 
Church  or  State  ;  ot  that  the  Houfes  of  Parliament  have  a 
legiflative  Authority  without  the  King. 

I  he  Word  is  now  chiefly  ufed  for  the  Puni/h- 

iTient  appointed  by  the  Statutes  above-mentioned  :  Thus 
when  'tis  faid,  a  Man  for  an  Offence,  fjall  incur  a  Premu- 
nire, 'tis  meant  he  fliall  incur  the  Penalty  appointed  by 
the  Statute  16  Rich.  i.  commonly  call'd  the  Statute  of 
Fremmiire.  . 

The  Word  is  a  Corruption  of  the  Latin,  Fr£ir.msre,  q,  d. 
to  forewarn,  or  bid  the  Offender  take  cate  ;  of  which  a 
Reafon  may  be  drawn  from  the  Words  of  the  Statute  z7 
Edie  3.  and  the  Form  of  the  Wrir,  Frirnunire  jacias  p£- 
fatum  p<tpfttum,  \$  J.  R.  irocuratorem,  (Sc.  quod  tunc 
fmt  coram  nobis.  t-     ,  i 

PRENDER,  in  Law,  Cftom  the  French,  frendre,  to 
takel  a  Power  or  Rinht  of  taking  a  thing  before  it  is  offer'd. 
It  lies  in  Render,  but  not  in  Prender.  Cokes  Ref.  ifart. 
Sir  John  Peter's  Cak.  . 

Prender  de  'Baron  is  an  Exception  to  dilable  a  Woman 
from  purfuing  an  Appeal  of  Mutther  againft  the  Killer  of 
her  former  Husband  ;  taken  from  her  having  married  a 
fecond.   See  Appeal.       ,  .  .      _  . 

PRENOTION,  Fr^notio,  or  F>-<ff(ig/V!fio,  a  Notice,  or_ 

piece  of  ] 

time.    Sucl.  -          ^   ^,  r 

muft  precede  that  of  the  Conclufion. 

^'preparation,  Frufaratio,  or  Jffaratus,  in  Ma- 
thematics, one  of  the  Parts  or  Branches  ot  a  Demonflration. 
SccDemonstrATion.  I_ 

If  it  be  a  Propofiiion  in  Geometry,  thf.  Frefaration  con- 
fifts  in  fome  Lines  to  be  drawn  in  the  %uie  ;  if  a  Propo- 
fition  in  Arithmetic,  in  fome  computatioti  to  be  made  to 
come  the  more  eafily  at  the  Demonllration. 

Preparation,  in  Cbymiftrv  and  Pharmacy,  isufed  for 
the  feveral  Manners  of  iDanaging  the  jWtfterM /Iffi^lM,  and 
of  difpofing  it  to  fcrve  the  feveral  purpofcs. 

There 


■  Knowledge  preceding  lome  other, ,.n  relpec't  of 
Such  is  the  Knowledge  of  the  Antecedent;  which 


See  Notion,  Kn 


PRE 


There  arc  various  Preparations  of  Mercury,  Antimony, 
and  other  Drugs  to  purity  'em,  fublime,  calcine,  edulco- 
rate 'em,  ^c.    See  Mercury,  i^c. 

Crude  Antimony  is  ufed  in  fudorific  Deco£iions  j  tho', 
when  it  has  undergone  a  certain  'Preparation,  ic  becomes  a 
violent  Vomitive.    Sec  Antimony. 

PREPOSITION,  in  Grammar,  one  of  the  parts  of 
Speech,  orDifcourfe.  SeeSpEECH, 


(  PjFlE 

The  fPra/^rov^M  allow  of  no  Hfcnrchy  ;  no  Su 
Jrietts,  they  niamrain,  in  the  Times  of  th,-  A„„)H,, 


ubor- 
.  and 

,1,.  .  '    'r  -r"'e \  \'";<:sof  the  ApolHes  were 

the  fame  ,  and  therefore,  tho'  they  allow  Ei'ircopacv  as 
now  fettled  ,„  the  Church  of  „  ^e  ierySntLr 


TheP.^^...  .an  indeciinahle  Particle,   which  yet  ^F^l^sft^:;^:^^ 

h  ...V,..     r,a.        „  ^^.-^^  ^j-  ^ffcmblies,  or  Synods  ;    -  ^ 


fervcs  to  govern  the  Nouns  that  follow  jr.    Such  are  per. 
pro,  propter,  in.  with,  thro,  from,  by,  ^c. 

They  are  call'd  Frepojitwns,  becaufe  pra^ofitce^  placed 
before  the  Nouns  ihey  govern. 

Y.'BujJier  does  not  allow  the  Trepojitiou  to  be  a  Part  of 
Speech  j  but  merely  a  Modificative  of  a  Part  of  Speech, 
viz.  of  the  Noun,  ferving  only  to  modify  or  circumilan- 
tiateit.    See  Modific ative. 

PREPENSED,  in  Law.  Fore-thought.  In  this  fenfe  wc 
fay  prepcnfed  Malice. 

it,  whep  a  Man  is  flain  upon  a  fudden  Quarrel,  there 
were  Malice formerly  between  them,  it  makes 
it  Murder  5  and,  as  it  is  call'd  in  fome  Statutes,  prepmj'cd 
Murder.    See  Murder. 

PREPUCE,  Tr<eputizmij  in  Anatomy,  the  Forc-Skin  ; 
fee  Prjtlputium. 

PREROGATIVE,  a  Privilege,  or  Pre-eminence,  which 
a  Ferfon  has  over  another. 

The  Word  is  borrowed  from  the  Name  of  a  Century  in    mx\c  Fresl;\'t cries. 
antient  Jio/^e,  which  gave  the  firrt  Vote,  or  Suffrage  in  the 
Comitia,  or  AfCemblies,  for  the  Election  of  Magiflratesj 
(/WiJ/J  Prxrogati  ;  becaufe  firll  ask'd,  or  their  Suffrage  firlt 
required.    See  Suffrage  and  Century. 

Their  Vote  was  call'd  Omen  'Prcerogativim,  becaufe 
tlie  refl  ufually  gave  their  Votes  the  fame  way.  See 
Omen, 

PREROGATIVE  of  the  King,  is  that  Power  and  Privi- 
lege which  the  King  hath  over,  not  only  other  Perfons,  but 
over  the  ordinary  Courfe  of  the  Common  Law,  in  Right  of 
his  Crown. 

Such  are  thefe.  That  the  King  may  pardon  a  Perfon 
condemn'd  to  die  :  That  the  King's  Perfon  is  fubjeft  to 
no  Man's  Suit  :  His  Poffeffions  cannot  be  taken  from  him 
by  any  Violence,  or  wrongful  Diffeifin  :  His  Goods  and 
Chattels  are  fubjeil  to  no  Tribute,  Toll,  or  Cullom,  nor  Parifhe. 
dillrainable,  ^c.    See  King. 

PREROGATIVE  Court,  is  a  Court  belonging  to  the 
Archbifhop  of  Cantei'kiry^  wherein  all  Wills  are'  proved, 
■,  and  all  Admlnillrations  granted,  that  belong  to  the  Arch- 
hiihof  by  his  "Prerogative  J  that  is,  where  the  Party  at  his 
death  had  five  Pounds  or  upwards  in  the  Diocefe,  or  ten 
Pounds  out  of  the  Diocefe  where  he  died.    See  Court. 

The  Archbifhop  of  2"orfc  hath  alfo  the  like  Court  call'd, 
his  Exchequer. 

All  Citations  and  Decrees  of  this  Court  run  in  the  Name 
of  the  Archbifliop.    Sec  Archrishop. 

This  Court,  for  the  Province  of  Canterbury,  is  kept  in 
the  common  Hall  in  Doftor's  Commons,  in  the  Afternoon, 
next  day  after  the  Archer. 

The  Judge  is  attended  by  the  Regifter,  who  fets  down 
the  Decrees  and  Afls  of  Court ;  and  keeps,  records,  ^c. 
all  original  ^yills  and  Teflaments  of  Parties  dying,  having 
I'ona  fwtaOilia.  ^ 
The  Place  is  ufually  call'd  the  Prerogative  Office,  now 
kept  in  Dean's  Court  5  where,  for  a  moderate  Fee,  one 
may  have  a  Copy  of  any  fuch  Will,    See  Will, 

PRESAGE,  Pr;esagium,  an  Augury,  or  Sign  of  fome- 
thingtocomc.    See  Augury. 

The  i?07i^^7;5  judged  of  future  Events  by  certain  Signs, 
which  their  Superltition,  or  the  Artifice  of  their  Prieils  had 
invented.  Their  molf  celebrated  Frcfngcs  were  founded  on 
the  Flight  of  Birds,  orthe  Entrails  of  Vi^llms  :  All  Nioht- 
Birds  pafs'd  for  Birds  of  ili  Prefage.    See  Victim,  ^c. 

'Tis  a  popular  Error,  that  Coigqxs  prefage  Misfortunes. 
See  Comet. 

Clofe  Weather,  and  a  Southern  Wind,  prefage  Rain. 
See  Weather, 

PRESBITER,  a  Pricjl  5  or  a  Perfon  in  Friefls  Orders. 
See  Priest. 

"r-"'  nu  r™""  'f='^>''?"'  of  "f  God,  and  on  the  fuppofition  oTdrFuturiivV  be- 

•pt^Tgw,  0«;  becaiife,^ant,ently,  none  were  ordimed  but   inKprtfcnt  to  him.    See  Prebkst,..  .  .r,n„  ^ 


fifti  ui  a  ocries  ot  Ailemblies,  or  Synods  :  Thus' ever. 
Mjn.Her  .s  to  be  obedient  to  the  Claft  under  which  he  lives - 
and  that  Clafs  to  a  Spwd,  Pro-jincml,  atffical,  or  Ommx/ 
meal.    ScoClass,  Synod,  f£c. 

The  Power  of  Ordination,  with  them,  relldes  in  a  Clafs - 
and  none  are  admitted  to  adminifler  the  Sacrament  bu't 
ItoK  °  '™P°''"'™  of  Hands  of  other  Mini- 

They  malic  ufe  of  Deacons  to  take  Care  of  their  Poor 
and  ,„  ,he  Government  of  the  Church,  call  in  Lay-Elders  • 
whence  that  Name,  from  the  Greei  »fST,i„'7!f©-,  fignlfying 
Senior,  hlder.    See  Eldek.  ' 
This  rs  now  the  reigning  Difcipline  in  the  Church  of 

IKtSHnERY,  Treibylermm,  an  AfTembly  of  the 
Order  ot  Ptesbytcrs,  or  Prtells,  w.th  Lay-Elders  ;  for  the 
Exercife  ot  Church-Difcipline. 

The  Kirk  or  Church  of  Scotland  is  divided  into  fixtv- 
le  J'ra^v;c,7M,  each  conlitting  of  a  number  of  Parilhes 
nor  exceeding  twenty-four,  nor  lefs  than  twelve. 

I  he  Mimllers  of  thefe  Parilhes,  with  one  Ruling-Elder 
cholcn  half-yearly,  ccnftitute  a  Pm^jwr,- ;  who,  tneetin, 

chI'TmI  "'"'"r       ^"^h'tery  is  denominated, 

chule  a  Moderator,  orrather  Prolocutor,  half-yearly 

They  determine  all  Appeals  from  Kirk-Seffions,  i.e.  from 
fi  ,1  I  T/  I'arochtal-Affemblies ;  but  can  try  nothing  a,  the 
slffion       "  Ki'k-Seffion.    See  K  i  rh- 

They  compofe  all  DifFerences  between  Mlniflers  and 
People  5  for  which  end  they  hold  I'reibytenal  Viiitarions  in 

Kirk-s'effiot,  ™'  °' 

i"'"  Repairs  of  Churches,  fee  that  ths 
L,lebe,&c.  fufferno  Ddaptdations ;  appoint  Schools  in  tho 
Parses,  and  fee  that  the  Funds  ben't  mifapply'd 

T,s  they  alone  can  exclude  from  the  Communion,  li- 
cenle  Probationers,  fufpend,  depofe,  and,  in  effefl,  detcr- 
iTi.ne  all  Ecclefialticil  Matters  within  their  Diftria  From 
the  Fresiyiery  th.rc  lies  an  Appeal  in  all  Cafes  to  Provin- 
cial Synods.    See  Synod. 

Presevtery  'Pxesiytermm,  is  fometimes  alfo  ufed  for 
the  Choir  o(  a  Church  becaufe  antiently  appropriated  to  the 
Presbj'ters;  in  oppofition  to  the  Nave  or  Body  of  the 
Church,  which  was  for  the  People.  See  Choir  and 
Church. 

PRESBYT^  in  Optics,  a  Term  apply'd  to  Perfons  in 
whom  the  Configuration  of  the  Cryflalline  of  the  Eve  is 
too  flat,  fo  that  they  fee  diltant  things  clearly,  but  thofe 
near  at  hand  confufedly.    See  Vision. 

The  Reafon  is,  that,  in  near  Objefls,  the  vifual  Rays  paffina 
the  Retina  before  they  unite,  there  can  be  no  dillinanefs 
fince  the  diliincf  Bale  falls  too  far  off  beyond  the  Retina' 
See  Cryst.illine  and  Retina, 

This  defedis  helped  only  with  convex  Glatfes,  or  Spec- 
tacles; which  will  make  the  Rays  converge  fooiier  and  if 
theyare  well  fitted,  fall  exaftly  on  the  Retina.  Sec  Con- 
vex and  Spectacle. 

The  Word  is  form'd  from  the  Greek  wfsjput,  Sei!s.i: ;  be- 
caufe old  People  are  naturally  fubjefl  to  this  defed  •  Time 

T"^  u'f,  ^„"^'"'"  of  Eye-Lids,  S^c.  gradually  wearing 
the  Ball  flat.  * 

^  Tresbyt£  are  oppofed  w3Tyofes,  in  whom  the  Cryflalline 
is  too  round.    See  Myopes. 

If  thedillance  between  the  Retina  and  the  Cryflalline 
be  too  fmall,  the  Perfon  will  likcwife  be  a  Presbyra  See 
Crystalline,  SiTc. 

PRESCIENCE    in  Theology,  Tremfmn,  Fore-kmw- 
ledgej  tlic  Knowledge  which  God  has  of  things  to  come. 
Doflrine  of  Prcdeflination  is  founded  on  the 


'fhe 


fuch  as  were  advanced  in  Years. 

The  great  Difpute  between  the  Retainers  to  the  Geneva, 
and  the  Rmnan  Difcipline,  is  about  the  Samcnefs  or  Diffe- 
rence of  Fresifters  and  Bifliops,  in  the  Times  of  the 
Apoftles.    The  Tresbyteral  Charafler  is  indelible 

PRESBYTERIANS,  a  Name  affumed  by  the  Calvmifts 
of  Great  'Britain.    See  Calvin  ist. 

The  Presbyterians,  as  to  Doarinc  agree  with  the  Church 
of  England:  Their  chief  Difference  lies  in  the  Point  of 
Difcipline  ;  viz.  who  /hall  appoint  the  Govemours  of  the 
Church,  and  what  Subotdination  there  fhall  or  ihall  not  be 
between  them.  See  Discjflii^e. 


igprtknt  to  him.    See  Predestination. 
Human  ReaCn  can  fcarce  reconcile  the  Trefiience  of 
God  with  the  Free-Agency  of  Man.    See  Liberty  and 
Necessity, 

How  ate  we  to  admire  the  depth  of  the  Prefciaice  and 
Wifdom  ,,t  God  ;  who,  in  giving  the  firll  Motion  to  Mat- 
ter, fore-faw  all  the  poffible  Combinations  this  firll  Itn- 
prcffion  might  undergo  during  infinite  Ages  ?  Malehr. 

PPESCRlPTlOX.in  Law,  a  Title  introduced  foralTuring 
the_  Property  of  EffoOs  in  favour  of  Perfons  who  have 
pofiefs'd  them  a  certain  time  ;  and  to  keep  off  any  who 
would  difquit-t  them,  or  recover  the  thing  poffefs'd  after 
the  Term  fixed  by  the  Laws,    See  Possession. 

'°  L  fourreil 


PRE 


(  S66  ) 


PRE 


'J'ourrdl  calls  Trefcription  a  Penalty  imporcd  by  the 
Laws  upon  Negligence  ;  and  adds,  that  Pofleirors  who  have 
no  other  Title  to  plead  but  Trefiriptmi^  are  only  honert 
U/urpers. 

in  tfted,  however, the  Law  oiTrefcriftion  does  notpunifh 
the  Indolence  of  Proprietors  j  but  only  interprets  their  Si- 
lence for  their  Confent3  prefuming  that  a  Man  who  neglcfls 
toaflcrt  his  Right  for  a  long  Series  of  Years,  givesic  up. 

There  are  fome  of  the  Lawyers  who  doubt  whether 'I'inic 
and  unjuft  Trefcripion  be  any  legitimate  Means  of  acqui- 
ring ;  others,  more  favourable,  call  it  the  Tatronof  Man- 
Kind as  being  a  general  Frefumpcion,  under  which  the 
Law  will  have  Men  live  in  peace. 

In  the  Common  Law,  Trefcriftion  is  ufually  underftood 
of  a  PofTcflion  for  Time  immemorial  5  as  when  my  An- 
celiors,  or  his,  from  whom  I  have  an  Eflate,  have  cnjoy'd 
and  ufed  it  all  the  time  whereof  any  Memory  remains. 

But  in  the  Civil  Law,  and  even  in  our  Common  Law, 
there  are  Frefcriftio?iS  of  a  much  HiortcrDate.  Frefcripioii 
of  forty  Years  excludes  all  Aftions  wharever.  Reform. 
Zeg.  Ecclef. 

'Ihe  Cullom  of  Taris  allows  of  a  Trefcripion  of  ten 
"Years,  if  the  Parties  be  prefent,  and  twenty  if  abfent,  in 
favour  of  peaceable  Poff^flbrs  of  an  Inheritance,  if  they 
hive  any  Title,  however  controverted  ;  and  of  thirty  Years 
in  favour  of  thofe  who  poffffs  without  any  Title  at  all. 

In  Normandy,  a  Trefiriplion  of  forty  Years  peaceable 
Pofltrffion  is  equivalent  to  a  Title,  to  Immoveables^  and 
for  Moveables  and  perfonal  Aiiions,  a  Trefcripion  of 
thiny  It  ears  fuffices. 

In  Romip  Countries,  Trefcriptmi  does  not  avail  againft 
the  Church,  it  lefs  than  a  hundred  Years.  In  France^  Fre- 
f:ripliou  (if  twenty  Years  is  admitted  againft  all  Crimes, 
except  Duelling,  which  was  excluded  by  a  Declaration  of 
the  Year  167^^.  In  Matters  of  Adultery,  five  Years  fufficc, 
i.e.  provided  there  have  been  a  difcontinuance  of  Profecu- 
tion  all  that  time. 

By  our  Statutes,  a  Judge  or  Clerk  convicted  of  falfe  en- 
trlng  Fleas,  SJ'c.  may  be  fined  within  two  Years  J  but  thofc 
elai  fed,  he  /?-f_/fntoagainfl  thePuniiliment  of  the  Statute. 

The  CrimeoF  Maintenance  or  Embracery,  whereby  Per- 
jury is  committed  by  a  Jury,  mult  be  profecuted  within 
iix  days  ;  otherwife  the  ¥a.rncs prefcribe.    See  Juryo 

There  is  no  Frefcribing  againft  a  Man's  Lord  ;  no  Fre- 
fcriptio7i  avails  to  take  oti  a  Srrvitude  or  Tenure  :  A  Title 
is  always  required  .here. 

The  Author  of  the  Hiilory  of  the  Inquifition  obferves, 
that  no  Time  or  T'refcriftion  avails  in  Matters  of  Herefy  ; 
even  Death  icKlf  doLS  n»n  fecure  the  fufpe^led  from  the 
Rtfearches  of  the  Inquifition.    See  Inq_iiisition. 

Prescription,  in  Medicine,  the  Aft,or  Artof  affigning 
a  proper  and  adequate  Remedy  to  a  Difeafe  j  from  an  Ex- 
amination of  the  Symptoms  thereof,  and  an  Acquaintance 
with  the  Vinuei  ard  E£fe<Ss  of  the  MaterU  Medica,  See 
Rem  ED Y  and  Disease. 

Ihc  Meihodiii  frefcrihevdi  15  the  I  aft,  fini/hing  piece  of 
Furniture  of  a  Fiiyhcian,  and  is  the  refult  of  all  the  reft  ; 
join  d  with  a  ready,  prefent  Thought.  See  Medicine  and 
Phys  j  CI  an. 

I'o  Trefcribe  with  Judgment,  Elegance,  ^c.  a  moderate 
Acquaintance  with  Pharmacy,  /.  e.  with  the  Forms  and 
Preparations  of  Medicines,  is  required.    See  Pharmacy. 

The  Merits  of  a  Bill  or  Frefcription  confut  in  its  being 
concife,  pertinent,  efficacious,  and  agreeable;  in  the  beli 
and  fuitablcft  Materials  being  pitch'd  on  ;  thofe  aftembled  in 
the  moft  judicious  Proportions,  made  up  in  the  beft  and  moft 
convenient  Form,  and  apply'd  in  the  jufteft  Dole;  a  due 
regard  being  Hill  had  to  the  Non-naturals,  Regimen,  Inter- 
vals of  Application,  l$c.  Sydenham  excell'd  in  'Prejcription. 
See  Dose,  Diet,  ^c. 

Frefcriptiou  is  either  Offic'mal  or  Extemporaneous  ;  the 
former  confifts  in  the  ordering  of  the  Medicines  which  the 
Apothecaries  keep  by  'em  ready  prepared  according  to  their 
Difpenfatory.    See  Officinal  and  Dispensatory. 

Extemporaneom  is  that  which  the  Phyflcian  frames  of 
himfelf,  pro  re  nata,  according  to  the  Circumftances  of  the 
Patient,  to  be  made  up  by  rhe  Apothecary  according  to 
the  Phyfician's  Bill.    See  Extemporaneous. 

PRESENCE,  Fr^efentia,  a  Term  of  relation,  ufed  in 
oppofiiion  to  Abfence  ;  and  fignifying  the  Exiftence  of  a 
Perfon  in  a  certain  Place  ;  or  the  State  of  a  Perfon  confider'd 
as  co-cxifting  with  another.    See  Co-existence. 

In  this  fenfean  Obligation  is  faic!  to  be  pafs'd  in  Frefcnce 
of  a  Notary  and  WitnefTes  :  At  the  breaking  open  of  a 
Seal  of  a  Miner  or  an  abfent  Perfon,  the  Frefence  of  a  Sub- 
ftitute  isnecefiary, 

The  Schoolmen  hold,  \\\%tFrefe7ic^,  In  fpeaking  of  Bo- 
dies, denotcsnot  only  a  Co-exiftence,  but  a  fort  of  Contact. 
They  make  two  kinds  of  Frefence  ;  rhe  one  'virtual,  in 
which  fenfe  a  Spirit,  or  Mind,  isfaid  to  he  prefent  to  a  Body 
when  it  ?£ts  thereon  j  the  other  corporsal^  wbith  confifts  in 
a  phyficai  Conta^i. 


TheTreafurers,  £^ir.  of  FrancQ  have  what  they  call  a 
Riglotoj  ?refence,  a  certain  Sum  due  on  their  aaual  Atten- 
dance m  their  Offices  ;  to  oblige  em  to  be  the  more  affi- 
duous  in  iheir  Funaion.  A  Perfon  abfent  in  rhe  Service  of 
the  King,  or  a  Community,  is  reputed /rc/f;^^ 
rPi^^r^?'^^'!!'--'^  C^?r/;o//fAi  believe  the  real  Frefence  of 
Jefus  Chnfl  in  the  Eucharift,  both  in  Body  and  Soul  Sec 

'i  BANSUUSTANTIATION, 

PRE^SENi;  in  Grammar,  the  firft  Tenfe,  or  Inflexion 
of  Verbs  J  cxpreffing  the  Time prcfe?it,  or  th:-.t  which  now 
IS.    oee  1 ENSE. 

'Tis  a  peculiar  piece  of  Addrefs  in  Eloquence  to  make 
ule  of  x\ic  prefent,  fur  a  paji  Tenfe,  in  order  to  csprefs  a 
paft  Aftion  with  the  more  torce  and  warmth  :  Thus  ;  The 
Fleet  IS  no  fooner  in  fuR  Sja,  than  the  Heavens  bpgi?^  to 
lower  the  Winds  rife,  tl-e  Waves  dafj  againft  each  other, 
Thunder  and  LIghming  ^^/irm- on  all  fides  ;  the  Ships 

!ofe  their  Malts  and  Rudders,  and  are  driven  impeiuoufly 
againft  the  Rocks. 

PRESENTATION,  in  the  Canon  Law,  the  Aft  of  A 
Patron,  nominating  and  offenng  his  Clerk  to  the  SiHiop  or 
Collator,  to  be  inftimted  in  a  Benefice  of  his  Gift.  Sea 
Patron,  Collator,  ^c. 

1  he  Frefentatiou  muft  be  tender'd  to  the  Bifbop  within 
an  hundred  eighty-two  days  after  the  living  is  vacant  elfe: 
It  lapfcs  to  the  Kifhop  ;  and  if  the  Bi/hop  do  not  collate 
in  half  a  Year  more,  it  lapfes  to  the  ArchbiHiop  ;  and 
from  him  in  a  like  time  to  the  King,  who  may  ftay  as  lon« 
as  he  pleafes^;  for  Nullum  tempm  occurnt  Regi. 
_  By  fome  CuOoms,  a  Lay-Fatron  has  only  four  Months 
time  to  make  his  Frefentation  in  ;  and  if  he  have  prefented 
a  Perfon  incapable,  he  may  vary  it,  and  make  a  new  J'rg- 
fentation  within  the  four  Months.    See  Benefice. 

The  Word  isform'd  from  the  antient  Phrafe  Frefentare 
ad  Ecclefiajn,  which  originally  fignify'd  the  Patron's  fending, 
or  placing  a  Perfon  in  a  Church  ;  and  which  iifelf  is  form'd 
from  Reprefentare,  which,  Selden  obferves,  is  ufed  in  the 
Council  ot  i)^zLateran  and  cHewhere,  for  See 
Parson. 

Presentation,  alfo,  gives  the  Title  to  three  Orders 
of  Nuns.    See  Religious. 

The  firft,  projeOedin  i6\%,  by  a  Maid  nam'd  Joan  of 
Cambray.  The  Habit  of  the  Nuns,  according  to  the  Vi- 
fion  ftie  pretended  to  have,  was  to  be  a  grey  Gown  of  na- 
tural Wool,  ^c.  but  this  Prnjea  was  never  accompli/hed. 

The  fecond  was  eftabliftied  in  France  about  the  Year 
1627,  by  Nich.  Sanguin,  Bl/hop  of  Scnl'n.  It  was  ap- 
proved by  Urban  VIU.  This  Order  never  made  any  great 
progrefs. 

The  third  was  eftabliHied  in \66\ ;  when  Fred.  Sorr'meo^ 
being  Apoftolical  Vifitor  in  the  Vaheltne,  was  intreated  by 
fome  devout  Maids  at  ;ifor^f^;;oi'£3W^  to  allow  'em  to  live 
in  Community  in  a  retir'd  place  ;  which  he  granted,  and 
ereftcd  'em  into  a  Congregation,  under  the  Title  of  Con- 
gregation of  our  Lady.  They  live  under  the  Rule  of  St. 
Ai'.gnfltne. 

V&^s-E.tiT  KTioa  of  the  Virgin,  is  a  Yeo.fi  of  tht  Romip 
Church  held  on  the  of  November,  in  meinory  of  the 
Virgin's  being  prefented  by  her  Parents  in  the  Temple,  to 
be  there  educated. 

It  is  pretended,  that  there  were  young  Women  brought  up 
in  the  Temple  of  Jerufa^-em  ;  which  fome  endeavour  ta 
prove  from  the  fecund  Book  of  Maccabees,  Sed^  Firgifies 
qua  conclufig  crant,  frociirrchant  ad  Oniam  ;  vt-hich  is  the 
Sentiment  of  Entcchim  on  this  Fsffage.  And  Lyranus  adds, 
that  other  more  antient  Authors  obferve,  that  young  Women 
were  educated  tilt  Marriage,  either  in  the  Temple,  orat 
leaft  in  Buildings  c^intiguous  thereto, 

Emanuel  Comnenius,  who  began  foreign  fn  1145,  makes 
mention  of  this  Fcaft  in  his  Conftltution.  Some  even  ima- 
gine it  to  have  been  eitabliftied  in  the  Xlth  Century  among 
the  Greeks  ;  and  think  they  fee  evident  Proofs  of  it  in  fome 
Homilies  of  George  of  Nicomedia,  uho  lived  in  the  time  of 
Fhotius  J  fo  that  it  fcems  a  Miiiake  in  fume  modern  Cri- 
ticks  to  refer  its  Inftitution  to  Gregory  X[.  in  1372. 

Some  take  it  to  have  been  inlliiuted  in  memory  of  the 
Ceremony  praflifed  among  the  Je'is  for  their  new-born 
I'emales  ;  corrcfponding  to  the  Circumcifion  on  the  eighth 
day  for  Males.    See  Circumcision. 

PRESENTEE,  in  the  Canon  Lawj  a  Clerk  prefented 
by  a  Patron  to  a  Collator.    See  Pr es ent at lox. 

PRESENTMENT,  in  Law,  a  mere  Denunciation  of 
the  Jurors  themfelves,  or  fome  other  Ofiicer,  as  a  Juflice, 
ConUable,  Searcher,  Surveyor,  t^c.  of  an  Oifence,  inqui- 
rablc  in  the  Ciurt  whereto  it  is  prefented. 

PRESENTS,  Fr^^sentia,  Free-gifts,  ov  Gr07iities  -j 
efpccially  thofe  given  by  the  Clergy,  or  the  States  of  a 
Realm,  to  a  King.    See  Benevolence. 

They  are  fo  callM  becaufe  given  into  the  Hands  of  a 
Perfon  prefent  j  by  which  rhey  are  diftinguifiied  from 
Mtmera,  Gifts  which  arcfent  to  the  Party,  or  delivered  by 
the  intervention  of  a  third  Perfon. 

•  Thus 


PRE 


C  8^7  ) 


PRE 


TIius    the  XVIII.h   Law,  dt  Verb,  fgnlf.  Abfembm  ^■^'■^^  "Ced by  I„/aycn  mkmby.       Ja.n.r-.  VrP/l 

^1  here  Is  no  accofling  ,he  Eaftcr.  Pn-„ce.  wi,ho„,  .ak-    ""^^''^Vll-^^-r.^'^  ?-  which  i.  in  fen,  If 


'em  fine  Trefiuts.    Kings  ulually  make 
Embanadors  lenr  to  their  Courts. 

PRESERVATIVE,  In  Medicine,  a  Remedy  taken  by 
way  of  precaution  ;  or  to  fecure  a  Man  from  a  Difeafe  that 
threatens  him.    See  Remedy. 

The  principal  'Prejirvatms,  according  to  Soerhaave , 
ate  Abjiinencc,  Eafe,  drinking  of  warm  Water,  and  after 
this,  a  gentle  and  continued  Motion  till  the  firft  appearance 
of  Sweat  i  then  a  profufe  fleeping,  the  Body  well  covcr'd. 

By  liich  means,  crafs  Huinours  are  diluted,  the  Veflels 
ate  loofen'd,  and  noxious  Matters  cxcreied.  He  adds,  that 
the  beft  defence  againft  the  force  of  external  Cold,  is  to 
lelfen  the  Winter's  Clothing  late  in  the  Spring,  and  to  in- 
creafe  the  Summet's  Clothing  loon  in  Autumn  " 


,g    a  Trcffel  or  Horfe,  being  lurtain'd  by  tu'o  Lep 
h  Frefc7lts  to   jointed  Into  it,  at  each  end.  ^ 

This  Frcft  foves  them  for  the  fawing  and  cleaving  the 
Pieces  of  Wood  requ.rcd  ,n  Marquetry,  „r  Inlaid  Work. 

0(.-e  iVlARQ^ETRY. 

fo/Wm  Press,  is  a  flrong  f.juare  Frame,  conr,fl|„„  of 
tour  Pieces  of  Vvood,  firmlv  loin'd  row.  rp,,-..  ..,;^u  . 


,  or  Pillars, 


TU-  a>''^^*°'r-  ''^'yi"'"''*  t°g«ner  .nth  Tenons, 
iyc.  Ihis  Trefsisof  vjiious  Sizes,  accnrding  to  th-  S'les 
ot  the  Moulils  ;  two  of  them  are  required  to  each  Mould 
at  the  two  Extremes  whereof  they  are  placed  :  fo  as  ihat  bv 
driving  wooden  Wedges  between  the  ivlould  and  the  ^idcs 
of  the  Treffes,  the  two  farts  of  the  Mould,  wherein  the 
to  be  run,  may  be  prefs'd  dole  togeiher.  See 


Metal 

FOUNDERV, 


'Priiitnig  Press,  is  ; 


In  tittte  of  Plague,  rr;fin,ath;r^r^.ry  necelKtry  m^i.^^'^vZ:;:;;,::^^^':^ 

a|;a,nll  the  Contagion  of  the  Air.  ^c.    SeeP.LoE  and  ntan  has  h>lt  fmear'd'^.r^irovt  with  ;::k    ll  as  d^^^^^^^^^ 

Gen:^orWlnes,  Cardiacs,  and  Sudorifics  ...  Trefer.a-  "^t:::^  Z^'^.l^u::^:^!':^::'' 
uv.s.    Dr.AlJ,r«m,j  tells  us,  he  made  Inclfions  with  a       The  Parts  of  this  1>,efs  are  the  two  the  four 

Lancet  m  Jugium  dcxtro  :^nAfm,ftro  and  put  in  Setons,  to  Planks,  -oiz.  the  Caf,  H.ad,  Shelves  and  Whllcr  Ac  S^7k 

Pive   t3afrape  to  the  Venom  i         .-k  .Ar..,....t  „r  .u^  m.../-.       l  .      t     .   .  ',      .     J         ^»  ,  lui.  itucK 


give  piffage  to  the  Venom  ;  which  proved  an  excellent 
'Preservative  againft  the  Plague  that  raged  at  Frmue 
in  1680. 

Vc.lVenceJlmis-Dobr.Zemky  de  Nigra  Tonte  gives  us  an 
unlverlal  Frefervative  againft  Intcftion  in  all  Difcafes. 
Whoever,  fays  he,  in  converfing  with  Patients  of  any  kind, 
would  freferve  himfelf  from  InfcSion,  muft,  while  he  is 
within  the  Sphere  of  the  Steams,  never  I'wallow  his  Spittle, 
but  fpit  it  out :  For  he  conceives  it  to  be  the  Spittle  that 
fitft  imbibes  the  Infeftion. 

PP-ESIDENT,  an  Officer  created,  or  eleaed,  to  preflde 
over  a  Company,  or  Aflembly ;  fo  call'd  In  Contradiftinc- 
lion  to  the  other  Members,  who  are  tetm'd  RefideiUS. 

T  !  T)  -.e   ^1..  -       ,       ■'^  . 


of  the  Trefs,  where  .he  Ink  is  placed,  the  Spmdle  with  itt 
hut,  the  Hofe  with  lis  7/00*5,  the  •planm^'Tlnte  and  its 
'Plug,  the  Carriage,  the  C.ejji,,,  Gallo'Jii,  tyrafan  with  Its 
Joints, Lattly,  the  Handle,  to  brine  the  'Flank  on  which 
the  tofiii  IS  fix  d  backwards  and  fotw.irds ;  and  the  "Bar  to 
work  the  Spindle,  and  Jreji  the  Flatten  on  the  Forms. 

See  the  Form  and  Ufe  of  thefe  feveral  Pans  defctibed 
under  the  Article  Pr  inti  n  o-Pre/j. 

J?o/fojj-PR  ESS,  is  a  Machine  ufed  for  the  taking  o£f 
1  tints  from  Copper-Plates.    It  is  much  lefs  complex' than 
that  of  the  Letter- Printers  :    See  Its  Dcfctiption  and  Ufe 
under  the  Article  iio/fo;j-yrf/s.PRiNTiNG. 
r     ,  T,  y        ^       ■,    ■  „  P""'^'.      tloining.  Is  one  of  the  Machines  ufed  In  the 

nffic  r  f  ^h'rr  tloe  Councl,  IS  the  fourth  great    fltlking  of  Money;  differing  from  the  Balancicr,  in  tha t  i! 

Ofccerof  the  Crown;  as  antient  as  the  Time  of  K.^i/ra;  has  only  one  Iron  Bar  to  five  it  Motion  and  on-fs  ,C 
wh.n  he  was  ftiled  Co„tilMm  CaptaUs.   See  Co„w^...      Moulds  Ir  Coins ;  is  not  char  ^Fw^h  Le  d  It  i"s  e'x  r  tt^  ! 

His  Euunefs  isloattcndon  the  King,  topropofc  Bufinefs    nor  drawn  by  Cordage     See  CoiNino  '■■remc, 
at  th  ^  Council-Table,  and  to  repott  to  the  King  the  feveral       Sinden-VK  ess,  or  Cutting- is  a  Machine  ufed  e- 
PHFllniVl     Vr-b,   ,1  P     .rr,  „       1--'lly,byBook.bi„ders,  Siat?oners,andP.tftboard.makers; 

Wik^f^-,     it  VevJ    ^nfi^  "nfiltingot  two  large  Pieces  of  Wood,  in  form  of  Cheeks 

blifli  l  in  the  fevera,  conftderable  Cities  ot  frMOe,  to  join'd  by  two  flrong  wooden  Screws,  which  being  tutn'd  b^ 
judge,  en  denuer  rejjcrj.,  or  ultimately,^  of  the  feveral  Cafes    an  Iron  Bar,  draw°,oge.l,er,  or  fet  afunder  the^Checls,  as 

much  as  is  neceiTary  for  the  putting  in  of  the  Books, 
Papers,  to  be  — 


brought  betore  them,  by  way  of  Appeal  fiom  the  fuballern 
Judges. 

Tne  Trefidiah  make  one  Company  with  the  Officers  of 
the  Baillf.gcs  and  Senefchauffees,  where  they  are  efla- 
blillied. 

The  Edict  of  1 551,  eflablilhes  'Prefldials  under  thefe 
two  Conditions;  firll,  tliat  ihey  may  judge  definitely,  and 
wiihout  Appeal,  to  the  Sum  of  250  Ltvres,  or  to  Livres 
}er  Jjinum.  And,  2^.  to  the  Sum  of  1500  Livres  by  Pro- 
vifion. 

When  they  judge  in  the  former  Cafe,  t'ncy  are  obliged 


cut. 

'I  he  Cheeks  ate  placed  flat  on  a  wooden  Stand,  in  form 
of  a  Cheft,  into  which  the  Cuttings  fall.  A-fide  of  the 
Cheeks  ate  two  pieces  of  Wood,  of  the  fame  length  with 
the  Screws;  feiving  to  direfl  the  Checks,  and  prevent  their 
approaching  or  opening  unequally  upon  turning  the  Screw. 

Upon  the  Cheeks  is  the  Shaft  ot  Fuft,  to  which  the  Cut- 
ting-Knife is  fallen 'd  by  a  Screw,  which  has  its  Key  to 
oifmount  it  on  occafion  to  be  Ibatpen'd. 

The  Shaft  confids  of  feveral  Parts ;  amo»]g  the  reft,  a 


to  pronounce  ,t  with  th^U  WoxA^,  far  JugerMm  dernier  i  wooden  Screw  or  Worm,  which  catching  within  the  Nuts  of 
in  the  fecond,  ff  Jugement  Prel,d,al.  the  two  Feet  that  fuftain  it  on  the  Cheeks,  bring  the  Knifo 

When  Ihey  judge  finally  ot  Appeal  from  inferior  Judges,    to  the  Book  or  Paper,  which  Is  faften'd  in  the  between 
they  may  not  pronounce  the  Sentence,  or  Appeal,  art         two  hoards.    This  Screw,  which  is  pretty  long    has  two 
void  ;   that  Form  only  belonging  10  the  Sov.  r.  ii!o    Dirt  aories  or  Pieces  of  Wood,  which  both  as  to'f  heir  Form 

and  Eftecl,  refemble  thofe  of  the  Screws  of  the  Cheeks. 
To  make  the  Shaft  Aide  fquate  and  even  on  the  Cheeks, 
fo  that  th  ■  Knife,  pufli'd  along  by  the  Workman,  may 
make  an  equal  paring  ;  that  Foot  of  the  Shaft  where  the 
Koife  is  not  fix'd,  has  a  kioil  of  Groove,  diteCled  by  a 
Thread  faften'd  along  one  of  the  Cheeks.  Lailly,  the 
•     .      a      r       u-01    II  1  ■  1         „.,      •    Knife  is  a  piece  of  Steel,  fix  or  fevcn  Inches  long,  flat,  thin 

vrz.  two  flat,  fmooth  Hanks  between  which  the  Things  and  (harp;  terminating  at  one  end  in  a  point  like  that  of  a 
to  be  prcfsd  are  laid  ;  two  Screws,  or  Worms,  faften'd  to  Sword;  and  at  the  other  in  a  fquare  form,  which  ferves  to 
the  lower  Plank,  and  paffing  thio  two  Holes  in  the  uppet ;    faften  it  to  the  Shaft.    See  Rook  Sindinr. 


Courts:  But  arc  to  pronounce  fimply,  that  it  has  been 
n'ell  or  ill  judged.  To  judge  prejidially  and  finallj,  they 
muft  be  at  leatl  feven  in  number. 

PRESS,  in  the  Mechanic  Arts,  a  Machine  made  of  Iron, 
or  Wood  ;  ferving  to  fqueeze,  or  comprefs  any  Body,  very 
tightly.   See  Machine  and  Compressiom. 

The  Ordinary  Trejps  confift  of  fix  Members,  or  Pieces 


and  two  Nuts  in  form  of  an  S,  ferving  to  drive  the  upper 
Flank,  which  is  moveable,  againft  the  lower,  which  is  lia- 
ble, and  without  Motion. 

Presses  vjed  for  exprejjing  of  Zifjuori,  are  of  various 
Kinds;  fome,  in  moft  refpefls  the  fame  with  the  common 
Preffei ;  excepting   that   the  under  Plank  is  perforated 


'Bindi7^g. 

Press,  in  the  Woollen  Manufaflory,  is  a  large  wooden 
Machine,  ferving  to  prefi  Cloths,  Serges,  Ritines,  lie. 
thereby  to  tender  them  fmooth  and  even,  and  to  give  them 
a  Glofs.    See  Clotfi,  f^t:. 

This  Machine  cnnfifts  of  feveral  Members;  the  ptlnci- 
pal  whereof  ate  the  Chzehi,   the  Nut,  and  the  Worm  or 


with  a  great  number  of  faoles,  to  let  the  Juice  exptefs'd,  Scre%>!,  accompany'd  with  Its  Bar,  which  fetves  to  turn  it 

run  thro  into  a  Tub,  or  Receiver,  underneath.  Olhers  round,  and  make  i,  dcfcend  perpendicularly  on  the  middle 

have  only  one  Screw  or  Arbor,  paffing  thto  the  middle  of  of  a  thick  wooden  Plank,  undet  which  the  Stuffs  to  be 

the  moveable  Plank;   which  Is  made    to  dcfcend   into  /re/j'(i  arc  placed.    See  Pressing. 

a  kind  of  fquare  Box,  full  of  Holes  on  all  fides,  thro'  The  Calender  Is  alfo  a  kind  of  FreCi,  ferving  to  frefi  or 
which  the  Juices  flow  in  ptoportion  as  the  Arbor  is  turn'd,  calender  Linens,  Silks  £"1:.  See  Cieender. 
by  means  of  a  little  Lever  apply 'd  thereto.  PRESSING,  in  theMaiiufiaures,  the  Aaion  of  violently 
The  Press  llfsd  by  Joiners,  to  keep  clofe  the  Pieces  ihcy  fqueezing  a  Cloth,  Stuff,  tinnen,  tic.  In  a  Frefi,  to  ren- 
have  glued;  efpecially  Pannels,  f£c.  of  Wainfcot,  is  very  der  it  ev'en,  fmooth,  polifii'd  and  "loffy.  See  Cloth  S?c 
fimple;  confiftmg  of  four  Members,  viz.  two  Screws  and  This,  in  the  Silken  and  Linncn  ManufaBures,  they  pro- 
two  Pieces  of  Wood,  four  or  five  Inches  fquare,  and  two  perly  call  Cti/ra^;-i;-tr.  SceCAOENPER. 
or  three  Foot  long,  whereof  the  Holes  at  the  two  Ends  There  are  two  manners  of  Frejfu!^  j  the  one  Jsot^  the  o- 
ierve  for  Nuts  to  the  Screws.  ther  cold. 

Method- 


PRE 

Method  of  Pressing,  Cold. 


C  8^8  ) 


PRE 


After  the  Stuff  has  had  all  itsPteparations,  i.e.  has  been 
fcour'd,  fuU'd,  and  fliorn  (fee  Scouking,  I'dlling, 
SltEERING  :)  it  is  folded  fquare,  in  equal  Plaits;  and  a 
Skin  of  Vclcm,  or  fine,  fmooth  Palb board,  put  between 
each  Plait.  Over  the  whole  is  laid  a  fquare  wooden  Plank  ; 
and  in  this  Condition  it  is  put  in  the  Trefa  which  is  dri- 
ven tight  down  by  means  of  the  Screw  turn'd  full  upon  it, 
by  the  hands,  affifted  with  Levers. 

After  it  has  lain  a  fufficient  time  under  the  Trefs,  they 
take  it  out,  remove  the  Pali-boards  or  Veloms  ;  and  lay  it 
up  to  keep.  It  may  be  obferv'd,  that  forae  do  not  ufe  a 
Prefs  with  a  Screw  mfrejfwg  cold  ;  but  content  thcmfelves 
with  laying  the  Stuff  on  a  firm  Table,  after  plaiting  and 
pafl-boarding  it  as  before  ;  covering  the  whole  with  a 
wooden  Plank,  and  loading  this  with  a  Weight,  greater  or 
lefs,  as  is  judg'd  neceffary. 


Method  of  PRESSING; 


Hot. 


"■  The  Stuff  having  receiv'd  all  its  Preparations  as  before, 
it  is  fprinkled  a  little  with  Water,  fomctimes  with  Gum- 
Water,  fpurted  ever  it  with  the  Mouth  j  then  plaited  e- 
qually,  and  between  each  two  Plaits  are  put  Leaves  of 
Pad-board;  and  between  every  fixth  and  feventh  Plait,  as 
well  as  over  the  whole,  an  Iron  or  Brafs  Plate,  well  heated 
in  a  kind  of  Furnace  for  the  purpofe. 

This  done,  it  is  laid  under  the  Prefs;  and  a  Screw 
brought  forcibly  down  upon  it,  by  means  of  a  long  Iron 
Bar. 

Under  this  Prefs  are  laid  five  or  fix  Pieces  one  over  an- 
other, at  the  fame  time ;  all  furnifh'd  with  their  Pad-board, 
and  Iron  Plates.  When  the  Plates  are  well  cold,  they  take 
the  Stuffs  from  under  the  Prefs,  remove  the  Pall-boatds 
and  Plates,  and  fiitch  it  a  little  together,  to  keep  in 
the  Plait. 

This  manner  of  f^-cffjK^  Woollen  Stuffs,  is  very  perni- 
cious ;  and  was  only  invented  by  the  Manufafturers  to  co- 
ver the  Dcfefts  of 'the  Stuffs;  and  excufe  their  not  giving 
them  all  the  Shearings,  Dyes,  and  Preparations,  that  are  ne- 
ceffary to  render  them  perfefl  :  Accordingly  it  has  been 
frequently  ptohibitcd. 

Pressi  N  G     (^es/iEi ;  fee  Fain  E  FoK  2)!/)-e. 

PRESSION,  or  Pressure,  in  the C««e/?OT Philofophy, 
Trnfimi ;  an  impulfive  kind  of  Motion,  or  rather  Endeavour 
to  move,imprefredon  afluid  Medium, and  propagated  thro' 
it.    SeeMoTiON,  Fluid,  and  Cartesian. 

In  fuch  a  Frejjion,  the  Canefians  fuppofe  the  Aflion  of 
Light  to  confill ;  fee  Light:  And  in  the  vatious  Modi- 
fications of  this  Trejfion  by  the  Sutfaces  of  Bodies,  whete- 
on  that  Medium  is  thus  prels'd,  they  fuppofe  the  various 
Colours  to  confiil,  ^'c.    See  Colour. 

But  Sir  Ifaac  Ne^^i'ton  has  taught  us  better :  For  if  Light, 
e.gr.  confiitetl  only  in  a  T^r.JJ'ure,  propagated  wiihout  ailual 
Motion,  it  could  not  agitate  and  warm  fuch  I^odies  as  re- 
fleft,  and  refrafl  it ;  as  we  adiually  find  it  soes ;  and  if  it 
confided  in  an  inflantaneous  Motion,  or  one  propagaied  to 
all  Diftances  in  an  inftant,  as  fuch  FreJJioti  fuppofcs,  there 
would  be  requited  an  infinite  Force  to  ptoduce  that  Mo- 
tion, every  moment  in  every  lucid  Particle, 

And  if  Light  confided  either  in  TreJJiure,  or  in  Motion 
propagated  in  a  fluid  Medium,  whether  indantaneouny,  or 
in  time,  it  mud  follow  that  it  would  inflefl  itfclf  ad  nm- 
hram ;  for  TreJJiire  or  Motion  in  a  fluid  Medium,  cannot  be 
propagated  in  right  Lines  beyond  any  Obdacle,  uhlch 
fliall  binder  any  part  of  the  Motion  ;  but  will  intlcS  and 
diffufe  itfelf  every  way  into  thofe  parts  of  the  quicfcent 
Medium,  which  lie  beyond  the  faid  Obdacle. 

Thus  the  Force  of  Gravity  tends  downwards,  but  the 
fPrcJfnre,  which  arifes  from  that  Force  of  Gravity,  tends 
every  way  with  an  equable  Foice  ;  and  with  equal  Eafe 
and  Force,  is  propagated  in  crooked  Lines,  as  in  flraight. 
Waves  on  the  Surface  of  Water,  while  they  Hide  by  the 
fides  of  any  large  Obdacle,  do  infledl,  dilate  and  diffufe 
themfelves  by  degrees  into  the  quiefcent  Water,  lying  be- 
yond the  Obflacic.  The  Waves,  Pulfes  or  Vibrations  of 
our  Air,  in  which  Sounds  confid,  do  manifedly  infieff  them- 
felves, tho'  not  fo  much  as  the  Waves  of  Water;  for  the 
Sound  of  a  Bell,  or  of  a  Cannon,  can  be  heard  over  a 
Hill,  which  intercepts  the  fonorous  Object  from  our  fight  : 
and  Sounds  will  be  propagated  as  eafily  thro'  crooked 
l^ubes,  as  thro'  flraigbt. 

But  Light  is  never  obferved  to  go  in  Curve  Lines,  nor  to 
jnflecl  itfelf  adumbrml.  For  the  fixed  Stars  do  imme- 
diately difappeat  on  the  Interpofition  of  any  of  the  Planets, 
as  well  as  forae  parts  of  the  Sun's  Body,  by  the  Interpofi- 
tion of  the  Mmn,  Vmm,  or  Mercury. 
PRESSURE  of  the  Air.  See  Air. 
Mofl  of  the  Effefls  aniicntly  afcribed  to  the  Fuga  Vctcui, 
arc  now  accounted  for  from  the  Weight  and  Trejfiire  of  the 
Air.   See  Vacuum. 


The  'Preffun  of  the  Air  on  the  Surface  of  our  Earth,  is 
balanced  by  a  Column  of  Water  of  the  fame  Bafe,  and 
about  thirty-five  Feet  high  ;  or  one  of  Mercury  of  about 
twenty-nine  Inches.  See  Torricellian  £xpcrii/te>it  and 
Barometer. 

The  Frejjiire  of  the  Air  on  every  fquare  Inch  on  the  Sur- 
face of  the  Earth,  is  computed  to  be  about  fi